Entries |
Document | Title | Date |
20080198799 | Radio Communication System - In a wireless communication system using the contention method, collisions between transmission signals sent from terminals to a base station are avoided, and a communication area is flexibly formed while suppressing unnecessary radiation of the communication area. The base station includes antennas disposed such that wireless zones cover mutually different areas, wireless units connected to the antennas in one-to-one correspondence, and for, via the respective antennas, receiving wireless signals from the terminal stations in the wireless zones and transmitting wireless signals to the terminal stations in the wireless zones, a data processing unit for processing the wireless signals received by the plurality of wireless units and generate data to be transmitted to the terminal stations, and a communication control unit for controlling the wireless units so as to, during a slot other than a transmission request slot, form one communication area combining the wireless zones of all of the antennas, and during the transmission request slot, form mutually independent communication areas less than or equal in number to the antennas. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198800 | Method and Apparatus for Enhanced Uplink Data Transmission - The present invention provides a method and apparatus used for enhanced uplink data transmission, comprising the steps of: monitoring the communication status of a plurality of UEs (user equipment) which conduct uplink data transmission in the RAN; receiving the data transmitted on at least one dedicated uplink channel from at least one of the plurality of UEs; according to the communication status of the plurality of UEs, dynamically allocating the number of dedicated uplink channels for at least one UE of the plurality of UEs. Utilization of the present invention can enable mobile terminal to conduct more efficient uplink transmission. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198801 | CHANNEL SELECTION TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Channel selection techniques for a wireless network are described. An apparatus may comprise a device to communicate information over a common wireless communication link. The device may include a channel selection module to select a channel pair comprising a high rate physical channel and a low rate physical channel based on energy measurements for the channels. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198802 | SCHEDULING BASED ON RISE-OVER-THERMAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for scheduling users for transmission on the uplink in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a total load for a cell may be determined based on a rise-over-thermal (RoT) measurement. An in-cell load for users served by the cell may be determined based on uplink transmissions received from these users. An outside load due to users in neighbor cells may be determined based on the total load and the in-cell load. A target total load for the cell may be determined based on a target RoT for the cell. An available load for the cell may be determined based on the target total load for the cell and the outside load. Users in the cell may be scheduled for transmission on the uplink based on the available load for the cell. | 08-21-2008 |
20080198803 | Apparatus and method for retransmitting data in a wireless communication system - A retransmission apparatus and method in a wireless communication system are provided, in which it is determined whether a retransmission signal exists, when channels for transmitting signals are changed to new channels, a channel is allocated to the retransmission signal, taking into account state information about the new channels, when the retransmission signal exists, and the retransmission signal is transmitted on the allocated channel. | 08-21-2008 |
20080205333 | UPLINK SCHEDULING FOR FAIRNESS IN CHANNEL ESTIMATION PERFORMANCE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate mitigation of interference through uplink scheduling in a wireless communication environment. Access points can assign multiple terminals to a single tile or segment of shared resource (e.g., a time frequency region) to maximize the number of terminals supported. However, combinations of certain types of terminals can cause a significant increase in interference. In particular, allocating multiple terminals having a relatively high velocity (e.g., terminals located in moving vehicles) to a single tile can cause an unacceptable increase in interference. To mitigate interference, high velocity terminals can be identified. Once identified, terminals can be allocated to the available tiles based at least in part upon avoiding combinations that result in a significant increase in interference. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205334 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is an apparatus and method for data transmission/reception in a mobile telecommunication system, and more particularly to an apparatus and method for data transmission/reception in a mobile telecommunication system employing an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) scheme. The method includes identifying a CHannel IDentifier (CH_ID), which represents a first resource indicated by a Forward Shared Control CHannel (F-SCCH) among all resources; identifying a second resource indicated by resource assignment information for group terminals; and when the first resource includes all or a part of the second resource, and a third resource unused by the group terminals exists in the entire or part of the second resource, transmitting/receiving data by means of the third resource and a fourth resource, which is a remaining part of the first resource excluding the second resource. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205335 | Data transmitting method for wireless communication system - A data transmitting method for wireless communication system applied in a transmitting device for transmitting a number of data packets to a receiving device is provided. Firstly, n data packets are transmitted to the receiving device during the first time period, wherein n is a nature number. Next, the first accumulated number is recorded, wherein the first accumulated number denotes the times of resending the n data packets during the first time period. Then, determine that whether the first accumulated number exceeds a predetermined value or not. If the first accumulated number exceeds the predetermined value, then other communication methods are adopted and the method carries on transmitting the remaining data packets; if the first accumulated number does not exceed the predetermined value, the first accumulated number is cleared, and the method carries on transmitting the remaining data packets to the receiving device. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205336 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR JOINT SCHEDULING TO INCREASE FREQUENCY EFFICIENCY AND FAIRNESS IN A MULTI-CHANNEL DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM USING FREQUENCY REUSE AND COMMON POWER CONTROL - A joint scheduling apparatus and method for increasing frequency efficiency and fairness in a multi-channel distributed antenna system using frequency reuse and common control power. One of a Base Station (BS) or Relay Station (RS) are selected to transmit packets to a Mobile Station (MSs), taking into account Quality of Service (QoS) in one of a BS and an RS and grouped into packet groups. The packets are selected from the packet groups, links corresponding to the packets are grouped into a link group, a joint power control is performed on the link group, link elimination and link addition are performed for the link group until optimal solutions are achieved for the links group, channels are allocated to the links when the optimal solutions are achieved for the links, and the status of a user queue is updated. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205337 | Methods and Devices for Allocating Data in a Wireless Communication System - A system and method for identifying a resource region including a plurality of symbols, allocating pilot signals to the resource region, identifying pilot-free symbols free of the pilot signals in the plurality of symbols, arranging sacrifice carriers for a first region of a group of symbols in the pilot-free symbols at a first density for a first communication station, and arranging sacrifice carriers for a second region of the group of symbols in the pilot-free symbols at a second density for a second communication station, the first communication station mobile with respect to an access communication station at a first relative speed and the second communication station is mobile with respect to the access communication station at a second relative speed, and wherein the first density of sacrifice carriers is greater than the second density of sacrifice carriers if the first relative speed is greater than the second relative speed. | 08-28-2008 |
20080205338 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A resource allocation method and apparatus in a communication system having backward compatibility are provided. In a transmission apparatus, a determiner determines a first frequency band for transmitting wireless resource allocation information to a terminal from among the frequency bands supporting the communication system, a MAP generator determines at least one second frequency band over which the terminal desires to receive a service and allocates wireless resources to the second frequency band, and a transmission unit transmits the wireless resource allocation information to the terminal over the first frequency band. In a reception apparatus, a reception unit receives wireless resource allocation information over a first frequency band determined by a base station and a MAP information decrypter determines at least one service frequency band included in the wireless resource allocation information. Accordingly, the method and apparatus dynamically allocate wireless resources to a terminal when multiple systems having backward compatibility coexist. | 08-28-2008 |
20080212524 | Mobile Station, Base Station, Communication System, Amount-of-Data Information Transmission Method, Transmission-Control-Information Notification Method, and Wireless Communication Method - A mobile station includes an amount-of-data information determining means for monitoring data which are stored on a communication-service-by-communication-service basis or on a transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel so as to determine communication-service-by-communication-service or transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel amount-of-data information. The mobile station transmits the communication-service-by-communication-service or transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel amount-of-data information determined by the amount-of-data information determining means to a base station. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212525 | USING DEVICE PROFILE TO DETERMINE THE MOST SUITABLE RESOURCE RESERVATION FOR AN APPLICATION - A system, method, apparatus, and computer program product are disclosed for introducing a specific Device Profile into a wireless protocol that defines some basics of how the WiMedia UWB radio platform can be used to transmit audiovisual data. Further, embodiments enable the Device Profile information and other significant parameters, such as, for example application QoS requirements and current radio conditions, to be used to determine optimal radio resource allocation for WiMedia UWB communication in order to ensure safe data transfer, while taking into account possible power saving requirements for the data transfer. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212526 | LINK ADAPTATION AND ANTENNA SELECTION IN COOPERATIVE MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention provide techniques for applying link adaptation and antenna selection in cooperative multiple access systems where multiple user devices act cooperatively to communicate with a network access station through a MIMO channel. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212527 | Method and System for Optimal Allocation of Bandwidth and Power Resources to OFDMA VOIP Channels - A method and system of allocating a bandwidth and a power for a wireless user. The method includes for an allocated bandwidth determining a transmission power and adjusting the transmission power based on whether a bit rate and an error rate associated with the transmission power and the allocated bandwidth satisfy one or more predetermined criteria. The method further processing information associated with the adjusted transmission power and determining a power level indicator. Additionally, the method includes determining whether the power level indicator satisfies one or more predetermined third criteria. If the power level indicator is determined not to satisfy the one or more predetermined third criteria, the method includes adjusting the allocated bandwidth from the first bandwidth to a second bandwidth for the wireless user. Otherwise, the method includes keeping the allocated bandwidth. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212528 | Srb Enhancement on Hs-Dsch During Cell Change - The present invention relates to a radio network controller and a radio base station for prioritisation of signalling radio bearers (SRB) with regard to their content to achieve an efficient resource usage. The radio network controller can retrieve knowledge about the resource status in a Node B serving a certain user equipment and request this Node B to prioritize signalling radio bearers (SRB) carrying signalling information with regard to radio resource control that is of particular importance and intended to be efficiently forwarded to said user equipment. The Node B then prioritises such signalling radio bearers and schedules the prioritized signalling radio bearers with respect to their priorities using sufficient radio resources. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212529 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANGING A MULTICAST AND BROADCAST SERVICE (MCBCS) BROADCASTING CHANNEL IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for changing a MultiCast and BroadCast Service (MCBCS) broadcasting channel in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system are provided. The method includes, if an MCBCS initialization request message is received from an MCBCS server, sending a burst reservation request message for MCBCS burst allocation to one or more Base Stations (BSs) in a corresponding Multicast and Broadcast Service (MBS) zone, and if a burst reservation response message is received from at least one of the one or more BSs, sending a Resource Reservation (RR) request message for each channel to the at least one of the one or more BSs for establishing data channels for each channel broadcast by the MCBCS server. Accordingly, a channel transition delay time resulting from a user's channel change can be reduced. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212530 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY REUSE IN A MULTI INPUT MULTI OUTPUT SYSTEM - A frequency reuse apparatus and method for a Mobile Station (MS) using a multiple-antenna in a broadband wireless access communication system are provided. The method includes dividing a first frequency band into ‘N’ second frequency bands where ‘N’ equals a number of Base Stations (BSs); dividing each second frequency band into ‘n’ third frequency bands; allocating each of the ‘N’ second frequency bands according to the number of receive antennas; and allocating the third frequency bands to all of the BSs, respectively. | 09-04-2008 |
20080212531 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for transmitting a signal in a communication system is disclosed, in which a BS transmits control information in a predetermined third zone of a frame, the frame being divided into a first and a second zones in frequency and the third zone being included in the first zone, and transmits a data burst in at least one of a fourth zone and the second zone, the fourth zone being a remaining zone of the first zone other than the third zone. | 09-04-2008 |
20080219210 | RECONFIGURABLE MOBILE MODE AND FIXED NETWORK MODE ENDPOINT METERS - A meter data collection system in which endpoint meters are reconfigurable to operate in either a mobile mode or a fixed network mode is disclosed herein. While operating in the mobile mode, the endpoint meters transmit their meter data to a mobile device such as a “walk by” or “drive by” data collection device. While operating in the fixed network mode, the endpoint meters communicate with each other and with a central node to form a fixed wireless network. The endpoint meters may include a transceiver that enables the endpoint meters to transmit and receive data to and from the mobile device or other nodes in the fixed wireless network. The endpoint meters can be quickly and easily transitioned from operation in the mobile mode to operation in the fixed network mode (or vice versa) without changes to the endpoint meter hardware and without substantial re-configuration of the endpoint meters. | 09-11-2008 |
20080225782 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING BLIND TRANSPORT FORMAT DETECTION - Methods and apparatus for performing efficient blind transport format (TF) detection in wireless communication systems are disclosed based on TF groups and efficient hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) assisted blind TF detection for retransmissions. When a receiver detects a failure for an initial transmission, a transmitter receives an HARQ negative acknowledgement (NACK) or no feedback from the receiver beyond a certain duration. The transmitter uses the same transport format combination (TFC) for a first retransmission as is used for the initial transmission for data detection, and if the first retransmission fails and after the transmitter gets the HARQ NACK or no feedback from the receiver beyond the certain duration, the transmitter uses a next more robust TFC for a second retransmission and the receiver should also to use next more robust TFC for data detection for the second retransmission from the transmitter. Alternatively, the transmitter uses the next robust TF for the first retransmission. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225783 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SIGNALINGS FOR GROUP SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Method and apparatus for resource allocation formatting, signaling, and procedures in wireless communications, the method reducing signal overhead. Wireless transmit/receive units are divided into one or more semi-static groups. Resource allocation takes place to a group and the resource sets are signaled to an individual unit needing the resources. The method is applied to resource allocation for services, including both real time and non real time services. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225784 | Method and Apparatus for Configuring a Transport Block Size in a Wireless Communications System - A method of setting a transport block size for a user equipment in a wireless communications system includes providing a combination table for being looked up to generate a parameter value according to a combination of a modulation scheme and a number of channelization codes indicated by a base station, so as to decide a transport block size index, and configuring a first parameter value corresponding to a least resource usage in the combination table as a first transport block size index before deciding the transport block size index. The first transport block size index is a transport block size index corresponding to a smallest transport block size in a transport block size table, and the combination table and the transport block size table are used when quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) modulation, 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (16 QAM) or 64 quadrature amplitude modulation (64 QAM) is activated. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225785 | RANDOM ACCESS RESOURCE MAPPING FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a mapping of access service classes (ASCs) to its assigned access class. The ASC mapping may be based on message priority and logical channel priority. ASC mapping is directly or indirectly mapped to RACH preamble burst groupings and RACH signature groupings. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225786 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a control channel of a base station in a mobile communication system. A downlink control channel signal generator generates a downlink control channel signal to be transmitted to a User Equipment (UE). A control channel candidate processor calculates a control channel decoding attempt order according to a state of the downlink channel. A controller determines a control channel candidate to be used, according to the calculated decoding attempt order. A mapper maps the generated control channel signal to the determined control channel candidate. A transmission processor wirelessly transmits the mapped signal. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225787 | Resource allocation method and system - There is provided a communication system, comprising a network infrastructure comprising: a transmitter configured to transmit signaling information to user terminals, the signaling information being related to the allocation of the plurality of sub-carriers at a common frequency band used for data transmission between the multiple user terminals and a network infrastructure; a processor configured to divide the common frequency band into two suppression bands at the edge zones of the common frequency band and to provide a safe band between the two suppression bands, the two suppression bands including sub-carriers having a predetermined amount of decreased channel estimation accuracy compared with the other sub-carriers of the common frequency band; and a processor configured to allocate signaling information, related to the allocation of at least one sub-carrier to a user terminal having an expected signal to interference-plus-noise ratio at a predetermined level, to at least one sub-carrier included in the safe band. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225788 | Resource allocation control method and device in mobile radio communications system - For radio communications between a base station and a mobile station, resource allocation within a resource block including control resources used for control signals (CQI, ACK/NACK) and reference resources used for a reference signal is performed. The base station measures the quality of a channel between the mobile station and the base station itself. Based on the measured channel quality, the base station sets a ratio between resources for the control signals CQI and ACK/NACK in the control resources, and notifies the mobile station of the set resource ratio. | 09-18-2008 |
20080225789 | System and method for allocating resources in a communication system - A method and system for allocating resources in a communication system including a first system having a use right for a plurality of frequency bands, and a second system having no use right for the plurality of frequency bands. The method includes acquiring first, second and third sensing informations indicating frequency bands available by a base station, a relay station and a mobile station belonging to the second system, among the plurality of frequency bands; and selecting a frequency band to be allocated for communications, based on the acquired sensing informations. | 09-18-2008 |
20080232308 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BASE AND MOBILE STATIONS - A method and system for wireless communications between base and mobile stations use reference signals transmitted from base stations prior transmission of data signals. The reference signals are used to determine propagation characteristics of communication channels between the base and mobile stations and optimize, in real time, parameters of receivers of the mobile stations for processing the following data signals. Applications of the invention include wireless communication systems compliant with OFDMA, 3GPP LTE, RFN-OFDMA, OFDM, TDMA, and the like communication protocols. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232309 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE QUEUING FOR DISCONTINUOUS WIRELESS CHANNELS - A method and system for data transmission on wireless discontinuous channels. The method and system include adjusting ordering of a plurality of transmission units in a queue to be transmitted in a wireless discontinuous channel to reduce unusable channel access time; determining transmission eligibility of each of the transmission units in the queue; and servicing the queue by transmitting the transmission units responsive to the adjusted order. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232310 | FLEXIBLE USER EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIED DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - The embodiments of the present invention provide for methods, devices, and systems adapted to enable an eNodeB and a user equipment (UE) to negotiate a set of discontinuous reception (DRX) parameters, as well as enable an eNodeB to instruct a UE to directly apply a certain DRX level or period from the negotiated set of DRX parameters, via Layer 3 signaling, Layer 2 in-band signaling, and/or L1/L2 signaling. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232311 | Method For Multi-Channel Resource Reservation in a Wireless Mesh Network - In a mesh network a multiband OFDM Alliance (MBOA) system provides higher channel access efficiency through a Distributed Reservation Protocol (DRP). A MBOA Physical layer (PHY) and a MBOA Medium Access Control (MAC) are used to increase the efficiency of the mesh network. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232312 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK FEEDBACK DATA IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting uplink feedback data in a broadband wireless mobile communication are provided. The method comprises dividing tiles used as a feedback channel into a preset number of groups, selecting one group among the preset number of groups using a downlink channel, selecting a number of tiles, the number of tiles being equal to a number of tiles required for feedback data transmission in the selected group, and mapping feedback data to each selected tile. Thereby, feedback information can be transmitted via a tile selected by a terminal based on a channel state without a process of allocating and reallocating an additional feedback channel, thus enhancing efficiency of uplink wireless resources. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232313 | Method for Enhancing Data Transmission Efficiency for a Radio Resource Control Procedure for a Wireless Communications System and Related Apparatus - A method for enhancing data transmission efficiency for a radio resource control, hereinafter called RRC, procedure for a user equipment, also called UE, in a CELL_FACH state in a wireless communications system is provided. The method includes using a dedicated HS-DSCH radio network transaction identifier, hereinafter called H-RNTI, for a high speed downlink operation corresponding to the CELL_FACH state; initiating an RRC update procedure; changing to use a common H-RNTI for the high speed downlink operation if the dedicated H-RNTI becomes invalid; and continuing using the dedicated H-RNTI for the high speed downlink operation if the dedicated H-RNTI remains effective. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232314 | METHOD OF PROVIDING A VoIP CONNECTION - This invention concerns a method of providing a VoIP connection through wireless communication links of a packet-based wireless communication system, and a corresponding base station and terminal. The wireless communication links comprise an uplink transmission path ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080232315 | METHOD OF MANAGING COEXISTING PACKET STREAMS - The invention concerns a method of managing coexisting packet streams ( | 09-25-2008 |
20080232316 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING INITIAL NETWORK ENTRY IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for performing initial network entry in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A communication method includes broadcasting, by a Base Station (BS), a Downlink Channel Descriptor (DCD) message including information on a different Frequency Allocation (FA) of the BS using all FAs; connecting, by one of a plurality of Media Access Control (MAC) processors of a Mobile Station (MS), using an arbitrary FA of the BS; obtaining, by the MS, information on the different FA of the BS by analyzing the DCD message received using the arbitrary FA; and performing, by one or more of the remaining MAC processors of the MS, a network entry process using the different FA of the BS according to the different FA information. Accordingly, when an MS having a plurality of MAC addresses connects to a system that performs communication through multiple FAs, different MAC processors of the MS can perform initial network entry using different FAs in the same cell (or sector or BS) without collisions. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232317 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Random Access Procedure in a Wireless Communications System - A method for handling a random access procedure in a user equipment, called UE hereinafter, of a wireless communications system, the UE assigned a dedicated preamble for the random access procedure, the method includes deciding whether to reuse the dedicated preamble when the UE doesn't receive a downlink message successfully or the random access procedure is failed. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232318 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF INTRODUCING XID FRAMES FOR LAPDm PROCEDURE - A method and apparatus for introducing exchange information (XID) frames for link access Procedure on the Dm (data) channel (LAPDm) Procedure comprises commencing a negotiation between a mobile station (MS) and a basic service set (BSS). XID frames are transmitted between the MS and the BSS. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232319 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for transmitting/receiving resource allocation information in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. A transmission apparatus allocates a data burst in a frame, the data burst including a two-dimensional region of a time domain and a frequency domain, and transmits resource allocation information on the allocated data burst. A reception apparatus receives the resource allocation information from the transmission apparatus, and detects a region of the frame where the data burst is allocated, using the received resource allocation information. The resource allocation information includes information on a start point and an end point of the data burst. The start point indicates a point which is spaced apart from an start point of the frame by a first offset value in the time domain, and is spaced apart from the start point of the frame by a second offset value in the frequency domain. The end point indicates a point which is spaced apart from the start point by a third offset value in the time domain, and is spaced apart from the start point by a fourth offset value in the frequency domain. The data burst is a two-dimensional rectangular region having a diagonal line segment connecting the start point to the end point. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232320 | Dynamic Resource Allocation Method Based on Frequency Reuse Partitioning For Ofdma/Fdd System, and Frame Transmission Method Therefor - Provided are a dynamic resource allocation method based on frequency reuse partitioning for an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system, and a frame transmission method therefor. The dynamic resource allocation method includes: a) dividing a coverage into cells based on frequency reuse partitioning; b) selecting a candidate user to receive a channel allocated thereto based on the ratio; c) acquiring distance information for the candidate user; and d) checking whether the candidate user is in an inner or outer cell area based on the distance information. If the candidate user is in the inner cell area, a subchannel group among subchannel groups having a Frequency Reuse Factor (FRF) lower than a threshold value is selected and subcarriers of the selected subchannel group is allocated. If the candidate user is in the outer cell area, a subchannel group among subchannel groups having a FRF higher than the threshold value is selected. | 09-25-2008 |
20080232321 | Techniques for improved error detection in a wireless communication system - In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method including: determining whether first allocation information has been transmitted from a first device towards a second device in a wireless communication system; and transmitting a message including transmittal information and second allocation information from the first device towards the second device, wherein the transmittal information corresponds to the determined transmittal of the first allocation information. In another exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method including: detecting whether a first signal is received on a dedicated resource of a wireless communication system; detecting whether a second signal is received on a shared resource of the wireless communication system; and determining, based on a detection outcome for the first signal and a detection outcome for the second signal, whether at least one allocation has failed. | 09-25-2008 |
20080240022 | Method for Allocating and Accessing Radio Resources in Ofdma System - Disclosed is a method for allocating and accessing downlink resources in the OFDMA communication system. In the resource allocation method, bursts having the same modulation and channel encoding level are arranged in a predetermined temporal order on a physical layer. Information on the allocated unit resources is included in a common control block and is transmitted to a subscriber station, and the subscriber station then detects a number of the allocated unit resources to thus check the range of bursts to be received by the subscriber station. Therefore, power consumption by the subscriber station is reduced and signaling overheads of the common control information and unneeded residual resources are decreased. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240023 | CENTRAL FREQUENCY MODIFICATION WITHOUT COMMUNICATION DISRUPTION - Methods for modifying a central frequency of a channel following a change in channel width between wireless devices are disclosed. The station desiring a channel width change notifies the AP and enters a constructive power management mode, which keeps the AP from sending frames to the station. This enables the station to move the central frequency without concern of data loss, then restores itself to a full-power state. Or, the station communicates the desire to switch channel modes after receiving a beacon frame from the AP, then switches the central frequency of the channel during a subsequent beacon, or during some predetermined time period prior to the subsequent beacon. While the central frequency is being changed, the station does not miss a frame intended to be communicated to the station. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING AND IDENTIFYING SPECTRUM OPPORTUNITIES | 10-02-2008 |
20080240025 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE TRANSMISSION POWER OF A NODE | 10-02-2008 |
20080240026 | DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD AND WIRELESS MESH NETWORK THEREWITH - A distributed channel allocation method and a wireless mesh network with the same are provided herein. By the distributed channel allocation, interference situations are avoided in a wireless network communication, and the allocated bandwidth can then be fully utilized. Besides, unnecessary depletion of an allocated bandwidth due to the interference can be avoided. By this method, a time division technique is applied for dividing a transmission time of each wireless NIC, and different non-overlapping channels can be assigned to different timeslots. Different from other researches that require a symmetrical number of the NICs between a receiving node and a transmitting node, in this method, a unique wireless NIC may communicate with the wireless NICs. The method provides the feature that the number of the NICs on a certain node can be adjusted to meet a communication requirement, by which the efficiency of a network flow is also significantly improved. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240028 | Filtering and guard band for non-synchronized transmission - A wireless terminal capable of communicating with a wireless communication system comprised of a plurality of wireless terminals and a plurality of base stations. The wireless terminal selects a sequence from a group of certain sequences for random access. At least one sub-carriers on an uplink channel including at least one data channel is allocated for at least one random access channel. Each data channel includes a continuous set of data sub-carriers. The wireless terminal then filters the at least one random access channel by applying a Raised Cosine filter, maps the selected sequence to the at least one random access channel to generate a random access channel signal, and transmits the random access channel signal to a base station. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240029 | AIRCRAFT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM SELECTIVELY ALLOCATING DATA COMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL CAPACITY AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A communications system for an aircraft carrying personnel having personal electronic devices (PEDs) for wireless data communications outside the aircraft includes a ground-based communications network, and an access point in the aircraft for providing a WLAN for data communications with the PEDs. An air-to-ground transceiver in the aircraft cooperates with the access point for data communications with the ground-based communications network. At least one data traffic controller selectively allocates data communications channel capacity between the PEDs and the ground-based communications network. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240030 | TRANSMISSION ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating to transmission adaptation in a wireless network. According to another example embodiment, an apparatus may include a processor. The processor may be configured to measure a channel quality for a plurality of wireless resources (e.g., physical resource blocks), determine one or more proposed resources based on the measured channel quality for the wireless resources, determine at least one proposed transmission parameter based on a number of the proposed wireless resources and the channel quality of the proposed wireless resources, and send a report to an infrastructure node, the report including the at least one proposed transmission parameter and identifying the proposed wireless resources. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240031 | EXTENSIONS TO ADAPTIVE BEAM-STEERING METHOD - A radio frequency (RF) transmitter is coupled to and controlled by a processor to transmit data. A physical layer circuit is coupled to the RF transmitter to encode and decode between a digital signal and a modulated analog signal. The physical layer circuit comprises a high rate physical layer circuit (HRP) and a low rate physical layer circuit (LRP). In a first embodiment, the LRP circuit generates a LRP packet comprising an LRP transmit power control feedback. In a second embodiment, the LRP and HRP circuit generate a packet comprising a beam-forming phase and magnitude feedback information. In a third embodiment, the LRP and HRP circuit supports up to 64 independent transmit antenna elements. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240032 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONDENSED FREQUENCY REUSE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A legacy spectrum allocation results in inefficient use of the spectrum now allocated to broadband services. A broadband wireless OFDMA communication system allocates channels with overlap between adjacent channels to make more efficient use of the allocated spectrum. Guard tones are eliminated to reduce channel bandwidth requirements leaving a smaller bandwidth overlap. Interference mitigation procedures are used to reduce adjacent channel interference. | 10-02-2008 |
20080240033 | SUPPORT OF DISPARATE ADDRESSING PLANS AND DYNAMIC HA ADDRESS ALLOCATION IN MOBILE IP - Methods and apparatus for enhancing Mobile IP signaling and to support use of disparate addressing plans and dynamic Home Agent allocation in Mobile IP Regional Tunneling are described. The enhanced methods of signaling use an intermediate node, e.g., a Gateway Foreign Agent, straddling different addressing domains, when the signaling controls a process between the intermediate node and an upstream node. The specific intermediate node, its interfaces and upstream addresses can be dynamically selected. The Enhanced MIP signaling includes dynamic allocation of: a regional node at a Foreign Agent, the upstream address of a regional node by the regional node, a Home Agent for a regional node prior to dynamic allocation of the regional node. A method is supported to indicate to a Mobile Node that a dynamically allocated regional node has become invalid triggering enhanced MIP signaling dynamically allocating a new regional node and upstream interface address. | 10-02-2008 |
20080247356 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The object of the present invention is to achieve reduction of interference between cells and improvement of maximum throughput so as to improve spectrum efficiency. A wireless base station which transmits a radio signal between itself and a plurality of mobile stations by means of OFDMA includes: a multiplexing part for generating user data; a channel assignment control part for selecting a plurality sets of sub-carriers among a plurality of sub-carriers so as to constitute a radio frame containing sub-channels assigned to each of the plurality sets of sub-carriers and for setting in the radio frame the user data and control data by means of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing; and a transmission part for transmitting a radio signal containing the radio frame; where, the channel assignment control part is constituted so that the radio frame is divided into 2 zones for the control and user data and all the sub-channels in the zone for control data are divided into groups for each of sectors; the control data is allocated on the corresponding divided groups; and the user data is allocated on all the sub-channels in the zone for user data. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247357 | Method For Adaptive Delay Threshold-Based Priority Queueing Scheme For Packet Scheduling in Mobile Broadband Wireless Access System - Disclosed is a method for adaptive delay threshold-based priority queueing for packet scheduling in a mobile broadband wireless access system, which corresponds to a resource allocation method capable of satisfying Quality of Service (QoS) requested by realtime and non-realtime users in a mobile communication environment, and simultaneously maximizing the capacity of the mobile broadband wireless access system. | 10-09-2008 |
20080247358 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SENSITIVE SCHEDULING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for a channel sensitive scheduler for scheduling transmissions in a communication system. The scheduler is defined by a priority function of the channel condition as determined by amount of transmission power needed by a mobile station. In one embodiment the channel condition is determined based on the transmission pilot power of each mobile station and is used to calculate a priority value for each mobile station. The mobile stations are then scheduled to transmit based on the priority value. | 10-09-2008 |
20080253320 | System and Method for Facilitating Co-Channel and Co-Existence Via Enhanced Frame Preambles - Enhanced frame preambles facilitate co-channel co-existence in a wireless communication environment by having at least one preamble characteristic that connotes channel-sharing information regarding the wireless communication environment. In an exemplary embodiment, a downlink subframe is received in one or more wireless communication signals in a wireless communication environment. A preamble is detected in the downlink subframe, and at least one characteristic of the preamble is ascertained. Channel-sharing information for the wireless communication environment is determined based upon the at least one characteristic of the preamble. In another exemplary embodiment, a channel is scanned to detect secondary preambles being transmitted on the channel. A current preamble configuration, including a permutation of preamble location and preamble content corresponding to the secondary preambles, is determined, which connote channel-sharing information. A next available preamble location may be adopted based on the current preamble configuration. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253321 | AIR LINK BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION FOR VOICE OVER IP COMMUNICATIONS - A system, method, and computer program product for receiving a Session Initiation Protocol (“SIP”) packet and analyzing at least a portion of the SIP packet to determine if the at least a portion of the SIP packet includes a request related to a bandwidth requirement. If the at least a portion of the SIP packet includes a request related to a bandwidth requirement, bandwidth of an air link for voice over IP (“VoIP”) communications over the air link is allocated based upon, at least in part, request related to a bandwidth requirement. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253322 | WiMAX Multicast Broadcast Network System Architecture - Techniques and system architectures for supporting Multicast Broadcast Services (MCBCS) over a WiMAX network. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253323 | Method of Transmitting on a Random Access Channel - Optimizing call setup procedures by determining whether a trigger for a random access procedure is independent for a restricted number of terminals, and performing a preamble transmission with or without a delay based upon the determining. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253324 | Multiple Channel Communication - A communication device ( | 10-16-2008 |
20080253325 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPLINK BANDWIDTH REQUEST IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - An UpLink (UL) bandwidth requesting apparatus and method in a broadband wireless access system are provided. The apparatus includes a queue length controller for determining an amount of bandwidth-request using a difference between a current queue length and a target length and a determiner for the final amount of bandwidth-request using a change rate of queue length for sending information of the calculated bandwidth-request amount to a bandwidth allocating apparatus. By rapidly and accurately predicting the bandwidth-request and reducing the request delay, Quality of Service (QoS) can be guaranteed using a minimum bandwidth. | 10-16-2008 |
20080253326 | SYNCHRONOUS ADAPTIVE HARQ - Synchronous adaptive HARQ is utilized to mitigate resource fragmentation. Bitmaps are utilized instead of scheduling uplink grants for retransmission. The location of one or more resource blocks can be changed if there is a release of resources in a location of a corresponding resource block. Changing the location of the one or more resource blocks can group the resource blocks toward a first end of a spectrum. The bitmap can include a retransmission offset and a signal that indicates a direction with respect to the retransmission offset. The direction can be a positive direction or a negative direction. | 10-16-2008 |
20080259851 | System and method for enabling subscribers of a communications carrier to access a network of other subscribers - A system and method for enabling subscribers of a communications carrier to communicate over a network of wireless access points of other consumer subscribers of the communications carrier is provided. In response to a wireless device of a user attempting to access a wireless access point of a subscriber, a database may be queried to determine whether the user of the wireless device is a subscriber of the communications carrier and has a subscription agreement enabling the subscriber to access a communications network via the network of wireless access points of other consumer subscribers. The subscriber may be enabled to access the wireless access point within the network of wireless access points in response to determining that the subscriber has a subscription agreement enabling communication over the communications network via the network of wireless access points of other consumer subscribers. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259852 | Mobility Manager - A mobility manager provides mobility management of mobile nodes, which have subscribed to an applications server for a communications service. The applications server is arranged to control a level of a service in accordance with bandwidth allocated to the applications server for the mobility-managed mobile nodes by the mobility manager from an access point to which the mobility-managed mobile nodes are attached. The mobility manager receives traffic shaping report messages from a traffic shaper within an access network. The traffic shaping reports report on a current use of bandwidth for each of a plurality of different traffic types by non mobility-managed mobile nodes, which are not controlled by the mobility manager. The traffic shaping reports also report on bandwidth used by one or more mobility-managed mobile nodes, which are managed by the mobility manager. The mobility manager is operable, in response to the traffic shaping reports, to adapt the traffic pattern in accordance with the current use of bandwidth of the different traffic types by the non mobility-managed mobile node and to communicate the adapted traffic pattern to the traffic shaper for use in controlling the bandwidth of the access point in accordance with the adapted traffic pattern. The mobility manager is therefore able to control an amount of bandwidth used by mobile nodes which are not controlled by the mobility manager, to the effect that these mobile nodes do not consume a disproportionate amount of the bandwidth available from the access point to the detriment of mobile nodes, which are being managed by the mobility manager. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259853 | Radio Lan System, and Base Station and Terminal Station Thereof - A wireless LAN system that includes a plurality of stations and an access point, interconnected via a network, and supports QoS has infrastructure mode and a Direct Link. In the infrastructure mode, data communication is performed between stations STA via an access point AP. In the Direct Link, data communication is performed directly between the stations STA. The access point AP performs a process for reserving a bandwidth | 10-23-2008 |
20080259854 | Communication Terminal Apparatus, Base Station Apparatus, and Resource Assigning Method - A communication terminal apparatus of wireless communication system wherein the data amount of report values is reduced and the accuracy of the report values is enhanced in OFDM wireless communication. In a communication terminal apparatus ( | 10-23-2008 |
20080259855 | AUXILIARY ACK CHANNEL FEEDBACK FOR CONTROL CHANNELS AND BROADCAST MULTICAST SIGNALS - A method for providing an assignment acknowledgement includes receiving a forward link overhead channel message at an access terminal (AT), the overhead channel message including parameters used to indicate which shared control channel (SCCH) message data blocks are to be acknowledged by the AT and the timing for transmitting the assignment acknowledgment. The method further includes receiving a forward link SCCH signal having SCCH data blocks, decoding the SCCH data blocks according to parameters provided by the overhead channel message, detecting a change in access terminal assignment for the AT based upon the SCCH signal, and receiving forward link packet data, or transmitting reverse link data packet at the AT via the assigned data channel. Additional operations include identifying an offset which defines that a certain number of subpackets of the packet data have been transmitted before an assignment acknowledgement is to be transmitted, and transmitting the assignment acknowledgement according to the offset to indicate successful decoding of one of the SCCH data blocks only if the packet data has not been acknowledged | 10-23-2008 |
20080259856 | Apparatus, method and computer program product providing dynamic sharing of resources between uplink and downlink allocations for separately coded users - Apparatus, methods and computer program products operate an electronic device to generate downlink allocation information and uplink allocation to be signaled to other electronic devices operative in a wireless communications system; and to operate radio apparatus to signal the downlink allocation information and uplink allocation information in a control channel, wherein the downlink allocation information is signaled in a downlink allocation portion of the control channel and the uplink allocation information is signaled in an uplink allocation portion of the control channel. In a variant, apparatus, methods and computer program products operate an electronic device to receive downlink and uplink allocation information signaled in a control channel by a wireless communications system, wherein the control channel is divided into a downlink allocation portion used for downlink allocation information and an uplink allocation portion used for uplink allocation information; to receive control channel division information indicating which portion of the control channel corresponds to the downlink allocation portion and which portion corresponds to the uplink allocation portion; and to search for downlink allocation information in the downlink allocation portion and uplink allocation information in the uplink allocation portion. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259857 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION BASED ON A RELAY STATION - The present invention relates to a method, a system and an apparatus for implementing bandwidth allocation and scheduling management based on a relay station. A mapping information unit for controlling a RS (MAP | 10-23-2008 |
20080259858 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTING CONTENT IN A MULTI-FREQUENCY NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for distributing content in a multi-frequency network. A method includes combining service overheads with a content multiplex to generate service layer multiplexes, determining regions of the multi-frequency network where a service layer multiplex is to be distributed, combining distribution overheads with the service layer multiplex to generate distribution layer multiplexes, and transmitting the distribution layer multiplexes over the regions of the multi-frequency network. An apparatus includes combining logic configured to combine service overheads with a content multiplex to generate service layer multiplexes; determine regions of the multi-frequency network where a service layer multiplex is to be distributed; and combine distribution overheads with the service layer multiplex to generate distribution layer multiplexes. The apparatus also includes output logic configured to transmit the distribution layer multiplexes over the regions of the multi-frequency network. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259859 | Spectrum Management in Dynamic Spectrum Access Wireless Systems - A plurality of MAC/PHY stacks is adapted to support wireless devices. A superframe structure includes a preamble and a superframe initialization header. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259860 | Radio frame control apparatus, radio frame control method, and radio communication apparatus - A radio frame control apparatus for controlling a radio frame of an orthogonal frequency division multiple access system, having a placement information generation section generating first placement information including a radio resource amount assigned to each terminal station based on a received radio resource request, a pseudo placement information generation section generating pseudo placement information including a temporal radio resource amount assigned to pseudo communication, a radio resource assignment section generating second placement information by inserting the pseudo placement information into the first placement information. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259861 | Preamble transmission method for wireless communication system - A preamble transmission method for a wireless communication system is provided for improving the probability of successful transmission and reducing unnecessary retransmission power consumption. The preamble transmission method of the present invention calculates an initial transmission power; transmits a preamble with the initial transmission power through a random access channel; if an acknowledgement is received in response to the preamble, starts transmission of data; and if no acknowledgement is received in response to the preamble—calculates a retransmission power, and retransmits the preamble with the retransmission power. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259862 | Method for Scheduling in Mobile Communication and Apparatus Thereof - The present invention relates to a scheduling device and method of a mobile communication system. In the packet scheduling method, a base station performs packet scheduling for a terminal station in a mobile communication system, and a transport channel comprising an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) and a physical channel comprising an uplink grant channel (UL-GCH) between the terminal and the base station are classified into a plurality of channels. In addition, in the packet scheduling method: a) the base station receives scheduling information from the terminal; b) the base station allocates an uplink resource for uplink traffic transmission for terminal based on the received scheduling information; and c) information for the allocated uplink resource is transmitted to the terminal through the UL-GCH of the physical channel. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259863 | Method for Configuring Channel and Carrier Resources for Multi-Carrier High Speed Downlink Packet Access - A channel for multicarrier high speed downlink packet access and a method for allocating the carrier resource include: the wireless network controller configures the multicarrier high speed downlink packet access resource of a multicarrier cell, the multicarrier high speed downlink packet access resource includes the high speed physical downlink shared channel resource, the high speed shared control channel and the high speed shared information channel pair resource. The resource is managed and allocated by the node B. The wireless network controller allocates the associated—dedicated physical channel according to the recorded original configuration information and original allocation information of each carrier, and sends the configuration information to the node B, then the node B allocates the high speed physical downlink shared channel carrier resource, the associated high speed shared control channel and the high speed shared information channel pair resource. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259864 | System and Method for Dynamic Allocation of Capacity on Wireless Networks - A wireless communication system is described for allocating limited network access according to priorities designated for requested transactions of wireless communications. The wireless network has a number of access links for transmitting transactions for wireless communications. A plurality of wireless communications devices request transmission of transactions on the wireless network. A designated priority level is associated with each transaction. In response to the transaction requests, an access control manager in the wireless network schedules transmission of transactions when all of the plurality of access links are occupied, by authorizing a transmission of a transaction of higher priority than another transaction that is being transmitted, and discontinuing the transmission of the transaction of lower priority. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259865 | Handling traffic flows in a mobile communications network - A method includes receiving a request for establishing a communication pathway end-to-end over a network. The communication pathway includes a radio communication channel and a packet communication channel. The request identifies a plurality of traffic flows to be carried by the communication pathway and quality-of-service attributes associated with the traffic flows. At least one traffic flow is associated with at least one quality-of-service attribute determining the quality-of-service requirement for the at least one traffic flow. A quality-of-service is negotiated, based on the quality-of-service attribute, and the negotiated quality-of-service is reported. | 10-23-2008 |
20080259866 | WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination - A network includes access points that admit/terminate mobile station associations based upon the loading level of the access point and/or whether a mobile station can associate with a further access point. Mobile stations transmit information indicative of the access points to which they can associate. The access points determine whether to admit/terminate a mobile station association based upon access point loading. | 10-23-2008 |
20080267117 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINKING TO CONTENT AND SERVICES FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Embodiments for a system and method for providing a user with access via a mobile terminal to content and services, provided by content and service providers, using a communication network are described. The mobile terminal can be a mobile phone terminal, a personal digital assistant (PDA), tablet or portable computer having a screen, a processor adapted to run one or more software applications, an input interface, and wireless communication functions adapted to connect the mobile terminal to the communication network. A user selects a selectable item displayed on the screen using the user interface. The selection of the selectable item activates a software application which composes a data packet having a format for sending to the associated content or service provider where the packet is processed and the action taken. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267118 | Uplink Scheduling and Resource Allocation With Fast Indication - Systems and methods for signalling transitions between talk-spurt state and silence state for wireless terminals having semi-persistently allocated uplink resources are employed. A layer ½ indication of the state transitions may be transmitted using a resource that is specifically allocated for that purpose. Alternatively, ACK/NACK signalling may be employed. Layer | 10-30-2008 |
20080267119 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASSIGNING REFERENCE SIGNALS USING A GENETIC ALGORITHM - A method for assigning reference signal sequences for communication devices using a genetic algorithm is described. Reference signal sequences are assigned to each cell within a plurality of cells. A fitness function for each reference signal sequence is computed. The fitness function describes the effectiveness of the assignment. A first group of cells is selected to exchange their corresponding assignment information with assignment information corresponding to a second group of cells. The reference signal is assigned to a communications device within the area of one of the plurality of cells. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267120 | Location Services for Unlicensed Mobile Access - There- is disclosed an unlicensed mobile access network ( | 10-30-2008 |
20080267121 | NODE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR BEACON SCHEDULING IN AD-HOC NETWORK AND DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a device of a node and method for beacon scheduling in an ad-hoc network and a data transmitting method thereof, which reduce power consumptions of nodes in an ad-hoc network when data communications between the nodes occur frequently. A beacon transmitting node checks its residual power. If the residual power is lower than a predetermined level, the beacon transmitting node notifies a plan to change its beacon cycle to other nodes. Thereafter, the beacon transmitting node increases the beacon cycle and transmits a beacon at the increased beacon cycles. Consequently, the beacon transmitting node can change its beacon cycle dynamically according to its power condition. Thus, the life span of the node can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to reduce an overhead of reconstructing a sensor network. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267122 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING/DEMAPPING MODULATION SYMBOLS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for mapping wireless resources of reference symbols for channel state estimation and modulation symbols for user information transmission in a transmitter of an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) mobile communication system is disclosed. The mapping method includes channel-encoding and modulating a user information stream to be transmitted, and then generating a systematic symbol stream and a parity symbol stream; and preferentially arranging systematic modulation symbols in resource elements of a symbol including no reference symbol, and then arranging parity modulation symbols in remaining resource elements. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267123 | PACKET SWITCHED CONNECTIONS USING DEDICATED CHANNELS - A temporary (temp) dedicated channel (DCH) is used to support communications. The temp-DCH channel is a channel that is assigned to a user having a set duration. After the duration expires, the channel is automatically released to the user. Embodiments of the invention relate to establishing the temp-DCH channel, determining the data rate and duration of the channel. Other embodiments relate to establishing back-to-back temp-DCH channels and the implementation details of these embodiments. Additionally, one embodiment relates to adding a start/stop function to the medium access controller which can be used in conjunction with temp-DCH as well as other applications. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267124 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING AND DEPLOYING A MESH NETWORK - A method and system for creating and deploying a mesh network are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method comprises providing a mesh router having a plurality of radios. The mesh router is used in a cell of a plurality of cells that covers a geographic region. Channels are assigned to the plurality of radios. The channels are selected from a plurality of channels to allow channel reuse throughout the plurality of cells. | 10-30-2008 |
20080267125 | BI-DIRECTIONAL AND REVERSE DIRECTIONAL RESOURCE RESERVATION SETUP PROTOCOL - A wireless user equipment (UE) configured to initiate a packet based session includes a reservation setup protocol (RSVP) message generator configured to transmit a RSVP PATH message. The RSVP PATH message includes a direction indication. The direction indicator indicates that reservations should be made for the UE to transmit only, to receive only or to both transmit and receive. The UE also includes an RSVP message receiver configured to receive an RSVP RESV message indicating that reservations have been made as a result of the RSVP PATH message. | 10-30-2008 |
20080273489 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF TRANSPORT MODE NOTIFICATION ON A MULTI-MODE HANDHELD COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communications device includes multiple data transceivers, each configured for communication via a respective communication transport mode. The communication device has one or more data packets which are associated with one of the communication transport modes. The handheld communication device transmits or receives the data packet(s) via the data transceiver that is configured for communication with the corresponding communication transport mode. A user-indication of the communication transport mode of the data packet(s) is provided in accordance with the data transceiver that communicates the data packet(s). The user indication is provided on a per-data packet basis, substantially contemporaneously with the communication of the data packet(s) via the one data transceiver. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273490 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINK ADAPTATION USING METRIC FEEDBACK - A method for link adaptation at a base station using metric feedback is disclosed. The method can include the steps of communicating with a mobile station over a communication link having one or more sub-channels and during the communication, receiving from the mobile station information relating to one or more mutual information per coded bit metrics for one or more candidate modulation types. The mutual information per coded bit metrics can be based on channel state knowledge of the sub-channels. Also, based on the received information, the operational performance of the mobile station can be predicted in view of one or more transmission parameters and performance factors and one or more of the transmission parameters can be selected based on a transmission condition of the communication link. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273491 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system are provided, in which a Base Station (BS) generates a signal of a broadcast channel, determines whether the broadcast channel signal includes Reference Symbols (RSs) used for channel estimation, determines to apply a maximal puncturing pattern to a Resource Block that defines the broadcast channel, if the broadcast channel signal includes Rs, includes puncturing information about a downlink signal in the broadcast channel signal, maps the broadcast channel signal including the puncturing information to Resource Elements according to the maximal puncturing pattern, and transmits the mapped broadcast channel signal. | 11-06-2008 |
20080273492 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT APPARATUS FOR RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a UE apparatus for radio resource management in a mobile communication system. When a discontinuous reception period or an inactivity period of a UE exceeds a threshold, an ENB releases resources for uplink control information transmission allocated to the UE, and the UE recognizes the release of the resources and stops transmitting the uplink control information through the resources. This reduces the explicit reconfiguration procedure through an RRC message, which is otherwise necessary whenever the UE enters a new discontinuous reception mode. | 11-06-2008 |
20080279139 | Method for Managing Radio Resources in an Utran Radio Access Network - The invention relates to a method for managing radio resources allocated by a radio network controller of a UTRAN radio access network, said resources supporting a plurality of service requests each identified by a radio access bearer service request sent by the core network and describing the QoS required in the form of a set of RAB parameters defined by mapping with corresponding QoS parameters of the core network, said controller being provided to distribute the resources amongst the various bearer services and to modulate the allocation of said resources according to the priority level associated with each of said bearer services, said priority level being defined by the “priority level” sub-parameter of the “Allocation Retention Priority” RAB parameter, whose value is determined by taking into account, on the one hand, the value of said “Allocation Retention Priority” QOS parameter of the core network and, on the other hand, the value of at least one QoS parameter associated with the type of service. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279140 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF QOS-BASED CHANNEL SELECTION FOR WLAN ACCESS POINTS OR STATIONS - A system comprises a candidate channel assessment module for obtaining at least one AC-specific channel suitability metric for each of two different channels, and for using the AC-specific channel suitability metrics to determine a channel suitability index of each of the two different channels; a channel selection module for using the channel suitability index to select one of the two different channels as a new channel; and a channel setting module for configuring a wireless transceiver to use the new channel. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279141 | Methods for optimal multi-channel assignments in vehicular ad-hoc networks - A communications path is established among an ordered sequence of moving nodes, representing vehicles. Available channels may differ from one node to the next node and a node cannot use the same channel for both receiving and transmitting information. Three methods are described that provide an optimal sequence of channel assignments between the nodes. A sequence of channel assignments is called optimal if it establishes a communications path from the first node in the sequence to the last node in the sequence, or, if such a path does not exist, from the first node to the farthest node possible in the sequence. The first method uses a depth-first search starting from the first node in the sequence. The second method uses a “look ahead” scheme in the depth-first search method. The third method requires only a single pass through the sequence of nodes by identifying optimal channel assignments in subsequences of nodes without a need for backtracking. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279142 | Method for Adaptive Transmit Power Allocation in Multiuser Ofdm System - Provided is a method for adaptive transmit power allocation in a multiuser OFDM system. The method includes: a) obtaining a channel gain for a predetermined bit period for each user at a predetermined time, and allocating all of available sub carriers to a user farthest separated among a plurality of users having a good channel gain; b) comparing a channel gain of the user allocated with the subcarrier at the step a) with an initial threshold value; c) allocating a transmit power uniformly to each of the sub carries allocated at the step a) using an Equal-power allocation algorithm if the channel gain is larger than the initial threshold value at the step b); and d) allocating a transmit power to each of the sub carriers allocated at the step a) using a water-filling power allocation algorithm if the channel gain is smaller than the initial threshold value at the step b). | 11-13-2008 |
20080279143 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SHORT LATENCY DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for supporting short latency data transmission in a mobile communication system is provided. A frame is divided into an uplink subframe and a downlink subframe. Each of the uplink and downlink subframes includes at least one zone for the short latency data transmission and each of the at least one zone includes a first channel for indicating data resource assignment, a second channel over which to transmit data, or a third channel for feedback signal reception. The method includes indicating a location and a size of the second channel using the first channel included in any one of the at least one zone by a transmitting end, transmitting data over the second channel, and receiving feedback information for the data, which has been transmitted over the second channel, over the third channel. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279144 | WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM, MANAGEMENT DEVICE, AND RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD - A wireless access network system includes a wireless access network device and a management device. A resource of the wireless access network device is shared by a plurality of common carriers. The management device stores shared information defining a common carrier authorized to use a resource in shared information memory, and determines whether or not a call requesting to capture a resource is permitted to use the resource by referring to the shared information in the shared information memory. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279145 | Aggregated harq report - A system and method include a base station configured to provide centralized data transmission scheduling for at least one relay operatively connected to the base station configured to provide centralized data transmission scheduling for at least one relay operatively connected to the base station in a point-to-point connection and configured to provide centralized data transmission scheduling for at least one mobile station operatively connected to the relay in a point-to-multipoint connection. The method efficiently reports ACKs/NAKs for a centralized scheduler wireless system that uses tunneling for data transmission and, in order to reduce a usage of bandwidth for reporting. The system and method also perform an aggregation via coding of ACK/NAK channels. | 11-13-2008 |
20080279146 | ESCAPE MECHANISM FOR A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for performing frequency selection escape in wireless communications is disclosed. The method includes receiving an activation trigger, determining whether the activation trigger has persisted for a predetermined period of time, determining a list of candidate channels; selecting a channel from the candidate list, and evaluating the selected channel against predetermined criteria, the predetermined criteria being related to the activation trigger. If the selected channel meets the predetermined criteria, then an access point (AP) is disassociated from all stations communicating with the AP; and the AP is changed to the selected channel. If the selected channel does not meet the predetermined criteria, then the selected channel is removed from the candidate list; and the selecting of a channel is repeated if there are additional candidate channels. | 11-13-2008 |
20080285507 | Independent Scheduling in a Wireless Network - The present invention provides a scheduling technique that allows individual nodes in a wireless communication network to independently determine their own communication schedules. The communication nodes in the wireless communication network are associated with one or more compatible communication nodes through substantially non-contending communication links, wherein the communication links within a group of compatible communication nodes are substantially non-interfering. Each node will exchange scheduling information with the various compatible communication nodes, and determine the communication schedule for future communications with those compatible communication nodes. This communication schedule may dictate when information is received from or sent to a compatible communication node during a given transmission opportunity. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285508 | Access terminal which handles multiple user connections - System and method for handling multiple connection requests between an Access Terminal (AT) and an Access Network (AN). The method may include receiving a first connection request. Connection request information regarding a number of connection requests may be updated based on receiving the first connection request. If there is not a currently active wireless connection, a connection may be established between the AT and the AN. If there is a currently active wireless connection, a notification may be sent indicating that the wireless connection between the AT and the AN has been established. A connection release request may be received. Accordingly, the update connection request information may be updated based on receiving the connection release request. If there is not a currently active wireless connection, the wireless connection between the AT and the AN may be closed. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285509 | Method and System for Discontinuous Reception De-Synchronization Detection - A method and apparatus for discontinuous reception desynchronization detection between an enhanced Node B and a user equipment, the method having the steps of: waiting for a predefined event to occur; and upon the predefined event occurring, sending a message from one of the enhanced Node B and the user equipment to the other of the enhanced Node B and user equipment, wherein the message contains one of a request for discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information, the discontinuous reception period information or discontinuous reception period information being utilized to detect desynchronization. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285510 | Allocation of Signal-to-Noise Ratio margin in multi-carrier systems - Allocation of different signal-to-noise margins to different carriers in a multi-carrier system is described. A preferred embodiment comprises assigning signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) margins to carriers in a multi-carrier system, comprises assigning a first SNR margin to a first data service based upon a first service characteristic, assigning a second SNR margin to a second data service based upon a second service characteristic, transmitting data associated with the first data service using the first signal-to-noise margin, and transmitting data associated with the second data service using the second signal-to-noise margin. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285511 | Scheduling and transmitting uplink packets within uplink sub-frames of a wireless system - A method and apparatus of scheduling and transmitting uplink packets within uplink sub-frames of a wireless system is disclosed. The method includes determining a size of a standard data unit, and determining if the standard data unit can be transmitted within a single sub-channel of an uplink frame by comparing the size of the standard data unit with a number of bits that can be transmitted within the uplink frame as determined by an uplink quality. If the standard data unit is too large to be transmitted within a single sub-channel of an uplink frame, then the standard data unit is divided into sub-data units. The sub-data units are transmitted over multiple uplink frames. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285512 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING MODULATION, CODING AND TRANSPORT BLOCK INFORMATION SIGNALING OVERHEAD - A method and apparatus for reducing modulation and coding scheme (MCS) signaling overhead includes receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback. It is determined if there is a CQI feedback error. An MCS indicator is transmitted based upon the CQI feedback error determination. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285513 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING COMMON CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting common control information by a base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The base station determines whether a first system and a second system different from the first system coexist in a wireless communication system. When the wireless communication system is a coexistence system, the base station indicates information for coexistence of the first system and the second system, position and size information of a resource allocation zone where common control information for the second system can be transmitted, and information necessary for decoding of the resource allocation zone, through a first information element in a downlink subframe where resources are occupied for the first system. The base station transmits the common control information of the second system in the resource allocation zone where the common control information can be transmitted. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285514 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Method and Program Storage Medium - A wireless communication apparatus having a wireless communication function capable of using a plurality of transmission rates. The wireless communication apparatus includes utilization-factor calculation means for calculating a utilization factor of a wireless transmission path through which wireless communication is performed using the wireless communication function; and determination means for determining a transmission rate at least on the basis of the utilization factor calculated by the utilization-factor calculation means. | 11-20-2008 |
20080285515 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCANNING FOR AN IDLE CHANNEL IN A FREQUENCY ENVIRONMENT - An idle channel scanning method and apparatus are provided. The method of scanning for an idle channel via a device communicating with a plurality of peripheral devices in the same frequency environment includes: allocating at least one of all frequency channels of the frequency environment to each peripheral device of the plurality of peripheral devices; requesting the plurality of peripheral devices a state of the frequency channels allocated to each peripheral device; and receiving information on the frequency channel state scanned by the plurality of peripheral devices in response to the request for the state of the frequency channels allocated. | 11-20-2008 |
20080291871 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PREAMBLE PSEUDO NOISE CODE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for preamble pseudo noise code allocation in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes defining an inherent index for each FA, allocating a preamble PN index to base stations using a reference FA index, defining an inherent offset by each FA for remaining FA indexes, and shifting the preamble PN index allocated to the base stations using the reference FA index by the defined offset, and allocating the preamble PN index to base stations using the remaining FA indexes. The price of a system can thus be lowered by reducing a Peak-to-Average Power Ratio (PAPR) of a preamble, increase the number of FAs that a specific amplifier can amplify, and immediately allocate a preamble PN index when adding a new FA during an operation of a system. | 11-27-2008 |
20080291872 | Selective Rab Assignment - Method of controlling radio access bearer setup in a radio network, wherein a set of pre-determined RAB setup criteria are defined, the method comprising the steps of—receiving from a mobile station an Activate PDP Context Request ( | 11-27-2008 |
20080291873 | HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. The beacon packet sent by the first access point station also includes an intra-cell contention-free period value, which causes the member stations in the first cell to delay accessing the medium until polled by the first access point. After the expiration of the intra-cell contention-free period, member stations in the first cell may contend for the medium based on the quality of service (QoS) data they are to transmit, using the Tiered Contention Multiple Access (TCMA) protocol. | 11-27-2008 |
20080298313 | Heterogeneous Network System, Network Node And Mobile Host - The invention relates to a system that dynamically integrates a set of communication networks to increase the overall heterogeneous network system performance and capabilities. In particular, the present invention relates to a technique of providing a Dynamic Heterogeneous Network System, and providing a Network Node entity and a Mobile Host entity into the system to support the heterogeneous network. The network system according to the present invention has an architecture that includes at least five building blocks including a mobile host ( | 12-04-2008 |
20080298314 | OPTIMIZATION PROCESS AND SYSTEM FOR A HETEROGENEOUS AD HOC NETWORK - Method and system for optimizing selection of a network. The method includes identifying available lenders and existing networks within a vicinity of a borrower, selecting an optimization technique for completing a task of the borrower, calculating, for a plurality of network options, a value for completing the borrower's task according to the optimization technique, and selecting an optimum network option to complete the borrower's task. The plurality of network options includes forming a heterogeneous network composed of both a peer-to-peer network and a multiplexed network. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298315 | Method of Transmitting and Receiving Information of Allocating Uplink Region in Broadband Wireless Access - A method of receiving the uplink region allocation information is disclosed. In a broadband wireless access system, in which a mobile terminal receives uplink region allocation information, the present invention includes the steps of receiving an uplink map message from which an uplink map information element (UL-MAP IE) for a ranging region or an uplink bandwidth request region is omitted from a base station and receiving information for a region for a ranging region or uplink bandwidth request using a message periodically transmitted for a control information transmission for an uplink channel. By transmitting uplink region allocation information via a periodically transmitted message, the uplink region allocation information can be efficiently transmitted. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298316 | Low Peak-To-Average Power Ratio Transmission in Frequency-Division Multiple Access Systems - A method for communication includes allocating, in a multiple-access communication system ( | 12-04-2008 |
20080298317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OF PACKET DATA USING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY WEIGHTING - A method and apparatus for transmit diversity in packet data communications includes applying an initial transmit antenna weight. A link adaptation signal is received and analyzed. A transmit antenna weight change is determined based upon the analysis of the link adaptation signal, and the transmit antenna weight is updated based upon the determination. | 12-04-2008 |
20080298318 | Apparatus and method for requesting bandwidth and allocating uplink resources based on group in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for allocating resources in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes when one or more Connection IDentifiers (CIDs) request UpLink (UL) resources, checking the UL resources requested by the CIDs; and requesting the UL resources requested by the CIDs to a base station at a time. | 12-04-2008 |
20080304444 | Enhanced Site Report for Low Latency Roaming By Passive Scanning in Ieee 802.11 Networks - In order to reduce the average wait time, information regarding radar presence, a component of channel availability, may be obtained through an apparatus and method for determining available channels in a wireless network. This includes determining available channels in a wireless network by: receiving regulatory domain information within the wireless network; generating a report with at least one component corresponding to the regulatory domain information; transmitting the report; receiving the report at a STA; and determining whether a channel is available for transmission based, at least in part, on the component corresponding to said regulatory domain information contained in the report. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304445 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO SUPPORT VOIP CALLS FOR MOBILE SUBSCRIBER STATIONS - In some embodiments, a base station includes a service flow management module having an admission control module and a data path function module in communication with the admission control module. The data path function module is adapted to generate a first dynamic service addition (DSA) request message for a first uplink service flow in an active state to provide voice over internet protocol (VoIP) signaling. the admission control module, in response to the admission control module determining that a second uplink service flow in an admitted state for a VoIP call can be supported, is adapted to generate an admit signal, with the first and the second uplink service flows being substantially in accordance with an Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 802.16 standard. The data path function module, in response to the admit signal, is further adapted to generate a second DSA request message for the second uplink service flow, with the second DSA message containing an amount of a reserved bandwidth for the VoIP call. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304446 | Frequency division communication system - An orthogonal frequency division communication system which enables flexible modification of the ratio of allocation between uplink and downlink transmissions, while maintaining advantages similar to those of TDD (Time Division Duplex) systems, has a base station and a plurality of mobile stations connected by uplinks and downlinks, and a plurality of mutually orthogonal frequencies are allocated, on the frequency axis and on the time axis, to the uplinks and downlinks and to the plurality of mobile stations. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKET DATA BETWEEN A NODE B AND A UE USING HARQ IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving packet data between a UE and an Enhanced Node B (ENB) using a Hybrid Auto Repeat Request (HARQ) scheme in a mobile communication system. The method includes the steps of receiving configuration information from an ENB, the configuration information including a first Maximum Retransmission Limit (MRL) value to be applied to data that is transmitted over a persistent resource, and when data to be transmitted by the UE is quasi-real time data, transmitting a first data packet to the ENB by using the persistent resource and applying the first MRL value the first data packet, which is configured from the quasi-real time data. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304448 | System and Method for Dynamic Resource Allocation in Wireless Communications Networks - System and method for dynamic resource allocation in wireless communications networks. A method for dynamically allocating resources of a contention channel comprises computing an expected delay for a transmission made by a user over the contention channel, determining a target probability of collision from the expected delay, computing an allocation of resources of the contention channel using the target probability of collision, and allocating resources of the contention channel using the computed allocation of resources. | 12-11-2008 |
20080304449 | Fa Assignment Method, Fa Assignment Module and Policy Server in the Wireless Portable Internet System - Provided are a broadband wireless access communication system, and a method for assigning a frequency assignment (FA) to a newly accessing portable subscriber station (PSS) when a radio access station in a portable Internet system serves a number of FAs. The method for assigning a FA includes the steps of: receiving a connection request signal from a PSS through a primary FA; acquiring a MAC address of the PSS in a connection initialization process with the PSS; acquiring information on the number of available FAs in a sector receiving the connection request signal; determining a FA for the PSS based on the MAC address and the number of the FAs; transmitting the determined FA information to the PSS; and changing the FA of the PSS from the primary FA to the determined FA. | 12-11-2008 |
20080310352 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REUSING PACKET DATA CONTROL ASSIGNMENT BITS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION INDICATIONS - The PDCAB packet ( | 12-18-2008 |
20080310353 | Method and Apparatus to Facilitate Use of Default Transmitter-Receiver Configurations - A wireless communications system base station ( | 12-18-2008 |
20080310354 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LOW RATE MAC/PHY FOR 60 GHZ TRANSMISSION - One or more coordinating devices may be utilized to control high speed data transmission among a plurality of wireless devices utilizing 60 GHz for high speed data transmission. Control messages may be sent and/or received between each of the plurality of wireless devices and the one or more coordinating devices utilizing low rate control connections via available secondary physical layers. The secondary physical layers may comprise Bluetooth, 802.11, and/or UWB physical layers. The controlling may comprise time coordination, frequency coordination, and/or spatial coordination that may enable the wireless devices to align and/or position directional antenna that may be utilized to perform the 60 GHz high speed data transmission. The wireless devices may utilize the low rate control connections to communicate reporting messages to the one or more coordinating devices. The reporting information may enable the one or more coordinating devices to manage available resources in the plurality of wireless devices. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310355 | System and Method for Semi-Persistent and Dynamic Scheduling and Discontinuous Reception Control - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake windows. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310356 | System and Method for Large Packet Delivery During Semi-Persistently Allocated Session - Systems and methods of delivering large IP packets during a semi-persistently allocated resource session. An additional resource allocation is dynamically made and signalled to a mobile device to indicate a resource to be used to deliver the large IP packet. The packet is then transmitted using the resource thus allocated. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310357 | Method and Apparatus for Processing Tuneaway in Open State in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for processing TuneAway operation by an access terminal and an access network in a wireless communication system is described. The beginning and end of tune away is determined from a TuneAway attribute, a TuneAwayRequest and a TuneAwayResponse messages. The access terminal and the access network operate on multiple tune away schedules. specifying tune away schedules by a separate TuneAway attribute. The same TuneAwayRequest and the TuneAwayResponse messages are shared. The tune away operation is controlled through a variable TunedAwayStatus, wherein the variable TunedAwayStatus is public data of the protocol. It is determined if an access terminal has tuned away. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310358 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CELL INFORMATION LIST FOR NON-3GPP CAPABLE USER EQUIPMENT OPERATING IN A 3GPP NETWORK AND SUPPORTING LAYER-2 BASED HANDOFF FROM A UTRAN SYSTEM TO A NON-3GPP SYSTEM - Method and apparatus providing cell information list for non-third generation partnership project (3GPP) capable wireless transmitter/receiver unit (WTRU) operating in a 3GPP network, which camps on a 3GPP channel to obtain information of at least one network available in the cell. The WTRU may request a list having at least one of a trusted IEEE 802.11 network, a non-trusted IEEE 802.11 network, a trusted WiMAX network, and a fixed broadband network. In an inter radio access technology (RAT) procedure for an inter-RAT handover, a list of available systems and at least one of intra-frequency, inter-frequency, and inter-radio access technology (RAT) cells is received and stored while the WTRU is engaged in a call. While moving, the WTRU detects and performs radio frequency (RF) measurements on target cells and systems and reports inter-RAT handover information. Upon receipt of a command, the WTRU initiates a handover, followed by a complete message. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310359 | Method and Apparatus for Sharing Resources in a Wireless System - A method and apparatus of signaling radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system comprises establishing a set of virtual resources; assigning one or more of the virtual resources to one or more mobile stations; transmitting a remapping bitmap to the mobile stations, wherein the remapping bitmap contains a resource availability bitmap and a virtual resource bitmap; and transmitting packets to the mobile stations or receiving packets from the mobile stations using the respective radio resources which are derived for the respective mobile stations from the remapping bitmap. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310360 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) in a communication system are provided. It is determined whether there is any uplink data to transmit, when a CQI transmission time arrives according to a predetermined CQI transmission period. If there is uplink data to transmit, a part of the uplink data is punctured to insert the CQI therein, and the inserted CQI is multiplexed with the uplink data before transmission. It is determined whether there is any uplink data to receive from a terminal, when a CQI reception time arrives according to a predetermined CQI transmission period. If there is uplink data to receive, the uplink data is received from the terminal, and the received uplink data is demultiplexed to extract the CQI. | 12-18-2008 |
20080310361 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for retransmission in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting data to a Mobile Station (MS), identifying if there is an error in the transmitted data through a control message, if there occurs an error in the data, allocating resources for retransmitting data for erroneous data, transmitting information on the resources allocated for retransmission, to the MS, and retransmitting the data for the erroneous data to the MS. | 12-18-2008 |
20080316958 | METHOD OF FAIR SCHEDULING CHANNEL ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of fair scheduling for channel access in a wireless network comprising a plurality of nodes including a first node and at least one second node is described, the method comprising the steps of:
| 12-25-2008 |
20080316959 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUESTS OVER UPLINK CHANNELS - In various embodiments of the present invention, methods are provided for transmitting scheduling requests over uplink channels. One embodiment includes determining whether a first resource for transmission of a scheduling request over an unscheduled uplink control channel is allocated concurrently with a second resource for transmission of user data over a scheduled uplink shared channel. This embodiment also includes encoding the user data and bit(s) of control information to form encoded information for transmission using the second resource. The additional bit(s) indicate whether the mobile unit is transmitting the scheduling request. Another embodiment includes determining whether a first resource for transmission of a scheduling request over an unscheduled uplink control channel is allocated concurrently with a second resource for transmission of other control information over the unscheduled uplink control channel. This embodiment includes modulating the scheduling request and the other control information into one symbol for transmission using the first resource. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316960 | Regulating network service levels provided to communication terminals through a LAN access point - Network services provided by network access points to a plurality of communication terminals are regulated. Subscriber information that defines which of a plurality of network service levels is allocated to the communication terminals is maintained by at least one network service provider system. Network service levels that are provided by the network access points to the communication terminals are regulated in response to the subscriber information. A network access point may thereby be regulated to provide different levels of network service to different communication terminals. Moreover, a communication terminal may obtain a level of network service that may be based upon that provided by a home network service provider with which it is registered while the communication terminal is roaming through a different network service provider. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316961 | Signaling of Random Access Preamble Parameters in Wireless Networks - User equipment (UE)-initiated accesses within a cellular network are optimized to account for cell size and to reduce signaling overhead. A fixed set of preamble parameter configurations for use across a complete range of cell sizes within the cellular network is established and stored within each UE. A UE located in a given cell receives a configuration number transmitted from a nodeB serving the cell, the configuration number being indicative of a size of the cell. The UE selects a preamble parameter configuration from the fixed set of preamble parameter configurations in response to the received configuration number and then transmits a preamble from the UE to the nodeB using the preamble parameter configuration indicated by the configuration number. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316962 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL DEREGISTERING - A method, a system and an apparatus for performing mobile Internet protocol deregistering, includes that the network element in the ASN to which the terminal attaches detects whether the MS terminates unconventionally, and sends the message with the MS identifier of the MS which terminates unconventionally to the ASN GW/DP. The ASN GW/DP instructs the ASN GW/FA to release the link resource with the MS and release the link resource with the HA proving service for the MS. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316963 | CROSS LAYER OPTIMIZED MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - Various embodiments of the disclosed subject matter provide cross layer medium access control systems and methods that dynamically adjusts each node's transmission probability according to physical layer characteristics. Accordingly, when a backoff time counter reduces to zero, each node can selectively transmit according to network population, current CSI, and MPR capability of the system. The disclosed details enable various refinements and modifications according to system design considerations. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316964 | CONDITIONAL PROCEDURE HANDLING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating between a network and a mobile terminal in a wireless communication system. The invention includes receiving a first message from the network for processing a first procedure, and receiving a second message from the network for processing a second procedure, wherein execution of the second procedure is dependent on an outcome of the first procedure. | 12-25-2008 |
20080316965 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OPTIMIZING A RADIO LINK - Optimizing a radio link is done by acquiring at least OSI layer one and two performance measurements, determining an optimum setting collection for at least OSI layer three to a top layer, then configuring at least the OSI layer three to the top layer based upon the optimum setting collection. The top layer is at least OSI layer four. The invention includes optimized radio links, methods of making optimized radio links, revenue generating making optimized radio links by providing means for optimizing the radio link. | 12-25-2008 |
20090003270 | Server-Driven Progressive Image Transmission - A system and method generates a progressive codestream representing an image. The codestream of packets representing an image is parsed to obtain a parsed packets and metadata for each parsed packet. The parsed packets are decomposed to decomposed packets according to the metadata and a progressive transmission policy. The decomposed packets are assigned to sequentially arranged segments according to the metadata and the transmission policy, in which each segment includes a header, and in which an ordering of the packet in the codestream is different than an ordering of the decomposed packets in the plurality of segments. A client composes the decomposed packets according to the header in the segments to progressively reconstruct the image in the client. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003271 | Multi-link load balancing for reverse link backhaul transmission - One embodiment includes distributing user traffic packets to a plurality of queues, and draining the queues of the user traffic packets according to a defined methodology. The drained user traffic packets are sent to a plurality of physical channel interfaces. Each of the plurality of physical channel interfaces interfaces with a respective channel of the backhaul. The sending step sends each of the drained user traffic packets to the physical channel | 01-01-2009 |
20090003272 | Method for detecting RF link imbalances in a wireless communications network - A method for determining an RF link imbalance between an Uplink Path and a Downlink Path of an RF Link formed between a User Equipment (UE) and a Node in a wireless network is provided. The method includes determining the UE receive power levels and the UE transmit power levels for the RF Links at the UE side of the radio interface and identifying one or more RF Links having AvgSum | 01-01-2009 |
20090003273 | Communication system and communication apparatus switching method thereof - The invention provides a communication apparatus switching method. At first, the method of the invention measures at least one environmental parameter relative to a neighboring region of a mobile communication apparatus and then determines whether the mobile communication apparatus is indoors, based on the at least one environmental parameter. If YES, the following steps are executed. Firstly, the method establishes a wireless communication link between the mobile communication apparatus and an agent communication apparatus based on a wireless communication protocol. Then, the method sends a piece of user information to the agent communication apparatus. Afterward, the method terminates a first radio telecommunication link between the mobile communication apparatus and the base station. Finally, the method establishes a second radio telecommunication link between the agent communication apparatus and the base station based on a radio telecommunication protocol. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003274 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL FOR FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting a control channel for resource allocation to a terminal by a base station in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) wireless communication system. An additional resource allocation indicator is set indicating whether the number of consecutive resource block sets allocated to a terminal is greater than one. A reference control channel is generated including reference resource allocation information for a first consecutive resource block set and the set additional resource allocation indicator. An additional control channel using additional resource allocation information is generated, when there are one or more additional consecutive resource block sets. At least one of the generated reference control channel and the generated additional control channels is encoded before transmission. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003275 | System and Method for Asynchronous Wireless Services Using Reverse Service Schema Generation - A notification service and correspondingly configured wireless device for providing asynchronous communications over a communication network for an application of the wireless device in communication with a selected service. The selected service has a source schema definition including an output notification definition associated with a correlation ID. The notification service comprises a reverse schema definition of the source schema definition such that the reverse schema definition includes an input notification operation definition corresponding to the output notification definition. The input definition is associated with the correlation ID and a parameter list of the output definition. The output definition is for defining an output message of the selected source that corresponds to an input message of the notification service defined by the input definition. The notification service has a first communication port adapted for receiving the output message of the selected service as the input message to the notification service, wherein the messages are adapted to include the correlation ID for identifying the network address of the wireless device. The information contents of the output message of the selected source are transmitted as an asynchronous communication to the application of the wireless device identified by the correlation ID. | 01-01-2009 |
20090003276 | Access domain selection in a terminal - The present application discloses a system of at least a network element and at least a terminal. The system constituents are configured to provide assistance by the terminal to the network element in terms of access domain selection for at least one of the media channel and the session control channel of an incoming call to the terminal. In this regard, the terminal acquires information about the capabilities of an access network in which the terminal is camping. Upon receiving, at the terminal, an invitation to participate in a call, the terminal analyzes the acquired information about the capabilities of the access network, and optionally or additionally of the IMS network. The terminal responds to the invitation, based on the result of the analyzing, with an indication that indicates a respective access domain to be used for at least one of the media channel and the session control channel of the incoming call. | 01-01-2009 |
20090010210 | Method Of Distributive Reservation Of A Medium In A Radio Communications Network - Method for reservation of a medium in a radio communication network for data transmission between stations (A-E) of the network comprising at least one station (A, B, E) operating according to a first protocol (DRP) and a second station (C, D) operating according to a second protocol (802.11), the method comprises the steps of: providing a contention free period ( | 01-08-2009 |
20090010211 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ASSIGNING METHOD - A base station apparatus that selects an optimum MCS level so as to improve system throughput. In this base station apparatus, a terminal rank detecting part ( | 01-08-2009 |
20090010212 | Method and apparatus for sharing uplink state flag (USF) with multiple uplink temporary block flows (TBFs) - A method and an apparatus are described for increasing the flexibility of uplink resource allocation for a mobile station (MS) ( | 01-08-2009 |
20090010213 | Mobile Station Device, Base Station Device, Mobile Station Device Operating Frequency Band Mapping Method, Location Management Device, Mobile Station Device Location Registration Method, Paging Method, and Program for Executing the Same and Recording Medium - In a method for mapping an operating frequency band of a mobile station device in a mobile communication system, an operating frequency band position at the time of idle mode of respective mobile station devices is arranged so as to be distributed throughout a unique frequency bandwidth of a base station device. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010214 | Method of Physical Resource Management in a Wideband Communication System - In a wideband communication system including a transmitter and a plurality of mobile terminals (MT) that have maximum reception bandwidths, respectively, a Shared Control Channel (SCCH) for each MT is mapped so that physical channel symbols from the corresponding Physical Shared Control Channels (PSCCH) are confined to a block of consecutive sub-carriers defined by a smallest one of the maximum reception bandwidths. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010215 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCE FOR SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION AND WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM OF ENABLING THE METHOD - A system for allocating a wireless resource for a Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA) communication is provided. The system for allocating the wireless resource for the SDMA communication includes: a channel state recognition unit to recognize a channel state of wireless channels generated among adjacent nodes including a source node, a relay node, and a destination node; and a wireless resource allocation unit to control at least one of an amount of channel state information fed back from the destination node to the source node, and a relay level of a relay signal, the relay signal being generated by relaying a source signal transmitted from the source node, according to the channel state. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010216 | MEDIA-ACCESS-CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR A NETWORK EMPLOYING MULTI-USER WIRELESS CHANNELS - A medium-access-control (MAC) scheduler, according to one embodiment of which a station of a wireless network evaluates data throughputs corresponding to three different transmission configurations for transmission of a packet over a first of that station's wireless links. The first and second of those transmission configurations have the packet encoded in the first and second tiers, respectively, of a two-tier signal. The third transmission configuration has the packet encoded as a conventional single-tier signal. For each of the first and second transmission configurations, the station selects a second of that station's wireless links for transmission of at least a second packet, with the first and second packets encoded in different respective tiers of the two-tier signal. The station varies power allocation between the first and second tiers to optimize data throughput for each of the first and second transmission configurations and selects from the first, second, and third transmission configurations one resulting in the highest data throughput. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010217 | Method for Allocating at Least One User Data Link to at Leat One Multiplex Connection - The invention relates to a method for allocating at least one user data link to a multiplex connection provided between a first network element and a second network element. According to the method, the first network element generates a first signaling message and transmits the same to the second network element, the first signaling message indicating to the second network element that the first network element is available to transfer the at least one respective user data link via one respective multiplex connection. The second network element assigns one multiplex connection between the first network element and the second network element to each of the at least one user data link or selects a transfer outside a multiplex connection for the user data link in accordance with the indicated availability of the first network element and depending on whether the second network element supports the transfer of the at least one user data link via multiplex connection. The possibility of allocating the at least one user a data link to a multiplex connection is indicated to the first network element by a second signaling message that is generated in the second network element and is transmitted to the first network element. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESERVING CHANNEL CAPACITY - An approach is provided for reserving channel capacity. A device indicates non-use of a reservation of a resource of a frame corresponding to a channel access mechanism using a beacon transmission within a beacon period of the frame. Additionally, the device indicates that the reservation, in a data period of the frame, is temporarily freed. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010219 | Method of Selection and Signaling of Downlink and Uplink Bandwidth in Wireless Networks - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method of receiving data or signaling on a channel from a cell having a plural of divisions of cell bandwidth. Utilizing one or more sub-bandwidths to receive data or a signaling from the cell, thereby optimizing data or signaling transmission efficiency. | 01-08-2009 |
20090010220 | RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER AND OPERATION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - In order to obtain a Drift RNC capable of physically separating a C-plane and a T-plane from each other by defining a new signal between the C-plane and the T-plane, new signals | 01-08-2009 |
20090016275 | Method and apparatus for downlink multi-channel packet combined scheduling in mobile communication system - The present invention sets forth a method for performing packet combined scheduling of dedicated transport channels for packet services in UMTS downlinks, comprising the following steps: a) prior to each DCH scheduling period, performing pre-selection processing of a transport format combination of each DPCH according to the predetermined restriction conditions for the DCH combined packet scheduling, so as to determine a usable transport format combination set for each DPCH; b) restricting a total downlink transmit power of DCHs for NRT packet services to a schedulable power not exceeding a schedulable power value in the estimation of a total downlink power during said scheduling period; c) based on the fairness of DCH transportation and the QoS requirements of the DCH-borne services, determining weighted values which the respective DCHs correspond to in the optimization of the DCH combined packet scheduling; and d) based on the results of steps a), b), and c), calculating the maximum number of bits which each DCH is schedulable to output, using a 0-1 programming algorithm. The present invention guarantees the fairness, priority and QoS (Quality of Service) of different DCHs and can achieve maximum total data throughput. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016276 | Channel allocation method for asynchronous mobile communication system - Disclosed is a channel allocation method for asynchronous mobile communication system for mapping a call between channels equally. The method converts at least a mobile phone connected to a channel having a high loading dose and then connects the mobile phone to a channel having a low loading dose, in case that a difference of a loading dose between channels is greater than a predetermined value after a loading dose of available respective channel is measured in a node B/RNC and a difference of loading doses between available respective channels is calculated in an asynchronous mobile communication system. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016277 | Mobile communication system, packet transfer device, and path re-establishing method - Disclosed is a technique for providing a mobile communication access system, etc., that can eliminate a useless consumption of resources due to route redundancy, reduce a load on the LSR processing, such as the setup of an LSP, avoid an increase in the length of a signal route, suppress a delay in providing a notification of the change for an LSR to which a mobile terminal is to be connected. According to this technique, a second edge device | 01-15-2009 |
20090016278 | Base station, mobile communication terminal equipment, and primary cell determination method - A base station receives a signal transmitted from a mobile station, estimates the state of the radio uplink, and receives state information indicating the state of the radio downlink measured by the mobile station. When the uplink quality and the downlink quality satisfy scheduling grant conditions set up in advance, the base station is allowed to carry out scheduling for the mobile station. In contrast, the base station is not allowed to carry out the scheduling for any terminal in which a link imbalance has occurred. Therefore, the throughput of the whole system increases. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016279 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING TIME AND LOCATION DEPENDENT BANDWIDTH IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are described for allocating bandwidth in a wireless network. Entry of subscriber equipment into a wireless network is detected at a base station which typically provides information used to determine geographic location of the subscriber equipment. Based on the determined location, a level of service is selected from a plurality of service levels available to a subscriber and provided. Location can be determined based on information provided by the subscriber equipment, provided by a global positioning system and/or provided by a user of the subscriber equipment. Location of the subscriber equipment can be identified with an activity of a user of the subscriber equipment, including business and non-commercial activity. Selection of the level of service may be further based upon time of day, day of week or upon a date and time of provision of the level of service. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016280 | WIRELESS NETWORK ENHANCEMENTS - Apparatus are provided, which include a wireless transmit interface and a wireless receive interface. A payload receive processor is provided to identify a receive overhead portion from received data received via the receive interface, and it is configured to retrieve payload data in relation to the receive overhead portion in accordance with a data structure protocol. A payload transmit processor is provided to define or modify a transmit overhead portion in transmit data to be transmitted via the transmit interface. The payload transmit processor is configured to position payload data in relation to the transmit overhead portion in accordance with a data structure protocol. A controller is provided, to determine a given wireless media location defined at least in part by the controller determining a given frequency band, from among plural frequency bands, for a given data transfer, via wireless media, between a given node and a separate node. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016281 | Wireless Communication Device and Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication device configured to perform communication with another wireless communication device which exists outside the wireless communication range by performing communication through a path via a neighboring wireless communication device includes: a communication control unit configured to compute the number of links until a signal from the other wireless communication device is received; a device information holding unit configured to associate the number of computed links with information relating to the other wireless communication device and holding therein; and a display control unit configured to control the information relating to the other wireless communication device associated to the number of links based on the number of links, so as to be displayed. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016282 | DATA TRANSMISSION - In a mobile or cellular telecommunications network a single tunnel between nodes | 01-15-2009 |
20090016283 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING REVERSE CHANNEL IN TRUNK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for sharing reverse channel in trunk communication system includes: step A, establishing a forward channel and one or more in a group: step B, mobile stations in idle state determine a sharing reverse channel that can be used based on information of the sharing reverse channel; step C, the mobile station transmits information through the sharing reverse channel. Furthermore a system for sharing reverse channel in trunk communication system includes: channel establishing means, for establishing a forward channel and one or more in a group; reverse channel determining means, for determining a sharing reverse channel that can be used by a mobile station based on the information of the sharing reverse channel; reverse channel information transmitting means, for transmitting information through the sharing reverse channel. This invention saves the air and physics sources of the system, and reduces the collision probability of the signaling of each mobile station in idle state. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016284 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF GENERATING AND MAINTAINING ORTHOGONAL CONNECTION IDENTIFICATIONS (CIDs) FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A first device is configured to select and utilize a connection identifier (CID) for a peer-to-peer communication connection between the first device and a second device in a wireless communications network. The CID is selected from a predetermined set of a plurality of CIDs. Prior to selecting the connection identifier, the first device monitors a CID broadcast channel to determine whether the CID is being utilized by other nearby connections. If it is determined that the CID is being utilized by another connection in the proximity, a different (unused) CID is selected. A transmission request is transmitted to the second device using a first transmission resource unit within a traffic management channel slot, the first transmission resource unit being determined as a function of the selected CID. The first device transmits traffic data to the second device in a traffic channel slot corresponding to the traffic management channel slot. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016285 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION AND RATE FEEDBACK IN A PEER TO PEER NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for performing channel estimation and reporting back channel information or other information such as a suggested traffic transmission rate are described. A signal including a pilot signal of interest is received. Portions of the signal corresponding to the pilot signal are analyzed to determine if any of the portions, e.g., signal portions corresponding to individual tone symbols used to communicate the pilot signal, were subject to excessive interference, such as might be the result of collisions, rendering the signal portions unreliable. Signal sub-portions determined to be unreliable are excluded from a determination of the amount of pilot signal energy that was received. Signal interference is determined from a portion of the received signal on which the pilot signal was not transmitted. Channel information in the form of information and/or a suggested traffic rate may be reported back to the device which transmitted the pilot signal. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016286 | ARCHITECTURE FOR MULTIPLE MIH USERS - Currently, the I.E.E.E. 802.21 specification allows multiple MIH (Media-Independent Handover) Users in a single MIH Function. However, the specification is not clear about how multiple MIH Users are supported by a single MIHF (MIH Function) under a constraint in which if there is only one MIH User is allowed to change the state of a particular link during a particular period of time. This document proposes a detailed architecture which allows for the co-existence of multiple MIH Users by introducing a link ownership scheme in the MIHF (MIH Function). The proposed link ownership scheme also supports the scenario in which the state of a link of a mobile node is changed by a network node by modifying the MIH_Register primitives in the I.E.E.E. 802.21 specification to signal the set of allocated links to a remote MIH User on the network node. The modification of MIH_Register primitive also has the added benefit of allowing the network node to subscribe to events on a specific set of links present in the mobile node as opposed to not knowing any of the links at all. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016287 | METHODS FOR SENDING SMALL PACKETS IN A PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) NETWORK - An improved mechanism is provided that facilitates transmission of small packets within an ad hoc peer-to-peer network. A small packet is identified to a receiver within a control channel so that its lower power can be considered in an interference management protocol implemented among local peer devices. In a traffic slot, a transmitter voluntarily backs down on the transmitter power as a smaller packet will require much lower signal-to-noise ratio. This will improve the signal energy per bit per noise power density for the transmission as well as minimize the interference caused to other wireless communications happening in the same spectrum. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016288 | METHODS FOR SENDING SMALL PACKETS IN A PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) NETWORK - An improved mechanism is provided that facilitates transmission of small packets within an ad hoc peer-to-peer network. A small packet is identified to a receiver within a control channel so that its lower power can be considered in an interference management protocol implemented among local peer devices. In a traffic slot, a transmitter voluntarily backs down on the transmitter power as a smaller packet will require much lower signal-to-noise ratio. This will improve the signal energy per bit per noise power density for the transmission as well as minimize the interference caused to other wireless communications happening in the same spectrum. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016289 | METHODS FOR SENDING SMALL PACKETS IN A PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) NETWORK - An improved mechanism is provided that facilitates transmission of small packets within an ad hoc peer-to-peer network. A small packet is identified to a receiver within a control channel so that its lower power can be considered in an interference management protocol implemented among local peer devices. In a traffic slot, a transmitter voluntarily backs down on the transmitter power as a smaller packet will require much lower signal-to-noise ratio. This will improve the signal energy per bit per noise power density for the transmission as well as minimize the interference caused to other wireless communications happening in the same spectrum. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016290 | Resource Allocation in Wireless Multi-Hop Relay Networks - Technologies that, among other things, provide resource allocation in multi-hop wireless networks with relay stations and can be used to supply information to link data packets with a respective resource allocation. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016291 | Base station apparatus, mobile station apparatus, and method of assigning subscarriers - A base station assigns a subcarrier for downlink communications under Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access. Before downlink communications with a mobile station, based on carrier sensing by the mobile station, the base station detects information concerning an available subcarrier from downlink signals using a modulating unit. The information concerning the available subcarrier is stored in a downlink-information sharing unit and is shared among the base station and the adjacent base stations. A downlink subcarrier setting unit sets the available subcarrier for downlink communications. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016292 | LOAD BALANCING NETWORK ACCESS REQUESTS - A method of load balancing network access requests comprises receiving a network access request from a serving node linked to a radio access network. The network access request identifies a mobile node receiving wireless service from the radio access network and identifies a data network to which the mobile node has requested access. The network access request requests a communication channel with the serving node for transporting data communications between the mobile node and the data network. The method further comprising determining one or more gateways providing access to the data network, selecting one of the gateways, and forwarding the network access request to the selected gateway. | 01-15-2009 |
20090016293 | METHOD FOR SENSING SPECTRUM AND ARRANGING QUIET PERIOD IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM, CUSTOMER PREMISE EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION AND SUPERFRAME STRUCTURE USING THE SAME - Provided are methods of spectrum sensing and assigning quiet periods in a cognitive radio system in order to increase the reliability of detection regarding whether an incumbent user appears in his/her frequency channel, customer premises equipment (CPE), a base station, and the structure of a super frame for performing the methods. The spectrum sensing method includes communicating with a base station (BS) and performing spectrum sensing for frequency channels having quiet periods (QPs) during the QPs of the frequency channels used in the cognitive radio system, wherein the QPs of the frequency channels do not overlap each other | 01-15-2009 |
20090016294 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL, INFORMATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - [PROBLEMS] To provide a communication system capable of switching between a terminal for making a call via a mobile telephone network and a terminal for making a call via the Internet without a bothersome operation. [MEANS FOR SOLVING PROBLEMS] A mobile terminal ((A) | 01-15-2009 |
20090022095 | Communication Channel Selection and Use - Methods and systems for characterizing requests for individual items of information available from a target address as part of a request for content are provided. The characterization of requests for items of information is applied to select one of a plurality of communication channels for servicing the request. In addition, where different requests for items of information are assigned to different communication channels, those different communication channels can be used to obtain items of information from the target address simultaneously. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022096 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENVIRONMENT CONFIGURATION BY A DEVICE BASED ON AUTO-DISCOVERY OF LOCAL RESOURCES AND GENERATING PREFERENCE INFORMATION FOR THOSE RESOURCES - Methods and systems for environment configuration by a device based on auto-discovery of local resources and generating preference information for those resources are disclosed and may include discovering available networked resources utilizing a wireless mobile communication device (WMCD). Wireless communication may be established with one or more of the available networked resources utilizing the WMCD, which may then configure the resources according to user preferences. The user preferences may be stored internal or external to the WMCD, and may be modified based on subsequent changes to the configuring of the resources. The WMCD may communicate with the resources utilizing one or more of a plurality of wireless protocols, which may comprise cellular, WLAN, near-field communication, Bluetooth, and radio frequency identification. The WMCD may auto-discover as well as determine and authenticate access privileges for the resources, which may comprise devices for adjusting a user's local environment. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022097 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for advance allocation of one or more resources to a frame for a mobile communication terminal comprises transmitting resource allocation data in advance over several frames to allow for additional diversity in providing a mobile with resource allocation data. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022098 | MULTIPLEXING SCHEMES FOR OFDMA - Methods and systems are provided for allocating resources including VoIP (voice over Internet Protocol) and Non-VoIP resources. In some embodiments, multiplexing schemes are provided for use with OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access) systems, for example for use in transmitting VoIP traffic, in some embodiments, various HARQ (Hybrid Automatic request) techniques are provided for use with OFDMA systems. In various embodiments, there are provided methods and systems for dealing with issuea such as Handling non-full rate vocoder frames, VoIP packet jitter handling, VoIP capacity increasing schemes, persistent and non-persistent assignment of resources in OFDMA systems. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022099 | MULTIPLE NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREOF - There is provided a multiple network connection method through a first communication device constituting a multiple network together with one or more second communication device, comprises: transmitting a service request message to the second communication device by the first communication device; transmitting a response message including service connection information to the first communication device by the second communication device; transmitting the service request message including the service connection information to a network management server by the first communication device; transmitting a request message to set a new connection path with the second communication device to a service providing entity or an external communication device by the network management server; and generating a new connection path between the service providing entity or the external communication device and the second communication device, and transceiving data through the new connection path. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022100 | METHOD FOR ROUTING TRAFFIC ACROSS AN IP-BASED TRANSPORT NETWORK IN A MOBILE NETWORK - One object of the present invention is a method for routing traffic across an IP-based transport network in a mobile network, to/from a mobile network node serving a mobile terminal, said method comprising the steps of:
| 01-22-2009 |
20090022101 | Method and system for transmitting/receiving data in communication system - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for allocating a bandwidth in a communication system. The method includes the steps of checking the number of mobile stations that fall within a cell under the control of an relay station and have data to be transmitted to a base station, determining a bandwidth allocation period for data transmission corresponding to the checked number of mobile stations, and transmitting a bandwidth allocation message at intervals of the determined bandwidth allocation period. | 01-22-2009 |
20090022102 | Providing address information for reaching a wireless terminal - The invention relates to a method of providing address information for reaching a wireless terminal, said wireless terminal being connected to a first wireless communication network, a varying public address being dynamically allocated to said wireless terminal, and said wireless terminal being reachable from outside of the first wireless communication network by means of said varying public address. The method comprises dynamically notifying substantially directly at least one other communicating party of a current public address of the wireless terminal. | 01-22-2009 |
20090028097 | DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A method in a communication network comprising a plurality of network controllers and a plurality of mobile nodes served by at least one of the plurality of network controllers is provided. The method includes the plurality of network controllers coordinating interference avoidance by co-operatively generating an interference avoidance database. The method further includes at least one of the plurality of network controllers updating the interference avoidance database, wherein updating the interference avoidance database includes receiving at least one interference avoidance related information from at least one of the plurality of mobile nodes. The method further includes the at least one of the plurality of network controllers communicating the updated interference avoidance database to at least one another of the plurality of network controllers | 01-29-2009 |
20090028098 | SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING CHANNELS IN A MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS LAN ARRAY - A channel allocation system for allocating channels in a frequency band to a plurality of radios in close proximity so as to minimize co-channel interference. One method for allocating channels involves initially tuning each of the plurality of radios to the same one of the plurality of channels. All of the radios then receive signals from whatever sources and a signal score is determined for each radio. The radios are then tuned to another one of the plurality of channels. The steps of receiving a signal and determining a signal score for each radio are repeated for each of the remaining channels until all channels have been used. The signal scores are then tested against a table of mapping schemes to determine maximum isolation. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028099 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS SYSTEM - A channel allocation system for a beam-forming wireless network selects receivers to enroll in communication from a pool of candidate receivers, by off-loading a determination of the effects of adding each candidate receiver to the candidate receiver itself. In one embodiment, the candidate receivers nominate themselves for enrollment based on their determination of aggregate data rate changes resulting from their enrollment and the comparison of this aggregate data rate change against an estimate of the aggregate data rate changes of other candidate receivers. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028100 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTER IDENTIFICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for transmitter identification in a wireless network are disclosed. In an example, a method is provided that encodes pilot information on a first portion of a number of subcarriers in a symbol within a pilot positioning channel for an active transmitter. The method further includes encoding transmitter identification information on a second dedicated portion of the number of subcarriers of the symbol. The method also encompasses including a transmitter allocation field that signals the number of succeeding symbols that will be used by the transmitter for transmitting any other information in an interference free manner. In another example, a method is provided that receives a symbol having a number of subcarriers from a transmitter. A channel estimate and an energy measurement of the symbol using a first portion of the subcarriers. A dedicated second portion of the number of subcarriers in the symbol are then decoded to determine the transmitter identification information. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028101 | AUTHENTICATION METHOD IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE AND RADIO BASE STATION USING THE METHOD, A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THEM, AND A PROGRAM THEREOF - For communication with a base station on an IP network, radio terminals have a function for encapsulating and releasing encapsulation of a packet for preparatory authentication defined in the IEEE 802.11i at a RADIUS client unit by an authentication packet communicable on the IP network. For communication with the radio terminals on the IP network, the base station has a function for encapsulating and releasing encapsulation of a packet for preparatory authentication defined in the IEEE 802.11i at a RADIUS server by an authentication packet communicable on the IP network. Thus, it is possible to provide an authentication method in a radio communication system enabling a preparatory authentication between a radio terminal and a base station even between IP sub-networks. There are also disclosed a radio terminal device and a radio base station using this authentication method, a radio communication system using them, and a program. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028102 | RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ADAPTED FOR CHANGE OF CHANNEL - A resource assignment method for a communication system provides a method to realize an estimate of channel with high accuracy for terminals which change channels rapidly. A resource assignment unit ( | 01-29-2009 |
20090028103 | Multi-Carrier Hsdpa Channel Establishing Method and the Multi-Carrier Downlink Packet Data Transmitting Method - A method for establishing a multi-carrier HSDPA channel and method for transmitting multi-carrier downlink packet data are provided. The method for establishing a multi-carrier HSDPA channel includes: A. determining number of HSDPA channel resources of a cell; B. selecting N carriers in the cell according to the number of channel resources determined in step A, wherein the N carriers form the HSDPA channel resources; C. allocating the HSDPA channel resources to be HS-DSCHs, uplink and downlink control channels; D. allocating, by a network, an HS-DSCH to be used by a user terminal, one or more HS-SCCHs and one or more mate HS-SICHs to be monitored by the user terminal, when the user terminal initiates an HSDPA request and the request is allowed. The method may be applied to multi-carrier downlink packet data transmission, to enhance peak transmission rate of user packets, optimize the resources, thereby improving system throughput. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028104 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A scheduling method for a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) system is provided. The scheduling method for a BWA system includes selecting a terminal having a highest priority using a scheduling algorithm, determining a burst region to be assigned to the terminal, and constructing a frame intended for the terminal according to the determination. The method improves network throughput and power conservation performance of subscriber stations | 01-29-2009 |
20090028105 | WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention relates to the field of wireless access systems and more particularly to a broadband wireless access system and a transmission method for such system. At least two data streams ( | 01-29-2009 |
20090028106 | Device and method for transmitting long training sequence for wireless communications - A device and method transmits a frame of a wireless communication. The frame includes a preamble that includes a short training sequence and a long training sequence. The long training sequence includes non-zero energy on each of a plurality of subcarriers except a DC subcarrier. A frequency domain window is inserted into the long training sequence to stimulate the subcarriers for channel estimation. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028107 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - Method and apparatus for transmission of information in multiple access communication system is described. Information from a plurality of access terminals is received. Alternatively, an access terminal determines what information needs to be sent to the access point. A determination is made as to whether sufficient resources, such as time, power level, or channels, are available to send an indication of acknowledgment. If sufficient resources are not available at the given time, the transmission of an indication of acknowledgment is delayed until sufficient resources are available. | 01-29-2009 |
20090028108 | Method for Enabling Interoperability Between Data Transmission Systems Conforming to IEEE 802.11 and HIPERLAN Standards - Mechanisms, in a transmission channel shared by 802.11 systems and HIPERLAN/2 systems are provided to prevent 802.11 terminals from transmitting during time periods allocated to HIPERLAN, so that a single channel can be shared between the two standards. In a particular embodiment, a “super frame” format is used where HIPERLAN transmissions are offered the highest level of protection possible within 802.11, which is needed within the 802.11 Contention Free Period (CFP). | 01-29-2009 |
20090034455 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION OF DATA CHANNEL FOR ENHANCED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method of transmitting/receiving control information of a data channel for enhanced uplink data transmission is disclosed, by which efficient radio resource allocation is enabled. The present invention includes the acquiring control information of data channel for enhanced uplink data transmission; composing a Medium Access control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) including the control information, and transmitting the MAC PDU via a first physical channel for user data transmission. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034456 | Communications Systems - In a multi user communication system, subcarriers are allocated to subchannels using a quality measurement for each subchannel. An initial sub carrier is allocated to each subchannel, and a quality metric measured. Subsequent subcarriers are allocated in dependence upon the quality measurement for each subchannel. The subchannel with the lowest quality measurement receives the first allocation, and the subchannel with the highest quality measurement receives the last allocation. The subsequent allocation is repeated, following a re-sort of the subchannel quality measurements, until all of the subcarriers are allocated. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034457 | Dynamic Channel-Width Allocation in Wireless Networks - Techniques for enhancing throughput capacity and/or bandwidth distribution fairness among APs in a wireless network are described. Specifically, a channel frequency profile which includes a center frequency and channel-width (i.e., channel bandwidth) is dynamically assigned to each of one or more APs in a wireless network. The assigned channel frequency profile for each AP is based, at least in part, on the current composition of the wireless network including, its topology and traffic load distribution. In this regard, each AP's channel frequency profile can be continuously or periodically changed such that the entire available frequency spectrum is effectively utilized and/or interference between APs is avoided or limited. This, in turn, enhances the throughput capacity and/or bandwidth distribution fairness of the wireless network. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034458 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING ORTHOGONALLY OVER MULTIPLE HOPS - Apparatus and method for providing a relay between uplink and downlink nodes. The relay is provided by simultaneously communicating with the uplink and downlink nodes on a common channel. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034459 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and device are provided for synchronizing data transmission of multicasting/broadcasting services (MBS) by a plurality of Base Stations. The method disclosed comprises providing synchronization information to enable all of said plurality of Base Stations to start transmitting MBS data at a synchronized starting time point. Meanwhile, each of the Base Stations receives the MBS data to be transmitted and determines whether any of the MBS data has not been properly received. If so, the respective Base Station initiates a process to recover the missing MBS data or to obtain within a pre-determined time interval, information regarding the missing data in order to determine the duration of the time period that would have been required for the transmission of the missing MBS. If the missing data has not been timely recovered, the respective Base Station determines a starting point and the duration of a silence period based on the information obtained, and refrains from transmitting any signals along a communication channel allocated for transmission of MBS data, during that silence period. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034460 | Dynamic bandwidth allocation for multiple virtual MACs - Communication bandwidth on a single physical interface (PHY) in a wireless device is allocated among multiple virtual media access control layers (MACs) based on need. Excess bandwidth may be aggregated in a single virtual. MAC for power savings. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034461 | MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) MODE OPTIMIZATION FOR LOW DATA RATES SERVICES - A method and an apparatus are provided for efficient transmission of low-data-rate packet services in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) mode of operations in the presence of high-data-rate packet services. Precoding weight information (PWI) is signaled implicitly to a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU). A precoding weight vector is signaled in a high speed shared control channel less (HS-SCCH-less) transmission using a new HS-SCCH type P. This explicit PWI signaling approach transmits the PWI with minimum power overhead. The data carried in the HS-SCCH type P is encoded to minimize the required transmitted power. A channel type HS-SCCH type 2M is also described. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034462 | TBF BI-DIRECTIONAL OPTIMIZATION FOR TCP - In a data communication network a first and second network site, communicate by sending a first data transmission from the first network site to a second network site and by sending a second data transmission from said second network site to said first network site. Data transmission characteristics of said first data transmission are determined and radio resources for said data transmission are allocated based on the determined first data transmission characteristics. Thus, the radio resources for the second data transmission are correlated with characteristics of the first data transmission and thus delays in the data transmission between the first and second network site can be avoided. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034463 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RESOURCE SHARING - Systems and methods for wireless systems provide a mechanism for resource sharing. In an embodiment, private informational content associated with a single user is accessed. Shared informational content associated with the single user and another user may also be accessed. The private informational content and the shared informational content are displayed on a same user interface for the single user. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034464 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a resource management method in a communication system, and more particularly, a resource management method based on priority in a wireless communication system. The resource management method in a wireless management network includes: setting a priority factor value with regard to a link flow for which link establishment is requested; and if a capacity required by the flow for which link establishment is requested exceeds a remaining capacity of a base station, increasing the remaining capacity of the base station by sequentially reducing a minimum reserved rate (MRR) value of flows that receive a service at a lower priority than the flow for which link establishment is requested to a maximum sustained rate (MSR) value, until the remaining capacity required by the flow for which link establishment is requested is generated. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034465 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DIMENSIONING SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for performing Scheduling Assignments (SAs) for User Equipments (UEs) at a base station of a communication system by accounting for the different operating conditions UEs may experience or for the different data rates or data packet sizes UEs may require. This reduces a total size of SAs by introducing compact SAs, in addition to full SAs. For compact SAs, the range for the resource allocation or for the spectral efficiency of the signal transmission is restricted or some fields that exist in the full SA are eliminated without adversely impacting scheduling flexibility or system throughput. By reducing the total size of SAs through the use of compact SAs, the corresponding control signaling overhead is reduced, which improves system throughput, improves scheduling flexibility, or improves coverage. | 02-05-2009 |
20090034466 | Arrangement And Method For Extended Control Plane Signalling In A High Speed Packet Data Communication - The present invention relates to a base station arrangement ( | 02-05-2009 |
20090040970 | MULTI-USER RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR MOBILE WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WiMAX) SYSTEMS - Various embodiments are directed to multi-user resource allocation capable of significantly reducing MAC header overhead and scheduling delay for small payload applications, such as Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) and interactive gaming and to increase the capacity of such applications. In various implementations, multi-user resource allocation may be used in mobile Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) systems designed to operate in accordance with the Institute for Electronic and Electrical Engineers (IEEE) standards such as the 802.16e-2005 standard and/or the evolving IEEE 802.16m standard as well as Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE), and/or 3GPP2 Ultra Mobile Broadband (UMB) standards. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040971 | Channel selection method for improved wireless communication - A communication system ( | 02-12-2009 |
20090040972 | Radio Resource Allocation for Cellular Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the invention relate to cellular wireless networks and are particularly suited to networks including different types of base stations. So-called femtocell types of base stations are typically deployed within a subscriber's premises and operate at low transmit power, providing a very limited area of wireless coverage. A femtocell is typically deployed within the area of wireless coverage of a conventional macrocell, occupying the same frequency spectrum and timeslots as the macrocell. A problem can be presented to a user equipment terminal that is close to the femtocell but unable to gain access to it, because the transmissions from the femtocell may appear as interference to the user equipment terminal, preventing it from accessing the macrocell which it could otherwise access. A cellular wireless network according to an embodiment of the invention employs a method of allocating radio resource to femtocells so that the transmissions from femtocells do not occupy the same radio resource blocks as those used by the macrocell for signalling; embodiments of the invention thereby prevent interference associated with signalling to cause a connection to be lost, or prevent a connection being set up. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040973 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE, AND RACH TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio communication system, a radio transmission device, a RACH transmission method capable of reducing the important information conflict probability and improve the communication system throughput in a channel transmitted at a random timing such as RACH. In a frame configuration used by the communication system, the number of slots of RACH is reduced by one and the resource for the slot is equally allocated as a resource for a pilot/UE-ID of other slot. This increases the resource amount of the pilot/UE-ID. Furthermore, the resource of the pilot/UE-ID is divided into a plurality of sub slots, which are allocated as resource blocks for respective mobile stations. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040974 | COMBINING TRANSMISSIONS OF DIFFERENT PROTOCOLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and devices for allowing communications between a central station and subscriber terminals along a frequency channel in a wireless network comprising a central station and a plurality of subscriber terminals, out of which at least one uses a scheduled based protocol. The method comprises: providing a plurality of time domain frames each comprising at least one first time interval for implementing schedule based protocol, and at least one second time interval for implementing a contention based protocol; scheduling a plurality of unconditioned transmissions in a plurality of present and/or future frames during the first time interval of corresponding time domain frames to/from the subscriber terminal(s) operating under the schedule based protocol; scheduling a plurality of conditioned transmission opportunities in a plurality of present and/or future frames during the second time interval of corresponding time domain frames to/from the terminals operating under the schedule based protocol; determining, prior to sending a conditioned transmission, whether the value of received power level is below a pre-defined threshold value and transmitting communications during the second time interval upon determining that this value does not exceed a pre-defined threshold. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040975 | PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO MANAGEMENT FOR MULTI-CARRIER MODULATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for managing peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) for multi-carrier modulation in wireless communication systems. Different terminals in a multiple-access system may have different required transmit powers. The number of carriers to allocate to each terminal is made dependent on its required transmit power. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be allocated fewer carriers (associated with smaller PAPR) to allow the power amplifier to operate at higher power levels. Terminals with lower required transmit powers may be allocated more carriers (associated with higher PAPR) since the power amplifier is operated at lower power levels. The specific carriers to assign to the terminals may also be determined by their transmit power levels to reduce out-of-band emissions. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the middle of the operating band, and terminals with lower required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the band edges. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040976 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKETS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving packet data in a mobile communication system supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ), e.g., a method and apparatus for performing HARQ retransmission on a packet received through persistent resources where no HARQ process identifier is transmitted. HARQ soft combining is performed by providing a mapping relation between a packet received through persistent resources and a retransmitted HARQ packet. In addition, when there are several HARQ packets received through persistent resources at an arbitrary timing, which packet an arbitrary retransmission packet should be combined is determined, thereby enabling the corresponding processor to perform correct soft combining. This improves HARQ performance of persistent resources without increasing complexity of the reception apparatus. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040977 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN CONSIDERATION OF SERVICE CONNECTION TIME DURATION (SCTD) IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for scheduling in consideration of a Service Connection Time Duration (SCTD) in a mobile communication system. The apparatus includes a User Equipment (UE) for transmitting a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) including an SCTD measured by counting a connection time to receive an uplink service through a high speed data transmission, and a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) for receiving the MAC PDU including the SCTD from the UE, allocating a priority by considering the SCTD, and allocating radio resources based on the priority. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040978 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING FREQUENCY RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for using frequency resources in a multi-cell communication system is provided. The system includes cells included in a multi-cell communication system, each cell being controlled to use frequency resources based on a preset segment sequence, wherein available frequency bands which can be used by the respective cells are equal to each other, the available frequency band is divided into “A” number of segments, each segment is divided into “B” number of partial bands, each partial band is divided into “C” number of channels, and the segment sequence comprises an order in which the “A” number of segments are used. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040979 | Methods and Apparatuses for Reducing Interference Using Frequency Division Multiple Access - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described which are capable of mitigating interference between piconets. Devices on a piconet may detect a certain degree of interference. When this interference is deemed as arising from another piconet, the first piconet may cease transmitting on a set of bands while the interfering piconet may continue to transmit on this set of bands. Furthermore, the interfering piconet may cease transmitting on another orthogonal set of bands within the frequency spectrum while the original piconet continues to utilize these bands. Transmission on these sets of bands may be resumed after a predetermined time period. In this manner interference between the two piconets may be minimized. | 02-12-2009 |
20090040980 | Wireless local area network channel resource management - A wired Local Area Network (wired LAN) and a plurality of Wireless Access Points (WAPs) coupled to a wired network infrastructure of the wired LAN service wireless packetized communications for a plurality of Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) clients. A multi-layer switch of the wired LAN identifies a WLAN client serviced by a WAP from the packetized communications, and upon receiving an overloading indication from the WAP, determines that the WLAN client serviced by the WAP exceeds a usage threshold. Based upon the determination, the multi-layer switch reduces the wireless bandwidth provided to the wireless terminal by the WAP. | 02-12-2009 |
20090046637 | Method of Controlling Data Transmission for Mbs in Broadband Wireless Access System - The present invention relates to a method of controlling data transmission for a multimedia/broadcast service (MBS) in a broadband wireless access system. In a data transmission control method for a multicast broadcast service (MBS) in a broadband wireless access system, the present invention includes the steps of receiving information for a downlink burst profile suitable for receiving MBS data from at least one mobile subscriber station, selecting a downlink burst profile suitable for transmitting the MBS data using the information for the downlink burst profile, and transmitting the MBS data to the at least one mobile subscriber station using the selected downlink burst profile. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046638 | WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide a flexible system for providing wireless broadband access. The system can include a gateway that has a plurality of gateway premises equipment (“GPE”) units and a network fuser connected to the plurality of GPE units to coordinate the activities of the plurality of the GPE units. The network fuser can provide DSP configuration information and RF configuration information to the GPE units. The network fuser is also operable to connect to a high-speed network (e.g., a backhaul network) and to provision data from the high-speed network to each of the plurality of GPE units. The system can also include a plurality of customer premises equipment (“CPE”) units remote from the gateway. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046639 | System and Method for Handling Large IP Packets During VoIP Session - The application provides a logical channel design in which a first transmitted logical channel and a first received logical channel are used to send and receive compressed VoIP packets and uncompressed VoIP over a wireless link. A second transmitted logical channel and a second received logical channel are used to send and receive session control packets over the wireless link. The compressed VoIP packets utilize semi-persistent resource allocation whereas the uncompressed VoIP packets utilize dynamically scheduled resource allocation. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046640 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACTIVESETCOMPLETE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for transmission of ActiveSetComplete message in a wireless communication system, the method comprising generating a ActiveSetComplete message comprising a 8 bit message ID field and a 8 bit MessageSequence field, wherein the MessageSequence field indicates the MessageSequence field of the ActiveSetAssignment message whose receipt ActiveSetComplete message acknowledges and transmitting the ActiveSetComplete message over an OFDM communication link. Another embodiment of present invention relates to receiving and processing the received the ActiveSetComplete message. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046641 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROCEDURES - Several medium access control methods are disclosed. One such method is a method for requesting an uplink resource allocation. In this method, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a trigger and sends an uplink resource request to a Node B based on the trigger. The WTRU receives an uplink resource assignment and prepares for an uplink transmission using the resource assignment. The WTRU then sends an acknowledgement that the uplink resource allocation was received. A wireless transmit/receive unit according to one embodiment includes a trigger device and a processor. The trigger device is configured to receive a trigger. The processor is in communication with the trigger device, and is configured to send an uplink resource request upon receipt of the trigger, receive an uplink resource assignment, and send an acknowledgement upon receipt of the uplink resource assignment. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046642 | UPLINK REQUESTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate generating uplink requests that account for bit rates of multiple radio bearers. In particular, one or more radio bearers serviced by a user equipment are assigned priorities. In addition, each radio bearer is assigned a prioritized bit rate and a maximum bit rate. The prioritized bit rates and maximum bit rates of at least one bearer are utilized to determine a high priority queue size and a total queue size. The queue sizes are incorporated into an uplink resource request transmitted to an access point. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046643 | Support Of Media Oriented Negotiation Acceleration Procedures In Split Architecture - An apparatus is configured to send a message to a controller requesting that a media oriented negotiation acceleration preference message is to be sent repeatedly. The apparatus is further configured to provide the controller with media oriented negotiation acceleration preferences within that message which are to be advertised by the controller, and to request the controller to send a notification to the apparatus about receipt of the first media oriented negotiation acceleration preference message. The apparatus receives a notification from the controller about receipt of a media oriented negotiation acceleration preference message which firstly came in at the controller. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046644 | SERVICE SET MANAGER FOR AD HOC MOBILE SERVICE PROVIDER - An ad hoc mobile service provider for a wireless network includes a processing system configured to support a public service set, comprising the ad hoc mobile service provider and one or more mobile clients, and a private service set, comprising the ad hoc mobile service provider and one or more authenticated mobile clients. The processing system is further configured to authenticate a mobile client with a server, the mobile client being associated with the public service set, and transfer an authenticated mobile client from the public service set to the private service set. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046645 | Uplink Reference Signal Sequence Assignments in Wireless Networks - Transmission of sequences in wireless networks from a user equipment (UE) includes various types of reference signals, such as a sounding reference signal (SRS) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) symbol. The UE receives an indication of a reference signal sequence group number u, wherein physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) sequences are divided into groups having at least one sequence each and wherein sounding reference signal (SRS) sequences are divided into groups having at least one sequence each. The UE produces a sequence from an SRS sequence group with the sequence group number u when an SRS is to be transmitted and produces a sequence from a PUCCH sequence group with the sequence group number u when a PUCCH symbol is to be transmitted. The UE produces a transmission signal using the produced sequence. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046646 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CODE RESOURCES TO UPLINK ACK/NACK CHANNELS IN A CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating code resources to ACK/NACK channel indexes, when UEs need ACK/NACK transmission in a wireless communication system in which a predetermined number of orthogonal cover Walsh codes is selected from among available orthogonal cover Walsh codes, at least one subset is formed, having the selected orthogonal cover Walsh codes arranged in an ascending order of cross interference, subsets are selected for use in first and second slots of a subframe, and the orthogonal cover Walsh codes of the subset selected for each slot and ZC sequence cyclic shift values are allocated to the ACK/NACK channel indexes. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046647 | METHOD OF GENERATING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR ADAPTIVELY IN DOWNLINE STATUS AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for generating a channel quality indicator (CQI) in a mobile communication system is presented. The method includes grouping a number of subcarriers to form at least one channel quality indicator subband for generating a channel quality indicator, and generating a channel quality indicator in each channel quality indicator subband, wherein a size of each channel quality indicator subband is dependent on a system bandwidth value and is an integer multiple of a downlink frequency resource unit size, wherein the downlink frequency resource unit size is prescribed according to the system bandwidth value. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046648 | Apparatus and method for generating MAC PDU in mobile communication system - An apparatus and method for avoiding waste of resources by dynamically allocating a length of a Logical Channel IDentification (LCID) of a header included in a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) are provided. The apparatus includes a header generator for evaluating a MAC Service Data Unit (SDU) to be multiplexed and for dynamically allocating LCID information according to the evaluated MAC SDU, when radio bearer information is modified. Accordingly, the conventional problem can be solved in which a large number of bits are unnecessarily wasted since the length of the LCID is fixedly allocated or in which logical channels cannot be sufficiently used. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046649 | Mapping of uplink ACK in TDD with asymmetric frame structure - For each of at least two ratios of downlink subframes exceeding uplink subframes in a frame is stored a pre-determined grouping of a plurality of downlink subframes that map to one uplink subframe. A frame is scheduled corresponding to one of the ratios. Scheduling grants are transmitted to user equipments UEs in at least some of the scheduled downlink subframes, wherein the number of scheduled downlink subframes is greater than the number of scheduled uplink subframes in the frame. The UEs receive their grant, map the downlink subframe in which the scheduling grant was received to an uplink subframe using the stored predetermined grouping for the ratio that corresponds to the frame in which the scheduling grant was received, and send their ACK/NACK for the grant in the mapped subframe. The network receives multiple ACKs/NACKs in a single uplink subframe and maps them, to the downlink subframes of the group. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046650 | Resource scheduling enabling partially-constrained retransmission - The exemplary embodiments of the invention utilize techniques that provide an amount of scheduling flexibility for retransmissions (e.g., downlink HARQ retransmissions) while also limiting the amount of time within which a UE can expect retransmissions. Thus, the network retains scheduling flexibility while the UE can still operate in DRX, for example. In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: receiving an initial transmission of information; and receiving a retransmission of the information, where the retransmission is received within a window of time having a predetermined duration, where the window of time is arranged to begin at a predetermined time or after a predetermined time interval. In further exemplary embodiments, the predetermined duration of the window of time is measured using a DRX retransmission timer and/or the predetermined time or the predetermined time interval is measured using a HARQ RTT timer. | 02-19-2009 |
20090046651 | NETWORKS AND METHODS INTEGRATING DIGITAL MOBILE STANDARDS - Communications in a wireless communication system based on two or more communication standards are configured for delivery to cell sites or to subscribers using a digital link having channels assigned to the two or more communication standards. A T-1 level can be divided into twenty four channels that are assigned to two or more mobile standards, and subscriber or network communications based on the two or more standards can be delivered to, for example, radio transmitters associated with the mobile standards. Channel allocation can be revised based upon requested capacity associated with the mobile standards. | 02-19-2009 |
20090052381 | EFFICIENT CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that provide efficient channel assignment and communication for a wireless communication network. System resources can be allocated for a traffic channel for communication between a base station and a terminal in a physical layer frame, a portion of which can be made available for an acknowledgement channel. Resources for the acknowledgement channel can then be allocated such that the resources allocated for the acknowledgement channel occupy only a portion of the resources available for the acknowledgement channel within the resources allocated for the traffic channel. By scheduling the acknowledgement channel such that it occupies only a portion of the resources available to it, traffic data and acknowledgements can be communicated in the wireless communication system on their respective channels more efficiently. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052382 | Infrastructure-Based Enabling Indication for Dynamic Frequency Selection in Wireless Networks - A wireless access point selection system. In particular implementations, a method includes receiving a notification that identifies a wireless access point that detects radar on an operating channel and identifies the operating channel; updating neighbor lists of one or more neighboring wireless access points to remove the wireless access point from the neighbor list, where the neighbor list comprises neighbor wireless access points, corresponding operating channels, and corresponding enable indications, where each enable indication indicates if a channel availability check is required before performing active scanning; and transmitting the updated neighbor list to the neighboring wireless access points. In one implementation, a system provides a DFS enable indication to wireless clients so they can know whether a channel availability check is required prior to transmitting. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052383 | Method of allocating subbands to streams of a multichannel link in a multicarrier modulation communications system - A method of allocating a plurality of subbands (SB | 02-26-2009 |
20090052384 | Apparatus and method for signaling in a wireless communication system - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 02-26-2009 |
20090052385 | MULTIPLE ACCESS SERVICE CONVERGENCE - A mobile terminal is anchored in a control subsystem, which will function as the mobile terminal's home service subsystem. Call signaling for an incoming call is routed to the control subsystem, which will provide call processing. The call processing may include determining how to route the call to the mobile terminal. Call signaling may be provided to the mobile terminal via the packet subsystem while the bearer path for the incoming call may be established to the mobile terminal though either the circuit-switched subsystem or the packet subsystem. When the mobile terminal is capable of supporting local wireless communications, the bearer paths for incoming calls may be provided via a local wireless subsystem. The subsystem chosen for the bearer path may be based on whether there is sufficient bandwidth to support the bearer path over an available packet-based connection. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052386 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system including a plurality of wireless stations provided in a structure having a radio wave shield arranged at a fixed position, at least one of two wireless stations using an identical wireless channel and two wireless stations using wireless channels adjacent to each other are allocated on both sides of the radio wave shield, respectively. In this case, the structure is an aircraft, and the two wireless stations are allocated on different aisles of the aircraft, respectively. In addition, the two wireless stations are allocated to be apart from each other in a longitudinal direction of the aircraft. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052387 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA WITH SUPERFRAME STRUCTURE - A method of transmitting and receiving data using a superframe structure is disclosed. A method for transmitting data through a superframe including a superframe header, includes generating the superframe which includes a data region including user data and includes a dedicated control region including data region allocation information indicating resource allocation for the data region, and transmitting the superframe. The dedicated control region is arranged at least one of locations except for a subframe of the superframe header. A user equipment which does not have to transmit and receive data decodes only data region allocation information using information of the data region indicated by a dedicated control region, thereby minimizing power loss, reducing a feedback delay, and reducing system overhead using a superframe structure. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052388 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing a random access procedure by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a preamble for identifying the UE, through a first message; receiving a second message from an Evolved Node B (ENB) in response to the first message, the second message including uplink (UL) transmission resource information for transmitting at least one of a transparent Radio Resource Control (RRC) message which is an RRC message that a UE having no RRC control connection transmits for the first time, and Buffer Status Report (BSR) information indicating an amount of UL data; setting a format indicator indicating if the transparent RRC message or the BSR information is included in a third message; and generating the third message according to the set format indicator, and transmitting the generated third message according to the UL transmission resource information. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052389 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE CONTENTION ACCESS PERIODS - A system and method for multiple contention access periods is disclosed. In one embodiment, the system for wireless communication comprises a coordinator configured to schedule wireless transmissions among a plurality of wireless devices during a plurality of superframes, at least one of the superframes comprising a period during which the coordinator is configured to receive one or more data packets from the wireless devices via at least one random access scheme, the period being partitioned into a plurality of sub-periods which do not overlap with one another, wherein the coordinator is configured to receive at least a first data packet having a first value for a parameter during a first sub-period and a second data packet having a second value for the parameter during a second sub-period, and wherein the first and second values for the parameter are different from each other. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052390 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DYNAMIC SERVICE FLOWS AND NETWORK-SIDE SERVICE FLOWS AND A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a method for processing dynamic service flows, wherein the UE sends a dynamic service flow processing request carrying a processing indication; and the network side executes a resource processing process and an air interface acknowledgement process. The resource processing process is: The SFM entity sends a resource processing request to the H-PF server through an anchor SFA entity according to the received dynamic service flow processing request, with the request carrying the parameters related to the resource processing request; the H-PF server sends the result of resource processing performed by each node in the network according to the resource requirements to the SFM through a resource processing response. The air interface acknowledgement process is: The SFM returns a service flow processing response to the UE; after receiving the response, the UE saves the relevant parameters, and returns an acknowledgement to the SFM. The present invention also discloses a method for processing network-side service flows and a communication apparatus. | 02-26-2009 |
20090052391 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING RADIO RESOURCE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for requesting radio resource using a control signal in an evolved universal telecommunications system (E-UMTS) is disclosed. A terminal requests a radio resource for data transmission from a base station by selectively using the control signal or a random access channel (RACH) if data transmission to the base station is required when the terminal has no uplink radio resource. Fast data transmission is ensured since the terminal can quickly transmit the radio resource request message to the base station using the RACH or the control signal and can quickly acquire the radio resource from the base station. | 02-26-2009 |
20090059850 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for transmitting and receiving resource allocation information in a communication system are disclosed, in which an Relay Station (RS) receives a resource allocation information message from a Base Station (BS), detects a first resource allocation information from the resource allocation information message, and detects a second resource allocation information intended only for the RS using the first resource allocation information. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059851 | Mitigation of uncoordinated interference of a wireless access node - An apparatus and method of a wireless node mitigating the effects of uncoordinated interference is disclosed. One embodiment of a method includes the wireless node monitoring uncoordinated interference affecting transmissions of the wireless node, and evaluating a plurality of wireless links, the evaluation influenced at least in part on the monitored uncoordinated interference. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059852 | Method And Apparatus For Allocation Of Radio Resources - An estimate of a cost of allocating radio resources available for allocation to the at least one radio link within a cell is generated in dependency | 03-05-2009 |
20090059853 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKETS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a packet over a radio channel in a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving first packets from an upper layer; checking a number of and a size of the first packets to be bundled in a second packet; generating the second packet using the first packets and a header including an indicator that indicates if the number of and a size of the first packets to be bundled in the second packet satisfy a predetermined condition; and transmitting the generated second packet via a lower layer. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059854 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a base station capable of searching cells of different frequencies without losing a chance of data communication by effectively performing SCH data communication. The base station ( | 03-05-2009 |
20090059855 | DISTRIBUTED HIERARCHICAL SCHEDULING IN AN AD HOC NETWORK - An ad hoc network with distributed hierarchical scheduling is disclosed. In one aspect, stations in a network mesh detect interfering neighbor stations and form interference lists. Stations transmit their interference lists. Scheduling stations schedule allocations for child stations in response to interference lists, received remote allocations, or a combination thereof. Coordination messages are transmitted including frame structure, allocations, and interference lists, among others. In another aspect, an ad hoc mesh network may be organized into a tree topology. In an example wireless backhaul network, this matches traffic flow. Distributed, hierarchical scheduling is provided where parents schedule communication with children while respecting already scheduled transmissions to/from interferers and to/from interferers of their respective children. Procedures to construct interference constraints for distributed, hierarchical scheduling are described, resulting in efficient scheduling and reuse in an ad hoc wireless network, without centralized scheduling. Various other aspects are also disclosed. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059856 | SPECTRUM SHARING - Disclosed herein are various example methods and apparatuses. According to one example, a method may include determining, by a first wireless node in a first wireless network, that spectral resource needs for the first wireless network exceed spectral resources currently available for the first wireless network. The method may further include sending, to a second wireless node in a second wireless network, a request to borrow one or more of the one or more resource units, the request being based on the determining. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059857 | Method and apparatus for load balancing in broadband communication system - An apparatus and method are provided for load balancing in a broadband communication system. In an initial network entry/network reentry/handover, whether to allow a user terminal and whether to allow each service flow are checked. The channel state and load state of candidate frequency assignments and subcells are detected. The ranging status of a corresponding frequency assignment or a corresponding subcell is set according to whether to allow the user terminal. The allowable candidate frequency assignment and subcells are selected and transmitted. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059858 | System and Method for requesting bandwidth allocation and allocating bandwidth in communication system - Disclosed is a method of requesting bandwidth allocation by an MS having at least two CIDs in a communication system, the method including the steps of detecting at least one CID needing the bandwidth allocation; when a plurality of CIDs are detected, generating a grant management subheader including a region for recording the total number of the CIDs needing bandwidth allocation and a region for recording bandwidth information of a generic MAC header CID, and a grant management subheader including, for each of the CIDs needing bandwidth allocation, other than the generic MAC header CID, a region for recording the order of a corresponding CID given in a MS CID list and a region for recording bandwidth information of the corresponding CID; and transmitting the generic MAC header with the grant management subheaders concatenated thereto to a BS. | 03-05-2009 |
20090059859 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In a communication apparatus, a grouping unit determines an adaptability based on a reception quality notified by a mobile station located in a cell, and groups mobile stations or connections by each of adaptabilities; an adaptability-based frame-occupancy-rate determining unit determines a data-mapping amount (an available capacity) by each of the adaptabilities depending on an amount of interference; and a frame mapping unit controls the mobile stations or the connections grouped by each of the adaptabilities to be mapped to a wireless frame by each frame based on the determined data-mapping amount. | 03-05-2009 |
20090067374 | Method for Traffic Indication and Channel Adaptation for Sleep Mode Terminals, and an Apparatus Thereof - The traffic indication and channel adaptation apparatus for a subscriber station in a sleep mode according to the present invention includes: a channel resource allocator for generating resource allocation information allocating an uplink channel resource to the subscriber station; a traffic indication and channel adaptation controller for generating a traffic indication message transmitted with the resource allocation information to the subscriber station, and providing a downlink data having a transmission level determined by applying an AMC level according to a CQI report message transmitted from the subscriber station; a transmitter for transmitting the uplink resource allocation information, the traffic indication message, and the downlink data to the subscriber station; and a receiver from receiving a CQI codeword or a CQI report message. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067375 | BEAMFORMING WITH NULLING TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Beamforming with nulling techniques for wireless communications networks are disclosed. For example, an apparatus may include a beamforming module and a weight determination module. The beamforming module applies beamforming weights to a downlink user channel with a first mobile station. The weight determination module determines the beamforming weights based on user channel information and interfering channel information. This user channel information is received from the first mobile station and includes characteristics of the downlink user channel. However, the interfering channel information includes characteristics of one or more downlink interfering channels received by one or more further mobile stations. These downlink interfering channels are associated with transmissions across the downlink user channel with the first mobile station. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067376 | PACKET TRANSMISSION CONTROL DEVICE, AND PACKET TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed packet transmission control apparatus that controls packet transmission to plural radio terminals includes a priority determination portion that determines a packet assignment priority in accordance with at least one of presence/absence of retransmission data and the number of data transmissions, and a radio terminal selection portion that selects a radio terminal to be a communications party in accordance with the priority. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067377 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL FRAME STRUCTURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication infrastructure entity configured to allocate radio resources, in a radio frame, to a wireless terminal compliant with a first protocol and to a wireless terminal compliant with a second protocol. The radio frame including a first protocol resource region and a second protocol resource region. The radio frame including a first protocol allocation control message that allocates resources within the first protocol resource region to the wireless terminal compliant with the first protocol, and a second protocol allocation control message that allocates resources within the second protocol resource region to the wireless terminal compliant with the second protocol. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067378 | BLIND DECODING IN A MOBILE ENVIRONMENT - Providing for modified rate-matching of modulated data to convey mobile network system information is described herein. By way of example, a rate-matching state, such as a data offset, can be introduced into a coded data stream that is modulated to resources of a wireless signal. The state can further be correlated to a state of the network system, such as transmit antenna configuration. Terminals receiving the wireless signal can analyze the signal to identify the rate-matching state and obtain the correlated network system state. Components of the terminal can then be configured according to the particular network system state, resulting in improving access point detection, and in some cases improved channel throughput and reliability. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067379 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating feedback resources in a communication system are provided, in which a Base Station (BS) allocates a first feedback resource area for ACKnowledgment/Negative ACKnowledgment (ACK/NACK) messages for general packets and a second feedback resource area for ACK/NACK messages for fixed packets, transmits the general packets and the fixed packets to at least one Mobile Station (MS), receives ACK/NACK messages in the first and second feedback resource areas, and when at least one of the fixed packets is canceled from transmission after the transmission of the general packets and the fixed packets, transmits a bitmap message to the at least one MS indicating use or non-use of the second feedback resource area for each packet, to enable a feedback resource area allocated for the canceled fixed packet to be allocated to an ACK/NACK message for an additionally generated general packet. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067380 | Mobile Communication System Using A Downlink Shared Channel - A mobile station used in a mobile communication system having a base station, the mobile station comprises a receiver which receives first identification information and second identification information, and receives first information using the first identification information and second information using the second identification information, wherein the first information includes identification information same as the first identification and the second information includes identification information same as the second identification information. | 03-12-2009 |
20090067381 | TRANSPORT EFFICIENCY OPTIMIZATION FOR MOBILE IPV6 - The present invention concerns a method and system for optimizing transport efficiency between a Mobile Node and a Correspondent Node in a Mobile IP network. A short Mobile Node Identifier is assigned to the Mobile Node. A Mobile Node Identifier Destination Option header comprising the assigned Mobile Node Identifier is used instead of the prior art Home Address Destination Option header in subsequent packets between the Mobile Node and the Correspondent Node. | 03-12-2009 |
20090073925 | CHANNEL HOPPING METHOD OF INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYING THE SAME - A wireless communication system includes a wireless master node having a plurality of channels, and a number of wireless slave nodes having a plurality of the channels. The master node and the slave nodes are structured to wirelessly communicate over a particular channel. The master node and the slave nodes are structured to decide to hop to a different channel. The master node and the slave nodes are structured to select: (a) the different channel, in order to be as far away as possible from a number of the channels, which are known to cause interference to wireless communications between the master node and the slave nodes, or (b) the different channel, in order to be as close as possible to one of the channels of a different master node, which is compatible with the former master node, but without the different channel being employed by the different master node. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073926 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ASSIGNING PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for assigning physical resource blocks (PRBs) is described. A first PRB is assigned to a first device from a plurality of devices. The first device maximizes a proportional fair algorithm on the first PRB. A second PRB is assigned to a second device from the plurality of devices. The second device maximizes a proportional fair algorithm on the second PRB. A determination is made whether a higher throughput would occur if the first PRB is assigned to the second device and the second PRB is assigned to the first device. The assignment of the first PRB is exchanged with the assignment of the second PRB if a higher throughput would occur. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073927 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control apparatus ( | 03-19-2009 |
20090073928 | Communication Systems - A signalling method for use in a multiple-access communication system, the system comprising a first communication apparatus and a plurality of second communication apparatuses, the second communication apparatuses being operable to communicate with the first communication apparatus using respective parts of a shared communication frame and each using an available service level for such communication, the method comprising: assessing service-level requests from the second communication apparatuses to determine if there is a group of the second communication apparatuses that have corresponding service-level requirements; if it is determined that such a group exists, employing a first control scheme for transmission in the shared communication frame of communication control information for the second communication apparatuses of the group; and for any second communication apparatus not part of the group, employing a further control scheme different from said first control scheme for transmission in the shared communication frame of communication control information for that second communication apparatus, wherein the first and further control schemes are configured such that use of the first control scheme for said group of second communication apparatuses enables communication for more such second communication apparatuses to be supported in said shared communication frame than if such a further control scheme were used for said group of second communication apparatuses. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073929 | FREQUENCY DIVERSE TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for dynamically mapping assigned resources to physical resources are described herein. In one design, a resource assigned for communication may be mapped to a first physical resource based on a first mapping function and to a second physical resource based on a second mapping function. The assigned resource may be configurable for hopping or no hopping. The first mapping function may be a transparent function or may map consecutive input indices to non-consecutive output indices. The second mapping function may be equal to an output of the first mapping function plus an offset defined by a step size and a hop value. The hop value may be configurable for the assigned resource and may be conveyed in a resource assignment. The hop value may be set to a first value to indicate no hopping or to a second value to indicate hopping by the step size. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073930 | Efficient Data Transmission By Data Aggregation - To efficiently transmit data on a wireless network, small packets that might otherwise be sent individually are aggregated into a “superframe”. This superframe can then be transmitted as a single, larger packet. To form this superframe, a plurality of tagged data packets can be aggregated into a packed aggregation block (PAB). Encapsulation data, e.g. protocol information, can be appended to the PAB. Wireless transmission information can bound the PAB and encapsulation data. Forming the superframe can be performed using an efficient combination of hardware and software. In one embodiment, aggregation of the tagged data packets can be performed by hardware without regard to the underlying protocol(s). Software can then provide protocol-handling support. | 03-19-2009 |
20090073931 | PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, CONTROL DEVICE, AND PACKET COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - The present invention improves a system capacity and satisfaction rate with a quality of service in packet communications performed through a radio link established between a transmitting station and a receiving station by dynamically limiting transmission power of packets in the transmitting station and keeping an increase of an interference level in the receiving station, which belongs to another cell, within a TPC margin. The present invention includes a resource allocator | 03-19-2009 |
20090080375 | Method and apparatus for network wide adaptive resource allocation for OFDMA/TDMA networks - In this invention, adaptive resource allocation is proposed. A resource is divided into Blocks and each base station is assigned a Block for its terminals that are in the interference region, and another Block for its terminals that are not in the interference region. Blocks other than these two are not used by the base station. Bordering base stations does not use the same Block if they have any terminal in the shared interference region. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080376 | Power Control and Channel Selection in a Multi Channel Communication System - A method for allocating power and channels to connections in a multi-channel access based wireless communication system in which each connection is acting independently of the other. The quality of each channel of a connection is measured at successive time steps (n, n+1). The measurements from a previous time step (n) are used to allocate, in the following time step (n+1), an average power of all channels the connection uses as well as individual power settings in-between said channels. The average power is controlled using an outer fairness loop balancing the average channel power against average bit rate per channel. The individual power settings is controlled using an inner capacity loop allocating much power to good channels and restricted power to poor channels. Each loop has a respective target relation and the results of the loops are combined in order to determine transmission power in the next time step. The method is of distributed character and may execute on individual receiving nodes. Further, it may be applied in the up link or in the down link. The invention also relates to transmitting and receiving nodes provided with means for executing the method. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080377 | Distributed Channel Management Based on Channel Hopping in Uncoordinated 802.11 Based WLAN - In accordance with the invention, a method includes i) obtaining first for each AP hopping sequences of other interfering APs; and ii) determining for the AP a respective hopping sequence that maximizes each APs throughput. Preferably, the step of determining comprises for each slot AP choosing a channel that minimizes the number of edges which violate a k-coloring property. In an exemplary embodiment, the method further includes the step of the AP selecting one of (a) a channel uniformly at random from all such channels and (b) selecting a channel that distributes interference evenly as possible among neighboring APs. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080378 | Methods and Apparatus for RF Channel Switching in a Multi-Frequency Network - Methods and apparatus for RF channel switching in a multi-frequency network. In an aspect, a method includes identifying a local area operations infrastructure (LOI) in the multi-frequency network, generating a channel description message that associates at least one descrambling sequence identifier with each RF channel associated with the LOI, respectively, and distributing the CDM over the LOI. In another aspect, a method includes receiving a CDM that associates at least one descrambling sequence identifier with each RF channel available in a LOI, detecting an RF channel switch event that identifies a selected RF channel, determining a selected descrambling sequence identifier from the CDM based on the selected RF channel, switching to the selected RF channel wherein the selected descrambling sequence identifier identifies a selected descrambling sequence to descramble desired content carried on the selected RF channel, and acquiring the desired content on the selected RF channel. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080379 | Communication Equipment - Communication equipment that allocates a communication resource region which is used for communication with equipment of a communicating party performs scheduling satisfactorily. A data classification unit classifies data, which is an object of communication in communication with equipment of a communicating party, into small-volume RTD, large-volume RTD, or nRTD. Based on the result of the classification, a scheduling unit allocates a communication resource region under a first condition that the RTD should have priority over the nRTD, a second condition that the small-volume RTD should have priority over the large-volume RTD, a third condition that a previously used communication resource region should be, if possible, allocated to the small-volume RTD, and a fourth condition that the large-volume RTD and nRTD should be allocated with priority given to equipment of a communicating party for which high communication quality is ensured. A communication unit performs communication with the equipment of the communicating party according to the result of the scheduling. | 03-26-2009 |
20090080380 | METHOD OF EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method allowing a terminal with data to be transmitted in an uplink direction to transmit a radio resource allocation request message to a base station by effectively using radio resource(s) to its maximum level is disclosed. In particular, the method allows the terminal to select a radio resource allocation request message of a proper format according to a situation of radio resource(s) or the amount of data of each channel and transmit the same to the base station. | 03-26-2009 |
20090086669 | Techniques for Reducing a Cell Identification Falsing Rate in a Wireless Communication System - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes selecting, from a primary sequence group that includes respective primary sequences, one of the respective primary sequences as a first portion of a cell identification (ID). In this case, the respective primary sequences are each associated with respective secondary sequence subgroups included in a secondary sequence group. Each of the respective secondary sequence subgroups include secondary sequences. One of the secondary sequences is selected (from one of the respective secondary sequence subgroups that is associated with the selected one of the respective primary sequences) for a second portion of the cell ID. At least some of the secondary sequences are only included in one of the respective secondary sequence subgroups. The first portion of the cell ID is encoded on a first downlink waveform that is to be transmitted and the second portion of the cell ID is encoded on a second downlink waveform that is to be transmitted. The first and second downlink waveforms are then transmitted. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086670 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A signalling method in a frame-based wireless communication system allowing a base station (BS) to inform fixed or mobile subscriber stations (MS) of resource allocations without excessive signalling and processing overhead. In one embodiment, in addition to normal resource allocation information such as a DL-MAP or UL-MAP, IDs of MSs or connections, for which the resource allocation has been modified, cancelled, or initialized, are listed at the start of the frame so that each MS can identify itself (or its connection) in the list. Only those mobile stations for which the list is relevant need to act on the resource allocation information. In another embodiment, the BS attaches a period of validity to each allocation of resources which is transmitted along with the normal resource allocation information. This frees the BS from having to repeat the same information in subsequent frames, and each MS can go on using the same resource during the period of validity without needing to check for updates. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086671 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERMINATING TRANSMISSION OF A MESSAGE IN AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus is provided for terminating an enhanced random access channel (E-RACH) message in an E-RACH transmission. Triggers for terminating the E-RACH message are provided. The actions upon termination of the E-RACH messages are provided to release enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources while in cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state or transition to cell dedicated channel (CELL_DCH) state. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086672 | EQUIVALENT HOME ID FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - Facilitating user terminal (UT) access to wireless networks having disparate types of base stations (BSs) is described herein. By way of example, a distinct identifier (ID) can be reserved for a particular type of network access point (e.g. restricted or general access, full or fractional re-use, transmit power, cell size, etc.). The distinct ID can be broadcast by such access points, identifying the access point type. In some aspects, the distinct ID can be unicast to a terminal that is within a predetermined region of the network. Thus, at least within such region, the terminal can be directed to search for or handoff to a preferred type of access point (such as a home Node B). In such aspects, by providing regional-specific access, the subject disclosure can significantly reduce overhead signaling outside a home region where a home or preferred access point is expected to be found. | 04-02-2009 |
20090086673 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING COMMON CHANNEL RESOURCES - A resource allocation method and device are provided that can achieve uniform loads on and stable quality of a common channel available to mobile stations having no dedicated channels. A method for allocating common channel resources in a system in which a plurality of first radio communication devices transmit data to a second radio communication device over a common channel, based on first resource allocation information, includes: by the second radio communication device, transmitting second resource allocation information to at least one of the first radio communication devices; and by each of the first radio communication devices, transmitting data to the second radio communication device over the common channel, based on any one of the first resource allocation information and the second resource allocation information. | 04-02-2009 |
20090092084 | Channel management method and channel selection method for wireless node in wireless ad-hoc network - Provided are a channel management method and a channel selection method for a wireless node in a wireless ad-hoc network. The channel management method includes the steps of: (a) when a current mode is a first mode, performing channel selection using a method for evenly distributing a channel within an interference range; and (b) when the current mode is a second mode, performing channel selection based on a channel switching probability. According to the method, by preventing a channel change from being continuously repeated in a wireless ad-hoc network using multi-channel multi-interface, it is possible to prevent data transmission delay and network performance deterioration. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092085 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS FRAME STRUCTURE ACCOMODATING DIFFERING FORMATS - A radio access network (RAN) ( | 04-09-2009 |
20090092086 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA ON CONTENTION BASED RESOURCE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus and method for transmitting data on a contention based resource in a radio communication system. A base station broadcasts a definition of uplink contention based resource groups and a criterion for a User Equipment (UE) to use for selecting a group. The UE selects an uplink contention based resource to transmit data according to the criterion for selecting the group. The apparatus and method improve data transmission service quality of a UE in a border area of a cell may by providing an effective scheme, thereby improving uplink system capacity. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092087 | MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION FOR SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - An uplink channel response matrix is obtained for each terminal and decomposed to obtain a steering vector used by the terminal to transmit on the uplink. An “effective” uplink channel response vector is formed for each terminal based on its steering vector and its channel response matrix. Multiple sets of terminals are evaluated based on their effective channel response vectors to determine the best set (e.g., with highest overall throughput) for uplink transmission. Each selected terminal performs spatial processing on its data symbol stream with its steering vector and transmits its spatially processed data symbol stream to an access point. The multiple selected terminals simultaneously transmit their data symbol streams via their respective MIMO channels to the access point. The access point performs receiver spatial processing on its received symbol streams in accordance with a receiver spatial processing technique to recover the data symbol streams transmitted by the selected terminals. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092088 | Synchronous Two-Phase Rate and Power Control in WLANs - A method for operation of a node operating in a wireless network comprising the steps of during an initial phase, setting transmission power and data transmission rate to initial settings and transmitting the initial settings to the wireless network in order to initiate communication with said wireless network during a reference phase once communication with the wireless network is established by the initial phase, transmitting at maximum power while performing a rate adaptation and at least one variable estimation and during an operational phase, transmitting at a power level that is optimal for transmission based on information obtained from the reference phase. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092089 | Radio Communication Terminal and Data Transmission/Reception Circuit - A radio communication terminal includes a transmission/reception unit performing transmission/reception of data, and a channel control unit controlling a communication channel in the transmission/reception unit. The transmission/reception unit is formed of a physical layer protocol processing unit processing a protocol of a physical layer in the transmission/reception of the data. The channel control unit is formed of a medium access control unit controlling a transmission/reception form of the data in a data link layer in the transmission/reception of the data. The channel control unit includes an execution unit executing processing for determining a state of the transmission/reception of the data by the transmission/reception unit, a determination unit determining the transmission/reception state based on a result of the processing by the execution unit, and a switching unit executing processing for switching the communication channel in the transmission/reception unit based on a result of the determination by the determination unit. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092090 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A signalling mechanism in an OFDMA-based wireless communication system in which the number of bits used to indicate the 2-D resource allocation in each frame are reduced, and optimised for the particular frame configuration. The numbers of bits within the MAP-IEs in at least the DL_MAP and optionally also the UL_MAP of each frame, used to represent the Symbol offset and No. of Symbols, are scaled to the frame duration and the subcarrier allocation scheme used for the zone to which the DL-MAP_IE is associated. Likewise, a variable number of bits is used for the subchannel offset and number of subchannels, which can be optimised based on the selected FFT size and subcarrier allocation scheme. The bit numbers in use can be TLV encoded and transmitted within a downlink channel descriptor following the DL_MAP and UL_MAP. Therefore, in subsequent frames each subscriber station knows the number of bits being used to represent these parameters, and thus the field sizes in the MAP_IEs, until such time as the DCD is updated. In this way, the signalling overhead incurred by the MAP_IEs, which can be very significant for a large number of users and with some frame and FFT sizes, is reduced. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092091 | INACTIVITY-BASED MULTI-CARRIER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate adjusting allocation of carriers based on inactivity in wireless communications. An inactivity and dormancy timer are provided to allow carrier deallocation in periods of communicative inactivity (after expiration of the inactivity timer) without terminating the connection until expiration of the dormancy timer. Upon expiration of the inactivity timer, carriers can be deallocated from communication to conserve resources and reduce interference while still allowing requests to be made over the connection. If such requests are made, carriers can be reallocated to efficiently transmit a response. The timers are reset when communications are active. In addition, the timers can have expiration times related to aspects of connection, such as a protocol utilized thereover, connection quality, and/or the like. | 04-09-2009 |
20090092092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST DATA AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST DATA - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting broadcast data and a method and apparatus for receiving broadcast data so as to provide a broadcast service. The method of transmitting broadcast data includes: receiving at least one Internet Protocol (IP) packet group, the IP packet group classified based on a service provided by IP packets; generating first mapping information which indicates mapping information between an IP address corresponding to each of the at least one IP packet and an address within a transmission channel on which each of the at least one IP packet group is to be carried; and transmitting the first mapping information and the at least one IP packet group via the transmission channel. A user accesses only desired IP packets quickly and processes them so that a data processing speed can be improved. | 04-09-2009 |
20090097442 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING A RESERVED CHANNEL TO MANAGE ENERGY EFFICIENT NETWORK PROTOCOLS - Aspects of a method and system for utilization of a reserved and/or out of band channel for managing a data rate of an Ethernet channel are provided. In this regard, a data rate of a network link may be managed via traffic communicated over a reserved and/or out of band channel on said network link. The reserved and/or out of band channel may be an auxiliary channel established in the IEEE 802.11AN standard. Traffic communicated over the reserved and/or out of band channel may enable negotiating a data rate for the link, scheduling a change in the data rate on the link, exchanging link state information, configuring a number of active physical channels on the link, configuring a signal constellation utilized for representing data on said the link, configuring an inter-frame or inter-packet gap, and/or configuring signal levels utilized for signaling on the link. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097443 | Hierarchical Network Operating Mode in a Wireless Communications Network - A system and method for a hierarchical network operating mode in an ad hoc wireless communications network. In one embodiment, a communications node includes a controller and a transceiver. The controller is configured to create a bandwidth allocation request for other communications nodes in an ad hoc wireless communications network. The transceiver is configured to receive request grants from the other communications nodes granting the bandwidth allocations in accordance with the bandwidth allocation request, thereby establishing a hierarchical network operating mode in at least a portion of the ad hoc wireless communications network. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097444 | OVERHEAD REDUCTION OF UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and mobile terminal for transmitting data on uplink within a mobile communication system. Further the invention relates to a network entity for allocating uplink resources to such a mobile terminal. When a user equipment is transmitting uplink (UL) data according to allocated resources, it has to indicate the transport format of the current data transmission to Node B by means of UL control signaling. To propose a scheduling scheme which reduces the overhead of uplink control signaling, a method is proposed that achieves a significant reduction of the UL control signaling overhead by considering characteristics of an orthogonal radio access scheme used for evolved UTRA uplink scheme and using differential signaling of the transport format information. Although the invention is particularly suitable for uplink transmissions in an orthogonal single-carrier radio access scheme, it is not restricted to this particular embodiment. | 04-16-2009 |
20090097445 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE IDENTIFICATION AND FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - A system for interference detection and identification, as well as frequency allocation is described. It contains interference detection means for detecting interference on wireless radio frequencies. The interference detection means comprising discrimination means ( | 04-16-2009 |
20090103481 | MAINTAINING MULTIPLE, SIMULTANEOUS WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTIONS USING A SINGLE RADIO - A method and apparatus for managing simultaneous virtual connections with multiple wireless networks. A plurality of ports in a hardware driver may be each associated with a corresponding wireless network and maintain a unique MAC state relative to other ports. Each port may have a corresponding virtual NIC that communicates directly with the radio hardware via a hardware virtualization layer that multiplexes communication between the virtual NICs and the radio hardware. Simultaneous virtual connections may be made with one or more infrastructure networks or adhoc networks, and/or the computer may function as an access point for one or more of the networks. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103482 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USING A FORMAT OF AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TO TRANSMIT A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - A method for using a format of an uplink control channel to transmit a channel quality indicator (CQI) is described. The uplink control channel is provided in a first format. The uplink control channel in the first format carries either the CQI or acknowledgment/non-acknowledgment (ACK/NAK) information. The CQI or the ACK/NAK information is inserted into the uplink control channel. Either the CQI or the ACK/NAK information is transmitted through uplink control channel. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103483 | RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR PHYSICAL CHANNEL IN UPLINK, AND TRANSMITTER FOR MOBILE APPARATUSES - A radio resource assignment method for a physical channel in an uplink directed from a mobile apparatus to a base station in a radio communication system, includes: assigning a contention-based channel and a scheduled channel according to one of a time division scheme, a frequency division scheme, and a hybrid scheme of the time division scheme and the frequency division scheme. In addition, radio resources are properly assigned to each of the contention-based channel, a common control channel of the scheduled channel, and a shared data channel of the scheduled channel. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103484 | Designing Power Sequences - The invention relates to the design of power sequences for use in a group of sub-areas of a wireless communication system. Each power sequence defines for one of the sub-areas transmission power values for transmissions using a respective one of a plurality of medium access units. For each of the sub-areas of the group, reception quality values are determined for transmissions between an access station serving the sub-area and mobile stations located at an edge of the sub-area. The reception quality values allow meeting system. The reception quality values are then converted for each of the sub-areas into transmission power values of a power sequence. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103485 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION HAVING MULTIPLE CHECKSUMS PER FRAME - A system and method for wireless communication of video data are disclosed. One embodiment of the method includes providing a header and a payload. The payload contains audiovisual data. The method also includes generating a first checksum for the header; generating a second checksum for substantially the entire portions of the header, the payload, and the first checksum; and transmitting over a wireless channel a data packet having a MAC frame including the header, the payload, the first checksum, and the second checksum. This method allows error concealment if errors are only in the payload while raising no fairness issue in old devices. | 04-23-2009 |
20090103486 | MIMO Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication method in a MIMO OFDMA system in which users in each of multiple adjacent cells are served by a base station of the cell, the base station having a transmission link to each user in the cell on a respective MIMO channel. The method involves the base station (BS | 04-23-2009 |
20090103487 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating resources by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining use/nonuse of each of a plurality of Resource Blocks (RBs), which are allocated using a persistent allocation scheme, and transmitting resource allocation information indicating use/nonuse of each of the plurality of RBs to a plurality of Mobile Stations (MSs) according to a result of the determination. | 04-23-2009 |
20090109903 | METHOD AND NODE OF CONTROLLING THE ALLOCATION OF TRANSMISSION RESOURCES TO WIRELESS TERMINALS WITHIN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method of controlling the allocation of transmission resources to wireless terminals within a radio access network, which resources are required for the provision of an IP Multimedia service to the terminals. The method comprises, in the event of a requirement to change the allocation of transmission resources to a given wireless terminal, sending a resource allocation request from a control node of the IP Multimedia Subsystem to the radio access network, the request causing a resource control node of the radio access network to change the allocation of access network resources to the wireless terminal. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109904 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BURST CHANNEL ACCESS OVER WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A system comprises a medium access engine operative to contend for access to a channel and to control transmission of data packets onto the channel on behalf of a particular data stream, the particular data stream belonging to a particular access class of a plurality of different access classes, the medium access engine operative to discriminate quality of service based on the different access classes; and a burst channel access engine operative to maintain a burst list of other data streams belonging to the particular access class and to control burst access to the channel based on the burst list on behalf of the particular data stream. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109905 | DYNAMIC/STATIC TRANSPORT CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL CHANNEL MAPPING IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present invention provide for transport and logical channels to be used in wireless transmissions to and from mobile stations. In some embodiments, a mapper may be used to dynamically or statically map the transport channels to the physical channels. In some embodiments, physical layers may receive bearer traffic in physical channels and transmit the bearer traffic over corresponding radio frequency carriers. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109906 | ALLOCATING DOWNLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A wireless communication system ( | 04-30-2009 |
20090109907 | MULTIPLEXING MULTIPLE UNSOLICITED GRANT SERVICE (UGS) USERS ONTO A SAME RADIO RESOURCE - The technology in this application multiplexes transmission associated with multiple users onto the same unsolicited grant service (UGS) radio resource(s) in a packet-based, radio communications system. Normally, the radio resources in a packet-based communications system are dynamically scheduled in response to radio resource requests associated with specific user devices, and the scheduled communications are designed not to use the same radio resource at the same time. However, an unsolicited grant of radio resources for communication between multiple user devices and the packet-based communications system is also established. The communications between those multiple user devices and the packet-based communications system use at least some of the same radio resources associated with the unsolicited grant at the same time. Because of this at least partial radio resource overlap/collision, each of the multiple user's data to be transmitted via the UGS is associated with a user-specific radio resource pattern. A user's radio resource pattern permits a radio receiver to extract that user's data from the received UGS signal that include multiple user transmissions. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109908 | Transmission of Sounding Reference Signal and Scheduling Request in Single Carrier Systems - A transmission of information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of transmission instances which are logical time durations. A secondary node receives an allocation of periodic transmission instances for a scheduling request indicator (SRI) and an allocation if periodic transmission instances for a sounding reference signal (SRS). In a particular transmission instance allocated for the transmission of both SRS and SRI, the secondary node transmits the SRI without transmitting the SRS if the SRI indicates a pending scheduling request; otherwise, the secondary node transmits the SRS without transmitting the SRI. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109909 | DIFFERENTIAL CQI FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a feedback generator, a feedback decoder and methods of operating a feedback generator and decoder. In one embodiment, the feedback generator is for use in user equipment and includes a CQI profile module configured to provide a differential channel quality indicator, wherein the differential channel quality indicator represents a difference between indices corresponding to allocatable channel quality indicators. The feedback generator also includes a transmit module that transmits the differential channel quality indicator. In one embodiment, the feedback decoder is for use in a base station and includes a receive module configured to receive a differential channel quality indicator. The feedback decoder also includes a CQI selection module configured to provide allocatable channel quality indicators from the differential channel quality indicator based on a differential index, wherein the differential index represents a difference between indices corresponding to the allocatable channel quality indicators. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109910 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING A SUB-CHANNEL IN A BWA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for requesting a Base Station (BS) to assign sub-charuiels to a Subscriber Station (SS) in a communication system, The mnethod includes determining a channel quality of sub-channels assigned using a normal sub-chatnnel assigunent scheme, transmitting, to the BS, a first codeword of a Channel Quality Indicator CHannel (CQICH) indicating a transition from the normal sub-channel assignment scheme to a band Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) sub-cha:nnel assignment scheme, during a sub-channel assignment scheme transition based on the determined channel quality, transmitting a second codeword of the CQICH and a report response message in response to a report request message received from the BS, and transmitting, to the BS, dilterential Channel Quality Indicators (CQI) of the selected bands. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109911 | OBTAINING CHANNEL FEEDBACK FROM USERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Subchannel feedback is provided from a plurality of mobile devices to a base station in a communication system, in which a channel is divided into available subchannels. The base station first requests channel information from the mobile devices, and then receives the channel information, for example in the form of an average Effective Signal to Noise Ratio for the channel. Based on the received channel information, the base station selects a subset of the mobile devices, i.e. the best mobile devices. The base station then requests subchannel information relating to a subset of the available subchannels, from the selected subset of the mobile devices, and receives the subchannel information in the form of information identifying said subset of the available subchannels, without indicting a quality of said subset of the available subchannels. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109912 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRE-ALLOCATION OF UPLINK CHANNEL RESOURCES - A method and apparatus for pre-allocating uplink resources in CELL-FACH are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH states may be pre-allocated with an uplink resource when a downlink transmission is transmitted. The WTRU may then use the pre-allocated uplink resource for channel quality information or hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback, or any other purposes. The pre-allocated uplink resource may be enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource or high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) resource. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109913 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA WHILE SUPPORTING SCALABILITY IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting/receiving data between first and second terminals in which data can be transmitted flexibly in each particular situation, i.e. according to the network environment of terminals between which visible light communication occurs, including the type and characteristics of transmitted data. The method includes the steps of: (a) connecting a communication link between a first terminal supposed to transmit data and a second terminal supposed to receive data; (b) determining a data transmission rate to be used for data communication; (c) allocating a transmission channel of a specific band within a frequency band enabling wireless communication; (d) establishing a data transmission environment based on consideration of the transmission rate and the transmission channel; and (e) conducting data communication between the first and second terminals with reference to the data transmission environment. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109914 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Control Information in a System with New and Legacy Mobile Stations - A method of transmitting control information to new and legacy mobile stations in a wireless communications system is disclosed. In one embodiment, a method and apparatus for the base station to transmit control information in a system with new and legacy mobile stations is disclosed. In another embodiment, a method and apparatus for the mobile station to transmit control information is disclosed. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109915 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESPONSES - A method and apparatus for supporting a random access using a random access channel (RACH) are disclosed. Each of a plurality of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) sends a random access request to a base station on an uplink RACH preamble. A RACH Response, sent by the base station, is received by each WTRU. A control signal portion of the RACH Response indicates the location of the RACH Response message portion. The RACH Response control signal comprises multiple control channel elements (CCE), where each WTRU is allocated a respective CCE to provide its unique RACH Response control signal. The WTRU is configured to locate its intended CCE from among the multiple CCEs sent by the base station. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109916 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A SHARED RESERVATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL - An approach is provided for resource allocation within a network. A request is generated for resource allocation from a neighboring node within a network. The request is inserted in a beaconing subframe of a transmission frame. The transmission frame includes a reservation subframe that provides acknowledgement signaling relating to a grant of the resource allocation. | 04-30-2009 |
20090109917 | Providing improved scheduling request signaling with ACK/NACK or CQI - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that an acknowledgment is to be sent, and for the case where there is also a scheduling request to be sent, combining the acknowledgment with the scheduling request on a scheduling resource, else placing the acknowledgment in another resource. In accordance with another exemplary embodiment of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for receiving information on a scheduling resource, and determining that the information received on the scheduling resource includes an acknowledgment. Further, in accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that a scheduling request resource and at least one other resource are reserved for a user equipment in a same sub-frame, and based on whether a scheduling request is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment, placing at least one of an acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement and a channel quality indicator that is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment in one of the resources and leaving at least one other resource unused. | 04-30-2009 |
20090116430 | SYSTEM FOR ENABLING MOBILE COVERAGE EXTENSION AND PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS IN AN AD HOC NETWORK AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREFOR - A method for enabling mobile coverage extension and peer-to-peer communications in an ad hoc network is provided. The method includes communicating at least one message among the plurality of nodes, wherein the at least one message comprises: an ad hoc zone, wherein the ad hoc zone comprises at least one channel selected from a group of channels comprising: at least one synchronization channel for synchronizing out of coverage nodes, at least one access channel for peer-to-peer communications, and at least one ad hoc relay data/traffic channel for exchanging data during data sessions between one or more nodes. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116431 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND A SECOND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A mobile communications device includes one or more antennas and a plurality of wireless transceivers that are each configured to transmit and receive transmissions via the one or more antennas according to at least one of several associated communications protocols. The device includes a control processor operatively coupled to the transceivers and antenna(s), which is configured to select and utilize one or more of the wireless transceivers and associated communications protocols in order to transact particular transmissions, where the selection is based on characteristics of the particular transmissions, and to allocate bandwidth to multiple transmissions within a single communications protocol, where the allocation is based on characteristics of the transmissions. The device also includes a power source coupled to the transceivers and adapted to supply power to the transceivers. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116432 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING AND SEARCHING HIGH SPEED SHARED CONTROL CHANNEL OF MULTI-CARRIER CELL - The present invention relates to a method for configuring and searching HS-SCCHs of a multi-carrier cell in a TD-SCDMA system. The network side configures the configuration information of a HS-SCCH set for a UE and notifies the UE through high layer signaling, wherein each HS-SCCH corresponds to a frequency point of high speed shared resources; the UE divides the HS-SCCH set into several subsets, and HS-SCCHs of the same subset correspond to the same frequency points; the UE selects the minimum value N from the number of carriers supported by itself, the number of the frequency points, and the number of the HS-SCCH subsets; the UE searches each HS-SCCH subset to be searched in turn, and if a consistent HS-SCCH is found, then the UE stops searching the other HS-SCCHs of the subset, the UE moves said subset out of the group of the HS-SCCH subsets to be searched, and adds the found HS-SCCH into a valid HS-SCCH set to be monitored; if the number of the HS-SCCHs of the valid HS-SCCH set equals to N, then stop searching. The present invention can increase the efficiency of searching the HS-SCCHs by the UE with satisfying normal communication requires. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116433 | DATA TRANSMITTING SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION NODE AND DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD - The present invention provides a data transmission system where MBMS data are transmitted to a mobile station in synchronization among multiple base stations without use of any central control node for controlling the multiple base stations. The data transmission system includes a communication node managing user common data, one or more radio base stations coupled to the communication node and one or more mobile stations. In the system, each of the one or more base stations is synchronized with absolute time commonly used by the base stations. The communication node includes a reception unit receiving the user common data for one or more users from a provider and a determination unit determining through communications with the one or more base stations a transmission timing when the one or more base stations transmit the user common data to the mobile stations. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116434 | UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and mobile terminal for requesting resources for transmitting data on uplink within a mobile communication system. Further the invention relates to a network entity for allocating uplink resources to mobile terminal. To provide a flexible scheduling scheme for uplink transmission, the invention proposes different scheduling procedures based on a request grant scheme. The resource request of the mobile terminal is provided via a contention-based channel, while all further communication uses scheduled resources. Consequently subsequent transmissions of user data and/or scheduling information utilize scheduled resources. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116435 | MULTIPLE COMPATIBLE OFDM SYSTEMS WITH DIFFERENT BANDWIDTHS - The technology provides a frame handler, a controller, and a frame structure design for a new radio communications system that provides backward compatibility with an existing or legacy radio communications system with lower signal bandwidth. Data to be transmitted to the new and legacy radio terminals is processed into a frame using a frame format that is compatible with both the new radio access technology system and the legacy radio access technology system so that both types of radio terminals may receive and extract data from the frame intended for each of those radio terminals. The format allows new and legacy radio terminal communications across the different bandwidths employed by the new and legacy systems. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116436 | Wireless bandwidth allocating method and wireless base station - A wireless base station for allocating a wireless bandwidth to a wireless terminal based on a bandwidth request from the wireless terminal. The wireless base station includes a receiving part configured to receive a target data transmitted in the allocated wireless bandwidth from the wireless terminal, the target data including one or more user packets on which a combining process or a dividing process is performed and data regarding the combining process or the dividing process and an updating part configured to increase or reduce the total quantity of the allocated wireless bandwidth. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116437 | COEXISTENCE OF WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Wireless transceiver apparatus for operating in a part of the RF spectrum which is shared with a co-located second wireless transceiver apparatus. The first wireless transceiver apparatus includes, a wireless transceiver unit; an arbitration interface for interfacing with an arbitration entity which arbitrates access to the shared part of the RF spectrum between the first wireless transceiver apparatus and the second wireless transceiver apparatus; wherein the arbitration interface is adapted to signal time periods when the wireless transceiver unit is operational, or requests to be operational; and wherein the arbitration interface is adapted to signal data about and commands to the first wireless transceiver apparatus during other time periods. An enhanced arbitration entity is adapted to automatically detect and switch between two modes or interference reduction, e.g. a first interference reduction means such as AFH, a second interference reduction means such as PTA. The arbitration entity gets the information of the first wireless transceiver via the arbitration interface. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116438 | DIVISION OF THE SCHEDULING ALGORITHM INTO BACKGROUND AND FOREGROUND ALGORITHMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate dividing scheduling algorithms into background and foreground aspects capable of simultaneously servicing a multiplicity of disparate flows in wideband communications networks. The systems provided herein arbitrarily select prospective time horizons, generate optimal bandwidth allocation targets based on a plurality of flows observed by the system, and utilizes the optimal bandwidth targets to assign flows to users over the entirety of the prospective time horizon. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116439 | SCHEDULING A MIX OF BEST EFFORT (BE) AND DELAY QOS FLOWS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate dynamically adjusting scheduling priorities in relation to a combination of delay sensitive flows with delay requirements and best effort flows. The systems and methodologies provide optimal and efficient techniques to enable real time adjustment and assignment of bandwidth for a combination of best effort flows and delay sensitive flows. In particular, the bandwidth allocation is adjusted for each data packet such that delay requirements are met and the remaining bandwidth can be assigned to best effort flows. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116440 | Long Term Evolution User Equipment Multi-Packet Data Network Parameter Based Connectivity Control - A system is provided for concurrently connecting a user equipment to a plurality of packet data network gateways via a radio access network and a serving gateway. The system includes a processor configured to evaluate an operational parameter related to a set of network components to which the user equipment, the radio network, the serving gateway and the packet data network gateways belong. The operational parameter is used to control a user equipment to multiple packet data networks, subject to resource limitation, and QoS and PCC rules. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116441 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL IN ASYNCHRONOUS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network connection method for an asynchronous mobile terminal is provided for reducing connection latency and power consumption. A network connection method for an asynchronous mobile terminal includes displaying a list of operators identified by scanning frequencies in a manual network selection mode, acquiring, when one of the operators is selected from the list, synchronization through a frequency of the selected operator, and connecting to a network through the frequency for receiving a service. The network connection method enables a mobile terminal to select an operator network through a single frequency scanning process unlike the convention method which performs frequency scanning twice, thereby reducing connection latency and power consumption of the mobile terminal. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116442 | REFERENCE TRANSPORT CHANNEL ON/OFF STATUS DETECTION AND RESELECTION - In a wireless communication system using a reference channel used for error rate measurement and associated with a plurality of transport channels multiplexed on a coded composite transport channel (CCTrCH), a method is employed for reselection of the reference channel from favorable candidate transport channels. A channel is initially selected from the plurality of multiplexed channels as the reference channel. Channels are monitored based on quantitative data content criteria to determine whether an ON or OFF state exists. A different channel is selected from the plurality of multiplexed channels as the reselected RTrCH when a better candidate transport channel in the ON state becomes available, or when the monitored RTrCH reflects an OFF state. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116443 | RE-ESTABLISHING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SESSIONS - This invention relates to maintaining or re-establishing a communications session in a wireless communications system. The present invention provides a method of re-routing a call between a user device and a third party device, the method comprising: setting up a call with the third party device using a first wireless connection between the user device and an access point; monitoring a quality parameter of the first wireless connection at the access point; automatically re-routing the call from the third party device to the user via a second wireless connection between the user device and a base station in response to determining that the quality parameter of the first wireless connection has fallen below a predetermined threshold. | 05-07-2009 |
20090116444 | Method for achieving frequency reuse in wireless communications systems - A method is provided for sharing a communications channel in a wireless communications system. A network coordinating device of the wireless network obtains a first path quality information of each of a first set of one or more communications paths between a first pair of communications devices. The coordinating device also obtains a second path quality information of each of a second set of communications paths between a second pair of communications devices. The coordinating device then determines one or more co-existing communications paths based on the first and the second path quality information in accordance with a predetermined rule. Finally, the coordinating device sends channel resource allocation information to the first pair and the second pair of communications devices to use corresponding co-existing communications paths such that the first pair and the second pair of communications devices communicate over the communications channel during a period of time concurrently. | 05-07-2009 |
20090122751 | Bandwidth allocation in a wireless network - A method of determining a contention window for allocating bandwidth in a wireless network comprising a plurality of nodes, said nodes comprising at least a first and a second router and at least one client connected to each of said first and second routers, the method comprising the steps of: receiving information at the first router from the other nodes, said information relating to the condition of the other nodes; calculating a contention window for said first router based on the received information; and setting the delay for a retransmission of data by the first router to the calculated contention window, wherein the retransmission of data follows an unsuccessful transmission of said data. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122752 | METHOD FOR SETTING SUBBANDS IN MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication base station apparatus wherein when a frequency scheduling transmission and a frequency diversity transmission are performed in a multicarrier communication at the same time, the adaptive control of a channel for performing the frequency scheduling transmission can be prevented from being complicated. In this apparatus, a modulating part ( | 05-14-2009 |
20090122753 | DYNAMIC DATA LINK SEGMENTATION AND REASSEMBLY - In a Mobile Ad Hoc Network (MANET), Dynamic Data Link Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) functions perform a large packet to small packet transformation and reassembles packets at a receiving node. The packet size is determined dynamically in response to link quality data for each individual data link. By periodically sharing link quality information with neighbors, the segmentation size and corresponding reassembly can be performed using readily available neighborhood and waveform information. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122754 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for allocating resources in a communication system are provided. The system includes a Base Station (BS) for allocating persistent resources included in a persistent resource area to one or more a Mobile Stations (MS) using the persistent resource area, for allocating an Identifier (ID) indicating an allocation order of the persistent resources to each of the one or more the MS using the persistent resource area, for transmitting resource allocation information including the ID and the number of slots included in the persistent resources to each of the one or more MSs using the persistent resource area, and for allocating dynamic resources to one or more MSs using a dynamic resource area, after the persistent resource allocation is completed for all of the one or more MSs using the persistent resource area. The persistent resource area includes successive persistent resources along a time axis and along a frequency axis. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122755 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK AND A-MSDU FORMAT - Provided are a method for transmitting data in wireless mesh networks and A-MSDU format for the method. In the method, in case the receiving MPs of all of the plural MSDUs to be transmitted are identical, a transmitting MP generates an A-MSDU using the plural MSDUs and transmits the A-MSDU to the receiving MP. The A-MSDU includes a plurality of A-MSDU sub-frames each of which includes a sub-frame header unit, an MSDU unit for containing data of each of the plural MSDU, and a padding unit for making each A-MSDU sub-frame a multiple of 4 octets in length. The sub-frame header unit comprises a mesh DA field for specifying an MAC address of the destination MP of the data contained in the MSDU unit, a mesh SA field for specifying an MAC address of the source MP of the data contained in the MSDU unit, and a mesh header field for containing information of the mesh header of each of the plural MSDUs. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122756 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING CLASSIFIER OF PRESET STREAM, AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - The present invention relates to the mobile communication field. A method and a system for establishing a classifier of preset stream, and a user terminal thereof are provided. In the present invention, after the user terminal succeeds in accessing a network, an initial service flow for carrying Layer 3 signals is established between the network side and the user terminal, and an IP address is assigned to the user terminal through an interaction of the Layer signals. After the IP address has been assigned successfully, a classifier of preset stream is established. | 05-14-2009 |
20090122757 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR OPTIMIZING ACCESS POINT CHANNEL SELECTION - A wireless communication method and system for optimizing channel selection for an AP. The channel selection optimization process includes four sub-processes: (1) a measurement process; (2) a candidate channel determining process; (3) a channel selection process; and (4) a channel update process. Candidate channels used for supporting communication performed by the AP are determined. The candidate channels are chosen from an allowable channel set (ACS) if a detected interference of each candidate channel is less than an established maximum allowed interference. | 05-14-2009 |
20090129322 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A MOBILE STATION, A BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station includes: a QoS (quality of service) requirement determination unit configured to determine a QoS requirement for a data packet; a downlink channel condition estimation unit configured to estimate a downlink channel condition; an identification number extracting unit configured to extract an identification number for the mobile station; and a notification unit configured to notify a base station of the QoS requirement, the identification number for the mobile station, and the downlink channel condition by means of a reservation packet. A base station includes: an uplink channel condition estimation unit configured to estimate an uplink channel condition by means of a reservation packet; a radio parameter control unit configured to determine and control a radio parameter based on the reservation packet and the uplink channel condition. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129323 | Method for determining transmission channels for a LPG based vehicle communication network - A method for determining a transmission channel for multi-hop transmission of a data packet from a plurality of data channels in an ad-hoc network. The network includes at least one local peer group. Each local peer group has a plurality of moving vehicles as nodes. The method comprises steps of determining available channels for data packet transmission at each node, transmitting a first list of available channels to at least one other node, receiving, from the at least one other node, a second list of available channel for the at least one other node, creating an available channel table including the first and second lists of available channels, selecting a transmitting channel for a data packet based upon information in the available channel table, and advertising the selected channel to the at least one other node. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129324 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus and method including scanning all of channels, specifying, based on a result of the scanning, at least other communication apparatus which is wirelessly connectable and a channel for a wireless connection to the other communication apparatus, a table based on corresponding information of a communication apparatus and a channel for a corresponding wireless connection and information of the other communication apparatus and the channel specified, and transmitting the information table to a mobile apparatus, where the mobile apparatus receives the table and controls wirelessly connecting the channel to the other communication apparatus using the table received. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129325 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING THE PAGING CYCLE OFFSET IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for calculating the paging cycle offset in a wireless communication system characterized in that determining the value of the PreferredControlChannelCycleEnabled field and calculating the paging cycle offset R wherein the paging cycle occurs once every two superframes. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129326 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR UPLINK DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for transmitting control information for uplink data in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes defining a plurality of transmission data having different priorities, and determining whether there is a need for transmission of particular transmission data, for which a minimum data rate should be guaranteed, among the plurality of transmission data, and when there is a need for transmission of the particular transmission data, transmitting control information indicating a highest priority among priorities of the plurality of transmission data, along with the particular transmission data. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129327 | SECTOR IDENTIFICATION USING SECTOR PARAMETERS SIGNATURES - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate identifying sectors using sector parameters signatures. The signatures can be generated as a known function of a previous sector parameters signature (or message parameters), system time, and an identifier. In this regard, mobile devices can determine an expected identifier from comparing the sector parameters signature to a sector parameters signature computed based at least in part on the system time known to the mobile device. In addition, the mobile device can utilize a known or an inferred previous parameters signature to determine the expected identifier. Multiple signatures can be evaluated to determine expected identifiers to increase the likelihood of correct identification since the signatures are generated using the known variables along with the identifier. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129328 | Wireless Communication Rate Allocation on a Gaussian Interference Channel - There is provided a method for allocating transmission rates in a wireless network, includes the steps of associating transmitters with corresponding receivers for communicating on an interference channel in the wireless network, and allocating a transmission rate to each transmitter for decoding by its corresponding receiver, the allocated transmission rate being equal to a desired rate of a fixed user rate and being no less than a minimum rate of a variable user rate. The step of allocating can include a sequential allocation that meets the minimum rate requirement of all users and assigns excess rates to variable rate users in a sequential fashion according to specified priorities. The step of allocating can include a parallel symmetric rate allocation when all variable rate users have the same priority and that meets minimum rate requirements of all users and is symmetric fair. The step of allocating can include a parallel iterative rate allocation with the sequence of rate allocations obtained for each user being non-decreasing and a rate allocation vector obtained after each iteration meets minimum rate requirements for all users and is max-min fair when all variable rate users have the same priority. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129329 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The present invention provides a scheduling method in which a communication apparatus belonging to an OFDMA-based wireless communication system communicates data with a plurality of users by preferentially allocating a data sequence to a default subchannel segment that is different from other-cell allocation subchannel segment that is preferentially used for data communication by adjacent communication terminal. The scheduling method includes a data sequence selection-allocation step including selecting as many data sequences as can be allocated to the default subchannel segment and allocating (scheduling) selected data sequences to the default subchannel segment, wherein in downlink scheduling, the data sequence selection-allocation step including selecting the data sequences in order from a data sequence subjected to a maximum level of interference from an adjacent other base station (adjacent base station), and in uplink scheduling, the data sequence selection-allocation step including selecting the data sequences in order from a data sequence that causes a maximum level of interference to the adjacent base station because of data communication; and a remaining data sequence allocation step including allocating a data sequence that has not allocated to the default subchannel segment to the other-cell allocation subchannel segment when allocation of all the data sequences to the default subchannel segment fails. | 05-21-2009 |
20090129330 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UP LINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a mobile communication system; and, more particularly, to a method for effectively forming uplink control information transmitted through a downlink from a base station to a terminal in a mobile communication system for providing a packet service and transmitting the uplink control information with minimum radio resources occupied. The method includes the steps of generating uplink control information; allocating the uplink control information to a downlink-shared radio resource for packet data transmission based on downlink scheduling information; and transmitting the radio resource to a terminal. The present invention is applied to a mobile communication system. | 05-21-2009 |
20090135766 | METHOD OF IMPLEMENTING PACKET-BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system. The method includes requesting persistent allocation of resources for a data spurt in response to detecting the beginning of the data spurt and performing non-persistent resource allocation for at least one packet in the data spurt. The non-persistent resource allocation is performed in response to determining that persistent resources are not available for allocation. The method also includes transmitting the packet using the allocated non-persistent resources. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135767 | SPECTRUM COORDINATION CONTROLLER - A method, wireless controller, and information processing system that define communication channel allocation. Communication channel allocation commands associated with a first network are monitored ( | 05-28-2009 |
20090135768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SIMULTANEOUS ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing simultaneous assignment, the method comprising receiving multiple Forward Link Assignment Blocks (FLABs), determining if ChIDs are set to ChID | 05-28-2009 |
20090135769 | ENHANCED UPLINK FOR INACTIVE STATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting operation with enhanced uplink in inactive state are described. A user equipment (UE) may send an access preamble for random access while in an inactive state and may receive a message containing resources allocated to the UE. The allocated resources may be selected by a Node B from a pool of resources pre-allocated to the Node B for the enhanced uplink. The UE may send information (e.g., scheduling information and/or its UE identity) to the Node B using the allocated resources. The UE may receive an acknowledgement addressed to the UE based on the UE identity. The UE may remain in the inactive state and continue to use the allocated resources until they are de-allocated. Alternatively, the UE may transition to an active state and either continue to use the allocated resources or receive an allocation of new resources for the active state. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135770 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING SPATIAL RADIO RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating a spatial radio resource in a communication system includes: determining a threshold according to at least a parameter of the communication system; determining whether at least one wireless communication apparatus in the communication system is a candidate being capable of utilizing the spatial radio resource according to the threshold; scheduling priorities for a plurality of wireless communication apparatuses each being the candidate; and allocating the spatial radio resource according to the priorities of the wireless communication apparatuses each being the candidate. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135771 | MANAGEMENT AND SETUP OF ENHANCED MAC-E/ES RESOURCES IN CELL-FACH STATE - A method and apparatus are disclosed to manage the enhanced medium access control-e (MAC-e) and enhanced MAC-es resources and respective variables for the enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the enhanced Cell_FACH state. Due to the nature of the E-DCH transmission in the uplink (UL) in the Cell_FACH state and the fact that a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) might set up and release the E-DCH resources more frequently, methods to deal with the TSN numbering are described. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL TIME IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is a method of allocating a channel time in a wireless personal area network (WPAN). In a WPAN where a parent piconet and at least one child piconet coexist, the method includes receiving a request frame transmitted from at least one of a plurality of child piconnet coordinators (PNCs) in order to request channel time allocation for data transmission, according to a common mode that is a PHY transmission mode commonly supported by a parent PNC and the child PNCs; and transmitting a beacon frame including channel time allocation information corresponding to the request frame to all the child PNCs of the WPAN. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135773 | MEASUREMENT REPORTING FOR TRANSMISSIONS SUPPORTING LATENCY REDUCTION - A method for accounting for the presence of a piggybacked acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (PAN) field in reporting a received signal quality for a current wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. A determination is made whether a received radio block is intended for the current WTRU. The received signal quality of the radio block is measured if the radio block is intended for the current WTRU. Bits from the PAN field are included in determining the received signal quality of the radio block based on a preconfigured option. The radio block measurement is included in a measurement report if a data header of the radio block is not addressed to the current WTRU but the PAN field is addressed to the current WTRU. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135774 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING VOICE PACKET IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An apparatus and method for transmitting a voice packet in a wireless communication network are provided. The method includes generating voice data of a fixed length, which includes a voice packet having a length that is determined according to a rate of the voice packet, and a Forward Error Correction (FEC) code, and transmitting the generated voice data through a fixed resource. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135775 | Method for Enhancing RRC Procedure Re-initiation Efficiency in a Wireless Communications System and Related Apparatus - A method for enhancing efficiency of RRC (Radio Resource Control) procedure re-initiation for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The UE includes a plurality of RRC procedures, which are started with a random access preamble procedure. The method includes initiating an RRC procedure of the plurality of RRC procedures, initiating the random access preamble procedure corresponding to the initiated RRC procedure, transmitting an RRC request message corresponding to the initiated RRC procedure after completion of the random access preamble procedure e, and re-initiating the random access preamble procedure when receiving a contention resolution message which corresponds to the random access preamble procedure, but does not belong to the initiated RRC procedure. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135776 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND PROGRAM FOR JUDGING RESERVATION ACCEPTANCE - A communication apparatus of the present invention is a communication apparatus which accepts a resource reservation, and includes at least a resource reservation acceptance judging portion for accepting a resource reservation request from a communication apparatus which performs a resource reservation. The resource reservation acceptance judging portion performs acceptance of a reservation based on a resource use probability obtained from a resource reservation state and a resource use state of an own communication apparatus of at least one of the communication apparatuses which perform resource reservations. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135777 | HIGH PERFORMANCE SCHEDULING METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LEVERAGING DIVERSITY IN RELAY-ENABLED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Apparatus and methods are described for scheduling transmission resources in a relay-enabled orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless communications system. Schedulers are described which address the problem of determining the optimal transmission schedule across two hops in the presence of finite user buffers with methods that provide approximate solutions with worst-case performance guarantees and average-case performance that is close to the optimal. The solutions formulate the diversity scheduling problem as an integer program. The weights used in the formulation incorporate the various diversity gains. The integer program is relaxed to a linear program and solved. The resulting fractional solutions are then rounded to integral values. In the process, if buffer or channel feasibility is violated, such violations are addressed through appropriate mechanisms that provide performance guarantees. The relay hop fractional variables are rounded to integral values first. Then the access hop flow is updated based on the rounded relay hop flow. Finally, the access hop variables are rounded to integral values to provide the resulting flow schedule. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135778 | Method and apparatus for scheduling in cellular system using cable relay station - A method for scheduling in a cellular system using a relay station (RS) through an inter-antenna cooperative transmission technology based on pre-cooperation information according to each channel in a cellular system using a cable RS in order to increase the throughput of the entire system. The steps include classifying all mobile stations (MSs) in a corresponding cell based into Cooperative Transmission (CT) MSs for cooperative transmission and Single Transmission (ST) MSs for to each channel; mapping channel-by-channel channel capacities of the CT MSs and ST MSs classified according to each channel, selecting a channel with a highest priority, and receiving a request message from a corresponding MS according to whether the capacity of the selected channel satisfies preset CT criteria and selecting an MS having a metric value of a highest priority according to a corresponding scheduling algorithm, from among multiple requesting MSs. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135779 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CIRCUIT MODE RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A broadband wireless communication system using a fixed allocation scheme is provided. The system includes a controller for configuring change report information to report occurrences of resource release or change when resources are released or changed in a fixed allocation region, a generator for generating a fixed allocation Information Element (IE) including the change report information and history information regarding the resource release or change, and a transmitter for transmitting the fixed allocation IE. | 05-28-2009 |
20090135780 | PREEMPTIVE DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION - Briefly, in accordance with one embodiment of the invention, an access point may preemptively broadcast an alternate channel to switch to, along with an indication of the beacon timing for the alternate channel, prior to any catastrophic interference. The access point may switch to the alternate channel in the event of interference on the original channel without attempting to broadcast the alternate channel during the interference event. A mobile user may then know in advance of the interference event which alternate channel the access point switched to and may switch to the alternate channel. | 05-28-2009 |
20090141674 | Communication Path Switching System and Method - A communication path switching system comprises a wireless base station ( | 06-04-2009 |
20090141675 | Retransmission Process Control Method - This invention relates to signalling of control information related to retransmissions in a wireless communication network. According to one aspect of the invention, a method for controlling transmission over a wireless communication link is provided. The method comprises the step of indicating on a transmission resource control channel whether a HARQ retransmission process in a mobile station should be activated or deactivated. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141676 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AN ERROR CONTROL SCHEME IN A MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - An approach provides an error-control scheme within a multi-hop relay network. A determination is made of a first node that failed to transmit a packet generated according to an error-control scheme, wherein the first node is among a plurality of nodes configured to operate in a multi-hop network. Resources of the multi-hop network are reserved only for retransmission of the packet from the first node towards a destination node that is included in the plurality of nodes. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141677 | TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING SERVICE FLOWS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A technique for handling service flows in a wireless communication system includes receiving a first packet over a first service flow. In this case, the first service flow has a first quality of service. Next, a packet classifier associated with the first packet is determined. A second service flow with a selected quality of service is then created when the packet classifier for the first packet corresponds to a selected classifier. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141678 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTI-CARRIER HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SERVICE - The invention discloses a device and a system for implementing a multi-carrier high speed downlink packet access service, thereby accomplishing multi-carrier high speed downlink packet access service transmission by means of multi-carrier high speed downlink packet processing devices provided in a base station and a user equipment in the system and managing high speed downlink packets corresponding to the carriers separately by means of hybrid automatic repeat request modules corresponding to the carriers. The invention further discloses a method for implementing a multi-carrier high speed downlink packet access service, thereby allocating a separate transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request process and corresponding receiving hybrid automatic repeat request process for each carrier to accomplish transmission and receiving of high speed downlink packet access data. With the invention, the downlink data transmission rate in a radio mobile communication system supporting multiple carriers can be improved. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141679 | METHOD FOR FORMING FRAME IN WIDEBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-ANTENNA - A method for forming a frame in a wireless communication system is provided. In the method, a plurality of preamble symbols are disposed. Then, a signal symbol is disposed at a predetermined position among the plurality of preamble symbols. At least one of data symbols is disposed after the plurality of preamble symbols. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141680 | FLEXIBLE ASSIGNMENT OF SCHEDULED AND REQUEST TRANSMISSIONS - Methods and apparatus are presented for conducting communications using a shared communication medium. A first request is sent over the shared communication medium. The shared communication medium is organized to include a signal space comprising request signal space and transmission signal space. The request signal space and the transmission signal space have different locations within the signal space. The request signal space includes request segments and the transmission signal space includes scheduled transmission segments. The first request occupies a portion of a transmission segment. An assignment is received associating the first request with a scheduled transmission segment. The assignment takes into account the location of the portion of the transmission segment within the transmission signal space. A data transmission is sent in the scheduled transmission segment associated with the first request. | 06-04-2009 |
20090141681 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING SUBCHANNELS IN AN OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for assigning subchannels of a transmitter in a communication system. The method includes dividing an entire frequency band into m subcarrier groups; mapping each of the m subcarrier groups to a subcarrier group index, wherein a subchannel includes n subcarriers selected from each of the m subcarrier groups corresponding to a subcarrier group index sequence; determining that a first data is needed to transmit in a first timing point; and assigning a first subchannel in the first timing point using a first subcarrier group index sequence. The first subcarrier group index sequence is different from a second subcarrier group index sequence used for assigning a second subchannel in a second timing point. | 06-04-2009 |
20090147734 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication system which can control a data transmission properly and to which a Delayed Block ACK mode is applied, and a communication device constituting the communication system. A radio LAN base station ( | 06-11-2009 |
20090147735 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR NON-STANDARD WIRELESS BANDWIDTH COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless communications method and device including a transmitter ( | 06-11-2009 |
20090147736 | UPLINK SCHEDULER ALGORITHM FOR ORTHOGONAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEMS - The present invention provides a method of scheduling uplink transmissions from at least one access terminal to an access network. The method includes estimating, at the access network, at least one signal-to-noise ratio associated with each access terminal and determining, at the access network, a format for the packet based upon the estimated signal-to-noise ratio. The method also includes ranking access terminals and allocating, at the access network, resources to access terminals for transmission based on each access terminal's priority and the determined format of the packet and transmitting, from the access network, information indicative of the resources allocated to each access terminal. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147737 | LATENCY-AWARE ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH REQUEST MECHANISM FOR REAL-TIME COMMUNICATION IN WIMAX - A method and apparatus for requesting bandwidth in a subscriber station is disclosed. The method dynamically changes the size of the bandwidth request based on the prediction of the number of packets needed to be transmitted. The average delay experienced by packets in a queue is measured, and this information is then used to change the coefficient of a prediction equation. When the experienced average delay is below the agreed upon QoS latency parameter or delay target, the method reduces the size of the bandwidth requests by making the prediction equation more conservative. On the other hand, when the experienced delay is above the agreed upon latency, the algorithm will make the prediction equation more aggressive, increasing the bandwidth requests and reducing the latency for future packets. By modifying the prediction equation based on the measured delay, the method is able to select the optimal point for achieving time delay requirements while preserving air-link resources. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147738 | Method And Arrangement For Coding And Scheduling In Packet Data Communication Systems - The method and arrangement according to the present invention relates to of scheduling and coding in communication systems utilizing automatic repeat request (ARQ) and/or multihop scheduling and forwarding. According to the inventive method the receiving nodes selectively stores received information, also overheard information, as a priori information and feed back information about their respective stored a priori information to a sending node. The sending node forms composite data packets by jointly encoding and scheduling multiple data packets, which composite data packets are transmitted to receiving nodes. Upon receiving a composite data packet the receiving nodes uses their stored a priori information in the process of extracting data for themselves from the composite data packets. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147739 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECREMENTING ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus of decrementing access terminal assignments in a wireless communication system is provided, comprising determining if a MACID other than the MACID of an access terminal with an assignment for a particular interlace is received and decrementing the access terminal assignments according to the MACID, if the MACID other than the MACID of the access terminal with the assignment for the particular interlace is determined. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147740 | HARQ AND BANDWIDTH REQUEST METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource reallocation and bandwidth request method in a wireless access system. The present invention uses the synchronous HARQ mode together with the asynchronous HARQ mode according to scheduling by the HARQ retransmission burst. Therefore, a resource allocation overhead for a retransmission burst is reduced during the synchronous HARQ mode operation. Also, an uplink transmission delay is reduced, and efficiency of the radio resource is maximized. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147741 | PARALLEL DATA SERVICES AND SPECTRUM SENSING WITH COGNITIVE CHANNEL SWITCHING IN A WIRELESS AREA NETWORK - Data service transmission interruption is minimized by initially setting up a cluster of channels to transmit data services. As the need arises to switch channels due to the detection of an incumbent signal, the data services can be switched with substantially no delay. A group of channels from those available in a wireless network are chosen to form a cluster of channels. Each channel within the cluster is set up to convey data services with channel parameters being stored. A first operating channel is chosen from among the cluster of channels to transmit the data services. While the data services are being transmitted on the first operating channel, out-of-band spectrum sensing occurs on the other channels. Upon predetermined criteria a channel switch occurs. As each channel has already been set up the necessary channel parameters are retrieved from storage and restored without data service interruption. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147742 | INTERLACING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FRAMES - Mechanisms to interlace multiple legacy frames to enhance radio resource utilization are described. Also described are mechanisms to modify a low-latency frame structure to appear as legacy frames. In one aspect, partially blanked-out legacy frames are interlaced with time offsets so that they complement each other to leave no idle system time. To a legacy user equipment, the interlaced frame appears as normal legacy frames used by multiple legacy cells. In another aspect, the low-latency frame is modified to appear as an interlaced frame. Again to the legacy user equipment, the low-latency frame appears as legacy frames from multiple legacy cells. To the low-latency user equipment, the modified low-latency frame still appear as normal low-latency frame. In this manner, radio resources of the legacy base stations are optimally utilized. Also, low-latency base stations are enabled to provide serves to the legacy user equipments without wasting radio resources. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147743 | SCHEDULING IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - In a cellular system, transmissions are made in subframes which comprise subelements. The method is used for scheduling first and second channels in a subframe, and comprises:
| 06-11-2009 |
20090147744 | Scalable control channel design for OFDM-based wireless systems - Overhead is kept small by a scalable control channel design suitable for OFDMA-based systems with many resource elements and many active users. For instance, optimization of control information in a wideband OFDMA-based radio system with up to 200 resource elements and multiple spatial layers and up to 1000 active users is possible. In contrast to existing approaches in LTE and WINNER, optimized flexible-length downlink control information is shown, which reduces overhead by a combination of slow and fast control signalling, of broadcast and multicast signalling, as well as of individual and table-based allocation information. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147745 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - A base station | 06-11-2009 |
20090147746 | VIDEO MULTICAST, SUCH AS LAYERED VIDEO MULTICAST FOR EXAMPLE, USING RELAY DEVICES DEFINED BY A CHANNEL QUALITY PARAMETER HIERARCHY - Improved distribution of video information in an infrastructure-based wireless network is provided. A wireless channel condition between the video server node and each of the plurality of receiver nodes is measured (or accepted, or otherwise determined). Each of the plurality of receiver nodes are assigned into one of a first group and a second group using the measured wireless channel conditions, wherein receiver nodes assigned to the first group have, on average (e.g., on average over time), a better measured wireless channel condition than that of receiver nodes assigned to the second group. At least some (e.g., one or more) of the receiver nodes of the first group of nodes are selected to serve as relay nodes. Video information (e.g., N layers) is then transmitted wirelessly from the video server node for reception by each of the receiver nodes assigned to the first group. Each of the selected relay nodes then transmit at least a part (e.g., M≦N layers) of the video information for reception by at least some of the receiver nodes of the second group such that the relay nodes collectively transmit the at least a part of the video information to all of the receiver nodes of the second group. Receiver nodes assigned to the first group receive, decode and render the received video information. Similarly, receiver nodes assigned to the second group, receive, decode and render the received at least a part of the video information. The receiver nodes assigned to the second group may also use the (1) video information transmitted wirelessly by the source node and/or (2) copies of the at least a part of the video information transmitted by other relay nodes (that is, relay nodes not assigned to it), to the extent such information is received. | 06-11-2009 |
20090147747 | APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSION OF DATA UNIT IN BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a scheduling apparatus of a base station supporting Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) method. In particular, the present invention discloses scheduling a data unit transmitted to a mobile station from a base station providing ARQ method for correcting an error in wireless data communication and generating a high rate frame. | 06-11-2009 |
20090154400 | RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLING METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - When determination is made that a channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission is short in power by the calculation of power assigned to a downlink shared channel and an activity ratio of the power assigned to the downlink shared channel from transmission power of all the channels and transmission power of other channel than a downlink shared channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission, a total sum of transmission power of dedicated channels is reduced by lowering a rate of a connected dedicated channel for data reception, thereby increasing power assigned to the channel for high-speed downlink packet transmission. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154401 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR INITIAL RANGING - A method is provided for allocating initial ranging opportunities in a series of frames. According to the method, a number of initial ranging opportunities are allocated in frame N that occurs after a triggering event, and k frames after frame N the number of initial ranging opportunities is selectively reduced. The triggering event is one of system startup and broadcast of an Uplink Channel Descriptor message. Also provided is a base station that includes a controller for allocating a number of initial ranging opportunities in frame N that occurs after a triggering event. The controller selectively reduces the number of initial ranging opportunities k frames after frame N. The triggering event is one of system startup, broadcast of an Uplink Channel Descriptor message, broadcast of a page message, or broadcast of a signature for an overhead configuration message. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154402 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RESOURCES IN NETWORK ELEMENTS OF A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for controlling resources in network elements of a communication network, in particular a data network such as the Internet or a mobile data network. The idea of the invention is the use of a data packet inspection for the QoS control in telecommunication networks. Based on information obtained from data packets, a (mobile radio) network resource corresponding to the content of each data packet is provided in the network elements. A dynamic allowance for services and customer classes or quality and resource control is a novel possibility by means of the above application of packet inspection. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154403 | MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - In order to define uniquely a transmission control operation of a mobile station in accordance with the present invention at the time of a E-DCH transmission and to increase the efficiency of the operation of a communications system, the mobile station includes a transmission control means for, for each of a first physical data channel via which user data transmitted via a transport channel from an upper layer are transmitted to a fixed station and a second physical data channel which is an extension of the first physical data channel, selecting transmission control information including a transmission rate depending upon the user data, a multiplex modulation means for performing multiplex modulation on transmission data by using the transmission control information selected by the transmission control means and the amplitude coefficients of the first physical data channel and the second physical data channel, and a transmit power control means for performing control of the transmit power of a transmitting means which amplifies the transmission data in such a manner that the transmission data has predetermined transmit power, and which transmits the transmission data, and the transmission control means judges whether the transmit power in a case of not transmitting a control channel via which control data about control of the second physical data channel are transmitted exceeds a maximum transmit power value, and selects the transmission control information about the first physical data channel. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154404 | PACKET COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A packet communication method includes: transmitting, from a mobile station to a radio base station through a random access channel, a random access request; allocating, at a radio base station, a packet access request transmission radio resource for transmitting, at the mobile station, a packet access request for requesting an initiation of a packet communication, from among radio resources allocated to uplink shared channels, in response to a receipt of the random access request; transmitting, at the radio base station, a response for notifying the receipt of the random access request and for notifying the packet access request transmission radio resource, to the mobile station through at least one of a downlink shared data channel and a downlink shared control channel corresponding to the random access channel; and transmitting, at the mobile station, the packet access request by using the packet access request transmission radio resource notified by the response. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154405 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL METHOD AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD USING THE SAME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Provided are a MAC method and a method for transmitting data using the same in a WLAN. The MAC method includes: transmitting a bandwidth scheduling report frame for informing information on downlinks and uplinks allocated to a terminal by including the bandwidth scheduling report frame in one of the downlinks where the bandwidth scheduling report frame includes a plurality of downlinks, a plurality of uplinks, and a plurality of short uplinks and the number of the plurality of downlinks is equal to the number of the plurality of uplinks; receiving a bandwidth request frame for requesting bandwidth allocation through one of the uplinks; and allocating a bandwidth to each of the terminals by an unit of the downlink and the uplink. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154406 | DYNAMIC ADDRESS ALLOCATION METHOD FOR MOBILE AD HOC NETWORK - A dynamic address allocation method includes allowing a new terminal that desires to participate in the ad hoc network to broadcast an address block request message to neighbor terminals in order to be allocated with an address; allowing the new terminal to receive a plurality of address block reply messages from the neighbor terminals; allowing the new terminal to transmit an address block confirmation message to a 1-hop neighbor terminal in a normal state that has a largest address block on the basis of the plurality of address block reply messages; allowing the new terminal to receive an address block completion message, which includes bitmap information for an available address block, from the 1-hop neighbor terminal; and allowing the new terminal to be allocated with the address and to change its terminal state from an alone state to a normal state. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154407 | Method of performing routing and allocating resources in wireless sensor network - Provided is a method of performing a routing and allocating a resource in a wireless sensor network. The method includes electing one or more cluster heads, each representing each of one or more clusters comprised of a plurality of sensor nodes, selecting a routing path between the cluster heads and the plurality of sensor nodes, selecting a frame length based on elements and distribution methods of the wireless sensor network and the routing path, forming a time slot resource allocation table for communication between the cluster heads, and exchanging the time slot resource allocation table between the cluster heads separated by one hop. The present invention can enhance the reliability of the wireless sensor network and QoS by effectively performing routing and allocating resources in such a manner that various data requirements can be satisfied. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIP DATA OF IDLE MODE UE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message by a User Equipment (UE) in an idle mode in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) system. The UE transmits one combined message of an AS control message and a NAS control message including information indicating transmission of an SIP message, thereby having an effect on an upper node to reduce a delay due to message processing. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154409 | METHOD FOR EVALUATING SPECTRUM UTILIZATION EFFICIENCY IN RADIO SYSTEM SHARING FREQUENCY - Provided is a method for evaluating spectrum utilization efficiency in a radio system sharing frequency. The method for evaluating spectrum utilization efficiency of a frequency sharing radio system in a radio environment having a first radio system using at least one specific frequency in an allocated frequency band and a second radio system sharing the frequency band allocated by the first radio system, includes calculating net coverage per unit area based on a design parameter on the first radio system and a design parameter on the second radio system; and evaluating spectrum utilization efficiency based on the calculated net coverage per unit area. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154410 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN DISTRIBUTED MAC FOR WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORKS - A method for allocating distributed Medium Access Control (MAC) resources in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN) includes calculating an acknowledgement overhead; calculating a Medium Access Slot (MAS) overhead depending on a payload length of a frame; calculating a transfer rate; calculating a number of frame bits to be transmitted; and calculating a first number of MASs. Thereby, the method optimized a final number of MASs required per superframe. Further, a distributed MAC resource allocation apparatus includes a MAC client for determining a resource allocation scheme and an amount of resources, and for sending a request to a MAC resource management unit; a MAC physical layer for providing a received power level or the like to the MAC resource management unit; and the MAC resource management unit for determining a payload length or the like and for allocating wireless resources to devices connected to the WPAN. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154411 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - A terminal apparatus includes: a reception unit configured to receive a signal from a base station; a channel estimation unit configured to estimate a state of a channel based on a received signal; a storage configured to store a codebook including channel state values; an index of search number acquisition unit configured to acquire index of search number of candidates to be selected from among the channel state values for a correlation calculation with the estimated state value; a candidate selecting unit configured to select candidates for which the correlation calculation should be performed from among the channel state values according to the index of search number; a correlation calculation unit configured to calculate a correlation between the estimated state value and each of selected candidates; a selection unit configured to select a candidate having a highest correlation value; and a reporting unit configured to report a selected candidate to the base station. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154412 | Enhanced dynamical fast-feedback channel allocations - A method includes allocating channels in a fast-feedback channel region for a plurality of devices, and transmitting to the plurality of devices at least one bitmap defining fast-feedback uplink channel allocations for individual ones of the plurality of devices. In one embodiment a plurality of bitmaps are transmitted, the plurality of bit maps together informing individual ones of the plurality of devices of permission to use none, one or more than one particular fast-feedback channel. In this case each bitmap includes a plurality n of bit positions corresponding to n indices, where each device is identified by an associated one of the n indices, and where a bit at an index value p in a first bitmap and a bit at the same index value p in a second bitmap, when concatenated together, equal a number of fast-feedback uplink channels that are allocated to a particular device associated with the index value p. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154413 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADMISSION CONTROL CONSIDERING MULTIPLE SERVICE PROVIDERS IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for Admission Control (AC) in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a classification unit for determining a Mobile Virtual Network Operator (MVNO), from a plurality of MVNOs, that provides services for a generated resource request, a manager for evaluating a resource occupation status of the MVNO and a resource amount permitted to the MVNO, and a determination unit for determining whether to admit the resource request according to at least one of the resource occupation status of the determined MVNO, the resource amount permitted to the determined MVNO and an available total resource amount. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154414 | EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING WORLDWIDE INTEROPERABILITY FOR MICROWAVE ACCESS (WIMAX) NETWORK CAPACITY - The invention relates to a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WIMAX) network comprising at least one base station and at least one terminal. Said at least one base station, to send a signal to said at least one terminal, is able to split said signal into a plurality of WIMAX signals and send simultaneously said WIMAX signals through a plurality of channels with different frequency frames and wherein said at least one terminal is able to receive and process simultaneously said plurality of WIMAX signals. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154415 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROPORTIONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION AMONG MOBILE VIRTUAL NETWORK OPERATORS - A scheduling apparatus and method for proportional resource allocation among Mobile Virtual Network Operators (MVNOs) are provided. The method includes, for each MVNO, allocating a dedicated resource of each MVNO to Quality of Service (QoS) traffic in consideration of priorities, for each MVNO, determining a presence or absence of unscheduled QoS traffic, and for MVNOs each of which has the unscheduled QoS traffic, allocating a common resource shared by all MVNOs to the unscheduled QoS traffic in consideration of priorities without distinguishing each MVNO. Accordingly, proportional resource allocation depending on a pre-set ratio can be guaranteed, efficiency of resource use can be improved, and QoS can be guaranteed. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154416 | WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD OF ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION WITH AN ACCESS POINT - A mobile terminal device includes a detector, a transceiver, an analyzer, an execution module, and a connection module. The detector generates a probing request signal. The transceiver receives signals sent from a plurality of access points (AP). The analyzer retrieves a plurality of Received signal strength Indications (RSSI) of the plurality of APs and workload of the plurality of APs by analyzing the signals. The execution module generates a plurality of indices of the plurality of APs based on an analysis results, and selects one of the plurality of indices as a best comprehensive index. The connection module establishes a connection between an AP corresponding to the best comprehensive index and the mobile terminal device. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154417 | System and Method for Resource Scheduling - A component in a telecommunications system is provided. The component includes one or more processors configured to promote semi-persistent scheduling of a resource and to send a release message. The release message informing the user equipment to cease attempting to process data from the downlink portion. Also provided is user equipment comprising one or more processors configured to promote providing an indication that a request for an uplink resource is related to a voice over Internet Protocol call. | 06-18-2009 |
20090154418 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for dynamic resource allocation in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Base Station (BS) includes configuring a bitmap to indicate whether radio resources are allocated to respective Access Terminals (ATs) according to resource scheduling, generating a resource allocation message including at least one of the configured bitmap, bit allocation information of the bitmap, and bit deallocation information of the bitmap, and transmitting the resource allocation message. | 06-18-2009 |
20090161606 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE OF ERASURE SEQUENCE DETECTION - Attributes of access terminals are employed in determining durations for erasure sequences. Transmissions from access terminals are analyzed to determine different attributes are based at least ont these attributes traffic models are estimated. Those terminals whose traffic models tend towards more frequent occurrences of longer erasures are assigned longer erasure durations to improve performance in erasure sequence detection. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161607 | WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH REDUCED EFFECT OF IQ IMBALANCE - In a wireless communication system, information is exchanged between a base station and a client station. The base station grants at least one allocation unit to a client station. The base station receives data from the client station using the allocation unit over the wireless link. The allocation unit substantially comprises mirror image pairs of subcarriers. Each mirror image pair of subcarriers includes a first subcarrier and a second subcarrier which are respectively disposed on opposite sides of a DC subcarrier by an equal frequency amount. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161608 | BROADCAST SYSTEM INTERFERENCE PROTECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and transceiver in a secondary system for utilizing channel bandwidths allocated to a primary system. A secondary system transceiver receives a primary system signal, re-transmits a delayed version of the primary system signal, and communicates with secondary system equipment utilizing secondary system signals within at least part of a bandwidth of at least one channel of the primary system. The re-transmission of the primary system signal allows the use of primary system channels by the secondary system without adversely affecting the primary or secondary system users. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161609 | Automatic busy status notifications in wireless packet services sessions - A method and system provide automatic busy status notifications to parties to wireless packet services sessions in the event of temporary suspension of the sessions. In one aspect, a first wireless communication device comprises a wireless interface and a processor communicatively coupled with the wireless interface, wherein in response to a voice call received on the wireless interface the processor temporarily suspends a wireless packet services session between at least a first user on the first wireless communication device and a second user on a second wireless communication device and without user intervention transmits via the wireless interface a first message adapted to notify the second user of a temporarily busy status of the first user. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161610 | METHOD OF FREQUENCY CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT USING EFFECTIVE SPECTRUM SENSING IN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM - Provided is a method of assigning a frequency channel using efficient spectrum sensing in a multiple Frequency Assignment (FA) system. The method includes a channel sensing process, wherein abase station (BS) of a secondary user classifies multiple frequency channels licensed to a primary user into a plurality of channel states by changing a sensing period according to the types of classified channel state sets, and manages the sensed channel states as frequency channel state set information; a channel state set broadcasting process, wherein the BS transmits the frequency channel state set information manage d in the channel sensing process to secondary user terminals using a broadcast message; and a channel assigning process, wherein if the BS receives a channel assignment request message from a new secondary user terminal which has received the broadcast message, the BS assigns an unused frequency channel from among frequency channels licensed to the primary user to the new secondary user terminal using the frequency channel state set information. Accordingly, a frequency channel can be assigned to a secondary user requesting channel assignment using frequency channel state set information without a primary user experiencing interference noise. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161611 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A radio communication method is provided for reducing the overhead of radio resources (transmission power, transmission time, frequency band) caused by the transmission of a control signal to a mobile station in a poor propagation environment and thus enabling an improvement of throughput of the entire system. A base station ( | 06-25-2009 |
20090161612 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION IN RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR SYSTEMS WITH RESOURCE REUSE - A method and system for assigning subcarrier frequency resource for a relay enhanced cellular communication system including a base station, one or more mobile stations and one or more relay stations, is provided. Subcarrier assignment involves allocating subcarriers to one or more relay communication links between the base station and relay stations, to accommodate minimum data rate requirements of the access communication links; and allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links between relay stations and mobile stations to approximate the data rates achieved on the corresponding relay communication links, wherein allocating subcarriers to one or more access communication links includes reusing subcarriers among access communication links in different relay cells. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161613 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR TABLES FOR FEEDBACK IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Aspects of a method and system for constructing channel quality indicator tables for feedback in a communication system are provided. A user terminal may receive a signal transmitted by using a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) from a base station. The user terminal may assess channel quality information by accessing a CQI table to identify a CQI value based on the received radio signal. The CQI table may comprise various modulation regions in terms of spectral efficiency. The identified CQI value may be transmitted to the base station. Various standard system protocols such 3GPP, 3GPP LTE, or WiMAX, may be used for transmissions. The CQI table may be generated via PER versus spectral efficiency and/or SNR, respectively. The base station may select a MCS based on the CQI feedback from the user terminal for transmitting a subsequent radio signal to the user terminal. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161614 | RESOURCE EXCHANGE DISCOVERY IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A cellular communication system comprises a set of base stations ( | 06-25-2009 |
20090161615 | System and method for traffic routing - The present invention provides a system and method for traffic routing. An embodiment includes an engine for identifying groupings of subscriber stations within a particular ISP. The engine can also obtain a block of contiguous addresses for assignment to the subscriber stations. The addresses are assigned from the block to each of the subscriber stations in substantially contiguous sub-blocks based on the groupings. The groupings can be geographic or based on other desired criteria. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161616 | RANGING PROCEDURE IDENTIFICATION OF ENHANCED WIRELESS TERMINAL - A communications network comprises a base station ( | 06-25-2009 |
20090161617 | Communication Systems - A spectrum-assignment method for use in a wireless communication system, wherein the system comprises at least a group of communication apparatuses, and wherein each such communication apparatus has a portion of communication spectrum pre-assigned to it for communication, and wherein one of the communication apparatuses of the group is a leader of the group, the method comprising: on a dynamic basis and within the leader of the group, controlling re-assignments of said spectrum between communication apparatuses of the system involving at least one said communication apparatus of the group in dependence upon spectrum requirements of those communication apparatuses, so as to tend to improve spectrum utilization between those communication apparatuses. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161618 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The downlink control channels in a control region of each downlink subframe in a telecommunication system are divided into at least one common subset of the downlink control channels and a plurality of group subsets of the downlink control channels, such that the common subset or each common subset will be decoded by every user equipment, and each group subset will be decoded only by a limited group of user equipments. Resource assignment messages for a user equipment can then be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant group subset, to avoid the need for messages to be decoded by a large number of UEs that will not act on them, while broadcast messages can be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant common subset, to avoid the need for messages to be transmitted many times. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161619 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The present invention provides a radio communication control device, a radio communication control system, a radio communication control method, a radio communication control program and a recording medium, which control radio resource appropriately when an interference notification signal is received. The radio communication control device according to the present invention, which controls allocation of radio resource for use by a mobile communication terminal in a radio communication system, comprises: radio means for monitoring a communication status with the mobile communication terminal and detecting interference relating to first frequency information; transceiving means for transmitting a first interference notification signal containing the first frequency information and receiving a second interference notification signal containing second frequency information; and a control means for restricting the radio resource in a case when the second interference notification signal is being received, wherein the control means does not restrict the radio resource in a case when the first frequency information and the second frequency information have a predetermined relation. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161620 | System and Method for Uplink Resource Utilization - A system and method are disclosed for providing efficient uplink resource utilization wireless communication system. The system and method for use with a network access equipment in scheduling uplink transmissions to ensure that a user equipment is not transmitting unnecessary information at inconvenient times. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161621 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication method for a radio communication system in which a second radio communication apparatus transmits a radio signal with a transmission radio resource designated by a first radio communication apparatus, the communication method includes designating, by the first radio communication apparatus, a transmission radio resource for data and a control signal to the second radio communication apparatus; transmitting, by the second communication apparatus, transmission data and a control signal with the designated transmission radio resource; and determining, by the first radio communication apparatus, whether a further allocation of a transmission radio resource for data to the second radio communication apparatus in response to a reception result of the transmission data is performed or not based on the control signal. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161622 | Radio communication system, device and method for radio communication, and computer program - A radio communication device which manages a network defines a predetermined transmission frame cycle, allocates in the frame specific access slots as timing with which the individual radio communication devices in the network concerned receive a transmission, puts the information of the allocation in a beacon signal, and transmits the signal. Each radio communication device performs receiving operation at access slots specific to the device itself defined by the beacon signal. When information transmission is made between arbitrary communication devices in the network, access slots for the device which is to receive the information are used. | 06-25-2009 |
20090161623 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of simplifying the encoding of a predetermined number of bits of data into frames including adding error coding bits so that a ratio of the frame length times the baud rate of the frame times he bit packing ratio of the data divided the total bits of data is always an integer. The method may also convolutionally encode the bits of data so that the same equation is also always an integer. | 06-25-2009 |
20090168703 | Apparatus and method for admitting new devices in a self-healing, self-organizing mesh network - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for admitting new devices in a self-healing, self-organizing mesh network. An example embodiment is configured to listen on a dynamically-determined frequency for the network management message; to send jamming messages to neighbor nodes in the wireless mesh network, if the network management message is not received; to receive the network management message from a neighbor node in response to the jamming messages; to synchronize a node timer to the received network management message; and to begin data communications with neighbor sensors using the synchronized node timer. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168704 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SCHEDULING - A method of transmitting control information for scheduling is disclosed, by which scheduling information can be efficiently transmitted to a Node B. The present invention comprises the steps of filling a first data unit with at least one second data unit transmitted from an upper layer, and providing the first data unit including the at least one second data unit(s) and the uplink information for the scheduling control if the first data unit has the room for adding the uplink information for the scheduling control. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168705 | Method for Controlling Signal Power Level to Control Contention Beween Mobile Terminals, and Signal Power Level Controller in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing System - The present invention relates to a device for controlling a power level to control contention between mobile terminals in an uplink contention period in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access (OFDMA) system, and a method thereof. In the method, cell broadcasting information broadcasted from the base station is received by the mobile terminal, the transmission power information of the base station is obtained from the cell broadcasting information by the mobile terminal, a received power level of the received cell broadcasting information is obtained by the mobile terminal, transmission power of a signal transmitted to the base station is determined based on the transmission power information and the received power level, and the signal is transmitted to a contention period based on the determined transmission power. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168706 | Method for Channel Assignment in Multi-Radio Wireless Mesh Networks and Corresponding Network Node - A wireless mesh network connecting multiple wireless LAN networks ( | 07-02-2009 |
20090168707 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, BAND SETTING SYSTEM - An object of the present invention is to provide a wireless communication device that can receive a content by securing a band as much as possible, if a predetermined band is required to be secured when the content is received by wire. The wireless communication device judges whether or not the predetermined band necessary for receiving the content can be secured with a wireless master device. When it is judged that the predetermined band cannot be secured in the judgment, the wireless communication device switches a connection destination from the wireless master device to which the wireless communication device has been connected to a different wireless master device that can secure a predetermined receiving electric field strength. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168708 | TECHNIQUES FOR MAINTAINING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR CONNECTIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes assigning re-transmission identifiers, such as hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) channel identifications, automatic repeat request (ARQ) channel identifications, and ARQ Identifier Sequence Numbers, to at least a first re-transmission identifier group and a second re-transmission identifier group, wherein each re-transmission identifier group is associated with a different quality of service parameter. The technique identifies whether a committed quality of service is met for a connection based on whether a communication on the connection is associated with the first re-transmission identifier group or the second re-transmission identifier group. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168709 | System and Method for One-Phase Access in a Communication System - An apparatus in accordance with a system and method for one-phase access in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor configured to create a packet channel request message enabling one-phase access including an indication of a latency reduction capability thereof. The apparatus also includes a transceiver configured to transmit the packet channel request message. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168710 | LOGICAL PROTOCOL ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS METROPOLITAN AREA NETWORKS - In one aspect, a new radio protocol architecture is proposed. The proposed architecture is applicable to wireless networks such as a wireless metropolitan area network (WMAN). In the new architecture, there is a clear-cut separation of control, management, and data planes. New control service access points (SAP) are introduced to allow interaction between the protocol layers of the architecture. Also, data SAPs are introduced between the protocol layers. The layer separation idea extracts the functionalities of the architecture and grouped into MAC CPS-H (common part sublayer—high) and MAC CPS-L (common part sublayer—low). Further, a new concept of “control information base” (CIB) is introduced. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168711 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RETRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a retransmission method capable of improving reception quality in retransmission control. In this method, for the first transmission, LRB (Localized Resource Block) method is selected as a resource allocation method according to the CQI fed back from the mobile station. A frequency resource having the best reception quality according to the LRB format is allocated for the transmission data. For the second transmission, the same resource allocation method (LRB) as the first transmission is used and the transmission data is allocated fro the same frequency resource. For the third transmission, the resource allocation method is switched from the method of the first and the second transmission and transmission data is allocated to the frequency resource by using DRB (Distributed Resource Block) format. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168712 | Rapid search for optimal wireless network configuration - A search algorithm to find a globally optimal radio plan for a wireless network, including assignments of frequency and transmission power to multiple access points. Two different evaluation metrics are used in order to provide an optimal solution in a reasonable time period. Frequency searches are performed using a special rapid evaluation metric. Transmission powers are selected using a more refined metric that estimates data throughput. The search results are deterministic and execution time is also substantially deterministic. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168713 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OF DIFFERENT WAVEFORMS IN THE SAME FREQUENCY BAND - A method and system for coordinating wireless communication of different waveforms in the same frequency band, is provided, the network including multiple wireless stations of different types operating at the same wireless frequency band but at different waveform formats. Channel bandwidth is allocated by scanning all available channels in the frequency band to detect available channels. When the number of detected available channels is not less than the number of wireless station types, then scheduling and transmitting beacon periods for the different types of wireless stations to different available channels, wherein each type of wireless station may have a dedicated available channel period for wireless communication in parallel with other types of wireless stations. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168714 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control method for a radio communication system, wherein a first apparatus transmits a radio signal used to select a radio resource to a second apparatus and when the second apparatus receives a radio signal for requesting allocation of a radio resource from the first apparatus, the second apparatus selects a radio resource to be allocated to the first apparatus based on a radio signal used to select the radio resource and transmits information of the selected radio resource to the first apparatus Consequently, the first apparatus transmits transmission data by using the radio resource specified by the information. The method includes regulating transmission of the radio signal used to select the radio resource to be allocated when the first apparatus receives a particular signal from the second apparatus. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168715 | System and Method for Uplink Resource Reuse - A system and method are disclosed that allows for uplink resource reuse. A user device is provided an uplink resource for a first data type. If the user device does not have enough data of the first data type to fill the granted uplink resource, the user device fills the granted uplink resource with a second data type. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168716 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE PARTITIONING WITH PREDEFINED PATTERN AND ADAPTIVE RESOURCE PARTITIONING METHOD - An adaptive resource partitioning method includes: selecting a predefined pattern-based partitioning method or an informed map-based partitioning method according to the number of channels used for resource allocation, data characteristics, and a channel environment variation, if the predefined pattern scheme is selected, selecting any of predefined patterns, partitioning distributed and localized resource allocation areas according to the selected pattern, and transmitting a pattern index of the selected pattern to a terminal, and if the informed map scheme is selected, partitioning distributed and localized resource allocation areas according to an arbitrary pattern, and transmitting bitmap control information indicating information of the partitioned areas to the terminal. So, it effectively obtains a diversity and a scheduling gain when distributed and localized resource allocations are simultaneously used, such that it increases flexibility of resource allocation, increases an available data transfer rate, and reduces an amount of necessary control information. | 07-02-2009 |
20090168717 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT ADMISSION CONTROL - In a method for controlling channel access in wireless communications, an admitted time value is calculated for each access category in a station. The admitted time value is a maximum amount of medium time the station can use in a time period. A used time value is calculated for each access category in the station. The used time value is an amount of medium time used by the station. A determination is made whether the used time value is less than the admitted time value. If the used time value is less than the admitted time value, a frame with enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameters is transmitted. If the used time value is not less than the admitted time value, a frame without the EDCA parameters is transmitted. | 07-02-2009 |
20090175225 | Method of wireless data transmission - In one embodiment the method includes allocating, for a mobile, forward link resources for transmitting data over a shared forward link data channel without allocating reverse link resources for reverse link data transmission in association with the allocated forward link resources. At least a portion of the received data is repeatedly sent to the mobile on the shared forward link data channel over a time division multiple access air interface using the allocated forward link resources until an acknowledgement is received from the mobile or a number of transmissions have taken place. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175226 | LOCALISED AND DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention provides for a method of controlling selection of a localised scheduling scheme or a distributed scheduling scheme within an OFDMA downlink and including the step of estimating a fading characteristic and initiating switching between the scheduling schemes responsive to the result of the said estimation, wherein the fading characteristic can comprise one of fading rate or fading type, and wherein the invention can provide for such estimating functionality within a mobile radio communications device. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175227 | Method of requesting and reporting link quality in an EGPRS2 system - The link quality reporting method includes measuring link quality for received radio blocks, and if there is a modulation scheme with a largest number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for the modulation scheme, and if there is a plurality of schemes with the same number of radio blocks, reporting link quality for a modulation scheme selected using a predetermined method. Performance deterioration can be minimized in a link adaptation process. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175228 | Base Station And Method Of Assigning Frequencies To Pilot Sequences - A base station that assigns frequencies to UP link pilot signals in a radio communication system, where the base station stores the correlation between each of a plurality of pilot sequences having different Peak to Average Power characteristics and a plurality of frequencies that are used for transmitting the pilot sequence by frequency multiplexing, and makes the correlation between each of said pilot sequences and said assigned frequencies in adjacent cells or sectors different. Moreover, the base station measures the reception quality of signals received from a user terminal, makes reference to the stored correlation and finds a pilot sequence having Peak to Average Power characteristic that correspond to said reception quality, then sends an instruction to the user terminal so that the user terminal transmits the pilot sequence using the frequencies assigned to this pilot sequence. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175229 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Buffer Status Reporting - A method for performing buffer status reporting (BSR) in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises forming a MAC PDU comprising a padding field with a size smaller than a first predefined value, selecting a first logic channel group from a plurality of logic channel groups of the user equipment according to priorities and data amounts of uplink buffers of the plurality of logic channel groups, carrying information about a data amount of an uplink buffer of the first logic channel group with a short-format BSR control element, and carrying the short-format BSR control element with the padding field of the MAC PDU for a network of the wireless communication system. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175230 | MAPPING OF DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE BLOCK INDICES TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - An apparatus for communication using a wireless communication network includes an interleaver and a transceiver. The interleaver co-exists with a localized transmission arrangement if the localized transmission arrangement is present and interleaves data packets for a distributed transmission arrangement by mapping a set of logical indices to a set of physical resource blocks. The set of logical indices include sequential logical indices that are separated by a maximum spacing within the set. The transceiver is in electrical communication with the interleaver. The transceiver is operable to transmit and receive data packets through the wireless communication network. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175231 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175232 | Joint Coding of Multiple TTI Information and Quality Indication Requests - A method includes storing in a memory a mapping of bit sequences to uplink resources, wherein a first one of the bit sequences indicates an uplink resource and requests a measurement report and a second one of the bit sequences indicates at least two uplink resources; assembling a selected one of the bit sequences with a resource allocation to be sent in a subframe that comprises more uplink resources than downlink resources; and receiving a response to the resource allocation in the uplink resource to which the selected bit sequence maps. In particular embodiments, the bit sequences are either 2 or 3 bits; one maps to a next available uplink resource and another maps to a second next available uplink resource. Apparatus and software are also described for both a network element and a user equipment. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175233 | Method, Apparatus And Computer Program To Map A Downlink Resource To A Related Uplink Transmission - In an exemplary embodiment a method includes using a predetermined parameter to determine a rate of uplink radio resources to downlink radio resources; mapping an uplink radio resource to a unique one of the downlink radio resources dependent at least in part on the rate; and receiving on the mapped unique one of the downlink radio resources a reply to the uplink radio resource. Apparatus and computer programs are also described, for both a user equipment and a network node. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175234 | Enhanced Sub-Frame-Based-Framing for Wireless Communications - A method of performing wireless communications. The method comprises, at a transmitting station, encoding a plurality of symbols into a frame. The method further comprises, from the transmitting station, transmitting the frame via a wireless communication to a receiving station. The frame comprises a plurality of sub-frames, wherein a first sub-frame in the plurality of sub-frames consists of a first number of symbols and a second sub-frame in the plurality of sub-frames consists of a second number of symbols. Finally, the first number differs from the second number. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175235 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels. Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST LINK SETUP IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for a communication system provide for fast link setup for a mobile station by transmitting a request message, transmitting an assignment message from the base station to the mobile station, and transmitting a notification message from the base station to a base station controller. The mobile station transmits an indication message to the base station controller indicating a successful completion of acquiring the data packet channel. The base station controller processes the indication message for message integrity and security feature. A portion of the available communication resources at the base station is allocated for an immediate response to the request message for acquiring a data packet channel. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175237 | Method And Apparatus For Selective Disregard Of Co-Channel Transmissions On A Medium - A method and apparatus to selectively disregard co-channel transmissions on a medium uses an automatic gain control/clear channel assessment (AGC/CCA) circuit to gather signal power information, which is used to establish receiver sensitivity thresholds. Raw and cyclical power measurements of a received signal are processed by the AGC/CCA circuit to determine whether a current received signal process should be halted, and a new signal acquisition sequence begun. | 07-09-2009 |
20090175238 | Multi-Channel Assignment Method For Multi-Radio Multi-Hop Wireless Mesh Networks - Techniques are described for automatically determining quasi-static per-link channel assignments for each radio in multiple-hop mesh networks having nodes with two or more radios and where only a small number of channels is available for use in the network. The method optimally assigns the channels to the radios of all of the nodes in the network so as to achieve the lowest interference among links and the highest possible bandwidth. | 07-09-2009 |
20090180433 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling transmission power in a wireless communication system includes allocating persistent radio resources, and transmitting transmission power control information multiplexed with data via a data channel according to the persistent resources. Transmission power can be simply controlled without reducing the capacity of a control channel according to persistent scheduling. | 07-16-2009 |
20090180434 | CENTRAL CONTROL APPARATUS, SIGNAL TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND SIGNAL FORWARDING APPARATUS FOR USE IN A MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a central control apparatus, a signal transmission apparatus and a signal forwarding apparatus for use in a multi-hop wireless network. The central control apparatus is configured to build a universal control (UC) channel between the central control apparatus, the signal transmission apparatus and the signal forwarding apparatus. Through the UC channel, the signal transmission apparatus may exchange control signals with the central control apparatus directly, so as to improve the transmission delay of the control signals. | 07-16-2009 |
20090185527 | Radio Resource Reservation for Wireless Networks - The present invention supports a communication protocol on a wireless communication network to allocate network resources. The radio network controller maintains quality of service (QoS) profiles. A serving node determines the type of application in a communication call and determines a QoS policy it transmits to the radio network. The radio network identifies the QoS profile based on the received policy and allocates network resources before announcing the call to an access terminal. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185528 | SHARED RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A base station can employ a shared resource, such as a control channel, for communication with a mobile device. The mobile device can be granted the exclusive access to the shared resource for a limited time. The exclusive access can be such that there is not a limit in message size that can be transferred across the shared resource. To improve operation, the exclusive grant can be applied until it is determined that appropriate packets are transferred. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185529 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROLLER, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONNECTION METHOD - A mobile communication system which can prevent deterioration of a utilization ratio of a radio channel and degradation of communication quality is provided. The mobile communication system has a mobile terminal, base station, and a base station controller. The mobile terminal issues a link channel establishment request in order to communicate with another mobile terminal. The base station receives the link channel establishment request, and outputs a radio channel assignment request. When the base station controller receives the radio channel assignment request, the base station controller assigns the base station a radio channel which is not used in the base station and its adjacent base station and outputs a radio channel assignment answer. When the base station receives the radio channel assignment answer, the base station returns a link channel assignment answer to the mobile terminal, and establishes a communication connection with the mobile terminal by an assigned radio channel. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REFERENCE TRANSPORT CHANNEL SELECTION - A method and apparatus for reference transport channel (TrCH) selection includes tracking characteristics on each of a TrCH. Whether or not any TrCHs meet a predetermined criteria is determined. A reference TrCH is selected based upon the determination of TrCHs that meet the predetermined criteria. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185531 | COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating control information in a mobile communication system, wherein the control information of a mobile terminal for scheduling an uplink channel may be notified to a network more quickly with less power. The present invention comprises transmitting a data block on a first physical channel, wherein the data block comprises control information, and transmitting an indicator having a specific value on a second physical channel for indicating the transmission of the control information on the first physical channel. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185532 | ADAPTIVE CALL ADMISSION CONTROL FOR USE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to communication systems and to systems and methods for implementing adaptive call admission control (CAC) in such systems. Adaptive call admission control can determine what CPE to base station calls (connections) are allowed at any given time. CAC, coupled with precedence, can further determine what connections are suspended if less bandwidth is available than is currently committed. Multiple techniques are disclosed to select connections for suspension. These techniques include suspending enough connections through the affected CPE until there is enough bandwidth to meet the remaining commitment, randomly (or in a round robin fashion) choosing connection to suspend from the entire set of connection, and using precedence priority levels. | 07-23-2009 |
20090185533 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING TRANSMIT ANTENNA DIVERSITY IN A PACKET SERVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting packet data through at least two transmit antennas in a packet data communication system using transmit antenna diversity. In the packet transmitting apparatus, a feedback information interpreter interprets feedback information including CQIs and antenna weights received from a plurality of UEs requesting a packet data service. A weight generator classifies the antenna weights and selects UEs having orthogonal weights. A transmitter applies the selected weights to packet data destined for the selected UEs and transmits the packet data to the selected UEs simultaneously. | 07-23-2009 |
20090190535 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WITH CARRIER SENSE - A communication system in which an access point and one or more devices communicating through the access point adaptively apply Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). The access point may assign orthogonal subcarriers to devices as in conventional OFDMA, but the access point senses activity on the subcarriers and selects subcarriers without activity for assignment. In an alternative approach, a device that is configured for OFDMA communication may receive a channel assignment from a device that does not support OFDMA. The OFDMA-capable device may use only a portion of the subcarriers in the assigned channel, which may be communicated to the non-OFDMA device. During the non-OFDMA device may then ignore unused subcarriers in error detection and correction to avoid incorrectly classifying communications as erroneous. Information about OFDMA capabilities, subcarrier assignments and subcarriers in use may be communicated as information elements in network control communications, such as beacons and probe messages. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190536 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS WITH HALF-DUPLEX RELAY(S) AND CORRESPONDING TRANSMISSION PROTOCOL - A transmission protocol is provided for wireless communications in an OFDMA system that uses a rateless code and techniques are provided for dynamically adjusting the subcarrier resources allocated to an OFDMA relay node so that the relay is used at the right time according to the instantaneous channel state information (CSI). As a result, a higher throughput is achieved between source and destination nodes based on a low complexity algorithm for determining when relay assistance is helpful for completing a transmission between the source and destination nodes. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190537 | METHOD, APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN OFDMA-BASED COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM AND FORWARD LINK FRAME STRUCTURE THEREOF - Provided are a dynamic resource allocation method and apparatus in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA)-based cognitive radio system and a downlink frame structure of the method and apparatus. The method includes a base station (BS) selecting one of an Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) subchannel allocation scheme, in which a subchannel comprising at least one bin comprising a first plurality of continuous subcarriers in a frequency domain, is allocated, and a diversity subchannel allocation scheme, in which a subchannel comprising a second plurality of scattered subcarriers in the frequency domain is allocated, according to a level of frequency selectivity of an unused idle frequency band; and the BS allocating at least one subchannel to a terminal according to the selected subchannel allocation scheme. Accordingly, downlink throughput in the cognitive radio system can be increased. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190538 | BASE STATION APPARATUS - A disclosed base station apparatus used in mobile communication system, where data are transmitted and received using shared channels, includes a signal generating unit for generating a within-range check signal used to determine, after a mobile station apparatus present in a coverage of the base station apparatus has entered into a discontinuous reception mode (DRX) and/or a discontinuous transmission mode (DTX), whether the mobile station apparatus is present in the coverage; a signal transmission control unit for controlling transmission of the within-range check signal so that the within-range check signal is transmitted to the mobile station apparatus upon passage of a predetermined time while the mobile station apparatus remains in the DRX and/or DTX; and a determining unit for determining the presence of the mobile station apparatus in the coverage if response to the within-range check signal is returned, and determine absence from the coverage if no response is returned. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190539 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station for transmitting a radio frame where an L1/L2 control channel is multiplexed into a portion of a subframe to transmit data on a shared data channel includes a broadcast channel generating unit configured to generate a broadcast channel; an L1/L2 control channel generating unit configured to generate the L1/L2 control channel corresponding to the broadcast channel, which includes at least one broadcast channel control information from the group consisting of: an update flag indicating whether information on the broadcast channel is modified, broadcast channel allocation information, and L3 control information for the broadcast channel; and a multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the broadcast channel, the shared data channel, and the L1/L2 control channel into the subframe. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190540 | RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNING METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio resource assigning method includes assigning persistently, at a radio base station, by a persistent scheduling. The radio resource is to be used for transmitting downlink data to a mobile station. The radio resource assigning method also includes changing, at the radio base station, by a dynamic scheduling, in a period when the persistent scheduling is applied. The radio resource is to be assigned to the mobile station. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190541 | Communication systems - An interference mitigation method in a wireless network in which a plurality of nodes share an available frequency spectrum by performing wireless communication on sub-channels defined within the available spectrum. The nodes are grouped into clusters, each cluster having a leader of the cluster. Preferably, every node in the cluster is a transceiver equipped to act as leader and this leader role is rotated around the cluster. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190542 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multi-hop wireless communication system which synchronizes a time signal generated by a timer device included in each of the wireless terminals and sets a different active timing to a wireless terminal connected to each of a plurality of multi-hop routes. The wireless terminal monitors the time signal of the timer device included in the wireless terminal and activates wireless communication of the wireless terminal when it is detected that the time signal matches an active timing set in the wireless terminal. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190543 | PACKET TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method of retransmitting packet data in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a link map information element from a transmitting station having three antennas to achieve space time transmit diversity, wherein first, second and third packet data are transmitted from first, second and third antenna of the transmitting station, respectively. The method also comprises transmitting a non-acknowledgement signal to the transmitting station if at least one packet data from the transmitting station is not properly decoded. The method also comprises receiving the packet data from the transmitting station, wherein at least two of retransmitted packet data are transmitted from different antennas of the transmitting station, and one of retransmitted packet data is transmitted from the same antenna of the transmitting station. The retransmitted packet data are received with an information element comprising a retransmission count associated with a number of retransmission made by the transmitting station. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190544 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL IDENTIFICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate classification and identification of a channel associated with a wireless data transmission. As described herein, a channel designated for transmission of a packet can be selected from among multiple usable channels, based on which a bit at a predefined location in the packet can be set to a logical value indicative of the selected channel. As further described herein, extraction of the logical value from the predefined location and identification of the corresponding channel can be performed by a recipient of the packet without requiring parsing of the message. In one example described herein, a Dedicated Control Channel (DCCH) can be identified by setting a Logical Channel Identifier (LCID) bit in a DCCH packet to a predefined value. In another example, a Common Control Channel (CCCH) can be identified by embedding a Boolean constant within a message structure contained in a CCCH packet. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190545 | BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND NOTIFICATION METHOD BY THE BASE STATION - A base station includes a resources examination requesting unit that, when the base station is requested by a terminal to perform any of the following operations including addition, creation and change of a service flow, inquires of a radio resources management node whether the base station has enough radio resources to perform the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal; and a terminal notification unit that, when the base station lacks the radio resources, notifies the terminal of a base station that is selected from among neighboring base stations by the radio resources management node as a performer base station for performing the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal. The radio resources management node includes a resources examination responding unit that, when the requested target base station lacks the radio resources, selects a base station with enough radio resources to perform the operation on the service flow requested by the terminal from among the neighboring base stations as the performer base station. | 07-30-2009 |
20090190546 | Base Station For Allocating Sub-Channels To Mobile Station - A base station for allocating one or more sub-channels to a mobile station to perform uplink wireless communication with the mobile station through the one or more sub-channels, including an estimation unit to estimate a propagation environment for radio waves from the mobile station to the base station; a calculation unit to calculate an interference amount based on a reception power at the base station apparatus; and a determination unit to determine a modulation method, an encoding ratio, and a number of sub-channels, which are to be used by the mobile station for transmission to the base station, based on the propagation environment, the interference amount, and specification conditions of the mobile station, to notify the mobile station of the modulation method, the encoding ratio, and the number of sub-channels. | 07-30-2009 |
20090196236 | Method and Apparatus for Allocation of an Uplink Resource - A component in a telecommunications network including a processor configured, responsive to receiving a scheduling request from a user equipment (UE), to grant a minimum level of resource capacity to the UE for an uplink transmission from the UE to the component. The processor further configured to determine the minimum level of resource capacity based on an expected data packet payload and on a condition of a communications channel between the component and the UE. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196237 | TRANSMISSION-COMPENSATED RADIO CHANNEL QUALITY - A channel quality of a radio channel between a transmitter and a receiver is detected by the receiver. The channel quality is compensated for an affect of a transmission on the radio channel when the receiver detected the channel quality or an affect of a future transmission on the radio channel. In a preferred example embodiment, the channel quality is compensated for both affects if present. The compensated channel quality is then used to determine one or more parameters for transmission from the transmitter to the receiver over the radio channel, e.g., an amount of data to be transmitted, a transmission power, and/or a transmission time period. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196238 | MULTIPLEXING PUCCH INFORMATION - An exemplary method of communicating includes multiplexing control signaling in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) onto a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) by puncturing PUSCH data with PUCCH control information using a uniform distribution of the PUCCH information within at least one resource block of the PUSCH data. One example includes using a first constant amplitude zero autocorrelation sequence (CAZAC) index on PUCCH for communicating CQI and ACK information together and using a second, different CAZAC sequence index for communicating CQI information alone or with NAK information or DTX. The used index provides an indication of whether ACK information is communicated. The used index also provides implicit DTX detection without additional processing. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196239 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting radio resources in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a plurality of UEs and transmitting response information associated with the received preambles over a common channel wherein the plurality UEs can access the common channel and receive corresponding information. If a HARQ scheme is used when a UE transmits data to the eNode-B using uplink radio resources allocated over the RACH, the eNode-B does not pre-allocate uplink radio resources required for re-transmission and performs allocation of radio resources for a first transmission of HARQ. If the re-transmission is required, the eNode-B allocates the radio resources required for the re-transmission with the NACK signal. If re-transmission is not required, the present invention can reduce an amount of wasted radio resources. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196240 | Method, apparatus and computer program to map a cyclic shift to a channel index - From the network perspective, an uplink resource allocation (PDCCH) is sent that grants an uplink resource to a plurality of user equipments UEs, and the allocation has an indication of a cyclic shift CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The granted uplink resource is mapped to a downlink resource (PHICH) in dependence on the indicated CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The mapping is such that for a predetermined number of UEs being allocated a same uplink resource in a single MU-MIMO uplink resource allocation grant, each pair of said predetermined number of UEs which map to an adjacent downlink resource exhibit an optimized CS relative to one another. The network sends to each of the respective plurality of UEs on the respective mapped downlink resource an indication (ACK/NACK) about data received (on a PUSCH). Apparatus, method, and computer programs for network and UE side implementations are detailed. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196241 | RADIO BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD - The present invention is to accommodate a large number of users required in a digital radio communication system and to prevent communication quality from deteriorating. The present invention is to prevent the occurrence of a delay by adding a process for restricting packet assignment for a call having low communication quality. When the average DRC value is equal to or smaller than a threshold, assigned slots are thinned out to improve communication quality for radio terminals close to cell boundaries and to increase the number of radio terminals accommodated. As a method for thinning out assigned slots, packets received from an upper level unit of a radio base station are, for example, discarded before transmission as long as the lowest limit sound quality is maintained. With this operation, the lowest limit sound quality is ensured. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196242 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR ENHANCED UPLINK USING AN ACQUISITION INDICATOR CHANNEL - Techniques for supporting UE operation with enhanced uplink are described. A UE may select a first signature from a first set of signatures available for random access for enhanced uplink, generate an access preamble based on the first signature, and send the access preamble for random access while operating in an inactive state. The UE may receive an acquisition indicator (AI) for the first signature on an acquisition indicator channel (AICH) from a Node B. The UE may use a default enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource configuration for the first signature if the AI has a first predetermined value. The UE may determine an E-DCH resource configuration allocated to the UE based on an extended acquisition indicator (EAI) and a second signature if the AI has a second predetermined value. In any case, the UE may send data to the Node B using the allocated E-DCH resource configuration. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196243 | Radio Protocol For Mobile Communication System And Method - Radio protocol for a next generation mobile communication system is disclosed including a radio link control layer for connecting to an upper layer through a service access point provided in advance and for connecting to a lower layer through a plurality of logic channels provided in advance. The radio link control layer includes at least one radio link control entity for transmission/reception of data to/from up-link or down-link according to a form of a data transmission mode. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196244 | METHOD FOR ENCODING DATA UNIT BY USING A PLURALITY OF CRC ALGORITHMS - A wireless communication system and a terminal providing a wireless communication service and to a method by which a base station and a terminal transmit and receive data in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system (E-UMTS) evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) or a long term evolution (LTE) system, are disclosed. In transmitting RACH MSG | 08-06-2009 |
20090196245 | VIRTUAL SCHEDULING IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Providing for virtual management of wireless resources in a mobile communication environment is described herein. By way of example, access terminals in the communication environment can maintain connections with nearby network transmitters and report factors pertinent to wireless scheduling to a central entity, such as a macro base station. The macro base station can employ those factors in improving wireless communications for other serving cells within or near to a macro coverage area served by the macro base station. By maintaining information pertinent to prevailing wireless conditions, quality of service requirements, pilot signal reports, mobility management considerations, and so on, of transmissions within the cell, significant interference reduction can be implemented for the macro coverage area, or nearby coverage areas. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196246 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: notifying, from a MAC-e functional unit | 08-06-2009 |
20090196247 | SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT, CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND SCHEDULING REQUEST - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate simultaneous transmission of control information in a single sub-frame. For instance, simultaneous transmission can maintain single carrier waveforms for a control channel even when a plurality of information types is scheduled in concurrently. Channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and acknowledgement messages can be jointly coded. In addition, reference symbols in a sub-frame can be modulated to indicate values associated with a scheduling request or an acknowledgement message. Moreover, in situations where channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and or acknowledgement messages are simultaneously scheduled, one or more can be dropped. Further, a single carrier constraint can be relaxed to enable simultaneous transmission of information in the sub-frame at different frequencies. | 08-06-2009 |
20090196248 | TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTION IN A WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT - A method and apparatus for selecting a TFC in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The WTRU estimates a transmit power for each of a plurality of available transport format combinations (TFCs). A TFC is selected for an uplink dedicated channel and a TFC is selected for an enhanced uplink (EU) channel. The TFC for the dedicated channel is selected first and independently of the TFC selection of the EU channel. The TFC for the EU channel is selected within a remaining WTRU transmit power after the TFC selection for the dedicated channel. | 08-06-2009 |
20090201860 | Supporting mobile ad-hoc network (Manet ) and point to multi-point (pmp) communications among nodes in a wireless network - Member nodes of a wireless point-to-multipoint (PMP) network may participate in mobile ad hoc (MANET) or mesh communications with other nodes on the same channels used by the network for PMP communications. A PMP network base station node transmits a downlink signal defining a downlink map for scheduling first time periods for transmitting messages to subscriber station nodes, and an uplink map for scheduling second time periods allowing a subscriber station node to transmit messages to the base station node in a scheduled second time period. A MANET/mesh zone is allocated in either or both the downlink and the uplink maps, each zone operating to reserve one or more time slots and channels in which the base station and other nodes may communicate using a MANET/mesh protocol, thus avoiding interference with communications that are being conducted between the base and the subscriber station nodes under the PMP protocol. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201861 | Method for Efficient CQI Feedback - In a closed-loop wireless communication system ( | 08-13-2009 |
20090201862 | Co-existence between communications units - The present invention relates to a method for arranging co-existence between wireless devices, comprising: checking the priority class for a data service flow transmitted or received by a first communications unit, generating a priority signal for a second communications unit to indicate prioritization for the first communications unit on the basis of the checking, and adapting transmission and/or reception of the second communications unit in response to the priority signal. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201863 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ALLOCATE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus for allocating acknowledgement channels in a communication network. A linking scheme is established between indices of a plurality of physical hybrid automatic repeat-request indicator channels (PHICHs), and a combination of indices of control channel elements (CCEs) or indices of physical resource blocks (PRBs) and indices of demodulation reference signals (DMRSs). A base station (BS) transmits a scheduling grant to a unit of user equipment (UE) by using a plurality of CCEs. In response to receiving a data packet and a DMRS from the UE, the BS determines an index of a PHICH within the plurality of PHICHs in dependence upon at least one index of the CCEs used to transmit the scheduling grant or at least one index of the PRBs used to transmit the data packet, and an index of the transmitted DMRS in accordance with the linking scheme established. Finally, the BS transmits an acknowledgement signal to the UE by using the PHICH indicated by the determined index. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201864 | Modified Connection Setup for E-Utra Radio Resource Control - A communication method for reducing Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection setup time in an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) includes the step of using an inclusive Signalling Radio Bearer (iSRB) in place of a plurality of individual Signalling Radio Bearers (indSRBs) for transferring signals from Radio Resource Control (RRC) to Medium Access Control (MAC). A Protocol Discriminator (PD) is added to the tail (right side) of each indSRB at the RRC for allowing the MAC to identify each indSRB as received in the iSRB. The PD is needed because the MAC would otherwise be unable to place each indSRB into the appropriate prioritizing queue for trans-mission to the physical layer. The PD is stripped off at the MAC. A preferred embodiment uses the iSRB in place of four individual indSRBs (SRB | 08-13-2009 |
20090201865 | METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - As a random access channel (RACH), two types of RACHs, a synchronous RACH and an asynchronous RACH are prepared, condition of a mobile station is classified depending on whether there is temporal synchronization in the mobile station and whether a resource is allocated, and depending on each case, any one of the synchronous RACH/the asynchronous RACH/uplink shared control channel (USCCH) is adaptively selected to carry out connection processing. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201866 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION, EMITTER AND RECEIVER STATIONS AND ASSOCIATED COMPUTER PROGRAMS - Method of communication, on a radio channel ( | 08-13-2009 |
20090201867 | Method for Allocating Resources in Cell-Edge Bands of OFDMA Networks - A method allocates bandwidth from a radio frequency spectrum in a cellular network including a set of cells. Each cell includes a base station for serving a set of mobile stations in the cell. An area around each base station is partitioned into a center region and an edge region. In each base station, cell-center bandwidth for use by the mobile stations in the center region is reserved according to an inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) protocol, and cell-edge bandwidth for use by the mobile stations in the edge region is reserved according to the ICIC protocol. The bandwidth can be fixed or adaptive to reduce the signaling overhead. The adaptive bandwidth can be further partitioned into reserved and the free bands. Mobile stations are classified as primary and secondary users, depending on whether they use or are assigned the fixed or adaptive band radio resources. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201868 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST EFFECTIVELY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system providing a wireless communication and a mobile terminal. During data communication between a base station and a terminal in a long term evolution (LTE) system, while the terminal performs a random access channel (RACH) procedure for requesting a radio resource allocation from the base station, if the terminal is allocated with a radio resource using its radio terminal identifier, the terminal is allowed to appropriately select a radio resource, thereby preventing the consumption of radio resources and increasing efficiency. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201869 | ENHANCED MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM AND TECHNIQUE FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A communication system incorporates a multiplexing scheme so that a base node that schedules user equipment (UE) can determine whether an ACK/NACK and/or a service request (SR) has been received when both uplink (UL) transmissions are simultaneously scheduled. Significant complexity reduction, better link efficiency, and higher multiplexing capability since the base node can interpret selective use by the UE of either the ACK/NACK or SR UL channel. Such interpretation can be extended to when multiple downlink (DL) transmission modes can be used, specifically DL single input multiple output (SIMO), DL multiple input multiple output (MIMO) with rank | 08-13-2009 |
20090201870 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: controlling, at the radio base station NodeB, the transmission power in the DPCCH by use of an inner loop transmission power control based on a target SIR; transmitting, at the mobile station UE, the uplink packet, at the transmission power in the E-DPDCH, the transmission power being determined based on the SG and the transmission power in the DPCCH; and determining, at the radio base station NodeB, the target SIR, by use of an outer loop transmission power control based on a HARQ transmission number and a reception result of an uplink packet transmission of the HARQ transmission number, the HARQ transmission number indicating what number transmission in the HARQ retransmission control is the uplink packet transmission. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201871 | EFFICIENT UTILIZATION OF CHANNEL RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Providing for improved wireless communications for user equipment (UE) in a semi-active state is described herein. By way of example, a base station can employ particular wireless channel resources, monitored by a UE in a CELL_FACH state for instance, to trigger channel feedback information from the UE. The trigger can comprise an explicit order instructing the UE to provide data in response, or can include a portion of downlink traffic targeting the UE, where the UE is configured to respond in a suitable manner to receipt of traffic data. The UE can maintain the CELL_FACH state in receiving to and responding to the trigger, and can further receive subsequent traffic data in such state. Accordingly, the subject disclosure provides for improved efficiency and reliability in semi-active state wireless communications. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201872 | SEGMENT SENSITIVE SCHEDULING - Systems and methods of scheduling sub-carriers in an OFDMA system in which a scheduler takes into account channel conditions experienced by the communication devices to optimize channel conditions. The scheduler can partition a set of sub-carriers spanning an operating bandwidth into a plurality of segments. The segments can include a plurality of global segments that each includes a distinct non-contiguous subset of the sub-carriers spanning substantially the entire operating bandwidth. One or more of the global segments can be further partitioned into a plurality of local segments that each has a bandwidth that is less than a channel coherence bandwidth. The scheduler determines channel characteristics experienced by each communication device via reporting or channel estimation, and allocates one or more segments to communication links for each device according to the channel characteristics. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201873 | Rach preamble response with flexible ul allocation - A method for allocating resources between a mobile communication device and a network access node is described. The method includes sending a random access preamble message to the network access node. Receiving a random access response message which includes a response to the random access preamble message is also included in the method. The response includes UL resource allocation information for scheduling an UL transmission. The UL resource allocation information includes information identifying one or more individual time subframes allocated for the UL transmission. The method also includes sending the UL transmission in the identified one or more individual time subframes. Apparatus and computer readable memory are also described | 08-13-2009 |
20090201874 | RADIO BASE STATION, RELAY STATION , AND BAND ALLOCATION METHOD - A relay station for relaying communication between a radio base station which allocates to a terminal an uplink channel for notifying a requested band when any signal sequence out of a predetermined signal sequence group is received from the terminal, and allocates a transmission band according to the requested band notified from the terminal via the channel, and the terminal, including: a transmission unit which sends a specific signal sequence not included in the predetermined signal sequence group, wherein the relation station is allocated a predetermined transmission band by the radio base station, without the relation station is not allocated the uplink channel for notifying the requested band by the radio base station which is received the specific signal sequence. | 08-13-2009 |
20090201875 | Device And Method For Radio Communication - In a radio communication device that wirelessly communicates with mobile stations using shared radio resources, a communication decision unit determines whether information indicating a request for realtime communication is contained in a communication request received from a mobile station and/or communication setup data received from an upper-level device. A radio resource securing unit secures a radio resource continuously or periodically for the requesting mobile station if the received communication request and/or communication setup data contains information indicating a request for realtime communication. | 08-13-2009 |
20090207787 | RADIO BASE STATION, CONTROL APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station capable of performing an optimum scheduling suitable for an outside situation. The radio base station, which has a scheduling table ( | 08-20-2009 |
20090207788 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A disclosed base station includes a transmission-rate determining unit for determining a transmission rate of a control channel for transmitting an upper-layer control signal, and a transmitter for allocating a predetermined bandwidth to the control channel for transmitting the upper-layer control signal according to the determined transmission rate, and transmitting the signal. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207789 | Shared ip multimedia resource reservation - The invention is based on the idea of managing multimedia resource reservation by a solution in which, for a first user terminal, a first media terminal is searched and reserved ( | 08-20-2009 |
20090207790 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTINGTUNEAWAYSTATUS IN AN OPEN STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for setting TuneAwayStatus in an Open state is provided, the method comprising determining if a tune away schedule is in TuneAway state, setting a TunedAwayStatus to ‘1’, determining a QuickChannelInfo block that is missed during the time spent with TunedAwayStatus being ‘1’ and setting a QuickChannelInfoMissed timer to expire at the end of the first frame to follow the next QuickChannelInfo block. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207791 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RADIO TERMINAL - A radio terminal, in a transmission opportunity of each of plural kinds of allocation request schemes for a first uplink radio resource, the transmission opportunity being periodically allocated from the base station, estimates timings that the first uplink radio resource is allocated from the base station when an allocation request of a corresponding allocation request scheme is transmitted, based on a cycle of the transmission opportunity and a turnaround time of the allocation request scheme, and transmits the allocation request to the base station in a transmission opportunity selected by the estimated timing. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207792 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication terminal, which forms a wireless network with a plurality of other wireless communication terminals, includes a detection portion to detect a first communication management signal periodically transmitted via broadcast from another wireless communication terminal prior to communication of a data signal, a communication control portion to determine whether to transmit a second communication management signal to the wireless communication terminal to transmit the first communication management signal based on a detection status of the first communication management signal, and a wireless communication portion serving as a transmission portion to transmit the second communication management signal via unicast to the wireless communication terminal as a transmission source of the first communication management signal and as a reception portion to receive an acknowledge signal transmitted via unicast in response to the second communication management signal. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207793 | ACKNAK Repetition Schemes in Wireless Networks - ACK/NAK repetition may be necessary to provide sufficient coverage for cell edge UEs. For a coverage limited UE, a NodeB may inform the UE that ACK/NAK repetition is needed. Such information can be explicitly signaled to the UE via DL control channels or conveyed through higher layer signaling. Further, a specific resource for ACK/NAK repetition and the number of repeated transmissions of ACK/NAK are further signaled to the UE. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207794 | RESOURCE RELEASE AND DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MODE NOTIFICATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing indications related to discontinuous reception (DRX) and release of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resources from a base station to an access terminal. A DRX indicator that provides a command to an access terminal to transition to DRX mode and a resource release indicator that identifies one or more SPS resources (e.g., uplink, downlink, . . . ) previously assigned to the access terminal that are released can be transmitted within a common transaction. According to an example, the DRX indicator and the resource release indicator can be sent via disparate channels (e.g., PDCCH and PDSCH) within a single transmission time interval (TTI). Pursuant to a further example, the DRX indicator and the resource release indicator can be transferred within a common control message. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207795 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels. Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207796 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus i.e. Base Station for allocating resources in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating a plurality of first groups of allocation units based on one or more of a plurality of Modulation and Coding Schemes (MCSs) and traffic characteristics in the wireless communication system. The method further includes generating a second group of slots including resource allocation information for mapping first groups of allocation units to Mobile Stations (MSs) based on MCSs and traffic characteristics associated with first groups of allocation units and the MSs. Thereafter, the method persistently allocates each first group of allocation units to the MSs based on one or more of the resource allocation information and a communication state associated with each MS. Further, the method also identifies if each MS has succeeded in decoding the persistent resource allocation sent in the second group of slots. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207797 | Mapping between Logical and Physical Uplink Control Resource Blocks in Wireless Networks - A transmission of information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations on an uplink channel in a wireless network. A scheme for mapping between logical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource blocks (RBs) and physical RBs (PRBs) used by PUCCH is described. A logical uplink control resource block index n | 08-20-2009 |
20090207798 | Apparatus and method for allocating bursts in a broadband wireless communication system - A wireless communication system using multiple channels is provided. An apparatus includes an allocator for, when bursts are allocated to an Accessing Terminal (AT) which utilizes a plurality of channels at the same time, allocating the same amount of the bursts to each channel in use; a generator for, when a map message to be transmitted in a primary channel of the AT is generated, generating the map message which comprises allocation information of the bursts allocated to the AT; and a transmitter for transmitting the map message in the primary channel of the AT. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207799 | SDMA communication system for feeding back channel state information and method supporting the same - According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for feeding back Channel State Information (CSI) by a Base Station (BS) in a communication system using Space Division Multiple Access (SDMA). The CSI feedback method includes grouping Mobile Stations (MSs) into at least two groups; allocating a second feedback channel over which CSI is to be fed back, to semi-orthogonal MSs having a semi-orthogonal relationship with MSs included in a first group which is one of the at least two groups, among MSs included in a second group which is one of the at least two groups and is different from the first group; receiving CSIs being fed back from the semi-orthogonal MSs through the second feedback channel; and selecting at least one MS satisfying a semi-orthogonal criterion to the MSs included in the first group from among the semi-orthogonal MSs that feed back CSIs through the second feedback channel. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207800 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL MANAGEMENT IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CHANNELS - A method and apparatus for channel management in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system supporting multiple channels are provided. The method includes generating a candidate channel set from an available channel list, configuring a backup channel set by combining at least one candidate channel, and updating the backup channel set when a channel change event occurs. Accordingly, the multiple channels can be effectively used in CR communication. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207801 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SECTOR CHANNELIZATION AND POLARIZATION FOR REDUCED INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The present invention provides in one embodiment channel allocation and polarization techniques for reducing cross sector communications interference in a multiple access wireless communications environment. In one embodiment, channel allocation and/or polarization techniques may be applied in multiple-access wireless communications architectures to provide selective, simultaneous communications with wireless devices using a plurality of transmitters. In some embodiments, a transmitter is coupled to an antenna configured to provide simultaneous communications with wireless devices located in different spatial areas or sectors. In some embodiments, communications between wireless devices within a single sector, between wireless devices in different sectors and between wireless devices and a wired network or wireless backhaul network may be provided. | 08-20-2009 |
20090207802 | METHOD OF PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of processing control information in a mobile communication system is disclosed, by which an RRC connection setup can be quickly completed and by which control information can be processed without an unnecessary standby of a mobile terminal. The present invention includes the steps of receiving a plurality of protocol data units transmitted plural time from a transmitting side via one common logical channel by an RLC (radio link control) entity operating in a UM (unacknowledged mode) and having a receiving window and a timer, re-ordering a plurality of the received protocol data units using sequence numbers of a plurality of the received protocol data units, the receiving window and the timer, reassembling at least one service data unit by processing a plurality of the re-ordered protocol data units, and delivering the at least one service data unit. | 08-20-2009 |
20090213800 | Device and Method for Controlling State in Cellular System - A terminal state controlling method and apparatus are provided. The terminal state includes a connected state and an idle state, and the connected state includes an active state and a dormant state. The active state includes a scheduling-ON state and a scheduling-OFF state. In the state controlling apparatus, a radio resource control (RRC) layer controls a transition between the active state and the dormant state, and a media access control (MAC) layer controls a transition between the scheduling-ON state and the scheduling-OFF state. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213801 | Frequency planning method for wireless LANs - A method may include allocating channels of a wireless local area network (WLAN) including a plurality of access points to the plurality of access points based on a load of each access point. The load of each access point may include a user load and/or an interference load. The user load may be generated by each user of the access point. The interference load may be based on interference caused by transmissions between the remainder of the plurality of access points and users of the remainder of the plurality of access points. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213802 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A disclosed base station employs a multicarrier scheme and performs frequency scheduling in a frequency band including multiple resource blocks each including one or more subcarriers. The base station includes a frequency scheduler for receiving channel condition information from communication terminals and generating scheduling information to allocate resource blocks to selected communication terminals having good channel conditions based on the channel condition information; a coding and modulation unit for encoding and modulating control channels including a general control channel to be decoded by the communication terminals and specific control channels to be decoded by the selected communication terminals; a multiplexing unit for time-division-multiplexing the general control channel and the specific control channels according to the scheduling information; and a transmitting unit for transmitting the time-division-multiplexed signal according to the multicarrier scheme. The coding and modulation unit encodes the general control channel separately for the respective communication terminals. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213803 | Apparatus and method for estimating size of map message in broadband wireless communication - A resource allocation method of a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes estimating a size of a MAP message, and evaluating a size of an available burst allocation region according to the estimated size of the MAP message and allocating bursts in the evaluated-sized burst allocation region. Accordingly, when a DownLink (DL) subframe is used by being divining into a plurality of regions according to a burst characteristic, a throughput can be improved without waste of resources by estimating a resource amount occupied by a MAP message in the DL subframe. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213804 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE IN A MOBILE STATION - A method for supporting coexistence in a mobile station is provided. The method for supporting coexistence in the mobile station includes, at the mobile station, turning on Bluetooth at a start point of a WiMAX downlink subframe, stopping the operation of the Bluetooth if WiMAX channel quality of the mobile station becomes less than a threshold value during the operation of the Bluetooth, and, at the mobile station, turning off the operation of the Bluetooth at the start point of a WiMAX uplink subframe. Accordingly, it is possible to solve fragmentation by minimizing the interruption of the WiMAX transmission/reception and to improve WiMAX downlink throughput by restricting Bluetooth data transmission/reception according to the WiMAX channel quality. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213805 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for supporting data transmission on multiple carriers in a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) may determine available transmit power for data transmission on multiple carriers. The UE may distribute the available transmit power to multiple carriers (e.g., using uniform power distribution, greedy filling, water filling, etc.) to obtain allocated transmit power for data for each carrier. The UE may send at least one resource request with information indicative of the allocated transmit power for each of the multiple carriers to a Node B. The UE may receive at least one resource grant with information indicative of granted transmit power for each of at least one carrier, which may be all or a subset of the multiple carriers. The UE may send data on the at least one carrier and may limit its transmit power for each carrier to the granted transmit power for that carrier. | 08-27-2009 |
20090213806 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE - Terminal capability information relating to the capability of a wireless terminal device in which at least one of a first frequency bandwidth for use in an up link and a second frequency bandwidth for use in a down link is variable is associated with a terminal category in advance. When the terminal capability information is received from the wireless terminal device, the terminal category is designated from the terminal capability information, a link is set to the wireless terminal device, and a control signal corresponding to the link setting is transmitted. Control can be simplified by setting the link along the terminal category. | 08-27-2009 |
20090219862 | MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTERMITTENT RECEPTION METHOD - A mobile station includes: means that performs discontinuous reception only for a signaling control channel, means that determines presence or absence of traffic data addressed to the own mobile station, and means that, when it is determined that there is traffic data addressed to the own mobile station, receives corresponding shared data channel. A radio access network apparatus includes: means that determines a discontinuous reception state, means that determines a discontinuous reception channel, means that reports the determined discontinuous reception channel to the mobile station, and means that, when transmission data arises, transmits a control signal using the determined discontinuous reception channel and that transmits traffic data using a corresponding shared data channel. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219863 | METHODOLOGY FOR DESIGNING ENVIRONMENT ADAPTIVE ULTRA LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS & METHODS - Low-power wireless receivers and low-power communication methods and systems are provided. According to some embodiments, a low-power wireless receiver can comprise an input module, a controller, and a feedback loop. The input module can receive a wireless signal from a wireless communication channel. The controller can receive the wireless signal and provide a control signal corresponding to the wireless communication channel. The controller can be operatively configured to dynamically modify the control signal responsive to conditions of the wireless signal and/or the communication channel. The feedback loop can be disposed between the controller and the input module and can dynamically provide the control signal to the input module such that the input module can modify quality conditions of the wireless signal. Dynamic adaptations can occur in real-time so that a low-power wireless device can manage power consumption in response to a quality of signal metric that reflects conditions of a wireless communication channel. Other embodiments are also claimed and described. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219864 | Method for the Early Establishment of Uplink TBFS - A mobile station operating in EGPRS mode needs to the early establishment of an uplink TBF although has not data to send, at the only precautionary purpose of preventing an intolerable latency negatively affecting the subsequent delay-sensitive transmissions. To this aim, the mobile sends a Packet Channel Request message in one phase access mode including a new establishment cause called “Early TBF establishment”. The network establishes an uplink TBF indicating the requester and assigns a radio resource on one PDCH channel or more. Then the network schedules the transmission from the mobile station also when it does not have data to transmit other than dummy packets. This is performed through the USF flags in the usual manner. As soon as actual data become available for transmission, the mobile send them instead of dummy packets. In an alternative embodiment the mobile sends the Packet Channel Request message in two phase access mode. As soon as the Packet Uplink Assignment message is received by the mobile station, it sends a Packet resource Request message including an extended Uplink TBF information. The network behaves as in the previous case. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219865 | Information Encoding for a Backward Channel - The invention relates to an information encoding method for the backward channel of a base station (BS) of a mobile radio system. The base station (BS) comprises M resources and periodically emits (t), toward user terminals (UT), pilot signals enabling, via the latter, the measurement of quality of transmission of resources values (I). The storage (A) of at least one quality of reception of resources value ensues and the transformation (B) of each quality of reception of resources value (II) ensues by quantization into a quantized index value representative of the quality of reception value and constitutive of a metrix relative to each resource. The invention is for use in SDMA and/or OFDMA. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219866 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSITIONING FROM MONITOR STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is provided, comprising determining if a ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.PageReceived indication is generated and transitioning to an access state based upon the ForwardTrafficChannelMAC.PageReceived indication. A method and apparatus is further provided, comprising determining if a ControlChannelMAC.PageReceived indication is generated and transitioning to an access state based upon the ControlChannelMAC.PageReceived indication. A method and apparatus is further provided, comprising determining if a PageUATI message is received and transitioning to an access state. A method and apparatus is further provided, comprising determining if an OpenConnection Command is queued and transitioning to an access state. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219867 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PROCESSING AN ACCESS GRANT BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing an AccessGrant block in a wireless communication system is provided, comprising placing the AccessGrant in a public data, adjusting timing of the sector that transmitted the AccessGrant, instructing a RCC MAC to initialize transmit power and transmitting an AccessGrantReceived indication for a sector. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219868 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for scheduling radio resources in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes allocating radio resources to a specific User Equipment (UE), receiving a release request message of the allocated radio resources from the specific UE and re-allocating unused radio resources to other UEs other than the specific UE. The method according to the present invention can re-allocate unused radio resources to other UEs using a control signal received from a specific UE such that wasted radio resources are minimized and efficiency of data communication in a mobile communication system may be enhanced. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219869 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention pertains to the field of reservation methods for communication within a mobile communication network. It is a reservation method for communication within a mobile communication network ( | 09-03-2009 |
20090219870 | RESOURCE BLOCK CANDIDATE SELECTION TECHNIQUE EMPLOYING PACKET SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting data packets over a plurality of dynamically allocated resource blocks in at least one or a combination of a time, code or frequency domain on a shared channel of a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of selecting a number of resource block candidates for potential transmission of data packets destined for a receiver and transmitting the data packet to the receiver using at least one allocated resource block from the selected resource block candidates. The invention also relates to a corresponding method of decoding data packets, a transmitter, receiver and communication system. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219871 | Method of Operation in a Dual Carrier Communication System - A mobile device in a dual carrier communication system communicates with a network via first and second carriers by receiving data in the first cell via one of the first and second carriers on one carrier frequency, whilst receiving system information and/or downlink data from a second cell via the other of the first and second carriers on another carrier frequency. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219872 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless base station is disclosed. The wireless base station includes a traffic-identifying section which determines a type of traffic of data input; a resource manager and allocator which allocates, for the data input, a wireless resource at constant periods and in a constant pattern when the data input is of a type of traffic that is suitable for periodic allocation, and successively allocates a wireless resource available, for traffic of a type other than the type of the traffic that is suitable for the periodic allocation; and a retransmission-control switching unit which applies synchronous retransmission control for the type of the traffic that is suitable for the periodic allocation, and applies asynchronous retransmission control for the traffic of the other type when there is a retransmission request. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219873 | TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND RANDOM ACCESS CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed transmitting device includes a random access channel generating unit configured to generate a random access channel including a preamble that includes at least a part of control information; and a transmission control unit configured to allocate a continuous frequency band or a discontinuous comb-like frequency band set to a user and to transmit the random access channel in a system that flexibly supports multiple bandwidths. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219874 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system in which radio communication is carried out between a terminal and a base station through any of the predetermined number of random access slots. The radio communication system includes a base station which subjects a received access signal to CRC error judgment and signal-to-noise ratio judgment. When the CRC error judgment yields a code error, and when the signal-to-noise ratio is greater than a prescribed reference value, the radio communication system judges that there is collision of random access between a plurality of terminals. The communication system avoids a state in which communication cannot be established, and which arises when collision detection and a transmission reset function are not added to RACH in LTE. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219875 | FRAME FOR FLEXIBLY SUPPORTING HETEROGENEOUS MODES AND TDD/FDD MODES, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS USING THE SAME - A frame structure for flexibly supporting heterogeneous modes and TDD/FDD modes and a method for transmitting signals using the same are disclosed. A method for transmitting a signal using a preset frame structure in a communication system which supports a TDD mode and an FDD mode and supports two or more different communication schemes includes constructing a signal in units of the frames and transmitting the signal, wherein at least one of determination of a ratio of a DL region and a UL region within the frame when the communication system communicates according to the TDD mode allocation of a time region according to the modes of the communication schemes when the communication system communicates according to a heterogeneous mode supporting the two or more communication schemes and setting of a construction scheme of sub-frames within the frame in units of a prescribed number of the frames or super-frames, is performed on the basis of a specific unit comprised of n OFDM symbols corresponding to a multiple of a UL subchannelization unit. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219876 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD AND BASE STATION - A radio resource allocation control apparatus for controlling allocation of radio resources used in communication by a plurality of user equipment in a wireless communication system, the apparatus including a selecting unit for selecting a user equipment to which the allocation is performed by using a priority evaluation formula in which a plurality of user equipment having wireless communication characteristics that have a higher tendency of being selected as a target of the allocation vary when different coefficients are imparted. The apparatus includes a control unit for controlling the coefficients individually for the radio resources. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219877 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND ALLOCATION DETERMINING METHOD - A communication apparatus for communicating via a frame containing a plurality of first type blocks into which pilot information is inserted and a plurality of second type blocks into which control information or data is inserted, the communication apparatus including a channel estimation accuracy predicting unit for predicting channel estimation accuracy of each of the plurality of second type blocks based on channel estimate values of the plurality of first type blocks in the frame. The communication apparatus includes an allocation determining unit for determining an allocation based on priority information containing a priority of each type of the control information and data such that control information or data of a higher-priority type is inserted into a block among the plurality of second type blocks with higher channel estimation accuracy. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219878 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERSISTENT ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for persistent allocation in a wireless communication system are provided. An operation method of a Base Station (BS) includes determining if decoding information for one or more persistent allocations assigned to one or more corresponding Mobile Stations (MSs) is updated, if the decoding information is updated, generating a signaling message to signal the update of the decoding information, and transmitting the signaling message through a DL MAP. The signaling message includes an R_CID and ACID associated with at least one persistent allocation to which the updated decoding information is to be applied. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219879 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BANDWIDTH REQUEST/GRANT PROTOCOLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system is disclosed. One embodiment uses a self-correcting bandwidth request/grant protocol. The self-correcting bandwidth request/grant protocol utilizes a combination of incremental and aggregate bandwidth requests. CPEs primarily transmit incremental bandwidth requests to their associated base stations, followed by periodic transmissions of aggregate bandwidth requests. The use of periodic aggregate bandwidth requests (that express the current state of their respective connection queues) allows the bandwidth allocation method and apparatus to be “self-correcting”. Another embodiment utilizes an abridged bandwidth request/grant protocol to allocate bandwidth. The abridged bandwidth request/grant protocol system utilizes padding packets to request a reduction in bandwidth allocation to a CPE. A base station modem alerts a base station CPU when the BS modem receives a padding packet from a CPE. After alerting the BS CPU the method can reduce the associated CPE's bandwidth allocation. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219880 | AUTOMATIC QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method for providing quality-of-service based network resource allocation and utilization in a dynamic network environment. For example, a wireless communication network may comprise a first system and a second system. The first system may provide a current service to a user at a current quality level. The first system and second system may establish a wireless communication link. At least one of the first and second systems may determine whether utilizing one or more resources of the second system will provide the current service to the user at a higher level of quality than the current quality level. One or more resources of the second system may be allocated for providing the current service to a user at a higher quality level. The allocated resources may be utilized to provide the current service to the user at a higher quality level than the current quality level. | 09-03-2009 |
20090219881 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ENHANCED MESSAGES ON COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing new configurations for transmitting control information between a mobile terminal and a network using a common control channel (CCCH) logical channel/transport channel. The new configurations enable messages to be sent that are larger than currently allowed and the availability of the new configurations is indicated such that mobile terminals that do not support the new configurations are not impacted. | 09-03-2009 |
20090225704 | UPLINK TILE INDEX GENERATION APPARATUS AND A UPLINK SUBCHANNEL ALLOCATION APPARATUS OF AN OFDMA SYSTEM - A tile index generation apparatus for allocating subchannels of a control channel and a diversity channel, a subchannel allocation apparatus for allocating subchannels of a diversity channel, and a subchannel allocation apparatus for allocating subchannels of an adaptive modulation coding (AMC) channel, which are used for an uplink of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access (OFDMA) system, are provided. With these subchannel allocation apparatuses, optimum designs for the uplink subchannel allocation in the OFDM scheme can be provided to a modulator of a subscriber station and a demodulator of a base station, and so the uplink subchannel allocation apparatus has a simple structure and an enhanced transmission speed. | 09-10-2009 |
20090225711 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIORITIZING LOGICAL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for prioritizing logical channels when a new transmission is performed. Logical channel resources are allocated for available data to a plurality of logical channels. A maximum bit rate (MBR) credit (i.e., token) is decremented in a buffer (i.e., bucket) associated with a particular one of the logical channels by the size of a medium access control (MAC) service data unit (SDU). The MBR credit may have a negative value. If any of the allocated channel resources remain, the logical channels are served n a decreasing priority order until the data is exhausted. A radio link control (RLC) SDU is not segmented if the whole RLC SDU fits into the remaining resources. The MAC SDU excludes a MAC PDU header and MAC padding. | 09-10-2009 |
20090225714 | Apparatus and method for composing diversity subchannel in wireless communication system - An apparatus and a method for composing a subchannel in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes performing a subband-based permutation on resources for composing a subchannel; selecting one or more subbands as resources for a band selection subchannel from the resources passing through the subband-based permutation; composing the band selection subchannel using at least one of the selected subbands; performing a resource allocation unit based permutation on resources not selected for the band selection subchannel; composing a resource allocation unit based diversity subchannel using subband remained in the selected subbands after the band selection subchannel is composed and at least one of the resource allocation units of the resources passing through the resource allocation unit based permutation; and composing a tone-based diversity subchannel by performing a tone-based permutation on resources remained after the resource allocation unit based diversity subchannel is composed. | 09-10-2009 |
20090225718 | TECHNIQUES FOR SETTING UP TRAFFIC CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A control channel supporting traffic control in epochs is divided into two control subchannels each being less than or equal to about a half epoch in duration and occurring serially in time. Slot allocation data may be transmitted and received independently over the subchannels. One subchannel may be used for transmitting forward slot allocation data and the other subchannel may be used for transmitting reverse slot allocation data. The channel split into two subchannels may be a paging channel. The forward and reverse slot allocation data may be transmitted between a base station processor and field unit. Forward and reverse traffic data may be staggered by at least about half an epoch. Transmission of traffic data happens within about two epochs after the assignments. | 09-10-2009 |
20090232059 | Latency Reduction When Setting Up An Uplink Wireless Communications Channel - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction responding <> to downlink data when received <>. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232060 | METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM FOR ESTABLISHING A ROUTING PATH DURING A NETWORK ENTRY PROCESS OF A SUBSCRIBER STATION BASED ON A MULTI-HOP RELAY STANDARD - A method, a wireless communication system, a communication apparatus, and a tangible machine-readable medium for establishing a routing path during a network entry process of an SS based on a multi-hop relay standard are provided. The wireless communication system comprises a BS, an SS, and an RS. The SS transmits an RNG-REQ of the SS to the RS with a ranging CID. The RS allocates an SS CID for the SS, and transmits an RNG-RSP having the SS CID to the SS with the ranging CID. Then the SS transmits an SBC-REQ with the SS CID to the BS through the RS. Finally, the BS transmits an SBC-RSP to the SS through the RS after receiving the SBC-REQ. The routing path of the SS is updated into a routing table of the RS according to one of the SBC-REQ and the SBC-RSP. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232061 | RECONFIGURABLE MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEMS AND METHODS - An exemplary wireless commutation device and method are disclosed for configuring a plurality of radio resources including a first radio resource and second radio resource in the wireless communication device. According to one aspect, the first and second radio resources are configured for spatial multiplexing according to a first communication system type. Upon receiving a request for communication over a second communication system type, at least one of the first and second radio resources are re-configured for communication over the second communication system type. According to another aspect, a first communication link over the first communication system is maintained while establishing a second communication link over the second communication system. According to another aspect, the other of the first and second radio resources for non-spatial multiplexing are re-configured according to the first communication system type. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232062 | Base Station, Communication Terminal, Transmission Method And Reception Method - A base station includes: means configured to manage frequency blocks; means configured to determine, for each frequency block, scheduling information for assigning one or more resource blocks to a communication terminal being in a good channel state; means configured to generate a control channel including the scheduling information for each frequency block; and means configured to frequency multiplexing control channels within the system frequency band and to transmit it. In addition, the base station transmits the control channel by separating a non-specific control channel to be decoded by a non-specific communication terminal and a specific control channel to be decoded by a communication terminal to which one or more resource blocks are assigned. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232063 | Arrangements for association and re-association in a wireless network - A method is disclosed for associating network devices to a network. The method can include receiving a beacon from a source by an antenna array, allocating resources to beamform and beamforming after receiving at least a portion of the beacon. The beamforming can be accomplished prior to completion of an association request and prior to receipt of an acceptance signal in response to the association request. Accordingly directional transmissions can be utilized transmit at least part of an association request and to transmit an acceptance signal corresponding to the association request. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232064 | Scheduling in Multi-Cell Multi-Carrier Wireless Systems - Transmission is scheduled in a multi-cell multi-carrier wireless network. Assignments are determined for subcarriers by determining marginal gains for receivers, determining a receiver and an associated base station corresponding to a highest marginal gain, and assigning the receiver to the base station. These steps may be iteratively repeated until each of the receivers is assigned to a base station. The subcarriers are then allocated to the receivers by selecting the receiver with the highest gain. Alternatively, assignments are determined for subcarriers by determining a maximum additional queue size reduction, determining an assignment for each of the subcarriers, determining a receiver associated with a base station that has the determined maximum additional queue size reduction, assigning the receiver to the base station, and allocating the subcarriers to the receivers in the base stations. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232065 | Methods of assigning resources for the uplink control channel in LTE - A method of a slot-level remapping physical uplink control channels into two resource blocks respectively located at two slots of a subframe, is generally adapted to a complex 3GPP LTE physical uplink where ACK/NAK recourse blocks may be applied by the extended cyclic prefix, mixed resource blocks (where the ACK/NAK and CQI channels coexist) may be applied by the normal cyclic prefix, or mixed recourse blocks (where the ACK/NAK and CQI channels coexist) may be applied by the extended cyclic prefix. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232066 | Apparatus, methods, and computer program products providing improved flexible resource usage - In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, an apparatus includes: a transmitter configured to send an advertisement message having communication information for an access point; and a receiver configured to receive a flexible use message indicative of how the access point may utilize at least a portion of a shared communication resource. In another exemplary embodiment of the invention, an apparatus includes: a receiver configured to receive an advertisement message having communication information for an access point; and a transmitter configured to transmit to the access point a flexible use message indicative of how the access point may utilize at least a portion of a shared communication resource. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232067 | ACK/NACK channelization for resource blocks containing both ACK/NACK and CQI - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: transmitting a value from an access node towards an apparatus, where the value is indicative of a size of a first portion of an uplink resource block, where the uplink resource block is shared among a plurality of apparatus, where the first portion is specified for transmission of a first type of signaling to the access node, where a second portion of the uplink resource block is specified for transmission of a second type of signaling to the access node; and receiving at least one transmission using at least one of the first portion and the second portion. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232068 | METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ASSIGNING CHANNELS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method for dynamic channel assignment for a wireless communication system. First, a respective channel allocation probability vector at each mobile terminal is randomly generated, and is then sent to the base stations covering the mobile terminal. Subsequently, the channel allocation probability vectors are integrated into channel allocation information for the mobile terminals covered by the base station. Afterwards, based on the channel allocation information, a corresponding channel allocation notice is sent to the mobile terminals covered by the base station, respectively. Finally, according to the channel allocation notice, the channels of the base station are assigned for the mobile terminals covered by the base station. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232069 | Method for Status Reporting in Wireless Communication Systems When One-Time Allocated Resource Is Insufficent - A wireless communication terminal ( | 09-17-2009 |
20090232070 | Data and Control Multiplexing in PUSCH in Wireless Networks - Transmission of information in a wireless network is performed by allocating a channel from a transmitter to a receiver. The channel has at least one time slot with each time slot having a plurality of symbols. Each slot contains at least one reference symbol (RS). As information becomes available for transmission, it is classified as prioritized information (PI) and other information. One or more priority symbols are generated using the digital samples of the priority information. Other symbols are generated using the other data. Priority symbols are transmitted on the channel in a manner that separation of priority symbol(s) and a reference symbol does not exceed a time duration of one symbol. For example, Rank Indicator (RI) is transmitted using symbol k, ACKNAK is transmitted using symbol k+1; and the reference signal (RS) is transmitted using symbol k+2, wherein symbols k, k+1, and k+2 are consecutive in time. The other symbols are transmitted in available locations. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232071 | Apparatus and method for using guard band as data subcarrier in communication system supporting frequency overlay - A method and apparatus for using a guard band as a data subcarrier in a communication system supporting frequency overlay are provided. In a method of operating mobile station for using a guard band as a subcarrier for signal transmission in a communication system supporting frequency overlay, the method includes searching for a first center frequency located at a position corresponding to an integer multiple of a subcarrier spacing, after searching for the first center frequency, receiving information indicating the numbers n | 09-17-2009 |
20090232072 | Resource allocation apparatus and method in broadband wireless communication system - A resource allocation apparatus and method in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A communication method of a base station includes allocating a resource region to a user by performing resource scheduling, determining a node ID corresponding to the allocated resource region according to a hybrid resource structure based on a triangle structure in which at least one branch is configured as tree branch, configuring resource allocation information including the determined node ID, and transmitting the configured resource allocation information to the user. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PHYSICAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION, METHOD OF DATA RECEIVING, AND RECEIVING END - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus of physical resource allocation as well as a method of data receiving and a receiving end in a wireless communication system. The method of physical resource allocation includes: detecting a pilot signal sent by each user within a designated range; obtaining received power of the pilot signal sent by each user; scheduling each user within the designated range to obtain a user group including at least one user according to the received power; and allocating a same physical resource to each user of the user group. According to the method and the apparatus, it is possible to reuse a physical resource and sequentially decode data packets corresponding to users in a user group occupying the same physical resource according to the Capture Effect and interference cancellation technology, thereby improving the spectrum efficiency and throughput of uplink or downlink greatly. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232074 | AUCTION BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems and methods to assign one or more resources in a multi-user cellular Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) uplink includes specifying a resource allocation problem for one or more resources; converting the resource allocation problem into an assignment problem; solving the assignment problem through an auction; and allocating one or more resources to cellular users to maximize a system utility. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232075 | Radio Communication System, Base Station, Mobile Station and Resource Block Allocation Method - A radio communication system includes at least one mobile station and a base station, wherein one and the same two-dimensional table, in which resource block numbers are allocated to a plurality of resource blocks obtained by dividing a system bandwidth by a frequency domain, is stored in both the base station and the at least one mobile station, and allocation information representing allocation of the resource block numbers in the two-dimensional table is transmitted from the base station to one of the at least one mobile station. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232076 | Method and Apparatus for Handling a Contention-Based Random Access Procedure - A method for handling a contention-based random access procedure in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of sending a Scheduled Transmission message, which applies an HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat request) process for transmission, starting a Contention Resolution Timer and monitoring a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), and flushing a buffer of the HARQ process used for transmission of the Scheduled Transmission message when a contention result of the random access procedure is determined. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232077 | Media Receiver Hub - A media receiver hub receives wireless signals from multiple sources (e.g., satellite signals from multiple satellites) and provides the signals to end devices over a local network. According to an example embodiment, a satellite hub is responsive to channel input selections received from end devices by selecting channels from within received satellite signals, and by converting each channel into a format amenable for delivery to and use at an end device requesting the channel. The converted channels are communicated to the end devices over a network that also facilitates communications between the devices, by restricting the communications to using a portion of the available bandwidth of the network, reserving bandwidth for communications with and/or between the end devices (or other network devices). | 09-17-2009 |
20090232078 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAC LAYER INVERSE MULTIPLEXING IN A THIRD GENERATION RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A channel inverse multiplexer/multiplexer (IMUX/MUX) ( | 09-17-2009 |
20090232079 | FRAME STRUCTURES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Superframe preamble structures for wireless communication systems are provided. The preamble can include system determination information, which can improve acquisition performance. The superframe structures can allow efficient determination of flexible parameters that determine preamble structure. The superframe structures can also facilitate quick paging capacity to scale with bandwidth. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232080 | FREQUENCY REUSING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO ACCESS STATION SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a frequency reusing method for efficiently transmitting traffics in a radio access station system. A frequency reusing method in a wireless communication system including a coverage region, which has first, second and third regions comprises (a) transmitting traffics by assigning a total frequency band, which includes different three sub-frequency bands, to the first, second and third regions during a first interval; and (b) transmitting the traffics by respectively assigning the different three sub-frequency bands to the first, second and third regions during a second interval. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232081 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A TRAFFIC INDICATION MESSAGE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting a traffic indication message in a Broadband Wireless Access communication system. A base station (BS) transmits the traffic indication message to mobile subscriber stations (MSSs). The traffic indication message includes information on a number of MSS groups and information on a number of traffic indication indexes, each of the MSS groups includes a predetermined number of MSSs, and each of the traffic indication indexes is assigned to each of the MSS groups, and includes a bitmap including a predetermined number of bits. The predetermined number of bits is identical to the number of the MSSs included in each of the MSS groups, each of the predetermined number of the bits is assigned to each of the MSSs included in each of the MSS groups, and represents operation instruction information for each of the MSSs. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232082 | Method And Apparatus For Providing Quality Of Service (QOS) In A Wireless Local Area Network - Methods, apparatus, and computer programs for configuring one or more transmission parameters of a wireless client in a wireless local area network (WLAN) are provided. In one implementation, the method includes associating a wireless client with a wireless communication system in a WLAN, and at the wireless client, receiving one or more real-time data packets transmitted from the wireless communication system. Each real-time data packet contains real-time data in an uncompressed format. The method further includes sending an acknowledgement (ACK) packet for each real-time data packet correctly received by the wireless client. | 09-17-2009 |
20090232083 | METHOD FOR SELECTING TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION GUARANTEED QOS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to selecting a transport format combination (TFC) such that a quality of service (QoS) is guaranteed in a mobile communication system of a certain level even for a service having a low priority. The present invention selects a transport format combination such that not only a priority of each service is guaranteed but also a service quality is guaranteed by an MAC layer at the time of transporting services having different QoSs and different priorities. | 09-17-2009 |
20090238120 | Dynamic Scheduling Overwriting of Semi-Persistent Allocation in an Uplink - A user equipment (UE) comprising a processor such that, responsive to the UE having a large packet to transmit and where the large packet is larger than a semi-persistent resource allocated to the UE, the processor is configured to promote transmission of a buffer status report in one of the allocated semi-persistent resources and receive a dynamically allocated resource for transmitting the large packet. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238121 | Techniques for Reducing Communication Errors in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes transmitting a scheduling request from the wireless communication device and receiving, following the scheduling request, an uplink grant that assigns an uplink channel to the wireless communication device. A time period between the scheduling request and the uplink grant is determined. Only channel quality information is transmitted in the uplink channel when the uplink grant requests the channel quality information and the time period is less than a predetermined time period. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238122 | Method for Allocating Non-Dedicated Resource as a Dedicated Resource - A method of allocating resources and signatures of a random access resource (RACH) ( | 09-24-2009 |
20090238123 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method capable of containing a plenty of mobile stations for receiving low-rate data and avoiding lowering a system throughput. A group ID assigning unit ( | 09-24-2009 |
20090238124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMBINED MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL AND RADIO LINK CONTROL PROCESSING - A method and apparatus for combined medium access control (MAC) and radio link control (RLC) processing are disclosed. For uplink processing, a combined MAC/RLC (CMR) entity generates an SDU descriptor and allocates protocol data unit (PDU) descriptor resources. A protocol engine (PE) populates a PDU descriptor for each PDU carrying at least a portion of the SDU and generates a MAC PDU in a physical layer shared memory based on the SDU descriptor and the PDU descriptor. The MAC PDU is generated while moving RLC SDU data from the bulk memory to the physical layer shared memory. For downlink processing, received MAC PDUs are stored in the physical layer shared memory. The PE reads MAC and RLC headers in the MAC PDU and populates an SDU segment descriptor (SD) and corresponding PDU descriptors for each SDU segment. The CMR entity merges SDU SDs that comprise a same RLC SDU. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238125 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATION OF TRANSMISSION RATE IN A RADIO TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a node and a method for allocation of transmission rates to a mobile terminal for sending packet data over an air interface in a radio telecommunications network by sending messages to the mobile terminal using at least a first radio channel. The invention comprises: providing at least a first grant queue for queuing messages to mobile terminals, the messages indicating allocated transmission rates to be sent over the at least first radio channel; receiving a rate request from a mobile terminal; allocating a transmission rate to the mobile terminal in dependence of the current air interface interference and the assigned transmission rates in the grant queue; and queuing a message, to be sent to the mobile terminal, indicating the allocated transmission rate in the grant queue. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238126 | Communication System, Mobile Station, And Communication Method - A communication system includes a mobile station and a base station. The mobile station calculates estimated TA information based on the position of the mobile station and an amount of propagation path delay. The mobile station determines, based on TA information transmitted from the base station and the estimated TA information, whether the TA information is addressed thereto. The mobile station determines whether to transmit “Message | 09-24-2009 |
20090238127 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a mobile communication system which comprises a plurality of base stations each accommodating mobile terminals via radio channels, and base station control devices connecting the base stations to an Internet Protocol (IP) network via cable channels, and achieves voice communication through Voice over IP (VoIP) via the IP network. And the mobile communication system comprises a system management device which is connected to the base station control devices via the IP network and acquires operation information of the plurality of base stations through the base station control devices. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238128 | Method of data communication in a wireless communication system - A method of data communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving data in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving scheduling information from a network, the scheduling information including downlink (DL) resource assignment information and an indicator; if the scheduling information includes a first UE identity and the first indicator has a first value, utilizing the scheduling information as configuration information of a persistent scheduling to receive a downlink data packet from the network; and if the scheduling information includes the first UE identity and the first indicator has a second value, utilizing the scheduling information to receive a retransmission data packet from the network. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238129 | Mathod for configuring different data block formats for downlink and uplink - A method for establishing a radio bearer in a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving configuration information about a specific protocol layer, the configuration information indicating separate configuring of a downlink data block format and an uplink data block format for an entity of the specific protocol layer, wherein the entity of the specific protocol layer has both a transmitting side and a receiving side, and configuring the downlink data block format and the uplink data block format separately for the entity of the specific protocol layer according to the received configuration information. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238130 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A method for allocating uplink radio resources to a radio communication device includes transmitting a polling signal; allocating radio resources for data transmission based on a response signal to the polling signal; suspending transmission of the polling signal when it is determined that a condition to omit the transmission of the polling signal is satisfied; and allocating radio resources for data transmission while the transmission of the polling signal is suspended. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238131 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate improved resource management in a wireless communication system. As described herein, supergroups can be formed from groups of Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Channels (PHICHs) such that respective PHICH supergroups are multiplexed onto respective non-overlapping resource element subsets, thereby improving resource usage efficiency for the extended cyclic prefix case and limited numbers of transmit antennas. In one example described herein, even-indexed PHICH groups are mapped to a selected subset of resource elements in a group while odd-indexed PHICH groups are mapped to the remaining resource elements in the group. This mapping can be performed by modifying orthogonal sequences associated with the PHICH groups and/or by performing resource mapping in different manners for respective PHICH supergroups. Upon receiving a transmission of mapped PHICH information, a receiving entity can leverage knowledge of the mapping to decode transmitted PHICH information using the proper resource subset(s). | 09-24-2009 |
20090238132 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a communication module configured to wirelessly communicate with first and second counterpart communication apparatuses through a wireless channel during a period in which the wireless channel is allowed to be exclusively used, wherein the communication module multiplexes first and second data frames and transmits the first and second data frames to the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses, wherein the communication module completes receiving first and second receipt confirmation frames being respectively sent from the first and second counterpart communication apparatuses at first and second receipt completion timings, the second receipt completion timing being in synchronization with the first receipt completion timing, and wherein the communication module transmits a next first data frame and a next second data frame after elapse of a given time from the first receipt completion timing and the second receipt completion timing. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238133 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A communication system includes a plurality of communication stations arranged to respectively transmit a beacon on which beacon time information related to a beacon received from a peripheral communication station is placed at a predetermined transmission interval and control a beacon transmission timing of its own station while a collision with the beacon transmitted from the peripheral communication station is avoided on the basis of beacon information placed on the received beacon, in which at least a part of the communication stations includes means configured to decide a priority with respect to beacons received from at least one peripheral communication station and means configured to place beacon time information of a beacon having a high priority among the received beacons on a beacon of its own station, and transmits the beacon at a predetermined transmission interval. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238134 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD AND WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus that transmits a wireless signal, the wireless communication apparatus including a dividing unit that divides data transmitted in a data area of a frame format of the wireless signal into a plurality of segments. The wireless communication apparatus includes an encoding unit that encodes the data segmented by the dividing unit segment by segment. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238135 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL QUALITY OF SERVICE SUPPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A system for providing Quality of Service (QoS) for voice over internet protocol (VoIP) provides a remote station with the address of an SIP proxy server. The initiates a VoIP service flow by sending an Invite to the proxy server via a bay station. If the service flow is authorized, the remote station transmits a request to the base station to establish a service flow having a selected QoS. The proxy server also provides a dynamic address for a voice gateway. Once the service flow is established, the remote station transmits RTP packets to the designated voice gateway using the service flow having the designated QoS level. | 09-24-2009 |
20090238136 | UPLINK POWER HEADROOM DEFINITION FOR E-DCH IN CELL_FACH - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reporting an uplink power headroom (UPH) during an E-DCH transmission in a CELL_FACH state. For a E-DCH transmission, a reduced measurement period can be utilized in order to report a UPH measurement. In particular, the reduced measurement period can be less than 100 milliseconds. The UPH measurement can be communicated based upon receipt of AICH/E-AICH and transmission of DPCCH for a configurable number of radio frames. The UPH measurement can be based upon the transmitted power prior to actual data transmission. Additionally, the UPH measurement can be included within scheduling information portion of a MAC header. | 09-24-2009 |
20090245182 | ADAPTIVELY REACTING TO RESOURCE UTILIZATION MESSAGES INCLUDING CHANNEL GAIN INDICATION - An adaptable decision parameter is used to determine whether to react to resource utilization messages. The decision parameter may comprise a decision threshold that is adapted based on received resource utilization messages. The decision parameter may comprise a probability that is used to determine whether to react to a received resource utilization message. Such a probability may be based on, for example, one or more channel conditions, the number of interferers seen by a node, the number of received resource utilization messages, or some other form of resource utilization message-related information. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245183 | SIMULTANEOUS ACTIVE REGISTRATION IN A SIP SURVIVABLE NETWORK CONFIGURATION - Provided are methods, devices, and systems for maintaining a SIP survivable network. The present invention is adapted to allow SIP endpoints or User Agents to discover and select the controller or controllers that the SIP endpoint will register with. Selection of the controller or controllers may be based upon the relative attributes of the controllers and the needs of the SIP endpoint. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245184 | CONCIERGE LAUNCHER - In accordance with an example embodiment, there is disclosed herein an application launcher, referred to herein as a “Concierge Launcher,” that enables a mobile device to access a wireless local area network (WLAN) and launch an application with one click. In an example embodiment, the WLAN advertises one or more services, for example a Concierge Service, along with the identity of the provider of the service and optionally a Uniform Resource Indicator (URI) for the application to use the service. The mobile device is configured to detect the advertisement and notify an end user of the availability of the service. If the end user selects the service, the provider of the service is validated, and an application, such as a web browser, on the mobile device configured to use the service is started. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245185 | Method of Scheduling Groups of Mobile Users - A method of scheduling groups of mobile users includes setting a group identifier for each mobile user and scheduling physical layer resources at a base station for those users requiring resources. The physical layer resources are divided into sub-resources shared between mobile users having the same group identifier and provide an indication with the physical layer resources of the occurrence and position within the physical layer resources of the sub-resources allocated to each mobile user in the group. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245186 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN PACKETS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The subject matter relates to a method for transmitting data in packets in a radio communications system, according to which the receipt of data packets from at least two terminals is confirmed by a base station of the radio communications. The confirmation of receipt takes place without an overlap in time, using identical resources. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245187 | Downlink phich mapping and channelization - Methods and apparatus for downlink Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat-reQuest (HARQ) Indicator Channel (PHICH) mapping and channelization in a communication system. First, a base station assigns uplink (UL) physical resource block (PRB) indices to a set of units of user equipment in a cell. Then, for each user equipment, the base station calculates an index triple (K | 10-01-2009 |
20090245188 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided is a resource allocation method capable of improving a reception quality when connecting a plurality of sub frames into one frame and performing a communication process for each of the frames. In this method, when a sub frame # | 10-01-2009 |
20090245189 | Radio Communication Terminal, Radio Base Station, and Packet Communication Method - A radio communication terminal according to the present invention selects any one of a first session setting mode and a second session setting mode depending on a communication condition of the radio communication terminal. If the first session setting mode is selected, an auxiliary service instance and a main service instance are set on the same radio communication channel. If the second session setting mode is selected, a radio communication channel dedicated for an auxiliary service instance is set and the auxiliary service instance is set on the thus set radio communication channel. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245190 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station used in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The radio base station includes a scheduler configured to allocate one or more resource blocks, which are defined by a predetermined bandwidth and a predetermined transmission time interval, to a user device; and a reporting unit configured to report scheduling information indicating radio resource allocation to the user device. The scheduler is configured to generate the scheduling information such that downlink data channels and downlink control channels are transmitted using the transmission time interval as a transmission unit and uplink control channels are transmitted using an integral multiple of the transmission time interval as a transmission unit. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245191 | Extension of power headroom reporting and trigger conditions - A method can include determining a power headroom report, and transmitting the headroom report. The power headroom report can provide both positive and negative values of power headroom according to the determination, in which negative values indicate the missing power in dB to fulfill requirements, such as those given by current resource allocation and modulation and coding scheme. This method can be implemented by encoding instructions for performing this method on a computer-readable medium, such that the instructions when execute cause the computer to execute the method as a computer process. The method can further include receiving a power headroom report. The method can additionally include allocating radio network resources based on the power headroom report. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245192 | Reconfigurable Wireless Modem Sub-Circuits To Implement Multiple Air Interface Standards - A flexible and reconfigurable digital system (for example, a wireless modem) includes a set of sub-circuits. Each sub-circuit includes a task manager and an amount of configurable hardware circuitry for performing a type of operation on a data stream. The task manager of a sub-circuit can configure and control the configurable hardware of the sub-circuit. A central processor configures and orchestrates operation of the sub-circuits by maintaining a set of task lists in a tightly coupled memory. Each task list includes task instructions for a corresponding sub-circuit. The task manager of a sub-circuit reads task instructions from its task list and controls its associated hardware circuitry as directed by the instructions. A timestamp task instruction and a push task instruction and the task list architecture allow modem sub-circuits to be easily reconfigured to operate in accordance with either a first air interface standard or a second air interface standard. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245193 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING VIRTUAL RESOURCES TO PHYSICAL RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for mapping virtual resources to physical resources in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a virtual resource (e.g., a virtual resource block) may be mapped to a physical resource in a selected subset of physical resources based on a first mapping function, which may map contiguous virtual resources to non-contiguous physical resources in the selected subset. The physical resource in the selected subset may then be mapped to an allocated physical resource (e.g., a physical resource block) among a plurality of available physical resources based on a second mapping function. In one design, the first mapping function may include (i) a re-mapping function that maps an index of the virtual resource to a temporary index and (ii) a permutation function (e.g., a bit-reversed row-column interleaver) that maps the temporary index to an index of the physical resource in the selected subset. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245194 | DYNAMIC ASSIGNMENT OF ACK RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for dynamically assigning acknowledgement (ACK) resource to a user equipment (UE) are described. For dynamic scheduling, a scheduling message may be used to send scheduling information for a single transmission of data. For semi-persistent scheduling, a scheduling message may be used to send a semi-persistent assignment for multiple transmissions of data. In an aspect, at least one field of a scheduling message, which is normally used to carry scheduling information for dynamic scheduling, may be re-used to carry an ACK resource assignment for semi-persistent scheduling. In one design, a UE may receive a scheduling message carrying a semi-persistent assignment and may obtain an assignment of ACK resource from the at least one field of the scheduling message. The UE may receive a transmission of data sent in accordance with the semi-persistent assignment, determine ACK information for the transmission of data, and send the ACK information with the ACK resource. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245195 | TRANSMISSION OF SIGNALING MESSAGES USING BEACON SIGNALS - Techniques for sending signaling messages with beacon signals in a wireless communication network are described. In one design, a transmitter station may map a signaling message (e.g., a reduce interference request) to multiple code symbols. The transmitter station may select multiple resource elements from among a plurality of resource elements based on the multiple code symbols. In one design, each code symbol may be sent across frequency by selecting one of multiple subcarriers in one symbol period. In another design, each code symbol may be sent across time by selecting one of multiple symbol periods on one subcarrier. The transmitter station may generate a beacon signal having transmit power on the selected resource elements and no transmit power on remaining resource elements. The transmitter station may send the beacon signal to at least one receiver station. | 10-01-2009 |
20090245196 | Wireless Communications Method, Wireless Control Station, And Wireless Base Station - The present invention relates to a wireless communications method, a wireless control station, and a wireless base station. One of the objects of the present invention is to make it possible to allocate the wireless resources to more than one road side device without interference thereamong. Therefore, the allocation information in the communications regions, used by the wireless base stations in their communications with the wireless terminal from the wireless control station, is sent to each of the wireless base stations, and each of the signal base stations performs communications with the wireless terminal by using the communications region in the wireless frame corresponding to the allocation information received from the wide-area control station. | 10-01-2009 |
20090252092 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication terminal apparatus and the like wherein even under an environment that the propagation path characteristic is different for each of frequency bands of OFDM signals, the error rates of all the frequency bands are reduced to improve the communication rate. In this apparatus, a connection destination deciding part ( | 10-08-2009 |
20090252093 | Communication Resource Management - The invention involves management of communication resources ( | 10-08-2009 |
20090252094 | Method for allocating wireless communication resources in distributed antenna system - A method for allocating wireless communication resources in a distributed antenna system, in which the reuse factor of the wireless communication resource is further reduced and the utilization efficiency of the wireless communication resources is improved. In a group of service areas joining as a node in the system, the coverage area of each service area is divided into a central region and a boundary region, with each central region forming a central region allocating unit, and the boundary regions of a pair of adjoining service areas forming a boundary region allocating unit; each central region allocating unit is allocated with the same wireless communication resources and the quantity thereof is decided by the ratio of the area size of said central region to the area size of said service area, and also the quantity of all usable wireless communication resources in the system; each boundary region allocating unit is allocated with different wireless communication resources and the quantity thereof is decided by the remaining wireless quantity of wireless communication resources after the quantity of all usable wireless communication resources in the system minus the quantity of the wireless communication resources allocated to the central region allocating unit, and also the number of said boundary region reallocating units; and in a different group of service areas joining at one node, all usable wireless communication resources in said system are reused by the same allocating mode. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252095 | Cognitive radio system and method - A cognitive radio system and method for clear and idle channel survey in Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. Through computing average value of Received-Signal-Strength-Indicator (RSSI_AVG) in each channel, clear channels without interference from other RF devices can be distinguished in the present system and method. Based on an actual WLAN setup, a further AP has a larger possibility to be an idle and clear AP. In the present system and method, searching available channels from furthest AP to nearest AP therefore helps to reduce time of channel survey through repeated rises of signal strength threshold. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252096 | Apparatus and Method for Dynamic Frequency Selection in Wireless Networks - A wireless endpoint is a Wireless Regional Area Network (WRAN) endpoint, such as a base station (BS) or customer premise equipment (CPE). The WRAN endpoint can transmit an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) signal comprising 2048 subcarriers in a channel. The 2048 subcarriers are divided into 16 subcarrier sets, or subchannels, each subcarrier set comprising 128 subcarriers. However, upon detection of an incumbent narrowband signal in the channel, the WRAN endpoint forms a frequency usage map for transmission to another WRAN endpoint, wherein the frequency usage map identifies one, or more, of the subcarrier sets that would interfere with the incumbent narrowband signal. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252097 | BAND STEERING FOR MULTI-BAND WIRELESS CLIENTS - Band steering for multi-band wireless clients. In a wireless digital network having at least one central controller and a plurality of access nodes connected to the central controller, and wherein some of the access nodes support a preferred wireless band and at least one non-preferred wireless band, the central controller identifies wireless client devices capable of multi-band operation, and encourages them to connect to the preferred wireless band. Client devices may be identified as multi-band capable by tracking probe requests. The central controller keeps a list of multi-band capable clients, for example in a database. This information is provided to other central controllers, and to access nodes attached to the central controller. Multi-band capable clients are encouraged to connect on the preferred wireless band for example by having the access nodes not respond to probe requests on the non-preferred wireless bands. Connections made on the non-preferred wireless bands may be moved to the preferred wireless band. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252098 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD USING COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION AND NETWORK CODING TRANSMISSION SCHEME - A communication device and method using a cooperative transmission and network coding transmission scheme are provided. A mobile station (MS) includes a data receiving unit to receive network coding data transmitted from at least one relay station (RS) and downlink data transmitted from a base station (BS), and a data transmission unit to transmit uplink data to the BS and the at least one RS, wherein the BS transmits the downlink data to the at least one RS. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252099 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING FREQUENCY SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION - Interference that occurs during wireless communication may be managed by determination of a selected transmit waveform exhibiting a preferred channel quality. A method, apparatus and medium of communication determine a transmit waveform from among a plurality of allocated waveforms of an unplanned access point to an associated access terminal. The transmit waveform exhibiting a highest channel quality with an associated access terminal over others of the plurality of allocated waveforms is determined. Signals are transmitted according to the transmit waveform from the unplanned access point to the associated access terminal. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252100 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REVERSE LINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) - Methods and apparatus for reverse link acknowledgement in a wireless local area network. A method includes receiving, at a first node, a data communication over a common channel, the data communication being decodable by other nodes. The method also includes determining transmission resources from the data communication, wherein the transmission resources are different for each node, and transmitting a response over the common channel using the determined transmission resources. An apparatus includes a transmitter configured to transmit to a plurality of nodes a data communication over the common channel, and a receiver configured to receive responses from the plurality of nodes, wherein each response was sent using different transmission resources determined from the data communication. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252101 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MOBILE MIMO-OFDMA - This patent discloses a method and a system of radio resource allocation for a mobile MIMO-OFDMA system, the method comprising the steps of: generating a diagonal matrix according to a channel matrix; determining a sum capacity function associated with the diagonal matrix, a plurality of transmission powers, and a plurality of subcarrier fractions; performing a first subcarrier fraction allocation by maximizing the sum capacity function according to a predetermined user capacity condition; performing a first transmission power allocation according to the first subcarrier allocation; and performing a second subcarrier fraction allocation by maximizing the sum capacity function according to the first transmission power allocation and the predetermined user capacity condition. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252102 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR A MOBILE, BROADBAND, ROUTABLE INTERNET - In embodiments of the present invention improved capabilities are described for forming a mobile ad hoc network having a plurality of wireless communication links connecting a plurality of wireless mobile nodes. The present invention may apply a dynamic spectrum awareness algorithm to facilitate effective utilization of the available communications spectrum in an environment of the mobile ad hoc network, support both delay-sensitive and delay-tolerant traffic types on the mobile ad hoc network, and provide a defined quality of communications service for both the delay-sensitive and the delay-tolerant traffic. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252103 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING ROUTING AREA UPDATES - Various embodiments are described for potentially reducing the impact of routing area updates on wireless system capacity. Logic flow diagram | 10-08-2009 |
20090252104 | Physical Layer Frame Format Design for Wideband Wireless Communications Systems - Systems and methods are provided for processing a payload portion of a received signal in a single carrier mode or a multiple carrier mode using a wireless channel receiver based on a portion of the received signal, where a signaling portion of the received signal is a single carrier signal. A single carrier signaling portion is received, and whether the payload portion of the signal is a single carrier signal or a multiple carrier signal is detected from the received single carrier signaling portion. The payload portion of the received signal is demodulated in a single carrier mode if the detecting determines that the payload portion of the received signal is a single carrier signal, and the payload portion of the received signal is demodulated in a multiple carrier mode if the detecting determines that the payload portion of the received signal is a multiple carrier signal. Data from the demodulated payload portion of the received signal is stored in a computer-readable memory. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252105 | METHOD FOR SELECTING TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION GUARANTEED QOS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to selecting a transport format combination (TFC) such that a quality of service (QoS) is guaranteed in a mobile communication system of a certain level even for a service having a low priority. The present invention selects a transport format combination such that not only a priority of each service is guaranteed but also a service quality is guaranteed by an MAC layer at the time of transporting services having different QoSs and different priorities. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252106 | METHOD FOR SELECTING TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION GUARANTEED QOS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to selecting a transport format combination (TFC) such that a quality of service (QoS) is guaranteed in a mobile communication system of a certain level even for a service having a low priority. The present invention selects a transport format combination such that not only a priority of each service is guaranteed but also a service quality is guaranteed by an MAC layer at the time of transporting services having different QoSs and different priorities. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252107 | METHOD FOR SELECTING TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION GUARANTEED QOS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to selecting a transport format combination (TFC) such that a quality of service (QoS) is guaranteed in a mobile communication system of a certain level even for a service having a low priority. The present invention selects a transport format combination such that not only a priority of each service is guaranteed but also a service quality is guaranteed by an MAC layer at the time of transporting services having different QoSs and different priorities. | 10-08-2009 |
20090252108 | BASE STATION, WIRELESS CONTROL APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS APPARATUS - In a base station that performs internal data transfer based on the CPRI, a dividing part divides the data to be transferred into division data. A transfer part transfers the division data by using a plurality of CPRI links. A receiving part receives the division data transferred by the CPRI links. A restoring part restores the original data from the division data received by the receiving part. | 10-08-2009 |
20090257379 | Methods and apparatus for network capacity enhancement for wireless device coexistence - Methods and apparatus for enhancing network capacity in a network comprising multiple wireless communication that overlap at least partly in frequency spectrum. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a portable device such as a laptop or smartphone having both a WLAN (e.g., Wi-Fi) interface and a PAN (e.g., Bluetooth) interface which each operate with approximately the same frequency range. One variant places the WLAN interface into a power-saving mode as a default, thereby mitigating interference with the PAN interface in cases where the WLAN interface is not in active use. In another variant, an aggressive PAN management algorithm is used to enforce network policy on the PAN interface, thereby mitigating interference between the PAN interface and the WLAN interfaces of other devices in the network (as well as the parent device). AP-based variants are also described. Methods of operation and doing business utilizing the aforementioned apparatus are also disclosed. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257380 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT PROTOCOL - In an example embodiment, a topology based channel assignment method for mitigating contention between overlapping radio coverage areas in a wireless “mesh” network topology. A central controller compiles radio overlap information and executes a Tiered Graph Coloring Algorithm, which is used to mitigate contention between overlapping radio coverage areas. In general, the radio channel for each Channel Assignment Cluster (Basic Service Set) is selected so that the aggregate radio coverage area of the Channel Assignment Cluster does not overlap with the radio coverage areas of neighboring Channel Assignment Clusters and fixed interference sources. In the tiered algorithm, a Channel Assignment Cluster is represented as a single vertex, interference sources are represented as “fixed” vertices with fixed color assignments, and “overlapping” vertices are interconnected by “edges.” Vertices are “tiered” so that overlap mitigation is prioritized for higher-traffic radios. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257381 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD USED FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION - Provided is a base station capable of suppressing increase of overhead of allocation result report in frequency scheduling in multi-carrier communication and obtaining a sufficient frequency diversity effect. In the base station, encoding units ( | 10-15-2009 |
20090257382 | Method, apparatus and computer program for permutation and subchannelization - M physical resource blocks PRBs are allocated for localized resource allocation LRA and N-M PRBs are allocated for distributed resource allocation DRA. Each PRB has U subcarriers. Subcarriers of the N PRBs are permuted to result in N subchannels. Serially for each m | 10-15-2009 |
20090257383 | FEEDBACK METHOD FOR PERFORMING A FEEDBACK BY USING A CODEBOOK IN MIMO SYSTEM - A feedback method for performing a feedback by using a codebook in Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) system includes receiving, by the mobile station, a MIMO mode type information, generating feedback information by using the codebook selected according to the MIMO mode type information, and transmitting the feedback information to the base station. The codebook includes a SU-MIMO codebook and a MU-MIMO codebook, and the MU-MIMO codebook is formed by extracting codebook elements from the SU-MIMO codebook. As a result, the method maximizes a system throughput simultaneously while effectively reducing an amount of feedback information. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257384 | METHOD FOR MODE ADAPTATION IN MIMO SYSTEM - A mode adaptation method for performing mode switching between a single-user MIMO (SU-MIMO) mode and a multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) mode includes reporting, by a base station, a MIMO feedback mode to a mobile station, receiving a feedback information determined on the basis of the MIMO feedback mode from the mobile station; and determining a MIMO feedback mode based on the feedback information. The MIMO feedback mode indicates whether it is single-user MIMO or multi-user MIMO and includes a number of mobile stations (MSs) transferred at one time. As a result, the method maximizes a system throughput simultaneously while effectively reducing an amount of feedback information. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257385 | FILTERING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING FALSE ALARMS - A scheduled data communication system of an access node and terminal supports recurring communications of small data amounts such as Voice over IP (VoIP). In order to make error checking more robust in a random access response (RAR), such as for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) for VoIP, a portion of a grant or assignment payload has a constraint imposed that can be verified as a condition precedent to determining a valid grant or assignment rather than only relying upon a validity check field, such as a cyclic redundancy check (CRC). Thereby, incorrect validation of a grant or assignment is avoided for dynamic scheduling or for semi-persistent scheduling, the latter causing a persistent error. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257386 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING ALLOCATION OF DATA TRANSMISSION PATHS IN A MESHED COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT AND STORAGE MEANS - A method for managing allocation of paths for transmission, in packets of symbols, of at least a first data content, each content being transmitted from a source node up to a destination node in a meshed communications network comprising a plurality of nodes, each destination node receiving a plurality of copies of a same packet of symbols of the content transmitted to said destination node by a source node, each copy being received by the destination node via a distinct transmission path directly from the source node or via at least one relay node of the meshed communications network, the packets being encoded with an error correction code enabling decoding by erasure of packets symbols. Such a method comprises the following steps: selecting a set of transmission paths from the source node up to the destination node for the transmission of copies of at least one packet of the first content, for which an estimated first number of erasures of symbols of the at least one packet is smaller than a determined threshold, the first number of erasures being estimated from a piece of information on quality of transmission that is determined and associated with each of the selected transmission paths, the threshold being determined as a function of an erasure correction capability of the error correction code; allocating the selected transmission paths to the transmission of the first content from said source node up to said destination node. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257387 | FAST CARRIER ALLOCATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - Providing for fast allocation of additional carriers in multi-carrier wireless communication systems is described herein. By way of example, high layer protocols can be employed to allocate additional carriers to UEs in a wireless network. Additionally, management of the additional carriers can be accomplished via high speed lower layer signaling protocols. Management can involve activating/deactivating the additional carriers, instructing the UE to provide carrier feedback, monitor pilot or control channels of such carriers, or the like. Because lower layer signaling is relatively fast, activation or deactivation of the additional carrier can be quickly implemented in response to contemporaneous changes in channel conditions. Thus, changes to signal quality or network loading can be determined and utilized to customize carrier activation in near real-time, providing efficient resource allocation while conserving UE battery life. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257388 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DEFINE CONTROL CHANNELS USING RESERVED RESOURCE BLOCKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate defining new control channels in legacy wireless networks. Control data resources for new systems can be defined over resources reserved for general data communications in the legacy wireless network specification. In this regard, legacy devices can still be supported by devices implementing new control data resources, and the new control data resources can avoid substantial interference that is typically exhibited over legacy control and/or reference signal resources by instead using the general data resources. In addition, new system devices can avoid scheduling data communication resources over the new control resources to create a substantially non-interfered global control segment. Control data can be transmitted over the segment using beacon-based technologies, reuse schemes, and/or the like. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257389 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT SCHEDULING IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORKS - The various inventive embodiments relate to arrangement of information elements (IEs) for persistent and/or dynamic allocations in a wireless broadband network and include optimization techniques to eliminate the repetitive information fields from the downlink (DL)-Persistent-IEs, uplink (UL)-Persistent-IEs, DL-IEs, and UL-IEs. Elimination of repetitive information fields reduces MAP overhead. In addition embodiments relate to methods to use the same hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) region to contain persistent as well as non-persistent allocations. The use of the same HARQ region for persistent as well as non-persistent allocations further reduces the MAP overhead as it requires a single header to define the HARQ region instead of the two headers that are required to define two different HARQ regions: one for persistent allocation and the second one for non-persistent allocations. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257390 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ENABLE UPLINK CONTROL FOR RESTRICTED ASSOCIATION NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource management in a wireless communication system. Various techniques described herein can enable a network cell in a wireless communication system (e.g. a macro cell) to mitigate the effects of interference on other surrounding network cells (e.g., femto cells embedded within the coverage of the macro cell). For example, a network cell can allocate control resources that overlap control resources of a nearby cell and assign resources within the region of overlap only to users that will not cause substantial interference to the nearby cell. As another example, a network cell can utilize a control channelization that partially coincides with a control and/or random access channelization of a nearby cell. The network cell can subsequently elect not to use the control resources in the coinciding region in order to enable the nearby cell to control the effects of interference though data scheduling. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257391 | TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN THE TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SYSTEM - A transmitting/receiving system and a data processing method of the same are disclosed herein. The receiving system may include a receiving unit, a signaling decoder, and an FIC handler. The receiving unit receives a broadcast signal including mobile service data configuring a data group. Herein, a transmission frame consists of multiple sub-frame, a sub-frame consists of multiple slots, and the data group is allocated to at least one slot. The signaling decoder acquires an FIC segment from the broadcast signal. Herein the FIC segment consists of an 35-byte FIC segment payload including a portion of a signaling information between at least one ensemble and at least one mobile service, and an 2-byte FIC segment header including current/next (C/N) indication information indicating whether data of the FIC segment payload corresponds to information of a current transmission frame or to information of a next transmission frame. The FIC handler recovers at least one of an FIC chunk including signaling information between at least one ensemble and at least one mobile service of the current transmission frame and an FIC chunk including signaling information between at least one ensemble and at least one mobile service of the next transmission frame, from the payload of each FIC segment by using the C/N indication information. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257392 | System and Method for Efficiently Packing Two-Dimensional Data Bursts in a Downlink of a Wireless Communications System - A system and method for packing two-dimensional data bursts in a downlink of a wireless communications system is provided. A method includes allocating resource units to users in the wireless communications system, and packing allocated resource units into rectangular bursts for transmission. The allocating is based on delay characteristics of the user and an amount of information to be transmitted to each user. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257393 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257394 | COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating control information in a mobile communication system, wherein the control information of a mobile terminal for scheduling an uplink channel may be notified to a network more quickly with less power. The present invention comprises transmitting a data block on a first physical channel, wherein the data block comprises control information, and transmitting an indicator having a specific value on a second physical channel for indicating the transmission of the control information on the first physical channel. | 10-15-2009 |
20090257395 | CQICH ALLOCATION REQUEST HEADER FOR COMMUNICATING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method of communicating feedback information between a mobile station and a base station comprises determining a need to request bandwidth allocation; providing information to a base station according to the determining, wherein the information indicates bandwidth allocation for a fast feedback channel; and performing communication with the base station upon bandwidth allocation according to the provided information. | 10-15-2009 |
20090262688 | RATE ADAPTATION METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH RATE ADAPTATION - A rate adaptation method for a wireless communication apparatus includes: determining whether to use a first mode or a second mode according to at least one estimation value, where the first mode and the second mode correspond to different values of an overall data rate of the wireless communication apparatus. A wireless communication apparatus for performing wireless communication with rate adaptation includes: a processing circuit; and a wireless receiver and a wireless transmitter, both coupled to the processing circuit. The processing circuit determines at least one estimation value regarding communication quality of the wireless communication apparatus, and further determines whether to use a first mode or a second mode according to the estimation value, where the first mode and the second mode correspond to different values of an overall data rate of the wireless communication apparatus. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO A NODE IN AD-HOC NETWORK - A method of allocating resources to a node in an ad-hoc network includes storing a basic frame structure including a predetermined number of time slots, in which time slots to be used by the node in the ad-hoc network are arranged at predetermined positions, determining a start time slot among the predetermined number of time slots included in the basic frame structure based on a path sequence number that is a number related to a position of the node on a routing path, and determining a frame structure including the predetermined number of time slots from the start time slot in the basic frame structure that circulates as a communications frame structure for communications of the node. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262690 | Efficient radio resource management in a mobile radio communication system - In a method for operating a radio communication system, network radio stations and subscriber stations communicate using a frequency band which is split into a plurality of subbands. A first network radio station receives from a second network radio station first information relating to transmission powers used by the second network radio station for at least some of the subbands. The first network radio station also receives from a subscriber station second information relating to a reception level for the subscriber station for at least one signal emitted by the second network radio station on a subband. A network radio station carries out the method. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262691 | Resource allocation apparatus and method for reducing overhead in mobile communication system - A resource allocation for reducing overhead in a mobile communication system is provided. An operating method of a base station for changing a fixed resource allocation to reduce overhead in a mobile communication system includes calculating a total amount of resources allocated to a corresponding subframe in a period of a corresponding fixed allocation resource; when the total amount of the resources allocated to the corresponding subframe is greater than a threshold, temporarily canceling one or more corresponding fixed allocation resources to make the total amount of the resources allocated to the corresponding subframe less than or equal to the threshold; and reallocating the one or more canceled fixed allocation resources according to a corresponding rule. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262692 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR VARIABLE-SIZED RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION WITHIN OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system for variable-sized resource block allocation in a communication system is disclosed. A processor module is configured to construct one or more resource blocks, having one or more sizes, and to define a candidate resource block set, including one or more of the constructed resource blocks, and a coherence bandwidth set, including one or more coherence bandwidths. A coherence bandwidth estimate is derived for a resource block subframe, and the one or more resource blocks in the resource block set are ranked, based on a comparison between the coherence bandwidth estimate and each of the one or more coherence bandwidths in the coherence bandwidth set. The highest ranked resource block is allocated for a data transmission to a user; and data is scheduled in accordance with a size of the allocated resource block. The allocated resource block size is indicated to one or more mobile stations in the communication system. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262693 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BROADCAST OF SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMISSION WINDOW - A method and an apparatus are provided for allocating sub-frames in a system information transmission window, allocating transmission sub-frames consecutively at the beginning of the system information transmission window, allocating non-transmission sub-frames at end of the system information transmission window, and transmitting the system information transmission window. A method and apparatus for receiving and ordering of system information messages is also provided. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262694 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRECODING BY MIDAMBLE IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing codebook-based precoding in a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) wireless communication system are provided. In a method for operating a Base Station (BS) in a MIMO wireless communication system, a reference signal including pilot signals, which are divided by a predefined number of bands and are multiplied by respective codes in a codebook, is transmitted. One or more Mobile Stations (MSs) destined for spatial multiple access are selected using an index of a band and CQI of the band corresponding to the index, which are fed back from one or more MSs. A precoding matrix is generated to process data streams of the selected one or more MSs. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262695 | RANK AND PMI IN DOWNLOAD CONTROL SIGNALING FOR UPLINK SINGLE-USER MIMO (UL SU-MIMO) - A method of operating a user equipment device includes extracting at least one rank indicator (RI) from an uplink grant, and adapting a transmission rank in response to said RI. At least two transmit antennas are configured to transmit according to said transmission rank. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262696 | MAPPING RESOURCE BLOCKS INTO SUBCHANNELS - According to an example embodiment, a method may include determining, by a first wireless node in a wireless network, a number N of resource blocks available for transmitting data within a cell, the N resource blocks each including V resource block orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, the V resource block OFDM symbols each including U resource block subcarriers. The method may also include mapping the N resource blocks into N subchannels based on a permutation formula, the permutation formula assigning, based on permutation parameters including the number N and a random or pseudorandom variable, U subchannel subcarriers for each of V subchannel OFDM symbols to each of the N subchannels and thereby allocating a subchannel index for each of the N subchannels. The method may also include sending a message to a second wireless node indicating the permutation parameters and the allocated subchannel index of at least one of the N subchannels for communication between the first wireless node and the second wireless node. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262697 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - In a radio access network, techniques for enabling the network to provide a service availability guarantee to a user of a premium service without requiring the network to identify a priority level of a connection with an access terminal associated with the premium service user prior to connection establishment. | 10-22-2009 |
20090262698 | Wireless Resource Allocation Method In Wireless Communication System And Wireless Base Station In The Same - A wireless base station monitors a state of reception in a common transmission region (channel) in a wireless frame common to a plurality of wireless terminals, and controls allocation of a transmission region in the wireless frame to be used for transmission by the wireless terminals on the basis of a result of the monitoring and information about priority set to each of the plural wireless terminals. The wireless resource can be preferentially allocated to a wireless terminal of a user having high priority even when the common communication region used to obtain permission to send a bandwidth request is congested. | 10-22-2009 |
20090268673 | CONFIGURATION METHOD OF RADIO RESOURCE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention is to enable a network to control an exemplary aspect of a terminal so as to adapt distribution of resources between a plurality of users. A method of a radio resource in a mobile communication network, including steps of: determining a ratio of terminals that desire reception of MBMS service; transmitting a signal for requesting terminals to indicate that these terminals do not support HSDPA service but support DCH service to a network in the case that the determined ratio is not more than a predetermined threshold value; and allocating a resource, which is necessary for effective simultaneous reception of MBMS service, a packet switch service (PS), and a circuit switch service (CS), to terminals. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268674 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method includes identifying a white space at a first wireless node and selecting a channel in the identified white space. The white space includes at least one frequency or frequency band not in use (like a licensed frequency or frequency band). The method also includes identifying at the first wireless node a channel access factor for each of multiple wireless nodes including the first wireless node. The method further includes determining if the first wireless node has a specified channel access factor. In addition, the method includes transmitting data from the first wireless node on the channel when the first wireless node has the specified channel access factor. The channel access factors can be identified and the determination whether the first wireless node has the specified channel access factor can be performed without using control signals transmitted between the wireless nodes. The channel access factor could represent a hash function value. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268675 | Apparatus and methods for transmission and reception of data in multi-antenna systems - Methods and apparatus adapted to address asymmetric conditions in a multi-antenna system. In one embodiment, the multi-antenna system comprises a wireless (e.g., 3G cellular) multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) system, and the methods and apparatus efficiently utilize transmitter and receiver resources based at least in part on a detected asymmetric condition. If an asymmetric condition is detected by the transmitter on any given data stream, the transmitter can decide to utilize only a subset of the available resources for that stream. Accordingly, the signal processing resources for that data stream are adapted to mirror the reduction in resources that are necessary for transmission. The transmitter signals the receiver that it will only be using a subset of the resources available, and the receiver adapts its operation according to the signaling data it receives. The multi-antenna system can therefore reduce power consumption as well as increasing spectral efficiency on the network. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268676 | Apparatus, Method and Computer Program Product Providing Usage of E-Dch as Rach Shared Channel - Apparatus, methods and computer program products in a wireless communications system provide an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) for use by user equipment operating in the wireless communications system for use in conjunction with the random access procedure. The user equipment has circuitry to request a HS random access channel and, in response to receiving an assignment from a Node B of a dedicated mode channel for use as the random access channel, to send uplink data in a random access fashion over the assigned dedicated mode channel while receiving feedback from the Node B over at least one downlink L | 10-29-2009 |
20090268677 | NETWORK RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF THE SAME - A network resource allocation system and method of the same are provided according to the present invention. The system and method are applicable to a wireless mesh network, the method including: programming traffic of connections between routers; exchanging data between neighboring routers, thereby enabling the routers to perform dispersive network resource allocation according to the exchanged data; checking a local time window and a global time window for expiration by the router; and, under the condition of local performance deterioration or local traffic variation, activating a local routing adjustment mechanism by the router, wherein, if global performance deterioration currently exists, then activating a global optimization mechanism by a central controller, and, if not, then resetting the global time window. Accordingly, the present invention is capable of perceiving the traffic status of each connection between routers, thereby efficiently directing traffic to various channels and wireless transceivers. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL IN A MOBILE ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) NETWORK - A zone/slot-based automatic gain control method for stations operating in a mobile OFDMA network including receiving an uplink signal, converting the received uplink signal into an analog baseband signal, measuring or calculating a signal strength of the received uplink signal in an uplink zone in an uplink subframe, and adjusting a power level of the analog baseband signal in accordance with the measured or calculated signal strength during either the first cyclic prefix of an uplink zone or the first cyclic prefix in each uplink slot of an uplink zone. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268679 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method for performing wireless communication between a first and second communication apparatus, including the steps of: allocating a first subchannel in a first frequency region of a wireless frame to the second communication apparatus when the second communication apparatus performs a first communication, and allocating a second subchannel in a second frequency region of the wireless frame to the second communication apparatus when the second communication apparatus performs a second communication, by the first communication apparatus; and changing physical subchannels within the first frequency region and performing transmission when the first sunchannel is allocated to the second communication apparatus, and changing physical subchannels within the second frequency region and performing transmission when the second subchannel is allocated to the second communication apparatus, by the second communication apparatus, wherein the first frequency region and the second frequency region are set so as not to have frequency overlap. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268680 | SIGNALING FORMATS FOR INDICATING UNUSED RESOURCE BLOCKS IN LTE SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are disclosed for use in a wireless communication system including a base station configured to identify unused PRBS. This base station includes a communication unit that is in communication with at least one subscriber station and a processor configured to identify at least one PRB as unused. Upon determining that at least one PRB is unused, the base station transmits information related to the unused PRBs to the at least one subscriber station through a control message. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268681 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONNECTIONS BETWEEN A WIRELESS ROUTER AND UNLICENSED MOBILE ACCESS CAPABLE MOBILE PHONES - A system for controlling connections between a wireless router and unlicensed mobile access capable mobile phones is provided. The system acquires and stores a media access control address and an Internet protocol address of each mobile phone in an address list. The system periodically checks whether each Internet protocol address recorded in an address resolution protocol cache table of the wireless router matches a corresponding media access control address recorded in the cache table. If the Internet protocol address does not match the corresponding media access control address in the cache table, the system further looks up a media access control address corresponding to the Internet protocol address, and sends an address resolution protocol unicast request to a mobile phone having the media access control address. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268682 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, TERMINAL STATION, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A terminal station having a first mode to control communication and a second mode in which the communication is controlled by a terminal station operating in the first mode, comprising: a connection unit configured to connect the terminal station operating in the second mode to other terminal station operating in the first mode; and an acquisition unit configured to acquire a communication band from the other terminal station connected by the connection unit when starting an operation in the first mode. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268683 | PARTIAL RADIO LINK CONTROL STATUS REPORT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate formation and/or dispatch of radio link control (RLC) protocol status reports to a base station. The system can include components that quantify an absence of protocol data units, ascertain whether a number of absent protocol data units exceeds the size of a transmission side grant, insert a sequence number associated with a first absent protocol data unit into an acknowledgement sequence number field associated with a partial status report, incorporates the sequence number associated with the first absent protocol data unit in the partial status report, includes sequence numbers of subsequent absent protocol data units into the partial status report without exceeding the transmission side grant, and sends the partial status report to the base station. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268684 | INFORMATION EXCHANGE MECHANISMS TO ACHIEVE NETWORK QoS IN WIRELESS CELLULAR SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate quality of service (QoS) differentiation and/or prioritization across a plurality of base stations included in wireless communication systems. The system can include components and/or devices that obtain resource allocations for cells controlled by a local base station, ascertains whether or not the resource allocations satisfy quality of service targets associated with data flows traversing through cells controlled by the local base station, and dispatches inter cell interference coordination indicators to remote base stations that have a proximate relationship defined by an X2 channel between the local base station and the remote base stations. | 10-29-2009 |
20090268685 | ASSIGNMENT OF ACK RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) resource to a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a first parameter indicative of radio resources (e.g., the lowest index of at least one physical resource block) allocated to the UE for data transmission may be obtained. A second parameter indicative of another resource (e.g., a cyclic shift of a reference signal sequence) assigned to the UE for data transmission may also be obtained. The first and/or second parameter may be restricted, and each restricted parameter may be limited to a set of allowed values among all available values for the parameter. ACK resource assigned to the UE for data transmission may be determined based on the first and second parameters. In one design, sequential first parameter values may be mapped to sequential ACK resources indices. In another design, mirror mapping with different mapping directions may be used for different allowed values of the second parameter. | 10-29-2009 |
20090274103 | SYSTEM AIDED PAPR REDUCTION SCHEME BASED ON TR ALGORITHM - A peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) reduction method, known as system-aided PAPR reduction (SAPR), is disclosed. Based on a TR algorithm, the SAPR method avoids the drawbacks of conventional tone reservation implementations, and reduces PAPR significantly, in some embodiments. The SAPR method may be applied to next generation OFDMA-based wireless broadband technologies, to increase system throughput and cell coverage. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274104 | FIXED MOBILE CONVERGENCE TECHNIQUES FOR REDUNDANT ALARM REPORTING - Alarm reporting systems and methods for reporting alarms to a central monitoring station using fixed mobile convergence (FMC) techniques. An alarm reporting system comprises a plurality of sensors, an alarm reporting module that receives alarm signals from the plurality of sensors, and a logic unit that generates an alarm message related to the alarm signal. The alarm reporting module further comprises at least two transceivers, the first of which is a wi-fi transceiver that communicates with a central monitoring station via a wireless access point further connected to an internet connection. The second transceiver is a cellular tranceiver that communicates with the central monitoring station via a cellular network further connected to an internet gateway. The second tranceiver provides redundancy in case the wireless access point or the first internet connection become unavailable. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274105 | OFDMA contention-based random access channel design for mobile wireless systems - Short spreading is used within a random access channel in an OFDM based network to spread data for transmission through the channel. The resource allocation of the random access channel is divided into a number of resource blocks in frequency, time, or both frequency and time. Each resource block has a dimension that is only a portion of the overall size of the resource allocation. During contention, a randomly selected short spreading code may be used to provide data spreading within a randomly selected resource block. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274106 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING COMMUNICATIONS USING ACTIVE AND PASSIVE END-TO-END QUALITY-OF-SERVICE RESERVATIONS BASED ON NODE MOBILITY PROFILES - A method and apparatus for routing communications using end-to-end QoS reservations based on node mobility profiles is disclosed. The method may include setting up active quality of service reservations along a first path to a destination edge node, receiving a mobility profile from the destination edge node, setting up passive quality of service reservations based on the received mobility profile, switching communications from active quality of service reservations to passive quality of service reservations, and tearing down the active quality of service reservations based on the received mobility profile. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274107 | Method for transmitting voice packets in wireless communication system - There is provided a method for transmitting voice packets for VoIP service using semi-persistent scheduling that previously allocates radio resources and performs uplink transmission using the previously allocated radio resources when additional radio resource allocation is not resources used for talkspurt and radio resources used for silent period, detecting transition from the talkspurt to the silent period or transition from the silent period to the talkspurt, and transmitting a transition indicator that indicates the transition from the talkspurt to the silent period or transition from the silent period to the talkspurt. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274108 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station according to the present invention includes: a determiner determining a transfer rate of data transferred from the radio network controller to the radio base station, based on a predetermined bandwidth of a wired transmission path, a bandwidth of the wired transmission path not being used, and a bandwidth of the wired transmission path being used by the mobile station; and a notifier notifying the radio network controller of the determined transfer rate. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK ACK/NACK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method is provided to allocate resources for wireless communications. The method includes grouping downlink control channels from multiple subframes and ordering the downlink control channels across downlink subframes having a first control channel element located in a first symbol map and associated with reserved resources for an uplink channel. The method employs a symbol first mapping or a mixed-symbol/subframe first mapping to efficiently allocate the resources. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274110 | Method and System for Generating Antenna Selection Signals in Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection (AS) in a wireless communication network, the network comprising user equipment (UE), wherein the UE comprises a plurality of subsets of antennas including a selected subset of antennas and an unselected subset of antennas, wherein only the selected subset of antennas is used for transmitting user data, and wherein the UE is configured to transmit only from a subset of antennas at a time. The method transmits the user data from the selected subset of antennas within a set of subframes, and transmits a sounding reference signal (SRS) from the unselected subset of antennas within at least one subframe in the set of subframes to enable antenna selection for user data transmission. | 11-05-2009 |
20090274111 | BASE STATION, SUBORDINATED STATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD THEREOF - A base station (BS), a subordinated station (SS) and the transmission methods thereof for use in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) network are provided. The BS stores resource allocation information about the MIMO network and an SS list, and generate a super frame according to the resource allocation information and the SS list. The super frame comprises a pilot pattern which comprises a plurality of pilots and data. The BS and SS both considers the pilot pattern as an identifier of the SS. When there are communications occurred between the BS and the SS, the BS/SS will confirm whether the pilot pattern of the super frame matches the identifier of the SS to reduce interference from other stations in the MIMO network. | 11-05-2009 |
20090279486 | WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless base station device includes a plurality of transmit weight generation sections and a beam selection section. The transmit weight generation sections generate pieces of transmit weight information used for spatial division multiplexing transmission according to different algorithms. The pieces of transmit weight information are generated based on channel information on a plurality of terminals each having one or more antennas with which the wireless base station device performs spatial division multiplexing transmission. The beam selection section selects one of the pieces of transmit weight information generated. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279487 | DISTRIBUTED MEDIUM ACCESS PROTOCOL FOR WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - This invention defines a medium access protocol for the support of mesh networking in wireless communications. It defines a phase for intra-cell and a phase for inter-cell traffic. During the inter-cell traffic a beacon phase is used for the reservation of transmissions. In this phase also information about the mesh topology is included and parallel transmission are supported. Even though this medium access protocol is intended to be proposed in standardization of IEEE 802.11 mesh networks (802.11) it could be used in any wireless mesh network. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279488 | VARIABLE HEADER TYPES FOR PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein. According to an example embodiment, an apparatus may include a wireless receiver configured to receive a persistent resource allocation, the persistent resource allocation providing a periodically recurring resource, and a wireless transmitter configured to transmit a persistent data burst in a first frame via the persistent resource allocation, the persistent data burst including a compressed MAC (media access control) header that excludes (or omits) a connection identifier (CID) field, wherein the compressed MAC header of the persistent data burst includes a field that indicates that the MAC header of the persistent data burst is compressed. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279489 | Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Assignment Of A Packet Data Session For A Plurality Of Applications Of A Mobile Communication Device - Methods and apparatus for prioritizing assignment of a packet data session for a plurality of applications of a mobile communication device, especially when operating in wireless networks that limit the number of simultaneous packet data sessions available to the mobile device. The plurality of applications include at least a first (priority) application operative in connection with a first (priority) communication service and a second application operative in connection with a second communication service. The first (priority) service may be or include a “push” type data or message synchronization service. The mobile device causes a packet data session associated with the first (priority) application to be activated for accessing the first (priority) service. In response to identifying an indication of a request for information via the second application, the mobile device causes the packet data session associated with the first (priority) application to be deactivated, and causes a packet data session associated with the second application to be activated for accessing the second service. Subsequently, in response to identifying communication inactivity associated with the second application over a predetermined time period, the mobile device causes the packet data session associated with the second application to be deactivated, and causes a packet data session associated with the first (priority) application to be activated again with the wireless network for again accessing the first (priority) service. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279490 | TERRESTRIAL BASED HIGH SPEED DATA COMMUNICATIONS MESH NETWORK - This present invention is a network for providing high speed data communications. The network includes multiple terrestrial transmission stations that are located within overlapping communications range and a mobile receiver station. The terrestrial transmission stations provide a continuous and uninterrupted high speed data communications link with the mobile receiver station according to Long Term Evolution (LTE) terrestrial radio access network protocol in a mesh network configuration. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279491 | Apparatus and method for transmitting coexistence beacon protocol packet incognitive radio-based wireless communication system - Provided are an apparatus and a method for transmitting a CBP packet for communication information sharing between base stations in a CR-based wireless communication system. In the method, a CBP packet including a CBP identifier is transmitted to a base station of adjacent cells via one SCW slot. A CBP identifier list for successfully received CBP packets is received from the base station of the adjacent cells. When the CBP identifier is included in the CBP identifier list, the SCW slot is occupied. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279492 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Facilitating Access To A Communication Service Via A WLAN Hotspot - A mobile communication device identifies and selects a wireless local area network (WLAN) available for communications in its coverage area. Automatically, without detecting any requests made by a user via a browser application. The mobile device initiates a request (e.g. an HTTP GET request) to a predetermined server site of a communication network which is outside of the WLAN. In response to initiating the request, the mobile device receives a response message via the WLAN and identifies, from the response message, whether the request to the predetermined server site has been redirected to a redirect server site. The WLAN may be a WLAN “hotspot,” where the redirect server site is a login server. The identifying may be performed by comparing content from the response message to predetermined content of the predetermined server site. In response to identifying that the request has been redirected, the mobile device causes an indication to be produced at its user interface. Access to a communication service (such as a “push”-data service) may be subsequently expediently obtained. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279493 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource allocation and management in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a resource grid structure can be utilized to allocate resources for respective users corresponding to a given channel (e.g., a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)). The resource grid can be constructed using one or more cyclic shifts and a set of four orthogonal covers to provide improved efficiency in resource usage. Further, slots in the resource grid can be allocated to respective users based on user indexes via one or more resource allocation functions. For example, a resource allocation function can step along a first orthogonal cover at increasing cyclic shifts, alternate between second and fourth orthogonal covers at increasing cyclic shifts upon exhaustion of the first orthogonal cover, and step through a third orthogonal cover at increasing cyclic shifts upon exhaustion of the second and fourth orthogonal covers. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279494 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FREQUENCY SUBCHANNELS ON AN AIR INTERFACE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION MODULE - The present invention relates to a method for allocating frequency subchannels on an air interface of a wireless communication system to users for a predefined time period, a plurality of frequency subchannels being available for communicating between a base station belonging to a cell and users under the coverage of said cell requiring a frequency subchannel allocation. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279495 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system are provided. The method comprises detecting an expiry of a time alignment timer in a MAC (Medium Access Control) layer, the time alignment timer being used to control how long the UE is considered uplink time aligned, notifying a release of PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) resources from the MAC layer to a RRC (Radio Resource Control) layer when the expiry of the time alignment timer is detected and keeping a part of the PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) resources in the RRC layer. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279496 | DEDICATED AND PRIORITY BASED ALLOCATION IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A transmission channel allocation scheme for a multi-hop wireless network takes into account the priority of users, particular application requirements, applicable contractual requirements, and other factors. The channel allocation scheme determines which nodes can share a common channel for transmission without interference, and distinguishes between resources that must be dedicated to each node based on the requirements associated with each node, and the resources that are dynamically provided to each node, based on the current traffic demand. Additionally, resources that are not required to satisfy explicit requests are allocated among the nodes, thereby allowing nodes to sometimes avoid the delays associated with the access request process. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279497 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device of the present invention receives a signal on a channel that another wireless communication device allocates to the wireless communication device from a plurality of channels. The wireless communication device includes: an update channel selector that selects a plurality of request channels that are candidates to be allocated to the wireless communication device from the channels, calculates a difference between a group of the request channels and a group of predetermined channels, and generates difference information indicative of the difference; and a multiplexer that multiplexes the difference information to a signal to be transmitted to the other wireless communication device. | 11-12-2009 |
20090279498 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH GROUP-BASED SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION - A method and apparatus for subcarrier selection for systems is described. In one embodiment, the system employs orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA). In one embodiment, a method for subcarrier selection comprises a subscriber measuring channel and interference information for subcarriers based on pilot symbols received from a base station, the subscriber selecting a set of candidate subcarriers, providing feedback information on the set of candidate subcarriers to the base station, and receiving an indication of subcarriers of the set of subcarriers selected by the base station for use by the subscriber. | 11-12-2009 |
20090285163 | Resource Assignment Systems and Methods - In a wireless communication system, a base station assigns resources to mobile stations using indices. Each index is associated with an assignment schedule for assigning resources. Once the base station determines an assignment schedule to assign particular resources, it encodes the schedule into an index and transmits it. A mobile station receives the index and decodes it to recover the assignment schedule. Both the base station and the mobile station may use look-up tables and/or algorithms for storing or generating indices associated with assignment schedules. To assign resources so as to indicate transmission characteristics over the resources, the base station transmits assignment blocks. Each assignment block indicates original transmission, retransmission, persistent assignment, non-persistent assignment, HARQ signaling, RAS-HARQ signaling, DRCH assignment, and/or LRCH assignment. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285164 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF IMPROVED SUCCESS RATE FOR DECODING DOWNLINK MAP AND UPLINK MAP IES IN MOBILE WIMAX MOBILE - Methods and apparatus for decoding MAP information elements (MAP IEs) in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame, even when the received downlink (DL) or uplink (UL) MAP message cyclic redundancy check (CRC) fails, may be provided. By continuing to parse the MAP IEs in the MAP message despite a CRC failure in the MAP message or a data burst, the packet error rate may be reduced, and the wireless system throughput may be increased. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285165 | Channel allocation procedure in a meshed network - A method includes receiving at a gateway mesh node a channel set list indicating radio channels that are allowed for use by the gateway mesh node, scanning channels in the channel set list and creating a list of channels in order of interference that is present, allocating channels from the list of channels to a plurality of radios that comprise the gateway mesh node, and initiating transmission of beacon frames from each of the plurality of radios on a main channel. Each beacon frame includes information descriptive of a path cost representing a sum of all link costs back to a central point, a primary radio channel used by the radio transmitting the beacon frame, a channel set indicating only those channels that an associated portion of the mesh network is allowed to use, and a set of meshed nodes associated with the radio. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285166 | INTERACTIVE WHITE LIST PROMPTING TO SHARE CONTENT AND SERVICES ASSOCIATED WITH A FEMTOCELL - System(s) and method(s) provide access management to femtocell service through access control list(s) (e.g., white list(s)). A white list(s) includes a set of subscriber station(s) identifier numbers, codes or tokens, and also can include additional fields for femtocell access management based on desired complexity. Various example aspects such as white list(s) management, maintenance and dissemination; pre-configuration; and inclusion of wireless device(s) or subscriber(s) are also provided. An access management component can facilitate interactive and automatic prompting of detected communication devices to facilitate granting access to content and/or services associated with the femtocell to a desired communication device(s) and adding a desired communication device(s) to the white list(s) associated with a femtocell, and to facilitate modifying or terminating access of the femtocell by a communication device(s) based in part on monitored activity of the communication device(s) with regard to femtocell access. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285167 | SCHEDULED COEXISTENCE - The present invention provides a system and a method for improving the wireless local area network (WLAN) throughput performance in a collocated WLAN/Bluetooth system that uses packet traffic arbitration (PTA) to schedule WLAN and Bluetooth transmissions. The method includes detecting a Bluetooth transmission, where the Bluetooth transmission comprises one or more quiet periods; and scheduling a WLAN transmission, where frames of the WLAN transmission are received during the quiet periods of the Bluetooth transmission. The method according to the present invention allows the collocated WLAN to receive a frame send by the access point (AP) and acknowledge its reception without the AP reducing the data transmission rate due to unacknowledged frames. Also, the present invention discloses a mechanism where a collocated Bluetooth device (BTD) and WLAN device can communicate to the AP through a single antenna. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285168 | METHOD FOR DESIGNING MINI RESOURCE UNIT AND TRANSMISSION FOR A DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE UNIT IN CONSIDERATION OF SPACE FREQUENCY BLOCK CODE - A method and device for wirelessly communicating between a mobile communication terminal and a base station, including exchanging a physical resource unit (PRU) between the base station and the mobile communication terminal, the PRU having a plurality of OFDMA symbols. Each 1 | 11-19-2009 |
20090285169 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK POWER IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing communication system, a radio access network allocates a transmit power for a downlink transmission to a mobile station based on a mean channel quality metric and a channel quality metric second order statistic, in various embodiments a channel quality metric variance or standard deviation, reported by the mobile station. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285170 | Method for Cell Selection in a Radio Access Network - A method for cell selection in a radio access network covering a geographical area divided into a plurality of cells, the method comprising: searching for a cell on a frequency; checking to see if the cell is a barred cell; and conditional on identifying the cell as a barred cell performing a search for a cell on another frequency. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285171 | ALLOCATING BASE STATIONS TO LOCATION AREAS IN CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - A method is provided of allocating a location area identifier to a cellular base station for wireless communications. The method comprises the following steps. Information is received of geographic location of a base station. For each of a plurality of location areas, each having a location area centre, a function is calculated that is dependent upon distance of the base station from location area centres. The location area giving the lowest function value is selected as the location area for the base station. | 11-19-2009 |
20090285172 | ASSIGNMENT OF HOLDING PACKETS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for assigning holding packets in a wireless communication system or network includes determining an invalid station address that corresponds to an invalid station and that does not correspond to the address of an affiliated station. The invalid station address is assigned to a holding packet. The holding packet is transmitted to allocate a transmit period to the invalid station. This generates a quiet time in the wireless communication system or network during the transmit period. | 11-19-2009 |
20090290544 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication method that performs low density parity check (LDPC) coding to a data stream to be transmitted in a radio communication system by using a parity check matrix that has columns with uneven column degrees. The columns are arranged in a descending order of the column degrees. The communication method includes segmenting a code word into a plurality of data streams depending on number of data bits that are assignable to a radio resource block that is a unit of radio transmission, and assigning a segmented data stream having a higher column degree to a radio resource block with higher quality. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290545 | EFFICIENT AM RLC RE-ESTABLISHMENT MECHANISM - A re-establishment method for an Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control entity, the method comprising: receiving, from an upper entity, a command to perform Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control re-establishment; and managing control protocol data units by considering the direction of the Acknowledged Mode Radio Link Control re-establishment, wherein control protocol data units related to the direction are deleted and control protocol data units not related to the direction are not deleted. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290546 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING TERMINAL TO GROUP IN BASE STATION OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF GENERATING MAP - In order to allocate a plurality of terminals to a group in a base station of a communication system, channel state information of each of the terminals is received, a group to which the terminal belongs is determined according to the channel state information with respect to the terminal, and a map including information on group burst allocation and information on sub-burst allocation with respect to a group identifier corresponding to the group is transmitted to the terminal. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290547 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING WIRELESS NETWORK PACKETS AND APPARATUS THEREOF - An apparatus for scheduling wireless network packets comprises a DMA, a wireless network packet scheduler, a FIFO buffer and a MAC circuitry. The DMA is configured to access different kinds of wireless network packets from memories through a bus. The wireless network packet scheduler is configured to control the DMA and to allocate the access ratio of the different kinds of wireless network packets based on a standard. The FIFO buffer is configured to store the received wireless network packets. The MAC circuitry is configured to receive the different kinds of wireless network packets from the FIFO buffer. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290548 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING WIRELESS RESOURCES - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for managing wireless resources, which can provide a service to improve transmission efficiency when multimedia data is transmitted in a mobile communication system. The wireless resource management apparatus includes a data analysis unit ( | 11-26-2009 |
20090290549 | Deployment of LTE UL system for arbitrary system bandwidths via PUCCH configuration - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is at least a method, apparatus, and computer program product to perform an over-provisioning of a radio resource including a periodic channel quality indicator resource in a predetermined way, and an allocating of the radio resource in such a manner that at least one of an effective system bandwidth is reduced and out-of-band emissions related to the allocated radio resource are taken into account. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290550 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ENABLE RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate improved resource partitioning and interference management in a wireless communication system. Techniques are described herein for the transmission and use of various types of signaling, such as Access Request commands, Reverse Link Special Resource Utilization Message (R-SRUM) signaling, Forward Link Special Resource Utilization Message (F-SRUM) signaling, and the like, for managing interference associated with range extension, restricted association networks, and other jamming scenarios. As described herein, downlink resource coordination and interference management are accomplished through the use of Access Request or R-SRUM signaling conducted in a unicast or broadcast fashion, and uplink resource coordination and interference management are accomplished through the use of F-SRUM signaling. As further described herein, a clean communication channel such as a Low Reuse Preamble (LRP) channel can be utilized for interference management signaling and/or leveraged for determining timing of various signaling messages. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290551 | CHANNEL UTILIZING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A channel utilizing method for a wireless network is adapted for channel utilization by a switch node having a number (N) of transceivers in an environment with a number (M) of channels, wherein (N)<(M). The channel utilizing method includes the steps of: calculating a channel weight set, and selecting one of the (M) channels according to the channel weight set; determining a notify mechanism according to a relation between the switch node and a neighbor node; using the notify mechanism to notify the neighbor node of a current state of the switch node; and calculating a channel stay-in period, and causing the switch node to stay in the selected one of the channels for a duration of the channel stay-in period. A channel utilizing system is also disclosed. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290552 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL SCANNING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method is provided for channel scanning in a wireless communications system, for the identification of one or more narrow-band channels present in a certain frequency band and which can be used for connection between a wireless communications device and a communications network. The method includes: applying a FFT function to at least one signal corresponding to a given frequency band, providing for a set of coefficients each being representative of a frequency, analyzing the coefficients so as to detect at least one frequency region having at least one predetermined feature, and determining at least one channel position, by considering that each of the at least one frequency region having at least one predetermined feature is a guard band of one of the at least one channel. | 11-26-2009 |
20090290553 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a base station apparatus which allocates communication bands for terminal units from an available communication band, and performs wireless communications with the terminal units using the allocated communication bands, including: a priority table storing priority information used for deriving a priority of the communication; a detecting part detecting a situation change concerning the communications; a band derivation part deriving communication bands required for the communications with terminal units to communicate, when the detecting part detects the situation change; a priority derivation part deriving priorities of the communications with the terminal units on the basis of the priority information stored in the priority table; and an allocating part allocating the communication bands derived by the band derivation part for the wireless communications with the terminal units in the order of descending priorities derived by the priority derivation part. | 11-26-2009 |
20090296638 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Wireless Communication Method and Wireless Communication Program - In accordance with the present application, it is possible to determine whether or not it is appropriate to apply SDMA by estimating the fading speed of mobile stations. A wireless communication apparatus of the present application includes: a fading speed estimation portion ( | 12-03-2009 |
20090296639 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, CHANNEL ALLOCATING SYSTEM, AND CHANNEL ALLOCATING METHOD - A wireless base station for allocating one or more communication channels to each terminal so as to perform wireless communication therewith. The wireless base station includes a communication state acquiring device for acquiring a communication state of each communication channel allocated to each terminal; an interference channel determining device for selecting a communication channel having a worst communication state based on the acquired communication state, and determining one or more communication channels which interfere with the selected communication channel; a terminal selecting device for selecting a terminal having a best communication state from among terminals to which each determined communication channel is allocated; and a communication channel allocating device for allocating a communication channel, which belongs to the determined one or more communication channels and has been allocated to the terminal selected by the terminal selecting device, to a new terminal which newly communicates with the wireless base station. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296640 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE USE OF SHARED COMMUNICATION CHANNELS AND DEDICATED COMMUNICATION CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for optimizing the use of at least one shared communication channel and at least one dedicated communication channel in a communication system. First, communication of a first plurality of communication traffic is allocated to a dedicated communication channel. Similarly, communication of a second plurality of communication traffic is allocated to a shared communication channel. Next, a change is detected in one or more channel performance metrics of the shared communication channel. When the detected change is a degradation in the one or more channel performance metrics of the shared communication channel, communication of at least one of the second plurality of communication traffic is re-allocated to the dedicated communication channel. When the detected change is an improvement in one or more channel performance metrics of the shared communication channel, communication of at least one of the first plurality of communication traffic is re-allocated to the shared communication channel. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296641 | Wireless femtocell setup methods and apparatus - Methods and apparatus that enable a wireless femtocell to operate in its designated frequency so as to minimize interference between the wireless femtocell and neighboring base stations (and other femtocells or nomadic cells). In one exemplary embodiment, the femtocell cell comprises a UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunications System) femtocell which has the ability to scan the air interface in a manner similar to that associated with a UE in order to identify unallocated resources within the wireless network, and subsequently request access for the unallocated resources. Business methods useful in combination with the aforementioned methods and apparatus are also disclosed. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296642 | Method for Registering Multi-Contact Devices - A technique is described allowing an IMS enabled network to terminate a communication request directed towards a user device in a well-defined way, even for cases in which multiple registrations for IMS are present that are related to the same physical user device. A method embodiment of this technique comprises registering multiple user agents for one and the same user device, wherein from each user agent contact information including a device ID identifying the user device is provided; and processing a communication request directed towards the user device, the processing comprising identifying multiple identical device IDs of registered contacts, and treating the communication request according to a predetermined handling scheme related to the detection of identical device IDs. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296643 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY RECEIVING ON TWO CARRIERS AND PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN DUAL CELL HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS - A method and an apparatus for simultaneously receiving on two carriers and performing discontinuous transmission (DTX) and discontinuous reception (DRX) in dual cell high speed downlink packet access (DC-HSDPA) are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a message for activating DRX for at least one of an anchor carrier and a supplementary carrier and applies the same DRX pattern to the anchor carrier and the supplementary carrier upon reception of the message. The message may be received via a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) order. The WTRU may activate or de-activate the supplementary carrier based on the physical layer signal. Upon activation of the supplementary carrier, the WTRU may apply the same DRX pattern on both the anchor carrier and the supplementary carrier. The WTRU may flush a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) buffer associated with the supplementary carrier upon de-activation of the supplementary carrier. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296644 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL INCLUDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPLINK CHANNEL - A method and device for transmitting a first and second uplink signal, each having data and control information is provided. The method includes channel encoding the control information of the second uplink signal based on a number of symbols of control information to produce. The channel encoding includes determining the number of symbols in accordance with a payload size of the data of the first uplink signal and a total number of transmissible symbols of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) of the first uplink signal. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296645 | TRANSMISSION OF MBMS IN AN OFDM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides for a method of identifying a cyclic prefix to UEs in an OFDM communication system. The cyclic prefix has a dynamically variable length. The method includes, within an OFDM cell, transmitting MCCH scheduling information in a system information block in an OFDM broadcast channel, and using the MCCH scheduling information to receive the MCCH, wherein the MCCH contains MTCH scheduling information to indicate to the UE which sub-frame carries MTCH. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296646 | System And Method For Addressing A Mobile Device In An IP-Based Wireless Network - A system and method for addressing a mobile device in an IP-based wireless network is provided. Push service providers prepare data for transmission to the mobile device using a first IP address. The addressed data is then transmitted to a push proxy. The push proxy obtains a network identifier that is permanently associated with the wireless mobile device using the first IP address. The network identifier is then used by the push proxy to obtain a second IP address that is temporarily associated with the wireless mobile device. Using this second IP address, the data from the push proxy is then addressed and transmitted to the wireless mobile device via a tunnel created through the wireless network using the second IP address. | 12-03-2009 |
20090296647 | Method and System for Dynamically Assigning Channels Across Multiple Radios in a Wireless LAN - In a fixed channel wireless network system with a limited number of channels, assignment of the fixed channels between remote client elements and access elements is made systematically according to a set of criteria accounting for network loading and interference, then channel assignments are dynamically updated according to a priority to maintain optimal network performance with changing conditions of load and interference. The channel utilization problem is address at a system level rather than at a local level by treating the system as a three dimensional color mapping problem. All noise is treated as having a source in virtual access elements with an appropriate performance metric. The performance metric is used to select a channel set that minimize chances of interference and maximize user performance. Specifically, there are several parameter matrices which are managed and updated by a central resource management element, namely signal strength between elements, interference, and load. These matrices are used to find the optimal channel assignments for a predetermined limited set of assignable channels. In one implementation, the channel assignment methodology takes into account the interference associated with access elements operating on a selected channel, as well as the interference or energy that spills over (or is otherwise observable) on physical channels adjacent to the selected channel. | 12-03-2009 |
20090303937 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A disclosed mobile station includes a multiplexing portion that multiplexes a contention-based channel and a non-contention-base channel, and a transmitting portion that transmits the multiplexed contention-based and non-contention-based channels to a base station. In the mobile station, the contention-based channel and the non-contention-based channel are distinguished from whether scheduling is performed before transmission in the base station. The contention-based channel includes one or more of a fast access channel, a reservation channel, and a synchronization channel. The non-contention-based channel includes one or more of an uplink shared data channel and an uplink shared control channel. The fast access channel includes traffic data, or control data having a data size smaller than a predetermined size, or a combination thereof. The reservation channel includes information to request scheduling the non-contention-based channel. The uplink data channel includes the traffic data, or the control data, or a combination thereof. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303938 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCES IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of allocating wireless resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes allocating distributed chunks to at least one user equipment (UE) on a frequency domain, wherein the distributed chunks are localized chunks which are allocated to the wireless resources according to a distributed allocation scheme, constructing a map for allocating localized chunks in consideration of the allocated distributed chunks, wherein the localized chunks are the localized chunks allocated to the wireless resources according to a localized allocation scheme, and allocating the localized chunks to the at least one UE after all of the distributed chunks are allocated. Here, the distributed chunks and the localized chunks are mutually exclusive. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303939 | SHARED DATA CHANNEL ASSIGNING APPARATUS AND SHARED DATA CHANNEL ASSIGNING METHOD - An apparatus for allocating a shared data channel includes: a MAC identifier allocating unit configured to allocate a common MAC identifier to a mobile station in a discontinuous reception state; and a discontinuous reception timing control unit configured to prevent discontinuous reception timings from overlapping among multiple of the mobile stations to which the common MAC identifier is allocated. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303940 | Method and System for Controlling the Allocation of Services In a Communication Network, and Corresponding Network and Computer-Program Product - The provision of services to the users of a multi-resource communication network is controlled by modelling the system made up of these resources as a Markov chain, wherein each state of the Markov chain is identified by a respective set of values of the numbers of the users served by each of the resources, and the transitions between states are represented by the allocation and de-allocation to the users of the services provided by the resources. A cost function is defined wherein each of the states gives a respective contribution weighted by the probability that the Markov chain is in that state, such probability being a function of the possible transitions between the states. A plurality of transitions between the states is thus identified that optimizes the cost function, and the resources are allocated to the users according to such plurality of transitions that optimizes the cost function. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303941 | SCALABLE BANDWIDTH SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO TERMINAL APPARATUS - A scalable bandwidth system wherein even when various terminals having different bandwidth capabilities are existent in a cell, the unbalance of traffic in the maximum bandwidth can be reduced. Terminals ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303942 | Method of Enabling a Wireless Device to Make a Network Connection Without Using a Network Operator's Home Location Register - A wireless device can initiate a network connection without using a network operator's home location register. The wireless device sends data to a server that defines a call request; and the server decides on the appropriate routing over all available networks for that call request. But, unlike a conventional HLR, the server can receive communications from the device using any one of several different protocols, and is not limited to the MAP (mobile application part) protocol. For example, the wireless device can use SMS or HTTP over the internet to communicate with the server. The server then determines the appropriate least cost routing. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303943 | Access Control in a Communication Network - A method of controlling access to services of an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) by a user based upon the user's location. In response to a user requesting access to a service, information identifying the user's location is provided to the IMS. Within the IMS, the provided information is compared with authorization information stored in a database. The authorization information includes information identifying prohibited and/or allowed access locations. Dependent upon the result of the comparison, access to the IMS services is allowed or denied. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303944 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION METHOD - A base station can perform distributed allocation enabling a resource block allocation with a higher priority while suppressing a control information amount. In this base station, the localized allocation of data to terminals # | 12-10-2009 |
20090303945 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device, Mobile Station Device, and Mobile Communication Method - A base station device ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303946 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus comprises a determination unit to determine whether to increase the number of reference signals to be included in a downlink signal based on an uplink signal. The wireless communication apparatus further comprises a mapping unit to map reference signals based on a determination made by the determination unit. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303947 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A mobile station-side acquirer acquires the MTU value notified by a base station-side notifier and stores the acquired MTU value in a mobile station-side memory. A mobile station-side transmitter transmits data to a destination with the data size set to be smaller than or equal to the MTU value stored in the mobile station-side memory. A base station-side acquirer acquires the MTU value of the transmission path and stores the acquired MTU value in a base station-side memory. The base station-side notifier notifies the mobile station of the MTU value stored in the base station-side memory | 12-10-2009 |
20090303948 | Communication System, Base Station, and Communication Method - In a communication system of the OFDMA communication method, even when transmission data is decreased temporarily and then increased again while communication by a user terminal is in progress, the communication can be continued without lowering the communication throughput of the user terminal and the throughput corresponding to QoS can be provided to the user terminal. The OFDMA communication system for performing data communication using one or more subchannels between a base station ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303949 | OFDMA Communication System and Communication Method - There is provided an OFDMA communication system capable of suppressing the communication resource reduction and reducing the processing load on a base station. The system includes a downlink frame generation unit ( | 12-10-2009 |
20090303950 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed that includes a unit generating a low-layer control channel including at least resource allocation information and transmission system information of a data channel to be transmitted to a user equipment, a unit separately performing channel coding on each low-layer control channel of the plural sets of the user equipment, a unit transmitting the data channel and the low-layer control channel to the user equipment, and a determination unit configured to determine a multiplexing system of a downlink radio resource based on at least one of mobility of the user equipment and a traffic type. In the base station apparatus, high-layer control information indicating that the multiplexing system of the downlink radio resource is either a localized FDM system or a distributed FDM system is transmitted via the data channel. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303951 | Channel quality signaling for persistent/semi-persistent radio resource allocations - A persistent or a semi-persistent uplink resource allocation also includes an indication for a user equipment UE to send channel quality reports. The format for the channel quality report is determined (based on a transmission mode for which the UE receives a downlink shared channel). In at least first transmissions of user data for instances of the persistently allocated uplink resource the UE sends user data and a channel quality report according to the determined format. For the case that a NACK is received in reply to one of those sent user data with channel quality reports, four options are detailed: re-send the NACK'd user data on a next instance of the persistently allocated UL resource with or without a channel quality report, and re-send the NACK'd user data on a dynamically allocated uplink resource with or without a channel quality report. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303952 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus, a communication system and a frequency resource allocation method are disclosed. The radio communication apparatus includes a user equipment selection unit selecting a predetermined number of user equipments from plural user equipments in connection, and a frequency resource allocation unit allocating frequency blocks as divisions of a predetermined frequency resource to the user equipments. The frequency resource allocation unit allocates the frequency blocks preferentially to the user equipments with the reception quality thereof judged low, based on each reception quality measured in the communication with the user equipments in each of the allocable frequency blocks. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303953 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING IDLE MODE OF MOBILE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for supporting an idle mode of a Mobile Station (MS) in a superframe-based wireless communication system are provided. In a method for operating an MS to support an idle mode in a superframe-based wireless communication system, a paging listening interval is determined based on a Broadcast CHannel (BCH) information Transmit (TX) interval. BCH information including paging information is received during the paging listening interval. The inclusion/non-inclusion of a paging advertisement (MOB_PAG-ADV) message is detected based on the BCH information. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303954 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Scheduling Information Report - The present invention provides a method for handling scheduling information report in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of triggering a Buffer Status Report (BSR), which is a Regular BSR, and a Power Headroom Report (PHR); and performing resource allocation when having uplink resource allocated for new transmission, wherein resource allocation priority of a MAC control element of the BSR is higher than that of the PHR. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303955 | Method and System for Generating Antenna Selection Signals in Wireless Networks - Embodiments of the invention describe a method for antenna selection (AS) in a wireless communication network, the network comprising user equipment (UE), configured to transmit a sounding reference signal (SRS) from a subset of antennas at a time without transmitting user data. The method transmits a first SRS from a first subset of antennas in a first subframe, wherein the first subframe does not include the user data, and transmits a second SRS from a second subset of antennas in a second subframe, wherein the second subframe does not include the user data. After receiving, in response to the transmitting the first SRS and the second SRS, information identifying an optimal subset of antennas from the first subset of antennas and the second subset of antennas, the method selects the optimal set of antennas such that the optimal subset of antennas is selected without transmitting the user data. | 12-10-2009 |
20090303956 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS - A method for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) channels to a user is used to feed back ACKs of a plurality of downlink sub-frames in one uplink sub-frame. According to the method, reserved ACK channels are divided into blocks according to the number of downlink sub-frames; each downlink sub-frame corresponds to one block; each block is divided into several sub-blocks; control channel element (CCE) sets within the same sub-frame are respectively mapped to different sub-blocks; and the ACK channels are assigned to the downlink sub-frames according to a sequence of increasing a mapping label d first and then increasing a sub-block label m. Thus, more unused ACK channels can be released to form resource blocks (RBs) for transmission on other channels, for example, for PUSCH transmission. Other methods for assigning ACK channels to a user, a device for assigning ACK channels to a user, and a communication system are further provided. | 12-10-2009 |
20090310542 | MECHANISM FOR MAXIMIZING UPLINK BANDWIDTH BY OVERLAPPING CONTROL REGIONS IN WIMAX SYSTEMS - A method and system for allocating a particular uplink control region to both HARQ ACKCH and CQICH in order to maximize uplink bandwidth for data transfer in a communication network. A control region scheduling (CRS) utility assigns a higher priority to HARQ ACKCH relative to CQICH. When both HARQ ACKCH and CQICH are to be allocated for a subscriber in the same region in the same frame, HARQ ACKCH is allocated in the region while CQICH is rejected. As the substitute to the rejected CQICH, the CRS utility may use current uplink channel quality information in combination with the corresponding HARQ ACK transmission to estimate the downlink channel quality information for the subscriber. Upon receiving the HARQ ACK information, the CRS utility updates the subscriber(s) uplink channel quality information. The CRS utility also provides a configurable option of activating or de-activating the sharing of the uplink control region. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310543 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DYNAMIC STICKY REGION ALLOCATION IN MAP-BASED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for allocating, modifying, and terminating a fixed data region (termed “sticky region allocation”) in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame are provided. With sticky region allocation, the sticky region may be negotiated during the establishment of a connection between a base station and a user terminal, and a single MAP information element (MAP IE) may inform the user terminal of the location of the sticky region. Then, a user terminal can receive/send data bursts for a certain connection in multiple OFDM/OFDMA frames without needing a MAP IE for locating each burst in subsequent frames. Accordingly, the size of the control overhead, such as the downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) MAP messages, may be reduced. The reduced control overhead may increase the frame resources available for data traffic and thus, may boost the overall efficiency and performance of OFDM/OFDMA wireless systems. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310544 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INCREASING THROUGHPUT IN A HIERARCHICAL WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for increasing throughput in a hierarchical wireless network is described. The hierarchical wireless network includes a plurality of nodes and each of the plurality of nodes has a primary path to the root node. First, one or more channels from a plurality of available channels are allocated to each disjoint sub-tree associated with the root node. Then, alternate one or more disjoint paths from at least one node in the plurality of nodes to the root node through alternate disjoint sub-trees associated with the root node are determined. Next, data from the at least one node is sent to the root node through a primary path and one or more alternate disjoint paths | 12-17-2009 |
20090310545 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention relates to channel selection in ad hoc wireless networks. The present invention provides a method of selecting a channel for a node in an ad hoc network of nodes, the method comprising: increasing a preference score for a channel (E) in response to receiving a stimulatory control message (hoot x) associated with the channel from another node; decreasing the preference score for the channel (A) in response to receiving an inhibitory control message (hoot y) associated with the channel from another node; selecting a channel dependent on the preference score for the channel. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310546 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOWING AND PREVENTING WIRELESS DEVICES TO TRANSMIT WIRELESS SIGNALS - A method for arbitrating use of wireless medium for transmission of wireless signals within a selected local geographic region. The selected local geographic region comprises a first set of a plurality of devices to be allowed to transmit wireless signals and a second set of one or more devices to be substantially restricted from transmitting wireless signals. The method includes providing identity information associated with the first set of wireless devices. The method includes transmitting over a wireless medium at least one packet for each of the wireless devices in the first set. The at least one packet for each of the wireless devices includes an identity information, including an address, associated with that wireless device. That wireless device is a recipient of the one packet on the wireless medium. The at least one packet also has a selected value in a duration field of at least the one packet. The selected value is associated with a portion of time for which that wireless device is to be allowed to transmit wireless signals within the selected local geographic region while restricting at least the wireless devices in the second set. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310547 | CHANNEL INSERTING METHOD, TRANSMITTER, AND RECEIVER - A channel inserting method includes calculating, based on a band of an assigned channel, vacant bandwidth that is assignable to a reference signal; and setting an insertion format of the reference signal based on the vacant bandwidth. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310548 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and a method of performing radio communication are provided. The radio communication apparatus may determine a channel capacity of a radio channel based on a sensing duration to sense the radio channel and a false alarm probability, determine a sensing duration value and a false alarm probability value that maximize the channel capacity, and sense the radio channel based on the determined sensing duration value and the false alarm probability value. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310549 | USER TERMINAL APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A user terminal apparatus that transmits to a base station apparatus a pilot channel at least in uplink by a single carrier method is provided with a mapping portion that maps transmission data to a long block of a sub-frame composed of plural short blocks and plural of the long blocks, and maps a pilot channel for demodulating a data channel and a pilot channel for measuring a CQI to the short blocks in accordance with a transmission band and a transmission method provided by notification from the base station. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310550 | Method and apparatus for link adaptation in wirless communication network - A method and apparatus for link adaptation in a wireless communication network is provided. The method includes computing a first channel quality parameter based on one or more channel quality parameters. The one or more channel quality parameters are associated with a communication link between a Mobile Station (MS) and a Base Station (BS). The method further includes determining a qualifying transmission unit to compute a correction parameter. The correction parameter is computed based on the first channel quality parameter and one or more transmission parameters. The one or more transmission parameter is associated with the communication link. Thereafter, the method schedules a transmission mode of the communication link based on a second channel quality parameter. The second channel quality parameter is estimated based the first channel quality parameter and the correction parameter. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310551 | Method of deciding to release communication resources - A method of deciding to release communication resources used for a network access server session in a communication network is provided, wherein the method involves receiving an Accounting Stop Request for a PDP context associated to the network access server session, deciding whether a Session Stop Indicator is included in the Accounting Stop Request, in case no Session Stop Indicator is included deciding whether further PDP contexts are associated with the network access server session, in case no further PDP context is associated with the network access server session, starting an IDLE Timer to determine a point in time for releasing the communication resources. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310552 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CELL-BASED HIGHLY DETECTABLE PILOT MULTIPLEXING - An apparatus and method for cell-based highly detectable pilot (HDP) multiplexing comprising determining if an HDP opportunity exists; selecting a subslot within the HDP opportunity for transmission of a HDP signal; and activating more than one sector within a cell for the transmission of the HDP signal. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310553 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR UPLINK SERVICE - The present invention relates to a mobile station, a base station, and a method for an uplink service that provides a high-speed data service between the base station and the mobile station in a wireless communication system. A method for providing an uplink service in a mobile station includes, after TCP data are received from a base station, measuring a partial round trip time which is a time until ACK which is a response to the received TCP data is inputted into an uplink transmission MAC buffer, transmitting information on the measured partial round trip time to the base station, receiving resource allocation information—unicast resource allocation information for transmitting the ACK to the base station in the mobile station—from the base station, and transmitting the ACK of the TCP data received from the base station on the basis of the resource allocation information to the base station. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310554 | JAMMING GRAPH AND ITS APPLICATION IN NETWORK RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT - A wireless communication network uses backhaul negotiation based upon static and dynamic resource assignment on jamming graphs. Static reuse factor design methods including fractional frequency reuse (FFR) are addressed. The jamming graph is used to summarize the interfering relationship between transmitters (nodes in the jamming graph). Negotiation-based algorithm is used to arrive at a static resource assignment so that a large reuse factor can be achieved while jamming scenario can be avoided. As a result of such algorithm, each transmitter is assigned some resources, over which traffic transmission can be done instantaneously to reduce the packet delay for short packets. Based on the result of static resource negotiation algorithm, a dynamic resource algorithm can be run, such that the resources assigned to different nodes can be share in a bursty traffic scenario to further reduce packet delay for larger packet size cases, while jamming be also avoided. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310555 | System And Method For Selecting Channels In Wireless Communication - According to one embodiment, a method for wireless communication includes coupling a base station to a network access device. The network access device provides access to an Internet service provider network. The method also includes determining, at the base station, a plurality of available communication channels of a wireless service provider network that may be utilized to communicate with an endpoint. In addition, the method includes determining, at the base station, at least one interference power measurement for at least one channel of the plurality of channels. Further, the method includes determining, at the base station, at least one average interference power for at least one channel of the plurality of channels utilizing the at least one interference power measurement. The method also includes automatically selecting a channel for communication with the endpoint in response to determining the at least one average interference power. Moreover, the method includes providing the endpoint access to the wireless service provider network utilizing the Internet service provider network via the selected channel. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310556 | BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station for communicating to a mobile station that transmits an uplink signal in accordance with a SC-FDMA scheme or an OFDMA scheme includes an adjustment amount range setting unit configured to set an adjustment amount for adjusting a transmit timing of the uplink signal to have different ranges depending on types of a channel transmitted by the mobile station. | 12-17-2009 |
20090310557 | COMMUNICATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DEVICE - A communication resource management device is capable of changing the transfer rate of a control channel related to a mobile terminal in accordance with the communication condition. The device determines whether to change the transfer rate of a first control channel related to a first mobile terminal; determines whether there is a frequency band for which it is not determined whether the frequency band is to be used in a predetermined time period based on the current transfer rate of a second control channel related to a second mobile terminal and an amount of data of signals to be transmitted in the second control channel; and allocates, to the first mobile terminal, at least a part of the frequency band for the second control channel with respect to the second mobile terminal in a predetermined period of time based on a positive decision result. The device changes the transfer rate in the first control channel while maintaining the total frequency band for plural control channels related to plural mobile terminals at a constant value. | 12-17-2009 |
20090316632 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING ACESS RELATED INDICATIONS BY AN ACESS TERMINAL IN IDLE STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for processing access related information by an access terminal in idle state is provided, comprising determining whether a SharedSignalingMAC.AccessGrantReceived indication is received by an access terminal, generating an ActiveSetAssignment block and placing the generated ActiveSetAssignment block in public data of Overhead Messages Protocol. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316633 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - With communication service considered, it is an object to provide a communication system in which power consumption of a mobile station device is suppressed. This mobile communication system includes a base station device and a mobile station device, wherein the base station device includes a scheduling portion that carries out scheduling to determine a downlink CQI effective period scheduled by using the downlink CQI as a downlink effective period, start the downlink effective period after a lapse of a given period from downlink CQI transmission timing, and allow the mobile station device to transmit control information and user data only during the downlink effective period. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316634 | Frame Synchronization Method of OFDM Communication System and Receiver Therefor - Provided are a new frame synchronization method, which is capable of shortening the time necessary for frame synchronization between a receiver and a base station of PHS based on an OFDM communication system, and the receiver therefor. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316635 | Method and frame structure for supporting dynamic channel allocation and dynamic power allocation in frequency reuse partitioning based OFDMA system - Provided are a dynamic channel/power allocation method for an FRP-based OFDMA system and a frame/slot structure. capable of supporting the dynamic channel/power allocation method. In the FRP-based OFDMA system, each of cells has an inner cell, an outer cell and a plurality of sectors and performs data communication with a plurality of MSs therein through one or more orthogonal subchannel groups. In the dynamic channel/power allocation method, a BS receives a feedback channel condition from an MS provided with a service of the BS and allocates a subchannel group with a high SINR to each MS in consideration of the fairness and the distance information of each MS. Power is allocated to each MS on the basis of the conditions of a channel allocated to each MS, thereby obtaining a multi-user diversity gain. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316636 | Selecting a transmission mode between a subscriber and a base station - Embodiments for a method and apparatus of selecting a transmission mode between the subscriber and a base station are disclosed. One method includes determining a predictive window. Instantaneous channel quality measurements are averaged, wherein the averaging is dependent upon a size of the predictive window. A first estimate of the transmission mode is determined based on the averaged instantaneous channel quality measurements. A margin is calculated based on reception of a qualifying downlink transmission. The transmission mode is selected by updating the first estimate with the margin. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316637 | Method for transmitting MAC PDUs - With respect to generating and sending a MAC PDU by using the radio resources allocated to the mobile terminal, the level of priority between the buffer status report (BSR) and the established logical channels are defined such that the data of each logical channel and buffer status report can be more effectively, efficiently and quickly transmitted. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316638 | Method for performing random access Procedures and terminal thereof - A random access procedure between a mobile terminal and a network is performed based upon the characteristics of a RACH preamble. If the RACH preamble was explicitly signaled by the network, a downlink channel is monitored until a new transmission is indicated according to radio resource allocation information received from the network. If the RACH preamble was not explicitly signaled by the network, a contention resolution timer is started and the downlink channel is monitored until the contention resolution timer expires. Such monitoring of downlink channels in a more efficient manner, results in effective reduction in power consumption. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316639 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING A HAPPY BIT ON AN E-DCH DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) determines (1) whether the WTRU is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current Serving_Grant, (2) whether the WTRU has enough power to transmit at higher data rate, and (3) based on a same power offset as a currently selected E-DCH transport format combination (E-TFC), whether total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) would require more than predetermined period to be transmitted with the current Serving_Grant×a ratio of active processes to a total number of processes. If criteria (1)-(3) are met, the WTRU sets the happy bit to “unhappy.” If MAC-i/is is configured, the WTRU evaluates criteria (2) by identifying an E-TFC that has a transport block size at least x bits larger than a transport block size of the currently selected E-TFC, and determining whether the identified E-TFC is supported based on a same power offset as the currently selected E-TFC. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316640 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A wireless transmit/receive unit includes a receiver and a processor. The receiver is configured to receive a plurality of high-speed shared control channels (HS-SCCHs), wherein the plurality of HS-SCCHs are received over a plurality of discrete time intervals. The processor is configured to instruct the receiver to receive all of the plurality of HS-SCCHs during one of the plurality of discrete time intervals. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316641 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A base station device includes: a re-synchronization factor detector that detects an uplink re-synchronization factor of a mobile station device; a data controller that generates, when the re-synchronization factor detector detects the uplink re-synchronization factor, data in which information indicative of an uplink synchronization request addressed to the mobile station device is set to a region on a radio frame to which parameters to be used for synchronous communication with the mobile station device are to be set; and a transmitter that transmits data generated by the data controller. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316642 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A base station device includes: a re-synchronization factor detector that detects an uplink re-synchronization factor of a mobile station device; a data controller that generates, when the re-synchronization factor detector detects the uplink re-synchronization factor, data in which information indicative of an uplink synchronization request addressed to the mobile station device is set to a region on a radio frame to which parameters to be used for synchronous communication with the mobile station device are to be set; and a transmitter that transmits data generated by the data controller. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316643 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316644 | Reduced Time Packet Transmission in a Wireless Communications System - System and method for reducing acquisition time of packets in a FDD system, such as a spread-spectrum or OFDM system. A remote unit transmits a multi-tone packet. The multi-tone packet has a plurality of tones with each tone having a different power level, and at a different frequency, from other tones in the plurality of tones. The base station receives the multi-tone packet. The base station compares the plurality of tones from the received multi-tone packet to a threshold or other selection criteria. A tone is selected from the plurality of tones meeting desired selection criteria. Based on the selected tone, the base station transmits a BS packet with the BS packet having power information from the power level of the selected tone. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316645 | METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - As a random access channel (RACH), two types of RACHs, a synchronous RACH and an asynchronous RACH are prepared, condition of a mobile station is classified depending on whether there is temporal synchronization in the mobile station and whether a resource is allocated, and depending on each case, any one of the synchronous RACH/the asynchronous RACH/uplink shared control channel (USCCH) is adaptively selected to carry out connection processing. | 12-24-2009 |
20090316646 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To prevent a collision from occurring at the time of random access in cases such as handover, response to paging and the like where a mobile station apparatus performs random access in response to directions from a base station apparatus. In a mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus | 12-24-2009 |
20090323596 | Scheduling For Uplink And Downlink Time Of Arrival Positioning - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for scheduling of positioning channels and traffic in order to recover a sufficiently perfect orthogonality including scheduling tasks for the downlink and uplink direction. A scheduling manager co-ordinates the scheduling and measurement timing of first and second positioning schedulers that, respectively, allocate uplink and downlink radio resources. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323597 | CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A control channel allocation apparatus includes a memory portion that stores an identifier indicating a layer 1 control channel associated with a downlink data channel, and a physical channel parameter for transmitting an uplink layer 1 control channel, the identifier being related to the physical channel parameter; a physical layer parameter determination portion that determines the physical channel parameter for transmitting the uplink layer 1 control channel in accordance with the identifier; a layer 1 control channel generation portion that generates a layer 1 control channel indicating a decoding result of a data channel, in accordance with the determined physical channel parameter; and a transmission portion that transmits the generated layer 1 control channel. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323598 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE UTILIZATION MANAGEMENT IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described that facilitate evaluating conditions of nodes (e.g., access points, access terminals, etc.) in a wireless communication environment having a plurality of carriers to determine a level of disadvantage for a given node relative to other nodes. The node may transmit a resource utilization message (RUM) that represents the level of disadvantage for the node and request other interference nodes to back off on one or more carriers. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323599 | METHOD OF RECEIVING/TRANSMITTING AT LEAST ONE SERVICE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of controlling resources in a mobile communication system. In one embodiment of the present invention, a UE obtains information necessary for receiving a first service from a network node. The UE calculates resources needed for receiving the first service and a second service simultaneously based on the obtained information and transmits information associated with the calculated resources. The network node performs a scheduling of data transmission for transmitting the first and second service based on the resource information from the UE, so that the UE receives the first and second service without error. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323600 | ADAPTING CHANNEL WIDTH FOR IMPROVING THE PERFORMANCE OF WIRELESS NETWORKS - The subject invention relates to a system and/or methodology that provide improved wireless networking performance by dynamically adapting the channel width. A dynamic adaptation component adjust the channel width based on at least one characteristic of a wireless network, the characteristics can include but are not limited to range, power consumption, throughput, signal to noise ratio (SNR), resilience to delay spread, data rate, and capacity. Additionally, an optimization component can determine an optimum channel width. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323601 | METHOD OF PERFORMING TRANSMISSION AND PRIORITIZATION FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL PACKETS FOR A MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL LAYER OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method used in a medium access control, hereinafter called MAC, layer of a wireless communications system for performing transmission and prioritization for packets of a radio link control, hereinafter called RLC, layer including a plurality of RLC entities coupled to a plurality of logic channel includes determining a size of a MAC protocol data unit, hereinafter called PDU according to a grant provided by a lower layer, selecting MAC control elements for use in a MAC PDU header, determining MAC sub-headers for use in the MAC PDU header according to the selected MAC control elements, determining a total transmission payload size according to total sizes of the control elements and the MAC sub-headers, and then allocating a transmission payload size for each RLC entity according to the total transmission payload size, a data volume provided by each of the plurality of RLC entities, and logic channel priority. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323602 | Efficient bandwith request for broadband wireless networks - Methods and apparatuses for scheduling transmissions between a base station and multiple user stations in a broadband wireless access network may include a subscriber station generating a bandwidth request which includes one of a limited number of available and predefined preamble sequences and a data portion identifying the resources requested. The subscriber station randomly selects a contention slot in a wireless channel, allocated by the base station, for sending a bandwidth request. The receiving base station is able to detect the preamble sequence of bandwidth requests and differentiate between subscribers even when bandwidth requests of two or more subscribers may collide by virtue of selecting the same contention slot. In this manner, latency and overhead of bandwidth requests may be improved. Additional variants and embodiments are also disclosed. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323603 | BASE STATION FOR EXCHANGING FREQUENCY BANDS - An apparatus and method for exchanging frequency bands used by a plurality of base stations are provided. A base station for exchanging frequency bands includes a receiving unit to receive first quiet time duration information of an adjacent base station, a frequency band measuring unit to determine first frequency band measuring information with respect to a first frequency band used by the adjacent base station based on the first quiet time duration information, a frequency band exchange-determining unit to determine whether to exchange frequency bands with each other based on the first frequency band measuring information, and a transmitting unit to transmit data to a terminal using the first frequency band according to the determined result. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323604 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES IN A CELLULAR NETWORK USING A SHARED RADIO TRANSMISSION LINK, NETWORK AND NETWORK ADAPTERS THEREOF - A method is provided for optimizing allocation of transmission resources in a mobile radio communication cellular network. The network has at least one base station controlled by a base station controller, and a connecting network connecting the base stations(s) with the base station controller, wherein setting up, maintaining and terminating a communications channel between a mobile station located in the cellular network are implemented by exchanges of signalling messages. The connecting network includes at least one radio link with shared resources between the base station(s) and the base station controller. Such a method includes: analysing content of all or a portion of the signalling messages, including searching for and detecting in the content of the signalling messages data indicating a traffic activity; and allocating or not allocating a resource channel in the radio link with shared resources according to data indicating a traffic activity. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323605 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station for retransmitting a transmission packet in response to a retransmission request for the transmission packet from a mobile station includes a retransmission control unit configured to receive the retransmission request from the mobile station; a scheduling unit configured to determine an available packet size on the same logical channel as used for the transmission packet, when channel quality at the time of retransmitting the transmission packet in response to the retransmission request is improved compared to channel quality at the time of initially transmitting the transmission packet; a segmentation/concatenation unit configured to segment a packet to be transmitted on the same logical channel as used for the transmission packet based on the available packet size determined by the scheduling unit; and a multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the transmission packet to be retransmitted and the packet segmented by the segmentation/concatenation unit. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323606 | UNEQUAL ERROR PROTECTION FOR A MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatuses relate to data transmission between at least one first radio station and at least one second radio station in a radio communication system. At least one portion of an available spectrum is allocated for said at least one data transmission, the at least one portion including a number of adjacent sub-carriers; error protection is used for data transmission, wherein the error protecting is distributed in an unequal manner throughout the at least one portion allocated for the at least one data transmission. Data is transmitted upon completion of said error protection. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323607 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided with a method for enabling a user equipment to perform a random access procedure in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting a random access preamble and receiving a random access response as a response to the random access preamble. The random access response is addressed by a random access identifier. The random access identifier is mapped to radio resources used for transmitting the random access preamble. The user equipment can immediately confirm its random access response and perform further efficient random access procedure. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323608 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus which can simultaneously conduct communication on at least two frequency channels is described. The apparatus includes a communication unit which refers to a connection management table to determine a communication system which can be used by a wireless communication terminal using an identifier of the wireless communication terminal, and conducts communication with the wireless communication terminal on a second frequency channel using the communication system, when a request from the wireless communication terminal to change the first frequency channel to the second frequency channel is permitted. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323609 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCANNING MULTI-MODE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENTS - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for adaptively scanning communication channels to find a channel having a desired attribute such as being usable for communication with a home network in one of a plurality of communication modes. A first scan of a first set of channels is performed, and attributes are assigned to channels. If a channel having the desired attribute is not found, the attributes are used to configure a second scan of a second set of channels using a second scan mode, such that the expected amount of resources consumed in the second scan is reduced, for example by scanning channels more likely to be usable for communication first. The second scan of a second set of channels is performed, and additional attributes are assigned to channels. If a channel having the desired attribute is found during the first or second scan, the scan may terminate. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323610 | BONDING ADJACENT TV BANDS, SUB-CARRIER ALLOCATION, DATA BURST DEFINITION AND SPREAD OFDMA IN A PHYSICAL LAYER FOR 802.22 WRAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system of calculating debt service capacity of a loan applicant includes capturing, indexing, reclassifying and grouping transaction data and profile data of the loan applicant. Next, capturing a loan structure, risk factors, financial variables and reconciliation rules and finally using the aforementioned and loan applicants' data and cash flow projections to calculate loan applicants' debt service capacity with time value of money calculations. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323611 | System and method for priority driven contention scheme for supporting enhanced QoS in a wireless communication network - A system and method for priority driven contention in a wireless communication network is disclosed. In one particular embodiment, the system comprises an access point configured to transmit a beacon indicative of available channel resources and a partitioning of a contention period into a plurality of superslots, each superslot associated with a priority, and a station configured to contend for the channel by transmitting, during a superslot associated with the identified priority or a superslot associated with a priority lower than the identified priority, data indicative of an allocation of available channel resources. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323612 | Quality of service management in a mobile communication system - In one aspect, a method for Quality of Service management in a mobile communication system is provided, comprising, in an embodiment:
| 12-31-2009 |
20090323613 | Selecting between normal and virtual dual layer ACK/NACK - An allocation of downlink resources is received, which are monitored on I layers for data. A resource-specific bit (ACK/NACK) is generated for each of those resources. From a pattern of those resources is selected an algorithm from among a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode and a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode. The selected algorithm is used on the generated resource-specific bits that correspond to the downlink resources, bundled according to the selected mode, to generate I reply bits which are then transmitted. At the network side a NACK reply bit is received, based on a pattern of the allocated downlink resources, a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode or a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode is selected. A bundling window and layer combination are determined from the selected algorithm, which gives the resource for retransmitting the NACK'd data. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323614 | FRAME ALLOCATION TO SUPPORT LEGACY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS ON UPLINK TRANSMISSION | 12-31-2009 |
20090323615 | COMMUNICATING NON-COHERENT DETECTABLE SIGNAL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to allocating a radio resource in a wireless communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM). Preferably, the present invention comprises receiving in a mobile station data associated with a radio resource allocation map from a base station, wherein the radio allocation map comprises control parameters for transmitting an uplink channel, wherein the uplink channel comprises at least one OFDM tile comprising a first set of subcarriers associated with representing at least part of an n-bit data payload, and a second set of subcarriers associated with representing at least part of a non-pilot m-bit data payload wherein each subcarrier carries a modulated data, and the first and the second set of subcarriers are exclusive to each other, and transmitting the uplink channel from the mobile station to the base station. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323616 | SIGNALING ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The invention provides a signalling method in a first base station of a mobile communications system adapted for synchronized multimedia broadcast/multicast transmissions, the first base station transmitting to a wireless terminal, the mobile communication system further comprising a set of base stations neighbouring the first base station, the method comprising: transmitting a signal describing the set of base stations over a broadcast channel by the first base station to at least a wireless terminal. Further, a first bit of the signal indicates if a first subframe allocation pattern of synchronized subframes per radio frame in the first base station equals a second subframe allocation pattern of synchronized subframes per radio frame for all base stations of the set of base stations. The set of base stations neighbouring the first base station are candidates for starting a transmission to the wireless terminal. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323617 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACKNOWLEDGMENT BUNDLING - An approach is provided for acknowledgement bundling. Dynamically scheduling of one or more of subframes per bundling window is performed by reusing an assignment index field (e.g., downlink assignment index (DAI) field). The assignment index field has a value greater than or equal to number of previously assigned subframes within the bundling window. The bundling window defines a group of subframes for common acknowledgement. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323618 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF PARAMETERS FOR RADIO TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING CHANNEL FEEDBACK COMPRESSION, NETWORK ELEMENTS AND A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for allocation of parameters for radio transmission in a wireless communication network using channel feedback compression, whereby at least one channel impulse response in the time domain for at least one connection (CH | 12-31-2009 |
20090323619 | DISTRIBUTED BEAMFORMING AND RATE ALLOCATION IN MULTI-ANTENNA COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed for designing beamforming vectors for and allocating transmission rates to secondary users in a wireless cognitive network with secondary (cognitive) users and primary (license-holding) users by performing distributed beamforming design and rate allocation for the secondary users to maximize a minimum weighted secondary rate; and granting simultaneous spectrum access to the primary and secondary users subject to one or more co-existence constraints. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323620 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RELOCATING PERSISTENTLY ALLOCATED RESOURCE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses of a base station and terminal in a wireless communication system and their operating methods are provided. An operating method of a base station in a broadband wireless communication system includes determining whether to relocate at least one persistently allocated resource, when it is determined to relocate the at least one persistently allocated resource, relocating the at least one persistently allocated resource, generating a resource relocation Information Element (IE) indicative of the resource relocation using an offset of a Resource Block (RB), and transmitting the resource relocation IE. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323621 | WIRELESS BACKHAUL - A method and system for providing wireless backhaul in a wireless radio access network having an overall allocated access bandwidth for access communication, the system including a radio access base station designed for out-of-band backhaul, the base station including an access transceiver communicating over an allocated frequency channel within the overall allocated access bandwidth, and an in-band backhaul unit coupled to the access base station including means for in-band communication of backhaul of the access base station. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323622 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION METHOD AND PROGRAM - In a radio system which allocates resources using as units resource blocks which are formed by frequency components and time components, control information for mobile station devices, and identification information which is used to identify a format for a control information transmission channel which transmits the control information is transmitted from the base station device to the mobile station devices by means of the control information transmission channel. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323623 | Event Notification in a Hybrid Network - When a mobile station requests circuit services notifications through a packet switched network, a mobile switching center sets a forwarding indicator. When the MSC detects an event indicative of a change in the status of the mobile station, the MSC sends an event notification to the packet switched network if the forwarding indicator is set to true. In the packet switched network, the base station can use the event notifications to manage communication resources used for packet data communications with the mobile station. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323624 | INTERRUPTING USE OF FREQUENCY LAYER CONVERGENCE SCHEME - The present invention is directed to interrupting use of a frequency layer convergence scheme that favors selection of a cell on a preferred frequency of a joined point-to-multipoint service. Specifically, a mobile terminal that has joined a point-to-multipoint service having a preferred frequency uses a frequency layer convergence scheme for selecting a cell. The frequency layer convergence scheme favors the selection of a cell on the preferred frequency layer. However, use of the frequency layer convergence scheme is interrupted upon an occurrence of a trigger. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323625 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND DATA TRANSMISSION IN PACKET BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The technology of the present invention is applied to application of radio resources for transmitting data in a packet-based mobile communication system, and it minimizes wasteful consumption of the radio resources by minimizing the use of control channel blocks to thereby efficiently support a voice service. The method for transmitting data in a packet-based mobile communication system, includes: (a) allocating a user equipment identifier to user equipment; (b) allocating a persistent radio resource block by transmitting downlink and/or uplink radio resource block allocation information and downlink and/or uplink radio resource block position information to a specific user equipment according to a control message transmitted from an upper layer; and (c) coding the persistent radio resource block to transmit data to the specific user equipment through the persistent radio resource block. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323626 | Resource allocation apparatus and method for reducing overhead in mobile communication system - An operating method of a base station for changing a fixed resource allocation to reduce overhead in a mobile communication system includes calculating a total amount of resources allocated to a corresponding subframe in a period of a corresponding fixed allocation resource; when the total amount of the resources allocated to the corresponding subframe is greater than a threshold, temporarily canceling one or more corresponding fixed allocation resources to make the total amount of the resources allocated to the corresponding subframe less than or equal to the threshold; and reallocating the one or more canceled fixed allocation resources according to a corresponding rule. | 12-31-2009 |
20090323627 | Filling the space-time channels in SDMA - Embodiments of the present invention provide an apparatus, comprising a base station operable in a wireless network, the base station including a scheduler, and wherein the scheduler schedules variable length packets for transmission based on transmission times to transmit on each of M spatial channels to mobile stations operable in the wireless network by filling the M spatial channels using data packets buffered for the mobile stations. | 12-31-2009 |
20100002635 | NAME SERVICE IN A MULTIHOP WIRELESS AD HOC NETWORK - Piggy-backed requests for resources are handled in a packet-switched communications system. A terminal arrangement sends an access request to a network element in order to request permission to use communications resources for transmitting a data packet found in a transmission buffer of the terminal arrangement. Knowledge is established about a predicted data packet which is to appear in the transmission buffer of the terminal arrangement in the near future. The terminal arrangement transmits to the network element an access request for predicted traffic, requesting permission to use communications resources for transmitting said predicted data packet once it appears. This access request for predicted traffic is piggy-backed onto another transmission. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002636 | ESTABLISHING CHANNELS BETWEEN A DOMAIN MANAGER AND MANAGED NODES - A device associated with a network receives a register request from a managed node connected to the network, where the register request requests registration of the managed node. The device also establishes a command channel, for sending one or more commands, with the managed node based on the register request, and establishes a notification channel, for sending one or more notifications, with the managed node based on the register request. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002637 | Resource Allocation in Wireless Communications System - Wireless links used as backhauls for wireless access networks may be provided by an HSDPA, while hot spots for network access may be built using another radio technology, such as WLAN. There may be several end-user terminals simultaneously accessing the network through the hot spot. Information on the number of user terminals connected to a hot spot is found out, and the information is provided to a backhaul network. The backhaul network then allocates the backhaul network resources between the user terminals connected to the hot spot and the user terminals connected to the backhaul network such that the number of user terminals connected to the hot spot is taken into account. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002638 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system includes allocating persistent resources, monitoring a control channel according to the persistent resources so as to find a scheduling grant, the scheduling grant comprising information on uplink radio resources and transmitting data using the uplink radio resources by overriding the persistent resources when the scheduling grant on the control channel is found. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002639 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESERVATION OF DISJOINT TIME INTERVALS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A system and method of reserving bandwidth for disjoint time intervals in a wireless network. Parameters for a disjoint network allocation vector (NAV) define a reservation of a plurality of disjoint time durations during which transmissions by devices other than a target device are deferred. Parameters are sent as a control or data packet over a network and received by the devices associated with the network. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002640 | ACKNOWLEDGMENT CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate establishing a forward link acknowledgement channel and transmitting acknowledgment signals thereupon. In particular, the signals can be spread within contiguous channel clusters in a tile where the signals in the cluster are mutually orthogonal to one another. Additionally, the signals can be multiplexed over a plurality of frequency regions. In this regard, the acknowledgment signals are diverse with respect to frequency and interference; moreover, the signals can be received and decoded even where one of the channels experiences high interference. Furthermore, the acknowledgement signals can also communicate a channel deassignment value, which allows devices to utilize persistent channels in communicating data to one another | 01-07-2010 |
20100002641 | SUPPORT FOR BROADCAST CONTROL HEADER FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein related to broadcast control headers for wireless networks. According to an example embodiment, a method may include allocating resources for a broadcast channel for a wireless network may include determining a set of physical resource units (PRUs), each PRU including a plurality of contiguous subcarriers, selecting one or more subsets of the PRUs, each subset including a plurality of PRUs distributed across the set of PRUs, and determining a plurality of logical resource units (LRUs) from each subset of PRUs, including permutating the subcarriers independently within each subset of PRUs to obtain the plurality of LRUs for each subset of PRUs, each LRU including a plurality of distributed subcarriers. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002642 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes a generation unit that generates first and second reception quality information, a transmission unit that transmits the first and second reception quality information to another radio communication apparatus, and a reception unit that receives first allocation information indicating frequency resource allocated by the other radio communication apparatus to the radio communication apparatus based on the first reception quality information, and second allocation information indicating a modulation scheme and a coding rate determined by the other radio communication apparatus based on the second reception quality information with respect to the radio communication apparatus. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002643 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a Mobile Station (MS) in a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) wireless communication system is provided. The method includes measuring channel quality for a serving Base Station (BS), if the channel quality is less than a threshold, measuring interference power from one or more neighbor BSs, determining a Precoding Matrix Index (PMI) and a priority metric for each neighbor BS, and feeding back at least one of the PMI, a PMI type indicator, the priority metric, and the channel quality to the serving BS. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002644 | METHOD OF RETRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes receiving a first group index and a second group index, wherein the first group index represents indices of a group having channel power below a specified threshold value and the second index group index represents indices of a group having channel power greater than or equal to the specified threshold value, and transmitting the data after swapping mapping locations of the first group index and the second group index. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002645 | Method of Flow Control between Radio Network Controller and Base Station - A method of flow control between radio network controller and base station is disclosed. The method includes: step 1, the base station carrying information of Maximum PDU Length in a capacity allocation frame of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel; step 2, the radio network controller receiving the capacity allocation frame from the base station; step 3, the radio network controller transmitting data to the base station, wherein the amount of data transmitted during one HS-DSCH Interval is less than or equal to the product of Maximum PDU Length carried in said capacity allocation frame and the maximum number of PDUs that can be transmitted during one HS-DSCH Interval. The disclosed method enables the base station control the flow with the radio network controller in the common state of the fortified connection mode. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002646 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a receiving device configured to receive a physical frame in which a plurality of MAC frames, each having a sequence number, are aggregated. A reception buffer which stores MAC frames of the physical frame received by the receiving device. A determination device determines whether or not the first MAC frame in the physical frame received by the receiving device has been successfully received. A reception buffer management device determines, when the first MAC frame has been successfully received, a MAC frame to be forwarded to an upper layer, on the basis of the sequence number of the first MAC frame, and extracts the MAC frame from the reception buffer. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002647 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method of acquiring information on a resource region for transmitting PHICH and a method of receiving PDCCH using the same are disclosed. The resource region for transmitting the PHICH can be specified by first information corresponding to the per-subframe PHICH number and second information corresponding to a duration of the PHICH within the subframe. The first information can be specified into a form resulting from multiplying a predetermined basic number by a specific constant. And, the specific constant can be transmitted via PBCH. Moreover, the second information can be acquired from the PBCH as well. | 01-07-2010 |
20100002648 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION - The present invention is related to a method and system for transferring wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)-specific information to support enhanced uplink (EU) operation in a wireless communication system. A radio network controller (RNC) obtains WTRU-specific information, and transfers the WTRU-specific information to the Node-Bs. Each Node-B is configured to schedule uplink transmissions from a WTRU and utilizes the WTRU-specific information in operation of EU transmissions. | 01-07-2010 |
20100008305 | PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD FOR REAL-TIME TRAFFIC TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of scheduling packets in a mobile telecommunication. The method includes the steps of: a) calculating a normalized standard data unit (SDU) drop rate based on the number of SDUs that will be dropped if the SDUs will not transmitted in a next slot, the number of SDUs dropped unit a current slot, the number of SDUs transmitted until the current slot and a maximum SDU drop rate allowed at each session; b) selecting sessions to transmit in a next slot and deciding a transmission amount of each session at a current slot based on the normalized SDU drop rate; and c) performing the steps a) and b) until all basic units (BU) in one slot are used. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008306 | OAMP FOR DISTRIBUTED MOBILE ARCHITECTURE - A method of routing calls includes receiving a first call at a first distributed mobile architecture gateway (dMAG) from a legacy communication network. A routing path for the first call is determined based on register data associated with a mobile station, the routing path including at least one component of each of the first dMAG, a first dMA node, and a private Internet Protocol (IP) network. One or more command messages are sent to reserve the components of the first dMAG, the first dMA node, and the private Internet Protocol (IP) network. One or more confirmation messages are received indicating that components of the first dMAG, the first dMA node, and the private IP network are reserved to route the first call. The first call is connected to the mobile station via the reserved components of the first dMAG, the first dMA node, and the private IP network. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008307 | METHOD AND UNIT FOR EFFICIENT REPORTING OF SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement in a wireless communication system for efficient reporting of scheduling information processed in a unit of said system. The method comprises the steps of adaptively selecting a buffer status report format that is most efficient for the momentary buffer content for indicating the buffer fill levels of the scheduler, and encoding said buffer fill levels such as to minimize the number of bits needed to encode the information. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008308 | LINK ADAPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and systems for providing generalized link adaptation in an orthogonal frequency-division multiple access wireless communications network can include determining a number of desired resource blocks (RBs) for each user of a plurality of users; calculating a maximal channel gain G | 01-14-2010 |
20100008309 | Method and System for Establishing High-Speed Downlink Shared Channel - A method and system for establishing high-speed downlink shared channel, wherein the method comprises the following steps: RNC indicates Node B to establish high-speed downlink shared channel between the Node B and terminal; in response to the indication of the RNC, the Node B establishes high-speed downlink shared channel between the Node B and the terminal by using the preset high-speed downlink shared channel physical layer category; the terminal establishes radio resource control connection between the terminal and the RNC and returns information on the actual high-speed downlink shared channel physical layer category of the terminal to the RNC; and the RNC judges whether the actual high-speed downlink shared channel physical layer category of the terminal is identical with the preset high-speed downlink shared channel physical layer category, and if not, the RNC indicates the Node B to reestablish high-speed downlink shared channel between the Node B and the terminal by using the actual high-speed downlink shared channel physical layer category of the terminal. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008310 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A network informs a user equipment about the number of usable sub-carriers in a frequency spectrum. Based on this, and its knowledge of a generic size of a resource block, the user equipment is able to determine a number of sub-carriers that are to be allocated to one or more fractional resource blocks. Rules, which may be predefined in the standard, or may be signalled to the user equipment, allow the user equipment to determine which of the usable sub-carriers should be allocated to the fractional resource block or blocks. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008311 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UTILIZING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for utilizing resources in a communication system are provided, in which a cell is divided into N sectors, a total frequency resource is divided into a center frequency region and a normal frequency region, the center frequency region is divided into N or more center frequency bands, and resources are allocated so that one sector uses at least one center frequency band and a normal frequency band corresponding to the normal frequency region. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008312 | PEER-TO-PEER DEVICE IDENTIFICATION AND COGNITIVE COMMUNICATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate identifying devices in a wireless network and cognitively communicating with devices over utilized frequencies. Devices can be identified by receiving downlink resource assignments related to the devices, evaluating uplink transmissions thereover, and identifying the devices from one or more aspects of the uplink transmissions (e.g., an identifier in the transmission). Moreover, the uplink transmissions can be re-transmitted to a serving device to provide relay functionality for the transmissions. Additionally, peer-to-peer communication with the device and/or other devices can be facilitated by using a portion of available transmission power to re-transmit while using the other portion to transmit peer-to-peer communications. Thus, interference caused by the peer-to-peer communications is mitigated by additionally functioning as a relay using a portion of the transmit power. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008313 | Method and System for Determining Spectrum Availability Within a Network - A method and transceiver for determining spectrum availability within a give area is disclosed. The given area includes cells in a grid. A belief evaluator receives a measurement from a signal and assigns an instantaneous belief indicator, an instantaneous disbelief indicator and an instantaneous ignorance indicator based on a detection threshold and the power level of the measurement. The indicators quantify the probability of a presence of a transmitter within the grid cell. A belief accumulator uses the instantaneous indicators along with accumulated belief, disbelief and ignorance indicators from previous measurements to determine cumulative belief, disbelief and ignorance indicators. The accumulated belief, disbelief and ignorance indicators are the results of previous measurements and belief/disbelief/ignorance determinations for the grid cell. An allocator indicates the status of the grid cell and whether a spectrum is available. If a spectrum is available, then the grid cell is added to other available cells within the area to generate the spectrum hole. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008314 | VARIABLE CODING LENGTH FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - According to one general aspect, a method comprising establishing a connection with at least one mobile station (MS). The method further comprising, in one embodiment, allocating communication resources, in resource blocks, to the MS. In various embodiments, the method also comprising selecting a size of a burst length field based in part upon a bandwidth and a number of orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols used to communicate with the MS. In another example embodiment, the method also comprising selecting a size of a burst length field based in part upon a bandwidth and scheduling time duration (which can be based upon sub-frame, multiple sub-frame or frame duration) used to communicate with the MS. In one embodiment, the method may also include transmitting, to the MS, a message that includes the burst length field. In some embodiments, the burst length field may indicate to the MS the number of resource blocks allocated to the MS for purposes of communication. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008315 | HIERARCHICAL CONTROL CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for sending control information in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a hierarchical control channel structure may be used, a first group of control channels may be sent in a low reuse segment, and a second group of control channels may be sent in a non-reuse segment. In another aspect, a first control channel is sent in the low reuse segment and is used to configure a second control channel sent in the non-reuse segment so that the second control channel can be reliably received in dominant interference scenarios. In one design, a first base station sends a first message on a first control channel to a user equipment (UE). The UE sends a second message to an interfering base station to request it to reduce interference to a second control channel. The first base station sends control information on the second control channel to the UE. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008316 | NETWORK INTERFERENCE EVALUATING METHOD, DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS USED IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - There are disclosed a network interference evaluating method, a dynamic channel assignment method and apparatus used in wireless networks. The dynamic channel assignment method used in a wireless network, comprising steps of: calculating each pair of visual delayed time for each pair of basic service sets based on received signal strength indicators, traffic information and rate information, and evaluating an overall network interference under a current channel allocation based on the calculated visual delayed time; constructing an undirected graph so that each basic service set is located at a vertex, and each connection line between each pair of basic service sets has a weight obtained from the pair of visual delayed time for this pair of basic service sets; coloring the undirected graph to get a new channel allocation approach and an optimized minimal overall network interference under this new channel allocation approach; comparing a difference between the evaluated overall network interference under the current channel allocation and the optimized minimal overall network interference with a predetermined threshold; and changing channel allocation for the basic service sets according to the new channel allocation approach if the difference is larger than the predetermined threshold. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING IN A DOMINANT INTERFERENCE SCENARIO - Techniques for supporting communication in a dominant interference scenario are described. A user equipment (UE) may communicate with a first base station and may observe high interference from and/or may cause high interference to a second base station. In one design, the first base station may use a first frequency band, which may overlap at least partially with a second frequency band for the second base station and may further extend beyond the second frequency band. The first base station may send at least one synchronization signal and a broadcast channel in a center portion of the first frequency band for use by UEs to detect the first base station. The second frequency band may be non-overlapping with the center portion of the first frequency band. The first base station may also communicate with at least one UE on the first frequency band. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008318 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING A SEPARATE CONTENTION WINDOW ALLOWING ALLOCATIONS FOR PENDING UPLINK SDMA TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITIES - A method for providing uplink spatial division multiple access (SDMA) transmission opportunities (TXOP) is described. A demarcation indication may be sent to one or more subscriber stations. An SDMA contention window may be started. An allocation indication may be received. Requested uplink SDMA TXOP resources may be allocated according to the allocation indication. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008319 | HOME NETWORK SYSTEM AND MOBILITY ANCHOR ALLOCATION METHOD USED IN THE HOME NETWORK SYSTEM - A home network system in which an appropriate mobility anchor is allocated for a mobile node and the number of mobility anchors can be reduced. A subscriber information accumulation server accumulates first communication load prediction data for each time of a mobile node. An anchor information accumulation server accumulates second communication load prediction load for each time of each mobility anchor. When “a mobility anchor allocation request” is transmitted from the mobile node to an anchor allocation server, the anchor allocation server adds the first communication load prediction data and the second communication load prediction load data so as to obtain third communication load prediction data. Among a plurality of mobility anchors, a mobility anchor in which the third communication load prediction data is not greater than the load upper limit value at all the times and the maximum value of the second communication load prediction data is minimum is selected and allocated. | 01-14-2010 |
20100008320 | Method for setting user equipment identifier in radio communication system - The present invention is directed to a method for setting a user equipment identifier as user equipment identification information used when data received through a dedicated logical channel is transmitted through a common transport channel. The method includes transmitting data and a message type indicator as user equipment identification information from a RRC layer to an RLC layer; setting a user equipment identifier indicator according to the received message type indicator in the RLC layer and transmitting it with the data to a MAC layer; and selecting a user equipment identifier type and a user equipment identifier according to the set user equipment indication identifier, adding it to a header of a MAC SDU in the MAC layer and transmitting it to a corresponding MAC layer in a receiving device. | 01-14-2010 |
20100014467 | OPERATING METHOD OF A USER TERMINAL SUPPORTING HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS - An operating method of a user equipment supporting HSDPA, comprising: a user equipment sending a message carrying information indicating the user terminal's access capability; the user equipment receives data on carriers allocated by RAN. The present invention enables RAN to learn the user equipment's capability for receiving carriers and to allocate radio resource to the user equipment according to the learning, thereby realizing the user equipment operating smoothly with RAN. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014468 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS RESOURCE INFORMATION - A method of transmitting and receiving radio resource information is disclosed, by which a mobile terminal is able to quickly access a mobile communication system. The present invention includes transmitting a paging message to locate a specific mobile terminal by including information for a radio resource allocated to the mobile terminal in the paging message, receiving a response signal for the paging message transmitted according to the information for the radio resource, and performing a connection to the mobile terminal according to the response signal. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014469 | NodeB and Method for Transmitting Control and Scheduling Information - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting control and scheduling information. The method comprises an eNodeB transmitting control and scheduling information unable to be beamformed in a DwPTS. The control and scheduling information unable to be beamformed is switched from the downlink service slot to the DwPTS and then transmitted, so that the efficiency of time and frequency transmission is improved, the design complexity of the transmitter is reduced, the capacity of the radio access system may be improved and the design of the receiver may be simplified. The present invention also discloses a NodeB. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014470 | Method and Apparatus for Access Selection in a Multiaccess Communications System - The present invention relates to communications systems comprising multiple access technologies, and more especially it relates to access technology allocation of communications in such communications systems. Particularly, it relates to allocation of a plurality of communication flows to one or more of a plurality of access technologies avail able in the communications system. Access selection based upon stored one or more preference values is disclosed. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014471 | FREQUENCY REUSING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO ACCESS STATION SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - A frequency reusing method in a wireless communication system including a coverage region, which has first, second and third regions, and a radio access station (RAS) transmitting a traffic to a portable subscriber station (PSS) in the coverage region, comprises (a) transmitting the traffics by assigning an identical frequency band to the first, second and third regions during a first interval; (b) transmitting the traffics by assigning the identical frequency band to the first region during a second interval; (c) transmitting the traffics by assigning the identical frequency band to the second region during a third interval; and (d) transmitting the traffics by assigning the identical frequency band to the third region during a fourth interval. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014472 | WIRELESS NETWORK WITH CONTENTION AND CONTENTION-FREE PERIODS - A wireless network ( | 01-21-2010 |
20100014473 | CQI REPORT METHOD, RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A CQI report method disclosed that includes a step in which the user equipment reports CQI information of top N resource block(s) having channel quality higher than the rest of the resource block(s) and a resource block number(s) of the top N resource block(s) to the base station at CQI report timings designated by the base station; and a step in which, when, for example, a resource block(s) whose CQI information has already been reported in any of the latest K report timings is included in the top N resource block(s), the user equipment excludes the resource block(s) and reports the CQI information of a resource block having the next highest channel quality indicator and the resource block number of the resource block to the base station. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014474 | APPARATUS FOR AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A user apparatus which is used in a communications system in which a synchronous or non-synchronous ARQ is performed is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a unit which receives a downlink control channel; a unit which prepares an uplink data channel; a unit which prepares an uplink control channel accompanying the uplink data channel; and a unit which prepares a retransmit packet according to acknowledgement information included in the downlink control channel, wherein when the retransmit packet is transmitted as the uplink data channel, the uplink control channel includes retransmit format information indicating how the retransmit packet has been derived from a transmitted packet, and transmit format information including at least a data modulation scheme used for the uplink data channel, and wherein the downlink control channel includes the acknowledgment information which has been channel-encoded with resource allocation information for the uplink data channel. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014475 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention has an object to provide a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method, which are capable of performing overall optimum channel allocation without producing a control delay with respect to a variation of channel qualities between a mobile station and a relay station. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014476 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST COMBINING GAIN IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for improving a HARQ combining gain in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a seed information generator and a subcarrier allocator. The seed information generator randomly generates a seed value for changing a channel of a subcarrier and an interference pattern in a frame unit when a HARQ combining gain is not generated because an interference pattern is the same during a retransmission period. The subcarrier allocator allocates a subcarrier using the generated seed value. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014477 | Method and Apparatus for Discriminating Between Control Messages and Speech Payload - A base station detects the transition of a mobile station from a DTX mode to a continuous transmission mode. The base station schedules an uplink transmission by the mobile station during an uplink transmission period while the mobile station is in DTX mode and receives an uplink LLC PDU from said mobile station during the scheduled uplink transmission periods. The base station determines the operating mode of the mobile station based on the size of the received uplink LLC PDU. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014478 | Radio Communication Terminal Device, Radio Communication Base Station Device, and Radio Resource Allocation Method - Disclosed are a radio communication terminal device, a radio communication base station device, and a radio resource allocation method which can reduce radio resource fragmentation while suppressing increase of the signaling quantity in data retransmission. In ST | 01-21-2010 |
20100014479 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ENHANCED MESSAGES ON COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing new configurations for transmitting control information between a mobile terminal and a network using a common control channel (CCCH) logical channel/transport channel. The new configurations enable messages to be sent that are larger than currently allowed and the availability of the new configurations is indicated such that mobile terminals that do not support the new configurations are not impacted. | 01-21-2010 |
20100014480 | SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSION BY MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) LAYER IN A MOBILE NETWORK - A method for determining padding compatibility is disclosed. A determination is made of a number of protocol data units (PDUs) for a logical channel mapped to a transport channel such that, for a logical channel allowing segmentation, calculate n wherein n=service data unit size/transport block size (SDU size/TB size), and on a condition that n is an integer, setting the number of PDUs=n. | 01-21-2010 |
20100020753 | Mobile network configuration and method - A mobile network configuration | 01-28-2010 |
20100020754 | OFDMA Communication System and Communication Method - There is provided an OFDMA communication system capable of suppressing the communication resource reduction and reducing the processing load on a base station. The system includes a downlink frame generation unit ( | 01-28-2010 |
20100020755 | Method and Apparatus for Improving DRX Functionality - A method for improving a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) functionality in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of configuring a DRX functionality, and defining a first DRX inactivity timer for uplink transmission of the UE and a second DRX inactivity timer for downlink transmission of the UE, respectively. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020756 | DYNAMICALLY TRANSFORMED CHANNEL SET QUALITY OF SERVICE - Systems and methods of the present invention enable the provisioning of QoS over a true multichannel mobile ad hoc network. The QoS framework of the present invention optimizes QoS performance across many channels simultaneously by treating the many channels like a single channel for purposes of QoS optimization. Aspects of the invention that allow the true multichannel provisioning of QoS include use of the physical layer to select available channels, firm state QoS functionality, hybrid signaling, dynamic associative multi-spectral queuing, and cross-layer communication of node information for use by QoS service. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020757 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MIMO-OFDM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques to schedule terminals for data transmission on the downlink and/or uplink in a MIMO-OFDM system based on the spatial and/or frequency “signatures” of the terminals. A scheduler forms one or more sets of terminals for possible (downlink or uplink) data transmission for each of a number of frequency bands. One or more sub-hypotheses may further be formed for each hypothesis, with each sub-hypothesis corresponding to (1) specific assignments of transmit antennas to the terminal(s) in the hypothesis (for the downlink) or (2) a specific order for processing the uplink data transmissions from the terminal(s) (for the uplink). The performance of each sub-hypothesis is then evaluated (e.g., based on one or more performance metrics). One sub-hypothesis is then selected for each frequency band based on the evaluated performance, and the one or more terminals in each selected sub-hypothesis are then scheduled for data transmission on the corresponding frequency band. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020758 | RADIO RESOURCE REALLOCATING METHOD FOR CIRCUIT MODE - The present invention relates to a radio resource reallocation method based on the circuit mode. In order to efficiently use the radio resource in the packet-based data transmission system, a circuit mode radio resource is reallocated based on a rearrangement information element and a rearrangement counter information element by using the circuit mode. Accordingly, an unused region of the discontinuous radio resource that can be generated by resource de-allocation and resource change can be eliminated, and a resource allocation mismatch that can be generated by a MAP receiving error can be solved. | 01-28-2010 |
20100020759 | PACKET ZONE RECONNECT CONTROL FOR AN ALWAYS-ON MOBILE STATION - A system and method of packet zone hysteresis for a mobile station is presented. A packet zone hysteresis reset timer is started whenever the mobile station sends or receives packet data and packet data exchange is determined to be incomplete. The packet zone hysteresis reset timer gives a time duration for which packet data exchange must be completed if packet zone hysteresis information is to be maintained. If the packet zone hysteresis reset timer expires before packet data exchange is completed, then the packet zone hysteresis information is cleared. If the mobile station moves to a different packet zone while packet data exchange is determined to be incomplete or packet data is going to be sent to which a response is expected, then the mobile station will perform a packet data reconnect. According to another aspect, upon detecting that a packet data exchange has completed, the mobile station re-activates packet zone hysteresis if it was de-activated from the packet data exchange. | 01-28-2010 |
20100027478 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL SELECTION IN A MULTI-HOP WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - Disclosed are methods including a new optimization criterion, Maximum Mesh Coverage (MMC) for a channel selection process during the formation of ad hoc networks. By using MMC, the intelligent access point (IAP) will select a channel to connect as many mesh nodes as possible in addition to meeting the interference minimization requirement. During mesh formation, the channel interference information for a node is first scanned by the node and then broadcast in its available channels. An iteration procedure for meshing network formation allows the IAP to gradually obtain the global channel interference information and broadcast the same so that a maximum number of n-hop nodes communicate on the same frequency channel. If a channel change is required to accommodate the channel interference status of candidate nodes, a channel change message will be broadcast to better achieve the large coverage advantage of a multi-hop configuration. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027479 | TONE SELECTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Tones within a channel can be selected randomly and/or based on orthogonal tone selection. Random selection can include selecting tones randomly from a fixed set, which is referred to as channelized tone selection. Channelized tone selection can be chosen if a critical tone exists. Random selection can also include selecting resources randomly from the total number of resources available, which is referred to as non-channelized tone selection. Orthogonal tone selection can be chosen to mitigate the probability of receiver desensitization and/or to attempt to mitigate interference. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027480 | Assigning Slots in a Mesh Network - Assigning slots to nodes in a mesh network. Slot numbers are assigned to nodes in a wireless mesh network using a depth-first search combined with information on 2-hop neighborhoods for each node. Assigning slots using 2-hop neighborhood information allows slots to be safely reused. The slot assignment process may take process in parallel using different wireless channels for different subtrees rooted to a controller. Slot assignment may be repeated when the mesh topology changes. Reporting using the slot numbers allows for information from child nodes to be aggregated or filtered at parent nodes. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027481 | Common resource signaling for multiple types of allocations - The exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a multi-stage approach, where, for example, one number can signal a first type of resource allocation (e.g., a consecutive allocation) or a second type of resource allocation (e.g., a best-M allocation based on best-M channel quality information). In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: allocating a plurality of resource blocks to obtain a resource allocation; and signaling the resource allocation using an n-bit number, where the n-bit number expresses a value from an overall range of values having a first range of values and a second range of values, where a value within the first range of values specifies a first type of resource allocation and where a value within the second range of values specifies a second type of resource allocation, where the first type of resource allocation is different from the second type of resource allocation. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027482 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device and Frequency Allocation Method for Mobile Communication System - In a base station device | 02-04-2010 |
20100027483 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system in which a finite number of reference signal sequences used for uplink channel estimation or the like are reused among multiple cells includes a determining unit configured to determine a frequency band used by user terminals to which a reference signal sequence with a predetermined sequence length is assigned in each of the cells within an interference area, wherein the frequency band is determined to be different from frequency bands used in the other cells. Alternatively, the mobile communication system includes a changing unit configured to autonomously change to another of the reference signal sequences which does not cause interference, upon detecting interference from another of the cells to which the same reference signal sequence is assigned; a determining unit configured to randomly determine a frequency band or a reference signal sequence used by user terminals to which one of the reference signal sequences with a predetermined sequence length is assigned in each of the cells within an interference area; or a shifting unit configured to shift transmission timings of radio subframes in each of the cells within an interference area. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027484 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed is a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method which reduces the RACH conflict ratio and improve the RACH detection characteristic. When the device and the method are used: as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side increases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is mitigated and an expectation value which is a statistic average value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is decreased; and as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side decreases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is limited and an expectation value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is increased. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027485 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCE TO DO THE SAME - A method for transmitting a control signal together with RACH transmission and a method for allocation a communication resource for the control signal transmission are disclosed. In allocating a communication resource for a control signal transmission within a transmission unit resource region for performing an RACH transmission, the present invention includes the steps of setting a resource region used for the RACH transmission to a portion of the transmission unit resource region and allocating the control signal transmission resource region unused for the RACH transmission within the transmission unit resource region. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027486 | ACQUISITION PILOTS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - System(s) and method(s) are provided to facilitate generating and processing acquisition pilots in wireless communications. Acquisition pilots that convey timing and frequency synchronization information, wireless system acquisition and system determination information are modulated with pseudorandom sequences. The R bits of information carried by the acquisition pilot that conveys system determination information are augmented with T bits that convey a counter index associated with the system timing of superframes transmitted from an access point. The processing overhead resulting from the addition of the T bits is offset by the advantages afforded to a wireless communication. Salient advantages include: (i) processing gain at a receiver for communication in a specific sector during asynchronous operation, (ii) packet boundary determination through the counter field values, and (iii) initialization of various pseudorandom registers employed for communication. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027487 | Method for transmitting data in wireless communication system - A method for transmitting data in a wireless communication system provides transmitting a cluster allocation message, which informs at least one user equipment that the user equipment belongs to a cluster, to the at least one user equipment, and receiving a response to the cluster allocation message from user equipments belonging to the cluster. Small envelope correlation coefficient can be obtained without increasing the size of a user equipment. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027488 | Method of transmitting and receiving scheduling information in a wireless communication system - A method of transmitting scheduling information in a network of a wireless communication system which uses multiple carriers includes allocating at least one sub-region to a specific user equipment among an entire control information transmission region used in one cell, the entire control information transmission region comprising at least two sub-regions, and transmitting scheduling information for data to be transmitted to the user equipment, through at least one sub-region allocated to the specific user equipment. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027489 | FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD IN WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS - A frequency allocation method in a base station communicating wirelessly with a terminal, for dividing a cell into six areas in a clockwise direction, and allocating a frequency to each of the divided sectors, including: dividing the cell into an outer circle and an inner circle; allocating to a first terminal positioned in the outer circle of the sector, a frequency different from a frequency allocated to a second terminal positioned in an adjacent sector of the same cell, and the frequency different from a frequency allocated to a third terminal positioned in the outer circle of an adjacent sector of the adjacent cell; and allocating the frequency allocated to the first terminal to fourth and fifth terminal positioned in the inner circle of two sectors respectively arranged two sectors away from the sector in which the first terminal is positioned. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027490 | SYSTEM AND METHOD USING MULTIPLE REQUEST TO SEND (RTS) MESSAGES TO ENHANCE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method using multiple request to send (RTS) messages to enhance wireless communication resource allocation. The system and method operates a receiver to receive an RTS message from a station operating in, for example, a very high throughput wireless local area network, and in response, to transmit an ask for request (AFR) message. The receiver can receive multiple RTS messages and in response, issue respective AFR messages, to thus perform RTS negotiation of resources for access by the stations. If the receiver fails to receive any further RTS messages due to, for example, collision of RTS messages sent by multiple stations or failure of any other stations to send an RTS message, the receiver can then issue a clear to send (CTS) message indicating to all stations that have sent an RTS message that they are clear to send to the receiver using the information contained in the AFR message. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027491 | UPLINK RESOURCE CONTROL - Apparatus for interference budgeting at base stations of a wireless network wherein mobile units communicate with a current base station but may cause interference to neighboring base stations, comprises: an extraction unit for extracting, from signals received at said current base station in relation to respective mobile units, an interference indication; and an uplink management unit for controlling the uplink to mobile units, wherein said management unit is connected to said extraction unit to obtain respective interference indications, thereby to use said respective interference indications as constraints when allocating said uplink resources. The resource may be uplink power or an uplink frequency channel that is allocated to different mobile stations and/or it may be interference budget that is allocated between base stations. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027492 | WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS - In the downlink, the channel band at each end of three 20-MHz channel bands has the DC subcarrier at its center at a position spaced apart from the DC subcarrier of the middle channel band by 18.015 MHz or more and, more specifically, by 18.3 MHz corresponding to a spacing of 300 kHz that is the least common multiple of the 100-kHz channel raster and the 15-kHz subcarrier spacing. The subcarriers at the two ends are rearranged between the channel bands. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027493 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION CHANNEL SELECTION FOR COMMUNICATING BETWEEN A TRANSMITTER UNIT AND A RECEIVER UNIT - A data communication network. The network includes a transmitter unit for transmitting data and a receiver unit for receiving data from the transmitter unit. The network has two or more data channels via which data may be transmitted by the transmitter unit to the receiver unit. The receiver unit includes a receiver channel selection unit for selecting a reception channel from the at least two data channels. The receiver channel selection unit operates independent from a selection of a transmission channel by a transmission channel selection unit in the transmitter unit. The transmission channel selection unit is arranged to select a transmission channel from the at least two data channels to transmit data to the receiver unit. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027494 | WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONFIGURING THE SAME - Provided are a wireless network system and a method of configuring the same, more particularly, a wireless network system and a method of configuring the same, in which a wireless network station desiring to transmit or receive data in a high-frequency band notifies a wireless network coordinator of its carrier transmission method to enable the wireless network coordinator to efficiently manage a network. An apparatus for transmitting or receiving data includes: a request command generation unit which generates a request command to secure network resources required to transmit or receive data before actually transmitting or receiving the data over a network; and a communication unit which transmits the request command. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027495 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Acknowledgment Signaling - An approach is provided for designating a predetermined number of acknowledgment channels corresponding to transmission channels utilized by a plurality of user equipment. Each of the acknowledgement channels provides signaling to indicate success or failure of a transmission over a respective one of the transmission channels. The approach is also provided for generating a message to map the acknowledgement channels with the transmission channels. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027496 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a storage unit configured to store quality information indicative of channel states for different transmit antennas of a user apparatus over a predefined frequency band including multiple resource units, a scheduling unit configured to generate scheduling information indicative of assignment of resource units from the quality information, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a lower layer control signal including scheduling information and antenna selection information to the user apparatus. The antenna selection information is configured to indicate which of the transmit antennas of the user apparatus is to be used for transmissions. The scheduling information and the antenna selection information are channel encoded together. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027497 | Method and Apparatus for Relocating a Header Compression Context in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for relocating a header compression text, wherein the context updating properties of each individual header during the relocation process is disabled. | 02-04-2010 |
20100027498 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING DOMAIN TRANSFER AND TERMINAL AND SERVER THEREOF - A method, terminal and server for controlling a domain transfer operation, are discussed. According to an embodiment, the method includes receiving, by a terminal, a domain transfer request message from a network server, the domain transfer request message including domain transfer related information; evaluating, by the terminal, the domain transfer related information and at least one of user preference information and operator policy information; determining, by the terminal, whether to initiate a domain transfer of an ongoing call based on the evaluation result; and selectively initiating, by the terminal, the domain transfer of the ongoing call based on the determination result. | 02-04-2010 |
20100034149 | RADIO COMMUNICATION IN A MULTI-RADIO LINK COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An item of network information pertaining to available resources, which are available for transmitting radio communication data in a multi-radio link communications system, is transmitted to network devices and/or subscriber stations by a coordination device. The item of network information assigns the available resources to groups, and the resources of different groups are assigned according to at least one common group feature. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034150 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNELS, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET DATA AND RNC FOR MULTI-CARRIER HSDPA - The present invention discloses a control channel allocation method, a packet data transmission method and a RNC of a multi-carrier HSDPA (high speed downlink packet access) technology, wherein the allocation method includes: when a UE accesses a network, the network allocating K pairs of uplink and downlink control channels to be monitored by the UE; during a HSDPA service transmission process, the network selecting N pairs from the K pairs of uplink and downlink control channels to transmit control messages, wherein the selected downlink channels are the corresponding uplink channels are on a same carrier; and the network allocating a pair of uplink and downlink associate channels on each carrier where the selected N pairs of uplink and downlink control channels locate, wherein M≧N≧1 and M is a number of carriers used by the network to transmit packet data. The present invention effectively solves the problem that in the traditional single carrier HSDPA, only the transmission control of the single carrier is taken into account and the control requirement in the multi-carrier HSDPA cannot be satisfied. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034151 | METHOD OF JOINT RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND CLUSTERING OF BASE STATIONS - The present invention provides a method for implementation in a first functional entity in a wireless communication system that includes a first plurality of base stations for providing wireless connectivity to at least one mobile unit. In one embodiment of the method includes receiving, at the first functional entity, channel state information associated with a plurality of wireless communication channels between the first plurality of base stations and the mobile unit. Selection of a second plurality of base stations from the first plurality of base stations is performed jointly with resource allocation to the second plurality of base stations using the channel state information. The first functional entity then communicates information indicative of the selected second plurality of base stations and the allocated resources to the selected second plurality of base stations. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034152 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OFDMA AND SC-FDMA SWITCHING - A method for selecting an uplink modulation scheme may include receiving downlink control information (DCI). The format of the DCI may be decoded. The uplink modulation scheme may be determined according to the format of the DCI. The uplink modulation scheme may be selected. An uplink signal may be transmitted according to the uplink modulation scheme. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034153 | METHOD OF TRANSFERRING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transferring data in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of transferring data in a transmitting side of a wireless communication system includes checking whether at least one priority change condition is satisfied, changing a previously set priority of a plurality of upper layer channels if the at least one priority change condition is satisfied, and allocating radio resources of a lower layer channel to data of each of the plurality of upper layer channels in accordance with the changed priority. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034154 | Communication System, Base Station, and Communication Method - In a communication system of the OFDMA communication method, even when transmission data is decreased temporarily and then increased again while communication by a user terminal is in progress, the communication can be continued without lowering the communication throughput of the user terminal and the throughput corresponding to QoS can be provided to the user terminal. The OFDMA communication system for performing data communication using one or more subchannels between a base station ( | 02-11-2010 |
20100034155 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALLING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method for generating an iterative sequence and a signal transmission method using the same are disclosed. As the cell size or the distance between a user equipment (UE) and a Node-B increases, the CP is repeated at least one time while the iterative sequence is generated, the CP length and the ZCZ length are adjusted, so that the sequence timing point can be easily detected, orthogonality between sequences is maintained, and the sequences can be clearly distinguished from each other. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034156 | Method and apparatus for reducing overhead based on the ACK channel - A method and apparatus for a wireless communication system, initially increases resources allocated to an ACKCH as resources allocated to a shared data channel (SDCH), such as a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), increases. The resources allocated to ACK are subsequently limited to a predetermined amount. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034157 | Method of dynamic resource allocations in wireless systems - A method of dynamic resource allocations in wireless network is disclosed. The method provides that a base station in the network allocates resources to users independently of other base stations and without resource planning. Resource allocations are done based at least in part on a local optimization objective and a channel quality indicator from one or more users, and result in efficient resource reuse. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034158 | PROCESSING MEASUREMENT GAPS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, user equipment (UE) is provided, one or more set of rules are provided for the UE to handle the processing during a measurement gap. In some aspects, the gap measurement may be ignored. In some aspects, the processing is stored and handled at a later in time and gap measurements are performed. Depending on the system, the measurements performed during the gaps may be UE implementation dependent, wherein the UE determines whether to perform the measurement for a given gap. In some instances, the UE may not perform measurements during the gap, thereby giving priority to other processing, such as RACH processing. Depending on the type of processing required (DL-SCH, UL-SCH, TTI bundling, RACH or SR), the UE may store requests and process the measurements during the gap or ignore the gap measurement as if there were no gaps. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034159 | SENSOR NETWORK MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) SYSTEM FOR MULTIHOP COMMUNICATION - A medium access control (MAC) technique of a multihop sensor network. In the multihop sensor network, the MAC technique may contribute to significantly reducing transmission delay, and allow real-time services to be provided to all nodes by extending a guaranteed time slot (GTS) restricted to one hop in a personal area network (PAN) coordinator (PNC) to all nodes. Furthermore, the MAC technique may allow the number of available GTSs to be significantly increased, by using all 16 frequency band channels instead of using only a single frequency band and setting a multi-superframe. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034160 | UPDATING FREQUENCY PRIORITY LISTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate communicating frequency priority lists to wireless devices during active mode communication. The lists can be communicated according to a timer, as new lists (or updates thereto) are generated or obtained, and/or the like. In this regard, devices can receive frequency priority lists before connection to an access point is released or lost. Upon connection release or link failure, devices can use the frequency priority list to monitor frequencies for receiving paging signals. In addition, the frequency priority lists can include layer types corresponding to the frequencies that specify types of access points related to the frequencies. Certain frequencies can be avoided or monitored for paging signals according to the layer types. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034161 | RNTI-DEPENDENT SCRAMBLING SEQUENCE INITIALIZATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate initializing scrambling sequence generation in a wireless communication environment. Scrambling sequence generation can be initialized (e.g., at a start of each subframe, . . . ) at least in part as a function of a type of Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI). Further, the type of RNTI utilized for initialization of scrambling sequence generation can correspond to a transmission type (e.g., whether the transmission is related to system information, paging, random access response, scheduled transmission or contention resolution message of a random access procedure, SPS traffic, regular unicast traffic, . . . ). Moreover, the scrambling sequence can be leveraged to scramble data for transmission over a data channel (e.g., Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), . . . ). Further, a receiving wireless communication apparatus can utilize a descrambling sequence similarly yielded based upon the type of RNTI corresponding to the transmission type. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034162 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Uplink Grant - A method for handling an uplink grant received on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of setting a Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (Temporary C-RNTI) of the UE to a value assigned in a Random Access Response message, monitoring a contention resolution message, receiving an uplink grant on PDCCH addressed to the Temporary C-RNTI, and not using the uplink grant to transmit data if the uplink grant corresponds to a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Process different from an HARQ Process used for transmission of a MediumAccess Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) in a Message 3 buffer. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034163 | ANCHOR CARRIER IN A MULTIPLE CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Multiple downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) carriers can enhance wireless communication between nodes and user equipment (UE). Among the carriers, it is beneficial to have some special, by configuration designated carriers to provide synchronization, system information, paging, data and control for multi-carrier enabled UEs. Thereby, overhead system information can be reduced. For instance, synchronization and paging for a certain cell are not provided on all carriers. A carrier can provide backward compatibility for single carrier UEs for access, synchronization, broadcast, and new control region within the data region of the legacy terminals. Coordination between nodes for selecting anchor carriers that mitigate interference and for transmit power control for non-anchor carriers provide further network performance advantages. | 02-11-2010 |
20100034164 | MAC EXTENSIONS FOR SMART ANTENNA SUPPORT - Apparatus and methods implement aggregation frames and allocation frames. The aggregation frames include a plurality of MSDUs or fragments thereof aggregated or otherwise combined together. An aggregation frame makes more efficient use of the wireless communication resources. The allocation frame defines a plurality of time intervals. The allocation frame specifies a pair of stations that are permitted to communicate with each other during each time interval as well as the antenna configuration to be used for the communication. This permits stations to know ahead of time when they are to communicate, with which other stations and the antenna configuration that should be used. A buffered traffic field can also be added to the frames to specify how much data remains to be transmitted following the current frame. This enables network traffic to be scheduled more effectively. | 02-11-2010 |
20100039997 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLIED RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALLING - A network node constructs ( | 02-18-2010 |
20100039998 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD AND SEQUENCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS - A sequence allocating method and a sequence allocating apparatus wherein in a system where a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences or GCL sequences are allocated to a single cell, the arithmetic amount and circuit scale of a correlating circuit at a receiving end can be reduced. According to these method and apparatus, in ST | 02-18-2010 |
20100039999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING THE ASSIGNMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES OF A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of managing radio resources of a radio communications network, includes: upon receiving a new service request for a service to be provided, assessing whether there are radio resources of a first set, adapted to and available for satisfying the request, and: in the affirmative case, exploiting the available radio resources for satisfying the new service request; in the negative case: calculating an amount of the adapted radio resources to be set free for satisfying the service request; assessing whether there is at least one first already served service request that, at the time the new service request is received, is being served using the calculated amount of radio resources of the first set, and that can continue to be served by assigning thereto radio resources of a second set, different from the first set, not adapted to serving the new serving request; in the affirmative case: calculating an amount of the radio resources of the second set necessary for serving the at least one already served service request; assessing whether the calculated amount of radio resources of the second set is available; if the calculated amount of radio resources of the second set is available, re-assigning to the at least one first already served service request the radio resources of the second set, and assigning to the new service request the radio resources of the first set previously assigned to the already served service request; in the negative case, refusing the new service request. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040000 | Apparatus and method for allocating preamble index of self configuration base station in broadband wireless communication system - Provided is an apparatus and method for allocating a preamble index of a Self-Configuration or Self-Configurable (SC) Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system. An SC BS apparatus in a broadband wireless communication system includes a detector, a controller, and a generator. The detector detects at least one preamble signal for preamble index allocation by using a signal received from at least one other BS. The controller requests information used by at least one other SC BS for preamble index allocation and allocates a preamble index for the SC BS by using the detection result of the preamble signal and the information received from the at least one other SC BS. The generator generates a preamble signal corresponding to the preamble index allocated by the controller. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040001 | HANDLING UPLINK GRANT IN RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - A wireless communication system provides for a random access channel (RACH) procedure for user equipment (UE) to request access to an uplink channel. From a physical layer perspective, an evolved Base Station (eNB) responds with a random access preamble and a random access response (RAR) of a fixed length message, such as 21 bits or 20 bits with a reserved bit for future extensions. In answer to a need that exists for an RAR to accommodate variations in system bandwidth, an approach to encoding a truncated resource block (RB) assignment of the RAR in manner in which the UE can interpret the RAR without loss of information. Thereby, needs for achieving RACH procedures and existing channel resources can be realized. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040002 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING COMMON CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method for receiving a common channel of a mobile terminal is disclosed. The mobile terminal receives a shared control channel, determines whether to receive a shared data channel or a common channel, and receives the shared data channel or the common channel according to control information transmitted via the shared control channel. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040003 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL SIGNAL MAPPING METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can reduce the number of judgment times for a control signal in a mobile station, thereby suppressing power consumption by the mobile station. The radio communication base station device ( | 02-18-2010 |
20100040004 | MULTI-CARRIER GRANT DESIGN - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning resources for an anchor carrier and an additional carrier with a grant message. The grant message communicated with an anchor carrier can include resource information a plurality of carriers. Moreover, the systems and methodologies that facilitate identifying control information for an anchor carrier and/or an additional carrier based upon an operating mode, wherein the operating mode is a legacy mode or an extended mode. Based on the operating mode, particular resources associated with control regions are monitored for control information for respective anchor carrier(s) or additional carrier(s). | 02-18-2010 |
20100040005 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting scheduling request (SR) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a SR in a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, wherein one SC-FDMA symbol on the PUCCH is punctured and transmitting the SR on the PUCCH in the subframe. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040006 | VARIABLE COORDINATION PATTERN APPROACH FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE IN MULTI-CELL OR MULTI-ANTENNA ENVIRONMENTS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for verifying coordination patterns to improve performance in a multi-cell or multi-antenna environment. In one embodiment, the method comprises storing a set of predefined and different coordination patterns, where each coordination pattern specifies entities in the plurality of cells that are to coordinated together in their transmissions in each cluster of cells on different transmission resources defined for example in one or both time and frequency; and varying entities that coordinate with each other in their transmissions in each cluster of cells over transmission resources according to the predefined coordination patterns. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040007 | Wireless Communication Device, Communication System, and Communication Control Method, and Program - A wireless communication device includes a control unit for performing a processing on communication data and a memory storing the communication data, in which the control unit performs a processing on data received via a direct link path and a path via a relay point, stores the data received via the respective paths in plural reorder buffers corresponding to the communication paths set in the memory, after a communication path switch decision processing, stores data from a new channel in a new channel reorder buffer and prohibits transfer to a higher-level layer, and when data indicating a trailing end frame is received from an existing channel, or a stand-by time elapses, or the data stored in the reorder buffer for the new channel reaches a specified threshold, performs a transfer processing for the data stored in the reorder buffer for the new channel to the higher-level layer. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040008 | NEAR COMPANION MODE - Two User Equipment (UE) operate in a Near Companion Mode (NCM), in which a monitoring UE (MUE) monitors an uplink transmission opportunity granted to its companion UE (CUE) on a shared uplink channel. If the CUE does not begin transmitting within a predetermined portion of its transmission opportunity, the MUE may utilize the transmission opportunity to transmit an uplink data packet. In one embodiment, where the CUE does not have data to transmit, it may transmit a predetermined pattern at the beginning of its transmission opportunity, to indicate to the MUE that the transmission opportunity is available. The MUE may transmit an NCM radio block using the entire symbol space associated with the last three of four bursts allocated to the CUE, or using a newly defined NCM format comprising four abbreviated bursts, using only a portion of the symbol space associated with the four bursts corresponding to the transmission opportunity allocated to the CUE. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040009 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING UNUSED RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate allocating uplink resources in a wireless access terminal. When a downlink transmission is received at a wireless device, the wireless device determines the appropriate control region to reserved based in part on the downlink transmission. Uplink data resources are also dynamically assigned. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040010 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION THROUGH FAST FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving information through a fast feedback channel in a broadband wireless communications system are provided. The apparatus includes a generator for generating a quasi-orthogonal signal stream corresponding to a codeword to be fed back, a plurality of mappers for mapping the quasi-orthogonal signal stream to a plurality of bundles in the fast feedback channel by using different mapping patterns, and a transmitter for transmitting the quasi-orthogonal signal stream mapped to the plurality of bundles. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040011 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPTIONALLY USING SECONDARY FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE BAND - A broadband wireless communication system using multiple bands is provided. A method includes determining to stop using a first Secondary (S)-Frequency Assignment (FA) of one or more S-FAs while communicating with a correspondent node over a Primary (P)-FA and the one or more S-FAs, sending a first message which requests to suspend the first S-FA, to the correspondent node, communicating over at least one FA excluding the first S-FA, and when resumption of the first S-FA is determined, sending a second message which requests to resume the first S-FA. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040012 | Base Station And Scheduling Method Thereof - A scheduling method for a base station which transmits an identical packet or data to mobile stations via a plurality of transmission antennas based on a transmission diversity system is provided. In this scheduling method, a first transmission phase for each mobile station is monitored when a packet is diversity-transmitted to each of the mobile stations using a shared channel, and a second transmission phase for each mobile station is monitored when data is diversity-transmitted to each of other mobile stations using a dedicated channel. Then a degree of interference in all the dedicated channel mobile stations, which is generated when a packet is diversity-transmitted to a shared channel mobile station, is calculated using the first and second transmission phases for each shared channel mobile station, and a packet is transmitted preferentially to a shared channel mobile station whose degree of interference is the lowest. | 02-18-2010 |
20100040013 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - Admission control wireless resources including abase station which obtains a down wireless resource available rate based on a down QoS requested bandwidth B | 02-18-2010 |
20100040014 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION CHANNEL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for requesting allocation of a Channel Quality Information Channel (CQICH) by a Mobile Station (MS) in a communication system. The method includes switching, by the MS, from a serving anchor Base Station (BS) to a target anchor BS, detecting an absence of a CQICH allocated from the target anchor BS, and transmitting, from the MS to the target anchor BS, a CQICH allocation request. The CQICH allocation request includes a CQICH allocation request header including a basic Connection IDentifier (CID) of the MS and a Header Check Sequence (HCS) for the CQICH allocation request header. | 02-18-2010 |
20100046439 | ANTENNA-AWARE METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for transmitting packets in a wireless communication network includes taking into consideration an antenna mode prior to transmission. The method includes determining a transmit antenna mode for a transmission between the node and at least one other node; when the transmit antenna mode is omni-directional, broadcasting a transmission schedule for the transmission omni-directionally; and when the transmit antenna is beamforming directional, broadcasting a transmission schedule for the transmission directionally on one or more transmitter beams. The method optionally can also take into consideration an antenna mode of a receive antenna between the node. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046440 | METHOD AND SYSTEM ENABLING USE OF WHITE SPACE RADIO SPECTRUM USING AN OUT OF BAND CONTROL CHANNEL | 02-25-2010 |
20100046441 | POWER AND RESOURCE EFFICIENT APPDU BASED APPROACH WITH SCHEDULED BLOCK ACKS FOR WLAN - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for communications by which a data packet is generated for transmission to a node, or by which a data packet is received from a node, the data packet including a header and data, wherein a channel designation for a node to send an acknowledgement to an apparatus or a transmitting node is embedded in the header of the data packet. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046442 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION PARAMETER CHANGE AND RADIO BASE STATION - A disclosed method of controlling a change of a transmission parameter including the steps of generating a control data unit which does not include a specification of the change timing for changing a parameter value of the transmission parameter for which processing all within a certain layer or sublayer is possible; transmitting the control data unit only in a first half of a transmission frame; and conducting transmission and/or reception, at a timing of a frame following a frame in which the control data unit was transmitted, based on the changed transmission parameter. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046443 | ADDRESSING SCHEMES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In an addressing scheme for wireless communication a communication channel may be defined based on a unique identifier associated with a destination node or a source node. In addition, a short identifier may be included in messages sent over the communication channel such that a node may uniquely identify the source node or destination node for the message. A node may use a short identifier as an index into a lookup table to determine one or more parameters to be used for communicating with another node. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046444 | SCHEDULING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method of scheduling wireless communication for one or more data flows, wherein, for each data flow, there is: a corresponding queue to store data of that data flow; one or more quality-of-service parameters associated with that data flow; and a flow type associated with that data flow, there being a plurality of possible flow types; wherein the method comprises, during each time frame of a sequence of time frames, the steps of: maintaining, for each of the plurality of possible flow types, a queue list that identifies the queues corresponding to data flows of that flow type; and processing the queue lists in a predetermined order, in which processing a queue list comprises, for each queue identified in that queue list, attempting to schedule the communication of data stored on that queue during a current time frame in dependence upon the one or more quality-of-service parameters associated with the corresponding data flow and an amount of bandwidth available for the wireless communication during the current time frame. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046445 | DOWNLINK MIMO TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A method of controlling downlink transmission from a base station having multiple antennas to a mobile station having multiple antennas includes the steps of applying open loop-type MIMO diversity to one or more common control channels, an MBMS channel, and an L1/L2 control channel; and applying closed loop-type MIMO multiplexing and/or MIMO diversity to a shared data channel. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046446 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - Each mobile station device ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100046447 | BEACON SYMBOL ORTHOGONALIZATION - Beacon symbols are sent periodically from the base stations in an OFDM system. The entire power of the base station, or a large portion of it is concentrated in these symbols, thus they are very easily recognized by the mobile stations. The frequencies upon which these symbols are transmitted and the time at which they are transmitted communicates information such as the base station/sector identity and the preferred carrier of the given base station/sector to the mobile station. In order to avoid collision between the beacon symbols of different base stations and sectors, the beacon symbols from different base stations/sectors are transmitted at different symbols times and on different subcarriers. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046448 | Single Bit Segmentation Indicator - Data units according to the first transmission format are divided into data units according to the second transmission format. A single-bit segmentation indicator inserted into the header of a data unit according to the second transmission format indicates whether the data unit according to the first transmission format ends in a data unit according to the second transmission format. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046449 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating frequency channels in a wireless communication system comprising commo n channel framework enabled stations, said method comprising: —using by said common channel framework enabled stations a common frequency channel at common time intervals in order to determine a communication frequency channel on which a pair of common channel framework enabled stations will be allowed to exchange data frames, —periodically changing the common frequency channel at the beginning of each common time interval. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046450 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION THAT BONDS COMMUNICATION CHANNELS TOGETHER - A wireless device ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100046451 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - In accordance with the present invention, in a case of using persistent scheduling, when detecting a transition from a talk state to a silent state, resources to be allocated during a silent state are allocated to a channel exclusive for silent period, and the resources which have been allocated to a mobile terminal during the talk spurt are released. Therefore, the useless allocation of resources can be reduced, and the throughput of the system can be improved. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046452 | METHOD FOR GENERATING/ALLOCATING TEMPORARY ADDRESS IN WIRELESS BROADBAND ACCESS NETWORK AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE BASED ON THE SAME - Provided a method for generating/allocating a temporary address in a wireless broadband access network, a method for allocating radio resource based on the same, and a computer-readable recording medium recording a program for realizing the methods. The method for generating the temporary address in the wireless broadband access network, includes the steps of: receiving a router advertisement message in a portable subscriber station; acquiring service flow identification (ID) based on a temporary address allocation guidance parameter of the router advertisement message in the portable subscriber station; and generating a wireless broadband Internet (WiMAX/Mobile WiMAX) temporary address based on the service flow ID in the portable subscriber station. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046453 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FRAME EXCHANGE FOR SDMA UPLINK DATA - Certain embodiments provide a method for scheduling simultaneous transmissions of data from multiple wireless nodes in a wireless communications system. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046454 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING AND ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITIES - In accordance with a method for scheduling transmission opportunities (TXOPs) in a wireless communications system, a subscriber station may send a request-to-send multiple (RTSM) frame to an access point. The access point may allocate resources for multiple TXOPs based on the RTSM frame. The access point may send a clear-to-send multiple (CTSM) frame. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046455 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN A BASE CHANNEL AND A 60 GHZ CHANNEL - A method for switching between channels on different bands is described. Communication with a wireless device occurs on a base channel. A channel switch request is sent to the wireless device. An acknowledgment is received from the wireless device. Communication with the wireless device switches to a 60 GHz channel. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046456 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA OF RADIO BEARER HAVING PRIORITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system including configuring priorities for a plurality of logical channels according to a first criterion, wherein each of the plurality of logical channels has each priority and allocating resources to a subset of the plurality of logical channels according to a second criterion to transfer data through a transport channel, wherein the subset of the plurality of logical channels is configured with same priority. It is possible to reliably provide various services through a method of processing radio bearers having the equal priorities. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046457 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - Certain embodiments provide a method for scheduling packet transmissions in a wireless communications with stations that support spatial division multiple access (SDMA) transmissions. The method generally includes receiving channel state training signals from a plurality of wireless network nodes, constructing a schedule for uplink and downlink packet transmissions for the nodes based on the channel state training signals, and communicating the schedule to the nodes. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046458 | Methods and Apparatus for Operating a Wireless Communications System - A wireless communications system comprising at least one network station and a plurality of subscriber stations. As part of a network access procedure, a number of the subscriber stations selecting a time slot from a plurality of predefined time slots and transmitting an individual code to the network station in the selected time slot. At the network station, receiving and decoding the codes and broadcasting a preliminary decoding status report to the subscriber stations and broadcasting a detailed decoding status report associated with each time slot in which one or more codes were decoded successfully. At a subscriber station which transmitted a code, identifying successful decoding if the preliminary decoding status indicator associated with the time slot in which subscriber station transmitted its code comprises a positive indicator, and if the detailed decoding status report associated with that positive indicator identifies the code transmitted by the subscriber station. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046459 | CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 02-25-2010 |
20100046460 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system includes preparing a ACK/NACK resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK signal for HARQ of downlink data on an uplink control channel, preparing a scheduling request resource for transmitting a scheduling request and the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel in one subframe, and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel configured by the scheduling request resource for the positive transmission of the scheduling request and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal on the uplink control channel configured by the ACK/NACK resource for negative transmission of the scheduling request. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046461 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MANAGING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to the management of control information in a multi-user multi-input multi-output system with a base unit and one or more user units, where respective user unit sends an index representing a vector from a user codebook belonging to the user unit. The base unit co-schedules compatible user units to simultaneously share one time-frequency recourse by selecting a precoding matrix from a transmitter codebook based on the indices received from co-scheduled user units, according to a predefined function. The base unit transmits control information regarding selected precoding matrix to each co-scheduled user unit. The predefined function is known to each user unit and the control information to each user unit only contains information on the index from every other user unit. | 02-25-2010 |
20100046462 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Wireless communication arrangements including: performing scheduling of transmitting signal to each of the mobile stations so that interference of radio waves sent from each of the remote units to each of the mobile stations can be suppressed based on priority level of the mobile station and the interference area information; generating information to control the direction-variable antenna of each of the plurality of remote units, so that the corresponding remote unit forms beam according to scheduling result; and transmitting the information to control the direction-variable antenna to the plurality of remote units. | 02-25-2010 |
20100054191 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device for sending transmission signals for one or more mobile stations from multiple transmitting antennas is disclosed. The communication device includes a scheduling unit configured to allocate one or more frequency resource blocks each having a predetermined bandwidth and including one or more subcarriers preferentially to each selected one of the mobile stations that is in a good channel condition; one or more delay setting units provided between the scheduling unit and the transmitting antennas and configured to set delay values for one or more signal paths leading to the transmitting antennas; and a delay value updating unit configured to repeatedly update the delay values to be set by the delay setting units. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054192 | METHODS OF ESTIMATING AVAILABLE BANDWIDTH AND DELAY IN MULTI-CHANNEL MULTI-INTERFACE BASED WIRELESS AD-HOC NETWORK AND METHOD OF RELAYING ROUTE REQUEST MESSAGE USING THE SAME - Provided are methods of estimating an available bandwidth and a delay in a multi-channel multi-interface based wireless ad-hoc network, and a method of relaying a route request message using the methods. The method of relaying a route request message includes (a) receiving a first route request message including information on a required bandwidth, (b) determining whether or not a condition that a link from a node transmitting the first route request message to the intermediate node and a link from the intermediate node to one of one or more neighboring nodes both have an available bandwidth equal to or larger than the required bandwidth, is satisfied, and (c) when it is determined that the condition is satisfied, broadcasting a second route request message including the information on the required bandwidth. According to the methods, it is possible to efficiently configure a route guaranteeing Quality of Service (QoS) required for a call. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054193 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING THE DELIVERY OF MESSAGES TO A MOBILE CLIENT - A method, system and computer usable-medium for prioritizing and controlling the delivery of messages to a mobile client capable of connecting to a network. Data can be collected utilizing an agent associated with a messaging application for the delivery of a message to the mobile client, wherein the data is indicative of one or more characteristics of a network to which the mobile client is currently connected, one or more characteristics of the message itself, and one or more characteristics of the mobile client. The data can be then analyzed, and thereafter a delivery decision is rendered with respect to the message, in response to analyzing such data in order to efficiently control the delivery of the message to the mobile client. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054194 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ALLOCATING PILOT SUB-CARRIERS AND RELATED METHODS - A communication system may include a wireless communications device having a wireless transceiver and a controller cooperating therewith, and a wireless base station having a wireless transceiver and a controller cooperating therewith for communicating with the wireless communications device using orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) based upon pilot sub-carriers. The controller of the wireless base station may randomly allocate the pilot sub-carriers over time. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054195 | Efficient Deallocation of Network Resources Based on Network Node Location Extrapolation - Deallocating resources allocated to a network communications session, including extrapolating an expected location of a selected node that belongs to a communications path of a network communications session, determining if the extrapolated location is beyond a predefined range from a neighboring node that belongs to the communications path of the network communications session and that immediately neighbors the selected node along the communications path, and deallocating any resources allocated to the network communications session if the extrapolated location is beyond the range. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054196 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BASE STATION PERFORMANCE ENHANCEMENT USING COORDINATED ANTENNA ARRAY - In wireless system, a group of Basestations (BTSs) can be managed by a centralized network management identity or can be self-organized by communicating with each other via wireless air-interfaces or wired interfaces. One such example are Femtocell systems. When the BTSs are using the same frequency for transmitting and receiving with relatively large transmitting power and when they are closer to each other, performance of such a system and user throughput or QoS (Quality of Service) gets degraded due to the interference between the BTSs and among the users. Smart antenna technique can be used in a coordinated way among a group of BTSs, such as Femtocells, to avoid or reduce interference or manage how interference happens to achieve performance enhancement such as higher system throughput or better QoS to individual applications. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054197 | CELLULAR DSL MODEM - An apparatus includes an converter for changing network data into asynchronous transfer mode data for cellular transmission as a digital subscriber line signal, and for reconstructing network data from a cellular reception of a digital subscriber line signal. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054198 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A resource allocation method in orthogonal frequency division multiple access wireless systems includes: setting, for each of terminals, data transmission factors including a resource location selection scheme; and determining, for each frame, locations of resources to be allocated to the terminals in a resource allocation order by using the resource location selection schemes Determining the locations of the resources includes: setting the resource allocation order for the terminals according to priorities of the terminals; selecting resources to be allocated to a terminal by using the resource location selection scheme for the terminal; determining whether all or some of the selected resources have been already allocated to other terminals; and allocating the selected resources to the terminal, if it is determined that the selected resources have not been already allocated to other terminals. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054199 | COMMON-MODE PARTITIONING OF WIDEBAND CHANNELS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for allocating a plurality of logical channels within each wideband channel specified by the IEEE 802.15.3c standard. Each logical channel can utilize the same wideband channel, but the logical channel can also utilize a narrowband channel (i.e., a low data rate (LDR) channel) for control and signaling. The logical channel may function as a common mode channel for multi-mode operations. A piconet controller (PNC) within a piconet can utilize the LDR for beaconing, association, and for assigning Channel Time Allocations (CTAs). Inside a CTA period, multiple devices in the piconet can communicate using a single-carrier mode, an OFDM mode, or some other mode. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054200 | Method and apparatus for beamforming in OFDM wireless system - Systems and methods are disclosed for use in a wireless network that promotes simultaneous beamforming. These systems and methods include determining the Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) and Best Beam Index (BBI) for communications between a plurality of mobile stations and a base station, ranking the plurality of mobile stations in a list according to the determined CQI and BBI, and selecting a subset of the plurality of mobile stations for simultaneous beamformed communications. These systems and methods may also include verifying the selected subset of the plurality of mobile stations do not have a conflict and initiating beamformed communications. BBI is determined based on a predetermined codebook, which is function of antenna configuration as shown in equation 2 and 5. Any other codebook use equations 2 and 5 as their subset can also be applied. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054201 | Method In A Network Node For Separating Circuit Switched And Packet Switched Traffic - The present invention relates to a method, devices, infrastructure network, and computer program for doing policy based routing in a tunnel terminating device ( | 03-04-2010 |
20100054202 | INTERFERENCE CONTROL AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A LOCALIZED BASE STATION ENVIRONMENT - According to one general aspect, a method, in one embodiment, comprising establishing an indoor cellular access point (ICAP) on a network. In various embodiments, the method may also include co-operatively selecting an ICAP identifier (ID) such that the ICAP ID is unique amongst the ICAP and the NICAPs. In some embodiments, the method may further include sharing a wireless communications resource by multiplexing the use of the wireless communications resource amongst the ICAP and the NICAPs. | 03-04-2010 |
20100054203 | MULTIPLEXING OF CONTROL INFORMATION AND DATA FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for sending control information in a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) may be configured to periodically send control information (e.g., CQI information) and may receive an assignment of control resources for sending the control information. The UE may also receive an assignment (e.g., a dynamic assignment or a semi-persistent assignment) of data resources for sending data. The UE may send the control information (i) on the control resources if the control and data resources do not coincide in time or (ii) on a designated portion of the data resources if the control and data resources coincide in time. The UE may generate at least one SC-FDMA symbol with the control information sent on the control resources or the designated portion of the data resources. The UE can maintain a single-carrier waveform for each SC-FDMA symbol. | 03-04-2010 |
20100061311 | Opportunistic Uplink Feedback Scheme for MU-MIMO Systems - According to one general aspect, a method of using a base station comprising establishing an association between the base station and at least one mobile station (MS) via a communications channel. In such an embodiment, the communications channel may be divided into resource blocks. In various embodiments, the method may include broadcasting a signal-to-noise (SNR) threshold message that includes a SNR threshold. In some embodiments, the method may include receiving at least one reporting message, respectively from the at least one mobile station(s), indicating which resource blocks measured a SNR equal to or above the SNR threshold. In various embodiments, the method may also include allocating, in a time division multiplexing mode, resource blocks for communication with the mobile station(s) based, at least in part, upon the reporting message(s). | 03-11-2010 |
20100061312 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR MULTI-USERS MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM AND APPARAUS THEREOF - The present invention is direct to the resource allocation method for MU-MIMO-OFDM system and the apparatus thereof. The MU-MIMO-OFDM system has a plurality of users and a plurality of sub-channels. The sub-channels are assigned to the users according to the capacity ratio constraints and a scheduling rule, and then the power of the user is determined according to the limit power of the MU-MIMO-OFDM system. Wherein the values of power of the sub-channels assigned to the user are the same, the scheduling rule may be Max-Min or Max Sum-Rate rule, and the allocation of the sub-channels may be user-oriented or sub-channel oriented. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061313 | Method and apparatus for using remote station as backhaul in a coordinated manner - There is provided a wireless system comprising a first base station, a second base station, a remote station capable of communicating with one of the first base station, the second base station and both first and second base stations and a wireless terminal coupled to the remote station for communication with one of the first base station, the second base station and both first and second base stations. The remote station includes a switch or multiplexor for switching communication between the first and second base stations. The schedule is predetermined centrally within the wireless network or locally by negotiation between base and remote stations. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061314 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method and apparatus for allocating resources in a wireless communication system is provided. A Base Station (BS) allocates persistent resources in a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) region to a Mobile Station (MS), changes a location of the HARQ region, changes location of persistent resources in the HARQ region to location of persistent resources in a new HARQ region, and allocates the persistent resource to the MS. The new HARQ region is the location-changed HARQ region. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061315 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND METHOD FOR A TWO-STAGE MECHANISM FOR QUIET PERIOD MANAGEMENT IN SPECTRUM AGILE RADIO NETWORKS - The present invention is a system ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100061316 | Technique for providing access to a media resource attached to a network-registered device - A technique for accessing a media resource ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100061317 | METHOD AND SYSTEM TO INDICATE A DESIRED TRANSMIT POWER AND SOFT POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In a wireless communication system, short-term interference mitigation may be used to mitigate (e.g., to avoid or reduce) interference on a given link in order to improve performance of data transmission. The interference mitigation reduces transmit power of interfering transmissions so that a higher signal-to-noise-and-interference ratio (SINR) can be achieved for a desired data transmission. A node may observe high interference from an interfering node that degrades performance of data transmission sent on that link. By taking advantage of an communication path with the interfering node (e.g., wireless data/control channel, backhaul network connection, or analog broadcast signal), the transmitting node can successfully complete time critical communications while allowing the interfering node to also simultaneously communicate without reducing overall resources nor burdening any managing nodes. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061318 | CHANNEL SCAN METHOD AND ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In wireless communication system and method, a guard band detection (GBD) is performed in a channel to detect the existence of guard bands of a correct channel, so to predetermine that whether the current channel is correct or not. If GBD and a subsequent authorization are both passed in the channel, then the channel is determined as the correct channel. Besides, multiple point estimation (MPE) can be used to analyze the signal strengths in different frequencies to predict the location of the correct channel. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061319 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, HOME AGENT ALLOCATION SERVER, AND MOBILE NODE - Disclosed is a technique for allowing a mobility service provider to allocate a home agent appropriate for each individual mobile node. According to the technique, an MN | 03-11-2010 |
20100061320 | COMMON MODE AND UNIFIED FRAME FORMAT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for generating a frame structure that can be used with multiple transmission schemes, such as a Single Carrier (SC) transmission scheme and an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) transmission scheme. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061321 | METHOD OF SCHEDULING PACKETS - The invention relates to a method of scheduling packets in a multi-access telecommunication system sharing a plurality of transmission resources. The packets relating to the various accesses are classed ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100061322 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CODE TO CELLS AND PLANNING CELLS IN OFDM CELLULAR SYSTEM - A piece of user equipment (UE), which has received more than two synchronization codes at the same time, has a problem in that the UE may not confirm the synchronization codes due to an increase in inter-signal interference. As a result, the UE may not acquire a primary scrambling code (PSC). A method of transmitting a forward synchronization signal in a wireless communication system includes: each base station existing in a wireless communication system generating a frame according to a predetermined unit of frame timing by using a same external clock signal; and allocating different offsets to frames of adjacent base stations by using the external clock signal so that forward link common channels included in the frames do not overlap each other, and transmitting the frames. In addition, a method of allocating a cell code suitable for an OFDM cellular system, a forward link frame transmitting method, a method of setting timing between cells, and a method of setting timing between a base station and a mobile station can be derived. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061323 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RADIO NETWORK TEMPORARY IDENTIFICATION OF HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL AND THE DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for acquiring radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel, comprising: a radio network controller, via signaling, notifies to the base station the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel which is available for an user equipment in the common state of enhanced connecting mode; the base station acquires the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel from the signaling; and when the base station needs to send the data in the common state of enhanced connecting mode, the radio network temporary identification of High Speed Downlink Shared Channel is used as a mask for Shared Control Channel in High Speed Downlink Shared Channel to perform baseband processing such that it is used as an identification with which the user equipment monitors the Shared Control Channel in High Speed Downlink Shared Channel and the data of High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel is received, thereby guarantee the user service quality. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061324 | Flexible Radio Link Control Packet Data Unit Length - A first device ( | 03-11-2010 |
20100061325 | ALLOCATION OF A SECONDARY BAND TO EXPAND THE CAPACITY OF A PRIMARY BAND IN A WLAN 802.11 SYSTEM - If frequency band (channel) expansion is made without careful consideration, communications of other apparatuses are disturbed. An apparatus which belongs to an identical network before expansion of the frequency band may no longer be able to make a communication after expansion of the frequency band. To accomplish this, upon making communications using a plurality of channels, a communication apparatus of a network probes the presence of other networks, requests other communication apparatuses of the network to make communication using the plurality of channels based on the probe result, and makes communication using the plurality of channels based on responses to the request. Upon making communications using neighboring channels, the communication apparatus probes the presence of networks in neighboring channels and channels that neighbor the neighboring channels, and makes communications using a used channel and the neighboring channel. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061326 | METHODS FOR RESPONDING TO CO-LOCATED COEXISTENCE (CLC) REQUEST FROM A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A communications apparatus is provided. A first radio module provides a first wireless communications service and communicates with a first communications device in compliance with a first protocol. A second radio module provides a second wireless communications service and communicates with a second communications device in compliance with a second protocol. A Co-Located Coexistence radio manager detects activities of the first radio modules, obtains a first traffic pattern describing downlink and/or uplink traffic allocations of the first radio module from the first radio module, and generates a second traffic pattern of the second radio module according to the first traffic pattern to coordinate operations of the first and second radio modules. The second traffic pattern describes recommended downlink and/or uplink traffic allocations to a plurality of sub-frames for the second radio module, and each sub-frame defined by the second protocol includes Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing symbols. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061327 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL DESIGN FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include transmitting a message to allocate resources to a mobile station in a wireless network for an uplink acknowledgement channel, the acknowledgement channel including three subtiles including a subtile from each of three different tiles, each of the three tiles including a plurality of subtiles that includes at least one 2×3 subtile that includes two subcarriers by three Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols and at least one 3×2 subtile that includes three subcarriers by two OFDM symbols. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061328 | Call Handling In A Mobile Communications Network - The present invention relates to a network node arrangement comprising a server node adapted to handle control signaling for circuit switched calls and being connected to a gateway node adapted to handle user plane traffic under control of said server node, said server node further being adapted to control connections between mobile stations over a radio network. The server node is adapted to, for a first and second call leg of a requested call connection between a first mobile station and a second mobile station, provide information to the gateway node about radio network node handling the first call leg and the second call leg and circuit information about circuit resources for said first and second call legs. The gateway node comprises analyzing means adapted to detect if for the requested call the first and second mobile station are handled by a common radio network node and, if yes in generation means generate, and provide, interconnection information in a message to the server node including information about channel or circuit resources. The server node is adapted to forward interconnection information to the radio network node such that switching of user plane traffic can be controlled to take place in a common radio network node or in the gateway node. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061329 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING TRAFFIC VOLUME MEASUREMENT INFORMATION TO SUPPORT ENHANCED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus for enhanced uplink (EU) dedicated channel data transmission. On a condition that a scheduling message is not available, wherein the scheduling message is for scheduling scheduled data transmission, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits non-scheduled data up to a threshold amount of data in absence of the scheduling message. On a condition that scheduled data for a logical channel is in an EU data buffer of the WTRU, the WTRU transmits EU scheduling information with EU non-scheduled data transmission in absence of the scheduling message, wherein the scheduling information indicates a total amount of data in the EU data buffer and an amount of EU data buffered for a priority logical channel. The WTRU receives a scheduling message in response to the transmitted EU scheduling information and transmits the scheduled data in response to the scheduling message. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061330 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING AND MANAGING A DOWNLINK RADIO LINK CONTROL DATA BLOCK IN AN EGPRS MOBILE ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICE - In a mobile electronic communication device for receiving a downlink radio link control (RLC) data block, the improvement comprising determining whether an Extension (E) bit within a header of the data block has been reset to zero, thereby denoting the existence of extension octets within the data block, summing the lengths of the extension octets, calculating the number of bytes in the data block, and discarding the data block in the event the sum of the lengths is greater than the number of bytes in the data block. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061331 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR IMPLICIT DETACHMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method of implicit detachment and related system and device. The method comprises: the first device receives a request message that carries implicit detachment indication from the second device; and the first device performs implicit detachment or restores the second device to original status according to the indication. Embodiments herein further disclose a system and device for implicit detachment. In embodiments herein, implicit detachment process is triggered through MRT expiry information. | 03-11-2010 |
20100061332 | PACKET DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A packet data transmitting method and mobile communication system using the same enables transmission of common ACK/NACK information from each sector of a base station to a user entity in softer handover. The method includes receiving via at least one of the plurality of sectors a data packet from the mobile terminal, the data packet being correspondingly received for each of the at least one of the plurality of sectors; combining the correspondingly received data packets, to obtain a signal having a highest signal-to-noise ratio; decoding the value obtained by the combining; determining a transmission status of the data packet according to the decoding; and transmitting to the mobile terminal a common ACK/NACK signal including one of a common ACK signal and a common NACK signal according to the determining, the common ACK/NACK signal being transmitted via each of the at least one sector. | 03-11-2010 |
20100067445 | Apparatus, Methods and Computer Program Products Providing a Common Signaling Entry for a Modular Control Channel Structure - The exemplary embodiments of the invention provide information (e.g., a common control signaling entry) for a control channel. The information may include signaling information about the overall control channel structure in a given sub-frame and/or other common information to assist UEs in decoding the channel (e.g., definitions related to the overall arrangement and parameterization of the channel structure). The information may provide non-UE-specific, common signaling information for the UEs served in the cell. In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: providing at least one control channel allocated over at least one set of subcarrier resources, wherein the at least one control channel extends over a number n of multicarrier symbols; and transmitting information via a portion of the sub-carrier resources, wherein the transmitted information is indicative of at least one property of the at least one control channel. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067446 | EFFICIENT ROUTING BETWEEN A MOBILE NODE AND A CORRESPONDENT NODE IN A PROXY MOBILE IP NETWORK - Methods and nodes are provided for efficiently establishing a route between a mobile node and a correspondent node in a Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol network. A return routability procedure is used between a local mobility anchor and a media access gateway on one hand, and the correspondent node on the other hand. The procedure is made without involvement from the mobile node. The procedure is such that the correspondent node handles return routability as per standard mobile IP mechanisms. Following this return routability procedure, a binding of an address of the mobile node with an address of the media access gateway is stored in the correspondent node. This binding allows data traffic to flow between the mobile node and the correspondent node without passing through the local mobility anchor. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067447 | Dynamic and Fair Resource Allocation Algorithm for OFDM Systems - A resource allocation with dynamic bit control to achieve the greatest fairness for all users and minimize transmission power over orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) systems is presented. This technique can be also applied in WiMAX system. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067448 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PARALLEL ACQUISITION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION FROM MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS - A method for parallel acquisition of system information from multiple base stations may be implemented by a mobile station. The method may include determining scheduled times for transmission of the system information from the multiple base stations based on parameters included in messages from the multiple base stations. The method may also include creating a schedule list that comprises the scheduled times. The method may further include tuning to the base stations at the scheduled times that are specified in the schedule list in order to receive the system information from the base stations. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067449 | Telecommunications System and Method - A telecommunications system is operable to provide a facility for mobile communications to a mobile node. The telecommunications system includes a packet radio network comprising a core network and a radio network. The core network and the radio network are arranged to communicate the internet packets in accordance with a current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network, established in accordance with the location of the mobile node. The mobile node is operable in accordance with a packet connection procedure for establishing a communications bearer for communicating the internet packets across the mobile radio network, to generate a packet data connection activation request. The packet data connection activation request is adapted to include a service level identifier representing a priority to be afforded to communicating internet packets to or from the mobile node with respect to the internet packets received from other mobile nodes, and to communicate the packet data connection request to the core network of the packet radio network. The core network is operable to establish a communications bearer to and from the mobile node via the core network and the radio network in accordance with the packet data connection request and to adapt the current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network following a change of location of the mobile node with a relative priority determined in accordance with the service level identifier. Through the inclusion of the service level identifier in the packet data connection request, the telecommunications system can give a relative priority to mobile nodes requiring a higher priority data transmission thereby reducing delays or interruptions in the transmission of data. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067450 | ARCHITECTURE TO SUPPORT NETWORK-WIDE MULTIPLE-IN-MULTIPLE-OUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OVER A DOWNLINK - The present invention provides a method of coordinating the downlink transmissions from a plurality of base stations to at least one mobile unit. The method is implemented in a control plane entity and includes receiving, at the control plane entity and from each of the plurality of base stations, channel state information for a plurality of wireless communication channels between the plurality of base stations and one or more mobile units. The method also includes determining, at the control plane entity and based on the channel state information, transmission formats for downlink transmissions from the plurality of base stations to the mobile unit(s). The method further includes providing the transmission formats to the plurality of base stations. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067451 | Quality of service scheme for collision-based wireless networks - A method for enabling different priority messages in a contention-based wireless network where units use a common channel. Relative to high priority messages, if the channel is not busy when a message is ready for transmission, then the message is transmitted immediately. When the channel is busy, the message is not transmitted until the channel becomes available and a selected back-off period (while the channel is available) expires. Back off periods are illustratively randomly selected by the units. Low priority messages are similarly not transmitted when the channel is busy, and additionally are not transmitted for a preselected pre-emption interval when the channel is available to high priority messages but not to low priority messages. Like with high priority messages, low priority messages that not transmitted when ready are held back a back-off period before they are transmitted. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067452 | METHOD FOR PAYLOAD PART TRANSMISSION ON CONTENTION CHANNELS - A method for generating an uplink transmission burst includes using one or more symbols to define the uplink transmission burst, and forming a preamble portion and a payload portion for the uplink transmission burst. The preamble portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols, such that the preamble portion includes a signature that is defined in a predetermined signature set. The payload portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols. Typically, at least a portion of the preamble portion and at least a portion of the payload portion are formed using the same symbol. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067453 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PILOTS - There is provided a method for allocating pilots to a sub-frame. The sub-frame includes a plurality of blocks in time domain. The method includes allocating a data demodulation (DM) pilot used for demodulating data to two blocks spaced not contiguous with each other, and allocating a channel quality (CQ) pilot. System capacity can be increased, and degradation of performance incurred by a channel estimation error can be minimized. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067454 | MEHTOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data through a downlink common transport channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving measurement information transmitted from a user equipment at an upper network node, forwarding control information of the common transport channel, which is acquired from the measurement information, from the upper network node to a base station, and transmitting downlink data from the base station to the user equipment through the common transport channel in accordance with the control information. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067455 | METHOD FOR FRACTIONAL FRQUENCY REUSE WITH ORDERING SCHEME TO INCREASE CAPACITY OF OFDM SYSTEMS - Disclosed herein is a method for fractional frequency reuse with ordering scheme (FFRO) to increase capacity of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) systems while reducing interference due to the use of a common sub-channel set. Each cell includes a common sub-channel set assigned in common to all cells provided in a cluster and a dedicated sub-channel set assigned differently to all of the cells. The method includes classifying the cells into at least one type according to cluster sizes, and allocating the dedicated sub-channel set by frequency partitioning scheme based on the cell type. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067456 | Method for Establishing a Circuit Switched Call at a Dual Mode Access Terminal - A method for establishing a circuit switched call at an access terminal that is processing an established packet switched call, enables a user to be informed that a voice call has been requested. The method comprises transmitting, from a visited network to the access terminal, a packet switched message indicating that the voice call has been requested (step | 03-18-2010 |
20100067457 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING THE RELEASE OF A PERSISTENT RESOURCE - A method and apparatus for signaling the release of a persistent resource in long term evolution (LTE) are disclosed. An indication of the release of a downlink (DL) persistent resource is received by a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) from an evolved Node-B (eNB) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). A positive acknowledgement (ACK) is transmitted by the WTRU which denotes that the indication has been received. The PDCCH or a medium access control (MAC) CE may be used by the eNB to signal the indication. At least one bit may be added to contents of the PDCCH to signal whether the PDCCH is for DL persistent or dynamic resource allocation. The DL persistent resource is then released and an indication that the DL persistent resource has been released is transmitted. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067458 | OFDMA Communication System and Communication Method - There is provided an OFDMA communication system capable of suppressing the communication resource reduction and reducing the processing load on a base station. The system includes a downlink frame generation unit ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100067459 | HARQ in Spatial Multiplexing MIMO System - Methods and apparatus for signaling scheduling information in a spatial multiplexing wireless communications system ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100067460 | METHOD FOR REDUCING DELAY IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM EMPLOYING HARQ - The invention relates to a method and an arrangement for reducing transmission delay on a radio interface in a communication network, comprising a communication network node ( | 03-18-2010 |
20100067461 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control signals in a wireless communication system includes multiplexing a first control signal with a second control signal in a slot, the slot comprising a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in time domain, the plurality of OFDM symbols being divided into a plurality of data OFDM symbols and a plurality of reference signal (RS) OFDM symbols, wherein the first control signal is mapped to the plurality of data OFDM symbols after the first control signal is spread by a base sequence in the frequency domain, the RS is mapped to the plurality of RS OFDM symbols, the second control signal is mapped to at least one of the plurality of RS OFDM symbols, and transmitting the first control signal and the second control signal in the slot. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067462 | Systems and Methods for Data Path Control in a Wireless Network - In various embodiments, the data plane may be abstracted from a control plane in a wireless network such as WiMax, WiFi, LTE or the like. In some embodiments, a method comprises a receiving control data at a control server from a source device, generating routing instructions at the control server regarding routing network data based on the control data, providing the routing instructions to a routing device, configuring the routing device based on the routing instructions, receiving network data from the source device, and routing the network data from the source device to a target device using the configured routing device. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067463 | ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A base station apparatus assigns a time slot, where multiple sub-channels have been frequency multiplexed, to a terminal apparatus. The correspondence between the range of signal strength and time slots is defined such that the time slot differs whenever the range of signal strength differs; a control unit assigns any one of a plurality of sub-channels in the time slot corresponding to the range of low signal strengths, to the terminal apparatus as a ranging channel. An RF unit, a modem unit and so forth perform a ranging operation on the terminal apparatus over the ranging channel assigned. The control unit assigns a sub-channel to the terminal apparatus that has performed the ranging operation, as a communication channel. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067464 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - One of sequence groups each specifying reference signal sequences for respective radio resource bandwidths is assigned to a base station and a different one of the sequence groups is assigned to a neighboring cell. The base station includes a scheduler configured to allocate radio resources; a reporting unit configured to report the allocated radio resources and a cyclic shift amount to a mobile station; and a demodulating unit configured to demodulate a signal received from the mobile station based on one of the reference signal sequences corresponding to one of the radio resource bandwidths and the cyclic shift amount. Cell reuse is applied to the reference signal sequences to be transmitted using one resource unit, and sequence hopping where different ones of the reference signal sequences are assigned to consecutive subframes is applied to the reference signal sequences to be transmitted using a bandwidth greater than one resource unit. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067465 | BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station includes a scheduler determining allocation of radio resources for each subframe; a control channel generating unit generating a control channel including common control information mapped across a system frequency band and specific control information mapped to one or more resource blocks allocated to a selected user device; and a transmission signal generating unit generating a transmission signal by time-division-multiplexing the common control information and the specific control information. The common control information is transmitted every subframe and includes information units with a predetermined data size, a format indicator representing one of preset options indicating the number of symbols occupied by the common control information, and information indicating the maximum number of the information units. The information indicating the maximum number of the information units is transmitted as a part of the common control information at a predetermined interval longer than or equal to one subframe. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067466 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system having a plurality of wireless base stations (BSs), and a second BS included under at least one of a first BS among the plurality of BSs and usable by a specified mobile station, the wireless communication system includes registering first identifiers as identifiers of the first BS and a second identifier as an identifier of the second BS in the specified mobile station in advance. The wireless communication system includes transmitting first information to the second BS when an identifier of a present cell is other than the first and second identifiers, and transmitting second information to the second BS when the identifier of the present cell is the first or second identifier, and controlling an operation of the second BS based on the received first or second information. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067467 | METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A random access method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator and a quick access message from a mobile station to a base station and starting a timer having a timer value determined according to an acknowledgement from the base station. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067468 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING A NEW DATA INDICATOR IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate techniques for managing respective original transmissions and re-transmissions of information within a wireless communication system. Various mechanisms are described herein for processing a new data indicator (NDI) associated with respective transmissions conducted for one or more Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) processes. For example, for a HARQ process shared between distinct scheduling schemes, an NDI associated with a latter transmission can be regarded as toggled irrespective of the value of the NDI upon recognizing that a utilized scheduling scheme (e.g., as indicated via a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) or the like) has changed between successive transmissions (e.g., from semi-persistent scheduling to dynamic scheduling), thereby allowing processing of the latter transmission as a transmission of new data. As additionally described herein, various techniques are described herein for NDI processing in the case of uplink grant and downlink assignment transmission. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067469 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR DIFFERENT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate avoiding interference with disparate communication technologies when allocating and/or utilizing wireless communication resources. Access points can generate resource assignments for mobile devices based at least in part on resources utilized by the disparate communication technology devices, such as to avoid such resources, allocate narrow bands over such resources, avoid or limit allocations in a measurement gap during which disparate communication technology devices communicate, and/or the like to mitigate interference over the resources. Mobile devices can provide such information to the access point, such as a communication technology to avoid interfering, resources utilized by devices of the communication technology, etc. This information can be acquired by receiving signals from the devices, detecting presence of the devices, and/or the like. In addition, mobile device can reduce transmission power over resources used by the disparate communication technology. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067470 | PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (PRACH) TRANSMISSION IN MULTICARRIER OPERATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate selecting an uplink carrier for random access within a wireless environment having multiple carriers. Selection of an uplink carrier for random access can be randomly selected from a set of available uplink carriers. Additionally, the uplink carrier for random access can be selected based upon which uplink carrier is paired with an anchor carrier. Further, the uplink carrier for random access can be identified based upon a bandwidth related to the user equipment (UE). Reference signals can also be employed in order to identify an uplink carrier to perform random access. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067471 | Base Station And Method Used In Mobile Communications System - A base station belongs to one of plural cells using a same portion of a system bandwidth including a part that determines which of user apparatuses existing in a service area should be assigned one or more resource block units, the resource block unit having predetermined bandwidth and time period and being identified by a shared resource number shared by the cells; a part that grades the user apparatuses based on their wireless transmission statuses and determines ranking numbers corresponding to the user apparatuses; a part that generates assignment information indicating which of the user apparatuses should be assigned to which of the resource block units according to a predetermined corresponding relationship between the shared resource number and the ranking number; and a part that reports the assignment information to the user apparatuses. The predetermined corresponding relationship is determined to be different among the cells using the same frequency bandwidth. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067472 | Backward compatible physical uplink control channel resource mapping - A method for uplink signaling is described. The method includes determining one or more macro-configuration parameters. The one or more macro-configuration parameters define a resource allocation mapping for a control channel. A set of parameters including one or more micro-configuration parameters and the one or more macro-configuration parameters are generated. A transmission of the set of parameters to one or more user equipment is caused to be sent. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067473 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT OPTIMIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus are directed toward optimizing clear channel assessment (CCA) parameters in wireless communications. A CCA parameter request is received from an optimizing station. A current CCA parameter is read and transmitted to the optimizing station. A notification is received from the optimizing station of an optimized CCA parameter to be used by the optimizing station. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067474 | PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO MANAGEMENT FOR MULTI-CARRIER MODULATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for managing peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) for multi-carrier modulation in wireless communication systems. Different terminals in a multiple-access system may have different required transmit powers. The number of carriers to allocate to each terminal is made dependent on its required transmit power. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be allocated fewer carriers (associated with smaller PAPR) to allow the power amplifier to operate at higher power levels. Terminals with lower required transmit powers may be allocated more carriers (associated with higher PAPR) since the power amplifier is operated at lower power levels. The specific carriers to assign to the terminals may also be determined by their transmit power levels to reduce out-of-band emissions. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the middle of the operating band, and terminals with lower required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the band edges. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067475 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067476 | MULTI-HOP WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORK AND METHOD - Some embodiments of the invention provide an implementation for a multi-hop wireless backhaul network. These embodiments can advantageously be deployed in dense urban areas and/or co-located with wireless access nodes, such as base-stations of a cellular wireless communication system. Preferably wireless links between constituent network nodes are set-up hierarchically. A basic result of this is that peer-to-peer (child-to-child) communication is generally prohibited and circuits are forced to conform to a topology. The multi-hop wireless backhaul network may be used to carry delay sensitive, high-density last mile circuit traffic over Non-Line-Of-Sight (NLOS) broadband radio links. Moreover, some embodiments of the invention provide a method of path-healing for re-routing of circuit traffic from circuits that have experienced catastrophic failures. | 03-18-2010 |
20100067477 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION OF DATA CHANNEL FOR ENHANCED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method of transmitting/receiving control information of a data channel for enhanced uplink data transmission is disclosed, by which efficient radio resource allocation is enabled. The present invention includes the acquiring control information of data channel for enhanced uplink data transmission; composing a Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) including the control information; and transmitting the MAC PDU via a first physical channel for user data transmission. | 03-18-2010 |
20100074187 | DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE CONTROL TO FACILITATE FEMTO BASE STATION COMMUNICATIONS - An exemplary method of facilitating communications involving a Femto base station (F-BS) includes establishing an association between the F-BS and a wireline backhaul resource used by the F-BS for initiating at least one traffic flow of the F-BS for a wireless communication session. Quality of service information for the wireless communication session is determined. The determined quality of service information allows for determining a corresponding quality of service requirement of the backhaul resource in the packet transport network. The established association is used for identifying the corresponding quality of service to the F-BS on the wireline backhaul resource of the established association during the wireless communication session. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074188 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink and Downlink Channel Alignments for 3GPP Continuous Packet Data Connection (CPC) Channels - An apparatus and method for implementing uplink and downlink channel fine time alignments for 3GPP continuous packet data connection (CPC) channels comprising determining if a HS-SCCH radio frame boundary is detected before a UL DPCCH radio frame boundary; aligning a transition of a UE_DTX_DRX_Enabled control signal from FALSE to TRUE to the HS-SCCH radio frame boundary or the UL DPCCH radio frame boundary, tagging a first DRX subframe to be 0, and tagging a first DTX subframe to be 0 depending on the determination; and monitoring configuration signals to determine alignments. In one aspect, the order of the tagging depends on the determination. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074189 | Scheduling metric for delay sensitive traffic - Disclosed is a method, a computer-readable memory medium and apparatus to create a combined priority list that comprises both uplink users and downlink users ordered by priority for use in scheduling user transmissions based on their respective priority locations in the combined priority list. In an exemplary embodiment a first set of users are retransmission users, a second set of users are delay sensitive users, and a third set of users are other users that are neither retransmission users or delay sensitive users. The set of retransmission users has a higher priority than the set of delay sensitive users, which in turn has a higher priority than the set of other users. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074190 | Methods for multi-band wireless communication and bandwidth management - Embodiments of methods for multi-band wireless communication and bandwidth management are described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074191 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD USING DIFFERENT FREQUENCY HOPPING PATTERNS BETWEEN NEIGHBORING CELLS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided are a random access method of a mobile station and a mobile communication device performing the same. The mobile station can obtain a diversity gain without a Random Access Channel (RACH) burst collision by hopping according to a cell group in a frequency domain and transmitting a random access when random access resources are used between neighboring cells and detect an RACH even with low transmission power by applying switching diversity together with the frequency hopping. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074192 | METHOD FOR MAPPING LOGICAL CHANNEL ON SHARED CHANNEL - According to the invention data in a number of logical downlink intended for one or more mobile terminals are received in a first mapping unit, where at least a first High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity is allocated to these logical downlink channels addressing a group of mobile terminals for allowing transmission of channel data for reception by mobile terminals. A mobile terminal then reads, from a Broadcast Control Channel, necessary information including a High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity allocated to at least one logical downlink channel, where at least said first identity exists among possible identities. It then listens to a high speed shared control channel for the read identity. In case it detects the identity, the terminal follows a scheduling command, receives data on a high-speed downlink shared channel and processes said data. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074193 | Reliable uplink resource request - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reliably requesting uplink resources in a wireless communications environment. In particular, mechanisms are provided for reliable uplink resource requests at instants when uplink resources are not retained. A mobile device transmits an uplink resource request on a feedback information channel conventionally utilized for channel quality indicators. The mobile device utilizes specific codewords reserved for uplink requests. In addition, a power spectral density of the feedback information channel is boosted to lower an error rate of the channel when reserved codewords are transmitted. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074194 | RADIO AND BANDWIDTH AWARE ROUTING METRIC FOR MULTI-RADIO MULTI-CHANNEL MUTLI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and system are described for establishing an end-to-end route for data to traverse a wireless network, including calculating a link cost function, calculating a quantized link cost function using the calculated link cost, function, calculating a quantized cost of each of a plurality, of end-to-end routes for data to traverse the wireless network, wherein the plurality of end-to-end routes include routes between a same set of nodes in the wireless network, wherein, the quantized cost of each of the plurality of end-to-end routes for data to traverse the wireless network is performed using the quantized link cost function and selecting one of the plurality of end-to-end routes, for data to traverse the wireless network based on the quantized cost of each of the plurality of end-to-end routes. Also described is a node in a wireless network configured to participate in the establishment of a bi-directional end-to-end route for data to traverse the wireless network. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074195 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME ADJUSTMENT FOR A LTE SHARED DATA CHANNEL - A system, method and node for modulation and coding scheme adjustment for a Long Term Evolution (LTE) shared Data Channel. The method determines an actual number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, N | 03-25-2010 |
20100074196 | Connection Addressing for Wireless Communications - Systems, apparatuses, and techniques can include using a mobile station identifier to identify a mobile station associated with a base station in wireless communications between the mobile station and the base station, using a connection identifier and the mobile station identifier to identify a connection between the mobile station and the base station; and transacting information with a radio station. The information can include the connection identifier, the mobile station identifier, and data associated with the connection. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074197 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A multiservice is implemented by connecting one base station and one terminal via one wireless link. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074198 | SETTING OF NETWORK ALLOCATION VECTORS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system where packet transmission begins after a preparation process is performed between a source and a destination, the source stores, in a header of a preparation packet, first duration information corresponding to an end of a first response packet sent from the destination and second duration information corresponding to an end of a second response packet sent from the destination. A neighboring station having received the preparation packet sets a first NAV relating to a scheduled reception completion time of the first response packet based on the first duration information and a second NAV relating to a scheduled reception completion time of the second response packet based on the second duration information and ignores the second NAV when no packet transmission is detected within the first NAV period or within a predetermined time after the scheduled reception completion time of the first response packet. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074199 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DISCOVERING NEIGHBOR CELL - A method of discovering a neighbor cell, the method including: determining whether a first Primary Synchronization Channel (PSCH) of a first cell in which a terminal is included is identical to a second PSCH of a second cell, and whether timings of the first cell and the second cell are synchronous; estimating third channel information of the second cell based on second channel information of the first cell from first channel information, when the first PSCH is identical to the second PSCH and the timings of the first cell and the second cell are synchronous, the second channel information being estimated using a first Secondary Synchronization Channel (SSCH) of the first cell, and the first channel information being estimated using the first PSCH and the second PSCH; and detecting a second SSCH of the second cell, and detecting a cell identifier (ID) of the second cell using the second SSCH. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074200 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for scheduling resource, a base station and a communication system. The method for scheduling resource includes: determining, when there is a real time service to be transmitted, reserved processes for an uplink semi-persistent scheduling if it is judged that processes need to be reserved for the real time service; transmitting to a user equipment a notification message including information on the reserved processes; instructing the user equipment to transmit data packets on uplink subframes corresponding to the reserved processes. With the resource scheduling method provided in embodiments of the present invention, signaling transmission is decreased and signaling overhead is reduced, and by reserving multiple processes for the uplink semi-persistent scheduling for service transmission, the collision problem with the uplink semi-persistent scheduling in the prior art may be well solved, system performance is dramatically improved and users' service experience is improved. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074201 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING UPLINK SIGNALING TRANSMISSION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of improving uplink signaling transmission for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes performing a random access procedure, and applying resources of a physical uplink control channel and an uplink symbol used for channel quality determination when a message of the random access procedure received from a network of the wireless communication system is performed successfully. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074202 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving signals in consideration of a time alignment timer and user equipment (UE) for the same are provided. In this method, a UE performs initial transmission or retransmission of an uplink signal using wireless resources corresponding to an uplink grant signal received from a base station only when a time alignment timer of the UE is running. The UE does not transmit a HARQ feedback signal for a downlink signal received from the base station to the base station when the time alignment timer of the UE is not running. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074203 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL OF COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION OVER COMMON ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCES IN CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus provide for the control of wireless communication signals over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource while operating in the CELL_FACH state with an allocated E-DCH radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI). A determination is made that a periodic cell update timer is expired. In response to the periodic cell update timer expiring, a determination is made whether the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource. If the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource, the periodic cell update timer is re-started without performing a periodic cell update. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074204 | UPLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION DURING RANDOM ACCESS - Systems and methodologies are described that effectuate or facilitate avoidance of deadlock conditions during random access procedures. In accordance with various aspects set forth herein, systems and/or methods are provided that receive an uplink grant that specifies a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process identifier. The HARQ process identifier is analyzes to identify whether the identifier is associated with an ongoing random access procedure. The uplink grant is utilized for a data transmission when the identifier is not associated with the ongoing random access procedure. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074205 | TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) to a network in a communication system. A bandwidth allocated by the network to transmissions of one or more random access channels is determined. An SRS bandwidth configuration is reconfigured by setting a maximum bandwidth value of the SRS bandwidth configuration to a value that avoids overlapping the bandwidth allocated to transmissions of the one or more random access channels. The SRS is transmitted in accordance with a bandwidth from the reconfigured SRS bandwidth configuration. Information regarding the SRS bandwidth configuration is provided to a User Equipment (UE) by the network. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074206 | Detection Time of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Activation/Reconfiguration Signaling - A method is provided for improving reliability in detection of an identifier for a user agent is provided. The method includes the user agent attempting to decode semi-persistent scheduling activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel only during a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074207 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING MU-MIMO PARAMETERS - Methods for signaling multi-user multiple-input multiple output (MU-MIMO) parameters for Evolved-UTRA (E-UTRA) are disclosed. Example signaling format methods are presented that allow use of distributed virtual resource blocks (DVRB) or support of four wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) but maintaining a predetermined signal format size. A signaling format is also presented that signals transmission precoding matrix indexes used by all co-scheduled WTRUs. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074208 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING OVERHEAD FOR COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus reducing overhead usage associated with communications is provided. The method may comprise generating an acknowledgment (ACK) for a successfully received codeword from a group of codewords or a negative acknowledgement (NACK) for a codeword unsuccessfully received from the group of codewords, and populating a response information matrix with a plurality of response information elements, wherein the response information elements are determined as a function of the generated acknowledgement or negative acknowledgements. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074209 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UE EMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for controlling the operation of user equipments (UEs) to mitigate emissions out of band are described. A base station may identify a UE potentially causing excessive emissions out of band due to transmission of control information and may schedule the UE to reduce the emissions out of band. In one design, the base station may schedule the UE to send control information on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) instead of a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH). In another design, the base station may assign the UE with resources for the PUCCH to send control information. The assigned resources may be selected to mitigate the emissions out of band and may be (i) located within a target frequency range, (ii) located away from a frequency band to be mitigated with the emissions out of band, or (iii) obtained with a reuse scheme and have less inter-cell interference from other UEs. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074210 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FACILITATING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FOR COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus facilitating transmit diversity for control information communications is provided. The method may comprise processing received content, generating control information in response to the processed content, allocating two or more resources associated with two or more transmit antennas for transmitting the control information using a transmit diversity scheme, and determining cyclic shifts by applying a predetermined cyclic shift delta parameter. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074211 | METHOD FOR RETRANSMITTING DATA IN THE MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for modifying a synchronous non- adaptive retransmission scheme to solve the limitation of the synchronous non-adaptive retransmission scheme is disclosed. A method for indicating not only the new data transmission but also the retransmission using a data scheduling message is disclosed. A method for determining whether there is an error in the ACK signal transmitted from a data reception end using another message to -be received later is disclosed. The retransmission method for a multi-carrier system includes: receiving a grant message including scheduling information for transmitting uplink data wherein a retransmission scheme for the uplink data is predetermined by a first retransmission scheduling, transmitting the uplink data according to the scheduling information and retransmitting the uplink data according to second retransmission scheduling by receiving the second retransmission scheduling information associated with the uplink data with retransmission request. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074212 | Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074213 | Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074214 | Packet transmission scheduling technique - A packet data transmission method of the HSDPA system includes collecting information on the quality of physical channels, a status of the MAC buffer, the priority level of data, the delay of data, and the like, determining the transmission order of data and the size of a data block to be transmitted based on the collected information, and transmitting the data block through the physical layer according to the order of transmissions. Since the HSDPA scheduler takes into account the delay of data, the quality of real-time services can be improved. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074215 | Method of data communication in a wireless communication system - A method of data communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving data in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving scheduling information from a network, the scheduling information including downlink (DL) resource assignment information and an indicator; if the scheduling information includes a first UE identity and the first indicator has a first value, utilizing the scheduling information as configuration information of a persistent scheduling to receive a downlink data packet from the network; and if the scheduling information includes the first UE identity and the first indicator has a second value, utilizing the scheduling information to receive a retransmission data packet from the network. | 03-25-2010 |
20100074216 | METHOD OF MANAGING RADIO RESOURCES AND NODE B APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method of managing radio resources and a Node B implementing the same are provided. If the total radio resources used in a cell exceed target radio resources signaled by an RNC, uplink rates are equally allocated to primary UEs and non-primary UEs by controlling the signal strengths of the primary and non-primary UEs. | 03-25-2010 |
20100080176 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system performs adaptive scheduling by considering present and past reported CQI values and other indications of channel conditions in scheduling a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) and then executing a ‘dithering’ function in order to effectuate an MCS that is intermediate between adjacent discrete MCSs. In one embodiment, the communication system determines a first MCS based on a channel quality metric received from a mobile station (MS) and then transmits data utilizing the first MCS. The communication system assigns weights to each of the first MCS and a second MCS based on whether the transmitted data is acknowledged and, based on the assigned weights, selects one of the first and second MCSs for a subsequent transmission of data to the MS. The communication system also may assign weights to each of a first and second MCS based on a transition between a MIMO-A and a MIMO-B transmission scheme. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080177 | MULTIBAND COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION CONTROL OF REMOTE DEVICES AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH - A communication device includes an RF transceiver for communicating first data with at least one of a plurality of remote communication devices via a first protocol and a first frequency band in a first mode of operation. A millimeter wave transceiver communicates second data with at least one of the plurality of remote communication devices via a second protocol and a second frequency band in a second mode of operation. A communication control module coordinates the communication of the first data and the second data to facilitate communication between at least two of the plurality of remote communication devices. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080178 | TECHNIQUES FOR HIGH MOBILITY COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques for high mobility communications are described. An apparatus may comprise a fixed device having a zone management module operative to perform mobility zone classification for multiple mobile devices in a mobile communications system. The zone management module operative assigns the mobile devices to different mobility zones based on a spectral characterization parameter for each mobile device. The spectral characterization parameter represents a type of operating environment for the mobile device. The zone management module may allocate resources to the mobile devices based on the assigned mobility zones. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080179 | METHODS OF ANNOUNCING A CALL AND TRANSMITTING APPLICATION DATA TO AN ACCESS TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention are directed to systems and methods for announcing a call to an access terminal in a wireless communications system. Receiving, at an access network, a request to call a given access terminal and determining whether a cluster to which the given access terminal belongs is known at the access network by querying a location database. The location database includes a list of access terminals and clusters, which themselves include sectors of the wireless communications system. Thereafter, transmitting an announce message announcing the requested call to the given access terminal based on the determiniation of whether the cluster is known to the access network. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080180 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATON INFORMATION EXCHANGE BETWEEN BASESTATIONS - A method for improving distributed resource allocation in OFDMA based wireless communication networks such as WiMAX IEEE 802.16 for either fixed or mobile subscriber stations SSs is executed by neighbor Base Stations BSs serving the SSs. Each BS controls the allocation of respective permutation zones and radio resources encompassing different radio subchannels within each permutation zone. In this task the BS avails of RRM primitives and instances of a NCMS functionality promoting direct BS-to-BS communication, which can be exploited in a distributed RRM profile. A BS playing the role of RRC sends to Neighbor BSs a unique RRM Request for receiving event-driven Spare Capacity Reports. Among driving events, “Change of Radio Resources Allocation” is included. Neighbor BSs, at every allocation change is detected, send to the requester BS a Spare Capacity Report including a Bitmap indicating subchannels used for transmission in each Permutation Zone. In order to eliminate Co-Channel Interference CCI, the requester BS avoids using same subchannels already indicated in the received Bitmap. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080181 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A base station device includes: a re-synchronization factor detector that detects an uplink re-synchronization factor of a mobile station device; a data controller that generates, when the re-synchronization factor detector detects the uplink re-synchronization factor, data in which information indicative of an uplink synchronization request addressed to the mobile station device is set to a region on a radio frame to which parameters to be used for synchronous communication with the mobile station device are to be set; and a transmitter that transmits data generated by the data controller. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080182 | HIERARCHICAL DATA COLLECTION NETWORK SUPPORTING PACKETIZED VOICE COMMUNICATIONS AMONG WIRELESS TERMINALS AND TELEPHONES - A packet-based, hierarchical communication system, arranged in a spanning tree configuration, is described in which wired and wireless communication networks exhibiting substantially different characteristics are employed in an overall scheme to link portable or mobile computing devices. The network accommodates real time voice transmission both through dedicated, scheduled bandwidth and through a packet-based routing within the confines and constraints of a data network. Conversion and call processing circuitry is also disclosed which enables access devices and personal computers to adapt voice information between analog voice stream and digital voice packet formats as proves necessary. Routing pathways include wireless spanning tree networks, wide area networks, telephone switching networks, internet, etc., in a manner virtually transparent to the user. A voice session and associate call setup simulates that of conventional telephone switching network, providing well-understood functionality common to any mobile, remote or stationary terminal, phone, computer, etc. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080183 | System And Method For Interference Mitigation In Wireless Networks - A computer-implemented method for scheduling a packet for transmission in a wireless local area network can be used to account for hidden and/or exposed terminals. The method includes determining whether the packet is to be transmitted to a computing device through a wireless access point that is in conflict with at least one other computing device associated with a different access point. The method further includes determining whether there is a conflicting packet scheduled to be transmitted for any conflicting computing devices associated with a different access points and scheduling the packet for transmission based on any conflicting packets. The method yet further includes forwarding the packet to a wireless access point at the scheduled time. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080184 | Method and Apparatus for Improving Interaction between Scheduling Request Procedure and Random Access Procedure - The present invention provides a method for improving interaction between a Scheduling Request procedure and a Random Access procedure in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of triggering a Scheduling Request procedure; repeatedly sending a Dedicated Scheduling Request (D-SR) message on a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) until an uplink transmission resource for a new transmission is received or the number of D-SR transmissions reaches to a specific value when the PUCCH is configured for the UE; and deactivating all pre-configured transmission resources before performing a Random Access procedure corresponding to the Scheduling Request procedure when the number of D-SR transmissions reaches to the specific value. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080185 | Method and Apparatus of Handling a Timer for Triggering Buffer Status Report - A method of handling a timer for triggering buffer status report in a user equipment of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes starting a timer used for triggering a buffer status report (BSR), and restarting the timer in a transmission time interval (TTI) for which a semi-persistent scheduling uplink grant has been configured. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080186 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING NETWORK EQUIPMENT - A method and a system for selecting network equipment are provided. The method includes: selecting a primary pool or a pool with the highest priority from preset information when UE needs to select network equipment; and selecting the network equipment for the UE from the selected primary pool or pool with the highest priority. Thus, the relocation times of an MME and a serving SAE gateway are effectively reduced and an operation efficiency of a network is enhanced. Meanwhile, the UE having or subscribing a new service function selects to be attached to the network equipment with the new service function within a pool, such that the diversity demands for service development are satisfied, and the equipment overhead is saved. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080187 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Methods and apparatuses, through the use of a Downlink Control Indication (DCI) format or through higher layer signaling, for dynamic activation and deactivation of Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmissions from User Equipments (UEs) in an UL Component Carrier (CC) with configured SRS transmissions, the dynamic configuration of SRS transmissions parameters, the dynamic activation and configuration of SRS transmissions in an UL CC without previously configured SRS transmissions for a reference UE, and the configuration of SRS transmissions from multiple UE transmitter antennas. | 04-01-2010 |
20100080188 | CENTRALIZED CONTENTION AND RESERVATION REQUEST FOR QOS-DRIVEN WIRELESS LANS - A method and a system is disclosed for providing quality of service (QoS)-driven channel access within a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN). A contention control (CC) frame is sent from a point coordinator (PC) of the BSS during a contention-free period (CFP) of a superframe that includes the contention-free period (CFP) and a contention period (CP). The CC frame contains information relating to at least one of a priority limit for a next centralized contention interval (CCI), a length of the next CCI, a permission probability associated with the next CCI and information relating to a reservation request (RR) frame successfully received by the PC in a previous CCI. A non-colliding RR frame is then received at the PC in the CCI following the CC frame. The received RR frame is sent from a non-PC station in the BSS when at least one centralized contention opportunity (CCO) is available during the CCI after the CC frame. The RR frame indicates that the non-PC station sending the RR frame has at least one buffered data frame for transmission. | 04-01-2010 |
20100085921 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DATA DISTRIBUTION IN VHF/UHF BANDS - Whitespace devices can use unused television frequencies for transmission and reception of WiFi OFDM signals. Three contiguous bands, such as former channels 2, 3, and 4, may be bonded together to define a whitespace band. In order to fit a WiFi OFDM signal into this whitespace band, a whitespace device compresses the bandwidth of each WiFi OFDM signal using a specific spectrum mask. Very low transmission power is needed for the modified WiFi OFDM signals, eliminating the need for high power amplifiers and most of the WiFi OFDM designs such as PHY and MAC can be reused with minor modifications. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085922 | System and method for improving bandwidth of wireless local area network - A system and method for improving bandwidth of a local area network is provided. The method includes splitting user data into multiple data fragments. The method further includes creating multiple beacon frames by placing each data fragment in a unique beacon frame. Further, the method includes broadcasting the beacon frames through a wireless medium by an access point of the network. Thereafter, the beacon frames are received by a wireless client and data fragments are extracted from each beacon frame. Finally, the user data is reconstructed from the extracted data fragments by reassembling the data fragments. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085923 | SCHEDULING OF USERS ON A SHARED RADIO RESOURCE USING A COMBINATION OF LINK QUALITY AND TRAFFIC INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for optimizing radio resource utilizations when scheduling data transmissions between a radio base station ( | 04-08-2010 |
20100085924 | CARRIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR CELLULAR SYSTEM, CELLULAR SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - The threshold value of the cell center is increased or decreased depending on the communication quality of a mobile station in the cell center. For example, if the block error rate in the communication of a mobile station in the cell center is high, the threshold value of the cell center is increased so that the mobile station in the cell centre is limited to mobile stations closer to the base station. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085925 | BASE STATION - A base station communicating with a user device using multiple antennas in a system where a subframe is composed of multiple slots each composed of multiple basic time units is disclosed. The base station includes a first mapping unit configured to map one or more reference signals used for demodulation of one or more L1/L2 control channels and one or more data channels to be transmitted from one or more of the antennas within a predetermined number of basic time units from the beginning of each subframe; and a second mapping unit configured to map reference signals used for demodulation of data channels to be transmitted from other ones of the antennas to one or more basic time units following the basic time units to which the reference signals used for demodulation of the L1/L2 control channels and the data channels are mapped. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085926 | RADIO CONTROL SIGNAL GENERATING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION - A method of generating a control signal is disclosed. The method includes the steps of: generating one or more control messages to be transmitted; and multiplexing the one or more control messages to generate a control message block to generate the control signal to be transmitted in a transport channel, wherein the control message block varies in length according to the number of control messages multiplexed and the size of the control messages; and wherein information on the number of control messages multiplexed and/or the size of the respective control messages is not included in the control signal. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085927 | (H)ARQ FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A radio communications link is established between radio stations, and a semi-persistent radio resource is allocated to support data transmission over the communications link. The semi-persistent radio resource is associated with a corresponding automatic repeat request (ARQ) process identifier. Non-limiting examples of a semi-persistent radio resource include a regularly scheduled transmission time interval, frame, subframe, or time slot during which to transmit a data unit over the radio interface. Retransmission is requested of a data unit transmitted using the semi-persistent radio resource. The ARQ process identifier associated with the semi-persistent resource is used to match a retransmission of a data unit dynamically scheduled on the communications link with the requested data unit retransmission. In a preferred example embodiment, the ARQ process identifier is a hybrid ARQ (HARQ) process, where a retransmitted data unit is combined with a previously-received version of the data unit. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085928 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to receive a downlink control signal and a downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare the uplink control signal including the acknowledgement information; a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using different resources which are different from resources that can be used for an uplink data signal; and a storage unit configured to store predetermined correspondence relationship which uniquely associates resources of the downlink control signal or the downlink data signal with resources used for the uplink control signal. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085929 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION AND SYNCHRONIZATION ESTABLISHING METHOD - A mobile station (UE) is configured to establish uplink synchronization with a radio base station (eNB). The mobile station (UE) is configured not to return transmission acknowledgment information for downlink data until receiving a command for adjusting uplink transmission timing, when the radio base station (eNB) allocates a radio resource for transmission of the downlink data to the mobile station (UE). | 04-08-2010 |
20100085930 | SUPER FRAME STRUCTURE AND BEACON SCHEDULING METHOD FOR MESH NETWORKING - A super frame structure supporting a mesh network, and a beacon scheduling method. The super frame structure and the beacon scheduling method may support a mesh topology in a beacon enabled mode, may have an algorithm that is simple and easily realized via beacon scheduling using a distribution method, and may easily adapt to changes in a network environment. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085931 | Methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving channel quality indicator (CQL) in broadband wireless communication system - A terminal is operable to transmit and receive CQI in a broadband wireless communication system. An operating method of the terminal for transmitting a CQI in a broadband wireless communication system includes requesting a band Adaptive Modulation and Coding (AMC) subchannel to a base station; after requesting the band AMC subchannel, transmitting a broadband CQI to the base station over a first control channel; and transmitting a first differential CQI relating to a band AMC allocated using the broadband CQI, over a second control channel. Thus, the overhead in the CQI feedback can be minimized and the CQI reception performance can be enhanced through the most robust encoding. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085932 | METHOD OF SCHEDULING SHARED CHANNELS AND A SCHEDULER THEREFOR IN A WIRELESS PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of scheduling a shared channel of a wireless packet communication system, and more particularly, to a shared scheduler of a wireless packet communication. The present invention includes determining priorities of provided services for target terminals of cellular phones and ratios of carrier signal to interference from multiple target terminals; and based on the determined priorities, transmitting packet data to each the target terminal of cellular phones. | 04-08-2010 |
20100085933 | MULTIPOLL FOR QOS-DRIVEN WIRELESS LANS - A method and a system are disclosed for providing quality of service (QoS)-driven channel access within a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless network. At least one available TO is allocated to a selected non-PC station having traffic to transmit. A multipoll frame containing information relating to at least two allocated TOs is then sent from the PC station containing information relating to each allocated TO. | 04-08-2010 |
20100091715 | COGNITIVE CHANNEL ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - Cognitive radio adaptation is employed in WSNs to reduce effects of RF interference. Communication channel quality is assessed locally at each node. Using beacons to propagate channel quality and node related information among the nodes of the network, channel adaptation decision is made either centrally by identifying a channel that is optimum for a majority of nodes through a tree-structure dissemination (Majority Voting Scheme) or in a distributed manner by identifying a channel where maximum interference for any node is less than maximum interference on the other channels (Veto Voting Scheme). If two channels have the same level of maximal interference, the channel with a lesser number is chosen. Channel quality assessment may be optimized based on expected interference type and/or statistical methods. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091716 | METHOD TO QUITE CONSECUTIVE NARROW BAND CHANNELS - A method and apparatus for quieting multiple channels is provided herein. During operation, transmission activity on each channel is analyzed and a best band is identified. Once the band is chosen, a wideband transmitter is utilized to transmit simultaneous reservation messages on consecutive channels simultaneously. Because a wideband transmitter is used to transmit simultaneous reservation messages on multiple consecutive channels, the above procedure quickly quiets multiple channels while minimizing the reservation duration of all channels as a result of quieting the channels. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091717 | METHOD TO QUITE HIDDEN NODES - A method and apparatus for quieting multiple channels on unlicensed spectrum is provided herein. During operation, a cluster head (or centralized controller such as a base station) will listen to determine if channels exist without primary system traffic. A message will then be sent out by the cluster head quieting the channels. All secondary nodes in the cluster will transmit a CTS-to-self if they do not hear any traffic by any primary system node (which may be nodes out of range of the cluster head) on the channels, otherwise they send a NAK on channels not being used by the hidden nodes. If a NAK is received by the cluster head, the process repeats until no NAK has been received. After the primary system is quieted, a poll message is sent by the cluster head to nodes instructing them to send a CTS-to-Self message so that the spectrum is quieted for the period indicated in the message. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091718 | METHOD FOR THE REDUCTION OF PILOT POWER TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The innovation relates to a system and/or methodology for the reduction of pilot power transmission in mobile communication systems. More specifically, the innovation relates to varying the transmit power of a pilot signal to increase the power available to other services, such as customer voice and data communication. In addition, reducing the transmit power of the pilot signal can reduce or militate against interference with the pilot signals of neighboring or nearby cells. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091719 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SYSTEM SELECTION IN A MULTIMODE WIRELESS DEVICE - Methods and apparatus for system selection in a multimode wireless device are disclosed. The method and apparatus afford selection of a wireless communication system access technology from a number of wireless system access technologies supported by a wireless device. Selection is accomplished by storing identification information concerning access technologies pertaining to a first group of wireless system access technologies, such as 3GPP2, in a search database, which concerns the priority of access technologies pertaining to another group of access technologies, such as 3GPP. Selection of a preferred wireless communication system access technology from one of the wireless access technology groups is then based on the identification information stored in the search database. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091720 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method to transmit and receive a paging message in a wireless communication system is provided. In a method to transmit a paging message, a Base Station transmits a paging message including identifier and location information of a UE to be paged to the UE and receives a paging response message from the UE in response to the paging message. In a method to receive a paging message, the UE switches from a dedicated frequency band for a specific service to a non-dedicated frequency band during a predetermined period or paging gap and checks whether or not a paging message has been received from the Base Station over the non-dedicated frequency band. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091721 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING RADIO RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method and an arrangement for obtaining efficient radio resource utilization over a radio interface in a communication network comprising a transmitting entity ( | 04-15-2010 |
20100091722 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A multiservice is implemented by connecting one base station and one terminal via one wireless link. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091723 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a data block in a wireless communication system includes generating a data block having a variable size in an upper layer, transmitting a radio resource request message to a base station according to the size of the data block in a medium access control (MAC) layer and transmitting the data block by using a radio resource allocated by using the radio resource request message. For a packet service such as VoIP in which a delay time is important, QoS can be improved by decreasing the delay time of packet transmission and by decreasing a packet discard ratio. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091724 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed that includes a selection unit selecting user equipment terminals to which radio resources are allocated based on priority levels indicating a priority order of allocating the radio resources for a shared channel and a resource determination unit determining a transmission power level of a control channel and resources for the control channel, the control channel indicating communications of the shared channel to the selected user equipment terminals. In the base station apparatus, when the sum of the transmission power of the control channel related to the selected user equipment terminals exceeds a predetermined first threshold value or when a sum of control resources for the control channel related to the selected user equipment terminals exceeds a predetermined second threshold value, the resource determination unit transmits the control channel to some user equipment terminals among the selected user equipment terminals. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091725 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a selection unit configured to select a user equipment terminal to which the base station apparatus allocates the shared channel among the user equipment terminals other than a user equipment terminal where a time frame in which a control channel for the shared channel is transmitted in downlink, a time frame in which the shared channel is received, or a time frame in which acknowledgement information for the shared channel is transmitted overlaps a time interval for measuring a cell with a different frequency; and an allocation unit configured to allocate the shared channel to the user equipment terminal selected by the selection unit. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091726 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a user selection unit configured to select a user equipment terminal to which the base station apparatus allocates a radio resource based on whether the base station apparatus receives a signal for requesting allocation of the uplink shared channel from the user equipment terminal. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091727 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a radio resource allocation unit configured to allocate radio resources to the shared channel after allocating radio resources to a random access channel, a control channel, and a Message-3 in a random access procedure. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091728 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES - Provided is a method for allocating radio resources in a mobile telecommunication system. The method for allocating a downlink radio resource in a base station includes retrieving a downlink radio resource allocated to a first mobile terminal if the first mobile terminal does not have a downlink packet, continuously checking whether or not there is a new downlink packet for the first mobile terminal, and retrieving a radio resource allocated to a second mobile terminal if there is a new downlink packet for the first mobile terminal and reallocating the retrieved radio resource to the first mobile terminal. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091729 | DISTRIBUTED MESSAGE-PASSING BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are disclosed to allocate resources in discrete Fourier transform spread orthogonal frequency division multiple access (DFT-S-OFDMA) networks, which involve determining a reward for each user when assigned a frequency chunk (FC) of subcarriers, where each FC is a set of contiguous subcarriers; splitting each user into one or more sub-users, with each sub-user having identical rewards; and assigning resources with a message-passing based FC allocation. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091730 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING UPLINK SCHEDULING PRIORITY IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for determining an uplink scheduling priority in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a basic priority determination unit for calculating a basic priority metric of at least one Mobile Station (MS), a calculation unit for calculating a correction value for considering an interference level with respect to the basic priority metric by using downlink channel quality of each MS, and a final priority determination unit for determining an uplink scheduling priority by calculating a final priority metric by using the correction value. | 04-15-2010 |
20100091731 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A channel allocation method for use in a wireless communication environment, where Wireless Local Area Networks (WLANs) and Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) coexist, includes collecting, at an access point, information on channels used by the WLANs and WPANs, determining available WLAN channels and available WPAN channels based on the channel information, allocating one of the available WLAN channels and one of the available WPAN channels to the access point, and informing the WLANs and WPANs of the allocated WLAN and WPAN channels. | 04-15-2010 |
20100098001 | Adaptive Channel Selection by Wireless Nodes for Improved Operating Range - Improved message range in a wireless network is achieved by each node performing an energy/noise scan to determine a receiving channel having the lowest noise and/or interference, e.g., best reception conditions, relative to the other channels available in the wireless network. Each node may thereafter scan available channels periodically to adjust its optimal receiving channel if the noise/interference environment changes on its present receiving channel, e.g., noise/interference on another channel is less then the noise on the present receiving channel. When a receiving channel is changed by a node, the wireless node may broadcast this information to notify its neighbor nodes of the change in its receiving channel. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098002 | Method of transmitting data within a telecommunications system - A method of transmitting data within a telecommunications system, wherein scheduling of data transmissions and scheduling of re-transmission data is performed independently. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098003 | Packet Scheduling - A method of scheduling packets in a mobile communication system includes, in each time period, assigning to each bearer of a terminal, a credit. In each time period for which resources are available, accepting data packets from a bearer in accordance with predefined constraints of priority, buffer content and credit. An accepted data packet size may exceed the available credit by an amount in a predefined range. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098004 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, REPORT INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A wireless communication device receives signals using a channel allocated from N channels to the wireless communication device by another wireless communication device. The wireless communication device includes: a storage that stores information concerning at least newest (M−K) request channels among M request channels that are candidates to be allocated; an additional channel selector that selects K additional channels to be newly added to request channels from the N channels excluding the (M−K) request channels, selects at least newest (M−K) request channels from the request channels including the (M−K) request channels stored and the K additional channels selected, and stores information indicative of the (M−K) request channels selected in the storage; and a report information generator that generates report information that is to be reported to the other wireless communication device and includes information indicative of the K additional channels selected by the additional channel selector. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098005 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting information of resources for use in transmission of ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is disclosed. An example method for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is also disclosed. When resources for transmission of data and resources for transmission of control information of the data are scheduled through virtual unit resources, the method identifies information of resources for receiving an ACK/NACK signal for transmission data mapped to information of at least one of a virtual unit resource allocated to the transmission data and a virtual unit resource allocated to control information of the transmission data, and receives the ACK/NACK signal for the transmission data through the information of resources for receiving the ACK/NACK signal. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098006 | AVOIDANCE OF FEEDBACK COLLISION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - The invention relates to feedback transmission for data packets in a mobile communication system. In particular the invention provides a communication system wherein feedback information of a retransmission protocol for transmitted data packets is transmitted. Further, the invention relates to a method for determining radio resources for the transmission of feedback information of a retransmission protocol for transmitted data packets as well as to a base station and a mobile station performing the method. In order to prevent potential collisions of feedback information while omitting a destination identifier for identifying the receiver of the feedback, the feedback resources for sending the feedback are determined at least based on a current transmission counter for a packet. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098007 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation device for efficiently using resources by persistently allocating the resources in a wireless communication system, and a method thereof. In the method, a quality of service (QoS) configuration is received according to a predetermined service, persistent resource allocation is performed according to a resource allocation request corresponding to the QoS configuration, various retransmission methods are determined when performing the persistent resource allocation, transmission data are established according to the determined retransmission method, and the transmission data are transmitted. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098008 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using an uplink shared channel, includes a resource allocation unit configured to allocate radio resources according to a first resource allocating scheme for dynamically allocating radio resources and a second resource allocating scheme for periodically allocating radio resources, wherein the resource allocation unit uses the radio resources to be allocated according to the second resource allocating scheme as the radio resources to be allocated according to the first resource allocating scheme, when the base station apparatus receives a signal to release the radio resources to be allocated according to the second allocating scheme. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098009 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes: a scheduling unit configured to determine resources to be assigned to one or more users requesting downlink communication; a unit configured to determine a PV applied to a plurality of antennas according to a feedback signal from each user apparatus; a communication scheme determination unit configured to determine for each user whether to perform feedback control of PV every predetermined number of resource blocks (RB) according to a downlink data amount requested by each user; and a unit configured to transmit a downlink signal from the plurality of antennas using resources determined by the scheduling unit. When the feedback control of PV is performed commonly for RBs in the system band, the communication scheme determination unit also determines whether to use delay diversity for downlink communication. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098010 | Method and Apparatus for Handling UL-SCH Transmission - A method for handling Uplink Shared Channel (UL-SCH) transmission in a User Equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of performing an UL-SCH transmission, and prioritizing a Message | 04-22-2010 |
20100098011 | Method and Mobile Terminal Providing Priority-Based Uplink Scheduling Infomation - A method and mobile terminal for providing uplink scheduling information to a scheduler in a wireless telecommunication system. When a logical channel having data available to transmit triggers a buffer status report, the mobile terminal determines whether a priority level associated with the logical channel exceeds a predefined threshold. If so, the mobile terminal performs a scheduling request procedure with the scheduler. If not, the mobile terminal delays the scheduling request procedure until a predefined timing event has occurred. The predefined timing event may be at least one of expiration of a timer, a radio bearer associated with the logical channel becoming active, and if the scheduling request procedure is being performed using a contention-based random access, contention resolution succeeding for the mobile terminal. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098012 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) for Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) using carrier aggregation is disclosed. Methods for UCI transmission in the uplink control channel, uplink shared channel or uplink data channel are disclosed. The methods include transmitting channel quality indicators (CQI), precoding matrix indicators (PMI), rank indicators (RI), hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK), channel status reports (CQI/PMI/RI), source routing (SR) and sounding reference signals (SRS). In addition, methods for providing flexible configuration in signaling UCI, efficient resource utilization, and support for high volume UCI overhead in LTE-A are disclosed. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098013 | Method and System for Service Dependent Resource Allocation - Disclosed is a radio communications network (RCN) and a method of allocating a resource in a RCN that is configured to provide to a user device at least a first service type and a second service type in a cell of the radio network. A request for a service requiring the resource is received, and the total number of service requests (actual or predicted) is obtained. It is then determined whether the request is for a service of the first type or the second type. If for the first service type, the resource is allocated to the user only if the total number of requests complies with a first threshold specific for the first service type. If for the second service type, the resource is allocated to the user device only if the total number of requests complies with a second threshold being specific for the second service type. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098014 | Advanced multi-sensor processing - Each receiving node ( | 04-22-2010 |
20100098015 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL TO PROTECT AGAINST ERRONEOUS FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method for providing precoding weights for data symbols of data control subframes includes generating a downlink frame having control subframes which individually correspond to one of a plurality of downlink data subframes, and inserting weight information into each of the control subframes, such that the weight information is to be applied to data symbols present in the corresponding one of the data subframes. The method further includes transmitting the control subframes and the inserted weight information to a receiving device. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098016 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication method of a base station transmits a modulation signal based on an OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) scheme to a plurality of communication terminals. The method includes using a transmission frame on which a first subcarrier group and a second subcarrier group are arranged, the first subcarrier group on which a signal using a first transmission scheme is arranged, and the second subcarrier group on which a signal using a second transmission scheme different from the signal using the first transmission scheme in transmission quality is arranged. The method also includes determining, on a per frame basis, which subcarrier group is allocated to each of the plurality of communication terminals and how many subcarriers are allocated to said each of the plurality of communication terminals, and forming the transmission frame based on the determined information. The method further includes transmitting the modulation signal using the transmission frame. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098017 | Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays. | 04-22-2010 |
20100098018 | Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays. | 04-22-2010 |
20100103883 | DISTRIBUTED RESERVATION PROTOCOL ENHANCEMENT FOR BIDIRECTIONAL DATA TRANSFER - A method for reserving bandwidth in a wireless system is provided. The method includes reserving one or more communications slots between two or more wireless devices communicating in a wireless network and providing preferential access to at least one wireless device across the network according to a first subset of the communications slots. The method also includes providing preferential access to at least one other device across the network during a second subset of the communications slots. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103884 | BROADBAND DATA COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH BACK-UP GATEWAYS, AND ASSOCIATED METHODS - A broadband data communications network includes mobile wireless communications devices, base stations, and a master access gateway for operating using a full data set for controlling broadband data communications between the base stations and the mobile wireless communications devices. A back-up gateway is coupled to a given one of the base stations for communicating with the master access gateway for generating a data subset from the full data set for the given base station and associated mobile wireless communications devices when communications between the given base station and the master access gateway is available. When communications is unavailable, then the back-up gateway operates using the data subset for controlling broadband data communications between the given base station and associated mobile wireless communications devices. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103885 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DAYNAMIC BANDWIDTH MANAGMENT - A wireless communication device, a wireless communication system and a method of transmitting by a piconet controller (PNC) a poll request frame using beamforming techniques to one or more devices, wherein the poll request frame includes a time offset for sending a poll response frame by the device. The PNC receives the poll response frame with a channel bandwidth allocation request and dynamically allocating a channel bandwidth to the one or more devices according to the channel bandwidth allocation request. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103886 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control signals includes configuring a multiplexing indicator indicating that a plurality of control signals are multiplexed on a control channel, generating a multiplexed control signal by multiplexing a first control signal and a second control signal according to the multiplexing indicator and transmitting the multiplexed control signal on the control channel. Overhead due to control signaling can be reduced by transmitting a multiplexed control signal on a control channel. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103887 | System and Method for Implementing Effective Channel Quality Indication - A method for implementing effective channel quality indication includes, at an endpoint of a wireless network, establishing a communication session with an access station via a wireless connection. The method also includes determining a highest modulation and coding scheme (“MCS”) value supported by the endpoint using the wireless connection. The method further includes determining whether an immediately preceding MCS level is supported by the endpoint using the wireless connection. The method additionally includes transmitting a message from the endpoint. The message comprises an effective channel quality indication (“ECQI”) provides an indication of the highest supported MCS level for the wireless connection and an indication of whether the endpoint supports the immediately preceding MCS value for the wireless connection. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103888 | CIRCUIT SWITCHING USER AGENT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATING DEVICE, AND SERVICE PROVIDING METHOD USED THEREFOR - A circuit switching user agent system includes a service processing device arranged in a home network of an IMS (IP Multimedia Subsystem)/MMD (Multi-Media Domain). The circuit switching user agent system also includes a communication device arranged in a visited network where a mobile terminal has visited, the communication device having a function of interconversion between a UNI (User-Network Interface) signal in a circuit switching network to which the mobile terminal is connected and a signal used in the IMS/MMD. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103889 | PREAMBLE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a preamble allocation method and a random access method in a mobile communication system. In the present invention, one among preamble resources is allocated to specific mobile stations in advance, before random access. The mobile stations request random access by transmitting a preamble based on the pre-allocated preamble resource to a base station. It is therefore possible to prevent collision caused by the fact that other mobile stations transmit the same preamble. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103890 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD USED IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A base station apparatus in a mobile communications system which uses orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) for downlink is disclosed. The base station includes a unit which generates a first signal; a unit which generates a second signal; a unit which multiplexes the first signal and the second signal to map the multiplexed signals to a sub-carrier to generate a transmit symbol; and a mapping determining unit which determines a position of mapping the second signal to the sub-carrier, wherein the mapping determining unit determines the mapping position based on a cell ID or cell group ID, and a mapping pattern defined with a sequence having two-stage structure. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103891 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for a downlink data signal based on a result of demodulation of the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare channel state information indicating reception quality of a downlink reference signal; a unit configured to channel-code multiplexed control information in which the acknowledgement information and the channel state information are multiplexed to prepare the uplink control signal; and a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using dedicated resources different from resources for an uplink data signal. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103892 | Method and Arrangements for Scheduling Transmission Resources with Variable Guard Intervals - Method and arrangements for scheduling transmission resources in a first node in a cell comprised within a wireless communication network. The first node is arranged to communicate over a communication channel with at least one user equipment within the cell. The communication is made by using a frame comprising uplink resources and downlink resources with a switching point between the downlink resources and the uplink resources. The method comprises the step of obtaining a parameter referring to the expected transmission quality of the communication and/or the expected coherence properties of the communication channel. The method also comprises scheduling a transmission on an uplink or downlink resource. The resource is located on a time distance from the switching point. The time distance is based on the obtained parameter. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103893 | SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for wireless communication in a network of wireless devices, is disclosed. The network includes multiple stations (STAs) and an access point (AP). Each wireless device includes plural antennas. In one embodiment, multiple stations accessing the access point at the same time using a spatial division multiple access (SDMA) protocol. The SDMA protocol involves performing an iterative antenna training process for obtaining principle singular vectors for beamforming communication over a wireless channel without explicit knowledge of the channel. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103894 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING RESOURCE UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for mapping a resource unit in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes obtaining a frequency partition (FP) count (FPCT), an size of FPi (FPS) for i>0, and subband (SB) count of FPi (FPSC) for i>0 (where FPi is an i | 04-29-2010 |
20100103895 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING RESOURCE UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for mapping a resource unit in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes obtaining L | 04-29-2010 |
20100103896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SUBCHANNELIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of subchannelization is provided. The method includes receiving information indicating the number of physical resource unit (PRU) sets allocated to a subband from a base station, and mapping PRUs of a physical region to a subband PRU or a miniband PRU in a granularity of the PRU set according to the received information, wherein the subband PRU is allocated with at least one subband comprising a first number of contiguous PRUs, the miniband PRU is allocated with at least one miniband comprising a second number of PRUs, and the PRU set comprises PRUs whose number is equal to the number of PRUs included in one subband. Subchannelization can be effectively achieved while maintaining a frequency selective scheduling gain and a frequency diversity gain to the maximum extent possible. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103897 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING OFDMA - An apparatus for allocating a resource in a wireless communication system using an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) scheme includes an analysis unit to analyze a signal received from a terminal over a channel to determine characteristics of the channel; an allocation unit to allocate a first frequency band to the terminal based on the characteristics of the channel; and a frequency hopping unit to perform frequency hopping from the first frequency band to a second frequency band after a first time period. A method for allocating the resource in an OFDMA wireless communication system includes analyzing a signal received from a terminal over a channel to determine characteristics of the channel, allocating a first frequency band to the terminal based on the characteristics of the channel, and performing frequency hopping from the first frequency band to a second frequency band after the first time period. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103898 | Communication Systems - A transmission method for use in a multi-hop wireless communication system is provided. The system includes a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and two or more intermediate apparatuses. The system has access to a time-frequency format for use in assigning available transmission frequency bandwidth during a discrete transmission interval, said format defining a plurality of transmission windows within such an interval. Each window occupies a different part of that interval and has a frequency bandwidth profile within said available transmission frequency bandwidth over its part of that interval. Each said window is assignable for such a transmission interval to one of said apparatuses for use in transmission. The method for use in this system includes employing said format for one or more such transmission intervals to transmit information along at least three consecutive said links as a set of successive transmission signals, link by link, each said signal being transmitted in an available transmission window of said interval(s) and at least two of said signals being transmitted during the same said transmission interval such that said information is transmitted along said consecutive links in fewer transmission intervals than said number of consecutive links. | 04-29-2010 |
20100103899 | Method and apparatus for signaling user equipment status information for uplink packet transmission in a soft handover region - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting user equipment (UE) status information in communication with one serving Node B and at least one non-serving Node B in a mobile communication system. The method and apparatus comprise generating transport channel data including UE status information; transmitting the transport channel data to the serving Node B and the at least one non-serving Node B, receiving a response signal for the transport channel data from the serving Node B, and retransmitting the transport channel data if the response signal received from the serving Node B is a non-acknowledge (NACK) signal, and ending the retransmission of the transport channel data if the response signal received from the serving Node B is an acknowledge (ACK) signal. | 04-29-2010 |
20100110994 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN AN OTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and eNode B are disclosed that allocate a Physical random access channel (PRACH) in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing communication system. In one embodiment, the eNode B maintains a predetermined location of a PRACH within a sub-frame, which predetermined location is adjacent to a Physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), allocates one or more sub-frames of a radio frame to a PRACH, and receives an access attempt over the PRACH based on the predetermined sub-frame location and the allocated one or more sub-frames. In another embodiment, the eNode B allocates one or more Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) of one or more sub-frames of a PRACH hopping pattern period to a PRACH and informs a user equipment of the PRBs allocated for the PRACH by transmitting a first parameter informing of a slot configuration and a second parameter informing of a duration of a PRACH hopping period. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110995 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING TASKS ON COLLABORATING WIRELESS DEVICES - A method and system for performing functions on multiple physical devices, is provided. One implementation involves connecting the physical devices via wireless links, discovering function capabilities of each physical device, wherein a function capability of a physical device comprises a local resource and a virtual resource, and collaborating among the physical devices by wireless communication to provide a set of functions including discovered function capabilities of the collaborating physical devices, wherein each function of the function base can be mapped to one or more of said resources for execution. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110996 | Dynamic Fractional Frequency Reuse in OFDMA Networks - A method allocates resources in an orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) network including a set of base stations (BSs), and a set of mobile stations (MSs) for each BS. Each cell includes a center and edge zone. A node weighted constraint graph is constructed for the network. Maximal independent sets in the graph are searched as sub-channels are allocated to the MSs in edge zones. Remaining bandwidth is allocated to the MSs in the center zones. Power is assigned to the sub-channels so that inter-cell interference is minimized and traffic load is maximized. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110997 | MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH COGNITIVE RADIO TRANSCEIVER - A multiservice communication device includes a plurality of transceivers that wirelessly transceive network data with a corresponding plurality of networks in accordance with a corresponding plurality of network protocols, wherein the plurality of transceivers includes at least one cognitive radio transceiver that is configured based on cognitive transceiver configuration data received from a management unit in communication with the multiservice communication device via a control channel. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110998 | SERVICE AGGREGATOR FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO A PLURALITY OF MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A service aggregator allocates network resources to a plurality of multiservice communication devices capable of communicating via a plurality of networks. The service aggregator includes a communication device interface for facilitating a bidirectional data communication with the plurality of multiservice communication devices via a wireless control channel, the bidirectional data communication including outbound control data sent to at least one of the plurality of multiservice communication devices and inbound control data received from at least one of the plurality of multiservice communication devices, wherein the wireless control channel is separate from the communication between the plurality of multiservice communication devices and the plurality of networks. A network interface receives network resource data from the plurality of networks. A management processing unit processes the inbound control data and the network resource data and that generates the outbound control data in response thereto, wherein the inbound control data includes at least one transaction request and the service aggregator allocates at least one resource of at least one of the plurality of networks based on the inbound control data and the network resource data. | 05-06-2010 |
20100110999 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL BASED ON RECEIVER GAIN SETTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for performing transmit power control based on receiver gain setting in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, a terminal A may estimate pathloss to another terminal B, e.g., based on a peer discovery signal received from terminal B. Terminal A may then determine a transmit power level for a peer-to-peer (PTP) signal (e.g., a paging signal) based on the estimated pathloss, a receiver gain setting at terminal B, and a target received power level for the PTP signal. Terminal A may send the PTP signal at the determined transmit power level to terminal B. In another aspect, terminal B may use different receiver gain settings in different time intervals to receive PTP signals from other terminals. Terminal A may then select a suitable time interval to send the PTP signal based on the pathloss and the different receiver gain settings used by terminal B. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method and apparatus for allocating resources to a node in an ad-hoc communication system is provided herein. During operation, nodes of the system will receive resource allocations from their parent node. The resource allocation comprises a portion of available resources that may vary in size. Each node will determine the resource needs for its children nodes only and then dynamically assign resources to them. The resources assigned to the children nodes comprise a portion of the resources assigned to the node by its parent node. Additionally, knowledge as to how the children further allocate resources to their own children is not known by the parent, however, the children nodes must allocate a portion of their resource to their children nodes. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111001 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL DETECTION AND RECOVERY FROM FALSE TRIGGERS - A system and method for detecting a synchronization (sync) signal in a communication signal are disclosed. A received communication signal is stored in a memory and portions thereof are read from the memory and monitored to detect the sync signal. When a detected sync signal is determined to be invalid, previously read portions of the received communication signal, preferably beginning at a portion of the received signal immediately after a start of the detected sync signal, are again read and monitored to detect the sync signal. Such reading and monitoring of previously read portions of a received signal provide for recovery from so-called false triggering based on invalid sync signals. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111002 | Method for Establishing a Packet Switched Call at a Dual Mode Access Terminal - A method for establishing a packet switched call at an access terminal, which is processing an established circuit switched call, enables a user to be informed that the packet switched call has been requested. The method comprises adding a call type indication to a call setup message in a serving network, where the call type indication indicates that the packet switched call is requested to be setup in a packet data radio access network in the serving network (step | 05-06-2010 |
20100111003 | METHOD FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, CORRESPONDING TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method and apparatus are provided for managing transmission resources in a cellular communication network having a plurality of cells each associated to a base station. The network includes at least two radio-communication terminals, a list of available transport formats or authorized list being associated with each of the terminals. The method includes optimizing frequency resources used by the terminals present in the network, and includes the following sub-steps: selecting a transport format specific for each terminal from a shortened list of transport formats, and allocating a frequency band to each terminal and having a size based on the selected transport format. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111004 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA EMPLOYING DATA OPERATION PATTERN - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system includes configuring a data operation pattern for a plurality of data blocks with variable size, generating the plurality of data blocks according to the data operation pattern and transmitting the plurality of data blocks. Although a data generating time or size is irregular, data can be transmitted without the need for additional signaling by predicting or deciding the pattern of the data. Although a data generating time or size is not constant, repetitive signaling is not required every transmission. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111005 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for transmitting uplink signals in a wireless telecommunication system. According to the present invention, it is characterized that at least one uplink signal is allocated to other symbol duration for time dispersion in case a plurality of uplink signals are scheduled to be allocated to the same symbol duration of the uplink frame that the terminal transmits to the base station. Accordingly, the terminal can enhance the power spectral density of the uplink signal and the error rate can be reduced. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111006 | MULTI-CHANNEL DIRECTIONAL DEVICES WITH BEACONS - A communication system includes first and second devices, where a processor of at least one of the first device and the second device is configured to assign a control channel common to the first device and the second device; exchange control information over the control channel; from the control information, find a data channel available to both the first device and the second device for data communications between the first device and the second device; and communicate data over the data channel between the first device and the second device. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111007 | Method, System and Terminal for Implementing Upward Frequency Hopping Transmission - A method for implementing upward frequency hopping transmission is adopted to the communication system with time slotted frame structure, and it comprises: receiving the frequency band and frequency hopping mode allocated by the network side; after implementing the upward transmission on one frequency band allocated in the first predivided time period based on the frequency hopping mode, hopping to the other allocated frequency band to implement upward transmission in the predivided second time period. A system and terminal for implementing upward frequency hopping transmission are also provided. By the invention, the frequency hopping in a transmission time interval of the alternative frame structure in the Long Term Evolution can be realized and the frequency diversity gain can be acquired. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111008 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using an uplink shared channel includes a calculation unit configured to calculate path loss between the user equipment terminal and the base station apparatus; an MCS selection unit configured to select an MCS level of the shared channel based on the path loss; a first offset calculation unit configured to calculate a transmission power offset for the shared channel based on both a decoding result of the uplink shared channel and a required uplink quality; a notification unit configured to notify the user equipment terminal of a difference between the transmission power offset for the shared channel and a transmission power offset retained by the user equipment terminal; and a reception unit configured to receive the shared channel from the user equipment terminal. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111009 | DOWNLINK SIGNALING FOR CLOSED LOOP ANTENNA SELECTION - Disclosed herein is a method, apparatus and computer program associated with a user equipment. The method includes determining a characteristic related to a receipt of a resource allocation in a particular subframe and, based on the determined characteristic, selecting one of a plurality of transmit antennas for use in transmitting to a wireless network node. A wireless network node that is configurable to operate with the user equipment to signal the resource allocation of the indication of the transmit antenna to be used is also disclosed. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111010 | METHOD OF MANAGING DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION OFFSET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of managing an offset operation of discontinuous reception, hereinafter called DRX, for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes separately managing a start offset operation of a long DRX cycle and a start offset operation of a short DRX cycle. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111011 | System And Method For Accelerated Network Entrance - In one embodiment, a method for wireless communication includes providing, at a base station, access to a network to a preferred endpoint during a first communication session. In addition, the method includes determining, at the base station, to treat the preferred endpoint as preferred. The method also includes causing, at the base station, at least one parameter regarding the preferred endpoint used to establish the first communication session to be stored in response to determining to treat the preferred endpoint as preferred. In addition, the method includes receiving, at the base station, a request for a second communication session after the first communication session has ended. Further, the method includes determining, at the base station, that the request for the second communication session was sent by the preferred endpoint. The method also includes retrieving, at the base station, the stored at least one parameter in response to determining that the preferred endpoint sent the request for the second communication session. Moreover, the method includes utilizing, at the base station, the retrieved at least one parameter to establish the second communication session with the preferred endpoint. The method also includes providing, at the base station, access to the network to the preferred endpoint during the second communication session. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111012 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR FAST NETWORK ENTRY AND RE-ENTRY IN MULTIPLE ACCESS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure present techniques for requesting and granting bandwidth reservations during network entry and network reentry processes. The subscriber station transmits a request message to the base station including a bandwidth reservation for uplink allocation for at least one subsequent request messages to be transmitted. The base station transmits a response message and an uplink allocation for the at least one subsequent request message to the subscriber station. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111013 | FREQUENCY SELECTION FOR FEMTO ACCESS POINT - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a femto access point scans an area of a network to find a serving base station in the area, requests one or more physical link profiles from a network server on the network, receives one or more physical link profiles from the network server in response to the requesting, determines which one of the physical link profiles exhibit a lower amount of interference with the serving base station, and then operates with the physical link profile determined to exhibit a lower amount of interference with the serving base station. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111014 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The signal transmission method includes generating encoded packet data for transmission on an uplink, setting distributed resources in a plurality of contiguous subframes, and transmitting at least part of the encoded packet data through the distributed resources to a base station. The distributed resources are interleaved on a subframe basis according to a permutation pattern and the permutation pattern is different for each subframe. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111015 | Method for transmitting downlink control messages in cellular system - A method for transmitting control messages is disclosed. The method includes grouping a plurality of control messages for at least one user equipment based on at least one criteria of whether or not uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes are allowed to be implicitly used in the control messages, whether or not the user equipment corresponding to the control messages is able to implicitly use the uplink ACK/NACK channel indexes, sizes of Information Elements (IEs) of the control messages, whether or not the control messages are segmented into a predetermined number of subblocks, MCS levels applied to the control messages, sizes of allocated IEs of the control messages after applying the MCS levels, and frequency partitions in which the IEs of the control messages are present, and transmitting the grouped control messages. The control messages included in each of the groups generated by grouping are equal in at said least one criteria. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111016 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKET DATA UNIT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system, and in particular, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a PDU including an Extension Bit field and a Length Indicator field in a UE or a Node B. A method for transmitting a PDU generated with more than two SDUs and a header having information on each SDU in a transmitter of a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes generating, in the header, a Length Indicator (LI) indicating an end point of each of remaining SDUs except for the last SDU and an Extension Bit indicating the presence/absence of another LI after each LI, and generating the header so that the LI succeeds the Extension Bit associated therewith; generating the PDU with the generated header and the SDUs; and transmitting the PDU. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111017 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF GENERATING SIGNALS FOR INITIAL RANGING IN OFDMA SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus of generating signals for initial ranging in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system. The method, includes: generating a plurality of ranging symbols by cyclic-shifting sample data of a ranging symbol in one OFDMA symbol period as much as a value obtained by multiplying a cyclic prefix size by a symbol index; generating a ranging signal by copying a rear part corresponding to the cyclic prefix size in the sample data with respect to each of the ranging symbols and inserting the copied rear part in front of the sample data as a cyclic prefix. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111018 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REMOVING SELF-INTERFERENCE AND RELAY SYSTEM FOR THE SAME - An apparatus, a method and a relay system for removing self-interference (SI). If a relay transmitting end transmits relay-reference signals (R-RS) through a region where a base station does not transmit signals, based on a protocol predetermined with the base station, a relay receiving end obtains SI channel values from signals transmitted by the relay transmitting end and received through a self-interference channel with use of the R-RS, removes the SI from transmitting signals of an uplink or an downlink based on the SI channel values, and relays the SI removed transmitting signals. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111019 | METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR PARAMETER RECONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for reconfiguring a parameter of a medium access control layer for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes, when a radio resource control dedicated signaling for reconfiguration of the parameter is received during activation of the parameter, starting to apply the reconfiguration of the parameter at next opportunity corresponding to the parameter. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111020 | Method, Access Point and Terminal for Selecting Channel in Wireless Local Area Networks - A method for selecting a channel for an access point (AP) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). The method includes the AP receiving network conditions of APs within the sensing range of a terminal sent by the terminal, and the AP selecting a channel based on the received network conditions. By forwarding the network conditions of other APs which can be detected by the terminal, the method of the present invention enables an AP to select a channel from the view of a terminal to avoid conflicts at the terminal, thereby improving the available bandwidth of the terminal, and giving a better experience to users. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111021 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SCHEDULING AMONG BASE STATIONS - This invention pertains to wireless communications, specifically, methodology and algorithm to management resources and schedule users in a coordinated way among a group of base stations, such as Femtocells, Picocells, self-organized Basestations, Access Points (APs) or mesh network nodes, or among the basestations in a two tiered networks, to improve the performance for individual user, individual Basestation (BTS), the overall systems or all of above. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111022 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SELF-CONFIGURING METHOD THEREOF - A self-configuring method of a femtocell base station extracts preambles from signals received from adjacent macrocells and femtocells. Transmission power of the femtocell base station is set using the extracted macrocell preambles. In addition, the preambles of the femtocell base station are selected using the correlation values between the macrocell preambles and the pre-stored femtocell preambles. Moreover, the resources for data transmission of the femtocell base station are allocated considering the adjacent macrocells and the femtocells. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111023 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR MULTI-CARRIER UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A method and an apparatus for providing control information for multi-carrier uplink transmission are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may set a happy bit for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions on each uplink carrier considering aggregated transmission capability over all uplink carriers. The happy bit is set to “unhappy” if the WTRU is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current serving grant, the WTRU has enough power available to transmit at a higher rate, and total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) requires more than a pre-configured period to be transmitted with a current effective data rate aggregated over all uplink carriers. The WTRU may send scheduling information including power headroom measured on the anchor uplink carrier and/or power headroom measured on the supplementary uplink carrier. For power headroom measurements, the WTRU may initiate a short-lived dedicated physical control channel loop on the supplementary carrier. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING DATA PACKETS - The present invention relates to radio communications, and discloses a method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets. The method for feeding back ACK information of SPS data packets includes: receiving an uplink downlink assignment index (UL DAI) from a base station (BS), where the value of the UL DAI indicates the number of downlink data packets (N); mapping ACKs/NAKs of k SPS data packets of the downlink data packets to positions from the (N−k+1)th ACK/NAK to the N | 05-06-2010 |
20100111025 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING A SINGLE DATA CHANNEL FOR MULTIPLE SIGNALING FLOWS DESTINED TO MULTIPLE CORE NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for sharing a single data channel for multiple signaling flows destined to multiple core networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives a plurality of service requests from a plurality of corresponding service clients on a single mobile endpoint device, where each of the plurality of corresponding service clients is to be registered with a different corresponding Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network. The method establishes the single data channel to support a plurality of signaling flows associated with the plurality of service requests simultaneously, and routes each signaling message associated with the plurality of service requests to the corresponding IMS network. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING A SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING RESOURCE RELEASE PROCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of improving a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resource release process for a medium access control (MAC) layer of a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes deactivating allocated SPS resources when receiving an SPS resource release command and transmitting a MAC control element including an SPS resource release confirmation for confirming SPS resource deactivation. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111027 | Communication System - The present application relates to a wireless communication system and related methods and apparatuses for transmitting a signal from a source apparatus to a destination apparatus, via at least one intermediate apparatus. In particular, the present invention relates to techniques which seek to improve the throughput of data in multi-hop communication systems. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111028 | DOWNLINK RECEPTION INDICATION METHOD IN PACKET BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for indicating a mobile station maintaining radio resource control (RRC) connection but not maintaining uplink physical layer synchronization to receive downlink signals when packet data to be transmitted to the mobile station are generated to thereby make the mobile station start uplink signal transmission. The method includes: (a) allocating a random access preamble index and generating a downlink signal reception indication message including the allocated random access preamble index in a base station; (b) transmitting the generated downlink signal reception indication message to the mobile station; (c) forming a response message to random access, when a preamble signal designated by the random access preamble index is transmitted from the mobile station in response to the downlink signal reception indication message; and (d) transmitting the response message to random access to the mobile station to thereby control uplink physical layer synchronization. | 05-06-2010 |
20100111029 | Fast feedback contention-based data transmission in wireless communications systems - A fast feedback mechanism is provided in a contention-based data transmission procedure. A Subscriber Station (SS) transmits a data burst to a base station (BS) using a selected data grant in a previous uplink (UL) frame. The SS also starts a timer associated with the data transmission. The data grant is selected from a plurality of data grants granted by the BS for contention-based access. In response to all received data grants in the previous UL frame, the BS broadcasts an acknowledgement (ACK) in a subsequent downlink (DL) frame. The ACK comprises a reception status message that indicates the detection result of the data grants. With the novel fast feedback mechanism, when data collision occurs, upon receiving the detection result indicator, the SS proceeds by retransmitting data without continuing wait for the entire timeout period. As a result, the total latency due to the data collision is reduced. | 05-06-2010 |
20100118793 | COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO PATITIONED TRAFFIC SEGMENTS - Methods and apparatus related to partitioning traffic segments are described. An access router, having concurrent connections with two access terminals and desiring to transmit traffic signals to the two access terminals in the same traffic segment, partitions a traffic segment. The partition is such that a first portion of the traffic segment is allocated to a first access terminal and a second portion of the traffic segment is allocated to the second access terminal. Control information, e.g., identifying partition portion assignments, data rate and/or coding information, is also communicated in the traffic segment as in-band control signaling. An access terminal, to which some of traffic signals are directed, receives and recovers the in-band control signaling, identifying its allocated partition portion of the traffic segment and identifying data rate and/or coding information used. The access terminal receives the traffic segment signals in its allocated partition portion and recovers the traffic information. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118794 | PARTITIONED TRAFFIC SEGMENT COMMUNICATIONS METHODS AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatus related to partitioning traffic segments are described. An access router, having concurrent connections with two access terminals, each desiring to transmit traffic signals to the access router in the same traffic segment, partitions a traffic segment. The partition is such that a first portion of the traffic segment is allocated to a first access terminal and a second portion of the traffic segment is allocated to the second access terminal. Control information, e.g., conveying partition information, is communicated to access terminals prior to the traffic segment. In some embodiments, the partition information is communicated as part of a transmission request response signal, e.g., via phase of the request response signal. An access terminal which has been allocated a traffic segment partition portion identifies is allocation from the transmitted control information, and subsequently transmits traffic signals to the access router in its allocated portion of the traffic segment. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118795 | COGNITIVE ERROR CONTROL CODING FOR CHANNELS WITH MEMORY - Techniques for adapting error control codes (ECCs) based on memory conditions in a channel. A wireless communication system may be adapted to detect and quantify memory in a channel, such as memory resulting from multipath fading, and adjust an ECC to reduce the possibility of errors impacting communication in the channel. In some implementations, adjusting the ECC may comprise determining a probability that a channel in an error-prone state will remain in an error-prone state, and selecting an ECC based on that probability. In other implementations, a concatenated code may be used, and the relative size of an inner and outer code may be adjusted, and/or an interleaver between the inner and outer code may be adjusted, based on the parameter quantifying the memory in the channel. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118796 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system includes configuring priorities for a plurality of logical channels according to a first criterion, wherein each of the plurality of logical channels has each priority and allocating resources to a subset of the plurality of logical channels according to a second criterion to transfer data through a transport channel, wherein the subset of the plurality of logical channels is configured with same priority. It is possible to reliably provide various services through a method of processing radio bearers having the equal priorities. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118797 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING FAST DL / UL SYNCHRONIZATION FOR MOBILE SYSTEMS - Certain embodiments provide techniques and apparatus that may allow for improvements in performance and power consumption in sleep and idle mode through fast DL and UL synchronization for wireless communications systems, such as Mobile WiMAX Systems. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118798 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting data from the user equipment (UE) of the wireless communication system to the network comprises, upon receiving uplink scheduling information from the network, periodically transmitting uplink data to the network according to a first period, and if a buffer status of the user equipment (UE) satisfies a predetermined condition, transmitting buffer status information to the network. The method further includes periodically transmitting uplink data to the network according to a second period different from the first period. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118799 | METHOD FOR SELECTING RACH FREAMBLE SEQUENCE FOR HIGH-SPEED MODE AND LOW-SPEED MODE - A method for selecting a RACH preamble sequence for a high-speed mode and a low-speed mode is disclosed. In the case of acquiring sequence-type information to be used by a specific UE contained in a high-mobility region, a signaling reanalysis method under a general circular shift condition is disclosed, and a method for acquiring sequence-type information via the signaling using the sequence set configured by a restricted circular shift condition is also disclosed. Finally, a method for constructing a sequence set is disclosed. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118800 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR MAPPING THE CONTROL CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE USING BLOCK INTERLEAVER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system and a method for mapping the control channel to physical resources using a block interleaver are provided. In order to transmit a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system, information bits are modulated to generate one or more modulation symbols according to a specific modulation scheme, the modulation symbols are interleaved using a block interleaver, and the interleaved modulated symbols are mapped to resource elements allocated for transmission of at least one control channel in a subframe, thereby transmitting the at least one control channel. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118801 | AUTONOMOUS DOWNLINK CODE SELECTION FOR FEMTO CELLS - Downlink codes may be chosen autonomously for femtocells in a wireless communication environment. Downlink transmissions are received from Home NodeBs that are neighbors of the femtocell and macrocell base stations near the femtocell. The downlink transmissions are evaluated to recognize a first set of detected downlink codes that each have a pilot energy above a predetermined detection threshold. An optimal downlink code is selected for use in connection with serving user equipment of the femtocell. The optimal downlink code is based upon the first set of detected downlink codes and selected as a downlink code from a set of downlink codes reserved for the femtocell. The optimal downlink code may be an available downlink code with a smallest amount of detected energy or a randomly selected downlink code from the available downlink codes. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118802 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECTIONAL ASSOCIATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of wireless communications is provided. The method includes transmitting, from the first device to the second device, at least one association request having a plurality of packets, each packet being respectively transmitted in a different direction; detecting an association response from the second device; and determining a preferred first device to second device direction of transmission based on the association response. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118803 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a radio communication system including a mobile station and a base station apparatus communicating with the mobile station, the base station apparatus applies a scheduling scheme for assigning radio resources to mobile stations for each constant period, and the mobile station transmits a first signal to the base station apparatus in accordance with the assignment of the radio resources. The base station apparatus includes a decoding unit configured to decode the first signal, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit a control signal for retransmitting the first signal to the mobile station if the first signal has not been successfully received. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118804 | WIRELESS PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - According to the present invention, a wireless packet communication system having a protocol structure that can improve radio resource efficiency while reducing the amount of control information in packet transmission for radio resource allocation to a mobile station, and a radio resource allocation method of the system, is provided. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118805 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD - A user apparatus which wirelessly communicates with a base station apparatus within a mobile communications system is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a receive unit which receives control information in downlink; and a transmit unit which transmits a first channel in uplink, wherein the transmit unit, based on the control information, makes a value of a maximum transmit power of the first channel smaller than that of a nominal power specified for the mobile communications system. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118806 | UNEQUAL MULTIPATH PROTECTION OF DIFFERENT FRAMES WITHIN A SUPERFRAME USING DIFFERENT CYCLIC PREFIX LENGTHS - Techniques for providing multipath protection of a portion of a frame classified as having a first importance level (e.g., critical) are provided. Different cyclic prefix lengths may be used, depending on whether a frame contains information deemed critical. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118807 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING DEACTIVATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus for performing semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) deactivation in a wireless mobile communication system are disclosed. A base station (BS) transmits a downlink control channel to a user equipment (UE), and deactivates the SPS when a binary field indicating resource allocation information contained in the downlink control channel is entirely filled with ‘1’. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118808 | Method and apparatus for inter-frame sharing in cognitive radio system - An operating method of a source Base Station (BS) for inter-frame sharing in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system includes generating a first random number for a frame contention; requesting the frame contention to one or more destination BSs by carrying the first random number; receiving responses for the frame contention request from the one or more destination BSs; and when positive responses for the frame contention request are received from all of the one or more destination BSs, occupying one or more requested contention frames. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118809 | Apparatus and method for allocating ID cell to avoid preamble pseudo noise code duplication in broadband wireless communication system - An apparatus is configured to allocate an IDentification (ID) cell to avoid duplication of a preamble Pseudo Noise (PN) code in a broadband wireless communication system. The apparatus selects one sector inside the system. A temporary ID cell for the selected sector is selected. Whether an ID cell of a sector to which an ID cell has been already allocated inside a minimum unit group for ID cell allocation is the same as the temporary ID cell is determined. Whether PN codes of sectors inside a neighbor list of the selected sector are the same as temporary PN codes determined using the temporary ID cell are determined. When the temporary ID cell is not duplicated and the temporary PN codes are not duplicated, the selected temporary ID cell is allocated as an ID cell of the selected sector. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118810 | SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGY AND THE FRAME STRUCTURE THEREOF - A system and a method for supporting a plurality of multiple access technologies and the frame structure thereof, wherein, the method comprises the following steps: a base station sending a downlink frame which comprises at least one downlink multiple access zone, wherein each downlink multiple access zone supports one downlink multiple access technology and each downlink multiple access zone associates with one or more uplink multiple access zones supporting different uplink multiple access technologies; a terminal, searching the synchronization signal of the downlink multiple access technology that it supports, and obtaining the uplink control message after establishing synchronization with the base station, and according to the information within the uplink control message, determining that there is the uplink multiple access technology that it supports, and performing initial network access according to the information of the initial access zone indicated in the uplink control message. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118811 | METHOD FOR STATE TRANSITION OF MOBILE TERMINAL - In a wireless mobile communications system, a state transition method of a mobile terminal is provided. The mobile terminal receives downlink data in a first state of the mobile terminal, a state of the mobile terminal keeps in the first state or transits to a second state based on a response message responding to the received downlink data, thereby minimizing an unnecessary state transition of the mobile terminal. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118812 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING LOGICAL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method of allocating logical channels in consideration of an interference range in a wireless sensor network includes defining logical channels to increase the number of available channels and determining the number of logical channels in accordance with the number of nodes within an interference range, allocating the logical channels to the nodes within the interference range so that the determined logical channels do not overlap each other, and exchanging data among the nodes using the allocated logical channels. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING OPERATIONAL MODES IN A COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for switching operational modes in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system are provided. A method for switching between a normal operation mode and a coexistence operation mode in a CR system includes occupying at least one channel in the normal operation mode, when there is no channel to be occupied, selecting at least one channel for the coexistence operation mode, and occupying available frames among frames of the selected at least one channel in the coexistence operation mode. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118814 | RADIO FRAME CONTROL DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND RADIO FRAME CONTROL METHOD - A radio frame control device comprises a controlling unit, a resource block allocation unit, and a resource block conversion unit. The controlling unit controls a downlink radio frame of an orthogonal frequency division multiple access scheme. The resource block allocation unit allocates resource blocks to a terminal station using any one of a plurality of resource block allocation methods respectively having different restrictions. The resource block conversion unit determines whether or not conversion is possible from allocation information of resource blocks allocated according to a first resource block allocation method into resource block allocation information by a second resource block allocation method. The resource block conversion unit converts the resource block allocation method for the resource block allocation information when the conversion is possible. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118815 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION CONTROL METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Discontinuous Reception (DRX) control method and apparatus are provided for determining a start time of the duration period of DRX operation in a wireless communication system using a short DRX cycle and a long DRX cycle. A DRX control method of a user equipment of the present invention includes determining one of a long DRX mode and a short DRX mode, configuring, when the short DRX mode is selected, the short DRX mode with a start time determined based on short DRX parameters, and configuring, when the long DRX mode is selected, the long DRX mode with a start time determined based on long DRX parameters. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118816 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for transmitting in a wireless communication system includes: a frame generating unit configured to generate a frame based on user data and to transmit the frame and frame information; a scheduling unit configured to generate a schedule of the frames to be transmitted on a frame-by-frame basis based on the frame information and to transmit the schedule; and a data matching unit configured to match the frames based on the schedule so as to transmit the frames at a time. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118817 | CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system facilitates multichannel periodic and aperiodic feedback (e.g., Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), Rank indicator (RI), Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI)) from a population of user equipment while facilitating legacy single carrier communication. Paired downlink (DL)/uplink (UL) or many-to-one mapping communication can be established by common system information or dedicated signaling. In one aspect, a flag sent by system information or by dedicated signaling can indicate which means controls. Feedback can be configured for each carrier independently reported in a concatenated in frequency fashion, reported in a cycle in time fashion, or reported in a staggered in time and frequency fashion. Feedback can be reported jointly as one wide bandwidth. Feedback can be a single report perhaps reported on a data channel for more capacity or by cycled carrier/subband reporting. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118818 | METHOD OF RESOLVING OVERLAPS IN DATA TRANSMISSION AND USER EQUIPMENT THEREFOR - A user equipment and corresponding method of transmitting symbols by the user equipment in a wireless communication system. The method includes: generating a first symbol and a second symbol, each symbol including a cyclic prefix and a data part; manipulating a part of the second symbol to be ignored in transmission so that the first symbol and a remaining part of the second symbol are transmitted without overlapping, when the first symbol and the second symbol are overlapped due to a transmission timing advance of the second symbol; and transmitting the first symbol and the second symbol at each transmission timing to the base station. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118819 | SYSTEMS, PROCESSES AND INTEGRATED CIRCUITS FOR IMPROVED PACKET SCHEDULING OF MEDIA OVER PACKET - A method of processing first and second record packets of real-time information includes computing for each packet a deadline interval and ordering processing of the packets according to the respective deadline intervals. A single-chip integrated circuit has a processor circuit and embedded electronic instructions forming an egress packet control establishing an egress scheduling list structure and operations in the processor circuit that extract a packet deadline intervals, place packets in the egress scheduling list according to deadline intervals; and embed a decoder that decodes the packets according to a priority depending to their deadline intervals. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118820 | COMMUNICATING DATA BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting/receiving a data block is disclosed. In receiving at least one data block multiplexed to one physical channel, the present invention includes the steps of receiving control information for a data block transmission, checking whether there is a necessity for configuring a table having combination information of data block sizes internally, and configuring the table having the combination information of the data block sizes for a data block reception according to a result of the checking step. Accordingly, the present invention internally configures the CTFC information without receiving separate CTFC information, thereby facilitating the reception of data blocks. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118821 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118822 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118823 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource. | 05-13-2010 |
20100118824 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM)/ OFDM ACCESS (OFDMA) MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method comprises a mobile station (MS) which determines whether to transmit feedback information to a base station (BS) without solicitation from the BS. After determining to do so, the MS transmits a request message to request the BS to allocate an uplink resource for transmitting at least one unsolicited header and thereafter receives the uplink resource allocation from the BS. Lastly, the MS transmits the at least one unsolicited header via the allocated uplink resource. | 05-13-2010 |
20100124194 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING BROADCAST INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting broadcast information in a wireless communication system includes transmitting broadcast information and receiving an ACK (Acknowledgement)/NACK (Not-Acknowledgement) signal on an uplink channel from at least one mobile station in a cell, the ACK/NACK signal indicating whether the broadcast information is successfully received or not. A base station can know whether mobile stations successfully receive broadcast information or not and perform various operations to improve a reception rate of the broadcast information based on the result. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124195 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a control signal in wireless communication system includes generating a multiplexed control signal by multiplexing a first control signal and a second control signal, and transmitting the multiplexed control signal on a control channel. Overhead due to control signaling can be reduced by transmitting or receiving a multiplexed control signal through one channel. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124196 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC AUTOMATIC COMMUNICATION PATH SELECTION, DISTRIBUTED DEVICE SYNCHRONIZATION AND TASK DELEGATION - Systems, software, and apparatuses that provide wired and wireless telecommunications under conditions where signal strength is poor or intermittent, the coordination and synchronization of data and workflows across various communication links under such conditions, especially intermittent or unreliable communications links, and the management of wireless mobile applications in such environments. The present invention technology herein relates to the fields of computer science, telecommunications, and data management. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124197 | Method and apparatus for resource allocation in a communication system - A base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations is configured to allocate a plurality of resource units to at least one subscriber station. The base station includes a controller configured to allocate a plurality of resource units from a two-dimensional logical matrix of resource units. The controller is configured to generate at least two indicator values, wherein the two indicator values are configured to identify the allocated resource units. The base station also includes a transmitter configured to transmit the two indicators to the subscriber station. The base station also is configured to construct the two-dimensional logical matrix that is adapted to enable contiguous and diverse resource unit allocations. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124198 | System and Method for Name Binding for Multiple Packet Data Network Access - A system and method for name binding for multiple packet data network access is provided. A method for communications device operation includes attaching to a first packet data network through an access network, thereby creating an access point name, triggering a connection to a second packet data network through the access network, and receiving an acknowledgement to the trigger. The triggering occurs over the access point name, and the acknowledgement comprises an address for the communications device. The address is allocated by a gateway for the second packet data network, and the address is allocated based on a binding generated from an identifier of the communications device, an identifier of the access point name, and a parameter. | 05-20-2010 |
20100124199 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING AS OF USER STATE - Disclosed is a method for notifying the state of a user to an Application Server (AS), including: receiving, by a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF), new service profile information of the user sent from a Home Subscriber Server (HSS) when the user's service profile changes; and sending, by the S-CSCF, registration information of the user to the AS. The disclosure also relates to a system for notifying the state of a user to an AS, the system including an HSS, an S-CSCF and the AS. The disclosure also provides a corresponding S-CSCF, a system for notifying the state of a user to an AS, and a corresponding AS. According to the invention, an AS may obtain the registration state of a user timely. | 05-20-2010 |
20100128679 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication method and device are provided. The wireless communication method includes: generating a bandwidth request packet requesting an allocation of a channel time from a coordinator of a wireless network; and wirelessly transmitting the bandwidth-request packet, wherein the bandwidth request packet includes information regarding a data output mode to be utilized at the channel time. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128680 | METHOD OF CONNECTION BASED SCHEDULING WITH DIFFERENTIATED SERVICE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORK - There is disclosed a method of centralized scheduling of the access to a common radio channel in multi-hop wireless networks. The requests by the relay nodes (RN( | 05-27-2010 |
20100128681 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN NEIGHBOURING NODES IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND ACCESS NODE THEREOF - At least one request between neighboring access nodes in a radio communications system is transmitted after verifying a class of the at least one request being transmitted between the neighboring access nodes, where the class assigned by an access node indicates a priority of the request. Based upon the verified class, the transmission of the request is controlled. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128682 | Switch Fabric With Wireless Intra-Connectivity - A plurality of wireless interfaces and/or internal radios is utilized within a network switching device to enable wireless intra-connectivity within its switch fabric. The wireless intra-connectivity services switching operations in the network switching device, to prevent and/or reduce blocking in the network switching device. The wireless intra-connectivity is also used to enable management and control operations in the network switching device. Operations of the internal radios and/or wireless interfaces are managed to mitigate and/or limit interference among the internal radios and to optimize throughput available via the wireless intra-connectivity. Arbitration, channelization, time multiplexing, and/or directionality techniques, for example, are utilized in the internal radios. External radios are operable to enable cascading plurality of network switching devices. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128683 | ORTHOGONAL REFERENCE SIGNALS WITH DIFFERENT BANDWIDTH AND OVERLAPPING SPECTRUM - The present invention provides a method of generating mutually orthogonal reference signals for different user terminals in and OFDM system that span different but overlapping subcarriers. The subcarriers allocated to the user terminals are divided into a plurality of non-overlapping subcarrier blocks. Each user terminal is then allocated one or more subcarrier blocks. For each subcarrier block, a user terminal is assigned a reference signal comprising a base reference sequence and a linear phase rotation. To ensure mutual orthogonality among all user terminals, user terminals allocated the same subcarrier block use the same base reference sequence with different linear phase rotations. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128684 | Base Station Apparatus and Wireless Communication Method - A base station apparatus which conducts a packet communication with a wireless communication terminal includes: a retransmission request detection unit which detects a retransmission request from the wireless communication terminal; a bandwidth assignment unit which assigns a communication bandwidth applied to the packet communication; a modulation class calculation portion, based on both bandwidth information regarding the bandwidth assigned by the bandwidth assignment unit and a data amount of packets corresponding to the retransmission request, calculates a modulation class applied to a retransmission in order to adjust a number of retransmitted packets to be the same as a number of previously transmitted packets; a modulation class determination unit which determines whether or not the modulation class is lower than a modulation class applied to a previous packet transmission; and a retransmission unit which retransmits packets corresponding to the retransmission request based on the determination result regarding the modulation class. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128685 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING PIGGYBACK ROAMING FOR SPONSORING SPLIT ROAMING RELATIONSHIPS - A method for facilitating exchange of one or more signaling messages between a client network and an HSRP network. The method includes identifying by an SPRS router associated with a client network, one or more parameters in the received signaling messages so as to determine from the parameters one or more roaming agreements that are required between the client network and the HSRP network, to allow exchange of the signaling messages. The method further includes facilitating by the SPRS router, exchange of the signaling messages between the client network and the HSRP network via one or more SPRS hubs, when the SPRS router determines absence of the required roaming agreements. The method further includes facilitating by the SPRS router, direct exchange of the signaling messages between the client network and the HSRP network, when the SPRS router determines presence of the required roaming agreements. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128686 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND RESOURCE SHARING METHOD - A radio communication base station device capable of reducing the downlink resources required for ACK/NACK channels to improve data transmission efficiency. In this device, an allocation control channel allocating section ( | 05-27-2010 |
20100128687 | Systems and Methods for Scheduling and MU-MIMO in Uplink Vo-IP for OFDMA/SCFDMA Networks - A system and method for increasing the capacity of VoIP transmissions is disclosed. A preferred embodiment comprises fixing original transmissions into a frequency band and changing the retransmissions into separate frequency bands. Alternatively, the original transmissions may be changed into separate bands while the retransmissions may be fixed into a single frequency band. Additionally, an early termination procedure may be utilized and a combination of multi-input multi-output scheduling may be performed to further increase the capacity of the system. Another embodiment comprises reducing the overhead of a feedback signal for semi-persistent scheduling. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128688 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DATA TRANSMITTER AND DATA RECEIVER USING THE SAME - A data transmission method includes: deciding the priority of data; deciding a channel priority based on a channel state; selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for the data based on the priority of data; selecting a transmission channel through which the data is to be transmitted, based on the channel priority; and modulating and coding the data in accordance with the selected MCS, and transmitting the modulated and coded data through the selected transmission channel. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128689 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for controlling interference in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a signal of a DownLink (DL) frequency band that is adjacent to an UpLink (UL) frequency band supported by a User Equipment (UE), measuring a Received Signal Strength Indicator (RSSI) of the DL frequency band signal, comparing the measured RSSI with a threshold value, and, if the measured RSSI is less than the threshold value, limiting UL transmission. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128690 | Method and Apparatus for Partitioning a Resource in a Wireless Communication System - In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a method of operating a base station includes transmitting a first control channel to a user device. The first control channel has a subframe partition index that partitions resources of an associated subframe into at least one partition. The at least one partition has a size limited to only a set of possible partition sizes. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128691 | BINDING WIRELESS DEVICES IN A BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM - On a first level of the wireless building automation architecture, sensors and associated actuators communicate directly. The sensor performs control processes appropriate for the sensor and regardless of the type of actuator being used. The actuator performs control processes specific to the actuator regardless of the type of sensor being used. By direct wireless communication between sensors and actuators, the opportunity for a failed communications link using a hub and spoke arrangement may be avoided. Communication redundancy is provided by receiving the outputs of sensors at a controller, such as a controller on a second high speed or high bandwidth tier of the architecture. Regional control is implemented in the higher level tier. The higher level tier may override or control operation of components of the lower level tier as needed. The distributed control processing allows for more convenient room level integration. Where a problem is detected, such as a fire, corrective action begins within the immediate region of the sensor generating an alarm signal. The corrective action occurs without routing the alarm signal to upper levels of control processes or across different systems. The alarm signal is also propagated to upper level control systems for generating appropriate responses in other zones. To provide the different zones and avoid interference, the transmit power of the sensors and actuators is controlled as a function of two or more other devices. | 05-27-2010 |
20100128692 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - The present invention reduces the amount of control information for specifying the transmission method for simultaneously transmitting the uplink data and the reception quality information as well as the uplink data and the ACK/NACK, reduces delay occurring in changing the transmission method, and realizes the mapping of the uplink data and the reception quality information and that of the uplink data and the ACK/NACK, in compliance with modulation scheme and coding rate of the uplink data specified by the base station apparatus. In the mobile communication system where the base station apparatus allocates, to the mobile station apparatus, resources wherein the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, control information for specifying a transmission format for the mobile station apparatus to transmit information using the uplink, while the mobile station apparatus simultaneously transmits, to the base station apparatus, the uplink data and the reception quality information based on the specified transmission format in case of having received the control information from the base station apparatus. | 05-27-2010 |
20100135220 | Method and Arrangement for a Synchronized HSDPA Reconfiguration - The HSDPA (High Speed Downlink Packet Access)-related reconfigurations arc synchronized between a UTRAN (UMTS Terrestial Radio Access Network) and a mobile terminal (UE), by the Node B and the RNCs (Radio Network Controllers) providing the mobile terminal with a specific reconfiguration switching time. The reconfiguration switching time is either associated with the SFN (System Frame Number) or with the CFN (Connection Frame Number). | 06-03-2010 |
20100135221 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND TRANSMITTING APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - An IF unit to an RF unit generate a packet signal containing a control signal and a data signal and transmits the thus generated packet signal. A radio control unit performs a first retransmission control or a second retransmission control on the packet signal transmitted. The radio control unit causes the IF unit to the RF unit to have first control information for the first retransmission control contained in the control signal and have second control information for the second retransmission control contained in the data signal. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135222 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A number of techniques are described for signalling the allocation of resources within a communications system. A preferred method that is described includes the steps of: receiving an allocation of sub-carriers for a user device, the allocation comprising data defining a starting block and data defining a number of consecutive blocks from the starting block; a first mapping step of mapping the data defining the number of consecutive blocks from the starting block to a first mapped value in accordance with first mapping data; a second mapping step of mapping the data defining the starting block and said first mapped value to a second mapped value representative of the allocation in accordance with second mapping data; and signalling said second mapped value as resource allocation data to the user device. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135223 | Wireless Communication Method and Wireless Communication Apparatus - When wireless communications are performed with a plurality of wireless stations using a spatial division multiple access scheme, there are included a moving speed grasp step, a priority grasp step, a channel assignment order determination step, a channel assignment order adjustment step for modifying, based on the priority grasped by the priority grasp step, so that the high-priority wireless station is placed high in the channel assignment order and a channel assignment control step for controlling, for the wireless stations after the wireless station to which a channel for frequency division multiple access has been assigned based on the channel assignment order, so that at least a channel for spatial division multiple access which has been spatially divided for the last channel is assigned. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135224 | DEVICE DISCOVERY FOR MIXED TYPES OF DIRECTIONAL TERMINALS - An antenna ( | 06-03-2010 |
20100135225 | PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESOURCE SELECTION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitates managing assignment of available random access resources in order to minimize delay and random access load. A number of available random access resources can be defined by a network or a base station, wherein a user equipment can access the number of available random access resources via an information block. The user equipment can be randomly assigned or uniformly assigned to at least one of the number of available random access resources. Additionally, the network can adjust the defined number of available random access resources based upon reported delay, base station load, or historic load data for a base station. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135226 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS - Methods and apparatus are provided for the efficient use of cognitive radios in the performance of dynamic spectrum access. This includes spectrum sensing algorithms, adaptive optimized sensing of parameters based on changing radio environments, and identifying vacant channels. Protocols for switching communication links to different channels, and synchronizing communicating nodes in order to maintain reliable connectively while maximizing spectrum usage are also provided. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135227 | Method for resuming services in a wireless communication system - A method for operating a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system includes, when a bandwidth request message is received from a Mobile Station (MS), whether a resource allocated to the MS exists is determined. When the resource allocated to the MS does not exist, a resource is temporarily allocated to the MS. A message indicating a network initial entry is transmitted to the MS using the temporarily allocated resource. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135228 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR MAKING COMPUTER EXECUTE COMMUNICATION METHOD - When communication apparatuses each having a plurality of antennas perform a data communication using a plurality of transmission channels formed by space division multiplexing, whether or not to perform a highly reliable communication is determined based on the variation of a transmission characteristic in the plurality of transmission channels. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135229 | Communication of Scheduling Related Information in a Mobile Communication System - The invention relates to method for communicating scheduling related information from a mobile terminal to a base station in the radio access network of a mobile communication system. Further, the invention also relates to a mobile terminal and a base station utilizing this method and a communication system. To avoid the allocation of resources that a mobile terminal may not utilize in view of restriction of uplink rate control by a scheduler, the invention suggests informing the scheduler on the status of a rate enforcement functionality of the uplink rate control function within a mobile terminal, so as t allow an adequate scheduling of uplink resources. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135230 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY REPORT IN A DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION SCHEME, PRIMARY AND SECONDARY STATIONS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel quality reports periodically from a secondary station to a primary station, wherein transmission of a control channel is carried out discontinuously with a predetermined periodic transmission phase, said method comprising the steps of (a) scheduling transmission of a transmission sequence of channel quality reports of at least a first type and a second type according to a predetermined pattern, (b) estimating the number of channel quality reports of the second type scheduled during the transmission phases of a predetermined time window, (c) amending the transmission sequence by replacing at least one channel quality report scheduled to be of the first type with a channel quality report of the second type if the number of second type channel quality reports scheduled during the transmission phases of the predetermined time window is below a predetermined threshold (d) transmitting the amended sequence to the primary station. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135231 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: (A) activating a first timer, when the radio base station (eNB) transmits a downlink data signal to the mobile station (UE) operating in a continuous reception cycle; and (B) changing a reception cycle of the mobile station (UE) from the continuous reception cycle to a first discontinuous reception cycle, and releasing the uplink dedicated resources, when the first timer expires with no downlink data signal transmitted after the activation of the first timer. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135232 | COOPERATIVE TRAFFIC SCHEDULING - To reduce and/or guarantee the round-trip delay of interactive processes, cooperative scheduling in forward and backward direction is proposed. In practice, a basic idea is to estimate the delay of packets of different users during network-based scheduling of packets in forward direction. During scheduling of packets in backward direction, packets of those users having larger delay in forward direction are given higher priority based on the estimated delay. In this way the total round-trip delay can be reduced and/or even guaranteed. This means that more users will be satisfied and experience faster connections to services. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135233 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING ALLOCATION OF A RADIO RESOURCE FOR TRANSMITTING A RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION REQUEST - Provided is a allocation controlling method of a radio resource for a radio resource allocation request in a base station which allocates, to a terminal, in response to the radio resource allocation request received from the terminal, a radio resource for transmitting retention data in a transmission buffer of the terminal to the base station, and which transmits to the terminal a radio resource allocation notification indicating a result of the allocation. When an amount of retention data in the transmission buffer received from the terminal is not zero, a transmission cycle that is suited to the retention amount is determined as a transmission cycle of the notification of radio resource allocation for transmitting the retention data in the transmission buffer and, during cyclic transmission of the radio resource allocation notification, the allocation of a radio resource for the radio resource allocation request is stopped. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135234 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH FEMTO NODES - Systems and methods for performing a handoff of an access terminal from a macro node to a femto node are disclosed. To direct handoff of the access terminal, an identity of the femto node is determined A femto node provided may be indentified by at least a difference between the offset of a first pilot signal and the offset of a second pilot signal. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135235 | BLANK SUBFRAME UPLINK DESIGN - Blank subframe link design uses reduced bandwidth either explicit or derived for Closed Subscriber Group (CSG) cell interference mitigation, enabling a non-allowed User Equipment (UE) to co-exist with CSG cells on the same carrier. One could specify UL blank subframes to orthogonalize non-allowed UE and allowed UE transmissions on UL either via explicit UL blank subframe definition or derived from DL blank subframe definition. Scheduling can orthogonalize data transmissions. A femto cell temporarily reducing uplink bandwidth can mitigate uplink control channel residual interference from a non-allowed UE. A relay configures RACH occasion to coincide with non-blank UL subframes as much as possible. UE knowledge of RACH occasion is sufficient to start RACH and hand over procedure. RACH occasions with 10 ms periodicity are supported by assigning all odd/even uplink HARQ interlaces to relay. RACH occasions with 20 ms periodicity are supported by assigning any of the 1/4 UL HARQ interlaces to relay. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135236 | PROPORTIONAL FAIRNESS SCHEDULER AND SCHEDULING METHOD USING IMPERFECT CQI FEEDBACK - The present invention proposes a proportional fairness scheduler used in a base station, which is applicable to a high mobility environment, the scheduler comprising: a correction factor estimator which, for each user equipment in a serving cell of the base station, estimates a correction factor for an instantaneous transmission rate for a next frame according to a statistical result on changes in a channel quality in a current frame; a metric calculator which, for each user equipment in the serving cell of the base station, calculates a metric based on the instantaneous transmission rate for the user equipment, the estimated correction factor and a history throughput recorded for the user equipment; and a transmission opportunity granter which grants a transmission opportunity in the next frame to a user equipment having the optimal metric out of all the user equipments. Also, the present invention proposes a proportional fairness is scheduling method used in a base station. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135237 | TRANSMISSION OF SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN MULTIPLE OPERATING BANDWIDTHS - Methods and apparatuses are described for the transmission of Scheduling Assignments (SAs) from a base station to User Equipments (UEs) for data reception in the downlink or data transmission in the uplink of a communication system consisting of multiple Component Carriers (CCs). The SAs are separately coded and transmitted using elementary units (Control Channel Elements or CCEs). Locations of CCEs determine whether an SA is intended for a first CC or for a second CC. Further, the location of CCEs for an SA intended for a first CC is used to determine locations of CCEs for an SA intended for a second CC. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135238 | SYSTEMS FOR COMMUNICATING USING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Communication signals using a first and a second frequency band in a wireless network is described herein. The first frequency band may be associated with a first beamwidth while the second frequency band may be associated with a second beamwidth. A method includes transmitting, in a first frequency band by a coordinating device, an indication of a first time resource and/or first frequency resource for a communication device to identify one or more neighbor communication devices that are capable of communicating over a second frequency band, receiving, in the first frequency band by the coordinating device, link availability information for the second frequency band based at least in part on the one or more neighbor communication devices identified as being capable of communicating over the second frequency band, and transmitting, in the first frequency band, a transmission schedule to indicate to the communication device a second time resource and/or second frequency resource in which the communication device can communicate with at least one of the one or more neighbor communications devices over the second frequency band, the transmission schedule being based at least in part on the received link availability information. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135239 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION BETWEEN NETWORK ELEMENTS - The invention provides a method and system for establishing or handling a connection between a first and a second network element connected to different networks such as GPRS/UMTS and IP-based networks. The connection is established by means of at least one third network element such as a SGSN or GGSN arranged in one of the networks. The third network element is adapted to send, when receiving information on an establishment of a connection, a request to a fourth network element which may be a Call State Control Function (CSCF), a Policy Control Function (PCF), or a Call Processing Server (CPS). The request requests permission for establishing a requested type of connection, or requests a check of a connection parameter, and specifies the first and/or second network element and/or the connection or connection type to be established. The fourth network element returns a response specifying a permission for establishing a connection or connection type, or specifying a connection parameter. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135240 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a multi-carrier system is disclosed, by which a signaling message can be efficiently transmitted according to necessity of a user equipment. In a user equipment of a mobile communication system transceiving data using a plurality of subcarriers, the present invention includes the steps of if the signaling message to be transmitted is generated in the user equipment, generating a preamble sequence according to a user equipment identifier to identify the user equipment, transmitting a preamble signal including the preamble sequence and the signaling message to a base station, and receiving an acknowledgement signal for the preamble signal generated according to the user equipment identifier. | 06-03-2010 |
20100135241 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING LOGICAL RESOURCES - The present invention discloses a method and system for using logical resources. The method includes: dividing a logical resource pool into at least one private resource pool and at least one shared resource pool, each of which matches one license that includes functions supported by the resource pool and/or capacity of the resource pool; enabling each private resource pool to be privately owned by one operator and each shared resource pool be shared by at least two operators; and using logical resources according to the license information. With the method and system of the present invention, it is easy to determine the apportionment rates of initial network construction costs and later expansion expenses and operators can expand capacity independently. | 06-03-2010 |
20100142452 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING CALL PRIORITY - A method for handling a call in an Intelligent telecommunications network, wherein the following steps are performed by a controller ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100142453 | BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A base station ( | 06-10-2010 |
20100142454 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATED OPTIMIZATION OF SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - The present disclosure describes systems and methods that facilitate the allocation of spectrum for wireless communications. A database may be maintained that includes spectrum that has been offered by spectrum holders for use by spectrum users. Portions of the offered spectrum that have been allocated to spectrum users may be identified, the remainder of the offered spectrum being unallocated spectrum. A request specifying aspects of desired spectrum may be received from a user. A lack of available spectrum from the offered spectrum that fulfills the specified aspects in the request may be identified. Unallocated spectrum from a corresponding spectrum offer may be apportioned to fulfill the request with unallocated spectrum that matches the time duration and the geographic area aspects of the request and that has a frequency range that is shifted from the frequency range of the request for at least a portion of the time duration. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142455 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - A method for uplink power control is described. A user equipment (UE) power class may be determined. An uplink multiple access scheme may also be determined. The maximum transmission power for the UE may further be determined according to the determined uplink multiple access scheme and the UE power class. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142456 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method includes receiving information about a plurality of shared control channels, selecting at least one of the plurality of shared control channels using a User Equipment (UE) identity, receiving a message indicating the use of a shared data channel through the selected shared control channel, and receiving data through the shared data channel according to the message. When receiving a RRC message, such as a RRC connection setup message, transmitted through a shared data channel, a user equipment can decide a shared control channel to be monitored. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142457 | METHODS OF SETTING UP CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of establishing a channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method of establishing a dedicated channel of a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes, receiving channel configuration information which is required for establishing the dedicated channel from a network, transmitting a first status report to the network if at least one first condition is satisfied, and establishing the dedicated channel using the channel configuration information after transmitting the first status report. As a result, the wireless communication system can increase its scheduling efficiency using buffer status information of the UE. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142458 | Cognitive Channel Assignment in Wireless Networks - An apparatus and method for assigning subchannel(s) for communication between frequency agile mobile station(s) and a frequency agile base station. A received power level may be identified for each subcarrier in a set of subcarriers available for data transmission. A minimum power level needed to establish communications may be allocated. A detection threshold set to avoid interference with other devices currently transmitting on the set of subcarriers may be determined using the minimum uplink power level. A subset of subcarriers not already assigned may be selected where each subcarrier in the subset of subcarriers has a received power level that is less than the detection threshold. A subchannel that satisfies a bandwidth requirement may be formed where the subchannel consists of selected subcarriers in the set of subcarriers available for data transmission between the frequency agile mobile station(s) and the frequency agile base station. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142459 | METHOD FOR SELECTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME - A method for selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) applied to a multiple-antenna system. The method calculates the throughout of a plurality of MCSs based on the signal to noise ratio of the multiple-antenna system and selects a MCS from the plurality of MCSs accordingly. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142460 | NEIGHBOR DISCOVERY OVER MULTIPLE CHANNELS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH DIRECTIONAL ANTENNAS - A communication system includes first and second devices, where a processor of at least one of the first device and the second device is configured to establish a superframe having a superframe duration (T | 06-10-2010 |
20100142461 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A disclosed base station includes a management unit for managing frequency blocks, a scheduler for generating scheduling information for each of the frequency blocks to allocate one or more resource blocks to each of selected communication terminals having good channel conditions, a channel generating unit for generating control channels including the scheduling information for the respective frequency blocks, a multiplexing unit for frequency-multiplexing the control channels in a system frequency band, and a transmitting unit for transmitting the frequency-multiplexed control channels according to a multicarrier scheme. The control channels transmitted by the base station includes a general control channel to be decoded by communication terminals in general and specific control channels to be decoded by selected communication terminals that are allocated one or more resource blocks. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142462 | PASSIVE COORDINATION IN A CLOSED LOOP MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUT PUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for passive coordination of base stations in a closed-loop multiple-input multiple-output wireless communication system, includes a first step | 06-10-2010 |
20100142463 | FRAME-BASED ON-DEMAND SPECTRUM CONTENTION PROTOCOL-MESSAGING METHOD - The message flows of a distributed, cooperative, and real-time protocol for frame-based spectrum sharing called Frame-based On-Demand Spectrum Contention (FODSC) employs interactive MAC messaging on an inter-network communication channel to provide efficient, scalable, and fair inter-network spectrum sharing among the coexisting cognitive radio cells. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142464 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SELECTING AND TRANSMITTING VARIABLE FRAME FORMATS - A network includes a first transceiving station and a further transceiving station. In one arrangement the data is transmitted from the first transceiving station to the second transceiving station according to a frame structure having a payload portion for payload data and a synchronisation portion for synchronisation data. The frame structure is selected from candidate frame structures having differing durations of the synchronisation portion, according to a data loading factor which depends on the amount of data that is required to be transmitted. The payload capacity may be optimised by reducing the duration of the synchronisation portion when a large amount of data is required to be transmitted. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142465 | CHANNEL PARTITIONING FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - The present application discloses, inter alia, a system for improving the aggregate throughput of a wireless local area network which includes: at least one access point that is equipped with at least one transceiver configured to simultaneously transmit and receive at multiple frequencies using multiple channels; and the access point being configured to acquire channel conditions of users and to pool sets of users on the channels based on the channel conditions. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142466 | OPTIMIZATION TO SUPPORT UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning uplink resources for utilization by a mobile device for sending an uplink signal in an uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) wireless communication environment. For instance, a hopping tree can be defined across base stations, and neighboring base stations can schedule interfering mobile devices upon uplink resources mapped to different nodes from the hopping tree. By way of another example, a plurality of hopping trees can be employed across base stations in the uplink CoMP wireless communication environment. Moreover, an acknowledgment can be sent to the mobile device upon downlink resources identified as a function of the uplink resources. Further, the downlink resources can be distinct from disparate downlink resources utilized for sending an acknowledgment to a disparate mobile device from a neighboring base station. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142467 | Resource Allocation Technique For Physical Uplink Control Channel Blanking - The exemplary embodiments of the invention provide at least a method and apparatus for defining a set of parameters to establish a possibility for a single user equipment to transmit uplink data on a physical uplink shared channel via two or more clusters including adjacent resource blocks, where at least one of the clusters includes at least one blanked physical uplink control channel resource block and where at least one of the clusters includes at least one physical shared channel resource block, and transmitting the parameters to at least the single user equipment. Further, the exemplary embodiments of the invention provide at least a method and apparatus for receiving a set of parameters defining a physical uplink control channel and allocating physical/virtual resource blocks based at least on received physical uplink control channel configuration parameters, a received resource allocation and predefined physical resource block mapping rules. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142468 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting access are provided. The method for supporting access in a wireless communication system includes: checking a plurality of stations (STA) which are to get access in a network and a plurality of access nodes of the respective STAs; determining the access priorities of the checked STAs and the priorities of the access nodes of the respective STAs; dividing a wireless resource and channel available in the network into multiple wireless resources and channels; and connecting the access nodes of the respective STAs to the multiple wireless resources and channels using a multi-channel media access control (MAC) protocol. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142469 | Virtually Centralized Uplink Scheduling - A method of scheduling uplink transmissions from a plurality of source user equipments to a base station is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of determining the amount of data in the data buffer of each of the user equipments, comparing the amount of data in the data buffers of the user equipments to obtain, for each user equipment, a relative indicator, the relative indicator indicating how full that user equipment's data buffer is in comparison to the data buffers of the other user equipments, and scheduling uplink transmissions in dependence on the relative indicators. In this way, each user equipment is given some knowledge of the state of the buffer in the other user equipments. The user equipments are therefore able to make more efficient scheduling decisions. This can improve the throughput and give lower packet delivery delays. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142470 | METHOD FOR RE-ATTEMPTING A RANDOM ACCESS EFFECTIVELY - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method for re-attempting a rapid random access when a problem occurs in the random access procedure in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142471 | COORDINATING TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING AMONG MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS - A method and an apparatus for scheduling transmissions of a plurality of cells in a wireless communications system including one or more base stations is provided. The method comprises providing a set of virtual channels to enable an intra-cell transmission orthogonal to another transmission within each cell of the plurality of cells and inter-cell transmissions orthogonal to other transmissions across a cluster of cells associated with the one or more base stations. The method further comprises exchanging signaling messages between two or more base stations to coordinate scheduling of the intra-cell transmission with the inter-cell transmissions for the cluster of cells. For optimizing a parameter associated with scheduling of a plurality of users from a cluster of cells in a wireless communication system, an optimal power level for the parameter of each active user may be searched to maximize an indication of system capacity of the wireless communication system. This enables a coordinated jointly scheduling of the users active in the cluster of cells based on the optimal power levels such that the total interference within the cluster may be minimized to maximize the system throughput/capacity. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142472 | Method And System For Efficiently Routing Messages - Efficient routing of a message over a data network. A first communication device sends a message to a telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator determines the communication protocol of the first communication device and the communication protocol of a second communication device. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator converts the message to a data format compatible with the second communication device, wherein the message is converted to one of at least three different communication protocols. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator then forwards the message for receipt by the second communication device. The telemetry gateway or short message arbitrator can convert and forward the message without completing a store and forward process. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142473 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING MAP IE USING REDUCED CID IN BROADBAND OFDMA SYSTEMS - A method and mobile subscriber station in a broadband wireless communication system, wherein a receiver receives configuration information including a type field representing a type of a reduced connection identifier (CID) from a base station, and selectively applies the reduced CID based on the type field. The type of the reduced CID is determined based on a range of a basic CID of the mobile subscriber station connected to the base station. The type field includes at least two bits representing one of use of the basic CID and available types of the reduced CID. The available types represent available lengths of the reduced CID, and the reduced CID includes n Least Significant Bits (LSBs) of the basic CID, where n is a positive integer indicated by the type field. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142474 | SCHEDULING REQUEST TRANSMISSION SUPPORTING HIGH DOPPLER - Block spreading generating partial orthogality is applied for the uplink control channel for E-UTRA. For instance, a problem of maximizing the multiplexing capacity leads to numerology causing odd-length sequences which do not have the favorable property of even-length sequences (partial orthogonality). The consequence of this is poor performance in cases of high Doppler effects. Maximal multiplexing capacity is taught without loss of performance at high Doppler by modifying an earlier scheduling request (SR) scheme. The earlier SR multiplexing scheme has a number of parallel SR resources per slot equal to 12*7=84. In one example, the spreading factor of block spreading is changed to an even number, e.g., from 7 to 6. This enables usage of the partial orthogonality properties of CAZAC sequences and as a result inter-code interference in the case of high Doppler is reduced. Other ways to generate partial orthogonality are shown with similar results. | 06-10-2010 |
20100142475 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTINGG CONTROL INFORMATIOON WIRELESS - A method of transmitting control information includes generating a cyclically shifted sequence by cyclically shifting a base sequence by a cyclic shift amount, generating a modulated sequence based on a modulation symbol for control information and the cyclically shifted sequence, and transmitting the modulated sequence on a plurality of subcarriers, wherein available cyclic shifts of the base sequence are divided into a first part and a second part according to a type of the control information, and the first part and the second part are separated by at least one unallocated cyclic shift of the base sequence. | 06-10-2010 |
20100150079 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPRESSING CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - System and method for interference reduction in a broadband wireless access (BWA) network are disclosed. A mobile station performs a recursive process to update channel estimates of interfering channels on a symbol-by-symbol basis for use in canceling interference from data subcarriers received through two or more antennas. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150080 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REUSE OF A WIRELESS RESOURCE - Methods and apparatus related to reuse of a wireless resource are described. Various methods and apparatus are well suited to wireless communications systems lacking centralized control, e.g., an ad hoc peer to peer wireless communications system. A wireless device, corresponding to a second connection, evaluates whether or not it can reuse a resource associated with a first connection. The first connection is, e.g., an existing active connection and the second connection is, e.g., a potential connection. The wireless device receives one or more control signals from one or more first connection devices. The wireless device determines, based on the received control signals, one or more estimated SINRs characterizing expected results in the system if the two connections should use the same resource concurrently. The wireless device makes a resource reuse decision based on the determined estimated one or more SINRs and a threshold criteria. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150081 | PHYSICAL UPLING CONTROL CHANNEL COMPRESSION SUPPORTING ACK/NACK BUNDLING - In one exemplary embodiment, a method includes: dividing a plurality of control channel elements in at least one downlink subframe of a bundling window into a plurality of portions having a first portion and a second portion, where the first portion includes at least one control channel element that is mapped to resources and the second portion includes at least one control channel element that is not mapped to resources, where the bundling window has a plurality of downlink subframes; and sending a last downlink grant in a downlink subframe of the bundling window using at least one control channel element that is mapped to resources. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150082 | TERMINAL DEVICE OF CARRIER AGGREGATION BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BUFFER STATUS REPORTING METHOD THEREOF - Provided is a buffer status reporting method of a terminal device in a mobile communication system. The buffer status reporting method includes obtaining a radio resource allocation for a plurality of component carriers from a base station, configuring a plurality of medium access control-protocol data units (MAC-PDUs) including buffer status information corresponding to the plurality of component carriers, the plurality of MAC-PDUs including generated sequence numbers (SNs), and transmitting the plurality of MAC-PDUs to the base station through the plurality of component carriers. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150083 | Radio Base Station and Channel Allocation Information Transmission Method - A radio base station includes: a propagation path characteristic acquisition unit which acquires propagation path characteristics between a radio communication terminal and a radio base station; and a channel controller which reports to the radio communication terminal that channel allocation information is transmitted by using a dedicated control channel if the acquired propagation characteristic satisfies a predetermined condition. After the channel control unit has reported to the radio communication terminal that the channel allocation information is transmitted by using an dedicated control channel, the channel control unit and a MAP processing unit transmit the channel allocation information by using an dedicated control channel instead of a broadcast control channel in the downstream frame. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150084 | Radio Base Station and Radio Communication Method - A radio base station ( | 06-17-2010 |
20100150085 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with user equipment terminals using an uplink shared channel includes a radio resource allocation unit configured to allocate radio resources other than a resource placed at an end of a system bandwidth, when the system bandwidth is frequency-adjacent to a heterogeneous radio communication system. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150086 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication method by which a mobile station (UE) transmits a control signal to a radio base station (eNB) in an uplink by using an uplink dedicated resource, different methods for determining whether or not a synchronization state is established in the uplink, are used depending on whether or not the uplink dedicated resource is set up. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150087 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus is disclosed to be used in a mobile communication system where Persistent Scheduling is performed. The base station apparatus includes a radio communication unit configured to perform radio communications with a specific user equipment terminal using radio resources provided every predetermined period based on the Persistent Scheduling and an allocation unit configured to allocate radio resources to a user equipment terminal other than the specific user equipment by selecting the radio resources that are not used for uplink or downlink packet data for the specific user equipment from among radio resources provided the every predetermined period. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150088 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method for resource allocation in a wireless communication system, having a set of connected terminals, comprises allocating of transmission resources and assigning of transmission resources. The allocating in turn comprises estimating of a requirement value representing an amount of required transmission resources for satisfying a minimum quality of service during a next transmission time interval for respective connected terminal. An allocation subset is generated by including unsatisfied connected terminals so that the sum of the requirement values of the included connected terminals of the allocation subset equals available transmission resources. The generation of the allocation subset is performed by including connected terminals in an order according to the respective requirement values, starting with the lowest requirement value. The assigning of transmission resources is thereafter performed by assigning transmission resources of the next transmission time interval to connected terminals of the allocation subset. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150089 | Uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling Explicit Release Acknowledgement Transmission - A method is provided for acknowledging a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) uplink resource release. The method comprising receiving an uplink SPS resource release signal over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and sending an acknowledgement (ACK) to confirm the reception of the uplink SPS resource release signal. Also provided is a user equipment (UE) comprising a processor configured to receive an uplink SPS resource release signal over a PDCCH, and transmit an ACK to confirm the reception of the uplink SPS resource release signal. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150090 | CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENT DETECTION METHOD USING CQI IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control channel element detection method and apparatus is provided for detecting the Control Channel Elements (CCEs) carrying control information for a mobile station using a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI). A CCE detection method includes searching a current subframe for CCEs, and locating the CCEs carrying control information for the mobile station by decoding the current subframe with variable code rates. Searching for the CCEs includes searching the current subframe for the CCEs carrying the control information for the mobile station while changing a size type of the CCEs according to a result of a comparison between a CQI of the current subframe and a CQI of a previous subframe. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150091 | Semi-Persistent Scheduling And Discontinuous Reception Alignment - A method is provided for detection of an uplink grant for a user agent (UA). The method comprises detecting a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. Also included is a UA comprising a component configured to detect an SPS activation/reconfiguration signaling over a PDCCH only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a DRX on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150092 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES TO USER TERMINALS, A BASE STATION, A USER TERMINAL AND A COMMUNICATION NETWORK THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for allocation of resources to user terminals (UE | 06-17-2010 |
20100150093 | Methods and Systems for Transmission of Multiple Modulated Signals Over Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The inventive method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. In accordance with this technique, currently active CPEs request bandwidth using previously unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. By using a combination of bandwidth allocation techniques, the present invention advantageously makes use of the efficiency benefits associated with each technique | 06-17-2010 |
20100150094 | Methods and Systems for Transmission of Multiple Modulated Signals Over Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The inventive method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. In accordance with this technique, currently active CPEs request bandwidth using previously unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. By using a combination of bandwidth allocation techniques, the present invention advantageously makes use of the efficiency benefits associated with each technique | 06-17-2010 |
20100150095 | Network entry procedure in multi-channel mobile networks - A technique for network entry in multi-channel mobile systems is described. The procedure utilizes the channel specific information sent in the beacon of each channel to select a subset of suitable channels. It then proceeds to scan these channels to gather information on perceived interference and received signal strength. Based on collected information the device picks the most suitable channel for joining the network. Since the channels to be scanned are pre-selected based on information seen in the beacon, the overall scan latency is reduced, thereby leading to a faster and more successful network entry. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150096 | Method and apparatus for reducing map overhead in a broadand wireless communication system - A Base Station (BS) includes an apparatus is configured to reduce a MAP overhead in a broadband wireless communication system. The BS operation method for reducing an overhead in a broadband wireless communication system includes transmitting control information for initial transmission and changing first information among the control information transmitted at the initial transmission into second information needed at a retransmission time when there is a retransmission request for the initial transmission. The BS also transmits control information for retransmission including the second information. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150097 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OVERHEAD REDUCTION OF SIGNALING MESSAGES - A method and apparatus to reduce the overhead of frequently sent signaling messages is provided. Various methods are presented which facilitate conveying information that is unchanged from information in the earlier part of the message, or in a previous signaling message, without sending the previous information in its entirety. | 06-17-2010 |
20100150098 | Method Of System Access To A Wireless Network - A method includes steps, performed by a wireless device for accessing a wireless network through network base stations. The steps include selecting a reverse link cost metric from a list of reverse link cost metrics. A reverse link cost is determined according to the selected reverse link cost metric. A plurality of base stations are partitioned into a plurality of candidate base stations and a plurality of excluded base stations. The plurality of base stations are substituted with the candidate base stations, thereby reducing the cardinality of the plurality of base stations by the cardinality of the plurality of excluded base stations. A candidate base station is selected from a plurality of the base stations. A probe signal is sent at the reverse link cost to the candidate base station. A response from the candidate base station is waited for within a timeout period. | 06-17-2010 |
20100157908 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND RELATED METHOD AND SYSTEM - The present invention provides for a mobile radio communications device arranged to support at least one of a High Speed Downlink Packet Access channel and an Enhanced Uplink Dedicated channel, including means for signalling to a network controller the said support of at least one of the those channel and means for determining a circuit switched connection is required, the device being arranged to signal the said support of the at least one channel when a circuit switch connection is required, so that a radio network controller of a mobile radio communications device network can allocate the said at least one of the channels for circuit switched signalling exchanges. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157909 | Base Station Device, Method for Controlling Base Station Device, Receiving Device, Adaptation Algorithm Control Method, Radio Communication Device, and Radio Communication Method - A base station device according to the present invention includes: a first reception weight calculator | 06-24-2010 |
20100157910 | Radio resource sharing - An apparatus includes a controller configured to be coupled with a radio interface of a first wireless network node. The controller is further configured to respond to a spectrum emission mask that includes indications of both desirable emissions and undesirable emissions over a plurality of radio resource allocation units and to estimate a signal to noise ratio in individual ones of radio resource allocation units at at least one second node, to select an appropriate modulation-and-coding scheme per radio resource allocation unit and to schedule transmissions for the radio interface on the radio resource allocation units using the selected modulation-and-coding scheme. The controller is further configured to receive via the radio interface a beacon transmission from a second node, where the beacon transmission indicates a receiver sensitivity of the second node. The controller estimates a path loss to the second node that transmitted the beacon in accordance with knowledge of a transmission power with which the beacon was transmitted and considers distortion characteristics associated with the radio interface, the estimated path loss and the estimated signal to noise ratio so as to allocate transmit signal energy such that a sum of the desirable emissions and the undesirable emissions is less than limits imposed by the spectrum emission mask. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157911 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RADIO FREQUENCY RESOURCES FOR A CUSTOMER PREMISES BASE STATION - A method and apparatus are provided for manually or automatically configuring radio frequency (RF) resources for a customer premises base station (CPBS). In a manual embodiment, the CPBS prompts a user for RF resource configuration parameter values. In response to the prompt, the user inputs RF resource configuration parameter values, such as physical features of a customer's premises, to the CPBS. The CPBS then conveys RF resource configuration information to a wireless broadband communications system operator, wherein the RF resource configuration information is based on the RF resource configuration parameter values received from the user, and in response to conveying the received RF resource configuration information, the CPBS receives an RF resource allocation. Another embodiment provides for the CPBS to collect RF resource configuration parameter values associated with a customer's premises in an automated fashion that serve as a basis for an RF resource allocation adjustment by a system operator. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157912 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DL-MAP PROCESSING - Methods and apparatus for processing a downlink (DL) subframe of an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) or an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame are provided. By arranging the DL-MAP information elements (IEs) in a DL-MAP of the DL subframe to correspond chronologically to the arrangement of their associated data bursts in the OFDM or OFDMA frame at a base station (BS), a user terminal receiving that frame may be able to start decoding the data bursts in the DL subframe without having to wait until all of the DL-MAP IEs have been parsed and decoded. In this manner, the user terminal may decode the data bursts while simultaneously parsing a remaining portion of the DL-MAP, and the time for processing the entire frame may be reduced, thereby increasing the processing speed. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157913 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A transmission device is disclosed that includes a frequency scheduling unit configured to allocate resource blocks as a unit to each user, the resource blocks being blocks of consecutive frequency subcarriers divided from a system bandwidth, constitute a first group including consecutive plural resource blocks, constitute plural second groups, each including one or more resource blocks of the plural resource blocks constituting each first group, and allocate the resource blocks of either the first group or one or more the second groups; a mapping unit configured to allocate transmission data to the resource blocks in accordance with the allocation; and a control information generating unit configured to generate control information with respect to a mobile station to which either the first group or one or more the second groups are allocated. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157914 | Collision-Free Beacon Scheduling Method based on Distributed Address Assignment Scheme - Provided is a beacon scheduling method based on a distributed address assignment scheme that schedules a beacon and minimizes data delay using non-collision of addresses in a network, such as a ZigBee network, that provides a distributed address system. In the method, a time offset T | 06-24-2010 |
20100157915 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION THEREWITH, AND METHOD THEREFOR - A method for real-time uplink traffic scheduling in a mobile station (MS) to communicate with a base station (BS) in a wireless mobile system. When the BS provides a bandwidth grant to the MS in reply to the uplink from the MS, the uplink service flow will be assigned to different connections with corresponding priorities according to contents of the service flow. The packets within the service flows will be scheduled according to, at least, the bandwidth grant byte size, priorities of the connections, decoding times for transmitting the packets, and/or real-time factors. Within the limitation of the bandwidth grant provided by the BS, types and an order of the packets for transmitting are scheduled accordingly, and the packets received by the BS can satisfy the requirements of the real-time factors for the BS or the decoders, and greatest amount of effective data can be decoded. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157916 | METHOD FOR RETRANSMITTING DATE IN THE MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for modifying a synchronous non-adaptive retransmission scheme to solve the limitation of the synchronous non-adaptive retransmission scheme is disclosed. A method for indicating not only the new data transmission but also the retransmission using a data scheduling message is disclosed. A method for determining whether there is an error in the ACK signal transmitted from a data reception end using another message to-be received later is disclosed. The retransmission method for a multi-carrier system includes: receiving a grant message including scheduling information for transmitting uplink data wherein a retransmission scheme for the uplink data is predetermined by a first retransmission scheduling, transmitting the uplink data according to the scheduling information and retransmitting the uplink data according to second retransmission scheduling by receiving the second retransmission scheduling information associated with the uplink data with retransmission request. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157917 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION MAPPING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CSRS, AND CSRS TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided are a resource allocation mapping apparatus and method for transmitting CSRS, the resource allocation mapping method includes calculating subcarrier indexes to allocate same subcarrier index to base stations that have same remainder when a base-station index, which classifies the base stations, is divided by a constant; and mapping a resource allocation of the CSRS for the each base station using the calculated subcarrier indexes. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157918 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - Provided are a method and apparatus for allocating DeModulation Reference Signals (DMRSs). The method includes generating DMRSs, and allocating the DMRSs at consecutive subcarrier positions with respect to all the transmit (TX) antennas of each User Equipment (UE) and allocating the DMRSs at different subcarrier positions with respect to each TX antenna of the UE. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157919 | ENHANCED ALLOCATION AND SIGNALING OF RADIO FRAMES CONTAINING MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK SUBFRAMES - The Exemplary embodiments of the invention provide at least a method, apparatus, and computer program for signaling parameters to at least one network node in a communications network. In accordance with the exemplary embodiments, the signaling is performed by operations that include, signaling a first parameter A, and jointly signaling, to the at least one network node in the communications network, a second parameter B and a third parameter C. In addition, the exemplary embodiments of the invention provide at least a method, apparatus, and computer program for receiving parameters from at least one network node in a communications network by operations that include receiving signaling comprising a first parameter A and joint signaling indicating a second parameter B and a third parameter C, and extracting the parameters from the received signaling. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157920 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CHANNEL BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - Provided is an apparatus for a channel bandwidth allocation, the apparatus including: an information sorting unit to receive bandwidth allocation request information, to sort the received bandwidth allocation request information according to a priority, and to transfer any one of the sorted bandwidth allocation request information to a minislot allocation unit; and a calculation unit to apply a multiplier to a number of bytes, and to transfer, to the minislot allocation unit, the bandwidth allocation request information where a number of requested bytes is calculated, when the bandwidth allocation request information is byte-based bandwidth allocation request information, wherein the minislot allocation unit allocates a minislot based on the bandwidth allocation request information and predetermined setting information. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157921 | Codebook generation system and associated methods - A codebook generation system and associated methods are generally described herein. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157922 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE-BASED SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS USED BY BASE STATION - Provided are a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH)-based scheduling method and apparatus suitable for use by a base station in a long-term evolution (LTE) system. The scheduling method includes: determining an aggregation level of a common search space of a PDCCH by considering channel quality of a plurality of user equipments (UEs); identifying the number of PDCCH candidates and the number of messages, which require allocation of the common search space, based on the determined aggregation level and selecting messages by a smaller number of the number of messages and the number of PDCCH candidates; and allocating PDCCH resources and physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resources for the selected messages. In a situation where the PDCCH resources are shared by downlink scheduling information and uplink scheduling information of different UEs, the PDCCH resource-based scheduling method can be used by the base station to efficiently utilize the PDCCH resources. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157923 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING INITIAL ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently performing an initial access in an MS in a multi-carrier broadband wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes scanning a plurality of carriers supported by a BS, and selecting one of the scanned carriers as a first carrier and receiving an SFH of the first carrier. The SFH of the first carrier includes at least one of a field indicating load status of the first carrier and recommended network entry carrier information including information about a second carrier in good load status. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157924 | MU-MIMO-OFDMA SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERVICING OVERLAPPING CO-SCHEDULED USERS - Methods and systems for conveying or transmitting to any given user in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO system scheduling information of other co-scheduled users to permit the user to perform error-correction on received data and/or interference reduction on its received signals. The scheduling information can include resource block assignment, modulation constellations employed, coding rates employed, power levels utilized and precoder matrix indices used. Further, the scheduling information can be conveyed in part through dedicated reference symbol layers or pilot streams. Moreover, a base station may transmit a preliminary estimate of the total number of users the base station expects to schedule, or an upper-bound on the total number of users, to the MU-MIMO users to permit the MU-MIMO users to determine preferred precoder matrix indices and indications of channel quality indices. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157925 | Mode selection for MIMO in wireless communication - A method for transmission mode selection in a MIMO radio system between a spatial diversity (A-matrix) mode and a spatial multiplexing (B-matrix) mode comprises: obtaining a channel condition number; if the channel condition number is above a selected threshold, and a signal to interference plus noise ratio exceeds a predetermined threshold then selecting spatial multiplexing; and otherwise selecting spatial diversity. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157926 | REDUCING KEEP-ALIVE MESSAGES IN CONNECTION WITH ELEMENT TRAVERSAL BY RELAY MECHANISM - A network element, method and computer program product enable to reduce the need to send keep-alive messages when elements have to be traversed. Specifically, a network element comprises a port allocation request unit configured to request from a server over the transmission control protocol the allocation of a user datagram protocol port having a destination determined to take care of traffic for the network element. The network element further comprises a registration unit configured to create a message for requesting internet protocol registration and to send the message over the transmission control protocol. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157927 | COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal monitors a candidate set (Candidate Set) of L1/L2 control information. However, when a base station carries out signaling of a candidate set to each of all mobile terminals, the load on the base station from the viewpoint of radio resources becomes large. Furthermore, the amount of processing in performing a blind detection of each mobile terminal also increases. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157928 | Method and System For Adaptively Obtaining Bandwidth Allocation Requests - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels. Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157929 | CO-CHANNEL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS AND SYSTEMS USING RELAYED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communications are transmitted from at least two radioterminals to a base station co-channel over a return link using a return link alphabet. Wireless communications are also transmitted from the base station to the at least two radioterminals over a forward link using a forward link alphabet that has more symbols than the return link alphabet. The co-channel signals are deciphered at the receiver, while the radioterminals can use a smaller return link alphabet, which can reduce the power dissipation at the radioterminals. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157930 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD WITH PACKET SCHEDULING - To reduce power consumption of a mobile station, this invention provides a wireless communication method for communicating between a base station and a plurality of terminals using a plurality of channels, the channels being slots obtained by dividing frequency-divided carriers by time, in which the base station allocates a set of the channels which is composed of a plurality of neighboring carriers and/or a plurality of successive slots for the each terminal, and the base station allocates at least one of the channels included in the channel sets for packet transmission the terminals. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157931 | DYNAMIC LINK ASSIGNMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An architecture for the dynamic assignment of links in a multi-user communication system. A plurality of information channels are provided in a forward communication link of the communication system for carrying channel information of the plurality of information channels from a transmitter to a plurality of corresponding receiving devices. The channel information in corresponding select ones of the plurality of information channels is varied dynamically in response to link conditions of the associated receiving devices to more efficiently utilize the channel bandwidth. | 06-24-2010 |
20100157932 | COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating control information in a mobile communication system, by which new control information can be transmitted more quickly. The present invention comprises transmitting a first data block comprising control information for transmitting first data when no resources for the transmission of the first data are available, receiving second data from an upper layer to be transmitted, wherein the second data has a higher priority than the first data, and transmitting a second data block comprising updated control information for transmitting the first and second data when no resources for the transmission of the first and second data are available. | 06-24-2010 |
20100165925 | METHOD TO IMPROVE THROUGHPUT AND POWER CONSUMPTION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In accordance with an example embodiment, method of wireless communication includes sending a beacon frame ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100165926 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD IN MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION - Provided is a wireless communication apparatus by which reduction of a diversity gain can be suppressed at minimum in the case of employing a repetition technology in multicarrier communication. In the wireless communication apparatus ( | 07-01-2010 |
20100165927 | METHOD FOR PAGING TERMINAL OF RRC CONNECTED STATE IN LTE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and base station for paging terminals in a radio resource control (RRC) connected state in a packet based mobile communication system. The method for paging terminals in a RRC connected state in a packet based mobile communication system having a RRC processor, a medium access control (MAC) processor, and a physical layer processor includes the steps of: a) at a MAC processor of a base station, generating a paging message when it is necessary to page the terminals and transferring the generated paging message to the physical layer processor, b) at the physical layer processor, transmitting a paging indicator having a unique identifier of the terminal to the terminal; and c) transmitting radio resource information to the terminal through a control channel when an acknowledgement for the paging indicator is received from the terminal. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165928 | UTILIZATION OF MULTIPLE ACCESS POINTS TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES - A method that includes establishing a connection with a default access point, transmitting a request to access or utilize an application, a service, or a resource, receiving a response to the request that includes a location of a serving access point that provides the application, the service, or the resource, establishing a connection with the serving access point, and receiving an assignment of a network address that is anchored by the serving access point. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165929 | MOBILITY MANAGEMENT USING ADDRESS POOLS IN MOBILITY LABEL BASED MPLS NETWORKS - A routing system coupled to a label switching network receives a pool of network addresses allocated to a mobility region in the network, where the pool of network addresses includes a sequence of contiguous network addresses. The routing system stores the pool of network addresses, and allocates a range of mobility labels to the network address pool for use in communicating with mobile nodes in the mobility region. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165930 | ALLOCATION OF UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system network node (NN) that serves user equipments (UEs) has fewer orthogonal reference signals (RSs) than a maximum number of UE antenna ports (APs) that can be served by the NN. A channel quality of a channel between the AP and the network node is ascertained for each of the APs. Whenever a number of APs of UEs served by the NN exceeds the number of RSs, all RSs are allocated to a subset of all of the APs by means of an allocation process such that: each RS is allocated to only one of the APs; each AP has no more than one RS allocated to it; and allocation decisions are a function of the channel qualities of the respective APs such that the higher the channel quality, the higher priority the corresponding AP is given as a candidate for receiving an RS allocation. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165931 | Apparatus and Method for Communicating Control Information Over a Data Channel in the Absence of User Data - An apparatus and method for communicating control information (e.g., CQI, rank, and/or ACK/NACK) over a data channel (e.g., PUSCH) in the absence of user data includes storing a reference block size for transmission of control information of a first type (e.g., CQI) in memory of a wireless communication device. The reference block size is based on a predetermined quantity of information bits for the first type of control information. Responsive to a scheduling message containing an allocation of data channel transmission resources, the wireless device determines a quantity of the allocated resources to be encoded with control information of a second type (e.g., rank or ACK/NACK). The wireless device may further determine a quantity of the allocated resources to be encoded with control information of the first type and multiplex the encoded control information of the first and second types into a subframe for transmission over the data channel. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165932 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR IMPROVED CHANNEL-DEPENDENT TIME-AND- FREQUENCY-DOMAIN SCHEDULING - In a method of improved channel-dependent time- and frequency-domain scheduling in an OFDM based telecommunication system with multiple user terminals, determining SO a parameter value representative of the system load; pre-selecting SI a subset of user terminals if the determined parameter value is larger than or equal to a predetermined threshold; and performing S | 07-01-2010 |
20100165933 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION NOTIFYING METHOD, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The number of communication channels necessary for communication with a terminal is calculated by using type and volume of data to be transmitted (Step S | 07-01-2010 |
20100165934 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and Node B are disclosed for allocation of “sticky” resources in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing communication system. The Node B comprises a scheduler that is configured to make a sticky resource allocation to a user equipment, determine that a transmit power level allocated for transmissions to the user equipment should be adjusted, determine whether the resources allocated to the user equipment comprise a Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation scheme, and in response to determining that the resources allocated to the user equipment comprise a QPSK modulation scheme, adjust the allocated transmit power level without informing the user equipment of the adjustment. The Node B further may condition the determination to adjust the allocated transmit power level without informing the UE of the adjustment based on a size of the adjustment. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165935 | METHOD OF MAPPING RESOURCE UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of mapping a resource unit is provided. Physical resource units (PRUs) are divided into a plurality of PRU sets. The PRUs are mapped to a subband PRU or a miniband PRU in a granularity of the PRU set. The mapping is based on the greatest common divisor of the maximum number of PRU sets. The resource unit can be effectively mapped while maximizing a frequency diversity gain of a subband PRU and a miniband PRU. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165936 | PRE-BUNDLING OF RLC SDUs IN THE RLC LAYER - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a technique for pre-bundling the received service data units (SDU) into an SDU bundle in a first communication layer before receiving a scheduling information from a second communication layer and adjusting the SDU bundle when the scheduling information is received. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165937 | METHOD OF RELEASING RADIO BEARER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECEIVER - A method and apparatus of releasing a radio bearer in a wireless communication system is provided. After determining to release a radio link control (RLC) entity and a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) entity, the RLC entity is released after delivering an RLC service data unit (SDU) extracted according to a release request of the RLC entity to the PDCP entity. A first PDCP SDU obtained by processing the RLC SDU is stored in a reception buffer at the PDCP entity. The PDCP entity is released after delivering the first PDCP SDU stored in the reception buffer to a higher layer. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165938 | REGISTRATION OF A MOBILE COMPUTING DEVICE FOR A DATA SERVICE ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method for registering a mobile computing device for a data service on a wireless network is described. The method comprises receiving a request from a user to initiate a program on the mobile computing device which requires a network connection for a data service. The method comprises checking if a wireless account for the data service has been activated for the mobile computing device, and, if a wireless account for the data service has not been activated, transmitting to a network node a serial number of the mobile computing device and a key which is based on an encryption of the serial number. The method further comprises receiving a message indicating a wireless network connection is granted. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165939 | Method and Apparatus for Improving ACK/NACK Bundling - A method for improving ACK/NACK bundling in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of receiving an uplink grant allocated to an uplink sub-frame, the sub-frame being utilized for transmitting an HARQ feedback corresponding to a plurality of downlink sub-frame, a TDD UL/DL configuration of the UE being set to 0; and determining whether the UE misses any downlink assignment is missing according to a downlink assignment index (DAI) carried in a latest received Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for downlink assignment. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRACKING AREA UPDATE PROCEDURE AND EPS BEARER CONTEXTS REPRESENTATION - A method and an apparatus for a new use of the active flag bit in tracking area update (TAU) and a new optional or conditional information element (IE) included in the TAU request message is disclosed. A method and apparatus for only maintaining non-access stratum (NAS) signaling in addition to not establishing S | 07-01-2010 |
20100165941 | Method and system for peak scheduling in a wireless network - A method of providing peak scheduling in a wireless network is provided. The method includes determining a priority for each of a plurality of users in the network based on a throughput window of a finite length and scheduling the users based on the priority. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165942 | Synchronization channel for advanced wireless OFDM/OFDMA systems - A hierarchical downlink (DL) synchronization channel (SCH) is provided for wireless OFDM/OFDMA systems. The SCH includes a Primary SCH (P-SCH) for carrying PA-Preambles used for coarse timing and frequency synchronization, and a Secondary SCH (S-SCH) for carrying SA-Preambles used for cell ID detection. The total time length occupied by P-SCH and S-SCH is equal to one OFDM symbol time length of a data channel, and S-SCH is located in front of P-SCH in each DL frame. A perfect multi-period time-domain structure is created and maintained in P-SCH to increase preciseness of frame boundary estimation. With overlapping deployment of macrocells and femtocells, a predefined SCH configuration scheme is provided to separate frequency subbands used for macrocells and femtocells such that interferences in S-SCH can be mitigated. In addition, a self-organized SCH configuration scheme is provided to allow more flexibility for femtocells to avoid or introduce interference in S-SCH. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165943 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE RECEIVING METHOD - A base station device includes: a random access identification information storage that stores random access identification information and mobile station device identification information correlated with the random access identification information, the random access identification information being allocated by the base station device to the mobile station device, and the mobile station device identification information identifying the mobile station device; a random access receiver that receives random access identification information transmitted by the mobile station device performing random access; a scheduler that, if the random access identification information received is stored in the random access identification information storage while being correlated with the mobile station device identification information, determines whether to transmit random access response information that is a response to the random access corresponding to the random access identification information received by using the mobile station device identification information, or by using identification information having not been allocated to a specific mobile station device, the identification information being allocated for transmitting the response to the random access; and a transmitter that allocates and transmits the random access response information based on the determination by the scheduler. | 07-01-2010 |
20100165944 | COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating control information in a mobile communication system, by which new control information can be transmitted more quickly. The present invention comprises transmitting a first data block comprising control information for transmitting first data when no resources for the transmission of the first data are available, receiving second data from an upper layer to be transmitted, wherein the second data has a higher priority than the first data, and transmitting a second data block comprising updated control information for transmitting the first and second data when no resources for the transmission of the first and second data are available. | 07-01-2010 |
20100172305 | COMMUNICATION RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - An exemplary method of controlling usage of a communication resource ( | 07-08-2010 |
20100172306 | PREDICITVE QOS RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR RAPID SESSION ESTABLISHMENT - Systems and methods for predictive QoS resource allocation in a wireless communication system are disclosed. An access network can detect a communication directed to an access terminal requiring QoS resources, send a page to an access terminal and allocate the QoS resources prior to receipt of the connection request from the access terminal. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172307 | BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BANDWIDTH CONTROL METHOD - Burst intervals for transmitting and receiving user data of each mobile station provided in downlink subframes and uplink subframes prescribed by orthogonal frequency division multiple access are divided in the frequency axis direction into a plurality of allocated regions that correspond to the number of sectors; allocated regions for transmitting and receiving user data of each mobile station are allocated to allocated regions that correspond to the sector in which the mobile station is located; and when the allocated bandwidth required for transmission of user data in a sector surpasses the communication bandwidth of the allocated region, an allocated region is allocated that corresponds to a sector other than that sector. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172308 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLINK PHYSICAL INDICATOR CHANNEL MAPPING WITH ASYMMETRIC CARRIER AGGREGATION - A base station that communicates with a plurality of subscriber stations in a wireless communications network is configured to allocate downlink physical channel resources in asymmetric carrier systems. The base station includes a transmitter configured to allocate a set of Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Indicator Channel (PHICH) resources in a downlink carrier. The transmitter can inform, via an uplink grant, a subscriber station regarding one or more PHICH resources from the allocated set of PHICH resources. The base station also includes a receiver that can receive a data communication from the subscriber station within PRBs in a number of uplink carriers that correspond to PRB indices included in the uplink grant. The transmitter can transmit an Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement on the allocated PHICH resources in the downlink carrier such that a PHICH resource is defined by the PRB index and at least one offset value. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172309 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED INPUT DISTRIBUTED OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A system for compensating for in-phase and quadrature (I/Q) imbalances for multiple antenna systems (MAS) with multi-user (MU) transmissions (defined with the acronym MU-MAS), such as distributed-input distributed-output (DIDO) communication systems, comprising multicarrier modulation, such as orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM). For example, one embodiment of the system comprises one or more coding modulation units to encode and modulate information bits for each of a plurality of wireless client devices to produce encoded and modulated information bits; one or more mapping units to map the encoded and modulated information bits to complex symbols; and a MU-MAS or DIDO IQ-aware precoding unit to exploit channel state information obtained through feedback from the wireless client devices to compute MU-MAS or DIDO IQ-aware precoding weights, the MU-MAS or DIDO IQ-aware precoding unit precoding the complex symbols obtained from the mapping units using the weights to pre-cancel interference due to I/Q gain and phase imbalances and/or inter-user interference. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172310 | METHOD TO IMPROVE MOBILE STATION RECEPTION OF DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION FROM A NON-SERVING CELL - An exemplary method of communicating includes using coordinated scheduling of downlink transmissions in a plurality of cells. The coordinated scheduling includes a serving node in one of the cells currently serving a mobile station pausing downlink transmission on at least one selected resource when a non-serving node in a neighboring one of the cells not currently serving the mobile station transmits a downlink communication intended for the mobile station on the selected resource. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172311 | HEARABILITY IMPROVEMENTS FOR REFERENCE SIGNALS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate providing high reuse for transmitting reference signals, such as positioning reference signals (PRS) and cell-specific reference signals (CRS), to improve hearability thereof for applications such as trilateration and/or the like. In particular, PRSs can be transmitted in designated or selected positioning subframes. Resource elements within the positioning subframe can be selected for transmitting the PRSs and can avoid conflict with designated control regions, resource elements used for transmitting cell-specific reference signals, and/or the like. Resource elements for transmitting PRSs can be selected according to a planned or pseudo-random reuse scheme. In addition, a transmit diversity scheme can be applied to the PRSs to minimize impact of introducing the PRSs to legacy devices. Moreover, portions of a subframe not designated for PRS transmission can be utilized for user plane data transmission. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172312 | Communication terminal and communication system - A communication terminal having a control unit performs a station search for determining that a not-yet-connected station is included in connectable stations, and performs a trial connection to the not-yet-connected station for determining whether the not-yet-connected station is capable of accommodating packet data communication. The determination results of the trial connection for the packet data communication, or packetability, are stored in a memory in the control unit in association with a station ID of the not-yet-connected station. The stored packetability of the not-yet-connected station is used for notifying a user, from a presentation unit of the communication terminal, of the availability of the packet data communication for the improved usability of the packet data communication. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172313 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING RESOURCE RELEASE WITH DRX COMMAND - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for releasing semi-persistent scheduling resources and for immediate entering an energy saving mode of operation at a user terminal. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172314 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES USING COODBOOK IN A BORADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for allocating a resource in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. In the method, a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level set and a burst size set to generate a codebook is determined. The codebook is generated using the MCS level set and the burst size set. Resource allocation information is one of generated and read according to the codebook. | 07-08-2010 |
20100172315 | SYSTEM SCANNING METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An exemplary method for searching one of a plurality of systems on a multi-mode device capable of communicating on a first air interface technology and a second air interface technology is disclosed. The exemplary method includes storing a default system search period for one of the air interface technologies, such as WLAN system, receiving user input representative of a user-defined system search period for the WLAN system, storing the user-defined system search period, detecting a system search event for WLAN services, searching WLAN services in response to the system search event, and terminating the WLAN system search after expiration of the user-defined search period. | 07-08-2010 |
20100177706 | Method of handling transmission of data to a mobile device through multiple channels - Example embodiments provide methods of handling transmission of data to a mobile device through multiple channels. One example embodiment includes receiving carrier capacity values from each of a plurality of carrier controllers providing communication for a mobile device over corresponding channels, the carrier capacity values being an estimate of the number of bytes that the carrier controller can send to the mobile device on time; receiving data for the mobile device; and sending the data to the plurality of carrier controllers, the amount of the data sent to each of the carrier controllers being based on the carrier capacity value received from each of the plurality of carrier controllers. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177707 | Method and apparatus for increasing the SNR at the RF antennas of wireless end-devices on a wireless communication network, while minimizing the RF power transmitted by the wireless coordinator and routers - Method and apparatus for increasing the SNR at the RF antenna of a wireless end-device (e.g. wireless electronic-ink display device or sensor) on a wireless communication network having one or more wireless network routers and a network controller, while minimizing the RF power transmitted by the wireless routers and wireless coordinator to the wireless end-devices. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177708 | Apparatus and method for establishing data communication in a time-synchronized mesh wireless network during time synchronization failures - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for establishing data communication in a time-synchronized mesh wireless network during time synchronization failures. An example embodiment includes experiencing circumstances adversely affecting synchronization of data communications between wireless network nodes; transitioning to an alert mode wherein a radio of a wireless network node is activated for a longer period of time relative to a normal operating mode; sending a message to at least one neighbor node; listening for a response from the neighbor node; and establishing data communications with the neighbor node upon receiving the response. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177709 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING USING WEIGHTED QOS PARAMETERS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure proposes a flexible method for scheduling of an uplink transmission simultaneously considering all active connections of a mobile station. A decision on scheduling priority can be made based on a metric that comprises QoS parameters and current traffic measurements. The weight factors may be applied for every QoS parameter per schedule type providing flexibility of the scheduling algorithm. The proposed scheduling algorithm may be applied to satisfy different QoS requirements for each service provider and application by changing weight factors if required. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177710 | UTILIZING PERSISTENT INTERFERENCE INFORMATION FOR RADIO CHANNEL SELECTION - In an example embodiment, an apparatus selects radio channels based on persistent interference device information. The apparatus comprises a wireless transceiver operable to communicate over a plurality of channels and channel selection logic in communication with the wireless transceiver and operable to select a channel for the wireless transceiver. The channel selection logic is operable to acquire data representative of intensity, duration and rate of occurrence for at least one persistent interference device detected by the wireless transceiver operating on at least one of the plurality of channels. The channel selection logic is operable to select a channel for the wireless transceiver based on the data representative of intensity, duration and rate of occurrence for the at least one persistent interference device. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177711 | DYNAMIC CONNECTION MANAGEMENT - Dynamic connection management of a network connection at an electronic communications device is disclosed. In an example, one or more connection criteria associated with connection establishment at the electronic communications device is determined at the electronic communications device. The electronic communications device determines a connection acquisition priority list based on current values of the one or more connection criteria, the connection acquisition priority list being a prioritized order of connection types. The electronic communications device attempts to establish a network connection based on the connection acquisition priority list. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177712 | MULTICHANNEL/MULTIBAND OPERATION FOR WIRELESS DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to improve the channel switching in communication protocols, by simplifying transmission of only a single, acknowledged switching message to trigger off channel—or base channel switching after an initial off channel configuration and set-up of the direct link. The single message off channel switching indication in direct link is based on two specific timeout timers that serve as a basis for channel switching between the devices in TDLS direct link. An immediate fallback transition is provided to the base channel in the event that the communication in the off-channel does not succeed. The timeouts in the fallback procedure allow continuing the planned data transfer immediately in the base channel of the TDLS direct link if the switching to the off channel has not succeeded. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177713 | RADIO COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided is a mobile station capable of increasing the use efficiency of a transmission resource. The mobile station ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100177714 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-RADIO MODE, MONITOR NODE APPARATUS, CONTROL NODE APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A communication system which includes plural radio systems, and which connects to a terminal apparatus corresponding to the plural radio systems, comprising: access points for the each radio system; gateways; an authentication apparatus; and a home agent. The authentication apparatus being shared by the plural radio systems: assigns an IP address to the terminal apparatus in a radio system which is initially connected among the plural radio systems according to an IP address assignment request from the terminal; judges whether an IP address assignment request for a radio system to be subsequently connected is from the same terminal apparatus by using an unique identifier of the terminal; and assigns the IP address assigned in the initially connected radio system to the terminal apparatus in the radio system to be subsequently connected in a case where the assignment request is determined to be from the same terminal apparatus. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177715 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A disclosed transmission device includes a frequency scheduling unit configured to allocate a resource block divided from a system bandwidth into blocks of consecutive frequency subcarriers or distributed-type resource blocks including discretely-distributed frequency subcarriers in a system bandwidth and divided from the resource block, assign locations and identification numbers of the distributed-type resource blocks divided by a predetermined division number with respect to each resource block, and determine the distributed-type resource blocks to be allocated to a user based on the assigned locations of the distributed-type resource blocks; a mapping unit configured to allocate transmission data to either the resource block or distributed-type resource blocks in accordance with the allocation; and a control information generating unit configured to generate control information with respect to a mobile station to which either the resource block or the distributed-type resource blocks are allocated based on the identification numbers. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177716 | RADIO RESOURCE RELEASE CONTROLLING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile station performing a voice communication by using a radio resource, including a determination unit configured to determine whether an inputted packet is in a talk-spurt state or in a silent state; a message generating unit configured to generate a resource release request, when the determination unit determines that the inputted packet is in the silent state; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the resource release request to a radio base station. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177717 | GROUPING BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING THE SAME, AND GROUPING BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROLLER - A grouping based resource allocation method, a method for transmitting a signal using the same, and a grouping based resource allocation controller are disclosed. That is, the method including grouping a plurality of user equipments (UEs) to a predetermined number of groups using feedback information received from the plurality of UEs and dynamically allocating communication resources to the UEs included in the groups according to the group based feedback information and the method for transmitting the signal using the same are disclosed. In addition, a grouping based resource allocation controller including a grouping module and control module for performing the above-described method in a base station is disclosed. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177718 | USE OF NETWORK CAPACITY - There is provided a method of improving the use of the capacity of an ultra wideband network, the network comprising a plurality of channels the network further comprising a plurality of devices, each device forming a respective beacon group on a first one of the channels, each beacon group including at least one other device in the plurality of devices; the method comprising transmitting data from a first device in a beacon group using a channel other than the first channel whilst a second device in the beacon group transmits data using the first channel. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177719 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENTION-BASED MEDIUM ACCESS SCHEMES FOR DIRECTIONAL WIRELESS TRANSMISSION WITH ASYMMETRIC ANTENNA SYSTEM (AAS) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system for wireless communication in an asymmetric antenna system (AAS) communication system is provided. A wireless station performs carrier sensing by sensing a wireless communication channel for ongoing communications in one or more directions. Upon detecting that the wireless communication channel is idle, the station transmits a frame preamble on the channel to a receiving wireless station in more than one transmit direction, and transmits a frame payload on the channel to the receiving wireless station in one transmit direction. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177720 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - There is provided a wireless communication device including a beacon signal exchanging unit for exchanging a beacon signal with another wireless communication device, a connection management unit for establishing a connection relationship with the another wireless communication device by exchanging the beacon signal, a pause management unit for exchanging information on a predetermined pause period with the another wireless communication device, with which the connection relationship is established, and pausing the own operation until the predetermined pause period has elapsed from the predetermined time, and a beacon slot management unit for setting a beacon slot to be used for transmission of the beacon signal. The beacon slot management unit sets the beacon slot after elapse of the predetermined pause period, and the beacon signal exchanging unit transmits the signal for a predetermined period using the beacon slot after the predetermined pause period has elapsed and the beacon slot is set. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177721 | METHOD AND A USER EQUIPMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for use in a user equipment ( | 07-15-2010 |
20100177722 | Method for Time Frequency Spreading in a Femtocell Network for Interference Reduction - A femtocell network uses idle resource blocks of a data frame to reduce interference by spreading the resource blocks of the users over the available spectrum. Spreading may be achieved by repeating the transmission using a number of the resource block groups. As a result, (a) more robustness is obtained against interference; (b) transmission power levels may be decreased because of the spreading, resulting in reducing interference between nearby femtocells and between a macrocell and a femtocell. Other methods of spreading such a frequency or time slot hopping may also be used. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177723 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for transmitting a pilot and method thereof are disclosed, by which a pilot can be efficiently transmitted in a wireless communication system. The present invention, in which the resource unit is transmitted by a base station in a wireless communication system, includes forming the resource unit including a plurality of pilot resource elements (REs) and a plurality of data resource elements, allocating a plurality of pilot pairs to have a prescribed subcarrier interval and a prescribed OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) symbol interval within the resource unit, and transmitting the resource unit to a user equipment via multi-antenna, wherein each of a plurality of the pilot pairs includes individual pilots for two different streams or antennas. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177724 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENT UTILIZATION OF RADIO RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The invention provides a wireless communications system. In one embodiment, the wireless communications system comprises a coordinating communications device, a source communications device, and a sink communications device. The coordinating communications device transmits a predetermined bits sequence at the beginning of a radio frame at a rate of a first fixed interval. The source communications device receives frames of a streaming session, detects a duration and first starting time of a frame, and wherein forwards information about the duration and the first starting time of one or more of the frames to the coordinating communications device. The coordinating communications device then determines the duration of a second fixed interval and second starting time in accordance with a predetermined rule based on the information received from the source communications device. The coordinating communications device then transmits the predetermined bits sequence at the second starting time of a radio frame at a rate of the second fixed interval, and the source communications device forwards the frames to a sink communications device. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177725 | System and Method for Enabling Wireless Communications with Cell Coordination - A system and method for enabling wireless communications with cell coordination is provided. A method for communications controller operation includes transmitting a reference signal, and receiving a report from at least one communication device. The communications device is served by the communications controller, and the report includes an indicator of a preferred precoding matrix. The method also includes receiving a downlink (DL) transmission intended for the communications device, scheduling a transmission opportunity for the communications device, and transmitting the DL transmission to the communications device. The scheduling is based on the received report, and the received transmission is transmitted at an occurrence of the transmission opportunity. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177726 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZATION AND CELL IDENTIFICATION WITHIN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A system is disclosed for synchronization and cell identification within a communication system. The system includes a station, within the communication system, having a processing unit configured to obtain a primary synchronization channel including one or more symbols from a primary synchronization lookup table in a storage unit, and a secondary synchronization channel including one or more symbols from a secondary synchronization lookup table in the storage unit. The station further includes a transceiver unit configured to transmit to another station a reference signal via a synchronization channel, including the primary synchronization channel and the secondary synchronization channel. According to various embodiments, the primary synchronization channel includes one or more symbols encoded with synchronization data, and the secondary synchronization channel includes one or more symbols encoded with cell identification data. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177727 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING RECEIVING A DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system is disclosed. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a base station (BS) transmits downlink data to a first mobile station supporting a first system via a first zone of a frame and transmitting downlink data to a second mobile station supporting a second system via a second zone located behind the first zone by a frame offset on a time axis, wherein the first zone includes the odd number of OFDM symbols and wherein the frame offset is an offset between a start point of a frame for the first system and a start point of a frame for the second system. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177728 | WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTION DEVICE AND METHOD - A wireless network connection device and method are provided for setting a wireless connection to an access point (AP). The device includes a radio frequency (RF) module, a base band (BB) module, and a control module. The RF module receives a packet transmitted by the AP. The BB module processes the packet to generate a signal strength (SS) corresponding to the AP. The control module generates an adjustment signal according to the SS, and adjusts a gain of the RF module according to the adjustment signal. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177729 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - The invention provides a radio base station apparatus forming a wireless zone in a mobile communication system and to a base station controller performing channel control over a terminal visiting a wireless zone. The radio base station apparatus has an identifying section identifying a particular radio base station that is to maintain a radio channel between the radio base station apparatus and a terminal during a process of diversity handover, a network interface section delivering a signal to a network if a local station is not the particular radio base station, and an inter-office interface section delivering to the network a composite wave of the signal and a signal having arrived and forwarded from the terminal via the radio channel at a radio base station forming a wireless zone adjacent to a wireless zone formed by the local station if the local station is the particular radio base station. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177730 | Wireless Resource Allocation Method, Wireless Mobile Station And Wireless Base Station In Wireless Communication System - A wireless mobile station transmits a signal string representing a wireless resource allocation request and service quality information on transmission data to be transmitted to a wireless base station. The wireless base station identifies the service quality information based on the signal string received from the wireless mobile station, and controls allocation of an uplink wireless resource to the wireless mobile station based on the identified service quality information. This enables wireless resource allocation in consideration of service quality information on transmission data of the wireless mobile station. | 07-15-2010 |
20100177731 | REVERSE LINK RATE AND STABILITY CONTROL - In a radio access network, the reverse link rate of an access terminal is controlled and stabilized by determining a number of connections in one or more sectors in which the access terminal has a connection and setting a rate limit based on at least one of the determined number of connections. The number of connections can be determined for each sector in which the access terminal has a connection or for some subset of these sectors. If the number of connections is determined for more than one sector, the radio access network may limit the reverse link rate based on the sector having the greatest number of connections. | 07-15-2010 |
20100182958 | Method of Acknowledging Data - A method of acknowledging data in a communications system comprising more than one higher layer data block ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100182959 | SIMULTANEOUS MULTI-MODE WiFi DIFFERENTIATED BY SSID - Embodiments provide a wireless network with several access points connected to a communication infrastructure. Residential or business customers of the Internet are provided an Internet interface (e.g., a digital subscriber line (DSL) modem) having a wireless transceiver. Two or more users may access the Internet or other network through the Internet interface. Each user can be assigned a unique Service Set-Identifier (SSID) with each SSID associated with a type of service (e.g., user video service, backhaul service, etc.). The amount of bandwidth assigned to the type of service (and user) may be governed by the equipment according to the assigned SSID. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182960 | VRM SELECTION - There are provided a method, a network system, and a router capable of decreasing the chance of VRM or VLM changes so as to reduce signaling, and consequently contributing to better scalability. The method is applied to mobility management used in an IP-based network system, which contains a plurality of access routers (AR), location managers (LM) and routing managers (RM), through which a mobile node (MN) transmits and receives information. According to the method, a visited routing manager (VRM) where the MN is currently located monitors the MN, an AR currently communicating with the MN discriminates whether or not the MN is moving out of its connectivity range, and the VRM discriminates whether or not the MN is moving out of its control range. Then, the method switches mobility management over from the current AR to a new AR in accordance with the discrimination results, and switches mobility management over from the current VRM to a new VRM in accordance with the discrimination result. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182961 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FAIRLY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN BAND AMC MODE OF WIDEBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for fairly allocating resources in a band adaptive modulation and coding (band AMC) mode of a wideband wireless access system. There is provided a method of fairly allocating resources in a band AMC mode of a wideband wireless access system when two or more mobile stations simultaneously transmit channel quality information (CQI) through an overlapping band. The method includes: when two or more mobile stations transmit the channel quality information (CQI) through an overlapping band, examining whether the mobile stations transmit information indicating that the overlapping band is the highest bands thereof; comparing tag values of the mobile stations transmitting the information indicating that the overlapping band is the highest band thereof and selecting one of the tag values having the highest priority, the tag values being given when the mobile stations transmit the information on the band at the beginning and the tag values stored for every frame being reset; allocating a sub channel corresponding to the highest band to the mobile station having the selected tag value; and changing the tag values of the mobile stations transmitting the information indicating that the overlapping band is the highest band thereof on the basis of the result of the comparison to reset the tag values. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182962 | DEVICE, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION BETWEEN MULTIPLE WIRELESS NETWORK GROUPS - Exchanging information between multiple wireless network groups is implemented by a wireless channel with a wide transmission range and a wireless channel with a narrow transmission range so as to predetermine data transmission schedule of each node of the multiple wireless network groups. Hence, a drawback of the prior art, that is, reduced transmission efficiency and increased power consumption due to collisions between packets of the multiple wireless network groups, is overcome. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182963 | METHOD AND PROCEDURES FOR RADIO BEARER SETUP - A method and apparatus for optimizing the radio bearer setup procedure is provided. Downloading new default configurations allows a mobile terminal to use the default configuration as often as possible for radio bearer setup, thereby precluding the need to broadcast any pre-defined configurations, parameters and identifiers. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182964 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM MEMORY MEDIUM PROVIDING EFFICIENT SIGNALING OF RACH RESPONSE - Disclosed are various exemplary embodiments of apparatus, methods and memory medium storing computer program instructions for both a base station and a user equipment. For example, an apparatus includes a radio frequency transmitter and a controller configured to derive a resource assignment for a random access channel response for at least one user equipment. At least part of the resource assignment is specified explicitly and at least part of the resource assignment is specified implicitly. The controller is further configured to transmit a message that includes the derived resource assignment for the random access channel response to at least one user equipment. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182965 | AVOIDING COLLISIONS BETWEEN SEMI-PERSISTENT ALLOCATION AND DYNAMIC ALLOCATION IN RADIO ACCESS NETWORKS - A method, including receiving a request for retransmission from user equipment for a predetermined transmission time interval in a communication network; determining whether a collision risk exists between the retransmission and another transmission during the predetermined time interval; and ignoring the retransmission request when the determined collision risk exists. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182966 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNELS - A base station apparatus in a radio communications system is disclosed. The base station apparatus communicates with a mobile station using an OFDM scheme in downlink. The base station apparatus includes a sync signal generating unit which generates a secondary sync channel; a multiplying unit which multiplies a scramble code with the secondary sync channel; and a transmitting unit which transmits the secondary sync channel with which the scramble code is multiplied. Cell-specific information is detected by the secondary sync channel. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182967 | POWER ALLOCATION METHOD IN MULTIANTENNA SYSTEMS UNDER PARTIAL CHANNEL KNOWLEDGE - Method for allocating a minimum downlink power from a transmitter ( | 07-22-2010 |
20100182968 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES AND RELATED COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ALLOCATION OF COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - It is disclosed a method comprising generating position-related indication information indicating a positional relation between communication resource update information and communication resource information, including the generated position-related indication information into communication resource allocation information, and transmitting the communication resource information, the communication resource allocation information being a portion of the communication resource information. There is further disclosed a method comprising receiving transmitted communication resource information comprising both communication resource allocation information and position-related indication information indicating a positional relation between communication resource update information and communication resource information, retrieving the communication resource allocation information from the communication resource information based on the position-related indication information, transceiving signals based on the communication resource allocation information using an allocated communication resource, and updating the communication resource based on the communication resource update information. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182969 | Optimization Strategies For Resource Management And Course Of Action Analysis - A method for allocating resources includes receiving one or more parameters associated with an object of interest. At least one of the parameters corresponds to a probability that the object of interest is participating in a predetermined situation of interest. The method also includes calculating a plurality of values, based at least in part on the parameters, and selecting, based at least in part on the calculated values, one or more operations to be performed involving the object of interest. In addition the method includes generating an instruction based at least in part on the operation to be performed transmitting the instruction to an operational resource. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182970 | Multiple Subscriptions Using a Single Air-Interface Resource - Aspects describe supporting multiple subscriptions using a single air-interface resource. The multiple subscriptions can be supported by different operators or service providers. The multiple subscriptions include a primary subscription and one or more secondary subscriptions. A radio resource control is associated with the primary subscription and multiple call control signaling, which are decoupled from the radio resource control, are associated with the primary subscription and each of the one or more secondary subscriptions. In some aspects, a high rate packet data authentication is common for the primary subscription and the one or more secondary subscriptions and separate point-to-point protocol sessions, or a similar upper layer Internet Protocol signaling, are authenticated for each of the primary subscription and the one or more secondary subscriptions. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182971 | System and Method for Determining Establishment Causes - A user agent (UA), core network (CN) device, and method for a circuit switched (CS) fallback service in an evolved packet system (EPS). In one embodiment, the UA or CN includes a protocol layer having a non-access stratum (NAS). A processor of the UA or CN is configured to promote the NAS to process an EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST having a service type with a decode value. The decode value identifies an EPS-defined radio resource control (RRC) establishment cause (EC). | 07-22-2010 |
20100182972 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION , AND BASE STATION - In a conventional OFDMA/SCFDMA communication scheme, frequency resource assignment information is exchanged between BSs via a wired interface and used for control of inter-cell interference or the like. When a BS performs assignments of frequency resources, taking the status of a neighbor BS signaled via the wired interface into account, it might be impossible to follow a change in the status of the assignments of frequency resources at the neighbor BS due to a delay occurring in the wired interface. BS selects and assigns distributed frequency resources or continuous frequency resources, depending on the position of an MS in the cell and the transmit power of the BS. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182973 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION IN BUNDLING MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for a transmission in a bundling mode are provided to prevent a conflict between a bundling transmission resource and other transmission resource in a wireless communication network. A bundling transmission method includes determining whether there is a transmission conflicting with a bundling transmission induced by an uplink grant regarding uplink transmission resources. If it is determined that there is a conflicting transmission, the method disregards at least one of the bundling transmission and the conflicting transmission. A bundling transmission apparatus includes a retransmission unit and a transmission control unit, which are configured to execute the bundling transmission method. | 07-22-2010 |
20100182974 | Resource Allocation - Apparatus including a transmitter arranged to transmit an indicating acquisition indication channel signature wherein said indicating signature is used to indicate an enhanced dedicated channel resource to be used by a user equipment. | 07-22-2010 |
20100189045 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control method is provided which improves a wireless resource usage rate, is available to recognize a variation in wireless resource state in advance, and is available to control communication in accordance with the variation in a mobile communication system in which an MBMS and an HSDPA coexist and the same wireless resource is shared and used. A MAC-m transmits information related to a wireless resource used on an MBMS transport channel at a transmission timing of a base station to a MAC-hs before the transmission timing. The MAC-hs receives the information related to the wireless resource of the MBMS transport channel from the MAC-m. The MAC-hs calculates a wireless resource which can be used applied to data of a HSDPA transport channel at the transmission timing with using the information related to the wireless resource of the MBMS transport channel and a wireless resource to which the HSDPA transport channel is allocated. The MAC-hs controls communication of the data in accordance with the wireless resource of the calculation result. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189046 | REACTIVE SCHEDULING METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ENABLE PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION LINKS IN A WIRELESS OFDMA SYSTEM - Systems, methods and apparatus are provided for scheduling resources in Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communication networks for “direct link” or peer-to-peer communications among stations operating therein so that OFDMA resources can be allocated to a transmitter station for a peer-to-peer communication session with a receiver station such that near-far issues caused by peer-to-peer communication are reduced/avoided. The disclosed technologies can prevent peer-to-peer communication links using different sub-channels within the same time slot from creating near-far issues for other receiver stations that are within communication range. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189047 | COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATIONS USING MULTIPLE ACCESS POINTS TO IMPROVE DATA INTEGRITY | 07-29-2010 |
20100189048 | PROACTIVE SCHEDULING METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ENABLE PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION LINKS IN A WIRELESS OFDMA SYSTEM - Systems, methods and apparatus are provided for scheduling resources in Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communication networks for “direct link” or peer-to-peer communications among stations operating therein so that OFDMA resources can be allocated to a transmitter station for a peer-to-peer communication session with a receiver station such that near-far issues caused by peer-to-peer communication are reduced/avoided. The disclosed technologies can prevent peer-to-peer communication links using different sub-channels within the same time slot from creating near-far issues for other receiver stations that are within communication range. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189049 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - Disclosed are methods for transmitting feedback information, comprising receiving channel allocation information (S | 07-29-2010 |
20100189050 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A transmission method for use in a multi-hop wireless communication system, the system comprising a source apparatus, a destination apparatus and one or more intermediate apparatuses, said source apparatus being operable to transmit information in a communication direction along a series of links forming a communication path extending from the source apparatus to the destination apparatus via the or each intermediate apparatus, and the or each intermediate apparatus being operable to receive information from a previous apparatus along the path and to transmit the received information to a subsequent apparatus along the path, the system having access to a time-frequency format for use in assigning available transmission frequency bandwidth for transmission in the communication direction during a discrete transmission interval, said format defining a plurality of transmission windows within such an interval, each window occupying a different part of that interval and having a frequency bandwidth profile within said available transmission frequency bandwidth over its part of that interval, each said window being assignable for such a transmission interval to one of said apparatuses for use in transmission, the method comprising: transmitting reservation information for use in a particular such transmission interval from a first one of said apparatuses to a second one of said apparatuses, the second apparatus being the or one of the intermediate apparatuses, and the reservation information specifying at least one transmission window to be reserved of the particular transmission interval; and in the second apparatus, reserving the specified window(s) of the particular transmission interval in dependence upon the received reservation information. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189051 | DATA MODULATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A modulator and a modulation method for a communication device are disclosed. The modulator is configured to multiplex control symbols and data symbols for transmission in a signal based on information of the distance between the positions of at least two control symbols in a representation of symbol positions in the signal. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189052 | Method and Nodes for Registering a Terminal - A method and nodes are provided for registering a terminal. The terminal is capable of connecting in two distinct networks. The registration process for the terminal maps an identity and traffic handling policies of the terminal in a first network with an address prefix of the terminal obtained from the second network. The address prefix is obtained from the second network following authorization of the terminal in the first network. As traffic is exchanged between the terminal and a correspondent node while the terminal is accessing the second network, the mapping is used to ensure that policies for the terminal in the first network are applied in the second network. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189053 | COORDINATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS HAVING DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT PHYSICAL LAYER TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - A wireless network ( | 07-29-2010 |
20100189054 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL WITH ADDITIONAL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting and receiving a control channel with additional information is disclosed. To this end, a mobile station acquires information of at least one control channel, which supports additional information transmission through phase rotation, and phase rotation value information for representing the additional information, and transmits control information through any one of the control channels and the additional information through phase rotation of the control information. A base station provides information of at least one control channel, which supports additional information transmission through phase rotation, and phase rotation value information for representing the additional information, and simultaneously receives specific control information and additional information from the mobile station based on the control channel information and the phase rotation value information. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189055 | Apparatus of Multi-Antenna Telecommunication System - An apparatus of a multi-antenna telecommunication system includes a beam forming unit configured to form at least two antenna beams, and a signal feeding unit connected to the beam forming unit and configured to feed beam-specific data streams to the beam forming unit. The beam-specific data streams are allocated to one and the same transceiver of the wireless telecommunication system, and each data stream includes independently and separately encoded data signals. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189056 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR WIRELESS LANS - A physical frame is generated and transmitted to a destination terminal. In this physical frame, one of a data frame, an acknowledgement frame, and an acknowledgement request frame, and a transmission permission frame which is used in place of a normal Ack frame associated with a delayed Block Ack, and permits the destination terminal to perform piggyback transmission, are aggregated. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189057 | COMMUNICATION CHANNEL DETERMINATION METHOD AND A DETERMINATION APPARATUS - By controlling a plurality of communication apparatuses, when determining the communication channel used by each apparatus, conducting determination of channel allocation priority order of communication apparatuses, based on the extracted load information of the communication apparatus. Based on the determined channel allocation priority order, setting the communication channels as they should be set, in case the other communication apparatus can not conduct communication in the channels the aforementioned channel is set, the channel is allocated as the channel used by the communication apparatus. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189058 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS, AND METHOD OF ALLOCATING REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCES - A base station apparatus is disclosed which communicates with a user apparatus which transmits an uplink signal using a single-carrier scheme. The base station includes a sequence-identifier determining unit which performs scheduling to allocate a frequency based on an uplink channel reception state of the user apparatus, and which determines a second sequence identifier for use by the user apparatus based on a first sequence identifier in a length of a reference signal sequence for transmitting in a maximum bandwidth in which the user apparatus can transmit, and a frequency bandwidth allocated to the user apparatus. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189059 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DATA RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - Disclosed is a data transmission method, data reception method and apparatus. The data transmission method comprises steps of: determining whether a plurality of PDCP PDUs are consecutive; mapping the plurality of PDCP PDUs to one RLC PDU when the plurality of PDCP PDUs are consecutive, wherein a PDCP SN of a first PDCP PDU among the plurality of PDCP PDUs is reserved, while PDCP SNs of the remaining PDCP PDUs are removed; and setting a flag bit in a RLC PDU's header as a first preset value to indicate that the plurality of PDCP PDUs are consecutive. With the methods and apparatus according to the present invention, radio resource in the mobile wireless communication systems can be saved since transmission of redundant information may be reduced. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189060 | SCHEDULING METHOD, BASE STATION AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - Method for scheduling use of a downlink packet data traffic channel shared by a plurality of mobile and/or immobile stations ( | 07-29-2010 |
20100189061 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF SERVICES WITH DIFFERENT SECURITY LEVELS - A communication device comprises an RF interface ( | 07-29-2010 |
20100189062 | Method And System For IP Network Admission Control - There is disclosed a manner of controlling traffic by admission control in a communication network such as one operable according to GSM standards. When a call setup request is received from an MS, the BSC forwards the request to an MSC, which selects a MGw that is accessible to the BSC via an IP backbone. When notified of the MGw selection, the BSC runs an algorithm to assess the transmission quality of the IP backbone toward the MGw. The BSC then determines whether to reject the call setup request depending on whether the quality level is acceptable as determined by the algorithm. If the call setup proceeds, the MGw may run a similar algorithm to assess the quality of the IP backbone toward the BSC. The BSC and MGw may also check their own bandwidth limitations prior to running their respective algorithms. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189063 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR RATE MATCHING AND RATE SHAPING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Rate matching and rate shaping methods and systems for managing data traffic on wireless channels are disclosed. Rate matching embodiments dynamically determine downlink video data transmission rates based on frame decoding deadlines and frame sizes. In addition, if the channel capacity cannot support the video data transmission rate, the rate matcher can adjust the video stream accordingly so that it is supportable by the channel capacity. In turn, rate shaping implementations can tailor the transmission rate shaping based on the state of the wireless data channel. Shaper operations can be specifically adapted to a saturated state of the wireless channel, to an unsaturated state of the wireless channel and to transitions between the unsaturated and saturated states. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189064 | LINK MANAGEMENT FOR MULTIMEDIA CONTENT MOBILITY - In general, techniques are described for link management to enable multimedia content mobility. More specifically, an apparatus may implement these techniques. The apparatus may comprise one or more wireless modems and a control unit. The one or more wireless modems receive multimedia content over a first wireless communication channel from a first application and establish a second wireless communication channel for communicating with a second application. The control unit then determines channel data corresponding to one or more characteristics associated with the second wireless communication channel and configures the at least one of the wireless modems based on the channel data. The configured at least one of the wireless modems forwards the received multimedia content to the second application to facilitate multimedia content mobility. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189065 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A scheduling method for a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes (a) selecting n(07-29-2010 | |
20100189066 | METHOD FOR ENSURING MEDIUM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Method and apparatus for controlling transmission of a data stream from a station. A QoS registration frame is received, via an access point, from the station. The QoS registration frame includes information indicating a request for transmission of a data stream from the station, and information indicating a minimum required interval and a maximum required interval for an interval which is between start points of two successive durations of a medium dedication. Each duration of the medium dedication represents a time period in which the station is permitted to transmit the data stream. A schedule for the transmission of the data stream is calculated by setting a new interval which is between the minimum required interval and the maximum required interval, when the transmission is admitted. A QoS response frame, which includes information indicating the schedule, is then transmitted from the access point to the station, | 07-29-2010 |
20100189067 | Method, System and Equipment for Implementing Macro Diversity Combining - A method, system, base station, network node, and user equipment for implementing macro diversity combining (MDC) are disclosed. In the method, a base station judges whether user equipment service data meets a condition for allocating demodulation resources. The base station allocates demodulation resources for service data meeting the condition, demodulates the service data and forwards the demodulated service data to a network node for implementing MDC. | 07-29-2010 |
20100189068 | DOWNLINK TRANSMIT BEAMFORMING - A wireless network access point can operate as a closed loop MIMO device when communicating with a station that is operating as an open loop MIMO device. Transmit/receive chains in the access point are calibrated to support aggregate channel reciprocity. | 07-29-2010 |
20100195579 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RADIO ACCESS INFORMATION USING A MESSAGE SEPARATION IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for effectively transmitting and receiving access information between a terminal and a base station using a message separation for a RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message that may include: transmitting a random access preamble; receiving a random access response in response to the random access preamble, wherein the random access response includes information related to at least one allocated radio resource which will be used for transmitting the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message; determining at least one required radio resource for transmitting the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message; generating the RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message by considering a characteristic of at least one among the at least one allocated radio resource and the determined at least one required radio resource, and transmitting the generated RRC CONNECTION REQUEST message. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195580 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING TV WHITE SPACE SPECTRUM AND LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - A wireless local area network (WLAN) gateway may use a modified LTE radio frame and TV white space spectrum for data communications in a wireless local area network. In the modified LTE downlink frame a predefined subset of the pilot (reference) symbol subcarriers are used to carry information to data sinks in the WLAN. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195581 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SERVICE FLOW RETENTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A subscriber station may determine whether a service flow between the subscriber station and a base station is retained during an idle mode of the subscriber station. The subscriber station may reactivate the service flow when the subscriber station exits the idle mode. The subscriber station may monitor whether the service flow has data activity. The subscriber station may delete the service flow if there is no data activity. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195582 | Method and Apparatus for Signaling Neighbor Cell Transmission Frame Allocations - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving at a base station an indication of a first resource allocation in each of one or more neighbor base stations, and transmitting to at least one associated user equipment a message comprising a second indication of whether the first resource allocations of the one or more neighbor base stations are a subset of a second resource allocation of the base station. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195583 | Physical Layer Acknowledgement Signaling Resource Allocation in Wireless Communication Systems - A downlink subframe on a single downlink carrier supports physical layer acknowledgment signaling for multiple physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmissions. The physical layer acknowledgement signaling may take the form of physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) signaling. A base unit reserves resource elements groups (REGs) for default PHICH signaling of default PUSCH transmissions. The base unit reserves control channel elements (CCEs) for physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signaling. A CCE contains multiple interleaved REGs. The base unit takes any unreserved CCEs and maps those CCEs for physical layer acknowledgement signaling of additional PUSCH transmissions. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195584 | Data Packet Transmission Scheduling in a Mobile Communication System - A communication device has a first transceiver that operates in a first communication system in the presence of a second transceiver that operates in a second communication system that is unrelated to the first communication system. A scheduler of packets for transmission by the first transceiver uses information about when the second communication system will be transmitting a signal that will interfere with reception by the first transceiver, and schedules data for which re-transmission is not essential in those time slots in which an implicit NACK is expected due to the second transceiver's operation. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195585 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING AMONG NODES FOR A DATA SLOT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of scheduling among a plurality of nodes may include performing a first sequence of steps followed by a second sequence of steps, each sequence including a Tx step followed by a Rx step. During the Tx step, a node may send a REQ signal containing a request to transmit. During the Rx step, another node may receive the request signal, and respond by sending a confirmation signal indicating an acceptation or a declination of the REQ signal. The REQ signal includes a unicast portion and a broadcast portion. In an uplink mode of the slot, the responding nodes may use the unicast portion of the REQ signal to send supplemental information, in addition to the indication of the acceptation or the declination of the REQ signal. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195586 | Multiband-operation in wireless communication systems - A method and wireless communication network that employs adapted control channel information to facilitate centralized and distributed scheduling of network resources for a network with mobile communication devices of differing bandwidth capabilities are described. The method includes transmitting control channel data of a first format over a control channel, wherein the control channel data of the first format conveys information related to data transmitted within a first frequency band and transmitting control channel data of a second format over the control channel, wherein the control channel data of the second format conveys information related to data transmitted over one or more frequency bands, the one or more frequency bands having a combined bandwidth equal or greater than the first frequency band. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195587 | METHOD FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NON-ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for uplink ACK/NACK for LTE TDD. The method includes receiving a frame having multiple subframes wherein a plurality of subframes being downlink subframes and at least one subframe being an uplink subframe. One uplink subframe can contain an acknowledgment/non-acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) corresponding to at least one of the plurality of downlink subframes. To transmit ACK/NACKs, one uplink subframe for ACK/NACK is used in response to one of the plurality of downlink subframes. In addition, ACK/NACK responses can be bundled into one uplink subframe for at least two of the plurality of downlink subframes. In an embodiment, multiple ACK/NACK responses can be used in one uplink subframe that corresponds to at least two of the plurality of downlink subframes in a multiple feedback configuration. One uplink subframe for ACK/NACK responses and bundling multiple ACK/NACK responses is for a bundled feedback configuration. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195588 | SCHEDULING AND LINK ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - The invention relates to control of link resources in a wireless telecommunications system, in which instant channel feedback information is transmitted from a mobile terminal in response to receipt of a selection message from a basestation, and the instant channel feedback information is used for real-time resource allocation and adaptation at the basestation. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195589 | WIRELESS PARAMETER SETTING METHOD, BASE STATION, MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method of making a management apparatus that manages a wireless parameter of a wireless network formed by a base station set the wireless parameter in a wireless communication apparatus, comprising the steps of causing the base station to request the management apparatus to start a wireless parameter setting process when a start of wireless parameter setting is designated in the base station, causing the management apparatus to notify the base station of wireless parameter setting information containing wireless parameter setting start enable/disable information when the management apparatus receives the request from the base station, causing the base station to notify the wireless communication apparatus of the wireless parameter setting information received from the management apparatus, and causing the wireless communication apparatus to execute or stop the wireless parameter setting process for a wireless setting apparatus based on the wireless parameter setting information received from the base station. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195590 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO SPECTRUM SENSING OR MONITORING - There is provided a system and method of sensing a radio frequency channel to determine activity, determining location, mapping location to existing radio frequency licenses, determining the radio frequency channel to be available and sharing that the radio frequency channel is available. Systems implementing this method may use a single device to perform the method steps or may use several different devices to share the complexity and workload associated with the method. This method is applicable to white space radio and to cognitive radio. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195591 | Apparatus and method for uplink scheduling in wireless communication system - An apparatus is capable of reducing an overhead caused by a mute section in a wireless communication system that provides a Voice of Internet Protocol (VoIP) service. In the method, one or more terminals for providing the VoIP service during a next time section are determined. Mute section set information of a current time section and the next time section for the one or more terminals is determined. An amount of a resource of the next time section is allocated to at least one terminal whose next time section is not set to a mute section and whose current time section is set to a mute section among the one or more terminals such that the amount of the resource of the next time section is smaller than an amount of a resource of a current time section. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195592 | Header Compression in Wireless Links - In compression of packet data headers the compressor side ( | 08-05-2010 |
20100195593 | METHOD OF GENERATING REPORT MESSAGES IN A NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method of generating a message by a station in a network in which stations | 08-05-2010 |
20100195594 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CODEWORDS IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A method for effectively transmitting/receiving a codeword in a MIMO system is disclosed. In a system including a plurality of predetermined rank structures, a reception end transmits rank information (RI), precoding matrix index (PMI), and channel quality information (CQI) of each codeword to a transmission end. The transmission end selects a rank structure on the basis of information received from the reception end. The transmission end selects only some codeword blocks among a plurality of codeword blocks available for the selected rank structure, transmits signals via the selected codeword blocks, and transmits a null signal for the non-selected codeword blocks. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195595 | WIRELESS LAN TERMINAL AND METHOD OF SEARCHING FOR ACCESS POINT - A method of searching for an access point using a wireless LAN terminal including a profile storage unit | 08-05-2010 |
20100195596 | Resource and admission control method and a resource and admission control sub-system - A resource and admission control method and a resource and admission control sub-system are provided in the present invention. The method is: the subscription information during the subscription process between a user and a network attachment sub-system including: an adaptive Quality of Service (QoS) parameter of a media type or a service, the adaptive QoS parameter representing the maximum value for the resource and admission control sub-system regulating the resource occupancy of the media type or the service; during the process of the resource and admission control, when the current resource cannot satisfy the service resource request initiated by the user, the resource and admission control sub-system judges whether to regulate the resource occupancy of the media type or the service to satisfy the resource request according to the adaptive QoS parameters of the various different media types or services included in the user session; in the case of the judging result being ‘yes’, the resource and admission control sub-system reduces the resource occupancy of the media type or the service with the adaptive QoS parameter from low to high according to the priority of the media type or the service and accepts the resource request, otherwise rejects the resource request. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195597 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission apparatus which communicates with a reception apparatus is provided. The transmission apparatus includes a transmission parameter control unit which sets a transmission parameter of at least one of the multiplex channels to be different from those of the other channels, and a transmission unit which transmits information indicating a signal detection order for the multiplex channels to the reception apparatus. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195598 | ACCOUNTING METHOD FOR ULTRA MOBILE BROADBAND ACCESS NETWORK - An accounting method for an ultra mobile broadband access network, wherein the method includes: S | 08-05-2010 |
20100195599 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-USER AND MULTI-CELL MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - A base station can communicate with a plurality of subscriber stations in a Multi-User (MU) Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MIMO) system. The base station includes a transmitter and plurality of antenna configured to transmit control information. The base station can transmit a resource block to a first subscriber station. The resource block includes at least two downlink reference signal (DRS) patterns. The base station can assign a first DRS pattern for use by the first subscriber station. The base station informs the subscriber station regarding the assignment by reserving a state in a downlink grant. In response, the subscriber station can utilize the first DRS pattern as a pilot resource element and, optionally, avoid other DRS patterns. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195600 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING LEGACY LONG TERM EVOLUTION USER EQUIPMENT WITH ADVANCED LONG TERM EVOLUTION USER EQUIPMENT - Aspects are disclosed for multiplexing disparate wireless terminals. Resource blocks are mapped according to a hopping pattern. A first and second pair of physical resource blocks are allocated such that the first pair is associated with a first hopping index pair, whereas the second pair is associated with a second hopping index pair. For this embodiment, the first and second hopping index pairs are inversely symmetrical to each other. A pair of distributed resource blocks is also allocated. An assignment is then scheduled that includes a physical resource allocation and a virtual resource allocation. Aspects for operating a wireless terminal are also disclosed. Here, a communication that includes a resource allocation and a reference signal is received. A minimum resource allocation granularity is ascertained from the communication, and a joint channel estimation is based on the reference signal and is a function of the minimum resource allocation granularity. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195601 | ACCESS METHOD AND DATA FRAME STRUCTURE FOR USE IN BODY AREA NETWORKS - A method for performing, for a plurality of applications, data communication on a wireless medium accessible for a plurality of nodes used by the applications is disclosed. Each application is assigned to one of a plurality of application classes. In one aspect, the method includes sending, at one of the plurality of nodes, a resource request for an application via a control channel dedicated to the application class which the application is assigned to, wherein the resource request is sent employing an access method available for the application class. The method also includes taking a decision on allocating resource on the wireless medium for the application. The method also includes performing data communication for the application via a conflict-free data channel, the data channel being separated in time from the dedicated control channel. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195602 | Application, Usage & Radio Link Aware Transport Network Scheduler - A packet scheduling method and apparatus with the knowledge of application behavior, anticipated usage/behavior based on the type of content, and underlying transport conditions during the time of delivery, is disclosed. This type of scheduling is applicable to a content server or a transit network device in wireless (e.g., 3G, WIMAX, LTE, WIFI) or wire-line networks. Methods for identifying or estimating rendering times of multi-media objects, segmenting a large media content, and automatically pausing or delaying delivery are disclosed. The scheduling reduces transit network bandwidth wastage, and facilitates optimal sharing of network resources such as in a wireless network. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195603 | Mitigation of Interference Between Wireless Networks - A system and method for minimizing or preventing interference between wireless networks is disclosed. A network hub broadcasts a beacon signal within repeating beacon periods. The position of the beacon signal shifts within each beacon period based upon a predetermined pseudo-random sequence. The beacon signal includes data identifying the current beacon shift sequence and the current phase of the sequence. Neighboring hubs independently or jointly determine and broadcast their own beacon shift sequences and phases for their respective networks from a predetermined list. Nodes connected with the network hubs are assigned allocation intervals having a start time that is set relative to the beacon signal. The start time and duration of the allocation interval wraps around the beacon period if the allocation-interval would otherwise start or continue in a next beacon period. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195604 | CONTROL SIGNALING FOR TRANSMISSIONS OVER CONTIGUOUS AND NON-CONTIGUOUS FREQUENCY BANDS - Methods and apparatus are provided for constructing scheduling assignments for transmission, by a User Equipment (UE), of data signals over a single contiguous bandwidth and multiple non-contiguous clusters of contiguous bandwidth. The scheduling assignments for each transmission structure are designed to always result into the same maximum number of decoding operations the UE needs to perform to receive the scheduling assignments. The data signal transmission over the single contiguous bandwidth can be with or without frequency hopping and the data signal transmission over the multiple non-contiguous clusters of contiguous bandwidth may always be without frequency hopping. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195605 | Discontinuous Reception Start Offset Coordinated with Semi-Persistent Scheduling System and Method - A user agent comprising a processor enabled to configure the user agent to adjust a discontinuous reception (DRX) start offset when a downlink assignment is one of configured and reconfigured. The DRX start offset is adjusted to satisfy the equation | 08-05-2010 |
20100195606 | SUPPLEMENTARY SERVICE PROVISION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMS-BASED NETWORK - A service provision method in an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network is provided. A service request message is transmitted from a first user terminal to a second user terminal for requesting a service. The service request message includes global identifiers (IDs) allocated to the first user terminal and the second user terminal. A service response message is transmitted from the second user terminal to the first user terminal. A service session is established between the first user terminal and the second user terminal, when the service response message is received by the first user terminal. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195607 | PHYSICAL CHANNEL COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A physical channel communication method and apparatus for random access in a cellular communication system including a plurality of relay nodes and user equipments using the same system information is provided. The physical channel communication method for random access in a wireless communication system according to the present invention includes receiving, by at least two relay nodes connected to a base station, system information containing a Physical Random Access CHannel (PRACH) region allocation information for identifying user equipments attached to the relay nodes; receiving PRACHs for random accesses transmitted by the user equipments; and transmitting the PRACHs to the base station on relay node-specific resource regions according to the PRACH region allocation information. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195608 | COMMUNICATION CONNECTION DEVICE - The present invention provides a technique capable of processing to automatically and optimally select types of external networks and a communication system, and at the same time, capable of switching network selection upon a user's arbitrary opportunity. A communication connection device | 08-05-2010 |
20100195609 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION AND FEEDBACK - An arrangement is disclosed where in a multi-carrier communication system, the modulation scheme, coding attributes, training pilots, and signal power may be adjusted to adapt to channel conditions in order to maximize the overall system capacity and spectral efficiency without wasting radio resources or compromising error probability performance, etc. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195610 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR IMPROVING BROADCAST SERVICES - A method for improving Broadcast (BC) services includes the following steps: a Proxy-Call Session Control Function (P-CSCF) determines that a received service layer message is a BC service request; the P-CSCF sends a resource reservation instruction to a resource reservation processing entity, instructing the resource reservation processing entity to reserve shared resources. A device for improving BC services is also provided. By using the present invention, when a user initiates a BC service request, the P-CSCF sends an instruction to the resource reservation processing entity according to the BC service request of the user, instructing the resource reservation processing entity to reserve specific network resources. Because the user may watch only one channel at the same time, these resources may be shared by channels in the service package, thus saving network resources. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195611 | Wireless Bandwidth Aggregation - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for dynamic bandwidth expansion for wireless clients of a wireless wide-area network (WWAN), wherein each client has an allocated bandwidth for communicating over the WWAN and the clients are within wireless signal reception of each other. The WWAN clients may voluntarily or in a predetermined manner join a pool of bandwidth-sharing clients. A wireless aggregation server and a wireless pool boss work in cooperation to utilize unused transmit and receive bandwidth from each of the pool members. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195612 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, for distributed mapping of consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks, there is proposed a mapping method capable of increasing the number of distributed virtual resource blocks to a maximum while satisfying gap limitations, when the length of the physical resource blocks is different from the length of the distributed virtual resource blocks. Also, the number of distributed virtual resource blocks and the structure of an interleaver are limited for efficient scheduling. | 08-05-2010 |
20100195613 | Method, system and apparatus for heterogeneous addressing mapping - A method for heterogeneous addressing mapping is provided according to the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: assigning, by an Interworking Function entity (IWF), a first identification or a first address to a Diameter protocol node; mapping a received Diameter protocol message sent from the Diameter protocol node into a Mobile Application Part (MAP) protocol message, and sending the mapped MAP protocol message to an MAP protocol node using the first address assigned by the IWF as a source address or using the first identification assigned by the IWF as a source identification. The present invention also provides a system and an apparatus for heterogeneous addressing mapping. According to the embodiments of the present invention, when the Diameter node is communicating with the MAP node via the Interworking Function entity, the method for mapping the node identification for each other as well as the addressing relationship corresponding to each identification are provided. Thus, the problems that the communication with each other cannot be realized due to different identification addressing approaches are solved. | 08-05-2010 |
20100202366 | Method for establishing a connection with a generic access network and associated GAN-enabled mobile station - A method for establishing a connection with a generic access network (GAN) and an associated GAN-enabled mobile station are provided. The method is used in the GAN-enabled mobile station. The method first issues a request message to the generic access network to request for connection establishment, and at the same time starts a timer with a timeout longer than five seconds. Then, the method determines a state of the GAN-enabled mobile station according to a response message corresponding to the request message when the response message is received within the timeout. In this manner, the GAN-enabled mobile station can increase the success rate of connection establishment with the generic access network. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202367 | VELOCITY BASED RANDOM ACCESS SCHEME - A communications method includes establishing two or more access slot groups corresponding to velocity ranges of mobile units, receiving a signal from a mobile unit in an access slot of an access slot group, where the signal includes a sequence, and detecting the sequence using a detection algorithm, where the detection algorithm used is assigned to the access slot group. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202368 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION OF EMERGENCY CALL DATA OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for providing useful data in association with a high-priority call such as an emergency call. In one embodiment, the data comprises a data (e.g., an MSD or FSD) embedded within one or more real-time protocol packets such as RTP Control Protocol (RTCP) packets, that are interspersed within the voice or user data stream (carried in e.g., RTP packets) of an emergency call. Apparatus and methods are described for transmitting the data portion reliably from the initiating terminal (e.g., an in-vehicle system) to a Public Safety Answering Point CPSAP), by using the same transport connection as the user data. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202369 | Apparatus, Method and Computer Program Product Providing Harq-Aware Packet Scheduler - Methods and apparatus operative in a wireless communications system divide a communications resource available for performing information transmission and retransmission operations into a plurality of communication resource units. Channel quality information is used to rank each of the communication resource units in terms of channel quality. The communication resource units are divided into a first group having better channel quality and a second group having worse channel quality. The first group of communication resource units having better channel quality is used to transmit new information to a first group of receiving communication devices. The second group of communication resource units having worse channel quality is used to retransmit information to a second group of receiving communication devices. In such a manner simultaneous scheduling of information transmission and retransmission may be accommodated in a 3GPP LTE OFDM based wireless communications system. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202370 | METHOD FOR SELECTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME FOR MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method for selecting modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for multi-antenna systems comprises the steps of: a multi-antenna system transmits signals according to MCSs of single spatial stream and determines an MCS accordingly. Subsequently, the multi-antenna system increases the number of the spatial streams applied, transmits signals according to the corresponding MCSs and determines an MCS accordingly until an optimum MCS is found. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202371 | System and method for efficient enhanced multicast broadcast system (E-MBS) map decoding - A wireless communication network is provided. The network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of wireless communication with a plurality of subscriber stations within a coverage area of the network. At least one of the plurality of base stations comprises a transmitter configured to transmit a downlink frame. The downlink frame comprising a first Enhanced Multicast Broadcast Service (E-MBS) MAP. The first E-MBS MAP comprises a field with an indicator to indicate a next E-MBS MAP to be decoded by a subscriber station. The subscriber station, upon decoding the first E-MBS MAP, refrains from decoding subsequent E-MBS MAPS that precede the next E-MBS MAP to be decoded by the subscriber station in accordance with the indicator. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202372 | Method and apparatus of transmitting feedback message in wireless communication system - A method and apparatus of transmitting a feedback message in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobile station receives information on a first period and a second period from a base station and transmits a first feedback message in every first period or a second feedback message in every second period to the base station over a primary fast feedback channel (PFBCH). The first feedback message comprises a channel quality indicator (CQI) for a subband selected from a plurality of subbands, and the second feedback message comprises a subband index of the selected subband. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202373 | Method and apparatus of transmitting uplink control signal in wireless communication system - A method and apparatus of transmitting an uplink control signal in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment receives pieces of resource allocation information about a plurality of respective uplink control channels, and transmits the uplink control signal through one of the plurality of uplink control channels. Radio resources sequentially adjacent to each other on a basis of one reference uplink control channel, selected from the plurality of uplink control channels, are allocated to the respective uplink control channels. And the resource allocation information comprises size of the radio resources allocated to each of the plurality of uplink control channels within a resource region in which the plurality of uplink control channels is configured. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202374 | MOBILE NODE, ACCESS GATEWAY, LOCATION MANAGEMENT DEVICE, AND MOBILE PACKET COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - When a mobile station | 08-12-2010 |
20100202375 | Method for Reducing the Control Signaling in Handover Situations - The present invention relates to a method, devices, and a program for using IP multicast addresses for mobile terminals ( | 08-12-2010 |
20100202376 | SCHEDULING OF VOICE OVER IP DATA - Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) transfer is provided over radio links between mobile stations and base stations with a mechanism to schedule initial transmission within voice spurts when semi-persistent allocation of radio resources is employed. The radio link is changed during the voice spurt by allocating different physical resource blocks or by changing transmission parameters with given rescheduling intervals. The scheduling is informed from the base station to involved MS by using data link layer VoIP packet padding bits. The radio link can also be changed per initiative of the MS so that the MS codes a predetermined request into data link layer padding bits of an uplink VoIP packet. The requests from the MS typically involve a change of audio coding mode or informing of the present packet buffer status for VoIP packets at the MS. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202377 | CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE - It is an object to provide a wireless communication base station device that can prevent the decline of a system throughput due to the degradation of a utilization efficiency of a communication resource of a channel for carrying out a frequency diversity transmission when a frequency scheduling transmission and a frequency diversity transmission are concurrently carried out in multiple carrier communication. In the wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit ( | 08-12-2010 |
20100202378 | METHOD OF EMERGENCY SERVICE REQUEST USING CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for performing emergency communication between a mobile station and a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving allocation of a contention-free-based control channel from a base station, and transmitting an emergency service request message through the contention-free-based control channel. The contention-free-based control channel may be one of a channel quality indicator (CQI) channel and an acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) channel. Since the emergency service request message can be transmitted through a contention-free dedicated code and a dedicated region, a procedure is simplified and power resources of the mobile station can be saved. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202379 | Method and Device for Operating at Least Two Radio Access Technologies and Communication System Comprising Such Device - A method and a device are provided for operating at least a first radio access technology and a second radio access technology, the method including the step of: a hybrid radio frame is provided including elements of the first radio access technology and of the second radio access technology. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202380 | METHOD OF RESTRICTING SCHEDULING REQUEST FOR EFFECTIVE DATA TRANSMISSION - Disclosed is the radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and the terminal, and more particularly, to a method for restricting a use of particular control channel in an Evolved Universal Mobile telecommunications System (E-UMTS) evolved from the Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202381 | DEVICE FOR PROCESSING A NETWORK INFORMATION LIST UPDATING SERIAL NUMBER AND A MOBILE TERMINAL - The present invention discloses a device for processing a network information list updating serial number, which includes: a parsing module configured to parse a network information list updating serial number from a multiplex frame head information of a multiplex frame received by a terminal; a comparing module, connected to the parsing module, and configured to compare the network information list updating serial number parsed by the parsing module with a network information list updating serial number in a network information list cached by the terminal; a determining module, connected to the comparing module, and configured to determine whether to update the network information list according to the comparison result of the comparing module; and a processing module, connected to the determining module, and configured to perform related processing to the network information list updating serial number according to the determination result of the determining module. A mobile terminal is also disclosed in the present invention. By using the present invention, the network information list can be updated in time; therefore the communication efficiency is improved. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202382 | METHODS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN MOBILE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting and receiving data in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The data transmission method for allowing a transmission end of the mobile communication system to transmit data to at least one reception end via at least one physical channel includes, transmitting a reception indicator, which indicates whether at least one second physical channel is received, via a first physical channel, such that at least one reception end can determine whether the at least one second physical channel is received using the reception indicator, and transmitting data via a third physical channel controlled by the first physical channel. So, a sleeping time for reducing power consumption can be explicitly indicated by the above data communication method, such that power consumption required for transmitting and receiving data can be minimized. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202383 | Method and apparatus for roaming between communications networks - There is provided a method of managing roaming of a Mobile Node in a Visited network. The Mobile Node is associated with a Home network. In the Visited network, a server selects a Gateway node for use by the Mobile Node based on selection criteria. The Gateway node is disposed between the Home network and the Visited network. The server then sends a message to an access node in the Visited network to which the Mobile Node is attached, the message identifying the selected Gateway node. This instructs the Mobile Node to communicate with its Home network via the selected Gateway Node. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202384 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting data from a primary station to a secondary station, comprising at the primary station signalling to the secondary station that a data message is to be received, and at the primary station transmitting the data message, wherein the time of transmission of the data message relative to the time of the signalling depends on a state of the secondary station. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202385 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTE-OPTIMIZED COMMUNICATION FOR A MOBILE NODE NESTED IN A MOBILE NETWORK - To overcome the routing sub-optimality problem arising in the heterogeneous protocol scenario where end-to-end route optimization protocol such as the Access Router Option protocol and Hierarchical Mobility Management protocol are implemented in the mobile hosts and mobile routers, this invention presents three methods. The first method is such that when visiting mobile node or mobile router wants to perform access router option based route optimization with some node, it will use its local care-of address as its care-of address. The second method is such that when visiting mobile node or mobile router decides to use hierarchical mobility management with some node, it will use regional care-of address as its care-of address. The third method is such that when there is legacy mobility anchor point in architecture, mobile router does not send the mobility anchor point option in its router advertisement. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202386 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND MAPPING METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus wherein the power consumption can be reduced. In this apparatus, a code block dividing part ( | 08-12-2010 |
20100202387 | Communication Control Method and Communication System - There is provided a communication control method comprising the steps of: providing an instruction for determining availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service from a first communication device to a second communication device; providing an instruction for sensing a communication environment from the second communication device to a communication device located nearby; transmitting sensed data obtained by sensing a communication environment from a third communication device located near the second communication device to the second communication device; determining availability of usage of the second communication service based on the sensed data by the second communication device; transmitting a determination result on availability of usage of the second communication service from the second communication device to the first communication device; and permitting usage of the second communication service in accordance with the determination result received from the second communication device by the first communication device. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202388 | OVER-THE-AIR ENHANCEMENT FOR BACKHAUL DYNAMIC INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Techniques for allocation resources in a wireless communications network are provided. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202389 | Indication of Uplink Semi-Persistent Scheduling Explicit Release Using a Downlink Physical Downlink Control Channel - A method is provided for acknowledging a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) uplink resource release. The method comprises receiving an SPS resource release signal over a physical downlink control channel in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format 1A. The signal includes an indicator that indicates that the signal pertains to at least one of an uplink resource release and a downlink resource release. The method further comprises sending an acknowledgement to confirm the release of the resource. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202390 | MOBILE BROADCAST SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING IRREGULAR INTERVAL BROADCAST SERVICE AND IN-BAND SIGNALING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - An in-band signaling method and apparatus of a mobile broadcast system supporting irregular interval broadcast services is provided for facilitating channel switching of a mobile device. An in-band signaling method for a mobile broadcast system according to the present invention includes generating scheduling information of Physical Layer Pipes (PLPs) transmitted at irregular intervals, the scheduling information including a next frame index and a first frame flag, inserting the scheduling information into a control information of a current frame and multiplexing broadcast service traffic of the PLPs and the control information. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202391 | ACCESS POINT RESOURCE NEGOTIATION AND ALLOCATION OVER A WIRELESS INTERFACE - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate communicating between access points using the same air interface as for serving wireless devices. Access points can communicate with one another over the air interface to exchange interference management messages related to negotiating and/or allocating resources among the access points or other messages. In addition, access points can prepare served wireless devices for time periods where the access points communicate with disparate access points over the air interface to mitigate confusion or radio link failure detection by the served wireless devices. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202392 | POWER ALLOCATION IN MULTI-CARRIER ENHANCED UPLINK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate split a common total power resource among a plurality of carriers. A power distribution scheme can be employed jointly across the plurality of carriers to determine an amount of power to allocate to respective carriers. Based upon an amount of power allocated, a packet format can be selected for each carrier based upon the amount of power allocated to the carrier and/or a serving grant associated with the carrier. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202393 | UPLINK CARRIER ALLOCATION - This innovation relates to systems and methods for multiple carrier allocation in wireless communication networks, and more particularly to allocation and/or de-allocation of one or multiple carriers on the uplink to a high-speed uplink packet access user. A radio network controller can allocate uplink carriers to users based on a plurality of criteria, including but not limited to network loading, channel conditions, and so forth. The allocation messages can be transmitted to the user via layer three messages or layer one signaling. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202394 | NON-SCHEDULED GRANTS IN MULTI-CARRIER ENHANCED UPLINK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate power distribution and data allocation in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. A portion of transmit power can be pre-allocated to an anchor carrier to support non-scheduled data flows. Remaining power is split among all carriers, including the anchor carrier, after pre-allocation. Data from one or more flows, scheduled and non-scheduled, are allocated to the carriers in accordance with priorities associated with the one or more flows. Allocation of data can be performed sequentially starting with a non-anchor carrier. In addition, non-scheduled data flows can be restricted to the anchor carrier. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202395 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING MAP SIZE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for estimating a MAP size in a broadband wireless communication system based on FFR are provided. In the method, one of a plurality of connections is selected according to priority between the connections. An available resource condition and a MAP size for allocation of resources for the selected connection is determined if resources acceptable for a burst are present in a zone including the selected connection. The next connection is selected according to the priority if available resources are present. The determined MAP size is determined as the final estimation value of a MAP size if the available resources are not present. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202396 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system is provided for transmitting/receiving downlink resource allocation information in a communication system. In the system, a base station generates first information including downlink resource allocation information necessary for supporting a first mode supported by the base station, generates second information including length information of the first information, and transmits the first information and the second information. A mobile station notifies the base station of a second mode supported by the mobile station, receives, after the notification, the first information and the second information from the base station, and skips without decoding as much downlink resource allocation information as a length corresponding to the length information without decoding, if the first mode is different from the second mode. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202397 | Wireless Routing Based On Data Packet Classfication - Apparatuses and methods of using multiple radios of a wireless access node of a wireless network are disclosed. One method includes selecting a 4.9 GHz radio exclusively for public safety data packets, selecting other radios for other types of data packets, and selecting other radios for public safety data packets depending upon specification by a network operator. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202398 | SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT RECOVERY OF NODE-B BUFFERED DATA FOLLOWING MAC LAYER RESET - A method and system for the UE and RNC to reduce transmission latency and potentially prevent loss of PDUs upon a MAC layer reset. UE generation of the status PDU is coupled with the MAC layer reset. The RNC generates a message with a MAC reset indication. Following the MAC layer reset all PDUs stored in the UE MAC layer reordering buffers are flushed to RLC entities and then processed by RLC entities prior to the generation of a PDU status report. The PDU status report provides to the RNC the status of all successfully received PDUs. Upon reception of a PDU status report in the RNC, missing PDUs are realized and retransmitted to the UE. | 08-12-2010 |
20100202399 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL (TPC) COMMANDS IN A WIDEBAND CDMA (WCDMA) NETWORK BASED ON A SIGN METRIC - Method and apparatus for processing transmit power control (TPC) commands in a wideband CDMA (WCDMA) network based on a sign metric are disclosed and may include calculating a sign metric of a downlink dedicated physical channel (DPCH) based on a plurality of TPC bits received via the downlink DPCH. A value of at least one of the plurality of TPC bits may not be known when the at least one of the plurality of TPC bits is received. The sign metric may specify an error associated with the plurality of TPC bits. Transmit power may be adjusted for a signal transmitted via at least one uplink communication channel based on the calculated sign metric. At least one reliability weight value may be calculated for at least a portion of the received TCP bits, based on the calculated sign metric. | 08-12-2010 |
20100208664 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND PILOT SIGNAL SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD IN MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus wherein even if the number of sectors or cells is increased in a multicarrier communication, the orthogonality between the pilot signal sequences between adjacent sectors or cells can be prevented from collapsing due to a frequency selectivity fading, thereby improving the reception characteristic. In this apparatus, modulating parts ( | 08-19-2010 |
20100208665 | SETTING TOKEN BUCKET PARAMETERS FOR SCHEDULING OF AIR-INTERFACE RESOURCES - A method of scheduling air-interface resources is disclosed. A throughput indicator associated with a wireless device is received. A modulation and coding scheme indicator is received. The modulation and coding scheme indicator being associated with a modulation and coding scheme recently used by the wireless device. Based on the modulation and coding scheme indicator, a token bucket size for a token bucket is selected. Based on the throughput indicator, a token rate for the token bucket is received. An air-interface resource is allocated to the wireless device based on the token bucket. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208666 | CONTROL CHANNELSIN COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEMS - On a transmitting side, control channels represented by nodes of a tree structure are allocated, each of the control channels having at least one control channel element carrying information for a respective identifier used to detect a control channel of the control channels. The allocation is performed by limiting allocation of highest level control channels of the control channels, the highest level control channels being represented by nodes of the tree structure at a highest level of the tree structure. On a receiving side, a control channel is searched for by decoding the allocated control channels, wherein the searching is limited for the highest level control channels. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208667 | Methods of performing data communication in wireless communication system - A method of performing data communication with a base station by a mobile terminal in a wireless communication system includes transmitting uplink data to the base station or receiving downlink data from the base station by using first channel resource assignment information among two or more channel resource assignment information, receiving from the base station a channel resource modification indicator indicating that a channel resource for transmitting or receiving data should be modified, and transmitting the uplink data to the base station or receiving the downlink data from the base station by using second channel resource assignment information among the two or more channel resource assignment information. Therefore, the efficiency of a channel resource can be improved in a wireless communication system. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208668 | SPEED UP VIDEO RECOVERY OF VIDEOTELEPHONY AFTER AN INTERRUPTION - Recovery or resynchronization of an ongoing videotelephony communication between a near terminal and a distant terminal is achieved with mechanisms between the radio connection protocol stack in control of the radio connection on network level and the videotelephony protocol stack which is responsible for handling the audio and video data of an ongoing videotelephony communication between the near and distant terminals. A videotelephony agent in the near terminal is aware of an absence the availability of the radio connection to the data network as may be caused by a UMTS handover, so that the videotelephony agent, after resumption of the videotelephony connection, requests the distant videotelephony agent to generate an independently encoded frame of the actual video image of the distant agent for fast resynchronization. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208669 | Method and apparatus of composing uplink control channel in wireless communication system - A method and apparatus of composing an uplink control channel in a wireless communication system is provided. Uplink radio resources including a plurality of symbols and a plurality of subcarriers is divided into a plurality of Feedback Mini-Tiles (FMTs) each having two consecutive subcarriers. Reordering FMTs (RFMTs) is selected from the plurality of FMTs. And a feedback channel is composed using the plurality of consecutive RFMTs. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208670 | Commucation method for voice calls - A communication method capable of providing voice communication between a first apparatus and a second apparatus includes establishing a voice call between the first apparatus and second apparatus to provide voice communication between the first and second apparatus. An identifier is generated to identify the voice call. During a first portion of the call, the voice communication is provided using a packet switched technique that includes conveying packets of voice data between the first and second apparatus via a communication connection. The communication connection is labelled with the identifier. During a second portion of the call, the voice communication is provided using a circuit switched technique that includes allocating a defined route to convey voice data between the first and second apparatus. Also during the second portion of the call, the identifier is used to manage said call. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208671 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT REGISTRATION METHOD, SWITCHING DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT REGISTRATION SYSTEM - A communication system that integrates a multimedia service using an internet protocol, and allows for access via a circuit switched domain, including a serving call session controller, circuit switched access adaptation element, and controller selecting element. The serving call session controller controls a call session by a registered user equipment. The circuit switched access adaptation element adds relevant information related to a location of the user equipment to a registration request of the user equipment connected to the circuit switched domain. The controller selecting element determines a serving call session controller for registering the user equipment based on the relevant information added to the registration request by the circuit switched access adaptation element. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208672 | Method of Allocating Uplink Radio Resource - A method of allocating an uplink radio resource includes transmitting a scheduling request signal for requesting allocation of the uplink radio resource, wherein the scheduling request signal comprises control information, a request of the allocation of the uplink radio resource is represented by transmitting the scheduling request signal and the control information is represented by a value of the scheduling request signal, and receiving a scheduling grant message in response to the scheduling request signal. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208673 | Method of Allocating Resource in Wireless Communication System - A method of allocating resources in a wireless communication system includes allocating a plurality of physical resource blocks, each of which includes a plurality of sub-parts, to a virtual resource block, and mapping the virtual resource block to the plurality of physical resource blocks, wherein the virtual resource block is mapped to the sub-parts located in different positions in the range of each physical resource block. The number of resource elements allocated for the virtual resource block is constantly maintained. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208674 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING PREAMBLE FROM OTHER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY CHANGING THE MEASUREMENT GAP TO DISCOVER THE OTHER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a preamble signal of another communication system and a method for adaptively changing a measurement gap to discover another communication system are disclosed. A method for receiving a preamble signal from a base station of a second communication system by a communicating mobile station in a first communication system includes receiving measurement gap scheduling information from a base station of the first communication system, if a preamble signal of the second communication system is not received during an assigned measurement gap, changing the measurement gap, and receiving the preamble signal of the second communication system during the changed measurement gap. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208675 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method is provided for controlling power allocated to a burst of a downlink frame that a Base Station (BS) will transmit to a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless communication system. The power control method includes comparing a measured Carrier to Interference and Noise Ratio (CINR) of the burst with a reference CINR of the burst, calculating a difference therebetween as a boosting power if the measured CINR is lower than the reference CINR, and calculating the difference as a deboosting power if the measured CINR is higher than the reference CINR; and setting a boosting power level so that a total boosting power including the boosting power or the deboosting power is set within a power range where a possible boosting range and a possible dynamic range cross each other. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208676 | Signal Transmission Method and Apparatus for OFDMA Wireless Communication System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a signal transmission method and apparatus used in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) wireless communication system, to enhance stability of signal transmission and resist time-frequency dispersion. The signal transmission method used in the OFDMA wireless communication system provided by an embodiment of the invention includes: converting an L×1 symbol vector into an N×1 modulating signal vector according to a loading factor fed back by a receiving party, in which value of N is known, both L and N are natural numbers larger than one, N is larger than or equal to L, the loading factor is a ratio of L and N; mapping the N×1 modulating signal vector into N time-frequency grids; and converting the N time-frequency grids into a signal waveform and sending the signal waveform to the receiving party. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208677 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS IN A MOBILE STATION - A method of transmitting packet in a mobile station is provided. The method includes determining whether a resource reserved for a special purpose is overlapped with a resource for transmitting a packet by the mobile station, on the basis of resource allocation information on the mobile station, and delaying the transmission of the packet if the reserved resource is overlapped with the resource for transmitting the packet. Accordingly, it is possible to increase uplink packet transmission efficiency without increasing downlink overhead, by avoiding or adjusting collision of an uplink packet transmission with a time-frequency resource reserved for another purpose. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208678 | Method of Transmitting Data Based on Adaptive Modulation and Coding - A method of transmitting data is provided. The method includes generating a frame, the frame comprising a data burst, a submap and a map wherein the submap indicates a resource allocation state of the data burst, and the map indicates a differential adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) level for the submap, and transmitting data using the frame, wherein the differential AMC level is information on change in an AMC level applied to the submap comparing with other submap in a different frame. High-speed data transmission is realized and limited radio resources can be more efficiently used. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208679 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS - Methods are described for a Node B to transmit and for a User Equipment (UE) to receive ACKnowledgement (ACK) information associated with the use of Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ), also known as HARQ-ACK signaling, in a communication system that includes multiple downlink component carriers or multiple uplink component carriers. An HARQ-ACK signal to a UE is in response to a data packet transmission from the UE and may consist of 2 information bits when the UE has 2 or more transmitter antennas. The HARQ-ACK signal is always located in the same downlink component carrier as the scheduling assignment resulting to the data packet transmission from the UE. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208681 | INFRASTRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A wireless network including a plurality of base stations operating at a public spectrum frequency, each base station capable of generating an adjustable size coverage area. Each base station utilizes dedicating channels for each user to permit avoidance of one or more sources of interference. A server supplies data to the base stations, and managing billing and access to the wireless network. A plurality of base stations employs transmissions in the unlicensed spectrum (i.e. 3.6 and 5.7 GHz in the US) for permitting flexibility in transmission power and additional subchannel/subcarrier interleaving capability for mitigating interference. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208682 | RECOVERY METHOD FOR LOST SIGNALING CONNECTION WITH HSDPA/FRACTIONAL DPCH - A method and apparatus are provided for defining terminal behavior in a case where the terminal detects that it cannot receive the HS-DSCH from a serving cell reliably when the DCCH is mapped to HS-DSCH (e.g. does not receive any radio link control (RLC) acknowledged mode feedback for the uplink measurement reports or in general the common pilot channel (CPICH) level drops too low in the serving HS-DSCH cell). The terminal is autonomously moved to a cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state and uplink signaling is initiated on a random access channel (RACH) to inform a network node and ask for HS-DSCH re-establishment in a suitable cell (preferably in the one being strongest one in the active set or according to the measurements done prior the connection from the serving HS-DSCH cell was lost), or setting up a regular R′99/R′5 DPCH in order to restore the RRC signaling connection in the CELL_DCH state. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208684 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for allocating resource regions in a wireless access system is provided. This method collectively allocates resources of consecutive frames. Specifically, a message, including allocation information used to collectively and consecutively allocate identical resource regions, is received from a base station and data is transmitted through the allocated resource regions. Unlike the conventional method, a resource region is not allocated in each frame but instead identical resource regions are allocated in multiple frames, thereby reducing MAP overhead in a network. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208685 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling uplink power in a wireless communication system includes receiving a power control offset with respect to a data burst including user data from a base station, receiving a power control offset with respect to a control burst including control information from the base station, and controlling transmission power of the data burst and transmission power of the control burst according to the power control offset with respect to the data burst and the power control offset with respect to the control burst. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208686 | METHOD OF PROVIDING CIRCUIT SWITCHED (SC) SERVICE USING HIGH-SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS (HSDPA) OR HIGH-SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS (HSUPA) - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, and an operation method of a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) entity in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS), and more particularly, to an operation method of transmitting, by a transmitting side (transmitter), data blocks by including a Connection Frame Number (CFN) therein such that a receiving side (receiver) processes each of received data blocks by a reference time, as a method of providing a Circuit Switched (CS) service using a High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) or High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) technology. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208687 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK SCHEDULING - The present invention is provided to perform uplink scheduling of a mobile station. In order to perform the uplink scheduling of the mobile station located in a service cell, a base station receives a plurality of interference amounts each corresponding to a plurality of frequency bands associated with an uplink in at least one adjacent cell corresponding to the mobile station from the base station of at least one adjacent cell, respectively, and calculates a plurality of interference values each corresponding to the plurality of frequency bands by using the plurality of interference amounts each corresponding to at least one adjacent cell. In addition, the base station generates scheduling control information corresponding to the mobile station by using the plurality of interference values and transmits the scheduling control information to the mobile station. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208688 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - A method for transmitting information includes: by a NodeB, receiving a message for setting up/reconfiguring a shared Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel from a Radio Network Controller (RNC); and setting up the shared E-DCH transmission channel according to parameters in the message, and exchanging information with the RNC through an established shared E-DCH transmission bearer. A system and NodeB for transmitting information are also provided. With the present invention, the NodeB and the RNC can share the E-DCH transmission bearer, thus saving the channel resources between the NodeB and the RNC while speeding up the information transmission between the RNC and the NodeB. | 08-19-2010 |
20100208689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING H-ARQ PROCESSES - A method and apparatus for supporting enhanced uplink (EU) transmissions, implemented in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), is disclosed. The WTRU provides hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) processes for supporting transmission over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), wherein at least one H-ARQ process is reserved for a dedicated channel medium access control channel (MAC-d) flow. The WTRU receives H-ARQ information, wherein the information indicates H-ARQ processes for which transmission of data from the MAC-d flow is allowed. For each transmission time interval (TTI), the WTRU allocates an H-ARQ process for use by the MAC-d flow, from the allowed H-ARQ processes. The WTRU transmits data from the MAC-d flow over the E-DCH using the allocated H-ARQ process. | 08-19-2010 |
20100214991 | Method and mobile communication appliance for selecting a transmission path - There is described a method for selecting a transmission path for a communication connection of a mobile communication device, wherein at least two transmission paths can be selected by the mobile communication device. In a first step, an option is determined via the position of the communication device, in a second step, the option is accessed using the determined option on the data bank for the transmission path, in a third step, a preferred transmission path is determined using at least one entry of the data bank, and in a fourth step, the preferred transmission path is selected and used for the communication connection. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214992 | Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication system in which base stations communicate with subscriber stations by exchange of data packets contained within frames. The frames, which occupy a certain time duration as well as frequency range, each include a downlink subframe from a base station to subscriber stations, and an uplink subframe used by the subscribers to send data to the base station. Each subframe includes a plurality of zones, and each base station maintains a plurality of simultaneous connections with the subscribers by transmitting packets within the zones to the relevant subscriber stations. The zones allow frequency reuse when subscribers are located in different cells served by the same base station. In addition, each connection has an associated service level requiring more or less resources within the system. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214993 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SOUNDING CHANNEL - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving a resource reservation request for a sounding channel, the resource reservation request comprising a first transmission direction and a first set of logical resources; mapping the first set of logical resources to a first set of physical resources, at least in part based on the first transmission direction; and mapping the first set of physical resources to a second set of logical resources at least in part based on a second transmission direction. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214994 | WIRELESS SENSING CONTROL NETWORK SYSTEM AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - The invention provides a wireless sensing control network system and method for controlling electronic devices. The wireless sensing control system is a three-layer system which comprises a main controlling node, converting nodes and terminal nodes. Particularly, the wireless sensing control network system of the invention provides: (1) channel-management and changing method; (2) auto-configuration method; (3) terminal node configuration method; (4) terminal node pairing method; (5) network control method and (6) technology for distinguishing between correct signal and error signal. Accordingly, the wireless sensing control network system of the invention is easily set up and controlled, and the reliability of the system is largely increased. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214995 | COMMUNICATING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - An apparatus and method for communicating system information in a wireless communication network. A first step | 08-26-2010 |
20100214996 | HIGH-PRIORITY COMMUNICATIONS SESSION WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An access network receives a request from an access terminal for communication session support resources associated with a communication session, determines whether sufficient communication session support resources are available for allocating to the access terminal and selects communication session support resources from another access terminal for de-allocation, the selected at least one communication session support resource associated with a communication session having a lower priority than the communication session. The access network sends instructions to the at least one other access terminal to facilitate de-allocation of the selected communication session support resource, and allocates communication session support resources to the access terminal for supporting the communication session after the selected communication session support resource is de-allocated from the other access terminal. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214997 | Clustering Based Resource Allocation in Multi-Cell OFDMA Networks - A method allocates resource in an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) network, including a set of Base Stations (BSs) and a set of Mobile Stations (MSs) for each BS. OFDMA frame are constructed as multiple resource blocks, and each resource block contains symbols transmitted on different subcarriers. A cluster is formed from adjacent sectors of different neighboring cells to jointly optimize the resource allocation in multiple frames, and three non-overlap zones are sequentially identified in cluster: cell center zone, cell edge zone, and cluster corner zone. Resource allocation includes intra-cluster proportional fair scheduling and inter-cluster interference mitigation. Intra-cluster scheduling further includes resource allocation for cell center zone and resource allocation for cell edge zone. | 08-26-2010 |
20100214998 | Network Management Device and Packet Transfer Device - A technique to optimize packet transfer in a network is disclosed. According to this technique, a mobile node (MN) | 08-26-2010 |
20100214999 | Wireless Local Area Network (LAN) System - A situation is circumvented where wireless communication becomes impossible in a wireless LAN system under the influence of a blocking object, noise caused by an electromagnetic wave, or the like. A wireless LAN system comprises: a relay which can communicate with an external system; a master which can communicate with the relay; and a plurality of slaves which can wirelessly communicate with the master, the plurality of slaves including a first group and a second group, the first group comprising an alternative slave having a function of transmitting, when a portion of the slaves cannot receive a synchronization signal from the master, an information signal received from the master to the portion of slaves, and the second group comprising non-alternative slaves and not having the function of transmitting the information signal to the portion of slaves. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215000 | METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION FOR SCHEDULING TRAFFIC IN WIDE AREA CELLULAR TELEPHONE NETWORKS - Within the 3G networks, the HSDPA use a scheduler in the Node B that has to be optimised to differentiate traffic/users to provide the appropriate Quality of Service to everyone. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215001 | Telecommunications networks and devices - A GSM, UMTS or LTE mobile telecommunications network is disclosed. In addition to the conventional radio access network comprising the base stations, one or more additional access points may be provided. An access point is typically connected to the network core by an IP transport broadband connection. The access point is configured to appear to the mobile terminal as a conventional base station. Arrangements are disclosed which allow the network to more simply route mobile terminating calls to a mobile terminal in a network including home base stations. Other arrangements are disclosed which allow the network to verify the validity of a mobile terminal accessing the telecommunications network using a home base station, and correspondingly the validity of the home base station to register itself as serving a given UE. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215002 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS, METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE AND METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING UPLINK MAP FOR THE SAME - A method for a Base station (BS) to allocate resources to terminals in a broadband wireless access system, a method for transmitting signals of a terminal, and a method for constructing an uplink MAP for the same are provided. Start position information of each allocated region may be included in uplink resource allocation information or information indicating the position of a region dedicated to VoIP traffic may be included in an uplink MAP. The uplink MAP may include separate resource allocation information for VoIP services. Through this resource allocation, the terminal can efficiently transmit uplink signals (specifically, VoIP signals). | 08-26-2010 |
20100215003 | ACCOUNTING METHOD FOR ULTRA MOBILE BROADBAND ACCESS NETWORK - An accounting method for session release of an ultra mobile broadband access network is provided. In case of the existence of a preferred Proxy Mobile IP tunnel, when a serving Evolved Base Station, which serves the Access Terminal, sends a session release message to decide to release the Ultra Mobile Broadband session, or receives a session release message from a Session Reference Network Controller, the following steps are performed: S | 08-26-2010 |
20100215004 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING HARQ - A method for transmitting data using a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) is provided. The method includes receiving scheduling information, the scheduling information comprising information regarding a radio resource; transmitting data by using the radio resource; and retransmitting the data or transmitting new data by reusing the radio resource if a received scheduling change indicator indicates that the radio resource is reused. The scheduling change indicator is control information different from the scheduling information. Resources can be effectively used by decreasing an amount of radio resources required for scheduling information. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215005 | FAST ACCESS TO A DEDICATED UPLINK (E-DCH) RESOURCE BY USING A PREVIOUSLY USED CONFIGURATION - A user equipment (UE), a base station and methods for enabling providing fast access to a dedicated uplink (UL) resource between the base station UE for data transmissions, by using a UE identifier. The UE may receive configuration parameters of a set of common UL resources from the base station, transmit a random access request for a common UL resources of said set of common UL resources to said base station, obtain allocation of said common resource of said set from said base station, and transmit a UE identifier to said base station on said common resource wherein the UE identifier indicates a previously used set of configuration parameters for a dedicated resource. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215006 | RLC FOR MULTI-CARRIER LTE SYSTEMS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure propose methods for supporting multicarrier in a radio link control (RLC) communication layer. The proposed methods reduce the processing required when scheduling information for each carrier becomes available by generating protocol data units (PDUs) in advance, and storing the PDUs in buffers associated with each carrier. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215007 | CHANNEL INTERLEAVER FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE CODE BLOCKS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for performing channel interleaving to achieve similar SINRs for multiple code blocks are described. In one design, a transmitter station (e.g., a base station or a UE) determines a plurality of resource groups assigned for data transmission. Each resource group includes a plurality of resource elements formed by a cluster of subcarriers in a time interval. The transmitter station partitions a transport block into a plurality of code blocks, processes each code block to obtain data symbols for that code block, and maps the data symbols for each code block to at least one resource element in each of the plurality of resource groups. The transmitter station transmits the mapped data symbols for the plurality of code blocks to a receiver station. In one design, the transmitter station receives an ACK or a NACK for the transport block and retransmits all code blocks if a NACK is received. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215008 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A base station apparatus in a wireless communication network system includes an information obtaining unit that obtains a delay request value for application data which is transmitted and received between a terminal and a communication partner thereof through an application layer, where the terminal performs data transmission and reception by wirelessly accessing the base station apparatus; and a resource allocator that computes, based on the delay request value for the application data, a residual time up to a time by which an application data transmitting side, which is one of the base station apparatus and the terminal, should complete wireless transmission of TCP packets which store the application data, and performs allocation of a wireless resource used in wireless communication between the base station apparatus and the terminal, based on a degree of margin of the residual time for a prearranged transmission time of the wireless transmission from the application data transmitting side. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215009 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MULTI HOP RELAY NETWORK - A method of resource allocation by a base station in a multi hop relay network includes identifying a number of relays participating in a cooperative communication; dividing a sub-frame resource interval of the relay according to the identified number of relays in a time domain; and allocating resources so that only two relays can communicate with each other in a divided resource zone, and transmitting data while performing multi-hopping between the relays, wherein only the two relays communicate with each other during the hopping. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215010 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION INTERFACE MODULE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a controller configured to control transmission of a bandwidth request message, the transmission being triggered by a detection of connection establishment between the communication apparatus and a destination apparatus in a layer that is higher than a media-access control layer; and a transmitter configured to transmit the bandwidth request message in accordance with a control of the controller. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215011 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING A RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT MODE FOR A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS - Techniques for configuring and switching a resource assignment mode for a plurality of component carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) has a capability of supporting multiple resource assignment modes such that a resource assignment mode is configured for a plurality of component carriers that are allocated for the WTRU, and the WTRU attempts to decode a control channel based on the configured resource assignment mode. The resource assignment mode may be configured for the WTRU via higher layer signaling. The resource assignment mode may be specific to the WTRU, or specific to a component carrier or a group of component carriers. The resource assignment mode may be configured separately for a downlink component carrier and an uplink component carrier. The resource assignment mode includes a separate assignment mode with component carrier indication, a separate assignment mode without component carrier indication, or a joint assignment mode. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215012 | METHOD OF CONVERTING ALLOCATED RADIO RESOURCE MODE OF MS IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of switching a radio resource mode allocated to a mobile station in a wireless access system is disclosed. The method for switching the radio-resource mode allocated to the mobile station in the wireless access system includes, transmitting information of a second radio-resource mode to a base station, thereby requesting a switching from a first radio-resource mode allocated to the mobile station to the second radio-resource mode, and re-requesting the switching of the radio-resource mode using a high-speed feedback channel, if a message approving the switching of the radio-resource mode is not received within a predetermined time. So, a variety of problems caused by inconsistency in operation mode between a mobile station receiving no control messages and the base station can be solved. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215013 | METHOD OF EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION OF TERMINAL DURING THE GENERATION OF DATA BLOCK - Disclosed is a radio communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, namely, a method for communicating data blocks between a base station and the terminal in Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) or Long Term Evolution (LTE) System evolved from UMTS, and more particularly, to a method of effectively identifying a transmitter of a data block received by a receiver. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215014 | Quasi Synchronous Transmission in Cellular Networks - Aspects of the invention include a root node of a wireless communication infrastructure that buffers data packets for transmission by base stations over an air interface. The root node determines a time delay for transmission of a data packet from the root node to each base station, a maximum time delay of those time delays, and a timing latency based upon the maximum time delay. The root node transmits the timing latency to the base stations. In response, each base station initiates transmission of data packets received by the root node after expiration of the timing latency. Alternatively, the root node, instead of the base stations, may buffer the data packets, and transmit them so that they arrive at the base stations at substantially the same time. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215015 | MOBILE AGENT, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK, AND NETWORK ADAPTATION METHOD - A Mobile Agent (MA), a Radio Access Network (RAN), and a network adaptation method are disclosed herein. The MA is connected to an access layer of an air interface protocol stack for a first network and an access layer of a Core Network (CN) interface protocol stack for a second network to adapt and forward signaling messages and data sent by a Mobile Station (MS) of the first network and a CN of the second network. In the network evolution process, the MA achieves backward compatibility of the MS and the network, and enables smooth evolution. | 08-26-2010 |
20100215016 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION CONTROL EQUIPMENT, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system which automatically selects a communication path having a higher speed is provided when a plurality of communication paths having a different speed from each other are available for data transmission between the radio terminal and the base station control equipment. The radio terminal receives a data frame and sends back an ACK signal for the data frame via the communication path through which the data frame has been received. At this time, the radio terminal acquires data of the frame with a sequence number having received at the first time, and if the frame with the same sequence number is received later, the frame is discarded. However, the ACK signal is sent back in respective cases. The base station control equipment transmits a first data frame to the radio terminal via the plurality of communication paths and transmits subsequent data frames to the radio terminal via one communication path through which the ACK signal for the first data frame has arrived the earliest. | 08-26-2010 |
20100220663 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A disclosed radio communications apparatus adaptively controls a modulation method and coding rate (MCS) of a data channel in accordance with received channel quality information (CQI). This apparatus includes a first data table indicating a first corresponding relationship of the MCS with respect to the CQI; a second data table indicating a second corresponding relationship of transmission power of a control channel with respect to the CQI; a first selection portion that accesses the first data table so as to select the MCS of the data channel in accordance with the received CQI; a second selection portion that accesses the second data table so as to select the transmission power of the control channel in accordance with the received CQI; and a transmission portion that transmits the data channel in accordance with the selected MCS and the control channel at the selected transmission power. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220664 | Apparatus, Methods, and Computer Program Products Providing Limited Use of Zadoff-Chu Sequences in Pilot or Preamble Signals - In one, non-limiting exemplary embodiment, a method includes: obtaining a timing uncertainty window parameter; and selecting, using the obtained timing uncertainty window parameter, a preamble sequence including a cyclic shift of a Zadoff-Chu root sequence, wherein the cyclic shift is an allowed cyclic shift from a group of allowed cyclic shifts, wherein the allowed cyclic shifts have timing uncertainty windows with timing uncertainty window elements, wherein the timing uncertainty windows of the allowed cyclic shifts do not overlap with one other or with frequency cyclic shifts of +1 or −1 of the timing uncertainty window elements, and wherein the frequency cyclic shift of −1 of the timing uncertainty window elements of the allowed cyclic shifts does not overlap with the frequency cyclic shift of +1 of the timing uncertainty window elements of other allowed cyclic shifts. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220665 | METHOD FOR VERIFICATIONS AND FAST QOS ESTABLISHMENT - A wireless communication system is provided for rapidly establishing the QoS resource on different communication networks. In this system, the NAP ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220666 | RADIO TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND RADIO TRANSMITTING METHOD - A radio transmitting apparatus and a radio transmitting method wherein the increase of the guard time in a random access region is reduced to secure the data transmitting region of an upstream line. In this apparatus, when a received signal power estimated by a received signal power estimating part ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220667 | ROUTING MEDIA STREAMS FROM PACKET SWITCHED NETWORK TO CIRCUIT SWITCHED NETWORK - A method, apparatus and computer program in a telecommunication network ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220668 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION METHOD, PROGRAM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - It is possible to effectively control information on allocation of a radio resource for each mobile station, improve the frequency use efficiency of the entire communication system, and effectively execute base station/mobile station control. A mobile station holds a Chunk Table (TB) in advance (S | 09-02-2010 |
20100220669 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of allocating channel resources in a wireless network is disclosed. The method of allocating instant channel resources in a wireless network includes receiving channel resource scheduling information of a specific superframe from a coordinator of the wireless network, requesting the coordinator to allocate instant channel resources for an unreserved duration of the specific superframe, and receiving an announcement message from the coordinator, the announcement message announcing allocation of the instant channel resources within the unreserved duration of the specific superframe. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220670 | Method for Scheduling to Reduce Inter-Cell Interference for Voice Communication in OFDMA - A method schedules voice communication in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing Access (OFDMA) network of base stations serving sets of mobile stations in cells. The method uses statistical characteristics of voice communications by adjusting scheduling periods accordingly to measurement reports provided by the mobile stations. The base stations generally use persistent scheduling for voice transmission due to inherent characteristics, along with extra signaling concerns. Base stations have the liberty of shortening or prolonging the scheduling period according to their needs while taking into account changes in dynamic conditions. This method makes use of the measurement reports provided by the mobile stations along with a shortened scheduling period in order to reduce ICI. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220671 | Method for transmission of data and method for corresponding reception - The invention relates to a method for transmission of data in a wireless network comprising a plurality of base stations broadcasting data at a same frequency and a plurality of mobile terminals. In order to overcome inter-cell transfer at the level of mobile terminals, the method comprises:
| 09-02-2010 |
20100220672 | METHOD FOR ASSIGNING SIGNATURE SEQUENCES FOR E-HICH CHANNEL - The present disclosure discloses a method for assigning signature sequences for E-HICH channel which may avoid the unbalanced situation brought about by the codeword assignment, wherein the use of UE signature sequences on E-HICH channel is equalized, so as to drive the average detection performance toward equity for different UEs to detect their respective signature sequences on E-HICH channel, and to reduce the average false detection rate for the respective UE on the feedback information transmitted thereto. The method comprises: firstly, assigning a E-HICH logical signature sequence index r for each UE; then, converting the logical signature sequence index r into a physical signature sequence index r′ varying with time by using a random permutation function; and after that, assigning a signature sequence corresponding to the physical signature sequence index r′ to the respective UE. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220673 | MOBILE STATION AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ADAPTING A GRANT INTERVAL DURING VOIP COMMUNICATIONS IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORK - Embodiments of a mobile station and methods for dynamically adapting a grant interval during Voice-over-Internet Protocol (VoIP) communications in a broadband wireless network are generally described herein. The mobile station may detect a voice-state transition and may provide an indication to a base station to change a grant interval based on the detected voice-state transition. The base station dynamically adapts the grant interval based on the indication. Some embodiments utilize an adaptive granting and polling (aGP) service to dynamically adapt the grant interval based on the detected voice-state transition. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220674 | Method and apparatus for communicating carrier configuration in multi-carrier OFDM systems - A message contains global carrier configuration is provided in a wireless multi-carrier orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system. The global carrier configuration contains global carrier configuration information such as the center frequencies for multiple available RF carriers of different base stations in the OFDM network. In one embodiment, the global carrier configuration comprises information of single or multiple carrier groups, each carrier group comprises single or multiple contiguous RF carriers, and each carrier group is associated with a multi-carrier configuration index that refers to carrier configuration information contained in a carrier configuration lookup table and a frequency assignment index that refers to a global frequency location contained in a frequency assignment lookup table. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220675 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a feedback message in wireless communication system is provided. The method includes selecting N best subbands of M subbands according to CQI, where both M and N are a natural number and M is larger than N, generating multiple input multiple output (MIMO) information comprising N codebook indexes and N differential CQIs and transmitting the feedback message comprising the MIMO information. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220676 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - A wireless communication unit ( | 09-02-2010 |
20100220677 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING VOICE IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for transmitting voice in a wireless system. The method includes: identifying, by a transmitter, each original voice encoding packet needed to be sent out with a number indicating playback order, and performing channel encoding on each identified original voice encoding packet to construct a voice session packet; establishing a voice session or voice data mixed session between the transmitter and a receiver; allocating a channel dynamically for the voice session or the voice data mixed session; sending, by the transmitter, newly-arrived voice session packets, delayed voice session packets, voice session packets needed to be re-transmitted, data session packets and control command packets according to pre-configured priority; receiving and detecting, by the receiver, the voice session packets, sending an NACK packet comprising number of a lost voice session packet to the transmitter to inform the transmitter to re-transmit the voice session packet, if it is confirmed that the voice session packet is lost; and putting voice session packets properly received into a jitter buffer controller at the receiver if the receiver is a terminal. In embodiments of the present invention, spectral efficiency and reliability of real-time voice services in a wireless multi-service transmission system may be improved while satisfying the Quality of Service (QoS) requirements of real-time services, such as voice service. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220678 | PIGGYBACKING INFORMATION IN TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITIES - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for aggregating certain frame types in uplink and/or downlink transmit opportunities. Such techniques may improve wireless communications system performance by reducing the overall number of transmit opportunities required. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220679 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR SCHEDULING UPLINK REQUEST SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (RSDMA) MESSAGES IN AN SDMA CAPABLE WIRELESS LAN - An apparatus for wireless communications, including a processing system configured to receive requests for a spatial division multiplexed transmission from a plurality of nodes over a multiple access medium; and initiate the spatial division multiplexed transmission based on a metric related to one or more of the nodes, is disclosed. Another apparatus for wireless communications, including a processing system configured to generate data belonging to an access class having contention parameters; and precode at least a portion of the data for transmission over a spatial stream and enter into post backoff following the spatial stream transmission, is also disclosed. Methods for using the apparatuses are also disclosed. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220680 | PAGING HEURISTICS IN PACKET BASED NETWORKS - This disclosure relates to systems and methods for paging devices in a communication network. A network device providing mobility management through control messaging can be assigned a number of cell sites in a tracking area. The network device such as a mobility management entity (MME) can use a criteria or heuristic based implementation to provide a hierarchy for contacting a mobile device with a page. The criteria or heuristic based implementation can page a subset of the total number of cell sites in a tracking area and expand the subset after unsuccessful attempts to page the mobile device. The implementation can also be tailored to offer a range of options for page requests received by a network device, which can be based on such things as the application sending the page request. | 09-02-2010 |
20100220681 | CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL USING THE SAME METHOD - A method for transmitting a control channel information to perform an adaptive coding and modulation comprising performing error correction coding at a predetermined coding rate for the control channel information; modulating according to a predetermined modulation scheme and transmitting the error correction coded control channel information; and further, prior to the modulation, performing code decimation or code repetition of the error correction coded signal, according to whether or not Multi Input Multi Output is applied. | 09-02-2010 |
20100226317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TIMESLOT SWAPPING - All or a portion of a timeslot of a slotted communication system may be dynamically designated for transmitting or for receiving. For example, a timeslot originally designated for receiving information at a wireless node may be temporarily designated for transmitting information from the wireless node. Such a designation may be made to accommodate a temporary asymmetry in traffic flow between wireless nodes or may be made based on other criteria. In some aspects, a resource utilization messaging scheme may be employed to mitigate interference associated with the designation of timeslots for transmitting or receiving. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226318 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL CHANNEL ARRANGING METHOD - Provided is a base station which can prevent deterioration of data channel application control accuracy due to influence of transmission power control to a control channel. In the base station, each encoding section ( | 09-09-2010 |
20100226319 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, METHOD FOR SELECTING COMMUNICATION CHANNEL AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A radio communication terminal includes a communication unit, a channel investigating unit and a channel setting unit. The communication unit communicates using at least one channel in a first frequency band. The channel investigating unit investigates all channels in the first frequency band, detects an available channel in the all channels and outputs a detection result as available channel information. The channel setting unit receives the available channel information, determines whether or not a plurality of channels adjacent to each other in the first frequency band are available for communication based on the available channel information. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226320 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless se station notifies a mobile wireless terminal of type y of LTE-A of the assignment information of a representative channel (PDSCH) via a PDCCH, as in a mobile wireless terminal of type x of Rel-8 LTE, and notifies the terminal of the remaining assigned channels (PDSCHs) via a region (D) of the notified representative channel. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226321 | Base station apparatus, terminal apparatus, and communication method - A base station apparatus includes a wireless receiving unit wirelessly receiving identification information on a terminal apparatus located in the vicinity of the base station apparatus; a storage unit storing the identification information received by the wireless receiving unit; a request receiving unit receiving, from a communication apparatus, a start request containing identification information regarding a terminal apparatus to be started; a determination unit determining whether the identification information contained in the start request received by the request receiving unit having been stored in the storage unit; and a distribution unit wirelessly distributing a start instruction to start the terminal apparatus indicated by the identification information upon the determination unit determining the identification information having been stored in the storage unit. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226322 | Transmission of preamble code for mobile WiMAX systems - Embodiments of an apparatus and methods for transmission of timing and synchronization information for mobile WiMAX systems are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226323 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a resource allocation method and a resource allocation apparatus. When the resource allocation apparatus according to the present invention receives information of a plurality of bands selected from a plurality of mobile stations operating in a band adaptive modulation and coding mode, depending on the channel status, the apparatus arranges the mobile stations on the basis of the maximum number of logically adjacent bands included in the band information, and allocates the resource on the basis of the order of the arranged mobile stations. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226324 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a control signal includes transmitting a random access preamble on a random access channel (RACH) resource in a subframe, wherein the RACH resource includes a preamble period which is a time for transmitting the random access preamble and a cyclic prefix (CP) period which is a time for transmitting a CP, and transmitting a sounding signal on a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol subsequent to the RACH resource in the subframe. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226325 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA OF COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, and more particularly, to a method for exchanging data blocks by a base station and a terminal in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, in which a transmitting side effectively transmits data transmitted via a Common Control Logical Channel to a receiving side, and the receiving side accurately separates unnecessary data from the data received via the Common Control Logical Channel. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226326 | Method for Transmitting Uplink Control Signal - A method for transmitting an uplink control signal includes receiving scheduling information for transmission of the uplink control signal, and transmitting the uplink control signal according to the scheduling information. Various control signals can be transmitted without interference with other control signals while maintaining a single carrier property. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS AND CQI REPORTS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A mobile station capable of communicating via an uplink transmission to at least one base station in a Multiple Input Multiple Output wireless network is configured to transmit multiple channel quality index (CQI) reports corresponding to multiple downlink component carriers. The mobile station includes at least one transmit antenna and a transmitter. The transmitter can communicate with a base station over the multiple downlink component carriers and at least one uplink component carrier. The transmitter can transmit the CQI report over the at least one uplink component carrier using at least one of a number of CQI reporting modes. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226328 | RESOURCE NEGOTIATION WITH VARIABLE-DELAY CONTROL INFORMATION EXCHANGE - According to certain aspects of the present disclosure, a scheme is provided which may help ensure a consensus on a delay threshold to be used between base stations that share resource negotiation information. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226329 | BURST SIZE SIGNALING AND PARTITION RULE - A wireless network includes base stations and mobile stations. The base stations determine burst sizes and partitions, and signal this information to the mobile stations. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226330 | METHOD FOR A RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) SAMPLING APPARATUS WITH ARRAYS OF TIME INTERLEAVED SAMPLERS AND SCENARIO BASED DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method and apparatus for dynamic resource allocation of an RF sampling system based on a signal quality measurement determined by generating a plurality of time-interleaved samples from a received radio frequency (RF) signal and combining the plurality of time-interleaved samples to generate the signal quality. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226331 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TWO-WAY BROADCASTING - A method for transmitting and receiving broadcast signals in a radio broadcasting communication system is provided together with an associated apparatus. The transmitting method includes creating a frame having a preamble slot, a data slot and a control slot, and sending the created frame. The control slot has information for assigning the data slot to one of an uplink and a downlink. The receiving method includes receiving such a frame wherein the control slot has scheduling information for each user, and extracting the data slot from the received frame by using the scheduling information in the control slot. These methods may realize an interactive broadcasting by separately employing broadcast signals for the uplink and downlink. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226332 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING UP A BEARER - Method and system for setting up a bearer are disclosed. The bearer setup method includes these steps: a packet data network gateway (PGW) obtains first quality of service (QoS) information and a first bearer identifier (ID), and sets up a bearer between the PGW and a radio access network (RAN) according to the first QoS information, where the bearer is associated with the first bearer ID; the RAN sets up a radio bearer (RB) with a user equipment (UE) according to second QoS information associated with the first QoS information, where the RB is associated with a second bearer ID associated with the first bearer ID. According to the technical solution of the present invention, when the UE is connected to a serving gateway (SGW) through a serving general packet radio service support node (SGSN), the SGSN and the SGW set up a bearer between the UE and the PGW. Thus, resources of each network entity in a network are fully utilized. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226333 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING SERVICES USING THE SAME FREQUENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and apparatus for performing communication between a Base Station (BS) and a Mobile Station (MS) in a Broadband Wireless Access (BWA) communication system. A method includes determining, by the BS, a Pseudo Random Bit Sequence Identifier (PRBS_ID) for renumbering subchannels in a predetermined Partial Usage of SubChannels (PUSC) zone among a plurality of PUSC zones in a downlink (DL) frame, and transmitting, by the BS, the PRBS_ID to the MS within a Space Time Coding Zone Information Element (STC_ZONE_IE) of a DL MAP message included in the DL frame. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226334 | PHYSICAL LAYER STRUCTURES AND INITIAL ACCESS SCHEMES IN AN UNSYNCHRONIZED COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Physical layer structures and related access schemes for unsynchronized communication networks are provided. Access channel information, preferably including a common synchronization code associated with all transceiver stations in a communication network and a cell-specific synchronization code uniquely associated with one of the transceiver stations, is modulated onto at least one set of time-continuous signal components of a communication signal. In order to access the communication network, communication terminals search for the access channel information in one or more sets of time-continuous signal components and synchronization parameters are then determined based on a location of the access channel information in the sets of time-continuous signal components. Some embodiments of the invention provide for joint frame synchronization and coarse timing synchronization. In further embodiments, the communication signal also includes a scattered pilot channel onto which a portion of the access channel information, preferably the cell-specific synchronization code, is modulated. The pilot channels may then be re-used for initial access operations in addition to its conventional uses for such operations as channel estimation. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226335 | FLOW BASED FAIR SCHEDULING IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments describe flow based fair scheduling in a wireless multi-hop network. The scheduling can be rate controlled multi-hop scheduling or power controlled multi-hop scheduling. The scheduling chosen is intended to provide maxmin fairness over all flows within the wireless network. | 09-09-2010 |
20100226336 | Clientless Mobile Subscribers with Seamless Roaming Over Scalable Wide Area Wireless Networks - System and method for seamless roaming over scalable wide area Wireless LAN networks (WAWLAN) with clientless mobile subscribers. A preferred embodiment comprises a wireless gateway (WG) coupled to one or more access points in a wireless network to form a wireless cluster (WC), a network access gateway (NAG) coupled to a wired network, and a switch coupled to the WG and the NAG. Each wireless cluster is a Wireless LAN Network (WLAN) with homogenous or heterogeneous network architecture. The WG detects mobile nodes in a wireless cluster and tracks mobile node location in the wireless cluster. The NAG is an anchor point for mobile nodes in the WAWLAN and maintains a fixed source of information about each mobile node regardless of their mobility. The switch provides connectivity between the NAG and the WG. Seamless roaming across Wireless LAN network boundary by mobile subscribers without requiring special mobility enabling client software. | 09-09-2010 |
20100232365 | Cognitive radio system and method - A cognitive radio system and method for clear and idle channel survey in Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. Through computing average value of Received-Signal-Strength-Indicator (RSSI_AVG) in each channel, clear channels without interference from other RF devices can be distinguished in the present system and method. Based on an actual WLAN setup, a further AP has a larger possibility to be an idle and clear AP. In the present system and method, searching available channels from furthest AP to nearest AP therefore helps to reduce time of channel survey through repeated rises of signal strength threshold. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232366 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD - The object can be achieved by providing a base station apparatus with: priority calculation means configured to calculate priority of a user in packet scheduling; priority correction means configured to correct priority calculated by the priority calculation means according to a discontinuous reception state; and a scheduler configured to determine a user to which data should be transmitted based on the priority corrected by the priority correction means. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232367 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus for use in a radio communication system having plural communication channels on a frequency domain. The communication apparatus includes an ACK/NACK generating unit that generates an ACK or a NACK based on a result of decoding of a received signal; a quality-information organizing unit that accumulates a channel quality obtained by a predetermined measuring process, of each of the communication channels, and that outputs a CQI in timing of an ACK or an NACK output by the ACK/NACK generating unit; and a transmitting unit that receives a CQI from the quality-information organizing unit and receives an ACK or an NACK from the ACK/NACK generating unit, and that transmits the CQI and the ACK or the NACK through the same communication channel. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232368 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLE REGISTRATION OF A MULTIMODAL COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - For multiple registration of a multimodal communication terminal (MKE) via at least one access network in an IMS-based service communication system in a mobile and/or convergent communication system, where the multimodal communication terminal (MKE) is registered for at least one communication service via a first access network (WIAN) in at least one service control unit in the IMS-based service communication system (S-CSCF), a registration message with an access network identifier (ZK) is produced and is transmitted to the at least one service control unit (S-CSCF) in the IMS-based service communication system. The at least one service control unit evaluates the access network identifier (ZK) and takes it as a basis for performing further registration of the multimodal communication terminal in the IMS-based service communication system (S-CSCF). | 09-16-2010 |
20100232369 | MULTI-CHANNEL SINGLE RADIO COMMUNICATION IN HOME MESH NETWORK - An embodiment is a technique to use a single radio for multi-channel wireless communication. A local device having a local channel table operates on a common channel in a multi-channel wireless network having a plurality of network devices to perform management, control, and discovery functions using a single radio. A data session channel is negotiated with a remote device having a remote channel table upon an initiation of a communication session using the local and remote channel tables on the common channel. Data packets are exchanged with the remote device using the data session channel in a data transmission mode. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232370 | QUALITY OF SERVICE TRAFFIC RECOGNITION AND PACKET CLASSIFICATION HOME MESH NETWORK - An embodiment is a technique to perform network-based traffic recognition and packet classification. A port identifier in a transport layer header of a packet having a packet type associated with a priority level is extracted. The packet is transmitted from or to an application according to a network protocol in a multi-hop mesh network having a local node and a remote node. The packet is classified into the packet type using one of a pre-defined port list, a dynamic port table, and an application header of the application. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232371 | QUALITY OF SERVICE SERVICE SCHEDULING FOR HOME MESH NETWORK - An embodiment is a technique to perform packet scheduling for QoS. A plurality of buffers is visited in a variable round robin manner. The buffers store packets having packet types associated with priority levels and having buffer types according to the packet types. The packets are generated for transmission from an application according to a network protocol in a multi-hop mesh network having a local node and a remote node. The buffers are dequeued according to the buffer types and using an amount dynamically weighted by the priority levels associated with the buffer types. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232372 | DISTRIBUTED ASSIGNMENT OF FREQUENCY CHANNELS TO TRANSCEIVERS OVER DYNAMIC SPECTRUM - The invention relates to systems and methods of operating a wireless network including allocating and assigning frequency channels using a dynamic and distributed process. For example, a network node in an ad hoc wireless network will assign frequency channels to one or more of its transceivers based on at least one of a list of allowed frequency channels and a neighbor-frequency channel list. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232373 | Resource Allocation in Wireless Communication Systems - A wireless communication terminal including a controller coupled to a wireless transceiver wherein the transceiver is configured to receive a first control message on an anchor carrier, the first control message including a resource assignment for the anchor carrier. The transceiver is also configured to receive a second control message on the anchor carrier, the second control message associated with a set of component carriers, the set of component carriers are distinct from the anchor carrier. The controller determines a resource assignment for at least one component carrier in the set of component carriers using both the first and the second control messages. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232374 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - One aspect of the present invention relates to a base station wherein either resource blocks resulting from division of a system bandwidth into blocks of consecutive frequency subcarriers or distributed type resource blocks consisting of frequency subcarriers discretely distributed within the system bandwidth and resulting from segmentation of the resource blocks into multiple resource blocks are assigned to mobile stations, the base station including: a scheduling unit configured to assign either the resource blocks or the distributed type resource blocks to the mobile stations at a predefined assignment cycle based on respective downlink reception channel states transmitted from the mobile stations. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232375 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless base station apparatus assigns channels to a narrowband mobile wireless terminal apparatus of type x (Rel-8 LTE) within the range of one component as its standard and assigns, to a broadband mobile wireless terminal apparatus of type y (LTE-A), channels not only within the range of one component but also channels in other components or between components. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232376 | METHOD AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR RADIO LINK CONTROL RECONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of RLC reconfiguration for a communication device of a wireless communication system includes receiving a dedicated signaling including a reconfiguration value corresponding to a RLC-related parameter when the RLC-related parameter is in-use, and not immediately starting to use the reconfiguration value on the in-use RLC-related parameter when the reconfiguration value is extracted from the dedicated signaling. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232377 | Method for Packet Data Session Release in Ultra Mobile Broadband Access Network - A packet data session release method for ultra mobile broadband access network is disclosed, and which includes: S | 09-16-2010 |
20100232378 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND RESPONSE SIGNAL ALLOCATION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication base station device, a radio communication terminal device, and a response signal allocation method which perform D-ACK and P-ACK resource allocation while maintaining a high use efficiency of the upstream line control channel of PUCCH or the like. When a plurality of CCE are allocated upon PDCCH transmission, PUCCH resources corresponding to odd CCE numbers are allocated for D-ACK and PUCCH resources corresponding to even CCE numbers are allocated for P-ACK among a plurality of CCE numbers which can be used. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232379 | Interference Randomization of Control Channel Elements - A method and a radio base station for interleaving control channel data to be transmitted in a telecommunications system are described. The method comprises grouping the control channel elements CCE | 09-16-2010 |
20100232380 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UTILIZING SPECTRUM OPERATION MODES IN DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS SYSTEMS - A system and method for enabling primary and secondary user coexistence for a wireless system includes performing spectrum sensing in a channel to determine primary user usage in a first mode of operation. It is determined whether the primary user usage includes a pattern of usage. If a pattern of usage is detected, a second mode of operation is engaged which includes at least reducing spectrum sensing by a secondary user to permit secondary user usage of the channel. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232381 | FRAME-BASED, ON-DEMAND SPECTRUM CONTENTION PROTOCOL SPECIFICATIONS - A frame-based, on-demand spectrum contention protocol provides a fine grain allocation of a shared spectrum resource in a cognitive radio network. Each frame of a plurality of synchronized superframes is allocated independently based on contention criteria. As demands for increased spectrum resources are realized, targeted requests are issued to base stations currently occupying targeted data frames. A contention resolution occurs at the base station currently occupying the targeted spectrum resource. The winner of the base station is announced and after a predetermined period of time, the contention winner occupies the contended spectrum resource. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING AND RESELECTING AN UPLINK PRIMARY CARRIER - A method and apparatus are described for using an uplink (UL) primary carrier for long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) to support hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback, a channel quality indicator (CQI), a scheduling request (SR), power headroom, and at least one buffer status report in the context of asymmetrical deployment and symmetrical deployment. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL BANDWIDTH IN WIRELESS INTERNET PROTOCOL TELEVISION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for allocating channel bandwidths in a wireless IPTV system is provided. The method includes measuring, if an additional service offering request is received in a saturation channel state, remaining execution times until a service of each terminal that is currently receiving a service is terminated, and setting a minimum of the measured remaining execution times to a unit time; calculating a securable channel bandwidth per the unit time with respect to each terminal that is currently receiving a service; and allocating, if the summation of the securable channel bandwidths per the unit time is equal to or greater than a channel bandwidth required to provide the additional service, the requested channel bandwidth in order to provide the additional service. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232384 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION BASED UPON USER SPECIFIC AND COMMON REFERENCE SIGNALS - Systems and methods are disclosed to facilitate wireless communications. The systems and methods include generating one or more user specific reference signals (UE-RS) and one or more common reference signals (CRS) at a transmitting node; transmitting the UE-RS and the CRS to a user (UE) using a transmission scheme in accordance with a mapping function to enable the UE to estimate a channel based upon CRS observations, UE-RS observations, and the mapping function; and transmitting data using the transmission scheme in accordance with the mapping function. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232385 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF HANDLING UPLINK INFORMATION UNDER CARRIER AGGREGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of handling uplink information under carrier aggregation for a MAC layer of a UE in a wireless communication system includes receiving uplink data from a higher layer of the UE, triggering a request for requesting UL-SCH resource on at least one of a plurality of component carriers according to whether a PUCCH resource is configured on the at least one of the plurality of component carriers in a current TTI when no UL-SCH resource is available for transmitting the uplink data in the current TTI, and instructing a lower layer of the UE to transmit the request on the at least one of the plurality of component carriers. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232386 | METHOD FOR ALLOWING A UICC TO MANAGE THE PDP CONTEXT PARAMETHERS - The invention relates to a method for setting up data bearer parameters for a wireless communication between a User Equipment ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100232387 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE TRIGGERING OF THE TRANSMISSION OF BUFFER STATUS REPORTING (BSR) INFORMATION - The invention concerns a method for optimizing the transmission of Buffer Status Reporting (BSR) information from a User Equipment (UE) to a Base Station (BS) in a wireless telecommunication network wherein the transmission of Buffer Status Reporting information is triggered if new uplink data arrive in the UE transmission buffer of said UE and said new uplink data belong to a logical channel for which a positive PBR (Prioritized Bit Rate) parameter is defined and for which no data already existed in the UE transmission buffer. | 09-16-2010 |
20100232388 | RADIO COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL SPREAD SEQUENCE CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a radio communication mobile station device which can reduce the number of blind decoding processes at a mobile station without increasing the overhead by report information. The device includes: a judgment unit ( | 09-16-2010 |
20100238868 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT THEREFOR - A communication network such as a cellular network or a WLAN includes a set of user terminals. Within the communication network, a system dynamically controls spectrum usage. The system includes a functionality sensor for sensing spectrum usage within the area covered by the communication network, and a policy server for producing, as a function of the sensed spectrum usage, spectrum usage policies for the communication network. A broadcasting arrangement broadcasts the spectrum usage policies to the user terminals. The system is applicable to cognitive radio systems. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238869 | RADIO COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT - The invention provides an increase in the radio coverage area ( | 09-23-2010 |
20100238870 | Communication system - A communications system is described in which user devices are allocated sub-carriers on which to transmit uplink data to a base station. ACK/NACK messages for the data transmitted on the uplink are then transmitted by the base station on sub-carriers that depend on the sub-carriers used to carry the uplink data. A direct mapping function is preferably used to determine the sub-carriers to be used for the ACK/NACK messages from the uplink sub-carriers. In another embodiment, the ACK/NACK messages are transmitted to the user devices on sub-carriers that are previously identified to the user devices, preferably by transmitting one or more index values to the user device in a control channel thereof. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238871 | Pinning and Cascading Avoidance in Dynamic Channel Assignment for Wireless LANS - Techniques are provided to determine channel assignments for wireless access point (AP) devices in a wireless local area network (WLAN). From each of a plurality of AP devices operating at least one of a plurality of channels in the WLAN, wireless activity data is received that represents activity in each channel associated with signals of devices operating in the WLAN and associated with signals and energy from devices that are not operating in the WLAN as detected by the AP devices by receiving radio frequency energy in each of the plurality of channels. During a channel plan evaluation session, the wireless activity data is evaluated for multiple ones of the plurality of access point devices to determine whether the channel on which an access point device operates should be changed such that a decision to change the channel for at least one access point is limited to a localized region of the wireless network and does not necessarily affect a channel change decision for access points outside of the localized region of the wireless network. The channel on which the at least one access point device operates is changed or assigned based on the evaluation. In one form, the wireless activity data is a single metric that is derived from multiple pieces of data, each representing a different component of wireless activity determined by an AP device to be occurring in a channel. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238872 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE MESSAGE OF RANDOM ACCESS IN CELLULAR SYSTEM AND METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS USING THE SAME - Provided is an asynchronous random access method in a packet-based cellular system, which includes the steps of: receiving a preamble from a mobile station; checking the received preamble to see whether the mobile station includes a mobile station identifier assigned by the base station; when the mobile station does not have a mobile station identifier, allocating first scheduling information to a control information block, allocating a first response message including a mobile station identifier assigned by the base station to a downlink shared channel, and transmitting the control information block and the downlink shared channel to the mobile station; and when the mobile station includes the mobile station identifier, allocating second scheduling information to the control information block, allocating a second response message without the mobile station identifier to the downlink shared channel, and transmitting the control information block and the downlink shared channel to the mobile station. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238873 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless base station apparatus notifies a mobile wireless terminal apparatus of a channel to be used to transmit a response signal of channel assignment by a mapping pattern of channel assignment information transmitted on a plurality of bands. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238874 | System and Method of Providing Denial Service protection in a Telecommunication System - A system, method, and node for protecting a telecommunication system against a mobile and multi-homed attacker, MMA ( | 09-23-2010 |
20100238875 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING VOIP PACKET - A method for transmitting a voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) packet includes allocating a radio resource for VoIP packet transmission to a user, transitioning a VoIP service from a talk period, in which the VoIP packet is transmitted using the radio resource, to a silence period in which the VoIP packet is not transmitted, releasing the radio resource during the silence period, and transitioning the VoIP service to the talk period by reallocating the radio resource. Limited radio resources can be further effectively used. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238876 | METHOD FOR RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - A method for radio resource control is carried out in a radio communications system including multiple base stations. In this method, a radio resource that can be used by the base stations is divided into multiple first radio resources on the frequency axis. Then one or more of the first radio resources are allocated to a second radio resource for initially transmitting a packet and the other first radio resources are allocated to a third radio resource for retransmitting the packet. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238877 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING PILOT SIGNALS IN MULTI-STREAM TRANSMISSIONS - A base station is provided. The base station comprises a downlink transmit path comprising circuitry configured to transmit a plurality of reference signals in two or more subframes. Each subframe comprises one or more resource blocks. Each resource block comprises S OFDM symbols. Each of the S OFDM symbols comprises N subcarriers, and each subcarrier of each OFDM symbol comprises a resource element. The base station further comprises a reference signal allocator configured to allocate a first group of the plurality of reference signals to selected resource elements of a first subframe according to a reference signal pattern. The first group of the plurality of reference signals is for a first group of antenna ports. The reference signal allocator also configured to allocate a second group of the plurality of reference signals to selected resource elements of a second subframe according to the same reference signal pattern. The second group of the plurality of reference signals is for a second group of antenna ports different from the first group of antenna ports. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238878 | TRANSMISSION FRAME AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING BASE STATIONS - Communication apparatuses and a transmission frame having a downlink subframe are provided. The downlink subframe of the transmission frame may include a downlink coordination zone where a plurality of femto base stations may perform the downlink communication with at least one terminal among a plurality of terminals using a different radio resource, and a downlink shared zone where the plurality of femto base stations may perform the downlink communication with particular terminals among the plurality of terminals using a shared radio resource. The transmission frame may further include an uplink subframe that includes an uplink coordination zone and an uplink shared zone. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238879 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING MESSAGES FOR TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL BETWEEN DEVICES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK, AND DEVICES FOR THE SAME - A method of exchanging messages for link recommendation in a receiving device of a wireless network comprises receiving a first data packet from a transmitting device; and transmitting link recommendation information to the transmitting device, the link recommendation information including transmit power control (TPC) information for controlling transmission power to be used for a second data packet in the transmitting device. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238880 | Method of Managing Discontinuous Reception Functionality for Multiple Component Carriers and Related Communication Device - A method of managing discontinuous reception (DRX) functionality in multiple component carriers for a mobile device of a wireless communication system, which includes jointly or separately managing DRX functionality of a plurality of component carriers. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238881 | CONFIGURATION AND SCHEDULING OF ASYMMETRIC CARRIERS ON THE UPLINK - Systems and methods to configure and schedule asymmetric carriers on an uplink between communication devices are described herein. An access node is provided to reserve a common-channel-free carrier for communication with an access terminal. The access node may reserve the carrier for communication with the access terminal based on path loss data between the access node and the access terminal. Further, an adaptive rise-over-thermal (RoT) target may be employed for communication over any carrier. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238882 | Scheduling information for wireless communications - Systems and methods for communicating over multiple carriers are described herein. A predetermined event triggers the generation of scheduling information for two or more of the carriers. The predetermined event may comprise expiration of a timer set for at least one of the two or more carriers, storing data in a buffer having a higher transmission priority than data previously stored in the buffer, or changing at least one of the two or more carriers from being served by a first cell to being served by a second cell. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238883 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for performing adaptive resource partitioning are described. In one design, a node computes local metrics for different possible actions related to resource partitioning to allocate available resources to a set of nodes that includes the node. Each possible action is associated with a set of resource usage profiles for the set of nodes. The node sends the computed local metrics to at least one neighbor node in the set of nodes. The node also receives local metrics for the possible actions from the neighbor node(s). The node determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed local metrics and the received local metrics. The node then determines allocation of the available resources to the set of nodes based on the overall metrics. For example, the node may select the action with the best overall metric and may utilize the available resources based on a resource usage profile for the selected action. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238884 | ADAPTIVE ASSOCIATION AND JOINT ASSOCIATION AND RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for supporting communication in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, association and resource partitioning may be performed jointly to select serving base stations for user equipments (UEs) and to allocate available resources to base stations. In another aspect, adaptive association may be performed to select serving base stations for UEs. In one design, a base station computes local metrics for different possible actions related to association and resource partitioning (or only association). The base station receives local metrics for the possible actions from at least one neighbor base station and determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed and received local metrics. The base station determines serving base stations for a set of UEs and resources allocated to the set of base stations (or just serving base stations for the set of UEs) based on the overall metrics for the possible actions. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238885 | RESOURCE PARTITIONING FOR UPLINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for performing resource partitioning are described. In an aspect, adaptive resource partitioning may be performed to dynamically allocate available resources for the uplink to nodes, e.g., base stations. Each node may be assigned a list of target interference-over-thermal (IoT) levels for the available resources by the adaptive resource partitioning. Each node may obtain a list of target IoT levels for itself and at least one list of target IoT levels for at least one neighbor node. The list of target IoT levels for each node may include a configurable target IoT level on each available resource for the node. Each node may schedule its UEs for transmission on the available resources (e.g., may determine transmit power levels and rates for the UEs) based on the target IoT levels for itself and the neighbor node(s) such that the target IoT levels for the neighbor node(s) can be met. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238886 | SINGLE CHANNELIZATION CODE HARQ FEEDBACK FOR DC-HSDPA +MIMO - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a single channelization code may be utilized on an uplink channel for providing a HARQ ACK/NACK response corresponding to DC-HSDPA+MIMO. Here, the set of channelization codes includes four codeword groups, each codeword group corresponding to a scenario wherein a node B schedules a single transport block or dual transport blocks on each of the two downlink carriers. Thereby, each of the four codeword groups may be designed to have an improved distance property in comparison to the utilization of a single codeword group for all HARQ ACK/NACK hypotheses, reducing errors. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238887 | LOCALIZED FORWARDING - Systems and methods for call localization are provided. The call localization can be provided in a radio access network by detecting a call flow between mobile node such as user equipment (UE) served by the same radio access network device. For example, a gateway can detect a call localization opportunity and the call can be localized with an evolved nodeB (eNB). The method provides for efficient routing, reporting of billing information, lawful monitoring, and mobility if one or both user equipment leave the common eNB. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238888 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer program products are provided. In some embodiments, a method for facilitating interference management in an unplanned wireless communication system is provided. The method can include a non-serving base station synchronizing a non-serving base station downlink subframe to a serving base station downlink subframe, wherein the serving base station downlink subframe is transmitted from a serving base station to a user equipment served by the serving base station. The method can also include the non-serving base station decoding one or more control channel symbols of the serving base station downlink subframe; and determining information for performing interference management associated with the user equipment. The determined information can be based, at least, in part, on the decoded one or more control channel symbols of the serving base station downlink subframe. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238889 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a Codebook Subset Pattern (CSP) of a Base Station (BS) in a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) system are provided. The method includes determining whether there is a CSP-updated BS among the BS and adjacent BSs, exchanging the updated CSP between cells if it is determined that there is a CSP-updated BS, and broadcasting the CSP of each cell acquired through the exchange thereby reducing an inter-cell interference in the MIMO system | 09-23-2010 |
20100238890 | TIME SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DISTRIBUTED MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS - Time synchronization among nodes in a wireless mobile ad hoc network (MANET) is obtained using a cross layer approach. Each node maintains a routing table that contains entries corresponding to other nodes of the network that are one or more hops away from the node, and topology messages are exchanged periodically among the nodes in order to update their routing tables. A network master node is selected, and remaining nodes that are one or more hops away from the master node are defined as slave nodes. The master node includes master timing information the topology messages that it transmits. The timing information is concatenated to include a first time (T | 09-23-2010 |
20100238891 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ALLOCATING AND TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA BLOCK TRANSMISSIONS - Systems and methods for allocating and transmitting uplink data block transmissions with piggy-backed ACK/NACK bitmap field are provided. The systems and methods involve using a request for a DBCCI (Data Block Combined with Control Information) to allocate a timeslot for data transmission. A UADB (uplink allocation for data block) is not also used to allocate the timeslot. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238892 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS BOTH COMMON AND SEPARATE TPC COMMANDS - A transmit power control (TPC) method and a user equipment (UE) of a telecommunications network utilizing the TPC method. The UE receives TPC commands intended for traffic and control channels. The TPC commands are separately identified by logical or physical resources associated with the channels. When the traffic and control channel TPCs occupy the same resources, the UE applies common power control commands to the traffic and control channels. When the traffic and control channel TPCs occupy different resources, the UE applies separate power control commands to the traffic and control channels. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238893 | method for registering a mobile terminal in a mobile radio communication system - The present invention relates to a method for registering a mobile terminal in a mobile radio communication system. The mobile radio communication system comprises at least one mobile radio communication core network and at least one IMS core network. The mobile terminal is located within a radio access network associated to the at least one mobile radio communication core network and comprises at least a first and a second periodic registration timer for respectively registering the mobile terminal with the at least one mobile radio communication core network and the at least one IMS core network upon their respective expiry. The method comprises the step of registering the mobile terminal with the mobile radio communication core network and with the at least one second network as any one of the at least first and second periodic registration timers, which is first to expire, expires. | 09-23-2010 |
20100238894 | Spectrum Sharing Enabled by Strong Interfering Pulse Handling - Interference between a communication system operating in a frequency area and another system sending out pulses affecting the frequency area can be handled by means of a communication unit (RBS | 09-23-2010 |
20100238895 | Scheduling Method, Wireless Base Station, And Wireless Terminal - A wireless base station for performing wireless communication with a wireless terminal using a frequency bandwidth different from another adjacent wireless base station in a first time period and performing wireless communication with a wireless terminal using a frequency bandwidth shared with another adjacent wireless base station in a second time period and including a control unit that does not change a burst profile to be applied to an uplink transmission or assigns a burst profile corresponding to a wireless transmission rate equal to or less than a wireless transmission rate corresponding to an applied burst profile with respect to a wireless terminal used for wireless communication in the first time period. | 09-23-2010 |
20100246498 | METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION MAP FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of constructing a resource allocation map in a mobile communication system. In a method of constructing a map in a hierarchial pattern method in a case where a localized resource block (localized RB) and a distributed resource block (distributed RB) need to be simultaneously allocated in regards to a radio resource allocated in a previous frame or reserved with a fixed allocation, a radio resource that is reserved or not used and a radio resource that is newly allocated in a map of a current frame are classified and represented. Then, in regards to a radio resource that is allocated in a current frame, a localized RB and a distributed RB are classified and represented. As for the localized RB, allocation information is represented in an index pattern method, and as for the distributed RB, resource allocation information is represented in a toggle pattern method. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246499 | METHOD TO TRANSMIT DOWNLINK SIGNALING MESSAGE ON CELLULAR SYSTEMS FOR PACKET TRANSMISSION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE MESSAGE - Provided is a downlink control information transmitting and receiving method which can maximize the use of limited radio resources by effectively forming an uplink signaling message to be transmitted from a base station to a terminal and transmitting the formed uplink signaling message with a minimum amount of radio resources occupied. The method for transmitting downlink data generation indication information for a base station to inform a terminal of packet data transmission in a packet-based cellular system, includes the steps of: a) generating the downlink data generation indication information; b) recording radio resource allocation information in downlink scheduling information for transmitting the downlink data generation indication information, and allocating information for the downlink data generation indication information to downlink-shared radio resources; and c) transmitting the downlink scheduling information and the information for the downlink data generation indication information according to a transmission cycle. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246500 | GGSN PROXY FOR ONE TUNNEL SOLUTION - A method for roaming of a wireless mobile communication unit, a service support node and a proxy gateway support node for roaming between Public Land Mobile Networks, as well as a mobile communication infrastructure network arranged to handle roaming between different PLMN areas, where the support node is located in a current PLMN and arranged to send a context request to a first service support node in another PLMN for a user equipment, receive a context response from the first service support node, send a context acknowledgement to the first service support node, send an update location message to a home location register of the user equipment, receive a relocate PDP context response from the second proxy gateway support node and send a relocate PDP context request to a second proxy gateway support node in the current PLMN. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246501 | CONNECTION CLOSE FOR DISJOINT SERVING SECTORS - Systems and methodologies are described that that facilitate resource reclamation in a wireless communications system having a disjoint serving sector configuration. A mobile device can report activity on a communication link (e.g., forward link or reverse link) to a serving sector that provides a corresponding communication link. For instance, forward link activity can be reported to a reverse link serving sector and/or reverse link activity can be reported to a forward link serving sector. The activity can be analyzed to ascertain overall activity of a mobile device. Based upon the analysis, a serving sector can de-allocate resources to the mobile device. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246502 | COMBINED DEVICE AND SERVICE DISCOVERY TECHNIQUE IN STATIONS SUPPORTING TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP (TDLS) - A tunneled direct link set-up (TDLS) capable wireless network may comprise a router such as an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STA) including service consumer and service provider station. A service consumer station may generate and send a layer- | 09-30-2010 |
20100246503 | REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Controlling interference in a telecommunications network, in which data are transmitted between mobile devices and base stations in resource blocks, includes, for each of the base stations: allocating resource blocks to one of multiple resource groups, the corresponding resource blocks of each base station being in the same resource group; allocating resource groups to one of multiple transmission power values, the corresponding resource groups of each base station having different transmission power values; and allocating respective ones of the mobile devices to one of the resource groups depending upon a UE characteristic. Interference at a resource block of a resource group of a base station caused by a neighbouring base station is detected. In response thereto, an indication of the resource group subject to interference is sent to the neighbouring base station and then the transmission power value of said resource group of the neighbouring base station is selectively reduced. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246504 | METHODS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method and apparatus of transmitting and receiving data in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method of transmitting and receiving data in a mobile communication system comprises receiving control information related to transmission and reception from a transmitting side, determining at least one of power saving parameter information of a talk spurt and a silence period from the control information related to transmission and reception, and receiving data from the transmitting side by applying the power saving parameter information depending on the talk spurt and the silence period. According to the above method, unnecessary data reception is not performed in the silence period. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246505 | NON-CYCLIC EVOLVING-TYPE USER RESOURCE STRUCTURE FOR OFDMA BASED SYSTEM WITH NULL GUARD TONES - A non-cyclic evolving-type user resource structure applicable for use in the uplink and the downlink of an OFDMA system with large null guard tones (e.g., a 3GPP LTE system) is provided. In one example, the user resource structure combines the benefits of localized and distributed types of resource structures available in the current baseline 3GPP LTE (Release 8) specifications, and is especially suitable for operating in a fast time-varying channel. In another example, the non-cyclic evolving-type resource structure may be simplified to have no more than three stages: a band-type first stage, a partially evolved-type second stage and an interleaved-type third stage. Depending upon the target or average mobile speed and packet length, the resource structure may even have less than three stages. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246506 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF WHITESPACE COMMUNICATION - The described apparatus and methods provide communication services utilizing a combination of non-white space (NWS) and white space (WS) networks. For example, in an aspect, the described apparatus and methods receive, at a first base station (BS) and on a licensed frequency, a communication request for network access from a wireless access terminal (AT). The aspects also determine at least one available unlicensed frequency corresponding to a location of the wireless AT. Further, the aspects partition at least a portion of the network access for the wireless AT to be via the at least one available unlicensed frequency. Additionally, the aspects inform the wireless AT of the at least one available unlicensed frequency for use to obtain at least the portion of the network access. Additional aspects relate to NWS BS assisted handoffs of WS calls, dynamic caching of WS information, peer-to-peer WS communication, and WS BS venue-specific broadcasting. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246507 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station includes a unit that, in response to a request from a terminal to activate an application, calculates the data communication speed based on a communication quality index received from the terminal; a unit that performs the statistical calculation of traffic sent to terminals; a unit that calculates the statistical value of the number of free resource blocks; a unit that calculates the estimated continuation time of the data communication speed, calculated by the data communication speed calculation unit, from the statistical value of free resource blocks calculated by the free resource blocks conversion unit; and a unit that sends the data communication speed and the continuation time to the terminal, and each terminal displays the data communication speed and the continuation time, sent from the mobile communication device, on a display unit and, based on the selection result of a user, controls the connection of the application. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246508 | Low latency synchronization scheme for wireless OFDMA systems - In advanced wireless OFDMA communication systems, hierarchical synchronization is adopted to synchronize between a base station (BS) and a mobile station (MS). In a hierarchical synchronization architecture, primary advanced preamble (PA-Preamble) is used for coarse time domain synchronization while cell ID is detected using several accumulated secondary advanced preambles (SA-Preambles). Network entry latency can be reduced by adjusting the relative location of superframe header (SFH), PA-Preamble and SA-Preambles within a superframe. Three different synchronization channel (SCH) architectures are proposed to provide different tradeoffs between network entry latency and the robustness of SA-Preamble design and cell ID detection. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246509 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system is arranged to provide a facility for communicating data to and from a mobile node using an internet protocol. The system includes a first home access network, which includes a home gateway node, a second visited access network, which includes a visited serving gateway node, and a wireless access gateway operable to communicate data to and from the mobile node using the internet protocol. The mobile node is operable to communicate a binding update message to the visited serving gateway node of the second visited access network via the wireless access gateway using the internet protocol. The binding update message includes a unique identifier of the mobile node, and a request for an internet protocol address for the mobile node as if the mobile node were attached to the first home access network (home IP address). In one example the unique identifier is an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) number or the like. The visited serving gateway node of the second visited access network is operable, in response to the binding update message, to identify from the unique identifier of the mobile node the first home access network of the mobile node and to communicate the request for a home internet protocol address to the home gateway node. The home gateway node of the first home network is responsive to the request to allocate a home internet protocol address to the mobile node. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246510 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station apparatus ( | 09-30-2010 |
20100246511 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE AREA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of allocating a radio resource in a wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes receiving a control message associated with radio resource allocation for transmitting uplink data to the base station, wherein the control message comprises a first persistent uplink allocation information element comprising first resource allocation information associated with a first resource allocation region for transmitting the uplink data of a mobile station and transmitting an acknowledgment (ACK) message from the mobile station to the base station in response to successfully receiving the first persistent uplink allocation information element. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246512 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD - A mobile station includes a channel quality estimation unit configured to estimate downlink channel quality based on a reference signal from a base station and to output the estimated downlink channel quality as channel estimation information; an acknowledgement information determining unit configured to determine whether a downlink data channel from the base station is correctly received and to output the determination result as acknowledgement information; and an acknowledgement information prioritizing unit configured to cause the acknowledgement information to be preferentially transmitted to the base station if transmission timings of the channel estimation information and the acknowledgement information coincide. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246513 | TIMER HANDLING IN A TRANSMITTER IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR VOICE AND DATA PACKET TRANSMISSION - The invention relates to a wireless telecommunication system for voice and data packet transmission. The system comprises a transmitting unit for transmitting voice and data packets to a receiving unit. The transmitting unit comprises a first discard timer set for a first time period and arranged to start when a first data packet is transmitted from the transmitting unit. The transmitting unit is arranged to suspend the first discard timer when a second power is lower than or equal to a selected second threshold level. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246514 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING MESSAGE AND DEVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of exchanging messages at a device in a wireless network comprises transmitting a change request message for requesting a change of a beacon position among configuration parameters of the wireless network to a coordinator; and receiving a response message in response to the request message from the coordinator. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246515 | TECHNIQUES FOR PILOT STREAM REMAPPING IN OFDM WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and base station apparatus for transmitting pilot data in a wireless communication system, and a method and mobile station apparatus for receiving pilot data in a wireless communication system are provided. The method for transmitting pilot data in a wireless communication system includes determining a pilot pattern in at least one resource block for each of one or more pilot streams, and transmitting the one or more pilot streams based on the determined respective pilot pattern in the at least one resource block, wherein the at least one resource block comprises a plurality of subcarriers and a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246516 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - A method and apparatus for performing uplink (UL) transmit diversity implemented in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes receiving a signal including precoding information. The precoding information is detected and applied to an UL transmission. The UL transmission is transmitted with the applied precoding information. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246517 | Systems and Methods for Transmitting Serving Grants to a Serving Base Station - The invention provides a method for transmitting a serving grant to a base station. In some embodiments the method includes: storing a serving grant in a storage unit, generating a layer two protocol data unit (L2 PDU); and transmitting the L2 PDU to the base station, wherein the step of generating the L2 PDU comprises adding the serving grant to the L2 PDU. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPPER LAYER - Techniques for supporting communication for wireless devices in a wireless network are described. The wireless network may support transmission of control information on a first physical channel having a first minimum SNR for reliable reception. Some wireless devices may require operation at a lower SNR. In an aspect, low SNR operation may be supported by transmitting control information for a lower layer (e.g., Layer | 09-30-2010 |
20100246519 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling an unsynchronized cellular wireless telecommunication system includes, for at least one user equipment served by a first cell, receiving signal strength measurements and, based on the signal strength measurements, determining whether the user equipment should be scheduled for a low interference time period during which neighbouring cells are configured to minimize interference in the first cell. The method additionally includes receiving neighbouring cell time difference measurements from at least one mobile device within the first cell and, based on said measurements, determining a timing of transmissions from at least one neighbouring cell relative to a timing of transmissions from the first cell. Additionally, the method includes defining the low interference time period based on the determined timing of transmissions from the at least one neighbouring cell. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246520 | Outer Loop Power Control for E-DCH - The present invention relates to a method and an enhanced uplink (UL) telecommunication system for power control. The system comprises at least one first radio network controller (RNC) and at least one first and one second base station enabling wireless communication with at least one first user terminal. The first and the second base stations receive at least a first transport block (TB), the first TB being transmitted by the user terminal over an established communication channel. If the received first TB includes at least one error, the base station that found the error controls the number of decoding attempts for the first TB. If the first TB is a discontinuous transmission frame (DTX), the base station resets a decoding attempt counter and prepares the first and second base stations for a new, second TB. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246521 | Real-Time Service Transmission Method and Resource Allocation Method - The invention discloses a method for real-time service transmission and a method for resource allocation, wherein, the method for resource allocation of real-time service transmission includes the following processing: through the resource allocation control channels, the base station allocates the semi-static service channel resources to the terminal to be used for the initial transmission of hybrid automatic repeat request of the real-time service packets; wherein, before the base station reconfigures or releases the semi-static service channel resources, the terminal can use the semi-static service channel resources continuously; through the resource allocation control channels, the base station allocates the dynamic service channel resources to the terminal to be used for the retransmission of the hybrid automatic repeat request of the real-time service packets; wherein, the terminal can only use the dynamic service channel resources within the allocated time frame. The present invention can ensure the real time of service transmission and reduce the control signaling overhead during service transmission, thereby ensuring the QoS requirements of service. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246522 | MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The invention makes it possible to manage, even if some of wireless terminals leave a wireless communication network to be managed, the wireless terminals which have left. The invention provides a management apparatus which is connected to an AP and manages each wireless terminal communicating with the AP by using a management table, including a unit for determining based on the management table, when a wireless terminal leaves the first wireless communication network to newly form the second wireless communication network, the SSID of the second wireless communication network, a unit for updating the management table with the determined SSID, and a unit for transmitting the determined SSID to the wireless terminal which is to form the second wireless communication network. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246523 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CORRELATING SIGNALLING IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A node in an IMS network receives circuit switched signalling relating to a communication session sent from a terminal over a circuit switched access network, and also receives packet switched signalling relating to the communication session sent from the terminal over a packet switched access network. The packet switched signalling comprises an identifier, and the node uses the identifier to correlate the circuit switched signalling with the packet switched signalling. This allows terminals using ICS to send signalling over both packet switched and circuit switched access networks, and a receiving node to correlate those signals. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246524 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND TRANSMITTER FOR ADAPTIVE COORDINATED TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of the present invention include a method, system and transmitter for adaptive coordinated transmission in wireless communications. The method includes: determining more than one transmitter for performing coordinated transmission, configuring one of the more than one transmitter to be a serving transmitter with others of the more than one transmitter being cooperating transmitters, and determining more than one receiver; determining, by a cooperating transmitter, a cooperation mode according to measured signal parameters of the more than one receiver after receiving a cooperation request from the serving transmitter, and providing the cooperation mode to the serving transmitter; generating, by each of the more than one transmitter, a transmit signal corresponding to the more than one receiver according to the cooperation mode determined, and transmitting the transmit signal to each of the more than one receiver. The method, system and transmitter of the present invention increase spectrum efficiency for cell edge users as much as possible while having relatively low implementation complexity. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246525 | PILOT SCRAMBLING ENABLING DIRECT PILOT SEQUENCE DETECTION IN INITIAL ACQUISITION IN EVOLVED UTRA - A communications network and method thereof include a base station controller configured to provide a repetition period of a primary synchronization channel to be equal to a predetermined integer value times a scrambling code length of the scrambling code of a common pilot channel. A user equipment in the network is configured to search for a known sequence comprising the primary synchronization channel to select a cell and a corresponding sub-frame/symbol timing from the selected cell. | 09-30-2010 |
20100246526 | Apparatus and method for allocating sounding sequences in a broadband wireless communication system - A method and apparatus enhances sounding performance for a broadband wireless communication system of a multi-cell environment. A grouping part groups a plurality of sounding sequences to a plurality of sequence groups. A first determiner determines a correlation between the sequence groups. A second determiner determines a least interference relation between sectors in a cluster. An allocator allocates the sequence groups to the sectors based on the correlation between the sequence groups and the least interference relation between the sectors. | 09-30-2010 |
20100254319 | JOINT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A FEMTOCELL NETWORK - A Femtocell gateway is operable to determine resource usage information among associated Femtocells in a Femtocell network. The Femtocell gateway may be enabled to allocate resources for distributing traffic among the associated Femtocells based on the determined resource usage information comprising IP usage information, radio access usage, and/or physical layer capabilities among the Femtocells. The Femtocell gateway may be enabled to identify Femtocells with excess resources assigned and Femtocells with a need for additional resources to support a particular traffic based on the determined resource usage information. The Femtocell gateway is operable to allocate and/or reallocate at least a portion of excess resources to the Femtocells with the need for the additional resource to support the particular traffic. The Femtocells that share resources with other Femtocells in the Femtocell network is rewarded with credits. The particular traffic is redirected to the Femtocells with excess resources and distributed to destinations. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254320 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEIVING APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless transmitting apparatus, a wires receiving apparatus and a wireless communication method, by which contents of an RRC message can be changed in retransmission by an RRC and setting corresponding to the change can be efficiently performed. At the time of retransmitting the RRC message from a transmitting apparatus ( | 10-07-2010 |
20100254321 | METHOD AND APPRATUS FOR BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and an apparatus for periodically reporting the buffer status in a mobile communication system. If there is a possibility that a transmission resource will be allocated to the UE, it stands by for a predetermined period of time until a transmission resource is allocated instead of directly transmitting a buffer status report so that, if possible, the buffer status report message is piggy-backed onto uplink data and transmitted. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254322 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME BASED ON SIGNAL QUALITY - A method for adjusting a modulation and coding scheme based on signal quality comprises the steps of: determining a reference modulation and coding scheme based on signal reception qualities of transmitted signals according to a plurality of modulation and coding schemes; determining a temporary modulation and coding scheme according to a modulation and coding scheme selection method; determining a final modulation and coding scheme according to a first table and the differences between the reference modulation and coding scheme and the temporary modulation and coding scheme. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254323 | BAND ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING METHOD SHARING RESOURCES WITH NEIGHBOURING BASE STATIONS AND MOBILE STATION SUPPORTING THE SAME - A band adaptive modulation and coding method sharing resources with neighboring base stations and a mobile station supporting the same are disclosed. The mobile station identifies a channel status for each band by periodically scanning a neighboring base station, and requests a service base station to convert a current mode to a band sharing AMC mode if the identified channel stats satisfies a predetermined condition. The mobile station can use CQICH of 4 bits or 6 bits to request mode conversion. Selectively, the service base station can request the mobile station of channel status information of a neighboring base station to determine mode conversion. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254324 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN HSPA - Determination of transmission power control commands in a UE by combining TPC commands received during DTX/DRX modes. The combining is done on those TPC commands which are received on different radio links after ignoring TPC commands which might be received in a DL slot overlapping with no UL transmission. The UE thus uses the combined TPC commands as derived at the time of entry into DTX for the second UL DPCCH preamble transmission which leads to increase in link reliability and subsequent conservation of power by the UE. The UE uses the same power as derived in the previous slot for resumption of transmission when all the TPC commands, received in the DL slot overlapping with no UL transmission, are UP. TPC commands for the transmission of the 2nd DPCCH preamble at transmission resumption is determined by combining stored TPC commands from each of the radio links that were received by the UE while entering into DTX gap and said TPC commands could not be applied with the newly received TPC commands. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254325 | CHANNEL SELECTION AND INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Several adaptive techniques are described to combat interference in multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems. In addition to adaptive frequency selection, interference suppression techniques for a selected carrier frequency are presented. The interference suppression technique can be adaptively selected based on the availability and quality of channel state information (CSI) and interference statistics. Techniques to estimate interference statistics are also presented. Interference mitigation techniques are also presented for automatic gain control (AGC), intermittent interference, and interference caused to other networks. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254326 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The user apparatus is provided with a plurality of antennas, and transmits a reference signal in the uplink by switching the plurality of antennas. The plurality of antennas are associated with subframes transmitted in the uplink. The base station apparatus in a radio communication system to which transmission diversity is applied in the uplink includes: a reception level storing unit configured to store a measured reception level of the reference signal for each antenna of each user apparatus; and a scheduler configured to perform, based on the reception level of the reference signal transmitted for each antenna of each user apparatus stored in the reception level storing unit, scheduling for determining a user apparatus to be assigned to a subframe associated with the antenna. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254327 | HARQ PROCESS NUMBER MANAGEMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus wherein the method comprises maintaining at least first and second Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Process Groups (HPGs), receiving a downlink control information (DCI) message, using at least one of explicit information and implicit information associated with the DCI message to identify one of the HPGs, using at least one of explicit information and implicit information associated with the DCI message to identify a first carrier and generating a transmission of at least one data packet using the identified HPG to an access device via the carrier and a first uplink sub-frame. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254328 | HARQ PROCESS NUMBER MANAGEMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for use with a mobile user agent, the method for managing Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) processes in a multi carrier communication system that uses HARQ process indicators (HPIs) to manage HARQ processes, the method comprising the steps of designating a first subset of the HPIs as shared HPIs wherein each shared HPI designates a HARQ process irrespective of which of a plurality of system carrier frequencies are used to transmit a traffic packet, designating a second subset of the HPIs as non-carrier-shared HPIs wherein each non-carrier-shared HPI, in conjunction with the carrier frequency used to transmit a traffic packet, designates a carrier frequency unique HARQ process, receiving an HPI at the mobile user agent, receiving a first traffic packet via a carrier frequency at the user agent that is associated with the HPI, where the HPI is a first subset HPI using the HPI to identify a HARQ process associated with the first traffic packet irrespective of the carrier frequency used to transmit the traffic packet and providing the traffic packet to the identified HARQ process and where the HPI is a second subset HPI using the HPI and the carrier frequency on which the first traffic packet was received to identify a carrier frequency specific HARQ process associated with the first traffic packet and providing the first traffic packet to the carrier frequency specific HARQ process. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254329 | UPLINK GRANT, DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT AND SEARCH SPACE METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods of mapping, indicating, encoding and transmitting uplink (UL) grants and downlink (DL) assignments for wireless communications for carrier aggregation are disclosed. Methods to encode and transmit DL assignments and UL grants and map and indicate the DL assignments to DL component carriers and UL grants to UL component carriers are described. Methods include specifying the mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit DL assignment and DL component carriers that receive physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit UL grants and UL component carriers that transit physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) when using separate coding/separate transmission schemes. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254330 | SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD AND SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A signal receiving method includes allocating a first uplink channel, receiving first mode change data from a mobile station through the first uplink channel, releasing the allocation of the first uplink channel, allocating a second uplink channel for desired mode feedback at predetermined intervals, and receiving first feedback data from the mobile station through the second uplink channel. Therefore, when a mobile station tries to change a mode to another mode, it can perform the mode change with a minimum delay and without a wasteful use of resources. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254331 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for multiplexing a data information stream and two types of control information streams in a wireless mobile communication system is described. The method includes mapping first control information in units of resource elements onto a matrix for generating input information mapped to a resource block, and mapping second control information onto the matrix so as to map the second control information to resource elements adjacent in a time axis to resource elements allocated for a reference signal in the resource block. The first control information is mapped downwards starting from the first row so as not to overwrite the resource element allocated for the reference signal. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254332 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR MOBILE STATION TO SUPPORT REAL TIME SERVICE - A method of efficiently allocating a resource to a mobile station to support a real time service in a radio access system is provided. The method includes grouping one or more mobile stations and allocating a group resource area for transmitting bandwidth request information for transmitting real time service data of the grouped one or more mobile stations, and allocating respective individual resource areas of the one or more mobile stations included in the group resource area. Since the method of grouping the mobile service and efficiently allocating an uplink resource are provided, it is possible to reduce message overhead and efficiently use the resource. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254333 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE INFORMATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting/receiving random access response information in a radio communication system, and a base station and a terminal thereof. According to the invention, in a case where a base station of a radio communication system transmits response information for random access processing requested from terminals, the base station determines whether to transmit non-contention-based response information and contention-based response information for each of one or more terminals, which requests random access, by one radio resource. When determining to be transmitted by one radio resource, the base station transmits the random access response information configured by the non-contention-based response information and the contention-based response information for each of one or more terminals. In addition, when determining to be transmitted by separate radio resources, the base station transmits the random access response information configured by the non-contention-based response information or the contention-based response information for each of one or more terminals. Accordingly, since the response information is efficiently configured from the point of view of allocation and utilization of radio resources, it can support variable and flexible utilization of physical layer radio resources. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254334 | SETTING UP A COMMUNICATION SESSION WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Aspects disclosed embodiments include methods, apparatuses and systems for setting up a communication session within a wireless communications system. In an embodiment, a determination is made as to whether one or more applications or services are supported by an access terminal for the communication session. Session resources are then allocated to the access terminal in support of the communication session to the access terminal based at least in part upon the determination. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254335 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting channel state information from a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In order to report the channel state information, the user equipment is able to additionally transmit noise plus interference variance information as well as spatial channel matrix or spatial channel covariance matrix. The spatial channel matrix or spatial channel covariance matrix and the noise plus interference variance information can include information on a prescribed number of subbands in best channel states and can include information on a wideband including a plurality of subbands. Moreover, the user equipment is able to transmit normalized spatial channel matrix or spatial channel covariance matrix and normalized noise plus interference variance information for accurate and efficient transmission of the channel state information. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254336 | METHOD FOR NETWORK ENTRY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for network entry in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving an Advanced Air Interface Ranging Response (AAI_RNG-RSP) message including an unsolicited bandwidth indicator from a Base Station (BS), the unsolicited bandwidth indicator indicating that the BS will allocate an uplink bandwidth to the MS, for transmission of a Medium Access Control (MAC) message, without solicitation from the MS, and monitoring an Advanced MAP Information Element (A-A-MAP IE) for a predefined time after the reception of the AAI_RNG-REQ message. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254337 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMPUTER STORAGE MEDIUM THEREOF - A mobile station (MS), a base station (BS), a transmission method and a computer storage medium thereof are provided. When the MS requests a bandwidth from the BS, it may generate a selected transmission sequence and a quick access message. The selected transmission sequence comprises pre-defined bit information (e.g., a flow identification, a size of the bandwidth or the like), and the quick access message comprises a station identification of the MS. The MS may transmit the transmission sequence and the quick access message to the BS in a frame so that the BS may allocate the bandwidth to the MS according to the size of the bandwidth, the station identification and the flow identification. Thereby, the amount of the control signals needed when the MS requests a bandwidth from the BS may be decreased. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254338 | TRANSMISSION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In a transmission method, a service area covered by a first cell is provided with a plurality of second cells with a smaller radius than the first cell. A first radio base station belongs to a first cell while the second radio base stations belong to different second cells. A transmitter of the first radio base station transmits a synchronization channel in a given band while a transmitter of each second radio base station transmits a synchronization channel in a band that is different from the given band and also from those of other second radio base stations. A control unit of a mobile station narrows down bands to be observed for detecting synchronization channels to the given band or, if there are some of the second cells that the mobile stations are allowed to access, to the given band and the bands corresponding to the accessible second cells. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254339 | COMMUNICATING NON-COHERENT DETECTABLE SIGNAL IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to allocating a radio resource in a wireless communication system utilizing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM). Preferably, the present invention comprises receiving in a mobile station data associated with a radio resource allocation map from a base station, wherein the radio allocation map comprises control parameters for transmitting an uplink channel, wherein the uplink channel comprises at least one OFDM tile comprising a first set of subcarriers associated with representing at least part of an n-bit data payload, and a second set of subcarriers associated with representing at least part of a non-pilot m-bit data payload wherein each subcarrier carries a modulated data, and the first and the second set of subcarriers are exclusive to each other, and transmitting the uplink channel from the mobile station to the base station. | 10-07-2010 |
20100254340 | Method of Allocating Radio Resources in a Wireless Communication System - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In one aspect of the present invention, in a wireless communication system, a user equipment requests a base station to allocate radio resources for uplink data transmission of at least one time in accordance with a first radio resource allocation request mode. The user equipment requests the base station to allocate the radio resources for uplink data transmission in accordance with a second radio resource allocation request mode if a predetermined condition is satisfied. | 10-07-2010 |
20100260113 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION PROTOCOL FOR NEWLY JOINING RELAY STATIONS IN RELAY ENHANCED CELLULAR SYSTEMS - A method and system for allocating subcarrier frequency resources in a relay enhanced cellular communication system including a base station, multiple relay stations and mobile stations. One implementation involves, for a new relay station joining the relay enhanced cellular communication system, identifying mobile stations that the new relay station can service, and assigning sufficient resources to the new relay station to accommodate minimum data rate requirements of the access links of the identified mobile station. The resources are assigned by adjusting existing resource assignments essentially in an optimal manner while reducing impact on existing stations in the relay enhanced cellular communication system. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260114 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SCHEDULING FOR WLANS - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for communication by which a physical layer packet is generated for transmission to a plurality of nodes, or by which a physical layer packet is received by a plurality of nodes, wherein a resource allocation for each of the plurality of nodes to send an acknowledgement to an apparatus or a transmitting node is included in the physical layer packet. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260115 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AUTOMATIC CONTROL CHANNEL MAPPING - An approach is provided for control signaling. A sub-set of channel parameters is received. Control channels are automatically mapped to physical resources of a communication network according to the received channel parameters. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260116 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, AND RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio resource management device, a radio communication base station device, and a radio resource management method which can reduce a reply signal inter-cell interference and suppress decrease of the number of ACK/NACK which can be transmitted. When a plurality of CCE are allocated for PDCCH transmission, among usable CCE, the CCE number used between adjacent cells is differentiated. More specifically, a different RN satisfying RN=(usable CCE number m) mod N is allocated to the adjacent cell. A mobile station performs ACK/NACK transmission by using a PUCCH resource corresponding to the CCE number which becomes the allocated RN. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260117 | TPC Command Signaling In Dl Control Channel Identifying the Target and Limiting Blind Decoding - The present invention provides a method for long term evolution in 3GPP. More particularly, the transmission of transmission power control command signaling in a down link control channel to user equipment. The present invention also provides a method and apparatus for identifying a target user equipment for a transmission power control command. The transmission power control command for physical uplink control channel and for persistent physical uplink shared channel assignments is transmitted via a downlink control channel format | 10-14-2010 |
20100260118 | BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station communicating using multiple antennas includes a direction-of-arrival (DOA) estimation unit configured to estimate a direction of arrival based on a signal from a mobile station and to output direction-of-arrival information regarding the estimated direction of arrival; a DOA information multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the direction-of-arrival information from the direction-of-arrival estimation unit with a shared data channel to be transmitted to the mobile station; and an antenna weight multiplying unit configured to multiply a signal to be transmitted to the mobile station and including the shared data channel multiplexed with the direction-of-arrival information by antenna weights obtained based on the direction-of-arrival information from the direction-of-arrival estimation unit. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260119 | USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - A user equipment terminal for transmitting control information to a base station according to a single carrier scheme includes a wideband control information generating unit configured to generate wideband control information for a whole system band or a portion thereof; a frequency-selective control information generating unit configured to generate frequency-selective control information; and a control unit configured to control the wideband control information to be transmitted on a control channel or a data channel and control the frequency-selective control information to be transmitted on the data channel. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260120 | Transmission of Acknowledge/Not-Acknowledge With Repetition - In ACK/NAK responses with repetition, the ACK/NAK response from the user equipment to a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH) transmission is repeated in consecutive frames a predetermined number of frames following receipt. This repeat ACK/NAK causes a problem when a PSCCH transmission directed to the same user equipment occurs in consecutive subframes. In a first embodiment, the first ACK/NAK response repeats preempting any ACK/NAK response to the later PDSCH transmission. In a second embodiment, the first ACK/NAK response does not repeat and the ACK/NAK response to the later PDSCH transmission occurs. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260121 | Discontinuous Uplink Transmission Operation and Interference Avoidance For a Multi-Carrier System - Systems, methods, devices, and computer program products are described for discontinuous multi-carrier uplink management in a wireless communication system. Common timing parameters may be identified for use in relation to discontinuous uplink transmissions on each of a two or more wireless carriers concurrently transmitting from an access terminal. A first operational state is associated with a first wireless carrier, while a second, different state is associated with a second wireless carrier. The first carrier may be operated in the first operational state concurrently with the second carrier being operated in the second operational state, with each carrier operated in accordance with the common timing parameters. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260122 | OPTIMIZING VIDEO TRANSMISSION OVER MOBILE INFRASTRUCTURE - A method of reducing bandwidth utilization in a cellular network. The method includes receiving packet streams at a suppression unit of a cellular network, identifying a plurality of packet streams carrying the same data content, by the suppression unit; forwarding for packet streams identified as carrying the same data content, fewer packet streams than received, during a period in which the streams are identified to have the same content; regenerating the non-forwarded packet streams of the plurality of packet streams carrying the same data content, by a regeneration unit of the cellular network; and transmitting the plurality of packet streams including the regenerated streams to mobile stations. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260123 | Multihome support method and apparatus - A method of facilitating multihoming in the case of a mobile node possessing an Upper Layer Identifier belonging to a home network, where the mobile node is assigned a Global Mobility Management anchor within the home network and a Local Mobility Management anchor within a visited network. The method comprises allocating to the mobile node a primary SHIM6 proxy at said Global Mobility Management anchor, and at least one secondary SHIM6 proxy at said Local Mobility Management anchor. At said primary SHIM6 proxy, a SHIM6 context is established on behalf of the mobile node in respect of a peer node; and the established context is shared with said secondary SHIM6 proxy. Locator switching is then performed in respect of traffic exchanged between the mobile node and said peer node at one of said primary and secondary SHIM6 proxies. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260124 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part ( | 10-14-2010 |
20100260125 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INTERWORKING BETWEEN WIRELESS NETWORK AND WIRELINE NETWORK - An interworking of a wireless network and a wireline network is provided. A call setup method of a network apparatus in an IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network includes setting a call between a first terminal of a first IMS network and a second terminal of a second IMS network; determining whether a protocol conversion is needed between the first terminal and the second terminal in the setting operation; and performing the protocol conversion when the protocol conversion is needed. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260126 | SPLIT-CELL RELAY PACKET ROUTING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate packet routing among relay eNBs in a wireless network. Packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer communications from a user equipment (UE) can terminate at a donor evolved Node B (eNB) and vice versa. In this regard, relay eNBs can forward PDCP layer communications over a routing protocol without locally processing the layer. The relay eNBs can, however, retrieve one or more parameters from a header of the PDCP layer for feedback to the donor eNB to assist in flow control, sequence number status transfer, and/or the like. In addition, routing identifier can be utilized to determine relay eNBs for receiving the packets. The routing identifier can additionally include an identifier of a radio bearer of the relay eNB communicating with the UE over which the PDCP layer communications are to be transmitted. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260127 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ROBUST TRANSMISSION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXED COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for robust transmission in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) communication network is disclosed. An individual wireless communication device is assigned a set of OFDM tones for transmission in an uplink timeslot. If the received signal is not satisfactory, the number of OFDM tones assigned to the individual wireless communication device may be doubled such that the OFDM signal is duplicated in the additional set of OFDM tones. This process can be extended to multiple additional sets of OFDM tones. The multiple sets of OFDM tones may be combined at the base station to enhance recovery of the original transmitted signal. The assigned OFDM tones need not be contiguous within a block of available tones. Because a large number of OFDM tones are available, the concept may be extended to a large number of duplicate sets of OFDM tones. In a Group Call operation, each wireless communication device in the call group may be assigned multiple sets of OFDM tones to provide for more robust transmission. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260128 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting and receiving an ACKnowledgment (ACK) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator to a Base Station (BS), and receiving an ACK for the transmitted bandwidth request indicator from the BS, the ACK including a resource start offset field. The resource start offset field indicates an index of a starting resource unit of resources allocated by the ACK. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260129 | QOS MAPPING FOR RELAY NODES - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate packet routing among relay nodes in a wireless network. Bearer quality of service (QoS) mapping is provided for internet protocol (IP) relays by utilizing differentiated services (DiffServ) code point (DSCP) values to determine a bearer for communicating related packets. In addition, SDF filtering at a gateway node can be modified to route packets over certain tunnels to provide QoS for the packets. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260130 | System and Method for Semi-Synchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request - A method of Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) retransmission is provided. The method comprises a user equipment (UE) receiving a first transport block associated with a first HARQ process and the UE identifying the first HARQ process based on an implicit parameter related to the first transport block and based on a first signaled HARQ process reference associated with the first transport block. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260131 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING TIME SLOTS FOR TRANSMISSION OF PACKETS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK UTILIZING KNOWLEDGE OF A DATA PATH - A node in a wireless communication network comprises a processor that receives information regarding a first plurality of packets to be transmitted in an epoch, a first path of nodes for the first plurality of packets, and a first flow rate. The processor receives information regarding a second plurality of packets to be transmitted in the epoch, a second path of nodes for the second plurality of packets, and a second flow rate. The processor determines weights for the paths based on the flow rates. The processor assigns pipelines for the paths and creates groups of pipelines based on the weights. The groups may be assigned to a schedule. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260132 | Method For Transmitting Fast Scheduling Request Messages in Scheduled Packet Data Systems - Disclosed is a method of allocating resources in a packet data system to a User Equipment (UE) with an active data session, such as a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) call, using dedicated resources to transmit scheduling requests, thereby reducing latency which may occur as a result of collisions associated with transmitting scheduling requests over a random access channel. The method comprises the step of transmitting over dedicated resources a scheduling request, and receiving a scheduling grant in response thereto. The scheduling request indicates that a transmitter in a data session has a data packet to transmit. The scheduling grant indicates resources allocated for transmitting the data packet. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260133 | FLEXIBLE MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FOR AD HOC DEPLOYED WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are disclosed that facilitate wireless communication using resource utilization messages (RUMs), in accordance with various aspects. A RUM may be generated for a first node, such as an access point or an access terminal, to indicate that a first predetermined threshold has been met or exceeded. The RUM may be weighted to indicate a degree to which a second predetermined threshold has been exceeded. The first and/or second predetermined thresholds may be associated with various parameters associated with the node, such as latency, throughput, data rate, spectral efficiency, carrier-to-interference ratio, interference-over-thermal level, etc. The RUM may then be transmitted to one or more other nodes to indicate a level of disadvantage experienced by the first node. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260134 | SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. A subscriber unit for use in a cellular system is disclosed. The subscriber unit includes: spatially separate receivers, a spatial processor, and a combiner. The spatially separate receivers receive the assigned channel composite signals resulting from the spatially separate transmission of the subscriber downlink datastream(s). The spatial processor is configurable in response to a control signal transmitted by the base station to separate the composite signals into estimated substreams based on information obtained during the transmission of known data patterns from at least one of the base stations. The spatial processor signals the base stations when a change of a spatial transmission configuration is required. The combiner combines the estimated substreams into a corresponding subscriber datastream. | 10-14-2010 |
20100260135 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets - The present invention relates to radio communications and discloses a method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets. The method for feeding back ACK information of SPS data packets includes receiving an uplink downlink assignment index (UL DAI) from a base station (BS), wherein the UL DAI indicates a number (N) of downlink data packets, mapping acknowledgements/negative acknowledgements (ACKs/NAKs) of k SPS data packets of the downlink data packets to positions from the (N−k+1)th ACK/NAK to the N | 10-14-2010 |
20100265893 | Network Methods and Systems for Maintaining PLMN Continuity When Moving Between Networks of Different Types as a Function of PLMN Continuity Preference - Network methods and systems for maintaining PMLN continuity when moving between networks of different types as a function of PLMN continuity preference are provided. PLMN continuity preference concerns a preference for the mobile station when transferring from a first network type, such as cellular, to a second network type, such as GAN to reduce the possibility of dropping calls, for example. The network receives this preference information from the mobile station, and the network responds to registration requests based on the preference. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265894 | NETWORK CONNECTING APPRATUS AND CONNECTION SETUP METHOD - In a network connecting apparatus, relations of targets and attributions of the targets are registered in a attribution table and relations of the attributions and available connection settings are registered in a connection setting table. An attribution determining section is configured to specify a target when detecting a request of a wireless communication associated with the target, and refer to the attribution table to determine the attribution of the target. A connection setting section is configured to change a connection setting based on the target attribution by referring to the connection setting table. A connecting section is configured to execute a connecting process for the wireless communication based on the connection setting. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265895 | AD-HOC DIRECTIONAL COMMUNICATION IN CONTENTION ACCESS PERIOD - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for efficient ad-hoc peer to peer communication in a contention access period, while antenna directions of communicating peers can point to each other. Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for improved association of a device in a wireless network with a controller of the network. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265896 | method of allocating radio resouces in a wireless communication system - A method of allocating radio resources in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In one aspect of the present invention, in a wireless communication system, a user equipment requests a base station to allocate radio resources for uplink data transmission of at least one time in accordance with a first radio resource allocation request mode. The user equipment requests the base station to allocate the radio resources for uplink data transmission in accordance with a second radio resource allocation request mode if a predetermined condition is satisfied. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265897 | METHOD FOR RETRANSMITTING PACKETS ACCORDING TO DECODING FAILURES OR RELIABILITY - A method for retransmitting packets in accordance with decoding failure or reliability is disclosed. A method for retransmitting packets from a transmitting side in accordance with information of a receiving side comprises changing an order of packet symbols mapped with subcarriers, if retransmission information representing decoding success or reliability for a specific codeword is received from the receiving side! mapping the packet symbols with the subcarriers in accordance with the changed order; and transmitting a codeword generated in accordance with the mapped result to the receiving side. Thus, it is possible to improve packet decoding success probability of the receiving side during initial transmission or retransmission by controlling a type of transmission packets in accordance with feedback information of the receiving side. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265898 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting an ACK/NACK signal via an ACK/NACK channel including one or more tiles comprised of a plurality of OFDM symbols in a time domain and a plurality of subcarriers in a frequency domain in a wireless communication system includes generating a first codeword by applying a first spreading code to data symbols and pilot symbols, wherein the tile includes a plurality of data subcarriers and a plurality of pilot subcarriers, the data symbols are allocated to the plurality of data subcarriers and the pilot symbols are allocated to the plurality of pilot subcarriers, generating a second codeword by allocating data symbols applied a second spreading code to the plurality of data subcarriers, and transmitting the first and second codewords. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265899 | Method for sending, transmitting and scheduling system message in long term evolution system - A method for sending, transmitting and scheduling a system message in a long term evolution system is disclosed, said sending method includes the following steps: when a base station sends the system message, it takes a radio frame with which system frame number is SFN-M as a radio frame in which a master system information block (MIB) is sent for the first time in the repeat cycle of the master system information block, and sends a scheduling information unit SU- | 10-21-2010 |
20100265900 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR RANDOM ACCESS POWER CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The invention relates to a method in a first communication device within a communications network for designing a random access transmission power setting of the first communication device comprising to receive ( | 10-21-2010 |
20100265901 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting channel state information from an user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The user equipment transmits a spatial channel matrix or a spatial channel covariance matrix irrespective of a feedback type. The user equipment is able to additionally transmit noise plus interference variance information of a whole bandwidth used for the channel state information. In this case, the user equipment is able to transmit normalized spatial channel matrix or spatial channel covariance matrix and normalized noise plus interference variance information for accurate and efficient transmission of the channel state information. The user equipment receives an allocation of an uplink resource from a base station and is then able to map the spatial channel matrix or the spatial channel covariance matrix to the allocated resource according to a specific pattern. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265902 | Apparatus and Method for Home Agent Initiated Flow Binding - An apparatus comprising a home agent (HA) configured to initiate a flow binding operation for a mobile node (MN) by sending a first message to the MN and receiving a second message from the MN, wherein the first message indicates the flow binding operation to the MN, and wherein the MN returns the second message to the HA in response to the first message. Also disclosed is a network component comprising at least one processor configured to implement a method comprising receiving a first message from a HA to initiate a flow binding operation for a flow, and sending a second message to the HA. Included is a method comprising transmitting to a MN a flow binding message to perform a flow binding action for the MN. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265903 | ADAPTIVE ARQ BLOCK SIZE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to an example embodiment, a technique may include participating in an automatic repeat request (ARQ)-enabled service flow between first and second wireless stations, wherein each transmitted MAC (media access control) protocol data unit (PDU) is partitioned into one or more ARQ-blocks, with each ARQ-block, except a last ARQ block of a MAC PDU, having a fixed size equal to an ARQ-block-size, negotiating a change to the ARQ-block-size for the service flow via a request and response message exchange. In another embodiment, a technique may include transmitting an ARQ block size change request for a service flow from a first wireless station to a second wireless station, the ARQ block size change request including one or more parameters relating to a new ARQ-block-size for the service flow; receiving, at the first wireless station from the second wireless station, an ARQ block size change response for the service flow in response to the transmitting the ARQ block size change request; and implementing the new ARQ-block size for the service flow based on the received ARQ block size change response. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265904 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE IN UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT RECEPTION - A method of providing interference avoidance in uplink CoMP may include generating an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol for uplink transmission to coordinated multi-point (CoMP) cells, and providing a cyclic-prefix and a cyclic-postfix for the OFDM symbol generated to reduce uplink interference without backhaul transmission for delay or timing advance information. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. An alternative method of providing interference avoidance in uplink CoMP may include measuring timing differences between downlink signals received at a mobile terminal in connection with coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission from a serving cell and one or more coordinating cells and adjusting uplink transmission timing for signals to be transmitted from the mobile terminal based on the timing differences measured. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265905 | METHOD OF PERFORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of a User Equipment (UE) performing wireless communication using multiple carriers comprises accessing a first carrier used for first link transmission, configuring a second carrier used for second link transmission, and performing the wireless communication using the second carrier. The second carrier is determined based on the first carrier. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265906 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING DATA BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A MOBILE STATION - The present invention relates to a method of exchanging data between a first station and a second station, said data being exchanged in packets. Said method comprises the steps of: receiving a packet from the second station; decoding said packet; —determining whether to transmit to the second station a resource allocation message on a signalling channel; if a said resource allocation message is transmitted, further transmitting to the second station a first indicator signal on an indicator channel; if both the decoding has not been successful and the said resource allocation message is not transmitted, transmitting to the second station a second indicator signal on the indicator channel. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265907 | METHOD FOR A SIMPLE 802.11e HCF Implementation - A Hybrid Coordination Function (HCF) implementation wherein an access point's existing (E)DCF transmit queues are augmented by at least one strict priority HCF transmit queue. The HCF queues are only used to schedule downlink data and CF-Poll transmissions are used for admitted downlink flows and for uplink flows. The 802.1D user priority value is used to select the HCF queue for an admitted flow. The strict priority HCF transmit queues are always serviced first, in priority order before any other (E)DCF transmit queue. The channel is considered busy to (E)DCF transmit queues while the strict priority queues are being serviced. An admissions control mechanism is used to control data flows and prevents the strict priority traffic from starving (E)DCF traffic. A single, simple AP scheduler is used for scheduling both polling times and station wakeup time. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265908 | Methods And Apparatus For Controlling Wireless Network Resources For Data Sessions Based On IP Address Usage - One illustrative method of for use in controlling network resources in a wireless network involves assigning, from a pool of IP addresses, a temporary IP address for a mobile station in the wireless network; calculating a ratio or percentage of the number of IP addresses and the total number of IP addresses in the pool; setting a timer value for the mobile station to an initial value that depends on the ratio or percentage of IP addresses such that, as the ratio or percentage increases, the initial value decreases; causing the temporary IP address and the timer value to be sent to the mobile station, which is adapted to register the temporary IP address with a home agent for IP mobility service; and communicating a termination request which terminates the IP mobility service if no request for re-registration is received from the mobile station upon expiration of the timer value. | 10-21-2010 |
20100265909 | DUAL-MODE COMMUNICATION DEVICES, METHODS, & SYSTEMS - Dual-mode communication devices, methods, and systems are provided. Embodiments of the present invention include devices, method, and systems enabling communication in a spread-spectrum communication protocol, comprising: receiving a first portion of a communication frame at a first frequency channel, wherein the first portion of the communication frame comprises a data channel index that indicates a second frequency channel for receiving a second portion of the communication frame; switching to the second frequency channel; and receiving the second portion of the communication frame at the second frequency channel. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are claimed and disclosed. | 10-21-2010 |
20100272028 | WIRELESS TRANSMITTER AND WIRELESS TRANSMITTING METHOD - A wireless transmitter and a wireless transmitting method in a communication system are provided with features in which a contention based channel and a scheduled channel are time-division-multiplexed, influence of interference between the channels is reduced while receiving quality is improved even if a delay in the contention based channel takes place. In the device and method, a heading portion MCS of the scheduled channel following the contention based channel is set to be more tolerant of errors (for example, QPSK, R=⅓) than the other portion MCS (for example, 16 QAM, R=⅓) and transmission is carried out. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272029 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus for efficiently communicating small amounts of information relatively frequently in a wireless communications system are described. An access point's uplink timing frequency structure includes a set of dedicated uplink communications resources, e.g., expression advertisement interval air link resources, which may be in addition to regular traffic channel resources. The set of dedicated uplink communications resources comprises a small fraction of the total uplink communications resources. An individual one of the set of dedicated uplink communications resources can carry a small amount of information bits. An expression advertisement interval occurs relatively frequently. A wireless communications device, registered with the access point, is allocated one of the set of dedicated uplink resources. The wireless communications device can transmit information using its allocated resource in both a sleep state and an active state. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272030 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMALLY TRANSFERRING DATA TRAFFIC ON NETWORKS - A system and method for configuring a data communication between a terminal computing device and a communication network, wherein the terminal computing device connects to the communication network via a mobile device is tethered to a terminal computing device and acts as a wireless modem. A second handshake operation between the computing device and mobile device occurs after a handshake operation between the mobile device and network occurs to negotiate a variety of communication protocol parameters controlling the data communication. The variety of communication protocol parameters negotiated between the mobile device and network are used in the negotiation of communication protocol parameters during the second handshake operation between the computing device and mobile device. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272031 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTELLIGENT GATEWAY SELECTION IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An apparatus is provided in one example embodiment and includes a gateway configured to be coupled to a profiling function that evaluates past end user behavior in order to make a point of attachment determination in a network for the end user. In cases where the end user had previously operated as a nomadic user, the profiling function triggers the gateway to define an Internet Protocol (IP) service for the end user and the point of attachment is the gateway. In more specific embodiments, if the end user is determined to be mobile, the gateway establishes a mobility tunnel to a hierarchical gateway, which acts as the point of attachment to the network for the end user. In still other embodiments, the profiling function includes querying a database that includes a profile for the end user. A profile for the end user can be identified in a RADIUS accounting request. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272032 | METHOD OF SIGNALING PARTICULAR TYPES OF RESOURCE ELEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling particular types of resource elements in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method can include, at a wireless terminal, receiving ( | 10-28-2010 |
20100272033 | HARQ BUFFER MANAGEMENT AND FEEDBACK DESIGN FOR A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method is disclosed for performing HARQ buffer management. The HARQ buffer management method is a new approach to buffer overflow management that allows the mobile station, rather than the base station, to control the size of its buffer. The HARQ buffer management reports buffer size, buffer occupancy status, and buffer overflow to the base station, to facilitate efficient communication between the base station and the mobile station. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272034 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD, TRANSMISSION ANTENNA DETECTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - It is possible to provide a base station device, a mobile station device, a communication system, a channel estimation method, a transmission antenna detection method, and a program which can employ PVS as the SCH transmission diversity method and avoid a side lobe to improve the adjacent cell search performance. When employing the PVS on the frequency axis of the SCH in these, different precoding weights are applied between sub carrier groups so as to correlate a plurality of PSC sequences to a precoding weight matrix and identify the PSC sequence. Moreover, the number of sub carriers to be allocated to sub carrier groups is correlated to the number of transmission antennas so as to detect periodicity of the self-correlation characteristic of a reception SCH signal, thereby identifying the number of transmission antennas. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272035 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing random access procedure includes receiving information on a dedicated random access preamble, transmitting the dedicated random access preamble, and receiving a random access response comprising a random access preamble identifier corresponding to the dedicated random access preamble and a downlink radio resource assignment. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272036 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INDICATION OF CONTIGUOUS RESOURCE ALLOCATIONS IN OFDM-BASED SYSTEMS - A mobile station and base station are capable of communicating in a wireless network via a set of contiguous or non-contiguous sub-bands. The base station transmits a resource allocation to the mobile station. The resource allocation message includes a sub-band index (SBI) field, a number of messages field, a contiguous allocation indicator field, or a combination of these. Based on the SBI field, one or more of the number of messages field and contiguous allocation indicator field, the mobile station can identify the set of sub-bands allocated to it by the base station. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272037 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING BROADCASTING INFORMATION - A method of transmitting broadcasting information or system information to user equipments in an idle mode or a sleep mode in a radio access system is disclosed. The method of transmitting broadcasting information to a user equipment in an idle mode includes receiving information related to the idle mode, decoding a control channel assigned to a first paging subframe according to the information related to the idle mode, and receiving the broadcasting information via a second paging subframe indicated by the control channel regardless of the information related to the idle mode, if the decoding of the control channel is successful. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272038 | Method for spectrum sharing in a multi-mode system and relative apparatus - A measurement apparatus comprising means for checking for available radio spectrum resource in a first system in a radio coverage area; means for sending information to a second system indicating the availability of radio spectrum resource of the first system which is usable by said second system in at least part of said radio coverage area, wherein said first system has priority over said radio spectrum resource. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272039 | METHOD OF MANAGING MULTIPLE CHANNELS IN SINGLE NETWORK AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT DEVICE - Provided are a method of managing multiple channels in a single network, and a network management device, also referred to as a network management system. According to the method and the network management device, all devices in one network that operate by using multiple channels share core information, and are effectively controlled. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272040 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-LAYER BEAMFORMING - A base station includes a reference signal sequence generator configured to generate a reference signal sequence for each of n antenna ports using one initialization seed, n being a positive integer. The base station also includes n spreaders. Each spreader corresponds to a respective one of the n antenna ports and is configured to receive a respective reference signal sequence for the respective antenna port from the reference signal sequence generator and spread the respective reference signal sequence using a respective Walsh code. The base station further includes n resource element mappers. Each mapper corresponds to a respective one of the n antenna ports and is configured to receive a respective spread reference signal sequence from a respective spreader and map the respective spread reference signal sequence to a set of reference signal resource elements corresponding to a respective antenna port. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272041 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING BLIND DECODING COMPLEXITY IN OFDMA-BASED SYSTEMS - A base station comprising a transmitter configured to transmit a downlink frame. The downlink frame comprises a resource allocation region, and the resource allocation region comprises a set of resource allocation messages comprising at least one resource allocation message. All or a subset of the resource allocation messages each comprise one or more fields with an indicator, interpreted from a particular field or a combination of some or all of the one or more fields, to indicate a number of resource allocation messages intended for a particular subscriber station in the resource allocation region. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RELEASING UPLINK RADIO RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of releasing an uplink radio resource in a wireless communication system, is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives first feedback channel allocation information from a base station (BS), and allocates a uplink radio resource to a feedback channel based on the first feedback channel allocation information. The UE also receives second feedback channel allocation information including an feedback channel release command which indicate the release of the allocated uplink radio resource to the feedback channel, and transmits a release confirm message to the BS through a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback channel (HFBCH) for transmitting a HARQ feedback. the UE releases the allocated uplink radio resource to the feedback channel. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272043 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RANGING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a ranging channel in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobile station (MS) receives frequency resource allocation information of a ranging channel and allocates the ranging channel to one ranging subband on a frequency domain determined based on the frequency resource allocation information of the ranging channel. The MS transmits the ranging channel. The frequency resource allocation information of the ranging channel includes a cell identifier (ID) of a cell and the number of allocated subbands or the number of allocated subband contiguous resource units (CRUs). | 10-28-2010 |
20100272044 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting multiple frequency assignments in a wireless communication system are provided. An operating method of a Mobile Station (MS) for supporting multicarrier transmission in a wireless communication system includes negotiating a multicarrier operation with a Base Station (BS) during a network entry procedure, when supporting a multicarrier operation mode with the BS, sending a first control message comprising information of every multicarrier configuration supported by the MS, to the BS, receiving a second control message comprising index information of one or more carriers assigned for the multicarrier operation from the BS, and searching for configuration information of carriers corresponding to indexes of the one or more carriers assigned from the BS for the multicarrier operation. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272045 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES TO LOGICAL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for allocating uplink resources to logical channels for a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes enabling a time window when logical channels are established, receiving uplink data through each logical channel, and allocating uplink resources on all configured component carriers which arrive within the time window from a current transmission time interval to all the logical channels with the value of a bucket indicating variable, which indicates the size of uplink data allowable to be transmitted, for each logical channel larger than zero in a decreasing priority order. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272046 | Apparatus and Method for Handling Priority of MAC Control Element - The present invention provides a method for handling priority of MAC control elements in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of forming a plurality of transport blocks for uplink transmission in a same sub-frame, including a BSR MAC control element in a first transport block of the plurality of transport blocks, and setting a MAC control element for Padding PHR to have higher priority than a MAC control element for Padding BSR when forming a second transport block of the plurality of transport blocks. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272047 | FEEDBACK CHANNEL RELEASE - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a communication link is established between a base station and a mobile station. The base station transmits a feedback allocation to the mobile station for the allocation of the resources of a feedback channel. If the feedback allocation is to be terminated, the base station transmits a feedback deallocation to the mobile station. If the feedback deallocation is successful, the mobile station transmits a deallocation confirmation to the base station to confirm receipt of the feedback deallocation. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272048 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FEEDBACK FOR COMPONENT CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for sending hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for transmissions received via a plurality of aggregated component carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receive a plurality of codewords via a plurality of component carriers and decodes the codewords. The component carriers are grouped into a plurality of groups, and the WTRU may generate a bundled positive/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for each group of component carriers. The WTRU may be assigned a plurality of uplink control channel resources and may implement a channel selection scheme for indicating the ACK/NACKs. The WTRU selects one of the uplink control channel resources, and sets the HARQ feedback based the ACK/NACKs or bundled ACK/NACKs in a way that a different uplink control channel resource is selected and HARQ feedback bits are set differently based on the ACK/NACKs or bundled ACK/NACKs. Each physical uplink control channel (PUCCHs) may be mapped to a particular antenna. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272049 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication device for communicating with a second communication device includes a first communication interface arranged to establish a first communication session with the second communication device, a second communication interface arranged to establish a second communication session with the second communication device, and a controller arranged to control, based upon information determined or measured by the mobile communication device, the first communication interface and the second communication interface to simultaneously establish the first communication session and the second communication session and to simultaneously transmit identical data packets to the second communication device using the first communication session and the second communication session. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING USER EQUIPMENT HISTORY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for managing User Equipment (UE) history information are provided. The method for managing user equipment history information in a wireless communication network includes determining if a recording event occurs when the user equipment enters into an idle mode; recording information about the recording event in idle mode user equipment history information when the recording event occurs; and transmitting the recorded idle mode user equipment history information to a base station when the user equipment accesses the base station. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272051 | Method and apparatus of carrier assignment in multi-carrier OFDM systems - In a carrier assignment procedure, a mobile station and its serving base station exchange and negotiate carrier deployment and multi-carrier capability information, and make a well-informed carrier assignment decision based on the negotiation result. The carrier assignment procedure ensures that the assigned secondary carriers are not only supported by both the serving BS and the MS, but are also desirable under additional requirements and considerations. Furthermore, the carrier assignment decision may be updated based on additional considerations such as channel quality measurement and network load condition over the assigned carriers. Such updated assignment decision may be made by the base station in unsolicited manner, or based on a carrier re-assignment request from the mobile station. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272052 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS BASED ON CALL PRIORITY IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for random access based on call priority in a mobile communication system are provided, in which upon generation of a high-priority call, a mobile station selects a predetermined Random Access (RA) code indicating generation of a high-priority call, generates a preamble using the selected RA code, and transmits the preamble to a base station. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272053 | Method for Realizing Resource Admission Control at Push Mode in Nomadism Scene of NGN - A method for implementing resource and admission control in PUSH mode in nomadism scenario of NGN comprises the following steps: after a subscriber accesses NGN in a visited network, initiates a service request to AF of a home network thereof, and receives a resource request transmitted by AF, SPDF of the home network transmitting the resource request to A-RACF of the visited network through SPDF of the visited network; A-RACF of the visited network making a resource policy decision on the resource request, and transmitting the decision result to RCEF of the visited network for policy installation; A-RACF of the visited network transmitting a resource request response to SPDF of the home network through SPDF of the visited network; in these steps, after receiving the resource request, SPDF of the home network and/or SPDF of the visited network perform authorization examining for the resource request. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272054 | BAND ALLOCATION METHOD - In response to a video and audio bandwidth allocation request command signal and an audio bandwidth allocation request command signal from a source device, a coordinator device allocates a first reservation period for transmitting AV stream data from the source device to a sink device and a second reservation period for transmitting audio stream data from the source device to a sink device within a predetermined frame period, and transmits a beacon signal including information on allocation of the first reservation period and the second reservation period. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272055 | METHOD OF MULTIPLEXING MULTIPLE ACCESS REGION - A method for multiplexing one or more multiple access regions is disclosed. The method for multiplexing one or more multiple access regions in a wireless access system comprises multiplexing the one or more multiple access regions so that a first base station and a second base station among a plurality of base stations which use one or more multiple access schemes together under a multi-cell environment use a single multiple access scheme in a predetermined resource region allocated to each of the first base station and the second base station; and transmitting multiplexing information obtained from the multiplexing the one or more multiple access regions to a mobile station included in a cell region of the plurality of base stations. As a user uses SC-FDMA scheme and OFDMA scheme together, it is possible to obtain a single carrier effect of the SC-FDMA system and flexibility of the OFDMA system on a time axis and a frequency axis. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272056 | TERMINAL ASSISTED WLAN ACCESS POINT RATE ADAPTATION - A method and apparatus are provided for adapting a transmission rate for providing data in a downlink direction from a network element such as an access point (AP) in a wireless network to a terminal, wherein the method features the step of the terminal providing a message to the network element containing information to assist the network element in adapting the communication link, including one or more parameters related to the transmission rate or retransmission retry, in the downlink direction. In operation, the network element receives the message and adapts the communication link in the downlink direction accordingly based on the message. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272057 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method for managing mobile communications devices includes: receiving a management instruction delivered by an ACS through a TR069 protocol; converting the management instruction into a command identifiable to a mobile communications device, and sending the identifiable command to the mobile communications device; receiving a response instruction sent by the mobile communications device after the mobile communications device executes the identifiable command; and encapsulating the response instruction into a TR069 response message, and sending the message to the ACS. Through the method and apparatus for managing mobile communications devices, a management instruction is converted into a command identifiable to the mobile communications device; the mobile communications device executes the relevant operations according to the instruction and implements the relevant services, thus implementing unified management for mobile communications devices. | 10-28-2010 |
20100272058 | TECHNIQUES FOR 40 MEGAHERTZ (MHZ) CHANNEL SWITCHING - Embodiments of the invention include methods, articles, and apparatuses to provide information related to channels transmitted and received according to a wireless communications protocol. One embodiment of the invention provides a method comprising generating channel offset information corresponding to an extension channel within a channel of a wireless communications protocol, and transmitting the channel offset information as part of channel information to be transmitted to one or more remote devices communicating according to the wireless communications protocol. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 10-28-2010 |
20100278117 | WIRELESS CHANNEL SWITCHING USING CO-LOCATED RADIOS - A channel management system in a wireless network includes a master radio and a surrogate radio. The master radio performs data communication with one or more clients on a first channel in the wireless network, and the surrogate radio simultaneously scans other channels in the wireless network. A channel manager determines if a channel switch is needed, and the data communication is switched to a second channel based on the scanning of the other channels. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278118 | METHOD FOR SELECTING COMMUNICATION LINKS IN A MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method provides for selecting a communication interface towards an access point by a wireless communication device. The method includes receiving one or more HELLO messages from the access point; determining whether any of a plurality of communication links is being used to reach the access point by evaluating at least one field of each of the received HELLO messages; penalizing a link metric of a communication link when the communication link is being used; and selecting a communication interface towards the access point, wherein the selected communication interface is coupled to a best communication link having a best link metric. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278119 | USER PROFILE-BASED WIRELESS DEVICE SYSTEM LEVEL MANAGEMENT - Techniques for user profile-based system level management (SLM) and creation of system level agreements of a wireless device are generally disclosed. In some examples, a predictor may be provided to predict a future task to be performed by a wireless device, including resource requirements, based at least in part on a profile of a user and at least one of a profile of a communication partner the user, an operational recommendation, a performance model or a current state. An optimizer/analyzer may be provided to generate a plurality of instructions to configure the wireless device, based at least in part on the predicted future task and resource requirement, and a quality of service requirement of the wireless device, in anticipation of having to perform the predicted task. In various examples, the predictor and the optimizer/analyzer may form a local or a remotely disposed system level manager. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278120 | HOME AGENT-LESS MIPv6 ROUTE OPTIMIZATION OVER WAN - Aspects relate to allowing peer nodes that establish a communication through a home agent to move that session to a directly connected link. Thus, the directly connected nodes can exchange packets natively without encapsulation. Further aspects allow a node that does not have any home agent entity to switch from a local network to a global network without losing ongoing sessions. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278121 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING DATA RETRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of supporting data retransmission in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of supporting data retransmission in a wireless communication system which uses multiple carriers includes receiving NACK from a user equipment in response to a transmitted packet, transmitting scheduling information to the user equipment, the scheduling information indicating change of radio resources previously allocated for transmission of a retransmission packet, and transmitting the retransmission packet in accordance with the scheduling information. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278122 | DATA SERVICES ROAMING WITHOUT FULL MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL (MIP) SUPPORT - A method and apparatus for providing an interface between a visited network that supports the Simple Internet Protocol (SIP) and a home network that supports the Mobile Internet Protocol (MIP) includes establishing a SIP compatible tunnel between an access gateway process in the visited network and a Proxy Mobile Node of a local process. An MIP compatible tunnel is established between a Home Agent (HA) in the home network and a Proxy Foreign Agent of the local process. Data packets received at the local process over one tunnel are transmitted over the other using data packet encapsulation. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278123 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FRAME STRUCTURE AND APPARATUS - A method comprises providing a frame, the frame including a downlink sub-frame and an uplink sub-frame, portions of the downlink sub-frame and uplink sub-frame being allocated for communication with a mobile station configured to operate utilizing a legacy IEEE 802.16 standard, and portions of the downlink sub-frame and uplink sub-frame being allocated for communication with a mobile station configured to operate utilizing the IEEE 802.16m standard; and using the frame to wirelessly communicate with a mobile station in at least one of the uplink and downlink directions. A method of using an 802.16m frame structure for multi-band operation is also provided, as well as an 802.16m frame structure for relay support. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278124 | ADAPTIVE BEACON COORDINATION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK USING SIGNAL FORMATS - An adaptive beacon coordination method in a communication network using signal formats mutually incompatible. A coordination device broadcasts a first beacon in a first signal format and a second beacon in a second signal format in a superframe. The first and second beacons are used to send medium access information to a client device having the first signal format and a client device having the second signal format, respectively. When there are three or more signal formats in a network, the coordination device can broadcast three or more beacons. The number of beacons can be adapted to various superframes according to the functions of all the client devices in the network. If all the client devices support a signal format, the coordination device broadcasts only a single beacon in the signal format. After a predetermined number of superframes, the coordination device again starts to broadcast beacons so that new client devices having different respective signal formats can join the network. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278125 | REDIRECTING A CALL BY A CIRCUIT SWITCHED NETWORK TO AN INTERNET PROTOCOL MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM (IMS) NETWORK - A device receives a call for a user device associated with an Internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS) network, where the call includes a mobile directory number (MDN) associated with the user device, and retrieves, from a home location register (HLR), an address of a wireless intelligent network (WIN) termination trigger service control point (SCP). The device sends, to the WIN termination trigger SCP, a first message that includes the MDN, receives, from the WIN termination trigger SCP, a second message that includes steering digits as a prefix to the MDN, and generates a third message that includes a called party number set to the MDN and omits the steering digits. The device also routes, based on the steering digits, the third message to a media gateway control function/media gateway (MGCF/MGW) of the IMS network, where the MGCF/MGW further processes the call. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278126 | RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION PATH SETTING METHOD - Loss in a transmission path cost, transmission delay of user data, and load applied on a transmission path are suppressed between a transmission device and a base transceiver station to be selected for every call at the time of originating communication. There is provided a table in which an identical identifier is applied to the transmission device and the base transceiver station that are close to each other in distance including a consideration of a network topology. The transmission device and the base transceiver station to be used for setting up a communication path are selected on the basis of the identifier. The table is composed of: a table A indicative of a correspondence relationship between the identifier to be applied in accordance with a distance from a given device in consideration of the network topology; and a table B indicative of a correspondence relationship between the identifier and the transmission device. The transmission device is selected by referring to these tables. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278127 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A PICONET COORDINATOR, WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK, AND A MOBILE APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING THE METHOD - A wireless communication method according to the present invention reserves a separate alternative channel in addition to a communication channel when a channel allocation request for a channel, in which it is required to secure QoS, is received from a device, and changes a channel to the reserved alternative channel to perform communication when a defective state exceeding an allowable value is detected in observed QoS information with respect to the communication channel. Therefore, it is possible to continuously provide satisfactory QoS. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278128 | RANDOM ACCESS SYSTEM FOR USING MULTI-CARRIER STRUCTURE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a system of performing a random access between a base station and a terminal using a plurality of carriers. When using the plurality of carriers, an uplink carrier and a downlink carrier may be mapped to each other in 1:n or 1:1. The terminal may perform the random access based on mapping information between the uplink carrier and the downlink carrier. A random access success rate increases and thus a time used for the random access may decrease. A wireless resource may also be effectively used. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278129 | SYSTEM INCLUDING BLUETOOTH MODULE AND WIRELESS LAN MODULE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An embodiment of the disclosure provides a control method between a Bluetooth module and a wireless LAN module, for an electronic device with a Bluetooth module and a WiMAX module. The method comprises: determining whether the priority of the Bluetooth module is higher than that of the WiMAX module; determining whether data transmitted or received by the WiMAX module has to be protected; and when the priority of the Bluetooth module is not higher than that the WiMAX module and the data transmitted or received by the WiMAX module has to be protected, setting the Bluetooth module to be in an inactive mode. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278130 | ACTIVATION DEACTIVATION OF SECONDARY UL CARRIER IN DC HSUPA - The present patent application discloses a method and apparatus for activating or de-activating a secondary carrier, comprising informing a serving radio network controller when a secondary carrier was activated or de-activated, receiving a confirmation from the serving radio network controller that non-serving NodeB cells have achieved synchronization, and scheduling a UE upon receiving confirmation. In another example, the present patent application discloses a method and apparatus for de-activating a secondary carrier, comprising controlling de-activation of the secondary carrier using high-speed shared control channel orders, receiving acknowledgement of said high-speed shared control channel orders, and informing a serving radio network controller when the secondary carrier was de-activated. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278131 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for managing a Random Access CHannel (RACH) in a mobile communication system, in which a User Equipment (UE) receives a UE information transmit request for a RACH procedure from a network, and transmits, to the network, a message including information indicating a contention detected in the RACH procedure. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278132 | TRANSMISSION AND DETECTION OF OVERHEAD CHANNELS AND SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for transmitting and detecting for overhead channels and signals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a base station may blank (i.e., not transmit) at least one overhead transmission on certain resources in order to detect for the at least one overhead transmission of another base station. In one design, the base station may (i) send the overhead transmission(s) on a first subset of designated resources and (ii) blank the overhead transmission(s) on a second subset of the designated resources. The designated resources may be resources on which the overhead transmission(s) are sent by macro base stations. The base station may detect for the overhead transmission(s) from at least one other base station on the second subset of the designated resources. In another aspect, the base station may transmit the overhead transmission(s) on additional resources different from the designated resources. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278133 | Method And Arrangements For Facilitating Allocation Of Radio Resources - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for facilitating the allocation of radio resources in a communication network, comprising a communication network node communicating with a user equipment by means of data stream transmissions over a radio interface on radio channels. What power allocation said communication network node will use for next to said user equipment incoming data transmission is predicted. Based on the power allocation prediction information on if a single data stream transmission or if a multi data stream transmission is selected for said communication is transmitted from the user equipment to the communication network node in a channel quality message. Whereby said communication network node is arranged to allocate available radio resources based on said channel quality message. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278134 | TTI channel arrangement and UE to channel assignment - A method and apparatus for operating a high speed uplink base station is provided. The base station is adapted to communicate with a first type of user entities and a second type of user entities. The first type of user entities communicate in a first transmission interval and the second type of user entities communicate in a second transmission interval. | 11-04-2010 |
20100278135 | MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION METHOD - A multicarrier communication base station device ( | 11-04-2010 |
20100284345 | System and method for cell-edge performance management in wireless systems using distributed scheduling - A method is provided for scheduling transmission resources to a mobile station served by a plurality of base stations. According to the method of the invention, feedback information respecting data received by the mobile station from each of at least two of the plurality of base stations is received by the each of the plurality of base stations. An inference is then drawn at a second of the plurality of base stations of throughput parameters respecting a transmission channel between a first of the plurality of base stations and the mobile station. Transmission resources for the mobile station are then scheduled by the second base station as a function of the inferred throughput parameters. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284346 | System and method for cell-edge performance management in wireless systems using centralized scheduling - A method is provided for scheduling transmission resources to a mobile station served by a plurality of base stations. According to the method of the invention, a centralized scheduler is provided at a network node operative to serve each of the plurality of base stations and the centralized scheduler acts to prioritize scheduling of transmission resources to the mobile station as a function of feedback information respecting data received by the mobile station from each of at least two of the plurality of base stations. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284347 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method of acquiring information on a resource region for transmitting PHICH and a method of receiving PDCCH using the same are disclosed. The resource region for transmitting the PHICH can be specified by first information corresponding to the per-subframe PHICH number and second information corresponding to a duration of the PHICH within the subframe. The first information can be specified into a form resulting from multiplying a predetermined basic number by a specific constant. And, the specific constant can be transmitted via PBCH. Moreover, the second information can be acquired from the PBCH as well. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284348 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES USING NESTED BIT MAPPING - An approach is provided for generating a control signal for allocating one or more physical resource blocks to a terminal for communicating over a network. The control signal is separately coded and utilizes a nested bit mapping scheme to specify the allocation. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284349 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING HIGH BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION - An approach is provided for allocating bandwidth among a plurality of bandwidths for providing communication over a radio network. The radio network utilizes a plurality of cells. Different values of center carrier frequencies are assigned corresponding to the cells, wherein the different values are set to vary frequency reuse over the allocated bandwidth. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284350 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT PROVIDING FLEXIBLE PREAMBLE SEQUENCE ALLOCATION - An access node/base station is allocated one or more root sequences for use with RACH preambles in the cell. The access node broadcasts an index for one of the root sequences and a basic cyclic shift parameter. A user equipment UE receives the index and parameter, determines all of the root sequences that are allocated to the cell (directly from the index and inherently from it if more than one root is allocated), and selects a sequence from among all cyclic shifts (including zero shift) of all of the allocated root sequences. The access node is required to make available in the cell a predetermined minimum number of cyclic shifts, but by selecting its sequence from among all cyclic shifts of all allocated root sequences, the UE's selection is not limited to be from among that minimum number. The UE sends on the RACH a preamble signal with the selected sequence. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284351 | SPACE-TIME-FREQUENCY DOMAIN BASED INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION THEREOF - A space-time-frequency domain based information feedback method, system, user equipment and base station for wireless transmission technical fields is provided. The user equipment measures and evaluates quality of wireless transmission downlinks in MIMO system, obtains rank, precoding matrix index and channel quality indicator information in the wireless transmission downlinks, processes information of the wireless transmission downlink respectively in space domain, frequency domain and time domain by using space selectivity, frequency selectivity and time selectivity characteristics of a channel, and feeds back downlink information to the base station through uplinks by using feedback schemes. The base station optimizes a transmitter according to feedback information from the user equipment. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284352 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING ACK/NAK SIGNAL IN AN OFDM COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NAK) signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication system is described. The method includes receiving ACK/NAK signals and repetitions of the ACK/NAK signals mapped to one or more OFDM symbols which are allocated for transmission of a plurality of ACK/NAK signals within one sub-frame, and confirming receipt of the ACK/NAK signals. The OFDM symbol for each ACK/NAK signal is determined according to the repetition of the ACK/NAK signals, and frequency regions for the ACK/NAK signals within the OFDM symbols are different from frequency regions for the repetition of the ACK/NAK signals within the OFDM symbols. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284353 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A technique for managing the transmission resources in a wireless communications system ( | 11-11-2010 |
20100284354 | Method and Apparatus in a Wireless Communications System - A method in a user equipment for requesting that a base station schedule the user equipment for an uplink data transmission to the base station is provided. The user equipment comprises a buffer. Directly or indirectly responsive to receiving data into the buffer to be transmitted to the base station, the user equipment generates a scheduling request trigger. The scheduling request trigger is configured to trigger the sending of a scheduling request to the base station if the trigger is pending at the next scheduling request opportunity, and to remain pending until it is cancelled. The user equipment cancels the pending scheduling request trigger when the data is accounted for in a buffer status report, which reports the size of the buffer to the base station, or when the data is included directly in a scheduled uplink data transmission whichever occurs first. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284355 | HANDSHAKING METHOD, AND TRANSMISSION POWER DETERMINING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF FOR PARALLEL TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE STREAMS IN SINGLE RADIO CHANNEL - Provided are a transmission power determining method and an apparatus thereof for parallel transmission of a plurality of streams. In a wireless communication system, the transmission power determining method and apparatus determine a transmission power suitable for allowing the plurality of streams to be simultaneously and reliably transmitted in a mutually permissible interference range, and use a Hidden Handshaking (HHS) procedure to determine the transmission power. By doing so, it is possible to perform reliable channel allocation and to reliably transmit the plurality of streams. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284356 | COMMUNICATION OF INFORMATION ON BUNDLING OF PACKETS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described to communicate information that specifies bundling of packets and to respond to the bundling in a wireless communication environment. A user equipment (UE) performs bundling of data packets without reliance on a radio resource grant. The UE can generate a bundling report comprising information that specifies at least in part the bundling and transmits the bundling report to a base station. The information can convey a number of bundled data packets; a number of unbundled data packets at the user equipment; an amount of bundled data at the mobile device; or a combination thereof. The UE can transmit the bundling report in accordance with a preconfigured delivery mode or can receive from the base station an indication of a delivery mode to transmit the bundling report. The base station can utilize the information conveyed in the bundling report to schedule radio resource(s). | 11-11-2010 |
20100284357 | ALLOCATION OF SUB CHANNELS OF MlMO CHANNELS OF A WIRELESS NETWORK - A base station for wireless network uses one or more MIMO channels having subchannels, to communicate with multiple user equipments, and allocates the sub channels to the user equipments. Different subchannels of a given one of the channels can be allocated to different user equipments. The ability to allocate sub channels individually rather than only allocating entire channels can enable higher data rates can be achieved. This is particularly useful for improving data rates at cell boundaries or sector boundaries, where the coverage is traditionally weakest. A user equipment can use subchannels from different MIMO channels from different sectors or from different base stations. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284358 | Method for Transmitting Preamble for Legacy Support - A method for transmitting a preamble for legacy support is provided. In a communication system for supporting at least one of a first system corresponding to a legacy system and a second system which corresponds to an evolved system and supports two or more scalable bandwidths, a method for transmitting a preamble for the second system is provided. A preamble sequence is generated on the basis of a smallest bandwidth of the two or more scalable bandwidths, the generated preamble sequence is mapped to a resource zone to have a repetition factor which is relatively prime to a repetition factor of a repetition factor of a preamble for the first system, and the preamble sequence mapped to the resource zone is transmitted as the preamble for the second system. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284359 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed is C-SDMA and C-BF technology for effectively suppressing inter-cell interference from neighboring BTSs only by using partial channel information delivered from an AT over a limited uplink feedback channel in a collaborative wireless communication system employing an FDD scheme and including neighboring BTSs connected to each other through a high-speed wireline communication network. C-SDMA technology makes it possible to select the optimal feedback scheme by considering uplink feedback channel capacity allowed in the system. C-BF technology uses information on beamforming signal weight and main beamforming interference weight vectors to suppress collision between formed by weights that each BTS uses, thereby improving system transmission capacity. Technology providing higher system capacity is adaptively selected from among C-SDMA and C-BF by using limited feedback information, so that high system capacity is provided in various environmental conditions. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284360 | Channel Allocation When Using Measurement Gaps with H-ARQ - A user equipment (UE) receives a first dynamic resource allocation on a first channel (PDCCH), then sends data according to the first resource allocation. During a time at which an ACK/NACK for the sent data is scheduled to occur on a second channel (PHICH), the UE is engaging in an activity that takes priority over the ACK/NACK. The UE then receives a second dynamic resource allocation on the first channel and determines the ACK/NACK for the sent data from the second dynamic resource allocation. The determining can be direct, as in receiving a zero-valued resource allocation; or it may be indirect as in mapping the second dynamic resource allocation to the second channel and receiving the acknowledgement on the second channel after that mapping. Also detailed are similar mirror actions from the Node B's perspective, as well as apparatus, methods, and embodied computer programs. | 11-11-2010 |
20100284361 | Channel Allocation In DECT Telecommunication Systems - A method for wireless digital radio communication is put into effect on a first number K of channels between a second number A of users. All A of the users are permitted to listen on one and the same listening channel. A limited number B of channels is used for outgoing speech communication. The communication on these channels is transmitted to all A users on the listening channel. A communication apparatus which utilises this method includes at least one stationary base unit ( | 11-11-2010 |
20100284362 | Communication Method In Mobile Communication System, And Mobile Station And Base Station In The Same System - The present method adds uplink data to a transmission request sent to the base station from the mobile station for obtaining permission for data transmission, or to a channel establishment request sent from the mobile station to the base station for establishing a channel in order to send the transmission request therethrough. This makes it possible to suppress delay caused by negotiation prior to actual uplink data transmission as much as possible, thereby realizing efficient uplink data transmission, that is, improved throughput of uplink communication. | 11-11-2010 |
20100290405 | Resource Allocation - Efficient encoding techniques are described for encoding resource allocation data to be signalled to a number of user devices in a communication system. In one encoding technique, a resource allocation bit pattern is transmitted to all the users together with a resource ID for each user. Each user then identifies its allocated sub-carriers using the received allocation bit pattern and the received resource ID. In another encoding technique, a code tree is used to generate a value representing the sub-carrier allocation. The user device then uses the code tree to determine the sub-carrier allocation from the signalled value. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290406 | BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A disclosed base station in a multi-carrier system performs frequency scheduling in a frequency bandwidth including plural resource blocks each including one or more sub-carriers. The base station includes a frequency scheduler determining scheduling information for allocating one or more resource blocks to a communication terminal having good channel quality based on a channel quality indicator reported from plural of the communication terminals; a unit encoding and modulating a control channel transmitting the scheduling information; a multiplexing unit frequency-division multiplexing the control channel with a channel other than the control channel in accordance with the scheduling information; and a unit transmitting an output signal from the multiplexing unit in the multi-carrier system. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290407 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD - To improve the delivery probability of a random access channel and increase the information amount notified on the random access channel. In a mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus and base station apparatus perform multicarrier communication with each other, the mobile station apparatus sets transmission control information about a random access channel based on a state of the mobile station apparatus in transmitting the random access channel, and the base station apparatus determines the state of the mobile station apparatus based on the transmission control information notified on the random access channel, and performs optimal scheduling corresponding to the state of the mobile station apparatus. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290408 | Method, apparatus and computer program for user equipment access channel procedures - Access to a wireless network is attempted by sending on a random access channel RACH at a first transmit power a first preamble comprising a signature sequence that is randomly selected from a set of signature sequences. After the access attempt from sending the first preamble is determined unsuccessful, access to the wireless network is re-attempted by sending on the RACH at a second transmit power a second preamble comprising a signature sequence, in which the second transmit power is no greater than the first transmit power. Embodiments variously combine different options: the signature sequences of the first and second preambles are each randomly selected separately, or the signature sequence of the first preamble is re-used in the second preamble; the first and second transmit powers are each equal to an initial transmit power, or the second transmit power is the initial power and less than the first transmit power. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290409 | METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZATION AND SIGNALING OF OCCUPIED BANDS IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (OFDM) TRANSMISSIONS - The present invention provides a method for use in a wireless communication system that supports orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) of transmissions over a plurality of subcarriers. One embodiment of the method includes a network entity that allocates one or more of a plurality of sub-bands for communication with an access terminal. Each of the sub-bands includes one or more of the subcarriers and is associated with a corresponding a pseudo-random sequences. The network entity can also transmit one or more of the plurality of pseudo-random sequences over an air interface. The transmitted pseudo-random sequence indicate the sub-bands that are allocated for communication with the access terminal. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290410 | Method and Device for Controlling Transmission Resources for Automatic Repeat Request Processes - A method for controlling transmission resources for transmission and re-transmission of packets of a plurality of automatic repeat request processes comprises allocating, for each of the plurality of automatic repeat request processes, a transmission resource for transmission of a packet of the automatic repeat request process. The method further comprises allocating transmission resources as one or more re-transmission opportunities for re-transmission of the packet of at least two of the automatic repeat request processes such that at least two of the at least two automatic repeat request processes share transmission resource for at least one of the re-transmission opportunities. The method also comprises transmitting at least one control message indicating the allocated transmission resources. An electronic device for controlling transmission and retransmission of packets of a plurality of automatic repeat request processes is also described. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290411 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for allocating resource regions in a wireless access system is provided. This method collectively allocates resources in non-consecutive frames. Specifically, a message, including allocation information used to collectively and non-consecutively allocate identical resource regions, is received from a base station and data is transmitted or received through the allocated resource regions. Since identical resource regions are collectively allocated in multiple frames, it is possible to reduce both the number of transmissions of a MAP message and MAP overhead in a network. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290412 | METHOD OF DETERMINING A SIZE OF A DATA PACKET ADVANTAGEOUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RESTRANSMITTING THE DATA PACKET - A method of determining a transport block size (TBS) allocated to a data packet transmitted via a wireless channel is provided. The TBS is determined according to the number of resource blocks (resource block number) NRB allocated to the data packet and a modulation coding scheme (MCS) level. A part or all of the TBSs allocated to a specific resource block number is determined to have the same value as a part or all of the TBSs allocated to another resource block number. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290413 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - A DSP checks the traffic on a control channel transmitted to each terminal, and obtains a total of traffic on the control channel for each remote radio unit. The DSP transforms a correlation matrix calculated in an analysis section to a partial orthogonal matrix subjected to partial orthogonalization. The DSP divides one or more remote radio units into the groups in accordance with the sequence of rows or columns of the partial orthogonal matrix so that the total traffic for each group in which the total of traffic is added for one or more remote radio units within the group may be less than or equal to a predetermined threshold, and stores the identification number of the remote radio unit for each group in a memory. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290414 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - When radar/radio signals are detected by one of two access points establishing communication in a WDS mode, the one access point notifies the other access point of a change of a communication channel to a newly allocated channel and actually changes the communication channel to the newly allocated channel. The other access point notified of the newly allocated channel performs a passive scan at the notified newly allocated channel to detect a beacon broadcasted by the one access point. In response to detection of the beacon, the other access point resets the communication channel to the notified newly allocated channel. The two access points can accordingly reestablish communication in the WDS mode within a short time period. This arrangement allows for a quick channel change in response to detection of radar/radio signals, such as a weather radar, during communication of a 5 GHz frequency band in the WDS mode. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290415 | Apparatus and method for bandwidth request in broadband wireless communication system - A transmission delay caused by a Bandwidth Request (BR) of a Mobile Station (MS) in a broadband wireless communication system can be avoided. An operation of the MS includes performing an initial BR to allocate resources across a plurality of frames. When a resource is allocated according to the initial BR, an adaptive BR is performed on the resource in a piggyback manner by using the resource while transmitting an acknowledge (ACK) message corresponding downlink Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) data. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290416 | CHANNEL SWITCHING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF A BASE STATION AND CHANNEL SWITCHING APPARATUS AND METHOD OF A TERMINAL BASED ON THE COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - In a cognitive radio system, when communication in an operational channel is determined to be discontinued due to that an incumbent user (IU) entering the operational channel that is currently being used or due to that an excessive interference occurring in the operational channel, the operational channel is switched to a pre-arranged channel. However, since some parameters are different between the operational channel and the pre-arranged channel, an initialization procedure has to be performed to allow the cognitive radio system to be adapted to those some parameters. Since an initialization technique aiming for this situation is not developed yet, a conventional cognitive radio system uses a general initialization technique used to initially operate a system. However, the general initialization technique has to allow the system to be adapted to many parameters so that it takes a relatively long initialization time. A channel switching apparatus and method thereof of a base station, which allocates a slot for data exchange with each of a plurality of terminals in a frequency channel that is not used by the IU and thus performs communication, include transmitting a channel switching message for requesting to switch to a backup channel when a signal of the IU is sensed in the frequency channel; transmitting a beacon frame via the backup channel, wherein the beacon frame comprises allocation information about slots which are in the frequency channel and which are respectively allocated to each of the plurality of terminals; and allocating the slot for data exchange with each of the plurality of terminals to the backup channel according to the allocation information, and communicating with each of the plurality of terminals. By doing so, frequency resources between each of networks can be efficiently used, and convenience and efficiency with respect to network operation can be maximized. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290417 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR MOBILE TERMINAL, NETWORK ADDRESS MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A Communication method for mobile terminal, a network address management device and a mobile terminal are provided, so as to solve the problem that the prior art couldn't select the communication mode flexibly based on the specific requirement. When the mobile terminal uses an application service to communicate with the correspondent, the following steps would be performed: obtaining a communication address which is assigned to be used by the application service, the communication address being the home address or the care-of address of the mobile terminal; when the obtained communication address being the home address, performing the communication with the correspondent by using the home address through the home agent; and when the obtained communication address being the care-of address, performing the communication with the correspondent by using care-of address. With above method, it is possible for mobile terminal to select communication mode autonomously, so as to satisfy the requirement of the communication privacy for the various mobile terminal and the requirement of the time delay for a variety of applications. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290418 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication station device which can prevent limiting of resource allocation in a UE group. The radio communication device includes: a CCE allocation unit ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100290419 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING CODE POINTS FOR INDICATING THE SCHEDULING MODE - The invention relates to a control channel signal for use in a mobile communication system providing at least two different scheduling modes. Further the invention relates to a scheduling unit for generating the control channel signal and a base station comprising the scheduling unit. The invention also relates to the operation of a mobile station and a base station for implementing a scheduling mode using the control channel signal proposed by the invention. In order to facilitate the use of different scheduling schemes for user data transmission while avoiding an additional flag for indicating the scheduling mode in the control signaling, the invention proposes the use of code points in existing control channel signal fields. Further, the invention proposes a specific scheduling mode for use in combination with the proposed new control channel signal according to the invention. According to this scheduling mode control channel information is only provided for retransmissions, while initial transmissions are decoded using blind detection. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290420 | SCHEDULING AHEAD FOR IMPROVING DATA TRANSMISSION IN CASE OF MEASUREMENT - An approach is provided for scheduling communication resources to minimize the effects of a measurement gap. The timing between a resource allocation grant for a communication link, corresponding data transmission, and associated error control transmissions is delayed to avoid transmitting data to or receiving data from a user equipment during a measurement gap. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290421 | DECENTRALIZED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, APPARATUS, AND ASSOCIATED METHODOLOGY - Communication stations select the channel which as many communication stations as possible can receive as a beacon sending channel based on interference information of each channel specified in a beacon signal. When there is a communication station which cannot receive a beacon, the beacon sending channel is changed. The communication stations can receive a beacon from all other communication stations by performing beacon receiving operation over a particular channel, avoiding the deadlock state. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290422 | VIRTUALIZED APPLICATION ACCELERATION INFRASTRUCTURE - In one example embodiment, a system and method is illustrated that includes processes a first data packet using a first operating system, the first data packet received from a first network. A second operation is shown that processes a second data packet using a second operating system, the second data packet received from a second network. Further, an additional operation is shown that determines a route associated with the first data packet and the second data packet, the route including at least one of a logical route or physical route. Moreover, an operation is shown that parses the first data packet into at least one first logical segment, and parsing the second data packet into at least one second logical segment. An operation is shown that transmits the first logical segment and the second logical segment as at least one data packet across the WAN. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290423 | METHOD FOR FORMATTING SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for formatting a signal in a mobile communication system by appending a plurality of medium access control headers to a plurality of medium access control-service data units for data transfer between a mobile station and network in the mobile communication system. If the service data units have the same characteristics, a medium access control-protocol data unit is formed by successively coupling the service data units to any one of the medium access control headers. If the service data units have different characteristics, the protocol data unit is formed by sequentially coupling each of the service data units and each of the medium access control headers. The formed protocol data unit is then transformed into a transport block with a predetermined size. A medium access control sublayer formats medium access control-protocol data units according to transport channel characteristics in peer-to-peer communication in such a manner that the protocol data units can have different formats with respect to different transport channels. This makes it possible to provide more efficient functions. | 11-18-2010 |
20100290424 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC CONNECTION TO A NETWORK - A processing terminal, for example a PDA or laptop, includes one or more application-layer programs and a network broker ( | 11-18-2010 |
20100296458 | METHOD OF INSERTING CDMA BEACON PILOTS IN OUTPUT OF DISTRIBUTED REMOTE ANTENNA NODES - A communication system to feed remote antenna nodes with simulcast traffic and non-simulcast beacons is provided. The communication system includes a host radio frequency (RF) digitizer, a delay buffer, a summing circuit, and a framer/serializer. The host RF digitizer receives CDMA base station signals for simulcast CDMA-traffic-bearing channels and to output digital samples. The delay buffer is communicatively coupled to receive the samples output from a beacon pilot generator and to output digitally delayed CDMA-digital-beacon-pilot samples having different pseudo-noise offsets. The summing circuit adds the CDMA-digital-beacon-pilot samples having different pseudo-noise offsets to the digital samples received from the host RF digitizer to form composite simulcast-plus-uniquely-offset-beacon-pilot CDMA samples. The framer/serializer is communicatively coupled to receive the composite simulcast-plus-uniquely-offset-beacon-pilot CDMA samples, and to route the composite simulcast-plus-uniquely-offset-beacon-pilot CDMA samples to an associated remote antenna node. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296459 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus used in a mobile communication system to which an OFDM scheme is applied in downlink is provided with: a scheduler configured to perform assignment of radio resources to a user apparatus for each subframe; a control channel generation unit configured to generate a control channel for reporting a result of scheduling by the scheduler to the user apparatus; and a mapping unit configured to map the control channel and a data channel, wherein the control information includes information indicating a radio resource amount used for the control channel, and the mapping unit multiplexes information indicating the radio resource amount used for the control channel into a first OFDM symbol. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296460 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits uplink data to a base station apparatus using a physical uplink shared channel that is allocated by an uplink data transmission permission signal, wherein the base station apparatus allocates, to the mobile station apparatus, by using a radio resource control signal, the physical uplink shared channel for the mobile station apparatus to transmit channel states information, and the mobile station apparatus periodically transmits, to the base station apparatus, the channel states information using the physical uplink shared channel. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296461 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio communication base station device, a radio communication terminal device, and a radio communication method which can reduce interference between adjacent resource blocks even when the DL timing is overlapped with the UL timing at the boundary between an independent allocation band and a cooperation allocation band. When a terminal A is allocated for a UL resource block of the cooperation allocation band serving as a band boundary with the independent allocation band, in ST | 11-25-2010 |
20100296462 | BASE STATION APPARATUS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR USE IN BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CQI CORRECTION TABLE - A base station apparatus includes a correction unit for correcting a CQI reported from a user apparatus and a scheduler for scheduling based on the corrected CQI. The correction unit uses a correction table to correct the CQI such that if the reported CQI is poor, the CQI is slightly reduced, and otherwise, the CQI is significantly reduced. One method of generating the correction table includes deriving a first SINR in consideration of the number of interference users less than (n-1) and a second SINR in consideration of the number of interference users equal to (n-1) to explore a distribution of the second SINR to the first SINR. In this method, correspondence between the first SINR and the second SINR is determined based on the distribution to generate the correction table. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296463 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A user apparatus in a mobile communications system is disclosed. The user apparatus includes a unit which receives, from a base station apparatus, a downlink control signal including information for allocating a radio resource; a unit which determines, depending on a channel status, a pre-encoding matrix indicator (PMI) which indicates a pre-encoding matrix to be applied to multiple antennas of the base station apparatus; and a unit which transmits, to the base station apparatus, an uplink signal including the PMI, wherein, if the radio resource is allocated to a physical uplink shared channel of the user apparatus, the PMI is transmitted using a part of the radio resource, and, wherein, if the radio resource is not allocated to the physical uplink shared channel of the user apparatus, the PMI is transmitted in a physical uplink control channel which is allocated, in a fixed manner, to the user apparatus. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296464 | OMITTING UE ID ON AN ENHANCED RACH PROCESS - A method of an uplink transfer at the UE side in a wireless communications system over a wireless interface between a radio network and a user equipment node uses a first mode of transfer and a second mode of transfer. The first mode of transfer involves sending a first message by the UE to a Node B of the wireless communication system. The second mode of transfer involves receiving a resource by the UE from the Node B, and sending at least one subsequent message by the UE to the Node B, the at least one subsequent message omits an UE id. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296465 | METHOD, APPARATUSES, SYSTEM, AND RELATED COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Respective demodulation reference signals (DM RS) of a user bandwidth can be cyclically shifted with respect to each other. An uplink scheduling grant may include an index for a DM RS resource having a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code or interleaved frequency division multiple comb. A usage orthogonal cover or interleaved frequency division multiple comb may be configured using radio resource control message and may optionally be tied statically into DM RS resources. At least some of respective demodulation reference signals of the at least two user bandwidths may be mutually orthogonal. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296466 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION RATE CONTROL METHOD - The purpose of this invention is a method to provide a specific physical rate adapted to 802.11 WMM in EDCA mode which may be integrated as well in an Access Point as in a Station. The objective of this method is to select the 802.11 phyrate (physical rate) the most adapted for each WMM AC (Access category) of traffic requirements: For each AC it guaranties an IPLR (IP packet Lost ratio) specific physical rate and adapted to nature of the transported content. For BK (Background) and BE (Best Effort) it optimizes the used CUE (Channel Usage Estimation) in order to provide maximum bandwidth, For VI (Video) and VO (Voice) AC to guaranty first the delay bound (i.e. max IP Delay transmission (IPDT)) and when this condition is met it optimizes the used CUE. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296467 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for random access in multicarrier wireless communications are disclosed. Methods and apparatus are provided for physical random access channel (PRACH) resource signaling, PRACH resource handling, preamble and PRACH resource selection, random access response (RAR) reception, preamble retransmission, and transmission and reception of subsequent messages. A method for maintaining an allowed multicarrier uplink (UL) random access channel (RACH) configuration set by adding an UL carrier to the allowed RACH configuration set provided that a triggering event occurs and performing a random access (RA) procedure using the allowed RACH configuration set. A method for sending data in multicarrier wireless communications by determining a set of available UL carriers and selecting an UL carrier from the set of available UL carriers. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296468 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SETTING UP CALL SWITCHING CONNECTIONS FOR REAL TIME SERVICES IN WIDE AREA MOBILE NETWORKS - A device for setting up call switching connections to deliver calls of real time services over a wide area mobile network is described comprising:
| 11-25-2010 |
20100296469 | Multi-Mode Convergence Method, Multi-Mode Combination Method, and Devices Thereof - A multi-mode convergence method, a multi-mode combination method, and devices thereof are provided. The multi-mode convergence method includes the following steps. Data from multi-mode base band units (BBUs) is received and separated into downlink service data and operation maintenance data. A channel configuration is generated according to the operation maintenance data. The downlink service data of a corresponding mode is selected according to the channel configuration, and the downlink service data and the operation maintenance data are consolidated, and the consolidated data is sent to corresponding remote radio unit (RRUs). The multi-mode convergence method, the multi-mode combination method, and devices thereof are adopted, so as to accomplish functions, such as multi-mode and pseudo noise (PN) multiplexing, to decrease complexity of a multi-mode system, and provide a function of multi-mode coexistent optical fiber | 11-25-2010 |
20100296470 | Reporting Power Headroom for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom-related information for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting in a bitmap the power headroom-related information for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers, wherein the power headroom-related information is one of a power headroom for at least one of the aggregated carriers and a path loss for at least one of the aggregated carriers. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296471 | System and Method For Transmitting Power Headroom Information for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting the power headroom for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296472 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UE-TRIGGERED CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION - A method for transmitting a user equipment (UE)-triggered channel status information (CSI) is disclosed. A UE transmits a preamble to an eNode B (eNB) through a random access channel (RACH) or a CSI RACH. The UE receives a response allocating a CSI feedback resource or allocating a resource for negotiation from the eNB. The UE transmits the CSI and a UE ID, or only the CSI to the eNB through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). | 11-25-2010 |
20100296473 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RADIO CHANNEL - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving a control channel and/or a data channel in a radio communication system using multiple carriers is described. The embodiments of the present invention provide various multi-carrier system structures and various methods for setting a reference carrier in a multi-carrier system. The embodiments of the present invention also provide methods for efficiently transmitting control channels using a coordination field. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296474 | System And Method For Multi-Services Packet Network Traffic Engineering - Systems and methods are described that provide network traffic engineering that obviate network over-provisioning by providing QoS to each traffic class. Embodiments dimension switching router LTE schedulers to ensure that each traffic class receives an appropriate QoS in terms of delay, jitter, Packet Loss Ratio and throughput. | 11-25-2010 |
20100296475 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AN APPROPRIATE LINK PATH IN A MULTI-HOP COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A determination of link quality (C | 11-25-2010 |
20100296476 | NETWORK SWITCHING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR MOBILE MULTIMEDIA SERVICES - A network switching method, device and system for mobile multimedia services are provided. The method includes: detecting signal strength of media stream data of a first network, and when the signal strength of the media stream data of the first network is smaller than a first preset value, receiving media stream data of a second network in parallel; and buffering the media stream data of the second network, decoding the buffered media stream data of the second network, and playing the decoded media stream data of the second network. The device includes a first communication module, a detecting module, a switching module, a second communication module, a processing module and a playing module. The system includes a first network, a second network and a terminal. Through the method, device and system, the time delay in the process of switching the serving network is reduced, and the service interruption caused by the network switching when the terminal performs multimedia services is prevented. | 11-25-2010 |
20100303021 | SIMULTANEOUS DELIVERY OF A TELEPHONY CALL OVER A BROADBAND ACCESS NETWORK AND A CIRCUIT-SWITCHED NETWORK - A call processing module includes a first network interface configured to communicate over a packet-switched network and a second network interface configured to communicate with a local subscriber over a broadband access network employing RF modulation. A call manager is provided which includes a database associating a local subscriber telephone number with an address of a client device associated with the local subscriber for a plurality of subscribers authorized to receive telephony service. A frequency handler is provided for allocating to the client device a receive frequency and a transmit frequency to be used by the client device over the broadband access network during a telephony call. The call processing module also includes a session manager configured to generate and receive signaling messages for establishing the telephony call between the local subscriber and a remote subscriber over the broadband access network and the packet-switched network as well as over the broadband access network, the packet-switched network and a circuit-switched network in communication with the packet-switched network. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303022 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and scheduler are provided that optimize utilization of an uplink (UL) data packet field of an UL sub-frame. In one embodiment, a request for an allocation of bandwidth is received from each of multiple mobile stations. The requests include requests for a bandwidth allocation of a first size range and requests for a bandwidth allocation of a second size range, wherein each request of the second size range requests more bandwidth than any request of the first size range. Bandwidth is allocated in a UL data packet field to the requests in order of priority, and when the allocated bandwidth does not fill the UL data packet field and a request of the second size range remains unallocated, an allocation of bandwidth to an unallocated request of the second size range is substituted for an allocation of bandwidth to a request of the first size range. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303023 | Power-Efficient Accurate MICH Monitoring in a Mobile Communication System - In a mobile communication system, receiving changed information for a service of interest in a next modification period comprises determining in a current modification period whether an alarm bit whose assertion indicates upcoming changed information is unambiguously associated with the service of interest or whether the alarm bit is associated with the service of interest and one or more services that are not of interest. Mappings of all services to alarm bits are analyzed in the present and possibly in one or more upcoming frames during the current modification period and applied in embodiments to reduce the ambiguity and therefore the risk of false indications of changed data for the service of interest. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303024 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING CHANNEL OPERATION INFORMATION WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A node in a wireless communication system detects a requirement to discontinue communications on a primary channel. In response, the node sends a message to a plurality of nodes, which includes a reason for discontinuation of communications on the primary channel and availability of immediate operation of a secondary channel. The secondary channel is a channel the node was currently using for its communication. Another node receives a message including a requirement to discontinue communications on a primary channel and also the availability of immediate operation on a secondary channel. The receiving node detects the feasibility of moving the operation of its associated network to the secondary channel. When feasible, the node sends a message to other nodes to make the secondary channel its primary channel. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303025 | HYBRID SCHEME FOR DL LINK ADAPTATION - A system and method of a hybrid scheme of DL link adaptation in a network having mobile stations (MSs) in communication with a base station (BS). The system may include a mode decision module associated with the base station. The mode decision module may include one or more processors configured to select a first mode configuration for use during transmission of a first communication from the base station. The BS may receive first feedback information associated with the first communication, where the first feedback information includes a first mode recommendation and first channel information. Based on the first feedback information, the BS may generate a BS-derived mode configuration based on the first channel information and compare the first mode recommendation and the BS-derived mode configuration. Based on the comparison, the BS may determine a second mode configuration to use to configure a second communication. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ZONE CONTROLLER BASED DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - The application discloses a method and apparatus for dynamic spectrum allocation to a secondary communication system seeking to operate within the spectrum of a regulated primary communication system. The method includes clustering a plurality of secondary devices based on an operating frequency utilized by each of the secondary devices. The method then includes assigning sensing opportunities to the plurality of clustered secondary devices. The method then includes, receiving sensing information from each of the clustered secondary devices. The sensing information indicates at least one of an occupied channel frequency and an unoccupied channel frequency in the spectrum. The method further includes determining at least one spectrum opportunity, in the spectrum, that is unoccupied by each of a plurality of primary devices based on the received sensing information, and allocating the at least one spectrum opportunity to at least one of the secondary devices. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303027 | METHOD FOR SENDING DATA PACKETS IN A DATA NETWORK DURING HANDOVER OF A MOBILE NODE - A method and equipment for transmitting data packets in a data network originating from a mobile node. In one embodiment a method involves the mobile node transmitting immediately after a handover from a first router to a second router data packets having a source address that includes a local level 3 source address in the OSI model. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303028 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING, BY A TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE, AT LEAST A FIRST AND A SECOND CONSECUTIVE CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF A GROUP OF CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF A CHANNEL RESOURCE TO A DESTINATION - A method for allocating, by a telecommunication device, at least first and second channel elements of a group of channel elements of a channel resource to a destination. The telecommunication device: selects, for the first channel element, a first randomization function according to the position of the first channel element within the group of channel elements and according to the destination; selects, for the second channel element, a second randomization function according to the position of the second channel element within the group of channel elements and according to the destination; processes the data to be included in the first channel element by the first randomization function and processes the data to be included in the first channel element by the second randomization function; and transfers the processed data. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303029 | SCHEDULING INFORMATION SHARING PROTOCOL OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Described herein is a method of sharing a frequency resource between a plurality of transmission/reception pairs in a communication system. Also described is an inner-cell coordinator included in the communication system that may be used to carry out the method of sharing a frequency resource between a plurality of transmission/reception pairs. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303030 | DPCCH AND HS-DPCCH CONTROL AT LOW GRANTS FOR E-DCH - Disclosed is a method and an enhanced uplink (UL) telecommunication system for power control. The system comprises at least one first radio network controller (RNC) and at least one first base station, which enables wireless communication with at least one first user terminal. The power for an uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) in a first enhanced UL transport channel (E-DCH) is controlled. The control is made by the first base station on the basis of a signal to interference ratio (SIR) target value sent by the first RNC. Thereby, the SIR real time value for the UL DPCCH is controlled towards the target value. The first user terminal and the first base station further calculate a power for at least an Enhanced Dedicated Physical Data Channel (E-DPDCH) in the first E-DCH, which power is defined as the sum of the DPCCH power and a power offset. The calculation is at least based on a power offset configuration and an absolute grant provided by the first base station, which grant at least set the maximum E-DPDCH power. The first user terminal further transmits the uplink data traffic on the first E-DCH with the controlled DPCCH power and the calculated E-DPDCH power. When the first base station and the first user terminal detects that the E-DPDCH absolute grant is reduced below or increased above a grant threshold, the base station changes the SIR target value. Further, the first base station and the first user terminal compensates the change of the target value by recalculating at least the E-DPDCH power so that the power reflects both the changed DPCCH power resulting from the changed SIR target value and the improvement due to optimized channel estimation in case of changed SIR real time value. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303031 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for use in a communications network in which a Mobile Node accesses the communications network via a proxy node. An access control node receives attachment information from the proxy node. The attachment information relates to an attachment to the communications network of the Mobile Node and includes an identifier of the Mobile Node. On the basis of the received information, a Binding Unique Identifier is determined to associate with a Care-of-Address used by the proxy node on behalf of the Mobile Node. The Binding Unique Identifier is sent to the proxy node for subsequent registration with a mobility anchor function. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303032 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING COOPERATIVE RECEIVING DIVERSITY SCHEME AND SELECTIVE COOPERATIVE RELAYING - A selective cooperative relaying method, the method including: determining, by a base station, whether a mobile station for which the base station provides a service is the mobile station necessary for direct transmission or is the mobile station necessary for cooperative relaying via a relay station; and selecting, by a base station, mobile stations using a simple relaying scheme, a cooperative transmission diversity scheme, or a cooperative receiving diversity scheme from mobile stations necessary for the cooperative relaying via the relay station. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303033 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE DELIVERY OF HIGH SPEED DATA SERVICES OVER DEDICATED AND NON-DEDICATED PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO (PLMR) CHANNELS USING COGNITIVE RADIO TECHNOLOGY - A system and method for delivery of high speed data services over dedicated and non-dedicated private land mobile radio (PLMR) channels using cognitive radio technology. The PLMR system provides bi-directional Point-to-Multipoint (PtMP) data communication between a dispatch center and many fixed or mobile remote terminals. A plurality of base stations communicate with a base station controller at the dispatch center and a plurality of remote radios communicate with at least one of the remote terminals. PLMR channel scanners, located in each base station and remote radio, scan the PLMR channels to determine which of the PLMR channels is idle at any point of time so that data communication may take place. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303034 | Dual-Layer Beam Forming in Cellular Networks - Single user and multiuser MIMO transmission in a cellular network may be performed by selecting by a base station (eNB) to transmit either one or two transmission layers. When one transmission layer is selected, a first transmission layer is precoded with a first precoder. A first demodulation reference signal (DMRS) sequence or a second DMRS sequence is selected by the eNB and precoded using the first precoder. The first transmission layer is transmitted with the selected precoded DMRS from the eNB to a user equipment (UE), and an indicator is transmitted to the UE to indicate which DMRS sequence is selected and transmitted. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303035 | Multiple Uplink Control Channel Transmission With Reduced Cubic Metric - It is determined that there are X uplink control channel resources available for uplink signaling. Each of those X uplink control channel resources are sub-channelized into a plurality of sub-channels that each defines a unique time instant or point in time. For each of Y units of control information there is selected a unique combination of one of the sub-channels and a modulation (X and Y are each integers greater than one). The Y units of control information are sent on the X uplink control channel resources according to the respectively selected combinations. By example the uplink resources may be an ACK/NAK/DTX bit on a PUCCH. In one example the sub-channels are individual slots of a PUCCH. In another example the sub-channels are the reference-signal part and the data part of a single PUCCH slot. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303036 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING BLIND DECODING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource grant within a wireless communication system wherein resource grants are received using control channel element (CCE) subsets wherein each CCE subset is a control channel candidate, wherein the UA is configured to decode up to M control channel candidates per time period for single carrier operation, the method comprising the steps of, at the user agent, identifying N control channel candidates that are distributed among C carriers wherein N is less than M×C, attempting to decode each of the N identified control channel candidates to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource grant and where a control channel candidate is successfully decoded, using the one of the uplink grant and the downlink grant to facilitate communication. | 12-02-2010 |
20100303037 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS PACKET DATA - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving wireless packet data are provided. In a wireless packet data transmitter for transmitting to a wireless packet data receiver data packet on a transport channel and control information for supporting the transport channel on a control channel in a wireless packet data communications system, a padding bit eliminator eliminates optional padding bits of a variable size from a transport block for data packet transmission. A transport channel encoder for transport channel-encodes the transport block without the padding bits and transmits the encoded transport block on the transport channel. A control channel encoder control channel-encodes the control information including a padding bit number indicator indicating the number of the eliminated padding bits and transmits the encoded control information on the control channel. | 12-02-2010 |
20100309853 | PROGRESSIVE INFORMATION BEACON SYMBOLS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate transmitting beacon symbols comprising static and dynamic information about the beacon and/or a transmitter thereof (or substantially any information a beacon transmitter desires to send). In this regard, the beacon symbol transmitter can select a subcarrier of bandwidth for transmitting the beacon symbol where the subcarrier is indicative of data and is in one of a plurality of subcarrier groups related to the total available subcarriers. Thus, the groups can have common virtual subcarriers such that a subcarrier index can be found in each group. In this way, the selected group can indicate additional information that can change based on what group is selected for transmitting a given beacon symbol. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309854 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT WITH MIMO IN A PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - Aspects relate to interference management in a multiple-input-multiple-output peer-to-peer network utilizing connection scheduling. When channel side information is available at both transmitter and receiver, both devices determine transmit/receiver beamforming vectors. Transmitter sends a first transmission request signal with first transmit beamforming vector and a second transmission request signal with second transmit beamforming vector in a transmission request block. Receiver estimates SINRs of the MIMO channels associated with the receive beamforming vectors and determines whether to return request response signals. Based on received request response signals, transmitter decides to transmit streams of data using the corresponding transmit beamforming vectors in the data burst. When channel side information is available only at receiver, transmitter sends one transmission request signal. Receiver estimates the SINRs of the MIMO channels associated with receive beamforming vectors using MMSE and/or successive interference cancellation (SIC), and returns request response signals in the request response block. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309855 | SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A subcarrier allocation apparatus of the present invention includes: memory ( | 12-09-2010 |
20100309856 | METHOD FOR SIGNALLING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNELS - In UMTS WCDMA a new RACH-based uplink is being discussed. The resources defined for this new E-RACH need to be signalled to the UE. This should avoid disturbing the signalling to existing terminals, i.e. that are not aware of E-RACH. This could be done for E-RACH by repeating the kind of signalling defined for R99 RACH and transmitted on the BCH (Broadcast Control Channel). However, this would imply a significant extra load on the BCH, which is undesirable. The invention is based on the recognition that E-DCH resources can be defined efficiently at least partly with reference to the R99 RACH resources. This can be done in such a way that no additional signalling is required on the BCH. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309857 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER DEVICE, AND METHOD - A user device transmitting at least an uplink control channel using a single carrier scheme includes a channel quality indicator generating unit configured to generate a channel quality indicator indicating a downlink radio propagation condition; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the uplink control channel including the channel quality indicator using a dedicated frequency band when no radio resource is allocated for transmission of an uplink data channel. The transmitting unit is configured to transmit a predetermined number of unit blocks in each slot period. If a system bandwidth is greater than a predetermined value, a set of factors used to multiply some of the unit blocks belonging to the same slot and containing the same information represents an orthogonal sequence; and a predetermined number of symbol elements constituting each of the some of the unit blocks represent at least a part of the channel quality indicator. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309858 | DATA TRANSMISSION AND ASSOCIATION METHOD IN A NON-TRANSPARENT CENTRALIZED SCHEDULING MULTI-HOP RELAY NETWORK - A data transmission and association method in a non-transparent centralized scheduling multi-hop relay network includes: when a base station sends data, an Allocation Reference Information Element (IE) will be filled in a mapping message (MAP), for indicating a position of a media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) to be transmitted; after a lower relay station receiving the mapping message (MAP) sent by the base station or transmitted by other relay station, the MAC PDU which is obtained according to the indication of the Allocation Reference IE is recombined, and then is put in the bandwidth allocated by the base station and sent downwardly. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309859 | SESSION CONTROL METHOD FOR USE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A session control method for use in a radio communication system is provided. In the session control method, a session management (SM) protocol message for the setting or the cancellation of a session is transmitted with the aid of a radio resource control (RRC) protocol message of a lower layer for the setting or the cancellation of a radio bearer. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the number of signalling messages to a radio interface and thus to minimize signalling delays. In addition, it is possible to realize a many-to-one correspondence between services and bearers and realize efficient packet services in an evolved radio communication system by separately defining service identifiers and bearer identifiers and selectively setting or cancelling a bearer according to the correspondence between services and bearers. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309860 | GROUP SCHEDULING METHOD, METHOD FOR SELECTIVELY RECEIVING INFORMATION ELEMENTS ACCORDING TO GROUP SCHEDULING, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A group scheduling method, a method for selectively receiving information elements according to group scheduling, and a Mobile Station (MS) are provided. The group scheduling method schedules allocation of resources to a plurality of mobile stations by dividing the plurality of mobile stations into at least one group. The group scheduling method includes enabling an index element in a group index corresponding to a group to which a mobile station (MS) scheduled to transmit data belongs and placing a group allocation information element including the group index at the beginning of a MAP. In this method, group scheduling information is transmitted to MSs using a group allocation IE to prevent the MSs from reading unnecessary information transmitted every frame, thereby reducing power consumption of the MSs. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309861 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR DOWNLINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for mitigating interference in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, pertinent transmission parameters for a served UE may be sent to at least one interfered UE to support interference mitigation. In one design, information for at least one transmission parameter for a data transmission sent by a first cell to a first UE may be transmitted to at least one UE served by a second cell to enable the at least one UE to perform interference mitigation for the data transmission sent by the first cell to the first UE. The information may be transmitted by either the first cell or the second cell. In another aspect, a cell may send transmission parameters for a UE via a pilot. In yet another aspect, scrambling may be performed by a cell at symbol level to enable an interfered UE to distinguish between modulation symbols of desired and interfering transmissions. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309862 | REVERSE LINK SIGNALING TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques, apparatuses, and systems are described for wireless communications. In one implement, wireless communication systems can provide one or more mechanisms to reduce reverse overhead control signaling by adaptively transmitting overhead control information. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309863 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A radio communications apparatus is disclosed which includes a generator which generates a transmit frame; and a transmitter which transmits the transmit frame via multiple transmit antennas. In the radio comuunications apparatus, the transmit frame includes a predetermined number of resource elements having a predetermined frequency bandwidth and a predetermined symbol period, and the generator generates the transmit frame such that the number of transmit antennas which are identifiable from a location of the resource element taken up by a pilot signal in a certain transmit frame is less than the number of transmit antennas which are identifiable from the location of the resource element taken up by the pilot signal in a retransmission transmit frame of the certain transmit frame. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309864 | RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Resources are assigned in units of resource blocks each composed of one or more subcarriers, inter-cell interference adjustment control information is notified to each other among base stations, a transmit power limitation on each of the resource blocks in a cell is decided based on the inter-cell interference adjustment control information; and the decision of the transmit power limitation is changed sequentially beginning at a resource block having a transmit power limitation different from the transmit power limitation on an adjacent resource block. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309865 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A base station measures a signal to interference power ratio using a control signal received from a terminal device through wireless communication, and decides an MCS value indicating a combination of a modulation scheme and a channel code rate. The base station includes the decided MCS value in uplink-channel transmission information and transmits the MCS value to the terminal device by using a control channel including downlink scheduling information. The terminal device decides a transmission format of an uplink data channel based on the MCS in the uplink-channel transmission information. The terminal device, when having received a downlink data channel from the base station, decides a response content (ACK/NACK/DTX) to the base station, based on the result of decoding the downlink data channel. Thereafter, the terminal device transmits the decided response content to the base station through the uplink data channel using the decided transmission format. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309866 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - In a system of the present invention, the amount of cell-edge band is limited. In addition, the upper limit of the amount of cell-edge band in each cell is set for limiting the amount of cell-edge band based on the upper limit. The number of cell-edge MSs is also limited. In addition, the upper limit of the number of cell-edge MSs in each cell is set for limiting the number of cell-edge MSs based on the upper limit. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309867 | DATA TRANSMISSION WITH CROSS-SUBFRAME CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for supporting communication in dominant interference scenarios are described. In an aspect, communication in a dominant interference scenario may be supported with cross-subframe control. Different base stations may be allocated different subframes for sending control information. Each base station may send control messages in the subframes allocated to that base station. Different base stations may have different timelines for sending control messages due to their different allocated subframes. With cross-subframe control, control information (e.g., grants, acknowledgement, etc.) may be sent in a first subframe and may be applicable for data transmission in a second subframe, which may be a variable number of subframes from the first subframe. In another aspect, messages to mitigate interference may be sent on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 12-09-2010 |
20100309868 | MIMO OFDMA AND PREAMBLE DESIGN - A method is provided for coupling a plurality of access nodes wirelessly to a plurality of access terminals. The method includes dividing up a carrier frequency into a plurality of subbands; scheduling one or more access terminals to share one of the plurality of subbands; and via one of the plurality of access nodes, first communicating with the one or more access terminals over the one of the plurality of subbands. The communicating includes, within the one of the plurality of subbands, time division multiplexing interlaces corresponding to each of the one or more access terminals. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309869 | METHOD OF CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND DEVICES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method of allocating channel resources from a first device to a second device in a wireless network comprises receiving channel resource allocation information from a coordinator of the wireless network to allocate the channel resources; transmitting data to the second device through the allocated channel resources; receiving channel resource request information from the second device to request the first device to allocate a part of the allocated channel resources; and deciding whether to allocate the part of the channel resources allocated from the coordinator, to the second device in accordance with the channel resource request information. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309870 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING A COMMON SIGNALING FIELD FOR TRANSPORT FORMAT AND REDUNDANCY VERSION - The invention relates to a method for providing control signalling associated to a protocol data unit conveying user data in a mobile communication system and to the control channel signal itself. Furthermore, the invention also provides a mobile station and a base station and their respective operation in view of the newly defined control channel signals defined herein. In order to reduce the control channel overhead, the invention suggests defining a common field for the transport format and redundancy version in the control channel information format. According to one approach, the common field is used to jointly encode transport format and redundancy version therein. According to another aspect, one shared field is provided on the control channel signal that indicates either a transport format or a redundancy version depending of whether the control channel signal relates to an initial transmission or a retransmission. In another embodiment, further enhancements to a HARQ protocol are suggested for addressing certain error cases. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309871 | Scheduled Clear To Send (CTS) for Multiple User, Multiple Access, and/or MIMO Wireless Communications - Scheduled clear to send (CTS) for multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Before sending transmissions, a request to send (RTS)/clear to send (CTS) exchange takes place between a transmitting wireless communication device and multiple receiving wireless communication devices may take place therein. The transmitting wireless communication device (e.g., an AP) may generate and transmit a multi-user request to send (mRTS) frame to a number of receiving wireless communication devices (e.g., STAs). The mRTS frame can include information and instructions therein to direct the manner by which all or a subset of the receiving wireless communication devices are to provide CTS responses back to the transmitting wireless communication device. The mRTS frame may be an OFDMA frame, a MU-MIMO frame, or a combination thereof. The CTS responses may be received in accordance with any one or combination of OFDM signaling, OFDMA signaling, and MU-MIMO signaling. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309872 | Medium accessing mechanisms within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Medium accessing mechanisms within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A multi-user super-frame (MU-SF), as controlled by a MU-SF owner, is used to govern the manner by which various wireless communication devices have access to the communication medium. When various wireless communication devices operate within a wireless communication system, communication medium access can be handled differently for wireless communication devices having different capabilities. Per the MU-SF, those having a first capability may get medium access in accordance with a first operational mode (e.g., carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance (CSMA/CA)), while those having a second capability may get medium access in accordance with a second operational mode (e.g., scheduled access). The respective durations for each of the first operational mode and the second operational mode within various MU-SFs need not be the same; the respective durations thereof may be adaptively modified based on any number considerations. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309873 | CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 12-09-2010 |
20100309874 | Wireless Communication System, Transmitting Device, Receiving Device and Wireless Communication Method - One object of the present invention is to effectively utilize adaptive modulation and improve stability of wireless communication, without departing from standards, by independently controlling MCSs of retransmission data and usual data and using MCS suitable for each data. | 12-09-2010 |
20100309875 | METHOD FOR RETRIEVING DATA FROM ULTRA WIDEBAND RADIO TRANSMISSION SIGNALS AND RECEIVER IMPLEMENTING SAID METHOD - The present invention concerns a receiver and a method for retrieving data from Ultra wideband radio transmission signals received by a receiver and transmitted in packets containing at least a preamble known to the receiver and a payload containing data unknown to the receiver. The payload data is formed of at least one burst containing at least one pulse. The method comprises the steps of receiving a signal corresponding to the preamble of a packet by a receiver; determining the energy of the received signal; determining weighting coefficients from the energy of the received signal; receiving a signal corresponding to the payload of a packet by a receiver; determining the energy of the received signal; calculating a threshold depending on the weighting coefficients; and applying a decision rule based on the sampled energy, weighted by said weighting coefficients and depending on said calculated threshold. | 12-09-2010 |
20100316002 | MULTIBAND ANTENNA FOR COOPERATIVE MIMO - Certain aspects provide a method for reducing interference in a cooperative MIMO system. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316003 | System And Method For Adjusting Channels In Wireless Communication - According to one embodiment, a method for wireless communication includes performing a first scan of a plurality of wireless channels of a wireless communication network by simultaneously utilizing at least two radios of a base station. The method also includes determining a channel quality metric for at least two of the wireless channels in response to the first scan. The method further includes selecting a first wireless channel of the plurality of wireless channels in response to determining the channel quality metrics. In addition, the method includes communicating on the first wireless channel utilizing the at least two radios of the base station. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316004 | APPLICATION-BASED BIASING OF FREQUENCY BANDS - A method performed by a network device includes receiving a request for a service or an application and determining a type of the service or the application selecting a frequency band to provide the service or the application from among multiple frequency bands, where a selection of the frequency band is based on the type of the service or the application. The method further includes providing the service or the application on the selected frequency band. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316005 | AUTOMATIC TUNNEL CONFIGURATION METHOD USING ROUTER ADVERTISEMENT MESSAGE - An automatic tunnel configuration method using a router advertisement message is provided, including: periodically receiving a router advertisement message containing a tunnel end-point address option from an access router of an internet protocol version 6 (IPv6) network when a mobile node moves from a home network to other IPv6 networks; automatically configuring a tunnel using an address allocated from the access router of the IPv6 network to which the mobile node connects, and the tunnel end-point address option included in the router advertisement message when the network to which the mobile node moves to connect is an internet protocol version 4 (IPv4) network; and communicating with a correspondent node via the configured tunnel using a mobile internet protocol (MIP6). | 12-16-2010 |
20100316006 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPL HELD INTERWORKING - A system and method for enhancing a SUPL session where a SET with a HELD client discovers an LIS of an access network and provides information received from the LIS or plurality of LISs to the SLP. The SLP determines the trustworthiness of the location information and estimates a location. The degree to which the SLP uses the location information is a function of the trustworthiness of the LIS and restraints on the location request. The location information may include a URI or domain name or other indication of location. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316007 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF PLURAL BROADCAST MANAGEMENT MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting simultaneous transmission of a plurality of broadcast management messages in a wireless communication system are provided. A method in a Base Station (BS) for supporting transmission of a broadcast management message in a wireless communication system includes generating one or more broadcast management messages whose transmission is required, and constructing an Advanced-MAP Information Element (A-MAP IE) of a number, which is predefined on the basis of a predefined position within a subframe, as a Broadcast A-MAP IE. Here, the Broadcast A-MAP IE comprises allocation information of a broadcast burst for transmission of the generated one or more broadcast management messages. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316008 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for resource allocation according to a persistent allocation scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A base station generates a resource allocation Information Element (IE) including an allocation period for persistent allocation and resource allocation information indicating a persistent resource, loads the IE on a map message, and then transmits the map message to a mobile station. The number of ACIDs indicating the number of HARQ channels used for an HARQ operation is calculated based on the maximum retransmission delay for the HARQ operation and the allocation period acquired from the resource allocation IE. Therefore, the present invention minimizes the map overhead for resource allocation according to the persistent allocation scheme. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316009 | Apparatus and method for ambient noise adaptation in wireless sensor networks - Various embodiments provide an apparatus and method for adapting wireless sensor network device operation to ambient RF noise. An example embodiment includes: initializing a noise threshold value to a default value; detecting an ambient RF noise level on a plurality of channels of a wireless network device; if the ambient RF noise level detected on a pre-determined number of channels is above the noise threshold value, adjusting the noise threshold value by an increment and retesting the ambient RF noise level on the plurality of channels; if the noise threshold value exceeds a pre-determined maximum noise threshold value, suspending data communications by the wireless network device; and if the ambient RF noise level detected on a pre-determined number of channels is below the noise threshold value, retaining the noise threshold value and enabling data communications by the wireless network device. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316010 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING DIFFERENT RE-USE SCHEMES - A method is provided for transmitting combined frequency reuse communications in a wireless network. The communications are transmitted along sub-channels associated with given frequency channel partitions. At least one of the combined frequency reuse frames comprises at least one sub-channel operative according to a first reuse scheme and at least one other sub-channel operative according to another reuse scheme. Preferably, the transmission power level for conveying communications along at least one sub-channel assigned in each of the sectors according to the first reuse scheme, is substantially equal to that used in all other sectors, the transmission power level of another sub-channel operative according to another reuse scheme is higher than a first threshold in at least one of the sectors and the transmission power level in at least one other of the sectors is lower than the first threshold but higher than a second threshold. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316011 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Uplink Resource - A method for allocating uplink resource in a network terminal of a wireless communication system includes informing a user equipment (UE) about resource allocation via a resource allocation field in a UL grant message, to indicate the UE to use M clusters out of N radio units to perform uplink transmission, wherein each of the M clusters includes at least one consecutive radio units, and the message indicates a starting location and an ending location of each of the M clusters. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316012 | Systems and Methods for Intelligent Discard in a Communication Network - Systems and methods for optimizing system performance of capacity and spectrum constrained, multiple-access communication systems by selectively discarding packets are provided. The systems and methods provided herein can drive changes in the communication system using control responses. One such control responses includes the optimal discard (also referred to herein as “intelligent discard”) of network packets under capacity constrained conditions. Some embodiments provide an interactive response by selectively discarding packets to enhance perceived and actual system throughput, other embodiments provide a reactive response by selectively discarding data packets based on their relative impact to service quality to mitigate oversubscription, others provide a proactive response by discarding packets based on predicted oversubscription, and others provide a combination thereof. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316013 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPATIAL REUSE - A scheduling method of giving a chance for transmission to a plurality of terminals in the same time period, and a device therefor are provided. The scheduling method includes: transmitting first scheduling information to terminals in a network, the first scheduling information defining transmitting/receiving terminals and a transmission time period; receiving channel measurement information including inter-terminal interference information from the terminals in the network; and generating second scheduling information defining transmission time periods and a plurality of transmitting/receiving terminals that do not interfere with each other by using the channel measurement information. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316014 | METHOD OF DESIGNING A MULTIPLEXING STRUCTURE FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO SUPPORT LEGACY SYSTEM - New multiplexing UL structures for supporting legacy system are provided. A 16m system of diversity mode can be multiplexed with 16e system in PUSC mode in FDM manner with the same tiles/permutation rules. A 16m system can be multiplexed with 16e system in AMC mode in FDM and/or TDM manner. The time length of multiplexed 16e PUSC packets and/or 16m packets can be extended to more than two sub-frames for UL coverage. A PRU for 16m system may consists of 16 sub-carriers by 6 OFDM symbols, 18 sub-carriers by 6 OFDM symbols, or 20 sub-carriers by 6 OFDM symbols. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316015 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING PACKET SERVICE SETUP AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling packet service setup includes the steps of: transmitting a packet service request message containing a requested QoS to a packet service node by a mobile communication terminal; transmitting to the mobile communication terminal a packet service request response message including an assigned QoS determined in consideration of the requested QoS and network resources contained in the message received by the packet service node; comparing one or more parameter values among parameters contained in the assigned QoS contained in the packet service request response message from a mobile communication network with corresponding one or more parameter values among parameters contained in the QoS requested by the mobile communication terminal; and transmitting a packet service cancel request message if a difference between the parameter values is greater than or equal to a preset value. | 12-16-2010 |
20100316016 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for RA in a cellular system. The RA in the cellular system includes receiving an RA preamble from a terminal for RA, transmitting, to the terminal, an RA response message including a sequence of the received RA preamble and uplink resource information of the terminal and overload state information with respect to the RA, receiving control information generated based on the RA response message from the terminal through the uplink resource information, and transmitting control response information with respect to the received control information. | 12-16-2010 |
20100322156 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for transmitting data in a wireless communication system including a User Equipment (UE) and a radio access network (RAN) includes the following steps. Firstly, the RAN transmits a MAC protocol data unit (PDU) to the UE. Afterwards, the UE returns an acknowledgement signal in response to the MAC PDU. When the RAN receives the acknowledgement signal, it allocates an uplink resource for the UE to transmit data. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322157 | SOLUTION FOR INE/HO LB BOTTLE NECK - A system and method for reducing an initial network entry and/or handover (INE/HO) Link Budget (LB) Bottleneck in a communications network, for example, a Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) network described in the IEEE 802.16 specification, is arranged such that a Base Station (BS) may allocate bandwidth with repetition across at least two frames on Initial Network Entry/Handover (INE/HO) by a Mobile Station. By doing so, the BS may achieve increased system gain on INE, while reducing the number of subchannels conventionally associated with repetition, thereby reducing the system noise floor during INE/HO. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322158 | INDICATING DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF COMPONENT CARRIERS IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEMS - The present invention provides a method involving an access network and user equipment that supports communication over an air interface using a plurality of component carriers. The method includes transmitting information indicating that a first component carrier is an anchor carrier for the user equipment. The information is transmitted from the access network in a first field of the first component carrier, which selected from the plurality of component carriers. The method also includes transmitting information indicating that one or more second component carriers is allocated as a non-anchor carrier for the user equipment. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322159 | PTA METHOD AND APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - An apparatus includes a first and a second wireless communication modules and a packet traffic arbitration (PTA) module. The first wireless communication module issues a first request for a first transmission or reception operation in a first time period, wherein the first request includes information regarding a first power level for performing the first TX or RX operation. The second wireless communication module issues a second request for a second TX or RX operation in a second time period, wherein the second request includes information regarding a second power level for performing the second TX or RX operation. The packet traffic arbitration module receives the first request and the second request, and grants one or both of the first request and the second request according to the first power level and the second power level when the first time period is overlapped with the second time period. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322160 | STRUCTURE AND CONSTRUCTION METHOD OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN MOBILE WIDEBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an uplink control channel configuration in a mobile wideband wireless access system, and an allocation method thereof. An uplink control channel includes a long cyclic prefix used to improve interference and distortion caused by multipath transmission characteristics of an initial ranging or handover ranging signal and a periodic ranging or band request ranging signal. In addition, a short orthogonal frequency division multiple (OFDM) symbol is used to transmit uplink control information when one terminal exists or the number of terminals is small. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322161 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSCEIVER FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - Methods of allocating data to a plurality of subcarriers in a wireless communication system are disclosed. More specifically, one of the methods includes receiving feedback information from a receiver, calculating a level of mobility of the receiver using the feedback information, determining a resource allocation scheme to use based on the calculated level of mobility, and allocating the data to the plurality of subcarriers based on the determined resource allocation scheme. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322162 | Arrangements and Method Relating to Communication Bearers - The present invention relates to a network node supporting communication of information and comprising bearer service handling means supporting one or more bearer services, each defined by a number of attributes, and bearer service managing means for controlling enablement, modification and maintenance of bearer services with particular QoSs, resource handling means adapted to distribute resources between bearer services information, attribute handling means adapted to handle attributes QoS profile for one or more of traffic classes and admission control means adapted to control bearer service resource allocation. The managing means are adapted to handle a first additional bearer service attribute comprising information about a time period between at least two consecutive information transfer events and a second additional bearer service attribute comprising information relating to the amount of data to be transferred during at least one of said at least two consecutive information transfer events. The managing means are adapted to activate a bearer service adapted to handle repetitive information transfer at a first transfer event, to provide for deactivation of an activated repetitive bearer service when a respective information transfer events ends and reactivation of the respective bearer service resources at, initiation of a subsequent information transfer event. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322163 | Internetworking Techniques for Transferring Packets Between Source and Target Serving Gateways - Techniques, apparatuses, and systems having mechanisms for transferring packets between source and target serving gateways. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322164 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREFOR - In order to make it possible for a communication apparatus to readily detect a provider of communication parameters, the provider of communication parameters creates a network for which a network identifier that is unique among networks in the vicinity has been set, and provides a receiver, which has joined this network and requests receipt of communication parameters, with these communication parameters. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322165 | METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION USING HARQ - A method of transmitting data using hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) includes transmitting an uplink data, receiving an ACK signal corresponding to the uplink data, and keeping the uplink data in a HARQ buffer after receiving the ACK signal until an uplink grant is received, the uplink grant comprising information on uplink resource assignment. Data can be more reliably transmitted. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322166 | MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for enhanced multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) wireless communications. The proposed method may reduce and/or eliminate stringent frequency and time synchronization requirements for stations (STAs) to participate in a downlink MU-MIMO transaction by utilizing deterministic scheduling. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322167 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATED TO MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A mobile communication device to which a radio resource is allocated by one of a plurality of base stations included in a network, upon the network including the mobile communication device as one of a plurality of mobile stations connected to the network, is provided. The mobile communication device includes an allocation state detector which detects a radio resource that each of the base stations allocates to each of the mobile stations other than the mobile communication device, an allocation estimator which estimates a radio resource quantity which can be allocated to the mobile communication device on the basis of the radio resource detected by the allocation state detector, and a display unit which displays data related to the radio resource quantity estimated by the allocation estimator for each of the base stations. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322168 | Dot-Tag Visibility Network Architecture - The system employs full transceivers, each having peer-to-peer, client/server, and IP networking capabilities, and covering open-area ranges of up to 100 feet. The system uses Low Frequency for data communications so it can achieve both low cost (less costly than many RF-ID tags) and long battery life (10-15 years). Additionally, since these tags have batteries, static RAM maybe be added at very low cost, as well as sensors, LED's displays etc. The system also employs a sidewinder that communicates to said tag regularly, said sidewinder keeps the IP address of said tag. The system also employs an embedded VPN. The VPN includes a suite of diagnostic tools that run on a laptop. The diagnostic tools talk direct to the sidewinder, the tools read and program said tag providing the tools have correct IP address of the tag. The system also includes a visibility data server that communicates to the sidewinder by the VPN. The data server includes a virtual tag data base, said virtual tag data base updated by the sidewinder. The web enabled reports and control are managed by two “plugs”. The SQL plug supports data requests, and the Air Traffic Control (ATC) plug provides control (LED's, read rates). The system also employs a user web based ERP to create a real-time visibility reports and a user event export tools to create reports that fit a specific event. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322169 | Method of Assigning and Managing Gaps for Reading System Information of Neighboring Cells - A method in a mobile station for receiving system information of a neighbor cell, and a corresponding method in a base station transmits an assignment of a gap sequence and an assignment of an acknowledgement resource allocation sequence from a serving cell. The mobile station uses the gap sequence to attempt to receive a system information message (e.g., MIB) of a neighbor cell. If the system information message is successfully decoded, the mobile station transmits an acknowledgement to the serving cell and both the mobile station and the serving cell discontinue the gap sequence and the acknowledgement resource allocation sequence. The gap sequence (and discontinuing the gap sequence) allows fewer subframes to be used by the mobile station to search for system information messages. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322170 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A base station includes an identifying unit that identifies a group to which a mobile station that is to start communication belongs; a determining unit that determines a second pilot signal, which is allocated to the group identified by the identifying unit, to be a pilot signal for communication with the mobile station; and a transmitting unit that transmits information for identifying the second pilot signal to the mobile station by using a first pilot signal determined beforehand for each group as a pilot signal for notifying the information. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322171 | RESOURCE BLOCK REUSE FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - Methods, apparatus and computer program products are provided to improve the efficiency of resource allocation in wireless communication networks. In one provided embodiment, a wireless communication device determines a received signal strength of each of a number of signals received from a number of transmission sectors, provides first channel information for first signals including a signal having a highest received signal strength and signals having a received signal strength above a specified level relative to the highest received signal strength, provides second channel information for second signals including signals having a received signal strength below the specified level, and receives an allocation of one or more resource blocks from assigned transmission sectors based on a ranking of the first channel information, whereby the one or more resource blocks are reallocated to another wireless communication device, from another transmission sector, based on the second channel information. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322172 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING FALSE RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE COMPLETION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for avoiding false random access procedure completion for a UE in a connected mode of a wireless communication system includes when a random access response is received and the random access response includes an UL grant, selecting a HARQ process for a scheduled message and transmitting the scheduled message according to the UL grant; after the scheduled message is transmitted, when an UL grant associated with the HARQ process is received on a PDCCH addressed to a C-RNTI of the UE and an NDI received on the PDCCH indicates that the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI is for a new transmission, verifying whether a TB size and a MCS with the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI are valid; and when the TB size or the MCS with the UL grant addressed to the C-RNTI is invalid, ignoring the UL grant and continuing the random access procedure. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322173 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING IN A DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION MODE EMPLOYING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus are described for operating a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in a discontinuous reception (DRX) mode employing carrier aggregation. In one scenario, a physical downlink (DL) shared channel (PDSCH) is received on a DL component carrier (CC) of a particular serving cell during a cell-specific active time, whereby the DL CC is associated with an uplink (UL) CC. Then, a physical DL control channel (PDCCH) is monitored for DL assignments for the particular serving cell, and UL grants for the UL CC, during the cell-specific active time. In another scenario, a first subset of CCs is configured for PDCCH reception, and a second subset of the CCs is not configured for PDCCH reception. DRX is applied to at least one CC in the second subset based on a PDCCH active time of at least one of the CCs in the first subset. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A MOBILE SELECTION BASED INITIAL ACCESS SCHEME IN A MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for initial access of a mobile device in multi-carrier system. A base station transmits initial access resource information about the entire system band to the mobile device through a specific carrier to which the mobile device tries initial access. The mobile device determines an uplink initial access band by using received initial access resource information. The base station enables initial access through a predefined downlink response band. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322175 | CARRIER CONFIGURATION METHOD FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A carrier configuration method for a multi-carrier communication system having a base station (BS) and a terminal is described. The BS divides multiple component carriers (CCs) of the terminal to multiple CC groups, wherein the CCs using at least one identical configuration parameter are divided into the same CC group. The BS transmits a CC configuration message comprising at least one configuration parameter data to the terminal, wherein the configuration message comprises or does not comprise at least one CC configuration indicator. If the configuration message comprises the CC configuration indicator, the terminal will receive the CC configuration message, and configure the configuration parameter of the configurations of the CCs indicated by the CC configuration indicator according to the configuration parameter data; otherwise, the terminal will configure the configuration parameter of the configurations of the default CCs (e.g. all of the CCs currently used by the terminal, or primary CCs). | 12-23-2010 |
20100322176 | Multiple CQI Feedback for Cellular Networks - Single user and multiuser MIMO transmission in a cellular network may be performed by a base station (eNB) transmitting either one or two transmission layers. A user equipment (UE) receives a reference symbol from the base station. The UE processes the reference symbol with one or more of a plurality of precoding matrices to form a plurality of channel quality indices (CQI). The UE provides feedback to the eNB comprising one or more feedback CQI selected from the plurality of CQI and one or more precoding matrix indicators (PMI) identifying the one or more precoding matrices used to form each of the one or more feedback CQIs, wherein at least two PMI are included in the feedback. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322177 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION HAVING REDUCED FEEDBACK DELAY - Providing for improved error control signaling in wireless communications is disclosed herein. By way of example, multiple transmissions can be conducted for a HARQ process prior to a scheduled feedback signal on the HARQ process, causing a receiving device to combine the multiple transmissions, rather than treat them as separate transmissions. In this manner, multiple transmissions can be employed to increase overall receive energy, without violating maximum transmit power constraints in a wireless communication. Further, these multiple transmissions can be configured based on prevailing signal strength at the receiving device, or based on processing capabilities of the receiving device, providing flexible protocols that can accommodate advanced as well as legacy UEs in wide range of wireless conditions. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322178 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for generating a Dedicated Reference Signal (DRS) is provided, which includes generating a Reference Signal (RS) sequence of each antenna port, spreading each RS sequence and obtaining an spread RS sequence, multiplying each spread RS sequence by a predefined scrambling code and obtaining a desired DRS sequence. An apparatus for generating a DRS is also provided. The problem of the imbalance of the power of OFDM symbols is cured, and DRS interference between different cells can be randomized. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322179 | Reference Signal Design For Wireless Communication System - A method and system for identifying a reference signal pattern in contiguous resource blocks received by a user agent (UA) in a wireless communication system where any of one through N contiguous resource blocks may be assigned to a UA, the method performed by a UA and comprising the steps of storing resource block reference signal patterns in a UA memory where the patterns include a separate reference signal pattern for each possible number of contiguous resource blocks that may be assigned to a UA, receiving a resource grant indicating a number contiguous resource block is assigned to the UA, based on the number of contiguous resource blocks assigned to the UA, identifying one of the reference signal patterns in the memory and using the identified one of the reference signal patterns to identify reference signals in contiguously received resource blocks. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322180 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND FEMTOCELL BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for transmitting scheduling information in a mobile communication system and a femtocell base station apparatus using the same are provided. Scheduling information can be transmitted using a hierarchical scheduling scheme in which a femtocell base station is allocated resources from a macrocell base station and the femtocell base station then allocates resources to femto users within its own resource region. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322181 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AD HOC NETWORK ESTABLISHMENT METHOD, AND PROGRAM PRODUCT - In at least one embodiment of the disclosure an electronic device includes a search unit configured to search wireless communication devices for channels provided for establishing an ad hoc network. A measuring unit is configured to measure a receiving level of wireless signals received from the devices found by the search. An allocation unit is configured to generate an allocation result for the channels by adding a weight to each of the channels, the weight increasing as a strength of the measured receiving level of the wireless signals increases. A calculating unit is configured to calculate a radio interference power for a channel X based on the allocation result of the channel X and the allocation result of a close channel causing a radio interference with the channel X. An establishing unit is configured to select the channel having a smallest radio interference power as calculated by the calculating unit and establish the ad hoc network for the selected channel. | 12-23-2010 |
20100322182 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, for distributed mapping of consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks, there is proposed a mapping method capable of increasing the number of distributed virtual resource blocks to a maximum while satisfying gap limitations, when the length of the physical resource blocks is different from the length of the distributed virtual resource blocks. Also, the number of distributed virtual resource blocks and the structure of an interleaver are limited for efficient scheduling. | 12-23-2010 |
20100329192 | Wireless Network Access using an Adaptive Antenna Array - Techniques described herein generally relate to systems, devices and methods for determining a wireless access point for a communications device in a wireless network. In some examples, the communications device may be assigned to a default wireless access unit in response to a request from the communications device for wireless access, where the default wireless access unit may provide the communications device with wireless access. A default wireless access unit may be arranged to monitor the network activity of the communications device to determine if the network activity satisfies a pre-determined condition, where the communications device may be re-assigned to an adaptive wireless access unit when the pre-determined condition is satisfied. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329193 | PERMANENT DEDICATED RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLES FOR FEMTOCELL - Methods and apparatuses for allocating permanent dedicated preambles for connection with a femtocell. Various embodiments include selecting one or more mobile communication devices to be a main device, assigning the permanent dedicated preambles to each of the one or more main devices, transmitting the assigned permanent dedicated preambles to the one or more main devices, storing a relation of the assigned permanent dedicated preambles in a memory of the one or more main devices, and explicitly releasing one or more of the assigned permanent dedicated preambles when a release condition is met. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329194 | Concurrent Transmission of Multiple Acknowledge/Not Acknowledge and Scheduling Request Indicator in Time Division Duplex Uplink Signaling - This invention is a transmission scheme for multi-ACK/NAK and SRI in TDD. The described scheme enables using DAI as pure counter. QPSK is adopted as the modulation scheme in this invention which guarantees satisfactory detection performance. Link level simulations show that the event of one DL grant pass followed by three consecutive DL grant misses is of low probability. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329195 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-STATION REQUEST MESSAGING - A process for wireless communications is disclosed herein that includes specifying transmission parameters for a plurality of wireless nodes in a single frame; and transmitting the single frame. An apparatus for performing the process is also disclosed herein. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink control channel at a terminal in a Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA)-based mobile communication system is provided. The transmission method includes receiving a control channel index allocated from a base station; transmitting control information at every symbol through a subband and a Zadoff-Chue sequence offset resource, which are mapped to the control channel index according to a first grouping rule; and transmitting control information through a subband and a Zadoff-Chue sequence offset resource, which are mapped to the control channel index according to a second grouping rule, beginning from a symbol after a slot boundary. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329197 | MOBILE STATION AGGREGATION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENTS AND NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGMENTS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein. According to one example embodiment, a method may include determining, at a base station in a wireless network, an uplink channel quality for a mobile station, sending an acknowledgment/negative acknowledgment (ACK/NAK) aggregation indicator to the mobile station based on the determining, sending a plurality of data bursts to the mobile station, and receiving at least one aggregated ACK/NAK report from the mobile station. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329198 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURATION OF SCHEDULING POLICY TO FACILITATE DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING - Systems, apparatus, methods and computer program products are provided. In some embodiments, a method for configuration of scheduling policy to facilitate distributed scheduling is provided. The method can include receiving configuration information for configuring the scheduling policy for traffic. The scheduling policy can be configured according to a provisioned priority function. The configuration information can be received at a plurality of base stations in a respective plurality of different cells for provisioning a priority function at the plurality of base stations. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329199 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION , RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A scheduling technique for limiting a discontinuous spectrum to reduce control information to be transmitted from a base station (BS) to each of mobile stations. The method has a ranking means for ranking the mobile stations for each resource block depending on the channel status, and an allocation means for allocating the resource blocks to the mobile stations depending on the ranking of the mobile stations so that the number of resource blocks in a resource block group for one mobile station may be not more than a set number. The resource block group including at least one or more continuous resource blocks on the frequency axis. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329200 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES - An apparatus is provided for allocating uplink resources in a system in which downlink component carrier bands are aggregated and uplink component carrier bands are aggregated. The apparatus includes a processor configured to perform or cause the apparatus to perform a number of functions. The functions include receiving an assignment or an indication of an assignment of one or more resource indices to the apparatus. Additional resource indices for the apparatus may be derived as a function of an assigned resource index. The assigned resource indices and/or additional resource indices may be pre-assigned to respective pairs of downlink and uplink component carrier bands, or may be mapped to uplink component carriers. The apparatus may then be enabled to transmit or may prepare for transmission uplink control signals in an uplink component carrier band in accordance with an allocation of uplink resources specified by one of the resource indices. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329201 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PAGING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting paging control information in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Base Station (BS) for paging in a superframe-based wireless communication system includes determining a paging listening interval, determining an interval of at least one or more subframes before the paging listening interval, as a paging control listening interval, and, during the paging control listening interval, broadcasting a paging control message. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329202 | CHANNEL UTILIZATION IMPROVEMENT IN COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless device comprises a first wireless transceiver configured for communication via a first wireless network, a second wireless transceiver configured for communication via a second wireless network; and a scheduler that controls which of the first and second transceivers is granted access to a wireless medium at a given time. When the first wireless transceiver has been granted access to the wireless medium by the scheduler and the first wireless transceiver receives a packet via the first wireless network, the scheduler temporarily grants the second wireless transceiver access to the wireless medium based on the packet indicating that first wireless transceiver is not to use the wireless medium for a period of time. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329203 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS USING OPTIMIZED RANK 3 CODEBOOK - A method for transmitting and receiving uplink signals using an optimized rank 3 codebook is disclosed. The optimized rank 3 codebook includes 12 precoding matrix groups, which are consisted of 6 Tx antenna power balanced precoding matrix groups and 6 layer power balanced precoding matrix groups. Preferably, the optimized 4Tx rank 3 codebook has 20 precoding matrix, two precoding matrixes are selected from each the 6 Tx antenna power balanced precoding matrix groups, considering chordal distance and the number of precoding matrix. And then 8 precoding matrices are selected from the layer balanced precoding matrix groups. | 12-30-2010 |
20100329204 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Scheduling Information Report in Wireless Communication System - A method for handling scheduling information report in a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes triggering a scheduling information report to generate a corresponding Medium Access Control Control Element (MAC CE), and keeping and not canceling all triggered scheduling information report(s) when the MAC CE is included in a MAC protocol data unit to be transmitted to a network terminal of the wireless communication system on a contention based uplink resource. | 12-30-2010 |
20110002274 | RESOURCE SHARING BETWEEN A PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of resource sharing between a plurality of communication networks each having a nominal resource allocation of a shared air interface resource and a resource exchange allowance is provided. A temporary resource allocation of a first air interface resource from a nominal resource allocation of a first network is initiated ( | 01-06-2011 |
20110002275 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of using resource blocks in a communication system with a plurality of Base Stations (BSs), including assigning resource blocks to a first BS, the first BS communicating to a second BS a message comprising information about at least one resource block assigned to the first BS and not planned to be used by the first BS, and the second BS receiving the message. Optionally, the second BS using the at least one resource block. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002276 | System and Methods for ACK/NAK Feedback in TDD Communications - Systems and methods for providing an efficient mechanism for transmitting encoded downlink assignment index (DAI) and for signaling the ACK/NAK information corresponding to downlink grant allocations in an over the air radio telecommunications network with time division duplex (TDD) capability, where aggregation of component carriers (CCs) is used. Downlink control messages containing encoded DAI information are transmitted with downlink allocation grants. A receiver observes the encoded DAI and the downlink allocation grants and forms corresponding ACK/NAK signals. Method embodiments for forming the ACK/NAK signals for CC groups and frames or subframes are provided. The ACK/NAK signals are then encoded using method embodiments and transmitted over parallel channels for each CC group to the transmitter. By using method embodiments for selecting resources for use in the transmission, the last observed DL grant can be identified by the transmitter and the transmitter can detect an error at the receiver. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002277 | Signal Reception in Wireless Communication Systems using Automatic Repeat Request Transmissions - A wireless communication transceiver compensates a given received signal for retransmission interference, if (uncompensated) decoding of the given received signals fails. The transceiver estimates the retransmission interference bearing on the given received signal based on hypothesizing that another user (or users) mistakenly transmitted in the same time interval, using some or all of the same channel resources as were allocated to the given received signal. The transceiver may retain information in any given interval, indicating the channel allocations used for those user signals successfully received in that interval. The retained information allows the transceiver to determine, with respect to a given signal received in a current time interval, which other users would be interfering users if they mistakenly retransmitted in the current time interval. The transceiver may target its compensated decoding, which may be iterative, to the most likely and/or most significant ones of the potentially of interfering user(s). | 01-06-2011 |
20110002278 | Method and Apparatus for ARQ Control in Wireless Communications - In one or more aspects, the method and apparatus presented herein consider corresponding uplink resource allocations when allocating ARQ signal powers. In particular, in at least one embodiment, more power is allocated to the acknowledgment (“ack”) signal(s) corresponding to user equipment (UE) transmissions that involve larger allocations of uplink resources. For the example context of an LTE network, an eNodeB “boosts” its ack signaling power for acknowledging UE transmissions associated with larger uplink bandwidth allocations. Additionally, or alternatively, the UE is configured to bias its ARQ signal evaluations, to bias its ack/nack decision determinations to favor the ack decision, at least for those acks associated with transmissions that used greater resource allocations. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002279 | UPLINK OPEN LOOP POWER CONTROL SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide an uplink open loop power control system in which interference over thermal information is transmitted to mobile stations. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002280 | MIDAMBLE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a midamble for a downlink subframe is generated by rotating an order of midamble tones per antenna between two or more subbands. A Golay sequence may be utilized in the modulation of one or more subcarriers of the midamble via a reuse-3 arrangement. Alternatively, a reuse-1 arrangement may be applied to the midamble. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002281 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Discontinuous reception (DRX) operations for wireless communications implementing carrier aggregation are disclosed. Physical downlink control channel implementation for carrier aggregation is also disclosed. DRX methods are disclosed including a common DRX protocol that may be applied across all component carriers, an individual/independent DRX protocol that is applied on each component carrier, and hybrid approaches that are applied across affected component carriers. Methods for addressing the effects of loss of synchronization on DRX, impact of scheduling request on DRX, uplink power control during DRX, and DRX operation in measurement gaps are disclosed. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002282 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SETTING METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROGRAM - The problem is that, in a mobile wireless system, when more than one frequency block composed of resource blocks that are consecutive on a frequency axis is assigned to one mobile station, the multi-diversity effect due to scheduling increases by the number of assigned frequency blocks being increased, but the overhead caused by the scheduling information increases. Accordingly, there is a tradeoff between the multi-diversity effect and the scheduling overhead. However, when the aforementioned tradeoff was considered with OFDM and SC-FDMA, the same fixed number of frequency blocks would have been used for all mobile stations. Accordingly, an optimization that takes into account the tradeoff between the multi-diversity effect and scheduling overhead has not been sufficiently achieved. In a wireless communication system, the maximum frequency block number, which is the maximum number of the aforementioned frequency blocks assigned to the same mobile station, is set based on system information, which is information pertaining to the base station installation environment and the mobile station or the mobile station's communication status, and the base station assigns no more resource blocks than the aforementioned maximum frequency block number. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002283 | MULTICARRIER RADIO RECEIVER AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - A radio receiver uses a first receiver type for receiving data and/or control information on one or more secondary carrier channel(s) if one or more common channels(s) are transmitted on the corresponding secondary carrier. Otherwise, the radio receiver uses a second receiver type for receiving data and/or control information on one or more secondary carrier channel(s). | 01-06-2011 |
20110002284 | MULTI-TIER NETWORK INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - In some embodiments, a femto access point comprises a baseband processor, an RF modulator/demodulator coupled to the baseband processor to modulate/demodulate data for communication within a predetermined frequency range, one or more antennas to coupled to the RF modulator/demodulator to transceive information with one or more wireless devices via a wireless communication link, and a control module to implement a femto transmission-free zone in at least one of a time domain or a frequency domain and in which the femto access point does not transmit data. Other embodiments may be described. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002285 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE TO DECREASE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for resource management in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes allocating resources and transmit power to maximize Quality of Service (QoS) satisfaction of User Equipments (UEs) and a sum rate using long-term channel information of the UEs, determining a transmit power constraint per resource block using a power distribution of the resources and transmit power allocation results and control information of at least one neighboring BS, and allocating resource and transmit power to maximize the QoS satisfaction of the UEs and the sum rate using short-term channel information of the UEs under a condition of the transmit power constraint. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING DATA BURST - A method and apparatus for allocating a data burst is disclosed, which is capable of differently setting a start symbol offset, at which an allocation of data burst is started, by each sector when allocating the data burst into a downlink sub-frame for each of neighboring sectors, wherein the method is comprised of dividing a data region of a downlink sub-frame for each of neighboring sectors into a plurality of segment regions, and allocating each of the segment regions into the respective sectors without being overlapped; and allocating downlink data bursts for the respective sectors, wherein the allocation of downlink data bursts is sequentially started from the segment region allocated for each sector. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002287 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - A base station, a mobile station and a communication method thereof are provided. The base station and the mobile station are adapted for use in a wireless network. The wireless network comprises the base station and the mobile station. The mobile station connects with the base station via a physical channel. The physical channel comprises a plurality of resource units. Each resource unit comprises a sub-block. The sub-block comprises a sequence. The mobile station communicates with the base station with the sequence during the sub-block bases on a mapping relation. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RANGING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of allocating a ranging channel in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station (BS) allocates at least one first ranging channel, having a first structure, and at least one second ranging channel, having a second structure, to a ranging subframe. The first structure or the second structure can be one of the ranging channel structures of an IEEE 802.16e system. A number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols included in the first structure and a number of OFDM symbols included in the second structure differs from each other. And a guard time including at least one OFDM symbol is allocated between the at least one first ranging channel and the at least one second ranging channel. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002289 | Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communications System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements that make it possible to control the delay for the UEs to access the EUL resources in the Enhanced Uplink in CELL_FACH state procedure, independently from the delay for the UEs to access 5 ordinary UL resources in the RACH procedure. This is achieved by a solution where the timing of entering (or re-entering) a transmission procedure for Enhanced Uplink in CELL-FACH state is controlled with the help of a transmission control parameter defined specifically for this transmission procedure, instead of using the same parameter as for the RACH procedure. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002290 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CQI IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving an uplink grant on a downlink channel, the uplink grant comprising a CQI report indicator, a transport format field and a resource assignment field, the CQI report indicator indicating whether a CQI is reported, the transport format filed indicating a transport format of the CQI, the resource assignment field indicating the number of resource blocks used for reporting the CQI and transmitting the CQI on an uplink channel by using the uplink grant. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002291 | Cooperative Transceiving Between Wireless Interface Devices of a Host Device with Shared Modules - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that transceives packetized data between a host module and a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol. A second wireless interface circuit transceives packetized data between the host module and a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. The second wireless interface circuit includes at least one module that is shared with first wireless interface circuit. The first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit operate in accordance with a wireless interface schedule that includes a first time interval where the first wireless interface device and the second wireless interface device contemporaneously use the at least one module. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002292 | METHOD FOR UPDATING LOCATION INFORMATION OF USER EQUIPMENT - A method for updating location information of a UE is provided. A Node B transmits location information of the UE to an MME. An MME updates location information of the UE saved in a network as the location information of the UE from the Node B. The method supports the UE in a connection mode moving. between different geographical domains without a need for domain update process. It also supports signaling in circuit domain to be transmitted in newly evolved network. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002293 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for allocating a submap is disclosed. The method includes configuring a subframe including one or more resource areas according to a size of the submap, allocating the submap and a control header including subframe configuration information and submap information to the one or more resource areas, and transmitting the control header. | 01-06-2011 |
20110002294 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CHANNEL EFFICIENCY IMPROVING DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A technique is disclosed, according to which the efficiency of a communication channel where the communication is performed between radio communication terminals. According to this technique, under the network condition where different types of connection can be made to different types of networks, radio communication terminals performing communication with each other can perform communication by being connected to the same access network. For instance, by changing the connection of UE_a | 01-06-2011 |
20110007693 | MULTIPATH VIDEO STREAMING OVER A WIRELESS NETWORK - The method and system as disclosed relates to streaming of large quantities of time critical data over multiple distinct channels from a wireless communications device to a central receiver. More specifically the disclosure deals with the challenges and problems of maintaining consistent data reception quality when faced with the anomalies of a moving sender that is sending data using a relatively unstable radio frequency (RF) method. This is achieved by converting single source data into multiple data streams, placing them in transport buffers and storing them for forwarding. A plurality of radio frequency modules provide wireless connectivity to a plurality of wireless network. Links are maintained to provide feedback on network connections to allow for the transfer of data from one network to another and to adjust the amount of data being transmitted. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007694 | FREQUENCY TRACKING LOOP FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate computing discriminator signals for frequency tracking in wireless communications. The discriminator signal can be computed based at least in part on representations of a received signal shifted upward by a portion of a frequency tone and downward by the portion of the frequency tone. The shifted signals can be summed, and a dot product of the summed signals and a channel estimation of the original signal can be computed to remove uncertain frequency response due to fading. The discriminator signal can be computed as the imaginary portion of the dot product. A frequency error offset can be determined from the discriminator signal and applied to a receiver to tune alignment of the receiver with frequencies of received signals. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007695 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MAPPING PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNELS - An apparatus and method that map physical control channels onto radio resource elements are described. The method may include mapping physical control channels of a first mobile radio technology onto a first set of radio resource element groups, mapping physical control channels of the second mobile radio technology onto a second set of radio resource element groups, generating mapping information specifying the mapping of physical control channels of the first mobile radio technology onto the first set of radio resource element groups, and generating mapping information specifying the mapping of physical control channels of the second mobile radio technology onto the second set of radio resource element groups. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007696 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OIS PROTECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate improved multi-radio coexistence between a Forward Link Only (FLO) radio and at least one non-FLO radio associated with a wireless device. As described herein, Overhead Information Symbol (OIS) transmissions scheduled by a FLO radio (such as transmissions on a dedicated OIS control channel or data transmissions containing embedded OIS information) can be given higher priority than other transmissions that collide with the OIS transmissions. In addition, transmissions scheduled by a non-FLO radio can be prioritized above respective non-OIS transmissions scheduled by a FLO radio, or alternatively non-OIS FLO transmissions can additionally be prioritized above transmissions scheduled by a non-FLO radio according to a measured amount of degradation present at the non-FLO radio. In a specific example described herein involving a Long Term Evolution (LTE) radio, degradation can be determined based on a number of successively missed Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) transmissions. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007697 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Various methods and apparatuses for transmitting packet downlink ACK/NACK information in a wireless communication are disclosed. A method of transmitting ACK/NACK information in Fast ACK/NACK reporting (FANR) mode in a wireless communication system is presented. The method comprises receiving a command from the network to operate in FANR mode, determining the ACK/NACK state for a number of uplink data blocks, transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for a downlink data block in an uplink control message, if it was determined that the ACK/NACK state is not an ACK state for at least a predetermined number of uplink data blocks. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007698 | Methods and Arrangements for a Mobile Communications Network - The present invention relates to an improved procedure for synchronization of re-configuration of RRC procedures between the radio base station and the UE. This is achieved by associating a new configuration to be used by a UE with an additional UE identity. The UE is normally identified by a first UE identity, but is informed in a re-configuration message that the UE also has the additional UE identity. The UE is identified by the additional UE identity when the new configuration is to be activated. Hence, when the radio base station detects that the UE responds to requests, which included the additional UE identity, the radio base station can conclude that the UE has activated the new configuration. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007699 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ALLOCATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: allocating essential control information of a first system to a first sub-frame in a frame including a plurality of sub-frames each of which comprises a plurality of orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; and allocating essential control information of a second system to an n | 01-13-2011 |
20110007700 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, RESPONSE DECISION METHOD, RESOURCE CONFIGURATION DECISION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - It is possible to solve the problem that a downstream control information amount is significantly increased if allocation information is periodically reported because no allocation method of a default E-DCH resource configuration is defined for a preamble signature. A base station and a mobile station decide a default resource configuration by using a total number of resource configurations or a value obtained from the total number. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007701 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system that transmits a signal from a first communication device to a second communication device using a plurality of frequency channels, wherein at least one of the plurality of frequency channels uses part of subcarriers in an overlapping manner with one or more adjacent frequency channels, the first communication device includes a transmission unit which transmits a signal to the second communication device using one or more of the plurality of frequency channels, and the second communication device includes a reception unit which receives the signal transmitted by the transmission unit. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007702 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN AN AD HOC WIRELESS NETWORK - An improved method of selecting a channel in an ad hoc wireless network in which each node using a given channel periodically evaluates the transmission power against a power threshold to ensure that the signal to interference and noise ratio at each node is acceptable. | 01-13-2011 |
20110007703 | RELAXED DETERMINISTIC BACK-OFF METHOD FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - A method and apparatus are described including transmitting data if a slot count is equal to a triggering event, selecting a new triggering event responsive to a failed data transmission and replacing the triggering event with the new triggering event. | 01-13-2011 |
20110013568 | Frequency Allocation in Femtocells of Wireless Networks - Frequencies are allocated in a wireless network, wherein the network includes a set of macrocells and a set of femtocells, and wherein each macrocell includes a base station (BS) and each femtocell includes a femtocell base station. A frequency spectrum is assigned to the network. The frequency spectrum is partitioned into bands of frequencies. The bands of frequencies are allocated to the set of BS for communicating with user equipments (UE) in the set of macro cells, and guard bands of frequencies, within which no data are transmitted between the UE and the macro cell BS. The guard bands are assigned to the set of femtocell base station for communicating with UE in the set of femtocells. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013569 | System and Method of Automatically Connecting A Mobile Communication Device to A Network using A Communications Resource Database - A system, method, and computer program product of automatically connecting a mobile communication device to a communication network using a network resource classification database includes detecting a communication network access point using the mobile communication device and reporting network attributes associated with the access point to a resource classification server. The server analyzes and stores the network attributes, determines auxiliary data related to the access point, and uses a rules database to determine a category identifier associated with the access point. The server creates a resource classification characterizing the access point based upon the network attributes, auxiliary data, and category identifier. The mobile communication device queries the server, receives a resource classification, and connects to an access point based upon the received resource classification. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013570 | Assigning Channels To Users In Wireless Networks That Incorporate Multi-User Detection (MUD) - Statistics are collected for each network user, including signal bandwidth (BW), required receive power (RRP) for decoding a user signal, and available transmit margin (ATM). Users are ordered by BW from greatest to smallest. Users with a greatest BW are then ordered by ATM from lowest to highest, and divided into lower half users having lower ATMs, and upper half users having higher ATMs. A two-tier channel plan is defined, and lower half users are assigned to channels in a lower tier. An upper half user is assigned a channel in an upper tier after placing a lower half user in the same channel in the lower tier, if the upper half user's ATM is >(U User RRP+L User RRP). Otherwise, the user is assigned a different channel in the lower tier. The dividing and subsequent steps repeat for any remaining sets of users requiring successively smaller signal bandwidths. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013571 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a communication system comprising: a first communication device that senses a communication environment surrounding the first communication device; a second communication device that acquires sensed data sensed by the first communication device; and a third communication device that determines availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service based on the sensed data transmitted from the second communication device. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013572 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION SERVING COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS AND FAIRNESS - A demand aware fair resource allocation technique is operable to allocate communication resources in multi-hop networks under the joint consideration of communication requirements and fairness. Embodiments operate to provide allocation of time slot resources in TDMA based multi-hop wireless networks under the joint consideration of QoS and fairness. Embodiments operate with respect to information regarding maximal common slot set flow contention. An iterative process is applied with respect to the information regarding maximal common slot set flow contention to allocate communication resources providing a balance between meeting communication requirements and fairness. According to embodiments, an inter-graph process iteratively selects a maximal common slot set for which resource allocation with respect to various flows is to be performed and an intra-graph process assigns communication resources in the maximal common slot set providing a balancing between meeting communication requirements (e.g., QoS) and providing fairness. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013573 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING BANDWIDTH IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for requesting a bandwidth in a wireless access system is disclosed. In the method for requesting a bandwidth in a wireless access system, when a base station receives an uplink MAC PDU from a mobile station, if there is a polling request field in a generic MAC header, the base station allocates a bandwidth, which can transmit a BR header, to the mobile station. Then, the mobile station transmits a BR header to a region allocated from the base station so as to be allocated with a resource for transmitting data from the base station and to transmit data to the region. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013574 | Method of Handling Unicast Transmission on Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Subframe and Related Communication Device - A method of handling unicast transmission on a multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) subframe for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the step of assigning a unicast downlink grant corresponding to the MBMS subframe to a mobile device by a cell radio network temporary identity (C-RNTTI) on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) when a MBMS subframe is not used for data transfer of a MBMS service. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013575 | METHOD OF GENERATING PREAMBLE SEQUENCE FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREOF - A method of generating a preamble sequence includes generating a first frequency-domain preamble sequence according to information of the packet, the first frequency-domain preamble sequence comprising a plurality of subsequences corresponding to a plurality of sub-channels, adjusting a phase of each subsequence of the first frequency-domain preamble sequence, for generating a second frequency-domain preamble sequence, transforming the second frequency-domain preamble sequence into a first time-domain preamble sequence, performing a cyclic shift delaying process on the first time-domain preamble sequence, for generating a plurality of delayed time-domain preamble sequences, and normalizing power of the plurality of delayed time-domain preamble sequences, for generating a second time-domain preamble sequence that is a preamble sequence of the packet. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013576 | METHOD OF MULTIMEDIA BROADCAST MULTICAST SERVICE CONTENT AWARE SCHEDULING AND RECEIVING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method of multimedia broadcast multicast service (MBMS) content aware scheduling and receiving for network of a wireless communication system includes receiving data of different resolutions generated from a data source from an MBMS content provider, and scheduling a plurality of MBMS services of different resolution levels formed with the received data on a plurality of multicast traffic channels overlapping in time, wherein data of an MBMS service of a first resolution level on a first multicast traffic channel are shared with another multicast traffic channel corresponding to an MBMS service of a second resolution higher than the first resolution. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013577 | METHOD AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING USER EQUIPMENT ACCESS IN MULTI-FREQUENCY SYSTEM - A method for controlling user equipment (UE) access in a multi-frequency system in the field of communication is provided. The method includes the following steps. A network side receives an access preamble sent by a UE on one frequency. When the network side determines that the UE needs to access on another frequency, the network side notifies the UE to access by switching to another frequency. Network device is also provided at the same time. Therefore, the UE access can be controlled according to a practical situation of the UE or each frequency, and the flexibility of the multi-frequency system is enhanced. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013578 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL STATION - A base station performs bandwidth assignment for each terminal station or each wireless link even when the base station does not receive a bandwidth request in random access from the terminal station in the demand assignment period present in a specific period in which a transmission frequency of data to transmit is high, the specific period being specified for each terminal station or each wireless link between the terminal station and the base station, and the terminal station transmits at least one of bandwidth request information and the data to transmit in a bandwidth assigned by the base station. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013579 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BAND CONTROL METHOD - The value of communication bands required for each transmission line between a line consolidation section that consolidates lines from a plurality of radio base stations and the radio base stations are calculated and assigned based on the distribution of a number of terminals that is based on positional information of each radio terminal. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013580 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - One objective of the present invention is to reduce influence to EDCHs even in case of an error occurring in one ECCH. In order to achieve this objective, the present invention provides a base station apparatus, in which frames formed with a plurality of channels are continuously arranged, the base station apparatus comprising a control unit ( | 01-20-2011 |
20110013581 | Method for Channel Allocating in Wireless Access System - A method for allocating uplink and downlink physical channels to improve throughput of a wireless access system is disclosed. A method for allocating channels to optimize a wireless access system which supports radio frequencies comprises configuring one or more physical channels in a transmitter; allocating first physical channels to a receiver considering features of the one or more physical channels; and transmitting one or more control channels to the receiver through a predetermined physical channel of the first physical channels, the control channels including configuration information of the first physical channels allocated to the receiver. | 01-20-2011 |
20110013582 | INTERFERENCE-OVERLOAD-INDICATOR GENERATING DEVICE, AND METHOD OF GENERATING INTERFERENCE OVERLOAD INDICATOR - The present invention provides an interference-overload-indicator generating device, a method of generating an interference overload indicator, an interference-overload-indicator generation controller, a method of controlling interference-overload-indicator generation, and a method of indicating interference overload, and a base station utilizing these methods, each of which is used in an uplink FDMA cellular communication system. The base station includes an interference-overload-indicator generation control sub-system ( | 01-20-2011 |
20110019625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSION ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS - Techniques for scheduling data transmission on multiple carriers in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a scheduler may receive requested power headrooms for multiple carriers from a user equipment (UE), one requested power headroom for each carrier. Each requested power headroom may be indicative of transmit power usable by the UE for transmission on an associated carrier. The scheduler may also receive queue information indicative of data to transmit by the UE. The scheduler may redistribute the requested power headrooms across the multiple carriers (e.g., based on water filling or greedy filling) to obtain redistributed power headrooms for the multiple carriers. The scheduler may schedule the UE for data transmission on the uplink based on the redistributed power headrooms and the queue information. The scheduler may obtain and send at least one granted power headroom for at least one carrier to the UE. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019626 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK RESOURCE ALLOCATION BASED ON A USAGE PATTERN - Aspects of a method and system for network resource allocation based on a usage pattern may comprise a management entity that coordinates operation of one or more endpoint devices. The management entity may be operable to receive a usage pattern associated with each of the one or more endpoint devices. The management entity may be operable to determine resource allocation information for each of the one or more endpoint devices based on the received usage pattern associated with each of the one or more endpoint devices. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019627 | Maximizing Service Provider Utility in a Heterogeneous Wireless Ad-Hoc Network - An ad-hoc service provider is configured to support a wireless connection to the network. The ad-hoc service provider is further configured to provide access to the network for one or more mobile clients. The one or more mobile clients are configured to select the ad-hoc service provider based on at least one parameter related to the ad-hoc service provider's ability to support the wireless connection. The ad-hoc service provider is further configured to allocate bandwidth to the one or more mobile clients based on at least one parameter related to the effect on the ad-hoc service provider for providing such bandwidth. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019628 | Method and Apparatus for Scheduling Request - The present invention provides a method of performing Scheduling Request (SR) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system. The method includes steps of triggering an SR, sending an SR message on a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) when the UE has a configured PUCCH resource, and skipping a plurality of subsequent SR transmission opportunities after the SR message is sent. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019629 | Selecting a Transmission Technology - The present invention discloses a method for selecting a transmission technology (MIMO or non MIMO) for a HSDPA connection established between a RNC and a UE depending on the mobility of said UE, measured at the RNC as variations of the position of the UE. Then, if the connection is established with HSDPA MIMO technology and the position variations exceed a first pre-defined threshold, the connection is switched to HSPDA non MIMO technology. Also, if the connection is established with HSPDA non MIMO technology and the position variations are below a second pre-defined threshold, the connection is switched to HSPDA MIMO technology | 01-27-2011 |
20110019630 | Cross Domain Modulation Scheme for a Wireless Communication Link - In certain embodiments, a wireless communication link includes a wireless receiver that receives a circular polarized signal from a remotely configured transmitter. The circular polarized signal has a polarization vector that rotates at a radial velocity. The wireless receiver determines a phase deviation in the radial velocity of the polarization vector and demodulates information from the circular polarized signal according to the determined phase deviation. The phase deviation is caused by a frequency deviation of the circular polarized signal generated by the transmitter. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019631 | Generalized Reference Signaling Scheme for MU-MIMO Using Arbitrarily Precoded Reference Signals - A multi-user MIMO downlink beamforming system ( | 01-27-2011 |
20110019632 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANKING OF MEDIA SERVICES AND PROGRAM PACKAGES - A method for improved presentation of media information for wireless communication is described herein. Media services and program packages are ranked and ranking information is delivered to a mobile device along with the media information. The ranking information is then used by the mobile device to arrange the media services in a ranked order. The ranking information can also be used to assign a default service that is displayed whenever the mobile device is activated or whenever a selection is made to view media content. The ranking information can also be used to arrange program packages in a ranked order for subscription purposes. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019633 | CONNECTION PROCESSING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - In a wireless communication system, a wireless base station, if rejecting a connection to a wireless terminal that makes a connection request in accordance with a first connection processing, controls to adopt a second connection processing different from the first connection processing in response to a subsequent connection request by the wireless terminal. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019634 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A disclosed radio communication apparatus includes an intermediate band detecting unit detecting an intermediate band which is a band between a first frequency band and a second frequency band which are allocated to a same mobile communication system or different mobile communication systems, a use status detecting unit detecting an uplink/downlink multiplexing method used in each of the first frequency band and the second frequency band, and a determination unit determining, based on the intermediate band and the uplink/downlink multiplexing method, the uplink/downlink multiplexing method usable in the intermediate band and a guard band in which use of frequencies are prevented, the guard band being included in the intermediate band. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019635 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PILOT STRUCTURE - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving data in a wireless access system and a pilot allocation structure for the same are provided. In one aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless access system, the method including transmitting data using a resource block constructed taking into consideration channel estimation capabilities and data transfer rate, and receiving data using the resource block. Here, the resource block may have a 6×6 structure constructed with 6 OFDM symbols and 6 subcarriers, and one or more first pilot symbols may be allocated to prescribed OFDM symbols of a first subcarrier and a fifth subcarrier of the resource block. Moreover, the first pilot symbols may be allocated to the resource block at a predetermined allocation rate taking into consideration a number of transmit antennas. | 01-27-2011 |
20110019636 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication base station device that can avert PHICH collisions between mobile stations when using a frequency hopping retransmission method in combination with a PHICH grouping method. A base station ( | 01-27-2011 |
20110019637 | REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - An approach is provided for reporting channel state information. The network configures parameters relating to periodic reporting of channel state information and generates a resource allocation message including a flag to enable or disable the reporting of channel state information in a subframe configured for periodic reporting. | 01-27-2011 |
20110026467 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING REQUEST FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING OR EMERGENCY IN WIRELESS NETWORK - The object of the present invention is to provide a reporting strategy for uplink scheduling request information in wireless telecommunication network. Above all, a method for the user equipment to report the uplink scheduling request information to the base station in wireless telecommunication network is disclosed. Firstly, the user equipment computes the overall service data amount of all radio bearers in each group of radio bearers in the buffer of the user equipment; then the user equipment only reports group-related information of triggered one or more groups of radio bearers to the base station. The present invention further proposes a method in the user equipment in wireless telecommunication network for reporting the emergency information to the base station, that is, the user equipment judges whether each radio bearer is in the emergency, and when one or more radio bearers are in the emergency, the user equipment sends emergency indication information to the base station. By the combination of the two reporting method, the base station can realize efficient and fair scheduling. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026468 | MULTI-NETWORK TELEPHONE CONNECTIONS - The subject matter of this specification can be implemented in, among other things, a computer-implemented method for centralized routing of voice communication over multiple communication networks including receiving at an electronic call routing system an incoming call from a calling device to a first telephone number of a mobile device. The method further includes selecting a calling address of the mobile device from among a voice over internet protocol address of the mobile device on an internet protocol network and a cellular telephone number of the mobile device on a cellular telephone network. The first telephone number is different than the cellular telephone number and the selection of the calling address is performed substantially without participation by the cellular telephone network. The method further includes connecting the incoming call to the selected calling address of the mobile device. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026469 | Method of Handling P-TMSI Change in a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a packet-temporary mobile subscriber identity, hereinafter called P-TMSI, for a network of a wireless communication system includes sending a first message through a first procedure to assign a first P-TMSI to a mobile station using a second P-TMSI, receiving a second message corresponding to a second procedure and the first P-TMSI before the network receives a response message of the first message corresponding to the first procedure, and then accepting the second message. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026470 | MOBILE IPTV SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING MOBILE IPTV SERVICE - A mobile IPTV system and a method of providing a mobile IPTV service are provided. The mobile IPTV system includes an IPTV head end, a base station, and a mobile terminal. The IPTV head end encodes data for an IPTV stream into a base layer and an enhancement layer and outputs the encoded data. The base station receives the IPTV stream from the IPV head end and partially truncates the enhancement layer of the IPTV stream according to a combination of a modulation technique and a cording rate which are determined in advance and outputs a transmission IPTV stream. The mobile terminal receives the transmission IPTV stream from the base station. Since an IPTV service is provided in view of a user distribution characteristic of a network, user can be efficiently provided with satisfactory QoS. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026471 | BASE STATION - A base station communicates with a user device transmitting an uplink signal based on a single-carrier transmission scheme. The base station includes a frequency hopping determining unit configured to determine whether to apply frequency hopping to the user device based on radio-wave propagation information from the user device and a traffic type of data to be transmitted by the user device; a scheduler configured to allocate frequencies to the user device based on uplink channel reception conditions of the user device; and a reporting unit configured to report allocation information indicating resource units allocated by the scheduler to the user device. When the frequency hopping determining unit determines to apply the frequency hopping to the user device, the scheduler allocates, to the user device, resource units with different frequency bands in different slots. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026472 | REDUCING BEACON COLLISION PROBABILITY - The present invention relates to a method of reducing beacon collision probability in a communication network supporting control channels comprising beacon periods divided into beacon slots, each beacon period being followed by a contention period. In the method a communication device ( | 02-03-2011 |
20110026473 | DETERMINING CONTROL REGION PARAMETERS FOR MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate determining control region parameters related to a plurality of carriers and/or coordinated multiple point (CoMP) access points. Wireless devices can receive control region parameters related to the carriers or CoMP access points from a serving access point over control channel resources. Additionally or alternatively, wireless devices can assume all carriers or CoMP access points have substantially the same control region as indicated in a control format indicator channel from the serving access point or based on a configured value. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026474 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING DIRECT WIRELESS LINKS AND A CENTRAL CONTROLLER FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method and apparatus for short range multi-device communications in personal area networks (PANs) using ultraviolet bands. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026475 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CARRIER MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE IN A MULTI-CARRIER SUPPORTED WIDEBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method and apparatus for performing carrier management in a broadband wireless communication system supporting multiple carriers are disclosed. The method for a mobile station to perform carrier management procedure with a base station supporting multiple carriers includes receiving a carrier management command message from the base station, the carrier management command message including an action code for carrier management and a polling bit in a MAC Control Extended Header (MCEH) indicating whether an acknowledgement message is required, transmitting the acknowledgement message in response to the carrier management command message to the base station when the carrier management command message is successfully received and the polling bit is set to 1, and transmitting a carrier management indication message corresponding to the action code included in the carrier management command message to the base station. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026476 | Apparatus And Method For Configuring Radio Connection In Multiple Component Carrier System - A method of a Mobile Station (MS) configuring radio connection in a multiple component carrier system is provided. The method includes receiving distribution information from a Base Station (BS) through a first Component Carrier (CC), selecting a second CC for radio connection to the BS on a basis of the distribution information, and performing the radio connection through the second CC. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026477 | ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR CONNECTING AN AD-HOC COMMUNICATION NETWORK TO A PERMANENT COMMUNICATION NETWORK VIA A HALF-DUPLEX COMMUNICATION LINK - A method and arrangement for connecting an ad-hoc communication network ( | 02-03-2011 |
20110026478 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information in uplink from a mobile terminal to a base station in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. In the method, when no data to be transmitted to the base station is present in the mobile terminal, Scheduling Request (SR) information and Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) information having a predetermined size or greater are multiplexed together and the multiplexed information is transmitted to the base station through a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH). This method prevents waste of uplink transmission resources while avoiding uplink data transmission delay. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026479 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION - The present invention is related to a method and system for transferring wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)-specific information to support enhanced uplink (EU) operation in a wireless communication system. A radio network controller (RNC) obtains WTRU-specific information, and transfers the WTRU-specific information to the Node-Bs. Each Node-B is configured to schedule uplink transmissions from a WTRU and utilizes the WTRU-specific information in operation of EU transmissions. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026480 | HIERARCHICAL TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR VARIABLE QUALITY SERVICE ON CELLULAR SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a hierarchical transmission apparatus and method for a variable QoS, which may hierarchically transmit packet information using an available scheme and resource between a terminal and a base station, thereby supporting various QoSs in a cellular system. The hierarchical transmission method includes generating packet information, hierarchically encoding the packet information in accordance with a control parameter to generate a plurality of hierarchical packets, adapting a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) technique to the plurality of hierarchical packets to generate hierarchical packet information, and including a plurality of antennas to transmit the hierarchical packet information for each of the plurality of antennas. | 02-03-2011 |
20110026481 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One object of the present inventions is to improve efficiency and stability of wireless communication by performing carrier sense in advance at appropriate timing and completing a switching process of an anchor channel within a short time period. In the wireless communication system | 02-03-2011 |
20110026482 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for pilot signal transmission is disclosed, which is capable of improving efficiency in a wireless communication system, the method comprising transmitting an uplink transmission frame for a first sector or cell by a mobile station through the use of basic pilot pattern in a resource block and transmitting an uplink transmission frame for a second sector or cell by the mobile station through the use of shift pilot pattern which is not overlapped with the basic pilot pattern in the resource block. | 02-03-2011 |
20110032882 | Method, Apparatus or Computer Program for Changing From Scheduled to Unscheduled Communication Modes - A method comprising: while in a first communication mode that uses scheduled communication, detecting when a number of packets communicated in an interval exceeds a threshold; and if the number of packets communicated in the interval exceeds the threshold, changing the communication mode from the first communication mode to a second communication mode that uses unscheduled communication and if the number of packets communicated in the interval does not exceed the threshold, remaining in the first communication mode. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032883 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROACTIVELY RE-ASSESSING THE AVAILABILITY AND QUALITY OF SURROUNDING CHANNELS FOR INFRASTRUCTURE OPERATION IN WIRELESS MESH NODES - An embodiment of the invention involves a method for selecting an infrastructure mode wireless channel for a tier-2 wireless node of a plurality of wireless nodes forming a wireless mesh network. The method comprises a first operation of receiving information from at least one neighboring node. Then, the first wireless node determines if a collision has occurred with the at least one neighboring node, where the collision is an overlapping of wireless channels selected by the first node and the at least one neighboring node. If a collision has occurred, the first wireless node compares its network degree, iterative count, and MAC address (progressively in that order) with that of its neighboring node to determine which of the first wireless node or the at least one neighboring node is responsible for re-selecting a different wireless channel from a set of non-overlapping wireless channels that are available to the wireless mesh network. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032884 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AN UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL FOR A DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - A communication apparatus and method of a mobile communication system using Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). A method of transmitting an uplink acknowledge channel (ACKCH) for a downlink data channel in a mobile communication system using OFDMA includes: determining channel resources for each Control Channel Element (CCE), when a downlink control channel including at least two CCEs is received; generating uplink acknowledgement information by analyzing a received downlink data channel; assigning the at least two CCEs to at least two transmission antennas, respectively; and transmitting the uplink ACKCH including the uplink acknowledgement information through the transmission antennas. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032885 | MANAGEMENT OF UPLINK RESOURCES IN MULTI-CARRIER CDMA SYSTEM - The method an apparatus described herein manages uplink resources to increase spectral efficiency and system capacity. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a base station may be assigned two or more downlink carriers for downlink transmission and two or more corresponding uplink carriers. In a multi-carrier mode, the base station may transmit signals on two or more downlink carriers to the same mobile terminal, and receive signals from the mobile terminal on one of the paired uplink terminals. The uplink carriers can be operated at different interference levels and the uplink traffic can be divided between the available uplink carriers based on the type of traffic and/or data transmission parameters. The mobile terminals may also be allowed to switch between the uplink carriers to improve overall efficiency. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032886 | METHOD FOR ASSIGNING WIRELESS NETWORK TRANSMISSION RESOURCE AND APPLICATION THEREOF - A method for assigning wireless network transmission resource includes the following steps: at least one contention area is broadcasted. A join message is uplinked to a base station (BS) by at least one client utilizing the contention area. Determine if the join message received by the BS has been interfered with. If the join message received by the BS has not been interfered with, the contention area is assigned to the client. The client utilizes the contention area to upload data. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032887 | USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION METHOD - A user equipment terminal for transmitting an uplink control channel to a base station according to a single carrier scheme includes a reception determining unit configured to determine reception of data, which are transmitted from the base station according to scheduling, and generate a reception determination result as first control information; and a control information multiplexing unit configured to assign the first control information to a first radio resource positioned at an end of a system band and assign second control information, which is transmitted with a radio resource dedicated to the user equipment terminal, to a predetermined position in a second radio resource adjacent to the first radio resource, to multiplex the first control information and the second control information into the uplink control channel. The present invention also relates to a base station and an uplink control channel configuration method. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032888 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit ( | 02-10-2011 |
20110032889 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing a random access process in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble, receiving a random access response including uplink radio resource allocation information for multiple transmission time intervals (TTIs) in response to the random access preamble, transmitting a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message according to the uplink radio resource allocation information, and transmitting a non-access stratum (NAS) service request message according to the uplink radio resource allocation information. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032890 | Method of Handling Resource Assignment and Related Communication Device - A method of handling resource assignment for a network in a wireless communication system includes configuring a plurality of component carriers to a mobile device for simultaneous data transmission and reception, and sending the mobile device physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signaling corresponding to a first component carrier of the plurality of component carriers on a second component carrier of the plurality of component carriers. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032891 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting radio resources in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a plurality of UEs and transmitting response information associated with the received preambles over a common channel wherein the plurality UEs can access the common channel and receive corresponding information. If a HARQ scheme is used when a UE transmits data to the eNode-B using uplink radio resources allocated over the RACH, the eNode-B does not pre-allocate uplink radio resources required for re-transmission and performs allocation of radio resources for a first transmission of HARQ. If the re-transmission is required, the eNode-B allocates the radio resources required for the re-transmission with the NACK signal. If re-transmission is not required, the present invention can reduce an amount of wasted radio resources. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032892 | DYNAMIC TIME-SPECTRUM BLOCK ALLOCATION FOR COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - Dynamic time-spectrum block allocation for cognitive radio networks is described. In one implementation, without need for a central controller, peer wireless nodes collaboratively sense local utilization of a communication spectrum and collaboratively share white spaces for communication links between the nodes. Sharing local views of the spectrum utilization with each other allows the nodes to dynamically allocate non-overlapping time-frequency blocks to the communication links between the nodes for efficiently utilizing the white spaces. The blocks are sized to optimally pack the available white spaces. The nodes regularly readjust the bandwidth and other parameters of all reserved blocks in response to demand, so that packing of the blocks in available white spaces maintains a fair distribution of the overall bandwidth of the white spaces among active communication links, minimizes finishing time of all communications, reduces contention overhead among the nodes contending for the white spaces, and maintains non-overlapping blocks. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032893 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE CHANNEL PREDICTION - A system, apparatus, method and article to manage channel prediction for a wireless communication system are described. The apparatus may include a media access control processor to perform channel prediction, and a transceiver to communicate information using the channel prediction. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032894 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication apparatus in a mobile communication system includes a first control information generation unit configured to generate first control information including retransmission information on a previously received data channel, a second control information generation unit configured to generate second control information including scheduling information on radio resources and a transmission signal generation unit configured to generate a transmission signal including a lower layer control channel including at least one of the first control information and the second control information. The transmission signal generation unit generates the transmission signal to transmit the first control information in any of subframes arriving at a first cycle and to transmit the second control information in any of subframes arriving at a second cycle longer than the first cycle. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032895 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting CSI on the PUSCH in an LTE System - The present invention relates to allowing configuring CSI reporting (step S- | 02-10-2011 |
20110032896 | Tracking Network Resources - A method and apparatus for tracking resources in a communication network. A central resource tracking function receives a request to track a resource from a location application node. The central resource tracking function broadcasts a subscription message to a plurality of Wireless Sensor Network Gateway nodes. The subscription message includes an identifier associated with the tracked resource. The central resource tracking function then receives a subscription response message from a first Wireless Sensor Network Gateway node informing the central resource tracking function that the resource associated with the identifier is located in the Wireless Sensor Network served by the first Wireless Sensor Network Gateway node, and receiving from a second Wireless Sensor Network Gateway node a subscription rejection message. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032897 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL - Various methods for efficiently transmitting data and various methods for allocating an ACK channel in a wireless access system are disclosed. In addition, various frame structures and MAC header structures for use in allocating an ACK channel are disclosed. A method for allocating an ACK channel includes receiving first data including ACK channel position information, transmitting an ACK signal on an ACK channel indicated by the ACK channel position information, and starting an ACK channel timer. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032898 | OPTIMIZING THE USAGE OF RADIO RESOURCES BY CROSS-LAYER READING OF INFORMATION FROM HIGHER LEVEL CONTROL PLANE PROTOCOL LAYER - Methods and apparatuses relating to optimization of radio network resources between user equipments operating in a cell and nodes in a cellular radio communication network are provided. Cross-layer information is read from higher level control plane protocol layer packets being transported, before or during lower level control plane protocol layer procedures being performed between a user equipment and a node or between two nodes The lower level control plane protocol layer procedures are optimized by using the analyzed control plane information received. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032899 | METHOD OF PAGING USING HEADER - A method for paging in a wireless access system is disclosed. A method for efficiently paging a mobile station of an idle mode comprises allocating an identifier of a large paging group and an identifier of a specific one of small paging groups included in the large paging group to a broadcast channel region and transmitting a header including the broadcast channel region to the terminal. Accordingly, the present invention enables efficient paging. | 02-10-2011 |
20110032900 | Flexible Map Coding for Wireless Networks - A method for transmitting, to one or more wireless stations in a wireless network, map information identifying resources allocated to one or more of the wireless stations, the map information including a plurality of Maps, each Map allocating resources to one or more of the wireless stations, one or more of the Maps including a Next Map Pointer (NSP) that includes location information identifying a location of the next Map within a frame. | 02-10-2011 |
20110038323 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HIGH SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS - A scheduling method and system for high speed uplink packet access which comprises the following two-level scheduling: a first level scheduling for distributing the target rise over thermal (RoT) of each user equipment (UE); and a second level scheduling for tracking the assigned to target RoT via transmitting a relative authority instruction, according to the current authority and channel quality of the UE. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038324 | SYSTEM AND METHOD PROVIDING VARIOUS PILOT SUB-CARRIER DENSITIES IN OFDMA COMMUNICATIONS - A method for varying pilot sub-carrier density in OFDMA communications is described. The method comprises calculating channel quality from sub-carriers; determining whether the channel quality is outside a threshold range; selecting a different pilot sub-carrier density for a sub-zone based on the value of the channel quality when the channel quality is outside the threshold range; and setting the sub-zone to the different pilot sub-carrier density. A system for using sub-zones with different pilot sub-carrier densities in OFDMA communications is also described. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038325 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system of operating a communication system to schedule packets is provided. In part, if a first application has a first minimum rate guarantee, a first weight is assigned to a first packet based on the first minimum rate guarantee. If the second application has a second minimum rate guarantee, then a second weight is assigned to a second packet based on the second minimum rate guarantee. A first channel performance indicator is determined based on how a first channel is performing compared to a first channel condition history and a second channel performance indicator is determined based on how a second channel is performing compared to a second channel condition history. Furthermore, the method comprises scheduling the first and second packets based on the first and second weights and on the first and second channel performance indicators. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038326 | DISTRIBUTED ALLOCATION OF PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIERS - The present invention provides a method of assigning cell identifiers to a plurality of cells. The method includes detecting cells within a selected distance from a first cell in the plurality of cells. The distance is selected to encompass portions of neighbor cells of the first cell and neighbor-of-neighbor cells of the first cell. The method also includes assigning a first cell identifier to the first cell. The first cell identifier is different than cell identifiers assigned to the cells detected within the selected distance from the first cell. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038327 | Apparatus and method for allocating resources in a communication system - An apparatus and method allocate resources in a communication system including at least one relay station (RS). A control channel carrying control information from a BS to an MS is allocated into a first time region of a subframe. A data channel carrying data from the BS to the MS, an RS-control channel carrying control information from the BS to an RS, and an RS-data channel carrying data from the BS to the RS are allocated into a second time region of the subframe, using Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM). And the subframe into which the control channel, the data channel, the RS-control channel and the RS-data channel are allocated is transmitted. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038328 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN HETEROGENOUS NETWORKS - Aspects are described for reducing interference in wireless systems. In a first embodiment, an uplink acknowledgment region associated with a macro cell is determined, and an assignment of uplink control resources is restricted to a region within the uplink acknowledgment region. A control signal is then transmitted to user equipment via the assignment of uplink control resources. In another embodiment, control signals are received from wireless terminals, which include desired uplink control signals associated with an access point base station, as well as interfering uplink acknowledgement signals associated with macro cells. The control signals may then be regenerated by cancelling the set of interfering signals from the control signals. The desired uplink control signals are then decoded. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038329 | EFFICIENT CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING IN CoMP COMMUNICATIONS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure propose two efficient designs for a control channel in a Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) system. The proposed designs enable a user equipment (UE) to transmit acknowledgement (ACK) and negative acknowledgement (NACK) signals to one or more access points (APs) upon receiving transmissions from them. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038330 | ROBUST DECODING OF CoMP TRANSMISSIONS - Techniques for transmitting data and resource signals (RS) are provided. According to certain aspects, an access point may determine RS resource locations related to one or more access points in a CoMP set transmitting a common reference signal (CRS), map data transmissions initially over resources other than those related to the RS resource locations, and map remaining data transmissions over resources related to the RS resource locations. According to certain aspects, a wireless device may receive a signal from access points in a coordinated multiple point (CoMP) communication set comprising a common reference signal (CRS) superimposed over data, determine CRS locations in the signal that correspond to the CRS, and decode data from the signal based at least in part on the determined CRS locations. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038331 | Control Channel Transmission With Component Carrier Aggregation - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is at least a method, apparatus, and computer program configured to compose signaling to include a component carrier indicator in a content of a downlink control information only when a size of an original part of a downlink control information on a scheduling component carrier is larger than or equal to an individual size of any corresponding downlink control information on at least one cross-scheduled component carrier, and to transmit the composed signaling to at least one user equipment. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038332 | SDMA Multi-Device Wireless Communications - The present disclosure includes systems and techniques relating to wireless communications. A described system, for example, includes a device configured to transmit signals, in a frequency band, to the wireless communication devices. The signals can include spatially steered first signals that concurrently provide data to the wireless communication devices. The signals can include one or more second signals to the wireless communication devices to control transmission of responses from the wireless communication devices in the frequency band. The device can monitor for the responses in the frequency band. The device can control, based on a lack of reception of an expected response, a transmission of a third signal in the frequency band to prevent a transmission from another wireless communication device different than the wireless communication devices. The third signal can include information to reschedule a transmission of a response from a wireless communication device. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038333 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR LOGICAL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of allocating a resource for a plurality of logical channels is provided. A transmitter acquires a plurality of available resources for a plurality of component carriers, and allocates the plurality of available resources to the plurality of logical channels based on priority of each of the plurality of logical channels. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING FOR MULTIPLE UPLINK VOIP CONNECTIONS - Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) addresses a variable number of sessions between nodes, such as an SPS operation applied on a radio bearer between a Remote evolved Base Node (ReNB) and a Donor evolved Base Node (DeNB). As the number of VoIP connections changes over time, the upper bound of the required uplink grant size also changes. Even if the number of VoIP connections is assumed to be fixed over a period of time, the superposition of “on” and “off” intervals of multiple VoIP calls will require the uplink grant size to change over time much more dynamically. Using a fixed uplink SPS size based on a fixed number of VoIP calls will result in inefficient use of uplink grants, (i.e., reserving more grants than needed) or Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling overhead for VoIP packets that cannot be served by SPS. A set of solutions are provided for semi-persistently scheduling multiple VoIP connections between a ReNB and a DeNB so as to enhance efficient use of SPS and still meet Quality of Service (QoS) requirement(s) of VoIP traffic. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038335 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA - A method of multiplexing data of a terminal is provided. The method comprises receiving uplink resource allocation information about a service specific identifier for a specific service and information for the specific service comprising a radio bearer (RB) list to be transmitted through resources that are allocated according to the uplink resource allocation information from a base station and multiplexing data of the RB list to the allocated resources. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038336 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DETECTING CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for detecting a cell in a mobile communication system such as an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system are provided. In the method, when a signal is received from at least one base station, a primary synchronization channel (PSCH) detector detects a PSCH symbol in the signal. Then a PSCH validity determiner ascertains a valid value of the PSCH symbol and determines whether the valid value is greater than a given threshold. If the PSCH symbol is greater than the threshold, a secondary synchronization channel (SSCH) allocator estimates a position of an SSCH symbol in the signal using the PSCH symbol. Then an SSCH detector detects the SSCH symbol at the estimated position, so that a neighboring cell can be found through the detected SSCH symbol. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038337 | Mobile station messaging for channel activation in an unlicensed wireless communication system - An unlicensed wireless service is adapted to generate the interface protocols of a licensed wireless service to provide transparent transition of communication sessions between a licensed wireless service and an unlicensed wireless service. In one embodiment, a mobile station includes level 1, level 2, and level 3 protocols for licensed wireless service and an unlicensed wireless service. An indoor base station and indoor network controller provide protocol conversion for the unlicensed wireless service into a standard base station controller interface of the licensed wireless service. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038338 | UNIQUE IDENTIFIER ASSIGNMENT METHOD FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A CEC controller of a wireless node device determines a destination logical address of a polling message received through a wired interface circuit based on an address list table in an address list memory when the polling message is received from a wired interface circuit, and transmits an ACK for the received polling message through the wired interface circuit in the case that the destination logical address of the polling message is a logical address of a node device connected over a wireless interval. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038339 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING BUFFER STATUS REPORT - A method for processing a Buffer Status Report (BSR) is provided, which includes: acquiring service data with a higher priority than all service data waiting to be sent in a sending buffer; and prohibiting a sending process of the BSR from being triggered, if scheduling resources are available. An apparatus for processing a BSR is further provided. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038340 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The invention provides a resource allocation method for a network element adapted for multimedia broadcast and synchronized services in a mobile communication system, the mobile communication system comprising a plurality of base stations synchronized for data transmission, the method comprising: inputting a set of synchronized subframe numbers per radio frame and a total number of radio frames, wherein each radio frame contains a predefined number of subframes; selecting a first value of the set of synchronized subframe numbers; first allocating the first value as a number of synchronized subframes per frame to the total number of radio frames; second allocating the first value as the number of synchronized subframes per frame to a first half of the total number of radio frames, if the first allocating step is not performed; and selecting a second value of the set of synchronized subframe numbers. The method further comprises: third allocating the second value as the number of synchronized subframes per frame to the first half of the total number of radio frames, if the first and second allocating step is not performed; forth allocating the second value as the number of synchronized subframes per frame to a second half of the total number of radio frames, if the second allocating step is performed; selecting a third value of the set of synchronized subframe numbers; wherein one of the allocating steps is performed according to bandwidth requirements of the multimedia broadcast and synchronized services. | 02-17-2011 |
20110038341 | Uplink Scheduling in a Cellular System | 02-17-2011 |
20110038342 | DISTRIBUTION OF DOWNLINK E-DCH POWER USAGE - The present invention relates to a method, a communication system and a Node-B (NB) in a communication system for distribution of downlink E-DCH power usage in a communication system. The system comprises at least one Node-B (NB) for enabling wireless communication with at least one user terminal (UE). The communication is enabled via an enhanced dedicated transport channel (E-DCH) and one high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) for uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) data traffic between the user terminal (UE) and the Node-B (NB). The Node-B (NB) comprises a HSDPA scheduler (HS-S) for scheduling the data rate for the DL data traffic via the HS-DSCH. It further comprises an EUL scheduler (EUL-S) for scheduling the maximum data rate for the UL data traffic via the E-DCH. The method is particularly characterized in that the Node-B (NB) estimates | 02-17-2011 |
20110044256 | METHOD FOR GENERATING DOWNLINK SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING CELL - An apparatus for generating a downlink signal and a cell search apparatus are disclosed. An apparatus for generating a downlink signal generates a downlink signal by one unique cell identification code group and a plurality of frame synchronization identification sequences, generates a downlink signal by a plurality of unique cell identification code groups and a plurality of frame synchronization identification sequences, or generates a downlink signal by a plurality of unique cell identification code groups and one frame synchronization identification sequence. A cell search apparatus obtains frame synchronization and identifies cells through a frame synchronization identification sequence and a unique cell identification code group. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044257 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - By using multiple channels at the same time to realize broadbanding of the frequency channels and suppressing increase in the waiting time before starting transmission of wireless signals, improvement of the practical throughput can be realized. A wireless communication apparatus API is a wireless communication apparatus provided with a space division processing unit | 02-24-2011 |
20110044258 | METHOD OF MANAGEMENT OF RESOURCES FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF A DATA CONTENT, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, STORAGE MEANS AND DEVICE - A method for the management of resources for transmission compliant with a communications protocol, in a communications network, of a first data stream between a source device ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110044259 | Subframe Component Reduction and Notification in a Heterogeneous Wireless Communication System - A wireless base unit ( | 02-24-2011 |
20110044260 | Acknowledgment of Uplink Transmission on Contention Based Resource in Wireless Communication System - A remote unit configured to transmit a message on a contention based uplink resource granted by a base unit wherein the message includes information associated with the remote unit. The remote unit also configured to determine a downlink resource on which the remote unit may receive a response to the message sent on the uplink resource by applying an offset to a predetermined downlink resource wherein the offset is based on the information associated with the wireless communication device. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044261 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL TIMING OFFSET - A method for receiving data using a user agent (UA) configured to communicate with a wireless communications network using a first and second communication carrier is presented. The method includes receiving control information during a first time interval. The control information allocates a resource on at least one of the first communication carrier and the second communication carrier. When the control information allocates a resource on the first communication carrier, the method includes receiving data using the first communication carrier during a second time interval. When the control information allocates a resource on the second communication carrier, the method includes receiving data using the second communication carrier during a third time interval, the third time interval being offset from the first time interval. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044262 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULER IMPLEMENTATION FOR BEST EFFORT (BE) PRIORITIZATION AND ANTI-STARVATION - In various embodiments, a method, computer-readable storage medium, and apparatus for scheduling prioritized best effort (BE) service flows through a wireless network base station includes a controller coupled to a memory. If any one of a plurality of BE service flows are congested, a minimum reserved traffic rate (MRTR) algorithm is used by the controller to ensure that at least a highest priority BE service flow is maintained at least at an associated MRTR. If none of the plurality of BE service flows are congested, a maximum sustained traffic rate (MSTR) algorithm is used by the controller to enable the highest priority BE service flow to be set to at least at an associated MSTR before lower priority service flows are increased. If none of the plurality of BE service flows are congested and each service flow is at their associated MSTR, the controller is configured to distribute any excess bandwidth to each service flow in accordance with an initial set of priority BE traffic flow ratios. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044263 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DOWNLINK OUTER LOOP POWER CONTROL FOR HSUPA - The described aspects relate to systems and methods for power control in wireless communication systems. In particular, the described aspects relate to dynamically providing, based on activities on HSUPA channels, a downlink power control adjustment during a data transmission from a user equipment device to a base station or node B device in a HSUPA communication system. The method determines a Signal-to-Interference Ratio (SIR) target for the Enhanced Transport Channel (E-DCH) based on a transmitter's logic that determines the required power level of the downlink grant control channels. This target can then apply to the final target determined on a plurality of other transport channels for the receiver to adjust the power of its downlink channels. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044264 | PRE REGISTRATION/PRE AUTHENTICATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method is provided to manage wireless network mobility and wireless network resources. In one aspect of the invention, network equipment acquires samples associated with time that past user devices stayed in the coverage range of the network equipment and estimates a time that a user device currently stays in the cell based on the acquired samples. In another aspect, pre-authentication and pre-registration of the user device in another network are performed based on the estimated time. In yet another aspect, network resources reserved for the user device are released based on the estimated time. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044265 | Distributing Group Size Indications to Mobile Stations - Group size indications may be distributed from a base station to a mobile station in the form of assignment-advanced-MAP transmit control signaling. The signaling control information may be sent to a station, such as a mobile station, using a table that indicates the size of a group based on coding rates, such as one-half and one-quarter coding rates. Waste may be controlled by determining a size based on using an unoccupied resource in a group that is adjacent to data resource for data transmission by the station. However, an unoccupied resource in a group that is not adjacent to a data resource is not used for data transmission and is, therefore, wasted. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044266 | Allocating Group Resources for Wireless Communications - A single format of MAC control message may be used for the addition, deletion, or rearrangement of users in a group within a wireless network. In some cases, a change in the nature of the group may be implemented immediately upon receipt of a positive acknowledgement. A mobile station may determine its ACID without maintaining information about the previous ACID or startup frame. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044267 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND MAPPING METHOD OF SUBCARRIERS - In order to cope with changes of communication environments of subcarriers and effectively use the subcarrier with channel quality information in a wireless communication system, a base station identifies a condition of a communication environment between the base station and a mobile station based upon channel quality information transmitted from the mobile station and maps transmission information on control of communication selectively to a specified subcarrier used for transmission based upon the identified condition of the communication environment. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044268 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING CELL IDENTITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of determining a cell identity in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of obtaining a segment ID and a sequence index from an SA-preamble (secondary advanced preamble) sequence received from a base station and determining the cell identity using the segment ID and the sequence index. In this case, the cell identity corresponds to one SA-preamble sequence and a cell identity adjacent to the cell identity corresponds to an SA-preamble sequence having a complex conjugate relation of the one SA-preamble sequence. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044269 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BLIND INTERFERENCE DECREASE/CANCELLATION TECHNIQUES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which one or more semi-static parameters associated with at least one neighboring eNode B (eNB) and an interfering user equipment (UE) are detected, at an eNB, and a blind interference reduction scheme based on the one or more detected semi-static parameters to reduce a signal from the interfering UE is applied. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044270 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system, for distributed mapping of consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks, when nulls are inserted into a block interleaver used for the mapping, they are uniformly distributed to N | 02-24-2011 |
20110044271 | TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FRAME INCLUDING PROTOCOL VERSION IN ULTRA WIDEBAND SYSTEM - Provided is a transmission/reception apparatus and method for transmitting a frame in an ultra wideband radio communication system, which may enable a protocol version to be included in a fixed-length physical layer protocol (PHY) header so that interaction between systems using different protocol versions may be realized, and may enable information about a modulation and coding scheme to be included in a variable-length PHY header to thereby overcome a decoding delay problem occurring due to a Reed Solomon code. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044272 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR USER PAIRING FOR UPLINK MULTI-USER MIMO UNDER COORDINATED MULTIPLE POINT TRANSMISSION SCENARIO - A method of pairing users for an uplink multi-user multiple-input-multiple-output (MU-MIMO) system under coordinated multipoint transmission (CoMP) scenario in a communication system, which includes: selecting, by a first cell of the communication system, at least one initial user served by the cell as a first paired user; selecting, by the first cell, a candidate paired user according to the service type of the first paired user; and determining, from the different service types of the first paired user and the candidate paired user, a pairing type to be formed, and determining whether the candidate paired user and the first paired user can be paired into the pairing type to be formed by using a predetermined determination criterion according to the pairing type. It is further provided a device for performing the method. The throughput and communication efficiency of the communication system can be improved with the method and device for pairing users. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044273 | HIGH THROUGHPUT COMMUNICATION STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING OVER A PRIMARY CHANNEL AND A SECONDARY CHANNEL - Embodiments of a high-throughput (HT) communication station (STA) and method for communicating over a primary and a secondary channel are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the high-throughput (HT) communication station (STA) comprises a physical layer (PHY) and a media-access control (MAC) layer to provide a data unit to the physical layer. The PHY layer may be configured to transmit a packet that includes the data unit over a channel bandwidth comprising a first channel and an additional channel in accordance with an OFDM communication technique. The packet may have a frame structure that includes a channel bandwidth parameter to indicate the channel bandwidth used, a modulation and coding parameter to indicate a modulation and coding scheme of the packet as transmitted over the channel bandwidth. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044274 | ESTABLISHMENT OF RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL CONNECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling a user equipment (UE) having at least an upper layer which is above a radio resource control (RRC) layer, wherein the UE is capable of receiving a point-to-multipoint service and performing cell reselection in a wireless communication system comprises receiving an establishment parameter from the upper layer. The method also includes transmitting an RRC connection request to a network, and determining, in the RRC layer upon the cell reselection, whether to continue an RRC connection procedure to the network based on the establishment parameter. The method also includes terminating the RRC connection procedure to the network based on a result of the determining step. The RRC connection procedure may be terminated if the establishment parameter indicates a point-to-multipoint service reception. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044275 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus communicates to a user apparatus in an uplink shared channel and controls transmit power for a PHICH (Physical HARQ Indicator Channel) on the shared channel. The transmit power for the PHICH is controlled based on downlink radio quality information (CQI) reported from the user apparatus, information (ACK/NACK) mapped into the PHICH and the presence of transmission of an uplink scheduling grant for indicating transmission of the shared channel. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044276 | System and Method for Routing in a Wireless Mesh Network - A system and method for routing in a wireless mesh network providing a first device, which includes a first device transceiver, a first device memory unit that includes a first device first queue, a first device second queue and a first device table of neighboring devices, and a first device central processing unit. Such a system also includes a second device that includes a second device transceiver, a second device memory unit that includes a second device first queue, a second device second queue and a second device table of neighboring devices, and a second device central processing unit. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044277 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN TWO DOMAINS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting data from a secondary station to at least one primary station, comprising, at the primary station, transmitting on a signaling channel to the secondary station a resource allocation message allocating resource blocks for transmission of data from the secondary station, said message comprising a field for allocating resources in a first domain, and wherein at least one bit of said field is stolen to allocate resources in a second domain being different from the first domain. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044278 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System with Signalling of Assigned Data Packets in a Bundling Window - A method for sending a data packet from a base station to a mobile terminal includes signalling to the mobile terminal in a first subframe of a radio channel a first downlink assignment of a first data packet of a bundling window. The bundling window represents a number of data packets, already transmitted or to be transmitted to the mobile terminal, that are to be confirmed by the mobile terminal. The downlink assignment represents information about a minimum total number of data packets within the bundling window that are scheduled to be transmitted to the mobile terminal. The method also includes transmitting data packets from a base station in subframes of the radio channel using the bundling window. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044279 | Self-Backhauling in LTE - A method implemented in an anchor base station configured performing a proxy operation at an anchor base station in which the anchor base station acts as a proxy between a second S-GW or an MME node and a self-backhauled base station. The method includes receiving a data packet destined for the user equipment and mapping the received data packet from an incoming General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Tunneling Protocol (GTP) tunnel to an outgoing GTP tunnel. The method also includes receiving a control message and modifying elements of the control message while copying other elements in the control message and forwarding the control message between the self-backhauled base station and the second S-GW or MME node. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044280 | TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVING THE SPATIAL REUSE OF WIRELESS NETWORKS | 02-24-2011 |
20110044281 | METHOD OF TRANSMITING CONTROL INFORMATION AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A terminal transmits control information to a base station by using a periodically allocated dedicated channel. In further detail, the terminal checks control information that needs to be transmitted, detects a priority of the checked control information, and selects control information to be transmitted to the base station based on the detected priority. The terminal forms a PDU by multiplexing the selected control information, and transmits the PDU to the base station. | 02-24-2011 |
20110044282 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING IDENTIFIERS TO USER EQUIPMENT IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method of receiving a control channel at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. This method comprises receiving a common control channel transferred from a base station. In this case, a first user equipment (UE) ID allocated to the UE is represented by ‘x’ bits, and a second UE ID allocated to another UE receiving a dedicated control channel transferred from the base station is represented by ‘y’ bits (where x02-24-2011 | |
20110051672 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and a method for transmitting resource allocation information in a mobile communication system are disclosed. That is, a LVRB (PRB) and a DVRB which are the units of a scheduling resource are defined and a resource allocation method and a method for transmitting resource allocation information using the same are disclosed. In the LVRB, a part bitmap scheduling method using a LVRB set is suggested and a method for constructing resource allocation information using the same is suggested. In the DVRB, a method for defining the DVRB using PRBs in a subframe is suggested and a method for constructing resource allocation information using the same when scheduling is performed using the DVRB constructed by the defined method is suggested. In order to prevent interference and collision from occurring due to the complete matching of the DVRBs in respective cells, a method using different DVRBs in the respective cells is suggested. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051673 | SELECTIVELY ASSIGNING MOBILE STATIONS TO SEGMENTED ZONES - A base station includes a transceiver, memory, and processor. The transceiver communicates with mobile stations. The memory stores a database of threshold CINR values. The processor implements a scheduling module. The transceiver receives a request to connect from a mobile station. The scheduling module obtains actual CINR and RSSI values for the mobile station. The scheduling module compares the actual CINR value with a threshold CINR value retrieved from the database based on the actual RSSI value. When the actual CINR value is greater than the threshold CINR value for the actual RSSI value, the scheduling module assigns the mobile station one or more subcarriers from a fully used zone of subcarriers. When the actual CINR value is not greater than the threshold CINR value for the actual RSSI value, the scheduling module assigns the mobile station one or more subcarriers from a segmented zone of subcarriers. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051674 | MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR MULTIUSER DETECTION ENABLED AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method is disclosed for increasing the communication capacity of a shared ad-hoc wireless channel by using multiuser detection (MUD) to distinguish overlapping information transmitted simultaneously by a plurality of nodes. The transmitting nodes simultaneously provide parameter-estimating signals over separate, unshared, low-rate parameter channels generated using orthogonal frequencies, spread spectrum technology, or time multiplexing. Receiving nodes use these separate, non-overlapping parameter-estimating signals to estimate MUD-required signal parameters such as amplitude, phase, and frequency offset, thereby enabling use of lower complexity MUD receivers, because the parameters are not estimated in the presence of other interference. Node ID, spreading code type, and/or other information can also be transmitted over the parameter channels. Limiting the number of parameter channels can limit the maximum number of transmitting nodes. Amplitudes of parameter channel transmissions can be greater than communication channel transmissions by a known ratio. Parameter channels can be frequency-hopped for jam-resistance. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051675 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS USING THE COMMUNICATION METHOD - An assigning unit defines multiple subchannels that are frequency-division multiplexed and assigns, to at least one terminal apparatus, two or more subchannels for each of the downlink and uplink symmetrically. The assigning unit includes discontinuous subchannels in the subchannels assigned for each of the downlink and uplink. A modulator and a transmitter transmit a multicarrier signal to a terminal apparatus. A receiver and a demodulator receive a single carrier signal from a terminal apparatus. The receiver and demodulator use one or more continuous subchannels among two or more subchannels in the uplink by switching those two or more subchannels. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051676 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE SELECTION IN OFDMA SYSTEMS - A base station for use in a wireless network that communicates with mobile stations according to the IEEE 802.16 | 03-03-2011 |
20110051677 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORKS - Channel assignment for wireless access networks is directed toward improved overall communication capability of the networks. A network is formed of wireless access points (APs) coupled via wired (and/or wireless) links and enabled to communicate with clients via radio channels of each of the APs. Local information is collected at each of the APs and processed to determine channel assignments according to a Neighbor Impact Metric (NIM) that accounts for one-hop and two-hop neighbors as well as neighbors not part of the network. Optionally, the NIM accounts for traffic load on the APs. The channel assignments are determined either on a centralized resource (such as a server or one of the APs) or via a distributed scheme across the APs. The local information includes how busy a channel is and local operating conditions such as error rate and interference levels. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051678 | Channel Status Determination Method and Related Wireless Local Area Network System and Direct Link Setup Method - A method for determining a channel status between a first station and a second station in a wireless local area network system includes the first station receiving a beacon from an access point, and the first station broadcasting a packet carrying the beacon, to provide a basis for the second station to determine the channel status between the first station and the second station. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051679 | System and Method for Dynamic Allocation of Spectrum - A communication system is provided for transmitting video, audio, and data content between two or more nodes of a communications network comprised party of twisted pair links. Also provided, is a telecommunication system for transmitting spectrum, comprising transmission bandwidths that carry signals such as, video, audio, data and other services, over twisted pairs of telephone wires. Such system being adapted for dynamic assignment and management of frequency bands of spectrum over twisted pair links. | 03-03-2011 |
20110051680 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system, the method including: reserving a preassigned scheduling request (SR) physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmission of a SR; determining a frequency domain sequence and an orthogonal sequence based on the preassigned SR PUCCH resource; spreading an ACK/NACK for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) with the frequency domain sequence and the orthogonal sequence to generate a mapped sequence; and transmitting the mapped sequence | 03-03-2011 |
20110058522 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Machine-readable media, methods, apparatus and system for transmitting ACK/NACK signal in a wireless communication system are described. In some embodiments, a sequence corresponding to one of acknowledge (ACK) information and non-acknowledge (NACK) information may be determined. Then, the sequence may be mapped onto a transmission channel for later transmission from the mobile station to a base station. In some embodiments, the transmission channel may be allocated with at least a part of three feedback mini-tiles (FMTs), wherein each of the FMTs comprises two subcarriers contiguous in frequency domain by six orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols contiguous in time domain and the three FMTs being discontinuous in frequency domain. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058523 | MANAGING MULTIPLE APPLICATION FLOWS OVER AN ACCESS BEARER IN A QUALITY OF SERVICE POLICY ENVIRONMENT - A method, system and software to dynamically allocate bandwidth on an application flow basis in a non-Internet-Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (non-IMS) environment is described. The method includes: receiving a request to create an application flow for an Internet Protocol (IP) filter with desired Quality of Service (QoS) properties; searching for an access bearer that is comparable to the desired QoS properties; when a comparable access bearer is not found, creating the access bearer adapted to support the IP filter and the desired QoS properties; and associating the application flow with the access bearer. According to various embodiments, a method to add a new application flow from a flow bandwidth manager to a Policy Control and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) is also described The method can include: searching for an access bearer that supports an IP filter and desired QoS properties; when there is an existing access bearer, mapping the new application flow to the access bearer and modifying the properties of the existing access bearer to support the new application flow and creating a new access bearer when there is no existing access bearer. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058524 | DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - Disclosed, in example embodiment herein, is an apparatus comprising an interface and channel selection logic coupled to the interface. The channel selection logic is operable to receive data representative of neighboring wireless devices to a wireless device occupying a channel for a plurality of channels via the interface. The channel selection logic is responsive to receiving the data representative of neighboring wireless devices occupying the plurality of channels to generate a graph for each of the plurality of channels, wherein vertices of the graph represent the wireless device and neighboring wireless devices occupying the channel and edges of the graph represent wireless devices with overlapping coverage areas. The channel selection logic selects the channel for the wireless device whose graph has the smallest radius | 03-10-2011 |
20110058525 | METHOD FOR FILLING A WIMAX DOWNLINK FRAME BY THE BASE STATION OF A WIMAX NETWORK - A method for filling a WiMAX downlink frame by the base station of a WiMAX network, wherein the downlink MAC Protocol Data Units (MPDUs) are fitted into the WiMAX downlink frame by means of a DL-MAP scheduler, which allows the concatenation of downlink MPDUs from different connections in single bursts, the bursts having a rectangular shape in terms of the two dimensions—OFDMA (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbols and subchannels—of a WiMAX downlink frame, is characterized in that the DL-MAP scheduler is configured in a way that it considers the concatenation of downlink MPDUs from different connections in single bursts based on the available and/or the remaining free space in the WiMAX downlink frame, such that it simplifies the DL-MAP scheduler task of filling the WiMAX downlink frame minimizing the amount of wasted radio resources. | 03-10-2011 |
20110058526 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system, for distributed mapping of consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks, when nulls are inserted into a block interleaver used for the mapping, they are uniformly distributed to N | 03-10-2011 |
20110058527 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING A BROADCAST CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a superframe header at a mobile station in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a sub-frame including the superframe header and a first data channel and decoding the received superframe header. Herein, the superframe header is located within a predetermined physical frequency band and the predetermined physical frequency band includes a synchronization channel. | 03-10-2011 |
20110064033 | MILLIMETER-WAVE COMMUNICATION STATION AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING ASSOCIATION BEAMFORMING TRAINING WITH COLLISION AVOIDANCE - Embodiments of a millimeter-wave communication station and method for scheduling association beamforming training (A-BFT) with collision avoidance are generally described herein. In some embodiments an initiating station transmits a transmit sector-sweep frame in each of its antenna sectors and receives a reverse transmit sector-sweep frame from two or more unassociated responding stations. The initiating station transmits a sector-sweep feedback frame to each of the responding stations to indicate whether each responding station is to perform beamforming training in a current beacon interval or a subsequent beacon interval. The sector-sweep feedback frame may indicate an order in which the responding stations are to perform beamforming training in subsequent beacon intervals. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064034 | Techniques for Requesting Bandwidth Allocation - Techniques for requesting uplink bandwidth. The request can include a request for bandwidth that will be received at a specified delay from when the request was transmitted. Accordingly, the requested uplink bandwidth may be available at a future time when needed by an application or other logic. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064035 | Method and Apparatus for Reducing Multi-User-Interference in a Wireless Communication System - According to the teachings presented herein, each base station in a group of base stations is linked to an associated terminal as a receiver-transmitter pair. These receiver-transmitter pairs reuse channelization resources, such that each terminal represents a source of other-cell interference (also referred to as multi-user interference or MUI) for other terminals in neighboring cells that are reusing all or some of the same channelization resources. Accordingly, the base stations implement a gaming-based algorithm to mitigate MUI for the multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) uplink signals received from their associated terminals. More particularly, each base station functions as a player in a game, in which the allowed gaming action is the selection of the precoding matrix to be used for MIMO uplink transmissions to the base station from an associated terminal. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064036 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR IMPROVED RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A MIMO SYSTEM - In a method for improved HARQ retransmissions of data streams in a node in a MIMO wireless communication system, transmitting S1 data across a plurality of available MIMO links according to a predetermined rank and radio resource allocation, receiving S2 a retransmission request for at least part of the transmitted data, reducing the rank S3 of the retransmissions by selecting a subset of the plurality of available MIMO links. Subsequently, adaptively reallocating S4 available radio resources to the selected subset, and retransmitting S5 the requested data on said selected subset according to the reduced rank and radio resource re-allocation. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064037 | CROSS-SUBFRAME CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN - Certain aspects of the disclosure relate to performing cross-subframe control channel signaling for wireless communications. A method may be provided for signaling downlink control channel resource allocations and/or physical control format indications in a subframe different from the subframe in which a downlink data transmission may be performed. In one aspect, the method may include transmitting PDCCH and/or PCFICH during a first subframe to allocate resources for a PDSCH during a second subframe and transmitting the PDSCH during the second subframe. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064038 | Method and Apparatus for Handling Information of Cyclic Prefix Length in Wireless Communication System - A method for handling information of cyclic prefix length in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports Carrier Aggregation, which enables a user equipment (UE) of the wireless communication system to perform transmission and/or reception through multiple carriers. The method includes steps of configuring at least one downlink carrier to the UE via an RRC message, and delivering the information of cyclic prefix length of the at least one downlink carrier to the UE via a dedicated signaling. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064039 | MC-CDMA MULTIPLEXING IN AN ORTHOGONAL UPLINK - Techniques are provided to support multi-carrier code division multiple access (MC-CDMA) in an orthogonal uplink of a wireless communication system. A method of wireless multi-carrier communications comprises dividing sub-carriers on an uplink into non-overlapping groups, allocating a time-frequency block including a hopping duration and a non-overlapped group, respectively, assigning a different set of orthogonal codes to each user, spreading data (or pilot) symbols of each user over the allocated time-frequency block, wherein the data (or pilot) symbols of each user are spread using the different set of orthogonal codes assigned to each user, mapping each data (or pilot) symbol to a modulation symbol in the time-frequency block, generating an orthogonal waveform based on the mapped symbols, and transmitting the orthogonal waveform. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064040 | Group identification and definition employing look up table (LUT) within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Group identification and definition employing look up table (LUT) within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A LUT provides a very concise representation of the relationship between group IDs and various subsets of wireless communication devices. Each respective group ID can correspond to more than one subset of wireless communication devices, and each when included within corresponding subsets, a given wireless communication device occupies a common, respective location (e.g., first location, second location, etc.) within each of those corresponding subsets. When a received multi-user packet (e.g., OFDMA, MU-MIMO, or combination thereof) is received by and ascertained to be intended for a wireless communication device, then it may be further determined which space time streams of the multi-user packet correspond to that wireless communication device, as determined based on to the location of the wireless communication device within the corresponding subset associated with that particular group ID. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064041 | Apparatus and Method for Allocation of Subcarriers in Clustered DFT-Spread-OFDM - Apparatus configured to receive a first signal including at least one frequency domain value; map the first signal to a second signal including at least two clusters, each cluster including a whole number multiple of a first number of sub-carrier values, wherein each first signal value is mapped to one of the at least two clusters and each of the at least one first signal values is mapped to a sub-carrier value of the one of the at least two clusters dependent on a cluster selection. | 03-17-2011 |
20110064042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting data in a multiple carrier system is provided. The method includes receiving an uplink resource assignment comprising a carrier indicator through one of a plurality of downlink carriers, and transmitting uplink data in a resource assigned by the uplink resource assignment through the uplink carrier indicated by the carrier indicator. | 03-17-2011 |
20110069666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING ALLOCATION OF RESOURCES IN A NETWORK - To manage resource allocation between users of a wireless or wireline network, recent resource usage by each user is determined and priorities are assigned accordingly. Then, the network resources are allocated according to the assigned priorities. A respective priority of a user may be inversely proportional to the recent resource usage by that user. To facilitate continuous fair distribution of the network resources, the users may be re-prioritized and resources are re-allocated accordingly. Information about recent resource usages by the users is continuously accumulated, including about users moving from one access point of the network to another. When resource allocation for a particular access point is determined, recent resource usage for a user that has joined the access point from another access point in the network may include prior resource usage by that user at the other access point. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTROL CHANNELS FOR BROADCAST AND PAGING SERVICES - An approach is provided to support resource allocation of broadcast or paging control channels. It is determined whether resource is allocated for a logical control channel. One or more fields of a physical downlink control channel is defined to signal the resource allocation for the logical control channel. The physical downlink control channel has a first format to support transmission of data over a downlink channel, and a second format that includes the one or more fields to support allocation of the logical control channel. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069668 | Dedicated Acknowledgement and Delivery of Management Messages in Wireless Communication Systems - Techniques and systems for acknowledging management message reception in a wireless communication system can include operating a first radio station to generate a management message that contains a sequence number unique to the management message and to direct the management message to a second radio station; and operating the second radio station, after receiving the management message from the transmitter, to generate and transmit, before decoding the content of the received the management message, an acknowledgement to the transmitter identifying the received manage message by the sequence number unique to the management message. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069669 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING PAN (PIGGY-BACKED ACK/NACK) SO AS TO AVOID DECODING CONFUSION - There may be ambiguity when ACK/NACK information is transmitted. In some cases the ambiguity may arise because a bit may be either a padding bit, or an ACK/NACK bit having the same value as a padding bit. In other cases, the ambiguity may arise where it is unclear whether the ACK/NACK is in respect of a first transmission of a data block, or a subsequent transmission of the same data block. Various schemes provided to address this. In some cases, the mobile station is mandated to apply a consistent behaviour. Over time, the network can deduce the behaviour. In some cases the mobile station transmits signaling that conveys the behaviour. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069670 | DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data communication method in a basic service set (BSS) of a wireless communication system using a carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) protocol includes: performing, by first and second nodes within the BSS, communication within a predetermined first time period; and transmitting, by a third node within the BSS, data to a fourth node within the first time period through a channel which is not used by the other nodes. | 03-24-2011 |
20110069671 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE AND DISTRIBUTION AND PLACEMENT METHOD FOR RESOURCE ELEMENTS - Provided is a mobile station which can obtain an equivalent diversity effect in each communication scheme while keeping to an minimum the increase in the circuit scale of a mobile station even when the mobile station is compatible with a plurality of communication schemes. In a mobile station ( | 03-24-2011 |
20110075611 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ERROR CORRECTION FOR COORDINATED WIRELESS BASE STATIONS - Methods and apparatus for coordinated error correction among a set of wireless base stations in communication with one another. In one embodiment, the wireless base stations are part of a cellular network having various cellular base stations (including a serving base station, and multiple supplemental base stations), and transmit multiple redundant versions of a transport block using a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) based scheme. The aggregate of the multiple redundant versions of the transport block are soft combined and acknowledged (ACK) or not-acknowledged (NACK) by the cellular equipment. The serving base station and supplemental base station devices dynamically configure the bundled acknowledgment operation based on various desired operational attributes relating to the operational parameters of the network. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075612 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AD HOC VENUE-CAST SERVICE - A method, apparatus, and system for providing ad hoc venue-cast content to a plurality of receiving access terminals within a venue boundary. Ad hoc content may be generated at an access terminal, transmitted to a venue-cast server, and broadcast to a plurality of venue-cast receiving access terminals within a venue. In addition to broadcasting the ad hoc content, a notification is given to the plurality of receiving access terminals, notifying them regarding the availability of the ad hoc content. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075613 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION BETWEEN NETWORKS - A method and system for a communication device having a network interface card (NIC) for communicating with two networks to dynamically allocate bandwidth between or among the networks. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075614 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION SERVICE BETWEEN A FIRST PROTOCOL AND A SECOND PROTOCOL - Application service is provided for a subscriber unit (SU), employing a first protocol, in a communication network employing a second protocol. The method includes receiving a CAI OTAR message from the SU. The CAI OTAR message includes at least a key management message (KMM) and a CAI header of the SU. The method then includes determining that the first protocol employed by the SU is different from the second protocol associated with the communication network based on the received CAI OTAR message. The method further includes creating a key management message (KMM) preamble, associated with the second protocol, based on at least one of the CAI header and configuration information of the SU, and creating a data link independent (DLI) OTAR message associated with the second protocol. The DLI OTAR message includes the received KMM. The method finally includes encapsulating the DLI OTAR message with the created KMM preamble, and sending the encapsulated DLI OTAR message to a key management facility (KMF) unit operating at a second protocol. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075615 | RECURSIVE REALIZATION OF POLYNOMIAL PERMUTATION INTERLEAVING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate automatically generating interleaved addresses during turbo decoding. An efficient recursive technique can be employed in which layers of nested loops enable the computation of a polynomial and a modular function given interleaved parameters “a” and “b” from a look up table. With the recursive technique, interleaved addresses can be generated, one interleaved address per clock cycle which can maintain turbo decoding performance. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075616 | Baseband unit interfacing between baseband section and radio frequency section and method thereof - The baseband unit includes a first Radio Frequency (RF) coverage unit, a second RF coverage unit, and an interface unit. The first RF coverage unit is configured to communicate with RF devices according to a first communication protocol. The second RF coverage unit is configured to communicate with the RF devices according to a second communication protocol different than the first communication protocol. Further, the interface unit is configured to selectively interface one of the first and second coverage units with the RF devices. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075617 | Pilot signal allocation method and apparatus for multi-user wireless systems - A construction is provided for uplink pilot signals in a cellular network. Three sets of pilot signals are defined, having orthogonality properties that lead to reduced inter-cell interference. In example embodiments, the network has a reuse factor of 3 for pilot signals, with sets U, V, and W of pilot signals assigned to cells in respective reuse classes. The pilots of each set form an orthogonal basis. Some pilots of each class, i.e. those which will generally be assigned to mobile stations near the cell edges, will also form an orthogonal basis with some pilots of each of the other classes. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075618 | WIRELESS SCHEDULING SYSTEMS AND METHODS - Methods and devices are described herein for prioritizing a plurality of packets for potential transmission and in an iterative fashion: i) determining power requirements for control channel signalling associated with a highest priority packet not yet analyzed for resource assignment; and ii) assigning resources for said highest priority packet if sufficient power for control channel signalling is available and sufficient resources for said highest priority packet are available. A further method includes assigning a plurality of users to one of a plurality of signalling groups, wherein said plurality of users within said one of a plurality of groups use a first of a plurality of HARQ interlace offsets for their first respective HARQ transmissions. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075619 | Apparatus and method for transmitting fast feedback data in wireless systems - Embodiments of the present invention may help facilitate improved performance for high throughput, mobile wireless networks, e.g., IEEE 802.16m, mobile implementations for 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) including LTE advanced mobile phone networks, and other types of high bandwidth networks. In some embodiments, provided are orthogonal sequences with desirable correlation properties for, e.g., 4-6 bits of information, among other things, typically achieving improved performance at varied vehicle speeds. In some embodiments, correlation distances for 6 bits may be less than 3.86, for 5 bits may be less than 3.12, and for 4 bits may be less than 1.95. Additionally, in some embodiments, dedicated coding for PFBCH information may be provided to achieve improved performance for most (if not all) information bits at a relatively wide range of vehicle speeds. Different code sequences for different tiles in one PFBCH channel may be applied for same messages to overcome error floors in high speed scenarios. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075620 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA AND SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of controlling data and signal transmission in a mobile communication system, and more particularly, to a method of performing random access efficiently and a method of delivering a discard information of radio link data more quickly. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075621 | METHOD OF ACQUIRING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of acquiring system information in a wireless communication system includes receiving scheduling system information including scheduling information indicating a start time of dynamic system information, monitoring the dynamic system information from a start time of the dynamic system information according to the scheduling system information, and ending the monitoring of the dynamic system information upon receiving a system information end indicator indicating an end time of the dynamic system information. Since an end time of dynamic system information is indicated, a process of acquiring system information can be further effectively performed. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075622 | MOBILE ASSISTED ADAPTIVE FFR - In a method of fractional frequency reuse in a communication network, a frequency band is divided into a plurality of sub-bands according to a Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) scheme to define a FFR allocation of the band for a plurality of bases stations, each of the base stations being associated with a respective region. At a first base station of the plurality of base stations, the first base station associated with a first region, communication with a mobile terminal in the first region is established on one of the plurality of sub-bands according to the FFR allocation. A second base station of the plurality of base stations, the second base station associated with a second region, transmits on the one of the plurality of sub-bands according to the FFR allocation; receives an indication of a coverage problem detected at the mobile terminal due to interference from the second base station on the one of the plurality of sub-bands; and in response to the receiving the indication, decreases a transmit power level for the one of the plurality of sub-bands in the second region. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075623 | UPLINK CONTENTION BASED ACCESS WITH QUICK ACCESS CHANNEL - Embodiments of a wireless communication system and methods allocating bandwidth are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. In some embodiments, an estimated requested bandwidth is included in a contention code. Additionally, a mobile station may reuse a previously used contention code that resulted in successful access to a base station. Further, a base station may determine or predict contention patterns and allocate codes based on the patterns. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075624 | EXTENDING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus for transmitting and receiving Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a single cell in order to support communication over multiple cells. The DCI is conveyed by DCI formats transmitted through Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs) in a UE-Common Search Space (UE-CSS) and in a UE-Dedicated Search Space (UE-DSS). A distinct UE-DSS is defined in the single cell for each of the multiple cells. Each distinct UE-DSS has the same structure as a conventional UE-DSS and a location that is determined by the same parameters as the location of the conventional UE-DSS and by the respective cell identity (Cell_ID). | 03-31-2011 |
20110075625 | Method and apparatus for allocating a pilot signal adapted to the channel characteristics - A set of different pilot structures are designed for use in different environments and/or different user behaviours that are expected to occur in a cell. The radio conditions for a user are estimated. Each user is then assigned an area ( | 03-31-2011 |
20110075626 | METHOD FOR PHYSICAL CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR CHANNEL MAPPING - A method of mapping symbols of a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) is described. A start position of a resource element to map the symbols for the PCFICH is determined by flooring a value, obtained by multiplying the number of resource blocks by a variable proportional to a symbol index for the PCFICH and then dividing the multiplied result by 2, wherein the resource blocks are transmitted in downlink. The symbols are mapped in the start position. Therefore, a problem of wasting resource elements or not being able to implement mapping can be solved by applying a simple mapping rule while mapping symbols of the PCFICH. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075627 | INTEGRATED WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION AND MESH BACKHAUL NETWORKS - Networks, devices and methods related to wireless networking. A wireless network using nodes that perform both distribution and backhaul functions is provided. These nodes constitute the key elements of a wireless network that would be deployed and controlled by a wireless network operator. Each node contains a distribution wireless module which is wirelessly coupled to the wireless end user device using a point to multipoint scheme. Also integrated into each node is at least one backhaul wireless module with a directional wireless antenna. Each backhaul wireless module communicates by way of a point to point wireless link with the backhaul module of one other node. The nodes in the wireless network are interconnected to form a mesh backhaul network. Because of the nature of a mesh network, data traffic can be routed around obstacles that may prevent line of site links. Furthermore, the mesh network allows dynamic routing of data traffic to avoid congestion points or downed links in the network. | 03-31-2011 |
20110075628 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA ACCORDING TO DYNAMIC RESOURCE REQUEST - A method for transmitting uplink data according to a dynamic resource request is disclosed. The method includes confirming, at a mobile station, whether a service type for a bandwidth request is sensitive to delay, if the service type is not sensitive to delay, shifting a phase of a fast feedback channel and transmitting the phase-shifted fast feedback channel, if the service type is sensitive to delay or if a bandwidth request grant message corresponding to the phase-shifted fast feedback channel is received from a base station, transmitting a bandwidth request information corresponding to the service type to the base station, and upon receiving an uplink grant message for an uplink resource according to the bandwidth request information from the base station, transmitting data though the uplink resource. As a result, collision does not occur during a resource request, quality of service (QoS) of a real-time traffic sensitive to delay can be satisfied, an uplink allocation request procedure is dynamically changed according to a service type, thus reducing message overhead, and a resource can be efficiently used according to a characteristic of a service provided to the mobile station. | 03-31-2011 |
20110080876 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY SCHEME ON PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) WITH ACK/NACK DIFFERENTIATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmit diversity scheme is described. A UCI is coded with a Reed-Muller code to obtain a coded UCI. The coded UCI is mapped to quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) symbols to obtain a mapped coded UCI. A phase shift is applied to the mapped coded UCI based on an acknowledge/negative-acknowledge (ACK/NACK) to obtain a phase shifted mapped coded UCI. The mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a first antenna. The phase shifted mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a second antenna. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080877 | Variable single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) coding - A method can include applying a first modulation and coding scheme to a first part of a symbol, applying a second modulation and coding scheme to a second part of the symbol, and combining the first part of the symbol and the second part of the symbol to form the symbol to be transmitted. The first modulation and coding scheme differs from the second modulation and coding scheme and wherein the first part of the symbol is temporally different from the second part of the symbol. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080878 | METHOD FOR CONTROL SIGNALING FOR GROUP OF USERS USING MS ASSIGNMENT INDEX - In a method of signalling active assignments to an ordered group of wireless terminals in communication with a base station in a wireless communication system, each wireless terminal of the ordered group having a corresponding position within the ordered group, the base station: determines an allocation of active assignments for the ordered group, the allocation corresponding to a number of active assignments; determines an index value identifying the allocation in a set of possible allocations for the number of active assignments for the ordered group; and transmits the index value to at least one wireless terminal of the ordered group of wireless terminals. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080879 | REDUCED-COMPLEXITY COORDINATED MULTIPOINT RECEPTION - Teachings herein offer reduced-complexity coordinated multipoint (CoMP) reception of an uplink signal transmitted by a mobile terminal. The teachings obtain, for each sector antenna in a set of sector antennas deployed in a CoMP cell, a signal strength measurement of one or more downlink signals received by the mobile terminal from a sector associated with that sector antenna. The teachings compare the signal strength measurements and then select from the set, based on that comparison, a subset of sector antennas for CoMP reception of the uplink signal. By using a subset of sector antennas for CoMP reception, instead of all sector antennas in the set, the teachings reduce the computational complexity of CoMP reception. Moreover, the teachings in some embodiments minimize any performance degradation possibly resulting from performing CoMP reception with a reduced number of antennas, by selecting the subset to include sector antennas having the strongest signal strength measurements. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080880 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY SCHEME ON PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) WITH ACK/NACK DIFFERENTIATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmit diversity scheme is described. A UCI is coded with a Forward Error Correction code to obtain a coded UCI. The coded UCI is mapped to quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) symbols to obtain a mapped coded UCI. A phase shift pattern is selected. A phase shift from the phase shift pattern is applied to the mapped coded UCI based on an acknowledge/negative-acknowledge (ACK/NACK) to obtain a phase shifted mapped coded UCI. The mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a first antenna. The phase shifted mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a second antenna. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080881 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT AND BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) and a buffer status report (BSR) for a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes triggering a BSR when a triggering event for the BSR occurs, for reporting a status of an uplink transmission buffer of the user equipment to a network of the wireless communication system, checking whether the BSR is triggered for reporting that the uplink transmission buffer is empty, when the BSR is triggered for reporting that the uplink transmission buffer is empty, checking whether a PHR is triggered and whether there is room for the PHR in an uplink resource according to a priority order, and generating the PHR and transmitting the PHR instead of the BSR to the network when the PHR is triggered and there is not enough room for the PHR in the uplink resource. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080882 | Reservation of Spectrum Resources in White Spaces - A white space entity reserves spectrum in white space from a reservation system. Consequently, the white space entity may utilize television bands that are unused at a specified time period and geo-location in order to support different services such as wireless audio transmission, networking, video surveillance, and video conferencing. The white space entity requests reservation of spectrum resources from the reservation system by sending a reservation request. The request includes request parameters that may include geo-location, model number or manufacture code number, priority of entity, reservation time period, and maximum power level. The reservation system consequently verifies the request from the priority of the white space entity and the availability of white space spectrum for the desired time period. The white space entity then extracts confirmation parameters from a reservation confirmation message and subsequently transmits on white spectrum in accordance with the parameters. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080883 | CARRIER INDICATOR FIELD FOR CROSS CARRIER ASSIGNMENTS - Techniques for supporting operation on multiple carriers are described. In an aspect, a carrier indicator (CI) field may be used to support cross-carrier assignment. The CI field may be included in a grant sent on one carrier and may be used to indicate another carrier on which resources are assigned. In one design, a cell may determine a first carrier on which to send a grant to a UE, determine a second carrier on which resources are assigned to the UE, set a CI field of the grant based on the second carrier and a CI mapping for the first carrier, and send the grant to the UE on the first carrier. The UE may receive the grant on the first carrier from the cell and may determine the second carrier on which resources are assigned to the UE based on the CI field of the grant and the CI mapping for the first carrier. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080884 | COORDINATED TRANSMISSION METHOD, COORDINATED TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, CENTRAL STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A coordinated transmission method of the invention has the steps of selecting a directional pattern corresponding to an area in which a radio terminal locates, from among a plurality of directional patterns determined respectively corresponding to a plurality of resources in frequency domains where the plurality of directional patterns is configured so that a plurality of radio base stations surrounding the area transmits, to the area, directional beams of same frequency domain resources to face one another, while not transmitting the directional beams of the same frequency domain resources using the same frequency domain resources to areas adjacent to the area, and of distributing a signal to transmit to the radio terminal according to the selected directional pattern, determining a frequency domain and directions of directional beams regarding the distributed signal, and delivering the signal to each of the plurality of radio base stations that simultaneously transmits the signal to the radio terminal. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080885 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGEMENT OF EXTENSION CARRIER IN BASE STATION - Provided are an extension carrier managing apparatus of a base station and a method thereof. When an extension carrier is to be added in a terminal, the extension carrier managing apparatus may compare propagation characteristics of available extension carriers with a propagation characteristic of a stand-alone carrier being used by a terminal, and may set an extension carrier having a transmission range being less than or equal to the stand-alone carrier, and has a penetration loss being greater than or equal to the stand-alone carrier and thus, may set the extension carrier where a coverage-hole does not occur. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080886 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT DEEP PACKET INSPECTION IN A MOBILE NETWORK - As part of mobility management messaging in current systems, only static quality of service (QoS) profiles and their statically configured classifiers are reported. These classifiers are known a priori and are typically used for hosted traffic. Once advanced application classifiers are matched and mobility messaging is done, the deep packet inspection (DPI) learned subscriber context is lost. An embodiment of the invention is configured to associate DPI-learned dynamic classifiers with the classifier's policy information as payload over mobility management messaging. The embodiment is useful for identifying protocols and applications, for authentication purposes, solving congestion—based issues between elements in a network, guaranteeing QoS without reserving resources statically, attaching traffic packets to a particular subscriber, and creating mobile signaling to provision end-to-end communication in a network. Thereby enabling the transfer of subscriber parameters and information to be associated with the subscriber throughout subscriber movement through multiple elements of a network. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080887 | AGGREGATED TRANSMISSION IN WLAN SYSTEMS WITH FEC MPDUs - In various embodiments, a wireless device may determine the quality of a channel by transmitting at least one packet to another device and receiving from that other device an indicator of the quality of the channel. Based on the quality indicator, the device may determine an estimated packet error rate, and subsequently transmit few enough packets that if the estimated percentage of those packets fail, there will be time to retransmit them. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080888 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH PDCCH - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving control information through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is provided. When a User Equipment (UE) receives control information through a PDCCH, the received control information is set to be decoded in units of search spaces, each having a specific start position in the specific subframe. Here, a modulo operation according to a predetermined first constant value (D) is performed on an input value to calculate a first result value, and a modulo operation according to a predetermined first variable value (C) corresponding to the number of candidate start positions that can be used as the specific start position is performed on the calculated first result value to calculate a second result value and an index position corresponding to the second result value is used as the specific start position. Transmitting control information in this manner enables a plurality of UEs to efficiently receive PDCCHs without collisions. | 04-07-2011 |
20110080889 | DEFERRED ACCESS METHOD FOR UPLINK PACKET CHANNEL - The equipment and techniques disclosed herein introduce a deferred acknowledgement (DACK), in the context of a protocol for a wireless station to request and obtain access to a wireless network resource for communication of one or more data packets. Essentially, a network node, such as a wireless base station, sends the DACK instruction in response to the access request telling the requesting station that the node has heard the request but that the requesting station should defer its transmission. The requesting station need not back off and re-initiate its access request. Instead, the requesting station waits for a later acknowledgement (ACK) granting access to a resource as requested. Although the DACK provides additional signaling, this technique can still utilize a fast ACK type message, that is to say a relatively short signaling packet. | 04-07-2011 |
20110085501 | CAPACITY MANAGEMENT OF AN ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSFER MODE INTERFACE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE - Methods and apparatus that effectively manage capacity of a wireless-based communication infrastructure are presented herein. An evaluation component can generate configuration data associated with a base station of a cellular wireless network. Further, a radio network controller component can determine capacity of a physical port coupled between a radio network controller and the base station. The radio network controller component can configure the radio network controller to utilize an increase in capacity of the physical port based on the determined capacity of the physical port. A base station component can configure the base station to utilize the increase in capacity of the physical port based on the configuration data generated by the evaluation component. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085502 | BLIND DECODING OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - In 3GPP LTE, the uplink ACK and CQI bits are jointly coded prior to transmission to maintain a low peak to average ratio (PAR) waveform. Further, when data needs to be transmitted, the uplink control channels are multiplexed with data prior to transmission. However, due to errors on downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) assignments, an evolved Base Node (eNB) receiver needs to employ a set of rules to decode the control channels, to minimize the number of blind decoding hypotheses. This innovation describes the rules employed by a receiver to reduce complexity and computational overhead in part by assuming that the UE is responding to grant on the download while providing for combinations in which one or more types of grants are not received. Energy detection in accordance with metrics and normalizing for differing power controls enables selecting the correct combination for decoding. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085503 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTI-LAYER BEAMFORMING - A base station includes a reference signal sequence generator configured to generate a reference signal sequence for a reference signal for each of n antenna ports using one initialization seed with n being a positive integer. The initialization seed is defined as: | 04-14-2011 |
20110085504 | ADAPTIVE BEAM-FORMING AND SPACE-FREQUENCY BLOCK CODING TRANSMISSION SCHEME FOR MIMO-OFDMA SYSTEMS - In a wireless communication system including a base station and multiple mobile stations, a method transmits an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) data frame to the mobile stations. The method includes the steps of (a) at the beginning of the data frame, collecting metrics representing channel conditions for each of the channels; (b) assigning each mobile station to one or more communication channels based on the metrics collected; (c) for each symbol in the frame, calculating an average bit-error-rate for each of a number of transmission modes, and assigning to that symbol the transmission mode corresponding to the lowest calculated average bit-error-rate for that symbol; and (d) transmitting the symbols in the frame according to their respective assigned transmission mode. In addition, a bit-loading optimization step may be carried out in conjunction with the method to determine a modulation order for each symbol to be transmitted. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085505 | METHOD FOR PRODUCING COMMUNICATION FRAME OF BODY AREA NETWORK AND COMMUNICATION NETWORK OF BODY AREA NETWORK USING THE SAME - A method for generating a communication frame of a body area network, includes: recognizing the number of terminals existing within a predetermined area; allocating an individual frame to be used by each of the terminals existing within the predetermined area according to the recognized number of terminals; and allocating a coexistence frame to be transmitted to every terminal existing within the predetermined area according to the recognized number of terminals. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085506 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MULTI-USER CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving multi-user control channels through a data channel region in a wireless communication system using multiple antennas. Further provided is a definition of a new search space for control channel candidates. In the transmitting method, a base station forms control channels for a plurality of user equipment each of which is composed of at least one resource block, performs a mapping for the control channels by dividing a space of the same transmission region in a data channel region of a sub-frame, and then multiplexes the control channels with data channels in the data channel region of the sub-frame and to transmit the multiplexed control channels. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085507 | Method and Apparatus for Conveying Precoding Information in a MIMO System - Method and apparatus for conveying precoding information in a control message from a first node to a second node, with information on properties of an associated wireless data transmission (D) between the first and second nodes employing spatial multiplexing and precoding for the data transmission. The first node determines precoding parameters for signal transmission to the receiving node, optionally based on feedback reports from the receiving node. The first node encodes control information bits in precoding information fields of the control message by means of values in TBS fields of the control message, such that the TBS field values determine the interpretation of the bits in the precoding information field(s). The control message is then sent to the second node. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085508 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIZE DEPENDENT TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE SIGNALING - The invention relates to a method for providing control signalling associated to a transport block in a mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also provides a receiving apparatus and a transmitting apparatus that performs the methods proposed herein. In order to obtain a control signaling mechanism that is increasing the number of available transport block sizes that can be used for transmissions of a transport block, without increasing the control signaling overhead, the invention suggests to apply a partitioning to the transport block size indices defined over the entire range of applicable resource allocation sizes and modulation and coding scheme levels, wherein the transport blocks size indicator is selecting the transport block size index from a respective partition depending on the resource allocation size. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085509 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A mobile communication technology, and, more particularly, a method for efficiently transmitting data stored in a message 3 (Msg3) buffer and a user equipment for the same is disclosed. The method of transmitting data by a user equipment in uplink includes receiving an uplink (UP) Grant signal from a base station on a specific message, determining whether there is data stored in a message 3 (Msg3) buffer when receiving the UL Grant signal on the specific message, determining whether the specific message is a random access response message, and transmitting the data stored in the Msg3 buffer to the base station using the UL Grant signal received on the specific message, if there is data stored in the Msg3 buffer when receiving the UL Grant signal on the specific message and the specific message is the random access response message. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085510 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADDRESSING A MOBILE DEVICE IN AN IP-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK - A system and method for addressing a mobile device in an IP-based wireless network is provided. Push service providers prepare data for transmission to the mobile device using a first IP address. The addressed data is then transmitted to a push proxy. The push proxy obtains a network identifier that is permanently associated with the wireless mobile device using the first IP address. The network identifier is then used by the push proxy to obtain a second IP address that is temporarily associated with the wireless mobile device. Using this second IP address, the data from the push proxy is then addressed and transmitted to the wireless mobile device via a tunnel created through the wireless network using the second IP address. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085511 | Signal Encoding Method and Device, Method for Encoding Joint Feedback Signal - A signal encoding method and device and a method for encoding a joint feedback signal are provided. The signal encoding method includes the following steps. When two carriers are configured with multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request-Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signals of the two carriers are combined into a joint feedback signal. The joint feedback signal is mapped into a codeword according to a predetermined mapping relationship between signals and codewords. Therefore, through the method for combining and encoding feedback signals of two carriers for transmission on a code channel in a dual cell (DC)-MIMO mode, bit error ratio (BER) and detection error cost are decreased, power overhead is saved, and a cubic metric (CM) value of the system is not affected, thereby enhancing the performance of the system. | 04-14-2011 |
20110085512 | CHANNEL CONDITION DEPENDENT SCHEDULING - An apparatus for data traffic scheduling comprises a scheduler assigning at least one priority parameter value prioritising usage of a communication resource comprising a plurality of logical channels, to each of a plurality of users of the communication resource, a channel analyser providing at least one channel condition indicator for each logical channel, and a filter providing a scheduling parameter value for each logical channel to the scheduler determining the priority parameter value, the scheduling parameter value being a weighted average of a plurality of values of the at least one channel condition indicator. | 04-14-2011 |
20110090853 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS - Apparatus and methods are disclosed for improving wireless and other network communications, e.g., through improving resource utilization, which may comprise the steps of accumulating channel modeling information relating to channel performance; calculating a channel parameter threshold based on the accumulated channel modeling information, whereby the channel parameter, as measured, being above the threshold indicates the channel is a good channel; adjusting traffic over a selected good channel to improve performance of the network or a network resource. The network resource may comprises battery life for devices operating on the network, data rate for devices operating on the network, constituting or reconstituting ad hoc networks comprising nodes separated by multiple hops, continuity of connectivity within a single communication link over the network, etc. The apparatus and method of operating the apparatus may also comprise dynamically performing the adjusting step resulting from repeating the calculating step over time. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090854 | DOWNLINK AND UPLINK RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING FOR CARRIER EXTENSION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which resource elements compatible with multiple different communication protocols, which may not be compatible with one another, may be mapped to a radio frame. For example, in an LTE network, equipment configured to be compatible with 3GPP release 8 standards (herein referred to as Rel. 8) may have certain limitations as to what bandwidth is available for use and access, while these limitations may not apply to later releases of LTE standards after Rel. 8 (herein referred to as “New”). Thus, a system bandwidth can be extended to include an extension portion, to which resource elements compatible with the New protocol may be mapped, and a non-extension portion, to which resource elements compatible with either Rel. 8 or the New protocol may be mapped, providing an effective multiplexing of system resources. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090855 | METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN HIGH CAPACITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for managing resource in a high capacity wireless communication system capable of communicating with two or more users in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) scheme when a base station transmits data. The includes: transmitting a MU-MIMO request-to-send (RTS) message to stations intending to transmit data in the MIMO scheme, and sequentially receiving a clear-to-send (CTS) message from stations intending to receive the data; transmitting a transmission ACK message to the stations, wherein the transmission ACK message includes information which prevents data collision during a time of data transmission to the stations and ACK signal; and configuring data to be transmitted to the stations into aggregated packets (A-MPDUs), transmitting the A-MPDUs to the stations in the MIMO scheme, and receiving a block ACK message from the stations. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090856 | METHOD OF EFFICIENT RANGING PROCEDURE CONSIDERING RANGING PURPOSE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A broadband wireless access system and, more particularly, a method for a mobile station and a base station to perform an efficient ranging procedure considering a ranging purpose and a device for performing the same are disclosed herein. A method of a mobile station for performing ranging in a broadband wireless access system, the method includes the steps of transmitting a first ranging preamble code for requesting ranging to a base station through a first ranging opportunity of a first frame, and, when a first message is received from the base station before a timer indicating a limited time point is expired, wherein the first message including a response to the first ranging preamble code is transmitted during the limited time point, determining whether or not the ranging request is successfully made by using the first message. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090857 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACCESSING AND OBTAINING USER EQUIPMENT CONTEXT AND USER EQUIPMENT IDENTITY - A method and device for accessing and obtaining UE context and UE identity are provided. The method for access includes: when a UE accesses an SAE network, judging, by a network node, whether a GUMMEI carried by the UE or an MMEGI in the GUMMEI is allocated or mapped by the SAE network; if the GUMMEI or MMEGI is allocated by the SAE network, selecting, by the network node, an MME according to the GUMMEI, or according to the MMEGI and an MMEC, or according to a PLMN-id, the MMEGI and the MMEC; and if the GUMMEI or MMEGI is mapped by the SAE network, selecting, by the network node, an MME according to an MCC, an MNC and an MMEC in the GUMMEI. Therefore, the access of the UE is achieved. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090858 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION RESOURCES USING VIRTUAL CIRCUIT SWITCHING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A MOBILE STATION USING THE SAME - A method and apparatus using Virtual Circuit Switching (VCS) in a new scheme are provided for allocating and employing resources by combining Circuit Switching (CS) and Packet Switching (PS), in which a base station allocates resources of a dedicated channel using the CS to a user and then transmits data on the dedicated channel. When data is not transmitted to the user, the base station allocates the allocated dedicated channel resources for resources of a shared channel and transmits data of a different user. Therefore, system capacity can be increased and a waste of communication resources can be minimized in a wireless communication system for frequently transmitting a small amount of traffic that is sensitive to a delay time. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090859 | BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL EQUIPMENT, AND PRIMARY CELL DETERMINATION METHOD - A base station receives a signal transmitted from a mobile station, estimates the state of the radio uplink, and receives state information indicating the state of the radio downlink measured by the mobile station. When the uplink quality and the downlink quality satisfy scheduling grant conditions set up in advance, the base station is allowed to carry out scheduling for the mobile station. In contrast, the base station is not allowed to carry out the scheduling for any terminal in which a link imbalance has occurred. Therefore, the throughput of the whole system increases. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090860 | SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SUBFRAME STRUCTURE - Methods for transmitting system information, subframe structures, and pilot structures in a wireless access system are disclosed. A method for receiving system information in a wireless access system includes receiving a Network Common Information (NCI) channel including network common system information from a Base Station (BS), receiving a synchronization channel from the BS, for acquiring synchronization with the BS, receiving a Cell Specific Information (CSI) channel including cell specific system information which is specific to the BS from the BS, and decoding the NCI channel and the CSI channel using the synchronization channel. The NCI channel is transmitted over a first frequency channel and the CSI channel is transmitted over a second frequency channel. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090861 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REUSE OF ADAPTIVE PARTIAL FREQUENCY INA CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is an adaptive partial frequency reuse method and system in a cellular mobile communication system. The adaptive partial frequency method includes the steps of: receiving interference feedback information transmitted from at least one terminal; determining if there is a terminal located in a cell boundary, based on the received interference feedback information; when there is the terminal located in the cell boundary, dividing the frequency band into multiple frequency sub-bands, and allocating different power to the respective multiple frequency sub-bands for each of the at least one base station; and providing data service to the terminal by using the power allocated the respective frequency sub-bands. | 04-21-2011 |
20110090862 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CHANNEL SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method wherein: a base station assigns resource to an uplink channel sounding reference signal (SRS) of a UE, sends the SRS configuration parameters to the UE, wherein the SRS configuration parameters include SRS bandwidth parameter B | 04-21-2011 |
20110096731 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SELECTING TRACKING AREAS AND REDUCING TRACKING AREA UPDATES - Some embodiments provide methods for selecting tracking areas in a network, comprising: receiving messages from a plurality of base transceiver stations, the messages identifying a previous tracking area identity and a current tracking area identity; storing probabilities based on a count of transitions between the received previous tracking area identities and current tracking area identities; receiving a message from a user equipment device indicating the user equipment device is located in a first tracking area identified by a first tracking area identity; and selecting at least a second tracking area identity based on the stored probabilities and the first tracking area identity; and sending a tracking area identity list to the user equipment device based on the selected second tracking area. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096732 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MEASURING AND REDUCING LATENCY OF RADIO LINK FLOWS - Disclosed are systems, methods and computer program products for measuring and reducing latency of radio link flows having different quality of service (QoS) reservations. An example method comprises establishing one or more radio link flows with an access gateway, wherein each radio link flow has a different QoS reservation, transmitting at least one transport layer protocol message having a predetermined size on each radio link flow to the echo service of the access gateway, receiving at least one response message on each radio link flow from the access gateway, computing the round trip time (RTT) for the transmitted and received messages on each radio link flow, and modifying QoS reservations of the one or more radio link flows based on the computed RTT for the one or more radio link flows. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096733 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE, NETWORK ELEMENT AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention proposes a method for scheduling resource in a packet network, a network element for exchanging signaling with user equipments and a user equipment, wherein user equipments communicate therebetween using the resource allocated by network elements, said communication comprises talk-spurt periods during which data packets are transmitted and silent periods during which silence descriptor packets are transmitted, said method for scheduling resource comprising: said network element allocates resource for said user equipment for communication; both said user equipment and said network element detect the presence of said silence descriptor packet; said user equipment stops using the allocated resource and said network element releases the allocated resource, when said silence descriptor packet is detected; said network element determines the end of the interval for transmitting said silence descriptor packet; said network element allocates new resource to said user equipment when said interval ends or when a request for allocating resource is received from said user equipment before the end of said interval. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096734 | PCFICH DESIGN FOR MULTICARRIER OPERATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitates communicating Physical Control Format Indicator Channel (PCFICH) information to a user equipment (UE) in which the PCFICH information is specific to a particular component carrier. The PCFICH information for each component carrier can be communicated via an anchor component carrier in order to reduce decoding each PCFICH information for each component carrier. In particular, the PCFICH information can be decoded for an anchor component carrier and PCFICH information for additional carriers can be included in a Multi-Carrier (MC) grant of the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). | 04-28-2011 |
20110096735 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTICARRIER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The described apparatus and methods may include a controller configured to generate a grant for at least one carrier for transmission on one of a plurality of carriers, and generate feedback for transmission on the one of the plurality of carriers. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096736 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING NETWORK ACCESS STRUCTURE - A communication system with an improved network access structure for inter-cell cooperation is provided. The communication system includes a central unit and at least one radio access unit. The at least one radio access unit may form at least one virtual cell by merging or separating cells of radio access units according to a distribution of terminals, statuses of channels, an amount of traffic, and the like. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096737 | COVERAGE LOSS RECOVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe methods, apparatus, and system configurations for coverage loss recovery in a wireless communication network. A method includes receiving, by a base station of a wireless communication network, a message from a mobile station that includes an indication that the mobile station is in coverage loss recovery, and a mobile station identifier to identify the mobile station. The method further includes determining whether a static context and/or a dynamic context associated with the mobile station identifier is stored at a previous-serving base station of the mobile station and transmitting a message to the mobile station to indicate which re-entry actions are to be performed to facilitate re-entry of the mobile station to the wireless communication network. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096738 | MU-MIMO METHOD IN WLAN SYSTEM, AND ACCESS POINT AND STATION FOR MU-MIMO - A MU-MIMO method of an access point in a WLAN using multi-channels and having at least one station includes: receiving index information indicating a precoding vector for a beam selected by the station and channel quality information thereof for each one of the multi-channels; generating first channel capacity information of channel combination groups using the channel quality information wherein the channel combination groups are grouped according to a predetermined channel bandwidth of the multi-channels; and allocating resources to the station from a channel combination selected from the channel combination groups according to the first channel capacity information using the index information and the channel quality information, wherein the access point and the station previously store precoding vector information for a plurality of beams for the MU-MIMO. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096739 | CHANNEL SCANNING AND CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus to select the best channel of a wireless network for data communication at any given time, during normal operation of the network, is described. The network may be an IEEE standard 802.11 compliant network. Channel scanning may be performed in any station on the wireless network, such as an access point (AP) or a mobile station, or both. Channel scanning may be performed during data communication idle time, or simultaneously with data communication on the network. The technique can be implemented in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system, where the antenna or antennas used for channel scanning can be selected dynamically during operation, to optimize one or more performance characteristics. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096740 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for adaptively allocating resources of an uplink control channel according to a system situation is disclosed. If a base station (BS) recognizes the system situation, establishes control information for resource allocation, and transmits the control information to a mobile station (MS), the mobile station (MS) allocates resources for transmitting uplink control information using a specific block or a specific resource distribution method according to the corresponding control information. The system situation may be changed according to the number of users contained in the BS's coverage or the usage of a multi-antenna. The variation of the system situation is actively reflected so that the uplink channel resources can be effectively used. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096741 | Network communication - Mobile devices are networked to servers using connections. The connections are monitored to select one or more connections as the active connection. Information from applications is aggregated and transmitted across the active connection in order to network the mobile devices to the servers. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096742 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA - It is an object to provide a wireless communication base station device that can prevent the decline of a system throughput due to the degradation of a utilization efficiency of a communication resource of a channel for carrying out a frequency diversity transmission when a frequency scheduling transmission and a frequency diversity transmission are concurrently carried out in multiple carrier communication. In the wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit ( | 04-28-2011 |
20110096743 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING AND UPDATING CONNECTION IDENTIFIER IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method of configuring connection identifier (CID) update information in a broadband wireless access (BWA) communication system where each service between an mobile station (MS) and a base station (BS) has a unique CID, a registration request message is received from the MS, requesting updating of at least one old CID used for the MS. The CID update information is configured to include a bitmap area indicating whether a service corresponding to the at least one old CID is available, and a new CID area including at least one new CID in correspondence with a predetermined bit value in the bitmap area. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096744 | System and Method for Managing Information Handling System Wireless Network Provisioning - Information handling systems are built to order with provisioned wireless wide area network (WWAN) service coordinated through a WWAN network provider as part of the manufacture of the information handling system. A WWAN component is built into the information handling system and then queried to retrieve a WWAN identifier, such as ESM or SIM information. The identifier is associated with end user information of the information handling system and formatted as a request for WWAN provisioning sent to a network service provider. The network service provider applies the WWAN identifier and end user information to contact the end user for setting up a WWAN account or, alternatively, to automatically set up a WWAN account for the end user. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096745 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of, at a base station, transmitting spread signals in a wireless communication system includes spreading a plurality of signals using a spreading code with a predetermined spreading factor, multiplexing a plurality of spread signals to construct one or more spread signal groups, mapping the one or more spread signal groups to one or more specific Control Channel Elements (CCEs) set within one or more Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, and transmitting the spread signals to User Equipments (UEs) through the one or more CCEs. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096746 | Method, Apparatus, System and Related Computer Program Product for Handover Management - It is disclosed a method including accepting, after storage of a registration message including first address information received from a first serving entity capable of access technology-independent service control, a de-registration request message including second address information identical to the first address information from a second serving entity capable of access technology-independent service control. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a first frame including configuration information on a channel allocated from a bandwidth including a primary channel, a secondary channel and an extension channel from an access point (AP), and transmitting a second frame to the AP by using the allocated channel. The configuration information includes an extension channel off-set element field that sets the extension channel as the offset of the primary channel. | 04-28-2011 |
20110096748 | Methods and Apparatuses for Performing Preamble Assignment for Random Access in a Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses (radio base station ( | 04-28-2011 |
20110103314 | Techniques to negotiate capabilities between networked devices - Techniques for signaling capabilities of a mobile station using a capabilities index as well as a fall back mechanism in case of system failure. The capabilities index can represent multiple capabilities of the mobile station. A mobile station can signal to the base station the mobile station's capabilities using a capability index. A base station can interpret the capability index from the mobile station to learn the capabilities of the mobile station. The base station can signal to the mobile station the base station's supported capabilities using a capabilities index. The capabilities utilized between the base station and mobile station are set according to the base station's signaled capabilities. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103315 | Coordinated Signaling of Scheduling Information for Uplink and Downlink Communications - A coordinated signaling scheme for both uplink and downlink transmissions between a base station and a user terminal reduces the amount of time that the user terminal must turn on its receiver to listen for scheduling messages and ACK/NACK signaling. A scheduler at a base station aligns the transmission of downlink scheduling messages (e.g., downlink assignments) with uplink grants and ACK/NACK signaling for uplink transmissions. Aligning the downlink scheduling messages with uplink control signaling enables the user terminal to turn off its receiver for longer periods of time. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103316 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING OF QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Scheduling real-time Quality of Service (QoS) data flows in a large-scale wireless communications system uses credit allocation to active QoS flows based on quality-of-service weights, and the credits are measured in dimensionless units of air interface slot capacity. Scheduling addresses inactive QoS flows with no data pending for transmission that may accumulate up to a burst credits limit based upon a fair share of all credits that would be allocated in a 100% busy system. Intermittent flows such as echo requests or keyboard input can thereby get immediate service by using their burst credits. The flow with the highest credit accumulation is serviced first and may use up to a full time slot (or system quanta) of air interface time reducing header encapsulation overhead when payload sizes (and spectral efficiency) are low. Additive and multiplicative aspects age the negative credits back to zero whenever a flow overspends its credit allocation. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING RESOURCES FOR COORDINATED NETWORK DEPLOYMENT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method comprises mapping a first transmission channel to an existing channel of a network element; switching the network element to a secondary communication mode which is one of a secondary transmission mode and a secondary receiving mode; signaling at least one neighbor network element in the secondary communication mode to associate the network element with the at least one neighbor network element; and receiving a first signal on the mapped first transmission channel from the at least one associated network element. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103318 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Controlling Wireless Transceiver Operation In A Mobile Communication Device - A mobile device operates for communications via a WLAN with use of a WLAN transceiver portion. During such operation, the mobile device performs one or more scanning operations with use of a WWAN transceiver portion for identifying a set of cell site identifications corresponding to a plurality of base stations of one or more WWANs available in a coverage region of the WLAN. The set of cell site identifications is stored in association with a WLAN profile of the WLAN. Subsequently, while the mobile device operates for communications in a WWAN, the. WLAN transceiver portion may be maintained in a low power state. During the WWAN operation, the mobile device performs one or more scanning operations with use of the WWAN transceiver portion for identifying a current set of cell site identifications corresponding to the currently-serving base station of the WWAN and one or more neighboring base stations. The mobile device compares cell site identifications of the current set with those in the stored set, and identifies if the number or percentage of matching cell site identifications of the current and stored sets meets or exceeds a predetermined threshold. If the predetermined threshold is met or exceeded, the mobile device enables operation of the WLAN transceiver portion for communications via the WLAN; otherwise, the mobile device refrains from enabling operation of the WLAN transceiver portion for communications via the WLAN. This technique may be performed in association with each WLAN profile stored in the mobile device. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103319 | ACCESS POINT SCHEDULED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for scheduling multiple peer-to-peer communications in a wireless network using an access point (AP). The existing power management framework for AP-based communications is utilized to achieve AP-based scheduling of peer-to-peer communications. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103320 | CONTENTION-BASED DATA COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is a contention-based data communication apparatus and method that may notify that a radio resource is to be used using a search signal prior to transmitting a communication frame, and may transmit data based on a priority when a search signal received from another communication apparatus is detected. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103321 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part ( | 05-05-2011 |
20110103322 | WIRELESS MESH NETWORK SYSTEM, VIRTUAL NODE GENERATING METHOD, THEREOF, UNICAST PACKET ROUTING METHOD, AND SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - A wireless mesh network system generates at least one virtual node within a transmission area of a specific mesh node when no mesh nodes exist in two or three continuous quadrants within the transmission area with reference to the specific mesh node. Also, the system performs routing by combining uplink and downlink routing methods so as to support unicast between the mesh nodes in a domain. Further, a channel access order of the mesh nodes is determined based on the potential values allocated to the mesh nodes forming the wireless mesh network according to the field theory. In this instance, the channel access order can be established by a central control method by a central processor for controlling the wireless mesh network or a distributed control method using contention per mesh node. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103323 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Method and apparatus for reporting feedback information for multi-carrier operation are disclosed. For more effective support for the asymmetric traffic loads in the downlink, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is configured with multiple carriers with an unpaired downlink carrier(s). The unpaired downlink carrier is an active downlink carrier that does not have a corresponding active uplink carrier. The WTRU reports feedback information for multi-carrier operation including feedback for the unpaired downlink carrier. For transmission of the feedback information for the unpaired downlink carrier, a feedback channel may be allocated on a distinct non-overlapping resource region on the uplink carrier so that the network may determine which downlink carrier the received feedback information is for based on the resource region. Alternatively, a different feedback channel may be allocated for the unpaired downlink carrier. Alternatively, the feedback information may be transmitted via medium access control (MAC) encoded feedback. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103324 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-USER MIMO TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication system includes a base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations. The base station can transmit control information and data to a subscriber stations. The base station also can identify a set of RS patterns to be used to communicate with the subscriber station, assign a subset of antenna port numbers within the set of RS patterns to the subscriber stations. The base station can indicate the assigned states in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format transmitted in a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). The base station transmits the data using a subset of antenna ports corresponding to the subset of antenna port numbers. The base station also can map reference signals corresponding to the subset of antenna ports according to at least one RS pattern within the set of RS patterns. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103325 | METHOD FOR MAPPING RANGING CHANNELS AND OPPORTUNITIES IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently updating system information of a base station at a relay station of a broadband wireless access system and an apparatus for performing the method are disclosed. The method for updating system information of an advanced base station (ABS) at an advanced relay station (ARS) of a broadband wireless access system comprises receiving a first message, which includes changed information of the system information of the base station, from the base station; transmitting a second message for acknowledgment of the first message to the base station; and performing application for the changed information. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103326 | METHOD OF OPERATING USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING A PLURALITY OF UPLINK FREQUENCIES - A method of operating a user equipment in a wireless communication system using a plurality of uplink frequencies is disclosed. The method of operating the user equipment in the wireless communication system using the plurality of uplink frequencies includes identifying deactivation of a specific uplink frequency among the plurality of uplink frequencies, and flushing a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process associated with the specific uplink frequency. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103327 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING DATA IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of receiving semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data performed by a user equipment (UE) in a multi-carrier system is provided. The method includes receiving, on a first carrier, information on a second carrier for second SPS data, the second carrier different from the first carrier, and receiving the second SPS data on the second carrier. The network can implicitly reconfigure the SPS from one CC to another CC without releasing the old SPS configuration in the one CC and setting up a new SPS configuration for the another CC, so that the complexity of SPS reconfiguration procedure is simplified and clarified. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103328 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of performing a random access procedure by a user equipment (UE) in a multiple-carrier system is provided. The method includes transmitting, to a base station (BS), a first random access preamble on a first uplink carrier selected from a plurality of uplink carriers, and transmitting, to the BS, a second random access preamble on a second uplink carrier selected from the plurality of uplink carriers when a random access response corresponding to the first random access preamble is not successfully received from the BS. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103329 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF REQUIRING UPLINK RESOURCES FOR TRANSMITTING RANGING REQUEST MESSAGE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of requiring uplink resources for transmitting a ranging request message in a communication system are provided. The method includes allocating an uplink bandwidth from a base station, and fragmentizing a Ranging Request (RNG-REQ) message into plural fragmented RNG-REQ messages, when the allocated bandwidth does not accommodate an entire RNG-REQ message, requesting an additional uplink bandwidth by transmitting one fragmented RNG-REQ message, and allocating an requested additional uplink bandwidth from the base station and transmitting a next one fragmented RNG-REQ message. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103330 | SPECTRUM INTERPRETATION IN A HETEROGENOUS NETWORK - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide for the application of extension carriers and carrier segments in the context of heterogeneous networks. As described herein, different parts of the spectrum may be interpreted differently by different type of nodes. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103331 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ACTIVATE COMPONENT CARRIERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed to activate component carriers in a wireless communication system. The method includes sending a dedicated resource control (RRC) signal to configure a user equipment with a plurality of component carriers for carrier aggregation. The method further includes sending an activation signal to the UE to activate a component carrier. The method also includes using the activation signal to request the UE to initiate a random access procedure on the activated component carrier to update the timing advance for uplink transmissions. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO TRIGGER A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGRATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for a base station to trigger a random access procedure for carrier aggregation in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes sending a dedicated radio resource control signal to configure a user equipment with a plurality of secondary component carriers (SCCs) that include uplink SCCs and/or downlink SCCs for carrier aggregation. The method further includes sending an activation signal to the user equipment to activate a configured downlink SCC. The method also includes transmitting a physical downlink control channel order only on the downlink primary CC to trigger a random access procedure. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103333 | CARRIER AGGREGATION - Carrier aggregation in a radio communication system is disclosed, in which at least two Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) carriers are aggregated, each of the at least two OFDM carriers comprising subcarriers being spaced in accordance with a subcarrier spacing of the radio communication system, transmission on the at least two OFDM carriers being synchronized in time. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103334 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for allocating a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) is discussed. The method includes allocating a CDM group according to a cyclic prefix type in consideration of a ratio of the numbers of necessary CDM groups according to spreading factors, and allocating a PHICH to the allocated CDM group. The PHICH includes an ACK/NACK signal multiplexed by code division multiplexing (CDM). Therefore, resources for PHICH transmission are efficiently allocated and a transmission structure can be maintained irrespective of a spreading factor. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103335 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALLING FOR TRIGGERING THE INDEPENDENT TRANSMISSION OF A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - The invention suggests a method for providing control signalling in a communication system of generating a control channel signal comprising a transport format and a channel quality indicator trigger signal for triggering a transmission of a channel quality indicator by at least one terminal to the base station, and transmitting the generated control channel signal to at least one terminal, wherein said transport format is a predetermined format for user data transmission by the at least one terminal to the base station and said control channel signal indicates a predetermined mode for reporting the channel quality indicator to the base station, wherein the channel quality indicator transmission is to be triggered by the at least one terminal based on the channel quality indicator trigger signal. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103336 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication method according to the present invention, a mobile station (UE) receives downlink data transmitted from a radio base station by using a downlink radio resource assigned to the mobile station by predetermined scheduling information, in a predetermined cycle. The method includes the steps: (A) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined cycle and information on the downlink radio resource; (B) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined scheduling information; and (C) transmitting downlink data in the predetermined cycle by using the downlink radio resource assigned by the predetermined scheduling information, the transmission starting at a certain point determined on the basis of the received predetermined scheduling information. In the step (C), the predetermined scheduling information is discarded, when the information on the downlink radio resource and information notified by the predetermined scheduling information are inconsistent with each other. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103337 | GPS-BASED MULTI-MODE SYNCHRONIZATION AND CLOCKING FEMTO-CELLS, PICO-CELLS AND MACRO BASE STATIONS - A method is disclosed for providing syntonisation, synchronization, position or some combination to a wireless base station, micro-cell, pico-cell, femto-cell or access point, by providing holdover backup in a GPS clock module via at least one interface between the GPS clock module and an external time or frequency reference. Switching between synchronization modes is designed to occur on the control side of the oscillator portion of the module rather than at the output of two oscillators. A corresponding GPS clock module apparatus is disclosed for providing holdover backup via at least one interface between the GPS clock module and external time or frequency references. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103338 | Method and Devices for Providing Enhanced Signaling - Methods and devices for introducing enhanced signals into a wireless environment. The enhanced signals provide for functionality that is not specified in a communication standard corresponding to a standard of a legacy terminal. The enhanced signals can be utilized by a non-legacy terminal. The legacy terminal is incapable of processing the enhanced signals and is unable to detect the presence of the enhanced signals. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103339 | Method for Allocating Resources for Edge-Users Cooperative Mimo - A method for allocating fractional frequency reuse (FER) resources to perform cooperative MIMO in a multi-cell environment is disclosed. A cell which requests FER resources decides a band for cooperative MIMO with its neighboring cell, and requests the neighboring cell to allocate the decided band for cooperative MIMO. A cell which receives FER resource request receives a request from a neighboring cell to allocate some or all of FER bands allocated to the neighboring cell as a band for cooperative MIMO, decides whether to grant the request, and allocates some or all of the requested FER bands as the band for cooperative MIMO with the neighboring cell if the request is granted. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103340 | Method and System for Realizing Network Switching, and a Mobile Node - A method and system for realizing network switching, and a mobile node are provided. The method comprises: a Local Mobility Anchor receives a Proxy Binding Update message from a second mobile access gateway, wherein the Proxy Binding Update message carries identifier information of the mobile node, the IP address of a first interface, and the IP address of the second mobile access gateway (S | 05-05-2011 |
20110103341 | Apparatus and Method for Data Transmission Using Transmit Diversity in SC-FDMA - An apparatus for data transmission is provided. The apparatus includes a data processor encoding an information bit and generating a modulation symbol by performing constellation mapping on the encoded information bit, a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) unit performing DFT on the modulation symbol to generate a frequency-domain symbol, a space time block coding (STBC) processor performing STBC on the frequency-domain symbol to generate an STBC code consisting of 1st and 2nd STBC streams, a subcarrier mapper mapping the 1st STBC stream to a 1st subcarrier and mapping the 2nd STBC stream to a 2nd subcarrier, an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) unit performing IFFT on the 1st subcarrier to generate a 1st single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol and performing IFFT on the 2nd subcarrier to generate a 2nd SC-FDMA symbol, and a plurality of transmit antennas transmitting the 1st and 2nd SC-FDMA symbols. STBC is effectively applied to a SC-FDMA system to decrease a peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) and to maintain a single-carrier property. | 05-05-2011 |
20110103342 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING BANDWIDTH BY MESSAGE HAVING VARIABLE FORMAT - A method for requesting a bandwidth by a message having a variable format is disclosed. The method includes determining a bandwidth request type according to a size of an uplink bandwidth requested by a mobile station, generating a bandwidth request message having a header format according to the determined bandwidth request type, and transmitting the bandwidth request message to a base station. The determined bandwidth request type is one of a bandwidth request per connection, a bandwidth request per Quality of Service (QoS), and a bandwidth request per mobile station. | 05-05-2011 |
20110110311 | Exchange of Scheduling Strategies for Interference Coordination - A cell informs surrounding cells about an orthogonal resource allocation strategy of the informing cell so as to induce cooperative behavior among the cells. The informing cell also receives resource allocation strategies from the surrounding cells. Each cell allocates its orthogonal resources according to the mutually exchanged information. The result is to reduce interference in the system. For example, a BS informs other cells on which clusters it generates a small interference, e.g., close UEs concentrated into a particular cluster, and indicate that to its neighbors. Other cells would concentrate UEs which are on the edge to the indicating cell exactly in this cluster. This would mean an “overload invitation”, i.e. inviting the neighbors to produce overload on a particular cluster. If a cell sends an overload invitation on a sufficiently large cluster, this will automatically reduce the interference in the other clusters. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110312 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE, NETWORK ELEMENT AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention proposes a method for scheduling resource in a packet network and a network element for exchanging signaling with user equipments, wherein user equipments communicate therebetween using the resource allocated by network elements, said communication comprises talk-spurt periods during which data packets are transmitted and silent periods during which silence descriptor packets are transmitted, said method for scheduling resource comprising: said network element allocates resource for said user equipments for communication; both said user equipment and said network element detect the presence of said silence descriptor packet, and said network element determines the optimized number of resource unit(s) to be allocated to said user equipment during the interval for transmitting said data packet, based on the coding rate of said user equipment, the selected modulation coding scheme and the valid transmission times; the network element starts timing and the user equipment stops using the allocated resource if a silence descriptor packet is detected; when the timing finishes or a request for allocating resource is received from the user equipment before the end of said timing, said network element allocates the determined optimized number of resource unit(s) to said user equipment, and said user equipment begins to use said determined optimized number of resource unit(s); said network element determines the end of the interval for transmitting said data packet by detecting the silence descriptor packet; and when both said user equipment and said network element detect a silence descriptor packet, said user equipment stops using said determined optimized number of resource unit(s), while said network element releases said determined optimized number of resource unit(s). | 05-12-2011 |
20110110313 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION SYSTEM OF WIBRO/WIMAX COMMUNICATION - Provided is a WiBro/WiMAX dynamic bandwidth allocation system. The dynamic bandwidth allocation system according to the present invention enables instant band change and allocation in variable channel environment by disposing a plurality of BPFs each having a different pass band and selectively using the BPFs in order to dynamically allocate bands according to an occupancy state of a current channel detected around a system. Therefore, the transmission quality can be improved. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110314 | MULTI-DOMAIN NETWORK CODING - A communications network ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110110315 | FALSE DETECTION REDUCTION DURING MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate reducing false detections of control channels during blind decode when multiple component carriers are configured. A UE can perform blind detection of control channels on a plurality of carriers, wherein each control channel detected can be validated to reduce false detections. In one aspect, a reference carrier can be selected, wherein one or more detected control channels are validated so long as one detected control channel is on the reference carrier. In another aspect, control channel can be bundled such that multiple control channel detections are required for validation. Moreover, dummy control channels can be introduced that provide UE with guidance during blind decoding, as well as provide validation of detections. Further, various combinations of a reference carrier, bundling, and/or a dummy control channel can be utilized. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110316 | PDCCH SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR LTE-A MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided in which a configuration for utilizing a plurality of carriers is received. In addition, a set of PDCCH candidates on a carrier of the plurality of carriers are determined for obtaining DCI for at least one carrier of the plurality of carriers. The number of PDCCH candidates is a function of a number of carriers of the at least one carrier. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110317 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO INTERNET RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for providing access to internet resources in a wireless communications network is disclosed. The method comprises storing ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110110318 | MOBILE SERVICE RECEPTION METHOD AND MOBILE SERVICE RECEIVER - A mobile service reception method and a mobile service receiver are provided. The mobile service reception method includes performing a channel scan operation comprising searching in one or more frequencies for a broadcast signal which includes mobile data for providing a mobile service and generating a list of a plurality of mobile services, selecting at least one mobile service from the list, and processing mobile data for the selected at least one mobile service by obtaining at least one parade through which the selected at least one mobile service is transmitted, wherein a parade forms one Reed Solomon (RS) frame or two RS frames. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110319 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CONTROL CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit ( | 05-12-2011 |
20110110320 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND COMMON INFORMATION COMMUNICATING METHOD - A base station for transmitting both common information which is used in common by plural mobile stations and control information indicating that the common information is changed includes a common information generating unit configured to generate the control information and the common information; a lower-layer control information generating unit configured to generate first lower-layer control information indicating a radio resource where the control information is to be placed and second lower-layer control information indicating a radio resource where the common information is to be placed; a multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the first lower-layer control information and the control information into a plurality of frequency blocks included within a system bandwidth and multiplex the second lower-layer control information and the common information into one or more frequency blocks among the plurality of frequency blocks included within the system bandwidth, the system bandwidth being divided into the plurality of frequency blocks each corresponding to a minimum value of maximum transmission and reception bandwidths used by the plural mobile stations; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the multiplexed first lower-layer control information, control information, second lower-layer control information, and common information. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110321 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND COMMON INFORMATION COMMUNICATING METHOD - A base station for transmitting common information which is used in common by plural mobile stations includes a common information generating unit configured to generate the common information; a lower-layer control information generating unit configured to generate lower-layer control information indicating a radio resource where the common information is to be placed; a multiplexing unit configured to multiplex the lower-layer control information and the common information into one or more frequency blocks among a plurality of frequency blocks included within a system bandwidth, the system bandwidth being divided into the plurality of frequency blocks each corresponding to a minimum value of maximum transmission and reception bandwidths used by the plural mobile stations; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the multiplexed lower-layer control information and common information. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110322 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, IDENTIFICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROGRAM - To solve a problem that although the increase of the number of frequency blocks by allocating discontinuous subcarriers (RBs) as in OFDM enables an increase in multi-diversity effect and an improvement in throughput, the number of RB allocation patterns increases with the increase of the number of frequency blocks, resulting in an increase in the amount of information relating to the allocated RBs, the resource block allocation unit is determined when resource blocks discontinuous on the frequency axis are allocated to a terminal, and the number of bits of scheduling information indicating the allocated resource blocks by using Tree Based is set to the number of bits corresponding to the determined allocation unit. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110323 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNALS AND EQUIPMENT THEREFOR - A method of transmitting or receiving uplink signals in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor are provided. In one aspect of the method of transmitting the uplink signals, a base station determines whether each of user equipments uses an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) scheme or a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) scheme in uplink transmission. Further, the base station transmits scheduling information containing information regarding the determined multiple access scheme to the user equipments, and thus reports a multiplexing scheme to be used by each user equipment. In addition, each user equipment transmits the uplink data to the base station by multiplexing the uplink data by using the OFDMA scheme or the SC-FDMA scheme according to the scheduling information. | 05-12-2011 |
20110110324 | SYSTEMS, METHODS AND COMPUTER PRODUCTS FOR POOLING OF WIRELESS COLLECTION BANDWIDTH - Systems, methods and computer products for pooling of wireless collection bandwidth. Exemplary embodiments include a bandwidth management method, in a wireless device, the method, including querying for additional wireless devices within a communication range of the wireless device, the wireless device and additional wireless devices being in communication with a network having downloadable content, initiating communication between the wireless device and the additional wireless devices, establishing an ad-hoc network among the combination of the wireless device and the additional devices, establishing communication between the combined wireless device and additional devices as the ad-hoc network, and the network having the downloadable content and requesting the downloadable content from the network to the wireless device, wherein the downloadable content is transferred over a bandwidth collectively pooled among individual bandwidths of the wireless device and the additional wireless devices. | 05-12-2011 |
20110116453 | LOCATION-BASED NETWORK DETECTION - A mobile device establishes communication with a number of wireless cellular networks at particular locations and records the locations and network information associated with the wireless cellular networks. The network information can be used to narrow a search for an available wireless cellular network from a plurality of potentially available wireless cellular networks when the mobile device is operating at a stored location. In one aspect, a Radio Frequency (RF) receiver on a mobile device can receive a broadcast radio signal from a transmitter and use the signal to determine an approximate location of the device based on a known location of the transmitter. A match between the approximate device location and wireless cellular network transmitters in communication range of the mobile device can be used to narrow a search for wireless cellular networks. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116454 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING FOR MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure present methods for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) for multi-carrier wireless communications systems. The proposed methods support activation and release of one or more SPS services in any subframe for a given user configured with a plurality of carriers. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116455 | TRANSMISSION OF FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR DATA TRANSMISSIONS ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS - Techniques for sending feedback information for multi-carrier operation are described. In an aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent on at least one uplink resource determined based on at least one downlink resource used to send at least one downlink grant for the data transmissions. In another aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent with reduced or no orthogonal spreading to enable more feedback information to be sent. In yet another aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent with channel selection. A UE may send a transmission of at least one signal value on at least one resource to convey acknowledgement (ACK) information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers. The signal value(s) and resource(s) may be determined based on the content of the ACK information. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116456 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING RELIABLE TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL REGION SIZE AND DETECTION OF CROSS-CARRIER SIGNALING - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products are disclosed for facilitating indicating and detecting control region sizes. A multi-carrier communication between a wireless terminal and a base station is facilitated by a first carrier having a first control region size and a second carrier having a second control region size. Embodiments are disclosed in which control region sizes are ascertained from a control signal, wherein the control is generated by either scrambling an aspect of the control signal based on the second control region size, or relating the second control region size with the first control region size. Other disclosed embodiments for ascertaining control region sizes include a reverse interleaver embodiment, wherein a set of modulation symbols is mapped beginning from a last data symbol and ending with a first available data symbol. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116457 | MULTICARRIER RETRANSMISSION FEEDBACK - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate indicating feedback parameters for multiple single carrier assignments, multicarrier assignments, and/or the like according to single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA), relaxed SC-FDMA, etc. Feedback in relaxed SC-FDMA can be bundled by a mobile device to conserve power. In addition, a downlink assignment indicator (DAI) can be utilized to detect and indicate lost grants. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116458 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTIVE SCALABLE CHANNEL-BASED STATION ENABLEMENT AND DE-ENABLEMENT IN TELEVISION BAND WHITE SPACES - A method and system for wireless communication in a TV band white space spectrum is provided. A wireless master device keeps track of available wireless communication channels in a white space spectrum. The master device performs an enablement process for enabling a corresponding client device to transmit on a wireless channel. During the enablement process, the master device allows the client device to select a wireless channel for communication from among: a specific operating wireless channel, a subset of the available wireless channels, and all available wireless channels. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116459 | Dual-modem mobile equipment and communication method using the same - A communication method uses a dual-modem Mobile Equipment (ME) that includes a cellular modem communicable with a cellular system and a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) modem capable of WLAN communication. The method includes registering a Media Access Control (MAC) address of a Terminal Equipment (TE) connected to the cellular modem over a WLAN. The method also includes receiving data from the TE with the registered MAC address at the WLAN modem through a WLAN interface, and transferring the data to the cellular system through the cellular modem. Thus, even a TE with no cellular modem equipped can perform data communication over the cellular network and the pre-registered TE is allowed to transmit and receive data through an ME with a WLAN modem, facilitating efficient use of the limited resources, and the user is allowed to set priorities of TEs, making it possible to ensure QoS of each TE independently. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116460 | BURST PACKET SCHEDULER FOR IMPROVED RAN EFFICIENCY IN UMTS/HSPA NETWORKS - A method of generating optimal packet workload for achieving a balance between maximizing cell throughput and fairness across multiple users in UMTS/HSPA Network is disclosed. The packet scheduler of the current invention enhances the performance of other schedulers, such as Proportionally Fair Scheduler in NodeB and RNC in UMTS/HSPA Networks by monitoring recent RAN bandwidth to each mobile device, and increasing buffer occupancy of high rate data-flows in the RAN devices. The scheduler uses the desired performance goals of maximum cell throughput and fairness at various network congestion levels, and controls egress burst rate while delivering packets to the RAN (Radio Access Network). | 05-19-2011 |
20110116461 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR ALLOCATING DIFFERENT QUALITY OF SERVICE/BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION TO SUBSCRIBERS HAVING DIFFERENT LEVELS OF SUBSCRIPTION SERVICE FOR INTERACTIVE GAMING - Quality of Service (QoS) and/or bandwidth allocation can be provided for interactive gaming via a Regional/Access Network (RAN). The RAN can provide end-to-end transport between a Gaming Application Service Provider (GASP) and a Customer Premises Network (CPN) that includes a Routing Gateway (RG). Quality of Service (QoS) and/or bandwidth allocation can be provided by determining different levels of subscription service for different subscribers to an interactive game between a plurality of participants. Different QoS and/or bandwidth allocations can be provided to different gaming traffic flows associated with the different subscribers to the interactive game based on the different levels of subscription service of the different subscribers. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116462 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE LOCATION SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving a reference signal in a mobile communication system are provided. The method of a base station includes determining a cell identifier of a plurality of segments included in the base station, determining a resource allocated to the plurality of segments using the cell identifier in a preconfigured Location Based Service (LBS) zone, and transmitting a reference location beacon signal via the determined resource. The plurality of segments is allocated the same resource, and transmits the same signal. Therefore, accuracy of location estimation may be guaranteed. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116463 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication method according to the present invention, a mobile station (UE) transmits uplink data to a radio base station by using an uplink radio resource assigned to the mobile station by predetermined scheduling information, in a predetermined cycle. The method includes the steps: (A) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined cycle and information on the uplink radio resource; (B) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined scheduling information; and (C) transmitting uplink data in the predetermined cycle by using the uplink radio resource assigned by the predetermined scheduling information, the transmission starting at a certain point determined on the basis of the received predetermined scheduling information. In the step (C), the predetermined scheduling information is discarded, when the information on the uplink radio resource and information notified by the predetermined scheduling information are inconsistent with each other. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116464 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes a scheduler configured to schedule assignment of radio resources based on a scheduling coefficient for one or more user equipments, a control signal generation unit configured to generate a control signal including reporting indication information for indicating whether the user equipment is to report downlink channel state information and scheduling grant information for indicating the scheduled assignment of the radio resources and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the control signal in a downlink. A cumulative value is calculated for each of the user equipments. The reporting indication information transmitted to a user equipment, whose cumulative value reaches a predefined value, indicates that the user equipment is to report the downlink channel state information. The cumulative value is updated if the scheduling coefficient satisfies a predefined condition. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116465 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A downlink control channel transmitted from a base station apparatus includes multiple control channel elements (CCEs), and different PUCCH resources are determined depending on which CCEs are associated with control information destined for user equipments. If a PDSCH in a certain subframe is assigned to a user equipment in an old system, the control information destined for the user equipment is assigned to a certain CCE, and a PDSCH in a subframe after a predefined time period from the certain subframe is assigned to a user equipment in a new system, the control information destined for the user equipment may be associated with a CCE different from the certain CCE. Alternatively, the control information destined for the user equipment in the second system may be associated with the same CCE as the control information destined for the user equipment in the first system but may be spread with different spread codes. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116466 | IDENTIFYING METHOD AND PROTOCOL DATA UNIT GENERATING APPARATUS - A terminal identifying method identifies a terminal in a media access control layer, and includes allocating a station ID to the terminal for identifying the terminal, and allocating a flow ID to a connection in the terminal for identifying the connection in the terminal. | 05-19-2011 |
20110116467 | DATA RECEPTION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SAVING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a multi-carrier resource utilization method and apparatus for power saving in a communication system using a multi-carrier, in which the activation of a secondary carrier for transmitting and receiving data traffic between a terminal and a base station is determined according to the QoS (Quality of Service) requirements such as a data traffic status between the terminal and the base station, a maximum sustained traffic rate, a maximum traffic burst size, or the like, and an indication message (Indication) indicating this is transferred to the terminal through a primary carrier to transmit and receive data traffic through the activated secondary carrier. | 05-19-2011 |
20110122828 | Wireless transmission device that records channel activities and method thereof - This specification disclosed a wireless transmission device that records channel activities and the method thereof. After wireless signals are detected to occupy all of the channels used by the wireless transmission device, the detection information thus obtained is stored in a record file. Clients are allowed to connect to the wireless network device and download the record file for analyses. When the wireless signals are interfered, the invention can determine whether the interference source is nearby or not. This achieves the goal of monitoring the band usage around the wireless network device at a lower cost. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122829 | MULTIRADIO CONTROL - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided arranging control of multiple radio systems of a wireless communications device. A second scheduler performs proactive scheduling decisions on the basis of radio resource usage requirements of radio systems of the wireless communications terminal device and sending information on the proactive scheduling decision to a first scheduler. The first scheduler performs reactive scheduling decisions on the basis of the proactive scheduling decision information from the second scheduler. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122830 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR GENERATING AND PARSING CONTINUOUS RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIGNALING - A method for generating continuous resource allocation signaling comprises: a sender determines a value of the total number of resource blocks N | 05-26-2011 |
20110122831 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING BANDWIDTH OF COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system. An apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system according to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention calculates an oscillation frequency of a local signal that changes, by a predetermined value, center frequencies of fractional bands as bands that arc not used temporally and spatially in partial bands of an externally provided broadcasting channel band. The apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system outputs a first local signal at the calculated oscillation frequency, mixes the output first local signal and an external signal, and moves center frequencies of fractional bands of the external signal by a predetermined value. The apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system Filters a frequency band that is higher than an upper limit of a pass band having a predetermined bandwidth among moved frequency bands of the fractional bands to extract a first signal. Then, the apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system mixes the extracted first signal and a second local signal and moves the center frequencies of the fractional bands in the first signal. The apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system filters a frequency band that is lower than a lower limit of the pass band among the moved frequency bands of the fractional bands to extract at least one fractional band. The apparatus and method for providing a bandwidth of a cognitive radio system provides the extracted fractional band to a terminal and a base station, thereby improving frequency utilization efficiency. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122832 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND DEVICES FOR ENABLING EFFICIENT HYBRID ROUTE OPTIMIZATION BETWEEN TWO MOBILE ENDPOINTS - A network, a method and devices (i.e., mobile node, access router, home agent, destination home agent) are described herein for enabling an efficient hybrid route optimization between two mobile endpoints so they can re-direct their data traffic to an optimal path without exchanging any mobility signaling messages. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122833 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PAGING IDLE-MODE MOBILE STATIONS IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEMS - Embodiments of a mobile station and a method performed by a base station for transmitting a paging message to an idle-mode mobile station are disclosed herein. In some embodiments, a multicarrier paging information (MC-PAG-Info) message is transmitted to indicate a time-slot and paging carrier for a subsequent transmission of a paging message to an idle-mode mobile station. The idle-mode mobile station may monitor the indicated paging carrier during the indicated time-slot of a paging listening interval for receipt of a paging message directed to the idle-mode mobile station. In some embodiments, the indicated time-slot and the paging carrier are determined by the idle-mode mobile station using a device identifier of the idle-mode mobile station and hash modulo parameters provided within the paging information message. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122834 | VIRTUAL HOME CHANNEL FOR MOBILE BROADCAST NETWORKS - Methods and systems simplify discovery and handoff for multi-frequency broadcast receiver devices, such as mobile TV devices, by providing a virtual home channel that is not dependent on a single frequency network upper layer. The methods and systems may be used in conjunction with a single frequency network upper layer to support areas without upper layer available, or to off load some portion of the common data bandwidth in the single frequency network. For example, the single frequency network may only carry frequency data for the multiple frequency network or only the frequency data for networks with comprehensive market metadata. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122835 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a radio communication device including a reception unit which receives information indicating a connection state or a communication capability of another radio communication device which the radio communication device attempts to connect to, and a selection unit which selects, depending on the information received by the reception unit, which communication is to be performed from among first communication in which a direct connection to such other radio communication device is established and direct communication with such other radio communication device is performed, second communication in which a connection to such other radio communication device via a base station is established and direct communication with such other radio communication device is performed, and third communication in which a connection to such other radio communication device via the base station is established and indirect communication with such other radio communication device via the base station is performed. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122836 | Apparatus and method for providing service in communication system - In a communication system, UE (User Equipment) concurrently provides a plurality of services based on priority. Currently available resources of the UE are confirmed when the UE is required to provide a service that is different from a plurality of services that are currently being provided. Connection of corresponding services are cancelled iteratively, starting from a service with the lowest user preference, until the currently available resources become sufficient to provide the required service if the currently available resources are not sufficient to provide the required service. The priority can be based on user preferences that are managed for a plurality of services that can be provided in the UE. | 05-26-2011 |
20110122837 | Method, System and Device for Beam Shaping Transmission - The present invention discloses a method for beam forming transmission, comprising the following steps: the eNB mapping the downlink data of the user and the UE-specific reference signals carried in the DwPTS Field for beam forming transmission according to the preset mapping structure, and performing the beam forming process; the eNB performing the resource mapping on results of the beam forming process result, primary synchronization signal, control signaling, Cell specific reference signal and other user data to form the DwPTS Field data; and the eNB sending the DwPTS Field data to the UE. The present invention further discloses a system and a corresponding device for beam forming transmission. The present invention can realize beam forming transmission in the Special Field DwPTS and improve the performance of the system without introducing a new user UE-specific reference signal mapping structure, which is simple to be realized. | 05-26-2011 |
20110128919 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SELECTING TRANSCEIVER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method for selecting one of a plurality of transceivers in a mobile terminal are provided. The method includes receiving information about the plurality of transceivers, receiving information about at least one transceiver being used, and transmitting a transceiver switching message. By selectively choosing the transceivers in the mobile terminal, radio resources of a mobile communication system can be more optimally used. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128920 | Channel Assignment For A Wireless Network - Channel assignment for access points (APs) in a wireless network includes determining a bottleneck client in an interference relationship, and determining a channel assignment for the APs that maximizes a normalized throughput of the bottleneck client. The normalized throughput is assigned to the bottleneck client, and the bottleneck client is assigned to a fixed set. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128921 | UTILITY MAXIMIZATION SCHEDULER FOR BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique of designing a Media Access Control (MAC) scheduler for uplink communication in high rate wireless data systems, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless communication systems. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128922 | DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT INDICATOR DESIGN FOR MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate various techniques for enhanced downlink assignment index (DAI) signaling in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. As described herein, DAI and/or other indicator signaling transmitted on a first carrier can be configured to carry information relating to a number of downlink transmission assignments applied to at least a second carrier, which in some cases can be disparate from the first carrier. To these ends, described herein are techniques for cross-carrier DAI signaling, multiple DAI signaling, aggregate DAI signaling, and other similar techniques. As additionally described herein, DAI signaling can be related to downlink control transmissions and/or downlink data transmissions in connection with respective techniques that can be applied to the DAI signaling. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128923 | Method of Priority Based Transmission of Wireless Video - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting, over a wireless link, video that is coded in multiple layers such that higher priority for the use of the transmission resources may be given to the lower layers of the layered video stream. The level of priority is signified by the session identification parameters, i.e., by the source and destination ip addresses and port numbers. These parameters are assigned to the base layer and to the one or more additional layers, respectively, such that at least two of said layers are assigned different parameter sets. At least the base layer is then transmitted on the wireless link. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128924 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, antenna allocation or selection in a multi-antenna wireless communications device can be performed at a receiver or an emitter of a wireless communications signal. Selection takes place on the basis of antenna and frequency. Antenna selection in a disclosed embodiment involves a combination of bulk and per tone antenna selection. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128925 | DRX FUNCTIONALITY IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Mechanisms to provide independent DRX (discontinuous reception) functionalities for individual carriers of a multi-carrier wireless network ( | 06-02-2011 |
20110128926 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR HIGH SPEED UPLINK PACKET ACCESS SCHEDULING - A method, apparatus and computer program product comprises determining a rise-over-thermal (RoT) budget associated with a cell within a communication network for user equipment served by the cell, determining a number of user equipment served by the cell to receive a minimum-grant of an uplink channel, determining a high-grant for allocation to a selected user equipment, the high-grant allowing the selected user equipment to communicate in the uplink channel of the communication network, the high-grant being based on the RoT budget, and allocating the high-grant to the selected user equipment and the minimum-grant to all other user equipment served by the cell. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128927 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVELY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTI-USER OFDM SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for adaptively allocating resources by a Base Station (BS) apparatus in a multi-user OFDM system is provided. The method includes receiving users' required rates and channel state information from a plurality of user terminals, setting a required inter-user transmission ratio and a number of multi-frames based on information about the users' required rates, allocating a subcarrier and transmit power to each user terminal based on the channel state information and the required inter-user transmission ratio for a period corresponding to the set number of multi-frames, and redistributing the transmit power allocated to the subcarrier. The method and apparatus can maximize the total data rate of a system while satisfying required inter-user transmission ratios in a multi-user OFDM system based on a multi-frame environment. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE CONTENTION BASED TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed to implement Contention Based (CB) transmission in a wireless communication system. The method includes addressing a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) to a Contention Based Radio Network Temporary Identifier (CB-RNTI) to identify a plurality of CB uplink (UL) grants on the PDCCH. The method further includes assigning a number of resource blocks (RB) to each CB uplink grant. The method also includes selecting one of the CB uplink grants to transmit a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). | 06-02-2011 |
20110128929 | Method and Apparatus for Sounding Multiple Stations - One or more stations to provide sounding feedback in response to a training signal sequence are determined, and a schedule for the one or more stations to provide sounding feedback is determined based on capabilities of the one or more stations to transmit sounding feedback at a defined time period after an end of the training signal sequence. A communication frame is generated that includes i) an indication of a request for the plurality of stations to provide sounding feedback corresponding to the training signal sequence, and ii) an indication of when the one or more stations are to transmit sounding feedback. The communication frame is transmitted along with the training sequence. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128930 | Method for Link Adaptation with a Signal Quality Margin on the Bandwidth - Method and arrangement in a base station for selecting a transmission parameter. The selected transmission parameter is used when sending a signal over a radio channel to a user equipment in a wireless communication network. The radio channel is allocated bandwidth for signalling. The method comprises the step of obtaining an estimation of the signal quality of the radio channel. Also, the allocation to the radio channel. Further yet, the method may comprise the step of calculating a signal quality margin, which signal quality margin is based on the bandwidth size. Still further, the method comprises the step of selecting the transmission parameter based on the estimated signal quality of the radio channel and the calculated signal quality margin. | 06-02-2011 |
20110128931 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio resource selecting method according to the present invention semi-persistently selects a radio resource to be allocated to an uplink acknowledgement signal indicating a reception state of a persistently allocated downlink signal from a plurality of radio resources defined by frequencies and codes, and includes the steps of: (A) selecting candidates for an allocation radio resource to be allocated to the uplink acknowledgement signal from the plurality of radio resources; (B) notifying candidate information on the selected candidates for the allocation radio resource; and (C) selecting a single allocation radio resource from the plurality of candidates for the allocation radio resource indicated in the candidate information notified in the step (B). | 06-02-2011 |
20110128932 | RADIO RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - A radio resource scheduling method, apparatus and system are provided. The method includes: in a case that two or more Absolute Grant (AG) tables exist, a base station obtains an indication sent by a base station control node for indicating which AG table among the two or more AG tables is used by the base station, in which the AG table used by the base station as indicated in the indication is the same as an AG table used by a User Equipment (UE); and the base station performs High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) radio resource scheduling for the UE according to the received indication sent by the base station control node. The technical solutions can ensure that the network side and the UE side have the same understanding about the granting information, thereby ensuring correct scheduling of radio resources. | 06-02-2011 |
20110134852 | BSS/PBSS SUPPORT AND SCHEDULE-FREE NETWORKING IN 60GHZ - In accordance with various aspects of the disclosure, an apparatus is disclosed that includes a network coordinator module configured to coordinate operation in one or more wireless network architecture modes and configured to communicate to a network station an active mode of the one or more wireless network architecture modes that is active for communication; and a scheduler module that is configured to schedule communication to the network station. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134853 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING MOBILE USER RESOURCE AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEDULER USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a method for allocating mobile user resource, which comprises the steps of: randomly generating a resource allocation mapping sequence by a base station based on a hopping scheme, which has a variable hopping distance; and allocating communication resource by the base station to each UE within a cell, where the base station is present, based on the generated resource allocation mapping sequence. Since the hopping scheme is generated randomly, the resource allocation scheme according to the present invention may randomize a resource allocation procedure among different cells, thereby randomizing the inter-cell interference and decreasing dramatic changes of interference due to the user's movement. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134854 | MULTI-CHANNEL AND MULTI-INTERFACE MESH ROUTER AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING CHANNEL ACCORDING TO FIXED DISTRIBUTION SCHEME - Provided is multi-channel and multi-interface mesh router and method of assigning a channel according to a fixed distribution scheme. The channel assignment method may configure a neighbor information table, a parent list, and a dependent list through exchanging of information between mesh routers, and may determine a channel assignment order based on the parent list and the dependent list and then assign a channel, beginning with a mesh router selected as a seed node, and sequentially transmit channel assignment information to mesh routers included in the dependent list. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134855 | TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DEVICE, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The present invention provide a transmitting/receiving device that includes a sensing period information setting part for, in an interfering system that shares at least a part of a frequency band with an interfered system, setting sensing period information that shows a sensing period for a signal using a shared frequency band; and a transmission prohibition period information notifying part for notifying a terminal in the interfering system of transmission prohibition period information for prohibiting transmission processing in the interfering system until an end of the sensing period, a maximum transmission period for one transmission by the terminal in the interfering system prior to a start point of the sensing period. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134856 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134857 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134858 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system that supports a resource block group (RBG) allocation scheme, when consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks are distributively mapped to physical resource blocks, a gap for the distribution is determined to be a multiple of a square of the number of consecutive physical resource blocks constituting an RBG. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134859 | FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD USING PRECODING FOR SUPPORTING MU-MIMO, AND BASE STATION SUPPORTING THE FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed is a frame transmission method using precoding for supporting MU-MIMO, which facilitates to reduce overhead of a downlink frame in a wireless communication system of FDD method, and a base station supporting that method. The frame transmission method comprises calculating a precoding matrix of a present frame based on channel state information (CSI) of each mobile station and a precoding matrix of a prior frame; precoding a dedicated pilot and downlink data to be transmitted to the mobile station by the use of precoding matrix of the present frame; and transmitting a downlink frame including the precoded dedicated pilot and precoded downlink data to the corresponding mobile station. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134860 | Method and apparatus for sending rank indication information, receiving method and apparatus thereof - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for sending rank indication (RI) information, and a method and an apparatus for receiving RI information, wherein the method for sending the RI information includes: carrying the RI information on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for transmitting scheduling request (SR) information when the RI information and the SR information are sent within a same subframe, and sending the RI information and the SR information by using the PUCCH for transmitting SR information. According to the present invention, the problem that the orthogonality of codes between PUCCHs is destroyed due to that the RI information and the SR information are sent within a same subframe is solved, the overall system performance thereby can be guaranteed. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134861 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND SYSTEM - A method and device for allocating resources in a multiple frequency band system are disclosed. In a method for detecting a resource indication value (RIV) indicating not only a start index (S) of consecutive virtual resource blocks (VRBs) allocated to a first UE capable of simultaneously receiving information from a plurality of frequency bands, but also a length (L) of the consecutive VRBs, in a wireless mobile communication system capable of using the plurality of frequency bands, the method includes receiving, by the first UE, the RIV, and detecting the RIV, wherein the detected is greater than a maximum value usable as an RIV allocated to a second UE capable of receiving information from only one frequency band. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134862 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE USING SOFT DEDICATED PREAMBLES - An approach for performing a random access procedure using soft-dedicated preambles is disclosed. A module designates one of a plurality of preambles, associated with one or more random access channels, as a soft-dedicated preamble. The soft-dedicated preamble is used by a user equipment that is either contention-based or non-contention-based. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134863 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110134864 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio communication apparatus includes a receiving section that receives a quality indication signal from a communicating station of a communicating party, a transmitting section that transmits transmission data corresponding to the quality indication signal to the communicating station, and a non-transmission information notifying section that notifies the communicating station of the communicating party of non-transmission information indicative of not transmitting the transmission data when the apparatus does not transmit the transmission data corresponding to the quality indication signal or the apparatus cannot transmit the transmission data to the communicating station. When the communicating terminal apparatus receives the non-transmission information indicative of not transmitting the transmission data, resources are saved in that the apparatus stops awaiting the data. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134865 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF QOS-BASED CHANNEL SELECTION FOR WLAN ACCESS POINTS OR STATIONS - A system comprises a candidate channel assessment module for obtaining at least one AC-specific channel suitability metric for each of two different channels, and for using the AC-specific channel suitability metrics to determine a channel suitability index of each of the two different channels; a channel selection module for using the channel suitability index to select one of the two different channels as a new channel; and a channel setting module for configuring a wireless transceiver to use the new channel. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134866 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION AND SHARING IN A HYBRID WIRED/WIRELESS NETWORK - Aspects of the invention provide a method and system for bandwidth allocation and sharing in a hybrid wired/wireless network. Bandwidth allocation and sharing may include reserving bandwidth for a first access device, a first access point and/or a first switch. In response to a communication session associated with one or more of the first access device, first access point and first switch, at least a portion of the reserved bandwidth may be allocated for use by the first access device, first access point and/or first switch. At least a portion of the reserved bandwidth may be utilized during the communication session. At least an unused remaining portion of the reserved bandwidth may be utilized for communication by one or more of a second access device, a second access point and a second switch. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134867 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a multiple antenna system are provided. The method includes transmitting a first reference signal based on a first sequence through a first antenna group, and transmitting a second reference signal based on a second sequence through a second antenna group, wherein the first reference signal and the second reference signal are transmitted through a same radio resource. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134868 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN MULTIPLE RF SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting data in a multi-radio frequency (RF) system are provided. The method includes transmitting first data through a first physical channel to a first base station (BS), transmitting second data through a second physical channel to a second BS, wherein the first data and the second data are simultaneously transmitted. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134869 | PREFIX ALLOCATION ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE TERMINAL, AND PREFIX ALLOCATION ADMINISTRATION DEVICE - Disclosed is a technique for minimizing the number of prefixes to be allocated to a mobile terminal when the mobile terminal having multiple access technologies moves within a mobility management domain of a local network. According to the technique, management is so performed that prefixes necessary for a mobile terminal (MN | 06-09-2011 |
20110134870 | FREQUENCY BAND ALLOCATION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DEVICE - Disclosed is a frequency band allocation method which reduces PAPR (peak to average power ratio) when performing a single carrier transmission in the uplink line of an LTE+ (LTE Advanced) system in a system using both of an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system and the LTE+ system. In the frequency band allocation method, a UL band for the LTE is arranged adjacently in a lower frequency band than the UL band for the LTE+. With this arrangement, it is possible to prevent division of the band for the LTE+by the uplink line control channel (such as PUCCH) transmitted by an LTE mobile station and to allocate a wide band continuously with the LTE+ mobile station. Especially when the LTE+ mobile station performs a single carrier transmission with the uplink line, the PAPR can be reduced since it is possible to allocate a band continuous with the single carrier signal. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134871 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The base station device includes: a signal transmission unit which transmits a signal in which data is assigned in a natural number of resource blocks located in a frequency axis in each of a plurality of bands and a signal including information specifying the plurality of bands to the mobile station device. The mobile station device includes: a signal reception unit which receives the signal including the information specifying the plurality of bands from the signal transmission unit via any of the plurality of bands, and receives the signal in which the data is assigned in the natural number of resource blocks located in the frequency axis in each of the plurality of bands from the signal transmission unit based on the information specifying the plurality of bands; and a data extraction unit which extracts data from the signal in which the data is assigned in the natural number of resource blocks located in the frequency axis received by the signal reception unit. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134872 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - Disclosed are a base station and a terminal which implement wideband uplink data communication as well as implementing a placement method for control channels (CCHs) in a frame, which can be used by terminals having various terminal capabilities. In a base station ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110134873 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING UPLINK RESOURCES AND TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA - A method for requesting uplink resources and transmitting data is provided. The method includes being allocated to a BR code from a BS by an MS, and transmitting a BR indicator in a format without an ID of the MS to the BS using the BR code in non-contention mode by the MS. Because contention-based MSs and non-contention-based MSs transmit different uplink allocation request information, unnecessary information transmission is avoided, which is efficient. Also, information specific to each MS can be transmitted in extra resources. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134874 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station in which the frequency usage efficiency can be improved when the communication bandwidths are asymmetric in the uplink line and the downlink line. A base station ( | 06-09-2011 |
20110134875 | METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATIONS AMONG BASE STATIONS - A method for cooperative communications among base stations according to the present invention includes: a first step in which a serving base station determines whether a user device is in an mode of cooperative communications among the base stations; a second step in which the serving base station uses a downlink control signal to make configuration for the user device; a third step in which the user device obtains (i) system information regarding the serving base station and a cooperative communication base station indicated by configuration information received and (ii) channel state information; a fourth step in which the user device feeds back channel state information regarding downlink channels between the user device and the serving base station and between the user device and the cooperative communication base station; a fifth step in which the serving base station carries out resource scheduling and backhaul communications in accordance with the channel state information thus fed back; and a sixth step in which the user device receives an allocation instruction to allocate downlink resources. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134876 | Wireless Communication System, Wireless Communication Device, and Wireless Resource Management Method - It is provided a base station for providing a wireless communication area, which is coupled to a core network via a gateway, including: an interface for receiving settings of availability of allocation to terminals located in a border area of the wireless communication area and availability of allocation to terminals located in an area other than the border area for each of radio resource blocks which are defined by dividing radio resources available for use in the wireless communication area provided by the base station into predetermined units; and a plurality of profiles for defining scheduling limitations on the radio resources in the number of the profiles of patterns, being set via the interface, in which the base station applies scheduling limitations defined by the profile designated with the identifier and allocates the radio resources upon designation of one of the plurality of profiles with an identifier. | 06-09-2011 |
20110134877 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL INCLUDED IN THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A type 1 system and a type 2 system are classified according to whether carrier aggregation is used. A shared component carrier is used for both a type 1 terminal and a type 2 terminal, whereas a dedicated component carrier is used only for the type 2 terminal. Also, a type 2 base station transmits broadcast information by using a shared component carrier. In this instance, the broadcast information includes the shared broadcast information used for both the type 1 terminal and the type 2 terminal and the dedicated broadcast information only for the type 2 terminal. Also, the type 2 base station indicates component carriers that are used by the type 2 terminal, by using a semi-static component carrier indicator or a dynamic component carrier indicator. | 06-09-2011 |
20110141980 | WIRELESS BROADBAND RESOURCE ALLOCATION INDEXING - Wireless broadband resource allocation indexing is generally presented. In this regard a method is introduced comprising determining a total number of allowable continuous logical resource unit (LRU) allocations for a bandwidth, removing allowable allocations to generate a set of allocations that can be indexed with fewer bits than the total number of allowable allocations, and storing an index of the set of allocations in a memory. Other embodiments are also disclosed and claimed. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141981 | TRANSMISSION OF SYSTEM CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - An apparatus to communicate system configuration information of a wireless communication network is presented. In one embodiment, the apparatus uses orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) techniques. The apparatus processes a super-frame containing a plurality of frames for communication using. The first frame of the plurality of frames comprises a primary super-frame header and a secondary super-frame header. The primary super-frame header comprises data indicative of whether each one or more sub-packets exist in the secondary super-frame header. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141982 | TRANSMISSION OF REFERENCE SIGNAL ON NON-CONTIGUOUS CLUSTERS OF RESOURCES - Techniques for transmitting a reference signal on multiple non-contiguous clusters of resources are described. A user equipment (UE) may be scheduled for data transmission on the multiple non-contiguous clusters, and each cluster may cover a set of contiguous subcarriers. The UE may generate the reference signal based on at least one reference signal (RS) sequence using code division multiplexing (CDM) or frequency division multiplexing (FDM). In an design, the UE generates the reference signal with CDM based on a single RS sequence having a length matching the total length of the multiple non-contiguous clusters. In another design, the UE generates the reference signal with CDM based on one RS sequence for each cluster. In yet another design, the UE generates the reference signal with FDM and transmits the reference signal on a subset of all subcarriers for the multiple non-contiguous clusters. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141983 | BUFFER STATUS REPORTING METHOD FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - In a satellite communication system having a long round-trip delay time, a user terminal reports initial buffer status information when the communication between the satellite and the use terminal started. When a trigger, a timer or padding requiring buffer status information report is generated, the user terminal checks whether there are data to be re-transmitted due to transmission failure from the previous BSR. When transmission-failed data exists, the user terminal sets buffer status amount, which is reported through BSR, as a value that is obtained by adding the amount of transmission-failed data to the amount of newly added after previous report. When there are no transmission-failed data, the user terminal reports BSR which is set as the amount of newly added data to the buffer after previous report. For discriminating entire buffer status reporting and the increased amount of data reporting, the reserved index of a header file is used. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141984 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING SUBFRAME IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION RELAY SYSTEM - Provided is a subframe scheduling method in which a relay may transmit interval information of a service to a base station, and the base station may modify a location of a subframe based on the interval information, and thereby preventing a quality deterioration occurring due to a retransmission failure. The subframe scheduling method may include: setting and transmitting, by a base station, subframe information; setting and implementing, by a relay, a service based on the subframe information; transmitting, by the relay, interval information of the service to the base station; modifying, by the base station, the subframe information based on the interval information; and transmitting, by the base station, the modified subframe information to the relay. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141985 | Method and Arrangement for Reconfiguring Mapping of Carrier Indicator Field to Component Carrier - A method and an arrangement in a radio network node for reconfiguring mappings from Carrier Indicator Field-values to component carriers are provided. Each CIF-value is mapped to a respective component carrier comprising a respective shared data channel. Each respective shared data channel corresponds to at least one downlink control channel carrying said each CIF-value. The radio network node reconfigures mappings from CIF-values to component carriers, while at least one mapping of CIF-value to component carrier is maintained. The component carrier of said at least one mapping from CIF-value to component carrier comprises said at least one downlink control channel and a shared data channel corresponding to said at least one downlink control channel. The radio network node sends at least one of the reconfigured mappings from CIF-values to component carriers to the user equipment. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141986 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREFOR - A communication device and a method concerning the operation of a communication device is provided. The method may include integrating a device control protocol into a point-to-point-protocol (PPP) frame, such that the integrated device control protocol can be separated by means of an identifier. Also, a logic channel between an application layer and a physical layer of the communication device is provided via the integrated device control protocol. At least one virtual serial interface may be provided within the communication device that is configured to use a device control protocol integrated into the PPP frame. The virtual serial interface includes at least one logic channel for an access of applications in an application layer to units of a physical layer of the communication device. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141987 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station for use in a wireless network capable of communicating with a plurality of mobile stations. The base station transmits to a first mobile station downlink subframes of OFDM symbols. Each downlink subframe comprises a plurality of resource blocks and is associated with a subframe (SF) type that is determined according to whether or not a PDSCH region of a resource block in a downlink subframe includes at least one of: 1) a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource element and 2) a channel-state-information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource element. The base station receives from the first mobile station at least one of COI, PMI, modulation scheme, and transport block size and interprets the received at least one of COI, PMI, modulation scheme, and transport block size according to a default SF type used by the first mobile station to determine the at least one of COI, PMI, modulation scheme, and transport block size. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141988 | DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION TO BASE STATION - Provided is a data transmission system for transmitting control information from a terminal to a base station. The terminal may multiplex the control information, and may transmit the multiplexed control information to the base station using a plurality of transmit antennas. The base station may receive the multiplexed control information and combine the control information. The base station may transmit data to the terminal using the control information. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141989 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRLESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a first signal communicating unit that receives a first signal of a first wireless communication system or transmits, based on allocation information of a wireless communication resource which information is transmitted in a predetermined cycle, the first signal of the first wireless communication system; a second signal communicating unit that receives or transmits a second signal of a second wireless communication system different from the first wireless communication system; and a controller that restricts the first signal communicating unit to transmit the first signal of the first wireless communication system using a wireless communication resource allocated by the allocation information while the second signal communicating unit transmits or receives the second signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141990 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station apparatus for transmitting feedback information in a wireless communication system and method thereof are disclosed. According to the present invention, feedback information is transmitted by a mobile station in a wireless communication system. The present invention includes receiving an allocation of a specific frequency partition from a base station by a fractional frequency reuse (FFR), generating a prescribed type feedback information on the specific frequency partition by measuring a channel quality of the specific frequency partition, and transmitting the feedback information on the specific frequency partition to the base station. Preferably, the mobile station can transmit feedback information on a frequency partition unallocated by the base station based on the received feedback request information. Accordingly, feedback overhead can be decreased in feedback transmission. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141991 | Uplink Transmission Method, User Equipment and System Thereof - An uplink transmission method includes acquiring, by a user equipment, a maximum number of hybrid automatic repeat request transmission (M-Tmax). The M-Tmax is an integral multiple of a transmission time interval bundle size. The user equipment performs uplink transmission according to the M-Tmax after a TTI bundle activation time. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141992 | DATA TRANSMISSION IN A FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - When a UE ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110141993 | Radio Transmission Apparatus, Radio Receiving Apparatus, Radio Communication Apparatus, Radio Transmission Method, And Radio Receiving Method - Instead of adding control information that should be passed on to two or more RLC entities or two or more PDCP entities on the counterpart side to data respectively in two or more RLC entities or two or more PDCP entities at the sending end, control information is added in MAC entity and then distributed to two or more RLC entities in MAC entity on the counterpart side. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141994 | CONSTELLATION REARRANGEMENT FOR ARQ TRANSMIT DIVERSITY SCHEMES - An ARQ (re-) transmission method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system wherein data packets are transmitted from a transmitter to a receiver, using a first transmission and a second transmission based on a repeat request. The method comprises the steps of modulating data at the transmitter using a first signal constellation pattern to obtain a first data symbol. The first data symbol is transmitted as the first transmission to the receiver using a first diversity branch. Further, the data is modulated at the transmitter using a second signal constellation pattern to obtain a second data symbol. Then, the second data symbol is transmitted as the second transmission to the receive over a second diversity branch. Finally, the received first and second data symbol data symbol are diversity combined at the receiver. The invention further relates to a transmitter and a receiver embodied to carry out the method of the invention. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141995 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOVING A RECEIVE WINDOW IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method of moving a receiving window in a wireless mobile communication system, wherein the AM RLC of the transmitting side sends information of the last discarded SDU regardless of continuity of the discarded SDUs. The AM RLC of the receiving side checks whether all SDUs from the start point of the receiving window up to the last discarded SDU are successfully received, delivers the SDUs that are successfully received to an upper layer, and discard only those SDUs that are not successfully received. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141996 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station device which communicates with a base station device, the mobile station device includes: an information acquisition unit which acquires information, which specifies at least one second frequency band different from a first frequency band, transmitted using RRC signaling via a physical downlink shared channel within the first frequency band; a frequency band specification unit which specifies the second frequency band based on the information acquired by the information acquisition unit; and a communication unit which communicates with the base station device with use of the first frequency band or the second frequency band. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141997 | METHOD FOR FEEDBACK TO UPLINK ALLOCATION REQUEST - A method for a feedback to an uplink allocation request is disclosed. The method for a feedback to an uplink allocation request comprises receiving a bandwidth request (BR) of the mobile station in a base station; detecting codes from the bandwidth request; and transmitting a BR result report to a mobile station, the BR result report indicating detection failure when detecting the codes or code repetition. According to the embodiment of the present invention, it is advantageous in that a wait time of a timer can be reduced as the base station directly reports the result of the transmission of the bandwidth request can be performed promptly. | 06-16-2011 |
20110141998 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND CONTROL INFORMATION CREATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station device capable of reducing the power consumption of a terminal when broadband transmission is performed with only an uplink. With this device, a setting unit ( | 06-16-2011 |
20110141999 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUSES - The present invention relates to a method for allocating communication bandwidth between a first terminal of a plurality of terminals and a network device. Wireless communication between the first plurality of terminals and the network device is carried out using a plurality of carrier channels. The communication defines a first bandwidth. The method comprises the steps of receiving the request for change of bandwidth from the first terminal, evaluating current load on carrier channels in use by the first terminal, evaluating priority between all terminals using the carrier channels currently in use by the first terminal, evaluating capacity of all carrier channels available to the first terminal, and allocating a second bandwidth between the network device and the first terminal by allocating a new number of carrier channels. The present invention further relates to a network device and a device for communication. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL SIGNAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for the transmission of control signal in a radio communication system. The method includes the steps of processing first control information on the basis of a first resource index to create a first control signal, processing second control information on the basis of a second resource index to create a second control signal, and transmitting the first control signal and the second control signal. | 06-16-2011 |
20110142001 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE CODE WORDS IN A MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided is a method of sending multiple codewords in a wireless communication system using a plurality of transmitting antennas. The method includes the steps of encoding a plurality of parallel information bit streams to generate a plurality of parallel codewords; modulating the plurality of parallel codewords to generate a plurality of parallel modulated symbol streams; performing a DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) on the modulated symbol streams to generate a plurality of frequency domain symbol streams; performing a pre-coding process on the plurality of frequency domain symbol streams; mapping the plurality of precoded frequency domain symbol streams to resource elements; performing an IFFT (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform) on the plurality of frequency domain symbol streams to generate SC-FDMA (Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) symbols; performing shifting, at a predetermined time interval, on layers at which the plurality of parallel codewords, the plurality of parallel modulated symbol streams, or the plurality of frequency domain symbol streams; and transmitting the SC-FDMA symbol. | 06-16-2011 |
20110149874 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Facilitating Access To Aggregator Services For Mobile Communication Devices Via Wireless Communication Networks - In one illustrative example, a wireless local area network (WLAN) regularly broadcasts or otherwise communicates one or more aggregator service identifiers which identify one or more aggregator services made available via the WLAN. In addition, a mobile communication device has a memory for storing aggregator service information. During operation, the mobile device performs a scanning operation and receives, from the scanning operation, the one or more aggregator service identifiers from the WLAN. The mobile device compares a received aggregator service identifier with one or more stored aggregator service identifiers of the aggregator service information. When there is a match between the received and the stored aggregator service identifiers, the mobile device may connect with and receive the aggregator service via the WLAN. For newly-encountered WLANs, the mobile device may also automatically create and store a wireless network profile associated with the WLAN that provides the aggregator service. For each aggregator or aggregator service, the aggregator service information may include a service name of the aggregator or aggregator service, a security type for authentication, a first URL for obtaining service information for the aggregator service, and a second URL for subscribing to the aggregator service, all of which may be displayed or otherwise utilized for obtaining service. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENSURING ACCESS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR A PLURALITY OF GROUPS - A method and apparatus for bandwidth brokering in a communication system ( | 06-23-2011 |
20110149876 | FEMTOCELL ARCHITECTURE AND NETWORK - A femtocell architecture and network are described. In one example the femtocell has a wireless access point having a first communications interface for wireless communications with a subscriber unit and a second communications interface for communications with a cellular radio communications system, and a secure gateway between the access point and the cellular system to secure communications between the access point and the cellular system. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149877 | RATE ALLOCATION SCHEME FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - In a communication system transmitting from multiple antennas to multiple users, data transmission rates are allocated over scheduled users by varying the weights assigned to the users. The user weights determine the transmission precoding vectors used for the transmissions, which determine the data rates. In one embodiment, a set of predetermined weights is selected from a plurality of sets of weights as the one maximizing the sum, over all scheduled users, of the ratio of each user's instantaneous data rate to the average rate over prior frames. In another embodiment, the weights, precoding vectors, and data rates are frequency-specific. In another embodiment, the user weights are determined through an iterative process of assigning initial weights, determining the precoding vectors associated with the weights, determining the channel conditions for transmission using the determined precoding vectors, and adjusting the user weights based on their relative channel conditions. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149878 | FEMTOCELL DISCOVERY AND ASSOCIATION IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Embodiments of a method and apparatus for discovery and association, by a mobile station, of a femto base station from a plurality of base stations. The mobile station may select a base station for consideration for association by decoding a physical layer identifier to determine that the base station is a macro base station and select a different base station based on other considerations. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149879 | CHROMATIC SCHEDULER FOR NETWORK TRAFFIC WITH DISPARATE SERVICE REQUIREMENTS - System(s) and method(s) are provided for managing network capacity in a wireless network that serves various traffic flows with disparate quality of service requirements. Management is based on multi-stage scheduling in frequency-time domain. A first scheduling stage generates an allocation of radio resources that minimizes inter-cell interference amongst a plurality of base stations. Based on the first-stage allocation of radio resources, a second scheduling stage computes flow capacity for a set of radio resources specific to a base station, and acquires guaranteed-bit-rate (GBR) and non-guaranteed GBR traffic flows. GBR traffic flows are matched to computed flow capacity to generate an allocation of frequency-time resources. In second scheduling stage, GBR traffic flows are scheduled based at least in part on allocated resources and priority queuing. Based on allocation(s) in first and second scheduling stages, a third scheduling stage schedules non-GBR traffic flows based at least in part on fair scheduling. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149880 | Method and apparatus for downlink multiple-user multiple input multiple output scheduling - Embodiment and methods and means for scheduling an access point (AP) traffic destined for multiple stations (STAs) in a downlink multiple-user multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) network transmission are provided. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149881 | Methods and apparatus for weighted queuing in DL MU MIMO - Embodiment and methods and means for scheduling an access point (AP) traffic for multiple stations (STAs) in a downlink multiple-user multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) network transmission are provided for employing a weighted queuing mechanism. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149882 | Scheduling mechanisms for media access control protection and channel sounding - Channel sounding for spatial division multiple access (SDMA) under the IEEE 802.11 protocol is described. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149883 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONCURRENTLY LOCATING SYSTEMATIC BITS AND PARITY BITS IN PHYSICAL CHANNEL MEMORY TO INCREASE HARQ PROCESSING SPEED IN 3GPP CPC SYSTEM - A UE receives a HS-PDSCH transmission from a base station and concurrently performs rate matching on systematic bits and parity bits (parity 1 bits, parity 2 bits) of the received HS-PDSCH transmission. The systematic bits and parity bits are buffered in a CPC circular buffer to support HARQ processing in a HS-SCCH-less operation of the base station. Memory locations are computed for the systematic bits and the parity bits according to corresponding transmission parameters such as, for example, redundancy version, number of systematic bits and/or number of physical channels. The systematic bits and the parity bits are stored in the corresponding computed memory locations of the CPC circular buffer. At least a portion of the stored systematic bits and parity bits are concurrently generated based on corresponding transmission parameters from the CPC circular buffer per request to support concurrent rate matching on systematic bits and parity bits. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149884 | METHOD FOR PARTITIONING CELL IDENTITIES ACCORDING TO CELL TYPE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of transmitting a cell type information, which is transmitted by a base station in a wireless communication system, is disclosed. The present invention includes broadcasting a boundary point information (Z) between a cell identity of a public ABS (advanced base station) and a cell identity of a private ABS via an S-SFH SP3 (secondary-super frame header subpacket3). In this case, the boundary point information (Z) includes a range information of cell identity partitions partitioned by granularity of 10 sequences per segment and a total number of the cell identity partitions is 16. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149885 | INITIATING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE FOR DETERMINING COMMUNICATION PARAMETERS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate commanding a wireless device to transmit a random access channel (RACH) signal to measure communication parameters related thereto. The wireless device can transmit a RACH preamble upon receiving a command, and one or more parameters can be computed based at least in part on transmitting the command and/or receiving the RACH preamble, such as a round trip time, a received signal power, and/or the like. The one or more parameters can be communicated to the wireless device in a RACH response signal, and can be utilized by the wireless device. The wireless device can utilize the one or more parameters to estimate a distance for position determination, compute a path loss, and/or the like. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149886 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO PERFORM ANTENNA MANAGEMENT - Methods and apparatus to perform antenna management are described herein. One example method of establishing communication between user equipment and a network includes receiving a control channel message, decoding the control channel message, and sending an indication of whether interoperability of receiving signals from a first number of antennas is certified for the user equipment. Other examples are shown and described. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149887 | POSITIONING IN THE PRESENCE OF PASSIVE DISTRIBUTED ELEMENTS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate transmitting positioning reference signals (PRS) differently for passive distributed elements. PRSs for passive distributed elements can be transmitted over disparate resources than those utilized for PRSs at a related access point, using different symbol sequences, and/or the like. In this regard, wireless devices can differentiate between PRSs from access points and those from passive distributed elements, which can mitigate confusion for processes involving such RSs, such as position determining. Alternatively, passive distributed elements can refrain from transmitting PRSs, and a corresponding access point can indicate to wireless devices to only determine positioning based on PRSs. Thus, the wireless devices can utilize the PRSs transmitted from the access point (and not other reference signals transmitted from the passive distributed element) to determine a position. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149888 | PACKET SCHEDULING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - Exemplary embodiments of the present disclosure provide several packet scheduling methods and communication apparatuses using the same. The packet scheduling method is different from the conventional packet scheduling method, since it does not schedule the sleep interval of the mobile subscriber station based upon the connections as the conventional packet scheduling method. Instead, the packet scheduling method considers the quality of service, and aggregates the data bursts to the frame corresponding to the frame index to which the data bursts are shifted based upon the individual packet, such that a total time length of the sleep intervals of the mobile subscriber station is maximized, and the maximum power saving efficiency is obtained correspondingly. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149889 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN DEVICES WITH DIFFERENT TRANSMISSION COVERAGE - Provided is a large range management device (LRMD) of managing a communication between a plurality of small range devices (SRDs) and a plurality of large range devices (LRDs), the SRDs and the LRDs being located in a single cell and having different transmission coverage, the LRMD including an access slot allocation unit to allocate an SRD access slot to a radio resource for a downlink, to enable a first SRD to request an association from a network, a selection unit to select a communication relay device for relaying relay data of the first SRD, a relay slot allocation unit to allocate at least one SRD relay slot to a radio resource for an uplink, to enable the communication relay device to relay the relay data to a second SRD or another LRD, and a receiving unit to receive the relay data based on the at least one SRD relay slot | 06-23-2011 |
20110149890 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting an uplink control signal of a mobile station (MS) in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobile station (MS) receives resource allocation information of a first uplink control channel for transmitting an uplink synchronization signal and resource allocation information of a second uplink control channel. The MS allocates a first uplink control channel resource and a second uplink control channel resource to the first uplink control channel and the second uplink control channel respectively based on the resource allocation information of the first uplink control channel and the resource allocation information on the second uplink control channel and transmits an uplink control signal through at least one of the first uplink control channel and the second uplink control channel to a base station. The first uplink control channel resource is located in a first resource unit among a plurality of resource units constituting a logical resource region, and the first uplink control channel resource and the second uplink control channel resource are allocated in that order in the logical resource region. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149891 | EFFICIENT IMPLICIT INDICATION OF THE SIZE OF MESSAGES CONTAINING VARIABLE-LENGTH FIELDS IN SYSTEMS EMPLOYING BLIND DECODING - For use in a wireless network, a base station configured to communicate in the wireless network is provided. The base station includes a processor coupled to a transmitter and configured to generate a resource allocation message. The resource allocation message includes a plurality of fixed length fields, one or more primary variable-length fields, and a plurality of secondary variable-length fields. The one or more primary variable-length fields occupy a position in the resource allocation message preceding as many of the fixed length fields as permitted by rules that govern a structure of the resource allocation message. The one or more primary variable-length fields are positioned in the resource allocation message such that when the resource allocation message is partitioned and allocated across a sequence of basic units (BUs), every primary variable-length field appears in a smallest possible sequence of BUs starting from the first BU in the sequence. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149892 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN OFDMA CELLULAR SYSTEM - A resource management method and apparatus in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) cellular system supporting a first system communication mode and a second system communication mode in an uplink using Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM) are provided. A resource management apparatus provided in a Base Station (BS) or a Mobile Station (MS) subchannelizes physical resource units constituting a system bandwidth into a plurality of subchannels according a scheme defined in the first system communication mode, and renumbers the plurality of subchannels with indexes in reverse order to be used for an MS operating in the second system communication mode. The plurality of subchannels having the renumbered indexes are used for resource allocation and data exchange between the BS and the MS operating in the second system communication mode. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149893 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Preamble transmission in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. A method for transmitting a preamble includes determining a sequence as the preamble according to a transmit bandwidth, allocating sub-blocks of the sequence to a plurality of transmit antennas used to transmit the preamble, the number of the sub-blocks allocated to each antenna falling within two consecutive integers, and transmitting the preamble through the plurality of the transmit antennas according to the allocation result of the sub-blocks. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149894 | PROTECTION OF BROADCAST SIGNALS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the disclosure provide for the protection of broadcast signals in heterogeneous networks. As described herein, a first set of resources used for downlink transmission in a first cell may overlap with a second set of resources used for broadcast signals in a second cell. The broadcast signals may be protected by allocating a third set of resources for the downlink transmission in the first cell, wherein the third set of resources is based, at least in part, on the overlapping set of resources. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149895 | System for a Generalized Packet Header Suppression Mechanism Using a Wireless Communications Medium - A system for reducing the bandwidth required to transmit a data packet via a wireless network is provided. In an embodiment, the system is configured for generating a packet to be transmitted via the wireless network. Once a packet is generated, a packet type of the packet to be transmitted via the wireless network is determined. Based on the packet type, a suppression rule is selectively applied to the packet to generate a suppressed packet. Applying the suppression rule includes suppressing at least a portion of the header of the packet and adding a descriptor associated with the header suppression rule to the packet. The system is configured to conclude with the transmittal of the suppressed packet via the wireless network. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149896 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - One aspect of the present invention relates to a base station wherein either resource blocks resulting from division of a system bandwidth into blocks of consecutive frequency subcarriers or distributed type resource blocks consisting of frequency subcarriers discretely distributed within the system bandwidth and resulting from segmentation of the resource blocks into multiple resource blocks are assigned to mobile stations, the base station including: a scheduling unit configured to assign either the resource blocks or the distributed type resource blocks to the mobile stations at a predefined assignment cycle based on respective downlink reception channel states transmitted from the mobile stations. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149897 | BANDWIDTH REQUEST METHOD AND BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION METHOD IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention deals with a method for requesting and allocating an uplink resource efficiently in a broadband wireless access system. The method of the present invention wherein a terminal requests bandwidth in a broadband wireless access system may include a step in which a bandwidth request header (BR header), including a bandwidth request message and a high-speed access message, is transmitted to a base station; a step in which uplink grant (UL grant) information corresponding to the information included in said bandwidth request message and said high-speed access message is received from said base station; and a step in which the uplink resource indicated by said uplink grant information is used to transmit data to said base station. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149898 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MULTI-CARRIER - An apparatus for managing a multi-carrier in a communication system supporting the multi-carrier receives channel quality information of multi-carriers from a terminal and directs the terminal to change a primary carrier from a current primary carrier to one carrier of the multi-carriers on the basis of reference information including channel quality information. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149899 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN NODES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for communication between nodes in a wireless network, in particular in a wireless ad hoc or mesh network, wherein multiple wireless channels with different frequency bands are provided and wherein the nodes are enabled to operate on the different channels is characterized in that each the node has assigned a home channel where it usually resides, wherein a node that leaves its home channel and switches to another of the multiple channels—temporary operating channel—provides information about the temporary operating channel on the node's home channel. | 06-23-2011 |
20110149900 | Efficient Working Standby Radio Protection Scheme - A radio link transmission method that comprises transmitting data on a plurality of radio channels. The method allocates a portion of the capacity of each radio channel for transmission of identical data on the plurality of radio channels. The remaining capacity of each radio channel is allocated for transmission of unique data, which is different for each radio channel. The method further transmits the identical data on each radio channel of the plurality of radio channels, and transmits the unique data in the respective radio channels of the plurality of radio channels. | 06-23-2011 |
20110158181 | Mechanism To Uniquely Identify And Unify A User's Set Of Packet Bearer Contexts In A Mobile Telecommunications - A traffic plane entity (e.g., user plane entity (UPE), serving gateway (S-GW)) and method are described herein for allocating a unique identifier (e.g., UPE/S-GW UE-Context-Id) which identifies and unifies a set of bearers within a UE context that is associated with a given UE. In operation, the traffic plane entity can then send the allocated unique identifier to another entity (e.g., mobility management entity (MME)) which at a subsequent time re-sends the unique identifier back to the traffic plane entity along with a request to have the traffic plane entity perform a specific operation or procedure on the bearers associated with the UE context of the given UE. Upon receiving the request, the traffic plane entity uses the unique identifier to perform the requested operation or procedure simultaneously on all of the bearers associated with the UE context of the given UE. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158182 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF PACKET SCHEDULING - A method of operating a communication system having a plurality of data channels for downlink transmission from a base station to a plurality of subscriber stations. The method comprises receiving, at a base station, an inflow having a plurality of packets of a plurality of connections, each the connection being with one of a plurality of subscriber stations, regulating the inflow according to a throughput rate, setting a deadline to each the packet in the regulated inflow as a function of its reception time, and scheduling a transmission of the plurality of packets to the plurality of subscriber stations according to their deadlines so as to guarantee substantially the throughput rate for each one of the plurality of connections. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158183 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING REGISTRATION OF AGGREGATE END POINT DEVICES THROUGH PROVISIONING - A method and apparatus for enabling registration of an Aggregate End Point (AEP) device that is incapable of supporting a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) based Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) registration are disclosed. The method performs a static registration of the AEP device in a plurality of network elements associated with an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network by provisioning. The method then processes an originating call request or a terminating call request associated with the AEP device using the static registration. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158184 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A SHARED WIRELESS NETWORK - Resource allocation is performed in a shared wireless network that includes multiple cells, a shared wireless network QoS manager, and multiple local QoS managers. The shared wireless QoS manager receives from multiple ones of the local QoS managers on a per cell and per QoS service class basis (for a plurality of QoS service classes): an aggregation of current cell usage estimations; an aggregation of cell load level indicators, and an aggregation of additional resources needed. Using this received information, the shared wireless network QoS manager: determines a total capacity of each cell that is needed to satisfy a total resource need on a cell by cell basis for the local QoS managers; and based on a maximum capacity for each cell, allocates to each local QoS manager a percentage of their total resource need. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158185 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING A PERMUTATION SEQUENCE - A method for data transmissions in a wireless communication system includes: allocating resources for data to be transmitted; providing a seed number from the communication system; setting, based on the seed number, at least one parameter for a pseudo-random mapper having an input variable and an output variable; initializing an array with a number of base elements; increasing a current value of the input variable by a current value of a counter; and calculating a value of the output variable based on the pseudo-random mapper and the increased value of the input variable. The method further includes: swapping a first base element and a second base element in the array, the first base element being identified based on the current value of the counter, and the second base element being identified based on the value of the output variable; performing permutation on the resources by using the array as a permutation sequence; and transmitting the data. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158186 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is provided that facilitates an expedited exchange of a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) acknowledgment by scheduling the TCP acknowledgment at a higher priority than Best Effort and/or by arranging for a scheduling of the TCP acknowledgment based on a predicted transmission of a request to schedule the TCP acknowledgment. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158187 | RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A radio resource assignment method, wherein it is determined at a predetermined timing whether a cell is congested or not; the determination result is notified to adjacent base stations; results of determination of congestion or non-congestion received from adjacent base stations are stored; when it is determined that the base station is not congested, a check is made whether or not the adjacent base stations are congested; when the adjacent base stations are congested, the use of the resource blocks is restricted to decide an empty resource block; and information on the decided resource block is notified to the adjacent base stations. When it is determined that the base station is congested, the information on the empty resource blocks received from the adjacent base stations is checked, and the empty resource blocks are assigned to mobile terminal devices within the cell. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158188 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction With Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wire-less communication system. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158189 | Methods and Apparatus for Multi-Transmitter Collaborative Communications Systems - Method and apparatus for reception of multi-input multi-output (MIMO) transmission in a wireless communication system including a plurality of base stations. The method includes receiving, by a receiving device, one or more media access control (MAC) messages including a plurality of identifiers of neighboring base stations, and receiving, by the receiving device, a bistream including a plurality of bits, each bit representing one base station of the plurality of base stations. The method also includes determining, by the receiving device, at least one of the plurality of identifiers of neighboring base stations included in the one or more received MAC messages based on the received bitmap. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158190 | CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO TERMINAL UNIT - In a cellular radio communication system including of multi-antenna base stations, to make effective use of the reduced interference in supposing the use of beam form and avoid the interference in an adjacent station even if a space multiplex and the beam form are mixed. Frequencies intended for the cell edge in an FFR are classified into frequencies for space multiplex and a frequency for beam form. Thereby, a frequency at which the interference is reduced by the beam form is fixed. A frequency intended for the cell center is in a frequency band and signals are transmitted from three base stations. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158191 | UPLINK DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION - A base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations is provided. The base station transmits control information and data to at least one of the plurality of subscriber stations in a subframe using a subset of antenna ports corresponding to a subset of antenna port numbers. The base station maps reference signals corresponding to the subset of antenna ports according to a transmission rank R. The base station indicates, via a cyclic shift indicator (CSI) field in an uplink grant, an assigned resource index corresponding to the mapped reference signal. The CSI field includes a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code (OCC) index. The subscriber station uses a resource mapping table to identify the assigned resource index based on the transmission rank, cyclic shift and OCC index. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158192 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY OPERATING FAST FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for efficiently operating a fast feedback channel in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for operating a feedback channel in a Base Station (BS) of a wireless communication system includes identifying feedback information types of one or more feedback channels intended to be deallocated among a plurality of existing allocated feedback channels for a Mobile Station (MS), activating a bit corresponding to the identified feedback information type in a ‘deallocation bitmap’ field within a DownLink (DL) control signal, and transmitting the DL control signal to the MS. Among the feedback information types of the plurality of existing allocated feedback channels, the feedback information type having the smallest value corresponds to the highest priority bit among bits within the ‘deallocation bitmap’ field. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158193 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus are provided for use in a wireless communications system to enable dynamic selection of k sub-MAPs, and rates for transmitting these k sub-MAPs within communication frames. The method comprises the steps: a) for at least one communication frame comprised within a first interval of time, retrieving information on statistical distribution of downlink (DL) channel rates for a group of subscriber devices; b) based on that information, selecting k and corresponding transmission rates for k sub-MAPs, to minimize total amount of resources to be allocated for MAP and sub-MAPs transmission within that communication frame comprised within the first time interval and/or within a second interval of time that proceeds the first interval of time; and c) transmitting the k sub-MAPs at the selected corresponding transmission rates in communication frames comprised within the first time interval and/or within the second interval of time that proceeds the first one. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158194 | Scheduling of Data Transmissions in Multi-Carrier Data Transmission Networks - The invention relates to a scheduling of data transmissions in multi-carrier data transmission systems, e.g. multi-carrier W-CDMA systems. A method embodiment of performing one or more data transmissions in a multi-carrier data transmission network ( | 06-30-2011 |
20110158195 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND CQI REPORT METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication mobile station device by which a throughput can be improved in multicarrier communication. In the device, a group control section ( | 06-30-2011 |
20110158196 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A frame format used in a wireless communication system, more particularly an OFDMA TDD wireless communication system, of the kind that includes a base station and a plurality of fixed or mobile subscriber stations, the base station maintaining connections with each of the subscriber stations by performing wireless communication in units of frames having the frame format, and within each frame, allocating resources for data transmission and signalling. Each frame has a plurality of downlink subframes and a plurality of uplink subframes including, in time order, a first downlink subframe, a first uplink subframe, a final downlink subframe and a final uplink subframe. One or more further downlink subframe/uplink subframe pairs may be interposed between the first and final subframes as desired, and the configuration can be changed dynamically. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158197 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT OPERATION OF AN ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL - A method for processing enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) data in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes sending two messages. A first message is sent from a physical layer to a medium access control (MAC) layer, and triggers MAC layer processing of E-DCH data. A second message is sent from the MAC layer to the physical layer, and enables the physical layer to compute control parameters for physical layer processing of the E-DCH data before the MAC layer processing of the E-DCH data is completed. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158198 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING BEACON SIGNAL AND METHOD THEREOF - Methods and apparatuses of transmitting a beacon using fragmentation are disclosed. One of the methods includes configuring a beacon in a manner that a schedule block selected for a specific wireless device (deice) only is included in an information element by a coordinator and transmitting the configured beacon to the specific wireless station directionally. Accordingly, an overhead of a beacon can be reduced in a manner of transmitting information specified to a station using a directional beacon or transmitting the beacon by dividing information contained in the beacon into several fragments. | 06-30-2011 |
20110158199 | GROUP SHARED DISTRIBUTED RESERVATION PROTOCOL | 06-30-2011 |
20110164573 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING CHANNEL IN AD-HOC NETWORK - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for assigning a channel in an ad-hoc network, which can minimize beacon collision in the ad-hoc network and prevent channel overlapping or collision, and thus a channel can be efficiently assigned. The method of assigning a channel including: obtaining join order information which is information on the order in which a first node has been joined to a second node, which is a parent node, and level information of the second node in an ad-hoc network; determining a reference value for setting a channel that is to be assigned to the first node based on an address value of the first node, which is determined based on the join order information and the level information, a level value of the first node, a channel value of the second node, which is determined based on the level information, and the join order information; and determining a channel value of the first node by dividing the reference value by the maximum number of usable channels in the ad-hoc network. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164574 | Method to improve voice over ip capacity for user equipment employing variable rate vocoders - In one embodiment, a message is sent from the wireless network to a user equipment having a variable rate vocoder. The message defines transport block sizes for the user equipment to select from in making uplink transmissions if the user equipment is permitted to vary a packet size for uplink transmission. A scheduling grant is sent to the user equipment, and the scheduling grant includes an indicator indicating that the user equipment is permitted to vary the packet size for uplink transmissions by selecting a transport block size from among the defined transport block sizes. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164575 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING, BY A TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE, AT LEAST A CHANNEL ELEMENT OF A GROUP OF CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF A CHANNEL RESOURCE TO A DESTINATION - The present invention concerns a method for allocating, by a telecommunication device, at least a channel element of a group of channel elements of a channel resource to a destination. Each channel element is a predefined subdivision of the channel resource. The telecommunication device: determines the number of channel elements to be allocated to the destination; selects at least one randomisation function according to the number of channel elements to be allocated to the destination; processes the data to be included in the or each channel element to be allocated to the destination by the at least one selected randomisation function; transfers the data processed by the at least one selected randomisation function by mapping the data processed by the at least one randomisation function on the at least one channel element. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164576 | HEURISTIC ALGORITHM FOR CALCULATING TARGET SINR FOR MMSE BEAMFORMING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a heuristic algorithm for calculating accurate target SINR values for the minimum mean square error (MMSE) beamforming algorithm to decrease the complexity of the MMSE algorithm. The heuristic algorithm for calculating target SINR values considers practical system constraints, such as frequency selective channels, power amplifier distortion, imperfect channel state information as well as limited computing power at the access point. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164577 | Intra-Donor Cell Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission with Type 1 Relay - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunications system. The method comprises an access node performing a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission with a relay node toward a user equipment, wherein the access node provides CoMP control information via at least one of a relay physical downlink control channel and a relay physical downlink shared channel. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164578 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MULTIBAND USER SCHEDULING IN A MULTIPLE USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for multiband user scheduling in a multiple user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) communication system are presented. In one aspect of the method and system a plurality of users in a user group may be selectively assigned to individual frequency bands among a plurality of frequency bands (referred to as a multiband). In an exemplary aspect, a modified greedy user scheduling algorithm may be utilized for assigning users, selected from the user group, to each of the frequency bands. Assigned users for a given frequency band are determined based on channel norm values computed for each of the users in the user group and on chordal distances computed between users in the user group. Pairs of users, selected from the user group, are assigned to each frequency band in the multiband to maximize aggregate data rate capacity for the MIMO communication system. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164579 | RADIO RESOURCE SELECTING METHOD, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of; (A) notifying, from a radio base station (eNB) to a mobile station (UE), a first cycle and information on the uplink radio resource; and (B) determining, at the mobile station (UE), a first allocation starting time, receiving a downlink data via a downlink radio resource and transmitting an acknowledgement information via an uplink radio resource at and after the first allocation starting time, when receiving a fixed allocation signal from the radio base station (UE). In the step (B), the uplink radio resource is adjusted by an adjustment signal included in the fixed allocation signal and the acknowledgement information is transmitted via the adjusted uplink radio resource. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164580 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION SYSTEM FOR PROTECTED SERVICE AREAS - In described embodiments, a channel allocation system, such as a white space channel allocation system, employs a server processor and database to record communication characteristics of incumbent service providers licensed or otherwise registered to operate within certain frequency spectrum. The channel allocation system allows registration of licensed service providers, or access to existing licensed service provider databases, to obtain required information of communication characteristics to form protected service contours. Based on the protected service contours, the availability of channels in areas is pre-computed. In addition, unlicensed or unregistered users, such as TV band devices (TVBDs), register with the channel allocation system and request channel lists of channels to operate on with a query. The system performs an iterative search of areas with successively finer resolution and identifies channels that might be included in a channel list in response to the query. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164581 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN PROTECTED SERVICE AREAS - In described embodiments, a channel allocation system, such as a white space (WS) channel allocation system, employs a method to populate a WS database with channel availability information for areas with protected or otherwise registered service user information server. Communication characteristics of incumbent service providers licensed or otherwise registered to operate within certain frequency spectrum are plotted over a geographic area. The channel allocation system then divides the area into tiles, and determines whether each tile can be characterized for channel availability and, for those tiles that are uncharacterized, further divides the tiles into tiles of finer resolution. Based on information in the WS database, availability of channels in areas is pre-computed, and then an iterative search of areas with successively finer resolution identifies white space channels that might be included in the channel list in response to a query from a unlicensed or unregistered user. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164582 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ADJUST GRANULARITY IN CELLULAR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for adjusting a granularity of resource allocation in a wireless mobile communication system supporting a compact scheduling is discussed. A resource indication value (RIV) corresponds to a start index (S) of one set of consecutive virtual resource blocks (VRBs) and a length of the VRBs. The start index (S) is selected from among ‘s’ values (where s=P+mT07-07-2011 | |
20110164583 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN MOBILE TERMINAL - A method and apparatus for discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile terminal are disclosed. The discontinuous reception method includes: receiving DRX information for DRX operation based on DRX cycles having an on-duration and an off-duration; determining, when semi-persistent resources are allocated, an offset of the DRX cycles so that the time of semi-persistent resource allocation belongs to the on-duration of one DRX cycle; checking whether a packet is successfully received through the allocated semi-persistent resources; and performing, when a packet is successfully received, DRX operation according to the received DRX information and determined offset. The discontinuous reception apparatus performs discontinuous reception using the method. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164584 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING DEACTIVATION OF SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus for performing semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) deactivation in a wireless mobile communication system are disclosed. A base station (BS) transmits a downlink control channel to a user equipment (UE), and deactivates the SPS when a binary field indicating resource allocation information contained in the downlink control channel is entirely filled with ‘1’. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164585 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE OF MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN OFDMA SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and apparatus for an OFDMA-based mobile communication system that allows allocating resources of multiple carriers is provided. A Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) transmission method for allocating resources in multiple frequency bands of a mobile communication system based on an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) according to the present invention includes generating and transmitting, at a base station, multiple PDCCHs for allocating resources in the multiple frequency bands using Control Channel Element (CCE) indices; and receiving and demodulating, at a user equipment, the multiple PDCCHs transmitted by the base station and locating the resources allocated in the multiple frequency bands using the CCE indices of respective PDCCHs. A Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) transmission apparatus for allocating resources in multiple frequency bands of a mobile communication system based on an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) according to the present invention includes a base station apparatus which generates and transmits multiple PDCCHs for allocating resources in the multiple frequency bands using Control Channel Element (CCE) indices; and a user equipment which receives and demodulates the multiple PDCCHs transmitted by the base station and locates the resources allocated in the multiple frequency bands using the CCE indices of respective PDCCHs. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164586 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA USING A COMPACT HEADER - The present invention relates to compact header structures of various forms used in wireless access systems as well as a method and apparatus for the transmission and reception of data using such headers. The method for receiving data wherein the mobile terminal uses the Persistent Allocation (PA) mode in one of the embodiments of the present invention comprises the step of receiving a Downlink Persistent Allocation MAP Information Element (DL PA MAP IE) from the base station, which contains information relating to the resource region allocated for persistent allocation in the downlink, and the step of receiving the downlink data containing a Compact Medium access control Header (CMH) via said resource region revealed by said information. At this stage, the CMH can contain an indicator that indicates whether the downlink data contains an extended header, and a length field indicating the length of the data payload. | 07-07-2011 |
20110164587 | METHOD OF REQUESTING RADIO RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of requesting a radio resource in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises setting a timer's expiry time, transmitting a radio resource request message to a base station, starting the timer and retransmitting the radio resource request message to the base station if a radio resource allocation message is not received until the timer expires, wherein the expiry time may be set variably based on a communication state. | 07-07-2011 |
20110170495 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOGICAL CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION FOR UPLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for logical channel prioritization at a user equipment in a multiple uplink carrier system, the method receiving a set of logical channel priorities at the user equipment, the logical channel priorities being assigned on a per carrier basis; and applying the set of logical channel priorities to each logical channel for carrier selection. Further a method and apparatus for constructing an uplink medium access control protocol data unit at a user equipment in a multiple uplink carrier system, the method sorting possible logical channel and carrier pairings based on logical channel priorities; utilizing a prioritized bit rate process to allocate logical channel traffic in an order determined by the sorting; and performing a remaining resources process to allocate logical channel traffic based on a priority order. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170496 | Control Channel Interference Management and Extended PDCCH for Heterogeneous Network - A method for managing control channel interference is provided. The method includes a first access node performing at least one of blanking and transmitting at lower than nominal transmit power on at least a portion of a control channel. The method further includes the first access node applying at least one of blanking and transmitting at lower than nominal transmit power only on the control region of chosen subframes, wherein a second access node transmits the control region of the chosen subframes at nominal transmit power. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170497 | Resource allocation and signaling method for multi-antenna LTE sounding - A method of multi-antenna resource allocation for uplink channel sounding in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station (eNB) first selects a number of sounding reference signal (SRS) parameters. The eNB then determines each selected SRS parameter for a first antenna of a user equipment (UE) having multiple antennas. The determined parameters are jointly encoded to a first set of parameter combination using a number of signaling bits. The eNB transmits the signaling bits for the first antenna to the UE without transmits additional signaling bits for other antennas. The UE receives the signaling bits for SRS resource allocation for the first antenna and derives a second set of parameter combination for a second antenna based on a predetermined rule. By implicitly signaling SRS resource allocation for multiple antennas, it is easy for the eNB to allocate SRS resource for different antennas of different UEs with reduced overhead. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170498 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING RESOURCE BLOCK BUNDLING IN LTE-A SYSTEMS - A base station is provided. The base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an indication of whether a subscriber station is configured with precoding matrix indicator/rank indicator (PMI/RI) reporting. The transmit path circuitry sets a pre-coding granularity to multiple physical resource blocks in the frequency domain to perform a same pre-coding over a bundled resource block if the subscriber station is configured with PMI/RI reporting. The bundled resource block includes multiple consecutive physical resource blocks in the frequency domain. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive feedback from the subscriber station. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170499 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus for preventing physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH) ambiguities or collisions, for example, in a multi-carrier system or when transmitting multiple streams over multiple antennas, are described. Methods may include dividing resources or groups among multiple component carriers (CCs), using and assigning unused or vacant resources to CCs, forcing usage of adaptive HARQ processes in specified scenarios, setting a value for the cyclic shift of the corresponding uplink demodulation reference signals (DMRS) to a previous value for semi-persistent scheduling, and assigning a different first resource block for semi-persistent scheduling uplink resources and random access response grants for multiple CCs. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING SEMI-PERSISTENT TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for handling semi-persistent transmission resources in a network terminal of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system supports carrier aggregation and semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). Carrier aggregation enables a user equipment (UE) of the wireless communication system to perform transmission and/or reception using multiple carriers. The method includes steps of establishing an RRC connection via a cell containing an uplink carrier and a downlink carrier, configuring at least one downlink carrier to the UE via a first RRC message, and transmitting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signaling addressed to an SPS cell radio network temporary identifier of the UE, to configure or reconfigure a semi-persistent transmission resource to the UE or to trigger an SPS retransmission. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170501 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ADJUST GRANULARITY IN CELLULAR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for adjusting a granularity of resource allocation in a wireless mobile communication system supporting a compact scheduling is discussed. A resource indication value (RIV) corresponds to a start index (S) of one set of consecutive virtual resource blocks (VRBs) and a length of the VRBs. The start index (S) is selected from among ‘s’ values (where s−P+mT07-14-2011 | |
20110170502 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - In DFT-s-OFDM, disclosed are a wireless transmission apparatus and wireless transmission method whereby freedom of allocation of frequencies is secured, while increases of CM are avoided. An SD number determination unit ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170503 | PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES USING EXTENDED RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - A random access procedure is performed by receiving information related to a random access preamble, the information indicating a first random access preamble related to a first format and a second random access preamble related to a second format; selecting a random access preamble according to the received information; transmitting the selected random access preamble; receiving a random access response; and decoding the received random access response according to the format associated with the selected random access preamble. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170504 | CONTINUOUS CDM/FDM STRUCTURE FOR LTE UPLINK DATA - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which information regarding use of a CDM and FDM structure for multiplexing data on a data channel for uplink for at least one subframe is determined. In addition, the data is multiplexed using the CDM/FDM structure for the at least one subframe based on the determined information. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170505 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EXPOSING DIFFERENT SERVICE FACADES OF AN UNDERLYING NETWORK - A plurality of service facades are used to expose the capabilities of an underlying telecommunications network in different ways. Each service façade provides a different interface to access a set of functions of the telecom network. The service facades can be accessed by client applications residing externally with respect to the telecom network. The client applications can invoke a particular service façade to send a message to the network and the invocations can be translated to the native protocols used by the resources in the telecom network to carry out the request. The service facades can be deployed on a service access gateway to the telecom network and can include a simple object access protocol (SOAP) façade, a representational state transfer (REST) façade, a service oriented architecture (SOA) façade and a native façade. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170506 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170507 | Methods of Allocating Packets in a Wireless Communication System - In a wireless communication system, a multi-source data multiplexing system (e.g., a media access control (MAC)) accepts information packets from a plurality of signal sources, evaluates the relative efficiencies of data transmission, and transmits the information packets in provided grant regions for maximum efficiency. The multi-source data multiplexing system may accept any form of information packet from any form of signal source. The system receives a grant region, typically including a transmission time on a data channel, and inserts an information packet into the grant region. The actual information packet placed in the grant region may be one other than the packet for which the grant region was intended. Further, the multi-source data multiplexing system may fragment an information packet and transmit only a portion of the information packet in the grant region. Alternately, the multi-source data multiplexing system may concatenate multiple information packets, or information packet fragments, from any combination of signal sources and transmit the concatenated result in the grant region. As long as any signal source is active, the composite flow of information packets remains active, and the composite flow then serves as the primary mechanism for requesting and transmitting additional bandwidth in the wireless communication system. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170508 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING DOWNLINK PRIMARY CARRIER FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A method, an apparatus and a system for selecting a downlink primary carrier for transmitting data are disclosed. The method includes the following steps: A terminal obtains primary carrier selection information configured by a network; and the terminal determines a downlink carrier corresponding to an uplink carrier of the terminal as a downlink primary carrier for transmitting data according to the primary carrier selection information. In the embodiments of the present invention, the network selects a downlink carrier corresponding to an uplink carrier of the terminal as a downlink primary carrier for transmitting data. The terminal needs to detect only the downlink primary carrier, and the downlink carrier needs to be switched or detected only if the primary carrier receives a signaling message for detecting or receiving other carriers, so it is not necessary to switch or detect the downlink carrier frequently, which reduces battery consumption of the terminal. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170509 | BASE STATION DEVICE, AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - Provided are a base station device and a mobile station device, which can lighten a cell-search processing. The base station device ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170510 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING ACCESS POINT TO CELL - A method for mapping Access Points (APs) to cells includes: allocating multiple carriers to one AP if the AP serves different User Equipments (UEs) located in a same cell or different cells; and setting up a mapping relation between the AP, the multiple carriers, and the cells for the AP, so as to map the AP to the same cell or different cells through the multiple carriers. In the embodiments of the present invention, the APs in different cells serve the same UE based on the same carrier, which is equivalent to converting inter-cell coordination into intra-cell coordination, thus reducing signaling overheads and simplifying the Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) transmitting and CoMP receiving. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170511 | DIRECTIONAL DISCOVERY PROTOCOL WITH COORDINATED CHANNEL SELECTION - A method and system for communication device discovery and coordination of data channel selection between a first device and a second device in a Wireless Personal Area Network (WPAN). The method includes transmitting a set of discovery beacon blocks ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170512 | COGNITIVE RADIO DEVICE AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL OCCUPANCY - A detector module ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110170513 | SCHEDULING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING RELAY STATION - A scheduling method in a wireless communication system using a relay station is provided. The method includes receiving scheduling information from the relay station, and performing scheduling by using the scheduling information, wherein a scheduling metric is determined for each mobile station or each connection when the scheduling is performed. Accordingly, scheduling can be effectively performed since a base station can recognize a state of a relay station. | 07-14-2011 |
20110170514 | Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System for Sending Feedback Data and User Data on a Combined Feedback and Data Channel - A method and an arrangement ( | 07-14-2011 |
20110176494 | Location Filtering Using Mobile Country Code - Methods, program products, and systems for location filtering using mobile country code (MCC) is described. A mobile device can determine its geographic location using locations of access points of a wireless communications network to which the mobile device is connected. The mobile device can wirelessly receive identifiers of one or more access points of the wireless communications network and a current MCC through a cellular network. The mobile device can identify a polygon that is a bounding box of a geographic area that corresponds to the current MCC. The mobile device can select a set of access point locations from a location database using the received identifiers, where the access point locations are inside the identified polygon. The mobile device can determine a current location of the mobile device based on an average location of the selected set of access point locations. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176495 | VIDEO DISTRIBUTION NETWORK AND METHODS THEREFOR - Methods and systems configured for on-the-fly detection of available wireless bandwidth and for on-the-fly adapting quality of videos to the available wireless bandwidth are disclosed. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176496 | ON-THE-FLY VIDEO QUALITY SWITCHING FOR VIDEO DISTRIBUTION NETWORKS AND METHODS THEREFOR - Methods and systems configured for on-the-fly detection of available wireless bandwidth and for on-the-fly adapting quality of videos to the available wireless bandwidth are disclosed. Techniques are also disclosed to facilitate the transition of video quality to minimize visual artifacts. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176497 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION AND POWER CONTROL SCHEME FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS - The present invention provides a method involving a first base station serving a first cell. The first base station neighbors one or more second base stations that serve one or more second cells. The method includes boosting power transmitted by the first base station in a first sub-band of a frequency band available for transmission and reducing power transmitted by the first base station in a second sub-band of the frequency band available for transmission. The first and second sub-bands are different. The method also includes scheduling resources, using a scheduler in the first base station, for transmission at the boosted power in the first sub-band and the reduced power in the second sub-band based on signal-to-interference-plus-noise (SINR) ratios associated with the first and second sub-bands. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176498 | UPLINK CONTROL AND DATA TRANSMISSION IN A MIXED SINGLE AND MULTIPLE CARRIER NETWORK - Providing for mixed single carrier and multi-carrier uplink transmission in a wireless communication environment is described herein. By way of example, a network is provided that can identify uplink capabilities or restrictions of respective devices of a mixed population of mobile devices, and schedule single carrier or multi-carrier transmissions accordingly. In some aspects, different subsets of multi-carrier transmission can be given priority over other subsets. Based on the priority, the network can schedule/modify relative transmit powers for respective subsets, accommodate power constraints of higher level networking protocols, and optionally give priority to one or more of the distinct transmissions. In addition, priority can be given to respective subsets of the multi-carrier transmission, to ensure high quality or reliability for important transmissions. Thus, provided is an integrated network that accommodates a powerful mix of single carrier and multi-carrier services for a mixed population of mobile devices. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176499 | Methods and Apparatus for Improved Reference Signal Correlation Characteristics - The auto-correlation properties of a reference signal or pilot pattern, such as a position reference signal (PRS) in a Long Term Evolution communication system, is improved by modifying the currently specified PRS patterns, and/or by PRS pattern shaping. Pattern shaping can result in creation of virtual PRS patterns, for example, by controlling the PRS transmitted or received power used by the correlator. PRS power shaping can be implemented differently according to the location where the PRS power is calculated, e.g., in a network node or in a user equipment. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176500 | Method and Apparatus for Contention-Based Granting in a Wireless Communication Network - In one aspect of the disclosed teachings, associating a plurality of contention-based uplink grants with a range of uplink resource blocks allows one contention-based uplink grant message to signal the entire plurality of grants. As an example in the LTE context, the signaling load on the PDCCH is reduced by using a single contention-based uplink grant message to signal a plurality of contention-based uplink grants. The message indicates an allocated set of uplink resource blocks and the number of separate uplink resource grants represented by the set is known or signaled, such that user terminals recognize that separate subsets of uplink resource blocks within the set each correspond to a separate contention-based uplink grant. Information included in the contention-based uplink grant message, or otherwise signaled can be used to control the probability at which the user terminals attempt contention-based uplink transmissions and/or to control the MCS used for such transmissions. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176501 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING MULTI-USER COLLABORATIVE SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus operate multi-user Collaborative Spatial Multiplexing (CSM) in a wireless communication system. A Base Station (BS), performs uplink transmission scheduling on multiple Mobile Stations (MSs). Resources units, which have been allocated to multiple layers spatially discriminated by the uplink transmission scheduling, are permutated by applying different permutation schemes according to layers. Uplink data is received from the scheduled MSs through the permutated resource units. Each MS uses permutation schemes according to the layers allocated in a manner corresponding to the BS. Therefore, when the multi-user CSM is used, self-interferences or interferences between layers are averaged, thereby reducing variable widths of parameters of various kinds and improving the prediction property of a received SINR. As a result, a Packet Error Ratio (PER) performance is improved when data is actually transmitted. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176502 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHICH AND GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN SYSTEM USING SINGLE-USER MIMO BASED ON MULTIPLE CODEWORDS WHEN TRANSMITTING UPLINK - The present invention relates to a method for generating an uplink reference signal in a system supporting plural uplink-access transmission modes. The method comprises: a step for transmitting the reference signal configuration information about the configuration of a reference signal from a base station to a user device through an uplink grant PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), and a step for receiving from the user device a sub-frame including the reference signal that is generated based on the reference signal configuration information. The reference signal configuration information is prepared for plural uplink access transmission modes and includes a cyclic shift value for the sequence of the reference signal. The reference signal is supposed to be transmitted to an uplink, and the user device is set up to be operated in the uplink-access transmission mode that corresponding to the reference signal configuration information. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176503 | TECHNIQUES FOR DYNAMICALLY SWITCHING BETWEEN SYNCHRONOUS AND ASYNCHRONOUS OPERATION MODES IN BODY AREA NETWORKS - Techniques for dynamically switching between synchronous and asynchronous operation modes in body area networks (BANs). One embodiment includes a method ( | 07-21-2011 |
20110176504 | ENABLING ADAPTIVE FREQUENCY AGILITY BY A BODY AREA NETWORK MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL - Adaptive frequency agility in a body area network (BAN) is enabled by a medium access control protocol by adaptively snooping channels of a frequency band utilized in the BAN. The method includes selecting an anchor channel to be scanned from a rank order list of channels (S | 07-21-2011 |
20110176505 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR ACCESS CONTROL - A method, a system, and a Network Element (NE) for access control are disclosed. The access control method includes: receiving an access request sent by a User Equipment (UE), wherein the access request carries a temporary identifier allocated by a network node to the UE, and the temporary identifier comprises a user's service policy information; and performing access control over the UE according to the service policy information in the temporary identifier. The temporary identifier allocated by the network node to the UE carries the user's service policy information. Therefore, when the UE sends an access request, the UE lets the access request carry the user's service policy information, the access control NE can exercise access control over the UE according to the service policy information, and the access control is exercised over the user when the user sends the access request. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176506 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROTOCOL - The present invention provides an improved random access channel protocol, wherein different user elements may be associated with different priority levels. Based on relative priority, the user elements may have different probabilities for deciding when to retransmit a previously transmitted packet upon receiving information from an access point indicating that the packet needs to be retransmitted. A buffer is provided for storing a packet to transmit, and the buffer is associated with a stack counter, which is incremented or decremented to or from a nominal value to determine when to transmit or retransmit the packet stored in the buffer. Based on the relative priority, feedback information from the access point may cause the stack counter for a packet needing to be retransmitted to stay at the nominal value, wherein retransmission will occur at the next available time slot, or it may increase the stack counter by one or more levels. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176507 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a multi-carrier communications system. The data transmission/receiving method uses multiple carriers including a primary carrier that is capable of transmitting and receiving data traffic and PHY/MAC control information between a terminal and a base station and at least one secondary carrier that transmits and receives down-link data traffic between the terminal and the base station. The method comprises: generating an MPDU (MAC Protocol Data Unit) to be sent to a PHY (Physical) layer in an MAC (Medium Access Control) layer; performing channel-coding and modulation on the MPDU to generate a modulated symbol sequence in the PHY layer; segmenting the modulated symbol sequence into multiple symbol sequences; and allocating the multiple segmented symbol sequences to multiple carriers, respectively, to perform IFFT (Inverse Fast Fourier Transform) and transmit to a terminal, wherein control information on the multiple carriers is allocated to a control channel region of the primary carrier and transmitted via the primary carrier. | 07-21-2011 |
20110176508 | Frequency Band Coordination Method and Radio Communication Apparatus in Cognitive Radio System - There is provided a technique of establishing a communication between a transmitting node and a receiving node by selecting a suitable frequency band for communication without using a predetermined control channel. Firstly, a frequency band to be used as a control channel is selected from among low frequency bands, and information on frequencies and information on application's quality requirements are exchanged between the transmitting node and the receiving node using the control channel. Then, a frequency band to be used as a data channel is determined, and a communication is started. During the communication, frequency use statuses around the transmitting node and the receiving node are notified through the control channel, and when the control channel or data channel being used becomes unusable, the channel is dynamically changed. Since a low frequency band having a long propagation distance is used as the control channel, exchange of information through the control channel can be performed before communication through a data channel in a high frequency band becomes possible, the data channel that meets the quality requirements can be determined quickly. | 07-21-2011 |
20110182245 | DATA INDICATOR FOR PERSISTENTLY ALLOCATED PACKETS IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An apparatus | 07-28-2011 |
20110182246 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND ITS APPLIED BASE STATION - A disclosed communication control method includes determining a number of bits for transmitting downlink shared data channel information based on one or both of a number of users and a traffic amount and generating a signal for the downlink shared data channel information to be transmitted with the determined number of bits. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182247 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING HARQ OPERATION IN DYNAMIC RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A wireless communication system providing wireless communication services and a terminal are provided. There is also provided a method for communicating data between a base station and a terminal in Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) or Long Term Evolution (LTE) System evolved from UMTS, particularly, a method for transferring maximum data with minimum radio resources by controlling a Hybrid Automatic Repeat request (HARQ) operation in a dynamic radio resource allocation or scheduling. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182248 | SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A basic idea is to determine scheduling priorities of users based on information representative of experienced end-to-end quality of user communication in an overall network, and allocate communication resources in a wireless sub-network ( | 07-28-2011 |
20110182249 | DATA OFFLOADING AT WIRELESS NODE - A method performed by a wireless node includes receiving a data flow associated with user devices; performing a packet inspection of the data flow; determining whether a network address of the wireless node matches another network address associated with the data flow; converting the other network address to a layer 2 identifier when the other network address matches the network address; establishing a bearer link within the wireless node based on the layer 2 identifier; and offloading the data flow from layers of a network, which are higher relative to the wireless node, to the bearer link, wherein the data flow does not traverse the layers. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182250 | APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING LOCATION BASED SERVICE AND METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal for providing a location based service includes a short-distance communication module to detect a signal from an access point, to receive server connection information from the access point, to connect to a server belonging to a service area serviced by the access point based on the server connection information, and to automatically receive contents associated with the service area from the server; a display unit to display the received contents; and a control unit to control the short-distance communication module and the display unit. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182251 | CLOSED LOOP ADAPTATION OF DEVICE SCHEDULING PARAMETERS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate adapting wireless device scheduling parameters at least in part by adjusting prioritized bit rates (PBR) of one or more logical channels. The PBRs can be adjusted according to feedback from a media access control layer scheduler or a radio link control layer regarding resource allocations to one or more wireless device, served rate for one or more wireless device, and/or the like. Adjusting the PBRs based on the feedback can increase likelihood that data can be transmitted over substantially all or a specified set of logical channels. Moreover, PBRs can be modified for specific wireless devices based further on resource allocations thereto. Furthermore, PBRs can be modified based at least in part on radio conditions of neighboring access points. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182252 | NETWORK-ASSISTED CELL ACCESS - Providing for access point assisted signal acquisition for heterogeneous access point wireless networks is described herein. By way of example, a closed subscriber group (CSG) base station, such as a home NodeB (HNB) can be configured to provide temporary, limited access to a UE that is not authorized to access the HNB. Upon receiving and rejecting an access probe, the HNB can negotiate with a surrounding macro network to provide service for the UE. Further, the HNB can forward signal acquisition data, to assist in proper decoding of pilot or synchronization signals of the macro network. In particular aspects, the HNB can reduce power or blank transmissions on reserved access resources to reduce interference for the UE. By these and other disclosed mechanisms, the HNB can assist a non-CSG subscriber to obtain network service, and mitigate interference effects due to proximity to the UE. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182253 | Mobile Mesh, Relay, and Ad-Hoc System Solution Based on WiMAX Technology - A layered network architecture for a wireless communication network. A mobile network node and/or base-station in a wireless communication network using the layered architecture. Negotiating functionality used by the network nodes and/or base-stations to negotiate layer parameters and/or cell parameters with a neighboring network nodes or base-stations. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182254 | CHANNEL ADAPTATION FOR MULTICARRIER ARRANGEMENT - Implementations related to updating channel adaptation parameters are described. In one implementation, an R2T frame, such as an acknowledgment (ACK) frame, is modified to carry a partial bit allocation table (BAT). The R2T frame may be received by a transceiver apparatus and the partial BAT carried in the header or extended header(s) of R2T frame may be used to update a BAT stored in the transceiver. In another implementation, a message frame is modified to carry a partial BAT. The message frame may be received by a transceiver apparatus and the partial BAT used to update a BAT stored in the transceiver. A unique identification number generated by the receiving transceiver apparatus may be used to synchronize BATs stored in two communicating transceivers without necessity of exchanging additional control messages. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182255 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ETHERNET DATA BETWEEN DIGITAL UNIT AND RF UNIT AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for transmitting Ethernet data in a Digital Unit (DU) that processes a baseband and interfaces with at least two Radio Frequency (RF) Units (RUs) is provided. The method includes setting location information of two or more Ethernet channels in a first subchannel of a radio frame, allocating the two or more Ethernet channels in second subchannels of the radio frame, using the location information, and transmitting the radio frame to the at least two RUs. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182256 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a method for enabling intercell interference coordination in a network node | 07-28-2011 |
20110182257 | WHITE SPACE SPECTRUM COMMMUNCIATION DEVICE WITH MULTIPLEXING CAPABILTIES - In one example, a method includes receiving a plurality of input signals at a multiplexer of a white space device, and generating, via the multiplexer, a multiplexed output signal that includes at least two of the plurality of input signals. The method also includes sensing whether a white space frequency is available for unlicensed use, and communicating the multiplexed output signal over the white space frequency via a transmitter of the white space device when the white space frequency is available for unlicensed use. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182258 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK HARQ CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and base station are provided for allocating a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) channel according to service flow types. The method allocates a DownLink (DL) HARQ channel by a base station to a mobile station which can be provided with data corresponding to at least one Service Flow (SF) in a wireless communication system. At least one of a plurality of HARQ channels is mapped to a first SF. It is determined whether to allocate the mapped at least one HARQ channel as a dedicated HARQ channel of the first SF based on whether traffic of the first SF exists in a transmission queue corresponding to the first SF. Therefore, dedicated HARQ channels for a delay intolerant SF, such as a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) SF, can be managed without loss of a maximum throughput for a delay tolerant SF such as a Best Effort (BE) SF. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182259 | PARTITIONABLE ROUTER TO FACILITATE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN SYSTEMS - The disclosed subject matter describes a method, system, apparatus, and storage medium for interfacing multiple communication systems via a partitionable router. The router has at least two partitions, each partition having a subset of the router's resources allocated to it. Software programs are executed within each partition using their respective allocated resources. The resources, and any subset thereof, may be allocated non-exclusively, exclusively, and/or non-linearly to the partitions. The router receives information and determines the format of the information. The router identifies the receiving party and transforms the received information into a format compatible for the receiving party. The router then transmits the converted information to the receiving party, where the transmitting and/or receiving party is one of the software programs. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182260 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACHIEVING HIGH DATA-RATE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An embodiment of the present invention provides a system for increasing aggregate throughput in a wireless network array comprising a first node and a second node. The first node comprises a first plurality of wireless radios, a scheduling module, and an adaptive carrier sensing module. The second node can comprise a second plurality of wireless radios. The first node can be configured to simultaneously wirelessly transmit a first data packet from the first wireless radio in the first plurality of wireless radios to a first wireless radio in the second plurality of wireless radios at a first frequency and wirelessly transmit a second data packet from a second wireless radio in the first plurality of wireless radios to a second wireless radio in the second plurality of wireless radios at a second frequency, wherein the first frequency and second frequency are in a predetermined frequency band. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182261 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE PACKET SIGNALS, AND RADIO APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A radio apparatus communicates with a plurality of terminal apparatuses by using a packet signal composed of at least one stream. A control unit divides a certain period into a plurality of partial periods and assigns respectively the plurality of partial periods to the plurality of terminal apparatuses by associating the periods with the terminal apparatuses. The control unit also generates a packet signal for use in control and packet signals for use in inquiry. In so doing, the control unit generates the inquiry packet signals for the plurality of respective terminal apparatuses, as a single packet signal. A baseband processing unit and other units transmit the control packet signal and then transmit the inquiry packet signals, and receive packet signals, containing inquiry results, from the plurality of respective terminal apparatuses. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182262 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) PROTOCOL FOR BODY AREA NETWORKS | 07-28-2011 |
20110182263 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LINKING EXISTING WI-FI ACCESS POINTS INTO A SINGLE UNIFIED NETWORK - The present invention comprises a system and method for providing a distributed wireless network. In a preferred embodiment, at least one information processor is coupled to and accessible over a communication network, such as the internet. Network bandwidth is provided to a first user of at least two end users for a first fee and to a second user of the at least two end users for a second fee. The bandwidth is provided by at least one network service provider. Further, at least two wireless gateway devices are each respectively operated by the end users, and the wireless gateway devices are configured to provide wireless access to the communication network within a transmission range and to communicate with the at one least information processor. Also, at least two wireless receiving devices are provided that are operable to receive the respective bandwidth from the at least two wireless gateway devices when in transmission range. Preferably, the first user is authorized to use the second bandwidth and the second user is authorized to use the first bandwidth via the wireless devices. Thus a system and method of sharing bandwidth is provided. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182264 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST CELL SEARCH - The GCL sequence index of each cell/sector is assigned so that a difference of the indices between adjacent cells/sectors is more than N, where N≧1. During GCL index detection, the adjacent N−1 indices of an index with the largest magnitude can be deleted from handoff candidate cell indices. | 07-28-2011 |
20110182265 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD USED FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION - Provided is a base station capable of suppressing increase of overhead of allocation result report in frequency scheduling in multi-carrier communication and obtaining a sufficient frequency diversity effect. In the base station, encoding units ( | 07-28-2011 |
20110182266 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND WIRELESS MOBILE STATION DEVICE - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST | 07-28-2011 |
20110188457 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MOBILE RESOURCE USAGE - A method and apparatus for managing network resource consumption. In various embodiments, excessive resource consumption within a network such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless network attributed to one or more user devices (UDs) is constrained by adjusting a Policy Control and Charging (PCC) rule associated with a network element serving the UD such that the corresponding network resource consumption level is reduced. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188458 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR SIGNAL RECEPTION BASED ON NETWORK LOAD ESTIMATIONS - Methods and apparatus for correcting quantization errors in signal reception based on estimated network loading including solutions for preserving cellular network performance in low noise, high interference environments. In one embodiment, a data channel is amplified with respect to other signals based on network load during periods of relatively low network utilization. Dynamic modification of the data channel's power level is configured to overcome quantization errors, rather than the true noise floor (which is insignificant in low noise environments). Such solutions provide both the fidelity necessary to enable high degrees of unwanted signaling rejection, while still preserving data channel quality. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188459 | LOGICAL CHANNEL MAPPING FOR INCREASED UTILIZATION OF TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on computer readable storage media, for increasing utilization of transmission resources by mapping data from a block of layered codec data onto a plurality of logical channels for transmission of the mapped data. Resource utilization may also be improved by mapping data from at least two layers of a block of layered of codec data onto a logical channel that supports only a single data channel carried by a transmit modulation scheme. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188460 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SENDING POWER CONTROL INFORMATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate sending a power control command in a wireless communication environment. A base station can send a power control command to a UE through resource elements reserved for at least one Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). Thus, the power control command can be punctured into a control channel element (CCE) reserved for the at least one PDCCH. Further, the base station can convey an indicator that specifies the resource elements reserved for the at least one PDCCH used for sending the power control command to the UE. Moreover, the base station can use a structure similar to a conventional (e.g., Release 8, . . . ) PHICH structure for sending the power control command using the resource elements reserved for the at least one PDCCH. For example, the power control command can be spread using one or more Walsh codes assigned to the UE. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188461 | METHOD OF ERROR RECOVERY IN TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING VOICE SERVICE IN PACKET BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Provided is a method of transmitting and receiving data using a persistent allocation scheme in order to effectively support a voice service between a base station and a mobile terminal in a packet based mobile communication system. When an error occurs in transmitting a control information that indicates whether to use a radio resource using the persistent allocation scheme, the base station may retransmit the control information and thereby maintain a communication quality. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188462 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING EXPANSION AND BACKWARD COMPATIBILITY PRESERVATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide for signaling to expanded capability UEs that may limit the interruption of legacy UEs. According to certain aspects, a base station (e.g., an eNB) may generate and transmit one or more signals containing information that is recognizable by at least one expanded capability UE and identified as invalid by at least one legacy UE. An expanded capability UE may receive such signaling and identifying supplemental information in the signaling, while a legacy UE may regard the signaling as invalid. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188463 | UPLINK SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON SEMI-PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEME IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An uplink scheduling method by a terminal which performs a communication service according to a semi-persistent resource allocation scheme in a Base Station (BS) of a mobile communication system. The uplink scheduling method includes generating resource allocation control information including a particular field set to a value predetermined according to the semi-persistent resource allocation scheme, code-masking the particular field of the resource allocation control information by using a Cyclic Shift (CS) value for a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) operation of the terminal, configuring a transport block including the code-masked resource allocation control information; and transmitting the transport block to the terminal. Therefore, the MU-MIMO can be implemented even in a Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) scheme. When the BS provides a VoIP service, service delay, which may occur due to lack of resources, does not occur, and resources can be immediately allocated. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188464 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION DATA GENERATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes an acquisition unit that acquires a size of free space provided in each of a plurality of data transmission units of a first layer; and an allocation unit that allocates to each of a plurality of pieces of data of a second layer a contiguous sequence of free space from among the free space whose size is acquired by the acquisition unit, the contiguous sequence of free space being equal in size to each piece of data and provided in one of the data transmission units among the plurality of data transmission units. The apparatus also includes a multiplexing unit that multiplexes the plurality of pieces of data of the second layer into the plurality of data transmission units of the first layer according to the allocation of the free space by the allocation unit. | 08-04-2011 |
20110188465 | METHOD OF GENERATING CODE SEQUENCE AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A method of generating a code sequence and method of adding additional information using the same are disclosed, by which a code sequence usable for a channel for synchronization is generated and by which a synchronization channel is established using the generated sequence. The present invention, in which the additional information is added to a cell common sequence for time synchronization and frequency synchronization, includes the steps of generating the sequence repeated in time domain as many as a specific count, masking the sequence using a code corresponding to the additional information to be added, and transmitting a signal including the masked sequence to a receiving end. | 08-04-2011 |
20110194502 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING VOIP PACKET - A method for transmitting a voice over Internet protocol (VoIP) packet includes allocating a radio resource for VoIP packet transmission to a user, transitioning a VoIP service from a talk period, in which the VoIP packet is transmitted using the radio resource, to a silence period in which the VoIP packet is not transmitted, releasing the radio resource during the silence period, and transitioning the VoIP service to the talk period by reallocating the radio resource. Limited radio resources can be further effectively used. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194503 | SPECTRUM ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - Spectrum asset class determination is dynamically assessed so that a radio device may use a more preferred one of licensed spectrum or unlicensed spectrum for the specific wireless communications application of the radio device. Licensed spectrum, in addition to unlicensed spectrum, may be made available to preferred radio devices by validating that the radio system has an equipment ID and a secondary ID that authorizes the use of the licensed spectrum by the radio system. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194504 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SINGLE-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (SU-MIMO) AND MULTI-USER MIMO (MU-MIMO) - Techniques for supporting data transmission with single-user multiple-input multiple-output (SU-MIMO) and multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) are described. A base station may transmit multiple data streams on a given time-frequency resource to a single user equipment (UE) for SU-MIMO or to multiple UEs for MU-MIMO. In an aspect, an antenna port assignment for a UE for MU-MIMO may be conveyed by reusing one or more fields of a downlink control information (DCI) format. In another aspect, a hierarchical two-tier structure may be used to convey an antenna port assignment for a UE for MU-MIMO. In yet another aspect, a UE may be configured via higher layer to report only channel quality indicator (CQI), or both CQI and precoding matrix indicator (PMI), when operating in a transmission mode supporting SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO. In yet another aspect, a UE may report CQI such that SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO can be supported for the UE. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194505 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SUPPORT VOICE SOLUTIONS FOR DATA CENTRIC TERMINALS - Methods and apparatus to support voice solutions for data centric terminals are described. An example method includes sending a combined registration request message for at least one evolved packet system service via a first radio access technology, receiving an EPS service registration accept message comprising an indicator that indicates that circuit switched fall back is supported, and when the user equipment has a voice centric setting, reselecting to a second radio access technology. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194506 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS ARRANGEMENT, NETWORK AND APPROACH THEREFOR - Wireless communications over different networks using overlapping signal channels is facilitated. According to an example embodiment, information characterizing the usage of an overlapping channel by a first network is used to schedule communications on the overlapping channel by the second network. Another example embodiment is directed to the use of existing coexistence control lines between collocated communications circuits in a wireless device to communicate data indicative of the use of the overlapping channel. In some applications, these communications approaches are used with a network device operating on different networks, such as with a handheld device that communicates on both a Bluetooth network and wireless local area network (WLAN). | 08-11-2011 |
20110194507 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TRAFFIC OF HOME NODE, AND APPLIED TO THE SAME - Disclosed are a method of scheduling traffic at a home node and an apparatus employing the same. The home node integrated with the femtocell function to interwork with a mobile phone, the home gateway function to control electronic devices, and a set-top box function schedules traffic data transmission according to the characteristics of available services, thereby ensuring the optimum QoS (Quality of Service) according to the service characteristics. Accordingly, the QoS of mobile communication services requiring real time is ensured independently from that of Internet application services. Priorities are assigned to Internet application services according to the characteristics thereof, so that data requirements are satisfied according to services. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194508 | VIRTUAL UPSTREAM CHANNEL SCHEDULING IN BROADBAND COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Scheduling virtual upstream channels within one physical upstream channel is disclosed. The MAP messages of the virtual upstream channels that share the same physical upstream channel are synchronized together such that any one transmission opportunity for a given virtual upstream channel does not overlap with transmission opportunities of any other virtual channel. This includes converting all requests for tranmission opprotunities into a common unit and then scheduling these requests as appropriate. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194509 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, at least one sounding subchannel determining parameter is transmitted from a sounding signal receiving apparatus to a sounding signal transmitting apparatus. A sounding subchannel for the sounding signal transmitting apparatus is allocated according to the sounding subchannel determining parameter. A sounding signal is received from the sounding signal transmitting apparatus over the allocated sounding subchannel. The sounding subchannel determining parameter is determined for allocating a sounding subchannel considering a frequency correlation. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194510 | Method and Apparatus for Sending and Receiving a Low-Complexity Transmission in a Wireless Communication System - Techniques for supporting data transmission based on a low-complexity transmission scheme are described. In one design, a first user equipment (UE) generates a first transmission for a single subcarrier assigned to the first UE. The first UE sends the first transmission on the single subcarrier concurrently with a SC-FDMA transmission sent on multiple subcarriers by a second UE. In one design, the first UE generates a continuous sinusoidal signal at a frequency corresponding to the single subcarrier. The first UE modulates the continuous sinusoidal signal with data symbols and reference symbols. In one design, the first transmission includes a cyclic prefix followed by a useful portion in each symbol period and has phase discontinuity at symbol boundary. A base station processes a received signal to recover the first transmission sent by the first UE and the SC-FDMA transmission sent by the second UE. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194511 | MULTI-USER CONTROL CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a resource assignment utilizing the PDCCH and/or the R-PDCCH may be addressed to a group of UEs, rather than an individual UE, by utilizing a group identifier for indicating to the group that there may be information for any UE in the group in the PDSCH. In this way, the capacity of the PDCCH, which is limited, is multiplied and a potential bottleneck at PDCCH scheduling can be relieved. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194512 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for resource allocation scheduling in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a scheduler for, if an UpLink (UL) scheduling for scheduling an allocation order of UL resources is performed prior to a DownLink (DL) scheduling for scheduling an allocation order of DL resources, setting a size α representing a size in which a DL burst region is maximally allocated in a DL sub frame, for, if the DL scheduling is performed prior to the UL scheduling, setting a size β representing a size in which the DL burst region is maximally allocated in the DL sub frame, for determining whether to discard a DL Medium Access Control (MAC) management message to be transmitted by using the size β, and for, if it is not determined to discard the DL MAC management message, determining a priority of a DL scheduling and a UL scheduling by using the size α and first performing one of the DL scheduling and the UL scheduling in accordance with the determined priority. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194513 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMITTING POWER OF CONTROL CHANNEL OF CSG PICO BASE STATION - Provided is a method of controlling a transmit power of a control channel transmitted from a pico base station. The pico base station may control the transmit power of the control channel based on a position of a macro terminal adjacent to the pico base station. When the macro terminal is positioned within a coverage of the pico base station, the pico base station enables the macro terminal to receive a control signal without interference from the macro base station by decreasing the transmit power of the control channel. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194514 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of receiving data in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a downlink (DL) grant on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) through a first DL component carrier (CC), and receiving data based on the DL grant through a second DL CC. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194515 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method with which bands can be efficiently allocated. In a base station ( | 08-11-2011 |
20110194516 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a wider frequency band consists of multiple carrier components, efficient communication is achieved without increasing control information (control signal) notified from the base station apparatus to the mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus communicate with each other such that each of multiple uplink carrier components corresponds to each of multiple downlink carrier components or multiple downlink carrier component groups including multiple downlink carrier components. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194517 | Wireless Packet Communication Method - When a transmission rate of each of lines that transmit data simultaneously between two STAs by using a plurality of radio channels and/or MIMO can be set independently, one data frame is fragmented in accordance with the transmission rates of the respective lines so as to generate a plurality of data packets having the same packet time length and data sizes equal to or smaller than a maximum data size. Those data packets are transmitted simultaneously by using a plurality of radio channels, or one radio channel and MIMO, or a plurality of radio channels and MIMO. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194518 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD USING ADAPTIVE HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION REQUEST METHOD - A transmission apparatus includes a first encoding unit configured to generate a new packet from a new portion obtained from a block generated from information bits, to generate a retransmission packet from a retransmission portion obtained from a block generated from information bits and held for a retransmission, and to assign the new packet and the retransmission packet to a communication channel respectively, a second encoding unit configured to assign, to a communication channel, a packet obtained by mixing the new portion and the retransmission portion, a encoding method switching unit configured to switch between operations of the first and second encoding unit, so that communication channel data output from the first or second encoding unit is transmitted, and a transmission control unit configured to control the encoding method switching unit based on information indicating a communication quality of the communication channel in a reception apparatus. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194519 | DISTRIBUTED RESOURCE RESERVATION IN A WIRELESS ADHOC NETWORK - The invention relates to a method of communication in a wireless communication system comprising a first station and at least a second station wherein each of the station for at least a part of the time controls the communication within the system. The first station encodes and transmits messages having a first format in a first mode using at least one communication channel or having a second format in a second mode using one communication channel. The first and second formats have a common part. The second station receives and decodes at least the common part of messages transmitted either the first mode or the second mode. The common part comprises information on one or more upcoming transmissions of the first station. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194520 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To optimize transmission periods corresponding to kinds of feedback information, and minimize a reduction in system throughput caused by disagreement of the transmission period with the optimal period, by setting transmission frequencies individually with flexibility corresponding to the kinds of feedback information for a mobile station apparatus to transmit to a base station apparatus, in a wireless communication system in which a mobile station apparatus B measures reception quality of a signal received from a base station apparatus A, and transmits feedback information generated based on the reception quality to the base station apparatus A, the base station apparatus A allocates resources of transmission timing corresponding to the kinds of feedback information, and the mobile station apparatus B transmits a plurality of kinds of feedback information to the base station apparatus using the allocated resources. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194521 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets - A method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets are disclosed. The method for feeding back ACK information of SPS data packets includes receiving an uplink downlink assignment index (UL DAI) from a base station (BS), wherein the UL DAI indicates a number (N) of downlink data packets, mapping acknowledgements/negative acknowledgements (ACKs/NAKs) of k SPS data packets of the downlink data packets to positions from the (N−k+1)th ACK/NAK to the Nth ACK/NAK, and feeding back N ACKs/NAKs to the BS. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194522 | Data Transmission Method and Corresponding Devices - A data transmission method in an enhanced CELL_FACH state, a network system, and a corresponding device, wherein the method includes the following steps. A radio transceiver receives information indicating a capability category of a UE. The radio transceiver acquires the capability category of the UE according to the information indicating the capability category of the UE. The radio transceiver performs data transmission to or from the UE according to the capability category of the UE. Since the information indicating the capability category of the UE is sent to the radio transceiver during the enhanced CELL_FACH data transmission, the radio transceiver performs the data transmission based on the capability category of a target UE, instead of the lowest capability category of the UE, thereby increasing the data transmission rate in the enhanced CELL_FACH state. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194523 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR WIRELESS SUBFRAME RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The method for wireless resource subframe allocation comprises the following steps: allocation of the control channel based on the first RAT (Radio Access Technology) of the first control domain, which includes the OFDM symbol of the first number from the sub-frame containing multiple OFDM symbols and multiple subcarriers in the frequency domain; allocation of the control channel based on the second RAT of the second control domain including the OFDM symbol of the second number which follows said first control domain; and the allocation of a data channel in the data domain which includes the OFDM symbols positioned outside said first control domain and second control domain. This invention provides a sub-frame structure which is compatible with existing wireless communication systems. This method allows the continued use of existing control channel systems or base signal structures. The method is also capable of supporting advanced features. | 08-11-2011 |
20110194524 | Method and Apparatus for Selecting Control Channel Elements for Physical Downlink Control Channel - A selector ( | 08-11-2011 |
20110194525 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is wireless communication base station equipment in which CCE allocation can be flexibly performed without collision of ACK/NACK signals between a plurality of unit bands, even when wideband transmission is performed exclusively on a downlink circuit. In this equipment, an allocation unit ( | 08-11-2011 |
20110194526 | Apparatuses, System, Methods, and Computer Program Products for Network Control - The invention is related to an apparatus including a receiver configured to receive communications from a control node of the macro cell in which the apparatus is located, the communications including system information about operation and maintenance support services the control node is able to provide and/or identity information of the control node; and a generator configured to generate messages including identity information of the apparatus, radio environment information, status information on connections to a core network and/or information on capabilities of the apparatus. | 08-11-2011 |
20110199983 | OFDMA power allocation method - The OFDMA power allocation method provides for supporting absolute proportional rate constrains for scalable OFDMA systems. Network scheduling procedures implementing the prescribed method can provide absolute guarantees for satisfying the specified rate constrains while maximizing the throughput of the network. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199984 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE STATION - When a radio resource allocation channel transmitted from a radio base station (eNB) at a discontinuous reception timing satisfies a specific condition, a mobile station (UE) is configured not to start a continuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB), but to continue the discontinuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB), even though the mobile station (UE) is performing the discontinuous reception of a signal transmitted from the radio base station (eNB). | 08-18-2011 |
20110199985 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTRA-CELL FREQUENCY REUSE IN A RELAY NETWORK - A method for communicating using a wireless communication network is presented. The method may include receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) from a first UE. The first UE is served by a base station. The CQI characterizes a channel quality between the first UE and the base station when the base station transmits at a high power. A first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) may be determined for when the base station transmits at a low power based on the received CQI. When the spectrum efficiency of the first MCS is equal to or higher than the spectrum efficiency of a pre-determined MCS, first UE may be communicated with using a low power transmission. In some cases, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) downlink control information (DCI) message is transmitted to the first UE to identify a power spectral density (PSD) level. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199986 | REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION - A method of decoding a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) is presented. An indication of a resource element (RE) configuration allocated for transmission of CSI-RSs by a first cell is received from a second cell. The method includes at least one of using the indication of the RE configuration to decode a first CSI-RS received from the first cell, and using the indication of the RE configuration to mute one or more REs within a data channel transmission received from a third cell. The first cell, second cell and third cell may be associated within a CSI-RS group. In some cases, at least two of the first cell, the second cell, and the third cell are mutually interfering cells. The indication of the RE configuration may include a plurality of logical indices having incremental values, the plurality of logical indices identifying REs used to transmit CSI-RS. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199987 | Multi-PDN (Packet Data Network) Connectivity To One APN (Access Point Name) - The present invention relates to a solution for handling several Packet Data Network (PDN) connections in a relation to one access point name, i.e. APN in a communication network, e.g. evolved packet system, i.e. EPS using a solution for appending a tag to an APN with a unique identifier and optionally a tag divisor. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199988 | TECHNIQUES TO ASSIGN IDENTIFIERS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques are described that can be used to assign identifiers to carriers of a multi-carrier mobile station. In some cases, each carrier of the mobile station is assigned the same identifiers. In some cases, each carrier of the mobile station is assigned a unique identifier on each channel. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199989 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING APPLICATIONS TO RADIOS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Techniques for mapping applications to radios in a wireless communication device are described. In one design, a controller residing below an operating system may receive inputs from applications residing above the operating system. The controller may determine radios selected based on the application inputs and further to mitigate interference between these radios. The controller may determine mapping of the applications to the radios based on the application inputs and may provide, to the applications, information indicative of the radios to which the applications are mapped. The applications may obtain connectivity via their selected radios. The controller may interface with entities in both upper layers and lower layers to facilitate radio selection and application-to-radio mapping. The controller may control the operation of a connection manager and/or a coexistence manager, manage databases for these managers, provide CPU and memory resources for these managers, manage a data bus used for communication, etc. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199990 | Uplink power control message design in wireless OFDMA systems - A method of uplink power control in a wireless OFDMA system is provided. A serving base station first configures a fast feedback channel by transmitting a feedback allocation message to a mobile station. The mobile station then reports downlink channel information via the allocated fast feedback channel. Based on the reported downlink channel information, the serving base station estimates uplink channel quality and thereby detects a channel variation and generates an uplink power adjustment message that delivers a power offset to adjust the transmitting power level of the mobile station. In one novel aspect, the uplink power adjustment message also comprises feedback allocation information that re-configures the fast feedback channel without extra signaling overhead. In addition, the novel power adjustment message eliminates redundant information such that it is transmitted via a minimum resource unit without requiring extra resource. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199991 | INCREASING SCHEDULING REQUEST EFFCIENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for increasing Scheduling Request efficiency in a wireless communication system includes a step | 08-18-2011 |
20110199992 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANTENNA RADIATION PATTERN SWEEPING - A system and method for antenna radiation pattern sweeping in wireless networks, e.g., cellular networks, are disclosed. For example, the system comprises a first base station associated with a first antenna assembly for providing a first antenna radiation pattern over a first footprint of a first cell, a second base station associated with a second antenna assembly for providing a second antenna radiation pattern over a second footprint of a second cell, wherein there is an overlap between the first footprint and the second footprint, and a controller for controlling the first base station and the second base station to continuously provide a variation of the first antenna radiation pattern and the second antenna radiation pattern in a co-ordinated manner for maintaining the overlap between the first footprint and the second footprint. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199993 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD, WIRELESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD APPLIED IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A channel assignment method includes the following steps: settling a beginning time point and a terminating time point for communicating with a target client operated in an active mode; and performing a channel reservation mechanism for the target client at a first time point, wherein the first time point is earlier than the beginning time point. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199994 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ALLOCATING CHANNELS FOR MULTIPLE TRAFFIC STREAMS - Provided is a system and method that may allocate channels with respect to multiple traffic channels. A channel request apparatus may determine a correlation between traffic streams to which channels are allocated, and to determine whether the traffic streams are related to each other, may generate a channel allocation request message that simultaneously requests channel allocation with respect to related traffic streams that are related to each other, and may transmit the channel allocation request message to a channel response apparatus to request the channel allocation with respect to the related traffic channels. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199995 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL DEVICE, CONTROL CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND REGION SIZE DETERMINATION METHOD - In a base station that performs radio data communication with terminal devices by using a plurality of bands of which each has a data channel region to which a data channel is assigned and a control channel region to which a control channel is assigned, the base station includes a control channel assigning unit that assigns a control channel for the terminal device at a location corresponding to a band to which a data channel assigned to the terminal device belongs, in the control channel region of any band of the plurality of bands, and a control channel transmitting unit that transmits the control channel to the terminal device at the location assigned by the control channel assigning unit. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199996 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL LAYER RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - A method and system for allocating shareable wireless transmission resources. A resource pool is established. The resource pool is divided into a plurality of physical layer allocation units usable for wirelessly transmitting control information and traffic data. The allocation units are assigned at the media access control layer for the wireless transmission of the control information and traffic data. The system and method of the present invention also allows mobile stations to be dynamically grouped into multicast groupings to reduce system overhead resource requirements. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199997 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE INDICES - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for determining resource indices in a wireless communication system, which explores and implements for at least two control channel elements (CCEs) for a user equipment (UE), maps the CCEs to at least two resource indices for the UE according to a predetermined mapping rule. It can determine multiple resource indices to a UE implicitly according to some embodiments of the present invention. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199998 | Method For Transmitting Data From RLC Layer in Radio Communication System - Disclosed is a method for transmitting data from an RLC layer in a radio communication system. The method includes the steps of storing RLC SDUs transferred from an upper layer in a transmission buffer, transmitting RLC PDUs on which the RLC SDUs stored in the transmission buffer are loaded to a receiving side in order, discarding the RLC SDUs stored in the transmission buffer, checking whether a transmission mode indicator is configured, and transmitting discard information about the discarded RLC SDUs to the receiving side entirely or in part in accordance with whether the transmission MRW mode indicator is configured. | 08-18-2011 |
20110199999 | RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE, RADIO BASE STATION DEVICE, AND CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD - Provided are a radio terminal device, a radio base station device, and a channel signal forming method which can prevent quality degradation of the downlink source allocation information by reducing the frequency of the zero information addition process to the downlink resource allocation information when executing communication using an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands correlated to the uplink unit band. A base station ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110200000 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MODULATION METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus wherein even in a case of performing a wideband transmission using only a downstream line, CCE assignment can be flexibly performed without any collisions of ACK and NACK signals among a plurality of unit bands. In a wireless communication terminal apparatus ( | 08-18-2011 |
20110200001 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS A PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATION MODES - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting resource allocation information between a mobile communication device and a base station in a wireless mobile communication system that supports a plurality of communication modes. The method comprises the steps of: creating information relating to the number of resource units available for the mobile communication device operating in a second communication mode from all of the whole resource units which can be used by a first mobile communication device operating in a first communication mode and a second mobile communication device operating in the second communication mode; and broadcasting the information relating to the number of available resource units created in the previous step. | 08-18-2011 |
20110200002 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and device for signal transmission having good PAPR/CM characteristics. With regard to one aspect of said method, the method for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication signal comprises a step wherein a reference signal sequence is generated, a step wherein said reference signal sequence is divided with respect to each of multiple sub-blocks, a step wherein each of said plurality of divided reference signal sequence is subject to circular shifting, and a step wherein said plurality of circular shifted reference signals are transmitted via said plurality of sub-blocks. | 08-18-2011 |
20110205974 | Partial bandwidth request techniques in wireless networks - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of requesting bandwidth allocation in a wireless network, comprising using a partial bandwidth request by a mobile station (MS) operable in the wireless network to a base station (BS) operable in the wireless network, wherein the partial bandwidth request requests bandwidth for only a portion of all packets in an uplink (UL) queue. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205975 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication system according to the present invention, a mobile station (UE) is configured to transmit uplink data to a radio base station (eNB) by using an uplink radio resource allocated by the radio base station (eNB). The mobile station (UE) is configured to report an amount of data remaining in a transmission buffer of the mobile station (UE) to the radio base station (eNB) by use of the allocated uplink radio resource, upon completion of a predetermined number of times of allocation of the uplink radio resource to the mobile station (UE) by the radio base station (eNB). | 08-25-2011 |
20110205976 | UE Specific Signaling Carrier Indicator For Carrier Aggregation - A node of a communication system having a plurality of aggregated component carriers CCs determines that a user equipment UE is capable of operating simultaneously on multiple CCs. During configuration or re-configuration of the UE, the node sends to the UE radio resource control RRC signaling along with an indication of which of the plurality of CCs to which the RRC signaling applies. In an embodiment the determining is from a UE capability information element that the UE sends which indicates at least a maximum number of downlink or uplink CCs on which the UE can simultaneously communicate. There may be a separate indication for each downlink and each uplink CC to which the RRC signaling applies, and the CCs for which the RRC signaling relates may be reconfigured upon handover to another cell or during any configuration/re-configuration. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205977 | RAB TRIGGERING FOR MULTIMEDIA CALLS - A system and method for establishing a multimedia session between a wireless user terminal and a network device. Embodiments include systems and methods for receiving a request from a wireless terminal initiating a call event to the network device; generating and sending a multimedia session invitation to a multimedia call control entity requesting a multimedia session with the network device; receiving a multimedia status message from the multimedia call control entity indicating the progress of initiating the multimedia session; and triggering setup of a radio access bearer to handle the multimedia session in response to the multimedia status message. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205978 | Multi-Carrier Control Signaling in Wireless Communication System - A method in a wireless communication terminal including monitoring a terminal specific search space of a first Component Carrier (CC) from a base unit, wherein the search space corresponds to a set of Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) candidates monitored by the terminal for PDCCH messages, and receiving an activation message on the first CC, wherein the activation message activates at least one additional CC. The size of the search space monitored by the terminal after receiving the activation message is greater than the size of the search space monitored before receiving the activation message. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205979 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING SPECTRUM - A method and apparatus for allocating spectrum within a wireless communication system is provided herein. During operation, a first base station will determine a location of a UE wishing to transmit. A database will be accessed containing wireless coverage area information for base stations with overlapping coverage with the first base station. Based on this information the first base station will determine if the UE is within an overlapping coverage area of multiple base stations. Spectrum will be assigned to the wireless equipment in a guard band, based at least in part on the determination that the UE is not within the overlapping coverage area. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205980 | MULTI-NODE RESOURCE REQUEST PIPELINING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate generating anticipatory resource requests for multiple node communications in wireless networks. In a peer-to-peer, ad hoc, relay network, or similar configuration where one node facilitates communicating between a plurality of additional nodes, the node can generate an anticipatory resource request to a serving node. A number of resources can be determined for at least one of the plurality of additional nodes (from the received resource request, one or more communication parameters, a set of granted resources, etc.). The device can generate an anticipatory resource request for communicating to the serving device based on the number of resources. In addition, the anticipatory resource request can be generated based on parameters and/or resource requests from multiple other devices. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205981 | MULTIPLEXING UPLINK L1/L2 CONTROL AND DATA - Methods and systems for transmitting scheduling requests in an LTE Advanced system are disclosed. Scheduling requests may be superimposed on HARQ ACK/NACK by multiplying the HARQ ACK/NACK by a value. Alternatively, scheduling requests may be channel-coded and multiplexed with other uplink control information. Scheduling requests can also be superimposed on reference signals by multiplying a reference signal by a value or by modulating a reference signal with a cyclic shift. Scheduling requests may also be jointly coded with HARQ ACK/NACK prior to transmission. Alternatively, ACK/NACK responses may be transmitted on assigned ACK/NACK PUCCH resources for a negative scheduling request transmission and on assigned scheduling request PUCCH resources for a positive scheduling request. Various collision handling mechanisms are also disclosed. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES DETECTING SYSTEM INFORMATION BLOCKS IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Aspects are disclosed for detecting a system information block (SIB) within a heterogeneous network. In one aspect, a type of scheduling information pertaining to an SIB is selected, and a parameter known to a wireless terminal is associated with the type of scheduling information. The wireless terminal then decodes the SIB by deriving the scheduling information from the known parameters, without having to decode a Physical Downlink Control Channel. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205983 | SENDING AN UPLINK ORDER TO ACTIVE SET BASE STATIONS - A method for sending an uplink order to active set base stations is disclosed. A new mode of operation for a wireless communication device is determined. A transmission is sent on an uplink control channel to active set base stations that indicates the new mode. The transmission from the wireless communication device is received on the E-DPCCH. It is determined if the transmission is an uplink order. The new mode of operation is transitioned to. Subsequent transmissions from the wireless communication device are interpreted using the new mode of operation if the transmission is an uplink order. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205984 | Methods for Scheduling Channel Activities for Multiple Radio Access Technologies in a Communications Apparatus and Communications Apparatuses Utilizing the Same - An communications apparatus with multiple radio access technologies (RATs) is provided. A first RAT module transceives radio frequency (RF) signals in a first cellular network through the antenna. A second RAT module transceives RF signals in a second cellular network through the antenna. An arbiter receives a first and a second request from the first and second RAT module requesting permission to use the antenna for a first and a second channel activity, obtains a priority configuration for the first channel activity versus the second channel activity when the second channel activity collides with the first channel activity, and responds to one of the first and second RAT modules with an acknowledgement message and to the other of the first and second RAT modules with a rejection message based on the obtained priority configuration. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205985 | DATA TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR A HIGH-SPEED PACKET ACCESS SYSTEM - A data transmission method for a high-speed packet access system includes: sending, by a user equipment, packet data containing scheduling information having size information of a packet buffer through an uplink channel to a base station, and sending quality indicator information and acknowledgement information through another uplink channel to the base station; determining, by the base station, the value of a turbo mode flag by comparing amounts of data stored in the packet buffer of the user equipment and a packet buffer of the base station respectively with preset thresholds; and deactivating, by the user equipment when the turbo mode flag of an order message contained in received control data, packet data reception and control data transmission, and redirecting transmit power of a specified transmitter to a packet data transmitter to increase transmit power of the packet data transmitter for faster packet data upload. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205986 | Method and System for a Time Domain Approach to 4G WiMAX/LTE-WiFi/BT Coexistence - A method and system are provided in which a device that is operable to handle WiFi communication and WiMAX communication may receive downlink medium access protocol (MAP) information in a downlink sub-frame of a WiMAX frame and disable WiFi transmission during a portion of the downlink sub-frame based on the downlink MAP information. The disabled WiFi transmission may be enabled after data within the downlink sub-frame is decoded. The device may also receive uplink MAP information in the downlink sub-frame and may control a clear channel assessment associated with the WiFi transmission based on the uplink MAP information. The MAP information may comprise data or burst profile information and/or one or more physical control messages. A similar time domain approach may be utilized for coexistence between WiFi and long term evolution (LTE) coexistence, Bluetooth and WiMAX, and Bluetooth and LTE. Frame aggregation may be enabled to alleviate pending WiFi traffic. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205987 | PACKET AWARE SCHEDULER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Apparatuses and methodologies are described that facilitate packet aware scheduling are provided. In some embodiments, if all of the information of a packet cannot be scheduled in a single transmission period, additional resources may be assigned to transmission of the contents of the packet based upon latency requirements and/or transmission constraints of the packet. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205988 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING AN ENABLED TRANSPORT BLOCK - A base station is provided. The base station includes transmit path circuitry that generates an uplink grant using an uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) downlink control information (DCI) format. The uplink MIMO DCI format includes a modulation and coding scheme (MSC) field having an MCS value for each of two transport blocks. The transmit path circuitry transmits the uplink grant to a subscriber station. For a given transport block, a combination of the MCS value corresponding to the transport block and a number positive integer of physical resource blocks allocated to the subscriber station (N_PRB) indicates whether the transport block is disabled. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205989 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING UL THROUGHPUT IN OFDMA SYSTEMS - A method is provided for enhancing uplink frame throughput in an OFDMA system. The method includes an uplink map fill phase for at least one mobile station including allocation of grants in said uplink frame for the at least one mobile station. After the fill phase, the method includes at least one iteration of: a subchannel expansion in which at least one slot is allocated for transmission, for a current grant, to a mobile station in the layer of the uplink frame, the expansion being performed for at least one of the at least two mobile stations, and the expansion delivering an expanded uplink map; and a slot compression step, from the expanded uplink map, in which an improvement of a modulation and coding scheme is realized by changing the modulation and coding scheme of a grant dependent on an current pair's optimizing mutual capacity, delivering an improved uplink map. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205990 | WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND METHOD, AND MEDIUM HAVING WIRELESS LAN PROGRAM STORED THEREIN - A wireless LAN system, device, and method, and a medium having a wireless LAN program. Wireless LAN devices are able to wirelessly communicate with each other by using a plurality of channels. Disclosed is a wireless LAN device including a requesting section and a post-request restoring section. The requesting section transmits a probe request by using a second channel which is selected from among a plurality of channels that the wireless LAN device can use, the probe request being assigned channel information indicating a first channel that the wireless LAN device currently uses. The post-request restoring section, when the second channel is not identical to the first channel, restores the channel used by the wireless LAN device from the second channel to the first channel within a first predetermined period from start of use of the second channel, after the transmission of the probe request. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205991 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information in a mobile communication system. A User Equipment (UE) receives an UpLink Grant (ULG) signal from a BS, and transmits to the BS control information including state information indicating the absence of user data to be transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). | 08-25-2011 |
20110205992 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION USED TO SUPPORT UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CHANNELS - A method and wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for utilizing channel control information associated with enhanced uplink (EU) transmission is disclosed. The WTRU receives information via radio resource control (RRC) signaling and receives downlink (DL) control information for at least EU transmission. The WTRU determines whether the DL control information is intended for the WTRU based at least upon a first forty bit specific code sequence and a second forty bit specific code sequence received in at least one time slot and determines whether the DL control information is the first type or the second type. The WTRU utilizes the DL control information of the first type or the second type for at least EU transmission on a condition that the DL control information is intended for the WTRU. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205993 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES USING QoS PARAMETER - A method for allocating uplink resources using a Quality of Service (QoS) parameter is disclosed. The method includes receiving a Bandwidth Request (BR) indicator including a station Identifier (ID) and a QoS parameter from a Mobile Station (MS), estimating uplink resources to be allocated to the MS using the station ID and the QoS parameter, and transmitting information about the estimated uplink resources to the MS by an uplink grant message. Thus, the overhead of an uplink allocation request transmitted for allocation of uplink resources is minimized. When additional information such as a BR size, etc. is used, resources are efficiently allocated. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205994 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION USING A PLURALITY OF RESOURCES IN A MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for data transmission using a plurality of resources in a multiple antenna system. An m (m>1) number of bits from each encoded bit are mapped onto a resource to form a plurality of modulation symbols. With respect to said plurality of modulation symbols, spatial processing is performed according to a plurality of resources and a plurality of antennae to generate a plurality of transmission symbols. Each of said plurality of transmission symbols is transmitted via each of the corresponding multiple antennae. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205995 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION FOR EXTENDED BANDWIDTH SYSTEMS - The method includes forming a resource allocation for a particular system bandwidth, where the resource allocation has a larger number of resource blocks than a maximum number of resource blocks associated with the particular system bandwidth. The step of forming includes the use of an extended parameter in a derivation of the resource allocation. The method further includes transmitting information descriptive of the resource allocation to user equipment. The resource allocation may be a downlink resource allocation or an uplink resource allocation. The user equipment is enabled to employ a plurality of extended control channel elements as at least one of an extended physical downlink control channel and a physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel. Modification of the PDCCH structure for LTE advanced in order to enable backward compatibility with Release 8 LTE and a greater choice of bandwidth. Carrier Aggregation concept. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205996 | METHOD OF HARQ ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TRANSMISSION AND TRANSPORT BLOCK RETRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transport block retransmission in a wireless communication system employing carrier aggregation is disclosed. A method of retransmitting transport blocks in a base station of a wireless communication system employing carrier aggregation comprises mapping each of a plurality of transport blocks to each of a plurality of component carriers using a first mapping pattern and transmitting the plurality of transport blocks to a mobile station; recognizing that the plurality of transport blocks are not transmitted successfully; and mapping each of the plurality of transport blocks to each of the plurality of component carriers using a second mapping pattern and retransmitting the plurality of transport blocks to the mobile station. | 08-25-2011 |
20110205997 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING BANDWIDTH REQUEST PROCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATON SYSTEM - A method for performing a bandwidth request procedure in a wireless communication system includes: transmitting a bandwidth request indicator and a bandwidth request message through a bandwidth request channel; receiving an uplink grant message indicating uplink radio resource in response to the bandwidth request indicator and the bandwidth request message; and transmitting uplink data after receiving the uplink grant message, wherein the uplink grant message includes information regarding the type of the uplink grant message. A bandwidth request procedure can be performed quickly and effectively. | 08-25-2011 |
20110211537 | Methods for in-band overlay of small cells in macro cells - Provided is a method that includes determining a binary sequence based on a number of symbols in a frame associated with a macro cell. The method further includes performing an autocorrelation calculation on the binary sequence. The method further includes determining a time offset based on minimum values of the autocorrelation calculation. The method further includes broadcasting a control signal including the time offset to a plurality of small cells. The method further includes receiving the control signal including the time offset associated with the frame associated with the macro cell. The method further includes transmitting a frame associated with a small cell synchronized with a frame associated with the macro cell and offset in time by the time offset. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211538 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE, METHOD, AND PROGRAM USED FOR SAME - A communication system comprises a base station and a mobile station. The base station has resource allocating means for associating basic resources which are M unit resources (M is two or more integer) of a first control channel through which first control information is transmitted with the resources of a second control channel through which second control information is transmitted, allocating at least a part of the basic resources to the first control information, and associating the first control information with the resources of the second control channel corresponding to one of the basic resources allocated to the first control information and first control information transmitting means for transmitting the allocated first control information to the mobile station. The mobile station has second control information transmitting means for receiving the first control information and transmitting second control information by using the resources of the second control channel associated with the first control information. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211539 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a multiple antenna system includes transmitting a precoding matrix index (PMI) of a first user through a control channel for the first user, and transmitting the PMI of the first user and a PMI of a second user through a data channel for the first user. Effective data decoding is possible regardless of whether radio resources to be allocated to multiple users are partially or entirely allocated to the users. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211540 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING A COMMON DISPLAY OF CANDIDATE CONNECTIONS - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to provide a common display of a plurality of candidate connections to a wide area network, such as the Internet. A plurality of candidate connections to the wide area network are initially identified and a common display of the candidate connections is then presented. The candidate connections may be separated into at least two groups, with a first group including any candidate connection that is configured to be automatically established and a second group including any candidate connection that is not configured to be automatically established. A respective candidate connection may be switched between the first and second groups based upon user input directing the respective candidate connection to be included in a different group. By switching the respective candidate connection to be in the other group, the manner of establishing the respective candidate connection is correspondingly altered | 09-01-2011 |
20110211541 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A CARRIER GROUP AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CARRIER GROUP INFORMATION - Disclosed are: a variety of methods and apparatuses for aggregating a plurality of carriers and using the carrier aggregation in a wireless connection system; and a variety of methods and apparatuses for providing information on the structure of a carrier generated by aggregating a plurality of carriers. A method for transmitting and receiving carrier group information, according to one embodiment of the present invention, includes the steps of: a mobile terminal transmitting a first message containing multi-carrier performance information of the mobile terminal to a base station; and the mobile terminal receiving, from the base station, a second message containing allocation information on the wireless resource allocated on the basis of the multi-carrier information. Here, multi-carrier performance information includes a spectral mask-type parameter for the supportable multi-carrier of the mobile terminal. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211542 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERLEAVING SEQUENCE ELEMENTS OF AN OFDMA SYNCRHONIZATION CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) signal including a synchronization channel signal transmitted including a plurality of sequence elements interleaved in time and frequency. The synchronization channel signal sequence elements enable an initial acquisition and cell search method with low computational load by providing predetermined time domain symmetry for common sequence elements in OFDMA symbol periods for OFDMA symbol timing detection and frequency error detection in an OFDMA system supporting multiple system bandwidths, both synchronized and un-synchronized systems, a large cell index and an OFDMA symbol structure with both short and long cyclic prefix length. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211543 | Method and Device for Data Processing in a Cellular Network - Method and a device for data processing in a cellular network are provided, said method including the step of conveying signaling information between base stations over an air interface supporting SON and/or FSU in said cellular network. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested comprising said device. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211544 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, RECEPTION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION METHOD - A transmission apparatus which attempts improvement of signal quality in an uplink and a downlink carries out radio transmission of different signals simultaneously from respective ones of a plurality of antennas. The apparatus has pilot multiplexing means for multiplexing a pilot channel to transmit from each antenna in one or more of a time division multiplexing method, a frequency division multiplexing method and a code division multiplexing method, data multiplexing means for time-multiplexing a pilot channel and a data channel, and means for transmitting a signal in a least one of a space division multiplexing (SDM) method and a space time transmission diversity (STTD) method. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211545 | BASE STATION APPARATUS PROVIDING RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - It is an object to provide a wireless communication base station device that can prevent the decline of a system throughput due to the degradation of a utilization efficiency of a communication resource of a channel for carrying out a frequency diversity transmission when a frequency scheduling transmission and a frequency diversity transmission are concurrently carried out in multiple carrier communication. In the wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit ( | 09-01-2011 |
20110211546 | Transmitting Scheduling Request with Multiple Antennas - There is provided a solution for transmitting a scheduling request on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) using multiple antennas with spatial transmit diversity, each antenna group including one or more antenna elements. There is also provided a solution for receiving control information on the physical uplink control channel separately from one or more resources, determining whether specific resources are occupied with control information, combining specific PUCCH resources and deciding on whether to schedule the transmitter of the control information for an uplink transmission or not. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211547 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system is provided. The method includes splitting data to be transmitted into first data and second data, determining a first beamforming vector for the first data and a second beamforming vector for the second data, and transmitting the first data by using the first beamforming vector and the second data by using the second beamforming vector. The present invention provides a data transmission method which does not cause deterioration of overall system performance while minimizing inter-cell interference. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211548 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPERATING A WIRELESS ACCESS POINT FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO A NETWORK - A method is described for operating a single network adapter for use on two different sub-networks of the same type, and a corresponding apparatus. The method comprises setting up a first network address and routing table in the network adapter for use in the first sub-network; setting up a second network address and routing table in the network adapter for use in the second sub-network; receiving data for one of the first and second sub networks, and re-transmitting the data to the other of the first and second sub-network, using the network addresses and routing tables. | 09-01-2011 |
20110211549 | MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multiple access communication system is disclosed herein. In a described embodiment, there is disclosed a method of allocating system bandwidth of the communication system and the method comprises, at step ( | 09-01-2011 |
20110211550 | SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING SLOT ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND BASE STATION - Frequency usage efficiency of the entire system is improved by assigning subslots to all communication calls from terminals with low frequency usage efficiency. A base station for communicating with a plurality of terminals by a spatial multiple slot assignment method includes a reception unit for receiving an access request transmitted from the terminal and a control unit (A), based on the access request, for assigning a slot to the terminal by a subslot scheme or assigning a slot to the terminal by a full slot scheme. | 09-01-2011 |
20110216711 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Reception quality measurement results of respective channels which have been outputted from a reception quality measuring section | 09-08-2011 |
20110216712 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING DATA TRANSMISSION AND RETRANSMISSION OF MOBILE STATION AT BASE STATION - Disclosed is a communication method for controlling data transmission of a mobile station at a base station. The method comprises the steps of: determining, by the base station, a transmission operation to be performed by the mobile station in next transmission time interval based on HARQ and schedule result; sending, in a downlink by the base station, an ACK/NACK packet, an indicator indicating the type of the transmission by the mobile station and a resource use command for the used resource based on the determined transmission operation; receiving, by the mobile station, the ACK/NACK packet, the indicator and the resource use command sent from the base station, and performing respective transmission operations according to the received ACK/NACK packet, indicator and resource use command without using any data-associated signaling in an uplink. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216713 | Method Of Transmitting Scheduling Request Signal - A method of transmitting a scheduling request signal, wherein the scheduling request signal is used to request a radio resource for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for transmission of a scheduling request signal in a subframe, the subframe comprising two consecutive slots, a slot comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, the scheduling request signal being carried by a presence or absence of transmission of the PUCCH, wherein at least one SC-FDMA symbol is assigned for transmission of a sounding reference signal, and transmitting the scheduling request signal and the sounding reference signal in the subframe. Scheduling request signal can be transmitted without interference with other control signals such as sounding reference signal that are transmitted on the same control channel with the scheduling request signal. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216714 | UPLINK SCHEDULING METHOD USING ONE BIT PER USER FEEDBACK - An uplink scheduling method using one bit per user feedback includes: receiving one-bit feedback of the user's channel condition from a plurality of users, the one-bit feedback of the user's channel condition corresponds to a value of the cumulative distribution function of the user's instantaneous achievable rate; selecting a user from the users whose channel condition is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold; and transmitting data at an instantaneous achievable rate of the selected user. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216715 | Processing Resource Optimization in Communication Systems - Methods and apparatus for a user equipment (UE) of a communication system involve receiving a signal transmitted by a base station of the communication system; determining, based on the received signal, a timing advance, and a transport block size for a signal to be transmitted by the UE; and adjusting, based on the determined timing advance and the transport block size, at least one of the start of processing information for the signal to be transmitted by the UE and a size of a memory for storing processed information for the signal to be transmitted. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216716 | Mobile Subscriber Information Transmission Over Multiple Uplink Frames - Methods and apparatuses of a mobile subscriber transmitting information to a base station are disclosed. One method includes identifying an uplink transmission condition. If the uplink transmission condition is identified, the mobile subscriber transmits a message over multiple uplink frames. The mobile subscriber informs the base station that it is transmitting the message over the multiple uplink frames. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216717 | TECHNIQUES FOR EVALUATION AND IMPROVEMENT OF USER EXPERIENCE FOR APPLICATIONS IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Techniques are described for evaluating and improving a user experience for applications in mobile wireless networks. In some embodiments, for example, traffic characteristic prioritization information may be received from a base station at a mobile station and the traffic characteristic prioritization information may be sent to one or more applications. Traffic characteristic parameters may be received from the one or more applications and a request may be sent from the mobile station to the base station to create a service flow or modify an existing service flow. A prioritization value for the service flow may be received based on the traffic characteristic parameters and the traffic characteristic prioritization information. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216718 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SIGNAL ACCESS-STRATUM CAPABILITIES OF MOBILE STATIONS FOR DATA TRANSFER SESSIONS - Example methods and apparatus to signal access-stratum capabilities of mobile stations for data transfer sessions are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method a capabilities structure is selected from a group of capabilities structures. The capabilities structure is indicative of a set of radio access capabilities of a mobile station for a data transfer session between the mobile station and a network. A message is formatted based on the selected capabilities structure to include radio access capabilities information of the selected capabilities structure. A code is included in the message to indicate the presence of the selected capabilities structure in the message. The message is sent from the mobile station to the network. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216719 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO SIGNAL USE-SPECIFIC CAPABILITIES OF MOBILE STATIONS TO ESTABLISH DATA TRANSFER SESSIONS - Example methods and apparatus to signal use-specific capabilities of mobile stations to establish data transfer sessions are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method, a message is generated to initiate a data transfer session between a mobile station and a network. The message adaptable to indicate different radio access capabilities information of the mobile station. A subset of the different radio access capabilities information of the mobile station is indicated in the message. The indicated subset pertaining to a specific type of use by the mobile station for the data transfer session. The message is sent from the mobile station to the network. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216720 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO INITIATE DATA TRANSFERS USING CAPABILITIES CLASSES OF PRE-DEFINED CAPABILITY CONFIGURATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to initiate data transfers using capabilities classes of pre-defined capability configurations are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method, a message is generated to initiate a data transfer session between a mobile station and a network. A code value from a plurality of code values is selected. Each of the code values is pre-defined to indicate a respective subset of different types of radio access capabilities of the mobile station. The selected code value is included in the message. The message is sent from the mobile station to the network. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216721 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method in which a Base Station (BS) allocates consecutive frequency-domain resources to a Mobile Station (MS) in the multi-carrier system are provided. The method includes sorting all MSs that participate in scheduling for each resource block in a descending order according to priority, selecting an MS including top priority as a best MS among MSs each of which includes top priority for each resource block, allocating a corresponding resource block to the selected best MS, and additionally allocating a corresponding resource block to the best MS if the best MS exists within a window preset in an adjacent resource block located in directions of at least one of decreasing and increasing a resource block index with respect to the allocated resource block, wherein the window includes a specific number of MSs including top priority, where the specific number is based on the window size. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216722 | CONTENTION-BASED TRANSMISSION WITH CONTENTION-FREE FEEDBACK FOR REDUCING LATENCY IN LTE ADVANCED NETWORKS AND ENHANCED PUCCH - Methods for contention-based transmission with contention-free feedback for reduced latency in LTE Advanced networks and an enhanced PUCCH are generally disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may transmit a contention sequence on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to an enhanced-Node B (eNB) and may concurrently transmit data requesting uplink resources on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to the eNB. The contention sequence is transmitted on the PUCCH in accordance with a format that is assigned by the eNB. The contention sequence is either randomly selected by the UE or assigned by the eNB. When the contention sequence and data are not successfully received by the eNB, the UE may fall back to a more conventional random access channel (RACH) procedure for uplink resource allocation. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216723 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION WITHIN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for indicating to a communication unit a plurality of modulation and coding schemes (MCSs) to be utilized for communication. During a first MCS is determined for first resource blocks to be sent to a first remote unit or base station, and a second MCS is determined for a second resource block to be sent to the remote unit or base station. A message is transmitted indicating the first and the second MCS and also indicating the first resource blocks and the second resource block. Finally, a first PDU is transmitted to the remote unit or base station at a first time using the first MCS and the first resource blocks and a second PDU is transmitted to the remote unit or base station at the first time using the second MCS and the second resource block. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216724 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL FOR IMPLEMENTING UPLINK RESOURCE INDICATION - A method, a base station (BS), and a user terminal for implementing uplink resource indication are provided. The method includes: carrying an uplink resource index in a ul grant, in which the uplink resource index is corresponding to at least one uplink resource in terms of indication; and sending the ul grant. The BS includes an index carrying module and an instruction sending module. The user terminal includes an instruction receiving module, an instruction resolving module, | 09-08-2011 |
20110216725 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmission apparatus which multiplexes control channels for multiple reception apparatuses into an OFDM symbol at the same timing in OFDM downlink radio access includes a pattern generating unit configured to generate a frequency mapping pattern which is specific to the transmission apparatus; and a frequency allocating unit configured to allocate subcarriers to the control channels for the multiple reception apparatuses according to the frequency mapping pattern. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216726 | SERVER AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING A TEMPORARY IP ADDRESS OF A MOBILE DEVICE TO A SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY NUMBER - In one embodiment, there is disclosed a system and method for providing access to an IP number or a subscriber identity number associated with a mobile device in a network, the method comprising associating a mobile device with a subscriber identity number; generating a temporary IP number for the mobile device; linking the subscriber identity number with the temporary IP number; storing the subscriber identity number and the temporary IP number in a database; and providing a pull application program interface to extract from the database either the subscriber identity number or the IP address for mobile device when requested by an application program. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216727 | VOICE AND DATA COMMUNICATION SERVICES USING ORTHOGONAL SUB-CHANNELS - A method for using orthogonal sub-channels (OSCs) in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). A capability report is received from the WTRU, including an indication whether the WTRU supports OSCs. A determination is made whether to use OSCs for the WTRU and the result of the determination is signaled to the WTRU. If OSCs are used with the WTRU, the signaling includes an OSC assignment for the WTRU. In one embodiment, two resources are assigned to the WTRU and each resource is assigned to a different OSC. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216728 | Wireless Packet Communication Method and Wireless Packet Communication Apparatus - In retransmission processing due to a failure of transmission of data packets, a plurality of data packets are simultaneously transmitted between two STAs by utilizing multiple wireless channels and MIMO, and the number of idle channels and the number of retransmission packets are compared. Then, when both of the numbers are different or only when the number of idle channels is larger than the number of retransmission packets, the retransmission packets are reconstructed according to the number of idle channels, and the reconstructed retransmission packets are simultaneously transmitted by using the idle channels. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216729 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to receive a downlink control signal and a downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare the uplink control signal including the acknowledgement information; a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using different resources which are different from resources that can be used for an uplink data signal; and a storage unit configured to store predetermined correspondence relationship which uniquely associates resources of the downlink control signal or the downlink data signal with resources used for the uplink control signal. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216730 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING MULTI-CARRIER INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for sending and receiving multi-carrier information to support multi-carrier mode operations in a multi-carrier communication system. The method of the present invention for sending and receiving multi-carrier information comprises a step wherein a base station transmits system information on a supportable multi-carrier to a terminal via a broadcast message; a step wherein a unicast message is received from the terminal, including information regarding the carriers that the terminal prefers or is able to support in the multi-carrier list included in said system information; and a step wherein multi-carrier allocation information, including the primary carrier and secondary carrier that the terminal will use, is transmitted to the terminal via unicast message. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216731 | Carrier Selection For Accessing A Cellular System - Embodiments provide methods, apparatuses, and software for transmitting or receiving information on at least one coverage carrier and/or at least one capacity carrier of a multi-carrier cell. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216732 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A closed subscriber group (CSG) cell is a cell that allows use of subscribers. In order to receive the service by the CSG cell, a CSG-ID is required to be notified to a user equipment, which cannot be obtained in a situation outside the reach of radio waves from a non-CSG cell. In a mobile communication system including base stations respectively provided to a CSG cell and a non-CSG cell in which access is made to the CSG cell with the use of a CSG-ID issued in a case where use of the CSG cell is allowed, the base station provided in the CSG cell refers to the notified identification information of a user equipment and then transmits a tracking area update request from the user equipment to a core network, and the core network determines whether the user equipment is allowed to use the CSG cell and, in the case where the use is allowed, transmits a signal for allowing assignment of radio resources to the user equipment and the CSG-ID. The user equipment accesses the CSG cell with the use of the CSG-ID. | 09-08-2011 |
20110216733 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - Provided are a method of information transmission performed by a transmitter in a wireless transmission system and an apparatus for same. Said method comprises a step wherein a first information sequence is generated based on a first transmission symbol and a first resource index, a second information sequence is generated based on a second transmission symbol and a second resource index, a third information sequence is generated based on a third transmission symbol and a third resource index, a fourth information sequence is generated based on a fourth transmission symbol and a fourth resource index, a fifth information sequence is generated based on a fifth transmission symbol and a fifth resource index, a sixth information sequence is generated based on a sixth transmission symbol and a sixth resource index; and a step wherein said first information sequence, said second information sequence, and said third information sequence are transmitted via a first antenna, and said fourth information sequence, said fifth information sequence, and said sixth information sequence are transmitted via a second antenna, respectively. | 09-08-2011 |
20110222483 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In the data transmission such as MCW, or the like using multiple streams, errors can be suppressed in feedback information while reducing an amount of information required for feedback every stream. A radio communication apparatus for performing data transmission by multiple code words in multiple streams and blanking transmission at retransmission, includes a Nack detector which detects Nack as a response signal that responds to a received result of code words from a communication partner station; a CQI bit number allocation deciding section which changes an allocation of CQI bit numbers between the multiple streams when Nack is detected; a feedback CQI information generator which generates CQI information of each stream; and a feedback information transmitter which transmits feedback information containing Ack/Nack information, ranking information of each stream, and generated CQI information. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222484 | Autonomous Femto Node Carrier Frequency Selection | 09-15-2011 |
20110222485 | Antenna Port Information Signaling in Wireless Communication System - A method in a wireless communication User Equipment (UE) includes receiving a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) message assigning a data transmission on a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH), wherein the PDCCH message includes scheduling information with a first New Data Indicator (NDI) bit field for a first transport block and a second New Data Indicator (NDI) bit field for a second transport block. The UE determines one or more antenna ports for the data transmission based on the NDI bit fields of the transport blocks, before receiving the assigned data transmission on the PDSCH. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222486 | Downlink OFDMA for Service Sets with Mixed Client Types - Techniques are provided herein to allow a wireless network access point (AP) to more fully use its bandwidth in order to leverage the different bandwidth capabilities of different types of wireless client devices that the AP serves. The AP generates control parameters for usage of a plurality of channels in a bandwidth during a downlink transmission interval. The control parameters comprise information indicating channel assignments that result in multiple downlink transmissions that at least partially overlap in time to different wireless client devices according to their respective bandwidth capabilities. The AP transmits the control parameters in a control frame in advance of the downlink transmission interval on each of the plurality of channels in the bandwidth. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222487 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a reception unit, a storage unit, a transfer amount decision unit, and a first transfer control unit. The reception unit receives a first frame with a frame length of a first length using a first wireless method. The storage unit stores the first frame. The transfer amount decision unit sets, when a second length decided based on the first wireless method is smaller than the first length, a third length to be the second length, and sets, when the second length is not less than the first length, the third length to be a value not more than the first length. The first transfer control unit transfers transfer information including first information of the third length in the first frame to a first memory, and transfers the first frame by the first length to a second memory. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222488 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING A PRIMARY SERVICE IN WLAN SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for protecting a primary service as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate are disclosed. For protecting a primary service by a station as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate, the unlicensed device acquires a list of identified available channels for the operation of the unlicensed device and maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels from a regulatory domain database system; generates a white space map (WSM) comprising the list of identified available channels and the maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels; updates the WSM when the station acquires information that a primary service signal is detected on a specific channel which is indicated as available in the WSM; and transmits the updated WSM to another station such that the another station moves to another channel if the another station is operating on the specific channel. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222489 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Efficient encoding techniques are described for encoding resource allocation data to be signalled to a user device. In one encoding technique one or more frequency blocks are assigned to a user device and a plurality of resource blocks within the assigned frequency blocks are allocated to the user device. The assignment of frequency blocks and the resource block allocation are encoded separately and signalled to the user device. On receipt of the signalled information the user device interprets the frequency block assignment and uses this when interpreting the resource block allocation. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222490 | Bandwidth mechanisms and successive channel reservation access within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Bandwidth mechanisms and successive channel reservation access within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A management frame, communicated from one wireless communication devices to one or more others, includes successive channel reservation assignment therein, and also indicates channel(s) within cluster(s) for use in respective communications (e.g., transmissions/receptions) of those wireless communication device(s) that receive the management frame. Subsequent management frames can modify or update such a channel assignment. Channel reservation for use in communications by respective wireless communication devices may be grown when additional channels may become available. Based on later determined information regarding the channel availability status, such channels that may become available can be used for subsequent, wider bandwidth communications. All communications include a primary channel (as indicated by a management frame, prior control frame, or other means) that may be located at a band edge or between respective channels (e.g., not at a band edge). | 09-15-2011 |
20110222491 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING CONTROL INFORMATION WITH ENHANCED COVERAGE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for sending control information in a manner to improve reliability are described. In an aspect, control information may be sent on multiple control channels, which may be independently configured and operated, in order to improve reliability. In one design, a base station may send signaling to instruct at least one UE to receive control information on both a first control channel (e.g., a Physical Downlink control Channel (PDCCH)) and a second control channel (e.g., a Relay PDCCH (R-PDCCH)). The base station may send control information for the at least one UE on the first and second control channels, e.g., in different time and/or frequency regions of a subframe. In another aspect, control information may be sent on a control channel in multiple subframes with bundling to improve reliability. A user equipment (UE) may perform the complementary processing to recover the control information sent by the base station on multiple control channels or with bundling. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222492 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REGISTRATION AND DATA TRANSMISSION USING FAST/ZERO CONTENTION RESOLUTION - Example methods and apparatus for registration and data transmission using fast/zero contention resolution are disclosed. An example method for transmission on a random-access channel (RACH) involves transmitting a mobile station radio access capabilities (MS RAC) message to a network and receiving an identification (ID) from the network subsequent to the MS RAC. The ID is locally unique and provides contention resolution. A timing advance is determined and further transmissions are performed on the RACH using the ID and the TA. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222493 | Cellular Wireless LAN with Frequency Division Multiplex in TV White Space - Systems, methods, and devices for operating a multiplex wireless local area network using separated uplink and downlink channels in the 802.11 and television white space (TVWS) spectra are disclosed. Opportunistic detection and use of available TVWS frequency channels allows for fixed and mobile wireless devices to more efficiently use the available wireless bandwidth. By using separated uplink and downlink channels, a fixed wireless device can listen to incoming uplink frames from other mobile and fixed wireless devices and monitor for uplink frame collisions. In the event of an uplink frame collision, the fixed wireless device can immediately send a stop frame in the downlink channel to all involved wireless devices to avoid lost channel time due to the delay caused by most acknowledgement-based collision recovery protocols. Similarly, communicating mobile and fixed wireless devices can transmit and receive data frames in both directions simultaneously. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222494 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A digital broadcasting system and a method for controlling the same are disclosed. A method for controlling a digital broadcast receiving system includes the steps of receiving a broadcast signal having mobile service data and main service data multiplexed therein, extracting transmission parameter channel (TPC) signaling information and fast information channel (FIC) signaling information from a data group within the received mobile service data, by using the extracted fast information channel (FIC) signaling information, acquiring a program table describing virtual channel information and service of an ensemble, the ensemble being a virtual channel group of the received mobile service data, by using the acquired program table, detecting a descriptor defining basic information required for accessing the received service, and, by using the detected descriptor, controlling the receiving system to enable access to the corresponding service. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222495 | Multi-Carrier Communications With Adaptive Cluster Configuration and Switching - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222496 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A MULTI-CELL RADIO SYSTEM AND A MULTI-CELL RADIO SYSTEM - For enhancing user throughput and coverage within a multi-cell radio system a method for operating a multi-cell radio system, especially an OFDMA-based radio system including a plurality of base stations, wherein different frequency reuse factors are used within different reuse zones of one cell by a fractional frequency reuse (FFR) scheme, the method includes the following steps: allocating a size or resource to the different reuse zones, and allocating users into different reuse zones. Further, a multi-cell radio system is described, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222497 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - A method for transmitting information includes: by a NodeB, receiving information reported by a User Equipment (UE) through an Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel, and determining the UE corresponding to the received information according to UE ID information carried in the received information. A system and NodeB for transmitting information are also provided. Therefore, when random access data is transmitted between the UE and the NodeB, the NodeB can determine the UE from which the data is received, thus ensuring practicability of the transmission solution that uses High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) to implement random access. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222498 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A mobile terminal and a method of performing a random access procedure by the terminal is achieved by transmitting a random access preamble to a base station, receiving a random access response from the base station, and performing an uplink transmission using an uplink grant from the base station. The uplink transmission is performed by using a maximum number of HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) transmissions parameter, which is included in a System Information Block (SIB) received from the base station. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222499 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING BANDWIDTH REQUEST PROCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing a bandwidth request procedure in a wireless communication system includes receiving a bandwidth request sequence, which has been selected from a sequence set including a plurality of sequences, via a bandwidth request channel, and selecting a bandwidth request procedure to be performed from among a general bandwidth request procedure and a quick bandwidth request procedure, wherein the sequence set is divided into a plurality of sub-sets corresponding to the general bandwidth request procedure and the quick bandwidth request procedure. The bandwidth request procedure can be quickly and effectively performed. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222500 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND CLUSTER CONSTELLATION SETTING METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus wherein even when a SC-FDMA signal is divided into a plurality of clusters and the plurality of clusters are then mapped to respective discontinuous frequency bands (when C-SC-FDMA is used), the improvement effect of system throughput can be maintained, while the user throughput can be improved. In the apparatus, a DFT unit ( | 09-15-2011 |
20110222501 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting and receiving a physical downlink shared channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving physical downlink shared channels in a terminal which receives downlink data from a plurality of cells simultaneously in a wireless communication system includes receiving the physical downlink shared channel scrambled using a scrambling sequence determined according to same cell ID and same Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) from the plurality of cells. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222502 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION APPARATUS, PROCESSING APPARATUS, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To suppress interference that a base station capable of autonomously selecting a frequency channel to be used in a cell formed by the base station itself (own cell) exerts on a primary cell and a non-HSDPA. A base station 1 includes a radio communication unit 11 and a frequency channel control unit 15. The radio communication unit 11 wirelessly communicates with a mobile station. The control unit 15 determines a frequency channel to be used in an own cell formed by the radio communication unit 11. Further, the frequency channel control unit 15 identifies whether or not a nearby cell formed by a nearby base station is a secondary cell that is dependently formed under condition of generation of a primary cell, and preferentially selects a frequency channel different from that used in a nearby non-secondary cell as a frequency channel to be used in the own cell. | 09-15-2011 |
20110222503 | WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMATION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless base station, wireless terminal, and channel signal formation method that can prevent the quality of downstream assignment control data from degrading, while preventing the number of blind determinations from increasing on the wireless terminal on the receiving side of the downstream control channel signal. In a base station ( | 09-15-2011 |
20110228729 | A METHOD FOR MAPPING A PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL RESOURCES - A method for mapping a physical downlink control format indicator channel to physical resources includes the steps that 16 modulated data y(0), y(1), . . . , y(15) of a downlink control signaling indicator channel in an LTE system are divided into 4 groups in order and mapped by groups, which allows the downlink control format indicator channel to be mapped exactly to the continuous 4 resource elements recombined by resources which are divided among all system physical resources except the pilots according to such continuous 4 resource elements. By defining group mapping rules, this method can offer the maximum gain of frequency selectivity. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228730 | SCHEDULING SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for scheduling simultaneous communications of multiple pairs of wireless nodes in a wireless network. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228731 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Systems and methods for resource allocation for an uplink control channel for a user equipment (UE) using multiple transmit antennas in a wireless communication network are disclosed. A plurality of orthogonal resources for use by the UE on the uplink control channel is selected. Control information is transmitted from the UE on the uplink control channel on the plurality of orthogonal resources with transmit diversity. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228732 | METHODS OF RESOLVING PDCCH CONFUSION IN LTE - In a method of wireless communication, a UE receives a configuration to receive a CIF for a serving cell of a plurality of serving cells. In addition, the UE monitors a PDCCH on a primary cell of the plurality of serving cells. Said primary cell is different than said serving cell. Furthermore, the UE assumes information received in the PDCCH is for said primary cell when the received information has a common payload size and is in a common search space with a first CCE index in the common search space being equal to a first CCE index in a UE specific search space. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228733 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DRX OPERATING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for Discontinuous Reception (DRX) operation of a Mobile Station (MS) in a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) based wireless communication system are provided. The method for allocating semi-permanent resources considering the DRX operation of the MS includes determining if DRX of an MS for allocating semi-permanent resources has been activated, transmitting semi-permanent resource allocation instruction information to the MS if the DRX of the MS has been activated, determining a slot to allocate semi-permanent resources to the MS, transmitting semi-permanent resource allocation information to the MS if the slot to allocate the semi-permanent resources to the MS is determined, and allocating the semi-permanent resources to the MS every semi-permanent resource allocation cycle. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228734 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PREFIX ALLOCATION AND ADVERTISEMENT OR DELEGATION - An apparatus and method for facilitating prefix allocation and advertisement or delegation in a wireless communication system, including receiving a signal from a client to indicate that the client will function as a router; and prompting a server to not allocate a prefix to a link between the server and the client and to not advertise said prefix to the client. In one aspect, the apparatus and method further includes allocating a first prefix to a user equipment (UE), receiving an indication that the UE is a router; and either a) reserving a second prefix for the UE wherein the second prefix is shorter than the first prefix; or b) calculating the second prefix for the UE wherein the second prefix includes a portion of the first prefix. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228735 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS, AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for multiplexing reference signals in a predetermined number of Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) groups to balance power across Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols are disclosed. In a wireless communication system, orthogonal sequences used for spreading the reference signals are allocated such that the order of orthogonal sequences allocated to a subcarrier of one CDM group has a predetermined offset with respect to the order of orthogonal sequences allocated to a subcarrier of another CDM group, adjacent to the subcarrier of the one CDM group. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228736 | Method and System for Creating and Deploying a Mesh Network - A method and system for creating and deploying a mesh network are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method comprises providing a mesh router having a plurality of radios. The mesh router is used in a cell of a plurality of cells that covers a geographic region. Channels are assigned to the plurality of radios. The channels are selected from a plurality of channels to allow channel reuse throughout the plurality of cells. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228737 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for transmitting and receiving uplink reference signals in a wireless communication system having multiple antennas is disclosed. The uplink reference signal transmission method includes transmitting a first reference signal sequence to a base station, and transmitting a second reference signal sequence to the base station, the second reference signal sequence being obtained by cyclically shifting the first reference signal sequence by a first cyclic delay value. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228738 | CLIENT-SERVER COMMUNICATIONS IN MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - The invention provides for a method of communication within a mobile radio communications device between a chip-card in server mode and any one or more of a plurality of clients each having the same IP address, the method including the steps of creating for each of the clients a socket, wherein each socket is bound to a client port allocated by the device, associating a client identifier to each of the bound client ports, and making each said client identifier available to the chip-card whereby the chip card can distinguish between messages from the plurality of clients. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228739 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING BANDWIDTH IN WIDEBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for allocating a bandwidth in a wideband wireless communication system. Said method comprises: allocating a bandwidth to an uplink burst area in accordance with the bandwidth request received from at least one terminal; determining whether a preemptive grant bandwidth allocation is enabled or not; determining a preemptive grant terminal if the preemptive grant bandwidth allocation is enabled; and allocating a preemptive grant bandwidth within a residual bandwidth to the determined preemptive grant terminal. By doing this, the present invention can efficiently use the bandwidth of an uplink frame, and shorten the time taken for bandwidth request/approval between a terminal and a base station. | 09-22-2011 |
20110228740 | COMMUNICATIONS UNIT AND METHOD FOR USE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A radio base station ( | 09-22-2011 |
20110228741 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF UPDATING ROUTING/ESTABLISHING PATHS IN A HIERARCHICAL NETWORK - A mobile unit managing network is provided which is capable of supporting a communication area being wider than ever by one highest-layer router. A radio base station transfers a path updating notification fed from a mobile terminal to a lowest-layer router. The lowest-layer router establishes a path in which a network address to the mobile terminal exists in the radio base station and transfers path information to an intermediate-layer router serving as an upward router. The intermediate-layer router establishes a path in which the network address to the mobile terminal exists in the lowest-layer router and transfers path information to the highest-layer router. The highest-layer router, when having received path information notification from the intermediate-layer router, establishes a path in which the network address to the mobile terminal exists in the intermediate-layer router. | 09-22-2011 |
20110235592 | NETWORK RESOURCE LEASING - Techniques for allowing network terminals to lease resources from one another. In an exemplary embodiment, an owner terminal determines the availability of resources (locally available or remotely accessible) to share with other terminals. The owner terminal establishes service and price level terms for sharing its resource, and advertises those terms to other terminals. A user terminal determines its own resource requirements, and searches a network for one or more owner terminals offering the desired resource. An owner terminal and a user terminal negotiate on the terms for use of an identified resource, and the owner terminal leases the resource to the user terminal. Applications include a virtual data center for leasing file storage space, network traffic bandwidth leasing to devices such as mobile phones, ad hoc distributed computing architectures, and third-party operating system (OS) support schemes. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235593 | Techniques for efficient acknowledgement for UL MU mimo and uplink OFDMA in wireless networks - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of supporting acknowledgement transmissions for Uplink (UL) Multi-user Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU MIMO) in wireless networks, comprising, enabling an AP operable in the wireless network to send back acknowledgements to different wireless stations (STAs) in communication with said AP either sequentially or simultaneously by defining a new block ack (BAs) type for multiple STAs. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235594 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR RETRIEVING MULTIMEDIA CONTENT - A mobile terminal connects to a wireless access point (AP) connected to a web server to retrieve and display a list of uniform resource locators (URLs) corresponding to types of multimedia content stored in a multimedia server. Each URL includes a channel identifier allocated to a corresponding type of the multimedia content. After receiving a selection of one URL, the mobile terminal parses the selected URL to retrieve a channel identifier, and automatically switches to a channel corresponding to the channel identifier. The mobile terminal connects to a wireless AP on the channel to retrieve a corresponding type of the multimedia content from the multimedia server. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235595 | BREAKOUT GATEWAY FOR MOBILE DATA TRAFFIC - In general, the invention is directed to techniques for breaking out mobile data traffic from a mobile service provider network to a packet data network. For example, as described herein, a breakout gateway device (BGW) receives a first service request and data traffic for a data session associated with the requested service from a mobile device in a radio access network, wherein the first service request is addressed to a serving node of a mobile core network of the mobile service provider network, and wherein the data traffic is destined for the PDN. A control packet analysis module forwards the first service request from the breakout gateway device to the serving node. A breakout module of the BGW bypasses the serving node by sending the data traffic from the breakout gateway device to the PDN on a data path from the radio access network to the PDN. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235596 | UPLINK SDMA TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY SCHEDULING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure present medium access control (MAC) protocols for uplink Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA) transmissions by one or more stations (STAs). An access point (AP) may receive one or more requests for uplink SDMA transmission from a plurality of stations. The access point may schedule the transmissions by sending a signal to the stations to notify them of the parameters of the uplink SDMA transmissions such as start time, duration of the transmission, spatial streams assigned to each station, and so on. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235597 | REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR MULTI-USER MIMO COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate generating sequences for transmitting reference signals (RS) based at least in part on a cell identifier or other parameters common for a plurality of cells. Where the plurality of cells provide similar joint uplink resources to a device in multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO), the device can transmit a signal to the plurality of cells over the joint uplink resources. For RSs transmitted according to a sequence generated based on a cell specific identifier or other parameters, the device can utilize a cell identifier, or other parameters, common to the plurality of cells such that the plurality of cells can all decode the RSs. In this regard as well, the plurality of cells can each receive or generate the common cell identifier or other parameters to properly decode the RSs. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235598 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MITIGATING INTERCELL INTERFERENCE BY COORDINATED SCHEDULING AMONGST NEIGHBORING CELLS - A networked computing system capable of mitigating interference amongst neighboring base stations. The networked computing system includes multiple base stations, user equipment, a network resource controller, and a data communications network facilitating data communications amongst all network devices. A serving base station is configured to acquire interference metrics from its local user equipment and then generate an aggregate representation from the acquired interference metrics. The network resource controller is configured to acquire the aggregate representation, determine an interference reduction associated with a neighbor base station for each of the user equipment serviced by the serving base station, determine a power schedule for the first base station based on the aggregate representation and the determined interference reduction, and then modify a power schedule for the neighbor base station based on the determined interference reduction. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235599 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING IN CARRIER-AGGREGATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit DL grant, data streams, and a control signal to configure a number of uplink transmit antenna ports PUCCH to a subscriber station. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive ACK/NACK modulation in response to the data streams. If the subscriber station is configured to transmit ACK/NACK using one uplink transmit antenna port and channel selection with PUCCH format | 09-29-2011 |
20110235600 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USING RESOURCES ALLOCATED TO A WIRELESS NETWORK IN A COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless device includes a first wireless transceiver and a second wireless transceiver. The first wireless transceiver is configured to communicate via a first wireless network, and includes a first scheduler configured to schedule communication via the first wireless network. The second wireless transceiver is configured to communicate via a second wireless network. The second wireless transceiver includes a second scheduler. The second scheduler is configured to identify a resource allocated to the second wireless transceiver for a transaction via the second wireless network, to identify a portion of the resource used by the second wireless transceiver for the transaction, and to transfer information defining the portion to the first transceiver. The first scheduler is also configured to schedule, based on the information transferred by the second scheduler, the first transceiver to communicate via the first wireless network using the resource allocated to the second wireless transceiver for the transaction. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235601 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL (PDSCH) PROTECTION - According to certain aspects, resource blocks used for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions may be allocated in a manner to manage interference in neighboring cells. According to certain aspects, one or more guard RBs may be utilized when transmitting PDSCH in a first cell an effort to reduce interference by transmissions in a second cell. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235602 | SUBFRAME DEPENDENT PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) REGION DESIGN - According to certain aspects, resources allocated to a user equipment (UE) for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmissions may be determined in a subframe-type dependent manner. As a result, PUCCH regions for different subframes may vary based on the subframe types. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235603 | METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE MAPPING IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - A method, a network device, and a system for determining resource mapping in CoMP transmission are disclosed. The method includes: the cooperative cells that perform CoMP transmission for a UE negotiate a mapping rule used by the cooperative cells when the status of the CoMP transmission of the UE changes, where the mapping rule includes the number of and position of OFDM symbols allocated to a PDCCH domain and/or a data channel domain; and the negotiated mapping rule is notified to the UE. In this embodiment, before the downlink signals are transmitted, the mapping rule used by each cooperative cell for CoMP transmission is negotiated between the cooperative cells, and therefore, the UE can accurately receive the signal sent by multiple cooperative cells and the performance of CoMP transmission in the system is improved. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235604 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a technique for efficiently selecting access schemes for use in communications. This invention includes an identifying means that identifies, from station-on-the-other-end candidate information, which is control information in which information related to an access scheme corresponding to each of a plurality of stations-on-the-other-end of communication is described, and from information related to an access scheme corresponding to the local station, access schemes beforehand one of which can be used in communication with a communication partner station; and a selecting means that selects, as the access scheme to be used in data communication with a communication partner station, one of the identified access schemes when the data communication is started. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235605 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE OF HENB IN EVOLVED PACKET SYSTEM - A session-adaptive radio resource allocation device and method for an EPS is provided. A resource allocation method for a wireless communication includes transmitting, at a Home evolved Node B (HeNB) received a downlink packet destined to a User Equipment (UE) in idle mode, a paging message including a local indicator to the UE; transmitting a service request message including the local indicator from the UE to a Mobility Management Entity (MME); transmitting a Initial Context Setup (ICS) message including an uplink Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) from the MME to the HeNB; and establishing a radio bearer for a local breakout session between the HeNB and UE and a radio bearer corresponding to an Evolved Packet System (EPS) bearer context of an internal Serving Gateway/Packet Data Network Gateway (SGW/PGW) of the HeNB using the TEID). | 09-29-2011 |
20110235606 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION THEREOF - The invention relates to a method for resource allocation in a radio communication system (RCS). The radio communication system (RCS) comprises a base station (BS) and at least one mobile station (MS | 09-29-2011 |
20110235607 | Method and Communication Network Element for Transmitting Reference Signals - A method of transmitting reference signals in a communication network from a first network element to a second network element is provided, wherein the method includes transmitting first type of reference signals using a first resource of a frame wherein the first type of reference signals are related to a first communication system, and transmitting second type of reference signals using a second resource of the frame wherein the second type of reference signals are related to a second communication system. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235608 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A COMP REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-CELL ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed is a channel estimation method using a cooperative multi-point (CoMP) reference signal in a multi-cell environment. The method comprises a CoMP reference signal receiving step of enabling a terminal to receive, from each of the cells that perform a CoMP operation, a CoMP reference signal where an orthogonal code is applied to each of the cells; a channel estimation step of enabling the terminal to estimate, using said CoMP reference signal, channels of each of the cells which perform said CoMP operation; and a channel status feedback information transmitting step of enabling the terminal to transmit channel status feedback information to each of the cells. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235609 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of a user equipment performing random access in a multi-carrier system comprises receiving mapping information through downlink component carriers, sending a random access preamble through uplink component carriers, and receiving a random access response through a specific downlink component carriers determined based on the mapping information. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235610 | ADAPTIVE NETWORK TO DYNAMICALLY ACCOUNT FOR HIDDEN NODES - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a network element that is configured to be associated with a network having a number of nodes. A proxy node is configured to distinguish between a some signals received from a master node and other signals received from at least one hidden node, where the at least one hidden node is unable to bi-directionally directly communicate with the master at a given time. The proxy node is further configured to relay at least one signal between the master node and the hidden node to facilitate addition of the hidden node to the network via the master node. Other methods and devices are also disclosed. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235611 | COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to communicating control information in a mobile communication system, by which new control information can be transmitted more quickly. The present invention comprises transmitting a first data block comprising control information for transmitting first data when no resources for the transmission of the first data are available, receiving second data from an upper layer to be transmitted, wherein the second data has a higher priority than the first data, and transmitting a second data block comprising updated control information for transmitting the first and second data when no resources for the transmission of the first and second data are available. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235612 | NETWORK APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - A network station stores therein a frame scheduling table including a plurality of pieces of scheduling information obtained by scheduling, in advance, transmission/reception timing of wireless frames that are transmitted/received by wireless communication terminals each of which is configured so as to implement a plurality of wireless communication methods, while using a wireless communication method corresponding to the network side and while using a wireless communication method corresponding to the local side. When the network station receives a notification indicating that a radio wave interference is detected, from any of the wireless communication terminals managed by the network station, the network station changes the frame scheduling information currently assigned to the wireless communication terminal being the transmission source of the notification indicating that the radio wave interference is detected. | 09-29-2011 |
20110235613 | Cellular Communication System and Method for Broadcast Communication - A cellular communication system ( | 09-29-2011 |
20110243072 | System For and Method of Dynamic Home Agent Allocation - A system for and method of dynamic home agent allocation is presented. The system and method may include receiving, via a network, a request for allocation of a Logical Home Agent for a mobile node, selecting a Logical Home Agent for the mobile node based on one or more performance metrics, and communicating Logical Home Agent selection to the selected Logical Home Agent and the mobile node. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243073 | LEGACY OPERATIONS IN A MU MIMO WIRELESS NETWORK - In a network that contains both new devices capable of using wide channels and legacy devices that can only use narrow channels, the network controller may define which devices are to use which narrow channels for concurrently transmitting uplink acknowledgements. Further, the network controller may schedule the devices to respond in groups based on the received signal strength of their transmissions at the network controller. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243074 | Data Center Using Wireless Communication - A data center includes a plurality of computing units that communicate with each other using wireless communication, such as high frequency RF wireless communication. The data center may organize the computing units into groups (e.g., racks). In one implementation, each group may form a three-dimensional structure, such as a column having a free-space region for accommodating intra-group communication among computing units. The data center can include a number of features to facilitate communication, including dual-use memory for handling computing and buffering tasks, failsafe routing mechanisms, provisions to address permanent interface and hidden terminal scenarios, etc. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243075 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An enhanced random access procedure for current and future versions of user equipment communicating with base stations. A random access preamble is transmitted, wherein the random access preamble comprises release version information of a user equipment. A payload portion of a random access response is derived, and a contention resolution message is received. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243076 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR SIMILAR PRIORITY LOGICAL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate providing quality of service for similar priority logical channels at least in part by assigning dynamic priority levels to the logical channels to allow certain logical channels to be assigned resources before other logical channels. Dynamic priority levels can be assigned based at least in part on a total accumulated used bytes of a given logical channel scaled by a prioritized bit rate of the logical channel. Thus, logical channels with a lower number of total accumulated used bytes scaled by the prioritized bit rate can be assigned higher priority to ensure resources are assigned to the logical channels. Moreover, the dynamic priority levels can be normalized to align the dynamic priority levels within certain values so as not to interfere with other logical channels of different assigned priority. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243077 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, BASE RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD IN BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus for performing radio communication with a terminal apparatus, the base station apparatus including: a statistical information generation unit which generates first statistical information relating to the terminal apparatus and second statistical information relating to user data at a first or second quality level; a quality selection processing unit which selects the user data at the first or second quality level based on the first and second statistical information; and a radio transmission unit which performs radio transmission to the terminal apparatus of the selected user data at the first or second quality level. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243078 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC STATION ENABLEMENT PROCEDURE - A method and an apparatus for an access point (AP) station to operate as a first type dependent station within a white space in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and an unlicensed device are permitted to operate together are disclosed. For a method of an access point (AP) station to operate as a first type dependent station within a white space in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and an unlicensed device are permitted to operate together, the method comprising: transmitting a White Space Map (WSM) comprising a list of available channels and a list of maximum allowed transmission powers of the available channels within a beacon frame in every beacon transmission instances with a predetermined transmission interval, wherein the transmission of the WSM is for at least one second type dependent station; receiving, from an enabling station having an authority for a permission of an operation of the first type dependent station and the second type dependent station, an updated White Space Map (WSM); operating only within the available channels identified by the updated WSM; and transmitting the updated WSM in a next beacon transmission instance when the WSM is supposed to be transmitted within the beacon frame. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243079 | Transmission Modes and Signaling for Uplink MIMO Support or Single TB Dual-Layer Transmission in LTE Uplink - This invention is a method of wireless telephony. A bases station configures a user equipment for single-antenna port or multi-antenna port operation via Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling including a 5-bit MCS-RV and 1-bit NDI for the second codeword (CW1) are needed for the DCI format 4. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243080 | Methods of contention-based transmission - A method for contention-based (CB) uplink transmission in a wireless communication network is provided. A base station (eNB) first transmits CB configuration information and CB grant to a user equipment (UE). The UE derives a plurality of transmission opportunities from the uplink CB grant and in response transmits uplink CB data via one of the transmission opportunities. The UE then receives an acknowledgment from the serving base station. If the uplink CB data is non-decodable by the eNB due to multiple contention UEs, then the UE retransmits the uplink data in response to a negative acknowledgment. In one novel aspect, the uplink transmission radio resource carriers both the uplink CB data and UE-selected signature information. In one embodiment, the UE-selected signature information is transmitted via pilot tones. By eliminating a separate phase of contention resolution, the overall latency of CB transmission is reduced and transmission efficiency is improved. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243081 | Multi-User Communication Group Management And Signaling - Systems and techniques relating to wireless communications are described. A described technique includes generating one or more assignment records for a wireless communication device, generating an assignment message that includes the one or more generated assignment records, and transmitting the assignment message to cause the wireless communication device to initialize or update a multi-user group table based on the assignment message and filter one or more received multi-user transmissions based on the multi-user group table. The assignment message can indicate one or more group identifiers and one or more group member identifiers that are assigned to the wireless communication device and one or more group identifiers that are not assigned to the wireless communication device. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243082 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATIONS OF DATA RATE CONTROL INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system, a method and an apparatus provide for efficient communications of data rate control information. A mobile station communicates a request on a data channel for reception of a data file on a traffic channel. In response to the request, a transmitter in mobile station starts communication of data rate control information on a data rate control channel. After concluding the delivery of a requested data file by a receiver in mobile station, transmitter ceases communication of data rate control information on data rate control channel from mobile station. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243083 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING USER EQUIPMENT CAPABILITIES - Apparatus and methods that provide wireless communications, where a method for wireless communications includes receiving at a Node B a first set of bits indicating at least two frequency bands supported by a UE for HSDPA, the first set of bits further specifying a number of downlink adjacent carriers supported by the UE for each of the at least two frequency bands. The method also includes transmitting a first set of bits indicating support for a set of carriers for each band, the information comprising information related to a maximum channel bandwidth supported for that band; and transmitting a second set of bits indicating a configuration for the set of carriers under which multiple uplinks will be supported. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243084 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus for defining spectral usage at a base station in a wireless network. In various embodiments, the wireless network is divided into a plurality of regions, such that each of the regions may have associated with it one or more interfering adjacent regions, which are associated with different portions of a spectral allocation. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243085 | METHOD OF COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus of cooperative transmission performed by a transmitter having a multi-antenna in a multi-cell is provided. A first data stream is transmitted to a first base station through a first data layer, and A second data stream is transmitted to a second base station through a second data layer. The first data stream and the second data stream may be generated from different codewords and are respectively mapped to the first data layer and the second data layer. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243086 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, BASE STATION DEVICES, AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - One region of a plurality of regions into which channels are divided over the radio link as a main region is designated for each of groups into which the cells of the plurality of base stations are divided. When a mobile terminal receives a signal from a second base station other than a first base station to which the own mobile terminal is connected, the mobile terminal notifies the first base station of adjacent status information that represents a group to which a cell of the second base station belongs. The first base station allocates a channel that belongs to a region other than the main region of the group represented by the adjacent status information that the mobile terminal notifies to the first base station. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243087 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER - A wireless communication system is disclosed. Specifically, a method of transmitting signals from a user equipment in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises receiving downlink scheduling information from a base station through a control channel of a first downlink component carrier, the downlink scheduling information including an uplink transmission power control (TPC) command; receiving downlink data from the base station through a shared channel of a second downlink component carrier, the shared channel being connected with the downlink scheduling information; adjusting transmission power of an uplink component carrier corresponding to the first downlink component carrier in accordance with the uplink TPC command; and transmitting acknowledgement (ACK) information of the downlink data to the base station through the uplink component carrier. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243088 | UPLINK ACK/NACK SIGNALING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - An uplink ACK/NACK signaling method and apparatus in carrier aggregation environment are disclosed. The method for performing a HARQ procedure by a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes receiving one or more control channels carrying downlink scheduling information from a base station (BS), wherein each control channel carries information indicating a total number of control channels transmitted from the BS to the UE, and determining whether the total number of control channels transmitted to the UE is identical to the number of control channels received at the UE. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243089 | HYBRID BEACONING METHOD - Provided is a hybrid beaconing method in which a centralized beaconing scheme and a distributed beaconing scheme are combined. In the hybrid beaconing method, a beaconing scheme is converted according to a network condition, and a centralized beaconing scheme or a distributed beaconing scheme is used to maintain an optimum network status | 10-06-2011 |
20110243090 | DOWNLINK CONTROL AND PHYSICAL HYBRID ARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL (PHICH) CONFIGURATION FOR EXTENDED BANDWIDTH SYSTEM - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention, there is described herein at least a method, executable computer program, and apparatus to form a resource allocation for a particular bandwidth, including defining at least one search space for a first bandwidth region used by a first user equipment and for a second bandwidth region used by a second user equipment, each search space including control channel elements, where there are first control channel elements in the first bandwidth region and second control channel elements in the second bandwidth region, and transmitting information descriptive of the resource allocation to the first user equipment and the second user equipment. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243091 | USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE, METHOD FOR REPORTING RESOURCE, AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING RESOURCE - A User Equipment (UE), a method for determining a resource, a method for reporting a resource, and a system for distributing a resource are provided. The method for determining a resource includes: if transmission data on the carrier reaches maximum transmission data supported in a scope allowed by Service Grant (SG), and a transmission power of the UE is capable of improving a data transmission rate of the carrier, and the carrier and the other one carrier of the dual carriers are incapable of completing transmitting total buffer status data in the same delay period, determining that a resource distributed to a UE on one carrier of dual carriers of the UE is insufficient; otherwise, determining that the resource distributed for the UE on the carrier is sufficient. Therefore, a solution for reporting the resource of the dual carriers is provided, so as to improve a network performance. | 10-06-2011 |
20110243092 | ESTABLISHING CHANNELS BETWEEN A DOMAIN MANAGER AND MANAGED NODES - A device associated with a network receives a register request from a managed node connected to the network, where the register request requests registration of the managed node. The device also establishes a command channel, for sending one or more commands, with the managed node based on the register request, and establishes a notification channel, for sending one or more notifications, with the managed node based on the register request. | 10-06-2011 |
20110249629 | Method Of Transmitting Channel Information In Multiple Antenna System - A method of transmitting channel information in a multiple antenna system includes receiving the channel information comprising rank information, and transmitting a confirm message through a downlink control channel as a confirmation for the channel information, wherein the confirm message comprises overriding rank information which overrides the received rank information in an open loop scheme and also comprises information indicating whether the received channel information is used without alteration in a closed loop scheme. A rank indicator (RI) and a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) can be carried on a dedicated control channel (DCCH) and be specified through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 10-13-2011 |
20110249630 | METHOD OF RETRANSMISSION TO REDUCE THE OVERHEAD - A method of transmitting data in a wireless access system and a packet retransmitting method therein are disclosed. The present invention includes receiving an initial control message including information required for a packet retransmission from a base station, transmitting the packet to be provided with a service from the base station, and if a NACK (non-acknowledgement) signal is received from the base station, retransmitting the packet corresponding to the NACK signal to the base station using the information required for the packet retransmission and included in the initial control message. Therefore, since a separate control message needs not to be transmitted in case of packet retransmission,.it is able to save radio resources and reduce an overhead by retransmitting a packet via a previously allocated retransmission region without the separate control message. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249631 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL SELECTION IN A PEER TO PEER NETWORK - Various embodiments relate to using available spectrum for peer to peer communications and for selecting which of several possibly available channels should be used. Various methods and apparatus are well suited to peer to peer networks in which channel usage decisions are made in a decentralized manner. A wireless terminal generates a list of potential available channels to be used for peer to peer communications, e.g., based on FCC information and/or local sensing. Channels are filled in accordance with a predetermined channel ordering. A wireless terminal migrates between the channels in accordance with changes in the number of peer devices using a channel. The network, in a distributed manner, changes the number of channels in use at a location in response to changes in numbers of active peer devices at a location. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249632 | Scheduling Retransmissions for Contention-Based Access - A base station supports a contention-based channel and a schedule-based channel. If too many mobile terminals simultaneously transmit on the contention-based channel, the base station schedules retransmissions to those terminals on the schedule-based channel. Supporting this, a terminal transmits a user transmission on the contention-based channel that includes both a data transmission and a reference signal. The terminal derives this reference signal by selecting one of a plurality of cyclic shifts (CSs). Correspondingly, the base station receives the user transmission and can determine the selected CS even if it is unable to demodulate the data transmission. The base station then determines a retransmission identifier (RTI) mapped to that CS, according to a mapping between CSs and RTIs, and sends scheduling information for any needed retransmission to the terminal by addressing that information to the RTI. Meanwhile, the terminal knows this mapping and monitors for scheduling information addressed to that RTI. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249633 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION BASED ON SPATIAL-MULTIPLEXING GAIN - A control information transmission and reception method based on a spatial-multiplexing gain, are provided. The control information may be transmitted by obtaining the spatial-multiplexing gain using an E-PDCCH region, and thus, a transmission efficiency of the control information may be improved. The common control information used for decoding the E-PDCCH may be transmitted via a PDCCH, and thus, a base station supporting both a general terminal and an enhanced terminal may effectively transmit the control information. Information associated with an indicator indicating whether the E-PDCCH is to be used during a subsequent resource allocation period may be transmitted, and thus, whether decoding with respect to the E-PDCCH is to be performed during the subsequent allocation period may be determined. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249634 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving uplink control information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. A method for receiving uplink control information from a base station in a wireless communication system includes the steps of allocating resources for transmitting uplink control information, transmitting resource allocation information of the resources, and receiving uplink control information from at least one user equipment through the resources. Herein, the resources are multiplexed so that a single PUCCH format can be used by a plurality of user equipments, a plurality of information, or a plurality of random access opportunities by enabling the plurality of user equipments, the plurality of information, or the plurality of random access opportunities to use different constellations each other. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249635 | Wireless Apparatuses, Wireless Systems, and Methods for Managing Multiple Component Carriers - A wireless communications device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a radio access network. The controller module receives a preamble assignment message comprising a component carrier indicator from the radio access network via the wireless module, and transmits, on a component carrier corresponding to the component carrier indicator, a Random Access Preamble (RAP) message to the radio access network via the wireless module. Also, the controller module receives a Random Access Response (RAR) message corresponding to the RAP message from the radio access network via the wireless module, and determines whether to activate the component carrier in response to one of the preamble assignment message, the RAP message, and the RAR message. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249636 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - An apparatus and method for establishing a connection including reserving a common connection for use by more than one access terminal (AT); associating the common connection with a network identifier corresponding to the AT; deleting a network identifier-related context while maintaining the network identifier; and transmitting a message, based on a call to the AT, via the common connection and based on the network identifier, wherein a specific connection for carrying the call is based on a response to the message. In one example, the apparatus and method include conducting a registration session with a wireless communications network; obtaining a network identifier corresponding to the AT based on the registration session; deleting a network identifier-related context for the AT while maintaining the network identifier; receiving a message indicating a call destined for the AT; and establishing, based on the message, a specific connection for carrying the call. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249637 | Parameterized Codebook Subsets for use with Precoding MIMO Transmissions - One aspect of the teachings presented herein provides advantages for sending precoder selection feedback from a transceiver to another transceiver, for use by the other transceiver as precoding recommendations. The transceiver generates two types of precoder selection feedback, where one type uses a smaller signaling payload than the other and therefore provides a distinct reduction in the signaling overhead associated with reporting precoding recommendations. The transceiver uses the reduced-overhead type of reporting when reporting at certain times, or on certain channels, or in response to control signaling. In one example, a UE in an LTE network sends precoder information to an eNodeB on the PUCCH by sending smaller-range index values that index only a subset of precoders, but sends full-range index values when reporting on the PUSCH, which index a larger set of precoders. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249638 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS THEREOF - Communication devices and methods thereof. A communication device comprises a controller module and a telecommunication module. The controller module allocates a predetermined or required power to a retransmission signal or a first carrier that carries the retransmission signal, determining a remaining power according to the predetermined or required power and an upper limit power, and distributes the remaining power over at least one new transmission signal or at least one carrier. The telecommunication module, coupled to the controller module, transmits the retransmission signal on a first carrier according to the predetermined or required power, and transmits the retransmission signal on the first carrier according to the predetermined or required power, and transmitting the at least one new transmission signal on the at least one carrier according to each distributed power. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249639 | Method of Handling Sounding Reference Signal and Physical Uplink Control Channel and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a sounding reference signal (SRS) and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises enabling a mobile device-specific carrier aggregation with at least one component carrier, transmitting the SRS on a first component carrier of the at least one component carrier in a first subframe to a network of the wireless communication system, and transmitting the PUCCH on a second component carrier of the at least one component carrier in the first subframe to the network of the wireless communication system. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249640 | System and Method for Transmitting Control Information - A system and method for transmitting control information are provided. A method for communications controller operations includes combining control data for each relay node of at least one relay node into a control channel data stream, mapping a plurality of transmission resources for the control channel data stream into a plurality of physical resource blocks using a distributed virtual resource mapping rule, and transmitting the plurality of physical resource blocks to the set of at least one relay node. The plurality of transmission resources are mapped to physical resource blocks that are non-contiguous in a frequency domain. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249641 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for performing a random access in a multi-carrier system includes transmitting a random access preamble on an uplink component carrier to a base station, and receiving a random access response on a first downlink component carrier. The random access response includes information regarding a second downlink component carrier used to transmit a contention resolution message indicating that a random access collision with other mobile stations are resolved. A base station to perform the method includes a preamble reception unit to receive the random access preamble, a response generation unit to generate the random access response, and a response transmission unit to transmit the random access response. A mobile station to perform the method includes a preamble transmission unit, a response reception unit, a carrier configuration unit, and a message reception unit. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249642 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE NEGOTIATION BETWEEN BASE STATIONS FOR ENHANCED INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Methods and apparatus for supporting adaptive resource negotiation between evolved node Bs (eNBs) for enhanced inter-cell interference coordination (eICIC) are provided. This resource negotiation may occur via a network backhaul between the eNBs or, in some cases, using over-the-air messages (OAMs). For certain aspects, a first eNB may propose its adaptive resource partitioning information (ARPI) to a second eNB, where the second eNB may accept or reject the proposed resource partitioning. If the second eNB accepts the proposed partitioning, the second eNB may schedule resources, such as subframes, based on the accepted partitioning. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249643 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - According to certain aspects, techniques for periodically reporting channel state information (CSI) on protected and unprotected resources are provided. The protected resources may include resources in which transmissions in a first cell are protected by restricting transmissions in a second cell. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249644 | ALLOCATING RESOURCE UNITS TO A MOBILE STATION - Various example embodiments are disclosed. According to one example, a method may include permuting, by a superordinate station in a wireless network, physical resource units to logical resource units, the physical resource units of sequential logical resource units being noncontiguous. The method may also include sending at least one allocation message allocating a block of sequential logical resource units to each of a plurality of mobile stations, each of the allocated blocks being contiguous with at least one other allocated block. The method may also include de-allocating at least a first block of sequential logical resource units from a first mobile station selected from the plurality of mobile stations and a second block of sequential logical resource units from a second mobile station selected from the plurality of mobile stations, the first block of sequential logical resource units being noncontiguous with the second block of logical resource units. The method may also include sending at least one re-allocation message allocating the first block of sequential logical resource units and at least a portion of the second block of logical resource units to a new mobile station. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249645 | Method and System For Adaptively Obtaining Bandwidth Allocation Requests - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels. Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 10-13-2011 |
20110249646 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and a method for transmitting resource allocation information in a mobile communication system are disclosed. That is, a LVRB (PRB) and a DVRB which are the units of a scheduling resource are defined and a resource allocation method and a method for transmitting resource allocation information using the same are disclosed. In the LVRB, a part bitmap scheduling method using a LVRB set is suggested and a method for constructing resource allocation information using the same is suggested. In the DVRB, method for defining the DVRB using PRBs in a subframe is suggested and a method for constructing resource allocation information using the same when scheduling is performed using the DVRB constructed by the defined method is suggested. In order to prevent interference and collision from occurring due to the complete matching of the DVRBs in respective cells, a method using different DVRBs in the respective cells is suggested. | 10-13-2011 |
20110255480 | System and Method for Providing a Communications Framework - A system includes a queuing module coupled to a first database and a delivery module coupled to a second database and the queuing module. The queuing module is operable to receive a plurality of communications from a plurality of applications and store the plurality of communications in the first database. The delivery module is operable to receive the stored plurality of communications from the queuing module, access end-user subscription information stored in the second database, determine, based on the end-user subscription information, one or more devices to receive the plurality of communications, and deliver the plurality of communications to the determined one or more devices on behalf of the plurality of applications. The end-user subscription information indicates one or more devices to receive the plurality of communications. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255481 | METHOD FOR MANAGING DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A SUBSCRIBER POOL - A method for managing data transmissions in a subscriber pool involves receiving a telematics unit call at a call center on a channel other than a packet data channel, and from the call and at the call center, recognizing that the packet data channel is unavailable in a predetermined coverage region. A notification is transmitted to the telematics unit and/or to a plurality of telematics units in the predetermined coverage region indicating that the packet data channel is unavailable for a predetermined time. In response to the notification, a vehicle data upload setting is reset in the telematics unit and/or each of the plurality of telematics units to an alternate channel such that primary connection attempts made by the telematics unit and/or each of the plurality of telematics units are via the alternate channel during the predetermined time. A system for managing such data transmissions is also disclosed. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255482 | Systems and Methods for Multi-Channel Medium Access Control - Systems and methods for controlling communication on a control channel and service channels of an ad hoc wireless network includes periodically switching to the control channel during a control interval, periodically switching to one of the service channels during a service interval, and variably switching to another of the service channels during the service interval. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255483 | Signaling of Precoding Granularity for LTE and LTE-A - A method for indicating a precoding granularity value. The method includes an access node performing at least one of dynamically signaling the precoding granularity value in downlink control information, semi-statically signaling the precoding granularity value through high-layer signaling, and implicitly signaling the precoding granularity value through a link with at least one parameter that the access node transmits for another purpose. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255484 | DOWNLINK ASSOCIATION SET FOR UPLINK ACK/NACK IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX SYSTEM - In a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system, downlink and uplink communications share the same bandwidth but occupy different subframes. When the downlink has more subframes than the uplink, special treatment on user equipment (UE) ACK/NACK feedback is needed. One uplink may need to ACK multiple downlink subframes. A downlink association without unnecessary ACK/NACK resources sets accounts for subframes for which ACK feedback is not desired. Examples of such subframes include: a blank subframe; an almost blank subframe where only a cell specific Reference Signal (RS) is transmitted; a Time Division Multiplex (TDM) partition in which an evolved NodeB (eNB) only transmits a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) or a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) indicating Semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) at certain downlink subframes; a Downlink Pilot Timeslot (DwPTS) with a certain special subframe configuration where an eNB does not send the PDSCH and the UE is not in SPS active mode in the DwPTS; and a Multi-Media Broadcast over a Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) subframe when the UE is not in SPS active mode in the MBSFN subframe. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255485 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT FOR MULTIPLE SYSTEM BANDWIDTHS - Techniques for supporting communication with user equipment (UEs) of different types on a plurality of system bandwidths are described. UEs of each type may operate on one or more available system bandwidths. Resources assigned to a UE may be conveyed by a resource allocation field of a control message sent to the UE. The resource allocation field may have different configurations (e.g., different sizes and/or interpretations) for different system bandwidths. In one design, the resource allocation field and the control message sent to the UE have different sizes for the plurality of system bandwidths. A base station may determine the size of the resource allocation field based on a system bandwidth selected for the UE. In another design, the resource allocation field may have a same size but different interpretations (e.g., different resource mappings) for the plurality of system bandwidths. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255486 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CROSS-CELL COORDINATION AND SIGNALING - Methods and apparatus for providing cross-cell signaling and/or coordination for interference mitigation in wireless communication networks are described. In one aspect, a UE associated with a serving eNB may receive control signaling from another non-serving eNB in a different cell. The control signaling may be consistent with a characteristic of the serving eNB and associated cell. In another aspect, multiple eNBs may coordinate transmission of DL resources to minimize collisions of control signaling resources. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255487 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CHANNEL SELECTION - Various methods and apparatuses for channel selection based on energy levels are disclosed. In one aspect, an apparatus for communication is disclosed, the apparatus comprising a processing system configured to determine, for each of one or more channels, a plurality of energy levels of a respective plurality of signals received via a respective plurality of beam directions and to select one of the channels based on the determined energy levels and a transceiver configured to communicate over the selected channel. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255488 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING TRAINING SEQUENCE IN MULTI USER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus of transmitting a long training field includes: a station number determination unit configured to determine at least one station to be transmitted using transmission data or channel status information; a transmission stream allocation unit configured to determine the number of transmission streams for each of the least one station determined by the station number determination unit; a long training field number calculation unit configured to calculate the number of long training fields required for each of the at least one station determined by the transmission stream allocation unit and determines the least common multiple of the number of calculated long training fields of each station; and a long training field allocation unit configured to allocate the long training fields for each station to subcarriers allocated to each station to correspond to the least common multiple of the determined long training fields. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255489 | HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK PARTITION IN TDD BEYOND RADIO FRAME - Maintaining uplink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) compatibility with extended radio frames includes partitioning subframe groups over an extended radio frame having a length of time greater than a time defined for a single radio frame. User equipment (UE) suspends PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) retransmission in the extended radio frame, in accordance with hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing of a subframe group assigned to the UE. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255490 | BANDWIDTH RECYCLING IN NETWORKS - A method for use in a broadband wireless access protocol (such as IEEE 802.16 or Long Term Evolution (LTE)) includes scheduling by a base station a stand-by subscriber station for each subscriber station with uplink (UL) transmission opportunities, transmitting by the base station and over the network, a list of each of the stand-by subscriber stations, determining by the stand-by subscriber stations if there is unused bandwidth reserved for the corresponding subscriber station, communicating to the base station that there is the unused bandwidth, and releasing the unused bandwidth for use by the stand-by subscriber station. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255491 | METHOD AND APPRATATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a base station, a resource allocation device and method, a user equipment, a resource allocation reception device and method that utilize encoding and decoding techniques for transmitting through communication systems with uplinks and downlinks, the resource allocation information used to share transmission resources in a wireless communication system. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255492 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRIGGERING OR REPORTING A SCHEDULED REQUEST IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and device for triggering and reporting an SR are disclosed in the present invention. The present invention adds determining of UL-SCH resource scheduling grant and subsequent UL-SCH resource to the process of SR triggering and reporting; with the present invention, the current status of a UE can be accurately determined, and only a necessary SR is triggered and reported. Therefore, not only system overhead can be saved, but also it can be avoided that a base station, in order to respond to the unnecessary SR sent by the UE, allocates redundant UL-SCH resource to the UE, moreover, the system bandwidth is also saved and the system frequency spectrum efficiency is improved. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255493 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INFORMATION RETRANSMISSION METHOD - To suppress deterioration of retransmission efficiency and retransmit a transmission signal efficiently, provided are a base station apparatus which divides, in a retransmission block dividing section, a transmission signal into retransmission blocks according to a retransmission block table with which are registered the numbers of the retransmission blocks, each of the transmission blocks is a retransmission unit of a transmission signal, the numbers of the retransmission blocks are required numbers corresponding to the number of transmission antennas and the system bandwidth in case that the maximum value of the size of the retransmission block is fixed to a certain value, and retransmits in downlink transmission signals associated with the divided retransmission blocks, and a mobile terminal apparatus which receives the transmission signals associated with the retransmission blocks from the base station apparatus, and combines the retransmission blocks to restore the transmission signal prior to division. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255494 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a determination unit ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110255495 | METHOD OF SENDING A DATA SIGNAL VIA A PLURALITY OF TRANSMITTER ENTITIES - A method of sending a data signal comprising a series of symbols to a receiver includes generating a plurality of OFDM signals respectively transmitted by a plurality of transmitter entities. The method includes the steps of generating a plurality of a succession of pairs of symbols, including the substeps of generating at least one pair of symbols orthogonal to a current pair of symbols of said succession of pairs of symbols, generating at least one duplicated pair of symbols by duplicating the current pair of symbols, and allocating at least one current pair of symbols, at least one orthogonal pair of symbols and at least one duplicated pair of symbols to the transmitter entities of the plurality of transmitter entities, said substeps being repeated for all the pairs of symbols of said series of symbols, and generating the plurality of OFDM signals from the plurality of a succession of pairs of symbols, the OFDM signals including a plurality of sub-carriers equal to twice the number of transmitter entities. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255496 | Method of Mapping Transport Sequences to Component Carriers in a Wireless Communication System - A method of mapping transport sequences to component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of mapping transport sequences to a plurality of component carriers in a transmitter of a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises changing the order of the transport sequences in accordance with mapping information; and transmitting the transport sequences of which order has been changed, to a receiver through the plurality of component carriers. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255497 | Method and apparatus for realizing compatibility between a WCDMA system and a GSM system - The present invention provides a method for realizing compatibility between a WCDMA system and a GSM system, including: in the downlink data path of a base station, In-phase/Quadrature (IQ) data of the GSM system are mapped to the Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI) according to a predetermined rate before IQ data interleaving and framing the CPRI Base Frame (BF), and then the mapped data of the GSM system are de-multiplexed with IQ data of the WCDMA system; in the uplink data path of the base station, IQ data in the CPRI are de-multiplexed after de-framing and IQ data de-interleaving CPRI BFs, and then the de-multiplexed IQ data of the GSM system are de-mapped according to the predetermined rate. The present invention further provides an apparatus for realizing compatibility between a WCDMA system and a GSM system. The method and apparatus genuinely realize the compatibility between the WCDMA system and the GSM system by unifying two different radio transmission modes between the WCDMA system and the GSM system in the bottom layer. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255498 | Method for Transmission of Downlink Control Message in Mobile Communication System - A method for transmission of a downlink control message in a mobile communication system is provided. Said method comprises a step wherein user-specific control information (USCI) on a plurality of user equipment (UE) is arranged to generate a series of control message at a base station and a step wherein said control messages that have been generated are transmitted. The arrangement sequence value of a specific type of USCI within said control message is used as channel allocation information regarding the UE to which said specific USCI is transmitted. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255499 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND TERMINAL DEVICE USING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for receiving control information and a terminal device using the same. The terminal is able to receive a non-user-specific A-MAP IE of a specific sub-frame from a base station according as a broadcasting message is transmitted from the specific sub-frame, wherein the non-user-specific A-MAP IE includes an indicator showing that the non-user-specific A-MAP IE is configured in an extended form. The terminal can also obtain scheduling information based on the received indicator, wherein the scheduling information is configured by the type of the extended non-user-specific A-MAP IE. Then, the terminal is capable of decoding the broadcast message in a certain sub-frame based on the obtained scheduling information. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255500 | SELF-COEXISTENCE OF DEVICES IN A FLEXIBLE WIRELESS SYSTEM INCLUDING TWO OR MORE WIRELESS NETWORKS THAT SHARE A FREQUENCY BAND | 10-20-2011 |
20110255501 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Data Performed by at Least One Base Station in Wireless Communication System - A method and apparatus for transmitting data performed by at least one base station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided. First signals are repsectively mapped to a first Orthgonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of a first BS and a second BS, and are transmitted. A second signal, having a θ shifted phase of the first signal, is mappped to a second OFDM symbol, and is transmitted by the first BS. The repective first signals and the second signal are transmitted in a same subcarrier in a frequency domain. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255502 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR REQUESTING RESOURCE - The present invention discloses a method of requesting resource from a resource allocating apparatus by a request requesting apparatus, a resource allocating apparatus, a resource requesting apparatus and a communication system. The method comprises the following steps: sending a resource request message from the resource requesting apparatus to the resource allocating apparatus; after receiving the resource request message, if resource cannot be allocated within a set time interval with respect to the resource requesting apparatus, sending an acknowledgement for the resource request message from the resource allocating apparatus to the resource requesting apparatus; and if the resource is allocated to the resource requesting apparatus within the set time interval, not sending the acknowledgement for the resource request message from the resource allocating apparatus to the resource requesting apparatus. Utilizing the method and structure of the present invention, the resource allocating apparatus sends additional acknowledgement message only if needed, therefore overhead is reduced much more. Moreover, since the solution of the present invention does not change any signaling exchanged between the resource allocating apparatus and the resource requesting apparatus, it is able to meet the requirement of backward compatibility. | 10-20-2011 |
20110255503 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE - To obtain maximum throughput in accordance with characteristics of a propagation path, a radio transmission device having a plurality of transmitting antennas ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110255504 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A communication device which can reduce amount of control information, limit interference with other traffics, and prevent an increase in current consumption. In this device, a separation unit ( | 10-20-2011 |
20110261763 | RANDOM ACCESS SCHEME FOR PREVENTING UNNECESSARY RETRANSMISSION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A random access scheme for preventing unnecessary retransmission and a user equipment for the same are disclosed. If a Contention Resolution (CR) timer expires in contention resolution during a random access procedure or if a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signal or a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signal associated with the PDCCH signal does not match an identifier of a terminal, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) buffer for storing a Medium Access Control Packet Data Unit (MAC PDU) transmitted in the random access procedure is flushed such that unnecessary data retransmission can be prevented. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261764 | CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a wireless communication system according to the present invention: a control device and a communication terminal communicate in an active period. The control device: generates a first beacon packet including one or more candidate channels; transmits the first beacon packet at the beginning of the active period; determines whether or not a use channel is to be changed based on a communication state, and generates a second beacon packet including information of a determination result; transmits the second beacon packet at the end of the active period; and, when it is determined that the use channel is to be changed, changes the use channel after the active period ends and before a next active period starts. The communication terminal: receives the first and second beacon packets; and, based on the second beacon packet, changes the use channel after the active period ends and before a next active period starts. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261765 | RANGING AND DISTANCE BASED WI-FI SPECTRUM SELECTION - A method and apparatus for performing spectral allocation for a wireless link in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method determines a distance/range for the wireless link and assigns an optimal sub-carrier frequency to the wireless link based on (1) a higher frequency to lower frequency priority and (2) on the value of the distance/range of the wireless link. Higher frequency sub-carriers are assigned to wireless links that have a shorter distance/range and lower frequency sub-carriers are assigned to wireless links that have a longer distance/range. The method of the present work increases the spectral efficiency of the wireless communication system and improves system bandwidth. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261766 | WLAN DEVICE AND CHANNEL SCANNING METHOD - A wireless local area network (WLAN) device actively scans a first wireless channel, waits for a first scanning result of the first wireless channel for a first waiting time period, and transmits a first time extending frame to the first wireless channel to extend the first waiting time period. The WLAN device further actively scans a second wireless channel within the first waiting time period, waits for a second scanning result of the second wireless channel for a second waiting time period, and transmits a second time extending frame to the second wireless channel to extend the second waiting time period. The WLAN device receives the first scanning result from the first wireless channel, and then receives the second scanning result from the second wireless channel, after the WLAN device actively scans the first and second wireless channels. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261767 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME - A method and apparatus for allocating control channels of a relay within a backhaul subframe in a wireless communication system is provided. The method for allocating control channel resources includes grouping relays according to channel conditions; transmitting resource group information on the same resource group allocated to use the same transmission mode for the relays belonging to the same relay group; transmitting a control channel message to the relays according to the allocated resource; and transmitting data to the relays according to the control channel message. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261768 | SHARING CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES - A method for reusing control channel resources in a wireless system includes selecting a subset of control channel resources from a specified set of control channel resources in a search space of the wireless system. The subset is smaller than the set. In addition, the method includes transmitting a first control channel using only the subset of control channel resources. Further, the method includes selecting at least one of the control channel resources not transmitted in the first control channel. Furthermore, the method includes transmitting a different control channel using at least one of the control channel resources specified for but not scheduled in the first control channel. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261769 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN OFDM-BASED HIERARCHICAL CELLULAR SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling inter-cell interference of control channels of hierarchical cells in a hierarchical cellular system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) are provided. The inter-cell interference control method of a base station in a hierarchical cellular system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) includes transmitting a broadcast channel, including information on an available bandwidth that is a part of an entire bandwidth, to a terminal, transmitting a control channel including data channel allocation information for the entire bandwidth to the terminal, and transmitting a data channel, as informed by the data channel allocation information, to the terminal. The inter-cell interference control method and apparatus support cooperative transmission of hierarchical cells while maintaining both backward compatibility and forward compatibility. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261770 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - A method for multi-antenna transmission includes allocating a different subcarrier resource or a different code resource to UE-specific reference signals (RSs) corresponding to each beamforming array of multiple beamforming arrays; and using the multiple input multiple output (MIMO) technology on the multiple beamforming arrays. The embodiments of present invention also provide a multi-antenna apparatus and system. Embodiments of the present invention implement combined use of MIMO and the beamforming technology, which brings the advantages of the beamforming technology and MIMO into full play. Therefore, the SNR is improved through the array gain of beamforming arrays to reduce the interference between users, and the channel capacity in the system and the spectrum efficiency are improved through MIMO. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261771 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus and a mobile terminal apparatus compatible with respective mobile communication systems when a plurality of mobile communication systems coexist. The mobile terminal apparatus performs a cell search using a synchronization channel signal specific to a first mobile communication system made up of a plurality of component carriers multiplexed with at least one downlink component carrier in the first mobile communication system and/or a synchronization channel signal for a second mobile communication system having a relatively narrow second system band multiplexed with at least one downlink component carrier in the first mobile communication system. and makes random access using uplink/downlink component carriers allocated based on information of downlink component carriers including the synchronization channel signal used for the cell search and information of uplink component carriers included in a dynamic broadcast channel signal broadcast from the radio base station apparatus. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261772 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a mobile communication system according to the present invention, a radio base station (eNB) is configured to transmit broadcast information including a parameter to which a frequency bandwidth used in the mobile communication system is set; a mobile station (UE# | 10-27-2011 |
20110261773 | ANTENNA APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - Two types of array antennas having different down tilt angles are used separately between the outside and inside of the cell in consideration of the transmission mode. A base station apparatus is a base station apparatus that performs wireless communications with a mobile station apparatus, and has a first array antenna | 10-27-2011 |
20110261774 | Uplink Control Signaling in Cellular Telecommunication System - A method, apparatus, and computer program for controlling allocation of control message fields in uplink transmission in a cellular telecommunication system are presented. Uplink control message fields are allocated to the resources of a physical uplink shared traffic channel according to an uplink transmission scheme selected for a user terminal. The control message fields are allocated so that transmission performance of the control messages is optimized for the selected uplink transmission scheme. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261775 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNALS SEGMENTATION - A method for transmitting a transport block includes segmenting the transport block into code blocks corresponding in number to a multiple of the number of layers to be used for the transmission of the transport block, attaching a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) to the segmented code blocks, sequentially mapping the code blocks to which the CRC has been attached to at least one layer according to a predetermined mapping rule, and transmitting the code blocks. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261776 | UPLINK TRANSISSION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method of uplink transmission, in which a user equipment transmits a signal in uplink in a wireless communication system. The present invention includes switching an uplink transmission mode used in transmitting the signal to a base station to either a first transmission mode or a second transmission mode, generating a plurality of signals to transmit to the base station via a plurality of component carriers (CCs), and transmitting a plurality of the signals to the base station according to the switched uplink transmission mode, wherein the first transmission mode allows multi-carrier characteristics for the signal transmitted via a plurality of the component carriers and wherein the second transmission mode requests single carrier characteristics for the signals transmitted via a plurality of the component carriers. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261777 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a communication system including a specified subscriber cell which allows a specific mobile terminal to use the specified subscriber cell, and an unspecified user cell which an unspecified mobile terminal can use, in which each mobile terminal receives cell identification information assigned to each communication cell and makes a cell selection, identification information for identifying the CSG cell operating in an open access mode is included in the cell identification information. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261778 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING IN MULTI-CARRIER NETWORKS - A method of scheduling transmissions in a multi-carrier transmission system, includes, for each downlink transmission frame: partitioning the downlink transmission frame into a plurality of data regions each including an equal number of slots, each data region corresponding to a respective logical band; for a currently active connection: a) creating a first set of logical bands not fully occupied for transmission and having a minimum boosting level making the transmission receivable by a receiving terminal; b) extracting from the first set, a second set of logical bands available for allocating a maximum number of slots for downlink transmission to the active connection; and c) selecting the logical band for downlink transmission to the active connection from the second set as the logical band that, after allocating the slots to the considered connection, leaves a residual number of slots equal to or smaller than a predetermined minimum residual in the logical band, e.g., the smallest residual number of slots. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261779 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING THE NUMBER OF CODE WORDS AND POWER - A method for allocating the number of code words and power according to physical channels carrying data includes: determining initial power and an initial number of code words; adjusting the initial power and the initial number of code words in balanced mode according to resource utilization of data transmission physical channels to select a transport block size (TBS) suitable for data transmission, where the power and the number of code words corresponding to the TBS suitable for data transmission are allocated power and number of code words. An apparatus for allocating the number of code words and power according to physical channels carrying data is also provided. With the present invention, it is guaranteed that the number of code words and the power may be allocated in balanced mode. | 10-27-2011 |
20110261780 | RESOURCE RELEASE CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE - A resource release control method, a communication system, and a device are configured to delete a bearer context on an original-side heterogeneous-system management network element (NE) even if a target-side management NE does not support interaction with a serving gateway (S-GW) and does not support an idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) mechanism. The resource release control method includes: acquiring version information of a target-side management NE, when a user equipment (UE) activating an ISR mechanism is handed over from an original-side network to a target-side network; and deleting a bearer of an original-side heterogeneous-system management NE, if the version information indicates that the target-side management NE does not interact with an S-GW and does not support the ISR mechanism. Meanwhile, a communication system and a relevant device are also provided. | 10-27-2011 |
20110268043 | Contiguous CQI Report - The current invention concerns a method for transmitting channel quality information in a communication system. The method comprises the steps of choosing a first resource block group out of a plurality of resource block groups. Reporting channel quality information for the first resource block group and reporting channel quality information for at least one second resource block group around the first resource block group within the plurality of resource block groups or reporting a number of resource block groups around the first resource block group within the plurality of resource block groups that are within the same channel quality information category as the first resource block group. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268044 | REMOTE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FOR SELF-ORGANIZING FEMTOCELLS - A method for initialization of a remote femto base station by a remote management system in a radio access network, the method comprising: powering on the femto base station; transmitting an initial configuration file from the remote management system to the femto base station; initializing the femto base station with the initial configuration file; scanning neighbor femto base stations; transmitting the results of the scanning of neighbor femto base stations and transmitting the femto base station location information to the remote management system; the remote management system setting a neighbor list and radio frequency parameters in response to receipt of the transmission from the femto base station; generating an updated configuration file based on the generated neighbor list and radio frequency parameters; transmitting the updated configuration file to the femto base station; and applying the updated configuration file at the femto base station and starting operation. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268045 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for communicating uplink control information to a base station using a user equipment is presented. The method includes identifying component carriers on the user equipment scheduled for Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) transmissions, and identifying at least one first ranking for each of the component carriers for transmission of uplink control information. Each first ranking is at least partially determined by whether the component carrier is configured for delay-sensitive transmissions. The method includes using the at least one first ranking to select a first component carrier for transmission of uplink control information, and encoding uplink control information into the first component carrier for transmission to the base station. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268046 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK DEVICE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHODS - A communication network device of a communication system is described comprising a transmitter configured to transmit data in a plurality of frames, wherein in each frame, a plurality of communication resource elements is provided to be allocated for data transmission of downlink control data, wherein a data communication resource element is defined by a frequency range and a communication time interval within the frame and a communication resource allocator configured to allocate a first set of the communication resource elements of the plurality of communication resource elements provided to be allocated for data reception of downlink control data in a frame for the transmission of the downlink control data and to allocate a second set of the communication resource elements of the plurality of communication resource elements provided to be allocated for data reception of downlink control data in the frame that have not been allocated for the transmission of downlink control data for the transmission of data of another type than the downlink control data. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268047 | Providing Dynamic Group Subscriptions For M2M Device Communication - A method, system, and computer program product for providing dynamic group subscriptions for M2M device communication provides a more flexible and efficient technology for allocating registrations and resources. A method for allocating a plurality of subscriptions to wireless services in a network among a plurality of wireless devices in the network comprises creating a group including a plurality of wireless devices, making an initial allocation of the subscriptions to the group, the initial allocation including allocating one subscription to each of some of the plurality of wireless devices, modifying the allocation of the subscriptions to the group, including at least one of deallocating a subscription from one of the plurality of wireless devices and allocating a subscription to one of the plurality of wireless devices. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268048 | Feedback For Inter-Radio Access Technology Carrier Aggregation - A method includes simultaneously receiving a first communication using a first radio access technology and a second communication using a second radio access technology, and using only the first radio access technology, transmitting first feedback information for the first communication and second feedback information for the second communication to a network device that performed the first communication. A method includes, using a first radio access technology, receiving first feedback information for a first communication that used the first radio access technology and second feedback information for a second communication that used a second radio access technology. The method also includes, using the first feedback information in association with a subsequent communication using the first radio access technology, and communicating the second feedback information to a network entity that performed the second communication. Program products and apparatus are also disclosed. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268049 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for providing random access signaling in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus and method determine a random access transmission scheme for the MIMO communication system based at least in part on a number of transmit antennas in the system. The random access signals are transmitted in a random access channel using the random access transmission scheme. Power control for the random access channel is performed based at least in part on the random access transmission scheme. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268050 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR JOINT ENCODING OF USER SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNAL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and method for providing encoded information pertaining to a user-specific reference signal associated with a user equipment in a multiple access wireless communication system are provided. The encoded information jointly indicates a rank of transmission together with at least one parameter relating to the user-specific reference signal, such as a set of antenna ports and a user-specific reference signal pattern. The encoded information is transmitted in a downlink control channel to reduce overhead in the channel. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268051 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WLAN AND BLUETOOTH COMMUNICATIONS - This disclosure involves methods and systems for controlling WLAN and Bluetooth communications by allocating bandwidth into times blocs having a first segment with Bluetooth priority and a second segment with WLAN priority. Access to the wireless communication medium is signaled over an interface connecting the WLAN and Bluetooth modules. Downlink traffic is modulated by signaling the WLAN access point to buffer traffic during the first segment. WLAN traffic can also be modulated by allowing reception and blocking transmission WLAN signals during the first segment. Further, while high priority Bluetooth transmission are preferably always allowed, low priority Bluetooth transmission can be restricted during the second period, depending upon the respective states of the WLAN and Bluetooth modules. A coexistence agent can be used to transfer relevant information between the WLAN and Bluetooth modules. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268052 | TECHNIQUES FOR INITIATING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques are described for a device to request a new service flow for best effort (BE) category traffic to assign a priority to the new service flow. For example, a Traffic Priority parameter in a media access control (MAC) message can be used to transmit the priority level for a new BE category service flow. The MAC message can be an AAI DSA-REQ message (specified in IEEE 802.16m draft 9 (2010)). Either a base station or a mobile station can request a new service flow using the MAC message. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268053 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ACK/NACK INDEXING - A method for controlling channel signaling between a UE and a wireless network access node is described. The method includes determining whether an examined sub-frame of a plurality of sub-frames in a first resource region is unused. The index of the examined sub-frame is a last index of the plurality of sub-frames allocated for use in a first channel. The plurality of sub-frames is organized in a reverse indexing manner such that a last indexed sub-frame is adjacent to a second resource region. The second resource region is allocated to a second channel. In response to determining that the w examined sub-frame is unused, the examined sub-frame is re-allocated for temporary use in the second channel. The method also includes providing an indication of the allocation. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268054 | MULTI-USER UPLINK COMMUNICATION USING EDCA WITH POLLING - Simultaneous, multi-user uplink communication is scheduled in a wireless network by transmitting a poll message to a plurality of access terminals in response to receiving a first request to transmit data via uplink. The poll message includes a solicitation for requests to transmit data from each of the plurality of access terminals. The poll message also includes a medium reservation and schedule for transmission of the requests from the access terminals. Based on the requests received from the access terminals, a number of the access terminals are selected for simultaneous transmission of data via uplink. A transmit start message is sent to each of the selected access terminals indicating when and for how long the selected access terminals may transmit data via uplink. After the data is received, a block ACK message is sent to each of the selected access terminals indicating successful simultaneous communication. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268055 | TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING HARMONIZED CO-EXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE CO-LOCATED BODY AREA NETWORKS | 11-03-2011 |
20110268056 | System and Method for Allocating Network Resources for a Communications Link - A system and method for a system and method for allocating network resources for a communications link are provided. A method for communications controller operations includes allocating network resources to a communications link. The communications link includes an uplink (UL) part and a downlink (DL) part. The method also includes if a type of the allocated network resources is not equal in the DL part and the UL part, transmitting a first indication of the allocated network resources for one part of either the UL part or the DL part and a second indication of the allocated network resources for a remaining part of either the UL part or the DL part. The first indication and the second indication are based on an amount of network resources allocated. The method further includes if the type of the allocated network resources is equal in the DL part and the UL part, transmitting an indication of the allocated network resources for one part of either the UL part or the DL part. The indication is based on an amount of network resources allocated. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268057 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes a DownLink/UpLink (DL/UL) indicator for indicating whether a connection associated with control information to be transmitted is a DL connection or a UL connection and a flow Identification (ID) that identifies the connection are generated and control information including the DL/UL indicator and the flow ID is transmitted to another party to the connection. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268058 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method for wirelessly transmitting data using a plurality of transmission layers includes estimating a number of vector symbols to be allocated to transmission of user data codewords during a subframe and determining a number of bits in a plurality of user data codewords to be transmitted during the subframe. The method also includes calculating a number of control vector symbols to allocate to control information based at least in part on the estimated number of vector symbols and the determined number of bits. Additionally, the method includes mapping control codewords to the calculated number of control vector symbols and transmitting vector symbols carrying the user data codewords and the control codewords over the plurality of transmission layers during the subframe. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268059 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK DATA RECEIVING STATUS - An apparatus and a method for feeding back data receiving status, applied to a system, are provided. The method includes sequencing, by a User Equipment (UE), downlink subframes for transmitting data with respect to each Component Carrier (CC), generating receiving status feedback information for the first X downlink subframes with respect to each CC according to the result of the sequencing, where X≦M, wherein M is the number of downlink subframes on each CC, and transmitting the receiving status feedback information generated with respect to each CC to a base station. Accordingly, the UE will not misinterpret the receiving status for the downlink subframes due to inconsistencies with the base station between transmitting and receiving feedback. This affects the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmission, saves the uplink overheads occupied by the receiving status feedback information, and increases the uplink coverage area. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268060 | ACCESS POINT RANGE EXTENSION - A technique for expanding the range of coverage for a wireless local area network (WLAN) involves locating a wireless access point (WAP) away from an interworking unit (IWU) at the edges of the WLAN and a (typically) wired network. The WAP, when located away from the IWU, can be referred to as an untethered access point (UAP) because it communicates with the IWU on a wireless channel. Stations on the WLAN will be capable of communicating with the WAP, whether or not it is a UAP, via a known or convenient wireless protocol, such as Wi-Fi, and may or may not be capable of communicating with one another via a direct station-to-station protocol. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268061 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method for wirelessly transmitting data and control information using a plurality of transmission layers includes determining a number of bits in one or more user data codewords to be transmitted during a subframe and calculating a number of control vector symbols to allocate to control information during the subframe. The number of control vector symbols is calculated based at least in part on the number of bits in the one or more user data codewords to be transmitted during the subframe and an estimate of the number of vector symbols onto which the one or more user data codewords will be mapped. The estimate of the number of vector symbols depends, at least in part, on the number of control vector symbols to be allocated to control information. The method also includes mapping one or more control codewords to the calculated number of control vector symbols and transmitting vector symbols carrying the one or more user data codewords and the one or more control codewords over the plurality of transmission layers during the subframe. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268062 | RESOURCE MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OFDM SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resource between uplink ACK/NACK channel and downlink control channel supporting spatial multiplexing in an OFDM-based wireless communication system which configures uplink ACK/NAK channel implicitly using reference signals for discriminating among resource allocation spaces and physical channel resource. The method is capable of multiplexing the uplink ACK/NACK channel associated with the control channel extended by spatial multiplexing into the uplink ACK/NACK channel resource which does not support spatial multiplexing. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268063 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES BASED ON A TRANSMISSION RANK - A method for wirelessly transmitting data using a plurality of transmission layers includes estimating a number of data vector symbols to be allocated to one or more user data codewords during the subframe and determining a number of bits in the one or more user data codewords. The method also includes calculating a nominal number of control vector symbols to allocate to control information based, at least in part, on the estimated number of data vector symbols and the determined number of bits in the one or more user data codewords. Additionally, the method includes determining an offset value based, at least in part, on a number of layers over which the wireless terminal will be transmitting during the subframe and calculating a final number of control vector symbols by multiplying the nominal number of control vector symbols and the offset value. The method also includes mapping one or more control codewords to the final number of control vector symbols and transmitting vector symbols carrying the one or more user data codewords and the one or more control codewords over the plurality of transmission layers during the subframe. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268064 | RESOURCE AVAILABILITY FOR PDSCH IN RELAY BACKHAUL TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for indicating (e.g., by a donor base station) resources available for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions from a base station is provided. Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for determining (e.g., by a relay node or UE) resources available for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmissions from a base station. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268065 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for scheduling resources in a wireless communication system are provided. A Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level of resource allocation information of one or more terminals is determined. A temporary MCS level for resource allocation information of a frame is determined by considering an MCS level for resource allocation information of a k-th terminal of the set of terminals. A resource amount for allocating data is determined by considering the temporary MCS level. Whether a resource is allocable to the k-th terminal is determined by considering the resource amount for the data allocation. And when the resource is allocable to the k-th terminal, the MCS level of the resource allocation information of the frame is determined by considering the MCS level of the resource allocation information of the k-th terminal. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268066 | Beamforming Methods in Closed-Loop MIMO - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for applying successive multi-rank beamforming strategies (e.g., successive precoding strategies) for the design of precoders over a set of parallel channels. Successive beamforming is applied to a narrow band channel model and is also applied for finer quantization of a single beamforming vector (e.g., recursive beamforming). A first embodiment provides the optimal approach with high complexity. An alternative embodiment provides successive beamforming for near optimal precoding selection with medium complexity. A low complexity method for precoder selection is also provided wherein a channel representative matrix for the set of parallel channels is determined and successive beamforming on the calculated channel representative is applied. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268067 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION TO REQUEST CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION BANDWIDTHS - A method for transmitting control information to request a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of transmission bands is disclosed. The method includes generating control information including downlink transmission band indication information and CQI request information, the downlink transmission band indication information indicating a downlink transmission band requiring CQI reporting among a plurality of downlink transmission bands and the CQI request information requesting CQI reporting for the downlink transmission band, and transmitting the generated control information on a downlink control channel of a predetermined downlink transmission band among the plurality of downlink transmission bands. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268068 | Method of Coordinating Precoding Matrixes in a Wireless Communication System - A method of coordinating precoding matrixes in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of coordinating precoding matrixes by a base station in a wireless communication system comprises receiving precoding matrix index information from neighbor cells; and generating PMI allocation for each resource according to the precoding matrix index information wherein at least one PMI is restricted or recommended in part of resource in the PMI allocation for each resource. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268069 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN A BROADBAND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for scheduling multiple bursts containing a collaborative spatial multiplexing (CSM) burst and a non-CSM burst in a broadband radio communication system. The method comprises the steps of packet-scheduling an uplink data packet corresponding to the bandwidth request from a terminal such that the packet is allocated to either the CSM burst or the non-CSM burst, determining a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level and a transmission power level corresponding to the packet-scheduled uplink data packet using the maximum number of bytes for each MCS level in accordance with the types of the multiple bursts calculated for the terminal, determining a transmission power offset in accordance with the type of the burst to which the packet-scheduled uplink data packet is allocated using the MCS level and the power transmission level determined in the previous step, and generating MAP information for the terminal, containing burst allocation information of the uplink data packet and information of the transmission power offset determined in the previous step. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268070 | Resource Mapping Methods for Control Channels - The present invention provides resource mapping methods for control channels, wherein a method includes: a broadcast control channel is positioned in a frequency partition which includes one or a plurality of distributed resource units; and the start position of the broadcast control channel is arranged to be in the first distributed resource unit of the frequency partition. The technical solutions of the present invention solve the problems of the resource locations which are occupied by the control channels and the manner thereof, improve the performance of the control channels, enable the control channels to meet various requirements in the related technologies, such as a low bit error rate, resource mapping and interference suppression in the OFDMA system and the like, and ensure the spectrum efficiency of the wireless communication system based on the OFDMA technology. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268071 | MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER OFDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of enhancing a downlink channel coding structure in an OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiple access) communication system is provided. The method includes: segmenting a concatenation of multiple transport blocks amongst multiple component carriers; and separately performing link adaptation for each component carrier according to channel conditions experienced by that component carrier. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268072 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting signals in a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus includes N antennas, a processor coupled to the N antennas and configured to generate N transmit signals by performing precoding on R spatial streams for R spatial layers, and to transmit the N transmit signals respectively through the N antennas, wherein an information stream, a reference signal sequence, and a reference signal pattern are allocated to each of the R spatial layers, and the reference signal pattern is a time-frequency resource pattern used for transmission of the reference signal sequence, wherein each of the R spatial streams corresponds to one spatial layer, and wherein each of the R spatial streams is generated based on the information stream, reference signal sequence, and reference signal pattern allocated to a corresponding spatial layer. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268073 | Method of Transmitting and Receiving Channel State Information Feedback in a Wireless Communication System - A method of transmitting and receiving channel state information feedback in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of transmitting channel state information (CSI) feedback by a user equipment receiver in a wireless communication system comprises mapping components of a CSI matrix to constellations; and allocating the mapped components to resource. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268074 | ACCESS METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REVERSE PUBLIC CHANNEL IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and system for accessing a reverse common channel in a wireless network, said method comprises: according to burst data to be sent, a terminal sending a burst data request to a base station in said reverse common channel; according to captured said burst data request, said base station allocating resources to the burst data to be sent in said reverse common channel, and notifying allocated resources to said terminal through a forward common channel; and said terminal using said resources allocated by said base station to send said burst data to said base station in said reverse common channel according to a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ). The present invention can improve the access capacity of the reverse common channel and the rate of carrying the burst data in the reverse common channel, especially in the Do Rev. A system. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268075 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information on the data channel in a multi-carrier wireless communication system is provided. An Uplink Control Information (UCI) transmission method in a wireless communication system supporting multicarrier transmission according to the present invention includes channel-coding a UCI with reference to a number of UCI bits available; dividing the channel coded UCI bits into a number of Physical Uplink Shared Channels (PUSCHs); and transmitting the UCI multiplexed with data on the individual PUSCHs. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268076 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system are disclosed. One of the methods including receiving reference signal information and a resource block index corresponding to resource block allocated for transmission of data; identifying ACK/NACK resource information through the reference signal information and the resource block index; and receiving an ACK/NACK signal of the data using the ACK/NACK resource information. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268077 | DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD IN A COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, NETWORK DEVICE, AND WIRELESS SYSTEM - A downlink transmission method in a Coordinated Multi-Point (COMP) transmission system, a network device, and a wireless system are disclosed. The method includes: determining a downlink physical resource and a downlink mapping rule corresponding to a physical downlink channel and/or a reference signal negotiated by cooperating cells; and mapping the physical downlink channel and/or the reference signal to the downlink physical resource according to the downlink mapping rule, and sending the physical downlink channel and/or the reference signal to a User Equipment (UE). According to the method, effective coverage can be improved and the problem of mutual interference between cells can be prevented. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268078 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method of acquiring information on a resource region for transmitting PHICH and a method of receiving PDCCH using the same are disclosed. The resource region for transmitting the PHICH can be specified by first information corresponding to the per-subframe PHICH number and second information corresponding to a duration of the PHICH within the subframe. The first information can be specified into a form resulting from multiplying a predetermined basic number by a specific constant. And, the specific constant can be transmitted via PBCH. Moreover, the second information can be acquired from the PBCH as well. | 11-03-2011 |
20110268079 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIAL ACQUISITION AND CELL SEARCH FOR AN OFDMA SYSTEM - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) signal including a synchronization channel signal transmitted within a localized portion of a bandwidth of the OFDMA signal, the synchronization channel signal having predetermined time domain symmetry within the localized portion of the bandwidth and including information for providing at least partial cell identification information. The synchronization channel signal enables an initial acquisition and cell search method with low computational load which provides OFDMA symbol timing detection and frequency error detection and frame boundary detection and cell specific information detection in an OFDMA system supporting multiple system bandwiths, both synchronized and un-synchronized systems, a large cell index and an OFDMA symbol structure with both short and long cyclic prefix length. | 11-03-2011 |
20110274053 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK PACKET LATENCY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which VoIP traffic is scheduled in a way that focuses on controlling user latencies, by reshaping packet latency profiles of individual users to more efficiently utilize power/code resources. A feedback mechanism may utilize certain latency controllers to adjust a queuing delay and an over-the-air transmit time to meet latency targets. That is, system resources may be allocated in a wireless network by adjusting a latency target for a packet responsive to a user's packet latency history. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274054 | Link adaptation in directional wireless networks - Embodiments of techniques to perform link adaptation in directional wireless networks are presented herein. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274055 | PROVIDING A SERVING HS-DSCH CELL CHANGE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - In an improved and reliable method and arrangement allowing a user equipment to acknowledge the re-pointing over target cell in the HS-DSCH serving cell change procedure, wherein a Media Access Control (MAC) frame include information indicates the acknowledgement. In one embodiment the MAC frame contains only the Scheduling Information (SI) field with a coding not normally used, e.g. TEBS=O and HLID= | 11-10-2011 |
20110274056 | PROTOCOL FOR COMMUNICATION - Various methods and apparatuses for transmitting an allocation of time in a wireless communication system are disclosed. In one aspect, allocations of time for receiving and transmitting control communications are determined. The control communications may comprise a channel time request. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274057 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPONENT CARRIER DEACTIVATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for component carrier deactivation in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system includes receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message for configuring carrier aggregation (CA) to the UE, and flushing all uplink hybrid automatic repeat-request (HARQ) buffers of the HARQ entity corresponding to an uplink (UL) CC when a linked downlink (DL) CC which provides a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scheduling for the UL CC is deactivated. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274058 | APPLICATION LAYER COMMUNICATION VIA SINGLE RADIO BLOCK ACCESS - Embodiments herein advantageously reduce the amount of control signalling and header information that must accompany an application layer message when transporting that message from a wireless device to a supporting application server via an intermediate node. To do so, the wireless device prepares a single radio block that includes the application layer message and an indication that the single radio block contains the entire application layer message. The device then sends a control message to the intermediate node that requests allocation of radio resources for sending the single radio block without establishing a temporary block flow (TBF). The device finally sends the single radio block using the allocated resources, without a TBF. Upon receiving the block, the intermediate node determines, based on the indication within the block, whether or not the block contains an entire application layer message. If so, the intermediate node forwards that application layer message towards the application server. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274059 | MULTIPLEXING CONTROL AND DATA ON MULTILAYER UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS - The present disclosure relates to resource allocation in multi-layer transmissions in transmissions of user data and control information. A wireless terminal allocates resources in a multi-layer transmission for one more types of control information based on scheduling information and control allocation parameters. The multi-layer transmission includes control information and one or more user data streams that are mapped to multiple transmission layers and transmitted by the wireless terminal. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274060 | SUBFRAME-SPECIFIC SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR CROSS-SUBFRAME ASSIGNMENTS - In release 8 of the LTE standard (“Rel-8”), a control channel and its associated data channel for downlink may be found in the same subframe. However, decoding of the control channel may be difficult if there is strong interference from different cells (e.g., due to interference from strong/dominant interfering cells). Communication in a dominant interference scenario may be supported by performing inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC). For example, cells may partition subframes to avoid interference. For some embodiments, allocating resources for a downlink data channel on one subframe may come from a PDCCH on a different subframe, which can be referred to as a cross-subframe assignment. Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide subframe-specific search spaces that may be used when there is at least one cross-subframe assignment in a subframe. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274061 | Method of Carrier Control Format Indication and Related Communication Device - A method of carrier control format indication under a carrier aggregation, which aggregates a plurality of component carriers for a transmission between a network and a user equipment of a wireless communication system, is disclosed. The method comprises when a first component carrier of the plurality of component carriers is configured with a cross-scheduled operation, whereby control signal for user data on the first component carrier is transmitted on a second component carrier of the plurality of component carriers, indicating that a control format indicator indicating a control region size of the first component carrier is statically or dynamically changed subframe by subframe, in the first component carrier. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274062 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of wirelessly transmitting control information includes generating control information comprising a plurality of control bits and encoding the control bits using a block code that outputs an encoded bit sequence comprising encoded bits b( | 11-10-2011 |
20110274063 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING DYNAMIC APERIODIC SRS (SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for handling SRS and PUCCH in a wireless communication system. In one embodiment, the method comprises using a PDCCH transmission to trigger a dynamic aperiodic SRS transmission. In addition, the method comprises transmitting the triggered dynamic aperiodic SRS transmission in a first subframe. Furthermore, the method comprises transmitting a PUCCH transmission in the same first subframe. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274064 | Power control with cross-subframe assignment - A method includes receiving a cross-subframe assignment in a first subframe, targeting a second subframe in which a transmission power control (TPC) command is to be applied. The method may also include adjusting transmit power in accordance with the TPC command during a third subframe, a predefined number of subframes after the first subframe. Another method includes receiving a cross-subframe assignment in a first subframe. The cross-subframe assignment targets a second subframe in which a first TPC command is to be applied. The method may also include receiving a nominal grant in the first subframe that targets an identified subframe to which a second TPC command is to be applied. The method may also include adjusting the transmit power according to the first TPC command, the second TPC command or a function of the first TPC command and the second TPC command during the second subframe or the identified subframe. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274065 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME TO MULTI-USER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING PLURALITY SEGMENT FREQUENCY BANDS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE FRAME - Provided is a method for transmitting data frames to multiple STAs in a wireless communication system which divides a frequency band into frequency band segments to allocate. The method includes: setting a group by grouping a plurality of STAs; determining whether or not to separately allocate the frequency band segments to the STAs within the group; constructing a control frame containing a segment field, based on the determination result; and transmitting the constructed control frame through a common signal, and transmitting data frames. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274066 | PROVIDING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE IN A FIRST CARRIER TO INDICATE CONTROL INFORMATION IN A SECOND, DIFFERENT CARRIER - A mobile station receives a downlink control structure in a first carrier, where the downlink control structure indicates that control information for the mobile station is on a second, different carrier. The mobile station decodes the control information in the second carrier, where the control information specifies resource allocation of a wireless link for the mobile station. More specifically, according to some implementations, the control channel in the first carrier specifies the resource allocation for an extended control channel in the second carrier, where the extended control channel specifies the resource allocation for traffic data of a wireless link for the mobile station. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274067 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT SYMBOLS IN DOWNLINK MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting pilot signals in a downlink multiple-input multi-output (MIMO) system which supports a first user equipment (UE) for supporting an N number of transmitter antennas from among a total M number of transmitter antennas, and a second UE for supporting said M (wherein, M>N) number of transmitter antennas. The method comprises the steps of: enabling a base station to map pilot symbols in a resource block (RB) on a subframe for transmitting user-specific pilot symbols which can be recognized only by the second UE; and enabling the base station to transmit the subframe in which the pilot symbols are mapped. The cell-specific pilot symbols for transmitter antenna port 0 to N−1, which can be recognized by both the first UE and the second UE, and the user specific pilot symbols for transmitter antenna ports N to M−1, which can be recognized only by the second UE, are mapped in the allocated resource block. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274068 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE CONTROLLING SCHEDULING IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for controlling the scheduling in a radio communication system, which comprise calculating a first resource value for a first data packet using packet information of the first data packet, determining an MCS level and a transmission power density for the first data packet and a second data packet using a resource allocation parameter for the first data packet and packet information of the second data packet, calculating a second resource value for the first data packet and the second data packet using the MCS level and the transmission power density determined in the previous step, and allocating the second resource value for the first data packet and the second data packet as an uplink resource if the second resource value is not greater than the total number of allocable resources of an uplink frame. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274069 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR TRANSMISSION OF BANDWIDTH REQUEST INFORMATION AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING THE BANDWIDTH REQUEST INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating resources for transmission of Bandwidth Request (BR) information and a method for transmitting the BR information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The BR information transmission method includes transmitting a BR code in a first region of a subframe to a Base Station (BS) to attempt a random access, and transmitting BR information in a second region of the subframe to the BS to request resource allocation. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274070 | Group resource allocation method - The present invention discloses a group resource allocation method, which comprises the following steps that: a user resource management device groups user-side equipments according to the service type or the modulation and coding scheme of the user-side equipments; and the user resource management device performs an initialization description and/or an update and maintenance description for each group via a group message, describes the resource allocation information of the user-side equipments in each group via the group message to realize a group resource allocation. Through the technical solution above, the present invention lowers the description overhead of a group resource allocation. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274071 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving and transmitting signals in a wireless communication system are provided. The method of receiving signals includes configuring a system mode and receiving the signals according to the system mode, wherein the system mode is either a first system mode or a second system mode, when the system mode is the first system mode, the signals are transmitted through a maximum of N transmit antennas, and when the system mode is the second system mode, the signals are transmitted through a maximum of M (N11-10-2011 | |
20110274072 | Method for Adapting a Downlink Transmit Power of a First Base Station Adapted for Serving a Closed Subscriber Group in the Presence of Second Base Station - Method for adapting a downlink transmit power of a first base station adapted for serving a closed subscriber group. It is described a method for adapting a downlink transmit power of a first base station adapted for serving a closed subscriber group. The method includes scanning a neighborhood of the first base station for a second base station adapted for serving an open subscriber group, wherein the first base station and the second base station use the same carrier frequency, detecting whether the second base station is present within the neighborhood of the first base station, and adapting the downlink transmit power of the first base station depending on the presence of the second base station. It is further described a base station, a computer-readable medium and a program element for carrying out the method. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274073 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A base station able to maintain backward compatibility with an LTE mobile station while minimizing the amount of increase in uplink scheduling information reception and demodulation/decoding processing in independent uplink/downlink cell data transmission. A wireless communication system includes a cell # | 11-10-2011 |
20110274074 | PDCCH TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION ON A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a PDCCH transmission method for a base station on a mobile communications system supporting bandwidth aggregation, and more particularly the invention relates to a PDCCH transmission method comprising the step of generating downlink control data comprising resource-allocation configuration data for any desired sub-band and a sub-band other than the desired sub-band, and the step of transmitting the generated downlink control data to a mobile station through the PDCCH of the desired sub-band, and the invention also relates to a system therefor comprising a mobile station. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274075 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of multiplexing control information and data information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes mapping codewords corresponding to the data information to a preset number of layers, mapping the control information to the preset number of the layers, multiplexing the layer-mapped data information and the layer-mapped control information into a frequency region within an SC-FDMA symbol, and transmitting the SC-FDMA symbol to a base station via multiple antennas. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274076 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, AND WIRELESS SYSTEM - A resource allocation method, a network device and a wireless system are disclosed. The method includes: sorting Resource Blocks (RBs) used by a terminal of a first system and a terminal of a second system according to a use situation of the RBs used by the terminal of the first system and the terminal of the second system; and allocating the sorted RBs. When some RBs are available to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) terminal, coexistence of an LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) terminal and the LTE terminal is enabled, and compatibility between the LTE-A terminal and the LTE terminal is ensured. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274077 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which an space of a physical downlink control channel for a mobile station apparatus to search is defined based on a mobile station identity assigned from a base station apparatus, the base station apparatus places a physical downlink control channel including a first mobile station identity or a physical downlink control channel including a second mobile station identity in a search space of a physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity when the base station apparatus assigns a plurality of mobile station identities to the mobile station apparatus, and when a plurality of mobile station identities is assigned from the base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus performs decoding processing of the physical downlink control channel including the first mobile station identity and the physical downlink control channel including the second mobile station identity in the search space of the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274078 | AUTOMATIC QUALITY OF SERVICE BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method for providing quality-of-service based network resource allocation and utilization in a dynamic network environment. For example, a wireless communication network may comprise a first system and a second system. The first system may provide a current service to a user at a current quality level. The first system and second system may establish a wireless communication link. At least one of the first and second systems may determine whether utilizing one or more resources of the second system will provide the current service to the user at a higher level of quality than the current quality level. One or more resources of the second system may be allocated for providing the current service to a user at a higher quality level. The allocated resources may be utilized to provide the current service to the user at a higher quality level than the current quality level. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274079 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH PDCCH - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving control information through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is provided. When a User Equipment (UE) receives control information through a PDCCH, the received control information is set to be decoded in units of search spaces, each having a specific start position in the specific subframe. Here, a modulo operation according to a predetermined first constant value (D) is performed on an input value to calculate a first result value, and a modulo operation according to a predetermined first variable value (C) corresponding to the number of candidate start positions that can be used as the specific start position is performed on the calculated first result value to calculate a second result value and an index position corresponding to the second result value is used as the specific start position. Transmitting control information in this manner enables a plurality of UEs to efficiently receive PDCCHs without collisions. | 11-10-2011 |
20110274080 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ACTIVITY COORDINATION IN MULTI-RADIO TERMINALS - A wireless communication device is provided with a first radio module and a second radio module inside. The first radio module performs wireless transceiving according to a plurality of first traffic patterns which each indicates allocations of a plurality of first slots for a plurality of forthcoming transmitting or receiving operations, respectively. The second radio module determines an indicator indicating at least one of a plurality of second traffic patterns which each indicates allocations of a plurality of second slots for a plurality of forthcoming transmitting or receiving operations, respectively. Particularly, one or more allocations of the second slots are selectively determined according to the first traffic patterns. Also, the second radio module transmits the indicator to a peer communication device, so that the peer communication device performs transmitting or receiving operations according to the indicator. | 11-10-2011 |
20110280193 | DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL-TO-RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING - In accordance with an exemplary embodiment of the invention, one or more first channels and one or more second channels are stored in a linear buffer. More specifically, the one or more first channels are stored in a first primary region of the linear buffer, and the one or more second channels are stored in a second primary region of the linear buffer, where if the second primary region is not large enough to store all of the second channels, one or more excess second channels are stored in a secondary area of the linear buffer. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280194 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A WIRELESS RADIO NETWORK - A communication system includes wireless access points that are distributed along a linear, terrestrial-based communications medium that has an operative interface to the Internet. The wireless access points establish wireless connectivity between end users in residences and businesses to the Internet via the communications medium. The operating channel for each wireless access point is controlled by a spectrum management system to control use of available spectrum in an efficient manner and to minimize interference. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280195 | INCREASING THROUGHPUT BY ADAPTIVELY CHANGING PDU SIZE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS UNDER LOW SNR CONDITIONS - Feedback indicates low signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) conditions for a wireless communications link between a transmitter device and a receiver device. After attempting to achieve a target packet error rate (PER) by increasing transmission power for the wireless communications link, the transmitter device receives feedback that indicates a current PER, for data transmitted using an initial automatic repeat request (ARQ) block size, is above the target PER for the receiver device, and changes, based on the feedback, the current ARQ block size to a different ARQ block size for the wireless communications link. The different ARQ block size may be adaptively selected to provide a maximum PDU size that achieves the target PER at the receiver device under the low SNR conditions. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280196 | OPTIMIZATION OF THE PRESENCE INFORMATION REFRESH FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - Techniques for optimizing presence information update requests for wireless devices on a wireless communication network by reducing the amount of access-network resources are provided. In an exemplary embodiment, presence information updates can be optimized by a presence module that is a single point of contact on a mobile device for presence requests from presence aware applications. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280197 | MULTIPLE-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUTPUT FOR HIGH-SPEED PACKET ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method for providing multiple-user multiple-input and multiple-output in a high-speed packet access system is described. Channel quality indicators are received from a plurality of dual stream capable wireless communication devices. A preferred beam and a secondary beam are determined for each wireless communication device using the channel quality indicators. Wireless communication devices with preferred beams orthogonal to each other are paired. A wireless communication device pair is selected. Data streams for the selected wireless communication device pair are scheduled in the same transmission time interval using an orthogonal variable spreading factor code. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280198 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal includes a controller to establish a connection with a packet data network through a wireless communication unit. The controller selects one of a plurality of timer values that are respectively mapped to multiple applications for transmitting/receiving packet data through the connection based on a predetermined priority, operates a timer based on the selected timer value, and controls the connection based on the timer. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280199 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Pre-existing methods of accessing a radio system via a random access channel as described in 3GPP TS 44.018 “Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol” is modified to include a first additional parameter (i), which defines the spreading of the probability density function for each successive access attempt. In accordance with one embodiment the accessing user/device is configured to use a random wait time for the j-th retry to access the RACH as a function of the additional parameter (i) and the number j, where j is a positive integer. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280200 | HARDWARE IMPLEMENTATION OF UPLINK RECEIVER WITH MATCHED THROUGHPUT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide an apparatus and techniques for efficiently processing uplink communications. A telecommunications receiver processor architecture is provided that may be utilized with a LTE eNodeB base station wherein the data path throughput is optimally matched for a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) receiver. According to certain aspects, the receiver may be configured to perform operations on OFDMs symbols in an interleaved order. Additionally, the receiver may instantiate multiple IDFT engines to process multiple OFDM symbols in parallel. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280201 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In accordance with aspects of the disclosure, a method, apparatus, and computer program product are provided for wireless communication. The method, apparatus, and computer program product, in an implementation, may be configured to provide separate control channels for each of downlink grant information and uplink grant information, encode the control channels with an identifier known only to receiving nodes that are configured to decode the control channels with the identifier, and convey information to the receiving nodes that the identifier is known to the receiving nodes. The method, apparatus, and computer program product, in an implementation, may be configured to determine an aggregation level of a common search space related to common control resources, wherein the aggregation level is less than four, and receive control data from one or more candidates in the common search space that include contiguous control channel elements according to the aggregation level. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280202 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INDICATING UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for indicating uplink resource allocation in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes decoding an UpLink (UL) resource allocation Information Element (IE) in a received DownLink (DL) subframe, extracting an indicator field value from the decoded UL resource allocation IE, the indicator field value indicating a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) type for a resource allocated to the terminal and a UL subframe location, and transmitting UL data through a resource allocated to the terminal based on the extracted indicator field value. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280203 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for information transmission that is performed by a transmitter in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: acquiring a first resource index and a second resource index; generating information sequences based on the first resource index and the second resource index; and transmitting the information sequences via a first antenna and a second antenna, wherein the second resource index is acquired from the first resource index and the offset. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280204 | Modular Radio Network Access Device - A modular device for providing network access in accordance with at least two radio access technologies is described. The device includes a first hardware module comprising a first hardware accelerator adapted to perform at least layer (1) processing in accordance with a first radio technology, software-controlled processing resources adapted to perform at least layer (2) processing for the first radio access technology and for a second radio access technology, and a first interface adapted to couple the software-controlled processing resources to a second hardware module providing at least layer (1) processing capabilities in accordance with the second radio access technology. The second hardware module may comprise a second hardware accelerator adapted to perform at least layer (1) processing in accordance with the second radio access technology and a second interface adapted to couple the second hardware accelerator to the first interface of the first hardware module. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280205 | METHOD AND ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE FOR INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - The present invention discloses a method and access network device for interference coordination, said method comprises: getting time-frequency resource of cell, and dividing said time-frequency resource into multiple resource subsets; grouping users to be scheduled in the cell into multiple user groups according to AOA, the amount of said user groups is equal to the amount of said resource subsets, different user groups have different resource subset selection priority orders; allocating time-frequency resource of the resource subsets to users, which are in neighboring cells and have the same direction, according to said resource subset selection priority orders of the user groups. The present invention could to reduce inter-cell co-frequency interference and improve channel quality. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280206 | SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK CONTROL FOR PUCCH RESOURCES - Automatically adjust the size of a Physical Uplink Control Channel, PUCCH, of an uplink communication subframe. In a particular embodiment, the size of a semi-static region of the PUCCH is adjusted. The adjustment is based on a utilization factor of the PUCCH over a time period. The adjustment can also be based on the connection factor (connections between the wireless terminals and the cell) and/or based on the utilization factor of a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). The result is an efficient resource utilization on the PUCCH, and a properly dimensioned PUCCH region. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280207 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER OF UPLINK PHYSICAL CHANNEL - A method for controlling power of an uplink physical channel includes: computing a relative gain factor in a compressed mode; correcting the relative gain factor to obtain a corrected relative gain factor; generating a gain factor in the compressed mode according to the corrected relative gain factor; controlling power of the uplink physical channel according to the gain factor in the compressed mode generated. In embodiments of the present invention, after being computed, the relative gain factor in the compressed mode is corrected, then the gain factor in the compressed mode is generated according to the corrected relative gain factor. Thus, an accurate gain factor may be acquired for controlling the power of the uplink physical channel. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280208 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BASE AND MOBILE STATIONS - A method and system for wireless communications between base and mobile stations use reference signals transmitted from base stations prior transmission of data signals. The reference signals are used to determine propagation characteristics of communication channels between the base and mobile stations and optimize, in real time, parameters of receivers of the mobile stations for processing the following data signals. Applications of the invention include wireless communication systems compliant with OFDMA, | 11-17-2011 |
20110280209 | COMPRESSION OF BASEBAND SIGNALS IN BASE TRANSCEIVER SYSTEMS - A signal compression method and apparatus for a base transceiver system (BTS) in a wireless communication network provides efficient transfer of compressed signal samples over serial data links in the system. For the uplink, an RF unit of the BTS compresses baseband signal samples resulting from analog to digital conversion of a received analog signal followed by digital downconversion. The compressed signal samples are transferred over the serial data link to the baseband processor then decompressed prior to normal signal processing. For the downlink, the baseband processor compresses baseband signal samples and transfers the compressed signal samples to the RF unit. The RF unit decompresses the compressed samples prior to digital upconversion and digital to analog conversion to form an analog signal for transmission over an antenna. Compression and decompression can be incorporated into operations of conventional base stations and distributed antenna systems, including OBSAI or CPRI compliant systems. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280210 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING AN UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A SINGULAR CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for accessing a contention-based uplink random access channel (RACH) in a single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) system are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) randomly selects a RACH subchannel and a signature among a plurality of available RACH subchannels and signatures. The WTRU transmits a preamble using the selected signature via the selected RACH subchannel at a predetermined or computed transmission power. A base station monitors the RACH to detect the preamble and sends an acquisition indicator (AI) to the WTRU when a signature is detected on the RACH. When receiving a positive acknowledgement, the WTRU sends a message part to the base station. If receiving a negative acknowledgement or no response, the WTRU retransmits the preamble. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280211 | TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CATEGORY 0 BITS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting acknowledgement/nonacknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals including multiplexing ACK/NACK signals; and repeatedly transmitting for predetermined times the multiplexed signal with each of repetitions of transmitting the multiplexed signal being spread in a frequency domain and being mapped to a plurality of discrete resource units each having a pair of neighboring subcarriers and a predetermined number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) control symbols. | 11-17-2011 |
20110280212 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR USER EQUIPMENT ACCESS, AND NETWORK ACCESS DEVICE - An access method and a system for User Equipment (UE), and a network access device are disclosed. The access method for UE includes: sending a second Random Access Channel (RACH) message that carries Transmission Time Interval (TTI) bundling setting information to a UE after receiving a first RACH message from the UE; and receiving a third RACH message transmitted by the UE in a mode indicated by the TTI bundling setting information. With the access method and system for UE and the network access device, the second RACH message carries TTI bundling setting information so that the UE may send the third RACH message in a TTI bundling mode. Therefore, the time of random access is effectively saved. Moreover, when a UE is power-limited, the UE may send the third RACH message in a TTI bundling mode, so that the random access rate of the UE is improved. | 11-17-2011 |
20110286401 | Method and Apparatus for Cognitive Radio Coexistence - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for sharing secondary cognitive radio resource user related information. A coexistence node receives information on network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. An upload message is generated and sent, the upload message including for a secondary user database at least information on the received network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. A location-dependent network map including at least information on network properties is generated. The network map is sent to assist one or more secondary cognitive radio resource users. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286402 | Method and apparatus for response scheduling in a downlink multiple-user multiple input multiple output network - Embodiment and methods and apparatus for scheduling one or more responses for multiple stations (STAs) in a downlink multiple-user multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) network transmission are provided. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286403 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONFIRMING RECEPTION OF CLEAR-TO-SEND FRAME FOR VIRTUAL CARRIER SENSING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for reserving a communication medium by a wireless node when another wireless node out of range of the wireless node is transmitting. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286404 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS OF TRANSFER BETWEEN RADIO LINKS FOR DATA RECEPTION - A method for wireless communications is provided that includes receiving a plurality of packets using a first radio link from an apparatus; reconstructing an index for the plurality of packets for use in a second radio link; determining reception state information indicating whether each packet in the plurality of packets has been received correctly; and receiving additional packets based on the index and the reception state information. Apparatuses for performing the methods are also disclosed. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286405 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC STATION ENABLEMENT PROCEDURE IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of dynamic station enablement procedure in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of performing an enablement procedure by a first station in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and an unlicensed device are permitted to operate together in a wireless local area network (WLAN) comprises receiving, from a second station, an enabling signal including advertisement protocol element with an advertisement protocol identification (ID) field which indicates an advertisement protocol the second station supports; and exchanging DSE (dynamic station enablement) related messages with the second station using a GAS (generic advertisement service) protocol. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286406 | ACKNOWLEDGMENT TRANSMISSIONS UNDER CROSS-SUBFRAME RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN LTE-A - In release 8 of the LTE standard (“Rel-8”), downlink data transmissions of one or more user equipments (UEs) in one subframe may be scheduled by control channels of different subframes. The resources for use in acknowledging whether or not a downlink data transmission was successfully received by a UE may be based on a starting control channel element (CCE) of a corresponding control channel. Two or more control channels of different subframes may have the same starting CCE, which may lead to acknowledgment resource collisions between the one or more UEs. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques to avoid acknowledgment resource collisions between the one or more UEs. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286407 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCING UPLINK COVERAGE IN INTERFERENCE SCENARIOS - A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network in which a User Equipment (UE) associated with a first evolved Node B (eNB) experiences interference from a second eNB. The method includes negotiating by the first eNB of the wireless network with a second eNB of the wireless network for a partitioning of subband resources on an uplink. A first subset of subband resources is assigned to the first eNB, and a second subset of subband resources is assigned to the second eNB. A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network. The method includes decoding a downlink control channel received during a protected downlink subframe to determine an uplink subframe n containing a protected subband for uplink transmission. The method also includes transmitting data during the uplink subframe n on the protected subband. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOFT MIGRATION OF FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BLOCKS - Techniques are provided for efficient allocation of frequency spectrum blocks. In one example, there is provided a method, operable by one or more network entities, for reallocating a portion of a first frequency band allocated to a first radio access technology (RAT) to a second RAT. The method may involve determining a migration block granularity for reallocating the portion of the first frequency band to the second RAT. The method may involve identifying spectrum block(s) of the determined granularity in the first frequency band. The method may involve aggregating the identified spectrum block(s) with a native carrier in a second frequency band allocated to the second RAT. The method may involve controlling of the aggregated spectrum block(s) via the native carrier for the second RAT. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286409 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING HARQ FOR RANGING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for providing selective Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) for a ranging service in a wireless communication system are provided. A HARQ method includes transmitting, to at least one Mobile Station (MS), ranging code division information, and if a ranging code is received from the MS, allocating the MS a resource considering the ranging code, and if a ranging signal is not received through the resource allocated to the MS, making a request for retransmission of the ranging signal to the MS. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286410 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD - A communication method in LIPA/SIPTO architecture is provided which, when a user equipment (UE) is to connect from a serving area to an external network, allows re-selection of an optimal gateway. The communication method allows selecting a gateway apparatus physically or topologically close to a site, where the user equipment is attached. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286411 | EFFICIENT INITIAL ACCESS SYSTEM UNDER A MULTI-CARRIER COMBINATION CONDITION FOR SUPPORTING BROADBAND - The present invention relates to a wireless access system, and more particularly, to an initial system under a multi-carrier combination condition. A method of for performing an initial access in a base station which supports the multi-band of a terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: searching one or more downlink component carriers of the base station; receiving system information including a broadcast channel of a first downlink component carrier from among the searched one or more downlink component carriers and information for indicating one or more uplink component carriers connected to the first downlink component carrier; transmitting a first message to the base station through a first uplink component carrier from among one or more uplink component carriers indicated by the received system information; and receiving a second message including uplink authorization information from the base station through the first downlink component carrier. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286412 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication apparatus capable of simultaneously receiving signals from a plurality of users by an SC-FDMA scheme reduces its circuit size. A communication apparatus BS | 11-24-2011 |
20110286413 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND CCE ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station device that can suppress increases in terminal power consumption while being able to perform CCE allocation flexibly. In the device, a search space setting unit ( | 11-24-2011 |
20110286414 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES AND PROCESSING CONFIRMATION INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for allocating ACKnowledgement (ACK)/Non-ACKnowledgement (NACK) channel resources and processing confirmation information are disclosed. The method includes: The network side determines one physical channel area among multiple physical channel areas to be used by an ACK/NACK channel, and notifies the determined physical channel area to a User Equipment (UE) so as to enable the UE to determine a channel for receiving or sending ACK/NACK information in the determined physical channel area according to a mapping rule. Moreover, the network side may send or receive ACK/NACK information on the physical channel area that includes the ACK/NACK channel. The method and apparatus improve the utilization ratio and flexibility of the ACK/NACK channel, and reduce the probability of conflict generated by the ACK/NACK channel. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286415 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmitting method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. In transmitting data by a base station to a user equipment communicating with a plurality of cells in a wireless communication system, the present invention includes receiving, from the user equipment, information on timing differences of signals received by the user equipment from a plurality of the cells, defining a subframe for the user equipment according to the timing differences, and transmitting the data to the user equipment via the defined subframe. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286416 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA - The present invention discloses a UE (User Equipment) and a method of the UE for receiving downlink data to avoid the occurrence of mistakes when the UE receives the downlink data. The method comprises the following steps: during the reestablishment, in the process of transmitting Service Data Units (SDU) to a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer entity from a Radio Link Control (RLC) layer entity in the UE, if the PDCP entity judges that the PDCP Sequence Number (SN) of the received PDCP Protocol Data Unit (PDU) which includes the SDU satisfies the report condition, the PDCP PDU is received and the SDU included in the PDCP PDU is submitted to the upper layer entity, wherein the report condition is: PDCP SN=(Last_Submitted_PDCP_RX_SN+1)%(Maximum_PDCP_SN+1). | 11-24-2011 |
20110286417 | SMS TRANSPORT RESOURCE CONTROL - The invention provides for a method of controlling release of SMS transport resources between User Equipment and a MME of a communications network, wherein the release is permitted subsequent to a Control Protocol Acknowledge signal at a Mobile Switching Centre of the network, and in particular a method wherein the release is initiated by the MME responsive to receipt of a release signal, and further provides for a SGs Interface, and MME arranged to be employed with such a control method. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286418 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT AND STREAM CONTROL IN MULTI-HOP WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus are described for determining a route, channel assignment, multiple-in, multiple out stream control and a transmission schedule in a network, including determining the route responsive to long term network conditions and long term traffic conditions of the network, determining the channel assignment, the multiple-in multiple-out stream control, and the transmission schedule responsive to local channel conditions, local link conditions and local traffic conditions of the network and determining if there has been a change in one of the long tem network conditions and the long term traffic conditions of the network. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286419 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE FLOW INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting service flow information in a wireless communication system. The method for transmitting service flow information in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention comprises the step of enabling a terminal to transmit, to a base station and through the service flow to be generated or modified during a service flow generating or modifying process, an indicator for indicating whether or not uplink data to be transmitted exists. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286420 | METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A random access method in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator and a quick access message from a mobile station to a base station and starting a timer having a timer value determined according to an acknowledgement from the base station. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286421 | SCHEDULING METHODS FOR CONNECTION-BASED, OVER-THE-AIR, INTER-SYSTEM COMMUNICATIONS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method for communications between neighboring wireless cells such as wireless regional area networks operating according to IEEE 802.22 specifications. The method involves scheduling inter-base station communications for over-the-air connections to allow neighboring base stations to communicate in environments where a single available channel is shared between the neighboring cells or where two or more channels used by two or more neighboring cells. In some embodiments, a bridge system, such as a bridge consumer premise equipment (CPE), positioned in an area of coverage overlap between two cells is used for inter-base station communications, and allocation and scheduling of bandwidth on the utilized channels is performed to provide interference free communications between the base stations. Existence announcements are provided in coexistence time slots and requests for bandwidth such as reserved and additional time slots are transmitted between the base stations using the coexistence time slots. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286422 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - An electronic device is provided comprising an interconnect means (N, sw | 11-24-2011 |
20110286423 | METHOD FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNALS - The present disclosure relates to a method for generating reference signals in a cellular wireless communication system having a set of resource blocks. Each resource block includes a plurality of resource elements. Each reference signal is associated with an antenna port in a cell. At least one reference signal in a cell is transmitted on at least one resource element only in resource blocks belonging to a subset of said set of resource blocks. The method includes shifting frequency in the resource blocks in the subset of resource blocks. The frequency shifting of the resource blocks belonging to said subset of resource blocks is cell-specific and is determined from an integer sequence having a length less than or equal to a total number of cell identities in said cellular wireless communication system. The disclosure also relates to methods and devices for transmitting and receiving such reference signals; and to a device for generating reference signals. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286424 | METHOD OF CHANGING CHANNELS AND CONFIGURING A SUB-NETWORK IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of changing channels of a first device in a wireless network, which includes a first coordinator and at least one device, comprises searching whether another channel other than a first channel which is currently used in the wireless network is available, changing the first channel to a second channel among at least one or more available channels as a result of the searching step, and transmitting data to a second device or receiving data from the second device through the second channel. | 11-24-2011 |
20110286425 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSFER IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Apparatus for and methods of enabling a gateway node of a first packet-switched data network to select a first channel for transferring a tunnelled data packet to a destination packet data protocol address of a mobile node provided service in the first network are disclosed. The gateway node is configured to select the first channel from a plurality of channels configured to transfer data packets to the destination packet data protocol address of the mobile node, and the selection is performed by matching a packet data protocol address, associated with a data packet received by the gateway node, to one or more data packet filters associated with the plurality of channels. | 11-24-2011 |
20110292883 | TRANSMISSION OF WIDE BANDWIDTH SIGNALS IN A NETWORK HAVING LEGACY DEVICES - A method for generating a preamble of a frame for a wide-bandwidth channel wireless communication begins by generating a legacy carrier detect field. The method continues by generating a channel sounding field, wherein the channel sounding field includes a plurality of tones within the wide-bandwidth channel, wherein a first set of the plurality of tones corresponds to tones of a legacy channel sounding field. The method continues by generating a legacy signal field, wherein, in time, the legacy signal field follows the channel sounding field, which follows the legacy carrier detect field. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292884 | METHODS AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING LOAD BALANCING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus supporting load balancing in a wireless communications system implementing decentralized control are described. Different channels, e.g., unused TV channels, are available in different locations for use for communications. Various communications technologies, e.g., WiFi, 3G Blue-Tooth, etc., may be supported by a communications device and may be allowed to be used on the available channels. A wireless communications device evaluates its current local environment, e.g., estimating potential rates that it may use and/or estimating latency, for each of a plurality of available alternative channel/technology combinations. The wireless communications device selects a channel and technology combination to use as a function of its estimates. The wireless communications device uses its selected channel and technology combination for communications, e.g., for peer to peer communications including direct peer to peer traffic signaling as part of a local peer to peer network. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292885 | PRIMARY SERVING GATEWAY RESOLUTION - Various embodiments relate to a system and related method for handling requests from a user device in a wireless communications network. Various embodiments relate to a Policy and Charging Rules Node (PCRN) attempting to bind an IP-CAN session established in a Packet Data Network gateway (PGW) with a gateway control session established in a serving gateway (SGW). In instances when the IP-CAN session and gateway control session no longer match, the PCRN may wait to receive a subsequent message from the PGW and/or SGW. When the PCRN does not receive the subsequent message containing a matching session, the PCRN may kill the sessions in all the relevant gateways. This may cause the system to reestablish a new, matching connection instead of remaining in a hanging state. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292886 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - Channel assignment for access points (APs) in a wireless network includes determining at least one of a MaxSum and a MaxMin, and determining a channel assignment for the APs based on at least one of the MaxSum and the MaxMin. The MaxSum is a maximization of a system throughput and the system throughput is a sum of throughput of nodes in the network. The MaxMin is a maximization of a minimum throughput of a set of AP-client links in the network. The AP-client link is a link between an AP and a client associated with the AP. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292887 | Method and Arrangements in a Communication System - Methods and arrangements in a network node and mobile terminal, respectively, in a wireless communication system supporting aggregation of component carriers. The method in a network node involves, when resources on at least two downlink component carriers are being assigned to a mobile terminal at the same time, allocating ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110292888 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A FOCUS INACTIVITY TIMER BASED ON NETWORK WATERMARK CONDITIONS - A method and apparatus for customizing foreground application inactivity timer values based on network maximum tunnel count conditions, the method determining a maximum tunnel count value at a mobile device; and configuring at least one tunnel inactivity timer value based on the maximum tunnel count value. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292889 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAXIMUM TUNNEL RESET - A method and apparatus for resetting a maximum tunnel watermark, the method starting a reset timer for a maximum tunnel count at a mobile device; on expiration of the reset timer, checking whether a current value for the maximum tunnel count is less than a maximum value for the maximum tunnel count, and if yes, setting the current value of the maximum tunnel count to the maximum value of the maximum tunnel count. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292890 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN FEMTOCELLS - Certain embodiments provide a system comprising a plurality of Femtocell base stations in communicative contact with each other, in use, via a control channel. The Femtocell base stations arranged to exchange information suitable for controlling a said Femtocell base station via said control channel. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292891 | CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCHING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - UE-specific search spaces (UE-SS) for a carrier-aggregated communication system are introduced to decrease the number of blind decoding attempts, decrease downlink control information (DCI) blocking probability, and maintain good blind decoding performance. In the proposed control channel allocation method, the control channel searching method and the communication apparatus thereof, the UE-specific search spaces are extended except control channel element (CCE) aggregation level one. Further, a new CCE aggregation level is created in the UE-specific search spaces. The sum of the number of control channel candidates for all aggregation levels is bounded by the maximum number of PDCCH candidates. In addition, uplink MIMO grant command is just allocated in a pre-configured component carrier or a set of pre-configured component carriers, but uplink MIMO grant command is not allocated in the remaining component carriers. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292892 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANGING FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for ranging for uplink resource allocation in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes detecting, from an Uplink Channel Descriptor (UCD), first ranging codes corresponding to a first region and second ranging codes corresponding to a second region, selecting one of the second ranging codes corresponding to the second region, mapping the selected second ranging code to the first region and transmitting the same to a base station, and receiving an allocation of an uplink resource from the base station. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292893 | NAS-BASED SIGNALING PROTOCOL FOR OVERLOAD PROTECTION OF RANDOM ACCESS IN MASSIVE MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A scheme of minimizing the random access load on the network to support MTC or M2M devices is provided. In particular, the concept of grouping (e.g., collecting, combining, aggregating, etc.) MTC or M2M devices based on non-access stratus (NAS) signaling is performed. Doing so results in reduced the random access load on the network such that a large number of MTC or M2M devices can be accommodated. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292894 | Method of Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Entity Handling and Communication Device Thereof - A method of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) entity handling for a communication device capable of receiving and transmitting on a plurality of component carriers in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises resetting a HARQ entity associated to a component carrier of the plurality of component carriers when a component carrier configuration associated to the component carrier is changed. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292895 | Transmission Method and Devices in a Communication System with Contention-Based Data Transmission - A method is described for data transmission by user equipments adapted to transmit data using resource blocks allocated by a radio network. The radio network is adapted to allocate resource blocks to a dedicated one of the user equipments or to a plurality of the user equipments. The method comprises the step of allocating at least one of the resource blocks that is not allocated to any dedicated user equipment to a first plurality of the user equipments. The allocation is signaled to the user equipments. A first user equipment of said first plurality obtains data for transmission. At least a first part of the data is transmitted by the first user equipment using said at least one resource block. Devices embodying the invention and methods of operating the devices are also described. Contention based data transmission in uplink is enabled without previous scheduling request and scheduling grant. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292896 | LOCAL BREAKOUT SESSION ESTABLISHMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A local breakout session establishment method and apparatus in an Evolved Packet System (EPS) is provided for an HeNB to efficiently route local IP packets. A local breakout service method for a wireless communication system including a macro evolved Node B (eNB) and a Home eNB (HeNB) having a Packet Data Network (PDN) gateway (PGW) and a serving gateway (SGW) includes selecting, at a Mobility Management Entity (MME), the PGW of the HeNB and transmitting a Create Default Bearer Request message to the HeNB in response to a local breakout service request message including a local breakout Access Point Name (APN); assigning, at the HeNB, an IP address to a user equipment transmitted the local breakout service request message and transmitting a Create Default Bearer Response message including a Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) to the MME; transmitting a Bearer Setup Request message including the TEID from the MME to the HeNB; and configuring, at the HeNB, a radio bearer with the user equipment and routing data transmitted by the user equipment through the radio bearer to an Internet Protocol (IP) network by means of the internal PGW. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292897 | Channel Selection Method For Wireless Networks - A method and apparatus are described including categorizing each channel into one of four categories, selecting a channel from a first category of channels, if there are any channels in the first category of channels, selecting a channel from a second category of channels, if there are any channels in the second category of channels and selecting a channel from a third category of channels, if there are any channels in the third category of channels. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292898 | Centralized channel selection method and apparatus for wireless networks in a dense deployment environment - A method and apparatus are described including scanning a channel, generating a report for the scanned channel, transmitting the channel report to an associated access point and receiving a channel assignment responsive to said channel report. Also described are a method and apparatus including scanning a channel, generating a first channel report, receiving a second channel report from an associated client, transmitting the first channel report and the second channel report to a server, receiving a channel assignment message from the server responsive to the first and second channel reports and transmitting the channel assignment message to the associated client. Further described are a method and apparatus including receiving a channel report from an associated access point, building an interference graph responsive to the channel report, determining channel assignments based on the interference graph and transmitting a channel assignment message to the associated access point. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292899 | REVERSE POWER CONTROL METHODS BASED ON MULTI CARRIER - A reverse power control method based on multi-carrier includes: an access network determining a forward carrier for a service, establishing a corresponding relationship between a reverse carrier corresponding to the forward carrier and the forward carrier, and transmitting the forward carrier and the corresponding relationship to the terminal (S | 12-01-2011 |
20110292900 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of transmitting an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) signal a user equipment in the wireless communication system, the method includes receiving a first downlink control channel from a base station; receiving scheduling information through a second downlink control channel from the base station; deciding an uplink resource index for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal associated with the scheduling by considering the first control channel when the first control channel has a predetermined format; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal to the base station by using an uplink resource indicated by the uplink resource index. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292901 | Method And Arrangement In A Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in base station ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110292902 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of transmitting ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/negative-ACK) signal at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving a plurality of data blocks from a transmitting end; reserving a plurality of PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) resources for transmission of the ACK/NACK signal; mapping ACK/NACK hypothesis for the plurality of the data blocks to a PUCCH resource group including at least two reserved PUCCH resources; and transmitting at least two modulation symbols corresponding to the ACK/NACK hypothesis to the transmitting end via the PUCCH resource group. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292903 | Mapping User Data onto a Time-Frequency Resource Grid in a Coordinated Multi-Point Wireless Communication Sytem - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for receiving user data in a wireless communication system ( | 12-01-2011 |
20110292904 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The inventive method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. In accordance with this technique, currently active CPEs request bandwidth using previously unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. By using a combination of bandwidth allocation techniques, the present invention advantageously makes use of the efficiency benefits associated with each technique | 12-01-2011 |
20110292905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING NETWORK ACCESS PROVIDER - Example embodiments of the present invention provide systems, method, and apparatuses for selecting a network access provider (NAP). In one embodiment, a worldwide interoperability for microwave access (WiMAX) femtocell access point (WFAP) sends an NAP request message to a network service provider (NSP). The WFAP receives an NAP response message returned by the NSP, where the NAP response message carries NAP information determined by the NSP. Thereafter, the WFAP can establish a connection with the NAP according to the received NAP information. In other words, independently of the macro network, the WFAP can determine the NAP providing a radio resource for the WFAP and provide radio access service for users of multiple NSP. | 12-01-2011 |
20110292906 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - A method, an apparatus, and a system for Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) transmission are provided, which can effectively improve the transmission reliability over the control channel and flexibility of the application. The method includes: allocating different resources to a control channel carrying coordination information and a data channel, and performing CoMP transmission over the control channel and the data channel by using the allocated different resources. The technical solutions provided in the present invention are applicable to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, a Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) system, or other mobile communication systems. | 12-01-2011 |
20110299477 | IP Mobility Within a Communication System - A method of routing IP traffic to and from a mobile terminal able to connect to the Internet via two or more gateway nodes. The method comprises implementing a multi-addressing multi-homing protocol at each gateway node on behalf of the mobile terminal, and sharing protocol state information between gateway nodes to allow gateway nodes to update state information at the corresponding node when the mobile terminal changes gateway node. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299478 | Apparatus and method for optimizing the networking experience for users by enabling priority profile matching - A method for initiating communication between at least two users of two or more users operating communications devices, at least one of which is a cellular telephone device, on a local area network (LAN) connected to a cellular telephone network having gateway access to the Internet network, the communication advanced according to priority profile exchange and matching between the users including the steps of: (a) activating the communications devices to exchange profile information with each other; (b) receiving profiles, each communications device receiving profiles from other participating communications devices, including the cellular telephone receiving profiles from a Web server in the Internet; (c) comparing the received profiles to local profiles stored on each of the participating communications devices or on the Web server in the Internet network, the matching performed according to priority criteria; (d) registering at least one match of profiles on at least one of the communications devices or on the Web server; (e) identifying the sending device of the highest priority profile matched either at the local device or at the Web server; and (f) initiating text messaging communication between the communications devices involved in the profile match, the communication initiated from the device registering the profile match or by the Web server. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299479 | Method and access point for allocating whitespace spectrum - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for allocating a whitespace spectrum associated with a plurality of access points. The method includes reporting a signal strength associated with each of a plurality of other access points to a central controller. The method includes aggregating a plurality of demands to produce an aggregate demand. Each of the plurality of demands is associated with one of a plurality of users. The method includes reporting the aggregated demand to the central controller. The method includes associating one of the plurality of users with the access point based on a user setting or associating one of the plurality of users based on an allocation by the central controller. The allocation from the central controller is based on the signal strength and the aggregated demand. The allocation indicates a frequency band from the set of frequency bands to be allocated by the access point to the user. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299480 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK RATE IN MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for achieving adaptive channel state information (CSI) feedback rate in multi-user communication systems. A rate by which CSI feedback can be transmitted from each user station of a wireless system to a serving access point may be adjusted based on evolution of a channel between that user station and the access point. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299481 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A STATION TO OPERATE WITHIN WLAN SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for a specific station, operating as a non-AP (Access Point) station permitted to operate within available channels not used by a licensed device, to operate as an AP station in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. A specific protocol related to a registration of a station's location to operate within a white space id defined whose Information IDs comprises a registration request and a registration response. Using the defined registration request and registration response, the station can register its geographical location with a Registered Location Server (RLS), and operate as an AP STA within WS. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299482 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CHANNEL RANK INFORMATION THROUGH PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL - Provided is a method of transmitting channel rank information (RI) when the number of bits for transmitting the channel RI to be transmitted through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) is three or more. The method includes mapping channel RI to be transmitted to a channel RI bit string of 3 bits or more, Reed-Muller coding and rate-matching the channel RI bit string using a basis sequence having a 32-bit code length, and generating modulation symbols by applying the bit sequence that has been Reed-Muller coded and rate-matched to a modulation mapper. Accordingly, the method of transmitting downlink channel RI can be employed when five or more antennas are used for downlink transmission or several carrier bands are used by carrier aggregation as specified in Third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE)-advanced following 3GPP LTE release 10. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299483 | Method of Handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier and Related Communication Device - A method of handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) for a mobile device configured with a primary component carrier, at least one secondary component carrier and an SPS C-RNTI in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises steps of performing a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) validation process for an SPS information; and determining the SPS information is valid if the PDCCH validation process is valid and the SPS information is received on the primary component carrier. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299484 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an uplink grant in a DCI format to a subscriber station. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive only UCI on a PUSCH from a subscriber station when the uplink grant includes a MCS of an enabled transport block (TB) with a value of 29, or a redundancy version of the PUSCH with a value of 1; a CSI request field with a non-zero value; and a total number of physical resource blocks allocated for the subscriber station, N | 12-08-2011 |
20110299485 | Apparatus and Method for Controlling User Equipment State Changes - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for triggering change of a Radio Resource Control (RRC) state for a user equipment operating in a cellular network. According to the method a Radio Link Control (RLC) buffer threshold associated with a Radio Link Control buffer is set to an initial value upon the user equipment entering a CELL_FACH RRC state. The RLC buffer threshold is decreased as a function of time. A RRC state change for the user equipment between the CELL_FACH RRC state and a CELL_DCH RRC state is triggered according to a predetermined rule based on a current size of the RLC buffer and the RLC buffer threshold. The method facilitates achieving a desired RRC state transition behavior for some types of users. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299486 | Method of performing uplink transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of performing uplink transmission for a mobile device configured with a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises steps of receiving a first uplink grant for transmission in a subframe; receiving a second uplink grant in a Random Access Response message for transmission on the primary component carrier in the subframe; and performing transmission in the subframe according to which of the primary component carrier and the at least one secondary component carrier the first uplink grant is received for. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299487 | BROADCASTING METHOD AND RADIO APPARATUS - A processing unit sets the time interval before packet signals are broadcast, using a carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) scheme. A modem unit and an RF unit broadcasts the packet signals at the time intervals set by the processing unit. The RF unit and the modem unit receive a control signal broadcast from an access control apparatus at a predetermined frequency. The processing unit sets the time interval, during which the control signal is receivable, to a time length shorter than the time interval for the remaining cases. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299488 | METHOD OF RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND METHOD OF NEIGHBOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for radio resource allocation in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a channel indicator for indicating the frequency band used by a neighboring base station from a gateway that controls at least one base station that accesses the core network of a wireless communication system via an IP network; assigning to an available channel list a frequency band remaining after the frequency band indicated by said channel indicator is excluded from the entire frequency band, wherein said entire frequency band is divided into a plurality of frequency bands, and said channel indicator comprises indices that indicate respective frequency bands; and selecting, as one's own channel, at least one frequency band from said available channel list. The method enables finding of frequency bands which are used by neighboring base stations, and selection and use of a frequency band which is not used by neighboring base stations, and thus can reduce the interference between neighboring base stations, and efficiently use limited wireless resources. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299489 | METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTION IN A MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for reducing the level of blind decoding complexity when detecting a control channel in a broadband wireless access system supporting multicarrier operation. Examples of the present invention disclose methods for the effective blind decoding of a control channel using an explicit method and implicit methods when sending a control channel based on multicarrier operation as with a control channel for transmitting downlink or uplink allocation information under carrier aggregation conditions. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299490 | Methods and Apparatus for Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) Load Control by Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) Restrictions - Methods for scheduling downlink (DL) data on a downlink subframe from a base station directed to at least one wireless terminal in a wireless network are provided. The methods include selecting a control channel element (CCE) region for a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) carried in a control region of the downlink subframe; determining whether a DL assignment corresponding to the DL data can be allocated on the selected CCE region based on a load imposed on a corresponding physical resource block (PRB) of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of a future uplink subframe that will carry an ACK/NACK response corresponding to the DL assignment; and allocating the DL assignment on the selected CCE region when it is determined that the DL assignment can be allocated. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299491 | Method and apparatus for allowing a subscriber to view the calling party number for a circuit switched voice call page while attached to a packet data network - A single radio multimode mobile (SRMMM) of a circuit-switched radio access technology (RAT) network and a packet data radio access technology (RAT) network including a network interface unit attached to the packet data RAT network through which an active packet data session is maintained. The SRMMM includes a processing unit in communication with a network interface unit. The SRMMM includes a display on which the processing unit displays a calling party number associated with a circuit switched page request for a voice call. A method of allowing a subscriber of a single radio multimode mobile (SRMMM) of a circuit-switched radio access technology (RAT) network and a packet data radio access technology (RAT) network to view a calling party number including comprises the steps of attaching a network interface unit to the packet data RAT network through which an active packet data session is maintained. There is the step of displaying on a display a calling party number associated with a circuit switched page request for a voice call by a processing unit. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299492 | Mobile Communications Devices and Transmission Methods for Transmitting Machine Type Communication Data Thereof - A mobile communications device with a wireless module and a controller module for performing an enhanced access procedure is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a cellular station of a service network. The controller module transmits a random access preamble to the cellular station via the wireless module, receives a random access response message corresponding to the random access preamble from the cellular station via the wireless module, and transmits a scheduled transmission message including the MTC (machine type communication) data from the cellular station via the wireless module, in response to the random access response message. Then, the controller module completes the enhanced access procedure in response to receiving a contention resolution message from the cellular station via the wireless module. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299493 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF DATA STREAMS IN A BROADCASTING/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data comprising a plurality of data streams in a broadcasting system is provided. The method includes dividing a frame into a plurality of physical layer zones, allocating the plurality of data streams to the plurality of physical layer zones, allocating signaling information associated with the plurality of physical layers to at least one of the plurality of physical layer regions, and transmitting the frame to which the signaling information is allocated. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299494 | Mobile Caching and Data Relay Vectoring Systems and Methods - The present invention provides systems and methods for providing mobile users with requested resources. In one such method, first and second location indicators for the mobile user are received, with each of the location indicators having a time associated therewith. The method includes calculating a mobile vector of the mobile user using the first and second location indicators, and associating the mobile vector with a first network region and a second network region. A first portion of the requested resource is sent to a first storage device in the first network region, and a second portion of the requested resource is sent to a second storage device in the second network region. The first and second resource portions are sent to the user when the user is in the first and second network regions, respectively. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299495 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for allocating the resources of a remaining region other than a region carrying a SuperFrame Header (SFH) and signaling the resource allocation is disclosed. A Mobile Station (MS) receives resource allocation information about a remaining region other than a region carrying an SFH in a predetermined channel bandwidth by the SFH from a Base Station (BS) and decodes the received resource allocation information. The MS decodes control information efficiently by receiving repetition number information about a sub_secondary SFH (sub_S-SFH) or sub_secondary Broadcast CHannel (sub_S-BCH) from the BS by a Primary SFH (P-SFH) or Primary BCH (P-BCH). | 12-08-2011 |
20110299496 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A scheduling apparatus and a scheduling method, wherein the amount of signaling for frequency resource allocation information can be reduced while maintaining system throughput performance. In a base station apparatus ( | 12-08-2011 |
20110299497 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD OF SELECTING AN ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION - Methods of selecting an enhanced uplink (EU) transport format combination (E-TFC) are disclosed. A maximum number of bits of scheduled data for an upcoming transmission may be determined, wherein the highest value is lower or equal to: | 12-08-2011 |
20110299498 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING SUBSCRIBER SYSTEMS IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - A wireless network may be managed by identifying one or more wireless subscriber systems included in a lobe pool of a wireless network, identifying at least one candidate subscriber system outside of the lobe pool with which to enable communications, and reconfiguring the antenna such that the lobe pool includes the identified candidate subscriber system. | 12-08-2011 |
20110299499 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION METHOD FOR THE COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first base station forms a cell group including a first cell and a second cell partly overlapping with the first cell. A second base station forms a cell group including a third cell and a fourth cell partly overlapping with the third cell. An allocator of a communication control apparatus specifies an identifier for wireless communication that differs from any of wireless communication identifiers already allocated to mobile devices existing within either the first or second cell forming the cell group, and allocates the specified wireless communication identifier to a mobile device existing in the cell group constituted by the first and second cells. A transmitter transmits the identifier allocated by the allocator to the mobile device via the first base station. | 12-08-2011 |
20110305205 | RESPONSE MECHANISMS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS USING WIDE BANDWIDTH - In some embodiments, multiple wireless communication devices that are each transmitting an acknowledgement to the same wide-channel transmission will transmit their acknowledgements simultaneously over different ones of the narrow channels that make up the wide channel, thereby permitting older devices that can't decode the wide channels to determine when the acknowledgement are transmitted. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305206 | METHOD TO REQUEST RESOURCES IN TV WHITE SPACES TYPE ENVIRONMENT - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed for independent wireless resource sharing on a fair basis to enable selecting the most suitable coexistence between wireless networks. Example embodiments of the invention include a hierarchical resource request process that enables reallocation of radio resources in a coexistence band. When new resources are requested by a network, a search is made for free resources in the coexistence band. If this does not succeed, a check is made for any allocated but unused resources in the coexistence band that have been advertised by neighboring networks. If there are insufficient advertised resources, then the allocation of resources in neighboring networks is analyzed and compared with the requesting network's need for network resources. There are two graduated stages to the analysis. In an example light analysis stage, an analysis of the allocation of resources is limited to neighboring networks within the same network allocation group as the requesting network's. In a more extensive analysis stage, all of the neighboring networks are analyzed. In this manner, a more complete resource reallocation may be achieved. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305207 | System and Method for Information Handling System Wireless Audio Driven Antenna - Audio information coexists with best efforts data on a wireless network, such as a wireless local area network, by defining a backoff dedicated to communicate of audio information and using undedicated resources to communicate best efforts data. The backoff has a periodic interval that corresponds to the sample rate of the audio information so that a set of audio frame slots communicated at the start of a backoff interval has a length of time to complete communication. The set of audio frame slots has, for instance, an audio frame slot for each audio endpoint interfaced with the network. Periodic backoffs ensures synchronized audio playback by dedicating an antenna to communication of audio frames at the sample rate of the audio information, while supporting best efforts network communication when audio information is not being communicated. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305208 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATED TO CONTROLLING ACCESS TO COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCES - Various methods and apparatus relate to controlling access to communications resources in a wireless communications system. Various described methods and apparatus are well suited for use in a peer to peer network in which resource access control is implemented in a distributed manner and wireless terminals compete for communications resources, e.g., compete for a peer to peer traffic segment. A wireless terminal generates QoS tokens within said wireless terminal at a rate which is a function of a QoS level associated with the wireless terminal and uses a generated token to control access to a communications resource. Generated tokens within the wireless terminal may be shared among the applications of the wireless terminal. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305209 | RATE ADAPTATION FOR SDMA - A transmission parameter for a link in a wireless network is adapted for a current simultaneous transmission based on a loss parameter. The loss parameter is useable to determine an allocation for a wireless node of a plurality of wireless nodes participating in the simultaneous transmission. In some examples, the selected transmission parameter and loss parameters for a previous transmission, along with the loss parameter for the current simultaneous transmission are used to determine the transmission parameter. In some embodiments, an access point (AP) determines and communicates a loss parameter to a plurality of access terminals (AT). Each AT determines a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) based at least in part on the loss parameter. Each AT simultaneously transmits at least one data stream to the AP in accordance with the determined MCS. In some other embodiments, the transmission rate for simultaneous downlink communications is similarly adapted. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305210 | Method of Handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling Transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of handling Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) transmission for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The mobile device has a dynamic grant and a configured grant for transmission in a subframe. The method comprises a step of transmitting a data in the subframe according to a usage status of the configured grant. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305211 | ADVANCED RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIGNALING - Disclosed is a method, apparatus and a computer readable memory medium that stores a program of computer instructions for enabling a resource allocation to be made for user equipment. The method includes forming a resource allocation for a particular system bandwidth, where the resource allocation has a larger number of resource blocks than a maximum number of resource blocks associated with the particular system bandwidth, while maintaining a same resource block group size as would be present with the maximum number of resource blocks for the particular system bandwidth. The step of forming includes the use of an extended parameter in a derivation of the resource allocation. The method further includes transmitting information descriptive of the resource allocation to user equipment. The resource allocation may be a downlink resource allocation or an uplink resource allocation. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305212 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR ARRANGING SUB BURST REGION IN BASE STATION, METHOD FOR DETERMINING TERMINAL TO BE COMMUNICATED WITH, AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK BURST REGION - A base station according to the present invention is a base station in WiMAX. The base station according to the present invention includes: a first arrangement section for arranging a predetermined region for sub-burst, in a downlink sub-frame to be transmitted from a transmission section to a communication terminal; and a second arrangement section for arranging, in the predetermined region, at least one sub-burst region for HARQ allocated to at least one communication terminal. The second arrangement section sequentially reserves a plurality of sub-burst slots in the predetermined region, and thereby arranges the sub-burst region in the predetermined region. With respect to at least initial and next slots reserved in the predetermined region, the second arrangement section reserves these slots along a symbol direction. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305213 | HARQ OPERATION FOR MACRO-DIVERSITY TRANSMISSIONS IN THE DOWNLINK - The invention relates to a downlink transmission scheme that supports downlink HARQ operation and macro-diversity that is capable of overcoming the problem of HARQ protocol de-synchronization when using HARQ in the downlink with multiple data transmitting network nodes. In this scheme, a distributed HARQ protocol operation for downlink data transmissions involving multiple network nodes is provided, where only one network node is terminating downlink HARQ protocol operation towards to mobile terminal, i.e. retransmissions of a data packet are sent from a single network node, a single HARQ transmitter, to the mobile terminal. The multiple network nodes send a first transmission of the data packet to the mobile terminal in a single transmission time interval using HARQ. One of the multiple network nodes is designated as the HARQ terminating node that controls/handles all retransmissions of the data packet. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305214 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CAPABILITY NEGOTIATION FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PARAMETER IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique for supporting newly defined Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) categories without an occurrence of an interpretation error when using a legacy Mobile Station (MS) and a legacy Base Station (BS) in a broadband wireless communication system is provided. A method of transmitting a capability negotiation message includes determining an HARQ parameter set to be allocated, setting a value of a second field for informing whether to indicate an HARQ parameter set which corresponds to an index greater than a maximum value that can be indicated by using a first field for indicating an index of the HARQ parameter set, and transmitting the capability negotiation message including the second field. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305215 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION ACTIVITY MODES OF A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL - A method is provided for controlling Discontinuous Reception (DRX) mode in telecommunication user equipment (UE), with the object to improve system power consumption of a UE of a wireless communication system that is running the DRX mode in RRC_CONNECTED state. In an LTE communication system, DRX functionality is applied to the Medium Access Control (MAC) layer to discontinue monitoring the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for certain periods in order to reduce power consumption of the UE. Typical physical UE implementations have the stack controller and the Physical Layer (PHY) running on several hardware blocks that can enter power saving modes independently. The method comprises a partitioning of the functionality between stack controller and PHY layer that allows the stack controller entity to be active at a minimum while ensuring that the UE still behaves standard compliant to the network. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305216 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING CHANNEL ACCESS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of controlling channel access in a WLAN system, comprising receiving, from an access point, a first channel access control message sent to stations located in some area through a directional antenna of the access point, and attempting to access a channel according to the first channel access control message. The method enables coexistence of several users and improves scalability of a wireless system. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305217 | METHOD OF LIMITING TRANSMISSION RATE - A method for limiting a transmission rate is provided. The method includes receiving a pause management message comprising pause scheduling information including a pause time at which an uplink transmission of a data frame is to be paused and a paused duration indicating a duration during which transmission of the data frame is to be paused, and pause station information indicating a station which is to pause transmission the data frame, from an access point (AP); and pausing transmission of the data frame during the paused duration starting from the pause time according to the pause management message, and then resuming transmission. According to exemplary embodiments of the present invention, a transmission rate limiting mechanism suitable for a VHT WLAN can be provided. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305218 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING AND REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS PORTABLE INTERNET SYSTEM - A method for requesting and reporting channel quality information (CQI) in a wireless portable Internet system is disclosed. Timing of a channel quality information request by a base station is determined, existence of an automatic repeat request acknowledgment (ARQ_ACK) message of downlink data is determined on requesting the channel quality information from the subscriber station, the automatic repeat request acknowledgment message and the radio resource for the channel quality report to the subscriber station is allocated, the automatic repeat request acknowledgment message and the channel quality report information is received, and a modulating and coding level of downlink data is determined by extracting the channel quality report information form the automatic repeat request acknowledgment message. | 12-15-2011 |
20110305219 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL - A method of transmitting a downlink control signal is disclosed, by which localized allocation and distributed allocation are efficiently used in transmitting a downlink control signal. The present invention includes multiplexing the downlink control signal in a manner of if there exists downlink data transmission to a prescribed UE, applying localized allocation to a transmission of the downlink control signal including the scheduling information on the uplink data transmission of the UE and applying distributed allocation to another transmission of the downlink control signal and transmitting the multiplexed downlink control signal. | 12-15-2011 |
20110310809 | Wireless Communication Base Station Apparatus and Channel Allocation Method - A wireless communication base station apparatus by which data transmission efficiency can be improved. In the apparatus, a PDCCH allocation unit ( | 12-22-2011 |
20110310810 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING RESOURCES - A mobile communications network is disclosed which comprises a plurality of radio heads, a cloud processing architecture, and a plurality of radio head links. The plurality of radio heads are for transceiving radio signals and for converting the radio signals between baseband representations of the radio signals and radio frequency representation of the radio signals. The cloud processing architecture is for processing the baseband representations of the radio signals. The cloud processing architecture is ad hoc shareable on demand between different ones of the plurality of radio heads. The plurality of radio head links is provided between the plurality of radio heads and the cloud processing architecture. A corresponding method for processing radio signals for a mobile communications network and corresponding computer program products are also disclosed. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310811 | CONTROLLING POWER FOR CONTENTION BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS - A wireless communication device configured for controlling power for contention based uplink transmissions is described. The wireless communication device includes a processor and instructions stored in memory. The wireless communication device receives one or more power control parameters and performs contention based power control for uplink transmissions. The contention based power control is different from dynamic scheduled grant power control. The wireless communication device sends a contention based uplink transmission. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310812 | INFORMATION SELECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, devices, and systems for information selection in a wireless communication system is provided. In one embodiment, a method of information selection in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a selection request signal by a propagator node, wherein said selection request signal identifies information requested by a selector node; determining all or a portion of said selection request signal matches all or a portion of an information tag stored in an information cache of said propagator node, wherein said information tag is associated with an information datagram; and forwarding said information datagram from said propagator node to said selector node, wherein said information datagram contains all or a portion of said information. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310813 | INFORMATION DISSEMINATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, devices, and systems for information dissemination in a wireless communication system are provided. In one embodiment, a method of information dissemination in a wireless communication system comprises generating an information advertisement signal by a wireless device acting as a distributor node, wherein said information advertisement signal identifies information available from said wireless device; sending said information advertisement signal by said wireless device to a propagator node using an access point, wherein said wireless device is connected to said access point, and said access point is connected to said propagator node; receiving a selection request signal by said wireless device from said propagator node using said access point, wherein said selection request signal identifies information requested by a selector node via said propagator node; and sending an information datagram by said wireless device towards said selector node via said propagator node using said access point, wherein said information datagram contains all or a portion of said information. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310814 | System and Method for Scheduling in a Multi-hop Environment - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to communicate with a relay station includes allocating resources to the relay station. Allocating resources includes receiving feedback data from the relay station and scheduling resources to the relay station based on feedback data. Feedback data includes a total buffer size of the relay station and a number of user devices. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310815 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC STATION ENABLEMENT PROCEDURE - A method and an apparatus for Dynamic Station Enablement (DSE) procedure in a wireless local area network system are disclosed. For a method of enabling a dependent station to operate within a white space as an unlicensed device by an enabling station, the method comprises: transmitting, from the enabling station to the dependent station, an enabling signal to permit the dependent station to operate within a TV white space; transmitting, from the enabling station to the dependent station, a white space map element which indicates an available channel list in the TV white space such that the dependent station operates only within the available channels identified by the white space map element, wherein the white space map element is transmitted via one of a beacon frame, a probe response frame and a white space map announcement frame; and exchanging a DSE (dynamic station enablement) related message between the enabling station and the dependent station on one or more of the available channels identified by the white space map element. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310816 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING CHANNEL REQUEST AND RESPONDING TO THE OPERATING CHANNEL REQUEST IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for operating channel request and responding to the operating channel request in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of operating channel request by a first station in a regulatory domain where an unlicensed device is permitted to operate at a given time in a given geographical area with regard to a licensed device in a wireless local area network (WLAN) comprises transmitting, to a second station, first frame including a first operating class field and a first channel number field, wherein the first operating class field indicates a number of an operating class of a first channel included in a first channel set for operating channel request and the first channel number field indicates a number of the first channel; and receiving, from the second station, second frame including a second operating class field and a second channel number field, wherein the second operating class field indicates a number of a operating class of a second channel included in a second channel set granted by the second station and the second channel number field indicates a number of the second channel. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310817 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes an aggregation level determination unit configured to determine an aggregation level based on CQI notified from a mobile station (UE), a control channel element assignment unit configured to assign a plurality of continuous CCE to a PDCCH addressed to the mobile station (UE), based on the determined aggregation level, and a resource assignment unit configured to assign resource element groups constituting the assigned CCE as a resource for the PDCCH addressed to the mobile station (UE). The control channel element assignment unit is configured to assign a plurality of continuous CCE to the PDCCH addressed to the mobile station (UE) based on an aggregation level changed by the aggregation level determination unit, when failing to assign CCE to the PDCCH addressed to the mobile station (UE). | 12-22-2011 |
20110310818 | Sounding mechanism under carrier aggregation - Sounding mechanism for LTE-A systems under carrier aggregation is provided. A UE receives an uplink or downlink grant transmitted from an eNB over a primary carrier in a multi-carrier LTE-A system. The UE determines indicated carrier(s) and detects a triggering condition for aperiodic sounding transmission in the grant. The UE then selects UE-specific sounding reference signal (SRS) parameters. Finally, the UE transmits an aperiodic SRS (ap-SRS) over the indicated carrier(s) using the selected UE-specific SRS parameters. In one embodiment, the uplink or downlink grant is transmitted via a PDCCH carrying various DCI formats. Each DCI format contains a carrier indicator field (CIF) that indicates which carrier is used for ap-SRS transmission if cross-carrier scheduling is enabled. In another embodiment, DCI format 3/3A is transmitted via a PDCCH carrying a plurality of information fields, each field indicates if the UE should enable ap-SRS in a particular carrier. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310819 | Resource allocation of uplink HARQ feedback channel for carrier aggregation in OFDMA systems - An efficient uplink HARQ feedback channel resource allocation scheme is adopted for carrier aggregation in a multi-carrier LTE/LTE-A system. Two resource allocation schemes (e.g., explicit and hybrid) for HARQ ACK/NACK (A/N) are applied. Part of the resources is allocated based on explicit method via RRC configuration. Another part of the resources is allocated based on hybrid method via both RRC and implicit information carried by downlink schedulers. In an explicit method, the physical resource for A/N feedback information is determined based on a resource index in a DL scheduling grant. The DL grant corresponds to transport blocks over a configured CC. The resource index points to a physical resource from a set of candidate uplink A/N physical resources reserved for the CC. In an implicit method, the A/N physical resources are determined based on a logical address of the DL scheduling grant. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310820 | Uplink HARQ feedback channel design for carrier aggregation in OFDMA systems - HARQ feedback channel design for carrier aggregation (CA) is proposed in a multi-carrier LTE/LTE-A system. In one novel aspect, a predefined rule for HARQ feedback channel format switching is adopted by the system. Different HARQ formats are supported: single component carrier (non-CA) mode, carrier aggregation with small payload size (CA-S) mode, carrier aggregation with large payload size (CA-L) mode, and fallback mode. From the various CA and non-CA formats, the format to be used for uplink HARQ feedback channel is determined based on: UE capability for the maximum number of CCs supported; CC configuration information by RRC layer; and detection results of downlink schedulers. The CC configuration information may include the number of CCs that are configured and a specific HARQ format to be used. Because more reliable upper layer configuration is used to make the HARQ format-switching decision, the risk of UE and eNB mismatch is greatly reduced. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310821 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method of transmitting uplink control information of a user equipment in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: receiving reserved resource information that indicates a radio resource capable of transmitting the uplink control information; receiving a block subframe indicator that indicates a radio resource for transmitting a signal from a relay station to a base station; comparing a transmission-reserved subframe indicated by the reserved resource information with a block subframe indicated by the block subframe indicator; and transmitting the uplink control information in the transmission-reserved subframe if the transmission-reserved subframe does not overlap with the block subframe. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310822 | ALLOCATING NETWORK IDENTIFIERS TO ACCESS TERMINALS - The disclosed subject provides embodiments of a method of allocating network identifiers to access terminals. One embodiment of the method includes allocating a fixed length identifier to an access terminal on initial entry of the access terminal to a network. The access terminal is identified by one of a plurality of mode-dependent identifiers in communication over an air interface between the access terminal and the network. The mode-dependent identifier is selected based on an operational mode of the access terminal The method also includes providing the fixed length identifier to one or more entities in the network. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310823 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING HARQ-ACK BITS - A subscriber station is provided. The subscriber station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit uplink control information (UCI) in a subframe comprising one or more resource blocks, each resource block comprising S SC-FDM symbols. Each of the S symbols comprises N virtual subcarriers, and each subcarrier of each symbol comprises a resource element. The subscriber station also includes a UCI symbol allocator to allocate a first vector sequence of HARQ-ACK bits to a control region of each of four symbols of a resource block, the control region allocated for HARQ-ACK bits. The UCI symbol allocator also allocates a second vector sequence of HARQ-ACK bits to a control region of a fifth symbol of the resource block when a condition is met. The control region of the fifth symbol can be allocated for rank information (RI) bits. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310824 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTER-USER DEVICE TRANSFER (IUT) IN A NETWORK BASED MOBILITY DOMAIN - A method and apparatus for performing Inter-User Equipment Transfer (IUT) across any internet protocol (IP) based network. This framework allows for preparation, execution and completion of data transfer at a target device through registration with a Local Mobility Anchor (LMA) and receipt of an IUT request. The target device receives and stores an IP address or a source device. The IP address is used to transmit session information. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310825 | Methods and Arrangements for Transmitting and Decoding Reference Signals - In some embodiments, a method is provided in a radio network node for transmitting a reference signal over an antenna port, wherein the reference signal is transmitted in a code division multiplexing, CDM, group. The CDM group comprises at least two CDM subgroups, each CDM subgroup being transmitted on a different subcarrier. Each CDM subgroup comprises resource elements. In a first step, the radio network node transmits the reference signal over a first CDM subgroup using an orthogonal cover code. The first CDM subgroup comprises resource elements in a first time slot and a subsequent time slot. In a further step, the radio network node transmits the reference signal over a second CDM subgroup using a permutation of the orthogonal cover code. The second CDM subgroup comprises resource elements in the first time slot and the second time slot. The permutation of the orthogonal cover code is selected in such a way as to enable decoding of the reference signal in the frequency domain, by applying the orthogonal cover code only to resource elements in the CDM group which are comprised in the first time slot. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310826 | INTENTIONAL IDLE GAPS IN COEXISTING WIRELESS NETWORKS - A wireless combination device includes a first wireless transceiver configured for communication via a first wireless network over a first band, and a second wireless transceiver configured for communication via a second wireless network over a second band that overlaps the second band. The combination device includes a medium allocation scheduler coupled to the first wireless transceiver and second wireless transceiver for implementing spaced-mode operation that intentionally inserts idle gaps in transmissions via the second wireless network when triggered by the presence of at least one spaced-mode triggering condition. The idle gaps allow wireless transmissions via the first wireless network to be received by the combination device with higher probability, and without the need for clear to send (C2S) protection. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310827 | ALTERNATE FEEDBACK TYPES FOR DOWNLINK MULTIPLE USER MIMO CONFIGURATIONS - A method in a communication network includes obtaining descriptions of a plurality of communication channels each communication channel associated with a different one of a plurality of receivers; and generating a plurality of steering vectors, one for each of the plurality of receivers, using the descriptions of the plurality of communication channels; wherein each steering vector is used to transmit data to a corresponding one of the plurality receivers via a plurality of antennas and over a corresponding one of the communication channels simultaneously and wherein each steering vector is used to communicate data on a different one of the plurality of communication channels, and wherein each steering vector is generated to reduce interference on a corresponding communication channel caused by simultaneous transmission of data on other communication channels. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310828 | WIRELESS APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND UPLINK CONTENTION METHOD THEREOF - A wireless apparatus, a base station and uplink contention methods thereof are provided. The wireless apparatus selects a preamble sequence and at least one resource block on an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) according to a mapping rule. The wireless apparatus transmits an uplink signal with a preamble sequence on a random access channel (RACH) and a control message on the at least one resource on the UL-SCH to a base station. The base station detects the preamble sequence from the RACH, and retrieves the control message from the at least one resource block on the UL-SCH according to the mapping rule. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GROUPING CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for grouping a control channel resource in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing based mobile communication system for adjusting inter-cell interference and an apparatus performing the same are disclosed. Inter-cell inference used between cells or base stations is controlled or distributed to secure reception of a control channel in a heterogeneous system, and interference may be efficiently controlled through coordination of resource groups by cells. The method and apparatus are equally applicable when resources of backhaul transmission channel of a relay cell in a cell are grouped. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310830 | Method for Coordinating Transmissions Between Different Communications Apparatuses and Communication Sapparatuses Utilizing the Same - A communication apparatus is provided. A controller module generates a suggested sub-frame pattern describing suggested arrangement of one or more almost blank sub-frame(s) in one or more frame(s) and schedules control signal and/or data transmissions according to the suggested sub-frame pattern. A radio frequency module transmits at least a first signal carrying information regarding the suggested sub-frame pattern to a peer communications apparatus. The peer communications apparatus does not schedule data transmissions in the almost blank sub-frame(s). | 12-22-2011 |
20110310831 | PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK (PRB) BUNDLING FOR OPEN LOOP BEAMFORMING - Provided is a method for wireless communication which includes determining a data allocation size available for data to be transmitted, determining a bundling size based at least in part on the data allocation size, and precoding at least one reference signal in bundled contiguous resource blocks of the determined bundling size. The at least one reference signal in resource blocks in each bundle are precoded with a common precoding matrix. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310832 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method for wirelessly transmitting data and control information using a plurality of transmission layers includes determining a number of bits in one or more user data codewords to be transmitted during a subframe and calculating, for each of M control signals to be transmitted during the subframe, a value (Q′), based at least in part, on the number of bits in the one or more user data codewords, and an estimated number of user data vector symbols onto which the one or more user data codewords will be mapped. The estimate of the number of user data vector symbols for a particular one of the M control signals depends, at least in part, on a number of control vector symbols to be allocated to one or more others of the M control signals. The method also includes determining a number of control vector symbols onto which to map each of the M control signals based on a respective value Q′ calculated for that control signal, mapping the control signals for that control signal, and transmitting the control vector symbols. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310833 | BLIND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and a method minimize power consumption, signalling overhead, and processing load in blind scheduling in a mobile communication system. A User Equipment (UE) detects a type of an uplink (UL) grant while it is periodically allocated the UL grant. If there is no data to transmit using the UL grant, the UE determines whether to transmit a padding Medium Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) to an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) Node B (eNB) using the UL grant according to the type of the UL grant. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310834 | METHOD FOR GRANTING A TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM THAT USES A COMBINED CHANNEL CONSTITUTED BY A PLURALITY OF SUBCHANNELS, AND STATION SUPPORTING THE METHOD - A method for granting a contention-free transmission opportunity in a wireless LAN system using a combined channel comprised of a plurality of subchannels, and a station supporting the method are provided. The method for granting transmission opportunity includes: transmitting a transmission opportunity granting frame granting a transmission opportunity of a plurality of target stations; and receiving a frame from each of the plurality of target stations which have acquired a transmission opportunity upon receiving the transmission opportunity granting frame. The station supports granting of a transmission opportunity by the foregoing method. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310835 | Method For Mapping A Subband/Miniband In A Wireless Communication System, And Apparatus For The Same - The present application discloses a method for mapping a subband/miniband in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: dividing a system frequency band into a plurality of physical resource units (PRU); mapping the plurality of physical resource units to physical resource units of a subband (PRUSB) in accordance with a 1 | 12-22-2011 |
20110310836 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSFERRING SIGNALS REPRESENTATIVE OF A PILOT SYMBOL PATTERN - The present invention concerns a method, a device and a system for transferring signals representative of a pilot symbol pattern to a first telecommunication device by a second telecommunication device. The method is executed by the second telecommunication. It obtains information associated with data to be transferred to the first telecommunication device. The adjusted transmission power of the signals representative of the pilot symbol pattern is according the associated information. The signals representative of the pilot symbol pattern at the adjusted transmission power are subsequently transferred. | 12-22-2011 |
20110310837 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING ROUND TRIP LATENCY AND OVERHEAD WITHIN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - During operation radio frames are divided into a plurality of subframes. Data is transmitted over the radio frames within a plurality of subframes, and having a frame duration selected from two or more possible frame durations. | 12-22-2011 |
20110317630 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENTION AVOIDANCE IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless medium reservation for simultaneous transmission of multiple downlink spatial streams to multiple receiver wireless stations during a multi-user transmit opportunity over a wireless medium, is provided. Such a reservation includes reserving a transmission period for simultaneously transmitting data from a transmitting station to multiple intended receiving stations on multiple downlink spatial streams over a wireless communication medium. Reserving the transmission period includes transmitting a request-to-send (RTS) frame to the multiple receiving stations, the RTS frame including a receiver address (RA) field comprising compressed addresses for the multiple receiving stations. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317631 | SCHEDULING COMMUNICATIONS IN A MOBILE DEVICE - A method scheduling outgoing communication in a mobile device is provided. The method includes receiving a signal quality profile for an area in which the device is located. The method further includes receiving a signal from a user application stored on the device that requests the mobile device to make the outgoing communication. Additionally, the method includes determining a current location, a speed, a direction, and a signal quality associated with the device and determining whether the signal quality is above a certain threshold. If not, the method includes predicting a future time at which the signal quality will be above the threshold based at least on the current location, the speed, the direction, the signal quality, and the signal quality profile. Finally, the method includes scheduling the outgoing communication from the mobile device at the future time. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317632 | Integrating White Space Support into a Network Stack - Described is incorporating white space networking components into a network stack. A user mode spectrum access control component determines which white space channels are currently allowed for use based upon policy, current operating status and availability information obtained from one or more sources. A white space service (e.g., in the WLAN service) receives the availability information. The white space service includes a discovery module that discovers other nodes, and a channel migration module that changes from the current channel to another channel if the current channel is no longer allowed for use. A kernel mode (NDIS layer) white space driver through a miniport driver controls the channel in use as the current channel. An automatic configuration module is provided that switches to Wi-Fi network communication when a Wi-Fi network is present, and switches back when a Wi-Fi network is not present. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317633 | FINE-GRAINED CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A fine-grained channel access system and method to facilitate fine-grained channel access in a high-data rate wide-band wireless local-area network (WLAN). Embodiments of the system and method divide an entire wireless channel into proper size subchannels commensurate with the physical layer data rate and typical frame size. Once the subchannels are defined, each node on the WLAN contends independently for each of the fine-grained subchannels. A first orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) technique is used to signal an access point on the WLAN that the node desires one or more of the subchannels. A second OFDM technique (which is different from the first OFDM technique) is used for data transmission. Sometimes there is contention between nodes that want the same subchannel. The access point resolves any contention between the nodes using a frequency domain contention technique that includes a frequency domain backoff technique. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317634 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING AND COMMUNICATING WITH MEDIA DEVICES IN A CONNECTED PLATFORM ENVIRONMENT USING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION CHANNELS - Systems and methods are presented for utilizing multiple communication channels to determine whether a media device is nearby and whether the nearby media device is a media device associated with a user request. In some embodiments, user input devices may be equipped with IR and RF transceivers. IR signals may be used to determine whether the user input device is in the vicinity of a media device. When a user requests an application or screen sharing of a media device different from the local media device, the user input device may activate the RF transceiver to handle the communications with the other media device. In some embodiments, access to a media device may be prevented for one user when the media device is already providing access to a different user. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317635 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CELL SYSTEM INFORMATION DURING AUTONOMOUS GAPS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate receiving signals from one or more base stations while communicating with a serving base station. Devices can receive the signals in autonomous gaps, during which the device can tune away to receive the signals. A device can report a low channel quality indicator (CQI) value to the serving base station prior to the autonomous gap to decrease a likelihood that the base station will schedule transmissions to the device, or at least decrease a data rate for transmissions. In another example, the device can report a CQI reserved for indicating starting an autonomous gap. In either case, the described methods and apparatuses can minimize data loss during the autonomous gap. Once the device returns from receiving the signals, the device can report an improved or actual CQI value to the base station to resume communications. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317636 | CHANNEL REQUESTS FOR MACHINE-TYPE DEVICES - To access a network, an MTC device sends a channel request message to the network over a random access channel. The channel request message includes a device type indication and a resource type indication. The device type indication may for example, indicate to the network that the requesting device is an MTC device or non-MTC device. Upon receipt of the channel request, the receiving network node can determine on the basis of the device type indication and resource type indication whether to grant or deny the access attempt, and to determine what resources to grant. The channel request message may further include a call duration indication in the channel request message if CS resources are requested for a voice call or a priority indication if CS resources are requested for a data transmission. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317637 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING AND TRANSMITTING DATA PACKET - A method for processing and transmitting data packet is disclosed. The method includes receiving a data packet with a first Redundancy Version (RV) from a serving cell, receiving a data packet with a second RV different from the first RV from a collaborative cell, and combining and decoding the data packets received from the serving cell and the collaborative cell. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317638 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING AND ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for requesting an uplink resource in a wireless communication system. In the method according to one aspect of the invention, a terminal transmits a quick access message to a base station and receives a resource from the base station. The quick access message includes a first field that shows the attributes of the data that is supposed to be transmitted by the terminal, and a field that is determined by the first field. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317639 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and system for controlling an uplink (UL) in a wireless communication system, wherein packet scheduling is performed on the data packet of a mobile station to allocate multiple bursts, the parameters of the mobile station and the multiple bursts are verified, and the parameters are used to determine the MCS (Modulation and Coding Scheme) level and transmission power level for the multiple bursts. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317640 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station apparatus and radio communication method are provided whereby reception characteristics do not deteriorate even when the number of multiplexed users of an uplink control channel signal is increased. The radio communication method of the present invention includes a transmission step of a mobile terminal apparatus transmitting an uplink control channel signal orthogonally multiplexed among users including reference signals, a receiving step of the radio base station apparatus receiving the uplink control channel signal and a demodulation step of demodulating the uplink control channel signal using maximum likelihood detection. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317641 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system is provided. A transmitter generates the reference signal, maps the reference signal to a resource region, and transmits the reference signal, mapped to the resource region, to a user equipment (UE). The resource region to which the reference signal is mapped is determined based on at least one of a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processing time for backhaul link transmission, a position of a backhaul link sub-frame, and a transmission period of the reference signal. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317642 | SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR TRANSMISSION SEQUENCE NUMBER MANAGEMENT IN AN INTRA-NODE B UNSYNCHRONIZED SERVING CELL CHANGE - Various aspects of the disclosure provide an intra-Node B unsynchronized serving cell change enabling the typical loss of packets resulting from such a procedure to be reduced or eliminated. In one example, when a UE ceases listening to a downlink channel from a first cell provided by a Node B and starts to configure its receiver to listen to a downlink channel from a second cell provided by the Node B, a continued incrementing of a sequence number may be stalled in the transmission of packets to the UE. That is, the TSN space may be stalled, such that HARQ retransmissions recur beyond the preconfigured maximum number of retransmissions, until the UE indicates that the serving cell change is complete. In another example, the transmission of packets to the UE from the first cell may be halted until the UE indicates that the serving cell change is complete. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317643 | CONTROL INFORMATION SIGNALING FOR MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for conveying downlink control information (DCI). According to certain aspects, the DCI comprises at least a first field that indicates both a rank indication (RI) and a number of enabled transport blocks (TBs) and at least a second field that indicates either a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for an enabled TB if the first field indicates more than one TB is enabled or information other than the MCS if the first field indicates a single TB is enabled. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317644 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEME INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Service Specific Scheduling Control Header (SSSCH) in a wireless communication system are provided, in which the SSSCH includes SSSCH type information and a Quality of Service (QoS) parameter change indicator. The SSSCH type information indicates at least one of a QoS parameter set change request, an ACKnowledgment (ACK) for a QoS parameter set change request, and a Negative ACK (NACK) for a QoS parameter set change request, and the QoS parameter change indicator indicates whether a QoS parameter set will be changed. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317645 | Method of Handling Downlink Control Information Indication and Related Communication Device - A method of acquiring control format indicator information on a physical control format indicator channel transmitted by a network of a wireless communication system for a mobile device in the wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises locating the PCFICH of a downlink component carrier of a cell in the wireless communication system according to at least one of a cell-specific frequency offset, a mobile device-specific offset, a component carrier-specific offset and an additional cell-specific offset. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317646 | DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR RETRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method for wireless communication which includes transmitting codewords according to an initial transmission rank, receiving downlink transmissions indicating at least one of the codewords to be retransmitted, constructing a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) to be sent with the at least one codeword to be retransmitted, and retransmitting the at least one codeword with the DM-RS according to a retransmission rank. The downlink transmissions may include one or more physical hybrid automatic retransmission request indicator channels and the DM-RS may be constructed based at least in part on information in the downlink transmissions. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317647 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL FOR WHICH GUARD BAND IS CONFIGURED IN CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING BAND SCALABILITY - Disclosed is a configuration of a guard band for a radio communication system formed of consecutive sub-bands. Particularly disclosed are designs of a middle guard band for preventing interference between adjacent sub-bands and regulating a difference in frequency between signals transmitted in each sub-band in a radio communication system such as a multi-carrier OFDM system and a multi-carrier CDMA system that forms a wideband through carrier aggregation. Related transmission/reception method and apparatus are further disclosed. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317648 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS RESOURCE INFORMATION - A method of transmitting and receiving radio resource information is disclosed, by which a mobile terminal is able to quickly access a mobile communication system. The present invention includes transmitting a paging message to locate a specific mobile terminal by including information for a radio resource allocated to the mobile terminal in the paging message receiving a response signal for the paging message transmitted according to the information for the radio resource, and performing a connection to the mobile terminal according to the response signal. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317649 | PARTITIONING OF FREQUENCY RESOURCES FOR TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND DATA SIGNALS IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for the partitioning frequency resources used in the transmission of control signals and data signals by user equipments in a communication system. The control signals and data signals are for periodic transmission and dynamic transmission. Also provided is an apparatus and method for user equipments to determine the first frequency unit available for the transmission of dynamic control signals, such as acknowledgement signals associated respective reception of data signals configured through a scheduling assignment by a serving Node B. The utilization of the operating bandwidth is maximized by avoiding fragmentation and facilitates the achievement of reception reliability targets particularly for control signals. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317650 | TECHNIQUES TO COUPLE HARQ-ARQ IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a transceiver adapted to reduce ARQ overhead by coupling HARQ and ARQ feedback signaling and defining different HARQ burst regions that enable different regions to use different HARQ feedback configurations based on channel quality or QoS requirements. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317651 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR TRANSMISSION WITH TIME-FREQUENCY MAPPING OF SYMBOLS IN SUB-CHANNELS - A method is provided for mapping data symbols at the input of a multi-carrier modulator, which data symbols are interleaved in blocks of K symbols, into sub-channels of size equal to N | 12-29-2011 |
20110317652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for reporting a channel state in a multi-carrier system are provided. User equipment receives an uplink grant including an uplink resource allocation and a channel quality indicator (CQI) request via one downlink carrier from among a plurality of downlink carriers. The user equipment reports CQIs for the plurality of downlink carriers via a plurality of subframes in accordance with the CQI request. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317653 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE TO UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for allocating resource to ACK (Acknowledgment)/NACK (Negative-ACK) transmission in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving scheduling information included in a plurality of downlink control channels and data included in a plurality of downlink data channels, over multiple downlink component carriers from a base station, determining ACK/NACK responses corresponding to the data, and allocating resource to the ACK/NACK responses based on the scheduling information corresponding to each of the plurality of downlink control channels and downlink component carrier-dependent offset values. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317654 | WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system comprises: a wireless base station that uses dedicated frequencies to communicate with only connected LTE-A terminals and uses shared frequencies to communicate with LTE terminals and LTE-A terminals; and an LTE-A terminal. The wireless base station comprises: a priority information creating section for setting a priority of each of the shared frequencies for idle LTE-A terminals, setting a priority of each of the plurality of frequencies for connected LTE-A terminals, and creating priority information indicative of the set priority; a system information creating section for creating system information that includes the priority information; and a transmission section for transmitting the system information. The LTE-A terminal receives system information transmitted from the wireless base station, and selects a frequency on which the LTE-A terminal camps and a frequency at which the LTE-A terminal transmits an RACH preamble based on the priority information included in the system information. In this way, the LTE-A terminal can be connected to an appropriate carrier. | 12-29-2011 |
20110317655 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD, AND CHANNEL SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - Provided are a radio terminal, a radio base station, a channel signal forming method, and a channel signal receiving method, by which the number of blinds in the processing for receiving allocation control information is reduced without causing disadvantage regarding the reception of a broadcast channel signal. In a base station ( | 12-29-2011 |
20120002613 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER APPARATUS AND METHOD - In a cell having a system bandwidth wide enough to allow a RACH from a UE and a PUSCH from another UE to be frequency-division multiplexed in the same subframe, a PUCCH unattached to the PDSCH and the RACH are frequency-division multiplexed in the same subframe. In a cell having a narrow system bandwidth, a PUCCH unattached to the PUSCH and the RACH are time-division multiplexed, and the RACH is transmitted for a period for a BCH or others not required to feed ACK/NACK back to a base station apparatus. Alternatively, the PUCCH unattached to the PUSCH and the RACH are frequency-division multiplexed, and the bandwidth for the RACH may be set to be narrower than the bandwidth scheduled for the RACH in a cell having a wider system bandwidth. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002614 | Application-Based Wireless Device Initiated Radio Resource Management - A method and apparatus for radio resource management in a wireless device is provided. A type of data connection to be established between the wireless device and a network is determined. A radio resource capability mode for the data connection based on resource requirements of the determined type of data connection is dynamically determined wherein the radio resource capability mode is selected from a plurality of radio resource capability modes operable by the wireless device within wireless technologies supported by the network. The determined radio resource capability mode is conveyed to the network during connection establishment between the wireless device and the network, wherein the radio resource capability mode is used by the network to determine radio resources to be allocated to the wireless device for the connection. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002615 | System and Method for Controlling Communications in an AD HOC Mobile Network - A method for controlling communications within an ad hoc mobile network includes a plurality of terminals having the slave function and/or the master function, said slave terminals also including a slave orchestration system, said master terminals also including a master orchestration system. The slave orchestration system includes at least one network test module, a module for controlling communications, and a database of communications to be set up and an administration module. The master orchestration system includes at least one network test module, a module for controlling communications, a database of communication requirements, a decision engine, a database of current communications, a rule database for prioritizing communications, and an administration module. The master orchestration system is suitable for defining which communications between the slave terminals are authorized according to said prioritization rules and for notifying the slave orchestration systems of the slave terminals of their authorization to set up a communication or of the need to interrupt a communication previously set up. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002616 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus determines which mode of a subframe bundling mode (second mode) and a non-bundling mode (first mode) should be used by a user apparatus for communication, and reports a determination result. In the first mode, RTT period is a first period, and each of transmission and retransmission of the signal is performed every 1 TTI. In the second mode, RTT period is a second period that is longer than the first period, and each of transmission and retransmission of the signal is performed every plurality of TTIs. A radio resource to be used for retransmission is determined according to a first frequency hopping pattern in the first mode, and is determined according to a second frequency hopping pattern that is different from the first frequency hopping pattern in the second mode. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002617 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention provides a method of configuring random access resources for random access transmission, the method comprising: determining a number n of preamble signatures that can be used for random access transmission; grouping the n preamble signatures into K groups j (j=1, 2 | 01-05-2012 |
20120002618 | WIRELESS PACKET TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND PACKET PRIORITY CONTROL SCHEDULING METHOD - A wireless packet transmission apparatus of this invention includes a packet priority controller that controls the order of transmitting packets with different priorities, and an adaptive modulation controller that changes the modulation scheme of the packets. The packet priority controller includes: a schedule selector that, when a modulation scheme is changed, with respect to packets with a priority of a predetermined value or more, provisionally sets a strict priority control scheme; and a comparison section that compares the transmission rate of the packets for which the strict priority control scheme is provisionally set and the transmission rate of the wireless packet transmission apparatus that is determined by the modulation scheme that has been changed by the adaptive modulation controller. Based on the comparison result, the schedule selector determines whether or not to set the strict priority control scheme for the packets for which the strict priority control scheme is provisionally set. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002619 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING HARQ BURST - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) burst in a communication system are provided. A transmitter obtains at least one Protocol Data Unit (PDU) according to a decoding order of a receiver which supports a HARQ mode. The receiver controls an order of at least one HARQ burst using burst information including a HARQ Channel IDentifier (ACID). | 01-05-2012 |
20120002620 | Remote Virtualization of a Cellular Basestation - The present invention is directed to a method employing a basestation with downlink and uplink flows of information between users; remotely virtualizing the flows from an entity external to the basestation without any modification to the basestation; and creating virtual basestations or networks responsive to the remotely virtualizing. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002621 | AIR LINK UP/DOWN PROTOCOL (ALUDP) - An air link up/down protocol (ALUDP) may be Synchronized ALUDP (S-ALUPD) or Non-Synchronized ALUDP (NS-ALUDP). A method for wireless communications includes monitoring and managing the air link status between a Subscriber Station (SS) and a Base Station (BS). | 01-05-2012 |
20120002622 | METHOD FOR SIGNAL SPACE PARTITION AND ASSIGNMENT AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method and system utilized in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The communication system includes a transmitter and one or more of stations in communication therewith. The method and system comprise encoding a data assignment of each of the data streams associated with a packet into a plurality of bits, wherein the plurality of bits are within a header of the packet within the transmitter. The method and system also includes decoding the plurality of bits by the one or more stations to allow the one or more stations to obtain the appropriate data stream. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002623 | SCALABLE FREQUENCY BAND OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - To support mobile stations that are not capable of demodulating the entire bandwidth or that can be made to demodulate less than the entire bandwidth, a system, apparatus and method are provided to schedule users on less than all of the bandwidth. Further, certain users can be scheduled on more of the bandwidth than others. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002624 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM USING UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a communication method and system using MIMO technology. The communication method includes: a network side device determines whether a UE uses a single-stream mode or a multi-stream mode as an uplink data transmission mode; and the network side device notifies the UE of indication information indicating the determined uplink data transmission mode. The communication method and system help the UE to use a specific uplink data transmission mode in combination with various factors, therefore reducing a delay of an uplink data transmission, improving an uplink data transmission speed, thereby meeting development needs of uplink high-speed data communication services of the UE. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002625 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF NETWORK RESOURCE RELEASE PROCESSING - A method of network resource release processing is provided, which includes the following steps. After user equipment (UE) using idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) mechanism registers to two 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) communication networks, when the UE changes from the 3GPP network to a non-3GPP communication network, a serving gateway (serving GW) receives a message sent from a peer endpoint network element (NE), and deletes network resources established by the two 3GPP communication networks for the UE according to the message. A mobility management NE and a serving GW are also provided. Through the method and device of network resource release processing, the resources are released when the UE using the ISR mechanism changes from the 3GPP network to the non-3GPP communication network. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002626 | PAGING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MULTI-CARRIER CELL - A paging method for a multi-carrier cell includes: receiving a paging message sent by a core network device, where the paging message carries user equipment (UE) information; and obtaining a carrier frequency serving the UE according to the UE information, and paging the UE on the carrier frequency, therefore avoiding a waste of paging resources caused by paging on all frequency bands. By using the preceding method, a waste of common paging resources caused by paging on all carrier frequencies in the multi-carrier cell is avoided. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002627 | WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention relates to a wireless network | 01-05-2012 |
20120002628 | TECHNIQUE FOR EFFICIENTLY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN VOIP COMMUNICATION - Disclosed is a method for performing efficient scheduling for VoIP communication, and performing VoIP communication according to the schedule. A bandwidth size and a transmission interval for the transmission of a VoIP packet to be used during a talk spurt are set, and a bandwidth size to be used for the transmission of an SID packet during a silence period is set in VoIP communication. The bandwidth size to be used during the silence period can be set to the bandwidth required for the transmission of an SID packet. To divide the talk spurt and the silence period, a user equipment uses two types of CQICH code words, so that a base station therefore performs scheduling in an efficient manner. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002629 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR DETERMINING A SHIFTING PARAMETER TO BE USED BY A TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR TRANSFERRING SYMBOLS - A method for determining a shifting parameter P to be used by a telecommunication device for mapping symbols on sub-carriers, the telecommunication device including at least two transmit antennas, the symbols being transferred through each antenna of the telecommunication device on at least an even number K, strictly greater than two, of sub-carriers allocated to the telecommunication device. The telecommunication device transfers on a first antenna on each sub-carrier ‘k’, a signal representing a symbol ‘X | 01-05-2012 |
20120002630 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink Multi-Carrier Transmit Diversity | 01-05-2012 |
20120002631 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, AND RESOURCE REGION SETTING METHOD - A terminal capable of reducing the resource regions in an uplink component band without increasing signaling even if a plurality of acknowledgment signals to downlink data transmitted respectively in a plurality of downlink component bands are transmitted from one uplink component band. A terminal ( | 01-05-2012 |
20120002632 | WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system comprises: first wireless base station apparatus that covers first cell; and second wireless base station apparatus that covers second cell that is wider than first cell and overlaps at least a portion of first cell, wherein: in a case of performing communication with mobile station terminal included in first cell, first wireless base station apparatus makes reference to communication quality of the second cell, judges whether or not wireless resource(s) of second wireless base station apparatus is to be reserved, and, when a judgment is made that reservation of wireless resource(s) is necessary, transmits wireless resource allocation request including necessary resource amount to second wireless base station apparatus; and in a case of receiving wireless resource allocation request from first wireless base station apparatus, second wireless base station apparatus allocates wireless resource(s) in accordance with necessary resource amount to first wireless base station apparatus. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002633 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND FREQUENCY ALLOCATION METHOD - A communication system in which a base station selects any one of a continuous allocation scheme of allocating frequency bands continuously and a discrete allocation scheme of allocating frequency bands discretely and performs allocation of frequency bands to a user terminal. If the discrete allocation scheme is selected, the base station divides the frequency bands to be allocated into sub blocks on the basis of predetermined discrete allocation information for imposing a constraint on a discrete allocation state, and generates a control signal on the basis of the discrete allocation information (S | 01-05-2012 |
20120002634 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE - A method of allocating a radio resource is provided. The method includes: receiving space division multiple access (SDMA) information for downlink transmission; transmitting a result of channel estimation performed on channels corresponding to data streams transmitted in downlink according to the SDMA information; and receiving the data streams through the respective channels according to the result of channel estimation. Accordingly, radio resource request states of stations can be collectively considered. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002635 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for supporting carrier aggregation. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for enabling user equipment to receive a signal from a base station in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, wherein said the method comprises the steps of: setting a first component carrier to a paused state; receiving state change information for the first component carrier via the second component carrier during the paused state of the first component carrier; and monitoring a control channel via the first component carrier if the state change information indicates a predetermined value. The present invention also relates to an apparatus for the method. | 01-05-2012 |
20120002636 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK POWER - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus and a system for allocating downlink power, which can solve the problem of downlink power allocation under a Coordinated Multi-Point transmitting (CoMP) environment and in a carrier aggregation (CA) technology. The method includes: calculating a power allocation according to measurement parameters which are of a reference signal and are reported by a terminal, and according to the number of physical resources within a measured bandwidth corresponding to each aggregate waveband, and an energy allocated to each resource block on the reference signal corresponding to the each aggregate waveband, where the number of physical resources and the energy are sent by a secondary evolved NodeB (eNB), sending the calculated power allocation to the secondary eNB, and sending to a user equipment (UE) energy information that corresponds to the reference signal corresponding to the each aggregate waveband of the secondary eNB. The present invention is applicable to downlink power allocation. | 01-05-2012 |
20120008567 | Reachability maintenance of a moving network based on temporary name identifiers - A reachability service is provided to connect portable nodes of a moving network to at least one external, fixed network via at least one mobile router. Temporary name identifiers are allocated to the portable nodes and mapped to current reachable addresses of the portable nodes by at least one proxy name server. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008568 | DIRECTIONAL MEDIA ACCESS TECHNIQUES WITH SPATIAL REUSE - Techniques are disclosed involving media access. For instance, wireless connections may be assigned into one or more groups. The assignments may be based on interference characteristics. Connection(s) within each of these groups may have acceptable interference characteristics with each other. Further, media access may be granted based on these groups. For example, if a device wishes to communicate across one of the connections, access may be granted for concurrent connections among all connections in the corresponding group. The granting of such access may be performed by a centralized controller device, such as an access point. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008569 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE ASSISTED ADAPTIVE FFR - In a method of fractional frequency reuse in a communication network, a frequency band is divided into a plurality of sub-bands according to a Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) scheme to define a FFR allocation of the band for a plurality of bases stations, each of the base stations being associated with a respective region. At a first base station of the plurality of base stations, the first base station associated with a first region, communication with a mobile terminal in the first region is established on one of the plurality of sub-bands according to the FFR allocation. A second base station of the plurality of base stations, the second base station associated with a second region, transmits on the one of the plurality of sub-bands according to the FFR allocation; receives an indication of a coverage problem detected at the mobile terminal due to interference from the second base station on the one of the plurality of sub-bands; and in response to the receiving the indication, decreases a transmit power level for the one of the plurality of sub-bands in the second region. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008570 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING OR TIME DIVISION MULTIPLEXING IN WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER NETWORKS - A method of operating a wireless device includes determining a preferred subset of bands of a set of bands for communicating with a first node, communicating a scheduling request with the first node, and determining whether to schedule a data transmission on each band of the set of bands based on the preferred subset of bands and the scheduling request. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTION AND RESOLUTION OF RESOURCE COLLISION IN A PEER-TO-PEER NETWORK - A method of operating a wireless device includes selecting a connection identifier with a first node, receiving a scheduling control signal on a resource associated with the connection identifier, and determining a presence of a second node transmitting on the same resource associated with the connection identifier based on the received scheduling control signal. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008572 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK MU MIMO SCHEDULING - According to various embodiments, a computer-implemented method is disclosed that includes receiving a field in a frame or a frame from the one or more STAs, wherein the field in a frame or the frame includes information on buffered traffic and a timeout value for a given access category (AC); and scheduling the one or more STAs to transmit uplink traffic simultaneously through a polling frame. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008573 | RADIO RESOURCE SIGNALING DURING NETWORK CONGESTION IN A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE - A method for radio link control in a mobile wireless communication device The mobile wireless device transmits a sequence of service requests to establish radio resources with a wireless communication network for a data packet in a pending data buffer. When no radio resources are allocated in response to the transmitted sequence of service requests, the mobile wireless device sets a minimum threshold for the pending data buffer, discards all pending data packets above the minimum threshold and discards the oldest pending data packet. The mobile wireless device repeats transmitting and discarding until a radio resource is allocated or the pending data packet buffer is empty. A retry interval between successive service requests is increased after transmitting each sequence of service requests until reaching a maximum retry interval value. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008574 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING - An adaptive modulation and coding method is provided by the present invention, comprising: selecting punctured Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) to transmit the downlink data for the User Equipment (UE); determining the Transport Block Size (TBS) and the number of punctured PRB pairs for transmission to the UE based on the carried service; scheduling the downlink data for the UE based on the determined TBS, and transmitting the number of the used punctured PRB pairs and a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) sequence number to the UE; and the UE converting the number of the punctured PRB pairs to the number of normal PRB pairs, determining the modulation scheme and the TBS sequence number based on the MCS sequence number, and determining the TBS of the downlink data based on the number of the normal PRB pairs and the TBS sequence number. The specific condition when downlink data are transmitted with punctured PRBs may be performed in the present invention on the basis of utilizing the existing resources and adaptive processing of the general subframes by performing conversion between the number of punctured PRBs and the number of normal PRBs in scheduling resource for the UE with the NodeB, which may be implemented simply and efficiently. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008575 | RANDOM ACCESS RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - The invention relates to a method of configuration of random access resources in the case of carrier aggregation wherein one or more uplink and downlink component carriers can be configured by the network, the method comprising the resolution of carrier ambiguity in case of downlink and uplink asymmetric component carrier (CC) configuration by allowing the network to determine on which downlink component carrier the UE camps on. The invention further relates to a method of random access and a network entity and a user equipment for implementing the methods. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008576 | NON-COHERENT DETECTION METHOD OF THE NUMBER OF TRANSMIT ANTENNA PORTS FOR OFDMA - A method of non-coherent detection of the number of cell-specific transmit antenna ports for a communications device, includes the steps of, at the communications device: (a) generating a downlink reference signals (RS) sequence replica; (b) for a first possible transmit antenna port only, determining a downlink system bandwidth from non-coherent correlation of the generated downlink RS sequence replica and received RS samples; (c) at the determined downlink system, performing a correlation of the generated downlink RS sequence replica and received RS samples for each of a plurality of possible transmit antenna ports; and (d) determining the number of transmit antennas from a comparison of the correlation results in step (c). | 01-12-2012 |
20120008577 | OPERATION OF TERMINAL FOR MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for enabling a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system. The present invention provides a signal transmission method, comprising the steps of: receiving configuration information for multi-antenna transmission from a base station; configuring a multi-antenna transmission mode in accordance with the received configuration information; and transmitting an uplink channel having a plurality of symbols to the base station through multiple antennas. The present invention also provides an apparatus for carrying out said signal transmission method. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008578 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERWORKING A WLAN INTO A WWAN FOR SESSION AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - According to one aspect, a mobility gateway device (MGW) receives a request from a wireless local area network (WLAN) controller of a WLAN for accessing the Internet or a packet core network, where the request is originated from a user equipment communicatively coupled to the WLAN. In response to the request, the MGW is configured to determine whether there is an active session associated with the UE over a wireless wide area network (WWAN). If so, the MGW assigns an IP address to the UE that was assigned to the UE during the active session of the WWAN. The assigned IP address is used by the UE to access the Internet or the packet core network over the WLAN. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008579 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION IN AN OFDMA SYSTEM - Managing communication in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system using segments in an OFDMA frame is accomplished by setting at least a first segment in the OFDMA frame as a high power segment for a plurality of base station in the OFDMA system. Further, communication is established between at least one base station and at least one communication device in the OFDMA system, in response to setting the at least first segment as a high power segment. Managing the communication further includes assigning a region of the first segment to a set of base stations in the OFDMA system. The assigned region can be used by the set of base stations at high power level to communicate with communication devices located in overlapping areas. A method for coordinating uplink transmission in the OFDMA system for reducing uplink interference is also provided. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008580 | Method For Transmitting Uplink Signals - A method of transmitting uplink signals is disclosed. The method includes transmitting, by a user equipment, periodic control information on a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) at a predetermined period, dropping the periodic control information and multiplexing uplink signals except the periodic control information when the user equipment is operating in subframe bundling transmission mode where the uplink signals are transmitted in a plurality of consecutive subframes, and transmitting the multiplexed uplink signals on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). | 01-12-2012 |
20120008581 | MOBILE STATION, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile station which communicates wirelessly with a wireless base station with a plurality of connections established by using part or all of a plurality of frequency bands, a plurality of wireless communication interfaces is associated with the plurality of frequency bands, and a processor makes a sleep request to the wireless base station, acquires from the wireless base station information about a result of scheduling complying with the sleep request and indicating non-sleep intervals of the individual connections and the frequency bands to be used for the respective non-sleep intervals, and performs sleep control on the plurality of wireless communication interfaces in accordance with the acquired information. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008582 | ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION TO A MOBILE TERMINAL IN A MULTI CELL FDM OR OFDM NETWORK - The invention concerns a method for performing adaptive subcarrier allocation to a mobile terminal (T | 01-12-2012 |
20120008583 | MULTIUSER SCHEDULING FOR MIMO BROADCAST CHANNELS WITH FINITE RATE FEEDBACK - System and methodologies are provided herein for multiuser scheduling in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. Various aspects described herein facilitate full feedback scheduling, wherein multiuser scheduling is performed based on an antenna selection and signal quality feedback, such as signal-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (SINR) feedback, from respective users. Based on information received from respective users, independent information streams can be transmitted from respective transmit antennas to respective users with the highest signal quality. Receive antenna selection can also be employed to allow respective users to select a single receive antenna on which information is to be received. Additional aspects described herein facilitate quantized feedback scheduling, wherein scheduling is performed based on signal quality feedback that is quantized into a finite number of bits by respective users. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008584 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station includes: means configured to manage frequency blocks; means configured to determine, for each frequency block, scheduling information for assigning one or more resource blocks to a communication terminal being in a good channel state; means configured to generate a control channel including the scheduling information for each frequency block; and means configured to frequency multiplexing control channels within the system frequency band and to transmit it. In addition, the base station transmits the control channel by separating a non-specific control channel to be decoded by a non-specific communication terminal and a specific control channel to be decoded by a communication terminal to which one or more resource blocks are assigned. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008585 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative ACK) signals in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a plurality of data blocks from a base station; generating ACK/NACK signals corresponding to the plurality of data blocks; allocating resources for transmitting ACK/NACK signals, wherein the resources are allocated independently per slot; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signals through one uplink component carrier by using the allocated resources. Preferably, the step of allocating resources includes allocating the resources to minimize the difference in the number of the ACK/NACK signals transmitted per slot. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008586 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention discloses a method for receiving downlink control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of receiving a coordination field from a base station and receiving control information on more than one component carrier that is allocated to the terminal, on the basis of the coordination field, wherein the coordination field includes more than one parameter for decoding the control information on the more than one component carrier. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a signal in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes: generating R spatial streams each of which is generated on the basis of an information stream and a reference signal; generating N transmit streams on the basis of the R spatial streams and a precoding matrix (where R01-12-2012 | |
20120008588 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a user equipment transmits a plurality of sounding reference signals to a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: generating a plurality of sounding reference signals on the basis of repetition factors (RPFs) corresponding to the number of transmitting antennas; multiplexing the plurality of sounding reference signals to a frequency domain in the same OFDM symbol or SC-FDMA symbol on the basis of a transmitting antenna index; and transmitting the multiplexed sounding reference signals to the base station using a plurality of transmitting antennas. | 01-12-2012 |
20120008589 | WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS, FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND METHOD OF FORMING TRANSMISSION SIGNAL - A wireless base station apparatus and wireless terminal apparatus with a configuration which can prevent reductions in the accuracy of channel estimation when non-contiguous band transmission and SRS transmission are employed in an uplink line. In the base station apparatus ( | 01-12-2012 |
20120014330 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION WITH CARRIER EXTENSION - Techniques for supporting communication with carrier extension are described. In one design, a base carrier and at least one segment available to a user equipment (UE) for communication may be determined. At least one operating parameter for the UE may be determined based on a composite bandwidth of the base carrier and the at least one segment. The UE may communicate based on the at least one operating parameter, which may include a resource block group (RBG) size and/or a bitmap used for resource allocation on the downlink, a gap used for resource allocation with frequency hopping on the downlink, a number of hopping bits used for resource allocation with frequency hopping on the uplink, a subband size and/or a number of bandwidth parts used for channel quality indicator (CQI) reporting, a sounding reference signal (SRS) bandwidth and/or a SRS configuration for SRS transmission on the uplink, and/or other operating parameters. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014331 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A radio communication method is provided for reducing the overhead of radio resources (transmission power, transmission time, frequency band) caused by the transmission of a control signal to a mobile station in a poor propagation environment and thus enabling an improvement of throughput of the entire system. A base station ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120014332 | Methods and Systems for Dynamic Spectrum Arbitrage - Methods and system are provided for managing and monitoring allocation of RF spectrum resources based on time, space and frequency. A network may be enabled to allocate excess spectrum resources for use by other network providers on a real-time basis. Allocated resources may be transferred from one provider with excess resources to another in need of additional resources based on contractual terms or on a real-time purchase negotiations and settlements. A network may be enabled to monitor the use of allocated resources on real-time basis and off-load or allow additional users depending on the spectrum resources availability. Public safety networks may be enabled to make spectrum resources available to general public by allocating spectrum resources and monitoring the use of those resources. During an emergency, when traffic increases on a public safety network, the public safety networks may off-load bandwidth traffic to make available necessary resources for public safety users. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014333 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AN OFDM-BASED HETEROGENEOUS CELLULAR SYSTEM - An inter-cell interference coordination method and apparatus is provided for a heterogeneous network system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFMD) communication. The inter-cell interference coordination method and apparatus exchanges two different types of inter-cell interference coordination messages between base stations to adaptively use the frequency division and time division schemes, thereby coordinating inter-cell interference of control channels transmitted randomly in distributed manner. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCES FOR P2P COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for managing resources for Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communication in a wireless communication system. A mobile station (MS) attempting to establish P2P communication receives a P2P amble signal transmitted on at least one adjacent P2P link, measures a signal strength for the P2P amble signal, reports the measurement results to a base station (BS), and performs the P2P communication using a P2P resource that is assigned by the ES according to the measurement results. The ES assigns a resource different from the resource assigned to a P2P link having a highest signal strength measured, as a resource for the P2P communication, thereby preventing possible interference caused by adjacent P2P links. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014335 | WIRELESS TERMINAL - There is provided a wireless terminal including: a frame allocating unit performing an allocation process on a frame to be transmitted to another wireless terminal; a first communication unit assigning a sequence number to the allocated frame and transmitting the frame to the another wireless terminal through a first channel or a first mode; a second communication unit assigning a sequence number to the allocated frame and transmitting the frame to the another wireless terminal through a second channel or a second mode, wherein the allocating unit allocates the frame to one of the first and second communication units; when changing the transmission source of the frame from the one to the other communication unit, a change notification frame including a transmission starting sequence number is transmitted to the another wireless terminal; and the frame allocating unit switches the allocation destination of the frame from the one to the other. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014336 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A channel access method for a very high throughput (VHT) system using a bonding channel having a plurality of subchannels is provided. The method includes receiving training information comprising a training offset value through a subchannel, performing channel estimation on a full channel bandwidth comprising all subchannels when a time corresponding to the training offset value is elapsed after the training information is received, transmitting a request to send (RTS) frame to a destination station through some subchannels selected from the plurality of subchannels by one or a plurality of source stations according to a result of the channel estimation, and transmitting a clear to send (CTS) frame to one source station selected from the plurality of source stations by the destination station in response to the received RTS frame. Accordingly, an effective channel access mechanism is provided for the VHT system, and collision among stations can be avoided. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014337 | Wireless Communication System, Apparatus for Supporting Data Flow and Method Therefor - An apparatus for use in allocating resource in a wireless communication system, where the apparatus comprises mapping logic arranged to map one or more services to individual radio bearers of a plurality of radio bearers; reporting logic arranged to indicate buffer occupancy for the plurality of radio bearers; and prioritization logic arranged to prioritize the allocated resource across multiple wireless communication units on a radio bearer basis. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014338 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Transport Channels Over a Physical Channel of a Cellular Communication System - A cellular communication network node comprises signal processing logic arranged to transmit at least one direct signalling channel indicator bit. The signal processing logic, upon receipt of a message to be transmitted, sets at least one direct signalling channel indicator bit to indicate that a direct signalling channel is active in at least one unit of resource. The signal processing logic re-allocates the at least one unit of resource for use by at least one channel other than the direct signalling channel when no direct signalling channel messages are to be transmitted. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014339 | Low Peak-To-Average Power Ratio Transmission in Frequency-Division Multiple Access Systems - A method for communication includes allocating, in a multiple-access communication system ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120014340 | CQICH ALLOCATION REQUEST HEADER FOR COMMUNICATING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method of communicating feedback information between a mobile station and a base station comprises determining a need to request bandwidth allocation; providing information to a base station according to the determining, wherein the information indicates bandwidth allocation for a fast feedback channel; and performing communication with the base station upon bandwidth allocation according to the provided information. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014341 | Uplink Scheduling and Resource Allocation With Fast Indication - Systems and methods for signalling transitions between talk-spurt state and silence state for wireless terminals having semi-persistently allocated uplink resources are employed. A layer 1/2 indication of the state transitions may be transmitted using a resource that is specifically allocated for that purpose. Alternatively, ACK/NACK signalling may be employed. Layer 1 indications may be employed for both state transition types. Alternatively, in-band MAC layer signalling may be used to signal state transition from talk-spurt state to silence, or the network may deduce this state transition on its own. A different uplink wireless transition resource is allocated for the talk-spurt state vs. the silence state. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014342 | UPLINK RESYNCHRONIZATION FOR USE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reusing an uplink control channel configuration associated with an uplink control channel, the method comprising the steps of, at a user agent, receiving an uplink control channel resource configuration assigned by an access device, transmitting to the access device using the control channel resources associated with the received uplink control channel resource configuration and, after a time alignment timer expires, retaining the uplink control channel resource configuration. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014343 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK TIMING SYNCHRONIZATION IN CONJUNCTION WITH DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION - Systems and methods for controlling sounding reference signal transmission are provided; a user equipment starts transmitting the sounding reference signal in anticipation of uplink data transmission, and then discontinues transmitting the sounding reference signal after completion of uplink data transmission. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014344 | Semi-Persistent Scheduling and Discontinuous Reception Alignment - A method is provided for detection of an uplink grant for a user agent (UA). The method comprises detecting a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation/reconfiguration signaling over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a discontinuous reception (DRX) on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. Also included is a UA comprising a component configured to detect an SPS activation/reconfiguration signaling over a PDCCH only during an SPS activation window, wherein the SPS activation window precedes a DRX on-duration by a predetermined amount of time. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014345 | Determination of Appropriate Radio Resource to be Requested in Case of a Circuit-Switched (CS) Fallback Procedure - A system and method for implementing fallback on a wireless device for circuit switched fallback from a first network that does not provide a circuit switched domain service is presented. A paging message is received from the first network. The paging message instructs the wireless device to implement circuit switched fallback to a circuit switched network. The paging message is inspected for information indicative of a service associated with the paging message, and a channel type suitable for the service is determined from the information indicative of the service. A request message for initiating the establishment of a radio connection is transmitted. The request message identifies the suitable channel type, and the service is used on the circuit switched network. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014346 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - An aspect of the invention provides a wireless communication apparatus that includes a generator configured to generate modulated signals; a mapping unit configured to map the modulated signals on at least one subcarrier in a frequency domain, the subcarrier being in a first subcarrier group corresponding to one of a plurality of subcarrier groups, wherein frequencies of the subcarrier mapped by the mapping unit is predefined by a pattern with slot, each slot including symbols in a time domain, the predefined pattern of the frequencies of each slot depending on a base station; and a transmitter configured to transmit the modulated signals mapped by the mapping unit. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014347 | TRANSMISSION CONTROLLING METHOD, WIRELESS TRANSMITTER, WIRELESS RECEIVER, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless transmitter that transmits data to a wireless receiver generates a plurality of data blocks based on the data destined for the wireless receiver; encodes and modulates each of the plurality of data blocks in accordance with an encoding scheme and a modulating scheme that are to be applied; and transmits the plurality of data blocks encoded and modulated using a wireless resource. In the generation of the data block, the size of each of the plurality of data blocks is adjusted by dividing the data destined for the wireless receiver such that an amount of data of each of the plurality of data blocks encoded and modulated is equal to or less than an amount of maximum data that the wireless transmitter is able to transmit using the wireless resource when the encoding scheme and the modulating scheme are applied. | 01-19-2012 |
20120014348 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL STRUCTURE IN RADIO SECTION - In a radio communication system, a user terminal transmits a reservation packet to a base station using a common control channel ( | 01-19-2012 |
20120014349 | CHANNEL-SOUNDING METHOD USING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting an SRS in a multi-antenna system. The method comprises the steps of: acquiring specific information for discriminating a first antenna group and a second antenna group from among a plurality of antennas, wherein said first antenna group includes one or more antennas which are set to a turned-on state to perform communication with a base station, and said second antenna group includes one or more other antennas which are set to a turned-off state; transmitting an SRS to the base station if a predetermined condition is satisfied, under the condition that the second antenna group is set to the turned-off state; and setting the second antenna group to a turned-off state after the transmission of the SRS. | 01-19-2012 |
20120020304 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO TRANSMIT UPLINK ALLOCATION INDICATORS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Example methods and apparatus to transmit uplink allocation indicators in wireless communications are disclosed. A disclosed example method involves sending a first assignment message indicative of first radio block periods assigned to the mobile station for downlink communications. At least one of the first assigned radio block periods is separated from a next occurring one of the first assigned radio block periods by at least a first non-assigned radio block period. In addition, the example method involves sending a second assignment message indicative of second radio block periods assigned to the mobile station for uplink communications. At least one of the second assigned radio block periods is separated from a next occurring one of the second assigned radio block periods by at least a second non-assigned radio block period. The example method also involves sending an uplink allocation indicator to the mobile station during one of the first radio block periods assigned for downlink communications with the mobile station. The uplink allocation indicator allocates an uplink radio block to the mobile station in at least one of the second radio block periods. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020305 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO COMMUNICATE DATA BETWEEN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND A MOBILE STATION - Example methods and apparatus to communicate data between a wireless network and a mobile station are disclosed. A disclosed example method involves identifying a first quantity of resources for use in communicating first data to a mobile station in a first radio block period and a second quantity of resources for use in communicating second data to the mobile station in a second radio block period. The total quantity of the first and second quantities of resources comply with a maximum allowable quantity of resources specified for a plurality of radio block periods including the first and second radio block periods. The example method also involves sending, to the mobile station, the first data in the first quantity of resources during the first radio block period and the second data in the second quantity of resources during the second radio block period. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020306 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO POLL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON ASSIGNMENTS - Example methods and apparatus to poll in wireless communications based on assignments are disclosed. A disclosed example method involves receiving a poll from a network during a first radio block period and identifying a resource for use in sending requested information to the network in response to the poll. The resource occurs during a subsequent radio block period, and the subsequent radio block period is separated from the first radio block period by at least one radio block period not assigned to the mobile station for transmission by the mobile station. The example method also involves transmitting a response to the poll. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020307 | AUTOMATED WIRELESS ACCESS POINT RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND OPTIMIZATION - Systems, methods, and apparatus for facilitating automated wireless access point resource allocation and optimization are presented herein. An external data store (EDS) component can automatically select, based on spatial data of at least one polygon including at least one wireless access point, one or more parameters associated with wireless communications of the at least one wireless access point. Further, an access point provisioning gateway (APPG) can remotely initiate the at least one wireless access point to automatically configure equipment of the at least one wireless access point to service the wireless communications using at least one of the one or more parameters. Furthermore, a boundary generation component can automatically generate the spatial data by at least one of: combining spatial data of two or more polygons; splitting a polygon into at least two polygons; or expanding a boundary of the polygon. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020308 | Carrier Indication Method for Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A carrier indication method for a carrier aggregation function, which aggregates a plurality of carriers for a transmission between a network and a user equipment of a wireless communication system, includes indicating a first control signal in a first carrier of the plurality of carriers to control a second carrier of the plurality of carriers, wherein the second carrier is different from the first carrier. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020309 | BUNDLED FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING STRUCTURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate allocating a portion of a resource block to a power-limited device for communicating therewith. The power-limited device may not be capable of transmitting over an entire resource block due to power limitations; thus, a portion of the resource block can be assigned thereto, allowing for allocating at least a different portion of the resource block to at least one different device to optimize communications over the resource block. In addition, the portion of the resource block can be allocated across one or more bundled time transmit intervals (TTI) to allow for effective communication of time-sensitive data, such as voice over internet protocol (VoIP). | 01-26-2012 |
20120020310 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING DATA LOSS DURING AUTONOMOUS SYSTEM INFORMATION READING - Techniques for mitigating data loss during autonomous system information (SI) reading by a user equipment (UE) are described. For autonomous SI reading, the UE may autonomously determine when to read system information from neighbor cells and may not inform a serving cell. In one design, the UE may autonomously select a SI reading gap for reading system information from a neighbor cell. During the SI reading gap, the UE may suspend reception of downlink transmission from the serving cell, receive system information from the neighbor cell, and maintain capability to transmit on the uplink to the serving cell. In one design, the serving cell may determine SI reading gaps autonomously selected by the UE for reading system information from neighbor cells. The serving cell may communicate with the UE by accounting for the SI reading gaps of the UE, e.g., may suspend communication with the UE during the SI reading gaps. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020311 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which an space of a physical downlink control channel for a mobile station apparatus to search is defined based on a mobile station identity assigned from a base station apparatus, the base station apparatus places a physical downlink control channel including a first mobile station identity or a physical downlink control channel including a second mobile station identity in a search space of a physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity when the base station apparatus assigns a plurality of mobile station identities to the mobile station apparatus, and when a plurality of mobile station identities is assigned from the base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus performs decoding processing of the physical downlink control channel including the first mobile station identity and the physical downlink control channel including the second mobile station identity in the search space of the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020312 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND NODE USED IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication network includes a plurality of peer nodes, the plurality of nodes communicating with each other through a control channel and a plurality of data channels, the communication method including: a source node in the plurality of nodes reserves a data channel used for transmitting data to a destination node in the plurality of nodes through the control channel; the source node and the destination node switch to the reserved data channel; the source node transmits the data to the destination node through the reserved data channel; and after the data transmission between the source node and the destination node is completed, the destination node sends a data transmitting success acknowledgement signal to the source node through the reserved data channel, and then both of the destination node and the source node switch to the control channel from the reserved data channel for operation. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020313 | PACKET SCHEDULING SYSTEM FOR DIGITAL VIDEO BROADCASTING - A system and method for processing multiple client flows to a single outbound link is provided. Specifically, a scheduler enforces a maximum symbol rate on the aggregate output flow. Inbound client flows are scheduled for output based upon individual quality of service parameters. For each round of scheduling, packets configured for a first bandwidth range are processed in a first pass and packets configured for a second bandwidth range are processed in a second pass. The packets are placed into frames before transmission. A comparison of the actual symbol usage with the estimated symbol is made and used to determine how to schedule inbound client flows for the second pass of the round. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020314 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR MOBILE TERMINATED CALL PROCESSING BY A FEMTOCELL SYSTEM - A system, method, and computer readable medium for processing a call setup in a network system are provided. A femtocell system receives a call origination for a call to be terminated with a user equipment serviced by the femtocell system from a core network, transmits a page message to the user equipment, performs a service connection with the user equipment, creates a connection for the core network, and completes the call setup with the user equipment. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020315 | Methods and devices relating to downlink assignments - The invention relates to a method in a first communication device of receiving control information over a radio channel from a second communication device. The first communication device receives a subframe over the radio channel, and determines whether the subframe is a downlink subframe with downlink assignment intended for the first communication device by reading data in the subframe. That being the case, the first communication device decodes data within the subframe, and determines whether any data packet being sent from the second communication device before the subframe has been missed by analysing an indicator associated to the subframe in the data. The indicator provides knowledge about previous downlink subframes with downlink assignment intended for the first communication device. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020316 | ORTHOGONAL RESOURCE REUSE WITH SDMA BEAMS - A wireless communication system can implement beamforming across multiple omni-directional antennas to create beams at different spatial directions. The communication system can arrange the beams in sets, with each set arranged to provide substantially complete coverage over a predetermined coverage area. The communication system can arrange the multiple SDMA beam sets to support substantially complementary coverage areas, such that a main beam from a first set provides coverage to a weak coverage area of the second beam set. The wireless communication system assigns or otherwise allocates substantially orthogonal resources to each of the beam sets. The wireless communication system allocates resources to a communication link using a combination of beam sets and substantially orthogonal resources in order to provide improved coverage without a corresponding increase in interference. | 01-26-2012 |
20120020317 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A radio resource selecting method according to the present invention semi-persistently selects a radio resource to be allocated to an uplink acknowledgement signal indicating a reception state of a persistently allocated downlink signal from a plurality of radio resources defined by frequencies and codes, and includes the steps of: (A) selecting candidates for an allocation radio resource to be allocated to the uplink acknowledgement signal from the plurality of radio resources; (B) notifying candidate information on the selected candidates for the allocation radio resource; and (C) selecting a single allocation radio resource from the plurality of candidates for the allocation radio resource indicated in the candidate information notified in the step (B). | 01-26-2012 |
20120020318 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A core network includes a PDN connection holding unit that associates and stores information regarding PDN connection with information indicating an address block configured as a set of a plurality of addresses identifying a plurality of the information terminal devices. Therefore, it is possible to suppress an increase in the processing load and a limitation of providable services, even in the case in which an ad-hoc network is formed between a mobile terminal device and a plurality of terminal equipments and a PDN connection is made by the terminal equipments using the mobile terminal device as an MT. | 01-26-2012 |
20120026947 | LOCATION BASED POLICY FOR USER EQUIPMENT OPERATING IN DIFFERENT AREAS OF A SHARED HOME LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - A method for location based policy for UE operating in different areas of a shared home LTE system includes: responsive to detecting a trigger, determining a first enterprise operating area (EOA) in which the UE is currently located, wherein the first EOA is one of a plurality of EOAs of the LTE system; determining whether the first EOA is a home EOA or a visited EOA; when the first EOA is the home EOA, selecting a first set of policy rules for the UE; when the first EOA is the visited EOA, selecting a second set of policy rules for the UE that provides a lower Quality of Service (QoS) than the first set of policy rules; if a trust relationship exists, selecting a third set of policy rules for the UE while in the visited EOA, which provides a higher QoS than the second set of policy rules. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026948 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND DIVISION NUMBER DETERMINATION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication base station device and a division number determination method that improves the frequency diversity effect while maintaining channel estimation accuracy regardless of the number of divisions in the frequency domain of a transmission signal from a wireless communication terminal device. A determination unit ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120026949 | Techniques for reducing communication errors in a wireless communication system - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes transmitting a scheduling request from the wireless communication device and receiving, following the scheduling request, an uplink grant that assigns an uplink channel to the wireless communication device. A time period between the scheduling request and the uplink grant is determined. Only channel quality information is transmitted in the uplink channel when the uplink grant requests the channel quality information and the time period is less than a predetermined time period. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026950 | Techniques for reducing communication errors in a wireless communication system - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes transmitting a scheduling request from the wireless communication device and receiving, following the scheduling request, an uplink grant that assigns an uplink channel to the wireless communication device. A time period between the scheduling request and the uplink grant is determined. Only channel quality information is transmitted in the uplink channel when the uplink grant requests the channel quality information and the time period is less than a predetermined time period. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026951 | TIME SYNCHRONIZED RESOURCE RESERVATION OVER PACKET SWITCHED NETWORKS - A method is intended for scheduling reservations of resources in a packet-switched communication network comprising end-nodes and core network switches. This method comprises the steps of:
| 02-02-2012 |
20120026952 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention, includes the steps of: (A) assigning a radio resource for a PRACH in each cell within a mobile communication system in which cells are synchronized; and (B) performing, at a mobile station (UE), a random access procedure by transmitting an RA preamble via the PRACH using the radio resource assigned in each cell, wherein in the step (A), as the radio resource for a PRACH, a resource block in a different sub-frame is assigned between adjacent cells. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026953 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication base station device, a wireless communication terminal device, and a wireless communication method with which the amount of signaling is reduced while maintaining a high scheduling gain. A judgment unit ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120026954 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION SIGNALING OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method and apparatus addresses resource allocation granularity issues for encoding efficiency of resource allocation signaling in assignment information elements (IEs). | 02-02-2012 |
20120026955 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus and radio communication method are provided which coordinates a plurality of radio base station apparatuses in consideration of interference cancelling capability of mobile terminal apparatuses, and can thereby improve the throughput of the entire system even when the amount of information shared among a plurality of radio base station apparatuses is small. Ina system that performs multicell coordinated transmission in downlink, a radio communication method according to the present invention selects a set of mobile terminal apparatuses whose interference can be cancelled from a plurality of mobile terminal apparatus, when a plurality of radio base station apparatuses perform joint scheduling, using interference cancelling capability information fed back from each mobile terminal apparatus; then performs joint scheduling for the set of selected mobile terminal apparatuses. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026956 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CENTRALIZED STATION, CONTROL STATION APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION AND COORDINATED TRANSMISSION METHOD - The radio communication system of the present invention is provided with a cluster pattern determining section | 02-02-2012 |
20120026957 | Uplink Scheduling and Resource Allocation With Fast Indication - Systems and methods for signalling transitions between talk-spurt state and silence state for wireless terminals having semi-persistently allocated uplink resources are employed. A layer 1/2 indication of the state transitions may be transmitted using a resource that is specifically allocated for that purpose. Alternatively, ACK/NACK signalling may be employed. Layer 1 indications may be employed for both state transition types. Alternatively, in-band MAC layer signalling may be used to signal state transition from talk-spurt state to silence, or the network may deduce this state transition on its own. A different uplink wireless transition resource is allocated for the talk-spurt state vs. the silence state. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026958 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTICARRIER UPLINK CONTROL - An uplink control method for use in a communication system based on multiple carriers. The method includes allocating different types of random access channels for different types of uplink operations. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026959 | INTER-SECTOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - Provided is a more efficient manner of transmitting a control message to reach into a neighboring sector (e.g., inter-sector) of a wireless network environment. The control message can be utilized for purposes such as handoff, indicating an amount of interference, inter-sector power control for managing inter-sector interference, sector loading, or other control messages. The control message can be placed on a set of resources utilizing planned reuse and/or statistical reuse. Statistical reuse includes selecting a subcarrier set for carrying the control message. According to some aspects, the control message can be sent over a backhaul channel. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026960 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station (eNB) is a radio base station that can simultaneously transmit a first downlink signal in which a transmission stream number is adaptively changed, and a second downlink signal in which a transmission stream number is fixed to 1, to a mobile station using an MIMO scheme, the radio base station including: a reception quality reception unit configured to receive information indicating reception quality of the first downlink signal transmitted by the mobile station; a reception quality adjustment unit configured to calculate an adjustment value of the information indicating the reception quality based on a stream number of the first downlink signal; and a processing unit configured to perform an adaptive modulation and demodulation process and a transmission power control process on the second downlink signal based on the calculated adjustment value. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026961 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - An arrangement for enabling network operators (typically mobile network operators) to dynamically trade capacity on their systems is described, thereby enabling such operators to fill their network capacity with traffic from other providers and also enabling service providers that have either insufficient or no network infrastructure to lease capacity from network operators. Network capacity is allocated between operators on the basis of both desired capacity and predetermined resources allocation rules. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026962 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, SERVER, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless communication technique capable of supporting communication using a single component carrier, and communication using a plurality of component carriers. The communication using the plurality of carriers comprises a processing means for performing the signal processing in accordance with each of the carriers with respect to the common signal sequence used by the plurality of carriers. The present invention makes it possible to cope with the communication employing a single component carrier and the wireless communication employing a plurality of the component carriers. Further, PAPR of the reference signals can be made small because there is no possibility that the identical CAZAC sequence is used among the component carriers when a plurality of the component carriers are employed. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026963 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EFFECTING UPLINK HARQ ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and device for effecting uplink HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) on a wireless communications system. A terminal receives HARQ setting data from a base station. If the terminal receives a NAC signal for an initial transmission block, the transmission characteristics of a retransmission block for the initial transmission block are adjusted on the basis of the HARQ setting data. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026964 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF INTERFERING SPATIAL LAYERS WITH DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL - An apparatus, method and system for signaling of interfering spatial layers with dedicated reference signals in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120026965 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for efficiently allocating resources to terminals in a random access system. The method for performing such a random access procedure of a terminal in a broadband wireless system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: transmitting a preamble sequence to a random access region in a base station; and receiving from the base station ACK information indicative of a received state of the preamble sequence. The ACK information receiving step is preferably a step of decoding a map information element that is masked as an identifier of the random access region. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026966 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE INDICES - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for determining resource indices in a wireless communication system, which explores and implements for at least two control channel elements (CCEs) for a user equipment (UE), maps the CCEs to at least two resource indices for the UE according to a predetermined mapping rule. It can determine multiple resource indices to a UE implicitly according to some embodiments of the present invention. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026967 | SIGNALLING - A network element may provide a plurality of user equipments with a dedicated pilot sequence for uplink reference signal transmission. A user equipment may, after receipt of a dedicated pilot sequence, spread the pilot sequences using a block spreading method. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026968 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING SCHEDULING INFORMATION REPORT IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for triggering a SI report in a multi-carrier system, and the method includes: in a multi-carrier system, configuring a timer in UE corresponding to each carrier assigned to the UE, when a state of one of the carriers meets a preconfigured condition, starting or restarting the timer corresponding to the carrier, if the timer expires, triggering a SI report; or configuring a timer in UE corresponding to all carriers, when a state of one of the carriers meets a preconfigured condition, starting or restarting the second timer, if the second timer expires, triggering a SI report. The present invention provides technical solutions for triggering the SI report according to states of the carriers when there are multiple different carrier states, and thus the SI report is triggered in the multi-carrier system. | 02-02-2012 |
20120026969 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING A PROCESS - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit ( | 02-02-2012 |
20120033619 | DYNAMIC BIT ALLOCATION FOR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS SUBJECT TO BURST INTERFERENCE - Wired and wireless communication networks can be subject to burst interference resulting in loss of throughput and data corruption. In a communication system comprising a transmitting network device and a receiving network device, the transmitting network device can be configured to implement a dynamic bit allocation technique for retransmitting packets of a failed packet transmission. On receiving a request for retransmission from the receiving network device, the transmitting network device can dynamically allocate bits of original symbols across two or more constituent symbols per original symbol. The transmitting network device can allocate the two or more constituent symbols across one or more retransmission packets to exploit time diversity. The transmitting network device can also vary modulation and coding schemes and other transmit parameters to generate robust retransmission packets. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033620 | SYNCHRONIZATION FOR DATA TRANSFERS BETWEEN PHYSICAL LAYERS - Various embodiments relate to a system and related method that enable transfer of control and data messages in a wireless communication network between devices operating on different physical layers (PHY). Control data and/or isochronous data and/or asynchronous data may be transferred between devices that operate on different physical layers through a bridging device, while minimizing latency and buffering. The bridging device may contain interfaces that may operate on each of the respective physical layers. A first interface may receive a first superframe from a device in a first physical layer (PHY | 02-09-2012 |
20120033621 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES, METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A communication device is described comprising a transceiver, a determining circuit configured to determine whether the communication device may use radio resources, which are allocated to be used by a wireless bidirectional communication system in the geographical region in which the communication device is located, for radio data communication without participation by the wireless bidirectional communication system, and a controller configured to control the transceiver to carry out radio data communication using the radio resources if the communication device may use the radio resources. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033622 | TRANSMISSION OF SYNCHRONIZATION INFORMATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes at least a large service area (LSA) base station having a LSA geographical service area and a small service area (SSA) base station having a SSA geographical service area that is smaller than the LSA geographical service area and at least partially overlaps the LSA geographical service area in an overlap region. The LSA base station is configured to provide wireless service to first mobile communication devices which includes exchanging communication data. The SSA base station is configured to provide wireless service to second mobile communication devices which includes exchanging other communication data. Primary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the LSA base station and for communication with the SSA base station. Secondary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the LSA base station and tertiary synchronization information is required by a mobile communication device for communication with the SSA base station. A controller in the system allocates transmission of the primary synchronization information from at least one of the base stations over a physical channel having a defined transmission time and transmission frequency. If transmission of the primary synchronization information is allocated from both base stations, the primary synchronization information is allocated for transmission by the LSA base station and the SSA base station over the first physical channel. The controller also allocates transmission of the secondary synchronization information from at least one of the base stations over a second physical channel having a second defined transmission time and second transmission frequency. If transmission of the secondary synchronization information is allocated from both base stations, the secondary synchronization information is allocated for transmission by the LSA base station and the SSA base station over the second physical channel. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033623 | Group Call Control In A Wireless Broadband Communication Network - A method and system for group call control in a broadband wireless network. A group call (push-to-talk) server initiates and regulates group call communication sessions. A wireless base station communicates with one or more group call participants. When a request to participate in a group call is received, it is examined to see if it contains a group call ID or other group call indicator. If not, regular call resources are allocated, if available. If so, it is determined whether another group member is attached to the base station. Group call resources are then reserved, if available, based on this determination. The resources allocated for the group call may also depend on whether the system supports multicast on the downlink to group members, or whether losing audio is supported. In some embodiments, network resources may be reallocated to support the group call. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033624 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND TRANSMISSION FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - Methods, apparatuses and articles of manufacture are disclosed that provide for partial downlink and uplink resource allocations among cooperating cells in a CoMP transmission to a user equipment. The resource allocation can be based on channel conditions and differing capabilities and restrictions of cooperating cells such as in support of heterogeneous network configurations. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033625 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - To improve the frequency diversity effect and enhance reception quality characteristics in a mobile terminal apparatus even when the system bandwidth is extended, provided are a base station apparatus which assigns transmission data to each user to a single or plurality of group bands among group bands configured by dividing a system band into a plurality of bands, and transmits the transmission data assigned to the group bands on downlink, and a mobile terminal apparatus which receives the transmission data assigned to the group bands. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033626 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signaling connection release indication) messages. For at least one RRC (radio resource control) state, if the current RRC state of the UE is a result of a previously sent indication, the UE inhibits itself from sending a further indication message. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033627 | Method for Sending and Detecting Downlink Control Information - A method for sending and detecting downlink control information is provided. A base station carries the downlink control information in a physical downlink control channel, and sends said physical downlink control channel through component carriers. Said base station bears first type downlink control information on an anchor component carrier, and bears third type downlink control information on a prime component carrier, wherein said first type downlink control information bears one or more types of uplink scheduling information, downlink scheduling information and uplink power control information of its component carrier, said third type downlink control information bears indication information of the second type downlink control information which bears the uplink scheduling information and/or the downlink scheduling information of one or more component carriers. A terminal detects the first type downlink control information on the anchor component carries and detects the third type downlink control information on the prime component carrier. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033628 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO USER EQUIPMENTS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a radio base station ( | 02-09-2012 |
20120033629 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station NodeB includes a transmission power control unit | 02-09-2012 |
20120033630 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting an RS (Reference Signal) from a transmission end. The present invention relates to an RS transmission method and an apparatus therefore, comprising the steps of: confirming RS resources which are defined according to each layer; and transmitting the precoded RS for the layers to a receiving end through a multiple antenna, wherein the RS resource includes a 1 | 02-09-2012 |
20120033631 | Method, Apparatus and System for Controlling Working Mode of HSDPA System - A method for controlling a working mode of a high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) system includes steps as follows. When an activation state of a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) less operation mode needs to be changed, a base station transmits a physical layer signaling for activating or deactivating the HS-SCCH less operation mode to a user equipment (UE), so as to instruct the UE to activate or deactivate the HS-SCCH less operation mode. The UE activates or deactivates the HS-SCCH less operation mode according to the physical layer signaling for activating or deactivating the HS-SCCH less operation mode from the base station. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033632 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION APPARATUS - A transmission apparatus used in a mobile communication system adopting a single carrier scheme in an uplink includes: multiplexing means configured to multiplex a pilot channel, a control channel, and a data channel; and transmission means configured to transmit a transmission symbol including at least the pilot channel and the control channel using the uplink. A first pilot channel used for a reception apparatus to measure channel state of the uplink is transmitted using a frequency band over a plurality of resource blocks. A second pilot channel for compensating for a channel transmitted by the uplink is transmitted by a resource block assigned to the transmission apparatus. Control channels of the transmission apparatus and the apparatus other than the transmission apparatus are orthogonalized with each other by a FDM scheme. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033633 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033634 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ADAPTIVELY OBTAINING BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION REQUESTS - A method and apparatus for adaptively obtaining bandwidth requests in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes dynamically varying technique combinations enabling a plurality of users to efficiently request bandwidth from a shared base station. A user may “piggyback” a new bandwidth request upon, or set a “poll-me bit” within, presently allocated bandwidth. A base station may poll users, individually or in groups, by allocating unrequested bandwidth for new requests. Polling may respond to a “poll-me bit,” and/or it may be adaptively periodic at a rate based on communication status parameters, such as recent communication activity and connection QoS levels Group polling permits a possibility of collisions. Polling policies may be established for dynamically varying user groups, or may be determined for each user. Dynamic selection of appropriate polling techniques makes use of efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033635 | Method, Apparatus and System for Bearing Circuit Switched Domain Service Data Over Radio Bearer - A method for bearing CS-domain service data over radio bearer is disclosed. The method includes: letting CS-domain service data be borne over a radio high-speed packet data access channel according to a channel mapping relation between CS-domain service data and the radio high-speed packet data access channel. An apparatus and a system are also provided herein. | 02-09-2012 |
20120033636 | TECHNIQUES FOR CHANNEL SOUNDING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes receiving an assigned starting point index and an assigned reference signal bandwidth for a reference signal. The reference signal is then transmitted multiple times, beginning at an initial resource block that is associated with the assigned starting point index and in accordance with the assigned reference signal bandwidth, across a shared channel. | 02-09-2012 |
20120039261 | CQI Reporting of TD-SCDMA Multiple USIM Mobile Terminal During HSDPA Operation - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for Channel Quality Information (CQI) reporting of a Time Division-Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) multiple Universal Subscriber Identity Module (USIM) mobile terminal during a High Speed Downlink Packet Data (HSDPA) operation. For certain aspects, a method of wireless communication generally includes reporting CQI for a first call with a first subscriber identity and receiving scheduling information for at least the first call with the first subscriber identity and a second call with a second subscriber identity, wherein the scheduling information for both the first and second calls are based on the CQI reported for the first call. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039262 | CARRIER-DRIVEN BEARER PATH SELECTION - The disclosed subject matter provides for systems, devices, and methods facilitating carrier-driven bearer path selection. Carrier-driven bearer path selection enables a carrier to assert bearer path selection policies. Bearer paths available to UEs can be checked for compliance with a carrier's policies. Preferred bearer paths can be designated to the UE for selection. Designation of preferred bearer paths can, in an aspect, be related to route cost, path requests, or path characteristics. In addition, complex bearer path schema can be determined. In an aspect, complex bearer path schema can include asymmetric routing, bonding, and multiplexing. The subject disclosure can enable a carrier to improve management of the carrier's network resources by driving bearer path selection determination to UEs. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039263 | PROHIBITING UNNECESSARY SCHEDULING REQUESTS FOR UPLINK GRANTS - Uplink transmission scheduling requests (SRs) may be prohibited for a lower priority data flow, logical channel group (e.g., VoIP configured with semi-persistent resource allocation), or other grouping but may still be triggered for higher priority traffic (e.g., data connected to a signaling radio bearer (SRB)). More efficient scheduling is also achieved by allowing an uplink transmission scheduler to distinguish between different priority flows or groups (e.g., LCGs) without a buffer status report (BSR), As a result, when a semi-persistent resource is scheled for the lower priority data, there is less delay for high priority data while eliminating uplink and downlink control signaling, i.e., fewer scheduling requests (SRs) and uplink grants, for the lower priority data. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039264 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - This invention relates to a method for allocating resources in a wireless communication system and a system thereof. The disclosed method comprises steps for: allowing a user's terminal to receive information about the wireless transmission resources among semi-permanent transmission resources; performing CRC-calculation by receiving a message about the allocation of the semi-permanent transmission resources based on the received information; verifying the validity of the message by comparing the information about the wireless resources indicated in the received message with the received information about the wireless transmission resources; and receiving data as the transmission resources indicated in the message if there is no error in the verification. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039265 | CONTROLLING ACCESS POINT TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON RECEIVED ACCESS TERMINAL MESSAGES - Transmit power for an access point is controlled based on information received by the access point. For example, an access point may employ one or more algorithms that use messages received from nearby access terminals to maintain an acceptable tradeoff between providing an adequate coverage area for access point transmissions and mitigating interference that these transmissions cause at nearby access terminals. Here, the access point may employ a network listen-based algorithm upon initialization of the access terminal to provide preliminary transmit power control until sufficient information is collected for another transmit power control algorithm (e.g., an access terminal assisted algorithm). Also, the access terminal may employ an active access terminal protection scheme to mitigate interference the access point may otherwise cause to a nearby access terminal that is in active communication with another access point. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039266 | EFFICIENT GROUP DEFINITION AND OVERLOADING FOR MULTIUSER MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure present a technique for efficient group definition and overloading for downlink multiuser multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmissions. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039267 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - To improve the frequency diversity effect and enhance reception quality characteristics in a mobile terminal apparatus even when the system bandwidth is extended, provided are a base station apparatus which maps transmission data to each user to a single or plurality of group bands among group bands configured by dividing a system band into a plurality of bands, and transmits the mapped transmission data on downlink, and a mobile terminal apparatus which receives the transmission data mapped to the group bands and demaps the transmission data. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039268 | Apparatus for Controlling Spectrum Exploitation Utilising Overlapping Channel Bandwidths - An apparatus for controlling spectrum exploitation utilising overlapping channel bandwidths comprises a carrier utilization element configured to utilize a combination of pre-configured channel bandwidths for wireless communication within an available frequency spectrum, wherein the combination includes overlapping pre-configured channel bandwidths. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039269 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DEACTIVATING CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for determining whether to deactivate one or more uplink carriers based at least in part on determining deactivation of a downlink carrier. A linking of the one or more uplink carriers to the downlink carrier can be obtained for determining whether to deactivate the one or more uplink carriers. The linking can be a system information block linking, a carrier indicator field linking, a pathloss linking, an uplink timing reference linking, and/or the like. The one or more uplink carriers can be deactivated based on the linking and/or another linking to one or more other downlink carriers. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039270 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CONTROL TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - A method and apparatus in a user equipment transmit a subframe shared by multiple users through a dual-antenna transmission scheme by using space-time coding. A first and a second plurality of modulation symbols are generated. A third and a fourth plurality of modulation symbols are generated by performing Alamouti coding on each pair of modulation symbols in each of the first and second pluralities of modulation symbols. A spread matrix is generated for each modulation symbol such that the first and third pluralities of modulation symbols are mapped to a first slot of the subframe, and the second and third pluralities of modulation symbols are mapped to a second slot of the subframe. The subframe is transmitted such that the first and second pluralities of modulation symbols are transmitted via a first antenna, and the third and fourth pluralities of modulation symbols are transmitted via a second antenna. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK BASED ON OFDMA - A method and apparatus for distributed scheduling within an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA)-based wireless mesh network may be provided. A requester and a granter in the wireless mesh network may perform three way-handshaking using distributed scheduling messages. A plurality of distributed scheduling messages may use different sub-channels. The request may reserve sub-channels to be used by respective scheduling messages. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039272 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING RANGING SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING RANGING SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for transmitting a ranging signal, and a method and apparatus for receiving the ranging signal are disclosed. A ranging channel (RCH) for transmission of a ranging signal is allocated to the reuse-1 partition. However, the ranging channel (RCH) is allocated to the power-boosted reuse-3 partition only when there is no reuse-1 partition. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039273 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A mobile station for use in a wireless network that operates according to the Long-Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) standard. The mobile station is operable to transmit an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) to a base station in response to a triggering grant received from the base station. The bandwidth on which the mobile station transmits the aperiodic SRS depends on a type of the triggering grant. The type of the triggering grant is one of a downlink grant, an uplink multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) grant, and an uplink single-input, multiple-output (SIMO) grant. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039274 | WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless terminal for transmitting data to a base station with placing the data on a plurality of subcarriers, the wireless terminal includes: an antenna; and a processor configured for controlling the antenna to transmit, to the base station, a request signal for requesting an access right with placing the request signal on a predetermined number of subcarriers; and controlling the antenna to transmit, to the base station, a request message for requesting a communication resource being transmitted by subcarriers whose number is less than the predetermined number, to use the access right assigned by the base station with respect to the request signal when the wireless terminal has transmission data; wherein the processor is configured to control the antenna to transmit the request message to the base station when the level of communication with the base station is lower than a threshold value. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039275 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS - Techniques for sending control information in a wireless network are disclosed. A multi-carrier user equipment (UE) may receive a downlink grant on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) on a first component carrier (CC). The UE may also receive a data transmission associated with the PDCCH on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) on a second CC. In some examples, the UE determines physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources for acknowledging the data transmission based on the first CC on which the PDCCH is received, the second CC on which the data transmission is received, and a transmission mode of the second CC. The UE may send acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information for the data transmission based on the PUCCH resources. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039276 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HARQ FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) and periodic channel status reporting in a wireless communication system includes configuring carrier aggregation, wherein Discrete Fourier Transform-Spread-Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (DFT-S-OFDM) serves as UpLink (UL) ACK/NACK transmission scheme, periodic channel status reporting and UL ACK/NACK coincide in a same subframe, and a Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) modulation scheme with 24 QPSK symbols is used, carrying UL ACK/NACK feedback with a part of the 24 QPSK symbols in DFT-S-OFDM scheme, and carrying the periodic channel status reporting with the remaining part of the 24 QPSK symbols. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039277 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RANGING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of a mobile station for transmitting a ranging signal in a wireless communication system which supports Fractional Frequency Reuse (FFR) and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. The method includes receiving information of ranging resource allocation, from a base station, based on the information of the ranging resource allocation, determining a cell identifier and a Frequency Partition (FP) location for uplink control channels, determining a subband index for the ranging resource allocation based on the cell identifier and a number of subbands allocated to the FP location for the uplink control channels, and transmitting a ranging signal based on the subband index for the ranging resource allocation. Thus, interference to a neighboring cell may be reduced in the ranging channel transmission. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039278 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting a scheduling request to request uplink resources are provided. A user equipment receives a scheduling request (SR) configuration and a transmission indicator from a first serving cell. The transmission indicator enables the simultaneous transmission of the SR and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). The user equipment transmits a SR on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a subframe to the first serving cell and transmits uplink data on the PUSCH in the subframe to a second serving cell. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039279 | ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION FOR MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Techniques for acknowledging data transmissions in a multi-carrier wireless communication network are disclosed. In some aspects, a user equipment (UE) receives a data transmission on at least one component carrier (CC) in a plurality of configured CCs. The UE determines acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information for the data transmission and determines an uplink channel for sending the ACK/NACK information. When the ACK/NACK information is sent on a PUCCH, the UE may perform power control based on which CCs in the plurality of configured CCs data is received. When the ACK/NACK information is sent on a PUSCH, the UE may determine a number of resource elements based on its CC configuration. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039280 | ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION FOR MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION WITH DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT INDEX - Techniques for acknowledging data transmissions in a multi-carrier wireless communication network are disclosed. In one aspect, a UE determines a number of acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) bits for a data transmission on one more component carriers (CCs) based on information obtained from a grant. The grant may be a downlink grant or an uplink grant, and the information obtained may include a number of CCs scheduled for data transmission and/or identifiers of the scheduled CCs. The UE may determine the number of ACK/NACK bits for acknowledging the data transmission based on the number of scheduled CCs and the identifier of each scheduled CC. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039281 | Randomization of Block Spread Signals - A user equipment locally stores a shift pattern that is specific to a cell to which the user equipment is currently attached, and processes a group of modulation symbols or bits for uplink transmission by a) cyclically shifting the modulation symbols or bits within the group according to the stored cell-specific shift pattern, and b) applying a spreading code to the group of symbols or bits. Different embodiments include spatial shifting and frequency bin shifting. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039282 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting processing reference signals in a mobile communication system. A base station determines a reference signal pattern comprising at least one resource element, generates a bitmap indicator indicating whether zero transmission power is assigned to the at least one resource element of the reference signal pattern, and transmits the reference signal pattern and the bitmap indicator to a terminal. The terminal receives the reference signal pattern and the bitmap indicator, and processes a reference signal extracted according to the reference signal pattern and the bitmap indicator. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039283 | SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR RELAY PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (R-PDCCH) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for designing, generating, and monitoring the search space for control information for a node, such as a relay node (RN). This control information may comprise a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH). The search space design may use contiguous, but physically distributed transmission resource units (e.g., physical resource blocks (PRBs)) to increase frequency diversity or frequency selectivity. For certain aspects, pairs of transmission resource units spanning two adjacent slots may have the same virtual resource block (VRB) index. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE OF LICENSED SPECTRUM FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques are provided for control signaling and channel selection in cognitive Long Term Evolution (LTE). In one example, there is provided a method, operable by a mobile entity, that involves receiving, on a licensed channel, broadcasted channel usage information regarding at least one unlicensed channel used by one or more network nodes. The method further involves: performing a cell search procedure based at least in part on the channel usage information to select a given network node among the one or more network nodes; determining at least one random access parameter to be used in establishing wireless communication with the given network node, the at least one random access parameter being associated with a characteristic of the user device and determining a preferred downlink channel. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system is provided. A first ACK/NACK resource index and a second ACK/NACK resource index based on resources used to transmit a downlink control channel is determined. An ACK/NACK signal for a downlink transport block is transmitted through a plurality of antennas using first ACK/NACK resources obtained from the first ACK/NACK resource index and second ACK/NACK resources obtained from the second ACK/NACK resource index. An HARQ ACK/NACK signal can be reliably transmitted through a plurality of antennas. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039286 | RADIO BASE STATION - A base station according to the present invention includes: a PUSCH resource assignment unit ( | 02-16-2012 |
20120039287 | TRANSMISSION METHOD OF DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting a downlink reference signal in the wireless communication system. The method for enabling a base station to transmit the reference signal to a terminal using layers of 8 or less in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting data for the layers of 8 or less through a data domain of a downlink sub frame; and transmitting a reference signal for the layers of 8 or less on a fixed OFDM symbol of the downlink sub frame, wherein the reference signal is a DRS (Dedicated Reference Signal) which demodulates the data for the layers of 8 or less, and the reference signal for the layers of 8 or less is separated into 1st and 2nd groups, and reference signals of the 1st and 2nd groups can be multiplexed in a CDM (Code Division Multiplexing) method on one resource element, respectively. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039288 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR BROADBAND WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING SAME - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless connection system, and more particularly, to a method for a base station to more efficiently allocate resources to a terminal, and to an apparatus for performing same. In a broadband wireless connection system according to one aspect of the present invention, a method for a base station for continuously allocating resources comprises the steps of: determining a size and location of a continuous allocation resource to be allocated through continuous resource allocation; comparing the size and location of the determined continuous allocation resource with those of previously allocated continuous allocation resources; and transmitting a map information element (A-MAP IE) including resource allocation information set according to the results of the comparison to a terminal. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039289 | GROUP RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more specifically, to a reliable group resource allocation method and an apparatus therefor. A group resource allocation operating method of a terminal in a broadband wireless access system according to one aspect of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a message which includes group setup information from a base station; determining a channel identifier of a 1 | 02-16-2012 |
20120039290 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AN UPLINK STRUCTURE AND IMPROVED CHANNELIZATION SCHEME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and system are provided to perform channelization in a wireless communication network, wherein the wireless communication network including at least one base station that is communicatively coupled to at least one mobile terminal. A bandwidth of the wireless communication network is divided into a plurality of zones at the base station. Resource blocks are provided at the base station to receive data symbols transmitted in the wireless communication network. A plurality of resource blocks are combined at the base station to form a physical basic channel unit which are allocated to one of the plurality of zones at the base station. A permutation is performed on the physical basic channel unit to form a logical basic channel unit. A channel is provided to communicatively couple the base station and the mobile terminal so that the mobile terminal may send an access grant message and a user identification to the base station to transmit data in the logical basic channel unit. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039291 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A CONTROL SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method in which a terminal transmits an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal in a wireless communication system. In detail, the comprises the steps of allocating a first control channel resource to the ACK/NACK signal and a second control channel resource to a channel quality information (CQI) signal, determining the transmission power of the first control channel resource and the transmission power of the second control channel resource in accordance with a preset priority, and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal and the CQI signal to a base station using the control channel resources and the transmission powers corresponding thereto. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039292 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting/Receiving Data in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving data in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a data receiving method is provided wherein a mobile station in a wireless communication system uses a frame including a first subframe in which a physical downlink shared channel (hereinafter, referred to as “PDSCH”) includes a first cyclic prefix (hereinafter, referred to as “CP”) and a second subframe in which the PDSCH includes a second CP, wherein the data receiving method comprises a step in which the mobile station receives information on the length of the first CP from a base station, receives data from the base station through the first subframe, and removes the CP of the data using the information on the length of the first CP. The first CP and the second CP have different lengths. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039293 | CARRIER AGGREGATION METHOD AND CARRIER AGGREGATION DEVICE - A carrier aggregation method and a carrier aggregation device are related to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: acquiring information of available spectrum resources; selecting an available frequency band less than a maximum design bandwidth and greater than or equal to a minimum design bandwidth as a base frequency band when the available frequency band exists in the available spectrum resources; determining a frequency band with a width being the maximum design bandwidth, where the frequency band with the width being the maximum design bandwidth has a center frequency which is an integral multiple of a minimum channel raster and is the closest to a center of the base frequency band; and determining an aggregated carrier by using the frequency band with the width being the maximum design bandwidth. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039294 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SWITCHING - A switching method and device are disclosed by the present invention. The switching method according to the embodiments of the present invention includes: receiving from a base station a switching indication information that requires a UE to switch a TTI; sending to the base station a switching confirmation information with which the switching indication information is confirmed; and switching the TTI. The switching method according to the embodiments of the present invention includes: sending to a UE a switching indication information that requires the UE to switch a TTI; and receiving from the UE a switching confirmation information with which the switching indication information is confirmed. By using the switching method and device according to the embodiments of the present invention, the delay of switching the TTI can be shortened and the TTI can be switched quickly. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039295 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR JUDGING RANDOM ACCESS CONTENTION RESOLUTION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, device, and system for judging a random contention resolution. The method includes: sending a contention resolution request message to a network side, where the contention resolution request message carries a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) or a common control channel serving data unit (CCCH SDU); and when receiving a network side message masked with a temporary C-RNTI (T C-RNTI) allocated by the network side to the UE before a CRT expires, performing backoff if judging, according to the C-RNTI or CCCH SDU and the signaling type of the network side message, that contention resolution fails. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING SPECTRUM USE EFFICIENCY IN A MESH NETWORK - Mesh Network Access Points (APs) points, including gateways and routers, are deployed over a geographic area. The APs monitor the communication channel for other carriers and transmit accordingly. The APs selectively co-transmit when other carriers are sensed, if the efficiency of the mesh network will improve. APs select a transmission rate based on observed carrier-to-interference ratios. APs use directional antennas to increase carrier-to-interference ratios and spectral efficiency. AP transmit schedules are adaptable and adjusted according to observed carrier-to-interference measurements. | 02-16-2012 |
20120039297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING DATA SENDING AND RECEIVING - A method and an apparatus for handling data sending and receiving are disclosed by the present invention, where the method for handling data sending includes: allocating the number of space transmission layers and pilot frequency resource for transmission at each transmission layer ( | 02-16-2012 |
20120044876 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VIRTUALIZATION OF WIRELESS NETWORK - A method, apparatus and a system to share a wireless spectrum by mobile devices of different operators. The sharing of the wireless spectrum is done by providing a first virtual base station to communicate with mobile devices of a first operator and providing a second virtual base station to communicate with mobile devices of a second operator. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING CONTENTION-BASED RESOURCE ZONES FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A user equipment and method for contention-based uplink access to a base station. Contention-based configuration data identifies multiple contention-based access zones along with minimum power headroom values for each contention-based access zone. The user equipment devices can randomly select a demodulation reference signal parameter value when transmitting on a selected contention-based access zone. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTENTION-BASED RESOURCE ZONES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A base station employs control signaling for contention-based uplink access from user equipment devices to the base station. Contention-based access configuration is performed via physical downlink control channel signaling. Configuration data sent to the user equipment devices identifies multiple contention-based access zones, along with minimum power headroom values for each contention-based access zone. A probability factor may be used to lower collision possibility by influencing whether the user equipment devices perform contention-based uplink access. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044879 | CHANNEL ACCESS MECHANISM FOR WIDE CHANNELS USED IN OVERLAPPING NETWORKS - When a device is contending for the right to transmit on a wide channel (composed of a primary narrow channel and one or more secondary narrow channels), it may halt its backoff counter if one of the secondary channels is detected as busy, and restart the backoff counter from its halted value when all the channels are again detected as idle. Some embodiments may use a guard interval detection technique to aid in sensing whether the secondary channels are busy. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044880 | Network Driven L3 Control Signalling Prioritization - A node of a radio access network includes a transceiver and a radio resource control unit. The transceiver is configured to facilitate communication with plural wireless terminals over a radio interface including transmissions on an uplink from the wireless terminals to the node and transmissions on a downlink from the node to the wireless terminals. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044881 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods for supporting uplink transmit diversity in a wireless communication system. The proposed methods may eliminate ambiguity in decoding physical downlink control channel aggregation level and resources that are used by different antennas of a user equipment. In addition, a method is proposed for resource allocation for ACK/NACK repetition. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044882 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-CARRIERS - An apparatus and method for transmitting a power headroom report in a communication system supporting multi-carriers are disclosed, by which a user equipment is enabled to transmit the power headroom report. According to the present invention, a user equipment calculates a power headroom for each of at least one activated serving cell using a maximum transmission power of the user equipment for each of at least one activated serving cell and transmits the power headroom report including the power headroom for each of the at least one activated serving cell and the maximum transmission power of the user equipment for each of the at least one activated serving cell to a base station. In this case, the power headroom includes an information on power status of the user equipment for each of the at least one activated serving cell. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044883 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of configuring a number of resource elements for transmitting the information data; when a bit size of the information data is equal to or larger than a predetermined number, allocating even-numbered data of the information data as first information data, and allocating odd-numbered data of the information data as second information data; applying RM coding on each of the first information data and the second information data; concatenating the coded first information data and the coded second information data, and transmitting the concatenated data by using the predetermined number of resource elements. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044884 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of dividing the information data to first information data and second information data if a bit size O of the information data is equal to or larger than a predetermined number; applying RM coding on each of the first information data and the second information data; concatenating the coded first information data and the coded second information data, and transmitting the concatenated data. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044885 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of configuring a number of resource elements for transmitting the information data; generating coded information data having a specific bit size by applying RM coding to the information data; performing rate matching to the coded information data so that the rate-matched information data can correspond to the configured resource elements; and transmitting the rate-matched information data by using the configured number of resource elements, wherein a minimum value Q′ | 02-23-2012 |
20120044886 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of configuring a number of resource elements for transmitting the information data; dividing the information data to first information data and second information data if a bit size O of the information data is equal to or larger than a predetermined number; applying RM coding on each of the first information data and the second information data; concatenating the coded first information data and the coded second information data, and transmitting the concatenated data by using the predetermined number of resource elements, wherein a minimum value Q′ | 02-23-2012 |
20120044887 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communication network, includes at least one mobile terminal ( | 02-23-2012 |
20120044888 | Method for Switching Channels in a Wireless Communication Network - A method for switching channels in a wireless communication network comprising at least one access point and clients, wherein the communication network as secondary user uses one of a number of possible channels for data communication. In accordance with the invention, data communication occurs between the access point and the number of clients through the first transmit/receive interface of the access point on a first channel. Parallel to the data communication, a check of the possible channels occurs over the transmit/receive interface by a second transmit/receive interface of the access point to determine which of the channels are free channels that are not being used by any primary users. A channel switch from the first channel to one of the free channels occurs if a prioritized use of the first channel by a primary user is established by the access point of the communication network. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044889 | Method of Handling Uplink Control Information Reporting and Related Communication Device - A method of handling of a plurality of PUCCH resources of a network of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises assigning the plurality of PUCCH resources to a mobile device in the wireless communication system dynamically by using a dynamic signaling or semi-statically by using a higher layer signaling. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044890 | Method of Handling Uplink Reporting Trigger and Configuration and Related Communication Device - A method of handling acknowledgement/negative acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) information of a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The mobile device supports a carrier aggregation (CA), and the method comprises being configured with a downlink (DL) semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) resource for transmission on a component carrier in a subframe by a network of the wireless communication system, and receiving at least one dynamic DL assignment for at least one scheduled DL transmission on at least one component carrier in the subframe from the network, and feeding back ACK/NACK information on a physical uplink (UL) control channel (PUCCH) corresponding to the DL semi-persistent scheduling transmission and the at least one scheduled DL transmission to the network according to a derived PUCCH ACK/NACK resource index indicating at least one of a PUCCH region and a PUCCH resource index. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044891 | Resource Configuration Method and System for Semi-Persistent Scheduling for Voice Over Internet Protocol Service - A method and system for resource configuration in semi-persistent scheduling of a VOIP service is disclosed. The system includes a call party and an eNB. The method includes: an eNB storing a corresponding relationship of a size of a voice data packet and the number of RB resources; a call party sending to the eNB an information of the size of the voice data packet required by adopting a voice encoding algorithm after determining the voice encoding algorithm used in a call; and the eNB searching out the corresponding number of the RB resources from the corresponding relationship according to the size of the voice data packet after receiving the information of the size of the voice data packet, and then allocating the RB resources corresponding to the corresponding number to said call party. The present invention improves the utilization ratio of the radio resources and the call quality. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044892 | Processing Method for Group Resource Allocation - A processing method for group resource allocation comprises that: a base station establishes groups according to modulation and coding schemes and/or resource sizes ( | 02-23-2012 |
20120044893 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - When transmission of uplink control information is necessary, a transmission processor (a | 02-23-2012 |
20120044894 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CQI IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes: receiving a CQI request message requesting a CQI report over a first downlink component carrier; and transmitting a CQI for at least one second downlink component carrier over an uplink component carrier. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044895 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting and receiving an ACKnowledgment (ACK) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a bandwidth request indicator to a Base Station (BS); and receiving an ACK for the transmitted bandwidth request indicator from the BS, the ACK including an extended A-MAP Type field, wherein the extended A-MAP Type field indicates a format of the ACK. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal for transmitting an uplink control signal, i.e., an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) signal, in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises: mapping part of the ACK/NACK signals to selection information, which is composed of a combination of message areas and reference signal areas; independently selecting one message area and one reference signal from a plurality of control channel resources that are located in the same resource block, based on the mapped selection information; allocating the selected message area to the other ACK/NACK signals; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal to a base station by using the selected message area and the selected reference signal area. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044897 | Method And Apparatus For Performing Uplink Transmissions In A Wireless Communications System - The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for performing uplink transmission in a wireless communications system. A mobile terminal is provided with a set of available transport formats by receiving at least one UL grant comprising a transport format indication pointing to one or more transport formats. The mobile terminal then selects a suitable transport format from the set, for example in dependence on propagation channel conditions, for transmission of a scheduled transreceive at least one UL mission. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044898 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station including a user equipment configured to execute radio communication with a base station device in a mobile communication system. The user equipment includes a control signal reception unit configured to receive a control signal providing instructions to transmit an uplink signal and an uplink signal transmission unit configured to transmit the uplink signal to the base station device on a basis of the control signal, the uplink signal transmission unit is configured to set a maximum value of transmission power of the uplink signal to be smaller than rated power defined by the mobile communication system on a basis of at least one of a parameter notified by the control signal and a number of transmission antennas or transmitters used for transmission of an uplink signal. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044899 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method in which user equipment receives control information in a wireless communication system adopting carrier aggregation. In detail, the method comprises the steps of receiving a control region via one or more component carriers from among a plurality of component carriers transmitted by a base station, and performing a blind decoding process on the control region to obtain control information allocated to the user equipment, wherein the control region includes control information for said one or more component carriers or control information for the rest of the component carriers. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044900 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A learning on a weight of an adaptive array antenna which becomes necessary for a space division multiple access is carried out while a backward compatibility with a conventional standard is maintained. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044901 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK PACKET DATA SERVICE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving downlink control information in a mobile communication system supporting an uplink packet data service are provided. To transmit packet data in an HARQ mobile communication system, a second transceiver receives an RG as rate control information from a first transceiver. The second transceiver sets the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process to which the RG is applied to the allowed maximum data rate of an HARQ process previous to the HARQ process, if the RG indicates hold. The second transceiver transmits packet data within the set allowed maximum data rate to the first transceiver. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044902 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DATA SENDING, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DATA RECEIVING - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for processing data sending and a method and an apparatus for processing data receiving, wherein, the method for processing data sending includes: allocating the number of spatial transmission layers and a pilot resource for transmission at each spatial transmission layer; generating pilot resource information according to the number of spatial transmission layers and the pilot resource for transmission at each spatial transmission layer; and sending the pilot resource information to user equipment (UE). According to the embodiments of the present invention, the UE is enabled to determine a specific pilot resource to be used so as to effectively distinguish between user channels, obtain a correct channel estimation value, improve channel estimation performance, and thus, obtain correct service data. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044903 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS - A method for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) channels to a user is used to feed back ACKs of a plurality of downlink sub-frames in one uplink sub-frame. According to the method, reserved ACK channels are divided into blocks according to the number of downlink sub-frames; each downlink sub-frame corresponds to one block; each block is divided into several sub-blocks; control channel element (CCE) sets within the same sub-frame are respectively mapped to different sub-blocks; and the ACK channels are assigned to the downlink sub-frames according to a sequence of increasing a mapping label d first and then increasing a sub-block label m. Thus, more unused ACK channels can be released to form resource blocks (RBs) for transmission on other channels, for example, for PUSCH transmission. Other methods for assigning ACK channels to a user, a device for assigning ACK channels to a user, and a communication system are further provided. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044904 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication operation is suitably performed with application of Space Division Multiple Access in which wireless resources on a space axis are shared by a plurality of users. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING REVERSE TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for processing reverse transmission resources of a user terminal in a mobile communication system. When receiving a plurality of grants, the method and apparatus sum resources allocated by the grants, distribute the summed resources to logical channels, map the resources distributed by the logical channels and the logical channels to MAC PDUs according to the data sizes of the MAC PDUs, and allocate the resources distributed by the mapped logical channels. | 02-23-2012 |
20120044906 | Sounding mechanism and configuration under carrier aggregation - A method of multi-set RRC signaling for ap-SRS configuration is provided to enhance ap-SRS flexibility. An eNB transmits a plurality of sets of UE-specific SRS parameters to a UE via upper layer messaging in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. The eNB also determines triggering information of a selected set of UE-specific SRS parameters and an indicated carrier for the UE. The eNB then transmits an uplink or downlink grant over a primary carrier, the grant comprises triggering information for the UE to send an ap-SRS over the indicated carrier using the selected set of UE-specific SRS parameters. In one embodiment of joint signaling, the plurality of sets of UE-specific SRS parameters are signaled together in a single RRC transmission. In another embodiment of separate signaling, each set of UE-specific SRS parameters is signaled independently. | 02-23-2012 |
20120057533 | RESOURCE SHARING BETWEEN SECONDARY NETWORKS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to provide for wireless resource sharing on a fair basis between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence in a TV band white space. An example embodiment of the invention includes a method, comprising the steps of: receiving a coexistence value associated with a wireless network; receiving radio frequency spectral environment information of the wireless network; receiving coexistence values and radio frequency spectral environment information of wireless networks neighboring the wireless network; receiving a resource request for the wireless network; generating a resource allocation based at least on the received coexistence values and received radio frequency spectral environment information; and communicating at least a portion of the generated resource allocation to the wireless network. The resulting embodiments provide for wireless resource sharing on a fair basis between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057534 | TECHNIQUES FOR PRIMARY CHANNEL SELECTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a transceiver capable of communicating in a first basic service set (BSS) of a wireless network that is operable adjacent to a second basic service set (BSS) of said wireless network, wherein when the first BSS and the second BSS operate such that the first BSS and the second BSS contain channels that at least partially overlap, the transceiver selects a primary channel of the first BSS to be next to a primary channel of the second BSS so that the first and the second BSSs avoid collisions with each other due to the at least partial overlapping. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057535 | UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Devices, systems, methods and/or computer program products are provided to facilitate coordinated multipoint transmission and reception of communications in a wireless network. In some scenarios, different set of resources are allocated for uplink transmissions of multiple user equipment. In other scenarios collision avoidance and/or multiplexing techniques are used to enable reception and decoding of multiple uplink transmissions on the same or overlapping resources at the same time. This Abstract is provided for the sole purpose of complying with the Abstract requirement rules that allow a reader to quickly ascertain the disclosed subject matter. Therefore, it is to be understood that it should not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057536 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTI-BAND WIFI - Provided are a method and apparatus for supporting a multiband wireless fidelity (WiFi). The method for supporting the multiband WIFI includes: assigning a category and a frequency band for traffic, based on one or more characteristics of the traffic; packetizing the traffic in a media access control (MAC) unit corresponding to the assigned frequency band; and transmitting the packetized traffic by using the assigned frequency band in a physical layer (PHY) unit corresponding to the assigned frequency band. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057537 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONDITIONAL ACCESS - Methods, devices, and computer program products facilitate access to, and usage of resources within, a radio network. A conditional access framework incorporates myriad technologies ranging from authentication, session control, Internet Protocol (IP) packet inspection to resource allocation by airlink schedulers. Such an end-to-end control enables effective implementation of conditional access paradigms by ensuring service guarantees for authorized users while resulting in a certain level of service availability to guest users. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057538 | DOWNLINK PDSCH TRANSMISSION MODE SELECTION AND SWITCHING ALGORITHM FOR LTE - A method, system, and base station for deterministically selecting a downlink transmission mode and rank in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) configured wireless communication system. The Transmission Mode Selection (TMS) utility receives from a wireless device a request for downlink physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) service using a particular transmission mode and specific rank. The TMS utility determines an estimate of the throughput corresponding to the request. In addition, the TMS utility obtains throughput estimates of other distinct pairings of transmission mode and rank to compare with the throughput estimate corresponding to the request. The TMS utility utilizes device feedback information and HARQ error information that are already existing/available in order to determine the best transmission mode and rank pair, according to the best Error-Adjusted-Throughput. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for handling Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) retransmission in a User Equipment (UE) includes being configured with at least one Secondary Cell (SCell), sending an UpLink (UL) transmission corresponding to an uplink grant, and setting a HARQ FEEDBACK variable corresponding to the UL transmission to Acknowledgement (ACK) if a HARQ feedback reception corresponding to the UL transmission is prohibited due to RF retuning. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057540 | OUT-OF-GROUP INTERFERENCE REDUCTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In a MIMO wireless communication system, a plurality of base stations (BSs) are provided each of which can transmit signals to, and receive signals transmitted from, one or more user equipments (UEs). The BSs are also organised into a plurality of groups. In a given group of BSs serving one or more UEs, those serving BSs coordinate with each other to simultaneously transmit signals to the one or more served UEs, and one or more of the served UEs feed back information to one or more of those serving BSs. The fed back information incorporates inter-group noise information related to interference between different BS groups. The method involves processing signals for simultaneous transmission by BSs of a group to one or more UEs served by that group and using the information fed back to the BSs of that group to improve system performance. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057541 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING DUAL CELL - A scheduling method in a wireless communication system using a dual cell. The method includes determining a scheduling metric value of a user equipment (UE) with respect to each of at least two carriers. The method also includes determining a priority of the UE based on the scheduling metric value, per carrier. The method further includes selecting a UE according to the priority of the UE per carrier. The method also includes determining whether the selected UE has the same priority per carrier, and when the selected UE has the same priority, randomly selecting at least one carrier and allocating a resource to the UE based on the selected carrier. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057542 | DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND MAPPING - Embodiments of the present invention provide for downlink resource allocation among a plurality of users. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057543 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEPTION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND AUTONOMOUS DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - Based on a data signal and a known reference signal, a frequency response of a channel is predicted, and the state of the channel over the entire transmission band is predicted such that frequency allocation is performed in a short period of time. A reception apparatus that receives a signal from a transmission apparatus which distributedly arranges signals in a frequency domain into a plurality of frequencies and which performs wireless transmission, the reception apparatus including: a channel property prediction unit ( | 03-08-2012 |
20120057544 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING UPLINK CARRIER FREQUENCIES - A method for managing uplink carrier frequencies is provided, which is applicable to the field of communication. The method includes the following steps: A state switching response message sent by a UE is received, where the state switching response message includes a result of state switching performed by on a secondary uplink carrier serving cell; The result of the state switching is notified to a secondary uplink carrier non-serving cell in a secondary carrier active set through an RNC. A device and a system for managing uplink carrier frequencies are further provided. Through the method, device, and system provided in embodiments of the present invention, the uplink carrier frequencies are managed, so as to facilitate transmission of uplink data during multi-cell collaboration. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057545 | RETRANSMISSION MODE SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method for determining a retransmission mode of a retransmission protocol for data transmissions provided to a communication terminal. Furthermore, the invention relates to the operation of the communication terminal, e.g. a user equipment or relay node, to perform such method, as well as a Node B cooperating with the communication terminal. The invention is inter alia applicable to a 3GPP LTE-A system as standardized by the 3 | 03-08-2012 |
20120057546 | Method and device for reestablishment at packet data convergence protocol layer - The present invention discloses a method and device for reestablishment at packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer. On the receiving side of the PDCP layer, the method comprises: clearing resident control messages ( | 03-08-2012 |
20120057547 | LOGICAL CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION PROCEDURE FOR GENERATING MULTIPLE UPLINK TRANSPORT BLOCKS - The invention relates to methods for scheduling of uplink transmission and generating transport blocks according to multiple received uplink assignments Furthermore, the invention is also related to the implementation of these methods in hardware and software. To propose strategies for generating plural transport blocks within a given time constraint, the invention introduces prioritization of the uplink assignments, so that multiple uplink assignments can be ranked in the mobile terminal in a priority order. The prioritization of the uplink assignments is used to determine the order in which the individual transport blocks corresponding to the uplink assignments are filled, respectively how the data of different logical channels is multiplexed to the transport blocks for transmission in the uplink. Another aspect of the invention is to suggest joint logical channel procedures that operate on virtual transport blocks accumulated from the received uplink assignments. One or more such joint logical channel procedure can be performed in parallel. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057548 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including: a mobile station apparatus; and a base station apparatus, wherein the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus perform radio communication, the base station apparatus includes: a first controller which couples each frequency band including a plurality of divided bandwidths allocated to the base station apparatus, and allocates one frequency band for transmitting a common channel in the coupled frequency band, and a first transmitter which transmits the common channel using by the allocated frequency band, and the mobile station includes a receiver which receives the common channel. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057549 | METHOD FOR USING A BASE STATION TO SELECTIVELY UTILIZE B AND D CHANNELS TO SUPPORT A PLURALITY OF COMMUNICATIONS - A method for using a wireless digital base station to receive, process and transmit a plurality of communications having independent data rates establishing a first communication channel having a first data communication rate to support a first communication; determining the data rate required to support the first communication; selecting one or more transmission channels, from a plurality of available transmission channels, required to support said required data rate; and transmitting the first communication using one or more selected transmission channels. The plurality of available transmission channels includes at least one B or D channel. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057550 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Transmitting Packet Service Data - The present disclosure relates to the communications field and discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting packet service data Packet service data is sent by a User Equipment (UE). It is determined whether the packet service data is Internet service data according to a pre-obtained Internet service offloading policy. If the packet service data is Internet service data, the packet service data is transmitted to a Public Data Network (PDN) via a Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) and an IP backbone. Embodiments of the present disclosure may be applied to wireless communication systems such as a WCDMA system. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057551 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for multiplexing a data information stream, including a systematic symbol and a non-systematic symbol, and a control information stream of at least three types in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping the data information stream to a resource area so that the systematic symbol is not mapped to a specific resource area to which the control information stream is mapped, and mapping the control information stream to the specific resource area. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057552 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGEMENT OF SHARED RESOURCES IN WIRELESS MULTI-COMMUNICATION DEVICES - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus, comprising a network adapter configured for wireless communication using more than one technology, and wherein the network adapter is configured to share a plurality of shared hardware components by limiting access to the air to one comm only at given time by designating one comm that owns the shared hardware components as a primary comm and all other comms are secondary comms, wherein the primary comm allows the secondary comms to use the shared hardware components when it is in an idle-state but when the primary comm returns from the idle state, it claims ownership of the shared resources and the secondary comms release the shared resources. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057553 | UL/DL SCHEDULING FOR FULL BANDWIDTH UTILIZATION - A method may include receiving, by a user equipment incapable of transmitting and receiving simultaneously, a schedule to transmit data on an uplink, detecting, by the user equipment, whether there is data to be transmitted on the uplink, and receiving, by the user equipment, during a time corresponding to the schedule, data associated with a downlink, when it is determined that there is no data to be transmitted. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057554 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING UPLINK CARRIER FREQUENCIES - A method for managing uplink carrier frequencies is provided, which is applicable to the field of communication. The method includes the following steps: A state switching response message sent by a UE is received, where the state switching response message includes a result of state switching performed by on a secondary uplink carrier serving cell; The result of the state switching is notified to a secondary uplink carrier non-serving cell in a secondary carrier active set through an RNC. A device and a system for managing uplink carrier frequencies are further provided. Through the method, device, and system provided in embodiments of the present invention, the uplink carrier frequencies are managed, so as to facilitate transmission of uplink data during multi-cell collaboration. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057555 | METHOD, SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE FOR COLLABORATIVE COMMUNICATION - A method, a system, a Base Station (BS) and a mobile terminal device for collaborative communication are disclosed, so as to multiplex open-loop and closed-loop users and improve a utilization rate of system frequency spectrum. The method includes receiving CSI sent by a user, in which the CSI is CSI of an LOS signal of the user that is obtained by eliminating CSI of a multi-path signal. The method then obtains CSI of a closed-loop user having a channel that is orthogonal to a channel of the user, and performs pre-coding calculations by using the CSI of the LOS signal of the user and the CSI of the closed-loop user. Communication data is then sent to the user by using the result of the pre-coding calculation. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057556 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A device for allocating a channel resource in a wireless network includes a Media Access Control (MAC)/MAC Layer Management Entity (MLME) sublayer and the MAC/MLME sublayer receives a primitive requesting to transmit a message for requesting the channel resource from an upper layer; transmits the message for requesting the channel resource to a coordinator, wherein the message for requesting the channel resource includes information about a duration of the channel resource; and receives channel resource allocation information for allocating the channel resource from a MAC/MLME sublayer of the coordinator, the channel resource allocation information including information about a duration of the allocated channel resource, wherein the device transmits a first message to a second device during the channel resource allocated based upon the channel resource allocation information, and receives a second message from the second device in response to the first message during the allocated channel resource. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057557 | Method and Systems for Conveying Scheduling Information of Overlapping Co-Scheduled Users in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO System - Methods and systems for conveying or transmitting to any given user in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO system scheduling information of other co-scheduled users to permit the user to perform error-correction on received data and/or interference reduction on its received signals. The scheduling information can include resource block assignment, modulation constellations employed, coding rates employed, power levels utilized and precoder matrix indices used. Further, the scheduling information can be conveyed in part through dedicated reference symbol layers or pilot streams. Moreover, a base station may transmit a preliminary estimate of the total number of users the base station expects to schedule, or an upper-bound on the total number of users, to the MU-MIMO users to permit the MU-MIMO users to determine preferred precoder matrix indices and indications of channel quality indices. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057558 | Method and Systems for Conveying Scheduling Information of Overlapping Co-Scheduled Users in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO System - Methods and systems for conveying or transmitting to any given user in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO system scheduling information of other co-scheduled users to permit the user to perform error-correction on received data and/or interference reduction on its received signals. The scheduling information can include resource block assignment, modulation constellations employed, coding rates employed, power levels utilized and precoder matrix indices used. Further, the scheduling information can be conveyed in part through dedicated reference symbol layers or pilot streams. Moreover, a base station may transmit a preliminary estimate of the total number of users the base station expects to schedule, or an upper-bound on the total number of users, to the MU-MIMO users to permit the MU-MIMO users to determine preferred precoder matrix indices and indications of channel quality indices. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057559 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method in which a base station transmits a downlink signal in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method comprises the following steps: allocating a transmitting resource to data symbols for transmitting downlink signals, in the direction of increasing a frequency index; and transmitting the downlink signal to a terminal, using the allocated resource. The frequency band of preset orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, from among the transmitting resource, contains a control domain and a segment band. The step of allocating the transmitting resource comprises the step of puncturing the data symbol using a control channel, to which the control domain contained in the preset OFDM symbols is allocated. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057560 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DUPLICATE DATA IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving duplicate data in a multicarrier wireless communication system. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a transmitter, which supports carrier aggregation for performing communication using N (N≧2) component carriers, transmits duplicate data, comprises the steps of: generating, in a media access control (MAC) layer of the transmitter, N duplicate data using radio link control (RLC) protocol data units (PDUs) from an RLC layer, and simultaneously transmitting, to a receiver, the respective N duplicate data on the N component carriers through respective N hybrid automatic repeat and request (HARQ) entities. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057561 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MAPPING CONTROL METHOD AND PROGRAM STORAGE MEDIUM - Downlink control information including uplink control information can be transmit efficiently. That is, a base station apparatus that configure a communication system includes changing means. The changing means changes a component carrier as a mapping target on which downlink control information including control information about uplink is mapped based on a predetermined processing procedure, among a plurality of component carriers having mutually different frequency bands within a frequency band used for downlink. | 03-08-2012 |
20120057562 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in a method for a terminal to receive a downlink signal in a multi user MIMO (MU-MIMO) wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving downlink control information (DCI) from a base station; obtaining a parameter for a downlink demodulating-reference signal (DM-RS) included in the downlink control information; receiving the downlink DM-RS specified to the terminal on the basis of the parameter; and receiving a downlink data signal on the basis of the downlink DM-RS specified in the terminal, wherein the parameter includes information on a rank which is set in the terminal and a logical antenna port in which the downlink DM-RS is defined. | 03-08-2012 |
20120063393 | Method and terminal for selecting random access resource - The present invention discloses a method and terminal for selecting a random access resource, the method includes: the terminal receives the physical downlink control channel signaling sent by a system; the terminal determines the first subframe which meets a condition A and contains a random access resource from the subsequent subframes of the subframe receiving the physical downlink control channel signaling, the condition A is that the time difference between the first subframe and the subframe receiving the physical downlink control channel signaling is greater than or equal to k, k is the time delay defined by the physical layer of the terminal; and the terminal starts a selection on the subframe containing a random access source from the first subframe. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063394 | ACCESS POINT, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND RECORDING MEDIUM - An access point for assigning a radio resource to a radio communication apparatus based on admission control, the access point including: a state determination unit configured to determine whether there is a first radio communication apparatus that is in a sleep state by a power saving function; and an assignment unit configured to temporarily assign a radio resource assigned to the first radio communication apparatus to a second radio communication apparatus when the state determination unit determines that there is the first radio communication apparatus. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063395 | Network Coexistence through Active Superframe Interleaving - Embodiments of the invention provide coexistence among independent networks through active superframe interleaving. Network hubs and devices exchange signals over a selected channel only during active superframes of their network. Network hubs broadcast coexistence information during their active superframes. A hub of network B desiring to use the selected channel first attempts to fit its active superframes within network A's inactive superframes, if available. If network A is not providing inactive superframes, then the network B hub determines whether network A is willing to coexist using active superframe interleaving on the channel. If so, the network B hub sends an interleave request message to the network A hub, which may accept the message and send back an interleave response message. The network A hub then offers new inactive superframes, and the network B hub adapts the transmissions and receptions of network B to fit within these inactive superframes. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063396 | INTEGRATED WIRELESS DISTRIBUTION AND MESH BACKHAUL NETWORKS - A wireless network using nodes that perform both distribution and backhaul functions is provided. These nodes constitute the key elements of a wireless network that would be deployed and controlled by a wireless network operator. Each node contains a distribution wireless module which is wirelessly coupled to the wireless end user device using a point to multipoint scheme. Also integrated into each node is at least one backhaul wireless module with a directional wireless antenna. Each backhaul wireless module communicates by way of a point to point wireless link with the backhaul module of one other node. The nodes in the wireless network are interconnected to form a mesh backhaul network wherein data traffic can be routed around obstacles that may prevent line of site links. Furthermore, the mesh network allows dynamic routing of data traffic to avoid congestion points or downed links in the network. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063397 | SHORT-RANGE WIRELESS NETWORKS - The invention relates to a wireless network of devices including a network device and a coordinator; the coordinator comprising transmission and reception means for wireless communication; and the network device comprising transmission means and reception means for wireless communication; and control means operable to selectively cause the device to communicate according to two different channel access schemes, a higher throughput scheme and a lower throughput scheme; wherein a trigger is provided in the network for a switch from the lower throughput scheme to the higher throughput scheme, wherein the trigger is determined taking into account the network device's transmission requirements. The transmission requirements may be based on a network according to the present invention, wherein the transmission requirements are defined based on one or more of the following factors: data waiting in the network device's buffer, emergency status of a device, urgency status of a device and battery level. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063398 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - Even when communication is performed independently in each CC (Component Carrier), the occurrence of an error in communication is prevented. Provided is a wireless communication system in which a wireless transmission apparatus and a wireless reception apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of system frequency bands, wherein the wireless transmission apparatus performs transmission power control on transmission data in each of the system frequency bands, and furthermore, a maximum transmission power which can be transmitted in each of the system frequency bands can be controlled so as to be different from each other. Priorities are set on each of the system frequency bands, and transmission powers of the system frequency bands are determined in descending order of the priorities. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063399 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station includes a resource assignment unit for assigning a resource candidate for transmitting a semi-persistent scheduling transmission acknowledgement signal to a first mobile station during a semi-persistent scheduling bearer setting process. The resource candidate for transmitting a semi-persistent scheduling transmission acknowledgement signal is formed by a combination of a frequency direction resource and a code direction resource by which the first mobile station transmits a transmission acknowledgement signal after a predetermined timing from a timing of receiving downlink data, to the downlink data that has been scheduled by semi-persistent scheduling and has been transmitted via a downlink data channel. The resource assignment unit is configured to assign the resource candidate for transmitting a semi-persistent scheduling transmission acknowledgement signal to the first mobile station based on a number of assignments of predetermined resources formed by a combination of a frequency direction resource and a code direction resource. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063400 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit a variable number of HARQ-ACK bits in response to the reception of Transport Blocks (TBs) in multiple DownLink (DL) Component Carriers (CCs). The resources for the transmission of an HARQ-ACK signal in response to the reception of TBs in each DL CC are determined from the resources used for the transmission of the respective Scheduling Assignment (SA) in that DL CC. In order to increase the multiplexing capacity of HARQ-ACK bits in a single HARQ-ACK signal, the UE may use more than one of the resources determined from the resources used for the transmission of the SA in each DL CC. The UE may also adapt the parameters for the transmission of HARQ-ACK bits depending on their number. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063401 | CONTROL CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A control channel mapping method is provided, which includes: determining a search space corresponding to each object for a same aggregation level, where more than one object exist and are determined according to a component carrier; and mapping a control channel corresponding to the object into the determined search space. A detection method is further provided, which includes: determining an initial location of a search space corresponding to the object, where more than one search space exist for the same aggregation level, and the object is determined according to a component carrier, and determining a size of the search space corresponding to the object; and detecting a control channel in the determined search space. A User Equipment (UE) and a network equipment are also provided. Therefore, the collision of control channels is reduced, and an impact probability of control channels is reduced. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063402 | Systems and Method for Communicating Priority Information for Use in Scheduling the Transmission of Data - In one aspect, the invention provides apparatuses and methods for communicating, from one network node to another network node, application data together with priority information so that the receiving network node may use the priority information in scheduling the transmission of the application data to the intended receiver of the application data. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063403 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL, AND FEMTO BASE STATION FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a femto base station. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a common control channel and to a femto base station for the same. The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a common control channel, comprising a step in which the femto base station acquires segment information from a macro base station which overlays the femto base station; a step of identifying, using the segment information, a time segment used by the macro base station in transmitting the common control channel; and a step of transmitting a common control channel of the femto base station on a time segment other than the time-segment identified in the previous step. The present invention also relates to a femto base station for the method. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063404 | Method and Apparatus - A method including performing a first function which is dependent on an estimated resource capacity and a penalty which is dependent on at least one of a number of physical resource units selected and interference; and selecting one or more physical resource units in dependence on said first function. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063405 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN LTE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a fractional RB (Resource Block) allocation method which enables resource allocation in a unit smaller than RB to improve the capacity of VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol) in an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system. That is, the present invention introduces a resource arrangement method which allows different users to share the same resource, without even using an SDMA, and a method for informing the fractional RB allocation and how to use the same. A method for introducing multiplexation into an RB and changing the RE arrangement is proposed to support the downlink fractional RB allocation. A method for changing the RE arrangement is also proposed to support the uplink fractional RB allocation. According to the present invention, to provide a consistent service with a small amount of traffic generated as in the VoIP, resources of a smaller amount than a single RB can be used for a terminal with a good channel state. In the present invention, the occupancy of resources for the terminals of an excellent channel state is reduced so that the capacity of the VoIP can be improved. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063406 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SPACE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A space division multiple access (SDMA) method is provided. The method may be performed by a station (STA), in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system. The method includes overhearing a third transmission response message transmitted by an access point (AP), and determining whether to access a channel on the basis of criteria information included in the third transmission response message. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063407 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING TRANSMITTER, DIGITAL BROADCASTING RECEIVER, AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING AND PROCESSING A STREAM FOR SAME - The method for transporting a digital broadcast stream includes: receiving a transport stream, including mobile broadcast data that is placed in at least a part of a normal data area allocated to normal data and signaling data that includes an FIC chunk header with a variable length; decoding the signaling data; and decoding the mobile data using the decoded signaling data. | 03-15-2012 |
20120063408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a feedback channel in a wireless communication system. User equipment measures a modulation-and coding scheme (MCS) level obtained by quantizing a carrier-to-interference-plus-noise ratio (CINR), maps feedback information including the MCS level to a feedback channel, and transmits the feedback channel. | 03-15-2012 |
20120069800 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ASSISTED NETWORK ACQUISITION AND SEARCH UPDATES - A method and system provide assisted acquisition of a wireless link between user equipment and a femtocell unit. After an initial calibration of timing and/or frequency information, the user equipment enters into a low-power state. The femtocell unit monitors for system updates using a network listen module that sniffs the air interface of one or more neighboring cells. Upon a trigger event, the femtocell unit provides aiding information, for example, timing and/or frequency information corresponding to a change in timing and/or frequency of the air interface, over a second radio, e.g., a wireless personal area network interface. Thus, the user equipment may remain in the low-power state and receive updates with respect to the wireless wide area network interface. Subsequently, upon wake-up, the user equipment may utilize the aiding information, for example, to recalibrate its timing and/or frequency. Thus, acquisition of the wireless link with the femtocell unit may be expedited. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069801 | USING PARKED MODE TO EXTEND CLIENT SETS IN FEMTO-PROXY ARCHITECTURES - Systems, methods, devices, and computer program products are described for handling of access terminals on an out-of-band piconet within a femto-proxy architecture. A femto-proxy system includes a femtocell (a femto access point, or FAP) and one or more out-of-band (OOB) proxies. One of the OOB proxies is configured to act as a master of an OOB piconet, through which various services are provided, including services to support the femtocell operation of the femto-proxy system. For example, the OOB piconet is used to facilitate lower power access to the macro communications services provided through the femtocell. In some cases, a combination of connected and inactive OOB operational modes are used to support an expanded number of slave access terminals on the piconet, where some of those slaves are operating in an active WWAN mode and others are operating in an idle WWAN mode. For example, parked mode may be used for idle WWAN mode access terminals. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069802 | RESOURCE MAPPING FOR MULTICARRIER OPERATION - An apparatus for wireless communication may allocate resources for multicarrier wireless communication. The apparatus may be enabled for cross-carrier signaling and semi-persistent scheduling on at least one carrier. Semi-persistent scheduling may be enabled by deriving a resource, such as a PHICH resource, for uplink HARQ operation using at least part of a demodulation reference signal field. The resource may be chose to reduce PHICH collision and may be based on a starting physical block of uplink data transmission. Cross-carrier signaling may be enabled by an information field, such as a carrier indicator field in the PDCCH, not enabled when cross-carrier signaling is not enabled. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069803 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: (A) notifying, from a first radio base station (MBS) to a second radio base station (FBS), scheduling information including information specifying a radio resource for a control channel through which a first mobile station (MUE) that is in communication in a first cell under the control of the first radio base station (MBS) transmits downlink control information or uplink control information, when the first radio base station (MBS) assigns the radio resource; and (B) assigning, at the second radio base station (FBS), a radio resource for a control channel through which a second mobile station that is in communication in a second cell under the control of the second radio base station (FBS) transmits downlink control information or uplink control information based on the scheduling information. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069804 | Selecting Frequency Bands For Transmitting Data Packets - A first combination of frequency bands is selected for transmitting a first data packet, and a second, different combination of frequency bands is selected for transmitting a second data packet. A data stream is divided into a first set of data and a second set of data. The first set of data is allocated to the first combination of frequency bands, and the second set of data is allocated to the second combination of frequency bands. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069805 | BUFFER STATUS REPORTING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods for transmitting a buffer status report (BSR) in a mobile communication system, more particularly to the definition of rules for triggering, generating and transmitting buffer status reports. The invention also relates to a data transmission method utilizing new rules to decide data of which radio bearers is transmitted within a given transmission time interval. Moreover, the invention relates to scheduling method for radio resources that is taking into account additional scheduling—relevant information from the buffer status reporting and/or data transmission method. To avoid unnecessary grants from the network and to suggest an advanced handling of data transmissions the invention suggests a buffer status reporting and data transmission schemes that take into account the scheduling mode of data of radio bearers pending for transmission to decide whether to report on it in a buffer status report, respectively, whether to multiplex the data to a transport block for transmission. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069806 | METHOD FOR SELECTING OPERATING FREQUENCY CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for selecting operating frequency channels having frequency parameters, such as a frequency interval or at least one carrier frequency, for a network communicating data over a shared medium. The network is configured to communicate within a frequency range, and the frequency range is divided into a plurality of frequency channels f | 03-22-2012 |
20120069807 | TRANSMITTER WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS AND DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN THE TRANSMITTER WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - According to one aspect of the present invention, a multi-antenna transmitter is provided. The transmitter includes: a data block acquiring device for acquiring multiple data streams, wherein each data stream includes data blocks at multiple slots; and a grouping and mapping device for grouping and mapping each data block, wherein the data blocks at the same slot in each data stream are grouped according to the number of the antennas and each group is mapped to one of the antennas respectively, and the different data blocks in the same group are mapped to different sub-bands respectively; and wherein grouping and mapping manners which are not exactly the same are adopted for the data blocks at different slots, and the grouping and mapping manners include data block grouping manners, group-to-antenna mapping manners, and sub-band mapping manners. And the groups of data blocks at the multiple slots are transmitted via the antennas. With the technical solutions of the present invention, a reduced PAPR during data transmission can be achieved while the diversity gain is guaranteed. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069808 | Parameter Feedback in a Wireless Communication System - For using best M method in a mixed subband/miniband environment a Mobile Station Apparatus calculates a metric for sending information corresponding to the metric to a base station. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069809 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING COMMON CHANNEL RESOURCES - A resource allocation method and device are provided that can achieve uniform loads on and stable quality of a common channel available to mobile stations having no dedicated channels. A method for allocating common channel resources in a system in which a plurality of first radio communication devices transmit data to a second radio communication device over a common channel, based on first resource allocation information, includes: by the second radio communication device, transmitting second resource allocation information to at least one of the first radio communication devices; and by each of the first radio communication devices, transmitting data to the second radio communication device over the common channel, based on any one of the first resource allocation information and the second resource allocation information. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069810 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting information of resources for use in transmission of ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is disclosed. An example method for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is also disclosed. When resources for transmission of data and resources for transmission of control information of the data are scheduled through virtual unit resources, the method identifies information of resources for receiving an ACK/NACK signal for transmission data mapped to information of at least one of a virtual unit resource allocated to the transmission data and a virtual unit resource allocated to control information of the transmission data, and receives the ACK/NACK signal for the transmission data through the information of resources for receiving the ACK/NACK signal. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069811 | Method, Apparatus and System for Transmitting Information - A method for transmitting information includes by a NodeB, receiving a message for setting up/reconfiguring a shared Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel from a Radio Network Controller (RNC); and setting up the shared E-DCH transmission channel according to parameters in the message, and exchanging information with the RNC through an established shared E-DCH transmission bearer. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal from a terminal to a base station in a radio communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving downlink control information from a base station; checking a flag bit included in said downlink control information; checking an interpretation bit is included in said downlink control information, when said flag bit indicates an uplink; and transmitting an additional sounding reference signal and/or an uplink common channel based on said interpretation bit. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069813 | Method for Performing a Bandwidth Request Procedure, and Terminal Apparatus for Same - The present document describes a method in which a terminal performs a bandwidth request procedure when a single terminal makes a bandwidth request for a plurality of flows. The present document also describes an improved bandwidth request header. When the terminal is allocated with an uplink resource for the transmission of a bandwidth request header from a base station during the bandwidth request procedure, the terminal may notify the base station, using a bandwidth request header indicating a bandwidth size of zero, that it has no data for which a bandwidth request is to be made to the base station, if the terminal has no data for which a bandwidth request is to be made to the base station. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069814 | Frequency Allocation Device and Program Therefor - A frequency allocation part (a frequency allocation device) of a base station device includes a cell-edge area unallocated channel estimation part for estimating a cell-edge area unallocated channel (or a cell-edge area unallocated RB) corresponding to a frequency channel (RB) which an adjacent base station device does not allocate to a mobile station (UE) in a cell-edge area; and a channel allocation part for allocating the cell-edge area unallocated channel, estimated by the cell-edge area unallocated channel estimation part, to a mobile station in a cell area. | 03-22-2012 |
20120069815 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system and method are disclosed for designating the resources to be used for mapping the control signal of HARQ performed by a base station apparatus. The base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate using a plurality of component carriers. The base station apparatus sets a single downlink component carrier for the mobile station apparatus and allocate, to the mobile station apparatus, a plurality of physical downlink shared channels by using a plurality of physical downlink control channels, which are mapped on the set downlink component carrier in the same subframe. The mobile station apparatus is designated, by the base station apparatus, a plurality of physical uplink control channels corresponding to the respective ones of the plurality of physical downlink control channels mapped on the set downlink component carrier, on a single uplink component carrier that corresponds to the set downlink component carrier. | 03-22-2012 |
20120076081 | PROTECTION MECHANISMS FOR MULTI-USER MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for medium reservation in the case of multi-user (MU) communications. Multiple mechanisms are supported for protecting MU transmissions, wherein appropriate control messages can be exchanged between an access point and served user stations before transmitting downlink data packets. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076082 | METHOD FOR ATTACHMENT AND AUTHENTICATION OF A USER TERMINAL WITH A VISITED NETWORK - A method for attachment and authentication of a user terminal of a home type radiocommunication network with a visited type radiocommunication network, the home network including home means for attachment to a packet network and the visited network including: at least one visited base station able to ensure radio transmission and reception with user terminals located in at least one visited cell attached to the visited base station; visited authentication and control means of user terminals able to authenticate the user terminals attached to the network; and at least one visited distribution gateway ensuring radio reception and transmission with the at least one visited base station. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076083 | Resource allocation - A method of signalling resource allocation data in a communication system which uses a plurality of sub-carriers arranged in a sequence of chunks includes receiving an allocation of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices. The received allocations are processed to determine, for each user device, data identifying a start chunk and an end chunk within the sequence of chunks, which depend upon the sub-carriers allocated to the user device. Different resource allocation data are generated for each of the user devices using the data identifying the corresponding start chunk and end chunk determined by the processing, the resource allocation data including a bit pattern which defines a grouping of the sequence of chunks into a sequence of groups, in dependence upon the sub-carriers allocated to each user device. The respective resource allocation data is signaled to each of the plurality of user devices. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076084 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of: (A) transmitting, from a macro radio base station (MBS) to a femto radio base station (FBS), scheduling information notifying a radio resource assigned for transmitting a predetermined signal in a first cell under the control of the macro radio base station (MBS), a radio resource that can be used in a second cell under the control of the femto radio base station (FBS), or a radio resource that cannot be used in the second cell under the control of the femto radio base station (FBS). | 03-29-2012 |
20120076085 | GROUP PAGING METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND BASE STATION AND PAGING CONTROLLER USING THE SAME - Group paging methods and wireless communication devices and base stations using the same methods are proposed. In some embodiments, group identifiers are partitioned into different pools and assigned to wireless communication devices based on their mobility. When a base station intends to perform group paging, specific devices, not responded to the previous group paging, will be paged, or the group paging is repeated, and the other devices which responded to the previous group paging ignore the repeated group paging in a period of time. In other embodiments, a device responds to the group paging at the opportunity of random access process based on the indicator given in its idle information or the indicator given in paging message with some pre-determined mathematical operation or the pre-determined mathematical calculations on its device identity. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076086 | ASYMMETRICAL LINKS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method of allocating wireless communication capacity in a wireless point-to-point link including obtaining a channel having a bandwidth for use in the wireless point-to-point link, allocating a first portion of the bandwidth for use for transmitting from a first point to a second point of the wireless point-to-point link, and allocating a second portion of the bandwidth for use for transmitting from the second point to the first point of the wireless point-to-point link, in which the bandwidth is asymmetrically assigned between the first portion and the second portion. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076087 | Tile Allocation Method - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating and transmitting groups of subcarriers, called tiles, between a plurality of transceiver antennas. The method includes receiving at least one downlink signal by a subscriber station transceiver through at least one of the plurality of subscriber station antennas, characterizing a received signal of at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers, and allocating tiles for uplink transmission through at least one of the plurality of transceiver antennas. The tiles allocation is based on the characterized received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers and is based on a required power Ptx for uplink transmission compared with a maximum power P that each of the plurality of the transceiver antennas can emit. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076088 | Carrier Indicator Field Usage and Configuration in Carrier Aggregation - Format of a downlink control channel for a user equipment UE is changed in conjunction with switching the UE between being enabled for cross carrier scheduling and being disabled for cross carrier scheduling. The changed format is used on at least one serving cell of the UE's configured set of component carriers CCs. In one embodiment the changed format comprises an explicit carrier indicator field CIF for the case in which the switching is from disabled to enabled; and the changed format has no explicit CIF when the switching is from enabled to disabled. In another embodiment switching from disabled to enabled comprises the UE's configured set of CCs being changed from one to multiple cells; and switching from enabled to disabled comprises the UE's configured set of CCs being changed from multiple cells to one cell. In one embodiment the changed format is implicit. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076089 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile terminal apparatus and radio communication method for enabling feedback control information to be efficiently transmitted with an uplink control channel signal, the radio communication method of the invention has, in a mobile terminal apparatus, the steps of receiving a signal for each of a plurality of component carriers from a radio base station apparatus, generating feedback control information for each component carrier from the signal, performing joint-coding on the feedback control information for each component carrier, mapping the feedback control information coded by the joint-coding to subcarriers, and transmitting an uplink transmission signal mapped to the subcarriers. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076090 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of transmitting control information of a base station in a mobile communication system includes obtaining scheduling information from a terminal; and transmitting at least two control channels through one down link carrier, wherein each control channel corresponds to a different uplink carrier. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN WLAN SYSTEM - A channel access method in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system using a multi-channel configured by aggregation of a plurality of subchannels is provided. The method includes receiving from an access point (AP) a multi-channel switching request frame for requesting a first station operating in a first subchannel constituting the multi-channel to switch to a second subchannel constituting the multi-channel and transmitting a multi-channel switching response frame for reporting whether to switch to the second subchannel in response to the multi-channel switching request frame. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076092 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus. ROHC packets that use a same Context ID are encapsulated into MAC PDU, wherein the MAC PDU is formed by a MAC PDU packet header and a MAC PDU payload. The Context ID of the ROHC packets is carried in the MAC PDU packet header, and the Context ID is not carried in the ROHC packets. The MAC PDU is sent. In this way, transmission resources are saved, and transmission efficiency is improved. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076093 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL PROFILE CREATION IN A UMTS NETWORK - A method for creating a radio resource control profile for a radio resource allocation or a state-transition profile having the steps of: receiving a parameter associated with a user equipment (UE); associating the parameter with the radio resource control profile for the radio resource allocation or the state-transition profile; and initiating the radio resource allocation or state transition profile for the UE. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076094 | Systems and Methods for File Sharing Through Mobile Devices - Systems and methods are disclosed which relate to the sending and receiving of multimedia files between two devices while connected through a voice call. These devices are free to send any type of file through a direct connection without the need to hang up and call back just to see if the file was sent successfully. These methods work for a plurality of cellular and computer devices connected through a cellular network or other Internet Service Provider. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076095 | SUPPORTING ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSMISSION DURING SOFT HANDOVER - An enhanced uplink user equipment is in soft handover. A radio network controller selects a primary Node-B out of a plurality of Node-Bs supporting the soft handover. The radio network controller receiving successfully received enhanced uplink data packets from the plurality of Node-Bs. The radio network controller reordered the successfully received enhanced uplink data packets for in-sequence deliver. The primary Node-B sends specified scheduling information to the user equipment that the other Node-Bs does not transmit. At least the primary Node-B transmits acknowledgements and negative acknowledgements to the user equipment. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076096 | BI-DIRECTIONAL AND REVERSE DIRECTIONAL RESOURCE RESERVATION SETUP PROTOCOL - A wireless user equipment (UE) configured to initiate a packet based session includes a reservation setup protocol (RSVP) message generator configured to transmit a RSVP PATH message. The RSVP PATH message includes a direction indication. The direction indicator indicates that reservations should be made for the UE to transmit only, to receive only or to both transmit and receive. The UE also includes an RSVP message receiver configured to receive an RSVP RESV message indicating that reservations have been made as a result of the RSVP PATH message. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076097 | METHOD OF GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of generating a reference signal includes acquiring a base sequence and acquiring a reference signal sequence with a length N from the base sequence. Good PAPR/CM characteristics of the reference signal can be kept to enhance performance of data demodulation or uplink scheduling. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076098 | METHOD OF GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of generating a reference signal includes acquiring a base sequence and acquiring a reference signal sequence with a length N from the base sequence. Good PAPR/CM characteristics of the reference signal can be kept to enhance performance of data demodulation or uplink scheduling. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076099 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TUNNEL IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION - A method, a device, and a system for controlling tunnel identifier allocation are provided. The method includes: determining whether a type of a current procedure allows a Serving Gateway (SGW) to change a Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) and/or an Internet Protocol (IP) address (S | 03-29-2012 |
20120076100 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a multi-antenna system. A terminal generates a plurality of reference signal sequences to which cyclic shift values different from each other are allocated, generates an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol to which the plurality of reference signal sequences are mapped, and transmits the OFDM symbol to a base station through a plurality of antennas. The respective cyclic shift values allocated to the respective reference signal sequences are determined on the basis of a parameter n indicated by a cyclic shift field transmitted from a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 03-29-2012 |
20120076101 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication terminal ( | 03-29-2012 |
20120076102 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING ANTENNA INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and discloses a method and apparatus for acquiring antenna information. According to the present invention, a method in which user equipment acquires information of a transmission antenna of an eNB comprises the steps of: receiving a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) including information which indicates whether or not the eNB supports an extended transmission antenna configuration; decoding the received physical broadcast channel, and checking the transmission modes of the physical broadcast channel; and acquiring information of the transmission antenna of the eNB from one or more of the transmission modes checked in the previous step and information which indicates whether or not the eNB supports an extended transmission antenna configuration. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076103 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING UPLINK RADIO RESOURCES IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for scheduling uplink radio resources in a wireless communication system, and the method comprises: an evolved NodeB (eNB) allocating radio resources to user equipment (UE) according to the uplink channel quality information and the current logical channel information of the UE, determining the control signaling information of the radio resources, and notifying the control signaling information of the radio resources to the UE; Alternatively, after receiving the control signaling information of the radio resources sent by the eNB, the UE selecting corresponding radio resources for the logical channel according to the requirements of quality of service (QoS) of the logical channel and the control signaling information of the radio resources. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076104 | METHOD FOR A USER TERMINAL TO RANDOM ACCESS A CARRIER AGGREGATION MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for random access to a base station by a user equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation in which communication is conducted over a plurality of component carriers, and a terminal for the method are disclosed. When the UE performs a contention-based random access procedure in the mobile communication system to which CA technology is applied, the UE considers an uplink grant signal as a contention resolution message when receiving the uplink grant signal from a eNB only when the uplink grant signal is received through a downlink CC corresponding to an uplink CC used to transmit a random access preamble or a third message, to thereby prevent contention resolution from being erroneously ended. | 03-29-2012 |
20120076105 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of controlling uplink transmission at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, wherein the user equipment is connected to multiple component carriers, which includes receiving configuration information for transmitting an uplink signal from a base station; and identifying a time for transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on a corresponding uplink component carrier in use of the configuration information, wherein if the corresponding uplink component carrier is in a non-available state at the time for transmitting the uplink signal, the uplink signal is not transmitted. | 03-29-2012 |
20120082098 | METHODS FOR REDUCING SET UP TIME FOR COMMUNICATIONS AMONG MULTIPLE USER EQUIPMENT IN A LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - Methods for reducing set-up time for communications among multiple user equipment (UE) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system are described. In accordance with one method, an LTE subsystem that includes a eNodeB and a Mobility Management Entity (MME): receives a request for an LTE connection from a first UE associated with a virtual channel, and responsive to contents in the request for the LTE connection, generates on behalf of the first UE, a request to transmit media on the virtual channel, which the LTE system sends to an application server to trigger an establishment of a call to deliver a media transmission from the first UE to at least one other UE associated with the virtual channel. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082099 | RADIO BASE STATIONS, MOBILE RADIO TERMINALS, METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A RADIO BASE STATION, AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING A MOBILE RADIO TERMINAL - In an embodiment, a radio base station is provided. The radio base station may include: a receiver configured to receive, via a pre-determined radio resource, a Random Access Preamble from a mobile radio terminal; a load determiner configured to determine whether a load situation which fulfills a pre-determined criterion is present for at least one communication resource of the radio base station; a Random Access Response message generator configured to generate, based on the determination of the load determiner, a Random Access Response message including controlling information for controlling access to the pre-determined radio resource and recipient information indicating whether a recipient of the Random Access Response message is to apply the controlling information; and a sender configured to send the Random Access Response message in response to the received Random Access Preamble to the mobile radio terminal. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082100 | TECHNIQUES FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT, ALLOCATION, AND SHARING - Techniques for managing detection, dynamic allocation, and sharing of available spectrum via cognitive radio systems and dynamic spectrum sharing. In some cases, RF carriers (e.g., secondary carriers or secondary cells) are not permanently assigned to base stations, user terminals, or the network. A base station can request allocation of secondary carriers using a reservation request. The assigned secondary carriers can be released and made available for assignment to another base station or radio access network. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082101 | SEPARATE RESOURCE PARTITIONING MANAGEMENT FOR UPLINK CONTROL AND UPLINK DATA SIGNALS - Transmission management is provided with separate resource partitioning management for control and data transmissions. An evolved node B (eNB) generates separate resource partition schedules for the transmission stream, in which a first schedule is used for data transmissions while a second schedule is used for control signal transmissions. The two separate schemes may have different periodicities or different subframe type assignments that benefit either data or control transmissions or that allow for coordination of both data and control. The eNBs may broadcast the different schedules in regular system information messages, in which the UEs served by these eNBs will configure data and control signal transmissions according to the appropriate resource partition schedules. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082102 | METHOD FOR INDICATING PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR IN UPLINK MIMO SYSTEM WITH BASED ON SC-FDMA - A method of transmitting PMI (precoding matrix indicator) information in an uplink MIMO system is disclosed. The present invention includes the steps of receiving channel information from a user equipment and transmitting information on a resource allocated to the user equipment in uplink transmission and PMI information indicating a precoding matrix to apply to a region of the resource among a plurality of precoding matrices to the user equipment based on the received channel information, wherein the resource allocated to the user equipment is allocated by a bundle unit of a prescribed number of subcarriers, wherein each of a plurality of the precoding matrices are applied to regions generated from dividing a whole frequency band into a prescribed number of regions, respectively, and wherein the precoding matrix applied to the resource among a plurality of the precoding matrices has a maximum area resulting from overlapping a frequency band occupied by the allocated resource with a frequency band having the precoding matrix applied thereto. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082103 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD, PARAMETER ASSIGNMENT METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - A random access method, a parameter assignment method, a wireless communication device, and a base station using the same are provided. The random access method is adapted for the wireless communication device to perform a random access process with the base station, and includes following steps. The wireless communication device transmits a preamble code to the base station, obtains an indicator in a packet transmitted from the base station, and determines whether to obtain a first random access response and a second random access response according to the indicator. When the transmission of the preamble code by the wireless communication device encounters a collision and the indicator is set the wireless communication device performs a random access process by using the command in the first random access response. Otherwise, the wireless communication device performs the conventional process. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082104 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network, connecting network users to a communications network, comprises base stations connected to the communications network and terminals connected to the network users, each terminal having a link with a base station to form a base station/terminal pair, the links established over a wireless resource comprising resource blocks. The method comprises: determining, for each base station/terminal pair, a set of resource utilisation fractions; determining a set of co-channel interference matrices for each network component, distributing, to each base station, corresponding elements from the sets of resource utilisation fractions and the sets of co-channel interference matrices; suppressing, in each network component, co-channel interference in dependence on the determined co-channel interference matrix; and dynamically establishing links required to handle the network traffic for each base station by selecting from the resource blocks in accordance with the resource utilisation fractions. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082105 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL CONNECTION RELEASE MESSAGE WAIT TIMER - Disclosed is a method that includes receiving, when in a radio resource control (RRC) Connected state, a RRC connection release message from a network access node; setting a wait timer in accordance with a wait timer indication that comprises part of the RRC connection release message; and upon an expiration of the wait timer, enabling the initiating of sending an RRC connection request message to the network access node. Also disclosed is a method that includes operating a network access node with mobile node and sending a RRC connection release message to the mobile node. The RRC connection release message comprises a wait timer indication for specifying an amount of time that the mobile node should wait before initiating the sending of a RRC connection request message. Various apparatus and computer programs stored on non-transitory computer-readable medium are disclosed that are configured to execute the methods. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082106 | System and Method for Allocating Physical Random Access Channel Resources - A system for allocating PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) resources is provided in the invention. The system comprises a plurality of wireless terminals and a base station. The base station is configured to allow the plurality of wireless terminals to share an access slot comprising a plurality of M2M (Machine to Machine) preambles and a plurality of H2H (Human to Human) preambles, and configured to separate the plurality of M2M preambles from the plurality of H2H preambles. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082107 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLICIT SCELL DEACTIVATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for Secondary Cell (SCell) deactivation in a wireless communication system includes initiating a Random Access (RA) procedure associated with a SCell, and not implicit deactivating the SCell when the RA procedure associated with the SCell is initiated or the RA procedure associated with the SCell is ongoing. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082108 | FEMTOCELL BASE STATION, NETWORK RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY TANGIBLE MACHINE-READABLE MEDIUM THEREOF - A femtocell Base Station (femto-BS), a network resource allocation method, and a non-transitory tangible machine-readable medium thereof are provided. There are a plurality of available network resource units. The femto-BS determines an expected value that is related to the available network resource units being used by the femto-BS and its neighboring femto-BSs without having interferences. The expected value is related to a number of the available network resource units and a number of the neighboring femto-BSs. Based on the expected value, the femto-BS calculates a plurality of strategy probability values that are related to different numbers of the available network resource units used by the femto-BS. The femto-BS calculates an assigned number according to the strategy probability values. Among the available network resource units, the femto-BS can use the assigned number of them. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION-BASED CHANNEL ACCESS WITH DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA OVER WIDEBAND HIGH FREQUENCY WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided are a method of performing contention based channel access by classifying a contention period into a beamformable contention period in which a beamforming is allowed and a non-beamformable contention period in which the beamforming is interrupted so as to resolve an issue regarding channel access occurring due to an introduction of a directional antenna for handling a path loss in a wideband wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention, and a method for maximizing a spatial reuse gain by managing, for each direction, information about a transmission time of a message received from a dispersion device. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082110 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE DATA - A method and terminal for transmitting service data. The method for transmitting service data includes a terminal receiving a first downlink data from a user data processing entity through a base station, wherein a destination IP address in the first downlink data is a virtual IP address, which is an IP address generated according to a physical identifier of the terminal, an identifier of an application layer user of the terminal and an identifier of the service type. The method and terminal also include the terminal replacing a source IP address in the first downlink data with the virtual IP address, replacing the destination IP address with a physical IP address of the terminal, and generating a second downlink data. The method and terminal further include the terminal obtaining an identifier of the application layer user corresponding to the virtual IP address, and the terminal sending the second downlink data to the application layer user. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082111 | SERVICE IN WLAN INTER-WORKING, ADDRESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND METHOD - An address management method is provided, for use when a mobile terminal accesses a service from a WLAN access network, wherein the service is provided in a 3GPP network or in a service provider network via the 3GPP network. First, the mobile terminal connects to the WLAN access network. Second, the mobile terminal sends a tunnel setup request message from the WLAN access network to a network entity located in the 3GPP network, wherein the tunnel setup request message includes a service request identifier for accessing a requested service and a mobile terminal identifier. Third, the network entity receives the tunnel setup request message, and allocates an address for use by the mobile terminal to access the requested service based on the service request identifier and the mobile terminal identifier. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082112 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting information of resources for use in transmission of ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is disclosed. An example method for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is also disclosed. When resources for transmission of data and resources for transmission of control information of the data are scheduled through virtual unit resources, the method identifies information of resources for receiving an ACK/NACK signal for transmission data mapped to information of at least one of a virtual unit resource allocated to the transmission data and a virtual unit resource allocated to control information of the transmission data, and receives the ACK/NACK signal for the transmission data through the information of resources for receiving the ACK/NACK signal. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082113 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting information of resources for use in transmission of ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is disclosed. An example method for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is also disclosed. When resources for transmission of data and resources for transmission of control information of the data are scheduled through virtual unit resources, the method identifies information of resources for receiving an ACK/NACK signal for transmission data mapped to information of at least one of a virtual unit resource allocated to the transmission data and a virtual unit resource allocated to control information of the transmission data, and receives the ACK/NACK signal for the transmission data through the information of resources for receiving the ACK/NACK signal. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082114 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLANNING RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for selecting a bandwidth option for a cell in a network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains, for the cell, network traffic data for a geographical area, and a physical characteristic of an antenna in the geographical area, determines busy time data traffic from the network traffic data, determines, for the cell, a cell range from the physical characteristic of the antenna, selects a bandwidth option from a plurality of bandwidth options, and determines an average throughput in accordance with the bandwidth option that is selected and the cell range. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082115 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PLANNING RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM IN A FIXED WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for selecting a bandwidth option for a cell in a network are disclosed. For example, the method obtains, for the cell, network traffic data for a geographical area for mobility traffic and fixed wireless traffic, a physical characteristic of an antenna in the geographical area, and a type of connectivity at a customer premise, determines a busy time data traffic from the network traffic data for both the fixed wireless traffic and the mobility traffic, determines, for the cell, a cell range from the physical characteristic of the antenna and the type of connectivity at the customer premise, selects a bandwidth option from a plurality of bandwidth options, and determines an average throughput in accordance with the bandwidth option that is selected and the cell range, wherein the average throughput comprises a throughput for serving both the mobility traffic and the fixed wireless traffic. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082116 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082117 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS - A method for transmitting uplink signals, which include ACK/NACK signals, control signals other than the ACK/NACK signals, and data signals, is disclosed. The method comprises serially multiplexing the control signals and the data signals; sequentially mapping the multiplexed signals within a specific resource region in accordance with a time-first mapping method, the specific resource region including a plurality of symbols and a plurality of virtual subcarriers; and arranging the ACK/NACK signals at both symbols near symbols to which a reference signal of the plurality of symbols is transmitted. Thus, the uplink signals can be transmitted to improve receiving reliability of signals having high priority. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082118 | COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - A cooperative communications method for a wireless network and a corresponding apparatus. In one embodiment, the method includes: obtaining a matrix corresponding to a destination Mobile Station (MS), where the number of rows of the matrix depends on the total number of antennas of MSs in a cooperative area and the number of antennas of the destination MS, and the number of columns of the matrix depends on the number of code streams sent to the destination MS; calculating a precoding matrix according to local Channel State Information (CSI) and the matrix; performing precoding according to the precoding matrix; and performing cooperative communication according to a result of the precoding. The method of this embodiment enables the reduction or elimination of interference between users by specifying a direction matrix, and is applicable to multi-antenna MSs. A cooperative base station (BS) applicable to the foregoing method is also disclosed. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082119 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING A TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY TECHNIQUE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a data transmission/reception method using a transmission diversity technique in a wireless communication system. In the data transmission/reception method using the transmission diversity technique in the wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention, a base station allocates a downlink resource to a terminal, precodes data for transmitting to the terminal, and allocates the precoded data and a non-precoded demodulation reference signal (DMRS) to the allocated resource in order to transmit same. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082120 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink control channel in a wireless communication system. User equipment generates bandwidth request preambles, maps the bandwidth request preambles to a bandwidth request channel (BRCH), and transmits the BRCH. The bandwidth request preambles may include ranging sequences for uplink synchronization. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082121 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL FOR IMPLEMENTING UPLINK RESOURCE INDICATION - A method and a user terminal for implementing an uplink resource grant (ul grant) are provided. The method includes a user terminal receiving an ul grant from a base station, the ul grant including an uplink resource index; the user terminal identifying from the received uplink resource index, a corresponding group of at least one uplink subframe, by referring to a pre-defined relationship between the uplink resource index and the corresponding group, the received uplink resource index having one of a plurality of values, the pre-defined relationship correlating each value of the uplink resource index with a respective one of a plurality of groups, each group having a unique uplink subframe grouping; and sending to the base station, by the user terminal, data on each of the at least one uplink subframes in the identified group. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082122 | HIGH-THROUGHPUT (HT) RECEIVING STATION AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A RATE FOR CONTROL RESPONSE FRAMES IN NON-HT FORMAT - Embodiments of a high-throughput (HT) receiving station and method for determining a rate for response frames in non-HT format are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. The rate may be a non-HT basic rate that is a highest of a basic rate set that is less than or equal to a non-HT reference rate that is selected based on a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of a received spatial stream. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082123 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A base station that executes scheduling for an uplink and scheduling for a downlink per subframe to communicate with mobile stations. The base station comprises: a control information item number estimation unit that estimates the number of control information items usable for the uplink and the number of control information items usable for the downlink per subframe; and a scheduling unit that executes scheduling for the uplink and scheduling for the downlink per subframe by using a number of control information items usable for the uplink and a number of control information items usable for the downlink, the numbers estimated by the control information item number estimation unit. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal from a terminal in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving resource operation information, which includes resource allocation information for channel sounding, from a base station; and transmitting the sounding reference signal through the entire or part of a resource region that is allocated for transmission of a demodulation reference signal on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) according to the resource operation information. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082125 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING CARRIERS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating a carrier in a carrier aggregation system is disclosed. The method includes a network side allocating a component carrier and identifier information of a user equipment to the user equipment, and notifying the user equipment of the allocated component carrier and the identifier information of the user equipment, and/or a corresponding relationship between the allocated downlink component carrier and the identifier information of the user equipment. A device for allocating a carrier in carrier aggregation system is disclosed. The device includes an allocation unit configured to allocate a component carrier and identifier information of a user equipment to the user equipment, and a notification unit configured to notify the user equipment of the allocated component carrier and the identifier information of the user equipment, and/or the corresponding relationship between the allocated downlink component carrier and the identifier information of the user equipment. | 04-05-2012 |
20120082126 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION BITMAP CONFIGURATION METHOD IN A GROUP RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - Disclosed are various group resource allocation methods used in a wireless access system. In one example of the present invention, a method for configuring a valid combination set for a resource allocation bitmap comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, a super frame header comprising HARQ burst data showing the HARQ burst size candidate set; receiving, from the base station, group configuration map data elements including control data for configuring a valid combination set; and configuring a valid combination set by using the HARQ burst data and the control data. | 04-05-2012 |
20120087315 | Multiple Wired Client Support on a Wireless Workgroup Bridge - A method is provided to receive and transmit network frames across a network. A wireless access point device is configured operate as a wireless bridge (e.g., wireless workgroup bridge) to reserve a predetermined number of bits of a media access control (MAC) address of the wireless access point device. Combinations of the predetermined number of bits can be assigned by the wireless access point device to respective ones of a plurality of wired clients of the wireless access point device. The wireless access point device can store data that maps the combinations of the predetermined number of bits of the mapped MAC addressees. The access point device can then process downstream network frames received wirelessly from a root wireless access point and can process upstream network frames received from the plurality of wired clients. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087316 | PROTECTION MECHANISMS FOR MULTI-USER MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for medium reservation in the case of multi-user (MU) communications. Multiple mechanisms are supported for protecting MU transmissions, wherein appropriate control messages can be exchanged between an access point and served user stations before transmitting downlink data packets. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087317 | Methods of Providing Power Headroom Reports Arranged In Order of Component Carrier Indices and Related Wireless Terminals and Base Stations - Power headroom reports may be transmitted from a wireless terminal to a base station wherein a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier are provided for uplink transmissions from the wireless terminal to the base station and wherein a respective component carrier index is assigned to each of the at least one secondary component carriers provided for the wireless terminal. Respective power headroom reports may be generated for the primary component carrier and for each of the at least one secondary component carriers, and a MAC control element may be generated including the power headroom reports for the primary and secondary component carriers. More particularly, the power headroom reports for each of the at least one secondary component carriers may be arranged in order of the component carrier indices for the respective secondary component carriers. The MAC control element including the power headroom reports for the primary and secondary component carriers may be transmitted from the wireless terminal to the base station over one of the component carriers. Related wireless terminals, and base stations are also discussed. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087318 | System and Method for Search Space Reconfiguration in a Communications System - A system and method for search space reconfiguration in a communications system are provided. A method for communications controller operations includes reconfiguring a first search space including a first set of resources into a second search space including a second set of resources, signaling second search space information to a communications device, and signaling a first set of other information to the communications device within an intermediate search space including resources common to both the first set of resources and the second set of resources. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087319 | SERVICE OFFER SET PUBLISHING TO DEVICE AGENT WITH ON-DEVICE SERVICE SELECTION - Disclosed herein are various embodiments for publishing a service offer set to a device agent on an end-user device and for on-device selection of a service. In some embodiments, a network system publishes a service offer set to an end-user device over a wireless access network, receives an offer set user selection from the end-user device, and provisions one or more network functions based on the offer set user selection. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087320 | Method And Device For Determining Subband Index - The present invention discloses a method for determining a subband index, the method comprises: an Evolved Node B (eNB) receives r, calculates a difference between the received r and a formula | 04-12-2012 |
20120087321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA - A transmission scheme newly adds a Demodulation Reference Signal (DM-RS) to estimate a channel response for demodulation. When a transmission scheme based on Long Term Evolution Common Reference Signal (LTE CRS) is set in a user, a corresponding user cannot receive data in a Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) sub-frame. To solve this problem, the present scheme separates and sets a transmission mode for sub-frame and a transmission mode for MBSFN. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087322 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING UPLINK SIGNALING INFORMATION - A User Equipment, UE, of a cellular communication system transmits scheduling assistance data to a base station comprising a base station scheduler which schedules uplink packet data. The scheduling assistance data relates to uplink packet data transmission from the UE. The UE comprises a channel controller which is operable to cause the scheduling assistance data to be transmitted from the UE to the base station in a first physical resource of an uplink air interface. The first physical resource is not managed by the base station based scheduler. The scheduling assistance data may specifically be transmitted in a first transport channel multiplexed with other transport channels on a physical resource. The transport channels may be individually optimized and may have different termination points and transmission reliabilities. Specifically, the transport channel supporting the scheduling assistance data signaling may have a high reliability and be terminated in the base station. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087323 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING BY USING A CONVERGENCE CARRIER WAVE, ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE, AND TERMINAL - A method for communicating by using a convergence carrier wave, an access network device and a terminal are provided. The method includes: scheduling a synchronizing signal and a broadcasting signal of a system onto a first available transmission frequency segment of a convergence carrier wave to transmit the synchronizing and the broadcasting signal to a terminal, where the convergence carrier wave includes at least two available transmission frequency segments, and a bandwidth of the convergence carrier wave is smaller than or equal to the maximum working bandwidth of the system; determining to use the at least two available transmission frequency segments of the convergence carrier wave to communicate with the terminal; and communicating with the terminal on the at least two available transmission frequency segments of the convergence carrier wave. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087324 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station according to the present invention comprising: a radio base station configured to transmit a transmission power control command for a mobile station for controlling transmission power of an uplink data signal of the mobile station via a downlink control channel for a transmission power control command mapped to a specific subframe in a downlink channel, the radio base station including a resource assignment unit configured to decide the specific subframe and a transmission unit configured to transmit the transmission power control command for the mobile station via the downlink control channel for the transmission power control command mapped to the specific subframe decided by the resource assignment unit, in which the resource assignment unit is configured to decide the specific subframe according to a number of transmission power control commands transmitted in each subframe. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087325 | POWER CONTROL PROTOCOL FOR HIGHLY VARIABLE DATA RATE REVERSE LINK OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A subscriber unit performs power control of a reverse link by sending heartbeat messages to a base station, permitting the base station to determine a reverse link quality report. Using a reverse link quality report message received from the base station, the subscriber unit calculates its reverse power level and maintains the reverse power level during the standby state. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOWACTING AND PROCESSING SEQUENCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating and processing sequences in a communication system is disclosed. The method includes: dividing sequences in a sequence group into multiple sub-groups, each sub-group corresponding to its own mode of occupying time frequency resources; selecting sequences from a candidate sequence collection corresponding to each sub-group to form the sequences in the sub-group by: the sequences in a sub-group i in a sequence group k being composed of n sequences in the candidate sequence collection, the n sequences making a |r | 04-12-2012 |
20120087327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DOWNLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS AND TRANSMIT INDICATORS IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system provides downlink acknowledgments corresponding to uplink transmission using hybrid automatic repeat request to multiple users in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing communication system, wherein a frequency bandwidth comprises multiple frequency sub-carriers, by spreading each acknowledgment of multiple acknowledgments with a selected spreading sequence of multiple spreading sequences to produce multiple spread acknowledgments, wherein each acknowledgment is intended for a different user of the multiple users, and distributing the multiple spread acknowledgments across the multiple frequency sub-carriers. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087328 | METHOD OF PERFORMING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing uplink synchronization in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble which is randomly selected from a set of random access preambles, receiving a random access response, the random access response comprising a random access preamble identifier corresponding to the random access preamble and a time alignment value for uplink synchronization, starting a time alignment timer after applying the time alignment value, starting a contention resolution timer after receiving the random access response, wherein contention resolution is not successful when the contention resolution timer is expired, and stopping the time alignment timer when the contention resolution timer is expired. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087329 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - A mobile station apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive control information; a selecting unit configured to randomly select a sequence from a plurality of sequences contained in one group of a plurality of groups, into which a predetermined number of sequences generated from a plurality of base sequences are grouped and which are respectively associated with different amounts of data or reception qualities; and a transmitting unit for transmitting the selected sequence. The predetermined number of sequences are grouped by partitioning the predetermined number of sequences, in which sequences generated from the same base sequence and having different cyclic shifts are arranged in an increasing order of the cyclic shifts. A position at which the predetermined number of sequences are partitioned is determined based on the control information, and a number of sequences contained in each of the plurality of groups varies in accordance with the control information. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087330 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPLICATION NETWORK ELEMENT FOR IMPROVING QUALITY OF SERVICE - When a resource of an access network is changed, receiving, by an application network, resource information sent by the access network, where the resource information is information that indicates a current resource status of the access network; and adjusting, by the application network, a service request related to a current service according to the resource information and sending the adjusted service request to the access network; or negotiating, by the application network, a current service parameter with a User Equipment UE according to the resource information, so that the UE modifies the parameter related to the current service according to a result of the negotiation. In the embodiments of the present invention the service parameter or the service request related to the current service matches the changed access network resource, thereby improving the QoS. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087331 | RESOURCE MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provided a method and an apparatus for mapping radio resources in a wireless communication system. A terminal determines the size of an RBG (resource block group of a f basic band according to the number of RBs (resource blocks) within the basic band in the overall bands which include the fundamental band and an aggregated segment band. The size of an RBG of the aggregated segment band is determined on the basis of the size of the RBG of the basic band. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ABOUT A CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for the feedback of channel information in a wireless communication system. User equipment transmits a recommended rank to a base station. The user equipment receives, from the base station, an indicating rank that has been determined in consideration of the recommended rank, and transmits a channel status determined on the basis of the indicating rank to the base station. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087333 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A mobile communication system where a base station and a user equipment communicates on multiple aggregated carriers is disclosed. In the mobile communication system, the base station notifies to the user equipment information which is relevant to inclusion of an information field indicating scheduling carrier in downlink control information format by using radio resource control signaling, and the user equipment receives, from the base station, downlink control information in the downlink control information format according to the information which is relevant to inclusion of the information field indicating scheduling carrier. | 04-12-2012 |
20120087334 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - Transmission power of a plurality of uplink carrier components used for radio communication by a mobile station device and a base station device is efficiently controlled. The mobile station device communicates by radio with the base station device using a plurality of component carriers. The mobile station device receives, from the base station device, downlink control information that includes information indicating radio resource assignment to a downlink shared channel disposed in any of downlink component carriers of a downlink control channel, and a TPC command to an uplink control channel in an uplink component carrier in which ACK/NACK to the downlink shared channel is transmitted. | 04-12-2012 |
20120093091 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EXTENDED SERVICE CHANNEL ACCESS ON DEMAND IN AN ALTERNATING WIRELESS CHANNEL ACCESS ENVIRONMENT - Mechanism for extended service channel (SCH) access on demand to improve throughput in an alternating channel access of multiple channels in a wireless environment is provided. Due to characteristics of alternating access to a control channel and a service channel and repeating to broadcast service advertisement packets in IEEE 1609 standards, the disclosure may improve the utilization efficiency of the channels and then increase the transmission throughput. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO CHANNEL MANAGEMENT - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for radio channel management, comprising: receiving, by a mediating node, a request from a mobile terminal for available white space channels, sending a request for available channels to an entity having access to a white space database with information on available white space channels, receiving information indicating a set of available white space channels from the entity, reserving at least one of channels in the set of available channels for further use, and providing a sub-set of the channels of the set of available channels to the mobile terminal. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093093 | Uplink Coordinated Inter-Cell Interference Cancellation - Device, computer readable medium and method for joint multi-user processing in a first base station of a telecommunication network, which includes at least a second base station and first and second terminals served by the corresponding first and second base stations. The method includes issuing, at the first base station, a first uplink transmission grant for the first terminal; receiving, at the first base station, from the second base station scheduling information about an uplink transmission of the second terminal, wherein an up-link transmission grant for the uplink transmission of the second terminal is issued by the second base station; and jointly decoding, at the first base station, an uplink transmission from the first terminal and the uplink transmission from the second terminal, which is not served by the first base station, based on the received scheduling information about the uplink transmission of the second terminal. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093094 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BUNDLING IN A MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of wireless communication comprises receiving a plurality of codewords and transmitting a downlink feedback message by spatially bundling acknowledgments for the received plurality of codewords. In some designs, an accompanying grant message is transmitted with the downlink feedback message. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093095 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COMMUNICATIONS IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which an apparatus may determine broadcast channel scheduling information for one or more broadcasts of a payload by a broadcast channel associated with a first base station based on one or more broadcast channel interference coordination schemes, wherein reception of the broadcast channel associated with the first base station is interfered at least in part based on one or more transmissions from a second base station, and receive the payload based on the determined broadcast channel scheduling information. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093096 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING GRANTS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Time division multiplexing (TDM) partitioning is one of the inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) mechanisms considered for a heterogeneous network (HetNet) ICIC in a co-channel deployment. For example, in subframes that are pre-allocated to an evolved Node B (eNB), neighbor eNBs may not transmit, hence interference experienced by served user equipments (UEs) may be reduced. Semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) grants may have various available periodicities, which may not be compatible with TDM partitioning. Therefore, a UE may miss an SPS opportunity that was scheduled for a subframe that was not usable by the UE. Hence, using SPS grants with small periodicities in a heterogeneous network with TDM partitioning may require changes which may include adjusting the periodicities of the SPS grants, rescheduling of uplink SPS messages based on resource partitioning information (RPI), and/or determining RPI based on current SPS grants. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093097 | OPTIMIZED UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALING FOR EXTENDED BANDWIDTH - According to an embodiment a user equipment UE transmits uplink control signals using one or more chunks of uplink frequency spectrum that contain a simultaneous uplink shared channel; and for the case where there is no simultaneous uplink shared channel available, the UE transmits uplink control signals using only a single chunk of uplink frequency spectrum. In various embodiments the control signals are ACK/NACK control signals transmitted on an uplink control channel, the uplink shared channel comprises a chunk-specific uplink control channel, and each chunk comprises a component carrier of a LTE-A system. Downlink assignment index bits may be included in a downlink grant to the UE which indicates how many chunks in total are allocated in a current downlink subframe. The UE can also use ACK/NACK control signal bundling over chunks in addition to either or both of chunk- specific ACK/NACK control signals or ACK/NAK control signal multiplexing. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093098 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus, system and method to dynamically manage an allocation of communication resources for direct device-to-device communications between a plurality of wireless communication devices in a wireless communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus ( | 04-19-2012 |
20120093099 | METHOD AND APPARATUS USING FRAME STRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - Provided is a frame structure designed for distributed access control and OFDMA transmission in a wireless mesh network. Also, a communication method and a network node based on the frame structure are provided. Mesh nodes included in the wireless mesh network may use the frame structure and thus, may have a high prospect of transmitting a network configuration information message and scheduling information for obtaining a resource. Also, a scheduling process of the mesh nodes may be completed within a short period based on the frame structure. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093100 | Systems and Methods for Wireless Communication Using Polarization Diversity - According to various embodiments, systems and methods are provided for improving signal quality and signal reliability over wireless communication using polarization diversity. Some embodiments use polarization diversity on a wireless channel to address and compensate for fading conditions such as non-frequency selective fading (also referred to as power fading, attenuation fading, and flat fading) and frequency selective fading (also referred to as multipath fading and dispersive fading). For example, some embodiments utilize a horizontal signal and a vertical signal on the same wireless channel when wirelessly communicating data between a transmitter and a receiver to address a fading condition. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093101 | Method and system for transmitting position reference signal - The present disclosure provides a method and system for transmitting a position reference signal, which includes: acquiring a currently needed Position Reference Signal (PRS) sequence with a length of 2×N | 04-19-2012 |
20120093102 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RANDOM ACCESS - The present invention discloses a method and a system for random access, wherein the method includes: the network side sending to UE a dedicated random access preamble index of the UE; the UE sending a random access request to the network side according to the received dedicated random access preamble index; and the network side allocating PUCCCH (Physical Uplink Common Control Channel) resources and SRS (Sounding Reference Signal) resources for the UE according to the random access request, and then sending the allocated PUCCCH resources and SRS resources to the UE. This technical solution provided by this invention omits the complicated data forwarding process, solves the problem of long latency during restoring synchronization, shortens the time delay of data transmission, reduces the hardware requirements of the network side devices and enhances user experience. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093103 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXECUTING CARRIER MANAGEMENT PROCESS IN MULTI-CARRIER SUPPORTING BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless communication system, and disclosed are a method and an apparatus for executing a carrier management process in a broadband wireless communication system which supports multi-carrier. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for executing carrier management by a terminal in a communication system which supports the multi-carrier comprises the steps of: receiving a signal which indicates control channel allocation for a 1st carrier from a base station; receiving a signal which indicates control channel de-allocation for a 2nd carrier from the base station; activating the 1st carrier if the 1st carrier on which the control channel allocation is indicated is in an inactivate state; and inactivating the 2nd carrier if the 2nd carrier on which the control channel de-allocation is indicates is in an activated state. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093104 | Apparatus and Method for Communication - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. An apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive control and data signal; a transmitter configured to transmit control information on an uplink channel wherein a number of uplink control channel indexes corresponding to the number of control channel elements as on the downlink control channel is available, the transmission requiring more than one uplink channel index; and a controller. If one control channel index is available, the controller is configured to control the transmission of control information to utilise the uplink control channel index and control the transmission of control information related to a second control channel index based on a separate channel or adjusting transmission properties when transmitting the control information. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093105 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUBBAND SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of scheduling a subband is provided. The method includes determining whether the eNodeB is in an overload state according to a used amount of a first radio resource of the eNodeB, receiving information on a used amount of a second radio source of at least one neighbor eNodeB from the at least one neighbor eNodeB, determining whether the at least one neighbor eNodeB is in the overload state, setting a number of total subbands to be used for a subband scheduling to a number lower than a number of total subbands used by the at least one neighbor eNodeB, setting a subband scheduling start order such that the subband scheduling is started from a subband having a farthest distance in frequency from at least one subband used by the at least one neighbor eNodeB from among the set number of subbands, and performing the subband scheduling. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093106 | PROCESSING METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR RANDOM ACCESS - A processing method and a terminal for random access are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The method includes: triggering, by a terminal, first random access through Media Access Control (MAC), and successfully accessing a device at a network side; when a Scheduling Request (SR) of the terminal is triggered, determining whether to trigger next random access, where if the next random access is determined not to be triggered, the terminal does not execute the random access; receiving, by the terminal, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) reconfiguration message that carries an SR related parameter and the RRC reconfiguration message is sent by the device at the network side; and determining, according to the SR related parameter, by the terminal, a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource for sending the SR, and sending the SR by using the PUCCH resource. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093107 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method dynamically allocate resources in a communication system. An operation method of a base station (BS) dynamically allocates resources in a network associated with a first communication system and a second communication system. The method includes, in a start position of a subframe within a frame of the second communication system, generating information on a following subframe for the second communication system's subframe existing in the start position, in a frame structure that supports the coexistence of the first communication system and the second communication system. The method also includes inserting the generated information on the following subframe into a control signal transmitted through a predefined region within the second communication system's subframe existing in the start position and transmitting the control signal to a mobile station associated with the second communication system. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093108 | INTERFERENCE BALANCING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for balancing the distribution of interference between radio cells in a wireless communication system including cells in which subcarrier blocks are used for communication, a number of adjacent cells building a cell cluster. A corresponding method is for use in a system using multi beam antennas or multiple antennas. Base stations perform the above method and a communication system includes the base stations. To reduce the large average SIR variations without causing additional SIR estimation, measurement and calculation problem as introduced with power control, subcarrier blocks are grouped into a plurality of subcarrier block sets in each cell of a cell cluster, to determine transmission power levels for each of the cells of the cell cluster, and to assign transmission power levels to the subcarrier block sets. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093109 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCESSING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - A random access processing method and User Equipment (UE) are provided in the present invention. The method includes: after receiving current Random Access Response (RAR) information sent from an evolved Node B (eNB), comparing current uplink grant information in the current RAR information with pre-stored uplink grant information, where the pre-stored uplink grant information is uplink grant information in previous RAR information received in a previous random access process; performing data scheduling and packetization according to the current uplink grant information to generate a first data packet carrying a UE identifier when the current uplink grant information is not consistent with the pre-stored uplink grant information; sending the first data packet to the eNB, and receiving a second data packet from the eNB; and parsing the second data packet, and determining whether contention-based random access is successful according to a parsing result. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093110 | RADIO LINK CONTROL RESET USING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A method and apparatus are described for implementing a reset procedure for radio link control (RLC) using radio resource control (RRC) signaling. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a request for RLC reset. A processor at the WTRU comprises a RRC entity and a RLC entity. The RRC entity receives the request for a RLC reset in a radio resource control message. The RLC entity reassembles RLC service data units (SDUs) from any protocol data units (PDUs) that are received out of sequence at a receiving side of the RLC entity. The reassembled SDUs are delivered in sequence to a packet data convergence protocol entity (PDCP). At the receiving side of the RLC entity, any remaining PDUs that are not able to be reassembled are discarded. At a transmitting side of the RLC entity, all SDUs and PDUs stored in transmit buffers are discarded. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093111 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for allocating a MAP message region in a broadband wireless communication system having a multi-cell/-sector structure. The present invention allocates a common MAP message region for multiple cells/sectors and a data region, divides the common MAP message region into MAP message sections for each of the cells or each of the sectors, allocates MAP messages corresponding to each of the cells or each of the sectors to the divided MAP message sections and allocates data to be transmitted to each MS to the data region, and broadcasts multiple frames containing MAP message regions for each of the cells or for each of the sectors and the data region. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093112 | METHOD, BASE STATION, UE, AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING PDCCH SIGNALING - A method, a base station, a User Equipment (UE) and a system for sending and receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling are disclosed. The method for sending PDCCH signaling includes the following steps: the base station determines locations of a first search space and second search space; and the base station sends only PDCCH signaling exclusive of a Carrier Indication Field (CIF) to the UE in a physically overlapped region between the first search space and the second search space if the physically overlapped region exists and length of PDCCH signaling exclusive of a CIF in the first search space is equal to length of PDCCH signaling inclusive of a CIF in the second search space. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093113 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING DELAY IN ESTABLISHING SESSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for reducing a delay in establishing a session, relating to the field of communication technologies. The method for reducing a delay in establishing a session includes: sending a measurement report to a network control device after establishing a connection with the network control device; receiving a radio bearer reconfiguration message sent by the network control device and performing state transition to a CELL_DCH state; sending a radio bearer reconfiguration confirmation message to the network control device to notify the network control device that the state transition is completed; and receiving a session confirmation message sent by the network control device to enter into a session state. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093114 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND MOBILE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A wireless communication system which includes a base station and a mobile station and in which the mobile station performs data transmission to the base station by allocating a transmission signal converted into a frequency signal to contiguous frequency bands or non-contiguous frequency bands divided into a predetermined number, wherein, when retransmission occurs in the data transmission the mobile station has performed by allocating the transmission signal converted into the frequency signal into the non-contiguous frequency bands, the base station determines a transmission power headroom of the mobile station in the allocation of the transmission signal to the non-contiguous frequency bands, and, if a result of the determination shows that there is not a transmission power headroom, the base station instructs the mobile station to allocate the transmission signal to the contiguous frequency bands and to perform the retransmission by increasing transmission power. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093115 | METHOD FOR MAPPING RESOURCES OF BROADCAST CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for mapping resources of broadcast control channel is disclosed. Available subcarriers of a subframe in which the broadcast control channel is located are divided into three subcarrier sets, each of which is mapped to be one frequency partition, so that the subframe in which the broadcast control channel is located includes N frequency partitions, and resources of each frequency partition are mapped to be logical resource units, wherein N can be 1 or 3. With this method, subcarrier sets of the broadcast control channel are divided, and the resources of the broadcast control channel are mapped. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093116 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING HARQ FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN GROUP RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present system relates to a group resource allocation method for use in a wireless communication system, and methods and apparatus for allocating HARQ feedback allocation (HFA) channel in group resource allocation are disclosed. One embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of receiving a group resource allocation A-MAP information element (GRA A-MAP IE) that includes an HFA offset field for indicating the start of an HFA channel used for terminals that are scheduled and deleted from a base station, a number field for denoting the number of deleted terminals NDA and a user bitmap field for indicating a scheduled terminal, and transmitting and receiving an acknowledgement message through the HARQ feedback channel that is acquired by using the HFA offset field, the number field and the user bitmap field. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093117 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - Transmission power of a plurality of uplink carrier components used for radio communication by a mobile station device and a base station device is efficiently controlled. The mobile station device communicates by radio with the base station device using a plurality of carrier component bands that are predetermined frequency bands. The mobile station device is provided with a radio resource control unit which manages an identifier for identifying the information format of a control channel for transmission power control and the fields for transmission power control of a plurality of uplink carrier components of the mobile station device in the information format, the identifier and the fields being assigned by the base station device, a reception processing unit which receives the control channel of the information format, and a transmission power control unit which, on the basis of transmission power control information included in the fields for transmission power control of the plurality of uplink carrier components, controls the transmission power of each of the uplink carrier components. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093118 | Methods and Devices for Transmitting a Control Message - Embodiments disclose a method in a first communication device in a radio telecommunications network for transmitting a control message comprising communication configuration information to a second communication device within the radio telecommunications network. The first communication device determines the communication configuration information of the control message and maps the control message to a plurality of control channel element groups for the second communication device. The first communication device then transmits the control message to the second communication device over the plurality of control channel element groups within a single transmission time interval on a radio control channel. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093119 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting a sounding reference signal. A terminal receives from a base station a sounding reference signal (SRS) configuration that includes a cell specific SRS configuration and a terminal specific SRS configuration, via a downlink carrier. The terminal then transmits a sounding reference signal based on the SRS configuration via an uplink carrier that is linked to the downlink carrier. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093120 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting reference signals in uplink MIMO transmission. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting uplink signals through a terminal in the wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving control information including the information on a cyclic shift and/or an orthogonal cover code; allocating the multiplexed reference signals onto an uplink subframe; and transmitting the subframe through a multi-antenna. When the uplink MIMO transmission is multiuser MIMO transmission, the reference signals of the terminal and the reference signals of other terminals can be multiplexed by using the orthogonal cover code. | 04-19-2012 |
20120093121 | Method and System for Sending Buffer Status Report - The present invention discloses a method and system for sending a buffer status report, where a UE can wait until a condition of triggering the buffer status report is satisfied; and when the condition of triggering the buffer status report is satisfied, the UE sends a buffer status report of dynamic schedule service data to an eNB when the semi-persistent schedule is activated; and sends a buffer status report containing both semi-persistent schedule service data and dynamic schedule service data to the eNB when the semi-persistent schedule is not activated, to report the total amount of data in an uplink buffer of the UE. | 04-19-2012 |
20120099537 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING A MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICE TO SWITCH TO A PRESET CARRIER IN A MULTI-CARRIER 4G NETWORK - A method, a system and an evolved nodeB (eNodeB) that enable user equipment (UE) to switch between carrier groups in a multi-carrier network. A carrier selection and switching (CSS) utility identifies a first and a second set of pre-configured groups of carrier frequencies that are subsequently assigned to a particular UE. The CSS utility notifies the UE of the assigned, pre-configured groups of carrier frequencies and provides the UE with system parameters associated with the first and second pre-configured groups of carrier frequencies. The CSS utility signals the UE to initiate communication via the first preconfigured group of carriers. Based on the occurrence of pre-established conditions, the CSS utility utilizes a switch signal to indicate via physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to the UE (a) when to begin utilizing the second group of preconfigured carrier frequencies and (b) when to make subsequent switches between carrier groups. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099538 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVISIONING FLOWS IN A MOBILE NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided and includes receiving a request from a mobile node for an Internet protocol (IP) address and establishing a point-to-point (PPP) link for the mobile node. The method also includes provisioning a first tunnel associated with a first communication flow for the mobile node, and provisioning a sub-tunnel with the first tunnel for a second communication flow. The second communication flow is associated with a high priority type of data to be transported on the sub-tunnel. In more specific embodiments, a call admission control (CAC) mechanism is used to establish the sub-tunnel with the first tunnel for the second communication flow. Additionally, an inner label is installed in a header of a packet associated with the second communication flow in order to identify the sub-tunnel. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099539 | LOCAL MOBILITY ANCHOR, PROXY ROUTER, AND MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR SUPPORTING NETWORK MOBILITY IN PROXY MOBILE IPv6 NETWORK - Provided are an LMA, a proxy router, and a management method for supporting NEMO in a PMIPv6 network. To support mobility in the PMIPv6 network for mobile nodes forming one node group within a mobile network, the proxy router for delivering signal and data between the mobile nodes and the PMIPv6 network delivers mobile home network prefixes allocated by the LMA of the PMIPv6 network to the mobile nodes. The LMA generates a group ID corresponding to the node group. Packet delivery costs due to an unnecessary tunnel may be reduced by grouping a plurality of mobile nodes constituting a mobile network, and using and managing flags and the same group ID. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099540 | INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION DURING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A method is disclosed that includes selecting one or more terminals involved in a device-to-device communication to which interference caused by a transmission to one or more other terminals should be suppressed, and choosing a number of degrees of freedom from a predetermined number of degrees of freedom to be used to suppress interference towards the selected one or more terminals. The method also includes using the remaining degrees of freedom from the predetermined number to increase signal quality to the one or more other terminals and performing precoding based on the chosen number of degrees of freedom and the remaining degrees of freedom. The method further includes, using at least the performed precoding, transmitting information to the one or more other terminals. Apparatus and programs/program products are also disclosed. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099541 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING MULTI-CHANNEL BASED ON WIRELESS ACCESS IN VEHICULAR ENVIRONMENTS - In a vehicle communication system, a multi channel operation apparatus for communication of a vehicle or a road side base station operates a multi channel in one physical layer and differentially transmits a frame through a corresponding channel according to a user priority order value of a frame to transmit. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099542 | CENTER FREQUENCY CONTROL METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus that supports a multi-carrier wireless access system for transmitting and receiving system information. The 1st embodiment of the present invention is a method for controlling a center frequency in a wireless access system comprising the steps of: receiving a control message including a 1st parameter which indicates a configuration of carrier groups and a 2nd parameter which indicates whether the center frequency is controlled from a base station; deriving the center frequency of carriers allocated to a mobile terminal by using the 1st parameter; and controlling the center frequency by using the 2nd parameter. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099543 | TRANSMISSION METHOD OF BASE STATION FOR RANDOM ACCESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD OF TERMINAL FOR USING THE RANDOM ACCESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION, AND APPARATUS FOR THEREOF - Provided is a communication method of a base station for random access resource allocation, the communication method including broadcasting system information (SI) that includes information about an extra physical random access channel (xPRACH) of a machine type communication (MTC) terminal and information about a physical random access channel (PRACH) of a general terminal, each of the xPRACH of the MTC terminal and the PRACH of the general terminal having a separated resource space, and receiving a random access attempt from the MTC terminal in response to the broadcast. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099544 | Enhanced Inter-Network Access Node Scheduling Coordination And Signaling Support For Advanced Receiver Algorithms - A method includes operating a network access node to determine, in cooperation with at least one other network access node, a coordinated scheduling granularity having a plurality of physical resource blocks; and signaling an indication of the determined coordinated scheduling granularity to at least one mobile device served by the network access node for use in enhancing estimation at a receiver of the mobile device, such as when estimating an interference covariance matrix. Apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed, as are mobile device methods and apparatus for receiving and using the signaling. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099545 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system is disclosed. Disclosed herein are methods for transmitting a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal in a wireless communication system, which includes setting transmit power for the PUCCH signal, and an apparatus thereof. If the PUCCH signal is transmitted on a subframe configured for a scheduling request (SR), the PUCCH signal includes one or more hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) bits and an SR bit. When determining the transmit power for the PUCCH, the SR bit is selectively considered depending on whether or not a transport block for an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) is present in the subframe. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND SIGNALING ACK/NACK RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving a physical downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. The physical downlink control channel is received. The physical downlink control channel is decoded. A scheduling type is determined using scheduling type information in the physical downlink control channel. Scheduling information is determined for a data channel according to the scheduling type. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099547 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for processing a reference signal. The present invention relates to the field of radio communications technologies, and solves a technical problem that it is impossible to meet a requirement for measurement of downlink channels of multiple cells in a coordinated multipoint transmission/reception (CoMP) scenario in the prior art. According to the embodiments of the present invention, a reference signal is sent in a specified pilot position to a target user equipment (UE) where data puncturing is performed, in positions corresponding to the specified pilot position, with respect to data symbols simultaneously sent by an evolved NodeB (eNB) to which another cell in a CoMP set of the UE belongs, and the specified pilot position is orthogonally separated from a reference signal pilot position of the another cell in the CoMP set. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099548 | Method and Communication Device for Assigning Scheduling Grant - The present invention discloses a method and a communication device for assigning a scheduling grant. The method for assigning a scheduling grant includes: receiving a grant value, an E-TFCI offset value, and a data stream identifier corresponding to the E-TFCI offset value, where the E-TFCI offset value is determined by the Node B according to data transmitted by a mobile terminal through two data streams; determining, according to the grant value, a transport block size of the data stream identified by the data stream identifier in a current TTI; and determining a transport block size of the other data stream in the current TTI according to the transport block size and the E-TFCI offset value. in the embodiments of the present invention the MIMO technology may be applied to the HSUPA technology. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099549 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A radio transmitting apparatus and a radio transmitting method wherein the increase of the guard time in a random access region is reduced to secure the data transmitting region of an upstream line. In this apparatus, when a received signal power estimated by a received signal power estimating part ( | 04-26-2012 |
20120099550 | ADDRESSING SCHEMES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In an addressing scheme for wireless communication a communication channel may be defined based on a unique identifier associated with a destination node or a source node. In addition, a short identifier may be included in messages sent over the communication channel such that a node may uniquely identify the source node or destination node for the message. A node may use a short identifier as an index into a lookup table to determine one or more parameters to be used for communicating with another node. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099551 | SYSTEM FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING PACKET BASED DATA TRAFFIC IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A system for allocating bandwidth resources among various mobile stations which are wirelessly connected to a base station. The length of the data queue in each mobile station is determined and information regarding that length is placed in a field in the outgoing data packet. When it is received in the base station, this field is decoded and the queue length information used to allocate bandwidth resources among the mobile station connections. This allows a very quick response to data queue lengths and accordingly better service. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099552 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM HAVING REDUCED INTERFERENCE - In the present invention, a wireless transmission system includes a plurality of mobile stations in a cell area, and a base station. The base station divides each of an uplink frame and a downlink frame into a plurality of blocks, assigns a specific one of the plurality of blocks to each of the plurality of the mobile stations, assigns a specific frequency channel to the mobile station, and notifies the specific block and the specific frequency channel to the mobile station. The length of each of the plurality of blocks is optional, and a sum of the lengths of the plurality of blocks is equal to the length of the frame. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099553 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of component carriers, wherein the base station apparatus persistently allocates a first physical uplink control channel to the mobile station apparatus, dynamically allocates a second physical uplink control channel to the mobile station apparatus, and allocates a physical uplink shared channel to the mobile station apparatus, and the mobile station apparatus performs simultaneous transmission on the physical uplink shared channel and the second physical uplink control channel when transmission on the first physical uplink control channel, transmission on the second physical uplink control channel, and transmission on the physical uplink shared channel occur in the same sub-frame. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099554 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The overhead of notifications of other-user modulation information contained in individual control information in a multiuser-MIMO mode is reduced. A wireless communication device according to the invention includes: a pilot sequence allocation section which allocates pilot sequence numbers that are used in spatial multiplexing streams based on modulation information of the spatial multiplexing streams to a plurality of counterparty wireless communication devices that perform multiuser-MIMO transmission; a first modulation information generation section which generates modulation information and pilot sequence allocation number information that are related to a first spatial multiplexing stream addressed to a first counterparty wireless communication device of the plurality of counterparty wireless communication devices; and a second modulation information generation section which generates modulation information related to spatial multiplexing streams addressed to other counterparty wireless communication devices excluding the first counterparty wireless communication device, in order of pilot sequence numbers allocated to the spatial multiplexing streams addressed to the other counterparty wireless communication devices excluding the first counterparty wireless communication device. The wireless communication device notifies the first counterparty wireless communication device of the modulation information and pilot sequence allocation number information which are generated by the first modulation information generation section and the second modulation information generation section. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099555 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, FEEDBACK METHOD AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed are a terminal apparatus and a base station apparatus wherein the collision of the response signals of a plurality of terminals can be avoided. A response control unit ( | 04-26-2012 |
20120099556 | METHOD FOR RECONFIGURING USER BITMAP IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed are methods for reconfiguring a user bitmap in a group resource allocation method and apparatuses for supporting the same. In one embodiment of the present invention, the methods for reconfiguring the user bitmap in group resource allocation (GRA) may comprise the steps of receiving a control signal that includes a mobile indicator for indicating whether user bitmap is reconstructed from a base station, a user bitmap state bitmap (UBSB) for indicating scheduled and non-scheduled terminals which belong to the GRA, and the user bitmap for indicating the scheduled terminal, determining on the basis of the control signals whether the user bitmap is reconfigured, and reconfiguring the user bitmap by using the UBSB and the user bitmap. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099557 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method in which a terminal determines a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of uplink allocation information received from a base station under a condition such as that of a random access process in which both the terminal and the base station do not know each other's channel state. According to one exemplary embodiment of the present invention, a method of transmitting data comprises: receiving, from the base station, uplink allocation information for indicating an uplink resource for transmitting the specific data: determining a lowest modulation and coding scheme (MCS) to be applied to the specific data using information on the size and allocation size of the specific data; and transmitting to the base station via the uplink source, the specific data to which the determined MCS is applied. | 04-26-2012 |
20120099558 | Spectral Arrangement for Radio Resources - A spectral arrangement for radio resources is usable for transmitting radio data within a telecommunication network. The spectral arrangement includes (a) a first radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in a first data flow direction, wherein the first data flow direction is either an uplink direction or a downlink direction, (b) a second radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in a second data flow direction, wherein the second data flow direction is opposite to the first data flow direction, (c) a third radio resource usable for transmitting radio data in the second data flow direction and (d) a guard band, which on the frequency scale is located between the first radio resource and the second radio resource such that the first radio resource is separated from the second radio resource Between the second radio resource and the third radio resource there is provided no guard band. | 04-26-2012 |
20120106461 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO COEXISTENCE - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for radio coexistence, comprising: sending, by a first radio coexistence enabler associated with a first device operating in a network mastered by a second device comprising a second radio coexistence enabler of a master type, a request to a radio coexistence manager, the request indicating that the first radio coexistence enabler is of a client type, receiving information on at least one of locally available radio resources, candidate devices for device-to-device connections, and further one or more nearby access networks from the radio coexistence manager, and causing establishment of a connection by the first device to a third device on the basis of the received information without control of the second device. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106462 | FAST ROUND-TRIP DELAY DELIVERY OF DATAGRAMS OVER A WIRELESS NETWORK - An entity, such as a base station or a Radio Network Controller, of a wireless telecommunications network having a mobile station and a remote server includes a network interface which receives a datagram from the mobile station. The entity includes a memory in communication with the network interface. The entity includes a processing unit in communication with the memory which stores in the memory the mobile station location, and which sends a response received from the remote server regarding the datagram to the mobile station from the network interface using the mobile station's location in the memory prior to a wireless connection with the mobile station being established. The entity may include a processing unit that recognizes the received datagram is for Machine-to-Machine Applications and requiring Sub 100 Millisecond Datagram and Response Delivery. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106463 | RESOURCE RESERVATION ON NETWORKS COMPRISING WIRELESS AND WIRED SEGMENTS - Described in an example embodiment is an end-to-end admission control system that allows any rich media application to secure admission control in an environment where there are mixed wireless and wired segments in the network. In particular embodiments, the system includes the integration of Add Traffic Stream (ADDTS) and Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) admission control mechanisms, the mapping of parameters between these two mechanisms, the admission control policies, and failure handling for the end-to-end resource control. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106464 | SPECTRUM SHARING WITH IMPLICIT POWER CONTROL IN COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - Providing for a cross-layer spectrum sharing model incorporating implicit power control for cognitive radio wireless communication is described herein. By way of example, a binary integer linear programming problem is formulated to establish active wireless links among secondary user nodes in a cognitive radio, ad-hoc network. The formulation reuses wireless channels among multiple activated links within disclosed interference constraints, and assigns a power level for transmissions on respective links. Additionally, the formulation employs bi-directional wireless links for the ad-hoc network, improving communication within the ad-hoc network. Further, power level assignments can be predefined and implicitly embedded in the formulation to reduce complexity. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106465 | DOWNLINK CONTROL IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Embodiments contemplate a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) that may operate in a heterogeneous wireless communication network (HetNet). The WTRU may detect the presence of an extended physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) and may decode a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) upon detecting the E-PDCCH. The WTRU may obtain scheduling information of the E-PDCCH on a physical downlink shared control channel (PDSCH) from the decoded PDCCH. The WTRU may also determine control information for the WTRU from the E-PDCCH using the scheduling information of the E-PDCCH. The HetNet may further include a first eNB and a second eNB and the WTRU may receive the E-PDCCH from the first eNB and another E-PDCCH from the second eNB. The other E-PDCCH may be coordinated with the E-PDCCH such that the interference between the other E-PDCCH and the E-PDCCH from the perspective of the WTRU may be reduced relative to no coordination. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106466 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO AVOID DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL COVERAGE LIMITATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method, apparatus, and system for providing a communication resource for a communication device in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120106467 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a Back-off Indicator transmission unit ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120106468 | RADIO NETWORK NODE DISCOVERY OF OPERATIONS NODE - A domain name associated with a radio network node's operator or maintenance (OM) node is determined based on at least part of a radio node identifier and a radio network operator identifier. The radio network node sends the domain name to a domain name server. In response to sending the constructed domain name, the radio network node receives from the domain server an IP address for the OM node. The radio network node then initiates a connection with the OM node using the IP address. In one non-limiting example embodiment, the part of the radio node identifier is a radio network node vendor identifier. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106469 | VEHICLE COMMUNICATION NETWORK INCLUDING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A wired and wireless vehicle communication network includes network node modules, switch modules, bridge-routing modules, and a network manager. The network manager is operable to determine a wired packet communication mode and/or a wireless packet communication mode. When the network is in the wireless packet communication mode, the network manager coordinates wireless communication of packets among the network node modules, the switch modules, and the bridge-routing modules based on individual content of the packets and wireless channel mapping. When the network is in the wired packet communication mode, the network manager coordinates wired communication of packets among the network node modules, the switch modules, and the bridge-routing modules based on the individual content of the packets and in accordance with a global vehicle network communication protocol. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106470 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a feedback method and apparatus in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. A terminal may determine a preferred pre-coding matrix for a neighboring terminal, based on a reference rank determined by a base station and a preferred pre-coding matrix of the terminal. The terminal may calculate a channel quality indicator (CQI) based on the preferred precoding matrix for the neighboring terminal, and may feed the CQI back to the base station. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106471 | Methods and Arrangements for Dynamically Triggering the Transmission of Sounding Reference Signal in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for providing a more flexible configuration of SRS transmission. This is achieved by dynamically triggering a mobile terminal to transmit SRS. Thus, embodiments of the invention allow dynamically trigged SRS in any uplink subframe, even without necessarily reserving resources semi-statically on cell level. This is done by signaling to the terminal whether the mobile terminal should leave the predefined uplink symbol empty for sounding reference signals or use it for data transmission. In case a terminal leaves the last symbol empty for sounding reference signals, there are two possibilities, either the UE shall transmit one or several reference signals from one or several antennas, or the terminal shall leave the last symbol blank since another terminal may be using the resource for sounding. Accordingly, in a specific embodiment, there are at least three different messages that can be conveyed to the terminal: use the predefined uplink symbol for data, leave it blank or use it for sounding reference signals. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106472 | Methods, Apparatuses, System, Related Computer Program Product and Data Structure for Uplink Scheduling - It is disclosed a method (and related apparatus) including allocating a first bandwidth portion of a first transmission channel of a first communication network cell based on a restriction imposed by a second bandwidth portion, at least partially overlapping the first bandwidth portion, of a second transmission channel of at least one second communication network cell neighboring the first communication network cell; and a method (and related apparatus) including transmitting signals relating to at least one of control and data in an allocated first bandwidth portion of the first transmission channel of the first communication network cell allocated based on the restriction imposed by the second bandwidth portion, at least partially overlapping the first bandwidth portion, of the second transmission channel of the at least one second communication network cell neighboring the first communication network cell. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106473 | Demodulation Reference Signals in a Communication System - At least two modes of communicating demodulation reference signals in a system providing a multiple of communication points for communication devices are provided. In a first mode demodulation reference signals are communicated based on an sequence group and separation of sequences provided by adjustment of transmitted demodulation reference signals. In a second mode demodulation reference signals are communicated based on one or more sequence groups and non-adjusted transmission of demodulation reference signals. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106474 | BEAMFORMING TRAINING METHODS, APPARATUSES AND SYSTEM FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods and apparatuses for beamforming training at a service and control point and a user station, and a system for beamforming training for a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, a method for beamforming training at a service and control point may comprise: transmitting training sequences to multiple user stations by using switched transmit antenna weight vectors; determining optimum transmit antenna weight vectors of the service and control point based on channel information that is fed back from each user station of the multiple user stations and related to channel condition of own link and cross links of the each user station. According to the present invention, there is provided a spatial-reuse based simultaneous beamforming training technology, which may satisfy the demands of a dense-user application; moreover, has a high spectrum efficiency and saves beamforming training time. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106475 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING WLAN NETWORK SHARING DATA OF WI-FI P2P GROUP - A method and apparatus for transmitting Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) network sharing data of a Wi-Fi Peer-to-Peer (P2P) group are provided. The method includes forming the Wi-Fi P2P group, establishing, at a mobile station that is a Wi-Fi P2P group owner, a connection to a WLAN access point, determining whether data, to be communicated with a mobile station that is a Wi-Fi P2P client, is WLAN network sharing data, assigning, when the data is the WLAN network sharing data, a high priority to the WLAN network sharing data, preoccupying a radio channel for data transmission through channel access contention with the high priority, and transmitting the WLAN network sharing data through the preoccupied radio channel. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106476 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DEFINING AND USING SEQUENCES FOR RESOURCE SETS FOR ENHANCED INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - Aspects of the present disclosure may simplify the negotiation of resources by defining and/or using sequences for sets of resources for enhanced inter-cell interference coordination. According to aspects, a configuration of protected resources may have an ordering such that a pattern representing ‘k’ protected resources overlaps with a pattern representing ‘k+1’ protected resources. In an aspect, each pattern may comprise a bitmap with one or more bits set to a value to indicate the one or more protected subframes. In an aspect, a bitmap of a pattern corresponding to ‘k’ protected subframes differs from a bitmap of a pattern corresponding to ‘k+1’ protected subframes by a single bit value. According to aspects, an interfering evolved Node B may limit transmissions during protected subframes based on the selected pattern. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106477 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING POWER INFORMATION REGARDING COMPONENT CARRIER IN MULTI-COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting maximum transmit power information in a multi-component carrier system. A method for transmitting power information regarding a component carrier includes: calculating power headroom which can be additionally output from an activated uplink component carrier; calculating maximum transmit power configured for the activated uplink component carrier; generating a medium access control (MAC) message including a first field indicating the power headroom and a second field indicating the maximum transmit power; and transmitting the MAC message to a base station (BS). The BS can know about maximum transmit power of each uplink component carrier, preventing excessive uplink scheduling to thus reduce interference. Also, the BS can clearly know about to which uplink component carrier maximum transmit power is related. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106478 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information using PUCCH format 3 in a radio communication system includes detecting one or more Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs), receiving one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signals corresponding to the one or more PDCCHs, and determining a PUCCH resource value n | 05-03-2012 |
20120106479 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT AND RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 05-03-2012 |
20120106480 | SIMULATOR DEVICE AND SIMULATION METHOD - A radio base station according to the present invention comprising: a simulator device including a downlink signal output unit configured to transmit a downlink signal for a first cell, and a downlink signal for a second cell, in the form of a simulation signal, to a mobile station, in which the downlink signal output unit is configured to shift a lead position of a radio frame from which to transmit the downlink signal for a first cell and a lead position of a radio frame from which to transmit the downlink signal for a second cell. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106481 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING A PARAMETER OF A TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for adjusting a parameter of a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method for adjusting a parameter of a terminal in a wireless communication system, according to one concept of the present invention, is configured such that the base station transmits, to the terminal, a ranging acknowledgement (hereinafter referred to as “RNG-ACK”) message including a first field which indicates whether the RNG-ACK message is transmitted in a broadcast format, and receives, from the terminal, a signal in accordance with the parameter changed in accordance with the RNG-ACK message. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106482 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING CONTROL AND DATA CHANNEL - An approach is provided for performing control signaling. Data and control information are received. The control information is orthogonalized using block-level spreading. The data and the orthogonalized control information are multiplexed at a symbol-level. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106483 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ENABLING FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Aspects of the present invention provide additional MAC functionality to support the PHY features of a wireless communication system framework. The additional MAC functionality aids in enabling feedback from wireless terminals to base stations. In some aspects of the invention the feedback is provided on an allocated feedback channel. In other aspects of the invention the feedback is provided by MAC protocol data units (PDU) in a header, mini-header, or subheader. The feedback may be transmitted from the wireless terminal to the base station autonomously by the wireless terminal or in response to an indication from the base station that feedback is requested. Aspects of the invention also provide for allocating feedback resources to form a dedicated feedback channel. One or more of these enhancements is included in a given implementation. Base stations and wireless terminals are also described upon which methods described herein can be implemented. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106484 | PILOT SCRAMBLING ENABLING DIRECT PILOT SEQUENCE DETECTION IN INITIAL ACQUISITION IN EVOLVED UTRA - A communications network and method thereof include a base station controller configured to provide a repetition period of a primary synchronization channel to be equal to a predetermined integer value times a scrambling code length of the scrambling code of a common pilot channel. A user equipment in the network is configured to search for a known sequence comprising the primary synchronization channel to select a cell and a corresponding sub-frame/symbol timing from the selected cell. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106485 | Method and System for Integration of Trunking and Conventional Land Mobile Radio Systems - An integrated Land Mobile Radio (LMR) system enables communication between a trunking LMR system and a conventional LMR system. The trunking LMR system includes a trunking site controller including a first network gateway router. The trunking LMR system includes at least one trunking control channel and a plurality of trunking traffic channel. The trunking traffic channels each are assigned to a specific trunking LMR subscriber by the trunking site controller to enable the trunking LMR subscribers to communicate with one another. The conventional LMR system includes a conventional site controller including a second network gateway router connected to the first network gateway router by a data network. The conventional LMR system includes a plurality of conventional traffic channels. The conventional traffic channels are each assigned to a specific conventional LMR subscriber by the conventional site controller to enable the conventional LMR subscribers to communicate. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106486 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of requesting a plurality of different characteristic indicators from a second communications apparatus in a wireless communications network including a first communications apparatus and a plurality of such second communications apparatuses which communicate with the first communications apparatus, the method includes the first communications apparatus transmitting a single standing instruction to the second communications apparatus defining at least two interleaving patterns, each interleaving pattern specifying one or more of the characteristic indicators and defining a pattern according to which the second communications apparatus is to interleave the specified characteristic indicators in a single feedback channel allocated to the second communications apparatus, the single standing instruction further defining a selection signal to be transmitted from the first communications apparatus to the second communications apparatus according to which the second communications apparatus is to select one of the interleaving patterns. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106487 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION ANTENNAS USING PILOT SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION - A method of allocating pilot subcarriers in a resource block for a wideband wireless mobile communication system with multiple transmission antennas using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) modulation is disclosed. In this method, pilot subcarriers are allocated to the resource block comprised of five (5) or seven (7) OFDM symbols so that only four (4) OFDM symbols of the resource block are allocated for pilot subcarriers. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106488 | Method and Arrangements in a Mobile Telecommunications System - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for introducing an automatic one-time configuration ;of the DNS server(s) when a base station gateway, such as an HeNB GW, is deployed, such that the FQDN-to-HeNB GW IP address translation data is proactively configured. This is performed to identify the base station gateway address to which subsequently deployed base stations will be connected. That is, the FQDN-to-HeNB GW IP address translation data for the HeNB IDs of all the HeNBs that may potentially connect to the HeNB GW is proactively configured in the DNS server(s), thereby avoiding frequent and constantly ongoing DNS configuration during normal network operation. This configuration of the DNS allows the eNB to obtain the destination address for an X2 connection without knowing about an eventual HeNB GW, nor the addressing details, such as size/length (or fixed number of bits) of the HeNB GW ID. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106489 | Reference Signal Transmission Scheduling Device and Reference Signal Transmission Scheduling Method - A reference signal transmission scheduling device, which performs scheduling on uplink transmission of a reference signal (SRS) from a mobile terminal to a base station in a wireless communication system, is designed to appropriately allocate an SRS transmission resource to the mobile terminal in consideration of the current circumstances of the mobile terminal. Herein, the maximum value of an SRS bandwidth is calculated based on the maximum transmission-enabled power of the mobile terminal, while the minimum value of the SRS bandwidth is calculated based on the mobility of the mobile terminal. Additionally, the SRS bandwidth, which is actually used by the mobile terminal subjected to SRS transmission resource allocation, is determined within the range between the maximum value and the minimum value of the SRS bandwidth. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106490 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CONTROL PROGRAM - An antenna for transmission of signals in respective element frequency bands is controlled to reduce power consumption and transmit a good quality signal. A mobile station apparatus performs wireless communication with a base station apparatus using a plurality of element frequency bands having a predetermined frequency bandwidth. The mobile station apparatus includes: a plurality of transmission sections having an antenna and power amplifier; a transmission processing section generating a transmission signal and outputting the signal to at least one of the transmission sections based on information indicating a first transmission mode in which signals are transmitted using a single transmission antenna and a second transmission mode in which signals are transmitted using different transmission antennas respectively. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106491 | TIME-SLOT BASED MULTIPLE ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION - A method of transmitting ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) signal by a user equipment in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a plurality of data unit from a base station; reserving a plurality of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources corresponding to the plurality of data units within a subframe having a plurality of slots; and transmitting one or more ACK/NACK signals for the plurality of data units to the base station by using at least part of the plurality of PUCCH resources reserved within the subframe, wherein the PUCCH resources through which the one or more ACK/NACK signals are transmitted are selected independently per slot. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106492 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING SIGNAL IN A MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a sounding signal in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless mobile communication system. The method comprises: a step in which a terminal that supports a plurality of transmitting antennas receives, from a base station, at least one piece of uplink sounding transmission control information; and a step of transmitting a sounding signal using the received uplink sounding transmission control information, wherein said sounding transmission control information includes periodicity information for periodically repeating the transmission of the sounding signal, and a piece of antenna designation information for designating an antenna from among the plurality of transmitting antennas to be used in transmitting the sounding signal. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106493 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting reference signals in a wireless communication system. A first set of reference signals and a second set of reference signals are generated and mapped to a first resource block (RB) in accordance with a first reference signal pattern and a second RB which is close to the first RB in accordance with a second reference signal pattern. The first RB and the second RB are transmitted from a base station to user equipment. Each of the first reference signal pattern and the second reference signal pattern is formed of one sub-frame and on RB unit. In addition, resource elements (Rs) to which the first set of reference signals and the second set of reference signals are respectively mapped in accordance with the second reference signal pattern are REs to which the second set of reference signals and the first set of reference signals are respectively mapped in accordance with the first reference signal pattern. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106494 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for communicating between a primary station and a plurality of secondary stations, comprising (a) the primary station configuring a secondary station to search on a first channel at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, said first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets, where at least one resource set might be used to transmit a message to a secondary station, (b) the primary station setting a characteristic of the first channel to a first value. (c) the primary station changing the characteristic of the first channel to a second value upon detection of a capacity event in the search spaces. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106495 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method, related to the present invention, comprises: a step of receiving, from a base station, first component information for transmitting first channel information for a first frequency band; a step of receiving, from the base station, second component information for transmitting second channel information for a second frequency band added to the first frequency band; a step of transmitting the first channel information to the base station in accordance with the first component information; and a step of transmitting the second channel information to the base station in accordance with the second component information. When the point of time of the transmission of the first channel information and the point of time of the transmission of the second channel information coincide with each other, either the first channel information or the second channel information is transmitted in accordance with a predetermined drop rule. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106496 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes a first setting unit configured to operate as an access point that communicates with another communication apparatus to perform communication parameter setting processing, a second setting unit configured to operate as a station that communicates with an access point to perform communication parameter setting processing, a detection unit configured to detect an apparatus that is currently activating communication parameter setting processing, and a selection unit configured to select first setting processing to be performed by the first setting unit or second setting processing to be performed by the second setting unit according to a detection result obtained by the detection unit. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106497 | METHOD FOR GRANTING MEDIUM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK AND NETWORK THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for granting medium access to a node in a wireless network, the network comprising at least two nodes, and the method comprising the step of determining, for one of the at least two nodes, a medium access rate to be used, a medium access rate determining how often a node transmits data throughout the network, wherein the rate is determined as being different from one node to another and dependent on the number of neighbors of a node. The invention also relates to a wireless radio network comprising at least two nodes, wherein a medium access rate to be used by a node is determined as being different from one node to another and dependent on the number of neighbors of a node, a medium access rate determining how often a node transmits data throughout the network. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106498 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, HIGHER-ORDER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A mobile communication system includes terminals and a plurality of base stations that use scrambling codes to perform radio communication with the terminals. Each of the plurality of base stations transmits to neighboring base stations information of the range of scrambling codes for uplink that is reserved in its own station, and when determining the range of scrambling codes for uplink to be reserved in its own station, receives from neighboring base stations information of the ranges of scrambling codes for uplink reserved in the neighboring base stations. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106499 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL BANDWIDTH INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting and receiving channel bandwidth information in a wireless communication system is disclosed, by which backward compatibility can be maintained. The present invention includes transmitting the channel bandwidth information including information on a maximum number of resource blocks available for a mobile station supporting the first system and transmitting information on a number of resource blocks available for a mobile station supporting the second system. | 05-03-2012 |
20120106500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for feedback transmission in a wireless communication system are provided. A terminal selects at least one subband among plural subbands constituting a set of subbands and transmits information about feedback measured for the at least one subband. The feedback information contains an index of the at least one subband, and the at least one subband is selected in consideration of resource mapping of the plural subbands. | 05-03-2012 |
20120113903 | Transmission Protection Scheme - A method, apparatus, and computer program for protecting transmissions are provided. A wireless communication apparatus receives a physical layer convergence protocol header of a transmission on a frequency band and determines from header information included in the header, whether or not there are further transmissions associated with the transmission and after the transmission on the frequency band. In response to determining on the basis of the header information that there will be at least one other transmission after the transmission on the frequency band, channel access of the wireless communication apparatus is suspended on the frequency band for a determined time period after the transmission, the determined time period including a transmission time interval of the at least one other transmission. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113904 | RELEASING WIRELESS RESOURCES - A wireless network, such as an LTE (“Long-Term Evolution”) network, may be configured to a receive an identifier associated with resource configurations in a wireless network. The identifier is mapped to a resource configuration in a plurality of resource configurations. The user equipment applies the resource configuration. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113905 | ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCES - A wireless network, such as an LTE (“Long-Term Evolution”) network, may be configured to receive an identifier from a wireless network. The identifier identifies a resource configuration in a plurality of resource configurations. The resource configuration corresponds to a plurality of resource attributes. At least one signal is transmitted to the wireless network using the plurality of resource attributes. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113906 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A connection engine and coexistence manager are employed to manage radio resources in a user equipment. The connection engine defines desired performance metrics for sets of radio resources. The coexistence manager allocates potentially interfering radio resources to achieve desired performance metrics while accounting for resource capacity, potential collision rates, and other metrics. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113907 | POWER CONTROL FOR ACK/NACK FORMATS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A system and method for determining a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) power control parameter h(n | 05-10-2012 |
20120113908 | Method of Enhancing Uplink Transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of enhancing uplink transmission or signaling for a mobile in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a signaling or configuration message of at least one spectrum technology utilized for corresponding uplink transmission or signaling; and applying each of the at least one spectrum technology for each corresponding uplink transmission or signaling according to the signaling or the configuration message. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113909 | Method of Handling an Uplink Control Channel and Related Communication Device - A method of handling uplink (UL) control information for a mobile device supporting a carrier aggregation (CA) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a configuration or an activation of the CA with at least one UL component carrier and at least one downlink (DL) component carrier from a network of the wireless communication system, and transmitting the UL control information on at least one control channel region of the at least one UL component carrier; wherein the at least one UL component carrier has a bandwidth configuration sufficient to accommodate the at least one control channel region for transmitting the UL control information. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113910 | Method of Handling a Physical Uplink Control Channel Transmission and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a PUCCH transmission for a mobile device with a carrier aggregation (CA) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a configuration or an activation of the CA with at least one UL component carrier and at least one downlink component carrier from a network of the wireless communication system, wherein at least one of the at least one UL component carrier is configured for PUCCH transmission, and performing at least one PUCCH transmission corresponding to the at least one DL component carrier to the network on one of at least one of the at least one UL component carrier configured for PUCCH transmission according to at least one PUCCH format. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113911 | Wireless Communication System, Apparatus for Supporting Data Flow and Methods Therefor - An apparatus for use in allocating resource in a wireless communication system employing transfer communication protocol (TCP) based data transfer between a network and a wireless subscriber communication unit comprises a scheduler ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120113912 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication apparatus and wireless communication method wherein flexible frequency scheduling is performed without increasing the scale of the DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) circuitry. For example, when resource allocation information is reported indicating whether or not a resource has been allocated to each of a plurality of RBGs (RB groups) into which the system bandwidth is divided, as in Type 0 allocation, if the number of reported RBs reported by the resource allocation information cannot be expressed as “2̂n×3̂m×5̂l”, an allocated RB number setting section ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120113913 | Method of Scheduling Data - A method of transmitting uplink control signals/status bits from a user equipment, said user equipment having multiple transmit antennae, and said control signals correspond to a plurality of previous downlink transmissions, wherein said control signals are transmitted over a plurality of PUCCH resources and over said multiple antennae, and transmitted during a single uplink sub-frame. Use of multiple PUCCH resources and multiple antennae allow greater spatial diversity. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113914 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTING SPECIFIC SCHEDULING REQUEST RESOURCE - A method and device for distributing the specific scheduling request resources. The method includes: in the multi-carrier aggregation system, according to the set scheduling principle determine the terminal sending carrier resources which may be used by the specific scheduling, the carrier resources comprises the number of carrier and serial number, the carrier resources of the specific scheduling request resources are distributed and sent to the terminal on the determined carrier according to the set scheduling principle; the distributed carrier and time frequency resources which may be used on every carrier are informed to the terminal. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113915 | Method of Power Reporting and Communication Device Thereof - A method of power reporting for a mobile device configured with a plurality of uplink component carriers and/or parallel PUCCH and PUSCH transmission in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises being configured a maximum output power for at least a uplink component carrier, determining to start or stop a maximum output power reporting for the at least a uplink component carrier according to a characteristic associated to the mobile device or a network of the wireless communication system, and reporting the maximum output power for the at least a uplink component carrier to the network when the maximum output power reporting is triggered and the maximum output power reporting is started. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113916 | NETWORK ELEMENT FOR ALLOCATING AT LEAST ONE PAYLOAD DATA CONNECTION TO AT LEAST ONE MULTIPLEX CONNECTION - The invention relates to a network element for allocating at least one user data link to a multiplex connection between a first network element and a second network element. The first element generates a first signaling message and transmits it to the second network element, the first signaling message indicating that the first element is available to transfer at least one respective user data link via one respective multiplex connection. The second network element assigns one multiplex connection between the first and second network element to each of the user data link or selects a transfer outside a multiplex connection for the user data link in accordance with the indicated availability of the first network element and depending on whether the second network element supports the transfer of the at least one user data link via multiplex connection. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113917 | INTERACTION OF PDSCH RESOURCE MAPPING, CSI-RS, AND MUTING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques that may help resolve ambiguities between a base station and a user equipment (UE) regarding the use or resource elements (REs) reserved for special purposes, such as PDSCH muting and/or CSI-RS. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113918 | SILENT PERIOD METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - Described herein is a silent period method and apparatus for dynamic spectrum management. The methods include configuration and coordination of silent periods across an aggregated channel in a wireless communication system. A silent period management entity (SPME) dynamically determines silent period schedules for channels based on system and device information and assigns a silent period duration and periodicity for each silent period. The SPME may reconfigure the silent period schedule based on system delay, system throughput, channel quality or channel management events. A silent period interpretation entity (SPIE) receives and implements the silent period schedule. The silent periods for the channels may be synchronized, independent, or set-synchronized. Interfaces for communicating between the SPME, SPIE, a channel management function, a medium access control (MAC) quality of service (QoS) entity, a sensing/capabilities database, a MAC layer management entity (MLME) and a wireless receive/transmit unit (WTRU) MLME are described herein. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113919 | Method of Handling Power Headroom Reporting for Activated Serving Cell with Configured Uplink - A method of handling power headroom reporting for activated serving cell with configured uplink, for a communication device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises triggering a power headroom report for each activated serving cell with configured uplink when an activated serving with configured uplink is deactivated or removed. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113920 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method of a base station in a wireless communication system based on a radio frame including a plurality of subframes including at least one first-type subframe and at least one second-type subframe is provided. The method includes generating first-type downlink control information including resource allocation information on the first-type subframe, generating second-type downlink control information including resource allocation information on the second-type subframe, and transmitting the first-type subframe including the first-type downlink control information and the second-type downlink control information, wherein the second-type subframe is transmitted with a lower transmit power than the transmit power of the first-type subframe. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113921 | Adaptive Selection of Transmission Parameters for Reference Signals - A method and apparatus for defining transmission parameters of user equipment reference signals. The method includes estimating channel delay spreads of a plurality of user equipments scheduled for transmission at a particular transmission time period or sub-frame in an uplink for communication with a NodeB, and allocating transmission parameters to each scheduled user equipment of the plurality of user equipments in accordance to the delay spreads of the plurality of user equipments scheduled for transmission in the particular time period or sub-frame, wherein the parameters comprises a cyclic shift allocated to each m-th user equipment equal to the sum of a delay spread and a timing uncertainty of each of the previous m-1 user equipments. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113922 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REPORTING BUFFER STATUS OF UE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reporting buffer status of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method for reporting buffer status of the UE in the mobile communication system includes being allocated a transmission resource from a node B; determining information to add to a certain region of a first Medium Access Control (MAC) subheader through an N-th MAC subheader using the transmission resource; generating a MAC Protocol Data Unit (PDU) by concatenating the first MAC subheader through the N-th MAC subheader with corresponding payload elements; and transmitting the generated MAC PDU. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113923 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Terminal and Wireless Communication Method - Wireless communication with a communicating apparatus that is a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. A frequency channel allocating section allocates frequency channels, a terminal reception quality information processing section calculates an optimal modulation rate and required transmit power for each subcarrier, a subcarrier power control section controls a level of transmit power for each subcarrier, and a determining section checks a reception bandwidth of a communicating apparatus, while determining whether the communicating apparatus is a full band terminal capable of receiving all the frequency channels in the system band or a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. When the communicating apparatus is the limited band terminal, the transmit power of all or part of subcarriers is decreased in a frequency channel that is adjacent to a reception band allocated to the communicating apparatus and that is allocated to another communicating apparatus. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113924 | Wireless Communication Apparatus, Mobile Terminal and Wireless Communication Method - Wireless communication with a communicating apparatus that is a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. A frequency channel allocating section allocates frequency channels, a terminal reception quality information processing section calculates an optimal modulation rate and required transmit power for each subcarrier, a subcarrier power control section controls a level of transmit power for each subcarrier, and a determining section checks a reception bandwidth of a communicating apparatus, while determining whether the communicating apparatus is a full band terminal capable of receiving all the frequency channels in the system band or a limited band terminal capable of receiving only part of frequencies. When the communicating apparatus is the limited band terminal, the transmit power of all or part of subcarriers is decreased in a frequency channel that is adjacent to a reception band allocated to the communicating apparatus and that is allocated to another communicating apparatus. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113925 | METHOD FOR EFFECTIVELY TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing HARQ performed by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes receiving a bundling indicator which indicates the number of bundled downlink subframes, determining whether at least one bundled downlink subframe is missed by comparing the bundling indicator with the number of detected bundled downlink subframes, generating a representative ACK/NACK signal when no bundled downlink subframe is missed, and transmitting the representative ACK/NACK signal on an uplink channel. Recovery capability is maximized and the packet loss is reduced in such a situation that less number of ACK/NACK signals are fed back than that of downlink packets. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113926 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING UPLINK GRANT - A method for handling an uplink grant received on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of setting a Temporary Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (Temporary C-RNTI) of the UE to a value assigned in a Random Access Response message, monitoring a contention resolution message, receiving an uplink grant on PDCCH addressed to the Temporary C-RNTI, and not using the uplink grant to transmit data if the uplink grant corresponds to a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Process different from an HARQ Process used for transmission of a MediumAccess Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) in a Message | 05-10-2012 |
20120113927 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERLEAVING SEQUENCE ELEMENTS OF AN OFDMA SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is provided for transmitting an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) signal including a synchronization channel signal transmitted including a plurality of sequence elements interleaved in time and frequency. The synchronization channel signal sequence elements enable an initial acquisition and cell search method with low computational load by providing predetermined time domain symmetry for common sequence elements in OFDMA symbol periods for OFDMA symbol timing detection and frequency error detection in an OFDMA system supporting multiple system bandwidths, both synchronized and un-synchronized systems, a large cell index and an OFDMA symbol structure with both short and long cyclic prefix length. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113928 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING BITS IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECORDING MEDIUM FOR RECORDING PROGRAM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for allocating bits in a multiple input multiple output communication system that can improve transmission by allocating bits having high priority to a particular antenna selected by considering channel state of transmitting antennas, and a recording medium written with a program for said method. The method of allocating bits includes: generating bits through channel coding and rearranging the bits in an interleaving fashion; determining whether symbol mapping based on priority is to be applied, based on channel information of a receiving side; rearranging the bits or selecting a particular antenna, according to said determination; and modulating the rearranged bits and transmitting the bits through the selected antenna. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113929 | Method and Device for Resource Allocation Control in Radio Communications System - A resource allocation control method and device that can reduce inter-cell interference in a radio communications system are provided. According to a method for resource allocation control between a plurality of cells in a radio communications system, radio communication devices respectively controlling at least two cells notify information about control resources of its own cell to each other. In the resources of its own cell, each of the radio communication devices sets a buffer resource within a predetermined resource range corresponding to a control resource of the other cell. At a request for information transmission in its own cell, each of the radio communication devices restricts the allocation of the set buffer resource. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113930 | PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARTUS AND PROGRAM USED FOR THE SAME - A larger cell uses a pilot pattern with a higher pilot density in a frequency axis direction to improve a channel estimation accuracy when a frequency selective fading variation is large. Meanwhile, a smaller cell uses a pilot pattern with a lower pilot density in the frequency axis direction. A pilot pattern that each base station uses is transmitted to a mobile station in a cell as a report signal. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113931 | PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a radio communication system, transmission of CAZAC sequences as the pilot signal sequences by using code division multiplexing as at least one of user multiplexing schemes, is done by dividing a system band as a frequency band usable in the system into frequency blocks B | 05-10-2012 |
20120113932 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120113933 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING INFORMATION DISTRIBUTION TO MOBILE STATIONS - A system and method for distributing information from a host service in communication with a computer network to a mobile station in communication with a wireless network is provided. A data item associated with the mobile station is received at the host service. The host service then determines whether a network resource of the wireless network is currently associated with the mobile station. If the network resource of the wireless network is not currently associated with the mobile station, then the host service transmits a resource request message to the mobile station to instruct the mobile station to acquire the network resource. Subsequently to acquiring the network resource, the host service is then able to transmit the data item to the mobile station using the network resource. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113934 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING PRECODED REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a radio communication system and more particularly, a method and a device for efficiently transmitting precoded reference signals. The method for transmitting reference signals in multiple antenna transmission, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: determining a precoding vector for each of M layers (M≧3; M is a natural number); precoding a reference signal for each of the M layers in accordance with said precoding vector; multiplexing the precoded reference signals for N layers (N05-10-2012 | |
20120113935 | Scheduling Data Transmissions Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station in a Wireless Communications Network - A method of scheduling wireless data transmissions between a mobile terminal and a base station using multiple system carrier signals is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of receiving ( | 05-10-2012 |
20120113936 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method or communicating between a primary station and a plurality of secondary stations, comprising the primary station providing a plurality of resource sets, the primary station configuring a secondary station to search for a control channel on at least one of a plurality of search spaces each corresponding to a resource set, wherein at least part of one of the search spaces is used to transmit a control message to a secondary station, the control message being indicative of a resource allocated to the secondary station for transmitting to the primary station or receiving from the primary station data, and wherein the secondary station deduces from the part of the search space used for transmitting the control message an indication of the resource set from the plurality of resource sets within which the allocated resource is located. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113937 | MOBILE STATION, POSITION MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A system includes a subscription storage that stores a group identifier for identifying a home base station | 05-10-2012 |
20120113938 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE UTILIZING CYCLIC SHIFT OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for accessing a wireless communication system, and for processing random access attempts. A mobile communication device detects random-access information transmitted by a base station, transmits a random-access preamble to the base station according to the random-access information, and receives a random-access response from the base station. The random-access response includes at least an allocation of uplink resources to be used for the next step in the random access procedure. The mobile device also selects a reference signal sequence index from a pre-determined set of sequence indexes, and transmits a first message to the base station using the uplink resource allocation provided in the random-access response. The first message includes a device identifier and a first demodulation reference signal derived from a base reference sequence shifted according to the selected sequence index. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for random access in a wireless communication system to which carrier aggregation is applied. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method in which a base station supports random access of a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation, comprises a step in which the base station allocates, to the terminal, a dedicated PRACH preamble for a second random access in an uplink component carrier (hereinafter, referred to as UL CC) which is additionally allocated or the configuration of which is changed after a first random access, and receives the dedicated PRACH preamble from the terminal. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR ADDITIONAL BROADCAST INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving control information for additional broadcast information in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting control information for additional broadcast information in a wireless communication system comprises a step in which a base station transmits control information containing information on the transmission time of the additional broadcast message, and transmits the additional broadcast message at said transmission time. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113941 | Method and Apparatus for Carrier Scheduling in a Multi-Carrier System - A method and apparatus for carrier scheduling in a multi-carrier system is provided. A terminal receives information, which indicates whether or not to perform a cross carrier scheduling process, from a base station. If it is determined, by means of said information, that the cross carrier scheduling process is to be performed, the terminal receives scheduling information about a second downlink carrier via a first downlink carrier, and receives downlink data from the second downlink carrier. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113942 | UPLINK RECEIVING METHOD FOR A BASE STATION AND UPLINK TRANSMITTING METHOD FOR A TERMINAL USING A SHARED WIRELESS RESOURCE - The invention relates to an uplink receiving method for a base station, comprising: a step of transmitting scheduling information for a shared wireless resource to object terminals to which the shared wireless resource is to be allocated, via a downlink control channel using a scheduling identifier; a step of receiving data from at least one terminal from among the object terminals, via the shared wireless resource allocated by the scheduling information; and a step of transmitting data receipt feedback information for at least one terminal which has received data via the shared wireless resource. An uplink transmitting method for a terminal comprises: a step of receiving scheduling information for a shared wireless resource from a base station via a downlink control channel; a step of transmitting data via the shared wireless resource allocated by the scheduling information; and a step of receiving, from the base station, feedback information which indicates whether or not the data transmitted via the shared wireless resource has been successfully received. Consequently, uplink transmission procedures between the terminal and the base station are integrated and simplified to reduce uplink transmission latency. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113943 | HANDOVER METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of a handover in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting a handover request message to the service BS, and receiving a handover command message from the service BS in response to the handover request message. Multi-carriers are assigned to a terminal in advance right before a handover, and all or some of the multi-carriers are activated right after the handover. Therefore, multi-carrier are effectively utilized. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113944 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and a device therefor, and the method comprises the steps of: selecting, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources, one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs; and transmitting bit values corresponding to said plurality of HARQ-ACKs by using the selected uplink control channel resource. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting an acknowledgment through a base station in a multi-carrier system. The method for transmitting the acknowledgment through the base station in the multi-carrier system comprises the steps of receiving a plurality of uplink transmission blocks through at least one uplink carrier; determining a downlink channel for transmitting a plurality of ACK/NACK signals corresponding to the transmission blocks on the basis of the at least one uplink carrier; and transmitting the ACK/NACK signals on the determined downlink channel. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113946 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ IN MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a multiple carrier system are provided. A user equipment performs an HARQ process in a source component carrier. When the user equipment receives a management message regarding a transfer from the source component carrier to a target component carrier, the user equipment subsequently performs the HARQ process in the target component carrier. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113947 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING BROADCASTING MESSAGE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly to a method for efficiently communicating scheduling information about a broadcasting message to a terminal. The method for transmitting the broadcasting message in the broadband wireless access system comprises the steps of: transmitting a first map including scheduling information for at least one broadcasting message transmitted within a predetermined transmission unit to a terminal; and broadcasting the message through a resource region indicated by the scheduling information. In the method, it is desirable that the first map is an extended map of a second map including non-user specific control information. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113948 | METHOD IN WHICH A RECEIVER TRANSMITS CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a receiver transmits control information in a wireless communication system. The method comprises a step of receiving a plurality of data units from a transmitter, a step of determining acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) states for each of the data units; and a step of transmitting, to the transmitter, the ACK/NACK states in multiple ACK/NACK states or in a single ACK/NACK state in accordance with a predetermined condition. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113949 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY ALLOCATING A RESOURCE IN VOIP COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a VoIP communication technique, and more particularly, to a method for performing efficient scheduling for VoIP communication and performing VoIP communication according to the schedule. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for allocating a resource to the mobile station comprises a step of receiving a first CQICH codeword type from the mobile station; a step of allocating an uplink resource having a preset bandwidth size type for VoIP packet transmission to the mobile station for every first interval type for the VoIP packet transmission; a step of receiving a second CQICH codeword type from the mobile station; and a step of allocating an uplink resource having a preset bandwidth size type for SID packet transmission to the mobile station. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113950 | Method Of Coordinating The Transmission Resources In A Coordinated Multipoint Transmission/Receiving Communication Network - A method of coordinating the transmission resources used by the UEs for UL sounding transmission in a communication network wherein multiple base stations are receiving the sounding transmission from multiple UEs. the method including defining at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set including at least one of the plurality of base station, and/or grouping at least one of the plurality of user equipments of the at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set, transmitting coordinated sounding reference signals in the at least one coordinated multi-point transmission set, and estimating the full UL channel status based on the transmitted coordinated sounding signal. | 05-10-2012 |
20120113951 | Method For Transmitting/Receiving A Comp Reference Singnal - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a CoMP reference signal for accurate channel estimation. The CoMP reference signal to be transmitted to a terminal which performs a CoMP operation in a multi-cell environment is a cell-specific reference signal or a CoMP-zone-specific reference signal. A method for transmitting the cell-specific reference signal uses an ID of a CoMP set constituted by cells that perform a CoMP operation, or does not apply a frequency shift value while using the ID of a relevant cell, or uses an ID of a serving cell or a frequency shift value of the serving cell. The cell-specific reference signal is transmitted using a preset specific resource region. A method for transmitting the CoMP-zone-specific reference signal is configured such that the pattern of the sequence of CoMP reference signals varies in each of the CoMP zones, and the pattern can be set in advance. In addition, the reference signal is multiplexed and transmitted using an orthogonal code resource in the event that reference signal is transmitted to a plurality of terminals using the same CoMP zone. | 05-10-2012 |
20120120880 | SCHEDULING OF LOGICAL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for scheduling logical channels for data transmission are described. In one design, a user equipment (UE) is configured with a plurality of logical channels for sending data on the uplink. Each logical channel is associated with a priority and a data buffer size. The UE maintains a token bucket for each logical channel. In each scheduling interval or when an uplink grant is received, the UE determines a bucket level (which may be a positive value or a non-positive value) for each of the plurality of logical channels. The UE ascertains logical channels with bucket levels of the same polarity and then identifies logical channels of the same priority among all logical channels with the same bucket level polarity. The UE selects at least one identified logical channel for scheduling based on the data buffer size and/or the bucket level for each identified logical channel. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120881 | SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION FOR DOWNLINK CHANNELS IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEX (OFDM) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - By managing power weighting of the subcarriers, one or more subcarrier frequencies are used for simultaneous downlink transmission by base stations having at least partially overlapping service areas in an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) communication system. For one implementation, the communication system includes large service area (LSA) base stations having LSA geographical service areas and small service area (SSA) base stations having SSA geographical service areas that are smaller than the LSA geographical service areas and may at least partially overlap with the LSA geographical service areas. The base stations are arranged and configured to provide wireless communication service to mobile wireless communication devices within the service areas using orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) techniques where signals are transmitted over a plurality of subcarriers. Subcarriers with lower power weightings are assigned to mobile wireless communication devices having channel quality above a threshold and subcarriers with higher power weighting are assigned to mobile wireless communication devices having channel quality below the threshold. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120882 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR DOWNLINK CHANNEL RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for determining resources for transmission of acknowledgement messages to a user equipment (UE). The techniques involve receiving a plurality of codewords from the UE via an uplink component carrier, and determining at least first and second index pairs identifying resources of a downlink channel to be used for transmitting acknowledgement messages for the received codewords. The first index pair is determined based on a first set of parameters, and the second index pair is determined based on the first set of parameters and a second set of one or more parameters. At least one of the parameters in the second set is a fixed value. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120883 | REGION-BASED CLUSTERING MECHANISM FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN VEHICULAR AD HOC NETWORKS - In a Vehicular Ad Hoc Network (VANET) a hybrid method combines SDMA (Space Division Multiple Access) and dynamic TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access) that divides the roadway into regions (whose size is larger than the SDMA unit) where each region is allocated a pool of radio channels based on SDMA and may contain a limited number of vehicles. Vehicles within the same region compete for and access the channels using dynamic TDMA. A channel allocation scheme that maps the pool of channels to the regions such that when a vehicle acquires multiple channels (time slots) in a region, the intervals among the channels are as uniform as possible, thus minimizing the waiting time of the messages to be broadcast by the vehicle, which is critical for safety related applications. This solution is referred to as R-SDMA (Region based SDMA). | 05-17-2012 |
20120120884 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Interference between users in an MU-MIMO system is minimized by effective precoding, without increasing an overhead of control data. In a wireless communication system in which multiplex communication is possible between multiple UE | 05-17-2012 |
20120120885 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILIATE USE OF LTE CHANNELIZATION STRUCTURES AND WAVEFORMS FOR PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a UE is equipped to receive first peer-to-peer communications using a first network communication channelization and a waveform, and transmit second peer-to-peer communications using a second network communication channelization and the waveform. Further, the UE may be equipped to map one or more channels in the second peer-to-peer communications to one or more uplink channels and/or downlink channels in the second network communication channelization. The second network communication channelization may include an LTE uplink/downlink channelization. The waveform may include OFDM or SC-FDM. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120886 | Method and UE for setting a Happy bit on an uplink E-DPCCH - A method and UE for setting a Happy bit on an uplink enhanced dedicated control channel are provided. The method includes: a UE transmits an uplink Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) on more than one carrier, when criterion 1 and criterion 2 are met, the UE sets the Happy bit which is to be transmitted to a network side as “UNHAPPY” to indicate that the UE doesn't satisfy with the current serving grant. The disclosure optimizes the processing process of power control and resource scheduling, reduces call-drop rate, so that the performances of the UE and the NodeB are optimized. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120887 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES, AND METHODS TO SUPPORT DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system is disclosed for supporting dynamic spectrum access in wireless networks. The system includes at least one cognitive base station configured to communicate over at least one licensed carrier. The system further includes a spectrum accountability server operably coupled to the at least one cognitive base station. The spectrum accountability server is configured to manage spectrum leases to dynamic spectrum access carriers according to a set of spectrum access rules, and the spectrum accountability server may further be configured to dynamically change the spectrum access rules in response to spectrum usage policies or spectrum availability, or both. A wireless communication network and related method for providing dynamic spectrum access to secondary users of a wireless network are also disclosed herein. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120888 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRIMARY UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL HOPPING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless communication system includes a base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations includes a controller configured to perform a frequency hop within a selected subset of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). The PUSCH includes a plurality of available resource blocks and a plurality of restricted resource blocks. The base station includes a transmit path comprising circuitry configured to transmit control information and data to at least one of the plurality of subscriber stations in a sub-frame. The transmit path is also configured to transmit a plurality of resource blocks in the sub-frame. Further, the transmit path maps a plurality virtual resource blocks (VRB) to a plurality of available physical resource blocks (PRB) within a limited bandwidth of the sub-frame. The sub-frame includes the limited bandwidth and a plurality of restricted resource blocks. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120889 | TERMINAL, NETWORK NODE, SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR SOFT BUFFER HANDLING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A terminal (e.g., mobile communication device, UE) and a method are described herein for allocating a soft buffer after interacting with a network node (e.g., base station, eNB). In addition, a network node (e.g., base station, eNB) and a method are described herein that facilitates robust operations during a reconfiguration period while a terminal allocates a soft buffer located therein. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120890 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIMEDIA DATA IN MULTIMEDIA SERVICE PROVIDING SYSTEM - A multimedia data transmission apparatus in a multimedia service providing system includes: a receiving unit configured to receive information of a terminal communicating with a plurality of access points from the access points; an access point selecting unit configured to select two or more access points to communicate with the terminal which is to receive multimedia data in different frequency bands, based on the terminal information; an allocating unit configured to allocate multimedia data in predetermine frequency bands to the two or more access points, respectively, from the multimedia data in different frequency bands such that the access points transmit the multimedia data in different frequency bands through cooperation therebetween; and a data transmitting unit configured to transmit the multimedia data in different frequency bands to the respective access points through transport layers corresponding to the multimedia data in different frequency bands. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120891 | System and Method for Resource Management in a Communications System - A method for operating a communications controller includes defining a positive integer quantity of resource element groups from a resource block with a positive integer number N resource elements in each resource element group, the resource block having a total number of resource elements, the total number of resource elements consisting of available resource elements and reserved resource elements. The method also includes assigning a plurality of available resource elements to fill in each of the positive integer quantity of resource element groups with N available resource elements in each resource element group, and blocking any unassigned available resource elements from being used in a resource element group. The method further includes interleaving a plurality of control messages onto the positive integer quantity of resource element groups, and transmitting the positive integer quantity of resource element groups. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120892 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS DIRECT LINK OPERATION - A dynamic spectrum management (DSM) system includes a plurality of stations and a central entity. A plurality of different radio access technologies are deployed in the DSM system and the central entity coordinates and manages wireless communications in the network. A direct link station receives a beacon periodically from an access point (AP). The direct link station may receive a direct link synchronization message from the AP indicating that a following target beacon transmission time (TBTT) is a synchronization TBTT (STBTT). The direct link station may silence the direct link channels during the STBTT. The direct link station may perform carrier sense multiple access (CSMA) on a primary channel of the direct link to get an access to all direct link channels. A connectivity map procedure may be performed to establish a map for connectivity, services, or capabilities of the devices in the network. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120893 | Methods and Apparatus for Inter-cell Interference Coordination Self-Organized Network - A method of resource allocation for use in a wireless network is disclosed. A network coloring decision to assign a plurality of resource blocks to a plurality of cells within the wireless network is triggered upon occurrence of a network event. A network coloring is performed by assigning each cell of the plurality of cells a resource block from the plurality of resource blocks. An effect of interference among adjacent cells with a same resource block assignment is reduced as measured by a network performance metric related to a number of resource block assignment conflicts over the plurality of cells. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120894 | Apparatus and Method for Selecting a User From a Group of Users Sharing a Channel - An apparatus and a method for protecting persistent MAP allocation may be described. The protecting mechanism may use HARQ information or UL data as an implicit MAP ACK. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120895 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SWITCHING FROM DUAL STREAM TO SINGLE STREAM IN UPLINK MIMO MODE - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for switching from a dual stream to a single stream in an uplink MIMO mode. The method includes: sending a scheduling command with a value of absolute grant being zero_grant to a secondary data stream; and after a preset time since the scheduling command takes effect, sending a switching command that instructs a terminal to switch from an uplink MIMO dual stream to an uplink MIMO single stream. Hence, the embodiments of the present disclosure help to reduce data loss, and meanwhile, to simplify the HARQ design for switching from an uplink MIMO dual stream to an uplink MIMO single stream. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120896 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE - A wireless communication system, comprising
| 05-17-2012 |
20120120897 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE - A wireless communication system, that includes, a category designation unit capable of designating a terminal category using a difference between a transmitting frequency and a receiving frequency available between the system and a wireless terminal device. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120898 | METHOD OF MEASUREMENT REPORTING AND CELLULAR RADIO TERMINAL - A method of measurement reporting and a cellular radio terminal are provided. A method of measurement reporting comprises receiving, while a measurement reporting scheme is active, a request for a radio connection reconfiguration, suspending the measurement reporting scheme upon the receiving a request and resuming the suspended measurement reporting scheme upon a completion of the radio connection reconfiguration. A cellular radio terminal is configured to carry out the method of measurement reporting. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120899 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR HANDLING UNRELIABLE SCHEDULING GRANTS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for handling unreliable scheduling grants in a WCDMA-communication system. A user equipment detects that a received scheduling grant is unreliable and adjust its serving grant based on that information. The user equipment is also able to report continuously received unreliable grants as an event to the network, allowing the network to adapt its operation to reduce the unreliable grants. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120900 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a base station capable of suppressing increase of overhead of allocation result report in frequency scheduling in multi-carrier communication and obtaining a sufficient frequency diversity effect. In the base station, encoding units ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120120901 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a base station capable of suppressing increase of overhead of allocation result report in frequency scheduling in multi-carrier communication and obtaining a sufficient frequency diversity effect. In the base station, encoding units ( | 05-17-2012 |
20120120902 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING ONE OR MORE RESOURCES TO REDUCE RESOURCE HOLE IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for receiving allocated resources, by a terminal, in a wireless access communication system. In particularly, the present invention is to provide a method for receiving one or more resources in a wireless access communication system, the method comprising: receiving a control message from a network; checking the received control message whether the control message includes resource shift information; and receiving the one or more resources according to the resource shift information if it is checked that the control message includes the resource shift information, wherein the resource shift information comprises at least one of a resource shift indicator, a resource shift offset and a feedback allocation information. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120903 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a reference signal, in a method for transmitting a Channel State Information-Reference Reference Signal (CSI-RS) for measuring a transmission channel according to each antenna and a data signal in a broadband wireless communication system based on a MIMO scheme through a plurality of antennas. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120904 | Method and Apparatus of Scanning Channels in Wireless Local Area Network - A method and apparatus of scanning channels of a white space zone in a wireless local area network is provided. A beacon frame includes a white space map including information about whether each white space channel in the white space zone is occupied by an incumbent user. Channels of the white space zone are scanned based on the white space map. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120905 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for a base station to transmit a channel-state-information reference signal for up to 8 antenna ports includes mapping, in accordance with a predetermined pattern, the channel-state-information reference signal for up to 8 antenna ports onto a data region of a downlink subframe having an extended cyclic prefix (CP) structure, and transmitting the downlink subframe onto which the channel-state-information reference signal for up to 8 antenna ports has been mapped; and, in the predetermined pattern, the channel-state-information reference signal for up to 8 antenna ports in mapped onto 2 OFDM symbols on the data region of the downlink subframe, with a definition for mapping onto at least one of 4 subcarrier wave positions in each of the 2 OFDM symbols, and the 4 subcarrier wave positions defined in the predetermined pattern can be disposed at 3 subcarrier wave intervals. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120906 | Configuration Method, System And Device For Uplink Channel - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a configuration method, system and device for an uplink channel. The method includes: The terminal achieve the information the network side device sending of carrying uplink transmission mode, and use the transmission mode transfer uplink signal; the terminal obtains the channel quality information according to the uplink transmission mode; the channel quality information the terminal obtained report to the network side device, as well as enables the network side device configures the uplink channel according to the channel quality information. The present invention performs the configuration of uplink channels in multicarrier transmission. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120907 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A bias of reception qualities between spatial streams to a plurality of terminal devices is suppressed in a multiuser MIMO transmission. A wireless communication device according to the invention is one for performing a spatial multiplexing transmission to the plurality of terminal devices, that includes an additional data area setting section that allocates, as an additional data area, a part of a resource allocation area to which no data addressed to each terminal device of the plurality of terminal devices is allocated among resource allocation areas for the spatial multiplexing transmission which are allocated to each terminal device of the plurality of terminal devices, an additional data generator that generates additional data corresponding to the additional data area allocated by the additional data area setting section, and a transmitter that transmits the data which is addressed to each of the plurality of terminal devices and the additional data. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120908 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for receiving reception acknowledgement for HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives, from a base station, an uplink resource allocation that includes information on a plurality of allocated RBs (Resource Blocks) within a subframe that includes the plurality of RBs, and transmits uplink transmission blocks to a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) by using the plurality of allocated RBs on the subframe. The terminal receives, from the base station, ACk/NACK signals on a PHICH (Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel). PHICH resources used on the PHICH are identified by the lowest index among indexes of the plurality of allocated RBs, and at least two of the indexes of the plurality of RBs are linked by being overlapped with the same PHICH resource. | 05-17-2012 |
20120120909 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING PHICH CARRIER LINKAGE - There is provided a method of configuring the downlink component carrier between one or more linkage methods for PHICH reception on User Equipment (UE), which is configured for carrier aggregation, over a mobile communication network. This method includes (a) providing an indicator, and (b) determining whether the PHICH carrier linkage should be dynamic linkage or cell specific, based on the value of the indicator. | 05-17-2012 |
20120127929 | De-Correlation of Sub-Bands Using Cyclic Shifts - Techniques are provided to de-correlate sub-bands of a packet to be transmitted. At a communication device, a signal (packet or frame) is generated for transmission. The packet or frame comprises a plurality of subcarriers in each of a plurality of sub-bands. Different cyclic delays are applied to the plurality of sub-bands of the signal. The signal is amplified after applying the different cyclic delays for transmission from the communication device. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127930 | UPLINK DATA ARRIVAL RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - User equipment (UE) transmits an access response to a random access procedure (RACH) preamble message to acquire an uplink grant from a node of a wireless communication system. The access response provides an uplink grant to the UE for a request for authorization to transmit uplink data to the node. In response to determining that the access response message provides an uplink grant sufficient to empty the UE's data buffer, the UE transmits the request for authorization including the uplink data to the node. The UE can then terminate the RACH procedure without requiring any subsequent uplink grant from the node, having accomplished successful data transmission using the request for authorization. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127931 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL POWER PRIORITIZATION - A method, apparatus, and computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a transmission power is prioritized between an access channel and a second channel. Additionally, the access channel and the second channel are transmitted simultaneously. Each of the access channel and the second channel are transmitted at a transmission power determined based on the priority. Further, a method, apparatus, and computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which information is received regarding first resources to use for transmitting an access channel with an acknowledgment and second resources for transmitting the access channel with a negative acknowledgment. Further, the access channel is transmitted on the first or second resources. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127932 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and device for transmitting sounding reference signal (SRS). The method includes that: in at least two cells which need a user equipment (UE) to perform uplink channel sounding, the SRS resources for performing sounding to each cell are distributed to the UE; the UE is indicated to transmit the SRS on the distributed SRS resources. The method of the present invention can enable the UE to detect the channels of a plurality of cells and to be used in multipoint cooperative transmission, avoid the UE feeding back the channel information of a plurality of cells, and reduce the feedback overhead and improve the system performance. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127933 | Methods Of Setting Maximum Output Power For User Equipment And Reporting Power Headroom, And The User Equipment - One embodiment of the method includes defining, at the user equipment, a range for the maximum output power. The range includes a maximum value and a minimum value. The minimum value is based on a maximum power signalled by a base station, a power class of the user equipment, a maximum power reduction permitted, an additional maximum power reduction permitted, a reduction term dependent on transmission bandwidth, and a power management term. The method further includes setting, at the user equipment, the maximum output power within the defined range. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127934 | Wireless Resources - A wireless network, such as an LTE (“Long-Term Evolution”) network, may be configured to receive an identifier from a wireless network. The identifier identifies a resource configuration in a plurality of resource configurations. The resource configuration corresponds to a plurality of resource attributes. At least one signal is transmitted to the wireless network using the plurality of resource attributes. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127935 | METHOD FOR ENABLING COLLABORATION AMONG TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for Mobile Station (MS) collaboration for a Downlink (DL) or Uplink (UL) transmission in a wireless network having MSs in a Base Station (BS) cell is provided. The DL transmission method includes forming a cluster of MSs having a same type of radio interface, receiving, by each MS, a DL transmission including a DL control channel message and a DL data burst, extracting, by the MSs, a DL data assignment included in the DL control channel message and indicating a receiving MS intended to receive the DL data burst, decoding, by the MSs, the DL data assignment and the DL data burst according to a determination to collaborate in the DL transmission, transmitting, by the collaborating MSs, a re-encoded DL data burst to the receiving MS, the receiving MS receiving the re-encoded DL data burst from the collaborating MSs and the DL data burst from the BS. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127936 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CHANNEL TRACKING IN OFDMA - Methods and systems which include identifying a needed amount of US bandwidth to be allocated to a user terminal; determining the subcarriers and the number of symbols per subcarrier to be allocated to meet the identified need in a burst; allocating, for the user terminal, a set of subcarriers and a number of symbols for each member of the set of subcarriers, wherein sufficient symbols per subcarrier per burst are allocated to allow user terminal to send two or more pilots per subcarrier per burst; and transmitting a message to the user terminal, the message identifying the allocated subcarriers and the number of symbols allocated for each subcarrier. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127937 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MINIMIZING LATENCIES FOR CONTENT PROTECTION IN AUDIO/VIDEO NETWORKS - Reducing latencies for content protection in audio/video networks includes reserving a wireless channel for a time period to accommodate control message exchange for content protection in data communication between a wireless transmitter and wireless receiver over a wireless channel. The control message exchange includes wirelessly transmitting a control request message from the transmitter for content protection to the receiver, and transmitting a control response message from the receiver to the transmitter in reply. Reserving the wireless channel includes reserving the wireless channel for a time period that accommodates the control message exchange. The time period includes a single transmission opportunity period for communication on the wireless channel, to reduce latency for the control message exchange between the transmitter and receiver. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127938 | Multi-Subframe Scheduling Method, Multi-Subframe Scheduling System, Terminal, and Base Station - A multi-subframe scheduling method includes receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) information which is sent by a base station and includes time domain resource indication information. The time domain resource indication information is used to indicate information of multiple subframes scheduled by the PDCCH information. Data is transmitted and received, according to the PDCCH information, on the multiple subframes scheduled by the PDCCH information. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127939 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Readable Medium Embodying a Program for Resource Allocation - Apparatus and method for resource allocation are provided. An apparatus includes a controller configured to: utilize a tree structure with more than one branch in the resource allocation of physical resource blocks, each branch including one or more legal starting positions for resource allocation. Each starting position is associated with a cluster of physical resource blocks, the number of starting positions being different on each branch. The size of the resource clusters of each branch is different. The controller is configured to denote each resource cluster with a predefined index, and allocate one or more clusters to user equipment uplink connection. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WLAN SYSTEM - There is provided a method of transmitting control information in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system, comprising transmitting first control information by means of cyclic shift delay diversity beam-forming and transmitting second control information. The first control information comprises information necessary for each of a plurality of target stations of the second control information to receive the second control information. The second control information beamformed and transmitted to the plurality of target stations. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127941 | RADIO SELF-BACKHAUL METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a radio self-backhaul method, device, and system in an evolved network. With the radio self-backhaul method, device, and system provided in the embodiments of the present invention, the NodeB sends the uplink data to the core network by using the cable transmission link without occupying the radio resources of other NodeBs. This implements the radio self-backhaul for the NodeB, saves the radio transmission resources of the NodeB, and mitigates the impact on the radio network throughput. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127942 | Simultaneous Multi-Mode WiFi Differentiated By SSID - Embodiments provide a wireless network with several access points connected to a communication infrastructure. Residential or business customers of the Internet arc provided an Internet interface (e.g., a digital subscriber line (DSL) modem) having a wireless transceiver. Two or more users may access the Internet or other network through the Internet interface. Each user can be assigned a unique Service Set-Identifier (SSID) with each SSID associated with a type of service (e.g., user video service, backhaul service, etc.). The amount of bandwidth assigned to the type of service (and user) may be governed by the equipment according to the assigned SSID. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127943 | Method and System for Reducing Connection Set-Up Time - A method of connection setup in mobile wireless data communications systems is disclosed where the connection setup time is decreased for delay-sensitive communications sessions relative to the normal connection setup time for confidence-dependent communications sessions. This is achieved by performing some of the connection set-up steps for delay-sensitive communications sessions after successfully demodulating a smaller number of indications identifying an access terminal's desired serving resource than would be demodulated in the case of a confidence-dependent communication session prior to performing the same connection set-up steps. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127944 | ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reliably and quickly establishing multiple reverse links in multi-carrier wireless networks is provided. Signaling channels are established the on an existing forward link in order to transmit reverse link power control bits and the acknowledgment indications. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for transmitting reference signals for eight or fewer antenna ports includes mapping a portion of common reference signals (CRSs) for four or fewer antenna ports into a downlink subframe including 1 | 05-24-2012 |
20120127946 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, CCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND CCE BLIND DECODING METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station device which makes it possible to provide a base station, terminal and CCE allocation method capable of reducing the number of times blind decoding of a terminal is performed, without increasing the CCE block rate, even when a plurality of unit bands are set in a terminal. In this device, a search space setting section ( | 05-24-2012 |
20120127947 | ON-BOARD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND ON-BOARD WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An on-board wireless communication apparatus using an OFDMA scheme includes: a position information acquisition unit which estimates a position after a predetermined time period based on base station position information, mobile station position information, and speed information of mobile station as estimated mobile station position information; a transmission path information storage unit which determines a transmission rate to be applied based on the estimated position information and a distribution of the transmission rate determined by a distance from the base station; a reception buffer unit which stores received data; a reception buffer amount adjustment unit which determines a data amount to be received based on a data storage amount from the buffer unit and a type of the data therein; and a band allocation unit which determines a band requested to the base station by the transmission rate from the storage unit and the data amount from the adjustment unit. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127948 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink signals in a wireless communication system for supporting multiple antenna transmissions. The method for transmitting the uplink signals in the wireless communication system for supporting the multiple antenna transmissions according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) including uplink grant information for indicating a first rank value; precoding uplink data on the basis of the first rank value; precoding uplink control information on the basis of a second rank value; multiplexing the precoded uplink data and the uplink control information on a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) resource; and transmitting the multiplexed uplink data and the uplink control information. The uplink control information can include channel state information and the second rank value can be less than or equal to the first rank value. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127949 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - In a communication system including a mobile station that transmits a data signal and a plurality of base stations receiving the data signal transmitted by the mobile station, the communication system includes: as the base stations, at least, one first base station having a first signal detector detecting the data signal transmitted by the mobile station; and, at least, one second base station having a second signal detector that detects the data signal received by the station per se, using the detection result which the first base station has detected from the data signal transmitted by the mobile station. As a result, it is possible to provide a communication system and the like capable of providing good transmission characteristics in the uplink cooperative communication without addition of CPs having a longer length than usual. | 05-24-2012 |
20120127950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AN UPLINK CARRIER FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for allocating an uplink carrier for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation of M (M≧1) uplink component carriers comprises: a step of receiving setup information on a primary uplink component carrier, from among said M uplink component carriers, via which one or more pieces of uplink control information are to be transmitted; a step of multiplexing said one or more pieces of uplink control information; and a step of transmitting the multiplexed uplink control information through the primary uplink component carrier. | 05-24-2012 |
20120134324 | 80MHZ/160MHZ TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) PROTECTION IN 802.11ac TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus for negotiating an idle subchannel set for a wireless data transmission. The method includes transmitting an indication of a first set of idle subchannels to a wireless station. The method also includes receiving an indication of a second set of idle subchannels from the wireless station. The method further includes determining a final set of idle subchannels based on the indication of the first set of idle subchannels and the indication of the second set of idle subchannels. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134325 | BRANCH METRICS CALCULATION FOR MULTIPLE COMMUNICATIONS STANDARDS - A method for branch metric calculation in a plurality of communications standards is disclosed. The method generally includes steps (A) to (C). Step (A) may calculate a plurality of sum values by adding a plurality of first values related to a plurality of information bits, a plurality of second values related to the information bits and a plurality of third values related to a plurality of parity bits. Step (B) may generate a plurality of permutated values by permutating the sum values based on a configuration signal. The configuration signal generally identifies a current one of the communications standards. Step (C) may generate a plurality of branch metrics values by adding pairs of the permutated values. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134326 | BONDING MULTIPLE RADIOS IN WIRELESS MULTI-HOP MESH NETWORKS - In a mesh network composed of multiple-radio nodes, we assign each radio to one of a plurality of channels, and treat a plurality of links between a pair of nodes as one logical link (bonded link). In some embodiments, the routing protocol is adapted to view each bonded link as one link having a combination of at least some of the properties of the constituent physical links. Traffic sent along a path is dynamically load balanced between the interfaces at each intermediate node based on the current utilization of each interface. In at least some embodiments, route discovery packets record the metrics of each component link of the bonded links leaving a node, but only one route discovery packet per pair of nodes is forwarded, reducing the route discovery packet traffic compared to if each route discovery packet were forwarded over each component link between the pair of nodes. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134327 | SEMI-PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS PACKET DATA SYSTEMS - A wireless telecommunications network supplies a semi-persistent resource that a wireless station can use for special purposes (such as a retransmission of packets for ARQ purposes or a control signal. The semi-persistent resource can be allocated by the system to other terminals if, e.g., a retransmission is not required. Since a retransmission is generally performed in response to a NACK received from a base station, the NACK may itself serve as a token that permits the wireless station to use the semi-persistent allocation. Thus, the technology includes, e.g., a method for resource allocation on a semi-persistent basis and efficient signaling for the usage of such allocation. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134328 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT - Described herein are methods, apparatus and architecture for dynamic spectrum management (DSM) including protocol stacks, logical entities and functionalities that support DSM operation in opportunistic spectrum such as television white space (TVWS). The architecture supports aggregating bandwidth at the internet protocol (IP) layer over licensed and opportunistic bands as well as noncontiguous spectrum aggregation at the medium access control (MAC) layer. The control plane protocol stack includes a multi network transport protocol (MNTP), a channel management (CM) protocol, a policy protocol, a medium access control (MAC) entity, a physical entity and an air interface, all of which are configured to allocate, monitor, and update aggregated spectrum resources with respect to a DSM client. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134329 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING PERIODIC MULTICAST TRANSMISSION IN MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for supporting periodic multicast transmission in a machine type communication system are provided. A method for operating a Base Station (BS) in a communication system includes allocating persistent resources for data transmission of a service group, selecting at least one MS to feed back a success/failure in receiving a map including the persistent resource allocation information, among Mobile Stations (MSs) to receive the persistent resource allocation information, and transmitting the map including the persistent resource allocation information and information indicating the selected MS. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134330 | ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reliably and quickly establishing multiple reverse links in multi-carrier wireless networks is provided. Signaling channels are established the on an existing forward link in order to transmit reverse link power control bits and the acknowledgment indications. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134331 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - Disclosed is a method for transmitting channel quality indicator (CQI) during a sleep mode operation. The method for transmitting CQI includes: receiving a message including a CQI-related parameter indicating a transmission of a CQI before a listening window; transmitting a CQI during a sleep window before the listening window according to a CQI-related parameter in the message; transitioning to the listening window according to a listening window-related parameter after transmitting the CQI; and waiting for receiving a message indicating whether or not there is data or traffic transferred from the base station during the listening window. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134332 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A transmission method for uplink control channel is provided, and the method comprises the following steps: a base station configures a transmission mode for the uplink control channel of a user equipment (UE) via high signaling; according to the transmission mode, the base station receives the uplink control channel sent by the UE via a transmit diversity or a single antenna port. A device for implementing the transmission for uplink control channel is also provided. With the present solution, according to the operation state of the system the base station flexibly configures the UE having multiple transmitting antennas to transfer uplink control channel by using different modes, so as to improve the reliability and efficiency of the system and enhance the performance of the system effectively. | 05-31-2012 |
20120134333 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a terminal device and a retransmission control method by which, when carrier aggregation communication using a plurality of downlink unit bands is applied, the quality of downlink data transmitted by each downlink unit band can be maintained, while suppressing the increase in overhead of downlink allocation control information. In a terminal ( | 05-31-2012 |
20120134334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for transmitting a reference signal for a maximum of eight antenna ports includes mapping a portion of common reference signals (CRSs) for a maximum of four antenna ports into a downlink subframe that includes a 1 | 05-31-2012 |
20120134335 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmitting station having plural antennas includes: a control information calculation unit that calculates control information for use by plural receiving stations according to a multi-user MIMO data transmission scheme; a control information transmission parameter calculation unit that calculates a control information transmission parameter based on spatial channel related information; and a control information transmission signal creation unit that creates a control information transmission signal, using the control information transmission parameter and a pilot signal. A resource element mapping unit maps control information transmission signals onto corresponding resource elements for transmission. On the other hand, the receiving stations each include a control information acquisition unit that acquires plural pieces of control information signaled on the corresponding resource elements, acquire control information destined for each receiving station, and demodulate received signals. | 05-31-2012 |
20120140712 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which an space of a physical downlink control channel for a mobile station apparatus to search is defined based on a mobile station identity assigned from a base station apparatus, the base station apparatus places a physical downlink control channel including a first mobile station identity or a physical downlink control channel including a second mobile station identity in a search space of a physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity when the base station apparatus assigns a plurality of mobile station identities to the mobile station apparatus, and when a plurality of mobile station identities is assigned from the base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus performs decoding processing of the physical downlink control channel including the first mobile station identity and the physical downlink control channel including the second mobile station identity in the search space of the physical downlink control channel corresponding to the first mobile station identity. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140713 | ESTIMATING QUALITY OF A SIGNAL IN MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A mobile station (MS) to determine signal quality values is disclosed. The MS may include a transmitter and a receiver and the receiver may determine a signal power value, a noise power value, and an interference power value of a signal received from antennas. The receiver may determine the signal power value and the interference value using a second preamble included in a super-frame of the signal, wherein the second preamble includes cell information. The receiver may determine a noise power value of the signal received from the plurality of antennas using unoccupied orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) tones of a first preamble included in the super-frame of the signal, wherein the first preamble includes carrier information. The receiver may also use the fractional frequency reuse (FFR) and MIMO features to determine signal quality values using the signal power value, the noise power value, and the interference power value. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140714 | IMPLICIT RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING SHIFTED SYNCHRONIZATION SEQUENCE - A method, apparatus, system, and computer readable medium are provided that can utilize one or more synchronization signals to perform synchronization and resource allocation. The one or more synchronization signals can be used for synchronization, as well as include a cyclic shift that maps one or more resources for transmission. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140715 | Method And Apparatus For Assigning Radio Resources And Controlling Transmission Parameters On A Random Access Channel - A method and apparatus for assigning radio resources and controlling parameters for transmission over a random access channel in wireless communications by enhancing a random access channel is disclosed. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140716 | Method and Arrangement for Transmitting Uplink Control - In various embodiments, a method for transmitting uplink control information in a cell is provided. The uplink control information is transmitted during a time slot. According to this method, bits corresponding to uplink control information are mapped to complex modulation symbols. The complex modulation symbols are spread in the time slot using a set of orthogonal cover code, OCC, sequences, such that at least two of the complex modulation symbols are spread using different OCC sequences. The uplink control information is then transmitted using said spread complex modulation symbols. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140717 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method for transmitting reference signals comprising: during carrier aggregation, a user equipment sending physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on one or more component carriers, and sending demodulation reference signals (DM RS) for the PUSCH on each section of bandwidth occupied by the PUSCH on each component carrier, wherein a DM RS sequence on a section of bandwidth is an independent sequence or part of an independent sequence and forms an independent sequence with DM RS sequences on multiple sections of bandwidth other than the section of bandwidth; the section of bandwidth is a section of continuous bandwidth occupied by the PUSCH on any component carrier, or is any of the multiple sections of bandwidth occupied by the PUSCH on any component carrier. The Present invention further provides a corresponding apparatus. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140718 | Method and System for Sending Channel Measurement Pilot Frequency - A method and system for sending a channel measurement reference signal are provided, said method comprising: sending each port of the channel measurement reference signal in one subframe or two adjacent subframes during one sending period, and repeatedly sending each port of the channel measurement reference signal in full bandwidth with equal space in the unit of a predetermined composition unit. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140719 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM AND RELATED NETWORK DEVICE BASED ON PROXY MOBILE (PM) IPV6 - A data transferring method, a system and a related network device based on proxy mobile (PM) IPv6, which are used for solving the problem that the existing data transferring scheme based on proxy mobile (PM) IPv6 can't distinguishes and controls the mobile node (MN) data packages according to service flow. The data transferring method includes: after the mobile node (MN) initiates the service flow, a mobile access gateway (MAG) and local mobility anchor (LMA) establishes a bidirectional tunnel by information interaction based on service flow binding; in which, in the process of the bidirectional tunnel establishing, the service is distributed the downlink GRE Key and uplink GRE Key, and the local mobility anchor (LMA) adds service flow identifier of the service flow and the binding relationship of the address information of the mobile node (MN); the mobile access gateway (MAG) and local mobility anchor (LMA) transfers the data packages of the service flow initiated by the mobile node (MN) on the bidirectional tunnel between the mobile access gateway (MAG) and local mobility anchor (LMA) according to the service flow identifier and the binding relationship and the uplink, downlink GRE Key. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140720 | BASE STATION APPARATUS THAT COMMUNICATES WITH MOBILE STATION APPARATUSES, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS THAT COMMUNICATES WITH A BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION BAND SETTING METHOD PERFORMED IN A BASE STATION - A base station effectively transmits BCH data and includes an encoding unit for encoding the BCH data; a modulation unit for modulating the BCH data after being encoded; a transmission band setting unit for setting a BCH data transmission band in one of sub carriers constituting an OFDM symbol; encoding units for encoding user data, modulation units for modulating user data after being encoded; and an IFFT unit for mapping the BCH data and the user data to each of the sub carriers and performing IFFT to generate an OFDM symbol. Here, the IFFT unit maps the BCH data to the sub carrier existing in the transmission band set by the transmission band setting unit among the plurality of sub carriers. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140721 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A mobile station includes a radio link control unit for outputting or inputting data that are transmitted or received via a radio channel to or from a higher-level protocol layer, a media access control unit for outputting or inputting the data via a logical channel to or from the radio link control unit, a physical layer control unit for outputting or inputting the data via a transport channel to or from the media access control unit, and for controlling radio communications, and a radio resource control unit for outputting or inputting control data to or from the radio link control unit, media access control unit, and physical layer control unit. The mobile station multiplexes report information therefrom into a channel for packet data transmission so as to transmit it to a base station. The base station carries out assignment of radio resources using the report information. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140722 | ERROR CONTROL METHOD, MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FRAME DESIGNING METHOD, AND TERMINAL REGISTRATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The MAC frame in a wireless communication system includes a terminal ID allocated to each of multiple terminals. At least one connection ID is allocated to each terminal having the terminal ID, and sub-carrier allocation information is allocated to each connection having the connection ID. The sub-carrier allocation information includes a sub-carrier allocation status for each sub-carrier, and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier. The sub-carrier allocation status and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier can be allocated, by sub-carriers, to the sub-carrier allocation information using a same number of bits; or the information on the sub-carrier allocation status is first allocated to the sub-carrier allocation information and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier is allocated. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140723 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD - To suitably transmit feedback information for rank adaptation and precoding in uplink MIMO transmission to a user apparatus as feedback, a base station apparatus ( | 06-07-2012 |
20120140724 | Apparatus, Method and Article of Manufacture for Determining an Uplink HARQ Resource - There is provided an apparatus including a calculator configured to calculate one or more values for determination of an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement resource for each scheduled user terminal such that the uplink hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment/non-acknowledgement resource becomes the same for all user terminals which are not scheduled non-adaptively. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140725 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To enable an uplink control signal subjected to user multiplexing by an orthogonally multiplexing method using the cyclic shift to be user-demultiplexed, and further enable channel estimation accuracy to be improved, a radio communication method of the invention is characterized in that a mobile terminal apparatus provides a plurality of subcarriers with phase rotation amounts set to minimize the number of unit subcarriers for coherent averaging in association with the number of multiplexed users, and transmits an uplink control signal using the plurality of subcarriers provided with the phase rotation amounts, and that a radio base station apparatus receives the uplink control signal, performs coherent averaging on reference signal using the different number of unit subcarriers corresponding to the number of multiplexed users to demultiplex into a reference signal for each of the users, and estimates a channel variation using the demultiplexed reference signal. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140726 | RELAY BACKHAUL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention relates to a method for allocating a relay backhaul resource in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus for same. In detail, the present invention provides a signal-receiving method in which a terminal receives a signal in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for same, wherein the method comprises a step of receiving, from a base station, information on one or more first resource blocks (RB) allocated for a relay, a step of receiving resource allocation information through a control channel from the base station, and a step of receiving a predetermined resource block indicated by the resource allocation information among logically continuous second resource blocks. The second resource blocks are logically continuous when excluding said one or more first resource blocks from the entirety of the resource block. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140727 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 06-07-2012 |
20120140728 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed is a terminal device in which increase in the overhead of an uplink control channel can be suppressed even when SCTD is applied to the transmission of response signals and SRs. Either a response signal or SR is allocated to mutually different encoding resources, and a terminal ( | 06-07-2012 |
20120140729 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROLLING METHOD - A communication method in LIPA/SIPTO architecture is provided which, when a user equipment (UE) is to connect from a serving area to an external network, allows re-selection of an optimal gateway. The communication method allows selecting a gateway apparatus physically or topologically close to a site, where the user equipment is attached. | 06-07-2012 |
20120147822 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROPORTIONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MULTI-RATE RANDOM ACCESS - The present invention relates to a system and method for proportional-fair resource allocation for multi-rate random access. The method includes receiving, by a device, data packets to be transmitted to an access point on a shared uplink channel, and determining, by the device, whether or not to contend for access to the shared uplink channel based on a probability of access. The probability of access is based on a data transmission rate between the device and the access point. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147823 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING OF PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS WIDE AREA NETWORK SPECTRUM - A method of wireless communication includes determining peer-to-peer scheduling resources. The peer-to-peer scheduling resources are parallel in time to and multiplexed with non peer-to-peer resources. The peer-to-peer scheduling resources include a plurality of serial scheduling resource segments. Each of the serial scheduling resource segments provides contention resolution for a set of peer-to-peer links. In addition, the method includes communicating in one of the serial scheduling resource segments and/or the non peer-to-peer resources. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147824 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO CONFIGURE VIRTUAL PRIVATE MOBILE NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus to configure virtual private mobile networks are disclosed. A disclosed example method includes receiving a request at a wireless network provider from a client, the request instructing the wireless network provider to create the virtual private mobile network for the client, identifying available network elements within a wireless network of the wireless network provider based on the request from the client, configuring a portion of a control plane and a portion of a data plane of the identified network elements for the virtual private mobile network, and enabling user equipment associated with the client to wirelessly communicatively couple to the virtual private mobile network. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147825 | DIRECT CONNECTION WITH SIDE CHANNEL CONTROL - A wireless computer that pairs with a remote audio-video presentation device, such as a television. As a result of the pairing, a communication channel is established for the computer to transmit audio-video content for presentation through that device. Additionally, as part of the pairing, the computer and remote device select a side channel for communication of user commands. The wireless computer may display a user interface through which a user may input commands that control the manner in which the remote audio-video device presents the content. As a result, a user may use the wireless computer as a remote control for the audio-video device, controlling both the content presented and the manner in which it is presented. The side channel may use different frequencies than the channel used to communicate audio-video content, and may use very low power at frequencies in the digital TV spectrum. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147826 | Method For Inter-Base Station Signaling - One embodiment of a method for inter-base station signaling includes receiving, at a first base station, first information from a second base station. The first information indicates commitments regarding transmission power by the second base station. The embodiment further includes determining, at the first base station, whether the second base station will follow the commitments indicated in the first infatuation based on second information. The second information indicates for at least one of the first and second base stations which subframes in a series of subframes will be special subframes. Each special subframe has at least one of less transmit power than a maximum transmission power and less data than a fully loaded subframe. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147827 | Method of Handling Transmission and Reception Involving an ABS subframe in a Wireless Communication System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling transmission and reception involving an almost blank subframes (ABS) subframe for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises the mobile device being configured the ABS subframe by a network of the wireless communication system; and the mobile device stopping receiving a first packet transmitted by the network in a subframe, when the subframe is the ABS subframe. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147828 | Adaptive Load Prediction for Interference Suppression Receivers - Load measurements having low computational complexity are provided that give an effective load after interference suppression. The effective load after interference may be compared with the air interface load to determine interference suppression gains for different user constellations. The interference suppression gains may be stored in the form of a gain table that gives the expected interference suppression gains for different user constellations. The expected interference suppression gains may be used by a scheduler at a base station to predict the effective load for two or more candidate user constellations, and to select one of the candidate user constellations. Users are then scheduled according to the selected user constellation. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147829 | PILOT ADDITION METHOD AND PILOT ADDITION APPARATUS - A pilot addition method and a pilot addition apparatus. The pilot addition method is used in a transmitter for transmitting data to subscriber of an old system and subscriber of a new system serving as an updated system of the old system, including: judging whether or not to insert a pilot required by the subscriber of the new system into a current resource block, determining a sub-carrier symbol block serving as an insertion position of the pilot required by the subscriber of the new system, from one or more sub-carrier symbol blocks having a large influence on the statistical performance of a channel estimation for the subscriber of the old system; and inserting the pilot required by the subscriber of the new system into the sub-carrier symbol block serving as the insertion position of the pilot required by subscriber of a new system. determined by the determining. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147830 | ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - The invention relates to a random access procedure for use in a mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also provides a mobile terminal and a base station that as suitably adapted to perform the random access procedure as well as the definition of a special format of a random access response message signalled during the random access procedure. To suggest a random access procedure that allows more information to be conveyed in the first scheduled transmission of the random access procedure, the invention proposes a random access procedure for use in a mobile communication system, wherein a base station transmits a random access response in response to receiving a random access preamble from a mobile terminal, wherein the random access response message comprises a grant for a scheduled transmission by the mobile terminal and an indication on the uplink transmission mode for the scheduled transmission. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147831 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates methods for triggering channel quality feedback for at least one of plural component carriers of a communication system available for downlink transmission. The invention suggests a mechanism for triggering channel quality feedback from a terminal where the downlink control signaling overhead for the selection of component carrier(s) to be reported on is minimized. One aspect of the invention is a new interpretation of a predetermined format for dedicated control information comprising a CQI request flag, which is depending on the status of the CQI request flag. In case the CQI request flag is set at least one further bit of the dedicated control information is interpreted as information indicative of the one or more component carriers available for downlink transmission to the terminal and the terminal is providing channel quality feedback on the channel quality experienced on the indicated component carrier or component carriers. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147832 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ PROCEDURE - A apparatus and method for efficiently performing an HARQ procedure in a wireless communication system are disclosed. According to the method for performing an HARQ procedure, waste of unnecessary resources caused by continuous failure in packet transmission can be avoided, wherein the failure occurs due to the error of the uplink basic assignment A-MAP IE for retransmission. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147833 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING DEVICE THEREFOR, AND RECEIVING DEVICE AND RECEIVING METHOD THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for transmitting data in a wireless communication system and a transmitting device therefor. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147834 | NETWORK ENTITY, A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNIT AND METHODS FOR ACCESS TO A REMOTE PRIVATE IP NETWORK AND SUPPORTING THEREOF - A method for supporting access to a remote private internet protocol (IP) network, comprises, at a network entity, receiving an access request message from a wireless communication unit, wherein the access request message comprises an identifier. The method further comprises determining from the identifier that the access request message indicates a remote access request to the remote private IP network of the wireless communication unit; and sending an access acceptance message to the wireless communication unit. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147835 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING RECONFIGURATION OF RADIO LINK CONTROL PARAMETERS - A variety of wireless communication methods and apparatus for supporting reconfiguration of radio link control (RLC) parameters are disclosed. A radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration message is generated that indicates that an RLC unit in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) or a universal terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) should be reconfigured from supporting flexible size RLC protocol data units (PDUs) to supporting fixed size RLC PDUs. If an information element (IE) “one sided RLC re-establishment” is present in the RRC reconfiguration message, only a receiving side subassembly in the RLC unit is re-established. Otherwise, both the receiving side subassembly and a transmitting side subassembly in the RLC unit are re-established. Flexible size RLC PDUs may be discarded and a message indicating the discarded flexible size RLC PDUs may be transmitted. The flexible size RLC PDUs may be modified such that they correspond to a set of pre-defined sizes. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147836 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using an uplink shared channel includes a radio resource allocation unit configured to decrease frequency resources allocated to the shared channel, when transmission power of the user equipment terminal is less than a predetermined threshold. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147837 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - A user terminal in a radio communication system, in which each of user terminals performs multiplexing of a data signal and a pilot signal and transmits the multiplexed signal to a base station using different data transmission band frequencies that are assigned by the base station, the user terminal includes a receiving unit that receives uplink resource information from a base station. A pilot generation unit that generates a pilot signal based on the uplink resource information and a transmitting unit that transmits the pilot signal generated by the pilot generation unit to the base station where the pilot generation unit includes a sequence generation unit that generates a Zadoff-Chu sequence as a pilot signal based on the uplink resource information and a subcarrier mapping unit that performs mapping of a sequence generated by cyclically copying the Zadoff-Chu sequence. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147838 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING DATA - A method and device for transmitting semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data reduces the probability of retransmitting a semi-persistent service, and increases the system throughput. The method includes: determining an initial transmission carrier for transmitting SPS data according to channel condition information of each carrier in multiple carriers and a gain of a match of a multi-user multiple-input and multiple-output (MU-MIMO) antenna unit; instructing, to a user, the determined initial transmission carrier for transmitting SPS data; and transmitting the SPS data to the user through the instructed initial transmission carrier for transmitting SPS data. The method and device are mainly applied to a process for transmitting SPS data in a carrier aggregation scenario. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147839 | Method, System, and Access Gateway for Traffic Flows to Share Resources - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a system, and an access gateway for traffic flows to share resources. The method for traffic flows to share resources includes obtaining information of at least two traffic flows and resources requested by the at least two traffic flows, where the at least two traffic flows correspond to different Internet Protocols connections. The at least two traffic flows share the resources. The information of the at least two traffic flows is bound on an established data channel. Resources for the data channel are allocated according to the resources requested by the at least two traffic flows. The at least two traffic flows are beared on the data channel. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147840 | METHOD FOR BOOSTING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION TO MOBILE STATION AND SYSTEM UTILIZING THE SAME - The invention discloses a method for boosting the downlink transmission rate to a mobile station by a processing unit thereof, including the steps of predicting a total number of acknowledgement (ACK) packets that are going to be generated, wherein the predicted total number of the ACK packets is a fixed value, predicting timing for when the ACK packets will be generated, determining a bandwidth amount according to the predicted total number of the ACK packets, issuing a bandwidth amount request with the determined bandwidth amount from the mobile station to a base station for the ACK packets to be generated and transmitted to the base station before generation of the ACK packets, generating the ACK packets, and instructing an RF module to transmit the ACK packets to the base station following a notification from the base station indicating that the requested bandwidth amount has been allocated. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147841 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE PLACEMENT OF RANK INFORMATION IN A PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL - A wireless communication network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of wireless communication with a plurality of subscriber stations within a coverage area of the network, wherein at least one of the plurality of base stations is capable of selecting two or more orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a subframe of a physical uplink shared channel, the two or more OFDM symbols are selected starting from the bottom of the physical uplink shared channel in a bottom-up manner, and repeating one or more rank information (RI) coded bits in each of the selected two or more OFDM symbols. | 06-14-2012 |
20120147842 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus | 06-14-2012 |
20120155395 | Client modeling in a forwarding plane - In one embodiment, a method includes receiving a packet at a network device in communication with a plurality of client nodes, the packet identifying a first client node, performing a look up in a table stored at the network device to locate policies associated with the first client node, the table including an entry for each of the client nodes, each entry having a plurality of policies associated with the client node, applying the policies associated with the first client node at a forwarding engine at the network device, and forwarding the packet from the network device. An apparatus is also disclosed. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155396 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Controlling Data Traffic For A Wireless Mobile Terminal Using A Wireless Access Point (AP) - Techniques for use in controlling data traffic in a wireless local area network (WLAN) which includes at least one access point (AP) are described. In one illustrative example, the terminal is associated with the AP and receives data traffic from a source device via the AP. The terminal identifies whether a processing requirement of the terminal for processing data traffic exceeds a predetermined threshold. In response to such identifying, the terminal produces a control message which includes a source address corresponding to the source device and a destination address corresponding to the terminal, and sends the control message to the AP. The control message is defined to instruct the AP to prohibit transmission of the data traffic originating from the source address and destined to the destination address. In one scenario, the control message further includes a time value indication, for instructing the AP to prohibit transmission of the data traffic only for a time period indicated by the time value indication. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155397 | Collision Avoidance for Wireless Networks - In one embodiment, a particular node in a wireless network may receive a wireless signal, and may determine whether the wireless signal is intended for itself In response to determining that the wireless signal is intended for the particular node, the particular node may transmit a non-colliding wireless carrier sense detected alert (CSDA) signal during the received wireless signal to request that other nodes within communication distance of the particular node refrain from transmitting for a duration of the received wireless signal. In another embodiment, a node listens on a first frequency for a wireless CSDA signal regarding a second (colliding) frequency, and in response to receiving a CSDA signal, may refrain from transmitting a wireless signal on the second frequency for the particular duration, or else (if not receiving a CSDA signal), may allow transmission of a wireless signal on the second frequency, accordingly. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155398 | SIGNALING TECHNIQUES FOR A MULTIMEDIA-AWARE RADIO AND NETWORK ADAPTATION - An approach to enhance quality of experience (QoE) in a wireless multimedia communication system is disclosed. A signaling mechanism is provided to make application-layer parameters of a multimedia application to be accessible in one or more network interfaces including an air interface, an access network interface, and a core network interface. Also, the application-layer parameters may be included in quality of service (QoS) class definitions to make the application-layer parameters accessible at the one or more network interfaces. The signaling mechanism and inclusion of application-layer parameters into the QoS class definitions is to enable the QoE-aware link adaptation, resource allocation, joint source channel coding based cross-layer optimizations. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155399 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD IN MULTI-CHANNEL COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - A method of allocating channels to jobs requiring a channel allocation is provided using a sequential channel allocation method, a batch channel allocation method, or a channel allocation method including the sequential channel allocation method and the batch channel allocation method in a multi-channel cognitive radio network. As a result, it is possible to rapidly and optimally allocate channels to jobs requiring the channel allocation in the multi-channel CR network and to efficiently manage the network by minimizing the number of operational channels. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155400 | SENDING METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED RANDOM ACCESS UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention discloses a method, system and device for transmitting an E-DCH Random Access Uplink Control Channel (E-RUCCH), where the method includes: a UE judging whether a plurality of E-RUCCH transmission processes temporally overlap; and if there is overlapping, then the UE selecting and performing one of the E-RUCCH transmission processes and returning scheduling information and the identifier of the UE to a base station over an E-RUCCH. The method addresses the problem of coordination between E-RUCCH transmission processes triggered due to various reasons in a TD-SCDMA system with the enhanced feature of CELL_FACH introduced thereto. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155401 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOWING MULTIPLE STATIONS IN A NETWORK TO USE MU-MIMO TRANSMIT BEAMFORMING - System and method for Multi-User (MU) Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (MIMO) transmission, the method including assigning to an originator station in a MU-MIMO wireless communication network, said originator station separate from a primary beamformer of the MU-MIMO communication network, permission for MU group management, and performing MU-MIMO transmission by the originator station to a plurality of stations in the MU-MIMO communication network. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155402 | BASE STATIONS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHODS THEREOF - Provided is a base station. The base station includes a transceiver, a frequency allocation unit, and an orthogonal code allocation unit. The transceiver communicates with a terminal. The frequency allocation unit allocates a frequency resource to the terminal through the transceiver. The orthogonal code allocation unit generates an orthogonal code index table including a plurality of orthogonal code combinations, and allocates one of the orthogonal code combinations included in the orthogonal code index table to each terminal, to which the frequency resource has been allocated for a service request of the terminal, through the transceiver not to multiply be allocated. At least one of a plurality of orthogonal codes included in the orthogonal code combination is orthogonal to at least one of a plurality of orthogonal codes included in an orthogonal code combination allocated to another terminal. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155403 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APPARATUS AND CHANNEL COMPENSATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is transmitting and receiving apparatus and a channel compensation method in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) in a wireless communication system. The receiving apparatus in the wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes first and second estimators, an interference canceller, and a determination unit. The first estimator estimates an interference quantity detecting an interference in a received signal, the second estimator estimates a Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) with the exception of a noise quantity corresponding to the estimated interference quantity. The interference canceller cancels the interference from the receiving signal. And a determination unit controls the operation of the interference canceller based on at least one of the estimated interference quantity and the estimated SNR. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155404 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR DETACHED MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION SERVICE - Provided are a data transmission method for a detached machine type communication (MTC) device and a mobile communication system providing an MTC service. The method includes sensing an MTC device performing a detachment procedure from a network, when the MTC device being detached is sensed, storing, at a first gateway (GW), context information about the MTC device being detached from the network, storing, at the detached MTC device, context information that has been lastly allocated and used before the detachment, receiving, at the first GW, downlink data transmitted from an MTC server to the detached MTC device, and buffering the received data, transmitting a paging message to the detached MTC device, and performing, at the MTC device receiving the paging message, an attachment process to the network, and receiving the DL data buffered in the first GW. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155405 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for receiving a random access signal in a base station of a wireless communication system are provided. The apparatus for receiving the signal includes a control signal extractor for extracting the random access signal from a signal received via an antenna, at least one sequence generator for generating at least one sequence by multiplying the random access signal by at least one candidate sequence, a sequence selector for selecting at least one sequence to detect by differentially correlating sequence components at an adjacent subcarrier location with respect to each sequence, and a detector for detecting the at least one selected sequence. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155406 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - Provided is a method of transmitting data in at least one machine type communication (MTC) device belonging to an MTC group identified by a unique identity according to application features. The method includes setting, by at least one MTC device belonging to the MTC group, unique transmission latency; waiting, by the MTC device, for the set transmission latency and then receiving information on uplink resources allocated to each MTC group identity from a base station; and transmitting, by the MTC device, uplink data using the allocated uplink resources. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155407 | Scheduling Data Transmissions Between a Mobile Terminal and a Base Station in a Wireless Communications Network Using Component Carriers - A method of scheduling wireless data transmissions between a mobile terminal ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155408 | Overhead Reduction for Multi-Carrier Transmission Systems - A method, apparatus, and computer program product, wherein a channel quality information received from a user in a multi-carrier transmission system is categorizing on a per-user basis, and one of a plurality of feedback overhead reduction techniques is individually selected for the user in response to a result of the channel categorization. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155409 | RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station | 06-21-2012 |
20120155410 | Apparatus and Methods for Transmitting Paging Messages for Peer to Peer Communication - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The apparatus is configured to send a message to a network element, the message including information on the establishment of a device-to-device connection with at least one apparatus; and receive from a network element information regarding a timing reference for paging messages between the apparatuses establishing a device-to-device communication. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155411 | PROCESS FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN A SYNCHRONIZED OFDM SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A process for cancelling inter-cell interference between neighboring cells in a synchronized OFDM communication system allowing communication between one User Equipment (UE) fitted with at least two antennas and one serving base station is provided. The process allows multi-antenna mobile receiver in a UE to receive downlink information from a base station that includes both information relating to proper communication with the base station and additional information that was received by the base station from a neighboring base station that provides interference data about another UE. The multi-antenna UE is adapted to use the downlink information in its receiver circuitry to cancel the interference from the other UE. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155412 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile terminal apparatus, radio base station apparatus and radio communication method capable of supporting user multiplexing methods for enabling more users to be efficiently multiplexed on an uplink shared channel, the mobile terminal apparatus performs spreading processing for multiplying a data signal by a code varying for each user, and transmits the spreading-processed data signal to the radio base station apparatus on the uplink shared channel, and the radio base station apparatus receives the data signal, and user-separates a reception signal in which is mixed a plurality of users multiplied by spreading codes varying for each user into desired user signals to be data signals for each user. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155413 | Method, System and Apparatus for ACK/NACK Resource Reservation - A method, a system and an apparatus for ACK/NACK resource reservation are provided. The method includes: a base station configures and notifies usable uplink control channel resources to a user terminal using transmit diversity for ACK/NACK transmission, said base station receives the ACK/NACK transmitted by the said user terminal on the configured channel resources. The reservation of channel resource that is used in ACK/NACK feedback is realized, and the method for resource reservation supports transmit diversity, and improves the reliability of uplink control channel transmission, and the method is simple and easy to implement. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155414 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink reference signal in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas. A method for transmitting channel state information-reference signals (CSI-RS) for two or more antenna ports according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: mapping the CSI-RSs for the two or more antenna ports in predetermined patterns on a data region of a downlink subframe: an transmitting the downlink subframe mapped with the CSI-RSs for the two or more antenna ports, wherein the predetermined patterns are defined as patterns differing by a cell, and the different patterns may be defined as the predetermined patterns being shifted in a temporal range, frequency range, or a temporal range and a frequency range. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155415 | METHOD FOR SETTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME IN WIRELESS RAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method for setting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system supporting multiple input multiple output (MIMO) and a station supporting the method are provided. The method for setting the MCS and the station for supporting the method include: dividing a plurality of transmission (TX)/reception (RX) interfaces of the transmitting station into at least one bundled interface including at least one of the TX/RX interfaces; modulating a data stream to be transmitted through the TX/RX interface included in the at least one bundled interface by applying the MCS on a bundled interface basis; and spatially multiplexing the modulated data stream and transmitting the multiplexed modulated data stream through each of the plurality of TX/RX interfaces. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155416 | METHOD AND EVOLVED NODEB FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING REACTIVATION - The present invention provides a method and an eNB for reactivating semi-persistent scheduling. The method comprises: an eNB ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155417 | Wireless Communication Method, Wireless Communication System and Base Station - A base station ( | 06-21-2012 |
20120155418 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR SPECIFYING THE QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A TRANSMISSION OF DATA PACKETS - A system and method for specifying the quality of service in a transmission of data packets between a service entity and a user equipment is provided. A plurality of service classes relating to the quality of service are preconfigured and a selected service class is selected. A first transmission context, associated with a first set of attributes, is established between a core network node and the user equipment. A second transmission context, associated with a second set of attributes, is established between an access node and the user equipment. The selected service class is specified by a third set of attributes, which is forwarded to the core network node and the access node. The third set of attributes is used to determine the first set of attributes and/or the second set of attributes. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155419 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A method of processing broadcast data in a broadcast transmitter includes performing, by a Reed-Solomon (RS) encoder, RS encoding and Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) encoding on mobile service data and building at least primary RS frames belonging to a primary ensemble or secondary RS frames belonging to a secondary ensemble depending on RS frame mode information that indicates a single frame mode or a dual frame mode; mapping each of the built at least primary or secondary RS frames into groups, wherein each of the groups includes known data sequences, a fast information channel (FIC) segment, and transmission parameter channel (TPC) data; and transmitting a transmission frame containing the groups. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155420 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR ENHANCED UPLINK USING AN ACQUISITION INDICATOR CHANNEL - Techniques for supporting UE operation with enhanced uplink are described. A UE may select a first signature from a first set of signatures available for random access for enhanced uplink, generate an access preamble based on the first signature, and send the access preamble for random access while operating in an inactive state. The UE may receive an acquisition indicator (AI) for the first signature on an acquisition indicator channel (AICH) from a Node B. The UE may use a default enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource configuration for the first signature if the AI has a first predetermined value. The UE may determine an E-DCH resource configuration allocated to the UE based on an extended acquisition indicator (EAI) and a second signature if the AI has a second predetermined value. In any case, the UE may send data to the Node B using the allocated E-DCH resource configuration. | 06-21-2012 |
20120155421 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A user equipment (UE) performing a random access in a mobile communication system includes a transmitter configured to transmit a random access preamble to a network; a receiver receiving a medium access control packet data unit (MAC PDU) including one or more random access responses and a MAC header consisting of one or more sub headers, each of the sub headers respectively corresponding to each of the random access responses; and a processor processing information on a specific random access response among the random access responses based on information on the MAC PDU, wherein all of the sub headers are in a first part of the MAC PDU and all of the random access responses are in a second part of the MAC PDU subsequent to the first part. | 06-21-2012 |
20120163305 | ENERGY-SAVING BASE STATION AND METHOD - A wireless communication user terminal obtains uplink access configuration information on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) addressed to a plurality of user terminals by processing the PDCCH based on a first system information received from a base station on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) and based on synchronization information. The terminal sends a signature waveform based on the uplink access configuration information, prior to receiving system information in addition to the first system information, whereby the signature waveform enables the base station to transition from a relatively low power operating mode to a relatively high power operating mode. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163306 | MULTI INPUT MULTI OUTPUT (MIMO) ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention is a technique to process signals in a communication system. In one embodiment, a plurality of signal processing units processes signals received from a plurality of antennae. The signal processor units are controlled by operational mode control signals. A channel estimator estimates channel responses using the processed signals according to an operational mode. An equalizer and combiner generates an equalized and combined signal using the received signals and the estimated channel responses. A Carrier to Interference Noise Ratio (CINR) estimator estimates CINR from the equalized and combined signal. The estimated CINR is used to generate the operational mode control signals. In another embodiment, a sub-carrier allocation controller generates sub-carrier allocation signals using an allocation base. A channel status information (CSI) and multiple input multiple output (MIMO) controller generates sub-carrier CSI signals and operational mode control signals using the sub-carrier allocation signals, estimated channel responses provided by a channel estimator, and an estimated CINR provided by an CINR estimator. The operational mode control signals select one of a plurality of antenna paths associated with a plurality of antennae. A transmitter diversity processor generates transmitter diversity signals as a function of at least a mapped signal M | 06-28-2012 |
20120163307 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO FACILITATE SUPPORT FOR MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A method of wireless communication includes monitoring coexistence issues among supported radios in a User Equipment (UE). The method includes determining a coexistence policy for communication resource operation within a user equipment (UE) and configuring communication resources of the user equipment in accordance with the determined coexistence policy. The policy may give priority to an LTE modem, an ISM modem, or may implement a variable priority scheme. The policy may be communicated to each modem from a host over a software messaging communication line. Modems in the UE may communicate with each other through logical lines providing real time communication. The policy may determine the operation of each modem and the treatment of the logical lines by each modem. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163308 | Method and system for mapping logical channel to MAC flow - The present disclosure discloses a method for mapping a logical channel to a Media Access Control (MAC) flow, the method includes: a Radio Network Controller (RNC) informs a User Equipment (UE) of corresponding relationship between a Common Control Channel (CCCH) and an Enhanced-Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) MAC flow through signaling; the UE receives the signaling, and obtains the corresponding relationship between the CCCH and the E-DCH MAC flow. The present disclosure further discloses a system for mapping a logical channel to an MAC flow. Through the method and system disclosed in the present disclosure, it is convenient for both a Node B (NodeB) and UE can accurately obtain the corresponding relationship between the CCCH and the E-DCH MAC flow, which ensures the NodeB decodes correctly, thus improving the success rate in receiving signaling and data. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION FOR COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORKS - Described herein are methods, metrics and apparatus for bandwidth allocation for cognitive radio. Information that needs to be passed between different components of a dynamic spectrum management (DSM) system for dynamic bandwidth allocation along with the corresponding interfaces is identified. Methods and associated metrics for measuring network performance, evaluating channel sensing results and handling various bandwidth allocation scenarios are presented. Also provided is an admission control mechanism for quality of service support. Alternate channel monitoring may be performed in the background so that when a new channel is needed, an alternate channel may be immediately allocated and service disruption to the DSM system is reduced. A channel may be dynamically assigned as the primary channel in multiple channel scenarios to support tasks such as transmission of acknowledgment frames. Hybrid mode devices that may access a television white space (TVWS) database and perform spectrum sensing are also described. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163310 | APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL RESOURCES - A apparatus for allocating physical resources at high speed includes: a storage unit storing correspondence relationships between virtual resource blocks and physical resource blocks according to external variables and internal variables; an internal variable calculation unit receiving the external variables for allocating physical resource blocks and calculating internal variables determined by the received external variables; and a searching unit referring to the storage unit by using the received external variables and allocating physical resources corresponding to the virtual resource blocks. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163311 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Disclosed is a data transmission method for use in mobile communication systems that can rapidly transmit a small amount of data and improve the performance of the entire system by reducing signaling overhead. A machine-type communication (MTC) terminal transmits a random access preamble message to a base station after selecting a predetermined preamble from a preamble group. The MTC terminal receives a random access response message including uplink (UL) resource allocation grant information from the base station. The MTC terminal performs scheduled transmission including data on the basis of the UL resource allocation grant information. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163312 | Reducing the Number of Silencing Frames Transmitted in a Coexistence Network - Systems and methods for reducing the number of silencing frames transmitted in a coexistence network are described. In some embodiments, a method may include abstaining from transmitting silencing frames until detection of a predetermined event. Predetermined events include, for example, detection of a retransmitted packet, detection of a transmission or packet rate drop, and/or detection that an expected packet has been missed. In some cases, two or more predetermined events may be logically combined in any suitable manner or order, and may occur in series or in parallel with respect to each other. Once the predetermined event(s) have been detected, a silencing frame may then be transmitted. In some cases, subsequent silencing frames may be transmitted to facilitate return to a maximum attainable transmission rate. An investigation or observation period during which silencing frames are transmitted despite the absence of a predetermined event may enable the collection of network statistics. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163313 | CALL PROCESSING METHOD FOR USE IN MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Disclosed is a call processing method for use in a machine-type communication terminal. The call processing method includes transmitting, by a terminal, a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message to a base station, receiving, by the terminal, an RRC connection setup message from the base station, receiving, by the terminal, an uplink (UL) resource allocation grant message from the base station in a state in which a service request message and a buffer status report message are not transmitted to the base station, and transmitting, by the terminal, a message for call processing corresponding to the UL resource allocation grant message. It is possible to rapidly and efficiently perform a call processing procedure and lengthen the life span of the terminal by reducing power consumption of the terminal that uses battery as an energy source. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163314 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SENDING FRAMES IN COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of a node sending frames in a Cognitive Radio (CR) system. The method of the node includes being allocated a first channel as an operating channel where the node will be operated, sensing one or more candidate channels available as the operating channel of the node, determining whether to extend a frequency bandwidth of the operating channel, in addition to the first channel, based on a result of the sense for the one or more candidate channels, and sending the frames using a frequency bandwidth extended by adding a second channel, newly determined as the operating channel, to the first channel according to the determination. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163315 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING A RADIO LINK CONTROL (RLC) RESET IN A DOWNLINK MULTIPOINT SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for wireless communication may provide an RLC reset procedure tailored for a multipoint HSDPA system utilizing a plurality of disparate Node Bs to provide an RLC flow from an RNC to a UE. Some aspects of the disclosure provide for a flush request to be provided to each of a plurality of Node Bs utilized as serving cells in the multipoint HSDPA system, so that stale packets are not retained in internal buffers at the Node Bs following the RLC reset procedure. In some examples, the RLC reset procedure is only completed after confirmation that the flush of the internal buffers has been completed. Confirmation may be explicitly provided by each Node B utilizing a backhaul interface, or may be implicitly determined utilizing timers or signaling between the respective Node Bs. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163316 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN MOBILE WIRELESS NETWORK - In a mobile wireless network system including a plurality of nodes, available resources of a transmitting node and available resources of a receiving node are searched for. Commonly overlapped allocatable resources among available resources of a transmitting node and available resources of a receiving node are searched for, areas corresponding to the calculated allocation resource number according to an allocation condition that is set in the allocatable resource area are selected, and the areas are allocated to the transmitting node or the receiving node. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163317 | APPARATUS AND SYSTEM OF PROVIDING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SERVICE FOR TRANSPORT MEANS - A wireless apparatus providing wireless LAN services for a transport means is provided. The wireless apparatus includes: a transceiver established to transmit or receive a frame; and a processor functionally connected to the transceiver, wherein the processor is established to generate and process the frame for providing the wireless LAN services, the transceiver includes a plurality of remote antennas, and the plurality of remote antennas are disposed to be spaced away from each other along a moving path of the transport means. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163318 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a mobile terminal apparatus, a radio base station apparatus and a communication method, capable of orthogonalizing uplink reference signals between plural antennas in MIMO transmission. The mobile terminal apparatus has a reference signal generator ( | 06-28-2012 |
20120163319 | Enhanced Physical Downlink Shared Channel Coverage - An apparatus is provided, including an observing function configured to observe an indication about the coverage status of a user equipment; a deciding function configured to decide, based on the indication, to switch into a coverage extension mode; a providing function configured to provide a scaling number in dependence of the coverage extension mode; an allocating function configured to allocate, for data to be transmitted to a user equipment, a first modulation and coding scheme, a first modulation order, a first size of a transport block, and a first number of resource blocks per transport block according to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing technology, a reducing function configured to reduce a first size per resource block, being the quotient of the first size of the transport block and the first number of resource blocks per transport block, based on the scaling number, thus obtaining a second size per resource block, being the quotient of a second size of the transport block and a second number of resource blocks per transport block; and a scheduling function configured to schedule, for the data, the second size of the transport block and the second number of resource blocks per transport block. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163320 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - To provide a wireless communication system, a mobile station apparatus and a base station apparatus which reduce a resource overhead in the transmission of an aperiodic SRS, and are not accompanied with a major change from the specification of the LTE. The wireless communication system includes the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus transmitting a data signal to the base station apparatus by SC-FDMA (Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access) system, and the mobile station apparatus transmits a reference signal for channel measurement to the base station apparatus, and the reference signal for channel measurement is transmitted using a channel for data transmission allocated for each of the mobile station apparatuses from the base station apparatus. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING BANDWIDTH IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for requesting a bandwidth at a mobile terminal in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a base station, information on whether the base station can compensate for changes in bandwidth request quantity caused by fragmentation or packing of a protocol data unit (PDU); requesting, to the base station, a bandwidth required for transmitting a first PDU; separating the first PDU and generating a second PDU and a third PDU in consideration of the quantity of allocated bandwidth when the quantity of bandwidth allocated by the base station is smaller than the requested quantity; transmitting the second PDU to the base station; and starting a first timer at the point in time the bandwidth allocation is received or at the point in time when the second PDU is transmitted and the information indicates that the base station can compensate for the changes in the bandwidth request quantity. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163322 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a base station for providing feedback to user equipments in a cell concerning the reception status of data received from the user equipments. The base station and the user equipments are comprised in a wireless communication system, adapted for contention based transmissions. The method comprises sending a contention based grant to a plurality of user equipments within the cell, receiving data from any user equipment and verifying if the data is correctly received. Also, the method comprises sending feedback to any user equipment that has used the contention based grant, wherein the feedback comprises an ACK, if it is verified that data has been correctly received from at least one user equipment and the feedback comprises a NACK if it is verified that data has not been correctly received from any user equipment. Also, a corresponding method and arrangement in a user equipment is described. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163323 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POWER CONTROL - A method for setting a power control level ( | 06-28-2012 |
20120163324 | ACCESS POINT TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROGRAM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - An access point terminal includes: a wireless communication interface which transmits and receives a wireless signal; a device information obtaining unit which obtains supported frequency information through the wireless communication interface, the supported frequency information being for specifying one or more frequency bands in which the wireless communication terminal is capable of performing wireless communication; and a connection information distribution unit which (i) selects a frequency band out of the one or more frequency bands indicated in the supported frequency information obtained by the device information obtaining unit and (ii) distributes connection information to the wireless communication terminal through the wireless communication interface, the connection information being for causing the wireless communication terminal to perform the wireless communication in the selected frequency band. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163325 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for a user equipment to perform a random access to a network in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a random access preamble to the network; receiving a medium access control packet data unit (MAC PDU) via a downlink shared channel, wherein the MAC PDU comprises one or more sub headers in a first part of the MAC PDU and one or more random access responses in a second part of the MAC PDU subsequent to the first part, and wherein the random access responses include first uplink resource allocation information; transmitting a first uplink data based on the first uplink resource allocation information in one of the random access responses; and transmitting a second uplink data based on second uplink resource allocation information when the second uplink resource allocation information is received via a downlink control channel. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163326 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for a user equipment (UE) to perform a random access to a network includes transmitting a random access preamble to the network; receiving control information via a downlink control channel from the network, wherein the control information includes downlink resource location information for a downlink shared channel and information for decoding the downlink shared channel; receiving a response to the random access preamble via the downlink shared channel from the network corresponding the control information, wherein the response has a variable size; and decoding the response based on the information for decoding the downlink shared channel. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163327 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING UPLINK TRANSMISSION CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating channels in a user equipment is disclosed. In particular, a method of allocating a plurality of Dedicated Physical Channels (DPCHs) and Enhanced Dedicated Channels (E-DCHs) in a user equipment of a multicode transmission system. The method includes determining whether a High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-DSCH) is configured for the user equipment (UE) and determining a number of codes used by the DPCH and the E-DCH. The method further includes allocating the DPCH and the E-DCH channels to an I branch or a Q branch based on the number of codes used by the DPCH and the E-DCH and the HS-DSCH configuration. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163328 | ORTHOGONAL CODE DIVISION MULTIPLEX CCK (OCDM-CCK) METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HIGH DATA RATE WIRELESS LAN - Orthogonal Code Division Multiplexing (OCDM) transceiver system with Complementary Code Keying (CCK) and method for baseband OCDM-CCK encoding and decoding are provided. The OCDM-CCK method comprises a serial-to-parallel data converter converting a stream of M*n-bit serial data to n-bit parallel data in ‘M’ parallel baseband paths, and encoding each n-bit data segment with a distinct complementary code using CCK modulation for spreading. The CCK encoded baseband signals are all summed and transmitted simultaneously on the same carrier frequency and spread spectral bandwidth. The OCDM-CCK method of encoding and transmission of information, results in enhanced datarates of 33 Mbps, 88 Mbps, 176 Mbps and higher multiples of 5.5 Mbps with backward compatibility for IEEE 802.11b WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network), and wireless communication networks supporting real time Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum (DSSS). | 06-28-2012 |
20120163329 | DISTRIBUTED MOBILE AGENT - Systems, apparatus, and methods for forwarding data packets towards a mobile node roaming in a foreign packet-switched data network are disclosed. The data packets having been addressed to a home address of the mobile node, the mobile node being provided with a care of address for use in the foreign network, the systems, apparatus, and methods comprise various features. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163330 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method which uses a plurality of sub-carriers grouped in a sequence of chunks, the method includes receiving uplink data from one or more user devices and generating corresponding ACK/NACK messages for the received data, forming control data defining an allocation of one or more chunks of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices, transmitting the control data to the user devices, and transmitting the ACK/NACK messages to the corresponding user devices, wherein the control data for each user device is transmitted over a control channel using a first subset of the plurality of sub-carriers and the ACK/NACK messages for each user device are transmitted over an ACK/NACK channel that is separate from the control channel using a second different subset of the plurality of sub-carriers. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163331 | Selecting Wider Bandwidth Channels in a Wireless Network - Techniques are provided for selecting channels for a wider bandwidth operation mode of a wireless network, such as wireless network that operates in accordance with the IEEE 802.11n amendment. Alignments of so-called primary and secondary channels are selected to mitigate interference. Interfering sources, such as other transceivers or external interferers, or the energy from their transmissions, are identified and channels are selected. The selected channels are analyzed to determine whether primary-secondary channel assignments for the selected channels are feasible. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163332 | COORDINATED LINEAR BEAMFORMING IN DOWNLINK MULTI-CELL WIRELESS NETWORKS - System and methods are disclosed for optimizing wireless communication for a plurality of mobile wireless devices. The system uses beamforming vectors or precoders having a structure optimal with respect to the weighted sum rate in a multi-cell orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) downlink. A plurality of base stations communicate with the mobile devices and all base stations perform a distributed non-convex optimization exploiting the determined structure. | 06-28-2012 |
20120163333 | FREQUENCY HOPPING - A cellular communications system includes a plurality of base stations and a plurality of user devices. In use, each user device is associated with a base station and is operable to communicate with the associated base station over a communication channel having a plurality of frequency resources. Each user device has a respective initial allocation of said frequency resources. Each user device is operable to apply a frequency shift to its initially allocated frequency resource in accordance with a frequency hopping sequence. The user devices that are associated with the same base station are operable, in use, to use the same frequency hopping sequence and are synchronized with each other so that, at any point in time, a common frequency shift is applied by the user devices associated with the same base station. User devices associated, in use, with different base stations use different frequency hopping sequences. | 06-28-2012 |
20120170521 | Method and System for Facilitating Wireless Communication Via Alternate Wireless Pathway - A mobile device system and related method are disclosed by which the device is able to communicate wirelessly not only via a Wide Area Network (WAN) communication link but also via an alternate communication link such as a Wi-Fi communication link. In one embodiment, the method includes detecting an availability of an additional (alternate) communication link made possible via an access point (AP), determining whether one or more first criteria relating to one or both of the AP and the device have been met and, provided that the one or more first criteria are met, automatically launching a browser to communicate with one or both of the AP and a remote server. The method further includes determining based upon one or more interactions whether one or more second criteria have been met and, provided that the one or more second criteria are met, conducting communications via the additional communication link. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170522 | PARTIAL FAILURE MESSAGING - A system is configured to: receive a message from a gateway device; identify one or more sessions corresponding to an identifier included in the message; and clear the one or more corresponding sessions. The identifier may correspond to a part of the gateway device where a session is stored or maintained for a mobile device to connect to a server device. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170523 | SCALABLE VIDEO SENDER OVER MULTIPLE LINKS - Disclosed are a system and method to efficiently send layered media, for example SVC encoded video, over parallel multiple wireless links (of one or more operator's networks) using a serving model, by prioritizing transmission of High Priority packets over Low Priority packets of the media. Furthermore, each High Priority packet may be fragmented into fragments equal or less than the number of wireless links. Each fragment may be sent over an available wireless link, and if it can't be sent, it is resent over another available link repeating the resending over different links until success or packet expiration. The Low priority Packets, however, are not fragmented, and if they can't be sent on an available link, discarded. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170524 | Allocation of Acknowledgement Channels to Channel Groups Having Variable Transmit Energies - A method and apparatus is provided for assigning resources for an acknowledgement channel, such as the PHICH in LTE systems. Acknowledgement channels for the mobile terminals are assigned to channel groups based on a predetermined assignment criteria. All acknowledgment channels in the same channel group receive acknowledgements on the same downlink resources (e.g., resource elements in OFDM system). A required transmit energy for each channel is determined. If the total required transmit energy for all channels exceeds an available transmit power, the allocated transmit energy for each channel is either scaled down so that the total actual transmit power for all acknowledgment channels is equal to the available transmit power, or some acknowledgment channels are not transmitted. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170525 | EFFICIENT INFORMATION MAPPING FOR TRANSMISSION GRANTS - Methods and apparatus for signaling an implicit signaling bit in a scheduling grant message are disclosed, including the implicit signaling of parameters related to the configuration of sounding reference signals. In various embodiments, implicit signaling is achieved by observing that certain codepoints in downlink control information formats are unused for certain scheduling assignments. The information content of certain information fields in the DCI format are redesigned to exploit this unused bandwidth, allowing the implicit signaling of one or more bits that can be used to extend the number of SRS configurations that can be specified in the DCI. In alternative embodiments, the implicit signaling concept is exploited in order to reduce the signaling payload while maintaining flexibility in dynamically assigning different SRS configurations by way of scheduling grant messages. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170526 | Carrier aggregation method and device for LTE system - The disclosure provides a carrier aggregation method and a carrier aggregation device for a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. The method comprises the following steps: forming a primary aggregation carrier according to bandwidth capabilities of all User Terminals (UTs) which need to be supported in a wireless communication network; determining whether the primary aggregation carrier meets a bandwidth capability requirement of a UT being served; forming a secondary aggregation carrier according to carrier resources other than the primary aggregation carrier when the primary aggregation carrier does not meet the bandwidth capability requirement of the UT being served; aggregating the primary aggregation carrier and the secondary aggregation carrier to obtain a new aggregation carrier, and setting the new aggregation carrier for meeting the bandwidth capability requirement of the UT being served. The disclosure effectively resolves the problems of high scheduling complexity and low scheduling flexibility of a Base Station (BS) which requires entire backward compatibility for all the carrier resources when asymmetrical carrier aggregation is supported, so that the BS may schedule the carrier resources more flexibly, thereby reducing the scheduling complexity. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170527 | Method and Device for Obtaining Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Information of Common Control Channel - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for obtaining the Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) information of a CCCH, wherein the method for obtaining the HARQ information of the CCCH comprises: a base station receiving a request message from a Radio Network Controller (RNC), wherein the request message is used to indicate the HARQ information used by the CCCH; the base station obtaining the HARQ information used by the CCCH according to the request message. According to the present invention, the base station obtains the HARQ information of the CCCH according to the message from the radio network controller, thus which is convenient for both the base station and a UE to know exactly the corresponding relationship between the CCCH logical channel and the HARQ used by the CCCH logical channel, thereby guaranteeing Node B to perform decoding correctly and improving the reception success rate of signal and data | 07-05-2012 |
20120170528 | METHOD FOR POLLING A MESSAGE IN AN INSTANT MESSENGER AND A MOBILE DEVICE ADAPTED TO THE METHOD - A message polling method and a system using an instant messenger are provided. The method includes executing the instant messenger, and connecting to a server, when a polling period has elapsed, and attempting to acquire a message. The polling period is set as an average time with respect to a time that elapsed until successfully acquiring each of one or more messages during a preset polling period determining interval. The method and system can dynamically set a polling period by determining, as the polling period, an average time calculated from a time that is required to successfully acquire each of one or more messages during a preset polling-period determining interval. This allows the client to reduce the consumption of electrical power of the battery and to minimize the cost of data packets used. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170529 | QUASI FULL-DUPLEX MODE MULTIPOINT VOICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates a voice communication method between a plurality of users sharing the same transmission band. The resource is accessed by time division under the supervision of a control node. During a polling step, any user wishing to speak transmits ( | 07-05-2012 |
20120170530 | METHOD FOR LTE DOWNLINK SCHEDULING WITH MIMO - A method for LTE or WiMAX scheduling includes collecting, by a basestation BS, channel feedback from multiple mobiles with downlink traffic. The channel feedback enables the BS to determine an achievable rate or block error probability if transmitting to a mobile with a given modulation and coding scheme MCS and multiple-input multiple-output MIMO mode. The method includes determining, by the BS, which of the mobiles is scheduled on each resource block RB and what the MCS and MIMO mode is selected for each scheduled mobile, and allocating bits on the set of the RBs assigned to each scheduled mobile. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170531 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN 4G MIMO CELLULAR UPLINKS - Methods and systems for allocating resources in a cellular uplink include iteratively allocating uplink resource blocks (RBs) to a plurality of user devices in a multiple-input multiple-output network. Allocation is performed subject to constraints and incremental utility maximization according to an approximation that has a worst-case guarantee. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170532 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a mobile station apparatus, a wireless communication system, and a wireless communication method that can improve reliability of handover while efficiently and early completing the handover. A mobile station apparatus | 07-05-2012 |
20120170533 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of controlling transmit power in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless apparatus selects one transmit mode among a plurality of transmit modes, and determines the transmit power on the basis of the selected transmit mode. The wireless apparatus transmits an uplink channel by using the transmit power. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170534 | Station Operation Method and Apparatus in TV Whitespace - The present invention relates to a station (hereinafter, ‘STA’) operation method and apparatus in a TV whitespace. In a TVWS band, when an STA operating as an unlicensed device with permission to operate in an available channel not used by a licensed device needs to operate in the TVWS band by acquiring information on the available channel, the STA transmits an available channel information request message to a device having database information; receives, from the device having database information, an ACK message for the available channel information that includes (a) identification information on an available channel, (b) information on the maximum allowable power level in the available channel, and (c) information on valid time of the available channel; and transmits/receives a signal using the information of (a), (b) and (c), i.e., using the maximum allowable power level within the valid time in the available channel. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170535 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - When allocating CCEs as a radio resource to a new radio terminal within a predetermined sector, the disclosed radio base station ( | 07-05-2012 |
20120170536 | ENHANCED CHANNEL ACCESS MECHANISMS FOR QOS-DRIVEN WIRELESS LANS - A method and system are disclosed for providing quality of service (QoS)-driven channel access within a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless network. A contention control (CC) frame is sent from a point coordinator (PC) station of the BSS. The CC frame contains information relating to a number of available centralized contention opportunities (CCOs) for receiving a reservation request (RR) in a centralized contention interval (CCI) following the CC frame. The CC frame also contains information relating to the identification of stations from which an RR was successfully received by the PC station in a preceding CCI. The superframe includes a contention-free period (CFP) and a contention (CP). The CC frame is received at a non-PC station in the BSS. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170537 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL TO PROTECT AGAINST ERRONEOUS FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A base station includes a receiver receiving feedback information including a preferred weight determined by a user equipment (UE); a processor multiplying a weight and data to be transmitted; a transmitter including two antennas and transmitting the weight multiplied data to the UE through a specific physical downlink shared channel where a MIMO transmission scheme for a HS-DSCH (High Speed Downlink Shared Channel) is applied, the transmitter transmitting feed-forward information through a downlink shared control channel when the data is transmitted using the MIMO transmission scheme for the HS-DSCH, wherein the weight applied to the specific physical downlink shared channel is adjusted at a subframe boundary of the specific physical downlink shared channel and the feed-forward information is transmitted through a subframe of the downlink shared control channel corresponding to the specific subframe of the specific physical downlink shared channel. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170538 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PILOT SEQUENCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS, PILOT SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD USED FOR THE SYSTEM AND APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION USED IN THE METHOD - A mobile station in a wireless communication system including a base station, and a method for the mobile station includes a unit that sends a pilot signal to the base station. A sub-frame used for sending the pilot signal includes a first pilot block and a second pilot block. A first Zadoff-Chu sequence allocated to the first pilot block is different from a second Zadoff-Chu sequence allocated to the second pilot block. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170539 | PRECODING SIGNALING IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing data transmission between a transmitter and a receiver. The method includes the steps of generating a feedback message at the receiver in response to data received from the transmitter, assigning an identifier for the feedback message, storing the feedback message in association with the identifier in the receiver, transmitting the feedback message and the identifier to the transmitter, determining, at the transmitter, transmission format for data to be transmitted to the receiver based on the feedback message received from the receiver; and transmitting data and a control message, by the transmitter, using the determined transmission format, with the control message comprising the identifier of the feedback message based on which the transmission format is determined. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170540 | PRECODING SIGNALING IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing data transmission between a transmitter and a receiver. The method includes the steps of generating a feedback message at the receiver in response to data received from the transmitter, assigning an identifier for the feedback message, storing the feedback message in association with the identifier in the receiver, transmitting the feedback message and the identifier to the transmitter, determining, at the transmitter, transmission format for data to be transmitted to the receiver based on the feedback message received from the receiver; and transmitting data and a control message, by the transmitter, using the determined transmission format, with the control message comprising the identifier of the feedback message based on which the transmission format is determined. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170541 | SCHEDULING GRANT INFORMATION SIGNALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless user terminal includes a controller communicably coupled to a transceiver. The controller is configured to determine scheduling grant information and additional scheduling grant information from a channel encoded scheduling grant received at the transceiver, wherein the channel encoded scheduling grant includes encoded parity bits combined with the scheduling grant information and the encoded parity bits include the additional scheduling grant information exclusive OR-ed with parity bits obtained from the scheduling grant information. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170542 | ALLOCATION OF UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system network node (NN) that serves user equipments (UEs) has fewer orthogonal reference signals (RSs) than a maximum number of UE antenna ports (APs) that can be served by the NN. A channel quality of a channel between the AP and the network node is ascertained for each of the APs. Whenever a number of APs of UEs served by the NN exceeds the number of RSs, all RSs are allocated to a subset of all of the APs by means of an allocation process such that: each RS is allocated to only one of the APs; each AP has no more than one RS allocated to it; and allocation decisions are a function of the channel qualities of the respective APs such that the higher the channel quality, the higher priority the corresponding AP is given as a candidate for receiving an RS allocation. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170543 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless base station apparatus notifies a mobile wireless terminal apparatus of a channel to be used to transmit a response signal of channel assignment by a mapping pattern of channel assignment information transmitted on a plurality of bands. | 07-05-2012 |
20120170544 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING MUTI-CARRIER UPLINK DATA AT NETWORK-SIDE - The present invention discloses a method and system for transmitting multi-carrier uplink data at a network side. The method comprises: whenever setting up or adding a multi-carrier enhanced dedicated channel cell, a radio network controller notifying a NodeB dominating the multi-carrier enhanced dedicated channel cell of carrier identifier information of a carrier corresponding to the multi-carrier enhanced dedicated channel cell; and whenever receiving data transmitted by a terminal using a multi-carrier high-speed uplink packet access technique in the multi-carrier enhanced dedicated channel cell via the carrier, the NodeB carrying the carrier identifier information of the carrier bearing the data in enhanced dedicated channel uplink data frames when constructing the enhanced dedicated channel uplink data frames, and transmitting the constructed enhanced dedicated channel uplink data frames to the radio network controller. The present invention can avoid the problem of confusion of the received data from different carriers. | 07-05-2012 |
20120176974 | NETWORK SETUP IN WIDE CHANNEL WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (WLANs) - Methods and apparatus for network setup in wide channel WLANs are provided. Techniques for co-existence of 20 MHz and 40 MHz networks (e.g., as defined by IEEE 802.11n) may be extended to 80 MHz and 160 MHz networks. For example, a primary channel of an existing network may be designated as the primary channel of a new network. Further, a primary channel of the existing network may not be used as a secondary channel in the new network. Intolerance operation between networks may include a first network releasing one or more channels in response to an intolerance indication received from a second network. Furthermore, in response to the intolerance indication from the second network, the first network may utilize one or more channels for communicating in the first network using a first set of access parameters. The access parameters may depend on the intolerance indication. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176975 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving system information by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. In the method, the UE receives a message including information associated with allocation of a downlink resource from a base station and receives a message including changed system information through the allocated downlink resource according to the received information associated with allocation of the downlink resource. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176976 | OPPORTUNISTIC RESOURCE SHARING BETWEEN DEVICES - Techniques for opportunistic resource sharing between mobile devices are described. A method comprises identifying a set of homogeneous device resources implemented by multiple devices based in part on resource configuration information received by a wireless transceiver, selecting a shared homogeneous device resource of one of the multiple devices to share between the multiple devices, and sending shared configuration information to identify the shared homogeneous device resource and a share role for each of the multiple devices. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176977 | Method for Aperiodic SRS Subframe Configuration and Signaling - A method, system and computer-usable medium for configuring UE-specific A-SRS subframes. More specifically, UE-specific Aperiodic Sounding Reference Signal (A-SRS) subframes are defined only within a radio subframe. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176978 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COORDINATING BETWEEN CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for inter-cell coordination in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of a Base Station (BS) for the inter-cell coordination in the wireless communication system includes receiving information of a neighboring Mobile Station (MS) from a neighboring BS, receiving an UpLink (UL) control signal of the neighboring MS based on the received information of the neighboring MS, and performing inter-cell coordination for the neighboring MS using the received UL control signal. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176979 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONFIGURATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for configuring uplink transmission power and apparatus in a mobile communication system supporting downlink and uplink carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes determining a per-terminal maximum transmission power and per-serving cell maximum transmission powers based on ΔT | 07-12-2012 |
20120176980 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OPERATING CENTRALIZED BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a centralized Base Station (BS) in a mobile communication system are provided. An operation method of a remote radio unit in a separate type BS of a mobile communication system includes receiving channel state information transmitted by a terminal and transmitting the channel state information to a digital unit, performing scheduling using the channel state information, deciding data to be transmitted based on its own scheduling result and a scheduling result received from the digital unit, and providing the data to be transmitted to a modulator/demodulator (modem). | 07-12-2012 |
20120176981 | SIGNALLING OF REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR SINGLE USER SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - The present disclosure relates to signalling of reference signals for Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) transmission schemes. A method embodiment for generating reference signals for use between a mobile terminal | 07-12-2012 |
20120176982 | Transparent frequency shift Solution for Comp - A method is described, which includes controlling a coordinated transmission between network control elements and terminals on resource elements, detecting whether a resource element includes a specific element, and selecting a resource element for the coordinated transmission, when it is detected that the resource element does not include a specific element. The application also describes some further aspects to improve a coordinated transmission such as a coordinated multipoint transmission is improved. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176983 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention includes: a step A in which a mobile station UE transmits an uplink data signal using a shared uplink resource designated by an uplink scheduling grant to a radio base station eNB upon reception of the uplink scheduling grant including CB-RNTI; a step B in which the radio base station eNB transmits a downlink control signal including the CB-RNTI upon successful reception of the uplink data signal transmitted by the mobile station UE; and a step C in which the radio base station eNB transmits MAC-CE including C-RNTI of the mobile station UE using a downlink resource designated by the downlink control signal. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176984 | Methods and Arrangements for Scheduling Radio Resources in a Wireless Communication System - Methods and arrangements in a base station are provided for scheduling radio resources to a user equipment. A time offset value is received that is associated with the moment of time when a frame of data was generated in the user equipment buffer. The moment of time when the frame of data was generated in the user equipment buffer is determined, based on the received time offset value. Thus, the buffer state of the user equipment buffer is predicted by using the determined moment of time when the frame of data was generated in the user equipment buffer. Radio resources are granted to the user equipment, based on the predicted buffer state of the user equipment buffer. Methods and arrangements in a user equipment for assisting the base station in scheduling radio resources are also provided herein. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176985 | METHOD OF UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method of a Base Station (BS) updating system information using a superframe structure in a wireless communication system, comprising transmitting a primary header including system scheduling information pertinent to an update of the system information and transmitting an updated secondary header. The system scheduling information comprises secondary header change state information indicating a change state of the updated secondary header, secondary header applying information indicating whether the secondary header change state information is applied to a current system, and a secondary header change indicator indicating the updated secondary header. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176986 | MOBILE NODE ASSIGNEMENT TO A ROUTER IN A WPAN - A method to assign a mobile node ( | 07-12-2012 |
20120176987 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINALS, A BASE STATION AND A COMMUNICATION NETWORK THEREFOR - Method for scheduling transmissions between a base station (BS) and user terminals (UE) by sending scheduling grants on physical downlink control channels in a subframe with a dedicated amount of control channel elements for each physical downlink control channel, wherein priorities of said transmissions between the base station (BS) and the user terminals (UE) are determined based on the dedicated amount of control channel elements for each physical downlink control channel, and the transmissions between the base station (BS) and the user terminals (UE) are scheduled in the order of said priorities, a base station and a communication network therefor. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176988 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method which uses a plurality of sub-carriers, the method includes receiving uplink data from one or more user devices and generating corresponding ACK/NACK messages for the received data, forming control data defining an allocation of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices, transmitting the control data to the user devices, determining the sub-carriers to be used to transmit the ACK/NACK messages to a user device in dependence upon sub-carriers allocated to that user device, and transmitting the ACK/NACK messages to the corresponding user devices using the determined sub-carriers, wherein the control data for each user device is transmitted over a control channel using a first subset of the plurality of sub-carriers and the ACK/NACK messages for each user device are transmitted over an ACK/NACK channel that is separate from the control channel using a second different subset of the plurality of sub-carriers. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176989 | CONTROL SIGNALING FOR TRANSMISSION OVER CONTIGUOUS AND NON-CONTIGUOUS FREQUENCY BANDS - Methods and apparatus are provided for constructing scheduling assignments for transmission, by a User Equipment (UE), of data signals over a single contiguous bandwidth and multiple non-contiguous clusters of contiguous bandwidth. The scheduling assignments for each transmission structure are designed to always result into the same maximum number of decoding operations the UE needs to perform to receive the scheduling assignments. The data signal transmission over the single contiguous bandwidth can be with or without frequency hopping and the data signal transmission over the multiple non-contiguous clusters of contiguous bandwidth may always be without frequency hopping. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176990 | DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A data transmission method is disclosed in the present invention, where the method includes: mapping a data stream to be transmitted to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access, OFDMA, sub-carrier; scheduling the OFDMA sub-carrier; multiplexing the OFDMA sub-carrier to generate an OFDMA frame; and transmitting the OFDMA frame. A data transmission apparatus and a data receiving apparatus are also disclosed in the present invention. Through the present invention, a cross connection capability on the basis of the OFDMA sub-carrier is implemented, and in this way, not only all convergence services from a slave node to a master node are supported, but also a private line connection between two slave nodes is supported. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176991 | SIGNALING PROCESSING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a signaling processing method. The method includes: in a downlink subframe set, generating a downlink assignment index (DAI) respectively for a downlink subframe that has a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to be sent, where a value of the DAI is generated according to a preset rule and a sequence of carrier first and then subframe; and sending the PDCCH to the user equipment, where the PDCCH carries the DAI. According to the embodiments of the present invention, a transmission delay is shortened and transmission efficiency is improved. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176992 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless base station apparatus notifies a mobile wireless terminal apparatus of a channel to be used to transmit a response signal of channel assignment by a mapping pattern of channel assignment information transmitted on a plurality of bands. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176993 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION, SCHEDULING, AND SIGNALING FOR GROUPING REAL TIME SERVICES - The present invention is a method and apparatus for resource allocation signaling for grouping user real time services. Uplink signaling for voice activity reporting of each user's transition between an active state and an inactive voice state is sent from a wireless transmit/receive unit to a Node B. Radio resource allocation to users of a wireless communication system varies based on user measurement reporting, a pre-determined pattern such as frequency hopping, or a pseudorandom function. Grouping methods are adjusted to better utilize the voice activity factor, so that statistical multiplexing can be used to more efficiently utilize physical resources. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176994 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR OFFLOADING NETWORK TRAFFIC - A method, a device, and a system for offloading network traffic are provided, which are applied in the field of mobile communications. An offloading device located before a Serving General Packet Radio Service Support Node (SGSN) receives a data stream of a user sent by a base station, obtains an offloading policy of the user from the offloading device and/or obtains the offloading policy of the user from a policy server, and forwards the data stream according to the offloading policy. Accordingly, the offloading device can obtain the corresponding offloading policy according to the data stream sent by a forwarding plane, send a data stream of low value, low real-time performance requirement, or low priority to the Internet or another specific networks, and send a data stream of high value, high real-time performance requirement, or high priority to high-value devices, thereby reducing the networking cost. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176995 | UPLINK SCRAMBLING DURING RANDOM ACCESS - The technology described in this case facilitates random access by a user terminal with a radio base station. A user terminal determines one of a first type of uplink scrambling sequences and generates a random access message using the determined one of the first type of uplink scrambling sequences. The random access message is transmitted to the base station. The user terminal receives from the base station a second, different type of uplink scrambling sequence and uses it for subsequent communication with the radio base station. For example, the first uplink scrambling sequences may be specifically associated with the radio base station's cell area or a random access radio channel associated with the radio base station, but they are not specifically assigned to any user terminal, and the second uplink scrambling sequence may be selected from a second set of uplink scrambling sequences specifically assignable to individual user terminals. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176996 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information through a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) at a user equipment, including receiving configuration information for periodic PUSCH transmission through a first protocol layer signaling, receiving information indicating activation or deactivation of the periodic PUSCH transmission through a second protocol layer signaling, wherein the second protocol layer is lower than the first protocol layer, and periodically transmitting the uplink control information through the PUSCH according to the configuration information if the periodic PUSCH transmission is activated. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176997 | EVOLVED ALLOCATION RETENTION POLICY SOLUTION - The present invention relates to a solution for handling an evolved allocation and retention priority in a telecommunications network. The solution is based on obtaining an evolved ARP, obtaining an authorized ARP based on the evolved ARP, and transmitting this authorized ARP to nodes in the network. Furthermore, the authorized ARP may be included in information elements involved in mobility procedure messages. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176998 | Method for Dynamically Controlling an Uplink Transmission Power of a User Equipment - It is described a method for dynamically controlling an uplink transmission power of a user equipment assigned to a base station within a cell of a mobile network. The method includes determining a current traffic load within the cell, triggering in response to a specified trigger point an adaptation of the uplink transmission power of the user equipment, and controlling the uplink transmission power of the user equipment in response to the triggering and depending on the current traffic load. | 07-12-2012 |
20120176999 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL RESOURCE - A system and a method for allocating Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) resources are provided in the present invention, the method includes: an e-Node-B (eNB) allocating a SRS bandwidth with 4n Resource Blocks (RBs) to a terminal, and equally dividing a time domain sequence of a SRS into t portions in the SRS bandwidth; the eNB configuring a time domain RePetition Factor (RPF) used by the UE, and the eNB configuring the UE to use one or more cyclic shifts in L cyclic shifts for each UE; then the eNB notifying the UE of a value of the time domain RPF, a location of a used frequency comb and a used cyclic shift by signaling, wherein n is a positive integer; the RPF satisfies a following condition: | 07-12-2012 |
20120177000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for receiving downlink data in a multi-carrier system are provided. A terminal receives a downlink grant on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) via a first component carrier, and determines a transmission power of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) depending on whether a control channel exists in each orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of a subframe of a second component carrier that is indicated by the downlink grant. Based on the transmission power of the PDSCH, the terminal receives downlink data on the PDSCH indicated by the downlink grant via the second component carrier. When a control channel and a data channel coexist in the same OFDM symbol, the reliability of receiving the control channel can be increased. | 07-12-2012 |
20120182944 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR SIGNALING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Particular embodiments provide a method in a network node ( | 07-19-2012 |
20120182945 | Uplink Power Control - An uplink power control that is applied to a user equipment ( | 07-19-2012 |
20120182946 | RATE MATCHING FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION SCHEMES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for determining resource elements REs used for Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) transmission schemes. The techniques generally include determining, by a User Equipment (UE), a set of data REs used for Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) operation. The determination is based on a CoMP scheme and data REs available to particular base stations involved in the CoMP operation. The technique further includes processing data received via the CoMP operation on the determined set of data REs. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182947 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system where a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without uplink data according to the information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182948 | Wireless Data Communications - A wireless data communications method and transmitter are disclosed. A transmitter ( | 07-19-2012 |
20120182949 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus which communicates with a base station apparatus using a plurality of component carriers, transmits uplink control information to the base station apparatus using a single physical uplink control channel in a plurality of uplink component carriers, regardless of whether or not a plurality of physical uplink control channels is assigned by the base station apparatus and, when each physical uplink shared channel of the plurality of uplink component carriers including a first uplink component carrier on which the uplink control information is transmitted using the physical uplink control channel is assigned in the same subframe by the base station apparatus, transmits the uplink control information to the base station apparatus using the physical uplink shared channel of the first uplink component carrier. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SCHEDULING SIGNALS IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transceiving scheduling signals in a multi-carrier wireless communication system, comprising a step of transmitting, via a predetermined downlink component carrier, a PDSCH transmission scheduling signal on one or more downlink component carriers and/or a PUSCH transmission scheduling signal on one or more uplink component carriers; and a step of transceiving the PDSCH and/or the PUSCH in accordance with the scheduling signals. The scheduling signals can be defined to the same size in a PDCCH transmission region of said predetermined downlink component carrier in the event different MIMO transmission modes are applied to the PDSCH transmission or the PUSCH transmission, or in the event said one or more downlink component carriers or said one or more uplink component carriers have different bandwidths. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182951 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes: a synchronization signal transmission unit | 07-19-2012 |
20120182952 | FRAMING FOR AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and method for mapping a combined frequency division duplexing (FDD) Time Division Multiplexing (TDM)/Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA) downlink subframe for use with half-duplex and full-duplex terminals in a communication system. Embodiments of the downlink subframe vary Forward Error Correction (FEC) types for a given modulation scheme as well as support the implementation of a smart antennae at a base station in the communication system. Embodiments of the system are also used in a TDD communication system to support the implementation of smart antennae. A scheduling algorithm allows TDM and TDMA portions of a downlink to efficiently co-exist in the same downlink subframe and simultaneously support full and half-duplex terminals. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182953 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station Device and Frequency Allocation Method for Mobile Communication System - In a base station device | 07-19-2012 |
20120182954 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR FAST SESSION TRANSFER FOR MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Devices, systems and methods to provide session transfer between a pair of multiband stations by a fast session transfer (FST) setup protocol. For example, a method may include transferring, by a first wireless communications device (STA | 07-19-2012 |
20120182955 | Multi-Network Shared Phy Layer - A system and method is provided for processing a physical (“PHY”) layer signal. Various aspects of the present invention may comprise receiving a PHY layer signal, analyzing a non-content characteristic of the PHY layer signal, and determining a communication protocol associated with the PHY layer signal. The PHY layer signal may be processed according to the communication protocol to obtain a processed PHY layer signal. In one embodiment, when the communication protocol is a first communication protocol, the PHY layer signal may be processed according to the first communication protocol. When the communication protocol is a second communication protocol, the PHY layer signal may be processed according to the second communication protocol. The processed PHY layer signal may be outputted. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182956 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for transmitting reference signals in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method and apparatus includes reference signal, RS, transmission in resource blocks supporting multiple antenna port transmission, at least one broadcast channel being provided in resource blocks belonging to a first set of resource blocks, a first number of reference signals being transmitted in at least one resource block supporting multiple antenna port transmission and a second number of reference signals being transmitted in at least one resource block belonging to a second set of resource blocks. Preferably, different resource elements, REs, are used for each reference signal in resource blocks. An example embodiment of reference signal support of, e.g., eight antenna ports is provided. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182957 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which user equipment transmits a non-periodic sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method comprises: a step of receiving a downlink control channel from a base station; a step of checking carrier indication field (CIF) information of a downlink control information (DCI) format contained in the downlink control channel; and a step of transmitting a non-periodic sounding reference signal to the base station in accordance with the CIF information, wherein said CIF information comprises a triggering message of the non-period sounding reference signal. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182958 | Reconfiguration of Active Component Carrier Set in Multi-Carrier Wireless Systems - In a multi-carrier wireless system, potential problems from reconfiguring mobile station resources to accommodate changes in component-carrier configuration are mitigated by inserting a guard period each time the configuration of component carriers changes, so that transceiver reconfiguration can be carried out without interfering with ongoing transmission. A base station is configured to transmit data to a mobile station according to a first configuration of two or more component carriers, to determine that a change of configuration to a second component-carrier configuration is required, and to signal the change of configuration to the mobile station, using the first configuration of component carriers. The base station then refrains from transmitting data to the mobile station during a pre-determined guard interval of at least one transmission-time interval subsequent to the signaling of the change of configuration. After the guard interval, data is transmitted to the mobile station according to the second component-carrier configuration. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182959 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transceiving data in a wireless communication system. A method for receiving data in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention is configured such that a base station receives, from a mobile station, a signal including information and data on the transmission mode which the mobile station has selected in accordance with a channel status, and decodes the data in accordance with the transmission mode. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182960 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT (PHR) IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENCE - A method and system for reporting PHR in carrier aggregation scenarios are disclosed. The method includes: UE encapsulating UE specific PH and/or UL CC specific PH that need to be reported into a same PHR according to a preset order, and meanwhile encapsulating indication information that indicates whether the UE specific PH and each UL CC specific PH are reported or not into the PHR, then sending the PHR to eNB; after receiving the PHR, the eNB analyzing the PHR to obtain the PH and indication information in the PHR, determining the type and quantity of the UE specific PH and/or each UL CC specific PH reported in the PHR according to the indication information and scene configured by eNB for the UE, and then extracting the UE specific PH and/or each UL CC specific PH from the PHR in combination with the preset order. | 07-19-2012 |
20120182961 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING FIXED RESOURCE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for handling an error in a persistent resource allocation that is performed by a base station includes transmitting a first control message to a terminal, the first control message including persistent allocation information for transmission of an uplink data burst and determining whether the terminal has received the first control message. If a decoding of the uplink data burst, transmitted by the terminal in a resource indicated by the first control message, has been successful, it is determined that the terminal has received the first control message. | 07-19-2012 |
20120188948 | GEO-LOCAL ROUTING IN IMS - In an IP Multimedia setting, a proxy server of a visited network receives a request for a geo-local service from a roaming user agent. The proxy server modifies the received request and forwards the modified request to the user agent's home network. The modification is such that the modified request or a related request message is routed back to the visited network from the user agent's home network, and the geo-local service requested by the roaming user agent is routed to an appropriate IMS entity in the visited network. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188949 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD OF ROUTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system ( | 07-26-2012 |
20120188950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BUNDLING RESOURCE BLOCKS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for bundling resource blocks (RB) for varying bandwidth scenarios in wireless communication. Where multiple access points form a coordinated multiple point (COMP) set for a device. the access points may be configured to use a common RB bundling size for precoding transmissions to the device. In another aspect, where a device is allocated a bandwidth and a bandwidth extension, a RB bundling size may be determined for the bandwidth and bandwidth extension, jointly or individually. The RB bundling size may be determined based on the bandwidth or on the bandwidth and the bandwidth extension. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188951 | Preferential Allocation of Different Length Scrambling Codes - A base station herein assists a radio network controller (RNC) to allocate scrambling codes in a cell. The base station's assistance advantageously permits the RNC to allocate different length scrambling codes to different mobile terminals (or downlink carriers) in the cell. Specifically, the base station determines a preference for whether the length of a scrambling code to be allocated to each terminal or carrier should be short or long, based on whether uplink communications transmitted by the terminal, or downlink communications transmitted over the carrier, are to be processed with a high-complexity receiver or a low-complexity receiver. The RNC receives these preferences from the base station and takes them into account in order to allocate either a short scrambling code or a long scrambling code to each terminal or downlink carrier in the cell. The RNC then propagates the scrambling code allocations throughout the cell. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188952 | WEIGHTED SOFT BUFFER HANDLING IN RADIOCOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Weighting factor information can be transmitted from a base station toward a terminal. The weighting factor information can be used by the terminal to allocate a portion of a buffer for received codewords, or transport blocks, associated with each component carrier that has been assigned to that terminal. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188953 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD AND COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION SYSTEM - Provided are a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception method and a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception system for performing the same. In the coordinated multipoint transmission and reception method, a first point and a second point participating in the coordinated multipoint transmission exchange resource allocation information for coordinated multipoint transmission, allocate resources for coordinated multipoint transmission not to overlap each other based on the exchanged resource allocation information, and perform the coordinated multipoint transmission using the allocated resources. Accordingly, use efficiency of radio resources can be improved and embodying complexity can be reduced. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188954 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA STREAMS IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data including a plurality of data streams in a wireless system. The method includes receiving one or more data streams; mapping the received data streams to an additional physical slot; configuring one or more frames including the additional physical slots; and transmitting the one or more frames at one or more radio frequencies. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188955 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING SFBC SIGNALS WITH CSI-RS TRANSMISSION AND RELATED MUTING IN LTE-ADVANCE SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of spatial-frequency block coding (SFBC) format in a subframe that includes at least one of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) and zero-power muting are disclosed. A processor unit is groups one or more resource elements (REs) available for at least one of CSI-RS and zero-power muting, and the subframe including the group of one or more REs is transmitted. All of the one or more REs in a group may be used for PDSCH rate matching together, or none of the one or more REs in the group may be used for PDSCH rate matching. All REs on one OFDM symbol may not be used for PDSCH rate matching if any two REs per SFBC pair on the OFDM symbol, are separated by at least N REs, where N is equal to 1 or 2. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188956 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING AIR INTERFACE RESOURCE - In the field of communications, a method, a device, and a system for allocating an air interface resource are provided. The method includes: acquiring, according to the amount of data buffered in a buffer corresponding to the channel group, a first level and a second level that are corresponding to the channel group, where the first level is used to indicate a numerical value range, and the second level is used to further indicate a numerical value range of the amount of the data in the numerical value range; filling a Buffer Status Report (BSR) control element of a BSR message with the first level, and filling a BSR sub-header of the BSR message with the second level; and sending the BSR message to a base station, and requesting the base station to allocate the air interface resource. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188957 | FLOW CONTROL IN UMTS USING INFORMATION IN UBS FIELD - Each of a plurality of data frames transmitted from a first node to a second node carry information belonging to one of a plurality of data flows. A determining unit determines at periodically repeated times, for each of the data flows, whether there are more data frames in the first node waiting to be transmitted. A capacity allocating unit allocates for each of those data flows for which no data frames have been waiting to be transmitted for a predetermined time period only a small amount of the totally available bandwidth for transmission from the first node to the second node. It also allocates for each of the remaining data flows a share of the rest of the totally available bandwidth such that the sum of the shares for all said remaining data flows is equal to the rest. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188958 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus determines an uplink carrier component to which a physical downlink control channel instructing to start random access procedure corresponds. A wireless communication system includes a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus that communicate with each other using a plurality of component carriers. The base station apparatus includes a random access controller that preliminarily allocates random access resources corresponding to a specific downlink component. A transmission processor transmits control information instructing to start the random access procedure. The mobile station apparatus includes a random access processor that, upon receipt of the control information instructing to start the random access procedure, starts the random access procedure by means of the random access resource corresponding to a specific downlink component carrier preliminarily allocated by the base station apparatus. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188959 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CONTROL DATA ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for sending and receiving control data on a wireless communications system employing an aggregated carrier arrangement. In a method for transmitting control data on a wireless communications system supporting carrier aggregation according to one aspect of the present invention, a base station transmits, to a mobile station, information relating to physical cell ID (physical cell identification, hereinafter “PCI”) for use in uplink signal transmission, and receives an uplink signal generated from the mobile station using the PCI. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188960 | Method, User Equipment, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Selecting an Output Stream - It is presented a method for selecting an output stream for bits of a bit set. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining indicators of how much transmission power is allowed to be used; calculating a maximum number of bits that can be provided to each one of the two output streams; determining which one of the two output streams is to be a primary output stream and which one of the two output streams is to be the secondary output stream. The primary output stream is then filled first and any surplus is provided to the secondary output stream. A corresponding user equipment, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188961 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND CONTROL PROGRAM FOR MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A plurality of uplink and downlink component carriers are allocated from a base station apparatus, a common search space of a specific downlink component carrier of the allocated downlink component carriers is monitored, and random access processing is started in any one of the uplink component carriers. A mobile station apparatus applied to a communication system allocates to any mobile station apparatus the plurality of downlink component carriers including the common search space to be monitored together with any other mobile station apparatus. In performing random access to said base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus extends a monitored object of a physical downlink control channel from a first common search space of the downlink component carrier to a second common search space of any downlink component carrier other than the downlink component carrier including the first common search space. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188962 | Apparatus and Method for Non-Codebook Based Precoding - An apparatus and a method are provided. The provided solution includes a controller configured to determine a transmission mode for user equipment, the transmission mode including non-codebook precoding with fixed precoding granularity; and to control a transceiver to transmit information on the selected transmission mode to the user equipment. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188963 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention includes: a step in which a mobile station UE, upon reception of a first uplink scheduling grant containing C-RNTI of the mobile station UE, transmits, by using an individual uplink resource designated by the uplink scheduling grant, an uplink data signal on which a scrambling process has been performed by the C-RNTI of the mobile station UE, to a radio base station eNB; and a step in which the mobile station UE, upon reception of a second uplink scheduling grant containing CB-RNTI, transmits, by using a shared uplink resource designated by the second uplink scheduling grant, an uplink data signal on which a scrambling process has been performed by the CB-RNTI, to the radio base station eNB. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188964 | METHOD FOR ENABLING MULTI-CHANNEL SIGNALING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for enabling multi-channel signaling in a communication network, including a multitude of communication nodes, wherein the communication among the communication nodes is performed by sending and receiving messages on communication channels including a control channel and at least one service channel, is characterized in that communication nodes embed information related to communication channel usage in messages sent on one of the communication channels, in particular the control channel, wherein the information indicates to others of the communication nodes a communication channel, in particular a service channel, intended to be employed for a specific service and/or application by the communication node having sent the respective message, and wherein communication nodes that receive a message including information related to communication channel usage forward the information by embedding the information in any of their own messages to be sent on a communication channel, in particular on the control channel. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188965 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING WTRU STATE TRANSITIONS IN HSPA - A method and apparatus for performing state transition of a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) which supports enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) in the CELL_FACH state is disclosed. Uplink data is transmitted via an E-DCH after a state transition to the CELL_FACH state. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188966 | BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION COMMUNICATING WITH OFDM SYSTEM USING A PLURALITY OF SUBCARRIERS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD WITH OFDM SYSTEM USING A PLURALITY OF SUBCARRIERS - A multicarrier communication apparatus that is capable of suppressing interference of feedback information with other channels and alleviating a reduction in an uplink capacity. In PL signal reception section of this apparatus, PL signal extraction section extracts pilot signals and reception quality measuring section measures reception quality such as an SIR. Here, since pilot signals are included in respective subcarriers, reception quality measuring section measures reception quality of subcarriers. FBSC determining section determines a feedback information subcarrier based on the reception quality of subcarriers. More specifically, FBSC determining section determines a subcarrier having the highest reception quality as a feedback information subcarrier. FBSC determining section outputs information about the feedback information subcarrier (FBSC information) to control CH transmission section and FB information reception section. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188967 | METHODS OF ASSIGNING RESOURCES FOR THE UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN LTE - A method of a slot-level remapping physical uplink control channels into two resource blocks respectively located at two slots of a subframe, is generally adapted to a complex 3GPP LTE physical uplink where ACK/NAK recourse blocks may be applied by the extended cyclic prefix, mixed resource blocks (where the ACK/NAK and CQI channels coexist) may be applied by the normal cyclic prefix, or mixed recourse blocks (where the ACK/NAK and CQI channels coexist) may be applied by the extended cyclic prefix. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188968 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE STOARGE MEDIUM - A wireless communication apparatus on the receiving side receives communication data that is a transmitted to the wireless communication apparatus using one of the plurality of channels. Subsequently, the wireless communication apparatus on the receiving side obtains channel information contained in the communication data received by the receiving unit and judges whether the obtained channel information is target information indicating a channel of a processing target. The wireless communication apparatus on the receiving side performs a receiving process on the received communication data, when the judging unit determines that the obtained channel information is the target information, performs a receiving process on the communication data received by the receiving unit and that, when the judging unit determines that the obtained channel information is not the target information, discards the received communication data. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188969 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING AND DECODING HIGH SPEED SHARED CONTROL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for encoding and decoding high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) data are disclosed. For part 1 data encoding, a mask may be generated using a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) identity (ID) and a generator matrix with a maximum minimum Hamming distance. For part 2 data encoding, cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits are generated based on part 1 data and part 2 data. The number of CRC bits is less than the WTRU ID. The CRC bits and/or the part 2 data are masked with a mask. The mask may be a WTRU ID or a punctured WTRU ID of length equal to the CRC bits. The mask may be generated using the WTRU ID and a generator matrix with a maximum minimum Hamming distance. The masking may be performed after encoding or rate matching. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188970 | FORWARD ERROR CORRRECTION MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM - This disclosure is directed at a method, device and system for efficiently correcting errors in a communication system. An encoded signal is created from a source signal using a forward error correction technique. The encoded signal is split into a plurality of units. A first unit of the plurality of units is transmitted to a receiver through a first route. A second unit of the plurality of units is transmitted to the receiver through a second route. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188971 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKETS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving packet data in a mobile communication system supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ), e.g., a method and apparatus for performing HARQ retransmission on a packet received through persistent resources where no HARQ process identifier is transmitted. HARQ soft combining is performed by providing a mapping relation between a packet received through persistent resources and a retransmitted HARQ packet. In addition, when there are several HARQ packets received through persistent resources at an arbitrary timing, which packet an arbitrary retransmission packet should be combined is determined, thereby enabling the corresponding processor to perform correct soft combining This improves HARQ performance of persistent resources without increasing complexity of the reception apparatus. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188972 | EFFICIENT UPLINK TRANSMISSION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A UE in a wireless communication network transmits succinct, direct channel state information to the network, enabling coordinated multipoint calculations such as joint processing, without substantially increasing uplink overhead. The UE receives and processes reference symbols over a set of non-uniformly spaced sub-carriers, selected according to a scheme synchronized to the network. The frequency response for each selected sub-carrier is estimated conventionally, and the results quantized and transmitted to the network on an uplink control channel. The non-uniform sub-carrier selection may be synchronized to the network in a variety of ways. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188973 | SCHEDULING WITH REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate increased communication channel bandwidth efficiency in association with scheduled time periods that allocate channel access to particular stations. According to various aspects, systems and methods are described that facilitate providing and/or utilizing reverse direction grants in connection with scheduled channel access. Such systems and/or method can mitigate an amount of unused channel access time after a station completes data transmission prior to an end of the allocated period. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188974 | Power Control - Deciding a power control command for transmitting to a communication device, wherein the deciding takes into account a signal distortion characteristic of the communication device, and wherein the power control command is for use by communication device in determining a transmission power for the communication device. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188975 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING CARRIER SCHEDULING MODE - A method for indicating and determining a carrier scheduling mode in a Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE-A) system is disclosed in the present invention. The method is that: a network device determines whether a component carrier adopts a cross-carrier scheduling mode to perform resource scheduling, and transmits first indication information that indicating whether the component carrier adopts the cross-carrier scheduling mode to perform the resource scheduling to a User Equipment (UE), so as to indicate the UE to determine whether adopting the cross-carrier scheduling mode to perform the resource scheduling on a component carrier supported by the UE itself according to the received first indication information. By adopting the present solution, the UE supporting multi-carriers in the LTE-A system is able to determine which mode one certain component carrier or several certain component carriers adopt to perform the resource scheduling, thereby performing data reception/transmission correctly. | 07-26-2012 |
20120188976 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A wireless communication system is disclosed. A method and apparatus for allowing a user equipment (UE) to transmit uplink control information through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) are disclosed. A method for allowing a UE to transmit uplink control information through a PUSCH in a wireless communication system includes receiving configuration information about a plurality of PUSCH feedback modes, identifying information indicating a specific PUSCH feedback mode for the PUSCH by using uplink allocation information for the PUSCH, and transmitting the uplink control information through the PUSCH in accordance with the specific PUSCH feedback mode. | 07-26-2012 |
20120195267 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - The present disclosure discloses a method and system for transmitting downlink control information, for solving the problem of how to indicate a transmission scheme when a cyclic redundancy check code in the downlink control channel is scrambled with the semi-persistently scheduled cell radio network temporary identifier. In order to support the bi-flow beam forming technology in the LTE-A R9, the present disclosure provides a downlink control information Format 1A, which may, when the cyclic redundancy check code in the downlink control channel is scrambled with the semi-persistently scheduled cell radio network temporary identifier, indicates a method for transmitting downlink control information, for example, single-layer transmission, transmit diversity, or a transmission scheme simultaneously involving single-layer transmission and transmit diversity, which guarantees flexibility of system schedule. The present disclosure adds no signaling overhead and has good adaptability with the LTE R8. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195268 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - Network access methods and base stations and wireless communication devices using the same methods are proposed. The proposed method relies on random access parameters assignment through pre-configured information and non-uniform distribution of access timings corresponding to pre-assigned priority group. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195269 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including systems, which do not have a permission for a first frequency band, includes coexistence managers configured to, when a frequency band available for the systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the systems and information of the coexistence managers; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence managers over the systems, wherein predetermined messages are transmitted and received among the coexistence discovery and information server, the coexistence managers and the coexistence enabler to perform a registration procedure, a coexistence information gathering procedure, a coexistence decision making procedure, a reconfiguration procedure, a management procedure and an event procedure, for the coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195270 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including systems, which do not have a permission for a first frequency band, includes coexistence managers configured to, when a frequency band available for the systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the systems and information of the coexistence managers; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence managers over the systems, wherein the coexistence managers transmit and receive predetermined messages to and from the coexistence discovery and information server and the coexistence enabler, perform channel classification for the first frequency band, and determine operating channels of the systems on the basis of the channel classification. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195271 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving reference signals through distributed antennas deployed within a service area of a base station in a mobile communication system. First control information, including at least two scrambling factor combinations, is received at a terminal from the base station. Second control information, indicating one of the at least two scrambling factor combinations, is received at the terminal from the base station. The one of the at least two scrambling factor combinations is selected based on the second control information. An initial value of a demodulation reference signal sequence is calculated using the selected scrambling factor combination. The demodulation reference signal sequence is received using the initial value. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195272 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING DOWNLINK INTERFERENCE FROM INTERFERING BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for avoiding interference of an interfering Base Station (BS) in an interfered BS of a mobile communication system includes determining an interference value of an interfering BS at a control region during a determination interval. When the interference value is greater than a threshold value, the method further includes operating in a modified Transmit/receive Transition Gap (TTG) mode. When the interference value is less than the threshold value, the method further includes operating in a general TTG mode. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195273 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the present invention includes: a step A in which a radio base station eNB transmits an uplink scheduling grant including CB-RNTI; and a step B in which when the uplink scheduling grant has been received, according to a comparison result obtained by comparing a predetermined threshold value with the amount of uplink data remaining in the transmission buffer, the mobile station UE determines whether a protocol data unit formed by the uplink data can be transmitted using a shared uplink resource specified by the uplink scheduling grant. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195274 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING A PROCESS - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method comprises the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST | 08-02-2012 |
20120195275 | Methods and Systems for Improving Session Establishment with Wireless Communication Devices - Methods and systems for reducing the latency of instant communication session establishment are presented. According to various preferred embodiments, a RAN, may receive a setup request message via a packet-switched network. The RAN may determine, from a quality of service (QOS) indication contained in the setup request message, that the setup request message is requesting establishment of a instant communication session. The RAN may further determine an intended destination wireless communication device (WCD) for the setup request message. Based on the QOS indication and/or a profile indicating the destination WCD's capabilities, the RAN may pre-allocate resources for the instant communication session in parallel to paging the destination WCD. In this way, the latencies associated with these procedures are overlapped, thus reducing the overall latency of instant communication session establishment. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195276 | METHOD FOR QOS GUARANTEES IN A MULTILAYER STRUCTURE - A method in which a user equipment processes data in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes the steps of receiving a first data block from an upper layer, transferring a second data block including the first data block to a lower layer at a particular protocol layer, discarding the first and second data blocks present in the particular protocol layer if a certain period of time has passed, and transferring information associated with the discard of the second data block to the lower layer. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195277 | HYBRID SCHEME FOR DL LINK ADAPTATION - A system and method of a hybrid scheme of DL link adaptation in a network having mobile stations (MSs) in communication with a base station (BS). The system may include a mode decision module associated with the base station. The mode decision module may include one or more processors configured to select a first mode configuration for use during transmission of a first communication from the base station. The BS may receive first feedback information associated with the first communication, where the first feedback information includes a first mode recommendation and first channel information. Based on the first feedback information, the BS may generate a BS-derived mode configuration based on the first channel information and compare the first mode recommendation and the BS-derived mode configuration. Based on the comparison, the BS may determine a second mode configuration to use to configure a second communication. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195278 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT OF UPLINK PACKET TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for communication between a User Equipment (UE) and a Node B in a communication system. The UE generates a Media Access Control-Protocol Data Unit (MAC-PDU) including scheduling information having information representing an amount of packet data to be transmitted. The MAC-PDU including the scheduling information is transmitted to the Node B. The information representing the amount of packet data exists per priority queue. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195279 | CONTROL CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The disclosed embodiments provide for methods and systems for allocating a plurality of users on a control channel in a wireless communication network. In one aspect, a method for allocating a plurality of users on a control channel includes assigning a first number of modulation symbols to a hop region for a control channel, and allocating a second number of users to the first number of modulation symbols. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195280 | ADAPTIVE SCHEDULING OF VOICE TRAFFIC IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a technique for scheduling data, and in particular, scheduling real-time or voice data for transmissions during a transmit time interval in a multi-carrier communication environment. For each transmit time interval, channel condition indicia for multiple users is determined, and an iterative scheduling process is then implemented based in part on the channel condition indicia. The iterative scheduling initially pre-assigns select tones for each of the remaining users that have not been permanently assigned tones for the given transmit time interval. Next, the remaining user having the least favorable channel conditions is selected as an active user. The newly selected active user is then permanently assigned the select tones that were initially pre-assigned to that particular user. The permanently assigned tones are removed from consideration, and the process is repeated until all the remaining users are permanently assigned unique tones for scheduling. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting a scheduling request signal of a terminal in a mobile communication system. If a Buffer Status Report (BSR) is triggered, it is checked whether the BSR is canceled. If the BSR is not cancelled, a Scheduling Request (SR) is triggered for requesting resources for transmitting the BSR. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195282 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING SA-PREAMBLE AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING SA-PREAMBLE - An SA-Preamble corresponding to an irregular system bandwidth different from a regular system bandwidth is configured to be as long as or larger than the irregular system bandwidth and transmitted. Thus, the performance of transmitting and receiving the SA-Preamble is increased. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195283 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION OVER A COMPONENT CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to a method for transmitting information over a component carrier and to a wireless communication system for the method. The present invention relates to a method for transmitting information that indicates an allocated component carrier, and to a method for transmitting information on the number of usable CCs of a terminal via upper layer signaling, and transmitting information on CC allocation via physical layer signaling. | 08-02-2012 |
20120195284 | JOINT UPLINK DATA PROCESSING BY PLURAL BASE STATIONS - Joint uplink processing by plural base stations includes sending, by a serving base station, a request for uplink resources of a second base station for receiving uplink data of a mobile station. The serving base station receives first uplink data from the mobile station, and the serving base station further receives (from the second base station) second uplink data of the mobile station received by the second base station using the uplink resources specified by the request. | 08-02-2012 |
20120201205 | Method for improved robust header compression with low signal energy - A method is provided a wireless system for reliably transmitting context information in robust header compression at low signal energies. More particularly, the methodology of the invention provides an elongated virtual Transmission Time Interval (Super TTI) for the first few (in particular, the first) non-compressed packet (that includes upper layer headers) of a packet stream transmitted using ROHC compression. Improved reception reliability for the uncompressed packet, in particular to decode the headers, results by application to the Super TTI of a combination of TTI Bundling techniques, RLC segmentation and association with multiple HARQ processes and use of enough HARQ rounds. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201206 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TERMINAL IDENTITY PROCESSING IN HYBRID-ACCESS-MODE-BASED CELL - The present invention provides a method for processing terminal membership based on a hybrid access mode cell, which method comprises: when the CSG member state of a terminal changes to a new CSG member state, a core network or a HNB gateway informing an access network element of the information about the new CSG member state; and the access network element processing the terminal according to information about the new CSG member state. The present invention further provides a system for processing terminal membership based on a hybrid access mode cell. In the present invention, when the subscription information changes when a terminal is in the connected state, not only the subscription information stored in the terminal and the core network or the HNB gateway is changed, but also the access network element which it accesses modifies its access identity to be a new CSG member state, thus the non-subscribed users and the subscribers can be processed differently and accurately. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201207 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE REPORTING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Channel State Information (CSI) is reported by a subscriber station to a base station. The CSI is reported periodically for at least two physical uplink control channels (PUCCH). In case of a collision between a report for a first PUCCH and a report for the second PUCCH, each of the report types is partitioned into one of a number of classes, which include: a first class for rank indicator related report types and wideband (WB) W1 report types; a second class for WB report types or WB channel quality indicator report types; and a third class for subband related report types or W1 report types. A priority rule assigns a priority to each of the classes. The CSI feedback reports are transmitted according to the priority rule such that the report type included in a higher class is transmitted and the report type included in the lower class are dropped. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201208 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including a plurality of systems, which do not have a permission for a first frequency band, includes a plurality of coexistence managers configured to, when a frequency band available for the plurality of systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the plurality of systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the plurality of systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the plurality of systems and information of the coexistence manager; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence manager over the plurality of systems, wherein predetermined messages are transmitted and received among the coexistence discovery and information server, the plurality of coexistence managers and the coexistence enabler to discover neighbor systems among the plurality of systems. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201209 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including systems which do not have a permission for a first frequency band includes a coexistence manager configured to, when a frequency band available for the systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the systems and information of the coexistence manager; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence manager over the systems, wherein a plurality of coexistence managers are provided to respectively correspond to the plurality of systems, and wherein, among the plurality of coexistence managers, a first coexistence manager performs a negotiation procedure with coexistence managers neighboring to it, on the basis of one of an etiquette mode, a round-robin mode and a competition mode. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201210 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION USING MULTIPLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS - In a terminal and method for data communication using multiple wireless communication methods, a terminal includes an input unit to receive an instruction of a user; a communication unit to transmit and receive data to and from other terminals; and a control unit to determine a first seed file based on the instruction, to search other terminals having a seed file corresponding to the first seed file, and to receive data corresponding to the seed file from the searched other terminals. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201211 | METHOD OF REPORTING SCHEDULING INFORMATION - A method of encoding and transmitting information relating to data to be transmitted from user equipment to a base station in a multi-carrier wireless telecommunications network. Each carrier comprises a data channel. The method comprises the steps of: generating an indication of the characteristics of said data to be transmitted; determining an indication of estimated power available to send data on said data channel of each carrier; and encoding a scheduling information message for each carrier, said scheduling information message being generated from the indication of estimated power available to send data on said data channel of that carrier and the characteristics of said data to be transmitted. The encoded scheduling information message for each carrier is transmitted to the base station on two or more carriers. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201212 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Uplink Control Signaling on Physical Uplink Shared Channel - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting uplink control signaling in a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The method includes: when two transport blocks/codewords are transmitted in the PUSCH, mapping uplink control signaling to the layer corresponding to one of the two transport blocks/codewords to transmit. The present invention also discloses an apparatus for transmitting uplink control signaling in the PUSCH. The apparatus includes: a mapping unit, used for mapping uplink control signaling to the layer corresponding to one of two transport blocks/codewords when the two transport blocks/codewords are transmitted in the PUSCH; and a transmission unit, used for transmitting the uplink control signaling. The present invention effectively solves the problem of transmitting uplink control signaling in the PUSCH when the PUSCH uses spatial multiplexing in an LTE-A system. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201213 | WLAN CHANNEL ALLOCATION - An available frequency band for communication is determined, and a subset of communication channels from possible communication channels within the available frequency band is determined based on the available frequency band. A communication channel is selected from the subset of communication channels, and the selected communication channel is utilized to communicate with one or more communication devices. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201214 | METHOD, ENODEB, AND SYSTEM FOR TIMING ADJUSTMENT TO A COMPONENT CARRIER - A method, an eNodeB, and a system for timing adjustment to a component carrier are provided. The method includes the following steps: receiving an instruction signaling, in which the instruction signaling is used for instructing a downlink component carrier used as a timing reference for an uplink component carrier; and adjusting the uplink component carrier by using the downlink component carrier as timing reference time. Through the embodiments of the present disclosure, the downlink component carrier used as the timing adjustment reference for the uplink component carrier is specified in the sent instruction signaling. The timing reference time used by the terminal during the TA adjustment of the uplink component carrier may be clarified and the TA adjustment of the uplink component carrier may be accurately confirmed. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201215 | MAPPING MULTIPLE SERVICES INTO A SINGLE RADIO BEARER IN LTE AND SINGLE TUNNEL GPRS - In a wireless communication system, a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) adapted to bundle a plurality of services into radio access bearer (RAB) in an uplink signal and unbundle a plurality of services from a RAB in a downlink signal. The WTRU is adapted to communicate with a plurality of services through a communications tunnel. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201216 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DOWNLINK CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus and a system for downlink channel transmission. The method for downlink channel transmission includes: sending PDCCH information, where original information of the information includes a first part of the information and a second part of the information; the second part of the information includes downlink control information DCI content information, and the first part of the information includes indication information for indicating a related parameter of the DCI content information in the second part of the information; after receiving the PDCCH, obtaining, by a receiving end, the first part of the information and verifies it, if correct, obtaining the related parameter of the DCI content information in the second part of the information according to the indication information, and performing convolutional decoding for specific DCI content information in the second part of the information according to the related parameter. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201217 | MAPPING UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RESOURCE BASED ON DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Techniques for determining an uplink (UL) acknowledgment (ACK) resource based on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) carrying a resource allocation for a user equipment (UE) are disclosed. The mapping between the UL ACK resource and the PDCCH may be implicit, which may reduce overhead. The UL ACK resource may be associated with a time-varying cyclic shift of a base sequence used by the UE to send ACK information. The UE may send the ACK information based on the time-varying cyclic shift of the base sequence, which may randomize interference. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201218 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS-USE SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS, PHY PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND MAC PROCESSING APPARATUS - To prevent an occurrence of mismatch in processing timing between a PHY layer and a MAC layer that may occur when a synchronization process for inter-base-station synchronization is performed by a PHY processing apparatus. A base station apparatus | 08-09-2012 |
20120201219 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement in base station for scheduling user equipments. The base station is adapted to schedule communication from user equipments by sending contention based grants comprising information indicating if the contention based grant should be used for initial transmission or for retransmission. If it is detected that data is not correctly received due to a collision, the information in a following contention based grant is set to indicate that said contention based grant is to be used for initial transmission, while if data is not correctly received, but no collision is detected, the information is set to indicate that the contention based grant is to be used for retransmission. Corresponding method and arrangement in a user equipment is described. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink control signal in a wireless communication system are provided. A user equipment spreads a third control signal by using either a reference signal sequence of a first control signal or a reference signal sequence of a second control signal, thereby multiplexing the third control signal to the first and second control signals. Thus, a payload of a control channel can be increased. | 08-09-2012 |
20120201221 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A decrease in weight calculation accuracy in MMSE combining caused by a shift in the discrete Fourier transform timing of received signals is prevented. A wireless communication apparatus BS | 08-09-2012 |
20120207098 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONTROLLING APPLICATION UPDATES ACROSS A WIRELESS INTERFACE - The present invention is directed to a system and method for managing connections between a mobile device and a network server over a single connection in a bandwidth-efficient manner. In one embodiment, a single persistent wireless interface connection is maintained in a manner that allows for multiplexing several services over that connection in a dynamic service priority manner. Each type of data that is to be communicated across the air interface has a priority associated therewith. By managing the data transfer in accordance with its priority, the bandwidth of the total data transfer across the interface is managed so as to conserve battery life and minimize the bandwidth required at any point in time. From time to time, the priority of any given type of data can be adjusted dynamically depending upon several factors. Thus, it is possible to delay certain data transfers in favor of other data transfers, thereby conserving bandwidth and battery life. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207099 | DL control channel structure enhancement - An apparatus includes one or more processor and one or more memories including computer program code. The one or more memories and the computer program code are configured to, with the one or more processors and in response to execution of the computer program code, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: accessing in an enhanced downlink control region of a downlink subframe a downlink control channel message corresponding to the apparatus, wherein the downlink control channel message corresponding to the apparatus occupies two or more physical resource blocks contiguous in one or both of time and frequency; and accessing or not accessing a portion specific to the apparatus of a physical downlink shared channel in the downlink subframe, depending in least in part on the determined downlink control channel message. Additional apparatus, methods, and computer products are disclosed. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207100 | Real-time gaming and other applications support for D2D communications - An apparatus is disclosed that performs operations including determining whether an application message meets a predetermined set of criteria. If the application message meets the set, the application message is transmitted via a first communication layer pathway between the apparatus and one or more other apparatuses participating in a device-to-device communication with the apparatus. If the application message does not meet the set, the application message is transmitted via a second communication layer pathway between the apparatus and the other apparatus. The first and second communication layer pathways are different. The first pathway may be an L1 physical control channel while the second pathway may be an L1 physical data channel. The first pathway may be a first L2 logical channel while the second pathway may be a second L2 logical channel. Methods and program products are also disclosed. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207101 | Systems and Methods for Providing Categorized Channel Reservation - A wireless communications system for categorized channel reservation is provided with a first wireless communications module and a second wireless communications module. The first wireless communications module transmits or receives a plurality of first wireless signals. The second wireless communications module transmits a first control packet according to an activity schedule of the first wireless communications module to disable a plurality of wireless communications stations from data transmissions, and transmit a second control packet to enable a predetermined number of the wireless communications stations to perform the data transmissions. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207102 | Prioritizing RACH Message Contents - A network/base station broadcasts an indication to direct a user equipment how to prioritize information for inclusion in an uplink message to be sent on a random access channel RACH. By example one value of the indication directs a user equipment UE to prioritize inter-frequency over intra-frequency neighbor cell measurements for inclusion in the uplink message; and another value (or absence) of the indication directs a UE to prioritize intra-frequency over inter-frequency neighbor cell measurements for inclusion in the uplink message. A UE receiving the broadcast indication constructs the uplink message which includes information that is prioritized in accordance with the indication so as not to exceed a maximum message size. There are also embodiments with second and/or further/third indications in the broadcast system information for more efficiently utilizing the available space in the RACH message, which by example is an RRC Connection Request message in which UE capability information may be prioritized higher or lower than the measurement information. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207103 | Method and System for Transmitting Downlink Control Information - The present invention discloses a method and a system for transmitting downlink control information, wherein when a base station is not configured with a carrier indicator field, the base station transmits a physical downlink control channel bearing the corresponding downlink control information on each downlink component carrier in a user equipment's physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) carrier set, and the user equipment detects the corresponding downlink control information on each downlink component carrier in the configured PDSCH carrier set. When a base station is configured with a carrier indicator field, the base station transmits the physical downlink control channel bearing the corresponding downlink control information on each downlink component carrier in the configured physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) carrier set, and the user equipment detects the corresponding downlink control information on each downlink component carrier in the PDCCH carrier set. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207104 | Method for implementing local access and system thereof - The disclosure discloses a method for implementing local access, which includes: after user terminal initiates a local access and a mobile management unit determines that the local connection can be established for the user terminal, the mobile management unit acquires local access gateway information through a Domain Name System (DNS) server. The disclosure further discloses a system for implementing local access, correspondingly. By providing a specific implementation solution of inquiring the local access gateway, the disclosure ensures selection between the core network gateway and the local access gateway according to a respective scenario, thus properly and effectively implementing the local access function implemented by the user terminal through the local access gateway. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207105 | COOPERATION AND OPERATION OF MACRO NODE AND REMOTE RADIO HEAD DEPLOYMENTS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided for separating control transmissions and data transmissions within the coverage area of a plurality of transmission/reception points or points that are geographically displaced, the plurality of points comprising a macro node and a plurality of remote radio heads (RRHs) coupled to the macro node. Separating control transmissions and data transmissions in the macro node/RRH configuration may allow UEs to be associated with one set of transmission points for data transmissions and the same set or a different set of transmission points for common control signaling. Separating control transmissions and data transmissions may also allow for faster reconfiguration of antenna ports used for UE data transmission compared with reconfiguration via a handover process. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207106 | WLAN CHANNEL ALLOCATION - In a method available frequency band for communication is determined and a frequency f | 08-16-2012 |
20120207107 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING RESPONSE CHANNEL RESOURCES - An apparatus and method for assigning an acknowledgement (ACK)/a negative acknowledgement (NACK) channel resources. The method includes setting a User Equipment (UE) to feed back Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) information in a Carrier Aggregation (CA) mode; setting a Transmit Power Control (TPC) field of a Physical Downlink Controlling Channel (PDCCH) message to transmit an ACK/NACK Resource Indicator (ARI) information, when a Downlink Assigning Indicator (DAI) value of the PDCCH message of a Secondary cell (Scell) scheduled in a non cross-carrier manner is 1; setting the TPC field to transmit a TPC command for the ACK/NACK feedback information, when the DAI value is greater than 1; and transmitting the PDCCH message and downlink data to the UE. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207108 | Methods and Nodes Related to Coding of Channel Status Information (CSI) Payload - Methods, for use in a communications system, for transmitting information that applies a method for channel coding the CQI/PMI information, wherein a turbo coding method is applied when the size of the CQI/PMI information is above a first threshold value. The methods further include setting, based on the method applied for the channel coding, an offset value indicative of the difference in code rate between the code rate of the CQI/PMI information and the assigned code rate of the UL-SCH data information on the PUSCH. The methods also include determining, based on the offset value, the number of coded bits to be used for transmission of the CQI/PMI information, and transmitting the CQI/PMI information to a radio access network node on resources assigned based on the determined number of coded bits. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207109 | Multiplexing of ACK/NACK and channel state information on uplink control channel - A method, apparatus and computer program which enable simultaneous transmission of a positive or negative acknowledge and channel state information and spatially bundle the positive or negative acknowledge bits corresponding to multiple transport blocks for each of a plurality of component carriers, where if there are two positive or negative acknowledge bits on a carrier component a logical “AND” operation is applied to bundle the two positive and negative acknowledge bits. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207110 | Antenna Weighting in Relation to Transmissions from Two Cells - The invention concerns a method and an antenna weight determining device ( | 08-16-2012 |
20120207111 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting channel quality control information using two transport blocks in a wireless access system that supports hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ). The method may include the steps of receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including downlink control information (DCI); calculating the number of coded symbols, Q′, required to transmit the channel quality control information using the DCI; and transmitting the channel quality control information through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the basis of the number of coded symbols. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207112 | POWER HEADROOM REPORT METHOD AND APPARATUS OF UE - An improved method and an apparatus for reporting Power Headroom (PH) of a UE are provided. The Power Headroom Report (PHR) method of the present invention includes determining whether to trigger PHR based on a change of Power Management Maximum Power Reduction (P-MPR) between two time points, generating, if PHR is determined to be triggered, Power Headroom, and reporting the Power Headroom information to a base station. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207113 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MACHINE TO MACHINE DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving Machine to Machine (M2M) data between a Base Station (BS) and a terminal in a wireless communication system are provided. The terminal receives a downlink Media Access Control (MAC) packet from a Base Station (BS), and obtains the M2M data by interpreting MAC layer control information included in the downlink MAC packet. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207114 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CANDIDATE LIST GENERATION FOR UPLINK V-MIMO - A method selects mobile station candidates for use with virtual multiple-input multiple-output (“V-MIMO”) in a communication system. The communication system includes at least one base station and a plurality of mobile stations. At least one downlink metric is determined for a first mobile station. The at least one downlink metric is used to determine eligibility for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection. Responsive to determining that the first mobile station is eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection, the first mobile station is paired with a second mobile station eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207115 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PROCESSOR - An ASN encoder of a mobile station apparatus generates transmission and reception capability information including information relating to one or a plurality of component carriers to be used for communication with a base station apparatus. A transmission and reception apparatus transmits the transmission and reception capability information to the base station apparatus. A controller controls the communication with the base station apparatus, using the one or the plurality of component carriers assigned by the base station apparatus based on the transmission and reception capability information. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207116 | WIMAX R6 MANAGEMENT PROTOCOL - Within an access services network (ASN) operable for providing wireless access services to an access terminal and including a base station communicatively coupled to an ASN gateway, a new management protocol is provided for managing the R | 08-16-2012 |
20120207117 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING SCHEDULING INFORMATION FROM A UE TO A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method by which a UE device and a Node B communicate information such as scheduling information to each other, including a step of sending the information as part of a communication signal instead of padding in the communication signal if the information can be fit by removing all or part of the padding. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207118 | CODING INFORMATION FOR COMMUNICATION OVER AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA)-BASED WIRELESS LINK - In a wireless access network, a transmitter provides a pool of sequences having a reduced peak-to-average power ratio. Information to be transmitted is mapped to a selected at least one of the pool of sequences. The selected at least one sequence is transmitted over an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA)-based wireless link of the wireless access network. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207119 | METHOD OF NOTIFYING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - A method of notifying resource allocation for Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) is provided. A base station notifies to a user equipment a power offset value between an average EPRE value for data symbols and an average EPRE value for the DMRS at each layer in a semi-static or static manner. Also, the base station dynamically notifies to the user equipment a current channel rank or a current DMRS distribution pattern for the user equipment. The user equipment determines an allocated DMRS antenna port based on a correspondence between the received channel rank and an allocation of DMRS antenna port, thereby obtaining resource allocation information for the DMRS. The signaling overhead for power allocation in the system can be reduced, the efficiency of power amplifier can be improved and the flexibility of system scheduling can be increased. A method of notifying antenna port resource allocation for DMRS is also provided. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207120 | Wireless Scheduling Considering Overhead Cost Estimate - The present solution provides a method in a base station ( | 08-16-2012 |
20120207121 | Idle Mode Camping Priority - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention, as described herein, there is at least a method, apparatus, and a computer program code to receive signaling from an access node of a wireless network that uses component carrier aggregation, the signaling including an identification of a plurality of component carriers and a priority associated with individual ones of the component carriers, and select one of the component carriers to camp on when in an idle mode. Further, in accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention, there is transmitting signaling from an access node of a wireless network that uses component carrier aggregation, the signaling including an identification of a plurality of component carriers and a priority associated with individual ones of the component carriers, and receiving a random access channel corresponding to a component carrier selected by a user equipment in accordance with the transmitted signaling. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207122 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING ACID IN PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Disclosed is a method for allocating ACID in a persistent resource allocation including setting an ACID field of a map message to have the same ACID value as ACID value used in a previous persistent allocation upon occurrence of a change, in case where the change occurs in information related to a persistent resource previously allocated to a terminal, sending the map message including the set ACID field to the terminal in the same subframe as a subframe, in which the persistent resource has been allocated prior to the change occurred, and allocating the ACID value of the set ACID field as ACID value for a first data burst after the transmission of the map message. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207123 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting reception acknowledgement for an HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives the information on downlink resource allocation through at least one downlink carrier among plural downlink carriers. In addition, the terminal receives a downlink transmission block through a downlink shared channel indicated by the downlink resource allocation. The terminal transmits an ACK/NACK signal for the downlink transmission block through an uplink control channel. If at least one downlink carrier is a primary carrier, the uplink control channel uses a primary resource. Otherwise, the uplink control channel uses a secondary resource. | 08-16-2012 |
20120207124 | Method and Device for Allocating Resources of a Control Channel in a Wireless Communication System - A method and a device for allocating resources of a control channel are provided, wherein said control channel is a control channel of a mobile network, wherein the control channel conveys uplink and downlink allocations, wherein the distribution of uplink and downlink allocations is determined based on traffic requirements. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested comprising said device. | 08-16-2012 |
20120213162 | Method and Apparatus for Avoiding In-Device Coexistence Interference with Preferred Frequency Notification - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies deployed in adjacent bands on the same device by providing preferred frequency solutions for the in-device coexistence system. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213163 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ALLOCATING UPLINK FEEDBACK CHANNEL FOR FEEDING BACK DATA CORRESPONDING TO AN ENHANCED-PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (E-PDCCH) - Provided is an uplink feedback channel allocation method and apparatus used to feedback data to indicate whether data packets corresponding an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) were successfully decoded. A terminal may use an additional resource area of an uplink feedback channel or may use an empty resource area of the uplink feedback channel to which feedback information of a data packet corresponding to a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is not allocated, to perform feedback. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213164 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and systems for hybrid point to multipoint communication systems having multiple downlink channels and a single uplink channel, including the steps of centrally allocating bandwidth to, and synchronizing communications with, a first and a second wireless clients; transmitting, over a shared signal wired distribution line, a first downlink signal transported over a first frequency, a second downlink signal transported over a second frequency, and an uplink signal transported over a fifth frequency; converting the frequency of the first downlink signal to a third frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a first wireless client over the third frequency; converting the frequency of the second downlink signal to a fourth frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a second wireless client over the fourth frequency; and converting and superpositioning a first received wireless uplink signal having the third frequency and a second received wireless uplink signal having the fourth frequency to the uplink signal that is transmitted over the shared signal wired distribution line using the fifth frequency. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213165 | LIGHTWEIGHT DATA TRANSMISSION MECHANISM - A method of sending user plane data between a user device and a network entity within a packet core network via a radio access network. The method comprises
| 08-23-2012 |
20120213166 | HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213167 | Method and System for Signaling Transmission Layers for Single User and Multi User MIMO - A method and system to signal transmission layers or dedicated reference signal ports to be used in a multiple input multiple output system, the method including providing a downlink control signal containing information for transmission layers or dedicated reference signal ports utilized, the dedicated reference signal ports being associated with the transmission layers; and using the information to demodulate data on each transmission layer. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213168 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING FRAME MAPPING MODES - A method for indicating a frame mapping way is provided, including: a network side notifying a mobile station of information of a SACCH frame mapping way used by the mobile station. An apparatus for indicating a frame mapping way is further provided, including a determination unit and a notification unit, wherein the determination unit is for determining a used SACCH frame mapping way for a mobile station; the notification unit is for notifying the mobile station of information of a SACCH frame mapping way used by the mobile station. With the invention, the network side can notify the mobile station of the information of which frame mapping way is used determined for the mobile station, thereby solving the problem that the mobile station does not know which frame mapping way is used, greatly improving the performance of the communication system after the mobile station uses the determined frame mapping way. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213169 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING DOWNLINK MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT TRANSMISSION - User scheduling used in a downlink multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) transmission, including with respect to each of user groups in which the users having the same Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), causing to complement each other based on a predetermined scheduling rule, according to the information fed back by the users in a single-user feedback manner of the SU-MIMO, to form a candidate user set; and selecting a scheduled MU-MIMO transmission user set from all the candidate user sets. User feeding back and user selection and scheduling used in a downlink MIMO transmission is further provided and includes selecting and scheduling, based on a predetermined scheduling rule, according to at least two CQIs fed back by each user, so as to determine a scheduled MU-MIMO transmission user set. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213170 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD THEREOF - A method and an apparatus for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) are provided. The HARQ ACK/NACK transmission method includes receiving a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in a subframe of a first cell, identifying an ACK subframe for transmitting HARQ ACK/NACK corresponding to the PDSCH, and transmitting the HARQ ACK/NACK in the identified ACK subframe of a second cell. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213171 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR INITIAL ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH HIERARCHICAL CELL STRUCTURE - An initial access procedure in a wireless communication of a hierarchical cell structure includes operations of a mobile station (MS). The operations of the MS include transmitting an initial access message; obtaining information of a small cell Base Station (BS) which receives the initial access message, from a response message received from a macro BS; attempting to decode a reference channel transmitted by the small cell BS; and when successfully decoding the reference channel, setting a downlink channel with the small cell BS. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213172 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and apparatus for controlling transmit power of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system is provided. The transmit power control method of the present invention includes determining, when the terminal's required transmit power exceeds the terminal's maximum transmit power, whether a plurality of Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) processes are running and reducing, when the plurality of HARQ processes are running, a transmit power of at least one of the plurality of HARQ processes which has not experienced transmit power reduction previously. The UE transmit power control method and apparatus of the present invention is advantageous to control the transmit power in transmit power reduction mode. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213173 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THIRD-PARTY ASSISTED PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - Techniques are provided for third-party assisted peer-to-peer (P2P) communication. For example, there is provided a method, operable by a network entity, that may involve receiving first information from a first mobile entity, the first information comprising a first message for a second mobile entity. The method may involve receiving second information from the second mobile entity, the second information comprising a second message for the first mobile entity. The method may further involve coding third information based at least in part on the first information and the second information, and sending the third information to the first and second mobile entities. The method may also involve transmitting a control signal that includes processing information for decoding the coded third information to extract the first message or the second message. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213174 | Method and System for Optimizing Performance with Hitless Switching for Fixed Symbol Rate Carriers Using Closed-Loop Power Control while Maintaining Power Equivalent Bandwidth (PEB) - A method of controlling bandwidth allocation over a communications link comprising detecting, by a processor, a change in a power level of a composite signal transmitted by a transmitter, the composite signal comprising a plurality of carrier signals and having a constant center frequency and spectral allocation, adjusting at least one of a modulation factor and a forward error correction (FEC) rate of one or more of the plurality of carrier signals using a modulator, in response to the change in power level to maintain a predetermined data rate and spectral allocation of the composite signal, and maintaining, by the modulator, an uninterrupted communications link between the transmitter and a remote receiver while the at least one of the modulation factor and the FEC rate is adjusted. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213175 | ADAPTIVE SCHEME FOR LOWERING UPLINK CONTROL OVERHEAD - The present invention is related to methods, apparatuses, systems and computer software for determining an amount of physical resources for downlink transmission, and allocating uplink physical resources for transmission of data-non-associated control signaling based at least on the amount of physical resources for downlink transmission. The amount of physical resources for downlink transmission comprises an amount of downlink control signaling. The present invention further relates to a framework for mapping the dedicated uplink control channels directly to single physical resource blocks. The framework is able to efficiently shift physical resources to and from the uplink control channel for ACK/NACK reports, in a data-non-associated control signaling scheme and on a per subframe basis. The present invention is also concerned with scheduler, for example an eNodeB scheduler, which uses its scheduling history and knowledge of user equipment capabilities to increase utilization of uplink resources. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213176 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control signals in a wireless communication system includes multiplexing a first control signal with a second control signal in a slot, the slot comprising a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in time domain, the plurality of OFDM symbols being divided into a plurality of data OFDM symbols and a plurality of reference signal (RS) OFDM symbols, wherein the first control signal is mapped to the plurality of data OFDM symbols after the first control signal is spread by a base sequence in the frequency domain, the RS is mapped to the plurality of RS OFDM symbols, the second control signal is mapped to at least one of the plurality of RS OFDM symbols, and transmitting the first control signal and the second control signal in the slot. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213177 | POWER SAVING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless local area network is provided. A destination station receives a request to send (RTS) frame to allocate a network allocation vector from a source station over a first bandwidth and transmits a clear to send (CTS) frame over a second bandwidth to the source station in response to the RTS frame. The second bandwidth is dynamically determined when a first parameter has a predetermined value. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213178 | Wireless Communication System, Transmitting Device And Receiving Device - A wireless communication system has a transmitting device and a receiving device that perform communication by using a multi-carrier signal, wherein the receiving device includes a quality generating unit generating each piece of receiving quality information on each pilot channel for transmitting each pilot signal, a determining unit determining the number of pilot channels needed in the multi-carrier signal based on the receiving quality information, and a notifying unit transmitting a signal requesting the determined number of pilot channels to the transmitting device, and the transmitting device includes an allocation unit determining allocations of pilot signals in the direction of the time axis and in the direction of the frequency axis, corresponding to a requested number of pilot channels, and a transmitting unit transmitting the multi-carrier signal having the determined pilot signal allocations. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213179 | PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for communicating and utilizing persistent allocation of uplink resources are described herein. A base station can allocate persistent uplink resources to a client station, such that the resource allocation remains active for future uplink frames without the client station repeating a request for uplink resources or the base station expressly communicating the uplink resource allocation. A client station can request a persistent uplink resource allocation when wireless channel conditions are fairly consistent and not varying and the required uplink resources are predictably periodic and fixed in size. The base station can verify that the uplink resource request meets the criteria for persistent allocation and can allocate persistent uplink resources in a dedicated information element of an uplink resource map that is transmitted to the user. The resources allocated remain allocated to the client station in each frame satisfying a predetermined periodicity until deallocated. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213180 | ROBUST HEADER COMPRESSION/DECOMPRESSION METHODS AND SYSTEMS - A method for a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a maximum compression rate or a maximum decompression rate of a first device and reserving a rate of a medium communicatively linking the first device and a second device based on the maximum compression rate or the maximum decompression rate. The method also includes communicating between the first device and the second device based on the reserved rate of the medium. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213181 | TRANSMIT DIVERSITY AND SPATIAL SPREADING FOR AN OFDM-BASED MULTI-ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multi-antenna transmitting entity transmits data to a single- or multi-antenna receiving entity using (1) a steered mode to direct the data transmission toward the receiving entity or (2) a pseudo-random transmit steering (PRTS) mode to randomize the effective channels observed by the data transmission across the subbands. For transmit diversity, the transmitting entity uses different pseudo-random steering vectors across the subbands but the same steering vector across a packet for each subband. The receiving entity does not need to have knowledge of the pseudo-random steering vectors or perform any special processing. For spatial spreading, the transmitting entity uses different pseudo-random steering vectors across the subbands and different steering vectors across the packet for each subband. Only the transmitting and receiving entities know the steering vectors used for data transmission. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and disclosed. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213182 | PRIMARY SERVING GATEWAY RESOLUTION - Various embodiments relate to a system and related method for handling requests from a user device in a wireless communications network. Various embodiments relate to a Policy and Charging Rules Node (PCRN) attempting to bind an IP-CAN session established in a Packet Data Network gateway (PGW) with a gateway control session established in a serving gateway (SGW). In instances when the IP-CAN session and gateway control session no longer match, the PCRN may wait to receive a subsequent message from the PGW and/or SGW. When the PCRN does not receive the subsequent message containing a matching session, the PCRN may terminate the sessions in all the relevant gateways. This may cause the system to reestablish a new, matching connection instead of remaining in a hanging state. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213183 | SCHEDULING OF DIRECT TO DIRECT COMMUNICATION - A method, system, apparatus, and computer program can provide scheduling of direct to direct communication by a high speed packet access base station. The method, for example, can include obtaining a direct user equipment communication toggling message ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120213184 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING GROUP ADDRESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL NETWORK AREA, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE REQUEST FRAME AND RESPONSE FRAME IN PLURALITY OF STATIONS, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING GROUP ADDRESS - The present invention relates to a method for allocating a group address in a wireless LAN, a method for transmitting a response request frame and a response frame to a plurality of terminals, and a data transmission method using the same group address. The method for allocating the group address of the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting a group agreement request frame including the group address (identifier) to terminals as grouping targets; and receiving a response frame corresponding to the group agreement request frame. The group agreement request frame includes group address (identifier) information and a terminal address as a destination address and is transmitted to a receiving terminal as a destination. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213185 | M2M RESOURCE PRESERVATION IN MOBILE NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a solution for handling a plurality of machine to machine, M2M, devices in a wireless communication cell by providing a shared Internet Protocol, IP, address for the plurality of M2M devices and one of the M2M devices acts as a master device for attaching and receiving the shared IP address and other communication configuration control data from a wireless gateway. The M2M devices communicate with a central M2M server using datagrams with the shared IP address and device identity information together with data or control messages. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213186 | DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING FOR DOWNLINK MIMO - A method of downlink control signalling for downlink multiple input/multiple output (MIMO) operation between a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) and User Equipment (UE) includes the following steps. Maintaining one or more mapping tables at a network location accessible by the UE, the mapping tables including first UE signalling data. Transmitting a message index to the UE to enable relevant first UE signalling data to be read by the UE. Transmitting second UE signalling data to the UE. At the UE, using the first and second UE signalling data to derive UE control data. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213187 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink control information of a user equipment in a multi-carrier system is provided. The method includes: transmitting each of acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for downlink data transmitted by a base station through multiple downlink component carriers; and transmitting channel state information indicating a state of a downlink channel to the base station, wherein each of the ACK/NACK and the channel state information are allocated to the same uplink control channel resource in a subframe, and if each of the ACK/NACK and the channel state information are reserved to be transmitted on the same subframe, each of the ACK/NACK only is transmitted. Accordingly, a user equipment can transmit uplink control information while preserving a single-carrier property of an uplink signal in a multi-carrier system using carrier aggregation. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213188 | LARGE CELL BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - When the provided large cell base station ( | 08-23-2012 |
20120213189 | METHOD FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION CONTROL AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A wireless communications system and, more particularly, a method for uplink transmission control and an apparatus for the same in a wireless communications system are disclosed. In a method for performing uplink scheduling for a first user equipment by a first base station, the method includes the steps of receiving, from the first user equipment, information on a frequency band having an uplink interference occurring therein with respect to a second base station; and allocating an uplink resource for the first user equipment based upon the frequency band. Herein, the frequency band having an uplink interference occurring therein with respect to the second base station may be decided based upon uplink scheduling information on a second user equipment of the second base station, and the uplink scheduling information on the second user equipment of the second base station may be acquired by the first user equipment and transmitted to the first base station. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213190 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND TRANSCEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING PLURAL COMPONENT CARRIERS - The present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for composing and transmitting/receiving a reference signal in a wireless communication system that uses a plurality of component carriers (CC). In a wireless communication system using a plurality of component carriers, the present invention can reduce an increase in cubic metric (CM) and peak to average power ratio (PAPR) which occur in the course of composing and transmitting/receiving the same reference signal for each component carrier, by composing and transceiving a distinctive reference signal for each component carrier. | 08-23-2012 |
20120213191 | METHOD FOR MAPPING AND TRANSMITTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (DM-RS), COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE USING SAME, APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DM-RS, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING DM-RS - The present invention relates to a method for mapping and transmitting demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) and a communication terminal device, and more particularly to a method for mapping and transmitting DM-RS which uniformly maintains reception reliability of DM-RS for each layer in a process for transmitting different DM-RSs for odd-numbered layers. | 08-23-2012 |
20120218947 | RULES FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA OF DIFFERENT ACCESS CATEGORIES IN MULTI USER MIMO WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for multiplexing data of different access categories in Multi User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) wireless systems. The present disclosure defines rules for multiplexing data of an access category that did not win the contention together with data that won the contention. In this way, a desired Quality of Service (QoS) of each access category class can be preserved. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218948 | Downlink 8 Tx Codebook Sub-Sampling for CSI Feedback - This invention is codebook sub-sampling of the reporting of RI, CQI, W | 08-30-2012 |
20120218949 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD USING ACK TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed is a data transmission method in a wireless network capable of improving transmission performance on a wireless network by transmitting data, on which ACK is piggybacked, using the ACK transmission opportunity having high priority. The data transmission method includes acquiring a wireless channel by a STA to transmit a first data to the AP, transmitting the first data by the STA acquired the wireless channel to the AP through the wireless channel, analyzing by the AP whether there are second data intended to any one of the plurality of STAs, and, if there are the second data to transmit, transmitting the second data, on which an ACK is piggybacked, to the intended STA from the AP using ACK transmission opportunity having higher priority than that of data transmission. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218950 | Signal Resource Determination Method - The present disclosure discloses a signal resource determination method, and the method includes that: carrying a dedicated demodulation data reference signal in a Resource Element (RE) on an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol, wherein the OFDM symbol is in a non-control channel area of a Resource Block (RB) and carries a non-common reference signal. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218951 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for transmitting data in an LTE system including a User Equipment (UE) and an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) includes: transmitting a MAC protocol data unit (PDU) from the E-UTRAN to the UE; receiving the MAC PDU and beginning counting a predetermined time by the UE; sending a scheduling request (SR) from the UE to the E-UTRAN after the predetermined time; receiving the scheduling request (SR) and allocating an uplink resource in response to the scheduling request (SR) by the E-UTRAN; and transmitting data from the UE to the E-UTRAN via the uplink resource. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218952 | TRANSMISSION METHOD OF DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention provides a method for a base station to transmit a downlink signal in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: allocating a resource to a downlink signal; and transmitting the downlink signal using the allocated resource. In the downlink signal transmission method and apparatus thereof, a resource for transmitting a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) among the downlink signals is allocated from a specific OFDM symbol that is fixed within a subframe. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218953 | Mobile Communication Device, Network Node and Communication System for Coordinated Multipoint Transmission Comprising Self-Containment Information of a Channel-Dependent Attribute - The present invention provides a mobile communication device including a sending and receiving unit, wherein the sending and receiving unit is adapted for the transmission of a signal pattern over a communication channel, wherein the signal pattern includes at least two logical data units, wherein the signal pattern includes information of information to be transmitted, wherein in a first logical data unit absolute information of information to be transmitted is provided, wherein in at least one second logical data unit relative information of information to be transmitted is provided, wherein the relative information of information to be transmitted is depending at least in part on the absolute information of information to be transmitted and/or a preceding relative information of information to be transmitted, wherein the at least one second logical data unit further includes self-containment information of information to be transmitted. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218954 | MULTI-CARRIER OPERATIONS WITH FAST FREQUENCY HOPPING - A method of wireless communication includes receiving by a single RF receiver of a user equipment (UE) a first portion of a downlink transmission from an eNode B (eNodeB) on a downlink primary carrier during at least one periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier. The method also includes receiving by the single RF receiver a second portion of the downlink transmission from the eNodeB on the secondary downlink carrier. The reception occurs during a periodic sequence of subframes of the secondary downlink carrier following the at least one periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier and before a second periodic subframe of the downlink primary carrier. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218955 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION SIGNAL GENERATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control information channel signal formation unit has a channel encoding section and a spreading section. The channel encoding section multiplexes a plurality of types of control information for a single communication terminal for use in uplink packet transmission, using different symbol patterns between a plurality of types of control information. The spreading section spreads symbols obtained by the channel encoding section using one spreading code. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218956 | Station Operation Method and Apparatus in TV Whitespace - The present invention relates to a station (hereinafter, ‘STA’) operation method and apparatus in a TV whitespace. In a TVWS band, when an STA operating as an unlicensed device with permission to operate in an available channel not used by a licensed device needs to operate in the TVWS band by acquiring information on the available channel, the STA transmits an available channel information request message to a device having database information; receives, from the device having database information, an ACK message for the available channel information that includes (a) identification information on an available channel, (b) information on the maximum allowable power level in the available channel, and (c) information on valid time of the available channel; and transmits/receives a signal using the information of (a), (b) and (c), i.e., using the maximum allowable power level within the valid time in the available channel. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218957 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLEXING CODE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS AND SINGLE CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS TRANSMISSIONS - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for multiplexing code division and frequency division transmissions. One embodiment of the method includes accessing at least one first symbol and at least one second symbol, encoding the at least one first symbol according to a frequency division protocol, and encoding the at least one second symbol using a coding sequence having a cyclic correlation property. The method also includes transmitting a radiofrequency signal indicative of the at least one encoded first symbol and the at least one encoded second symbol. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218958 | Method for Cell Selection in a Radio Access Network - A method for cell selection in a radio access network covering a geographical area divided into a plurality of cells, the method comprising: searching for a cell on a frequency; checking to see if the cell is a barred cell; and conditional on identifying the cell as a barred cell performing a search for a cell on another frequency. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218959 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR MAPPING A RESPONSE SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR DETERMINING A RESPONSE SIGNAL RESOURCE - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120218960 | METHOD FOR SELECTING PMI FOR NON-ADAPTIVE HARQ OPERATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a Base Station (BS), an uplink scheduling grant for multi-antenna transmission; transmitting the uplink signal precoded using precoding information included in the received uplink scheduling grant to the BS; and retransmitting the uplink signal to the BS according to Acknowledgment/Negative Acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) corresponding to the transmitted uplink signal. The retransmitted uplink signal is precoded using precoding information included in a most recent uplink scheduling grant or a predetermined precoding matrix if an uplink scheduling grant for the retransmission is not received from the BS. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218961 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM OF COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS - To perform control so as to achieve a transmission power that satisfies a desired communication quality by an access method which a mobile station apparatus uses, in consideration of the frequency-selective diversity effect, when switching an access method to the one having a different frequency-selective diversity effect. In a wireless communication system in which a communication control apparatus and a communication terminal apparatus that are able to use a plurality of types of access methods perform wireless communication using any of the access methods, the communication control apparatus, when the necessity of changing the access method arises, determines the access method after change and notifies the communication terminal apparatus of switching the access method before change to the determined access method, and performs the transmission power control in accordance with communication characteristics of the determined access method. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218962 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To use CSI feedback information capable of sufficiently supporting MU-MIMO transmission and CoMP transmission in LTE-A systems, in a radio communication method of the invention, a radio base station apparatus ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120218963 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING HARQ FEEDBACK IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method for handling HARQ feedback in a mobile communication system are disclosed. The HARQ feedback handling method includes: analyzing a control message from a base station to recognize presence of HARQ feedback relationships between downlink carriers and uplink carriers; | 08-30-2012 |
20120218964 | RELAY NODE DEVICE FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A BASE STATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a relay node device for receiving control information from a base station and a method therefor. The relay node device according to the present invention comprises: a receiver, which receives information about an area where a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), the channel for transmitting control information for the relay node from a base station, is allocated; a processor, which searches for at least one R-PDCCH for the relay node based on the R-PDCCH allocation information received; and an R-PDCCH receiver, which receives the at least one R-PDCCH from the fourth symbol of the first slot in a downlink backhaul subframe of the area where the at least one R-PDCCH searched for by the processor has been allocated. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218965 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR AGGREGATING A PLURALITY OF SERVICE DATA FROM MACHINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - The invention proposes a method and device for aggregating a plurality of service data from a terminal equipment. A first network device in a radio access network encapsulates a plurality of service data from a machine terminal equipment into a non-access stratum data packet, performs a transmission process on the non-access stratum data packet to generate a processed signal and transmits the processed signal; and the signal is forwarded by a base station to a second network device in a core network, and the second network device recovers the non-access stratum data packet from the signal, extracts the plurality of service data from the non-access stratum data packet and then transmits the plurality of service data respectively to a corresponding destination server. With the solution of the invention, a signaling overhead and thus radio resources in a radio access network can be saved, and preferably a period of time for a terminal equipment to wait for a feedback can also be shorten so that the terminal equipment can enter a dormancy status or transmit new service data as soon as possible, thereby saving power consumption of the terminal equipment. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218966 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LOW-POWER BASE STATION, HIGH-POWER BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system ( | 08-30-2012 |
20120218967 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits a sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method includes: receiving sounding reference signal setting information from a base station; and transmitting the sound reference signal to the base station on the basis of the sounding reference signal setting information, wherein an upstream link signal based on the sounding reference signal is transmitted over an upstream link control channel, and a frequency band corresponding to an upstream link data channel and a frequency band corresponding to an upstream link control channel are allocated as frequency resources for the sounding reference signal. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218968 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting channel quality information using a terminal, wherein the method comprises the steps of: receiving CoMP configuration information from a serving transmission point; receiving a downlink signal from a plurality of transmission points; and transmitting channel quality information on one or more downlink sub-bands for each transmission point to the serving transmission point, wherein the plurality of transmission points select the same one or more downlink sub-bands in consideration of the CoMP configuration information. | 08-30-2012 |
20120218969 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENT RESOURCES - The present invention discloses a method and a device for allocating a Control Channel Element (CCE) resource. The method includes: a network allocates the CCE resource according to the CCE aggregation level and the current use information of the CCE resource. Through the present invention, the problem of resource waste in the allocation of idle CCE resource in the related art is solved, thereby achieving the effect of effectively using the idle CCE resource. | 08-30-2012 |
20120224540 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINALS AND ACCESS POINT FOR UPLINK MU-MIMO CHANNEL ACCESS - Provided is a communication method of an access point and a plurality of terminals that are capable of enhancing a throughput of an overall network in a random access environment by enabling the access point to wait for additional terminals to transmit data through uplink communication during a predetermined waiting window. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224541 | CLUSTERING METHOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND REMOTE RADIO HEAD THEREOF - A mobile communication system of the present invention includes a plurality of remote radio heads configured to transmit a signal to user equipment and configure an antenna network and a centralized baseband pool configured to be connected to the antenna network. The centralized baseband pool performs clustering with respect to the plurality of remote radio heads so as to dynamically vary the number of the remote radio heads each included in a plurality of clusters. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224542 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PATH SELECTION METHOD AND SELECTION APPARATUS - Communication bands occupied by wireless communication paths extending from a source node to a destination node are determined, and a combination of wireless communication paths is selected based on spatial distances between wireless communication paths from combinations of wireless communication paths in each of which the number of communication bands with respect to a combination of wireless communication paths is smaller than a threshold. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224543 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUERY-BASED CONGESTION CONTROL - An electronic device may be operable to communicate over a physical medium and to regulate the transmission of a message onto the physical medium. The device may access the medium in accordance with a CSMA scheme, wherein one or more values of one or more CSMA parameters may be determined based on the result of a comparison of a received search token to data stored in the communication device. The message may be a response to a received request message, and the search token may have been received in the request message. A value of the CSMA parameter(s) may be determined based on the result of a comparison of the score and one or more thresholds. The threshold(s) may have been received in the request message. The value(s) of the CSMA parameter(s) may be determined based on one or more initial values contained in the received request message. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224544 | ASYNCHRONOUS HYBRID ARQ PROCESS INDICATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for transmitting Asynchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) process identities in a wireless communication system. A linking scheme is established between at least two sets of process identities of two respective corresponding codewords. When a first process identity is selected from among a first set of process identities of a first codeword, a second process identity may be derived in dependence upon the first process identity and the established linking scheme. Finally, a first packet from the first codeword is transmitted using a first transmission channel indicated by the first process identity, and a second packet is transmitted from the second codeword using a second transmission channel indicated by the second process identity. In addition, a control message including only the first process identity is transmitted. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224545 | BASE STATION, RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - For a communication terminal performing radio communication, a base station acquires communication path quality information representing a communication path quality, which is the quality of a communication path with the communication terminal. The base station allocates power larger than reference transmission power as transmission power to an edge terminal configuring at least part of an edge terminal group configured by an edge terminal that is a communication terminal whose communication path quality is lower than a threshold quality, allocates the reference transmission power as the transmission power to an edge terminal configuring a remaining part of the edge terminal group. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224546 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS - A first terminal for performing direct communication between terminals includes: a radio frequency (RF) unit; and a processor, the processor being adapted to perform direct communication with at least one second terminal by using resources allocated for direct communication between terminals, wherein the resources are divided into a first slot region and a second slot region, the first slot region including a synchronization channel containing synchronization information for direct communication between terminals, a dedicated channel for transmitting direct communication data between terminals, and a supplementary channel one-to-one mapped with the dedicated channel, and the second slot region including the dedicated channel and the supplementary channel. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224547 | BASE STATION APPARATUS PROVIDING RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - In a wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Dch data after coding to generate a Dch data symbol. A modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Lch data after coding to generate an Lch data symbol. An allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol and Lch data symbol to each sub-carrier composing an OFDM symbol and outputs the allocated sub-carrier to a multiplex unit. In this case, the allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol to a plurality of resource blocks where one Dch is arranged at an interval equal to integral multiples of the number of resource blocks composing a resource block group. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224548 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE DATA RATE OF A CIRCUIT SWITCHED VOICE APPLICATION IN AN EVOLVED WIRELESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and method of transmitting a circuit switched (CS) voice application via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), implemented in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The method includes receiving a grant; performing an E-TFC selection procedure based on the grant, wherein a number of bits that may be transmitted over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) is determined, determining an adaptive multi-rate (AMR) codec bit-rate based on the number of bits that may be transmitted over the E-DCH, generating AMR voice packets based on the determined AMR codec bit rate, and submitting the AMR voice packets to lower layers for transmission over the E-DCH. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224549 | RSSI MEASUREMENT MECHANISM IN THE PRESENCE OF PULSED JAMMERS - This disclosure relates to method, device and system for controlling power in a communication system. A plurality of power levels is measured from a received signal that includes a pulsed noise source. The received signal is correlated with a known sequence creating a correlation metric. A signal power is determined based on the correlation metric and the plurality of power levels. An uplink signal is transmitted at a transmit power that is based on the signal power. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224550 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information to a base station apparatus, the reception quality information indicating quality of a signal received from the base station apparatus, characterized in that the base station apparatus transmits information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data included in an uplink data transmission permission signal, and the mobile station apparatus transmits reception quality information without the uplink data according to information for instructing transmission of reception quality information without uplink data. This allows a mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality info information including a large amount of information even if there is no uplink data between the mobile station apparatus and the base station apparatus, and the transmission control flexibly responding to the amount of information and the frequency of transmissions of the reception quality information transmitted from the mobile station apparatus is possible. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224551 | INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses an information feedback method. The method comprises steps of a serving cell and/or a user equipment determining a cooperating cell set participating multi-antenna-multi-cell cooperation, the cooperating cell set including the serving cell and non-serving cells, the user equipment and/or the serving cell selecting transmit-ports of the serving cell and non-serving cells according to the determined cooperating cell set, the user equipment obtaining channel state information of the selected transmit-ports, and the user equipment feeding back identification information and the channel state information of the selected transmit-ports. The present invention provides also a serving cell, a cooperative cell and a user equipment for feeding back the identification information and channel state information of the selected transmit-ports. The present invention has advantages of simple implementation and less signaling overhead. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224552 | POWER-LIMIT REPORTING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The invention relates to methods for informing an eNodeB on the transmit power status of a user equipment in a mobile communication system using component carrier (CC) aggregation. Furthermore, the invention is also related to the implementation of these methods by hardware and their implementation in software. The invention proposes procedures that allow the eNodeB to recognize the power usage status of a UE in a communication system using carrier aggregation. The UE indicates to the eNodeB, when the UE is close to using its total maximum UE transmit power or when it has exceeded same. This is achieved by the UE including indicator(s) and/or new MAC CEs to one or more protocol data units transmitted on respective component carriers within a single sub-frame that is providing the eNodeB with power status information. The MAC CEs may report a per-UE power headroom. Alternatively, the MAC CEs may report per-CC power headrooms and/or power reductions applied to the respective uplink CCs. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224553 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transceiving uplink transmission power control information in a multi-carrier communication system. As an LTE-A system employs multiple carriers, overhead may increase since a base station performs signaling in consideration of a carrier index, a TPC command index, etc. However, according to various embodiments of the present invention, overhead for signaling a TPC command and the like can be significantly reduced. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224554 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING LAYERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for assigning layers which assure a high data rate, considering interference among layers and interference among terminals in a wireless communication system. The present invention comprises: a layer composition unit for composing layers to assign at least one layer in each of at least two terminals; and a layer change unit for changing the assignment of the layers due to the interference by receiving the information for the interference between the layers of at least two terminals. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224555 | METHOD AND A BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER, AND A METHOD AND A USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING A PDSCH - A ratio of data transmission power of a layer per RE to RS transmission power of the layer per RE is predefined according to rank. A BS determines downlink transmission power for a PDSCH according to the predefined rank and a UE assumes that the PDSCH and UE-specific RS(s) for the PDSCH is transmitted with power satisfying the ratio. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224556 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL AND REFERENCE SIGNAL INFORMATION IN A COOPERATIVE MULTI-ANTENNA SENDING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for transmitting a reference signal and reference signal information in a cooperative multi-antenna sending and receiving system. Disclosed are a transmission method and device for resolving the problem whereby interference can occur between neighboring cells. | 09-06-2012 |
20120224557 | APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS), which is performed by a user equipment (UE), in a wireless communication system. The UE aperiodically transmits an SRS through a certain uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) of a plurality of UL CCs. The determination of the certain UL CC is based on a downlink (DL) grant, wherein the downlink grant contains a message that triggers the aperiodic transmission of the SRS. | 09-06-2012 |
20120230260 | Apparatus and Method for Allocating Communication Resources in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system for allocating communication resources in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code. The memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to monitor communication resources employed by a plurality of base stations, determine an opportunity for improved utilization of the communication resources by the apparatus and the plurality of base stations, and generate a change request for the communication resources employed by at least one of the plurality of base stations based on the opportunity for improved utilization thereof. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230261 | Mobile Terminal, Base Station and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a mobile terminal ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120230262 | 'SHIELD': PROTECTING HIGH PRIORITY CHANNEL ACCESS ATTEMPTS IN OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELLS - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells contending for the same medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point in the first cell transmits an initial shield packet to deter other stations from contending for the medium. The access point then transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230263 | WIRELESS NETWORK CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - A wireless network channel allocation method for interference avoidance in a wireless network includes determining whether some or all of the one or more channels are used by other sources, if some or all of the one or more channels are used by other sources, determining whether one of channels used by other sources is currently used by the wireless network, if one of the channels used by other sources is currently used by the wireless network, switching the channel currently used by the wireless network to any one of the one or more channels except for the channel currently used by the wireless network, and if one of the channels used by other sources is not currently used by the wireless network, storing information about the channels used by the other sources, wherein the switched channel is a channel which is not most recently used by other sources according to the stored information. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230264 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR COOPERATIVE RESOURCE SCHEDULING AND COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION - A method, an apparatus and a system for cooperative resources scheduling and cooperative communication are provided. The method for cooperative resources includes: obtaining, by a network central controller, statistical information of all the users dominated by it in a first time period, dividing base stations to base station cooperative clusters according to the statistical information, and transmitting cooperative cluster dividing result to the base stations. The corresponding method and apparatus for cooperative communication are also provided. The solutions of the embodiments of the present disclosure can increase the transmission rate and user experience for the users at the edge of the cooperative cluster, and improve the fairness of the system users, while reducing the signaling overhead of the system, separating the computational tasks and reducing the difficulty of implementing the whole system. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230265 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY MANAGING CARRIERS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for managing carriers allocated to a terminal in a broadband wireless access system that supports multi-carrier. A method for managing carriers by a terminal in a broadband wireless access system supporting multi-carrier includes transmitting, to a base station, activation requests information for requesting the activation of at least one second carrier allocated from the base station through a first carrier according to the power state of the terminal, receiving, from the base station, a first message that includes activation indication information for indicating the activation of at least one target carrier of the at least one second carrier, and transmitting to the base station a second message which notifies the base station whether the at least one target carrier is ready per activation. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230266 | Method and System for Resource Distribution, Blind Detection Method, Base Station, User Equipment - The invention discloses a method for allocating resource including: a base station calculating a number of PDCCH aggregation degree groups based on CCE resources which can be occupied by PDCCH in a subframe, wherein PDCCH aggregation degree groups are divided based on a largest PDCCH aggregation degree; the base station setting at least one aggregation degree group in the middle of the total PDCCH aggregation degree groups as a common search space; and the base station, based on UE information and common information, determining PDCCH aggregation degree groups which are set as a UE specified search space using a space division function; and the base station searching a location of the UE specified search space in determined PDCCH aggregation degree groups which are set as the UE specified search space and performing PDCCH resource allocation. The invention achieves simplification of allocation modes and improves efficiency of PDCCH resource allocation. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230267 | FEMTOCELL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Methods and systems for managing resources in femtocells are disclosed. One method includes transmitting at least one frame including a first zone of resources on which a set of base stations including at least one femtocell base station and base stations that are adjacent to the femtocell base station implement transmission of signals to impose interference. The one or more frames further includes a second zone dedicated for measuring throughput of mobile stations served by the femtocell base station without interference. The mobile stations are categorized by determining throughputs of the mobile stations with interference based on the transmission of signals on the first zone. Resources of at least one additional frame are configured based on the categorization. Further, the additional frame(s) are transmitted in a cell of the femtocell base station in accordance with the configuration. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230268 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY OPERATION - A method and apparatus for sending uplink control information (UCI) by a multi-mode wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) capable of operating on multiple component carriers of a plurality of radio access technologies (RATs) for multi-RAT operation are disclosed. The multi-mode WTRU may generate UCI pertaining to a first RAT and send at least part of the UCI via a feedback channel on a component carrier of a second RAT. The first RAT may be Long Term Evolution (LTE) and the second RAT may be High Speed Packet Access (HSPA), or vice versa. The UCI of the RATs may be multiplexed onto a carrier of any one of the RATs. The UCI bits for a pair of, or multiple, serving cells may be jointly encoded. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230269 | INTEGRATED ACCESS APPARATUS FOR ALL-IP CONVERGED NETWORK - An integrated access system for All-IP converged network is provided. According to an aspect, by integrating the common factors of existing complex wireless networks to load-reduce and simplify the wireless networks and convert them using Internet access technology to thereby simplify a network architecture, integratively operating radio accesses, ensuring end-to-end quality, and providing service adaptiveness, easiness in operation, CAPEX/OPEX, and excellent service adaptiveness can be achieved. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230270 | DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A downlink transmission/reception apparatus and a method are provided for improving a data rate in a mobile communication based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). The downlink transmission method of a base station in a mobile communication system including at least one femto cell deployed in a macro cell includes generating signals to be mapped to at least one short symbol and a plurality of long symbols in a second type of subframe for the femto cell which differs from a first type of subframe for the macro cell in frequency, the first and second types of subframes being identical with each other in the time domain, and transmitting the at least one short symbol and the plurality of long symbols at predetermined positions in the second type of subframe. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information to first and second terminals by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system transmitting control information according to a plurality of muting patterns. The method includes determining a resource for transmitting a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) and a resource for applying muting; determining a resource for transmitting a control signal to a first terminal according to the plurality of muting patterns; and transmitting control information including the determined resource information to at least one of the first terminal and a second terminal. The resource for transmitting the control signal to the first terminal is applied as a resource to which muting is applied for the second terminal. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230272 | HARQ METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided to support HARQ in a communication system adopting cross-carrier scheduling. A second cell is scheduled at a first cell. Data, transmitted by a terminal, at a subframe of the second cell is received. A subframe, in the first cell, is determined for transmitting a HARQ acknowledgement corresponding to the data, and a subframe, in the first cell, is determined carrying scheduling information of the second cell. It is determined whether the subframe for transmitting the HARQ acknowledgement and the subframe carrying scheduling information of the second cell are the same. When the subframe for transmitting the HARQ acknowledgement and the subframe carrying the scheduling information are not the same, the subframe for transmitting the HARQ acknowledgement and the subframe carrying the scheduling information are matched to each other. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230273 | METHOD FOR INDICATING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST TIMING RELATION - A method for indicating HARQ timing relation is provided by the present disclosure. First, an evolved NodeB (eNB) notifies a user equipment (UE) to enable an uplink/downlink subframe dynamic conversion function. Second, the eNB converts uplink and downlink subframes dynamically, and notifies the UE of the HARQ timing relation corresponding to the converted uplink/downlink subframe configuration. Finally, the eNB and UE communicate with each other according to the said HARQ timing relation. The dynamic flexible subframe is highly efficiently used in the present disclosure, and the object of changing the frame structure dynamically according to data service change more accurately and timely can be reached. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230274 | FEEDBACK INTERVAL CONTROL - A multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless communication systems that includes a plurality of adjacent cells, each containing one or more base stations operable to transmit signals to, and receive signals transmitted from, one or more users. The users are operable to feed back to the relevant base station(s) channel state information relating to channel(s) between the relevant base station(s) and the users, and the base stations are operable to adapt signals for transmission to users, based on the fed back channel state information, to account for channel variations. The proposed method involves obtaining information related to time-variation in channel spatial structure, and adjusting the timing with which a user feeds back channel state information, based on the time variation in channel spatial structure. The invention helps to achieve a suitable balance between the feedback overhead and system performance, and may be operable in systems operating according to various CoMP transmission modes. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230275 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REMOVING PDCCH DETECTION ERRORS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A system, method and node for unambiguous encoding of Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) channels in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) telecommunications system to remove detection errors. The method includes modifying a size of a circular buffer where the coded bits are collected to avoid repetition of the coded bits in consecutive subset of the control channel elements allocated to the PDCCH. The size of the circular buffer is selected so that it is not equal to the number of coded bits output from the encoder. Coded bits can be deleted from or added to the coded bit sequence depending on the size of the circular buffer. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230276 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTER, AND RECEIVER - In a wireless communication system where data transmission is performed between a base station and terminals, the base station individually generates, for each terminal, a bit map indicative of scheduling resource numbers to be allocated to terminals to which Localized transmission is applied, based on a resource-number mapping rule defined by providing individual resource block numbers to all resource blocks, taking resource block numbers of resource blocks for Distributed transmission as fixed values, and providing individual scheduling resource numbers to remaining resource blocks for Localized transmission except the resource blocks for Distributed transmission for each of scheduling resources corresponding to the number of aggregation. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230277 | IP ADDRESS ALLOCATION IN EVOLVED WIRELESS NETWORKS - A network includes a database configured to store subscriber data associated with a wireless terminal, wherein the subscriber data indicates whether the wireless terminal requires allocation of an IP address during attachment of the wireless terminal to the network. The network module receives, from the wireless terminal, a request to attach to the network. In response to receiving the request, the network module retrieves the subscriber data stored in the database and selectively allocates an IP address to the wireless terminal based on whether the subscriber data stored in the database indicates that the wireless terminal requires allocation of an IP address during attachment of the wireless terminal to the network. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230278 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR MAPPING CONTROL CHANNEL - A storage unit is provided corresponding to a symbol number of a resource element (RE) in a control channel region and stores a frequency number to indicate a resource element group (REG). A group detector detects a storage unit that stores the smallest frequency number of the frequency numbers, acquires the symbol number corresponding to the detected storage unit, and detects a REG by the acquired symbol number and the smallest frequency number. A mapping unit maps a control channel to the REG detected by the group detector. An adder adds a next frequency number value to indicate the next REG to which the control channel is mapped to the storage unit corresponding to the symbol number acquired by the group detector. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230279 | WIRELESS DEVICE CHANNEL SELECTION USING DYNAMIC CHANNEL ALLOCATION - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for dynamic channel allocation are disclosed. In various embodiments, an access point (AP) of an infrastructure based wireless network may allocate one or more wireless channels to wireless devices of a non-infrastructure based wireless network. The allocated channels may be selected to reduce a likelihood of communications among the devices of the non-infrastructure based wireless network interfering with communications among the devices of the infrastructure based wireless network. Additional variants and embodiments may also be disclosed and claimed. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230280 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING AND/OR PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION AND/OR DATA - A method and system for providing control information for supporting high speed downlink and high speed uplink packet access are disclosed. A Node-B assigns at least one downlink control channel and at least one uplink control channel to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The downlink control channel and the uplink control channel are provided to carry control information for both the downlink and the uplink. Conventional control channels for downlink and uplink are combined into a reduced set of control channels for uplink and downlink. The Node-B and the WTRU communicate control information via the downlink control channel and the uplink control channel. The WTRU receives downlink data and transmits uplink data, and the Node-B receives uplink data and transmits downlink data based on the control information transmitted via the downlink control channel and the uplink control channel. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230281 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus performs radio communications with multiple mobile stations using a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) technique. The base station apparatus includes a scheduler configured to assign a mobile station to a first stream over a first frequency band or a second stream over a second frequency band included in the first frequency band, in accordance with the level of interference of the mobile station with a neighbor cell. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230282 | BASE STATION, NETWORK SYSTEM, AND IMPLEMENTATION METHOD - A base station includes multiple edge nodes and a central node. The edge nodes are configured to perform communication with a user equipment, and execute baseband processing and mutual conversion between baseband data and radio data, in which the multiple edge nodes belong to one or more edge node groups, and each edge node group includes at least one edge node. The central node is configured to perform communication with the multiple edge nodes, manage the multiple edge nodes, and perform resource sharing so that resources are shared by the multiple edge nodes. The base station is divided into two levels of architecture, namely, a central node and an edge node, and the central node implements resource sharing so that resources are shared by the edge nodes, so that a resource sharing degree in the base station is enhanced. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230283 | INTER-CELL DISCOVERY AND COMMUNICATION USING TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COEXISTENCE BEACONING PROTOCOL - A self-coexistence window reservation protocol for a plurality of Wireless Regional Area Network (WRAN) cells operating in a WRAN over a plurality of channels includes a sequence of self-coexistence windows that uniquely identifies a transmission period for each WRAN cell. A self-coexistence window reservation protocol is included within the first packet of a Coexistence Beaconing Protocol period identifying when each WRAN cell associated with a particular channel will transmit. When not actively transmitting, a WRAN cells remains in a passive, receiving mode to accept data. As the transmissions of each WRAN cell operating on a particular channel are scheduled, contention for a transmission period is eliminated. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230284 | BI-DIRECTIONAL PACKET DATA TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A bi-directional packet data transmission system for a packet data transmission between a terminal and a radio access network includes an uplink resource and a downlink resource which are independently set. Memory resources can be effectively managed even in a packet data transmission service with the asymmetrical structure such that the packet amount for the downlink is much greater than the packet amount for the uplink, or the packet amount for the uplink is much greater than the packet amount for the downlink. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information in a base station for a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, information associated with a number of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols carrying control channels; determining a set of control channel candidates based on an IDentifier (ID) of the terminal; selecting at least one control channel candidate from among the set of control channel candidates; and transmitting the control information to the terminal through the selected at least one control channel candidate. Each control channel candidate included in the set of control channel candidates consists of one, two, four, or eight control channel elements (CCEs) existing in the OFDM symbols. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230286 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILITY MANAGEMENT NODE, AND PACKET EXCHANGER - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of releasing, by a gateway device S-GW, a first GBR bearer for a mobile station UE and transmitting “Downlink Data Notification” to a packet exchanger SGSN if a fault of a radio network controller RNC is detected in the state in which a second GBR bearer for the mobile station UE is set, a step B of transmitting, by the packet exchanger SGSN, “Paging” to the mobile station UE, and a step C of starting, by the packet exchanger SGSN, a procedure for releasing the second GBR bearer when no response to the “Paging” is received from the mobile station UE in a predetermined period. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230287 | Resource Reservation in Multiple Accesses - The present invention relates to a method for enabling resource allocation for a service data flow between a user equipment ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120230288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS NETWORKS - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving control information in heterogeneous wireless networks. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting control information in heterogeneous wireless networks comprises the steps of, in a wireless communication system in which two or more component carriers are used: generating a control signal to be transmitted at a second component carrier of a frequency domain, which is different from a first component carrier that transmits a control signal in a macro base station; and transmitting the control signal to the second component carrier. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230289 | Serving GW Triggered Relocation - The present solution relates to a method in a source serving gateway ( | 09-13-2012 |
20120230290 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing channel quality information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. According to one embodiment of the invention, a method for transmitting channel quality information includes receiving a downlink signal, calculating a channel quality information index for the received downlink signal at least based on a number of resource elements for a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), wherein the number of resource elements for the PDSCH is determined at least based on an overhead of a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), and transmitting the calculated channel quality information index. | 09-13-2012 |
20120230291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK OR DOWNLINK GRANT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS UPLINK AND DOWNLINK MIMO SCHEMES - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink or downlink grant in a wireless communication system that supports uplink and downlink multiple input multiple output (MIMO) schemes. The method comprises: determining a downlink control information (DCI) format for an uplink or downlink grant to generate control information: attaching a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) for detecting an error in the created control information; and channel-coding the CRC-attached control information, wherein the control information comprises a bit flag for distinguishing whether the grant is an uplink grant or a downlink grant. | 09-13-2012 |
20120236800 | APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING DYNAMIC INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE AND METHOD THEREOF - An uplink/downlink scheduling in a mobile communication system and signal transmitting/receiving scheme using the same. A base station performs scheduling in consideration of an inter-cell interference link formed according to a dynamic scheduling. User equipment transmits and receives signals through the same. Each user equipment manages an interferential base station list to meet the process rate requirements. If a specific user equipment receives a first step scheduling signal including a user equipment specifying information for specifying the specific user equipment and a contention number information, base stations in a base station list managed by the corresponding user equipment are regarded as having real inter-cell interference links. Hence, in order for a base station having a highest priority to enable a resource assignment in a corresponding scheduling stage, a silencing signal for requesting a resource assignment prohibition is transmitted to the rest of the base stations. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236801 | METHOD FOR CONCURRENT BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION USING A SECOND PATH ON A SECOND WIRELESS NETWORK THAT UTILIZES THE PACKET CORE NETWORK OF A FIRST PATH ON A FIRST WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for concurrent bandwidth aggregation (COBA) for a client via multiple wireless networks includes requesting a packet data session for a first path on a first wireless network using a first modem of the multi-modem UE via a packet core network of the first wireless network. The method further includes requesting a packet data session for a second path on a second wireless network via the packet core network of the first wireless network using a second modem of the multi-modem UE. The method also includes receiving packet data over at least the second path on the second wireless network via the packet core network of the first wireless network. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236802 | Method for transmitting Service Data, Receiver, Mobile Terminal, Transmitter and Base Station - The present invention discloses a method for service data transmission, a receiver, a mobile terminal, a transmitter and a base station. In the above method, a receiver of a mobile terminal receives a control signal sent by a base station, wherein the control signal is used for indicating more than one subcarriers allocated to the mobile terminal and the more than one subcarriers are used for service data transmission; it is judged whether the difference between the highest frequency FRE | 09-20-2012 |
20120236803 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of and apparatus for allocating radio resources to a UE according to the capability of the UE, wherein the radio resources to be allocated include a set of radio resources which are incompatible with a first type of UE and are compatible with at least a second type of UE, the method comprising: receiving a random access preamble from a UE; transmitting a first random access response assigning a first set of radio resources compatible with the first type of UE, and a second random access response assigning a second set of radio resources incompatible with the first type of UE; wherein the first random access response is scheduled differently in time and/or frequency to the second access response; receiving a connection request message from the UE; wherein, if the connection request message is received on the first set of radio resources it is determined that the UE is a UE of the first type; and wherein if the connection request message is received on the second set of radio resources, it is determined that the UE is not of the first type. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236804 | High Speed Packet Access Downlink Feedback Timing On Long Term Evolution Uplink - A method for HSPA DL feedback signaling using UL LTE subframes is described. The method includes composing UL feedback signaling for individual ones of a plurality of received DL HSPA carriers, each carrier having an associated carrier index. The UL feedback signaling is composed in accordance with a mapping configured to distribute the UL feedback signaling over a plurality of UL LTE subframes based at least in part on the associated carrier indices. The method also includes transmitting the UL feedback signaling on the plurality of UL LTE subframes. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236805 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION TO DETERMINE A CAUSE OF LOW QUALITY OF SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for providing information to determine a cause of low Quality of Service (QoS) includes Scheduling Request (SR) transmission status reporting or reporting uplink power for SR transmission. The SR transmission status reporting includes a User Equipment (UE) being configured with Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource for SR transmission, and the UE reporting SR transmission status information to a connecting eNB. The reporting of uplink power for SR transmission includes a UE being configured with a PUCCH resource for SR transmission; and the UE reporting uplink power information for SR transmission to a connecting eNB. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236806 | DISTRIBUTED CAPACITY BASED CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT FOR COMMUNCATION SYSTEMS - Apparatuses and methods for providing distributed capacity based channel assignment in a radio frequency base station servicing a local area. A method can include determining that an additional channel is needed, receiving reports from user equipment connected to the base station over the air interface indicating the gain in capacity due to the added channel, adding the new channel, receiving loss reports from one or more neighboring base stations indicating the loss in capacity and the interference caused to user equipments serviced by the neighboring base stations due to the use of the new channel. The method can also include comparing the gain in capacity to the loss of capacity by the worst user connected to the neighboring base stations due to the added channel and determining whether to continue to add the channel to increase capacity. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236807 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A telecommunications system provides a facility for mobile communications to a mobile node. A core network and a radio network are arranged to communicate the internet packets in accordance with a current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network. The mobile node is operable to generate a packet data connection activation request. The request is adapted to include a service level identifier representing a priority to be afforded to communicating internet packets to or from the mobile node with respect to the internet packets received from other mobile nodes. The core network is operable to adapt the current configuration of routing and communications resources of at least one of the core network and the radio network following a change of location of the mobile node with a relative priority determined in accordance with the service level identifier. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236808 | Uplink Scheduling and Resource Allocation With Fast Indication - Systems and methods for signalling transitions between talk-spurt state and silence state for wireless terminals having semi-persistently allocated uplink resources are employed. A layer ½ indication of the state transitions may be transmitted using a resource that is specifically allocated for that purpose. Alternatively, ACK/NACK signalling may be employed. Layer 1 indications may be employed for both state transition types. Alternatively, in-band MAC layer signalling may be used to signal state transition from talk-spurt state to silence, or the network may deduce this state transition on its own. A different uplink wireless transition resource is allocated for the talk-spurt state vs. the silence state. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236809 | FREQUENCY DEVIATION ESTIMATING METHOD AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A frequency deviation is to be estimated in a wireless communication system in which a control data transmission channel and a user data transmission channel are allocated to different frequency bands. An estimation result using a reference signal for modulation in the user data control channel and an estimation result using a reference signal for estimating channel quality may be combined, according to an estimation result using a reference signal for modulation in the control data transmission channel, in order to modify the allocation period of the reference signal for estimating channel quality depending on the estimation result. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236810 | ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Transmitting information using a preamble of a Random Access Channel (RACH) in an Evolved Universal mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) is provided. A preamble transmission is used to inform a base station of specific information when a terminal uses a RACH and the base station efficiently allocates radio resources for data transmission to the terminal according to the specific information. Delay time before the terminal transmits data is reduced and unnecessary consumption of radio resources is minimized. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236811 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A disclosed base station apparatus includes
| 09-20-2012 |
20120236812 | Method, Base Station, and User Equipment for Feeding Back ACK/NACK Information for Carrier Aggregation - The present invention provides a method, a base station, and a user equipment for feeding back ACK/NACK information for carrier aggregation. The method includes: configuring a common field preset in DCI as at least one type of command field related to ACK/NACK feedback of at least two types of command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback, where the common field can be configured as the command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback; and sending the DCI to a user equipment, so that the user equipment feeds back ACK/NACK information according to the DCI. The present invention may realize backward compatibility of the ACK/NACK information feedback with an LTE system in carrier aggregation. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236813 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENT - A method and a device for allocating a Control Channel Element (CCE) are provided by the present invention. The method comprises: determining a CCE aggregation level, by a network, according to a mapping relationship between a Channel Quality Identity (CQI) and a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) code rate; and allocating the CCE resource according to the CCE aggregation level by the network. By the method, the effect of improving the utilization rate of the CCE resource is achieved. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236814 | RADIO TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - Provided are a radio transmitting apparatus and a control signal transmitting method whereby the number of blind decodings on a control signal receiving side can be reduced without increasing the control signal allocation block rate. In a base station ( | 09-20-2012 |
20120236815 | Data Transmission Method and System - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating carriers from a list of carriers in a telecommunication network. Each of the carriers allow transmission of a transmission control frame, each of said transmission control frame has a data block corresponding to a data stream and an indication of the previous carrier allocated to the data stream. The method includes, for a transmission control frame and a carrier selected for allocation to the transmission control frame in the list of carriers, the steps of determining the number of binary bits needed to identify the number of carriers in the list of carriers, coding the indication based on the determined number of binary bits, and removing the allocated carrier from the list of carriers. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236816 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA VIA A CONTENTION-BASED PHYSICAL UPLINK DATA CHANNEL - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for transceiving data via a contention based physical uplink data channel. A terminal apparatus, which transmits data via a contention based physical uplink data channel, comprises: a transmitter which transmits data via a contention based physical uplink data channel and scheduling request information via a scheduling request channel simultaneously or consecutively to a base station; a receiver which receives a physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) or an uplink (UL) grant message from the base station; and a processor which decodes the physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) or the uplink (UL) grant message to determine whether an ACK signal or a NACK signal is indicated. Here, the scheduling request channel can be a specific channel allocated to the terminal apparatus so as to discriminate the terminal from other terminal apparatuses. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236817 | Channel State Information Feedback Method and User Equipment - A method for feeding back channel state information and user equipment are provided in the present invention, which relates to the digital communication field; and they solve the problem of lacking a mechanism of reporting overall and effective channel state information in a SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO dynamic switching system. The method includes: in a single transmission mode, UE sends the channel state information to a network side, wherein the channel state information includes information indicating a transmission layer with the best channel quality. Technical schemes provided in the present invention are applied to the LTE system and LTE-A system. | 09-20-2012 |
20120236818 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION BY MEANS OF A DOWNLINK SUPERIMPOSED RADIO SIGNAL, A BASE STATION AND A USER TERMINAL THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for downlink communication between a base station and a user terminal by means of a downlink superimposed radio signal comprising downlink data for the user terminal and for at least one further user terminal that are transmitted using the same radio resources, wherein the downlink data for the user terminal are transmitted with lower power than the downlink data for the at least one further user terminal, and control information is sent in downlink from the base station to the user terminal that enables the user terminal to decode the downlink data for the at least one further user terminal, a base station, a user terminal and a communication network therefor. | 09-20-2012 |
20120243483 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE HAVING A VIRTUAL WIDEBAND CHANNEL - An embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus comprising an Orthogonal | 09-27-2012 |
20120243484 | ITERATIVE PILOT TONE CANCELLATION FOR IMPROVED CHANNEL ESTIMATION AND DECODING - Channel estimation is performed in a wireless network through cell/antenna pair ranking and iterative soft cancellation of pilot signals. Cell classification and ordering may be ranked and grouped for purposes of improving performance by dedicating hardware resources to higher priority received signals. A metric may be computed to rank the pairs. One such metric is reference signal (RS) power. Pairs may also be grouped into groups of pairs. Groups may be ordered by time-frequency resource and designated as serving-cell groups or non-serving cell groups. Higher priority pairs may be assigned a higher number of iterations. Higher priority groups may be processed first. Pairs which fall below a certain power threshold may be assigned no iterations. Iterations are distributed among hardware blocks to improve processing efficiency. Iteration numbers and hardware assignments may be modified to reach a desired complexity constraint. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243485 | REQUEST TO SEND (RTS) AND CLEAR TO SEND (CTS) FOR MULTICHANNEL OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for signaling the bandwidth to be used for wireless communications using an RTS/CTS (Request to Send/Clear to Send) frame exchange, providing for bandwidths of at least 20 MHz, 40 MHz, 80 MHz, 160 MHz, or higher. This exchange of bandwidth information may be performed implicitly—by determining the channels in which the RTS/CTS frames are actually sent—or explicitly. In addition to this bandwidth information exchange, aspects of the present disclosure may also allow for Network Allocation Vector (NAV) protection in multiple channels. In this manner, the wireless medium may be reserved, and the transmission may be protected from hidden nodes. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243486 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - A method and an apparatus for managing group communications is disclosed. The example methods disclose forming subscriber groups, signaling of group assignments, grouping physical channels, assigning logical or physical channels to subscriber groups, and defining triggers for activating channels. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243487 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for data transmissions in a wireless network are disclosed. A first device may send a first frame to a second device including information regarding a number of pending data frames to be transmitted from the first device to the second device. The first device receives an acknowledgement frame including a number of approved data frames for transmission from the first device to the second device. The first device then may send a plurality of data frames without performing the contention-based channel access procedure in response to the acknowledgement frame. The first device may send a first frame to a second device for requesting data frames that are pending at the second device. The first device receives an acknowledgement frame including a number of pending and approved data frames. The first device may receive a plurality of data frames in response to the acknowledgement frame. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243488 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFECTIVE ALLOCATION OF ADAPTIVE RESOURCE PARTITIONING INFORMATION (ARPI) TO PICO ENHANCED NODE B BY MACRO ENHANCED NODE B IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for effectively allocating resource partitioning information (RPI) in a wireless communication network are provided. For certain aspects, a method for wireless communications generally includes receiving, at a first base station, such as a pico enhanced Node B (eNB), resource partitioning information (RPI) from at least one second base station, such as a macro eNB; determining one or more resources indicated in the RPI actually usable by the first base station; and sending, from the first base station to the at least one second base station, an indication of the actually usable resources. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243489 | Method and Apparatus for Communicating Protocol Data Unit in Radio Access Network - A new protocol data unit is used in communications in a radio access network. When a user equipment requests a radio resource controller connection, the UE includes its identity in the request message. In establishing the connection to UE, a serving radio network controller allocates a logical channel to the UE for communications and identifies the logical channel in the header of the protocol data unit so as to allow a receiver of the PDU to know the UE identity in an out-of-band signaling fashion, depending upon a state of the transmitter of the PDU. When the transmitter changes its state, the receiver can change state accordingly. The new PDU structure allows continuous reception of the HS-DSCH downlink channel during state transition form CELL_FACH or CELL_PCH or URA_PCH to CELL_DCH and vice versa. This new PDU structure also allows continuous HS_DSCH retransmissions. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243490 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AN UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CHANNEL FOR A DOWNLINK DATA CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - A communication apparatus and method of a mobile communication system. A method of transmitting an uplink acknowledge channel (ACKCH) for a downlink data channel in a mobile communication system includes: | 09-27-2012 |
20120243491 | METHODS OF PACKET ELEMENT TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of packet element transmission for a mobile device of a wireless communication system includes generating a control element including a triggered capability report and a header of the capability report when the mobile device has sufficient resources to transmit both of the capability report and the header thereof in a transmission opportunity, wherein the capability report is a power headroom report, hereinafter called PHR, and cancelling all pending PHRs of the mobile device. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243492 | DATA AND CONTROL MULTIPLEXING IN PUSCH IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Transmission of information in a wireless network is performed by allocating a channel from a transmitter to a receiver. The channel has at least one time slot with each time slot having a plurality of symbols. Each slot contains at least one reference symbol (RS). As information becomes available for transmission, it is classified as prioritized information (PI) and other information. One or more priority symbols are generated using the digital samples of the priority information. Other symbols are generated using the other data. Priority symbols are transmitted on the channel in a manner that separation of priority symbol(s) and a reference symbol does not exceed a time duration of one symbol. For example, Rank Indicator (RI) is transmitted using symbol k, ACKNAK is transmitted using symbol k+1; and the reference signal (RS) is transmitted using symbol k+2, wherein symbols k, k+1, and k+2 are consecutive in time. The other symbols are transmitted in available locations. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243493 | Method for establishing reverse traffic channels and an access terminal - A method for establishing reverse traffic channels in a multi-carrier wireless communication system includes: an access terminal (AT) sending a carrier request message to an access network (AN), said carrier request message carrying a reverse carrier request indicator indicating the number of reverse carrier links required by AT (S | 09-27-2012 |
20120243494 | COMMUNICATION GATEWAY SUPPORTING WLAN COMMUNICATIONS IN MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION PROTOCOLS AND IN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS - Provided is operation of a device in a plurality of frequency bands. A packet based network selects a frequency band of operation by determining a quality indicator. The WLAN further selects a communication protocol. WLAN devices include a baseband processor interface and a first radio for receiving the digital data and for transmitting RF signals in first and second frequency bands of a plurality of frequency bands, and for producing corresponding digital data to the baseband processor interface. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243495 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - When multicarrier transmission is performed, the degradation of a downlink signal is reduced. A base station device eNB according to the present invention includes a simultaneous communication instruction unit | 09-27-2012 |
20120243496 | Method and Base Station for Sending Uplink Scheduling Grant Control Signaling - A method for sending uplink scheduling grant signaling and a base station, applied in an Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) system, the method includes: a base station, according to a number of clusters occupied with non-consecutive resource allocation by a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) of a scheduled user equipment in a component carrier, configuring at least one uplink scheduling grant signaling for the user equipment, wherein each uplink scheduling grant signaling indicates an allocation of resource for one or two clusters occupied by the PUSCH; and the base station allocating a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for each uplink scheduling grant signaling, and sending the uplink scheduling grant signaling to the user equipment. The flexibility of the resource allocation in the case of multiple clusters is enhanced, meanwhile the reliability of transmission of the scheduling grant signaling is ensured. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243497 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING MULTI-CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting the uplink control information in the wireless communication system supporting the multi-carriers according to one embodiment of the present invention, which comprises the steps of: reserving one or more channel selection resources for transmitting the uplink control information; receiving scheduling information for one or more uplink data channels to be transmitted on the same time domain resources as the reserved channel selection resources; determining an uplink data channel in which the uplink control information is multiplexed, from one or more uplink data channels; and multiplexing and transmitting the uplink control information in each of one or more resource element regions corresponding to each of one or more channel selection resources which are reserved to transmit the uplink control information, on the selected one uplink data channel. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243498 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS PLURAL COMPONENT CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a terminal signal in a wireless communication system that supports plural component carriers, the method comprising: receiving a subframe including a plurality of OFDM symbols from a base station (BS); and receiving identification information indicative of a particular component carrier, from one or more consecutive OFDM symbols located at the front of the subframe, wherein the identification information indicative of the particular component carrier includes a carrier offset value with respect to a reference component carrier. | 09-27-2012 |
20120243499 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, RECEIVING METHOD, AND TERMINAL - A method of transmitting control information in a carrier aggregation system is provided. The method includes: transmitting bandwidth information of a component carrier; configuring downlink control information including an additional indication field and an information field; mapping the downlink control information in any one of containing units having a plurality of predetermined different bit sizes in accordance with the bandwidth information; and transmitting the downlink control information mapped to any one of the containing units, wherein the information field is any one of a plurality of control information formats applicable to the component carrier, and the additional indication field includes information indicating a specific control information format to which the information field corresponds among the plurality of control information formats. Accordingly, the number of blind decoding attempts of a user equipment can decrease in a carrier aggregation system. Therefore, power consumption of the user equipment can decrease, and a decoding rate can increase. | 09-27-2012 |
20120250629 | MULTIUSER DETECTION ENABLED MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL IN MOBILE AD HOC NETWORKS - A method of providing medium access control for a wireless mobile ad hoc network includes defining a TDMA network timing frame including a data (DATA) zone having one or more time slots structured to support multiuser detection (MUD) of concurrent transmissions during each slot, a negative acknowledgment (NACK) zone during which nodes transmit requests for retransmission of packets destined to but not successfully received by the nodes, a broadcast (BC) zone during which network management messages are broadcast to the nodes, and a control (CTRL) zone. A primary master (PM) node is selected and operates as a source of network time for all the nodes. Each node synchronizes its time to that of the PM node during the CTRL zone in a distributed manner, by exchanging control messages with the PM node or other nodes located one or more hops from the PM node. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250630 | Random access data channel for machine type communications - The exemplary embodiments of this invention reduce signaling overhead for machine type communications (MTC) devices that are assumed to transmit small messages and that have no or limited mobility. By using these assumptions, the exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a random access procedure for MTC devices to send small messages via a random access data channel (RADCH). An exemplary method includes: obtaining a subscription for a MTC device to use, for a period of time specified by the subscription, a RADCH to a wireless communication network; and transmitting bursts containing data on the RADCH in accordance with the subscription. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250631 | Multiplexing Logical Channels in Mixed Licensed and Unlicensed Spectrum Carrier Aggregation - Downlink control signaling from a network to a user equipment UE associates at least a first logical channel or radio bearer with a first component carrier in a licensed frequency band and associates at least a second logical channel or radio bearer with a second component carrier in an unlicensed frequency band. The UE uses the associations to select which uplink data is sent on the first and on the second component carriers by multiplexing the uplink data on the at least first and the at least second logical channels or radio bearers. By example the downlink control signaling may be a MAC control element in a RRC_Connection_Reconfiguration message which semi-statically defines a multiplexing allowance for each of the logical channels or radio bearers. An example MAC control element has an information tuple giving the association and multiplexing status per channel/bearer. Certain embodiments also adapt transmit power scaling for licensed/unlicensed band operation. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250632 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULER DESIGN FOR MULTIUSER DETECTION ENABLED WIRELESS MOBILE AD-HOC NETWORKS - In the method for operating an interference multiple access communications system, wherein the improvement comprises the steps of employing a distributed scheduler within a Media Access Controller (MAC) for Multiuser Detection (MUD) enabled Mobile Ad-hoc Networks (MANETS) to increase spectral efficiency by increasing spectral use and providing a way to dynamically allocate virtual channels to achieve maximum channel reuse in different network topologies and different link patterns and to ameliorate any hidden or exposed node problems. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250633 | Resource allocation - A method of signalling resource allocation data in a communication system which uses a plurality of sub-carriers arranged in a sequence of chunks. An allocation of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices is received. The received allocations are processed to determine, for each user device, data identifying a start chunk and an end chunk within the sequence of chunks, which depend upon the sub-carriers allocated to the user device. Different resource allocation data is generated for each of the user devices using a predetermined mapping which relates the data identifying the corresponding start chunk and end chunk determined by the processing step to resource allocation data comprising a unique value. The respective resource allocation data is signaled to each of the plurality of user devices. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250634 | Resource allocation - A method of signalling resource allocation data in a communication system which uses a plurality of sub-carriers arranged in a sequence of chunks includes receiving an allocation of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices, which received allocation identifies a type of allocation of the sub-carriers. The received allocations are processed, in dependence on the identified type of allocation, to determine, for each user device, data identifying a start chunk and an end chunk within the sequence of chunks, which depend upon the sub-carriers allocated to the user device. Different resource allocation data is generated for each of the user devices using the data identifying the corresponding start chunk and end chunk determined by the processing, the resource allocation data including type data identifying the type of allocation. The respective resource allocation data is signaled to each of the plurality of user devices. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250635 | Method and Device for Enhancing Quality of Service in Wireless Local Area Network - The disclosure provides a method and device for enhancing Quality of Service (QoS) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN). The method for enhancing QoS in the WLAN includes the steps of: adding a message category in a wireless access point (S | 10-04-2012 |
20120250636 | Effective Labeling of Subframes Based on Device-to-Device Transmission in Cellular Downlink Spectrums - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for allocating resources among user elements. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include receiving, at a base station, information from a user element. The information may include at least one bit representing whether direct transmissions between pairs of user elements cause interference to the user element. The base station may schedule, based on the received information, the user element into at least one of a first subframe, when the received information indicates a risk of interference from the direct transmissions between the pairs of user elements, and into a second subframe, when the received information indicates no risk of interference from the direct transmissions between the pairs of user elements. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250637 | Inter-Carrier Modulation - A method and apparatus for communicating information by: dividing the information into at least a first information portion and a second information portion; modulating a plurality of domain resources to encode the first information using an index or grammar; and encoding the second information by modulation of domain resources. Optionally, the plurality of domain resources may be modulated to encode the first information by allocating at least two different modulation types to a plurality of sub-carriers. The modulation type is allocated to domain resources according to the index or grammar, which applies meaning to which modulation type is allocated to which domain resource. The modulation may include encoding part of the first information portion using one or more domain resources of a first domain and another part of the first information portion using one or more domain resources of a second domain. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250638 | Base Station Apparatus and Communication Terminal - Provided is a base station apparatus that employs a dynamic scheduler mode which performs wireless resource allocation for each subframe and applies a result of the allocation to the corresponding subframe, or a continuous transmission scheduler mode which performs wireless resource allocation for each subframe appearing periodically based on a period P and applies a result of the allocation for the relevant subframe to P continuous subframes from a subframe n to a subframe n+P−1. The base station apparatus includes a terminal communication device that communicates continuous transmission application ON/OFF information, which indicates whether or not the continuous transmission scheduler mode is employed, and continuous transmission period information, which indicates a period of continuous transmission scheduling according to the continuous transmission scheduler mode, to a terminal. The terminal communication device may store the continuous transmission application ON/OFF information and the continuous transmission period information in a PDCCH region. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250639 | APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SYMBOL CONFIGURATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring aperiodic sounding reference symbols is disclosed. The method avoids transmission of unused configuration parameters. In particular, parameters for use with DCI format 4 are not configured for user equipment that does not support the format. Accordingly, the method may include: configuring UL transmission mode equal to 1; configuring aperiodic SRS for DCI format 0/1a; and not configuring aperiodic SRS parameter sets for DCI format 4. The method may also include: configuring UL transmission mode equal to 2; configuring aperiodic SRS for DCI format 0/1a; and not configuring aperiodic SRS parameter sets for DCI format 4. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250640 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication device including a streaming packet transmission unit for transmitting a streaming packet, a control information acquisition unit for acquiring control information regarding the streaming packet, a control packet transmission unit for transmitting a control packet including the control information, a control information addition unit for adding the control information to the streaming packet, and a transmission channel selection unit for selecting, according to a predetermined condition, whether to transmit the control packet including the control information or to transmit the streaming packet to which the control information has been added. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250641 | System and Method for Signaling a Location of a Control Channel - A method for transmitting control information to a wireless node in a communications system includes mapping, by a communications controller, the control information onto resources associated with a wireless node specific search space, the wireless node specific search space being located in a first data region of a first subframe, the first subframe including a first common search space in addition to the wireless node specific search space. The method also includes generating, by the communications controller, a location indicator identifying a location of the wireless node specific search space. The method further includes transmitting, by the communications controller, the first subframe to the wireless node, and transmitting, by the communications controller, the location indicator to the wireless node. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250642 | System and Method for Transmission and Reception of Control Channels - A method for transmitting control information to a wireless node includes determining, by a communications controller, a first resource assignment parameter according to a pseudo-random sequence derived from an identifier, and mapping, by the communications controller, using the first resource assignment parameter, a demodulation reference signal associated with the wireless node onto a first resource located in a data region of a subframe. The method also includes mapping, by the communications controller, modulated control information associated with the wireless node onto a second resource located in the data region of the subframe, and transmitting, by the communications controller, the subframe to the wireless node. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250643 | METHOD FOR INDICATING DOWNLINK PHYSICAL RESOURCES SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for indicating downlink physical resources scheduling in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes sending downlink control information to a User Equipment (UE) on a first component carrier by an evolved Node B (eNB), wherein single downlink control information is used to schedule physical resources in at least one downlink sub-frame of one of a plurality of component carriers at a time, the plurality of component carriers including the first component carrier, a second component carrier, . . . , a kth component carrier, wherein k is greater than or equal to 2, receiving the downlink control information on the first component carrier, and receiving downlink data according to the downlink control information by the UE. The present invention can achieve a peak data rate to reach the design target of International Mobile Telecommunications (IMT)-Advanced system. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250644 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING CONCURRENT DEPLOYMENT OF MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS BY USER EQUIPMENT IN A NON-DEDICATED CHANNEL STATE - A random access procedure for UEs in Cell_FACH or another suitable non-DCH state, which enables concurrent deployment of 2 ms and 10 ms TTIs for uplink transmissions on the E-DCH. In some examples, the procedure may further enable utilization of a Rel-99 PRACH transmission by UEs in the Cell_FACH or other suitable non-DCH state. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250645 | Device, system and method of wireless communication - Briefly, according to embodiments of the invention, there is provided a wireless communication system and a method to receive by a base station from a first mobile station a first chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a first transmit diversity, to receive from a second mobile station a second chain of data symbols transmitted by at least two antennas and having a second transmit diversity. Both first and second chains of data symbols are transmitted from the first and second mobile stations at the same time, modulated according to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) scheme and encoded by a space time block codes scheme. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250646 | MOBILE DEVICE-BASED BANDWIDTH THROTTLING - Methods, systems, and apparatus, including computer programs encoded on a computer storage medium, for implementing mobile device-based bandwidth throttling. In one aspect, a method includes receiving policy from a wireless carrier that specifies one or more data usage thresholds allotted by the wireless carrier for data transferred over a wireless carrier network during a predetermined period of time, determining an amount of data that has been transferred by the mobile device over the wireless carrier network during the predetermined period of time, determining that the amount exceeds one or more of the data usage thresholds, and throttling the bandwidth of a mobile device over the wireless carrier network based on determining that the amount exceeds one or more of the data usage thresholds. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250647 | METHODS OF REVERSE LINK POWER CONTROL - Methods of reverse link power control are provided. A first example method includes first adjusting OFDMA transmission power based on first feedback signals during an OFDMA transmission and second adjusting OFDMA transmission power based on second feedback signals during periods between OFDMA transmissions. A second example method includes sending first power adjustment indicators based on measured OFDMA SINRs when receiving OFDMA transmissions from a mobile station and sending second power adjustment indicators based on estimated OFDMA SINRs when not receiving OFDMA transmissions from the mobile station. A third example method includes receiving a plurality of interference indicating signals from different base stations and determining whether to adjust a maximum transmit power threshold based on the plurality of interference indicating signals, the maximum transmit power threshold indicating the maximum permitted transmission power level below which transmissions are constrained. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250648 | Method and Apparatus for Sending Physical Uplink Control Channel - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for sending a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), which includes: performing a joint coding and modulation processing on Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information which is required to be sent simultaneously with Channel Status Information (CSI) information, and sending the modulated information to a base station by using the second pilot symbol of each slot of a plurality of orthogonal PUCCH resources. The present invention acquires a coding gain by the joint coding of the ACK/NACK information and makes the minimum Hamming distance extend, thereby enhancing the feedback quality of ACK/NACK. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250649 | Method and Arrangement for Scheduling Control in a Telecommunication System - In a method of uplink scheduling control in a telecommunication system comprising a node and a plurality of associated user equipment, performing the steps of identifying S | 10-04-2012 |
20120250650 | PROVIDING IMPROVED POST-DIAL DELAY AT AN ORIGINATING TERMINAL - To provide expedited ringback at an originating terminal, a call request is sent from the originating terminal to a destination device over an Internet Protocol (IP) network. Local resource reservation is performed by the originating terminal after sending the call request. A first message is received by the originating terminal prior to the originating terminal sending a second message indicating that local resource reservation has been performed, the first message for indicating that alerting is being performed at the destination device. In response to receiving the first message and determining that the local resource reservation has been performed, a ringback indicator is generated by the originating terminal. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250651 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONSTELLATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station is provided for transmitting an acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal, including a multiplying unit configured to multiply an ACK/NACK signal either by a first value for rotating a constellation of the ACK/NACK signal by 0 degrees or by a second value for rotating the constellation of the ACK/NACK signal by N degrees, which is different from 0 degrees. In a case where a PUCCH index used by the mobile station is in a first PUCCH index group, the multiplying unit multiplies the ACK/NACK signal by the same value for both transmitting in a first slot and transmitting in a second slot, and in a case where the PUCCH index used by the mobile station is in a second PUCCH index group, the multiplying unit multiplies the ACK/NACK signal by different values for transmitting in the first slot and transmitting in the second slot, respectively. | 10-04-2012 |
20120250652 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND CONSTELLATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station is provided for receiving an acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal, including a transmitting unit configured to transmit a control signal using one or a plurality of CCE(s). The base station also includes a receiving unit configured to receive an ACK/NACK signal, the ACK/NACK signal being multiplied by an orthogonal sequence, by a sequence defined by a cyclic shift, and by either a first value or a second value, wherein the first value rotates a constellation of the ACK/NACK signal by 0 degrees and the second value rotates the constellation of the ACK/NACK signal by N degrees, which is different from 0 degrees. | 10-04-2012 |
20120257581 | Femto Cluster Architecture for WCDMA and LTE - Embodiments disclosed herein provide a system and method of providing a distributed architecture for the Layer 2 and Layer 3 devices in a wireless communication network. Instead of using a single device with functionalities of Layer 2 and Layer 3 layers, the proposed system uses a distributed architecture for Layer 2 and Layer 3 devices where a single Layer 3 device controls multiple Layer 2 devices and the Layer 2 devices form a mesh network. This architecture provides multiple channels for communication between Layer 3 and communication devices and hence avoids congestion in channels while multiple devices communicate with Layer 3 simultaneously. A central server is employed to control Layer 3 devices and corresponding Layer 2 devices. The server maintains a database of parameters allocated to Layer 2 devices. The server ensures distribution of unique values of parameters to the associated Layer 2 devices. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257582 | APERIODIC SRS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method of wireless communication includes receiving overlapping information triggering aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission. The method also includes processing the overlapping information in accordance with the received triggering information. The overlapping information can be comprises consistent configuration information for the aperiodic SRS transmission, in which case the processing includes transmitting an aperiodic SRS in accordance with the configuration information. When the overlapping information has dissimilar configurations for the aperiodic SRS transmission; the processing includes treating the overlapping information as an error event. The overlapping information can be a trigger received in an uplink grant and a trigger received in a downlink grant. The wireless system can be a multicarrier system including multiple component carriers. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257583 | Distribution of Broadcast Content to Controlled-Environment Facilities - A system for receiving satellite radio signals and/or internet content and extracting a plurality of channels from the satellite radio signals and/or internet content is disclosed. The content of the channels is converted to IP packets and streamed across an Ethernet network. In one embodiment, each of the channels is associated with an IP address or port. Users receive the content of the channels by selecting the IP address or port associated with the desired content. An administrator may control the channels that are available to the users. In one embodiment, the users each have a subscription to access the content, and the subscription may control the channels that the user access. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257584 | Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunication System - The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for providing a more flexible configuration of sounding reference signal, SRS, transmission. This is achieved by dynamically triggering a mobile terminal to transmit SRS. Thus, embodiments of the invention include a method implemented by a base station in a communications network that semi-statically configures some uplink symbols for periodic SRS transmission and other uplink symbols for aperiodic SRS transmission. The method includes dynamically determining whether an uplink symbol that has been semi-statically configured for aperiodic SRS transmission is to be used by a given mobile terminal at a given time for SRS transmission. The method then further includes signaling a terminal-specific instruction that indicates said determination to the given mobile terminal. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257585 | COGNITIVE WIFI RADIO NETWORK - The invention relates to a cognitive radio (CR) WiFi network which includes a plurality of radio environment aware WiFi terminals, which collect local WiFi interference information and send this information to a CR network management system (NMS). The CR NMS includes a database for storing historical records of the interference information obtained from the terminals, and cognitive engines for analyzing the stored historical interference records and determining terminal-specific transmission and reception parameters. In one embodiment the network implements a deterministic NMS-directed networks-wide TDD/TDM scheduling of WiFi communications for optimal channel re-use and interference avoidance, and a novel terminal synchronization mechanism. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257586 | FRAME STRUCTURE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A PLURALITY OF DATA STREAMS THROUGH THE FRAME STRUCTURE - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving data through a frame in a wireless communication system, the method including: generating a frame including a preamble section and a data section, the preamble section includes fixed data items and configuration data items, and the data section includes at least one Physical Layer Pipe (PLP); and transmitting the generated frame, wherein the configuration data items related to the at least PLP, the preamble section of the frame is generated according to repetition lengths of the configuration data items. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257587 | METHOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Particular orthogonal codes are transmitted from the mobile stations to the base station as alert signals indicating the presence of data to be transmitted. The base station checks whether particular orthogonal codes are contained in the alert signals, and when the particular orthogonal codes are detected in the alert signals, information representing the detected orthogonal codes and the schedules for transmitting the data from the mobile terminals to the base station are transmitted from the base station to the mobile terminals as an alert response to the alert signals. When the information representing the orthogonal codes used for the alert signals are contained in the alert response transmitted from the base station to the mobile terminals, the data waiting to be transmitted is transmitted from the mobile terminals to the base station according the data transmission schedules in the alert response. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257588 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - To reduce deterioration of a downlink signal when a multicarrier transmission is performed. A base station device eNB according to the present invention includes an uplink resource assignment unit | 10-11-2012 |
20120257589 | Method and System for Allocating Home Base Station Frequency Point and Home Base Station Manager - A method and system for allocating a home base station frequency point and a home base station manager are disclosed by the present invention. The method includes: a home base station detects current location information and matches the current location information with pre-stored location information, and sends a registration request requiring for allocation of frequency point information to the home base station manager when the match fails, and the registration request includes the current location information; the home base station manager selects a frequency point for the home base station according to the current location information, and sends the frequency point information to the home base station. The method and system not only enable the home base station manager to flexibly allocate frequency point information for home base station according to different environments, but also accelerate the speed of allocating frequency point information for home base station. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257590 | MOBILE STATION, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - To achieve system efficiency by avoiding inefficient resource assignment of “Carrier Segment/Extension Carrier”. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes a control signal reception unit | 10-11-2012 |
20120257591 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL OF ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus for controlling enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions are disclosed. An enhanced uplink medium access control (MAC-e/es) entity processes a received scheduling grant to calculate a serving grant. The MAC-e/es entity determines whether both a hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) process for scheduled data and scheduled data are available. If an H-ARQ process for scheduled data and scheduled data are available, the MAC-e/es entity determines whether a serving grant exists. The MAC-e/es entity calculates a remaining power based on maximum allowed power and restricts an E-DCH transport format combination (E-TFC) based on the remaining power. The MAC-e/es entity selects an E-TFC using the serving grant and generates a MAC-e protocol data unit. The MAC-e/es entity may process the received scheduled grant is at each transmission time interval or may store the received scheduled grant in a grant list until there is E-DCH data to transmit. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257592 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A base station apparatus in a mobile communications system has a unit which transmits, to one or more user apparatuses, a downlink control signal including information for allocating a radio resource, a unit which receives an uplink signal from the one or more user apparatuses, and a unit which determines, based on a feedback from the user apparatus, a pre-encoding matrix indicator (PMI) indicating a pre-encoding matrix to be applied to multiple antennas of the base station apparatus. When a number of multiplexed users in the downlink control signal is no less than a predetermined number, the PMI indicating the pre-encoding matrix to be applied to a whole system bandwidth of the mobile communications system is reported to each of the user apparatuses. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257593 | Subscriber Station Transceiver Allocation of Groups of Subcarriers Between a Plurality of Transceiver Antennas - Embodiments for at least one method and apparatus of a subscriber station transceiver allocating and transmitting groups of subcarriers between a plurality of transceiver antennas are disclosed. One method includes the subscriber station transceiver receiving at least one downlink signal through each of the plurality of subscriber station antennas. The subscriber station transceiver characterizes a received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. The subscriber station transceiver allocates groups of subcarriers for uplink transmission through each of the plurality of subscriber antennas, wherein the allocation is based on the characterized received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257594 | TECHNIQUES FOR RESOURCE BLOCK MAPPING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes creating a resource block map by associating respective subscriber station identifications, corresponding to respective subscriber stations, with one or more resource blocks. The respective subscriber station identifications and the resource block map are transmitted, from a serving base station, in one or more control channel symbols. | 10-11-2012 |
20120257595 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION UNIT - Random access in a wireless communication system including a base station and a wireless terminal, whereby at the wireless terminal, performing first random access scheme using a first random access preamble or second random access scheme using a second random access preamble which is received from the base station. | 10-11-2012 |
20120263117 | Method and Apparatus to Adjust the Control Region of a Subframe for Reducing Interference Between Channels in Wireless Communication Systems - In a method of scheduling, a subframe ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120263118 | Method and Apparatus Using Two Radio Access Technologies for Scheduling Resources in Wireless Communication Systems - In a method for scheduling resources, the method includes receiving a first control channel in a first subframe ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120263119 | Method And Apparatus For Scheduling Transmissions In A Communication Network - The method includes assigning a priority to a mobile unit based on a Quality of Service (QoS) class associated with the mobile unit and a score associated with a user of the mobile unit. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263120 | METHOD OF SCHEDULING AND ADMISSION CONTROL FOR GUARANTEED BIT RATE AND/OR MAXIMUM BIT RATE SERVICES - The present invention provides a method of scheduling guaranteed bit rate and/or maximum bit rate applications. Embodiments of the method may include setting, for a mobile node during a time interval, a first weight equal to a sum of a previous first weight associated with the mobile node during a previous time interval and a correction factor that is a linear function of a difference between a first bit rate and an indication of a throughput of the mobile node. Embodiments of the method may also include scheduling communication with the mobile node based on the first weight. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263121 | CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES FOR MULTI-BIT ACK/NAK - A method of wireless communication includes receiving an upper layer configuration of multiple sets of ACK/NAK resources for uplink transmission. The receives resources correspond to at least one secondary downlink component carrier in a multicarrier configuration. The method also includes receiving a physical layer indicator of ACK/NAK resources in the sets. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263122 | Method and system for transmitting multicarrier-supported capability of user equipment - The present disclosure provides a method for transmitting multicarrier-supported capability of UE. When the UE supports multicarrier, the UE sends a message carrying multicarrier-supported capability of the UE to an RNC; the RNC parses the message from the UE and obtains the multicarrier-supported capability of the UE. The present disclosure also provides a system for transmitting multicarrier-supported capability of UE. Through the method and the system of the present disclosure, a network side can learn that the UE supports multicarrier, and determine whether a service can be received by a multicarrier cell based on the learning. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263123 | SENSING CONFIGURATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIOS - The present invention proposes methods, devices and computer program products in relation to a communication module configured for communication in a carrier aggregation mode aggregating a primary and at least one secondary carrier. Scheduling information is carried in a control channel of one of the carriers, the scheduling information being associated to a respective one of said aggregated carriers and designating search spaces for payload in a payload channel of said respective aggregated carrier. Sensing is performed responsive to a sensing command added to the scheduling information associated to said at least one secondary carrier, which sensing command commands sensing to be performed on said at least one secondary carrier. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263124 | RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A wireless communication method includes allocating physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) data in first slot to a first orthogonal cover code (OCC). The method also includes allocating PUCCH data in a second slot of the same subframe to a different orthogonal cover code (OCC). Another method includes mapping PUCCH resources to physical resource blocks based on a user equipment (UE) specific signaling parameter (e.g., a resource index) and a number of symbols in a slot of a subframe. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263125 | Arbitrating Resource Acquisition For Applications of a Multi-Processor Mobile Communications Device - In an embodiment, a multi-processor mobile communications device includes a first processor system executing a concurrency manager server application (CMSA) and a second processor system executing a concurrency manager client application (CMCA). The CMSA determines priority levels related to access to resources for a first set of applications that are configured for execution on the first processor system and a second set of applications that are configured for execution on the second processor system. The CMSA notifies the CMCA of the determined priorities. The CMSA and the CMCA each then selectively grant or reject access to the resources for the first and second sets of applications, respectively, based on the determined priorities levels. In another embodiment, if the CMSA or CMCA rejects an application's request to access resources, the CMSA or CMCA can determine availability of alternative resources by which the requesting application can achieve its goal. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263126 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving data by acquiring channel information of a terminal receiving data in a communication system providing services to users through beamforming according to a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) scheme, wherein so as to acquire channel information of the terminal for transmitting/receiving data through the beamforming according to the MIMO scheme, a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame and a null data packet (NDP) frame are transmitted to the terminal, the beamforming frame is received from the terminal as a response of the null data packet announcement frame and the null data packet frame, and the channel information of the terminal included in the beamforming frame and the indication information on which the null data packet frame included in a control information field of the beamforming frame is normally received are checked. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink signal at a terminal in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises: receiving a control channel to be transmitted to a specific subframe via a first carrier; and decoding a data channel corresponding to the control channel to be transmitted to the specific subframe via a second carrier, using at least one parameter included in the control channel, wherein information on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) start symbol of data channels that are transmitted via each of at least one carrier allocated to the terminal is signaled through an upper layer. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263128 | Method, Apparatus and System for Implementing Carrier Aggregation - A method for implementing carrier aggregation is provided, which includes: the mobile terminal which establishes connection receives the carrier aggregation control information from a base station, and the carrier aggregation control information contains carrier identifiers and wireless resource configuration information of the target carriers for downlink work carrier aggregation; the mobile terminal confirms the target carriers according to the carrier identifiers and the wireless resource configuration information. The present invention also discloses the corresponding base station, the corresponding mobile terminal and the carrier aggregation implement system composed of the base station and the mobile terminal. The present invention enables the Time Division Duplex (TDD) terminal and the Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) terminal to aggregate the TDD carrier and the FDD carrier. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263129 | APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS), which is performed by a user equipment (UE), in a wireless communication system. The UE aperiodically transmits an SRS through a certain uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) of a plurality of UL CCs. The certain UL CC is identical to the UL CC that transmits a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), which is scheduled by an uplink grant, wherein the uplink grant contains a message that triggers the aperiodic transmission of an SRS. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263130 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a terminal device and a base station device communicate using frequency bands selected from among a plurality of frequency bands. The base station device selects a frequency band used for a downlink and a frequency band used for an uplink as frequency bands used for communication with the terminal device from among the plurality of frequency bands, selects an association between the frequency band used for the downlink and the frequency band used for the uplink among the selected frequency bands, and transmits information indicating the selected frequency bands and information indicating the association containing identification information of the association using a signal specific to the terminal device. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263131 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - There are disclosed a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method whereby a flexible frequency scheduling can be performed without increasing the circuit scale of DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform). In a terminal ( | 10-18-2012 |
20120263132 | METHOD FOR ENCODING RESOURCE INDEXES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - A method for encoding resource indexes in a wireless communication system, and a base station are provided in the present invention. The method comprises: a base station dividing L logical resource units into M resource allocation units, wherein M<=L, L<=N, and N is the number of physical resource units; and the base station transmitting indication information to a terminal, wherein the indication information indicates the resource allocation units that the base station assigns to the terminal from the M resource allocation units. The present invention achieves more flexible scheduling and allocation. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263133 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION UNIT - Random access in a wireless communication system including a base station and a wireless terminal, whereby at the wireless terminal, selecting first information used for first random access or second information used for second random access. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263134 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PDCCH BLIND DECODING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - Various methods and systems for efficiently performing the blind decoding of downlink signals is described. Several forms of arranging possible CCE combinations are examined and investigated. Based on PDCCH size estimation/information, CCE concatenations that are most likely (of limited sets) can be arrived at. Tree-based concatenations are also devised using largest CCE ordering to align smaller CCE sizes to similar boundaries. By such ordering, the search space for all possible CCE ordering and sizes can be reduced to an efficient tree. Set mapping between possible lnposelstartCCElnposelend/REs are also described using a first set to secondary and tertiary sets. Various other ordering and sorting schemes are also detailed that enable a blind decode of a PDCCH channel to be efficiently performed. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263135 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SUB-FRAMES FOR RELAY-NODE OPERATIONS - A frame structure for support of large delay spread deployment scenarios (e.g., cellular system operation in large cell sizes or low frequency bands) is generally presented. In this regard a method is introduced comprising partitioning a radio frame into a plurality of equal-sized (or non-equal-sized) sub-frames to simplify system implementation. Other embodiments are also disclosed and claimed. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263136 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - One of sequence groups each specifying reference signal sequences for respective radio resource bandwidths is assigned to a base station and a different one of the sequence groups is assigned to a neighboring cell. The base station includes a scheduler configured to allocate radio resources; a reporting unit configured to report the allocated radio resources and a cyclic shift amount to a mobile station; and a demodulating unit configured to demodulate a signal received from the mobile station based on one of the reference signal sequences corresponding to one of the radio resource bandwidths and the cyclic shift amount. Cell reuse is applied to the reference signal sequences to be transmitted using one resource unit, and sequence hopping where different ones of the reference signal sequences are assigned to consecutive subframes is applied to the reference signal sequences to be transmitted using a bandwidth greater than one resource unit. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263137 | HIGH SPEED MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL AND DIRECT LINK PROTOCOL - Techniques for MAC processing for efficient use of high throughput systems that may be backward compatible with various types of legacy systems are disclosed. In one aspect, a data frame is formed comprising a common portion for transmission in a format receivable by various stations, such as access points and remote stations. The data frame also comprises a dedicated portion, formatted for transmission to a specified remote station. In another aspect, the common portion is unsteered, and the dedicated portion is steered. In another aspect, an access point schedules an allocation in response to a data indication included in a common portion of a data frame transmitted from one remote station to another. In another aspect, a first station transmits a reference to a second station, which measures the reference and generates feedback therefrom. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263138 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRAINED HOPPING OF DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods and apparatuses are provided that facilitate employing constrained frequency hopping of downlink reference signals. In an aspect, a method that facilitates evaluating reference signals received via a downlink in a wireless communication environment is disclosed which includes receiving a sequence of subframes transmitted by a base station, each of the subframes having resource elements used to carry reference signals according to a constrained cell-specific hopping pattern. The method also includes combining reference signals sent from common antennas at common frequency locations in the subframes and estimating a channel based upon an evaluation of the combined reference signals. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263139 | MICROWAVE ACCESS METHOD AND MULTI-SERVICE TRANSPORT DEVICE - The present invention discloses a microwave access method and a multi-service transport device. The present invention includes: detecting whether a performance parameter and/or a status parameter of a microwave air interface changes; if the performance parameter and/or the status parameter of the microwave air interface changes, generating a dynamic bandwidth request according to the changed performance parameter and/or the changed status parameter, and sending the dynamic bandwidth request to a main control unit of a multi-service transport network; receiving dynamic bandwidth allocation information sent by the main control unit according to the dynamic bandwidth request; and receiving an uplink microwave signal transmitted by the microwave air interface, performing uplink service processing on the uplink microwave signal to obtain uplink service data, and transporting the uplink service data to the multi-service transport network according to the dynamic bandwidth allocation information. | 10-18-2012 |
20120263140 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - There is disclosed a radio transmission device capable of improving the throughput. The radio transmission device transmits a first signal and a second signal which are different from each other. In the radio transmission device, an FFT unit subjects first data to an FFT process. A sub-carrier allocation unit maps the first data which has been subjected to the FFT process and the second data into different frequencies. An IFFT unit subjects the mapped signal to the IFFT transform. A transmission radio processing unit transmits the signal which has been subjected to the IFFT processing, with a single carrier. | 10-18-2012 |
20120269136 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING FIRST USER EQUIPMENT USING SINGLE FREQUENCY BAND AND SECOND USER EQUIPMENT USING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS - A method for performing a wireless communication between a UE and a BS in a wireless communication system supporting a first UE using a single frequency band and a second UE using a plurality of frequency bands, to each of which OFDM is applied, is disclosed. The method includes being allocated one or more downlink component carriers for the second UE from the BS, and receiving the one or more downlink component carriers from the BS by the second UE. The one or more down-link component carriers are cyclically shifted by different cyclic shift values and the cyclic shifting is performed by multiplying each of the one or more downlink component carriers by a linear phase having a different inclination. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269137 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RETRANSMISSION IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for performing retransmission at a user equipment of a MIMO wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting multiple transport blocks to a base station for a transmission unit time in accordance with uplink grant information, which includes a first new data indicator; receiving ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) responses corresponding to the respective transport blocks and uplink grant information, which includes a second new data indicator, from the base station; and performing new transmission or retransmission for the multiple transport blocks in one transport block unit for a transmission unit time in accordance with the ACK/NACK responses and the second new data indicator, if transport rank is reduced to 1. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269138 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal via physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method is configured such that a terminal transmits a signal via the PUCCH and multiple antennas, and comprises the following steps: obtaining a first modulated symbol sequence from control information; performing a spreading process on modulated symbols corresponding to each of the slots in the PUCCH from among the first modulated symbol sequence, such that the modulated symbols corresponding to the respective single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA) symbols in the relevant slot, so as to obtain a plurality of spread second modulated symbol sequences corresponding to the respective SC-FDMA symbols in each slot; and transmitting, in the relevant SC-FDMA symbols in the PUCCH, the plurality of spread second modulated symbol sequences via multiple antennas, wherein resources used in the transmission via the PUCCH are orthogonal to one another between antenna ports. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269139 | Control Method and System for Non-Serving Uplink Enhanced Radio Link of Dual-Carrier System - A method for controlling non-serving uplink enhanced radio link of dual carrier system is provided, which includes: a radio network controller informing a non-serving Node B to which the terminal using the dual carrier high speed packet access technology belongs of the carrier attribute information of the enhanced radio link; and the non-serving Node B controlling the enhanced radio link according to the carrier attribute information. A system for controlling non-serving uplink enhanced radio link of dual carrier system and a radio network controller is provided. The control method can make the terminal establish an uplink enhanced dedicated channel according to the carrier attribute information of the radio link, and realize the practicable application of the dual carrier technology by tiny modifications in the special scenarios, thereby making the dual carrier high speed packet access technology practicable. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269140 | DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - A base station performs a method for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission to a plurality of user equipments (UEs). The method includes transmitting a first and a second physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to a user equipment (UE) in a subframe, wherein the first PDCCH has a first downlink control information (DCI) format and the second PDCCH has a second DCI format. The method also includes transmitting a first transport block of at least one CoMP transmission to the UE in the subframe according to the first PDCCH, the at least one CoMP transmission comprising the first transport block from the base station and a second transport block from a second base station, wherein the second transport block is scheduled according to the second PDCCH. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269141 | PROVIDING SERVICES ACCORDING TO SUBSCRIPTION STATUS OF USER EQUIPMENT - Provided are a femtocell base station and a method for providing different levels of service according to a user's subscription. The femtocell base station may include a determination unit and an IP request unit. The determination unit may be configured to determine whether user equipment coupled to the femtocell base station is a closed subscriber group (CSG) member or a non-CSG member based on subscription information of the user equipment. The IP request unit may be configured to allocate a private IP address to user equipment determined as the CSG-member and to allocate a public IP address to user equipment determined as the non-CSG member. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269142 | Doppler adaptation using pilot patterns within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Doppler adaptation using pilot patterns within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within a communication system employing orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signaling, pilots may be adaptively and/or selectively located at different respective sub-carrier or tone locations within different respective symbols based on one or more patterns. In some implementations, decimation may also be performed such that not necessarily all respective tone or sub-carrier locations are covered within one particular group. Multiple respective groups may be employed to cover all possible tone or sub-carrier locations with at least one pilot over a particular number of symbols. In a receiver communication device operating using such decimation, interpolation over the decimated set of tones or sub-carriers may be made to effectuate channel estimate updates. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269143 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL SCHEDULERS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Wireless communication between a base station and at least one user equipment comprises the following. Each user equipment periodically measures channel quality of communication with the base station and transmits a channel quality indicator to the base station. The base station schedules communication with the at least one user equipment based upon the periodically transmitted channel quality indicators. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269144 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a wireless communication system a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other. The base station sets the number of spatial multiplexing sequences (rank) of data being used by the mobile station when transmitting a PUSCH, further sets orthogonal resources used by the mobile station for the same number of reference signals as the set number of spatial multiplexing sequences which are transmitted together with the PUSCH, and transmits downlink control information indicating the number of spatial multiplexing sequences and information indicating the orthogonal resources for the reference signals. The mobile station receives the downlink control information, selects orthogonal resources to respectively apply to the reference signals, applies the selected orthogonal resources to generate the reference signals, and transmits the generated reference signals to the base station apparatus. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269145 | Method and Arrangement for Resolving a Temporary Block Flow - The invention relates to a method in a mobile network for resolving a Temporary Block Flow, a TBF, in a wireless network including one or more mobile stations exchanging data with a base station system. The packet data is transmitted by means of one or more RLC/MAC blocks each associated with the TBF. The TBF is identified by means of an Temporary Flow Identity, a TFI, and associated to an MS. The inventive method is applicable in a wireless communication system with an extended TFI addressing space. The method comprises steps of receiving a RLC/MAC block and retrieving a first TFI in the RLC/MAC header. The TFI is compared to an assigned TFI. The capability for the associated MS to resolve TBFs based on extended TFI addressing is determined. If the received first TFI matches assigned TFI and represents a comprehensive TFI for the associated MS, the payload of the RLC/MAC block is decoded. When the first TFI matches assigned TFI value and is identified as a code point to an eTFI, at least a predetermined field of the RLC data block is decoded and an extended TFI, eTFI, is retrieved. The eTFI is compared with an assigned eTFI. Following a match, the payload of the RLC data block is decoded. The procedure is repeated for further RLC/MAC block associated with the TBF until the TBF is resolved. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269146 | Uplink Channel Sounding - The invention is related to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: configure a reference signal for uplink sounding; and arrange transmission of the reference signal for uplink sounding by using at least one of the following: scheduling downlink data for a physical downlink shared channel; configuring a transmission of a periodic channel state information or rank indicator for the physical downlink shared channel; configuring a periodic transmission for transmission on a scheduling request resource on a physical uplink control channel; and configuring a periodic transmission of a reference signal for transmission on an existing physical uplink control channel. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269147 | TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR AUXILIARY CARRIER PAIRING INFORMATION, NODE B AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING TRANSMISSION - The present invention discloses a method; a NodeB and a system for transmitting pairing information of auxiliary carriers. The method comprises: during the process of controlling a terminal which uses a multi-carrier high-speed packet access technique, a NodeB to which the terminal belongs setting pairing information of an uplink auxiliary carrier and a downlink auxiliary carrier of a auxiliary service enhanced dedicated channel cell for the terminal, and transmitting the paring information to a radio network control entity through control signaling transmitted via an Interconnection of type (IUB) interface. The present invention can implement flexible configuration for the uplink and downlink auxiliary carriers through signaling based on the IUB/IUR interface. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269148 | Methods and Devices for Switching Anchor Carrier - Methods and devices are provided whereby the primary uplink (and downlink carrier) can be dynamically changed. Embodiments are described wherein it is determine which carrier that is to be used as a new primary carrier instead of an old carrier currently being used as a primary carrier based on a criteria/trigger event. The new carrier can be signaled between the radio base station and the user equipment when switching to the new primary carrier. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269149 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - To avoid a reduction in a peak rate in an uplink as much as possible. A radio base station eNB according to the present invention includes a scheduling unit | 10-25-2012 |
20120269150 | WIRELESS TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS OF DIFFERENT TYPES - A terminal comprising: a radio-frequency transmitter for transmitting packets on an uplink to a wireless cellular network; and processing apparatus comprising an upper protocol stack and a lower protocol stack, the upper stack being arranged to process data according to one or more transport protocols and form the data into packets of a plurality of different types for transmission over a packet-based network, and the lower stack being arranged to receive the packets from the upper stack and process them for transmission via the wireless cellular network. The lower stack comprises a plurality of packet queues each corresponding to a different respective priority level, and a packet decoder configured to supply each packet in dependence on its type to a packet queue of a corresponding priority level. The lower stack further comprises a dequeuing mechanism configured to dequeue packets for transmission from said queues in dependence on the priority levels. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269151 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND BASE STATION, AND DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD AND USER DEVICE - In the transmission of user data for a user equipment and control information on the user data to the user equipment using a plurality of carrier waves by a base station in a wireless communication system, the control information can be transmitted over a portion of the plurality of carrier waves, and carrier waves over which only the user data is transmitted can be generated without the control information. Here, the base station transmits, at a certain number of subframes following the subframes at which the control information is transmitted, the user data over the carrier waves to which only the user data is allocated. Thus, the user equipment can minimize the buffering of the user data during the detection of the control information, and decode the user data. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269152 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A RESOURCE, METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN THE CONFIGURED RESOURCE, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present description relates to a wireless communication system, a method for configuring a resource, a method for transceiving data in the configured resource, and an apparatus for the same. The method described in the present description comprises: selecting one or more resource block groups from among the resource block groups contained in at least one or more component carriers so as to generate an aggregated resource block group; and allocating resources in accordance with the configuration of the aggregated resource block group, and transceiving data. Here, information on the aggregated resource block group contains a component carrier indicator. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269153 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A CHANNEL QUALITY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provided a method and apparatus for reporting a channel quality in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives an uplink grant from a base station via one of a plurality of downlink component carriers (CCs). The uplink grant includes a channel quality indicator (CQI) request for instructing uplink allocation and CQI reporting. The terminal reports the CQI of the downlink CC being linked to the base station. The downlink CC being linked is one of the plurality of downlink CCs, which is linked to the uplink CC for which the uplink allocation is scheduled. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269154 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a base station for allocating resources to a user equipment. The method and arrangement comprises analyzing a period of time comprising a subset of the predetermined scheduling request opportunities, detecting a scheduling request from the user equipment, establishing priority level information from the detected scheduling request and the subset of the predetermined scheduling request opportunities, and allocating resources to the user equipment, according to the established priority level information. In addition, a method and arrangement in a user equipment for assisting the base station in allocating resources to the user equipment are described. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269155 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING EDGE FREQUENCY BAND RESOURCE, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for allocating an edge frequency band resource, and a base station. The method may include obtaining, through message interaction, usage information about an edge frequency band resource block of an adjacent mode; according to the usage information about the edge frequency band resource block of the adjacent mode and a characteristic resource block, determining an available edge frequency band resource block that is of the current mode and in a next adjustment period; and in the next adjustment period, allocating a determined available edge frequency band resource block of the current mode to each cell that is corresponding to the current mode. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269156 | INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS - A CB resource feedback method is disclosed. The method includes: receiving, by a network device, uplink information that is sent by a sending device on a CB resource; when the uplink information is decoded, feeding back, by the network device correct reception of the uplink information to the sending device through a first physical downlink control channel, where the first physical downlink control channel is masked with an identifier of the sending device. Through the technical solutions provided in embodiments of the present invention, the sending device may be enabled to accurately know that the uplink information sent by the sending device is received correctly or is received incorrectly, and the sending device may be enabled to know a receiving status more quickly. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269157 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of signalling resource allocation data in a communication system which uses a plurality of sub-carriers arranged in a sequence of chunks. An allocation of the sub-carriers for each of a plurality of user devices is received. The received allocations are processed to determine, for each user device, data identifying a start chunk and an end chunk within the sequence of chunks, which depend upon the sub-carriers allocated to the user device. Different resource allocation data is generated for each of the user devices using the data identifying the corresponding start chunk and end chunk determined by the processing. The respective resource allocation data is signaled to each of the plurality of user devices. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269158 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system performs data transmission using spatially multiplexed streams from a first terminal including N antennas to a second terminal including M antennas (N and M are integers larger than or equal to 2 and N>M). | 10-25-2012 |
20120269159 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING CONTROL SIGNALS AND REFERENCE SIGNALS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A reference signal multiplexing method for multiple mobile stations includes: grouping together control signals for the multiple mobile stations; and multiplexing reference signals corresponding to the control signals by CDM over the same bandwidth as that of grouped control signals. | 10-25-2012 |
20120269160 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION TO RANDOMIZE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information in an SC-FDMA system. A UE generates a random cyclic shift value based on an SC-FDMA symbol index and a slot index. The UE cyclically shifts a sequence by the random cyclic shift value. The UE multiplies a control channel signal, including the control information, by the cyclically shifted sequence on an SC-FDMA symbol basis. The UE transmits the multiplied control channel signal in an SC-FDMA symbol to a Node B. | 10-25-2012 |
20120275389 | Common Channel Configuration For Multipoint Communications - A user equipment UE obtains channel configurations from each of a serving cell and n neighbor cells which have been determined to be suitable for data communications with the UE, from which the UE creates a combined channel configuration and utilizes it for multipoint communications with those cells. In specific embodiments: the respective channel configurations are obtained from the respective cells' system information; the n neighbor cells are determined to be suitable by the UE comparing each cell's received signal strength/quality against a threshold. The UE may get a neighbor cell list NCL and the threshold and consider each cell on the NCL as one of the n neighbor cells if its signal strength/quality exceed the threshold, then the UE may acquire system information for only those n neighbor cells instead of all cells on the NCL. The UE then reports in uplink signaling that the n neighbor cells are suitable. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275390 | Cross-Carrier Preamble Responses - Methods, apparatus, and program products are disclosed that perform the following: sending an offset to a user equipment; sending an assignment on a control channel, the assignment corresponding to a random access request by the user equipment, wherein the assignment is addressed to the user equipment by using a value determined using the offset; and sending a random access response for the user equipment on resources of a shared channel, the resources corresponding to the assignment. Methods, apparatus, and program products are disclosed that perform the following: receiving at a user equipment an offset; receiving an assignment on a control channel, the assignment corresponding to a random access request, wherein the assignment is addressed to the user equipment by using a value determined using the offset; and receiving a random access response for the user equipment on resources of a shared channel, the resources corresponding to the assignment. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275391 | GRANTING SCHEDULING REQUESTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments include methods and apparatus for granting scheduling requests in a wireless communications system that includes an eNB, a plurality of UEs, and a public safety system. The eNB receives multiple scheduling requests from multiple UEs, where each of the scheduling requests indicates that a corresponding UE is requesting uplink data transmission resources. The eNB determines a priority value for each of the scheduling requests based on multiple scoring criteria, resulting in a plurality of priority values associated with the scheduling requests. The eNB transmits one or more scheduling request grants to a subset of the UEs, where the subset includes one or more UEs that are associated with one or more scheduling requests having relatively high priority values. In an embodiment, the multiple scoring criteria include information associated with a public safety activity (e.g., a user role, a jurisdictional coverage area, an incident type, and/or an application type). | 11-01-2012 |
20120275392 | METHODS FOR ASSIGNING RADIO RESOURCES FOR MOBILE DEVICES CONNECTED TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATION MODULE AND RELATED SYSTEMS AND DEVICES - Methods of assigning radio resources in a wireless communications network with user equipment are provided. The methods include connecting a user equipment unit to a vehicle having a mobile communication module associated therewith. The user equipment unit is authenticated at the vehicle and is associated with the user equipment unit with the vehicle. Connection credentials are received at the mobile communication module from the user equipment unit if the user equipment unit is authenticated and associated. At least one wireless interface is activated at the mobile communication module responsive to the received connection credentials. A local wireless connection is established between the user equipment unit and the mobile communication module associated with the vehicle using the at least one wireless interface. Related mobile communication modules and intermediary devices are also provided. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275393 | Resource Allocation of Reference Signals in Multi-Carrier Systems - Downlink control information, DCI, messages used for signaling downlink resource grants are employed for triggering sounding reference signal transmission in the uplink. An index of the uplink component carrier that should be used for the transmission is derived from SIB-2 linking between the downlink component carrier targeted by the downlink DCI message and one of the uplink component carriers configured for the mobile station, when the linking is available. In some cases the downlink component carrier targeted by the downlink DCI message is identified by a carrier identification field in the downlink DCI. Variants of the disclosed techniques involve a default uplink component carrier, which is used in the event that the SIB-2 based allocation is not possible or desired. The default uplink component carrier can be statically defined or semi-statically signaled by Radio Resource Control, RRC, signaling. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275394 | GENERATING UPLINK SIGNALS FROM USER EQUIPMENT NODES TO IDENTIFY INTERFERERS TO A NETWORK NODE - A method is disclosed that can be performed in at least one network node which provides wireless communications service for user equipment nodes (UEs). The method includes detecting uplink interference at an interfered network node. Responsive to the uplink interference, an uplink transmission having a defined configuration is initiated from a UE, which is served by a serving network node. The uplink signal is detected using the defined configuration at the interfered network node. The UE is identified responsive to the detected uplink signal as being a contributor to the uplink interference. An uplink transmission by the UE and/or by another UE served by the serving network node is controlled to reduce uplink interference. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275395 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Particular embodiments provide a method in a mobile terminal ( | 11-01-2012 |
20120275396 | METHOD FOR SETTING UP A COMMUNICATION CONNECTION - A method of a first device setting up a communication connection is provided, comprising: sending a communications request to a system server over a control channel, requesting the communications connection between the first device and a second device; receiving a status message from the system server indicating that a dedicated traffic channel is being set up by the second device; determining whether the dedicated traffic channel has been properly set up for the first device; sending data packets over the dedicated traffic channel to the second device if it is determined that the dedicated traffic channel has been properly set up; and indicating an unsuccessful connection if it is determined that the dedicated traffic channel has not been properly set up. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275397 | Method of Handling Soft Buffer for Carrier Aggregation and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a soft buffer of a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The mobile device is configured a plurality of component carriers (CCs) by a network of the wireless communication system. The plurality of CCs comprise a primary CC (PCC) and at least one secondary CC (SCC). The method comprises determining a plurality of weightings corresponding to the plurality of CCs according to an indication; determining a plurality of sizes of a plurality of sub-blocks according to the plurality of weightings; and dividing the soft buffer into the plurality of sub-blocks according to the plurality of sizes of the plurality of sub-blocks, to arrange a plurality of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes of the plurality of CCs in the plurality of sub-blocks. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275398 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING INVALID REFERENCE SUBFRAMES FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - A method transmits long term evolution (LTE) measurement reports on an uplink. The method manages invalid reference subframes in a multicarrier configuration. The managing can be implemented by transmitting measurement reports for component carriers with valid reference subframes; and omitting measurement reports for at least one component carrier with an invalid reference subframe. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275399 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SYNCHRONIZED RADIO LINK CONTROL AND MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques are provided for synchronized radio link control (RLC) and/or media access control (MAC). For example, there is provided a method that involves generating an RLC protocol data unit (PDU) according to a segmentation protocol for maximizing RLC PDU size while allowing the RLC PDU to fit into a defined MAC transport block, the RLC PDU comprising at least one RLC service data unit (SDU) or RLC SDU segment. The method may involve determining a PDU data size for each given RLC SDU. The method may further involve (a) attaching a given RLC SDU to the RLC PDU and (b) delivering the RLC PDU to a lower layer, in response to a SDU data size for the given RLC SDU exceeding a defined size limit. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275400 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL AND PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL ENHANCEMENTS - A wireless transmission system included at least one user equipment and a base station. The base station is operable to form a downlink control information block, modulate the downlink control information, precode the modulated downlink control information, and transmit the precoded, modulated downlink control information on at least one demodulation reference signal antenna port to the at least one user equipment. The precoded, modulated downlink control information is mapped to a set of N1 physical resource block pairs in a subframe from an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbol T | 11-01-2012 |
20120275401 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH SESSION MANAGEMENT AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - The technical features of this document provide a method and wireless apparatus for processing data associated with bearer resources, session management, and/or mobility management. The method comprises transmitting a packet data network connectivity request message to a mobility management entity (MME) for establishing a packet data network connection; receiving a session management back-off time value from the MME when a request of bearer resource modification or bearer resource allocation for the established packet data network connection is rejected by the MME; starting a session management back-off timer according to the session management back-off time value, the session management back-off timer being associated with the established packet data network connection; and receiving a deactivate bearer context request message, from the MME, including a cause code indicating that reactivation is requested and stopping the session management back-off timer if the session management back-off timer is running. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275402 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MIMO MULTI-CELLULAR NETWORKS VIA SUBMODULAR OPTIMIZATION - A method to allocate resources in a wireless MIMO system, by enforcing per-cell orthogonality to avoid intra-cell interference; and allocating resources based on interference handling. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275403 | TRANSMISSION OF E-DCH CONTROL CHANNEL IN MIMO OPERATIONS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed herein to determine a gain factor. A user equipment (UE) may determine that an S-E-DPCCH and an E-DPCCH are to be transmitted on a primary stream. The UE may calculate an E-DPCCH gain factor using a gain factor calculation and apply the -DPCCH gain factor. The UE may calculate an E-DPCCH gain factor reduction. For example, the E-DPCCH gain factor reduction may compensate for changes from single stream transmission to multiple stream transmission. The UE may apply the E-DPCCH gain factor reduction to the E-DPCCH gain factor. The UE may apply the E-DPCCH gain factor reduction to an S-E-DPCCH gain factor. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275404 | TERMINAL AND RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - A terminal and a resource scheduling method for transmitting ACKnowledgements (ACKs) corresponding to the data received from a base station efficiently are provided. The method includes calculating, when a period arrives for feedback of ACKs corresponding to received segments, a fluctuation level based on variation of a segment transmission amount, determining whether the fluctuation level is greater than a scheduling threshold, and scheduling, when the fluctuation level is greater than the scheduling threshold, ACKs accumulated in the terminal. The terminal and the method are capable of reducing the probability of an occurrence of a spurious timeout, at a Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) sender, caused by radio channel fluctuation and scheduling delay. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275405 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DATA AND CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and system for resource allocation for data and control channels is provided. A downlink transmission method of a base station in a the system includes determining, by the base station, whether resources for a terminal are restricted; determining a sub-set of resource blocks for the terminal from among all resource blocks, if the resources for the terminal are restricted; transmitting information about the sub-set of the resource blocks to the terminal; and allocating a first sub-sub-set of the sub-set of the resource blocks for control channel transmission, and a second sub-sub-set of the sub-set of the resource blocks for data channel transmission. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275406 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER-SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNALING ALLOCATION OF CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A new structure of user-specific reference signals design is provided. Higher spectrum efficiency is achieved, and two users may share the same resource for control signal transmission in a distributed antenna system via different distributed antennas. In addition, search space overlapping is enabled and thus control resource reuse is made possible. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275407 | Method and System for Pull Mode Resource and Admission Control under Wholesale Scene - A method for resource and admission control in a pull mode and a system thereof are provided, and the method includes: after receiving a resource request sent by an application function entity, a resource and admission control platform of a retail service provider making a quality of service resource grant decision to this resource request according to user subscription information and a policy rule of the retail service provider, and if the resource request is admitted, sending the resource request to the resource and admission control platform of the wholesale service provider, which makes a quality of service resource grant decision to this resource request, and sends a result of the quality of service resource grant decision to the resource and admission control platform of the retail service provider which sends the received result of the quality of service resource grant decision to the application function entity. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN NETWORK MANAGEMENT DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT - The invention provides a method, for processing communication with a user equipment, in a network management device of a multi-carrier system. The method includes: activating a first number of independent carriers for a user equipment and allocating user equipment identifiers corresponding to the respective independent carriers respectively for the user equipment; determining whether a second number of dependent carriers are activated for the user equipment; and if so, performing either of: allocating user equipment identifiers corresponding to the respective dependent carriers respectively for the user equipment, and for each of the dependent carriers, processing information of the user equipment over the dependent carrier based upon the user equipment identifier, allocated for the user equipment, corresponding to the dependent carrier; or processing information of the user equipment over is the respective dependent carriers based upon the user equipment identifier, allocated for the user equipment, corresponding to at least one of the first number of independent carriers. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275409 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a plurality of code words on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and receives a plurality of acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals, which indicates if each of the plurality of code words has been received, on each physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) corresponding to the respective code words. A downlink resource for which each of the PHICHs is mapped is determined based on the smallest physical resource block (PRB) index (I | 11-01-2012 |
20120275410 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND FREQUENCY ALLOCATING METHOD - A wireless communication system includes: a plurality of transmitter apparatuses each of which converts a transmitted signal into a frequency signal, then places the frequency signal into a frequency spectrum allocated to the transmitter apparatus and then transmits the signal; and a receiver apparatus that receives the signals transmitted by the plurality of transmitter apparatuses, removes the interference between the signals of the transmitter apparatuses, and separates the signals of the respective transmitter apparatuses; wherein the bandwidth obtained by summing the frequency spectra allocated to the plurality of transmitter apparatus exceeds the allocatable system bandwidth. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275411 | APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMP COMMUNICATION USING A PRECODED SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND METHOD FOR SAME - An apparatus for performing coordinated multiple point (CoMP) communication using a precoded sounding reference signal, and a method for same are discussed. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: a base station receiving, from a terminal in a neighboring cell, a sounding reference signal (SRS) precoded by a first matrix; acquiring an effective neighboring channel matrix using a hermitian matrix of the first matrix from the received SRS, and a downstream link channel matrix between the terminal and base station; and determining a precoding matrix to be transmitted to one or more terminals served by the base station on the basis of the effective neighboring channel matrix. Here, the effective neighboring channel matrix indicates a direction toward which a receiving beam should be directed such that the terminal can receive data from a serving base station thereof. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275412 | METHOD OF MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION - In order to provide a technical solution of mapping data to multiple carrier, the invention proposes a method of multi-carrier communication. The transmitter Tx, in the predetermined protocol layer, generates respectively for each LCH, at least one middle block transmitted in at least one carrier, each of the middle block is comprised in each data section of data of each LCH transmitted in each carrier; In the MAC layer, for each carrier, generates a MAC PDU, the MAC PDU comprising each middle block transmitted in the carrier and the identification information of the LCH to which the MAC PDU belongs. The receiver Rx, in the MAC layer, receives each MAC PDU corresponding to each carrier; in the predetermined layer, for each LCH respectively, recombines each middle block of the LCH to obtain the complete data of the LCH, according to the identification information of the LCH to which each middle block belongs. The predetermined layer can be RLC layer or MAC layer. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275413 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING AND TRANSMITTING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING APPARATUS FOR SAME, AND RECEIVING APPARATUS CORRESPONDING TO SAME - The present description discloses a method for allocating resources in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus and system for same. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275414 | Method and Transmitter Node for Transmitting DM-RS Pattern - Systems and methods for generating a demodulation reference signal for use by user equipment configured with multiple antennas based on a rank of an antenna or an antenna port are disclosed. A rank for a user equipment device is determined indicating the number of spatial layers or antenna ports in use, and the value of the rank is used to generate a cyclic shift offset and a cyclic shift, that can then be used to generate a demodulation reference signal to be used in timeslots within each spatial layer of an uplink transmission. Orthogonal cover codes may be used in conjunction with a determined cyclic shift to generate a demodulation reference signal. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275415 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING DOWNLINK SCHEDULING SIGNALING - A method and an apparatus for conveying downlink scheduling signaling. The method comprises: generating a plurality of masking sequences corresponding to a plurality of predetermined downlink scheduling information including downlink physical resource assignment indicating information or power assignment information for a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS); and selecting a corresponding masking sequence from the plurality of masking sequences based on downlink scheduling information to be notified to a User Equipment (UE), and masking a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) of a corresponding downlink control channel of the user equipment with the selected masking sequence for transmission. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275416 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUE, AND MULTI-USER SCHEDULER THEREFOR - A transmitting station in the radio system performing scheduled transmission to a plurality of user terminals including: a plurality of antennas and a reception unit configured to obtain reception quality information estimated from a pilot channel among information fed back from each of the plurality of user terminals, to determine based on the obtained reception quality information, a transmission system for the plurality of antennas and a transmission unit configured to add a specific bit which identifies the determined transmission system to a scheduler management channel, and to vary contents of the other bit area in the scheduler management channel, as corresponding to the specific bit, and further transmit the scheduler management channel to the plurality of user terminals. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275417 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING SIGNAL - The present invention provides a signal sending method, device, and system. The method includes: A sender performs signal multiplexing processing on a first service data block in service data blocks to be sent and uplink control information, and performs channel interleaving processing on mixed data generated after the signal multiplexing processing, to generate a mixed data block; the sender performs signal spatial multiplexing processing on the mixed data block and remaining service data blocks in the service data blocks to be sent except the first service data block to generate a spatially multiplexed signal, and then sends the spatially multiplexed signal to a receiver through a PUSCH channel. The present invention solves the problem of signal transmission over the PUSCH channel after a MIMO technique is introduced in an LTE-A system. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275418 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method is provided for transmitting an uplink scheduling request in a mobile communication system. A terminal compares a lowest priority for permitting transmission of the scheduling request notified from a radio resource controlling node with a highest priority among service priorities corresponding to generated data or control signals, if data or control signals to be transmitted in the uplink are generated from an upper layer. The terminal transmits the scheduling request to the radio resource controlling node to thereby request the radio resource controlling node to allocate radio resources for transmitting the data or control signals, when the highest priority is greater than or equal to the lowest priority. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275419 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving signals in consideration of a time alignment timer and user equipment (UE) for the same are provided. In this method, a UE performs initial transmission or retransmission of an uplink signal using wireless resources corresponding to an uplink grant signal received from a base station only when a time alignment timer of the UE is running. The UE does not transmit a HARQ feedback signal for a downlink signal received from the base station to the base station when the time alignment timer of the UE is not running. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275420 | Method and User Equipment for Feeding Back Multi-Cell Channel State Information - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and user equipment for feeding back multi-cell channel state information. The method for feeding back multi-cell channel state information includes: feeding back channel state information of a serving cell of a user equipment to a network device; exchanging long-term wideband space state information of a neighboring cell of the user equipment with the network device; feeding back inter-cell additional information of the neighboring cell to the network device, where the inter-cell additional information of the neighboring cell includes a code word that optimizes joint channel information, and the joint channel information is generated according to the channel state information of the serving cell, the long-term wideband space state information of the neighboring cell, and the inter-cell additional information of the neighboring cell. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275421 | TECHNIQUES FOR ALIGNING APPLICATION OUTPUT AND UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A technique for reducing a time delay between an application output at a subscriber station and uplink resource allocation for the subscriber station includes scheduling, between periodic uplink resource allocations, one or more probe uplink resource allocations for the subscriber station. Next, respective information in at least one of the one or more probe uplink resource allocations is received at an access point. Finally, subsequent periodic uplink resource allocations are scheduled based on at least one of the one or more probe uplink resource allocations. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275422 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for dynamic resource allocation in a wireless communication system are provided. A method of operating a Base Station (BS) includes configuring a bitmap to indicate whether radio resources are allocated to respective Access Terminals (ATs) according to resource scheduling, generating a resource allocation message including the configured bitmap and at least one of bit allocation information of the bitmap and bit deallocation information of the bitmap, and transmitting the resource allocation message. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275423 | DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT - Disclosed, in example embodiment herein, is an apparatus comprising an interface and channel selection logic coupled to the interface. The channel selection logic is operable to receive data representative of neighboring wireless devices to a wireless device occupying a channel for a plurality of channels via the interface. The channel selection logic is responsive to receiving the data representative of neighboring wireless devices occupying the plurality of channels to generate a graph for each of the plurality of channels, wherein vertices of the graph represent the wireless device and neighboring wireless devices occupying the channel and edges of the graph represent wireless devices with overlapping coverage areas. The channel selection logic selects the channel for the wireless device whose graph has the smallest radius. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275424 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPRESSING AND DECOMPRESSING IP DATA PACKET - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for compressing and decompressing an IP data packet. The method includes: performing, by a first device, compression processing on IP data in an IP data packet according to a first compression algorithm; and encapsulating, by the first device, the IP data after the compression processing into a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) data packet, where header information of the PDCP data packet includes identifier information, where the identifier information is used to indicate the first compression algorithm or indicate that the IP data is compressed. | 11-01-2012 |
20120275425 | Power Control Method and Base Station - A power control method and a base station are disclosed. The method includes obtaining, by a base station, IN | 11-01-2012 |
20120281635 | FEMTOCELL ARCHITECTURE AND NETWORK - A femtocell architecture and network are described. In one example the femtocell has a wireless access point having a first communications interface for wireless communications with a subscriber unit and a second communications interface for communications with a cellular radio communications system, and a secure gateway between the access point and the cellular system to secure communications between the access point and the cellular system. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281636 | System and Method for Mapping Data Symbols - A system and method for mapping data symbols are provided. A method for communications device operations includes transmitting resource element utilization information to a communications device, and mapping symbols intended for the communications device to the plurality of resource elements. The resource element utilization information includes utilization information for a subset of resource elements out of a plurality of resource elements, the subset of resource elements corresponds to other resource elements of at least one other cell within a cooperating set, and the other resource elements are carrying specified signals. The mapping is based on the resource element utilization, and the mapping is performed by at least one cell within the cooperating set. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281637 | METHOD TO EVALUATE FAIRNESS OF RESOURCE ALLOCATIONS IN SHARED BANDS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed for wireless resource sharing between heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks. An example embodiment of the invention includes a method, comprising: allocating available resources for a wireless network served by an apparatus, the served wireless network requesting resources, the allocation of available resources including allocation for each of one or more wireless networks neighboring the served wireless network; and determining whether the served wireless network and each of the one or more neighboring wireless networks has at least one of resources corresponding with the requested resources, or a fair portion of available resources to operate, based on analyzing resource allocations for the served wireless network and each of the one or more neighboring wireless networks. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281638 | CONCURRENT BACKGROUND SPECTRAL SCANNING FOR BLUETOOTH PACKETS WHILE RECEIVING WLAN PACKETS - A Bluetooth detection unit can be implemented to minimize the time required for executing the inquiry and paging scan procedures on a Bluetooth device associated with a collocated WLAN device. The Bluetooth detection unit can execute concurrent background spectral scanning to detect Bluetooth control packets while the WLAN device is receiving WLAN packets. The Bluetooth detection unit can analyze, for each Bluetooth control channel, the Bluetooth device can determine energy measurements associated with each Bluetooth control channel and can determine whether each Bluetooth control channel comprises a narrowband signal based, at least in part, on frequency domain samples associated with an RF signal received at the WLAN device. The Bluetooth detection unit can determine which of the Bluetooth control channels comprise a Bluetooth control packet. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281639 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LOW COMPLEXITY USER SCHEDULING - Systems and methods for scheduling multiple user equipments such as mobiles for transmission in the downlink of a cellular communications system. At each scheduling instant the systems and methods return a set of users who should be scheduled based on the past scheduling history of the users, the current individual link gains of the users to the base station, and how the simultaneous scheduling of multiple users affect each other's performance. Since optimal scheduling for communication systems require high computational complexity, low complexity systems and methods are utilized with a performance that is close to the theoretical optimal solution. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281640 | Methods of PDCCH Capacity Enhancement in LTE Systems Based on a TP-Specific Reference Signal - A method is provided for providing reference signal information in a cell including a plurality of transmission points in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises transmitting, by one of a subset of transmission points in the cell, at least one reference signal for demodulating a PDCCH, wherein transmitting the at least one reference signal comprises transmitting the at least one reference signal in at least one CCE reserved in a PDCCH region for transmission of the at least one reference signal. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281641 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) SUBBAND AND POWER ALLOCATION - Distributed queue-aware power and subband allocation for delay-optimal OFDMA uplink systems with one base station, K users, and N | 11-08-2012 |
20120281642 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for uplink MIMO transmissions in a wireless communication system. In particular, scheduled uplink transmission power is allocated between a primary stream including an E-DPDCH and a secondary stream including an S-E-DPDCH. Specifically, a ratio between the power of the E-DPDCH and a primary pilot channel DPCCH, as well as a ratio between the power of the S-E-DPCCH and an unboosted power of the S-DPCCH, each corresponds to a first traffic to pilot power ratio. Further, the transport block size for a primary transport block provided on the E-DPDCH is determined based on the first traffic to pilot power ratio, while the transport block size for a secondary transport block provided on the S-E-DPDCH is determined based on a second traffic to pilot power ratio. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281643 | FAIR AND EFFICIENT CHANNEL ALLOCATION AND SPECTRUM SENSING FOR COGNITIVE OFDMA NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and computer-readable media for a fair and efficient channel allocation and spectrum sensing for cognitive transmission in wireless networks are presented herein. A base station can send a cognitive user device a request to sense an idle channel associated with a primary network, and in response to receiving a willingness indicator or an attribute from the cognitive user device and/or a number of idle channels associated with the primary network sensed by the cognitive user device, the base station can assign the cognitive user device to transmit data on the idle channel associated with the primary network. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281644 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL METHOD AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - In the system of a variable transmission bandwidth, transmit power control for minimizing an impact on a circuit is performed. There is provided a transmit power control method that is applied to a transmission apparatus that transmits data through the use of a different transmission format at each transmission opportunity, in which transmit power is controlled depending on the transmission format before digital/analogue conversion is performed on transmission data, and, based on the transmit power control, the transmit power is controlled on the transmission data that has been subjected for the digital/analogue conversion. In addition, the transmission format specifies a frequency bandwidth used for transmission of the transmission data. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281645 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NEGATIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) signal in a radio communication system are provided. The method includes: a user equipment(UE) determines the number f ACK/NACK bits included in an ACK/NACK information based on an uplink (UL) downlink assignment indicator (DAI) in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), selects an encoding scheme, encodes the ACK/NACK bits using the encoding scheme; selects a scrambling code based on an ACK/NACK transmission mode configured in the UE in a single-Cell mode, and generates ACK/NACK signal by scrambling the encoded ACK/NACK bits; and transmits the ACK/NACK signal in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). | 11-08-2012 |
20120281646 | Signaling Methods for UE-Specific Dynamic Downlink Scheduler in OFDMA Systems - Signaling methods for UE-specific downlink control channels in OFDMA systems are provided. In a first method, a dynamic downlink signaling in cell-specific radio resources is used to signal UE-specific downlink control channel in UE-specific radio resources. In LTE, a specific DCI format in PDCCH is used to dynamically signal the UE-specific downlink control channel X-PDCCH that resides in legacy PDSCH region. In a second method, a semi-static higher-layer signaling is used to signal UE-specific downlink control channel in UE-specific radio resources. In LTE, RRC signaling is used to semi-statically signal the UE-specific downlink control channel X-PDCCH that resides in legacy PDSCH region. By using UE-specific downlink control channels, significant control overhead reduction can be achieved. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281647 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to improve machine type communication in a wireless communication system. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving, at a UE (User Equipment), a TB (transport block) broadcasted from an eNB (evolved Node B). The method further comprises reporting a HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) feedback of NACK (Negative Acknowledgement) if the UE does not decode the TB successfully, and not reporting a HARQ feedback of ACK (Acknowledgement) if the UE decodes the TB successfully, | 11-08-2012 |
20120281648 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION WITH SCHEDULING AND DYNAMIC POWER SPECTRUM ALLOCATION FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods and apparatuses are provided for mitigating interference in wireless networks, and particularly in an advanced backhaul wireless network comprising several hubs, each hub serving its own remote backhaul modules (RBMs). Preferred embodiments provide practical power spectrum adaptation methods for the management of interhub interference. These methods are shown to improve the overall network throughput significantly compared to a conventional network with fixed transmit power spectrum. Optionally, joint scheduling and power control are used to optimize the network utility. Also provided are methods which evoke the channel average gains generated by measurements for managed adaptive resource allocation (MARA). The proposed methods are computationally feasible and fast in convergence. They can be implemented in a distributed fashion across all hubs. Some of the proposed methods can be implemented asynchronously at each hub. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281649 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - A network access method and an apparatus are provided. The Machine to Machine (M2M) terminal in one M2M terminal group determines an access resource according to an identifier of the M2M terminal group which the M2M terminal is a member of, and The M2M terminal of the M2M terminal group uses the determined access resource to conduct network access on behalf of the M2M terminal group. The method and apparatus can ensure that numerous M2M terminals can successfully access the network at the same time. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281650 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL PROGRAM OF BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND CONTROL PROGRAM OF MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A base station apparatus communicates with a mobile station apparatus transmitting a data signal and a reference signal for channel estimation. The base station includes: a simultaneous transmission setting part which sets simultaneous transmission control information indicating whether or not to enable simultaneous transmission of the data signal and the reference signal, a transmission section which transmits the set simultaneous transmission control information to the mobile station apparatus; and a radio resource control section which determines whether or not to enable simultaneous transmission of the data signal and the reference signal on the basis of a power headroom which is notified from the mobile station apparatus, the headroom being a difference between the maximum transmit power value of the mobile station apparatus and a prescribed power value estimated for uplink transmission. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281651 | Packet Data Unit, a Receiving Communication Device, a Radio Network Controller and Methods therein for Transmitting Data from the Radio Network Controller to the User Equipment - Some embodiments herein relate to a method in a radio network controller ( | 11-08-2012 |
20120281652 | FIXED RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is a method for operating terminals in a broadband wireless communication system in which a persistent allocation technique is employed, comprising the steps of: receiving a persistent resource allocation message from a base station; determining whether or not the persistent resource allocation message includes frame position information related to a second persistent resource allocation; deciding a frame position for allocating a persistent resource based on a persistent allocation period and the frame position information included in the persistent resource allocation message, when it is determined that the frame position information related to the second persistent resource allocation is included; and receiving a data packet using the persistently allocated resource at the decided frame position. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281653 | Method and Device for Component Carrier Management in a Wireless Communication System - Provided are a method and device in which a terminal manages component carriers in a wireless communication system. The terminal receives activation pattern data indicating activation or inactivation of at least one serving cell from a base station, and activates or inactivates the at least one component carrier in accordance with the activation pattern data. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281654 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION, AND BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT THEREIN - A communication method for sounding reference signal transmission is provided. A communication method of a user equipment in a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus schedules a physical uplink shared channel in an uplink component carrier by using a downlink control information format, the method comprising: receiving, from the base station apparatus, the downlink control information format including first information which instructs to transmit sounding reference signal and second information which indicates the uplink component carrier in which the physical uplink shared channel is scheduled by the downlink control information format, transmitting, to the base station apparatus, sounding reference signal on the uplink component carrier indicated by the second information in case that the first information is detected. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281655 | METHOD FOR MANAGING COMPONENT CARRIER SETTING INFORMATION AND A DEVICE FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for managing component carrier setting information in component carrier addition/setting, and to a device for the same. Provided as a method for managing component carrier setting information and a device for the same, wherein the method comprises: a step in which a terminal receives a component carrier elimination command for a specific component carrier from a network; a step in which the terminal eliminates the specific component carrier from a component carrier list while the component carrier setting information for the specific component carrier is maintained following the receipt of the component carrier elimination command; a step in which the terminal receives a component carrier addition command for the specific component carrier from the network; and a step in which the terminal adds the specific component carrier to the component carrier list by referring to the component carrier setting information which was maintained following the receipt of the component carrier addition command. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281656 | Method and Apparatus for Using Demodulation Reference Signal Multiplexing in Wireless Communication - The present solution discloses a method and apparatus for controlling demodulation reference signal allocation of a user equipment by utilizing a cyclic shift subset determined for demodulation reference signal multiplexing orders supported by the user equipment. Within the cyclic shift subset, demodulation reference signal resources that cause the most significant interference to each other are identified, and cyclic shifts corresponding to the identified demodulation reference signal resources, are linked with as orthogonal complementary multiplexing resources as possible. If more than one cyclic shift subsets are determined for a demodulation reference signal multiplexing order, at least one cyclic shift subset is ignored for said demodulation reference signal multiplexing order. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281657 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-ANTENNA MULTI-BASE STATION INTERFERENCE COORDINATION AND BASE STATION - A base station in a downlink multi-antenna multi-base station system comprises: a unit for acquiring spatial domain characteristic information for downlink interference; a unit for generating an interference coordination indication based on the spatial domain characteristic information for downlink interference; and a background interface communication unit for transmitting the generated interference coordination indication to a neighboring base station, instructing the neighboring base station to perform resource scheduling, thereby reducing or eliminating interference on the base station. Also disclosed is a method for interference coordination, which is capable of reducing or eliminating interference on a serving base station from its neighboring base stations by utilizing an interference coordination indication transmitted from the serving base station. Only a small amount of inter-base station signaling interaction is required to achieve distributed inter-cell interference coordination. The present invention has the advantages of low signaling overhead, simple implementation, decreased delay, and flexible adaptation. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281658 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Machine-to-Machine Communication in a Wireless Network - An apparatus for providing machine-to-machine communication in a wireless network may include at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code. The at least one memory and the computer program code may be configured, with the processor, to cause the apparatus to perform at least providing wireless network resources to enable direct downlink communication from a wireless network access point to a relatively low power communication device, allocating wireless network resources to enable uplink data to be provided from the relatively low power communication device to a mobile gateway device within communication range of the relatively low power communication device and utilizing wireless network resources to receive the uplink data from the mobile gateway device at the wireless network access point. A corresponding method and computer program product are also provided. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281659 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FEEDING BACK SPATIAL CHANNEL STATE - A method for feeding back spatial channel state and a device for feeding back spatial channel state are disclosed by the invention. The method for feeding back spatial channel state according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: determining the probability of being scheduled of the spatial channel; determining feedback information based on the probability of being scheduled of the spatial channel; and transmitting the determined feedback information; wherein more feedback information is used for the spatial channel having high probability of being scheduled than that of the spatial channel with low probability of being scheduled. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281660 | Wireless Communication Method of Selecting an Enhanced Uplink Transport Format Combination - Methods of selecting an enhanced uplink (EU) transport format combination (E-TFC) are disclosed. A maximum number of bits of scheduled data for an upcoming transmission may be determined, wherein the highest value is lower or equal to: | 11-08-2012 |
20120281661 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In performing SVD-MIMO transmission, a set-up procedure is simplified while assuring a satisfactory decoding capability with a reduced number of antennas. A transmitter estimates channel information based on reference signals sent from a receiver, determines a transmit antenna weighting coefficient matrix based on the channel information, calculates a weight to be assigned to each of components of a multiplexed signal, and sends, to the receiver, training signals for respective signal components, the training signals being weighted by the calculated weights. On the other hand, the receiver determines a receive antenna weighting coefficient matrix based on the received training signals. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281662 | Scheduling Information of Overlapping Co-Scheduled Users in an OFDMA-MU-MIMO System - A user equipment (UE) used in a multi-user (MU)-multiple input multiple output (MIMO) orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is disclosed. The UE includes a receiving unit to receive from a base station an indication of an estimate of or an upper-bound on the total number of MU-MIMO user equipments (|S|) that are scheduled on a sub-band by the base station, wherein the sub-band includes one or more resource units, a calculation unit to calculate channel quality based on the indication of the estimate of or the upper-bound on the total number of MU-MIMO user equipments, and a transmission unit to transmit to the base station an indication of the channel quality. Other methods and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281663 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS - A method for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) channels to a user is used to feed back ACKs of a plurality of downlink sub-frames in one uplink sub-frame. According to the method, reserved ACK channels are divided into blocks according to the number of downlink sub-frames; each downlink sub-frame corresponds to one block; each block is divided into several sub-blocks; control channel element (CCE) sets within the same sub-frame are respectively mapped to different sub-blocks; and the ACK channels are assigned to the downlink sub-frames according to a sequence of increasing a mapping label d first and then increasing a sub-block label m. Thus, more unused ACK channels can be released to form resource blocks (RBs) for transmission on other channels, for example, for PUSCH transmission. Other methods for assigning ACK channels to a user, a device for assigning ACK channels to a user, and a communication system are further provided. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281664 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS - In a MIPv6 network, a mobile home agent (MHA) in a foreign network (FN) acts as an intermediate node between a mobile node (MN) and a correspondent node (CN) and allocates itself a secondary care-of address (SCoA) different from the care-of address (CoA) of the mobile node (MN), with a one-to-one relationship between the secondary care-of address (SCoA) and the home address (HAddr) of the mobile node. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281665 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SETTING METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication system including a base station and a mobile terminal, includes a setting unit to set a number of sets of at least one or more resource blocks for the mobile terminal, the at least one or more resource blocks of each set being consecutive in frequency. An allocation unit allocates the resource blocks for a transmission channel so that the resource blocks are not contiguous in frequency. A controller generates a reference signal sequence corresponding to a bandwidth of the allocated resource blocks, and maps the reference signal sequence to subcarriers according to an allocation of the resource blocks. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281666 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING RADIO LINK CONTROL (RLC) DATA BLOCKS - In one aspect, the invention provides apparatuses and methods for wirelessly transmitting application data utilizing priority information for each radio link control (RLC) data block transmitted. Advantageously, the application data with a relatively high transmission priority is not substantially delayed by the transmission of application data with substantially lower transmission priorities. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281667 | COMPONENT CARRIER MANAGEMENT METHOD AND EQUIPMENT - A component carrier management method which relates to the communication technical field includes determining one or more component carriers that are required to be added into a physical downlink control channel monitoring set; sending a component carrier activation or configuration message to a user equipment to indicate one or more component carriers that are required to be added into the physical downlink control channel monitoring set. Through the technical solutions, the PDCCH monitoring set of the UE may be managed when CCs are activated or configured, so that the UE may maintain the PDCCH monitoring set in real time, implement monitoring on the CCs in the monitoring set, and ensure a service requirement of the UE. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281668 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF DYNAMIC DOWNLINK PERMUTATION ASSIGNMENT FOR USE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of assigning parameter values to transceivers in a wireless communication network. Each of the parameter values assigned determines at least in part how a plurality of subcarriers are organized into a plurality of sub-channels. In particular embodiments, the method assigns the parameter values to the transceivers based on correlations between the sub-channels determined by the parameter values, distances between the transceivers, and loads experienced by the transceivers. After the parameter values are assigned to the transceivers, each of the transceivers is configured to transmit on the sub-channels determined at least in part by the parameter value assigned to the transceiver. | 11-08-2012 |
20120281669 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between a base station and a terminal by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers. The communication system includes a base station, a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data between said communication apparatuses; and a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information, using a specific frequency band, set from among a plurality of frequency bands assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands, and at the time of establishing the wireless channel, the frequency band usable by the communications apparatus is restricted, and said specific frequency band and said at least one frequency band set, other than the specific frequency band, are assigned within that restricted frequency band. | 11-08-2012 |
20120287865 | Cross-scheduling for random access response - In a random access procedure, a downlink random access response indicates at least a timing advance and an explicit indication identifying one component carrier or cell (CC/Cell) of a plurality of component carriers or cells, or a group of CCs/Cells, to which the timing advance applies. The eNB or UE then operate their radio on the indicated one CC/Cell synchronous with the timing advance. In various embodiments the random access response may also indicate an uplink resource granted to the user equipment, which lies on that same one or group of CCs/Cells. The explicit indication may be a single bit indicating a timing advance group; a CC/Cell/group index whose presence in the response is indicated by a flag bit; a CC/Cell/group index in the response is known from the response's format whether it includes such an index, where the format indication can be via a bit in the response itself or RRC signaling or implicit from the RACH and cross-carrier scheduling being configured. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287866 | MOCA-WIFI MULTIPLEXING - Systems, methods, and apparatus for sharing resources for a network bridge configured to perform communications on a MoCA network and a WiFi network using the shared resources. The method includes: receiving a MAP from a MoCA NC and checking the MAP to determine whether the MoCA NC has scheduled MoCA communications in an upcoming MAP cycle; in instances where the MAP indicates that the MoCA NC has scheduled MoCA communications in an upcoming MAP cycle, configuring the shared network bridge resources for MoCA communications; c) in instances where the MAP indicates that the MoCA NC has not scheduled any MoCA communications in an upcoming MAP cycle, configuring the shared network bridge resources for WiFi communications; at the conclusion of a WiFi communication period, sending a CTS to the WiFi devices on the network and configuring the shared network bridge resources for WiFi communications. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287867 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for uplink MIMO transmissions in a wireless communication system. In particular, an enhanced pilot reference may be provided for enabling increased data rates on a secondary stream. Specifically, a primary stream, provided on a primary virtual antenna, includes an enhanced primary data channel E-DPDCH, a primary control channel DPCCH, and an enhanced primary control channel E-DPCCH. Further, a secondary stream, provided on a secondary virtual antenna, includes an enhanced secondary data channel S-E-DPDCH and a secondary control channel S-DPCCH. Here, the secondary control channel S-DPCCH may be transmitted at a boosted power level relative to a determined reference power level. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287868 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for uplink MIMO transmissions in a wireless communication system. In some particular aspects, scheduling of the uplink MIMO transmissions may make a determination between single stream, rank=1 transmissions and dual stream, rank=2 transmissions based on various factors. Further, when switching between single and dual stream transmissions in the presence of HARQ retransmissions of failed packets, the scheduling function may determine to transmit the HARQ retransmissions on a single stream transmission or to transmit the HARQ retransmissions on one stream while transmitting new packets on the other stream. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287869 | Managing Control Signaling Overhead For Multi-Carrier HSDPA - Systems and methods for managing control signaling overhead for a multi-carrier HSDPA (MC-HSDPA) may be disclosed. In particular, a plurality of downlink carriers may be received and bundled or paired. Configuration information indicative of the bundling may then be generated and transmitted. Additionally, one or more components such as antennas, user equipment (UE), and the like may receive an indication of a configuration or state via a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) order where the indication includes order bits and order types and the configuration may be applied to activate and/or deactivate the components or operations such as uplink closed-loop transmit diversity (CLTD), uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO). The order bits and/or order types may also be extended to support the activation/deactivation of additional carriers of MC-HSDPA. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287870 | MULTIMODE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND MULTIMODE COMMUNICATION IMPLEMENTATION - A method for enabling a MIMO operation mode in a multimode communication terminal includes switching a first channel module to have parameter characteristics consistent with those of a second channel module, so that the multimode communication terminal enables the MIMO operation mode by using the first channel module and the second channel module at the same time. The method also includes extracting corresponding parameters from the second channel module and configuring the first channel module to be switched with the extracted parameters, such that the first channel module and second channel module enable the multimode communication terminal to perform MIMO communication. The method further includes issuing, upon determination of a switch, notification instructions to means in channel switch layer means and changing a data channel associated with the first channel module, such that the first channel module and second channel module can be adapted to the MIMO operation mode. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287871 | MOBILE TERMINAL SIMULATOR FOR A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND METHOD OF SIMULATING A MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal simulator for a wireless telecommunications network includes: a simulation engine, providing a bit stream, according to a communications standard; a conversion stage, which converts the bit stream into a baseband signal in the frequency domain; a mapping and transformation stage, which generates transmission samples in the time domain as a function of the baseband signal; and a transmission module, connectable to a Base Radio Station of a wireless telecommunications network by a communication port. A transmission channel simulator module is connected between the conversion stage and the mapping and transformation stage and processes the baseband signal in the frequency domain so as to simulate a transmission channel between the communication port and the Base Radio Station. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287872 | TECHNIQUES FOR SIGNALING REFERENCE SIGNAL PARAMETERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes assigning a reference signal bandwidth to a reference signal. Cyclic shift control bits (associated with the reference signal) are then allocated based on the assigned reference signal bandwidth. The allocated cyclic shift control bits specify a cyclic shift associated with the reference signal. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287873 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for data transmission in a communication system is disclosed in the present invention. The method includes: after the radio access network and the core network finish the initialization, the core network initiates a public bearer establishment or the radio access network requests to establish the public bearer, and the radio access network and the core network establish the public bearer there between; and the radio access network and the core network transmit uplink data and/or downlink data of multiple machine type communication (MTC) equipment by using the public bearer. A system for data transmission in a communication system is also disclosed in the present invention. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287874 | FREQUENCY OFFSET ESTIMATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PROGRAM - A frequency offset estimation unit estimates a frequency offset by combining information on a maximum window having a maximum peak power obtained from a received PRACH (Physical Random Access Channel) signal and a sign of a phase of a correlation value between channel estimation values obtained from a received PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) signal. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION-REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) in a wireless communication system supporting multiple antennas are disclosed. The method includes transmitting, at a base station, information of one or more CSI-RS configurations to a mobile station, wherein the one or more CSI-RS configurations include one CSI-RS configuration for which the mobile station assumes non-zero transmission power for CSI-RS, transmitting, at the base station, information indicating a CSI-RS configuration for which the mobile station assumes zero transmission power for the CSI-RS among the one or more CSI-RS configurations to the mobile station, mapping, at the base station, CSI-RSs to resource elements of a downlink subframe based on the one or more CSI-RS configurations, and transmitting, at the base station, the downlink subframe mapped with the CSI-RSs to the mobile station. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287876 | Method, Radio Network Controller, Radio Base Station and User Equipment for Selecting Downlink Mode - It is presented a method for selecting downlink mode for a UE. The method is executed in a radio network controller, RNC, and comprises the steps of: estimating geometry for the UE; selecting a mode for the UE based on the estimated geometry, the mode being either a multi cell switching mode or a multi cell aggregation mode; and configuring the selected mode for the UE. By using the geometry of the UE for selecting mode, the most appropriate mode in terms of performance, such as capacity. Corresponding methods for an RBS, a UE, along with corresponding RNC, RBS and UE are also presented. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287877 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Contention-Based Uplink Transmission in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for performing contention-based uplink transmission in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a contention-based uplink signal to a base station. The base station detects a contention-based uplink signal that is transmitted from at least one terminal, and determines whether there exists a terminal corresponding to the detected contention-based uplink signal. The terminal receives an uplink (UL) grant from the base station. The terminal switches from a dormant station into an active state, based on the uplink grant. Here, the dormant state is a state where radio resource control connection is formed between the base station and the terminal but data is not actually transmitted, and the active state is a state where data transmission is actually performed. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287878 | CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING METHOD OF UPLINK IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL - An uplink cross-carrier scheduling method in a carrier aggregation system is provided. The method includes: receiving information for an uplink component carrier (UL CC) monitoring set from a base station; receiving control information through a downlink component carrier (DL CC) determined on the basis of the information for the UL CC monitoring set; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station on the basis of the control information. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287879 | DETERMINING "FAIR SHARE" OF RADIO RESOURCES IN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM WITH CONTENTION-BASED SPECTRUM SHARING - A method, apparatus, system, and computer program product example embodiments of the invention are disclosed to structure access to a wireless medium to reduce interference between nearby nodes. In example embodiments of the invention, a method includes the steps of determining an amount of available wireless communication resources in a reception area; determining a number of wireless communication nodes in the reception area; generating a reservation limit of the available wireless resources; determining an inability to allocate the reservation limit of the available wireless resources; transmitting a request for release of resources to at least one other wireless communication node. Another node receiving the request, performs a method including the steps of determining a threshold; comparing an allocated amount of wireless communication resources against the threshold; and releasing at least a part of the allocated amount of resources, if the reserved number is greater than the threshold. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287880 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - When resources reserved for the purpose of transmitting control information relating to transmissions between an access node and any one of a plurality of communication devices served by the access node are identified as resources that are not required for said purpose, transmitting via said resources a data sequence recognisable by each communication device served by said access node as not being control information for said respective communication device. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287881 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A mobile telecommunications system is described in which a base station allocates each mobile telephone a plurality of physical resource blocks for use in transmitting uplink data. A novel algorithm is described for the operation of the base station scheduler to perform this allocation in a computationally efficient manner. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287882 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal and to an apparatus for said method. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal and to an apparatus for said method, wherein the method comprising the following steps: receiving sounding reference signal parameters; allocating a wireless resource using the sounding reference signal parameters; and transmitting a sounding reference signal via the wireless resource, wherein said sounding reference signal is transmitted using a portion of a period of a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287883 | ADAPTIVE SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSION BASED ON THE TRANSMISSION POWER AND THE NUMBER OF PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method of scheduling data transmission of transport blocks in an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access communication system, wherein each of the transport blocks is transmitted with a respective transmission format and transmission power in a set of physical resource blocks in the frequency domain. The method identifies the relationship between transmission power and the block error rate for a set of transmission formats, and evaluates alternative transmission formats and different numbers of physical resource blocks for at least one of the transport blocks. The method determines a set of alternative transmission formats with different numbers of physical resource blocks, and determines a value indicating the total power difference required to transmit the transport block, while maintaining a target block error rate. The transport block is then transmitted with the alternative transmission format and different number of physical resource blocks if the value indicates that the total transmission power is less. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287884 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING INFORMATION ON PERIPHERAL LEGACY BASE STATION IN TERMINAL OF LEGACY SUPPORT MODE - The present invention relates to a broadband wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method for an advanced mobile station to efficiently obtain information on a peripheral legacy base station in a mobile communication system in which a legacy system and an advanced system coexist. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the present invention provides a method for a mobile station to receive information on a peripheral base station from a serving base station that operates in a mixed mode in the mobile communication system in which the legacy system and the advanced system coexist, and the method comprises the steps of: receiving a second message that includes first time information for indicating a time when a first message is broadcasted, in a first region for the legacy system of the serving base station through a second region for the advanced system of the serving base station, and receiving the first message from the first region by using the first time information. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287885 | Method and Device for Distributing and Scheduling Wireless Resources in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing System - The present invention discloses a method for distributing and scheduling wireless resources in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing system, including: a network side defining at least one short resource unit, wherein, the short resource unit is less than a Resource Block (RB) ( | 11-15-2012 |
20120287886 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD, AND RESPONSE METHOD - Disclosed is a base station which can prevent degradation in the reception characteristics of nearby cells when carrier aggregation and channel selection are applied. In accordance with the resistance to interference of a plurality of uplink component carriers of a femtocell, a response protocol controller ( | 11-15-2012 |
20120287887 | TRANSMITTER HAVING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system, more specifically, a transmitter used for wireless communication and a method for the same. The transmitter used for wireless communication comprises a plurality of transmitting antennas; a plurality of radio frequency (RF) chains configured for each of the | 11-15-2012 |
20120287888 | Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287889 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE REGION TO REDUCE MAP OVERHEAD - A method of allocating a radio resource in a wireless access system includes transmitting, by a base station (BS) to a mobile station (MS), a MAP message comprising a persistent MAP information element, wherein the persistent MAP information element includes resource allocation information for persistently allocating a resource allocation region for communicating data with the MS and acknowledgment (ACK) information indicating an ACK transmission region; waiting for an ACK message from the MS, wherein the ACK message represents a successful reception of the persistent MAP information element; and determining that the persistent MAP information element has not been successfully received by the MS if the ACK message is not transmitted via the ACK transmission region. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287890 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between communications apparatuses by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers, the communication system comprising: a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data information between said communication apparatuses and a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information by using a specific frequency band which is set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data information by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands and a receiver configured to receive the frequency band information by using the specific frequency band. Furthermore, at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands, other than the specific frequency band, is made variable. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287891 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between communications apparatuses by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers, includes a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data information between said communication apparatuses; a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information by using a specific frequency band which is set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data information by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands; a receiver configured to receive the frequency band information by using the specific frequency band, whereby the specific frequency band among said plurality of frequency bands and at least one frequency band set among the plurality of frequency bands, other than the specific frequency band, are made variable to avoid overlap. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287892 | Communication System Radio Communication Terminal, and Radio Base Station - A wireless communication line is between a wireless base station and a wireless communication terminal, the base station includes a wireless base station transmission rate broadcast section that notifies the communication terminal of a transmission rate that enables support by the base station on the wireless communication line from the communication terminal to the base station, and the wireless communication terminal includes a storage section that stores a transmission rate required by the communication terminal on the communication line from the wireless communication terminal to the base station; a transmission rate comparison section that compares the transmission rate notified from the base station with the transmission rate stored in the storage section A transmission rate determination section determines a transmission rate on the communication line from the communication terminal to the base station based on a comparison result of the transmission rate comparison section. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287893 | ROUTING DATA IN A CLUSTER - Various techniques for routing data through a cluster are disclosed. The cluster includes a number of nodes that support communications by an access terminal. A node may be configured to use an identifier assigned to an access terminal to route data associated with the access terminal to another node in the cluster. The identifier is assigned by any node in the cluster. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287894 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SETTING UP A BEARER - Method and system for setting up a bearer are disclosed. The bearer setup method includes these steps: a packet data network gateway (PGW) obtains first quality of service (QoS) information and a first bearer identifier (ID), and sets up a bearer between the PGW and a radio access network (RAN) according to the first QoS information, where the bearer is associated with the first bearer ID; the RAN sets up a radio bearer (RB) with a user equipment (UE) according to second QoS information associated with the first QoS information, where the RB is associated with a second bearer ID associated with the first bearer ID. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287895 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A 3GPP LTE NETWORK - Embodiments of a base station and methods for allocating uplink bandwidth using SDMA are generally described herein. In some embodiments, uplink bandwidth request messages are received on a bandwidth request contention channel from one or more subscriber stations. The uplink bandwidth request messages are generated by the subscriber stations by modulating pilot subcarriers of a randomly selected disjoint pilot pattern with a randomly selected orthogonal sequence. The base station allocates uplink bandwidth to the subscriber stations when the uplink bandwidth request messages are successfully detected and decoded. The base station uses an SDMA technique to determine channel responses based on the orthogonal sequences to detect and decode the uplink bandwidth request messages. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287896 | METHOD OF REQUESTING ALLOCATION OF UPLINK RESOURCES FOR EXTENDED REAL-TIME POLLING SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus in a Base station (BS) and an apparatus in a Mobile Station (MS) are provided for allocating and requesting, respectively, uplink resources in a wireless communication system. The apparatus in the MS includes a transmitter for sending, to a base station, a predetermined Channel Quality Information CHannel (CQICH) codeword over a pre-allocated CQICH in a silence period, when an uplink bandwidth for an extended real-time Polling Service (ertPS) is not allocated to the mobile station, to inform the base station that the mobile station has data to send; and a receiver for receiving, from the base station, information related to an uplink bandwidth supporting a maximum rate allocated by the base station, in response to the CQICH codeword | 11-15-2012 |
20120287897 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT FOR REMOTE SHARED ACCESS TO A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A wireless access point. The wireless access point includes an interface for communicating with a communications network. The wireless access point includes a wireless interface configured to communicate with a number of wireless devices. The wireless access point includes a processor for executing a set of instructions and a memory for storing the set of instructions. The set of instructions are executed to receive a request from a wireless device through the wireless interface to communicate through the wireless access point, query a communications service provider to determine whether the wireless device is associated with the communications service provider and has an agreement to access other wireless access points including the wireless access point, and enable the wireless device to communicate through the wireless access point in response to determining the wireless device is associated with the communications service provider and has an agreement to access the other wireless access points. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287898 | Method and System for Synchronization in Communication System - A method can be used for facilitating uplink synchronization between a first transceiver and a second transceiver within a cell in a multi-user cellular communication system. The first transceiver receives a signal for the uplink synchronization from the second transceiver. The signal includes a first signature sequence generated, at least in part, from a sequence with a zero-correlation zone. The first transceiver then performs a correlation of the signal for detection of the first signature sequence. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287899 | MESH NETWORK CONNECTING 3G WIRELESS ROUTERS - A communication routing arrangement includes two or more wireless routers coupled to a communication network, and a user device adapted to couple with the communication network through a communication path including at least one of the two or more wireless routers. The communication path between the user device and the communication network is selected based on available resources of the two or more wireless routers. | 11-15-2012 |
20120287900 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method and device for transmitting a sounding reference signal on a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to an SRS transmission method comprising the steps of: receiving cell-specific parameters for constituting a SRS; receiving first terminal-specific parameters designating a resource which can be used in the non-periodic transmission of the SRS; receiving request information whereby SRS transmission is requested; and, after the request information has been received, transmitting the SRS by using the resource allocated by means of the first terminal-specific parameters; wherein the SRS is transmitted inside subframes designated by means of the cell-specific parameters, and the present invention also relates to a device for the same. | 11-15-2012 |
20120294244 | DISTRIBUTED BASE STATION WITH ROBUST PACKET INTERFACE - In an OFDM system, frequency domain processing is carried out by the control node. The frequency domain data is scrambled and transmitted over a packet-based interface to a transmitting node. The transmitting node unscrambles the frequency domain data and converts the frequency domain data to time domain data. The time domain data is used to modulate an RF carrier to generate a transmit signal for transmission over a wireless communication link to one or more mobile terminals. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294245 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS - Disclosed is a method for a first terminal to perform direct communication between terminals, the method including performing direct communication with at least one second terminal by using resources allocated for direct communication between terminals, the resources including a synchronization channel used for frequency synchronization and time synchronization between terminals, and the synchronization channel including a synchronization channel preamble used for at least one of preamble detection, time offset estimation, frequency offset estimation, and channel estimation. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294246 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DATA-TRANSMISSION RESOURCES, AND CORRESPONDING SWITCHING METHOD, ACCESS POINT, TERMINAL, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND SIGNAL - A method and apparatus are provided for allocating resources in a communication network including at least one access point exchanging data with at least one terminal connected thereto, and managing at least two communication channels. The method in the access point implements a phase of associating and authenticating a terminal with the access point, including a step of associating a unique identifier with the terminal, and a phase of managing the assembly of channels. The phase of managing includes implementing a reference table associating one of the channels to a terminal identified by the unique identifier thereof, including the following steps: detecting a switching of a terminal connected with the access point, from an initial channel to a destination channel; and updating the reference table to associate the unique identifier of the terminal to the destination channel. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294247 | METHOD AND A USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL, AND A METHOD AND A BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL - A method for transmitting or receiving an uplink signal is disclosed. If a user equipment is connected to a base station in accordance with a legacy system support mode, it performs permutation for an uplink signal on a frequency axis in accordance with a first rule. If the user equipment is connected to the base station in accordance with a legacy system non-support mode, it performs permutation for the uplink signal on the frequency axis in accordance with a second rule. Cell ID corresponding to a secondary advanced preamble (SA-preamble) received from the base station is used for permutation based on the first rule and/or the second rule. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294248 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Discloses are a method and device for monitoring a control channel in a wireless communication system. A user equipment receives a CFI (control format indicator), indicating a size of a control region within a subframe, via a first downlink control channel and confirms whether or not an extended control region is present in the subframe. If the extended control region is present in the subframe, the user equipment monitors a PDCCH (physical downlink control channel) within the control region and the extended control region. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294249 | Telecommunication Transmission Method and System - A method of scheduling a signal transmission to a user equipment in a transmitter system, said transmitter system comprising a plurality of spatially distributed transmitters for transmitting signals to said user equipment and a base station for controlling said plurality of spatially distributed transmitters, said method comprising, for said base station, the acts of obtaining for the user equipment a quantization vector estimating the state of the channel between the transmitter system and the user equipment, obtaining for the user equipment a weighting factor representing an attenuation of the channel between the user equipment and at least one of the plurality of spatially distributed transmitters, and scheduling a signal transmission to the user equipment using the obtained quantization vector weighted with the obtained weighting factor. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294250 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK RESOURCE AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA - A method and apparatus for allocating downlink resources and implementing downlink data reception in a broadband evolution system are disclosed in the present invention, so as to implement the allocation of resources in case of carrier resource expansion and implement the reception of downlink data in case of carrier resource expansion. A method for receiving downlink data includes that: emission bandwidth resources are divided into multiple frequency-domain Resource Blocks (RBs), and every frequency-domain Resource Block (RB) corresponds to an RB serial number, wherein the frequency-domain RBs corresponding to Release-8 (Rel-8) compatible frequency-domain resources are numbered in a numbering mode of a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, and the frequency-domain RBs corresponding to incompatible frequency-domain resources are orderly numbered based on the largest serial number corresponding to the Rel-8 compatible frequency-domain resources; when receiving a downlink control signaling including RB serial numbers transferred from a network side, a broadband evolution terminal obtains frequency-domain RBs corresponding to the RB serial numbers, and can receive downlink data from the obtained frequency-domain RBs. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294251 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system. A terminal sets an uplink transmission mode for a plurality of component carriers, multiplexes an uplink transport block and uplink control information in accordance with the uplink transmission mode, and transmits the multiplexed control information through one of the plurality of component carriers on an uplink channel. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294252 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits uplink control information in a wireless communication system using multiple carriers. The method comprises the following steps: receiving, from a base station, indication information that indicates whether or not to use multiple uplink control resources; determining a first uplink control resource on the basis of a specific control channel element (CCE) index of the CCE received from the base station; and, if the indication information indicates to use multiple uplink control resources, applying a predetermined rule to the specific CCE index to determine a second uplink control resource. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294253 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for composing, transmitting, and receiving a reference signal in a wireless communication system for performing non-continuous resource allocation on the basis of a plurality of resource clusters is provided. An increase in a Cubic Metric (CM) and a Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) generated in a process for composing, transmitting, and receiving a same reference signal according to each resource cluster by composing, transmitting, and receiving the reference signal distinguishable from each resource cluster in the wireless communication system for performing the non-continuous resource allocation on the basis of the resource clusters may be prevented. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294254 | SRS Transmission in PUSCH - The present invention uses user-specific resources, as allocated on the uplink, for conveying one or more antenna-specific sounding reference signals (SRSs). This technique advantageously permits, for example, a user equipment (UE) configured for uplink Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (MIMO) operation to send antenna-specific SRSs within the granted resources allocated to the UE via one or more scheduled uplink grants. That is, within the granted resources allocated by a given uplink grant, a UE uses at least a portion of those resources for sending antenna-specific SRSs, rather than for sending uplink data (user traffic). Thus, in one or more embodiments, the present invention comprises a method at a UE of transmitting antenna-specific SRSs for two or more uplink transmit antennas. The method comprises transmitting an antenna-specific sounding reference signal for at least one of the uplink transmit antennas within a granted resource allocated to the user equipment for a scheduled uplink data transmission. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294255 | LINK ADAPTATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A link adaptation method performed by a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (LAN) system supporting multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) is provided. The method includes: receiving a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request, a steered sounding physical layer convergence procedure (PLOP) protocol data unit (PPDU) which is beam-formed to the STA, and a MIMO indicator including MU-MIMO-related information from an access point (AP); and transmitting feedback information including an MCS acquired from the steered sounding PPDU and the MU-MIMO-related information to the AP in response to the MCS request. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294256 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, RESPONSE METHOD, AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Disclosed are a terminal, a base station, a response method, and a retransmission control method, which are capable of switching the response signal transmission method while preventing throughput degradation and without increasing the number of signaling bits. A bundling determination unit ( | 11-22-2012 |
20120294257 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND CORRESPONDING MOBILE STATION FOR OBTAINING DOWNLINK CHANNEL DIRECTIONAL INFORMATION - Disclosed in the present invention is a method in the Multiple Input Multiple Output system for obtaining downlink channel directional information. The method includes steps: a base station receives downlink channel directional information which is fed back by a mobile station during the feedback period, and determines the relation between an uplink channel directional information and the received downlink channel directional information; the base station also estimates the downlink channel directional information of non-feedback sub-frame by use of the relation, those non-feedback sub-frame are not fed back during the feedback period. Furthermore, a base station and corresponding mobile station in MIMO system are also provided in the present disclosure. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294258 | UTILITY MAXIMIZATION SCHEDULER FOR BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique of designing a Media Access Control (MAC) scheduler for uplink communication in high rate wireless data systems, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless communication systems. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294259 | Socket-Based Internet Protocol For Wireless Networks - Systems and methods for assigning unique network identifiers in a packet-switched wireless network and methods for communicating with a wireless device in a packet-switched wireless network are provided. A request for a unique network identifier for a wireless device is received. A socket-based unique network identifier, including an IP address and one or more ports, is assigned to the wireless device. The unique network identifier is created by combining an IP address and one or more ports. This allows multiple unique network identifiers to be created from a single IP address, where each unique network identifier consists of the same IP address combined with a different group of one or more ports. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294260 | MESH NETWORK CONNECTING 3G WIRELESS ROUTERS - A communication routing arrangement includes two or more wireless routers coupled to a communication network, and a user device adapted to couple with the communication network through a communication path including at least one of the two or more wireless routers. The communication path between the user device and the communication network is selected based on available resources of the two or more wireless routers. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294261 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION OF DATA CHANNEL FOR ENHANCED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method of receiving control information for an uplink in a network includes receiving, by at least one Medium Access Control (MAC) sub-layer in the network, a MAC-e Protocol Data Unit (PDU) from a User Equipment (UE) via an Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) which is an uplink transport channel handled by the at least one MAC sub-layer; and acquiring the control information from the received MAC-e PDU, the control information indicating an amount of resources required by the UE. A first format of the MAC-e PDU is received when the control information is included with other information in the MAC-e PDU and a second format of the MAC-e PDU is received when only the control information is included in the MAC-e PDU. The first format of the MAC-e PDU includes a first indicator having a first specific value to indicate that the MAC-e PDU includes the control information. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294262 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK ENTRY MANAGEMENT - A method for network entry management for use in a base station. The method includes steps of broadcasting multiple carriers, wherein the carriers are classified into fully configured carriers and partially configured carriers, the fully configured carrier includes at least one primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) and at least one secondary synchronization channel (S-SCH), and the partially configured carrier includes at least one P-SCH and does not include the S-SCH. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294263 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK ENTRY MANAGEMENT - A system for network entry management, including a mobile station scanning a first carrier within multiple carriers, checking whether a primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) is within the first carrier, and if a P-SCH is broadcasted on the first carrier, retrieving recommended information in the P-SCH, selecting a second carrier within the carriers based on the recommended information, and scanning the second carrier. A related method is also disclosed. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294264 | Virtual Care-of Address for Mobile IP (Internet Protocol) - An IP (Internet Protocol) session for a mobile node is carried out through the use of a virtual care-of address. A foreign agent sends an agent advertisement to the mobile node to allow the mobile node to choose from a list of IP addresses of the foreign agent. The foreign agent ties a virtual care-of address to a mobile node so that an intelligent and dynamic selection of tunnels to be used for the IP session can occur. Therefore, traffic for an IP session is not limited to transmission over the single particular tunnel that corresponds to an IP address initially selected by the mobile node. Rather, the virtual care-of address shifts the tunneling decision from the mobile node to the foreign agent. Supporting multiple tunnels between home agent and foreign agent allows resilience, redundancy, and service-level differentiation to mobile node traffic without involving the mobile node in the process. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294265 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between communications apparatuses by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers, the communication system includes a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data information between said communication apparatuses and a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information by using a specific frequency band which is set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data information by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands and a receiver configured to receive the frequency band information by using the specific frequency band, whereby one or more of said frequency band is assigned consecutive with said specific frequency band along a frequency axis. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294266 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING MULTI-INPUT-MULTI-OUTPUT (MIMO) DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION - An approach is provided for supporting transmission in a multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) communication system including a plurality of terminals. A preamble portion of a frame is transmitted by a multiple transmit antennas of a hub using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) to the terminals over a channel, wherein each of the terminals determines a characteristic of the channel with respect to the transmit antennas as feedback information. The hub receives the feedback information from the terminals. The hub selects, according to the feedback information, a subset of the antennas for transmission of a remaining portion of the frame to the terminal. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294267 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT (PHR) IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENE - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reporting a power headroom report (PHR) in a carrier aggregation scenario. The method includes the following steps: when a user equipment (UE) reports the PHR in a scenario where a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) can be transmitted concurrently, if no PUSCH is transmitted over the Uplink Primary Component Carrier (UL PCC) configured by an eNB for the UE, then a virtual type1 PH and/or a virtual type2 PH corresponding to the UL PCC are reported; if a PUSCH rather than a PUCCH is transmitted over the UL PCC configured by the eNB for the UE, then the type1 PH corresponding to the UL PCC is reported or the virtual type2 PH and the type1 PH corresponding to the UL PCC are reported. User equipment is also disclosed. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294268 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for transmitting uplink control information in a mobile station of a wireless communication system includes performing reverse repetition coding with respect to first uplink control information, and performing joint coding with respect to the reverse repetition coded first uplink control information and second uplink control information. The first uplink control information has higher priority than the second uplink control information. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294269 | PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - A communication system, a mobile station device, a base station device, and a processing method for carrying out processing involved in introducing a contention based uplink efficiently, and carrying out communication promptly, are provided. A mobile station device communicating with a base station device in a mobile communication system includes a buffer for a contention based uplink and a buffer for a regular uplink HARQ, as a buffer for a HARQ. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294270 | PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - A communication system, a mobile station device, a base station device, and a processing method for carrying out processing involved in introducing a contention based uplink efficiently, and carrying out communication promptly are provided. A mobile station device communicating with a base station device in a mobile communication system obtains an uplink grant from the base station device, and when a timer for prohibiting transmission of a scheduling request is not running, uses a contention based uplink when the uplink grant is a grant for a contention based uplink, and when the timer for prohibiting transmission of a scheduling request is running, does not use the contention based uplink when the uplink grant is a grant for a contention based uplink. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294271 | MOBILE STATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION DECODING METHOD - A mobile station capable of efficiently detecting control information addressed thereto, by prioritizing CRC decoding to control channel element at a candidate position, is disclosed. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method. A method in which a terminal transmits ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises the following steps: receiving one or more physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs); and transmitting ACK/NACK for said one or more PDSCHs via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). A PUCCH format for transmitting ACK/NACK is selected by taking the type of the carrier in which said one or more PDSCHs are received into account. | 11-22-2012 |
20120294273 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING EXTENDED UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a base station receiving uplink control information from a terminal, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: transmitting allocated information which is allocated to the terminal from a plurality of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission resources, each of the PUCCH transmission resource comprising a combination of an information resource and a reference signal (RS) resource, including a plurality of RS resources; and receiving confirmation response information, RS, and additional control information among the plurality of PUCCH transmission resources, which are transmitted from the terminal through a specific information resource or a specific RS resource, wherein the additional control information can be indicated based on the selection of the specific RS resource which transmits a RS among a plurality of RS resources. | 11-22-2012 |
20120300710 | Distributing L2 Baseband Processing in a Radio Network - Functions for a data link layer are split between an access point and an access controller. The functions performed for uplink and downlink for the data link layer are some but not all of the functions performed by the data link layer to convert information between transport channels and radio bearers. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300711 | Method and System for Signaling Configuration of Physical Uplink Shared Channel - The disclosure provides a method and system for signaling configuration of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), the system comprises a base station and a target User Equipment (UE). The method comprises: a base station sends Downlink Control Information (DCI) to the target user equipment through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PUCCH); and the downlink control information includes orthogonal cover code information and/or cyclic shift information for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel in the multi-antenna port transmission and/or single antenna port transmission. It is very adaptable and flexible to use the combination of multiple kinds of information to indicate the orthogonal cover code information in the downlink control information. The UE can obtain the orthogonal cover code information accurately, and the reliability of services can be improved. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300712 | Channel Access Control - There are provided measures for channel access control. Such measures may exemplarily comprise obtaining a contention window assignment including at least an assignment of a size of a contention window for contention-based channel access, accessing at least one logical channel in a contention-based manner according to the contention window assignment, including allocating resources to the at least one logical channel for data transmission, and modifying the size of the contention window based on a result of the resource allocation in terms of an aggregated bit rate allocated for data transmission and an aggregate target bit rate requirement of prioritized bit rates of the at least one logical channel. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300713 | Admission Control in a Wireless Communication System - Method and arrangement in a base station controller for admission control of a user equipment, to be served by a base station controlled by the base station controller, the base station, the base station controller and the user equipment are comprised within a wireless communication system. The method comprising the steps of receiving an admission request from the user equipment, computing an admission criteria value K, calculating a user weight value W for the user equipment, comparing the calculated user weight value W with the computed admission criteria value K, admitting the user equipment to be served by the base station, if the calculated user weight value W is smaller than the computed admission criteria value K. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300714 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR LTE-ADVANCED SYSTEMS - An eNodeB is configured to perform a method for a random access procedure in an LTE-Advanced system. The method includes receiving from a user equipment a random access preamble message on a physical random access channel (PRACH) on a first cell, the PRACH associated with a random access radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI). The method also includes transmitting to the user equipment a random access response (RAR) message on a second cell. At least one of the RAR message and the RA-RNTI includes information configured to allow the user equipment to identify a target Timing Advance Group (TAG) or cell associated with the RAR message. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING UPLINK TIMING ALIGNMENT ON A SECONDARY CELL - A method for uplink timing alignment in a wireless transmit/receive unit. The method includes receiving control signaling from an evolved Node B, receiving a message for Random Access Channel on a secondary cell, and completing the RACH upon receipt of the message, wherein the message includes a medium access control (MAC) control element with at least an 11-bit time advance command. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300716 | Including in the Uplink Grant an Indication of Specific Amount of CQI to be Reported - The present invention relates to a method, user equipment and a base station adapted to handle channel state feed-back reports in a more flexible way. More specifically, a channel state feedback procedure is provided which utilizes the resources available for transmission of channel state feedback more efficiently. This is achieved by including uplink grant availability into the channel state feedback reporting triggers used for determining when and how to send channel state feedback from a UE, i.e. a channel state feedback reporting request may be sent by a base station in an uplink grant to a UE comprising an indication of an expected amount of information to be returned. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300717 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ANTENNA SELECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - According to one embodiment there is provided a wireless communication device comprising a plurality of antennas and operable to transmit data on a plurality of subcarriers from one or more of said plurality of antennas over a communication channel, the device comprising a receiver configured to receive signals via each of said plurality of antennas, a processor configured to determine the number of subcarriers that can be allocated to one or more of said plurality of antennas for data transmission on the basis of received signal metrics associated with said received signals, and an antenna selector configured to select one or more of said plurality of antennas for transmitting data on said plurality of subcarriers based on said determination. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300718 | CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for receiving a first control channel and a second control channel in a wireless communication system are provided. Control information for receiving the second control channel from a base station is received through higher layer signaling. A second control channel resource is determined from an entire control channel resource based on the control information. A first control channel resource is determined from the entire control channel resource according to the second control channel resource. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300719 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SUBCHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for configuring subchannels for an uplink data transmission at a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed herein. More specifically, the method includes the steps of dividing an uplink transmission resource to PUSC (Partial Usage of SubChannel) tiles of 4 subcarriers×3 symbols, configuring subchannels to 6 PUSC tiles based on a predetermined rule; allocating a predetermined number of contiguous subchannels among the configured subchannels as subchannels for a legacy system, and allocating the remaining subchannels as subchannels for the wireless communication system, wherein a subchannel rotation per slot consisting of 3 symbols is applied to the subchannels for the legacy system, and wherein the subchannel rotation per slot is based on a number of subchannels for the legacy system. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300720 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING PRIORITY OF COMPONENT CARRIER - A method, system and device for determining the priority of a component carrier are disclosed. The method includes: a network control unit and/or a terminal determining the priority of the component carrier according to carrier information about the component carrier. This method, system and device can enable the UE to rapidly select a downlink carrier when the periodic CQI/PMI/RI feedback with respect to the downlink carrier conflict and the UE can be notified with no need of additional signaling or only by using the reserved bit or only by way of a little high layer signaling overhead, the implementation of which is convenient. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300721 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ROUTING DATA TO A MOBILE NODE IN A FOREIGN NETWORK - A method for delivering at least one data packet is disclosed originating from a corresponding node in a corresponding network to a mobile node having a home network and being connected to a foreign network different from said home network, the mobile node having a long tem IP address belonging to said home network and a care-of-address being the address of an foreign network access router of said foreign network, said networks being connected to an IP network comprising at least one data storage, by respectively a home network access router, a corresponding network access router, and said foreign network access router, the method comprising: a. intercepting said at least one data packet and detecting the destination IP address thereof; b. consulting said at least one data storage, whereby said care-of-address of said mobile node is retrieved by using the destination IP address of said at least one packet; c. forwarding said at least one data packet directly to said care-of-address, and indicating said long tem IP address to said foreign network access router. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300722 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting reception acknowledgment for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system are provided. A user equipment receives a plurality of downlink resource allocations on a plurality of downlink control channels by using a plurality of downlink carriers, and receives a plurality of downlink transfer blocks on a plurality of downlink shared channels indicated by the plurality of downlink resource allocations. The user equipment determines a plurality of acknowledgment (ACK)/negative acknowledgment (NACK) resource indices based on a plurality of resource indices obtained from downlink resources which use the plurality of downlink control channels. The user equipment transmits ACK/NACK for the plurality of downlink transfer blocks by using ACK/NACK resources indicated by the plurality of ACK/NACK resource indices. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300723 | METHOD AND A DEVICE FOR REGULATING TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and apparatus are provided for regulating transmissions according to a tournament method, implemented by a station having at least one data packet to be transmitted via a wireless communication network having a predetermined bandwidth. The method includes a step during which the station determines whether or not to participate in a tournament, the likelihood of a station participating in a tournament depending on the predetermined bandwidth. Specifically, the likelihood of a station participating in a tournament is selected to be higher as the predetermined bandwidth gets higher. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300724 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING THE OVERHEAD OF CONTROL SIGNALING - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for reducing an overhead of control signaling. The method of reducing an overhead of control signaling comprises the steps of: generating one of a plurality of downlink control information formats which is used for scheduling a physical uplink shared channel, and transmitting the generated one of the plurality of downlink control information formats which is used for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel, wherein each of the plurality of downlink control information formats includes a minimum payload required for a specific scenario. With the invention, the signaling overhead is minimized. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300725 | SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING METHOD OF MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS AND DEVICE THEREOF, AND SYSTEM INFORMATION TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING/UPDATING DEVICE USING SAME - A base station and a user equipment (UE) transmit and receive one or more of a system information (SI) change notification message, which includes SI change notification information of a first component carrier in which system information is changed, and an SI validity verification message, which includes SI validity verification information of the first component carrier in which the system information is changed, in order to transmit and receive the system information in a wireless communication system using at least one component carrier; and the SI is transmitted by determining a transmission type of the system information according to priority between QoSs and power consumption of the UE, without generating an additional increase of signal quantities or power consumption when the SI is transmitted. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300726 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control signal via a PUCCH in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: joint-coding a plurality of pieces of control information to obtain a single codeword; obtaining a first modulation symbol sequence from the single codeword; obtaining, from the first modulation symbol sequence, a plurality of second modulation symbol sequences corresponding to each slot in the PUCCH; cyclically shifting the plurality of second modulation symbol sequences in a time domain to obtain a plurality of third modulation symbol sequences; performing a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) precoding process on the plurality of third modulation symbol sequences to obtain a plurality of complex symbol sequences in a frequency domain; and transmitting the plurality of complex symbol sequences via the PUCCH. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300727 | USER EQUIPMENT THAT TRANSMITS AN UPLINK SIGNAL IN A MULTI-CARRIER SUPPORTING MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A METHOD THEREFOR - The present invention provides user equipment that transmits an uplink signal in a multi-carrier supporting mobile communication system and a method therefor, and a base station device that transmits uplink transmission power information and a method therefor. In the user equipment according to the present invention, a receiving antenna receives uplink transmission power information on a particular uplink carrier from the base station via a plurality of downlink carriers. A processor determines the transmission power of a signal to be transmitted via the particular uplink carrier, based on the uplink transmission power information that has been received. A receiving antenna then transmits the signal via an uplink carrier at the transmission power determined by the processor. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300728 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNSTREAM LINK DATA, AND METHOD AND USER DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNSTREAM LINK DATA - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus which transmit/receive at least one demodulation reference signal by using a CDM group and/or a transmission rank of a user device that have been used to transmit the at least one demodulation reference signal for the user device, an OCC that has been used to spread the demodulation reference signal, etc. Also, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus which change an antenna port for transmitting the demodulation reference signal by using NDI for a disabled transmission block. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300729 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONDUCTING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication system includes a plurality of base stations, a mobile wireless communication device which makes wireless communication with the base stations, a terminal device, and a router through which the base stations make communication with an IP network. The terminal device transmits an address thereof to the mobile wireless communication device, before the mobile wireless communication device makes link with one of the base stations. The terminal device fabricates a frame addressed to an address of the router, and transmits the frame to the router, after the mobile wireless communication device has made link with one of the base stations. The router transmits an address thereof to the base stations, before the mobile wireless communication device makes link with one of the base stations. The router fabricates a frame addressed to an address of the terminal device, and transmits the frame to the terminal device, after the mobile wireless communication device has made link with one of the base stations. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300730 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between communications apparatuses by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers, the communication system includes a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data information between said communication apparatuses and a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information by using a specific frequency band which is set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data information by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands; and a receiver configured to receive the frequency band information by using the specific frequency band, wherein bandwidths of said plurality of frequency bands are made a predetermined value, and also numbers of subcarriers in each of the bands are made a predetermined value. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300731 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A communications system for exchange of information between communications apparatuses by a multicarrier transmission mode using a plurality of subcarriers, that includes a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data between said communication apparatuses; a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information, using a specific frequency band, set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, to transmit data using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands; a receiver configured to receive the frequency band information by using the specific frequency band, wherein one or more of said frequency band is assigned not consecutive with said specific frequency band along a frequency axis, and at least one not used subcarrier is inserted between the specific frequency and the frequency band or between said frequency bands. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300732 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communications system, a base station includes a generation unit and a transmission unit. The generation unit generates broadcast information indicating, among a plurality of available frequency bands for wireless communication, a frequency band to be used to transmit same data at a same timing with another base station. The transmission unit broadcasts the broadcast information. A mobile station includes a reception unit and a control unit. The reception unit receives the broadcast information broadcast by the base station. The control unit controls, based on the broadcast information, reception of same data transmitted at the same timing from the base station and the other base station. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300733 | HARQ PROCESS UTILIZATION IN MULTIPLE CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus utilize hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmissions and retransmissions that are usable on multiple carriers, i.e. joint HARQ processes. For example, a downlink (DL) shared channel transmission of a joint HARQ process is received on one of the carriers. A first part of an identity of the joint HARQ process is determined by using HARQ process identity data received on a shared control channel. A second part of the joint HARQ process identity is determined using additional information. The joint HARQ process identity is then determined by combining the first part and the second part. A WTRU is provided that is configured to receive the DL shared channel and to make the aforementioned determinations. A variety of other methods and apparatus configurations are disclosed for utilizing joint HARQ processes, in particular in the context of DC-HSDPA. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300734 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method which reduce the RACH conflict ratio and improve the RACH detection characteristic. When the device and the method are used: as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side increases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is mitigated and an expectation value which is a statistic average value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is decreased; and as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side decreases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is limited and an expectation value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is increased. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300735 | Method for Transmitting Up Link Control Signal in Mobile Communication System - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a mobile communication system; and, more particularly, to a method for effectively forming uplink control information transmitted through a downlink from a base station to a terminal in a mobile communication system for providing a packet service and transmitting the uplink control information with minimum radio resources occupied. The method includes the steps of generating uplink control information; allocating the uplink control information to a downlink-shared radio resource for packet data transmission based on downlink scheduling information; and transmitting the radio resource to a terminal. The present invention is applied to a mobile communication system. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300736 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL DIFFUSION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can suppress inter-code interference between an ACK/NACK signal and a CQI signal which are code-multiplexed. A diffusion unit ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120300737 | Real-time service transmission method and resource allocation method - The invention discloses a method for real-time service transmission and a method for resource allocation, wherein, the method for resource allocation of real-time service transmission includes the following processing: through the resource allocation control channels, the base station allocates the semi-static service channel resources to the terminal to be used for the initial transmission of hybrid automatic repeat request of the real-time service packets; wherein, before the base station reconfigures or releases the semi-static service channel resources, the terminal can use the semi-static service channel resources continuously; through the resource allocation control channels, the base station allocates the dynamic service channel resources to the terminal to be used for the retransmission of the hybrid automatic repeat request of the real-time service packets; wherein, the terminal can only use the dynamic service channel resources within the allocated time frame. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300738 | Data Trnasmission with Cross-Subframe Control in a Wireless Network - Techniques for supporting communication in dominant interference scenarios are described. In an aspect, communication in a dominant interference scenario may be supported with cross-subframe control. Different base stations may be allocated different subframes for sending control information. Each base station may send control messages in the subframes allocated to that base station. Different base stations may have different timelines for sending control messages due to their different allocated subframes. With cross-subframe control, control information (e.g., grants, acknowledgement, etc.) may be sent in a first subframe and may be applicable for data transmission in a second subframe, which may be a variable number of subframes from the first subframe. In another aspect, messages to mitigate interference may be sent on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 11-29-2012 |
20120300739 | Selection of Transport Format in Wireless Communication Systems - Disclosed herein is a first network node and a method in a first network node for selecting a transport format among a plurality of available transport formats for communicating information with a second network node via a wireless link, which transport formats are such that a first transport format has a first maximum capacity and all the other transport formats have a higher maximum capacity in an increasing order. The method comprises the steps of: obtaining a quality indicator, which quality indicator indicates the current channel quality of the wireless link; determining a throughput indicator, which throughput indicator indicates the throughput format being available at the obtained quality indicator; calculating a switching value based on the quality indicator and the throughput indicator; switching to the second transport format when the quality indicator indicates that the switching value is reached or exceeded with respect to the second transport format; sending a notification to the second node, which notification indicates the switch to the second transport format. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300740 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication method, a wireless communication base station device, and a wireless communication terminal device that dynamically switch the transmission slot of an SRS of each terminal within a cell while suppressing an increase in the number of signaling bits. A terminal ( | 11-29-2012 |
20120300741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method. A method in which a terminal transmits ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises the following steps: receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) indicated by the PDCCH; and transmitting ACK/NACK for the PDSCH via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). A PUCCH format for transmitting ACK/NACK is selected by taking the number of aggregated carriers into account. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300742 | Adjustment of Link Adaptation Parameter Based on Data and Control Channel Load - A method for performing link adaptation in association with scheduling a data channel for a cell in a base station of a cellular communication system, and an arrangement, suitable for performing such a method. The link adaptation method has link adaptation optimization purpose which is achieved by updating a link adaptation parameter on the basis of the load on the data channel and on the basis of the load of a control channel controlling the data channel in the cell. The method obtains a better trade-off between the spectral efficiency and the delay, due to re-transmissions. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300743 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits an uplink data signal in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: receiving, from a base station, control information for transmitting an uplink data signal in a specific subframe; allocating a resource for the uplink data signal in accordance with the control information; and transmitting the uplink data signal using the allocated resource, wherein the control information includes resource extension information on whether or not to allocate the last symbol of the specific subframe as a resource for transmitting the uplink data. | 11-29-2012 |
20120300744 | Contention Based Access Optimization - The mobile station described herein comprises a transmission buffer, a receiver, a transmitter, and a controller. The controller triggers a scheduling request and buffer status report when data enters the transmission buffer. When the receiver receives a contention-based scheduling grant allocating contention-based uplink resources, the transmitter transmits one or more data packets retrieved from the transmission buffer along with the buffer status report on the contention-based resources to the network station. If one or more data packets remain in the transmission buffer after transmission of the buffer status report on the contention-based resources, the controller maintains the pending status of the buffer status report and the corresponding scheduling request. | 11-29-2012 |
20120307743 | SYMBOL FFT RACH PROCESSING METHODS AND DEVICES - Methods and devices for extracting a RACH preamble using as input a number of Fast Fourier Transformed symbols, in order to extract a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a signal received in a base station from a user device, in a radio communication system, are provided. An initial cyclic prefix (symbol CP) is removed prior to performing FFT on symbols. After (1) selecting from the FFT of a symbol frequencies corresponding to the RACH band all other non-RACH frequency bins having been set to zero, (2) shifting the signal to baseband and (3) performing a FFT on the baseband signal, a phase adjustment is performed to compensate for group delays due to symbol CP gaps occurring when generating the baseband signal, the phase adjustment being determined individually for each symbol. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307744 | Frequency Hopping In License-Exempt/Shared Bands - RRC signaling is used to configure a user device for N secondary cells SCells on license-exempt channels w | 12-06-2012 |
20120307745 | Method And Apparatus Of Fractional Power Control In Wireless Communication Networks - A method is provided for dynamically updating the fractional power control (FPC) parameters of a wireless network such as an LTE network, so that system performance can be improved in a variety of different loading conditions, particularly under conditions of moderate or light loading. An exemplary embodiment includes obtaining a current value of a time-varying uplink interference figure for at least one individual sector s. For at least one such sector s, a value is selected for at least one FPC parameter, thereby to determine a dependency of the target SINR {circumflex over (γ)}(k,s) on the path loss λ(k,s) for each UE k in sector s for which {circumflex over (γ)}(k,s) falls between a maximum target {circumflex over (γ)} | 12-06-2012 |
20120307746 | Fair Channel Allocation for Multiple Clients - A wireless access device transmits encoded media streams to at least first and second clients over a shared wireless channel. First and second transmission windows are established in a transmission frame interval for transmission of media packets to the first and second clients, respectively. An unused portion of one of the transmission windows is identified using, for example, transmission status information (from the wireless access device) associated with the media packets. The unused portion of the transmission window is adaptively reallocated for use in transmission of media packets associated with the other transmission window. In one mode of operation, the reallocation process may trigger a reversal in the order of the first and second transmission windows in subsequent transmission frame intervals. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307747 | Adaptive Wireless Channel Allocation For Media Distribution in a Multi-user Environment - Adaptive wireless channel allocation in a multi-user environment based on quality of received video streams. During the transmission of encoded media streams from a wireless access device to at least first and second video devices over a wireless channel, transmission windows are allocated in shared transmission frame intervals for transmission of media packets to the first and second video devices, respectively. Relative priorities are set/adjusted for the video devices based, at least in part, on one or more of the following: channel estimation information, reception characteristics, transmission acknowledgment information, video device characteristics and/or user feedback. The relative priorities are utilized to adaptively (re)allocate at least one portion of the transmission frame intervals. In addition to channel reallocation, the prioritization of devices may be utilized to adaptively alter the encoding bit rate of one or more media streams. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307748 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON MULTIPLE SPECTRUM BANDS - A method and apparatus for simultaneously communicating on at least two carrier frequencies, of which at least one carrier frequency is a licensed band and at least one carrier frequency is an unlicensed band are provided. The method includes broadcasting an operating status of the unlicensed band to a receiver device; collecting feedback data regarding channel conditions from the receiver device for both the licensed band and unlicensed band; determining, when a bandwidth request is received from the receiver device, whether to use the unlicensed band based on the channel conditions; transmitting an unlicensed band scheduling indication to the receiver device; and communicating with the receiver device using both the licensed band and the unlicensed band according to the transmitted unlicensed band scheduling indication. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307749 | CONFIGURABLE FILTER FOR MULTI-RADIO INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - In a multi-radio device, a configurable filter may be placed on the transmit side of an aggressor radio to reduce interference to receive side performance of a victim radio. The filter may be adaptively configured based on performance of the victim radio. The configurable filter may be in the form of a notch filter. The depth and width of the notch filter may be configured. The filter may be used to create a virtual guard band between an Industrial Scientific and Medical (ISM) band and a cellular band by puncturing a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission nearest to the ISM band or reducing power on the nearest PUCCH transmission. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307750 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - The present invention relates to a method for controlling communication resources in a cellular communication network ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307751 | Dynamic Multicarrier OFDM Transmission - A wireless device transmits a message to a server via a base station over a first plurality of subcarriers of a first uplink carrier. There is no guard band between any two subcarriers in the first plurality of subcarriers. The wireless device receives an activation command from a base station. The wireless device transmits data packets to the server via the base station over the first uplink carrier and at least one additional uplink carrier over a third plurality of subcarriers. There is at least one guard band between at least two subcarriers in the third plurality of subcarriers. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307752 | GATEWAY APPARATUS, NODE APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD - A gateway apparatus including: a route control packet generating unit that generates a route control packet for constructing routes between node apparatuses forming an ad hoc network and the gateway apparatus; a channel designation signal generating unit that generates channel designation signal for designating a second channel different from a first channel on which the ad hoc network transmits and receives packets; a time designation signal generating unit that generates time designation signal for designating switching time to the node apparatus for switching the channel used for transmission and reception of packets to the second channel; a radio communication unit that transmits the route control packet, the channel designation signal and the time designation signal on the first channel; and a channel switching unit that switches, when it is time to switch, the channel on which the radio communication unit transmits and receives a signal to the second channel. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307753 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET SWITCHED DATA IN A CELLULAR RADIO COMMUNICATON SYSTEM DURING CELL CHANGE - A first base station associated with a first radio cell is used to transmit data packets in a second sequence to at least one subscriber station by at least one first radio channel. The subscriber station sorts out the received data packets into a first sequence in an intermediate storage unit and the base station associated with the first radio cell is used to derive and/or represent status information relating to the content of the intermediate storage unit in a status memory unit. Transmission of the data packets is relayed from the first to the second radio cell and data packets are transmitted by a base station associated with the second radio cell to the subscriber station by at least one other radio channel. The status information is transferred from the base station associated with the first radio cell to the base station associated with the second radio cell. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307754 | Method and System for Managing Carrier Information in Multi-Carrier System - The present invention discloses a method for managing carrier information in a multi-carrier system, and the method includes: when an activated carrier of a User Equipment (UE) is changed, a base station (NodeB) informing a Radio Network Controller (RNC) of the change information of the activated carrier of the UE. The present invention also discloses a multi-carrier system and an RNC. The present invention triggers the RNC to perform resource re-allocation by the NodeB sending the change information of the activated carrier, which guarantees a rational allocation of network resources. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307755 | ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting ACK and NACK with a terminal set in a state of ACK/NACK repetition mode, and the method comprises the steps of: receiving first data through a first subframe; receiving second data through a second subframe; and transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for the second data, wherein the repetition frequency of the ACK/NACK signal for the second data is reduced if a difference between the first subframe and the second subframe is smaller than a reference value. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307756 | Dynamic Network Configuration - Disclosed is a wireless communication system comprising a plurality of antennas, a plurality of base stations, each base station being adapted to connect to one or more of the antennas over an available spectrum, and a wireless switching module. The wireless switching module is adapted to allocate one or more portions of the available spectrum to each antenna dependent on a compatibility constraint on the antennas, and assign each antenna for connection to a base station. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307757 | IMPLICIT COMPONENT CARRIER DETERMINATION FOR APERIODIC CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTS - The present invention relates to triggering, in a terminal of a communication system, channel quality feedback reporting for at least one of plural component carriers of the communication system available for downlink transmission. The at least one component carrier is selected based on the downlink traffic of the terminal. Reporting of the channel quality information is triggered by dedicated control information received by the terminal. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307758 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING AN UPLINK HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are an apparatus and method of performing an uplink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a transport block to a base station via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) using uplink resource allocation and receives an ACK/NACK signal for the transport block from the base station via a physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH). A PHICH resource used for transmitting the PHICH is identified from a PUSCH resource used for transmitting the PUSCH, and the PUSCH resource is mapped to the PHICH resource according to an uplink element carrier through which the transport block is transmitted. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307759 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention is directed to preventing occurrence of PDCCH blocking while reducing PDCCH detection errors. The present invention provides a search space size adaptive control section ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307760 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) by user equipment in a wireless communication. The user equipment performs channel coding on information bits of the UCI to generate encoding information bits; performs modulation on the thus generated encoding information bits to generate complex modulation symbols; spreads the complex modulation symbols block-wise to a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols based on an orthogonal sequence; and transmits the spread complex modulation symbols to a base station. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307761 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK PDSCH POWER SETTING - In a communication system, a base station transmits power setting information in a downlink Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH). A mapping scheme between overhead signals and reference signal (RS) overhead ratios, and the traffic-to-pilot ratios (T2P) calculation methods are established. A user-specific T2P ratio for certain OFDM symbols, a RS overhead ratio and a calculation method selected from the plurality of T2P calculation methods are assigned to a wireless terminal. An overhead signal corresponding to the assigned RS overhead ratio and the assigned T2P calculation method is selected in accordance with the mapping scheme and transmitted to the wireless terminal. In addition, the user-specific traffic-to-pilot ratio is transmitted to the wireless terminal. The wireless terminal calculates the traffic-to-pilot ratios across different transmission antennas and different OFDM symbols based on the received traffic-to-pilot ratio, the RS overhead ratio and the T2P calculation method indicated by the RS overhead signal. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307762 | METHOD FOR MULTI-CHANNEL RESOURCE RESERVATION IN A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - In a mesh network a multiband OFDM Alliance (MBOA) system provides higher channel access efficiency through a Distributed Reservation Protocol (DRP). A MBOA Physical layer (PHY) and a MBOA Medium Access Control (MAC) are used to increase the efficiency of the mesh network. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307763 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system is disclosed including a MIMO wireless communication apparatus that can communicate through multiple antennas and a non-MIMO wireless communication apparatus that can communicate through a single antenna or multiple antennas. The MIMO wireless communication apparatus includes a communication unit configured to transmit and receive control information divided into a second control information containing information related to the demodulation and decoding of traffic channel and a first control information containing information related to the MIMO separation of the second control information. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307764 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING BEARER FOR MACHINE TO MACHINE SERVICE AND NETWORK TRANSMISSION DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method for establishing a bearer for a machine to machine service and a network transmission device, where the method includes: receiving a user plane resource establishment request message sent by an MTC device, where the user plane resource establishment request message includes at least one of MTC features, QoS requirements, a service indication request and a group identity; determining negotiated QoS parameters according to the user plane resource establishment request message; and establishing a transmission bearer with the MTC device according to the negotiated QoS parameters. The present invention provides a method for establishing a transmission bearer between a network and an MTC device. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307765 | Fair Resource Sharing in Wireless Communication - Providing for fair resource sharing among wireless nodes in a wireless communication environment is described herein. By way of example, fairness can comprise establishing a set of resource sharing credits for wireless nodes. By expending credits, a node can borrow a resource of another node, to enable or enhance operation of the borrowing node. Credits for the borrowing node are decreased based on consumption of a shared resource, or credits for the lending node are increased based on such consumption, or both. Once an amount of credits expires, a node can be restricted from borrowing further resources until enough resources are lent to build up a suitable amount of credits. Accordingly, fairness can comprise correlating shared resource consumption with shared resource provisioning, to encourage participation in cooperative wireless communications. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307766 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION, AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station in a communication system including a base station, the mobile station includes a unit for sending a signal that allocates a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences to a frame to the base station. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307767 | PROCESSING METHOD AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - A communication system, a mobile station device, a base station device, and a processing method for carrying out processing involved in introducing a contention based uplink efficiently, and carrying out communication promptly are provided. A mobile station device communicating with a base station device in a mobile communication system obtains an uplink grant from the base station device, and when the uplink grant is a normal grant, cancels a pending scheduling request, and when the uplink grant is a grant for a contention based uplink, not canceling the pending scheduling request. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307768 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING USER EQUIPMENT-SPECIFIC DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method, a device and a system for indicating terminal specific Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) are provided by the invention. The method includes that: a network side creates signal indicating information, and sends the created signal indicating information to a terminal (S | 12-06-2012 |
20120307769 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MASTER COMMUNICATION DEVICE, SLAVE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND CHANNEL ALLOCATION INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD - A base station allocates at least one of a plurality of wireless channels included in a used frequency hand to a mobile station. The base station includes: a used frequency hand determination unit for determining at least a part of a predetermined frequency band as the used frequency band; a message generation unit for generating a control message including used frequency band information which is placed in a predetermined position and which indicates the determined used frequency hand, and channel allocation information which has a size corresponding to a bandwidth of the used frequency band and which indicates the wireless channel to be allocated to the mobile station; and a modem and a wireless communication unit for transmitting the generated control message to the mobile station. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307770 | RADIO BASE STATION, CONTROL PROCESSOR, PROGRAM AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307771 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF DISCONTINUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of receiving a control channel signal containing resource allocation information; and a step of transmitting an uplink signal in accordance with the control channel signal, wherein the resource allocation information has a combination index r to be used for indicating two sets of resource blocks, and each set of resource blocks includes one or more continuous resource blocks. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307772 | METHOD OF SWITCHING A PERIODIC/APERIODIC TRANSMISSION OF A CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR A TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A method for switching between periodic transmission and aperiodic transmission of a channel estimation reference signal for scheduling resources in an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) system and an apparatus to transmit/receive the reference signal using the same. To schedule periodic and aperiodic transmission of the channel estimation reference signal, a predetermined type of transmission indicator is used, the transmission indicator including one or more bits of a periodic/aperiodic identification indicator. According to the present embodiment, when periodic and aperiodic transmission of the channel estimation reference signal is mixedly performed, interference between user equipment or between cells can be minimized, and a transmission efficiency of the reference signal can be enhanced. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307773 | Scheduling Request and ACK/NACK Simultaneous Transmission/Prioritization Over PUCCH in LTE - The invention is related to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: prioritize either a positive or negative acknowledgement transmission or a scheduling request information transmission, or generate a simultaneous transmission of said transmissions for separate resources, and/or overbook a physical uplink control channel by extending scheduling request configuration signaling, and/or randomizing a physical uplink control channel resource. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307774 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - The present invention provides a network access method and system for Machine Type Communications (MTC), wherein the method comprises the following steps: an MTC device sends a preamble to a base station; the base station sends a Random Access Response (RAR) to the MTC device; if the RAR does not contain a temporary access resource assignment indication, the MTC device sends a Layer 2/Layer 3 message to the base station; otherwise, the MTC device re-attempts to perform network access; the base station sends a contention resolution message to the MTC device; if the contention resolution message contains a self-identification contained in the Layer 2/Layer 3 message sent by the MTC device, the network access is completed; if the contention resolution message contains the temporary access resource assignment indication, the MTC device re-attempts to perform the network access; otherwise, the MTC device attempts to perform the network access using the originally used access resource again. According to the present invention, it is enabled to dynamically and quickly perform assignment and release of MTC access resources based on actual access resource collisions, which thereby avoids waste of uplink resources in a semi-static configuration, reduces the possibility of collision, and protects normal access of non-MTC devices. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307775 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PROCESS FOR AN UPLINK MULTI-CODEWORD TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WHICH SUPPORTS A MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for performing a hybrid automatic repeat request process for an uplink multi-codeword transmission in a wireless communication system which supports a multi-antenna transmission. The uplink multi-codeword transmission method according to one embodiment comprises the following steps: transmitting first and second codewords, transmitting information on the status of transmission buffer for the first and second codewords, receiving downlink control information (DCI) containing acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) information on each of the first and second codewords, and re-transmitting the codeword for NACK information, wherein the codeword for NACK information, wherein the codeword for ACK information is not transmitted to a base station in cases where the transmission buffer is empty. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307776 | BASE STATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a resource allocation method in a wireless communication system, and to a device for the same. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307777 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING NON-CONTENTION BASED RANDOM ACCESS AND TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE - A method, system and device for scheduling a non-contention based random access and transmitting a preamble are provided in the present invention. The present invention belongs to wireless telecommunication field and is used to solve a problem that the prior art is not able to support cross carrier non-competing random access scheduled by a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). In the present invention, a Base Station (BS) adds Uplink Component Carrier (ul cc) identification information in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) signaling which is used to schedule a User Equipment (UE) to implement non-competing random access; and sends the UE the DCI signaling through the PDCCH. After detecting the DCI signaling, the UE sends the network side a preamble sequence on a UL CC corresponding to the UL CC identification. With the present invention, support is provided to realize cross carrier non-competing random access scheduled by PDCCH. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307778 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed are a transmission device and a transmission method with which it is possible to prevent delays in data transmission and to minimize the increase in the number of bits necessary for the notification of a CC to be used, in cases where a CC to be used is added during communication employing carrier aggregation. When a component carrier is to be added to a component carrier set, a setting section ( | 12-06-2012 |
20120307779 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and device are provided in a wireless communication system. A user equipment transmits uplink data using a first physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource, allocated to a first component carrier (CC) among a plurality of CC's, in a sounding reference signal (SRS) subframe. The plurality of CC's in said SRS subframe includes a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SRS SC-FDMA) symbol, which is reserved for transmitting SRS. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307780 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication system capable of easily notifying the interference-related information and avoiding interference in a situation in which a macro cell and local nodes are deployed to coexist. In the system, a macro cell (eNB) notifies, via user equipments (UEs) present in a coverage, HeNBs present in the coverage of the interference-related information related to the interference to a physical resource to be used, for example, a high interference indication (HII) and an overload indicator (OI). | 12-06-2012 |
20120307781 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Disclosed is a mobile communication system and a mobile communication method which enable high-quality transmission and reception of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) control information when a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate using a broad frequency band formed by a plurality of component carriers. In a mobile communication system where a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate using a plurality of downlink component carriers, the base station apparatus allocates a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resource to the mobile station apparatus for the transmission of HARQ control information, and the mobile station apparatus uses the PUSCH resource to transmit HARQ control information to the base | 12-06-2012 |
20120307782 | METHOD OF FREQUENCY CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT USING EFFECTIVE SPECTRUM SENSING IN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT SYSTEM - A method of assigning a frequency channel using efficient spectrum sensing in a multiple Frequency Assignment system includes a channel sensing process, wherein a base station of a secondary user classifies multiple frequency channels licensed to a primary user into a plurality of channel state sets according to usage states, periodically senses channel states by changing a sensing period according to the types of classified channel state sets, and manages the sensed channel states as frequency channel state set information; a channel state set broadcasting process; and a channel assigning process. Accordingly, a frequency channel can be assigned to a secondary user requesting channel assignment using frequency channel state set information without a primary user experiencing interference noise. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307783 | METHOD AND UNIT FOR EFFICIENT REPORTING OF SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method in a wireless communication system for reporting buffer information includes selecting, a format for a buffer report based on a number of radio bearer groups, k, for which data is available for transmission by a user equipment. The buffer report indicates a respective buffer fill level for one or more radio bearer groups associated with the user equipment. The method also include encoding a buffer fill level for one or more radio bearer groups in a buffer report in accordance with the selected format and transmitting the buffer report. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307784 | Considering Mobile Station Capability in Negotiating Quality of Service for Packet Switched Services - Mobile station capabilities are made available to a radio access network node. The radio access network node determines whether the requested quality of service can be supported by the mobile station in its current cell. These capabilities are taken into account in negotiating a quality of service for a packet flow involving the mobile station. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307785 | METHOD FOR SENDING STATUS INFORMATION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND RECEIVER OF MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS - Discussed is a method of sending status information (STATUS PDU) in which a receiving side reports a data received state to a transmitting side in a mobile telecommunication system. A receiving side RLC entity considers an available radio resource to construct a status PDU fit to the size of the radio resource and then sends the constructed status PDU to a transmitting side RLC entity, thereby avoiding a deadlock situation of RLC protocols. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307786 | System and Method for Dynamic Allocation of Capacity on Wireless Networks - A wireless communication system is described for allocating limited network access according to priorities designated for requested transactions of wireless communications. The wireless network has a number of access links for transmitting transactions for wireless communications. A plurality of wireless communications devices requests transmission of transactions on the wireless network. A designated priority level is associated with each transaction. In response to the transaction requests, an access control manager in the wireless network schedules transmission of transactions when all of the plurality of access links are occupied, by authorizing a transmission of a transaction of higher priority than another transaction that is being transmitted, and discontinuing the transmission of the transaction of lower priority. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307787 | ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate arrangement and transmission of control information in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a scheduled transmission of acknowledgement (ACK) signaling and channel quality information (CQI) signaling in a common subframe can be adapted for network implementations with limited link budget wherein ACK signaling is configured for repetition over multiple subframes to ensure a desired error rate level for the ACK signaling. To these ends, various aspects described herein facilitate modification of a coding rate applied to ACK signaling to be transmitted with data based on a repetition factor of the ACK signaling. Additionally and/or alternatively, various aspects described herein facilitate dropping of CQI signaling and transmission of only ACK signaling on subframes where CQI and ACK signaling are to be transmitted substantially simultaneously and ACK transmission is configured for repetition over multiple subframes. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307788 | System and Method for Modulation Scheme Changes - A system and method are disclosed that allow changes of a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) without overhead signaling. A priori, a network device and a user device know the manner in which the MCS will be changed. In one embodiment, the network device indicates the MCS to be used to decode a second portion of a message in a first portion of the message. In another embodiment, the user device blind detects the MCS used over a sub-set of MCSs. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307789 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FORMING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Provided is method of forming a signal in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of terminals commonly use a resource in the time domain and the frequency domain. The method includes multiplying a signal to be transmitted by a frequency domain orthogonal code symbol corresponding to a first cyclic shift index in a first slot to be transmitted to a base station, wherein the multiplying is performed by a first terminal and a second terminal; and multiplying information to be transmitted by a frequency domain orthogonal code symbol corresponding to a second cyclic index that is different from the first cyclic index of the first slot to be transmitted to the base station, in a second slot, wherein the multiplying is performed by the first terminal and the second terminal. | 12-06-2012 |
20120307790 | SYMMETRIC TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) TRUNCATION - Various embodiments of symmetric transmit opportunity (TXOP) truncation (STT) systems and methods are disclosed. One method embodiment, among others, comprises receiving a frame that truncates a TXOP around a first station, and responsive to receiving the frame, sending a second frame that truncates the TXOP around a second station. Others system and method embodiments are disclosed. | 12-06-2012 |
20120314662 | Providing Circuit Switched Calls and Services over a Broadband Network - The present invention is directed to a method, a switching server, a terminal device and system for providing circuit switched calls and services to terminal devices connected to a switching server via an IP Multimedia Subsystem. The method comprises a step of providing (S | 12-13-2012 |
20120314663 | PREEMPTIVE DIRECT LINK CHANNEL SWITCHING - A method includes receiving an instruction to cease transmission of frames over a first channel and receiving an indication of a second channel. The instruction and the indication are received at a first device from an access point device via the wireless network. The method includes establishing a direct link with a second device using the second channel. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314664 | Radio Network Node User Equipment and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a user equipment ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314665 | Distributed Antenna System, Allocation of Distributed Antennas, Base Station - In the case where a base station other than of a distributed antenna system provides a time or frequency at which a transmitted power is low, an antenna group configuration unit estimates a communication area of a mobile station using an uplink reference signal that the mobile station transmits, calculates an inter-system interference power for the communication area of each mobile station based on a received power of the out-of-system base station that the each mobile station reports, calculates the inter-system interference power to each of antennas by averaging the inter-system interference powers that the multiple mobile stations report, and decides antennas that form an antenna group according to magnitudes of the calculated inter-system interference powers. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314666 | Uplink Power Control For Multiple Component Carriers - A first method includes determining if a sum of the transmit powers of individual component carriers is less than a maximum user equipment transmit power, adjusting the transmit power of one or more of the component carriers if the sum of the transmit powers of the individual component carriers is not less than the maximum user equipment transmit power, and transmitting the component carriers to a network access node. A second method includes identifying a component carrier with minimum transmit power and a component carrier with a maximum transmit power, calculating a power difference, determining if the power difference is greater than a predetermined maximum power difference and, if it is, increasing the transmit power of the component carrier with minimum transmit power by a first amount and decreasing the transmit power of the component carrier with the maximum transmit power by a second amount. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314667 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention is directed to preventing the load to be required for blind detection in a mobile station apparatus (UE) from increasing and switching between SU-MIMO and MU-MIMO dynamically, even in the event the system bandwidth is expanded. The present invention has a DCI format selection section ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314668 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present application relates to a scheduling device and method of a mobile communication system. In the packet scheduling method, a base station performs packet scheduling for a terminal station in a mobile communication system, and a transport channel comprising an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH) and a physical channel comprising an uplink grant channel (UL-GCH) between the terminal and the base station are classified into a plurality of channels. In addition, in the packet scheduling method: a) the base station receives scheduling information from the terminal; b) the base station allocates an uplink resource for uplink traffic transmission for terminal based on the received scheduling information; and c) information for the allocated uplink resource is transmitted to the terminal through the UL-GCH of the physical channel. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314669 | PROVISION OF DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SERVICES TO USER EQUIPMENT IN SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method of providing a packetized data transmission service to a mobile terminal ( | 12-13-2012 |
20120314670 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a transmission device that addresses the issue of alleviating the occurrence of delays in delivery, or the abandonment, of transmitted data in the transmission device when transmission capacity of the transmission device declines, as well as being easy to set up and maintain. The transmission device comprises a sorting means for assigning a first signal to either a first path or a second path on the basis of assignment information for assigning the first signal; a first transmitting means for transmitting the signal from among the first signal that is allocated to the first path upon the first path; and a second transmitting means for transmitting the signal from among the first signal that is allocated to the second path upon the second path. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314671 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and device are provided in a wireless communication system with user equipment (UE). A UE transmits uplink data through sounding reference signals (SRS) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a SRS subframe. A single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol allocated to said SRS and the | 12-13-2012 |
20120314672 | Method and apparatus for processing buffer status report - A method and apparatus for processing a Buffer Status Report (BSR) are disclosed in the disclosure. At least one of the following processing steps is performed when the BSR is transmitted using Contention Based (CB) uplink resources: A. restarting no retransmission BSR timer (retxBSR_Timer) when an uplink grant indicating CB uplink resources is received; B. restarting no retxBSR_Timer and/or no periodic BSR timer (PeriodicBSR_Timer) when the uplink resources are available; C. cancelling no triggered BSR when a BSR-related Media Access Control Protocol Data Unit (MAC PDU) is formed by occupying the uplink resources; and cancelling the triggered BSR when an indication for a successful transmission of the BSR-related MAC PDU is received; D. determining, according to a type of a triggered BSR, whether or not to cancel the triggered BSR, when a BSR-related MAC PDU is formed by occupying the uplink resources; and cancelling the triggered BSR when an indication for a successful transmission of the BSR-related MAC PDU is received. With the disclosure, the influence on User Equipment (UE) due to the failure of the BSR transmission when the BSR is transmitted by occupying the CB uplink transmission resources is decreased. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314673 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION CHANNEL IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of allocating a channel in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes generating a MAC protocol data unit (MPDU) to be transmitted to a target station (STA), generating a PLCP protocol data unit (PPDU) by attaching a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) header to the MPDU, and transmitting the PPDU to the STA, wherein the PLCP header includes channel allocation information for transmission of the PPDU. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314674 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for transmitting uplink acknowledgement information in a wireless communication system supporting multiple carriers. A method for a terminal for transmitting uplink acknowledgement information in a wireless communication system supporting multiple carriers according to one embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving downlink control information including downlink assignment index (DAI) information representing a combination of the number of downlink control channels (n) and a priority value (n); and transmitting the uplink acknowledgement information on the basis of the number of downlink control channels (n) and the priority value (n) that the DAI information represents. Here, the DAI information includes at least one DAI value, in which varying combinations of the number of downlink control channels (n) and the priority value (n) are overlapped and mapped. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314675 | METHOD FOR MANAGING CARRIER AGGREGATION SETS, AND RELATED DEVICES - The disclosure relates to a method for managing aggregation of component carriers between an e Node B and a user equipment, which comprises providing a first set of configured component carriers and a second set of activated component carriers. The disclosure also relates to the corresponding e Node B and user equipment. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314676 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTI-USER DATA, AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus which indicate, using multiple CQIs, channel quality in the event multiple users are scheduled in the same time/frequency area, and to a method and apparatus which estimate a channel state using said multiple CQIs. According to the embodiments of the present invention, a channel state can be estimated in a more accurate manner in a multi-user MIMO system. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314677 | VIRAL QUALITY OF SERVICE UPGRADE - Methods, devices, and/or systems related to viral quality of service upgrade are disclosed. Viral quality of service upgrade allows upgrade of communications that are responsive to a priority communication, using an architecture in which the priority communication “infects” devices forwarding the priority communication, so that the forwarding devices may subsequently upgrade priority levels of communications responsive to the priority communication. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314678 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, a method and device for providing control information for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system supporting uplink multi-antenna transmission. An uplink multi-antenna transmission scheduling method, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: creating downlink control information (DCI) containing respective modulation and coding scheme (MCS) information for a first and a second transport block; transmitting said created downlink control information, which schedules uplink transmissions from one or more of first and second transport blocks through a downlink control channel; and receiving uplink transmission, scheduled according to the downlink control information, through an uplink data channel, wherein one transport block can be disabled, if MCS information for one transport block among of the first or the second transport blocks has a predetermined value. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314679 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UL FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR CARRIER OVER A UL FEEDBACK CHANNEL IN A MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method for transmitting feedback information on the downlink of a carrier to a base station in a multicarrier system, and the method may include receiving a first message including uplink feedback allocation information from the base station through a secondary carrier, and transmitting uplink feedback information on the secondary carrier to the base station over an assigned uplink feedback channel of a primary carrier when the secondary carrier is a downlink only activated carrier. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314680 | Method and Apparatus for Dynamically Modifying a Semi-Persistent Scheduling Allocation - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a network apparatus determines to modify an existing semi-persistent scheduling allocation and transmits scheduling instructions to a terminal. Upon receipt of the scheduling instructions, a terminal modifies the existing semi-persistent scheduling allocation by modifying a periodicity or by introducing a gap in transmission by skipping over one or more transmission opportunities. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314681 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL IN TV WHITE SPACE - Methods and apparatus for using 802.11 Wireless LANs in TV white space that allow networks with overlapping wireless regions to coexist. The methods and apparatus offer a solution to the mutated hidden node problem. Wireless devices communicate with a coexistence manager over a backhaul connection. Signals are sent by a low power station indicating a request to use a portion of spectrum. The coexistence manager communicates with a plurality of second stations that transmit at a higher power level. The plurality of second stations either send a signal to the first station indicating that it can transmit, or send signals so that the first station can determine which interference it is receiving, after which the coexistence manager tells the interfering station to transmit a signal to the first station indicating when it can transmit. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314682 | COMMUNICATION STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AGGREGATE MAC SERVICE DATA UNITS (A-MSDU) UNDER A BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGE AGREEMENT - A dynamic A-MSDU enabling method is disclosed. The method enables the recipient of an aggregate MAC service data unit (A-MSDU) under a block ACK agreement to reject the A-MSDU. The method thus distinguishes between A-MSDU outside of the block ACK agreement, which is mandatory, from A-MSDU under the block ACK agreement, which is optional. The method thus complies with the IEEE 802.11n specification while enabling the recipient to intelligently allocate memory during block ACK operations. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314683 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING ACCESS TO A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK - Systems and apparatus, and methods relating thereto, can be implemented to include base station having a transceiver adapted to establish a radio-frequency link with a mobile telephone; a first interface, separate from said transceiver, that is adapted for communication over the public Internet; and a controller. The controller can be adapted to obtain, from a server accessed via the public Internet, gateway address information for a remote gateway that provides an interface between the public Internet and a network of a telephone service provider and route data from the mobile telephone, over the public Internet, to the remote gateway. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314684 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND C-RNC FOR DETERMINING SUPPORT CAPABILITY OF A LOCAL CELL - The present invention discloses a method, a system and a C-RNC for determining the support capability of a local cell, the method comprising the following steps of: a controlling radio network controller (C-RNC) receiving from a node B capability support information about the local cell of the node B, wherein the capability support information comprises uplink multi-carrier capability support information and shared interconnection of type B (IUB) transport bearer capability support information; and the C-RNC determining by default that the local cell supports a separate IUB transport bearer, and determining an uplink multi-carrier support capability and a shared IUB transport bearer support capability of the local cell according to the capability support information. The present invention accelerates the processing of the C-RNC, thereby improving the system performance. | 12-13-2012 |
20120314685 | Method, User Equipment, and Base Station for Transmitting Channel State Information - A method, a user equipment, and a base station for transmitting channel state information (CSI) are disclosed. First, a scheduling grant command is sent by a base station. A CSI location label is obtained according to information of a resource occupied by the scheduling grant command and information of a resource occupied by a data channel that is indicated by the scheduling grant command. CSI of a carrier corresponding to the CSI location label is sent to the base station through the data channel. The CSI location label may be obtained through the scheduling grant command and the CSI of the carrier corresponding to the CSI location label may be sent or received without changing a length of an aperiodic CSI request field. | 12-13-2012 |
20120320836 | DOWNLINK SUBCHANNELIZATION SCHEME FOR 802.16M - Two novel subchannelization methods are disclosed, for use in a 802.16m system. A downlink subchannelization method supports both localized and distributed sub-carriers, different modulation modes, and supports a variety of different fractional frequency reuse (FFR) partition allocations. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320837 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING GROUP RESOURCE IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal from a base station to a mobile station through Group Resource Allocation (GRA) includes allocating the mobile station to any one of a plurality of groups each including one or more mobile stations, transmitting, to the mobile station, a group configuration message including one or more pieces of burst size information used in the group, to which the mobile station is allocated, and one or more pieces of resource allocation bitmap information which is differently configured according to burst sizes, and transmitting bursts to the mobile station through a resource unit indicated by the resource allocation bitmap. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320838 | CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for performing processes in which a terminal determines control channel allocation, as well as to an apparatus for the method. The method comprises the following steps: monitoring, on a first carrier, a first search space, containing a control channel candidate set, for control channels having no carrier indication information; and monitoring, on a second carrier, a second search space, containing a control channel candidate set, for control channels having carrier indication information. If the terminal is set to monitor a plurality of control channel candidates which have the same radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), the same information size, and the same first control channel element (CCE) in the first search space and in the second search space, the control channels are received only in the first search space on the first carrier. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320839 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for performing a HARQ in a wireless communication system. In the method for performing a HARQ according to the present invention, a terminal transmits an uplink data over a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel); and receives an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement) signal over a Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) corresponding to the PUSCH, with the signal indicating whether the uplink data is received through a plurality of layers. Here, downlink resources to which a PHICH is mapped for each of the plurality of layers do not overlap each other. Those downlink resources to which a PHICH is mapped for each of the plurality of layers can be determined based on different cyclic shift values that are allocated to the plurality of the layers, respectively. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320840 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING DATA VIA CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS - In a method of operating a user equipment (UE) for transmitting a data burst through cross-carrier scheduling in a system supporting a plurality of component carriers, downlink control information (DCI) containing a carrier indicator field (CIF) is received from a base station (BS), through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a control region within a subframe. A downlink component carrier indicated by the CIF is identified, and an uplink component carrier linked with the identified downlink component carrier is then determined. An uplink data burst is transmitted to the BS through the determined uplink component carrier. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320841 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus, a radio terminal apparatus and a radio communication method that can realize highly efficient fallback mode when transmission diversity is adopted in fallback mode in an LTE-A system. With the radio communication method of the present invention, a radio base station apparatus, in fall back mode, performs scheduling for fallback mode, which takes into account the reference signal structures in fallback mode, and transmits a transmission signal after the scheduling by open loop control transmission diversity, and a mobile terminal apparatus receives a downlink signal including mode information, and, in fallback mode, performs channel estimation for fallback mode based on the mode information, and demodulates the downlink signal using the acquired channel estimation value. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320842 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACCESSING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for accessing a Random Access Channel (RACH) at a low-power terminal in a wireless communication system are provided, in which resource allocation information is acquired according to used resource identification information included in system information broadcast from a Base Station (BS), and a random access preamble is transmitted to the BS according to the acquired resource allocation information. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320843 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING EXTENSION INFORMATION OF COMPONENT CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station comprises: an area information generation unit which generates information for a determined second area by determining an additional assignment of the second area different from a first area to a component carrier (CC) of the first area having a bandwidth smaller than a bandwidth of a maximum assignable CC; a mapping control unit which controls an assignment of a reference signal to a frequency band including the first and second areas by generating the reference signal for channel estimation in the first and second areas; a signal generation unit which generates the information for the second area and the reference signal as a wireless signal; and a transmission unit for transmitting the generated wireless signal and is characterized by transmitting data to a user terminal and receiving the data from the user terminal by assigning the resources to the first and second areas. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320844 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Resource Index Information - A method including determining resource index information which defines a position for acknowledgement information in a first channel, said acknowledgment information being sent in response to at least one of component carrier of a second channel, said resource index information being determined in response to at least one parameter dependent on allocation of resources of said second channel and on at least one parameter relating to configuration of said first channel. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320845 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL FOR LOCATION-BASED SERVICE AND USER DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR MEASURING LOCATION OF USER DEVICE USING UPLINK SIGNAL AND BASE STATION - In the present invention, an uplink synchronization signal for measuring a location of a user device is assigned to a predetermined uplink sub-frame and a predetermined sub-band and is transmitted to one or adjacent cells as well as a serving cell in a predetermined period. Since the synchronization signal for measuring the location is transmitted to a plurality of cells through the same wireless resource, other date are not transmitted to the same wireless resource and a near-far effect can be reduced in each cell. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320846 | EXTENSION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) to receive over a first set of resources a Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) of a first type including Control Channel Elements (CCEs) of a first type, to receive over a second set of resources a PDCCH of a second type including CCEs of a second type, and to determine a resource for transmitting an acknowledgement signal in response to detecting the PDCCH of the first type or in response to detecting the PDCCH of the second type. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320847 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A user equipment is capable of receiving communications from a cell including at least one base station. The user equipment includes a receiver configured to receive from the base station both a cell specific radio resource control (RRC) configuration comprising a cell specific resource offset parameter for a PUCCH HARQ-ACK, and a UE specific RRC configuration comprising a UE specific RS base sequence parameter and an UE specific resource offset parameter for the PUCCH HARQ-ACK. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320848 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST ACKNOWLEDGE RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus of wireless communication between a base station and at least one user equipment. The method includes: transmitting an enhanced physical downlink control channel from the base station to the at least one user equipment using a demodulation reference signal antenna port; transmitting message from the base station to the at least one user equipment which is scheduled by the enhanced physical downlink control channel; receiving the message at the at least one user equipment; determining at the at least one user equipment whether the message was correctly received; and transmitting an ACK/NAK signal on an ACK/NAK resource determined from the enhanced physical downlink control channel from the at least one user equipment to the base station indicating whether the message was correctly received by the at least one user. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320849 | Method, Apparatus And Computer Program To Map A Cyclic Shift To A Channel Index - From the network perspective, an uplink resource allocation (PDCCH) is sent that grants an uplink resource to a plurality of user equipments UEs, and the allocation has an indication of a cyclic shift CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The granted uplink resource is mapped to a downlink resource (PHICH) in dependence on the indicated CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The mapping is such that for a predetermined number of UEs being allocated a same uplink resource in a single MU-MIMO uplink resource allocation grant, each pair of said predetermined number of UEs which map to an adjacent downlink resource exhibit an optimized CS relative to one another. The network sends to each of the respective plurality of UEs on the respective mapped downlink resource an indication (ACK/NACK) about data received (on a PUSCH). Apparatus, method, and computer programs for network and UE side implementations are detailed. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320850 | SIGNALING CONNECTION ADMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and apparatus are described for determining whether to admit a user equipment (UE) in response to an indicated admission delay. By using a random access procedure, a radio access network (RAN) may receive a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message from the UE that includes an establishment cause indicating the admission delay of the UE. The determination may be based on loading and not on delay. The UE may be in an idle state prior to the RAN receiving the RRC connection request message. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320851 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHOD, AND RADIO APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A processing unit transmits, from at least one of a plurality of antennas, data corresponding respectively to the plurality of antennas. A control unit generates request signals with which to let a second radio apparatus supply information on rates at the second radio apparatus. When transmitting the request signal, the processing unit also transmits, from a plurality of antennas which includes antennas other than the antennas that transmit the data, known signals corresponding respectively to the plurality of antennas. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320852 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal are disclosed. The method for transmitting an uplink signal by a communication apparatus in a wireless communication system includes channel encoding control information, and multiplexing the channel encoded control information with a plurality of data blocks by performing channel interleaving, wherein the number of channel encoded symbols for the control information is determined using an inverse number of the sum of a plurality of spectral efficiencies (SEs) for initial transmission of the plurality of data blocks. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320853 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A SENDING DEVICE THEREFOR AND A RECEIVING DEVICE THEREFOR - A method and device for sending and receiving control information and data between a terminal and an eNB in a wireless communication system are disclosed, and a method and device for sending and receiving control information and data in accordance with hybrid automatic repeat technology are disclosed. A multiplexer outputs a plurality of hybrid repeat (HARQ) blocks that store data blocks to be transmitted via a plurality of component carrier waves, and outputs multiplexed data obtained by the multiplexing of the data blocks. Repeat data is transmitted by using a component carrier wave that differs from the component carrier wave used during the initial transmission, thereby obtaining gain of diverse channel states for predetermined component carrier waves and frequency bands, and so improving HARQ performance. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320854 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, CONTROL INFORMATION RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - A control information transmission apparatus which can reduce the interference power of the control signal of the terminal connected to the femtocell is provided. The control information transmission apparatus comprises an arrangement unit that arranges some or all of control signals for a terminal in an extension part among resources including a compatible part and the extension part; and a transmission unit that transmits some or all of the arranged control signals for the terminal. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320855 | MITIGATION OF CONTROL CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a first primary station and a second primary station, wherein the first primary station serves a first cell including at least one first secondary station communicating with the first primary station and wherein the second primary station serves a second cell including at least one second secondary station communicating with the second primary station, the method comprising the steps of (a) the first primary station and the second primary station transmitting payloads in a synchronous manner on at least one set of resources, (b) the first and the second primary stations transmitting control data on the at least one set of resources respectively to the first secondary station and to the second secondary station, wherein the method further comprises (c) at least the first primary station rendering the transmission of control data to the first secondary station orthogonal to the transmission of control data from the second primary station. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320856 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A channel access method and apparatus in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system are provided. A channel access method performed by an originating station in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system using a multi-channel including a plurality of subchannels includes transmitting RTS (Request To Send) frames to a destination station via the plurality of subchannels, respectively, receiving CTS (Clear To Send) frames transmitted by the destination station via the plurality of sub-channels in response to the RTS frames; and transmitting data via the subchannels via which the CTS frames have been received. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320857 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for feedback transmission in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives downlink control information from a base station and transmits to the base station event-driven feedback information over a first feedback channel. The downlink control information includes information about a short-term feedback period that corresponds to a short period of time for transmitting feedback information and information about a long-term feedback period that corresponds to a long period of time for transmitting feedback information, and the event-driven feedback information is transmitted on the basis of the long-term feedback period. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320858 | BASE STATION AND ITS ADAPTIVE MODULATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station employs adaptive modulation to connect to a wireless terminal. The base station has first processing means and second processing means. The first processing means decides the target value of the total number of bits of traffic to said wireless terminal, the target value being mapped to radio resources. The second processing means decides the modulation scheme for said wireless terminal according to the adaptive modulation such that the total number of bits to be transmitted is restricted based on said target value, blank resources of said radio resources are decreased, and the transmission power density becomes constant and small. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320859 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND EXTENDED UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and a device for transmitting a sounding reference signal and extended uplink control information in a wireless communication system. A method for a terminal transmitting the uplink control information through a physical uplink control channel in the wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: creating a block by multiplying a modulation symbol, which shows the uplink control information, to a circular shift sequence, and creating a N | 12-20-2012 |
20120320860 | MULTICARRIER BASED COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Provided are a multicarrier based communication method and device. A mobile station activates a first carrier, and activates a second carrier adjacent to the first carrier. Defined within the first carrier there is a first frame comprising a legacy UL (uplink) region and an AAI (Advanced Air Interface) UL region; defined within the second carrier there is a second frame comprising an AAI UL region in the first frame occupy frequencies that differ from each other; and guard subcarriers between the AAI UL region of the first frame and the AAI UL region of the second frame are not used for data transmission. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320861 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND DATA REDISTRIBUTION METHOD - A wireless communications device that transmits a multiplexed signal of a plurality of data sets of different sizes to a communications terminal includes an empty resource block detection section, which detects empty resource blocks of the data sets each of which does not use any of a predetermined number of resource blocks, from among the plurality of data sets whereto the predetermined number of resource blocks are allocated in the time direction and the frequency direction; and a data redistribution section that redistributes a part of data that is distributed in resource blocks, with respect to the data sets whereto resource including empty resource blocks are allocated, in the vicinity of pilot symbols that are disposed within the empty resource blocks. It is possible to effectively utilize the function of all the pilot symbols and improve error rate characteristics. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320862 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel state information regarding downlink transmission through an uplink may comprise the steps of: receiving a downlink signal through a downlink channel; generating a rank indicator (RI) for the downlink channel, a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI), and a second PMI, and generating channel quality information (CQI) on the basis of pre-coding information which is determined by a combination of the first and second PMIs; and transmitting the RI, first PMI, second PMI, and/or CQI through the uplink channel. The CQI may comprises a first type of CQI calculated on the basis of the number N of layers in which the downlink signal is received and/or a second type of CQI calculated on the basis of the assumption that the number of layers in which the downlink signal is transmitted is K (where K>N). | 12-20-2012 |
20120320863 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RETRANSMISSION PROCESS THEREOF - The objective of the present invention is to control the HARQ process for two codewords assigned to each UE in downlink of the LTE-A system efficiently. In the proposed method, particularly when one of the two codewords is decoded successfully but the other is not in the HARQ process, the UE can be scheduled for both the retransmission and initial transmission by means of the control signal of PDCCH or ACK/NACK information of PHICHs. The proposed method is capable of reducing resource amount necessary for the control signal transmission without increasing the PDCCH decoding complexity of the UE. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320864 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING SEQUENCE TO SYNCHRONIZATION CHANNEL FOR NODE IDENTIFICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus for allocating a sequence to a synchronization channel for a node identification (ID), the apparatus including: a base node sequence generator to generate a base sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a base node; a relay node sequence generator to generate a relay sequence that is a sequence for a node ID of a relay node by transforming the base sequence; a baseband signal generator to generate a baseband signal by mapping the base sequence or the relay sequence to a frequency domain and a time domain; and a transmitter to transmit the baseband signal. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320865 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING TV WHITE SPACE SPECTRUM AND LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - A wireless local area network (WLAN) gateway uses a LTE radio frame and TV white space spectrum for data communications in a wireless local area network. In the LTE downlink frame, a predefined subset of the pilot (reference) symbol positions are used to carry information to data sinks in the WLAN. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320866 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL LAYER ARCHITECTURE FOR SUPPORTING ENHANCED UPLINK - A method and apparatus for processing enhanced uplink data is disclosed. A request for uplink resources is transmitted, wherein the request for uplink resources is a request to transmit data over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH). An uplink scheduling grant is received in response to the request for uplink resources. Data from medium access control for dedicated channel (MAC-d) flows is multiplexed into a medium access control for enhanced uplink (MAC-e) protocol data unit (PDU). A transport format combination (TFC) is selected for transmission of the MAC-e PDU. The MAC-e PDU is transmitted over the E-DCH using an identified hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) process. Feedback information is received in response to the transmitted MAC-e PDU. The MAC-e PDU is retransmitted using the identified H-ARQ process on a condition that the feedback information indicates a negative acknowledgment (NACK) of the MAC-e PDU transmission. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320867 | Transmission of Data Within a Communications Network - The invention relates to methods for providing a network element | 12-20-2012 |
20120320868 | TRANSMIT POWER ALLOCATION FOR ADAPTIVE MULTI-CARRIER MULTIPLEXING MIMO SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to transmit power allocation in multi-carrier, multiplexing MIMO communication systems. The present invention especially relates to a MIMO communication device, a method of assigning transmit power to two or more communication channels and a software program product. A multiple-input-multiple-output, MIMO, communication device according to the present invention comprises a link controller adapted to assign transmit power to two or more transmission channels, each of said transmission channels having preassigned a portion of transmit power for each of a group of subcarriers, said link controller being further adapted to assign, for each subcarrier of said group of subcarriers, at least part of the preassigned transmit power portion of a transmission channel that is not used for transmitting information at the subcarrier, to one or more transmission channels that are used for transmitting information at the subcarrier. | 12-20-2012 |
20120320869 | TRANSMIT POWER ALLOCATION FOR ADAPTIVE MULTI-CARRIER MULTIPLEXING MIMO SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to transmit power allocation in multi-carrier, multiplexing MIMO communication systems. The present invention especially relates to a MIMO communication device, a method of assigning transmit power to two or more communication channels and a software program product. A multiple-input-multiple-output, MIMO, communication device according to the present invention comprises a link controller adapted to assign transmit power to two or more transmission channels, each of said transmission channels having preassigned a portion of transmit power for each of a group of subcarriers, said link controller being further adapted to assign, for each subcarrier of said group of subcarriers, at least part of the preassigned transmit power portion of a transmission channel that is not used for transmitting information at the subcarrier, to one or more transmission channels that are used for transmitting information at the subcarrier. | 12-20-2012 |
20120327864 | REDUCING COMPLEXITY OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUP MAPPING ON LONG TERM EVOLUTION DOWNLINK - An apparatus including a control bit generating module and a control channel mapping module. The control bit generating module may be configured to generate control bits to be carried by at least one control channel. The control channel mapping module may be configured to map at least one control channel to resource element groups. A resource element pointer of the control channel mapping module is generally incremented by a multiple of two on each mapping iteration. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327865 | APPARATUS AND METHOD TO ALLOCATE COMMUNICATION RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus, method and system configured to allocate communication resources in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor and memory including computer program code configured to cause the apparatus to arrange a number of sub-channels in a sequence according to an index allocable to at least one user equipment, receive first segment information from a first user equipment to partition the number of sub-channels into first and second user-defined segments, and receive first segment information from a second user equipment to partition the number of sub-channels into first and second user-defined segments. The memory and the computer program code are further configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to allocate sub-channels dependent on the first user-defined segment to the first user equipment when the first segment information therefrom is lower than the first segment information from the second user equipment. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327866 | Multi-Cluster Uplink Transmission in Wireless Communication Network - A method in a wireless communication device comprises determining transmission powers for at least two clusters, wherein each cluster includes at least one physical resource block (RB), determining a difference in a characteristic of the transmission powers determined for the at least two clusters, and varying a transmit power allocated to at least one cluster if the difference in the characteristic exceeds a power spread threshold, wherein the power allocated to each cluster is a function of pathloss between the wireless communication device and a serving base station. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327867 | Subframe Scheduling - Scheduling of subframes is disclosed. In a method, a reverse scheduling received by a terminal from a base station is obtained. The reverse scheduling includes information indicating that at least a part of subframes is not utilized for a radio data transmission between the terminal and the base station. The radio data transmission between the terminal and the base station is caused to operate according to the reverse scheduling. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327868 | LOW-LATENCY INTERLEAVING FOR LOW-DENSITY PARITY-CHECK (LDPC) CODING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to systems, devices, and methods for communicating over a plurality of tones and spatial streams. Modulation symbols may be mapped to tones and spatial streams so as to increase frequency and/or spatial diversity without substantially increasing latency. For certain aspects, this interleaving approach may be performed on low-density parity-check (LDPC) codewords. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327869 | COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT SCHEME FOR MULTI-RADIO CO-EXISTENCE - Various aspects of the disclosure provide techniques to mitigate interference on a multi-radio device by adjusting operation of multiple radio access technologies (RATs) based on communication event combinations. A coexistence manager may create a table of communication event combinations of multiple RATs that may result in cross-RAT interference. The table may include one or more potential coexistence management schemes to be applied in the event a particular communication event combination occurs. When faced with a particular communication event combination the coexistence manager may then reference the table, and apply a corresponding coexistence management scheme. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327870 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING WIDEBAND AND MULTIPLE BANDWIDTH TRANSMISSION PROTOCOLS - Enhanced protocols and devices may be used to alleviate loss of spectrum efficiency in wideband transmission. The protocols may implement a wideband transmission opportunity (TXOP) truncation where one or more of the channels involved in communication over the wideband are released. In one scenario, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may obtain a TXOP for a 2 MHz bandwidth mode frame transmission with another device capable of operating in a 2 MHz bandwidth mode and a 1 MHz bandwidth mode. The WTRU may conduct a request-to-send (RTS)/clear-to-send (CTS) frame exchange in the second bandwidth mode, and truncate the TXOP by transmitting a contention free (CF)-End frame in the first and second bandwidth modes. In another scenario, an AP may obtain a TXOP for a 2 MHz bandwidth mode frame transmission with a WTRU capable of both 2 MHz and 1 MHz bandwidth modes. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327871 | NON-LEGACY PREAMBLE FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of a Greenfield preamble are provided. In the method and apparatus, the Greenfield preamble may be a single user (SU) preamble or a multi user (MU) preamble. As an MU preamble, the Greenfield preamble includes a short training field (STF), a first long training field (LTF), a first signal (SIG) field, at least one additional LTF, and a second SIG field. Additionally, the Greenfield preamble may be utilized for efficient transmission and reception of control information to wireless devices, whereby the control information may be indicated using the STF, the first LTF, or the first or second SIG fields. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327872 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR NETWORK ENTRY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In one embodiment, a method for network entry in a wireless communication system includes acquiring ranging code configuration information, which represents the corresponding relationship among multiple beam vectors, multiple ranging sequences, and multiple ranging channels, determining an optimal downlink beam vector, and transmitting one of the ranging sequences corresponding to the optimal downlink beam vector to a Base Station (BS) through one of the ranging channels corresponding to the optimal downlink beam vector. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327873 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING CoMP USER EQUIPMENT - Methods and apparatus are provided for scheduling in a communication system. A Coordinated Multi-point Transmission/Reception (CoMP) set of cells is determined for a terminal that supports a CoMP function. An indicator for use in scheduling one or more cells in the CoMP set and cell information corresponding to the indicator are transmitted to the terminal. Scheduling information with the indicator is transmitted to the terminal. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327874 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in a base station ( | 12-27-2012 |
20120327875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) with user equipment in a wireless communication system. The user equipment performs channel coding on information bits of UCI to generate encoded information bits; modulates the generated encoded information bits to generate complex modulation symbols; spreads the complex modulation symbols blockwise into a plurality of single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols on the basis of an orthogonal sequence; and transmits the spread complex modulation symbols to a base station. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327876 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A reference signal for channel estimation is transmitted a predetermined number of times with one signaling. In a radio communication system including a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus, the base station apparatus transmits a radio resource control signal including information indicating a number of times of transmission of the reference signal for channel estimation to the mobile station apparatus, and transmits a physical downlink control channel including information indicating transmission of the reference signal to the mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus transmits the reference signal to the base station apparatus until the number of transmissions of the reference signal reaches the number of times of transmission, according to information, which is included in the radio resource control signal, when the information indicating transmission of the reference signal is included in the physical downlink control channel. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327877 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A data transmission method, system and device in multi-carrier system, which relate to wireless communication field, are provided for solving the problem, that is, when the scheduling methods for same time unit in the network side of multi-carrier system include Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) and dynamic scheduling at the same time, how the terminal transmits data in said time unit. Before transmitting the uplink data by using the time unit, the terminal determines that the network side schedules the terminal to implement SPS uplink transmission and dynamic scheduling uplink transmission in the time unit by using the uplink component carrier and the number of uplink component carriers which can be used to implement uplink transmission by the terminal is more than one; the terminal selects parts or all of multiple available uplink component carriers, and implements SPS uplink transmission and/or dynamic scheduling uplink transmission in the time unit by using the selected uplink component carriers. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327878 | Assignment of Component Carriers - Assignment of component carriers Carrier aggregation, and assignment of component carriers is disclosed. In a method a capability of a communication device for carrier aggregation of a plurality of component carriers is determined. Loading of at least one of the component carriers is determined. The communication device is assigned to one or more of the component carriers on the basis of determining the capability and determining the loading. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327879 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADCAST SYSTEM - A transmission apparatus and method, respectively, mapping payload data of mapping input data streams onto a mapping output data stream having a channel bandwidth for transmission in a multi-carrier broadcast system. To enable selection of robustness for transmission of data, the apparatus includes a frame forming mechanism mapping data blocks of at least two mapping input data streams onto frames of the mapping output data stream covering the channel bandwidth, each frame including a payload portion, the payload portion including plural data symbols and being segmented into data segments each covering a bandwidth portion of the channel bandwidth. The frame forming mechanism is configured to map the data blocks of the at least two mapping input data streams onto data symbols of the payload portion and includes a MIMO mode selector selecting a MIMO mode of the data blocks per data segment and/or per mapping input data stream. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327880 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING EXTENDED UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system; and more specially, to a method and apparatus for transmitting extended uplink acknowledgement information in a wireless communication system. A method for receiving uplink acknowledgement information from a base station according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: allocating a plurality of uplink acknowledgement transmission resources to each of at least one terminal; and receiving, by one uplink sub-frame, uplink acknowledgement information from the at least one terminal through at least one of the plurality of uplink acknowledgement transmission resources, wherein each of the plurality of uplink acknowledgement transmission resources is allocated, differently from each other, with at least one of the following: resource block (RB), a first cyclic shift (CS), a second CS, a first orthogonal spreading code (OC) and a second OC. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327881 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The disclosed is a transmission device including a plurality of transmission antennas for transmitting signals in the same channel at the same time point to a plurality of reception devices, characterized by including: a dedicated reference signal generator configured to generate dedicated reference signals for the respective reception devices; a data signal generator configured to generate data signals for the respective reception devices; a spatial multiplexer configured to spatially multiplex at least some of the dedicated reference signals and at least some of the data signals; and a transmitter configured to transmit the spatially multiplexed signals. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327882 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, MIMO FEEDBACK RECEIVING METHOD, AND MIMO FEEDBACK TRANSMITTING METHOD - A mobile station receives a MIMO feedback mode bitmap and information on a MIMO feedback period. The mobile station estimates channel information corresponding to at least one MIMO feedback mode indicated by the MIMO feedback mode bitmap. The mobile station generates a MIMO feedback including the MIMO feedback mode bitmap and the channel information corresponding to the at least one MIMO feedback mode indicated by the MIMO feedback mode bitmap. The mobile station transmits the MIMO feedback at the advent of the MIMO feedback period. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327883 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specially, the present invention relates to a method and a device which enable a terminal to transmit channel quality information, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a control channel, which includes a request for the channel quality information; generating the channel quality information on one or more specific downlink carriers from a plurality of downlink carriers after receiving the control channel; and transmitting the channel quality information through a shared channel, wherein the one or more specific downlink carriers are indicated using the caption of the request for the channel quality information or time information related to the transmission of the channel quality information. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327884 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL AND METHOD THEREOF - An apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal and method thereof are disclosed, by which an uplink signal can be efficiently transmitted in a wireless communication system. The present invention includes receiving a downlink control information (DCI) used for PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) scheduling, the DCI including an information for resource block allocation, an information for a channel status information request and a plurality of MCS (modulation and coding scheme) informations for a plurality of transport blocks and if a condition is met, transmitting a channel status information only on the PUSCH without a transport block for UL-SCH (uplink shared channel). Moreover, the condition includes a case that: only one transport block is enabled, the MCS information for the enabled transport block indicates an MCS index 29, the information for the channel status information request indicates 1, and the number of allocated resource blocks is equal to or smaller than 4. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327885 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits ACK/NACK and to a device therefor; and relates to a method comprising the steps of: receiving one or more items of data simultaneously on a plurality of carriers; generating an ACK/NACK payload comprising one or more items of ACK/NACK information about the one or more items of data; and transmitting the ACK/NACK payload, wherein the position of each item of ACK/NACK information in the ACK/NACK payload corresponds to respective carriers, and the present invention relates to a device for the method. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327886 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a data transmission method, a base station, and a communication system, which are applied in the communication field. The method includes: determining to perform semi-persistent scheduling on data of a user equipment; setting a value of first information for the user equipment, so that the user equipment determines a cyclic shift value of a reference signal sequence of the user equipment according to the value of the first information; and obtaining the reference signal sequence of the user equipment, performing channel estimation according to the reference signal sequence of the user equipment, and performing demodulation on data information of the user equipment according to a channel coefficient obtained by performing the channel estimation. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327887 | ESTIMATING PROCESSING WORKLOADS - Systems and associated methods for estimating wireless workloads are described herein. Systems and methods provide for generating an estimate of a wireless workload's processing requirements from the combined knowledge of system specific values, such as system parameters, platform details, and implementation details. Systems and methods for estimating wireless workloads may be utilized in various wireless protocols, including, 3G, WiMax, LTE, WiFi, femtocells, and point-to-point wireless links. The estimated workloads may be used for scheduling wireless workloads in a shared computing environment. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327888 | REDUCTION OF TRANSMISSION OVERHEAD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for reducing the overhead associated with transmitting MAPs are provided by grouping client stations in different constellations into one of two or more groups/allocations based partially upon their respective channel conditions. As a result of grouping, client stations within each group/allocation share a single resource allocation and in addition, the different groups of client stations can be scheduled such that variable modulation repeat-coding schemes can be implemented for map transmissions to each group, thereby reducing the repetition rates and overhead associated with map transmissions. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327889 | PROACTIVE SCHEDULING METHODS AND APPARATUS TO ENABLE PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION LINKS IN A WIRELESS OFDMA SYSTEM - Systems, methods and apparatus are provided for scheduling resources in Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communication networks for “direct link” or peer-to-peer communications among stations operating therein so that OFDMA resources can be allocated to a transmitter station for a peer-to-peer communication session with a receiver station such that near-far issues caused by peer-to-peer communication are reduced/avoided. The disclosed technologies can prevent peer-to-peer communication links using different sub-channels within the same time slot from creating near-far issues for other receiver stations that are within communication range. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327890 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ - Provided is a method for supporting retransmission in a wireless communication system by user equipment. The method may determine a transmission parameter for initial transmission of uplink data, transmit the uplink data on an uplink channel using the determined transmission parameter, and, for retransmission of the uplink data, perform multiplexing of retransmission data of the uplink data with a channel quality indicator (CQI). A radio resource for the CQI may be determined based on the transmission parameter used in an initial transmission. The method may transmit the multiplexed data on a physical uplink shared channel. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327891 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING METHOD USED TO SCRAMBLE DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNALS - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to scramble CRC bits of a DCI format using a C-RNTI for dynamic scheduling, and scramble the CRC bits of the DCI format using an SPS C-RNTI for semi-persistent scheduling. If C-RNTI is used, the circuitry generates a downlink transmission grant using the DCI format being a fallback format to indicate a transmit diversity transmission scheme or a single-layer beamforming scheme, and uses the DCI format being a dual-layer beamforming format to indicate a dual-DRS port transmission scheme or a single-DRS port transmission scheme. If SPS C-RNTI is used, the circuitry generates a downlink transmission grant using the DCI format being the fallback format to indicate a single-DRS port transmission scheme, and uses the DCI format being the dual-layer beamforming format to indicate a dual-DRS port transmission scheme or a single-DRS port transmission scheme. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327892 | Method For Call Setup Time Improvement - A method for providing fast and flexible call setup, the method comprising establishing a plurality of phantom channels over a bearer channel, wherein at least one of the plurality of phantom channels is pre-assigned to a first session negotiation method, at least one of remaining phantom channels of the plurality of phantom channels is pre-assigned to a second session negotiation method, the second session negotiation method has at least one property different from the first session negotiation method, and at least one of the remaining phantom channels is assigned to at least one fixed media operation point, whereby the first session negotiation method is utilized for flexible session setup. | 12-27-2012 |
20120327893 | Method, Device, and System for Reporting Radio Access Network Element Information - A method for reporting radio access network element information includes: acquiring reporting policy information, where the reporting policy information includes set reporting content and a set reporting condition ( | 12-27-2012 |
20130003661 | RADIO SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO TERMINAL - One of a plurality of radio terminals that transmit radio signals to a radio base station under a space multiplexing scheme, including a receiving unit | 01-03-2013 |
20130003662 | Method and system for reliable service period allocation in 60 GHz MAC - A technique to send service period allocation from a network control point to a plurality of stations using an Announce frame of a 60 GHz DBand specification. The use of the Announce frame ensures that the control point receives confirmation of the service period allocation assigned to the stations before data transfer is permitted between the stations. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003663 | Transmit Downlink Control Information With Higher Order Modulation - A method is provided for applying HOM to a PDCCH to transmit control information from an access node to a UE. The method comprises: selecting a DCI format for a HOM PDCCH; determining a DCI block of the HOM PDCCH according to the selected DCI format; generating a sequence of coded bits to be transmitted from the DCI block; multiplexing the sequence of coded bits of the HOM PDCCH with coded bits of other PDCCHs to form a sequence of multiplexed bits; scrambling the sequence of multiplexed bits to form a sequence of scrambled bits; modulating the scrambled bits to form a sequence of modulation symbols; and transmitting the sequence of modulation symbols, where a PDCCH is transmitted on an aggregation of one or more CCEs. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003664 | Scheduling of a User Equipment in a Radio Communication System - A radio base station ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130003665 | Method And Apparatus For Selecting Enhanced Dedicated Channel Transport Format Combination In Cell_Fach State And Idle Mode - A method and apparatus for selecting an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transport format combination (E-TFC) in Cell_FACH state and idle mode are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble and receives an index to an E-DCH resource in response to the RACH preamble. The WTRU may estimate a power headroom based on the maximum WTRU transmit power, power offset value, and the last successfully transmitted RACH preamble transmit power. The WTRU restricts an E-TFC based on the estimated power headroom, and selects an E-TFC based on a set of supported E-TFCs. The WTRU then generates, and transmits, a protocol data unit (PDU) based on the selected E-TFC. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003666 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF HETEROGENEOUS CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and an apparatus for mitigating inter-cell interference in the heterogeneous cellular communication system are provided. The method for a first type base station to allocate resource in a wireless communication system including the first and second types base stations according to the present invention includes estimating an available Frequency Assignment (FA) not used by a neighbor second type terminal among FAs used by the first type base station, and allocating sub-channels associated with one of the available FAs not used by the neighbor second type terminal to a first type terminal, wherein the second type base station allocates the sub-channels for uplink and downlink transmissions of the second type terminal over a predetermined time period such that an FA in which sub-channels for the uplink transmissions are allocated and the FA in which sub-channels for the downlink transmissions are allocated are the same. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003667 | PERSONAL AREA NETWORK WITH AUTOMATIC ATTACHMENT AND DETACHMENT - A network ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130003668 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF SIGNALS AND RELATED METHOD OF SIGNALING - A base station (e.g., an evolved Node B) determines whether the physical broadcast channel (PBCH), reference signals (SCH) and common reference signals (CRS) are transmitted (or awaiting transmission) on a secondary component carrier (Scell) with the cell. The determination information is transmitted to a user equipment (UE) to inform the UE that the Scell transmissions do not include PBCH/SCH/CRS. As a result, the resource elements (REs) normally used to carry system information in the PBCH/SCH/CRS can be dynamically assigned (or reassigned) to the data channel. In this manner, the physical downlink shared channel (PBSCH) bandwidth can be increased by utilizing those resource elements that are normally reserved/assigned to the PBCH/SCH/CRS. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003669 | TRANSMISSION POWER ADJUSTMENT METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - Necessary transmission power of terminals is secured while suppressing total transmission power in base station, so that FFR technology is realized with high frequency utilization efficiency to thereby realize both of compactness of base station and increase of communication capacity. Frequency resource is divided into frequency for boundary area of cell and frequency for central area of cell. Transmission power per unit frequency is fixed in the frequency for boundary area of cell and is set to be variable in the frequency for central area of cell. Transmission power per unit frequency is adjusted so as to satisfy necessary power of terminals connected to frequency for central area of cell. When it is judged that total transmission power of base station exceeds prescribed value, terminal is moved from central area to boundary area of cell, so that total transmission power is suppressed to be equal to or smaller than standard. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003670 | Method and System for Releasing Resources and Evolved Node Base - A method and a system for releasing resources and an evolved Node Base (eNB) are provided in the present invention, wherein the method comprises: an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) receiving a detach request from a User Equipment (UE), wherein the detach request carries a Detach Type of the UE; the EPC informing an eNB corresponding to the UE of the Detach Type; and the eNB cancelling to send a Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection Release message to the UE in the situation that the Detach Type is switching off. The air-interface signaling and resource overhead are reduced and radio resources are saved by the present invention. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003671 | MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - In a mobile device, interference between different radio access technologies (RATs) may be pronounced in the presence of effects of non-linearity. To decrease interference and improve performance, a device may operate a RAT in an improved linearity mode based upon operating conditions of one or more RATs operating in the mobile device. A device may also operate a RAT in an improved noise-figure mode. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003672 | Control Channels in Multicarrier OFDM Transmission - A base station transmits control information on a subframe of a first carrier starting from the first OFDM symbol of the subframe. The control information provides transmission format and scheduling information for data packets transmitted on a first data channel of the first carrier. The base station transmits a control message on the first data channel to a wireless device. The control message configures radio resources of a second data channel to start from the first OFDM symbol of subframes of a second carrier. The base station transmits data packets on the second data channel. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003673 | Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request in Multicarrier Systems - A base station receives first uplink data packets on a first uplink data channel of a first uplink carrier. A first portion of bandwidth of the first uplink carrier is employed for the first uplink data channel and a second portion is employed for a first uplink control channel. The base station receives second uplink data packets on a second uplink data channel of a second uplink carrier. The entire active bandwidth of the second uplink carrier is employed for the second uplink data channel. The base station transmits positive/negative acknowledgements for the first and second uplink data packets. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003674 | SHARING FREQUENCIES IN AN OFDM-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for sharing frequencies in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing OFDM-based wireless communication system, wherein the OFDM-based wireless communication system comprises a base station and a mobile device that work within a radio frequency band, the method comprising: detecting an interference signal in the radio frequency band; setting by the base station, based upon the interference signal, interference indication information in a control header of a downlink frame to be sent to the mobile device, the interference indication information indicating a frequency range that is occupied by the interference signal in the radio frequency band; and sending by the base station the downlink frame to the mobile device, such that the mobile device may, based upon the interference indication information, avoid the frequency range where the interference signal is located. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003675 | SEQUENCE GENERATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD BASED ON TIME AND FREQUENCY DOMAIN TRANSMISSION UNIT - A method for generating/transmitting a transmission-unit symbol sequence is disclosed. In the case of transmission information, the information is modulated in time and frequency domains on the basis of a predetermined transmission unit (e.g., a transmission time interval TTI or slot), simultaneous transmission of the information is made, and then a transmission unit symbol is generated/transmitted. A transmission sequence is masked in each symbol contained in one transmission unit. Symbol-unit circular shift (cyclic shift) is applied to the masked result, so that transmission efficiency increases. A control signal transmission method for supporting a variety of formats and a signal transmission method based on a prime-length sequence are also provided. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003676 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IDENTIFYING SUBSCRIBER STATIONS IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus identify a subscriber station during a bandwidth request procedure. In one embodiment, a method of identifying a subscriber station from a quick access message includes receiving the quick access message from the subscriber station connected to a base station, where the quick access message includes a station identifier (STID) and a bandwidth request (BR) index assigned to the subscriber station. The method also includes determining whether the STID in the quick access message is assigned to multiple subscriber stations. Furthermore, the method includes identifying a subscriber station associated with the quick access message using the BR index in conjunction with the STID if the STID is assigned to the multiple subscriber stations. Moreover, the method includes performing an action identified by the BR index for the identified subscriber station in response to the quick access message. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003677 | Radio Base Station and Method for Transmitting Common Public Radio Interface Data in Radio Base Station - A method for transmitting Common Public Radio Interface (CPRI) data in a radio base station is provided, which is applicable to the radio base station having at least two CPRI links between a Radio Equipment Control (REC) and a Radio Equipment (RE). The method includes: dividing by the REC, in-phase/quadrature phase (I/Q) data that needs to be transmitted to the RE into multiple paths of I/Q data with different content, where the multiple paths of I/Q data with different content make up the I/Q data before being divided; transmitting, by the REC, all paths of divided I/Q data to the RE over the at least two CPRI links. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003678 | SCHEDULING REQUEST METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A scheduling request method, network side device, terminal device and system, belong to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: configuring a first shared resource used for a scheduling request (SR), and sending first information to multiple terminal devices to notify of the first shared resource ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130003679 | Method and Apparatus for Multi-Channel Operation in Wireless Local Area Network System - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for multi-channel operation, performed by an access point (AP), in a WLAN system, the method includes: transmitting channel assignment information to a plurality of stations (STAs), in which the channel assignment information is for assigning at least one of a first channel and a second channel to each of the plurality of STAs; transmitting channel activity information to the plurality of STAs, in which the channel activity information is for indicating an activity duration where the AP transmit or receive a frame through each of the first channel and the second channel; and transmitting or receiving a frame through the first channel or the second channel on the basis of the channel activity information. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003680 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A base station device is provided with a MAC unit | 01-03-2013 |
20130003681 | Control Information Feedback Over the Long-Term Evolution Physical Uplink Shared Channel - A network component comprising a plurality of encoders, a plurality of rate-matching modules coupled to the encoders, and a channel interleaver coupled to the rate-matching modules, wherein the rate-matching modules calculate the number of bits for rate matching a plurality of feedback control information based on a total number of bits allocated to a channel traffic without a traffic data. Included is a network component comprising at least one processor configured to encode a plurality of feedback control information, calculate the number of bits for rate-matching the feedback control information based on a total number of bits allocated to a channel traffic without a traffic data. Included is a method comprising receiving a downlink traffic, detecting a request to transmit uplink data in the downlink traffic, and transmitting feedback control information with or without data based on the request. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003682 | Method, User Equipment, Base Station, and System for Detecting Sharing of Timing Advance Value - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, user equipment, base station, and system for detecting sharing of a timing advance value, relate to the field of communications technologies, and solve a problem in the prior art that a normal service cannot be provided because a TA value cannot be shared between different uplink CCs. According to the embodiments of the present invention, the user equipment may determine, through a time offset between synchronization of downlink component carriers corresponding to uplink component carriers, that a too large time offset indicates that a same TA value cannot be shared; the base station may calculate a TA value directly through a dedicated preamble sequence, and then compares the TA value with a TA value of one of the component carriers, where a too large difference between the TA values indicates that a same TA value cannot be shared. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003683 | Sounding and Steering Protocols for Wireless Communications - Systems, apparatuses, and techniques relating to wireless local area network devices are described. A described technique includes transmitting a sounding packet to a wireless communication device(s) to determine characteristics of spatial wireless channels, the sounding packet being based on a spatial mapping matrix; receiving a feedback packet(s) from the device(s), the feedback packet(s) being indicative of one or more feedback matrices, the one or more feedback matrices being derived from wireless channel estimations that are based on received versions of the sounding packet; generating spatially steered data packets based on multiple data streams and one or more steering matrices, which are based on the spatial mapping matrix and the one or more feedback matrices; and transmitting a frame that includes the spatially steered data packets to the device(s). The spatially steered data packets can concurrently provide the streams respectively within the frame to the device(s) via different spatial wireless channels. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003684 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING SEQUENCE ASSIGNING METHOD AND REFERENCE SIGNAL GENERATING METHOD - Provided is a sequence allocation method capable of reducing inter-cell interference of a reference signal when a ZC sequence is used as the reference signal in a mobile communication system. In the sequence allocation method divides R×M sequences specified by a ZC sequence number r(r=1 to R) and a cyclic shift sequence number m (m=1 to M) into a plurality of sequence groups X (X=1 to R) in accordance with the transmission band width of the reference signal, so that the ZC sequence is allocated to each cell in each sequence group unit. When it is assumed that R=9 and M=6, the number of sequence is 54. Each of the sequence groups is formed by two sequences. Accordingly, the number of sequence groups is 27. The 27 types of sequence groups are allocated to each cell. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003685 | Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Associations for Downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling - Disclosed is a user equipment in a wireless communication system, configured to receive a first initial transmission associated with a first Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) process; receive a second initial transmission associated with a second HARQ process; and receive at least one retransmission associated with the first HARQ process, wherein when the second initial transmission occurs before the at least one retransmission, the second HARQ process assigned an HARQ process ID that is different from an HARQ process ID assigned to the first HARQ, and wherein when the second initial transmission occurs after the at least one retransmission, the second HARQ process assigned an HARQ process ID that is the same as an HARQ process ID assigned to the first HARQ process. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003686 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD AND SEQUENCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS - A sequence allocating method and apparatus wherein in a system where a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences or GCL sequences are allocated to a single cell, the arithmetic amount and circuit scale of a correlating circuit at a receiving end can be reduced. In ST | 01-03-2013 |
20130003687 | Test Loading in OFDMA Wireless Networks - A radio frequency radio (RF) transceiver that defines scheduling logic for generating transmission schedules for orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) RF transmissions from the RF transceiver, wherein the scheduling logic specifies at least one of a modulation type, a code rate, a sub-channel, and a sub-carrier for a plurality of symbols to be transmitted in a communication signal sub-frame. A processor generates outgoing data bits and outgoing test data bits for transmission from the RF transceiver as OFDMA transmission signals and OFDMA test data transmission signals, respectively, according to the transmission schedules to create loading within at least a portion of a cellular service area that corresponds with a test-loading value. The amount of the additional required loading is the difference between the test-loading value and an actual loading value. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003688 | Method for handling radio bearer messages during reset and reestablishment in a wireless system - A method of transmitting downlink data after re-establishment of a universal terrestrial radio access network (UTRAN) acknowledged mode (AM) radio link control (RLC) entity includes receiving a plurality of RLC service data units (SDUs) from a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer of the UTRAN; dividing the received RLC SDUs into RLC protocol data units (PDUs) and transmitting the RLC PDUs to a user equipment (UE); receiving acknowledgments from the UE for received RLC PDUs; receiving a re-establishment request at a transmitting side of the AM RLC entity from upper layers of the UTRAN; discarding all RLC SDUs that have been fully transmitted to the UE before the re-establishment request is received; and discarding all RLC SDUs that have not been fully transmitted to the UE when the re-establishment request is received. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESERVATION RESOURCE FOR RELAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL BASED ON RESERVATION - Provided is a communication method of a coordinator in a wireless networks system that uses a reservation-based media access control (MAC). The communication method includes receiving, from a source device, a frame that requests a reservation resource for a relay device, to enable a frame that the source device transmits to a destination device to be relayed via the relay device, and allocating the reservation resource for the relay device, in response to the request. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003690 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transceiving control information. A base station device which transmits control information according to the present invention has a transmitting antenna which transmits second control information containing information on the resource size of the first control information for uplink power control, to user equipment. A processor determines the resource size of the first control information using the number of uplink subframes and downlink subframes available in one frame, the number of fast feedback channels (FFBCHs), and ceil function. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003691 | Downlink Resource Scheduling Method and Transmission End for Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Beam-Forming System - The present invention provides a downlink resource scheduling method and a transmission end for a multiple-input multiple-output beam-forming (MIMO+BF) system. The transmission end performs the following steps of: dividing subordinate users into user groups according to respective MIMO+BF weights of the subordinate users; generating a scheduling priority coefficient for each of the user groups according to scheduling priority coefficients of respective users in the user group; allocating group resources to the user groups according to the respective scheduling priority coefficients of the user groups; and allocating sub-channel resources of the group resources to each user in the user groups according to the respective scheduling priority coefficients of users in the user groups. | 01-03-2013 |
20130003692 | BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided are a base station and a transmission method whereby, even in a case where a cross carrier scheduling is employed, the increase in the number of blind decodings on a PDCCH receiving side can be suppressed without need of signaling of an upper layer at the time of changing PDCCH CC. In the base station ( | 01-03-2013 |
20130010703 | HYBRID SUBCARRIER MAPPING METHOD AND SYSTEM - A method and system of accommodating different mapping schemes in a transmission using an orthogonal direct sequence spread spectrum technique in which input data to a transmitter is spread by conversion into a sequence of complex numbers modulated for N-point discrete Fourier transform (N-point DFT), subcarrier mapping, M-point inverse discrete Fourier transform (M-point IDFT), and cyclic prefix (CP) insertion; the spread and modulated data is transmitted to and received by a receiver; and the received data is despread demodulated for cyclic prefix (CP) removal, M-point discrete Fourier transform (M-point DFT), subcarrier demapping and equalization, and N-point inverse discrete Fourier transform (N-point IDFT). | 01-10-2013 |
20130010704 | CONTROLLING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER DURING ASYNCHRONOUS SWITCHING OF CONTROL STATES BY USER EQUIPMENT - A network node is disclosed that communicates with a user equipment node in a communications system. The network node repetitively transmits first uplink transmission power control, TPC, commands on a first physical channel with a first channel configuration while repetitively transmitting second uplink TPC commands on a second physical channel with a second channel configuration. The first and second uplink TPC commands control uplink transmission power from the user equipment node to the network node. Related user equipment nodes and methods are disclosed. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010705 | RLC DATA TRANSMISSION CONTROL BASED ON UE MEMORY CAPACITY - Data transmission with a wireless communication device which communicates over an air interface with a radio network is controlled by setting a radio link control (RLC) window size for a first logical connection established with the wireless communication device over the air interface, the RLC window size indicating a number of RLC protocol data units (PDUs), periodically estimating a total amount of memory available at the wireless communication device for storing RLC PDUs, and controlling transmission of RLC PDUs associated with the first logical connection to the wireless communication device based on the estimated total amount of memory available at the wireless communication device for storing RLC PDUs, or based on the RLC window size set for the first logical connection if the RLC window size limits the transmission of the RLC PDUs more than the estimated total amount of memory available at the wireless communication device. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010706 | Uplink Power Control Adjustment State In Discontinuos Data Transfer - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and a computer program product for uplink transmission power control in discontinuous data transfer. The present invention includes calculating, on a processor at a user equipment, a transmission power based on currently used bandwidth, and checking, on the processor at the user equipment, whether a transmission power limit has been reached based on the calculated transmission power. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010707 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING PAGING CONFIGURATIONS AND CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) CONFIGURATIONS - A UE or eNnodeB receives a paging configuration or channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) configuration of a neighbor cell. The configuration enables calculating when the CSI-RS or muting of the neighbor cell will occur. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010708 | GROUP ID ALLOCATION FOR DIRECT LINK SERVICE (DLS) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for managing group identifiers (IDs) in multiuser multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) schemes to ensure that the group ID maps to the same assigned spatial stream position for a particular station (STA), for either Direct Link Service (DLS) or downlink (DL) MU-MIMO transmissions. One example method generally includes transmitting, form a first apparatus to a second apparatus, a message requesting assignment of a group ID identifying a group of apparatuses for receiving MU transmissions; and receiving, from the second apparatus, an indication of the assigned group ID, such that spatial stream assignments for the group of apparatuses are the same between the first and second apparatuses, the spatial stream assignments corresponding to the assigned group ID. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010709 | Downlink Control Information Set Switching When Using Carrier Aggregation - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a user equipment configured for multi-carrier operation from a first downlink control information set to a second downlink control information set while carrier aggregation is being used, including receiving a physical downlink control channel with downlink control information formats containing a carrier indicator field. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010710 | METHODS, USER EQUIPMENTS AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLERS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK FOR CONTROLLING DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to a method in a user equipment ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010711 | Random Access with Primary and Secondary Component Carrier Communications - The invention relates to random access procedures in an LTE-system applying carrier aggregation, in particular to support network-initiated random access on secondary cells. A UE transmits a preamble on a random access channel to a radio base station on a secondary cell and receives or detects a random access response message from the base station including timing advance information for uplink transmission by the UE. The UE can determine the secondary cell that the control information in the random access response message refers to and transmits to the base station based on the timing advance information in the random access response message. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010712 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING CONTENTION BASED ACCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method of performing a contention based access in a UE of a mobile communication system. The method includes: triggering a BSR to an ENB if data to be transmitted to the ENB occurs; and triggering the contention based access if the BSR has been triggered. The method can minimize collision between signals transmitted in the uplink by multiple UEs through contention based transmission resources in a mobile communication system. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010713 | Methods and Arrangements for Handling a Downlink Transmission in a Cellular Network - A method in a first base station ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010714 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PDCCH USING DCI HAVING ADJUSTED SIZE - The present invention relates to a method for adjusting a size of an information bit used in a control channel and an apparatus for performing the same. In addition, the present invention relates to a method for searching for a control channel including an information bit having an adjusted size. A method for receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a wireless access system for supporting multi-carriers as one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: performing blind decoding in a search space allocated in a terminal to search for a PDCCH; and receiving the PDCCH including downlink control information (DCI) having a size adjusted in the search space. At this time, the size of the DCI can be adjusted by considering a bandwidth allocated in the terminal, a transmission mode of a component carrier (CC) allocated in the terminal, and the number of antennas of the terminal. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010715 | System Frame Number in Multicarrier Systems - A base station is configured to communicate employing a plurality of carriers comprising at least one prime carrier and at least one non-prime carrier. The base station may transmit a system frame number in a physical broadcast channel in a frame on a prime carrier. The base station may transmit and receive, employing a communication interface, packets in the frames on a non-prime carrier. The communication interface employs the system frame number transmitted in the frame of the prime carrier. The non-prime carrier is configured to operate without broadcasting the system frame number on the non-prime carrier. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010716 | Carrier Configuration in Multicarrier Systems - A base station transmits data packets to a wireless device using carrier aggregation. A first downlink carrier carries the broadcast control information for the wireless device. The base station receives a physical uplink control channel on a first uplink carrier. The base station transmits at least one control message to the wireless device reconfiguring the carriers of the wireless device. A second downlink carrier carries the broadcast control information for the wireless device and a second uplink carrier carries the physical uplink control channel. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010717 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for transmitting data according to distributed scheduling by guaranteeing fairness and considering system throughput at same time in a wireless communication system are provided. The method for operations of a terminal for transmitting the data include determining a Proportional Fairness (PF) value, determining a link class of a link to a peer terminal using the PF value, determining a variable which is used to determine whether the terminal wins or loses a contention according to the link class, and transmitting a request message requesting channel occupation based on the contention according to the variable. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010718 | OVERLAY OF BEARERS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio system having multiple bearers overlays a relatively narrowband bearer such as P25 on a relatively wideband bearer such as LTE, for transmission of both uplink and downlink signals. The wideband bearer uses a spectrum of subcarriers which form a set of radio frequency blocks. One or more blocks or other related parts of the spectrum may be allocated to the narrowband bearer. In some cases the narrowband bearer may push through the wideband allocation using a relatively high power to dominate signals transmitted by the wideband bearer. Voice calls such as emergency calls using the narrowband bearer may be prioritised. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010719 | METHOD FOR MANAGING THE SPECTRUM OF A MULTI-BAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - System and method for managing the spectrum of a multi-channel wireless communication system. Information related to other channels and bands is exchanged between a client associated to a first channel of the multi-channel wireless communication system and a multi-channel access point. The information includes, inter alia, capabilities of the access point and the client, working channel information of the access point, link quality metrics of the client in the other bands etc. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010720 | POWER HEADROOM REPORTING FOR NON-SCHEDULED UPLINK COMPONENT CARRIERS - This invention relates to a proposal for power headroom reporting for uplink component carriers for which no uplink resource allocation is scheduled by the eNodeB. The user equipment (UE) calculates a virtual power headroom for the non-scheduled uplink component carrier, based on a virtual uplink resource assignment pre-configured by the UE and eNodeB. According to one embodiment the maximum transmit power of the UE is set to a pre-configured fixed value. Alternatively, the maximum transmit power is calculated by the UE considering the power reduction, while the uplink transmission power is set to zero. The virtual power headroom is then transmitted to the eNodeB, which in turn can infer therefrom the pathloss and/or power-per-resource-block for the non-scheduled uplink component carrier and may also infer the power reduction used by the UE. This allows a more accurate scheduling of future uplink transmissions on said non-scheduled uplink component carrier. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010721 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In case that a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus use a plurality of component carriers to communicate with each other, they effectively transmit and receive HARQ control information. At least one physical downlink control channel on at least a first downlink component carrier attempts to be decoded, and, in case that one physical downlink control channel corresponding to one physical downlink shared channel transmission on a second downlink component carrier other than the first downlink component carrier is detected, the HARQ control information is transmitted to the base station apparatus using a first physical uplink control channel resource whereas, in case that one physical downlink control channel corresponding to one physical downlink shared channel transmission on the first downlink component carrier is detected, the HARQ control information is transmitted to the base station apparatus using a second physical uplink control channel resource. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010722 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CIRCUIT DEVICE - A mobile station device communicates with a base station device. The mobile station device—includes a reception unit receiving downlink data and a downlink control channel including information indicating a radio resource for contention based signal transmission, and a transmission unit-transmitting at least one of ACK/NACK for the downlink data and a contention based signal when the ACK/NACK and the contention based signal collide with each other in the same uplink time frame. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010723 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - For efficient transmission of a first reference signal and a second reference signal for channel estimation without deteriorating a channel estimation accuracy, and without deteriorating a communication quality, a mobile station apparatus, in the case where a transmission of the first reference signal and a transmission of the second reference signal coincide in the same timing (Step S | 01-10-2013 |
20130010724 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOLVING THE CONFUSION IN CCES - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method for handling physical downlink control channels (PDCCHs) in a user equipment, the method comprising: receiving a plurality of control channel elements (CCEs) from a base station; performing blind decoding of the plurality of CCEs in CCE aggregation units; and identifying a CCE aggregation level used for the PDCCH transmission, on the basis of the blinding decoding result, wherein the CCE aggregation level is relevant resource mapping of the control information included in the PDCCH. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010725 | TRANSMITTING AND/OR RECEIVING DATA IN A SIDE CHANNEL - Systems, methods, and apparatus are described that employ specially designed interference patterns to build an in-band side channel without degrading the effective throughput of the main channel. A first device ( | 01-10-2013 |
20130010726 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD AND SEQUENCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS - A sequence allocating method and apparatus wherein in a system where a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences or GCL sequences are allocated to a single cell, the arithmetic amount and circuit scale of a correlating circuit at a receiving end can be reduced. In ST | 01-10-2013 |
20130010727 | SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD AND SEQUENCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS - A sequence allocating method and apparatus wherein in a system where a plurality of different Zadoff-Chu sequences or GCL sequences are allocated to a single cell, the arithmetic amount and circuit scale of a correlating circuit at a receiving end can be reduced. In ST | 01-10-2013 |
20130010728 | WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless terminal apparatus is capable of switching between a first mode in which connection to a wireless access network is established and a second mode in which the connection to the wireless access network is temporarily released. The wireless terminal apparatus has a data processing unit and a transmitting unit. The data processing unit generates data to be transmitted to the wireless access network. The transmitting unit includes at least a part of the data generated by the data processing unit during the second mode in a control message to be transmitted to the wireless access network in the second mode, and transmits the data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010729 | MULTIPLEXING SCHEMES FOR OFDMA - Methods and systems are provided for allocating resources including VoIP (voice over Internet Protocol) and Non-VoIP resources. In some embodiments, multiplexing schemes are provided for use with OFDMA (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access) systems, for example for use in transmitting VoIP traffic. In some embodiments, various HARQ (Hybrid Automatic request) techniques are provided for use with OFDMA systems. In various embodiments, there are provided methods and systems for dealing with issues such as Handling non-full rate vocoder frames, VoIP packet jitter handling, VoIP capacity increasing schemes, persistent and non-persistent assignment of resources in OFDMA systems. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010730 | System and Method for Resource Scheduling - A component in a telecommunications system is provided. The component includes one or more processors configured to promote semi-persistent scheduling of a resource and to send a release message. The release message informing the user equipment to cease attempting to process data from the downlink portion. Also provided is user equipment comprising one or more processors configured to promote providing an indication that a request for an uplink resource is related to a voice over Internet Protocol call. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010731 | DYNAMICALLY DEDICATED WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SERVICE FOR HIGH DEFINITION VIDEO TELECONFERENCING - In an example embodiment described herein is an apparatus comprising a wireless transceiver and channel selection logic coupled to the wireless transceiver and operable to select an operating frequency for the wireless transceiver. The channel selection logic is configured to reserve a dedicated channel having a special identifier. The channel selection logic is configured to have the wireless transceiver advertise the dedicated service on a normal operating frequency. The channel selection logic is responsive to receiving a request from a wireless device via the wireless transceiver on the normal operating frequency to use the dedicated channel to switch to the dedicated channel and establish communications with the wireless device on the dedicated channel. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010732 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus specifies a radio resource area in which a radio communication apparatus searches for a control signal, on the basis of information about the use of a plurality of frequency bands. Then, the radio communication apparatus transmits a control signal addressed to the radio communication apparatus in the specified radio resource area. The radio communication apparatus calculates the specified radio resource area on the basis of the information about the use of the plurality of frequency bands. Then, the radio communication apparatus searches signals in the calculated radio resource area, out of signals received from the radio communication apparatus, and thereby detects the control signal addressed to the radio communication apparatus. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010733 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method for configuring a telecommunication system comprising at least one sending entity and one receiving entity between which the same link transmits several transport channels with different qualities of service. The sending entity matches the rate between the different coded transport channels with separate qualities of service, and the different coded transport channels are then multiplexed. The matching rate specific to each coded transport channel is determined from at least one first parameter representative of the expected Eb/I ratio and a second parameter representative of the capacity of the physical channel. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010734 | SELECTING A TRANSMISSION MODE BETWEEN A SUBSCRIBER AND A BASE STATION - Embodiments for a method and apparatus of selecting a transmission mode between the subscriber and a base station are disclosed. One method includes determining a predictive window. Instantaneous channel quality measurements are averaged, wherein the averaging is dependent upon a size of the predictive window. A first estimate of the transmission mode is determined based on the averaged instantaneous channel quality measurements. A margin is calculated based on reception of a qualifying downlink transmission. The transmission mode is selected by updating the first estimate with the margin. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010735 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010736 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010737 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010738 | METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING THE TRIGGERING OF THE TRANSMISSION OF BUFFER STATUS REPORTING (BSR) INFORMATION - A method, performed by a user equipment (UE), for transmitting Buffer Status Reporting (BSR) information from the UE to a base station (BS) in a wireless telecommunication network, includes storing data to be transmitted, via a logical channel, in a transmission buffer, the logical channel being provided with a priority level and a specific Prioritized Bit Rate (PBR) parameter indicating a resource level to allocate to the UE for transmitting the stored data, wherein the BSR information represents an amount of data present in the transmission buffer of the UE, receiving new uplink data belonging to a logical channel for which no data already existed in the UE transmission buffer, and transmitting Buffer Status Reporting information upon receipt of the new uplink data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010739 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus in a mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, uplink data using a physical uplink shared channel assigned by an uplink data transmission permission signal. The base station apparatus includes a transmitting unit which is configured to transmit, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including first information for permitting the mobile station apparatus to transmit reception quality information together with the uplink data, wherein the transmitting unit which is configured to transmit, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including second information for permitting the mobile station apparatus to transmit the reception quality information without the uplink data. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010740 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AT LEAST ONE SUB-PACKET BASED ON FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting subsequent sub-packets in a wireless communication system using a hybrid automatic request (HARQ) technique is disclosed. The method includes receiving feedback information from at least one receiving end, transmitting a transmit packet via at least one overhead channel, wherein the transmit packet includes information on carrier and antenna combination selected for subsequent transmission, and transmitting at least one sub-packet according to the selected carrier and antenna combination. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010741 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR VALUE - A method for transmitting control format indicator values includes RRC configuring CFI values and transmitting signalings related thereto with one of multiple modes. The modes include configuring one RRC signaling for each component carrier which can be cross-carrier scheduled for user equipment, to indicate a CFI value of each subframe of said component carrier; configuring one RRC signaling respectively for each of subframe types designated by all component carriers which can be cross-carrier scheduled for user equipment, to indicate a CFI value of each designated subframe type; configuring one RRC signaling respectively for each designated subframe type of each component carrier which can be cross-carrier scheduled for user equipment, to indicate a CFI value of each subframe type designated; and configuring one RRC signaling for each user equipment for which cross-carrier scheduling can be performed, to indicate the CFI values of all component carriers which can be cross-carrier scheduled. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010742 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting a plurality of PUCCHs in a wireless communication system, wherein the method comprises the following steps: checking a resource for a first PUCCH among the plurality of PUCCHs; inferring, from the resource for the first PUCCH, a resource for the remaining one or more second PUCCHs excluding the first PUCCH among the plurality of PUCCHs; and transmitting the plurality of PUCCHs simultaneously via corresponding relevant resources. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010743 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - In the event ACK/NACK information on downlink data transmitted on one or more carriers must be transmitted on a PUCCH together with SR, user equipment of the present invention always modulates the ACK/NACK information to a first complex modulation symbol regardless of the number of the carriers when a specific carrier is ACK and the other carriers are NACKs, or the specific carrier is ACK and ACK/NACK bundled for other carriers is NACK. Also, the user equipment always modulates the ACK/NACK information to a second complex modulation symbol regardless of the number of the carriers when a specific carrier is NACK and the other carriers are NACKs, or the specific carrier is ACK and the ACK/NACK bundled for the other carriers is NAC. According to the present invention, regardless of the number of carriers needed for the user equipment, at least ACK/NACK information on the specific carrier can be exactly transmitted to a base station. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WHICH USER EQUIPMENT TRANSMITS FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting feedback information of a UE in a distributed antenna system in which a plurality of antennas are distributedly disposed within a cell is provided. The method includes transmitting first feedback information used for a base station (BS) to allocate at least one of a plurality of antennas to a UE, to the BS; receiving antenna allocation information determined based on the first feedback information from the BS; and transmitting second feedback information indicating a channel state with respect to an antenna allocated according to the antenna allocation information to the BS. | 01-10-2013 |
20130010745 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION TO SUPPORT UPLINK MULTIPLE ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information regarding uplink multiple antenna transmission in a base station according to one embodiment of the present invention may comprise the steps of: transmitting DCI for scheduling uplink transmission of a plurality of data blocks through a PDCCH; receiving the plurality of data blocks scheduled by the DCI using a plurality of layers; transmitting through a PHICH, information which indicates ACK or NACK for each of the plurality of received data blocks; and receiving a retransmission of the negative-acknowledged data blocks using one or more layers. When the number of the negative-acknowledged data blocks is not the same as the number of data blocks indicated in the PDCCH, one or more layers may be the same as those used in a previous transmission of the negative-acknowledged data blocks. | 01-10-2013 |
20130016666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING PACKET SCHEDULING FOR A HYBRID COMMUNICATION NETWORKAANM Chen; TaoAACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Chen; Tao Espoo FIAANM Kunnari; EsaAACI SaarenkylaAACO FIAAGP Kunnari; Esa Saarenkyla FI - Methods, apparatus and computer program products facilitate scheduling in a hybrid communication network with mobile devices of the first type such as device-to-device (D2D) mobile terminals and second type of mobile terminals such as cellular terminals. A scheduling activity factor is calculated based at least in part on a total number of both mobile devices of the first type and second type of mobile terminals, which is sent to at least one first type of mobile terminal. After signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) information is received from the at least one first type of mobile terminal after transmission of the scheduling activity factor, the first type of mobile terminal may be scheduled separately from second type of mobile terminals, based at least in part on the SINR information which is utilized to establish a predefined or determined threshold. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016667 | SYSTEM IMPOSED THROTTLED TRANSMISSIONAANM BLOMQVIST; EliasAACI KarlskronaAACO SEAAGP BLOMQVIST; Elias Karlskrona SEAANM OSTH; Karl-JohanAACI KarlskronaAACO SEAAGP OSTH; Karl-Johan Karlskrona SEAANM KRISTIANSSON; UlfAACI KarlskronaAACO SEAAGP KRISTIANSSON; Ulf Karlskrona SE - A transmission controller ( | 01-17-2013 |
20130016668 | SIMULTANEOUS PACKET DATA NETWORK (PDN) ACCESSAANM Zhao; SuliAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Zhao; Suli San Diego CA USAANM Balasubramanian; SrinivasanAACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Balasubramanian; Srinivasan San Diego CA USAANM Payyappilly; Ajith T.AACI San DiegoAAST CAAACO USAAGP Payyappilly; Ajith T. San Diego CA US - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for wireless communications, wherein distinct port partitions are assigned to processing entities on a user equipment device. Doing so provides the processing entities with concurrent access to the single PDN connection. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016669 | Periodic Access ControlAANM Hottinen; AriAACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Hottinen; Ari Espoo FIAANM Peltonen; Jaakko TapaniAACI EspooAACO FIAAGP Peltonen; Jaakko Tapani Espoo FIAANM Pajarinen; Joni KristianAACI VantaaAACO FIAAGP Pajarinen; Joni Kristian Vantaa FI - Methods, apparatus, and program products are presented that perform the following: accessing a periodic finite state controller embodying a set of policies for at least access to one or more wireless resources used for transmission by the apparatus; and using the accessed periodic finite state controller to transmit information using the one or more wireless resources. Methods, apparatus, and program products are presented that perform the following: determining a period based at least on characteristics of a wireless environment; and using at least the determined period and the characteristics, determining a periodic finite state controller embodying a set of policies for at least access to one or more wireless resources used for transmission in the wireless environment by a selected wireless device. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016670 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR COMMUNICATING IN TELEVISION WHITE SPACE (TVWS) BASED ON TVWS ENABLEMENT SIGNAL - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for supporting television white space (TVWS) communication. In an aspect of the present disclosure, a low-rate TVWS enabler (Mode II wireless communication device) may provide initial enablement for all Mode I devices (e.g., access points and user terminals), as well as it may transmit a contact verification signal (CVS) on a regular basis to keep the Mode I devices enabled for the TVWS communication. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016671 | Method of Handling Coordinated Scheduling for Base Stations and Mobile Devices and Related Communication Device - A method of associating a plurality of mobile devices with a plurality of transmission points in a wireless communication system for a set of the plurality of transmission points is disclosed. The method comprises dividing the plurality of mobile devices into a plurality of mobile device groups according to a plurality of signal qualities between the plurality of transmission points and the plurality of mobile devices by using at least one statistical learning technique; and associating one of the plurality of mobile device groups with one of a plurality of transmission groups, wherein the plurality of transmission groups are obtained from the plurality of transmission points. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016672 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF AVOIDING CONTROL CHANNEL BLOCKING - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention is directed to a method of processing a control channel at a user equipment in a wireless communication system using multiple carriers, the method comprising: receiving a plurality of search spaces, wherein each search space comprises a plurality of control channel candidates and each search space is corresponding to respective carrier; and monitoring the control channel candidates for the control channel, wherein if the control channel candidates have a common information size over two or more search spaces, the control channel can be received via any one of the two or more the search spaces, and an apparatus therefore. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016673 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ASSIGNING MULTICARRIER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for operating a terminal for assigning multicarrier in a wireless access system, the method including receiving a multicarrier advertisement message from a base station, the multicarrier advertisement message including multicarrier configuration information supported by the base station, determining simultaneously available carriers based upon the multicarrier configuration information, sending a first message to the base station, the first message including information indicating whether or not all the carriers supported by the base station are simultaneously available, and receiving a second message from the base station, the second message including information indicating whether or not all the carriers requested by the terminal via the first message are assigned. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016674 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK PILOTAANM Xu; JingAACI District BeijingAACO CNAAGP Xu; Jing District Beijing CNAANM Miao; DeshanAACI District BeijingAACO CNAAGP Miao; Deshan District Beijing CN - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a downlink pilot, which serves to solve the problem that the power of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols is different due to Walsh codes. The method includes: transmitting a dedicated pilot in the Code Division Multiplexing (CDM) approach or in the combination approach of CDM and Frequency Division Multiplexing (FDM); further, in the resources for transmitting the dedicated pilot, configuring an orthogonal resources for the dedicated pilot according to a set mapping rule. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016675 | METHOD FOR REPORTING EMERGENCY AND TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMAANM CHA; Jae SunAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP CHA; Jae Sun Daejeon KRAANM JUNG; SoojungAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP JUNG; Soojung Daejeon KRAANM KIM; SeokkiAACI Osan-siAACO KRAAGP KIM; Seokki Osan-si KRAANM YOON; Chul SikAACI SeoulAACO KRAAGP YOON; Chul Sik Seoul KRAANM LIM; Kwang JaeAACI DaejeonAACO KRAAGP LIM; Kwang Jae Daejeon KR - Disclosed is a method for a terminal to report an emergency in a mobile communication system, the method including detecting an emergency and transmitting an emergency report header to a base station to notify the base station of the emergency, the emergency report header including a field indicating a signaling header for emergency reporting. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016676 | COMPONENT CARRIER ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION USING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTSAANM Lohr; JoachimAACI WiesbadenAACO DEAAGP Lohr; Joachim Wiesbaden DEAANM Golitschek Edler Von Elbwart; AlexanderAACI DarmstadtAACO DEAAGP Golitschek Edler Von Elbwart; Alexander Darmstadt DEAANM Feuersanger; MartinAACI BremenAACO DEAAGP Feuersanger; Martin Bremen DE - This invention relates to a proposal of an uplink resource assignment format and a downlink resource assignment format. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of the new uplink/downlink resource assignments in methods for (de) activation of downlink component carrier (s) configured for a base station and a mobile terminal. To enable efficient and robust (de) activation of component carriers, while minimizing the signaling overhead, the invention proposes a new uplink/downlink resource assignment format that allow the activation/deactivation of individual downlink component carriers configured for a mobile. The new uplink or downlink resource assignment comprises an indication of the activation state of the configured downlink component carriers, i.e. indicate which downlink component carrier (s) is/are to be activated or deactivated. This indication is for example implemented by means of a bit-mask that indicates which of the configured uplink component carriers are to be activated respectively deactivated. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016677 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A NETWORK AND A NETWORKAANM Kunz; AndreasAACI HeddesheimAACO DEAAGP Kunz; Andreas Heddesheim DEAANM Kolbe; Hans-JoergAACI DarmstadtAACO DEAAGP Kolbe; Hans-Joerg Darmstadt DEAANM Punz; GottfriedAACI DossenheimAACO DEAAGP Punz; Gottfried Dossenheim DE - For allowing a reliable communication between the wireless part and the core network part via the fixed line network a method for operating a network, especially for policy control within the network, is provided, wherein the network includes a mobile network and a fixed line network, wherein the mobile network includes a wireless part and a core network part and wherein the mobile network and the fixed line network cooperate for providing communication between the wireless part and the core network part via the fixed line network. The method is characterized in that information regarding the wireless part will be provided via the mobile network to the fixed line network for controlling the communication within the fixed line network. Further, a corresponding network, preferably for carrying out the above mentioned method is disclosed. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016678 | SIGNALING METHOD IN AN OFDM MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for reducing the peak-to-average ratio in an OFDM communication signal is provided. The method includes defining a constellation having a plurality of symbols, defining a symbol duration for the OFDM communication signal, and defining a plurality of time instants in the symbol duration. A plurality of tones are allocated to a particular communication device, and a discrete signal is constructed in the time domain by mapping symbols from the constellation to the time instants. A continuous signal is generated by applying an interpolation function to the discrete signal such that the continuous signal only includes sinusoids having frequencies which are equal to the allocated tones. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016679 | Uplink Control Signal Design for Wireless System - A method for an SS to perform network entry in a multi-carrier wireless environment that has a primary carrier and at least one secondary carrier associated with a BS, the method comprising: a. sensing a carrier in an area serviced by the BS; b. determining if the carrier is a primary carrier or a secondary carrier; and c, performing the network entry if the determining establishes that the sensed carrier is a primary carrier and not a secondary carrier. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016680 | Systems and Methods for Multi-User MIMO - Methods and apparatus are described for implementing multiple user, multiple input, multiple output (MU-MIMO) communications involving the use of beamforming where signals transmitted from a transmitter are received at multiple receivers. The method includes schemes for the calculation of interference implemented at the transmitting end, and in some embodiments receiving ends, of the channel. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016681 | AUTOMATED PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT TO COMPENSATE SELF ADJUSTING TRANSMIT POWER AND SENSITIVITY LEVEL AT THE NODE B - A small base node such as a Home Base Node (HNB), or femto cell, may reduce its transmit power in order to prevent co-channel or adjacent channel interference, or to limit its coverage area. Once the power is set, the HNB signal to a served Home User Equipment (HUE) its transmit Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) transmit power for accurate path loss estimation. When this power is outside of the permissible range, the HNB adjusts other parameters (such as Random Access Channel (RACH) constant value) to compensate for the error in signaled CPICH power, and thus compensate in that process the error in determining path loss. Similarly, if the uplink sensitivity is adjusted, to prevent interference, parameters would also be adjusted and signaled to the HUE to reflect the link imbalance. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016682 | ADVANCED MULTI-NETWORK CLIENT DEVICE THAT UTILIZES MULTIPLE DIGITAL RADIO PROCESSORS FOR IMPLEMENTING FREQUENCY CHANNEL AGGREGATION WITHIN DIFFERENT SPECTRUM BANDS - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for connecting a device to a plurality of wireless networks, including: simultaneously establishing a plurality of data transmission paths on a plurality of frequency channels, using a device including multiple digital radio processors, to access a plurality of wireless networks, wherein at least some of the plurality of data transmissions path have different frequency channels operating within different spectrum band allocations; receiving from the plurality of wireless networks data on the plurality of data transmission paths; and aggregating the data on the plurality of transmission paths together within the multiple digital radio processors to enable the device to function on a single data transmission path as a continuous spectrum band allocation. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016683 | MOBILE USER TERMINAL, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile user terminal, which transmits downlink channel quality information indicating downlink channel quality and an uplink pilot signal to a base station, whereby a carrier frequency used for transmitting the downlink quality information and a carrier frequency used for transmitting the uplink pilot signal are selectable respectively from among a plurality of carrier frequencies assigned to the mobile user terminal; the mobile user terminal includes a radio transmitter, which transmits the downlink quality information and the uplink pilot signal in an intermittent fashion to the base station; and the radio transmitter transmits the downlink quality information and the uplink pilot signal by using a same carrier frequency among the plurality of carrier frequencies or by using adjacent carrier frequencies among the plurality of carrier frequencies, in a period corresponding to a state of intermittent communicate. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016684 | POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communications system, a serving base station performs outer and closed power control for an overhead channel and a traffic channel for data, either of which can carry an acknowledgement (Ack) channel and Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) channel on an uplink from User Equipment (UE). In an exemplary aspect, data packet communication is implemented in 3GPP LTE Rel. 8 wherein the uplink has a Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiplex (SC-FDM) uplink waveform. The UE performs open loop power control by a determining transmit power spectral density value by using received energy per symbol for a reference signal. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016685 | MOBILE EQUIPMENT AND PACKET FILTERING METHOD - Mobile equipment includes a second control unit connected to a plurality of first control units performing control of an application function. The second control unit includes a storage unit, a setting unit, a transmitting unit, and a selecting unit. The storage unit stores selection information and connecting-destination specifying information associating each other. The setting unit sets the connecting-destination specifying information for a connecting-destination connected with the mobile equipment via a connection between the mobile equipment and a communication network. The transmitting unit transmits the connecting-destination specifying information set by the setting unit to the first control unit having the application being an establishment requestor of the connection. The selecting unit selects the connection for transferring user data based on the connecting-destination specifying information of the user data when the user data is received from the first control unit having the application being the establishment requestor of the connection. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016686 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING - The present invention discloses a method, system and apparatus of multi-subframe scheduling. The method of multi-subframe scheduling comprises: sending a terminal a continuous scheduling indication, a first Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) process number corresponding to a first scheduled subframe, and a scheduling configuration parameter of multi-subframe scheduling; acquiring a second HARQ process number corresponding to a currently-scheduling subframe according to the first HARQ process number corresponding to the first scheduled subframe and the continuous scheduling indication, and performing a data packet transmission of the corresponding second HARQ process number in the currently-scheduling subframe by using the scheduling configuration parameter, each scheduled subframe of the multi-subframe scheduling carrying one data packet, and each scheduled subframe of the multi-subframe scheduling using the scheduling configuration parameter. The embodiments of the present invention may save control signaling overhead of the system and improve spectrum efficiency of the system. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016687 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting ACK/NACK through PUSCH, and comprises the following steps: receiving one or more data; generating ACK/NACK information on the one or more data; and writing the ACK/NACK information on a matrix that corresponds to a PUSCH resource, wherein the ACK/NACK information is written on the matrix moving from the top side to the bottom side in accordance with a time-first method, in a first transmission mode, and wherein the ACK/NACK information is written on a subset of a column in the matrix moving from the bottom side to the top side of the matrix, in a second transmission mode. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016688 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus in which a base station transmits a physical ARQ channel (PHICH) in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting a PHICH, wherein the method comprises the following steps: generating a plurality of hybrid of ARQ (HARQ) indicators: channel-coding the plurality of HARQ indicators into a single HARQ codeword; and transmitting the HARQ codeword via the PHICH, wherein the value of a portion of the HARQ codeword indicates individual value of each of HARQ indicators, and the value of the rest of the HARQ codeword indicators a value of joint operation of the plurality of HARQ indicators. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016689 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REVERSE TRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMAANM Jeong; Kyeong InAACI Suwon-siAACO KRAAGP Jeong; Kyeong In Suwon-si KRAANM Kim; Soeng HunAACI Yongin-siAACO KRAAGP Kim; Soeng Hun Yongin-si KRAANM Van Lieshout; Gert JanAACI ApeldoornAACO NLAAGP Van Lieshout; Gert Jan Apeldoorn NL - The present invention defines an efficient contention-based access procedure in a mobile communication system. The present invention is directed to a 3GPP LTE/LTE-A mobile communication system under discussion in the 3GPP as one of the representative next generation mobile communication system. | 01-17-2013 |
20130016690 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CARRIER MEASUREMENT METHOD IN THE MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMAANM Jeong; Kyeong InAACI Hwaseong-siAACO KRAAGP Jeong; Kyeong In Hwaseong-si KRAANM Van Lieshout; Gert JanAACI ApeldoornAACO NLAAGP Van Lieshout; Gert Jan Apeldoorn NL - The present invention defines a method for a terminal capable of aggregating multiple carriers to perform measurement to the carriers efficiently in a mobile communication system. The present invention is directed to the 3GPP LTE (Long Term Evolution or 3GPP LTE-A (LTE-Advanced) system that is currently discussed in the 3GPP (3 | 01-17-2013 |
20130016691 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHODAANM Toyama; DaisukeAACI KanagawaAACO JPAAGP Toyama; Daisuke Kanagawa JP - An LTE base station | 01-17-2013 |
20130021983 | FACILITATING USER EQUIPMENT FEEDBACK TO MANAGE RATE LOOP AT A BASE STATION - A method of wireless communication includes denying time or frequency resources of a first radio access technology (RAT) to allow communications of a second RAT. Information is reported about the denied resources of the first RAT to facilitate a connection setup on one of the first RAT and the second RAT. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021984 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A USER DEVICE AND A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK MULTI CARRIERS, AND A DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING THE METHOD - A method for wireless communication supporting uplink and downlink multi carriers Includes performing initial access through one of at least two downlink component carriers among multiple downlink component carriers including the at least two downlink component carriers through which the user equipment is allowed to perform the initial access; and transmitting via an uplink component carrier allocated to the user equipment by using a carrier identifier, wherein the carrier identifier is applied to the uplink component carrier and is obtained from the downlink component carrier through which the initial access is performed, and wherein the system pre-defines one-to-one correspondence between multiple downlink component carriers and multiple uplink component carriers, and wherein the downlink component carrier through which the initial access is performed and the uplink component carriers allocated to the user equipment do not match the one-to-one correspondence pre-defined by the system. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021985 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes a mapper having a first generator that generates third data by inverting code of first data to be mapped to a frequency domain that corresponds to frequency allocated resources, and a selector that selects the first data, second data to be mapped to the frequency domain that corresponds to frequency allocated resources, the third data generated by the first generator | 01-24-2013 |
20130021986 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING REMOTE RADIO HEADS - In a method of wireless communication, a UE receives a configuration parameter for scrambling or descrambling a signal for which a larger number of scrambling sequences are defined for a particular cell ID for UEs of a newer release. The UE communicates in a network having a base station and remote radio head(s) based on the received configuration parameter. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021987 | Method of Performing Retransmissions by Using Different Resources and Related Communication Device - A method of performing a retransmission of a packet from at least one transmission point of a wireless communication system to a mobile device in the wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting the packet from the at least one transmission point to the mobile device by using a first resource group in a first transmission; and transmitting the packet from the at least one transmission point to the mobile device by using a second resource group in a second transmission, after transmitting the packet in the first transmission, wherein the first resource group and the second resource group are different resource groups. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021988 | Scheduling Method and System - A scheduling method is disclosed by the present invention, and the method includes: a network element 1 transmitting downlink message to a network element 2, and scheduling the network element 2 to transmit or receive data over a plurality of subframes; according to the downlink message, the network element 2 using same scheduling information or different scheduling information to transmit or receive data over the plurality of subframes. A scheduling system is also disclosed by the present invention, and the system includes: a scheduling unit which is used to transmit downlink message to the network element 2 by the network element 1, and schedule the network element 2 to transmit or receive data over a plurality of subframes. With the method and system of the present invention, the scheduling for various network elements can be realized compatibly. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021989 | Methods, Apparatuses and Related Computer Program Product for Control Information Signaling - Methods, apparatuses and related computer program product for control information signaling. It is disclosed a method/apparatus comprising predetermining, specifically for each of a plurality of terminals, a transmission mode in correspondence with a predetermined second control information format, transmitting, in a first predetermined portion of a set of control channel candidates, a first control information format of a first size, defining, based on the second control information format, a scheduling grant format of a second size different from the first size to be applied on a second predetermined portion of the set of control channel candidates, equating the first size so as to match with the second size, and transmitting, in the second predetermined portion, the equated first control information; and a method/apparatus comprising monitoring, in the first and second predetermined portions, reception of the first control information format, upon reception of a configuration message relating to the transmission mode, continuing the monitoring and monitoring reception of the scheduling grant format. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021990 | Apparatus and Method for Scheduling in Carrier Aggregated Communication Systems Based on a Transmit-Receive-Frequency Gap Band - An apparatus, method, system and computer program product is configured for avoiding base station self-interference due to transmit intermodulation in carrier aggregated communication systems. Physical downlink communication channels are allocated to respective component carriers per time interval according to a communication service in which communication is performed on an aggregation of component carriers of one or more frequency band such that component carriers to be used for transmission are separated from component carriers to be used for receiving by a transmit-receive-frequency gap band. However, not all available component carriers to be used for transmission are allocated in the same time interval. Rather, in each time interval, the physical downlink communication channels to be allocated for transmission are allocated to the available component carriers to be used for transmission such that, in each frequency band, the overall emission spectrum does not reach beyond the transmit-receive-frequency gap band. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021991 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN AN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in which a user equipment receives a downlink signal from a base station in a wireless communication system that supports downlink MIMO transmission according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: receiving downlink control information that includes information indicative of the number of layers (N, 1≦N≦8) where one or two enabled code words of the downlink MIMO transmission are mapped; on the basis of the downlink control information, receiving downlink data transmitted over the respective N layers and a UE-specific reference signal for each of the N layers; and decoding the downlink data on the basis of the UE-specific reference signals, wherein the information indicative of the number of layers can further include information on a code for identifying the UE-specific reference signals. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021992 | METHOD FOR FACILITATING SYNCHRONISATION BETWEEN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE OPERATING IN A CPC DTX MODE AND A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - A method for facilitating synchronization between a communications network ( | 01-24-2013 |
20130021993 | Method of Handling Random Access Response - A method of handling random access response for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a first random access preamble from a first mobile device of the wireless communication system at a first component carrier of a plurality of component carriers, receiving a second random access preamble from a second mobile device of the wireless communication system at a second component carrier of the plurality of component carriers, wherein the second random access preamble is identical to the first random access preamble and is assigned by the network, and responding to the assigned second random access preamble with a random access response including a timing advance command associated to the second mobile device, at the first component carrier. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021994 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN OFDM RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) Indicator CHannel (PHICH) transmission method performed by a base station is provided. The method includes determining whether any PHICH resources are allocated to a current subframe; allocating, upon a determination that the current subframe does not have any PHICH resources allocated, a new PHICH resource; and transmitting a PHICH through the allocated new PHICH resource. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021995 | Power Optimization Using Scheduling Request Delay - Certain aspects of the disclosure relate generally to techniques for managing scheduling requests (SRs) for resources for uplink transmission. For example, certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for wireless communication including determining a transmit opportunity for transmitting SR for uplink resources based, at least in part, on a discontinuous reception (DRX) time cycle. According to certain aspects, a user equipment (UE) may delay transmitting the SR based on the DRX time cycle to prevent repeated interruption of the DRX cycle that may reduce benefits of the power-saving DRX scheme. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021996 | METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE UNDER MULTI-CARRIER CONFIGURATION - A number of methods reduce inter-cell interference under multi-carrier configuration. One of the methods includes a first NodeB transmitting, to a second NodeB, Primary Component Carrier (PCC) information or Primary cell (PCell) information configured by the first NodeB for a UE served by the first NodeB. The method also includes the second NodeB responding to the first NodeB. As such, when configuring CA for a UE served by the second NodeB, the second NodeB is able to configure the PCC information or PCell information for the UE served by the second NodeB according to the PCC information or PCell information indicated by the first NodeB. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021997 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE SET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE RANDOM-ACCESS PRIORITY CLASSES - A method for determining a proper preamble allocation mode is provided. The method is applicable to a base station communication with a number of human to human UEs and machine to machine UEs. The base station collects information from different types of UEs to figure out arrival rates for human to human type random access attempts and machine to machine type random access attempts. The base station selects one allocation mode out of two different allocation modes. In one mode, random access preambles are dedicatedly allocated to machine to machine type UES. In the other mode, preambles are commonly allocated to different types of UEs. The base station indicates the selected allocation mode by using system information block such as SIB2. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021998 | Using Non-IMS Connections in IMS Sessions - Systems and methods can be implemented for IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) resource reservation. A first electronic device can transmit, through an IP network, a non-Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message to an application server in an IMS network, where the non-IMS SIP message includes a request to initiate an IMS communication session through the IMS network with a second electronic device. A SIP message can also be transmitted through the IMS network to the application server that initiates a SIP INVITE session between the first electronic device and the application server, where the SIP INVITE session is routed through the IMS network. The first electronic device can then, receive a SIP response message that identifies a resource reservation for the IMS communication session from the application server. | 01-24-2013 |
20130021999 | NETWORKING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FREQUENCY REUSE - The present invention provides a networking method and device for frequency reuse. The method comprises dividing a total available frequency band of a system into a plurality of sub-bands, and allocating the divided sub-bands to each cell while ensuring that the sub-bands allocated to at least two cells are overlapped with each other. As a result, as compared with the networking mode in the prior art in which the sub-bands are orthogonal to each other and a frequency reuse factor is N (greater than 1), the frequency utilization rate of the system is improved. Meanwhile, as compared with the networking mode in which the frequency reuse factor is 1 in prior art, the co-channel interference between the cells is reduced. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022000 | Communication Network and Method - A method, apparatus and computer program for allocating resources in a communication system. An access node sends a request for shared resources to one or more neighbouring access nodes which have a strong interference bond with the access node. The neighbouring access nodes send a response identifying the nature of their use of the shared resources. The access node then determines a new allocation of the shared resources based on the responses. This new allocation is then signalled to the neighbouring access nodes. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022001 | Method and System for a Range Reduction Scheme for User Selection in a Multiuser MIMO Downlink Transmission - Various aspects of a method and a system for a range reduction scheme for user selection in a multiuser MIMO downlink transmission are presented. Aspects of a system for range reduction may comprise a range reduction processor that determines a plurality of channel measurements corresponding to a plurality of signals. The range reduction processor may compute a plurality of channel capacities based on the channel measurements corresponding to a subset of the plurality of signals having channel gain that is greater than a remaining portion of the plurality of signals. Aspects of a method may comprise determining a plurality of channel measurements corresponding to a plurality of signals, and computing a plurality of channel capacities based on said channel measurements corresponding to a subset of the plurality of signals having a channel gain that is greater than a remaining portion of the plurality of signals. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022002 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system wherein one or a consecutive plurality of sub-carriers at certain frequency intervals form sub-carrier groups each of which is assigned to a different user, the radio communication system including a radio communication apparatus; and a terminal configured to receive a notification for identifying control signal positions from the radio communication apparatus, wherein the terminal receives a control signal and a data signal according to the control signal positions identified by the notification. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022003 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNALING RESOURCE PARTITION - Signaling resource partition of a component carrier in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The number of primary resource blocks and the number of extension resource blocks of the component carrier is encoded and signaled to a UE, so the UE can obtain the resource partition of the component carrier. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022004 | Scheduled and Autonomous Transmission and Acknowledgement - Techniques for efficient signaling to and from a plurality of mobile stations are disclosed. In one embodiment, a subset of mobile stations may be allocated a portion of the shared resource with one or more individual access grants, another subset may be allocated a portion of the shared resource with a single common grant, and yet another subset may be allowed to use a portion of the shared resource without any grant. In another embodiment, an acknowledge and continue command is used to extend all or a subset of the previous grants without the need for additional requests and grants, and their associated overhead. In one embodiment, a traffic to pilot ratio (T/P) is used to allocate a portion of the shared resource, allowing a mobile station flexibility in selecting its transmission format based on T/P. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022005 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO COMMUNICATIONS - A first radio communication apparatus transmits first and second control signals to a second communication apparatus. The first control signal carries information to be used in communication performed with a first frequency band. The second control signal carries information to be used in communication performed with a second frequency band. The second radio communication apparatus detects these first and second control signals by attempting signal extraction from received signals with common candidates for control signal length. The first radio communication apparatus controls whether to use one frequency band or more than one frequency band to transmit the first and second control signals, based on bandwidths of the first and second frequency bands. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022006 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTI-USER VIRTUAL MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT - A method and system for implementing multi-user virtual multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) techniques for wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) having one or more antennas are disclosed. The system includes a base station and at least one WTRU having at least two antennas. The number of antennas of the base station is not less than the number of antennas of any of the WTRUs. The base station generates a channel matrix for the WTRUs and processes received signals from the WTRUs based on a measurement of the channel matrix. The WTRUs may perform transmit precoding or eigen-beamforming using the channel matrix information. The WTRUs may also perform transmit diversity. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022007 | Uplink Control Information Transmission - Uplink control information transmission method, and a network node and a UE implementing the method are disclosed. According to an embodiment of the invention, uplink control information is transmitted from a UE to a network node by defining a set including at least one of the of uplink component carriers being usable for carrier aggregation for the UE. For this set, a priority indication is assigned to each one of the at least one uplink component carrier included in the set. Then, if this set includes at least one uplink component carrier comprising an uplink shared channel, one of these at least one uplink component carrier comprising an uplink shared channel is selected for transmission of uplink control information in that uplink shared channel. Selection based on at least one of the at least one assigned priority indication, when selecting uplink component carrier, is disclosed. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022008 | Method and Apparatus of Communication - In a radio communication system, a number of downlink component carriers can be aggregated for communication between a network node and a User Equipment (UE). A set of downlink component carriers is determined from the number of downlink component carriers. A downlink control channel for the UE is arranged to include information being usable for identifying at least one downlink component carrier of the set of downlink component carriers. A channel quality report is to be provided for each one of the at least one identified downlink component carrier. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022009 | Method and System for Transmitting Uplink Control Signaling on Physical Uplink Shared Channel - A method for transmitting an uplink control signaling on a physical uplink shared channel is provided in the present invention, and the method includes: respectively encoding the uplink control signaling and data information corresponding to a transmission block needed to be transmitted, and truncating the corresponding encoded information according to a target length; and when one transmission block corresponds to a plurality of layers, interleaving the information on various layers to be transmitted on the transmission block, and transmitting the interleaved information on a layer corresponding to the Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH); wherein the information on various layers includes uplink control signaling information, or the information on various layers includes the data information and the uplink control signaling information. The invention also provides a system for transmitting an uplink control signaling on a physical uplink shared channel, and the system includes a encoding module, an interleaving module and a transmitting module. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022010 | Method and Apparatus for Managing Inter-Cell Interference for Device-to-Device Communications - A method, apparatus, and computer program can provide inter-cell interference management. The method, for example, may generate an inter-cell assistance information to facilitate a selection of one or more physical resource blocks for device-to-device communications based at least in part on a scheduling or interference information exchanged between a plurality of nodes. The method can further comprise transmitting the generated inter-cell assistance information to a plurality of user equipments in device-to-device communication mode. The inter-cell assistance information may comprise at least one physical resource block, or additionally at least one source node identity associate with the at least one physical resource block, or additionally at least one destination node identity associated with the at least one physical resource block and the at least one source node identity. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022011 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are a mobile communication system and a mobile communication method in which a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus can efficiently transmit control information in case of communication is conducted by using a wide frequency band constructed by a plurality of component carriers. The mobile communication system in which the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus communicate by using the plurality of component carriers, wherein the base station apparatus allocates resources to the mobile station apparatus for transmitting HARQ control information, and the mobile station apparatus uses the allocated resources to transmit to the base station apparatus the HARQ control information for a physical downlink control channel and/or a physical downlink shared channel which are transmitted on a plurality of downlink component carriers, and also a scheduling request for requesting the allocation of uplink data transmission. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022012 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTENTION-BASED UPLINK CHANNEL SIGNAL - The present invention relates to methods for transceiving a contention-based uplink channel signal, and apparatuses for supporting the same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting first uplink data through a contention-based uplink channel comprises the steps of: receiving, by a terminal, an uplink grant (CB UL Grant) message from a base station (BS), the uplink grant message including allocation information on the contention-based uplink channel; and transmitting the first uplink data, which is distinguished from second uplink data transmitted through the contention-based uplink channel by another terminal, through the contention-based uplink channel to the base station. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022013 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION SUCH THAT DIFFERENT TYPES OF ACCESS POINTS CAN COEXIST - Disclosed is a method for providing information for enabling different types of access points to coexist. The information providing method includes: receiving frequency information for broadcasting from a broadcast database server; obtaining information regarding different types of access points located in a certain area; generating information regarding one or more frequency bands that may be used by the different types of access points located in the certain area based on the frequency information for a broadcast; and transmitting information regarding the one or more available frequency bands to the different types of access points. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022014 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING SEARCH SPACES AND SEARCH POSITIONS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WHICH OPERATES A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING CONTROL INFORMATION USING SAME - Aspects of the invention include a method and apparatus for allocating a control information resource in a wireless communication system, which operates a plurality of component carriers, and for decoding control information. Control information on the plurality of component carriers is realigned in accordance with the order of decoding and resources are allocated to reduce control information decoding complexity at the receiving end and to enable an estimation of amount of computation for decoding. A method for determining a search space, which is a set of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) candidates to be monitored by a terminal in a communication system, involves determining, as the search space, an extended search candidate formed by the value obtained by multiplying the number of search candidates applied to a carrier component and carrier indication information on the component carriers of user equipment if the user equipment uses a plurality of component carriers. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022015 | METHOD IN WHICH A TERMINAL ESTABLISHES COMPONENT CARRIERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal establishes component carriers in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprising the following steps: determining whether or not a second component carrier, which is associated with a first component carrier by means of system information, exists; if the second component carrier exists, establishing a relationship between the second component carrier and the first component carrier; and, if the second component carrier does not exist, establishing a relationship between a primary component carrier and the first component carrier. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022016 | METHOD, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SELECTING A COMPONENT CARRIER - A method, base station, terminal and communication system for selecting a component carrier. The method includes: determining the coverage range of each available carrier which can be used by the terminal; determining whether the distribution of the coverage ranges of all available carriers accords with a preset distribution mode; and in the case of according with the presetting distribution mode, at least according to a rule which is determined by the distribution mode, determining a component carrier to be used. With the embodiments, a component carrier used by the terminal can be reasonably chosen. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022017 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for same comprising the steps of: obtaining a plurality of second modulation symbol streams corresponding to a plurality of SC-FDMA (Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiplexing) symbols by diffusing a plurality of first modulation symbol streams to form the first modulation symbol streams corresponding to the SC-FDMA symbols within a first slot; obtaining a plurality of complex symbol streams by performing a DFT (Discrete Fourier Transform) pre-coding process for the plurality of second modulation symbol streams; and transmitting the plurality of complex symbol streams through the PUCCH wherein the plurality of second modulation symbol streams are scrambled in a SC-FDMA symbol level. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022018 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A BROADCASTING SERVICE IN A SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATIONS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a broadcasting service in a system that supports machine to machine communications, the method comprising: transmitting an event registration message to a base station for the registration of an event at the time of occurrence; receiving from the base station an event registration response that contains information on a reserved downlink resource area in the base station to transmit the vent occurrence to other terminals; and broadcasting the event occurrence to the other terminals via the reserved downlink resource area. | 01-24-2013 |
20130022019 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus thereof, comprising the steps of: spreading modulation symbol sets to first slot, by using a first code; spreading modulation symbol sets to second slot, by using a second code, wherein the length of the second code is varied according to the number of the SC-FDMA symbols for PUCCH transmission. | 01-24-2013 |
20130028198 | DEVICES FOR MULTI-CELL COMMUNICATIONS - A User Equipment (UE) configured for multi-cell communications is disclosed. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) with a corresponding PCell time alignment timer. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) with a corresponding SCell time alignment timer. The UE further determines whether the PCell time alignment timer is expired. The UE additionally sets the SCell time alignment timer as expired if the PCell time alignment timer is expired. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028199 | Method and System for Control Format Detection in Heterogeneous Cellular Networks - A user equipment having a first mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of a cell, the user equipment having a processor; and a communications subsystem, wherein the processor and communications subsystem are configured to cooperate to: determine having a first mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of the first cell, second cell, or both, whether the user equipment is within an area of the second cell; and utilize, a second mechanism to obtain a control region size of a sub-frame of the second cell while the user equipment is within the area of the second cell. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028200 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN AN ACCESSORY FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method in a wireless communication terminal includes receiving configuration signaling for transmitting on a first set of radio resources wherein transmitting only on the first set of radio resources leads to a time-domain periodic repetitive pattern of transmissions from the terminal in a transmission interval that causes interference to a companion device communicably coupled to the wireless communication terminal. The terminals selects a second set of radio resources for transmitting on in the transmission interval such that transmissions on a combination of the second set of radio resources and the first set of radio resources does not lead to a periodic repetitive pattern of transmissions from the terminal in the transmission interval. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028201 | Enhancement of In-Device Coexistence Interference Avoidance - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies deployed in adjacent bands on the same device by reporting uplink buffer status information to the radio network and configuring LTE and non-LTE components to provide an in-device coexistence operation mode where non-LTE components use radio resources during the non-LTE on-intervals and during off-intervals inserted into the LTE on-intervals in response to predetermined trigger events. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028202 | Method and Device for Data Processing in a Network - A method and a device for data processing in a network are provided, wherein a DTX state is used for conveying control information within a data unit that is also at least partially used for conveying a DTX information. Furthermore, a communication system is suggested including said device. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028203 | Uplink Control Information Transmission - The invention is related to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: reserve at least substantially equal number of modulation symbols for uplink control information symbols in each physical uplink shared channel transport block; create at least one layer-specific replica of the uplink control information symbols to be placed in some of reserved resources of the physical uplink shared channel transport blocks; and scramble uplink control information symbols including the symbols of the at least one layer-specific replica in a layer-specific manner for multiplexing the uplink control information with physical uplink shared channel data. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028204 | Time Alignment in Multicarrier Systems - Transmission timing of a random access preamble in an uplink carrier of a carrier group being determined employing a synchronization signal transmitted on a downlink carrier of the carrier group. The wireless device receives a time alignment command from the base station. The time alignment command comprises a time adjustment value and an index identifying the carrier group. The wireless device apply the time adjustment value to uplink signals transmitted on all activated uplink carriers in the carrier group. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028205 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for sending control information to support operation on multiple component carriers (CCs) are disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may be configured with multiple CCs for carrier aggregation. The multiple CCs may be associated with different uplink-downlink configurations and may have different downlink subframes and uplink subframes. In one aspect, uplink control information (UCI) for a secondary CC (SCC) may be sent on a primary CC (PCC) based on a UCI transmission timeline for the PCC (and not based on a UCI transmission timeline for the SCC). For example, a downlink grant for the SCC may be sent based on a downlink grant transmission timeline for the PCC. In another aspect, uplink grants for an SCC may be sent on the PCC based on an uplink grant transmission timeline for the PCC (and not based on an uplink grant transmission timeline for the SCC). | 01-31-2013 |
20130028206 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for updating system information in a broadband wireless communication system includes: receiving information by means of superframes including a primary superframe header (P-SFH) and a secondary superframe header (S-SFH), wherein the information including control information transmitted via an information element of the P-SFH (P-SFH IE) and system information transmitted via an information element of a subpacket (SP) of the S-SFH (S-SFH SP IE); decoding the P-SFH IE, wherein the P-SFH IE including a scheduling information bitmap indicating transmitted S-SFH SP IEs in the superframe, a change count (CC) of the S-SFH, and a SP change bitmap indicating changing status of the S-SFH SP IEs; comparing the received CC with a previously stored CC; checking the S-SFH SP change bitmap, when a difference exists between the received CC and the stored CC; and decoding and updating corresponding SP IE of the S-SFH based on the checking result. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028207 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus includes: decoding units for an uplink control signal and an uplink shared data signal; and a reliability determination unit configured to determine a degree of reliability that predetermined information is included in the uplink control signal that is received periodically. In the case where timing of a predetermined period for the predetermined information agrees with reception timing of the uplink shared data signal, (1) whether to perform decoding by assuming that the uplink shared data signal includes the predetermined information is determined according to whether the period is equal to or less than a radio frame length, (2) if the period is longer than the radio frame length, whether to decode the uplink shared data signal by assuming that the uplink shared data signal includes the predetermined information is determined according to whether the degree of reliability is higher than a predetermined value. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028208 | SIGNAL SEQUENCE ALLOCATING DEVICE AND SIGNAL SEQUENCE ALLOCATING METHOD - To efficiently and appropriately allocate signal sequences, a signal sequence allocation device includes a cell radius calculation module that calculates an area radius of an area in communication areas to which a signal sequence is to be allocated, a signal number calculation module that calculates the number of signals in a signal sequence to be allocated to a communication area based on the area radius, and a signal sequence allocation module that allocates a signal sequence to a communication area based on the number of signals. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028209 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION SIGNAL - To suppress and minimize changes from the method of transmitting an uplink control information in the LTE system, while supporting increases in the system band and increases in the transmission layer when there is a PUSCH signal transmitted in the same subframe, provided is a configuration for generating a UCI signal for a base station apparatus ( | 01-31-2013 |
20130028210 | System and Method for MIMO Split-Physical Layer Scheme for a Wireless Network - A system employing split-PHY functionality across multiple access heads to establish multiple paths between a client device (CD) and an access network. Space-time coding includes transmitting one or multiple spatial streams through each access head. Macro transmit diversity includes transmitting a same signal, consisting of one or more spatial streams, from one or more access heads. A CD uses a strongest signal transmitted from at least one access head or diversity combining of two or more signals to recover the signal. Space-time coding includes receiving one or multiple spatial streams through each access head. Macro receive diversity includes receiving a same signal from a CD at one or more access heads. A strongest received signal is used to recover a signal or diversity combining of two or more signals received at different access heads is used to recover the transmitted signal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028211 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING TERMINAL TO SEND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A method for triggering a terminal to send a sounding reference signal includes: obtaining requirement information of measurement, where the requirement information includes a position and a bandwidth of a frequency hand to be measured; selecting a resource for a terminal from at least two preset resource patterns according to the requirement information, where multiple types of resource information are preset in each resource pattern of the at least two preset resource patterns to indicate a resource; and triggering the terminal to utilize the selected resource to send, a sounding reference signal. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028212 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULED RESOURCE RELEASE PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation of a user equipment in an LTE-based mobile communication system. Furthermore, the invention also related to a user equipment and an eNode B implementing this method. To provide a mechanism for deactivating a semi-persistent resource allocation in a LTE system which is not requiring any changes to the Physical layer-to-MAC layer interface and/or preferably no changes to the PDCCH formats agreed by the 3GPP a combination of NDI value and MCS index is defined that is commanding the release of SPS resources. Alternatively, another solution proposed to define a special transport block size that when signaled in a PDCCH is commanding the release of SPS resources. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028213 | EFFECTIVE METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SUPPORTING UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - Disclosed is a method for transmitting control information on uplink multi-antenna transmission from a base station and the method includes: transmitting DCI that schedules uplink transmission of a first data block and a second data block through a PDCCH; receiving the first and second data blocks scheduled by the DCI; transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK for the received first and second data blocks, respectively, by using a first PHICH for the first data block and a second PHICH resource for the second data block; receiving a retransmission for a negative-acknowledged data block; and transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK of the retransmission of the negative-acknowledged data block by using the first PHICH resource when the number of negative-acknowledged data blocks is not identical to the number of data blocks that the PDCCH indicates. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028214 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DETERMINATION METHOD - Provided is a transmission device, wherein even when the transmission device performs noncontiguous band allocation transmission, the same level of coverage and gain as when the contiguous band allocation transmission is assumed can be maintained. A transmission power control unit ( | 01-31-2013 |
20130028215 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING USERS IN A MOBILE OR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CORRESPONDING MOBILE TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling users in a mobile or wireless radio communication system comprising a base station with a multiple antenna system and at least two users, said base station communicating with users using precoding weights at said multiple antenna system, an indication on precoding weights to be used for communication with a first user being sent by said first user on a feedback channel to said base station. According to the present invention, the method comprises the steps of: •Expressing said precoding weights used at said multiple antenna system as a combination of two types of precoding weights, a first type of precoding weights relating to long term channel information and a second type of precoding weights relating to short term channel changes; •Sending on said feedback channel from said first user an indication related to precoding weights of said first type which, if used at said multiple antenna system for communication with a second user, would cause interference below a threshold on said first user if both said first and second users were scheduled on identical resources. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028216 | Resource Organization in an Apparatus and Method for Carrier Aggregation - Methods and apparatus for organizing reception on a channel by a user equipment are disclosed. A method includes detemnining a channel group based on a first physical resource block index of a physical uplink shared channel and a cyclic shift of uplink demodulation reference signals, without an offset value; determining a channel sequence based on the first physical resource block index, the cyclic shift, and the offset value; and determining a reception resource according to the channel group and the channel sequence. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028217 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication apparatus and a wireless communication method capable of reducing distortion of a CSI-RS and interference with other CSI-RSs. The wireless communication apparatus according to the invention includes: a CSI-RS generation section that generates CSI-RSs, an arrangement section that arranges the CSI-RSs in a single or a plurality of consecutive OFDM symbols located between a plurality of OFDM symbols, in which a signal other than the CSI-RS is arranged, and adjacent to the plurality of OFDM symbols in which the signal other than the CSI-RS is arranged; and a transmission section that transmits a signal other than the CSI-RS arranged by the arrangement section and a transmission signal including the CSI-RS. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal from a base station to a user equipment in a multi-node system is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of allocating a resource of a certain zone to each of nodes in accordance with a radio resource multiplexing scheme; and transmitting the signal to the user equipment by using a resource zone allocated to the node. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028219 | UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD VIA A COMPETITION-BASED UPLINK CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods for providing competition uplink channels while minimizing the frequency of blind decoding operations of a terminal, and devices of supporting the methods. An uplink signal transmission method via a competition-based uplink (CB UL) channel according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: receiving the configuration information on the CB UL channel from a base station; receiving resource information from the base station, the resource information containing at last one of the following: information on usage time of the CB UL channel, information on activation and deactivation of the CB UL channel and information on cancellation; and inspecting the validity of the resource information. If the resource information is not valid, the resource information is individually allocated to each subframe; if the resource information is valid, the resource information can be periodically and continuously allocated. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028220 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING QUEUES IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS, CORRESPONDING COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - In a communication network, a node receives from user equipment information on the length of a queue of information units to be transmitted to the node from the user equipment. The information, for possible use by the node in scheduling transmission of these information units from the user equipment, is in the form of quantized queue length information indicative of a lower bound and an upper bound for the queue length. Transmission of information units from the user equipment to the node is detected at the node, and an improved estimate of the queue length is produced by correcting the lower bound and the upper bound via subtraction of the number of the detected information units transmitted from the user equipment to the node. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028221 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING REQUEST USING SHARED RESOURCE BASED FILTERING IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a scheduling request using a shared resource based filtering method in a radio communication system. The method for supporting scheduling request using shared resources at a base station including assigning each of one or more users to each of one or more subsets of Scheduling Request (SR) resources of a set consisting of a number, M, of SR resources, receiving scheduling request for the one or more users, determining SR resources used for the scheduling request among M SR resources, determining one or more users associated with the received scheduling request based on the assigned SR resources and the determined SR resources, and transmitting scheduling control information to determined one or more users. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028222 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR OPERATING COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal ( | 01-31-2013 |
20130028223 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for processing scheduling information in a terminal into which a plurality of forward carriers and reverse carriers are aggregated are provided. The method includes receiving a control message from a base station, the control message including information on a reverse carrier added by the carrier aggregation, and determining a new buffer state table to be used for reporting the state of buffers to the base station, based on the information included in the control message. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028224 | Method and Apparatus for Providing Machine Initial Access Procedure for Machine to Machine Communication - A method and apparatus are therefore provided that may enable the provision of M2M communication in a wireless network environment. In this regard, for example, relatively low power devices (specifically referencing low transmission power) such as sensors or other machines in an M2M system may be enabled to initiate communication with a network through a mobile terminal in a more reliable and robust manner. The machine may transmit a busy-signal to request a reservation of a machine access slot on a machine access control channel to reserve the slot before transmitting any machine information or data to reduce the likelihood of collisions with other machines. Once the machine has reserved the machine access slot, the machine may transmit identification information via randomly selected frequency division multi-plexed or code division multiplexed resources to further reduce the likelihood of collisions with other machines. Thus, delays in establishing connections may be reduced or eliminated. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028225 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel status information comprising: transmitting a rank indicator (RI) and a precoding type indicator (PTI) based on a first reporting period, transmitting during the first reporting period a broadband first precoding matrix indicator (PMI) based on a second reporting period, and transmitting at least once during the second reporting period a broadband second PMI and a broadband CQI, when the PTI has a first value; transmitting the RI and the PTI based on the first reporting period, transmitting during the first reporting period the broadband second PMI and the broadband CQI based on a third reporting period; and transmitting at least once during the third period a subband second PMI and a subband CQI, when the PTI has a second value; wherein the subband CQI on an entire cycle of a set bandwidth portion can be transmitted at least once. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028226 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, PROGRAM AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a first wireless communication apparatus, which includes a plurality of transmission antennas and transmits signals in an MIMO scheme, and a second wireless communication apparatus, which receives the signals. The first wireless communication apparatus performs the same frequency allocation for transmission antennas from which the same data is transmitted in case that transmission is performed in a rank less than the number of transmission antennas. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028227 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present description relates to a method for persistent resource allocation in a wireless access system, comprising the following steps: receiving a first MAP message containing persistent resource allocation information from a base station; transceiving data bursts to/from the base station via the persistent resource domain contained in the persistent resource allocation information; and receiving a second MAP message containing persistent resource de-allocation type information from the base station, wherein said persistent resource de-allocation type information indicates whether a de-allocation of persistently allocated resources is a persistent de-allocation or a temporary de-allocation. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028228 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, HIGH-POWER BASE STATION, LOW-POWER BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system ( | 01-31-2013 |
20130028229 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE APERIODIC TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING THE CONTROL SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A method for controlling the aperiodic transmission of a control signal, comprises the following steps: determining a period during which a base station is to transmit an aperiodic control signal; and generating indication information for indicating the determined period, and transmitting the indication information to user equipment. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028230 | ADAPTIVE ASSOCIATION AND JOINT ASSOCIATION AND RESOURCE PARTITIONING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for supporting communication in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, association and resource partitioning may be performed jointly to select serving base stations for user equipments (UEs) and to allocate available resources to base stations. In another aspect, adaptive association may be performed to select serving base stations for UEs. In one design, a base station computes local metrics for different possible actions related to association and resource partitioning (or only association). The base station receives local metrics for the possible actions from at least one neighbor base station and determines overall metrics for the possible actions based on the computed and received local metrics. The base station determines serving base stations for a set of UEs and resources allocated to the set of base stations (or just serving base stations for the set of UEs) based on the overall metrics for the possible actions. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028231 | UPLINK POWER HEADROOM REPORTING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for reporting power headroom is disclosed. Power headroom may be reported across all carriers (wideband), for a specific carrier, or for a carrier group. The formula used to calculate the power headroom depends on whether the carrier (or a carrier in the carrier group) has a valid uplink grant. If the carrier or carrier group does not have a valid uplink grant, the power headroom may be calculated based on a reference grant. The power headroom is calculated by a wireless transmit/receive unit and is reported to an eNodeB. | 01-31-2013 |
20130028232 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS SERVICES - An IP telephony system allows users of the IP telephony system to register extension telephony devices with the IP telephony system. An extension telephony device is one that is provided with service by a separate telephony service provider. Once an extension telephony device is registered, a user can obtain communications services from the IP telephony system using the extension telephony device. An extension telephony device may be tied to a user's main telephony services account with the IP telephony system such that when the user obtains communications services from the IP telephony system using an extension telephony device, the user will be billed for those communications services through the user's main account. | 01-31-2013 |
20130034061 | REVERSE DIRECTION PROTOCOL IMPLEMENTATION - A responder endpoint establishes a reverse direction communication channel from the responder to an initiator. To that end, the responder endpoint receives a reverse direction grant indicator and determines when primary data is not ready to be sent to the initiator. In response, the responder transmits to the initiator, within a predetermined response time for establishing the reverse direction communication channel, a continuation frame comprising a continuation indicator that indicates that reverse direction communication channel should persist. In one implementation, the continuation frame includes at least one control field including the continuation indicator, but no data payload field. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034062 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides an uplink transmission method and apparatus in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives an uplink resource allocation from a base station; and transmits uplink transmission blocks to a PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) by using the uplink resource allocation. The uplink resource allocation indicates an allocated RBs (resource blocks) within a subframe that includes a plurality of RBs. The subframe is divided into at least one PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) area for PUCCHs and a plurality of PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) area for PUSCHs, wherein the PUCCH area is arranged between the plurality of PUSCH regions. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034063 | COMBINATIONS OF SPACE-DIVERSITY, FREQUENCY-DIVERSITY AND ADAPTIVE-CODE-MODULATION - A method of communicating bi-directionally over a wireless communication system including sending data from a first location, from a first antenna, over a first plurality of signals at different frequencies, to a second plurality of spatially separated antennas at a second location, each of the second plurality of spatially separated antennas feeding a corresponding transmitter/receiver of a plurality of transmitter/receivers at the second location. A method of communicating over a wireless communication system including transmitting same data from a first location, using each one of a plurality of Adaptive Coding and Modulation (ACM) signals at different frequencies, to receivers corresponding to each one of the frequencies at a second location, receiving the transmitted signals, and combining the received signals. Related apparatus and methods are also described. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034064 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR UE-SPECIFIC DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SCRAMBLING - A user equipment (UE) is configured to communicate with a plurality of base stations in a wireless network. The UE includes a processor that receive a downlink grant scheduling a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) for the UE, the downlink grant being transmitted in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The processor also receives UE-specific demodulation reference signals (UE-RS) provided for demodulation of the PDSCH, wherein the UE-RS are scrambled according to a scrambling sequence initialized with an initialization value c | 02-07-2013 |
20130034065 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION BETWEEN NETWORK ELEMENTS - Establishing or handling a connection between a first and a second network element connected to different networks such as GPRS/UMTS and IP-based networks is disclosed. The connection is established of via at least one a third network element such as a SGSN or GGSN arranged in one of the networks. The third network element is adapted to send, when receiving information on an establishment of a connection, a request to a fourth network element which may be a Call State Control Function, a Policy Control Function, or a Call Processing Server. The request requests permission for establishing a type of connection, or requests a check of a connection parameter, and specifies the first and/or second network element and/or the connection or connection type to be established. The fourth network element returns a response specifying a permission for establishing a connection or connection type, or a connection parameter. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034066 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio base station apparatus, mobile terminal device and wireless communication method for enabling the SRS to be used efficiently in an LTE-A system, a wireless communication method of the invention is characterized in that a radio base station apparatus performs OFDM modulation on a transmission signal including transmission information on sounding reference signals for each transmission antenna, and transmits the OFDM-modulated transmission signal, and that a mobile terminal device receives the signal including the transmission information, controls a transmission aspect of the sounding reference signals for each transmission antenna based on the transmission information, and transmits the sounding reference signals in the transmission aspect for each transmission antenna. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034067 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - A mobile station UE according to the present invention comprises an RACH procedure unit 12 configured to attempt to detect an RA response for an RA preamble only through a DL carrier corresponding to an UL carrier, from among a plurality of DL carriers, when the mobile station performs CA and has transmitted the RA preamble through the UL carrier. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034068 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - Wideband transmission is performed efficiently using spectrum aggregation. When performing information transmission using spectrum aggregation that aggregates frequency spectra which are non-contiguous and in different frequency bands, first information requiring communication quality is allocated to an anchor spectrum with small path loss among different frequency spectra used for information transmission and transmitted to a mobile station apparatus (UE), and second information requiring lower communication quality than the first information is allocated to a payload spectrum having large path loss and transmitted to the mobile station apparatus (UE). | 02-07-2013 |
20130034069 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM - When a mobile station apparatus capable of being connected to a base station apparatus by using a plurality of frequency bands performs an uplink transmission, the mobile station apparatus selects the optimum combination among the combinations of a plurality of frequency bands and uplink transmission methods, and performs the uplink transmission. The mobile station apparatus aggregates a plurality of cells to connect the same to a base station apparatus and requests, from the base station apparatus, an uplink radio resource required to transmit uplink data. The mobile station apparatus selects, based on a first condition, an uplink for making a radio resource request using a random access channel from the plurality of cells, and selects, based on a second condition, either the radio resource request using the random access channel or the transmission of uplink data using an uplink radio resource common to other mobile station apparatuses. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034070 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR RADIO LINK BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY STATION - A method and apparatus for channel estimation for radio link between a base station and a relay station in a radio communication system are disclosed. A method for receiving a downlink signal at a relay node in a wireless communication system, the method comprising receiving downlink control information by demodulating a R-PDCCH of a first RB pair based on a downlink channel estimated by a DMRS in the first resource block (RB) pair; and receiving downlink data by demodulating a PDSCH of the one or more RB pairs contiguous to the first RB pair based on a downlink channel estimated by a DMRS in the one or more RB pairs, wherein, if the PDSCH is assigned to the first RB pair, the downlink channel is estimated on the assumption that the same precoder is applied to one RB bundle including the first RB pair and the one or more RB pairs. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034071 | UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD USING CONTENTION-BASED IDENTIFIERS - The present invention discloses various methods and apparatuses for allocating identifiers and resources associated with a contention-based uplink channel and using the identifiers and resources. An uplink (UL) signal transmission method using a contention-based identifier (CB identifier) according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step in which user equipment receives, from a base station, a first message containing a CD identifier (CB-RNTI); a step in which the user equipment receives, from the base station, a second message containing information on the allocation of the contention-based uplink (CB UL) channel associated with the CB identifier; and a step in which the user equipment transmits an UL signal to the base station via the CB UL channel. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034072 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method and a device for receiving a downlink control signal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a device and a method for receiving control information, the method comprising the following steps: receiving a subframe which includes two slots; executing a blind decoding for a first control channel in the control channel search region within a first slot; decoding a second control channel using a specific resource within a second slot when the first control channel has been detected; and executing a blind decoding for the second control channel in the control channel search region within the second slot when the first control channel has not been detected. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034073 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT, AND BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT THEREIN - A communication system in which a base station apparatus and a user equipment communicate on multiple component carriers comprising primary component carrier and non-primary component carrier, the base station apparatus, transmits, to the user equipment, four indices for physical uplink control channel resource using higher layer signaling, transmits, to the user equipment, an index indicator using transmission power control command for physical uplink control channel field, the user equipment, determines an index among the four indices according to the index indicator, transmits, to the base station apparatus, HARQ-ACK/NACK using physical uplink control channel resource the index, wherein the transmission power control command for physical uplink control channel field is included in a downlink control information format, which is used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel on the non-primary component carrier. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034074 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL FROM A BASE STATION HAVING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS - In a communication system including a base station having a plurality of antennas, a first terminal supporting a first antenna system and a second terminal supporting a second antenna system, at least one of the first or second terminal acquires information that is contained in a signal received from the base station through a first wireless resource region and a second wireless resource region. The first terminal acquires the information contained in the first and second wireless resource regions through a signal transmitted by an antenna in a first group among the plurality of antennas. The second terminal acquires the information contained in the first wireless resource region through a signal transmitted by an antenna in the first group, and the information contained in the second wireless resource region through a signal transmitted by an antenna in the first group and/or in a second group among the plurality of antennas. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034075 | MAC Packet Data Unit Construction for Wireless System - A method for wireless communication using MAC PDUs. The method includes determining one or more characteristics of a service flow and selecting on the basis of the one or more characteristics a MAC PDU header type among a plurality of MAC PDU header types. The service flow data is encapsulated in MAC PDUs with a header of the selected type. The MAC PDUs with the encapsulated service flow data are then wirelessly transmitted. Also, a method for communication between a Base Station (BS) and a Subscriber Station (SS). The method includes generating at the BS a plurality of MAC PDU packets with a payload component holding service flow data and a plurality of MAC PDU packets without payload component, carrying control information. The method also includes transmitting wirelessly the MAC PDU packets with the payload component and the MAC PDU packets with the control information to the SS. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034076 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL - Embodiments addressing MAC processing for efficient use of high throughput systems are disclosed. In one aspect, an apparatus comprises a first layer for receiving one or more packets from one or more data flows and for generating one or more first layer Protocol Data Units (PDUs) from the one or more packets. In another aspect, a second layer is deployed for generating one or more MAC frames based on the one or more MAC layer PDUs. In another aspect, a MAC frame is deployed for transmitting one or more MAC layer PDUs. The MAC frame may comprise a control channel for transmitting one or more allocations. The MAC frame may comprise one or more traffic segments in accordance with allocations. | 02-07-2013 |
20130034077 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus capable of minimizing the degradation in separation characteristic of a code multiplexed response signal. In this apparatus, a control part ( | 02-07-2013 |
20130034078 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The inventive method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. By using a combination of bandwidth allocation techniques, the present invention advantageously makes use of the efficiency benefits associated with each technique. | 02-07-2013 |
20130039281 | SCRAMBLING CODE PLANNING DEVICE AND METHOD FOR USING SAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A scrambling code planning device and method are described herein for allocating primary scrambling codes to sites (e.g., Node B's sites) within a wireless communication network. In addition, a wireless communication network is described herein that includes the scrambling code planning device which allocates the primary scrambling codes to the sites (e.g., Node B's sites). | 02-14-2013 |
20130039282 | SYNCHRONIZED USE OF A WIRELESS CHANNEL BY MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS - A method includes allocating a first channel of a wireless communication device. The first channel is allocated in response to a request for a channel to be used by a first application executing at the wireless communication device. The method also includes preventing establishment of a second channel for a second application executing at the wireless communication device by indicating to the second application, from a modem of the wireless communication device, that the allocated first channel is to be used by or is available for use by the second application. For example, the second channel may not be established for the second application at a later point in time because the second application may instead complete data transfer operations via the allocated first channel at an earlier point in time. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039283 | QUANTIZING RELATIVE PHASE AND RELATIVE AMPLITUDE FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (COMP) TRANSMISSIONS - A method for quantizing a relative phase and a relative amplitude is described. A received symbol is obtained. A relative phase is determined from the received symbol. A relative amplitude is also determined from the received symbol. A quantized relative phase is obtained for the relative phase. A quantized relative amplitude is obtained for the relative amplitude. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039284 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR AN ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL - Methods and systems for sending and receiving an enhanced downlink control channel are disclosed. The method may include receiving control channel information via an enhanced control channel. The method may also include using the control channel information to receive a shared channel. The method may include detecting the presence of the enhanced control channel in a given subframe. The enhanced control channel may be transmitted over multiple antenna ports. For example, code divisional multiplexing and de-multiplexing and the use of common and UE-specific reference signals may be utilized. New control channel elements may be defined, and enhanced control channel state information (CSI) feedback may be utilized. The presence or absence of legacy control channels may affect the demodulation and or decoding methods. The method may be implemented at a WTRU. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039285 | Methods and Apparatuses for Handling Reference Signals in a Cellular Network - Methods and apparatuses for enabling a configured demodulation reference signal to be transmitted from a User Equipment, UE, ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039286 | Method and Arrangement for Uplink Power Control - The disclosure relates to methods and devices for performing uplink power control in a radio communication system. An example method comprises a step of receiving, at a user equipment (UE) a transmit power control (TPC) command. The method also comprises, if the UE does not have an uplink transmission scheduled for a subframe associated with the TPC command, a step of accumulating, by the UE, the TPC command with previously received TPC commands based on whether the UE has reached a maximum transmit power or a minimum transmit power in a reference format for a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) or Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) transmission. Thus the UE is enabled to receive TPC commands while the UE is not transmitting anything in the uplink. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039287 | SIMPLIFIED UE + ENB MESSAGING - A method, mobile device ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039288 | Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER - A radio communication system is disclosed. The method for transmitting a signal by a user equipment in a radio communication system includes generating a plurality of uplink signals, reducing maximum transmit power of the user equipment in consideration of a signal configuration for the plurality of uplink signals, and transmitting the plurality of uplink signals to a network within the range of the reduced maximum transmit power of the user equipment. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039290 | Method and System for Uplink Control Channel Transmit Diversity Using Multiple Downlink Control Channel Based Resource Allocation - A method and network element for allocating uplink resources for hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement at a user equipment (UE), the method indicating a first set of uplink resources to the user equipment; and indicating a first subset of the first set of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon using a position of a first downlink control channel (DCCH) scheduling a downlink shared channel (DSCH) on a cell. Further, a method at a user equipment (UE) for receiving an allocation of uplink resources for HARQ acknowledgement, the method receiving a first set of uplink resources; deriving a first subset of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon using downlink control information bits within a first downlink control channel on a primary cell, and deriving a second subset of the first set of uplink resources that the UE may transmit upon within a second downlink control channel. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039291 | Design on Enhanced Control Channel for Wireless System - A method is provided for communication in a cell in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises, in a region that would otherwise carry a PDSCH, the region being defined by a number of resource blocks and a number of OFDM symbols, instead transmitting at least one of an uplink grant and a downlink assignment in a plurality of OFDM symbols within a first slot, a second slot, or both slots of the region, wherein the region can use either localized or distributed resources, and wherein the region contains one of: a transmission point-specific reference signal; a UE-specific reference signal; and a cell-specific reference signal. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039292 | MITIGATION OF LOST RESOURCE ALLOCATION SYNCHRONIZATION BETWEEN A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) AND AN EVOLVED NODE B (eNodeB) - A method for mitigation of lost resource allocation synchronization between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB) during a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmission and/or retransmission process is described. The method includes determining whether resource allocation is out of synchronization between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved Node B (eNodeB) during a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmission and/or retransmission process. The method further includes mitigating a loss of resource allocation synchronization between the UE and the eNodeB during the HARQ transmission and/or retransmission process. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039293 | MULTI-BLOCK RADIO ACCESS METHOD AND TRANSMITTER MODULE AND RECEIVER MODULE USING THE SAME - A multi-blocks radio access method is provided and includes the following steps. A plurality of resource blocks are grouped into a plurality of groups. One resource block is respectively selected from the groups to form a plurality of resource block sets. Data to be accessed are transmitted in corresponding one of the resource block sets. A code division multiplexing code sequence is determined for the corresponding one of the resource block sets according to at least one of a plurality of parameters. Encoding or decoding operations are performed on the data to be accessed according to the corresponding one of the resource block sets and the corresponding code division multiplexing code sequence. The encoded or decoded data is accessed. A transmitter module and a receiver module using the foregoing method are also provided. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039294 | Method of Handling Random Access Procedure Associated to Cell Deactivation - A method of handling random access procedure associated to cell deactivation for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises activating a secondary cell configured by a network of the wireless communication system, performing a random access procedure for the activated secondary cell, and when the secondary cell is deactivated during the random access procedure, continuously performing the random access procedure. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039295 | METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for data transmission, a base station using the same and a user equipment (UE) using the same are proposed. The exemplary embodiments in accordance with the present disclosure implicitly allocate resources with overbooking by configuring M UEs to transmit or receive N protocol data units (PDU) where M>N. The overbooking is accomplished by using a base station to configure Small Data Sub-frame (SDS) for a plurality of UEs and request to process the SDS by sending a radio control message. The UEs would receive from the base station a sub-frame of data with multiple PDUs and perform processing on the PDUs to obtain a belonging data packet according to a candidate packet set and a search order previously embedded in the control message. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING OPERATION ON DEPENDENT CARRIERS - Techniques for supporting communication on multiple carriers are disclosed. In one design, a user equipment (UE) is configured with a base carrier and a dependent carrier linked to the base carrier. Data transmission on the dependent carrier is scheduled via a scheduling carrier, which is different from the dependent carrier. The UE receives a scheduling grant on the scheduling carrier and determines whether the scheduling grant is for the base carrier and/or the dependent carrier. The UE communicates (e.g., sends or receives data) on the base carrier and/or the dependent carrier based on the scheduling grant. The scheduling grant may be (i) a separate grant carrying scheduling information for only one carrier, (ii) a common grant carrying scheduling information for both carriers, (iii) a joint grant carrying separate scheduling information for each carrier, or (iv) a composite grant that may be a separate grant, a common grant, or a joint grant. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039297 | METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for data transmission, a base station using the same and a user equipment (UE) using the same are proposed. The present disclosure configures at a base station at least two user equipments into a UE group for aggregate transmission by sending a control message from the base station to the at least two user equipments. Next, the base station transmits aggregated data to the UE group containing a aggregated PDU format containing a unique group identifier. Next, the base station receives a response signal from the UE group based on whether the first transmission is received or not. The base station re-transmits the aggregated data to the UE group if the first transmission is not received. After all the aggregate transmission is complete, the base station de-configures the UE group from the aggregate transmission. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting channel management information by an access point (AP) in a wireless local area network and configured to communicate via a primary subchannel and a secondary subchannel is provided. The method includes: transmitting a frame including a quiet channel element, the quiet channel element including a quiet mode field indicating whether a communication to the AP is allowed via part or all of the primary subchannel during a quiet interval, the quiet interval being an interval during which no transmission occurs in the secondary channel; and performing communications using the part or all of the primary subchannel, if the quiet mode field is set to a value that indicates the communication to the AP is allowed to communicate via the part or all of the primary subchannel during the quiet interval. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039299 | EXTENSION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are described for a User Equipment (UE) to receive enhanced Control CHannels (eCCHs), including enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannels (ePDCCHs), transmitted in a set of Resource Blocks (RBs) over a Transmission Time Interval (TTI). A method includes transmitting a first control signal to a first UE over a first number of Resource Elements (Res) in a subset of the RBs and over a first number of the transmission symbols in the TTI; transmitting a second control signal to a second UE over a second number of the REs in the subset of the RBs and over a second number of the transmission symbols in the TTI; and transmitting a reference signal of the first type over a third number of the REs in the subset of the RBs and over a third number of the transmission symbols in the TTI. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039300 | Orthogonal Resource Selection Transmit Diversity and Resource Assignment - Methods of allocating orthogonal resources of a wireless communication network to a user equipment (UE) that uses transmit diversity are disclosed. In one or more embodiments, the UE is configured to transmit a reference symbol and a modulated symbol on multiple orthogonal resources on an antenna. The method includes: selecting, by the UE, a first and a second orthogonal resource, respectively, from a plurality of orthogonal resources according to the state of information bits to be communicated by the UE; and transmitting, by the UE, the reference and data symbols on the first and the second orthogonal resource, respectively, on one antenna. The first and the second resource are different for at least one of the states of the information bits. The first and the second resource are both in the same physical resource block. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039301 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting an “Extended Service Request” from a mobile station UE in Idle mode to a mobility management node MME via a radio base station eNodeB; transmitting an “Initial UE Context Setup Request” from the mobile station UE to the radio base station eNodeB, the “Initial UE Context Setup Request containing priority call information; and preferentially allocating resources to the E-RAB for the mobile station UE by the radio base station eNodeB based on the priority call information contained in the received “Initial UE Context Setup Request.” | 02-14-2013 |
20130039302 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention maintains communication even during a transition period in which ON/OFF of the CIF is switched by higher layer signaling or during a transition period in which the number of component carrier aggregations is increased/decreased. In a radio communication system in which an LTE-A system, in which an LTE-A system to add or remove the frequency band to assign for communication between a base station apparatus ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039303 | MAPPING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADCAST SYSTEM - An apparatus and a corresponding method for mapping payload data of mapping input data streams onto a mapping output data stream having a channel bandwidth for transmission in a multi-carrier broadcast system includes first and second frame forming mechanisms. The first frame forming mechanism is adapted to form first frames having a first frame structure and the second frame forming mechanism is adapted to form second frames having a second frame structure. Preferably, in a second frame structure the data blocks of a particular mapping input data stream are spread in time and frequency over various data symbols and various data segments of the second frames to provide high robustness against disturbances. The payload portion of the second frame is preferably segmented into various data segments enabling use of a narrow-band receiver, even if both the first and second frames cover the same total channel bandwidth. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039304 | METHOD FOR SENDING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS (SRS), TRIGGER METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for triggering the sending of Sounding Reference Signals (SRS), a method for sending the SRS and an device thereof. The method for triggering the sending of SRS includes that a base station sends a downlink transmission scheduling signal to the user equipment (UE), wherein the signal carries the indication information for instructing the UE to send the SRS. By adopting the present invention, one or a plurality of UEs can be triggered by one piece of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal to send the SRS. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039305 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - To efficiently use radio resources used in transmission of SRS, a base station apparatus (eNode B) transmits a scheduling grant including an instruction for transmission of a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), and a mobile station apparatus (UE) transmits the SRS in response to the scheduling grant. The SRS is transmitted in the same subframe, another subframe or a previous subframe by the predetermined number of subframes as, immediately before, or before a subframe of a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) that the scheduling grant instructs to transmit. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039306 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention comprises: a step A of individually notifying, by a radio base station eNB, a mobile station UE performing CA of correspondence relation between a DL carrier for transmitting an | 02-14-2013 |
20130039307 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. The present invention relates to a method for transmitting ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system in which carrier aggregation is set, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the present invention relates to an ACK/NACK transmission method and an apparatus therefor, the method comprising the steps of: receiving information on a plurality of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources via upper layer signaling; receiving a transmit power control (TPC) field on a secondary carrier through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); receiving data indicated by the PDCCH; and transmitting ACK/NACK for the data, wherein the ACK/NACK is transmitted using a PUCCH resource which is indicated by the value of the TPC field among the plurality of PUCCH resources. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039308 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING TIME INFORMATION ASSOCIATED WITH RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reporting time information associated with random access procedure and back-off process are provided. The method applicable to a user equipment proposes to record time stamp information related to random access procedure. For instance, the UE records time information indicating when an initial random access preamble is transmitted and additional time information indicating when the UE succeeds in contention resolution. By reporting the time information, the UE allows a network to calculate work-period during which the UE performs a successful random access procedure. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039309 | METHOD FOR RENEWING INDICATION OF SYSTEM INFORMATION AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method for a method for renewing indication of system information, a base station using the same, a user equipment (UE) using the same, and a wireless communication system using the same is described. This disclosure proposes that renewing indication of system information and updating system information are not based on the traditional SIB (system information block) update and acquisition mechanisms. For the example of a random access (RA) procedure under extended access barring (EAB), an eNB could update EAB parameters at the time when the EAB SIB exists. Besides, a MTC (machine-type communication) device always assumes that the EAB is disabled & transmits preamble for RA directly. When the preamble is received by the eNB, the eNB notices the MTC device whether the EAB had been enabled or not. If EAB had been enabled, the MTC device interrupts current RA procedure, reads EAB SIB, and then performs EAB. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039310 | Identifiers in a Communication System - A process and system for controlling selection of which MS is to receive the next packet data transmission on a forward channel and selection of which plural MCS is to be used for the packet data transmissions on the forward channel. A process for controlling selection of MCS method to be used by a BTS to transmit data packets over a forward shared channel to a MS stores information at the BTS, the information containing MCS methods which may be selected to transmit data packets over the forward shared channel to the MS; receiving from the MS at the BTS a quality indication of transmission of data packets over the forward channel to the MS; and selecting a MCS method from a plurality of MCS methods which may be used to transmit data packets on the forward channel dependent upon the received quality indication. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039311 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of controlling uplink transmission at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, wherein the user equipment is connected to multiple component carriers, which includes receiving configuration information for transmitting an uplink signal from a base station; and identifying a time for transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on a corresponding uplink component carrier in use of the configuration information, wherein if the corresponding uplink component carrier is in a non-available state at the time for transmitting the uplink signal, the uplink signal is not transmitted. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039312 | TRANSMITTING PARTICULAR CONTROL INFORMATION ON AN UPLINK TRAFFIC CHANNEL ON A REPEATED BASIS - In a communications system, a mobile station receives, from a base station, a downlink control message associated with an indication that particular control information is to be transmitted by the mobile station on an uplink traffic channel on a repeated basis. In response to receiving the downlink control message associated with the indication, the particular control information is transmitted on the uplink traffic channel to a base station on a repeated basis. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039313 | TRANSMISSION OF WIDE BANDWIDTH SIGNALS IN A NETWORK HAVING LEGACY DEVICES - A method for generating a preamble of a frame for a wide-bandwidth channel wireless communication begins by generating a legacy carrier detect field. The method continues by generating a channel sounding field, wherein the channel sounding field includes a plurality of tones within the wide-bandwidth channel, wherein a first set of the plurality of tones corresponds to tones of a legacy channel sounding field. The method continues by generating a legacy signal field, wherein, in time, the legacy signal field follows the channel sounding field, which follows the legacy carrier detect field. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039314 | ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS MECHANISM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention proposes a mechanism to update/include the MAC Control information elements like PHR and BSR etc which are reported to ENB to schedule, maintain and operate the reporting UE. It also provides methods and means to handle Msg3 formation and reformation when RACH fails on one component carrier and is continued on another in Carrier Aggregation. New triggers for BSR and PHR reporting are provided in this scenario. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039315 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENT CHANNEL USE - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for efficient channel use is disclosed. The channel use method may comprise the steps of: selecting a specific channel from channels configured to be shared along with a homogeneous or heterogeneous communication scheme; and performing an interference avoidance procedure if the selected channel interferes with a neighboring access point. The avoidance procedure may comprise one or more of a process of making a request to switch a channel of the neighboring access point, a process of notifying to the neighboring access point, and a process of changing the selected channel into another channel. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039316 | METHOD FOR EXPANSIVELY TRANSMITTING CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL ESTIMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL USING SAME - A method for transmitting control information to expansively transmit a channel estimation reference signal comprises the steps of: allowing a base station to determine not to transmit a channel estimation reference signal through a first frequency band, relative to a first user terminal which was set to transmit the channel estimation reference signal in the first frequency band; generating first control information which instructs a second user terminal to transmit the channel estimation reference signal in said first frequency band; and transmitting a wireless signal including said generated first control information to the second user terminal. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039317 | ACCESS CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A Machine Type Communication (MTC) device and method of the MTC device are provided for establishing a connection with a base station in a wireless communication network environment. The method includes receiving, by the MTC device, a broadcast message from a base station over a Machine-to-Machine (M2M) broadcast control channel, wherein the broadcast message includes header information and at least one M2M-Random Access CHannel (mRACH) parameter; determining whether an mRACH message can be sent to the base station, based on the header information in the received broadcast message; sending the mRACH message to the base station using the at least one mRACH parameter to establish an uplink connection with the base station, when the mRACH message can be sent to the base station; and receiving a resource assignment message indicating a successful connection establishment with the base station, in response to the mRACH message. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039318 | Method and device for de-mapping on LTE downlink control channel - The present disclosure discloses a method for de-mapping on a Long Term Evolution (LTE) downlink control channel. The method includes that: a resource element group table and a first parameter are acquired from the configuration parameters, and the resource element group table is analyzed according to the first parameter to acquire a mapping address of Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) data; a second parameter is acquired from the configuration parameters, and de-cyclic-shift processing is performed on the mapping address of the PDCCH data according to the second parameter to acquire a de-cyclic-shift address; and a third parameter is acquired from the configuration parameters, and de-interleaving processing is performed on the de-cyclic-shift address according to the third parameter to acquire a de-mapping address. The present disclosure further discloses a device for de-mapping on an LTE downlink control channel, which is capable of de-mapping PDCCH data in different scenes by using a pipelining processing structure in combination with configuring corresponding parameters by a software. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039319 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method, an apparatus and a system for sending Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and a method, an apparatus and a system for receiving SRS are disclosed in the present invention, which are used to reduce the requirement for Time Frequency Code (TFC) resource during the process of sending the SRS, and meanwhile to ensure the precision of channel information estimation. The method includes the steps of: determining a first frequency band required by sending the SRS, and determining a second frequency band whose width is smaller than the width of the first frequency band; according to the mode that the average interval for sending the SRS on the first frequency band is larger than the average interval for sending the SRS on the second frequency band, respectively sending the SRS on the first frequency band and the second frequency band. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039320 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - This invention relates to a base station apparatus (eNB) capable of reducing the data processing delay (U-plane latency) by more amount than an LTE system during a semi-persistent scheduling. In an eNB ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting UCI (uplink control information) by user equipment in a carrier aggregation system. According to the method, the user equipment transmits UCI through a PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) of a primary cell in a subframe that has PUSCH transmission of the primary cell; and if the subframe that does not have the PUSCH transmission of the primary cell has PUSCH transmission of at least one secondary cell, the user equipment transmits the UCI through the PUSCH of one of the at least one secondary cell. In this case, more than one serving cell is set up in the user equipment; simultaneous transmission of PUSCH and PUCCH (physical uplink control channel), with PUSCH being a data channel and PUCCH being a control channel, is not set up in the serving cells; and each of the serving cells includes the primary cell and the at least one secondary cell. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039322 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - The present invention discloses a method and device for controlling channel transmission. The control method includes: an MAC module receiving a resource configuration message; the MAC module parsing influence information from the resource configuration message, wherein the influence information indicates a radio bearer (RB) resource influenced by resource configuration; and during the resource configuration, the MAC module only pausing the data transmission borne by the RB resource influenced by the resource configuration. By way of the present invention, the RB resource not influenced by the resource configuration during the resource configuration can still carry out normal data transmission, avoiding the waste of RB resources not influenced by the resource configuration during the resource configuration. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039323 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - The communication terminal includes: a receiving unit and a transmission unit which serve as a communication unit for signal exchange; a beacon processing unit as a first detection unit that detects, for each channel, the number of the other communication terminals performing wireless communication by receiving a terminal number notification signal from a control device; a data processing unit as a second detection unit that counts, for each channel, the number of the other communication terminals found by receiving acknowledgement signals transmitted from the other communication terminals; a channel control unit that selects a frequency channel having a least difference between the number detected by the beacon processing unit and the number counted by the data processing unit, and causes the receiving unit and the transmission unit to perform the signal exchange via the selected frequency channel. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039324 | Direct Communication Between Devices - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for direct communication between terminals. The method for performing communication between terminals using a first terminal in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: transmitting request information for communication between terminals to a base station; receiving, from the base station, control information necessary for setting a link for communication between the terminals after transmitting the request information; setting a direct link between the terminals for data flow between the first and second terminals using the control information; and the first and second terminals performing communication for data transmission using the direct link between the terminals when the control information is not transmitted from the base station. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039325 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A system and method for managing resources in a heterogeneous network, which includes a primary system and a secondary system, and in which a communication coverage range of the primary system is divided into a plurality of regions, the system including: a heterogeneous network resource management module configured to collect and manage resource usage status within a managed region; and a secondary system resource management module configured to acquire the resource usage status of each region from the heterogeneous network resource management module and to allocate resources to the secondary system by utilizing the acquired resource usage status of each region in accordance with a priority determined based on an efficiency of resource multiplexing between the primary system and the secondary system in each region. The system and method improve resource usage efficiency. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039326 | ADAPTIVE FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION AND AN ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION MODE DETERMINING METHOD AND DEVICE - The present description relates to a method of using a terminal to adaptively feed back channel information relating to multi-cell cooperative communication includes: measuring an average signal-to-noise ratio of a virtual multi-antenna channel between a terminal and at least one cell to transmit same to a base station; receiving, from a base station, a number of allowable feedback bits determined on the basis of the average signal-to-noise ratio and cooperative communication information; selecting a codebook from a plurality of predetermined codebooks on the basis of the number of allowable feedback bits and the cooperative communication information; and quantizing channel information on a virtual multi-antenna channel using the selected codebook, and transmitting feedback information including the quantized channel information to a base station. The codebook may be selected to transmit the feedback information using the entire number of allowable feedback bits. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039327 | APERIODIC CQI/PMI REQUEST IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A user's downlink component carriers DL-CCs are divided into groups. An aperiodic CQI/PMI report is triggered by signaling (for example one bit). There is a pattern that maps the signaled trigger to a particular DL-CC within a group of DL-CCs that are configured for a user equipment UE, and that mapped particular DL-CC is determined to be the subject of the aperiodic report. In various embodiments the pattern is implicit and points to the DL-CC for which an aperiodic report has not been sent for more than a threshold time interval; or to the DL-CC for which resources have not been allocated for a periodic report; or to every DL-CC in the group that are activated for the user equipment. Examples are detailed for apparatus, method and computer program from the perspective of the network and from the perspective of the UE. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039328 | INTEGRATED SELF-OPTIMIZING MULTI-PARAMETER AND MULTI-VARIABLE POINT TO MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides a method and system for adaptive point to multipoint wireless communication. The wireless physical layer and the wireless media-access-control (MAC) layer collectively include a set of parameters, which are adaptively modified by a base station controller for communication with a plurality of customer premises equipment. The base station controller adjusts communication with each customer premises equipment individually and adaptively in response to changes in characteristics of communication, including physical characteristics, amount of communication traffic, and nature of application for the communication traffic. | 02-14-2013 |
20130039329 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit ( | 02-14-2013 |
20130039330 | USER EQUIPMENT TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION METHOD - A user equipment terminal for transmitting an uplink control channel to a base station according to a single carrier scheme includes a reception determining unit configured to determine reception of data, which are transmitted from the base station according to scheduling, and generate a reception determination result as first control information; and a control information multiplexing unit configured to assign the first control information to a first radio resource positioned at an end of a system band and assign second control information, which is transmitted with a radio resource dedicated to the user equipment terminal, to a predetermined position in a second radio resource adjacent to the first radio resource, to multiplex the first control information and the second control information into the uplink control channel. The present invention also relates to a base station and an uplink control channel configuration method. | 02-14-2013 |
20130044692 | REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A wireless communication terminal receives a first set of pilot signal resource elements and control information in one or more spatial layers in a first resource block in a subframe and a second set of pilot signal resource elements and data in one or more spatial layers in a second resource block in the subframe, wherein the first and second resource blocks span a set of time symbols in a sub-frame, the first resource blocks span a first set of frequency carriers in the sub-frame, and the second resource blocks span a second set of frequency carriers in the sub-frame. The terminal decodes the one or more spatial layers in which the control information is received using the first set of pilot signal resource elements, wherein the first set of pilot signal resource elements comprises a first number of pilot signal resource elements per layer. The terminal also decodes the one or more spatial layers in which the data is received in the second resource block using the second set of pilot signal resource elements, wherein the second set of pilot signal resource elements comprises a second number of pilot signal resource elements, per layer, present in the second resource block, wherein the first number is greater than the second number. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044693 | Method For Signaling The Overlap Of Downlink Control And Data Channels - A network signals an allocation (PDCCH) for a downlink shared channel (PDSCH); and also signals an indication (reference signal RS) whether a resource block (PRB) comprising the allocated downlink shared channel is used for a control channel transmission (E-PDCCH). Examples include the E-PDCCH being time or frequency multiplexed with the PDSCH; and the indication being a different RS sequence (at least one element being phase shifted) than an original RS sequence used if the PRB were not used for the E-PDCCH. The UE tests for the phase shift by blind decoding. If the phase shift is present the UE a) decodes a portion of the PRB for data if the network is using TDM for its E-PDCCH/PDSCH multiplexing, orb) decodes the full PRB only for the E-PDCCH if the network is using FDM for its E-PDCCH/PDSCH multiplexing. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044694 | USING USER DEVICE FEED BACK TO DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATE NETWORK RESOURCES FOR PROVISIONING SERVICES - A system may receive, from one or more user devices, service information that identifies applications that are being accessed by the user devices and levels of service quality, received by the user devices, when accessing the applications; identify, based on the service information, that a user device is accessing an application at a level of service quality that is less than a threshold; assign, one or more quantities of bandwidth, to the applications, based on the service information; and transmitting, to the base station, scheduling information that identifies how the quantities of bandwidth are assigned to the applications, where transmitting the scheduling information allows the base station to use a quantity of bandwidth, assigned to the application, to provide the application to the user device at a level of service quality that is not less than the threshold. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044695 | Fast link establishment for wireless stations operating in millimeter-wave band - A technique to transmit feedback frames from a control point in each slot of an Association-Beamforming Training Period, as specified in a 60 GHz DBand specification, where at least one sector sweep frame is transmitted from a responding station and at least one sector sweep frame is received by the control point, in order to increase the chance of establishing a directional communication link between the control point and the station. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044696 | CIRCUIT SWITCHED FALL BACK WITHOUT CONNECTION RELEASE AUTHORIZATION - A mobile wireless communication device, in response to a circuit switched page message, suspends an LTE session and engages in a circuit switched call without a determination of receipt of a connection release message from the LTE network. The mobile wireless communication device, therefore, suspends the LTE session before, or without, receiving any connection release message authorizing the termination of the LTE session. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044697 | NETWORK COORDINATION FOR IMPROVED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Communications by base stations in wireless communication networks may be coordinated in a manner to improve performance by mobile devices experiencing interference from non-serving base stations. In particular, base station communications may be coordinated to improve the performance of interference cancellation by mobile devices. If a user equipment (UE) experiencing interference is capable of interference cancellation, then the base stations may coordinate to increase interference to that user equipment so as to improve that UE's ability to perform interference cancellation. Base stations may also coordinate to reduce interference for a UE, regardless of the UE's ability to perform interference cancellation. Mobile device performance improvements may also be achieved by coordinating scheduling of resources by the non-serving base stations, by using communication formats compatible with interference cancellation, by spatial coordination. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044698 | BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE APPROACH TO FIELDS OF A PROTOCOL LAYER - Fields such as sequence numbers and length indicators of protocol layers are extended in extended headers so as to be backwards compatible with corresponding legacy headers. The existing fields of the legacy headers are not directly extended. Instead, existing fields are logically concatenated with other fields of the extended header. Whether the extended fields or legacy fields will be used can be determined dynamically based on current transport block size or semi-statically by higher layers. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044699 | Method and Arrangement for Handling a Scheduling Request - A method in a user equipment for handling a scheduling request, SR, is provided. The user equipment is served by a base station in a cellular communications network. The user equipment receives a first message from the base station. The first message comprises a first assignment of SR resources. The first message is received using a first protocol. The first assignment of SR resources is semi-static. The user equipment further receives a second message from the base station. The second message comprising a second assignment of SR resources. The second message is received using a second protocol. The second protocol is associated with a layer that is lower than a layer associated with the first protocol. The user equipment then applies the SR resources according to the first assignment and the SR resources according to the second assignment at the same time or separately. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044700 | CROSS-SCHEDULED RANDOM ACCESS ORDER TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING METHODS, DEVICES AND SYSTEMS - A node of a wireless network includes processor circuitry that is configured to obtain an identification of a cell on which a user equipment shall transmit a random access preamble and to encode the identification of the cell on which the user equipment shall transmit the random access preamble into at least one unused bit position of a physical downlink control channel random access order. A transmitter is responsive to the processor circuitry and is configured to transmit the physical downlink control channel random access order including the identification of the cell that was encoded into the at least one unused bit position of the physical downlink control channel random access order. Related user equipment, systems and methods are also described. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044701 | FLEXIBLE TRANSMISSION OF MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE TRANSMIT ANTENNAS - Devices and methods for transmitting information in resource blocks between a base station and one or more communication devices are disclosed. In each resource block (RB) used for a data or control channel transmission, a plurality of non-overlapping regions of resource elements (REs) are defined. Each region is associated with one or multiple unique reference symbols (RSs), and may be further associated with one or more antenna ports. When user equipment (UE) demodulates the information it receives in a particular region of an RB, it uses the RS and/or antenna port associated with that region. The RS and/or antenna port information may be used, for example, to estimate a channel of the communication network or to demodulate and decode the data contained within the associated regions. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044702 | Apparatuses and Methods For Controlling Access to a Radio Access Network - The present disclosure presents apparatuses and methods of accessing a communication network including obtaining extended access barring (EAB) data at a user equipment (UE), wherein the EAB data comprises an EAB uniform delay parameter, computing a uniform distribution parameter, determining an access bar period, wherein the access bar period is based on at least the EAB uniform delay parameter and the uniform distribution parameter, and initiating an access procedure to access the communication network after waiting at least the access bar period. Additionally, apparatuses and methods associated with a network apparatus controlling access to the communication network are also disclosed. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044703 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FACILITATING HIGH THROUGHPUT CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments include systems and methods for frame tunneling in a wireless communications system comprising digital beam forming. Embodiments comprise a first and second frame control field with the second frame control field comprising a High Throughput Control (HTC) enabling field. If the HTC enabling field is enabled, then an HTC field is sent. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ALMOST BLANK SUBRAMES - The present application describes embodiments of methods and apparatuses for controlling communications within a first cell that is overlapped by a second cell. One embodiment of the method includes receiving a signal at the second cell indicating a number of devices selected to communicate with the first cell and identifying a set of subframes during which communications are permitted to take place within the first cell based on the number of devices selected to communicate with the first cell. This embodiment of the method also includes delivering an indication of the set of subframes to the first cell. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044705 | Smart RAN - A smart RAN for wireless distributed cloud computing with a UE, the RAN in communication with a Wi-Fi network, an LTE network and a 3G network. The RAN includes a network interface unit that communicates with the LTE in 3G networks. The RAN includes a processing unit which chooses which of the Wi-Fi, LTE and 3G networks to use to send and receive data at a given time based on loading condition of each radio access network technology, user's application/service requirements and user's policy. A method for sending and receiving data of a smart RAN for wireless distributed cloud computing with an UE and the RAN that is simultaneously in communication with a Wi-Fi network, an LTE network and a 3G network. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044706 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - When a common search space and a user equipment-specific search space overlap with each other, and bit numbers of DCI formats transmitted in the common search space and the user equipment-specific search space, respectively are the same as each other, a mobile station apparatus identifies a type of the DCI format. When the common search space and the user equipment-specific search space overlap with each other, and a bit number of a DCI format allocated in the common search space and a bit number of a DCI format allocated in the user equipment-specific search space are the same as each other, a base station apparatus does not allocate the DCI format allocated in the user equipment-specific search space in the overlapped space, and a mobile station apparatus performs blind decoding only of the DCI format allocated in the common search space in the overlapped space. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044707 | CONFIGURATION OF CSI-RS FOR CoMP FEEDBACK - This invention is a manner of Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) transmission between with plural base stations and at least one user equipment. The user equipment measures channel state information of plural base stations using plural CSI-RS resources based on the nodes to which that user equipment can communicate. Generally the identity of these nodes is signaled to the user equipment by one of the base stations. The user equipment calculates a channel state information for each of the base stations and transmits a corresponding channel state indicator response. A higher-layer signaling from at least one base station to the user equipment configures the CSI-RS sequence for each of plural CSI-RS resources. One base station determines communications parameters for communication with the user equipment and plural base stations and signals the user equipment. The user equipment establishes communication with the plural base stations via the determined communication parameters. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044708 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS EFFICIENTLY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a small size data packet efficiently while reducing signaling overhead in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes determining to apply a low security transfer procedure, transmitting, to a base station, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection request message including a temporary Data Radio Bearer (DRB) request to which Access Stratum (AS) security is not applied, receiving an RRC connection setup message, including a temporary DRB configuration, from the base station, and transmitting an Internet Protocol (IP) packet over the temporary DRB. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044709 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING NON-ACCESS STRATUM PROCEDURES IN A MOBILE STATION TO ACCESS RESOURCES OF COMPONENT CARRIERS BELONGING TO DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to perform a multi-radio access technology (RAT) access (MRA) operation. The apparatus may include a WTRU non-access stratum (NAS) entity to communicate with a first and second NAS entity of a first and second core network (CN). Alternatively, the first WTRU NAS entity communicates with a first NAS entity of a first CN, and a second WTRU NAS entity communicates with a second NAS entity of a second CN. The apparatus may include a radio resource control (RRC) entity which controls a first RAT connected to the first CN and a second RAT connected to the second CN. Alternatively, the apparatus includes an RRC entity which controls a first connection using a first RAT connected to the first CN and a second connection using a second RAT connected to a second CN. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044710 | SYSTEM PROVIDING LAND MOBILE RADIO CONTENT USING A CELLULAR DATA NETWORK - A system and method for providing land mobile radio (LMR) content using a cellular data network is provided. The method includes communicating the LMR content via at least one of an LMR network and a cellular data network. The method further includes encapsulating the LMR content using a packet switching protocol when communicating the LMR content via the cellular data network. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044711 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a system where two or more bands the channel state information of which is to be measured can be configured, measurement target of the channel state or the transmission resource is flexibly configured. In a mobile communication system in which a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of component carriers configured by the base station apparatus, the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a downlink control information format which is used for scheduling of a physical uplink shared channel on a certain uplink component carrier and, the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, the channel state information for a downlink component carrier corresponding to the certain uplink component carrier in case that downlink control information included in the downlink control information format is set to request a transmission of the channel state information. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044712 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application relates to a method in which a relay node receives control signals from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises: a step of receiving, from the base station, a relay-node-dedicated physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) via a specific subframe; and a step of performing a blind decoding process on the physical downlink control channel to detect control information for the relay node, wherein said specific subframe includes a first slot and a second slot, and the size of a relay-node-dedicated control channel element (R-CCE) for performing the blind decoding process is individually defined depending on the number of reference signals contained in the first slot and in the second slot. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044713 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION FOR APERIODIC TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for transmitting resource allocation information for an aperiodic transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) includes: determining, by a base station (BS), resource to be allocated for a transmission of an aperiodic SRS to a user equipment (UE) to which an aperiodic SRS is to be transmitted; transmitting indication information regarding the determined resource by using extra information of a physical control channel; and receiving an aperiodic SRS transmitted by the UE in the determined resource after the transmission of the physical control channel. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044714 | CHANNEL RANK FEEDBACK IN MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of a system and methodology are disclosed for aperiodic (i.e., non-periodic) feedback of channel-side information, such as channel rank information, to a base station by having the receiver/UE initiate the feedback instead of using a scheduled feedback approach. The autonomous feedback of channel-side information may use one of several different types of physical channel structures for uplink scheduling requests, such as those being discussed for inclusion in the emerging LTE platform standard. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044715 | POWER RAMPING FOR RACH - The present invention relates to a method for requesting access to a resource, said method comprising a secondary station transmitting an access preamble to a primary station, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble, the secondary station starting a first power ramping scheme for transmitting the access preamble, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble with the first power ramping scheme, the secondary station transmitting a second access preamble with a second power ramping scheme being different from the first power ramping scheme. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR APERIODICALLY TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus that includes configuring the parameters of the sounding reference signal for the channel which is to be detected by a user device, in order to allocate the resource of the sounding reference signal for the user device; transmitting the information, which includes the sounding reference signal resource allocated to the user device, to the user device through a high layer signaling; and transmitting an activation signal to the user device through a low layer signaling to activate the user device to transmit the sounding reference signal. Therefore, an activation signal is transmitted to the user device by transmitting a low layer signaling with higher speed, thus the use efficiency of the resource of the sounding reference signal of the system can be improved, and more users can be supported by the system. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044717 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND PARAMETERS THEREOF, BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A method for transmitting sounding reference signals (SRSs) and parameters thereof, a base station and a mobile station are provided by the present invention. The method for transmitting sounding reference signals includes: according to SRS parameters for one antenna received from a base station, allocating SRS resources for one antenna in a mobile station; according to the received SRS parameters and based on the predetermined relationships between SRS parameters of each antenna in the mobile station, determining SRS parameters of other antennas in the mobile station; according to the determined SRS parameters of the other antennas, allocating SRS resources for the other antennas; and transmitting corresponding SRS signals on the allocated SRS resources via the one antenna and the other antennas respectively. The method and apparatus can save signaling resources in a wireless communication system. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044718 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A technology enabling a base station to transmit acknowledgement (ACK)/negative ACK (NACK) information about data received from a terminal is provided. A cyclic shift value difference of each terminal may be maximized and a radio resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK information may be assigned without collision. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044719 | Dynamic Allocation of Host IP Addresses - The present invention facilitates dynamic allocation of home IP addresses for a mobile node, when it is roaming away from a home network and supported by a foreign network. After the mobile node obtains a care-of address from the foreign network, a stateful or stateless configuration process is used to dynamically allocate a home IP address for the mobile node. In the stateful approach, a binding update message is used to request a home IP address for the mobile node from its home agent. In a stateless embodiment, the mobile node will create a home IP address, which is sent to the home agent for verification via the binding update message. The home agent will receive the home IP address in the binding update message, verify the home IP address, and send acknowledgement of the verification, assuming the home IP address is verified, to the mobile node. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044720 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RESPONSE SIGNAL MAPPIING METHOD - This invention relates to a terminal apparatus that can possibly reduce situations in which upstream channel data are punctured by a plurality of response signals. When having received at least one piece of downstream allocation control information corresponding to a second downstream unit band, which is other than a first downstream unit band, of a plurality of unit bands, a control unit ( | 02-21-2013 |
20130044721 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND RELAY NODE FOR PROCESSING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION ON BACKHAUL LINK - The disclosure discloses a method, system and RN for processing UCI on a backhaul link. The method comprises that: the RN determines Q′ which is the number of the coded modulation symbols of the backhaul UCI according to the number of SC-FDMA symbols occupied by a GP, wherein the GP comprises RN state switch time deltaT and/or the time interval deltat which is reserved for avoiding the interference caused by RN uplink transmission, and deltaT is the switch time required by the RN to switch from an uplink reception state to an uplink transmission state and/or from the uplink transmission state to the uplink reception state; and the RN codes the backhaul UCI into a Q=Q′×Q | 02-21-2013 |
20130044722 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNALS, AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE METHOD - According to one aspect of the present invention, values which are specifically defined for each user equipment are reflected when resource allocation/mapping of downlink/uplink ACK/NACK channels is performed, so as to vary uplink/downlink ACK/NACK information transmitting resources for each user equipment allocated to the same downlink/uplink resource. According to another aspect of the present invention, nodes for transmitting uplink/downlink ACK/NACK information vary for each user equipment allocated to the same downlink/uplink resource. According to the present invention, even when downlink/uplink signals for a plurality of user equipment are transmitted from the same resource, uplink/downlink ACK/NACK signals of the plurality of user equipment are transmitted from different resources, thereby reducing interferences among ACK/NACK signals of the plurality of user equipment. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044723 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING UPLINK DATA RECEIVING STATE INFORMATION IN USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for obtaining an uplink data receiving state, including: receiving, by User Equipment (UE), an uplink resource allocation control signaling, wherein the uplink resource allocation control signaling includes information for indicating that one Transmission Block (TB) is inactivated; and obtaining information for indicating an uplink data receiving state of the inactivated TB from the uplink resource allocation control signaling or from a Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Indication Channel (PHICH). According to the present invention, when performing MIMO transmission for the uplink data in the LTE-A system, the UE can perform corresponding HARQ processing for the inactivated TB. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044724 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A CONNECTION BETWEEN A NODE OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A NODE OF A DATA SERVICE NETWORK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for establishing a connection between a mobility management entity and a node of a network includes acquiring, at the mobility management entity, an address of the node, transmitting a session creation request from the mobility management entity to a serving gateway, receiving, at the mobility management entity, a session creation response from the serving gateway in response to the session creation request, the session creation response including uplink bearer information for data transmission to the serving gateway and an address allocated to the mobility management entity by a packet data network gateway, transmitting, at the mobility management entity, downlink bearer information for data reception from the serving gateway to the serving gateway, and communicating, at the mobility management entity, with the node using the address of the mobility management entity and the address of the node according to the uplink bearer information and the downlink bearer information. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044725 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating a resource for an uplink control channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes allocating a first resource for an uplink control channel and a second resource for a dynamic ranging channel. The second resource is located right after the first resource. | 02-21-2013 |
20130044726 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF TRANSFERING DATA IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed is a method for communicating service data units/Packet Data Units (PDUs) in a carrier aggregation environment, including receiving a plurality of grants on a plurality of active component carriers from an Evolved Node B, allocating transmission resources associated with the plurality of grants to at least one Radio Link Control (RLC) entity of a user equipment, identifying one of the allocated transmission resources associated with one of the plurality of grants by the at least one RLC entity based on criteria for communicating a status report, and transmitting a status PDU including the status report using the identified one of the allocated transmission resources. | 02-21-2013 |
20130051330 | Automatic Resource Allocation For ARQ Feedback - A method (S | 02-28-2013 |
20130051331 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF NETWORK RESOURCES FOR PROVISIONING SERVICES TO USER DEVICES - A device may receive, from a base station, information that identifies traffic conditions within the base station; and may assign one or more different frequency bands to each of one or more applications being provisioned, by the base station, to one or more user devices based on the information that identifies the traffic conditions within the base station. The device may also generate allocation information that identifies how the different frequency bands are allocated to each of the applications; and transmit, via the base station, the allocation information to the user devices, where transmitting the allocation information allows a user device to identify a frequency band with which to obtain an application. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051332 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING CALL ADMISSION CONTROL THRESHOLDS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for modifying call admission control thresholds. One embodiment of a method includes modifying one or more call admission control thresholds provided to base stations by a radio access network in response to a mismatch between a wireless access capacity of the base stations and a backhaul capacity between the base stations and the radio access network. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051337 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station (eNB) according to the present invention includes: a management unit ( | 02-28-2013 |
20130051338 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA ASSOCIATED WITH MTC DEVICE TRIGGER FUNCTION - A method and apparatus for small packet transmission in response to machine type communication (MTC) device trigger indication are provided. For uplink (UL) transmission of small packet from MTC device in idle state, a tracking area update (TAU) complete non-access stratum (NAS) message is used to protect integrity and confidentiality of UL small packet transmission without attach/service request procedure during idle state. For downlink (DL) transmission of small packet from MTC device in idle state, a TAU accept NAS message is used to protect integrity & confidentiality of DL small packet reception without attach/service request procedure during idle state. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051339 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - The present invention is directed to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of controlling uplink transmission at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, wherein the user equipment is connected to multiple component carriers, which includes receiving configuration information for transmitting an uplink signal from a base station; and identifying a time for transmitting the uplink signal to the base station on a corresponding uplink component carrier in use of the configuration information, wherein if the corresponding uplink component carrier is in a non-available state at the time for transmitting the uplink signal, the uplink signal is not transmitted. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051340 | THE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING SIGNALS TO SUBCARRIERS IN MIMO WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for mapping signals to subcarriers in a sending means of a MIMO-based wireless telecommunication network and an apparatus for the same. It is characterized in that, controlling the mapping of the signals in an input signal sequence to the subcarriers, so that the signals sent by different antennas at the same time correspond to nonadjacent signals in the input signal sequence. With the aid of the present invention, burst error due to deep fading channel can be effectively avoided, and diversity gains can be also improved. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051341 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - To perform control of PUSCH retransmission efficiently in a wireless communication system where a mobile station apparatus and a base station apparatus communicate with each other using a plurality of downlink component carriers. In a mobile station apparatus which communicates with a base station apparatus using a plurality of downlink component carriers and a plurality of uplink component carriers, in case that the downlink component carrier corresponding to the uplink component carrier is set not to be used for downlink communication, the mobile station apparatus flushes HARQ buffers of the uplink component carrier associated with the downlink component carrier set not to be used for downlink communication. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051342 | Communication method, mobile station apparatus, base station apparatus and mobile communication system - To provide a mobile communication system and a communication method for enabling HARQ control information to be transmitted and received using radio resources efficiently in case that a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other in a wider frequency band using component carriers in a composite manner, in the communication method in the mobile station apparatus that transmits, to the base station apparatus, the HARQ control information for a plurality of downlink transport blocks transmitted on a plurality of downlink component carriers using a first physical uplink control channel resource, in case that the mobile station apparatus detects a single physical downlink control channel in a common search space in a certain subframe, the mobile station apparatus transmits the HARQ control information to the base station apparatus, using a second physical uplink control channel resource different from the first physical uplink control channel resource. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051349 | INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A information reporting method, base station and user equipment is provided in this invention. The method comprises sending the MAC layer carrier activation signaling to the UE, for activating a first CC of the UE, the MAC layer carrier activation signaling comprising CQI instruction information, for instructing the UE to report aperiodic CQI information of a second CC of the UE, so that the UE triggers to report aperiodic CQI information of the second CC of the UE upon receiving the MAC layer carrier activation signaling. With the information reporting method, base station and user equipment provided in an embodiment of this invention, the problem of slower report of CQI information of activated CCs can be addressed. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051350 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING MAC PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for generating a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes reconstructing at least one MAC Service Data Unit (MSDU) according to scheduling information of the MAC layer and generating at least one MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) data portion, adding control information to each MPDU data portion and generating at least one MPDU payload, the control information comprising MSDU information constituting each MPDU data portion, adding a General MAC Header (GMH) to each MPDU payload and generating at least one MPDU, the GMH including length information on the MPDU and Connection IDentifier (CID) information, and transmitting the MPDU to a receive end. | 02-28-2013 |
20130051357 | BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION METHOD - Base station capable of suppressing interference of a large cell having high transmission power with a small cell having low transmission power and wherein frequency block division loss is low. Macrocell base station has: a frequency resource information generation unit, which calculates average value of allocated frequency resources, determines the calculated frequency resource average value on the basis of a resource allocation recurrence threshold, and generates frequency resource information from the result of the determination; an information control unit which notifies the frequency resource information to a femtocell; and first and second signal generation units which generate and output first report information which is cell information normally sent to a wireless communication terminal, and second report information which limits area that can be notified. Femtocell base station has an information control unit which, upon receiving the second report information, acquires the frequency resource information notified from the macrocell base station. | 02-28-2013 |
20130058285 | SPATIAL HASHING FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCH SPACES - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and a computer program product for spatial hashing for enhanced control channel search spaces. The present invention includes defining a control channel search space for searching for control channel candidates, defining search space locations within the search space, grouping the search space locations into a plurality of subsets of search space locations, associating each subset of search space locations with an antenna port, for each of a plurality of subframes, changing the search space locations from a first subset of search space locations to a second subset of search space locations. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058286 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - A base station apparatus having a control information generation section that generates, per fundamental frequency block, a downlink control information piece for demodulating a data channel that is transmitted for each of a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks assigned to a user terminal, a determining section that determines, per fundamental frequency block, a search space which is a candidate area where the downlink control information piece is arranged, and a transmission section that transmits a downlink control channel in which the search space containing the downlink control information piece is arranged is disclosed. The control information generation section arranges respective downlink control information pieces corresponding to the fundamental frequency blocks in a downlink control channel of a specific fundamental frequency block among the fundamental frequency blocks, and the determining section distributes positions of search spaces such that the search spaces are separate between fundamental frequency blocks and between user terminals. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING THE RELEASE OF A PERSISTENT RESOURCE - A method and apparatus for signaling the release of a persistent resource in long term evolution (LTE) are disclosed. An indication of the release of a downlink (DL) persistent resource is received by a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) from an evolved Node-B (eNB) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). A positive acknowledgement (ACK) is transmitted by the WTRU which denotes that the indication has been received. The PDCCH or a medium access control (MAC) CE may be used by the eNB to signal the indication. At least one bit may be added to contents of the PDCCH to signal whether the PDCCH is for DL persistent or dynamic resource allocation. The DL persistent resource is then released and an indication that the DL persistent resource has been released is transmitted. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058288 | Apparatus and Method to Allocated Communication Resources in a Communication System - An apparatus, system and method for providing interference cancellation and communication resource reservation limits to allocate communication resources in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor ( | 03-07-2013 |
20130058289 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING RANGING - A method and device for performing a dedicated ranging for Machine To Machine (M2M) communication is provided. A M2M device receives a paging message indicating a dedicated ranging channel allocation from a base station. The dedicated ranging channel allocation is valid within a dedicated channel allocation timer. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058290 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS NETWORK - A subscriber station for use in a wireless network capable of communicating according to a multicarrier protocol. The subscriber station determines a total average signal level across N subbands within a channel, where each of the subbands comprises a plurality of subcarriers. The subscriber station also determines a first average signal level within a first subband. The subscriber station then transmits a channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback message to the wireless network. The CQI feedback message comprises a first data indicating the total average signal level across the N subbands and a second data indicating the first average signal level within the one subband. The first data may indicate the total average signal level as an absolute value and the second data may indicate the first average signal level relative to the total average signal level using one of two or more unequal quantization levels. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING FOR SPS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus in which a base station transmits a signal to a relay in a wireless communication system. A method in which a terminal receives a downlink signal in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises: a step of receiving, on a first carrier, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) having no carrier indication information; and a step of receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) using the scheduling information carried on the PDCCH, wherein the PDSCH is received on the first carrier in the event the PDCCH is a non-semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) PDCCH, and the PDSCH is received on a second carrier different from the first carrier in the event the PDCCH is an SPS PDCCH. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058292 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING DATA PLANE TUNNEL ACCORDING TO THE STATUS OF USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention puts forward a method, a system and an apparatus for selecting a data plane tunnel according to the status of User Equipment (UE). The system comprises a Serving Gateway (SGW) and a Local Gateway (LGW), wherein, the SGW is used for determining the status of the UE and whether a connection is used for Local IP Access (LIPA)/Selected IP Traffic Offload (SIPTO), and instructs the LGW; the LGW is used for setting a tunnel identifier status of the LGW according to the instruction of the SGW, and selecting the data plane tunnel according to the tunnel identifier status. The present invention selects an appropriate data plane tunnel by setting a tunnel identifier in an LGW, and proposes a method for controlling the to setting/clearing of the tunnel identifier, therefore the present invention enjoys comprehensive functions and may make up the deficiency of LIPA/SIPTO architecture in the prior art. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058293 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a radio base station apparatus and a transmission power control method that do not deteriorate the uplink reception quality of cell-edge users when uplink MU-MIMO transmission is applied. The transmission power control method of the present invention includes the steps of: in a radio base station apparatus that performs space division multiplexing between users by uplink MU-MIMO transmission: controlling transmission power according to a number of MU-MIMO multiplexed users; and transmitting transmission power information to match the number of MU-MIMO multiplexed users; and in a mobile terminal apparatus: setting transmission power using the transmission power information; and transmitting an uplink signal by the transmission power. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058294 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention provides a search space configuration that is suitable for a communication system in which a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks are grouped together into a wide band. A base station apparatus ( | 03-07-2013 |
20130058295 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for efficient feedback in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas. A method for transmitting, via an uplink, channel state information for downlink transmission in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: receiving a downlink signal via a downlink channel; generating an RI for the downlink channel, selecting a first PMI and a second PMI on the basis of the rank indicated by the generated RI, and calculating a CQI on the basis of pre-coding information determined by the combination of the selected first and second PMIs; and transmitting the RI, the first PMI, the second PMI, and/or the CQI via an uplink channel, wherein said first PMI and second PMI can be transmitted on different uplink subframes if the uplink channel is a PUCCH. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058296 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, WIRELESS STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is a provided a wireless communication system in which multiple base station transmit the same data (PDSCH signal) in a coordinated transmission scheme. Each base station controls allocation a wireless resource that one of the remaining base station transmits a signal different from the above same data, such as a control signal or reference signal to a mobile station that is applied the coordinated transmission scheme to a mobile terminal that is different from the mobile station that is applied the coordinated transmission scheme and that is to communicate with the base station. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058297 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a user selection unit selecting a user equipment terminal to which radio resources are to be allocated, the selection being based on whether there is a MAC-layer control signal to be transmitted to the user equipment terminal. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method and apparatus for accessing a wireless sensor network are provided in embodiments of this invention. The technical solution provided in embodiments of this invention includes: when receiving a first beacon frame, stopping channel scan temporarily, and establishing a new channel scan sequence according to operating channels of a current wireless sensor network recorded in the beacon frame. Non-operating channels are not included in the new channel scan sequence. Time for performing subsequence channel scan is reduced, so that the process of accessing the current wireless sensor network of a device node expecting for network can be accelerated. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058299 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ACCESS GATEWAY HAVING PLURAL USER PLANE AGWS - In a mobile communication system including an access gateway (AGW) comprising a C-AGW for handling control messages and a plurality of U-AGWs for forwarding data packets, the C-AGW is provided with a management table indicating an address of U-AGW to be an endpoint of tunnel, in association with each of mobile station IDs. When a tunnel setup request message including a mobile station ID is received from one of base stations, the C-AGW searches the management table for the address of U-AGW corresponding to the mobile station ID and notifies the base station of the U-AGW address, and if the mobile station ID is not found in the management table, the C-AGW notifies the base station of an address of a particular U-AGW selected out of the U-AGWs, so that the base station establishes a tunnel for forwarding data packets toward the notified U-AGW. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058300 | Uplink Power Control in Aggregated Spectrum Systems - A method for communication includes modulating data in a wireless communication terminal to produce an aggregated-spectrum signal, which includes at least first and second signals in respective first and second spectral bands. The modulated data is transmitted in the first and second signals at respective first and second power levels. The second power level is adjusted separately from the first power level. In some embodiments, one or more instructions to set the first power level are received at the wireless communication terminal, and the first power level is set separately from setting the second power level based on the instructions. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058301 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In the present description, a maximum transmission number for preamble and a maximum transmission number uplink message are configured to perform a random access procedure. The maximum transmission number for preamble (e.g., preambleTransMax) can be classified into a first type for general access and a second type for MTC and/or delay-tolerant accesses. Further, the maximum transmission number uplink message (e.g., maxHARQ-Msg3Tx) can be classified into a first type and a second type. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system. A terminal generates a base sequence having a length of 12, for a reference signal, and determines a cyclic shift index from among a set of a cyclic shift indices {0, 3, 6, 8, 10}. The terminal cyclically shifts the base sequence on the basis of the determined cyclic shift index to generate a cyclically shifted sequence, and transmits the cyclically shifted sequence to a base station. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058303 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to resource allocation in a wireless communication system. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058304 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and device for receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication system. In more detail, the method for receiving downlink signals includes: receiving first control information for downlink scheduling through a first slot in a pair of resource blocks (RBs), the first control information including allocation information on a plurality of continuous RBs; receiving data from a second slot in a pair of RBs if the pair of RBs includes the first control information in the plurality of continuous RBs; and, if the pair of RBs outside the plurality of continuous RBs includes the first control information, attempting to detect second control information on uplink scheduling through a second slot of a pair of RBs. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058305 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL INTERLEAVING IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application relates to a method in which a terminal performs channel interleaving in a multi-antenna wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: constructing both channel quality indicator (CQI) information and coded data information into preset bit-wide vectors to generate a first interleaver input vector sequence; repeating both rank indicator (RI) information and acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information per the number (N | 03-07-2013 |
20130058306 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method include receiving a downlink control information (DCI) format including a triggering signal for triggering a transmission of an aperiodic SRS from a base station (BS) via a physical downlink control Channel (PDCCH), blind-decoding the PDCCH in a UE-specific search space, and transmitting the aperiodic SRS triggered based on the triggering signal to the BS. | 03-07-2013 |
20130058307 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting channel state information in a coordinated multipoint communication system. The method for transmitting channel state information from a terminal to multiple base stations, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprise the steps of: transmitting the CSI including long-term broadband PMI and short-term sub-band PMI to a first base station; transmitting the CSI including the long-term broadband PMI and not including the short-term sub-band PMI to a second base station; and transmitting the CSI including the short-term sub-band PMI to the second base station, when a request for the short-term sub-band PMI transmission to the second base station is received. | 03-07-2013 |
20130064187 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WAN ASSISTED CONTENTION DETECTION & RESOLUTION IN PEER TO PEER NETWORKS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to collision detection and/or avoidance regarding peer to peer connection identifiers. A wireless communications device broadcasts a signal indicating its acquired connection identifier in one of two alternative blocks. A base station monitors peer to peer signaling in its coverage area and tracks the usage of peer to peer connection identifiers by pairs of devices. The base station detects when multiple pairs of devices are using the same peer to peer connection identifier. The base station provides assistance to the peer to peer network to avoid a collision or facilitate rapid collision detection by the peer to peer devices. In one approach the base station sends an instruction for a connection to switch its connection identifier. In another approach the base station sends a connection a message to bias its selection as to which of the two alternative blocks to use for transmission. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064188 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS NETWORKS - The disclosed subject matter relates to dynamic resource management for wireless network components with a wireless communications environment. Personal base stations can be deployed in a substantially uncoordinated manner resulting in conflicts among wireless radio resources. Dynamically assigning subchannel and dynamically allocating power for subchannels can reduce these conflicts. Dynamic resource management can employ combinatorial auction schema such that assignment of subchannels can be considerate of selecting a power level for performance and to minimize overlapping subchannel interference. In an aspect, several methods can be employed to reduce the computational complexity of the general integer programming problem presented. These several methods can include a Combinatorial Auction with Greedy Algorithm scheme, a Random Equal Subchannel Partition scheme, a Local Combinatorial Auction scheme, and a Neighbors' Poor Channels scheme. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064189 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOBILE ASSISTED REVERSE LINK INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Techniques are provided for mobile assisted reverse link interference management. For example, a method for providing mobile assisted reverse link (RL) interference management includes requesting at least one pilot strength measurement from a user device. The method may include receiving at least one macrocell pilot strength measurement or femtocell pilot or beacon strength measurement from the user device in response to the request. The method may include determining a data rate allocation for the user device based at least in part on the at least one macrocell pilot strength measurement or femtocell pilot or beacon strength measurement. The method may include transmitting the data rate allocation to the user device, thereby controlling RL interference caused by the user device to at least one non-serving cell. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064190 | SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS IN CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING SCENARIOS - This invention relates to signaling of resource assignments in cross-carrier scheduling scenarios. In order to enable cross-carrier scheduling in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation while avoiding erroneous detection of assigned physical resources that could lead to HARQ soft buffer corruption/degradation of the system throughput, the invention suggests a scheme for explicitly indicating within downlink control information (DCI) including a resource assignment for the downlink (or uplink) the number of OFDM symbol(s) used for control signaling within a sub-frame on a component carrier on which resources are assigned by the DCI. In one exemplary implementation the number of OFDM symbol(s) used for control signaling is the PCFICH values signaled in a 3GPP LTE-A network. The indication of the OFDM symbol(s) within the sub-frame on the assigned component carrier may for example be jointly encoded with other control signaling information, e.g. with the carrier cation of the carrier indicator field. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064191 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD THEREOF - A random access method of a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation which allows transmitting data on multiple carriers is provided. A random access method for a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation according to the present invention includes receiving, at a terminal, Random Access Channel (RACH) selection information necessary for random access, the RACH selection information being transmitted by a base station; selecting, when the random access is triggered, an uplink carrier on which the random access is attempted based on the RACH selection information; and attempting the random access on the selected uplink carrier. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064192 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of transmitting, by a radio base station eNB, “RRC Connection Reconfiguration” including setting information on a plurality of CCs and PDCCHs to a mobile station UE, and a step B of transmitting, by the mobile station UE, “RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete” to the radio base station eNB using a contention-based channel in response to the received “RRC Connection Reconfiguration”. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064193 | METHOD FOR DECODING CONTROL INFORMATION OF TERMINAL IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREOF - Provided is a method of decoding control information of a terminal in a carrier aggregation system. The method includes: receiving downlink control information including a carrier indication field from a base station; and decoding the downlink control information, wherein the downlink control information includes at least two or more fields, and a component carrier indicated by a value of the carrier indication field is determined according to a value of a specific field among the at least two or more fields. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064194 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING A PLURALITY OF RADIO CHANNELS, TRANSMISSION AND DESTINATION DEVICES, CORRESPONDING SIGNAL AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting data packets in a communication network using a plurality of radio channels. The network is organized into a plurality of communication layers including a data link layer MAC and a physical layer PHY. The method includes aggregating data packets to be transmitted to a single recipient, in the MAC layer, outputting at least two aggregated packets, with which a single header of the PHY layer is associated. At least two of the radio channels are concatenated to form a concatenated channel. The aggregated packets are simultaneously transmitted respectively over at least two separate concatenated sub-channels, one concatenated sub-channel including at least one of the radio channels of the concatenated channel. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064195 | Method of Handling Random Access Procedure on Secondary Cell when Primary Cell Time Alignment Timer Expires - A method of handling a random access procedure for a mobile device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises having an ongoing random access procedure on a secondary cell; and aborting the ongoing random access procedure on the secondary cell when a time alignment timer associated with a primary cell expires. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064196 | Searching Space and Operation for Enhanced PDCCH in LTE Systems - A method is provided for operating an eNB in a wireless communication network. The method comprises allocating, by the eNB, one or more resource units within one or more physical resource block pairs to a user equipment for transmitting enhanced control information. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064197 | System and Method for Dynamic Coordination of Radio Resources Usage in a Wireless Network Environment - A wireless user equipment (UE) device includes a processor configured to control at least one of a plurality of subsystems to receive sensory data associated with multiple radio channels relative to one or more radio elements utilizing multiple radio access technologies in a communications network, whereby the sensory data may be processed to determine one or more reliability conditions associated with the sensory data. The processor is further configured to control at least one or more of the plurality of subsystems for communicating the sensory data and the associated reliability conditions to a network node and for processing a control message received from the network node for facilitating allocation of a radio resource to at least one of the radio elements. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064198 | MULTIPATH TRANSPORT TUNNEL OVER MULTIPLE AIR INTERFACES CONNECTING WIRELESS STATIONS - A method and apparatus for wireless communication between stations addressable via an Internet Protocol (IP) network that includes a first station wirelessly communicating with a second station via a multi-path transport protocol (MTP) tunnel The MTP tunnel manages at least a first IP data sub-flow over a first air interface and at least a second IP data sub-flow over a second air interface and allocates a first IP data flow to the at least two distinct IP data sub-flows over the at least two distinct air interfaces. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064199 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK POWER CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are an apparatus and method for transmitting or receiving uplink power control information. According to the present invention, a transmitting antenna of a base station device transmits, to a terminal, a first message containing first information on the interference and noise levels of frequency partitions to which an uplink data channel and an uplink control channel are allocated. Here, the uplink data channel and the uplink control channel are allocated to different frequency partitions. The transmitting antenna can further transmit, to the terminal, information on frequency partitions to which the uplink data channel and the uplink control channel are allocated. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064200 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To provide a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method supporting respectively a plurality of mobile communication systems coexist mutually. The base station apparatus in a radio communications system in which an LTE-A system and an LTE system are placed so as to coexist with each other, the LTE-A system having a system band composed of a plurality of component carriers, the LTE system having a system band composed of a single component carrier, the base station apparatus is configured to generate ACK/NACK of HARQ to uplink transmission of a plurality of the component carriers, set offset as 0 to the component carrier used in the LTE system, set the offset to be increased beginning at the aforementioned component carrier in order of being circuited among the plurality of the component carriers, and add the aforementioned offset to the allocation resource of ACK/NACK. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064201 | System and a Method for Managing Device Identifier of A Ubiquitous Network - The present invention discloses a ubiquitous network gateway, which includes: a conversion unit, used for converting the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network to the identifier of the communication network device, maintaining, storing or caching the mapping relationship between the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network and the identifier of the communication network device, and converting the identifier of the communication network device to the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network; an identifier mapping unit, used for maintaining or storing the mapping relationships among the identifier of the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network, the identifier of the communication network device and the gateway identifiers of the ubiquitous network. A system and a method for managing communication network device identifiers of the ubiquitous network are disclosed in the present invention. The use of the ubiquitous network gateway, system and method of the present invention can enable the service interaction with the device of the extension network of the ubiquitous network and benefit the service development of the ubiquitous network. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064202 | Efficient Location Updates, Paging and Short Bursts - A mobile terminal in a wireless communication network may be one of several modes of operation. When in an idle mode, the mobile terminal may avoid a lengthy random access procedure normally associated with responding to a page from a base station, if the base station includes in the page an indication of a resource that the mobile terminal may utilize when responding to the page. Additionally, the mobile terminal may transmit an efficient location update MAC header to a base station, whether prompted to by a page from the base station or not. Furthermore, without leaving the idle mode or a sleep mode, the mobile terminal may exchange short data burst messages with a base station. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064203 | TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system, etc. are provided that can prevent the accuracy of propagation channel estimation from degrading when performing radio communications based on OFDM by using a plurality of carriers each with a predetermined bandwidth. Radio communications based on an OFDM scheme are performed between a transmitter and a receiver by using a carrier with a prescribed bandwidth in which first signals such as reference signals, for example, are arranged at constant subcarrier intervals. The transmitter, when performing communications with the receiver by using a plurality of such carriers, transmits to the receiver an OFDM signal in which the first signals are arranged at predetermined subcarrier intervals across the plurality of carriers. The receiver extracts the first signals from the OFDM signal received from the transmitter. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064204 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method, a device and a system for signal transmission are disclosed in embodiments of the present invention. The method comprises: selecting a multiplexing mode of signals to be transmitted by a cell according to interference strength received by the cell and/or interference strength received by a neighboring cell; notifying a receiver of the multiplexing mode of the signals to be transmitted by the cell; and transmitting the signals to be transmitted by the cell according to the multiplexing mode of the signals to be transmitted by the cell. Through the signal transmission method, device and system provided herein, the multiplexing mode is selected adaptively according to the interference strength. Therefore, the inter-cell interference is reduced, the reliability of channel detection is improved, the system complexity is reduced, and the cost is saved. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064205 | ACKNOWLEDGING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Allocating uplink resources based on downlink traffic in a wireless network is provided. The number of sent segments of transport communication protocol (TCP) data may be counted. In response to the count exceeding a value, a message is sent allocating uplink resources to receive an uplink segment and a message acknowledging sent segments of the TCP data. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064206 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits, to a base station apparatus, uplink data using a physical uplink shared channel assigned by an uplink data transmission permission signal, wherein the base station apparatus: transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a radio resource control signal including information for specifying a physical format in transmitting reception quality information together with uplink data; and transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including a transmission instruction of reception quality information, and wherein the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, reception quality information together with uplink data using the physical uplink shared channel according to information for specifying the physical format in case that a transmission instruction of the reception quality information is included in the uplink data transmission permission signal. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064207 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PRECODING INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving precoding information are disclosed. The method can be implemented in a communication system, wherein the communication system includes a terminal and a data transmitting apparatus in communication with the terminal, a system bandwidth of the communication system is divided into at least one bandwidth part (BP) and each BP comprises at least one subband. The method includes: selecting, by the terminal, a subband within a first BP of the at least one BP according to a preset criterion or a predefined rule; obtaining, by the terminal, precoding information of the subband selected within the first BP; and transmitting, by the terminal, the precoding information of the subband selected within the first BP to the data transmitting apparatus. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064208 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A radio communication system provided with a communication device and a radio communication network system is characterized by comprising a transmission delay estimate information transmitting means for transmitting transmission delay estimate information to the radio communication network system when the transmission condition of the transmission delay estimate information is met. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064209 | Support of UL ACK/NACK Feedback for Carrier Aggregation During Timing Uncertainty Component Carrier (Re-) Configuration/Activation/De-activation Period - An apparatus and a method is described, by which a component carrier configuration, re-configuration, activation or deactivation is performed. In particular, a signaling format used for acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement messages on an uplink control channel is detected, and a codebook size of the acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement messages is decided based on the detected signaling format. | 03-14-2013 |
20130064210 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RESPONSE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - This invention is related to a terminal apparatus that can normally transmit an upstream response signal. A response signal generating unit ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130064211 | RADIO BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - A radio base station eNB which periodically receives uplink control information including CQI through PUCCH, comprising: a storage unit | 03-14-2013 |
20130064212 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - This invention is directed to a terminal apparatus capable of preventing the degradation of reception quality of control information even in a case of employing SU-MIMO transmission system. A terminal ( | 03-14-2013 |
20130064213 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING OR SUPPORTING COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the receiver of a base station receives, from a first terminal, a first message containing information on a first terminal identifier, information which enables a direct link connection between the first terminal and one or more candidate terminals capable of cooperative communication in a cell to which the first terminal belongs, and/or information on the mode in which the first terminal performs cooperative communication. The transmitter of the base station transmits, to said one or more candidate terminals, a message for requesting a direct link connection with the first terminal, wherein the message contains the information on the first terminal identifier and/or information on the mode in which the first terminal performs cooperative communication. The network to which the first terminal and the candidate terminals are linked is different from the network to which the first terminal and the base station are linked. | 03-14-2013 |
20130070686 | Receiving Unit in a Wireless Communication Network and Method for Generating an Automatic Repeat Request Feedback Message - The invention relates to a receiving unit in a wireless communication network comprising a processing unit being configured to generate Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feed-back messages for acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement of received data units in a wireless communication channel. In order to avoid signalling overhead, it is proposed that said processing unit is further configured to delay the generation of Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feedback messages until the processing unit has recognized irregularities in the data transmission or until the number (C) of delayed Automatic Repeat request (ARQ) feedback messages has reached a threshold value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070687 | MACRO DIVERSITY IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH EDGE BREAKOUT - Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data breakout with a component in a Mobile Internet Optimization Platform (MIOP) referred to as MIOP@NodeB. A set of NodeBs that are in simultaneous communication with user equipment are defined as an active set. One of the MIOP@NodeBs of the active set is selected as a master, with the remaining MIOP@NodeBs in the active set being designated slaves. During uplink of signaling data, the signaling data is sent from the UE to all the NodeBs in the active set, which send the signaling data to each of their corresponding MIOP@NodeBs. Each slave MIOP@NodeB sends its data to the master MIOP@NodeB, which combines the data from all into a best packet. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070688 | Architecture, devices and methods for supporting multiple channels in a wireless system - Devices, systems, and methods are presented for a wireless base station to assign dynamically a plurality of radio transceiver chains among a varying number of wireless channels. In this manner, the communication system including the wireless base station may transition between a range extension mode and an enhanced capacity mode. In the range extension mode, a system is configured for maximum communication range with Subscriber Stations that are relatively distant from the radio transceiver chains, although communication is still possible with nearby Subscriber Stations. In the enhanced capacity mode, the system is configured for maximum communication throughput with Subscriber Stations that are relatively near to the radio transceiver chains, whereas communication with relatively distant Subscriber Stations will be either terminated or at least non-optimized. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070689 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink Control Signaling - A system, a device and a method for allocating A/N resources are disclosed. In one embodiment the method comprises indicating an acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement (A/N) channel of a user equipment in a first cell, the A/N channel according to a first value and a second value, wherein the first value is determined by a physical layer parameter, wherein the second value is indicated by a high layer signaling, and wherein the A/N channel corresponds to a downlink transmission of a second cell. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070690 | COMMUNICATION METHOD OF TERMINAL IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL - The present invention provides a communication method of a terminal in a carrier aggregation system. The method comprises: determining indexes relative to a plurality of downlink component carriers and a plurality of uplink component carriers; receiving, from a base station, DCI through at least one downlink component carrier among the plurality of downlink component carriers; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station through an uplink component carrier determined on the basis of DCI, wherein the DCI includes an index that indicates the uplink component carrier which transmits the uplink signal among the plurality of uplink component carriers. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070691 | Non-Guaranteed Bit Rate Bearer Control in a Mobile Communication Network - In a mobile communication network, data traffic is mapped to a non-guaranteed bit rate bearer ( | 03-21-2013 |
20130070692 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - The present invention provides a radio communication control method, in a communication system in which the system band is widened by aggregating a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, that is suitable to transmit a downlink shared channel and its downlink control channel in different fundamental frequency blocks. According to this radio communication control method, a normal component carrier and an concatenated component carrier are selected for radio communication with a user terminal, and resources are allocated such that, in the event the user terminal is a terminal of LTE specifications which can support up to a fundamental frequency block, communication is made possible based on the LTE specifications using only the fundamental frequency block, and, in the event the user terminal is a terminal of the LTE-A specifications which can support up to the concatenated frequency block, communication is performed based on the LTE specifications using the concatenated frequency block. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070693 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MULTIPLE DATA TRANSMISSION RESULT - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving multiple data transmission result, the apparatus comprises: a receiver in which a base station receives two or more uplink subframes that include independent data from a terminal; a reception verifier which verifies the independent data received from the receiver; a response data generator which generates a verification result for the independent data as response data; a signal generator which generates a downlink subframe by storing first information of the response data in a first section of a control area, and by storing second information of the response data in a field, which is not changed for a certain period of time, within a second section of the control area that is distinguished from the first section; and a transmitter which transmits the downlink subframe. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070694 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, an allocating unit of a wireless communication device finds for each user an unallocated radio channel having maximum communication quality as a first radio channel, and calculates a first metric matching a communication state using communication quality in the first radio channel, selects one user from the plurality of users based on the first metric and allocates the first radio channel to the selected user. Further, the allocating unit repeats allocating an unallocated radio channel adjacent to a radio channel allocated to the selected user on a frequency domain until predetermined conditions are satisfied. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070695 | Method for Scheduling User Equipment in a Radio Communications System and Apparatus Thereof - Method and Apparatus for scheduling transmissions of a plurality of user equipments in a radio communications system including the steps of: transmitting by at least two user equipments of said plurality, of channel information to an access node, said access node serving said at least two user equipments, wherein said channel information includes of a channel matrix; said access node upon reception of said channel information, determining a correlation between said at least two user equipments; said access node comparing said determined correlation to a threshold, and said access node scheduling radio resources for said at least two user equipments based on said comparison. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070696 | Network Side Device and Method for Transmitting Configuration Information of Pathloss Power Threshold Thereof - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting pathloss power threshold configuration information and a network side device. The method includes: the network side increasing or reducing the weighted sum value currently selected by the cell according to the scenario of resources which can be allocated in a current cell, updating the random access preamble group B power offset value and the power offset value between the random access preamble and the first scheduled transmission (Msg3) sent over the uplink channel resources respectively according to the increased or reduced weighted sum value, sending the updated random access preamble group B power offset value and the updated power offset value between the random access preamble and Msg3 to a terminal of the cell. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070697 | Method and Device for Transmitting, Method for Receiving and Destination Device, Corresponding Multicarrier Signal and Computer Program. - A method for transmitting data packets in a communication network using a plurality of radio frequency channels, at least two of the radio frequency channels being concatenated to form a concatenated channel. The method includes: acquiring and reserving at least one of the channels from the concatenated channel, thus reserving a first frequency band for transmitting data packets to a first target device; acquiring and reserving channels from the concatenated channel that were unreserved during the first step of acquisition and reservation, thus reserving a second frequency band for transmitting data packets to a second target device; generating a preamble specific to a selected data packet, which includes a simultaneous transmission indicator on the first and second frequency bands; and simultaneously transmitting the data packets on the first and second frequency bands, from the selected packet and the specific preamble, before the selected packet on the second frequency band. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070698 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - First resource blocks of a radio resource each include a first number of subcarriers and a second number of subframes having the first size. In this case, second resource blocks are formed, each second resource block including fewer subcarriers than the first number and fewer subframes than the second number based on the first resource blocks. A signal is transmitted in the first resource block or second resource block, and particularly, signals of first and second channels are transmitted by sharing the first resource block. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070699 | OPTIMIZED SYSTEM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A base station subsystem (BSS) and a method are described herein for improving an Access Grant Channel (AGCH) capacity when mobile stations establish an uplink Temporary Block Flow (TBF) triggered by a small data transmission (SDT) or an instant message transmission (IMT). Plus, a mobile station (MS) and a method are described herein for improving the AGCH capacity when the mobile station establishes an uplink TBF triggered by a SDT or an IMT. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070700 | Method of Handling Random Access Procedure on Primary Cell When Random Access Procedure on Secondary Cell is Ongoing or about to Start - A method of handling a first random access procedure on a Primary Cell (PCell) for a mobile device when a second random access procedure on a Secondary Cell (SCell) is ongoing or is about to start is disclosed. The method comprises selectively initiating the first random access procedure on the PCell according to a result of the second random access procedure after the mobile device completes the second random access procedure on the SCell, wherein the first random access procedure is triggered by a pending scheduling request of the mobile device and the second random access procedure is triggered by need of synchronization on the SCell. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070701 | CHANNEL AND BANDWIDTH SWITCH PROCEDURES FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to apparatus and methods for switching operating bandwidth and/or operating channel in a wireless communications network. A transmitting STA may send an announcement of a switch to a particular bandwidth in a frame, wherein the presence of absence of a Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame indicates whether the particular bandwidth belongs to a first or second set of operating bandwidths. The presence of the Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame may indicate a switch to the first set of operating bandwidths. The first set of operating bandwidths may include VHT channels including 80 MHz only, 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz channels. The absence of the Secondary Channel Offset Element and a Wide Bandwidth Channel Switch Element in the frame may indicate a switch to the second set of operating bandwidths. The second set of operating bandwidths may include 20 MHz and 40 MHz channels. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070702 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SUPPORTING UPLINK TRANSMISSION USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and to a method and apparatus for efficiently transmitting control information for supporting an uplink transmitting technique using multiple antennas. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for transmitting control information for an uplink transmission using multiple antennas comprises the following steps: receiving a plurality of data blocks; transmitting ACK/NACK information for the received data blocks via a PHICH; transmitting, via a PDCCH, information containing an indicator which indicates whether to retransmit each of the plurality of data blocks; and receiving an uplink transmission in accordance with the combination of the ACK/NACK information and the information indicated by the indicator. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070703 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention aims to realize an uplink assignment information structure that is optimal for signaling of uplink assignment information when a plurality of frequency bands are assigned to an uplink data channel. In a radio communication system where a plurality of frequency bands are assigned to one user on the uplink, uplink assignment information including uplink resource allocation information in which resources are allocated in a bitmap format is defined, this uplink assignment information is formed in the same bit size as downlink assignment information (for example, DCI format | 03-21-2013 |
20130070704 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving downlink control information is disclosed. The method includes, at a base station, receiving feedback information including a precoding matrix index (PMI) from a user equipment (UE) and transmitting precoding information having a predetermined bit number according to the number of antenna ports and a transmission mode of the base station. The precoding information of a predetermined transmission mode in the precoding information includes confirmation information indicating that the base station uses a PMI which is recently received from the UE. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070705 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING INITIAL ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently performing an initial access in an MS in a multi-carrier broadband wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes scanning a plurality of carriers supported by a BS, and selecting one of the scanned carriers as a first carrier and receiving an SFH of the first carrier. The SFH of the first carrier includes at least one of a field indicating load status of the first carrier and recommended network entry carrier information including information about a second carrier in good load status. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CHANNEL SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting uplink control information by a terminal in a cellular communication system. The method includes receiving system information associated with uplink transmission of a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) from a base station; determining an orthogonal sequence having a first length or a second length predefined; transmitting uplink control information to which a first orthogonal sequence is applied, if the first orthogonal sequence having the first length is determined; and transmitting uplink control information to which a second orthogonal sequence is applied, if the second orthogonal sequence having the second length is determined. The SRS is selectively transmitted with the uplink control information, based on the received system information, and the uplink control information, to which the first orthogonal sequence having the first length is applied, is transmitted regardless of whether or not the SRS is transmitted in a corresponding slot. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070707 | Signaling Reserved Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Information for Downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling - A method is provided for reuse of one of a plurality of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) Process ID. The method includes receiving signaling used to associate at least one of the plurality of HARQ Process IDs with semi-persistent scheduling. The method further includes determining an activation of a semi-persistent resource. The method further includes receiving a non-semi-persistent data communication utilizing the at least one of a plurality of HARQ Process IDs. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070708 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING CENTRAL SUBCARRIER - A method and a device for configuring a central subcarrier are disclosed. The method comprises: mapping a first downlink control channel onto a part (f | 03-21-2013 |
20130070709 | Method, Device, and System of Resource Configuration - A method and a communications system are provided. The system includes a base station and a RNC. The base station does not report the RNC whether the base station supports an E-DPCCH power boost capability. The RNC is also informed whether a UE supports and E-DPCCH power boost capability. If the UE supports E-DPCCH power boost function, the RCE designates by default that the base station also supports the E-DPCCH power boost function even though the base station does not report whether it supports or not, and configures resources for the base station to perform channel estimation by using the E-DPCCH power boost feature for the UE. Through the solution of the system, the accuracy of channel estimation can be improved and thus a bit error rate in high-speed data transmission can be reduced. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070710 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS OF LOCATION-BASED MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - A method, a system and an apparatus of location-based machine-to-machine communication are disclosed. The method includes: a network device receives a first service request sent by an MTC server and intended for obtaining service data of a first service in a first area, where the network device uses a first terminal identifier to trigger first MTC devices that execute the first service in the first area to access a network, and the first MTC devices share the first terminal identifier and first subscription information; the network device receives the service data of the first service reported by the first MTC devices after the first MTC devices access the network as triggered; and the network device sends the service data to the MTC server. Embodiments of the present invention can save storage space and bearer resources of the network side and reduce network overhead, device overhead and air interface resource consumption. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070711 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING TUNNEL IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION - A method, a device, and a system for controlling tunnel identifier allocation are provided. The method includes: determining whether a type of a current procedure allows a Serving Gateway (SGW) to change a Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (TEID) and/or an Internet Protocol (IP) address (S | 03-21-2013 |
20130070712 | MACRO DIVERSITY IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH EDGE BREAKOUT - Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data Macro diversity is managed at the edge in a mobile data network with edge data breakout with a component in a Mobile Internet Optimization Platform (MIOP) referred to as MIOP@NodeB. A set of NodeBs that are in simultaneous communication with user equipment are defined as an active set. One of the MIOP@NodeBs of the active set is selected as a master, with the remaining MIOP@NodeBs in the active set being designated slaves. During uplink of signaling data, the signaling data is sent from the UE to all the NodeBs in the active set, which send the signaling data to each of their corresponding MIOP@NodeBs. Each slave MIOP@NodeB sends its data to the master MIOP@NodeB, which combines the data from all into a best packet. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070713 | PILOT ALLOCATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS WITH FREQUENCY NOTCHING - The present invention relates to a transmitting apparatus for transmitting signals in a multi carrier system, in which pilot signals and data mapped on frequency carriers are transmitted in a transmission bandwidth, wherein apart of sai transmission bandwidth is not used to transmit signals, comprising pilot signal mapping means for mapping pilot signals onto selected frequency carriers according to a pilot pattern which is adapted for a channel estimation in a corresponding receiving apparatus, said pilot pattern enabling a channel estimation for frequency carriers next to said part of said transmission bandwidth which is not used to transmit signals. The present invention further relates to a corresponding method as well as a pilot pattern. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070714 | METHOD FOR QOS GUARANTEES IN A MULTILAYER STRUCTURE - A method in which a user equipment processes data in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes the steps of receiving a first data block from an upper layer, transferring a second data block including the first data block to a lower layer at a particular protocol layer, discarding the first and second data blocks present in the particular protocol layer if a certain period of time has passed, and transferring information associated with the discard of the second data block to the lower layer. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AN AD-HOC WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An IBSS that allows token passing for round-robin service of QoS flows is disclosed (an RRBSS). The RRBSS permits low-latency, reduced contention, distributed scheduling useful in any ad hoc network, but particularly suitable for high data rates. Distributed scheduled access is provided for flows through a round-robin token passing service discipline. STAs follow a round-robin order, or list, and are able to communicate with round-robin transmit opportunities during a defined period. Each STA in the list transmits a respective token to transfer access to the shared medium to the next STA in the RR List. Techniques are disclosed to add and remove STAs to the sequence, establish connectivity lists (receive and forward), and maintain other sequence parameters such as bandwidth management and TXOP duration. Various other aspects are also disclosed. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070716 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - An apparatus and method provide a mobile station transmits power headroom information in a multiple component carrier system. The apparatus and method include receiving a mode decision parameter for deciding a mode of a Power Headroom Report (PHR) for UpLink Component Carriers (UL CCs), configured in a mobile station, from a base station, deciding the mode of the PHR based on the mode decision parameter, and transmitting the power headroom information to the base station based on the decided mode of the PHR. Accordingly, there are advantages in that limited radio resources can be efficiently used because a mobile station's overhead according to a PHR can be reduced and a base station can efficiently perform uplink scheduling and link adaptation. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070717 | Method and Apparatus for Interchanging Data Between Two Devices in an Automation Network - A method for interchanging data between two devices in a network which utilizes a communication protocol with an interface based on the OPC-UA standard to interchange the data, wherein the communication protocol includes a priority allocation function which can allocate to the data at least two different priority values, and the data are interchanged based on the allocated priority values, such that the data interchangeable between the two devices in a predetermined period of time with a prescribed probability. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070718 | METHOD IN WHICH A MOBILE STATION THAT SUPPORTS TWO OR MORE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES PERFORMS COMMUNICATION WITH TWO OR MORE NETWORKS - The present invention relates to an apparatus that supports two or more radio access technologies, and to a method in which the apparatus performs communication with two or more networks. A mobile station, which supports two or more radio access technologies and which belongs to a first network, receives a signal from a base station of a second network different from the first network, and transmits feedback information to a base station of the first network in a state in which the access between the mobile station and the base station of the second network is maintained, wherein the feedback information includes channel state information on the received signal, interference level information on the received signal, and/or a reception acknowledgement (ACK) signal or a reception non-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the receives signal. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070719 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CHANNEL MEASUREMENT REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink channel measurement reference signal and a method and apparatus for receiving the downlink channel measurement reference signal are provided in the present invention. The transmission method comprises the following steps: a network side determines other Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols except the OFDM symbols used for transmitting control signal, the OFDM symbols used for transmitting the Cell specific Reference Signal (CRS) and the OFDM symbols used for transmitting the Demodulation Reference Signal (DM-RS), and transmitting the downlink channel measurement reference signal (CSI-RS) on the determined other OFDM symbols. The specific solution that a transmitter transmits the downlink channel measurement reference signal and a UE receives the CSI-RS signal is provided by the present invention, and transmitter could transmit and receive the CSI-RS signal according to the solution provided by the present invention. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070720 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING CSI FEEDBACK - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications. Provided arc an indication method, a base station, and a system for channel state information (CSI) feedback. The indication method comprises: the base station allocating to a user equipment (UE) a CSI feedback method (S | 03-21-2013 |
20130070721 | TMSI ALLOCATION DEVICE AND METHOD THEREOF, AND NETWORK ATTACHMENT AND LOCATION AREA UPDATE METHODS IN M2M COMMUNICATION - The invention provides a temporary mobile station identity TMSI allocation method, comprising steps of: notifying a mobility management entity MME device of a corresponding mobility attribute based on a type of a Machine Type Communication MTC application, wherein the mobility attribute indicates whether a mobility of the MTC application is high or low; determining, by the MME device, a mobility layer associated with the MTC application according to the mobility attribute, and then allocating a TMSI from an available address space to a MTC device applying the MTC application based on a predetermined criterion, according to the determined mobility layer. The present invention further provides corresponding MTC server, MME device, network attachment method and location area update method. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070722 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING SPATIAL DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SDMA), AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to the field of communications, and provides a communication method using spatial division multiple access (SDMA), to optimize an existing spatial division multiplexing mechanism. The method comprises: for each channel including a service channel and a control channel, according to a service information amount and/or a control information amount of the channel and a decision threshold corresponding to the channel, determining whether to activate SDMA for the channel; according to a decision result for a remote radio unit (RRU) to which each user belongs, allocating resources in an SDMA manner for the channel with the SDMA activated, and sending data of each user on the channel only on the RRU to which the user belongs; for a channel with the SDMA not activated, sending all data on the channel on all RRUs. The present invention is applicable to the spatial division multiplexing of various physical channels and physical signals specified by the standards of LTE and LTE-A systems, and can further improve utilization of resources in the system, the throughput of the system, and the data transmission rate. | 03-21-2013 |
20130070723 | METHOD FOR DIFFERENTIAL PRECODING AND BASE STATION SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a differential precoding method for reducing inter-user interference and increasing the sum rate. The differential precoding method comprises initializing a precoding matrix with a first (Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) for a channel between a mobile station and a base station; and updating the precoding matrix with a second PMI for the channel and side information for adaptively updating the precoding matrix according to a change speed of a state of the channel, wherein the side information has a quantized scalar value. | 03-21-2013 |
20130077574 | Resource Allocation and Signaling for Aperiodic Sounding - This patent application considers the configuration aperiodic sounding reference signal parameters by radio resource control signaling and the triggering of aperiodic SRS transmission by detection of a positive trigger in downlink control information. Transmission timing rules are also proposed to determine the valid subframes for aperiodic SRS transmission. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077575 | Uplink Load Generation in Communication Networks - Uplink load generation and control simplify network testing and other tasks. For example, a network operator can decide to test the network by imposing a test load in a selected uplink. The operator can suitably configure an appropriate Mobility Management Entity (MME) with information using a network Operations and Maintenance Support System. In due course, the MME informs the selected user equipment (UE): if the UE is in Idle mode, the network sends a page message; if the UE is in Active mode, with an on-going communication session, the page message is sent after the session ends; and if the UE is detached from the network, the UE is informed during the initial network attach procedure. Thus, uplink load generation is controllable by the network operator, enabling the operator to adjust an existing network and perform realistic simulations on a “green field” network, i.e., a network before launch. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077576 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To partially suppress interference to control channels of a pico-cell from a base station apparatus of a macro-cell and enable assignment of user data to a subframe besides the same subframe using a part of control channels with interference suppressed thereto, a base station apparatus disposed in a second system having a system band comprised of a plurality of component carriers for sharing at least a part of a frequency band with a first system having a macro-cell (C | 03-28-2013 |
20130077577 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of receiving, by the mobile station UE, “UL grant” for permitting the mobile station UE to transmit an uplink data signal in UL CC# | 03-28-2013 |
20130077578 | SIGNALING OF OTHER-CELL SIGNAL'S CONFIGURATION INFORMATION TO FACILITATE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AT A MOBILE TERMINAL - In MU-MIMO scenarios, a target mobile terminal can be exposed to data streams intended for other mobile terminals. If the target mobile terminal is capable of interference cancellation, then a serving base station can provide the target mobile terminal with interference information so that the target mobile terminal can efficiently cancel interferences due to these interfering data streams. The interference information includes one or more configuration information, each of which characterizes a related interfering data stream. The serving base station provides the interference information over one or more radio resources that are exclusive allocated to the target mobile terminal or are allocated for common listening. The serving base station exchanges configuration information with neighboring base stations over inter-BS links. The inter-BS links use resources that are different from the radio resources used between the base stations and the mobile terminals. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077579 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for efficiently allocating resources to a terminal in a random access system are provided. A method for transmitting an abnormal power down report from a Machine to Machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system may include transmitting a Bandwidth Request (BR) preamble sequence and a first message to a base station, receiving an uplink resource allocation from the base station, transmitting the abnormal power down report using the uplink resource allocation, and starting a first timer for confirmation of the transmitted abnormal power down report, wherein the first message may include an identifier of the M2M device and a BR index for transmitting an abnormal power down report. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077580 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal which receives signals from a base station, and to a method in which the terminal receives signals from the base station in a distributed antenna system (DAS). The terminal receives, from the base station having a plurality of antennas, control information on one or more active transmission antennas allocated to the terminal, from among the plurality of antennas, and receives signals from the base station via said one or more active transmission antennas. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077581 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a feedback signal in a cellular mobile communication system is provided. The method of transmitting feedback in a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) system, includes receiving feedback set information including allocation information of a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) transmitted for estimating a channel of a User Equipment (UE), receiving IDentification (ID) information for identifying a CoMP set including CSI-RS allocation information from a cell operating in a CoMP mode, extracting the CoMP set using the ID information and a feedback set, detecting a first feedback mode and first feedback timing with a first CSI-RS not included in the CoMP set among CSI-RSs included in the feedback set, and generating and transmitting feedback with respect to the first CSI-RS according to the detected first feedback mode and the first feedback timing. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077582 | SYSTEM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS OF A NARROWBAND TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING WIDEBAND AND NARROWBAND TERMINALS - A system access method of a narrowband terminal is provided for supporting both wideband and narrowband terminals in a cellular radio communication system. The method includes broadcasting a Shared CHannel (SCH) for a terminal to acquire system synchronization; transmitting a Low-end Master Information Block (L-MIB) including control information on an L-subframe configuration for supporting a second type terminal and a sub-band configuration of the L-subframe; transmitting a Low-end System Information Block (L-SIB) including information on downlink reception and uplink transmission of the second type terminal; and performing a random access procedure, when an attach request is received from one of the first type terminals and the second type terminals. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077583 | RESOURCE ALLOCATING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - There are provided a resource allocating method for machine type communication (MTC), a data transmission and reception method for an MTC device, and an MTC device using the data transmission and reception method. The transmission and reception method for the MTC device includes: receiving a downlink frame from a base station; searching for a control information block in a downlink control resource area of the downlink frame; determining whether the control information block is for MTC service or includes control information whose destination is the MTC device, using an MTC device identifier or an identifier designated for MTC service scheduling; and extracting MTC service packet data included in a radio resource for transmission of MTC data, using the control information block, according to the results of the determination. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077584 | METHOD FOR GENERATING RANDOM ACCESS SIGNAL OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING NARROW BANDWIDTH - Disclosed are a method for generating a random access signal of a machine type communication (MTC) device using a narrow bandwidth, and an MTC device. The method generates a random access signal by allocating a position in a frequency domain of a random access signal dedicated to the MTC device, that is, a position of a frequency for transmission of a random access preamble, to a center position of a base station system bandwidth, or by shifting a center frequency of the MTC device to a position of a random access frequency allocated for a legacy LTE terminal by a base station. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077585 | UPLINK GRANT, DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT AND SEARCH SPACE METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods of mapping, indicating, encoding and transmitting uplink (UL) grants and downlink (DL) assignments for wireless communications for carrier aggregation are disclosed. Methods to encode and transmit DL assignments and UL grants and map and indicate the DL assignments to DL component carriers and UL grants to UL component carriers are described. Methods include specifying the mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit DL assignment and DL component carriers that receive physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and mapping rules for DL component carriers that transmit UL grants and UL component carriers that transit physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) when using separate coding/separate transmission schemes. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077586 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR FOR WIRELESS SCHEDULING - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using load indication are described. A UE may receive load indicator signals from a plurality of base stations in adjacent cells and determine, based at least in part on the load indicator signals, a transmit power metric. The transmit power metric may be provided to a serving base station, which may allocate uplink resources based on the transmit power metric. Additional information related to receiver sensitivity and/or path loss may be used to determine the transmit power metric. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information in a base station for a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, information associated with a number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs) included in control channels, determining a set of control channel candidates based on an IDentifier (ID) of the terminal and the information associated with the number of CCEs; selecting at least one control channel candidate from among the set of control channel candidates; and transmitting the control information to the terminal through the selected at least one control channel candidate. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077588 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When transmission of uplink control information is necessary, a transmission processor (a | 03-28-2013 |
20130077589 | Method, Base Station, UE, and System for Sending and Receiving PDCCH Signaling - A method, a base station, a User Equipment (UE) and a system for sending and receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling are disclosed. A method includes determining locations of a first search space and a second search space of a User Equipment (UE). A method also includes sending PDCCH signaling with no Carrier Indication Field (CIF) to the UE in a physically overlapped region between the first search space and the second search space if the physically overlapped region exists and a length of the PDCCH signaling with no CIF in the first search space is equal to a length of PDCCH signaling with the CIF in the second search space. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077590 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING AND DETECTING CONTROL CHANNEL - Method and apparatus are provided for mapping and detecting a control channel. For the same aggregation level, according to a signaling length of a control channel corresponding to a component carrier, a corresponding search space is determined for at least two control channels that have the same signaling length, so as to enable the at least two control channels that have the same signaling length to use the same search space. The at least two control channels having the same signaling length are mapped to the determined corresponding search space. Therefore, conflicts between the control channels are reduced, and the number of times of blind detection of the control channels is also reduced. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077591 | SUBCARRIER GROUP BASED POWER CONTROL FOR OFDMA SYSTEMS - A system and method of wireless communication power control is provided which allows for adjusting power levels without requiring high bandwidth for control. Embodiments allocate subcarriers into unequal power groups, each group having a consistent subcarrier power level. Using interference parameter information from a user, a subcarrier is assigned from a group having adequate power to maintain the user's required power level. In general, users with higher power requirements, such as those near cell boundaries, will be assigned subcarriers from a group having a higher power level. A cell may use a different allocation than a neighbor, so that subcarriers with the highest power level in one cell may not also have the highest power level in a neighboring cell. Such diversity may reduce inter-cell interference of the subcarriers near a cell boundary, since no two subcarriers are transmitted with highest power simultaneously by neighboring base stations. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077592 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPDATING TRACKING AREA IDENTITY LIST - The present application discloses a method and device for updating a tracking area list, which method comprises: determining, by a mobility management entity, whether a tracking area list allocated to a user device has been changed; determining, when the tracking area is changed, whether there is no tunnel management message on an S11 interface; and when there is no tunnel management message, sending, by the mobility management entity, a message to a serving gateway, with the message carrying a changed tracking area list or indication information capable of determining the changed tracking area list. The mobility management entity transfers a tracking area list to the serving gateway only when the tracking area list of the user device changes and can still transfer a new tracking area list to the serving gateway even when there is no tunnel management message on the S11 interface, thereby remedying the defects in the solutions in the prior art. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077593 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Control Information in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises a step of receiving a plurality of scheduling information for transmission using a plurality of physical uplink shared channels (PUSCHs), and a step of transmitting uplink control information (UCI) through one PUSCH among the plurality of PUSCHs, if the transmission using the plurality of PUSCHs is present in the subframe which requires a UCI transmission. If a PUSCH transmission is present on a primary resource in the subframe, the UCI is transmitted through the PUSCH of the primary resource. If a PUSCH transmission is not present on the primary resource in the subframe, the UCI is transmitted through the PUSCH of the secondary resource having the smallest index among a plurality of secondary resources on which PUSCH transmissions are present. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077594 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR MTC IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a communication method for machine type communication (MTC) in a wireless communication system. An MTC device transmits subscription information for indicating MTC subscribers to a base station, and receives a group identifier for indicating an MTC group to which the MTC device belongs, from the base station. The MTC device receives, from the base station, resource allocation information on a control channel based on the group identifier. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077595 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHODS FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A user equipment for performing effective coding scheme of uplink control information transmission is provided. The user equipment transmits, to a base station apparatus, channel state information for multiple downlink component carriers, the user equipment comprising: a determining unit for determining, the number of coded symbol for the channel state information for multiple downlink component carriers, using the number of bits, which is obtained by concatenating channel state information bits for each downlink component carrier and attaching Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bits to the concatenated channel state information bits for each downlink component carrier. | 03-28-2013 |
20130077596 | Method and System for Processing an Uplink Control Signaling Feedback - The present invention provides a method and system for processing an uplink control signaling feedback. The method comprises: a base station configuring a feedback mode of an uplink control signaling for user equipment, wherein the feedback mode is used for instructing the user equipment a manner in which to transmit the uplink control signaling on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and/or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); and the user equipment sending the uplink control signaling according to the feedback mode. By way of the present invention, it is ensured that the base station can correctly demodulate the uplink control signaling. | 03-28-2013 |
20130083736 | DEVICES FOR RECONFIGURING A SUBFRAME ALLOCATION - An evolved Node B (eNB) for reconfiguring a subframe allocation is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines whether to adjust a subframe allocation. If it is determined to adjust the subframe allocation, then the eNB determines whether to adjust the subframe allocation with a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration or a physical (PHY) layer reconfiguration. The eNB also adjusts the subframe allocation for the PHY layer reconfiguration. The eNB further adjusts the subframe allocation according to a standard configuration for the RRC reconfiguration. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083737 | Handling Physical Uplink Shared Channel Transmissions - Systems, apparatus and methods can be implemented for handling physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmissions. A user equipment (UE) can decode, on a physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH), a negative acknowledgement (NACK) associated with an HARQ process. The UE can also receive, from a base station, an uplink grant without an associated transport block. The decoded NACK and the received uplink grant can trigger a respective transmission during a PUSCH transmission opportunity. The UE can then perform, during the PUSCH transmission opportunity, one of transmission of a PUSCH transmission associated with the HARQ process, transmission of control information based on the received uplink grant, or disregarding the decoded NACK and the received uplink grant. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083738 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for causing a modification of a TTI E-DCH resource allocation in an instance in which a criterion for resource modification has been met. In this regard, a method is provided that includes determining whether a criteria for resource allocation modification has been satisfied. The method further includes causing a request for modification of a resource allocation to be transmitted in an instance in which the criterion for relocation allocation modification has been satisfied. The method also includes causing a modification to the resource allocation in an instance in which an indication of resource allocation modification is received. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083739 | DEVICES FOR RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE SCHEDULING - An evolved Node B (eNB) configured for random access response scheduling is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB sends a message to initiate a random access procedure for a secondary cell (SCell). The eNB also receives a physical random access channel (PRACH) preamble. The eNB further sends a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) for a random access response (RAR) in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a user equipment (UE) specific search space. The eNB additionally sends the RAR in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). | 04-04-2013 |
20130083740 | Methods and Apparatus for Modified PHICH - Techniques provide additional Hybrid-ARQ indication resources for LTE TDD subframes that are normally without conventional LTE PHICH resources or that have too few LTE PHICH resources. In some embodiments, a modified PHICH is created using unused REGs in the control region of the downlink subframe. In others, a modified PHICH resides within the resources of an AL=1 PDCCH, and is formed using encoding and modulation processes that differ from normal PDCCH processing. In other embodiments, the PUSCH HARQ feedback bits are carried by a conventional LTE PDCCH, which is distinguished from other PDCCHs by scrambling it with a new type of RNTI: HARQ indicator Radio-network temporary identifier (HI-RNTI). In still other embodiments, the modulation symbols of PHICH are then placed on top of those normally reserved for PDCCHs. For such overlapped radio resources, the modulation symbols from the modified PHICH will replace those from normal PDCCHs for transmission. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083741 | Channel Selection and Channel-State Information Collision Handling - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report to the radio network multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In particular, if a mobile terminal is configured with channel selection (e.g., with PUCCH format 1b) and is configured to report or is capable of reporting periodic CSI and ACK/NACK bits together, then the mobile terminal can use one or more out of a set of preconfigured uplink control resources and transmit ( | 04-04-2013 |
20130083742 | Simultaneous Reporting of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information using PUCCH Format 3 Resources - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In an example embodiment implemented in a mobile terminal the mobile terminal (first determines ( | 04-04-2013 |
20130083743 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PRECODING MATRIX INFORMATION AND USER DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA TO PLURALITY OF USER DEVICES AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a precoding matrix information transmission method and a user device, and provides a method for transmitting precoding matrix information by a particular user device among user devices that receive a signal transmitted from one base station. The method comprises the steps of: determining, from a predetermined codebook, a first precoding matrix which is a precoding matrix for the particular user device during signal reception, and determining one or more second precoding matrices for the other user devices which are to be multiplexed in a predetermined resource region with the particular user device, wherein the one or more second precoding matrices are determined within a codebook subset of the predetermined codebook linked with the first precoding matrix; and transmitting, to the base station, first precoding matrix information indicating the first precoding matrix and second precoding matrix information indicating the one or more second precoding matrices. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083744 | PHYSICAL-LAYER CELL IDENTITY (PCI) PARTITION FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Technology for partitioning small cell physical-layer cell identities (PCI) at a node in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. One method can include the node identifying at least one small cell PCI of a plurality of small cells in a macro cell. Each small cell PCI can be associated with a low power node (LPN) in the HetNet. The node can generate a small cell PCI list to include the at least one small cell PCI. The node can broadcast the small cell PCI list to a wireless device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083745 | Multiplexing control and data in one resource block - A method for operating a control node for a wireless communication system. The control node creates a data frame having at least one resource block. The data elements of the resource block are subdivided into at least a first subset and a second subset The first subset comprises first control data for controlling a receiving node The second subset comprises data elements of said resource block not used for control data for controlling said receiving node. The method further comprises checking whether second control data for a second receiving node are to be put into the second subset, scheduling payload data for the receiving node into the second subset if second control data are not to be put into the second subset of data elements, and transmitting the data frame to the receiving node. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083746 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method and apparatus are described for allocating resources for an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) channel (E-PHICH). A subset of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) may be allocated for use by the E-PHICH. The E-PDCCH may be defined by at least one of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs) and enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs). Each eCCE may be formed by grouping a plurality of eREGs. Each eREG may contain at least one resource element (RE). Alternatively, a subset of eREGs may be allocated as E-PHICH resources. E-PDCCH physical resource block (PRB) pairs may be selected as a resource for the E-PHICH. An indication of the number of the eCCEs may be broadcast to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). | 04-04-2013 |
20130083747 | METHOD FOR CONTENTION BASED RANDOM ACCESS ON A SECONDARY CARRIER - A mobile station comprises a wireless transceiver coupled to a processor. The mobile station is configured to receive at the transceiver a control channel transmission on a first frequency from a first cell wherein the control channel transmission is addressed to a unique identifier of the mobile station. The processor is configured to determine that the control channel transmission indicates resources for a data channel. The mobile station is configured to receive at the transceiver a data channel transmission in resources indicated in the control channel transmission, the data channel transmission comprising a first message indicating a first resource for an uplink transmission, wherein the mobile station is configured to transmit, to a second cell on an uplink frequency, a second message using the first resource. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083748 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING CSI (CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for processing CSI (Channel State. Information) in a wireless communication system, The method includes configuring a User Equipment (UE), in a subframe, to transmit periodic CSI reporting and HARQ-ACK (Hybrid Automatic Repeat and request-Acknowledgement), wherein there is no PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmission in the subframe. The method further includes indicating in the PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) scheduling the PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) transmission to which the HARQ-ACK corresponds, wherein whether the periodic CSI reporting and the HARQ-ACK are multiplexed on PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) or not would depend on the indication in the PDCCH. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083749 | Random Access Channel Design for Narrow Bandwidth Operation in a Wide Bandwidth System - A method of wireless communication includes a random access channel configuration for narrow bandwidth operations within a wider LTE system bandwidth. A first random access channel (RACH) configuration is broadcast for a regular device. A second RACH configuration is broadcast for a narrow bandwidth device. The narrow bandwidth device operates in a narrower bandwidth than the regular device. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method and apparatus are described for allocating resources for an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) channel (E-PHICH). A subset of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) may be allocated for use by the E-PHICH. The E-PDCCH may be defined by at least one of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs) and enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs). Each eCCE may be formed by grouping a plurality of eREGs. Each eREG may contain at least one resource element (RE). Alternatively, a subset of eREGs may be allocated as E-PHICH resources. E-PDCCH physical resource block (PRB) pairs may be selected as a resource for the E-PHICH. An indication of the number of the eCCEs may be broadcast to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). | 04-04-2013 |
20130083751 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL FOR A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Method and apparatus for a User Equipment (UE) determining a resource for a transmission of a control signal in response to a detected control channel including Control Channel Elements (CCEs), where transmission of the control signal is with a first sequence or with a second sequence, if a first resource or a second resource is used, respectively. The first resource is determined from the CCE index while the second resource is determined from a group of consecutive CCE indexes. The UE is also signaled a bit-map associating the subframe of the control channel detection with the use of a first resource or of a second resource. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083752 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a Distributed Antenna System (DAS) is provided. A method for determining an initial state in a DAS includes receiving a value through high-level signalling and determining an initial state based on the value, in which the value includes a value in which is set an initial state of a scrambling sequence, which differs according to a transmission point. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083753 | DEVICE COMMUNICATION USING A REDUCED CHANNEL BANDWIDTH - Systems and/or methods for supporting communications at a reduced bandwidth with a full bandwidth network such as a long-term evolution (LTE) network may be disclosed. For example, inband assignments such as downlink assignments and/or uplink grants may be provided and/or received and transmissions may be monitored and/or decoded based on the inband assignment. Additionally, information (e.g. a definition or configuration) associated with an ePDCCH may be provided and/or received and ePDCCH resources may be monitored and/or decoded based on such information. An indication for support of a reduced bandwidth by the full bandwidth network may also be provided and/or received and control channels in the reduced or narrow bandwidth may be monitored and/or decoded based on the indication. A PRACH preamble and/or a multi-type subframe definition may also be provided and/or used for support of such a reduced bandwidth. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083754 | UPLINK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT UNDER COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - Management and distribution of PUCCH resources between first and second eNBs in a CoMP system is disclosed, in which the control and data transmission for a given UE is decoupled. The decoupling of the control and data transmissions allows the first eNB to transmit control information while the second eNB or remote radio head (RRH) transmits data. In such systems, the first eNB communicates a dynamic PUCCH parameter to UEs served in a decoupled manner. The dynamic PUCCH parameter allows the UE to determine uplink communications for the dynamic PUCCH region transmitted to the second eNB in such a position that will not overlap or cause interference with the dynamic PUCCH regions reserved by the first eNB. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083755 | METHOD AND NETWORK ENTITY FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - This invention proposes a method for assigning resources in the downlink based on the CQI parameter reported by the UE compatible with the LTE standard. The method looks for saving signalling resources when conditions are such that no major a vantage can be obtained from frequency selective scheduling. The method is divided into two processes, a non real time process used to determine whether the conditions for its application are present; and the new assignment procedure. For the latter, the method defines different assignment procedures based on whether the CQI value reported by the UE is higher or not of a given threshold whose calculation is also defined. A new parameter, the MAB, is defined for the assignment in case of CQI higher than the threshold, while frequency distributed scheduling is used if it is lower. The proposed method is believed to improve the LTE spectral efficiency with reduced complexity. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083756 | E-DCH Resource Control - Mechanisms are described that are useful if source and target radio configuration for a UE used in the RRC message uses E-DCH. Thus, when a UE having a common E-DCH resource receives a pre-defined message, the message in particular being an RRC Radio Bearer (RB) Reconfiguration message or an RRC RB Setup message or an RRC Connection setup, moving the UE to CELL_DCH state with E-DCH configured in the target state, the UE is configured to hold on to the common E-DCH resource. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083757 | DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A data rate in MIMO transmission is increased to a maximum even when the number of transmitting antennas of a mobile station apparatus is different from the number of transmitting antennas of the mobile station apparatus supported by a base station apparatus. The base station apparatus (eNodeB) reports the maximum number of supported antennas of the mobile station apparatus (UE) supported by the base station apparatus (eNodeB) to the mobile station apparatus (UE) (ST | 04-04-2013 |
20130083758 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for reporting Channel State Information (CSI) for operation of a network, when a Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) cannot be calculated. The method includes reporting a first Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI); detecting that a Rank Indicator (RI) is changed before a second PMI is reported, the RI being changed within an RI group; calculating the second PMI and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) using the first PMI; and reporting the second PMI and the CQI. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083759 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR SELECTING SERVING NODES FOR ACCESS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for selecting serving nodes for access, where the method includes: obtaining reference signal received parameters of at least two nodes; selecting a downlink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node; and sending an uplink signal, so that the downlink serving node selects an uplink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the uplink signal; or, selecting an uplink serving node from the at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node, and sending an uplink signal. In the embodiments of the present invention, a user equipment selects a downlink serving node from at least two nodes according to the reference signal received parameter of each node; then the user equipment sends an uplink signal. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083760 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD USING A PLURALITY OF DIVIDED FREQUENCY BANDS IN A COMMUNICATION BAND - A radio communication apparatus capable of alleviating a burden in setting a transmission format and suppressing increases in the scale of the apparatus. In this apparatus, space multiplexing adaptability detection section ( | 04-04-2013 |
20130083761 | INDICATING RADIO BEARER INFORMATION TO NETWORK APPLICATIONS - Providing information related to a quality of a mobile communication link to an internal and/or external application provider is described herein. By way of example, a system can include component(s) that can receive communication link quality information associated with a mobile session, incorporate such information into a data packet, and forward such data packet to an application provider. The system can provide such information for second generation network components, third generation network components, and advanced components compatible with both second and third generation network architectures. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083762 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus which can simultaneously conduct communication on at least two frequency channels is described. The apparatus includes a communication unit which refers to a connection management table to determine a communication system which can be used by a wireless communication terminal using an identifier of the wireless communication terminal, and conducts communication with the wireless communication terminal on a second frequency channel using the communication system, when a request from the wireless communication terminal to change the first frequency channel to the second frequency channel is permitted. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083763 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD - A radio transmitting device and method enables reduction of an increase of CGI memories for the control channel and an improvement of the throughput of the data channel. When multiplex transmission through the control channel and the data channel is carried out and when adaptive modulation is applied to both channels, an MCS selecting section ( | 04-04-2013 |
20130083764 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE HYBRID-ARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for transmitting a symbol group in a mobile communication system. The method includes generating a symbol group to which an orthogonal sequence is applied; mapping the generated symbol group to an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple (OFDM) symbol based on a symbol group index and a Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) group index; and transmitting the mapped symbol group. The generated symbol group is mapped to the OFDM symbol in an alternating pattern in accordance with the symbol group index. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083765 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SAVING NETWORK RESOURCES - The present application provides a method and a device for saving network resources, wherein the method particularly includes: determining that a user equipment has the property of small data amount transfer; and during network attachment, allocating no user plane resources to the user equipment which has the property of small data amount transfer. The present application is used to save network resources in an LTE system during M2M communication. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083766 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and a device for transmitting and receiving uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for allowing a terminal to transmit uplink control information (UCI) in a wireless communication system that supports multiple carriers comprises the steps of: receiving one or more uplink grants from a base station; obtaining an indicator which indicates an uplink carrier on which said UCI is transmitted from each of the one or more uplink grants; and transmitting said UCI through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the uplink carrier indicated by said indicator, if the one or more uplink grants schedule uplink data transmission on the uplink carrier indicated by said indicator. | 04-04-2013 |
20130083767 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system for performing transmission using non-contiguous frequency bands, transmit power control is performed in which minimum MPR is applied. A wireless transmission apparatus allocates at least one spectrum within a system band and performs transmit power control. The wireless transmission apparatus includes a dividing unit that divides a spectrum into non-contiguous clusters on the basis of band allocation information, a power control amount determining unit that determines transmission power for the spectrum or each of the clusters in accordance with a frequency band to which the spectrum or the cluster is allocated, a power control unit that performs transmit power control on the spectrum or each of the clusters by using the determined transmission power, and an allocating unit that allocates the spectrum or each of the clusters on which transmit power control has been performed to a frequency band on the basis of the band allocation information. | 04-04-2013 |
20130089033 | Method And System For Rate Adaptive Allocation Of Resources - The method includes retrieving subscriber and device information based on an application identifier and a GBR request indication, sending a message to a network entity, the message including a Quality of Service (QoS) Class Identifier (QCI), the QCI indicating an AGBR bearer is to be used for delivering content to a mobile unit, generating an AGBR bearer based on the QCI and a GBR setting and associating the content with the AGBR bearer. The method includes sending a message and the content to a network entity, the message including the QCI, scheduling the mobile unit on the AGBR bearer based on the QCI and communicating the content to the mobile unit based on the schedule. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089034 | SEPARATE ASSOCIATIONS OF A MOBILE TO DIFFERENT BASE STATIONS IN UPLINK AND DOWNLINK - In a cellular system a user equipment (UE) can associate with different base stations (BS) for its uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) communications. To achieve this, the two BS have to communicate with each other. Systems and methods described herein provide a signaling methodology within a cellular standards framework (such as LTE), by which a UE can associate with different BS for UL and DL communications and further facilitate communication between a BS handling UL and a BS handling DL. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089035 | System and Method for Transmitting Uplink Data Associated with Downlink Multiple Point Transmission - A system and method for transmitting UL data associated with DL multiple point transmission are provided. A method for transmission point operations includes determining an identifier associated with each transmission point in a downlink serving set that includes a primary transmission point and at least one secondary transmission point, transmitting downlink information to a user equipment, and receiving, at a receiving transmission point, uplink data including a first identifier of an intended recipient from the user equipment, where the intended recipient is a first transmission point in the downlink serving set. The method also includes forwarding the uplink data to the intended recipient based on the first identifier. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089036 | Collision Reduction in a CSMA/CA System - Method for reducing collisions between a first station and a second station in a CSMA/CA system. The method may be performed by the first station. Medium access to transmit to the second station may be obtained according to a first procedure for obtaining medium access. It may be determined that the second station is configured to grant transmit opportunity to the first station. Medium access to transmit to the second station may be obtained according to a second procedure for obtaining medium access based on determining that the second station is configured to grant transmit opportunity to the first station. The first procedure may include contending for medium access, while the second procedure may include delaying contention for medium access relative to the first procedure. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089037 | INTELLIGENT BACKHAUL SYSTEM - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089038 | CONTROLLING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CHANNEL SWITCHING | 04-11-2013 |
20130089039 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN A MULTIPLE CARRIER MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses to adaptively select radio frequency channels with which to connect a mobile wireless device to a wireless network are described. In response to a trigger event, the mobile wireless device selects a radio frequency channel from a list of radio frequency channels that use a first radio access technology and transmits a series of connection requests on the selected radio frequency channel. When no acknowledgement is received, the mobile wireless device excludes the selected radio frequency channel from the list of radio frequency channels and repeats the selecting, transmitting and excluding steps up to a maximum number of repetitions before attempting to connect to the wireless network using a second radio access technology. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089040 | Interference Management in a Wireless Network - A method for interference management at a network element within a wireless telecommunications network, and the network element and user equipment, the method coordinating transmission of cell specific resource elements with at least one other network element; and transmitting the cell specific resource element to a user equipment concurrent to a resource element transmission from the at least one other network element. Also a method for interference avoidance at a network element operating within a wireless telecommunications network, and the user equipment and network element, the method receiving interference information from a user equipment; providing the interference information to at least one interfering network element; and precoding transmissions to the use equipment for interference cancellation. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089041 | Intelligent Backhaul Radio with Multi-Interface Switching - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089042 | Intelligent Backhaul Management System - A intelligent backhaul system is disclosed to manage and control multiple intelligent backhaul radios within a geographic zone. The intelligent backhaul system includes multiple intelligent backhaul radios (IBRs) that are able to function in both obstructed and unobstructed line of sight propagation conditions, one or more intelligent backhaul controllers (IBCs) connecting the IBRs with other network elements, and an intelligent backhaul management system (IBMS). The IBMS may include a private and/or public server and/or agents in one or more IBRs or IBCs. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089043 | Signalling of Channel Information - An apparatus and a method are described by which a request for providing aperiodic channel information with respect to a selected downlink component carrier of a plurality of component carriers is received, the selected downlink component carrier is determined, channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is established, and the channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is sent. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089044 | TRANSMIT POWER ADJUSTMENT TO REDUCE A RELATIVE PHASE DISCONTINUITY - A method and a serving NodeB for adjusting transmit power of a User Equipment (UE) having multiple transmitter chains to reduce relative phase discontinuity (RPD) between a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) and a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The NodeB receives from the UE, an RP characteristic of the UE and, based on the RP characteristic, selects an SRS or PUSCH transmit power level for the UE so as to reduce the RPD. The NodeB instructs the UE to set the SRS or PUSCH transmit power level to the level selected by the NodeB. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089045 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A HOPPING PILOT BEACON SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting a Hopping Pilot Beacon (HPB) in a communication system. A number of installed switches corresponds to a number of Frequency Assignments (FAs) used in the communication system. A Demultiplexer (DEMUX) connects one of a plurality of first input lines, which provide an HPB signal to each of the switches, with a corresponding one of a plurality of output lines of the switches. An HPB Multiplexer (MUX) control block controls the DEMUX to connect one of the plurality of first input lines with one of the plurality of output lines, which is connected to a Numerical Controlled Oscillator (NCO) for outputting a corresponding signal to a radio frequency terminal through a frequency of a corresponding FA. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089046 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR ENHANCING LINK PERFORMANCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for distributed scheduling in a transmission node of a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a power signal through a first tone in a Transmission (Tx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, receiving a power signal from a reception node through a second tone indicating that data transmission is possible in a first Reception (Rx) block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers, and receiving a power signal from the reception node through a third tone including information about a link identifier that is permissible to the reception node, in a second Rx block including tones mapped with a plurality of link identifiers. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089047 | MULTI-USER TRANSMISSION DURING REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for multiuser transmission during a grant to utilize unused portion of a transmit opportunity (TXOP) that is assigned to an initiator device. A responder device may receive, from an initiator device, at least one grant to utilize unused portion of the TXOP. In response to the grant and during the unused portion of the TXOP, The responder device may transmit a first message intended for the to the initiator device, and one or more messages intended for one or more other stations using multi-user transmission schemes. The messages transmitted to stations other than the initiator device may include an indication that the station does not need to respond (e.g., with an acknowledgment) upon receipt of the message. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089048 | EXTENSION CARRIER AS A BANDWIDTH EXTENSION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives extended bandwidth information indicating availability of an extended bandwidth. The extended bandwidth includes a base carrier and an extension carrier within a legacy guard band of the base carrier. The apparatus receives data on a downlink in the extension carrier based on the extended bandwidth information. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089049 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEACON SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A first device to enter a wireless network actively performs a connection request by transmitting a connection request message, and a second device, having received the connection request message, sets a candidate slot value and transmits a candidate superframe slot notification message corresponding thereto to the first device. Accordingly, the first device performs beacon scheduling that allocates a superframe slot according to a candidate slot value. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089050 | Reporting Power Headroom for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom-related information for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting in a bitmap the power headroom-related information for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers, wherein the power headroom-related information is one of a power headroom for at least one of the aggregated carriers and a path loss for at least one of the aggregated carriers. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089051 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN RADIO NETWORK - The disclosure provides a method and apparatus for data transmission in a radio network. The method includes: a first access point sends transmission information of a data channel allocated to a user terminal to a second access point, enabling the second access point sending data to the user terminal through the data channel according to the transmission information of the data channel, where the first access point sends no data through the data channel, or sends data through the data channel to other user terminals than the user terminal through the data channel at a transmit power less than or equal to a first power. The technical solution of the present disclosure can avoid channel interference between the second access point and the first access point in a heterogeneous network scenario, and improve transmission performance. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089052 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING TONE GROUPING WITH GIVENS ROTATIONS TO REDUCE OVERHEAD ASSOCIATED WITH EXPLICIT FEEDBACK INFORMATION - Aspects of a method and system for utilizing tone grouping with Givens rotations to reduce overhead associated with explicit feedback information are presented. In one aspect of the invention, Givens matrices may be utilized to reduce a quantity of information communicated in explicit feedback information via an uplink RF channel. The explicit feedback information may include specifications for a feedback beamforming matrix that may be utilized when transmitting signals via a corresponding downlink RF channel. The feedback beamforming matrix may represent a rotated version of an un-rotated matrix. The Givens matrices may be utilized to apply one or more Givens rotations to un-rotated matrix. The rotated matrix may reduce the quantity of information communicated in the explicit feedback information. The quantity of information communicated in the explicit feedback information may be further reduced by utilizing tone grouping. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089053 | MULTISERVICE COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH COGNITIVE RADIO TRANSCEIVER - A multiservice communication device includes a plurality of transceivers that wirelessly transceive network data with a corresponding plurality of networks in accordance with a corresponding plurality of network protocols, wherein the plurality of transceivers includes at least one cognitive radio transceiver that is configured based on cognitive transceiver configuration data received from a management unit in communication with the multiservice communication device via a control channel. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089054 | MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION GREENFIELD PREAMBLE FORMATS - A method for multiple input multiple output wireless communication begins by determining protocols of wireless communication devices within a proximal region. The method continues by determining whether the protocols of the wireless communication devices within the proximal region are of a like protocol. The method continues by determining the number of transmit antennas. The method continues, when the protocols of the wireless communication devices within the proximal region are of the like protocol, formatting a preamble of a frame of the wireless communication utilizing at least one of cyclic shifting of symbols, cyclic shifting of tones, sparse tone allocation, and sparse symbol allocation based on the number of transmit antennas. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089055 | SELF-CONFIGURING CELLULAR BASESTATION - A basestation for a cellular wireless communications network is able to configure itself for operation in the network, by selecting appropriate operating frequencies (in the case of GSM network) or scrambling codes (in the case of a UMTS network), and appropriate transmit powers. This makes it practical for a large number of such basestations to be deployed in a network, within customers' premises, without requiring network intervention in each case. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089056 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, ALLOCATED RESOURCE NOTIFYING METHOD AND DATA ALLOCATING METHOD - Provided are a radio transmission apparatus and a radio transmission method whereby the increase of number of signaling bits can be suppressed and further the flexibility of frequency scheduling can be improved. A notified RBG calculating unit ( | 04-11-2013 |
20130089057 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DELIVERY OF BSR INFORMATION TO ASSIST EFFICIENT SCHEDULING - The invention proposes the method and device for delivery BSR information to assist efficient scheduling. It introduces at least one additional table (also called extended table) which indicates the buffer statues corresponding to the higher data rates than the existing table. The use of the at least one additional table is identified by new identification(s), more specifically one or more Logical channel ID. The signaling uses MAC layer signaling as in ReI.8/9. In an embodiment of the present invention, the new MAC CE is designed to guarantee the co-existence of ReI.8/9 and ReI.10 buffer status reporting depending on low or high data rates. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089058 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING A USER PLAN OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM BASED ON CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus for optimizing a user plan operation in a wireless communication system based on carrier aggregation are provided in the present invention. Firstly, a user equipment receives a downlink carrier component removal signaling from a base station, the downlink carrier component removal signaling is used to indicate a removed downlink carrier component; then, the user equipment, according to the received downlink carrier component removal signaling, stops the pending HARQ procedures of the removed downlink carrier component and flushes the HARQ receiving buffer related to the removed downlink carrier component and/or stops a re-ordering procedure and/or generates a status report and sends the status report to the base station, wherein the status report is used to indicate the base station to perform retransmission and inform the base station of the data needed to be retransmitted. By applying the technology scheme of the present invention, the user plan operation at the user equipment side can be optimized, when a downlink carrier component is de-activated or de-configured. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089059 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a wireless communication device including a communication unit that transmits a reference signal, a first multiplication unit that performs multiplication of first transmission weight that is determined based on reception of the reference signal by a communication partner, and a second multiplication unit that performs multiplication of second transmission weight that is determined based on reception of the reference signal by the communication partner. The communication unit transmits a reference signal with weight that is obtained by multiplying the reference signal by the first transmission weight after determination of the first transmission weight. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089060 | RADIO BASE STATION AND POWER SUPPLY CONTROL METHOD - If an unallocated PDSCH exists upon allocating downlink resource blocks to the radio terminal UE | 04-11-2013 |
20130089061 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, more specifically a method for transmitting uplink through random access, and comprises: a step for receiving from a base station a first message which includes Machine Type Communication (MTC)-specific bandwidth request channel information for requesting bandwidth of MTC terminals; and a step for transmitting to the base station through the MTC-specific bandwidth request channel at least on of either bandwidth request preamble or bandwidth request information, wherein the bandwidth request information includes at least one of the following: MTC terminal identifier, quality of service (QoS), bandwidth request indicator, and bandwidth request size. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089062 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - There are provided an apparatus and method for transmitting information about power headroom in a multi-component carrier system. There is disclosed a method of configuring a plurality of component carriers combined from a candidate component carrier group, based on component carrier configuration information, triggering a power headroom report on the plurality of combined component carriers, calculating power headroom for the plurality of combined component carriers and transmitting combination power headroom information, including a value of the calculated power headroom, to a eNodeB. The power headroom report is triggered, when the power headroom on the plurality of combined component carriers is greater than or equal to a predefined threshold. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089063 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system and to a device therefore, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a control channel signal including resource allocation information; and transmitting an uplink signal according to control channel signal. | 04-11-2013 |
20130089064 | METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK AND METHOD OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - A method of resource allocation for Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: configuring a downlink transmission approach and a feedback mode for each User Equipment (UE); allocating feedback resources required for CSI feedback by each UE based on the configured downlink transmission approach and feedback mode, such that different types underlying different feedback modes for a single UE will not collide with each other within one sub-frame; and notifying each UE of the corresponding configured downlink transmission approach and feedback mode and allocated feedback resources. Further, a method of Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: feeding downlink CSI back to a base station (BS) based on a downlink transmission approach and a feedback mode configured by the BS; and solving, when different types underlying different feedback modes collide with each other within one sub-frame, the collision based on a collision solution rule. | 04-11-2013 |
20130094449 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method that can adequately allocate resources of response signals for retransmission for spatially-multiplexed signals respectively corresponding to a plurality of layers via the uplink and that support next-generation mobile communication systems. Discloses is a configuration to receive signals in which a plurality of layers are spatially-multiplexed on the uplink from a mobile terminal apparatus ( | 04-18-2013 |
20130094450 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step of transmitting, by a radio base station eNB, “RRC Connection Reconfiguration” instructing to add new DL CC to a mobile station UE, a step of calculating, by the mobile station UE, Power headroom on the basis of a path loss estimated from the new DL CC, in response to the “RRC Connection Reconfiguration”, and a step of transmitting, by the mobile station UE, “MAC Control Element” including the Power headroom to the radio base station eNB. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094451 | MULTI-DEVICE MONITORING AND CONTROL USING INTELLIGENT DEVICE CHANNEL SHARING - A shared logical device physical network address is assigned to each of a set of wireless physical devices. The set of wireless physical devices forms a logical device group addressable over a single wireless communication channel using the shared logical device physical network address within a wireless network. In response to receipt of a data packet addressed to a physical network address of one of the set of wireless physical devices from an application server, the physical network address is translated to the shared logical device physical network address with which the wireless physical device is logically grouped. The physical network address of the wireless physical device is embedded within the data packet addressed to the shared logical device physical network address. The data packet is sent to the shared logical device physical network address. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094452 | MULTI-DEVICE MONITORING AND CONTROL USING INTELLIGENT DEVICE CHANNEL SHARING - A shared logical device physical network address is assigned to each of a set of wireless physical devices. The set of wireless physical devices forms a logical device group addressable over a single wireless communication channel using the shared logical device physical network address within a wireless network. In response to receipt of a data packet addressed to a physical network address of one of the set of wireless physical devices from an application server, the physical network address is translated to the shared logical device physical network address with which the wireless physical device is logically grouped. The physical network address of the wireless physical device is embedded within the data packet addressed to the shared logical device physical network address. The data packet is sent to the shared logical device physical network address. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094453 | MULTI-RESOLUTION PRECODING CODEBOOK - Systems and methods are for generating a codebook by: generating a multi-resolution codebook by selecting a common precoder index from a low resolution codebook for a group of adjacent resource blocks (RB)s and for each RB within the group, selecting a high-resolution codebook to fine-tune each RB precoder; and generating feedback for the multi-resolution codebook by quantizing channel state variations. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094454 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING SIMULCASTING AND DE-SIMULCASTING IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - An RF connection matrix may include first and second carrier-specific RF connection matrix modules. The first carrier-specific RF connection matrix module can be adapted to route a first downlink transmission to one or more remote antenna units for transmission on a first carrier. The second carrier-specific RF connection matrix module can be adapted to route a second downlink transmission to one or more remote antenna units for transmission on a second carrier. Methods for facilitating simulcasting and de-simulcasting may include receiving a signal associated with a sector ID, which signal includes a first downlink transmission for a first carrier and a second downlink transmission for a second carrier. The first downlink transmission can be routed to one or more remote antenna units for transmission on the first carrier. The second downlink transmission can be routed to one or more remote antenna units for transmission on the second carrier. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094455 | Dynamic Buffer Status Report Selection for Carrier Aggregation - In one exemplary aspect of this invention a method includes buffering data in a user equipment and, in response to an amount of buffered data exceeding a threshold value, triggering the generation of a buffer status report and the sending of the buffer status report to a network access node, where the threshold value is a function of the capacity of a currently allocated uplink data transmission resource and some certain amount of time. In another exemplary embodiment the triggering of the generation of the buffer status report and the sending of the buffer status report to a network access node occurs when an amount of buffered data in a buffer of a particular logical channel group exceeds a maximum value associated with one of a plurality of buffer status report tables that is currently in use. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094456 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING CROSS-CARRIER CFI - A method of configuring the cross-carrier CFI such that separate CFI value can be specified for each subframe within an x number of consecutive frames. The same set of CFI values is applied by the UE for every other x consecutive frames until it is reconfigured by the eNB. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094457 | DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION (MTC) DEVICE - There are provided a data transmission and reception method of a machine type communication (MTC) device, and an MTC device using the same. The data transmission and reception method of the MTC device includes: extracting information related to an MTC band from a downlink frame received from a base station, searching for an MTC downlink resource region in the downlink frame based on the information related to the MTC band, and extracting MTC data for the corresponding MTC device from the MTC downlink resource region. The MTC band includes a band through which at least a physical broadcast channel and a synchronization channel are transmitted. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094458 | System and Method for Data Channel Transmission and Reception - A method for operating a communications controller includes allocating a number of resource blocks to an enhanced physical downlink shared channel (ePDSCH), and identifying a starting point for the resource blocks of the ePDSCH, the starting point located within a control region of a subframe. The method also includes signaling to a user equipment (UE) the starting point of the resource blocks and the number of resource blocks allocated to the ePDSCH. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094459 | Beacon Slot Allocation in Prime - Systems and methods for efficiently allocating beacon slot among multiple nodes on multiple levels within a power line communication network are described. In various implementations, these systems and methods may be applicable to Power Line Communications (PLC). For example, a method may include performing, by a communications device, assigning beacon transmission times to nodes within the communication device's network. The assigned beacon transmission times comprise a beacon slot and frame pattern. The beacon slot and frame pattern ensure that each node does not transmit a beacon in a beacon slot that is adjacent to a beacon slot assigned to a parent or child node. A beacon transmission slot is reserved for a base node in every frame. The frames may be organized into thirty-two-frame superframes, wherein each frame comprises a base node beacon slot and four switch node beacon slots. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094460 | Methods for Transmitting and Receiving Channel State Information (CSI) and Apparatuses Thereof - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving control information about a transmission of the CSI from a serving eNodeB, allocating a CSI combination composed of different CSIs to one subframe based on the received control information, and transmitting the CSI combination to the serving eNodeB in the allocated subframe, wherein the control information includes information on a maximum payload size of a CSI being able to be transmitted in one subframe, a transmission period and a transmission start time point of the CSI combination, and a transmission period and a transmission start time point of each of the different CSIs. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094461 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION THEREOF - A communication system for supporting carrier aggregation and a method and apparatus for updating system information thereof are disclosed. A method for providing system information in the communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes: when system information of said communication system changes, generating first information including information for indicating the change of system information; determining a first cell of a terminal related to the change of system information, wherein said first cell is one of cells to which said terminal connects, and corresponds to a carrier unit currently used by said terminal for keeping connection with a base station of said communication system; and transmitting said first information to said terminal through said first cell. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094462 | SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - Support for multiple wireless access technologies in a common radio access network is provided. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication includes determining whether to map a shared data channel to at least one resource element. The mapping determination is based at least in part on whether the shared data channel is associated with a legacy wireless technology or an advanced wireless technology. The method further includes transmitting the shared data channel based at least in part on the mapping determination and transmitting a reference signal in the at least one resource element. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094463 | System and Method for Improved Control Channel Transmit Diversity - A method for providing transmit diversity in wireless network communications is presented. An indication of a slot structure is received. The slot structure identifies at least a first location of a reference signal within a slot. A first reference signal is transmitted within a first slot using a first antenna. A location of the first reference signal within the first slot is determined by the slot structure. A second reference signal is transmitted within the first slot using a second antenna. A location of the second reference signal within the first slot is determined by the slot structure. In some cases, the slot structure identifies a second location of a reference signal within the slot structure. The second location being offset from the first location, and a third reference signal is transmitted within the first slot at the second location on the first antenna. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094464 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The disclosure provides a method and terminal for feeding back channel state information. The method comprises: a UE determining channel state information comprising a first type of PMI and a second type of PMI, wherein the first type of PMI is used for indicating an index of a first precoding matrix in a first precoding codebook, the first precoding matrix is used for mapping channel information of a wideband and/or long-term channel, the second PMI is used for indicating an index of a second precoding matrix in a second precoding codebook, the second precoding matrix is used for mapping channel information of a subband and/or short-term channel; the UE feeding back the channel state information on a PUSCH. The disclosure enables a base station to dynamically select SU-MIMO or MU-MIMO transmission according to the practical channel condition so as to effectively improve the system performance. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094465 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - A radio communication system where a terminal transmits a data signal to a base station using data transmission band frequencies assigned by the base station, and performs time-division multiplexing of a pilot signal with the data signal and transmits the resulting signal to the base station. Including deciding a pilot transmission band for the user terminal covering the data transmission band of the user terminal by frequency offset; and instructing the user terminal to transmit the pilot signal using the decided pilot transmission band. A CAZAC sequence is used as the pilot signal. The instructing includes calculating a frequency offset amount for the user terminal, and a cyclic shift amount of the CAZAC sequence and the frequency offset amount; instructing the user terminal to perform cyclic shift of the CAZAC sequence by the cyclic shift amount, and perform frequency offset of the pilot transmission band by the frequency offset amount. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094466 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM AND TERMINAL USING SAME - Provided is a transmission power control method for an uplink control channel of a terminal in a multi-carrier system where a plurality of downlink component carriers and at least one uplink component carrier are set in the terminal. The method includes: receiving a plurality of downlink grants from a base station; checking a Transmission Power Command (TPC) field included in each of the plurality of downlink grants; determining a transmission power of an uplink control channel (PUCCH) with a value of the checked TPC field; and transmitting the uplink control channel at the determined transmission power, with one configured uplink component carrier among the at least one uplink component carrier. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094467 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR RECONFIGURING COMPONENT CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT OPERATES PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS, AND DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RRC CONNECTION-RECONFIGURATION MESSAGE THEREFOR - The present description relates to a device and a method for reconfiguring a component carrier (CC) of a UE in a wireless communication system that operates a plurality of CCs. The UE receives an RRC connection-reconfiguration message, performs a CC reconfiguration procedure for adding, modifying, and releasing functions or the like of a corresponding CC for the UE by using CC configuration information contained in a CC connection reconfiguration message, and generates a CC reconfiguration completed message to transmit the generated message to an eNB. Since the present description defines CC index information mapped into each CC by using CC unique information, later the CCs can be divided by using only the received CC index information even without the CC unit information, where by efficient CC reconfiguration plans are made. | 04-18-2013 |
20130094468 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING PRECODING INFORMATION FOR UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a method for allowing a terminal to transmit uplink data through an HARQ method in a wireless communication system that supports MIMO transmission comprises the steps of: transmitting a plurality of data blocks to a base station on the basis of an uplink grant; receiving, from the base station, control information which indicates a NACK for some data blocks among the plurality of data blocks; selecting, according to a predetermined rule shared in the terminal and the base station, a precoding matrix which is to be applied to the data blocks for which the NACK is indicated; and retransmitting the data blocks, for which the NACK is indicated, to the base station by applying the selected precoding matrix. | 04-18-2013 |
20130100894 | DYNAMIC SELECTION OF HOST-BASED OR NETWORK-BASED MOBILITY PROTOCOL - A device receives, from a mobile device, a request to connect to a network, and determines, based on the connection request, whether the mobile device has mobility capability. The device registers the mobile device per host-based mobility protocol standards when the mobile device does not have mobility capability. The device registers the mobile device per network-based mobility protocol standards when the mobile device has mobility capability. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100895 | EFFICIENT SIGNALING FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed herein are embodiments for Machine Type Communication (MTC). The techniques disclosed may reduce signaling by transmitting MTC data over control planes and avoiding a full cycle of connection procedures typically required for transmission. MTC data may be directly appended to a control plane message, in addition, in order to reduce the signaling load, a WTRU may autonomously release the connection without being told, by the network. Techniques may be used to indicate a network provider's machine type communication (MTC) capability. The MTC services or capabilities that may be provided by a respective network operator may be communicated to a WTRU. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100896 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL (SRS) - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a transmission method and device for aperiodic Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). By applying the technical solution of the embodiments in the present invention, a Base Station (BS) performing semi-static configuration of the aperiodic SRS on a mobile terminal through higher layer signaling to decrease signaling overhead. On the one hand, different sub-frames can be set with different or the same Cycle Shift (CS) and resource positions to increase the flexibility of system setting; On the other hand, aperiodic SRS may be transmitted in a plurality of sub-frames to reduce system delay and increase detection bandwidth. Moreover, the relatively flexible timing mode can be set in the terminal without bringing too many limits on the scheduling. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100897 | Intelligent Backhaul Radio - A intelligent backhaul radio is disclosed that is compact, light and low power for street level mounting, operates at 100 Mb/s or higher at ranges of 300 m or longer in obstructed LOS conditions with low latencies of 5 ms or less, can support PTP and PMP topologies, uses radio spectrum resources efficiently and does not require precise physical antenna alignment. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100898 | BEAMFORMING USING BASE AND DIFFERENTIAL CODEBOOKS - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for determining and/or quantizing a beamforming matrix are disclosed. In some embodiments, the determining and/or quantizing of the beamforming matrix may include the use of a base codebook and a differential codebook. Additional variants and embodiments are also disclosed. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100899 | MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO THE SAME, AND DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD OF THE SAME - Provided are a machine type communication (MTC) device, an apparatus and method for allocating resources to the MTC device, and a data transmission/reception method of the MTC device. The method of allocating resources to at least one user equipment (UE) and the MTC device includes determining whether there are resources allocated for an MTC device in a resource section, and when there are resources allocated for an MTC device, determining the class of the MTC device, determining the bandwidth of a resource region for the MTC device, and configuring a downlink frame according to the bandwidth of the resource region for the MTC device. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100900 | DATA TRANSCEIVING METHOD AND MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE USING THE SAME - Disclosed are a data transmission and reception method and a machine type communication (MTC) device using the same. The data transmission and reception method according to the present invention may include: extracting MTC bandwidth information through a downlink channel or signaling; receiving the downlink channel or signaling including MTC downlink control format information; detecting resource region information occupied by the MTC downlink control channel; and receiving the MTC downlink control channel using the resource region information occupied by the MTC downlink control channel. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100901 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving control information in wireless communication system. An eNB generates control information, and transmits the control information using at least one enhanced Control Channel Element (eCCE) and at least one antenna port. The at least one antenna port is determined according to at least one of a starting index of the at least one eCCE and an aggregation level of the at least one eCCE. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100902 | GENERATING DOWNLINK FRAME AND SEARCHING FOR CELL - A method is provided for searching for a cell in a mobile station. The method includes receiving a downlink frame including a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal. The secondary synchronization signal contains cell identity group information and the primary synchronization signal contains cell identity information within a cell identity group. The method also includes searching for a cell using the cell identity group information in the secondary synchronization signal and the cell identity information in the primary synchronization sign. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100903 | Space Frequency Block Coding for PUCCH - Apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including computer program code the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to perform: determining at least one control symbol and at least one channel from a channel set for an at least one control symbol representing the at least one control signal for at least one output port; and determining at least one further control symbol and at least one further channel from the channel set for the at least one further control symbol for at least one further output port, wherein the at least one further control symbol and the at least one further channel is dependent on the at least one control symbol and the at least one channel. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AND ACQUIRING ACK/NACK RESOURCES IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for receiving ACK/NACK information by a base station. The method includes transmitting data and control information to at least one UE, the control information being transmitted through a downlink control channel including at least one CCE; checking a resource for reception of an ACK/NACK mapped to the at least one CCE based on a mapping rule between CCEs and resources for reception of the ACK/NACK, the resource for reception of the ACK/NACK identified by a cyclic shift index, an orthogonal sequence index, and a resource block index; and receiving the ACK/NACK information for the transmitted data using the checked resource. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALING FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for processing multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives downlink control information including WTRU-specific MIMO and transport format information and MIMO information for all other WTRUs assigned to the same resource. The WTRU processes received MIMO data based on the downlink control information. The downlink control information may also include transport format information for all other WTRUs assigned to the same RB. The downlink control information may be transmitted via WTRU-specific control signaling. All WTRUs' MIMO and/or transport format information may be transmitted via resource-specific common control signaling. The downlink control signaling format may include at least one of a number of streams for the WTRU, a number of active WTRUs assigned to the same resource, a spatial channel identity for the WTRU, a MIMO mode, a precoding matrix index and a precoding vector index. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100906 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio communication method for performing radio communication by using a plurality of frequency bands in a first radio communication apparatus and a second radio communication, the method including transmitting to the second radio communication apparatus a first channel state information request corresponding to each of the plurality of frequency band, by the first radio communication apparatus; and transmitting to the first radio communication apparatus an information relating to a channel state for the frequency band specified by the first channel state information request, when the second radio communication apparatus receives the first channel state information request, by the second radio communication apparatus. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100907 | DOWNLINK BASEBAND SIGNAL GENERATING METHOD, RELEVANT DEVICE AND SYSTEM - The downlink baseband signal generating method includes: performing channel coding and modulation on a downlink data stream of a user in a cell, and obtaining a downlink coded and modulated user signal of the cell; generating a downlink control channel signal according to physical-layer control information; and forwarding the reference signal, synchronization signal, broadcast channel signal, downlink coded and modulated user signal, and downlink control channel signal to the corresponding RRU, so that the corresponding RRU performs MIMO precoding on the downlink coded and modulated user signal, maps the MIMO-precoded signal, the downlink control channel signal, reference signal, synchronization signal, and broadcast channel signal to their respective subcarriers, performs IFFT transformation to obtain a downlink baseband signal, and sends the signal out. The embodiments of the present invention can reduce the signal transmission bandwidth between the C-RAN node and the RRU. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100908 | REPORTING METHOD OF TERMINAL BUFFER STATE REPORT (BSR), OBTAINING METHOD FOR OBTAINING BSR FROM BASE STATION, AND CORRESPONDING TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a reporting method of terminal Buffer State Report (BSR), obtaining method for obtaining the BSR from a base station, and corresponding terminal, base station, communication system. The terminal includes: buffer state index table; at least one extended buffer state index table; index table selector, selecting one of the index table from the said buffer state index table and the said at least one extended buffer state index table; index determination device, determining the index which is corresponding to the data quantity in the said index table according to the data quantity in the terminal buffer; index sender, sending the said index to the base station. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100909 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RETRIEVING A TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY CONTROL IN REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for retrieving transmission opportunity control in reverse direction grant, so that a conflict occurring between a case where an RD Initiator continues sending another frame to an RD Responder after retrieving TXOP control and a case where a terminal other than the RD Initiator sends a block acknowledgement to the RD Responder can be avoided. The method provided in the embodiments of the present invention includes: when an RD Initiator fails to correctly demodulate a frame sent by an RD Responder, retrieving, by the RD Initiator, TXOP control by using a PIFS if it is impossible for the RD Responder to enable an MU-MIMO mode, and retrieving, by the RD Initiator, the TXOP control by using a duration if it is possible for the RD Responder to enable the MU-MIMO mode, where the duration is longer than the PIFS. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100910 | Modulation and Coding Scheme Selection Method for a Specific Absorption Rate Compliant Communication Device - Transmission of data from a portable communication device to a base station via a radio frequency signal uses a plurality of modulation and coding schemes and a protocol that has recurring frames. Each frame has a plurality of transmission slots, different numbers of which can be used to transmit data. When it is desired to transmit data a higher rate than was used previously, an attempt is made to increase the number transmission slots being used. If doing so, produces a transmission results in a specific absorption rate limit being exceeded, then the modulation and coding scheme is changed to one having a greater data coding rate. The power level and the number transmission slots then are set so that the data transmission does not exceed the specific absorption rate limit. The data is then transmitted by the portable communication device. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100911 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention discloses a method and a device for transmitting information on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). The method includes the following steps: a user equipment (UE) selects information from channel state information (CSI) to transmit (S | 04-25-2013 |
20130100912 | System and Method for Resource Allocation - An access node comprising a processor configured to promote allocation of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) resource to a relay node. The PDCCH resource is configured for use by the relay node. The access node is further configured to exclusively control allocation of the PDCCH resource. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100913 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT USE OF A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK AND THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND A CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPMENT - A method for efficient establishing or configuring a connection between a telecommunications network and a customer premises equipment (CPE) via an access node includes: establishing a physical communication channel between the access; node of the telecommunications network and the CPE; providing a public or private Internet Protocol (IP) address to the CPE tor use by the CPE to communicate with an IP Edge node of me telecommunications network; initially assigning a first functionality level to the public or private IP address; and assigning a second functionality level to the public or private IP address, when the telecommunications network is able to federate a network access related identification information to a contract related identification information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100914 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There are included a plurality of mapping units to which a plurality of data signal sequences related to the same data signal sequence are input via spectra cyclic shift units and which arrange the input data signal sequences on the frequency axis and output the arranged data signal sequences as transmission frequency spectra; an assignment information acquisition unit that controls the plurality of mapping units based on assignment information to cause the data signal sequences arranged on the frequency axis to partially overlap; the spectra cyclic shift units shifting, under control of an amount-of-shift decision unit, the input data signal sequences by an amount of cyclic shift to cause partially overlapping data signals to be identical and outputting the data signal sequences; and a plurality of transmit antennas that send out the transmission frequency spectra output by the plurality of mapping units. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100915 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES TO MOBILE TERMINALS - The invention provides a method of allocating resources to mobile terminals. The method comprises the following iterative steps: mobile terminals having at least one elastic link cause the data rates on their elastic links to grow in application of a predetermined temporal law; and when a mobile terminal having at least one constant link detects that its coverage on the constant link is threatened, it sends an alert message to the base station of the cell, with said base station then requiring said mobile terminals that have at least one elastic link to reduce temporarily their data rates on those elastic links by a predetermined quantity. The method is applicable to networks of the W-CDMA type or of the LTE type. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100916 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING POWER HEADROOM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting a power headroom in a wireless communication system are provided. A user equipment receives an uplink resource allocation for a first serving cell and determines whether a power headroom report is triggered. If the power headroom report is triggered, the user equipment determines a first power headroom for the first serving cell and a second power headroom for a second serving cell based on the uplink resource allocation. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100917 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system. A terminal determines a feedback cell where uplink transmission blocks and uplink control information are multiplexed, from among a plurality of serving cells. The terminal multiplexes the uplink transmission blocks and the uplink control information on an uplink shared channel of the feedback cell, and the multiplexed uplink control information is transmitted on the uplink shared channel of the feedback cell. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100918 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - A method for transmitting uplink control information in a carrier aggregation environment, the method includes: calculating n pieces of response data, each having 1 bit or 2 bits, for n subframes received from an enhanced Node B (eNB) through n downlink component carriers and decoded by a User Equipment (UE); calculating k bits of integrated response data by applying a mapping rule reflecting a weight given to a downlink component carrier of each of the n pieces of response data; and performing a block coding of the integrated response data to produce encoded integrated response data, and transmitting the encoded integrated response data to the eNB. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100919 | METHOD AND AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefore including the steps of: generating the control information; selecting a particular PUCCH format from a plurality of PUCCH formats; and transmitting the control information through the particular PUCCH format. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100920 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEPTION APPARATUS, RECEPTION CONTROL METHOD, RECEPTION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile station apparatus receives the same spectra that have been transmitted from at least one first transmit antenna and a second transmit antenna. An equalization unit performs, for each of the same spectra, using spectra of subcarriers having the same spectrum placed therein, equalization of the spectrum. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100921 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD AND DECODING METHOD - The invention provides a base station that does not cause the number of blind decodings to be increased and further can prevent the flexibility of resource allocation from degrading. A search space setting unit ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130100922 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits channel status information in a multi-carrier system, and to a terminal which uses the method. The method comprises the following steps: receiving a reference signal from a base station; transmitting first channel information to the base station; and transmitting second channel information to the base station, wherein the first channel information includes information for indicating one or more precoding matrices estimated using the reference signal, and the second channel information includes any one precoding matrix from among one or more precoding matrices indicated by the first channel information. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100923 | Method, device and terminal for indicating multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information - The disclosure provides a method, device and terminal for indicating multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information, wherein the method includes: determining the number of total bits of multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information according to a system bandwidth; determining the number of bits of uplink frequency domain resource location allocation information according to the system bandwidth; and placing the bits of the uplink frequency domain resource location allocation information in alignment with an LBS bit of the total bits of the multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information or an MBS bit of the total bits of the multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information. By means of the disclosure, the problem that the number of total bits of multi-port frequency domain resource location allocation information is insufficient to indicate a single cluster of uplink resource location allocation information under some system bandwidths during uplink transmission can be avoided. | 04-25-2013 |
20130100924 | Bi-Directional Communication Method in a Cellular Mobile Telecommunication Network and Relative Telecommunication Network - A method of bi-directional communication in a cellular mobile telecommunication network ( | 04-25-2013 |
20130100925 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - There are provided an apparatus and method for transmitting power headroom information in a multiple component carrier system. This specification discloses a configuration in which a user equipment (UE) receives a Combination Power Headroom Report (CPHR) request message, including a combination indication field indicative of a combination including a plurality of component carriers, from a eNodeB (eNB), calculates a Combination Power Headroom (CPH) calculated in the UE-specific way for the plurality of component carriers, and sends the CPH to the eNB. Accordingly, the complexity of a power headroom report by an UE can be reduced and radio resources used in the power headroom report can be reduced, with the result that uplink transmission performance can be reduced. Furthermore, a scheduler can per form reliable dynamic uplink scheduling in a system to which a carrier aggregation is applied. | 04-25-2013 |
20130107816 | Allocating Control Data to User Equipment | 05-02-2013 |
20130107817 | Generating Transmission Schedules | 05-02-2013 |
20130107818 | DUAL ASSOCIATION LOCAL AREA NETWORK TRANSCEIVER AND METHODS FOR USE THEREWITH | 05-02-2013 |
20130107819 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107820 | HIGH PERFORMANCE MOBILITY NETWORK WITH AUTOCONFIGURATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107821 | REDIRECTION IN HETEROGENEOUS OVERLAY NETWORKS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107822 | SEARCH PROCESS FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107823 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING TRAFFIC-TO-PILOT POWER RATIOS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107824 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FAST INITIAL NETWORK LINK SETUP | 05-02-2013 |
20130107825 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FAST INITIAL NETWORK LINK SETUP | 05-02-2013 |
20130107826 | Special Subframe Allocation | 05-02-2013 |
20130107827 | Synchronized Network Transmission | 05-02-2013 |
20130107828 | Efficient Special Subframe Allocation | 05-02-2013 |
20130107829 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107830 | CHANNEL SELECTION RULES FOR SUB-1-GHz BASIC SERVICE SETS | 05-02-2013 |
20130107831 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN A NEAR FIELD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107832 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT COMMUNICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107833 | WLAN TRANSMIT MODES AND COEXISTENCE | 05-02-2013 |
20130107834 | Method for Transmitting Data in a Communications Network | 05-02-2013 |
20130107835 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-02-2013 |
20130107836 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 05-02-2013 |
20130107837 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZING REDUNDANT ENHANCED UPLINK ALLOCATION REQUESTS AND FAULT-ISOLATING ENHANCED UPLINK TRANSMISSION FAILURES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107838 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107839 | CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL | 05-02-2013 |
20130107840 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN UPLINK WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS AND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL HOPPING | 05-02-2013 |
20130107841 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107842 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets | 05-02-2013 |
20130107843 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND BASE STATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107844 | Method and Device for Determining Search Space, and Method and Device for Determining Candidate Control Channel Resources | 05-02-2013 |
20130107847 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING RADIO ACCESS BEARERS FOR ENHANCED UPLINK SERVICES | 05-02-2013 |
20130107848 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CLIENT COOPERATION TRANSMISSION THROUGH A GROUP RESOURCE ALLOCATION SCHEME IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107849 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL INFORMATION | 05-02-2013 |
20130107850 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PERFORMING AN AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST RESET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT | 05-02-2013 |
20130107851 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING TERMINAL COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130107852 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-02-2013 |
20130114513 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD,MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - In order to reduce the amount of feedback information for specifying a precoding weight, the mobile station apparatus generates a control signal for specifying the precoding weight using bits representing a rank indicator (RI) and bits representing a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) from a bit space, including a plurality of bits representing the RI and a plurality of bits representing the PMI, in which the same bits representing the RI are allocated to a plurality of ranks equal to or higher than a predetermined rank. The control signal is transmitted in uplink using the antennas. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114514 | DMRS Arrangements For Coordinated Multi-Point Communication - In one exemplary embodiment of the invention, a method includes: receiving, by a mobile device, an indication of a base sequence and an indication of a cyclic shift from a base station; and obtaining, by the mobile device, a mobile device-specific demodulation reference signal sequence by calculating a mobile-device specific sequence and selecting a portion of the calculated mobile-device specific sequence to use as the mobile device-specific demodulation reference signal sequence, where calculating the mobile-device specific sequence includes applying the cyclic shift indicated by the received indication of a cyclic shift to the base sequence indicated by the received indication of a base sequence, where the selected portion of the calculated mobile-device specific sequence corresponds to a mobile-device specific physical resource block allocation. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114515 | Access Procedures for In-Device Coexistence Interference Avoidance - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies by allocating random access channel preambles to include one or more dedicated access preambles to be sued for sending IDC interference indication messages over a random access channel (RACH) to a radio access network. In response, the radio network provides control parameters and/or instructions for avoiding interference in a random access response message corresponding to the IDC interference indication message using one or more fields in the MAC subheader and payload fields of a designated IDC MAC PDU message. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114516 | Random Access Channel Procedures for In-Device Coexistence Interference Avoidance - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies by allocating random access channel preambles to include one or more dedicated access preambles to be sued for sending IDC interference indication messages over a random access channel (RACH) to a radio access network. In response, the radio network provides control parameters and/or instructions for avoiding interference in a random access response message corresponding to the IDC interference indication message using one or more fields in the MAC subheader and payload fields of a designated IDC MAC PDU message. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114517 | Inter-Cell Interference Coordination for E-PDCCH - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises transmitting, by a first access node, an indicator to a second access node over an interface between the first access node and the second access node, wherein the indicator provides information on a transmission of a control channel by the first access node. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114518 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR OVERRIDING COMMON ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCE SELECTION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for overriding requests for a selected communication resource and indicating a different resource(s) for communication. A method and apparatus may select a communication channel resource type associated with a first set of resources based in part on determining that a predetermined condition is met and may provide a message, to a network device, requesting usage of the selected communication channel resource type. The method and apparatus may also receive a response, from the network device, denying the request for the selected communication channel resource type. The method and apparatus may also cause selection of another communication channel resource type associated with a second set of resources and providing a generated request to the network device requesting usage of the second type of communication channel resource type. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114519 | ENHANCED ADAPTIVE GAIN CONTROL IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - In wireless communications, adaptive gain control may be performed by scaling of signals before and after a transform. A received signal power may be non-causally scaled to a first level within a desired range before transforming the received signal. The scaled signal is transformed between a time domain to a frequency domain and then its power is again non-causally scaled based on the first level. A feed forward circuit may be used in the power scaling. Different portions of the signal may be power adjusted independently of other portions. The different portions may be separated on a per-channel basis. Power scaling may be done on a symbol-by-symbol basis. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114520 | METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM BY OPTIMIZING WINDOW SIZE SCALING OF COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL - In a wireless network system which adopts a multi-layer data transmission structure, a wireless channel is established between a user equipment and a base station. When a first layer operates using an initial TCP/IP window size, a signal transmission status and a current signal transmission parameter of a second layer are measured. If the signal transmission status does not meet a predetermined standard, the first layer is configured to operate according to an adjusted TCP/IP window size which is associated with the current signal transmission parameter. The first layer is hierarchically higher than the second layer in the multi-layer data transmission structure. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114521 | NETWORK NODE, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS THEREIN - A method in a network node for transmitting an enhanced Control CHannel, eCCH, to a user equipment in a telecommunications system. The eCCH comprises control information to the user equipment in at least one Control Channel Element, CCE. The at least one CCE maps to a number of resource elements comprised in at least one enhanced resource element group. The at least one enhanced resource element group is comprised in at least one resource block in a time-frequency Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM, grid. The network node decides to use a CCE aggregation level that is smaller than the smallest CCE aggregation level of a physical downlink control channel, PDCCH, for a first eCCH. The network node then modulates the first eCCH by using a higher order modulation than Quadrature Phase Shift Keying, QPSK, modulation, when the smaller CCE aggregation level is used for the first eCCH. Then, the network node maps the modulated first eCCH to the at least one enhanced resource element group of resource elements in the at least one resource block, and transmits the mapped first eCCH to the user equipment. A network node, a method in user equipment and a user equipment are also provided. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114522 | Network Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein - A method in a user equipment device for estimating a channel upon receiving an enhanced control channel (eCCH) from a network node in a telecommunications system includes distributing the eCCH over multiple resource pairs, where each of the multiple resource block pairs includes a number of resources. Each of the resources is associated with a respective antenna port. The user equipment device identifies an antenna port that is associated with multiple ones of the resources. The multiple ones of the resources are present in different resource block pairs of the multiple resource block pairs over which the eCCH is distributed. Identifying the antenna port is based on how the eCCH is mapped to the multiple resource block pairs. The user equipment device estimates the downlink channel for the eCCH based on the identified antenna port in the multiple ones of the resources in the multiple resource block pairs. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114523 | USER EQUIPMENT (UE)-SPECIFIC ASSIGNMENT OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (DMRS) SEQUENCES TO SUPPORT UPLINK (UL) COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) - Technology for user equipment (UE)-specific assigning of demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) sequences to support uplink (UL) coordinated multipoint (CoMP) is disclosed. One method can include a DM-RS sequence assignment device sorting the plurality of UE into a list according to a number of reception point (RP) links for each UE in a CoMP set, and assigning a base DM-RS sequence and a cyclic shift (CS) to a top-ranked UE from the list. The top-ranked UE can have a highest number of RP links. The DM-RS sequence assignment device can repeatedly assign a different CS of the base DM-RS sequence to a plurality of unassigned UE in a same cell as the top-ranked UE, and repeatedly assign the different CS of the base DM-RS sequence to a plurality of unassigned UE in a cooperatively served cell of the top-ranked UE. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114524 | DYNAMIC POINT SELECTION VIA A COORDINATING SET OF BASE STATIONS - Examples are disclosed for coordinating transmission of one or more protocol data units to a wireless device from a coordinating set of base stations. In some examples, coordinating may include exchanging information via a backhaul communication channel coupling or interconnecting the base stations included in the coordinating set of base stations. For these examples, one or more protocol data units may be transmitted to the wireless device from the coordinating set of base stations via a plurality of separate communication links based on the exchanged information. Other examples are described and claimed. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114525 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AN EXTENSIBLE AND SCALABLE CONTROL CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus to enable an extensible and scalable control channel for wireless networks. In one embodiment, an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) is disclosed that is implemented with a flexible number of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs). Advantages of the ePDCCH include, for example: more efficient spectral utilization, better frequency management across multiple serving entities (e.g., base stations and remote radio heads), and extensible payload capabilities that can scale to accommodate higher or lower control information payloads, as compared to prior art PDCCH solutions. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114526 | METHOD FOR PEER DISCOVERY USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE LINK - A method for discovery using a device-to-device link is disclosed. A method of operating a device includes receiving a request to transmit discovery information, and transmitting or not transmitting the discovery information based on the request. Using the method of operating a device, power consumption of devices and waste of radio resources in a discovery process of direct communication between devices can be reduced, and a problem of resource collision between adjacent devices can be resolved. Further, a problem of adjacent devices assigned to specific frequency resources having a bad channel property not being discovered can be resolved by coping with frequency selectivity. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114527 | VIRTUAL MULTICARRIER DESIGN FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a virtual multicarrier design for orthogonal frequency division multiple access communications. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114528 | METHOD AND APPARATUS WITH ENHANCED CONTROL MESSAGES AND SEARCH SPACE - A method of mapping control information in a wireless communication system is disclosed (FIG. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114529 | SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR E-PDCCH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - An enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) may provide carrier aggregation (CA) enhancements, help support new carriers which may not be backwards compatible, reduce control channel capacity limitations of coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmissions, and enhance DL MIMO. In wireless communication networks, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE), user equipments (UEs) may monitor both a common search space and a UE-specific search space in a control region. A search space may comprise a set of channel control element (CCE) locations where a UE may find its PDCCHs. One or more CCEs are used to transmit each PDCCH. Certain aspects provide methods and apparatus for determining a search space comprising a subset of CCEs located on a band edge of available frequency resources, and performing a search of the search space to decode at least one PDCCH. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RETRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method, a computer program product, and an apparatus for determining retransmission feedback resources are provided. An apparatus receives a downlink resource assignment over a control channel and obtains an offset related to a region for retransmission feedback resources. The offset is determined based on a type of the control channel. The apparatus determines resources for communicating retransmission feedback for communications received over the downlink resource assignment based on an index of a resource related to the downlink resource assignment and the offset. The apparatus transmits retransmission feedback for the communications over the resources. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114531 | METHOD FOR RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio resource management method for device-to-device communication. The resource management method for device-to-device communication includes dividing a plurality of connection identifiers (CIDs) into N (N is a natural number) number of groups, dividing the resources for device-to-device communication into N number of sub-bands corresponding to the N number of groups, and allocating resources by mapping CIDs respectively belonging to the N number of groups to resources of sub-bands respectively corresponding to the groups. Therefore, according to the resource management method, by dividing the whole frequency band into a plurality of sub-bands, a communication range may be extended, a low-power device may be accommodated, granularity of resources may be improved, and flexibility of resource management may be obtained. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114532 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving a control signal. Indices of Resource Block (RB) sets are transmitted through higher layer signaling. Downlink Control Information (DCI) generated in a short DCI format is transmitted from a Base Station (BS) to a terminal. The DCI includes a first index indicating an RB set having at least one allocated RB and a second index indicating the at least one allocated RB. The terminal determines whether short DCI format is configured to be used. When the short DCI format is configured to be used, the first index and second index are received. The terminal communicates through the at least one allocated RB identified by the first and second indices. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114533 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for resource allocation in a multi-carrier wireless communication system enables transmission using smaller resource units and achieves efficient transmission of data channels with very low data rates, scheduling a greater number of user equipments without additional control channel overhead while maintaining compatibility with the resource allocation scheme of legacy user equipments. Thus, one cell controls a larger number of user equipments. In addition, as multiple user equipments are scheduled using a single control channel, resource efficiency is increased. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114534 | CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MIMO SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and apparatus are provided. The control channel transmission method of a base station includes acquiring a criterion for sorting control channels, sorting the controls channels into at least two control channel sets based on the criterion, configuring the control channels by allocating at least one antenna port to each control channel set, and transmitting the control channels as configured. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114535 | REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR TIME AND/OR FREQUENCY TRACKING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method and an apparatus in a base station are capable of including a tracking reference signal (TRS) in a downlink subframe. The method includes generating a TRS subframe by including the TRS in the downlink subframe at a frequency density of at least one resource element per six resource elements in the TRS subframe. Additionally, the method includes transmitting the TRS subframe at a periodicity among other subframes not including the TRS. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114536 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING CHANNEL - A method for transmitting a reference signal includes selecting one of a first initialization value and a second initialization value, generating selection instruction information corresponding to the selected initialization value, transmitting the selection instruction information to a mobile station, generating a reference signal based on the selected initialization value, and transmitting the generated reference signal to the mobile station. A method for estimating a channel includes receiving selection instruction information indicating a selection of at least one of a first initialization value and a second initialization value, receiving a first reference signal based on the selection instruction information, generating a second reference signal based on an initialization value indicated as being selected by the selection instruction information, and estimating a channel state by comparing the first reference signal with the second reference signal. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114537 | Method of Handling Resource Allocation for MTC and Related Communication Device - A method of performing a random access (RA) procedure for a communication device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving first system information transmitted in a first subband resource of at least one subband resource by a network of the wireless communication system when performing a cell search procedure; receiving second system information transmitted in a second subband resource of the at least one subband resource according to the first system information, after performing the cell search procedure; and performing the RA procedure by using the second subband resource of the at least one subband resource according to at least one of the first system information and the second system information. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114538 | CONTROL AND DATA SIGNALING IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Apparatus and method for multiplexing control information bits and data information bits into sub-frame symbols depending on the location of symbols carrying a reference signal (RS), to provide an estimate for the channel medium and enable coherent demodulation for signals carrying information bits. The control information bits include ACK or NAK and/or channel CQI bits. The ACK/NAK bits are placed with priority in symbols around the symbols carrying the RS, to allow for improved accuracy of the channel estimate, followed by the CQI bits when both ACK/NAK and CQI bits exist. Moreover, the sub-frame resources required to achieve the desired reception reliability for the control information depend on the operating conditions and can varied to minimize the associated control overhead. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication and an apparatus incorporating the same, wherein the method comprises the steps of: receiving a sub frame having two slots; blind decoding a plurality of R-PDCCH (Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel) candidates in order to receive control data from the search space of a first slot; and determining whether the R-PDCCH conveys control data for downlink transmission or uplink transmission when R-PDCCH was detected in the search space, wherein the control data for the downlink transmission and uplink transmission have an equal size of data. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114540 | ANTENNA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - An antenna communication method and device are provided. The antenna communication method includes: establishing a communication tunnel between a Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) and a mobile terminal; receiving, by the CPE, a first request message sent by the mobile terminal; receiving, by the CPE, first communication data of the mobile terminal through the communication tunnel after receiving the first request message, and sending the first communication data to the BS according to the air interface connection information in the first request message; and receiving, by the CPE, second communication data sent by the BS according to the air interface connection information in the first request message, and sending the second communication data to the mobile terminal through the communication tunnel. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114541 | POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network for allocating resources and controlling transmit power is provided. Uplink resource allocation information and a multilevel transmit power command is sent to a user equipment (UE) on a single downlink physical channel. In response to the information, the UE sends information on an uplink channel. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114543 | USE OF THE PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-09-2013 |
20130114544 | Method and Apparatus for Sending Control Signaling - A method of signaling is disclosed. A terminal receives downlink control signaling from a base station and sends an uplink packet to the base station. The uplink packet is sent according to the received downlink control signaling. The downlink control signaling includes a field that includes N bits. The field itself is dynamically indicative of one of a payload size or a redundancy version such that the field itself is indicative of the payload size if a packet that the terminal will send to a base station is an initial transmission and the field itself is indicative of the redundancy version if the packet that the terminal will send to the base station is a retransmission. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114545 | TRANSMISSION OF SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN MULTIPLE OPERATING BANDWIDTHS - Methods and apparatuses are described for the transmission of Scheduling Assignments (SAs) from a base station to User Equipments (UEs) for data reception in the downlink or data transmission in the uplink of a communication system consisting of multiple Component Carriers (CCs). The SAs are separately coded and transmitted using elementary units (Control Channel Elements or CCEs). Locations of CCEs determine whether an SA is intended for a first CC or for a second CC. Further, the location of CCEs for an SA intended for a first CC is used to determine locations of CCEs for an SA intended for a second CC. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114546 | MULTI-BAND CHANNEL AGGREGATION - Multiple channels are aggregated. In an example embodiment, first data is transmitted on a first channel to a wireless device, and second data is simultaneously transmitted on a second channel to the wireless device. The first data and the second data are transmitted in a coordinated manner by aggregating the first channel and the second channel. Various example channel characteristics and combinations thereof are described. Different data allocation options for aggregated channels are described. Other alternative implementations are also presented herein. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114547 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCES - The embodiments of the present invention disclose resource configuration methods and devices of a demodulation reference signal. The method includes determining the first number of a first transmission layers of a user equipment (UE) for transmitting uplink data; selecting a combination of a Cyclic Shift (CS) resource and an Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) sequence from one combination item according to the first number of the first transmission layers for each of the first transmission layers; wherein the one combination item is among a plurality of predetermined combination items, each of the plurality of predetermined combination items comprises the second number of predetermined CS resources and OCC sequences respectively corresponding to the maximum number of transmission layers supportable by the communication system. The solutions of the present invention can simplify the complexity of a protocol describing the DMRS resource configurations, and is helpful for reducing inter-codeword DMRS interferences. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114548 | COEXISTENCE AND COLLOCATION OF REMOTE NETWORK AND LOCAL NETWORK RADIOS - A coexistent communication system of a first network device includes a remote network radio. The remote network radio has a remote transmission distance, operates based on remote network protocols, and communicates with a base station using a first communication link corresponding to a first frequency band. A local network radio has a local transmission distance and is collocated with the remote network radio. The local network radio operates based on local network protocols that are different than the remote network protocols and communicates with a second network device using a second communication link corresponding to a second frequency band. A control module at least one of schedules communication on the first communication link and the second communication link and adjusts a transmission parameter of one of the remote network radio and the local network radio. Transmission distance of the remote network radio is greater than transmission distance of the local network radio. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114549 | HOME BASE STATION - Systems and methodologies are described that effectuate establishment of an IPSec tunnel for utilization in a wireless communication environment. IPSec establishment procedures on home base stations can be used to establish IPSec tunnels between home base stations situated on open access sectors of wireless communication environments and packet data interworking function components positioned at the contiguity of secured segments of the wireless communication environments. Moreover, high rate packet data point-to-point protocol challenge-handshake authentication protocols can be directed through the IPSec tunnels to facilitate authentication of access terminals associated with the home base stations in order to facilitate further communications with components dispersed within secure areas of wireless communication environments. Further, international mobile subscriber identities (IMSI) affiliated with access terminals associated with home base stations can be used to identify packet data serving nodes with which to establish communications between home base stations and packet data serving nodes. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114550 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - TPC is appropriately operated in response to access method switching timing, an error is prevented from occurring in communication, and influence given to another cell due to transmission of unnecessary power is reduced. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114551 | METHOD FOR MAPPING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for mapping a physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel (PHICH) is described. The method for mapping a PHICH includes determining an index of a resource element group transmitting a repetitive pattern of the PHICH, according to a ratio of the number of available resource element groups in a symbol in which the PHICH is transmitted and the number of available resource element groups in a first or second OFDM symbol, and mapping the PHICH to the symbol according to the determined index. In transmitting the PHICH, since efficient mapping is performed considering available resource elements varying with OFDM symbols, repetition of the PHICH does not generate interference between neighbor cell IDs and performance is improved. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114552 | METHOD FOR MAPPING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for mapping a physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel (PHICH) is described. The method for mapping a PHICH includes determining an index of a resource element group transmitting a repetitive pattern of the PHICH, according to a ratio of the number of available resource element groups in a symbol in which the PHICH is transmitted and the number of available resource element groups in a first or second OFDM symbol, and mapping the PHICH to the symbol according to the determined index. In transmitting the PHICH, since efficient mapping is performed considering available resource elements varying with OFDM symbols, repetition of the PHICH does not generate interference between neighbor cell IDs and performance is improved. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114553 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING MULTIBAND TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS | 05-09-2013 |
20130114554 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention pertains to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method by which a terminal transmits control information and to an apparatus for the same, and relates to a method comprising the steps of: receiving CSI configuration information for a plurality of cells, in which the CSI configuration information is used to make a periodic CSI report of each cell; receiving information requesting a non-periodic CSI report of a specific cell; and transmitting one or more CSI reports in a corresponding subframe, wherein: when a periodic CSI report and a non-periodic CSI report of an equal cell collide with each other in the corresponding subframe, the periodic CSI report is dropped; and when one or more periodic CSI reports and a non-periodic CSI report of mutually different cells collide with each other in the corresponding subframe, at least a part of one or more periodic CSI reports is transmitted through a channel for the non-periodic CSI report. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114555 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user data resource determination unit determines any sub carriers in any downlink subframe as a first resource from which downlink user data is transmitted to a wireless terminal. A sounding resource determination unit determines a part of an uplink part in a closest switch subframe preceding the determined downlink subframe as a second resource from which a wireless terminal transmits a sounding reference signal, and notifies the wireless terminal of the determined second resource. A transmission path state estimation unit estimates a state of a transmission path to the wireless terminal based on the sounding reference signal from the wireless terminal. A transmission unit forms directivity of a plurality of antennas based on the estimated state of the transmission path and transmits downlink user data. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114556 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting uplink control information where a plurality of cells are configured, and comprises: a step for receiving one or more PDCCH; a step for generating reception response information corresponding to the one or more PDCCH; and a step for transmitting through PUCCH the reception response information in a subframe, wherein the reception response information is transmitted using a PUCCH resource provided in advance by an upper layer signaling when only one PCell PDCCH is detected and the predetermined conditions are met, and is transmitted using a PUCCH resource linked to an index of a resource that makes up the PCell PDCCH when only one PCell PDCCH is detected and the predetermined conditions are not met. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114557 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SIMULTANEOUSLY SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHODS - Disclosed are a device and method for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system simultaneously supporting a first wireless communication method and a second wireless communication method. In the base station device transmitting control information according to the present invention, the transmitter may transmit second control information including information on the resource size of the first control information for uplink power control. At this point, the resource size of the first control information is determined by the number of uplink subframes and downlink subframes available in one frame, the number of fast feedback channels (FFBCHs), and a ceil function rounding off to a whole number. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114558 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT SELF-COEXISTENCE OF WIRELESS REGIONAL AREA NETWORKS | 05-09-2013 |
20130114559 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station transmits an appropriate reference signal to substantialize appropriate AAS control. A mobile station | 05-09-2013 |
20130114560 | CSI-RI TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - Disclosed in embodiments of the present invention are a CSI-RS transmission method, an inspection method and a device thereof The transmission method comprises: transmitting a CSI-RS via any downlink subframe other than a special subframe, a downlink subframe transmitting a control message, or a downlink subframe transmitting a system message. Embodiments of the present invention enable the CSI-RS to be prevented from conflicting with the control message, the system message, and a message carried by the special subframe. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114561 | Method and Arrangement in a Cellular Network for Forwarding ACK Over the Backhaul Link and Directly Transmitting NACK to the Data Source - Methods and arrangements in a data transmitting node, a data receiving node and an intermediate node, where one of the data transmitting node and the data receiving node is a mobile terminal and the other nodes are access points. The methods and arrangements involve that ACK and NACK feedback are transmitted on different respective paths, according to different criteria, when the mobile terminal is simultaneously associated with more than one access point. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114562 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink transmission power control information by a base station in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: transmitting first transmission power control information, which is applied to a first uplink resource set, to a user equipment; transmitting second transmission power control information, which is applied to a second uplink resource set, to the user equipment; receiving an uplink signal, which is transmitted through one or more uplink resources of the first uplink resource set using uplink transmission power which is based on the first transmission power control information, from the user equipment; and receiving an uplink signal, which is transmitted through one or more uplink resources of the second uplink resource set using uplink transmission power which is based on the second transmission power control information, from the user equipment. | 05-09-2013 |
20130114563 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - In the base station ( | 05-09-2013 |
20130121256 | Wireless Mesh Architecture - A wireless mesh network architecture includes a plurality of wireless nodes, with each wireless node in the network is connected to every other wireless node in the network. Each pair of wireless nodes is coupled by a link dedicated to exchange of data by the pair of nodes. The link is characterized by an agreement between two end points of the link to rendezvous for the purposes of exchanging data at a predetermined time over a predetermined channel. Methods of negotiating rendezvous characteristics, such as rendezvous channel, time, frequency, duration and transmission power ensure that the selected link is tuned to minimize interference and power usage in the WN. A handshake mechanism enables high performance data delivery with minimal packet loss. The link based architecture uses Link State Advertisements, traffic tags and spanning trees to fine tune packet flow through divergent devices in the network. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121257 | Mapping Signals from a Virtual Frequency Band to Physical Frequency Bands - Embodiments include processes, systems, and devices for reshaping virtual baseband signals for transmission on non-contiguous and variable portions of a physical baseband, such as a white space frequency band. In the transmission path, a spectrum virtualization layer maps a plurality of frequency components derived from a transmission symbol produced by a physical layer protocol to sub-carriers of the allocated physical frequency band. The spectrum virtualization layer then outputs a time-domain signal derived from the mapped frequency components. In the receive path, a time-domain signal received on the physical baseband is reshaped by the virtual spectrum layer in order to recompose a time-domain symbol in the virtual baseband. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121258 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REQUESTING A SERVICE UTILIZING A SEQUENCE OF CODES - A method and a signaling entity, for sending a signal to a signaled entity, the method determining, at the signaling entity, at least a first code of a sequence of codes comprising the signal and an assignation of resources for transmission of at least the first code of the sequence of codes, wherein the first code is selected from a set of first codes; transmitting, utilizing at least the first code of the sequence of codes and the assignation, the signal, wherein at least the first code of the sequence of codes is shared among a plurality of signaling entities; and sending, utilizing subsequent codes of the sequence of codes, the signal. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121259 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REQUESTING A SERVICE UTILIZING A SEQUENCE OF CODES - A method, at a signaling entity, for sending a signal to a signaled entity, the method determining, at the signaling entity, at least a first code of a sequence of codes comprising the signal; receiving, at the signaling entity, an assignation of resources from the signaled entity for transmission of at least the first code of the sequence of codes; transmitting, utilizing at least the first code of the sequence of codes and the assignation, the signal, wherein at least the first code of the sequence of codes is shared among a plurality of signaling entities; and sending, utilizing subsequent codes of the sequence of codes, the signal, wherein the sequence of codes is unique to the signal. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121260 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR REQUESTING A SERVICE UTILIZING A SEQUENCE OF CODES - A method for sending a signal to a signaled entity, the method determining at least a first code of a sequence of codes comprising the signal, wherein at least one code of the sequence of codes is derived from at least one bit string that is encoded by an encoder to produce a sequence of output bit groups, each output bit group being used to select a code from a set of predefined codes; receiving, at the signaling entity, an assignation of resources from the signaled entity for transmission of at least the first code of the sequence of codes; transmitting, utilizing at least the first code of the sequence of codes and the assignation, the signal, wherein at least the first code is shared among a plurality of signaling entities; and sending, utilizing subsequent codes of the sequence of codes, the signal, | 05-16-2013 |
20130121261 | ADAPTIVE BANDWIDTH FOR MEDIA CONTENT - A system is described with one or more server devices to: receive an instruction to provide particular content; determine that a new channel is requested to provide the particular content; determine a first portion of bandwidth assigned to existing channels; allocate a second portion of the bandwidth for the new channel; provide the new channel in the second portion of the bandwidth; and provide the particular content on the new channel. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121262 | PRESERVING USER-DIFFERENTIATED QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR MOBILE VIRTUAL PRIVATE NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS MADE USING A SHARED CONNECTION POINT - A set of different communication flows ( | 05-16-2013 |
20130121263 | MULTI-CHANNEL, MULTI-MODULATION, MULTI-RATE COMMUNICATION WITH A RADIO TRANSCEIVER - Techniques for communicating via a control channel, determining a particular data channel based on the communicating, and transferring data via the particular data channel are described. One or more messages are communicated via the control channel between first and second nodes. The one or more messages may indicate a particular data channel from multiple data channels that may be utilized to transfer data between the first and second nodes. The one or more messages may also indicate a modulation technique and/or data rate that may be implemented on the particular data channel. The one or more messages may be utilized to determine the particular data channel that will be utilized to transfer the data. The first and second nodes may switch to the particular data channel based on the determination and transfer the data via the particular data channel. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121264 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SHARING CARRIER SET FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for configuring a power sharing carrier set on a user equipment having multiple component carriers, the method receiving an indication from a network that carrier configuration information is supported in a cell of the network; providing at least one of capability information regarding carriers and bands supported by the user equipment and power sharing information the user equipment is capable of supporting; and obtaining configuration information for power sharing carrier sets. Furthermore, a network element for to providing a power sharing carrier set configuration, the network element configured to: send an indication from a network that carrier configuration information is supported in a cell of the network; receive at least one of capability information regarding carriers and bands supported by a user equipment and power sharing information the user equipment is capable of supporting; and provide configuration information for power sharing carrier sets. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121265 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH ADJUSTMENT IN FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices are provided for dynamically adapting the bandwidth of flexible bandwidth carriers. Adapting the bandwidth of a flexible bandwidth carrier may be achieved through changing the scale factor of the flexible bandwidth signal. Information such as traffic patterns, interference measurements, etc., may be utilized to determine the adapted scaling factors. In macrocellular deployments, for example, dynamically adjusting the bandwidth of a flexible bandwidth system may be utilized in order to increase network capacity, mitigate interference caused to other carriers, avoid adjacent carrier interference, and/or save energy on the network. Traffic pattern and other information may also be utilized to dynamically adjust uplink and downlink bandwidths of a flexible bandwidth carrier, either jointly or independently. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for generating a reference signal sequence by user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The UE receives a UE-specific sequence group hopping (SGH) parameter that is specific to itself, and generates a reference signal sequence based on a base sequence in each slot unit. The base sequence is classified into sequence-group numbers determined in each of the slot units by the UE-specific SGH parameter indicating whether SGH has been carried out, and base sequence numbers. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121267 | Network Node, User Equipment and Methods Therein for Transmitting and Receiving Control Information - A method in a network node for transmitting control information to a user equipment in a telecommunications system is provided. The control information is scheduled in time intervals of a downlink shared data channel, wherein the control information is allocated resource elements in resource blocks of a time-frequency Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing, OFDM, grid in the time intervals in which the control information is scheduled. The network node determines for a time interval, a set of user equipments for which control information is scheduled in the time interval. Also, it selects for a user equipment comprised in the determined set of user equipments, at least one group of user equipments amongst one or more groups of user equipments to which the user equipment is assigned. It also prepares a group signal corresponding to the selected one group of user equipments by allocating resource elements in the resource blocks of the time interval to the group signal. Furthermore, the network node transmits the prepared group signal in the allocated resource element in the time interval to the user equipment such that the user equipment is enabled to determine whether the control information that is allocated resource elements in the time interval is intended for the user equipment or not. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121268 | Method and Device for Adaptive Adjusting Uplink and Downlink Bandwidth - The present invention discloses a method for adaptively adjusting uplink and downlink bandwidth, which includes: a base station counting a usage status of the uplink and downlink bandwidth in a preset time, and obtaining a bandwidth amount ΔBW | 05-16-2013 |
20130121269 | METHODS SELECTING MODULATION/CODING SCHEMES MAPPED TO MULTIPLE MIMO LAYERS AND RELATED USER EQUIPMENT - A method of operating a user equipment communicating with a base station of a radio access network may include selecting a multiple-input-multiple-output, MIMO, rank and a MIMO precoding entity from a codebook of MIMO precoding entities for a downlink communication from the base station to the user equipment. A modulation/coding scheme to be mapped to first and second MIMO layers of the downlink communication may be selected using the MIMO precoding entity. Channel quality information may be communicated identifying the MIMO precoding entity and the modulation/coding scheme from the user equipment to the base station. Related user equipment nodes are also discussed. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION USING SUBFRAME - DEPENDENT CONTROL CHANNEL FORMAT - Techniques for reporting channel state information (CSI) for multiple cells (e.g., carriers) using multiple control channel formats are disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may be configured for operation on a plurality of cells. The UE may be configured to periodically report CSI for the plurality of cells and may also report CSI whenever requested. The UE may be configured with a plurality of control channel formats for sending CSI and possibly other control information in different subframes. The plurality of control channel formats may be associated with at least two different capacities. The UE may report CSI for the plurality of cells in the plurality of subframes based on the plurality of control channel formats. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121271 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SIMULTANEOUS UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSIONS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for managing the transmission of multiple signals on one or more uplink (UL) channels using carrier aggregation in LTE-A systems. A UE simultaneously transmits signals such as ACK/NACK and periodic CSI using one or more uplink channels, such as a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and/or a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), by increasing the resources used to transmit at least one of those signals. According to one aspect, a UE simultaneously transmits ACK/NACK signals and periodic CSI signals by multiplexing those signals on the PUSCH. Certain aspects avoid frequently dropped periodic CSI signals and provide mechanisms to ensure that ACK/NACK signals are transmitted. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC FREQUENCY SELECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Techniques are provided for dynamic frequency selection (DFS). For example, there is provided a distributed DFS method that may involve receiving a measurement report from each associated mobile entity, the measurement report comprising channel quality metrics for each mobile entity on corresponding frequency channels, the frequency channels comprising at least one unlicensed channel. The method may involve determining link quality metrics for the frequency channels based at least in part on the channel quality metrics in the measurement report. The method may involve selecting at least one operating channel corresponding to a maximum link quality metric among the link quality metrics. The method may involve implementing a time delay before starting operation on the selected at least one operating channel. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121273 | METHOD OF REFERENCE SIGNALING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In legacy systems such as 3 | 05-16-2013 |
20130121274 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) DESIGN FOR LOW COST DEVICES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for reducing the decoding complexity for low cost devices (e.g., low cost UEs). One technique may include simplifying the PDCCH format. This may include generating a compact DCI format for transmitting DCI to a low cost device. The compact DCI format may correspond to at least one standard DCI format used by a regular UE and may comprise a reduced number of bits when compared to the standard DCI format. Another technique may include reducing the number of blind decodes. This technique may include selecting a set of resources for transmitting DCI from a limited set of decoding candidates, such that a receiving low cost device need only perform blind decodes for the limited set of decoding candidates. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RANDOM ACCESS IDENTIFIER FOR FIXED M2M DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating a random access identifier (RAID) for a fixed machine-to-machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station transmits a paging message to the fixed M2M device, the paging message including an M2M group ID (MGID) for the fixed M2M device and including a first contention free RAID for a first fixed M2M device having a first index among a plurality of fixed M2M devices which have the same MGID, and allocates a contention free RAID for the fixed M2M device based on the first contention free RAID. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121276 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for transmitting control information by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining a precoder to be applied to a resource and a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port, the resource being used to transmit the control information, and the DMRS port corresponding to the resource and being used to transmit a DMRS, precoding the resource and the DMRS port by using the determined precoder, and transmitting the control information and the DMRS to a user equipment. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121277 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THEM - When signals received by receiving antennas included in each terminal are subjected to MMSE combining, it is configured that each terminal is able to grasp position of desired signal in signal vector obtained after combining. A base station | 05-16-2013 |
20130121278 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for allocating uplink resources in a wireless communication system. A base station transmits uplink resource allocation information to a terminal in order to allocate a plurality of clusters that are dispersed in a frequency domain to uplink resources, and receives data on the plurality of clusters. The plurality of clusters is allocated on the bases of at least one of the following: location of each cluster in the frequency domain and gap between the plurality of clusters. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121279 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method include receiving a power offset parameter for an aperiodic SRS set by a base station (BS) through an higher layer, setting transmission power of the aperiodic SRS based transmission power on the power offset parameter, and transmitting the aperiodic SRS to the BS based on the set transmission power of the aperiodic SRS. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121280 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - It is possible to perform effective communication based on an A-SRS transmitted from a mobile station apparatus. A base station apparatus: notifies the mobile station apparatus of control information for setting, to the mobile station apparatus, whether to transmit a first sounding reference signal assigned in a physical uplink shared channel resource or to transmit a second sounding reference signal assigned in a resource different from the physical uplink shared channel resource; and notifies the mobile station apparatus of an uplink grant including an indication of transmission of a sounding reference signal. When receiving the indication of transmission of the sounding reference signal included in the uplink grant, the mobile station apparatus transmits the first sounding reference signal to the base station apparatus when the transmission of the first sounding reference signal is set by transmission control information, and transmits the second sounding reference signal to the base station apparatus when the transmission of the second sounding reference signal is set by the transmission control information. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121281 | OPTIMIZED FINGER ASSIGNMENT FOR IMPROVED MULTICARRIER THROUGHPUT - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate dynamically allocating demodulation resources of a wideband receiver to provide improved demodulation of simultaneously received signals. Signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) and/or packet error rate (PER) can be measured for the plurality of carriers to determine which demodulators related to the carriers require more resources than others to demodulate signals at a specified signal quality. Where the SNR of a related carrier is high and/or PER is low, the demodulator can require fewer resources than where the SNR of a related carrier is low and/or PER is high. In this regard, the resources are dynamically allocated among the demodulators and reallocated where SNR/PER changes and/or additional resources are made available. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121282 | Method, System, and Device for Radio Network Aggregation - A method, system, and device for radio network aggregation are applied in communication technologies. The method for radio network aggregation transmission includes: obtaining location information of a user equipment on at least two radio networks; obtaining, according to the location information, network load information of each radio network where the user equipment is currently located; determining, according to the network load information and a preset policy, a way in which data streams of the user equipment are transmitted by using the at least two radio access technologies; and transmitting the data streams of the user equipment in the determined way. Thereby, radio network aggregation is implemented. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121283 | DOWNLINK MULTIPLEXING - A method performed by a node of a communications system includes storing allocation data defining persistently allocated resources for use in communicating data between the node and another node of the communications system within predetermined transmission time intervals, receiving control data relating to a dynamic allocation of resources to be used in a current transmission time interval, the received control data including modulation and coding data and HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) data, and determining if at least one of the modulation and coding data and the HARQ data in the received control data, includes a predefined bit pattern, and if the determining determines that the predefined bit pattern is present, then changing a setting of the stored allocation data defining the persistently allocated resources. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121284 | Communication System, Communication Device, Program and Communication Control Method - There is provided a communication system comprising: a first communication device that senses a communication environment surrounding the first communication device; a second communication device that acquires sensed data sensed by the first communication device; and a third communication device that determines availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service based on the sensed data transmitted from the second communication device. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121285 | CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND BASE STATION AND TERMINAL USING THE SAME METHOD - A radio communication system that includes an encoder configured to perform error correction coding for control channel information by a given error correction coding rate and a modulator configured to perform modulation of the error correction coded control channel information for transmission according to a given modulation scheme, code decimation being performed for the error correction coded control channel information prior to the modulation, and the code decimation being different according to whether Multi Input Multi Output is applied or not. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121286 | WIRELESS STATION AND METHOD FOR SELECTING A-MPDU TRANSMISSION CHARACTERISTICS - A dynamic A-MSDU enabling method is disclosed. The method enables the recipient of an aggregate MAC service data unit (A-MSDU) under a block ACK agreement to reject the A-MSDU. The method thus distinguishes between A-MSDU outside of the block ACK agreement, which is mandatory, from A-MSDU under the block ACK agreement, which is optional. The method thus complies with the IEEE 802.11n specification while enabling the recipient to intelligently allocate memory during block ACK operations. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121287 | Channel Quality Signaling For Persistent/Semi-Persistent Radio Resource Allocations - A persistent or a semi-persistent uplink resource allocation also comprises an indication for a user equipment UE to send channel quality reports. The format for the channel quality report is determined (based on a transmission mode for which the UE receives a downlink shared channel). In at least first transmissions of user data for instances of the persistently allocated uplink resource the UE sends user data and a channel quality report according to the determined format. For the case that a NACK is received in reply to one of those sent user data with channel quality reports, four options are detailed: re-send the NACK'd user data on a next instance of the persistently allocated UL resource with or without a channel quality report, and re-send the NACK'd user data on a dynamically allocated uplink resource with or without a channel quality report. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING HARQ PROCESSES FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT AND DYNAMIC DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for efficient hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process utilization for semi-persistent and dynamic data transmissions, wherein a reserved HARQ process identification (ID) can be reused. A subset of a plurality of HARQ process IDs is reserved to use for a semi-persistent allocation, and data is transmitted based on the semi-persistent allocation. A dynamic allocation is received via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). At least one of the reserved HARQ process IDs is selectively used for transmitting data based on the dynamic allocation. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121289 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PROCESSES PER TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL - A method and apparatus may be used for supporting multiple hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) processes per transmission time interval (TTI). A transmitter and a receiver may include a plurality of H-ARQ processes. Each H-ARQ process may transmit and receive one TB per TTI. The transmitter may generate a plurality of TBs and assign each TB to a H-ARQ process. The transmitter may send control information for each TB, which may include H-ARQ information associated TBs with the TBs. The transmitter may send the TBs using the associated H-ARQ processes simultaneously per TTI. After receiving the TBs, the receiver may send feedback for each of the H-ARQ processes and associated TBs indicating successful or unsuccessful receipt of each of the TBs to the transmitter. The feedback for multiple TBs may be combined for the simultaneously transmitted H-ARQ processes, (i.e., TBs). When MIMO is implemented, one H-ARQ process may be associated with one MIMO stream, or codeword. The feedback may include a channel quality indicator (CQI) per MIMO stream or codeword. The control information and the feedback may be sent via a layer 1 or layer 2/3 control part. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121290 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting scheduling request (SR) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a SR in a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, wherein one SC-FDMA symbol on the PUCCH is punctured and transmitting the SR on the PUCCH in the subframe. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121291 | MAINTENANCE OF SUBSCRIBER HISTORY FOR SERVICE SUPPORT APPLICATIONS IN AN IP-BASED TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A facility for maintaining a subscriber history pertaining to the use of a mobile device with an IP-based telecommunications service offered by a service provider. When a connection request is made by a mobile device to access an IP-based telecommunications service, one or more identifiers associated with the requesting mobile device and access point are provided in the request and stored by the facility. In some cases, the identifiers are stored even if the mobile device is unable to, or not authorized to, access the telecommunications service. Additional parameters associated with the request from the mobile device, such as a time stamp and details of a subsequent telecommunications session, are also associated with the stored request. The history of requests to access the IP-based telecommunications service from the mobile device are maintained by the facility and provided to a service support provider. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121292 | SERVICE IN WLAN INTER-WORKING, ADDRESS MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, AND METHOD - An address management method is provided, for use when a mobile terminal accesses a service from a WLAN access network, wherein the service is provided in a 3GPP network or in a service provider network via the 3GPP network. First, the mobile terminal connects to the WLAN access network. Second, the mobile terminal sends a tunnel setup request message from the WLAN access network to a network entity located in the 3GPP network, wherein the tunnel setup request message includes a service request identifier for accessing a requested service and a mobile terminal identifier. Third, the network entity receives the tunnel setup request message, and allocates an address for use by the mobile terminal to access the requested service based on the service request identifier and the mobile terminal identifier. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121293 | PROTECTION FOR DIRECT LINK SETUP (DLS) TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain embodiments of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for establishing direct link setup (DLS) connections between stations in a wireless local area network (WLAN). The DLS connections may be established in a manner that helps avoid collisions with transmissions from hidden stations. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121294 | Method and system for processing transmission gap pattern sequence - A method for processing a transmission gap pattern sequence is disclosed. A terminal or a Node B controls an initiation of a transmission gap pattern sequence. The terminal or the Node B performs an operation of initiating a new transmission gap pattern sequence by way of superimposing on currently initiated transmission gap pattern sequences or by way of clearing all currently initiated transmission gap pattern sequences. The terminal or the Node B controls a stop of the transmission gap pattern sequence. The terminal or the Node B performs the operation of stopping a transmission gap pattern sequence by way of stopping a specified transmission gap pattern sequence or by way of stopping all currently initiated transmission gap pattern sequences. A system for processing a transmission gap pattern sequence is disclosed. With the method and the system, the time for initiating a compressed mode is delayed and the duration of the compressed mode is reduced, thus system capacity and user throughput are improved. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121295 | BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A base station device causing no decrease in system throughput and guaranteeing the reception quality at a terminal when a DCI directed toward the terminal is mapped to a PDCCH region and an R-PDCCH region. A search space setting unit ( | 05-16-2013 |
20130121296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND/OR DATA TO/FROM A BASE STATION VIA AN ANCHOR TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION - The present description relates to a method in which a first terminal communicates with a base station via a second terminal in a wireless access system supporting machine-type communication (MTC). The method comprises the following steps: transmitting, to the second terminal, uplink data to be transmitted to the base station; receiving, from the base station, control information corresponding to the quality of a link between the first terminal and the second terminal; and retransmitting the uplink data to the second terminal in accordance with the received control information, wherein the control information includes information on the delay between the second terminal and the base station, and information on the measured quality of the link between the first terminal and the second terminal | 05-16-2013 |
20130121297 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a terminal device and method for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) in a wireless communication system supporting multiple component carriers. The terminal device of the present invention comprises a transmitter for transmitting, to a base station, PHR information on at least one component carrier and information on the maximum power reduction (MPR) of the terminal device, wherein the PHR information on the at least one component carrier includes component carrier index information, and the MPR information of the terminal device may be an MPR value of said at least one component carrier, or a sum of the MPR values of said at least one component carrier. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121298 | Node Selection In A Packet Core Network - A method of allocating user plane nodes to a connection being established across a packet core network. The method comprises maintaining at a Domain Name System, DNS, server, one or more DNS resource records for each available user plane node or group of neighbouring user plane nodes, a DNS resource record containing a measure of a route quality or cost between the associated user plane node(s) or group(s) and each of one or more further user plane nodes or further groups of neighbouring user plane nodes of the packet core network to which said associated user plane node(s) or groups is(are) connected. A connection establishment request is processed at a mobility management control entity within the packet core network, with a DNS query being sent to a DNS server, the query containing one or more user plane node selection criteria. The query is received at the DNS server and, on the basis of the or each criterion, one or more DNS resource records satisfying the criteria/criterion identified. At least said measure of route quality or cost of the identified DNS resource record(s) is returned to said mobility management control entity. The measure(s) of route quality or cost of the identified DNS resource record(s) is received at the mobility management control entity, and the measure(s) used to allocate a user plane node or nodes to said connection. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121299 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK ON CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Provided is a method for operating a terminal for feedback on channel state information (CSI) in a carrier aggregation system according to the present disclosure. The method may comprise the steps of: receiving CSI feedback configuration information for each of a plurality of downlink component carriers from a base station; and feeding channel status information back to the base station through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of an uplink primary component carrier on the basis of the configuration information of the received CSI feedback. The configuration information of the CSI feedback may be received through any one or each of the plurality of downlink component carriers. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121300 | METHOD FOR REENTERING NETWORK OF NO-MOBILITY MOBILE STATION IN IDLE STATE AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SAME - Disclosed are a method for reentering the network of a no-mobility idle state mobile station and a method for supporting same. A device for supporting the reentry into the network of a no-mobility idle state mobile station in a wireless communication system of the present invention comprises a transmitter for transmitting to the no-mobility idle state mobile station a first information including information on whether an uplink region has been allocated just for the no-mobility idle state mobile station. The first information can further include information on the allocated uplink region. The mobile station for executing the reentry into the network of the present invention comprises a receiver for receiving from a base station a first information including information on whether an uplink area has been allocated just for the no-mobility idle state mobile station. The first information can further include information on the allocated uplink region. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121301 | METHOD FOR APERIODIC FEEDBACK OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a wireless access system supporting multi-carrier aggregation (CA) and discloses various methods and devices for aperiodic feedback of channel state information (CSI). The method for aperiodic feedback of the channel state information (CSI) in the wireless access system supporting the multi-carrier aggregation (CA), according to an embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving a first message including an aperiodic CSI request field and uplink grant from a base station; receiving a second message including bitmap information indicating a downlink component carrier (DL CC) subjected to CSI measurement from the base station; measuring the CSI in consideration of at least one of the aperiodic CSI request, uplink grant, and bitmap information; and transmitting the measured CSI to the base station through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to thereby receive aperiodic feedback of the same. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121302 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and device for transmitting uplink control information when a plurality of cells are configured in a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of: generating a UCI; and determining a PUCCH resource for transmitting the UCI. If the reception response information and channel state information are triggered in the same subframe, only a first UCI generated from the reception response information is transmitted through a first PUCCH. If the reception response information and scheduling request information are triggered in the same subframe, a second UCI generated by jointly coding the reception response information and the scheduling request information is transmitted through a second PUCCH. The resource used for a reference signal for demodulating the first or second PUCCH is allocated in consideration of the UCI transmitted on PUCCH. | 05-16-2013 |
20130121303 | METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING RANDOM ACCESS, METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING AND PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for distributing a random access and a method for distributing and performing the random access. According to the present invention, a method for performing a random access of a terminal comprises the step of receiving a paging message indicative of a network reentry from a base station, wherein said paging message can contain at least either the identifier information of terminal groups, in which terminals are grouped, or the random access configuration information which corresponds to said terminal groups. Said random access configuration information can contain random access standby time information of said terminal groups and back-off window size information. Said method further comprises the steps of: selecting a random access opportunity on the basis of said random access configuration information; and transmitting a random access code to said base station in said selected random access opportunity. | 05-16-2013 |
20130128820 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL QUALITY INDEX IN MULTIPLE USER-MIMO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In order to minimize the control signaling overhead associated with transmitting CQI data from mobile stations to base stations in wireless communication networks supporting MU-MIMO, the CQI during MU-MIMO operation is estimated based on SU-MIMO CQI data, mobile station geometry data, and mobile station PMI (Precoding Matrix Index) data. More particularly, the base station maintains and updates a knowledge pool that correlates geometry data and learned impact of interfering precoder data to degradation of CQI values responsive to switching from SU-MIMO operation to MU-MIMO operations. Then, when the base station switches from SU-MIMO operation to MU-MIMO operation, it consults the knowledge pool to predict the degradation in CQI and subtracts them from the known, pre-switching SU-MIMO CQI feedback data for each relevant mobile station to predict the post-switching MU-MIMO CQIs for that mobile station. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128821 | Demodulation Reference Signal Arrangement For Uplink Coordinated Multi-Point Reception - A method for providing a DM RS arrangement for CoMP reception is described. The method includes receiving (e.g., at a receiver), at a UE, a message for a first CC from a network node. The message includes an indication of a DM RS PUSCH mode for the first CC and a CSI field. The method also includes determining (e.g., at a processor) whether the DM RS PUSCH mode for the first CC includes a mirror cell mode. In response to determining that the DM RS PUSCH mode includes a mirror cell mode, the method includes determining (e.g., at a processor) a DM RS sequence based at least in part on the CSI field. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128822 | CARRIER TRACKING WITHOUT PILOTS - A carrier tracking technique includes allocating a first number of bits per symbol to a carrier tracking subcarrier of a plurality of subcarriers of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal based on a first target performance margin. The technique includes allocating numbers of bits per symbol to other subcarriers of the plurality of subcarriers based on a second target performance margin. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128823 | Feedback Resource Mapping in Wireless Communications - A feedback radio resource in a license-exempt frequency band maps from a data radio resource to at least one frequency sub-band which the data resource excludes. The feedback resource is also spaced in time from the data resource by a predetermined interval. Feedback (ACK/NACK) for data received in the data resource is then sent in the feedback resource. In various embodiments the sub-band is one or more edges of the data resource channel, or of a license-exempt component carrier. The predetermined interval may be a function of how much of the data resource is occupied by data. The data transmitting device delays sending its data by a time offset from the end of a previous transmission on that channel, or if it does not know the end time it delays until the predetermined interval plus the length of the feedback resource have lapsed. Various synchronization aspects are also disclosed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128824 | LINKING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE TO A PROCESSING SYSTEM TO INCREASE COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH - A method of increasing communication bandwidth for a processing system. The method can include communicatively linking the processing system to a wide area network (WAN) via a communication adapter to establish a first communication channel over which the processing system communicates. The method further can include communicatively linking the processing system to a wireless communication device and communicatively linking the wireless communication device to the WAN to establish a second communication channel over which the processing system communicates. The method also can include simultaneously communicating information between the processing system and at least one server over both the first communication channel and the second communication channel. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128825 | Method and System for Providing Reduced Bandwidth Acquisition Latency - Methods and systems for providing reduced bandwidth acquisition latency may comprise communicating a reservation request for bandwidth allocation for devices operating under a wired network protocol, where the reservation request may be sent by wired network devices via a wireless network protocol over a wireless network. Bandwidth may be allocated in the wired network for the requesting devices by a network controller. Data may be communicated with the requesting devices via the wired network. The wired network communication protocol may comprise a multimedia over cable alliance (MoCA) standard. The wireless protocol may comprise an IEEE 802.11x standard, a Bluetooth standard, and/or any non-public network protocol. The communication of the reservation request via the wireless protocol may decrease a latency of the wired network. A medium access plan (MAP) may be generated by the network controller based on the reservation request and may comprise a bandwidth allocation for the requesting devices. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128826 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for uplink control channel resource configuration. A base station allocates an uplink control channel resource set, and the resource set includes channel resource elements which can be used by acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement ACK/NACK feedback. The base station sends a configuration signaling to a user terminal according to the channel resource elements circumstances included in the uplink control channel resource set and/or that if the uplink control channel resources to be fed back corresponding to a downlink subframe control district Control Channel Element CCE can satisfy all of the antenna ports to process transmission diversity. The user terminal configured with two antenna ports uses the corresponding channel resources to process ACK/NACK feedback according to the configuration signaling. Applying the method, apparatus and system provided by the present invention can solve the problems that the limited feedback channel resources affect the flexibility of Physical Downlink Shared Channel PDCCH scheduling and the complexity of blind tests the user terminal processes for PDCCH. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128827 | Method and System for Configuring Enhanced Dedicated Channel Transmission Bearer Mode - A method and a system for configuring an enhanced dedicated channel transmission bearer mode are provided by the present invention. The method comprises: in a situation that a first radio network controller (RNC) establishes an enhanced dedicated channel cell over a non-main carrier frequency layer in a predetermined network element, the first RNC configuring an enhanced dedicated channel transmission bearer mode of the predetermined network element, wherein the predetermined network element comprises at least one of the following: a node B connected to the first RNC and a second RNC connected to the first RNC. The present solution solves the problem in the related art that: the radio network controller cannot distinguish the received data from a main carrier and the received data from an auxiliary carrier. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128828 | Compromise Resource Allocation Field Size When Aggregating Component Carriers of Differing Size - Methods and arrangements for resource allocation in a telecommunication system in which aggregation of component carriers is applied. The size of the resource allocation field is determined based on the transmission bandwidth of a selection of component carriers. The selection of component carriers comprises the component carrier on which the resource allocation message is monitored and the component carriers which are cross-scheduled from said component carrier. The resource allocation message comprising the resource allocation field with the determined size is transmitted to the user equipment over a particular component carrier of the selection of component carriers. Furthermore, with only one size of the resource allocation field a smaller number of code word sizes needs to be monitored by the UE. This leads to a smaller number of blind decodings performed in the UE. The present invention enables a more tailored approach when determining the size of the resource allocation field to avoid too high overhead but also a too coarse resource allocation. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128829 | Signalling Report Transmission in Carrier Aggregation - A user equipment prepares a signalling report in response to receiving a control element for activation/deactivation of component carriers to be used by the user equipment for communication in a cellular communications network system, and transmits the signalling report. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128830 | Feedback Resource Mapping In Wireless Communications - In an ad hoc network a feedback radio resource maps from a data radio resource to at least one frequency sub-band which the data resource excludes. The feedback resource is also spaced in time from the data resource by a predetermined interval. Feedback (ACK/NACK) for data received in the data resource is then sent in the feedback resource. In various embodiments the sub-band is one or more edges of the data resource channel, or edges of a component carrier. The predetermined interval may be a function of how much of the data resource is occupied by data. The data transmitting device delays sending its data by a time offset from the end of a previous transmission on that channel, or if it does not know the end time it delays until the predetermined interval plus the length of the feedback resource have lapsed. Various synchronization aspects are also disclosed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128831 | System and Method for Communications Link Control - A method for operating an access point includes identifying one or more stations to receive a transmission from the access point, and generating a traffic indicator map (TIM) for the one or more stations identified, the TIM in accordance with a TIM generating rule, the TIM identifying at least an offset length and a number of entries. The method further includes broadcasting a beacon carrying the TIM to the one or more stations identified, the one or more stations configured to decode the beacon according to the TIM generating rule. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128832 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - According to one aspect of the present invention, antennas or antenna nodes spaced away from each other by a predetermined distance or more are configured to be able to transmit control information of mutually different user equipment groups, thereby increasing the efficiency in the operation of control channels. In addition, according to another aspect of the present invention, a resource region for transmitting control information for an improved user equipment, which is a target of a multi-node cooperative transmission, is set differently from a resource region for transmitting control information for a legacy user equipment, thereby increasing the efficiency in the transmission of the control information for the improved user equipment. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128833 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention relates to an uplink power control method and user equipment, which involve determining a power correction factor by considering the number of antenna ports. According to the present invention, even when a base station transmits the same power control information to the user equipment, the user equipment maps the power control information to another power correction factor and determines an uplink transmission power depending on an uplink transmission condition. Thus, uplink power control can be performed in a more efficient manner. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128834 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a mobile terminal apparatus, radio base station apparatus and radio communication method for enabling to control a coding rate with increasing coding gain in the case of adopting a turbo code in DFT spreading OFDM, according to the invention, a mobile terminal apparatus performs turbo coding on transmission data, performs discrete Fourier transform on the signal subjected to turbo coding, performs frequency-domain puncture processing on the signal subjected to discrete Fourier transform, maps the signal subjected to the frequency-domain puncture processing to a subcarrier, and transmits the signal to a radio base station apparatus by SC-FDMA. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128835 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is disclosed wherein a user equipment (UE) receives control information on a first channel and uses the control information to process a second channel, | 05-23-2013 |
20130128836 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Power control in a communication system ( | 05-23-2013 |
20130128837 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY COMMUNICATING WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of simultaneously communicating with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to transmit at least one beamforming-training initiation frame to a group of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to receive two or more feedback frames from two or more of the wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to determine two or more beamforming schemes based on the two or more feedback frames, and wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit two or more different wireless communication transmissions to the two or more wireless communication devices, respectively, using the two or more beamforming schemes, respectively. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128838 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FORMAT DESIGN FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects present methods for designing a downlink control information (DCI) message that may be transmitted in a downlink channel such as a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The proposed DCI message supports uplink enhancements such as clustered single input multiple output (SIMO) operation. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128839 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTENTION-BASED MEDIUM ACCESS SCHEMES FOR DIRECTIONAL WIRELESS TRANSMISSION WITH ASYMMETRIC ANTENNA SYSTEM (AAS) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system for wireless communication in an asymmetric antenna system (AAS) communication system is provided. A wireless station performs carrier sensing by sensing a wireless communication channel for ongoing communications in one or more directions. Upon detecting that the wireless communication channel is idle, the station transmits a frame preamble on the channel to a receiving wireless station in more than one transmit direction, and transmits a frame payload on the channel to the receiving wireless station in one transmit direction. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128840 | Method and Base Station for Dynamic Adjustment of Carrier Resource - A method and base station for dynamic adjustment of a carrier resource are disclosed. First, a cell-edge traffic volume of a local cell is detected; then, if the cell-edge traffic volume of the local cell is reduced, an idle primary subcarrier resource in the cell is released as a secondary subcarrier according to a degree of reduction of the cell-edge traffic volume and according to a multiple of a predetermined minimum granularity. With it, when the cell-edge traffic volume of the local cell is changed, the allocation of a primary subcarrier and a secondary subcarrier may be adjusted dynamically, which increases a utilization rate of a spectrum and ensures that carrier resources can be utilized properly and adequately. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128841 | COMPUTED-AIDED MAPPING OF SYSTEM INFORMATION MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOL MESSAGES - A method for computer-aided mapping of system information medium access control protocol messages onto a plurality of transport channels for transmission using an orthogonal frequency division multiple access method, wherein a scheduling of system information data packets information in the context of the mapping on a transport channel of the plurality of transport channels is carried out dependent on the type of the system information. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128842 | PERMUTATION DEVICE AND METHOD HAVING IMPROVED RESOURCE GRANULARITY FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A device and method for permuting subcarriers in a subframe which is divided into a plurality of frequency partitions in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping, at a mobile station, physical resource units for localized resource allocation to a frequency partition of the plurality of frequency partitions in units of N_1 number of resource units, and physical resource units for distributed resource allocation to the frequency partition in units of N_d number of resource units, N_1 being different from N_d; and spreading, at the mobile station, subcarriers of the physical resource units for distributed resource allocation across the whole distributed resource allocations. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128843 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL INCLUDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPLINK CHANNEL - A method and device for transmitting a first and second uplink signal, each having data and control information is provided. The method includes channel encoding the control information of the second uplink signal based on a number of symbols of control information to produce. The channel encoding includes determining the number of symbols in accordance with a payload size of the data of the first uplink signal and a total number of transmissible symbols of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) of the first uplink signal. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128844 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ADJUST GRANULARITY IN CELLULAR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for adjusting a granularity of resource allocation in a wireless mobile communication system supporting a compact scheduling is discussed. A resource indication value (RIV) corresponds to a start index (S) of one set of consecutive virtual resource blocks (VRBs) and a length of the VRBs. The start index (S) is selected from among ‘s’ values (where s=P+mT05-23-2013 | |
20130128845 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL INCLUDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPLINK CHANNEL - A method and device for transmitting a first and second uplink signal, each having data and control information is provided. The method includes channel encoding the control information of the second uplink signal based on a number of symbols of control information to produce. The channel encoding includes determining the number of symbols in accordance with a payload size of the data of the first uplink signal and a total number of transmissible symbols of a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) of the first uplink signal. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128846 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALLING FOR TRIGGERING THE INDEPENDENT TRANSMISSION OF A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - The invention suggests a method for providing control signalling in a communication system, comprising the steps performed by a base station of the communication system of generating a control channel signal comprising a transport format and a channel quality indicator trigger signal for triggering a transmission of a channel quality indicator by at least one terminal to the base station, and transmitting the generated control channel signal to at least one terminal, wherein said transport format is a predetermined format for user data transmission by the at least one terminal to the base station and said control channel signal indicates a predetermined mode for reporting the channel quality indicator to the base station, wherein the channel quality indicator transmission is to be triggered by the at least one terminal based on the channel quality indicator trigger signal. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128847 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting downlink control information, a method and a device for receiving downlink control information and a terminal, a base station and a communication system which includes the terminal and the base station. The Resource Indication Values (RIVs) in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) are set to different values based on the function of the DCI to be transmitted according to the embodiment provided, wherein the different scopes of values are corresponding to the different functions of DCI. The different functions may be used as the configuration signaling of Sounding Reference Signal (SRS), or used as the scheduling signaling of Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The embodiment provided can distinguish the different downlink control information with the same length using the Resource Indication Value (RIV) in the Downlink Control Information (DCI). | 05-23-2013 |
20130128848 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128849 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING A COMMON SIGNALING FIELD FOR TRANSPORT FORMAT AND REDUNDANCY VERSION - The invention relates to a method for providing control signalling associated to a protocol data unit conveying user data in a mobile communication system and to the control channel signal. The invention also provides a mobile station and a base station and their respective operation in view of the newly defined control channel signals. To reduce the control channel overhead, the invention suggests defining a common field for the transport format and redundancy version in the control channel information format. According to one approach, the common field is used to jointly encode transport format and redundancy version therein. According to another aspect, one shared field is provided on the control channel signal that indicates either a transport format or a redundancy version depending of whether the control channel signal relates to an initial transmission or a retransmission. In another embodiment, further enhancements to a HARQ protocol are suggested for addressing certain error cases. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128850 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A wireless communication terminal may include: an instruction unit (CPU) that instructs whether a wireless communication serves as host or target; a wireless communication unit that transmits/receives the radio frame to/from a terminal serving as target when receiving an instruction from the instruction unit to serve as host, and transmits/receives the radio frame to/from a terminal serving as host when receiving an instruction from the instruction unit to serve as target; and a setting unit that sets the frame transmission interval of host as the frame transmission interval when receiving an instruction from the instruction unit to serve as host, sets the frame transmission interval of target as the frame transmission interval when receiving an instruction from the instruction unit to serve as target, and transmits a radio frame to a terminal serving as host when the frame transmission interval of target is set. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128851 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING HARQ OPERATIONS DURING TRANSMISSION MODE CHANGES - A method and device for handling hybrid automatic repeat request (‘HARQ’) operations during transmission mode changes, the method detecting a transmission mode change; and manipulating an HARQ process buffer based on the detecting. Further, a method and network element for handling hybrid automatic repeat request (‘HARQ’) operations during transmission mode changes, the method checking when a user equipment is in a transmission mode uncertainty window; and blocking communications to the user equipment or utilizing a downlink control information format 1A for communications to the user equipment. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128852 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a resource allocation method and apparatus, wherein the method comprises: determining a first resource block group size corresponding to a first resource allocation type in the common resource area; and dividing all resource blocks in the common resource area of the carrier into one or more resource block groups; determining a second resource block group size corresponding to the first resource allocation type in the dedicated resource area; and according to the second resource block group size, dividing resource blocks in the dedicated resource area of the carrier into one or more resource block groups. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128853 | Signal processing method and device for long term evolution (LTE) base station side - The disclosure discloses a signal processing method for a Long Term Evolution (LTE) base station side, wherein the method includes the following steps: in a downlink signal direction, filtering downlink signals at a baseband side to remove high frequency sub-carrier components, and extracting signals from the filtered signals with an extracting frequency fsd, wherein fw≦fsd<(128/75)*fw, and fw is the frequency spectrum bandwidth of the LTE; in an uplink signal direction, first performing interpolation on uplink signals to increase the signal frequency, and then filtering the signals to add high frequency sub-carrier components. The method of the disclosure can effectively reduce the transmission rate of a baseband radio frequency interface without increasing the complexity of a radio frequency side. The disclosure further discloses a corresponding signal processing device for an LTE base station side, and the device includes a downlink filter, an extractor, an interpolator, an uplink filter, a frequency domain inverse transformation module and a frequency domain transformation module, all of which are set at the baseband side. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128854 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND CIRCUIT DEVICE - A mobile station device includes: a management unit managing generation of uplink control information; a transmission power parameter setting unit setting a value of a parameter relevant to transmission power in accordance with the number of information bits of receipt acknowledgement and scheduling request, when the management unit generates the receipt acknowledgement which is uplink control information indicating positive or negative acknowledgement for downlink data and the scheduling request which is uplink control information indicating whether to request resource allocation; and a transmission processing unit controlling, by means of the parameter value set by the transmission power parameter setting unit, the transmission power for a physical uplink control channel used for transmitting a signal generated from the information bits of the receipt acknowledgement and the scheduling request, and transmitting the signal to a base station device using the physical uplink control channel with the controlled transmission power. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128855 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus in which a terminal transmits aperiodic sounding reference signals (SRSs) in a wireless communication system. The terminal receives a triggering bit for triggering the transmission of the aperiodic SRSs from a base station, and transmits the aperiodic SRSs through at least one uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) from among a plurality of uplink component carriers. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128856 | BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CALCULATION PARAMETERS FOR POWER HEADROOM, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM - Provided are a base station, a mobile station, a method for transmitting calculation parameters for a power headroom and a method for transmitting a power headroom capable of increasing the accuracy of link adaptation by reducing the probability that a power headroom value is out of a reported range. In a base station ( | 05-23-2013 |
20130128857 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a terminal, a base station and a signal transmission control method whereby a response signal can be efficiently transmitted when the terminal receives downstream allocation control information via an R-PDCCH. An extraction unit ( | 05-23-2013 |
20130128858 | RESOLUTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION AND RECEIVING CONTENTION IN A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CELLULAR REUSE SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for transmission/reception contention resolution in D2D communication is provided. The method includes detecting, at a device-to-device (D2D) node, re-usable cellular resources based on the scheduling information. The method also includes receiving related information from another D2D node identifying the re-usable cellular resources for the another D2D node, and identifying common and different re-usable cellular resources between the D2D node and the another D2D node. The method also includes receiving updated scheduling information, and determining, from the detected re-usable cellular resources, whether there is a simultaneous transmission/reception contention. When it is determined that there is a simultaneous transmission/reception contention, the method includes resolving the contention by dynamically selecting a direction of communication based on a preconfigured decision criteria, wherein the direction of communication is one of transmission or reception. | 05-23-2013 |
20130128859 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication terminal apparatus and a wireless communication method that can preclude the recognition mismatch in which the reference formats of different UL grants are recognized between the wireless communication terminal apparatus and a wireless communication base station apparatus. For the PHR calculation of a PUSCH in a CC in which no UL grant is present, a UL grant, which was used for calculating the PHR in another CC having the same subframe number as the PUSCH, is used. For example, as to a subframe number=# | 05-23-2013 |
20130136065 | OBTAINING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANNEL INFORMATION - A method and device for acquiring channel information are disclosed in the present invention, to solve a technical problem in the related art that the channel information cannot be fed back flexibly according to requirements. The method includes: for one subband, User Equipment (UE) acquires Rank Indicator (RI) information of a current channel, in which the RI information indicates a rank (ν) of the current channel, and ν is a positive integral number not greater than 8; the user equipment determines the quantity of the Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) information required to be fed back to a base station according to ν, and transmits the PMI information in said quantity and the RI information to the base station; the base station acquires the channel information of said subband according to the PMI information in said quantity and said RI information. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136066 | Medium Access Control Method Enhancement - The exemplary embodiments provide at least a method of receiving, by a node of a wireless communication network, more than one indication of data required to be sent from devices in the network, determining that provisioning resources to send the data in response to each of the more than one indication exceeds at least one threshold, and based on the determining, sending a probe message including a priority constraint to the devices. Further, receiving, at a device of a wireless communication network, a probe message from a network node of the network, the probe message identifying a priority constraint, sending, by the device, an acknowledgement to the probe message, the acknowledgment indicating that the device has data to send which meets or exceeds the priority constraint identified in the probe message, and in response to the acknowledgment, receiving from the network node a resource allocation to send the data. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136067 | MULTIPLE CONCURRENT DATA LINK MANAGEMENT - An apparatus and method of determining an allocation of data across multiple data communications networks. A first portion of a data set is received through a first data communications network. A second portion, that is different from the first portion, of the data set is received through a second data communications network that uses a different data communications protocol than the first data communications network. A respective characteristic of the first data communications network and the second data communication network are determined at a receiver. In response to determining these respective characteristics and based upon the respective characteristics, an allocation of data between the first data communications network and the second communications network is determined such that the allocation satisfies at least one data transfer performance requirement associated with the data set. An indication of the allocation is sent to a transmitter of the data set. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136068 | Communication Systems and Methods in a Communication System - Communication systems and methods in a communication system for allocating an amount of baseband resource in one of a plurality of digital units to a radio unit serving a cell are provided. The methods include estimating the amount of the baseband resource to be allocated to the radio unit, identifying a digital unit of the plurality of digital units on which a neighbor radio unit, serving a neighbor cell, situated in a geographical vicinity of the cell is allocating baseband resource, determining that the digital unit has available baseband resource of the estimated amount, and if so, allocating the estimated amount of baseband resource in the digital unit to the radio unit. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136069 | Methods and Devices for Data Transmission Via a Plurality of Carriers - A communication system includes a transmitting communication device ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136070 | Terminal and Grant Processing Method Thereof - Disclosed are a terminal and a grant processing method therefor. The method includes: when a terminal carries out the 16 quadrature amplitude modulation (16QAM) operation, if an absolute grant is mapped by using absolute grant value mapping relationship table 1, then scheduling grant table 1 will be utilized to update a serving grant; and if the absolute grant is mapped by using absolute grant value mapping relationship table 2, then scheduling grant table 2 will be utilized to update the serving grant. By way of the present invention, the boundaries of various tables match each other as far as possible, thereby the performance problem appearing during the engineering application can be solved, improving the performance of high speed uplink packet access (HSUPA) technology during engineering application. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136071 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits control information in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: spreading a control information block corresponding to one single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA) symbol, such that the spread control information blocks correspond to a plurality of first SC-FDMA symbols; performing a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) precoding process on the spread control information blocks on an SC-FDMA symbol basis; transmitting, in the plurality of first SC-FDMA symbols in a subframe, the DFT precoded control information blocks; and transmitting, in a plurality of second SC-FDMA symbols in the subframe, a reference signal sequence, wherein an orthogonal code is applied to the plurality of second SC-FDMA symbols in a time domain. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136072 | GROUP-BASED PAGING FOR MACHINE-TYPE-COMMUNICATION (MTC) DEVICES - The invention relates to a method for paging a group of MTC devices, and for transmitting parameter information to the MTC devices using the paging mechanism. MTC devices are grouped together and a different group ID per group to which the MTC device belongs is assigned to the MTC device. A specific group paging resource indication is determined for each group wherein each MTC device is assigned one of the group paging resource indications. The network pages MTC devices of a group by transmitting a paging message at the corresponding channel resources and including the corresponding group ID. Additionally, the group paging resource indications of several groups of MTC devices can be aligned in such a way with the transmissions and re-transmissions by the network, that the different groups respectively receive the transmission and re-transmissions of the paging message. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136073 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RANDOME ACCESS METHOD, AND ITEGRATED CIRCUIT - The present invention enables random access which does not cause a load on a mobile station apparatus in an Advanced-EUTRA system. A wireless communication system in which a base station apparatus allocates a plurality of component carriers to a mobile station apparatus, and the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus perform communication via the component carriers, wherein the base station apparatus notifies the mobile station apparatus of allocation information of component carriers, setting information of a component carrier including information on random access, and setting information of a component carrier not including the information on random access; and the mobile station apparatus receives the allocation information and the setting information, and executes a random access procedure only in the component carrier in which the information on random access is included in the setting information of the component carrier, among the plurality of component carriers allocated from the base station apparatus. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136074 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A picocell base station (PeNB) uses a downlink control channel, the frequency band of which overlaps with the frequency band of the downlink control channel used by a macrocell base station (MeNB), to transmit downlink control information for controlling radio communication with a radio terminal (PUE) connected to the picocell base station (PeNB). The picocell base station (PeNB) comprises an X2 interface communication unit ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136075 | Apparatus and method for transmitting/receiving data in communication system - A data transmission apparatus in a communication system includes a verification unit configured to verify a basic frequency band capable of being used for transmitting and receiving data to and from a plurality of terminals, and a multi-bandwidth mode in the basic frequency band; a generation unit configured to generate data packets in the multi-bandwidth mode; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the data packets in the multi-bandwidth mode, wherein the multi-bandwidth mode includes a ½× bandwidth of the basic frequency band, a basic bandwidth, a 2× bandwidth of the basic frequency band, a 4× bandwidth of the basic frequency band and an 8× bandwidth of the basic frequency band. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136076 | Systems and Methods for File Sharing Through Mobile Devices - Systems and methods are disclosed which relate to the sending and receiving of multimedia files between two devices while connected through a voice call. These devices are free to send any type of file through a direct connection without the need to hang up and call back just to see if the file was sent successfully. These methods work for a plurality of cellular and computer devices connected through a cellular network or other Internet Service Provider. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136077 | USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE, METHOD FOR REPORTING RESOURCE, AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING RESOURCE - A User Equipment (UE), a method for determining a resource, a method for reporting a resource, and a system for distributing a resource are provided. The method for determining a resource includes: if transmission data on the carrier reaches maximum transmission data supported in a scope allowed by Service Grant (SG), and a transmission power of the UE is capable of improving a data transmission rate of the carrier, and the carrier and the other one carrier of the dual carriers are incapable of completing transmitting total buffer status data in the same delay period, determining that a resource distributed to a UE on one carrier of dual carriers of the UE is insufficient; otherwise, determining that the resource distributed for the UE on the carrier is sufficient. Therefore, a solution for reporting the resource of the dual carriers is provided, so as to improve a network performance. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136078 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAPPING OF CONTROL MESSAGES ON THE UN-INTERFACE - An LTE mobile communication system in which relays RN ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136079 | Method and Apparatus that Facilitates Interference Cancellation for Control Channnels in Heterogenous Networks - Aspects are described for reducing interference in wireless systems. In a first embodiment, an uplink acknowledgment region associated with a macro cell is determined, and an assignment of uplink control resources is restricted to a region within the uplink acknowledgment region. A control signal is then transmitted to user equipment via the assignment of uplink control resources. In another embodiment, control signals are received from wireless terminals, which include desired uplink control signals associated with an access point base station, as well as interfering uplink acknowledgement signals associated with macro cells. The control signals may then be regenerated by cancelling the set of interfering signals from the control signals. The desired uplink control signals are then decoded. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136080 | METHOD OF PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of processing control information in a mobile communication system is disclosed, by which an RRC connection setup can be quickly completed and by which control information can be processed without an unnecessary standby of a mobile terminal. The present invention includes the steps of receiving a plurality of protocol data units transmitted plural time from a transmitting side via one common logical channel by an RLC (radio link control) entity operating in a UM (unacknowledged mode) and having a receiving window and a timer, re-ordering a plurality of the received protocol data units using sequence numbers of a plurality of the received protocol data units, the receiving window and the timer, reassembling at least one service data unit by processing a plurality of the re-ordered protocol data units, and delivering the at least one service data unit. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136081 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication method according to the present invention, a mobile station (UE) receives downlink data transmitted from a radio base station by using a downlink radio resource assigned to the mobile station by predetermined scheduling information, in a predetermined cycle. The method includes the steps: (A) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined cycle and information on the downlink radio resource; (B) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined scheduling information; and (C) transmitting downlink data in the predetermined cycle by using the downlink radio resource assigned by the predetermined scheduling information, the transmission starting at a certain point determined on the basis of the received predetermined scheduling information. In the step (C), the predetermined scheduling information is discarded, when the information on the downlink radio resource and information notified by the predetermined scheduling information are inconsistent with each other. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136082 | METHOD FOR RE-DIRECTION OF UPLINK ACCESS - Disclosed are methods for prompt re-direction of uplink access of a specific user equipment and controlling random access. Specifically, for initial random access to a network, if a user equipment (UE) transmits a preamble (S | 05-30-2013 |
20130136083 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY SCHEME ON PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) WITH ACK/NACK DIFFERENTIATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmit diversity scheme is described. A UCI is coded with a Reed-Muller code to obtain a coded UCI. The coded UCI is mapped to quadrature phase shift keying (QPSK) symbols to obtain a mapped coded UCI. A phase shift is applied to the mapped coded UCI based on an acknowledge/negative-acknowledge (ACK/NACK) to obtain a phase shifted mapped coded UCI. The mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a first antenna. The phase shifted mapped coded UCI is sent using a PUCCH resource on a second antenna. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136084 | METHOD, MOBILE STATION AND MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK RESPONSE SIGNAL - A method and mobile station for transmitting uplink response signal are provided. A method for transmitting uplink response signal in a multi-carrier communication system is provided, in the multi-carrier communication system, each uplink carrier is associated with a group of downlink carriers, the group of downlink carriers are part of all downlink carriers in the multi-carrier communication system. The method includes distributing uplink control channel resource for each downlink carriers associated with an uplink main carrier in the uplink main carrier; according to a response signal state, selecting uplink control channel resource from the distributed uplink control channel resource for transmitting uplink response signal and selecting modulated symbol mapping; and transmitting the uplink response signal by using the selected uplink control channel resource and the modulated symbol mapping. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136085 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a cyclic shift sequence generation method which can prevent coming of an interference wave into a desired wave detection window even if a cyclic shift sequence has a high mutual correlation in different bandwidths, thereby improving a channel estimation accuracy in a base station. In this method, a cyclic shift sequence number to be allocated to a cell is decided in advance. Moreover, when the cyclic shift amount between cyclic shift sequences allocated in cells is Δ | 05-30-2013 |
20130136086 | HANDLING IDENTIFIERS FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNELS IN CELL FORWARD ACCESS CHANNEL STATES - A device receives information regarding allocation of an enhanced dedicated channel radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI) to user equipment in a cell forward access channel (Cell_FACH) state, and receives information regarding a state change associated with the user equipment. The device determines that the E-RNTI can be released based on the state change, and provides, to another device, a request to release the E-RNTI in response to the state change and so that the E-RNTI can be used by other user equipment. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136087 | Method and Apparatus for Impairment Correlation Estimation in MIMO Systems - A method of transmitting communication signals to a plurality of targeted receivers includes transmitting one or more information streams for individual ones of the targeted receivers according to ongoing transmission scheduling, and controlling the ongoing transmission scheduling to reduce the number of impairment contributors that must be considered in received signal processing by scheduled ones of the targeted receivers. In one embodiment the controlling comprises scheduling the targeted receivers to avoid transmissions to more than one targeted receiver at a time. In the same or another embodiment, the controlling comprises at least one of using equal transmit power allocations for one or more information streams, and using fixed transmit power allocations for one or more of the information streams. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136088 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR COMMUNICATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Provided is a base station capable of suppressing increase of overhead of allocation result report in frequency scheduling in multi-carrier communication and obtaining a sufficient frequency diversity effect. In the base station, encoding units ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136089 | Providing Notifications of Call-Related Services - A first near-end terminal is able to conduct voice or video calls with at least one far-end terminal via a packet-based communication system, the first near-end terminal being a mobile user terminal of a near-end user. The first near-end terminal is enabled to discover proximity of at least one second near-end terminal available to provide a resource for use by the near-end user in conjunction with the first near-end terminal when conducting one of said calls, the resource being for use in conducting at least part of the call or in conjunction with the call. The first near-end terminal is also arranged, based on discovering said proximity, to present the near-end user with a message indicating the availability of the second near-end terminal to provide the resource when conducting the call. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136090 | Method and Apparatus for Transport Format Selection in Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus for selecting transport formats in a wireless transmitting device and wireless communication device associated therewith, wherein the wireless transmitting device supports transmission modes including single-stream transmission mode and multiple-stream transmission mode and comprises a transmit buffer to buffer data before transport format being selected for transmitting said data to a wireless receiving device, comprising: acquiring radio qualities associated with each stream being transmitted to the wireless receiving device; setting the transmission mode according to received radio qualities; detecting whether there is buffer limitation for said transmit buffer when multiple-stream transmission mode is set; and when buffer limitation is detected and multiple-stream transmission mode is selected for stream transmission, allocating the buffered data among the multiple streams based on the received radio qualities associated with respective streams and selecting transport formats for respective streams of the multiple streams based on their respective allocated buffered data quantities. This enables to obviate the TX power imbalance in case of multiple-stream transmissions, balance code and power usage among UEs in a cell, and thus improve code multiplexing efficiency. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136091 | Handling Network Traffic Via a Fixed Access - For efficiently handling network traffic via a fixed access, classification of UL data traffic in a communication device ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136092 | SENDING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR 8-ANTENNA DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for an 8-antenna downlink control channel, is described. the method includes virtualizing a first pair and a third pair of dual-polarized antennas as a first port, and virtualizing a second pair and a fourth pair of dual-polarized antennas as a second port. The weighted values of the broadcast right of the four antennas in the first port satisfy that the weighted value of one antenna is +1 and the weighted values of the other three antennas are −1, or the weighted value of one antenna is −1 and the weighted values of the other three antennas are +1, and weighted values of the broadcast right of the four antennas in the second port satisfy that the weighted value of one antenna is +1 and the weighted values of the other three antennas are −1. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136093 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system, and provides the method for transmitting control information comprising the following steps: selecting from a plurality of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources a PUCCH resource for the control information; and transmitting a modulation value which corresponds to the control information through a plurality of antenna ports, using the selected PUCCH resource, wherein the plurality of PUCCH resources are divided into a first PUCCH resource group comprising pairs and a second PUCCH resource group not comprising pairs, and the control information is transmitted using a first transmission diversity method when the selected PUCCH resource belongs to the first PUCCH resource group, and using a second transmission diversity method when the selected PUCCH resource belongs to the second PUCCH resource group. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136094 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING AND DE-ACTIVATING UPLINK OF SECONDARY CELL OF TERMINAL - A method and device for activating and de-activating an uplink of a secondary cell of a terminal. The method includes: determining a number of component carrier waves an RF chain of the terminal can simultaneously receive; determining an activation method to be used for uplink activation according to the number of component carrier waves; and, based on needs, sending information that carries the activation method. Using the method and device, one can determine the activation or de-activation method according to the number of the component carrier waves the terminal's RF chain can simultaneously receive, thus conserving electricity consumption of the terminal and avoiding communication interruptions. | 05-30-2013 |
20130136095 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided are a base station, whereby the erroneous detection of control information can be reduced, thereby preventing the degradation of the system throughput. A base station ( | 05-30-2013 |
20130136096 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SERVICES AT TERMINAL OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present relates to a method for providing a terminal with a service in a mobile communication system which includes transmitting to mobility management entity an attach request message for initiating registration of the terminal having a virtual IP address with the mobile communication system; registering, at the mobility management entity, location of the terminal with a home subscriber server; and completing the registration by transmitting an attach accept message from the mobility management entity to the terminal. The present invention is capable of registering a terminal with a mobile communication system initially without bearer path and IP address allocation and, when a packet address to the terminal occurs, allocating the radio resource, bearer resource, and IP address through paging procedure, thereby proving the UE with the service. | 05-30-2013 |
20130142128 | NON-CODEBOOK BASED PRECODING FOR MULTI-USER MIMO DOWNLINK - A wireless communication system is provided that includes a base station receiving a plurality of input signals that are selectively provided to a plurality of precoders. The precoders perform precoding operations on the input signals and output a first signal. The base station includes an algorithm that minimizes total transmit power per antenna under signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) target constraints or maximizes the SINR under a sum of power constraint so as to determine power allocation and obtain efficient precoders. A number of mobile receiver units receive the first signal and performs their respective operations to extrapolate the linear estimate of the input signals. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142129 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to provide a wireless device with suitable operating parameters for wireless resource sharing with heterogeneous wireless networks to enable coexistence of secondary networks in a shared band environment. An example embodiment includes a method, comprising: receiving a request from a wireless network, requesting device management information for coexistence within an unassigned frequency band with zero or more neighboring wireless networks of the wireless network; and providing the requested device management information for the wireless network, based on at least location of the wireless network, the device management information including at least allowed frequency and transmission power. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142130 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RECEIVER BASED CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT - Systems, methods, and devices for performing clear channel assessment at a receiving device are described herein. In some aspects, the receiving device determines whether it is the intended receiver for a data transmission. Upon determining it is the intended receiver, the receiving device transmits a reservation signal. Devices in the vicinity of the receiving device are configured to listen for the reservation signal and refrain from transmitting interfering signals to the receiving device based on the reservation signal. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142131 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL FOR A MULTI-USER MIMO SYSTEM, AND CORRESPONDING TRANSMITTER, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT, AND DATA MEDIUM - A method and apparatus for simultaneously transmitting K data streams allocated respectively to K different users. The method is implemented by a transmitter for a multi-user MIMO system having N | 06-06-2013 |
20130142132 | Method and Apparatus for Receiving Available Channel Information in a Wireless LAN System - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for receiving available channel information in a wireless LAN system. According to one aspect of the present invention, in a method in which a first station (STA) receives available channel information in a wireless LAN system, wherein the first station operates as an unlicensed device that is allowed to operate in an available channel not used by a licensed device in a white space band, the first station receives, from a second station, a frame including an operating class field, a channel number field and a maximum transmission power field, and operates in the channel indicated by the operating class field and the channel number field, wherein said operating class field and said channel number field indicate the available channel which can be used by the unlicensed device, and said maximum transmission power field indicates the maximum transmission power permitted in the available channel. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142133 | Releasing a Radio Resource (e.g. Primary Component Carrier) Based on Capacities of Base Stations - The present invention relates to optimized radio resource utilization in a cellular telecommunication system. A base station of such a system evaluate a capacity metric of the base station and capacity metrics of neighboring base stations. In response to detecting that the capacity metric of the base station is below a threshold with respect to the capacity metrics of the neighboring base stations, the base station enters a stand-by mode and releases its radio resources that essentially define a cell associated with the base station so that the released radio resources become available for allocation to at least one of the neighboring base stations. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142134 | Method for Reporting Channel State Information and Base Station - A method for reporting channel state information is provided in the invention, which includes: an eNB (eNodeB) indicating UE to feed back CSI (channel state information) reporting of one or multiple component carriers at a time; the UE feeds back the CSI reporting of one or multiple component carriers at a time according to the indication of eNB. The invention also provides an eNB, which is configured to: indicate UE to feed back CSI reporting of one or multiple component carriers at a time. In the invention, the problem how the UE performs channel state information reporting for multiple (downlink) component carriers in the LTE-A system is solved, which can not only ensure the reliability of transmitting channel state information but also reduce the feedback delay of channel state information as soon as possible. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142135 | RESOURCE CONTROL METHOD, DEVICE AND BASE STATION - A resource control method and device are provided in the present invention. The method includes: a base station collecting in real time an S1 transmission bandwidth occupied by one or more operators in the base station; and, when a user equipment (UE) initiates a service request, according to the remaining S1 transmission bandwidth of the operator to which the UE belongs, the base station determining whether the UE is allowed to access to the service or not. By collecting in real time the S1 transmission bandwidth resource occupied by each operator in the system, the present invention realizes resource control, ensures each operator's profit, avoids the case that the quality of service of the users of other operators is damaged or can not be accepted since one operator occupies excessive S1 transmission resource, thus guaranteeing user experience and enhancing user satisfaction. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142136 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE WIRELESS BACKHAUL AND NETWORKS - A communication network includes a base station configured to wirelessly communicate first communication traffic with a first network entity using a first beam, and communicate second communication traffic with a second network entity using a second beam. Each of the first and second communication traffic includes at least one of backhaul traffic, wireless access traffic, and traffic for coordination in-between network entities. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142137 | Method and a device for reporting the number of correctly decoded transport blocks in a wireless system - A method and a device for reporting the number of correctly decoded transport blocks in a wireless system. The maximum number of correctly decoded transport blocks within a reporting period is determined. Then the actual number of correctly decoded transport blocks is determined and cultivated into an indication thereof on the basis of the maximum number. The indication is sent to a network element capable of decoding it for analysis. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142138 | Coordination of Control Channel Transmissions - A first base station transmits control messages to first wireless devices employing first OFDM resources. The first OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on wireless device identifiers of the first wireless devices. A second base station transmits control messages to second wireless devices employing second OFDM resources. The second OFDM resources depend, at least in part, on wireless device identifiers of the second wireless devices. The wireless device identifiers are configured such that the overlap between the first and second OFDM resources is at or below a threshold. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142139 | SIGNALING OF SUPPORTED CARRIER BANDWIDTHS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for signaling carrier bandwidths supported by a user equipment (UE) for carrier aggregation are disclosed. A UE may be configured with a plurality of carriers for carrier aggregation. Each carrier may have one carrier bandwidth of a set of possible carrier bandwidths. The set of possible carrier bandwidths may be dependent on a band in which the carrier belongs. Multiple combinations of carrier bandwidths for the plurality of carriers may be possible. The UE may identify at least one supported carrier bandwidth combination for the plurality of carriers. Each of the supported carrier bandwidth combinations may include a particular carrier bandwidth for each configured carrier. The UE may send signaling indicative of the at least one supported carrier bandwidth combination. The UE may thereafter communicate on the plurality of carriers based on a carrier bandwidth combination selected from the supported carrier bandwidth combination(s). | 06-06-2013 |
20130142140 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONFIGURING SPS (SEMI-PERSISTENT) OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are: disclosed for improving SPS operation in a wireless communication system. The method includes configuring an user equipment (UE) with a downlink (DL) assignment or an uplink (UL) grant through a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control. Channel) addressed by a SPS C-RNTI (Semi-Persistent Scheduling Cell Radio Network Temporary Identity). The method also includes receiving, at the LIE, a reconfiguration message for a SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) operation in a higher layer, such as a RRC (Radio Resource Control) layer. The method further includes reconfiguring, at the UE, the SPS operation based on the reconfiguration message if the reconfiguration message includes a release of the SPS operation. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142141 | Carrier Information Transmission to Wireless Devices - A base station configured to communicate over a plurality of carriers. The plurality of carriers comprise at least one backward compatible carrier and at least one non-backward compatible carrier. The base station transmits a control message to a wireless device. The control message comprises an identifier for a carrier and information identifying a carrier type. The carrier type is either a backward compatible type or a non-backward compatible type. The base station configured to transmit a plurality of packets to a wireless device on non-backward compatible carrier(s) and backward compatible carrier(s). | 06-06-2013 |
20130142142 | System and Method for Sharing a Control Channel for Carrier Aggregation - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource allocated by a resource grant within a multi-carrier communication system wherein resource grants are specified by control channel element (CCE) subset candidates wherein the carriers used for data transmission and reception are configured carriers, the method comprising the steps of receiving activation signals specifying active and deactivated carriers from among the configured carriers, for active carriers (i) identifying a number of CCE subset candidates to decode and (ii) decoding up to the identified number of CCE subset candidates in an attempt to identify the resource grant; and for deactivated carriers, ignoring CCE subset candidates associated with the deactivated carriers. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142143 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZATION OF DRIVE TESTS - Disclosed are a minimization of drive test (MDT) method, system, and device, relating to the technical field of radio communications for solving the problem that the MDT measurement data fails to be reported because the data volume of MDT measurement data reported by a user equipment (UE) exceeds the volume of data capable of being stored by a PDCP module. In the present invention, a UE receives a notification, sent from a base station, of reporting an MDT measurement result; and when a total data volume of the stored MDT measurement result data to be reported is greater than the volume of data capable of being stored by a PDCP module, the UE reports the MDT measurement result data to the base station in one or more times, the total data volume of MDT measurement result data reported each time being not greater than the volume of data capable of being stored by the PDCP module. With the present invention, the problem that the MDT measurement data fails to be reported because the data volume of MDT measurement data reported by the UE exceeds the volume of data capable of being stored by the PDCP module can be solved. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142144 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for generating a Scheduling Assignment (SA), which reduces a probability of an incorrect action by a User Equipment (UE) in response to a reception of the SA, in a communication system wherein a base station transmits the SA being a first type or a second type and including at least one Information Element (IE). The method includes setting at least one bit in the at least one IE with a predetermined value, if the SA is of the second type; and setting any remaining bits in the at least one IE with arbitrary values. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142145 | METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF DATA FIELD OF TECHNOLOGY - A method, system and computer program product for the transmission of data from a transmitter to receiver. The present invention is directed to improving data transmission. To this end, the transmission of data is accelerated, and an inband-signaling of information is carried out on an MAC-layer plane, wherein the information is particularly relevant to the base station (BS). | 06-06-2013 |
20130142146 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - A radio communication system includes a base station device and a plurality of mobile station devices which radio-communicate with the base station device. The base station device allocates random access signal identifiers for identifying random access signals to the mobile station devices and decides an allocation period for each of the random access signal identifiers used by the mobile base stations. During the allocation period, each of the mobile station devices transmits a random access signal corresponding to the allocated random access signal identifier. Thus, it is possible to suppress a delay until the random access procedure using a dedicated preamble is complete. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142147 | PUSH NOTIFICATION SERVICE - Gateway devices maintain presence information for various mobile devices. Each gateway is associated with a zone and manages presence information only for mobile devices associated with that zone. Courier devices back-propagate presence information for the mobile devices to respective gateways based at least on the respective zone associated with each mobile device. The gateways and couriers are dynamically configured such that messages can be pushed from a provider application to a mobile device via any gateway and any courier. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142148 | Method for Communicating with a User Equipment Using Plurality of Transmit Antennas - The invention relates to a method for communicating with a user equipment using a plurality of transmit antennas being capable of generating transmission beams in a communication network. The method includes deciding whether to generate either a first transmission beam using a first beamforming approach or to generate a second transmission beam using a second beamforming approach in dependency on a network condition. Based upon a result of the deciding, the first transmission beam or the second transmission beam is transmitted towards the user equipment. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142149 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for sending control information in a communication system are described. In an aspect, control information may be sent in a first frequency location (e.g., a first set of subcarriers) if data is not being sent and in a second frequency location (e.g., a second set of subcarriers) if data is being sent. In another aspect, control information may be processed in accordance with a first processing scheme if data is not being sent and with a second processing scheme if data is being sent. In one design of the first scheme, a CAZAC sequence may be modulated with each modulation symbol for control information to obtain a corresponding modulated CAZAC sequence, which may be sent on the first set of subcarriers. In one design of the second scheme, modulation symbols for control information may be combined with modulation symbols for data, transformed to frequency domain, and mapped to the second set of subcarriers. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142150 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCKS AND ESTIMATING CHANNELS - A method, a base station and a user equipment for transmitting physical resource blocks and estimating channels are provided. The method includes: scheduling, by a base station, M PRBs for the user equipment, and configuring reference signal patterns for the M PRBs as following: allocating (X−1)M+1 demodulation reference signal subcarriers for M PRBs in a frequency domain, configuring only one demodulation reference signal subcarrier within a range of (−N, N] subcarriers in a border of every two PRBs, where locations of the rest (X−2)M+2 demodulation reference signal subcarriers keep consistent with locations of demodulation reference signal subcarriers in M contiguous first demodulation reference signal patterns in a frequency domain; and transmitting the configured M PRBs to the user equipment, so that the user equipment performs joint channel estimation according to the configured M PRBs. This saves reference signal overheads and optimizes data transmission rate. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142151 | DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS VIA INTERLOCK BETWEEN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS IN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving data via a first base station supporting a first radio access technology (RAT) and a second base station supporting a second RAT in a radio access system supporting a multi-radio access technology, and the method may include allowing the first base station to perform a registration procedure with the second base station; and allowing the first base station to transmit control information required for accessing the second base station to a terminal supporting multi-RAT (multi-RAT terminal), wherein the control information comprises beacon frame transmission timing information of the second base station, and the beacon frame transmission timing is maintained in transmission timing of a downlink frame or downlink sub-frame of the first base station with relative timing offset interval. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142152 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING NDI IN RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL USING THE SAME - A method for a user equipment (UE) to receive a downlink signal, the method including receiving a first downlink control channel identified by a temporary cell identifier (Temporary C-RNTI) from a base station, the first downlink control channel including a first downlink assignment signal having a new data indicator (NDI) with a first value; receiving a second downlink control channel identified by a cell identifier (C-RNTI) from the base station, the second downlink control channel including a second downlink assignment signal having the NDI with a second value; and determining if the NDI has been toggled compared to the NDI previously received from the base station. Further, the UE ignores the NDI with the first value received through the first downlink control channel identified by the temporary cell identifier (Temporary C-RNTI). The method also includes receiving the downlink signal based on the determining. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142153 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus is capable of improving communication efficiency by reducing the amount of control information transmitted. A channel quality information extraction section extracts CQI's from a received signal. An allocation control section allocates subcarriers for every communication terminal apparatus and selects a modulation scheme in such a manner that required transmission rate is satisfied for each communication terminal apparatus based on required transmission rate information, etc. and CQI's for communication terminal apparatus of each user. A required subcarrier number determining section decides the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus so as to satisfy the required transmission rate for each communication terminal apparatus. A required subcarrier number information generating section generates information for the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus. A subcarrier allocation section allocates packet data to selected subcarriers. Modulating sections adaptively modulate packet data allocated to each subcarrier. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142154 | DYNAMIC POWER AMPLIFIER BACKOFF USING HEADROOM INFORMATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate mitigating effect of non-linear distortion from a power amplifier on a spectral mask margin. Power limit indications can be analyzed in scheduling mobile devices. Mobile devices with power limits can be scheduled on inner subbands. The power limits can be based at least in part on power amplifier headroom information. Other mobile devices can employ remaining portions of an allocated spectrum. Further, mobile devices can evaluate and establish a power amplifier backoff based upon the subband scheduling. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142155 | TECHNIQUES FOR 40 MEGAHERTZ(MHZ) CHANNEL SWITCHING - Embodiments of the invention include methods, articles, and apparatuses to provide information related to channels transmitted and received according to a wireless communications protocol. One embodiment of the invention provides a method comprising generating channel offset information corresponding to an extension channel within a channel of a wireless communications protocol, and transmitting the channel offset information as part of channel information to be transmitted to one or more remote devices communicating according to the wireless communications protocol. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142156 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NOTIFYING REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for notifying reference signal configuration information, and relate to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: coding, according to channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) configuration information, the CSI-RS configuration information, to obtain a CSI-RS configuration information code; storing a mapping relation between the CSI-RS configuration information code and the CSI-RS configuration information, and sending the mapping relation to a UE for storage; searching, in the stored mapping relation between the CSI-RS configuration information code and the CSI-RS configuration information, for a CSI-RS configuration information code corresponding to CSI-RS configuration information to be notified; and sending the found CSI-RS configuration information code to the UE, so that the UE determines CSI-RS configuration information according to the received CSI-RS configuration information code and the mapping relation between the CSI-RS configuration information code and the CSI-RS configuration information. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142157 | RADIO SYSTEM CO-EXISTENCE IMPROVEMENT BY DATA THROTTLING - The coexistence of multiple radio systems may depend on the ability of a terminal device to limit interference among competing systems. In a method, a system may detect a potential for interference between a transmitting subsystem of a terminal and a receiving subsystem of a terminal. The method may also include buffering transmission by the transmitting subsystem of the terminal so as to lower a duty cycle of the transmitting subsystem. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142158 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - Provided are a wireless communication system, communication apparatus, communication method, and communication program able to more reliably decode transmit signals at a receiver without more complex processing, even when resource blocks are overloaded. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142159 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL INFORMATION, AND UE AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - Disclosed is a wireless communication system for transmitting and receiving channel information through a carrier aggregation. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142160 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, RETRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - The present invention provides a terminal device that allows constraints on user allocation to be prevented and spread codes to be allocated in a scheduler when non-adaptive HARQ is employed using a PHICH. A codeword generator ( | 06-06-2013 |
20130142161 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting control information. The wireless communication system may support carrier aggregation (CA). A method for a terminal to transmit control information to a base station in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of receiving a plurality of transmitting blocks from the base station via one or more serving cells constructed for the terminal; and a step of transmitting first control information regarding the received transport blocks to the base station, wherein each of the serving cells may carry one or more transport blocks, and the first control information may be information regarding each of the transport blocks contained in the respective serving cells. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142162 | METHODS OF SCHEDULING A CARRIER COMPONENT - The present invention provides solutions of scheduling a carrier component between a base station and a user equipment by assigning a CIF. In one embodiment of the present invention, there is provided a method, in a base station, of scheduling a carrier component for a user equipment, including: transmitting a configuration message to configure cells of the user equipment, wherein the configuration message includes respective first information for carrier identification of each cell. The technical solutions provided in the present invention can guarantee the flexibility of carrier component assignment. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142163 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PROCESSING SCHEDULING OF APERIODIC INFORMATION TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose triggering methods and apparatuses of aperiodic channel state information CSI and an aperiodic sounding reference signal SRS for a carrier aggregation system. The method comprises: (1) pre-assigning a corresponding relationship between bits of the CSI request field in an uplink grant and multiple downlink component carriers DL CCs of user equipment, wherein the number of bits of the CSI request field is greater than 1 and less than the maximum allowed number of DL CCs in the system; (2) determining the DL CC for which aperiodic CSI reporting is to be triggered; and (3) mapping the CSI request field in the uplink grant according to the pre-assigned corresponding relationship to mark the value of the bit corresponding to the determined DL CC as “trigger”. | 06-06-2013 |
20130142164 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMPRESSED MODE AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for controlling compressed mode is disclosed in the disclosure, includes: a network side obtains multi-carrier frequency measurement capability of a User Equipment (UE); when the UE needs to switch among frequencies/systems, the network side determines and controls whether the UE starts a compressed mode or not according to the multi-carrier frequency measurement capability of the UE. A system for controlling compressed mode is accordingly disclosed in the disclosure. By applying the disclosure, measurement can be implemented without starting the compressed mode when the UE needs to switch among frequencies/systems, thus enhancing the utilization rate of system sources and improving system performance. | 06-06-2013 |
20130148587 | INTEGRATED MICROWAVE BACKHAUL SUPPORT IN CELLULAR PRODUCTS - A method for integrating functions of a cellular radio controller and a microwave backhaul radio controller are disclosed. In some embodiments a cellular baseband unit is coupled to a cellular radio unit and a microwave backhaul radio unit. The cellular baseband unit includes a digital signal processor that performs modulation, demodulation and scheduling for both the cellular radio signals and the microwave backhaul radio signals. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148588 | SCHEDULER AND SCHEDULING METHOD FOR CARRIER AGGREGATED COMMUNICATIONS - A method and system for allocating information flows of information to communication resources are disclosed. In one embodiment, separate flows of information in data received from a communication network are identified. Each separate information flow is associated with a component carrier for the duration of the information flow, and each component carrier is associated with a scheduler. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148589 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE NEGOTIATION IN A DIRECT COMMUNICATION LINK NETWORK - Some embodiments are directed to a method and apparatus for performing resource negotiation in a station implementing a direct communication link with at least one other station on an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) data channel. The station scans sub-channels on the data channel for base headers included in predefined position in transmissions sent on the sub-channel. The station then decodes a base header in at least one selected sub-channel to obtain parameters of a channel reservation. The obtained parameters are stored in a channel utilization table. The station selects a resource on the data channel in at least one of time or frequency that the station has observed to be free using information from the channel utilization table. The station then begins a resource negotiation process about the selected resource. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148590 | Method and an Apparatus for Transmitting Physical Random Access Channel Signal - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a physical random access channel signal are disclosed by in the present invention. The method includes: when transmitting a physical random access channel (PRACH) signal, a terminal carries out pre-compensation for the frequency domain signal according to the estimated frequency spectrum gain of downlink channel, converting it into the time domain signal and transmits it to the base station. In the present invention, by way of measuring the spectral response of the downlink channel and carrying out pre-compensation for the frequency selective fading when transmitting the PRACH signal, using the symmetry of the uplink channel and downlink channel in the TD system, the adverse effect on the PRACH detection due to multipath channel could be effectively eliminated and the detection probability of the PRACH signal and measuring accuracy of transmission delay could be improved. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148591 | METHOD OF REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method of reducing transmission power is provided. In the method, a signal is transmitted by performing maximum power reduction (MPR) on maximum output power for the signal to be transmitted, when multi-cluster transmission is performed in a single component carrier. Here, the MPR is performed differently depending on a resource allocation ratio A. The resource allocation ratio A is defined as a ratio between N | 06-13-2013 |
20130148592 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and device are provided in a wireless communication system. A user equipment transmits uplink control information (UCI) using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource, allocated to a first component carrier (CC) among a plurality of CC's, in a sounding reference signal (SRS) subframe. The plurality of CC's in said SRS subframe, includes a second CC which comprises a single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SRS SC-FDMA) symbol, which is reserved to transmit SRS. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148593 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a radio communication system using OCC for DMRS, a base station apparatus correctly receives PUSCH. If a first mode is set in which a demodulation reference signal of a physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined in advance or if a temporary C-RNTI was used for a transmission of downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined in advance, and if a second mode is set in which the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined on the basis of cyclic shift information in the downlink control information and moreover, if an RNTI other than the temporary C-RNTI was used for the transmission of the downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined on the basis of the cyclic shift information in the downlink control information. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148594 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of : causing an MME# | 06-13-2013 |
20130148595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING WIRELESS NETWORK - If a target node that enters into a transmission range is sensed, a mesh node of a wireless communication system selects an agent node having itself and a target node as a neighboring node among a plurality of neighboring nodes to form a link with the target node through the agent node. Also, the mesh node deletes the formed link if a target node that is out of a transmission range among a plurality of neighboring nodes is sensed, and forms a substitution path for at least a portion among an entire path of a connection including the deleted link. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148596 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CENTRALIZED BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A resource management system and method of a centralized base station in a mobile communication network are provided. The resource management system of the network communication separates a radio unit (RU) and a digital unit (DU) which are combined in the related art to thereby enable the RU and DU to be interlocked via an optical cable, installs each RU in a service area connected with terminals with respect to a plurality of base stations, and installs the integrated DUs in a single large system to thereby operate the DUs as an integrated base station, and therefore it is possible to effectively use DU resources, which are distributed and operated, through integrated management. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148597 | SCHEDULING BASED ON CHANNEL STATUS - The disclosure is related to performing a packet scheduling in a wireless communication network. Quality of service (QoS) information associated with user equipment may be obtained in the wireless communication network. A channel status associated with the user equipment may be estimated in the wireless communication network. A scheduling interval may be determined based on the QoS information and the channel status. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148598 | METHOD FOR DETECTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL STRUCTURE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates with a method for detecting a downlink control structure for carrier aggregation in communication network in which data transmission is scheduled by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). An UE receives higher layer signaling enabling carrier aggregation for the UE. The UE reads the PDCCHs of component carriers (CCs), wherein the downlink control information (DCI) in the PDCCHs of each CC is read according to one of a plurality of predefined formats derived from the higher layer signaling. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148599 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a radio communication system including a mobile station and a base station apparatus for communicating with the mobile station according to a SC-FDMA scheme in uplink, the mobile station includes a transmitting unit configured to transmit at least one of a first signal and a second signal; and a Sounding RS transmitting unit configured to determine a transmission band for a Sounding Reference Signal (Sounding RS) based on mapping information of at least one of the first signal and the second signal. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148600 | CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL MIMO - A method is disclosed which is intended for use in multiple-input multiple-output wireless communication systems which have a plurality of adjacent cells (cell A, cell B, cell C, cell D), each containing one or more base stations which co-operatively transmit signals to, and receive signals transmitted from, a user equipment (UE). The user equipment is operable to feed back to the relevant base station(s) CSI reports relating to channel(s) between the relevant base station(s) and the users, the base stations are operable to adapt signals for transmission to users, based on the fed back channel state information. The method involves the UE being configured to select at least one cell to be the subject of a CSI report, and to send the CSI report with an indication of the subject cell(s). Feedback overhead on the uplink is reduced when many cells co-operate in transmission to the user equipment. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148601 | SHARING FREQUENCIES IN AN OFDM-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for sharing frequencies in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing OFDM-based wireless communication system, wherein the OFDM-based wireless communication system comprises a base station and a mobile device that work within a radio frequency band, the method comprising: detecting an interference signal in the radio frequency band; setting by the base station, based upon the interference signal, interference indication information in a control header of a downlink frame to be sent to the mobile device, the interference indication information indicating a frequency range that is occupied by the interference signal in the radio frequency band; and sending by the base station the downlink frame to the mobile device, such that the mobile device may, based upon the interference indication information, avoid the frequency range where the interference signal is located. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148602 | TERMINAL RECEIVING RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - In a wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Dch data after coding to generate a Dch data symbol. A modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Lch data after coding to generate an Lch data symbol. An allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol and Lch data symbol to each sub-carrier composing an OFDM symbol and outputs the allocated sub-carrier to a multiplex unit. In this case, the allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol to a plurality of resource blocks where one Dch is arranged at an interval equal to integral multiples of the number of resource blocks composing a resource block group. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148603 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CARRIER MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE IN A MULTI-CARRIER SUPPORTED WIDEBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method and apparatus for performing a carrier management in a broadband wireless communication system supporting multi-carriers are discussed. According to an embodiment, a method for a mobile station to perform a carrier management procedure with a base station supporting multiple carriers, includes receiving, by the mobile station from the base station, an instruction for a primary carrier change; transmitting, by the mobile station to the base station, an acknowledgement message indicating that the instruction is successfully received; and changing, at a specific time, a current primary carrier to one of the multiple carriers within the base station, wherein the specific time is determined based on the instruction. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148604 | WIRELESS MULTI-CELL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE POWER TO PROVIDE HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SERVICES - A method and wireless multi-cell communication system for providing high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) services. The system includes a radio network controller (RNC) in communication with a plurality of base stations. The RNC sends a control signal to at least one base station having a plurality of timeslots, e.g., in a time division duplex (TDD) system and/or frames including transmission timing intervals (TTIs), e.g., in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system assigned thereto for the establishment of HSDPA channels. The control signal indicates a maximum allowed HSDPA transmit power for each of the timeslots and/or TTIs. The base station sends a feedback signal to the RNC indicating the results of measurements of the power of the transmitted HSDPA timeslots and/or TTIs during a predetermined time period. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148605 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING DATA FLOW - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, device, and system for scheduling a data flow, which are used to improve the processing efficiency. A network side device marks a priority of a subsequent uplink and/or downlink data flow of a UE corresponding to a downlink data packet in the downlink data packet, and enables a downstream node to schedule an access network resource or air interface resource according to the priority. Therefore, a bearer does not need to be modified during the process of distinguishing different service flows and performing differentiation scheduling on different service flows, thereby reducing the workload and improving the processing efficiency. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148606 | METHOD FOR FORMATTING SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for formatting a signal in a mobile communication system by appending a plurality of medium access control headers to a plurality of medium access control-service data units for data transfer between a mobile station and network in the mobile communication system. If the service data units have the same characteristics, a medium access control-protocol data unit is formed by successively coupling the service data units to any one of the medium access control headers. If the service data units have different characteristics, the protocol data unit is formed by sequentially coupling each of the service data units and each of the medium access control headers. The formed protocol data unit is then transformed into a transport block with a predetermined size. A medium access control sublayer formats medium access control-protocol data units according to transport channel characteristics in peer-to-peer communication in such a manner that the protocol data units can have different formats with respect to different transport channels. This makes it possible to provide more efficient functions. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148607 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a network connection method and system. The method includes: grouping a plurality of terminals, allocating group identities, and establishing a mapping relationship between the group identities and terminal identities; establishing a group-based signaling radio bearer and a group-based data radio bearer for each group; allocating, when a terminal in each group access a network, the terminal the group-based signaling radio bearer and group-based data radio bearer corresponding to the group to which the terminal belongs according to a mapping relationship between a group identities and a terminal identity, so that the terminals initiate network access by using the group-based signaling radio bearer and the group-based data radio bearer. The signaling overhead of establishing signaling connection and data bearer may be reduced though the technical solution of the present invention. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148608 | MULTI-ANTENNA DIVERSITY SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention provides a multi-antenna diversity scheduling method and apparatus. The method includes: transmitting pilot signals through x transmit antennas, where pilot signals on 1 to x−1 transmit antennas are a product of pilot symbols and a phase sequence, the phase sequence changes with at least one of time and frequency, the phase sequence changes more frequently than a user channel, and x is a positive integer greater than or equal to 2; receiving a transient channel quality information (CQI) value returned by a user according to the pilot signals; and according to the CQI value and a scheduling algorithm, scheduling the user to transmit data. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148609 | HYBRID VIRTUAL CELL AND VIRTUAL PORT WIRELESS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - A controller directing access points to default to a virtual cell service mode which allows seamless mobility for stations in motion around a wireless network is disclosed. Responsive to identifying a first station, the controller logic may dictate tighter controls for the first station by selecting a virtual port service mode. Some embodiments can also select a native cell service mode for devices due to a connection history of the station or a MAC OUI that is incompatible with virtual cell service mode. An initial service mode can be changed due to a condition. Also, the controller provides multiple BSSIDs to each access point. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148610 | FEEDBACK INFORMATION RELATING TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The invention relates to a method for encoding a number of feedback information messages in a mobile radio communications system using carrier aggregation, the method comprising:encoding the number of feedback information messages by a set of codewords, where each feedback information message can be of at least a first kind or a second kind. The method is distinguished by that for at least one feedback information message there is at least one codeword corresponding to information of the first kind and at least one codeword corresponding to information of the second kind, wherein the modulation symbol of one of said at least one codeword corresponding to information of the first kind and the modulation symbol of one of said at least one codeword corresponding to information of the second kind have a maximum distance. The invention also relates to a mobile terminal and radio basestation for a communications system. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148611 | CHANNEL STATE FEEDBACK FOR MULTI-CELL MIMO - Disclosed is a method for use in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication network in which the network includes a plurality of cells provided by one or more base stations operable to transmit signals on at least one downlink to, and receive signals on at least one uplink from, one or more user equipments. A user equipment feeds back to the network reports on channel state information, CSI, relating to one or more channels between base stations and that user equipment, and base stations adapt downlink signals to user equipments based on the CSI reports, the method including: identifying uplink resources for a user equipment-initiated channel state message; the user equipment judging a need for a user equipment-initiated channel state message based on information not available to the network; and the user equipment sending the user equipment-initiated channel state message to the network using the uplink resources identified. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148612 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a control signal in a wireless communication system includes allocating a first sequence to spread a first control signal in a radio resource, allocating a second sequence to spread a second control signal in the radio resource, selecting one of the first control signal and the second control signal, generating a spread control signal by spreading the selected control signal, and transmitting the spread control signal in the radio resource, wherein the first sequence and the second sequence use different cyclic shifts of a base sequence. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148613 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting CSI in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: a step for configuring a plurality of serving cells; and a step for reporting the CSI of only one serving cell in a corresponding subframe, wherein the step for reporting the CSI of only one serving cell comprises: excluding reporting the CSI of a lower priority when CSI reports of the plurality of serving cells in the corresponding subframe collide; and excluding reporting the CSI of serving cells other than the serving cell having the smallest index when the CSI reports of different serving cells having the same priority in the corresponding subframe collide. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148614 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for controlling transmission power in a wireless communication system. A terminal sets transmission power of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). Among a plurality of physical uplink shared channels (PUSCHs), at least one PUSCH to which uplink control information (UCI) is not mapped is decreased in transmission power based on a maximum transmission power of the terminal and the transmission power of the PUCCH, and transmission power of at least one second PUSCH, of the plurality of PUSCHs to which UCI is mapped, is set. At this time, the UCI and uplink data are transmitted through the PUCCH, the at least one first PUSCH, and the at least one second PUSCH; and the at least one first PUSCH and the at least one second PUSCH are allocated to component carriers (CCs) of a plurality of uplinks (ULs). | 06-13-2013 |
20130148615 | Method and System for Channel Reservation - The disclosure provides a method and a system for channel reservation. The method comprises: a sending station sending a channel reservation request message to a receiving station on a first number of fundamental channels, wherein the first number is an integer greater than or equal to 1, and each one of the fundamental channels is a minimum-bandwidth channel defined in a system in which the sending station and the receiving station locate; the receiving station sending a channel reservation acknowledgement message to the sending station on a second number of fundamental channels, wherein the second number is an integer greater than or equal to 1; and the sending station receiving the channel reservation acknowledgement message, and completing channel reservation with the receiving station. With the disclosure, interference caused by other sending stations can be avoided. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148616 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION, PROGRAM, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO TERMINAL - Provided is a base station including a transmitter section that transmits a radio signal in a frame including a control region and a data region, a control signal generating section that generates a control signal which includes reference information identified by a group identifier assigned to a plurality of radio terminals and which is transmitted in the control region, and a data signal generating section that generates a data signal by disposing information for the plurality of radio terminals in a reference region indicated by the reference information in the data region. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148617 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed are a transmission device and method, and a receiving device and method of control information by a terminal in a multi-component carrier system. The present invention provides the method comprising: receiving on a component carrier a PDCCH that explicitly indicates a resource index of a PUCCH; receiving on said component carrier a PDSCH that is indicated by said PDCCH; calculating a cyclic shift sequence and an orthogonal sequence on the basis of said resource index; spreading to said cyclic shift sequence and said orthogonal sequence an ACK/NACK signal that indicates successful reception or unsuccessful reception of said PDSCH; mapping said spread ACK/NACK signal into said PUCCH; and transmitting said PUCCH to a base station. The invention can resolve the problem of resource indexes of uplink control channels colliding with each other. Thus, reliability of the transmission of control information is improved. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148618 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FOR MULTIPLEXED USE OF A RESOURCE ON A TRANSMISSION MEDIUM - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided in order to allow for greater multiplexing of a resource on a transmission medium. The method may provide for transmission of a flag which indicates to a subset of mobile terminals that a resource, such as an uplink packet data channel, on a transmission medium that is shared by the subset will be allocated to a respective one of the subset. The method may also provide for transmission of an identity of a respective one of the subset and may then receive communications from the respective one of the subset utilizing the resource on a transmission medium. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148619 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON POWER HEADROOM IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - There are provided an apparatus and method for transmitting power headroom information in a multiple component carrier system. The method includes finding Combination Power Headroom (CPH), that is a power headroom, calculated in an User Equipment (UE)-specific way with consideration taken of uplink transmission through a plurality of component carriers configured in the UE, generating CPH information used to inform an evolved NodeB (eNodeB:eNB) of the CPH, and sending the CPH information to the eNB. According to the present invention, power headroom for a combination component carrier is provided to an eNB in a wireless communication system in which a carrier aggregation is used. Accordingly, reliable dynamic carrier aggregation scheduling can be induced, and thus uplink transmission performance can be improved. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148620 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE AND NETWORK MANAGEMENT METHOD - Provided is a network management device capable of suppressing interference of a preamble between cells while securing a predetermined resource. An FGW ( | 06-13-2013 |
20130148621 | NETWORK DEVICES AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DOWNLINK PAGING FOR LIPA OR SIPTO - A method for supporting downlink paging for LIPA or SIPTO while a first UE has been moved to an idle mode may include monitoring UE traffic while the first UE is in the active state and storing a UE IP address for a default EPS bearer of the first UE in a node and in a gateway for LIPA or SIPTO service. A downlink datagram for paging activation is sent towards the first UE over an existing tunnel, wherein the tunnel was established for a second UE being in an active state, wherein the tunnel may be established for the second UE or any other UE served by the same node and the same gateway, and activating a paging procedure by receiving the downlink datagram via the tunnel in a gateway, which gateway is serving the first UE for the default EPS bearer service of the first UE. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148622 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RELAY NODE RETRANSMITTING BACKHAUL UPLINK TO BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method for a relay node configuring a backhaul uplink hybrid automatic repeat and request (HARQ) process in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the following steps: receiving from a base station a backhaul downlink subframe pattern and a HARQ process offset value; allocating a backhaul uplink subframes, based on the backhaul downlink subframe pattern excluding the subframe which is set to an access downlink subframe; applying the HARQ process offset value to the number of HARQ processes corresponding to the backhaul downlink subframe pattern; and configuring HARQ process identifiers to the allocated backhaul uplink subframes, wherein each of the configured HARQ process identifiers have a predetermined roundtrip time (RTT) value. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148623 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal whereby erroneous detection of control information can be reduced to prevent the degradation of the system throughput. A PDCCH generation unit ( | 06-13-2013 |
20130148624 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING A DOWNLINK PACKET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for scheduling a downlink packet in a wireless communication system, which preferentially appoints a combination of a traffic flow and a physical resource block (PRB) having a low per-bit transmission power requirement during real-time traffic scheduling, and allocates the remaining PRBs to non-real-time traffic using spare transmission power. For this purpose, the downlink packet scheduling method of the present invention comprises: an operation of performing real-time traffic scheduling, which involves carrying out the process of preferentially appointing a combination of traffic flow and a PRB having the lowest per-bit transmission power requirement; a step of performing non-real-time traffic scheduling, which involves allocating remaining PRBs, which remain after the allocation to the real-time traffic, to non-real-time traffic using spare transmission power. | 06-13-2013 |
20130148625 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING MULTI-CHANNEL - A method of transmitting control information in a WLAN system using a multi-channel obtained by aggregating a first sub-channel and a second sub-channel is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a transmitting station, a first physical (PHY) preamble over the first sub-channel, transmitting, by the transmitting station, a second PHY preamble over the second sub-channel, and transmitting, by the transmitting station, data symbols using N spatial streams transmitted over the first sub-channel and M spatial streams transmitted over the second sub-channel, wherein the first PHY preamble comprises control information necessary to demodulate and decode the data symbols transmitted over the N spatial streams, and the second PHY preamble comprises control information necessary to demodulate and decode the data symbols transmitted over the M spatial streams, and the first PHY preamble and the second PHY preamble are simultaneously transmitted, and the N and the M are different natural numbers. | 06-13-2013 |
20130155961 | DYNAMIC SERVICE LEVEL ALLOCATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A dynamic service level allocation system and method is disclosed in which a host, who has been allocated a bandwidth in which it can communicate with a satellite, shares this bandwidth with a user at the intermediate frequency level. The system includes a control module and a synchronization module that interact with the network operation center (NOC) of the host to adjust bandwidth and service level requirements of the host and user so that the bandwidth required by the user can be granted while maintaining the service level required by the host. The allocation of bandwidth between the user and host is done dynamically to accommodate the changing requirements of the user and the host. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155962 | Mechanism for Resource Allocation and Transmission of Control Information to Communication Device - There is provided a mechanism usable for allocating resources and provide control information about a signal to be transmitted by a communication network element such as a D2D device on resources which may be pre-allocated or allocated directly for the signaling. A resource allocation information element is generated which indicates to resources being allocated to a specific communication function, such as D2D. A content or value of a resource allocation field indicates a control information usable for forming a signal to be transmitted via the indicated resources. By means of the value of the resource allocation field, the D2D device derives a signal characteristic or the like of the signal to be transmitted on the indicated resources. The resource indication may be implicit in the form of an indication of a pre-allocated resource, or direct by indicating a dedicated resource. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155963 | PUSH BASED SERVICES IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH DATA BREAKOUT AT THE EDGE - Push based services are supported on a breakout system in a mobile data network. The breakout system may not breakout some push based services and simply pass through these services to user equipment. In a PDP context with a dynamic IP address, the communication with the user equipment may be broken out and then be placed in a preserved state. In this situation, a breakout system which is not an active entity in the signaling over the mobile data network can not establish communication with the user equipment to send down the push data. To establish a new communication connection with the user equipment with a PDP context in a preserved state, a paging request from the mobile network is initiated to trigger a service request from the user equipment. The breakout system can then use the newly established connection to push the data to the user equipment. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155964 | ALLOWING END-USER DEVICES ACCESS TO RESOURCES OF A MOBILE BROADBAND NETWORK AT DESIRED QUALITY OF SERVICE LEVELS USING A TRANSIT DEVICE - A service request ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130155965 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR OPERATOR SERVICES AND INTERNET - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes maintaining geographical information for a plurality of WiFi access points; and managing radio resources for a user equipment (UE) at a network element using the geographical information for the plurality of WiFi access points. In certain vitamins, the managing includes: verifying a cellular network type for the UE; preferentially admitting the UE if the UE is in a particular zone; verifying if the UE belongs to a first group associated with high data consumption; and verifying if a device associated with the UE belongs to a second group associated with high data consumption. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155966 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GRANTING WIRELESS CONNECTION RESOURCES TO A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITHIN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for granting wireless connection resources for a UE within a communication system is provided herein. During operation, an application requests allocation of wireless communication resources (a bearer reservation) to sustain transmission at a specified bit rate across the communication system via an admission control function. In response to the bearer reservation request, an admission control function calculates a wireless connection efficiency as a function of the requested bit rate and an amount of shared wireless connection resources required to sustain the requested bit rate given the current wireless connection quality associated with the UE. The wireless connection efficiency is then utilized to determine whether or not to admit the bearer reservation request. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155967 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH INTERFERENCE PROVISIONING AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A method of operation of a wireless communication system includes: transmitting from a serving eNodeB for conveying a desired input signal to a first user electronics; transmitting from a neighbor eNodeB for conveying the desired input signal to a second user electronics and broadcasting an interference input signal toward the first user electronics; | 06-20-2013 |
20130155968 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION AND PILOT RECEPTION FOR REMOTE RADIO HEAD (RRH) DEPLOYMENTS AND MULTI-ANTENNA DOWNLINK MIMO - A method and apparatus for determining pilot information is disclosed. A wireless/transmit receive unit (WTRU) receives a plurality of high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) resources including radio resource control (RRC) configuration information for high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA), wherein the RRC configuration information includes dedicated pilot information associated with each received HS-SCCH resource. The WTRU detects a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) radio network transmission identifier (H-RNTI) associated with the WTRU in one of the plurality of HS-SCCH resources. The WTRU determines pilot information, based on the dedicated pilot information and the one of the plurality of HS-SCCH resources, for a high speed physically downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH) associated with the one of the plurality of HS-SCCH resources. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155969 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR A TERMINAL IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM USING A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS - Provided is a communication method of a terminal in a multi-carrier system using a plurality of component carriers. The method includes: receiving a reconfiguration message indicating whether downlink control information (DCI) includes a carrier indication field (CIF); receiving a plurality of DCIs indicating a resource used to transmit a reconfiguration complete message in response to the reconfiguration message; and transmitting the reconfiguration complete message on the basis of resource allocation information included in DCI which is successfully decoded among the plurality of DCIs, wherein the plurality of DCIs include first DCI used before the CIF of the DCI is reconfigured by the reconfiguration message and second DCI used after the CIF of the DCI is reconfigured by the reconfiguration message. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155970 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR A REDUCED-COMPLEXITY SCHEDULING FOR A NETWORK MIMO WITH LINEAR ZERO-FORCING BEAMFORMING - Example embodiments are directed toward a system and a method for downlink scheduling in a multi-user, multiple-input and multiple-output (MU-MIMO) network with a central controller employing a scheduling scheme pre-selecting user equipment according to probabilities obtained from a large-system analysis. Only pre-selected user equipment is requested to feedback channel state information, thereby reducing cluster interference and increasing throughput while greatly reducing the required feedback channel state information generally required to schedule transmissions. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155971 | TRANSMITTER CHARACTERISTIC REPRESENTATION FOR TELEVISION WHITE SPACE - A method includes sending, from a wireless device, an information element including at least one transmitter characteristic field. The at least one transmitter characteristic field includes information regarding a spectral mask associated with the wireless device and information regarding an antenna gain associated with the wireless device. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155972 | PUSH BASED SERVICES IN A MOBILE DATA NETWORK WITH DATA BREAKOUT AT THE EDGE - Push based services are supported on a breakout system in a mobile data network. The breakout system may not breakout some push based services and simply pass through these services to user equipment. In a PDP context with a dynamic IP address, the communication with the user equipment may be broken out and then be placed in a preserved state. In this situation, a breakout system which is not an active entity in the signaling over the mobile data network can not establish communication with the user equipment to send down the push data. To establish a new communication connection with the user equipment with a PDP context in a preserved state, a paging request from the mobile network is initiated to trigger a service request from the user equipment. The breakout system can then use the newly established connection to push the data to the user equipment. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155973 | MULTI-HYPOTHESIS CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR FEEDBACK - A method for providing multi-hypothesis channel quality indicator (MH-CQI) feedback is described. Hypotheses corresponding to rank indicator (RI) and precoding matrix indicator (PMI) assumptions associated with a dominant interferer are selected. Multi-hypothesis channel quality indicator (MH-CQI) values based on the selected hypotheses are generated. The multi-hypothesis channel quality indicator (MH-CQI) values are encoded. The multi-hypothesis channel quality indicator (MH-CQI) values are sent as feedback. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155974 | COMMUNICATION SUPPORT FOR LOW CAPABILITY DEVICES - Methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving signaling, by a User Equipment (UE) with reduced processing capabilities, to conserve power are provided. A method for transmitting from a network a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH) to a first User Equipment (UE) from a first class of UEs or to a second UE from a second class of UEs, includes transmitting a PDSCH to the first UE using a first bandwidth unit; and transmitting a PDSCH to the second UE using a second bandwidth unit, wherein the second bandwidth unit is smaller than the first bandwidth unit. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155975 | Beamforming Codeword Exchange between Base Stations - A first base station receives a message from a second base station. The first base station and the second base station communicate to wireless devices employing a downlink carrier comprising downlink resource blocks. The message comprises downlink beamforming information indicating a beamforming codeword of a codebook employed for downlink resource block(s). The first base station selects, for a subset of the downlink resource blocks, beamforming codewords from a codebook based, at least in part, on the downlink beamforming information. The first base station transmits signals on a subset of the downlink resource blocks employing beamforming codewords. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155976 | System and Method for Multiple Channel Bandwidth Modes Coexistence - A method for transmitting a transmission to a station in a wireless network includes transmitting a preamble of the transmission to the station using a first channel with a first bandwidth, the preamble including a first indicator indicating a second channel with a second bandwidth, the second bandwidth greater than the first bandwidth, and transmitting a data portion of the transmission to the station using the second channel with the second bandwidth. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155977 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION USING PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL REGION IN MIMO ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided is a method of transmitting control information using a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) region in a system employing a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) antenna system in which transmission is performed through a plurality of layers. A method of transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI)/precoding matrix indicator (PMI) using a PUSCH region in a system employing a MIMO antenna system in which transmission is performed through a plurality of layers includes encoding the CQI/PMI using one channel encoder, and transmitting the encoded CQI/PMI using some or all of the layers. Accordingly, it is possible to transmit uplink control information through a PUSCH region using a plurality of layers. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155978 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PERIODIC CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus in which a terminal transmits channel information for at least one serving cell to a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method for receiving periodic channel information by a base station in a wireless communication system includes determining whether to set a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) mode for allowing a terminal to periodically transmit a plurality of channel information to the base station in one sub-frame, transmitting PUSCH mode information including a result of the determination to the terminal, and receiving the plurality of channel information from the terminal using a PUSCH in the one sub-frame, according to the result of the determination. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155979 | Method and System for Extending Multiple Input Multiple Output Wireless Service - Disclosed herein is a method and system for extending MIMO service in a wireless communications system. The system comprises a base station, a remote system, and a host system communicatively coupled to the base station and the remote system. The base station is configured to generate, from a baseband signal, a downlink signal comprising a plurality of downlink signal streams, including at least a first downlink signal stream and a second downlink signal stream. Accordingly, the base station may include a first and a second antenna that are configured to transmit the first and second downlink signal streams, respectively. The remote system provides wireless service in a remote coverage area. Further, the remote system is configured to transmit a downlink signal as a plurality of downlink signal streams. The host system is communicatively coupled to the base station and to the remote system and configured to relay the downlink signal streams from the base station to the remote system. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155980 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WITH CARRIER SENSE - A communication system in which an access point and one or more devices communicating through the access point adaptively apply Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). The access point may assign orthogonal subcarriers to devices as in conventional OFDMA, but the access point senses activity on the subcarriers and selects subcarriers without activity for assignment. In an alternative approach, a device that is configured for OFDMA communication may receive a channel assignment from a device that does not support OFDMA. The OFDMA-capable device may use only a portion of the subcarriers in the assigned channel, which may be communicated to the non-OFDMA device. During the non-OFDMA device may then ignore unused subcarriers in error detection and correction to avoid incorrectly classifying communications as erroneous. Information about OFDMA capabilities, subcarrier assignments and subcarriers in use may be communicated as information elements in network control communications, such as beacons and probe messages. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155981 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RE-SYNCHRONIZING OF TEMPORARY UE IDS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for re-synchronizing Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifiers (C-RNTIs) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. In an aspect, a random access preamble is sent for random access by a user equipment (UE) and a random access response (RAR) is received that includes a temporary C-RNTI. If the UE already has a valid C-RNTI, a message is sent that includes the valid C-RNTI instead of the temporary C-RNTI as a C-RNTI for the UE. In another aspect, a random access preamble for random access is received and a RAR is sent that includes a temporary C-RNTI. A message is received that includes a valid C-RNTI instead of the temporary C-RNTI as a C-RNTI for a UE if the UE already has the valid C-RNTI. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155982 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate resource allocation and management in a wireless communication system. As described herein, a resource grid structure can be utilized to allocate resources for respective users corresponding to a given channel (e.g., a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH)). The resource grid can be constructed using one or more cyclic shifts and a set of four orthogonal covers to provide improved efficiency in resource usage. Further, slots in the resource grid can be allocated to respective users based on user indexes via one or more resource allocation functions. For example, a resource allocation function can step along a first orthogonal cover at increasing cyclic shifts, alternate between second and fourth orthogonal covers at increasing cyclic shifts upon exhaustion of the first orthogonal cover, and step through a third orthogonal cover at increasing cyclic shifts upon exhaustion of the second and fourth orthogonal covers. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155983 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD FOR DATA COMMUNICATION, AND METHOD FOR FREQUENCY ALLOCATION - A communication terminal is described comprising a determiner configured to determine, for a frequency region, a plurality of first communication devices from which the communication terminal receives a signal via the frequency region; a selector configured to select at least one of the first communication devices based on a predetermined interference criterion; a signal generator configured to generate a signal with an identification of the at least one selected first communication device; and a transceiver configured to transmit the signal to a second communication device, to receive an indication from the second communication device specifying whether the communication terminal should use the frequency region for data communication with the second communication device, and to carry out data communication with the second communication device using the frequency region depending on the indication. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155984 | Method And An Apparatus For Providing Control Information For Multi-Carrier Uplink Transmission - A method and an apparatus for providing control information for multi-carrier uplink transmission are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may set a happy bit for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions on each uplink carrier considering aggregated transmission capability over all uplink carriers. The happy bit is set to “unhappy” if the WTRU is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current serving grant, the WTRU has enough power available to transmit at a higher rate, and total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) requires more than a pre-configured period to be transmitted with a current effective data rate aggregated over all uplink carriers. The WTRU may send scheduling information including power headroom measured on the anchor uplink carrier and/or power headroom measured on the supplementary uplink carrier. For power headroom measurements, the WTRU may initiate a short-lived dedicated physical control channel loop on the supplementary carrier. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155985 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN MOBILE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for communicating from a primary station to a plurality of secondary station, comprising the step of at the primary station allocating a resource to the secondary stations over the time on the basis of a hash function, wherein the hash function is such that the probability that two secondary stations are allocated common resources in two subframes substantially equals the product of the probability that the two secondary stations are allocated a common resource in the first subframe and the probability that the two secondary stations are allocated a common resource in the second subframe. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155986 | Deployment Of LTE UL System For Arbitrary System Bandwidths Via PUCCH Configuration - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is at least a method, apparatus, and computer program product to perform an over-provisioning of a radio resource including a periodic channel quality indicator resource in a predetermined way, and an allocating of the radio resource in such a manner that at least one of an effective system bandwidth is reduced and out-of-band emissions related to the allocated radio resource are taken into account. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155987 | Method of Resource Allocation, System and Transmitter - A method of resource allocation, system and transmitter that the method includes scheduling a plurality of receivers by a transmitter according to requests for transmitting uplink data sent by the plurality of receivers, determining, respectively for each of the plurality of receivers, the uplink shared transmission channel resources, the used mapping relation of resources and the final cyclic shift n(DM_RS) for indicating an uplink feedback channel, according to the result of scheduling, a predefined mapping relation of resources, a spare mapping relation of resources and the n(DM_RS) and notifying the plurality of receivers by the transmitter of the determined uplink shared transmission channel resources of the plurality of receivers, the used mapping relation of resources and the final n(DM_RS). | 06-20-2013 |
20130155988 | Allocation and Logical to Physical Mapping of Scheduling Request Indicator Channel in Wireless Networks - A method for allocating resources for a scheduling request indicator (SRI) is disclosed. An SRI cycle period for use by user equipment (UE) within a cell is transmitted from a NodeB in a cell to UE within the cell. The NodeB transmits a specific SRI subframe offset and an index value to the particular UE within the cell. The specific SRI subframe offset and the index value enable the UE to determine a unique combination of cyclic shift, RS orthogonal cover, data orthogonal cover, and resource block number for the UE to use as a unique physical resource for an SRI in the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). | 06-20-2013 |
20130155989 | TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission method includes generating a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signals, each signal including different data and some of the plurality of OFDM signals including pilot symbols. The pilot symbols are assigned to a predetermined subcarrier in predetermined time. At least one of the plurality of OFDM signals is assigned the pilot symbols to the predetermined subcarrier in the predetermined time, and other OFDM signals are assigned data to the predetermined subcarrier in the predetermined time. The method further includes converting each of the plurality of OFDM signals to a radio signal and transmitting each of the radio signals from a different antenna. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155990 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - This base station is capable of suppressing degradation of data throughput even when a DCI for a terminal connected to the base station is transmitted via an R-PDCCH region. In this base station, a PDCCH generation unit ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130155991 | Method and Network Node in a Communications System - The present disclosure relates to a method and a network node | 06-20-2013 |
20130155992 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MIMO OPERATION MODE - The present disclosure relates to a method for transmitting and receiving control information and generating reference signals in accordance with a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) operation mode, and a device thereof. A method for receiving control information and generating reference signals in accordance with an MIMO operation mode includes: allowing a user equipment to receive a cyclic shift parameter from a base station; and setting cyclic shift values and OCC values for each layer by using a cyclic shift, an orthogonality allocation rule, and said received cyclic shift parameter, and generating and transmitting reference signals by using said set values. Said cyclic shift is related to the MIMO operation mode of the user equipment and is selected by referring to a parameter transmitted from an upper layer. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155993 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST CHANNEL IDENTIFIER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for allocating a HARQ channel identifier (ACID) in a wireless access system includes receiving, from a base station, a first message which includes control information indicating an initial value of a HARQ channel identifier mapped onto a specific service flow, via a dynamic service procedure coupled to a base station; receiving a second message indicating persistent resource allocation from the base station, the second message including information regarding the initial value and number of the ACID used in the persistent resource allocation; comparing the initial value of the ACID with the control information; and allocating the value of the ACID used in the persistent resource allocation to the specific service flow when the control information included in the first message is the same as the initial value of the ACID included in the second message as a result of the comparison. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155994 | BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a base station including a receiving section that receives information on a plurality of wireless terminals from a representative wireless terminal representing the plurality of wireless terminals, a control information setting section that sets control information for controlling random access by the plurality of wireless terminals based on the information on the plurality of wireless terminals received by the receiving section, and a transmitting section that transmits the control information set by the control information setting section to the plurality of wireless terminals. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155995 | METHOD OF MAKING A COEXISTENCE DECISION ON CENTRALIZED TOPOLOGY - Disclosed is a radio technology independent method for coexistence among dissimilar or independently operated TV Band Device (TVBD) networks and dissimilar TV Band Devices. A resource allocation method on centralized topology is disclosed, which comprises steps of receiving at least one available resource; performing a neighbor set calculation based on the received at least one available resource; calculating the resource according to the neighbor set calculation, where the calculated resource is allocated to at least one device. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155996 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - A base station ( | 06-20-2013 |
20130155997 | LTE DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - The disclosure relates to a LTE downlink control channel resource allocation method and base station. The method comprises that: a base station sends resource scheduling information to a physical layer via a MAC layer; the search space to which resources to be allocated belong is determined according to the scheduling information; when the resources to be allocated belong to dedicated search space of a UE, resources of the current downlink channel are allocated according to the quality level of the current downlink channel. The disclosure can dynamically and reasonably allocate PDCCH resources according to quality of the downlink channel, and can obtain the quality level of downlink channels through CQI fed back by the UE or BLER of HARQ or measurement result of the uplink channel, when quality of the downlink channel is unknown. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155998 | METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING A COEXISTENCE PROTOCOL MESSAGE - Disclosed is a radio technology independent method for coexistence among dissimilar or independently operated TV Band Device (TVBD) networks and dissimilar TV Band Devices. A coexistence protocol message construction method is disclosed, which comprises steps of generating the coexistence protocol message with a format having a coexistence header field, an information type field, and a payload field, where the information type field differentiates type of the coexistence protocol message. | 06-20-2013 |
20130155999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PREVENTING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK SYSTEM - The present application relates to a method for a victim cell to construct a subframe alignment in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: receiving, from an interfering cell, subframe alignment information including a first bitmap for defining a subframe pattern for the victim cell and a second bitmap for defining a hybrid automatic repeat and request (HARQ) process pattern of the victim cell; constructing a subframe alignment of the victim cell on the basis of the first bitmap and second bitmap; and performing scheduling for a terminal in the victim cell using the constructed subframe alignment. A downlink signal of the interfering cell may not be transmitted in one or more subframes designated by the subframe pattern for the victim cell, and the second bitmap has a size of 8 bits. | 06-20-2013 |
20130163523 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESERVING CHANNELS FOR HIGH PRIORITY PACKETS - One embodiment of the present invention implements a FHSS system using single transmitter/multiple receiver transceivers. Such transceivers are configured to receive multiple FHSS channels (e.g., five channels) but only transmit on one channel. In an embodiment, one channel is dedicated to high priority traffic and the other four channels are dedicated to standard traffic. In receiving a high priority message, the transceiver is configured to address the high priority traffic first. For example, because the single transmitter/multiple receiver transceivers only has one transmitter, such transceiver may immediately dedicate it transmitting resources to addressing the received high priority data. Other embodiments are disclosed that implement multiple priorities among a plurality of communication channels. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163524 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSPORTING DIGITAL RADIO SIGNAL STREAMS IN A SMALL CELL NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment that includes receiving a radio signal stream, segmenting the radio signal stream based on a control word in the radio signal stream, mapping the segmented radio signal stream to a service class, transporting the segmented radio signal stream in packets through channels over a backhaul link, and maintaining the order of the radio signal stream over the backhaul link. In more particular embodiments, the backhaul link may use a DOCSIS link, the radio signal stream can be received using a Common Public Radio Interface, and the radio signal stream may include sub-streams transported through segmented channels over the backhaul link. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163525 | METHOD FOR SETTING A CARRIER INDICATION FIELD IN A MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for setting a carrier indication field indicating an element carrier in a multi-carrier system using a plurality of element carriers. The method includes: transmitting a value of a carrier indication field (CIF) and first CIF setting information that indicates a first mapping relationship between element carriers; transmitting downlink control information (DCI) including a carrier indication field; and transmitting a value of a CIF and second CIF setting information that indicates a second mapping relationship between element carriers, wherein the carrier indication field is a field indicating any one of the plurality of element carriers, and at least one element carrier is mapped with the same carrier indication field value in the first and second mapping relationships. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163526 | SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. A subscriber unit for use in a cellular system is disclosed. The subscriber unit includes: spatially separate receivers, a spatial processor, and a combiner. The spatially separate receivers receive the assigned channel composite signals resulting from the spatially separate transmission of the subscriber downlink datastream(s). The spatial processor is configurable in response to a control signal transmitted by the base station to separate the composite signals into estimated substreams based on information obtained during the transmission of known data patterns from at least one of the base stations. The spatial processor signals the base stations when a change of a spatial transmission configuration is required. The combiner combines the estimated substreams into a corresponding subscriber datastream. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163527 | Apparatus and Method for Providing Carrier Information - A method includes determining if one or more of a plurality of component carriers is not activated to be transmitted. The method further includes causing information indicating which one or more component carriers is not activated to be transmitted as part of channel state information signaling. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163528 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF CODE WORDS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - The present invention relates to a terminal which controls uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of code words in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas, and a method in which the terminal performs the control. In a terminal which controls uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of code words in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas, a receiver receives, from a base station, an indicator that concerns the determination of the transmission power for each code word of the plurality of code words. A processor determines uplink transmission power for transmitting the plurality of code words on the basis of the indication value of the indicator. If the indication value is zero, the processor allocates the same uplink transmission power to each of the plurality of code words. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163529 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNMENT DEPENDENT DOWNLINK CHANNEL PROCESSING FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Aspects of the present disclosure relates generally to communication systems, and more particularly, to apparatus and techniques for handling, within resources of an assigned channel, different availability of interference. Aspects generally include determining different portions of resources for an assigned downlink channel that are subject to at least one of different levels or different types of interference, and selecting different techniques for processing the different portions of the resources, wherein each technique is selected based on the corresponding level or type of interference. In aspects, a fixed pattern or amount of interference for the resources may be selected based on the different levels or the different types of interference and a technique for processing the resources is selected, wherein the technique is selected based on the selected fixed pattern or amount of interference. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163530 | REFERENCE SIGNALS DESIGN FOR TIME TRACKING IN LTE-A - Time tracking in current communication systems may be traditionally based on common reference signals (CRS). However, in certain communication systems, CRS-based time tracking may be impossible to implement due to an absence of CRS in certain subframes or carriers. CRS-based time tracking may also be inappropriate to implement in certain communication systems such as a coordinated multipoint (CoMP) system where control and data may arrive from different cells, and therefore, a UE may assume a wrong cell for CRS-based time tracking. Accordingly, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for wireless communication are provided in which additional UE specific reference signals (UE-RS) and/or channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) are made available to the UE so that the UE may have improved channel estimation and/or time tracking performance. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163531 | METHOD OF OPERATING ACCESS POINT AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING ACCESS POINT - Provided is a method of operating an access point and a wireless communication system using an access point. The method includes classifying the terminals according to the QoS type of a service required by each of the terminals, allocating any one antenna among the plurality of antennae to one terminal of a group of terminals having the highest order of priority according to the QoS type, among the classified groups of terminals, and selecting another antenna and terminal, which maximizes a signal to interference and noise ratio (SINR) calculated from channel information between the terminal and the antenna, among the terminals and antennae, except the allocated antenna and terminal, to allocate the antenna. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163532 | Method Implemented in an eNodeB Base Station - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB base station (eNB) for a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA wireless system includes receiving an uplink control channel signal on an assigned scheduling request resource. A user ID is decoded from the received uplink control channel signal. A message assigning a portion of a resource of the wireless system to a UE associated with the decoded user ID is transmitted. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163533 | Method Implemented in an eNodeB Base Station - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB base station (eNB) for a single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes receiving information within an SC-FDMA uplink shared channel signal on a recurring scheduling request resource. The received information comprises a user ID. A message granting at least a portion of an SC-FDMA resource is transmitted to a UE associated with the user ID. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163534 | Method Implemented In a User Equipment UE For Use In a Wireless System - In some implementations, a method implemented in a user equipment UE for use in a wireless system for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA, the method including receiving an assignment of a scheduling request resource in the wireless system comprising a plurality of subcarriers. A user ID is encoded. An uplink control channel signal comprising the encoded user ID is transmitted on the plurality of subcarriers of the assigned scheduling request resource. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163535 | Method Implemented in a User Equipment - In some implementations, a method implemented in user equipment UE for use in a wireless system for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA includes receiving an assignment of a recurring scheduling request resource from within the wireless system. Information is transmitted on an instance of the assigned recurring scheduling request resource within an SC-FDMA uplink shared channel signal wherein said information comprises a user ID. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163536 | Method Implemented in an eNodeB - In some implementations, a method implemented in an eNodeB (eNB) base station for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes assigning to a user equipment a plurality of uplink scheduling request resources each comprising a plurality of subcarriers. It is determined that change in scheduling request resource used by the UE should be made. Upon determining that a change in scheduling request resource should be made, a command is transmitted to the UE instructing the UE to transmit scheduling requests on another of the plurality of assigned scheduling request resources. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163537 | Method Implemented in a User Equipment - In some implementations, a method implemented in a user equipment UE for single carrier frequency division multiple access SC-FDMA within a wireless system includes receiving an assignment of a plurality of uplink scheduling request resources and comprising a plurality of SC-FDMA subcarriers of the wireless system. One of the plurality of uplink scheduling request resources is selected for transmission of scheduling requests. It is determined that a change in uplink scheduling request resource should be made. Upon determining that a change in scheduling request resource should be made, another of the assigned uplink scheduling request resources is selected for transmission of scheduling requests. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163538 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CQI (CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR) REPORTING AFTER THE INTRODUCTION OF A NEW CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for CQI (Channel Quality Indicator) reporting after the introduction of a new carrier in a wireless communication system, wherein the UE is served by a first downlink carrier that is backward compatible and is configured with a first CQI report configuration for the first downlink carrier. The method includes (i) receiving a first radio resource control (RRC) message to configure a new carrier to the UE, wherein the new carrier is associated with the first downlink carrier for operation, (ii) receiving a second RRC message to configure a second CQI report to the UE for the first downlink carrier and the new carrier, and (iii) applying the second CQI report configuration for CQI reporting for the downlink carrier and the new carrier when the new carrier is activated or configured. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163539 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT FOR DISTRIBUTED CELLULAR SYSTEMS - In a network comprising user devices and signal notes, communication links are scheduled by identifying one or more active signal node/user device pairs, wherein each active pair comprises a signal node that is presently communicating with a respective active user device over a signal channel. Then, one or more inactive signal node/user device pairs is identified; each inactive pair comprises an inactive signal node that is not presently communicating over the signal channel and a potential user device that is capable of communicating with the inactive signal node over the signal channel. One of the inactive pairs is then identified which, when made into an active pair, will achieve the greatest total fairness criterion, the total fairness criterion being a sum of a fairness criterion for the potential user device in the inactive pair in question and a fairness criterion for each of the active user devices in the event that the respective inactive pair becomes an active pair. The fairness criterion for each user device is dependent on the transmission rate achievable between the user device and the signal node in its respective pair. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163540 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and apparatus for reducing the number of operations required when determining the resource allocation priority in the wireless packet data communication system supporting plural types of resources are provided. The method includes receiving channel quality identifiers from at least one terminal for resource allocation, selecting one of the channel quality identifiers as a representative channel quality identifier per terminal, determining a resource allocation priority of the terminal based on the representative channel quality identifier, and allocating the resource in order of resource allocation priority. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163541 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and a base station for shortening an operation for updating an average data rate in a per-user scheduling metric calculation in the wireless communication system adopting a Proportional Fairness scheduler are provided. The resource allocation method includes receiving, at a base station, a channel quality indicator from at least one mobile station to be allocated resources, calculating a data rate available for the at least one mobile station based on the channel quality indicator, calculating a scheduling metric by dividing the data rate by an average data rate of the at least one mobile station, determining a resource allocation priority based on the scheduling metric, allocating the resources to the at least one mobile station according to the resource allocation priority, and updating the average data rate of only the at least one mobile station allocated the resources. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163542 | METHOD AND TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER FOR DATA TRANSMISSION WITH FLEXIBLE EXPLOITATION OF TIME AND FREQUENCY DIVERSITY - A method and corresponding devices for processing and transmitting information are described. A sequence of binary signals is mapped to symbols that forms a two-dimensional matrix of symbols in one of the frequency-time or time-time or time-frequency or frequency-frequency domain and which may be filtered in that domain. Selecting the diagonal elements of said matrix forms a transmit vector. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163543 | CONTROL SIGNALING IN LTE CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and devices may be provided for aggregating component carriers in the licensed spectrum with at least one component carriers in the licensed exempt spectrum. Control information may be processed in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) while receiving and sending information on a primary component carrier (PCC) and a supplementary component carrier (SuppCC). A PCC subframe with a control portion and a data portion may be received. Resource assignment information associated with a downlink shared channel on the PCC may be embedded in the control portion of the subframe. Based on the resource assignment information on the PCC, resource assignment information associated with a downlink shared channel on the SuppCC may be identified in the data portion of the PCC subframe. A SuppCC subframe of the shared channel on the SuppCC may be processed as per the identified resource assignment information associated with the downlink shared channel on the SuppCC. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163544 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CSI-RS IN MASSIVE MIMO SYSTEM OPERATING IN FDD MODE - Methods and apparatus are provided for beamforming and information feedback are provided. Signals for beams to be transmitted through corresponding antenna ports, are generated. The beams are formed by precoding the signals with beamforming vectors. The beams are sorted into a number of resource reuse groups based on a resource that is to be shared. The beams are transmitted, using resources allocated per group, to a receiver. Feedback information is generated on at least one antenna port, based on the received beams. The feedback information is transmitted to the transmitter. A beam is selected having a greatest gain for a transmitter using the feedback information. A transmission resource is allocated for the selected beam. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163545 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A disclosed base station apparatus is capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) mobile communication system using Pre-coding. The base station apparatus includes a receiving unit receiving a Pre-coding Matrix Indicator (PMI) indicating a specific Pre-coding matrix, a determination unit determining a value of a flag indicator indicating whether the Pre-coding matrix specified in the PMI is to be used for downlink communications, a control signal generation unit generating a downlink control signal including at least the flag indicator, and a transmission unit transmitting a signal including the downlink control signal in downlink. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163546 | SELECTING BETWEEN NORMAL AND VIRTUAL DUAL LAYER ACK/NACK - An allocation of downlink resources is received, which are monitored on l layers for data. A resource-specific bit (ACK/NACK) is generated for each of those resources. From a pattern of those resources is selected an algorithm from among a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode and a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode. The selected algorithm is used on the generated resource-specific bits that correspond to the downlink resources, bundled according to the selected mode, to generate l reply bits which are then transmitted. At the network side a NACK reply bit is received, based on a pattern of the allocated downlink resources, a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode or a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode is selected. A bundling window and layer combination are determined from the selected algorithm, which gives the resource for retransmitting the NACK'd data. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163547 | Methods And Apparatus For Prioritizing Assignment Of A Packet Data Session For A Plurality Of Applications Of A Mobile Communication Device - A mobile device establishes with a wireless network a packet data session associated with a first application for accessing a first communication service, as well as a packet data session associated with a second application for accessing a second communication service. In response to identifying an indication of a request for information via a third application, the mobile device causes the packet data session associated with the second application to be terminated, and establishes with the wireless network a packet data session associated with the third application for accessing a third communication service. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163548 | TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR BROADCASTING SIGNAL CONTAINING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - A RF unit and a modem unit receive a packet signal from a base station apparatus, the packet signal containing information on a frame structure in a first period in a frame containing at least the first period and a second period. An extraction unit specifies the second period in the frame based on the received packet signal. A setting unit sets a wait time in the specified second period. A carrier sense unit performs carrier sensing for the set wait time. The modem unit and the RF unit broadcast a packet signal based on a carrier sensing result. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163549 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING UPLINK GRANT IN RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - Methods and apparatuses for wireless communication are provided. In an aspect, an uplink grant is received which includes a resource block assignment. The resource block assignment with a length adjustment is interpreted based on an uplink bandwidth configuration. In another aspect, a length adjustment is determined for an uplink grant. The length adjustment is based on an uplink bandwidth configuration. A resource block assignment is encoded based on the length adjustment, and the uplink grant including the resource block assignment is transmitted. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163550 | Method And Apparatus For Multiple Carrier Utlization In Wireless Communications - Methods and apparatus for multiple carrier utilization in wireless communications are disclosed. These methods include multiple carrier activation/deactivation, multiple carrier discontinuous transmission (DTX) and discontinuous reception (DRX) activation/deactivation and operations, and multiple carrier acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement feedback. The methods include provisions for joint multiple carrier activation and deactivation and joint DTX and DRX activation and deactivation of multiple carriers. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163551 | SEARCH SPACE DETERMINATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe apparatuses, systems, methods, and articles of manufacture for identifying search space candidates that may be used in the transmission of downlink control information. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163552 | Method and Arrangement For Resource Allocation For Coded Multidirectional Relaying - The present invention relates to a method and a network coding node for resource allocation applicable to multi-directional network coding in an exchanging system. By estimating the number of bits per resource element (steps | 06-27-2013 |
20130163553 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - In a wireless communication system, a method of transmitting control information, which is transmitted to a base station by a user equipment, includes the steps of receiving at least one of PDCCH and PDSCH from the base station via at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment and transmitting a 2nd control information to the base station together with a 1st control information resulting from performing a bundling on at least one portion of the control information on a reception of the PDCCH or a reception of the PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH, wherein the 1st control information and the 2nd control information are transmitted using PUCCH (Physical Uplink Control Channel) resource selected in accordance with a preset rule and a modulation value and wherein the 1st control information and the 2nd control information are identified by a combination of the selected PUCCH resource and the modulation value. | 06-27-2013 |
20130163554 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MULTI-USER MULTI-INPUT-MULTI-OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Device, system, and method of multi-user multi-input-multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication. In some embodiments, a wireless communication device ( | 06-27-2013 |
20130170439 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CO-LOCATED COLLABORATING RADIOS - Methods and apparatus are provided for mitigating interference between spectrally distinct wireless communication networks employing co-located, collaborating radios. A first base station is in a first network and communicates with a first radio within a first frequency range, and a second base station is in a second network and communicates with a second radio in a second frequency range. The first and second radios are geographically co-located, for example, within a public safety vehicle. The first radio determines a maximum level of interference it will accept based on current operational parameters, and communicates a corresponding threshold value to the second radio through a data link. The second radio sends a request to its base station to employ interim scheduling constraints governing uplink transmissions from the second radio, to thereby limit out of band emissions received by the first radio to a range that is less than the threshold interference level. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170440 | POSITION BASED SIGNALING FOR SHORT PACKETS WITH MINIMAL INTERFERENCE TO THE MACRO - Methods and apparatus for communicating short messages from a first device, e.g., a femto cell device or peer to peer device, over communications resources which are being used by an OFDM macro network, e.g., cellular network, are described. The signal goes on top of, e.g., is transmitted on the same communications resource(s), on which a macro signal, e.g. a downlink signal from a cellular base station, is transmitted. Since the signals from the femto cell and/or peer to peer devices are transmitted on the same resources as the signals from the macro base station, they interfere with the macro signal and potentially destroy a portion of the macro signal. However, the signals transmitted by the femto cell devices and/or peer to peer devices are designed so that they cause little interference to the macro base station in terms of overall throughput and/or with the macro base station's ability to communicate control and/or pilot information. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170441 | Sequence Derivation for Reference Signal Patterns - A reference signal, RS, is generated in a wireless communication system based on a starting position, in the frequency domain, of the RS and a transmission channel bandwidth of the RS. At least one of the starting position of the RS and the bandwidth allocated to a transmission channel for the RS is/are ascertained. A base sequence index, BSI, is then derived by mapping at least one ascertained of the RS starting position and transmission channel bandwidth ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130170442 | CONTENT-BASED NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF CONTENT THEREIN - Disclosed herein are a content-based network system and a method of controlling the transmission of content therein. The content-based network system includes a plurality of user terminals, a plurality of access points, a plurality of content origin servers, and a transmission control device. The plurality of access points is wirelessly connected to the plurality of user terminals. The plurality of content origin servers provides content to the access points. The transmission control device determines the priority of transmission of the content based on the characteristics of the content and allocates channels and sets interfaces based on the determined priority of transmission of the content. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170443 | SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF DIFFERENT TYPES OF FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - Technology for concurrent transmission of various types of feedback information is disclosed. Different types of feedback information are processed according to a predetermined regime that can allow the various types of feedback information to be separated after combination and transmission to the receiving end of a communication link. Some predetermined regimes may include use of orthogonal carrier codes/sequences, mapping to I and Q branches in a dual branch architecture, and concatenation according to a predefined scheme. Consideration is also made for reducing transmission power levels while insuring transmission of important types of feedback information with respect to the various types of feedback information. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170444 | Channel Selection For Uplink Access - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to transmit uplink information. The WTRU may have information such as data or control information to transmit to a network. The (WTRU) may request a common enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource from the network. The WTRU may receive an indication from the network to fallback using a random access channel, e.g. a Release 99 Random Access Channel (R99 RACH), a Release 99 Physical Random Access Channel (R99 PRACH), etc. The indication may be received via an acquisition indicator (E-AI). The indication may be a value of the E-AI. The WTRU may determine whether a condition is met. The WTRU may transmit the uplink information over the R99 PRACH if the condition is met. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170445 | Multi-user downlink linear MIMO precoding system - A method implemented in a base station used for a downlink multi-user (MU) multi-input multi-output (MIMO) system is disclosed. The method includes receiving an indication of a quantized matrix from each of a plurality of scheduled user equipments, precoding data streams for the plurality of scheduled user equipments, transmitting the precoded data to the plurality of scheduled user equipments. Other methods and some apparatuses for wireless communications also are disclosed. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170446 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BROADCAST ASSISTANCE IN DIRECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for broadcast assistance in a direct communication system and an apparatus using the same are disclosed. The proposed method includes the following steps. A coordinator receives a broadcast assistance request message from a plurality of broadcast devices. The coordinator transmits a broadcast assistance confirmation signal to the broadcast devices and broadcasts a resource indication signal including a resource allocation. The broadcast devices respectively broadcasts an information message to at least one listening device according to the resource allocation acquired from listening to the resource indication signal, and the at least one listening device listens to one of the information messages having a category of interest according to the resource allocation acquired from listening to the resource indication signal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170447 | CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE IN MULTI-ANTENNA SCENE - The present invention discloses a configuration method and device for an uplink control channel resource in multi-antenna scene, the technical solutions of the present invention perform configurations for the uplink control channel resource, to a terminal equipment, by means of a semi-statically configured initial resource and a dynamically configured ACK/NACK Resource Indication (ARI) information indication selection result or offset information, thus implements an uplink control channel resource configuration solution combining dynamic indication with semi-static indication. The method can be achieved in a simple and easy way, and simultaneously can be used in a Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) system and a Time Division Duplexing (TDD) system. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170448 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDED IN AIRCRAFT FOR COMMUNICATING USING PLURAL WIRELESS CHANNELS - In a wireless communication system including a plurality of wireless stations provided in a structure having a radio wave shield arranged at a fixed position, at least one of two wireless stations using an identical wireless channel and two wireless stations using wireless channels adjacent to each other are allocated on both sides of the radio wave shield, respectively. In this case, the structure is an aircraft, and the two wireless stations are allocated on different aisles of the aircraft, respectively. In addition, the two wireless stations are allocated to be apart from each other in a longitudinal direction of the aircraft. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170449 | PROCESSING ENHANCED PDCCH (EPDCCH) IN LTE - A method of wireless communication includes configuring a virtual cell identifier (ID) for a user equipment (UE). The method determines a first candidate for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) for the UE. The method also determines a first virtual cell ID for the first candidate. Furthermore, the method scrambles the ePDCCH based on the first virtual cell ID and transmits, to the UE, the scrambled ePDCCH using the first candidate. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170450 | WIRELESS BROADCAST/MULTICAST SERVICE CAPACITY OVER DIFFERENT LINK BUDGETS AND OVERLAY NETWORKS - In an embodiment, an application server determines to transmit a first data stream in a first multicasting area, a second data stream in a second multicasting area and both data streams in a third multicasting area that overlaps with the second multicasting area (e.g., at a border region between the first and second multicasting areas). The application server sends the first data stream to a multicast network management node for transmission in the first and third multicasting areas. The application server sends the first and second data streams to a multiplex stream multiplexer that multiplexes the two data streams into a single higher-rate multiplexed multicast stream with packets that include payloads data for both the first and second data streams. The multiplexed multicast stream is delivered to the third multicasting area for transmission to at least one target UE. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170451 | HIGH CAPACITY NETWORK COMMUNICATION LINK USING MULTIPLE CELLULAR DEVICES | 07-04-2013 |
20130170452 | Low Complexity Beamforming Scheme - Beamforming can be simplified by selecting beamforming parameters without relying on channel state information (CSI). More specifically, beamforming parameters may be selected without CSI by applying different beamforming weight vectors to different subcarriers of a reference packet, and thereafter identifying which subcarrier had the highest signal quality upon reception of the reference packet by the user equipment (UE). The reference packet may be any packet, including a beacon packet, a null data packet, and other packets that are communicated periodically by an access point (AP). One or multiple codebooks may be used, and different codewords (or sets of codewords) may be applied in a time division multiplying (TDM) fashion. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170453 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing a random access procedure by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a preamble for identifying the UE, through a first message; receiving a second message from an Evolved Node B (ENB) in response to the first message, the second message including uplink (UL) transmission resource information for transmitting at least one of a transparent Radio Resource Control (RRC) message which is an RRC message that a UE having no RRC control connection transmits for the first time, and Buffer Status Report (BSR) information indicating an amount of UL data; setting a format indicator indicating if the transparent RRC message or the BSR information is included in a third message; and generating the third message according to the set format indicator, and transmitting the generated third message according to the UL transmission resource information. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170454 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING LTE BASEBAND RESOURCE POOL - A method for implementing a baseband resource pool in an LTE base station is provided. The LTE base station includes a main control module, a master board a slave board. The master board and the slave board each include a baseband processing module. The main control module configures information of a cell needing load sharing on the master board to the slave board, and configures user information in the cell to each of the master board and the slave board, or configures the user information to each of the master board and the slave board according to load balance. The master board and the slave board each perform load sharing processing on an SRS signal of a user. The slave board including the baseband processing module is added, thereby improving the baseband processing capability of the LTE base station. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170455 | METHOD FOR SPECIFYING TRANSPORT BLOCK TO CODEWORD MAPPING AND DOWNLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD USING THE SAME - A method for specifying a transport block-to-codeword mapping relationship and a method for transmitting a downlink signal using the same are described. If a swap flag has a first logic value, a first transport block is mapped to a first codeword and a second transport block is mapped to a second codeword. If the swap flag has a second logic value, the first transport block is mapped to the second codeword and the second transport block is mapped to the first codeword. If the size of any one of two transport blocks is 0, the swap flag is not used. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170456 | UPLINK MOBILE DEVICE RANDOM ACCESS DATA CHANNEL - Devices and methods are provided for managing random access data channels in a wirelessly-enabled communications environment. An uplink (UL) random access (RA) channel is implemented to send data to an access point (AP) without requiring a UL allocation grant message to be sent on the downlink (DL) for UL timing adjustments. A mobile station (MS) sends a chosen sequence to the AP to indicate that a RA data transmission is being requested. The location and number of radio resources that are used for the UL RA data transmission are determined by the choice of a RA sequence initially sent by the MS. If UL timing has not been established, the AP is able to determine the timing of the UL RA data transmissions by deriving the offset of the initial RA request sequence transmission from the MS. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170457 | HARQ PROCESS UTILIZATION IN MULTIPLE CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus utilize hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmissions and retransmissions that are usable on multiple carriers, i.e. joint HARQ processes. For example, a downlink (DL) shared channel transmission of a joint HARQ process is received on one of the carriers. A first part of an identity of the joint HARQ process is determined by using HARQ process identity data received on a shared control channel. A second part of the joint HARQ process identity is determined using additional information. The joint HARQ process identity is then determined by combining the first part and the second part. A WTRU is provided that is configured to receive the DL shared channel and to make the aforementioned determinations. A variety of other methods and apparatus configurations are disclosed for utilizing joint HARQ processes, in particular in the context of DC-HSDPA. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170458 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A STATION TO OPERATE WITHIN WLAN SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for a specific station, operating as a non-AP (Access Point) station permitted to operate within available channels not used by a licensed device, to operate as an AP station in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. A specific protocol related to a registration of a station's location to operate within a white space id defined whose Information IDs comprises a registration request and a registration response. Using the defined registration request and registration response, the station can register its geographical location with a Registered Location Server (RLS), and operate as an AP STA within WS. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170459 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless communication device which includes a notification information transmitting unit for transmitting, via a wireless communication network, notification information of the wireless communication device, a notification information receiving unit for receiving notification information transmitted from another device, a frequency switching unit for successively switching, at random cycles, a frequency at which the notification information is transmitted or a frequency at which the notification information is received, and a transmission processing unit for performing a data transmission process after transmitting or receiving an acknowledgement to the notification information to/from such other device. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170460 | RADIO INTERFACE RECONFIGURATION - A method requesting a reconfiguration of a radio interface between user equipment and at least one base station, a method of receiving a request to reconfigure a radio interface between user equipment and a base station, user equipment, a base station and computer program products are disclosed. The method of requesting a reconfiguration of a radio interface between user equipment and at least one base station in a multi-carrier wireless communications system comprising the steps of: determining the reconfiguration to be made by at least one base station; encoding an indication of the reconfiguration together with an indicator in a reconfiguration request message, the indicator indicating a response required by at least one recipient base station on receipt of the reconfiguration request message; and transmitting the reconfiguration request message from the user equipment. This provides a flexible mechanism which enables additional information to be provided on the reconfiguration required. This message can be decoded by all base stations within range of the user equipment, but the indicator indicates which base stations need to respond to the message. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170461 | METHOD FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION OF RADIO LINK CONTROL LAYER AND EVOLVED NODE B - A method for RLC layer uplink transmission and an ENB are provided. The method comprises: step A, after a terminal initiated RLC layer transmission of service or uplink signaling in uplink acknowledged mode, the ENB stores identifier of the terminal and information of RLC layer segment. The information of the RLC layer segment comprises size of the RLC layer segment. Step B, the ENB detects scheduling request message sent by terminal, and when the terminal determined that the ENB does not correctly receive the uplink signaling or the service initiated by terminal, the scheduling request message is configured to trigger an RLC layer retransmission of the uplink signaling or the service. Step C, according to size of the RLC layer segment stored, the ENB performs uplink authorization to the terminal, determines radio resource to be allocated for the terminal, and transmits information of the allocated radio resource to the terminal. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170462 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF RECEPTION CONFIRMATION INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK of a user equipment are provided. The method includes: receiving a first PDCCH and a second PDCCH through at least one serving cell; receiving a first PDSCH scheduled by the first PDCCH; receiving a second PDSCH scheduled by the second PDCCH; allocating a first PUCCH resource on the basis of a lowest index of a CCE on which the first PDCCH is transmitted; allocating a second PUCCH resource on the basis of a lowest index of a CCE on which the second PDCCH is transmitted; and transmitting ACK/NACK for the first PDSCH and the second PDSCH through a serving cell linked to a serving cell receiving the first PDCCH and the second PDCCH, wherein a transmission resource for transmitting the ACK/NACK is selected from the first PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH resource. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170463 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and to an apparatus therefor. The present invention relates to a method comprising the steps of: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs using the selected uplink control channel resource, and to an apparatus therefor. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170464 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SUBCARRIER SPACING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an apparatus for controlling subcarrier spacing in a system supporting multiple frequency bands. The apparatus for controlling a subcarrier spacing comprises: an interference detection unit detecting interference over multiple frequency bands; a system parameter provision unit providing system parameters related to a subcarrier spacing between the multiple frequency bands—for example RF, FFT size, and channel bandwidth; a subcarrier spacing control unit controlling the subcarrier spacing such that the detected interference is reduced, on the basis of the system parameters. In a system operating with multiple bands, different subcarrier spacing can be applied by each band, thereby controlling interference occurring in each band. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170465 | Methods and Nodes for Transferring a Service Identifier from a Packet Core Network To a Radio Network - A method in a Gateway General packet radio service Support Node, GGSN, for transferring a service identifier from a packet core network to a radio network is provided. The GGSN adds a service identifier in a General packet radio service Tunneling Protocol for User Plane, GTP-U, header extension of a data packet. The service identifier comprises information about what service and/or traffic pattern that the packet concerns. The GGSN sends the data packet with the GTP-U header extension to a radio network. | 07-04-2013 |
20130170466 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication device and a communication method capable of suppressing an increase of bits used for a request to send a reference signal and flexibly setting a resource used for sending a reference signal. In a base station ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130170467 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, RECEIVER APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - In a terminal ( | 07-04-2013 |
20130176949 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR ALLOCATING SPECTRUM RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods for allocating spectrum resources among a plurality of devices in a wireless communication network are disclosed. In one aspect, an estimated number of resource blocks required by a first device and an estimated number of resource blocks required by a second device are determined. The required number of resource blocks may be determined by considering the number of resource blocks that would be necessary to empty the buffer of a first device and/or determining the number of resource blocks that would be sufficient to cause the first device to become power limited. These estimates may then be used to calculate first and second utilization weights, which can in turn be used to calculate scheduling entity weights for a plurality of scheduling entities, such as UEs in the communication network. Allocation may be based on the scheduling entity weights, utilization weights, and/or the required number of resource blocks. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176950 | Mechanism for Controlling Transmission of Control Signal to Communication Device - There is provided a mechanism for controlling a transmission of a dedicated control signal or control information to a communication network element. Free resources of a PHICH which are linked to an UL transmission but not occupied by ACK/NACK information are determined and selected for transmitting a D2D specific control signal to a D2D device. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176951 | RECEIVING CELL BROADCAST (CB) MESSAGES - A method for receiving cell broadcast messages is described. The method includes communicating with a first cell. The method also includes switching to communicating with a second cell. A cell broadcast channel is read after switching cells. The method further includes switching from a dedicated mode to a packet idle mode. The cell broadcast channel is reread once after switching from a dedicated mode to a packet idle mode. Other aspects, embodiments and features are also claimed and described. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176952 | Flexible Bandwidth Operation In Wireless Systems - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for downlink resource allocation associated with a shared frequency band. A WTRU may receive resource allocation information associated with a component carrier and at least one carrier segment. The component carrier and the least one carrier segment may each comprise a plurality of resource block groups (RBG). At least two bitmaps may be associated with the resource allocation information. A size of a resource block group (RBG) of the component carrier and the at least one carrier segment may be based on a combined number of resource blocks (RB) of the component carrier and the one or more carrier segments divided by a 3GPP Rel-8/Rel-10 RBG size of the component carrier. The WTRU may determine at least one RBG allocated to the WTRU using the resource allocation information and may receive and decode the at least one RBG allocated to the WTRU. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176953 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR POWER CONTROL AND TIMING ADVANCE - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may establish communication with a first set of cells and a second set of cells. The first set of cells may be associated with a first scheduler and the second set of cells may be associated with a second scheduler. The maximum allowed transmit power for the WTRU may be determined for and/or distributed across the first set of cells and the second set of cells. The first scheduler may determine a first maximum power value for the first set of cells and a second maximum power value for the second set of cells configured. The first scheduler may signal the second maximum power value to the second scheduler. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176954 | Method and System for Channel Data Transmission in Wireless Network - The present invention discloses a method and system for channel data transmission in a wireless network. The method includes: after a transmitting station and a receiving station determine a channel bandwidth to use for data transmission by interaction and negotiation, the transmitting station transmitting data to the receiving station with the determined channel bandwidth. The present invention further discloses a transmitting station. The present invention can solve the existing collision problem caused by contention for channels between the hidden stations and the current transmission stations, and thus can take full advantage of the effective transmission bandwidth in the large bandwidth system of a wireless network and increase the frequency spectrum utilization of large bandwidth, and at the same time ensure the backward compatibility with the large bandwidth system and its co-existence with conventional systems. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176955 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS CONNECTION CONTROL, AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS AND ASSOCIATED COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT - A method and an apparatus for performing wireless connection control are provided. For example, the method can be applied to a first electronic device, and the method may include the steps of: adding specific information into at least one packet while establishing a wireless connection between the first electronic device and a second electronic device, where the specific information indicates a channel that the first electronic device is working on; transmitting the at least one packet carrying the specific information to the second electronic device; and performing handshaking to complete the establishment of the wireless connection with respect to the second electronic device. In another example, the method can be applied to the second electronic device, and the method may include the steps of: receiving from the first electronic device the at least one packet carrying the specific information; and performing handshaking to complete the establishment of the wireless connection. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176956 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Wireless communication terminal | 07-11-2013 |
20130176957 | CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (UCI) - The present invention discloses a method and equipment for UCI transmission. Upon application of the technical solution provided in embodiments of the present invention, UE transmitting UCI through a selected PUSCH is realized when multiple PUSCH transmissions are available for a UE in one uplink subframe in LTE-A carrier aggregation system, which solves the problem on how to transmit UCI only through one PUSCH when multiple PUSCH transmissions are available. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176958 | WIRELESS SERVICE ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a wireless service access method and apparatus. In the method, a group policy of a wireless access point AP and a group priority of a virtual access point VAP are configured, an access priority of a service access request of a user is determined according to the group policy of the AP and the group priority of the VAP, and a service access operation is executed according to the access priority. In the embodiments of the present invention, a differential QoS guarantee based on a user priority is provided, and QOS of a high priority user and a high priority service in a situation that wireless resources are constrained or environment is severe can be ensured. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176959 | Signalling Resource Allocation in a Telecommunications Network - The present invention provides a method, a radio base station and a mobile terminal for allocating resources in a telecommunications network, where communications between the radio base station and the mobile terminal take place over a plurality of carriers. The method comprises transmitting and receiving a resource allocation message comprising one or more bits. Each of the bits corresponds to a number of resource blocks, where the number is determined from the ratio of the aggregate bandwidth of the plurality of carriers divided by the bandwidth of the carrier over which the resource allocation message is sent. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176960 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COGNITIVE RADIO MESH NETWORK BASED ON GEOLOCATION DATABASE - A cognitive radio mesh node may include at least one directional antenna, at least one transceiver to transmit and receive data using the at least one directional antenna, and a processor to determine a channel for performing communication for a cognitive radio mesh network based on a geolocation database and to control the at least one transceiver based on the determined channel. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176961 | APPARATUS AND METHODS OF UNAMBIGUOUS MAC-I PDU FORMATTING - The described aspects include a user equipment (UE) apparatus and corresponding method of performing a High-Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) transmission. The aspects include determining availability of information for transmission while the UE is in a Cell_FACH state and an idle mode. Further, aspects include generating a message including a scheduling information (SI) indicator during a collision resolution phase of an uplink procedure when SI data is allowed to be transmitted during the collision resolution phase, wherein the SI indicator identifies whether the SI data is included in a Medium Access Control-i (MAC-i) Packet Data Unit (PDU). Additionally, the aspects include transmitting the message, destined for a network component, during the collision resolution phase. The described aspects also include a corresponding network component and method for receiving the message and unambiguously determining presence of SI data in the MAC-i PDU. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176962 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal device and a radio transmission method which can improve reception performance of a CQI and a reference signal. A phase table storage unit stores a phase table which correlates the amount of cyclic shift to complex coefficients {w1, W2} to be multiplied on the reference signal. A complex coefficient multiplication unit reads out a complex coefficient corresponding to the amount of cyclic shift indicated by resource allocation information, from the phase table storage unit and multiplies the read-out complex coefficient on the reference signal so as to change the phase relationship between the reference signals in a slot. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176963 | ARRANGEMENT AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING HARQ FEEDBACK IN TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for execution on an apparatus configured to operate in a telecommunications network comprising a processor, wherein said processor is configured to execute said method, said method comprising encoding a plurality of uplink feedback information elements for carrier aggregation, by a set of codewords where each codeword comprises a channel, wherein at least two information elements have the same channel distribution. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176964 | HYBRID DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL METHOD AND SYSTEM - The transmission and decoding of resource blocks (RBs) transmitted via a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna having a plurality of transmit antennas is disclosed. Each RB includes a plurality of resource elements (REs). Each RE is reserved for one of a common reference signal (CRS) associated with one of the transmit antennas, a dedicated reference signal (DRS) including a single beamformed or precoded pilot, a DRS including a composite beamformed or precoded pilot, and a data symbol. Each RB may include a “control type” data symbol that indicates a DRS mode associated with the RB. In one DRS mode, each DRS includes a single beamformed or precoded pilot. In another DRS mode, each DRS includes a composite beamformed or precoded pilot. In yet another DRS mode, single beamformed or precoded pilots, and composite beamformed or precoded pilots, may coexist and be transmitted simultaneously within the same RBs or in different RBs. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176965 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method for a transmission apparatus that transmits an OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) signal using a communication band, which comprises a plurality of subcarrier groups each including a plurality of subcarriers. The method includes specifying which subcarrier group and how many subcarriers are to be used to transmit the OFDM signal, determining a configuration of a transmission frame, generating the OFDM signal by mapping data symbols according to the determined configuration of the transmission frame, and transmitting the generated OFDM signal. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176966 | Spatial Multiplexing in a Cellular Network - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. A subscriber unit for use in a cellular system is disclosed. The subscriber unit includes: spatially separate receivers, a spatial processor, and a combiner. The spatially separate receivers receive the assigned channel composite signals resulting from the spatially separate transmission of the subscriber downlink datastream(s). The spatial processor is configurable in response to a control signal transmitted by the base station to separate the composite signals into estimated substreams based on information obtained during the transmission of known data patterns from at least one of the base stations. The spatial processor signals the base stations when a change of a spatial transmission configuration is required. The combiner combines the estimated substreams into a corresponding subscriber datastream. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176967 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION - A method for establishing communication between a wireless access network and a terminal includes determining a selection strategy of a wireless access network for establishing communication with a terminal; selecting the wireless access network for establishing communication with the terminal according to the determined selection strategy; and establishing communication between the terminal and the wireless access network according to the signal types supported by the wireless access network and the terminal. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176968 | Spatial Multiplexing in a Cellular Network - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. A subscriber unit for use in a cellular system is disclosed. The subscriber unit includes: spatially separate receivers, a spatial processor, and a combiner. The spatially separate receivers receive the assigned channel composite signals resulting from the spatially separate transmission of the subscriber downlink datastream(s). The spatial processor is configurable in response to a control signal transmitted by the base station to separate the composite signals into estimated substreams based on information obtained during the transmission of known data patterns from at least one of the base stations. The spatial processor signals the base stations when a change of a spatial transmission configuration is required. The combiner combines the estimated substreams into a corresponding subscriber datastream. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176969 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - A mobile station apparatus includes a receiving unit configured to receive control information; a selecting unit configured to randomly select a sequence from a plurality of sequences contained in one group of a plurality of groups, into which a predetermined number of sequences generated from a plurality of base sequences are grouped and which are respectively associated with different amounts of data or reception qualities; and a transmitting unit for transmitting the selected sequence. The predetermined number of sequences are grouped by partitioning the predetermined number of sequences, in which sequences generated from the same base sequence and having different cyclic shifts are arranged in an increasing order of the cyclic shifts. A position at which the predetermined number of sequences are partitioned is determined based on the control information, and a number of sequences contained in each of the plurality of groups varies in accordance with the control information. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176970 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL QUALITY MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTED IN A WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO PRIORITIZE THE FORWARDING OF DOWNLINK DATA - A wireless digital communication system includes a base station in communication with a plurality of user equipment mobile terminals (UEs). The system prioritizes the forwarding of blocks of downlink data to designated ones of the UEs. The system employs adaptive modulation and coding (AM&C) to achieve improved radio resource utilization and provides optimum data rates for user services. Blocks of downlink (DL) data are received by the base station which requests downlink (DL) channel quality measurements only from those mobile terminals (UEs) with pending downlink transmissions. The UEs respond to the request by measuring and reporting DL channel quality to the base station, which then allocates resources such that the UEs will make best use of radio resources. The base station notifies the UEs of the physical channel allocation indicating the modulation/coding rate and allocated slots followed by transmission of blocks of downlink data which are transmitted to the UEs. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176971 | Method and Apparatus for Provisioning a Communication Device - A method includes sending, from a base unit, provisioning information to a communication device. The provisioning information causes the communication device to establish a wireless communication connection with a wireless access point. The method includes identifying one or more other communication devices causing interference with the wireless communication connection. The method includes sending information to the communication device. The information includes instructions to disable the one or more other communication devices. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176972 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part ( | 07-11-2013 |
20130176973 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATING THE SCHEDULING OF BEAMFORMED DATA TO REDUCE INTERFERENCE - A system and method are disclosed for coordinating the scheduling of beamformed data to reduce interference in a wireless system. A first optimum phase adjustment is determined to increase the gain of an intended signal at a mobile device. A second optimum phase adjustment is determined to decrease the gain of interfering signals received at the mobile device. Using a phase adjustment map, a transmission is scheduled at a base station within wireless resources using the first optimum phase adjustment, at the same time an interfering base station is transmitting at the second optimum phase adjustment angle. Thus, signal strength is greatly improved while interference is greatly reduced, improving the efficiency of the wireless system. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176974 | Enhanced Signaling in a Wireless Device and Base Station - A base station transmits a control message to a wireless device to configure first radio resources of a control channel and second radio resources of a data channel. The control message indicates a starting OFDM symbol of the control channel in a subset of subframes, a frequency allocation in terms of resource blocks for the control channel, and a configuration of the subset of subframes in which the first radio resources of the control channel are configured. The second radio resources of a first data channel starts from the starting OFDM symbol in the subset of subframes. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176975 | NETWORK SHARING IN AN EVOLVED PACKET CORE NETWORK - One aspect pertains to a method of enabling an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) network to implement predetermined Quality of Service (QoS) resource policies applied to subscriber/service groups operating via the network. The method comprises receiving a request for QoS resources to be provided to a bearer for traffic of a user of a subscriber/service group from which the request originated. A Resource Class (RC) parameter is assigned to the request. The RC parameter identifies a resource partition and the originating subscriber/service group, A Gx-Request that includes the RC parameter is forwarded to the EPC network to invoke application of the requested QoS resources so as to establish a bearer in accordance with the predetermined policies identifiable from the RC. Other aspects pertain to EPC network nodes configured accordingly. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176976 | Apparatus and Method for Acquisition of a Common Enhanced Dedicated Channel Resource - An apparatus, method and system for acquisition of an uplink communication resource in a communication system. In one embodiment, the apparatus includes a processor, and memory including computer program code configured to, with the processor, cause the apparatus to generate a first message indicating that data is ready for transmission on an uplink, initiate a procedure in a Layer 1 (L1) subsystem to acquire an uplink communication resource in response to the first message, receive a second message from the L1 subsystem indicating failure to acquire the uplink communication resource, and generate a third message for a radio link control (RLC) subsystem to proceed as if the RLC subsystem transmits an uplink RLC protocol data unit in response to the second message. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176977 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A resource determination unit determines at least a part of an uplink part in a switch subframe as a second resource for a wireless terminal to transmit an SRS and determines at least a part within any uplink subframe as a third resource for the wireless terminal to transmit uplink user data including a DRS for a prescribed period. A transmission path state estimation unit estimates a state of a transmission path to the wireless terminal based on the DRS included in the uplink user data after the third resource is determined. A resource notification unit forms antenna directivity based on the estimated state of the transmission path and transmits a control message for notifying the wireless terminal of the determined second resource. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176978 | SIGNALING METHOD OF CSI-RS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - To signal CSI-RS location indexes indicative of CSI-RS location positions in a resource block with high efficiency, a signaling method of CSI-RS is characterized by having the steps of locating a CSI-RS that is a reference signal for downlink channel estimation in resources for CSI-RS reserved to transmit the CSI-RS, generating a CSI-RS location index indicative of a location position of the CSI-RS located in the resources for CSI-RS, in the CSI-RS location index an index pattern varies corresponding to the number of CSI-RS ports so that an index pattern of the relatively low number of CSI-RS ports is a subset of an index pattern of the relatively high number of CSI-RS ports, and transmitting the generated CSI-RS location index to a mobile terminal apparatus. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176979 | RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - In each Mobile terminal, channel impulse characteristics from radio base stations to the mobile terminal is calculated. In a radio communication system, under the assumption that each of the mobile terminals performs optimum receiving beamforming in order to receive a data signal from a radio base station that actually sends the data signal to the mobile terminal, optimum receiving beamforming characteristics are estimated for each mobile terminal. Each of radio base stations that share optimum receiving beamforming characteristics calculates precoding characteristics for each mobile terminal according to the optimum receiving beamforming characteristics such that main beams are directed to mobile terminals to which the radio base station sends data signals and null beams are directed to mobile terminals to which the radio base station does not send data signals. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176980 | COOPERATION IN CHANNEL RESERVATION - The present document provides a method, apparatus, and computer program for determining, in a communication device of a first basic service set comprising a group of communication devices of a wireless telecommunication network, a primary channel of a second basic service set different from said first basic service set. Thereafter, the communication device causes transmission of channel identification information defining a location of at least one channel of the first basic service set from the communication device to the second basic service set on the determined primary channel of the second basic service set. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176981 | HARQ SOFT BIT BUFFER PARTITIONING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method, system and device are provided for partitioning a HARQ soft bit buffer between aggregated carriers as a function of carrier-related weighting factors so that the total number of soft buffer bits are efficiently allocated to obtain a plurality of soft buffer partitions for the plurality of aggregated carriers which are sized based on relative carrier-related weighting factors. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176982 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, in relation to a method for a terminal to transmit ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system, an ACK/NACK transmission method includes: receiving at least one Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH); transmitting at least one ACK/NACK corresponding to the at least one PDSCH through a plurality of Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) formats; and, when the at least one ACK/NACK is transmitted using a first PUCCH format, transmitting at least one ACK/NACK in an antenna port transmission mode set for a second PUCCH format. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176983 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE SCHEDULING USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE - Provided is a scheduling method for allocating a discontinuous resource to a user equipment by using carrier aggregation. The scheduling method includes: receiving a power headroom report from the user equipment; determining discontinuous resource blocks to be allocated to the user equipment on the basis of the power headroom report among the remaining unallocated resource blocks, wherein the determined discontinuous resource blocks suppress occurrence of unnecessary emission; and allocating the determined discontinuous resource blocks to the user equipment. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176984 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS DEVICE, PROVIDER SERVER, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless access point superimposes establishment information used for establishing a wireless communication channel between a communication terminal and the own device on a sound signal, and emits a sound wave corresponding to the sound signal to a speaker. The communication terminal acquires the sound signal representing the sound wave detected by a microphone, and extracts the establishment information from the acquired sound signal. The communication terminal transmits the extracted establishment information to the wireless access point to establish the wireless communication channel between the communication terminal and the wireless access point, and conducts a communication through the established wireless communication channel. | 07-11-2013 |
20130176985 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, SWITCHING STATION, AND LOCATION REGISTRATION METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication system includes a mobile station, a packet switching station, and a plurality of location registration devices that perform location management of the mobile station. With respect to the mobile station, after one location registration device is already selected from among the plurality of location registration devices, when the mobile station performs location registration, an NRI (Network Resource Identifier) included in a TMSI (Temporary Mobile Station Identifier) is transmitted to the packet switching station. The packet switching station makes a request for location registration with respect to the one location registration device, based on the NRI. | 07-11-2013 |
20130182650 | Scheduling Transmission of Traffic Treated Less Preferentially Despite Timing Requirements - A source device has a wireless communication interface. Through the wireless communication interface, the source device establishes a communication session over a wireless medium with a sink device and determines a maximum capacity of a buffer at the sink device for receipt of audio samples to be transmitted in packets from the source device to the sink device in an asynchronous connectionless link over the wireless medium. Scheduling access to the wireless medium by the wireless communication interface for transmission of audio samples on the link takes into account the maximum capacity of the buffer. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182651 | Virtual Private Network Client Internet Protocol Conflict Detection - The present disclosure discloses a network device and/or method for virtual private network client Internet Protocol (IP) address conflict detection in the wireless network. The network device receives, from a VPN client, a message that includes a first private IP address corresponding to a VPN client, and re-allocates a second private IP address corresponding to the same VPN client. The second private IP address resolves an IP address conflict between a tentative private IP address allocated for the VPN client by the VPN server within the wireless network and the first private IP address allocated for the VPN client by an ISP server external to the wireless network. The network device also transmits the first private IP address and the second private IP address in a single message, such as a single IP data packet, to the VPN client. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182652 | METHODS AND APPARATUS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus are described for a wireless local area network. In order to improve network throughput for networks with a high number of stations and with wide network coverage, stations are divided into groups, with wireless resources for communications between access points and stations divided and allocated on a group-by-group basis. The stations are then able to compete for usage of the resources allocated to their respective group(s). | 07-18-2013 |
20130182653 | Method and System for Handling of a Transport Block Size Change in an Adaptive Retransmit Order - A method and apparatus for handling a downlink control information indication for retransmission, the method receiving a downlink control information indication for retransmission of a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process; and if a transport block size in the downlink control information has changed compared with a transport block size associated with the HARQ process or a previous uplink grant for the HARQ process: handling the downlink control information indication for retransmission. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182654 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL SIGNALING FOR COMMUINICATION SYSTEMS USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - This invention relates to methods for transmitting and receiving transmit power control commands from a base station to a group of mobile terminals in a OFDM based mobile communication system using component carrier aggregation of plural component carriers. Furthermore, the invention also relates to an implementation of these methods in hardware and software. The invention suggests an efficient scheme for signaling transmit power control commands. In one signaling format multiple TPC commands are sent for the uplink component carriers of a mobile terminal in one TPC message. In another signaling format, the TPC commands for the mobile terminal are signaled in respective TPC messages. A further aspect of the invention is the reduction of signaling overhead by signaling carrier group TPC commands that control the transmit power of a group of component carriers. Similarly, an all carrier TPC command is provided to control the transmit power on all uplink component carriers of a mobile terminal. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182655 | FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH SMALL CELLS - Methods, systems, and devices for utilizing flexible bandwidth carriers for small cells are provided. Bandwidth scaling factor(s) for a small cell may be determined. A flexible bandwidth carrier may be generated for the small cell utilizing the bandwidth scaling factor. Some embodiments provide assistance with active hand-in due to more available PN offsets in the flexible bandwidth domain. Some embodiments enhance small cell discovery with high bandwidth scaling factor beacon-like small cells with little more power than that corresponding to the same power spectral density for normal bandwidth small cell. Some embodiments reduce the interference caused by small cell to macrocell users using an adaptive bandwidth scaling factor for small cells based on number of users supported and their traffic demand, to control the extent of overlap the macrocell has with small cell and the interference to macrocell mobiles. Some embodiments utilize self-configuration for small cells utilizing flexible bandwidth channels. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182656 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PREAMBLE, SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD OF WIRELESS NODE AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The embodiments of the present invention are directed to a method and apparatus that synchronize radio nodes using preambles in a radio communication system. An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of transmitting preambles by a radio node. The method includes generating a first preamble indicating a system bandwidth and a carrier configuration, generating a second preamble indicating a segment identifier used for obtaining a node identifier, allocating the first preamble to a first preamble carrier set, allocating the second preamble to a second preamble carrier set corresponding to the segment identifier, and transmitting the first preamble to a receiving node through the first preamble carrier set and the second preamble to the receiving node through the second preamble carrier set. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182657 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MOBILITY EVENTS IN A DUAL-FREQUENCY DUAL-CELL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method operable at a user equipment configured for wireless communication over a dual-frequency, dual-cell network is disclosed includes a primary carrier and a secondary carrier. The method includes maintaining an active set corresponding to the primary carrier; maintaining a virtual active set corresponding to the secondary carrier; and transmitting a control signal including a virtual mobility event corresponding to a change in the virtual active set. An apparatus for performing the method is also disclosed. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182658 | PHR PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a PHR processing method and device in carrier aggregation system, and the method comprises the following steps: user equipment (UE) acquires pathloss change corresponding to uplink carrier in activation state at present; said user equipment judges whether PHR is triggered according to said pathloss change; if it is triggered, said user equipment shall acquire the power headroom (PH) information to be reported and report said PH information. In embodiments of the present invention, UE can trigger PHR according to pathloss change on uplink carrier in activation state at present in carrier aggregation system. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182659 | TECHNIQUES FOR IMPROVING CONTROL CHANNEL ACQUISITION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A technique of operating a wireless communication system includes determining respective geometries of multiple subscriber stations, which include a first subscriber station and a second subscriber station, with respect to a serving base station. Respective control channels, which include a first control channel associated with the first subscriber station and a second control channel associated with the second subscriber station, for the multiple subscriber stations are then scheduled based on the respective geometries. The first control channel is scheduled to be encountered earlier in a control channel search procedure, of the one or more control channel symbols, than the second control channel. The first subscriber station has a lower geometry than the second subscriber station. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182660 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RECEIVING DEVICE - In a wireless communication system for performing wireless communication using a white space, a receiving station includes an interference suppression processing part which performs processing to reduce interference which is received by the signal transmitted from a transmitting station at a frequency of the white space, a receiving quality estimation part which estimates communication quality of the communication using the frequency of the white space based on the signal processed by the interference suppression processing part, and a receiving quality informing part which transmits to the transmitting station the communication quality information estimated by the receiving quality estimation part. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182661 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINATION OF ADDITIONAL MAXIMUM POWER REDUCTION TABLE BASED ON CONTROL CHANNEL LOCATION INDICES - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprising at least one processor; and at least one memory including computer program code; the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to receive first signaling from a wireless network specifying that stricter co-existence limits are in use for uplink transmissions; receive second signaling from the wireless network specifying at least one resource block index defining a location of an uplink control channel; and determine, responsive to the first signaling, at least one region of an additional maximum power reduction table based on the signaled at least one resource block index. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182662 | DATA UNIT FORMAT FOR SINGLE USER BEAMFORMING IN LONG-RANGE WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (WLANS) - A method includes generating a preamble of a first data unit according to a first format. Generating the preamble of the first data unit according to the first format includes generating a first preamble portion of the first data unit and generating a second preamble portion of the first data unit. The first preamble portion of the first data unit includes information indicating to a receiving device that the first data unit is a single-user data unit, and the second preamble portion of the first data unit follows the first preamble portion of the first data unit. The method also includes applying a beamforming steering matrix to the second preamble portion of the first data unit but not to the first preamble portion of the first data unit. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182663 | MAXIMUM POWER REDUCTION FOR INTERFERENCE CONTROL IN ADJACENT CHANNELS - Techniques for determining power relaxation values are disclosed. The power relaxation values may be determined according to an ending resource block (RB) and a number of RBs in a contiguous allocation. In one aspect, the power relaxation values are arranged into regions based, at least in part, on transmission channel bandwidths and the distance from a protected adjacent channel. A user equipment (UE) can determine a power relaxation value for its current allocation using the ending RB index and contiguous RB length and can adjust its transmission power accordingly. Evolved NodeBs may estimate the power relaxation that a particular UE has selected in order to more accurately determine the transmit power available to the UE. Using the more accurate estimate of transmit power, the eNB may schedule the UE for uplink transmissions accordingly. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182664 | Resource Configuration for EPDCCH - A system and method for providing both localized and distributed transmission modes for EPDCCH is disclosed, where one EPDCCH comprises of one or multiple CCEs. Localized versus distributed transmission may be defined in terms of the EPDCCH to CCE resource mapping. In a localized transmission CCEs are restricted to be contained within one PRB. In a distributed transmission a CCE spans over multiple PRBs. A UE can be configured to either receive the EPDCCH only in localized or only in distributed transmissions. A UE can also be configured to expect EPDCCH transmissions in both localized and distributed transmissions. In each PRB configured by the higher layer as an EPDCCH resource, 24 REs that may be used for any DMRS transmission are always reserved and not used for EPDCCH transmission. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182665 | Method and Apparatus for Candidate List Generation for Uplink V-MINO - A method selects mobile station candidates for use with virtual multiple-input multiple-output (“V-MIMO”) in a communication system. The communication system includes at least one base station and a plurality of mobile stations. At least one downlink metric is determined for a first mobile station. The at least one downlink metric is used to determine eligibility for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection. Responsive to determining that the first mobile station is eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection, the first mobile station is paired with a second mobile station eligible for uplink V-MIMO candidate list selection. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182666 | BIDIRECTIONAL ITERATIVE BEAM FORMING - Bidirectional iterative beam forming techniques are described. An apparatus may include a wireless device having an antenna control module operative to initiate beam formation operations using an iterative training scheme to form a pair of communications channels for a wireless network, the antenna control module to communicate training signals and feedback information with a peer device via the transceiver and phased antenna array using partially or fully formed high rate channels, and iteratively determine antenna-array weight vectors for a directional transmit beam pattern for the phased antenna array using feedback information from the peer device. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182667 | HIGHLY DETECTABLE PILOT STRUCTURE - Aspects describe a Highly Detectable Pilot that allows a mobile device to detect more base stations and, thus, can provide more accuracy in location estimate. A highly detectable pilot can be transmitted in a portion of one or more data symbols that are not currently being utilized for transmission of data. Transmission of the highly detectable pilot in two data symbols provide a receiver with more convergence time, however, it can take the receiver a longer amount of time to acquire an adequate number of pilots for a location estimate. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182668 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING CARRIER STATE IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for processing carrier state in a carrier aggregation system and a User Equipment (UE) are provided, so as to avoid the random access failure caused by current deactivation mode of the Secondary Component Carrier (SCC). In one embodiment of the present invention, the method includes: performing a random access on a SCCs pair; stopping or ignoring a deactivation timer of a downlink SCC of the SCCs pair before the random access succeeds. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182669 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130182670 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for multiplexing a data information stream, including a systematic symbol and a non-systematic symbol, and a control information stream of at least three types in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping the data information stream to a resource area so that the systematic symbol is not mapped to a specific resource area to which the control information stream is mapped, and mapping the control information stream to the specific resource area. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182671 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To notify the control information necessary for uplink MIMO transmission while reducing overhead, generated is a UL grant having the PMI/RI field and non-transmission/swap flag field of 1 bit indicative of a transport block made non-transmission and the presence or absence of a swap of control information between two transport blocks corresponding to a value of the PMI/RI field, a downlink control channel signal including the UL grant is transmitted to a mobile station apparatus, and the transport block made non-transmission and the presence or absence of a swap of control information between two transport blocks is determined from the non-transmission/swap flag of the UL grant. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182672 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides a mobile terminal apparatus and a radio communication method which can feed back precoders that are essential to generate precoding weights in downlink MIMO transmission. With the present invention, in the first mode to feed back subband second PMIs that are selected per bandwidth part through a physical uplink control channel, a subband second PMI and a wideband second PMI are selected from a second codebook, the subband second PMI and the wideband second PMI are multiplexed on a subframe, and the multiplex signals is transmitted to a radio base station apparatus through the above physical uplink control channel. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182673 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method capable of preventing the increase in amount of signaling for uplink scheduling when allocation resource blocks are allocated in a discontiguous manner. The base station apparatus ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130182674 | Transmission of Reference Signals - Resources for reference signalling on at least one component carrier of a plurality of aggregated component carriers can be determined by a station. Information indicative the at least one component carrier and the associated resources is then communicated to another station for configuration of the other station. A trigger is then sent for reference signalling, and in response to the trigger, at least one reference signal is sent from the other station using the indicated at least one component carrier and resources. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182675 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and to an apparatus for the same. The present invention relates to a method and to a device for said method which comprises the steps of selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources, and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs by using the selected uplink control channel resource. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182676 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA). The present invention provides a method for allowing a terminal to transmit control information to a base station in a wireless communication system, and the method comprises receiving from said base station at least one physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and one physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) through at least one serving cell that is configured in said terminal; and transmitting to said base station first control information which has bundled at least a portion of the control information for said PDCCH reception or the PDSCH reception that is indicated by said PDCCHs, wherein said first control information is transmitted using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource corresponding to a second control information, and said second control information can be related to a PDCCH which was last detected by said terminal among said received PDCCHs. | 07-18-2013 |
20130182677 | Methods and Arrangements for Transmission of Paging in a Communication System - The present invention relates a radio network node ( | 07-18-2013 |
20130182678 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD OF BASE STATION - A base station dynamically changes a CQI report format of a communication terminal under control thereof. A base station | 07-18-2013 |
20130188564 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM - A scheduler performs per sub-band prioritization allocation of sub-bands to user terminals to generate a pre-allocation schedule. The prioritization is performed independently for each sub-band. The resulting pre-allocation schedule indicates the relative priorities of the user terminals for each sub-band taking into account the channel conditions and specific needs of the user terminals. Based on the pre-allocation schedule, the scheduler can more efficiently allocate the radio resources to the user terminals based on the channel conditions and the specific needs of the user terminals. The scheduling approach is suitable for parallel computing architectures. The use of a parallel computing architecture increases MIPS (million instructions per second) capacity and allows faster scheduling in order to meet stringent real-time constraints. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188565 | System and Method for Coordinating Multiple Wireless Communications Devices in a Wireless Communications Network - A method for allocating radio resources by a coordinating wireless communications device in a wireless communications network. The wireless communications network occupies a plurality of narrow-band channels. The method includes: obtaining supported narrow-band channels supported by a wireless communications device joining the wireless communications network, the supported narrow-band channels including a first subset of the narrow-band channels; partitioning the plurality of narrow-band channels into a set of non-overlapping operating channels, each of the non-overlapping operating channels including a second subset of the narrow-band channels; assigning the wireless communications device to an assigned non-overlapping operating channel, wherein the bandwidth of the assigned non-overlapping operating channel is less or equal to the bandwidth of the supported narrow-band channels supported by the wireless communications device; and allocating the radio resources to the wireless communications device, wherein the wireless communications device exchanges data with other wireless communications devices. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188566 | LTE ENHANCEMENTS FOR SMALL PACKET TRANSMISSIONS - Disclosed in some examples is a method of wireless resource block assignment in a long term evolution wireless network including creating a downlink control information message for a user equipment, the downlink control information message comprising: a resource block assignment field which indicates up to N physical resource blocks scheduled to the user equipment by specifying an index into a plurality of all possible physical resource block allocations of between 1 and N resource blocks, wherein the resource block assignment field comprises at most a number of bits necessary to address all of the possible physical resource block allocations for assignments of 1 to N physical resource blocks, and wherein N is less than a total number of physical resource blocks; and sending the downlink control information over a physical downlink control channel using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188567 | PSMP-Based Downlink Multi-User MIMO Communications - A scheduling-based down-link MU-MIMO mechanism is proposed in a wireless communication system. An access point transmits a first scheduling message to a plurality of stations. The first scheduling message reserves a first transmission burst for channel sounding. The AP then transmits a sounding signal and in response receives channel state information (CSI) from the plurality of stations. Based on the CSI, the AP performs MU-MIMO encoding and applies transmit beamforming (precoding). The AP transmits a second scheduling message that reserves a second transmission burst for MU-MIMO transmission. The AP then transmits downlink data streams to multiple stations simultaneously. Finally, the AP receives uplink acknowledgements from the stations. In one embodiment, the scheduling-based MU-MIMO is implemented using PSMP scheduling technique. PSMP-based downlink MU-MIMO allows both 802.11n and 802.11ac stations to process multiple spatial streams with reduced complexity, enhanced performance, and significant power saving. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188568 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUSES AND RELATED METHODS - An embodiment of the invention provides a method to be performed by a first wireless communication apparatus in communicating with a second wireless communication apparatus. First, the first wireless communication apparatus determines whether a plurality of sub-channels are simultaneously available for the second wireless communication apparatus. Then, the first wireless communication apparatus simultaneously uses the sub-channels to transmit a plurality of divergent copies of a data segment to the second wireless communication apparatus, respectively, if the sub-channels are simultaneously available for the second wireless communication apparatus. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188569 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - An apparatus and method to facilitate provision of acknowledgement signals in a wireless communications network are disclosed herein. An evolved node B (eNodeB) transmits radio resource control (RRC) signals indicating inclusion of an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (ARQ) indicator channel (e-PHICH) in a radio frame. The eNodeB configures the radio frame including the e-PHICH. At least one subframe of the radio frame includes a first resource block (RB) associated with a first UE, a second RB associated with a second UE, and a third RB. The first RB includes a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) control region in a Slot | 07-25-2013 |
20130188570 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIO - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for reporting power headroom in a carrier aggregation context. By applying the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention, PHR MAC CE and a corresponding MAC sub-header are determined according to the number of uplink component carriers needing to report power headroom and a type of the power headroom to be reported, and indication information such as length information of the PHR MAC CE, type information of the power headroom, and information about whether the power headroom is virtual power headroom is carried therein, so that a base station can precisely obtain the power headroom of each uplink component carrier. In this way, the problem that the PHR MAC CE format in the current LTE Rel-8/9 is not applicable to an LTE-A system is solved. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188571 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNEL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A channel allocation apparatus in a communication system includes: a receiving unit configured to receive terminal information containing transmission mode information of a plurality of stations (STAs) from the STAs; a checking unit configured to check transmission modes of the STAs and check a frequency band available for the STAs; an allocating unit configured to allocate channels of an allocable frequency band in the available frequency band to the STAs, according to the transmission modes of the STAs; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit channel allocation information on the channels allocated to the STAs to the STAs. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188572 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation apparatus in a communication system includes an identification unit configured to identify a new frequency band for transmission and reception of data between a plurality of terminals and a first access point, and identify a first frequency band which is being used by a second access point in the new frequency band; a setting unit configured to divide the new frequency band into sub bands of a basic frequency band, and set priorities of the sub bands; and an allocation unit configured to allocate the sub bands in correspondence to the priorities, for transmission and reception of data between the plurality of terminals and the first access point. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188573 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes a first access unit and a second access unit. The first access unit accesses a first radio network. The second access unit accesses a second radio network that performs higher-speed communication than the first radio network. When a packet connection request is made while the radio communication apparatus is in a service area of the first radio network, the second access unit accesses the second radio network, and attempts to make a connection to the second radio network. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188574 | TRANSCEIVER HOPPING COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a wireless communications system configured to efficiently operate within an arbitrarily and uniquely defined set of channels. Each one of the set of channels has an assigned digital radio transceiver instance configured to operate according to transmission requirements that are unique to the corresponding channel. A set of digital radio transceiver instances comprises a meta-transceiver, which enables communications to one or more other devices via one or more digital radio transceiver instances. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188575 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) method and an apparatus in a communication system are provided. The method includes receiving, by a Subscriber Station (SS), first data from at least one first member Base Station (BS) among member BSs of a cooperative cell, when the cooperative cell is configured with the member BSs to provide a communication service to the SS, generating a response signal indicating a reception result of the first data, and transmitting the response signal to at least one predefined second member BS from among the member BSs. The member BSs include a master BS for controlling communication of the member BSs and at least one slave BS for communicating with the SS under the control of the master BS. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188576 | Systems and Methods for Uplink Resource Allocation - A method embodiment for transmission scheduling includes implementing, by a first base station (BS), a soft-persistent scheduling scheme. The soft-persistent scheduling scheme includes allocating a first resource block to a first UE and other resource blocks to other UEs for a first transmission time interval (TTI), calculating a first priority of the first UE for the first resource block for a second TTI, wherein calculating the first priority involves including a first bonus in the first priority, and wherein the second TTI is later than the first TTI, calculating other priorities for the other UEs and the other resource blocks for the second TTI, and allocating the first and the other resource blocks to the first and other UEs for the second TTI in accordance with the first priority of the first UE as modified by the first bonus and the other priorities of the other UEs. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188577 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN AND ASSOCIATION FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus for designing a Reference Signal (RS) used by a User Equipment (UE) to obtain respective channel estimates for demodulating respective Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs), for determining at a UE a number of resource blocks to include for a reception of a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH), for determining at a UE a RS antenna port in order to enable spatial multiplexing of Enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH) transmissions to different UEs, and for supporting Quadrature Amplitude Modulation 16 (QAM | 07-25-2013 |
20130188578 | HIGH CAPACITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for wirelessly communicating at a multi-mode wireless modem. In accordance with a disclosed method, a single carrier wireless channel may be selected from one of a line of sight (LOS) band or a non-line of sight (NLOS) band for receiving an incoming cyclically prefixed single carrier signal. The modem may be capable of receiving signals over both the LOS band and the NLOS band. A cyclic prefix length associated with the incoming single carrier signal may be tuned based on an estimated delay spread of the selected single carrier wireless channel. A cyclic prefix of the cyclic prefix length may be identified and removed from the incoming single carrier signal over the selected single carrier wireless channel. Frequency domain equalization on the incoming single carrier signal may be performed following the removal of the cyclic prefix. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188579 | MIMO/XPIC RECEIVER - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for receiving a plurality of spatially multiplexed multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) single carrier signals in a wireless modem. The signals may be received over multiple antennas associated with the modem, and a multiplication stage of frequency domain equalization may be performed on each of the signals in multiple branches of the modem. Each of the branches may be transformed to a time domain after performing the multiplication stage. An identified differential phase error between the different antennas may then be suppressed in the time domain by rotating a phase of at least one of the signals in each of a number of pairs of the branches. A summation stage of equalization may be performed on a sample-by-sample basis in the time domain on each of the signals after suppressing the identified differential phase error. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188580 | Power Scaling in Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a control command for transmission of a random access preamble on a first cell. The wireless device transmits the random access preamble in parallel with a first control packet, a second packet and/or a third packet. The wireless device determines a transmission power for the random access preamble. If a total calculated transmission power exceeds a predefined value, the wireless device reducing or scaling linear transmission power of one or more of the at least one parallel uplink transmission considering a higher priority for the transmission power of the random access preamble. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188581 | Sounding in Multicarrier Wireless Communications - A wireless device transmits one or more sounding reference signals in parallel with transmission of at least one of a first preamble and a first packet. The wireless device is configured to not transmit a first sounding reference signal if at least one of the following conditions is satisfied: a) the first sounding reference signal transmission and a second preamble transmission coincide in the same subframe of the same cell group, b) the wireless device has insufficient power to transmit the first sounding reference signal in parallel with at least one of a third preamble and a second packet. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188582 | Multicarrier Signal Transmission in Wireless Communications - A wireless device receives a control command for transmission of a random access preamble on a first cell in the plurality of cells. A fourth packet is scheduled for parallel uplink transmission with the random access preamble transmission. The fourth packet is one of a first control packet, a second packet and a third packet. The wireless device transmits the random access preamble. The wireless device transmits the fourth packet in parallel with the random access preamble, unless the random access preamble and the fourth packet are scheduled for transmission in the same cell group. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188583 | METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK RESPONSE SIGNALS - A method for transmitting uplink response signals is provided. In the method, at the terminal device side, the signal which represents whether the transmission block is received correctly is sent in Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) corresponding to the specific transmission block, so that a Base Station (BS) is informed which transmission blocks are received correctly. The base station device side determines that the transmission blocks excluding the transmission blocks which are determined to be received correctly are retransmitted according to the feedback response signals instead of retransmitting all the transmission blocks, thus improving the efficiency of data transmission, reducing the unnecessary retransmission, and benefiting full use of the communication resources. The related terminal device and base station device for implementing the method are also provided. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188584 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND METHOD IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A user apparatus transmits an uplink control signal to a base station apparatus using a single carrier scheme. The user apparatus includes: a unit configured to prepare acknowledgement information indicating positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement for a downlink data signal based on a result of demodulation of the downlink data signal; a unit configured to prepare channel state information indicating reception quality of a downlink reference signal; a unit configured to channel-code multiplexed control information in which the acknowledgement information and the channel state information are multiplexed to prepare the uplink control signal; and a unit configured to transmit the uplink control signal using dedicated resources different from resources for an uplink data signal. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188585 | UPLINK FEEDBACK CHANNEL REPORTING MECHANISM IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - An uplink feedback channel reporting method is disclosed for using the primary and secondary fast feedback channels to efficiently report the channel quality, MIMO feedback, and CQI types of data from a mobile station to a base station. The reporting method reports regular information periodically and non-regular information on demand. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188586 | Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Associations for Downlink Semi-Persistent Scheduling - Disclosed is a user equipment in a wireless communication system, configured to receive a first initial transmission associated with a first Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) process; receive a second initial transmission associated with a second HARQ process; and receive at least one retransmission associated with the first HARQ process, wherein when the second initial transmission occurs before the at least one retransmission, the second HARQ process assigned an HARQ process ID that is different from an HARQ process ID assigned to the first HARQ, and wherein when the second initial transmission occurs after the at least one retransmission, the second HARQ process assigned an HARQ process ID that is the same as an HARQ process ID assigned to the first HARQ process. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188587 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system, the method including: reserving a preassigned scheduling request (SR) physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmission of a SR; determining a frequency domain sequence and an orthogonal sequence based on the preassigned SR PUCCH resource; spreading an ACK/NACK for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) with the frequency domain sequence and the orthogonal sequence to generate a mapped sequence; and transmitting the mapped sequence. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188588 | Signaling for Configurable Dual-Cluster Resource Assignments - A virtual resource block VRB tree is configured according to granularity of resource blocks RBs, cluster size options and frequency span, at least one of which is signaled on a downlink A first cluster of RBs is identified by a first resource allocation RA index and selected from the configured VRB tree. A second cluster of RBs, separated in frequency from the selected first cluster of RBs and identified by a second RA index, is selected from the configured VRB tree. The selected first and second clusters of RBs selected from the configured VRB tree is mapped to respective first and second clusters of uplink physical RBs. Certain frequency band combinations of two RB clusters may be made illegal for various reasons. The granularity of RB may be Me {1, 2, 3, 4} physical RBs, and the cluster size options may be an integer k multiple of M. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188589 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus controls the transmission method of uplink signals to efficiently transmit uplink control information, while avoiding increase of overhead of the control information. The mobile station apparatus has a reception processing unit | 07-25-2013 |
20130188590 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile communication system and a communication method are provided in which, a base station apparatus can efficiently allocate, to a mobile station apparatus, an uplink resource for transmitting information indicating an ACK/NACK for downlink data. The mobile station apparatus that communicates with the base station apparatus, comprising: a scheduling unit configured to determine two physical uplink control channel resources for a transmission using a physical downlink shared channel in a case that a downlink transmission mode that supports the transmission of up to two downlink transport blocks using the physical downlink shared channel is configured for the secondary cell, and a physical downlink control channel that indicates the transmission using the physical downlink shared channel on the secondary cell is detected on the secondary cell. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188591 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel state information for downlink multicarrier transmission comprises the following steps: generating channel state information for one or more downlink carriers; if two or more channel state information types for one or more downlink carriers collide in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) region of one uplink carrier, determining the channel state information type to be transmitted in the PUCCH region of one uplink carrier on the basis of the priority established in accordance with the reporting period of each piece of channel state information; and transmitting the channel state information corresponding to the determined channel state information type, wherein the priority may be established such that the channel state information having a longer reporting period has a higher priority than that of the channel state information having a shorter reporting period. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188592 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information when a plurality of cells are configured, comprising the following steps: receiving PDCCH; generating reception reply information on PDSCH which corresponds to the PDCCH; and transmitting the reception reply information through PUCCH. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188593 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL INFORMATION FEEDBACK AND A TERMINAL - The disclosure provides a method for channel information feedback and a terminal, applied in an 8 antennae system, comprising: a terminal acquires the channel information which comprises PMI1 information and RI information; the terminal jointly encodes the PMI1 information and RI information into a 5 bit Report Type; the terminal feeds back the Report Type on a physical uplink control channel. The disclosure solves the poor transmission performance of the system caused by high overhead of channel information feedback in the related arts, thus improving the performance of the terminal to feed back information and improving the transmission performance of the system. | 07-25-2013 |
20130188594 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION ON A PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The invention relates to a method for mitigating interference on a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) used by at least two cells (C | 07-25-2013 |
20130195019 | INITIAL ACCESS IN CELLS WITHOUT COMMON REFERENCE SIGNALS - Frequency resources for common control regions of a control channel are defined or determined as a function of at least bandwidth and an identifier of a specific cell. Communications between a wireless network and a mobile device are then done using the defined/determined frequency resources of the common control regions of the control channel. In the non-limiting embodiments: the bandwidth is bandwidth of a cell or of a component carrier; the frequency resources are defined/determined further as a function of an offset value; the common control regions are of an ePDCCH and the offset value differs from a channel edge offset value for common control regions of all other ePDCCHs of all other adjacent cells or all other transmit nodes in the same cell; and the frequency resources comprise frequency stripes (which may be interleaved by resource element groups) distributed in frequency across the bandwidth. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195020 | SEARCH SPACE ARRANGEMENT FOR CONTROL CHANNEL - Control channels can benefit from a search space arrangement. For example, an evolved or enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) in the long term evolution advanced (LTE-A) physical layer can benefit in its design from a search space arrangement. A method can include indicating a control channel search space by a pair of parameters. The pair of parameters can include a physical resource block index and an explicit control channel element index. The method can also include transmitting on the control channel within the search space. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195021 | TABLE-BASED RESOURCE MAPPING FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM BASE STATION - A transmitter comprises resource mapping circuitry configured to map symbols from multiple control channels to transmission symbols in a base station of a wireless system. The resource mapping circuitry comprises a table-based mapper configured to receive the control channel symbols and to map those symbols to the transmission symbols utilizing at least a selected one of a plurality of tables providing respective distinct mappings between the control channel symbols and the transmission symbols. For example, each of the transmission symbols may comprise a plurality of resource groups and the tables may specify distinct mappings of the control channels symbols to resource groups for different sets of possible base station parameter values. In one embodiment, the control channels comprise a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH), a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) of an LTE cellular system. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195022 | DATA BROADCASTING WITH A PREPARE-TO-BROADCAST MESSAGE - Techniques for broadcasting data in a multi-channel network having a control channel and multiple data channels are described. A node wishing to broadcast data may determine a particular data channel from among the multiple data channels, a modulation technique, and a data rate to be utilized to broadcast the data. The broadcasting node may transmit a message over the control channel indicating that the data will be broadcast on the particular data channel using the modulation technique and at the determined data rate. The broadcasting node and a node wishing to receive the data may switch to the particular data channel. The broadcast node may broadcast the data over the particular data channel, while the receiving node may receive the data. After broadcasting the data or a predetermined time period has expired, the broadcasting node and receiving node may switch to the control channel. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195023 | MUTUAL INFORMATION BASED SIGNAL TO INTERFERENCE PLUS NOISE RATIO ESTIMATOR FOR RADIO LINK MONITORING - An effective SINR mapping based approach can be used to average the MI or RBIR values corresponding to narrowband SINR values in frequency between the resource blocks of the E-UTRA grid structure and then to estimate the downlink radio link quality from the averaged mutual information domain value by mapping it back to wideband SINR value covering the whole or partial E-UTRA system bandwidth. This wideband SINR value can then be further averaged in time and used as a downlink radio link quality estimate for E-UTRA radio link monitoring. Mutual information based effective SINR mapping is one example of an effective SINR mapping based approach. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195024 | Communication Method of Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission Systems - A communication method of coordinated multi-point transmission systems. Based on the Zadoff-Chu sequences, multiple training sequences are implemented, and the training sequences are a set of robust orthogonal training sequence (ROTS). Preamble signals that use the set of training sequences can be transmitted from multiple base stations/relay stations at the same time. In the case with the mixture signal of multiple preamble signals, user equipment can still use the received signal to estimate multiple carrier frequency offsets of the corresponding base stations/relay stations. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195025 | UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - Disclosed embodiments may include an apparatus having one or more processors coupled to one or more computer-readable storage media. The one or more processors may be configured to transmit and/or receive channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information, demodulation reference signals (DM-RS), uplink sounding reference signals (SRS), and power control parameters to support uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) operations. Other embodiments may be disclosed. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195026 | CENTRALIZED CONTROL OF INTRA-CELL DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - An apparatus and method to centrally establish and control intra-cell device-to-device connections on licensed bands of a wireless communications network are disclosed herein. An eNodeB receives a request from a first device to communicate with a second device or a request from the first device for content or service. The eNodeB schedules a device discovery between the first device and at least a candidate device. The eNodeB determines establishing the device-to-device connection between the first device and the candidate device based on a discovery report generated by one of the first or candidate device. The discovery report comprises information about signal quality of transmission from the other one of the first or candidate device that is received by the one of the first or candidate device during the scheduled device discovery. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195027 | Method and Apparatus for Channel Fallback in Enhanced Cell Forward Access Channel Dedicated Channel - The described aspects include a user equipment (UE) apparatus, network apparatus, and corresponding methods of using fallback resources for communication. The UE can indicate fallback information to a network apparatus specifying whether fallback resources are preferred for communicating uplink data and can receive a fallback decision from the network apparatus specifying whether fallback resources are to be used for communicating the uplink data. The UE can then determine whether to communicate the uplink data to the network apparatus based in part on the fallback decision. The network apparatus can receive a preamble from a UE related to requesting access for transmitting uplink data and can determine a fallback decision specifying whether the UE is to utilize fallback resources in communicating the uplink data. The network apparatus then communicates the fallback decision to the UE. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195028 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL ENHANCEMENT TO SUPPORT UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT - Systems and techniques for sounding reference signal enhancement to support uplink coordinated multipoint are described herein. A sounding reference signal may be assigned to a user equipment based on a relationship between the user equipment and a cell edge of a cell served by a wireless network device and serving the user equipment. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195029 | Method and System for Supporting Incompatible Channelization of a Wireless Communications System - A method of supporting incompatible channelization in a wireless communications system is provided. A coordinating device determines a first set of physical parameters of a first wireless channel. The first set of physical parameters includes a channel bandwidth, a central frequency, a transmit power limit, and a modulation and coding scheme. The coordinating device establishes communication with a first set of communications devices over the first wireless channel. The coordinating device then broadcasts a channel-adjustment message and determines a protection period. The channel-adjustment message comprises a set of instructions on how to adjust to a second set of physical parameters of a second wireless channel. A second set of communications devices adjust physical parameters based on the channel-adjustment message. Finally, the coordinating device communicates with the second set of communications devices over the second wireless channel during the protection period. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195030 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - Systems and methods avoid the need to coordinate preambles between UEs performing random access on their PCells and SCells. According to an embodiment, a method for random access in a radio communication system includes: transmitting, by a network node, a random access response including a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) which has a first value if the random access is associated with a first cell and a second value if the random access is associated with a second cell, the first value being different than the second value and the first cell being different from the second cell. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195031 | Methods and Network Nodes for Scheduling Transmission - A radio network node ( | 08-01-2013 |
20130195032 | Apparatus and Method Relating to a Power Quotient Used in a Telecommunications System - There is provided a method for implicitly signaling a power quotient to a user equipment, the power quotient providing a relationship between a reference signal and a data signal. The method comprises the steps of receiving a downlink control signal from a radio base station, the downlink control signal containing an index signal that is provided for indicating a modulation and/or coding scheme being used by the radio base station, and using the index signal to determine a power quotient that is to be used by the user equipment. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195033 | Apparatus and Method for Optimization of Access Stratum Bearer Signaling in Radio Resource Control Connection Establishment - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, a method is disclosed that comprises receiving at a network element a request message from a user equipment to establish a connection with the user equipment, and in response to the received request message, generating a reply message including an access stratum bearer information without contacting another network element. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195034 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and device for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system. A base station: maps each demodulation reference signal (DMRS) of each of a plurality of layers into a first resource element (RE) set and a second resource element set including four resource elements over four orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols within a subframe; allocates first orthogonal cover codes (OCCs) having a length of 4 to each DMRS mapped into said first resource element set; allocates second OCCs having a length of 4 to each DMRS mapped into said second resource element set; and transmits each DMRS mapped into said first resource element set and said second resource element set. Said subframe includes two slots, and each slot includes six OFDM symbols. Said second OCC are formed by respectively swapping positions of bits that constitute said first OCCs. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195035 | MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - Disclosed is a mobile terminal device and a radio base station apparatus capable of effectively feeding back PMIs by selecting a precoder using double codebooks W | 08-01-2013 |
20130195036 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NARROWBAND CHANNEL SELECTION - Systems, methods, and devices for narrowband channel selection in a wireless communications network are described herein. In one aspect, a wireless communications device includes a receiver, processor, and transmitter. The receiver is configured to wirelessly receive messages from a first device over a plurality of channels. The processor is configured to estimate a quality of each channel based on one message received from the first device over each channel, select for wireless communication a first channel of the plurality of channels based on the estimated quality of each channel, and prepare a selection message indicating selection of the first channel for wireless communication. The transmitter is configured to transmit the selection message to the first device. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195037 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING PREFIXES INDICATIVE OF MOBILITY PROPERTIES IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method includes receiving an Internet protocol (IP) address request in a network and selecting an IP address associated with a prefix that represents an IP subnet. The prefix includes a color attribute to be provided as part of a communication session that includes a plurality of packets. The prefix defines one or more properties associated with an application for the session. The prefix is communicated to a network element in a signaling plane, the prefix is configured to be used to make a routing decision for at least some of the plurality of packets. In more specific embodiments, the method can include applying one or more network policies based on the prefix associated with the IP address. The method could also include decrypting an encryption protocol in order to identify the prefix of a subsequent communication flow, and executing a routing decision based on the prefix. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195038 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PRIORITY BASED SESSION AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - Systems, methods, and devices for priority based management of the connections between a device and a network are described herein. In some aspects, a device may include multiple applications with different access priorities. As a result of a mobility event, such as change in location or resuming operation after an idle period, the device may be configured to transmit a signal indicating its status. The signal may include an access priority value. Various methods and systems for determining an access priority value for devices configured to support one or more access priorities are described. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195039 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPONENT CARRIER AGGREGATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a downlink subframe having multiple component carriers, each component carrier having control information encoded in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The WTRU performs a blind decoding of control information in a first PDCCH located within a first component carrier to obtain a location of a second PDCCH located within a second component carrier, where the location of the second PDCCH is relative to a location of the first PDCCH as control channel element offset. The WTRU decodes the second PDCCH at the obtained location. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195040 | GEOGRAPHIC LOCATING REMOTE ENDPOINT MONITOR DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHODOLOGY THEREOF - A phase-locked loop frequency synthesizer includes an L-state pulse width modulator configured to receive a reference frequency signal and at least one entry from a frequency table, and to output at least one N/N+1 modulus signals corresponding to the at least one entry from the frequency table. The synthesizer includes a divide by N/N+1 controllable modulus divider configured to receive the at least one N/N+1 modulus signals and to divide the output frequency signal by the at least one N/N+1 modulus signals to generate a second reference frequency signal. The synthesizer includes a phase frequency detector configured to receive the reference frequency signal and the second reference frequency signal and to generate an error signal. The synthesizer also includes a filter network configured to receive the error signal and to output a voltage; and a voltage controlled oscillator configured to receive the voltage and to generate the output frequency signal. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195041 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING COMMUNICATION FOR LOW CAPABILITY DEVICES - Methods and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) with reduced processing capabilities (e.g., Machine Type Communication (MTC) UE) to transmit and receive signaling are provided. The Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats scheduling a transmission of a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or a reception of a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH) are designed and have a smaller size than respective DCI formats for conventional UEs. DCI formats scheduling PUSCHs to or PDSCHs for a group of MTC UEs are also designed and can have a same size as DCI formats scheduling PUSCH or PDSCH for an individual MTC UE. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195042 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for providing a service in a next-generation wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, upon recognizing an initial access by a Subscriber Station (SS), resource allocation information indicating resources allocated for channel quality reports by the SS to the SS by a master Base Station (BS) serving the SS, determining at least one slave BS that serves the SS and constitutes a first cloud cell, using the channel quality reports received from the SS, and exchanging data with the SS together with the at least one slave BS. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195043 | REGIONAL AND NARROW BAND COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL (CRS) FOR USER EQUIPMENT (UE) RELAYS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for assigning resources for common reference signal (CRS) transmissions from user equipment (UE) relays. Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques to use minimum possible resources for transmission of CRS in an attempt to reduce interference, reduce power consumption while providing appropriate reference for channel measurement and demodulation. In an aspect, a wireless node (e.g., a UE relay station) may determine resources for transmission of CRS in a subframe based, at least in part, on a type of one or more channels to be transmitted in the subframe, and may transmit the CRS using the determined resources. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195044 | Method For Transmission Of An E-DCH Control Channel In MIMO Operations - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to determine rank, offset, or inter-stream interference control information, for example, which may be associated with uplink MIMO operations. A method to control a WTRU may include receiving a special E-RNTI that is associated with a channel. The channel may be associated with a rank indication. The channel may be an E-AGCH-like channel. The channel may have a similar encoding structure as an E-AGCH. The channel may be an E-ROCH. The channel may be received, and it may be determined that the channel is associated with the special E-RNTI. At least one of a rank or an offset may be determined, and the WTRU may be configured with the determined rank or offset. An inter-stream interference (ISI) offset may be received, for example, via RRC signaling, and may be applied to an uplink transmission of a primary stream. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195045 | REPORTING OF MULTIPLE PROCESSES FOR APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting Channel State Information (CSI) having a reporting mode and being transmitted from a User Equipment (UE) over a PUSCH transmission in an Uplink (UL) cell associated with a Downlink (DL) cell in response to the UE receiving a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format that includes a CSI request field indicating CSI transmission corresponding to one of CSI process sets associated with measurements of respective reference signals are provided. The method includes obtaining, from the CSI request field, an indication of a CSI process set for a CSI transmission; and transmitting the CSI for the CSI process set indicated by the CSI request field, wherein the CSI request field includes 2 bits of a first CSI process set having a first set of interpretations. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195046 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication method for a wireless communication terminal, a wireless communication terminal and a base station are disclosed. The method includes: transmitting to a base station information indicating an upper limit of a value based on current consumption of the wireless communication terminal and a number of frequency bands requested by the wireless communication terminal. The base station assigns a radio resource of OFDMA scheme to the wireless communication terminal. The method also includes performing wireless communication with the base station by using the assigned radio resource. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195047 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IMPLEMENTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL - Methods for devices, devices and computer program products for devices relate to a communication module, arranged for packet based communication, and including a receiving module. The receiving module is arranged to receive a control message, wherein the control message includes a plurality of acknowledgement information items, wherein each of the plurality of acknowledgement information items are located in a preset portion of the control message, respectively. The device further includes a determination module, arranged to determine whether the received control message is intended for the device, a selection module, arranged to select, responsive to an affirmative determination result, at least one of the plurality of acknowledgement information items based on the preset portions, and an obtaining module, arranged to obtain control data contained in the selected at least one of the plurality of acknowledgement information items. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195048 | Simultaneous Transmission in Multiple Timing Advance Groups - Systems and methods for specifying UE power control allocation for simultaneous transmission of PRACH in a secondary serving cell and PUCCH/PUSCH/SRS in a different serving cell in another timing advance group are disclosed. Rules are provided for prioritizing transmission of PRACH and/or other UL channels/signals. Additionally, UE power allocation is controlled for misaligned subframes across different timing advance groups. Latency of UL synchronization for a secondary serving cell is reduced by prioritizing PRACH retransmission. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195049 | Radio Resource Control Connection Release For User Devices Out Of Up Link Time Alignment - An example wireless communication system includes a wireless access device and a wireless access point. The wireless access device is configured to receive a radio resource control connection release message while in a non-time aligned state, the non-time aligned state being characterized by a lack of up link channel control by the wireless access device. The wireless access point is configured to transmit the radio resource control connection release message when the wireless access point determines that a radio resource control connection to the wireless access device should be released and the wireless access device is in the non-time aligned state. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195050 | CASCADED BASE STATION APPARATUS AND OPERATION METHOD THEREOF - A method and an apparatus are provided for operating a cascaded base station. Downlink data is received from a plurality of sub-base stations, each of the plurality of sub-base stations having at least one sector, and each of the at least one sector using at least one Frequency Allocation (FA). Data is extracted per FA from the downlink data. The data per sector is rearranged and re-mapped. The data per sector is transmitted to corresponding Remote Radio Units (RRUs). | 08-01-2013 |
20130195051 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ENHANCED INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - A method is provided that includes allocating a first subset of resource elements (REs) of a physical resource block (PRB) to a mobile terminal and associating one or more first demodulation reference symbols (DM-RS) ports therewith. The first subset of REs and the one or more first DM-RS ports have common interference characteristics, thereby providing for enhanced interference suppression. The method also includes causing transmission of the PRB for reception by the mobile terminal. Corresponding apparatus and computer program products are also provided. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195052 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT SPECTRAL USAGE IN EXTENSIBLE CARRIER DEPLOYMENTS - Methods and apparatus for providing efficient spectral usage in extensible carrier deployments. In one embodiment, the deployment comprises a long-term evolution (LTE) or LTE-advanced (LTE-A) network, and a reference carrier resource and one or more extensible carrier resources are configured based at least in part on a time and/or frequency separation. In one exemplary implementation, one or more reference carriers are combined with one or more carrier extensions/segments. The resulting aggregated bandwidth can be used to, among other things, optimize overall network operation. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195053 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting a response signal for downlink data received from a user equipment and channel state information to a central coordinator, receiving scheduling information from the central coordinator and determining an interference control mode determined according to whether interference of adjacent base stations is controlled, based on the scheduling information, and transmitting data to the user equipment by using a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level according to the determined interference control mode. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195054 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WHITE SPACE OPERATION BY A MOBILE ENTITY - A method by an access point for wireless communication service includes receiving configuration parameters from a core network entity for operation as a base station using at least one non-white space (non-WS) bandwidth. The method further includes determining whether the received configuration parameters comprise an indication for the access point to use white space (WS) for the service. The method further includes requesting authorization information from a WS database to operate in the WS, in response to the received parameters comprising the indication. An access point comprising a processor, memory and transceiver may be configured to perform the elements of the method, using a computer-readable storage medium or other means. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195055 | SENDING AND REDUCING UPLINK FEEDBACK SIGNALING FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION OF DATA - A wireless transmit/receive unit includes at least one processor that receives a high speed physical downlink shared channel, and in response, transmits at least one random access channel preamble followed by ACK/NACK and channel quality indicator (CQI) information. The at least one random access channel preamble is selected from a set of random access preambles reserved for the ACK/NACK and CQI information. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195056 | Service Flow With Robust Header Compression (ROHC) In A WiMAX Wirless Network - A robust header compression (ROHC) controller provides for service flow processing of a ROHC channel in a WiMAX wireless communication system. The ROHC controller controls the negotiations of the MS ROHC capabilities during its registration and the negotiations of the ROHC channel parameters during ROHC enabled service flow setup; the MS ROHC capabilities including ROHC compression and decompression capabilities and ROHC channel and feedback strategies; the channel parameter negotiation covers the ROHC profile set and feedback channel information in addition to the 16e/12D standard. The ROHC controller receives a service flow request for a ROHC enabled service flow, wherein the request includes a QoS profile. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195057 | Wireless Device Capability and Enhanced Control Channel - A base station receives a first radio resource control (RRC) message comprising parameter(s) indicating whether a wireless device supports an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The base station transmits a second RRC message causing configuration of first radio resources of a first ePDCCH and second radio resources of a first data channel. The second RRC message indicates a frequency allocation for the first ePDCCH in terms of resource blocks in a subset of subframes. The base station transmits scheduling information on the first ePDCCH in a first subframe. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195058 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus communicates with another wireless communication apparatus, using multiple frequency bands. A notifying unit notifies the other wireless communication apparatus of capability information on capability of the wireless communication apparatus to handle in parallel first-length guard intervals and second-length guard intervals. A transmitting unit transmits first data with the first-length guard intervals in a first frequency band and transmits second data with the second-length guard intervals in a second frequency band. A control unit schedules transmission of at least one of the first data and the second data based on the capability information. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195059 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING BASE STATION, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM - A base station that relays data between a first information processing apparatus and a second information processing apparatus includes a processor configured to store a physical address, to transmit data to and receive data from the second information processing apparatus, and upon receiving a request from the second information processing apparatus, the request including a physical address which has been transmitted from the first information processing apparatus to the second information processing apparatus and requesting connection, to permit the first information processing apparatus to transmit data to and receive data from the base station via the second information processing apparatus, based on a result of comparison between the physical address included in the received request and the stored physical address. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195060 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A mobile communication technology, and, more particularly, a method for efficiently transmitting data stored in a message 3 (Msg3) buffer and a user equipment for the same is disclosed. The method of transmitting data by a user equipment in uplink includes receiving an uplink (UP) Grant signal from a base station on a specific message, determining whether there is data stored in a message 3 (Msg3) buffer when receiving the UL Grant signal on the specific message, determining whether the specific message is a random access response message, and transmitting the data stored in the Msg3 buffer to the base station using the UL Grant signal received on the specific message, if there is data stored in the Msg3 buffer when receiving the UL Grant signal on the specific message and the specific message is the random access response message. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195061 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195062 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195063 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in an environment comprising a plurality of cells and to a device therefore, and relates to a method which comprises: receiving one, either or both of one or more PDCCH signals and one or more PDSCH signals; and generating entire received response information with respect to the one, either or both of the one or more PDCCH signals and one or more PDSCH signals, wherein portions of the received response information constituting the entire received response information are generated separately for each cell and each subframe. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195064 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING ACCURACY OF TRANSMITTING CSI VIA PUCCH - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus for improving the accuracy of transmitting CSI via PUCCH. The method for improving the accuracy of transmission of channel status information via the physical uplink control channel comprises reducing the number of bits of other channel information transmitted via the physical uplink control channel under the condition that the payload of the physical uplink control channel remains unchanged, and utilizing the thus-saved bits to transmit the channel state information to reduce the degree of sub-sampling the channel state information and thereby improve the accuracy of transmission of the channel status information via the physical uplink control channel. According to the present invention, system performance loss can be reduced. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195065 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed is a method for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for an HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) in a CA (Carrier Aggregation) system, the method including obtaining at least one transmission resource among first and second transmission resources; configuring a first table showing a relationship in which a combination of at least one of the first and second transmission resources and modulation symbols is mapped to an ACK/NACK signal, and transmitting modulation symbols corresponding to a transmission target ACK/NACK signal in the first table by using transmission resource corresponding to the transmission target ACK/NACK signal in the first table. | 08-01-2013 |
20130195066 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to transmit acknowledgement information including: determining a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format and resource, in which the acknowledgement information is transmitted in response to a downlink transmission received in a downlink sub-frame set including M (M≧1) downlink sub-frame; and transmitting the acknowledgement information using the PUCCH format and resource in one uplink sub-frame. Here, more than one serving cells are configured to the terminal, and the more than one serving cells can include one PCell and at least one SCell. The acknowledgement information can be transmitted using a PUCCH format 1a/1b when one physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) without a corresponding physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) detected, exists only on PCell in the downlink sub-frame set, and a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) release PDCCH does not exist in the downlink sub-frame set. | 08-01-2013 |
20130201921 | Carrier Indication In a Bandwidth Aggregated Wireless Communications Systems - In this invention wireless communication of data between a user equipment and a base station including bandwidth aggregation of a plurality of component carriers, includes a first unit transmitting on a first component carrier a grant control signal the other unit specifying a second component carrier different to transmit the typically via a carrier indication field of 3 bits. The carrier indication field can be a one-to-one mapping to each possible second component carrier of a component carrier offset from an anchor carrier, which could be the first component carrier. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201922 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADMITTING A REQUEST FOR ALLOCATION OF WIRELESS CONNECTION RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for admitting requests for allocation of bandwidth in a communication system is provided herein. During operation, available bandwidth is logically divided for use among commercial users and public-safety users, where the commercial users utilize a predefined portion of the bandwidth and the public-safety users utilize a public-safety portion of the bandwidth. When a public-safety bearer request is made, and available bandwidth does not exist within the public safety portion of the bandwidth, some bandwidth unoccupied by commercial users from commercial portion can be used to admit the bearer request. When commercial bandwidth is occupied by commercial users, lower priority commercial users can be preempted so that commercial bandwidth can be used to handle the bearer request. In a similar manner, the public-safety portion of available bandwidth can temporarily be used by commercial users. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201923 | ALLOCATING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS TO DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus is provided for allocating shared control channel resources. The control channel elements (CCEs) are allocated in units referred to as CCE sets. Each CCE set includes one or more control channel elements. Early commitment of control channel elements in a CCE set to a specific scheduling entity is avoided in situations where two or more candidate sets are available for the scheduling entity. In this case, the CCEs belonging to the candidate sets are designated as an alternate resource for a first scheduling entity. A CCE designated as an alternate may be allocated to another scheduling entity as long as such allocation does not block the first scheduling entity. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201924 | DATA RADIO BEARER (DRB) ENHANCEMENTS FOR SMALL DATA TRANSMISSIONS APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - A method of transmitting data packets with a wireless communication device includes requesting a preconfigured data radio bearer (DRB) from a base station during a connection request; receiving the preconfigured DRB from the base station in response to the request; and providing security configuration information to a network control entity that provides the security configuration information to the base station. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201925 | Methods and Apparatus for Multi-Carrier Communications with Efficient Control Signaling - A first uplink signal is transmitted by a mobile station to a base station on a first set of subcarriers in a first OFDM symbol. The first set of subcarriers is modulated with a first signal sequence known to both the mobile station and the base station. A second uplink signal is transmitted by the mobile station to the base station on a second set of subcarriers in a second OFDM symbol. The second set of subcarriers is modulated with the first signal sequence or a transform of the first signal sequence. The second set of subcarriers is modulated with a second signal sequence containing attribute information on a third set of subcarriers of a downlink signal received by the mobile station over a downlink channel. The correspondence between the subcarriers in the third and second set is known to the mobile station and the base station. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201926 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL AND HYBRID-ARQ INDICATOR CHANNELS IN LTE-A SYSTEMS - A subscriber station configured to receive one or more physical resource blocks (PRBs) from a base station, the PRBs comprising an enhanced physical data control channel (ePDCCH) and at least one of an enhanced physical downlink control format indicator channel (ePCFICH), an enhanced physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (ePHICH). A number of resource element groups (REGs) for the at least one of the ePCFICH or the ePHICH are mapped onto a first set of REs in each of one or more PRBs according to a mapping pattern. Also, a number of REGs for the ePDCCH are mapped onto a second set of REs in each of the one or more PRBs, wherein the first set of REs and the second set of REs do not have a common RE. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201927 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING PACKET TRANSMISSION ON A CLIENT DEVICE - A computer-implemented method for managing packet scheduling on a client device. For example, one embodiment of a method comprises: receiving a packet to be transmitted; enqueuing the packet in a queue at a network stack level; determining whether packet scheduling is currently being performed at a driver level or at a networking stack level; selecting the packet for transmission from the queue at the network stack level if scheduling is currently being performed at the network stack level; and selecting the packet for transmission from the queue at the driver level if scheduling is currently being performed at the driver level. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201928 | Method and Apparatus for Receiving Available Channel Information in a Wireless Lan System - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for receiving a white space map in a wireless LAN system. According to one aspect of the present invention, in a method in which a first station (STA) receives a white space map in a wireless LAN system, wherein the first station operates as an unlicensed device that is allowed to operate in an available channel not used by a licensed device in a white space band, the first station receives, from a second station, a frame including the white space map which includes a black list and a first field for indicating that the white space map contains the black list, and operates in at least one channel from the rest of the channels in TVWS, excluding the channel contained in the black list, wherein the black list is a list of channels which cannot be used by the unlicensed device. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201929 | Method and System for Non-Periodic Feedback in Carrier Aggregation Scenario - The present invention discloses a method and a system for non-periodic feedback in a carrier aggregation scenario. The method comprises: a base station sending a non-periodic trigger signaling to a piece of User Equipment (UE); the UE receiving the non-periodic trigger signaling, and determining a Downlink Component Carrier (DL CC) requiring feedback according to the non-periodic trigger signaling; the UE triggering a non-periodic feedback of the determined DL CC. With the present invention, the problem that it is impossible to determine which downlink component carrier is to be fed back according to the non-periodic trigger signaling in the carrier aggregation scenario is solved, uplink feedback of the DL CC that is unnecessary to be fed back is effectively reduced, the base station can adjust resource allocation according to information fed back by the UE, and the performance of downlink data transmission is ensured. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201930 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A macro-cell base station (MeNB) transmits, via a PDCCH in a first subframe, both allocation information indicating a radio resource allocated to a radio terminal (MUE) and subframe information indicating a second subframe which is later than the first subframe and in which an allocation is applied in accordance with the allocation information. The radio terminal (MUE) receives the allocation information and the subframe information from the macro-cell base station (MeNB) via the PDCCH in the first subframe. The macro-cell base station (MeNB) omits the transmission of the allocation information in the second subframe, while the reception unit on the terminal side omits the reception of the allocation information in the second subframe. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201931 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for generating a reference signal sequence in a wireless communication system. User equipment receives a cell-specific sequence hopping parameter from a base station, receives, from the base station, a user equipment (UE)-specific sequence group hopping (SGH) parameter which is specific to said user equipment, and generates a reference signal sequence on the basis of a base sequence number of a base sequence, wherein the base sequence number is determined for each slot on the basis of the cell-specific sequence hopping parameter and of the use equipment-specific sequence group hopping parameter. Here, the determination of whether or not to apply sequence hopping to the base sequence number indicated by the user equipment-specific sequence group hopping parameter overrides that of whether or not to apply sequence hopping to the base sequence number indicated by the cell-specific sequence hopping parameter. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201932 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present description relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving control information for uplink multi-antenna transmission. A method for transmitting control information for uplink multi-antenna transmission according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the following steps: attaching a CRC parity bit to a PDCCH payload sequence containing uplink transmission resource allocation information; scrambling the CRC parity bit attached to the payload sequence to a bit sequence which indicates control information for uplink multi-antenna transmission; and transmitting the entirety of the sequence to which the scrambled CRC parity bit is attached to the payload sequence. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201933 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND PROGRAM FOR USING A VPLMN INFRASTRUCTURE BY AN HPLMN TO TERMINATE AN IMS SESSION SET-UP FOR A ROAMING USER - A method for providing a roaming functionality related to an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) session includes: transmitting, by a second IMS domain, a session set-up request control signaling to a first IMS domain; transmitting, by the first IMS domain, the session set-up request control signaling in a forward direction to a Roaming Border Control Function (RBCF); and handling, by the second IMS domain, the user plane path and the associated control signaling to terminate the session set-up. Local break out of media is applied for the roaming first UE. The RBCF provides a linking of signaling received via a loop through the first IMS domain in the Home Public Land Mobile Network (HPLMN) with media anchored due to the local break out in the second IMS domain in the Visited Public Land Mobile Network (VPLMN). | 08-08-2013 |
20130201934 | BEARER SIGNALING MANAGEMENT METHOD - A method and system of bearer management signalling in a communication network comprising of transporting bearer resource request message of both the UE and RN via DeNB to management entity of UE within EPC, as a signalling message over uplink channel referred to as “Union of Resource Request” (UR Request) message. The bearer resource response message from one of the management entity of UE or management entities of UE and RN within EPC are transported as a signalling message to Evolved Packet Edge (EPE) via DeNB over the downlink channel referred to as “Implicit Admission Response” (IA Response). This manages bearer setup signalling as a single loop, by transportation of ‘UR Request’ signalling message and receiving one “IA Response” signalling message over uplink and downlink channels respectively. EPE is a conglomeration of network nodes comprising of UEs, RNs and all other network nodes that communicate over EPC via DeNB. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201935 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF CHANNEL SETUP - Apparatus and methods are described herein for setting up a communication channel. A mobile station may send a message to a base station to setup a traffic channel. In response, the mobile station may receive a single message from the base station including channel assignment parameters and service option configurations. The mobile station may use the information from the single message to establish the traffic channel. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201936 | MANAGING DOWNLINK AND UPLINK RESOURCES FOR LOW COST USER EQUIPMENTS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for assigning resources for low cost user equipments (UEs). A method for wireless communications by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method generally includes determining a first bandwidth, within a second bandwidth, for resources available for downlink data transmissions, wherein the first bandwidth is greater than the second bandwidth, determining a third bandwidth for resources available for uplink transmissions, wherein a bandwidth for resources available for uplink transmissions is different than the bandwidth for resources available for downlink transmissions, wherein the third bandwidth is greater than the first bandwidth, and communicating with a network using the determined downlink and uplink resources. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201937 | System and Method for Transmission Point (TP) Association and Beamforming Assignment in Heterogeneous Networks - Transmit point (TP) associations can be assigned to user equipments (UEs) by including a TP association variable within a sum-utility function traditionally used for computing beamforming weight vector assignments. Accordingly, maximization of the sum-utility function obtains both TP associations and beamforming weight vector assignments. Additionally, the sum-utility function may be computed in accordance with channel statistics, rather than channel state information (CSI), thereby reducing coordinated multi-point transmission (CoMP) related overhead. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201938 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES IN BEAMFORMING-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for requesting Uplink (UL) resource allocation in a beamforming-based wireless communication system are provided. A Mobile Station (MS) acquires UL beam pair information indicating a best MS transmit beam and a best Base Station (BS) receive beam for UL transmission, determines a best BS transmit beam for Downlink (DL) reception, selects a Bandwidth Request (BR) code and a BR channel from available BR codes and a designated BR transmit resource, wherein at least one of the BR code and the BR channel is mapped to at least one of the best BS receive beam and the best BS transmit beam, and transmits the selected BR code to a BS over the selected BR channel. The BS allocates a UL resource for transmission of a BR message and UL data considering the best BS receive beam. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCES FOR UPLINK MIMO COMMUNICATION - Apparatus and methods of scheduling one or multiple streams for a user equipment (UE) include receiving a single happy bit for the one or multiple streams, determining a set of scheduling grants for a UE configured to transmit over the one or multiple streams, and transmitting the scheduling grant to the UE. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR UPLINK MIMO COMMUNICATION - One or more scheduling grants may be received from a Node B related to a plurality of uplink MIMO streams. A determination may be made as to a primary transport power and a primary transport block size for a primary stream. A secondary transmit power and a secondary transport block size for a secondary stream may also be determined. An enhanced relative grant channel from the Node B, as well as another E-RGC from a non-serving Node B may be received for each of the plurality of uplink MIMO streams. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201941 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method for sending and receiving a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) is provided. The method includes: receiving, by a user equipment (UE), a control signaling from a Base Station (BS), wherein a first field in the control signaling indicates the UE transmitting data or sending the SRS, a second field in the control signaling indicates a frequency-hopping mode for the UE transmitting the data or sending the SRS, and a third field in the control signaling indicates frequency-band information for the UE transmitting the data or sending the SRS; and sending, by the UE, the SRS, on a frequency-band according to the frequency-band information indicated by the third field, through the frequency-hopping mode indicated by the second field, when the first field indicates the UE sending the SRS. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201942 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN NETWORK SUPPORTING COORDINATED TRANSMISSION - A data transmission method and an apparatus in a network supporting coordinated multipoint transmission are provided. The method includes transmitting candidate sets of initial state information used to generate Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) scrambling sequences for the transmission points to the UE, and transmitting an indication corresponding to at least one candidate set of initial state information respectively associated with at least one transmission point to the UE, wherein the initial state information is used by the UE to generate DMRS scrambling sequences. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201943 | DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT OF SMALL CELLS FOR TRAFFIC-RELATED OPTIMIZATION OF THE ENERGY CONSUMPTION OF A NETWORK - The invention concerns a method for managing a network of a plurality of small cell base stations arranged in a macro-cell and linked to a base station of the macro-cell, each small cell base station being adapted to cover a small cell of the macro-cell and to be linked via radio to at least one mobile terminal present in the small cell. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201944 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A base station apparatus performs a radio communication with a terminal apparatus using a spatial division multiplex access method in a downlink. The base station apparatus includes a simultaneous connection information generation section that generates a simultaneous connection information data sequence, which includes a pilot sequence number concerning a number of a pilot signal assigned to another terminal apparatus. The base station apparatus also includes a multiplexing section that multiplexes a signal of the generated simultaneous connection information data sequence with a dedicated data signal which indicates data to be transmitted to the terminal apparatus. The base station apparatus further includes a transmission section that transmits, to the terminal apparatus, the multiplexed signal which includes the simultaneous connection information data sequence, and transmits, to the terminal apparatus, a unique pilot signal which is different from the aforementioned pilot signal assigned to the another terminal apparatus. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER ALLOCATION - In order to improve efficiency for sub-carrier allocation in a TDM multi-carrier system, the invention provides a novel frame structure and corresponding method and apparatus. During a centralized short period, each terminal sends a probe message including a predefined sequence to a network device and the network device estimates the channel characteristics for each sub-carrier with respect to each terminal by estimating the received probe message. In this way, sub-carrier allocation can be improved and sub-carriers with good channel characteristics are allocated to appropriate terminals. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201946 | Transmission of Reference Signals - A mechanism for configuring stations for reference signalling is disclosed. A first station defines a pattern of configuration indications for use in reference signalling and communicates information of the pattern of configuration indications to at least one second station for configuring the at least one second station for reference signalling. After receiving the information of the pattern a second station can obtain information of subframes that associate with reference signalling there from. Upon detection of a trigger by the first station for transmission of a reference signal the second station can be configured for transmission of the reference signal based on the information obtained from the pattern. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201947 | TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN A MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of evaluating transmission power for transmission of a message between a first network node and a second network node in a multicarrier wireless communications system in which a predetermined set of a plurality of carriers are utilised to support communication between said first network node and said second network node, said predetermined set of said plurality of carriers comprising a primary carrier and at least one secondary carrier. The method comprises the steps of: determining an initial indication of appropriate power setting to enable a message to be transmitted between said first and second network nodes on said primary carrier; determining that there is a message to be sent between said first and second network node at a transmission time after receipt of said initial indication; and evaluating, based on said initial indication, an appropriate power setting to enable a message to be transmitted between said first and second network nodes on said primary carrier at said transmission time. Accordingly, a network node may be operable to evaluate an estimation of required transmission power to ensure a message reaches a second network node, even without frequent updates of usually received power control messages. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201948 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a wireless base station (eNB | 08-08-2013 |
20130201949 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for performing contention resolution between a mobile communication terminal and a base station. The method according to an embodiment includes initiating a random access procedure by a medium access control (MAC) layer of the mobile communication terminal, including starting a contention resolution timer; and stopping the contention resolution timer and determining that the random access procedure was successfully completed upon receipt from the base station of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) transmission addressed to a cell-radio network temporary identity (C-RNTI) of the mobile communication terminal and containing a UL grant. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201950 | Data Transmission Processing Method, Apparatus, and System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission processing method, apparatus, and system. The method includes: receiving, by a first base station, an adjustment parameter transmitted by a terminal, where the adjustment parameter is obtained by the terminal according to reference signals separately transmitted by the first base station and a second base station; performing, by the first base station and according to the adjustment parameter, channel compensation on a first channel between the first base station and the terminal to obtain a second channel; and transmitting, by the first base station, a first signal over the second channel to the terminal, so that the terminal obtains the first signal from a mixed signal of the first signal and a second signal that is transmitted by the second base station. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201951 | MOBILE PHONE RELATED INDIRECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An indirect communication system and a method of indirect communication include a mobile phone as either a calling device or receiving device. The mobile phone calls another device to set up a prospective communication, and then uses Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) to communicate with the other device over the Internet. The receiving device receives a generated signal notifying the receiving device of a proposed communication with the calling device. A server sets up a meeting point channel after the calling device has connected to the server. The server receives outgoing VoIP packets from the calling device and redirects the outgoing VoIP packets to the receiving device. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201952 | CONTROL SIGNAL AGGREGATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER WCDMA SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for transmitting data to a remote node via each of two or more transmitted carrier signals, wherein a distinct outbound packet data traffic channel is mapped to each transmitted carrier signal. In an exemplary method, aggregated control channel data is formed by combining control channel data corresponding to each of two or more received carrier signals, simultaneously transmitting traffic channel data to the remote node on each of the two or more outbound packet data traffic channels, and transmitting the aggregated control channel data using one or more physical control channels mapped to a first one of the transmitted carrier signals. In particular, these methods and apparatus may be applied to a multi-carrier High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) system. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201953 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided is a method of transmitting a signal of a multi-node system employing a plurality of nodes and a plurality of base stations that can be controlled by being connected with the plurality of nodes. The method includes: mapping at least one base station among the plurality of base stations to at least one node among the plurality of nodes; and transmitting by the at least one base station a signal to a user equipment via the mapped node, wherein the plurality of nodes are installed in a geographically distributed manner, and the node mapped to the at least one base station varies temporally. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201954 | Device to Device and Connection Mode Switching - The exemplary embodiments of this invention provide, in one aspect thereof, a method that includes sending a mode switch command from a network access node to a first node of a pair of nodes operating in a device-to-device (D2D) communication mode. The method further includes receiving at least one acknowledgment of the reception of the mode switch command at the network access node, where the at least one acknowledgment is received from a second node of the pair of nodes. In one embodiment the mode switch command is an explicit mode switch command sent using layer 1 (L1) signaling to a master node of the pair of nodes. In another embodiment the mode switch command is an implicit mode switch command that includes a downlink grant to schedule the first node in the network, where the downlink grant contains a radio network identifier (RNTI) of the first node of the pair of nodes, and where the acknowledgment of the reception of the mode switch command is received from the second node of the pair of nodes and also from the first node of the pair of nodes. The exemplary embodiments also encompass user devices, such as mobile phones, that operate in the D2D mode in conjunction with the network access node. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201955 | POWER LIMITED CASE SIGNALLING - The disclosure relates to a method for a user equipment to report a transmission power capability to an e Node B. The user equipment operates in carrier aggregation. The method comprises determining, by the user equipment, that the transmission power capability of at least one power amplifier of the user equipment reaches at least one defined threshold, and triggering a generation of a power headroom report based on the determining step. The disclosure also relates to the corresponding user equipment and e Node B. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201956 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN A MULTI RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - Provided is a method for performing communication by a user equipment (UE) supporting a multi-RAT, the method including transmitting a capability negotiation request message for Client Cooperation (CC) to a base station (BS); receiving a capability negotiation response message for CC from the BS; receiving an activation command message from CC including information on at least one candidate cooperative device; transmitting a connection message for CC to the at least one candidate cooperative device by using the information; and transmitting first data to the BS through at least one cooperative device, which is connected using the connection message, among the at least one candidate cooperative device. The first data is transmitted through a first radio access scheme between the UE and the at least one cooperative device, and is transmitted through a second radio access scheme between the at least one cooperative device and the BS. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201957 | Apparatus and Method for Communications - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The method includes storing a machine type communication channel access profile of user equipment configured to utilise machine type communication with a network when the equipment has not an active connection with the network. The access profile is based on active UE contexts including serving-cell contexts of the device on the last access occasion. The access profile is synchronised between the user equipment and the network. | 08-08-2013 |
20130201958 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MULTIPLE USER ANTENNAS - The invention relates to a multiantenna radio communications method wherein frequency subbands B | 08-08-2013 |
20130208663 | BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION FOR MULTIMEDIA CONFERENCING - A method can include analyzing endpoint preference data from each of a plurality of endpoints of a multimedia conference. The endpoint preference data for each respective endpoint represents a desired distribution of bandwidth for different types of data in the multimedia conference for each respective endpoint. The method can also include allocating bandwidth between the different types of data for each of the plurality of endpoints in the multimedia conference based on the analysis of the endpoint preference data. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208664 | Method And Apparatus For Allocating Resources Of A Frequency Band In A Wireless System Supporting At Least Two Radio Access Technologies - In one embodiment, the method for allocating resources in a wireless system supporting a first radio access technology (RAT) and a second RAT operating in a narrower frequency band than the first RAT includes assigning at least one physical resource block (PRB) of a plurality of PRBs of the frequency band to the second RAT. The method further includes transmitting, in a first sector, over the at least one assigned PRB using the second RAT. The method further includes transmitting, in the first sector, control signals on unassigned PRBs using the first RAT. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208665 | Simultaneous Reporting of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information using PUCCH Format 3 Resources - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal ( | 08-15-2013 |
20130208666 | COMPONENT CARRIER UPLINK MAXIMUM TRANSMISSION POWER REPORTING SCHEME FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe method, apparatus, and system configurations for reporting uplink maximum transmission power for each component carrier of a carrier aggregation scheme. A method includes establishing, by a user equipment (UE), a communication link with an enhanced node B (eNB) station of an Internet Protocol (IP) based wireless communication network, and sending, by the UE to the eNB station, a message that includes information for a Power Headroom Report (PHR) and a value that indicates an uplink maximum transmission power P | 08-15-2013 |
20130208667 | DEVICES FOR REDUCED OVERHEAD PAGING - A method for reduced overhead paging by an access point is described. The method includes assigning at least one paging identifier to at least one station. The method also includes partitioning a paging identifier space into paging identifier sets. The method further includes generating a paging message based on at least one of the paging identifier sets and the at least one paging identifier. The method additionally includes sending the paging message. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208668 | Enhanced Dedicated-Channel Signaling in a CELL_FACH State - A new set of random-access preamble signatures are introduced to differentiate new-release UEs from UEs compliant only with earlier releases. Additional new features of a random-access procedure are also disclosed, including an ability to deploy multiple transmission-time-intervals TTIs) in a given area. An example mobile terminal, according to some embodiments of the present invention, selects a TTI from two or more possible TTIs. The mobile terminal then selects a preamble signature from a group of one or more preamble signatures associated with enhanced-uplink resources and associated with the selected TTI, and transmits a random-access channel (RACH) preamble, using the selected preamble signature. In some embodiments, the mobile terminal selects between a 2-millisecond TTI and a 10-millisecond TTI. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208669 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION OF BACKHAUL LINK CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and device for resource allocation of backhaul link control channel information. Upon application of a technical solution proposed by embodiments of this invention and based on the condition of introducing DMRS and CSI-RS, make remaining REs which are not occupied by CSI-RS and/or DM-RS in OFDM symbol that contains REs for transmitting CSI-RS and/or DM-RS constitute REG to transmit backhaul link control channel information or abandon them; thus, on the basis of maximizing the reservation of existing LTE system specification, specifying resource allocation scheme of backhaul link control channel information in corresponding physical resource block, giving consideration to both simple specification design and full utilization of resources, and realizing flexible design and allocation in light of the demand of a real system. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208670 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UCI AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION THEREOF BASED ON MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for processing uplink control information (UCI) and a method for transmitting the UCI based on a multiple input multiple output system, which processing method comprises: repeating ACK/NACK source bits and/or rank indicator (RI) source bits in the uplink control information to form M groups, with each group corresponding to a code word (S | 08-15-2013 |
20130208671 | APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND COMPUTER PRODUCTS SUITABLE FOR USE IN AN ADVANCED DIGITAL BASEBAND PROCESSOR - The present disclosure relates to an advanced digital baseband processor for a base station in a cellular communications network. In general, the advanced digital baseband processor integrates multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs). As used herein, a RAT is a radio access technology as defined by a corresponding standard. For example, in one embodiment, RATs integrated by the advanced digital baseband processor include a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) voice RAT (e.g., 3GPP2 CDMA 1xRTT or 3GPP2 CDMA 1xAdvanced) as well as a CDMA Data Only, or Data Optimized, (DO) RAT (e.g., 3GPP2 CDMA EV-DO or 3GPP2 CDMA EV-DO Rev B). In another embodiment, the RATs integrated by the advanced digital baseband processor also include 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE). The RATs given above are only examples. The advanced digital baseband processor may integrate additional or alternative RATs. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208672 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for transmitting information symbols in a communication system are provided. The method includes determining Channel Quality Information (CQI) and acknowledgement information, in response to data reception; generating a first symbol based on the CQI and a second symbol based on the acknowledgement information; and transmitting the first symbol and the second symbol. A first code is applied to the second symbol, when the acknowledgement information is negative, a second code is applied to the second symbol, when the acknowledgement information is positive, and the first code is applied to the second symbol, when the acknowledgement information does not exist. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208673 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK, PERFORMED BY A MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method and transmission apparatus transmit broadcast system information in a mobile communication system. Further, a method and mobile terminal receive the broadcast system information. An improved method for broadcasting broadcast system information maps different partitions of broadcast system information to a shared transport channel or a broadcast transport channel for transmission. The mapping may take into account parameters inherent to the mobile terminals to which the broadcast system information is to be transmitted and/or parameters inherent to the different partitions of broadcast system information. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208674 | HOSTING EDGE APPLICATIONS AT THE EDGE OF A MOBILE DATA NETWORK - Mobile network services are performed in a mobile data network in a way that is transparent to most of the existing equipment in the mobile data network. The mobile data network includes a radio access network and a core network. A breakout component in the radio access network breaks out data coming from a basestation, and hosts edge applications, including third party edge applications, that perform one or more mobile network services at the edge of the mobile data network based on the broken out data. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208675 | Method and Device for Reporting and Obtaining Power Headroom - Disclosed are a method and device for reporting and obtaining power headroom. The method comprises: user equipment (UE) configuring a maximum transmit power (Pcmax); the UE using the Pcmax to calculate power headroom (PH); and the UE reporting the Pcmax and the PH to a base station. In embodiments of the present invention, the UE uses configured Pcmax to calculate power headroom (PH) and reports the Pcmax and the PH to the base station, so that the base station obtains the Pcmax and the PH at the same time, and thus the base station can use the PH accurately according to the Pcmax. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208676 | APPLICATION SERVER FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATIONS TOWARDS A SET OF USER ENTITIES - An application server for managing communications towards a set of user entities, the set of user entities having a first user entity. The application server includes a receiver for receiving a first session initiation request, the first session initiation request having a public identification identifying the set of user entities, a processor for assigning a first user identification to the public identification, the user identification identifying the first user entity, and a transmitter for transmitting a second session initiation request to establish a communication link towards the first user entity, the second session initiation request including the first user identification. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208677 | Method and Base Station for Transmitting Downlink Signal and Method and Equipment for Receiving Downlink Signal - A base station of the present invention configures resources in which a downlink signal is to be transmitted with zero power using resource sets defined for a specific number of antenna ports, regardless of the number of antenna ports actually configured in the base station, and transmits resource information indicating the configured resources to a user equipment. The user equipment of the present invention receives a downlink transmission from the base station, assuming that transmission power of resources corresponding to a resource set indicated by the resource information is zero. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208678 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CSI-RS RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN LTE-ADVANCE SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for the configuration of channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) are disclosed. The systems and methods include providing user equipment with the locations of CSI-RS reuse information. Several encoding patterns and exemplary methodology for both the identification of the CSI-RS resource element locations are provided in exemplary embodiments. In addition, exemplary embodiments provide muting methods and systems for a physical downlink shared channel resource elements. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208679 | REFERENCE SIGNAL CREATION APPARATUS AND PREAMBLE SEQUENCE DETECTION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for shortening the time taken for physical random access channel (PRACH) signal synchronization and preamble sequence detection in an LTE uplink system, and more particularly, to a method for shortening the time taken for preamble sequence detection using an inverse discrete Fourier transform. To this end, a preamble sequence detection apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a reference signal generation unit, which includes a preamble sequence generation unit for receiving a first signal having a predetermined length and outputting a plurality of second signals having the length of 839, a discrete Fourier transform unit for performing a discrete Fourier transform on the second signals received from the preamble sequence generation unit to transform the second signals into a frequency domain signal, a subcarrier mapping unit for mapping the frequency domain signal outputted from the discrete Fourier transform unit to a subcarrier, and an inverse discrete Fourier transform unit for receiving a signal having the length of 2 | 08-15-2013 |
20130208680 | METHOD FOR SETTING A FILTER COEFFICIENT FOR A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for setting a filter coefficient for a communication system, which adjusts a frequency bandwidth by setting a filter coefficient of a wireless communication system over a communication network, is provided. In the method, a wireless communication system that includes a controller having a filter coefficient database and a web server, and a Digital Signal Processing device requests a filter coefficient and attribute information related to a set target frequency bandwidth from a management terminal. The wireless communication system receives the filter coefficient and the attribute information from the management terminal and stores the filter coefficient and the attribute information in the filter coefficient database. The wireless communication system sets a frequency bandwidth of the digital signal processing device as a set target frequency bandwidth based on the stored filter coefficient and the attribute information. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208681 | Channel Quality Reporting for Adaptive Sectorization - Apparatuses and methodologies are described that enhance performance in a wireless communication system using beamforming transmissions. According to one aspect, the channel quality is monitored. Channel quality indicators can be used to select a scheduling technique, such as space division multiplexing (SDM), multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) transmission and opportunistic beamforming for one or more user devices. In addition, the CQI can be used to determine the appropriate beam assignment or to update the beam pattern. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208682 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING SERVICE QUALITY IN A WIMAX COMMUNICATION NETWORK, AND METHOD FOR SELECTING AN ACCESS TRANSPORT RESOURCE CONTROL FUNCTION BY MEANS OF A GUIDELINE DECISION-MAKING FUNCTION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method provides service quality in a WiMAX communication network, and a method selects an access transport resource control function by a guideline decision-making function in a communication network. According to a method for providing service quality on an air interface of an access network in a WiMAX communication network by an application function, the application function aims to provide a user of the WiMAX communication network with a service quality-related application. The desired service quality is signaled by an authentication, authorization and accounting infrastructure of the WiMAX communication network. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208683 | MOBILE PHONE RELATED INDIRECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An indirect communication system and a method of indirect communication include a mobile phone as either a calling device or receiving device. The mobile phone calls another device to set up a prospective communication, and then uses Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) to communicate with the other device over the Internet. The receiving device receives a generated signal notifying the receiving device of a proposed communication with the calling device. A server sets up a meeting point channel after the calling device has connected to the server. The server receives outgoing VoIP packets from the calling device and redirects the outgoing VoIP packets to the receiving device. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208684 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FOR OFDM-MIMO SYSTEM - In orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) selects a random access channel (RACH) and a phase for a constant amplitude zero auto correlation (CAZAC) sequence for RACH transmission. The WTRU then transmits a RACH transmission to a Node B via the selected RACH. Once the RACH transmission is detected, the Node B sends an acknowledgement (ACK) to the WTRU over an ACK channel. The Node B may transmit the ACK on a shared channel. The WTRU may ramp up transmit power while the RACH transmission is transmitted, or steps up transmit power of a subsequent RACH transmission. The RACH transmission and data transmission may be either time multiplexed or frequency multiplexed. A plurality of RACHs may be defined and one of the defined RACHs may be selected randomly or based on predetermined criteria. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208685 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK RESPONSE SIGNALS, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink response signals, base station, mobile station and communication system, includes judging whether to use a downlink secondary component carrier to transmit data to a mobile station; if the judging result is positive, allocating resources according to the number of transmission blocks for transmitting the downlink data in the secondary component carrier, accordingly the mobile station is able to use the resources corresponding to a preconfigured primary component carrier and the resources allocated to the secondary component carrier to select uplink resources for transmitting response signals. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208686 | MICRO BASE STATION, MICRO BASE STATION INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD, AND USER TERMINAL - Micro base station interference coordination includes: shifting, relative to subframes in a macro base station subframe configuration, subframes in the subframe configuration used in the micro base station by several subframes, wherein the number of the shifted subframes causes subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration, which are corresponding to a specific channel in the macro base station subframe configuration, not to transmit any signal un-allocatable by the micro base station after the shifting; emptying uplink subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration after the shifting, which are corresponding to downlink subframes containing a designated channel in the macro base station subframe configuration; and emptying the subframes in the micro base station subframe configuration after the shifting, which are corresponding to the specific channel in the macro base station subframe configuration, or causing portions of the subframes corresponding to the specific channel not to transmit any signal. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208687 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM USING SAME - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving uplink data in a wireless communication system. Hopping-related information is received at a mobile station from a base station. Resource allocation information is received at the mobile station from the base station. The uplink data is transmitted from the mobile station to the base station through at least one resource determined based on a sequence for global hopping and a sequence for local hopping, if global hopping and local hopping are enabled | 08-15-2013 |
20130208688 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING RADIO LINK CONTROL (RLC) DATA BLOCKS - In one aspect, the invention provides apparatuses and methods for wirelessly transmitting application data utilizing priority information for each radio link control (RLC) data block transmitted. Advantageously, the application data with a relatively high transmission priority is not substantially delayed by the transmission of application data with substantially lower transmission priorities. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208689 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR USING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE - The present invention proposes a method for activating secondary carriers in addition to the primary carrier in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation technology. Through the present invention, the UE sorts the operations for activating an SCell into two groups that are executed at different timings, thereby facilitating communication without malfunctioning. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208690 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is an object of the present invention to adequately report the SRS transmission timing and SRS parameters to a mobile terminal apparatus, when an aperiodic SRS is adopted, and efficiently use radio resources to be used for SRS transmission. A radio base station apparatus that reports SRS transmission control information to a mobile terminal apparatus and controls transmission of an SRS by the mobile terminal apparatus, and the radio base station apparatus has an SRS setting section that selects bit information to report to the mobile terminal apparatus, from a table having bit information to indicate not to trigger the SRS and bit information to indicate to trigger the SRS using a default SRS parameter, and a reporting section that reports the bit information for the mobile terminal apparatus using a downlink control channel. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208691 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention pertains to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and an apparatus for the same, wherein the method comprises the steps of: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs through the use of the selected uplink control channel resource. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208692 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK FOR DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system and a method and apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK for downlink transmission in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method for transmitting ACK/NACK information for a downlink transmission in a receiver of a wireless communication system includes being configured with N physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources respectively having indexes 0, 1, 2, . . . , and N−1 by a higher layer, receiving the downlink transmission from a transmitter in a downlink subframe set including M (108-15-2013 | |
20130208693 | DYNAMIC CONNECTION OF A MOBILE TERMINAL TO A LOCAL NETWORK - A method for connecting a terminal to a telecommunication network via an access point. After a request to connect a terminal to a first access point, the first access point determines if it has access to a resource for serving the terminal and, if possible, serves the terminal. If not, the first access point requests, from at least one second access point to which is it connected, a resource for serving the terminal; and in the event that the resource is available to the second access point, the first access point transfers, to the terminal, data for enabling the terminal to connect to the second access point. | 08-15-2013 |
20130208694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING NETWORK ENTRY/REENTRY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method in which a machine-to-machine (M2M) device and a base station in a wireless communication system perform network reentry comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, information related to an uplink resource for the transmission of a ranging request message; and transmitting the ranging request message to the base station on the basis of the received information related to the uplink resource. | 08-15-2013 |
20130215833 | DYNAMIC RECLAMATION OF A COMMUNICATION RESOURCE IN A NETWORK - Aspects of the disclosure relate to dynamically reclaiming communication resources allocated to a device in a network. Reclaiming such resources can comprise releasing the communication resources when communication activity at an access point serving the device fulfils a reclamation criterion. The access point can monitor the communication activity based at least on network traffic associated with the device. In one aspect, the access point can determine an activity metric associated with the communication activity and, in response to the activity metric fulfilling a reclamation criterion, the access point can release the allocated communication resource. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215834 | METHOD FOR OUT OF SYNC IDENTIFICATION - A method is disclosed for determining an operational state mismatch condition between a user equipment (UE) and a network (NW) in a 3 | 08-22-2013 |
20130215835 | ON TRANSPARENCY OF CoMP - This invention is a technique for coordinate multi-point wireless transmission between plural base stations and user equipment. At least one base station transmits via a Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH). The user equipment does not know the identity of the plural base stations. This could include joint transmission by simultaneous data transmission from multiple base stations. This could include dynamic point selection by data transmission from one base station at a time and changing the transmitting point (TP) from one subframe to another subframe. This could include coordinated scheduling/beamforming (CS/CB) where data is transmitted to the user equipment from one base station at a time and the base stations communicate to coordinate user scheduling and beamforming. The transmission point (TP) could vary over Resource Block (RB) pairs within a subframe while never transmitting from more than one base station. The transmission point (TP) could change in a semi-static fashion. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215836 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMPRESSING HEADERS - A method includes assigning a flow identifier to a flow that includes a plurality of packets. The method also includes generating a head packet of the plurality of packets. The head packet includes one or more header information fields that are associated with the flow identifier. The method further includes generating at least one data packet of the plurality of packets. The at least one data packet includes packet specific information and the flow identifier instead of the one or more header information fields. The method further includes transmitting the head packet. The method further includes, in response to detecting a successful receipt of the head packet, transmitting the at least one data packet. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215837 | Method And Apparatus For Supporting Uplink Protocol Changes - A method and apparatus for supporting uplink (UL) protocol changes includes reconfiguring a medium access control (MAC) protocol. A hybrid automatic repeat request (HARM) process is flushed, and a MAC-e/es reset is performed. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215838 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Based on a sounding reference signal, a base station apparatus performs efficient scheduling. The base station apparatus includes information for requesting the transmission of the sounding reference signal in a first downlink control information format or a second downlink control information format, and transmits the information to the mobile station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus transmits, based on detection of the information, the sounding reference signal to the base station apparatus, and a first parameter used for the transmission of the sounding reference signal based on the detection of the information included in the first downlink control information format and a second parameter used for the transmission of the sounding reference signal based on the detection of the information included in the second downlink control information format are individually set by a signal of a higher layer transmitted from the base station apparatus. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215839 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FAIRNESS-ASSURED QUALITY OF SERVICE IN CONTENTION-BASED WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of assuring QoS in consideration of fairness in a contention-based wireless network and a terminal for the same are provided. When a token is allocated by a wireless access point, the terminal determines priority of a data frame which the terminal intends to use in communication, through a scheme of splitting the allocated token. Therefore, fairness can be assured by selection of the terminal. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215840 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING TERMINAL IDENTIFIER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for allocating a terminal identifier through an initial network entry process with a base station in a wireless access system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving terminal type indication information indicating a M2M terminal from a terminal; constituting a second terminal identifier by adding bits of a predetermined number to the first terminal identifier on the basis of the terminal type indication information; and transmitting the second terminal identifier to the terminal. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215841 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and device of reporting channel state information, including: user terminal selects the codebook used in reporting precoding matrix indicator (PMI) from double-stage codebook and selects PMI from the codebook; double-stage codebook involves codebook reflecting long-term/broadband information and that reflecting short-term/frequency selective channel information; and user terminal calculates channel quality indication; therein, when reporting through physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), the parameter used in calculating channel quality indication (CQI) includes the precoding matrix indicator (PMI) reported by user terminal through physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); when reporting through physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), the parameter used in calculating CQI includes the precoding matrix indicator (PMI) reported by user terminal through physical uplink control channel (PUCCH); user terminal selects the PMI and calculates CQI according to the specified reporting mode and reporting RI. The present invention can realize double-stage feedback by using the present feedback channel. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215842 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - An antenna port for an extended Physical Downlink Control CHannel (ePDCCH) transmission is determined based on at least an identifier for a leading extended Control Channel Element (eCCE) within the ePDCCH and an identifier for a user equipment (UE) to receive the ePDCCH transmission, and based on whether the ePDCCH transmission is localized or distributed. The determined antenna port is a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port to which the UE is assigned. Symbols are mapped in sequence to resource elements (REs) and transmitted via the determined antenna port to the UE. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215843 | METHODS OF TRANSMITTING ACCESS REQUESTS USING REDUCED RESPONSE INTERVALS AND RELATED MOBILE STATIONS AND BASE STATION SUBSYSTEMS - A method of operating a mobile station requesting uplink access from a base station subsystem includes transmitting a first access request to a base station subsystem, and looking for an assignment message matching the first access request from the base station subsystem during a response interval after transmitting the first access request. When an assignment message is not received during, the response interval, a second access request is transmitted to the base station subsystem after expiration of a retransmission interval after transmitting the first access request, with the retransmission interval being longer than the response interval. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215844 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING CONTROL CHANNELS FOR BEAMFORMING-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for operating a control channel in a beamforming-based wireless communication system. The provided method includes acquiring information indicating a best Base Station (BS) receive beam for Uplink (UL) communication; determining a control channel region for UL control channels in a UL interval considering the best BS receive beam, the control channel region being a predetermined region that is mapped to the best BS receive beam; and exchanging information about the control channel between a BS and a Mobile Station (MS) through the control channel region. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215845 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a reference signal in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining at least three scrambling variables comprising a first scrambling variable, a second scrambling variable, and a third scrambling variable, wherein the first scrambling variable, the second scrambling variable, and the third scrambling variable are different from each other, determining whether a demodulation reference signal is for more than or equal to 3-layer transmission, generating, if the demodulation reference signal is for more than or equal to 3-layer transmission, the demodulation reference signal sequence using the third scrambling variable and transmitting the demodulation reference signal sequence through a corresponding antenna port. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215846 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PREFERRED DATA TRAFFIC (APPLICATION) MODE - Methods and apparatus for preferring connections between networks. In one embodiment, a mobile device is capable of hybrid network operation (e.g. LTE and CDMA | 08-22-2013 |
20130215847 | WIRELESS BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A transmission path state estimation unit estimates a state of a transmission path to a wireless terminal based on a DRS (Demodulation Reference Signal) included in uplink user data received from the wireless terminal when a re-sending request is received after transmission of an SRS is stopped. A transmission unit forms directivity of a plurality of antennas based on the estimated state of the transmission path and transmits downlink user data. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215848 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a case where a transmission timing in a mobile station apparatus varies among individual cells, efficient random access can be performed. A base station apparatus which is applied to a mobile communication system in which random access from a mobile station apparatus to a base station apparatus is executed allocates a plurality of cells to the mobile station apparatus, groups the cells into groups in each of which cells have an identical transmission timing in the mobile station apparatus, notifies the mobile station apparatus of transmission timings determined for the individual groups, permits the mobile station apparatus to execute random access using any one of the cells included in the groups, and notifies the mobile station apparatus of random access execution information about the cell for which random access is permitted. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215849 | Total Remaining Power Estimation in Carrier Aggregation - A user equipment (UE), comprising at least one component configured to send power headroom (PH) information for each of a plurality of component carriers (CCs) of a carrier aggregation, CC specific configured maximum power information for the CCs, and UE configured maximum power information, wherein the PH information for each of the CCs, the CC specific configured maximum power information for the CCs, and the UE configured maximum power information allow the access device to estimate a total remaining power for the UE. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215850 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING DATA TRANSMISSION - An apparatus for managing data transmission in a telecommunications system, including a buffer unit arranged to receive data from one or more sources of data and to forward the data to a transmitter for transmission. The buffer unit is configured to delay the transmission of the data by storing the data for a time before forwarding it to the transmitter. The buffer unit is also configured to forward the stored data to the transmitter for transmission when an amount of data stored in the buffer unit reaches a predefined threshold. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215851 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A wireless base station (eNB | 08-22-2013 |
20130215852 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALLING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method for generating an iterative sequence and a signal transmission method using the same are disclosed. As the cell size or the distance between a user equipment (UE) and a Node-B increases, the CP is repeated at least one time while the iterative sequence is generated, the CP length and the ZCZ length are adjusted, so that the sequence timing point can be easily detected, orthogonality between sequences is maintained, and the sequences can be clearly distinguished from each other. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215853 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING COMPONENT CARRIER SCHEDULED IN CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING - A method, user equipment, base station and system for determining a component carrier scheduled in cross-carrier scheduling. The method for determining the scheduled component carrier includes: a user equipment (UE) detects scheduling information sent by a base station in a first dedicated searching space corresponding to a scheduling component carrier, the first dedicated searching space includes at least one candidate physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) ( | 08-22-2013 |
20130215854 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL TO PROTECT AGAINST ERRONEOUS FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method for providing precoding weights for data symbols of data control subframes includes generating a downlink frame having control subframes which individually correspond to one of a plurality of downlink data subframes, and inserting weight information into each of the control subframes, such that the weight information is to be applied to data symbols present in the corresponding one of the data subframes. The method further includes transmitting the control subframes and the inserted weight information to a receiving device. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215855 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting and receiving signals in consideration of a time alignment timer and user equipment (UE) for the same are provided. In this method, a UE performs initial transmission or retransmission of an uplink signal using wireless resources corresponding to an uplink grant signal received from a base station only when a time alignment timer of the UE is running. The UE does not transmit a HARQ feedback signal for a downlink signal received from the base station to the base station when the time alignment timer of the UE is not running. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215856 | PREAMBLE SEQUENCE DETECTION APPARATUS - The present invention relates to a method for shortening the time taken for physical random access channel (PRACH) signal synchronization and preamble sequence detection in an LTE uplink system, and more particularly, to a method for shortening the time taken for preamble sequence detection using an inverse discrete Fourier transform. To this end, a preamble sequence detection apparatus according to the present invention comprises: a reference signal generation unit, which receives a first signal having a predetermined value, generates a preamble sequence, performs a discrete Fourier transform, a subcarrier mapping, and an inverse discrete Fourier transform on the generated preamble sequence, and then expands the resultant signal at a set rate to quantize the resultant signal; a PRACH reception unit which receives a PRACH signal transmitted from a terminal; and a correlation unit which detects a correlation between the reference signal received from the reference signal generation unit and a signal received from the PRACH reception unit. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215857 | Method of Downlink Power Allocation - A method of downlink power allocation is provided in order to fully utilize the available power and to avoid imbalanced power in different symbols. The method comprising muting a cell's resource elements (REs) that correspond to locations of common reference signal (CRS) REs of an interfering cell, and allocating unused power of the muted REs to CRS REs or a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) data RE of the cell after the muting. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215858 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION WHEN RETRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless access system and further relates to various methods for transmitting uplink control information when retransmitting uplink data in a carrier aggregation environment (i.e., multiple component carrier environment). The method for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) in the wireless access system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: transmitting uplink data to a base station; receiving a non-acknowledgement (NACK) signal of the uplink data from the base station; selecting a transport block for transmitting UCI when retransmitting the uplink data according to the NACK signal; and retransmitting the uplink data including the UCI, wherein a user equipment can transmit the UCI to the base station using the selected transport block. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215859 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In the case of setting a transmission weight to a transmitted signal, when there exists a second known signal which is received by a plurality of antennas after a first known signal used for calculation of the transmission weight and is transmitted with a transmission frequency band different from the first known signal, a transmission weight processing unit of a weight processing unit corrects the transmission weight by use of a delay amount of reception timing concerning the second known signal. Then, the transmission weight processing unit sets the corrected transmission weight to a transmitted signal. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215860 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A MULTI RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of performing a wireless communication, which is performed by a user equipment supporting a Multi-RAT (Radio Access Technology), includes receiving a notification signal indicating an existence of at least one cooperative user equipment candidate from the at least one cooperative user equipment candidate for a client cooperation (CC) via a first radio access scheme and transmitting a first data to a base station using at least one cooperative user equipment connected via the received notification signal among the at least one cooperative user equipment candidate. In this case, the first data is exchanged between the user equipment and the at least one cooperative user equipment via the first radio access scheme and the first data is exchanged between the at least one cooperative user equipment and the base station via a second radio access scheme. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215861 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - According to the present invention, a random access method between a terminal and a base station comprises: a system information transmission step in which the base station transmits, to the terminal, system information including route values sequentially selected from among a set of routes; a random access preamble transmission step in which the terminal generates a random access preamble on the basis of the system information and transmits the generated random access preamble to the base station; a period setup step in which the base station sets a period available for an arrival of the random access preamble; and a random access preamble detection step in which the base station detects the random access preamble in said available period. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215862 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a mobile station device capable of transmitting up to a predetermined number of transport blocks to a base station device on a single physical uplink shared channel, an object is to efficiently perform HARQ in case that the mobile station device receives an uplink grant that disables a part of uplink data. The mobile station device receives downlink control information transmitted by the base station device and used for scheduling the physical uplink shared channel. In case that the downlink control information indicates that a specific transport block is disabled, the mobile station device sets ACK for a HARQ process corresponding to the specific transport block. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215863 | Method and apparatus for establishing network in wireless network - The disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for establishing a network in a wireless network. The method includes: a wireless station selects a working channel and a primary channel which satisfy a bandwidth requirement and an interference level in a channelized set within a given frequency band according to local configuration information and/or through channel scanning and interference detection; and the wireless station establishes a network according to the selected working channel and primary channel. Through the disclosure, a wireless network compatible with the current Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) can be established according to the configuration information or scanning result when the wireless station supports multiple channelized set schemes within a given frequency band, and the utilization of available spectrum resources is maximized. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215864 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR SUPPORTING A CONNECTION BETWEEN A COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND A DESTINATION DEVICE IN A TARGET NETWORK - A method for supporting a connection between a communication device and a destination device in a target network over intermediate network nodes, in particular in the context of Internet Protocol based communication, wherein data between the communication device and the destination device is transmitted via a tunnel established between the communication device or a base station connected to the communication device, as a first tunnel endpoint and a gateway in the target network as a second tunnel endpoint. One or more dummy packets are sent via the tunnel from the first tunnel endpoint towards the second tunnel endpoint, information is encoded in the packet headers of the one or more dummy packets, and at least one of the intermediate network nodes, upon receiving the one or more dummy packets, performs the steps of detecting and/or decoding the encoded information and performing a predefined action dependent on the encoded information. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215865 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to transmit acknowledgement information comprising: determining a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format and resource, in which acknowledgement information is transmitted in response to a downlink transmission in a downlink sub-frame set including M(M≧1) downlink sub-frame; and transmitting the acknowledgement information using the PUCCH format and resource in one uplink sub-frame. Here, one serving cell may be configured to a terminal. Also, in the determining step, the acknowledgement information may be transmitted by using a PUCCH format 1a/1b, when a semi-persistent scheduling releasing physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) does not exist in the downlink sub-frame set, and one physical downlink shared channel, which is indicated through the detection of a corresponding PDCCH having a downlink assignment index value equals to one, exists in the downlink sub-frame set. | 08-22-2013 |
20130215866 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER INFORMATION ABOUT COMPONENT CARRIER IN MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER SYSTEM - The present invention provides an apparatus and method of a mobile station transmitting power information in a multiple component carrier system. This specification discloses configuring a Type Indicator Field (TIF) to indicate whether a first type of a maximum transmission power and a second type of a maximum transmission power which are outputted for primary component carriers of a Primary Serving Cell (PSC) are identical with each other, configuring at least one power field on the basis of the TIF, and transmitting a Medium Access Control (MAC) message, including the TIF and the at least one power field, to a base station. According to the present invention, in a wireless system in which a component aggregation is used, a maximum transmission power report regarding a PSC within an MAC control element is not redundantly performed using a TIF. | 08-22-2013 |
20130223351 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTI-CHANNEL FREQUENCY HOPPING SPREAD SPECTRUM COMMUNICATION - One embodiment of the present invention sets forth a technique for transmitting data in a frequency hopping spread spectrum (FHSS) wireless communication system. A multi-channel receiver is configured to receive data from one or more channels simultaneously. The multi-channel receiver enables efficient implementation of a transmission protocol in which multiple candidate nodes within a wireless mesh network are polled for availability to receive a packet of data. The packet of data is transmitted to one or more available nodes based on prevailing link conditions, thereby increasing the likelihood of successful delivery. Data flooding may be selectively implemented to further increase the likelihood of successful delivery. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223352 | System and Method for Allocating Network Resources - A method for operating a user equipment (UE) in a UE group including at least two UEs includes receiving, from a communications controller, network resources information about an allocation of a first set of network resources to the UE group and a transmission indication, where the transmission indication indicates that the UE is selected to transmit in a second set of network resources that is a subset of the first set of network resources. The method further includes transmitting, to other UEs in the UE group utilizing a direct mobile communications (DMC) link associated with the communications controller, a first message including a control indicator in a first subset of the second set of network resources, the control indicator indicating scheduling information for a second subset of the second set of network resources. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223353 | System and Method for Time Resource Allocation for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network - An embodiment of a system for operating a communications controller and a user equipment in a wireless communications system is provided. The communications controller is configured to allocate a first set of subframes to a group of UEs for a DMC link, allocate a second set of subframes to a particular UE in the group of UEs, transmit a first message including information about the first set of subframes to the group of UE, and transmit a second message including information about the second set of subframes to the particular UE. The second set of subframes is a subset of the first set of subframes, and information about the second set includes subframes in which the particular UE may transmit to other UEs in the group of UEs. Subframes in the first set not in the second set are allocated for reception by the particular UE. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223354 | HS-SCCH AND HS-SICH ALLOCATION AND MONITORING IN TD-SCDMA MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - In multi-carrier wireless communications control channels are coordinated onto a single reference frequency for scheduling communications with mobile devices. Mobile devices may monitor all available control channels on a single reference frequency rather than over multiple frequencies, thereby reducing CPU processing and power consumption. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223355 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING POWER GRANT ALLOCATION IN A MAC SCHEDULER - An apparatus comprising a first circuit and a second circuit. The first circuit may be configured to generate an estimated power unit table used to store power information in response to one or more of a plurality of input parameters. The second circuit may be configured to individually allocate one or more power usage parameters to each of a plurality of mobile units through a wireless network in response to the parameters stored in said power unit table. The power usage parameters may comprise (i) an absolute power grant when in a first mode and (ii) a relative power grant when in a second mode. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223356 | ALLOCATING AND DETERMINING RESOURCES FOR A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE LINK - An evolved Node B (eNB) for allocating resources for a device-to-device (D2D) link between User Equipments (UEs) is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB allocates resources for a D2D link by using at least one Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). The eNB further indicates a D2D link direction. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223357 | GENERATING A SEARCH SET OF TELEVISION WHITE SPACE CHANNELS BASED ON LOCATION INFORMATION - A method includes determining, at an electronic device, information associated with a location of the first electronic device. An initial set of television white space channels is filtered based on the information to generate a search set of television white space channels. A passive scan of the search set of television white space channels is performed at the electronic device to identify a television white space access point. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223358 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR RESETTING A NETWORK STATION - Systems and methods for communicating in a wireless communication system are described. One implementation is provided for effectively resetting stations within a wireless communication system. For example, a signal indicating the end of a contention free period may be transmitted from a device requesting the contention free period to another peer device or an access point. The peer device or access point may be configured to then transmit the occurrence of the end of the contention free period to other devices of the wireless communication system. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223359 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION AND TRACKING - A platform to facilitate updating an equalizer in addition to other receiver functionality is disclosed. A transmitting entity transmits one or more pilot tones in each protocol data unit (PDU) such as a packet. A receiving entity is able to derive a sufficiently accurate channel response estimate with the pilot tones under most channel conditions. The method and apparatus rotates the pilot tones through each of the subcarriers over the packet. The pilot tones would be separated by some number of data subcarriers so that estimation of slope and intercept for subcarrier tracking could be maintained. As the pilot tones are swept across the subcarriers, the taps for the equalizer for the subcarriers for which the pilot tones currently populate would be updated as well. This approach allows the system to track channel changes over time. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223360 | FOURIER TRANSFORM FOR A SIGNAL TO BE TRANSMITTED ON A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - Method and apparatus for processing a signal using a recursive method for determining a plurality of frequency components of the signal, the signal being a chirp-like polyphase sequence, wherein a first frequency component of the plurality of frequency components is determined; a component factor is determined by accessing a factor table for use in determining a second frequency component of the plurality of frequency components; and the second frequency component is determined using the determined first frequency component and the determined component factor. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223361 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING WIRELESS ACCESS CHANNEL - A terminal to establish a wireless access channel, includes an input unit to receive a user input to establish a wireless access channel for a data transfer, the user input corresponding to first identification information, a flow control unit to search for a target terminal in response to the user input and to establish a wireless access channel with the target terminal if a response including second identification information corresponding to the first identification information is received from the target terminal, and a control unit to check whether the second identification information corresponds to the first identification information. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223362 | UPLINK RESOURCE ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The present subject matter discloses systems and methods for uplink resource access in wireless communication networks. In one implementation, the method comprises identifying at least one communication device transmitting low characteristic data based on at least one device identification parameter, and transmitting a resource assignment message to the at least one identified communication device, wherein the resource assignment message is indicative of allocation of uplink resources. The method further comprises receiving data, from the at least one identified communication device, based on the allocation of the uplink resources. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223363 | METHOD FOR ENABLING EARLY DECODING GAINS IN PRESENCE OF MULTIPLE SIMULTANEOUS PACKET STREAMS - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication in a wireless communication network that includes receiving a plurality of data packets, wherein the plurality of data packets includes one or more indication bits for each of the plurality of data packets, and wherein the one or more indication bits embedded in each of the plurality data packets includes information about additional transport channels. Aspects of the methods and apparatus include early decoding of the plurality of data packets. Aspects also include retrieving the one or more indication bits from one or more of the plurality of data packets which have been successfully early decoded. Aspects also include determining an existence of additional transport channels based on the one or more indication bits. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223364 | ACK CHANNEL DESIGN FOR EARLY TERMINATION OF R99 UPLINK TRAFFIC - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus early decodes a packet prior to reception of the entire packet. Thereafter, the apparatus transmits an Ack of early decoding. A packet transmitting apparatus begins a transmission of a packet and ceases transmission of the packet after receiving an Ack of early decoding prior to transmission of the entire packet. The Ack may be transmitted using on/off keying or BPSK and using a slot format that substitutes Ack bits in a subset of slots reserved for ULTPC. The Ack may be transmitted using a separate R99 downlink channel by using resources of another existing downlink control channel. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223365 | CROSS-LAYER SCHEDULING BASED ON LOWER LAYER FEEDBACK - Systems, methods, apparatus, and techniques are provided for retransmitting packets of data. A Radio Link Control (RLC) layer data packet is generated, and the RLC layer data packet is converted to one or more physical (PHY) layer data packets. The one or more PHY layer data packets are transmitted. At least one of a hybrid automatic transmission request (HARQ) acknowledgement (ACK) message and a HARQ negative acknowledgment (NACK) message is received from a receiver in response to transmission of the one or more PHY layer data packets. It is determined whether the at least one of the HARQ ACK message and the HARQ NACK message represents a automatic transmission request (ARQ) ACK message or a ARQ NACK message. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223366 | ADAPTATION OF CONTROL SIGNALING TRANSMISSIONS TO VARIATIONS IN RESPECTIVE RESOURCES - A method and an apparatus for a User Equipment (UE) to receive a first type of a Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) or a second type of a PDCCH in a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) are provided whereby the first type of PDCCH and the second type of PDCCH convey respective Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats containing Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) bits scrambled with a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI). The method includes receiving by the UE a first bitmap associated with a number of TTIs equal to the first bitmap size, wherein each element of the first bitmap indicates whether a TTI is of a first type or of a second type, decoding by the UE only PDCCH of the first type if the TTI is of the first type, and decoding by the UE only PDCCH of the second type if the TTI is of the second type. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223367 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ACCESS PROBE ENHANCEMENTS - Methods and wireless communication devices for access procedure enhancement are provided. The wireless communication device for access procedure enhancement includes a transceiver module and a communication protocol module. The transceiver module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a network. The communication protocol module divides an access channel into a plurality of narrow band frequency division multiplexing (FDM) channels, groups a plurality of reverse link FDM access channels (R-FACH) into a plurality of R-FACH groups, determines whether a base station in a network supports an access probe. If yes, the base station joins at least one R-FACH group. The wireless communication device sends the access probe in a chosen R-FACH during each access procedure. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223368 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING VARIABLE CLOCK - A data transmission system that transmits data in a wireless environment such as a wireless communication network is provided. The data transmission system includes an access point (AP) and a terminal. The AP transmits control information to the terminal, and the terminal selects a data period to transmit the data based on the control information. The terminal may determine an operation clock, a channel bandwidth, and the like according to a data transmission rate of the data to be transmitted. The terminal may operate at a low operation clock according to the data transmission rate, thereby reducing power consumption. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223369 | METHOD, PUBLIC LAND MOBILE NETWORK AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for providing an access control of a User Equipment to a public land mobile network, the User Equipment being configured to be capable of a first kind of access and a second kind of access to the public land mobile network, includes: realizing access control to the public land mobile network by at least one of connecting the User Equipment to the public land mobile network according to the first kind of access based on a first access control information; or connecting the User Equipment to the public land mobile network according to the second kind of access based on a second access control information. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223370 | Method and an Arrangement for Sharing of a First Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier - method and an arrangement ( | 08-29-2013 |
20130223371 | RECEIVING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING METHOD - A multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) transmission apparatus includes a modulation signal generating section and a MIMO transmitting section. The modulation signal generating section generates: (i) a first OFDM modulation signal, in which a plurality of subcarriers include a subcarrier carrying a pilot symbol and a subcarrier carrying a data symbol, in both a first time period and a second time period; and (ii) a second OFDM modulation signal, in which the plurality of subcarriers include a subcarrier carrying a pilot symbol and a subcarrier carrying a data symbol in the first time period, while in the second time period an in-phase component and a quadrature-phase component of every subcarrier included in the plurality of subcarriers are zero. The MIMO transmitting section transmits the first OFDM modulation signal from a first antenna and transmits the second OFDM modulation signal from a second antenna. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223372 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING DATA RETRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving packets at a network in a mobile communication system. Including receiving a first packet from a user equipment; and receiving a second packet from the user equipment regardless of a reception status for the first packet, if control information for the second packet is transmitted to the user equipment. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223373 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION VIA OVER THE AIR LOAD INDICATOR AND RELATIVE NARROWBAND TRANSMIT POWER - Systems and methods for facilitating inter-cell interference coordination using resource partitioning are described. A UE may receive or determine information related to received interference and/or future scheduling. The information may be communicated to a serving base station, which may use the information to allocate uplink or downlink resources between cells. The uplink and/or downlink resource may be partitioned in subbands to mitigate interference from adjacent network nodes. The eNBs may communicate, such as directly, via a backhaul connection, and/or between UEs to configure interference coordination and signaling. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223374 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL - It is an object to provide a sequence allocating method that, while maintaining the number of Zadoff-Chu sequences to compose a sequence group, is configured to make it possible to reduce correlations between different sequential groups. This method includes the steps of setting a standard sequence with a standard sequence length (Nb) and a standard sequence number (rb) in a step (ST | 08-29-2013 |
20130223375 | Methods And Apparatus For Use In Facilitating Access To Aggregator Services For Mobile Communication Devices Via Wireless Communication Networks - A mobile device performs a scanning operation for identifying a wireless network and receives from the wireless network a hotspot aggregator service identifier which identifies a hotspot aggregator service made available via the wireless network. The mobile device compares the received hotspot aggregator service identifier with one or more hotspot aggregator service identifiers stored in memory. When there is a match between the received and the stored hotspot aggregator service identifiers, the mobile device initiates a connection with the wireless network for receiving the hotspot aggregator service. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223376 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING BLIND DECODING RESULTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described herein that facilitate processing and pruning of blind decoding results (e.g., associated with grant signaling) within a wireless communication environment. As described herein, blind decoding results associated with grant signaling and/or other suitable signaling can be pruned in various manners, thereby reducing false alarm probabilities associated with such results. For example, techniques are provided herein for constraining respective decoding candidates to possible radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) values, performing validity checking on payload of respective decoding candidates, and selecting a most likely decoding candidate from a previously pruned set of candidates. Further, techniques are described herein for generating filler bits (e.g., padding bits, reserved bits, etc.) in a grant message according to a predefined pattern, thereby enabling checking of such bits to further reduce false alarm rates. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223377 | Context Transfers And Multi-Band Operation For Wireless Networks - Various example embodiments are disclosed relating wireless networks and relating to context transfers and multi-band operation in wireless networks. In an example embodiment, a multi-band scheduler may be provided for use in a wireless node. The multi-band scheduler may be configured to: receive one or more data units of a flow; assign each received data unit of the flow to a first frequency band of a plurality of frequency bands; determine a band transfer condition for the flow; and perform a context transfer from the first frequency band to a second frequency band for the flow based on the determined band transfer condition. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223378 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL SIGNALING - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting downlink control information in mobile communications system. A size of a downlink control information (DCI) format associated with an uplink transmission mode is determined and then compared with a size of a DCI format corresponding to a current downlink transmission mode. If the size of the DCI format associated with the uplink transmission mode is same as the size of the DCI format corresponding to the current downlink transmission mode, a bit is appended to the DCI format associated with the uplink transmission mode to differentiate the size of the DCI format associated with the uplink transmission mode from the size of the DCI format corresponding to the current downlink transmission mode. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223379 | Interference Randomization of Control Channel Elements - A method and a radio base station for interleaving control channel data to be transmitted in a telecommunications system are described. The method comprises grouping the control channel elements CCE | 08-29-2013 |
20130223380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus of transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating a precoded reference signal or a non-precoded reference signal in accordance with a rank, and transmitting the generated reference signal. Uplink transmission using multiple transmit antennas is supported through reference signal design and related control signaling. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223381 | Frame Number in Multicarrier Wireless Networks - A base station is configured to communicate employing a plurality of carriers comprising at least one prime carrier and at least one non-prime carrier. The base station may transmit a system frame number in a physical broadcast channel in a frame on a prime carrier. The base station may transmit and receive, employing a communication interface, packets in the frames on a non-prime carrier. The communication interface employs the system frame number transmitted in the frame of the prime carrier. The non-prime carrier is configured to operate without broadcasting the system frame number on the non-prime carrier. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CLIENT INITIATED TRANSMISSIONS IN MULTIPLE-USER COMMUNICATION SCHEMES - A method for wireless communications is disclosed that includes receiving a plurality of requests to transmit data from a plurality of apparatuses; determining resource allocation for a set of apparatuses in the plurality of apparatuses, wherein the determination is based on the plurality of requests; and transmitting a message comprising the resource allocation to the set of apparatuses to permit data transmission. Another method for wireless communications is disclosed that includes contending for access to a medium based on a request, by an apparatus, with a plurality of other apparatuses; receiving a message, the message comprising a resource allocation based on requests from the apparatus and the other apparatuses, wherein the resource allocation permits data transmission from the apparatus and some of the other apparatuses; and transmitting data by the apparatus based on the message. Apparatuses for performing the methods are also disclosed. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223383 | MOBILE SERVICE RECEPTION METHOD AND MOBILE SERVICE RECEIVER - A mobile service reception method and a mobile service receiver are provided. The mobile service reception method includes performing a channel scan operation comprising searching in one or more frequencies for a broadcast signal which includes mobile data for providing a mobile service and generating a list of a plurality of mobile services, selecting at least one mobile service from the list, and processing mobile data for the selected at least one mobile service by obtaining at least one parade through which the selected at least one mobile service is transmitted, wherein a parade forms one Reed Solomon (RS) frame or two RS frames. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223384 | SCHEDULING DATA TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Scheduling data transmissions in a wireless network is disclosed. A first value related to a radio bearer is provided to a user equipment (UE) by a wireless network. The wireless network also sends an allocation message for an uplink transmission and receives data in response. The data is selected from a plurality of radio bearers of the UE in response to the received first value and based on a second value. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223385 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SHARING NETWORK RESOURCES - A method for sharing network resources includes: setting a sharing group based on service types in the process of setting up a bearer and determining a maximum network resource for the sharing group; and allocating a resource for the bearer in the range of the maximum network resource. The present invention also provides a system and an apparatus for sharing network resources. The embodiments of the present invention implement the sharing of a maximum transmission rate among multiple bearers in an evolved network, solve the problem of low network resource utilization caused by the fact that each bearer occupies a fixed bandwidth resource, and implement maximum utilization of network resources. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223386 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL DIFFUSION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can suppress inter-code interference between an ACK/NACK signal and a CQI signal which are code-multiplexed. A diffusion unit ( | 08-29-2013 |
20130223387 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST DATA, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST DATA - A broadcast data transmission method includes generating service composition information of a broadcasting service to be provided using a broadcast packet transmitted through a frequency channel; generating first signaling information indicating an ensemble in which the service composition information is to be transmitted; and transmitting the broadcast packet, the service composition information, and the first signaling information. The service composition information may include at least one of a service identifier for the broadcasting service, genre information representing a genre of the broadcasting service, and information about a provider of the broadcasting service. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223388 | ERROR CORRECTION FOR A PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for communicating and utilizing persistent allocation of resources are described herein. A base station may allocate persistent resources to a client station, and may associate the client station or persistent resource allocation with a particular shared NACK channel. The base station may monitor the NACK channel for a NACK indicating a map error. The base station may monitor the resource allocation to implicitly determine a map error. The base station may resend one or more persistent resource allocation information elements in response to the NACK or implicit error determination. A client station having a persistent resource allocation may monitor persistent resource allocation information elements in map messages and/or may indicate failure to receive a persistent resource allocation information element in a NACK message on a shared NACK channel. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223389 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEQUENCE HOPPING IN SINGLE CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SC-FDMA) COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting a reference-signal and a data signal by a user equipment in a communication system. The data signal is generated. A sequence is determined for the reference-signal. The reference-signal is transmitted based on the sequence and the data signal through at least one resource block. The sequence is determined based on sequence-hopping if the number of resource blocks is equal to or greater than the predetermined value. The sequence is determined without sequence-hopping if the number of resource blocks is less than a predetermined value. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223390 | SUPPORT FOR BROADCAST CONTROL HEADER FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Various example embodiments are disclosed herein related to broadcast control headers for wireless networks. According to an example embodiment, a method may include allocating resources for a broadcast channel for a wireless network may include determining a set of physical resource units (PRUs), each PRU including a plurality of contiguous subcarriers, selecting one or more subsets of the PRUs, each subset including a plurality of PRUs distributed across the set of PRUs, and determining a plurality of logical resource units (LRUs) from each subset of PRUs, including permutating the subcarriers independently within each subset of PRUs to obtain the plurality of LRUs for each subset of PRUs, each LRU including a plurality of distributed subcarriers. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223391 | Method and Apparatus for Avoiding In-Device Coexistence Interference - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies deployed in adjacent bands on the same device by controlling and separating the LTE signaling and the non-LTE signaling using dedicated time intervals to separate LTE signaling from non-LTE signaling. In addition, coexistence mode handover procedures are provided which use threshold-based triggering events to avoid coexistence interference and to prevent ping-pong effects by establishing a “keeping time” parameter so that a non-interfering network node does not switch back to an interfering network node after handoff. Coexistence interference is also avoided by providing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism which accounts for coexistence interference by providing a fixed or variable on-interval parameter and an activity parameter indicating whether non-LTE activity is present to maximize a time interval for non-LTE devices without interference from LTE activity on the same device. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223392 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SOUND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER - Provided are a method and apparatus for adjusting sounding reference signal transmission power. A terminal a plurality of transmit powers used for transmitting a plurality of sounding reference signals (SRSs) in a sounding reference symbol. If a total transmission power for the plurality of SRSs exceeds a maximum transmission power, the terminal scales each transmission power by the same scale factor. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223393 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE AND BASE STATION - Provided are a method for coordinating inter-cell interference and a base station using same. A first base station receives from the second base station a configuration request message for requesting a radio resource setting to coordinate inter-cell interference. The first base station transmits to the second base station a configuration response message as a response to the configuration request message. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223394 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SRS TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a communication device and an SRS transmission method capable of reducing the possibility of a difference in recognition between the presence or absence of an SRS transmission between a base station and a terminal or of an SRS resource so as to prevent degradation of system throughput. At a terminal ( | 08-29-2013 |
20130223395 | Apparatus and Method for Communication - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The method includes setting up at least one second radio bearer for at least one second user equipment of the multi-radio user equipment on a second carrier, the first and second carriers being different and associating the first and at least one second radio bearers with a bearer which is set up between the apparatus and a core network. Data to be transmitted is multiplexed to the multi-radio user equipment to the first and second bearers and data received from the multi-radio user equipment on the first and second bearers is demultiplexed to the bearer which is set up between the apparatus and a core network. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223396 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, a method for transmitting control information including ACK/NACK and a scheduling request (SR) from a terminal in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a plurality of physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs); and transmitting a plurality of ACK/NACK and SR corresponding to the plurality of PDSCHs by using physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 3, wherein the plurality of ACK/NACK are divided into first and second segments, and the SR is added to at least one of the first and second segments and is then joint coded with the plurality of ACK/NACKs of the segment to which the SR is added. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223397 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APERIODIC REFERENCE SIGNAL - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting and receiving an aperiodic reference signal. The method for receiving an aperiodic reference signal comprises: allowing a reference signal receiving device to determine a radio resource area that can be calculated by environmental information from a first reference signal transmission device, and to transmit an aperiodic reference signal to the first reference signal transmission device by including first instruction information which instructs the aperiodic reference signal to be transmitted in the radio resource area; transmitting the aperiodic reference signal by including second instruction information which instructs a second reference signal transmission device, to which a periodic reference signal is to be transmitted in said radio resource area; and receiving the aperiodic reference signal from the first reference signal transmission device in the radio resource area. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223398 | NETWORK ASSISTED SENSING ON A SHARED BAND FOR LOCAL COMMUNICATIONS - To find a D2D channel, by example a shared channel for offload traffic from an allocated D2D channel, a cellular network access node sends a configuration message with parameters (e.g., sensing time, frequency band, sensing mechanism, cyclic shift) for a D2D device to sense spectrum. From results of this spectrum sensing is decided whether to utilize a frequency band, sensed according to the parameters, for D2D communications. In an embodiment the network selects a subframe configuration to set the sensing time, in which different subframe configurations have different-length guard periods which is the sensing time. In embodiments a first sensing is within a guard period and represents coarse sensing results and if those are not sufficient the network configures a longer sensing time (e.g., spanning multiple subframes) for finer sensing results. The network or alternatively the D2D device decides whether to use the sensed frequency band for offload traffic. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223399 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus is configured to receive a first signaling message comprising a first identifier of a first node and a second identifier of a second node, and responsive to the receiving initiate at least one policy action relating to at least one of the first node and the second node; and transmit a second signaling message to the first node, the second signaling message being configured to cause bearer establishment between the first node and the second node. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223400 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for transmitting and receiving a downlink control channel for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a downlink control channel from a base station to a terminal, and the method may comprise: a step of determining whether a downlink subframe is of a first type or a second type; and a step in which if the downlink subframe is of the first type, the number of OFDM symbols for transmitting the downlink control channel is set to a preset value (N), and the downlink control channel is transmitted using N OFDM symbols. | 08-29-2013 |
20130223401 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, NETWORK DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 08-29-2013 |
20130229988 | Method and Apparatus for Synchronized Channel Access Among Groups - In the detailed examples an access point AP assigns each of a plurality of stations to a group, in which at least one group has multiple stations assigned. For each group the AP sets a group-specific medium access interval during which stations who are members of the group are allowed to compete for medium access, and sends a message indicating the group-specific medium access intervals for the respective groups. A station receiving the message determines the group to which it belongs and determines that it is allowed to compete for medium access at least during the medium access interval. Various examples provide options for how the grouping might be made and how the intervals might be dynamically adjusted. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229989 | Resource Allocation Methods and use Thereof for Sounding Reference Signals in Uplink - Apparatus, methods, and program products are presented that perform the following: allocating a set of sounding reference signal resources in a sounding reference signal resource space to a plurality of user equipment using a portioning scheme, and signaling indications of the allocated set of sounding reference signal resources to the plurality of user equipment. The portioning scheme may be a load balancing, complete partitioning, or hybrid scheme. The selection of a portioning scheme may be based on load. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229990 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING UPLINK INTERFERENCE - A method and apparatus for effectively managing uplink interference in a TD-SCDMA HSUPA system is provided. The method may comprise receiving a load indicator from each of one or more non-serving Node Bs, calculating a load factor for each of the one or more non-serving Node Bs, generating a weighted serving and neighbor Node B path loss (SNPL) metric by applying the calculated load factor to a non-weighted SNPL metric determination, and transmitting the generated weighted SNPL metric to a serving Node B. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229991 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NETWORK CODING USING MAXIMUM DISTANCE SEPARABLE (MDS) LINEAR NETWORK CODES - A method for network coding includes generating a message matrix, where each column of the message matrix corresponds to one of K message packets and each element in a column of the message matrix corresponds to one of the symbols of the corresponding message packet. The method further includes generating a network code matrix to map the K message packets to N encoded packets, where any combination of K columns of the network code matrix is linearly independent and N is greater than K. The method also includes multiplying the message matrix by the network code matrix to generate a transmission matrix, where each column of the transmission matrix corresponds to an encoded packet for wireless transmission. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229992 | Coordinated Multiple Point Transmission and Reception - A method implemented in a mobile communications network supporting coordinated multiple point transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The method includes transmitting, to a user equipment (UE), data in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), and transmitting a reference signal to the UE, wherein a union of resource elements (REs) allocated for reference signals transmitted from a subset of a plurality of transmission points (TPs) in a CoMP set are excluded from resource mapping for transmitting the data to the UE. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229993 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system and to a device therefore, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a control channel signal including resource allocation information; and transmitting an uplink signal according to control channel signal. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229994 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MEMORY CLOCK FREQUENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention prevents performance degradation caused by a multiplication frequency of a memory clock in a wireless communication system by changing a frequency of the memory clock so that a multiplication frequency is not sufficiently close to a transmission/reception frequency that will cause noise or interference with a data transmission/reception. A communication apparatus according to the present invention includes a controller comprising at least one processor; and a memory for operating at a clock provided from the controller. The controller checks a communication frequency, determines whether the communication frequency is a value in a range of interference from a multiplication frequency of a memory clock frequency, and changes the memory clock frequency. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229995 | System and Methods for Differentiated Association Service Provisioning in WiFi Networks - A system and methods are provided to enable differentiated association of stations (STAs) in a WiFi system and provide differentiated quality of service (QoS) based association. The embodiments include categorizing STAs that share a channel of the WiFi network into different association priority classes, wherein the STAs with higher association priority classes wait for shorter times before starting association with an access point (AP) over the shared channel. The association priority classes are assigned by the AP or the WiFi network and signaled to the STAs. Alternatively, the association priority classes are assigned by the STAs and indicated to the AP or the WiFi network. The association priority class is determined for a STA according to traffic type, device type, subscriber type, or a random number generator. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229996 | MULTI-USER PARALLEL CHANNEL ACCESS IN WLAN SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus may provide multi-user parallel channel access (MU-PCA) and/or single-user parallel channel access (SU-PCA) using transmit and/or receive with symmetrical bandwidth, in the downlink (DL), uplink (UL), or combined DL and UL. SU-PCA and MU-PCA may support unequal modulation and coding schemes (MCS) and unequal transmit power. Medium access control (MAC) layer, Physical layer (PHY), and mixed and PHY layer methods and procedures may support UL, DL and combined UL and DL SU-PCA and MU-PCA using transmit and/or receive with symmetrical bandwidth. MU-PCA and/or SU-PCA may also be supported by MAC and PHY layer designs and procedures for downlink, uplink and combined uplink and downlink using transmit/receive with asymmetrical bandwidth. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229997 | Allocation of Communication Resources - The disclosure relates to allocation of resources for wireless communications. An index for an uplink control resource is determined in accordance with a predefined rule. The determining takes into account an index associated with a physical downlink resource and the amount of downlink resources to be mapped on the uplink control resource. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229998 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for transmitting an uplink control signal in a wireless communication system. User equipment selects uplink (UL) secondary component carrier (SCC) from a plurality of physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH)-scheduled UL SCCs in a carrier aggregation (CA) system including a plurality of UL component carriers (CCs), and transmits uplink control information (UCI) by piggybacking it on the PUSCH scheduled for the selected single UL SCC. Herein, the PUSCH is not scheduled for a primary CC (PCC) of the CA system. | 09-05-2013 |
20130229999 | Directed Wireless Communication - In an implementation of directed wireless communication, a multi-beam directed signal system coordinates directed wireless communication with client devices. A transmit beam-forming network routes data communication transmissions to the client devices via directed communication beams that are emanated from an antenna assembly, and a receive beam-forming network receives data communication receptions from the client devices via the directed communication beams. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230000 | LOW COMPLEXITY UNIFIED CONTROL CHANNEL PROCESSING - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate unified, low-complexity processing (e.g., user separation and noise estimation) of a control channel. One or more UEs can respectively transmit one or more control signals, which are multiplexed on a control channel and a base station can receive a control channel signal that includes the one or more control signals. The base station, in a single pass, can separate the control signals by matching the control channel signal with a base sequence and translating the matched signal to a time-domain representation. In the time-domain representation, each control signal resides at a different tap. Further, the base station can identify taps of the time-domain representation corresponding to an unused cyclic shift or orthogonal cover sequence. Such taps can be employed to generate a noise and/or interference estimate. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230001 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A first base station apparatus that forms a first cell, the first base station apparatus includes an assigning unit that assigns a radio resource for a control channel between a mobile station apparatus and the first base station apparatus, and a first transmitting unit that transmits radio resource information indicating the radio resource assigned for the control channel to the second base station apparatus forming a second cell that is different from the first cell. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230002 | TIMING ADJUSTMENT METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station in a mobile communication system containing a user equipment and the base station that includes an uplink (UL) resource management unit that allocates a plurality of parameters related to a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource used for transmission processing, between the user equipment and the base station; a reception processing unit that receives a signal sent from the user equipment including a transmission processing unit that performs transmission processing based on transmission timing adjustment information; and a control unit that, if a valid term of first transmission timing adjustment information expires before transmission processing of a signal including identification information of the user equipment is performed during connection processing while performing the connection processing to the base station based on the first transmission timing adjustment information, aborts the connection processing and releases at least one of the allocated plurality of parameters related to the PUCCH resource. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230003 | PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO MANAGEMENT FOR MULTI-CARRIER MODULATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques for managing peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) for multi-carrier modulation in wireless communication systems. Different terminals in a multiple-access system may have different required transmit powers. The number of carriers to allocate to each terminal is made dependent on its required transmit power. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be allocated fewer carriers (associated with smaller PAPR) to allow the power amplifier to operate at higher power levels. Terminals with lower required transmit powers may be allocated more carriers (associated with higher PAPR) since the power amplifier is operated at lower power levels. The specific carriers to assign to the terminals may also be determined by their transmit power levels to reduce out-of-band emissions. Terminals with higher required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the middle of the operating band, and terminals with lower required transmit powers may be assigned with carriers near the band edges. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230004 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING THE TRANSMISSION MODE FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A base station includes a transmit path circuitry to select one of a first UCI multiplexing method that allows a subscriber station to simultaneously transmit PUSCH and PUCCH and a second UCI multiplexing method that does not allow the subscriber station to simultaneously transmit PUSCH and PUCCH. The transmit path circuitry also transmits a higher layer signal indicating the one selected UCI multiplexing method, and transmits one or more uplink grants. Each of the uplink grants schedules a PUSCH in an UL CC for a subframe n, and each of the uplink grants carries a CQI request. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive an aperiodic CSI report on the PUSCH in the uplink component carrier i when only one of the uplink grants scheduling a PUSCH in an uplink component carrier i carries a CQI request having a value from a set of values. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230005 | Method and System for Uplink Beamforming Calibration in a Multi-Antenna Wireless Communication System - A wireless transceiver, comprising a transmitter, a receiver and a plurality of antennas, determines transmit phase relationship between at least two of antennas based on radio frequency (RF) signals received via the at least two antennas from one or more antennas of a base station. RF signals are transmitted via the at least two antennas utilizing the determined transmit phase relationship. The receiver is calibrated based on receiver performance determined from the received RF signals for subsequent reception of RF signals. The transmit phase relationship is dynamically adjusted based on the transmit RF measurements and the determined receiver performance. Transmit channel qualities are determined for each transmit antenna based on the transmit RF measurements and the dynamically adjusted transmit phase relationship. Transmit antennas are dynamically selected based on the adjusted transmit phase relationship, the characterized transmit channel qualities and the determined receiver performance for subsequent transmission to the base station. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230006 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDEX FEEDBACK REDUCTION FOR BROADBAND SYSTEMS - A system and methodology are disclosed for exploiting channel correlation in time and/or frequency to reduce CQI feedback in wireless communications systems. By compressing CQI feedback at the receiver to reduce redundancy in CQI feedback information that results from the channel correlation, the average feedback rate is reduced. In various embodiments, redundancy in time may be removed from the CQI feedback by monitoring variations of the CQI information in time at the receiver so that CQI information for a given CQI reporting instance is communicated to the transmitter only if it differs from the CQI information for the previous CQI reporting instance. Otherwise, no feedback is performed. In other embodiments, CQI feedback is compressed by performing a discrete cosine transform (DCT) on the CQI data. The compressed CQI feedback information is then communicated to the transmitter through the feedback control channel where it is decoded into the original CQI information and used to generate signal processing information for various sub-carriers. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230007 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS - The present invention makes it possible to feed back PMIs that are required to generate precoding weights, while securing improvement of throughput performance, in downlink MIMO transmission using a plurality of transmitting antennas. With the present invention, in a mode to include a PTI (Precoder Type Indicator) in a PUCCH and feedback the PTI to a radio base station apparatus for downlink MIMO transmission using a plurality of transmitting antennas, the transmission cycle of feedback information corresponding to report 2 and report 3 when the value of the PTI is 0 are made different from the transmission cycle of feedback information corresponding to report 2 and report 3 when PTI=1 and the former feedback information and the latter feedback information are multiplexed, and the multiplexed signal is transmitted to the radio base station apparatus by the PUCCH. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230008 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink Transmit Power Adjustment - The present invention relates to a method and a user equipment for use in a wireless communication system. The method and user equipment allow for transmit power adjustment of the transmit power of a selected of a plurality of antennas of the user equipment. The method comprised a transmit power adjustment phase during which it is test ( | 09-05-2013 |
20130230009 | METHOD FOR CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a carrier management method for use in a carrier aggregation environment of a mobile communication system. In the method, a base station is configured to transmit a deactivation message for a secondary carrier to a terminal and change the secondary carrier to a deactivation state after a predetermined time from the transmission of the deactivation message. The terminal receives the deactivation message transmitted by the base station, and changes the secondary carrier to the deactivation state after a predetermined time from the transmission of the deactivation message. As the predetermined time, a predefined value may be used to prevent inconsistency of secondary-carrier state information that is managed by the base station and the terminal. If the carrier state management information is used, it is possible to prevent inconsistency of secondary-carrier states that are managed by the base station and the terminal and solve problems due to the inconsistency. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230010 | Method and Terminal Apparatus for Transmitting a Power Status Report in a Wireless Communication System - Method of transmitting a power status report by a mobile station in a wireless communication system according to the present application comprises receiving at least one of an offset value of a data channel or an offset value of a control channel for an uplink power control from a base station; determining a base uplink transmit power level for at least one of the data channel or control channel based on at least one of the received offset value of the data channel or the received offset value of the control channel; and transmitting the determined base uplink transmit power level to the base station. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230011 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTION OF A GATEWAY OF A LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A provided apparatus is caused to direct establishment of a connection of the apparatus with a core network via a wide area radio access network (RAN), where the core network is coupled to an external network. The apparatus is also caused to select or receive selection of a local area network that is coupled to the same or different external network via one or more local gateways (L-GWs). The apparatus is caused to request selection of a L-GW of the one or more L-GWs from the core network via the wide area RAN, and in response, receive an identity of a selected L-GW. Further, the apparatus is caused to direct contact with the selected L-GW based on the identity, and establishment of a connection of the apparatus with the selected L-GW. The apparatus may thereby be connected to the external network via the local area network and selected L-GW. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230012 | DETERMINING A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK CELL FREQUENCY - The invention refers to supporting a cell search within a cellular communications network by evaluating a radio signal received from the network, the radio signal covering a certain frequency range composed of a plurality of frequency bands, wherein each band is associated to a certain carrier frequency, the method comprising generating ( | 09-05-2013 |
20130230013 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A CONTROL CHANNEL AND A DATA CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting a control channel in a wireless communication system that supports multi-cell cooperative communication. According to the present invention, a scheme for protecting a control channel and a data channel of one cell from interference caused by another cell is provided. | 09-05-2013 |
20130230014 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication system capable of communication control on the basis of load information transmitted/received between base stations by using inter-base-station communication, comprises: a base station eNB | 09-05-2013 |
20130230015 | Control Channel Configuration in a Wireless Communications System - The present invention is directed to methods in a wireless communication network for allocating resource elements of a transmission resource to a control channel. The invention also relates to different nodes of a wireless communication network. The transmission resource comprises a first number of resource blocks each comprising one or a plurality of subsets of resource elements. One method in a control node comprises the steps: obtaining a bitmap for configuration of the transmission resource, wherein the bitmap is adapted to identify at least one subset of resource elements within the transmission resource (S | 09-05-2013 |
20130235807 | VIRTUAL SECTORIZATION USING AN ACTIVE ANNTENNA ARRAY - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for virtual sectorization using an active antenna array. Embodiments of the apparatus include a transmitter for providing signals to an active antenna array. The signals cause the active antenna array to transmit a first reference signal to a first sector indicated to user equipment within the first sector by a sector identifier. The signals also cause the active antenna array to transmit a plurality of second reference signals into a corresponding plurality of second virtual sectors that overlap the first sector. The apparatus also includes a scheduler for scheduling transmission to user equipment based on feedback generated by the user equipment using the first reference signal or the second reference signals. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235808 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HANDLING OF AN UPLINK TRANSMISSION COLLISION WITH AN ACK/NACK SIGNAL - Systems and methods for handling of an uplink transmission collision with an ACK/NACK signal are provided. The scheduled uplink transmission is refrained due to the collision. Subsequent non-adaptive retransmission for the scheduled uplink transmission may be refrained by delivering an ACK for the scheduled uplink transmission to high layers. Alternatively, subsequent non-adaptive retransmission for the scheduled uplink transmission may be refrained by setting the HARQ feedback for the scheduled transmission to ACK. In some implementations, a subsequent non-adaptive retransmission for the scheduled uplink transmission may be transmitted. If a subsequent non-adaptive retransmission is to be transmitted, the HARQ redundancy version for the subsequent non-adaptive retransmission is refrained from incrementing from the original redundancy version for the scheduled uplink transmission. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235809 | Multi-Carrier Modulation With Hierarchical Resource Allocation - Methods and systems for communicating in a multi-carrier communication system are disclosed. Radio resources may be organized in at least three hierarchical levels. The hierarchical levels may comprise macroblocks, blocks, and radio resource elements. A macroblock may contain a plurality of blocks and a block may contain a plurality of radio resource elements. The radio resource elements may further correspond to subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol. An index in a control message may specify a modulation and/or coding scheme (MCS) pattern indicting a MCS for each block within a macroblock. In an embodiment, fewer bits are used by the index to specify a MCS pattern that is used statistically more frequently, and more bits are used by the index to specify a MCS pattern that is used statistically less frequently. Signals may be transmitted over the plurality of macroblocks. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235810 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR TEMPORARY RELEASE OF RESOURCES IN RADIO NETWORKS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments are disclosed to for resource coexistence management in RF white spaces. An example embodiment includes a method including receiving by a control node of a wireless network, an allocation of resources and an indication of allowance to release resources temporarily from a network controller serving the control node; and transmitting by the control node to the network controller, a message indicating temporary release of a portion of the allocated resources. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235811 | Method and System for Indicating Transmission Parameter - A method and system for indicating a transmission parameter are provided in the present invention. The method includes: when multi-user multi-input multi-output (MIMO) data are transmitted, using a newly-added indication signaling in a downlink control information format to indicate different joint encoded parameters when numbers of enabled transport blocks are different. Through adding new indication signaling in the present invention, different joint encoded parameters are indicated during the multi-user MIMO data transmission and the MIMO multi-user transmission based on the demodulation reference signal is supported. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235812 | Enhanced PHICH Transmission for LTE-Advanced - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises generating a sequence of signals of an enhanced physical HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) indicator channel (E-PHICH). The method further comprises mapping the sequence of signals of the E-PHICH to a first set of resource elements, wherein the first set of resource elements is multiplexed with a second set of resource elements over a set of virtual resource blocks, and wherein the second set of resource elements carries at least one of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). | 09-12-2013 |
20130235813 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING A WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS POINT BEACON - An approach is provided for managing a wireless network access point beacon. The approach involves determining to one or more of (1) cause, at least in part, a beacon pointer associated with a beacon of a wireless network access point to be transmitted and (2) cause, at least in part, a beacon schedule associated with the beacon of the wireless network access point to be adjusted based, at least in part, on a derivation of one or more other beacon schedules associated with one or more other beacons of one or more other wireless network access points. The determination to cause the adjustment of the beacon schedule is based, at least in part, on a received indication of a potential conflict between the beacon and the one or more other beacons. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235814 | MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE VIA TIMING CONTROLS FOR RADIOS USING THE SAME RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - A method of wireless communication includes identifying a first radio operating in a first mode and a second radio operating in a second mode defined within one device. The first radio and the second radio operate on a same radio access technology (RAT) and also operate on a same band. The method also includes altering a communication time of the first radio and/or the second radio to reduce interference. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235815 | Method and Apparatus of Enhancing Performance of Downlink Multi-User Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output Transmissions in Wireless Communication System - A method of enhancing performance of downlink multi-user multiple-input-multiple-output transmissions in a wireless communication system comprising a communication device and a network is disclosed. The method comprises generating a feedback report comprising a correlation-based validity threshold (CVT); and transmitting the feedback report from the communication device to the network. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235816 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING BETWEEN SMALL CELLS USING OVER-THE-AIR TRANSMISSIONS - A system performs an over-the-air transmission from a source small cell to a destination small cell. A channel for the over-the-air transmission is selected based on information to be sent. The system determines an information attribute for an over-the-air transmission from the source small cell to the destination small cell. The system selects an over-the-air channel, from a set of channels, based on the information attribute. The source small cell sends the over-the-air transmission on the selected over-the-air channel to the destination small cell. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235817 | Method of Handling Control Channel and Related Communication Device - A method of detecting a control channel is disclosed. The method comprises determining a number of a plurality of resource units assigned for the control channel according to a size indicator; determining the plurality of resource units according to a combinatorial index, wherein the combinatorial index is determined according to the number of the plurality of resource units and a number of total resource units; and detecting the control channel according to the plurality of resource units. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235818 | Channel Estimation in Wireless Networks - Aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to performing channel estimation with modifications for improved system performance. Aspects generally include receiving, at a user equipment (UE), reference signals from a base station in a current subframe, and performing channel estimation, wherein the channel estimation is based at least in part on the reference signals received in the current subframe, a mobility characteristic of the UE, and a configuration of subframes prior to the current subframe. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235819 | Sequence Initialization for Demodulation Reference Signal - A new sequence initialization for demodulation reference signal (DMRS) sequence design used in the LTE-A system is provided. In some implementations, the modulo-2 addition of n | 09-12-2013 |
20130235820 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Direct Communications in Wireless Communication System - A method of performing direct communications in a network of a wireless communication system, the method comprising configuring a first communication device to enter a direct communication mode by transmitting a first mode configuration information according to a mode change information; and configuring a second communication device to enter the direct communication mode by transmitting a second mode configuration information according to the mode change information; wherein the first communication device and the second communication device respectively have a first radio resource control (RRC) connection and a second RRC connection with the network. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235821 | SIGNALING OF VIRTUAL CELL IDENTIFIERS AND FALLBACK OPERATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a cell identifier is selected based on one or more properties associated with received downlink control information (DCI), where the properties may not be exclusively associated with determining a cell identifier. The cell identifier may be selected from a plurality of cell identifiers received through radio resource control signaling. The properties of the DCI may include a type of download control channel, a type of subframe and a type of DCI format used to provide the DCI. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235822 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EFFICIENT MANAGEMENT OF A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND THE CONNECTION BETWEEN THE TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND A CUSTOMER PREMISES EQUIPMENT - A method for efficient connection between a telecommunications network and a Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) via an access node includes: establishing a physical communication channel between the access node of the telecommunications network and the CPE; providing, by the telecommunications network, a public or private Internet Protocol address to the CPE for use by the CPE to communicate with an Internet Protocol Edge node of the telecommunications network; initially assigning, by the telecommunications network, a first functionality level to the public or private Internet Protocol address; and assigning, by the telecommunications network, a second functionality level to the public or private Internet Protocol address when the telecommunications network is able to federate the network access related identification information to a contract related identification information. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235823 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for arranging multi-channel wireless communications, comprising: determining a first dedicated channel for a first apparatus from a set of channels, receiving an indication of a second dedicated channel for a second apparatus, and communicating with the second apparatus on the first dedicated channel and on the second dedicated channel, wherein a first communications event on the first dedicated channel and a second communication event at the second dedicated channel are carried out at least partially simultaneously. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235824 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING IP ADDRESS OF TERMINAL USING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ALLOCATIONS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An Internet Protocol (IP) address acquisition in a broadband wireless communication system is disclosed. A terminal includes a driver for loading one of a plurality Media Access Control (MAC) addresses for a multi-Frequency Allocation (FA) connection when the terminal is initialized; an interface for registering the loaded MAC address to use in an upper layer of a MAC layer; and a manager for acquiring an IP address using the registered MAC address when a network entry for at least one FA is complete. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235825 | MIMO SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING MODES - A MIMO system supports multiple spatial multiplexing modes for improved performance and greater flexibility. These modes may include (1) a single-user steered mode that transmits multiple data streams on orthogonal spatial channels to a single receiver, (2) a single-user non-steered mode that transmits multiple data streams from multiple antennas to a single receiver without spatial processing at a transmitter, (3) a multi-user steered mode that transmits multiple data streams simultaneously to multiple receivers with spatial processing at a transmitter, and (4) a multi-user non-steered mode that transmits multiple data streams from multiple antennas (co-located or non co-located) without spatial processing at the transmitter(s) to receiver(s) having multiple antennas. For each set of user terminal(s) selected for data transmission on the downlink and/or uplink, a spatial multiplexing mode is selected for the user terminal set from among the multiple spatial multiplexing modes supported by the system. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235826 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station in which the frequency usage efficiency can be improved when the communication bandwidths are asymmetric in the uplink line and the downlink line. A base station can communicate by using a plurality of downlink unit bands and a smaller number of uplink unit bands. A control unit allocates uplink resource allocation information and downlink resource allocation information to a PDCCH which is arranged in each of the plurality of downlink unit bands, and allocates a response signal to the uplink line data to a PHICH which is arranged in the same number of downlink unit bands from the plurality of downlink unit bands as there are uplink unit bands. A transmit RF unit transmits the resource allocation information or the response signal. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235827 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: allocating essential control information of a first system to a first sub-frame in a frame including a plurality of sub-frames each of which comprises a plurality of orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; and allocating essential control information of a second system to an n | 09-12-2013 |
20130235828 | SYMBOL VECTOR MAPPING FOR CHASE-COMBINING HARQ - A method includes mapping, based on a first antenna mapping, a plurality of symbols to a plurality of antennas for transmitting a first data unit to a receiver, mapping, based on a first subcarrier mapping, the plurality of symbols to a plurality of subcarriers for transmitting the first data unit, and determining whether the receiver has successfully received the first data unit. The method also includes, in response to determining that the receiver has not successfully received the first data unit, (i) mapping, based on a second antenna mapping, the plurality of symbols to the plurality of antennas for transmitting a second data unit to the receiver, (ii) mapping, based on a different, second subcarrier mapping, the plurality of symbols to the plurality of subcarriers for transmitting the second data unit, and (iii) causing the second subcarrier mapping to be communicated to the receiver. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235829 | METHOD AND APPARATUS PROVIDING FAST CONTROL CHANNEL FEEDBACK FOR MULTIPLE DOWNLINK CARRIER OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus for fast control channel feedback for multiple downlink carrier operations are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives signals over a plurality of downlink carriers, generates feedback for each of the plurality of downlink carriers based on the received signals, and transmits via a plurality of antennas, the feedback for at least one of the plurality of downlink carriers over a first physical channel and feedback for another of the plurality of downlink carriers over a second physical channel. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235830 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE RADIO RESOURCE OVERHEAD ASSOCIATED WITH INTERMITTENT TRAFFIC - A method and apparatus for requesting and releasing resources for a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and/or Node B. The WTRU may transmit a channel acquisition request to the Node B and receive a resource allocation from the Node B. The resource allocation may include a common resource. The WTRU may release the common resource. The release may be based on one or more conditions. The channel acquisition request or the resource allocation may include information related to one or more channels or resources. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235831 | RADIO BASE STATION FOR PERFORMING RADIO COMMUNICATION WITH MOBILE STATION - An generation section which generates information indicative of a result of error detection on a downlink signal received, and a sending section which sends the information via a physical uplink control channel, and sends uplink data via a physical uplink shared channel at a different transmission frequency from the physical uplink control channel and in a same transmission time period as the physical uplink control channel, whereby the generation section and the sending section operate when receiving downlink scheduling information and uplink allocation grant in a same subframe. A receiving section which receives the information via the physical uplink control channel, and an uplink data receiving section which receives the uplink data via the physical uplink shared channel, wherein the receiving section and the uplink data receiving section operate after a predetermined time when sending the downlink scheduling information and the uplink allocation grant in the same subframe. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235832 | RADIO BASE STATION FOR PERFORMING RADIO COMMUNICATION WITH MOBILE STATION - A mobile station for performing radio communication with a radio base station, the mobile station includes an information generation section which generates information indicative of a result of error detection on a downlink signal received; and a sending section which sends the information via a physical uplink control channel, and sends uplink data via a physical uplink shared channel at a different transmission frequency from the physical uplink control channel and in a same transmission time period as the physical uplink control channel; whereby the information generation section and the sending section operate when the mobile station receives downlink scheduling information and uplink allocation grant in a same subframe. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235833 | RLAN WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS WITH RADIO ACCESS NETWORK (RAN) GATEWAY AND METHODS - Methods and apparatus for communicating with the Internet via a gateway are disclosed. The gateway may be a Radio Access Network (RAN) gateway. The gateway may communicate data with at least one user equipment (UE). The gateway may route the data via one or more interfaces. The data may be routed by bypassing a core network. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235834 | Selection of Transit Mode During a Random Access Procedure - Disclosed is a method for use in a first node in a wireless access communication system. According to the method, the first node controls traffic to and from users, UEs, within a certain area in the system, a cell, and the first node is equipped with a plurality of transmit antennas. The first node can employ a variety of multi antenna transmit modes for down link transmissions, i.e. transmissions to the UEs, and the first node can carry out a so called Random Access (RA) procedure with UEs which do not have a dedicated up link resource, i.e. a resource to the eNodeB. According to the method, one and the same down link multi antenna transmit mode is used by the first node during the RA procedure. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235835 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PERFORMING OUTER LOOP LINK ADAPTATION OPERATION - The present invention discloses a method and apparatus of performing outer loop link adaptation (OLLA) operation. This method may comprise: accelerating in an initial probing phase, increase of an OLLA scaling factor until obtaining a negative result regarding codeword selection; and fine modifying, in a fine modification phase, the scaling factor using an upturn factor and a downturn factor in response to the result regarding codeword selection so that a channel quality indication, which is modified using the scaling factor, is matched with its actual value. Compared with the prior art, the technical solution as provided in the present invention can quickly modify a CQI to match its actual value, thus this solution may effectively mitigate the CQI mismatch, improve the CQI feedback accuracy, and further enhance the cell throughput performance and frequency utilization. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235836 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of determining a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) feedback in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system, including an MCS FeedBack (MFB) responder receiving a first frame, including a request message requesting to send the MFB, from an MFB requester and the MFB responder sending the MFB, including a recommended MCS value, to the MFB requester. The recommended MCS value is derived with reference to at least one of unsolicit type information indicative of a type of the MFB, transmit type information indicative of a transmission type of data, coding type information indicative of a coding scheme applied to the data, a group ID indicative of a group of target stations (STAs) to which the data will be transmitted, and MFB bandwidth information indicative of a bandwidth of a channel. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235837 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The embodiment of the present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and particularly to a method and a device for resource allocation, which are used to solve the problem existing in the prior art that, when an inter-neighborhood interference coordination method is used to reduce interference, it often results in a low resource utilization rate in neighborhoods or a limitation on the transmission power, which wastes the hardware resources in a base station and increases power consumption. The method in the embodiment of the present invention comprises: at least two frequency sub-bands are determined in a carrier bandwidth, wherein the central frequencies of frequency sub-bands are different, and there is an overlapping area in the frequency domain between at least two frequency sub-bands from all frequency sub-bands; the determined frequency sub-bands are allocated to individual neighborhoods in a deployment area, and the frequency sub-band allocated to a neighborhood is used as the system bandwidth of that neighborhood. By using the method in the embodiment of the present invention, the inter-neighborhood interference in common uplink channels and common downlink channels is decreased effectively, and thus the limitation on transmission power in those neighborhoods is reduced, which increases the available signal transmission power in the neighborhoods to a certain extent and at the same time reduces the hardware costs of the base station and power consumption, without increasing the costs for network deployment. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235838 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF CODEWORDS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Disclosed are a method for controlling uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of codewords in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas, and a terminal apparatus for the method. The terminal apparatus for controlling uplink transmission power for transmitting a plurality of codewords in a wireless communication system that supports a plurality of antennas comprises a receiver for receiving, from a base station, a first transmission power control parameter including a first transmission power control indication value related to the uplink transmission power control; and a processor for determining uplink transmission power for transmitting said plurality of codewords based on the amount of information for each unit resource for each code word, if said first transmission power control indication value is not zero, wherein said first transmission power control indication value may be a value corresponding to each codeword. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235839 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving a downlink control channel. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a receiver receives a downlink control channel from a transmitter in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of assuming an overhead of a transmitted reference signal in a data region of a downlink subframe; and a step of decoding the downlink control channel transmitted by the transmitter in the data region on the basis of the assumption of the overhead of the reference signal, wherein the assumption of the overhead of the reference signal is determined on the basis of at least the number of receiving antennas of the receiver. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235840 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING RF CAPABILITY IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device and a system for reporting RF capability in carrier aggregation, used to reduce signaling overhead when a UE reports information. The method provided in the embodiments of the present invention includes: identifying a combination of identifiers of frequency bands that support the carrier aggregation, and generating a set of combinations of identifiers of frequency bands that support the carrier aggregation; identifying identifiers of frequency bands that do not support the carrier aggregation, and generating a set of identifiers of frequency bands that do not support the carrier aggregation; and sending the set of combinations of identifiers of frequency bands that support the carrier aggregation and the set of identifiers of frequency bands that do not support the carrier aggregation. | 09-12-2013 |
20130235841 | PACKET SWITCHED DOMAIN SERVICE PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE - A packet switched domain service processing method and device. The method is applied to a mobile terminal and includes allocating a plurality of Packet Data Protocol (PDP) link resources to a plurality of Packet Switched (PS) domain services, and using a plurality of PS domain services transmitting data on the PDP link resources allocated thereto, in order to improve data transmission rate. | 09-12-2013 |
20130242880 | Aggregation For A New Carrier Type - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for aggregation of a new carrier type by configuring PCC (for PCell) and SCC (for SCell) bandwidths to be overlapped or at least partially overlapped and by control signaling, e.g., using PDCCH and/or E-PDCCH, for scheduling of data resources on SCC thus simultaneously serving legacy and non-legacy UEs, e.g., in LTE-A systems. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242881 | EXPLICIT INDICATION OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - Systems, apparatuses, and methods performed as part of a wireless communications network include determining a downlink (DL) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing for a first component carrier and a second component carrier, the first component carrier having a different DL HARQ timing configuration than the second component carrier. A physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource can be identified for the second component carrier. An indicator of the PUCCH resource can be sent to a user equipment. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242882 | Enhanced Common Downlink Control Channels - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises designating, by a network element, a first set of time-frequency resources for transmitting a first set of downlink control channels for a plurality of UEs, wherein the first set of time-frequency resources is known to the plurality of UEs, and wherein the first set of time-frequency resources varies from a first time interval to a second time interval. The method further comprises mapping, by the network element, a first downlink control channel to the first set of time-frequency resources. The method further comprises transmitting, by the network element, the first downlink control channel together with a downlink data channel in a frequency-division multiplexing manner. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242883 | Uplink Control Channel Resource Allocation For Semi-Persistent Scheduling Of User Equipment - A method includes determining semi-persistent scheduling acknowledge/negative acknowledge (SPS AN) resources; configuring as a first metric for each SPS AN resource a number of user equipments (UEs) for which the SPS AN resource has been configured but is not activated; configuring as a second metric for each SPS AN resource a count of a number of sub-frames in which the SPS AN resource has been activated for a UE; configuring as a third metric for each SPS AN resource a number of UEs for which the resource is configured but some other SPS AN resource is allocated; forming a fourth metric using the first, second and third metrics; selecting N SPS AN resources from the PS AN resources based at least on the fourth metric; and selecting one of the N SPS AN resources based at least on the fourth metric when the UE is activated for SPS operation. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242884 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING INFORMATION TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for scheduling data transmission, during error control operation, in which data is scheduled dependent upon satisfying a criterion relating to a characteristic of the error control operation. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242885 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (ePDCCH) INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION (ICIC) - Technology for communicating enhanced physical downlink control channels (ePDCCHs) configured for inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC) for a plurality of cells in a physical resource block (PRB) is disclosed. One method can include a node mapping a serving cell control channel element (CCE) in an serving cell ePDCCH in a PRB and a coordination cell CCE in a coordination cell ePDCCH in the PRB. The node can transmit the map of the serving cell CCE and the coordination cell CCE to a wireless device. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242886 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (ePDCCH) WITH PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK (PRB) BUNDLING - Technology for physical resource block (PRB) bundling an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) with a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is disclosed. One method can include a wireless device receiving from a node the ePDCCH in an ePDCCH PRB contiguous in frequency with a PDSCH PRB carrying the PDSCH. The wireless device can PRB bundle the ePDCCH PRB with the PDSCH PRB. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242887 | INTRA-QCI SCHEDULER AND METHOD FOR INTRA-QCI SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORK - Embodiments of an intra-QCI scheduler and method for assisted intra-QCI scheduling are generally described herein for operating within a wireless access network in which data flows are mapped to bearers using quality-of-service (QoS) class identifiers (QCIs). In some embodiments, the intra-QCI scheduler may classify packets of one or more data flows having a same QCI with a sub-QCI based on intra-QCI classification information received from user equipment (UE). The sub-QCI may indicate a scheduling priority for packets of data flows having the same QCI. The intra-QCI scheduler may schedule packets for downlink transmission over a radio bearer between the eNodeB and the UE based on the sub-QCI. The use of sub-QCIs allows the eNodeB to provide QoS support for data flows of applications that have been mapped to a default bearer. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242888 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING TRANSMISSION BACKLOG INFORMATION - An uplink dedicated control channel reporting structure includes a plurality of different bit size reports, e.g. 1 bit, 3 bit and 4 bit reports, for reporting a wireless terminal's backlog information of uplink traffic request group queues. Smaller bit size reports are transmitted more frequently than larger reports. A 1 bit request report indicates whether or not there are any MAC frames of information to be communicated in a set of two request group queues. A 3 bit request report indicates an amount of backlog information corresponding to a first set of request group queues and a second set of request group queues. A 4 bit request report indicates an amount of backlog information corresponding to a set of request group queues. The 4 bit request report is capable of reporting information on any of a plurality of uplink traffic channel request group queues being maintained by the wireless terminal. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242889 | PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL (PUSCH) TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL (TTI) BUNDLING - Technology for organizing physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmissions is disclosed. One method can include a node generating transmission time interval (TTI) bundling configuration information with instructions to bundle PUSCH transmissions for a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process in at least 20 TTIs in an approximately 50 subframe time interval in at least one PUSCH TTI bundle. The node can transmit the TTI bundling configuration information to a wireless device to enable the wireless device to transmit a PUSCH signal in the at least one PUSCH TTI bundle within an approximately 50 subframe time interval. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242890 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) RESOURCE MAPPING USING AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (ePDCCH) - Technology for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource mapping corresponding to an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) is disclosed. One method can include a node mapping a PUCCH resource n | 09-19-2013 |
20130242891 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A cellular station with a wireless module and a controller module is provided for handling random access procedures in a multi-carrier system. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a mobile communication device on a first SCell and a second SCell of a timing reference group. The controller module waits for a predetermined period of time subsequent to an expiry of a deactivation timer for the first SCell maintained in the cellular station, and transmits, to the mobile communication device via the wireless module, a PDCCH order for initiating a random access procedure on the second SCell or an activation command for activating the first SCell, in response to the predetermined period of time being elapsed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242892 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - A mobile communication device with a wireless module and a controller module is provided for handling random access procedures in a multi-carrier system. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a cellular access network comprising a first SCell and a second SCell. The controller module performs operations of a Media Access Control (MAC) layer. The operations include receiving, during an ongoing random access procedure on the first SCell, a PDCCH order for initiating another random access procedure on the second SCell from the cellular access network via the wireless module, and not processing the PDCCH order. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242893 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a mobile communication method according to the present invention, a mobile station (UE) transmits uplink data to a radio base station by using an uplink radio resource assigned to the mobile station by predetermined scheduling information, in a predetermined cycle. The method includes the steps: (A) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined cycle and information on the uplink radio resource; (B) notifying, to the mobile station (UE), the predetermined scheduling information; and (C) transmitting uplink data in the predetermined cycle by using the uplink radio resource assigned by the predetermined scheduling information, the transmission starting at a certain point determined on the basis of the received predetermined scheduling information. In the step (C), the predetermined scheduling information is discarded, when the information on the uplink radio resource and information notified by the predetermined scheduling information are inconsistent with each other. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242894 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus includes: a wireless circuit; and a communication control processor configured to execute processing for uplink and processing for downlink, by using the wireless circuit in a time-sharing manner based on a given execution schedule, change the time-sharing execution schedule so as to raise an execution order of processing for the uplink, when an uplink signal is judged to include data indicating delivery confirmation in an upper layer based on a data amount of the uplink signal which is input for the uplink from an upper processor which executes processing on the upper layer than a communication layer where the communication control processor executes processing, and transmit an uplink signal including data indicating delivery confirmation in the upper layer, by using processing for uplink to be executed based on the time-sharing execution schedule after change. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242895 | ENHANCED SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL (SRS) OPERATION - A method of wireless communication includes determining how to handle a collision between the first sounding reference signal (SRS) and a second SRS when the second SRS may the same type as the first SRS and when both the first SRS and the second SRS may be transmitted in a same cell. The method also includes transmitting the first SRS and the second SRS based on a received first and second configuration for SRSs. The first configuration includes a first UE specific cell identification that differs from a second UE specific cell identification of the second configuration and/or a first power offset that differs from a second power offset of the second configuration. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MU-MIMO SCHEME - A method and apparatus for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system, which supports MU-MIMO scheme, is disclosed to maximize a signal-to-interference and noise ratio (SINR) for a received signal. The method for receiving a signal through a user equipment in a wireless communication system, which supports multi-user-MIMO (MU-MIMO) scheme, comprises the steps of calculating a channel matrix on the basis of a reference signal included in a signal received from a base station; calculating a first vector having maximum channel gain in a vector space formed by the channel matrix; determining a second vector, which minimizes a quantization error with the channel matrix, by using a precoding codebook; calculating a third vector located between the first vector and the second vector, indicating an effective channel having a maximum signal-to-interference plus noise ratio (SINR) for the received signal; and processing the received signal by using a received weight vector determined on the basis of the third vector. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242897 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR HETEROGENEOUS CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for aggregating heterogeneous carriers in a wireless communication system are disclosed. A mobile device may receive a configuration for aggregating a plurality of component carriers including one or more cellular carriers and a wireless local area network (WLAN) carrier. The one or more cellular carriers may include LTE carriers, and aggregation may be performed at a sub-IP protocol layer of operation. In one aspect, protocol entities may be modified to perform quality of service determinations, carrier selection, traffic mapping, or the like, in view of the different capabilities and characteristics of the heterogeneous carriers in the carrier aggregation configuration. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242898 | Failure Event Report For Initial Connection Setup Failure - A method of failure event reporting for initial connection setup failure is proposed. In one embodiment, a UE first camps in RRC_IDLE mode in a cell served by a base station. The UE then detects a connection setup failure when performing a random access channel (RACH) procedure with the base station in an RRC connection attempt. The UE records a failure event report when the RACH procedure fails. Later, the UE transmits the failure event report to the network in RRC_CONNECTED mode. The failure event report comprises information that refers to the earlier RRC connection attempt. The failure event report also comprises available location information or available mobility measurements at the time the initial connection setup failure occurs. Based on the failure event report, the network can adopt corrective actions accordingly to mitigate the failure. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242899 | Cooperative Components in a Wireless Feeder Network - A wireless feeder network comprises feeder base stations coupled to the communications network and feeder terminals coupled to associated access base stations of the access network. A group of wireless network components form elements of a feeder cluster and the elements of the feeder cluster are connected by an additional communications resource configured to be operated in parallel with the wireless resource of the wireless feeder network. Both a primary and secondary element of the feeder cluster seek to decode at least one resource block allocated to the primary element for reception of data. Information derived from the secondary decoded data is transmitted from the secondary element to the primary element via the additional communications resource. The primary element then performs a revised decoding process additionally using the information received from said secondary element to improve its own decode probability. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242900 | Blind Decoding - A method includes selecting, in a system in which a communication device searches for unscheduled transmissions of downlink control information for said communication device, a combination of search spaces for unscheduled transmissions of downlink control information for a communication device by a number of transmission techniques. The method includes transmitting an indication of the result of the selected combination to said communication device. Apparatus and program products are also disclosed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242901 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DELIVERING AN OPERATING PARAMETER OF A NEW CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for delivering an operating parameter of a new carrier associated with a backward compatible carrier. The method includes transmitting, from an eNB (evolved Node B), a frequency spectrum information to indicate whether a frequency spectrum of the new carrier is above or below a frequency spectrum of the backward compatible carrier. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242902 | Systems and Methods for Reference Signals and CSI Feedback - System and method embodiments are provided for signaling reference signals and Channel State Information (CSI) feedback for wireless communications. An embodiment method implemented by a user equipment (UE) for wireless communications measurements and CSI feedback includes receiving, from a network, at least one of a first index that indicates a corresponding non-zero-power CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resource, a second index that indicates a corresponding zero-power CSI-RS resource, a third index that indicates a corresponding CSI-RS resource for interference measurement, and a fourth index that indicates a corresponding channel quality indicator (CQI) report configuration. The method also includes receiving, from the network, at least one of a fifth index that indicates a corresponding periodic CQI report in accordance with the CQI report configuration indicated by the fourth index, and a sixth index that indicates a corresponding aperiodic CQI report in accordance with the CQI report configuration indicated by the fourth index. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242903 | MULTI-MODAL COMMUNICATION PRIORITY OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Prior reservation of bandwidth is enabled during conference setup. Through synchronization of directory databases at one or more multi-modal communication application deployment sites and use of a multi-modal communication enabled node at an evolved packet core (EPC), bandwidth is statically or dynamically allocated for communication sessions based on requesting user profile, requested modality, location of the user, and similar factors such that a desired Quality of Service (QoS) is maintained during the communication session. Service Providers (SPs) provide differentiated QoS by pre-reserving bandwidth margin over and above what is required. The bandwidth margin is used by the SPs to include additional error correction mechanism. Dynamic bandwidth allocation factors in the location of the UC devices and roaming status. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242904 | Systems and Methods for UE-Specific Search Space and ePDCCH Scrambling - Encoded control information can be mapped to an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) search space of a user equipment (UE) in accordance with an offset and aggregation level. The ePDCCH search space may include a physical resource block (PRB) set located in a data region of a downlink subframe. The encoded control information may be mapped into one or more enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) of the ePDCCH search space beginning from a starting location. The starting location is an eCCE location within the PRB set. The PRB set, as well as the starting/eCCE location within the PRB set, are identified in accordance with an offset associated with the UE. A number of eCCEs carrying encoded information corresponds to an aggregation level. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242905 | SCALABLE PROTOCOL FOR LARGE WSNS HAVING LOW DUTY CYCLE END NODES - A method and system are described for providing a wireless sensor network between a main node and a plurality of nodes, the nodes associate with sensors. The method and system define communications channels over which the main node communicates with the nodes based on a channel hopping scheme pattern, and define at least one transfer channel that is dedicated to carrying transfer frames that are broadcast by the main node. The method and system configure non-attached nodes that are not attached to the network, to enter a connection session by tuning to the transfer channel to listen for a transfer message. The transfer message indicates a next communications channel. The method tunes the non-attached nodes to the next communications channel, listens for a beacon frame, and utilizes the beacon frame as a timing reference to enable the non-attached nodes to attach to the network. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242906 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING SEARCH SPACE OF A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for configuring a search space of a downlink control channel is provided. The method includes determining the parameters for Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (E-PDCCH) candidates of each aggregate level according to the number of Resource Elements (RE) in a subframe and/or the number of bits of Downlink Control Information (DCI) formats, when the parameters for E-PDCCH candidates of E-PDCCH search space is configured, determining, by a User Equipment (UE), the parameters for E-PDCCH candidates according to a current downlink subframe and a detected DCI format, and detecting blindly, by the UE, the E-PDCCH candidates in the E-PDCCH search space corresponding to the parameters for E-PDCCH candidates. The present invention also provides a UE and a base station. Application of the present invention can improve the flexibility of the base station scheduling, and reduce the possibility that the E-PDCCHs of different UEs block each other. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242907 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HANDLING UPLINK RESOURCE REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for handling an UpLink (UL) resource request in a master Base Station (BS) exchanging data with a plurality of BSs in a communication system is provided. The method includes receiving UL resource request information from at least one slave BS in a cooperative cell, determining scheduled UL resource allocation information indicating information about resources for transmitting UL data, based on the UL resource request information, and delivering the scheduled UL resource allocation information to a Subscriber Station (SS) and the at least one slave BS. The UL resource request information may be generated depending on a UL resource request of the SS. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242908 | FLEXIBLE EXTENSION OF AN INFORMATION BLOCK - Communication systems in which a fixed size information block is transmitted to one or multiple receivers, such as the long term evolution (LTE) of the 3rd Generation Partnership Projection (3GPP), may benefit from a structure, in which a downlink control information (DCI) format, or more generally the fixed sized information block, can be extended by a small number of bits and still be backwards compatible with older terminals, which do not need the extra bits or may not even be aware of this extension. A method for providing this extension can include preparing a first codeword for transmission. The method can also include preparing a second codeword for transmission. The second codeword can have a code rate that is configured to be less than the code rate of the first codeword. The method can further include initiating simultaneous transmission of the first codeword and the second codeword. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242909 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - Disclosed are a radio resource allocation method and an apparatus for performing the same. The radio resource allocation method includes receiving channel quality information from a UE, and allocating radio resources on the basis of the received channel quality information and a characteristic of at least one service to be provided to the UE. Accordingly, the radio resource allocation method can assure QoS, and enhance resource-use efficiency. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242910 | PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A Physical Downlink Shared CHannel (PDSCH) transmission data method is provided. A User Equipment (UE) receives cross-carrier scheduling information in a PDCCH of a cell for scheduling. The cross-carrier scheduling information carries scheduling information indicating at least one PDSCH in at least one sub-frame of a cell being scheduled in cross-carrier scheduling. The UE processes data of PDSCH corresponding to the instruction according to received cross-carrier scheduling information. The UE sends a HARQ-ACK message to a base station according to the processed result. The peak rate of the UE is increased, and the requirement for higher throughput of the UE is satisfied. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242911 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A cell-specific sounding reference symbol (SRS) subframe configuration and UE-specific SRS configuration are defined for carrier aggregation. For the cell-specific SRS subframe configuration, the same cell-specific SRS subframes are configured for all uplink (UL) carrier components (CCs). For the UE-specific SRS configuration, different configurations are applied for UL CCs. Also, to reduce signaling overhead, the different UE-specific SRS configuration is signaled by using an offset on top of the UE-specific SRS configuration of a primary component carrier (PCC). | 09-19-2013 |
20130242912 | Method and Apparatus for Performing Machine-Type Communication Device Access in Wireless Communication System - A method of performing machine-type communication (MTC) device access in a network of a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises generating system information comprising a resource allocation dedicated to the MTC device access for a MTC device not capable of utilizing full system bandwidth of the network; and broadcasting the system information. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242913 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK RESPONSE SIGNAL, TERMINAL EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - A method includes receiving downlink data transmitted by a base station via a primary and secondary component carrier in a predetermined order; detecting the received downlink data to obtain indication information on correctly receiving and wrongly receiving the downlink data, or no control information received, allocating corresponding uplink resources according to the primary and secondary component carrier where the detected downlink data is present; arranging the indication information obtained through detecting according to the order of transmitting the downlink data by the base station to obtain an indication information sequence; generating an uplink response signal and determining the uplink resources used to feed back the uplink response signal; transmitting the uplink response signal to the base station using the determined uplink resources, so the base station determines the downlink data retransmitted according to the uplink response signal fed back in the uplink resources, enabling the BS avoid unnecessary data retransmission. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242914 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MULTIPLE TRANSPORT FORMATS AND TRANSMITTING MULTIPLE TRANSPORT BLOCKS SIMULTANEOUSLY WITH MULTIPLE H-ARQ PROCESSES - A method and apparatus for selecting multiple transport formats and transmitting multiple transport blocks (TBs) in a transmission time interval simultaneously with multiple hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) processes in a wireless communication system are disclosed. Available physical resources and H-ARQ processes associated with the available physical resources are identified and channel quality of each of the available physical resources is determined. Quality of service (QoS) requirements of higher layer data to be transmitted are determined. The higher layer data is mapped to at least two H-ARQ processes. Physical transmission and H-ARQ configurations to support QoS requirements of the higher layer data mapped to each H-ARQ process are determined. TBs are generated from the mapped higher layer data in accordance with the physical transmission and H-ARQ configurations of each H-ARQ process, respectively. The TBs are transmitted via the H-ARQ processes simultaneously. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242915 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting radio resources in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a plurality of UEs and transmitting response information associated with the received preambles over a common channel wherein the plurality UEs can access the common channel and receive corresponding information. If a HARQ scheme is used when a UE transmits data to the eNode-B using uplink radio resources allocated over the RACH, the eNode-B does not pre-allocate uplink radio resources required for re-transmission and performs allocation of radio resources for a first transmission of HARQ. If the re-transmission is required, the eNode-B allocates the radio resources required for the re-transmission with the NACK signal. If re-transmission is not required, the present invention can reduce an amount of wasted radio resources. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242916 | SCHEDULING WITH REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate increased communication channel bandwidth efficiency in association with scheduled time periods that allocate channel access to particular stations. According to various aspects, systems and methods are described that facilitate providing and/or utilizing reverse direction grants in connection with scheduled channel access. Such systems and/or method can mitigate an amount of unused channel access time after a station completes data transmission prior to an end of the allocated period. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242917 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION NODE, AND MOBILE NODE - A technique is disclosed in which an MN (mobile node) | 09-19-2013 |
20130242918 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING A LOCAL TRAFFIC SHORTCUT IN A PACKET-ORIENTED MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for providing a local traffic shortcut (LTS) in a packet-oriented mobile communication network comprising the steps of storing in a LTS-database the IP addresses of all devices served by at least one network node of said network along with a node-ID of the respective network node; receiving an IP data packet by a network node and extracting a destination IP-address from the received data packet; querying the LTS-database with the extracted destination IP-address of the received data packet to identify at least one network node for performing a local traffic shortcut (LTS); and establishing an LTS path with the identified network node. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242919 | Method and Apparatus for Avoiding In-Device Coexistence Interference - A method, system and device are provided for avoiding in-device coexistence interference between different radio technologies deployed in adjacent bands on the same device by controlling and separating the LTE signaling and the non-LTE signaling using dedicated time intervals to separate LTE signaling from non-LTE signaling. In addition, coexistence mode handover procedures are provided which use threshold-based triggering events to avoid coexistence interference and to prevent ping-pong effects by establishing a “keeping time” parameter so that a non-interfering network node does not switch back to an interfering network node after handoff. Coexistence interference is also avoided by providing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) mechanism which accounts for coexistence interference by providing a fixed or variable on-interval parameter and an activity parameter indicating whether non-LTE activity is present to maximize a time interval for non-LTE devices without interference from LTE activity on the same device. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242920 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING DOWNLINK HARQ - Embodiments of the invention provide a method for enhancing downlink HARQ. The method may comprise steps of: responsive to that a packet is unsuccessfully received, estimating a required channel quality for next retransmission of the packet; selecting a target subset of base stations from a cooperation set of base stations based on the required channel quality; and sending an indication of the target subset of base stations to a central unit. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242921 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FEEDING BACK PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR USING INTERPOLATION - The present invention relates to a method and a device for feeding back a channel through precoding matrix indicator (PMI) interpolation. As one embodiment of the present invention, a method for feeding back a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) in a CoMP environment comprises the steps of: allowing a terminal to perform PMI interpolation by using PMIs that are included in the PMI window; allowing the terminal to select an optimum PMI by comparing the interpolated PMIs with a channel state of a current channel; and allowing the terminal to feed back the optimum PMI to a base station. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242922 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station device efficiently transmits an ACK/NACK of more than 11 bits on a physical uplink channel. A mobile station device for communicating with a base station device divides a plurality of ACKs/NACKs indicating success or failure of decoding of a plurality of pieces of uplink data received from the base station device, separately encodes the divided ACKs/NACKs, and changes a method for concatenating the encoded bits of the separately encoded ACKs/NACKs in accordance with whether the ACKs/NACKs are to be transmitted on a physical uplink control channel or a physical uplink shared channel. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242923 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and to a device therefor, and relates to a method comprising the steps of: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs, by using the selected uplink control channel resource. The present invention also relates to a device for the method. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242924 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for a macro base station transmitting control information, comprising the following steps: transmitting to a pico base station assignment information regarding a first set of subframes with limited downlink signal transmission; transmitting to the pico base station assignment information regarding a second set of subframes which belong to a first set of subframes; and transmitting the control information by means of the first set of subframes, wherein the control information for the macro base station is transmitted from subframes in the first set of subframes which do not belong to the second set of subframes, and the control information for the pico base station is transmitted from the subframes in the first set of subframes which belong to the second set of subframes. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242925 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FREQUENCY RESOURCE INFORMATION IN A FREQUENCY OVERLAY - A system and method for transmitting and receiving frequency allocation information based on identification information in a frequency overlay system are provided. The method includes transmitting a frame of a first Frequency Allocation (FA) to Mobile Stations (MSs) by inserting control information and identification information of the MSs to which frequency resources are allocated into the first FA frame, and transmitting a second frame indicating a second FA the MSs by inserting the identification information and a resource indication of the first FA into the second FA frame. Thereby, an overhead can be reduced and a frequency resource can be used efficiently. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242926 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CONVEYING SCHEDULING INFORMATION OF OVERLAPPING CO-SCHEDULED USERS IN AN OFDMA-MU-MIMO SYSTEM - A method implemented in a base station for conveying scheduling information in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) multi-user (MU)-multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting to a first user equipment (UE) the scheduling information including first scheduling information of the first UE and at least a portion of second scheduling information of at least one second UE, wherein the scheduling information includes a resource block (RB) assigned to the first UE, the number of streams, and an indication of one or more dedicated reference symbol (RS) layers assigned to the first UE. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242927 | Measuring Neighboring Cell Loading in Wireless Communications - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate detecting cell interference and/or loading by analyzing control data transmitted between devices communicating in the cell. Control data resources can be transmitted related to communication received over data channels, and the control data resources can comprise quality indicators related to the data as well as resource identifiers that specify a resource over the data channel related to the data. Multiple control data resources can be transmitted per communication specifying a beginning and ending resource identifier of related data channel resources. If this control data is decodable at a wireless device, the associated resources corresponding to the resource identifiers can be marked as interfered and/or avoided in subsequent communication or resource allocation requests by the wireless device. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242928 | OPPORTUNISTIC 40 MHZ MODE OF TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS TRANSMITTERS - A system including a physical layer module and a control module. The physical layer module is configured to generate a first clear channel assessment for a first sub-channel of a communication channel and generate a second clear channel assessment for a second sub-channel of the communication channel. The first clear channel assessment indicates whether the first sub-channel is free or busy. The second clear channel assessment indicates whether the second sub-channel is free or busy. The control module is configured to, in response to the second sub-channel being busy, extend a duration of the second clear channel assessment by a predetermined period of time, and transmit data via (i) only the first sub-channel or (ii) both the first sub-channel and the second sub-channel based on (a) the first clear channel assessment, (b) the second clear channel assessment, and (c) the extended duration of the first clear channel assessment. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242929 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING DATA TRANSMISSION TO NODES OF A WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - For improving data packet transmission from a collector node to one or more network nodes without additional routing protocols or increase of the overall network load, a system and a method are provided, wherein a node and/or the collector node receiving an uplink data packet addressed to the collector node is adapted to store at least a sender node information and a transmitting node information as a reverse-route information for a predetermined time. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242930 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD - A wireless transmission device is provisioned with a communication parameter setting unit configured to group time domain signals and setting different communication parameters for each group, a clipping unit configured to perform a clipping processing in the frequency domain on at least a portion of groups of the time domain signal, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the time domain signal after the clipping processing. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242931 | Method and Device for Feeding Back Acknowledgment Information during Switching of Backhaul link Subframe Configuration - The disclosure provides a method and a device for feeding back Acknowledgment (ACK) information during switching of backhaul link subframe configuration, and the method includes during the switching of the backhaul link subframe configuration, if Uplink (UL) ACK/Negative ACK (NACK) information, which corresponds to a last transmission before the switching of one or more Downlink (DL) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmissions, is not fed back on a UL subframe which is before the switching, feeding back the ACK/NACK information on an available UL subframe which is after the switching since Nms after the last transmission, wherein N is an integer. The disclosure achieves the effect of correctly feeding back the ACK information during switching of the backhaul link subframe configuration. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242932 | Secondary Spectrum Use - The invention relates to apparatuses, methods, computer programs and computer-readable media. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242933 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 09-19-2013 |
20130242934 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, CHANNEL SELECTION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - A communication terminal, comprises: a wireless communication unit to which a plurality of channels are allocated; a channel status calculation unit that calculates, when one of the plurality of channels is set as a forwarding channel, a capacity that can be used in the one channel by the communication terminal and a capacity that can be used in the one channel by another communication terminal; and a channel selection unit that determines, when one of the plurality of channels is set as a forwarding channel, whether a capacity that can be used in the one channel by the communication terminal satisfies a required bandwidth and determines, when another communication terminal has set the one channel as a forwarding channel, whether a capacity that can be used in the one channel by the another communication terminal satisfies the required bandwidth. | 09-19-2013 |
20130242935 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING RESOURCES OF BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and a device for managing resources of a base station in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: calculating an average resource use of serving resources, which are used as downlinks from a serving base station to a plurality of communication terminals; selecting one of the communication terminals, which has a maximum interference from a neighbor base station, if the calculated average resource use exceeds a preset threshold; and making a reservation for at least one of neighbor resources used as downlinks from the neighbor base station, the at least one neighbor resource corresponding to the serving resource for the selected communication terminal, so that the neighbor base station may decrease transmission power in the at least one neighbor resource. According to the present invention, since the base station makes a resource reservation so that transmission power may be reduced in at least one of the neighbor resources of the neighbor base station, the interference, by the neighbor base station, to the serving resource for one of the communication terminals connected to the base station can be suppressed Accordingly, the base station in a wireless communication system can effectively manage resources. | 09-19-2013 |
20130250864 | CONTROL SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus coordinating downlink multipoint transmissions. One embodiment of the method includes transmitting, from a first base station, first information indicating a first constraint on a starting position for downlink data transmission by the first base station or one or more second base stations. This embodiment of the method also includes transmitting, from the first base station, second information that includes a bit. A combination of the bit and the first information indicates the starting position for the downlink data transmission. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250865 | CONFIGURABLE INTEGRATED RADIO PROCESSOR - In a base station, a configurable radio unit allows for communication with a baseband processor that satisfies a CPRI standard while allowing personalization and customization by the end user in order to prevent undesired usage and/or access by other users/competitors. The radio module is programmable to allow for specific designation of the location, lengths, and types of signal and control information within CPRI basic frames. By being configured to allow for the adjustment of these parameters, the radio module can be commonly and mass produced while allowing for end users of the processors to personalize their use without additional hardware components, such as FPGA circuits. In addition, by generating a container frame, the radio module can allow for asynchronous communication between the CPRI standard and an employed communication scheme. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250866 | FULL-DUPLEX CAPACITY ALLOCATION FOR OFDM-BASED COMMUNICATION - In one embodiment, device determines a quantity of subcarriers available for data frame transmission and data frame receipt based on information included in an acknowledgement data frame. The device transmits a first data frame over at least one of the subcarriers and includes information associated with one or more additional data frames pending transmission. The device then receives a second data frame, subsequent to transmission of the first data frame, and determines a quantity of subcarriers available for transmission of the one or more additional data frames pending transmission based on the information included in the second data frame. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250867 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENABLING AN ENHANCED ACCESS CHANNEL ACCORDING TO CONTROL INFORMATION ON A PAGING CHANNEL - Apparatus and methods are provided for enabling communication on an enhanced access channel (EACH) without necessitating the additional features or channels usually implemented along with this capability. To this end, control information corresponding to the EACH transmission may be provided to an access terminal on a paging channel (PCH). For example, a base station may broadcast a general access parameters message (GAPM) to enable the access terminal to configure EACH transmissions. Further, the PCH may carry acknowledgment messages to inform the access terminal of the status of the EACH transmissions. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250868 | User Pairing and Resource Allocation for Downlink Multiuser Multi-Input-Multi-Output In Long Term Evolution Advanced Systems - A method for user pairing and resource allocation, includes performing a multiuser multi-input-multi-output (MU-MIMO) user pairing process to maximize an objective metric without common rank restriction; performing a rank balancing process to determine a uniform transmission user rank along all allocated resource blocks for each user; and with the uniform transmission user rank fixed for all the users, determining optimal user pairing and allocation for each of the resource blocks for each user. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250869 | Dynamic Bundling in LTE Using Explicit Signalling - The teachings herein disclose methods ( | 09-26-2013 |
20130250870 | Interference Control - Mechanisms for controlling communications conducted in multiple frequency bands so as to decrease an interference level between the communications. When an interference situation caused between an UL communication performed on at least one frequency band and a DL communication performed on another frequency band is determined, a partial denial processing is conducted so as to deactivate a dedicated part of resource blocks used for the first communication on the at least one frequency band of the first communication in the case of an interference situation being determined. The first communication is then continued in parallel to the second communication, on the basis of resources different from the dedicated part of resource blocks deactivated in the partial denial processing. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250871 | Interference Control - Mechanisms for controlling communications conducted in multiple frequency bands so as to decrease an interference level between the communications. When an interference situation caused between an UL communication performed on at least one frequency band and a DL communication performed on another frequency band is determined, a partial denial processing is conducted so as to deactivate a dedicated part of resource blocks used for the first communication on the at least one frequency band of the first communication in the case of an interference situation being determined. The first communication is then continued in parallel to the second communication, on the basis of resources different from the dedicated part of resource blocks deactivated in the partial denial processing. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250872 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a calculator and a controller. The calculator multiplies a first weighting factor by a first data signal to be transmitted on a first channel, the first weighting factor is based on a second weighting factor multiplied by a second data signal received on the first channel. The controller controls a transmission to transmit to a destination device a control signal if the first data signal transmitted to the partner device exists, and no second data signal to be transmitted on the first channel exists in the device. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250873 | PREDICTIVE EUL SCHEDULING BASED ON SERVICE AWARENESS - The present invention relates to a method and device for scheduling transmission of data of terminals in a cell. To this end, information is acquired indicating type of communication service for which a first terminal is to be scheduled. Then, the first terminal and at least a second terminal in the cell is scheduled for transmission of data on the basis of the acquired information indicating the type of communication service for which the first terminal is to be scheduled, the at least second terminal being scheduled for data transmission in time periods between data transmissions of the first terminal. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250874 | COMMON SEARCH SPACE FOR EPDCCH IN LTE - A method and apparatus for wireless communication manages virtual cell ID(s) for the common search. A UE determines a first virtual cell ID for a common search space (CSS) enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) and determines a second virtual cell ID for a user equipment search space (UESS) EPDCCH. The UE processes EPDCCH based on the determined first and second virtual cell IDs. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250875 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for uplink power control when at least two separate power control algorithms are utilized for adjusting transmission power of uplink transmissions on one or more uplink channels to one or more access points. The method includes transmitting one or more power headroom report (PHR) based on channel and/or system parameters. In addition, methods are presented to match power control for uplink channels when different power control algorithms are used for those uplink channels. Furthermore, methods are proposed to compensate for a switch between reference signals on which the power control algorithms are based. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250876 | Method And Apparatus Providing Inter-Transmission Point Phase Relationship Feedback For Joint Transmission CoMP - Systems and techniques for joint transmission cooperative multi-point operation are described. A set of n channel state information reference signal resources is configured, which are to be measured by a user device. The set of n channel state information reference signal resources includes at least one channel state information reference signal resource that spans over at least two transmission points. Channel state information feedback corresponding to each channel state information reference signal resource is configured. Upon receiving channel state information from the user device, at least one precoder is selected for accomplishing a coherent joint cooperative multipoint based at least in part on inter-transmission point phase relationship information. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250877 | MAC-D Multiplexing in UTRAN HSDPA Wireless Networks - UTRAN MAC-d multiplexing of data from multiple logical channels to a single MAC-d flow is supported while reducing overhead and achieving octet alignment in MAC-d PDU length. In one embodiment, the C/T field of a multiplexed MAC-d PDU is eliminated, and the logical channels multiplexed into the MAC-d flow are mapped to a MAC-hs PQ in at least the NodeB (and preferably in the UE as well). In other embodiments, the C/T field is retained, and an octet-aligned length indicator is transmitted from the RNC to the UE. In one embodiment, the length indicator is octet-aligned by padding the MAC-d PDUs. In another embodiment, transmitters and receivers in the path from RNC to UE are configured with an offset to add to the length indicator to achieve octet alignment. The padding or offset is (8-n) bits, where n=the number of bits in C/T field. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250878 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - For use in a wireless network, a method for supporting a Machine-Type Communication (MTC) User Equipment (UE) is provided. The method comprises transmitting an MTC-specific Master Information Block (M-MIB) carrying information specific to a User Equipment (UE), via a MTC Physical Broadcast Channel (M-PBCH) to the MTC UE. The M-PBCH is transmitted in a M-PBCH subframe being different from a Physical Broadcast Channel (PBCH) subframe in which a PBCH is transmitted. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250879 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION MODE DESIGN FOR EXTENSION CARRIER OF LTE ADVANCED - A system and method includes transmission mode design for Extension Carrier of LTE-Advanced. The system includes a base station capable of communicating with subscriber stations using an extension carrier. The extension carrier is not backwards compatible and does not transmit any LTE Release 8-10 cell-specific reference signals (CRS) or Physical Downlink Control Channel. The system including transmission mode design for Extension Carrier of LTE-Advanced uses a basic demodulation reference signal transmission scheme (Basic DM-RS TS) when the PDSCH transmission uses DCI format 1A. Basic DM-RS TS uses DM-RS ports and does not uses CRS ports. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250880 | Method For Search Space Configuration of Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel - A method to allocate physical radio resources for both distributed and localized transmission schemes of ePDCCH and configure common and UE-specific search space for UE is provided. In one embodiment, a UE receives a first high-layer information to determine a first set of PRBs. The UE determines a first set of candidate ePDCCHs within the first set of PRBs, wherein one or more candidate ePDCCHs potentially carries DCI intended for the UE. The UE then decodes the first set of candidate ePDCCHs to obtain the DCI intended for the UE. Similar steps are performed for a second set of candidate ePDCCHs potentially carrying DCI intended for the UE. The allocated radio resources of the candidate ePDCCHs may be distributed or localized and constitute either common or UE-specific search space. Blind decoding complexity is reduced. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250881 | Methods for Physical Layer Multi-Point Carrier Aggregation and Multi-Point Feedback Configuration - Methods for physical layer multi-point carrier aggregation and feedback configuration are disclosed. In one embodiment of the invention, a UE receives an upper layer configuration includes a first UE-ID associated with a first group of component carriers (CCs) and a second UE-ID associated with a second group of CCs. The UE receives downlink control information via one or more downlink control channels on one or downlink CCs. The UE decodes the downlink control information using the first UE-ID and the second UE-ID. In another embodiment of the invention, the UE receives an upper layer configuration of a first uplink feedback CC associated with a first group of downlink CCs and a second uplink feedback CC associated with a second group of downlink CCs. The UE generates feedback information for the downlink CCs to be carried on their corresponding uplink feedback CC. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250882 | Information Exchange between Base Stations - A first base station receives at least one application protocol message from a second base station. The second base station comprises a downlink carrier comprising a plurality of downlink resource blocks. The at least one application protocol message may comprise a second physical downlink control channel configuration. The first base station may transmit a packet comprising acknowledgement for the receipt of the at least one application protocol. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250883 | Method and Apparatus for Paging User Equipment in Cell_PCH State - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for paging a user equipment in a Cell_PCH state and relate to the field of communication technologies. When a UE in a Cell_PCH state is paged by a network, congestion of HS-SCCH resources is reduced and an access delay of the UE is decreased. For example, a radio network controller instructs a base station to send data to a user equipment via a high speed physical downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH). The user equipment is in a Cell_PCH state and has a dedicated radio network temporary identity (H-RNTI). | 09-26-2013 |
20130250884 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT INDICATION OF DISTRIBUTED SUB-BAND RESOURCES - A resource allocation message includes a resource allocation field. The resource allocation field includes a first field that includes either a first sub-field or a first sub-field and a second sub-field with the first sub-field configured to hold a first value that indicates two or more logical indices and the second sub-field configured to hold a third value. Each of the logical indices is associated with a sub-band pair of resource units. The sub-band pair of resource units includes either a first sub-band resource unit or a first sub-band resource unit and a second sub-band resource unit. The resource allocation field also includes a second field configured to hold a second value that indicates, either alone or in combination with the third value, a first sub-band resource unit or a second sub-band resource unit for each of the sub-band pair of resource units indicated by the first field. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250885 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE COOPERATING eNBs AND METHOD FOR BEAMFORMING COORDINATION WITH INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Embodiments of an enhanced Node-B (eNB) configured to operate as a serving eNB in a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) communication network and method are generally described herein. The serving eNB precodes signals for transmission to user equipment (UE) using a precoding matrix that is selected based on a reference PMI for a beamformed transmission in accordance with a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) that is selected from a modified CQI. When operating in coordination mode, on more cooperating eNBs are configured to suppress interference to the UE using coordination PMIs during the resource block allocated for the beamformed transmission. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250886 | METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting channel quality information. User equipment receives a control signaling for uplink scheduling. The control signaling for uplink scheduling includes at least one modulation and coding scheme (MCS) field, a channel quality information request field, and a resource block allocation field indicating the number of resource blocks (RBs), N | 09-26-2013 |
20130250887 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY COMMUNICATING WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of simultaneously communicating with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a wireless communication unit may assign a plurality of wireless communication devices to at least one Space-Division Multiple Access (SDMA) group based on traffic-specification (TSPEC) information corresponding to the plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit a plurality of different wireless communication transmissions to the plurality of wireless communication devices of the group, respectively. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250888 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHODS THEREOF, PROGRAM FOR CARRYING OUT THE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MEDIUM FOR STORING THE PROGRAM - A radio communication terminal, radio communication base station and communication methods thereof, program for carrying out the communication method and medium for storing the program. The radio communication terminal for communicating with a radio communication base station includes: a transmitting unit configured to transmit random access preambles to the radio communication base station; a receiving unit configured to receive response messages from the radio communication base station; and a controlling unit configured to generate a random access temporary identifier to obtain the response messages, so as to realize synchronization; wherein the controlling unit controls the transmitting unit to transmit the random access preambles in any one of a plurality of carriers; and the controlling unit generates the random access temporary identifier according to a position of a PRACH used for transmitting the random access preambles in a carrier and the carrier where the PRACH is located. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250889 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for reporting power headroom in a user equipment of a multi-carrier system, includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal comprising uplink resource allocation information from a base station; transmitting at least one of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal to the base station in a predetermined subframe based on the uplink resource allocation information in accordance with a transmission mode; calculating one or more power headroom values for the predetermined subframe in accordance with the transmission mode; and transmitting a report message comprising the one or more power headroom values to the base station, wherein the user equipment reports its first and second type power headroom values when operating in transmission mode A, or reports its first type power headroom value when operating in transmission mode B. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250890 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for reporting power headroom in a user equipment of a multi-carrier system, includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal comprising uplink resource allocation information from a base station; transmitting at least one of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal to the base station in a predetermined subframe based on the uplink resource allocation information in accordance with a transmission mode; calculating one or more power headroom values for the predetermined subframe in accordance with the transmission mode; and transmitting a report message comprising the one or more power headroom values to the base station, wherein the user equipment reports its first and second type power headroom values when operating in transmission mode A, or reports its first type power headroom value when operating in transmission mode B. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250891 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention relate to network access methods and apparatuses. One of the methods includes: receiving, by a second SGSN, a first reject cause value sent by an access network device, where the first reject cause value is sent by a first SGSN to the access network device; acquiring, by the second SGSN, a second reject cause value from itself; and sending, by the second SGSN, a softer reject cause value between the first reject cause value and the second reject cause value to the access network device. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250892 | TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTION IN A WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT - A method and apparatus for selecting a TFC in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The WTRU estimates a transmit power for each of a plurality of available transport format combinations (TFCs). A TFC is selected for an uplink dedicated channel and a TFC is selected for an enhanced uplink (EU) channel. The TFC for the dedicated channel is selected first and independently of the TFC selection of the EU channel. The TFC for the EU channel is selected within a remaining WTRU transmit power after the TFC selection for the dedicated channel. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250893 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING CONFIGURATION - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal and a method and device for indicating a configuration are provided. A method for indicating a sounding reference signal configuration may include: generating at least two pieces of downlink control signaling DCI, where each of the at least two pieces of DCI includes a sounding reference signal SRS configuration information element; and transmitting the at least two pieces of DCI in a subframe to a terminal, so that the SRS configuration information elements in the at least two pieces of DCI are used to jointly indicate an SRS configuration. Solutions of embodiments of the present invention can improve accuracy and flexibility of indicating an SRS configuration. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250894 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR ACCESSING MULTI-OPERATOR CORE NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method, an apparatus, and a system for accessing a multi-operator core network. The method includes: acquiring, by a second SGSN, an LLC parameter of a first SGSN from an access network device, where the LLC parameter of the first SGSN is sent by the first SGSN to the access network device; and interacting, by the second SGSN, with an MS by using the LLC parameter of the first SGSN. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250895 | MULTIPLEXING AND TRANSMISSION OF TRAFFIC DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting traffic data and control information in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, traffic data and control information may be multiplexed at a coded data level. A user equipment (UE) may encode traffic data to obtain coded traffic data, encode control information to obtain coded control data, multiplex the coded traffic data and the coded control data, modulate the multiplexed data, and generate SC-FDMA symbols. In another aspect, traffic data and control information may be multiplexed at a modulation symbol level. The UE may encode and modulate traffic data to obtain data modulation symbols, encode and modulate control information to obtain control modulation symbols, multiplex the data and control modulation symbols, and generate SC-FDMA symbols. The UE may perform rate matching for traffic data to account for control information. The UE may also perform multiplexing and puncturing for different types of control information. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250896 | BASE STATION DEVICE, AND MOBILE STATION DEVICE - Provided are a base station device and a mobile station device, which can lighten a cell-search processing. The base station device includes a frame constitution unit for forming a frame, in which a pilot symbol multiplied by a base station scrambling code and a plurality of sequences contained in the corresponding sequence set is arranged in at least the head or tail, and a radio transmission unit for sending the formed frame. On the receiving side, the frame timing can be detected from the position of a pilot symbol contained in that frame. Since the base station scrambling code and the sequence set containing the sequences are made to correspond to each other, candidates can be narrowed to at most the base station scrambling codes of the number of the combinations of the sequences contained in the sequence set, by detecting the sequences multiplied by the pilot symbol. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250897 | Sounding Reference Signal Transmission - A wireless device transmits a first sounding reference signal on a first cell of a first cell group in parallel with transmission of at least one of a first random access preamble in a second cell group, and a first uplink data packet on a second cell. The wireless device drops a second sounding reference signal in a symbol of the first cell if at least one of the following conditions is satisfied: a second random access preamble is transmitted overlapping the symbol in the first cell group, and a second uplink packet is transmitted overlapping the symbol in the first cell. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250898 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING PEET-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION BETWEEN STATIONS WITHIN A BASIC SERVICE SET - A method and system for performing peer-to-peer wireless communication between stations (STAs) within a basic service set (BSS) while maintaining connectivity with an access point (AP) in the BSS are disclosed. A source STA, an AP and a destination STA negotiate a direct link setup (DLS) channel for performing peer-to-peer communication between the source STA and the destination STA. The DLS channel may be different from a BSS channel used for communication between the AP and each of the STAs. The source STA and the destination STA then perform peer-to-peer communication on the negotiated DLS channel. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250899 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE USING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a random access preamble using a random access procedure in a mobile communication system. The random access preamble transmission method includes selecting, upon triggering of the random access procedure, one of random access preamble sets predefined between a User Equipment (UE) and an Evolved Node B (ENB) according to whether a radio channel condition is greater than a radio channel condition threshold and a size of a message that the UE will transmit after transmission of the random access preamble is greater than a minimum message size, randomly selecting a random access preamble from the selected random access preamble set, and transmitting the selected random access preamble to the ENB over a random access channel. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250900 | Carrier Selection in Relay Systems - At one node of a series of nodes supporting a series of wireless links to at least one communication device, transmitting information to assist the selection at at least one other node of said series of nodes of one or more carriers for the wireless link between said at least one other node and said communication device and/or a wireless link between said at least one other node and a further node of said series of nodes between said at least one other node and said communication device. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250901 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention pertains to a terminal device, which, when ARQ is used for communication that uses an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands associated with the uplink unit band, and when a transmission mode that supports up to 2 TB in a PCell is set in the terminal, is capable of reducing the amount of signaling from a base station while eliminating a lack of PUCCH resources when semi-permanent scheduling (SPS) is used in the PCell. A control unit ( | 09-26-2013 |
20130250902 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - The invention discloses a random access method and apparatus so as to perform random access for a User Equipment (UE) with a plurality of aggregated cells in a carrier aggregation-enabled LTE-A system. The method includes: determining a secondary cell configured for a UE and obtaining random access related parameter preset for the secondary cell; and sending the random access related parameter to the UE to instruct the UE to initiate random access procedure over the secondary cell corresponding to the random access related parameter. The inventive method achieves the purpose of enabling the UE to be synchronized with the network side by performing random access over a specified cell, having the UE maintain uplink synchronization with the network side in the configured secondary cell and ensuring the overall performance of the system. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250903 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - Provided is a channel status information (CSI) transmission method performed by a user equipment in a carrier aggregation system. The method includes: allocating a plurality of serving cells; configuring a subframe predetermined to transmit CSI for a single serving cell among the allocated plurality of serving cells; and if uplink data transmission via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) region exists in the configured subframe and if the single serving cell is deactivated, transmitting deactivation confirmation information for indicating that the single serving cell is deactivated via the PUSCH region together with the uplink data. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LINK ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method of link adaptation performed by an access point supporting multi user(MU) multiple input multiple output(MIMO) in wireless local area network system is provided. The method includes transmitting, to a first station, a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) containing a modulation and coding scheme(MCS) request(MRQ) and receiving, from the first station, a MCS feedback(MFB) in response to the MRQ, wherein the first station is one of destination stations of MU-MIMO transmission performed by the access point, and the MFB includes a recommended MCS value computed, by the first station, on the assumption that the first station, as a member of the destination stations, receives data transmitted over at least one spatial stream allocated to the first station in MU-MIMO transmission. | 09-26-2013 |
20130250905 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM WHICH SUPPORTS A MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - The present description relates to a method in which a multi-radio access technology (RAT) terminal transceives data to/from a first base station that supports a first RAT and to/from a second base station that supports a second RAT, in a radio access system which supports multi-radio access technologies (RATs). The multi-RAT terminal transmits, to the first base station, a multi-RAT capability negotiation request message containing control information indicating the second base station which is preferred for communication, thereby simplifying a scanning process for the second base station and thus reducing the power consumption of the multi-RAT terminal. | 09-26-2013 |
20130258953 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE GROUP CONTROLING SIGNALING FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE DEVICES - Techniques to manage group control signaling for machine-to-machine (M2M) devices are described. An apparatus may comprise a processor circuit, and a M2M control component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to manage M2M group control signaling in a wireless network for multiple M2M devices in a M2M group, the M2M control component to generate a resource allocation for multiple M2M devices of a M2M group, generate a M2M group control message with the resource allocation, and send the M2M group control message to the M2M devices in the M2M group. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258954 | DEVICES FOR SELECTING A CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORT - A User Equipment (UE) for selecting a Channel State Information (CSI) report is described. The UE includes a processor and memory in electronic communication with the processor. Executable instructions are stored in the memory. The UE generates multiple CSI reports corresponding to at least one serving cell. A group of one or more CSI reports with a same association forms a CSI report set. The UE applies a first prioritization rule to select a single CSI report for each CSI report set and drops at least one first prioritization unselected CSI report if there is an intra-set transmission scheduling collision. The UE also applies a second prioritization rule to select at least one CSI report if there is an inter-set transmission scheduling collision. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258955 | MODULATION AND CODING SCHEMES IN SUB-1 GHZ NETWORKS - Systems and methods of controlling characteristics of messages in sub-1 GHz networks (e.g., IEEE 802.11ah networks) are disclosed. One or more data structures indicating available modulation and coding schemes (MCSs) may be stored at or accessible to transmitters and receivers. The data structures may be organized based on an MCS index, a frame format, a wireless network bandwidth, and/or the number of spatial streams in use at the wireless network. Information stored in the data structures may be used in generation and processing of messages communicated via the sub-1 GHz network. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258956 | Random Access Process in a Wireless Device - A wireless device initiates a first random access process on a first uplink carrier of a first cell in in response to receiving a first control command. The wireless device receives a second control command for transmission of a second random access preamble on a second uplink carrier of a second cell in the plurality of cells while the first random access process is on-going. The wireless device determines, employing a pre-defined rule, whether to continue with the first random access process and ignore the second control command; or to abort the first random access process and to transmit the second random access preamble. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258957 | Radio Access for a Wireless Device and Base Station - A wireless device receives control message(s) configuring a plurality of cell groups and a time alignment timer for each of the plurality of cell groups. The time alignment timer starts or restarts in response to the wireless device receiving a timing advance command to adjust uplink transmission timing of a commanded cell group. The wireless device receives a control command initiating a random access process for a secondary cell in the secondary cell group. The wireless device aborts the random access process on the secondary cell if a first time alignment timer of the primary cell group expires. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258958 | Timing Advance Timer Configuration in a Wireless Device and a Base Station - A base station transmits control message(s) comprising media access control dedicated parameters. The media access control dedicated parameters comprise a time alignment timer value for a primary cell group and a sequence of at least one element. Each element comprises a time alignment timer value and a cell group index. The time alignment timer value is associated with the cell group identified by the one cell group index. Each time alignment timer value is selected from a finite set of predetermined values. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258959 | Uplink Transmission Timing Advance in a Wireless Device and Base Station - A wireless device updates a first timing advance of a secondary cell group employing first timing advance command(s) for the secondary cell group. The wireless device stores the first timing advance upon expiry of an associated time alignment timer. The wireless device receives a second timing advance command for the secondary cell group with a timing advance value of zero. The second timing advance command starts the associated time alignment timer. The wireless device transmits uplink signals in radio resources identified in a received uplink grant employing the stored first timing advance. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258960 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION DEPENDENT ACK/NAK BUNDLING - A method of wireless communication includes determining a capacity of a control channel based on whether multiplexing of acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NAK) bits for multiple component carriers with periodic channel state information (CSI) is allowed. A threshold for a number of ACK/NAK bits is determined based at least in part on a payload size of the periodic CSI and the determined capacity. The method also includes bundling ACK/NAK bits when a number of the ACK/NAK bits is greater than the determined threshold. The ACK/NAK bits and the periodic CSI are transmitted via the control channel. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258961 | Method of Preventing Random Access Response Collision - A method of preventing random access response collision for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises assigning a first preamble for a non contention random access procedure on a secondary cell configured to a first mobile device of the wireless communication system, to the first mobile device, and configuring a first preamble transmission time for indicating at least a subframe for the first mobile device to transmit the first preamble on the secondary cell to the network, to the first mobile device. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258962 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD - A base station apparatus operable to communicate by using any of a plurality of frequency bands, each of which includes a plurality of unit bands, the apparatus includes a determiner that determines a unit band to which to assign data, according to a priority of the data, to a maximum data transfer rate of the data, to a distance between the base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus to which to send the data, or to a number or tried receptions of a preamble signal that has been sent from the mobile station apparatus through a random access channel, and a transmitter that sends the data by using the determined unit band. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258963 | Technique of Processing Network Traffic That Has Been Sent on a Tunnel - A technique of processing network traffic that is sent on a tunnel between a first tunnel and a second tunnel node in a communication network is provided. A device implementation of this technique comprises an enhanced network address translation, eNAT, component ( | 10-03-2013 |
20130258964 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL-STATE-INFORMATION PILOT DESIGN FOR AN ADVANCED WIRELESS NETWORK - A base station and mobile station communicate using a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) communication. The base station includes a two dimensional (2D) antenna array comprising a number N of antenna elements configured in a 2D grid. The 2D antenna array is configured to communicate with at least one subscriber station. The base station also includes a controller configured to transmit N channel-state-information reference-signal (CSI-RS) antenna ports (APs) associated with each of the N antenna elements. The subscriber station includes an antenna array configured to communicate with at least one base station. The subscriber station also includes processing circuitry configured receives physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs) from a 2D active antenna array at the at least one base station. The 2D active antenna array includes a number N antenna elements. The processing circuitry further configured to estimate a full CSI associated with the N antenna elements. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258965 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) CONFIGURATION AND CSI REPORTING RESTRICTIONS - A method of wireless communication includes determining a capability for a number of channel state information configurations supported by a user equipment (UE). The channel state information processes link a channel measurement report with an interference measurement report. The UE transmits the capability to an eNodeB. Additionally, the UE receives CSI process configurations. The CSI process configurations identify CSI processes that can be requested by the eNodeB. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258966 | Application Controller for Quality-of-Service Configuration of a Telecommunication Device Radio - An application controller of a telecommunication device to determine, for a packet flow of an application, a quality-of-service rule associated with the application is described herein. The application controller then configures a data bearer for a wireless communication stack of the telecommunication device with a quality-of-service specified by the quality-of-service rule and provides a packet of the packet flow for transmission to a remote recipient via the configured data bearer. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258967 | LOCAL INTERNET PROTOCOL ACCESS (LIPA) EXTENSIONS TO ENABLE LOCAL CONTENT SHARING - Methods and apparatus for enabling local content sharing are described. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a non-access stratum (NAS) message with a content sharing session request to a network entity. The network entity verifies that the WTRU and a sharing WTRU are allowed to participate in a content sharing session. Upon verification, the network entity sends a NAS response with the content sharing session set-up information to the WTRU and sends a resource allocation request for the content sharing session to other network entities. The WTRU establishes the content sharing session between the WTRU and sharing WTRU using a local gateway (LGW) connection absent non-local entity connections and transmits content between the WTRU and the other WTRU using the LGW connection during the content sharing session. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258968 | DYNAMIC UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - An uplink resource allocation method and apparatus determine Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) level dynamically based on an MCS index table in a wireless communication system. The dynamic uplink resource allocation method of the present disclosure includes normalizing an uplink transmission power; selecting one of a current Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) index table and at least one candidate MCS index table; and determining a MCS level using the normalized transmission power and the selected MCS index table. The dynamic uplink resource allocation method and apparatus of the present disclosure is capable of determining the MCS level depending on the MCS index table selected optimally in consideration of the number of users and uplink resource utilization ratio of the base station that are varying as time goes, thereby enhancing single user throughput and sector throughput and thus service quality. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258969 | Method of Random Access Response Reception - A method of random access response reception for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises assigning a first preamble for a non contention random access procedure to a first mobile device of the wireless communication system, and configuring a first set of subframes of a random access response window to the first mobile device to receive a first random access response corresponding to the first preamble according to the first set of subframes of the random access response window, wherein the random access response window includes subframes for reception of a random access response. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258970 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING FEEDBACK CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station determines quantities of information to be fed back by a mobile terminal using each of a first feedback channel and a second feedback channel, generates feedback control information used for determining a coding rate based on the determined quantities of information for each of the first feedback channel and the second feedback channel, and transmits, to the mobile terminal, a feedback channel allocation message containing the feedback control information and information on the first feedback channel and the second feedback channel. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258971 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN MULTI-CELLULAR NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal using interference alignment in a multi-cellular network are provided. The method includes determining a total number S | 10-03-2013 |
20130258972 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN ANALOG/DIGITAL MIXED BF SYSTEM - A millimeter radio wave communication system. In a method for operating a base station (BS) in an analog/digital mixed BF system, an analog BF direction is determined. A digital BF precoder is determined for the determined analog BF direction. Digital BF precoding is performed using the digital BF precoder with respect to the determined analog BF direction. A DownLink Reference Signal (DL RS) is transmitted in the analog BF direction on which the digital BF precoding has been performed. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258973 | COLLISION RESOLUTION AMONG TRANSMISSION SCHEDULES OF UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (UCI) USING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) PROCESS - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. A channel state information (CSI) process index is set to a value received in a CSI process configuration for each serving cell if a message the UE received includes the CSI process configuration for the serving cell. A CSI process index is set to a default value if a message the UE received does not include a CSI process configuration for the serving cell. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258974 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING COOPERATIVE CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring a cooperative cell by a master Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes instructing a Mobile Station (MS) and adjacent BSs to measure channels, receiving channel measurement results from the MS and the adjacent BSs, and determining at least one BS constituting a cooperative cell according to the channel measurement results. The at least one BS constituting the cooperative cell provides one of an UpLink (UL) service and a DownLink (DL) service to a same MS. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258975 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL INTERFERENCE | 10-03-2013 |
20130258976 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention provides a base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a communication control method which can improve the accuracy of channel quality estimation. A communication control method includes the steps of: allocating a CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal), which is a reference signal for downlink channel estimation, in resources for the CSI-RS that are defined for CSI-RS transmission; setting to muting resources in the resources for the CSI-RS; and reporting parameters to specify the CSI-RS, including at least a transmitting subframe cycle, a subframe offset and transmission power, to a mobile terminal apparatus. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258977 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method of transmitting an uplink signal in a state in which a PUSCH sub-frame bundling mode is set, including the steps of: receiving a first PDCCH signal having an uplink grant through a first downlink sub-frame; receiving a second PDCCH signal having an uplink grant through a second downlink sub-frame: and one or more continuous uplink sub-frames of a predetermined size transmitting a PUSCH signal corresponding to the second PDCCH signal when a value corresponding to an interval between the first downlink sub-frame and the second downlink sub-frame is smaller than a bundling size set through a higher layer, wherein the predetermined size is set as the size smaller than the bundling size, and an apparatus therefor. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258978 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROCESSING METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus efficiently switches coding schemes when coding both information indicating an ACK/NACK and first control information. A mobile station apparatus | 10-03-2013 |
20130258979 | Spectrum Sharing - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method, computer program and computer-readable medium. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258980 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for reporting power headroom in a user equipment of a multi-carrier system, includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal comprising uplink resource allocation information from a base station; transmitting at least one of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal to the base station in a predetermined subframe based on the uplink resource allocation information in accordance with a transmission mode; calculating one or more power headroom values for the predetermined subframe in accordance with the transmission mode; and transmitting a report message comprising the one or more power headroom values to the base station, wherein the user equipment reports its first and second type power headroom values when operating in transmission mode A, or reports its first type power headroom value when operating in transmission mode B. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258981 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD IN THE DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A digital broadcasting system and a data processing method are disclosed. In an aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides a data processing method including receiving a broadcast signal in which main service data and mobile service data are multiplexed, demodulating the received broadcast signal, outputting demodulation time information of a specific position of a broadcast signal frame, and acquiring reference time information contained in the mobile service data frame, setting the reference time information to a system time clock at a specific time based on the demodulation time information and decoding the mobile service data according to the system time clock. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258982 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits, to a base station apparatus, uplink data using a physical uplink shared channel assigned by an uplink data transmission permission signal, wherein the base station apparatus: transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a radio resource control signal including information for specifying a physical format in transmitting reception quality information together with uplink data; and transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including a transmission instruction of reception quality information, and wherein the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, reception quality information together with uplink data using the physical uplink shared channel according to information for specifying the physical format in case that a transmission instruction of the reception quality information is included in the uplink data transmission permission signal. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258983 | Tunnel Redirection Method and Interworking Function Entity - A tunnel redirection method and an interworking function entity are disclosed. An IWS corresponding to an original tunnel receives a tunnel redirection notification sent by an IWS corresponding to a new tunnel or an MME. A currently-performed signaling interaction is terminated according to the notification. The IWS corresponding to the new tunnel or the MME sends a tunnel redirection notification to the IWS corresponding to the original tunnel. The IWS corresponding to the original tunnel terminates the currently-performed signaling interaction. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258984 | COLLABORATIVE RADIO RESOURCES ALLOCATIONS TO APPLICATIONS OF MOBILE UNITS - Collecting state information about the resources of radio access networks (RANs) and the Access Point Names (APNs) enables this information to be provided to mobile stations which employ this information to determine which radio access technology (RAT) to employ for connecting to the wireless access network, and to determine which APN to use. This decision is made relative to each application that the mobile station is executing, and these decisions are, optionally, revisited periodically, or as significant changes in the state information are recognized. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258985 | METHOD FOR DATA COLLECTION AND SUPERVISION IN WIRELESS NODE NETWORKS - A wireless networking method includes providing a plurality of different sets of wireless links and a plurality of wireless nodes. The nodes are in mutual bi-directional wireless communication via the wireless links. Each of the links enables the communication between a respective pair of the nodes. Information is transmitted to a selected one of the nodes from each of other ones of the nodes via a first of the sets of the wireless links. The step of transmitting information to the selected one of the nodes from each of other ones of the nodes is repeated via each of other ones of the sets of the wireless links, respectively. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258986 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting channel status information (CSI) of a user equipment (UE) in a carrier aggregation system. The method includes: receiving an uplink grant including a CSI request field from a base station (BS); and transmitting aperiodic CSI for a first serving cell, a first serving cell set or a second serving cell set according to a bit value of the CSI request field to the BS via the first serving cell. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258987 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for allocating resources in a multi-node system that includes a plurality of nodes and a base station connected to each of the nodes to control the nodes. The method comprises: partitioning radio resources into a node-common region and a node-specific region, and allocating the node-common region and the node-specific region to the plurality of nodes, wherein a common resource allocation scheme is applied to the plurality of nodes in the node-common region, and different resource allocation schemes are applied to the plurality of nodes in the node-specific region. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258988 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING ACCESS STATE OF MOBILE STATION FOR GROUP COMMUNICATION SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for managing an access state of a terminal for a group communication service in a wireless communication system are provided. In a method for operating a terminal for a group communication service in a wireless communication system, a bandwidth ranging message is transmitted to a base station in an idle state. The terminal is allocated an uplink resource from the base station. A message for access state transfer including a multicast Connection IDentifier (CID) is generated. The message for access state transfer is transmitted to the base station via the allocated uplink resource. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258989 | Apparatus and Method to Set a Control Channel Configuration in a Communication System - An apparatus, method and system to set a control channel configuration in a response to an indication of interference in a communication system. In one embodiment, an apparatus includes a processor | 10-03-2013 |
20130258990 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER OFFSET INFORMATION OF SECONDARY COMMON PILOT CHANNEL AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A method for transmitting power offset information of a secondary common pilot channel and a radio network control, including: after a drift radio network control receives request information sent by a serving radio network control and used for requesting the drift radio network control to feed back power offset information of respective secondary common pilot channels of managed target primary and secondary carrier cells, the drift radio network control setting following kinds of information elements with reference to MIMO pilot modes used respectively by target primary and secondary carrier cells: power offset information of a secondary common pilot channel of a single carrier cell, power offset information of a secondary common pilot channel of a primary carrier cell, and power offset information of a secondary common pilot channel of a secondary carrier cell, and feeding back set information elements to the serving radio network control through an IUR. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258991 | Method for Advertising Channel Reservations - A method is disclosed for advertising channel reservations by an advertisement in a wireless mesh network, the advertisement being adapted for at least partially advertising channel reservations known by a transmitting node. The method includes: mapping at least one channel reservation to an advertisement element identifier, the advertisement element identifier identifying an advertisement element; considering said advertisement element to contain a set of channel reservations assigned to said advertisement identification number; and advertising said reservation by transmitting said advertisement element characterized by said advertisement element identifier. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258992 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting channel state information, wherein the method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a first eNode B, a plurality of pieces of configuration information for a periodic report of CSIs that are set according to each eNode B; and transmitting, to said first eNode B, CSIs for the downlink of the corresponding eNode Bs through subframes that are periodically set according to each piece of the configuration information, wherein the subframes that are periodically set according to the configuration information for said first eNode B are used to transmit a CSI for the downlink of said first eNode B, and at least a portion of subframes that are periodically set according to configuration information for a second eNode B is used to transmit information which indicates the relationship between the downlink of said first eNode B and the downlink of said second eNode B. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258993 | SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK NODE, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM THEREFOR | 10-03-2013 |
20130258994 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Channel Information in Cognitive Radio Network and Method and Apparatus for Performing Channel Switching - A method and apparatus for transmitting channel information used by a station form among TV white space channels, and a method and apparatus for performing channel switching are disclosed. A method for transmitting information of a channel used by a station from among TV white space channels includes determining one or more channels used by the station from among channels contained in a plurality of OFDM blocks, wherein each OFDM block includes one or more contiguous channels from among the TV white space channels, generating a message including first information indicating the lowest channel number from among channels contained in a first OFDM block from among the plurality of OFDM blocks, second information indicating the lowest channel number from among channels contained in a second OFDM block, third information indicating the one or more channels used by the station as bitmap information, and fourth information indicating a total amount of bandwidth used by the station, and transmitting the generated message. | 10-03-2013 |
20130258995 | Common Control Deactivation in Carrier Aggregation - There are provided measures for common control deactivation in carrier aggregation, said measures exemplarily including a configuration of a secondary carrier for carrier aggregation with a primary carrier of a terminal, including a deactivation of a common control for the secondary carrier, an indication of the deactivation of the common control for the secondary carrier via the primary carrier, and a signaling of control information, substituting control information of the deactivated common control, for facilitating selection of or operation on the secondary carrier without the deactivated common control via the primary carrier from a base station to the terminal. Said measures may exemplarily be applied for common control deactivation in carrier aggregation in heterogeneous network environments based on LTE, LTE-Advanced, HSPA and/or UMTS radio access systems. | 10-03-2013 |
20130265944 | RADIO NETWORK NODE, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS THEREIN - Embodiments herein disclose a method in a user equipment ( | 10-10-2013 |
20130265945 | FRAME STRUCTURE DESIGN FOR NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) - A system and method utilizes a selected PRB configuration for a new carrier type for a 3GPP-type wireless network. A downlink signal is received that comprises a demodulation reference signal pattern in at least one predetermined subframe of the downlink signal. The subframe comprises a first predetermined number of the plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) symbols comprising synchronization signals for a legacy version of the downlink signal and the demodulation reference signal pattern comprising a second predetermined number of OFDM symbols that are different from the first predetermined number of the plurality of OFDM symbols. After receiving the downlink signal, the demodulation reference signal pattern in the downlink signal is demodulated. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265946 | RESPONSE MESSAGE TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Disclosed are a response message transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment (UE), to achieve an improved system performance while taking into account the system resource overhead. The method comprises: the UE confirming K bit of response message awaiting feedback; the UE confirming M number of channel resources awaiting selection, the M number of channel resources awaiting selection comprising J number of dynamic channel resources and N number of semi-static channel resources, wherein M=(J+N), 0=N=M, (M−N)=L=M, and M, L, and N are integers; the UE selecting at least one channel resource from the M number of channel resources, and selecting a piece of identification information for use in characterizing the response message awaiting feedback; on each of the selected channel resources, the UE transmitting the selected identification information for use in characterizing the response message awaiting feedback. Employment of the technical solution of the present invention allows to a certain degree an improved system performance and system throughput, while at the same time taking into account the system resource overhead. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265947 | AUTOMATIC ATTACHMENT AND DETACHMENT FOR HUB AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES - A network ( | 10-10-2013 |
20130265948 | Method of Handling HARQ Feedback and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback in a subframe for a first communication device in a wireless communication system comprises determining whether the HARQ feedback exists in a physical HARQ indicator channel (PHICH) in a downlink (DL) control region of the subframe transmitted by a network of the wireless communication system according to a first uplink (UL)/DL configuration of the first communication device and a second UL/DL configuration of a second communication device in the wireless communication system communicating with the network; detecting the HARQ feedback in the PHICH of the subframe, if the HARQ feedback exists in the PHICH; and detecting the HARQ feedback according to DL control information (DCI) in a physical DL control channel (PDCCH) in the DL control region, if the HARQ feedback does not exist in the PHICH. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265949 | Method of Handling HARQ Feedback and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback in a subframe for a first communication device in a wireless communication system comprises determining whether the HARQ feedback exists in a physical HARQ indicator channel (PHICH) in a downlink (DL) control region of the subframe transmitted by a network of the wireless communication system according to a first uplink (UL) /DL configuration of the first communication device and a second UL/DL configuration of a second communication device in the wireless communication system communicating with the network; detecting the HARQ feedback in the PHICH of the subframe, if the HARQ feedback exists in the PHICH; and detecting the HARQ feedback in an enhanced PHICH (ePHICH) of the subframe, if the HARQ feedback does not exist in the PHICH. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265950 | PRIVATE MULTIMEDIA CONTENTS BROADCASTING EQUIPMENT WHICH USES ISM RADIO FREQUENCY BAND OR U-NII 5GHZ RADIO FREQUENCY BAND, PRIVATE MULTIMEDIA CONTENTS BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An individual multimedia contents broadcasting equipment is disclosed, which includes an individual broadcast process unit which provides a private IP through a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) to a receiving terminal, which requests a connection, and makes a connection of the receiving terminal through a radio network, and transmits a broadcast content to the connected receiving terminal; and a radio communication unit which forms a radio network and communicates data with the connected receiving terminal through the radio network. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265951 | HIGH-ORDER MULTIPLE-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT OPERATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses schedule resources and identify resource scheduling in a MU MIMO wireless communication system. A method for identifying resource scheduling for a UE includes receiving downlink control information; identifying, from the downlink control information, one or more DM-RS ports assigned to the UE and a PDSCH EPRE to DM-RS EPRE ratio; and identifying data intended for the UE in a resource block in a downlink subframe using the one or more DM-RS ports and the PDSCH EPRE to DM-RS EPRE ratio. A method for scheduling resources includes identifying one or more DM-RS ports to assign to a UE and a PDSCH EPRE to DM-RS EPRE ratio for identifying data intended for the UE in a resource block in a downlink subframe; and including an indication of the one or more DM-RS ports and the PDSCH EPRE to DM-RS EPRE ratio in downlink control information. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265952 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES, CELLULAR ACCESS STATIONS, AND OPERATION MANAGEMENT METHODS FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE (M2M) COMMUNICATIONS - A mobile communication device configured for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communications is provided. In the mobile communication device, a wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from a service network, and a controller module receives a message with a Slot Cycle Index (SCI) only for the M2M communications from the service network via the wireless module and instructs the wireless module to monitor a paging channel according to the SCI only for the M2M communications. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265953 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRIGGERING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES TO ATTACH TO A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for triggering a group of one or more detached wireless communication devices ( | 10-10-2013 |
20130265954 | NETWORK SELECTION IN A SHARED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method for performing a selection of a public land mobile network identity in a shared network environment, in which environment at least two public land mobile network identities are available for providing circuit switched based service to user equipment. The method includes at least a step of determining a capability of the user equipment ( | 10-10-2013 |
20130265955 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNELS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MASSIVE MIMO - A channel transmission/reception method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving channels between a base station and a mobile terminal efficiently in a mobile communication supporting massive Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission are provided. The method includes determining a resource to which a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) addressed to a terminal is mapped within a resource block, the DMRS resource being positioned in at least one of a first resource set capable of being allocated for DMRS and a second resource set symmetric with the first resource set on a time axis, and transmitting the DMRS and DMRS allocation information to the terminal. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265956 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA STREAMS IN DIGITAL VIDEO BROADCASTING SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises mapping service data onto a first set of multiple Physical Layer Pipes (PLPs), mapping the first set of multiple PLPs onto a first set of logical frames, wherein each of the first set of logical frames is of the same size, forming a first logical channel comprising the first set of logical frames, and transmitting the mapped service data over a target delivery system. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265957 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA STREAMS IN DIGITAL VIDEO BROADCASTING SYSTEMS - A method for mapping of one or more logical channels onto a radio frequency channel in a communication system is provided. The method includes determining a logical channel type from a plurality of logical channel types, and mapping at least one logical frame of the determined logical channel type to at least one physical frame on at least one Radio Frequency (RF) channel based on the determined logical channel type. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265958 | SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS CONNECTIVITY CONTINUITY AND QUALITY - Configurations are described for maintaining a continuity and quality of wireless signal connection between a mobile device and systems accessible through the internet. In particular, configurations are disclosed to address the challenge of a mobile device that moves through a physical environment wherein the best wireless connectivity performance is achieved by switching between available connection sources and constantly evaluating a primary connection with other available connections that may be switched in to become a new primary connection. The mobile device may be self-propelled or carried by some other mobilizing means. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265959 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A FEEDBACK SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a feedback signal in a mobile communication system are provided, in which a User Equipment (UE) receives information about at least one Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) and information about at least one Interference Measurement Resource (IMR), determines at least one feedback signal to be transmitted from among a plurality of feedback signals available according to the information about the at least one CSI-RS and the information about the at least one IMR, generates the determined at least one feedback signal, and transmits the generated at least one feedback signal. The at least one feedback signal to be transmitted is determined based on bitmap information received from a central control device, and the bitmap information includes information indicating that at least one feedback signal desired to receive by the central control device. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265960 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODIFYING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for modifying a channel quality indication (CQI). This method may comprise: calculating a scaling factor for the channel quality indication based on uplink channel information and an antenna virtualization pre-coding scheme; and modifying the channel quality indication reported by user equipment by using the scaling factor. According to the technical solutions of the present invention, the antenna virtualization factor is considered in performing CQI modification and. Thus, this solution can overcome the problem of CQI mismatch, enhance the completeness and accuracy of CQI feedback, and improve the cell throughput performance and frequency utilization. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265961 | Network Control - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method, computer program and computer-readable medium. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265962 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - To provide a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, a method and an integrated circuit which are capable of dissolving complexity of setting by the base station apparatus and performing efficient scheduling by improving the orthogonality of resources of a reference signal for every antenna. A mobile station apparatus which transmits a sounding reference signal to a base station apparatus using a plurality of antenna ports, wherein based on one value set specifically to a mobile station apparatus by a parameter notified of by a higher layer from the base station apparatus, a cyclic shift applied to a sounding reference signal corresponding to the plurality of antenna ports is determined. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265963 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station device executes processing on uplink control information by effectively using uplink resources when transmitting the uplink control information. The mobile station device generates a plurality of ACK/NACK sequences by interleaving and dividing ACKs/NACKs for a plurality of cells in a plurality of subframes, and separately encodes the plurality of ACK/NACK sequences. Also, the mobile station device interleaves a plurality of ACKs/NACKs and a scheduling request together. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265964 | WIRELESS CONTROL APPARATUS, WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL PROGRAM OF WIRELESS CONTROL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - When a mobile station apparatus uses a multi-antenna, spectrum efficiency is improved with clipping performed on a transmission signal from the mobile station apparatus. There is provided a wireless control apparatus applied to a wireless communication system that performs clipping processing not to transmit a spectrum of part of a frequency domain so as to transmit and receive data, the wireless control apparatus, based on channel state information with a wireless terminal apparatus which is a destination, generates clipping information indicating a frequency domain where the clipping processing is performed and determines frequency allocation for the wireless terminal apparatus to generate frequency allocation information, and notifies the wireless terminal apparatus of the clipping information and the frequency allocation information. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265965 | Medium accessing mechanisms within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - A multi-user super-frame (MU-SF), as controlled by a MU-SF owner, is used to govern the manner by which various wireless communication devices have access to the communication medium. When various wireless communication devices operate within a wireless communication system, communication medium access can be handled differently for wireless communication devices having different capabilities. Per the MU-SF, those having a first capability may get medium access in accordance with a first operational mode (e.g., carrier sense multiple access/collision avoidance (CSMA/CA)), while those having a second capability may get medium access in accordance with a second operational mode (e.g., scheduled access). The respective durations for each of the first operational mode and the second operational mode within various MU-SFs need not be the same; the respective durations thereof may be adaptively modified based on any number considerations. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265966 | Supplemental Node Transmission Assistance in a Wireless Network - Supplemental node transmission assistance in a wireless network provides for transmissions between a wireless network and wireless user equipment in a first direction using a serving node of the wireless network while providing for transmissions between the wireless network and wireless user equipment in a second direction using a supplemental node of the wireless network. The supplemental node is selected based on providing better channel conditions between the network and the user equipment in the second direction than the serving node. The supplemental node thus provides transmission assistance for the serving node in order to provide the best available downlink and uplink communications between the user equipment and the network. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265967 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND DEVICE - A method for resource allocation and a device are disclosed by the present disclosure, relating to the field of communications technologies, and used for increasing the utilization rate of air interface resources. The method for resource allocation according to embodiments of the present disclosure includes: calculating a mean value of lengths of at least two compressed packets, where the compressed packets are obtained by performing header compression on original packets; and allocating resources according to the mean value of the lengths of the at least two compressed packets. The solutions provided in the embodiments of the present disclosure are applicable to the allocation of air interface resources during resource allocation. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265968 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for mitigating interference on control channels in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, high interference on radio resources used for a control channel may be mitigated by sending a request to reduce interference to one or more interfering stations. Each interfering station may reduce its transmit power on the radio resources, which may then allow the control channel to observe less interference. In one design, a user equipment (UE) may detect high interference on radio resources used for a control channel by a desired base station. The UE may send a request to reduce interference on the radio resources to an interfering base station, which may reduce its transmit power on the radio resources. The UE may receive the control channel on the radio resources from the desired base station and may observe less interference from the interfering base station. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265969 | SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND METHOD OF SIGNAL PROCESSING - A system includes a base station (BS) and a user equipment (UE). The BS is capable of communicating with the UE via a serving cell and a coordinated cell. The BS includes a frequency exchange module coupled with a first baseband processing unit and a second baseband processing unit. The first baseband processing unit is designated for supporting baseband processing related to the coordinated cell, and the second baseband processing unit is designated for supporting baseband processing related to the serving cell. The frequency exchange module is configured to forward a first frequency domain signal to the second baseband processing unit according to a first predetermined coordination configuration relating to the serving cell of the UE and the coordinated cell of the UE. The second baseband processing unit is configured to perform a joint processing of the first frequency domain signal and a second frequency domain signal. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265970 | REPEATING TRANSMISSIONS OF SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit an acknowledgement signal over multiple Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs). The method includes transmitting the acknowledgement signal in {(n+Q) | 10-10-2013 |
20130265971 | LAYER-2 IP NETWORKING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE HOSTS - A method and apparatus to enable IP networking for mobile hosts without requiring changes to be made to the TCP/IP stack in the operating system installed on the mobile hosts. The apparatus is an “intelligent device” that can be installed on or connected to a mobile host, and may comprise a software-only logical module, physical hardware, or a combination of both. To a mobile host, the intelligent device emulates a network interface such as an Ethernet card or a telephone modem. The intelligent device appears to an access network just like any regular IP host connected to the access network through a physical network interface device. The intelligent device handles all mobile networking functions for the mobile host, and may control multiple different physical network interface devices to enable a connection to an access network available to the mobile user at his location. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265972 | Updating Channel State Information in a Wireless Network - A system for updating channel state information may include a base station wirelessly sending a reference signal to a user device. The bases station may receive channel state information based on the reference signal. Then, the bases station may determine a number of transport blocks to enable, a number of layers to use, and an order of modulation for each transport block based on the channel state information. The bases station may then receive subsequent channel state information from the user device using the determined parameters. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265973 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND PROCESSOR - An encoding unit encodes an information bit sequence. An IDFT unit generates a spectrum from the signals of the information bit sequence. A clipping unit generates, when re-transmitting the information bit sequence, a transmission spectrum that differs from that of the previous transmission. An OFDM signal generation unit transmits the transmission spectrum. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265974 | MODE SWITCHING - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method, computer programs and computer-readable media for controlling mode change from a normal cellular communication mode to a machine-to-machine or device-to-device communication mode and to ensure sequence number synchronization between a sender and receiver ends when said mode change is performed. The mode change control is performed by controlling the duration of the transition period for switching from the cellular communication mode to the machine-to-machine or device-to-device mode and by using a temporary server for transmission of a desired data flow or by sending at least one dummy packet. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265975 | Transmitting Uplink Control Information - In accordance with some embodiments, uplink control information, including a channel quality index, may be transmitted using at least two layers. As a result, more information can be provided for use in situations, such as those involving carrier aggregation, where information for a large number of component carriers must all be provided on one primary component carrier. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265976 | Wireless Network Re-Entry Systems and Processes - Embodiments of the invention include a fast network re-entry system that optimizes the network re-entry and bandwidth request process for wireless communications between a base station and a mobile or fixed station. In one embodiment a mobile station, in idle mode, transmits a single communication, including both control information and bandwidth request information, to a base station. The communication may proceed via an uncontested communication slot. Other embodiments are described herein. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives from a base station a triggering signal for triggering the transmission of the aperiodic SRS and the number of transmissions of the aperiodic SRS, and transmits the aperiodic SRS to the base station the number of times equal to the number of transmissions, using a plurality of subframes, on the basis of the triggering signal. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265978 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives an SRS parameter, which indicates the number of antennas for transmitting the aperiodic SRS, by means of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and transmits the aperiodic SRS to the base station using at least one antenna which belongs to the number of antennas for transmitting the apeirodic SRS. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265979 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND DATA VOLUME REPORTING METHOD - A communication terminal device of the present invention can prevent assignment of unnecessary wireless resources and can efficiently assign the wireless resources in a situation in which there is data that cannot be transmitted immediately. In the device, a MAC control element generation unit ( | 10-10-2013 |
20130265980 | HIGHER ORDER MU-MIMO FOR LTE-A - An access node of a 3GPP LTE-based wireless communication network comprises a transmitter portion that transmits downlink control information (DCI) to at least one wireless station of a plurality of wireless stations wirelessly accessing the node as a Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) wireless communication network. The DCI comprises at least one code word indicating a rank of a channel matrix between the transmitter portion of the node and the wireless station greater than 4 and a spatial-related configuration for the wireless station. In one exemplary embodiment, the transmitter portion transmits the DCI from one substantially localized geographical transmission point forming a single-cell access point for the plurality of wireless stations. In another exemplary embodiment, the transmitter portion transmits the DCI from multiple geographically substantially isolated transmission points forming a single-cell access point. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265981 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL SCHEME FOR DISTRIBUTED RRH SYSTEMS WITH SAME CELL ID - Uplink power control in a macro cell in a wireless network comprises transmitting a reference signal from a base station device to at least one wireless device within the macro cell. The macro cell comprises the base station device and at least one radio transmitter device that is communicatively coupled to and remote from the base station device. The base station device and one or more radio transmitter devices could be selected to be a transmission point, a reception point or a combination thereof, for each wireless device. Information relating to a transmission power of the base station device is also transmitted to the at least one wireless device. An uplink signal is received from the at least one wireless device containing information relating to an uplink power determination that is based on the reference signal and the information relating to the transmission power of the base station device. | 10-10-2013 |
20130265982 | CARRIER SEGMENT SUPPORT FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a base transceiver station such as an Enhanced Node B allocates a first bandwidth for operation with a first set of remote devices which may comprise user equipment (UE), and allocates at least one or more bandwidth segments outside of the first bandwidth for operation with a second set of remote devices which mug comprise user equipment (UE). Remote devices of the first set are capable of operating within the first bandwidth, and remote devices of the second set are capable of operating within the first bandwidth and within the bandwidth segments outside of the first bandwidth. The devices of the first set comprise legacy devices, and devices of the second set comprise advanced devices. | 10-10-2013 |
20130272209 | REQUESTS FOR TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS IN A MULTI-USER SCENARIO - Link adaptation is supported in a multi-user MIMO environment. In some aspects, a frame including a transmission parameter request (e.g., a null data packet announcement (NDPA) including a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request (MRQ)) specifies multiple destinations. In some aspects, a decision to transmit a frame specifying multiple destinations is based on whether all of destinations support providing feedback to such a frame. In some aspects, transmission parameter feedback (e.g., MCS feedback (MFB)) including channel estimate information is provided in a case where MFB of type MU is requested. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272210 | VERIFYING SUPPORT FOR REQUESTS FOR TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS IN A MULTI-USER SCENARIO - Link adaptation is supported in a multi-user MIMO environment. In some aspects, a frame including a transmission parameter request (e.g., a null data packet announcement (NDPA) including a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request (MRQ)) specifies multiple destinations. In some aspects, a decision to transmit a frame specifying multiple destinations is based on whether all of destinations support providing feedback to such a frame. In some aspects, transmission parameter feedback (e.g., MCS feedback (MFB)) including channel estimate information is provided in a case where MFB of type MU is requested. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272211 | SCHEDULING ALGORITHMS FOR IEEE 802.11 MULTI-USER (MU) MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method is provided for wirelessly transmitting from a transmitter to one or more receivers within a multi-user (MU) multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) communication system. A number of concurrent (spatial) streams are dynamically allocated in a MU-MIMO transmission to each of a plurality of served receivers to maximize total data transmitted on each transmission. Streams are allocated according to a corresponding transmission queue length for each receiver and the number of receive antennas used by each of the served receivers. A transmission timer is started upon sending the transmission. A random backoff counter is also started upon one of either: (a) expiration of the transmission timer or (b) receipt of data at a transmission queue. A new transmission is sent upon expiration of the random backoff counter if the transmission timer has expired. Otherwise, the random backoff counter is restarted one or more times until the transmission timer has expired. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272212 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING AUTONOMOUS MANAGEMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES ACROSS DUAL NETWORKS - Managing radio resources across dual networks includes a wireless mobile device connecting to a first wireless network using a first radio access technology. The wireless device may notify the first network of a capability to be temporarily non-responsive to the first network while maintaining a signaling connection to the first network. The wireless device may communicate with a second network. The wireless device may return to communicating with the first network subsequent to communicating with the second network, and in response to communicating with the second network for less than a predetermined amount of time, the wireless device may send a scheduling request to the first network. In response to receiving a grant acknowledgement from the first network, the wireless device may send a buffer status report that includes a value such as zero to indicate that the wireless device has returned to and can communicate with the first network. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272213 | Method and a Radio Base Station in a Communication Network System - Methods and apparatus for controlling signaling processing resources that are shared among two or more cells at a base station, such that signaling processing resources are efficiently utilized and such that resources assigned for sending uplink grants and downlink assignments on a downlink control channel that is shared among the mobile terminals in each cell is also efficiently used. An example method is an iterative process whereby a manager controlling the assignments of resources on the downlink control channel among the mobile terminals on each cell is requested to provide resource to a restricted number of mobile terminals for a cell. This is repeated for each cell until a total processing capacity for the site is reached. The restriction in the number of mobile terminals included in each request relates to the total capacity for processing remaining on the site. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272214 | MAPPING OF ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In embodiments, an evolved Node B (eNB) of a wireless communication network may map individual enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) of a physical resource block (PRB) pair to a plurality of non-continuous enhanced resource element groups (eREGs) of the PRB pair. The eNB may further map the plurality of eREGs to individual antenna ports for transmission to the UE, with individual antenna ports associated with a continuous group of eREGs. The eNB may assign at least a portion of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) to one or more of the eCCEs for transmission to the UE. Additionally, or alternatively, an eNB may map eCCEs of a plurality of PRB pairs to a plurality of distributed resource block (DRB) pairs. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272215 | EVOLVED NODE B, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD FOR OPERATION OF NARROW BANDWIDTH USER EQUIPMENT IN WIDE BANDWIDTH BROADBAND NETWORKS - Apparatuses and methods for supporting operation of narrow bandwidth devices within a broadband network are described herein. A user equipment (UE) may retrieve control channels within a narrow bandwidth device region of a downlink subframe. The control channels may be received in a subcarrier of a new carrier type (NCT) implemented in accordance with a standard of the 3GPP family of standards. Cell-specific reference signals may be excluded on the NCT subcarrier. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272216 | NETWORK AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - Currently available network virtualization solutions are either specifically tailored for wired networks composed of nodes with very large processing power and storage space. The present invention relates to a novel virtualization framework specifically tailored to wireless networks. Such framework provides Wireless Internet Service Providers (WISP) with an effective virtualization solution, allowing production traffic to share part of the available network resources with a variable number of network slices where novel solutions, such as new routing protocols, services or network operation tools, can be experimentally tested in a severely controlled yet realistic environment. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272217 | HYBRID BAND INTELLIGENT BACKHAUL RADIO - A hybrid band intelligent backhaul radio (HB-IBR) is disclosed that is a combination of two radios operating in different bands. Embodiments include a dual radio configuration wherein a first radio operates in a non-line of sight (NLOS) radio link configuration and a second ancillary radio operates in a near line of sight or line of sight configuration (n)LOS. For example, the HB-IBR may have an Intelligent Backhaul Radio (IBR) operating in the non-line of sight mode of operation within the 5.8 GHz unlicensed band, and have an ancillary radio link operating in the FCC part 101 E band of operation at 60 GHz. A common medium access control (MAC) block may be utilized between the dual radios. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272218 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING HOW TO PERFORM OPERATIONS AFTER COMMUNICATION SUSPEND BASED ON INFORMATION BEFORE THE SUSPEND - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) reporting after resumption of Long Term Evolution (LTE) after a temporary suspension. In certain aspects, in order to minimize performance penalty to LTE on resumption after an LTE tune away for example to service a different Radio Access Technology, information available from before the LTE tune away may be used in addition to one or more additional parameters for determining how to perform LTE CQI calculation/update after tuning back to LTE. In certain aspects, a decision regarding whether a User Equipment (UE) reports a CQI based on channel conditions before the LTE tune away or reports a CQI based on channel conditions after tuning back to LTE may be based on a value of the Doppler estimate, a time duration of the LTE tune away, or a combination thereof. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272219 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BACKHAUL SHARING BY FEMTOCELLS - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for femtocell backhaul sharing. The method includes determining whether an available bandwidth for communication by the network entity is below a bandwidth threshold. The method includes requesting additional bandwidth from at least one neighbor network node in response to determining that the available bandwidth is below the bandwidth threshold. The method includes receiving configuration information from the at least one neighbor network node to increase the available bandwidth by at least a portion of the requested additional bandwidth. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272220 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FLEXIBLE BEAM COMMUNICATIONS IN RANDOM ACCESS IN SYSTEM WITH LARGE NUMBER OF ANTENNAS - A mobile station performs a method for random access in a wireless network. The method includes receiving, from a base station, information regarding a configuration of at least one receive beam of the base station to receive a random access signal. The method also includes configuring at least one transmit beam for a transmission of the random access signal based on the configuration information from the base station. The method further includes transmitting the random access signal to the base station on the at least one transmit beam. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272221 | Methods and Devices for Exchanging Data in a Communications Network - Methods and devices for exchanging data in a communications network. The present invention refers to a method of exchanging data in a communications network, the method including establishing a plurality of connections between a network device and a mobile station; splitting a flow of data from a data source into a plurality of data flows corresponding to a number of said connections; and transmitting each of said plurality of data flows over a different one of said connections. The present invention further refers to a network device and a mobile station involved in the disclosed method. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272222 | Scheduling Based on UE Probing - Control of downlink transmissions associated with a first cell ( | 10-17-2013 |
20130272223 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEAMLESS COMMISSIONING OF WIRELESS DEVICES - An apparatus is provided for commissioning a target device onto a wireless local area network (WLAN). The apparatus includes a smart wireless device. The smart wireless device has commissioning logic and a transducer. The commissioning logic is configured to format and direct transmission of one or more WLAN configuration packets that convey WLAN configuration data. The transducer is coupled to the commissioning logic, and is configured to transmit the one or more WLAN configuration packets over the transmission path to the target device, wherein the transducer is an existing component of the smart wireless device. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272224 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless communication system includes a first wireless terminal including a first network control unit that sets first wireless setting information as current wireless setting information of the first wireless terminal, a generating unit that generates an SSID including identification information of the first wireless terminal, and a first wireless communication unit that transmits a beacon including the SSID; and a second wireless terminal including a second wireless communication unit that receives the beacon, an extracting unit that extracts the SSID from the beacon and extracts the identification information from the SSID, and a second network control unit that sets second wireless setting information, stored in the second wireless terminal and corresponding to the first wireless setting information, as current wireless setting information of the second wireless terminal and establishes a wireless connection with the first wireless terminal based on the identification information and the second wireless setting information. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272225 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKETS TO A PLURALITY OF MOBILE TERMINATIONS THROUGH A SINGLE IP CONNECTION - The invention refers to a radio network entity for transmitting data packets from an IP gateway in a telecommunications network to a user terminal via a plurality of mobile terminations through a single IP connection. The radio network entity comprises:
| 10-17-2013 |
20130272226 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKING - Systems and techniques for managing channel reservation in a full-duplex wireless network. A transmitting node sends a media access control frame to a receiving node, including an integrity check field in a header of the frame. Upon performing an integrity check and determining that the media access control frame is addressed to itself, the receiving node sends a transmission so as to reserve the channel. If the receiving node has no data to send, the transmission may be an acknowledgement field, and if the receiving node has data to send, the transmission may he a media access control frame including an integrity check field in a header of the frame. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272227 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CHANNEL ALLOCATION AND BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT IN A WIFI DEVICE THAT UTILIZES FULL SPECTRUM CAPTURE - A WiFi device, which utilizes full spectrum capture, captures signals over a wide spectrum including one or more WiFi frequency bands and extracts one or more WiFi channels from the captured signals. The AP analyzes the extracted WiFi channels and aggregates a plurality of blocks of WiFi channels to create one or more aggregated WiFi channels based on the analysis. The WiFi frequency bands comprise 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz WiFi frequency bands. The AP determines one or more characteristics of the extracted WiFi channels based on the analysis. The determined characteristics comprise noise, interference, fading and blocker information. The AP generates a channel map comprising at least the extracted one or more WiFi channels based on the determined characteristics. The AP dynamically and/or adaptively senses the extracted one or more WiFi channels and updates the determined characteristics of the extracted WiFi channels. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272228 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIFI COMMUNICATION UTILIZING FULL SPECTRUM CAPTURE - A single receiver is operable to utilize full spectrum capture to capture signals over a wide spectrum comprising a plurality of WiFi frequency bands, extract one or more WiFi channels from said captured signals and aggregate a plurality of blocks of said WiFi channels to create one or more aggregated WiFi channels. The WiFi frequency bands include 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz WiFi frequency bands. A plurality of blocks of the WiFi channels may be aggregated from contiguous blocks of spectrum and/or non-contiguous blocks of spectrum in one or more of said plurality of WiFi frequency bands. One or more non-WiFi channels may be filtered out from the captured signals. One or more aggregated WiFi channels may be assigned to one or more WiFi enabled communication devices. At least a portion of the one or more aggregated WiFi channels may be dynamically assigned to one or more other WiFi enabled communication devices. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272229 | Preamble Transmission in a Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a control message configuring cell groups comprising a primary cell group and a secondary cell group. The wireless device receives a control command causing the wireless device to transmit a random access preamble on random access resources of a secondary cell in the secondary cell group. The wireless device transmits the random access preamble on the random access resources to the base station. Transmission timing of the random access preamble is determined, at least in part, employing uplink subframe transmission timing of the primary cell or a stored timing advance value. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272230 | Uplink Transmission Power in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a message indicating transmission of a sounding reference signal in a symbol on subframe n on a first cell in a first cell group. The symbol overlaps in time with transmission of a packet on at least one of: subframe n and n+1 in a second cell in a second cell group. The wireless device transmits the sounding reference signal if a power parameter is less than a maximum allowable transmission power in the symbol. A calculation of the power parameter considers transmission power of the packet according to a pre-configured rule. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272231 | Wireless Device Transmission Power - A wireless device transmits a first packet in subframe n of a first cell of a first cell group and transmits a second packet in subframe n+1 of a second cell of a second cell group overlapping in time with the transmission of the first packet. The wireless device reduces a subframe transmission power of at least one of the first packet and the second packet if a power parameter is more than an allowable transmission power. A calculation for the power parameter considers transmission power of the first packet and the second packet according to a pre-configured rule. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272232 | Transmit Power Control in Multicarrier Communications - A wireless device may compute transmission power of an uplink packet employing a first parameter calculated by accumulation of an initial value and at least one power control value corresponding to a sequence of subframes. The sequence of subframes starts from an initial subframe and ends with the first subframe. The initial subframe is identified by the most recent subframe before the first subframe with one of the following events: a predefined transmit power parameter value is updated by higher layers; and a random access response is received corresponding to a transmitted random access preamble on a secondary cell. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272233 | Power Control in a Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a control command to transmit a random access preamble on random access resources of a secondary cell in a secondary cell group. The wireless device receives a random access response providing an uplink grant to transmit an uplink packet. The wireless device computes the transmission power of the uplink packet employing, at least in part, a first parameter calculated by summation of: a power control value corresponding to a power control field in the uplink grant; and a total power ramp-up from the first transmission to the last transmission of the random access preamble. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272234 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERPRETING CONTENT OF A DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION FIELD IN A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for interpreting content of a downlink resource allocation field in a UE (User Equipment) that is served by a backward compatible carrier. The method includes receiving an RRC message to configure a new carrier to the UE, wherein the new carrier is associated with the backward compatible carrier. The method further includes marking a first time instant when a specific signaling associated with the new carrier is received by the UE. The method also includes determining a second time instant based on the first time instant. In addition, the method includes starting to interpret, at the UE, content of a downlink resource allocation field based on both a downlink bandwidth of the backward compatible carrier and a downlink bandwidth of the new carrier at the second time instant, wherein the downlink resource allocation field is included in a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) addressed to the backward compatible carrier. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272235 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING SIGNALING AND DELAY FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus are disclosed for reducing signaling and delay for uplink scheduling in a wireless communication network. The method includes activating a newly configured SCell (Secondary Cell). The method also includes starting a TA (Timing Alignment/Advance) timer associated with the SCell upon detection of a specific DL (Downlink) signaling. The method further includes detecting and processing a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) for a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmission. In addition, the method includes sending a MAC (Mac Access Control) PDU (Protocol Data Unit) corresponding to the PDCCH scheduling on a PUSCH of the SCell based on an UL transmission timing equal to a specific value. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272236 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - A communications system, including a mobile radio network including local base stations to communicate data to and from mobile communications devices via a wireless access interface. The mobile radio network is adapted to include a message processor and a message store, the message store arranged to store an indication of each of one or more message exchanges in a set of predetermined message exchanges between the base stations and one or more of the communications devices, each message exchange including a predetermined set of predetermined messages and requiring predetermined up-link and/or down-link communications resource for communicating the message exchange on the up-link and/or down-link, between a base station and the communications device. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272237 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL - User equipment, a computer program product and method of setting antenna transmission weightings of user equipment in a wireless telecommunication network. The user equipment (vE | 10-17-2013 |
20130272238 | METHOD FOR CONSTRUCTING DATA FORMAT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method for transmitting downlink data to a mobile terminal is disclosed. The mobile terminal receives a particular common H-RNTI (HS-DSCH Radio Network Identifier) via an HS-SCCH (High Speed-Shared Control Channel) associated with an HS-DSCH (High Speed-Downlink Shared Channel), recognizes whether a header of a MAC (Medium Access Control) PDU (Packet Data Unit) transmitted by the HS-DSCH includes a terminal-exclusive identifier, acquires the terminal-exclusive identifier, and processes the MAC PDU as its own if the acquired terminal-exclusive identifier is intended for the terminal itself. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272239 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING UPLINK TRANSMISSION CHANNELS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of allocating channels in a user equipment is disclosed. In particular, a method of allocating a plurality of Dedicated Physical Channels (DPCHs) and Enhanced Dedicated Channels (E-DCHs) in a user equipment of a multicode transmission system. The method includes determining whether a High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-DSCH) is configured for the user equipment (UE) and determining a number of codes used by the DPCH and the E-DCH. The method further includes allocating the DPCH and the E-DCH channels to an I branch or a Q branch based on the number of codes used by the DPCH and the E-DCH and the HS-DSCH configuration. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272240 | ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for reliably and quickly establishing multiple reverse links in multi-carrier wireless networks is provided. Signaling channels are established the on an existing forward link in order to transmit reverse link power control bits and the acknowledgment indications. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272241 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication system in which high-speed communication is implemented. A receiving device includes an RA managing unit that transmits Msg1 through a PRACH over an SCELL and a D-SR managing unit that transmits a D-SR through a PUCCH over a PCELL before or after the PRACH. A transmitting device includes an RA managing unit that receives Msg1 and a D-SR managing unit that receives the D-SR. The RA managing unit associates a scheduling request with a preamble, and identifies a receiving device. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272242 | OVER THE AIR PROGRAMMING VIA CELLULAR BROADCAST - In a communications system, one or more mobile devices may be programmed through the use of an assigned channel of a logical channel. For example, a broadcast control channel (BCCH) transmission may be received by one or more mobile devices, the transmission comprising a set of instructions to program the mobile devices. The BCCH transmission may be used to program certain mobile devices, such as a type or brand of device, or mobile devices having certain features, such as call waiting. The mobile device may be configured to accept a transmission, such as a packet in a GPRS network, on one channel while rejecting a transmission on other channels. Further, the mobile device may be reconfigured to accept additional channel transmissions or reject currently approved channel transmissions. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272243 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING H-ARQ PROCESSES - A method and wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for supporting enhanced uplink (EU) transmissions are disclosed. A WTRU is configured to provide hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) processes for supporting transmission over an enhanced uplink (EU) channel, to receive configuration information, wherein the configuration information indicates which H-ARQ processes are associated with a particular MAC-d flow, to allocate an H-ARQ process for transmission of data from the MAC-d flow, wherein the allocated H-ARQ process is from one of the associated H-ARQ processes, and to transmit data from the MAC-d flow over the EU channel using the allocated H-ARQ process. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272244 | Method, User Equipment and Base Station for Transmitting Uplink Control Information - The disclosure discloses a method for transmitting uplink control information. The method includes: receiving, by a user equipment, a carrier activation command or a carrier deactivation command in a downlink subframe n; updating a first downlink activated carrier set according to the received carrier activation command or the carrier deactivation command into a second downlink activated carrier set; taking the second downlink activated carrier set as a current downlink activated carrier set corresponding to a first uplink subframe which belongs to a subframe set of an uplink subframe n+k and uplink subframe(s) after the uplink subframe n+k; sorting X piece(s) of Uplink Control Information (UCI) corresponding to X downlink carrier(s) according to a sorting rule, and transmitting the sorted X pieces of UCI to a base station in the first uplink subframe. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272245 | POWER CONTROL IN ORTHOGONAL SUB-CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for power control in a wireless communication involves establishing at least two orthogonal sub-channels within a channel for communication and controlling transmitted power in each sub-channel independently. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272246 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION, AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method in which a plurality of Zadoff-Chu sequences is allocated to a frame, a value of a parameter in the Zadoff-Chu sequence is different among the plurality of Zadoff-Chu sequences, and the Zadoff-Chu sequence allocated to the frame is different among a plurality of cells. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272247 | METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING AND USING PUBLIC PATH, M2M COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND SYSTEMS THEREOF - Embodiments of the present invention, relating to the communications field, provide methods for establishing and using a public path, an M | 10-17-2013 |
20130272248 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TRANSMITTER - Radio transmission is performed even to a communication party whose bandwidth that can be used for transmission and reception is limited without having an influence of an offset of a DC component. A radio transmitter applied to an OFDMA communication system in which a plurality of different terminals performs communication using OFDM signals at the same time that includes a mapping part that allocates transmission power to each subcarrier, and also selects a subcarrier to which minimum power of the transmission power to be allocated is allocated and modulates transmission data in units of communication slots to output the modulated data; and a transmission part for transmitting radio signals including the modulated data using each of the subcarriers. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272249 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communications system includes a base station configured to use a plurality of bands; a terminal apparatus configured to communicate with the base station, using the plurality of bands simultaneously, wherein the base station includes a first controller configured to assign band identification information to each of the plurality of bands; a first communication interface configured to broadcast the band identification information of each band through a broadcast channel or an extended broadcast channel, to perform at least one of transmission and reception of user data using the plurality of bands simultaneously. The terminal apparatus includes a second communication interface configured to perform at least one of reception and transmission of the user data by using the plurality of bands simultaneously; a second controller configured to control at least one of reception and transmission of the second communication interface based on the broadcasted band identification information of each band. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272250 | BASE-STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base-station apparatus configures a terminal apparatus with information related to mapping between a first channel-state information reference signal and a second channel-state information reference signal and codebook subset restriction information that restricts selection of a codebook subset as feedback information by the terminal apparatus, the codebook subset indicating precoding a weight to perform a first communication and a second communication. Using the information related to the mapping and the codebook subset restriction information, the terminal apparatus selects a codebook to perform the first communication and a codebook to perform the second communication. The terminal apparatus configures the base-station apparatus with information indicating the codebook to perform the first communication and information indicating the codebook to perform the second communication. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272251 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, NETWORK COMPONENT, BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING - According to an aspect of this disclosure, a communication terminal is provided including a first determiner configured to determine, for a software application installed on the communication terminal, a desired communication behavior of the communication terminal for the exchange of data for the software application; a second determiner configured to determine a time for the exchange of data between the communication terminal and a mobile communication network depending on the determined desired communication behavior; and a transceiver configured to communicate with the mobile communication network at the determined time. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272252 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR M2M DEVICE SUBSCRIPTION - An apparatus may include a processor circuit and a machine type communication (MTC) device setup module operable on the processor circuit to determine when the apparatus is provisioned with a subscription to a local network, and to provide a device setup interface to automatically connect the apparatus to a machine type communication (MTC) subscriber independently of an operator of the local network. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272253 | Dynamic Assignment of a Serving Network Node - A method and a system for dynamic assignment of a serving network node in a communications network, preferably an IMS-based communications network, are described, wherein the communications network comprises a predetermined number of serving network nodes and wherein the method comprises: receiving a service request associated with a user equipment, another network or a network node, preferably an application server; providing load information associated with said serving network nodes; and, in response to said service request, assigning one of said predetermined number of serving network nodes to said user equipment, said other network or said network node on the basis of said load information. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272254 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes a first communication device that transmits a signal in the frequency domain, part of the signal being removed, and a second communication device that receives the transmitted signal. The second communication device determines a signal to be removed by the first communication device, and transmits information indicating the position of the signal to be removed. The first communication device receives the information indicating the position of the signal to be removed, removes part of the signal in the frequency domain on the basis of the information, and transmits the signal. Accordingly, clipping can be performed in accordance with the state of a channel. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272255 | Handling Measurements and Reporting for Fixed Devices in Mobile Broadband Networks - Measurement requirements for user equipment may be reduced or eliminated where the user equipment is a fixed device. In such case, the measurement requirement may be less useful. In machine-to-machine communications, bandwidth may be increased and power consumption may be reduced in some embodiments. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272256 | Node Selection in a Packet Core Network - A method of allocating user plane nodes to a connection being established across a packet core network is described. The method comprises maintaining at a Domain Name System (DNS) server one or more DNS resource records for each available user plane node in the packet core network, wherein the one or more DNS resource records comprises a fully qualified domain name (FQDN) for each area identity, each area identity represents a group of user plane nodes, associated with a user plane node in the packet core network; processing a connection establishment request originating from a user equipment (UE) to a core network node within the packet core network; sending a DNS query to a DNS server, the query containing at least one criterion for selecting a user plane node; receiving the query at the DNS server and, on the basis of the or each criterion, identifying one or more DNS resource records satisfying the criteria/criterion, and returning the identified DNS resource record(s) to said core network node; and receiving the DNS resource record(s) at the core network node, and using the fully qualified domain names (FQDNs) representing each area identity associated with a user plane node in the packet core network that are contained in the or each DNS resource record(s) when allocating a user plane node to said connection. A core network node arranged to allocate user plane nodes to a connection being established across a packet core network, and an apparatus configured to operate as a Domain Name System (DNS) server are also described. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272257 | WIRELESS COMNMUNICATION TERMINAL AND POWER CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication terminal which, when SRSs are simultaneously transmitted between CCs and between antenna ports, avoids increasing the effect of bit rounding errors of D/A converters when the number of antenna ports set for SRS transmission differs between CCs. This device comprises a transmission power calculation unit ( | 10-17-2013 |
20130272258 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK INFORMATION, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK INFORMATION - A method and user equipment (UE) for transmitting ACK/NACK information, and a method and base station (BS) for receiving ACK/NACK information are disclosed. If ACK/NACK repetition and spatial orthogonal-resource transmit diversity (SORTD) caused by 2 antenna ports are configured in the UE, the UE performs first ACK/NACK transmission using 2 PUCCH resources implicitly decided by an associated PDCCH. From the second transmission, the UE performs ACK/NACK transmission using 2 PUCCH resources explicitly assigned respectively for the two antenna ports. | 10-17-2013 |
20130272259 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A COMPONENT CARRIER IN A CARRIER JUNCTION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a carrier junction system. Concretely, the present invention relates to a method for allocating a component carrier in a carrier junction system, the method being characterized by comprising a step of receiving at least one item of component carrier configuration information supported by a base station, from the base station, wherein the component carrier configuration information includes at least one item of component carrier set information, and said at least one item of component carrier set information is downlink component carrier set information transmitted by a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), uplink component carrier set information transmitted by a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), or PDSCH monitoring component carrier set information transmitted by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 10-17-2013 |
20130272260 | LTE/WI-FI COEXISTENCE - A method for communication in a wireless device ( | 10-17-2013 |
20130272261 | METHOD FOR MITIGATING INTER CELL INTERFERENCE AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device therefor, wherein the method comprises the steps of: receiving a PDCCH signal that contains scheduling information from a base station on a first subframe; receiving a PDSCH signal corresponding to said PDCCH signal from said base station on a second subframe; and decoding said PDSCH signal, wherein an interval between said first subframe and said second subframe is varied. | 10-17-2013 |
20130279425 | Radio Communications System and Method Performed Therein - A method includes a step of determining a first spatial correlation matrix at a first mobile station, a step of normalizing the first spatial correlation matrix, a step of transmitting the normalized first spatial correlation matrix from the first mobile station to a base station and a step of determining a first channel quality indicator at the base station wherein the first channel quality indicator is based on the normalized first spatial correlation matrix. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279426 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION USING DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ACCESS PARAMETERS - A method includes, in response to receiving a delta value of an enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter at a station, determining a value of the EDCA parameter based on the delta value and based on a base value of the EDCA parameter. The method also includes, in response to receiving an EDCA parameter set information element (IE), determining the value of the EDCA parameter based on the EDCA parameter set IE. The method further includes, in response to no delta value or EDCA parameter set IE being received at the station during a time period, setting the value of the EDCA parameter to a default value of the EDCA parameter. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279427 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION USING DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ACCESS PARAMETERS - A method includes in response to receiving a modified enhanced distributed channel access (EDCA) parameter set IE at a station, determining a value of an EDCA parameter based on a delta value in the modified EDCA parameter set IE and based on a base value of the EDCA parameter. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279428 | Method and Device for Delivering Service Data - A method and device for sending service data are provided in the present invention, so as to realize simplification of a precoding matrix calculation method. The method includes: a network side executing the following steps: calculating a value space matrix according to a signal channel matrix of a serving cell of a terminal; calculating a null space matrix according to an interference channel matrix of a coordinating cell of the terminal; projecting a vector of the value space matrix to a space on which a vector of the null space matrix is located to obtain a precoding matrix of the terminal; and sending the service data in the serving cell of the terminal according to the precoding matrix. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279429 | MULTI-WAVEFORM AND WIRELESS VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT RADIUS SYSTEM - A very high speed SHF-EHF radio system having a very large capacity of several gigabits comprises at least one ultra-wideband base station and an ultra-wideband and multiuse terminal for very high speed wireless systems providing point-to-multipoint transmission of a plurality of simultaneous waveforms in order to provide a plurality of subscribers or customers of various types with multiple services. The base and the terminal comprise ultra-wideband transmitter/receiver means which are capable of exchanging a plurality of waveforms delivered by multiplexes of various modems. The radio of the base has at least one microwave spectrum generator for the multiplexes optimized for each service and for any type of customer. The transmitter/receiver of the radio of the terminal is suited to operating in the subband of the downlink channel and in at least one of the two-way subbands. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279430 | SMALL CELL ACTIVATION PROCEDURE - A method of wireless communication includes receiving activation parameters at a low power node and detecting a proximity of an active user equipment (UE) based at least in part on the activation parameters. The activation parameters are triggered from a node different from the low power node, such as an eNodeB. The low power node initiates an activation sequence after detecting the active UE. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279431 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING DYNAMIC INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS INFORMATION CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus to enable a wireless network system to dynamically change information channel message broadcasts. In one aspect, cellular network systems optimize pilot channel message delivery based at least in part on one or more network parameters. Base stations and/or cellular devices can dynamically configure the pilot channel message delivery or reception based on the network parameters. For example, such flexible pilot channel message delivery may more frequently deliver prioritized pilot channel messages, and less frequently broadcast low priority messages. Cellular subscribers with appropriately enabled user equipment may improve their power and applications performance through implementation of the invention. Furthermore, base stations may reclaim the freed cellular resources to support other services. Legacy subscribers are advantageously not affected. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279432 | METHOD, DEVICE, TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND SYSTEM FOR CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING - A method, device, terminal, base station and system for cross-carrier scheduling are disclosed. Said method for cross-carrier scheduling includes: according to the number of component carriers involved in cross-carrier scheduling, adjusting the size of the control part, which is used for transmitting control information, in the frame corresponding to the component carrier; performing cross-carrier scheduling by utilizing the adjusted control part. According to the present invention, the situation that the number of component carriers involved in cross-carrier scheduling increases can be adapted to, and the block situation caused by no resources for transmitting the control information can be avoided. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279433 | Cell Timing in a Wireless Device and Base Station - A wireless device receives a control message configuring cell groups comprising a primary cell group and a secondary cell group. The wireless device receives a timing advance command comprising a time adjustment value and an index identifying the secondary cell group. The wireless device applies the time adjustment value to uplink transmission timing of the secondary cell group. The wireless device triggers an action in response to detecting a difference between primary cell group timing and secondary cell group timing, the difference being greater than a threshold. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279434 | Sounding Signal in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives message(s) configuring cell groups and transmissions of sounding reference signals. n sounding reference signals are configured to be transmitted in a subframe (n>1). The wireless device transmits at least one packet on at least one first cell in symbols of the subframe. The symbols comprise the last symbol of the subframe. The wireless device transmits a k subset of the n sounding reference signals in the last symbol (1<=k10-24-2013 | |
20130279435 | Uplink Transmissions in a Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a control command causing the wireless device to transmit a random access preamble on a random access channel of a first cell. The wireless device transmits, overlapping in time with transmission of the random access preamble, an uplink packet on a first subframe of the first cell. Transmission power of the uplink packet is calculated considering a maximum allowable transmission power in the first subframe of the first cell and the transmission power of the random access preamble. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279436 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING DATA COMMUNICATION - A communication terminal and a method for controlling data communication are provided by embodiments of the invention, relating to the field of communication technology. The communication terminal comprises: a first communication module adapted to, when transmitting a first communication signal to a first antenna, generate a first communication control signal for controlling a second communication module; and a second communication module adapted to receive the first communication control signal, and stop the transmission of a second communication signal between the second communication module and a second antenna in accordance with the first communication control signal. In the embodiments of the invention, respective signals of the first communication module and the second communication module are controlled to be transmitted in different times, thus signal interferences between the communication modules on the terminal are reduced. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279437 | QUASI CO-LOCATION IDENTIFICATION OF REFERENCE SYMBOL PORTS FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses indicate and identify quasi co-located reference signal ports. A method of identifying by a UE includes identifying, from downlink control information, a CSI-RS port that is quasi co-located with a DM-RS port assigned to the UE. The method includes identifying large scale properties for the assigned DM-RS port based on large scale properties for the CSI-RS port. The method includes performing channel estimation and/or time/frequency synchronization using the identified large scale properties for the DM-RS port. Another method for identifying by a UE includes identifying, from downlink control information, a CRS port that is quasi co-located with a CSI-RS port configured for the UE. The method includes identifying large scale properties for the configured CSI-RS port based on large scale properties for the CRS port. The method includes performing channel estimation and/or time/frequency synchronization using the identified large scale properties for the CSI-RS port. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279438 | System and Method for Beacon Transmission Timing Control - A method of broadcasting a first beacon by an access point of a communications system includes obtaining transmission times for second beacons broadcast by nearby access points, and adjusting a transmission time for the first beacon in accordance with the transmission times for the second beacons to group the first beacon and the second beacons together within a single channel. The method also includes broadcasting an indicator of the transmission time for the first beacon to stations operating in the communications system, and broadcasting the first beacon at the transmission time for the first beacon. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279439 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CONTROL PROGRAM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT OF WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS - There is implemented a clipping technique that does not require a reception apparatus or a transmission apparatus to notify a transmission apparatus or a reception apparatus of information on clipping. A wireless transmission apparatus performs clipping processing not to transmit a spectrum of part of a frequency domain signal when transmitting data to a wireless reception apparatus and determines a frequency band to be subjected to the clipping processing using information other than information notified from the wireless reception apparatus and directly specifying a frequency band to be subjected to the clipping processing. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279440 | MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To prevent a situation that communication operation becomes unstable resulting from erroneous detection of a PDCCH in a mobile communication system having a system band comprised of a plurality of base frequency blocks, in a mobile terminal apparatus ( | 10-24-2013 |
20130279441 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING METHOD AND DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting acknowledgement information in a wireless communication system including: transmitting the acknowledgement information by using the PUCCH format and the resource. If there is no Semi-Persistent Scheduling releasing Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) in a downlink subframe set, if the acknowledgement information corresponds to one Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) having no corresponding PDCCH received on only a Primary Cell (PCell) in the downlink subframe set, and if one PDSCH indicated by detection of a corresponding PDCCH received on only a PCell in the downlink subframe set and a Downlink Assignment Index value of the PDCCH is 1, the acknowledgement information and the scheduling request may be transmitted in the one uplink subframe by using PUCCH format 1b. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279442 | METHODS FOR HANDLING PS AND CS COMMUNICATION SERVICE - Methods for handling PS and CS voice services between a mobile communication device and a service network are provided. The method includes providing, by the service network, a first type of communication service to the mobile communication device and concurrently receiving, by the service network, a service request message to request for establishment of a second type of communication service, determining, by the service network, whether any type of communication service is an emergency service, and declining, by the service network, the type of communication service that is not the emergency service, wherein the service network only supports one type of communication service to the mobile communication device at one time. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279443 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication device comprises a transmission unit for holding a wireless control resource exclusive to the wireless communication device, the wireless control resource being used in wireless communication to the other device; a reception unit for receiving a signal including data having at least one of first information and second information; and a reception extension control unit for extending the reception interval until a time where a first predetermined duration has elapsed, in a case where the data received by the reception unit includes the first information, the reception extension control device terminating the extension of the reception interval in a case where the reception extension control unit has extended the reception interval until the time where the first predetermined duration has elapsed and where the data received thereafter by the reception unit does not contain the first information. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279444 | TRANSMISSION OF DATA BLOCK INFORMATION IN A CELLULAR RADIO SYSTEM - A transmitter transmits a transport format indication to a receiver. Each value of the transport format indication identifies at least two transport block sizes to enable flexible use of different transport block sizes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279445 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network, comprising
| 10-24-2013 |
20130279446 | Carrier Aggregation Scheduling Apparatus, Carrier Aggregation Scheduling Method, and Base Station - A carrier aggregation apparatus includes a first carrier aggregation scheduler, which is configured to receive user information of a first user equipment UE, carrier information for carrier aggregation, and information about a first baseband board and to schedule carriers according to the user information of the first UE, the carrier information for carrier aggregation, and the information about the first baseband board. The scheduling result indicates carriers used for the first UE. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a Reference Signal (RS) during retransmission at a User Equipment (UE) in a multi-antenna wireless communication system are disclosed. The RS transmission method includes receiving an uplink grant from a Base Station (BS), initially transmitting data and an RS corresponding to each layer based on the uplink grant, receiving ACKnowledgment/Negative ACKnowledgment (ACK/NACK) information for the initially transmitted data, and retransmitting the RS corresponding to each layer and the data according to the ACK/NACK information. The retransmission includes initializing a cyclic shift value for the RS corresponding to each layer according to a cyclic shift field for RSs included in the uplink grant. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279448 | Synchronization Transmissions in a Wireless Communication System - To support cell search, multiple (e.g., two) synchronization transmissions are sent in a frame with non-uniform spacing. Information is conveyed via the non-equal distances between consecutive synchronization transmissions. Multiple levels of non-uniform spacing may be used to convey different types of information. In one design, the multiple synchronization transmissions are sent in different subframes of a frame, and each synchronization transmission is sent in one of multiple symbol periods in a respective subframe. The synchronization transmissions may be sent in non-evenly spaced subframes to convey frame boundary. One synchronization transmission may be sent in one of multiple possible symbol periods depending on the information, e.g., a particular group of cell IDs, being conveyed. The distances between synchronization transmissions may also be used to convey cyclic prefix length. A secondary synchronization transmission carrying a cell ID may be sent at a predetermined offset from one of the multiple synchronization transmissions. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279449 | FEEDBACK SIGNALING ERROR DETECTION AND CHECKING IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of feedback in a wireless transmit receive unit includes providing a precoding matrix index (PMI), error checking the (PMI) to produce an error check (EC) bit, coding the PMI and the EC bit and transmitting the coded PMI and EC bit. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279450 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING UPLINK SIGNALING INFORMATION - A User Equipment, UE, of a cellular communication system transmits scheduling assistance data to a base station comprising a base station scheduler which schedules uplink packet data. The scheduling assistance data relates to uplink packet data transmission from the UE. The UE comprises a channel controller which is operable to cause the scheduling assistance data to be transmitted from the UE to the base station in a first physical resource of an uplink air interface. The first physical resource is not managed by the base station based scheduler. The scheduling assistance data may specifically be transmitted in a first transport channel multiplexed with other transport channels on a physical resource. The transport channels may be individually optimized and may have different termination points and transmission reliabilities. Specifically, the transport channel supporting the scheduling assistance data signaling may have a high reliability and be terminated in the base station. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279451 | RANDOM ACCESS SCHEME FOR USER EQUIPMENT - A method of efficiently processing a random access response message, when a terminal (or user equipment) performs random access, is disclosed. After the terminal transmits a random access preamble to a base station, the terminal may receive a random access response message having a format of medium access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) including only a backoff indicator subheader in a MAC header of the MAC PDU, from the base station in response to the random access preamble. As described above, the terminal, which has received the random access response message including only a backoff indicator subheader in the MAC header of the MAC PDU, may consider a random access response reception procedure not successful and may perform a subsequent procedure for a random access responses reception failure. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279452 | FREQUENCY DOMAIN TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a central baseband processing unit (CBPU), including a switching module and at least one base band unit (BBU) and further including a resource mapping module. The resource mapping module is configured to perform resource block demapping for uplink frequency domain baseband signals obtained through Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) and demultiplex signals of each user from corresponding subcarriers. The switching module is configured to transmit the signals of each user to the corresponding BBU, and the BBU is configured to process the received user signals. Correspondingly, embodiments of the present invention also disclose a remote RF unit (RRU) and a frequency domain transmission method. The technical solution provided in the present invention can improve transmission performance of a C-RAN system. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279453 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION INFORMATION TRANSMISSION - A method, apparatus, and system for communication information transmission are provided in the embodiments of the present invention. The method comprises: communication information is transmitted to a base station (BS); when the communication information fails to be transmitted to the BS, a first backoff upper limit is obtained according to the number of times the transmission has failed; a backoff upper limit is determined according to the first backoff upper limit, and a backoff time of retransmitting the communication information is selected according to the backoff upper limit. In the embodiments of the present invention, terminal can obtain the proper backoff upper limit according to the number of times it has failed to transmit the communication information, thereby reducing the latency of its uplink data transmission. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279454 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting scheduling request (SR) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a SR in a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, wherein one SC-FDMA symbol on the PUCCH is punctured and transmitting the SR on the PUCCH in the subframe. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279455 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for reporting channel state information, wherein the method comprises the following steps: receiving configuration information for periodically reporting channel state information; and periodically reporting the channel state information for a each of a plurality of periods based on the configuration information, wherein the channel state information is repeated so as to have a predetermined pattern based on periods, of which a second period is longer than a first period. The second period has a first value in a single transmission point operation mode. The second period has a sum of the first value and a second value which is proportional to the number of coordinated transmission points involved in a coordinated multi-point transmission operation in a coordinated multi-point transmission operation mode. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279456 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR ESTABLISHING LOCAL IP ACCESS CONNECTION - Disclosed are a method, system, and device for establishing a local IP access (LIPA) connection, relating to the technical field of wireless communication, for use in solving the incapability of a user equipment (UE) to establish successfully the LIPA when the UE subscription information lacks therein information of a closed subscriber group (CSG) wherein the UE is established and an access point name (APN) for LIPA allowed by the CSG. In the present invention, when a UE-transmitted connection request is received by a network side, within a correlation between a preconfigured CSG identifier and an APN for public access, an APN corresponding to the identifier of the CSG wherein the UE is established is searched for, and the LIPA is established for the UE when the APN is found, or, the APN found is transmitted to the UE and the UE subscription information is modified. Employment of the present invention allows the UE to perform LIPA successfully. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279457 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, PAIRING CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a terminal apparatus including an estimation unit that estimates a channel to a base station by using a reference signal transmitted from the base station, a selection unit that selects a transmission weight desirable for second down-link transmission from the base station to another terminal apparatus spatially multiplexed with first down-link transmission on the channel from a plurality of transmission weight candidates in accordance with an estimation result by the estimation unit, and a feedback controller that controls feedback of the transmission weight selected by the selection unit to the base station. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279458 | ALLOCATING IDENTIFIERS TO COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A method of allocating a routing identifier to a subscription (FIG. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279459 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - In the present invention, when a user equipment (UE) transmits ACK/NACK information of multiple CCs to a base station (BS), ACK/NACK responses of one CC detected in the order of [ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK], and other ACK/NACK responses of the CC detected in the order of [ACK, DTX, DTX, DTX] are treated to be the same. According to the present invention, control information can be effectively transmitted in a wireless system. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279460 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN A MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for reporting channel status information in a multi-cell cooperative wireless communication system, and to a device for same. In more detail, the method includes: receiving a reference signal from at least one of a serving cell and one or more neighboring cell; generating channel status information for multi-cell cooperative communication on the basis of the reference signal; dividing the channel status information for multi-cell cooperative communication on the basis of a predetermined feedback setting mode and allocating same on a plurality of subframes; and transmitting the channel status information for multi-cell cooperative communication to the serving cell by using the plurality of subframes. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279461 | Super Scheduling Control Channel - A method and arrangement for enabling communication of data between a UE and a first base station in a cellular communication network further comprising the second base station, and the second base station is connected to the first base station via a communication interface A scheduling request is received | 10-24-2013 |
20130279462 | DOWNLINK RESOURCE SCHEDULING - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for downlink resource scheduling in wireless networks. In some embodiments, the scheduling may include multi-subframe cross carrier scheduling utilizing downlink control information. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279463 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REQUIRING SEQUENTIAL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method for transmitting channel status information at a user equipment in a wireless communication system, which more particularly comprises the following steps: receiving a reference signal from a base station; generating at least one channel status information based on the reference signal; mapping the at least one channel status information to available subframes, based on a priority of the at least one channel status information; and transmitting the at least one channel status information to the base station using the available subframes, wherein, if an uplink transmission using a first available subframe of the available subframes is blocked and a first channel status information that is mapped to the first available subframe has priority over a second channel status information that is mapped to a second available subframe, which is a next available subframe of the first available subframe, the first channel status information is shifted to be mapped to the second available subframe. | 10-24-2013 |
20130279464 | IP FRAGMENTATION IN GTP TUNNEL - The present invention relates to a method for improving IP fragmentation and transmission of user payload between a User Equipment, UE ( | 10-24-2013 |
20130279465 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF CONTENTION-BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided in a base station for providing feedback to user equipments on reception status of data transmitted by the user equipments. The base station and the user equipments are within a wireless communication system adapted for contention based transmissions. A common identifier is used to identify contention based grants on a physical downlink control channel. Upon successful reception of data from at least one of the plurality of user equipments, dedicated acknowledgement feedback is provided by including an indication of the identity of the at least one user equipment from which data was successfully received in a message to said common identifier on the physical downlink control channel. Related arrangements in a base station, methods in a user equipment, and arrangements in a user equipment are disclosed. | 10-24-2013 |
20130286951 | FACILITATING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN RESOURCE-CONSTRAINED DEVICES AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - A link device facilitating communication between a wireless communication terminal and a resource-constrained device. According to an aspect, the link device receives messages from the wireless communication terminal on a wireless path according to a first protocol, converts the messages into a second protocol, and forwards the converted messages in the second protocols to the resource-constrained device on a wired path connecting the link device to the resource-constrained device. In an embodiment, the first protocol corresponds to HTTP protocol and the second protocol corresponds to a simpler protocol which requires relatively lesser processing and memory resources. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286952 | eICIC Carrier Aggregation Using Extension Carriers - A first BS transmits a first set of aggregated carriers including a PCC having a first carrier frequency and an SCC having a second carrier frequency. Contemporaneously, a second BS transmits a second set of aggregated carriers including a PCC having the second carrier frequency and an SCC having the first carrier frequency. In one aspect, the first BS transmits on the SCC a subframe having a number of selected symbols of the subframe at a lower power than other symbols of the subframe, the selected symbols aligning at least in part with a number of symbols of a control region of a subframe transmitted by the second BS on the PCC having the second carrier frequency. In another aspect, a UE attached to the second BS receives at least control information on the PCC of the first BS and receives data on the PCC of the second BS. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286953 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CELL RANGE EXPANSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - The present invention is directed to systems and methods which accommodate OTA delays exceeding the delay associated with a 100 km transmission (more than approximately 0.667 ms) while still affording the full processing time required by both the UE and the eNode B equipment. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286954 | System and Method for Interference Coordination - A method for operating an interference coordinating entity (ICE) includes partitioning, by the ICE, a cloud radio access network (CRAN) cluster by grouping transmission points (TPs) serving user equipments (UEs) in accordance with a partitioning criterion into at least one virtual transmission point (V-TP) to produce a V-TP set. The UEs to be served are preferably offset from a V-TP boundary. The method also includes saving, by the ICE, V-TP information to a memory. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286955 | ACCESS POINT AND INTERFERENCE CONTROL METHOD - In MU-MIMO communication in which an AP (access points: wireless base station) receives signals sent from plural terminals at the same time and at the same frequency, combinations of terminal users and decoding order of the received signals are determined so that interference reduction advantage by applying SIC can be effectively obtained. The access point includes: a plurality of antennas; and a scheduler used for performing the MU-MIMO communication with a plurality of terminals at the same time and at the same frequency. The scheduler is configured to determine the combinations of the terminal users on the basis of uplink communication quality information of the plurality of the terminals when the MU-MIMO communication is performed, and to send the determined combinations of the users as schedule information. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286956 | WIRELESS DATA TRANSCEIVING METHOD IN MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed is a wireless data transceiving method in a multi-point transmission environment. A data transmitting method of a base station includes determining priorities of a plurality of terminals, allocating a symbol to be transmitted to a low-priority terminal to a base layer, allocating a symbol to be transmitted to a high-priority terminal to an enhancement layer, performing hierarchical modulation, and transmitting the hierarchically modulated symbol. Accordingly, by combining CoMP transmission technology and hierarchical modulation, a data capacity for a cell edge terminal increases and necessary resources decrease. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286957 | RADIO BEARERS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication method for machine type communication (MTC) where a base station defines a cell for wireless communication of the base station with devices within the cell via a downlink from the base station and via an uplink to the base station using one or more radio bearers; and a plurality of MTC devices are in wireless communication with the base station. The plurality of MTC devices share a radio bearer on at least one of the downlink by taking turns to receive data from the base station according to a predetermined schedule; or the uplink by taking turns to transmit data to the base station according to a predetermined schedule and the base station records each MTC device as a member of a group and assigns to each MTC device a first respective timing based on information which distinguishes the MTC device within the group. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286958 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR ACCESSING PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method, a base station, and a user equipment for PRACH access are provided. The method includes: determining a PRACH sequence group used by multiple base stations, where the multiple base stations use a same cell identity and include a macro base station and at least one pico base station, the PRACH sequence group includes k1 first PRACH sequences, k2 second PRACH sequences, k3 third PRACH sequences, k4 fourth PRACH sequences, k5 fifth PRACH sequences, and k6 sixth PRACH sequences, k1 and k4 are positive integers, and k2, k3, k5, and k6 are nonnegative integers; and sending an indication parameter of the PRACH sequence group to the UE for the UE to randomly access a network, where the indication parameter is used for indicating the first PRACH sequences to the sixth PRACH sequences. thereby the fierceness of contention access to a PRACH can be reduced. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286959 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING COORDINATED ORTHOGONAL BLOCK-BASED RESOURCE ALLOCATION (COBRA) OPERATIONS - A method and apparatus may be configured to support coordinated orthogonal block-based resource allocation (COBRA) operations. An access point (AP) may be configured to indicate to a plurality of stations (STA)s that it may support COBRA. Each WTRU may be configured to indicate to the AP that it can support COBRA as well. The AP may be configured to transmit a COBRA controller information element (IE) comprising a plurality of fields to each of the WTRUs. Each WTRU may be configured to transmit a COBRA controllee IE comprising a plurality of fields. STA grouping management, group maintenance, channel access, beamforming, sounding and frequency and synchronization procedures are also described. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286960 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL BEAM MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF ANTENNAS - A base stations (BS) are configured to perform a coordinated transmission to at least one user equipment (UE). The BS includes a plurality of antenna configured to communicate with the UE. The BS also includes processing circuitry coupled to the plurality of antennas and configured to transmit physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to the at least one user equipment. The UE includes a plurality of antennas configured to communicate with the BS. The UE also includes a processing circuitry coupled to the plurality of antennas and configured to receive PDCCH from the BS. The PDCCH is included in one or more transmit (Tx) beams. A Tx beam is defined by the cell specific reference signal (CRS) transmitted through the Tx beam. A Tx beam is configured to carry a beam identifier, and the PDCCH is configured to include resource allocation information for the user equipment. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286961 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OF LONG DATA UNITS - Systems and methods for communicating long packets are described herein. In some aspects, an apparatus for wireless communication includes a processor and transmitter. The processor is configured to determine a modulation coding scheme (MCS) of a plurality of MCSs for a plurality of data symbols, each MCS of the plurality of MCS having a different MCS index value. Further, the processor is configured to generate a data unit comprising a set of training fields periodically inserted between the plurality of data symbols after every n number of data symbols, where n depends on the MCS index value of the MCS. The transmitter is configured to transmit wirelessly via wireless local area network the data unit to one or more devices. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286962 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE MODES OF OPERATION - Embodiments of a base transceiver station and method for transmitting are described herein. In some embodiments, data is transmitted over a downlink channel in accordance with a selected one of a plurality of transmission modes. The base transceiver station may be configurable to transmit data in accordance with each of the transmission modes. One of the transmissions modes may be selected for the data transmission based at least in part on feedback reported by a subscriber unit. The transmission modes include at least a single antenna mode, a transmit diversity mode, and a spatial multiplexing mode. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286963 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND APPARATUSES FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - The present disclosure proposes a method for device to device communication and apparatuses using the same. More particularly, the present disclosure proposes a method and apparatuses to manage device to device (D2D) network resources based on maintain a user equipment (UE) network topology. The proposal includes a equipment (UE) requesting an authorization from the network for D2D communication in a licensed frequency spectrum, the UE would then receive through a control node or through another non-mobile UE the authorization which includes an identification (ID) information which allows the UE to engage in D2D communication in the license spectrum even when the UE is outside the range of the serving base station. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286964 | Method of Configuring CSI-RS for Coordinated Multiple Point Interference Measurement and Related Communication Device - A method of configuring channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) for a network in a wireless communication system includes indicating at least one CSI-RS configuration and at least one sub-band corresponding to each of the at least one CSI-RS configuration to a user equipment of the wireless communication system; wherein each of the at least one sub-band is associated with a frequency band where a corresponding CSI-RS configuration is effective within a sub-frame. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286965 | SIGNAL DESIGNS FOR DENSELY DEPLOYED NETWORK - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques that may be utilized in networks with relatively dense deployments of nodes, such as remote radio heads (RRHs) and UE relays. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286966 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES FOR CONTROL CHANNEL AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE CONTROL CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for allocating radio resources for a control channel, and a method of receiving the control channel are disclosed. According to an aspect, the method of allocating radio resources includes: recognizing one or more reference signals included in an enhanced control channel positioned in a resource region for downlink data; dynamically setting a resource element group including one or more resource elements that are to be allocated to the enhanced control channel, according to the one or more reference signals; and determining one or more resource elements available for the enhanced control channel among the resource elements included in the set resource element group, and allocating the one or more resource elements to the enhanced control channel. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286967 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving control channels using a resource allocation scheme applicable regardless of reference signal transmission or whether the reference signal is transmitted in distributed transmission mode or localized transmission mode are provided. The control channel transmission method includes mapping a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) to Resource Elements (REs) of a Resource Block (RB) for transmitting a control channel, mapping the control channel to the REs numbered with numbers of predetermined number of Resource Element Groups (REGs) in a frequency-first ascending order cyclically, with the exception of the REs to which the DMRS is mapped, and transmitting the DMRS and the control channel. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286968 | ALLOCATING CHANNELS FOR REAL-TIME TRAFFIC TRANSMISSIONS OF WIRELESS PACKET DATA AMONG MULTIPLE USERS - A method and an apparatus is provided for allocating channels in a multi-user environment for transmitting real-time data traffic in a wireless packet data network. The method includes determining an a priori data rate per channel for each of a plurality of mobile stations based on channel state information associated with a plurality of frequency channels associated with the plurality of mobile stations and a preliminary assumption of a uniform power distribution among the plurality of frequency channels at a transmitter. The method also includes allocating a unique frequency channel from said plurality of frequency channels to at least one of the plurality of mobile stations based on said a priori data rate per channel for each of the plurality of mobile stations. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286969 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PILOTS - This is provided a method for allocating pilots to a sub-frame. The sub-frame includes a plurality of blocks in time domain. The method includes allocating a data demodulation (DM) pilot used for demodulating data to two blocks spaced not contiguous with each other, and allocating a channel quality (CQ) pilot. System capacity can be increased, and degradation of performance incurred by a channel estimation error can be minimized. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286970 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION, METHOD FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for resource allocation, method for channel state information transmission, base station and user equipment. Wherein the method for resource allocation includes: determining, by a base station, that it is necessary for a UE to report aperiodic CSI of relevant downlink CCs; and allocating, by the base station, corresponding resources to the UE according to the number of the relevant downlink CCs. The base station allocates corresponding resources to the UE in accordance with the number of relevant downlink CCs, resource allocation is flexible, and the transmission of UCI in case of multiple carriers is supported. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286971 | SIGNALING OF MIXTURE COMBINATION SETS - A method implemented in a user terminal used in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving an index, referencing a table of indices in which the received index denotes at least a total number of co-scheduled streams and one or more modulation schemes, determining at least one modulation scheme of at least one co-scheduled user based on the referencing, and receiving data signals and processing the data signals by utilizing the at least one modulation scheme, wherein each index of a plurality of the indices in the table denotes a total number of co-scheduled streams and denotes one or more stream indices for a user terminal to which the index is directed. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286972 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system includes one or more base station apparatuses and a plurality of mobile station apparatuses that communicate with the one or more base station apparatuses. A precoding determining unit of the mobile station apparatuses determines applied precoding to be applied to a transmission signal from the base station apparatuses to the corresponding apparatus. A first transmitting unit of the mobile station apparatuses transmits information of the applied precoding to the base station apparatuses. A second transmitting unit of the base station apparatuses applies the same precoding and transmits a transmission signal to a plurality of mobile station apparatuses that specify the same precoding as the applied precoding. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286973 | Interrelated WiFi and USB Protocols and Other Application Framework Processes, Circuits and Systems - A master electronic circuit ( | 10-31-2013 |
20130286974 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEARER PROCESSING - A bearer processing method is disclosed. The method includes these steps: a system border node receives a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) Context Request initiated by a universal mobile telecommunication system (UMTS); the system border node adjusts a Request Bearer Resource Allocation message of a system architecture evolution (SAE) system or the PDP Context Request of the UMTS according to the received PDP Context Request to map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. The present invention can map the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the SAE system and the Bearer Resource Allocation procedure of the UMTS. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286975 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL SPREADING METHOD - A radio communication device capable of randomizing both inter-cell interference and intra-cell interference. In this device, a spreading section primarily spreads a response signal in a ZAC sequence set by a control unit. A spreading section secondarily spreads the primarily spread response signal in a block-wise spreading code sequence set by the control unit. The control unit controls the cyclic shift amount of the ZAC sequence used for the primary spreading in the spreading section and the block-wise spreading code sequence used for the secondary spreading in the spreading section according to a set hopping pattern. The hopping pattern set by the control unit is made up of two hierarchies. An LB-based hopping pattern different for each cell is defined in the first hierarchy in order to randomize the inter-cell interference. A hopping pattern different for each mobile station is defined in the second hierarchy to randomize the intra-cell interference. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286976 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING CATEGORIZED CHANNEL RESERVATION - A wireless communications system and method configured to operate and communicate with a plurality of wireless communications stations in compliance with a wireless communications protocol, wherein said communications comprise transmitting a first control packet to disable at least one of the wireless communications stations from data transmissions in compliance with the wireless communications protocol, and transmit a second control packet to enable at least one of the disabled wireless communications stations to perform the data transmissions. The first control packet is transmitted using a first configuration, and the second control packet is transmitted using a second configuration. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286977 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for requesting uplink resources in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment determines whether a scheduling request for requesting uplink resources is triggered. If the scheduling request is triggered, the user equipment transmits a first set of frequency domain sequences and a second set of frequency domain sequences in a subframe. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286978 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus transmits, to a base station apparatus, uplink data using a physical uplink shared channel assigned by an uplink data transmission permission signal, wherein the base station apparatus: transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, a radio resource control signal including information for specifying a physical format in transmitting reception quality information together with uplink data; and transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, the uplink data transmission permission signal including a transmission instruction of reception quality information, and wherein the mobile station apparatus transmits, to the base station apparatus, reception quality information together with uplink data using the physical uplink shared channel according to information for specifying the physical format in case that a transmission instruction of the reception quality information is included in the uplink data transmission permission signal. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286979 | METHOD FOR GENERATING A REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE USING GROUPING - Method for generating reference signal sequence using grouping is explained. In this method, base sequences are grouped such that each group contains at least one base sequence of each length, so UE(s) can use various length sequences as a reference signal. And in this method, inter cell interference caused by using various length sequence as a reference signal sequence can be minimized by grouping sequences having the high cross correlation relation. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286980 | Physical Structure and Reference Signal Utilization of Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel for OFDM/OFDMA Systems - A two-level physical structure is defined for better diversity for both distributed and localized transmission in enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). First level is a physical unit of enhanced resource element groups (eREGs), where the group of REs is predefined for each eREG. Second level is a logical unit of enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs), where the group of eREGs is predefined or configurable by higher layer for each eCCE. For distributed transmission of ePDCCH, eCCE consists of several eREGs that are distributed in multiple non-contiguous PRBs spreading over the whole channel frequency. Downlink control information (DCI) is transmitted on a number of aggregated eCCEs according to the modulation and coding level required. The utilization reference signals of antenna ports for ePDCCH demodulation is based on the logical order of eCCEs and the aggregation level for DCI transmission. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286981 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING CODEWORD FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting downlink control information and a method for generating a codeword for the same are disclosed. In generating a long code having a low code rate, a basic code of which minimum distance between codes is maximized is repeated by a prescribed number of times and bits of the repeated code are adjusted. Therefore, a minimum distance condition between codes of a long code is satisfied and simultaneously the code be simply generated. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286982 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR PROCESSING A MESSAGE - The embodiment of the present disclosure provided a method, device, and system for processing a message. The method for processing a message comprises obtaining a traffic type of a service data packet, sending the message or a data packet that carries the traffic type to a radio network controller, where the radio network controller obtains the traffic type and performs scheduling processing on the service data packet according to a quality of service requirement corresponding to the traffic type. The present disclosure can realize performing resource allocation and scheduling processing on the applications corresponding to the service data packet based on the traffic type. Compared to resource allocation and scheduling processing based on the traffic type in the prior art, the granularity of classification of the present disclosure is more refined, and can realize more refined resource allocation and scheduling processing, and can effectively improve the efficiency of scheduling processing. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286983 | SERVICE-BASED ROUTING FOR MOBILE CORE NETWORK - Data sessions are established based in part on services. When establishing a data session for a communication device, the desired mobility gateway can be dynamically assigned via a specified policy mechanism or provisioned using a predefined service policy table, where particular services are linked with respective identifiers associated with respective mobility gateways. A communication device can reference the service policy table to locate a service that is to be used for the data session and can identify an identifier(s) linked to the service(s) and associated with a mobility gateway(s). The identifier(s) can be received and used to facilitate selecting one or more respective mobility gateways for the data session(s). The service policy table can be automatically pushed to the communication device or the communication device can initiate a download of the service policy table when the default data connection is established. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286984 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RECOURCES FOR LOGICAL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of allocating a resource for a plurality of logical channels is provided. A transmitter acquires a plurality of available resources for a plurality of component carriers, and allocates the plurality of available resources to the plurality of logical channels based on priority of each of the plurality of logical channels. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286985 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING IP ADDRESS - Disclosed in embodiments of the present invention are a method and an apparatus for assigning an IP address, so as to simplify the process in which a GGSN assigns an IP address, and improve performance of the GGSN. The method in the embodiment of the present invention includes: receiving a request message initiated by the GGSN for creating a service PDP context for a user; obtaining a service list of the user; selecting a service with a different APN out of services recorded in the service; determining whether a same VPN exists in VPNs corresponding to the services with the different APN, and if not, sending a response message of creating a service PDP context for a user to the SGSN, and activating a service PDP context by using an IP address of a default PDP context as an IP address of the service PDP context. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286986 | MULTIPLEXING PACKETS IN HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS - Processing a received multiplexed data packet on a downlink channel, in a high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) communication, utilizing protocol layers is disclosed. The multiplexed data packet may have multiple data packets for two medium access control (MAC) entities. A header of the multiplexed data packet may indicate a number of data packets in the multiplexed data packet and a size of each of the multiple data packets. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286987 | Sounding Reference Signal - A wireless device receives RRC message(s) configuring transmissions of sounding reference signals on a second carrier in a second carrier group. The wireless device receives a random access response comprising a timing advance command. The wireless device transmits the sounding reference signals on the second carrier after applying the timing advance command to the second carrier group. The wireless device is configured to not transmit any of the sounding reference signals on the second carrier during a period between receiving the RRC message and applying the timing advance command to the second carrier group. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286988 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING BETWEEN TRANSMISSION OF SHORT-VERSION AND FULL-VERSION UPLINK SCHEDULING REQUESTS - In a wireless communication system including a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a Node-B, an uplink (UL) scheduling request is transmitted by the WTRU to the Node-B when the WTRU has buffered (user) data to transmit to the Node-B, but needs to have a scheduling grant for UL data transmission. The WTRU determines whether to transmit to the Node-B a short buffer status information message or a full buffer status information message, based on conditions, whereby the buffer status messages are transmitted with either a short-version UL scheduling request or a full-version UL scheduling request. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286989 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING SERVICE DATA - The disclosure discloses a method and a system for transmitting service data, in the method, User Equipment (UE) in the state of Cell Forward Access Channel (CELL_FACH) establishing Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection with the base station, the UE monitoring High Speed Shared Control Channel (HS-SCCH), acquiring control information for establishing High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-DSCH) on the HS-SCCH, establishing HS-DSCH by adopting the control information and performing transmission of service data with the base station on the HS-DSCH. With the technical scheme of the disclosure, service data can be transmitted at a high speed (for example, “Always on” service data) and user experience can be effectively improved. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286990 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR RESPONSE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO TRANSMISSION CONDITIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating a resource for response information transmission and transmitting according to transmission conditions in a wireless communication system according to the present invention comprises the steps of: setting a specific field value of a control channel depending on the allocation method by determining a transmission method or transmission quantity of data to be transmitted to a user's terminal from a data channel, a method of generating response information of the data according to the transmission quantity or transmission method, and an allocation method for indicating the response information resource; transmitting the data channel including the transmitting data and the control channel to the user's terminal; confirming the response information, which is transmitted from a resource allocated by the allocation method, for the data transmitted from the user's terminal; and determining whether the transmitted data area retransmitted according to the confirmed response information. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286991 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN MULTI-ANTENNA MULTI-CARRIER MULTI-CELL ENVIRONMENT - A method of resource allocation for Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: configuring, for a User Equipment (UE), a CSI feedback mode for each of a plurality of coordinated cells; allocating feedback resources required for CSI feedback by the UE for each of the plurality of coordinated cells based on the configured feedback modes, such that the CSI feedbacks for different coordinated cells will not collide with each other within one sub-frame; and notifying the configured feedback modes and the allocated feedback resources to the UE. In addition, a method of Channel State Information (CSI) feedback is provided, which comprises the following steps of: receiving, at a User Equipment (UE), from a Base Station (BS) information on configured feedback modes and allocated feedback resources for CSI feedback for a plurality of coordinated cells; feeding, by the UE, the CSI of the plurality of coordinated cells back to the BS over the allocated feedback resources based on the configured feedback modes; and solving, when feedback types underlying different feedback modes collide with each other within one sub-frame, the collision based on a collision solution rule. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286992 | TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR CONTROL DATA IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A BASE STATION THEREFOR, AND A PROCESSING METHOD FOR CONTROL DATA AND A TERMINAL THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a communication system, and relates to a transmission and processing method for control data and to a base station and terminal for the same. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286993 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting control information by a user equipment may include the steps of receiving a PDCCH including a CSI request field from the base station via at least one serving cell configured for the user equipment, triggering a report of a 1st control information on an aperiodic CSI to correspond to a value of the received CSI request field, and transmitting the 1st control information and a 2nd control information in a same subframe simultaneously. Moreover, the 1st control information may be transmitted on a PUSCH of the at least one serving cell and the 2nd control information may be transmitted on a PUCCH of the at least one serving cell. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286994 | METHOD OF CONFIGURING AN APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method of configuring an aperiodic sounding reference signal. In an embodiment of the method of configuring an aperiodic sounding reference signal, the parameters of the aperiodic sounding reference signal are categorized into two parts. The first part of parameters can be configured by radio resource control signaling, and the second part can be configured dynamically via the indication in downlink control information format | 10-31-2013 |
20130286995 | BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station of a communication system includes a quality information retrieval unit that retrieves quality information indicating a radio channel state of user equipment, a threshold value determination unit that determines, for each of the user equipment, a threshold value for at least one of a data retention amount and a data retention time period, depending on the quality information, a scheduler that calculates a scheduling coefficient for the user equipment for which at least the one of the data retention amount and the data retention time period exceeds the threshold value, and that allocates a radio resource to the user equipment at least in accordance with a magnitude of the scheduling coefficient, and a notification unit that reports to the user equipment that the radio resource is allocated. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286996 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL INFORMATION DETECTION METHOD - To efficiently detect feedback control information on downlink shared data channel signals transmitted with a plurality of base frequency blocks also in the case of performing radio communications with a system band comprised of a plurality of base frequency blocks, it is a feature to have detecting sections ( | 10-31-2013 |
20130286997 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSYTEM WITH COMMON CELL ID - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, a conventional physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is transmitted in a first region of a physical downlink control channel structure utilized by a remote radio head that has been assigned a cell identifier that is common to one or more other remote radio heads within the cell, and an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) is transmitted in a second region of the physical downlink control channel structure. | 10-31-2013 |
20130286998 | Wireless Audio Transmission Method - In a wireless audio system in which both wireless audio signal transmission and communication using other wireless apparatuses are carried out, the transmitter and the receiver transmit audio packets by the following procedure using a plurality of communication channels shared with other wireless communication. The transmitter and the receiver select the same channel; after detecting that the channel has become idle, the transmitter stands by for only a stand-by time T | 10-31-2013 |
20130294353 | METHOD AND DEVICE OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, a method and device of transmitting a PUCCH signal in a wireless communication system include: (a) performing block-wise spreading on a first modulation symbol column by using a length-5 orthogonal sequence corresponding to a sequence index; (b) performing block-wise spreading on a second modulation symbol column by using a length-4 orthogonal sequence corresponding to the sequence index; (c) performing each cyclic shift and Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) pre-coding on a plurality of modulation symbol columns obtained from (a) to (b); and (d) mapping a plurality of complex symbols obtained from (c) into a physical resource for PUCCH transmission. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294354 | ENHANCED ACTIVE SCANNING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method for active scanning in a wireless network may include two transmitters. In such a method, the following steps may take place: detecting a first probe request having a scanning target originating from a first transmitter; desiring to send a probe request to the scanning target from a second transmitter; and canceling the second probe request on a condition that the second transmitter detects the first probe request. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294355 | Method and Architecture of System for Opening Channels on Establishment of VoIP Communication in p BGAN, SwiftBroadband and FleetBroadband Clear Mode - A system architecture makes it possible to dynamically open communication channels of optimized dimension with guaranteed bit rate, the communication protocol used being the RTP protocol, said system architecture being intended to be positioned in an aircraft, a ship and/or a suitcase, and/or a ground station comprising one or more voice-over-IP terminals, said architecture comprising at least the following elements: a ground or onboard SIP server comprising at least the following elements: a bit rate adapter module which controls, paces, adapts the bit rate of the RTP stream received by a terminal, a module for controlling the signaling included in the data streams, said control module comprising a signaling interception module, a signaling modification module, said signaling interception module receiving the information from a terminal transmitting data and an access control module. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294356 | CHANNEL ACCESS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COGNITIVE RELAYING FOR CELLULAR SYSTEMS - Embodiments contemplate channel access systems and methods for cognitive relaying in unlicensed and lightly licensed bands. Embodiments contemplate managing nodes of a wireless network operating in an unlicensed and or lightly licensed band. One or more embodiments may include sensing an idle channel in the unlicensed and/or lightly licensed band. Further, embodiments contemplate using the idle channel for wireless communication. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294357 | MULTICARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmitting unit divides a transmit data into a plurality of code blocks, and encodes each of the plurality of code blocks to generate a transmission signal. The transmitting unit transmits the transmission signal, and a receiving unit receives the transmission signal as a reception signal. The receiving unit, when being an error in the reception signal, transmits a retransmission request feedback data which contains a NACK data and a data indicating the first code block group to the transmitting unit. First resources are assigned for each of the plurality of code blocks of the transmission signal. The transmitting unit assigns resources of the first code block group of the plurality of code blocks of the transmission signal to second resources which are fewer than the first resources, based on the retransmission request feedback data, and retransmits the transmission signal to the receiving unit. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294358 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING CONTENT CASTING SERVICES - A method and device for content casting services using Wi-Fi communication are disclosed are provided. The device includes a first band communication module for communicating with external devices over a first frequency band and a second band communication module for communicating with external devices over a second frequency band. The method includes detecting occurrence of a cast request event indicating content delivery, selecting, upon detection of the cast request event, a first external device possessing the indicated content, receiving the content from the selected first external device through the first band communication module, and transmitting the received content to a second external device through the second band communication module. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294359 | Method of Handling Resource Allocation in TDD System and Related Communication Device - A method of handling resource allocation for a network of a wireless communication system comprises configuring a direction of a subframe of a frame, when the direction determined according to a first uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) configuration operated by a communication device of the wireless communication system and the direction determined according to a second UL/DL configuration operated by the network are different, when the subframe is a UL subframe determined according to the first UL/DL configuration, or when the subframe is the DL subframe determined according to the first UL/DL configuration but at least for the communication device is not valid for performing a measurement; and performing a transmission or reception with the communication device in the subframe. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294360 | System and Method for Acknowledging Multiple Frames from Multiple Communications Devices - A method for acknowledging messages includes receiving a polling message from a plurality of stations served by the access point, and attempting to decode the polling message received. The method also includes generating a block acknowledgement bitmap (BAB) including an indication of a result of the decoding attempt of the polling message, and broadcasting the BAB to the plurality of stations. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294361 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CONTROL AND DATA TRANSMISSIONS FOR LOW COST USER EQUIPMENTS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for managing control and data transmissions for low cost UEs. In certain aspects, multiplexing of a control channel and data channel may be allowed in a Physical Resource Block (PRB) pair of a subframe. An indication may be provided to the UE regarding whether a portion of resources of the PRB pair not used to transmit the control channel is available for transmitting the data channel. In alternative aspects, control and data may be scheduled in different subframes, such that there is no need to multiplex them in a subframe or a PRB pair in a same subframe. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294362 | RESOURCE MAPPING FOR ePDCCH IN LTE - A method of wireless communication includes resource mapping for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). A set of non-colliding resources and a set of colliding resources are determined. Code symbols are mapped for a channel first to the set of non-colliding resources and then to the set of colliding resources. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294363 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - The present invention discloses a method and device for data transmission. The method comprises: an access network device determining the type of a terminal according to the information thereof, determining a data transmission mode corresponding to the terminal according to the type of the terminal, and carrying out data transmission with the terminal according to the data transmission mode. In the embodiments of the present invention, the access network device determines the types of terminals with different capabilities by obtaining terminal information, and adopts different data transmission modes to send data for terminals with different capabilities, thus it can support lower-cost and lower processing complexity M2M terminal with lower capacity than current UE, thereby promoting the large-scale application of M2M services. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294364 | NETWORK NODES AND METHODS - Methods and network nodes of a wireless telecommunications system are disclosed. One method of controlling transmissions with a base station of a wireless telecommunications system comprises the steps of: determining a set of neighbouring base stations, each base station in the set of neighbouring base stations utilising an identical carrier and scrambling code to support transmissions with that base station; and allocating base stations in the set of neighbouring base stations different spreading codes for transmissions with those base stations. By allocating each base station in the set of base stations sharing the same carrier and scrambling code different spreading codes, interference in transmissions between the base stations can be controlled. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294365 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK DEVICE AND METHOD - A mobile communications device to communicate data to/from a mobile communications network, and to communicate an indication of a relative type of data packets for communication via a communications bearer for supporting a communications session of the mobile communications device, the indication used to configure the communications bearer, and to communicate the data packets via the communications bearer to the infrastructure equipment via the base stations in accordance with the indication, the communication of the data packets being controlled by the mobile communications network in accordance with the communicated indication. By providing the indication, such as an indication that the data packets are of low priority or are generated or being received by a machine type communication application, the mobile communications network can control the communication of the data packets from the communications bearer differently to data packets communicated via other communications bearer having a higher priority. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294366 | REFERENCE SIGNALS AND COMMON SEARCH SPACE FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatuses for a User Equipment (UE) to receive signaling of UE-common Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a set of Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) over a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) are provided. The UE demodulates UE-common DCI using a Reference Signal (RS) that is scrambled by a UE-common scrambling sequence. The UE may assume that RS having a same precoding is transmitted in the set of PRBs over different TTIs. The UE may determine the scrambling sequence implicitly from an identity of a point transmitting the UE-common DCI or explicitly by higher layer signaling. The UE may determine the PRBs of UE-common DCI transmission by broadcast signaling or by higher layer signaling. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294367 | Multi-Cell Incremental Redundancy - Embodiments enable cooperative transmissions from a group of cells (can include the serving cell and one or more neighboring cells) to a user equipment (UE). The cooperative transmissions emulate Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) transmissions to the UE. Specifically, when the UE is experiencing high interference, the UE's serving cell can create a transmit incremental redundancy (IR) group for the UE, which is used to transmit information in a HARQ-like fashion to the UE. Because interference is reduced, the UE can decode the information at a lower coding rate and higher coding gain. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294368 | ENHANCED DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION FOR LTE - A method of operating a wireless communication system (FIG. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294369 | Control Channel in a Wireless Communication System - A base station receives channel state information from a wireless device. The base station transmits to the wireless device one or more data packets on a data channel employing a first precoding matrix identifier. The base station transmits one or more control packets on a control channel to the wireless device employing a second precoding matrix. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294370 | Method of Network Entry in OFDM Multi-Carrier Wireless Communications Systems - A unified two-stage network entry procedure is provided for OFDM multi-carrier wireless communications systems. During a first stage, a mobile station performs a common network entry procedure using a primary radio frequency carrier and then exchanges multi-carrier capability information with a base station. In one embodiment, the base station transmits a network entry allowance indicator to assist the mobile station in selecting the primary carrier. The network entry allowance indicator comprises information of preference of one or more available carriers. During a second stage, the mobile station enables multi-carrier transmission over multiple frequency channels if both the mobile station and the base station support multi-carrier capability. Before enabling multi-carrier transmission, the mobile station may optionally perform additional ranging by transmitting a ranging request for a secondary carrier. In one embodiment, the base station replies with a ranging response in response to the ranging request through the primary carrier. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294371 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a radio resource allocation unit allocating radio resource blocks to the shared channel after allocating the radio resource blocks to at least one of a synchronization signal, a common control channel, a broadcast channel, a paging channel, an MBMS channel, and a random access response channel. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294372 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station apparatus capable of communicating with a user equipment terminal using a downlink shared channel is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a radio resource allocation unit allocating radio resource blocks to the shared channel after allocating the radio resource blocks to at least one of a synchronization signal, a common control channel, a broadcast channel, a paging channel, an MBMS channel, and a random access response channel. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294373 | RADIO SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO TERMINAL - One of a plurality of radio terminals that transmit radio signals to a radio base station under a space multiplexing scheme, including a receiving unit that receives an access right request signal with respect to the radio base station from an other radio terminal, a prevention unit that prevents transmission of radio signals when receiving radio signals directed to an other radio terminal, a cancellation unit that cancels the prevention of transmission when receiving an access right assignment signal during the prevention of transmission and a transmitting unit that transmits a data signal to the radio base station according to the assignment signal, wherein radio signals are transmitted to the radio base station simultaneously with the other radio terminals and under the space multiplexing scheme. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294374 | METHOD FOR UPDATING SYSTEM MESSAGE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for updating a system message, where an eNB performs a communication resource negotiation with a neighboring eNB to obtain an available subframe, sends a paging message including a system message update indication to a UE, wherein the system message update indication indicates that the system message is updated, and sends a system message update indication message to the UE in the available subframe, wherein the system message update indication message is used to update the system message. The present invention further provides a communication system and an eNB. By using the method for updating a system message, the communication system, and the eNB according to the present invention, a message is transmitted in a low-interference available subframe, thereby reducing adverse effects caused by interference and improving accuracy of system message update. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294375 | MULTIPLEXING PACKETS IN PACKET COMMUNICATIONS - Producing protocol data units (PDUs) from a first protocol layer of a plurality of protocol layers is disclosed. The PDUs are concatenated and may each come from different priorities or different queues. A header may be added to the concatenated PDUs, using a medium access control (MAC) protocol layer, to form a multiplexed PDU. The header may indicate a size of each of the PDUs. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294376 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A RESPONSE SIGNAL AT A TERMINAL - A radio communication mobile station device reduces the number of blind decoding processes at a mobile station without increasing overhead by report information. The device includes a judgment unit which judges a particular PUCCH to which a response signal corresponding to the downstream line data is to be allocated among a plurality of PUCCH, according to a CCE occupied by PDCCH allocated to a particular search space corresponding to a CCE aggregation size or the PDCCH to which allocation information destined to the local station is allocated among search spaces changing in accordance with the CFI value; and a control unit which controls a cyclic shift amount of a ZAC sequence of the response signal and a block-wise spread code sequence according to a correspondence between CCE occupied by PDCCH allocated to a particular search space and a particular PUCCH resource, the correspondence changing in accordance with the CFI value. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294377 | Robust Techniques for Upstream Communication Between Subscriber Stations and a Base Station - A number of features for enhancing the performance of a communication system, in which data is transmitted between a base station and a plurality of subscriber stations located different distances from the base station, are presented. The power transmission level, slot timing, and equalization of the subscriber stations are set by a ranging process. Data is transmitted by the subscriber stations in fragmented form. Various measures are taken to make transmission from the subscriber stations robust. The uplink data transmission is controlled to permit multiple access from the subscriber stations. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294378 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CODE SEQUENCE EXTENSION OVER TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENTS - A transmitter for transmitting signals to a receiver is provided. The transmitter generates a padded code sequence including a plurality of symbols with the last symbol being a duplication of the first symbol, and transmit the padded code sequence with the symbols therein respectively corresponding to a plurality of first sub-carriers to the receiver via an air interface using a first antenna in a time period. Also, the transmitter duplicates the padded code sequence and transmits the duplicated padded code sequence with the symbols therein respectively corresponding to a plurality of second sub-carriers to the receiver via the air interface using a second antenna in the time period. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294379 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING SERVICE DATA STREAM - Disclosed are a method and a device for processing a service data stream. The method includes: a Media Access Control (MAC) layer transmitting data to a physical (PHY) layer; and the MAC layer notifying the PHY layer to process different data substreams by using different processing modes. The present invention is capable of saving network resources, increasing the number of access users and reducing the interference therebetween. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294380 | Intelligent Uplink Resource Release Control in a Mobile Station - A mobile station for transferring delay-sensitive data to a wireless communications network is provided with an uplink resource release controller that selectively inhibits release of an uplink resource in order to meet requirements of a delay-sensitive data application, such as a VoIP or streaming application. In one embodiment, the uplink resource release controller causes dummy blocks to be written to a data buffer to prevent initiation of a countdown process. By intelligently controlling resource release, delay-sensitive data may be transmitted in a more reliable fashion, thereby increasing application performance. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294381 | Method for Transmitting Sounding Reference Symbol, Base Station and User Equipment - A method for transmitting a sounding reference symbol, that includes generating by a base station downlink control information for uplink transmission, the downlink control information includes indication information on indicating user equipment whether to transmit an aperiodic sounding reference symbol and on the resource used in transmitting the aperiodic sounding reference symbol; and a bit of a new data indicator in the downlink control information and a bit of an aperiodic sounding reference symbol request being used to carry the indication information and transmitting the downlink control information to the user equipment, such that the user equipment transmits the aperiodic sounding reference symbol according to the indication information contained in the downlink control information. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294382 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SYMBOL, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for triggering an aperiodic sounding reference symbol, a base station and a user equipment. Including not releasing by a user equipment a resource used for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference symbol configured by a base station for the user equipment, if the user equipment desynchronizes or the user equipment fails to transmit a scheduling request to the base station; executing a random access procedure by the user equipment; and transmitting by the user equipment the aperiodic sounding reference symbol on the unreleased resource used for transmitting an aperiodic sounding reference symbol configured by a base station for the user equipment according to indication information issued by the base station for indicating the user equipment to transmit an aperiodic sounding reference symbol if the random access succeeds. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294383 | METHOD FOR SETTING SUBFRAMES, MACRO BASE STATION, MOBILE TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for setting subframes, a macro base station, a mobile terminal and a communication system. The method for setting subframes in a macro base station comprising: receiving, from a micro base station, information that indicates main carrier and auxiliary carrier used by a mobile terminal at cell edge of the micro base station; and setting limited blank subframes on a carrier corresponding to the auxiliary carrier and used by the macro base station, according to the information; wherein the limited blank subframe is a subframe having a control area which can be used for transmitting control information, and a data area in which only a part of subcarriers can be used for transmitting data. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294384 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING AND RADIO STATION THEREFOR - The present invention relates to method for communicating between a primary station and a secondary station comprising
| 11-07-2013 |
20130294385 | Enhanced Control Channel for a Wireless Device - A base station receives a first radio resource control (RRC) message comprising parameter(s) indicating whether a wireless device supports an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The base station transmits a second RRC message causing configuration of first radio resources of a first ePDCCH. The base station transmits scheduling information on the first ePDCCH. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294386 | CALL FLOW SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USE IN A VOIP TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of establishing a communication link between a mobile terminal of a wireless network and a subscriber of a network, such as an enterprise network, and/or a residential network. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294387 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus for performing radio communication with a mobile station apparatus, the base station apparatus includes: a group generation unit which groups a plurality of mobile station apparatuses controllable with a same control amount of transmission timing; and a transmission unit which transmits the control amount of transmission timing to the grouped plurality of mobile station apparatuses. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294388 | METHOD FOR WIRELESS DATA TRANSMISSION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS - A method for radio data transmission in a radio communication system including a radio terminal apparatus and a radio base station apparatus, the method including, transmitting, by the radio base station apparatus, data and a signal indicating radio resource to be used for random access to an asynchronous radio terminal apparatus not synchronized with the radio base station apparatus on an uplink, and transmitting, by the asynchronous radio terminal apparatus to the radio base station apparatus via a random access channel, a reply signal generated based on whether or not the data has been correctly received and on a signal received from the radio base station apparatus and indicating the radio resource. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294389 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION BASED ON SPATIAL-MULTIPLEXING GAIN - A control information transmission and reception method based on a spatial-multiplexing gain, are provided. The control information may be transmitted by obtaining the spatial-multiplexing gain using an E-PDCCH region, and thus, a transmission efficiency of the control information may be improved. The common control information used for decoding the E-PDCCH may be transmitted via a PDCCH, and thus, a base station supporting both a general terminal and an enhanced terminal may effectively transmit the control information. Information associated with an indicator indicating whether the E-PDCCH is to be used during a subsequent resource allocation period may be transmitted, and thus, whether decoding with respect to the E-PDCCH is to be performed during the subsequent allocation period may be determined | 11-07-2013 |
20130294390 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus may include a transceiver operable to receive a downlink message from a base station for a serving cell, the downlink message allocating a set of control parameters. The apparatus may also include a processor circuit communicatively coupled to the transceiver and an uplink power control module operable on the processor circuit to read the set of control parameters, and apply a signal-to-noise-and-interference (SINR) parameter based on the received set of control parameters to determine physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) power to be applied for a PUSCH transmission. Other embodiments are disclosed and claimed. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294391 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING POSITION REFERENCE SIGNAL SUBFRAME - The disclosure claims a method and a device for transmitting a Position Reference Signal (PRS) subframe. In the disclosure, the network side configures certain channels or signals according to the configuration condition of the PRS, or the network side configures the PRS according to the configuration condition of certain channels or signals; the receiving side correctly identifies the length of Cyclic Prefix (CP) according to the configuration information issued by the network side, so as to correctly measure and accurately receive the channels or signals sent by the network side. The disclosure overcomes the technical problem in the conventional art that the length of CP is ambiguous, so that the signals cannot be measured and accurately received by the receiving side. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294392 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND ACCESS POINT NAME MANAGING METHOD THEREOF - A mobile terminal and a multiple access point name (APN) managing method is disclosed in the present invention, and the method includes: receiving a connection request from an expansion type application program; acquiring an APN type information corresponding to the expansion type application program from a predetermined APN expansion table; activating a Packet Data Protocol (PDP) in accordance with the APN type information corresponding to the expansion type application program; establishing a connection of the expansion type application program for executing the expansion type application program. The present invention implements the expansion type application program to predetermine the APN type information and writes in the APN expansion table, so the mobile terminal can support multiple APNs to satisfy the requirement from different carriers and different application program. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294393 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for enabling a terminal to report channel state information in a wireless communication system for supporting coordinated multi point (CoMP) transmission. Specifically, the method for enabling the terminal to report the channel state information in the wireless communication system for supporting CoMP transmission includes the steps of: receiving a reference signal from a serving cell and one or more cooperated cells; forming the channel state information for the CoMP transmission on the basis of the reference signal; and reporting the channel state information through a physical uplink shared channel to the serving cell, wherein the channel state information includes channel quality indicator (CQI) information and precoding matrix index (PMI) information, and the CQI information includes a wideband CQI and a CQI for each selected sub-band of the CoMP transmission. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294394 | RESERVING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and a computer program are presented for determining a reservation period for data transmission in a wireless communication network. The duration of the reservation period is determined on the basis of RTS/CTS handshake between a transmitter and a receiver apparatus. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294395 | METHOD FOR ATTACHING A USER TERMINAL TO A PACKET NETWORK - A method for attaching a user terminal to a packet network via a meshed radiocommunications network infrastructure includes selecting a host packet network dedicated to at least a category of users to which a user terminal belongs based on a second user identification code of the meshed network and/or access information pertaining to rights for attachment of user terminals to at least one packet network. The method finds an application in all types of infrastructure of meshed radiocommunications networks and finds a particularly interesting application in the case of PMR type professional radiocommunications networks. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294396 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step A of broadcasting, by a radio base station eNB, “ac-Barring For TYPE x” for barring an access by each type of an EPS bearer in a subordinate cell; and a step B of determining, by a mobile station UE, whether an originating call request is transmitted or not depending on whether the “ac-Barring For TYPE x” corresponding to a type of the EPS bearer set to a destination APN of the originating call request in a standby cell is broadcasted or not. | 11-07-2013 |
20130294397 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LINK ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting modulation and coding scheme (MCS) feedback (MFB) in a wireless local area network system is provided. The method is performed by a first station and includes receiving, from a second station, a physical layer convergence procedure(PLCP) protocol data unit(PPDU), estimating a MFB based on the PPDU and transmitting, to the second station, C feedback information including a MFB field and a MFB type field. The MFB field includes the MFB and the MFB type field indicates whether or not the MFB is in response to a MFB request(MRQ) of the second station. | 11-07-2013 |
20130301538 | Reference Signal Structure for OFDM Based Transmissions - A method for transmitting a plurality of sequences across a plurality of bands of a wireless spectrum is described in which a first sequence Is produced using a set of reference signal sequences, wherein the set of reference signal sequences comprises at least CAZAC sequences and near-CAZAC sequences. A second sequence is also produced. The first sequence is transmitted in a first band of the wireless spectrum, and the second sequence is transmitted in a second band of the wireless spectrum. The first and the second sequences are transmitted concurrently by a same user equipment. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301539 | FLEXIBLE PROVISIONING OF WIRELESS RESOURCES BASED ON MORPHOLOGY TO SUPPORT BROADCASTING/MULTICASTING - A system may receive base station configuration data associated with base stations, classify the base stations into morphologies based on the base station configuration data, identify resource utilization data associated with the base stations, generate resource allocation recommendations for the base stations based on the resource utilization data and the morphologies, and transmit the resource allocation recommendations for the base stations to permit the stations to allocate resources based on the resource allocation recommendations. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301540 | PROVIDING NETWORK CONNECTIVITY BASED ON DEVICE MOBILITY - A device receives an attachment request from a user device, and determines whether the user device is a stationary device based on the attachment request. The device further establishes a connection between the user device and a network by using local components associated with the device when the user device is the stationary device. The local components perform functions performed by one or more of a remote mobility management entity (MME) device, a remote serving gateway (SGW), or a remote packet data network (PDN) gateway (PGW) associated with the device. The device also transmits data from the network to the user device via the local components associated with the device after establishing the connection between the user device and the network. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301541 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PARTITIONING CONTENTION BASED RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and network elements partitioning at least a subset of contention based resources for random access attempts into a plurality of partitions, wherein each of said plurality of partitions is associated with at least one precondition governing selection of a partition, the precondition being derived from at least one of: source of causation for the random access attempt, a device state, a device event, a device group, a traffic event, a traffic class, or an application characteristic, and wherein each of said plurality of partitions is further associated with at least one configuration parameter; and communicating configuration parameters for the plurality of partitions and preconditions governing partition usage to at least one of a plurality of user equipments. Also, methods, devices and network elements for communicating on partitions. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301542 | RADIO LINK MONTORING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Methods and apparatus' of determining radio link quality are disclosed. According to various implementations, a user equipment detects an out-of-synchronization condition corresponding to a first control channel, and monitors a second control channel in response to the detecting the out-of synchronization condition. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301543 | Method and Apparatus for Resource Assignment During Control Channel Ambiguity - In one example of the teachings herein, a network base station ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130301544 | COORDINATION OF CO-SPECTRUM USERS WITH WIRELESS BROADBAND NETWORKS - Technologies are presented for enabling a relatively low power, limited range communications system (or, alternatively, a terminal in a directional, point-to-point communications link), using native data communications services provided by an overlying wireless network, to automatically (or semi-automatically) negotiate with that network for use of specific portions of the frequency band or bands that are used in common by the low power device and the overlying network. Frequency management capabilities inherent to the wireless network may be utilized to automatically execute the resulting frequency use coordination. Through the coordination, the low power (or point-to-point) communications system may be protected from potentially excessive interference from the overlying network and/or user devices operating on that network (and vice-versa) while minimizing any impact on performance and capacity of the overlying network. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301545 | PHICH Resource Provisioning in Time Divsion Duplex Systems - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises provisioning, by a network element, for a carrier aggregation-capable UE, in a control region of a downlink subframe, at least one resource for a PHICH. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301546 | SECTORIZED BASE STATIONS AS MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for improved utilization of air link resources are discussed in wireless communications systems employing multi-sector base stations and wireless terminals with multiple antennas. Timing synchronization is maintained across the base station sectors, and the same set of tones are used in adjacent sectors. In a sector boundary region, which is typically a high interference region, a wireless terminal is set to a sector pair state and operated in a MIMO mode of operation, communicating with two adjacent base station antenna faces of the same base station concurrently, the two different adjacent base station antenna faces corresponding to different adjacent sectors. Thus, typically high interference sector boundary regions, are converted into high capacity regions by having the sectors coordinated and utilizing MIMO techniques. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301547 | PACKET DATA NETWORK CONNECTIONS FOR MULTI PRIORITY WIRELESS DEVICES - A device and method for forming a packet data network (PDN) connection at a dual access priority mode configured user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The method comprises sending, from the UE to a mobility management entity (MME), a PDN connectivity request message that includes a NAS signaling priority override indicator to indicate that the PDN connection has a different NAS signaling priority mode than an existing PDN connection. The existing PDN connection is operating in a first signaling priority mode. The existing PDN connection is deactivated at the UE. A new PDN connection, operating in a second NAS signaling priority mode, is established at the UE. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301548 | SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments herein describe apparatuses, systems, and methods for signaling to support downlink coordinated multipoint (CoMP) communications with a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication network. In embodiments, the UE may be configured with a plurality of channel state information (CSI) processes (e.g., via radio resource control (RRC) signaling) to use for providing CSI feedback to an evolved Node B (eNB) to support downlink CoMP communications. The UE may be configured with a plurality of sets of CSI processes. The UE may further receive a downlink control information (DCI) message from the eNB that indicates one of the configured sets of CSI processes on which the UE is to provide CSI feedback to the UE. The UE may generate the CSI feedback for the indicated set of CSI processes, and transmit the CSI feedback to the eNB in a CSI report. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301549 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INDICATION FOR A STAND-ALONE NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) - Technology for determining a common search space (CSS) from a physical resource block (PRB) indication for a stand-alone carrier type is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) configured for determining a common search space (CSS) from a physical resource block (PRB) indication for a stand-alone carrier type can include a processing module to: Determine a PRB set in the CSS from an enhanced physical hybrid automatic repeat request (ARQ) indicator channel (ePHICH) configuration information in a master information block (MIB); and decode an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) or the ePHICH from PRB region candidates in the PRB set. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301550 | Method and System for Uplink HARQ and CSI Multiplexing for Carrier Aggregation - A method and apparatus for operating a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communications network, the method separately encoding and rate matching a first set of information bits and a second set of information bits; mapping and concatenating the encoded and rate matched first set of information bits with the encoded and rate matched second set of information bits, thereby creating a bit stream; and modulating and transmitting the bit stream. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301551 | MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT COMMUNICATIONS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS AND WIRELESS TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE UNITS - WTRUs, access points (APs) and methods thereon are disclosed. A method on a WTRU may include receiving a message from an AP that comprises a beamformee capability element; sending a second message to the AP that comprises a beamformer capability element; and receiving, from the AP, a third message in response to the second message that indicates a group to which the WTRU is assigned. The group may be based on the beamformer capability element and the group may indicate UL transmission information to be used by the WTRU. A method on an AP may include determining a group for multiple WTRUs based on a received beamformer capability element. A method on a WTRU may include sending to an AP a message with a low overhead preamble for UL MU-MIMO. The low overhead preamble may include LTFs that enable the AP to distinguish the WTRU from other WTRUs. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301552 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - The described aspects include methods and apparatus providing MTC in a wireless network. In an aspect, a narrow bandwidth within a wide system bandwidth is allocated for communicating data related to MTC. MTC control data generated for communicating over one or more MTC control channels for an MTC UE within the narrow bandwidth is transmitted over the one or more MTC control channels. The one or more MTC channels are multiplexed with one or more legacy channels over the wide system bandwidth. Other aspects are provided for transmission mode and content of the MTC control data or other MTC data. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301553 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS STATION BRIDGING - A station in a basic service set of a wireless network includes layer 2 bridging functionality to one or more nodes in external networks. An access point in the basic service set acts as a control plane for the bridging functionality. The access point includes bridge address learning and a bridging table to map destination addresses and associated bridging stations. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301554 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTI-LAYER BEAMFORMING - A base station includes a reference signal sequence generator configured to generate a reference signal sequence for a reference signal for each of n antenna ports using one initialization seed c | 11-14-2013 |
20130301555 | Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A communication device is implemented to encode information bit(s) to encoded bits, which subsequently can undergo processing by an interleaver that is implemented to generate interleaved bits. A constellation mapper is implemented to map the interleaved bits to constellation(s) to generate mapped signals. Two or more inverse discrete fast Fourier transform (IDFT) processors are respectively implemented to process the mapped signals to generate signal streams. For example, a first IDFT processor is implemented to process a first of the mapped signals to generate a first signal stream, and a second IDFT processor is implemented to process a second of the mapped signals to generate a second signal stream. Such a communication device also includes communication interface(s) to transmit the signal streams to at least one additional communication device. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301556 | Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A processor of the communication device is implemented to process a signal to generate processed signals. Also, the communication device includes multiple inverse discrete fast Fourier transform (IDFT) processors respectively to process the processed signals to generate a signal streams respectively across channels (e.g., a first of the IDFT processors is implemented to process a first processed signal to generate a first signal stream based on a fast Fourier transform (FFT) channelization across a first number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) tones, and a second of the IDFT processors is implemented to process a second processed signal to generate a second signal stream based on the FFT channelization across a second number of OFDM tones). The communication device also includes communication interface(s) to transmit the signal streams to at least one additional communication device. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301557 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR USER SESSIONS WITH DYNAMIC SERVICE SELECTION - Under one aspect, a system generates dynamic call models within a network, allowing different user entities (UEs) to have different service experiences. The network includes application servers (ASs) and a switch that receives and then forwards UE service requests. The system includes storage media storing hierarchically organized data, which defines potential call models that map potential UE service requests onto ASs. At least two potential call models map a specified potential UE service request onto different ASs that can provide different service experiences. The system includes control logic for providing session control, which receives UE service requests from the switch, receives the hierarchically organized data from the storage media, generates a call model for each UE based on potential call models defined by the hierarchically organized data and on the requested service, and invokes a specified AS based on the generated call model. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301558 | INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - An infrastructure equipment forming part of a mobile communications network to communicate data to/from mobile communications devices. The infrastructure equipment receives an indication of a relative type of data packets for communication via a communications bearer supporting a communications session of a mobile communications device, the indication to configure the communications bearer, to provide the communications bearer from the mobile communications device based on the indication, and to control communication of the data packets via the communications bearer based on the indication. By providing the indication, such as an indication the data packets are of low priority or are generated or received by a machine type communication application, the mobile communications network can control communication of the data packets from the communications bearer differently to data packets communicated via other communications bearer having a higher priority. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301559 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD - A mobile communications network for communicating data to/from mobile communications devices, including a core network part including plural infrastructure equipment, and a radio network part including plural base stations communicating data to/from the mobile communications devices. The mobile communications device communicates an indication of a relative type of data packets for communication via a communications bearer for supporting a communications session of the mobile communications device, the indication used to configure the communications bearer, and provides the communications bearer from the mobile communications device to one or more of the infrastructure equipment via the base stations in accordance with the indication and to control the communication of the data packets via the communications bearer in accordance with the indication communicated via the communications bearer, to control the communication of the data packets from the communications bearer differently to data packets communicated via other communications bearer having a higher priority. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301560 | RANK-SPECIFIC FEEDBACK FOR IMPROVED MIMO SUPPORT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which downlink transmission modes in a wireless network are semi-statically configured for a mobile terminal in multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) operation. The apparatus provides multiple precoding matrix indicators (PMIs) for a plurality of ranks. The provision of multiple PMIs by the apparatus enables balanced performance among different ranks and avoids less than optimal performance observed when the apparatus provides only a single rank and PMI that are generally not optimal for all transmissions. Feedback configuration information received by an apparatus defines a plurality of channel state information feedback instances conditioned on an admissible rank value. Rank indicators (RIs) and PMIs corresponding to the feedback instances are determined and feedback is provided for the channel state information feedback instances. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301561 | System and Method for Antenna Port Association - In one embodiment, a method for antenna port association includes determining a permutation index in accordance with a user equipment (UE) specific configuration parameter of a UE and determining a mapping of a first plurality of physical resource elements to a second plurality of antenna ports in accordance with the permutation index. The method also includes receiving, by the UE, data in a first antenna port of the second plurality of antenna ports in accordance with the mapping. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301562 | Methods for Resource Multiplexing of Distributed and Localized transmission in Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel - A method to multiplexing physical radio resources for both distributed and localized transmission of enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) in a set of physical resource blocks (PRBs) is provided. A UE receives higher-layer information to determine a set of radio resources. The UE decodes a first set of candidate enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCHs) within the set of received radio resources, wherein radio resources corresponding to each of the first set of ePDCCHs are defined by a first mapping rule (e.g., distributed-type ePDCCH). The UE decodes a second set of candidate ePDCCHs within the same set of received radio resources, wherein radio resources corresponding to each of the second set of candidate ePDCCHs are defined by a second mapping rule (e.g., localized-type ePDCCH). By multiplexing radio resources for distributed and localized ePDCCH transmission within the same set of PRBs, radio resource utilization is enhanced. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301563 | PILOT DESIGN FOR MILLIMETER WAVE BROADBAND - A transmitter in a wireless network configured to utilize a pilot design and channel estimation strategy to reduce pilot overhead, the pilot design based on a channel decomposition of the channel in a ray tracing channel model. A method of using a three tiered pilot design in a millimeter wave broadband (MMB) wireless network to estimate channel state information (CSI) may include assigning a first tier pilot to a first set of resource blocks, assigning a second tier pilot to second set of resource blocks, assigning a third tier pilot in a third set of resource blocks. When two of the pilots are assigned to a common resource block, the lower tier pilot may be given preference over the higher tier pilot. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301564 | INTERACTION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS WITH UPLINK CHANNELS FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for facilitating interaction of sounding reference signals (SRS) with uplink channels, while supporting coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission/reception operations. One method generally includes receiving, from one or more nodes participating in the CoMP operations with a user equipment (UE), signaling indicating at least one of cell-specific SRS configurations or formats for uplink channels, and determining based, at least in part upon the signaling, whether at least one last symbol of a subframe is available for transmitting one or more of the uplink channels from the UE. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301565 | COEXISTENCE BETWEEN LCTS AND NCTS - A method of wireless communication occurs in a frequency band having a first set of resources associated with a first carrier type and a second set of resources associated with a second carrier type. In one configuration, the first carrier type is a NCT (NCT) and the second carrier type is a LCT (LCT). LCT UEs may only receive signals from the second carrier type. However, NCT UEs may receive signals from both the first carrier type and the second carrier type. Therefore, to provide backward compatibility while supporting NCT UEs, an eNodeB may signal support of the first carrier type to a NCT UE while maintaining signaling with LCT UEs. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301566 | COEXISTENCE BETWEEN LEGACY CARRIER TYPES AND NEW CARRIER TYPES - A method of wireless communication occurs in a frequency band having a first set of resources associated with a first carrier type and a second set of resources associated with a second carrier type. In one configuration, the first carrier type is a new carrier type and the second carrier type is a legacy carrier type. Legacy UEs may only receive signals from the second carrier type. However, new UEs may receive signals from both the first carrier type and the second carrier type. Therefore, to provide backward compatibility while supporting new UEs, an eNodeB may signal support of the first carrier type to a new UE while maintaining signaling with legacy UEs. Additionally, the eNodeB may restrict operations of a UE to the first set of resources or second set of resources. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301567 | SCHEME FOR PERFORMING BEAMFORMING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing beamforming in a base station is provided. The method includes receiving random access channel signals transmitted in one or more transmit beams from a terminal, using one or more receive beams, determining at least one best transmit beam from the one or more transmit beams and at least one best receive beam from the one or more receive beams, and transmitting information about the best transmit beam and the best receive beam to the terminal. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301568 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POWER HEADROOM REPORTING PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing a power headroom reporting (PHR) procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) triggers at least one PHR, and determines whether the triggered at least one PHR is not cancelled. If it is determined that the triggered at least one PHR is not cancelled, the UE transmits a PHR. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301569 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS IN RESPONSE TO RECEIVED FRAMES - A method and apparatus for transmitting acknowledgements in response to data packets in wireless communication are disclosed. A recipient may receive a plurality of data packets from a plurality of stations and transmit acknowledgements for the data packets to the originating stations in a single transmission. The acknowledgements may be transmitted using multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO). Alternatively, the acknowledgements may be aggregated and transmitted in the single transmission. A short acknowledgement (ACK) frame may be sent in response to a received frame. The short ACK frame may include an ACK sequence corresponding to a sequence identity (ID) included in the received frame. The short ACK frame may include a short training field (STF) and the ACK sequence. The short ACK frame may be transmitted with a short ACK indication. The short ACK frame may be sent in response to an indication included in the received frame. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301570 | Interference Management for Adaptive TDD with Frequency Domain Separations - A method of wireless communications includes adapting to downlink/uplink resource allocations. In particular, the downlink/uplink communications may be adjusted according to time division duplexed (TDD) configurations of serving and neighbor cells. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301571 | SELECTION OF UPLINK CONTROL TRANSMISSION FORMAT PARAMETERS BASED ON CONTENT OF THE UPLINK CONTROL TRANSMISSION - Systems and methods for transmitting uplink control signals in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a wireless device configured to operate in a cellular communications network includes a radio subsystem and a processing subsystem. The processing subsystem selects a value for at least one parameter for an uplink control channel format based on content to be transmitted in an uplink control channel transmission according to the uplink control channel format. The processing subsystem then transmits, via the radio subsystem, the content in an uplink control channel transmission according to the uplink control channel format and the value for the at least one parameter for the uplink control channel format selected based on the content. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301572 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND TELECOMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A radio resource allocation method for use in a radio telecommunication system for a first radio telecommunication apparatus and a second telecommunication apparatus carrying out a radio telecommunication by using an allocated radio resource, comprising selecting a resource allocation pattern identifying a combination of radio resources allocatable within a resource management space from among a pre-prepared plurality of resource allocation patterns, and notifying the second radio telecommunication apparatus of pattern identifier information identifying the selected resource allocation pattern and of startup position information thereof within the resource management space. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301573 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for uplink power control in a communication system that includes determining a power control offset for controlling power for traffic to be transmitted by a subscriber station, according to whether a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) is applied to the traffic, and transmitting the power control offset to the subscriber station. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301574 | Intelligent Network Access Controller and Method - A method for dynamically controlling wireless communications includes establishing a targeted coverage area as an overlay to a portion of a wireless network; and at a first wireless network access controller: establishing an attraction process that compels wireless devices within the targeted coverage area to attempt to register with the first network access controller, receiving a registration signal from a wireless device, and determining an access category for the wireless device based on the received registration signal. Determining access categories includes enabling wireless communication access limitations for a first category of wireless devices, wherein the first network access controller provides to the wireless device, an appearance of operating on the wireless network; allowing limited wireless communications access for a second category of wireless devices. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301575 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting channel state information, base station and user equipment, includes generating by a base station control information for uplink transmission in a user equipment specific search space, the control information includes indication information indicating the user equipment whether to report aperiodic channel state information of related downlink component carriers, and indicating the index number(s) and number of the related downlink component carriers when reporting the aperiodic channel state information of the related downlink component carriers, the index number of modulation and coding scheme and the used resource. The indication information is borne by the bit of a new data indicator in the control information and the bit of an aperiodic channel quality indication request; and transmitting by the base station the control information to the user equipment. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301576 | BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A communication terminal in a multi-carrier system using a frequency bandwidth including a plurality of resource blocks, each of the resource blocks including one or more sub-carriers. The communication terminal includes a receiving unit configured to receive a signal in which a control channel is multiplexed into a single radio frame based on a number of control channels allocated into the single radio frame to use a lower coding rate by repeating transmitting without changing encoding method in which a channel other than the control channel is multiplexed in accordance with scheduling information for allocating one or more of the plurality of resource blocks to the communication terminal and a processing unit configured to perform a process on the signal received by the receiving unit. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301577 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SHARING A SINGLE DATA CHANNEL FOR MULTIPLE SIGNALING FLOWS DESTINED TO MULTIPLE CORE NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for sharing a single data channel for multiple signaling flows destined to multiple core networks are disclosed. For example, the method receives a plurality of service requests from a plurality of corresponding service clients on a single mobile endpoint device, where each of the plurality of corresponding service clients is to be registered with a different corresponding Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network. The method establishes the single data channel to support a plurality of signaling flows associated with the plurality of service requests simultaneously, and routes each signaling message associated with the plurality of service requests to the corresponding IMS network. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301578 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH SELECTIVELY SIZED DATA TRANSPORT BLOCKS - A wireless transmit receive unit and methods for code division multiple access telecommunications are disclosed that process data in a physical layer and a medium access control (MAC) layer. The physical and MAC layers communicate data between each other via transport channels. The transport channels are associated with logical channels. Logical-channel data for the transport channels is provided in data units having a bit size evenly divisible by an integer N. The respective logical channels associated with a transport channel utilize MAC headers that have a selected modulo N bit size such that there is bit alignment of the MAC headers of all the logical channels associated with a particular transport channel. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301579 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFERRING BUFFERED ENHANCED UPLINK DATA FROM A MOBILE STATION TO A NODE-B - A method and apparatus for transferring buffered enhanced uplink (EU) data is disclosed. The WTRU transmits an EU data transmission request message. The WTRU determines, based on the EU data scheduling message, whether granted resources allow for the amount of EU data stored in the buffer to be transmitted and transmits a portion of the EU data stored in the buffer along with an indication indicating whether the granted resources allow the amount of EU data stored in the buffer to be transmitted. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301580 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - When performing data communication with a second wireless communication apparatus having a plurality of antennas by using a plurality of transmission channels formed by spatial multiplexing, a first wireless communication apparatus having a plurality of antennas determines whether the second wireless communication apparatus is capable of data communication using the plurality of transmission channels, and, on the basis of the determination result, executes a calibration process of forming the plurality of transmission channels with respect to the second wireless communication apparatus. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301581 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method for enhancing Random Access Channel (RACH) performance is provided. First timing settings to be used by a first set of user equipments for a first Acquisition Indicator Channel (AICH) response timing are explicitly or implicitly signaled from a NodeB or from a Radio Network Controller (RNC) to a user equipment. Further, second timing settings to be used by a second set of user equipments for a second AICH response timing are explicitly or implicitly signaled from the NodeB or from the RNC to the user equipment. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301582 | METHOD FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK DEVICE - The present invention provides a method for semi-persistent scheduling, user equipment and network device. The method comprises: acquiring a SPS group scheduling identity, wherein the SPS group scheduling identity is shared by UEs belonging to a first group; receiving control signaling scrambled with the SPS group scheduling identity on a PDCCH, and unscrambling the control signaling according to the SPS group scheduling identity; receiving a data package on a PDSCH according to unscrambled control signaling, wherein the data package comprises indication information for instructing at least one UE belonging to the first group to perform a SPS operation; and determining that it is necessary to perform the SPS operation according to the indication information, and performing the SPS operation. The embodiments of the present invention can save PDCCH resource and improve system capacity. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301583 | EFFICIENT TRANSMISSION ON A SHARED DATA CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Techniques for efficient data transmission and reception in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a Node B sends transmissions on a shared data channel to a user equipment (UE) based on at least one parameter assigned to the UE prior to the transmissions. The Node B sends no signaling for the transmissions sent to the UE on the shared data channel. The UE processes the transmissions received from the shared data channel based on the assigned parameter(s). In another aspect, a Node B may send transmissions to a UE in time intervals assigned to the UE. In yet another aspect, a Node B may send transmissions to a UE based on assigned or non-assigned parameters. The Node B sends signaling whenever transmissions are sent with non-assigned parameters. The UE may process a transmission based on parameters obtained from received signaling or the assigned parameters. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301584 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING A VEHICULAR ACCESS NETWORK IN A VEHICULAR ENVIRONMENT - A method includes joining a vehicular access network (VAN) comprising cooperative communication between a plurality of on-board units (OBU) in respective vehicles, scanning the VAN to pick up a coverage of at least one infrastructure access point (IAP), which operates on a control channel in a radio access tree (RAT) comprising a plurality of cells, listening to a channel allocation information from the IAP that includes a request for a mobile cell gateway (MCG) at a nominal location in the RAT, and sending a candidacy message to the at least one IAP to become an MCG. Certain embodiments include establishing the VAN in a highway, and in urban areas, aggregating traffic in a cell and transmitting to the IAP via the MCG, and other features. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301585 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR SPREADING RESPONSE SIGNAL - A radio communication apparatus receives control information on one or more control channel elements (CCEs) with consecutive CCE number(s). The radio communication apparatus first-spreads a response signal with a sequence defined by a cyclic shift value that is determined among a plurality of cyclic shift values from an index of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), which is associated with a first CCE number of the one or more CCEs, and second-spreads the first-spread response signal with an orthogonal sequence that is determined among a plurality of orthogonal sequences from the index. One of cyclic shift values used for an orthogonal sequence is determined from an index of the | 11-14-2013 |
20130301586 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING AND PROCESSING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION - A method for encoding acknowledgement information includes: receiving a component carrier, where the component carrier includes at least one downlink subframe; generating acknowledgement information bits corresponding to the component carrier according to the received component carrier; dividing the acknowledgement information bits into two groups so that each group includes at least one acknowledgement information bit, where the at least one acknowledgement information bit corresponds to physical downlink shared channel PDSCH transmission, and/or downlink control information DCI, where the DCI is used for indicating downlink semi-persistent scheduling SPS release; and encoding the two divided groups of acknowledgement information bits to obtain two groups of codeword bits, respectively, and generating, from the two groups of codeword bits obtained by the encoding, total codeword bits to be transmitted. In addition, a method for receiving acknowledgement information, an apparatus for encoding acknowledgement information, and an apparatus for processing acknowledgement information are also included. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301587 | BLINDLY DECODING INTERFERING CELL PDCCH TO ACQUIRE INTERFERING CELL PDSCH TRANSMISSION INFORMATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for decoding a control channel in an interfering cell. Information obtained from the decoded channel may be used to perform interference cancellation, perform noise estimation, obtain information about operation of one or more base stations, and/or to decode transmissions in a different interfering cell. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301588 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR OFDMA AND SC-FDMA SWITCHING - A method for selecting an uplink modulation scheme may include receiving downlink control information (DCI). The format of the DCI may be decoded. The uplink modulation scheme may be determined according to the format of the DCI. The uplink modulation scheme may be selected. An uplink signal may be transmitted according to the uplink modulation scheme. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301589 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, BASE STATION AND USER DEVICE - A method for reporting channel state information, base station and user equipment. The method includes: configuring a set of multiple measurement subsets by a base station; correspondingly storing the configured set of multiple measurement subsets and corresponding indication information, so as to establish mapping relation between the indication information and the set of measurement subsets; and notifying the mapping relation to UE, such that the UE, in needing to report channel state information, uses the obtained indication information and the mapping relation to determine measurement subsets related to reporting the channel state information, so as to report channel state information of the measurement subsets to the base station. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301590 | Radio Frequency Module Supporting Multiple Carriers, Base Station and Carrier Distribution Method - A radio frequency module supports multiple carriers includes a carrier generating apparatus, a carrier distributor, a carrier synthesizer, and at least two transmit channel. T carrier generating apparatus is connected to the carrier synthesizer, the carrier synthesizer is connected to the transmit channels, and the carrier distributor is separately connected to the carrier synthesizer and the transmit channels. According to embodiments of the present invention, the carrier distributor distributes a specified transmit channel for the multiple carrier signals according to power load capacity of each transmit channel and a total power of multiple carrier signals that need to be distributed. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301591 | Methods and Apparatuses for Performing Preamble Assignment for Random Access in a Teleconmmunications System - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses (radio base station ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130301592 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a radio communication apparatus a configuration section sets transmission bands and receiving bands in a band group. A configuration control section controls the configuration section so that each of the receiving bands is not included between the transmission bands in the band group. In a radio communication apparatus a filter section includes a filter which can extract transmission bands lumped together. When a band group which is transmitted from the radio communication apparatus and in which setting is performed so that each of receiving bands is not included between transmission bands is received, a filter control section controls the filter section so as to extract the transmission bands from the received band group. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301593 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING VIRTUAL RESOURCES TO PHYSICAL RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for mapping virtual resources to physical resources in a wireless communication system are described. In an aspect, a virtual resource (e.g., a virtual resource block) may be mapped to a physical resource in a selected subset of physical resources based on a first mapping function, which may map contiguous virtual resources to non-contiguous physical resources in the selected subset. The physical resource in the selected subset may then be mapped to an allocated physical resource (e.g., a physical resource block) among a plurality of available physical resources based on a second mapping function. In one design, the first mapping function may include (i) a re-mapping function that maps an index of the virtual resource to a temporary index and (ii) a permutation function (e.g., a bit-reversed row-column interleaver) that maps the temporary index to an index of the physical resource in the selected subset. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301594 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK INFORMATION - A radio receiver apparatus that can effectively utilize GI to improve the reception quality. In this apparatus, a data extracting part extracts a data portion of a direct wave from a signal subjected to a radio reception process by a received RF part. A GI extracting part extracts, from the signal subjected to the radio reception process by the received RF part, GI having a length determined by an extracted GI length deciding part. The extracted GI is adjusted by a data position adjusting part such that its rear end coincides with the read end of the extracted data portion. A combining part combines the extracted data portion with the GI the data position of which has been adjusted. The combined signal is then supplied to a frequency axis equalizing part, which equalizes the signal distortions of the combined signal on the frequency axis. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301595 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A MOBILE TERMINAL, AND AN ASSOCIATED MOBILE TERMINAL - A method is disclosed for controlling a mobile terminal having a first wireless interface for cellular communication in a mobile telecommunications network and a second wireless interface for non-cellular wireless communication, such as wireless local area network (WLAN) communication, in at least one frequency band. In the mobile terminal, the following steps are performed. Information is received from the mobile telecommunications network, and the information is processed. Then, based on an outcome of the processing of the information, the second wireless interface is disabled from wireless communication in at least one frequency band. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301596 | METHOD FOR SUPPRESSING INTERFERENCE OF TERMINAL IN MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for enabling a terminal to process a signal in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method for enabling a terminal to process a signal in the wireless communication system includes the steps of: estimating a recommended transmission beamforming vector and a prior received filtering vector; calculating an effective channel for an adjacent cell by applying the prior received filtering vector to a signal received from the adjacent cell; estimating a constraint beamforming vector for the adjacent cell on the basis of the effective channel; transmitting the information of the transmission beamforming vector and the constraint beamforming vector to the serving cell; receiving adaptive response signals of the transmission beamforming vector and the constraint beamforming vector and the constraint beamforming vector; and receiving the signal to which the transmission beamforming vector is applied, from the serving cell by applying the prior received filtered vector. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301597 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for allowing a terminal to receive a downlink signal from a base station in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a first control channel which indicates the location information of a resource allocated to a second control channel; receiving the second control channel, on the basis of a control format indicator contained in the first control channel; and obtaining a downlink grant and/or an uplink grant contained in the second control channel, wherein the second control channel is allocated with the resource contained in a data region of a specific subframe. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301598 | ROUTING TRAFFIC TOWARDS A MOBILE NODE - A method of allowing a data connection between a first node attached to a private IP network and a second node external to the private IP network and connected to a public IP network. The method comprises allocating a private network IP address, a hostname, and a service name to said first node, the service name associated with a service provided by the first node. A gateway allocates a unique public network side port number to the first node. A mapping between the private network IP address and public network side port is included in a connection table. Records are installed in a Domain Name System of the public IP network that include: a service record defining said hostname and public network side port number as the location for said service name; and an address record defining a public IP address of said gateway as the location for said hostname. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301599 | METHOD AND TRANSMITTER ELEMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL INFORMATION FOR LINK ADAPTATION, METHOD AND RECEIVER ELEMENT FOR RECEIVING THE CHANNEL INFORMATION - The present invention refers to a method and a transmitter element ( | 11-14-2013 |
20130301600 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR HARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for allocating PUCCH resources for an HARQ ACK/NACK signal, and to a method for HARQ ACK/NACK signal transmission using same. The method for allocating PUCCH resources for an HARQ ACK/NACK signal comprises the following steps: constructing an ACK/NACK resource indicator (ARI) mapping table based on the HARQ ACK/NACK signal transmission method of a terminal; transmitting the ARI mapping table to the terminal via upper layer signaling; constructing an ARI indicating PUCCH resources to be allocated to the terminal on the ARI mapping table; and transmitting the ARI to the terminal. The ARI mapping table may be transmitted to a plurality of terminals and shared among the plurality of terminals and a base station. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301601 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, PAIRING CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a terminal apparatus including an estimation unit that estimates a channel to a base station by using a reference signal transmitted from the base station, a selection unit that selects a transmission weight desirable for down-link transmission on the channel from a plurality of transmission weight candidates in accordance with an estimation result by the estimation unit, and a feedback controller that controls feedback of the transmission weight selected by the selection unit to the base station. When the selection unit selects two transmission weights or more, the feedback controller feeds back the selected two transmission weights or more to the base station. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301602 | BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A base station in a mobile communication system includes a scheduling unit generating downlink grant information indicating that downlink radio resources should be allocated to not more than a first multiplex number of user devices; and a transmission unit transmitting control signals containing the downlink grant information and data signals mapped to the radio resources specified by the downlink grant information, wherein, when less than the first multiplex number and not less than a second multiplex number being less than the first multiplex number, of user devices that receive periodically generated periodic data as data signals exist, and user devices that receive non-periodically generated non-periodic data as data signals exist, the scheduling unit generates downlink grant information indicating that the downlink radio resources should be allocated to the second multiplex number of user devices receiving the periodic data and the user devices receiving the non-periodic data. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301603 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN WIRELESS NETWORK FOR COMMUNICATION AND A CORRESPONDING SYSTEM - A method for providing a random access channel in a, preferably OFDMA-based, wireless network for communication includes: a) defining at least one radio frame according to a frame structure of the wireless network for data transmission; b) providing at least one random access channel in the radio frame by at least one base station of the wireless network for random data transmission of at least one user equipment; c) accessing the at least one random access channel by the at least one user equipment for random data transmission; d) determining network information of the, preferably OFDMA-based, wireless network including network user equipment related information of the at least one user equipment; and e) assigning the at least one random access channel according to the determined network information for random data transmission. A corresponding system is also described. | 11-14-2013 |
20130301604 | Allocation of Resources - This disclosure relates to control of communications by a communication device in a service area. Resources for simultaneous communications via a plurality of antennas in the service area are allocated and information of said allocated resources are sent via a plurality of control channels to the communication device. The communication device receives the plurality of control channels and can communicate simultaneously via the plurality of antennas based on the information. | 11-14-2013 |
20130308549 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCE SCHEDULING - A wireless communications device supporting peer-to-peer communications acquires peer-to-peer communications resources for an extended period of time. In some embodiments, a base station assigns the resources to the device, while in other embodiments, the device reserves, e.g., self-assigns peer-to-peer communications resources for an extended period of time. The wireless communications device decides that it will not be using an acquired peer-to-peer communications resources, e.g., a particular acquired peer-to-peer traffic segment. The wireless communications device transmits a resource availability indicator indicating that it will not be using the particular peer-to-peer communications resource. Another wireless communications device, which detects the resource availability indicator, may use the peer-to-peer communications resource which is not be used by the device to which it is assigned. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308550 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A User Equipment (UE) for sending feedback information is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) feedback parameter corresponding to a PCell. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) feedback parameter corresponding to an SCell. The SCell feedback parameter is different from the PCell feedback parameter. The UE further performs Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) Format 1b channel selection based on the PCell feedback parameter and the SCell feedback parameter. The UE additionally sends Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information based on the channel selection. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308551 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING AVAILABLE RESOURCES FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a first eNB may be operable to determine a set of resources to allocate for D2D communications based on one or more network factors and transmit the set of resources allocated for D2D communications. A first UE may receive the set of resources allocated for D2D communications. A second UE may inform the first UE of a set of resources allocated for D2D communications by a second eNB. The first UE may determine a subset of resources to use for D2D communications with a second UE based on one or more D2D resource determination schemes, and may signal the determined subset to the first eNB. The first eNB may receive the subset of resources and transmit a control signal indicating that the subset of resources has been allocated for D2D communications. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308552 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING D2D SYSTEM INFORMATION TO A UE SERVED BY A HOME EVOLVED NODE-B - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which a network entity may be operable to communicate D2D resource allocations to a UE supported by a HeNB. In one example, the network entity may be operable to determine whether a HeNB is operable to communicate system information to a UE. As used herein, system information may include, but is not limited to, D2D resource allocations, paging information, etc. When the network entity determines that a HeNB is operable to communicate system information to a UE, then it may transmit the system information to the HeNB to allow the HeNB to convey the system information to the UE. When the network entity determines that a HeNB is not operable to communicate system information to a UE, then it may transmit the system information to the UE via one or more other network entities. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308553 | Systems and Methods for Scheduling Multiple-Input and Multiple-Output (MIMO) High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) Pilot Channels - Transitioning from basic higher order MIMO estimation to enhanced higher order MIMO estimation (and vice-versa) can be accomplished through the signaling of high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) shared control channel (HS-SCCH) orders to next-generation user equipments (UEs). A base station can be configured to send an HS-SCCH order indicating activation of scheduled pilot channels, and then begin transmitting the scheduled pilot channels after receiving an ACK message from at least one next-generation UE. A base station can also be configured to send an HS-SCCH order indicating de-activation of scheduled pilot channels to next-generation UEs scheduled for downlink transmission, and then stop transmitting the scheduled pilot channels after receiving ACK messages from each next-generation UE. Alternatively, scheduled pilot channels may be activated/de-activated upon expiration of a timeout period, even without receiving an ACK message from some or all of the next-generation UEs scheduled for downlink transmission. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308554 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR ANTENNA SELECTION - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for mobile transmit diversity. In one aspect, a wireless communication apparatus is provided. The wireless communication apparatus includes a plurality of antennas. The wireless communication apparatus further includes a plurality of transmit circuits, each transmit circuit of the plurality of transmit circuits being configured to transmit according to a different radio access technology. The wireless communication apparatus further includes a controller configured to selectively switch each of the transmit circuits of the plurality of transmit circuits to transmit wireless communications via a corresponding one of the plurality of antennas based on priority levels of data for each of the transmit circuits and a detected operating mode of the wireless communication apparatus. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308555 | METHOD FOR INITIALIZING SEQUENCE OF REFERENCE SIGNAL AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - A method and an apparatus are provided for scrambling sequence initialization for downlink demodulation reference signal (DL DMRS) applied to the multi-user (MU) multi-input multi-output (MU-MIMO) in a coordinated multiple point (CoMP) scenario. The value of virtual slot index in the sequence initialization of the DL DMRS can be dynamically selected from two candidates and tied to the virtual cell ID and/or the physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scrambling ID. The two candidate values can be configured by a user equipment (UE) specific semi-statistical higher layer signaling if a subframe shifting is considered for enhanced inter-cell interference cancellation (eICIC) in HeNets. Possible values of virtual slot index used for generating the DL DMRS sequence initialization of the cell can then be derived so that access procedure information, which may include synchronization signal, physical broadcast channel, paging message, can be reliably received at the remote radio header (RRH) or pico cell. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308556 | SESSION ESTABLISHMENT METHOD USING GATEWAY SERVER AND PHONE NUMBER - Disclosed is a method of establishing a session between a mobile communication terminal and a computer linked to the Internet via a gateway server therebetween through WAP or TCP/IP by using phone number of the mobile communication terminal as a connection key to transmit/receive data packets. Consequently, stable and accurate data communication between the mobile communication terminal and the computer linked to the Internet can be achieved. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308557 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR PHYSICAL LAYER TRANSMISSION AND/OR RECEPTION - Embodiments include a method for physical layer transmission in a network equipment including receiving, from a higher layer, messages to be transmitted during a subframe on one or more control channels. The number of elements required (i.e. aggregation level) for each control channel is determined. A plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) for transmitting the control channels and partitioning the PRBs into clusters is allocated. The interleaving depth (IDP) for each cluster is determined. Each element is mapped to a cluster according to the IDP for that cluster. A transmission signal including the clusters is generated. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308558 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-MODE CONTROL INFORMATION ON UPLINK CHANNEL - One embodiment includes a method for selecting, by a mobile unit, one of a plurality of control information reporting modes based on at least one of a control information transmission type and a payload size. The method further includes transmitting, by the mobile unit, one or more UCI report(s) to the base station using the selected UCI reporting mode. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308559 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMISING ROUTING BETWEEN TWO NETWORK NODES, AT LEAST ONE OF WHICH IS MOBILE - A method is disclosed for routing packets in an intermediate node between a mobile node and a correspondent node in a packet-switched network, only one of said nodes being macro-mobility enabled, comprising at the intermediate node: -exchanging lower-layer-address-update-related messages with said macro-mobility enabled node; -mapping source address, destination address and potentially protocol parameters of lower-layer packets exchanged between the mobile node and the correspondent node in such a way that the macro-mobility enabled node can communicate with the other node as if the other node is also macro-mobility enabled, and such that the other node can communicate with the intermediate node as if the intermediate node is a non-macro-mobility-enabled node. Also associated devices, update methods for devices, and servers are disclosed. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308560 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DATA EXCHANGE OVER COMMON COMMUNICATION LINKS - Systems, methods, and devices for network communication of data are described. One method described includes determining a characteristic of data to be communicated. The method includes selecting, via a processor, one of a plurality of communication pathways based at least on the determined characteristic, wherein selecting is independent of an air interface used to communicate the data. The method further includes establishing the selected communication pathway if the selected pathway has not been established. The method further includes communicating the data via the selected communication pathway. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308561 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR ANTENNA SWITCHING APPROACH FOR INITIAL ACQUISITION PROCEDURE - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for an initial network acquisition process via multiple antennas. In one aspect a method of establishing communications via a wireless network at a wireless communications apparatus is provided. The method includes attempting an initial acquisition process, over one or more frequencies, for establishing communications over the wireless network via a transmit circuit and a receive circuit transmitting and receiving via a first antenna. The method further includes switching the transmit circuit and the receive circuit from transmitting and receiving via the first antenna to a second antenna in response to detecting failure of the initial acquisition process. The switching is independent of a performance metric of the first or the second antenna. The method further includes re-attempting the initial acquisition process based on the switching to the second antenna over the one or more frequencies. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308562 | ANTENNA SELECTION DEVICES, METHODS, & SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with improving antenna selection for a UE as part of an access procedure. In an example, a UE with two or more antennas is equipped to obtain receive chain measurements for the two or more antennas associated with the UE when an access procedure is initiated, select an antenna, of the two or more antennas, for transmission based on receive chain measurements for use during at least a portion of the access procedure, and perform the access procedure using the selected antenna. In another example, the UE is equipped to determine that an Access procedure is to be initiated, select an antenna from the two or more antennas based on a selection algorithm, and perform the Access procedure based using the selected antenna. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308563 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING - An adaptive modulation and coding method includes selecting punctured Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) to transmit downlink data for User Equipment (UE); determining Transport Block Size (TBS) and number of punctured PRB pairs for transmission to the UE based on the carried service; scheduling downlink data for the UE based on determined TBS, and transmitting the number of used punctured PRB pairs and a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) sequence number to the UE; and the UE converting number of the punctured PRB pairs to number of normal PRB pairs, determining modulation scheme and TBS sequence number based on the MCS sequence number, and determining TBS of the downlink data based on number of normal PRB pairs and TBS sequence number. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308564 | SMALL DATA COMMUNICATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe techniques and configurations for transmitting small data payloads such as, for example, Machine Type Communication (MTC) data in a wireless communication network. A system may include features to implement an interworking function (IWF) to receive, from a machine type communication (MTC) server, a trigger to send a data payload, which is smaller than a preconfigured threshold, to a user equipment (UE) over a wireless communication network, and send, over a first reference point to a first module including a Mobility Management Entity (MME) or a Serving GPRS (General Packet Radio Service) Support Node (SGSN) or a second reference point to a second module including a Home Location Register (HLR) or a Home Subscriber Server (HSS), the data payload and a request to forward the data payload to the UE. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308565 | VIRTUAL RADIO NETWORKS - It is provided an apparatus, comprising radio side separating means for separating first uplink data of a first radio network received from a physical radio interface from second uplink data of a second radio network received from the physical radio interface; first uplink processing means configured to process, according to a higher layer uplink functionality, the first uplink data into first processed uplink data; second uplink processing means configured to process, according to the higher layer uplink functionality, the second uplink data into second processed uplink data; and aggregating means for providing the first processed uplink data to a first logical channel of a physical transport means and the second processed uplink data to a second logical channel of the physical transport means, wherein the first radio network is different from the second radio network; and the first logical channel is different from the second logical channel. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308566 | Method and Apparatus for Populating M2M Relevant Identities During Access Network Bearer Setup - The present invention enables populating one or more M2M-relevant identities in an access network when establishing an access bearer between the access network and an M2M device for connecting the M2M device with an M2M service provider (SP). The teachings herein provide, on the device side, for transmitting one or more selected M2M identifiers from an M2M device during the bearer establishment procedure. On the network side, the teachings herein provide for receiving the selected M2M identifier(s) during the bearer establishment procedure, associating them with the access bearer being established, and recording them as being associated with the access bearer. While such M2M identifiers have no specific meaning in the access network domain, one of the advantages of the teachings herein is that the recorded M2M identifiers can be used for improved billing reconciliation between the access network provider and the M2M SP. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308567 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A NEW CARRIER TYPE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for positioning reference signals (PRS) in a new carrier type (NCT). A UE (user equipment) may identify a carrier type in which PRS will be transmitted and may determine a pattern for the PRS based on the identified carrier type. For example, different PRS patterns may be used for legacy and new carrier types. Similarly, a base station (BS) may determine a pattern for the PRS based on identifying a carrier type in which the PRS will be transmitted. Additionally, the BS may transmit signaling to the UE indicating the pattern for the PRS. The UE may determine the PRS pattern based, at least in part, on the received indication. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308568 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - Certain aspects generally relate to methods and apparatus for subframe configuration for wireless networks. For example, certain aspects provide methods and apparatus for dynamically and/or reliably indicating at least one of a downlink or uplink subframe configuration. One method includes broadcasting an information block message including a first subframe configuration indicating at least one of which subframes of a set of subframes are for uplink transmissions or which subframes of the set of subframes are for downlink transmissions, determining a second subframe configuration suitable for handling communications with one or more user equipment (UEs), and signaling an indication of the second subframe configuration to the one or more UEs. Other methods includes receiving such a broadcast information block message, receiving signaling indicating a second subframe configuration suitable for handling communications with a base station, and communicating with the base station in accordance with the second subframe configuration. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308569 | COORDINATED COMMUNICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of supporting communication of a terminal in a first base station of a beamforming system is provided. The method includes determining an uplink control channel through which both the first base station and at least one second base station are able to receive signals, through cooperation with the at least one second base station, the first base station and the at least one second base station belonging to a cloud cell, and transmitting to the terminal information on the determined uplink control channel and frame information to establish relationships with the base stations included in the cloud cell for each transmit frame of a signal to be transmitted to the terminal from the base stations. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308570 | METHOD FOR JOINT OPTIMIZATION OF SCHEDULE AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION BASED ON THE GENETIC ALGORITHM - The invention relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and provides a method for joint optimization of schedule and resource allocation based on a genetic algorithm, which is applied in a CoMP communication system. The method includes steps of: S1, encoding chromosome; S2, initializing setting; S3, computing fitness value; S4, determining whether the optimal solution is better than an elite: if yes, updating the elite and executing S5, and if no, turning to S5; S5, determining whether a predetermined generation of population has been generated or not, if no, executing S6, otherwise, turning to S8; S6, participating reproduction process to generate two offspring chromosome individuals; S7, determining whether a predetermined number of offspring chromosome individuals have been generated, if yes, turning to S3 to compute again; otherwise keeping on reproduction; S8, performing schedule and resource allocation according to a solution corresponding to the elite. Under the condition of satisfying schedule limitation and power limitation, the method can, by uniting schedule and resource allocation, efficiently optimize system performance with less computing complexity. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308571 | METHOD FOR FREQUENCY REUSE IN CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and discloses a method for frequency reuse based on cellular network. The method comprises the following steps: dividing the whole cellular network into a plurality of different cell clusters, wherein each cell cluster comprises three cells, every two of them being adjacent to each other; for each cell in a cell cluster, dividing the cell into a central area and an edge area according to the coverage of the cell; dividing the whole available frequency band of the network according to the user distribution and service distribution in the cell cluster; allocating divided frequency bands to the central area and the edge area in the cell cluster respectively according to preset rule; and applying the method for frequency reuse to other cell clusters, thus achieving the frequency reuse of the whole network. With the method, the average spectrum frequency efficiency of the cellular network can be improved, and interference among cells can be effectively suppressed. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308572 | TRANSMISSION MODE AND FEEDBACK DESIGNS TO SUPPORT MTC TYPE DEVICES IN LTE - A base station is configured to support communications with at least one user equipment (UE) configured for machine type communications (MTC). The base station includes processing circuitry configured to determine a transmission scheme based on a category of the at least one UE. The base station also includes a transmitter configured to transmit, using a determined transmission scheme, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in a reduced bandwidth to the at least one UE. The UE includes a receiver configured to receive a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in a reduced bandwidth from at least one base station. The UE also includes processing circuitry configured to determine a transmission scheme utilized by at least one base station. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308573 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING A TRANSMISSION POWER - A base station is provided which notifies a mobile station of transmission power information for an uplink RACH, the mobile station transmits transmission delay estimation information on the RACH to the base station over the RACH at a transmission power based on the transmission power information, and the base station changes the transmission power information according to the transmission delay estimation information and notifies the mobile station of the changed transmission power information. The mobile station retransmits data or a preamble if the mobile station does not receive a notification that the base station has received the data or the preamble correctly after a predetermined time. The base station transmits the transmission power information over a BCH and a CPICH transmitted to a plurality of mobile stations. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308574 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting an uplink scheduling request in a mobile communication system. Scheduling request transmission cycles are set according to priorities between a terminal and a radio resource controlling node. The terminal transmits the scheduling request to the radio resource controlling node according to a scheduling request transmission cycle corresponding to a highest priority among priorities corresponding to uplink data or uplink control signals, if the uplink data or the uplink control signals are generated from an upper layer. The terminal receives scheduling information from the radio resource controlling node, and determines whether resource allocation information is included in the scheduling information. The terminal cyclically transmits the scheduling request to the radio resource controlling node in the scheduling request transmission cycle, if the resource allocation information is not included in the scheduling information. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308575 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL OF FIRST DATA TRANSMISSION IN RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE OF FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Transmit power is controlled for a first uplink data transmission on Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) during random access channel (RACH) procedure. Power control adjustment for the first PUSCH transmission is performed relative to the power spectral density used for successful PRACH transmission as adjusted for bandwidth difference, etc. The uplink Physical random access channel carries the RACH information that is transmitted by the user equipment (UE) during registrations or base station originated calls. A PRACH is composed of a number of preambles and a message portion. The preambles are a series of radio frequency power “steps” that increase in power according to the power step setting until the maximum number of preambles is reached or the base station acknowledges. Once the UE receives a positive indication, it transmits the message portion of the PRACH which consists of message data and control data with independent power gain control. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308576 | Channel Configuration in a Wireless Network - A base station transmits a message configuring first radio resources of a control channel. The first radio resources comprise one or more sets of resource blocks in a subset of subframes in a plurality of subframes. The base station transmits scheduling information on the control channel for a packet transmitted on an uplink data channel. The base station transmits a positive or negative acknowledgement on second radio resources of a feedback channel for receiving the packet. The second radio resources start from the first OFDM symbol of the second subframe. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308577 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OPERATING CHANNEL REQUEST AND RESPONDING TO THE OPERATING CHANNEL REQUEST IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for operating channel request and responding to the operating channel request in a wireless local area network (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of operating channel request by a first station in a regulatory domain where an unlicensed device is permitted to operate at a given time in a given geographical area with regard to a licensed device in a wireless local area network (WLAN) comprises transmitting, to a second station, first frame including a first operating class field and a first channel number field, wherein the first operating class field indicates a number of an operating class of a first channel included in a first channel set for operating channel request and the first channel number field indicates a number of the first channel; and receiving, from the second station, second frame including a second operating class field and a second channel number field, wherein the second operating class field indicates a number of a operating class of a second channel included in a second channel set granted by the second station and the second channel number field indicates a number of the second channel. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308578 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A user equipment implements a method of processing indication messages, such as SCRI (signalling connection release indication) messages. The use equipment (UE) maintains a count of how many indication messages with a cause set have been sent by the UE while in at least one radio resource control (RRC) state. The counter is reset responsive to entering idle mode from at least one RRC state. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308579 | Determination of Initial Transmit Power Based on Shared Transmit-Power Information - Methods and systems are disclosed herein that may be used to share transmit-power information between mobile stations. An exemplary method involves a first mobile station: (i) determining a verified transmit power (VTP) for the first mobile station; (ii) using the VTP to generate a transmit-power message, wherein the transmit-power message is usable to determine an initial transmit power (ITP) for the second mobile station; and (iii) the first mobile station sending the transmit-power message to at least the second mobile station. For instance, the first mobile station may set the ITP for the second mobile station equal to the VTP for the first mobile station, and include an indication of the ITP in the transmit-power message. Alternatively, the first mobile station may calculate the ITP for the second mobile station by adjusting its VTP according to the ratio of the distance between the second mobile station and the serving base station, and the distance between the first mobile station and the serving base station. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308580 | MULTI-CHANNEL COMMUNICATION STATION FOR COMMUNICATING A MULTI-CHANNEL PPDU AND METHODS OF REDUCING COLLISIONS ON SECONDARY CHANNELS IN MULTI-CHANNEL WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments of a very-high throughput communication station and method for communicating on a primary channel and up to three or more secondary channels are generally described herein. Short-preamble detection may be performed during a contention window to detect packet transmissions on any one of the secondary channels starting within the contention window. Guard-interval detection is also performed during the contention window to detect a guard interval of a packet transmission on any one of the secondary channels. The short-preamble detection and the guard-interval detection may be performed concurrently during the contention window to determine if any of the secondary channels are busy. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308581 | RF BUS CONTROLLER - A radio frequency (RF) bus controller includes an interface and a processing module. The interface is coupled for communicating intra-device RF bus access requests and allocations. The processing module is coupled to receive an access request to an RF bus via the interface; determine RF bus resource availability; and when sufficient RF bus resources are available to fulfill the access request, allocate, via the interface, at least one RF bus resource in response to the access request. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308582 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND CIPHERING METHOD - A radio communication apparatus includes a control unit that, if a radio access bearer (RAB) for a circuit switching domain is reconfigured between a dedicated channel (DCH) and enhanced uplink dedicated channel/High Speed Downlink Packet Access (E-DCH/HSDPA) and an RAB corresponded to RAB information exists as an established RAB and there exists no transparent mode (TM) radio bearer for a core network (CN) domain included in an information element of CN domain identity (ID), and at least one TM radio bearer is included in an information element of radio bearer (RB) information to setup, calculates a start value that is used on a new RAB. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308583 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - A radio communication base station device can efficiently obtain a multiuser diversity gain from frequency scheduling while reducing the amount of a reference signal occupying an uplink. In the device, a grouping section divides a plurality of RBs (Resource Blocks) into a plurality of RB groups. An RB group control unit performs a control to change the correspondence relationship between the RBs and the RB groups with time. When the grouping section divides the RBs into the RB groups, the RB control unit performs a control to change a combination of the RBs included in each of the RB groups with time. A scheduling section performs a scheduling of allocating each of a plurality of mobile stations to each of the RBs in each of the RB groups according to the reception quality of the reference signal. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308584 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF DOWNLINK SUBCHANNELIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of downlink subchannelization in a wireless communication system includes: transmitting a network entry and network discovery information including an open loop (OL) region parameter; and mapping a physical resource unit (PRU) to a contiguous resource unit (CRU) or a distributed resource unit (DRU) with respect to ith frequency partition based on the OL region parameter, wherein a permutation sequence used for mapping a PRU of the ith frequency partition (PRU | 11-21-2013 |
20130308585 | CONTROLLING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER DURING ASYNCHRONOUS SWITCHING OF CONTROL STATES BY USER EQUIPMENT - A network node is disclosed that communicates with a user equipment node in a communications system. The network node repetitively transmits first uplink transmission power control, TPC, commands on a first physical channel with a first channel configuration while repetitively transmitting second uplink TPC commands on a second physical channel with a second channel configuration. The first and second uplink TPC commands control uplink transmission power from the user equipment node to the network node. Related user equipment nodes and methods are disclosed. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308586 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS BASE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR MANAGING MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR MANAGING BASE STATION APPARATUS AND PROCESSING SECTION - A mobile communication system includes a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus is configured to provide, to the mobile station apparatus via paging, a notification of updating of system information corresponding to a first component carrier, and provide, to the mobile station apparatus via radio resource control signaling, updated system information corresponding to a second component carrier. The mobile station apparatus is configured to detect, from the base station apparatus via the paging, the notification of updating of the system information corresponding to the first component carrier, and obtain, from the base station apparatus, the updated system information broadcasted in the first component carrier, and obtain, from the base station apparatus via the radio resource control signaling, the updated system information corresponding to the second component carrier. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308587 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CANCELLING INTER-CARRIER INTERFERENCE - The present invention provides a transmission method and apparatus for cancelling inter-carrier interference in wireless communication systems. Particular carriers are not used for data transmission but carry weighted data to cancel the ici interference of a first group of interfering sub-carriers onto a second group of victim sub-carriers. The weights are inversely proportional to the frequency offset between the interfering sub-carriers and the victim sub-carriers. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308588 | OPTIMIZED SIGNALING OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL PATTERNS - Orthogonality in cyclic shift (CS) and orthogonal cover code (OCC) selection for DMRS in MIMO is improved by new n | 11-21-2013 |
20130308589 | Methods and Arrangements For Transmit Mode Adaptation - Methods and arrangements in a control node, a base station and a UE, for achieving a UE up link transmit diversity mode adaptation, which is coordinated between a base station and a control node. The methods and arrangements involve the control node indicating a set of allowed up link transmit diversity modes to the base station. Further, an up link transmit diversity mode for the mobile terminal is selected in the base station, from amongst the currently allowed up link transmit diversity modes; where the selection is based on information concerning the mobile terminal which is available in the base station. The base station then indicates the selected up link transmit diversity mode to the mobile terminal, which changes to the up link transmit diversity mode indicated by the base station. The methods and arrangements enable a faster and more flexible UE up link transmit diversity mode adaptation. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308590 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT, CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD AND BASE STATION - As channel state information of multiple nodes in a multiple node system, the present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting and receiving information showing a correlation between said multiple nodes. Also, the present invention relates to a method and a device for transmitting and receiving a Channel Quality Indication (CQI), in consideration of signal through transmitted by multiple nodes. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308591 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The receiving device of the present invention is provided with a means that receives, as a received signal, a signal that has been transmitted a transmitting device by dividing by N the spectrum of a signal to be transmitted and performing spectrum editing to reduce its occupied bands; a means that generates a first decoded signal by error-correcting and decoding this received signal in the bandwidth of the signal to be transmitted; a means that generates a transmission replica signal from this first decoded signal and divides by N the spectrum of this transmission replica signal to generate N sub-replicas; a means that generates a compensated received signal by restoring the spectrum of the signal to be transmitted from the transmitting device using the N sub-replicas and the received signal; and a means that decodes this compensated received signal to generate a second decoded signal. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308592 | BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT METHOD - A base station in a mobile communication system includes: a quality information obtaining unit configured to obtain quality information indicating a radio channel state of a user apparatus; an assignment period selection unit configured to select an assignment period corresponding to the quality information of the user apparatus from a predetermined correspondence relationship between each of a plurality of choices of assignment periods for assigning radio resources to periodic data that occurs periodically and a value of quality information indicating a radio channel state; a scheduling unit configured to determine radio resources to be assigned to the user apparatus in the assignment period that is selected; and a radio communication unit configured to communicate, by radio, user data including periodic data of the user apparatus by using the radio resources determined by the scheduling unit. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308593 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention adequately controls feedback control information in uplink transmission in a system band formed with a plurality of CCs. The present invention provides a data information demodulation section, which demodulates downlink shared channel signals of CCs from a radio base station apparatus, a retransmission check section, which checks retransmission and outputs a retransmission acknowledgement signal in response to the downlink shared channel signal of each of the plurality of CCs, a control information demodulation section, which demodulates downlink control information and detects the number of transport blocks, and a channel selection control section, which, with reference to a mapping table in which combinations of retransmission acknowledgement signals for the downlink shared channel signals of the plurality of CCs are defined using a plurality of radio resources and phase modulation bit information, determines radio resources to use to transmit the retransmission acknowledgement signals from a radio resource of an uplink control channel of a specific CC, and changes the content of the mapping table according to the number of transport blocks of the specific fundamental frequency block. | 11-21-2013 |
20130308594 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 11-21-2013 |
20130315152 | Using Unique Preambles for D2D Communications in LTE - A method is disclosed that includes determining a preamble, at least a portion of which is unique to one or more user equipment for a device-to-device communication of one or more subframes on a band, and performing the device-to-device communication of the one or more subframes comprising the preamble on the band. The band could be, e.g., a lightly-licensed band, a licensed-exempt or unlicensed band, a secondary usage of a band of the licensed band, a band in TV white space, or a licensed band. Apparatus and computer program products are also disclosed. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315153 | Tune-Away Detection Based Adaptive Link Adaptation for Hybrid Transceivers - Various method and apparatus embodiments for adjusting control loop parameters for wireless communication link are disclosed. The adjustments may be performed responsive to a single radio UE tuning away from a first network to a second network, or due to a fading condition. Responsive to detecting the tuning away of the UE or the fading condition, the base station may adjust one or more parameters of a control loop. The adjustments may include changing parameters of one or more filters in the BS. For example, a block error rate (BLER) first state can be reset to a small value, or can be incrementally adjusted responsive to detecting discrete transmissions (DTX) or other signals from the UE. In another example, BLER filter coefficients may be updated responsive to DTX detections. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315154 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method is provided by the present invention for allocating channel resources in a wireless network. The method comprises: a) transmitting at least one message which comprises information that would allow association of at least one service flow for conveying data from/to a subscriber terminal, with at least one group of service flows; b) transmitting from a base station messages adapted to provide information which relate to the allocation of resources of a channel along which data will be transmitted to/from said subscriber terminal via one or more service flows associated with that at least one group of service flows, and wherein the information comprises an identification of the at least one group of service flows; and c) transmitting data from/to the subscriber terminal in accordance with the allocation of the channel resources for the at least one group of service flows. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315155 | Method and Apparatus for Associating Service Provider Network Identifiers with Access Network Identifiers - The teachings herein disclose methods and apparatuses for automatically binding external identifiers to service provider network identifiers. The external identifiers are allocated by an access network for use by a service provider network in identifying given wireless devices to the access network, where the service provider network is external to the access network. The service provider network identifiers are used to identify those same wireless devices within the service provider network, with respect to one or more services. The binding thus enables the service provider network to trigger communications with a targeted wireless device via the access network, by using the external identifier that is bound to the service provider network identifier of the targeted device, and sending trigger signaling to the access network that identifies the targeted wireless device via the external identifier. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315156 | SCHEDULING FOR COORDINATED MULTI-CELL MIMO SYSTEMS - A method of scheduling coordination among cells in a cellular wireless network involving multiple-input/multiple-output (MIMO) communication. A first scheduling process selects user equipment within the said cell to be served by a coordinating group of cells in the network, and a second scheduling process group of cells to serve as a coordinating group for the user equipment, for which measurements are sent by the selected user equipment. The second scheduling process determines which group of cells, from a set of all possible groups of cells, provides the best value of a particular selection parameter used. The selection parameter may, for example be dependent upon the long-term link power coupling weights PW(c | 11-28-2013 |
20130315157 | REDUCING THE EFFECTS OF INTERFERENCE EXPERIENCED BY A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed are methods for allowing a wireless communication device (or “user equipment” or “UE”) to receive signaling information when there is a power imbalance between a primary cell (“Pcell”) and a New Carrier Type (“NCT”) secondary cell (“Scell”). In one aspect, the UE reduces its downlink bandwidth to cover only a carrier of the Pcell, receives control signaling information, if present, and then increases its bandwidth to cover carriers of both the Pcell and Scell. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315158 | METHOD FOR CONNECTING MOBILE STATION TO BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL MAPPING METHOD - In a mobile station, correction information is obtained from a base station for correcting a transmission timing shift in an uplink line of the mobile station, and the transmission timing shift is corrected in accordance with the correction information. Within a period in which the correction information is valid, the mobile station requests communication resource allocation information from the base station, using a random access channel having guard time. In an alternate embodiment, if a communication resource for transmitting a control channel in the uplink line is assigned to the mobile station within a period during which the correction information is valid, the mobile station instead requests the communication resource allocation information from the base station using the control channel in an uplink line from the mobile station to the base station. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315159 | System and Method for Delay Scheduling - In one embodiment, a method for delay scheduling includes determining whether a communications controller has information for a machine type communication (MTC) device and determining a first subframe to transmit a downlink control information (DCI) message on when the communications controller has information for the MTC device. The method also includes transmitting, by the communications controller to the MTC device, the first subframe including the DCI message and the information in accordance with the first subframe. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315160 | GATEWAY, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD OF CONTROLLING GATEWAY, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM THEREFOR - A gateway is connected to a plurality of base stations and a core network. The gateway includes a receiver that receives, from the core network, a message establishing a communication path to any one of the plurality of base stations, wherein the message includes a received Access Point Name (APN). The gateway also includes a controller that determines, in response to the APN included in the massage, a destination of the message using information indicating a destination base station corresponding to the received APN. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315161 | WIRELESS NETWORK TRAFFIC ROUTING THROUGH TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION AND TRACKING OF DESTINATION ADDRESS TO FACILITATE SERVICE PROVIDER BILLING - Systems and methods for wireless network traffic routing through traffic optimization and tracking of destination and/or origination addresses to facilitate service provider billing is disclosed. Since the distributed proxy system, which includes, for example, a proxy server and/or a local proxy on the mobile device, can intercept traffic to and/or from the mobile device, the intercepted traffic may or may not access the wireless network and/or reach the addressed destination. Thus, for outgoing and incoming requests directed from or directed to the mobile device, the distributed proxy system tracks and stores a destination address (e.g., a destination IP address). The proxy server can extract and store the origination address for each incoming communication for various mobile devices such that a service provider can bill or otherwise manage incoming communications to the mobile devices. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315162 | Systems And Methods For Creating Non-Orthogonal Dimensionality Between Signals In Electronic Devices - Systems and methods for creating non-orthogonal dimensionality between signals are disclosed. Signals are received from at least one electronic device. An adjustment of a parameter of a received signal of a first device of the at least one of the electronic device that would result in an adjusted signal that is not orthogonal but differentiates the signal from at least one other signal of the received signals is determined. An instruction is communicated to the first device to implement the adjustment of the parameter. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315163 | FREQUENCY DOMAIN DUPLICATION IN A LONG-RANGE WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for generating OFDM signals is implemented in a device operating according to a communication protocol. The protocol defines non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to single component channels of a BSS channel, and non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to sets of adjacent component channels. Non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to a set of component channels have more lower-edge and/or upper-edge guard tones than non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to single component channels. The method includes determining that a duplicate mode will be utilized for an OFDM transmission in the set of component channels and, in response, generating a duplicate mode data unit. The duplicate mode data unit has fewer lower-edge and/or upper-edge guard tones than a non-duplicate mode data unit corresponding to a set of component channels, and includes one duplicate of the non-duplicate mode data unit corresponding to the single component channel for each adjacent component channel. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315164 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EFFICIENT USE OF RADIO RESOURCES FOR PUSH-TO- TALK SERVICES IN MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A resource efficient approach for push-to-talk (PTT) services over a mobile communications network is provided. A remote terminal (UT) receives a command for initiating a PTT session. The UT generates a RAB binding create message, including a PTT session identifier and RAB binding information, and transmits the RAB binding create message to a wireless gateway. The UT receives a RAB binding response from the wireless gateway, and performs a protocol signaling process for establishing PDP bearers, and for establishing the PTT session on a PTT server. The UT receives a command for initiation of media transmission for the PTT session, generates talk burst (TB) request message, and transmits the request message to the wireless gateway (the TB request message is transmitted via media access control (MAC) layer control messaging). In response, the UT receives a talk burst grant message from the wireless gateway. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315165 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system includes a plurality of mobile station apparatuses and a base statement apparatus. Each of the mobile station apparatuses selects the lowest number and the second lowest number of control channel elements (CCEs) in which downlink allocation information is detected, two combinations, to be applied to transmission antennas, of a physical resource block (PRB), a cyclic shift amount, and an orthogonal code sequence in the time domain, on the basis of values by adding the numbers of CCEs to an offset value broadcast by the base station apparatus. Each of the mobile station apparatuses spreads pilot signals using spread codes based on the two combinations, arranges the spread pilot signals in PRBs corresponding to the signals, and transmits the signals through the transmission antennas. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315166 | Asymmetric Bands Allocation In Downlink And Uplink Using The Same FFT Size - Creating asymmetric wireless communication by: Allocating a first plurality of frequency bands to a first transmission direction and at least one frequency band to an opposite transmission direction where all the frequency bands use the same FFT size. Dividing at least one of the frequency bands into sub-bands or slots. Creating an asymmetrical communication channel including at least one of: A whole number of the frequency bands in one direction and at least one of the sub-bands in the opposite direction. A first number of the sub-bands in one direction and a different number of the sub-bands in the opposite direction. At least one sub-band in one direction and at least one sub-band in the opposite direction having different size. And at least one frequency band and at least one sub-band in one direction and a different number of frequency bands and/or sub-bands in the opposite direction. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315167 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING POWER HEADROOM REPORTING PROCEDURE AND PHR MAC CONTROL ELEMENT - This invention relates to a method for performing Power Headroom reporting procedure, adapted for a user equipment, wherein the user equipment is operated in a plurality of activated serving cells, the method includes the steps of: providing a prohibitPHR-Timer; obtaining a plurality of downlink path loss values respectively corresponding to the activated serving cells; triggering a power headroom report when the prohibitPHR-Timer expires or has expired and at least one of the downlink path loss values has changed more than a PathlossChange threshold since the last transmission of a PHR; and reporting the power headroom report. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315168 | Method and Apparatus for Generating Reference Signals for Accurate Time-Difference of Arrival Estimation - A base station communicates a positioning reference signal (PRS) to wireless communication devices over a downlink in a wireless communication system by encoding a PRS into a first set of transmission resources, encoding other information into a second set of transmission resources, multiplexing the two sets of resources into a subframe such that the first set of resources is multiplexed into at least a portion of a first set of orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) symbols based on an identifier associated with the base station and the second set of resources is multiplexed into a second set of OFDM symbols. Upon receiving the subframe, a wireless communication device determines which set of transmission resources contains the PRS based on the identifier associated with the base station that transmitted the subframe and processes the set of resources containing the PRS to estimate timing (e.g., time of arrival) information. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315169 | Peak to average power ratio (PAPR) reduction for repetition mode within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Selective processing of one or more packets to be transmitted from a wireless communication device to another wireless communication device is effective to reduce the peak to average power ratio (PAPR) of the transmission. The one or more packets are transmitted via two or more sub-bands of an available transmission medium. The number of coefficients or factors within that sequence corresponds to the number of sub-bands via which the one or more packets are to be transmitted. Also, a phase ramp or time-domain cyclic shift may be added to one or more of the packets after having undergone multiplication by one of the coefficients or factors within the sequence. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315170 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DOWNLINK AND/OR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - A user equipment includes a plurality of antennas to receive downlink signals from a base station, a plurality of receiver circuits each coupled to a respective one of the plurality of antennas to process the received downlink signals, an SIR estimation unit to estimate a quality of the received downlink signals, a power loop controller to generate transmit power control commands based on the estimated quality of the received downlink signals, the transmit power control commands being directed to the base station to adjust a power of the downlink signals and a diversity controller to selectively activate and deactivate one or more of the receiver circuits depending on the estimated quality of the received downlink signals. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315171 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING THE OPERATION OF MOVABLE WIRELESS NETWORKS - A movable wireless network includes one or more wireless communication devices. The movable wireless network further includes a detector configured to detect a network event. The movable wireless network further includes a controller configured to change an operational state of the movable wireless network by changing at least one of a mobile country code and a mobile network code of the movable wireless network to be different from that of another wireless network, responsive to detection of the network event by the detector. The changed operational state corresponds to changing from a state of coordinated operation of the movable wireless network and the other wireless network to a state of independent operation of the movable wireless network and the other wireless network. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING FEEDBACK FOR A DOWNLINK SHARED SERVICE TRANSMITTED TO A PLURALITY OF WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNITS - A wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) receives a downlink transmission from a Node-B and decodes the downlink transmission. If the decoding is not successful, the WTRU sends a pre-defined burst signifying a negative acknowledgement (NACK) to the Node-B via a contention-based shared feedback channel. The pre-defined burst may be sent only once without requiring an acknowledgement. The Node-B calibrates a downlink transmit power so that the downlink transmission is transmitted to the WTRUs with a high likelihood. The Node-B may send a downlink transmission including multiple data streams processed using different modulation and coding schemes so that a WTRU having a high signal quality decodes all data streams while a WTRU having a low signal quality decodes less than all data streams. The Node-B sends a channel quality indicator (CQI) threshold so that each WTRU determines a data stream to report feedback based on the CQI threshold and a measured CQI. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315173 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR RADIO TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK SIGNAL - It is possible to improve the CQI reception performance even when a delay is caused in a propagation path, a transmission timing error is caused, or a residual interference is generated between cyclic shift amounts of different ZC sequences. For the second symbol and the sixth symbol of the ACK/NACK signal which are multiplexed by RS of CQI, (+, +) or (−, −) is applied to a partial sequence of the Walsh sequence. For RS of CQI transmitted from a mobile station, + is added as an RS phase of the second symbol and − is added as an RS phase of the sixth symbol. A base station ( | 11-28-2013 |
20130315174 | ADAPTIVE RATE AND REACH OPTIMIZATION FOR WIRELESS ACCESS NETWORKS - A method controls a wireless network, which includes a controller and a plurality of network elements. The method includes determining interference in the wireless network using radio-link measurements, generating an interference matrix identifying the interference in the wireless network, and generating an adjacency matrix based on the interference matrix identifying locations having unacceptable levels of interference in the wireless network. The method also includes allocating channels and corresponding transmission powers in the wireless network to reduce the unacceptable levels of interference. The method is performed at predetermined fixed time intervals and when a new network element is added to the wireless network. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315175 | Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315176 | FEEDBACK INFORMATION RELATING TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREREGATION - The invention relates to a method for encoding a number of feedback information messages in a mobile radio communications system using carrier aggregation, the method comprising: encoding the number of feedback information messages by a set of codewords, where each feedback information message can be of at least a first kind or a second kind. The method is distinguished by that for at least one feedback information message there is at least one codeword corresponding to information of the first kind and at least one codeword corresponding to information of the second kind, wherein the modulation symbol of one of said at least one codeword corresponding to information of the first kind and the modulation symbol of one of said at least one codeword corresponding to information of the second kind have a maximum distance. The invention also relates to a mobile terminal and radio basestation for a communications system. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315177 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system which performs data transmission using spatially multiplexed streams from a first terminal including N antennas to a second terminal including M antennas (N is an integer of 2 or more and M is an integer of 1 or more) is disclosed. The system includes notifying means, training means, channel matrix estimation means, beamforming information feedback means, transmission weight matrix setting means, and beamforming means. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315178 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a user equipment for use in a mobile communication system is configured to; receive control information including a first field and a second field via a control channel, the first field indicating one of N (N≧2) resource block group (RBG) sets and the second field including a bitmap, wherein each bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether a corresponding resource block (RB) in the indicated one of the N RBG sets is allocated; interpret the first field and the second field for resource allocation in the control information; and receive data using the control information. An RBG set n (0≦n11-28-2013 | |
20130315179 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in a cellular communication system, for avoiding errors in a HARQ process, wherein an NDI flag is used both for indicating either semi-persistent scheduling, SPS activation or SPS retransmissions, and also for indicating, by toggling of the flag, a new transmission in dynamic scheduling mode. The method comprises the steps of receiving, in a scheduling message, an indication that dynamically scheduled transmission will take place; if a semi persistent resource has occurred for the same HARQ process since a previously received indication for dynamically scheduled transmission, then considering the NDI flag to be toggled regardless of the value of the NDI flag. Thus, if the condition is fulfilled, a UE will always regard the NDI flag as indicating or requesting a new data transmission. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315180 | GENERATION OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION AND POWER CONTROL OF HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN TDD SYSTEMS WITH DOWNLINK OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a User Equipment (UE) configured to have multiple cells in a DownLink (DL) of a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system so as to determine a power of an acknowledgement signal that the UE transmits in a control channel and to determine a number of acknowledgement information bits that the UE multiplexes with data information bits in a data channel. A transmission power of the control signal is determined based on DL Assignment Index (DAI) Information Elements (IEs) in DL Scheduling Assignments (SAs) that the UE detects through multiple transmission time intervals and through the multiple configured DL cells. The number of acknowledgement information bits in the data channel is determined based on a DAI IE of an UpLink (UL) SA associated with the transmission of the data channel. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315181 | SELECTIVE ALLOCATION OF DEDICATED CHANNEL (DCH) RESOURCES WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, a UE determines to transmit a message (e.g., an alert message, a call initiation message). Based on the type of the message to be transmitted, the UE selectively transmits supplemental data configured to prompt an access network to transition the UE to a dedicated channel state (DCS). In another embodiment, an application server configured to arbitrate communication sessions between UEs receives a message for transmission to a target UE. Based on the type of the message to be transmitted to the target UE, the application server selectively transmits, to a serving access network of the target UE, supplemental data configured to prompt the serving access network to transition the target UE to the DCS. In another embodiment, the access network selectively transitions a target UE to the DCS based on whether differently sized messages are received at the access network for transmission to the target UE. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315182 | BASE STATION AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD OF MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station of a mobile communication system includes a scheduler that generates uplink grant information indicating that uplink radio resources are allocated to less than or equal to a first multiplexing number of units of user equipment, a transmitter that transmits a control signal including the uplink grant information to the user equipment, and a receiver that receives an uplink signal which is transmitted by the user equipment. When a second multiplexing number being less than the first multiplexing number or more units of the user equipment exist which transmit periodically generated periodic data, and when the user equipment exists which transmits non-periodic data generated at non-periodic timing, the scheduler generates the uplink grant information indicating that the uplink radio resources are allocated to the second multiplexing number of the units of the user equipment that transmit periodic data and to the user equipment that transmits non-periodic data. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315183 | Method and System for Sharing Frequency Spectrum Between GSM System and LTE System - The disclosure discloses a method for sharing a frequency spectrum between a GSM system and a LTE system. The method includes: avoiding fixed channels of the LTE system of a current cell when allocating frequency points of the GSM system to the current cell and a neighbour cell interfering with the current cell; frequency domain resources allocated to users and indicated by Physical Downlink Share Channels (PDSCHs) and Physical Uplink Share Channels (PUSCHs) of the LTE system are not located on same frequency resources with frequency points of the GSM system of the current cell and the neighbour cell interfering with the current cell; and for Physical Control Format Indicator Channels (PCFICHs) and Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channels (PHICHs) of the LTE system, avoiding the PCFICHs and the PHICHs of the LTE system when allocating frequency points of the GSM system to the current cell and the neighbour cell interfering with the current cell, or allocating, by the LTE system, an appropriate Cell Identification (CellID) to avoid the frequency points of the GSM system of the current cell and the neighbour cell interfering with the current cell. The disclosure further discloses a system for sharing a frequency spectrum. According to the method and the system of the disclosure, the GSM system is able to transit to the LTE system smoothly while frequency spectrum utilization is improved. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315184 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN MULTICELL COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a terminal to receive a control channel in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving a common control channel from a base station; determining an effective channel between the base station and the terminal according to a flag bit of the terminal being indicated in the common control channel; and receiving a terminal specific control channel from the base station on the basis of the effective channel, wherein the terminal specific control channel is space-multiplexes with terminal specific control channels of other terminals controlled by the base station. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315185 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for executing a CSI report in a wireless communication system, and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: composing a CSI report set having a first serving cell and a second serving cell, wherein each of the serving cells includes a plurality of independently consisting subframe subsets; receiving, at the predetermined subframe, a PDCCH signal requesting an aperiodic CIS report on the CSI report set; transmitting a PUSCH signal including a first CSI on the corresponding subframe subset in the first serving cell and a second CSI on the corresponding subframe subset in the second serving cell, wherein the first CSI and the second CSI are calculated on the basis of the subframe subset given by a predetermined method. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315186 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN MULTICELL COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a control channel in a multicell cooperative wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: a 1 | 11-28-2013 |
20130315187 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a communication control apparatus including a parameter acquisition unit that acquires parameters to calculate coverage of secondary systems from a secondary usage node operating the secondary systems on a frequency channel allocated to a primary system, a calculation unit that calculates the coverage of the secondary systems using the parameters acquired by the parameter acquisition unit, and an interference control unit that notifies a detection node that detects neighboring secondary systems of the secondary systems, of coverage information representing the coverage of the secondary systems calculated by the calculation unit. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315188 | Channel Quality Indicator Reporting in Communications System - A solution for periodic channel quality indicator reporting in a communications system is disclosed. A user equipment performs the method steps of receiving radio resource configuration signalling from a network apparatus, and checking a channel quality indicator mode of the received radio resource configuration signalling. Based on said checking, the user equipment determines a container for a periodic channel quality indicator report, and based on said determining, selects a physical uplink control channel transmission format for the periodic channel quality indicator report. If the determined container of the periodic channel quality indicator report is a reduced-bit container, a modified physical uplink control channel format 1b is selected as the physical uplink control channel transmission format for the periodic channel quality indicator report. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315189 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically to a method and an apparatus for transmitting channel status information. According to the present invention, a method for enabling a terminal to transmit channel status information (CSI) with respect to cooperative transmission in the wireless communication system, includes the steps of: determining a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI) for a first cell and a second PMI for a second cell; and transmitting the CSI including the first PMI and the second PMI, wherein the CSI is determined on the basis of a coupled precoding matrix in which the first precoding matrix corresponding to the first PMI is coupled with the second precoding matrix corresponding to the second PMI, and the coupled precoding matrix can be determined by a first coupling type or a second coupling type. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315190 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - A transmission device capable of flexibly setting the transmission mode, even in cases when the candidates for the resource domain to be used to transmit a control signal to a terminal include both a first downlink resource domain that can be used as either a control channel or a data channel and a second downlink resource domain that can be used as a control channel, wherein a transmission mode setting unit ( | 11-28-2013 |
20130315191 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TRANSMISSION METHOD, RECEPTION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Inter-cell Interference is efficiently mitigated or suppressed in a radio communication system constituting a heterogeneous network. In the radio communication system in which a base station device and a mobile station device communicate with each other, the base station device notifies, to the mobile station device, control information related to a cell-specific reference signal that is specific to a cell ID of another base station device different from the aforesaid base station device, the control information containing information regarding number of ports for the cell-specific reference signal. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315192 | METHOD FOR DECIDING RESOURCE-SPECIFIC TRANSMISSION MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for a user equipment transmitting/receiving signals to and from a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed in the present invention, which is specifically characterized by comprising the following steps: receiving form the base station information related to a plurality of subframe sets; receiving from the base station information related to transmission modes which correspond to each of the plurality of subframe sets; and transmitting/receiving the signals to and from the base station based on the transmission mode that corresponds to a specific subframe set in a subframe that belongs to the specific subframe set from the plurality of subframe sets. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315193 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for a relay node (RN) to avoid inter-cell interference (ICI) in a wireless access system is provided. The method includes: overhearing a PDCCH transmitted by a plurality of BSs sharing the RN to terminals of each BS in the nth subframe; decoding the PDCCH from the n+1th subframe to the n+2th subframe; reallocating resource area to the terminals; transmitting control information representing the reallocated resource area to each BS; overhearing and decoding a PUSCH to each BS in the n+4th subframe; transmitting the decoding result to each BS; overhearing a PDCCH updated at n+8th subframe; and retransmitting the PUSCH transmitted at the n+4th subframe to a BS(NACK) in the n+12th sub frame. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315194 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ADJUSTING COEXISTENCE INFERENCE IN A DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method for adjusting coexistence inference in a device in a wireless communication system includes: detecting interference caused by transmission in a first frequency band of a first network system with respect to reception in a second frequency band of a second network system; transmitting support information that supports the adjustment of the detected interference to a base station when a prohibit timer that prevents delivery of interference information for a predetermined period is expired; and receiving from the base station reply information on accepting or rejecting the adjustment of the detected interference in response to the support information. The procedures for processing coexistence interference in a device become simplified, are easily implemented, and maintain backward compatibility to other typical procedures. Moreover, since information on coexistence interference in a device is clearly defined, the uncertainty of interference adjustment procedures may be resolved. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315195 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION POINTS - Disclosed is a wireless communication system using multiple transmission and reception points. In a wireless communication system having a first transmission and reception point and at least one second transmission and reception point belonging to the same cell, the first transmission and reception point has a wider transmission area than the at least one second transmission and reception point, and the first transmission and reception point and the at least one second transmission and reception point generate downlink transmission signals by using the same physical layer cell ID or virtual cell IDs allocated to each terminal, and then the terminals generate uplink transmission signals by using the allocated virtual cell IDs. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315196 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) METHOD AND DEVICE IN A COOPERATIVE TERMINAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for a terminal to perform a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless access system that supports cooperative terminal communication includes allocating a second carrier from a base station through a first carrier, the first carrier being used for data transmission to the base station and the second carrier being used for data transmission to another terminal; receiving a preamble and configuration information on the second carrier from the base station; transmitting data to the other terminal in an uplink subframe of the second carrier on the basis of the received configuration information; and receiving acknowledgement (ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK) for the transmitted data from a downlink subframe of the second carrier related to the uplink subframe. | 11-28-2013 |
20130315197 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING A CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A DISTRIBUTED MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a reference signal (RS) in a distributed multi-node system. The transmission method comprises: a step of constructing multiple channel state information reference signals (CSI-RSs) having power which is not zero in an intra-cell; and a step in which a base station transmits control information on the multiple CSI-RSs to a terminal. Here, the channel state information reference signals of multiple patterns may be transmitted in one subframe. The transmission method may further comprise a step of receiving feedback information on the channel state information reference signals from the terminal. | 11-28-2013 |
20130322345 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - In one embodiment, the method of allocating network resources by a base station of a network includes allocating at least two blocks of an uplink channel of the network to a direct communication link between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE. The method further includes determining that a rate of data transfer on the direct communication link is greater than a rate of data transfer for uplink communications between one of (i) the first UE and base station and (ii) the second UE and the base station. The method further includes re-allocating, based on the determining, at least one of the at least two uplink blocks allocated to the direct communication link to at least one of uplink communications by the first UE, the second UE, or other UEs with the base station. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322346 | POOLED TRANSPORT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS IN A 3GPP LTE NETWORK - Presented are methods and apparatus for decoupling transport and control (T&C) functions from a plurality of eNBs and collecting the T&C functions in a centralized entity for managing the T&C functions for a larger pool of eNBs. An enhanced interface and protocol is defined for allowing the new T&C pool entity to communicate with the eNBs over a shared IP based network. The redistributed functionality provides for optimizing both data compression capabilities and security by compressing data earlier in its transmission path and by encrypting data before it is sent to an eNB. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322347 | LEVERAGING MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES SIMULTANEOUSLY - Systems and method are provided that allow a mobile device to communicate over multiple access technologies at the same time, including a cellular access technology, such as LTE, and via an untrusted WLAN access. The untrusted access is initiated via internet key exchange. The mobile device uses the same IP address over both access technologies. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322348 | CHANNEL SWITCHING SCHEME FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In a channel switching scheme for wireless communication, when a wireless device transmitting and/or receiving user data of a first type via a first channel needs to switch to transmitting and/or receiving user data of a second type, a second channel is established for the second type of user data. To reduce latency and interference that may otherwise be associated with such a switch, at least one parameter for communicating on the second channel is sent over the first channel. The wireless device that receives the parameters(s) may immediately commence taking action to switch to the second channel. In addition, the wireless device that sent the parameter(s) may concurrently tear down the first channel while establishing the second channel. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322349 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR PAYLOAD SEGMENTATION OF WIRELESS PACKET DATA TRANSMISSIONS - The method includes determining a minimum number of resource blocks that can be assigned to a user equipment for delay sensitive traffic; determining a maximum number of resource blocks for allocation to data based on a transmit power setting; allocating a number of resource blocks to the uplink data transmission based on the minimum number of resource blocks and the maximum number of resource blocks for segmentation as segmented data; predicting a Signal to Noise+Interference ratio (SINR) based on the allocated number of resource blocks; assigning a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) to a wireless transmission based on the predicted SINR and a threshold MCS; and transmitting scheduling information to the user equipment, the scheduling information including the allocated number of resource blocks and the assigned MCS. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322350 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BIT-LEVEL PDSCH MUTING AND/OR RECEIVER PUNCTURING IN LTE-ADVANCED HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A base station (BS) comprises: an interface to receive radio resource management (RRM) measurement from user equipment on received reference signal (RS) strength for each BS of one or more other BSs in a surrounding area of the user equipment; an X2 interface to receive transmission information of almost blank subframes and corresponding cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource element (RE) locations from the one or more other BSs; and a controller to manage bit-level PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) muting information, which includes identifying PDSCH resource elements (REs) that suffer the most from CRS interference arising from other BSs and that are to be subjected to bit-level muting, and allocating to the identified REs a number of bits less than the number of bits allocated to normal REs, and to transfer data with the two levels of bit allocations to various PDSCH REs to the user equipment. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322351 | UPLINK DOWNLINK RESOURCE PARTITIONS IN ACCESS POINT DESIGN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in which information indicating a partitioning between uplink and downlink resources is received, and communication with an access point to determine at least one of whether a downlink resource will be used for uplink or whether an uplink resource will be used for downlink is performed. Accordingly, a synchronous network may be provided where partitioning of uplink-downlink resources may be dynamically selected, which is more efficient than a synchronous network where uplink-downlink resource partitioning is global and semi-static. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322352 | PUCCH RESOURCE ALLOCATION WITH ENHANCED PDCCH - Embodiments of the present disclosure include methods, apparatuses, and instructions for receiving at a user equipment (UE) of a third generation partnership project (3GPP) network an offset value selected from a plurality of offset values in downlink control information. The UE also receives one or more enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The UE may then determine an allocation of an uplink resource for a transmission on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) based at least in part on the index of a first eCCE and the offset value. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322353 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of communicating control information, performed by a communication device in a mobile telecommunication system in which each of a plurality of communication devices are allocated plural orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) resource allocation, includes receiving, in a control channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a resource allocation including frequencies of a shared data channel, and receiving, in the identified resource allocation including frequencies of the shared data channel, from a base station and over an E-UTRA air interface, control information identifying a further resource allocation including frequencies to be used for the transmission of data in the shared data channel. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322354 | CROSS-DOMAIN MULTI-MEDIA RESOURCE IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - The invention provides a cross-domain multi-media resource identification system and a method thereof The method includes: the first router transmits the first equipment list of the first LAN to the second router; the second router transmits the second equipment list of the second LAN to the first router; a first electronic device transmits a read request to the second router through the first router when the first electronic device in the first LAN intends to obtain a specific multi-media file of a second electronic device in the second LAN; the second router returns a text message file to the first router; the first router converts the specific internal internet address into an actual external internet address according to the text message file; the first electronic device plays the specific multi-media file according to the actual external internet address. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322355 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal, in which a plurality of serving cells is established, to transmit uplink control information in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the following steps: receiving at least one physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a first subframe via a first serving cell from among the plurality of serving cells in a first subframe; receiving at least one physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) via at least one serving cell from among the plurality of serving cells in the first subframe based on said at least on PDCCH; and transmitting, in a second subframe, an acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) which indicates whether or not a decoding for said at least one PDSCH has succeeded. The ACK/NACK is transmitted using a first resource through only the first serving cell, and transmitted using a second resource in the second subframe if said at least one PDSCH is received through two or more serving cells from among the plurality of serving cells. The first resource is dynamically allocated through the PDCCH which schedules the first serving cell, and the second resource is designated in advance. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322356 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for allocating a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) is discussed. The method includes allocating a CDM group according to a cyclic prefix type in consideration of a ratio of the numbers of necessary CDM groups according to spreading factors, and allocating a PHICH to the allocated CDM group. The PHICH includes an ACK/NACK signal multiplexed by code division multiplexing (CDM). Therefore, resources for PHICH transmission are efficiently allocated and a transmission structure can be maintained irrespective of a spreading factor. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322357 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Technology to support Hybrid Automatic Retransmission re-Quest (HARQ) for Carrier Aggregation (CA) is disclosed. For example, a device, at a processor residing on a User Equipment (UE), includes a sizing module and a window module. The sizing module can be configured to determine a first size of a first bundling window for a first Component Carrier (CC) and a second size of a second bundling window for a second CC. The window module can be configured to: generate a first virtual window comprising a selected number of DownLink (DL) sub-frames in the first bundling window that are added to DL sub-frames in the second bundling window; and generate a second virtual window comprising remaining DL sub-frames from the first bundling window that are not added to the first virtual window. The selected number of DL sub-frames can be proportional to a difference between the first size and the second size. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322358 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Technology to support mapping for Hybrid Automatic Retransmission re-Quest (HARQ) for Carrier Aggregation (CA) is disclosed. One method can include a user equipment (UE) identifying, within a radio frame, a type 2 DownLink (DL) sub-frame within a virtual bundling window associated with a Secondary Component Carrier (SCC). The type 2 DL sub-frame can be virtually moved from a Primary Component Carrier (PCC) for HARQ-ACKnowledge (HARQ-ACK) multiplexing of the virtual bundling window. The UE can extract a Component Carrier Element (CCE) number for a first CCE used by a Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) transmission corresponding to the type 2 DL sub-frame. The UE can determine a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) resource for carrying a HARQ-ACK multiplexing message based on the CCE number when a PCC window size of the PCC is greater than an SCC window size of the SCC. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322359 | Performing Power Control Based On Nominal Packet Size - Performing power control by determining a maximum required signal-to-interference plus noise ratio for a nominal packet size of a received data signal, wherein the maximum required signal-to-interference plus noise ratio corresponds to a quantity of physical resource blocks used for the nominal packet size of the data signal. A received signal-to-interference plus noise ratio of the received data signal is compared with the maximum required signal-to-interference plus noise ratio. In response to the received signal-to-interference plus noise ratio exceeding the maximum required signal-to-interference plus noise ratio, power control is performed for the data signal to reduce the received signal-to-interference plus noise ratio. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322360 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING A STATIONARY USER TERMINAL IN A NETWORK - A method and apparatus are provided that may enable the facilitation of using a mobile terminal as a mobile gateway to integrate with a machine-to-machine (M2M) network. Communication with a user terminal that is stationary may therefore be optimized or simplified by providing mechanisms by which the user terminal may communicate its stationary status to the network. The network may then adjust communication configurations involving the user terminal based on the knowledge of the user terminal's status. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322361 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for efficient feedback in a wireless communication system that supports multiple antennas. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting channel status information, CSI, for a downlink transmission through uplink comprises: generating a rank indicator (RI), a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a second PMI anc channel quality indicator (CQI) as the CSI for the downlink transmission; and transmitting at least one of the RI, the first PMI, the second PMI and the CQI according to a predetermined order, wherein, when the RI or the first PMI is dropped, the CSI following the dropped CSI is generated based on a RI or a first PMI transmitted previously, wherein a precoding matrix used for the downlink transmission is determined based on a combination of the first PMI and the second PMI. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322362 | Communication System, Transmitting Device, Receiving Device, and Communication Method - There is provided a communication system capable of achieving a high usage efficiency of frequencies without the need for cooperation of multiplexed users. A communication system communicates over frequency channels set by dividing a frequency bandwidth assigned to the system allows interference between channels by overlapping the adjacent frequency channels with each other in the frequency domain, or a transmitting and receiving device, which transmits and receives a signal by allowing the interference between symbols at a waveform level for each channel to decrease the occupied bandwidth, is provided with ICI removal and ISI compensation filter | 12-05-2013 |
20130322363 | NARROW BAND PARTITIONING AND EFFICIENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR LOW COST USER EQUIPMENTS - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques that may be utilized to perform communications using narrow bands partitioned from available bandwidth. In some cases, a base station may select at least one narrow band, from a number of narrow bands partitioned from an available system bandwidth, for communications with a user equipment (UE), signal information regarding the selected narrow band to the UE, and communicat with the UE using the selected narrow band. The UE may receive the information regarding the selected at least one narrow band, and communicate with at least one base station using the at least one narrow band. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322364 | METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - Embodiments of a method and a mobile communications device utilizing the same are provided. The method is implemented in a mobile communications device, including retrieving a first data from a TPC field of a slot of a radio frame from a downlink dedicated physical channel (DL DPCH), decoding an uplink TPC command based on the first data, and estimating a signal quality based on the first data. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322365 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING SERVICE INTERRUPTION - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for mitigating service interruption that occurs due to a change in the IP address of a UE that is receiving a service under control of a Policy and Charging Control (PCC) architecture. According to these methods, a Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) of the PCC architecture is configured to determine when a change in the IP address of the UE is imminent, and to take temporary actions to mitigate the service interruption perceived by the user of the UE. The PCRF is also configured to trigger a notifications intended for at least one of the UE and any Application Function (AF) that is providing the service to the UE that a change in the IP address of the UE will occur imminently. The UE and AF are therefore also able to anticipate the change in the IP address and take action to mitigate the service interruption perceived by the user prior to the change in the IP address taking place. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322366 | Control of Data Flows over Transport Networks - A method of preparing data packets for transport over a telecommunications transport network is disclosed. The data packets relate to different ones of a plurality of services. The method includes inspecting each of the data packets to identify the service to which the data packet relates. The identified service of the packet is mapped to a Quality of Service (QoS) type. A bandwidth profiling scheme is applied to the data packets, the profiling scheme identifying and marking each data packet according to whether or not the data packet conforms with a predetermined committed information rate for the QoS type. The marked data packets are forwarded for transport through the transport network. Related devices are also disclosed. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322367 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING NETWORK ENTRY PROCEDURE IN CLOUD CELL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing a network entry procedure by a Mobile Station (MS) in a cloud cell communication system is provided. The method includes determining whether there is an arbitrary cloud cell member candidate Base Station (BS) as a cloud cell member candidate BS which has transmitted a downlink synchronization signal with a signal strength, if there is the arbitrary cloud cell member candidate BS, determining the arbitrary cloud cell member candidate BS as a final cloud cell member candidate BS which will perform a cooperative communication with the master BS, transmitting an access request message including information on the final cloud cell member candidate BS to the master BS, and receiving an access response message including information on a cloud cell member BS from the master BS. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322368 | TERMINAL APPARATUS TRANSMITTING SIGNAL CONTAINING PREDETERMINED INFORMATION - An RF unit and a modem unit receive a packet signal, containing information regarding a frame construction, which is transmitted from a base station apparatus in a first period of a frame at least including first periods and second periods. An extraction unit identifies the second period in the frame, based on the received packet signal. A setting unit sets a waiting time period in the identified second period. A carrier sensing unit carries out carrier sensing over the waiting time period set by the setting unit. The modem unit and the RF unit broadcast the packet signal based on a result of the carrier sensing. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322369 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR TERRESTRIAL CLOUD BROADCAST AND A METHOD OF RECEIVING THE SAME - A transmitting/receiving apparatus and method for separating multiple broadcast signals in a terrestrial cloud broadcast service are provided. A method of transmitting a terrestrial cloud broadcast signal by a terrestrial cloud broadcast signal transmitting apparatus may include generating the terrestrial cloud broadcast signal based on a frame structure for terrestrial cloud broadcast, the frame structure including a plurality of sub-frames, wherein a first sub-frame of the sub-frames includes two or more preamble symbols and transmitting the generated terrestrial cloud broadcast signal. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322370 | SIGNALING REDUCED USER EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for signaling reduced user equipment (UE) feature support in wireless networks. A UE may retrieve a performance capability of the UE in relation to a feature of a wireless communication system for which a minimum performance capability is specified by a wireless communication standard. The UE may accordingly signal to a base station a capability of the UE to support the wireless communication feature at a reduced level that is below the minimum performance capability specified by the wireless communication standard, and communicate with the base station using the feature at the reduced level based on an indication from the base station. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322371 | AUTHORIZED SHARED ACCESS CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH SENSING - A method for managing spectrum resources by a network node in a wireless communication system may include determining an availability of a first channel of a spectrum, and assigning a second channel to a secondary carrier in response to determining that the first channel is available. In the alternative, or in addition, the method may include unassigning the second channel to the secondary carrier in response to determining that the first channel is unavailable. The spectrum may be, or include, Authorized Shared Access (ASA) spectrum. The method may be performed by one or more nodes of a network that is a secondary user of the spectrum. The channel may be deemed unavailable when in use by a primary user of the ASA spectrum. A wireless communication apparatus include a processor coupled to a memory holding instructions for execution by the processor to cause the apparatus to perform operations as described above. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322372 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING PHYSICAL CHANNELS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A physical channel transmission method using inter-eNB carrier aggregation is provided for improvement of peak data rate and system throughput in a wireless communication system. The physical channel transmission method of a terminal in a communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes receiving carrier aggregation configuration information from a network; aggregating a plurality of carriers according to the carrier aggregation configuration information; and transmitting an uplink control channel on a common uplink frequency on which a plurality of base stations join the carrier aggregation. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322373 | TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmission method and apparatus are provided for use in a wireless communication system in which a cell includes a plurality of sub-cells. A Transmission Point (TP) in the wireless communication system includes a transmitter configured to transmit a signal to each of the plurality of sub-cells through a plurality of antennas; a receiver configured to receive uplink control information from a User Equipment (UE) located within at least one of the plurality of sub-cells; and a controller configured to determine a virtual matrix for each of the plurality of sub-cells, to select a precoding matrix according to the virtual matrices of the plurality of sub-cells, to determine a cooperative transmission mode or a normal transmission mode, based on the received uplink control information, and to control the transmitter to perform downlink transmission on a sub-cell basis through the virtual matrices of the sub-cells according to the determined transmission mode. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322374 | INTERFERENCE CONTROL FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A wireless communication network may include multiple cells for communicating with a WTRU. One cell may be a macrocell, while another may be a small cell, such as a picocell or a femtocell. Interference control may be performed for controlling communications performed by multiple cells. Inter-cell interference in the downlink and/or uplink may be addressed by time domain resource partitioning. A control channel may be precoded separate from other uplink channels in beamforming. Multiple blank subframes may be included in communications to reduce interference with other communications on the network. Control channel power may be controlled based on WTRU measurements. Transmission power on the control channel may be adjusted based on a difference between a serving cell measurement and a non-serving cell measurement taken at the WTRU. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322375 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF COOPERATING WITH MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of cooperating with a plurality of base stations in a wireless communication system. A cloud cell is configured with a plurality of base stations that cooperate with each other for a mobile station and synchronizes user contexts for serving the mobile station among the plurality of base stations included in the cloud cell, and the plurality of base stations cooperate with each other to provide a communication service to the mobile station. The present disclosure reduces generation of a handover when the mobile station moves between base stations, and increases the data yield of the mobile station by transmitting and receiving data in cooperation with base stations in a cloud cell at a shaded area or a cell border. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322376 | COMMUNICATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) OF MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS - Embodiments contemplate methods and systems for determining and communicating channel state information (CSI) for one or more transmission points (or CSI reference signal resources). Embodiments further contemplate determining transmission states may include applying at least one CSI process for channel state information (CSI) reporting. Embodiments also contemplate aperiodic and/or periodic reporting of one or more report types (e.g., rank indicator (RI)) of CSI, perhaps based on one or more reporting modes that may be configured for each of the one or more CSI process. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322377 | Method and System for Providing Bandwidth Allocation and Sharing in a Hybrid Wired/Wireless Network - A method for managing resources in a hybrid wired/wireless local area network (LAN) includes reserving bandwidth for a network device. The reserving of the bandwidth is based, at least in part, on a device hierarchy established within the hybrid LAN. The hierarchy is utilized for one or more of bandwidth reservation, bandwidth sharing, and/or bandwidth allocation within the hybrid LAN. In response to a communication session associated with the network device, at least a portion of the reserved bandwidth may be allocated for use by the network device. The at least a portion of the reserved bandwidth may be used during the communication session. A request for bandwidth may be received by one or both of the network device and/or a second network device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322378 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING UPLINK/DOWNLINK SCHEDULING INFORMATION, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING UPLINK/DOWNLINK SCHEDULING INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for sending uplink/downlink scheduling information, and a method and an apparatus for receiving uplink/downlink scheduling information. The method for sending downlink scheduling information includes: determining, in downlink subframes on a second carrier, a first downlink subframe, in which at time corresponding to the first downlink subframe, a subframe on a first carrier is an uplink subframe; and sending, on a fifth downlink subframe on the first carrier, downlink scheduling information corresponding to the first downlink subframe on the second carrier to a terminal, in which time corresponding to the fifth downlink subframe is before the time corresponding to the first downlink subframe. The present invention achieves the purpose of performing uplink and downlink scheduling on a second carrier through a first carrier bearing a PDCCH. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322379 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system is disclosed. The wireless communication system performs data transmission using spatially multiplexed streams from a first terminal including N antennas to a second terminal including M antennas (N and M are integers larger than or equal to 2 and N>M). | 12-05-2013 |
20130322380 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In performing SVD-MIMO transmission, a set-up procedure is simplified while assuring a satisfactory decoding capability with a reduced number of antennas. A transmitter estimates channel information based on reference signals sent from a receiver, determines a transmit antenna weighting coefficient matrix based on the channel information, calculates a weight to be assigned to each of components of a multiplexed signal, and sends, to the receiver, training signals for respective signal components, the training signals being weighted by the calculated weights. On the other hand, the receiver determines a receive antenna weighting coefficient matrix based on the received training signals. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322381 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RANDOM ACCESS REQUEST AND TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - A base station transmits a random access response in response to a random access request (random access preamble) of a user equipment. The random access response includes information about a time when the random access request is transmitted and sequence number information of the random access request (random access preamble). The user equipment checks whether the received random access response is the response of the random access request transmitted by the user equipment, using the information about the time when the random access request transmitted and the sequence number information included in the received random access response. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322382 | Radio Resource Configuration - A base station transmits first scheduling information on a first control channel for a first packet communicated with a first wireless device. First radio resources of the first control channel start from the first OFDM symbol of each subframe. The base station transmits a radio resource control (RRC) message causing configuration of second radio resources of a second control channel in a second wireless device. The second radio resources comprise resource blocks in a subset of subframes. The base station transmits second scheduling information on the second control channel for a second packet communicated with the second wireless device. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322383 | TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS DEVICE - A wireless device receives a command for transmission of a random access preamble on a first cell. The wireless device transmits the random access preamble in parallel with a first packet and/or at least one second packet. If a total calculated transmission power exceeds a predefined value, the wireless device adjusts transmission power of one or more of the at least one parallel uplink transmission considering a higher priority for the transmission power of the random access preamble. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322384 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING A HAPPY BIT ON AN E-DCH DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) determines (1) whether the WTRU is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current Serving_Grant, (2) whether the WTRU has enough power to transmit at higher data rate, and (3) based on a same power offset as a currently selected E-DCH transport format combination (E-TFC), whether total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) would require more than predetermined period to be transmitted with the current Serving_Grant.times.a ratio of active processes to a total number of processes. If criteria (1)-(3) are met, the WTRU sets the happy bit to “unhappy.” If MAC-i/is is configured, the WTRU evaluates criteria (2) by identifying an E-TFC that has a transport block size at least x bits larger than a transport block size of the currently selected E-TFC, and determining whether the identified E-TFC is supported based on a same power offset as the currently selected E-TFC. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322385 | OPTIMIZATION OF THE PRESENCE INFORMATION REFRESH FOR A WIRELESS DEVICE - The various embodiments include methods implemented by a first mobile device for updating presence information for a second mobile device stored in memory of the first mobile device when the first mobile device determines that a calculated update quantification exceeds a particular threshold value. In an embodiment, the first mobile device may select one channel from a plurality of available communication channels in response to determining that the update quantification exceeds a threshold value. In a further embodiment, the first mobile device may update the presence information of the second mobile device via that selected channel. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322386 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING AN UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A SINGLE CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for accessing a contention-based uplink random access channel (RACH) in a single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) system are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) randomly selects a RACH subchannel and a signature among a plurality of available RACH subchannels and signatures. The WTRU transmits a preamble using the selected signature via the selected RACH subchannel at a predetermined or computed transmission power. A base station monitors the RACH to detect the preamble and sends an acquisition indicator (AI) to the WTRU when a signature is detected on the RACH. When receiving a positive acknowledgement, the WTRU sends a message part to the base station. If receiving a negative acknowledgement or no response, the WTRU retransmits the preamble. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322387 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing a random access procedure by a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system includes transmitting a preamble for identifying the UE, through a first message; receiving a second message from an Evolved Node B (ENB) in response to the first message, the second message including uplink (UL) transmission resource information for transmitting at least one of a transparent Radio Resource Control (RRC) message which is an RRC message that a UE having no RRC control connection transmits for the first time, and Buffer Status Report (BSR) information indicating an amount of UL data; setting a format indicator indicating if the transparent RRC message or the BSR information is included in a third message; and generating the third message according to the set format indicator, and transmitting the generated third message according to the UL transmission resource information. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322388 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND TERMINAL RELAY METHOD - Disclosed are a method for checking whether D2D communication between devices for performing D2D communication is possible, and a method for estimating the proximity of devices to base stations and the proximity of devices to one another for reusing wireless resources in device-to-device communication and terminal relay communication. The method according to the present invention may enable the verification of whether D2D communication is possible between devices to establish a D2D connection, and may enable the wireless resources allocated to a cellular link and to other D2D links to be reused. Further, the method of the present invention may enable variations in a link state caused by terminal mobility to be handled, as well as D2D communication between new UEs and D2D communication between a new UE and a legacy UE, to be handled. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322389 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention has an object to provide a communication system capable of appropriately providing services while improving a data rate using carrier aggregation. In Step ST | 12-05-2013 |
20130322390 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIATING X2 INTERFACE SETUP IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a transport network layer (TNL) address in a wireless communication system is provided. A home eNodeB (HeNB)/X2-proxy determines a TNL address and an eNB ID to be transmitted in a configuration transfer message based on an indication whether a direct X2 interface or an indirect X2 interface is to be established between a macro eNB and a HeNB. Or, in case that the direct X2 interface between the macro eNB and the HeNB is not available, the HeNB GW/X2-proxy modifies the TNL address of the HeNB and the eNB ID of the HeNB in the configuration transfer message into a TNL address of the NeNB GW/X2-proxy and an eNB ID of the HeNB GW/X2-proxy | 12-05-2013 |
20130322391 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) in a carrier aggregation system wherein a plurality of serving cells is aggregated. The method comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink signal through at least one of the serving cells; generating first UCI and second UCI responding to the downlink signal; transmitting the first UCI through a first serving cell; and transmitting the second UCI through a second serving cell. The first serving cell and the second serving cell are different from each other, and the first UCI and the second UCI are different kinds of uplink control information than each other. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322392 | MICRO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce interference from a macro base station to a small transmission power node. The present invention is characterized in providing a micro base station which forms, in a macro cell where a macro base station transmits a signal to a macro terminal, a micro cell where the micro base station transmits a signal to a micro terminal under control with low power, and this micro base station generates a PDCCH which includes downlink or uplink resource allocation information, and, in a non-transmission period in which the macro base station stops transmitting signals while leaving minimal quality measurement signals, shifts the transmission starting symbol of the PDCCH to a position where the PDCCH does not overlap the quality measurement signals. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322393 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio base station apparatus which can acquire CSI reports at appropriate times, and which can trigger CSI reports effectively. The radio base station apparatus of the present invention has: a PDCCH signal generating section ( | 12-05-2013 |
20130322394 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND USER DEVICE - A base station device eNB according to the embodiment is provided with a Capability signal reception unit | 12-05-2013 |
20130322395 | A FIRST NETWORK NODE AND A SECOND NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN - A method in a second network node ( | 12-05-2013 |
20130322396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COORDINATING INTERFERENCE ON USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method an apparatus for coordinating interference on a user equipment, the user equipment being served by a serving base station and interfered by an interfering base station. The method comprising steps of requesting for a limited access to the interfering base station; and responsive to an acknowledge message from the interfering base station, transmitting interference coordination information to the interfering base station. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322397 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and apparatus for transmitting control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA) is disclosed. A method for transmitting control information to a base station (BS) by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving at least one of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) from the base station through at least one serving cell configured in the user equipment, and transmitting control information regarding PDCCH reception or PDSCH reception indicated by the PDCCH to the base station. The control information is transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of a primary cell, using control information feedback timing of at least one of the primary cell and a first cell of the at least one serving cell, and the at least one serving cell uses different uplink and downlink (UL-DL) configurations. | 12-05-2013 |
20130322398 | METHOD FOR CODING AND TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel quality control information using two transmission blocks in a wireless access system that supports hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ). The method for transmitting channel quality control information according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a step in which a terminal receives a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including downlink control information (DCI); a step of calculating, using the DCI, the number (Q′) of encoded symbols required for transmitting channel quality control information; and a step of transmitting the channel quality control information via the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) based on the number of encoded symbols. | 12-05-2013 |
20130329648 | METHOD PROVIDING ADHOC NETWORK STATE TO SUPPORT DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING - In one embodiment, a computer-based system to schedule network traffic in a communication network comprises a processor coupled to a first node of a network, a memory module coupled to the processor and comprising logic instructions stored on a tangible computer readable medium which, when execute by the processor, configure the processor to receive at the first node of the network, situational awareness information from at least a second network node which is directly accessible by the first node, identify, in the first node, situational awareness information commonly known by multiple nodes across the network, generate a network schedule based on said commonly known situational information, generate a shortest path routing table from the first node to all other network nodes based on said network schedule, and route network traffic at the first node using said network schedule. Other embodiments may be disclosed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329649 | BEAMFORMED DOWNLINK COMMUNICATIONS FOR A MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - Some of the example embodiments presented herein are directed towards an eNodeB ( | 12-12-2013 |
20130329650 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION POWER OF COORDINATED TRANSMISSION DEVICES IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - A method for allocating downlink transmission power of coordinated transmission devices in coordinated multi-point transmission system includes the coordinated transmission devices receiving feedback of channel state information of sub-channels occupied by a terminal from the terminal. The channel state information includes channel phase information and channel amplitude information. Each of the coordinated transmission devices adjusts phases of their sending signals over its sub-channels respectively so as to make phase difference of the sending signals, which are received by the terminal from the coordinated transmission devices via a same sub-channel, to be minimal. Each of the coordinated transmission devices determines its power allocation proportions for the sub-channels on the basis of feedback of channel amplitude information from the terminal and the adjusted phases of the sending signals. By adapting coordinate Iterative Water filling Power Allocation Algorithm with low complexity, the capacity of the system is increased. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329651 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER FOR V2X COMMUNICATION - A technique for controlling power for V2X communication is provided. The apparatus includes a reception message analysis process configured to analyze headers of reception messages received from communication apparatuses of roadside apparatuses and surrounding vehicles located around a vehicle, a message loss checking process configured to check whether or not loss of the reception messages occurs by counting sequential numbers included in the headers of the reception messages, a density analysis process configured to analyze a density for each of communication apparatuses located in a communication radius of preset transmission power from the vehicle when the message loss checking process determines that the loss of the reception messages occurs, and a transmission power determination process configured to determine transmission power for V2X communication by deducting the preset transmission power in units of reference power according to the density when the density around the vehicle exceeds a reference value. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329652 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA FOR MULTIPLE WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNITS FOR HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK CHANNELS - Method and apparatus for multiplexing data for multiple wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) for high speed downlink channels are disclosed. A WTRU may receive a joint high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) including a common part and WTRU-specific parts. The common part includes common control information for WTRUs multiplexed in one transmission time interval (TTI), and each of the WTRU-specific parts includes WTRU-specific control information for a corresponding WTRU. The WTRU receives a high speed physical downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH) based on decoding on the joint HS-SCCH. The HS-SCCH may include a group WTRU identity shared by a group of WTRUs. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329653 | INTERFACE OF AN M2M SERVER WITH THE 3GPP CORE NETWORK - An M2M Server may be integrated into a 3GPP network. A network node, for example a Serving General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Support Node (SGSN) may include a dedicated interface with a M2M server. The interface may be called a GM2M interface. The interface may be a logical interface internal to the network node. The node may receive subscriber data and control data, wherein the control data facilitates a network control procedure and the subscriber data identifies a device involved in the network control procedure. The node may determine that the device involved in the network control procedure is a machine to machine device based on the subscriber data. The node may also send the control data to a machine to machine server using a message sent via a dedicated interface with the machine to machine server. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329654 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND METHOD - A communications system includes a mobile radio network including plural base stations to communicate data to/from mobile communications devices via a wireless access interface, and plural associated communications devices transmitting and receiving data with the base stations. Each associated communication device includes a same common identifier to establish communication sessions communicating data via the mobile radio network. The group of communications devices may communicate machine type communications for a particular application, for example in a vehicle, to report parameters that can be served by a separate communications device that reports periodically on the parameters detected by an associated sensor. With spatial proximity of the communications devices, each can receive control plane signalling data and accordingly communication of signalling data is as if broadcast to a local environment in which the group of communications devices are disposed, to save communications bandwidth proportional to a number of devices in the group. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329655 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - In a radio communication system, a downlink frequency band includes a plurality of frequency blocks including one or more carrier frequencies, and one or more frequency blocks are used for data transmission to a single user. A radio communication apparatus for use in the communication system has an evaluation unit evaluating the quality of a received signal for each frequency block and storing plurality of stored quality evaluations of the received signal, a comparison unit comparing the plural quality evaluations of the received signal, and a transmission unit transmitting a predetermined number of the quality evaluations of the received signal over an uplink control channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329656 | COMMON ORDERS FOR A SHARED CONTROL CHANNEL - A radio base station communicates with UEs on a shared control channel in a cell coverage area. A common control channel order, for transmission over the shared control channel for a group of multiple UEs in the cell, is associated with a common control channel order identifier and transmitted in the cell over the shared control channel. A UE in a shared cell coverage area receives and processes the common control channel order signal transmitted to the group of multiple UEs to detect the common control channel signal identifier. If the UE determines that common control channel signal identifier matches a common control channel signal identifier previously configured for or stored in each of the UEs in the group, then the UE processes the common control channel order and performs one or more actions in response to the processed common control channel order. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329657 | SIGNALING OF VIRTUAL CELL ID - The present disclosure provides techniques for signaling sets of virtual cell IDs available for use in communicating with UEs. Such knowledge may allow a UE to enhance processing its own downlink channels when similar downlink channels for other UEs are multiplexed within the same physical resource block (PRB). | 12-12-2013 |
20130329658 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESTRICTING CHANNEL ACCESS TO A WIRELESS STATION OPERATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH A POWER SAVING SCHEME - A wireless station includes a transceiver configured to wirelessly receive networking frames over a wireless medium, and a channel access counter configured to track a time period and signal that the time period has expired. The time period begins in response to a first networking frame of the networking frames. The first networking frame is addressed to a receiver other than the wireless station. A length of the time period is based on a first length in response to a type of the first networking frame being an acknowledgment frame type. The length of the time period is based on a second length in response to the type of the first networking frame being a data frame type. The transceiver is configured to wait to access the wireless medium until after the channel access counter signals that the time period has expired. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329659 | SCHEDULING METHOD IN MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS USING THE SAME - A method for transmitting data streams by a transmitter in a wireless communication system is provided. The transmitter performs Fourier transform for a data stream to generate a transformed stream. The transmitter repeats the transformed stream to generate a repeated stream. The transmitter maps the repeated stream on a plurality of subcarriers to generate a transmission signal. The transmitter transmits the transmission signal to a receiver. The plurality of subcarriers are selected by starting from a subcarrier having a predetermined index and hopping at a subcarrier interval. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329660 | TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The disclosure is related to transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) being independent of or separated from an uplink channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329661 | TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE DETERMINATION IN NEW CARRIER TYPE IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus detects a carrier type for receiving a signal, determines a transport block size (TBS) based on the detected carrier type, and receives the signal according to the determined TBS. The apparatus further detects a carrier type for receiving a signal, determines channel quality information (CQI) based on the detected carrier type, and transmits the CQI. The apparatus also determines a carrier type for transmitting a signal, determines a transport block size (TBS) based on the carrier type, and transmits the signal according to the determined carrier type and TBS. The apparatus further determines a carrier type for transmitting a signal, transmits the signal according to the determined carrier type, and receives channel quality information (CQI) from a user equipment (UE) based on the carrier type. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329662 | REFERENCE SIGNAL POWER IMPACT DETERMINATION IN NEW CARRIER TYPE IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The apparatus determines a first bandwidth and a second bandwidth of a cell, wherein a reference signal is present in the second bandwidth and is not present outside the second bandwidth. The apparatus receives a physical channel with at least one resource block in a subframe from the cell, the subframe including one or more symbols. The apparatus determines at least one energy per resource element (EPRE) ratio for the received physical channel based at least in part on the first bandwidth and the second bandwidth. The apparatus processes the physical channel based on the determined EPRE ratio. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329663 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus for controlling uplink (UL) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission parameters and transmissions are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may determine parameters, such as block sizes or transport format combinations, for transmission of a plurality of streams. The WTRU may adjust the transmission power to ensure that dedicated physical data channels are transmitted at the same level on both streams while using a WTRU calculated virtual grant on a secondary stream. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329664 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving channel state information for use in multi-antenna system are provided. A signal communication method of a base station having a plurality of antennas in a wireless communication system includes determining antenna ports of first and second directions based on directions of the plurality of antennas, allocating channel measurement resources for the respective antenna ports to a terminal, transmitting a feedback configuration to the terminal according to the channel measurement resources, and receiving feedback information from the terminal based on the channel measurement resource and the feedback configuration. The signal transmission/reception method and apparatus are advantageous in transmitting/receiving channel state information efficiently in the system using a plurality of antennas. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329665 | DYNAMIC UE SCHEDULING WITH SHARED ANTENNA AND CARRIER AGGREGATION - A system capacity improvement is achieved by dynamically selecting a particular antenna mode of operation from the multiple radio access technology modes. In some implementations, the system capacity improvement is achieved by dynamically generating an indication of a user equipment (UE) antenna capability during a communication connection. The UE's indication of its antenna capability is dynamic and/or is subject to change throughout the duration of the communication connection. The indication may be sent to a base station. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329666 | CENTRAL WIRELESS NETWORK SELECTION AND MONITORING FOR MOBILE CLIENT TERMINALS - A method of selecting a wireless network for a plurality of mobile client terminals. The method comprises monitoring at least one network selection parameter of each of a plurality of wireless networks in a plurality of different geographical areas, identifying a group of the plurality of wireless networks which are available for providing a network service to a first of a plurality of mobile client terminals in one of the plurality of different geographical areas, selecting at least one member of the group according to respective the at least one network selection parameter, and sending a network message instructing the first mobile client terminal to establish automatically a connection via the at least one member. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329667 | CONFIGURATION OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for configuring control channels in a mobile communication network and a mobile station. In order to suggest another improved scheme for configuring control channels, in particular control channels related to the transmission of user data the invention suggests aligning the size of the control channel information of different formats to an equal number of coded control channel information bits and/or modulation symbols for each control channel. The control channels may comprise scheduling related control information. According to another aspect of the invention, the size of the control channel information is aligned by means of modulation and/or coding, however the control channel information is aligned to one out of a set of numbers of coded control channel information bits and/or modulation symbols for each control channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329668 | Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329669 | Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329670 | Adjusting Power of a Control Channel Based on a Characteristic of a Message in the Control Channel - An entity, such as a base station, in a wireless communications network performs power control of a control channel based on one or more characteristics of a message in the control channel. For example, the control channel can be a paging channel. The one or more characteristics include, as examples, the size and/or the type of message in the control channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329671 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM FOR IP-FEMTOCELL PROVISIONED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A system, method, and computer readable medium for provisioning radio access via a femtocell system that includes integrated BTS and BSC functions are provided. The femtocell system is coupled with a packet switched backhaul and provides an IP-accessible radio access network. The femtocell system includes a session initiation protocol adapter that supports a SIP client pool and provides conversion of call set-up functions to SIP client set-up functions for provisioning of radio access to a user equipment. The user equipment may have a session initiation protocol client associated with the user equipment. The session initiation protocol client is hosted and registered with a registrar service by the femtocell system. Accordingly, telecommunication services may be directed to and from the user equipment over the packet-switched backhaul to the user equipment via the femtocell system. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329672 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - The present invention relates to a resource allocation apparatus, resource allocation method, and non-transitory computer readable medium thereof. The resource allocation apparatus adapted for a network comprising a femto base station (BS) which communicates with the femto BS and includes a storage, a transceiver and a processor connected to the storage and the transceiver. The storage stores a random function, reuse information and fractional frequency reuse (FFR) information which records an original cell ID/frequency corresponding relation of an unoccupied partition of the network. The processor selects a time partition from the unoccupied partition according to the random function and the reuse information, changes the original cell ID/frequency corresponding relation to generate a changed cell ID/frequency corresponding relation according to the FFR information; and generates an allocation message according to the time partition and the changed cell ID/frequency corresponding relation, wherein the transceiver conveys the allocation message to the femto BS. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329673 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING ACTIVATION INDICATOR REGARDING COMPONENT CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for supporting activation/deactivation of serving cells by a base station (eNB) in a wireless communication system provides decreased overhead and decreased power consumption for a user equipment (UE). The method includes configuring M supportable serving cells in the UE, configuring an indicator indicating activation/deactivation of each of the M serving cells, configuring a medium access control (MAC) message which includes a MAC control element (CE) and a logical channel identifier (LCID), the MAC CE including the indicator configured for each of the M serving cells and having a length corresponding to an integer multiple of 8 bits, the LCID indicating that the MAC CE includes the indicator indicating activation/deactivation of each serving cell, and transmitting the configured MAC message to the UE. Accordingly, a control channel or data channel regarding a component carrier is selectively received depending on whether the component carrier is activated. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329674 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ADJUST GRANULARITY IN CELLULAR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of receiving downlink signals by a user equipment in a wireless mobile communication system, includes receiving downlink control information including resource block allocation information, wherein the downlink control information is common information for plural users; detecting a resource indication value (RIV) from the resource block allocation information, wherein the RIV indicates a start index (S) of consecutive virtual resource blocks (VRBs) and a length (L) of the consecutive VRBs; and receiving the downlink signals on the consecutive virtual VRBs. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329675 | Sounding Reference Signal Transmission - A first transmission of sounding reference signals is on a first cell of a first cell group in parallel with transmission of at least one of a first random access preamble in a second cell group, and a first uplink packet on a second cell. The wireless device drops a second transmission of sounding reference signals in a symbol of the first cell if at least one of the following conditions is satisfied: a second random access preamble is transmitted overlapping the symbol in the first cell group, and a second uplink packet is transmitted overlapping the symbol in the first cell. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329676 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A MESH NETWORK USING A PLURALITY OF WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS (WAPs) - A first access point located in a first cell may be coupled to a second access point located in a second cell. Service may be initially provided to an access device by the first access point cell. The access device may subsequently be serviced by a second access point whenever a signal for the access device falls below a specified threshold level. The second cell may be a neighboring cell, which may be located adjacent to the first cell. A first signal may be transmitted from a first beamforming antenna coupled to the first access point, to the second access point via an uplink channel. Similarly, a second signal may be transmitted from a second beamforming antenna coupled to the second access point, to the first access point via a downlink channel. The uplink and downlink channels may be a backhaul channel. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329677 | FEED-FORWARD CONTROL SIGNALING AND DECODING SCHEMES - A method implemented in a base station used in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises transmitting an index indicating data stream parameters, and transmitting an indication of the number of transmit antennas at the base station, wherein the data stream parameters for 8 transmit antennas are indicated by the index according to a first table, and wherein the data stream parameters for 4 transmit antennas are indicated by the index according to a second table. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems also are disclosed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FEEDBACK FOR COMPONENT CARRIER AGGREGATION - Techniques for sending hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for transmissions received via a plurality of aggregated component carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receive a plurality of codewords via a plurality of component carriers and decodes the codewords. The component carriers are grouped into a plurality of groups, and the WTRU may generate a bundled positive/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for each group of component carriers. The WTRU may be assigned a plurality of uplink control channel resources and may implement a channel selection scheme for indicating the ACK/NACKs. The WTRU selects one of the uplink control channel resources, and sets the HARQ feedback based the ACK/NACKs or bundled ACK/NACKs in a way that a different uplink control channel resource is selected and HARQ feedback bits are set differently based on the ACK/NACKs or bundled ACK/NACKs. Each physical uplink control channel (PUCCHs) may be mapped to a particular antenna. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329679 | Subscriber Station Transceiver Allocation of Groups of Subcarriers Between a Plurality of Transceiver Antennas - Embodiments for at least one method and apparatus of a subscriber station transceiver allocating and transmitting groups of subcarriers between a plurality of transceiver antennas are disclosed. One method includes the subscriber station transceiver receiving at least one downlink signal through each of the plurality of subscriber station antennas. The subscriber station transceiver characterizes a received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. The subscriber station transceiver allocates groups of subcarriers for uplink transmission through each of the plurality of subscriber antennas, wherein the allocation is based on the characterized received signal of the at least one downlink signal over multiple subcarriers. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329680 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING A SPATIAL STREAM FOR MU - MIMO IN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a spatial stream for multi user (MU)-mulitple input multiple output (MIMO) in a wireless local area network system, performed by a transmitter is provided. The method includes transmitting, to a receiver, a management frame including group information to assign or change a position of a plurality of spatial streams corresponding to each of a plurality of groups, and transmitting, to the receiver, a frame including at least one spatial stream, where the group information includes a plurality of group indicators and a plurality of spatial stream (SS) indicators, each of the plurality of group indicators indicating whether or not the receiver is a member of each of the plurality of groups, each of the plurality of SS indicators indicating a position of the plurality of spatial streams corresponding to each of the plurality of groups. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329681 | Method and Apparatus - A method includes determining an unscheduled period in which a user equipment is configured to utilise a radio frequency different to a wireless cellular communication and providing a message including length information indicating a length of said unscheduled period. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329682 | WIRELESS CONTROL DEVICE, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL PROGRAM AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A convergence property as ability of removing inter-user interference of turbo equalization is improved in case of using a transmission method in which overlapping of a part of spectrum is allowed among a plurality of users. A wireless control device receiving a signal which is transmitted at the same transmitting timing by a plurality of wireless terminal devices, and performs a signal detection using turbo equalization, and the device includes a transmission method determination unit | 12-12-2013 |
20130329683 | METHOD FOR REMOTELY DELIVERING A FULL SUBSCRIPTION PROFILE TO A UICC OVER IP - The invention proposes a method consisting in: | 12-12-2013 |
20130329684 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - In a base station ( | 12-12-2013 |
20130329685 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In the presence of an assignment of the downlink resource block to the UE | 12-12-2013 |
20130329686 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device therefor, wherein a method for receiving a downlink control channel in a communication device having a plurality of cells in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a subframe containing a plurality of search space resources which are preset to transmit a plurality of downlink control channel candidates, wherein each search space resource corresponds to each cell; and monitoring said plurality of the control channel candidates from at least a portion of said plurality of the search space resources, for said downlink control channel, wherein among said plurality of the cells, if there are one or more specific cells in which downlink transmission is limited at said subframe, search space resources corresponding to said one or more specific cells are used to transmit downlink control channel candidates or downlink shared channels of other cells. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329687 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - When the number of the serving radio terminals UE | 12-12-2013 |
20130329688 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system operating as TDD, and a device for same. The method includes transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat request—Acknowledgement (HARQ) in a subframe n through Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), and a transmission power of the PUCCH relates to a method determined using Equation 4 or 5, and a device for same. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329689 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data from a first User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. In the method, the first UE receives uplink data of a second UE from the second UE on a first uplink subframe of an Nth frame and transmits the received uplink data of the second UE to a base station on a first uplink subframe of an (N+1)th frame and then receives feedback information associated with the transmitted uplink data of the second UE from the base station. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329690 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING DATA IN MEDICAL BODY AREA NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal transreceiving data with a base station in a medical body area network (MBAN) comprising the following steps: receiving from the base station information on an available channel list, which shows at least one available channel from a second frequency band, through a first frequency band; channel switching from one channel from the first frequency band to one of the available channels from the second frequency band based on the information on the available channel list; and transreceiving data with the base station through the available channel to which the channel is switched. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329691 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for executing a channel state information (CSI) report in a wireless communication system, and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: composing a plurality of CSI information blocks corresponding to a plurality of serving cells in a first set; and transmitting, in a first subframe, a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal including the plurality of CSI information blocks, wherein, when a predetermined serving cell with limited CSI generation is included in the plurality of serving cells, the CSI information blocks corresponding to the predetermined serving cells include a specific CSI related to a second subframe, and the second subframe is a subframe having a CSI report executed before the first subframe. | 12-12-2013 |
20130329692 | EXTENDING CARRIER ASSIGNMENT BY USE OF DYNAMIC COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method, system and computer-usable medium are provide for dynamically assigning radio resources (e.g., channels), within a context of a mobile communications network, to heterogeneous nodes such as reconfigurable eNB, Relay Node (RN) and Home eNB (HeNB) and other reconfigurable nodes to improve spectrum utilization. The dynamic assignment of channels for these nodes may be from existing spectrum bands for re-fanning, or from secondary spectrum such as TVWS. Both CA and SON procedures can be extended to enable CR and DSA techniques and improve spectrum utilization. These extensions enable dynamic allocation of fixed, non-legacy component carriers to different nodes within an operator's network, opportunistic use of white space within an operators own licensed bands; and, opportunistic allocation of available channels within TV white space (TVWS) or other dynamically available channels (perhaps in coordination with other operators). | 12-12-2013 |
20130329693 | Channel Switching to a White Space Band Through TDLS - When channel switching to a channel in a white space band is performed through tunneled direct link setup (TDLS) in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system, it is confirmed whether or not a white space band between STAs is operable by directly including white space band performance between communication target STAs and device identifier information in a TDLS request/response message. Thus, one STA performs a channel availability query (CAQ) procedure in order to obtain available channel information, and a TDLS channel switching request/response message is exchanged by selecting a target channel in an available channel. Therefore, TDLS-based channel switching to a white space band is efficiently performed. | 12-12-2013 |
20130336229 | MULTISTAGE HIERARCHICAL PACKET SCHEDULING - A system may receive a bandwidth allocation policy, may allocate first bandwidth to a first set of queues based on the bandwidth allocation policy, and may allocate second bandwidth to a second set of queues based on the bandwidth allocation policy. The system may identify a first characteristic associated with packets, and may store information associated with the packets in first queues based on the first characteristic. The system may identify a second characteristic associated with the packets, and may store information associated with the packets, from the first queues, in second queues, based on the second characteristic, the allocated first bandwidth, and the bandwidth allocation policy. The system may store information associated with the packets, from the second queues, in an output queue based on the allocated second bandwidth and the bandwidth allocation policy, and may service the packets from the output queue for delivery to a device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336230 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR OPPORTUNISTIC OFFLOADING OF NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS TO DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - In one embodiment, the method for offloading communications of a first base station includes determining that a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE are candidates for direct communications. The method further includes notifying the first UE and the second UE that the first UE and the second UE are candidates for direct communications based on the determining. The method further includes receiving a report that the first UE and the second UE are able to engage in direct communications with each other. The method further includes allocating at least one uplink block to direct communications between the first UE and the second UE. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336231 | Mitigating Ghost Signalling Effects in Radio Systems - A method in a base station, the method comprising, for a transmission time interval on the control channel: if an absolute grant is scheduled, transmitting the absolute grant; if an absolute grant is not scheduled, investigating whether at least one UE in the cell is configured for receiving on the control channel, and if this is not the case, refraining from transmitting; and if an absolute grant is not scheduled and at least one UE in the cell is configured for receiving on the control channel, the method further comprising at least one of: (i) transmitting an absolute grant for a non-configured UE in the cell; and (ii) selecting an arbitrary configured UE in the cell and transmitting an absolute grant, which was previously transmitted at an earlier transmission time interval, to the selected UE. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336232 | System And Method Of Wireless Fixed Access Using A Multiple Antenna Array - A new method is disclosed for providing wireless fixed access from an array of service antennas to a population of local terminals. In implementations, a service transceiver station (STS) performs beamform precoding using channel state information (CSI) obtained from transmissions by the local terminals, and the STS performs power allocation using slow fading coefficients which are static over the service antenna positions and over a frequency range spanning at least some carriers used for downlink transmission. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336233 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPPORTUNISTIC USER SCHEDULING OF TWO-CELL MULTIPLE USER MIMO - An apparatus and a method for opportunistic user scheduling of two-cell multiple user Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) by a base station, the method comprising: broadcasting signals through random beams to users; and receiving Channel Quality Information (CQI) from best K user set. The CQI is calculated based on all possible combinations of transmit beamforming vectors. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336234 | Medium Access Control Method - The exemplary embodiments of the invention relate to at least a method including receiving an indication that a first resource allocation to a device to transmit data was insufficient and there is remaining data to transmit by the device, based at least on information associated with the first resource allocation, determining a second resource allocation for the device, and sending the second resource allocation to the device in order to enable the device to transmit the remaining data. Further, there is a method including sending an indication that a first resource allocation to a device to transmit data was insufficient and there is remaining data to transmit, and in response to the sending, receiving a second resource allocation to the device to enable the device to transmit remaining data, wherein the second resource allocation is based at least on information associated with the first resource allocation. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336235 | FRACTIONAL APPLICATIONS PRODUCT CATALOG - A method is provided for controlling access to applications available on a second network by a plurality of client mobile communications devices on a first network, wherein the first network includes (a) a first database comprising (i) a product catalog which contains a listing of a subset of the applications available on the second network, and (ii) a set of service rules which governs access to any of the applications in the product catalog by the client mobile communications devices, (b) a second database which specifies the applications that have been activated for each of the plurality of client mobile communications devices, and (c) a network appliance which is in communication with the second database and which grants access by each of the client mobile communications devices to the respective applications specified as active for that device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336236 | METHODS PROVIDING BUFFER ESTIMATION AND RELATED NETWORK NODES AND WIRELESS TERMINALS - A method may be provided to operate a node of a radio access network communicating with a wireless terminal. The wireless terminal may be configured to provide a transmit buffer for data to be transmitted to the node during transmission time intervals, to transmit packets of the data from the transmit buffer to the node during respective transmission time intervals, and to provide buffer indicator bits with respective packets of the data during the respective transmission time intervals. The method may include: receiving a packet including data and a buffer indicator bit from the wireless terminal during a respective transmission time interval; and providing an estimate of a quantity of data in the transmit buffer at the wireless terminal responsive to a status of the buffer indicator bit. Related wireless terminals and network nodes are also discussed. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336237 | ADAPTER, BASE BAND PROCESSING UNIT AND BASE STATION SYSTEM - An adapter, base band processing unit and a base station system. The adapter includes a frame obtaining logic unit configured to obtain an uplink data frame based on a received radio frame. A frame synchronizing logic unit configured to manage a frame tag of the uplink data frame. A time feedback logic unit configured to feedback to the base band processing unit an arrival time of a downlink data frame that is received from the base band processing unit. The base band processing unit includes a time synchronizing module configured to determine generation time of a current downlink data frame based on at least an arrival time of a previous downlink data frame that was a previous feed back from the adapter. A frame synchronizing module configured to manage a frame tag of the generated current downlink data frame. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336238 | HOSPITALITY-BASED TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - An interactive hospitality facility communication system. The system includes a user application, a web server, and a communication module. The application is downloadable to a user's personal electronic device. The web server stores information and content relating to the local hospitality facility. The communication module connects the user's personal electronic device to a PBX system located at the facility. The user is thus able to communicate with both the web server and the PBX system with their device via the user application. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336239 | TELEVISION HIGH THROUGHPUT COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods of performing communication via television high throughput (TVHT) bandwidth channels are disclosed. Values of one or more physical layer parameters for use in communication via TVHT parameters are also defined. A short inter-frame spacing (SIFS) time is 120 microseconds (μs) for a 6 megahertz (MHz) or a 7 MHz bandwidth channel, and is 90 μs for an 8 MHz bandwidth channel. The parameters also include a clear channel assessment (CCA) time of 15 μs for a 6 MHz or 7 MHz bandwidth channel and 11.25 μs for an 8 MHz bandwidth channel. Additional parameters, such as compliance with a spectral flatness constraint, transmit center frequency tolerance, symbol clock frequency tolerance, transmitter center frequency leakage, transmitter constellation error, and non-HT duplicate transmission are also defined (e.g., for inclusion into a standard, such as Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11af). | 12-19-2013 |
20130336240 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WLAN INITIAL LINK SETUP - In a particular embodiment, a method includes scanning, by a mobile device, for a first wireless communication channel that is reserved for device authentication and association. The mobile device sends an authentication request to an access point via the first wireless communication channel. The method further includes receiving a reply to the authentication request from the access point. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336241 | Channel Allocation in Protected Service Areas - In described embodiments, a channel allocation system, such as a white space (WS) channel allocation system, employs a method to populate a WS database with channel availability information for areas with protected or otherwise registered service user information server. Communication characteristics of incumbent service providers licensed or otherwise registered to operate within certain frequency spectrum are plotted over a geographic area. The channel allocation system then divides the area into tiles, and determines whether each tile can be characterized for channel availability and, for those tiles that are uncharacterized, further divides the tiles into tiles of finer resolution. Based on information in the WS database, availability of channels in areas is pre-computed, and then an iterative search of areas with successively finer resolution identifies white space channels that might be included in the channel list in response to a query from a unlicensed or unregistered user. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336242 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR FLEXIBLE RF CONFIGURATOIN IN MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS SYSTEMS - An apparatus includes a baseband signal processing block, processing circuitry, and at least one radio frequency (RF) communication module communicably coupled to the baseband signal processing block and configured to communicate using a selected mode of communication in a channel. The processing circuitry is configured to detect a sub-channel band of unavailable spectrum within the channel, the band of unavailable spectrum being less than a whole of the channel. The channel includes one contiguous band of frequencies divisible into at least two non-overlapping non-adjacent sub-channels. The processing circuitry is configured to select one mode of communication selected from a plurality of modes including: a carrier aggregation (CA) only mode, a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) only mode, and a carrier aggregation multiple input multiple output (CA-MIMO) hybrid mode. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336243 | Apparatus and Method for Control Packet Transmission Scheduling During Hybrid ARQ Processes - An apparatus and method is provided for efficiently transmitting control packets, signaling messages and/or data packets. A user equipment can effectively reserve at least one process to be used for transmission of signaling messages and/or data packets. In other words, the number of processes that are used for transmission of control packets is limited. Accordingly, not all the uplink tunnels will be clogged with control packets such that no or very little signaling messages and/or data packets can be transmitted. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336244 | Method of Handling CSI Report and Related Communication Device - A method of handling channel state information (CSI) reports for a communication device in a wireless communication system comprises determining at least one field difference between a reference CSI report and at least one CSI report; transmitting the reference CSI report to a network of the wireless communication system; and transmitting the at least one field difference to the network, to transmit the at least one CSI report to the network, respectively; wherein the at least one CSI report corresponds to at least one component carrier, respectively, corresponds to at least one transmission point in the network, respectively, or corresponds to at least one coordinated multipoint (CoMP) configuration, respectively. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336245 | Multiple delivery traffic indication map (DTIM) per device within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Communications are coordinated between different respective wireless communication device groups in a multiple delivery traffic indication map (DTIM) per device signaling scheme. Different respective wireless communication devices (e.g., wireless stations (STAs)) may communicate with a manager/coordinator wireless communication device (e.g., access point (AP)) at different times and for different reasons. The manager/coordinator wireless communication device generates and transmits beacons to the wireless communication devices specifying times during which communications may be supported with the manager/coordinator wireless communication device. A restricted access window (RAW) information element (IE) within a beacon includes at least one restricted access window (RAW) to specify a wireless communication device authorized to communicate with the manager/coordinator wireless communication device. Different wireless communication device groups may communicate with the manager/coordinator wireless communication device at different periodicities, and any one wireless communication device may be included in more than one wireless communication device group. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336246 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A MAC PDU BASED ON MAC HEADER TYPE INFORMATION - An apparatus and methods for communicating in a wireless access system using a medium access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU), the method including receiving, by a mobile station (MS) from a base station (BS), a dynamic service addition request (AAI_DSA-REQ) message requesting to create a service flow, the AAI_DSA-REQ message including a first MAC header type parameter indicating a type of a MAC header included in the MAC PDU of the service flow and a flow identifier (FID) identifying a connection associated with the service flow; transmitting, by the MS to the BS, a dynamic service addition response (AAI_DSA-RSP) message in response to the AAI_DSA-REQ message, the AAI_DSA-RSP message including a second MAC header type parameter indicating the type of a MAC header included in the MAC PDU of the service flow; and communicating with the BS using the MAC PDU. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336247 | TRAINED DATA TRANSMISSION FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Various embodiments are described for a trained data transmission for communication systems. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336248 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF TRANSFERRING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SESSION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FREQUENCY BANDS - Some demonstrative embodiments include coordinating a session transfer between first and second multi-band wireless communication devices capable of communicating over at least first and second wireless communication frequency bands, wherein at least one device uses the same medium access control (MAC) address in both the first and second wireless communication frequency bands. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336249 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUP BASED TRAFFIC TO PILOT RATIO AIDED SIGNAL PROCESSING - A method, a computer program product, and an apparatus are provided. The methods and apparatus for wireless communication include receiving a transmission, the transmission including a plurality of resource element groups (REGs). Aspects of the methods and apparatus include selecting a set of REGs from the plurality of REGs, the set of REGs including at least one REG and determining a traffic to pilot ratio (TPR) for the set of REGs based on the transmission and reference signals in the transmission. Aspects of the methods and apparatus include determining whether the set of REGs includes at least one of control information or data based on the TPR and canceling at least one of control information or data from the set of REGs based on the TPR. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF FRAME SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A frame scheduling method performed by a wireless local area network (WLAN) terminal that transmits a frame in a WLAN system is provided. The method includes enqueuing a transmission target frame to a first stage queue corresponding to the transmission target frame among a plurality of first stage queues generated by recipient addresses and traffic identifiers (TIDs) of reception stations, dequeuing, by a first stage scheduler, a first frame from a queue selected from among the plurality of first stage queues and transmitting the same to one of a plurality of second stage queues, and transmitting, by a second stage scheduler, a second frame of a queue selected from among the plurality of second stage queues. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336251 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A channel access method in WLAN system is provided. The method includes receiving packets transmitted from a higher protocol layer, classifying the packets to map the packets to ACs to which the packets correspond, transmitting the packets to queues corresponding to the ACs to which the packets are mapped, among a plurality of queues by ACs, independently applying a channel access function to each of the plurality of queues by ACs by avoiding a collision among the plurality of queues by ACs, transmitting a packet determined to be transmitted first, according to the application result of the channel access function. The packet includes a first frame to be transmitted to a first terminal and a second frame to be transmitted to a second terminal. The plurality of queues by ACs are queues with respect to the first frame to be transmitted to the first terminal. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336252 | Method of Handling Downlink Control Information and Related Communication Device - A method of arranging downlink (DL) control information (DCI) for a network of a wireless communication system comprises configuring first DCI for a communication device of the wireless communication system; and transmitting the first DCI in a control region of a first physical DL shared channel (PDSCH) of a first subframe of a first component carrier to the communication device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336253 | Method of Indicating Downlink Control Channel and Related Communication Device - A method of indicating a downlink (DL) control channel for a network of a wireless communication system method comprises configuring an enhanced physical control format indicator channel (ePCFICH) according to an amount of resource for transmitting an enhanced physical DL control channel (ePDCCH) of a subframe, wherein the ePDCCH is dedicate to a communication device of the wireless communication system or to a group to which the communication device belongs; and transmitting the ePCFICH to the communication device via a plurality of bits of a physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH) of the subframe, to indicate the amount of resource for transmitting the ePDCCH to the communication device. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336254 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method capable of improving downlink and uplink throughput even when performing dynamic symbol allocation. In the device and the method, BS and MS share a table correlating a basic TF as a combination of parameters such as TB size used for transmitting only user data, an allocation RB quantity, a modulation method, and an encoding ratio, with a derived TF having user data of different TB size by combining L1/L2 control information. Even when multiplexing L1/L2 control information, Index corresponding to the basic TF is reported from BS to MS. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336255 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DECODING PDCCH IN A MULTI-CARRIER LTE-ADVANCE SYSTEM - A method and system to decode PDCCH in LTE advanced systems is disclosed. The method adds the adjacent carrier information as LTE-Advanced bits in the PDCCH. The method proposes two approaches such as circular linked list and scrambled approach in adding the adjacent carrier information in the PDCCH. These approaches provide information of all the scheduled PDCCH for an UE. A circular linked list informs the starts position of adjacent PDCCH where UE has its data. Scrambling approach has all the scheduled PDCCH information in current carrier with different scrambling code which is known by the UE. Therefore, by decoding only current carrier UE knows PDCCHs that are scheduled for its data. The method reduces the complexity to a great extent with increase in little overhead. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336256 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHICH AND GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN SYSTEM USING SINGLE-USER MIMO BASED ON MULTIPLE CODEWORDS WHEN TRANSMITTING UPLINK - The present invention relates to a method for generating an uplink reference signal in a system supporting plural uplink-access transmission modes. The method comprises: a step for transmitting the reference signal configuration information about the configuration of a reference signal from a base station to a user device through an uplink grant PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), and a step for receiving from the user device a sub-frame including the reference signal that is generated based on the reference signal configuration information. The reference signal configuration information is prepared for plural uplink access transmission modes and includes a cyclic shift value for the sequence of the reference signal. The reference signal is supposed to be transmitted to an uplink, and the user device is set up to be operated in the uplink-access transmission mode that corresponding to the reference signal configuration information. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336257 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PLCP FRAME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a Physical Layer Convergence Procedure (PLCP) frame in a Very High Throughput (VHT) Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system includes generating a MAC Protocol Data Unit (MPDU) to be transmitted to a destination station (STA), generating a PLCP Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) by adding a PLCP header, including an L-SIG field containing control information for a legacy STA and a VHT-SIG field containing control information for a VHT STA, to the MPDU, and transmitting the PPDU to the destination STA. A constellation applied to some of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex (OFDM) symbols of the VHT-SIG field is obtained by rotating a constellation applied to an OFDM symbol of the L-SIG field. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336258 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR STATE/MODE TRANSITIONING - A method and network element for sending a transition indication to transition a user equipment to a different state or mode, the method receiving a configuration message from a network; and transmitting a transition indication from the user equipment, the transition indication only includes a cause if the configuration message contains an inhibit transition indication. Also, a method and user equipment for processing a transitioning indication from a user equipment indicating the user equipment desires a transition to a different state or mode, the method comprising: receiving the transition indication from the user equipment; if the transition indication contains a cause: releasing a signaling connection of the user equipment or transitioning the user equipment to a different state or mode; and if the transition indication does not contain the cause: releasing the signaling connection. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336259 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of allocating resources in a communication system which uses a plurality of sub-carriers arranged in a sequence of physical resource blocks wherein adjacent blocks of the sequence are arranged in groups. The method includes, in a base station, determining at least one virtual resource block for allocation to a mobile communications device, signalling data identifying each virtual resource block to the mobile communications device, and mapping each allocated virtual resource block, using predetermined mapping data, onto a plurality of spaced physical resource blocks to determine the physical resource blocks to be used for communications with the mobile communications device. At least part of the predetermined mapping data defines an equation for the location of a further physical resource block, relative to a first physical resource block. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336260 | PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (PRACH) TRANSMISSION IN MULTICARRIER OPERATION - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate selecting an uplink carrier for random access within a wireless environment having multiple carriers. Selection of an uplink carrier for random access can be randomly selected from a set of available uplink carriers. Additionally, the uplink carrier for random access can be selected based upon which uplink carrier is paired with an anchor carrier. Further, the uplink carrier for random access can be identified based upon a bandwidth related to the user equipment (UE). Reference signals can also be employed in order to identify an uplink carrier to perform random access. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336261 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD USING RESPECTIVE FEEDBACK SCHEMES FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE PRE-CODING INDICATORS - A mobile station transmits to a base station a plurality of pre-coding indicators using respective feedback schemes of a plurality of kinds of feedback schemes that can be set simultaneously by the base station. The mobile station receives from the base station a downlink signal on which pre-coders corresponding to one of the transmitted pre-coding indicators have been applied, and a pre-coder confirmation representing whether the corresponding pre-coders have been applied. The pre-coders represented by the pre-coder confirmation are associated with one of the plural feedback schemes. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336262 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and an apparatus therefore, which includes the steps of selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from a plurality of uplink control channel resources, and transmitting bit values corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs using the selected uplink control channel resource. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336263 | MONITORING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Technology for allocating a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to reduce a number of PDCCH candidates in a search space for carrier aggregation on a user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The UE is configured with a carrier information field (CIF) having a communications processor to determine physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) assignments of a cellular communication system. The communication processor can monitor in a cell a set of PDCCH candidates defined in a search space S | 12-19-2013 |
20130336264 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - Techniques for protecting information elements transmitted to mobile stations from intruders. The technique can involve applying a randomized mask over an information element and then providing a scrambled cyclic redundancy check (CRC) value. A seed for the randomized mask can be different from a seed for the scrambled CRC value. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336265 | MOBILE STATION AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided is a radio communication device which can separate propagation paths of antenna ports and improve a channel estimation accuracy even when using virtual antennas. The device includes: a mapping unit which maps a data signal after modulation to a virtual antenna and a virtual antenna; a phase inversion unit which inverts the phase of S0 transmitted from an antenna port in synchronization with a phase inversion unit between the odd-number slot and the even-number slot; the phase inversion unit which inverts the phase of R0 transmitted from the antenna port; a phase inversion unit which inverts the phase of S1 transmitted from an antenna port in synchronization with a phase inversion unit; and the phase inversion unit which inverts the phase of R1 transmitted from an antenna port. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336266 | METHOD FOR PAYLOAD PART TRANSMISSION ON CONTENTION CHANNELS - A method for generating an uplink transmission burst includes using one or more symbols to define the uplink transmission burst, and forming a preamble portion and a payload portion for the uplink transmission burst. The preamble portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols, such that the preamble portion includes a signature that is defined in a predetermined signature set. The payload portion is formed using at least a portion of one or more of the symbols. Typically, at least a portion of the preamble portion and at least a portion of the payload portion are formed using the same symbol. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336267 | Communication Method and Apparatus for Carrier Aggregation System - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method for a carrier aggregation system. The communication method includes receiving physical downlink share channel PDSCH information sent by a base station through a subframe n of a secondary cell. If a subframe n of a primary cell is a downlink subframe, an ACK/NACK of the sent PDSCH information is fed back on a subframe m or a subframe p of the primary cell. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336268 | Uplink Transmission Timing - Embodiments herein relates to a method in a radio base station ( | 12-19-2013 |
20130336269 | LINK ADAPTATION IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for link adaptation within coordinated multipoint systems. In various embodiments, a mobile terminal may determine link adaptation feedback information and feed back the information to a base station. The base station may adjust a channel quality indicator of the link adaptation feedback information based on loading of nodes within a coordinated multipoint measurement set. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336270 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To effectively improve the reception quality in a pico-base station, while preventing throughput of a macro-base station from significantly deteriorating, a macro-base station (M-BS) is provided with a beam generating section ( | 12-19-2013 |
20130336271 | Apparatus and Method for Communication - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The solution includes controlling the transmission of data in slots including reference symbols, the transmission applying hybrid automatic repeat and request; applying a data interleaving pattern in retransmissions, the pattern varying the distance of units of data from the reference symbols compared to units of data conveying the same or related information in a previous transmission. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336272 | TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL INFORMATION AND POWER CONTROL METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE - An embodiment of the present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communication. Disclosed are a transmit power control and power control method, system and device for solving the problem of user equipment unable to control the power of a PDCCH when reusing a TPC command, thus decreasing the PDCCH power accuracy. The method in the embodiment of the present invention comprises: determining whether the TPC domain in a first DCI format information is a non-TPC command after a user equipment receiving the first DCI format information; when the TCP domain of the first DCI format information received by the user equipment is a non-TPC command, and after receiving a second DCI format information in the downlink sub-frame receiving the first DCI format information, using the TPC command in the second DCI format information to control the PUCCH power. Employing the method of the present invention can improve the PUCCH power accuracy and the performance of the user equipment. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336273 | APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention is designed such that, when a user terminal performs radio communication using a plurality of serving cells of different component carriers, it is possible to flexibly report aperiodic channel state information of a serving cell required on the network side among the plurality of serving cells. A radio base station apparatus transmits an uplink scheduling grant, which includes an identification field that identifies an uplink serving cell where an uplink shared channel is allocated among a plurality of uplink serving cells and a request field that requests reporting of aperiodic channel state information from a user terminal, to the user terminal, via a downlink control channel, and the user terminal reports aperiodic channel state information of a downlink serving cell that is designated by a combination of the identification field and the request field, to the radio base station apparatus, via the uplink shared channel. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336274 | Technique for Inter-Cell Interference Coordination in a Heterogeneous Communication Network - A technique for assigning transceiver devices to transmission resources for inter-cell interference coordination in a heterogeneous cellular communication network is described. The network comprises a first cell layer having a first cell associated with a first transmission resource and a second cell layer having a second cell associated with a second transmission resource disjunctive from the first transmission resource. In a method implementation, the technique comprises performing a first selection procedure to select a first set of transceiver devices served in the first cell based on the potential of causing interference to transceiver devices served in the second cell, performing a second selection procedure to select a second set of transceiver devices served in the second cell based on the potential of being sensitive to interference from transceiver devices served in the first cell, and assigning the first set of transceiver devices to the first transmission resource and the second set of transceiver devices to the second transmission resource. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336275 | MOBILE DATA COMUNICATION - A method of providing connectivity to a device having N communication interfaces and M virtual connections, each interface being connectable to a further device. The method comprises determining, for each of the interfaces, a characteristic of the interface. Respective ones of the M virtual connections are associated with respective ones of the N interfaces based upon the determined characteristics. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336276 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, TRANSMITTING DEVICE, AND PROCESSOR - A transmitting device is a transmitting device configured to transmit a signal, and is provisioned with a determination unit configured to determine whether or not to perform a frequency clipping to remove a portion of a spectrum of the signal to transmit on the basis of a control information representing a frequency band used by the transmitting device to transmit data. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336277 | MESH NETWORK CONFIGURATION IN A WHITE SPACE BAND - The invention relates to a method for efficiently configuring a mesh network in a white space band and to a device therefor. In order to configure a mesh network in a white space band, a first station, which is accessible to a geographical position database through direct Internet access, notifies at least one second station through a gate announcement frame, for which the first station itself serves as a mesh gate; at least one second station receives a first multi-hop management action frame including position information on each of at least one, mesh point that subscribes to a mesh network; and a second multi-hop management action frame including information on an available channel in the white space is transmitted to at least one mesh point. Therefore, a mesh network may be configured in a white space band. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336278 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR AN M2M DEVICE, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting/receiving control information for an M2M device, and a device for same. A method of transmitting Machine to machine (M2M) device control information from a base station in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: transmitting a first message including at least one M2M identifier (ID) field to the at least one M2M device; and transmitting at least one second message including resource allocation information for the at least one M2M device to the at least one M2M device. The first and second messages have different types of formats. | 12-19-2013 |
20130336279 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for receiving a downlink signal in a user equipment of a wireless communication system from a base station comprises the steps of receiving control information from either a downlink control channel or a legacy downlink control channel in accordance with a previously set condition; and receiving a downlink shared channel or a legacy downlink shared channel on the basis of the control information, wherein the downlink control channel is received through a data region of a subframe, and the legacy downlink control channel is received through a control region of the subframe, the control information of the downlink control channel includes allocation information of the downlink shared channel, and the control information of the legacy downlink control channel includes allocation information of the downlink shared channel or the legacy downlink shared channel. | 12-19-2013 |
20130343288 | Power Control For LTE Deployment In Unlicensed Band - Methods of power control for LTE transmissions in unlicensed bands are described. One method includes determining, at a first device (such as a LTE UE or LTE eNB), a scheduled transmission window for a LTE transmission in an unlicensed band. The transmission window indicates a time for sending the transmission in the unlicensed band. Prior to the scheduled transmission window, the method also includes determining whether a WiFi transmitter is transmitting a signal in the unlicensed band. The method also includes, in response to determining that the transmitter is transmitting in the unlicensed band, determining an adjusted transmission power for the transmission and sending the transmission (such as from an LTE UE to an LTE eNB or from an LTE eNB to an LTE UE) in the transmission window at the adjusted transmission power. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MIMO SCHEDULING - This invention discloses a method and apparatus for scheduling radio resources among service flows for services supported in a MIMO-OFDM wireless communication system. Preferably a portion of radio resources for allocation is expressed as bandwidth or slots in different units. The method comprises a first stage and a second stage of scheduling. The first stage guarantees supporting minimum data rates for different services. The second stage aims to satisfy a requirement of not exceeding maximum data rates for different services as well as to optimize the spectrum efficiency. Each stage comprises: selecting a primary flow according to prioritization of service flows; allocating a portion of resources for the primary flow; selecting one or more secondary flows if there is resource remaining available, so as to optimize spectrum efficiency when transmitting with the primary flow in the same SDMA region; and allocating a portion of resources to each secondary flow. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343290 | TABLE BASED LINK ADAPTION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TRANSMISSIONS WITH ONE CODEWORD - A radio resource management method is provided. Data for transmission is stored. The stored data is associated with user equipment (UE). A channel quality is estimated. A first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) is determined based at least in part on the estimated channel quality. A first number of scheduling blocks (SBs) required to transmit the stored data is determined based at least in part on the first MCS. The first number of SBs are a minimum of an initial number of SBs and available amount of SBs. A link quality is calculated based at least in part on a channel condition associated with the first number of SBs. A second MCS is determined based at least in part on the calculated link quality and a link quality requirement. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343291 | POWER CONTROL IN LTE-ADVANCED HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Embodiments described herein are directed to a power control scheme for Long Term Evolution Advanced (LTE-A) heterogeneous networks to reduce the interference from macro base stations (BS) to pico user equipment (UE). The embodiments described herein may be used to develop LTE-A heterogeneous networks to balance the achievable throughput between macro and pico UEs and may thereby improve the overall system performance. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343292 | WIRELESS ACCESS POINT CONNECTED TO TWO COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The disclosure concerns a method for providing communication with a mobile station ( | 12-26-2013 |
20130343293 | Methods and Systems For Scheduling Resources in a Telecommunication System - Aspects of the present invention relate to the scheduling of resources in a telecommunication system that includes a mobile terminal and base station. In one embodiment, the mobile terminal sends an initial scheduling request to a base station. Subsequently, the mobile terminal does not transmit a scheduling request to the base station unless and until a scheduling request triggering event is detected. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343294 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio transmission device and a radio communication method employ sequence length decision units which hold a correspondence in which one basic sequence length is set for a plurality of transmission bandwidths. The sequence length decision units acquire transmission bandwidth information and decide a sequence length corresponding to the acquired transmission bandwidth information. A decision is made as to which of the cyclic extension process or the truncation process is to be executed on a Zadoff-Chu sequence according to the sizes of the acquired transmission bandwidth information and the basic sequence length. Then, a difference between the transmission bandwidth and the basic sequence length, i.e., the number of possible cyclic extension/truncation symbols, is obtained. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343295 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR PROVIDING POLICY AND CHARGING RULES FUNCTION (PCRF) WITH INTEGRATED OPENFLOW CONTROLLER - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for providing a PCRF with an integrated openflow controller. According to one system, a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) is configured to determine policies to apply to network sessions or users. An openflow controller is integrated with the PCRF and configured to provide instructions to telecommunications network elements in an openflow protocol to implement the policies. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343296 | Automobile Communication Device - An automobile communication device receives a message from a peripheral device installed in an automobile. The message triggers a request to be transmitted to a server. The automobile communication device transmits the request over a primary cell group. The automobile communication device receives over the primary cell group a control message configuring a secondary cell group. The automobile communication device receives a plurality of packets over the primary cell group and the secondary cell group. The automobile communication device forwards the plurality of packets to the peripheral device. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343297 | Carrier Configuration in Wireless Networks - A wireless device receives a first RRC message configuring a plurality of cells, a primary cell group, and a secondary cell group. The wireless device receives a second RRC message to reconfigure cell group configurations. The second RRC message is configurable to cause the modification of the cell group configuration of a secondary cell without explicitly releasing the secondary cell if the second RRC message comprises mobility control information. The second RRC message is unconfigurable to cause modification of the cell group configuration of the secondary cell without explicitly releasing the secondary cell if the RRC message does not comprise mobility control information. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET IN SYSTEM PERFORMING D2D DIRECT COMMUNICATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a packet in a system performing a Device to Device (D2D) direct communication are provided. In the method, whether to transmit a small packet is determined. When small packet transmission is determined, at least one peripheral reception device is informed of whether the small packet is transmitted at a scheduling point. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343299 | METHOD FOR CQI FEEDBACK WITHOUT SPATIAL FEEDBACK (PMI/RI) FOR TDD COORDINATED MULTI-POINT AND CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIOS - Methods and apparatus of a base station (BS) communicating with a user equipment (UE) are provided. The BS transmits N channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) on N CSI-RS antenna ports, which is received by the UE. A transmission mode is configured that supports coordinated multi-point (COMP) transmissions. A channel quality information (CQI) feedback configuration requires CQI feedback without a precoding matrix index (PMI) and without a rank indicator (RI). The BS receives a CQI transmitted by the UE, which is in accordance with the CQI feedback configuration. If N is one, the CQI is calculated on a single antenna port, antenna port 7, and the single antenna port is mapped from the N equals one CSI-RS antenna port. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343300 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA - A method and apparatus of transmitting and receiving data is provided. A method of a channel state information (CSI) feedback of a mobile terminal comprises receiving, by the mobile terminal, a CSI feedback configuration configuring a CSI feedback reporting to a base station without precoding matrix index (PMI) and rank index (RI), receiving, by the mobile terminal, a CSI configuration for a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), determining, by the mobile terminal, a physical downlink share channel (PDSCH) transmission scheme based on an antenna port of the CSI-RS, determining, by the mobile terminal, a CSI based on the PDSCH transmission scheme and transmitting, by the mobile terminal, the CSI to the base station. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343301 | TECHNIQUES FOR JOINT SUPPORT OF COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) OPERATIONS AND CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for joint support of coordinated multipoint (CoMP) operations and carrier aggregation (CA). One method generally includes receiving signaling indicating a configuration, from a set of possible configurations, that defines how the UE is to communicate with one or more base stations (BSs) using coordinated multipoint (CoMP) operations on one or more component carriers (CCs) and communicating in accordance with the configuration. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a first Base Station (BS) receives control information including information related to transmission of a Reference Signal (RS) of at least one second BS from the at least one second BS which corresponds to an adjacent BS of the first BS, and transmits the RS by using a preset scheme of controlling interference based on the received control information. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343303 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method and an apparatus using beamforming in a wireless communication system are provided. The communication method includes determining a candidate user set including one or more Mobile Stations (MSs), for Multiple User-Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) transmission, transmitting beam information indicating best Base Station (BS) transmission beams of the MSs of the candidate user set to the MSs of the candidate user set, receiving Precoding Matrix Index (PMI) information indicating a PMI to be used for baseband precoding from each of the MSs of the candidate user set, the PMI information being determined based on the beam information, and transmitting a signal precoded based on the PMI information to at least one MS. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343304 | System and Method for Configuring Multiple IP Connections - In one embodiment, a method of configuring multiple per user access connections includes receiving, by an access gateway (AG) from an access point (AP), a first extensible authentication protocol (EAP) message including a first capability of a user equipment (UE) and transmitting, by the AG to an authentication, authorization and accounting (AAA) server, a second EAP message including the first capability of the UE and indication second capability of the AG. The method also includes receiving, by the AG from the AAA server, and an AAA message including a negotiated connection capability version and AAA message parameters and transmitting, by AG to the AP, a third EAP message including the negotiated connection capability version. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343305 | System and Method for Allocating Periodic Resources - A method for operating an access point includes broadcasting reservation information for a periodic group resource, assigning a resource in the periodic resource to a first station and transmitting information about the resource in the periodic group resource allocated to the first station to the first station, wherein the transmitting occurs during one of an association procedure with the first station and a reconfiguration of a resource assignment for the first station. The method also includes exchanging data with the first station during the resource in the periodic group resource allocated to the first station. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343306 | System and Method for Uplink MIMO Transmission - Embodiments are provided for efficient uplink multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) transmission and retransmission schemes. The embodiments include determining transmission rank and stream for MIMO when there are pending retransmissions on one stream. When retransmitting previously failed transmitted data at a user device, the rank and stream are determined according to a relation between a defined minimum TBS and a TBS selected for transmission according to an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transport format combination (E-TFC) selection procedure. An embodiment method includes detecting, at a user device, failed transmission of data on a secondary stream. If the selected TBS is less than the minimum TBS, then the user device selects rank-1 for retransmitting, on the primary stream, the data in the failed transmission regardless of rank indication by the network. Otherwise, the user device selects rank-2 for retransmitting, on the secondary stream, the data given a rank-2 indication. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343307 | System and Method for Contention-Free Random Access - A method for initiating a random access includes generating a first downlink control information (DCI) including random access parameters and selecting a control channel from a first downlink control channel in common search space of a first subframe and a second downlink control channel in a data region of the first subframe. The method also includes mapping the first DCI to the control channel and transmitting, by a communications controller to a UE, symbols of the first subframe including the first DCI in the control channel. Additionally, the method includes receiving, by the communications controller from the UE, a random access waveform in accordance with the random access parameters and transmitting, by the communications controller to the UE, after receiving the random access waveform, a second subframe including a second DCI in a control channel of the second subframe, where the second DCI includes scheduling information for a random access response. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343308 | METHOD FOR PHYSICAL CONTROL FORMAT INDICATOR CHANNEL MAPPING - A method of mapping symbols of a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) is described. A start position of a resource element to map the symbols for the PCFICH is determined by flooring a value, obtained by multiplying the number of resource blocks by a variable proportional to a symbol index for the PCFICH and then dividing the multiplied result by 2, wherein the resource blocks are transmitted in downlink. The symbols are mapped in the start position. Therefore, a problem of wasting resource elements or not being able to implement mapping can be solved by applying a simple mapping rule while mapping symbols of the PCFICH. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343309 | PAGING CONTROL IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method is provided that includes receiving, at a serving gateway, an uplink data packet from a UE and caching information regarding the uplink packet on a per UE basis. The method also includes receiving a downlink packet destined for the UE when the serving gateway is unaware of any bearer connection being established for sending the packet to the UE. The method further includes determining whether the downlink packet is in response to an uplink data packet recently sent by the UE prior to receiving from an MME a notification at the serving gateway that a bearer connection is established for the UE to receive the downlink packet. The method also includes buffering the downlink packet until a bearer connection is established when the downlink packet is determined to be in response to an uplink packet. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343310 | TRANSMIT ANTENNA SUBSET SELECTION FOR RETRANSMISSION - A transmit switched antenna system utilizes one of several antennas selection protocols combined with feedback from a receiving device to take advantage of time and space transmission for the same information. A transmit device transmits first information over a first subset of a set of antennas and receives and ACK or NAK from the receiver along with a channel quality indicator. If a NAK is received, the transmitter selects a next antenna subset for transmission, based on the antenna selection protocol utilized. One protocol randomly selects the next subset and does not require the channel quality indicator. Another protocol determines the next antenna subset based on channel quality history and a third protocol selects the next antennas subset based on expectation of retransmissions for different subsets. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343311 | Providing a Downlink Control Structure in a First Carrier to Indicate Control Information in a Second, Different Carrier - A mobile station receives a downlink control structure in a first carrier, where the downlink control structure indicates that control information for the mobile station is on a second, different carrier. The mobile station decodes the control information in the second carrier, where the control information specifies resource allocation of a wireless link for the mobile station. More specifically, according to some implementations, the control channel in the first carrier specifies the resource allocation for an extended control channel in the second carrier, where the extended control channel specifies the resource allocation for traffic data of a wireless link for the mobile station. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343312 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method, a device and a system for transmitting control information, which relate to the field of communication technologies. In order to feed back response information in an application scenario of dynamic TDD subframe, the present invention provides the following technical solution: determining a subframe set corresponding to uplink subframe n, the subframe set comprising dynamic subframes; determining feedback response information according to the subframe set; and sending, in uplink subframe n, the feedback response information to a base station through a physical uplink channel, wherein n is a subframe serial number of the uplink subframe. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343313 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to prevent any increase in number of blind detections and make efficient use of radio resources even when a format of downlink control information is changed in accordance with a communication environment, the present invention provides a radio communication method for generating control information by using a predetermined DCI format out of a plurality of DCI formats including a first DCI format having an uplink scheduling grant and a second DCI format having downlink scheduling assignment. When the first DCI format is extended in size, the second DCI format is added with an information field so as to have the same size as the extended first DCI format, and information to extend an existing function of the second DCI format and/or information to add a new function is added to the information field thereby to generate the control information. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343314 | Channel Configuration - The invention relates to apparatuses, a method, computer program and computer-readable medium. The method includes: configuring physical layer numerology according to a cyclic prefix length; configuring at least one of physical layer procedures according to an extended cyclic prefix length; configuring an auxiliary reference signal block for at least one slot, and controlling the placement of at least one of: a reference signal block and the auxiliary reference signal block within a slot. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343315 | Signalling a Muting Pattern to a User Equipment for Time Domain Enhanced Inter-Cell Interference Coordination - A method for controlling radio resource usage in a communications system is described. The method includes defining in a network apparatus, a muting pattern regarding uplink signals that are to be temporarily muted, wherein said uplink signals include higher layer configured uplink signals that are outside the control of a dynamic scheduler of the network apparatus. The defined muting pattern or a part of it is signalled from the network apparatus to one or more user equipment in order to control the user equipment to mute the respective uplink signals according to the signalled muting pattern. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343316 | Resource Allocation in a Wireless Communication System - The disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for allocating resources for wireless communication. In the method orthogonal resources are allocated for signalling within a coordination area including at least two radio service areas based on a first resource pattern. Orthogonal data communication resources are allocated within a radio service area of the coordination area based on a second resource pattern. A communication device can receive signalling indicating the allocation of the orthogonal resources for signalling within the coordination area and the allocation of orthogonal data communication resources within the radio service area, and transmit signalling and data accordingly. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343317 | SIGNALING FOR CONFIGURATION OF DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for configuration of downlink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) communications in a wireless communication network. A user equipment (UE) may receive channel state information (CSI) reference signal (RS) parameters, from an evolved Node B (eNB), for individual transmission points of a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) Measurement Set including a plurality of transmission points. The UE may generate CSI-RS feedback information for the individual transmission points of the CoMP Measurement Set, and may transmit the generated CSI-RS feedback information for one or more of the individual transmission points to the eNB. The UE may receive a transmission from the eNB updating the individual transmission points included in the CoMP Measurement Set. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343318 | MATCHING SUBCARRIES POWER IN A BROADBAND NETWORK COLLOCATED WITH A NARROWBAND NETWORK - In order to acquire first subbands in at least a central band of a broad frequency band, in which subbands frames are transmitted by a base station (BS | 12-26-2013 |
20130343319 | INDICATION METHOD FOR ACCESSING A CELL, METHOD FOR SELECTING A CELL, AND DEVICE - An indication method for accessing a cell, a method for selecting a cell and devices. The indication method for accessing a cell includes: broadcasting, by a base station, network access control information; wherein the network access control information is to indicate whether a cell of the base station permits access of a user equipment (UE) with a specific UE category, or access of a UE with a specific access class, or access of a UE supporting a specific service. When the examples of the present invention are employed, the access of a MTC device can be controlled, and thus system overhead is reduced. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343320 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A DMRS generator generates reference signals used for demodulation to which orthogonal codes, which are a code for one layer and a code for another layer being orthogonal to each other, are assigned. Concerning each of layers up to the predetermined number of layers, codes are assigned to the reference signals according to the same rules as assignment rules employed in a different terminal device. Accordingly, the throughput can be increased. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343321 | Radio Base Station and a Method Therein for Scheduling Radio Resources - A radio base station and a method therein are provided for scheduling a radio resource to a user equipment. The radio base station estimates a first channel quality and determines a pathloss between the user equipment and the serving radio base station and a gain based on the pathloss. The radio base station also obtains a gain of the user equipment towards of neighbouring radio base stations, and determines a fraction of the determined pathloss, based on the gain and the obtained gains. The radio base station further determines a second channel quality of the channel based on the estimated first channel quality, the determined fraction and the determined pathloss to be compensated for; and schedules a radio resource for the user equipment based on the determined second channel quality. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343322 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a receiving terminal to transmit uplink control information to a transmitting terminal in a wireless communication system. In more detail, the method for transmitting the uplink control information includes: mapping the uplink control information into at least one available symbol included in each of a first slot and a second slot of a specific subframe; applying a first orthogonal sequence corresponding to the first slot to the uplink control information mapped into the first slot and a second orthogonal sequence corresponding to the second slot to the uplink control information mapped into the second slot; and transmitting the uplink control information having the orthogonal sequence applied to the transmitting terminal. The first orthogonal sequence corresponds to the number of available symbols in the first slot and the second orthogonal sequence corresponds to the number of available symbols in the second slot. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343323 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING GROUP RESOURCES FOR M2M DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to wireless communication, and more specifically, to a method and a device for allocating group resources for a M2M device to which machine to machine (M2M) communication is applied in a wireless communication system. A method for allowing a machine to machine (M2M) device to be allocated with resources with resources in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving first information for identifying said M2M device from a base station; receiving, from said base station, group resource allocations, second information for identifying a first group to which said M2M device belongs, and third information for identifying said M2M device within said first group; and determining first group resource allocations corresponding to said second information from said group resource allocations, without using said first information, and then transmitting first data by using resource allocations corresponding to said third information from said first group resource allocations. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343324 | Carrier Aggregation in a Communication System - The disclosure relates to use of carriers for aggregation in a wireless system. A set of carriers available for use in carrier aggregation is first determined. It is then determined if at least one carrier of the set of carriers can become unavailable for use by a communication device. An indication of a configuration type of the at least one carrier is sent to the communication device, the configuration type being indicative of different behavior during a period. The at least one carrier is maintained in the set of carriers during said period. The communication device receives the indication. If a change in the availability state of the at least one carrier is determined, the communication is operated, device in relation to the at least one carrier, according to the availability state and the received indication during said period. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343325 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication method according to an embodiment of the invention includes: a step A of causing a S-GW# | 12-26-2013 |
20130343326 | TRANSFERRING OF INFORMATION IN ELECTRONIC PRICE LABEL SYSTEMS - Electronic price label system, comprising at least one base station( | 12-26-2013 |
20130343327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION USING PUCCH FORMAT 3 IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of coding and transmitting channel quality control information through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is disclosed. The method of transmitting channel state control information (CQI and/or PMI) in a wireless access system includes performing channel coding with respect to the channel state control information according to a payload size of the channel state control information, performing rate matching with respect to the channel state control information coded through channel coding according to physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 3, and transmitting the channel state control information using the PUCCH format 3. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343328 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POWER ALLOCATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In a method of allocating power to data streams in a communication system, providing (S | 12-26-2013 |
20130343329 | PARTITIONING OF FREQUENCY RESOURCES FOR TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL SIGNALS AND DATA SIGNALS IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for the partitioning frequency resources used in the transmission of control signals and data signals by user equipments in a communication system. The control signals and data signals are for periodic transmission and dynamic transmission. Also provided is an apparatus and method for user equipments to determine the first frequency unit available for the transmission of dynamic control signals, such as acknowledgement signals associated respective reception of data signals configured through a scheduling assignment by a serving Node B. The utilization of the operating bandwidth is maximized by avoiding fragmentation and facilitates the achievement of reception reliability targets particularly for control signals. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343330 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PACKETS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST - An apparatus and method are provided for operating Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) in a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving a number of HARQ processes of a persistent resource allocation and persistent resource allocation interval information; receiving data according to the persistent resource allocation interval information; calculating a HARQ process IDentifier (ID) using the number of HARQ processes of the persistent resource allocation, the persistent resource allocation interval information, and time information; and associating a HARQ process with the calculated HARQ process ID. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343331 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including: a first and second base station apparatuses which include one or more of sells or sectors respectively; and a terminal apparatus, wherein the first and second base station apparatuses and the terminal apparatus performs radio communication, the first and second base station apparatuses includes: a process unit which performs a scrambling process to a first and second transmission data respectively by using a common scrambling code when the first and second transmission data differing each of the cells or the sectors are transmitted to the terminal apparatus; and a transmission unit which transmits the scrambling processed first and second transmission data to the terminal apparatus respectively, and the terminal apparatus includes a reception unit which receives the first and the second transmission data and performs descrambling process to the first and the second transmission data by using the common scrambling code. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343332 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING COMMUNICATION SIGNAL - A method and a system transmit a communication signal. The method includes: receiving, main and diversity baseband uplink digital signals output by at least two radio remote units, where the at least two radio remote units are radio remote units to which different site addresses in a same cell correspond, one cell includes at least two radio remote units, and each radio remote unit corresponds to a different site address and at least one pair of main and diversity antennas, receives a radio signal through a corresponding main and diversity antenna, and outputs a main and diversity baseband uplink digital signal; performing combination calculation on the main and diversity baseband uplink digital signals output by the at least two radio remote units to obtain a combined baseband uplink digital signal; and performing baseband processing on the combined baseband uplink digital signal. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343333 | RESOURCE MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF OFDM SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resource between uplink ACK/NACK channel and downlink control channel supporting spatial multiplexing in an OFDM-based wireless communication system which configures uplink ACK/NAK channel implicitly using reference signals for discriminating among resource allocation spaces and physical channel resource. The method is capable of multiplexing the uplink ACK/NACK channel associated with the control channel extended by spatial multiplexing into the uplink ACK/NACK channel resource which does not support spatial multiplexing. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343334 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENHANCING FEATURES OF UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - An apparatus and method are provided for transmitting a PUSCH and a DM RS associated with transmission of the PUSCH. The method includes receiving, by a UE, a DCI format including IEs over PDCCHs based on a UE ID, where the IEs include RA and RSC information indicating a combination of a CS and an OCC for the DM RS; identifying the CS and the OCC for the DM RS using the RSC information; acquiring a DM RS sequence based on the identified CS, the identified OCC, and a CAZAC-based sequence; mapping the DM RS sequence to sub-carriers, based on the RA; performing an IFT operation based on the DM RS sequence and the sub-carriers; generating a signal for transmitting on the PUSCH by adding a CP to a result of the IFT operation; and transmitting the signal on the PUSCH. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343335 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS - Methods are described for a Node B to transmit and for a User Equipment (UE) to receive ACKnowledgement (ACK) information associated with the use of Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARM), also known as HARQ-ACK signaling, in a communication system that includes multiple downlink component carriers or multiple uplink component carriers. An HARQ-ACK signal to a UE is in response to a data packet transmission from the UE and may consist of 2 information bits when the UE has 2 or more transmitter antennas. The HARQ-ACK signal is always located in the same downlink component carrier as the scheduling assignment resulting to the data packet transmission from the UE. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343336 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING SUBFRAME, METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for configuring a subframe, a method for processing data, a base station and a user equipment, wherein, the method for configuring a subframe includes: a first base station determines a first subframe to be configured according to priority information of the subframe; the first base station configures an operating mode of the first subframe according to the operating mode of a second subframe, corresponding to the first subframe, of a second base station, such that the operating mode of the first subframe is not subjected to collision with the operating mode of the second subframe. | 12-26-2013 |
20130343337 | Radio Transmission Apparatus, Radio Receiving Apparatus, Radio Communication Apparatus, Radio Transmission Method, And Radio Receiving Method - Instead of adding control information that should be passed on to two or more RLC entities or two or more PDCP entities on the counterpart side to data respectively in two or more RLC entities or two or more PDCP entities at the sending end, control information is added in MAC entity and then distributed to two or more RLC entities in MAC entity on the counterpart side. | 12-26-2013 |
20140003353 | CHANNEL SELECTION TO MINIMIZE IMPACT ON EXISTING NETWORKS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003354 | PROVIDING A SYSTEM INFORMATION MESSAGE HAVING RETRY PARAMETER VALUES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003355 | Method and System to Configure Network Access Points | 01-02-2014 |
20140003356 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CROSS-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING DURING CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-02-2014 |
20140003357 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR BEARER ACTIVATION IN A CORE NETWORK FOR WIRELESS DEVICES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003358 | APPLICATION CONTINUITY WITH REROUTE AND RESET IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003359 | MANAGING MULTIPLE FORWARDING INFORMATION BASES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003360 | DEVICE-EMPOWERED RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT | 01-02-2014 |
20140003361 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IDENTIFYING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003362 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCH INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION | 01-02-2014 |
20140003363 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION IMD CONTROL | 01-02-2014 |
20140003364 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING CALL SETUP PERFORMANCE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003365 | SYSTEM FOR CONTINUOUSLY IMPROVING THE PERFORMANCE OF WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH MOBILE USERS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003366 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL | 01-02-2014 |
20140003367 | METHOD, DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND INFORMATION STORAGE MEANS FOR OPTIMISING ACCESS TO A WIRELESS MEDIUM IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK. | 01-02-2014 |
20140003368 | Method, Apparatus and System for Improving Data Transmission Performance | 01-02-2014 |
20140003369 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL MULTIPLEXING IN BEAMFORMED CELLULAR SYSTEMS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003370 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, NETWORK SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003371 | TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER AND IDENTIFICATION PATTERN TRANSMISSION METHOD AND IDENTIFICATION PATTERN DETECTION METHOD | 01-02-2014 |
20140003372 | ACTIVATING A MOBILE TERMINAL FROM MOBILE NETWORK SIDE | 01-02-2014 |
20140003373 | Apparatus and Method for Peer Discovery | 01-02-2014 |
20140003374 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING TTI (TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL) BUNDLING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003375 | UPLINK HYBRID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS | 01-02-2014 |
20140003376 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS AND COMMON CHANNEL RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING BANDWIDTH SCALABILITY | 01-02-2014 |
20140003377 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003378 | Radio Link Control | 01-02-2014 |
20140003379 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING CONTROL INFORMATION BY TERMINAL IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003380 | Method for Transmitting ACK/NACK Information and Method for Receiving ACK/NACK Information, User Device, and Base Station | 01-02-2014 |
20140003381 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140003382 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING AND MAINTAINING A CONNECTION BETWEEN DEVICES | 01-02-2014 |
20140003383 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES BASED ON A TRANSMISSION RANK | 01-02-2014 |
20140003384 | Sounding and Steering Protocols for Wireless Communications | 01-02-2014 |
20140003385 | Radio Resources for Data and Scheduling Information | 01-02-2014 |
20140003386 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-02-2014 |
20140010168 | SOFTWARE CONFIGURABLE DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR BANDWIDTH COMPRESSION AND TRANSPORT OF SIGNALS IN NONCONTIGUOUS FREQUENCY BLOCKS - A method for transporting communications signals includes receiving an analog IF signal at a first unit. The analog IF signal includes a first carrier having a first frequency and a first bandwidth and a second carrier having a second frequency different from the first frequency and a second bandwidth. The analog IF signal is converted to a digitally sampled IF signal having the first carrier located in a first Nyquist zone, the second carrier located in a second Nyquist zone, an image of the first carrier located in a third Nyquist zone, and an image of the second carrier located in the third Nyquist zone. The image of the first carrier and the image of the second carrier is transmitted from the first unit to a second unit, where the image of the first carrier and the image of the second carrier is then converted to the analog IF signal. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010169 | DEVICE-EMPOWERED RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT - A system and method are provided for mitigating interference between wireless access points (APs). A user equipment (UE) device uses a first set of radio resources to wirelessly communicate with a first AP and a second set of radio resources to wirelessly communicate with a second AP. The UE device then uses the first and second radio resources to communicate cooperation data between the first and second access points to mitigate interference thereinbetween. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010170 | PROVIDING FOR MOBILITY FOR FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIER SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and devices for facilitating mobility between flexible bandwidth systems and other bandwidth systems are provided. These tools and techniques that provide mobility between different bandwidth systems may facilitate supporting circuit-switched (CS) services, such as CS voice services. Some embodiments provide for determining flexible bandwidth capable devices, such as user equipment. Some embodiments involve core network redirection where a core network may direct the handling of circuit-switched services when a flexible bandwidth system does not support the CS services. Some examples provide for radio access network determined handling of CS services when a flexible bandwidth system may not support the CS services. Some embodiments provide for transitioning to a flexible bandwidth system. Some embodiments provide for transitioning from flexible bandwidth systems to non-flexible bandwidth systems that have no support for some or all CS services, other flexible bandwidth systems, and/or systems that natively support CS voice services. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010171 | Multi-Service Provider Wireless Access Point - Novel tools and techniques that can provide wireless service for multiple service providers from a single, multi-service provider wireless access point. In an aspect, a multi-service provider wireless access point might communicate with a plurality of wireless devices, each associated with a different wireless carrier, and route communications from each device to the appropriate carrier (and/or, similarly, transmit communications from each carrier to the appropriate wireless device). In this way, for example, a single wireless access point could provide service to cellphones of subscribers of a number of different carriers. Such a wireless access point can provide enhanced efficiency and reduced cost, along with the ability to provide higher service for a number of wireless carriers. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - This disclosure proposes a method to achieve D2D (device to device) communication in LTE system. Traditional communication in LTE systems is based on eNB. UEs (User Equipment) need to connect to eNB to send uplink and downlink transmission. Device to device communication is different from the traditional LTE scheme. UEs may directly connect to other UEs, sending data to each other. The disclosure provides the signaling process, based on LTE network entry procedure, to establish D2D communication in LTE system. D2D UEs send Msg1 to another D2D UE, and the recipient respond with Msg2. After the negotiation between D2D UEs, Msg3 and Msg4 are exchanged between UEs and eNB. Several embodiments are provided for the signaling of Msg3 and Msg4. The D2D data transmission may be enabled after the Msg4 or explicit data session initialization. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010173 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD - A communications device, communicating data via a mobile radio network, includes a transmitter/receiver communicating data to/from a mobile radio network via a wireless access interface, and a module storing information identifying the communications device to the mobile radio network, the stored information including a same common identifier in each of an associated group of communications devices, the common identifier to establish communications sessions to communicate data to/from any of the associated communications devices. The group of communications devices may communicate machine type communications for a particular application, for example disposed in a vehicle, to report certain parameters. With spatial proximity of the communications devices, each can receive control plane signaling data and accordingly communication of signaling data is as if broadcast to a local environment in which the group of communications devices are disposed, to save communications bandwidth proportional to the number of devices in the group. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010178 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING BEAMFORMING - An apparatus implements methods for random access in a wireless communication system using beamforming. A Subscriber Station (SS) measures a best downlink transmission beam among downlink transmission beams transmitted from a Base Station (BS), and transmits Random Access Channel (RACH) information, which includes indication information indicating the best downlink transmission beam, to the BS. The BS receives RACH information which includes indication information indicating a best downlink transmission beam among downlink transmission beams, and detects an RACH sequence and the best downlink transmission beam from the received RACH information. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010179 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PROVIDING A PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE FOR PUBLIC SAFETY - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus for use in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of performing ProSe by a ProSe-enabled UE in a cellular communication system, and apparatus therefore, in which the method comprising: establishing a connection with a network via a public safety band; transmitting a Scheduling Request (SR) signal to the network via the public safety band; receiving a first resource allocation from the network; and performing the ProSe using the first resource allocation, wherein if a condition is not satisfied, the SR signal carries a first identifier used for requesting resource of the public safety band, wherein if the condition is satisfied, the SR signal carries a second identifier used for requesting resource of a non-public safety band. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010180 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SERVICE ACCESS BARRING - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus for use in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus of performing a network access procedure, the method comprising: receiving system information including Application-based (APP-based) information set, wherein the APP-based information set includes one or more APP-based information subsets, and each APP-based information subset is used to control network access per application; and performing the network access procedure under control of APP-based information subset corresponding to an application that causes the network access procedure. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010181 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK PDSCH POWER SETTING - Methods and apparatus for transmitting power setting information in a downlink Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in a communication system. In this communication system, a plurality of methods for calculating traffic-to-pilot ratios (T2P) are established. In addition, a mapping scheme between a plurality of overhead signals and a plurality of reference signal (RS) overhead ratios, η | 01-09-2014 |
20140010184 | INSERTING VIRTUAL CARRIER IN CONVENTIONAL OFDM HOST CARRIER IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A base station communicating data to/from plural mobile terminals over plural OFDM sub-carriers within a coverage area. The base station allocates transmission resources provided by a first group of the plural OFDM sub-carriers within a first frequency band to mobile terminals of a first type and allocates transmission resources provided by a second group of the plural OFDM sub-carriers within a second frequency band to terminals of a second type, the second group being smaller than the first group and the second frequency band selected from within the first frequency band. The base station transmits control information including resource allocation information for terminals of the first type over a first bandwidth corresponding to the combined first and second groups of OFDM sub-carriers and transmits control information including resource allocation information for terminals of the second type over a second bandwidth corresponding to the second group of OFDM sub-carriers. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010185 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT NODE - A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step A of causing a UE to send a MME accommodating an E-UTRAN a “LTE Attach Request” including capability information indicating whether or not the UE supports “VoLTE communications”; and a step B of causing the MME to judge whether or not to establish an IMS APN bearer between the UE and an IMS APN on the basis of the capability information when judging that an APN of the UE is the IMS APN. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010192 | Method, System and Apparatus for Transmitting Data in Carrier Aggregation Manner - A method, a system and an apparatus can be used for transmitting data in a CA manner. A first base station currently serving a user equipment (UE), creates EPS bearers under different component carriers CC Groups for the UE. The UE sets different access stratum entities corresponding to the CC Groups to process data in the process of creating the EPS bearers. The UE determines, when transmitting or receiving data, a corresponding CC Group according to an EPS bearer that bears the data. An access stratum entity corresponding to the CC Group processes the data that needs to be transmitted or received, a site is a first base station currently serving the UE or a second base station currently serving the UE. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010193 | RESOURCE INDEXING FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN RESPONSE TO RECEPTIONS OF MULTIPLE ASSIGNMENTS - User Equipment (UE) transmits an acknowledgement signal in response to the reception of multiple Scheduling Assignments (SAs) transmitted by a base station. The SAs consist of Information Elements (IEs) including a Transmission Power Control (TPC) IE providing adjustments for the transmission power of the acknowledgement signal. The TPC IE in a first SA of the multiple SAs is used to provide the previous adjustments and the TPC IEs in the remaining of the multiple SAs are used to provide an indication of the resource used for the transmission of the acknowledgment signal. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010198 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER - An apparatus is disclosed for determining a gain factor of an E-DPDCH in a compressed mode. In disclosure, the E-DPDCH gain factor in the compressed mode is determined according to the number of E-DPDCHs used for initial transmission of data. With the determined E-DPDCH gain factor, the transmission power of the E-DPDCH can be accordingly determined. As the E-DPDCH gain factor in compressed mode is determined according to the number of the E-DPDCHs for initial transmission of data, the gain factor of the E-DPDCH in compressed mode can be determined accurately, and thus the transmit power of the E-DPDCH can be determined accurately according to the E-DPDCH gain factor in the compressed mode. Therefore, the waste of transmit power of the E-DPDCH is reduced, and thus the system capacity is improved. | 01-09-2014 |
20140010199 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes configuring a number of resource elements for transmitting the information data; generating coded information data having a specific bit size by applying RM coding to the information data; performing rate matching to the coded information data so that the rate-matched information data can correspond to the configured resource elements; and transmitting the rate-matched information data by using the configured number of resource elements, where a minimum value Q′ | 01-09-2014 |
20140016567 | Securing Transmit Openings - A technique for securing transmit opening helps enhance the operation of a station that employs the technique. The technique may facilitate low latency response to a protocol data requester, for instance. In one aspect, the technique provides a way for the protocol data responder to hold its transmit opening to transmit the protocol response data to the protocol data requester. The technique may allow the protocol data responder to hold the transmit opening until the protocol response data is ready and available for the protocol data responder to send. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016568 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING CHANNEL SWITCHING - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided to facilitate synchronization of one or more stations with an access point when the stations have awakened from a sleep period. In the context of a method, a channel switch announcement is caused to be provided on a first channel that indicates that an access point is to switch to a second channel. The method also provides for the access point to switch to the second channel and, following switching of the access point to the second channel, the method causes a post-announcement to be provided on the first channel indicating that the access point previously switched to the second channel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016569 | System and Method for Online Sign Up Provider Selection - A mobile station selects a provider such as an online sign up (OSU) provider by receiving a pre-association message including OSU selection information from a Wi-Fi network component, such as an access point in communication with the OSU provider, and sending a selection of an OSU provider in accordance with the OSU selection information to the network component. The OSU selection information excludes identification of the OSU network provider or resource, but provides other attributes to the user, such as price or service configuration. The pre-association message may be transmitted as a beacon or using ANQP. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016570 | System and Method for Dynamically Configurable Air Interfaces - A method of transmitting includes categorizing a transmission between the first device and a second device as one of a plurality of transmission types, and selecting an air interface from a plurality of air interface candidates in accordance with the transmission as categorized. The method also includes sending the transmission to the second device using the selected air interface. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016571 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FREQUENCY INTERLEAVING FOR WHITESPACE TRANSMISSION - Systems, methods, and devices to communicate in a white space are described herein. In some aspects, wireless communication transmitted in the white space authorizes an initial transmission by a device. The wireless communication may include power information for determining a power at which to transmit the initial transmission. The initial transmission may be used to request information identifying one or more channels in the white space available for transmitting data. In some aspects, a device for wireless communication is disclosed. The device may include a data interleaver with at least a first mode and a second mode. The modes may correspond to transmitting using either two or four channels of the white space. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016572 | Method And Apparatus For Performing An Enhanced Random Access Channel Procedure In A Cell_Fach State - A method and apparatus for performing an enhanced random access procedure in a Cell_FACH state are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a random access channel (RACH) preamble for random access. If a positive acknowledgement (ACK) is received in response to the RACH preamble, the WTRU enters a contention resolution phase and transmits a message via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH). If contention resolution fails, the RACH preamble is retransmitted. A contention back-off timer may be used for retransmission. A physical random access channel (PRACH) code may be reselected. The RACH preamble may be retransmitted using a reserved PRACH resource so that E-DCH resource is allocated to the collided WTRUs. Data transmitted during the contention resolution phase may remain in a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) buffer. The MAC-i/is entity may be reset. All data sent during the contention resolution phase may be stored in a temporary buffer. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016573 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A base station enables a mobile station to employ a random access retransmission scheme in a wireless communication network. The mobile station includes a plurality of antennas configured to communicate with the base station. The mobile station also includes a processing circuitry coupled to the plurality of antennas. The processing circuitry is configured to perform a random access during a random access channel (RACH) burst. The processing circuitry also is configured to at least one of: transmit a random access signal with at least one of an initial transmit power level and an initial transmit beamwidth, and, in response to a random access attempt failure, change at least one of a transmit (Tx) power level and a Tx beamwidth and retransmit the random access signal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016574 | METHOD OF TRANSCEIVING FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method of transmitting and receiving a specific reference signal in single point transmission and multi-point transmission is disclosed. The specific reference signal transmission method includes determining specific reference signal transmission resources for at least one terminal targeted for transmission, and transmitting the specific reference signal using the determined transmission resources and notifying of information for a layer used by the terminal. The specific reference signal transmission method includes determining specific reference signal reception resources, receiving the information for the layer used by the terminal from a serving cell base station, and receiving the specific reference signal using the information for determined transmission resources and the layer. Therefore, the terminal can recognize a position and a sequence of the specific reference signal. Particularly, in the case of multi-user MIMO and cooperative scheduling, signal interference can be suppressed or removed using the specific reference signal of another terminal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016575 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROACTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A system and method for allocating resources in a network is disclosed. The system and method comprises a proactive resource allocation framework in which the predictability of user behavior is exploited to balance the network traffic over time and to reduce the bandwidth required to achieve a given blocking/outage probability. The disclosed proactive resource allocation framework avoids limitations associated with off-peak demand and achieves a significant reduction in the peak to average demand ratio without relying on out of network users. It is based on a model in which smart devices are assumed to predict the arrival of new requests and submit them to the network T time slots in advance. Using tools from large deviation theory, the resulting prediction diversity gain is quantified to establish that the decay rate of the outage event probabilities increases linearly with the prediction duration T. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016576 | CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The disclosure is related to controlling a transmit power of an uplink sounding reference signal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016577 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR MAPPING THE CONTROL CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE USING BLOCK INTERLEAVER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system and a method for mapping the control channel to physical resources using a block interleaver are provided. In order to transmit a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system, information bits are modulated to generate one or more modulation symbols according to a specific modulation scheme, the modulation symbols are interleaved using a block interleaver, and the interleaved modulated symbols are mapped to resource elements allocated for transmission of at least one control channel in a subframe, thereby transmitting the at least one control channel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016578 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING OPERATING CHANNEL PRIORITY BETWEEN FREQUENCY SHARING SYSTEMS - Disclosed is a method for improving the efficiency of sharing a frequency between a plurality of adjacent systems using an idle band. A method for allocating an operating channel priority between frequency sharing systems according to the present invention includes: a coarse channel priority allocating operation of collecting information about a target white space object (WSO) for priority allocation of an operating channel and information about the operating channel, and classifying the operating channel based on a predetermined criterion; and a fine channel priority allocating operation of removing the operating channel by checking an interference level of the classified operating channel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016579 | INTERFERENCE PROCESS OF INTERFERENCE SIGNAL - This invention relates to wireless signal process, and discloses a method for interference process of an interference signal in an OFDM based wireless communication system, comprising: receiving an interference signal; performing time domain and frequency domain analyses on the interference signal to obtain interference characteristics of the interference signal; determining an interference category of the interference signal according to the interference characteristics of the interference signal; and performing interference process on the interference signal in view of the interference category of the interference signal. The method for interference signal process of this invention is effective to both homogeneous network interference and heterogeneous network interference, so that frequency spectrum sharing of homogeneous networks and existing heterogeneous networks can be realized. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016580 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCE - A method of managing a resource is provided by a base station. The base station allocates a resource to a terminal, and generates a downlink control channel including information of the allocated resource and a transmission time of a next downlink control channel. Further, the base station transmits the downlink control channel to the terminal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016581 | METHOD OF GENERATING NETWORKS BY UTILIZING MULTI-CHANNEL - A method of generating networks by utilizing a multi-channel so that channels may be efficiently used, inter-channel interference may be avoided, and a network may be energy efficiently managed is provided. Through a super personal area network (PAN) coordinator that manages all networks based on a multi-channel, a PAN capable of avoiding inter-channel interference may be formed. In addition, it is possible to grasp use states of channels used for transmitting and receiving beacon frames, to observe a change in a network topology, and to form an energy efficient PAN. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016582 | SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT IN LTE HETNETS WITH TIME DOMAIN EICIC AND VOIP - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication where a macro eNB or similar device may be configured to adjust an ABS configuration that is used for designating ABS subframes are provided to provide a VoLTE service to a UE. The ABS configuration may be adjusted by imposing one or more restrictions, such as alignment of the DRX OnDuration of a UE with some offset to the serving cell non-ABS subframes, and imposing restrictions on the ABS subframe settings at the macro eNB. The method or apparatus may initiate or terminate a wireless communication feature for a UE, and may adjust an ABS configuration based on the wireless communication feature, such that a maximum limit is set on a number of ABS subframes or a minimum limit is set on a number of non-ABS subframes based on the wireless communication feature. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016583 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM WITH MANAGED CONNECTIVITY - One embodiment is directed to a digital antenna system (DAS). The DAS comprises a host unit and at least one remote antenna unit located remotely from the host unit, wherein the remote antenna unit is communicatively coupled to the host unit. The host unit is configured to communicate a downstream transport signal from the host unit to the remote antenna unit. The remote antenna unit is configured to use the downstream transport signal to generate a downstream radio frequency signal for radiation from an antenna associated with the remote antenna unit. The DAS is configured to enable full operation of the remote antenna unit in the DAS if an authentication process has been successfully performed for the remote antenna unit, wherein full operation of the remote antenna unit in the DAS is not enabled if the authentication process has not been successfully performed for the remote antenna unit. Other embodiments are directed to a host-to-host network. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016584 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING WIRELESS BACK HAUL LINK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for configuring a wireless backhaul link by a Mobile Station (MS) in a wireless communication system. The method includes acquiring System Information (SI) for each of an old Base Station (BS) which transmits a first code and a new BS which transmits a second code. The method includes transmitting a message which reports the SI for the new BS to the old BS. The method includes receiving a message indicating that the new BS discards the second code and uses the first code from the old BS, wherein the first code is a code indicating that a related BS is a BS which has been already deployed, and wherein the second code is a code indicating that a related BS is a BS which is newly deployed. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016585 | BLUETOOTH SERVICE ESTIMATION APPARATUS AND BLUETOOTH SERVICE ESTIMATION METHOD THEREOF - A Bluetooth service estimation apparatus and a Bluetooth service estimation method thereof are provided. The Bluetooth service estimation apparatus listens to data packets transmitted between the Bluetooth host and the remote Bluetooth device, and determines a Bluetooth service type between the Bluetooth host and the remote Bluetooth device according to contents of the data packets. The Bluetooth service estimation apparatus transmits the Bluetooth service type to a packet traffic arbitration module of a Wi-Fi host so that the Wi-Fi host determines a weight of network resources according to the Bluetooth service type, and decides a utilization rate of an antenna based on the weight of the network resources. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016586 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BETWEEN TERMINALS OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method transmits data from a first terminal of a wireless communication system to a second terminal of the wireless communication system. The wireless communication system has a core network and at least one radio access network coupled to the core network. Data is transmitted from a first terminal of the wireless communication system to a second terminal of the wireless communication system co-located in a common coverage area of the at least one radio access network. The data is transmitted from the first terminal to the second terminal via the entities of the at least one radio access network without going outside the at least one radio access network. Transmitting the data includes connecting, at a node of the radio access network, the uplink channel between the first terminal and the node and the downlink channel between the node and the second terminal. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016587 | Method and Apparatus for Non-Adjacent Carrier Signalling in a Multicarrier Broadband Wireless System - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus including at least one processor, and at least one memory including computer program code, wherein the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following report a maximum supported radio frequency bandwidth, report a number of supported carriers, and receive data on non-adjacent carriers. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016588 | Apparatus and Corresponding Method for Allocating a Component Carrier to a Cell in a Communication System - A method including determining for a candidate component carrier for a cell if a gain obtained by said cell is better than a loss of a neighbouring cell using said candidate component carrier; and if so, allocating said candidate component carrier to said cell. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016589 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING UPLINK HARQ IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for a terminal performing uplink HARQ in a multi-node system comprising a plurality of nodes and a base station, which is connected to and can control each of the plurality of nodes. The method comprises the following steps: receiving information on control channel allocation from the base station; transmitting uplink data to at least one node from the plurality of nodes; and receiving from the at least one node an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal with respect to the uplink data, based on the information on the control channel allocation. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016590 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENTERING NETWORK FOR CLIENT COOPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and a device for entering a network for client cooperation in a wireless communication system. A first device, through a frame of a first system, receives a ranging request message from a second device, and transmits the received ranging request message to a base station. As a response thereto, the first device receives a range response message, which is a response to the ranging request message, from a base station of a second system, and through a frame of the first system, transmits the range response message to the second device. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016591 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL COLLISION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, a method and an apparatus for controlling an inter-cell collision are disclosed. A method for transmitting collision information from a transmission/reception apparatus, which is connected to first and second base stations, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: obtaining a first scheduling information, generated by the first base station, with regard to a first user equipment, and a second scheduling information, generated by the second base station, with regard to a second user equipment; generating the collision information based on the first scheduling information and the second scheduling information which are obtained; and transferring the collision information to the first and second base stations. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016592 | VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL SERVICES - Technologies and implementations for device battery management are generally disclosed. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016593 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL, METHOD FOR RECEIVING AN UPLINK SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The invention relates to a method comprising classifying user equipment (UE) cells, to which carrier aggregation is applied, into a plurality of time advance groups. Uplink-time synchronization is managed using the time synchronization of a primary cell (Pcell) in the time synchronization group to which the primary cell belongs. For other time synchronization groups, the uplink time synchronization is managed using the time synchronization of a secondary cell (SCell) that is particularly set in the relevant time synchronization group. Thus, the plurality of time synchronizations can be effectively managed for the UE and a base station (BS). | 01-16-2014 |
20140016594 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING UPLINK FEEDBACK OPTIMIZATION - A method for providing uplink feedback optimization may include determining a set of candidate uplink subframes and corresponding component carriers to transmit uplink feedback, and determining a selected uplink subframe and corresponding component carrier from among the set of candidate uplink subframes based on a feedback delay associated with the set of candidate uplink subframes. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016595 | TTI Adaptation in E-DCH - An apparatus, comprising at least one processor configured to dynamically change a timing parameter, such as a Transmission Timing Interval for an E-DCH resource for a second apparatus in a cell. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016596 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, discloses a method and a downlink reception apparatus, in which at least one cell is set, for transmitting and receiving a downlink control channel. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for receiving the physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) by the downlink reception apparatus in which at least one cell is set, comprises: a step of receiving a virtual resource block (VRB) set setting information for a potential PDCCH transmission; and a step of monitoring the VRB set and demodulating the PDCCH, wherein information on the VRB set, with regard to a cell for which PDCCH non-crossed interleaving is set or to a cell for which the PDCCH demodulation is set, based on the downlink reception apparatus-specific reference signal, can be commonly defined for a first slot and a second slot in a downlink subframe. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016597 | METHOD, APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus, a base station and user equipment for reducing interference in a wireless communication system are provide in the present invention. The wireless communication system comprises a first cell and a second cell, wherein uplink/downlink sub-frame configuration of the first cell and the second cell is asymmetry and may result in implementing a first type of sub-frame at the first cell while implementing a second type of sub-frame different from the first type of sub-frame at the second cell, thereby producing inter-cell interference. The method comprises: mapping a resource grid of at least one of the type of sub-frame and the second type of sub-frame to reserve at least one of a resource element in the first type of sub-frame and corresponding to a resource element in the second type of sub-frame and mapped for at least one of a reference signal and a common control channel, and a resource element in the second type of sub-frame and corresponding to a resource element in the first type of sub-frame and mapped for at least one of a reference signal and a common control channel, for not transmitting information; and transmitting a mapping result of the mapping step. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016598 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR INTER-HETEROGENEOUS CELL INTERFERENCE ADJUSTMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a device and method for transmitting control information for inter-heterogeneous cell interference adjustment in a wireless communication system. The present invention relates to a base station including: a signal receiving unit for receiving an ABS pattern; a system information generating unit for generating separation information that notifies the separated distance from a first sub frame transmitting PDCCH on the basis of the ABS pattern to a second sub frame transmitting PDSCH scheduled by the PDCCH; a downlink control information generating unit for generating downlink control information including a scheduling offset which indicates the separated distance; and a signal transmitting unit for transmitting the downlink control information from the first sub frame and transmitting a paging message or system information from the second sub frame. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016599 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING CHANNEL ESTIMATION ACCURACY IN UPLINK - A base station apparatus includes a communication unit configured to communicate with base stations of a plurality of adjacent cells; a management unit configured to manage frequency bands for use in the adjacent cells; and a determination unit configured to determine instruction contents according to status of use of the frequency bands. The instruction contents are reported to all or a part of the adjacent cells via the communication unit. The instruction contents specify: a type of a pilot channel transmitted by a user residing in an adjacent cell; whether pilot channels of each user are code-division multiplexed or not; and whether pilot channels of each user are frequency-division multiplexed or not, and the like. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016600 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI), performed by a user equipment, in a wireless communication system are provided. The method comprising: generating encoded information bits by performing channel coding on information bits of the UCI; generating a modulation symbol sequence by modulating the encoded information bits; generating a spread sequence by block-wise spreading on the modulation symbol sequences with an orthogonal sequence; and transmitting the spread sequence to a base station through an uplink control channel, wherein the information bits of the UCI comprises a first UCI bit sequence and a second UCI information bit. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016601 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT OF UPLINK PACKET TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for communication between a UE and a Node B in a communication system. The UE generates a Media Access Control-Protocol Data Unit (MAC-PDU) including a first field related to at least one queue ID and a second field related to at least one amount of data to be transmitted, where the data to be transmitted has its priority. The MAC-PDU including the first and second fields is transmitted to the Node B. Grant information is received from the Node B. Data is transmitted to the Node B based on the grant information and the priority. One amount of data in the second field corresponds to one queue ID in the first field. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016602 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Methods and apparatuses, through the use of a Downlink Control Indication (DCI) format or through higher layer signaling, for dynamic activation and deactivation of Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) transmissions from User Equipments (UEs) in an UL Component Carrier (CC) with configured SRS transmissions, the dynamic configuration of SRS transmissions parameters, the dynamic activation and configuration of SRS transmissions in an UL CC without previously configured SRS transmissions for a reference UE, and the configuration of SRS transmissions from multiple UE transmitter antennas. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016603 | DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR NETWORK MIMO - Aspects describe utilizing a dedicated reference signal for supporting Network MIMO, distributed MIMO, Coordinated MultiPoint, and the like. A data modulation symbol is transmitting in the same direction as a pilot modulation symbol is transmitted. Two or more wireless devices can coordinate communications such that transmission of the same pilot modulation symbol and the same data modulation symbol are transmitted to a device in different directions, each direction associated with a wireless device and intended for a particular mobile device. Cluster-specific scrambling and/or user-group specific scrambling can be employed and a scrambling code can be communicated prior to transmission of the pilot modulation symbols and data modulation symbols. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016604 | RECEPTION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SCALABLE BANDWIDTH IN CARRIER AGGREGATION ENVIRONMENT - Provided are a reception apparatus and transmission apparatus for supporting a scalable bandwidth in a carrier aggregation environment. The reception apparatus and transmission apparatus can link carrier aggregation technology and scalable bandwidth technology by supporting a scalable bandwidth having different bandwidths in size in a carrier aggregation environment, thereby enhancing compatibility between different wireless communication systems. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016605 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING A BROADCAST CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a superframe header at a mobile station in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving a sub-frame including the superframe header and a first data channel and decoding the received superframe header. Herein, the superframe header is located within a predetermined physical frequency band and the pre-determined physical frequency band includes a synchronization channel. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016606 | TRANSMISSION OF ADVANCED-MAP INFORMATION ELEMENTS IN MOBILE NETWORKS - An apparatus that transmits Advanced-MAP (A-MAP) information in a mobile communication network determines whether or not to split an information element to two or more parts that will be transmitted in two or more logical resource units. Each part of information element in a logical resource unit includes an indicator to indicate that a second part exists in another subsequent logical resource unit. In one embodiment, the mobile communication network is used in conjunction with orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) techniques. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016607 | Downlink OFDMA for Service Sets with Mixed Client Types - Techniques are provided herein to allow a wireless network access point (AP) to more fully use its bandwidth in order to leverage the different bandwidth capabilities of different types of wireless client devices that the AP serves. The AP generates control parameters for usage of a plurality of channels in a bandwidth during a downlink transmission interval. The control parameters comprise information indicating channel assignments that result in multiple downlink transmissions that at least partially overlap in time to different wireless client devices according to their respective bandwidth capabilities. The AP transmits the control parameters in a control frame in advance of the downlink transmission interval on each of the plurality of channels in the bandwidth. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016608 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UTILIZING STANDARDIZED INTERFACE IN A WIRELESS DEVICE TO DISCOVER AND USE LOCAL AND REMOTE RESOURCES - A wireless mobile communication (WMC) device may discover available networks, and available local and/or remote resources. The WMC device may configure routes utilizing one or more of discovered resources and one or more available networks. The routes may be utilized to performed operations requested via the WMC device. A standardized language and/or protocol may be utilized in discovering and/or communicating with available resources and/or networks. The standardized language and/or protocol may enable commonality among the discovered networks and/or resources, and encryption of data communicated through the established routes. The standardized language and/or protocol may be updated and/or modified to incorporate new resources either by direct interactions between said new resources and the WMC device, or via existing available resources and/or networks. The discovery of resources and/or establishment of routes may be user-triggered, or it may be based on user preference information. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016609 | METHOD FOR GENERATING AND TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR UPLINK DEMODULATION IN A CLUSTERED DFT-SPREAD OFDM TRANSMISSION SCHEME - Disclosed is a method for generating and transmitting a reference signal in a clustered DFT-spread OFDM transmission scheme. A method for generating and transmitting a DM-RS in a clustered DFT-spread-OFDM scheme comprises: a step of generating DM-RS sequences corresponding to the number of clusters allocated for an uplink transmission; and a step of mapping the generated DM-RS sequences to the relevant DM-RS symbol positions for each cluster. Accordingly, the method for generating and transmitting a reference signal according to the present invention, in which DM-RS sequences are allocated and transmitted on a cluster basis, uses a complete DM-RS sequence for each cluster, and therefore inter-cell interference can be weakened, and problems which might occur when applied to a multi-user MIMO (MU-MIMO) scheme can be solved. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016610 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a user equipment for transmitting scheduling requests to a base station. The base station is adapted to serve the user equipment. The user equipment is configured to transmit scheduling requests to the base station only at certain predetermined scheduling request opportunities. The method comprises triggering a scheduling request transmission, transmitting a scheduling request to the base station at the next occurring scheduling request opportunity, starting a scheduling request prohibiting timer and prohibiting any further scheduling request retransmission at future scheduling request opportunities while the scheduling request prohibiting timer is running. | 01-16-2014 |
20140016611 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a user equipment for transmitting scheduling requests to a base station. The base station is adapted to serve the user equipment. The user equipment is configured to transmit scheduling requests to the base station only at certain predetermined scheduling request opportunities. The method comprises triggering a scheduling request transmission, transmitting a scheduling request to the base station at the next occurring scheduling request opportunity, starting a scheduling request prohibiting timer and prohibiting any further scheduling request retransmission at future scheduling request opportunities while the scheduling request prohibiting timer is running. | 01-16-2014 |
20140022999 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ASSOCIATING USER EQUIPMENT ELECTRONIC IDENTIFIERS WITH USERS - Techniques for associating an electronic identifier of a user equipment (UE) with a user of the UE are described. In embodiments of an apparatus, system, method, and computer program of the present disclosure, a UE may transmit an electronic identifier associated with the UE via peer discovery, for receiving by a second UE. A perceivable cue associated with the electronic identifier may be indicated to a second user. The UE or the user of the UE may indicate the perceivable cue to the second user. Selection of the perceivable cue by the second user may cause the initiation of communications between the UE and the second UE. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023000 | METHOD OF DETECTING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN LONG-TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a method of detecting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a long-term evolution (LTE) system. In this method, one is selected from among possible PDCCH formats for received base station signals, and a signal corresponding to the length of the selected PDCCH format is retrieved. Thereafter, one is selected from among one or more of possible DCI formats that have not been selected yet. Thereafter, decoding is performed using the retrieved signal and the selected DCI format. Finally, a remainder is obtained by dividing the decoded signal by a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) pattern, and the remainder is stored as RNTI information, along with the selected DCI and the DCI format. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023001 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS OF DETECTION OF INTERFERING CELL COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL USAGE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with UE centric interfering cell communication protocol usage detection. In one example, a communications device (e.g., a UE) is equipped to receive one or more signals from each cell of a plurality of cells including a set of interfering cells. The set of interfering cells includes one or more interfering cells. The UE can detect system release version information for at least one cell from the set of interfering cells, and then modify its communication processing with a serving cell based on the detected system release version information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023002 | ORDERING AND PROCESSING OF INTERFERING CHANNELS FOR REDUCED COMPLEXITY IMPLEMENTATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may perform one or more process that enable smart processing of resource elements from interfering base stations in order to improve cell decoding. The method includes prioritizing resource elements in order to reduce complexity of processing of the interfering resource elements. Some resource elements may be excluded from processing if priority is set to a null value or to a sufficiently low value. Resource elements in a subframe received from an interfering transmitter are grouped into one or more target regions and paired with serving and interfering cells. Each pairing is prioritized and processed in an order based on the priorities assigned to the pairings. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023003 | ACCESS LAYER INTERFACE IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and network interface are described, said interface being able to enable a MultiRAT aggregated LTE and UMTS simultaneously with one terminal possibility as well as any other traffic steering intelligence capable to take advantage of load and coverage info of different systems like LTE and UTMS. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023004 | MULTIPLEXING UES WITH DIFFERENT TDD CONFIGURATIONS AND SOME TECHNIQUES TO MITIGATE UE-TO-UE AND BASE STATION-TO-BASE STATION INTERFERENCE - A method of wireless communication includes determining a set of subframes with a reduced likelihood of being received as uplink transmissions of a first user equipment (UE). The method also includes scheduling uplink transmissions of the first UE by scheduling uplink control information (UCI) on subframes other than the determined set of subframes. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023005 | TAILORING WIRELESS TRANSMISSION STRATEGIES TO USER PROFILES - Systems and methods for data transmission include categorizing users into one of a plurality of profiles using a processor based on device and channel characteristics. Each of the plurality of profiles is mapped to one of a plurality of transmission schemes. Data is combined for a plurality of users categorized with different profiles for data transmission. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023006 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method transmits control information in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting a first carrier signal including first control information; and transmitting a second carrier signal including at least one of second control information and data. The first control information is information indicating whether the second control information is carried on the second carrier signal, and the second control information is scheduling information for the data, and is generated to correspond to the first control information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023007 | RADIO ACCESS METHOD FOR REDUCED PAPR - A wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for performing a radio access in the wireless communication system includes dividing an available frequency band into a plurality of subbands, generating a plurality of frequency domain sequences from a plurality of data symbol sequences by independently performing a Fourier transform process in each of the subbands, independently mapping each of the frequency domain sequences to a corresponding subband, generating one or more transmission symbols by performing an inverse Fourier transform process on the plurality of frequency domain sequences mapped to the available frequency band, and transmitting the one or more transmission symbols to a receiver. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023008 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE LINK CONNECTION AND SCHEDULING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND TERMINAL RELAYING - Disclosed is a method for establishing a device-to-device link connection and scheduling for device-to-device communication and terminal relaying. The method for operating a terminal according to the present invention comprises the following steps: receiving information on the establishment of a D2D link; reporting a state of a D2D buffer of the D2D link to a base station; and receiving information on the D2D link resource allocation based on the report on the D2D buffer state. The scheduling method for D2D communication according to the present invention enables dynamic scheduling to be performed on a subframe unit basis, and enables semi-continuous scheduling for continuous data transmission for a D2D communication link. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023009 | APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - In order to report aperiodic channel state information (A-CSI) flexibly even when a user terminal performs radio communication using a plurality of component carriers (CCs) in an HetNet environment, the present invention provides an aperiodic channel sate information reporting method comprising: a step of transmitting in advance, from a pico base station (PeNB) to pico UE, channel state measurement target information having information about presence or absence of reporting of channel state information and a subframe as a measurement target associated with trigger bit information indicating information about presence or absence of reporting of channel state information and a component carrier as a measurement target (step ST | 01-23-2014 |
20140023010 | EFFICIENT EXTENDED POWER HEADROOM REPORTING FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - The invention relates to a method for transmitting power headroom information from a user equipment to the base station. The transmission is made dependent on scheduling type of the uplink resource, for which the power headroom information is to be calculated and over which it is to be transmitted. If the uplink resource is dynamically scheduled, then the extended power headroom report according to Rel. 10 is transmitted; if it is scheduled persistently, e.g. as part of a semi-persistent scheduling configuration, then a basic power headroom report according to Rel. 8/9 is transmitted. The invention circumvents the problem of delaying data in persistently allocated uplink resources when transmitting an extended power headroom report. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023011 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF ACK/NACK FEEDBACK INFORMATION AND PERIODIC CQI/PMI/RI FEEDBACK BITS - Disclosed are a method and device for simultaneous transmission of ACK/NACK feedback information and periodic CQI/PMI/RI feedback bits. By way of using the technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention, the periodic CQI/PMI/RI feedback bits and ACK/NACK feedback information can be simultaneously transmitted in the same uplink sub-frame using PUCCH format 3 in an LTE-A system, thus avoiding the situation that the transmission of the periodic CQI/PMI/RI information needs to be abandoned when the ACK/NACK feedback information and the periodic CQI/PMI/RI information are transmitted simultaneously in the same uplink sub-frame, improving the feedback efficiency of the uplink control information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023012 | BASE STATION - A use signal determining section determines the use of a first known signal for array transmission control, when a downlink priority is higher than a threshold value. The use signal determining section determines the use of a second known signal for the array transmission control, when the downlink priority is lower than the threshold value. When the first known signal is used for the array transmission control for a communication terminal performing downlink communication therewith, a scheduling executing section determines to perform uplink communication with the communication terminal. When the second known signal is used for the array transmission control for a communication terminal performing downlink communication therewith, the scheduling executing section determines whether or not to perform uplink communication with the communication terminal by using an uplink priority for the communication terminal. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023013 | Method and Apparatus for Transceiving Data in Radio Access System Supporting Multi-Radio Access Technology - A method in which a terminal transceives data with a first base station supporting first radio access technology (RAT) and a second base station supporting second radio access technology in a radio access system supporting multi-radio access technology | 01-23-2014 |
20140023014 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL SWITCHING IN WIRELESS PERSONAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for a user equipment switching an operation channel in a wireless personal area network (WPAN), disclosed in the present invention, comprises the following steps: setting a PAN coordinator and an association for a first frequency band; receiving from the PAN coordinator of the first frequency band information for channel switching to a second frequency band; and setting the PAN coordinator and the association for the second frequency band based on the switching information that is received. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023015 | Functional Split for a Multi-Node Carrier Aggregation Transmission Scheme - An apparatus is described which includes a network interface configured to receive and/or send data for a user equipment from and/or to a network, a processor configured to control a split of the data for at least two component carriers, and a transceiver unit configured to perform a downlink and/or uplink transmission with a user equipment via at least a first one of the at least two component carriers, wherein the processor is configured to send and/or receive the data of at least a second one of the at least two component carriers to and/or from a slave network node | 01-23-2014 |
20140023016 | Method and Apparatus for Sharing Radio Network Infrastructure Using Carrier Aggregation - This disclosure relates a method and a base station for network sharing using carrier aggregation. The base station of a multi-carrier system comprises a multiple of cells, where each cell corresponds to a carrier that is associated with a PLMN. The base station receives ( | 01-23-2014 |
20140023017 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FREQUENCY SELECTION - Embodiments of the invention relate generally to radio communication devices and to a method for controlling frequency selection. In an embodiment of the invention, a radio communication device is provided. The radio communication device may include a first medium access control unit, a second medium access control unit, a common scheduling unit configured to control the first medium access control unit and the second medium access control unit, and a communication interface configured for frequency selection communication between the first medium access control unit and the second medium access control unit, wherein at least one frequency channel to be used is exchanged between the first medium access control unit and the second medium access control unit. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023018 | Information Selection in a Wireless Communication System - Methods, devices, and systems for information selection in a wireless communication system are provided. In one embodiment, a method of information selection in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a selection request signal by a propagator node, wherein the selection request signal identifies information requested by a selector node; determining all or a portion of the selection request signal matches all or a portion of an information tag stored in an information cache of the propagator node, wherein the information tag is associated with an information datagram; and forwarding the information datagram from the propagator node to the selector node, wherein the information datagram contains all or a portion of the information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023019 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM APPLIED CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting ACK/NACK signal in a wireless communication system applied carrier aggregation is disclosed herein. More specifically, the method includes receiving multiple transmission blocks respectively through multiple downlink component carriers from a base station, determining ACK/NACK responses corresponding to each of the multiple transmission blocks by decoding the multiple transmission blocks, mapping the ACK/NACK responses to a ACK/NACK state information, and transmitting the ACK/NACK state information through a single uplink component carrier, wherein ACK information included in the ACK/NACK state information indicates a number of ACK response among the ACK/NACK responses. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023020 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Link Adaptation - The present invention discloses a method. The method includes: obtaining link adaptation update information according to a link state; and sending a block acknowledgment frame to a transmission opportunity holder, where the link adaptation update information is carried in the block acknowledgment frame so that the transmission opportunity holder performs link adaptation according to the link adaptation update information. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023021 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND CONTROL INFORMATION CREATION METHOD - Disclosed is a wireless communication base station device capable of reducing the power consumption of a terminal when broadband transmission is performed with only an uplink. With this device, a setting unit sets mutually different terminal IDs per a plurality of uplink unit bands for a terminal that communicates using a plurality of uplink unit bands and prescribed downlink unit bands which are fewer in number than the uplink unit bands; a control unit that respectively allocates resource allocation information per a plurality of uplink unit bands to a PDCCH arranged in a prescribed downlink unit band; and a PDCCH creation unit that creates a PDCCH signal by respectively masking the resource allocation information per a plurality of uplink unit bands with the terminal ID that has been set per a plurality of uplink unit bands. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023022 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON MULTIPLE SPECTRUM BANDS - A method and apparatus for simultaneously communicating on at least two carrier frequencies, of which at least one carrier frequency is a licensed band and at least one carrier frequency is an unlicensed band, includes broadcasting an operating status of the unlicensed band to a receiver device, collecting feedback data regarding channel conditions from the receiver device for both the licensed band and unlicensed band, determining, when a bandwidth request is received from the receiver device, whether to use the unlicensed band based on the channel conditions, transmitting an unlicensed band scheduling indication to the receiver device, and communicating with the receiver device using both the licensed band and the unlicensed band according to the transmitted unlicensed band scheduling indication. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023023 | METHOD OF CHANNEL ASSESSMENT AND CHANNEL SEARCHING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of channel assessment and channel searching in a wireless network is disclosed. The wireless network separately performs a channel assessment procedure and a channel searching procedure for channel change or another object. The channel assessment procedure is to measure a status or quality of a channel which is currently used in the wireless network. A coordinator of the wireless network designates a time interval for the channel assessment to notify other device of it. The channel assessment procedure may be performed periodically, and is preferably scheduled to allow other devices not to use the channel for the time interval which at least one device performs channel assessment. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023024 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, RESPONSE DECISION METHOD, RESOURCE CONFIGURATION DECISION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - It is possible to solve the problem that a downstream control information amount is significantly increased if allocation information is periodically reported because no allocation method of a default E-DCH resource configuration is defined for a preamble signature. A base station and a mobile station decide a default resource configuration by using a total number of resource configurations or a value obtained from the total number. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023025 | WIRELESS NETWORK BROKERAGE - Propagation of a wireless signal is facilitated and brokered through a wireless network, and the signal is delivered by an appropriate method to an intended receiving wireless terminal. A single network element acts as a signal entry point and executes parallel processes to determine the location of an intended receiving wireless terminal and the registration thereof within the wireless network, the signal type, and the capabilities of the terminal. The network element then analyzes this information to determine the best method of signal propagation through the wireless network so as to ensure signal delivery to the wireless terminal or alternate delivery according to subscriber-set preferences. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023026 | Network Access Device for Providing Restricted Broadband Wireless Access to a Network - A network access device is provided which includes a connector, a tangible, non-transitory computer readable medium, and a computer program stored in the medium. The connector is adapted to releasably engage a port in a mobile communications device, thereby bringing the network access device into electrical communication with the mobile communications device. The computer program contains suitable programming instructions which, when executed, provide the mobile communications device with broadband access to a network through an MVNO or MNO, subject to a predefined set of restrictions defined by a tenant of the MVNO. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023027 | (H)ARQ FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - A radio communications link is established between radio stations, and a semi-persistent radio resource is allocated to support data transmission over the communications link. The semi-persistent radio resource is associated with a corresponding automatic repeat request (ARQ) process identifier. Non-limiting examples of a semi-persistent radio resource include a regularly scheduled transmission time interval, frame, subframe, or time slot during which to transmit a data unit over the radio interface. Retransmission is requested of a data unit transmitted using the semi-persistent radio resource. The ARQ process identifier associated with the semi-persistent resource is used to match a retransmission of a data unit dynamically scheduled on the communications link with the requested data unit retransmission. In a preferred example embodiment, the ARQ process identifier is a hybrid ARQ (HARQ) process, where a retransmitted data unit is combined with a previously-received version of the data unit. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023028 | POWER CONTROL METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a power control method, a user equipment, and a base station. The method according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the following: a user equipment UE receives a transmitter power control TPC command sent by a base station, where the TPC command is used to indicate a power adjustment value of one carrier; and if the UE does not send a physical uplink control channel PUCCH in a previous uplink subframe of a current uplink subframe of the one carrier, performing, by the UE, according to a PUCCH transmit power used when the UE sends a latest PUCCH from among multiple carriers and the power adjustment value, TPC accumulation to obtain an updated PUCCH transmit power of the one carrier, where the multiple carriers include the one carrier. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023029 | GATEWAY DEVICE AND GATEWAY SELECTION METHOD - In a gateway selection method, a pair of a first gateway and a second gateway to perform a process of establishing a path for user data that connects a first network and a second network is selected from a plurality of first gateways that are gateways with the first network and a plurality of second gateways that are gateways with the second network. The first gateways and the second gateways are included in an intermediate network connecting the first network with the second network. The method comprises selecting the first gateway forming the pair from the first gateways based on an establishment request message for the path, and selecting, when one of the second gateways is implemented on a physical device on which the selected first gateway is implemented, the one of the second gateways as the second gateway forming the pair. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023030 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS AND OTHER UPLINK CHANNELS OF OTHER CELL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION CELL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a transmission of a random access in a specific cell from a plurality of serving cells in a mobile communication system using a carrier aggregation technology, and a method for efficiently transmitting uplink channels other than the random access in another cell. In particular, the method for a terminal to transmit an uplink channel to a base station comprises the steps of: confirming whether an uplink channel for a second carrier having an uplink timing different from a first carrier is included in a subframe transmitting a Random Access Preamble for the first carrier; if included, confirming whether the sum of the electric power required for the transmission of the random access preamble and the electric power required for the transmission of the uplink channel exceeds the maximum transmission electric power of the terminal; and, if exceeding, transmitting the random access preamble preferentially before the uplink channel. In addition, the terminal for transmitting an uplink channel to a base station comprises: a transmitter/receiver for transmitting/receiving a signal to/from the base station; and a control unit for confirming whether the uplink channel for a second carrier having an uplink timing different from a first carrier is included in a subframe for transmitting a random access preamble for the first carrier, and if included, confirming whether the sum of the electric power required for transmitting the Random Access Preamble and the electric power required for transmitting the uplink channel exceeds the maximum transmission electric power of the terminal, and if exceeding, controlling the transmission so that the random access preamble is preferentially transmitted before the uplink channel. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023031 | Method and Arrangement for White Space Device Transmission - The disclosure relates to a white space device (WSD) of a secondary wireless network, and to a related method for transmitting a first signal on a channel available for secondary usage allocated to a primary wireless system. The method in the WSD comprises determining ( | 01-23-2014 |
20140023032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ACQUIRED BY A TERMINAL TO A BASE STATION - The invention relates to a communication method for a terminal, which enables the transmission of information to a base station and which comprises the steps of: attempting random access to a first base station; creating an rlf-report including one or more pieces of information associated with the random access in the event the random access fails; connecting to one base station from among base stations including the first base station; and transmitting the rlf-report to the connected base station. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a communication method for a base station, which enables information to be received from a terminal, comprises the steps of: connecting to the terminal; and receiving an rlf-report including one or more pieces of information associated with the random access from the connected terminal when a previously-performed random access in the terminal has failed. According to the embodiments of the present invention, information including channel information is transmitted to a base station to which a terminal is initially connected even when the terminal has failed in performing random access thereto, to thus enable the efficient transmission of information, and the base station may control scheduling or the like in accordance with the information reported by the terminal, thereby enabling efficient communication. | 01-23-2014 |
20140023033 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION AND TRANSCEIVER - According to the present invention, a method of a terminal to transmit channel status information in a multi distributed node system includes: receiving a request for a channel status information report on a plurality of nodes from a network; calculating channel status information on the plurality of nodes; and transmitting the calculated channel status information to the network. The channel status information includes information on a correlation between the plurality of nodes. The information on the correlation provides a method for transmitting channel status information, which includes an index in a layer combination table representing the degree of correlation between nodes. | 01-23-2014 |
20140029520 | WLAN CHANNEL ALLOCATION - Systems and methods for WLAN channel allocation in communication networks are disclosed. In one embodiment, a computer-based system to manage content streaming from a sender to a receiver comprises a processor and logic instructions stored in a tangible computer-readable medium coupled to the processor which, when executed by the processor, configure the processor to maintain, in a memory coupled to the controller, a list of specified service set identifier (SSID) devices, maintain a plurality of communication channels available for use in a wireless network environment, define at least a first reserved communication channel from the plurality of communication channels, receive a request from an SSID device for access to wireless network resources managed by the WLAN controller, and allocate the at least a first reserved communication channel to the SSID device when the SSID device is on the list of specified SSID devices. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029521 | CODE PLANNING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Scrambling code conflicts can be mitigated by primary scrambling code reuse that minimizing a potential interference Primary scrambling codes are applied to a first set of cells located in a portion of the network being considered. A second set of cells are evaluated for primary scrambling code reuse based on a distance parameter and/or a coverage area. If the distance parameter is greater than a defined distance, primary scrambling code reuse can be applied. If all distance parameters evaluated are less than the distance parameter, a length of the distance parameter is reduced and the distance between cells is reevaluated. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029522 | UE POWER ALLOCATION ACCORDING TO SCHEDULER UTILITY METRIC FOR DL MU-MIMO AND DL CoMP - A system is provided for allocating downlink transmit power in a wireless multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system. During operation, the system identifies a set of receivers for receiving signals from one or more transmitters on a same time-frequency slot, receives channel state information (CSI) for communication channels between the identified receivers and the transmitters, and constructs a precoder based on the CSI. The system further derives a set of power-scale factors for the precoder based on a utility function associated with the identified receivers such that the power-scale factors optimize the utility function. A respective power-scale factor scales power transmitted to a corresponding receiver. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029523 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING A STREAM OF DATA PACKETS VIA MULTIPLE COMMUNICATIONS CHANNELS - Systems and methods of preventing an Internet service provider from identifying a stream of data packets as carrying a voice over Internet protocol telephony communication can make use of encryption techniques to prevent the Internet service provider from examining the content of the data packets. Also, multiple communications channels may be established between a telephony device and elements of an IP telephony system. A stream of data packets bearing the media of an IP telephony communication is then separated into sub-streams, and each sub-stream is sent through a different one of the communications channels. This prevents an Internet service provider from identifying a stream of data packets as bearing the media of an IP telephony communication based on a pattern in the data traffic. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029524 | Method and Apparatus For Inter-Cell Interference Coordination in a Wireless Communication Network - One aspect of the teachings herein involves the advantageous use of learned statistical information to improve inter-cell interference coordination (ICIC). The network uses historical signal quality measurements collected over time for wireless communication devices operating within its coverage areas to identify those geographical areas where devices generally experience significant levels of patterned interference. In an example case, the network develops a “map” of the geographical areas that are affected by the transmission patterns of neighboring nodes, and it applies the map to ICIC operations, wherein the serving nodes associated with the affected areas incorporate knowledge of the interfering transmission patterns into the ongoing scheduling of users operating in the affected areas. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029525 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile station, an RF receiving unit receives a signal transmitted from another communication device. A reception quality detecting unit detects reception quality on the basis of the received signal. A receiving processing unit extracts a TPC value from the received signal. A transmission power control unit corrects the extracted TPC value on the basis of the detected reception quality. If a conversion condition is satisfied, the transmission power control unit corrects the TPC value. For example, the conversion condition includes a condition in which a first variation direction of the detected reception quality is an inverse of a second variation direction of transmission power represented by the TPC value. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029526 | Method and System for Dynamically Assigning Channels Across Multiple Radios in a Wireless LAN - According to one embodiment, a method includes monitoring, at one or more wireless network access elements, signal strength of signals transmitted by respective neighboring wireless network access elements. Information is collected from said wireless network access elements and converted into reportable data about signal strength observed during the monitoring. The method further includes identifying, based at least in part on interference associated with concurrent signal transmissions of the wireless network access elements, a combination of channel assignments for the one or more wireless network access elements from a plurality of possible combinations of channel assignments and assigning channels for concurrent, respective use by said wireless network access elements based on the identified combination of channel assignments. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029527 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS - A base station apparatus including: a processor configured to extract an specified packet flow among packet flows which are to be transmitted by using a link aggregation of a first radio link and a second radio link, to generate encapsulated packets by adding a link aggregation information to reception packets which are included in the specified packet flow, the link aggregation information indicating that the specified packet flow are to be transmitted by using the link aggregation, and to control the first wireless interface and the second wireless interface such that the encapsulated packets are transmitted by the link aggregation, based on a distribution of the encapsulated packets between the first radio link and the second radio link being determined based on radio qualities, and such that the reception packets which are not included in the specified packet flow are transmitted via the first radio link. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029528 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information using PUCCH format 3 in a radio communication system includes detecting one or more Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs), receiving one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signals corresponding to the one or more PDCCHs, and determining a PUCCH resource value n | 01-30-2014 |
20140029529 | ASYMMETRIC RADIO ACCESS NETWORK (RAN) RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN RAN SHARING ARRANGEMENT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatuses for allocating resources in a shared radio access network (RAN). As described herein, a RAN element (e.g., base station) may allocate shared RAN resources (e.g., radio bearers) between two or more RAN sharing partners (e.g., PLMNs). A method generally includes maintaining a breakdown of RAN resources committed to each of the partners, assessing excess capacity of the RAN resources committed to each of the partners and overall spare capacity of the RAN resources, and allocating the RAN resources in accordance with the assessments and the relationship. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029530 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR APPLYING AN EXTENDED ACCESS BARRING - Disclosed is a method for applying an extended access barring (EAB), the method performed by a machine type communication (MTC) device and comprising: recognizing, by an upper layer of the MTC device, a change from being operated in an override low priority to being operated in a low priority; informing, by the upper layer, a lower layer that the priority has been changed; and determining, by the lower layer, whether to apply the EAB, to handle at least one of an attach request, a tracking area update request, and a service request. If the EAB is applied, a RRC connection is barred. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029531 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION OF BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation method and apparatus whereby a master base station of a virtual cell having at least one slave base station for cooperative resource allocation to a mobile station in a wireless communication system are provided. The resource allocation method includes transmitting, to the slave base station, a resource allocation request message including information on the resource to be allocated to the mobile station, receiving a resource allocation response message including one of accept and reject indications to the resource allocation request from the slave base station, transmitting, to the mobile station, a resource allocation information including a result of resource allocation negotiation with the slave base station, and transmitting data to the mobile station in cooperation with the slave base station based on the resource allocation information. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029532 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL FOR PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for uplink transmit power control for transmitting periodic channel state information. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029533 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION WITH LARGE NUMBER OF BITS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for transmitting periodic channel state information having large payload sizes. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029534 | METHOD FOR DELIVERING INFORMATION TO A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method for delivering information ( | 01-30-2014 |
20140029535 | Method and System for a Time Domain Approach to 4G/LTE-WiFi/BT Coexistence - A method and system are provided in which a device that is operable to handle WiFi communication and WiMAX communication may receive downlink medium access protocol (MAP) information in a downlink sub-frame of a WiMAX frame and disable WiFi transmission during a portion of the downlink sub-frame based on the downlink MAP information. The disabled WiFi transmission may be enabled after data within the downlink sub-frame is decoded. The device may also receive uplink MAP information in the downlink sub-frame and may control a clear channel assessment associated with the WiFi transmission based on the uplink MAP information. The MAP information may comprise data or burst profile information and/or one or more physical control messages. A similar time domain approach may be utilized for coexistence between Win and long term evolution (LTE) coexistence, Bluetooth and WiMAX, and Bluetooth and LTE. Frame aggregation may be enabled to alleviate pending WiFi traffic. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029536 | WIRELESS BEARING BUILDING METHOD, ACCESS POINT EQUIPMENT, USER EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM - Disclosed in the present invention are a wireless bearing building method, an Access Point (AP) equipment, a User Equipment (UE) and a wireless access system, the UE divides the IP date flow of a service into multiple service date flow having different QoS requirements according to media parameter information, determines QoS parameters of each service date flow and sends the information of the service date flow and the corresponding QoS parameters to the AP, the AP allocates wireless resources for each service date flow according to the local QoS strategy, builds the corresponding wireless bearing and binds the service date flow and the wireless bearing; the UE side also builds the corresponding wireless bearing for each service date flow and binds the service date flow and the wireless bearing, during the uplink and downlink date transmission, the AP and UE in the present invention can map each service date flow to the corresponding wireless bearing respectively for transmission according to the QoS requirements of different service date flow, implements perfect service mechanism of the QoS. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029537 | RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT FOR SINGLE AND MULTIPLE CLUSTER TRANSMISSION - This invention concerns concepts for signaling resource allocation information to a terminal that indicates to the terminal assigned resources for the terminal. The terminal can receives downlink control information (DCI), which comprises a field for indicating the resource allocation information of the terminal. This resource assignment field within the DCI has a predetermined number of bits. The terminal can determines its assigned resource allocation information from the content of the received DCI, even though the bit size of the resource allocation field in the received DCI is insufficient to represent all allowed resource allocations. According to an embodiment, the received bits that are signaled to the terminal in the DCI represent predetermined bits of the resource allocation information. All remaining one or more bits of the resource allocation information that are not included in the field of the received DCI are set to predetermined value. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029538 | Physical uplink control channel power control method and apparatus - The disclosure provides a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) power control method. A user equipment (UE) determines a power control parameter n | 01-30-2014 |
20140029539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANGING AT M2M DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing ranging at a Machine to Machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes receiving a Primary SuperFrame Header (P-SFH) and a Secondary SuperFrame Header (S-SFH), receiving an Advanced Air Interface-System Configuration Descriptor (AAI-SCD) message, and performing dedicated ranging using M2M dedicated ranging information included in the AAI-SCD message, wherein first count information included in the S-SFH is increased whenever the M2M dedicated ranging information are changed, wherein information indicating a change in the S-SFH, included in the P-SFH are not changed by update of the first count information. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029540 | AD HOC NETWORK, USER NODE, MANAGEMENT SERVER, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An ad hoc network includes: a gateway connectable to a predetermined server via an external network; and a plurality of user nodes, constituting an ad hoc network along with the gateway and each transmitting data to the predetermined server via the gateway. Among the user nodes, at least one user node having a unit for establishing connection to the predetermined server via the external network can participate as a second gateway in the ad hoc network. Based on a predetermined rule, another user node among the plurality of user nodes selects the gateway or the second gateway and transmits data to the predetermined server. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029541 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING MOBILITY OF USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for supporting a mobility of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: performing the mobility with a target cell; receiving mobility state estimation (MSE) basis information; updating a mobility counter of the UE based on the MSE basis information; performing the MSE by estimating a mobility state of the UE based on the updated mobility counter of the UE; and scaling a mobility parameter based on the estimated mobility state. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029542 | Control Channel Transmission Method and Apparatus - Embodiments provide a control channel transmission method and apparatus. A control channel is mapped to an eREG. That corresponds to determined eREG information, among a designated number of eREGs in each unit physical resource block. Each eREG among the designated number of the eREGs is formed by a designated number of resource elements. The designated number of the resource elements are selected from corresponding resource elements at an S | 01-30-2014 |
20140029543 | SCHEDULED CLEAR TO SEND (CTS) FOR MULTIPLE USER, MULTIPLE ACCESS, AND/OR MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Scheduled clear to send (CTS) for multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Before sending transmissions, a request to send (RTS)/clear to send (CTS) exchange takes place between a transmitting wireless communication device and multiple receiving wireless communication devices may take place therein. The transmitting wireless communication device (e.g., an AP) may generate and transmit a multi-user request to send (mRTS) frame to a number of receiving wireless communication devices (e.g., STAs). The mRTS frame can include information and instructions therein to direct the manner by which all or a subset of the receiving wireless communication devices are to provide CTS responses back to the transmitting wireless communication device. The mRTS frame may be an OFDMA frame, a MU-MIMO frame, or a combination thereof. The CTS responses may be received in accordance with any one or combination of OFDM signaling, OFDMA signaling, and MU-MIMO signaling. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029544 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD AND CHANNEL SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - A base station is disclosed, including an information size adjusting section configured to adjust a size of control information based on a first basic information size of control information mapped on a user equipment (UE) specific search space in a first component carrier. The base station also includes a transmitter configured to transmit the control information mapped on the UE specific search space. A first determination method for determining the first basic information size is different from a second determination method for determining a second basic information size of control information mapped on a common search space in the first component carrier. The first determination method for determining the first basic information size is different from a third determination method for determining a third basic information size of control information mapped on a search space in a second component carrier that is different from the first component carrier. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029545 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING PHYSICAL CHANNEL IN MULTI-CARRIER AGGREGATION STATE TO SUPPORT BROADBAND - A method for receiving feedback information by a user equipment (UE) includes: receiving scheduling information from a base station through a first downlink component carrier linked with a first uplink component carrier; determining resources on a second uplink component carrier other than the first uplink component carrier using said scheduling information, wherein said scheduling information allows cross-carrier scheduling which schedules the resources on the second uplink component carrier; transmitting data to the base station through the determined resources on the second uplink component carrier; determining a PHICH (a Physical Hybrid ARQ Indicator Channel) resource to receive feedback information for the data transmitted on the second uplink component carrier, wherein the PHICH resource is predetermined as that of the first downlink component carrier in which the scheduling information was received; and receiving the feedback information from the base station through the determined PHICH resource. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029546 | MOBILE NETWORK NODE AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING A SIGNALLING METHOD IN A MOBILE NETWORK - Technology for method for reducing the number of unsuccessful service change attempts of a first mobile terminal is presented. The first mobile terminal is connectable via a mobile network to a further terminal by establishing a call connection for providing a first service or by establishing a call connection for providing a second service. The first mobile terminal receives a first indication signal indicating that a service change to the second service is temporarily unavailable from a mobile network node administrating an established call connection for providing the first service. In response to receiving the first indication signal, the first mobile terminal refrains from requesting a service change to the second service until reception of a further indication signal from the mobile network node indicating that a service change is available again. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029547 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING PPDU IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of transmitting a PPDU in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes selecting a subchannel among a plurality of subchannels, wherein a PLCP preamble and a PLCP header in each PPDU are independently generated in each of the plurality of subchannels, and transmitting a PPDU in the selected subchannel. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029548 | DEDICATED SIGNATURE ALLOCATION AND CHOICE - Methods for allocating and choosing dedicated signatures for random access are provided. Options for allocating dedicated signatures include allocating the dedicated signature from the unused space of the random signature root index when there is unused space and allocating more dedicated signatures from the same root index using the same time/frequency resources if additional signatures are needed, and reserving some preambles from the contention-based random access preambles from both sets of preambles. The present invention also proposes that the dedicated signatures be reserved in each of two sets of preambles. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029549 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING UPLINK SIGNALING INFORMATION - A User Equipment, UE, of a cellular communication system transmits scheduling assistance data to a base station comprising a base station scheduler which schedules uplink packet data. The scheduling assistance data relates to uplink packet data transmission from the UE. The UE comprises a channel controller which is operable to cause the scheduling assistance data to be transmitted from the UE to the base station in a first physical resource of an uplink air interface. The first physical resource is not managed by the base station based scheduler. The scheduling assistance data may specifically be transmitted in a first transport channel multiplexed with other transport channels on a physical resource. The transport channels may be individually optimized and may have different termination points and transmission reliabilities. Specifically, the transport channel supporting the scheduling assistance data signaling may have a high reliability and be terminated in the base station. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029550 | CHANNEL ALLOCATIONS IN A COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Systems and techniques for communications include forming a data packet, selecting a plurality of transmission parameters for the data packet, generating information having one of a plurality of codes identifying the transmission parameters, and transmitting the data packet on a first channel and the information on a second channel. It is emphasized that this abstract is provided to comply with the rules requiring an abstract which will allow a searcher or other reader to quickly ascertain the subject matter of the technical disclosure. It is submitted with the understanding that it will not be used to interpret or limit the scope or the meaning of the claims. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029551 | Enhanced Multicarrier Transmission Using Orthogonal Subcarriers - A device transmits and/or receives voice packets on a first plurality of subcarriers. There is no guard band between any two subcarriers in the first plurality of subcarriers. The device transmits and/or receives a first subset of data packets on a second plurality of subcarriers and a second subset of the data packets on a third plurality of subcarriers. The following limitations may apply: a) there is no guard band between any two subcarriers in the second plurality of subcarriers, and b) there is at least a guard band between at least two subcarriers in the third plurality of subcarriers. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029552 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting data and relate to the communications field. In order to enable more flexible configuration of flexible subframes and increase downlink throughput, a technical solution provided in the present invention is as follows: configuring an HARQ synchronization attribute of a data packet, where the HARQ synchronization attribute includes synchronous HARQ or asynchronous HARQ; configuring an HARQ process ID of the data packet when the HARQ synchronization attribute is configured to asynchronous HARQ; and sending downlink control information for scheduling the data packet to a user equipment. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029553 | METHOD FOR UPLINK ACCESS AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for uplink access and a terminal device. The method includes: obtaining load information of multiple cells, where the load information is interference level values of the multiple cells or comparison relationship values of the interference level values; and determining, according to the load information of the multiple cells, an uplink access carrier to be used for uplink access. According to the embodiments of the present invention, when a terminal device initiates uplink access actively, the terminal device can select a proper uplink access carrier according to load information such as the interference level values of cells or comparison relationship values of the interference level values. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029554 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of controlling transmit power in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless apparatus selects one transmit mode among a plurality of transmit modes, and determines the transmit power on the basis of the selected transmit mode. The wireless apparatus transmits an uplink channel by using the transmit power. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029555 | DIRECT LINK SETUP METHOD IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP WIRELESS NETWORK AND STATION SUPPORTING THE METHOD - Provided are a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) establishment method for a TDLS initiator and a station supporting the establishment method. In the establishment method, a requesting Non-AP QSTA transmits a TDLS setup request frame via an access point (AP) to an intended peer Non-AP QSTA. And, the requesting Non-AP QSTA receives a TDLS setup response frame via the AP from the intended peer station in response to the TDLS setup request frame. And, the requesting Non-AP QSTA transmits a TDLS setup confirm frame via the AP to the intended peer station in response to the TDLS setup response frame. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029556 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To suppress concentration of channel quality information requests and reports in a case of discontinuously transmitting reference signals at specific resources in a time domain, and thereby preventing degradation in throughput. A transmission apparatus transmits an instruction of CSI request distributed for each reception apparatus in a subframe concurrently with or earlier than a reference signal CSI-RS to each of reception apparatuses. Each of the reception apparatuses detects the CSI request from the transmission apparatus and calculates CSI from a channel estimation value of CSI-RS received thereafter. Then, the reception apparatus identifies CSI report subframe of the own apparatus from CSI report interval information of a given time interval notified in advance, the subframe in which the CSI request is detected and transmission timing of CSI-RS, and transmits a feedback signal including CSI report value by using PUSCH at the timing of the CSI report subframe. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029557 | HARQ Process Continuation after CQI-Only Report - Techniques for controlling synchronous HARQ retransmissions are disclosed, in which non-adaptive retransmissions scheduled for a first transmission time interval are automatically deferred to a later transmission time interval in the event that a control message prohibiting the retransmission during the first transmission interval is received. In an exemplary method, a NACK message is received in response to a previous data transmission corresponding to a stop-and-wait HARQ process, and a synchronous HARQ retransmission is scheduled for a first transmission interval in response. A control message indicating that data for the stop-and-wait HARQ process may not be sent during the first transmission interval is received, and the synchronous HARQ retransmission is automatically deferred to a second transmission interval, responsive to the control message. An explicit grant is not required to trigger the retransmission during the second transmission interval. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029558 | Uplink Control Signalling in a Carrier Aggregation System - An apparatus is described which includes a transceiver configured to be connectable to a first network node by a first uplink connection and at least a second network node by a second uplink connection. Uplink control signalling is generated independently for each network node, wherein the generated uplink control signalling for the first network node is sent via the first uplink connection, and the generated uplink control signalling for the second network node is sent via the second uplink connection. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029559 | METHOD FOR TERMINAL TO RECEIVE DOWNLINK SIGNAL FROM BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a terminal to receive downlink data from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving downlink control information from the base station in a first subframe; confirming a specific identifier included in the downlink control information; and when the specific identifier is more than or equal to a predetermined value, receiving downlink data in a second subframe, on the basis of the downlink control information. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029560 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION OF SIGNAL FROM DEVICE TO DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting signals from a first terminal to a second terminal in a wireless communication system, which comprises the steps of: requesting a base station for connection to a second terminal; receiving control information concerning the request from the base station; transmitting a preamble to the second terminal using the control information; and receiving a response concerning the transmission of the preamble from the second terminal, wherein the preamble is transmitted to obtain a synchronized uplink for the second terminal. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029561 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of a base station to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system. The method includes: transmitting Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), which includes scheduling information on a resource area of an unlicensed band over a licensed band; and transmitting a sequence, which includes the identifier of a terminal having the resource area allocated, over the unlicensed band. The timing at which the sequence is transmitted may be set prior to a resource area scheduled by the PDCCH. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029562 | RECEIVER, TRANSMITTER AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a receiver, a transmitter and a radio communication method capable of using non-orthogonal multiple access while suppressing cost increase and processing delay. A mobile station | 01-30-2014 |
20140029563 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT IN BATTERY SAVING MODE TRANSMITTING REVERSE DIRECTION CONTROL SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for a user equipment to transmit control signals to a base station in a wireless communication system supporting discontinuous reception (DRX). In particular, the method for a user equipment to transmit control signals to a base station includes: receiving a downlink control channel indicating new uplink or downlink transmission in a first period preset with reference to the last subframe of an active time; and selectively skipping transmission of a control signal in a preset second period starting from a subframe at which the downlink control channel is received. In addition, a user equipment transmitting control signals to a base station includes: a transceiver unit to send and receive signals to and from the base station; and a control unit determining, when a downlink control channel indicating new uplink or downlink transmission is received by the transceiver unit in a first period preset with reference to the last subframe of an active time, whether to selectively transmit a control signal in a preset second period starting from a subframe at which the downlink control channel is received. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029564 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATING METHOD - Provided is a communication system that can set, in an RLC layer, an RLC STATUS PDU without depending on the resource allocation of each of a plurality of LCHs and with the latest data state and that can generate an RLC data PDU. In this system, an RLC unit (RLC layer) ( | 01-30-2014 |
20140029565 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting/receiving data in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation/multiple cells, and a base station and a user equipment for same. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: transmitting downlink control information through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for scheduling downlink data from a first subframe; and transmitting the downlink data, which is scheduled by the downlink control information from a second subframe, through a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), wherein the downlink control information includes a field indicating the second subframe from which the downlink data is transmitted. | 01-30-2014 |
20140029566 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANGING AT M2M DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing ranging at a Machine to Machine (M2M) device in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes receiving an Advanced Air Interface-System Configuration Descriptor (AAI-SCD) message including a M2M ranging indicator indicating M2M ranging configuration, and performing ranging according to the M2M ranging configuration, if the M2M ranging configuration does not prohibit network reentry wherein the M2M ranging configuration is one of normal ranging, M2M dedicated ranging, and M2M network reentry prohibition. | 01-30-2014 |
20140036786 | UPLINK INTERFERENCE REDUCTION AT BASE STATION WITH RESTRICTED WIRELESS ACCESS - The disclosure relates to a method in a macro base station of a heterogeneous wireless communication system, for reducing uplink interference at a radio base station with restricted wireless access. The uplink interference is caused by a user equipment served by the network node, which has a restricted wireless access to the radio base station. The method comprises receiving ( | 02-06-2014 |
20140036787 | System and Method for Computing Coverage Set and Resource Allocations in Wireless Networks - The present disclosure discloses a network device and/or method for computing coverage set and resource allocations in wireless networks. The disclosed network device selects a radio frequency subdomain in a wireless network, and further determines a coverage set for the selected radio frequency subdomain. The coverage set includes a subset of access nodes in the selected radio frequency domain. Moreover, a respective access node in the radio frequency subdomain satisfies one of (a) the respective access node is a member of the coverage set, and (b) the respective access node is covered by at least one member of the coverage set with a signal strength stronger than a predetermined threshold. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036788 | System and Method for Computing Coverage Set and Resource Allocations in Wireless Networks - The present disclosure discloses a network device and/or method for computing coverage set and resource allocations in wireless networks. The disclosed network device receives a radio frequency subdomain and a coverage set for the radio frequency subdomain in a wireless network. Furthermore, the disclosed network device selects a capacity mode or a coverage mode as an operating mode of the radio frequency subdomain in response to a measure of network activity satisfying a predetermined condition. In addition, the disclosed network device performs radio resource management in the radio frequency subdomain based on the selected operating mode. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036789 | SIGNALING FOR EPDCCH RESOURCE MAPPING IN THE SUPPORT OF COMP - Communication systems may benefit from signaling for resource mapping. For example, third generation partnership project (3GPP) long term evolution advanced (LTE-Advanced) may benefit from signaling for enhanced downlink control channel (ePDCCH) resource mapping in support of coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmission. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036790 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADAPTIVE CANCELLATION OF EXTERNAL INTERFERENCE - In MU-MIMO scenarios, uncoordinated or external interference may be very significant. Such external interference can degrade the system performance as much as the internal interference. To address these problems, a desired signal subspace can be changed to avoid the external interference as much as possible. This technique can be applied in conjunction with systems that already cancel internal interference, such as Interference Alignment and Joint Processing. An original signal space may be broken down to desired and interference subspaces that are orthogonal to each other. The receiver can notify the transmitter of the boundary, and transmitter in turn can project the transmitted signal to fall into the desired subspace. The receiver can project the received signal into the desired subspace, which cancels everything not contained in the desired subspace. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036791 | WHITE SPACE MOBILE CHANNEL SELECTION BASED ON EXPECTED USAGE - In described embodiments, white space channel recommendations are provided to a device in a white space channel allocation environment when the device is either stationary or mobile. The channel recommendation comprises of a prioritized channel list where available channels are ordered as a function of their relative optimal applicability. Once a basic list of white space channels is generated based on simple white space channel availability, a final, recommended and prioritized list is computed by a variety of cooperating optimization modules that take into account other objective and subjective parameters related to the user and device. Such other parameters might include projected usage of the spectrum, projected usage duration, device current and projected location and terrain, a user of the device's plans/calendar, and other projections based on user or device history. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036792 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE ON-DEMAND ADVERTISEMENT - Embodiments of computer-implemented methods, systems, computing devices, and computer-readable media are described herein for device-to-device on-demand advertisement. In some embodiments, the method may include receiving a request for broadcasting an advertisement by a device-to-device (D2D) advertiser via a D2D communication protocol, requesting that an evolved NodeB (eNB) associated with the D2D advertiser allocate a resource for broadcasting the advertisement by the D2D advertiser, determining that the broadcasting the advertisement is no longer needed, and requesting that the eNB retrieve the allocated resource. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036793 | NETWORK ASSISTANCE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - Embodiments of system and method configurations for device discovery and connection establishment in connection with use of device-to-device (D2D) and proximity-based services are generally described herein. In some examples, an evolved packet core (EPC) of a 3GPP Long Term Evolution or 3GPP Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE/LTE-A) network is arranged to assist D2D identification and discovery procedures at user equipment (UEs) connected to the LTE/LTE-A network. Various identification and discovery procedures may be implemented in connection with proximity detection and the establishment of communication times for the establishment of the D2D communication link, between the UEs. Accordingly, the EPC of the LTE/LTE-A network may assist the establishment of a device-to-device communication link between UEs on a wireless network employing a distinct wireless protocol (for example, a direct wireless network connection via a wireless local area network (WLAN) or wireless personal area network (WPAN)). | 02-06-2014 |
20140036794 | USER EQUIPMENT ASSISTANCE INFORMATION SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Generally, this disclosure provides apparatus and methods for improved signaling of User Equipment (UE) assistance information in a wireless network. The UE device may include a processing circuit configured to generate an assistance information message including a power preference indicator (PPI) and mobility state information (MSI), the PPI and the MSI associated with the UE; a signal generation module configured to generate a Medium Access Control (MAC) layer Control Element (CE) signal, the MAC CE signal including the assistance information message; and a transmitter circuit configured to transmit the MAC CE signal to an evolved Node B (eNB) of a wireless network associated with the UE, the MAC CE signal transmitted on an uplink shared channel (UL-SCH). The assistance information message may also be generated as a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message and transmitted on an uplink dedicated control channel (UL-DCCH). | 02-06-2014 |
20140036795 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SMALL DATA TRANSMISSION IN 3GPP-LTE SYSTEMS - In Machine Type Communication (MTC) with a 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) Network, there is often a need to transmit and receive small data payloads. New information elements (IEs) have been defined to ease the transmission and receipt of small data payloads. Methods and systems can use the new IEs to more efficiently transmit and receive data. The new IEs include a Small Data ACK IE and a Small Data Container IE. Other new messages include an RAC Release indicator and an RRC Connection Release. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036796 | REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT - Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) involves multiple transmission points or cells coordinating their individual transmissions so that a target user equipment (LTE) experiences enhanced signal reception and/or reduced interference. In order to optimally implement downlink CoMP, a serving cell needs to obtain channel state information (CSI) for the downlink channels from the multiple transmission points to the UE. This disclosure deals with radio resource control (RRC) signaling for configuring the UE to obtain and report CSI for those downlink channels. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036797 | Methods and Apparatus for Reporting Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for reporting Channel Quality Indicator (CQI). In certain aspects, a User Equipment (UE) may schedule switch from at least a first set of zero or more antennas used by the UE, to at least one second set of zero or more antennas, wherein the first and second sets differ by at least one antenna. The UE may determine a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) to be reported from the UE for use at a base station in a subsequent CQI subframe set, based at least on the scheduled switch. The UE may thereafter transmit the CQI to the base station. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036798 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING DATA RETRANSMISSION TO IMPROVE CALL PERFORMANCE - A method and apparatus for enhancing data retransmission to improve call performance are described. At least one protocol data unit (PDU) may be transmitted from a transmitting entity to a receiving entity. The at least one PDU may be part of a service data unit (SDU). It may be determined to perform a communication re-establishment. As such, the SDU may be retransmitted, beginning with a first PDU transmitted as part of the SDU. In an aspect, the transmitting entity may be a radio link control (RLC) transmitting device and the receiving entity may be an RLC receiving device in communication with one another across a network. In another aspect, the transmitting entity may be a radio link control (RLC) transmitting protocol layer and the receiving entity may be a radio link control (RLC) receiving protocol layer both within a protocol stack of a device. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036799 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING PERFORMANCE IN MULTI-FLOW COMMUNICATION - A method that includes determining a multi-flow configuration for a multi-flow communication of a user equipment (UE), wherein the multi-flow configuration identifies whether a multi-frequency configuration is utilized and whether multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) communication is configured for at least one cell in the multi-flow communication, determining one or more cell groups based on the multi-flow configuration, and determining at least one of a channel quality indicator (CQI) repetition rule or a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) repetition rule for the multi-flow communication based on one or more of the multi-flow configuration or the one or more cell groups. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036800 | QUASI CO-LOCATED ANTENNA PORTS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - Systems and methods are disclosed for estimating one or more channel properties of a downlink from a cellular communications network based on quasi co-located antenna ports with respect to the one or more channel properties. In one embodiment, a wireless device receives a downlink subframe including a downlink control channel from the cellular communications network. The wireless device estimates one or more large-scale channel properties for an antenna port of interest in the downlink control channel based on a subset of reference signals that correspond to antenna ports in the cellular communications network that are quasi co-located with the antenna port of interest with respect to the one or more large-scale channel properties. As a result of using the quasi co-located antenna ports, estimation of the one or more large-scale channel properties is substantially improved. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036801 | INTER-UE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Interference cancellation occurs for devices, where the source of the interference is another UE. The victim UE receiver identifies subframes vulnerable to potential interference from other UEs. Candidate resource blocks in the identified vulnerable subframes are listed. Interference is cancelled for edge resource blocks and valid contiguous resource blocks. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036802 | INTERACTION BETWEEN EPCFICH AND EPDCCH IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one configuration, the apparatus may be a UE. The apparatus may receive a message (e.g., via an ePCFICH) from an eNB and may process an ePDCCH using the message. The apparatus may receive a message via an ePCFICH indicating resources for ePDCCH, the ePDCCH being a localized ePDCCH and/or a distributed ePDCCH and process the ePDCCH using the message. The apparatus may receive an ePCFICH from an eNB, where the ePCFICH is a function of at least a PCI or a virtual cell identifier. The apparatus may process an ePDCCH using a default set of resources when an ePCFICH is not detected. The apparatus may receive an ePCFICH value and may determine either a starting symbol index for an ePDCCH or one or more ePDCCH resource sets based at least on the ePCFICH value. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036803 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION AND UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING - The disclosure is related to transmitting downlink control information through a downlink control channel adopted in a data region, and transmitting uplink control information for user equipment receiving the downlink control information. Furthermore, the disclosure is related to performing a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource mapping for uplink HARQ-ACK/NACK feedback of user equipment. Herein, the uplink HARQ-ACK/NACK feedback may be performed by the user equipment in response to a downlink data channel assigned according to downlink scheduling information transmitted through the adopted downlink control channel. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036804 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING CONTROL AND/OR SHARED CHANNELS IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) - Certain aspects provide methods and apparatus for processing a control channel and/or a shared channel in a subframe based on a determination that one or more channel properties of the two channels are substantially the same. One example method generally includes receiving a control channel and a shared channel within a subframe; determining that one or more channel properties of the control channel and the shared channel in the subframe are substantially the same; and processing the control channel and the shared channel based on the determination. In this manner, estimations determined for a first channel may be assumed for a second channel whose channel properties are substantially the same as the first channel, rather than by separately determining the estimations for the second channel, thereby saving processing time. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036805 | MANAGEMENT OF UNCOORDINATED INTERFERENCE - An interference management scheme may detect a level of uncoordinated interference and compare a detected uncoordinated interference level against an intra-RAT (radio access technology) interference. Intra-RAT interference management algorithms or intra-RAT interference solutions are not triggered/applied if the uncoordinated interference is dominant. Alternatively, intra-RAT interference management algorithms may be triggered if co-channel intra-RAT interference is dominant. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036806 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) communications. Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for determining resource mapping and/or rate matching for CoMP operations. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036807 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING MULTIPLE SERVICES OVER WLAN - A system and method of providing, to a client, access to multiple packet data networks (PDNs), each PDN providing a dedicated PDN connection is disclosed. The client is provided with a number of virtual MAC addresses. Each of the virtual MAC addresses is assigned to a dedicated PDN connection and each dedicated PDN connection is associated with one of the packet data networks. One of the virtual MAC addresses is then delivered via a 4 address MAC frame when the client is communicating with the associated data service. The client may be a Wi-Fi client communicating with the associated data service over a cellular data network. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036808 | CONTROL OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A dedicated grant may be shared by a group of WTRUs for performing uplink communications. A WTRU in a group may use the dedicated grant when it receives a group identifier and/or a WTRU identifier that are associated with the WTRU. The uplink communications from each WTRU transmitting in a group may be time-aligned. WTRUs may be allowed to transmit on the uplink channel using the dedicated grant for a designated time period. The WTRU may perform uplink control using MCS configurations controlled by the network. The WTRU may receive an indication of the MCS parameters or an MCS adjustment that may be applied to uplink communications. Uplink communications may be performed using an active non-scheduled transmission mode of operation or an inactive non-scheduled transmission mode of operation. Uplink load balancing may be performed by the network during dynamic frequency handover to manage the data packets being transmitted. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036809 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRIGGERING AND POWER CONTROL FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT OPERATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for sounding reference signal (SRS) triggering and power control for coordinated multi-point (CoMP) operations. One method generally includes maintaining separate power control processes for at least a first aperiodic SRS (A-SRS) and a second A-SRS, receiving, in a first subframe, a downlink transmission triggering transmission of at least one of the first and second A-SRS in a subsequent subframe, identifying which of the first and second A-SRS to transmit in the subsequent subframe, receiving a first power control command that indicates a power control value to apply to the identified A-SRS, and transmitting the identified A-SRS based in accordance with the first power control command. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036810 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR AN ENHANCED DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Uplink control channel resource allocation for an enhanced downlink control channel is disclosed. A first example method disclosed herein includes receiving, at a user equipment (UE), a downlink control channel carrying a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource indicator, mapping the PUCCH resource indicator to a first offset, mapping a position of the downlink control channel to a second offset, and mapping a linear combination of the first and second offsets to an index identifying a first PUCCH resource. A second example method disclosed herein includes, in response to receiving, at a UE, an indication of a dynamic resource offset in an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) transmitted in a first ePDCCH set, determining a position of the ePDCCH and a subframe offset, and processing the indication of the dynamic resource offset, the position and the subframe offset to determine an allocated uplink control channel resource for the UE. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036811 | MULTI-MODE INDICATION IN SUBFIELD IN A SIGNAL FIELD OF A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK DATA UNIT - In a method for generating an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) physical layer (PHY) data unit, a signal field of the data unit is generated. The signal field includes a first subfield to indicate a configuration used for transmission of the data unit and a second subfield to indicate information regarding one of a plurality of modes for the data unit. When the configuration is a first configuration, the second subfield indicates information regarding a first mode of the plurality of modes. When the configuration is a second configuration, the second subfield indicates information regarding a second mode of the plurality of modes. The data unit is generated to include a preamble and a data portion. The signal field is included in the preamble. The data portion is generated according to one of i) the information regarding the first mode or ii) the information regarding the second mode. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036812 | COMMUNICATING WITH AN ENHANCED NEW CARRIER TYPE - A method of wireless communication is presented for an enhanced new carrier type cell. The method includes transmitting downlink common signals and channels at a low duty cycle while in a dormant state. The method also includes transmitting downlink common signals and channels at a high duty cycle while in an active state. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036813 | Control Channel Element Indexing Scheme - The present invention provides a method, a apparatus and computer program product relating to a control channel element indexing scheme. The present invention includes obtaining information regarding first partition elements related to a first partitioning of channel resource elements carrying in downlink a configurable first control channel associated with a data channel, determining a number of second partition elements related to a second partitioning of channel resource elements per first partition element, determining for at least one second partition element a second-partition element index based on information regarding the first partition elements and the determined number, determining for at least one third partition element related to a third partitioning of channel resource elements, a third-partition element index, wherein the second partitioning is related to the allocation of channel resources of the first control channel, and wherein the third partitioning is related to allocating channel resources of a second control channel. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036814 | Method and Apparatus - A method includes communicating with a first cell using a first uplink and downlink configuration and a second cell using a second uplink and downlink configuration, said first cell having predetermined configuration; providing communication feedback for said first cell and the second cell on said second cell using a physical uplink shared channel; and determining a codebook size for said feedback in dependence on downlink assignment indicator information received in an uplink grant. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036815 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING PRECODING MATRIXES FOR COMMUNICATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFROM - In various embodiments of the present disclosure, there is provided a method for determining precoding matrixes for a communication of a first base station and a second base station with a first mobile station and a second mobile station. Precoding matrixes for a plurality of signal channels between the base stations and the mobile stations are determined based on a signal to noise ratio (SNR) consideration. Accordingly, the method can include determining a first set of precoding matrixes based on a predetermined consideration of SNR between the first base station and the second base station and the first mobile station and the second mobile station and generating a second set of precoding matrixes based on the first set of precoding matrixes. A corresponding system for carrying out a determination of precoding matrixes is provided. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036816 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL SELECTION ALGORITHMS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIFI NETWORKS - A method of dynamically adjusting Wi-Fi parameters of a plurality of access points (APs) is disclosed. Reports from the plurality of APs are received through an interface. A conflict graph is created by a processor. Creating the conflict graph includes creating a plurality of vertices of the conflict graph, each vertex corresponding to one of the plurality of APs. Creating the conflict graph further includes determining that there is a conflict between at least some of the pairs of APs based at least in part on the received reports. Creating the conflict graph includes connecting an edge between each of the at least some of the pairs of APs. The conflict graph is stored in a memory. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036817 | Method of Handling Random Access Channel Procedure and Related Communication Device - A method of handling random access channel (RACH) procedures for a network in a wireless communication system includes sending a first information request message to a user equipment of the wireless communication system for receiving a first RACH report of a first RACH procedure from the user equipment after detecting that the user equipment has completed the first RACH procedure successfully on a primary cell of the network. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036818 | Signaling Method To Enable Controlled TX Deferring In Mixed License and Unlicensed Spectrum In Carrier Aggregation In Future LTE-A Networks - The present invention discloses a signaling method, an apparatus and a computer program for controlled transmission signal deferring utilizing both licensed and unlicensed frequency bands for carrier aggregation. In the method, a connection is established between a User Equipment and a base station. For example, based on a sensed interference level, a transmission deferring indication is generated regarding a secondary component carrier locating on an unlicensed band, in case the secondary component carrier is occupied. This indication may be generated and sent either by the base station or by the User Equipment. Finally, the secondary component carrier is deactivated for data transmission, for deferring data transmission for a certain time period. After the deferring time has passed, the data transmission can be re-performed on the same secondary component carrier, or through switching to another secondary component carrier in unlicensed spectrum. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036819 | RECONFIGURABLE NOTCHED SPECTRUM FOR WIRELESS DATA TRANSMISSION - Systems and methods for communication are disclosed. A system in accordance with the present invention comprises a communications system, comprising at least one transmitter station and at least one receiver station, the transmitter station and receiver station communicating using an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) schema, wherein OFDM signals are transmitted in a notched frequency band arrangement such that at least one other transmission within a notch of the notched frequency band is used outside of the communications system. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036820 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND SYSTEM - A base station receiving uplink data transmitted from mobile terminals of first type and mobile terminals of second type over a radio interface using plural sub-carriers. The mobile terminals of first type transmit uplink data on a first group of the sub-carriers over a first bandwidth and the mobile terminals of second type transmit uplink data on a second group of the sub-carriers within the first group of sub-carriers over a second bandwidth that is smaller than the first bandwidth. The base station is configured to grant uplink radio resources in response to random access request messages transmitted by mobile terminals of first type transmitted on a first random access channel and to grant uplink radio resources in response to random access request messages transmitted by mobile terminals of second type transmitted on a second random access channel, which are transmitted on sub-carriers within the second group of sub-carriers. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036821 | INSERTING VIRTUAL CARRIER IN CONVENTIONAL OFDM HOST CARRIER IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method allocating transmission resources in an OFDM wireless telecommunication system configured to communicate data using plural OFDM sub-carriers. The method allocates transmission resources provided by a first group of the plural OFDM sub-carriers within a first frequency band to terminals of first type; allocates transmission resources provided by a second group of the plural OFDM sub-carriers within a second frequency band to terminals of second type, the second group being smaller than the first group and the second frequency band selected from within the first frequency band; transmits control information including resource allocation information for terminals of the first type over a first bandwidth corresponding to the combined first and second groups of OFDM sub-carriers; and then transmits control information including resource allocation information for terminals of the second type over a second bandwidth corresponding to the second group of OFDM sub-carriers. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036822 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system improving the communication quality in a case where a plurality of communication devices having different sizes of ranges coexist, in which communication with a terminal device is possible, to thereby improve an entire throughput. In a case where a remote radio head (RRH) is installed in a coverage of a macro cell, an uplink resource transmitted from a user equipment (UE) to the macro cell, that is, an uplink carrier frequency band UL1 of the macro cell is received not only by the macro cell but also by the RRH. Then, the macro cell combines a reception signal regarding the uplink resource of the macro cell, which has been received by the macro cell, and a reception signal regarding the uplink resource of the macro cell, which has been received by the RRH. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036823 | System Access and Synchronization Methods for MIMO OFDM Communications Systems and Physical Layer Packet and Preamble Design - A method and apparatus are provided for performing acquisition, synchronization and cell selection within an MIMO-OFDM communication system. A coarse synchronization is performed to determine a searching window. A fine synchronization is then performed by measuring correlations between subsets of signal samples, whose first signal sample lies within the searching window, and known values. The correlations are performed in the frequency domain of the received signal. In a multiple-output OFDM system, each antenna of the OFDM transmitter has a unique known value. The known value is transmitted as pairs of consecutive pilot symbols, each pair of pilot symbols being transmitted at the same subset of sub-carrier frequencies within the OFDM frame. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036824 | METHODS AND APPARATUS OF ADAPTING NUMBER OF ADVERTISED TRANSMIT ANTENNA PORTS - Apparatuses and methods of advertising antenna ports to UEs is provided. In an aspect, a device may receive an advertisement regarding transmit antenna ports for legacy UE operation and transmit antenna ports for advanced UE operation. The advertisement may indicate a number of transmit antenna ports set for legacy UE operation and a different number of transmit antenna ports set for advanced UE operation. The device may also receive all control channels for legacy and advanced UE operation via the transmit antenna ports for legacy UE operation, and receive first reference signals via the transmit antenna ports for legacy UE operation and second reference signals via the transmit antenna ports for advanced UE operation. The first reference signals are received in all subframes, and the second reference signals are received in a subset of all the subframes based at least in part on a subframe configuration. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036825 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system, using wireless base stations, and other devices, such as a relay node, interoperate with using spectrum aggregation and MIMO. Traffic usage is detected and based on channel utilization relative to capacity, spectrum aggregation is chosen over MIMO under certain conditions. On the other hand, under higher channel utilization system components switch to MIMO modes of operation to reduce demand on channel use, while providing good throughput for communications stations. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036826 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system, using wireless base stations, and other devices, such as a relay node, interoperate with using spectrum aggregation and MIMO. Traffic usage is detected and based on channel utilization relative to capacity, spectrum aggregation is chosen over MIMO under certain conditions. On the other hand, under higher channel utilization system components switch to MIMO modes of operation to reduce demand on channel use, while providing good throughput for communications stations. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036827 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMITTING POWER - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for controlling transmitting power and relates to the field of communications. The method includes: setting, according to a transmission state of data transmission using a first access technology, a power reduction value of transmitting power for data transmission using a second access technology; and controlling, according to the power reduction value, transmitting power for data transmission using the second access technology. The apparatus includes: a setting module, configured to set, according to a transmission state of data transmission using a first access technology, a power reduction value for transmitting power for data transmission using a second access technology; and a controlling module, configured to control, according to the power reduction value, the transmitting power for data transmission using the second access technology. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036828 | EXTENDING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving at least one Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a communication system supporting Carrier Aggregation (CA) are provided. The method for receiving includes receiving information representative of presence of carrier indicator by higher layer signaling from a Node B; receiving information representative of at least one cell indicator by higher layer signaling from the Node B; defining an UE specific search space based on aggregation level, an UE ID, and at least one carrier indicator value, where the UE specific search space includes a set of Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) candidates based on the aggregation level; decoding at least one PDCCH including at least one DCI respectively by the UE ID; and acquiring the at least one DCI, wherein the at least one carrier indicator value is based on the at least one cell indicator. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036829 | PACKET MODE AUTO-DETECTION IN MULTI-MODE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SIGNAL FIELD TRANSMISSION FOR THE PACKET MODE AUTO-DETECTION, AND GAIN CONTROL BASED ON THE PACKET MODE - A method for automatically detecting a packet mode in a wireless communication system supporting a multiple transmission mode includes: acquiring at least one of data rate information, packet length information and channel bandwidth information from a transmitted frame; and determining the packet mode on the basis of the phase rotation check result of a symbol transmitted after a signal field signal and at least one of the data rate information, the packet length information and the channel bandwidth information acquired from the transmitted frame. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036830 | FREQUENCY HOPPING - A communications node operable to communicate with another communications node over a communications channel having a plurality of frequency resources, the communications node includes data defining a division of the communications channel into a plurality of contiguous sub-bands each having N frequency resources, wherein each frequency resource in a sub-band has a corresponding frequency resource in each of the other sub-bands, data defining an initial allocation of the frequency resources, a resource determination module operable to apply a frequency shift to the initially allocated frequency resources in accordance with a frequency hopping sequence to determine frequency resources to use for communicating information with the other communications node, wherein the frequency shift applied moves the initially allocated frequency resources to corresponding frequency resources in another sub-band, a transceiver for communicating information with the other communications node using the determined frequency resource. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036831 | Random Access Preamble Design - A method of facilitating a user equipment (UE) communicating with a base station (BS) via a cell of a mobile communications system is disclosed. The UE selects a random access preamble sequence from a set of random access preamble sequences and transmits the random access preamble sequence to the BS. The BS receives the random access preamble sequence and estimates a time of arrival of the random access preamble sequence. A pre-defined set is used in generating the set of random access preamble sequences via at least one Zadoff-Chu sequence. The pre-defined set including all of the following values: 0, 13, 15, 18, 22, 26, 32, 38, 46, 59, 76, 93, 119, 167, 279, 419. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036832 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF TRANSFERRING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SESSION BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION FREQUENCY BANDS - Some demonstrative embodiments include coordinating a session transfer between first and second multi-band wireless communication devices capable of communicating over at least first and second wireless communication frequency bands, wherein at least one device uses the same medium access control (MAC) address in both the first and second wireless communication frequency bands. An information element may be used to convey information between the devices to assist in the transfer. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036833 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a wireless communication system, and in particular to uplink outer loop power control. A Node B identifies if a UE from which the Node B receives data is in a predetermined set of power challenged situations. The Node B transmits to the RNC an indication to hold the SIR target of the UE if the UE has been identified to be in a power challenged situation. As a consequence, the uplink outer loop power control (OLPC) procedure in the RNC will not change the SIR target of the UE. This implies that the output power level of the UE remains unchanged as long as the UE remains in the power challenged situation. Thus, user and network performance are improved in the wireless communication system. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036834 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for transmitting downlink data using resource blocks at a base station in a wireless mobile communication system includes transmitting downlink data mapped to physical resource blocks (PRBs) to a user equipment, wherein indexes of virtual resource blocks (VRBs) are mapped to indexes of the PRBs for a first slot and a second slot of a subframe, and the indexes of the PRBs for the second slot are shifted with respect to the indexes of the PRBs for the first slot based on a predetermined gap, and wherein a predetermined offset is applied to an index of a PRB when the index of the PRB is equal to or greater than a predetermined threshold. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036835 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OVER NON-CONTIGUOUS CHANNELS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication over non-contiguous channels. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit capable of transmitting symbols of a wireless communication packet to a wireless communication device over a plurality of non-contiguous wireless communication channels. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036836 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 02-06-2014 |
20140036837 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COMBINED MAC LEVEL MESSAGE WITH CQI CHANNEL CONTROL MESSAGE FOR CHANNEL FEEDBACK REPORT - In one or more embodiments, a system and method of managing network channel quality in a wireless communications network includes reporting a channel quality measurement from the particular user to a base station (BS) over an available CQICH, and determining a MCS based, at least in part, upon the channel quality measurement. If a threshold network CQICH capacity is reached during a subsequent data frame such that a CQICH is no longer available, MAC level messages are generated between the BS and the particular user to trigger reporting of signal quality information to the BS by the particular user. After the next CQICH cycle commences and if a CQICH is still unavailable, the signal quality information is continued to be provided via MAC level messages. Otherwise, a CQICH is reallocated for a particular user and channel quality measurement reporting is transitioned back to the CQICH. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036838 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT FACILITATES DETECTING SYSTEM INFORMATION BLOCKS IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Aspects are disclosed for detecting a system information block (SIB) within a heterogeneous network. In one aspect, a type of scheduling information pertaining to an SIB is selected, and a parameter known to a wireless terminal is associated with the type of scheduling information. The wireless terminal then decodes the SIB by deriving the scheduling information from the known parameters, without having to decode a Physical Downlink Control Channel. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036839 | ADAPTIVE SCHEME FOR LOWERING UPLINK CONTROL OVERHEAD - The present invention is related to methods, apparatuses, systems and computer software for determining an amount of physical resources for downlink transmission, and allocating uplink physical resources for transmission of data-non-associated control signaling based at least on the amount of physical resources for downlink transmission. The amount of physical resources for downlink transmission comprises an amount of downlink control signaling. The present invention further relates to a framework for mapping the dedicated uplink control channels directly to single physical resource blocks. The framework is able to efficiently shift physical resources to and from the uplink control channel for ACK/NACK reports, in a data-non-associated control signaling scheme and on a per subframe basis. The present invention is also concerned with scheduler, for example an eNodeB scheduler, which uses its scheduling history and knowledge of user equipment capabilities to increase utilization of uplink resources. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036840 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF DISCONTINUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of receiving a control channel signal containing resource allocation information; and a step of transmitting an uplink signal in accordance with the control channel signal, wherein the resource allocation information has a combination index r to be used for indicating two sets of resource blocks, and each set of resource blocks includes one or more continuous resource blocks. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036841 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND SYSTEMS FACILITATING MANAGEMENT OF AIRSPACE IN WIRELESS COMPUTER NETWORK ENVIRONMENTS - According to one embodiment, a particular network device that comprises at least one hardware processor is described. The network device is configured to perform operations including operating in a first mode by communicating wirelessly with at least one wireless client device to provide the at least one wireless client device access to one or more resources, where the operating in the first mode comprises receiving packets transmitted by the at least one wireless client device and forwarding the packets to the one or more resources. Furthermore, the network device performs operations, including switching from operating in the first mode to operating in a monitoring mode and operating in the monitoring mode by decoding data packets addressed to network devices other than the particular network device. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036842 | Providing Improved Scheduling Request Signaling With ACK/NACK Or CQI - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that an acknowledgment is to be sent, and for the case where there is also a scheduling request to be sent, combining the acknowledgment with the scheduling request on a scheduling resource, else placing the acknowledgment in another resource. In accordance with another exemplary embodiment of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for receiving information on a scheduling resource, and determining that the information received on the scheduling resource includes an acknowledgment. Further, in accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that a scheduling request resource and at least one other resource are reserved for a user equipment in a same sub-frame, and based on whether a scheduling request is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment, placing at least one of an acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement and a channel quality indicator that is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment in one of the resources and leaving at least one other resource unused. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036843 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING - The various inventive embodiments relate to arrangement of information elements (IEs) for persistent and/or dynamic allocations in a wireless broadband network and include optimization techniques to eliminate the repetitive information fields from the downlink (DL)-Persistent-IEs, uplink (UL)-Persistent-IEs, DL-IEs, and UL-IEs. Elimination of repetitive information fields reduces MAP overhead. In addition embodiments relate to methods to use the same hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) region to contain persistent as well as non-persistent allocations. The use of the same HARQ region for persistent as well as non-persistent allocations further reduces the MAP overhead as it requires a single header to define the HARQ region instead of the two headers that are required to define two different HARQ regions: one for persistent allocation and the second one for non-persistent allocations. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036844 | POWER CONTROL FOR ACK/NACK FORMATS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A system and method for determining a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) power control parameter h(n | 02-06-2014 |
20140036845 | CENTRALIZED CHANNEL SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS IN A DENSE DEPLOYMENT ENVIRONMENT - A method and apparatus are described including scanning a channel, generating a report for the scanned channel, transmitting the channel report to an associated access point and receiving a channel assignment responsive to said channel report. Also described are a method and apparatus including scanning a channel, generating a first channel report, receiving a second channel report from an associated client, transmitting the first channel report and the second channel report to a server, receiving a channel assignment message from the server responsive to the first and second channel reports and transmitting the channel assignment message to the associated client. Further described are a method and apparatus including receiving a channel report from an associated access point, building an interference graph responsive to the channel report, determining channel assignments based on the interference graph and transmitting a channel assignment message to the associated access point. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036846 | Method and Arrangement for Adapting Power of Reference Signals - A method and an arrangement in a radio network node for adapting transmission power of resource elements for demodulation reference signals, referred to as “reference elements” are provided. The radio network node is configured for multiple-input multiple-output transmission, referred to as “MIMO transmission”, to a user equipment. The MIMO transmission comprises at least three layers. Two consecutive subcarriers of a resource block carry at least three reference elements. A first subcarrier of the resource block carries data elements. The radio network node adapts transmission power of said at least three reference elements such that an average transmission power, over said two consecutive subcarriers, of said at least three reference elements is equal to a transmission power, for the first subcarrier, of the data elements for said at least three layers. The radio network node uses the adapted transmission power to transmit, to the user equipment, said at least three reference elements. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036847 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for managing a Random Access CHannel (RACH) in a mobile communication system are provided. A method performed by the UE includes determining, when a signal indicative of a resolution of contention in a RACH procedure is received from a network before a contention resolution timer expires, that the RACH procedure has been successfully completed; receiving, from the network, after the successful completion of the RACH procedure, a UE information transmit request; and transmitting, to the network, in response to receipt of the UE information transmit request, a message including contention information of the completed RACH procedure. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036848 | TERMINAL CONFIGURABLE FOR USE WITHIN AN UNKNOWN REGULATORY DOMAIN - A terminal for use within an unknown regulatory domain, and a computer program product and method for configuring the terminal, are provided. The terminal can comprise first program instructions to actively scan one or more domain independent channels in a frequency band, second program instructions to configure the terminal for use in the unknown regulatory domain in response to the terminal receiving regulatory domain information as a result of actively scanning one or more of the domain independent channels, third program instructions to passively scan one or more domain dependent channels in the frequency band in response to the terminal not receiving the regulatory domain information as a result of actively scanning one or more of the domain independent channels, and fourth program instructions to configure the terminal for use in the unknown regulatory domain in response to passively scanning one or more domain dependent channels in the frequency band. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036849 | Joint Transmission CoMP with Single Carrier Cell Aggregation - A method, apparatus, and computer program determine each transmission point participating in a joint cooperative multi-point transmission to a UE, send a downlink message to the UE which identifies each of the transmission points, and which schedules for the UE downlink resources on which each of the transmission points are to send downlink data to the UE, and send a transmission to the UE on one of the downlink resources in conjunction with each other transmission point's transmission to the UE. A method, apparatus, and computer program receive a downlink message which identifies each of transmission points participating in a joint cooperative multi-point transmission with a UE and which schedules downlink resources on which the UE is to receive downlink data from the transmission points for the joint transmission, and receive, at the UE, a transmission on one of the downlink resources in conjunction with the other transmission point's transmission. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036850 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - Regarding an uplink demodulation reference signal to which a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code is applied, IFDM is applied to the uplink demodulation reference signal while retaining the number of bits of control information that specifies a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code transmitted from a base station apparatus to a mobile station apparatus. A subcarrier offset and a subcarrier interval based on IFDM are uniquely determined in accordance with the cyclic shift and the orthogonal cover code of the uplink demodulation reference signal, reported from the base station apparatus to the mobile station apparatus. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036851 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS FOR ALLEVIATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method whereby a terminal sends and receives signals between itself and a serving cell in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the invention comprises the steps of: receiving information relating to a default bandwidth and an allocation bandwidth from the serving cell; and, if the terminal is positioned at a cell edge, either sending an uplink signal to the serving cell or receiving a downlink signal from the serving cell on the basis of the allocation bandwidth, and, here, the allocation bandwidth is either smaller than or the same as the default bandwidth. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036852 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION UNDER NETWORK CONDITION CONVERGING CELLULAR NETWORK AND WLAN - A method of communication for an access control apparatus under network condition converging cellular network and WLAN, includes receiving an uplink data package from an user equipment; retrieving a destination address of the uplink data package from the received uplink data package; and determining the attribution of the destination address. If the destination address is attributed to the fixed network segment, then the uplink data package is routed to the fixed access network through Network Address Translation function. If the destination address is attributed to the mobile core network segment, then the uplink data package is routed to the mobile core network through Network Address Translation function. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036853 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting signals over an unlicensed band phase of a base station in a wireless communication system, which comprises the steps of: transmitting a physical down-link control channel (PDCCH) from a licensed band; and transmitting a physical down-link shared channel (PDSCH) over a time interval of the unlicensed band corresponding to the sub-frame transmitted by the PDCCH, wherein a reservation signal can be transmitted to a pre-set point from the point the unlicensed band is available to the base station, if the base station performs wave transmission sensing for the unlicensed band for transmission of the PDSCH, and the pre-set point is earlier than the point at which the unlicensed becomes available from the transmission sensing results. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036854 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD OF CONFIGURING MEASUREMENT RESOURCE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREFOR - There are provided a wireless communication method of configuring a measurement resource and a wireless communication device therefor. The method comprises determining a measurement resource to be disregarded when the number of measurement resources configured in one subframe exceeds the maximum number of measurement resources that a user equipment is able to measure in one subframe, wherein the measurement resource with lower priority is determined to be disregarded, and the measurement resource is not disregarded A times within the duration of N subframes, where A is an integer larger than 1, N corresponds to one plus B*periodicity of the measurement resource, and B is an integer equal to or larger than 1. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036855 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST CONTROL METHOD - A wireless communication device used in a communication system that utilizes a coordinated multiple-point technique has a determination section that determines another wireless communication device which performs coordinated multiple-point with respect to a wireless communication terminal; an allocation determination section that determines for a predetermined number of sub-frames a proportion of multiple-data-transmission automatic repeat request control to identical-data-transmission automatic repeat request control; an automatic repeat request control section that performs multiple-data-transmission automatic repeat request control; and an automatic repeat request control section that performs identical-data-transmission automatic repeat request control. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036856 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING A CONTROL SIGNAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgment (NACK) signal and a scheduling request (SR) over an identical uplink subframe by a user equipment in a time division duplex (TDD) system in a carrier aggregation environment is disclosed. An example of a method for transmitting a HARQ ACK/NACK signal and an SR includes: receiving an allocation of a plurality of SR Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resources; and transmitting a HARQ ACK/NACK signal using the plurality of SR PUCCH resources. | 02-06-2014 |
20140036857 | Nodes and Method for Power Control - A controlling node ( | 02-06-2014 |
20140036858 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - In a radio communications system in which a base station and a terminal communicate with each other, the base station is capable of efficiently notifying the terminal of control information. The base station sets monitoring of a second control channel in the terminal through RRC signaling that is higher-layer control information, the second control channel being a control channel different from a first control channel detectable by the terminal regardless of whether the terminal is in connected state or idle state and being detectable by the terminal only in a case where the terminal is in the connected state. The base station transmits control information for the terminal by mapping the control information to the second control channel. The connected state is a state where the terminal holds information concerning a network, and the idle state is a state where the terminal does not hold information concerning a network. | 02-06-2014 |
20140044054 | METHOD AND SYSTEM HAVING REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR NEW CARRIER TYPES - A method and network element for providing reference signals to a user equipment, the method determining a reference signal pattern at the network element; and sending the reference signals to the user equipment using a reference signal mapping based on the reference signal pattern. Further a method and user equipment for receiving reference signals from a network element, the method determining a reference signal mapping at the user equipment; and detecting the reference signals at the user equipment using the reference signal mapping. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044055 | Method and Apparatus for Resource Relocation in a Wireless Communication Network - In an example configuration, a user equipment (UE) is configured such that, when transmitting a first type of data on first common Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) resources, the UE calculates a Total E-DCH Buffer Status (TEBS) based on available data of the first type and excludes from the calculation any available data of a second type. Correspondingly, the UE is configured to trigger release of the first common E-DCH resources responsive to determining that the TEBS equals zero, as calculated for the first type of data. In this context, the first type of data comprises one of Common Control Channel (CCCH) data and Dedicated Traffic Channel/Dedicated Control Channel (DTCH/DCCH) data, and the second type of data comprises the other one of CCCH data or DTCH/DCCH data. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044056 | DOWNLINK COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for enhancing downlink coverage for certain user equipments (UEs) (e.g., low cost, low data rate UEs). Certain types of UEs may have limited coverage or should receive enhanced coverage relative to other types of UEs. For example, some types of low cost UEs may have only a single receive chain, thereby limiting DL coverage, while other types of UEs benefit from multiple receive chains. One example method generally includes identifying a first type of one or more UEs that is to receive enhanced downlink (DL) coverage relative to a second type of UEs and utilizing one or more DL coverage enhancement techniques when communicating with the first type of UEs, the one or more DL coverage enhancement techniques designed to adjust at least for reduced DL processing gain of the first type of UEs relative to the second type of UEs. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044057 | CELL ID AND ANTENNA PORT CONFIGURATIONS FOR EPDCCH - A method of wireless communication is provided which includes determining a first cell identification (ID) for scrambling a first reference signal of a first enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) and determining a second cell ID for scrambling a second reference signal of a second EPDCCH. The second cell ID is based at least in part on the first cell ID. The first reference signal and the second reference signal are mapped to a same set of resources. The method also includes transmitting the first EPDCCH and second EPDCCH. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044058 | COHERENT TRACKING AREA IN MULTI-MODE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and devices for providing aligned registration process and procedure for heterogeneous and/or overlaid access technologies within a network are described herein. In one innovative aspect, a method of generating and organizing wireless network access information is provided. The method includes receiving first information for a first area of a first radio access technology for a network. The method further includes receiving second information for a second area of a second radio access technology for the network. The method also includes receiving third information for the network. The method then includes generating, processing, and aligning a number of groups of first radio access technology location or registration identifiers coordinated with second radio access technology identifiers based at least in part on the received first, second, and third information. The groupings may be based on the quantity of devices, types of devices, and/or the number of physical access points. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044059 | SMALL-SCALE BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A small-scale base station includes a digital signal processor configured to generate subframes of a given number, based on first information unique to the small-scale base station and by providing a portion of the subframes as blank frames into which no information is inserted, such that positions where the blank frames are provided at the subframes form a pattern unique to the small-scale base station; and a central processing unit configured to use the generated subframes and to control data communication with a terminal. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044060 | METHODS OF RECEIVING RETRANSMISSIONS INCLUDING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION INDICATORS AND RELATED DEVICES - A wireless terminal may receive downlink signaling over a downlink signaling channel from a base station, with the downlink signaling including a DTX indicator for a first downlink MIMO layer and a retransmission data indicator for a second downlink MIMO layer. Soft bits for the second MIMO layer may be generated for a TTI corresponding to the downlink signaling, and the soft bits may be decoded. After decoding the soft bits, an ACK message for the second MIMO layer may be transmitted responsive to success decoding the soft bits or a NACK message for the second MIMO layer may be transmitted responsive to failure decoding the soft bits, and a default response may be transmitted for the first MIMO layer for the TTI. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044061 | Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - A communications method implemented in a transmission point (TP) used in a coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) system is disclosed. The communications method comprises transmitting, to a user equipment (UE), attributers for up to four indicators indicating at least physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resource element (RE) mapping, and transmitting, to the UE, one of the four indicators, each of which is conveyed in 2 bits, wherein the four indicators comprises ‘00’, ‘01’, ‘10’, and ‘11’ corresponding to a first set, a second set, a third set, and a fourth set of parameters, respectively. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems are also disclosed. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044062 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DETERMINING UPLINK RESOURCES - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of determining uplink resources. The method includes assigning index values for control channel elements, the control channel elements being allocated to at least one of first and second control channel transmission sets, the uplink resources being based on the index values, and an uplink resource for the first control channel transmission being different than an uplink resource for the second control channel transmission. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044063 | METHOD FOR REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER AND TERMINAL THEREOF - There is provided a method of reducing transmission power. The method may comprise: receiving a network signal, if a carrier aggregation (CA) is configured and if the configured CA corresponds to an intra-band contiguous CA; applying an additional maximum power reduction (A-MPR) for a transmission, based on the network signal. If a configuration of the CA corresponds to a CA_1C and if the aggregated transmission bandwidth is the summation of 75 RBs and 75 RBs, a value of the A-MPR is specified for L_CRB>10. The L_CRB is a length of a contiguous resource block allocation. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044064 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION INCLUDING A DC SUB-CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a wireless communication terminal ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140044065 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF BEARER GROUPING FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for grouping bearers for data transmission by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication network are provided. The method includes sending a bearer request to a data gateway, and receiving a bearer response from the data gateway with parameters associated with grouping of the bearers. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044066 | Method of Handling Communication Operation in TDD system and Related Apparatus - A method of handling a communication operation for a network of a wireless communication system comprises determining a reconfiguration set comprising at least one UL/DL configuration; scheduling a UL/DL configuration in the reconfiguration set for a frame; determining a reference UL/DL configuration according to the reconfiguration set; transmitting information related to the reconfiguration set to a communication device of the wireless communication system; and performing a communication operation in the frame with the communication device according to the reference UL/DL configuration, irrespective of the UL/DL configuration scheduled for the frame, wherein the communication operation is a transmission, or the communication operation is a reception. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044067 | METHOD FOR REPORTING MINIMIZATION DRIVE TEST MEASUREMENT DATA - A method for performing minimization of drive tests measurement data is disclosed. The network assigns a preamble dedicated to the reporting of the logged MDT measurement data, and configures multiple UE to report the logged MDT measurement data by using the paging message. The UEs perform the first random access procedure with the network to obtain the uplink resource and a dedicate indicator for performing the second random access procedure. The UEs perform the second random access procedure for transmitting the request message. The network transmits the response message with a scheduling plan according to the request message(s). The UE transmits the logged MDT measurement data according to the scheduling plan. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044068 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM, AND CALL ADMISSION CONTROL METHOD FOR USE WITH THE USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Disclosed are user equipment and a base station in a carrier aggregation system, and a call admission method thereof. The user equipment includes a plurality of physical layers, and the base station provides multiple component carriers. When messages for connection setup are transmitted and received between the user equipment and base station, the messages include information about what component carriers are selected by the physical layers, information about what component carriers are selectable by the physical layers, and information about calculations for uplink timing alignment, and call admission control and load balancing is performed based on the information included in the messages. Accordingly, in the carrier aggregation system, quicker call admission and load balancing are achieved. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044069 | Method and Device for Realizing Multi-Input Multi-Output - A method is for realizing Multi-Input Multi-Output which includes steps of: sending, by a Central Access Point, a downlink sounding channel, Multi-Input Multi-Output (MIMO) control information, and a feedback resource indicator to a Station (STA); detecting, by the STA, the downlink detection channel to obtain channel information, and feeding back on the feedback resource according to the indication of the MIMO control information; and selecting, by the Central Access Point, a suitable MIMO mode for downlink data transmission according to the feedback of the STA. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044070 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING PHYSICAL-DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS (PDCCHS) IN A LTE-A SYSTEM - Embodiments of an eNB and method of transmitting PDCCHs are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the eNB may be configured to transmit PDCCHs that are based on a UE-specific reference signal (i.e., a UE-RS). In these embodiments, the UEs may be able to demodulate their PDCCH using a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) that is specific to the UE (e.g., instead of a common reference signal). The PDCCHs disclosed herein may be suitable the Uu interface of an LTE-A system. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044071 | COMMUNICATION UNITS AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE CHANGE NOTIFICATION IN BROADCAST COMMUNICATION - A method for supporting cross carrier indication of a control channel change notification in a wireless communication system that provides broadcast services on a plurality of carriers. The method includes, at a base station: receiving a first message including an indication of a control channel change requirement; mapping at least one single broadcast service to a plurality of component carriers; generating a second message including a control channel change notification for the broadcast service based on the mapping; and transmitting the second message on at least one component carrier to at least one wireless communication unit. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044072 | COMMUNICATION UNITS AND METHODS FOR CONTROL CHANGE NOTIFICATION IN BROADCAST COMMUNICATION - A method for supporting cross carrier indication of a control channel change notification for at least one wireless communication unit that is operating on a first serving communication cell and has been configured with access to at least one second serving communication cell in a wireless broadcast communication system. The method includes, at the base station: generating a message including a broadcast service identifier, wherein the broadcast service identifier identifies a control channel change of the at least one second serving cell accessible by the at least one wireless communication unit; and transmitting the message to the at least one wireless communication unit. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel information in a wireless communication system. Disclosed is method for transmitting channel information, comprising the steps of: generating a frame which includes an operating class field and a channel number field; and transmitting the generated frame, wherein the channel number field indicates a number of a wireless local area network (WLAN) channel allocated according to available channel information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044074 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS BASED ON MULTIPLE UPLINK TIMING ADVANCES - Disclosed are a random access method and apparatus based on multiple uplink timing advances. The method includes: when acquiring that a user equipment has multiple uplink timing advances, initiating, by a network side, for the user equipment a random access on a designated carrier of a secondary cell. According to the examples, random access in the SCell can be realized in scenarios that multi-TA is maintained. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044075 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140044076 | SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments herein describe apparatuses, systems, and methods for signaling to support downlink coordinated multipoint (CoMP) communications with a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication network. In embodiments, the UE may be configured with a plurality of channel state information (CSI) processes (e.g., via radio resource control (RRC) signaling) to use for providing CSI feedback to an evolved Node B (eNB) to support downlink CoMP communications. The UE may be configured with a plurality of sets of CSI processes. The UE may further receive a downlink control information (DCI) message from the eNB that indicates one of the configured sets of CSI processes on which the UE is to provide CSI feedback to the UE. The UE may generate the CSI feedback for the indicated set of CSI processes, and transmit the CSI feedback to the eNB in a CSI report. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044077 | METHOD, ACCESS POINT AND TERMINAL FOR SELECTING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS - A method for selecting a channel for an access point (AP) in a Wireless Local Are Network (WLAN). The method includes the AP receiving network conditions of APs within the sensing range of a terminal sent by the terminal, and the AP selecting a channel based on the received network conditions. By forwarding the network conditions of other APs which can be detected by the terminal, the method of the present invention enables an AP to select a channel from the view of a terminal to avoid conflicts at the terminal, thereby improving the available bandwidth of the terminal, and giving a better experience to users. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044078 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AND UTILIZING A NON-CONTENTION BASED CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system comprising at least one evolved Node-B (eNB) and a plurality of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs), a non-contention based (NCB) channel is established, maintained, and utilized. The NCB channel is allocated for use by one or more WTRUs in the system for utilization in a variety of functions, and the allocation is communicated to the WTRUs. The wireless communication system analyzes the allocation of the NCB channel as required, and the NCB channel is reallocated as required. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044079 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A procedure for synchronization of re-configuration of RRC procedures between the radio base station and the UE is achieved by associating a new configuration to be used by a UE with an additional UE identity. The UE is normally identified by a first UE identity, but is informed in a re-configuration message that the UE also has the additional UE identity. The UE is identified by the additional UE identity when the new configuration is to be activated. Hence, when the radio base station detects that the UE responds to requests, which included the additional UE identity, the radio base station can conclude that the UE has activated the new configuration. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044080 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit ( | 02-13-2014 |
20140044081 | COGNITIVE CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An apparatus and method for assigning subchannel(s) for communication between frequency agile mobile station(s) and a frequency agile base station. A received power level may be identified for each subcarrier in a set of subcarriers available for data transmission. A minimum power level needed to establish communications may be allocated. A detection threshold set to avoid interference with other devices currently transmitting on the set of subcarriers may be determined using the minimum uplink power level. A subset of subcarriers not already assigned may be selected where each subcarrier in the subset of subcarriers has a received power level that is less than the detection threshold. A subchannel that satisfies a bandwidth requirement may be formed where the subchannel consists of selected subcarriers in the set of subcarriers available for data transmission between the frequency agile mobile station(s) and the frequency agile base station. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044082 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - HARQ retransmission control in a Ud interface is appropriately performed. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step A of transmitting, by a mobile station UE# | 02-13-2014 |
20140044083 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for transmitting channel state information (CSI) in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation/multiple cells and a terminal therefor. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: if a collision occurs between starting points of periodic CSI reports for first and second cells, calculating the number of resource elements using the biggest bit size among CSI bit sizes for first and second cells; adjusting the bit of the CSI with the highest priority among the CSIs of the first and second cells to match the biggest bit size; transmitting, to the base station, the adjusted bits of the CSI with the highest priority, which have been mapped to the calculated resource element. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044084 | METHOD FOR ENABLING TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT ACK/NACK RESPONSE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present application relates to a method for enabling a terminal to transmit an uplink ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/negative ACK) response to a base station in a time-division multiplexing wireless communication system. Specifically, the method includes the steps of: receiving a setting for an uplink-downlink subframe from the base station; receiving downlink control information and downlink data information scheduled through the downlink control information, from the base station based on the setting for the uplink-downlink subframe; and transmitting an ACK/NACK response for the downlink data information to the base station, wherein the subframe to which the ACK/NACK response is transmitted is determined according to whether an ending symbol of the downlink control information is after a particular symbol of the sub-frame for receiving the downlink control information. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044085 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for dynamically configuring a resource allocation unit within a PDCCH for an effective resource allocation of multiple cell or multiple component carriers, the method comprising the steps of: configuring at least one carrier in a terminal; and transmitting, using a single control channel, resource allocation information for indicating resource blocks concatenated to at least one component carrier and allocated as data channels, wherein the resource allocation information comprises information about the size of a resource block group which defines the basic unit of allocation for the concatenated resource blocks. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044086 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A base station MeNB in a mobile communication system that supports a carrier aggregation technology defined in a 3GPP standard is configured to communicate with pico base stations PeNB # | 02-13-2014 |
20140044087 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A macro base station MeNB in a mobile communication system that supports a carrier aggregation technology defined in a 3GPP standard, communicates with a pico base station PeNB #1 via an X2 interface. The macro base station MeNB transmits information to the pico base station PeNB the information being used when the pico base station PeNB determines a component carrier requested to be limitedly used by the macro base station MeNB or a component carrier requested to be released from use limitation by the macro base station MeNB. | 02-13-2014 |
20140044088 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There is provided a terminal for performing OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing) communication with a base station forming a cell. The terminal includes a control channel processing unit configured to monitor, in a sub-frame, a first control channel in a cell-specific search space that is a search space common within the cell, and a first control channel in a UE-specific search space that is a search space specific to the terminal. In a case where monitoring of a second control channel different from the first control channel that is in the cell-specific search space or the UE-specific search space is configured, the control channel processing unit monitors, in a sub-frame, at least both the first control channel in the cell-specific search space and the second control channel in the UE-specific search space. | 02-13-2014 |
20140050156 | Dynamic Channel Assignment for WLAN Deployments with IEEE 802.11ac Access Points - Techniques are provided for selecting channels for use by access points operating in a wireless local area network. Metrics are computed for at least one set of radio frequency (RF) channels, wherein the set of RF channels comprises at least two RF channels in a frequency band that are available for use by a wireless network for a wider bandwidth mode that combines bandwidth of two or more RF channels. Alignment of individual primary and secondary RF channels is determined in the set of RF channels for operation of at least first and second wireless networks. A bias is applied to the metrics for each RF channel that is a member of the set of RF channels for the primary channel depending on alignment of the primary and secondary channels of the respective first and second wireless networks to produce adjusted metrics, based on which RF channels are assigned. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050157 | RACH Preamble Response With Flexible UL Allocation - A method for allocating resources between a mobile communication device and a network access node is described. The method includes sending a random access preamble message to the network access node. Receiving a random access response message which includes a response to the random access preamble message is also included in the method. The response includes UL resource allocation information for scheduling an UL transmission. The UL resource allocation information includes information identifying one or more individual time subframes allocated for the UL transmission. The method also includes sending the UL transmission in the identified one or more individual time subframes. Apparatus and computer readable memory are also described | 02-20-2014 |
20140050158 | MIXED RADIX FAST HADAMARD TRANSFORM FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments provide for applying an order N fast Hadamard transform (FHT) of a vector U using a mixed radix FHT in a tees of a communication system, the N is a positive integer, when receiving signals from a transmitter over a channel and generating the vector U. The method includes, in an FHT module of a decoder in the receiver, planning n stages of the mixed radix FHT, where the a is a positive integer, each stage defined by corresponding logic, decomposing the order N FHT into a low order FHTs, and calculating, via the corresponding logic, each low order FHT at each stage. Input vectors of a subsequent stage are calculated in a proceeding stage, and calculated results of each low order FHT are reconstructed by the decoder to form an output vector. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050159 | Methods and Arrangements for Transmitting and Receiving Control Information - Some embodiments provide a method for transmitting a downlink control channel in at least one block of resources. The downlink control channel comprises a set of resource element groups. The method may be executed by a transmitting node, e.g., an eNB. The transmitting node first determines whether to transmit the downlink control channel using localized or distributed transmission. Responsive to determining to use localized transmission, the transmitting node performs the transmission such that all resource element groups in the set that are comprised in the same block of resources are mapped to the same antenna port, and the antenna port depends on which subset of resource element groups in the block of resources are used for the downlink control channel. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050160 | NODE AND METHOD FOR CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT - In some instances, a terminal device may communication with the network infrequently. Therefore, in order to save system resources, a PDN or PDP connection associated with the terminal device may be revoked or deleted. Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards a gateway node and mobility management node for providing an improved means of re-establishing a previously revoked or deleted PDP/PDN connection in response to a downlink data notification. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050161 | METHODS, NETWORK NODE, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR UPLINK MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT - It is presented a method for controlling uplink multiple-input-multiple-output, MIMO. The method is performed in a network node and comprises the steps of: determining an inter-stream interference between two uplink streams in MIMO, Multiple Inputs Multiple Outputs, transmission; and controlling a selection of E-TFC, Enhanced dedicated transport channel Transport Format Combination, in response to the determined interference. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050162 | Apparatus and Methods for Wireless Channel Sounding - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes receiving an assigned starting point index and an assigned reference signal bandwidth for a reference signal. The reference signal is then transmitted multiple times, beginning at an initial resource block that is associated with the assigned starting point index and in accordance with the assigned reference signal bandwidth, across a shared channel. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050163 | Techniques for Channel Sounding in a Wireless Communication System - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes receiving an assigned starting point index and an assigned reference signal bandwidth for a reference signal. The reference signal is then transmitted multiple times, beginning at an initial resource block that is associated with the assigned starting point index and in accordance with the assigned reference signal bandwidth, across a shared channel. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050164 | Token Based Radio Resource Management - The disclosure relates to a method of globally balancing the transmit power in a cellular radio system with tight reuse of frequencies, to a central controller node, and to an access point that in combination with conventional power control schemes balances the downlink transmission power on re-used frequencies in order to balance co-channel interference in a multi-cell environment. The power balancing scheme takes the instantaneous channel variation and co-channel interference into account and satisfies the throughput requirements of the different cells when allocating downlink power to the user equipments. Global power balancing dynamically assigns a token to or takes a token away from an individual reused radio channel based on quality of, or based on transmission power in the channel. The balancing of transmission power, along with the conventional power scheme, prevents a global increase or global decrease of interference in the multi-cellular system. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050165 | CONFIGURATION AND MAPPING OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE - The disclosure is related to configuration and mapping of uplink control channel resources. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to configuring and mapping uplink control channel resources for user equipment receiving downlink control information through a downlink control channel newly defined in a data region. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to configuring and mapping uplink control channel resources for uplink HARQ-ACK/NACK feedback of user equipment. Herein, the uplink HARQ-ACK/NACK feedback may be performed by the user equipment in response to a downlink data channel assigned according to downlink scheduling information transmitted through such new downlink control channel. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050166 | INTER-LINK INTERFERENCE INFORMATION SHARING-BASED LINK SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A link scheduling apparatus and method based on inter-link interference information sharing technique for use in a Device to Device (D2D) communication system is provided. A link scheduling method of a transmission node in a wireless communication system supporting direct communication between the transmission and recipient nodes includes receiving interference information of at least one recipient node from at least one recipient node, the interference occurring from at least one transmission node to at least one reception node, scheduling links based on the interference information; and transmitting data according to the scheduled links. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050167 | METHOD, AN ACCESS POINT, A SERVER AND A SYSTEM FOR AUTOMATIC REMOTE ACCESS TO IEEE 802.11 NETWORKS - There is provided methods, devices and computer program products for automatically connecting an IEEE 802.11 terminal to a virtual IEEE 802.11 wireless network and thereby establishing a data connection to a remote data communications network. A terminal sends a service provider request to an access point. The service provider request is forwarded to a master server which searches for an association between the terminal and a service provider and a service provider server for available service providers. Acknowledgement information relating to a service provider server associated with available service providers capable of operatively connecting the terminal to the data communications network via the access point is sent by the master server to the access point. The access point establishes a virtual IEEE 802.11 wireless network based on this. A data connection may be established in the absence of a direct service agreement between the service provider of the terminal and the operator of the access point without requiring a reconfiguration of the terminal. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050168 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 02-20-2014 |
20140050169 | METHOD FOR ACTIVATING OR DEACTIVATING EXTENDED CARRIER, AND BASE STATION - A method for activating or deactivating an extended carrier and a base station are disclosed, and relate to the field of radio communications. The method includes: configuring an extended carrier of an independent carrier for a user equipment, where the extended carrier includes at least one of an adjacent extended carrier of the independent carrier and a non-adjacent extended carrier of the independent carrier; and activating or deactivating the extended carrier by using a bit in an original MAC CE and/or an extended MAC CE and corresponding to an index of the extended carrier. The base station includes a configuring module and an activating or deactivating module. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050170 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING OPERATIONAL STATUS AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for controlling an operational status and terminal equipment. The method comprises: judging by terminal equipment whether a scheduling request procedure or a random access procedure initiated to a base station is finished, when on duration is terminated and an inactivity timer is overtime, or a DRX command transmitted by a base station is received; and keeping in an LTE operational status by the terminal equipment instead of entering into an ISM operational status when it is judged that the scheduling request procedure or the random access procedure is not finished. In the embodiments of the present invention, the waste of the resources of the LTE system may be lowered and the performance of the LTE system may be improved. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050171 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY ENABLING RECEPTION OF DOWNLINK SIGNALING CHANNELS - In a wireless communication system including a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and at least one Node-B, a method and apparatus is used to selectively enable reception of at least one downlink (DL) enhanced uplink (EU) signaling channel established between the WTRU and the Node-B(s). During the operation of an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), the WTRU monitors at least one DL EU signaling channel established between the WTRU and the Node-B(s) only when it is necessary, based on the WTRU's knowledge of at least one established standard procedure. The WTRU coordinates and consolidates DL signaling channel reception requirements of a plurality of channel allocation and/or data transmission procedures carried out by the WTRU in accordance with the established standard procedure. The WTRU determines whether to enable reception of at least one specific DL signaling channel based on the consolidated DL signaling channel reception requirements. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050172 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE INDICES - The present invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for determining resource indices in a wireless communication system, which explores and implements for at least two control channel elements (CCEs) for a user equipment (UE), maps the CCEs to at least two resource indices for the UE according to a predetermined mapping rule. It can determine multiple resource indices to a UE implicitly according to some embodiments of the present invention. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050173 | Method and Apparatus for Multi-User Data Transmission in Wireless Local Area Network - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for data sending in a multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) system. The method includes: sending data to the primary user and the secondary user on the bandwidth on which the clear to send (CTS) sent by the primary user is received and a bandwidth on which the CTS sent by the secondary user is received. The bandwidth on which the request to send (RTS) is sent to the secondary user in this solution may be dynamically adjusted according to an available bandwidth of the primary user, so that sending of unnecessary RTSs on some secondary channels is avoided and send power of an AP and send power of a user are saved. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050174 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE SIGNAL, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for configuring resource, method for transmitting response signal, base station and user equipment. The method for configuring resource comprises: configuring a PHICH resource in a data region of a second slot in the data resources scheduled to user equipment in a current subframe. The base station may transmit a response signal via the configured data resource. As a new PHICH resource is configured, the problem of inadequate PHICH resources existed at present is solved. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050175 | CELL IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION APPARATUS AND METHOD, BASE STATION, READABLE PROGRAM AND MEDIUM - A cell identifier allocation apparatus and method, a base station, a readable program and a medium including acquiring location information of a macro base station and location information of each of a plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses connected to the macro base station; determining relative distances between the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses and relative distances between the macro base station and each of the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses; classifying the macro base station and the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses into a plurality of sets, according to the relative distances between the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses and the relative distances between the macro base station and each of the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses; allocating cell identifiers to the plurality of remote transmitting apparatuses; and generating information to be transmitted to corresponding remote transmitting apparatus according to the allocated cell identifier. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050176 | Method And Apparatus For ACK/NACK Transmission - A method and an apparatus for ACK/NACK transmission. When a terminal device only receives a semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) and a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in which a downlink assignment index (DAI) value is equal to 1 in a feedback window, the terminal device transmits ACK/NACK feedback information corresponding to the SPS PDSCH and ACK/NACK feedback information corresponding to the PDCCH on PUCCH format 1a/1b resource using PUCCH format 1b with channel selection or ACK/NACK bundling. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050177 | WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, WIRELESS RESOURCE ALLOCATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An allocation of wireless resources is performed to avoid interference caused as an uplink and a downlink are mismatched between neighboring cells. When interference at a base station is desired to be reduced, in each portion causing interference at a base station side, an ABS is applied to any one of downlink and uplink sub frames. When interference at a terminal is desired to be reduced, in each portion causing interference at a terminal side, transmission or reception of a terminal is stopped. When both interference at a base station side and interference at a terminal side are desired to be reduced, basically, it is desirable to stop the same portion as when interference between base stations is reduced. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050178 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ACCESS POINT APPARATUS - In a system which performs wireless communication from an access point to stations using group identification information, the frequency of uses of group identification information that overlaps with that of another access point is reduced. An association between a station apparatus included in a group that is a target for simultaneous transmission and group identification information is stored, each station apparatus included in the group is notified of the group identification information, group identification information that is being used in the other access point apparatus is acquired, and if group identification information that is being used by the access point apparatus itself overlaps with the group identification information used by the other access point apparatus, the group identification information is changed so as to reduce the number of pieces of overlapping group identification information. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050179 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RESERVING RESOURCES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a resource reservation method and system for reserving resources in a mobile multimedia system, and the method of the present invention comprises: a resource request step in which a terminal, which has negotiated communication conditions with another terminal, transmits a PDP context activation request message for reserving resources according to the communication conditions to a serving GPRS support node (SGSN); and a response step in which the SGSN transmits a response message including information on a determined QoS level to the terminal. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050180 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - There is provided a communication control apparatus including a communication controller that controls cooperative communication linked to other communication control apparatuses depending on whether the communication control apparatus or the other communication control apparatuses perform terminal grouping to distinguish an operation to a specific wireless terminal and to other wireless terminals. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050181 | Method and Device for Processing Uplink Control Data in a Wireless Network - A method for processing data in a wireless communication network is provided, wherein at least two resource pools for an uplink control channel are provided for mobile terminals for a geographical area, and wherein the mobile terminals in the geographical area uses at least one of the at least two resource pools for the uplink control channel. In addition, a corresponding device and system are suggested. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050182 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided is a terminal apparatus in which, a transmission control unit ( | 02-20-2014 |
20140050183 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention has an object to provide a communication system capable of minimizing effects due to a delay among a plurality of base station devices as much as possible in scheduling for communication with a terminal device in cooperation among the plurality of base station devices. Cells1 to 3 can each perform scheduling without using information for scheduling notified from one or a plurality of cells among pieces of information for scheduling notified from other cells. For example, in a case where an interface between the cell1 and cell3 has a large delay amount, the cell1 performs scheduling without using information S | 02-20-2014 |
20140050184 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A pico base station PeNB # | 02-20-2014 |
20140050185 | Scheduling Request Enhancements - There is provided an method, apparatus for performing the method and a computer program product, wherein the method includes allocating to a terminal device multiple terminal device-specific physical uplink control channel resources for a transmission of a scheduling request from the terminal device, wherein the transmission of the scheduling request comprises multiple physical uplink control channel transmissions taking place on the allocated resources. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050186 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING TRANSMISSION TIMING IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present disclosure provides methods for allocating a timing advance (TA) value, which is used in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation (CA), methods for adjusting a wireless frame transmission time using the TA value, and apparatuses for supporting same. The method for adjusting the transmission timing in the wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation, according to one embodiment of the present disclosure, comprises the following steps: receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including a reservation bit (for example, a service cell indicator) for indicating at least one serving cell; receiving a media access control (MAC) message including the TA value on an uplink wireless frame; and transmitting an uplink signal by applying the TA value from a serving cell indicated by the reservation bit. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050187 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A base station includes a precoding processor that conducts the same precoding process on a control channel and a reference signal, a controller that sets a plurality of regions including a region in which the reference signal is placed and a region in which the control channel is potentially placed. Different precoding processes are used among different regions. A transmit processor uses resources in a region to transmit the control channel and the reference signal. A mobile station device includes a controller that sets a region on the basis of announced information from the base station device, a propagation channel estimator that averages propagation channel variation estimation values from a plurality of reference signals within the region, and a control channel detector that uses the averaged propagation channel estimation values to detect the control channel that includes control information addressed to the mobile station device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050188 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING THE TRANSCEPTION OF MULTIPLE PIECES OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for dynamically controlling the multiple transmission of control information in a wireless communication system. The method for controlling the transception of multiple physical uplink control channels (PUCCHs) in a wireless communication system comprises: a base station transmitting instruction information, which controls the transmission of multiple PUCCHs, to a user terminal that performs the transmission of multiple PUCCHs through either a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), a medium access control (MAC) layer, or radio resource control (RRC) signaling; and receiving multiple PUCCHs from said user terminal according to a multiple transmission instruction in said instruction information. Said instruction information transmitted through said physical channel is characterized by being either a field corresponding to 1- or 2-bit information constituting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal, or a field constituting a PDCCH signal scrambled using a PUCCH cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI). | 02-20-2014 |
20140050189 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - In a radio communication system in which a base station and a terminal communicate with each other, the base station is capable of efficiently notifying the terminal of control information. The base station sets monitoring of a second control channel in the terminal through RRC signaling that is higher-layer control information, the second control channel being transmitted using a second transmit port different from a first transmit port used for transmission of a first control channel. The base station transmits control information for the terminal by mapping the control information to the second control channel. The first transmit port is a transmit port used for transmission of a cell-specific reference signal that is a reference signal common within a cell, and the second transmit port is a transmit port used for transmission of a terminal-specific reference signal that is a reference signal specific to the terminal. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050190 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A base station is capable of efficiently notifying a terminal of control information. The base station communicates with the terminal using a sub-frame including a plurality of resource block pairs. The base station sets a second control channel region in the terminal through RRC signaling that is higher-layer control information, the second control channel region being a region set differently from a first control channel region in which a first control channel is to be arranged. The base station transmits control information for the terminal by mapping the control information to a second control channel that is to be arranged in the second control channel region. The first control channel region is set in the sub-frame to be specific to the base station, and the second control channel region is set in the sub-frame to be specific to the terminal in units of the resource block pairs. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050191 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL, AND USER DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting/receiving a control channel in a downlink subframe, which divides into a control area and a data area. The present invention enables the downlink control channel transmitted from the data area of a specific carrier wave to be configured to carry scheduling information on another carrier wave. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050192 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL, AND USER DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting/receiving a control channel in a downlink subframe, which divides into a control area and a data area. In the present invention, a first downlink control channel is transmitted in the control area of the downlink subframe, and/or a second downlink control channel is transmitted in the data area of the downlink subframe. The first downlink control channel carries downlink control information having a predetermined format, and the second downlink control channel carries downlink control information having a format corresponding to a transmission mode of a user device. | 02-20-2014 |
20140050193 | METHOD FOR IMPROVING COMMUNICATION PERFORMANCE USING VEHICLE PROVIDED WITH ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system, and more specifically, to a method for providing an improved communication environment for a terminal using a vehicle provided with antennas, and to an apparatus for executing same. As related to one embodiment of the present invention, a data transceiving method for a terminal using a vehicle-mounted type communication module comprising a plurality of antennas comprises the steps of: establishing a wire data path with the communication module; negotiating multiple-antenna capabilities with a base station using multiple-antenna capabilities information of the communication module; and transmitting to the communication module multiple-antenna transmission parameters on the basis of the negotiation, and a data unit comprising uplink data to be transmitted to the base station, wherein the data unit, which has been generated in the medium access control (MAC) layer of the terminal and then converted into a radio frequency (RF) signal in the physical layer (PHY) of the communication module, can be transmitted to the base station using the plurality of antennas. | 02-20-2014 |
20140056229 | NETWORK REENTRY OF MACHINE-TO-MACHINE DEVICES - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe device, methods, computer-readable media and system configurations for establishing a reentry procedure for a machine-to-machine (“M2M”) device to reenter a wireless communication network based on traffic pattern characteristics or mobility characteristics associated with the M2M device. In various embodiments, a wireless communication device may include a processor, a wireless communication interface, memory coupled to the processor, and a control module. The control module may be operated by the processor and configured to establish a reentry procedure for a machine-to-machine (“M2M”) device to reenter a wireless communication network based on traffic pattern characteristics or mobility characteristics associated with the M2M device. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056230 | DYNAMIC SPECTRUM BAND SELECTION FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - The present disclosure provides systems and methods for selecting a resource for a direct device-to-device (D2D) communication link between wireless devices in a cellular communication network. In one embodiment, a control node in a cellular communication network selects a resource for a direct D2D communication link between a first wireless device and a second wireless device based on one or more criteria including a service area type of a service area within the cellular communication network in which the first wireless device and the second wireless device are located. The service area type is either homogeneous or heterogeneous. The control node communicates an indicator of the resource selected for the direct D2D communication link to the first wireless device and/or the second wireless device. Thereafter, the first and second wireless devices communicate over the direct D2D communication link using the selected resource. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056231 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR WIRELESSLY TRANSMITTING DATA - A method for transmitting data from a sender to a receiver over a channel. The method includes identifying the receiver, obtaining an initiation correlated symbol sequence (CSS) associated with the receiver, transmitting the initiation CSS, where the sender and the receiver are configured to communicate over the channel, where the channel is a frequency band in a radio-frequency spectrum. The method further includes receiving a first reservation CSS from the receiver signaling that the receiver has reserved the channel in order to receive the data from the sender. In response to receiving the first reservation CSS, transmitting the data to the receiver, and receiving an acknowledgment CSS from the receiver signaling that the receiver has received the data from the sender. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056232 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR TRAFFIC INDICATION MAPPING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may implement a hierarchical data structure for traffic indication mapping to facilitate transmissions for wireless communications devices. MAC sublayer logic may generate and transmit or receive and interpret management frames such as beacon frames with a partial virtual bitmap in a traffic indication map element based upon the hierarchical data structure for traffic indication mapping. The traffic indication map element may comprise a number of contiguous blocks encoded with the same encoding scheme, allowing the number of contiguous blocks to be included in the TIM element without repeating a block offset field value and a block control field value for each of the contiguous blocks. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056233 | Systems and Methods for Measuring Available Bandwidth in Mobile Telecommunications Networks - A network device receives probe packets communicated by a user equipment device. The network device communicates response packets back to the user equipment device, including timestamps, and/or other information. The user equipment device may be configured to test the performance of different portions of a wireless network (i.e., determine an available bandwidth measurement throughput (ABMT) of the wireless network) by accessing different network devices (or information associated with different network devices). | 02-27-2014 |
20140056234 | Systems and Methods for Measuring Available Bandwidth in Mobile Telecommunications Networks - A network device receives probe packets communicated by a user equipment device. The network device communicates response packets back to the user equipment device, including timestamps, and/or other information. The user equipment device may be configured to test the performance of different portions of a wireless network (i.e., determine an available bandwidth measurement throughput (ABMT) of the wireless network) by accessing different network devices (or information associated with different network devices). | 02-27-2014 |
20140056235 | Smart 3GDT - A smart 3GDT schema has been disclosed, in detail, a method for controlling the communication of a network system has bee disclosed. The network system comprises a UE, a NodeB, a RNC, a SGSN, and a GW. The UE is arranged to be in communication with the RNC via the NodeB, and the RNC is arranged to be in communication with the SGSN which in turn being arranged to be in communication with the GW for non-3GDT communication of the network system, or the RNC is arranged to be in communication with the GW for 3GDT communication of the network system. In this method, statistics of payload transferred between the UE and the GW has been monitored, and if the statistics of payload within a predetermined time period exceeds a first threshold, and the UE is in the non-3GDT communication, then switching the non-3GDT communication to the 3GDT communication. The present application has also disclosed the SGSN, GW, and the network system adaptive to perform the method. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056236 | Methods and Devices for Uplink MIMO Operation - In a radio system configured for uplink Multiple Input Multiple Output, MIMO, operation, methods and devices are provided that transmits an indicator signal indicating whether the UE has scheduled data for transmission on a secondary stream. The indicator signal is transmitted on an E-DCH Dedicated Physical Control Channel, E-DPCCH, associated with a primary stream. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056237 | Method and Apparatus for Dynamic Control of TTI Bundling Sizes - In an example of the teachings disclosed herein, there are multiple signaling options available for triggering a bundled transmission by a wireless device, and a known association between the different signaling options and different TTI bundling sizes. A network node thus indicates to the wireless device which TTI bundling size is desired, based on choosing which signaling option it uses to trigger the bundled transmission. Such signaling allows for the use of variable TTI bundle sizes, i.e., dynamic control of the TTI bundle size used by the wireless device for transmission and yet does not impose signaling overhead or necessarily require new signaling messages or types. Higher layer signaling may be used to activate TTI bundling with implicit signaling then used to dynamically control the actual TTI bundle size used. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056238 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF DATA STREAMS TO USER EQUIPMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a base station ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140056239 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY SCHEDULING IN TD-SCDMA HSUPA - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for power control for high-efficiency scheduling for Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA). The basic principle of this power control for a scheduled Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) Physical Uplink Channel (E-PUCH) is that all information for a transport block size (TBS) decision is made available at a user equipment (UE). Certain aspects provide a method for wireless communications. The method generally includes receiving, from a UE, an uplink signal, determining a reference uplink power level based on a filtered interference power of the received signal, and transmitting an indication of the reference uplink power level to the UE. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056240 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTING RESOURCE OF BASE STATION NODE - A method, system and device for distributing resources of a base station node (Node B) are disclosed to enable F-DPCH resources of a local cell to be sufficiently used. In this invention, Node B reports to the RNC the F-DPCH capability of the local cell so as to provide a decision-making basis about using or not using the F-DPCH to the RNC. If the local cell supports F-DPCH, when the UE initiates an RRC connection establishment request, the RNC instructs the Node B to distribute the F-DPCH and HSDPA resources to the UE, otherwise the RNC instructs the Node B to distribute DPDCH and DPDCCH resources to the UE. The F-DPCH capability of the local cell can be reported in a newly added IE or extended existing IE of the Audit Response message and Resource Status Indication message. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056241 | CUSTOMER PREMISE EQUIPMENT AND MICROPROCESSOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD OF CUSTOMER PREMISE EQUIPMENT - A customer premise equipment (CPE) with the ability to manage its own resources. When a communication device request establishment of a voice communication with an external terminal. A usage rate of a microprocessor of the CPE is detected, and the usage rate of the microprocessor is determined and classified as being between a number of usage levels. When the usage rate of the microprocessor is in a high level, two virtual channels are created, to divide a network bandwidth of the CPE. One of the virtual channels is used for packets of voice communication, and the other virtual channel is used for transmission of other kinds of data packages. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056242 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING DEMODULATION RELIABILITY OF AN UPLINK HIGH SPEED-DEDICATED PHYSICAL CONTROL CHANNEL - The present disclosure presents a method and apparatus for improving demodulation reliability of an uplink (UL) high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) at a base station. For example, the disclosure presents a method for receiving a secondary pilot channel from a user equipment (UE) on an uplink (UL) and demodulating the HS-DPCCH using at least the secondary pilot channel. As such, improved demodulation reliability of an uplink (UL) high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) at a base station may be achieved. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056243 | OPERATING WITH MULTIPLE SCHEDULERS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - Systems and methods are disclosed for a WTRU to operate using multiple schedulers. The WTRU may exchange data with the network over more than one data path, such that each data path may use a radio interface connected to a different network node and each node may be associated with an independent scheduler. For example, a WTRU may establish a RRC connection between the WTRU and a network. The RRC connection may establish a first radio interface between the WTRU and a first serving site of the network and a second radio interface between the WTRU and a second serving site of the network. The RRC connection may be established between the WTRU and the MeNB and a control function may be established between the WTRU and the SCeNB. The WTRU may receive data from the network over the first radio interface or the second radio interface. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056244 | A Node and Method for Downlink Communications Scheduling - Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards a base station ( | 02-27-2014 |
20140056245 | SCHEDULING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM BASED ON QUALITY OF SERVICE - Disclosed are a scheduling method, device and system based on quality of service. The method includes: for downlink service data, an access point (AP) or a gateway (GW) determines the quality of service (QoS) level of a downlink service packet of a media access control (MAC) layer according to the QoS attribute information of the downlink service packet of the IP layer, and then the AP transmits and schedules radio resources according to the QoS level; for uplink service data, user equipment (UE) determines the QoS level of an uplink service packet of the MAC layer according to the QoS attribute information of the uplink service packet of the IP layer, and reports the QoS level and the other QoS parameters to the AP in the manner of a scheduling request, and the AP completes the transmitting and scheduling of radio resources according to the QoS level, so that the UE transmits the uplink service data to the AR Aimed at low-cost hot spot and indoor data service access, the present invention provides a novel network architecture and a perfect QoS service mechanism. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056246 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a method of transmitting a signal at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a radio resource control (RRC) configuration message from a network; determining a preference value relating to power saving after receiving the RRC configuration message; and transmitting the determined preference value relating to the power saving to the network. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056247 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - To reduce interference that a user terminal connecting to a base station apparatus forming a large-scale cell undergoes from a base station apparatus forming a small-scale cell in a radio communication system in which the small-scale cell is provided in the large-scale cell, a femto-base station forming a femto-cell provided in a macro-cell receives cell identification information of a macro-base station, determines cell identification information of the femto-base station based on the received cell identification information of the macro-base station so as to reduce interference to a control format indicator channel assigned to radio resources by the macro-base station, and controls assignment of control channels to radio resources based on the determined cell identification information of the femto-base station. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056248 | Communication Devices and Methods for Performing Communication - In a first implementation, a method for performing direct mobile-to-mobile communication in a cellular mobile communication system, the cellular mobile communication system having at least two mobile stations and a communication network for providing a communication connection between the at least two mobile stations via at least one base station of the communication network is provided, method for performing direct mobile-to-mobile communication in a cellular mobile communication system includes associating a first mobile station and a second mobile station with the at least one base station, performing neighbor discovery between the first mobile station and the second mobile station for reporting to the at least one base station, detecting the feasibility of direct communication between the first mobile station and the second mobile station, establishing a direct communication link between the at least two mobile stations, allocating identification for communication and flow and resources for a flow between the first mobile station and the second mobile station, synchronizing the flow between the first mobile station and the second mobile station, and sending automatic repeat requests (ARQ) messages. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056249 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING RANGING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for performing wireless communication ranging are provided. A machine-to-machine (M2M) device receives a paging message from a base station, transmits a bandwidth request (BR) preamble sequence to the base station, receives a first UL grant to allocate an uplink (UL) resource for the transmission of a BR header, transmits the BR header including a ranging request indication parameter to the base station through a UL resource allocated by the first UL grant, receives a second UL grant to allocated a UL resource for transmission of a ranging request message from the bases station, and transmits the ranging request message to the base station through a UL resource allocated by the second UL grant. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056250 | Distributed Control of Channel Selection in a Communication System - Mechanisms for enabling distributed access control are disclosed. At least one communication channel is selected for wireless communication by a device by a selection procedure where interference impact of at least one communication channel on at least one interfered node is determined, an overall interference effect is formed, and a set of feasible communication channels is selected based on comparison of the overall interference effect to communication channel capacity. At least one communication channel can be selected from the selected set of feasible communication channels based on transmission collision information, a ratio of capacity of interfered transmissions and capacity of interference-free transmissions, usage history of the feasible communication channels, and fairness of communication channel selection. Information can be communicated to at least one device from a plurality of access nodes. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056251 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER - Provided are a method and apparatus for controlling uplink transmission power in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a random access preamble in a secondary cell, and receives a random access response in a primary cell. The terminal determines a transmission power for an uplink channel transmitted in the second cell based on the transmit power command (TPC) within the random access response. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056252 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING UPLINK SIGNALING INFORMATION - A User Equipment, UE, of a cellular communication system transmits scheduling assistance data to a base station comprising a base station scheduler which schedules uplink packet data. The scheduling assistance data relates to uplink packet data transmission from the UE. The UE comprises a channel controller which is operable to cause the scheduling assistance data to be transmitted from the UE to the base station in a first physical resource of an uplink air interface. The first physical resource is not managed by the base station based scheduler. The scheduling assistance data may specifically be transmitted in a first transport channel multiplexed with other transport channels on a physical resource. The transport channels may be individually optimized and may have different termination points and transmission reliabilities. Specifically, the transport channel supporting the scheduling assistance data signaling may have a high reliability and be terminated in the base station. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056253 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes configuring a number of resource elements for transmitting the information data; dividing the information data to first information data and second information data if a bit size O of the information data is equal to or larger than a predetermined number; applying RM coding on each of the first information data and the second information data; concatenating the coded first information data and the coded second information data, and transmitting the concatenated data by using the predetermined number of resource elements, wherein a minimum value Q′ | 02-27-2014 |
20140056254 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE SHARING AMONG CELLULAR NETWORKS - According to a disclosed method, an MME in a network analyzes KPIs from the cells it serves and based on the KPIs, it decides to engage in sharing. The MME then contacts a sharing entity (SE) to announce that it wants to borrow or to supply resources. The MME obtains terms of a sharing agreement from the SE and the MME obtains the identity of the other network. In response to this information, the MME configures its network elements to share. The MME's own network may be a supplier or a borrower. If the network is a supplier, the MME configures its base stations to support UEs subscribing to the other network. If the network is a borrower, the MME configures its UEs to accept service from the other network's base stations. The SE applies knowledge of network topology and of services offered. This knowledge is obtained from a sharing database. At the expiration of the sharing agreement, the SE tells the MMEs to deactivate the sharing agreement. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056255 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING A TEMPORARY BLOCK FLOW TO WHICH A PIGGYBACKED ACK/NACK FIELD IS ADDRESSED - Methods and apparatus are described. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) generates a piggybacked acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (PAN) field and a PAN check sequence (PCS) from the PAN field. The WTRU masks the PCS with a temporary flow identity (TFI) that includes a specific sequence of a plurality of bit values that represents information other than an identification of a particular TBF. The WTRU transmits data that includes the PAN field and the masked PCS. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056256 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE BEAM-FORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses and methods for maintaining an optimal beam direction in a wireless communication system are provided. The method for operating a receiving node in a wireless communication system includes, determining a first transmission beam is determined as a preferred transmission beam using a plurality of reference signals transmitted by a transmitting node, generating preferred transmission beam information, transmitting the preferred transmission beam information to the transmitting node, receiving transmissions from the transmitting node via the first transmission beam, and determining whether a change of a transmission beam is necessary. When the change of the transmission beam is determined to be necessary, generating a beam change request and transmitting the beam change request to the transmitting node. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056257 | UTILIZATION OF MULTIPLE ACCESS POINTS TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE APPLICATIONS AND SERVICES - A method that includes establishing a connection with a default access point, transmitting a request to access or utilize an application, a service, or a resource, receiving a response to the request that includes a location of a serving access point that provides the application, the service, or the resource, establishing a connection with the serving access point, and receiving an assignment of a network address that is anchored by the serving access point. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056258 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURED MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER REPORTING AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for configured maximum output power reporting and user equipment including: judging sequentially by user equipment whether there exists non-adaptive retransmission of uplink data in each of serving cells, or judging whether a base station schedules only channel status information in each of serving cells and does not allocate an uplink grant to transmit data of an uplink shared channel when the user equipment triggers a power headroom report at a current subframe, the base station allocates an uplink grant to the user equipment for transmitting new data in an uplink shared channel, and the uplink grant is capable of containing the power headroom report; obtaining, if the result of judging is positive, by the user equipment, a configured maximum output power of the corresponding serving cell; and reporting the obtained configured maximum output power to the base station. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056259 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data through a downlink common transport channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving measurement information transmitted from a user equipment at an upper network node, forwarding control information of the common transport channel, which is acquired from the measurement information, from the upper network node to a base station, and transmitting downlink data from the base station to the user equipment through the common transport channel in accordance with the control information. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056260 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME (MCS) INDEX BASED ON FREQUENCY SELECTIVITY - A method of selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes measuring a frequency selectivity of a receiving channel, selecting a MCS index having a coding rate below a prescribed coding rate threshold value if the measured frequency selectivity is greater than or equal to a specified frequency selectivity threshold, and selecting the MCS index having the coding rate above or equal to the prescribed coding rate threshold value if the measured frequency selectivity is less than the specified frequency selectivity threshold. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056261 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (ARQ) - Hybrid ARQ is employed in a multi-carrier communication system for retransmission of erroneous packets by taking advantage of time/frequency/space diversity and by combining ARQ functions at physical layer and MAC layers, making the multi-carrier system more robust in a high packet-error environment. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056262 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - A wireless communication method for transmitting data signals of first and second users using first and second subcarrier groups, respectively, and transmitting pilot signals of the first and second users by multiplexing the pilot signals to the data signals, including allocating the pilot signals of the first and second users to different frequencies, where each of the pilot signals is generated based on Zadoff-Chu sequence; and mapping subcarrier components of the pilot signals so that one or more subcarrier components of higher frequencies and one or more subcarrier components of lower frequencies in the transmission band become identical, in regard to the pilot signals of each of the first and second users. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056263 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a communication device including: a first radio communication unit capable of radio communication in accordance with a first communication method; and a second radio communication unit capable of radio communication in accordance with a second communication method using a higher frequency band than the first communication method, wherein the first radio communication unit transmits an instruction signal instructing to learn a beam directionality to another communication device, and the second radio communication unit transmits a beam reference signal used for learning a beam directionality to said another communication device after completion of transmission of the instruction signal by the first radio communication unit and before reception of a response signal to the instruction signal. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056264 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION BANDWIDTH SETTING METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL AND BASE STATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT DEFINES A PLURALITY OF SIGNAL BANDWIDTHS - In a radio communication system defining a plurality of bandwidths, mobile terminals of kinds respectively corresponding to the plurality of bandwidths are accommodated in the system, and a minimum transmission bandwidth of the plurality of bandwidths is set as a transmission bandwidth of a downlink common channel. Or, every mobile terminal accommodated in the radio communication system is provided with a capability for processing a bandwidth equal to or greater than a predetermined value, and equal to or more than two transmission bandwidths that are equal to or less than a predetermined value are set as a transmission bandwidth of a downlink common channel. In the latter case, the mobile terminal identifies a bandwidth of a received downlink common channel. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056265 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE ELEMENTS FOR THE PROVISION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products define additional resource elements of a physical resource block (PRB) to be allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals in a manner that does not create issues relating to backwards compatibility for legacy mobile terminals. A method may include receiving a definition of a plurality of resource elements of a PRB to be allocated for provision of channel state information reference signals. At least some of the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals correspond in position to resource elements of the PRB that are interpreted by a different type of mobile terminal to be muted. The method also causes channel state information reference signals to be received via the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056266 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL INFORMATION ON UPLINK CHANNELS - Techniques for sending control information on uplink channels are disclosed. In one design, a user equipment (UE) may determine its current configuration for concurrent transmission of a control channel and a shared channel. The UE may select one or more channels, from among the control channel and the shared channel, to send control information of at least one type in a same subframe. The UE may select the one or more channels based on the types of control information to send, the current configuration for concurrent transmission of the control channel and the shared channel, whether the UE is scheduled for data transmission on the shared channel in the subframe, whether the UE has sufficient transmit power to transmit both the control channel and the shared channel, etc. The UE may send the control information on the one or more selected channels in the subframe. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056267 | POWER COMPENSATING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a power compensating method, user equipment and base station. The method comprises: receiving by the base station a pathloss value reported by the user equipment, or calculating the pathloss value according to a reference signal receiving power value reported by the user equipment; and compensating for power according to the pathloss value. With the embodiments of the present invention, power of signals may be compensated, and the power of the receiving side is made identical in uplink or downlink transmission, thereby multiplexing a transmission mode based on a codebook. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056268 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF DISCONTINUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of receiving a control channel signal containing resource allocation information; and a step of transmitting an uplink signal in accordance with the control channel signal, wherein the resource allocation information has a combination index r to be used for indicating two sets of resource blocks, and each set of resource blocks includes one or more continuous resource blocks. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056269 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING TRANSMISSION MODE, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide method for configuring a transmission mode, user equipment and a base station. The method includes: receiving, by the user equipment, a higher layer signaling transmitted by the base station, the higher layer signaling containing information instructing the user equipment to configure a transmission mode; and configuring the transmission mode for the user equipment according to the information, the transmission mode being based on a CRS or a DM-RS. With the embodiments of the present invention, reusable bandwidth resources may be increased. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056270 | ENHANCED BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING THROUGH AN ENHANCED DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (eDAS) - Embodiments of an enhanced base station and method for communicating through an enhanced distributed antenna system (eDAS) are generally described herein. The eDAS includes geographically-separated antenna nodes and each of the antenna nodes has a plurality of antenna elements. The base station may perform physical-layer baseband processing for each of the antenna nodes at a centralized processing location, and may cause the antenna nodes to transmit reference signals in accordance with a multiplexing scheme to allow user equipment to perform channel estimation for the antenna elements of any one or more of the antenna nodes. The base station may also cause the antenna nodes to transmit signals having synchronization codes to allow the user equipment to synchronize with the antenna elements of any one or more of the antenna nodes. In some embodiments, the base station may communicate with the antenna nodes over a physical-layer interface. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056271 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - Provided are a method for transmitting an uplink and a wireless device. The wireless device decides a first wireless resource through which a sounding reference signal (SRS) will be transmitted from a first serving cell, and decides a second wireless resource through which an uplink channel will be transmitted from a second service cell. When all or a portion of the first wireless resource and the second wireless resource overlap, and a total transmission power with respect to the SRS and the uplink channel from the overlapping wireless resources exceeds a predetermined maximum transmission power, the wireless device drops the transmission of the SRS and transmits the uplink channel through the second wireless resource from the second service cell. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056272 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - Disclosed are a method, device, and system for reporting a channel quality indicator (CQI), applicable in solving the problem in coordinated multipoint transmission technology of the incapability of a network side to execute accurately resource distribution and scheduling due to the incapability of the network side to have accurate knowledge of the interference that a terminal is being subjected to. The method is: on the basis of measurement reference signals transmitted by each device in a measurement collection, the terminal feeding back to a network side device an initial CQI of each device in the measurement collection; on the basis of the initial CQI of each device fed back by the terminal, and of channel matrix reference information fed back by the terminal, the network side device calculating a target CQI of the terminal. This allows the network side to learn accurately the interference that the terminal is being subjected to, thus allowing for accurate execution of terminal scheduling, resource distribution, and MCS selection, for effectively improved system throughput in coordinated multipoint transmission, and for improved system performance. | 02-27-2014 |
20140056273 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION HAVING LARGE PAYLOAD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and devices for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) having a large payload size in a carrier aggregation environment. The method for transmitting the UCI having a large sized payload in a wireless access system, as an embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: finding the number of first resource elements allocated to channel quality information (CQI) information to be included in the UCI; finding the number of second resource elements allocated to a rank indicator (RI) information to be included in the UCI; finding the coding rate of data transmitted with the UCI, considering the number of the first resource elements and the number of the second resource elements; finding the number of third resource elements allocated to all of the UCI, on the basis of the coding rate of the data; and multiplexing to a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and sending to a base station the UCI, on the basis of the number of the third resource elements. | 02-27-2014 |
20140064193 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IMPLEMENTING MULTIPLE AIR INTERFACE TECHNOLOGIES - A wireless communication system is provided that comprises a base station (BS) serving a subscriber unit (SU) in a Public Safety Narrowband (PSNB) network, an eNodeB serving the SU in a broadband data network, and a network element of the PSNB network that is in communication with the BS and that identifies the eNodeB to the BS. In response to the identification of the eNodeB, the BS informs the eNodeB, via an interface between a radio access network (RAN) of the PSNB network and a RAN of the broadband data network, of an initiation of a voice session in the PSNB network involving the SU and of PSNB network resources allocated to the session. In response to being informed of the initiation of the session and the allocated PSNB network resources, the eNodeB avoids allocation of resources to the SU that are spectrally proximate to the allocated PSNB network resources. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064194 | Methods and devices for providing TFI - Methods and devices for generating a TFI are described. In some embodiments an extended TFI with more bits than a legacy TFI is provided and the bits of the extended TFI are added in a RLC/MAC data block or in a PAN addressing field. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064195 | Recovery from Uplink Timing Alignment Failures in Cellular Communications - Regaining uplink synchronization after timing alignment failure in cellular communications. An out-of-sync condition with a cellular network may be detected. A first type of random access procedure may be initiated in response to detecting the out-of-sync condition. It may be determined whether or not a message transmitted as part of the first type of random access procedure is received by the cellular network. If the message transmitted as part of the first type of RACH is received by the network and no response to the message is received from the cellular network, a second type of RACH may be initiated. The second type of RACH may include a message having an indication that an out-of-sync condition occurred. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064196 | LAYER 2 ADDRESS MANAGEMENT IN 3 ADDRESS ONLY CAPABLE ACCESS POINTS IN NETWORKS WITH RELAYS - During uplink traffic, a map is formed between the MAC address and an upper layer identifier of each station of a communications network. When a downlink unicast packet is received, the identifier is compared to the map to select a corresponding MAC address. The packet having the selected MAC address is delivered to the station. During uplink, the MAC address of the station generating the packet is replaced with the MAC address of the relay receiving the packet. A device receiving an uplink multicast packet is assigned a temporary MAC address which remains valid during a known period. The device replaces the MAC address of the station generating the multicast packet with the temporary MAC address to generate a new packet that is transferred up the link. A downlink packet that includes the temporary MAC address and is received during the first time period is delivered as a response packet. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064197 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus that communicates with a radio communication terminal in a radio communication system, includes: processor configured to detect interference between the radio communication system and another radio communication system, and determine whether or not to switch a radio channel used to communicate with the radio communication terminal when the interference is detected; and a channel switching unit that switches the radio channel when the processor determines to switch the radio channel, and does not switch the radio channel when the processor determines not to switch the radio channel. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064198 | METHOD FOR A WIRELESS TARGET DEVICE TO AUTOMATICALLY CONNECT TO A TARGET NETWORK, WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM WITH AUTOMATIC NETWORK SETTING ABILITY, AND WIRELESS TARGET DEVICE THEREOF - A method is for allowing a wireless target device to automatically connect to a target network. The method is to be implemented by a wireless executing device in a wireless network system. In the method, the wireless executing device is configured to establish an ad-hoc wireless network with the wireless target device, and to transmit an access setting to the wireless target device over the ad-hoc wireless network. The access setting enables the wireless target device to connect to the target network automatically. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064199 | METHOD AND CHANNEL SELECTOR FOR SELECTING AN OPERATION CHANNEL, AND WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTING APPARATUS INCLUDING THE CHANNEL SELECTOR - In a method for selecting an operation channel, a wireless network connecting apparatus is configured to: identify at least one preoccupied channel; determine a plurality of available channels; evaluate a channel quality of each of the available channels; select one of the available channels based on the channel quality thereof as the operation channel, and to switch to the operation channel; transmit an evaluation packet through the operation channel; determine whether the operation channel needs to be replaced, based on a number of data retransmissions; and exclude the operation channel from the available channels when the determination is affirmative. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064200 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING RESOURCES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a method for using resources in a communication system, a communication region is divided into inter-sector boundary regions, sector central regions, and a sector common region, and predetermined resources are allocated to the divided regions. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064201 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR CSI-RS CONFIGURATION IN DISTRIBUTED RRH SYSTEMS - Apparatuses and methods for channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) configuration in distributed remote radio head (RRH) systems are described. A transmission point selection module can receive a user equipment (UE) signal via a transmission point from a plurality of transmission points sharing a single cell identification. A downlink transmission point can be selected based on the UE signal. The UE can then be configured to report CSI-RS measurements for the selected downlink transmission point. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064202 | METHODS AND NODES FOR MAINTAINING A WIRELESS CONNECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method and user node for maintaining a connection with a network node when operating in a multi-carrier mode using a first filter configuration to receive multiple frequency carriers simultaneously for downlink communication. The user node MO) applies a mode switching scheme comprising first intervals for the multi-carrier mode and second intervals for a single carrier mode using a second filter configuration to receive a single carrier for the downlink communication. In this case, the user node ON) switches temporarily from the multi-carrier mode to operate in the single carrier mode during the second intervals according to the mode switching scheme. Thereby the user node is enabled to maintain the connection by receiving messages and/or control signalling from the network node over the single frequency carrier during the second intervals, for example when the multi-carrier mode is highly disturbed by interference. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064203 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and a device for communicating device-to-device. The method for a first device to transmit a signal to a second device according to one embodiment of the present invention enables the first device to request to a base station a resource allocation for transmitting the signal to the second device, receive from the base station scheduling information for transmitting the signal to the second device, and the signal can be transmitted from the first device to the second device on the basis of the scheduling information, wherein the scheduling information includes information on an uplink resource for transmitting the signal from the first device to the second device. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064204 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SAME, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Presented is a plan for utilizing resources not being used in a subframe consisting of relay transmission, and being thrown away thereafter. The present invention enables efficient utilization of the resources by reducing the waste of the resources in a wireless communication system supporting a relay. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064205 | SEARCH SPACE FOR UPLINK GRANT IN AN AGGREGATED-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to transmitting and receiving of control information in a system supporting carrier aggregation. A search space for control information is configured in such a way that at least two search spaces determined by respective component carriers are on a first slot of a subframe and a further search space determined by a further component carrier is on a second slot, wherein at least one candidate of search spaces in the first slot is mapped in a same resource block pair with at least one candidate of a search space in the second slot. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064206 | Resource Scheduling Method and Device - Provided are a resource scheduling method and device; the method comprises: scheduling resource according to the transmission demands; and configuring a frame structure with a non-fixed frame length matching the scheduled resource. The method according to the present invention prevents wastage of wireless resources caused by competition conflict or random back-off, and can better adapt to the demands of different kinds of data services with varied features in the future. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064207 | Methods and Devices for Selection of Random Access Channel - Disclosed is, among other things, a method of physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) selection in a User Equipment, (UE) where the UE selects PRACH non-randomly from a list of candidate PRACHs. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064208 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION OF AN UNCODED CHANNEL IN AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SYSTEM - A method apparatus and system for efficiently transmitting and receiving channels are provided in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM). A multiplexing scheme differs according to a channel when a transmitter transmits a packet data channel, a common control channel and a control channel designated for a particular user. Uncoded 1-bit information is broadly dispersed in frequency and time domains using multiplexing technology for maximizing diversity gain in a channel for transmitting information of at least one bit to a particular user like an acknowledgement (ACK) channel. The transmitter converts a sequence obtained by multiplexing multiple bits to be transmitted to a plurality of users to parallel signals, and broadly disperses the parallel signals in the time and frequency domains. When the uncoded 1-bit information is transmitted, reception reliability is improved because channel coding and transmission are efficiently performed using a small amount of resources. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064209 | OPTIMIZED ALWAYS-ON WIRELESS SERVICE USING NETWORK ASSISTANCE AND KEEP-ALIVES - The disclosure generally relates to optimized always-on wireless service using network assistance and keep-alives. More particularly, in response to a user equipment (UE) requesting a bearer for an always-on service, a network may establish the bearer for the always-on service and transmit an availability time that indicates a period during which the bearer will be held in an active state to the UE. Any applications running on the UE may then use the bearer for the always-on service, and the UE may transmit a single keep-alive message to the network before the availability time expires to reset the period during which the bearer will be held in the active state. Furthermore, the keep-alive message may be structured to not generate a reply and thereby reduce battery consumption, reduce communication overhead, and improve network capacity | 03-06-2014 |
20140064210 | SELECTIVELY ALLOCATING QUALITY OF SERVICE TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE CONCURRENT SESSIONS FOR A CLIENT DEVICE - In an embodiment, a server mediates a first group communication session with the user equipment (UE) by exchanging media for the first group communication session with the UE over a first link with a first level of Quality of Service (QoS) resources (e.g., either without a guaranteed bit rate (GBR) or a threshold amount of GBR) and exchanging non-media signaling data for the first group communication session with the UE over a signaling link that is either the same or separate from the first link. The server detects, while the UE continues participation in the first group communication session, that the UE has joined or is attempting to join a second group communication session. The server applies a policy for selectively allocating additional QoS resources to supplement the first level of QoS resources to the UE for concurrently supporting both the first and second group communication sessions in response to the detection. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064211 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USING A GEOMETRY INDICATOR IN HETNET DEPLOYMENTS - In a heterogeneous network deployment that includes a macro base station and a low power node, a geometry indicator is transmitted by the low power node to facilitate the calculation of a path loss difference value at a user equipment using power estimates of the received synchronization signal from the macro base station and received geometry indicator signal from the low power node. Using the estimated path loss difference value, the user equipment adjusts the power level of an initial preamble signal transmission to the macro base station. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064212 | Bluetooth Low Energy and LTE Coexistence Enhancements - Methods for preventing coexistence interference between a Bluetooth Low Energy (BLE) radio and a collocated LTE radio are provided. In a first solution, the BLE radio adds padding bytes to BLE packets such that the total packet length falls in a specific range to prevent coexistence interference. In a second solution, the BLE radio limits the total BLE packet length to a predefined length to prevent coexistence interference. In a third solution, the data rate for transmitting the BLE packets is higher than a predefined rate to prevent coexistence interference. In a fourth solution, the BLE radio dynamically adjusts the time inter-frame-spacing (T_IFS) value to prevent coexistence interference with the collocated LTE radio. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064213 | FEEDBACK CAPABILITY ENHANCEMENT USING REFERENCE SYMBOL RADIO RESOURCE SELECTION - Feedback information is conveyed between a wireless device and a base station in a cellular communications network via selection and detection of radio resources utilized for an uplink reference signal transmitted from a wireless device to a base station. In this manner, additional feedback information may be sent from the wireless device to the base station without sacrificing any bandwidth available for data transfer between the wireless device and the base station. The radio resources utilized for the uplink reference signal may include cyclic shift and/or time and frequency resources. The uplink reference signal may be an uplink sounding reference signal for a long term evolution network (LTE), or its evolution, such as LTE-Advanced. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064214 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS - Methods and apparatus are described for a base station to transmit and for a User Equipment (UE) to detect a Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) conveying a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format scheduling data reception or data transmission by the UE. The base station transmits a PDCCH and the UE decodes candidate PDCCHs using a number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs) from a first set of CCEs for a first DCI format and using a number of CCEs from a second set of CCEs for a second DCI format depending on a maximum code rate for the DCI format transmission or on a scheduling bandwidth. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064215 | Method of Handling Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel and Related Communication Device - A method of handling an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) for a network of a wireless communication system comprises calculating the average number of available resource elements (REs) in one control channel element (CCE) for EPDCCH in a physical resource block (PRB); selecting an aggregation level from a first aggregation level set; calculating the number of available REs in a EPDCCH for the selected aggregation level according to the selected aggregation level and the average number of available REs in one CCE; selecting a first candidate number set according to a second comparison result between the number of available REs in the EPDCCH for the selected aggregation level and a second threshold; and determining an aggregation level and the number of blind decoding candidates corresponding to the determined aggregation level, for transmitting control information dedicated to a user equipment. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064216 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN AN ASYMMETRIC MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method for communicating Downlink Control Information (DCI) in an asymmetric multicarrier communication network environment, the method comprising: determining a carrier type corresponding to DCI to be transmitted to a mobile station from a plurality of carrier types, encoding the DCI in a DCI format, wherein the DCI format comprises a set of fields corresponding to the determined carrier type, and transmitting the DCI encoded in the DCI format to the mobile station through a downlink control channel on a primary carrier, wherein the DCI format comprises a carrier index field indicating type of the fields in the DCI format encoding the DCI and the carrier type corresponding to the encoded DCI. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064217 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING IMS SUPPORT FOR ENTERPRISE PBX USERS - An architecture and procedures by which an NGN can provide the following capabilities to an NGCN user: basic terminating service in the peering model; enhanced terminating services in the peering model; enhanced originating services in the peering model; and roaming service in the subscription and peering models. All capabilities are provided in an easily scalable manner via provisioned subscriber data and small modifications to existing IMS procedures. In one embodiment, an NGN is configured among the external networks to receive all SIP requests intended for the NGCN users of an NGCN interconnected to the NGN via the peering model (this NGN is the trunking home NGN), and the NGN forwards these requests to the NGCN for handling using request retargeting. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064218 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) includes receiving SRS operation information including a sounding indicator, the sounding indicator indicating whether SRS transmission takes place at a subframe; generating the SRS according to the SRS operation information, and if the sounding indicator indicates occurrence of SRS transmission, transmitting the SRS at the subframe. Multiplexing can be achieved without collision between data and a sounding reference signal and single carrier characteristics required in uplink transmission can be preserved. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064219 | DATA SENDING METHOD AND TRANSMISSION RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a method for sending a BSR. The method includes: if an LCG logical channel meets a regular BSR trigger condition, triggering a first regular BSR; or if a BSR retransmission timer expires, and any LCG logical channel has transmittable data, triggering a second regular BSR; if the LCG logical channel triggering the first regular BSR meets a non-transmittable condition, canceling the first regular BSR; or if all LCG logical channels meet a non-transmittable condition after the second regular BSR is triggered, canceling the second regular BSR; and if an uplink transmission resource is available in a current TTI, and the first or second regular BSR that is triggered but not canceled exists, sending a BSR MAC CE by using the uplink transmission resource. The disclosed method prevents a UE from generating and reporting meaningless BSR MAC CEs, and thereby saves transmission resources. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and Apparatus for performing power control on the power control commands transmitted on a forward link in a wireless communication system. The power level of the power control bits on the forward link are adjusted in response to power commands received on the reverse link. The mobile station measures the power level of the adjusted power control bits to measure the quality of the forward link. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064221 | BEAMFORMING FEEDBACK OPTIONS FOR MU-MIMO - Beamforming may be used in MIMO communication systems to further enhance spectral efficiency. Beamforming refers to beamed transmissions to a single destination (e.g., a station) at a time, to enhance the rate and/or range of transmission. To perform beamforming from a source to one or more destinations, a channel and/or beamforming matrices corresponding to the channel needs to be known at the source, which may be obtained as feedback from the destination. However, the beamforming matrices may not be smooth over frequency as it is fed back from the destination. Therefore, certain aspects of the present disclosure provide beamforming feedback options, resulting in the smoothness of a beamforming matrix. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064222 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A method and apparatus are provided for enabling a user to effectively use a wireless network using a contention free channel access service. The wireless communication method includes receiving a contention free channel access request frame from at least one device in a wireless network in a superframe, and broadcasting a traffic information message including contention free channel access information in the superframe after the contention free channel access request frame is received. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064223 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING INFORMATION BY MODIFYING MODULATION CONSTELLATIONS - Methods and systems for communicating in a wireless network may distinguish different types of packet structures by modifying the phase of a modulation constellation, such as a binary phase shift keying (BPSK) constellation, in a signal field. Receiving devices may identify the type of packet structure associated with a transmission or whether the signal field is present by the phase of the modulation constellation used for mapping for the signal field. In one embodiment, the phase of the modulation constellation may be determined by examining the energy of the I and Q components after Fast Fourier Transform. Various specific embodiments and variations are also disclosed. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064224 | TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTING METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE STATION - Methods of selecting a transport format combination are provided. For example, a method comprises calculating the transmission power of a first physical channel using each of first TFCs, and determines whether a mobile station is in a transmission capable state. The method also comprises calculating the sum of the transmission power of first and second physical channels using first and second TFCs, with respect to each of combinations of first and second TFCs, and determines whether the mobile station is in the transmission capable state. The method also comprises selecting first TFC from the first TFCs wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state and selecting a second TFC from the second TFCs which are included in combinations wherein the mobile station is in the transmission capable state among the combinations including the selected first TFC. The data is transmitted using the selected first and second TFCs, respectively. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064225 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - A base station is provided, including a transmitter configured to broadcast information for determining one or more first preambles contained in a first Random Access Preamble group and any second preamble(s) contained in a second Random Access Preamble group; and a receiver configured to receive a preamble transmitted by a mobile station. The received preamble is randomly selected from among the first preamble(s) when the first Random Access Preamble group is selected, or is randomly selected from among the second preamble(s) when the second Random Access Preamble group is selected. The second Random Access Preamble group is selected if a message size based on data available for transmission by the mobile station meets a first condition and if a value calculated based on a reference signal received power of downlink meets a second condition, and else the first Random Access Preamble group is selected. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064226 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SUB-FRAME DESIGNATION INFORMATION TO A DOWNLINK IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting subframe designating information in downlink in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes generating the subframe designating information for designating a subframe of a specific type in a radio frame and transmitting the generated subframe designating information to a user equipment, wherein the subframe designating information includes initial location information indicating an initial location of the subframe of the specific type on the radio frame and period information indicating a period for the subframe of the specific type to be repeated. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064227 | FREQUENCY BAND ADAPTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A system, apparatus and method is disclosed for multiband wireless communication. Frequency bands and/or transmission formats are identified as available within a range for wireless communication. The system evaluates signal quality metrics for each frequency band and selects a communication method based on the evaluation. Multiple frequency bands and communication methods can be utilized by the system such that a combination of licensed, unlicensed, semilicensed, and overlapped frequency bands can be simultaneously used for communication. The system monitors communications and can report link performance for adaptive control of the selected communication methods. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064228 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESPONSES - A method and apparatus for supporting a random access using a random access channel (RACH) are disclosed. The WTRU detects a format of control information in at least one control channel element (CCE) of a common area in a control portion of a downlink transmission. The control information indicates a resource allocation in a data portion of the downlink transmission. The WTRU recovers a random access response assigned to the WTRU from the indicated resource allocation of the data portion on a condition that the at least one CCE has a random access radio network terminal identifier (RA-RNTI) assigned to the WTRU. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064229 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DISCOVERY SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically to a method and an apparatus for transmitting a discovery signal in a wireless communication system. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for enabling a terminal for supporting multiple radio access technologies to perform communication includes the steps of: communicating first data to a base station; receiving first information for notifying the presence of a first AP from the first AP as at least one AP among a plurality of APs; and communicating second data using the first AP, wherein the first information is received by using a first resource as at least a part of all resources which the base station uses, a first radio access technology can be applied between the terminal and the base station, and a second radio access technology can be applied between the terminal and the first AP. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064230 | BASE STATION - When a scheduling executing section allocates a use downlink radio resource including in a frequency direction a frequency band, in which a known signal is not received by an uplink radio resource for known signal, from a downlink radio resource associated with the uplink radio resource for known signal to a communication terminal, a communication section generates a known signal to be received from the communication terminal in a frequency band of the use downlink radio resource in a pseudo manner when performing downlink communication with the communication terminal using the use downlink radio resource. The communication section controls transmission directivity in a plurality of antennas based on a new reception signal obtained by adding the pseudo known signal as a desired wave component to a reception signal that is received in the frequency band of the use downlink radio resource in the uplink radio resource for known signal. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064231 | LAYERED CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A layered channel access method of a Group Representative-station (GR-STA) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes receiving a management, including setting information indicative of a first phase and a second phase frame, from an Access Point (AP), receiving a first radio frame from the AP or accessing a channel and sending a second radio frame to the AP during the first phase indicated by the setting information, and receiving a third radio frame from an affiliated STA of a group to which the GR-STA belongs or accessing a channel and sending a fourth radio frame to at least one STA of the group to which the GR-STA belongs during the second phase indicated by the setting information. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064232 | NETWORK SELECTION IN MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure is related to selecting a network in a machine to machine (M2M) communication. A method of selecting a network in an M2M communication according to at least one embodiment includes: transmitting, by an M2M entity, an interface resource to an M2M core, wherein the interface resource includes a service class for an M2M application and information on supportable access networks; and performing, by the M2M entity, a connection to an access network, wherein the access network is selected by the M2M core, based on (i) information included in the interface resource and (ii) at least one of a network cost and location information. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064233 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - The purpose of the present invention is to inhibit an increase in the amount of A/N resources, without changing the timing at which the error detection result of an SCell is notified when UL-DL configurations to be configured for each of the unit bands are different, from the timing at which the error detection result is notified when just a single unit band is configured. A control unit ( | 03-06-2014 |
20140064234 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT THEREFOR - A method for determining Channel Quality Indicators to be reported by User Equipments in base station cooperation, and a base station and a User Equipment therefore are provided. The method comprising: assigning a sequence of adjustment factors to various possible base station cooperations; transmitting the assigned adjustment factors to UEs; calculating an original CQI for each possible base station cooperation in each UE; adjusting the original CQIs based on the received adjustment factors in UEs; and reporting one or multiple original CQI(s) that are the highest after the aforesaid adjustment and knowledge of which CQI(s) are reported to the base station by each UE. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064235 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a terminal to receive downlink control information from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of receiving control information in a first area of a specific subframe on the basis of a first reference signal, receiving control information in a second area of the specific subframe on the basis of a second reference signal, wherein the first reference signal and the second reference signal are applied to a same precoding. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064236 | CHANNEL RECONFIGURATION METHOD, PRECODING METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - In order to recognize a relatively accurate channel state of each UE, a channel of the UE is reconfigured based on channel phase information and channel quality information reported from the UE to obtain a channel matrix of the UE. Besides, a channel of the UE is reconfigured based on channel phase information and channel quality information reported from the UE to obtain a channel matrix of the UE, a precoding matrix of the UE is determined based on the channel matrix of the UE, and precoding is performed on data to transmit to the UE, using the precoding matrix. | 03-06-2014 |
20140064237 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TERMINAL TO EXECUTE UPLINK HARQ OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a terminal to receive an acknowledgement/negative-ACK (ACK/NACK) from a base station in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of receiving from the base station, through a first carrier wave, scheduling information on uplink data to be transmitted through a second carrier wave, transmitting the uplink data to the base station through the second carrier wave, and receiving an ACK/NACK signal for the uplink data from the base station, in one specific subframe from the first carrier wave or the second carrier wave. | 03-06-2014 |
20140071899 | METHODAND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - Currently available network virtualization solutions are either specifically tailored for wired networks composed of nodes with very large processing power and storage space. The present invention relates to a novel virtualization framework specifically tailored to wireless networks. Such framework provides Wireless Internet Service Providers (WISP) with an effective virtualization solution, allowing production traffic to share part of the available network resources with a variable number of network slices where novel solutions, such as new routing protocols, services or network operation tools, can be experimentally tested in a severely controlled yet realistic environment. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071900 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO ASSIGN SLOTS IN RESTRICTED ACCESS WINDOWS IN WINDOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may implement a slot assignment scheme that uses information provided in traffic indication map (TIM) information element (IE) and restricted access window (RAW) parameter set (PS) IE to determine a station-to-slot mapping function for communication of slot assignments to stations for RAWs. The TIM IE may comprise a bitmap indicating paged and unpaged stations. The RAW PS IE may comprise a duration and a slot duration. Logic may implement the station-to-slot function by determining the number of slots in a RAW and correlating slot assignments for stations based upon a position for the station in the TIM bitmap. The TIM bitmap may identify each station via a bit on a page in the bitmap based upon an assignment of the station to a position in the TIM bitmap. The station-to-slot mapping function may use an offset for fair access. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071901 | DOWNLINK MULTICARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONFIGURATION - The disclosure relates to a method in a mobile communication network for configuring the network for downlink multicarrier data transmission from a network node to a mobile terminal. The method includes the step ( | 03-13-2014 |
20140071902 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink Power Control in a Wireless Communication Network - According to the teachings herein, an LTE or other wireless communication network provides for independent control of SRS transmissions by a UE or other wireless device. The network advantageously sends DCI messages for SRS power control using a modified format 3/3A, where the message length conforms to that used for conventional format 3/3A messages but where the message is masked using a distinct RNTI. Correspondingly, the wireless device is configured to recognize from the distinct RNTI that the received TPC commands are targeted to controlling the uplink transmit power used by the wireless device for SRS transmissions. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071903 | Closed Loop Power Control Commands for SRS - According to one aspect of the teachings herein, a set of rules for transmitting Downlink Control Information (DCI) messages containing Transmit Power Control (TPC) commands is known to a wireless communication network ( | 03-13-2014 |
20140071904 | Resource Block Indication and Allocation for In-Device Coexistence Interference Avoidance - A method is provided for reducing radio frequency interference between a first device and a second device co-located on a UE. The method comprises transmitting, by the UE, to a network element, responsive to the UE detecting IDC interference between the first device and the second device, an output power level of the first device, an amount of de-sense experienced by the second device, and information regarding a plurality of RBs on which the UE requests to perform an uplink transmission. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071905 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATED DEVICE STATE CHANGES IN RESPONSE TO NETWORK CONDITIONS - Methods and apparatus for the automated altering of wireless device states in response to detected connection behaviors. In one embodiment, a mobile device receives network parameters, some of which are incorrectly configured, from a base station (or access point). To ensure the proper behavior of the mobile device, the device reviews the network provided parameters to determine if one or more of the parameters has been set incorrectly. If so, the device locally alters its own settings to mitigate the incorrect operation associated with the incorrect network provided parameters. In second exemplary embodiment, a number of tolerances are utilized to ensure the proper operation of the mobile device while maintaining an active link. Upon violation of one or more of these tolerances, the device breaks the active link to the wireless network. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071906 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING TRAFFIC LOAD - An apparatus stores association information that associates a plurality of identifiers identifiable by a load distribution device, with a plurality of communication lines. The load distribution device transfers user data for a mobile station device through one of the plurality of communication lines. The apparatus selects a first communication line via which the user data of the mobile station device is to be transferred, from among the plurality of communication lines, at the time of start of communication with the mobile station device. The apparatus identifies a first identifier that is associated with the first communication line in the association information, adds the first identifier to the user data, and outputs the user data to the load distribution device. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071907 | Method and Apparatus for Handling PDN Connections - A method and apparatus for handling Packet Data Network (PDN) connections between a 3GPP core network node and a User Equipment (UE) via a non-3GPP access network. The UE sends to a gateway node in the non-3GPP access network a first message requesting establishment of a PDN connection. The UE obtains a key associated with the PDN connection and subsequently sends to the gateway node data packets relating to the PDN connection, each data packet including the key. The key allows the gateway node to identify the PDN connection even when multiple PDN connections are used by the UE. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071908 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR COMPONENT CARRIER AGGREGATION CONTROL - In a communication system using aggregation of component carriers, a transmitter comprises a transmitting entity configured to transmit data messages on multiple component carriers. The transmission of the data messages is accomplished on the basis of a retransmission protocol. The retransmission protocol requires sending of an acknowledgement message in response to verifying correct receipt of a data message. A receiver comprises a receiving entity configured to receive the data messages on the basis of the retransmission protocol. In response to a decision to deactivate transmission on one of the aggregated component carriers, the retransmission protocol is triggered to retransmit those data messages for which no acknowledgement message of the retransmission protocol has been received. The retransmission is accomplished on at least one other of the component carriers. A further retransmission protocol may be used on each of the component carriers, with respective transmitting entities in the transmitter and respective receiving entities in the receiver. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071909 | Method and Apparatus of Wireless Communications - Uplink sounding comprising sending one or more representations of a sounding request or a sounding request and configuration information indicator of uplink sounding in a wireless radio communication system is disclosed. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071910 | Mobile Terminal and Access Method for Enhanced Uplink Random Access Channel - The present invention provides a mobile terminal and an access method for an E-RUCCH. The method comprises: when upload data authorization information has expired and the amount of buffer data in a logical channel of the mobile terminal is zero, starting a timer; judging whether or not the timer is timed out, and if upload data authorization information is received before the timer is timed out, resetting the timer and initiating an E-RUCCH access; if the upload data authorization information is not received before the timer is timed out, resetting the timer when the timer is timed out and judging whether there is any buffer data in the logical channel; and when the amount of the buffer data in the logical channel exceeds a threshold of the buffer data in the logical channel, initiating the E-RUCCH access. Through the above-mentioned method and the mobile terminal, it is able to control the E-RUCCH access time of the mobile terminal and prevent the mobile terminal from initiating unnecessary, frequent access. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071911 | TRANSMITTING DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - In a transmitting device, each of the plurality of mapping candidates that make up the search space is configured from the same number of control channel elements as an aggregation level value, the control channel elements are obtained by dividing each physical resource block into a predetermined number, and the quantity of resource elements contained in each of the predetermined number of control channel elements in each physical resource block adopts at least two types of values. A search space setting unit ( | 03-13-2014 |
20140071912 | METHOD OF COOPERATIVE MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - The present disclosure proposes a method of cooperative MIMO wireless communication, and a base station using the same. A base station would have a plurality of radio remote units (RRUs), and each of the RRUs may have a specific radio coverage and a plurality of antennas coupled to each of the RRUs. The function of the base station may include receiving a UE information, receiving a service flow, deriving a service type of the service flow, and determining a MIMO scheme, modulating the service flow into a MIMO stream according to the MIMO scheme, allocating a plurality of resource blocks, wherein the resource blocks may correspond to a portion or all of the RRUs, distributing the MIMO stream into a plurality of downlink sub streams and transmitting the downlink sub streams through the resource blocks by the RRUs corresponding to the resource blocks. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071913 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING MODULATION SYMBOLS TO RESOURCES IN OFDM SYSTEMS - A transmission resource in a time domain subframe is divided into a plurality of equal duration resource elements in a time and frequency domain, the plurality of resource elements are segregated into a plurality of resource regions, information to be transmitted is modulated to generate a sequence of modulation symbols at a transmitter, the sequence of modulation symbols is mapped into the plurality of resource elements in the plurality of resource regions, and the modulation symbols are transmitted via a plurality of antennas using the respective corresponding resource elements to a receiver. The mapping of the modulation symbols in at least one resource region is independent of a certain control channel information that is carried in the time domain subframe, and the mapping of the modulation symbols in at least another resource region is dependent upon that certain control channel information. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071914 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING SPATIAL DIVERSITY OF AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for configuring spatial diversity of an enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannel (ePDCCH) is provided. The method includes alternately using, by each Resource Element (RE) in an enhanced Resource Element Group (eREG), one of N | 03-13-2014 |
20140071915 | MULTIPLEXING RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUPS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus are described for forming Control Channel Elements (CCEs) from Resource Element Groups (REGs) that are located in one or more Physical Resource Block (PRB) pairs from a set of PRB pairs, for determining a first symbol in a Transmission Time Interval (TTI) for a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH), and for determining whether the PDSCH includes all PRB pairs indicated by a respective PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071916 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DISCOVERY SIGNAL - A device transmits a discovery signal including identification information of the device in an empty discovery slot among a plurality of discovery slots of a discovery interval. The discovery signal includes two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. One of the two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols includes at least one tone. The identification information of the device is displayed by a position of a subcarrier corresponding to the at least one tone. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071917 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN TALK-AROUND DIRECT COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method in which a transmitting terminal included in an talk-around direct communication (TDC) network transmits data includes: determining a data frame for transmitting the data; requesting to reserve a data transmission segment included in the data frame through a transmission request segment included in the data frame; receiving a response signal transmitted in a transmission response segment included in the data frame; and analyzing the response signal and transmitting the data through the data transmission segment. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071918 | RECEPTION AND CONFIGURATION OF DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The disclosure is related to reception and configuration of a downlink control channel. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus (e.g., user equipment) for receiving a downlink control channel located in a data region, and a method and an apparatus (e.g., a transmission/reception point) for configuring and transmitting the downlink control channel. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071919 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING MEASUREMENT GAPS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - In a wireless communication system, user equipment (UE) has autonomy provided by one or more set of rules to handle processing during a measurement gap. UE can ignore or use only a portion of the whole measurement gap if not needed. Thereby, an urgent need for remaining tuned to source carrier frequency can be supported, such as utilizing Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure. UE can also choose to tune to a target carrier frequency supporting timely handovers. Depending on the type of processing required (download shared channel (DL-SCH, UL-SCH, TTI bundling, RACH or SR), the UE may store requests and process the measurements during the gap or ignore the gap measurement as if there were no gaps. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071920 | BASE STATION - A transmitting unit of a base station transmits data to a radio terminal with a plurality of frequency bands. A transfer unit of the base station transfers a part of data to be transmitted by the transmitting unit to another base station, so that data transmission to the radio terminal is performed in the other base station. A receiving unit of the other base station receives data transferred by the transfer unit of the base station. A transmitting unit of the other base station transmits data received by the receiving unit to the radio terminal. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071921 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present disclosure provides a method and device for transmitting data. The method comprises: a first user equipment receives downlink data sent from a base station through downlink resources of a special subframe; the first user equipment acquires a position of uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in guard period resources of the special subframe, wherein the position of the uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in the guard period resources of the special subframe is staggered from a position of downlink resources corresponding to a second user equipment in the special subframe, and a round-trip time of the second user equipment is greater than a round-trip time of the first user equipment; and the first user equipment sends uplink data to the base station through the uplink resources corresponding to the first user equipment in the guard period resources of the special subframe. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071922 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A SEGMENT CARRIER - Methods, apparatus and computer program products configure a sounding reference signal (SRS) for a segment carrier that serves as a contiguous bandwidth extension of a component carrier, such as a component carrier that is backwards compatible with prior releases of a mobile terminal. In the context of a mobile terminal, the method receives a triggering message that identifies respective configurations of the SRS for the component carrier and the associated segment carrier. The configuration of the SRS for the component carrier is different than the configuration of the SRS for the segment carrier. The method also causes the SRS to be transmitted in accordance with the respective configurations identified by the triggering message via uplink subframes of the component carrier and the segment carrier. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071923 | MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND INFORMATION SIGNAL FREQUENCY BAND COMPRESSION - A wireless device includes processing circuitry and a Radio Frequency (RF) receiver section. The processing circuitry determines a set of a plurality of information signals of interest within a RF Multiple Frequency Bands Multiple Standards (MFBMS) signal. The RF receiver section down-converts the plurality of information signals by a shift frequency to produce a plurality of down-converted signals and filters the plurality of down-converted signals to produce a plurality of filtered signals corresponding to the set of the information signals of interest. The processing circuitry further extracts data corresponding to the set of the information signals from the plurality of filtered signals. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071924 | CIRCUIT SWITCHED DOMAIN CODEC LIST FOR SINGLE RADIO VOICE CALL CONTINUITY - A Circuit Switched (CS) domain codec list for Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SR-VCC) is provided. A apparatus providing such a list can include preparing a list of include preparing a list of circuit switched capabilities of a terminal device, sending the list to a network device during attachment, receiving the list at the network device, storing the list in the network device, sending the list to a second network device, receiving the list at the second network device, and using the list in handing over the terminal device to the second network device. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071925 | CONVERGENT TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS, DATA OFFLOADING AND CONVERGING METHOD - A convergent transmission system includes a data offloading and converging node, a cellular access point, and a WLAN AP. The data offloading and converging node is configured to: negotiate with a UE to determine a data offloading policy; according to the data offloading policy determined by negotiating with the UE, use a WLAN radio bearer to transmit a part of user data, and the cellular access point is configured to work with the UE and the data offloading and converging node to transmit the remaining part of the user data. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071926 | WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE USING COORDINATED HARQ COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A first base station and a second base station perform a coordinated transmission process to a wireless terminal. The first base station includes a transmission unit that transmits to the wireless terminal a first control channel which indicates new data or retransmission data. The wireless terminal includes: a control channel reception unit; a data reception unit for receiving data from the first base station and data coordinately transmitted from the second base station using a resource which is indicated by the first control channel; a control channel transmission unit that transmits a second control channel related to a retransmission of the data received by the data reception unit to at least the first base station; and a reception control unit that controls Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process for data coordinately transmitted by at least the first base station and the second base station based on the first control channel. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071927 | ENHANCED ACCESS CHANNEL MASKS FOR xHRPD - Disclosed is a method of performing Pseudo-random-Noise (PN) quadrature covering for transmitting data via an access channel. Such method is achieved by receiving a 42-bit access long code mask MI | 03-13-2014 |
20140071928 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS - An apparatus and method for transmitting Uplink Control Information (UCI) over a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) in a communication system. The method includes acquiring information for configuration of a first PUCCH format and a second PUCCH format; generating UCI to be transmitted; selecting one of the first PUCCH format and the second PUCCH format for transmitting the UCI; encoding the generated UCI; performing an Inverse Fourier Transform (IFT) operation on the encoded UCI; and transmitting the IFT performed UCI using the selected PUCCH format. The second PUCCH format is selected, if the transmitting of the UCI is related to multiple downlink carriers. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071929 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a terminal to receive a downlink signal from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving downlink control information from the base station in a data region of a first subframe; and receiving downlink data in a data region of a second subframe, on the basis of the downlink control information, wherein the second subframe is a subframe available after a preset number of subframes from the first subframe. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071930 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for performing random access of a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method receives information about at least one first sub-frame from a base station, selects at least one second sub-frame from at least one first sub-frame, and transmits a random access preamble in a randomly selected sub-frame from at least one second sub-frame if the terminal is a specific type. If the terminal is not a specific type, the random access preamble is transmitted from the randomly selected sub-frame from at least one first sub-frame. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071931 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more particularly, to a method and a device for transmitting control information. The wireless communication system supports carrier aggregation (CA). One aspect of the present invention relates to a method for a base station to receive information from a terminal in a wireless communication system, and comprises the steps of: dividing the entire bandwidth used by one or more serving cells configured in the base station and the terminal, into predetermined frequency units; carrying out a carrier sensing operation for each of the plurality of bandwidths divided in the predetermined frequency units; and when the result of the carrier sensing operation for a first bandwidth from the plurality of divided bandwidths is maintained idle for a predetermined time or longer, transmitting first information to the terminal using the first bandwidth; and receiving from the terminal, second information on a second cell (SCell) related to the first information from the one or more serving cells. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071932 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK INFORMATION - The present invention is provided a method for transmitting ACK/NACK information. The method is applicable for a situation that uplink-downlink configurations of multiple Component Carriers (CCs) of a Carrier Aggregation (CA) are different. The method include: transmitting, by a NodeB, a UL grant to a UE, the UL grant includes a UL Downlink Assignment Index (DAI); receiving, by the UE, the UL grant and obtaining the UL DAI in the UL grant; and transmitting, by the UE, ACK/NACK information on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH), wherein the length of the ACK/NACK information or the number of elements of the ACK/NACK bundling is determined according to the UL DAI value of a CC that the PUSCH belongs to. | 03-13-2014 |
20140071933 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for controlling transmission power in a wireless access system that supports an operation in an unlicensed band, and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, the method for controlling the transmission power of a terminal in a wireless access system that supports a TV white space (TV WS) band comprises the steps of: allocating, to a terminal, an available frequency band which is not used by a licensed device from among the TV WS band; calculating, if a receiving band of another device exists in a band adjacent to the available frequency band, the maximum transmission power value of the terminal based on a level of interference which will not affect the reception of another device; and transmitting, to the terminal, transmission power control information for correcting the transmission power of the terminal on the basis of the maximum transmission power value. | 03-13-2014 |
20140078969 | METHODS FOR ALLOCATING AND SCHEDULING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - At least one example embodiment discloses a method for allocating uplink transmissions from a plurality of user equipments (UEs) to a base station. The method includes allocating uplink transmission air-time of the base station to a plurality of groups, associating each of the plurality of UEs to the plurality of groups, a throughput of each associated UE in a same group being affected by the remaining UEs in the same group and determining a resource sharing mode associated with each of the plurality of groups, the resource sharing mode being one of a first mode and a second mode, the base station allocating the same throughput to each associated UE in the associated group in the first mode and the base station allocating a same transmission air-time to each associated UE in the associated group in the second mode. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078970 | METHODS FOR ALLOCATING AND SCHEDULING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - At least one example embodiment discloses a method for allocating downlink transmissions to a plurality of user equipments (UEs) from a base station. The method includes allocating downlink transmission air-time of the base station to a plurality of groups, associating each of the plurality of UEs to the plurality of groups, a throughput of each associated UE in a same group being affected by the remaining UEs in the same group and determining a resource sharing mode associated with each of the plurality of groups, the resource sharing mode being one of a first mode and a second mode, the base station allocating the same throughput to each associated UE in the associated group in the first mode and the base station allocating the same transmission time to each associated UE in the associated group in the second mode. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078971 | DEVICE HANDSHAKE/DISCOVERY FOR INTER-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for inter-device communication in wireless communication systems are provided. A user equipment (UE) may initiate a direct inter-device communication link between UEs located in proximity. The UEs participating in the inter-device communications may perform a device handshake procedure or a device discovery procedure to set up appropriate transmission parameters for the communication over the inter-device communication link. A device-to-device radio network temporary identification (DD-RNTI) may be used for the inter-device communication link. Long term evolution (LTE) downlink or uplink radio resources may be used for communications over the inter-device communication link. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078972 | Method and Apparatus for Signaling Demodulation Reference Signals - The teachings herein disclose device-side and network-side methods ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078973 | Methods and Arrangements in a Wireless Communication System - Some embodiments provide a method executed in a network node comprised in a wireless communications network. According to the method, the network node obtains ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078974 | Power Control for Simultaneous Transmission of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information in Carrier Aggregation Systems - Channel-state information and hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK information for multiple carriers are simultaneously transmitted using a PUCCH Format 3 structure, where the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits and CSI bits are separately encoded and interleaved. In an example method, a power control offset parameter is calculated ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078975 | Method and Apparatus for Resource Release in a Wireless Communication Network - According to the teachings herein, a UE is configured to perform a method for releasing common E-DCH resources used for a CCCH transmission to a network. According to the method, the UE triggers transmission of scheduling information (SI) to the network upon transmission of the last CCCH data available at the UE, regardless of whether or not a Total E-DCH Buffer Status (TEBS) at the UE equals zero. The UE is further configured to release the common E-DCH resources responsive to sending the SI. In an example, the UE triggers the transmission of SI upon transmission of a MAC-i PDU containing the last CCCH data available at the UE, regardless of whether or not TEBS equals zero at the UE. The method also may include the UE setting TEBS to zero in the SI reported to the network, regardless of whether TEBS equals zero at the UE. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078976 | DEVICE-ASSISTED INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS CELLULAR SYSTEMS - Devices and methods are provided for device-assisted interference management in heterogeneous wireless network environments. A mobile station (MS) assists a serving access point (AP) in assigning radio resources according to the interference management capabilities of the MS, the serving AP, and one or more neighboring interfering APs on the downlink, or alternatively, to one or more neighboring APs with interfering mobile stations on the uplink. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078977 | Dual Training Sequence Codes - A Mobile Station, an MS ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078978 | Method and Communication Node for Mapping an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel, EPDCCH, Message - A method in a communication node for mapping symbols of an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel, EPDCCH, message is provided. The EPDCCH comprises one or more aggregation levels. For each aggregation level, an EPDCCH message is constituted by a set of Control Channel Elements, eCCEs. Each eCCE is mapped to a set of multiple enhanced Resource Element Groups, eREGs, wherein each eREG is a group of Resource Elements, REs, in a Physical Resource Block, PRB, pair. The communication node maps the symbols of the EPDCCH message to the set of REs that constitutes the multiple eREGs that the set of eCCEs correspond to. The order in which the EPDCCH symbols are mapped to the set of REs is dependent on the aggregation level. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078979 | METHOD TO CONNECT A MOBILE NODE TO A NETWORK - The invention relates to a method for connecting a mobile node ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078980 | ePDCCH Search Space Design - Techniques for supporting both localized and frequency-distributed control channel messages in the same enhanced control channel region are disclosed. An example method begins with receiving ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140078981 | Method and Apparatus for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Signaling - In one aspect, the teachings herein provide a system and method for reusing the PUCCH format 3 to address the new HARQ-ACK feedback cases encountered in Rel-11, where different UL/DL configurations are involved in the CA configuration of a UE, such as Rel-11 interband TDD CA with different UL/DL configurations on different bands. The various embodiments illustrated by way of example in this disclosure enable reliable and efficient HARQ-ACK feedback for Rel-11 TDD CA without a substantial increase in specification and implementation complexity. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078982 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In one aspect, a method performed by a user equipment, UE, in a wireless telecommunication system is provided. The UE is configured in multiple input multiple output, MIMO, mode with four transmit antennas. The method includes: transmitting a type A channel status report, CSR, to a network node in a radio access network of the wireless telecommunication system, wherein the type A CSR identifies a first rank; and transmitting a type B CSR to the network node, wherein the type B CSR identifies a second rank, characterized in that the second rank is limited to one of 1, 2, and 3. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078983 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF CONTROL INFORMATION - The disclosure is related to transmitting control information in a transmission/reception point and to receiving the control information in user equipment. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to transmitting the control information for user equipment which receives downlink control information through a downlink control channel newly defined in a data region. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to performing a resource mapping for enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). | 03-20-2014 |
20140078984 | APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR ACCESS CONFIGURATIONS - A mobile communication device including a wireless module and a controller module is provided, and the mobile communication device is coupled to a cellular access station. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from the cellular access station. The controller module determines whether a GAPM has been received from the cellular access station via the wireless module and whether the mobile communication device supports an EACH, and if so, performs Tx operations on the EACH using a random access procedure with a message duration, and otherwise, if not, performs the Tx operations on an ACH using the random access procedure. Particularly, the GAPM includes a maximum message duration and a minimum message duration over the EACH, and the message duration is not greater than the maximum message duration and not less than the minimum message duration over the EACH. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078985 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRIORITIZING NON-SCHEDULED DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Techniques for prioritizing non-scheduled data are described. Non-scheduled data to be transmitted on a non-scheduled MAC-d flow having a non-scheduled priority and scheduled data to be transmitted on a scheduled MAC-d flow having a scheduled priority may be identified by a user equipment (UE). The UE may transmit the non-scheduled MAC-d flow and the scheduled MAC-d flow according to a priority condition. In one aspect, the UE may receive a pre-allocation of power associated with a non-empty non-scheduled MAC-d flow. Based on a priority condition that the non-scheduled priority is a highest priority, the UE may apply all of the pre-allocation of power when transmitting the non-scheduled MAC-d flow. In one aspect, based on a priority condition that the non-scheduled priority is a lower priority, the UE may adjust the non-scheduled priority and/or the scheduled priority so that the non-scheduled priority is a higher priority | 03-20-2014 |
20140078986 | System and Method for a Multiple IP Interface Control Protocol - Embodiments are provided for a mechanism for supporting multiple 3GPP Packet Data Network (PDN) connections over a WLAN. Multiple gateway interfaces, each corresponding to a different PDN, are established over a single connection , via the WLAN, between a UE and an access gateway. A PDN access configuration protocol (PACP) is provided to configure the association between the IP interface on the access gateway and the corresponding 3GPP PDN/APN connection, and exchange the PDN setup between the UE and the access gateway. The PACP mechanisms allow signaling APN information and associating corresponding IP context at the access gateway, setting up and tearing down connection context between the UE and PDN gateway (P-GW), and supporting session continuity when the UE moves to another access gateway. The mechanisms support using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) for IPv4 and Neighbor Discovery for IPv6. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078987 | TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF CONTROL INFORMATION - The disclosure is related to transmitting control information in a transmission/reception point and to receiving the control information in user equipment. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to transmitting the control information for user equipment which receives downlink control information through a downlink control channel newly defined in a data region. Furthermore, the present disclosure relates to performing a resource mapping for enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). | 03-20-2014 |
20140078988 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ELASTIC AND RESILIENT 3G/4G MOBILE PACKET NETWORKING FOR SUBSCRIBER DATA FLOW USING VIRTUALIZED SWITCHING AND FORWARDING - A system and method in a packet network for optimally separating control and data in the context of mobile networking. The embodiments disclosed herein utilize virtualization and elastic computing in the context of a control plane while the user plane flexibility is realized by application programming interfaces (APIs) between a control and user plane. The control plane is configured to receive a notification that a mobile device is done sending or receiving a communication; store in a flow table flow information associated with the communication; receive a trigger for resumption of flow when the communication is to be resumed; and pass the flow information to a cache in a data plane. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078989 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING INTER-eNB CARRIER AGGREGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for operating a wireless communication system by receiving a request message transmitted from a first network node to a second network node to request Carrier Aggregation to aggregate a cell controlled by the second network node to a User Equipment (UE), the request message including a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) of a UE, and transmitting an accept message or a reject message from the second network node to the first network node to indicate whether to accept or reject Carrier Aggregation. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078990 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for a data transmission/reception in a terminal in a CoMP system is provided. One or more valid subframes are determined for updating feedback information. The feedback information is updated at each of the valid subframes. A feedback information scheduling signal is received at a predetermined subframe. Feedback information updated at a most recent valid subframe, from among previous subframes, is transmitted according to the feedback information scheduling signal. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078991 | On-Device Client for Providing Restricted, Always-Hot Access to Mobile Broadband Service - A mobile communications device having a client installed thereon which establishes and maintains a connection between the mobile communications device and a network via a platform, wherein the connection utilizes a message protocol in which all messages between the device and the network are packetized, and wherein, while a first connection between the mobile communications device and the platform is available and a second connection between the platform and the network is available, the client establishes the connection when the mobile communications device is powered up and subsequently maintains the connection. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078992 | SECTOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT BASED ON INTER-SECTOR PERFORMANCE - Providing fairness-based metrics for managing inter-sector interference of a mobile AN is described herein. By way of example, accumulation of resource utilization messages (RUMs) at a sector of the mobile AN can be based at least in part on a performance metric of that sector as compared with one or more neighboring sectors. In at least one aspect, performance metrics of multiple sectors of the mobile AN can be aggregated and a RUM accumulation rate of each sector is determined based on the aggregated metric. Accumulation rates can further be updated periodically as sector and/or aggregated metrics of the mobile AN change. Accordingly, accumulation and utilization of RUMs is based on inter-sector fairness to optimize overall wireless communication quality of service for the mobile AN. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078993 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING RESPONSE CHANNEL RESOURCES - An apparatus and method are provided for allocating response channel resources by a Node B in a wireless communication system. The method includes determining a Downlink Assigning Indicator (DAI) value of a first Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) message scheduling a Secondary cell (Scell), if the Scell is scheduled in a non cross-carrier manner; and transmitting Acknowledgement (ACK)/Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) Resource Indicator (ARI) information in a Transmit Power Control (TPC) field included in the first PDCCH message, if the DAI value is equal to a first value. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078994 | OFDM-CDMA EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - An OFDM signal transmission apparatus is provided, which includes a mapping unit configured to map first signals into N subcarriers and second signals into M subcarrier(s) to form an OFDM signal, wherein N is larger than M. The first signals are each indicating a same bit of retransmission information and the second signals are each indicating a same bit of information other than retransmission information. The OFDM signal transmission apparatus further includes a transmitting unit configured to transmit the formed OFDM signal. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078995 | MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION WITHIN A PACKET DATA NETWORK - The invention provides for a mobile radio communications device for communication within a packet data network and arranged for transmitting dedicated bearer set-up signalling to the network as part of a network attachment procedure, the device further being arranged to store the said dedicated bearer set-up signalling and to transmit or retransmit the same responsive to the success of attach complete signalling. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078996 | MIMO BEAMFORMING METHOD AND METHOD OF CONSTRUCTING A DIFFERENTIAL CODEBOOK FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - A MIMO beamforming method comprises receiving at a base station information regarding a difference between an ideal beamforming matrix and an averaged beamforming direction, using the information to construct a beamforming matrix at the base station, and performing a beamforming operation using the reconstructed beamforming matrix. Alternatively, the method comprises computing at a subscriber station an averaged beamforming direction, computing at the subscriber station a quantization index corresponding to a differential matrix in a differential codebook, and transmitting the quantization index across a wireless channel of the wireless network. The differential codebook may be constructed by identifying a codebook center and transforming a predefined codebook that is stored in a memory of a component of the wireless network. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078997 | MULTIPLE USER MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide an MU-MIMO transmission method, user equipment and base station. The method comprises: receiving by user equipment a signaling indication indicative of supporting a user to use a layer index transmitted by a base station, the signaling indication including a first layer index and a sum number of layers of the user equipment; and demodulating a received resource according to the first layer index and the sum number of layers of the user equipment; wherein in the resource, consecutive layer indices are adopted for data corresponding to the same user equipment. With the embodiments of the present invention, a mapping manner from a codeword to a layer may be further limited and optimized, and compromise of the feedback overhead, feedback accuracy and system signaling overhead may be better achieved. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078998 | CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, CONTROL CHANNEL SEARCHING METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS USING THE SAME - UE-specific search spaces (UE-SS) for a carrier-aggregated communication system are introduced to decrease the number of blind decoding attempts, decrease downlink control information (DCI) blocking probability, and maintain good blind decoding performance. In the proposed control channel allocation method, the control channel searching method and the communication apparatus thereof, the UE-specific search spaces are extended except control channel element (CCE) aggregation level one. Further, a new CCE aggregation level is created in the UE-specific search spaces. The sum of the number of control channel candidates for all aggregation levels is bounded by the maximum number of PDCCH candidates. In addition, uplink MIMO grant command is just allocated in a pre-configured component carrier or a set of pre-configured component carriers, but uplink MIMO grant command is not allocated in the remaining component carriers. | 03-20-2014 |
20140078999 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL - A method, an apparatus, and a device for transmitting a control channel are disclosed. The method includes: generating at least one eCCE, and transmitting the control channel through the at least one eCCE, where a process of generating each eCCE specifically includes: determining at least two physical resource block (PRB) pairs for transmitting the control channel, where each PRB pair of the at least two PRB pairs correspond to multiple enhanced resource element groups eREGs and the multiple eREGs have eREG attribute information that is not exactly the same; and selecting each eREG from the multiple eREGs corresponding to each PRB pair, where the selected eREGs have different eREG attribute information, and forming an eCCE with the selected eREGs. Embodiments of the present invention are applied to implement generation of an eCCE according to an eREG, so as to transmit an enhanced control channel through the eCCE. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079000 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Data transmission and reception is provided by configuring control channels in a wireless communication system using a plurality of carriers. User equipment (UE) may monitor physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) candidates within common search spaces (CSSs) and User Equipment-specific search spaces (USSs). If the UE is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, when two PDCCH candidates originating from a CSS and a USS, respectively, have cyclic redundancy check (CRC) scrambled by the same Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) and have a common payload size and the same first control channel element (CCE) index, the UE may interpret that only the PDCCH originating from the CSS is transmitted, thereby solving ambiguity of downlink control information (DCI) detection. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079001 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal from a user equipment in a MIMO antenna wireless communication system. The method includes receiving sounding reference signal setup information from a base station, the sounding reference signal setup information including an initial cyclic shift value n | 03-20-2014 |
20140079002 | Method for Ensuring Parallel Data Random Access and User Equipment - A method for ensuring parallel data random access and a user equipment are provided, which relate to the field of communications technologies. An embodiment of the present invention includes controlling a random access sequence transmitted by a user equipment through a physical random access channel PRACH not to be sent with other uplink transmission in the same subframe, or, when a random access sequence transmitted by a user equipment through a PRACH is sent with other uplink transmission in the same subframe, controlling a priority of power transmission of the PRACH and a priority of power transmission of an uplink channel over which the other uplink transmission is performed, when power is limited. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079003 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION CHANNEL IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for a wireless local area includes: generating a medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (MPDU) to be transmitted to a target station; generating a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) by attaching a PLCP preamble to the MPDU; selecting a transmission channel; and transmitting the PPDU to the target station over the transmission channel. Selecting the transmission channel includes: performing clear channel assessment (CCA) on a first channel to determine whether the first channel is idle; and only after it is determined that the first channel is idle, selecting the first channel and at least one idle second channel as the transmission channel. The PLCP preamble includes channel allocation information indicating a bandwidth of the transmission channel. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079004 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA STREAMS IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting data including a plurality of data streams in a wireless system is described. The method includes receiving one or more data streams; mapping the received data streams to at least one logical frame; mapping the logical frame to more than one additional physical slot; configuring each of the more than one additional physical slot includes signaling information for receiving the data streams; and transmitting at least one superframe including the more than one additional physical slot. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079005 | Uplink Control Channel Allocation in a Communication System and Communicating the Allocation - Various methods of allocating uplink control channels in a communication system are implemented at a resource scheduler or a user equipment (UE). In one method the scheduler reserves resources for a downlink data channel and signals a corresponding downlink data channel grant and also reserves resources for a persistent uplink control channel for a longer duration than the data channel grant. Signaling overhead associated with a grant for this persistent uplink control channel is reduced over a full dynamic grant. A predetermined rule can be used at the scheduler and at the UE to avoid overhead signaling associated with a grant for this persistent control channel. Predetermined rules at the UE and scheduler can also be used to reserve appropriate resources and select appropriate MCS levels for control information and the control information and uplink data can be transported over a common uplink channel when a time overlap occurs between an uplink data channel and the persistent control channel. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079006 | WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE USING COORDINATED HARQ COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system in which a plurality of base station devices perform a coordinated transmission to a wireless terminal device. Including transmitting a first control channel indicating new data or retransmission data from a first base station device; receiving the first control channel, by a wireless terminal device, and receiving at least one of data transmitted by the first base station device using a resource indicated by the received first control channel and data coordinately transmitted by a second base station device using a resource indicated by the received first control channel; transmitting, by the wireless terminal device, a second control channel related to a retransmission of the received data; controlling, by the wireless terminal device, Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process for data coordinately transmitted by at least the first base station device and the second base station device based on the first control channel. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079007 | DATA STREAM TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RELATED DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to the field of communications technologies, and disclose a data stream transmission method, and a related device and system. The data stream transmission method includes: a user equipment establishes a first network link over a first network and a second network link over a second network with a network side, where the first network is different from the second network; the user equipment associates the first network link with the second network link; and the user equipment distributes, according a scheduling algorithm, a data stream to the first network link and to the second network link for transmission. In the embodiments of the present disclosure, hybrid transmission of a data stream may be implemented in different networks. Compared with an existing solution, in the embodiments of the present disclosure, distribution may be performed more flexibly, and a quality of service assurance may be improved. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079008 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE OF RESPONSE CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating a resource of response control information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. A method for allocating the resource of the response control in formation comprises: including in one downlink control channel information for indicating the response control information with regard to data which is transmitted from at least two component carriers; transmitting at least two data channels including the control channel and the data to a user equipment; and receiving from the user equipment the response control information, which is included in the resource of the response control information that is indicated, and deciding whether to retransmit same. The information for indicating the resource of the response control information with respect to data, which is transmitted from a secondary component carrier (SCC), from the data is indicated by being included in the control channel or through signaling by an upper layer. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079009 | Methods and Devices for Dynamic Allocation of Identifiers in Hybrid Cell Identifier Scenarios - The present invention proposes a method, including in a communication network area constituted by a plurality of transmission points configured for coordinated transmissions to at least one target, each transmission point being identified by an individual identifier, each transmission point being configured to transmit common reference signals on common channels and dedicated reference signals on dedicated channels to said at least one target device, assigning the respective individual identifier of each transmission point to the common reference signals on the common channels of the respective transmission point, and allocating, to the dedicated reference signals on the dedicated channels of respective plural transmission points, an identifier unrelated to the individual identifiers. Also, corresponding devices are addressed. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079010 | Method and system for feeding back channel measurement information - The disclosure provides a method and system for feeding back channel measurement information. The method includes: a receiving station receives a control frame for a channel measurement from a sending station, and sends channel measurement information to the sending station; the sending station correctly receives the channel measurement information or a part of the channel measurement information to obtain a valid response frame responding to the control frame for the channel measurement. Through the above solutions, if the sending station only correctly receives a part of the channel measurement information, the sending station does not consider this transmission is failed but consider that the valid response frame responding to the control frame for the channel measurement is obtained, so as to avoid unnecessary withdraw and retransmission, thereby saving bandwidth resources. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079011 | Methods and Arrangements for Adapting Random Access Allocation of Resources to User Equipments - The present disclosure relates to User Equipments, UEs or Machine Type Communication, MTC ( | 03-20-2014 |
20140079012 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING PLURALITY OF ANTENNA PORTS AND TRANSMISSION END APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to wireless communication, and more particularly, to a method for transmitting a signal using a plurality of antenna ports and a transmission end apparatus for same. According to a method for a transmission end transmitting the signal in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) wireless communication system of the present invention, a step of transmitting instruction information on a first channel transmission method to a reception end, and a step of transmitting the first channel to the reception end using a resource region are comprised, wherein the first channel is either an advanced-physical downlink control channel (A-PDCCH) or a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), the first channel is not transmitted when at least a portion of the resource region overlaps with a resource region used for transmitting a second channel, and wherein the second channel can be periodically transmitted using a predetermined portion of the resource region. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079013 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BACKOFF TIME IN THE USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention relates to a method for efficiently controlling an MTC device attempting a delay tolerant access in a 3GPP system. The present invention provides a method for effectively providing a backoff time to prevent load on a wireless network, which can occur when many MTC devices in a single cell simultaneously attempt access. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079014 | METHOD FOR MANAGING SELECTIVE ACCESS TO A WIRELESS NETWORK IN A MOBILE TERMINAL AND AN APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for managing access to a wireless data network in a wireless communication terminal. In a wireless communication terminal embodying the invention, wireless signal from at least one of access points of a wireless data network is firstly detected and the strength of the signal is saved. Then, signal strength is secondly detected from the at least one of access points and differences between the firstly-detected signal strengths and the secondly-detected ones are calculated for each of the at least one of access points. Based on whether or not the differences fall within a predetermined range, it is determined whether a wireless communication terminal is in motion or not. If the terminal is in motion, accessing to a wireless data network is prohibited or a sign indicating that access to a wireless data network is impossible is displayed even though access points accessible are found. If the terminal is determined to be in abeyance, access to a wireless data network is attempted or a sign indicating that access is possible is displayed. | 03-20-2014 |
20140079015 | MULTIPLEXING METHOD FOR SIGNALS RELATED TO A PLURALITY OF TERMINALS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM APPLYING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUES AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present description discloses a method for transmitting an uplink signal through a non-licensed band from a terminal in a wireless communication system by applying carrier aggregation techniques. More specifically, the method is characterized by comprising the steps of: receiving an uplink scheduling grant from a base station; determining the availability of a non-licensed band; transmitting a signal for reserving resources if a non-licensed band is available; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station via the non-licensed band on the basis of the uplink scheduling grant. | 03-20-2014 |
20140086152 | INTER-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for inter-device communication in wireless communication systems are provided. A user equipment (UE) may communicate directly with another UE over a direct inter-device communication link when they are located in proximity. The UE may simultaneously maintain an active communication link with its serving base station while communicating with other UEs over the inter-device communication link. Long term evolution (LTE) downlink or uplink radio resources may be used for communications over the inter-device communication link. Further, radio link parameters may be chosen specifically for the inter-device communication link. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086153 | USER EQUIPMENT ARCHITECTURE FOR INTER-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - User equipment (UE) architecture for inter-device communication in wireless communication systems is provided. A UE may communicate directly with another UE over a direct inter-device communication link when they are located in proximity. Long term evolution (LTE) downlink or uplink radio resources may be used for communications over the inter-device communication link. The UE may simultaneously maintain an active communication link with its serving base station while communicating with other UEs over the inter-device communication link. To communicate with the base station and other UEs simultaneously, the UE may include additional transmit or receive chain to support the inter-device communications over the inter-device communication link. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086154 | NETWORK ARCHITECURE FOR DUAL ACTIVE PERSONAE CELLULAR MOBILE DEVICES - A communication device for providing dual-active personae using a single subscriber identification module. A long term evolution (LTE) protocol stack, maintained in the memory, defines a layered data structure for transmitting and receiving data. A single subscriber identification module provides data for a first persona and a second persona. A processor is coupled to the single subscriber identification module and memory and implements, on the single communication device, first virtual user equipment (vUE) associated with the first persona and second vUE associated with the second persona using virtual LTE protocol stacks for each vUE supported by the single subscriber identification module. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086155 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CSI FEEDBACK IN CoMP (COORDINATED MULTI-POINT) SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for coordinating a multi-point wireless transmission between a plurality of geographically separated transmission points and at least one user equipment. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086156 | USING MULTIPLE RADIOS TO PROVIDE SERVICE ON THE SAME CHANNEL TO SUPPORT A NEW STANDARD WHILE MAINTAINING COMPATIBILITY WITH LEGACY DEVICES - In an example embodiment, a wireless device, such as an access point, employs multiple radios that operate on the same or overlapping channels. For example, the wireless device can be upgraded with a new radio that is compatible with a newer protocol to provide service to newer clients that are capable of employing the new protocol, while also providing backwards compatibility to legacy clients. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086157 | TRANSMIT POWER ADJUSTMENT FOR INTER-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for user equipment (UE) transmit power adjustment for inter-device communication in wireless communication systems are provided. A UE may communicate directly with another UE over a direct inter-device communication link when they are located in proximity. The UE may adjust its transmit power for the inter-device communication during a device handshake/discovery procedure. For example, the UE may adjust its transmit power for the inter-device communication based on a data exchange between the UE and the other UE over the inter-device communication link. Long term evolution (LTE) downlink or uplink radio resources may be used for the data exchange over the inter-device communication link. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086158 | SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT AND ACK/NACK REPORTING TO FACILITATE CENTRALIZED D2D SCHEDULING - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives a resource assignment from a serving base station for a device-to-device (D2D) link with a transmitter, attempts to receive a data packet from the transmitter based on the resource assignment, sends an acknowledgment (ACK) only to the serving base station when reception of the data packet succeeds, and sends a negative acknowledgment (NACK) only to the transmitter when the reception of the data packet fails. In an aspect, the apparatus receives a resource assignment from a serving base station for a D2D link with a receiver, sends a data packet to the receiver based on the resource assignment, and assumes the data packet is successfully received at the receiver unless a NACK is received from the receiver, wherein the NACK indicates a failed reception of the data packet at the receiver. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086159 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION PRIORITY IN MULTIPLE-PERSONA CELLULAR DEVICES - A multiple-persona system and method is described, wherein a UE (user equipment) is able to connect to two different networks simultaneously. In a multiple-persona system, one of the personas may have a higher significance than the other persona. For example, a connection to a work network may be prioritized over connection to a home network. In such a situation, it may be desirable to have applications running on the work network have priority over applications running on the home network. Such a method and system may operate independently of the eNodeB or have the eNodeB actively controlling the priority among the personas. The scheduler in either the eNodeB or the UE may contain anew input for the significance of the persona. The significance of the persona is taken into account when sending data to and from the UE. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086160 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING POWER INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for signaling power information in a wireless communication system are provided. A base station apparatus co-schedules a plurality of User Equipments (UEs) to at least one resource element, and transmits power information indicating transmit power values, which are allocated for the co-scheduled UEs, to the co-scheduled UEs. The power information includes first power information including information about a pilot signal power value and a transmit power value for a first UE among the co-scheduled UEs, and second power information indicating a transmit power value for each of at least one second UE except for the first UE among the co-scheduled UEs. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086161 | Uplink Timing Maintenance Upon Time Alignment Timer Expiry - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for uplink timing maintenance in wireless communications are provided. Certain aspects of the disclosure involve, at a user equipment (UE), detecting a downlink transmission timing has changed by an amount of time. The UE may determine that a time alignment timer (TAT) is not running or determine the downlink transmission timing change is not compensated for. The UE can adjust a timing advance based on the amount of time that the downlink transmission timing has changed. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086162 | ADAPTIVE NON-LINEAR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION USING SIDE-BAND INFORMATION - A user equipment (UE) may reduce non-linear interference on a signal received at a receiving RAT by using a determined operating parameter of a transmitting radio access technology (RAT) of the user equipment (UE), which transmits a signal according to the operating parameter. The UE may estimate the non-linear interference in digital baseband to a receiving RAT of the UE from a digital baseband portion of the transmitted signal of the transmitting RAT by applying non-linear transformation based on the determined operating parameter of the transmitting RAT and cancel the estimated non-linear interference in baseband from a signal received by the receiving RAT. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086163 | WI-FI ACCESS POINT AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING DATA TRANSMISSION CHANNEL - A Wi-Fi access point (AP) is provided. The Wi-Fi AP includes a femtocell signaling interface, a WAN interface, a Wi-Fi AP radio access interface, and a controller sub-system. The controller sub-system connects with a user equipment through the femtocell signaling interface, and connects with a CN through the WAN interface. The controller sub-system performs a first security establishment with the user equipment, and performs a second security establishment with the cellular core network. The controller sub-system obtains security parameters according to the first security establishment and the second security establishment. The controller sub-system performs a first Wi-Fi bearer setup procedure and a second Wi-Fi bearer setup procedure with the user equipment and the cellular core network. The controller sub-system performs a security information exchange procedure with a Wi-Fi AP radio access interface. The controller sub-system establishes a data transmission channel with the UE according to the security parameters. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086164 | Detection of Data Scheduling Activity for Receiver Selection - Mechanisms for operating a wireless user equipment device, to determine the state of data scheduling activity. Such activity state (and other information such as measurements of signal interference and/or channel condition) may be used to dynamically control the selection of a high-power high-performance receiver vs. a low-power basic receiver. A first mechanism involves transitioning to a high activity state and starting a timer upon each occurrence of scheduled subframe. A transition to the low activity state occurs whenever the timer expires. A second mechanism involves filtering a sequence of binary-valued indicators corresponding respectively to a sequence of time intervals. Each indicator indicates whether a subframe is scheduled during the corresponding time interval. The filter output is compared to a threshold to determine high/low activity state. The temporal width of the filter impulse response may be increased to support fast initial response without harming the accuracy of activity-state determination in the steady state. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086165 | METHOD AND SYSTEM SWITCHING AND SYNCHRONIZING GRANT INTERVALS IN ADAPTIVE GRANT AND POLLING SERVICE - An apparatus and a method for switching and synchronizing parameters of an adaptive granting and polling service in a wireless network are provided. The method includes determining a switching of parameter sets from a primary Quality of Service (QoS) parameter set to a secondary QoS parameter set by a Mobile Station (MS), transmitting a first switching request to a Base Station (BS) in order to switch the parameter sets, transmitting a second switching request as an explicit switching request along with scheduling interval synchronization information to the BS if the sending of the first switching request has failed, determining a starting frame number for grants corresponding to parameters of the secondary QoS parameter set upon receiving the retransmitted switching request from the MS, transmitting the grants from the determined starting frame number to the MS, and receiving the grants from the BS. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086166 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An object of some embodiments is to enable more dynamic and flexible transmission of reduced-power subframes. Particular embodiments provide a method in a network node. The method comprises transmitting a downlink scheduling assignment for a subframe to a wireless terminal. The scheduling assignment is comprised in control information. The control information further comprises an indication of a power offset that is or will be used for data transmission in the subframe relative to reference signal transmission. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086167 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL BY A TERMINAL - Provided is a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal by a terminal, and a terminal using the method. The method comprises the following steps: receiving carrier information indicating the carrier via which a sounding reference signal is to be transmitted; receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) through a first downlink component carrier; and transmitting a sounding reference signal through a second downlink component carrier, wherein the second downlink component carrier is determined based on the carrier information. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086168 | Wireless Communication System, Network Device, and Terminal Device - Disclosed in present invention is a wireless communication system, comprising: a CAP, for determining a structure of a current physical frame according to scheduled transmission resources, and sending information for indicating the structure of the current physical frame in the current physical frame; and at least one STA communicating with the CAP, for determining the structure of the current physical frame according to the information for indicating the structure of the current physical frame, the length of each physical frame depending on the structure of the current physical frame and being not fixed. Also disclosed are two devices for wireless communication. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086169 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS NETWORK - The present invention provides a method for accessing a wireless network, so as to implement acquisition of system synchronization during the process of accessing the wireless network in the situation that a physical frame structure can be configured dynamically. The method for acquiring system synchronization comprises: searching a physical frame on a current sub-channel; resolving a system information channel (SICH) and a control channel (CCH) in the found physical frame, wherein the SICH indicates a structure of the physical frame, and the CCH indicates allocation of system resources; and acquiring a system parameter from the physical frame by using the resolving result. A device for implementing the above method is further provided. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086170 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD - A base station apparatus is used in a mobile communication system in which at least a shared data channel is transmitted by an orthogonal modulation scheme using an I-channel and a Q-channel. The base station apparatus includes a providing unit providing Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information indicating whether retransmission of a signal received in uplink is required; a mapping unit mapping a number of multiplexed users of the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information to the I-channel or the Q-channel based on a predetermined mapping table; and a reporting unit reporting the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information to the respective users. The mapping table indicates that, when the number of the multiplexed users is equal to or less than a predetermined number, the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information is associated with the I-channel or the Q-channel, and otherwise, the Acknowledgement/Non-Acknowledgement information is associated with the I-channel and the Q-channel. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086171 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086172 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086173 | METHODS, SYSTEMS AND APPARATUSES FOR OPERATION IN LONG-TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEMS - Methods, systems and apparatuses for operation in long-term evolution (LTE) systems are provided, including a method implemented by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) served by a cell, where an enhanced physical broadcast channel (ePBCH) may be sent by the cell and may including basic information for WTRU control. The method may include receiving, by the WTRU, the ePBCH, and demodulating the ePBCH based on a demodulation reference signal (DMRS). In some embodiments, demodulating the ePBCH may be based on any of: a primary synchronization signal (PSS), a secondary synchronization signal; and a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), as well. Also provided is a method implemented by a WTRU in a vicinity of a dormant cell. The method may include any of: receiving, from a dormant cell, a signal; receiving, from a serving cell, a trigger to initiate measurement of one or more dormant cells; and measuring the signal. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method for CSI report transmission includes detecting a collision in a subframe, between a first PUCCH CSI report of one serving cell with which a UE is configured in one of transmission modes 1 to 9, and a second PUCCH CSI report of another serving cell with which the UE is configured in transmission mode 10. Upon the reporting types of the collided PUCCH CSI reports having a same priority, the method transmits the first PUCCH CSI report if the CSI process index of the second PUCCH CSI report has a positive value other than 1. A method for CSI report transmission includes configuring, via a higher layer, a UE configured in transmission mode 10 whether to create a respective CSI report(s) for each aperiodic CSI process or not, using an information element including at least three one-bit variables. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086175 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS FOR CONTROLLING RETRANSMISSIONS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS - A wireless device operates in a wireless cellular network under control of a network control apparatus. The wireless device transmits a signal to the network control apparatus. The wireless device receives from the network control apparatus a negative acknowledgement of receipt of the signal in accordance with an automatic repeat request process, The negative acknowledgement indicates that the signal was not received or was not received correctly by the network control apparatus. The wireless device either does not retransmit the signal to the network control apparatus or delays the retransmission of the signal to the network control apparatus in order to avoid conflict with a device-to-device discovery signal being sent by another wireless device. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086176 | System and Method for Random Access in Heterogeneous Communications Systems - A method for operating a user equipment includes receiving a set of first random access channel (RACH) parameters associated with a first group of identifiers, and wherein identifiers in the first group of identifiers are used for generating pseudo-random sequences, and performing a random access procedure in accordance with the set of first RACH parameters and the first group of identifiers. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086177 | END-TO-END ARCHITECTURE, API FRAMEWORK, DISCOVERY, AND ACCESS IN A VIRTUALIZED NETWORK - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed such that a WTRU may obtain network operator agnostic wireless access for a service. The WTRU may receive a system information (SI) broadcast from a radio access network (RAN) node. The SI broadcast may indicate that an operator of the RAN node supports service-based network access. The WTRU may send a service request to a virtual service provider to request the service. The WTRU may receive a service response from the virtual service provider. The WTRU may receive a service response from the virtual service provider, the service response indicating a mobile network operator (MNO) to use for obtaining the service and subscription information for accessing the MNO, wherein the MNO is different than the operator of the RAN node. The WTRU may access the MNO to obtain the service. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086178 | Buffer-Aware Packet Scheduling for Downlink Multiuser Systems - An inventive duffer aware adaptive BAA scheduler considers both channel and buffer conditions to make scheduling decisions. Specifically, channel conditions are used to select candidate users, i.e., only the users whose transmission rates satisfy a certain condition are considered as candidate users. It guarantees a maximum of throughput deduction. Then the buffer conditions are used to make scheduling decisions among all the candidate users, i.e., the user with largest queue backlog among candidate users will be scheduled, to provide improved delay performance. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086179 | METHODS, TERMINALS, AND SYSTEMS FOR FACILITATING DATA SHARING - Methods and systems for facilitating data sharing are provided. The method can include a hotspot terminal allocating at least one wireless resource based on a hotspot ID obtained from a hotspot creation interface and broadcasting the hotspot ID; at least one data-sharing terminal connecting to the hotspot terminal using the hotspot ID, the data-sharing terminal capable of sharing data; when receiving a first data from the data-sharing terminal, the hotspot terminal transmit the first data to a data-sharing application server using the at least one wireless resource allocated to the hotspot ID; when receiving a second data transmitted from the data-sharing application server, the hotspot terminal broadcast the second data to the at least one data-sharing terminal using the at least one wireless resource allocated to the hotspot ID. The can allow a user to create a hotspot on a terminal to connect to a network to facilitate data share when no network access point is available. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086180 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATIONS IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for supporting Peer-to-Peer (P2P) communications in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. A frame used by the terminal in P2P communications includes a plurality of P2P contention channels overlapping with a region for cellular communications and at least one P2P dedicated channel allocated by a base station only for the P2P communications. The method includes establishing a P2P connection with a correspondent terminal through the at least one P2P dedicated channel, and exchanging P2P communication data with the correspondent terminal through at least one of the plurality of P2P contention channels. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086181 | SERVICE DATA SCHEDULING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a service data scheduling method and related devices. The method includes: receiving a service attribute message; obtaining a user priority of a UE according to the service attribute message and attribute information of each service corresponding to service data of the UE that is cached locally; granting authorization to the UE according to user priority of the UE; granting authorization to each service of the UE according to the authorization granted to the UE and the service priority of the service of the UE; and sending authorization information of the each service corresponding to the service data of the UE that is cached in the base station controller to the base station controller. When the service data of the same user is cached in the base station and the base station controller in a distributed way, service data scheduling for a user is implemented. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086182 | COMBINED OPEN LOOP/CLOSED LOOP (CQI-BASED) UPLINK TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL WITH INTERFERENCE MITIGATION FOR E-UTRA - A combined open loop and closed loop (channel quality indicator (CQI)-based) transmit power control (TPC) scheme with interference mitigation for a long term evolution (LTE) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The transmit power of the WTRU is derived based on a target signal-to-interference noise ratio (SINR) and a pathloss value. The pathloss value pertains to the downlink signal from a serving evolved Node-B (eNodeB) and includes shadowing. An interference and noise value of the serving eNodeB is included in the transmit power derivation, along with an offset constant value to adjust for downlink (DL) reference signal power and actual transmit power. A weighting factor is also used based on the availability of CQI feedback. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086183 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station (MS) receives, from a base station (BS), information which is used to assign a PUSCH resource; transmits uplink control information using a single PUCCH resource in case that the PUSCH resource is not assigned and a plurality of PUCCH resources is assigned; transmits the uplink control information using the PUSCH resource assigned on a first uplink component carrier (UCC) in case that the PUSCH resource is assigned on the first UCC, the first UCC is used for transmitting the uplink control information using the single PUCCH resource in case that the PUSCH resource is not assigned and the plurality of PUCCH resources is assigned; and receives the uplink control information using the PUSCH resource assigned on a second UCC in case that the PUSCH resource is not assigned on the first UCC but the PUSCH resource is assigned on the second UCC. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086184 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING AND SENDING SCHEDULING INFORMATION - The present invention discloses a method and a terminal for receiving and sending scheduling information, and relates to the field of communications technologies. The method comprises: obtaining, by a terminal, transmission mode information of each carrier of N carriers configured by a network device, where N is a natural number greater than 1; determining a set of candidate downlink control information DCI formats according to the transmission mode information, where the set of candidate DCI formats includes at least a first DCI format and a second DCI format, where a physical downlink control channel PDCCH corresponding to the first DCI format carries scheduling information of at least two carriers of the N carriers, and a PDCCH corresponding to the second DCI format carries scheduling information of one carrier of the N carriers; and receiving and detecting a PDCCH corresponding to each DCI format in the set of candidate DCI formats. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086185 | System For and Method of Dynamic Home Agent Allocation - A system for and method of dynamic home agent allocation is presented. The system and method may include receiving, via a network, a request for allocation of a Logical Home Agent for a mobile node, selecting a Logical Home Agent for the mobile node based on one or more performance metrics, and communicating Logical Home Agent selection to the selected Logical Home Agent and the mobile node. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086186 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE, CONTROL DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system converts a time domain signal into a plurality of frequency signals to be allocated onto a plurality of subcarriers to be transmitted. The radio communication system changes a method of allocating the plurality of frequency signals onto the plurality of subcarriers based on transmission power information. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086187 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of feeding back channel state information in a multi-node system are provided. The method includes receiving a reference signal of N nodes, wherein N is a natural number equal to or more than 2, aligning the N nodes in an order of preferring the N nodes based on a result of measuring the reference signal, generating channel state information for the aligned nodes, and transmitting the generated channel state information to the base station, wherein the channel state information is generated with respect to N node combinations configured from the aligned nodes, and wherein the N node combinations are obtained by adding next highest-priority nodes to a first node combination one by one, the first node combination consisting a highest-priority node among the aligned nodes. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086188 | Methods and Devices for Transmission of Control Data to a User Equipment - A method for transmission of control data to a user equipment in a mobile telecommunication system, wherein the method comprises sending control data to the user equipment in a data transmission, and performing, by the user equipment, a blind decoding of transmission elements within the data transmission in order to detect the control data in a data region in the data transmission. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086189 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a user terminal, radio base station apparatus, radio communication system and radio communication method that support increases in the number of users, a user terminal is provided with a reception section that receives a downlink control signal multiplexed into radio resources from the starting OFDM symbol to a predetermined OFDM symbol in a subframe, and a downlink control signal subjected to frequency division multiplexing with a downlink data signal into radio resources after the predetermined OFDM symbol, a retransmission check section that performs a retransmission check on the downlink data signal based on the downlink control signal subjected to frequency division multiplexing to output a retransmission response signal, and a selection section that selects a radio resource of an uplink control channel used in transmission of the retransmission response signal. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086190 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A mobile station device, a communication method, and a computer program in which effective beam-forming can be performed without an increase in power consumption are provided. The mobile station device: calculates a channel capacity of a representative precoding matrix index (PMI) for each PMI group; sorts the PMI groups in the sequence of the PMI channel capacity; compares the previous sort sequence and the current sort sequence to thereby determine a PMI group for which a channel capacity of a PMI other than the representative PMI is calculated; calculates the channel capacity of a PMI other than the representative PMI, from among the PMIs in the PMI group that has been determined; and selects as a PMI estimation value the PMI for which the largest channel capacity has been calculated. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086191 | Method and System for Maritime High Speed Broadband Communication Networking - Method and system for providing an integrated long range, high capacity communication system between several entities involved in maritime Simultaneous Operations (SIMOPS). The method and system makes use of narrow lobe phase steerable antenna being controllable in both azimuth and elevation by software control. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086192 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL BY MEANS OF A TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS CHANNEL SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control channel by means of a terminal in a wireless channel system and an apparatus for same. In particular, the method for receiving a downlink control channel by means of a terminal in a wireless channel system includes the steps of: dividing at least one resource block allocated to the terminal into the preset number of subsets; selecting one or more subsets for the terminal from the at least one resource block; setting the selected subset set as a search space for the terminal; and performing blind decoding for the search space to detect the downlink control channel, wherein the preset number of subsets are respectively demodulated by demodulation reference signals (DM-RS) defined with different antenna ports in each of the resource blocks. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086193 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a case that a mobile station apparatus transmits a physical random access channel to a base station apparatus in a plurality of cells, it is possible to efficiently control transmission power of a physical uplink channel. A mobile station apparatus which performs a random access procedure with a base station apparatus in a plurality of cells, receives downlink control information including a transmission power control command for a physical uplink control channel from the base station apparatus, calculates a parameter by accumulating a value indicated by the transmission power control command, sets transmission power of a physical uplink control channel by using the parameter, transmits the physical uplink control channel to the base station apparatus in a specific cell, and resets accumulated parameter, when a random access response for the specific cell is received from the base station apparatus. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086194 | SPECTRUM CONTROL SYSTEM, SPECTRUM CONTROL METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A spectrum control system according to the present invention includes an identifying unit that identifies a base station or a cell that does not satisfy a predetermined level of communication quality based on information regarding a network status collected by a collecting unit that collects information regarding a network status of a wireless communication system, an extracting unit that extracts a plurality of base stations or a plurality of cells including a base station or a cell other than the identified base station or the identified cell as additional band allocating candidates, and an allocating unit that allocates an additional band to the base station or the cell that satisfies a predetermined condition among the plurality of extracted base stations or the plurality of extracted cells. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086195 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for transmitting a signal in a wireless access system and an apparatus for same are disclosed, which more particularly, comprise the steps of: receiving additional maximum power reduction (A-MPR) according to a first network signaling from a base station, when network signaling that is received from the base station is identical to the first network signaling that is predetermined; reducing maximum transmission power of a terminal using the A-MPR which is received; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station within the scope of the maximum transmission power of the terminal that is reduced, wherein the A-MPR is outputted by considering interference from frequencies adjacent to a band that is allocated to the terminal. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086196 | Method, system for transmitting traffic data over a paging channel and user equipment - The disclosure provides a method for transmitting traffic data over a paging channel, comprising: determining, by a network side, that a user equipment (UE) has a capability of transmitting a paging channel (PCH) beared on a High Speed-Physical Downlink Shared Channel (HS-PDSCH); informing, by the network side, the UE of information of a traffic control information bearer channel through a paging identifier, when the UE is in a PCH state; listening, by the UE, for the traffic control information bearer channel; and receiving, by the UE, the traffic data on a traffic channel indicated by the traffic control information. The disclosure provides a system and a UE for transmitting traffic data over a paging channel. The solution in the disclosure allow the UE to be still able to transmit data with highspeed when in the PCH state, so as to avoid the complex process in the conventional art, to reduce signaling cost and traffic delay and to improve user experience. | 03-27-2014 |
20140086197 | DATA TRANSCEIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus in which a terminal receives downlink data in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: a step of receiving a control channel signal including resource allocation information through a specific time domain of a subframe having a plurality of time domains; and a step of receiving the downlink data through the downlink data channel resource domain scheduled by the resource allocation information within said specific time domain. In cases where the downlink data channel resource domain is overlapped with a common search space, the downlink data is received through the residual resource domain except the portion overlapped with the common search space from among the downlink data channel resource domain. | 03-27-2014 |
20140092815 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK PAIRS FOR EPDCCH - A method of specifying one or more sets of one or more physical resource block (PRB) pairs from among a plurality of PRB pairs in a subframe that a user equipment (UE) is to monitor for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) includes sending, from a base station, a first representation of the PRB blocks, the representation including a plurality of bits, a total number of the plurality of bits being less than a product of total number of the plurality of PRB pairs and a total number of the one or more sets, the first representation indicating which of the plurality of PRB pairs are in at least one of the one or more sets of one or more PRB pairs the UE is to monitor for the EPDCCH. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092816 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH MULTIPLE ACCESS POINTS - A wireless device that includes a receiver to receive data transmission scheduling information from a first wireless communication access point and to receive data from a second wireless communication access point according to the data transmission scheduling information. The wireless device may also include a request generator to generate a data transmission request based on the data transmission scheduling information and a transmitter to transmit the data transmission request to the second wireless communication access point. The receiver may receive the data from the second wireless communication access point in response to the data transmission request. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092817 | REAL TIME TRAFFIC ADAPTIVE DATA CHANNEL BANDWIDTH CONTROL AMONG AGENCY ACCESS GROUPS - A scheduling component associated with a data channel configures initial reserved bandwidth allocations for each agency permitted access to a shared data channel. When sufficient bandwidth is available on the shared data channel to meet all bandwidth requests, the scheduling component schedules access to available random access slots on the shared data channel. When an agency accesses a scheduled random access slot, the agency is able to reserve additional reserved slots on the shared data channel for data transmission on an on-demand basis. The scheduling component enables bandwidth management controls when one or more requests for the additional reserved slots on the shared data channel cannot be fulfilled due to insufficient available additional reserved slots on the shared data channel and controls access to the shared data channel by distributing limited access permissions for future available random access slots to agencies permitted access to the shared data channel. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092818 | WIRELESS INTERNET ACCESS WITH ENHANCED BANDWIDTH CAPABILITIES - Techniques for efficiently and economically providing data transfer through wireless data networks. These techniques are particularly suitable for Internet data transfers. In one aspect, mobile devices are able to be allocated additional wireless channels to obtain increased data transfer capabilities. The additional wireless channels can be used for unicast, multicast or broadcast of data. These techniques provide additional wireless bandwidth to mobile devices and allows control over allocation of the additional wireless bandwidth. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092819 | Scheduling Transmission For Multi-User, Multiple-Input, Multiple-Output Data - An access point determines the buffered data for each station of a plurality of stations in a BSS and groups the stations with similar station characteristics. The transmission time to the stations in a group can be apportioned. The groups can be ordered based on station characteristics and a transmission history. A sounding for a group can be performed based on the order. The MU-MIMO transmission for the group can be performed until a first condition is met. If the first condition is met, then the sounding and the MU-MIMO transmission for a next group can be performed, according to the order, until a second condition is met. The first condition can include an apportioned transmission time having expired and/or the buffers for the group being flushed. The second condition can include new data having been buffered by the AP and/or all buffered data having been transmitted. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092820 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR ALLOCATING WIRELESS RESOURCES IN WIRELESS NETWORK - In a method for transmitting control information in a wireless network, a wireless resource allocation module assigns at least one of (i) a first plurality of enhanced resource element groups to a first set of enhanced control channel elements, and (ii) a second plurality of enhanced resource element groups to a second set of enhanced control channel elements; and a transceiver transmits the control information to at least one radio frequency equipment using at least one of the first and second sets of enhanced control channel elements. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092821 | DETERMINATION OF ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL CANDIDATES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In embodiments, an evolved Node B (eNB) of a wireless communication network may configure an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) physical resource block (PRB) set for a user equipment (UE). The EPDCCH-PRB set may include a plurality of PRB-pairs. The EPDCCH-PRB set may further include a plurality of enhanced resource element groups (EREGs) organized into localized enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) having EREGs of the same PRB-pair and distributed ECCEs having EREGs of different PRB-pairs. In some embodiments, the eNB may determine a set of distributed EPDCCH candidates for the UE from the EPDCCH-PRB set, wherein the individual distributed EPDCCH candidates include one or more of the distributed ECCEs, and wherein the set of distributed EPDCCH candidates includes at least one EREG from each of the plurality of localized ECCEs. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092822 | METHODS OF PROCESSING ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION INCLUDING DIFFERENTIATING BETWEEN SETS OF PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK PAIRS, AND RELATED NETWORK NODES AND USER EQUIPMENTS - Methods of operating a network node are provided. Various embodiments may provide methods of processing enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) information by a network node of a radio telecommunications system. The methods may include differentiating between sets of physical resource block (PRB) pairs in an ePDCCH control region when defining blind decoding candidates. Moreover, the methods may include scheduling a resource for a User Equipment (UE) in response to differentiating between the sets of PRB pairs. Related network nodes and UEs are also described. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092823 | Methods and Apparatus for Enabling Further Enhancements to Flexible Subframes in LTE Heterogeneous Networks - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication network. The method comprises providing, by a network element, one of an uplink grant or a downlink grant to at least one UE that the network element has determined, based on information received from a plurality of UEs, is closer to the network element than is another UE, wherein the uplink grant is scheduled such that the UE transmits to the network element only during at least one flexible subframe, and wherein the downlink grant is scheduled such that the network element transmits to the UE only during at least one flexible subframe. The method further comprises transmitting, by the network element, to at least one UE that the network element has determined, based on information received from a plurality of UEs, is closer to the network element than is another UE, only during at least one flexible subframe. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092824 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) MAPPING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA) - Technology for conditional hybrid automatic retransmission re-quest (HARQ) mapping for carrier aggregation (CA) is disclosed. One method can include a user equipment (UE) determining when a subframe for physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission is configured for downlink semi-persistent scheduling (SPS). The subframe configured for downlink SPS can generate a first condition. The UE can generate HARQ-ACK states for the first condition for a HARQ bundling window with discontinuous transmission (DTX) padding for a secondary HARQ bundling window size for a secondary cell (SCell) and a primary HARQ bundling window size for a primary cell (PCell). The UE can generate HARQ-ACK states for a second condition for the HARQ bundling window with DTX padding including a DTX padding exception. The second condition can include conditions not covered by the first condition. The DTC padding exception can generate a set of HARQ-ACK states to uniquely define each padded HARQ-ACK state. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092825 | Handling Band Combinations with Reduced Performance in Carrier Aggregation - Techniques are disclosed for identifying carrier-aggregation band combinations that may be supported by a mobile terminal with limited performance. According to one example method, a mobile terminal sends ( | 04-03-2014 |
20140092826 | Methods, Network Nodes and User Equipments in a Wireless Network for Communicating an EPDCCH - A method performed by a network node of a wireless communication network is provided for communicating an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel, ePDCCH, to a user equipment, UE. The method comprises transmitting ( | 04-03-2014 |
20140092827 | USER EQUIPMENT, RADIO NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a user equipment ( | 04-03-2014 |
20140092828 | OS LEVEL WLAN/CELLULAR AGGREGATION FOR INTEGRATED FEMTO AND AP DEPLOYMENTS - Disclosed in some examples are methods, systems, and machine readable mediums for utilizing both wireless links simultaneously in an efficient and seamless manner. A virtual network interface at the Operating System level of both the femto base station and the mobile station may multiplex and demultiplex packets across both wireless links, thus increasing bandwidth, all while keeping the existence of these multiple links hidden to the application layers, which allows flexibility and increases reliability. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092829 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and devices for transmission and reception of SPS communications are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) is configured to receive, in a first subframe, a physical downlink control channel or enhanced physical downlink control channel (PDCCH/EPDCCH) corresponding to semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) activation. The PDCCH/EPDCCH conveys a value of nSCID. The UE configures, based on the SPS activation, a downlink (DL) assignment in a second subframe for receiving an SPS physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) without a corresponding PDCCH/EPDCCH. The UE determines a reference signal sequence corresponding to the SPS PDSCH using n | 04-03-2014 |
20140092830 | BLIND DECODING FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (EPDCCH) - Technology for blind decoding downlink control information (DCI) from an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) is disclosed. In an example, a user equipment (UE) can include a processor configured to: Recursively attempt to decode the DCI from enhanced control channel elements (ECCE) of the EPDCCH from physical resource block (PRB) region candidates in a PRB set using a selected set of enhanced resource element group (EREG) index maps for the ECCE until the DCI is successfully decoded; and decode the DCI with an EREG index map associated with a same aggregation level used to encode the DCI. Each EREG index map can be configured for a different aggregation level (AL). | 04-03-2014 |
20140092831 | WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, RECORDING MEDIUM, AND CONTROL METHOD - CPU in a multi-wireless terminal, that allows simultaneous wireless communication for communication of a 1x system and communication of an LTE system, executes a process of monitoring a protocol state for the communication of the 1x system. When the protocol state for the communication of the 1x system is during transmission, the CPU executes a process of performing maximum value control for limiting a maximum value of transmission power for the communication of the LTE system. Moreover, when the protocol state for the communication of the 1x system is any state other than during the transmission, for example, during idle or during position registration operation, the CPU executes a process of stopping the maximum value control. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092832 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative ACK) transmission method in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor. The ACK/NACK transmission method preformed by user equipment in a wireless communication system comprises: receiving a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel); receiving a PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared Channel) indicated by the PDCCH; and transmitting an ACK/NACK for the PDSCH. According to the ACK/NACK transmission method and apparatus of the invention. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092833 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTONOMOUS CLUSTER HEAD SELECTION FOR MACHINE-TYPE-COMMUNICATIONS (MTC) - The present disclosure presents embodiments of a system and method for improved uplink transmission management in a network that includes one or more machine-type communication (MTC) devices. For example, in an aspect, the present disclosure presents a method of cluster head selection for a MTC device cluster, the method comprising transmitting a polling message from an eNodeB to one or more MTC devices of the MTC cluster, receiving one or more polling responses at the eNodeB from the one or more MTC devices, and determining the set of cluster heads based on the one or more polling responses; and transmitting cluster head information associated with each cluster head of the set of cluster heads to the one or more MTC devices. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092834 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PDCCH) MONITORING - A mobile communication device having a Semi-Persistent Scheduling (SPS) Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) is provided. In the mobile communication device, a wireless module performs wireless transmission and reception to and from a cellular station, and a controller module performs operations for communication controls. The operations include: determining whether SPS has been enabled for downlink (DL), and instructing the wireless module to monitor a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) for a DL assignment reception from the cellular station for a Transmission Time Interval (TTI), in response to the mobile communication device having the SPS C-RNTI and SPS having been enabled for DL. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092835 | Radio Resource Assignment Coordination in Superdense Networks - A network controller as well as a method in a network controller for coordinating resource assignments to radio access points of a superdense, SDN, network is provided. The method comprises identifying a set of radio access points in the SDN network whose respective radio resource assignment is to be independently coordinated. The method also comprises obtaining interference information indicative of the extent to which radio transmissions to or from different radio access points in the set would interfere with one another absent radio resource assignment coordination. The method then forms subsets of the radio access points in the set based on this obtained interference information. The method also assigns different subsets of radio resources to the different subsets of the radio access points, and reports assignment information to the radio access points in the set, indicating the assignment of radio resources. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092836 | ADJUSTING BLIND DECODING OF DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present disclosure is related to adjusting a blind decoding of a downlink control channel in a base station. A method of adjusting a blind decoding of a downlink control channel may include creating an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) using the number of EPDCCH candidates per aggregation level (AL) in each of one or more EPDCCH sets for user equipment; and transmitting the created EPDCCH to the user equipment. Herein, the number of EPDCCH candidates is determined based on at least one of (i) a resource size associated with configuration of each EPDCCH set and (ii) the total number of EPDCCH sets. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092837 | Reconfiguration of Active Component Carrier Set in Multi-Carrier Wireless Systems - In a multi-carrier wireless system, potential problems from reconfiguring mobile station resources to accommodate changes in component-carrier configuration are mitigated by inserting a guard period each time the configuration of component carriers changes, so that transceiver reconfiguration can be carried out without interfering with ongoing transmission. A base station is configured to transmit data to a mobile station according to a first configuration of two or more component carriers, to determine that a change of configuration to a second component-carrier configuration is required, and to signal the change of configuration to the mobile station, using the first configuration of component carriers. The base station then refrains from transmitting data to the mobile station during a pre-determined guard interval of at least one transmission-time interval subsequent to the signaling of the change of configuration. After the guard interval, data is transmitted to the mobile station according to the second component-carrier configuration. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092838 | DETERMINING MAXIMUM POWER REDUCTION (MPR) FOR MULTI-CLUSTER WIRELESS TRANSMISSIONS - A method of wireless communication includes determining spectral positions of intermodulation distortion products for a multi-cluster transmission. The method also includes mapping the spectral positions to corresponding spectral regions. The method further includes determining a maximum power reduction value of the multi-cluster transmission based on the corresponding spectral regions. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092839 | METHOD OF PROVIDING HARQ FEEDBACK INFORMATION - In a wireless communication system where a terminal and a base station communicate with each other using a frame including at least one downlink sub-frame and at least one uplink sub-frame, the terminal and the base station calculate the number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback regions of the downlink sub-frames and the uplink sub-frames in accordance with a third value corresponding to an absolute value of subtraction between a first value corresponding to the number of downlink sub-frames of the frame and a second value corresponding to the number of uplink sub-frames of the frame or the sum of the first value and the second value and configure HARQ feedback regions in the downlink sub-frames and the uplink sub-frames. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092840 | PHICH RESERVED RESOURCES WITH CC SPECIFIC TDD UL/DL CONFIGURATIONS - If an allocated radio resource in a 2 | 04-03-2014 |
20140092841 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND MOBILE DEVICE FOR CALL SWITCHING SERVICE - A method, system and device for call switching between a mobile device using a mobile communication network and any data communication equipment using other type of communication network without any disconnection of a on ongoing call is provided. In a method for a call switching service, the first and second mobile devices establish wireless communication channels with the mobile communication network, respectively. The first mobile device transfers a call to specific data communication equipment. The mobile communication network establishes a call channel between the specific data communication equipment to which the call is transferred and the second mobile device that is not transferring the call to the specific data communication equipment. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092842 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method includes transmitting a random access preamble, receiving a random access response as a response of the random access preamble, wherein the random access response comprises an uplink resource assignment and a request for transmission of a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI), and transmitting the CQI in the uplink resource assignment. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092843 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM TO MANAGE DISTRIBUTED CHANNEL ACCESS WITH TIME RESERVATION - A method, apparatus and system to manage distributed channel access with time reservation are generally presented. In this regard, a reservation agent is introduced to reserve access to a wireless network channel for an amount of time greater than necessary to transmit to another station(s) and to transmit to the other station(s). | 04-03-2014 |
20140092844 | CARRIER SELECTION METHOD FOR POSITIONING MEASUREMENT, POSITIONING MEASUREMENT METHOD, POSITIONING PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND TERMINAL - The present invention provides a carrier selection method for positioning measurement, which is applied to positioning measurement in a carrier aggregation scenario. The method includes: obtaining information about carriers supported by each base station participating in positioning; obtaining carriers supported by a terminal and quality information of each carrier; | 04-03-2014 |
20140092845 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A mobile station device that includes a receiver configured to receive control information, on a physical downlink control channel from a base station device, using one downlink control information format among a number of downlink control information formats, wherein the one downlink control information format is used for downlink scheduling and a random access order, in a case that the one downlink control information format is used for the downlink scheduling, the control information indicates a downlink resource assignment, and in a case that the one downlink control information format is used for the random access order, a preset value is set for a field of the downlink resource assignment. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092846 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, TERMINAL, BASE STATION - A method for transmitting and receiving Uplink Control Information (UCI), a terminal, and a base station are provided. The transmitting method includes: calculating the number (Q′) of modulation symbols occupied by the UCI to be transmitted; dividing the information bit sequence of the UCI to be transmitted into two parts; using Reed Muller (RM) (32, 0) codes to encode each part of information bit sequence of the UCI to be transmitted to obtain a 32-bit coded bit sequence respectively, and performing rate matching so that the rate of the first 32-bit coded bit sequence is ┌Q′/2┐×Q | 04-03-2014 |
20140092847 | Dynamic Assigning Of Bandwidth To Field Devices In A Process Control System - A wireless network managing device for a wireless network that is part of a process control system. The wireless network managing device includes a node determination element configured to receive an operator selection of at least one node in the process control system via an operator terminal and determine a field device implementing the functionality of the node, and a bandwidth control element configured to adjust a bandwidth assigned to the at least one field device in an auxiliary data section of a communication structure used by the wireless network based on the received operator selection in order to increase system responsiveness. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092848 | MULTIPLEXING MULTIPLE MOBILE SERVICES ON A SINGLE MOBILE ACCESS POINT NAME - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, for multiplexing multiple mobile services on a single mobile access point name (APN). A method includes, in a General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) network, examining Internet Protocol (IP) packets that traverse a mobile GN link of a Gateway GPRS Support Node (GGSN), and applying a combination of packet protocols coupled with a carrier defined set of work flow rules to route the IP packets to their next destination and earmark billing CDRs for mediation and correlation by back office IT systems residing with a carrier in the mobile network. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092849 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCOMMODATING HIGHER ORDER MODULATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) are directed to receiving an active set update message indicating that a mode of operation allowing a certain modulation scheme is enabled or disabled and performing at least one of: performing a MAC reset procedure, updating a set of reference enhanced transport format combination indicators (E-TFCIs) and associated power offsets, determining actions related to E-DPCCH boosting, modifying information related to an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), and modifying an index that indicates an E-DCH transport block size table. The update message includes at least one modified information element (IE). | 04-03-2014 |
20140092850 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes configuring downlink control information including a plurality of information fields according to a format of scheduling for transmission of a single codeword in a spatial multiplexing mode, wherein the plurality of information fields include a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) confirmation filed for indicating whether precoding is performed on downlink data by using a PMI reported by a user equipment and a transmitted precoding matrix indicator (TPMI) information field for indicating a codebook index, and at least one of the PMI confirmation field and the TPMI information field indicates an offset value of power for the downlink data transmission or interference information for the downlink data transmission, and transmitting the downlink control information. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092851 | MAC RESET AND RECONFIGURATION - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a medium access control (MAC) entity in a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU). The method and apparatus includes the WTRU transmitting a MAC reconfiguration request, the WTRU receiving a MAC reconfiguration command including updated MAC parameter values and the WTRU reconfiguring a MAC entity based on the updated MAC parameter values in the MAC reconfiguration command. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092852 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - A method for wirelessly transmitting data using a plurality of transmission layers includes estimating a number of vector symbols to be allocated to transmission of user data codewords during a subframe and determining a number of bits in a plurality of user data codewords to be transmitted during the subframe. The method also includes calculating a number of control vector symbols to allocate to control information based at least in part on the estimated number of vector symbols and the determined number of bits. Additionally, the method includes mapping control codewords to the calculated number of control vector symbols and transmitting vector symbols carrying the user data codewords and the control codewords over the plurality of transmission layers during the subframe. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092853 | Method and Network Entity for S-CSCF Server Allocation in an IMS Based Multimedia Over IP Network - Method and network entities for enabling server allocation in an IMS-based Multimedia over IP network. The method includes receiving by a S-CSCF server of the network subscriber registration data, transmitting, by the S-CSCF server, information representative of subscriber data to a P-CSCF server and/or to an HSS for storing the information representative of the subscriber data in a memory by the P-CSCF server and/or by the HSS, and transmitting, by the S-CSCF server, a S-CSCF group address to the P-CSCF server and/or to the HSS, respectively, said S-CSCF group address being representative of a group of S-CSCF servers, the S-CSCF server being included in said group of S-CSCF servers. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092854 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE - In order to improve efficiency of data transmission in a wireless transmission band under a condition in which both adaptive modulation scheme and FDD scheme are employed, and fixed rate signals and a variable rate signal are multiplex-transmitted, one wireless transmission device ( | 04-03-2014 |
20140092855 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for performing a random access by a user equipment in. The method includes transmitting a random access preamble to an evolved-NodeB (eNB) on at least one serving cell; and receiving a random access response message as a response to the random access preamble from the eNB, wherein the random access response message is transmitted through a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) ordered by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) scrambled by the at least one random access radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI) for the at least one serving cell, respectively. The UE can receive timing information for uplink synchronization through a plurality of serving cells to perform the uplink synchronization with the eNB and more effectively configure the random access response message transmitted from the eNB to the UE for uplink synchronization. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092856 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method. The method for reporting CSI in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises the steps of: configuring a plurality of downlink component carriers (DL CCs); setting a CSI report mode on the plurality of DL CCs for each DL CC; and performing an operation for transmitting CSI according to the CSI report mode set on each DL CC. If a P-number of CSI overlap in the same subframe and a first condition is satisfied, a Q-number of CSI among the P-number of CSI are transmitted through a first physical channel, and if the P-number of SCI overlap in the same subframe and a second condition is satisfied, only an R-number of CSI among the P-number of CSI are transmitted through a second physical channel which is different from the first physical channel, wherein R is smaller than Q. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092857 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS MEDIUM ACCESS - In a non-limiting and example embodiment, a method is provided for arranging multi-channel wireless communications, comprising: detecting an indication in a data unit received in a communications apparatus of the data unit being associated with a channel reservation, checking if information on the channel reservation is available in the communications apparatus, causing the communications apparatus to request information on the channel reservation in response to the information on the channel reservation not being available, and controlling wireless medium access on the basis of received channel reservation information. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092858 | Method and user equipment for determining scheduling grant - The disclosure discloses a method and User Equipment (UE) for determining Scheduling Grant (SG). The method includes: a non-quantization power gain factor of an Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) Dedicated Physical Data Channel (E-DPDCH) required by an E-DCH Transport Format Combination Indicator (E-TFCI) is determined; when a ratio of the non-quantization power gain factor of the E-DPDCH to a power gain factor of a Dedicated Physical Control Channel (DPCCH) is less than a minimum quantized value of Δ | 04-03-2014 |
20140092859 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - A communication device, method, and system generate wireless communication signals that include a subframe within a radio frame. The subframe includes an extension control area in a data area of the subframe. The extension control area is set according to a periodic mapping pattern. | 04-03-2014 |
20140092860 | CHANNEL RESERVATION IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and a computer program are presented for carrying out channel reservations in a wireless communication system. A communication apparatus initiates a channel reservation procedure. During the channel reservation procedure, the communication apparatus is caused to transmit a reservation request message comprising information elements specifying at least one secondary channel being reserved and a communication direction for at least one channel being reserved. Upon completed reservation procedure, the communication apparatus is caused to utilize the reserved at least one secondary channel in wireless communication in the communication direction specified in the reservation request message. | 04-03-2014 |
20140098748 | Dynamic Bandwidth Selection for Wide Bandwidth Wireless Local Area Networks - Dynamic bandwidth selection techniques are provided for a plurality of wireless access point devices that operate in a wireless local area network. Each access point device is capable of serving wireless client devices with a bandwidth from a set of possible bandwidths associated with one or multiple contiguous or non-contiguous radio frequency channels. A bias is generated based on determined type of traffic or client composition for each access point device, the bias favoring a channel assignment that results in a particular bandwidth in the set of bandwidths. The bias is applied to metrics representing severity and degree of interference for each channel to generate adjusted metrics. A bandwidth from the set of possible bandwidths is selected for each access point device based on the adjusted metrics. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098749 | Systems and Methods for File Sharing Through Mobile Devices - Systems and methods are disclosed which relate to the sending and receiving of multimedia files between two devices while connected through a voice call. These devices are free to send any type of file through a direct connection without the need to hang up and call back just to see if the file was sent successfully. These methods work for a plurality of cellular and computer devices connected through a cellular network or other Internet Service Provider. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098750 | DYNAMIC MANAGEMENT OF SMALL CELLS FOR TRAFFIC-RELATED OPTIMIZATION OF THE ENERGYCONSUMPTION OF A NETWORK - The invention concerns a method for managing a network of a plurality of small cell base stations arranged in a macro-cell and linked to a base station of the macro-cell, each small cell base station being adapted to cover a small cell of the macro-cell and to be linked via radio to at least one mobile terminal present in the small cell. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098751 | REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method of wireless communication includes generating a first reference signal (e.g., DM-RS) based on a first scrambling identifier. The method also includes generating a second reference signal (e.g., DM-RS) based on a second scrambling identifier. The second scrambling identifier is different from the first scrambling identifier. The method further includes transmitting the first reference signal for a control channel (e.g., EPDCCH) and transmitting the second reference signal for a data channel (e.g., PDSCH). | 04-10-2014 |
20140098752 | LTE RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (RACH) BACK OFF - A system and method for wireless communication reduces the number of number of preambles transmitted in a random access channel (RACH) process. The RACH preamble is transmitted at a maximum transmit power. When a RACH response has not been received, the maximum transmit power is adjusted. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098753 | NODE AND METHOD FOR UPLINK DETECTION WITH AN ASSIGNED UPLINK PHYSICAL LAYER IDENTITY - Example embodiments presented herein are directed towards the elimination of physical layer identity ambiguities for uplink detection in a wireless network. Some of the example embodiments are directed towards a source network node, and corresponding methods therein, for assigning an unique uplink physical layer identity for a user equipment uplink transmission of a first user equipment being served by the source network node. The unique uplink physical layer identity is provided to ensure that at least one second user equipment, which may be in proximity to a non-serving cell associated with the uplink transmission, does not have a physical layer identity ambiguity with the first user equipment. Some of the example embodiments are also directed towards a target network node, and corresponding methods therein, for performing uplink detection of the first user equipment using the unique physical layer identity described above. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098754 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN LTE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for improved resource management in LTE. Methods and apparatus are provided for receiving, by a user equipment (UE), signaling providing an indication of a set of one or more subframes in which a set of resources are non-usable for one or more functions performed by the UE, or determining of the set by the UE, and excluding the non-usable resources when performing the one or more functions. Methods and apparatus are provided for identifying, by a base station (BS), a set of one or more subframes in which a set of resources might not be suitable for one or more functions performed by a user equipment (UE) and transmitting signaling, to the UE, providing an indication the set of resources are non-usable in the one or more subframes for the one or more functions performed by the UE. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098755 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEFERRING CELL UPDATE MESSAGES FROM USER EQUIPMENT - Various aspects of the present disclosure enable a plurality of mobile devices (UEs) within a cell to spread out in time their respective transmissions of signaling messages, such as cell update messages, when the network enables or disables enhanced uplink (EUL, sometimes referred to as high-speed uplink packet access or HSUPA) while the UE is in the CELL_FACH state, by changing SIB5 or SIB5bis. In this way, the network load may be reduced, and a network blockage that otherwise might result from large numbers of UEs simultaneously transmitting the cell update message can be avoided. According to one example, a network node may be configured to distribute CELL_UPDATE messages or procedures to UEs when the network node enables or disables EUL in CELL_FACH by changing SIB5 or SIB5bis over time to reduce the network load. According to another example, a UE may be configured for utilizing a random timer or back-off timer to defer cell updates. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098756 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED USER EQUIPMENT (UE) CAPABILITY SIGNALING - A method of random access in wireless communications that includes transmitting a radio resource control (RRC) connection request message, receiving an RRC connection setup message, and transmitting a modified RRC connection setup complete message that does not include at least a portion of a user equipment (UE) capability. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098757 | CQI REPORTING AND GENERATION IN WIRELESS NETWORK - When reporting a channel quality metric, such as a channel quality index (CQI) to a base station, a user equipment (UE) may base its report on a calculated spectral efficiency for allocated data channels. The UE may calculate a spectral efficiency metric over a number of subframes to arrive at an average spectral efficiency measurement which may be converted to CQI and reported to a base station. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098758 | EFFICIENT TRANSACTIONAL MESSAGING BETWEEN LOOSELY COUPLED CLIENT AND SERVER OVER MULTIPLE INTERMITTENT NETWORKS WITH POLICY BASED ROUTING - A system includes a server; a plurality of wireless networks coupled to the server; and one or more mobile devices coupled to the wireless networks with intermittent access to the wireless networks, the plurality of wireless networks providing data communication between client and server applications over multiple intermittent connections. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098759 | METHOD OF DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of device-to-device (D2D) communication and apparatus thereof are provided. A communication method performed in a second device according to an embodiment of the present invention comprising: receiving first configuration information for receiving reference signal and second configuration information for transmitting channel state information from a base station; receiving the reference signal based on the first configuration information from the first device; generating the channel state information on a communication link between the first device and the second device based on the reference signal; and transmitting the channel state information based on the second configuration information to the base station. Accordingly, the D2D communication may be performed effectively. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098760 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH CONTROL IN INTERFERENCE SITUATIONS - When a wireless communications device intends to communicate with another device over a wide channel consisting of multiple narrow channels, but detects interference on one or more of those narrow channels, it may restrict subsequent communications with that other device to those narrow channels that don't suffer from the interference. In one embodiment the device may simply refuse to monitor the interfering channel(s) for signals for a particular period of time. In another embodiment the device may use a CTS to signal the other device not to use the interfering narrow channel(s). That may result in using a wide channel with a reduced bandwidth for communications. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098761 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING COVERAGE OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION (MTC) DEVICES - A method and apparatus are described for a low cost machine-type-communication (LC-MTC) wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) to enhance coverage. An example method for physical broadcast channel (PBCH) enhancement includes receiving system information on an enhanced PBCH (ePBCH). The ePBCH is located in a set of radio frames which is a subset of available radio frames, where the subset includes fewer than all the available radio frames. The ePBCH is received in at least one radio frame of the set of radio frames. An example method for physical random access channel (PRACH) enhancement includes receiving configuration of legacy PRACH resources and enhanced PRACH (ePRACH) resources. The WTRU selects one of legacy PRACH resources or ePRACH resources based on a coverage capability. Another example method for PRACH enhancement includes receiving configuration of ePRACH resources. The ePRACH resources include multiple ePRACH resource types, each ePRACH resource type being associated with a coverage capability. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098762 | APPLICATION AND CONTENT AWARENESS FOR SELF OPTIMIZING NETWORKS - Systems and methods are described for providing application and content awareness for self-optimizing networks. A computerized method includes receiving at a mobile gateway a session request from a mobile device, establishing a session between the mobile device and the mobile gateway, receiving a request from the mobile device at the mobile gateway to access a remote resource, establishing a connection between the mobile device and the remote resource via the mobile gateway, detecting application and content information of a service data flow of the connection, and sending the application and content information of the service data flow to a network server for network optimization. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098763 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses and method for communication includes controlling one or more local area base stations and allocating resources of a common random access channel between the local area base stations, the resources including preambles and informing the local area base stations and user equipment within a given area about the allocation. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098764 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are an encoding ratio setting method and a radio communication device which can avoid encoding of control information at an encoding ratio lower than necessary and suppress lowering of the transmission efficiency of the control information. In the device, an encoding ratio setting unit ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140098765 | WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE USING COORDINATED HARQ COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system, includes a first wireless base station; a second wireless base station that performs a coordinated transmission; and a wireless terminal, wherein the wireless terminal includes a reception control unit that identifies a physical downlink channel transmitted from any of the first and second wireless base station according to one or more reference signals; a data reception unit that is capable of receiving data transmitted by the first wireless base station using a resource indicated by a first control channel and receiving data coordinately transmitted by the second wireless base station using a resource indicated by the received first control channel, a control channel transmission unit that transmits a second control channel and the reception control unit further controls Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) process for data coordinately transmitted by the first wireless base station and the second wireless base station based on the first control channel. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098766 | Cognitive Radio System And Cognitive Radio Carrier Device - A method for operating a server includes receiving, at the server, a request from a mobile device identifying a data file and retrieving the data file from a remote storage device in response to receiving the request. A party other than a party that operates the server operates the remote storage device. A number of collaborator devices are identified. Each of the number of collaborator devices is capable of establishing a mobile-to-mobile communications link with the mobile device. Respective portions of the data file are allocated to each of the number of collaborator devices based on at least one of (a) throughputs associated with the number of collaborator devices and (b) potential debits charged by the number of collaborator devices. Respective portions of the data file are transmitted to each of the number of collaborator devices according to the allocation. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098767 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO COMMUNICATION PROCESS - Provided is a radio communication device which can make Acknowledgement (ACK) reception quality and Negative Acknowledgement (NACK) reception quality to be equal to each other. The device includes: a scrambling unit ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140098768 | UPLINK RADIO ACCESS NETWORK WITH UPLINK SCHEDULING - A radio access network comprises a serving radio network controller (S-RNC). The S-RNC receives successfully received medium access control (MAC) packet data units (PDUs), discards duplicates of MAC PDUs, reorders the non-discarded MAC PDUs based on serial numbers of the MAC PDUs and delivers the MAC PDUs to a radio link control protocol layer. A controlling radio network controller (C-RNC) provides information to Node-Bs under its control for use in scheduling uplink transmissions. A plurality of Node-Bs schedule uplink transmissions in response to the information provided by its C-RNC, transmit scheduling information to user equipments of its cells, receive MAC PDUs from user equipments of its cells using hybrid automatic repeat request and forward the successfully received MAC PDUs to an associated S-RNC. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098769 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICTATING A TEMPORARY BLOCK FLOW TO WHICH A PIGGYBACKED ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NON-ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FIELD IS ADDRESSED - Methods and base stations are described. A base station includes a receiver, a processor and a transmitter. The receiver receives a first data block associated with an uplink temporary block flow (TBF), and the first data block includes a first header that includes a temporary flow identity (TFI) that identifies the uplink TBF. The processor generate a piggybacked acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (PAN) field corresponding to the uplink TBF and a PAN check sequence (PCS) based on the PAN field, masks a subset of PCS bits with the TFI to generate a masked PCS, and generates a second data block, associated with a downlink TBF, that includes a second header, a data part corresponding to the downlink TBF, the PAN field, and the masked PCS. The transmitter transmits the second data block. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098770 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR COMP RETRANSMISSION - The present invention provides a method, an apparatus, and a system for CoMP retransmission. The method includes: sending downlink control signaling to a user equipment UE, so that the UE receives, according to the downlink control signaling, an initially transmitted signal sent by a serving transmission point and a cooperative transmission point by joint processing mode; receiving first NAK information corresponding to the initially transmitted signal and returned by the UE, and sending a retransmitted signal corresponding to the initially transmitted signal to the UE according to the first NAK information, where the initially transmitted signal also corresponds to second NAK information sent by the UE to the cooperative transmission point, where the second NAK information is used to instruct the cooperative transmission point to, when the serving transmission point sends the retransmitted signal to the UE, reduce interference to the UE with scheduling. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098771 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - The invention relates to methods and arrangements for controlling access of a mobile device to a network, such as GSM. The mobile devices belong to an access control class (ACC) and for providing extended access control may also belong to an additional access control class (EACC). The arrangement broadcasts system information to the mobile devices, which system information indicates whether mobile device, which belong to an access control class (ACC), is allowed to access or are barred from accessing the network, and the system information further indicates whether the mobile device, which also belong to an extended access control class (EACC), is allowed to access or are limited from accessing the network. Different ways for limiting access is provided. An example is to block the mobile device from initiating communication, and allow the mobile device for communication initiated by the network. An example is to block the mobile device from communication initiated from the network, and allow the mobile for initiating communication. An example is to block the mobile device from initiating communication, as well as for communication initiated by the network. A mobile device blocked from network initiated communication is not allowed to answer a paging from the network. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098772 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS - A method for assigning acknowledgement (ACK) channels to a user is used to feed back ACKs of a plurality of downlink sub-frames in one uplink sub-frame. According to the method, reserved ACK channels are divided into blocks according to the number of downlink sub-frames; each downlink sub-frame corresponds to one block; each block is divided into several sub-blocks; control channel element (CCE) sets within the same sub-frame are respectively mapped to different sub-blocks; and the ACK channels are assigned to the downlink sub-frames according to a sequence of increasing a mapping label d first and then increasing a sub-block label m. Thus, more unused ACK channels can be released to form resource blocks (RBs) for transmission on other channels, for example, for PUSCH transmission. Other methods for assigning ACK channels to a user, a device for assigning ACK channels to a user, and a communication system are further provided. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098773 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION BY A USER EQUIPMENT USING BLIND DETECTION - In order to cancel any interference due to the second signal (e.g., from a non-serving cell) from a signal received at a UE, without receiving additional control information, the UE blindly estimates parameters associated with decoding the second signal. This may include determining a metric based on sets of symbols associated with the signals in order to determine parameters for the second signal, e.g., the transmission mode, modulation format, and/or spatial scheme of the second signal. The parameters for the signal may be determined based on a comparison of the metric with a threshold. When a spatial scheme and a modulation format is unknown, the blind estimation may include determining a plurality of constellations of possible transmitted modulated symbols associated with a potential spatial scheme and modulation format combination. Interference cancellation can be performed using the constellations and a corresponding probability weight. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098774 | Flexible Disabling/Enabling of Cross-Carrier Scheduling in Carrier-Aggregated Wireless Data Transmission - The invention allows flexible disabling/enabling of cross-carrier scheduling in carrier-aggregated wireless data transmission. In response to detecting a predetermined disabling indication of cross-carrier scheduling of received carrier aggregated wireless data transmission, the disabling indication targeting subframes allocated to uplink in a first component carrier transmitted from a cross-carrier scheduling cell and to downlink in a second component carrier transmitted from a cross-carrier scheduled cell: a downlink control region in the targeted subframes in the second component carrier is monitored for uplink/downlink grants; and in response to detecting an uplink/downlink grant, the detected uplink/downlink grant is utilized in uplink/downlink scheduling of the targeted subframe in the second component carrier. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098775 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - In a base station ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140098776 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELF-SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure provides channel sensing in an efficient manner in a cognitive radio MAC protocol and improves channel utilization. Proposed is an Adaptive Channel Sensing (ACS) for variably sensing a channel in accordance with a Fixed Channel Sensing (FCS) and a channel state so as to perform the channel sensing in an efficient manner while reducing the power consumption of a terminal Further proposed is a self-scheduling mechanism which enables multiple terminals to simultaneously transceive data by means of a slot-based contention on the basis of the results of the FCS and ACS, which are proposed by the present disclosure. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA ON A COOPERATIVE TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM SUPPORTING TERMINAL CLIENT COOPERATION - The present invention relates to a resource allocation method for transmitting uplink (UL) data on a cooperative terminal during a process of client cooperation (CC) between terminals, wherein the method comprises the steps of: executing the client cooperation between the cooperative terminal and a source terminal; transmitting, by the cooperative terminal to a base station, an uplink resource allocation request message for transmitting uplink data corresponding to the cooperative terminal; receiving, by the cooperative terminal, first uplink resource allocation information responding to the uplink resource allocation message from the base station; and transmitting, by the cooperative terminal to the base station, uplink data corresponding to the cooperative terminal, through the first uplink resource allocation information, wherein the uplink resource allocation request message includes control information in order to differentiate between uplink data corresponding to the source terminal and the uplink resource allocation request message. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098778 | SCHEDULING CONCEPT - A concept for scheduling in a communication system ( | 04-10-2014 |
20140098779 | METHOD FOR A TERMINAL TO RECEIVE A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A COOPERATIVE BASE STATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to receive a downlink signal from a plurality of base stations in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving downlink scheduling information from a first base station; and using the downlink scheduling information in order to receive downlink data signals from the first base station and at least one second base station. the downlink data signals received from each of the first base station and the at least one second base station are received through the same frequency band. | 04-10-2014 |
20140098780 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for uplink transmission/reception of at least one slot in a sub-frame comprising two slots. A base station transmits information which controls the slot performing the uplink transmission among the two slots, to user equipment, and the user equipment performs uplink transmission from the slot directed by the information. When the user equipment transmits ACK/NACK information, the ACK/NACK information is transmitted from the first slot of the user equipment if the CCE associated with the first slot is the CCE included in the PDCCH of the user equipment, and the ACK/NACK information is transmitted from the second slot if the CCE is the CCE associated with the second slot. | 04-10-2014 |
20140105118 | Systems and Methods for Uplink Power Control and Scheduling in a Wireless Network - Methods and systems for facilitating uplink power control (PC) and scheduling in a wireless network are provided. In one example, common interference patterns are obtained from long term channel statistics, and used to perform local PC and scheduling by distributed base stations (eNBs). In some implementations, the common interference patterns are obtained through statistical narrowing techniques that identify common ones out of a plurality of potential interference patterns. The common interference patterns may specify maximum interference thresholds and/or individual eNB-to-eNB interference thresholds which may govern the local PC and scheduling decisions of the distributed eNBs. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105119 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CORRELATING SECURITY EVENTS WITH SUBSCRIBER INFORMATION IN A MOBILE NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes receiving a subscriber accounting start packet for a subscriber device in a mobile network environment. The method also includes extracting, from the subscriber accounting start packet, subscriber device information and a network address of the subscriber device. The method further includes mapping the network address to the subscriber device information, and then correlating the subscriber device information and a security event when the security event is detected in subscriber data network traffic associated with the subscriber device. In a specific embodiment, the subscriber device information includes at least one of an International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI), an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), a Mobile Station International Subscriber Directory Number (MSISDN), and an access point name (APN). In further embodiments, an identification of the security event and one or more items of the subscriber device information are provided to a user. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105120 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONOUSLY CODED SUBCARRIERS IN OFDMA SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a serving base station. The serving base station receives channel feedback from a plurality of UEs. The channel feedback is based on predetermined phase rotations used by the serving base station. The serving base station selects at least one UE of the UEs for a data transmission based on the received channel feedback. The serving base station maps at least one data stream to a set of resource blocks. The serving base station transmits the set of resource blocks to the at least one UE with a phase rotation determined based on the predetermined phase rotations. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105121 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK COMPUTATION AND DECODING WITH SYNCHRONOUSLY CODED SUBCARRIERS IN OFDMA SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The UE receives pilot signals from a serving base station and at least one interfering base station. The UE determines phase rotations used by the serving base station and the at least one interfering base station for transmitting resource blocks. The UE determines channel feedback based on the received pilots signals and the determined phase rotations for each of the serving base station and the at least one interfering base station. The UE sends the channel feedback to the serving base station. The UE receives data based on the determined phase rotations. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105122 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - A system including a cell controller and a method for dynamic inter-cell interference coordination based on a strong interference neighbor relationship table (SI-NRT) are provided. In the method, the cell controller generates a SI-NRT based on a predefined threshold value and interferences from a plurality of neighbor cells. The cell controller determines whether a cell needs additional high power frequency band and determines whether there is available high power frequency band in the plurality of neighboring cells based on the SI-NRT. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105123 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE DWELL TIMES FOR PILOT ROTATION - Techniques to manage dwell times for pilot rotation are described. An apparatus may comprise a memory configured to store a data structure with a set of modulation and coding schemes (MCS) available to an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system, each MCS having an associated pilot dwell time. The apparatus may further comprise a processor circuit coupled to the memory, the processor circuit configured to identify a MCS to communicate a packet using multiple subcarriers of the OFDM system, and retrieve a pilot dwell time associated with the MCS from the memory, the pilot dwell time to indicate when to shift a pilot tone between subcarriers of the multiple subcarriers during communication of the packet. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105124 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - There is provided a method of operating a communication system, the communication system comprising a user equipment and a receiver, the method in the system comprising generating a random access transmission in a user equipment and transmitting the random access transmission to the receiver in the communication system, the random access transmission including a preamble; receiving the random access transmission from the user equipment at the receiver; processing the random access transmission in the frequency domain to detect the preamble. In preferred embodiments of the invention, the preamble has a cyclic prefix, or is preceded by a plurality of zero-valued symbols. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105125 | CRITERIA FOR UE-INITIATED BEARER DEACTIVATION WHEN MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ACTIVE BEARERS HAS BEEN REACHED - A UE determines a need to deactivate one or more bearer contexts. The UE then selects for deactivation one or more active bearer contexts based on a context selection criteria, to avoid exceeding a maximum number of allowable active bearer contexts for the UE. The context selection criteria may relate to one or more of: current usage of active bearer contexts, information from applications associated with active bearer contexts, priority level of applications associated with active bearer contexts, order of active bearer context creation, measure of data activity through active bearer contexts, quality of service associated with active bearer contexts, type of service, e.g. voice or data, for which bearer contexts were activated, bandwidth allocations of active bearer contexts, a criteria predefined by the UE, network or user, or a random selection. Once one or more active bearer contexts have been selected, the UE deactivates the selected active bearer contexts. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105126 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCED MAXIMUM POWER IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure are directed to improving maximum transmit power in multi-carrier reverse-link transmission. In one aspect, a method of carrier management for a multi-carrier reverse link transmission is disclosed. A method can include transmitting a reverse link signal on a plurality of carriers, and the reverse link signal including payload data and overhead data. A method can funnel payload data onto a first carrier of the plurality of carriers, while maintaining transmission of the overhead data on all the carriers of the plurality of carriers. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105127 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH FLEXIBLE REPEAT-RESPONSE MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A communication system includes: a message communication module configured to communicate a preceding data before a repeat request; a metric module, coupled to the message communication module, configured to determine a repeat metric associated with the repeat request for re-communicating the preceding data or a portion therein; and wherein the message communication module is further configured to communicate a repeat data including a repeat portion based on the repeat metric for re-communicating the preceding data or a portion therein for communicating with a device. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105128 | METHOD OF TRANSMISSION WITH MECHANISM FOR ADAPTING MODES OF CODING AND OF DYNAMIC RANGE MODULATION - The method of transmission between a transmitter and a receiver using a mode of adaptive modulation and coding, wherein the modulation and coding are selected based on the comparison of a characteristic variable of the signal to noise ratio measured by the receiver with a threshold value plus a margin, which margin is variable depending on the prior change in the signal to noise ratio. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105129 | PACKET RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A packet radio communications system comprises a core network comprising packet data networks, each including network communications elements to communicate packets using an internet protocol transport plane, and a common gateway support node. The gateway support node routes packets via communications bearers established through packet data networks using network communications elements. The system includes radio access networks, to provide radio access bearers, for communicating packets between mobile user equipment. A packet service control subsystem function comprises an access network part and a non access network part. The access network part controls communication of packets via radio access bearers and the non-access network part controls communication of packets via communications bearers. At least one radio access network operates with a different telecommunications standard than the other radio access networks, and at least one packet data network operates with a different telecommunications standard than the other packet data networks. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105130 | CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER - The disclosure is related to multiplexing an uplink channel and an uplink reference signal transmitted on uplink, and controlling an uplink power, in user equipment in the case of carrier aggregation. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105131 | FAST INITIAL LINK SETUP (FILS) FRAME CONTENT FOR A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network access point generates a fast initial link setup (FILS) discovery frame for broadcast to one or more wireless stations. The wireless network access point supports many operating channels including a primary channel. The FILS discovery frame includes a data field populated with an identification of a channel number for that primary channel of the wireless network access point. The FILS discovery frame includes another data field populated with a primary channel operating class identification. The broadcast FILS discovery frame further includes data indicating whether indicating whether multiple BSSIDs are supported. An FD capability field of the FILS discovery frame includes sub-fields indicating one or more of operation channel width, PHY type of the wireless access point, number of spatial streams supported by the wireless access point and multiple BSSIDs support provided by the wireless access point. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105132 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING MULTIMEDIA DATA DELIVERY CHARACTERISTICS INFORMATION IN MULTIMEDIA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting multimedia data delivery characteristics information by a multimedia data transmission apparatus in a multimedia communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting, to a multimedia data reception apparatus, an element indicating whether multimedia data delivery characteristics information denoting information related to a Quality of Service (QoS) for multimedia data is included, and the multimedia data delivery characteristics information if the element indicates that the multimedia data delivery characteristics information is included. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105133 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING A PRIMARY SERVICE IN WLAN SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for protecting a primary service as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate are disclosed. For protecting a primary service by a station as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate, the unlicensed device acquires a list of identified available channels for the operation of the unlicensed device and maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels from a regulatory domain database system; generates a white space map (WSM) comprising the list of identified available channels and the maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels; updates the WSM when the station acquires information that a primary service signal is detected on a specific channel which is indicated as available in the WSM; and transmits the updated WSM to another station such that the another station moves to another channel if the another station is operating on the specific channel. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105134 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING A SHORT-RANGE BASE STATION WITH MULTIPLE RADIO INTERFACES OF DIFFERENT TECHNOLOGIES - A method and an apparatus is provided for conducting wireless data communications using whitespace and non-whitespace channels. A short-range base station with an interface for whitespace channels and another interface for non-whitespace channels communicates with user equipment outfitted with equivalent interfaces. The short-range base station has a preference for using the interface for the whitespace channels, where the whitespace channels are whitespace spectrum bands that are available during periods when a primary user is not actively utilizing the whitespace. A spectrum server analyzes spectrum occupancy database information and whitespace spectrum sensing measurements to determine lists of available whitespace spectrum bands for use by the short-range base station. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105135 | BACKHAUL ASSISTED BY USER EQUIPMENT - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for to assisting backhaul by user equipment are provided. One system includes a base station (BS) and a plurality of backhaul user equipment (bUE) devices. Each of the plurality of bUE devices are operable to communicate with the BS through a first communication technology, and the plurality of bUE devices are each operable to communicate with a data network through a second communication technology. The BS is operative to communicate with user equipment (UE) devices, and network connect the UE devices to the data network through the bUE devices, select bUE devices for backhaul (BH) traffic, aid in selecting a transmission power level of the bUE devices, or the one or more UE devices, and transmit resource block (RB) scheduling information for the BH traffic of the bUE devices and the access traffic of the one or more UE devices. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105136 | ENHANCED RELAY NODE WITH ADDITIONAL BACKHAUL ALTERNATIVE AND SELECTION - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for enhancing a relay node with additional backhaul alternatives and selection are provided. One system includes a first base station (BS) and backhaul user equipment (bUE) devices that communicate with the first BS through a first communication technology, and communicate with a data network through a second communication technology. A second base station (BS) communicates with the first BS and a second data network. The first BS is operative to communicate with user equipment (UE) devices, and network connect the UE devices to the data network or the second data network, select the bUE devices or the second BS for backhaul (BH) traffic, aid in selecting the transmission power level of the bUE devices or the UE devices, and transmit resource block (RB) scheduling information for the BH traffic transmission of the bUE devices and access traffic of the UE devices. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105137 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION FOR A MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL LAYER - Communication system and method of data communication are provided. The method of data communication for a MAC layer includes initiating an access attempt; transmitting, by a mobile station, a probe to a base station (BS), wherein the probe includes header information and data frames; decoding the header information and the data frames; generating, by the BS, a SACK message; and transmitting the SACK message to the MS. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105138 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method is performed by a base station (BS) and includes receiving information about an interference control period from a central controller;
| 04-17-2014 |
20140105139 | BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT FOR A CONVERGED GATEWAY IN A HYBRID NETWORK - Systems and methods for integrating bandwidth management (BWM) equipment into a network in order to manage the use of bandwidth over multiple radio access technologies (RATs) relating to communications between a wireless transmit receive unit and a mobile core network (MCN). When integrating itself into the network, a BWM server may be placed between a MCN and an femto access point. In order for WTRUs to communicate with the MCN through the femto access point and a BWM server, a BWM server may need deep packet inspection capabilities. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105140 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A system and method for managing resources in a heterogeneous network, which includes a primary system and a secondary system, and in which a communication coverage range of the primary system is divided into a plurality of regions, the system including: a heterogeneous network resource management module configured to collect and manage resource usage status within a managed region; and a secondary system resource management module configured to acquire the resource usage status of each region from the heterogeneous network resource management module and to allocate resources to the secondary system by utilizing the acquired resource usage status of each region in accordance with a priority determined based on an efficiency of resource multiplexing between the primary system and the secondary system in each region. The system and method improve resource usage efficiency. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105141 | CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER - The disclosure is related to multiplexing an uplink channel and an uplink reference signal transmitted on uplink, and controlling an uplink power, in user equipment in the case of carrier aggregation. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105142 | Communication Method - A communication method of a terminal apparatus that performs communications with a base station using a plurality of frequency channels, comprising the steps of: measuring reception quality; selecting part of frequency channels as selection channels from the plurality of frequency channels; generating first information for specifying the selection channels, second information indicating reception quality of the selection channels, and third information indicating one reception quality of whole of the plurality of frequency channels, and transmitting each of the first, second and third information to the base station, wherein the second information indicating the reception quality is information for specifying at least one of a modulation scheme and a coding rate. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105143 | METHOD FOR PROTECTING OPPORTUNITY TO TRANSMIT DATA FRAME IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method for guaranteeing a data frame transmit opportunity in a wireless LAN system having three different transmission modes includes: setting a first transmission protection interval based on a lowest transmission mode, when a node of a mode having a lowest transmission rate among the three transmission modes exists in the wireless LAN system, aggregating a data frame to be transmitted within time of the set transmission protection interval, and transmitting the data frame; and setting a second transmission protection interval based on a mode having a highest transmission rate, when only nodes of a mode having a highest transmission rate among the three transmission modes exist, aggregating a data frame to be transmitted within time of the set transmission protection interval, and transmitting the data frame. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105144 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MAINTAINING A COMMUNICATION SESSION - Systems and methods for maintaining a communication session. A home gateway communicates with a foreign access point (AP) located in a foreign gateway via a first tunnel operating over a network between the home gateway and the foreign gateway. The foreign gateway communicates with a hybrid device via the foreign wireless AP. A second tunnel is established from the hybrid device to the home gateway over the network via a cellular data network. An Ethernet bond is formed between the first tunnel and the second tunnel. A virtual IP address is assigned by the home gateway to the hybrid device and assigned by the hybrid device to a wireless transceiver and to a cellular transceiver. Packets are sent to the home gateway via at least one of the first and second tunnels. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105145 | LOCAL NETWORK AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING CONNECTION BETWEEN LOCAL GATEWAY AND HOME BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a local network and a method for establishing a connection between a local gateway and a home base station therein. As regards a newly proposed home base station network architecture 1, a mobility management network element receives L-GW information sent by the home base station, selects an L-GW which is located in the same local network as the home base station at least according to the received L-GW information and then informs the L-GW, through an S-GW, of establishing a PDN connection and a tunnel bearer with the home base station, thereby providing a local IP access for a UE. As regards a newly proposed home base station network architecture 2, no direct interface is arranged between the L-GW and the S-GW, the mobility management network element directly selects a corresponding L-GW for establishing a PDN connection for the UE. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105146 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system includes generating a frequency-domain reference signal by performing discrete Fourier transform (DFT) on a time-domain reference signal, generating a transmit signal by performing inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) on the frequency-domain reference signal and transmitting the transmit signal. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105147 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND A METHOD FOR MAPPING THE CONTROL CHANNEL TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE USING BLOCK INTERLEAVER IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system and a method for mapping the control channel to physical resources using a block interleaver are provided. In order to transmit a downlink control channel in a mobile communication system, information bits are modulated to generate one or more modulation symbols according to a specific modulation scheme, the modulation symbols are interleaved using a block interleaver, and the interleaved modulated symbols are mapped to resource elements allocated for transmission of at least one control channel in a subframe, thereby transmitting the at least one control channel. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105148 | Data Transmission Method and User Equipment - A data transmission method includes mapping a state expressed by information elements into two transmit groups. A first sequence and a second sequence in each transmit group are determined according to a first channel in the same channel group of the at least one channel group. In each transmit group, the second sequence is used to spread the modulation symbol. The spread modulation symbol and the first sequence or multiplexed into one resource block. The resource block is transmitted over an antenna or an antenna port defined by the first sequence. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105149 | Method and a First Radio Communication Node for Scheduling a Data Transmission - A method in a first radio communication node ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140105150 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transmitting and receiving control information in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus for same. A method for transmitting control information by a base station in a wireless communication system according to the present invention comprises the steps of: performing a precoding process by applying different precoding matrix indices to control information for each terminal among predetermined precoding matrices; and transmitting, to each terminal, the precoded control information to which different precoding matrix indices are applied for each terminal, wherein said control information is multiplexed and transmitted via a plurality of antennas. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105151 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND TRANSMITTING DEVICE THEREOF, RECEIVING DEVICE CORRESPONDING THERETO - The present invention relates to a method for resource allocation in a wireless communication system, a device thereof, and a system thereof. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105152 | Method and system for transmitting physical random access channel - The disclosure discloses a method and system for transmitting a Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH). The method includes: in a Carrier Aggregation (CA) scenario, a base station transmits, in a Primary Serving Cell (Pcell) or a Secondary Serving Cell (Scell), a random access trigger message to a User Equipment (UE) ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140105153 | DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD USING POWER DETECTION, AND DEVICE THEREOF - The present invention relates to a data transmitting method using power detection of an adjacent channel. The method comprises detecting power for a selected channel; determining an occupancy state of the channel by comparing the detected power with a threshold power; detecting power for a channel adjacent to the channel if the channel is in an unoccupied state on the basis of the determined result; determining a state of the adjacent channel by comparing the detected power for the adjacent channel with the minimum threshold power and the maximum threshold power; and transmitting data by using the channel on the basis of the determined results. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105154 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal performs a process for determining a control channel allocation for a control channel, and to an apparatus for the method. The method comprises the steps of: monitoring, on a specific carrier, a common search space including a control channel candidate set for the control channel; and monitoring, on the specific carrier, a terminal-specific search space including the control channel candidate set for the control channel. In cases where the terminal is set to monitor a plurality of control channel candidates having the same radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), same information size, same first control channel resource, and same control channel resource aggregation level in the common search space and the terminal-specific search space, the control channel candidate that satisfies the above conditions is received only in the common search space. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105155 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, AND BASE STATION - In the present invention, a user equipment-specific offset information for indicating first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources, which can be used for transmitting ACK/NACK related to a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that is transmitted from a data region of a downlink subframe, is provided to a user equipment by means of a base station. The user equipment, which receives the PDCCH from the data region of the downlink subframe, decides the PUCCH resource, based on offset information and an index of the resource that is included in the PDCCH, and transmits ACK/NACK information that corresponds to the PDCCH to the base station using the PUCCH resource. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105156 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL REGION - The present invention relates to methods for searching an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH), and a device for supporting the methods. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for searching an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) in a wireless access system can comprise the steps of: performing a blind decoding on a control channel region and searching a legacy physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); and searching the E-PDCCH on the basis of the searched legacy PDCCH. In this case, in a subframe to which the E-PDCCH is allocated, using all symbols of the subframe from a first symbol to a third symbol is always preferred for allocation of the legacy PDCCH. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105157 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, in a method for receiving a downlink signal in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for same, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for same, comprising the steps of: receiving a subframe including a plurality of OFDM symbols; monitoring a plurality of search spaces which are configured on the subframe, so as to receive a PDCCH which is indicated to a terminal; and performing an operation in accordance with a PDCCH which is detected when the PDCCH that is indicated to the terminal is detected, wherein each of the search spaces is configured on a first resource region and/or a second resource region, in accordance with a predetermined condition, and the first resource region and the second resource region are separated with a specific OFDM symbol as a boundary on a time domain. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105158 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless access system and a terminal therefor. The method comprises the steps of: receiving an instruction message which instructs transmission of uplink resource allocation information via a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) from a base station; determining whether the resource allocation information is a first downlink resource allocation information based on the instruction message, upon receiving resource allocation information set to a flag value that indicates uplink resource allocation information, from the base station via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); receiving uplink resource allocation information via the PDSCH according to the first downlink resource allocation information from the base station; and transmitting uplink data to the base station via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) according to the uplink resource allocation information. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105159 | Method And System For Explicit Feedback With Sounding Packet For Wireless Local Area Networks (WLAN) - Aspects of a method and system for explicit feedback with a sounding packet for wireless local area networks (WLAN). Aspects of the system may include a beamforming block that may enable generation of a plurality of RF chain signals based on a current steering matrix, where the current steering matrix may be a non-identity matrix. A processor may enable transmission of a request for feedback information via the plurality of RF chain signals. The request may contain medium access control (MAC) layer protocol data unit (PDU) data and channel sounding information, which may be encapsulated in a physical (PHY) layer PDU. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105160 | METHOD AND UNIT FOR EFFICIENT REPORTING OF SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method in a wireless communication system for reporting buffer information includes selecting a format for a buffer report based on a number of radio bearer groups, k, for which data is available for transmission by a user equipment. The buffer report indicates a respective buffer fill level for one or more radio bearer groups associated with the user equipment. The method also include encoding a buffer fill level for one or more radio bearer groups in a buffer report in accordance with the selected format and transmitting the buffer report. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105161 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control method is provided which improves a wireless resource usage rate, is available to recognize a variation in wireless resource state in advance, and is available to control communication in accordance with the variation in a mobile communication system in which an MBMS and an HSDPA coexist and the same wireless resource is shared and used. A MAC-m transmits information related to a wireless resource used on an MBMS transport channel at a transmission timing of a base station to a MAC-hs before the transmission timing. The MAC-hs receives the information related to the wireless resource of the MBMS transport channel from the MAC-m. The MAC-hs calculates a wireless resource which can be used applied to data of a HSDPA transport channel at the transmission timing with using the information related to the wireless resource of the MBMS transport channel and a wireless resource to which the HSDPA transport channel is allocated. The MAC-hs controls communication of the data in accordance with the wireless resource of the calculation result. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105162 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALING - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting control signaling. The method includes: determining that a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH transmission scheme for a non-backward compatible component carrier is a user equipment-specific reference signal UE RS-based non-precoding matrix indicator Non-PMI feedback transmission scheme or a UE RS-based up to 8 layer transmission scheme; and sending downlink control information DCI to a UE, where the DCI is used to indicate the determined PDSCH transmission scheme. The apparatus includes a determining module and a first sending module. The method and apparatus in embodiments of the present invention can expand application scenarios of the non-backward compatible component carrier, increase spectrum utilization of the system, and avoid a system capacity decrease problem caused by limitations on the application scenarios of the non-backward compatible component carrier. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105163 | Communication Method and Apparatus - The present invention discloses a communication method and apparatus. The method includes: an antenna extending apparatus receives a communication request from a mobile terminal; establishes an Internet Protocol (IP) tunnel with the mobile terminal according to the communication request; receives terminal information sent through the IP tunnel by the mobile terminal; completes, according to the terminal information, an initial connection process with a base station covering an area where the antenna extending apparatus is located; and forwards a packet between the mobile terminal and the base station, so that the mobile terminal is capable of communicating with the base station through the antenna extending apparatus. In the present invention, no complicated technology of interaction between heterogeneous networks needs to be used, communication quality is improved, and the problem that a mobile terminal, after being abroad, cannot directly interact with a domestic base station is solved. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105164 | CONTROL CHANNEL FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A scheme for transmission of control channel information in a compact form intended to support SPS (Semi-Persistent Scheduling) in a wireless communication system. As applied to LTE, the scheme is to indicate a pre-configured UE-specific resource allocation in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format containing information for multiple UEs in the same PDCCH. In order to avoid increasing the number of blind decodes, the DCI format size may be the same as an existing DCI format. Preferably the size of the new format is the same as that of DCI formats 0/1A/3/3A. The number of required bits per UE is minimised by signalling only one of a limited set of DCI messages per UE. The scheme provides a means for re-configuring SPS resources for multiple UEs using a single PDCCH transmission, whilst enabling better support for variable packet sizes and variable intervals between packets than currently defined SPS. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105165 | Radio Resources Configuration Signaling in a Wireless Network - A wireless device receives an RRC message comprising configuration parameters of radio resources of a control channel. The radio resources comprise multiple sets of resource blocks in a subset of subframes. The RRC message indicates the subset of subframes and a first starting symbol of both the control channel and a data channel in the subset of subframes. The configuration parameters comprise an array of parameters. Each element in the array comprises frequency resource parameters for a set of resource blocks. The multiple sets of resource blocks comprise non-overlapping sets of resource blocks in the subset of subframes. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105166 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD IN A MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROCESSING SECTION, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system that includes at least a terminal apparatus and a base station apparatus. The terminal apparatus communicates with a base station apparatus by carrier aggregation using a plurality of serving cells, wherein each serving cell of the plurality of serving cells has a different frequency. The terminal apparatus receives (from the base station apparatus) a measurement configuration which includes a reporting configuration, a measurement object to indicate a measurement frequency and a measurement identity which links the measurement object to the reporting configuration. The terminal apparatus, in a case that an entry condition of the event corresponding with an event identity of the reporting configuration is fulfilled, transmits (to the base station apparatus) a measurement report which includes measurement results of all of the serving cells. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105167 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus ( | 04-17-2014 |
20140105168 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A base station able to maintain backward compatibility with an LTE mobile station while minimizing the amount of increase in uplink scheduling information reception and demodulation/decoding processing in independent uplink/downlink cell data transmission. A wireless communication system includes a cell #1, a cell #2, and an LTE-A mobile station, and supports independent uplink/downlink cell data transmission. The base station of the cell #2 arranges a PDCCH+, which includes uplink scheduling information from the LTE-A mobile station to the base station of the cell #2, in a downlink data region in the downlink connection of the base station of the cell #1. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105169 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION PROCESSING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An uplink synchronization processing method, a User Equipment (UE), and a base station are provided. The method includes: receiving a component carrier (CC) uplink synchronization indication message sent by a base station, where the uplink synchronization indication message carries identification information of one or multiple newly configured CCs; sending synchronization signaling to the base station when knowing that the uplink synchronization needs to be executed on all or a part of the one or multiple newly configured CCs corresponding to the identification information; and receiving a time advanced (TA) adjusting message that is sent by the base station according to the synchronization signaling, and applying a TA value carried in the TA adjusting message to the CC on which the uplink synchronization needs to be executed. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105170 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel including receiving, by a device, an operation element for setting up or switching at least one channel from an access point (AP), the operation element including a channel type field indicating whether the at least one channel is either a single channel or multiple channels, and including two channel center frequency segment fields indicating a channel center frequency of a primary and a secondary channel if the channel type field indicates that the channel is multiple channels, determining whether the primary channel is idle during a first interval, determining whether the secondary channel is idle during a second interval if the primary channel is idle, and transmitting data by using the primary and secondary channels to the AP or at least one station in a basic service set (BSS) if the primary and secondary channel are idle. | 04-17-2014 |
20140105171 | CHANNEL ESTIMATING APPARATUS, CHANNEL ESTIMATING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A channel estimating apparatus includes a receiver that receives reference signal groups that are respectively transmitted from wireless communications units and that each include a reference signal that is allocated a common channel resource allocated to a reference signal in another reference signal group; a first estimating unit that based on a reference signal that is in a first reference signal group among the received reference signal groups and that is allocated a unique channel resource not allocated to a reference signal in another reference signal group, estimates a reference signal that is in the first reference signal group and allocated the common channel resource; and a second estimating unit that based on the reference signal estimated by the first estimating unit, estimates a reference signal that is in a second reference signal group among the received reference signal groups and that is allocated the common channel resource. | 04-17-2014 |
20140112258 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EXPRESSION USE DURING D2D COMMUNICATIONS IN A LTE BASED WWAN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with use of expressions with D2D communications in a LTE based WWAN. In one example, a MME is equipped to receive a request from a first UE to establish a communication link with a second UE based on a first expression pair, determine whether the UEs can use a first context associated with previously used expression pair, and provide information associated with the first context to the first UE. In another example, a UE is equipped to send a connection request, to its MME, to establish a communication link with a second UE based on a first expression pair, receive at least a portion of information associated with a first context between the UEs based on a previously used expression pair, and establish the communication link with the second UE using the received information. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112259 | Signaling for Random Access in Time Division Duplexed (TDD) Systems with Traffic Adaptation - A next-generation base station can update an uplink-downlink (UL/DL) configuration of a cell more frequently than legacy user equipments (UEs) are configured to recognize UL/DL updates while preventing non-compliant uplink transmissions in downlink subframes. For instance, a next-generation base station can restrict updates to the uplink-downlink configuration such that uplink timeslots previously allocated for random access channel (RACH) transmission opportunities by legacy UEs remain configured for uplink transmission. Alternatively, the next-generation base station can restrict the allocation of RACH transmission opportunities of legacy UEs to timeslots that are statically configured for uplink transmission. Notably, such a restriction may be selectively applied to legacy UEs, so as to not limit the performance of next-generation UEs. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112260 | Reference Signals in Wireless Communication - A method in a wireless device ( | 04-24-2014 |
20140112261 | ENHANCED POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for determining a PRS configuration in a dynamic TDD configuration adaptation are described. One example method generally includes determining a first PRS configuration for receiving PRS when communicating according to a first subframe configuration that defines one or more uplink subframes and one or more downlink subframes, receiving an indication of a switch from the first subframe configuration to a second subframe configuration, and determining a second PRS configuration for receiving PRS when communicating according to the second subframe configuration. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112262 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RESOURCE USAGE IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS USING INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - Systems, method and devices utilized in wireless communication may include creating, scheduling and/or using a transmission having at least one quasi-ABS which includes at least one macro set corresponding to a designated sector of a plurality of sectors in a macro node. Such subframes may be formed and partitioned to provide for a partition which may be used by a range expansion resource, such as a pico node or user entity. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112263 | METHOD FOR SETTING DYNAMIC SUBFRAME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present invention is a method for a terminal to transmit/receive a signal from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving through a physical control channel for receiving from the base station an indicator for changing a specific subframe set for one of the uses from a downlink resource and an uplink resource to another one of the uses; and according to the indicator, transmitting a signal to the base station from the specific subframe, or receiving a signal from the base station. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112264 | Resource Request Method, Station, and Central Access Point - The present invention provides a resource request method, a station, and a central access point. The method comprises: bearing a transmission resource request in a data frame; and sending the data frame carrying the transmission resource request. The method provides a solution for acquiring resources required by uplink transmission data. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112265 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING AUGMENTED REALITY, AND USER TERMINAL AND ACCESS POINT USING THE SAME - Provided are a method for providing augmented reality (AR) services, and a user terminal and an access point using the same. The user terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention includes a reception unit that receives AR-related information broadcast by at least one access point (AP), a photographing unit that photographs an image of an object to obtain the photographed image, and a comparison unit that compares the obtained image of the object with the AR-related information received from the at least one AP to identify the object. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing channel access in a WLAN system are disclosed. A method for managing a network allocation vector (NAV) by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system includes: receiving a Contention Free (CF)-END frame including a duration field; if the CF-END frame is a first-type CF-END frame, resetting the NAV; and if the CF-END frame is a second-type CF-END frame, determining whether to reset the NAV according to a comparison result between a value of the duration field and a NAV value of the STA. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112267 | RECEIVE DIVERSITY CONTROL IN TD-SCDMA - In a TD-SCDMA user equipment (UE) with multiple receive chains, receive diversity may be implemented where multiple receive chains may simultaneously activate to receive downlink signals. Receive diversity may be enabled when single chain reception provides undesired results and when receive diversity will not impact power consumption too much. A state machine controls receive diversity operation based on operating conditions such as control channel activity, successful control channel decoding, signal-to-interference ratio, and other factors. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112268 | Information Transmission Method, Information Transmission Apparatus, and Base Station - The present application provides an information transmission method, an information transmission apparatus, and a base station. The information transmission method comprises: an allocation step of, according to a search space allocation mode, performing search space allocation in a target resource consisting of at least two resource subsets and allocating, for the first user, a first search space capable of transmitting the first user control information, the search space allocation mode being associated with the at least two resource subsets; and a first transmission step of transmitting the first user control information via the first search space so that the first user can acquire the first user control information from the first search space according to the search space allocation mode. According to the present invention, the resource utilization efficiency will be improved. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112269 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BASE STATION COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A Base Station (BS) cooperative communication method in a wireless communication system is provided. The BS cooperative communication method includes measuring signal quality of one or more neighboring BSs, comparing a number of downlink beams available for communication between a serving BS and a Mobile Station (MS) with a reference value, determining not to involve the one or more neighboring BSs in BS cooperative communication for the MS when the number of downlink beams is equal to or larger than the reference value, comparing signal measurements of the one or more neighboring BSs with a first threshold when the number of downlink beams is smaller than the reference value, and determining to involve one or more neighboring BSs having a signal measurement value larger than the first threshold in the BS cooperative communication for the MS. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to release a connection for a peer to peer communication session. The method includes initiating, by a first user equipment, a peer to peer communication session with a second user equipment. The method further includes establishing, by the first user equipment, a connection for the peer to peer communication session. The method also includes transmitting, from the first user equipment, information via radio resources allocated to the connection and releasing, by the first user equipment, the connection if there is no traffic over the connection for a specified period of time. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO IMPLEMENT DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to implement DRX (Discontinuous Reception) in a UE (User Equipment). The method includes configuring the UE with at least a small cell, and serving the UE with a macro cell, wherein the macro cell is controlled by a MeNB (Master evolved Node B) and the small cell is controlled by a SeNB (Secondary evolved Node B). In addition, the method includes configuring DRX with a plurality of drxStartOffset parameters, wherein at least one of the drxStartOffset parameters is used for the MeNB and at least one of the drxStartOffset parameters is used for the SeNB. Furthermore, the method includes starting the UE on an onDurationTimer when a drxStartOffset condition is satisfied. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING CHANNEL OUTPUT FEEDBACK IN MULTI USER WIRELESS SYSTEMS AND HYBRID-ARQ - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal using a channel output feedback in a wireless communication system and Hybrid-Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) are provided. The method and apparatus include a transmitter configured to transmit to a base station and a first packet on a precoder received from the base station. A receiver configured to receive, from the base station, a Channel Output Feedback (COF) of the transmitted first packet and information for transmitting a second packet. A controller configured to prepare a variant of the second packet using the COF and the received information for transmitting the second packet, and to control to transmit the prepared variant to the base station. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112273 | System and Method for Carrier Aggregation for Wireless Local Area Networks - Embodiments are provided herein for improving carrier aggregation for wireless networks. A plurality of bandwidth channels are assigned to a basic service set (BSS) for transmissions. Specifically, the bandwidth channels are divided into multiple channel segments corresponding to multiple primary or alternate primary channels. A channel segment possibly further includes one or more additional secondary channels. The locations of the primary or alternate primary channels that correspond to the channel segments of the BSS are then broadcasted in the network. When a station or AP receives this BSS information, it searches for an available primary or alternate primary channel of the BSS to begin transmission. Upon detecting an available primary channel or alternate primary channel that is not used for another transmission, the station or AP transmits data on the channel segment corresponding to the detected primary or alternate primary channel. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112274 | METHOD OF COMMUNICATION USING FRAME - A device and method for communicating by a mobile communication terminal in communication with a base station. The method according to an embodiment includes exchanging a frame of data with the base station. The frame of data includes a) a plurality of first subframes each having a first number of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) symbols, and b) a plurality of second subframes each having a second number of orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) symbols different from the first number. A first and a last subframe each includes one of the plurality of first subframes. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112275 | QOS AWARE MULTI RADIO ACCESS POINT FOR OPERATION IN TV WHITESPACES - QoS aware multi radio access point for operation in TV whitespaces is disclosed. The present invention relates to operation of access points and, particularly, to operation of access points in TV whitespaces. The AP is configured to intelligently choose the radios, determine available whitespaces in the spectrum and allocate radios to the available whitespaces in the spectrum. The method determines clients that need to be serviced by the AP and assigns each client associated with AP to one of the radios. In addition, the method also takes care of QoS requirements for different services and hence every service is addressed to satisfy its QoS requirements. The method ensures that there is maximum utilization of available whitespace spectrum by accounting for the spectrum specific characteristics. The method considers bands for operation are spread across the spectrum and allocates the clients based on the availability of bands throughout the spectrum. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112276 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for performing a random access process in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a random access preamble in a first serving cell, and monitors a control channel for receiving a random access response for said random access preamble in a second serving cell. Proposed is a method is in which random access is performed when a plurality of serving cells are set up. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112277 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention related to a method for performing communication on a specific single secondary cell (SCell) in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation and to an apparatus for same, wherein the method comprises the following steps: receiving setting information on a plurality of frequency zones comprising the specific single SCell, wherein the plurality of frequency zones include at least one available frequency zone and at least zone unavailable frequency zone; and performing the communication from the specific single SCell, wherein a signal for the communication is transmitted and received only within the at least one available frequency from the specific single SCell. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112278 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING SOCKET, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PACKET DATA - Disclosed is a method for processing a SOCKET, a method and an apparatus for transmitting packet data, wherein, the method for processing a SOCKET comprises: a connection management application obtaining a SOCKET identifier corresponding to each service application, and transmitting the SOCKET identifier and a modification instruction to a TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol) protocol stack; the TCP/IP protocol stack searching for SOCKET file description information corresponding to the SOCKET identifier, and modifying the SOCKET file description information according to the modification instruction. After adopting the technical solution mentioned above, the IP binding operation across applications can be performed on a single-process or multi-process operating system, and the application level traffic selection of the different data connection can be performed according to intention of a user. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112279 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present technique relates to a communication terminal device and method, a base station device, and a communication system that enable efficient communications. A first communication unit that performs a first communication with a first other device transmits information indicating the margin in which the first communication is not disturbed by a second communication with a second other device, to the first other device. The communication terminal device and the communication system of the present technique can be used to perform efficient communications between a personal computer and a communication system utilizing the personal computer, for example. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112280 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and more specifically relates to a method and device for transmitting information. A wireless communication system can support carrier aggregation (CA). In one aspect of the present invention, a method, in which a terminal receives information from a base station in a wireless communication, comprises the steps of: receiving, from the base station, first information on the transmission method of a first channel; receiving the receiving the first channel, from the base station, via at least one serving cell formed in the terminal; and carrying out decoding on the first channel in accordance with the first information. Therein, the first channel is an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH), and the terminal is capable of not carrying out decoding on the first channel in a frequency region in a present subframe. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112281 | Closed Control Loop for Uplink Scheduling - An exemplary scheduling system and method implemented in a base station comprises a modeling unit, a prediction unit, and a scheduling unit incorporated into a control loop. The modeling unit determines a modeled air-interface parameter by modeling, e.g., a load or interference parameter, associated with the mobile terminals during a current transmission interval based on an earlier set of scheduling grants generated for the mobile terminals. The prediction unit determines a predicted error for a subsequent transmission interval based on the modeled parameter and a measured parameter reported by the mobile terminals during the current transmission interval. The scheduling unit generates a new set of scheduling grants for the mobile terminals for the subsequent transmission interval based on the predicted error. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112282 | CARRIER AGGREGATION - Carrier aggregation configuration is disclosed. In a method, information acquisition relating to a radio environment of a terminal is caused ( | 04-24-2014 |
20140112283 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for allocating a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates an enhanced physical control format indicator channel (e-PCFICH) to a control region of a plurality of resource blocks (RBs), transmits, to a terminal, an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) indicator including information for indicating the start position of an e-PDCCH allocated to a data region of the plurality of RBs, and allocates the e-PDCCH to the data region of the plurality of RBs on the basis of the e-PDCCH indicator. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112284 | METHOD AND NODE FOR SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to scheduling of radio resources by a radio network node to a UE located in a wireless communications network. The UE is being served by the network node and is determined to have enough priority The present disclosure relates scheduling of radio resources by a radio network node to a UE located in a wireless communications network. The UE is being served by the network node and is determined to have enough priority weight for being scheduled in downlink. UE Channel State Information (CSI) is retrieved and a determination is made whether the retrieved CSI is unreliable, and when unreliable, retrieving a Scheduling Delay Time (SDT) representing a time for which the network node is allowed to delay a scheduling of radio resources to the UE. A determination is then made whether an updated CSI is due to be reported during the retrieved SDT, and, radio resources to the UE are scheduled based on a result from the determination whether an updated CSI is due to be reported during the retrieved SDT weight for being scheduled in downlink. UE Channel State Information (CSI) is retrieved and a determination is made whether the retrieved CSI is unreliable, and when unreliable, retrieving a Scheduling Delay Time (SDT) representing a time for which the network node is allowed to delay a scheduling of radio resources to the UE. A determination is then made whether an updated CSI is due to be reported during the retrieved SDT, and, radio resources to the UE are scheduled based on a result from the determination whether an updated CSI is due to be reported during the retrieved SDT. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112285 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND SYSTEM - A mobile communications system for communicating data to/from mobile units, including: one or more base stations to communicate data to/from the mobile units; first and second groups of one or more mobile units to communicate with the one or more base stations via respective first and second carriers. The base stations can provide, on the first carrier, common information for at least one mobile unit in the first group and for at least one mobile unit in the second group. The base stations can provide allocation information in the first and second carriers, the allocation information including an indication of the location of the common information within the first carrier. At least one mobile unit in the second group is configured, upon reception of the allocation information in the second carrier, to access the common information provided by the one or more base stations in the first carrier. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS - Provided is a method and an apparatus for performing a random access process in a wireless communication system. A wireless device transmits a random access preamble, based on a random access resource, to a base station, then receives a random access response to the random access preamble. The random-access resource can be set to the wireless device or to the group to which the wireless device belongs. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING REFERENCE SIGNAL PORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for allocating a DMRS (DeModulation Reference Signal) port in a wireless communication system. A base station: respectively allocates the DMRS port to a plurality of nodes by the number of layers used in each node; maps the DMRS port allocated to each node to a resource element within a RB (Resource Block); and transmits DMRS through the DMRS port allocated to each node. The plurality of nodes have the same cell ID (identifier) and the DMRS ports allocated to neighboring nodes in the plurality of nodes do not overlap each other. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112288 | COORDINATED SET SELECTING METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a coordinated set selecting method and device, which are applicable to a wireless communication system. The coordinated set selecting method comprises the following steps: determining a transmission manner adopted by a wireless communication system, the transmission manner being joint processing or coordinated scheduling/beamforming; and, directed to the transmission manner adopted by the wireless communication system, selecting a coordinated set according to a coordinated set selecting mechanism adapting to the transmission manner. According to the technical solution of the present invention, by considering transmission characteristics of different transmission manners, a reasonable coordinated set is selected to perform coordinated multi-point transmission. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal to an unlicensed band of a base station in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: transmitting at least one of a preamble and a reservation signal, if it is determined through carrier sensing that the unlicensed band is available; and transmitting a PDSCH on the unlicensed band immediately after the transmission of at least one of the preamble and the reservation signal. the preamble enables a terminal to acquire reception synchronization for at least one of the reservation signal and the PDSCH. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112290 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for downlink control channel allocation in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates e-PDCCH (enhanced physical downlink control channel) to one slot in a subframe, and transmits a DMRS (demodulation reference signal) after allocating the DMRS to one of the slots for the e-PDCCH. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for selecting a carrier in a wireless communication system is provided. A pico eNodeB (eNB) transmits a carrier information request message including a request of information on carriers used by a macro eNB, and receives a carrier information response message as a response of the carrier information request message, the carrier information response message including the information on carriers used by the macro eNB, the information on carriers indicating information on user equipments (UEs) corresponding to the carriers used by the macro eNB. The pico eNB selects a primary cell (PCell) of the pico eNB based on the received information on carriers used by the macro eNB. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112292 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS WITH CLEAR TO SEND SIGNAL FRAME - A communication system for carrying out data communication among a plurality of communication stations is disclosed in which a first communication station for transmitting to other communication stations a Request To Send (RTS) signal for requesting a transmission upon the start of the data transmission; and a plurality of second communication stations transmitting to other communication stations a Clear To Send (CTS) signal for notifying the completion of preparing the reception, wherein the first communication station transmits the RTS signal describing at least each of addresses the second communication stations that are desired to receive the data, and receives a plurality of CTS signals transmitted from each of the second communication stations in order to increase communication capacity. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112293 | BI-DIRECTIONAL AND REVERSE DIRECTIONAL RESOURCE RESERVATION SETUP PROTOCOL - A wireless user equipment (UE) configured to initiate a packet based session includes a reservation setup protocol (RSVP) message generator configured to transmit a RSVP PATH message. The RSVP PATH message includes a direction indication. The direction indicator indicates that reservations should be made for the UE to transmit only, to receive only or to both transmit and receive. The UE also includes an RSVP message receiver configured to receive an RSVP RESV message indicating that reservations have been made as a result of the RSVP PATH message. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112294 | FRACTIONAL HARQ RE-TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatus are described for determining, via a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) module, that a maximum number of retransmissions has been reached for a HARQ packet. The HARQ module may communicate an internal NACK to a message retransmission module indicating a transmission failure. The message retransmission module may retransmit at least a part of the message. The retransmission may be performed prior to the expiration of a timer. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112295 | DOWNLINK PRECODING METHOD AND DATA INTERACTING METHOD FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a downlink precoding method and data interacting method for coordinated multi-point transmission system and apparatus. The downlink precoding method includes: acquiring a precoding matrix indicator by a cooperating point and determining the precoding matrix of the cooperating point according to the precoding matrix indicator, the number of columns of the precoding matrix of the cooperating point being less than that of columns of the precoding matrix of a serving point; and performing, by the cooperating point, downlink precoding to the data to be transmitted according to the determined precoding matrix of the cooperating point. With the methods and apparatuses of the embodiments of the present invention, as the cooperating points participate only in the transmission of data of part of layers in the coordinated scenarios, the complexity of calculation and the feedback overhead are lowered in the UE end. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112296 | ADAPTIVE TRANSMISSION DEVICE USING LIMITED FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND A METHOD THEREOF - The present invention relates to an adaptive transmitting device using limited feedback information in a mobile communication system, and a method thereof. According to an exemplary embodiment of the present invention, when the base station transmits a pilot signal to the terminal, the terminal generates channel information by using the pilot signal, generates additional channel information from the channel information, and transmits the channel information and the additional channel information to the base station. The base station determines band allocation, power allocation, and modulation methods for each use by using received feedback information, and transmits modulated traffic data to the terminal according to the determined methods. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112297 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK APPLICATION LAYER SERVICE - The present invention provides a method, a user equipment, and a base station for controlling an uplink application layer service. The method includes: obtaining, by a user equipment, scheduling information of an uplink application layer service stream to be scheduled. The scheduling information includes service priority information, which corresponds to the uplink application layer service stream. Alternatively, the service priority information corresponds to a service type of the uplink application layer service stream. An uplink application layer service stream with a high service priority according to the service priority information is preferentially scheduled by the user equipment. The embodiments of the present invention implement control over application layer service streams. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112298 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - An ASN encoder of a mobile station apparatus generates transmission and reception capability information including information relating to one or a plurality of component carriers to be used for communication with a base station apparatus. A transmission and reception apparatus transmits the transmission and reception capability information to the base station apparatus. A controller controls the communication with the base station apparatus, using the one or the plurality of component carriers assigned by the base station apparatus based on the transmission and reception capability information. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112299 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING AN INTELLIGENT SWITCH FOR BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT IN A HYBRID WIRED/WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Aspects of the invention provide a system and method for bandwidth management in a hybrid wired/wireless local area network. A method for bandwidth management in a hybrid wired/wireless local area network may include receiving from a first access point and/or a first switch, a first messaging protocol message for establishing a communication session. Responsive to the first messaging protocol message, an available communication bandwidth is determined for at least a portion of the hybrid wired/wireless local area network and bandwidth is allocated to accommodate the communication session. The first access point may be notified of the allocation of bandwidth using a second messaging protocol message. The first messaging protocol message may be received by a second switch and/or a second access point. Bandwidth usage information may be requested from the first access point and/or the first switch using the first messaging protocol message. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112300 | PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) REPORTING USING A PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) - Technology for periodic channel state information (CSI) reporting using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is disclosed. One method can include a user equipment (UE) generating a CSI report with a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) first reporting type and a CSI report with a PUCCH second reporting type; and dropping a CSI report with the PUCCH first reporting type of a serving cell when the CSI report with the PUCCH first reporting type has a collision with the CSI report with PUCCH second reporting type of the serving cell. The PUCCH first reporting type can have a lower priority level than the PUCCH second reporting type. | 04-24-2014 |
20140112301 | Method, M2M Terminal, AP, and System for Achieving Machine to Machine Service - A method, a machine to machine (M2M) terminal, an access point (AP), and a system for achieving a machine to machine service are provided. The method includes: determining an AP that supports the M2M service; establishing a communication connection to the AP; receiving service configuration information sent by the AP; and sending a service data report message to the AP according to the service configuration information, where the service data report message includes service data corresponding to the M2M service. The M2M terminal includes a determining module, a connection module, a first receiving module, and a first sending module. The AP includes a first determining module, a connection module, a first sending module, and a first receiving module. The system includes the M2M terminal, the AP, and the M2M server according to embodiments of the present invention. | 04-24-2014 |
20140119287 | QUEUE SPLITTING FOR PARALLEL CARRIER AGGREGATION SCHEDULING - A method and system for carrier aggregation scheduling in a communication system are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method for carrier aggregation scheduling includes selecting a set of at least one component carrier from a group of candidate component carriers upon which to transmit data in a queue. The selecting of all component carriers in the set is performed prior to determining an amount of data to be assigned to any one of the component carriers in the set. Blocks of data from the queue are assigned to at least one of the component carriers in the set of selected component carriers based at least in part on an estimated amount of data that can be carried by each component carrier in the set. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119288 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless network comprises a wireless station obtaining a transmission opportunity period (TXOP) for communicating with an access point (AP) over a wireless communication channel. The wireless station sends an announcement to the AP to share the transmission opportunity period with at least another wireless station, as a multi-user transmission opportunity period for simultaneously transmitting data from said wireless stations to the AP on multiple uplink (UL) spatial streams over the wireless channel. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119289 | LINK SETUP IN WIRELESS NETWORK - This document relates to randomizing a timing of a channel access window in a wireless network. From the point of view of a terminal device, the terminal device receives from an access node a scanning frame indicating availability of the wireless network. After reception of the scanning frame, the terminal device determines a start time of a channel access window as a random or pseudo-random value and causes transmission of a link setup request frame from the terminal device to the access node during the determined channel access window. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119290 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - A device includes a network interface and a processor configured to generate a first request for a network bandwidth including a first data transfer rate, receive a first reply whether the first data transfer rate is available for transfer of data from the device to a second device, transfer the data via the network interface from the device to the second device when the first data transfer rate is available, and generate a second request for a network bandwidth when the first data transfer rate is unavailable. The second request includes at least a second data transfer rate. The processor transfers the data via the network interface from the device to the second device when the second data transfer rate is available. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119291 | WLAN SERVICE METHOD AND WLAN SYSTEM - Provided is a method for WLAN service performed by an access point (AP) in a WLAN system including the AP and a plurality of stations (STAs) each of which can associate with the AP, the method comprising: dividing frequency bandwidth of available channel into a plurality of frequency-selective subchannels; receiving, from at least some STAs (first STAs) among the plurality of STAs, CRQ (Contention Resolution reQuest) frame including a signature of the first STAs through at least some of the subchannels, the signature identifying the first STAs; identifying the first STAs using the received CRQ frame; estimating uplink channel quality of the first STAs using the received CRQ frame; allocating subchannels for each of the first STAs; and broadcasting result of subchannel allocation using CRP (Contention Resolution rePly) frame. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119292 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SAMOG BEARER MANAGEMENT - Systems, methods, and devices for establishing a data connection from multiple access networks to a carrier core network are described. A method includes connecting to a first access point name (APN) based on a policy of a user equipment via a wireless local area network (WLAN). The method further includes determining to connect to a second APN. The method further includes detecting that the first APN is an attach APN according to a carrier cellular network. The method further includes detecting a conflict that the connection to the first APN is required to stay over the WLAN. The method further includes transmitting an attach request after detecting the conflict. The method further includes receiving an attach response. The method further includes connecting to the APN identified in the attach response. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119293 | OPTIMIZED SCHEDULING SUBSCRIPTION PROCEDURES ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Devices, systems, articles of manufacture, and methods scheduling subscription procedures on a wireless communication device are described. According to some embodiments, the wireless communication device communicates with a first subscription. The wireless communication device can perform a concurrent burst-level tune-away procedure with a second subscription. The wireless communication device also returns to communication with the first subscription. The tune-away procedure enables a communication device to interact with multiple subscriptions (e.g., multiple SIM-based subscriptions). Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119294 | CONTROL METHOD OF AN ANTENNA SYSTEM - A control method of an antenna system includes the steps of configuring the antenna system to communicate with a plurality of stations, and configuring the antenna system to modify, at intervals of a predetermined time, a plurality of data acknowledgement (ACK) timeouts which correspond respectively to the stations, so that each of the data ACK timeouts substantially equals the round trip time of a packet for communication between the antenna system and the corresponding one of the stations. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119295 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED RLC PDU TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUES - Apparatus and method for wireless communication in a wireless communication network includes determining availability of a primary uplink frequency of a primary carrier and a secondary uplink frequency of a secondary carrier for uplink transmissions and determining a primary radio condition of the primary uplink frequency meets a superior condition threshold and a second radio condition of the secondary uplink frequency meets an inferior condition threshold. Aspects of the method and apparatus also include transmitting, based on determining the primary radio condition meets the superior condition threshold and the second radio condition meets the inferior condition threshold, all pending control packet data units and all pending retransmission packet data units on the primary uplink frequency. Additionally, the UE duplicates a transmission of all data from the secondary uplink frequency on the primary uplink frequency. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119296 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device includes: a first generator configured to generate a first signal having characteristics inverse to a first spurious emission that is expected between signals in a plurality of frequency bands during data transmission using the plurality of frequency bands, based on information regarding the plurality of frequency bands; and a plurality of adders configured to add the first signal to a signal in the plurality of frequency bands. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal via physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. Control information bits are modulated to generate N1 modulation symbols, wherein N1 is twice a number of subcarriers in one resource block (RB). The modulation symbols are spread by using various orthogonal codes to generate a plurality of sequences and the generated plurality of sequences are transmitted using different slots of a subframe through different antenna ports, each sequence of the plurality of sequences being mapped on a corresponding single carrier frequency division multiple access symbol in a corresponding slot. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119298 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CONNECTING DEVICES VIA WI-FI NETWORK - A system and a method of connecting devices via a Wireless-Fidelity (Wi-Fi) network are provided. The method of communication-connecting an external device to an Access Point (AP) via a Wi-Fi network is performed by a device and includes operations of receiving device information of the external device from the external device that operates in an AP mode, accessing the external device that operates in the AP mode, by using the device information, and providing connection information relating to the AP to the external device, and wherein, when the connection information is provided to the external device, the external device terminates operating in the AP mode, and the external device then accesses the AP based on the connection information. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119299 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes a terminal determination portion and a connection management portion. When the communication apparatus has received a communication start request from a communication destination terminal connected thereto via a packet network, the terminal determination portion determines whether or not the communication destination terminal is a gateway that relays communication between the packet network and a telephone network. When the terminal determination portion has determined that the communication destination terminal is the gateway, the connection management portion establishes a session corresponding to the communication start request within a range of a preset first maximum number of simultaneous connections. When the terminal determination portion has determined that the communication destination terminal is not the gateway, the connection management portion establishes a session corresponding to the communication start request within a preset second maximum number of simultaneous connections which is smaller than the first maximum number of simultaneous connections. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119300 | System and Method for User Cooperation Protocol for Interference Alignment in Wireless Networks - Embodiments are provided herein for implementing a user cooperation protocol for interference alignment (IA) in wireless local area network (WLAN) or a Wi-Fi hotspot. The embodiments allow collecting knowledge of the channels from user stations (STAs) and sending this information to the corresponding access points (APs) in the network. This information is then used by the APs to pre-code their signals such as to remove interfering signals to non-intended STAs. An AP transmits to the STAs a group identifier (GrpID) indicating an order of STAs for transmitting channel state information (CSI) and an AP index indicating an order of STA groups of the APs for transmitting the CSI. When a STA detects a CSI transmission from another STA preceding the STA in the order of transmission as indicated by the AP index and GrpID, the STA transmits its CSI. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119301 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION METHOD USING RANDOM BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a signal to a user equipment by a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving information about a preferred beamforming vector in a first subframe from the user equipment, selecting a first random beamformer corresponding to the first subframe from a beamforming vector set for the first subframe, using the information about the preferred beamforming vector, transmitting a downlink signal to the user equipment in the first subframe using the first random beamformer, selecting a second random beamformer corresponding to a second subframe, using the first random beamformer, and transmitting a downlink signal to the user equipment in the second subframe using the second random beamformer. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL - A method and device for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment transmits a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on a SRS subframe for a first serving cell to a base station if a SRS transmission on the SRS subframe for the first serving cell is overlapped with an uplink transmission for a second serving cell. The PUSCH is transmitted on remaining orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in the SRS subframe except a single OFDM symbol reserved for the SRS transmission regardless of whether a SRS is transmitted on the single OFDM symbol or not. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119303 | OPERATING METHOD OF ACCESS POINT (AP) AND STATION FOR COEXISTENCE OF BASIC SERVICE SETS HAVING DIFFERENT BANDWIDTHS - An operating method of an access point (AP) for a coexistence of basic service sets (BSSs) having different bandwidths includes detecting at least one of a first signal having a channel bandwidth of the AP and a second signal having a channel bandwidth narrower than the channel bandwidth of the AP, establishing a BSS having the channel bandwidth of the AP, based on a result of the detecting, and reporting the establishment of the BSS to an adjacent BSS. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO HANDLE UPLINK (UL) INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to handle UL information. The method includes configuring a UE (User Equipment) with multiple serving cells. The method further includes transmitting, from the UE, in a subframe i a first UL control information on a physical channel of a first UL serving cell. The method also includes transmitting, from the UE, in the subframe i a second UL control information on a physical channel of a second UL serving cell, wherein if the total transmit power of the UE exceeds {circumflex over (P)} | 05-01-2014 |
20140119305 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO HANDLE TTI (TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL) BUNDLING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to handle TTI bundling. In an embodiment implemented in a UE (User Equipment), the method includes configuring the UE with a plurality of serving cells, wherein the TTI bundling and secondary cells with configured UL (uplink) could be simultaneously configured for the UE. In an embodiment from the perspective of a network, the method includes issuing, from a E-UTRAN (Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network), a message to configure a UE with a plurality of serving cells, wherein the E-UTRAN could simultaneously configure the TTI bundling and the secondary cells with configured UL for the UE. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119306 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE DEVICE USING THE SAME - There are provided a device-to-device communication method, a mobile device using the same, and a device-to-device communication control method. The device-to-device communication method according to the invention may include receiving device-to-device communication resource allocation information and transmission characteristics information for device-to-device communication from a base station, and performing direct communication with an opposite terminal using the transmission characteristics information for device-to-device communication and the device-to-device communication resource allocation information, in which the transmission characteristics information includes the number of redundancy versions to be transmitted within at least one consecutive transmission time interval (TTI). | 05-01-2014 |
20140119307 | ACCESS METHOD BASED ON CARRIER SENSING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is an access method using carrier sensing in a communication system. A random access method according to an embodiment of the present invention includes performing sensing with respect to a carrier in a first part of a radio slot, and transmitting preemptive occupation signals for the carrier through the carrier in a second part after the first part of the radio slot when the carrier is in a non-occupied state based on the sensing result in the first part. Accordingly, in the random access method according to the present invention, efficient random access may be made possible even when there are access requests from a large number of terminals in a narrow frequency band in a communication system. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119308 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus including an MMSE combining processing unit that performs MMSE combining based on frequency domain received signals obtained by performing a discrete Fourier transform on received signals, the apparatus including an amount-of-phase-rotation estimating unit that estimates an amount of phase rotation occurring in the frequency domain received signals due to a shift in discrete Fourier transform timing of the received signals, and a reverse rotation unit that applies a reverse rotation of an amount of rotation corresponding to the amount of phase rotation estimated by the amount-of-phase-rotation estimating unit, to the frequency domain received signals, wherein the MMSE combining processing unit computes an MMSE weight based on the frequency domain received signals to which the reverse rotation has been applied by the reverse rotation unit, and performs MMSE combining. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119309 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PILOTS - There is provided a method for allocating pilots to a sub-frame. The sub-frame includes a plurality of blocks in time domain. The method includes allocating a data demodulation (DM) pilot used for demodulating data to two blocks spaced not contiguous with each other, and allocating a channel quality (CQ) pilot. System capacity can be increased, and degradation of performance incurred by a channel estimation error can be minimized. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119310 | RADIO BASE STATION - A radio base station determines at least any one type of subframe constituted of multiple system information subframes for sending system information to a mobile station, paging subframes for sending paging messages for the mobile station in idle mode, or on-duration subframes corresponding to on-durations at which the mobile station receives downlink control channel signals in discontinuous reception mode for the downlink control channel signals. The radio base station allocates, to the mobile station, inter-frequency measurement periods for inter-frequency measurement at the mobile station, while avoiding simultaneous occurrence of inter-frequency measurement periods and the subframes determined by the subframe determiner. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119311 | A METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF REFERENCE SIGNALS, A BASE STATION AND A USER TERMINAL THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for transmission of reference signals with a dedicated downlink transmit power for channel estimation from a base station to a user terminal, wherein the dedicated downlink transmit power of the reference signals is controlled per subframe dependent on a channel quality of the user terminal, a base station and a user terminal therefor. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119312 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK RADIO FREQUENCY SIGNALS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MASTER UNIT AND SLAVE UNIT THEREOF - The invention relates to a method (MET | 05-01-2014 |
20140119313 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention categorizes a plurality of cells that are configured to a user equipment into at least one cell group, and configures an anchor cell for each of the cell groups. The anchor cell for each of the cell groups is used for transmitting a PUCCH, which carries uplink control information on a pertinent cell group, and in a random access process for acquiring a timing advance with respect to the pertinent cell group. When the uplink control information is transmitted from a PUSCH of one cell, the PUSCH carries only the uplink control information on the cell group to which the one cell belongs and does not carry information on another cell group. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119314 | Apparatus and Method for Allocating the Reference Symbols in order to Reduce the Latency of the LTE System - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. In the proposed solution resources for transmission of user data and dedicated reference signals for demodulating a signal are allocated separately. The minimum scheduling units in frequency and time in the resources reserved for user data transmission do not include any reference signals | 05-01-2014 |
20140119315 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND SYSTEM - A mobile communications unit for communicating data to and/or from base stations, the unit configured to communicate data with one or more base stations via a wireless access interface provided by the one or more base stations; configured to receive transmissions from the one or more base stations via at least one carrier, wherein carriers are logically separate sets of physical resources within a frequency range, the resources of a carrier providing a communication channel; and configured, upon reception of allocation information including an indication of a location of common information within a first carrier, to access the common information in the first carrier, wherein the allocation information is provided in a second carrier and the common information is for at least one mobile unit using the first carrier and for at least one mobile unit using a second carrier. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119316 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - This document discloses a solution for operating a radio communication apparatus that exchanges narrowband control messages with other radio communication apparatuses, each control message comprising a pilot sequence and an identifier identifying a transmitter of the control message. The radio communication apparatus receives a broadband signal through a broadband radio receiver and correlates sub-bands of the received signal so as to detect a narrowband control message within the received broadband signal. Upon detection of the narrowband control message on a sub-band of the received broadband signal, the transmitter of the narrowband control message is determined from the identifier of the narrowband control message. It is also determined from the reception of the narrowband control message on the sub-band that the sub-band is preferred by the transmitter of the narrowband control message, and said sub-band is utilized in data communication with the transmitter of the narrowband control message. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for allocating a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates at least one control channel element (CCE), which contains a plurality of resource elements (REs), in a data region of one resource block (RB), allocates an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) corresponding to said at least one CCE, and transmits a downlink control signal through the allocated e-PDCCH. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119318 | MULTI-CARRIER TERMINAL SCHEDULING METHOD AND CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION SENDING METHOD AND SYSTEM - A multi-carrier terminal scheduling method and system are provided. The method includes, when accessing a network in an uplink, a multi-carrier terminal sending an uplink access request to a base station through an Enhanced Dedicated Channel Random Access Uplink Control Channel (E-RUCCH) over a carrier where a main frequency point selected by a wireless network controller for the multi-carrier terminal is located, and the base station scheduling the multi-carrier terminal through an Enhanced Dedicated Channel Absolute Grant Channel (E-AGCH). The system includes an access request transmission module located in the multi-carrier terminal and a scheduling module located in the base station for use in performing the method. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119319 | Apparatus and Method for Reactive Inter-Cell Interference Coordination - A network node ( | 05-01-2014 |
20140119320 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE ENHANCEMENTS FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide various mechanisms that allow a user equipment to convey information regarding one or more attributes to a base station during a random access (RA) procedure. The attributes may include, for example a capability of the UE (e.g., to support a particular feature or version of a standard) or a condition of the UE (e.g., if it is currently experiencing an interference condition). | 05-01-2014 |
20140119321 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SYMBOL SENDING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting sounding reference symbol, a base station and user equipment. The method comprises: configuring, by a base station, user equipment of a CoMP transmission mode, with parameter configuration information for transmitting SRS, the parameter configuration information including a frequency comb of the SRS and one or more pieces of the following information: cyclic shift, root sequence information, power control information, and transmission duration information, of the SRS; and transmitting the parameter configuration information to the user equipment by the base station, such that the user equipment transmits the SRS to the base station according to the parameter configuration information. The method is simple and flexible, efficiently uses limited SRS resources, and solves the problem in the prior art. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119322 | POWER COMPENSATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - A power compensation method, base station and user equipment. The method includes: transmitting, by a base station, when an expanded UE-specific PDCCH is amplitude phase keying modulated, a first ratio of the EPRE of the expanded UE-specific downlink control channel to the EPRE of a DM-RS in a first time slot occupied by the expanded UE-specific PDCCH, so that the terminal equipment performs power compensation in decoding the received data transmitted by the base station according to the first ratio, thereby ensuring correct demodulation of the received data by the terminal equipment. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119323 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING AN UPLINK CARRIER FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for allocating an uplink carrier for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation of M (M≧1) uplink component carriers comprises: a step of receiving setup information on a primary uplink component carrier, from among said M uplink component carriers, via which one or more pieces of uplink control information are to be transmitted; a step of multiplexing said one or more pieces of uplink control information; and a step of transmitting the multiplexed uplink control information through the primary uplink component carrier. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119324 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA OVER CARRIER COMPONENT IN A MULTI-CARRIER MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving data over a plurality of carrier components at a Mobile Station (MS) is provided. The method includes receiving, from a Base Station (BS), resource allocation information including a first allocation information indicating at least one resource allocated to a first carrier component in a first subframe and a second allocation information indicating at least one resource allocated to a second carrier component in a second subframe and receiving data, from the BS, on the at least one resource of the first carrier component and on the at least one resource of the second carrier component based on the resource allocation information. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119325 | Method, Terminal, and Base Station for Feeding Back Channel Information - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, terminal, and base station for feeding back channel information. The method includes determining that channel information between access points needs to be fed back and sending feedback content to a base station on a resource configured by the base station, wherein the feedback content includes at least channel adjustment information between a reference access point and a non-reference access point. The resource configured by the base station includes a dedicated resource used to feed back the channel adjustment information and configured by the base station, or all or a part of resources used for periodic feedback and configured by the base station, or all or a part of resources used for aperiodic feedback and configured by the base station. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119326 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM, AND MOBILE STATION CONTROL PROGRAM - A base station which includes a transmission section that is configured to transmit, to a mobile station, first information indicating first control information for controlling a number of transmission antennas of the mobile station for retransmitting transmission data with at least second information indicating a retransmission request and third information indicating second control information for controlling retransmission power for retransmitting the transmission data. The base station also includes a radio section configured to receive, from the mobile station, the transmission data. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data. A data transmission method from a sender terminal to a receiver terminal in a MIMO system using a variable frequency band according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: repeatedly generating a signal field depending on a frequency band that is applied to the transmission of a data frame; generating a data field including the data; generating a data frame including the signal field and the data field; and transmitting the data frame to the receiver terminal. The present invention is advantageous in that a signal field which is transmitted together with the data being transmitted from the sender terminal to the receiver terminal in the MIMO system can be sent more efficiently. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119328 | Channel Rank Updates in Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Communication Systems - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a system and method for providing channel feedback information (CFI) from a user equipment device to a base station. CFI is transmitted from the user equipment device on first and second communication channels. The user equipment device is operable to measure the channel rank of a downlink channel and to select a preferred channel rank that is used to configure the CFI that is transmitted to the base station. The base station is operable to use the preferred channel rank to interpret the CFI transmitted by the user end device. | 05-01-2014 |
20140119329 | Techniques for Resource Block Mapping in a Wireless Communication System - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes creating a resource block map by associating respective subscriber station identifications, corresponding to respective subscriber stations, with one or more resource blocks. The respective subscriber station identifications and the resource block map are transmitted, from a serving base station, in one or more control channel symbols. | 05-01-2014 |
20140126480 | Efficient User Detection and Channel Estimation for UL CoMP - A channel estimation system disclosed herein jointly estimates the channels for users transmitting signals allocated overlapping frequency resources in a received composite wideband signal. The channel estimation system may further limit the joint channel estimation process to only locally scheduled UEs and those desired users transmitting detectable desired signals using frequency resources at least partially overlapping the locally scheduled UE's frequency resources. More particularly, a local base station processes the received composite wideband signal to determine which of the potential desired user(s) have transmitted user signals allocated frequency resources that at least partially overlap the frequency resources allocated to locally scheduled users and having a sufficient signal strength and quality to be detectable as present in the received signal. The local base station processes the local and detected desired user signals in the received signal to jointly calculate channel estimates for the corresponding users based on the corresponding reference sequences. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126481 | Block Scheduling Method For Scalable And Flexible Scheduling In A HSUPA System - A method for block scheduling of users is described. The method includes, in response to determining that a number of users in a wireless network exceed a threshold number, allotting the users into k block. The value of k is at least two. For each block, the method performs determining residual information for the block. The method also includes, for each block of the k blocks, loading into a fast-access memory user data for users in the block and scheduling the block in a scheduling period based at least in part on the user data and the residual information for k−1 other blocks. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126482 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - Currently available network virtualization solutions are either specifically tailored for wired networks composed of nodes with very large processing power and storage space. The present invention relates to a novel virtualization framework specifically tailored to wireless networks. Such framework provides Wireless Internet Service Providers (WISP) with an effective virtualization solution, allowing production traffic to share part of the available network resources with a variable number of network slices where novel solutions, such as new routing protocols, services or network operation tools, can be experimentally tested in a severely controlled yet realistic environment. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126483 | ACCESS POINT FOR DEVICE-ASSISTED INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS CELLULAR SYSTEMS - Devices and methods are provided for device-assisted interference management in heterogeneous wireless network environments. A mobile station (MS) assists a serving access point (AP) in assigning radio resources according to the interference management capabilities of the MS, the serving AP, and one or more neighboring interfering APs on the downlink, or alternatively, to one or more neighboring APs with interfering mobile stations on the uplink. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126484 | PROCESSING OVERLAPPING EPDCCH RESOURCE SETS - A method of wireless communication is presented. The method includes determining whether decoding candidates for enhanced control channel resource sets overlap. The method further includes determining uplink resources based on a predefined rule when the decoding candidates overlap. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126485 | MANAGING CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH EPDCCH IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided for cross-carrier scheduling when both PDCCH and EPDCCH are employed in a network that supports carrier aggregation. The apparatus receives a first component carrier and a second component carrier, where the first component carrier includes a first control channel, a second control channel, and carrier indication information. The first control channel corresponds to the first component carrier. The second control channel and the carrier indication information correspond to the second component carrier. The second control channel is one of at least a first type (e.g., PDCCH) or second type (e.g., EPDCCH) of control channel and the carrier indication information identifies the second component carrier for both the first and second types of control channels. The apparatus then processes the first and second control channels. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126486 | TECHNIQUE FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND A DATA NETWORK IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for communication, in a packet-mode communication network, between user equipment and a data network. A session is established between the user equipment and a data-network access gateway via an access network. The method includes: detecting a request for access to a service based on at least one packet transmitted by the user equipment via the established session; a first step of determining, based at least one criterion, that a new session is to be established; a step of sending, to the user equipment, a control to establish a new session, the user equipment initiating establishment of the new session; a second step of determining another access gateway, the other gateway being suitable for the service required by the user equipment; and establishing the new session initiated by the user equipment, from which the new session is established between the user equipment and the other gateway. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126487 | MAPPING AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Technology for mapping an enhanced physical downlink control channel to physical resource blocks in a radio frame is disclosed. One method comprises mapping modulated symbols in the ePDCCH to at least one control channel element. The at least one control channel element can be mapped to resource elements located in a plurality of distributed physical resource blocks in a subframe, wherein each resource block is separated by at least one additional resource block in the subframe. The mapping can also be to resource elements distributed in a single resource block in the subframe, wherein the control channel element is mapped to be distributed in frequency and time relative to other mapped resource elements in the single resource block. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126488 | Method And Apparatus For Making Optimal Use Of An Asymmetric Interference Channel In Wireless Communication Systems - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving in black space is described. The asymmetric interference channel is an appropriate model for many realistic scenarios, especially those arising more frequently as dynamic spectrum access (DSA) becomes more prevalent. As DSA nodes evolve to become more cognitive (e.g. self aware, environment aware, and adaptive), the prevailing white space seeking and gray space adapting policies leave a significant portion of the spectrum, namely, the black space, untapped. Described herein is a throughput versus SINR result and a corresponding technique for jointly choosing a transmission rate and multiuser detection algorithm that allows computationally constrained cognitive DSA nodes high rate operation in spectrum black space. Also described is an information theoretic motivated policy for seemingly insignificant waveform design choices that greatly enhance the throughput of a secondary sender-receiver pair while fulfilling a given complexity requirement within the secondary node's receiver. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126489 | MANAGING OPERATING PARAMETERS FOR COMMUNICATION BEARERS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless network having a network device to establish pre-configured shared communication bearers is disclosed. Each pre-configured shared communication bearer may communicate data to a mobile device, via a pre-configured shared radio bearer, using predetermined operating parameters. Each of the pre-configured shared communication bearers may also have a pre-defined quality of service. The predetermined operating parameters needed for the mobile device to communicate via the pre-configured shared radio bearer may be set before the mobile device has information to be communicated. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126490 | EPDCCH RESOURCE AND QUASI-CO-LOCATION MANAGEMENT IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In an aspect, the apparatus may receive a set of configurations for an EPDCCH that are tied to a set of configurations received for a PDSCH. The apparatus may then receive and process the EPDCCH based on at least one configuration from the set of configurations for the EPDCCH. In another aspect, the apparatus may determine at least a first and second resource set configured for a control channel and may determine a common set of aggregation levels for the first and second resource sets. The apparatus may further determine first rate-matching parameters for the first resource set and second rate-matching parameters for the second resource set, and may process the control channel using the common set of aggregation levels and the first and second rate-matching parameters. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126491 | Efficient Allocation of Uplink HARQ-ACK Resources for LTE Enhanced Control Channel - Systems and methods for selecting Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resources are disclosed. An Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) is detected in signals received from a base station in a first subframe. A HARQ-ACK resource indicator offset (ΔARO) value is identified for the EPDCCH. A PUCCH resource is selected for transmission of a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-ACKnowledgement (HARQ-ACK) corresponding to the EPDCCH. The PUCCH resource is selected based upon the ΔARO value. The ΔARO value may correspond to a semi-statically configured PUCCH resource. A second PUCCH resource may be selected for transmission of the HARQ-ACK on a second antenna port. A HARQ-ACK resource offset field value may be detected in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format of the EPDCCH. A table that maps the HARQ-ACK resource offset field value for certain DCI formats to ΔARO values may be used to determine the ΔARO value for the EPDCCH. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126492 | METHODS, APPARATUSES, AND SYSTEMS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR TERMINALS - Embodiments of the present disclosure are directed to methods and systems for resource allocation for terminals. In this regard, a method is provided that at least includes determining, by a terminal, a data stream is to be transported over a radio bearer in an aggregated data stream; determining if the data stream is a first data stream to be transported over the radio bearer; in the instance where the data stream is the first data stream, sending a signaling message at least comprising a periodicity of the first data stream and a packet size to a network node; in the instance where the data stream is an additional data stream to be transported over the radio bearer, sending the signaling message at least comprising a periodicity of the additional data stream, an offset from the first data stream, and a packet size to the network node; receiving a persistent/semi-persistent scheduled grant for data message from the network node if the network node determines that persistent/semi-persistent scheduling is beneficial, otherwise the network node may choose dynamic scheduling; and sending the aggregated data stream to the network node. Corresponding apparatuses and systems are also provided. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126493 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets - The application relates to radio communications and discloses a method and apparatus for feeding back and receiving acknowledgment (ACK) information of semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) data packets. The method includes receiving downlink data packets and an uplink data assignment indicator (UL DAI) from a base station, wherein a value of the UL DAI indicates a number (N) of all scheduled downlink sub-frames which scheduled by the base station for the user equipment, the number N is greater than 1, and a number k (k05-08-2014 | |
20140126494 | BROADCAST CHANNEL CONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Measures for a broadcast channel configuration of a standalone carrier may exemplarily include measures for configuring a broadcast channel of a carrier in one of a predetermined number of subsets of physical resource blocks in a system bandwidth on the basis of a cell configuration, wherein each subset includes the same prescribed number of physical resource blocks and the predetermined number of subsets are distributed in the frequency domain to cover the system bandwidth with the center of the system bandwidth being located in the center of a middle subset, and measures for scheduling common control signaling in the one subset of physical resource blocks in accordance with the configured broadcast channel of the carrier. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126495 | Method and Apparatus for Improving Transmission Resource Utilization - A method, apparatus and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium are provided in order to manage transmission of data. In this regard, the method comprises populating a first portion of a transmission data allocation with data of a first data type associated with a first one of a plurality of transmission grants, the plurality of transmission grants defining an allowed amount of transmission data for a plurality of data types, each transmission grant associated with one or more of the data types, populating a second portion of the transmission data allocation with data of a second data type associated with a second one of the plurality of transmission grants, determining, using a processor, that additional space remains in the first portion of the transmission data allocation, and populating the transmission data allocation with data of the second data type equal to a size of the additional space. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126496 | Configuration of Rate Matching and Interference Measurement Resources for Coordinated Multi-point Transmission - A method and an apparatus indicate and identify a ZP-CSI-RS configuration. The method for identifying includes identifying a DCI format and the ZP-CSI-RS configuration in response to receiving one or more control messages where a first set of ZP-CSI-RS configuration or configurations are configured to be used for DCI Format 1A and a second set of ZP-CSI-RS configuration or configurations are configured to be used for DCI Format 2D or 2C. The method also includes identifying a PDSCH rate matching based on the identified ZP-CSI-RS configuration. The method for indicating includes transmitting a dynamic signaling control message comprising an indication of a DCI format. The method also includes transmitting transmit a higher layer signaling control message comprising an indication of the ZP-CSI-RS configuration or configurations. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126497 | TECHNIQUES FOR DECOUPLING DOWNLINK AND UPLINK OPERATIONS - Techniques are provided for decoupling uplink and downlink operations. According to certain aspects, a wireless node (e.g., a low power node) may receive, from a base station of a first cell, signaling indicating a random access channel (RACH) configuration for a wireless device. The wireless node may then detect the wireless node performing a RACH detection (based on the RACH configuration) and report the RACH detection and desired UL configuration to the base station of the first cell. The base station of the first cell may then select the wireless node for serving the wireless device for UL operations (e.g., based on the reported RACH detection-and similar reports from other wireless nodes detecting the same RACH procedure). | 05-08-2014 |
20140126498 | FLEXIBLE SPECTRUM SUPPORT IN CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and methods for flexible spectrum, or bandwidth, support in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a base station for a cellular communications network is configured to transmit a non-standardized bandwidth carrier and information that identifies a standardized bandwidth and additional information that, together with the information that identifies the standardized bandwidth, defines a non-standardized bandwidth of the non-standardized bandwidth carrier. In one embodiment, the additional information defines a bandwidth adjustment for the standardized bandwidth that defines the non-standardized bandwidth. In one embodiment, the bandwidth adjustment is a symmetric bandwidth restriction. In another embodiment, the bandwidth adjustment is an asymmetric bandwidth restriction. In yet another embodiment, the bandwidth adjustment is a symmetric bandwidth expansion. In yet another embodiment, the bandwidth adjustment is an asymmetric bandwidth expansion. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126499 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ INDICATION INFORMATION - A method for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) indication information is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a User Equipment (UE), uplink data on a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) according to scheduling of a base station, according to a synchronous HARQ timing relationship, detecting, by the UE, new uplink grant signaling and enhanced Physical HARQ Indicator CHannel PHICH (ePHICH) information from the base station, wherein ePHICH resources are mapped to at least parts of time frequency resources of one or multiple distributed enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) sets, if the uplink grant signaling is not detected, one of retransmitting and not transmitting, by the UE, the uplink data. Apparatuses are also provided. By using the method and apparatuses, the ePHICH resources are effectively mapped for the uplink data transmission of the UE, and impact of the mapped ePHICH on the ePDCCH is reduced. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORKS VIA POWER CONTROL - A method and system is disclosed for managing performance of a wireless backhaul network through power management, which provides a practical approach to balancing data throughput and fairness. For each transmit frame, one or more power zones is defined, each power zone comprising a set of radio resources operating at one transmit power level P | 05-08-2014 |
20140126501 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for inter-cell interference coordination. The method comprises: acquiring sub-frame configuration information of neighbor cells; determining whether the neighbor cells are configured with transmissions in different directions on the same sub-frame; and if yes, performing interference coordination between the neighbor cells according to acquired data transmission-related information of the neighbor cells on the same sub-frame. Through the present invention, neighbor TDD base station cells are enabled to perform transmissions in different directions on the same time resource, interference is avoided through the interference coordination, and the situation in the conventional TDD interference coordination method that different cells are forced to use the same sub-frame configuration and cannot adapt to service requirements of the cells is avoided. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126502 | QOE-AWARE TRAFFIC DELIVERY IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method of delivering packets from a radio access network to a user terminal. The method comprises establishing a radio access bearer for transporting data to the user terminal from a radio layer control entity responsible for constructing downlink radio frames. Within the radio access network, an IP traffic flow destined for said user terminal is observed and a delivery priority determined for the IP traffic flow taking into account a user application to which the traffic relates. The delivery priority is dynamic ally adjusted in dependence upon the desired arrival time or delivery rate of packets within the IP traffic flow at the user terminal. With respect to other downlink user traffic to be sent over the radio interface, packets of the IP traffic flow are scheduled for transmission to the user terminal over the established radio access bearer, and or the scheduling weight of radio frames of the established radio access bearer adjusted, in accordance with the current delivery priority. The method further comprises, upstream of said radio layer control entity, carrying out a pre-scheduling of packets of said IP traffic flow with respect to other IP traffic flows. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126503 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method of transmitting/receiving a signal of a device using a non-licensed band in a wireless communication system includes: receiving available channel information by a first type device; and determining a first channel for transmitting a signal from the first type device to a second type device, and a second channel for receiving a signal from the second type device, among the available channels. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126504 | NETWORK COMMUNICATION METHOD AND TERMINAL IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - The present invention relates to a communication method in a heterogeneous network environment using the same frequency band. The method includes: transmitting by a transmitting station a message for using an arbitrary channel in the frequency band to a base station or a heterogeneous terminal using a heterogeneous communication technique; and performing by the transmitting station a data communication with a receiving station through the arbitrary channel. The message includes a time in which the transmitting station uses the arbitrary channel for the data communication. The message is a message with which the heterogeneous base station or the heterogeneous terminal, which receives the message, stops the data communication using the arbitrary channel for the time. Additionally, in this specification, a mobile communication terminal in a heterogeneous network environment using the same frequency band includes: a wireless communication unit for transmitting/receiving a wireless signal to/from outside; and a processor for controlling the wireless communication unit to transmit a message for using an arbitrary channel in the frequency band to a base station or a heterogeneous terminal, which uses a heterogeneous communication technique. The message includes a time that the terminal uses the arbitrary channel for the data communication. The message is a message with which the heterogeneous base station or the heterogeneous terminal, which receives the message, stops the data communication using the arbitrary channel for the time. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126505 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for downlink control channel allocation in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates a downlink control channel which supports a multi-node system to a data region within an resource block (RB), and transmits a downlink control signal to a user equipment through the allocated downlink channel. The multi-node system comprises a plurality of nodes connected to one macro node, and the macro node and the plurality of nodes have the same cell identifier (ID). | 05-08-2014 |
20140126506 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - Disclosed is a transmission apparatus capable of properly performing cross carrier scheduling in ePDCCHs. In this apparatus, when communication is performed using a plurality of component carriers (CCs), configuration section | 05-08-2014 |
20140126507 | RECEIVING APPARATUS, FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system using retransmission control, throughput reduction is suppressed in a state in which an occurrence rate of retransmission is high. A receiving apparatus configured to, in a case where a signal received from a transmitting apparatus includes an error, request the transmitting apparatus to provide a retransmission signal, includes check units | 05-08-2014 |
20140126508 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER SELECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A mobile communications system including: at least one base station configured to communicate data to/from different terminal devices via respective of plural logically separate carriers of a wireless access interface; first and second terminal devices operable to camp-on to first and second carriers of plural carriers and to subsequently communicate data with the at least one base station via the first and second carriers. The first and second carriers support compatible synchronisation signalling such that the first and second terminal devices both can synchronise with the first and second carriers to begin a camp-on procedure. Following synchronisation with one of the first or second carriers to begin the camp-on procedure, the second terminal device is configured to determine whether or not to continue with the camp-on procedure in dependence on an aspect of physical layer signalling associated with a control channel of the carrier with which it has synchronised. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126509 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA UNIT BASED ON UPLINK MULTIPLE USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - In an aspect, a method of receiving a data unit, performed by an Access Point (AP), in a Wireless LAN (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes transmitting a signal protection frame, the signal protection frame comprising a group ID field indicating a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission STA group including a first station (STA) and a second STA; and, a spatial stream field indicating a number of spatial streams allocated to each of member STAs included in the MIMO transmission STA group; receiving a first preamble for a first data unit from the first STA; receiving a second preamble for a second data unit from the second STA; and simultaneously receiving the first data unit from the first STA and the second data unit from the second STA. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126510 | RECEIVER APPARATUS, TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, SETTING METHOD, AND DETERMINING METHOD - Provided is a receiver apparatus that can improve the flexibility of setting resource candidates used for transmitting a reference signal. In this apparatus, a setting unit ( | 05-08-2014 |
20140126511 | Wireless Transmission System, Wireless Transmission Apparatus, Wireless Transmission Method, and Computer Readable Medium - A first apparatus | 05-08-2014 |
20140126512 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A DOWNLINK HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving a downlink hybrid automatic repeat (HARQ). According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for setting an HARQ process by a terminal in a wireless communication system may comprise the steps of: receiving, from a base station, limited-resource information indicating a resource the use of which for downlink transmission to the terminal is limited; determining an HARQ process to be activated on the basis of the limited-source information; and performing an HARQ operation for the downlink transmission by means of the HARQ process to be activated. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126513 | METHOD OF PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR USER EQUIPMENT - A method of providing control information for user equipments (UEs) in communication with a base station over a wireless communication system includes: mapping at least one enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) on at least one allocated pair of physical resource blocks (PRBs) according to an enhanced-control channel element (ECCE) structure including a variable number of resource element groups (REGs); and varying the number of REGs in an E-CCE structure. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126514 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NETWORK CLUSTERS FOR WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORKS - Practical methods and apparatuses are provided for determining network clusters in wireless backhaul networks comprising a plurality of hubs and Remote Backhaul Modules (RBM) ( | 05-08-2014 |
20140126515 | Time Multiplexing Based Common Channel Scheduler Algorithm for Flexible Resource Sharing - The present disclosure relates to embodiments of a node entity and method for scheduling user data packets on a common channel of a base station node. The common channel being shared by a number of mobile telecommunications operators, OPi, i=1,2,3, . . . . The scheduling of the user data packets is performed in consecutive Transmission Time Intervals, TTIs, and in dependence of which operator OPi serving different user packets. During a TTI, the data packets are transmitted according to scheduling determined in the adjacent previous TTI. During the TTI, a scheduler controller calculates and determines the prioritised OPi for the next TTI, said calculation being performed by calculation based on the share of TTIs with competition per operator within a sliding window and a list keeping information based on a predetermined number of previous, consecutive TTIs within the sliding window. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126516 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus performs an efficient random access procedure. A base station apparatus includes all parameters of random access information in setting information regarding at least one of a plurality of cells and part of the parameters of the random access information in setting information regarding at least one of the plurality of cells and transmits the setting information to the mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus executes the random access procedure for the cells for which the random access information is included in the transmitted setting information. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126517 | SEQUENCE MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for mapping a sequence in a wireless communication system includes determining one or more resource blocks to which the sequence will be mapped, and mapping a plurality of modulation symbols to a plurality of resource elements included in the resource blocks, wherein the resource elements are positioned in regions other than OFDM symbol regions indicated by a physical control format indicator channel (PCHICH). | 05-08-2014 |
20140126518 | METHOD OF SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BLOCKS - A method for performing communication in a user equipment of a wireless communication system comprises receiving a control region through a specific frequency block of a plurality of frequency blocks, the control region including a plurality of control channels; identifying a first control channel for the user equipment in the control region; and performing an operation in accordance with information included in the first control channel, wherein the specific frequency block through which the first control channel is transmitted is changed according to a certain pattern with the lapse of time. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126519 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for controlling a radio resource allocation is provided. A network transmits access control information to a terminal such that a request for the radio resource allocation which will be transmitted from the terminal can be controlled. The terminal selectively transmits the request for the radio resource allocation based on the received information, thus a transmission of an unnecessary request for the radio resource can be minimized, thereby preventing a waste of the radio resource. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126520 | Random Access Response Receiving and Sending Method, User Equipment, Base Station and System - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a random access response receiving and sending method, a user equipment, a base station, and a system. The method includes: after sending a dedicated random access preamble to a network side, on a physical downlink control channel, according to a pre-obtained dedicated identifier, detecting control signaling masked by using the dedicated identifier, where the dedicated identifier is a user equipment-specific temporary identifier configured by the network side for the user equipment, and the control signaling includes information about a physical downlink shared channel used to send a random access response and information required for decoding the random access response; and receiving the random access response on a corresponding physical downlink shared channel according to the control signaling. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126521 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR TRANSMISSION - Wireless communication apparatus capable of increasing transmission efficiency by selecting data for scheduling according to data type, and capable of achieving low power consumption and high-speed signal processing is disclosed. With this apparatus, a control section allocates transmission data sequence 1 to subcarriers of superior quality by carrying out scheduling for the transmission data sequence 1 based on CQI sent from communication terminal apparatus and required transmission rate information for each communication terminal apparatus, and allocates transmission data sequence 2 to preassigned subcarriers. Channel allocation section allocates data for transmission data sequence 1 to subcarriers designated by control section. Channel allocation section allocates data for transmission data sequence 2 to subcarriers designated by control section. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126522 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PAGING RECEPTION IN MULTIMODE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus enabling a mobile device to receive paging notifications from multiple networks. In one embodiment of the present invention, a first device connected to a first network momentarily ignores the first network, to monitor a second network instead. The first device identifies and prioritizes a list of applications of the first network; the prioritized listing allows the first device to preempt one of its lower priority tasks to monitor the second network for paging messages instead. The described methods and apparatus enable e.g., GSM paging for Class B cellular devices which are connected to GPRS NMO-2 type networks. The Class B cellular device can ignore certain GPRS data (which is tolerant to error), to decode GSM paging channels, which would otherwise be missed. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126523 | GENERATING UPLINK SIGNALS FROM USER EQUIPMENT NODES TO IDENTIFY INTERFERERS TO A NETWORK NODE - A method is disclosed that can be performed in at least one network node which provides wireless communications service for user equipment nodes (UEs). The method includes detecting uplink interference at an interfered network node. Responsive to the uplink interference, an uplink transmission having a defined configuration is initiated from a UE, which is served by a serving network node. The uplink signal is detected using the defined configuration at the interfered network node. The UE is identified responsive to the detected uplink signal as being a contributor to the uplink interference. An uplink transmission by the UE and/or by another UE served by the serving network node is controlled to reduce uplink interference. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126524 | TECHNIQUES TO PROVIDE PHYSICAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION USING A TREE-BASED STRUCTURE AND COMMUNICATE A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - In a wireless network, simultaneous support of distributed and contiguous sub-carrier allocation may be accomplished in the same sub-frame or time zone. Techniques are described herein that can be used to allocate distributed and/or contiguous basic (physical) resource blocks to users by specifying a codebook index and parent node. Techniques are described herein that can be used to flexibly set a number of sub-channels over which a subscriber station indicates a channel quality indicator to a base station. Sub-channels may be represented as nodes and may be grouped to include a parent node and child nodes. By specifying a code book to use and a parent node, the channel quality indicator of the parent and children nodes can be indicated. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126525 | Mapping Between Logical and Physical Uplink Control Resource Blocks in Wireless Networks - A transmission of information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations on an uplink channel in a wireless network. A scheme for mapping between logical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource blocks (RBs) and physical RBs (PRBs) used by PUCCH is described. A logical uplink control resource block index n | 05-08-2014 |
20140126526 | APPARATUS FOR DIMENSIONING THE CONTROL CHANNEL FOR TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the invention provide methods for optimizing the spectral efficiency of control channel transmissions carrying scheduling assignments from a serving Node B to user equipments. This is accomplished by adjusting the control channel size between successive transmission time intervals according to the number of user equipments having scheduling assignments and possibly according to the modulation and coding scheme used for the transmission of each scheduling assignments. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126527 | Method, Device and System for Wireless Broadband Communications - A small cell receives a dedicated synchronization signal Preamble sent through a first message by a user equipment UE in an idle state. The dedicated Preamble is allocated when the UE accesses a network for the first time. The small cell according to the dedicated Preamble queries whether a first signaling radio bearer SRB 1 and/or a second signaling radio bearer SRB2 of the UE are/is stored. If stored, the small cell replies in a second message to the UE that indication information that the SRB 1 and/or the SRB2 between the small cell and the UE do/does not need to be re-established or modified. An uplink radio resource control RRC message sent through a dedicated control channel DCCH by the UE is received. | 05-08-2014 |
20140126528 | SCHEDULING IN A CELLULAR SYSTEM - In a cellular system ( | 05-08-2014 |
20140126529 | OPERATING METHOD IN MULTIPLE CELLS, AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - Provided is an operating method in multiple cells, and a wireless device using same. The wireless device monitors a control channel in each subframe of a normal cell. The wireless device receives information regarding the transmission power of a physical signal of an expanded cell having an unmonitored control channel, and receives the physical signal in the expanded cell. | 05-08-2014 |
20140133407 | CONNECTION INFORMATION FOR INTER-DEVICE WIRELESS DATA COMMUNICATION - Techniques for connection information for inter-device wireless data communication are described. In at least some embodiments, a broker device maintains wireless connection information for various wireless devices. The wireless connection information includes wireless channels at which particular wireless devices can be accessed. The broker device can provide the wireless connection information to various other devices to enable wireless communication with the wireless devices. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133408 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS DUE TO HIDDEN WIRELESS NODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for starting an extended idle interval in an effort to avoid collisions with transmissions from hidden wireless nodes. One example apparatus generally includes a receiver and a processing system. The receiver is typically configured to receive a multi-user (MU) transmission comprising at least one packet for the apparatus. The processing system is typically configured to determine a checksum of the at least one packet and to start an idle interval associated with the apparatus after receiving the MU transmission if the at least one packet comprises a frame check sequence (FCS) that corresponds to the checksum, wherein the idle interval includes at least enough time for transmission of an acknowledgment (ACK) frame. For certain aspects, the idle interval may comprise an extended interframe space (EIFS). | 05-15-2014 |
20140133409 | ASYNCHRONOUS HYBRID ARQ PROCESS INDICATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Asynchronous Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) process identities are transmitted in a wireless communication system. A linking scheme is established between at least two sets of process identities of two respective corresponding codewords. When a first process identity is selected from among a first set of process identities of a first codeword, a second process identity may be derived in dependence upon the first process identity and the established linking scheme. Finally, a first packet from the first codeword is transmitted using a first transmission channel indicated by the first process identity, and a second packet is transmitted from the second codeword using a second transmission channel indicated by the second process identity. In addition, a control message including only the first process identity is transmitted. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133410 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LTE MAC LOGICAL CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION BASED ON CONTROL DATA - Aspects of the present disclosure provide methods, systems, devices and/or apparatuses for logical channel prioritization by a user equipment (UE) within a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless communications network. The UE may have multiple logical channels each associated with one or more applications or services of the UE. The UE may identify whether a quality of service (QoS) obligation to allocate at least a portion of uplink resources to a logical channel for a time period is present, and may also identify whether the logical channel has control data to be transmitted from the UE. If a QoS obligation and/or control data are present for the logical channel, the UE may allocate at least a portion of the uplink resources to the logical channel. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133411 | ADJUSTING UE TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION BASED ON UE SELF INTERFERENCE - Systems and methods for mitigating self-interference at a wireless device in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a network node obtains one or more self-interference parameters for self-interference at the wireless device within a downlink frequency band utilized by the wireless device. In one embodiment, the one or more self-interference parameters include a frequency location of the self-interference, a strength of the self-interference, or both the frequency location and the strength of the self-interference. The network node then controls uplink transmission by the wireless device, downlink reception by the wireless device, and/or downlink transmission to the wireless device in such a manner that the self-interference at the wireless device is mitigated. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133412 | Interference mitigation technique for Heterogeneous/Homogeneous Networks employing dynamic Downlink/Uplink configuration - Embodiments disclosed herein relate to OFDM based data communication systems, and more particularly to mitigate Downlink-Downlink, Downlink-Uplink, Uplink-Downlink, Uplink-Uplink interference from same/adjacent channel in heterogeneous/homogeneous networks employing dynamic DL/UL configurations in OFDM based data communication systems. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133413 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DESIGNING SIGNALS TO MITIGATE SUBCARRIER INTERFERENCE - In order to reduce interference that may be generated when a plurality of signals having different subcarrier intervals are received, a method of controlling a signal having a larger subcarrier interval to be suitable for a signal having a smaller subcarrier interval and a method of removing CFO interference are provided. Subcarrier intervals of a plurality of signals to be transmitted by wireless terminals are compared with each other, and signals are designed so that a signal having the largest subcarrier interval may be repeatedly transmitted. Therefore, interference that may be generated among different kinds of signals when the base station simultaneously receives the different kinds of signals to perform Fourier transform may be mitigated. In addition, interference caused by a CFO may be removed by previously compensating the CFO estimated in a time domain to perform Fourier transform. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133414 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AMOUNT-OF-DATA INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, TRANSMISSION-CONTROL-INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station includes an amount-of-data information determining means for monitoring data which are stored on a communication-service-by-communication-service basis or on a transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel so as to determine communication-service-by-communication-service or transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel amount-of-data information. The mobile station transmits the communication-service-by-communication-service or transmit-channel-by-transmit-channel amount-of-data information determined by the amount-of-data information determining means to a base station. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133415 | UPLINK CONTROL AND DATA TRANSMISSION IN MULTIFLOW-ENABLED NETWORKS - Signaling and procedural considerations are disclosed for uplink multiflow operations in user equipment configured for carrier aggregation. Advanced wireless networks may take advantage of unused capacity of neighboring cells by configuring network nodes and UEs to both receive on the downlink and transmit on the uplink to multiple cells or network nodes. Implementing multiflow on UE for the uplink transmission process may cause issues in various channels, signaling, and procedural operations that may be addressed through data and control signaling the techniques disclosed herein. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133416 | Methods, Apparatus and Computer Programs for Controlling Operation of a Wireless Device - Wireless devices operate under network control. The network sends access control information for receipt by wireless devices that are operating in a suspended connected mode or idle mode under control of the network. The access control information operates to control access to the network by the wireless devices regardless of whether the wireless devices are operating in a suspended connected mode or idle mode. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133417 | Precoding and Scheduling For a Cellular Communication System Using a Large Number of Base Stations Antennas - For an infinite number of transmit antennas at a base station (BS), matched filter (MF) precoding (a type of precoding used to perform SU-MIMO transmission) becomes optimal for performing spatial multiplexing. But observations have shown that precoding types for performing MU-MIMO transmission can perform significantly better than MF precoding for a realizable number of transmit antennas at the BS, even while using the simplest precoding types for MU-MIMO transmission. For large inter-cell interference typically encountered by user terminals (UTs) at or near the boundary of the cell served by the BS, MF precoding can still be used to eliminate or reduce the need for coordination among cells, which consumes network and back-haul resources. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133418 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed to flexibly report aperiodic channel state information to a plurality of radio base station apparatuses to be coordinated, even when coordinated multiple-point (CoMP) transmission/reception is performed. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133419 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN RADIO NETWORK, BASE STATION AND RADIO NETWORK - Provided are a method for coordinating inter-cell interference in a radio network, a transmission point and the radio network. The method includes: a step A of a normal base station performing scheduling based on feedback information of users of the normal base station and obtain a user scheduling result of the normal base station including a parameter about actual transmission characteristics of the normal base station; a step B of the normal base station obtaining a performance estimating parameter including a parameter about actual transmission characteristics of each of the one or plurality of low-power base stations for both cases of normal base station without transmission and normal base station with transmission; a step C of the normal base station using the performance estimating parameter and the user scheduling result of the normal base station as a basis to determine weighting throughputs of all transmission points for the case of normal base station without transmission and weighting throughputs of all the transmission points for the case of normal base station with transmission; and a step D of the normal base station comparing the weighting throughputs of all the transmission points, obtaining a transmission determination result and performing data transmission based on the transmission determination result. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133420 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD - In the present invention, even if different UL-DL configurations are set for a plurality of unit bands, notification timing of error detection results for SCell is not dispersed complicatedly, and the processing relating to the error detection results can be simplified. At the reference notification timing of a response signal with respect to downlink data of a second unit band, if a sub-frame of the second unit band is an uplink communication sub-frame and a sub-frame of a first unit band is a downlink communication sub-frame, a control unit ( | 05-15-2014 |
20140133421 | Methods and Devices for Scheduling Uplink Transmission in a Cellular Radio System - In methods and devices for scheduling uplink transmission in a cellular radio system for a number of user equipments transmitting data over an air-interface each user equipment is associated with an individual uplink load factor. Further a cost function is formed based on the load factor for each user equipment that is to be scheduled for uplink transmission, wherein the cost function is approximated by a quadratic function. The throughput of all scheduled user equipments is maximized using a convex optimization of the sum of the individual cost functions, and the grant for uplink transmission is scheduled in accordance with the optimized cost functions. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133422 | TRANSMITTER DEVICE, RECEIVER DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - The objective of the present invention is to provide a transmitter device that is capable of preventing error detection of a data resource area as a result of a detection mistake of a control signal. In the device, a control unit ( | 05-15-2014 |
20140133423 | Extending the Control Channel Region of a Communications System in Backwards Compatible Manner - In a method of adapting a control channel in a network node in a communication system, providing (S | 05-15-2014 |
20140133424 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - There is provided a communication apparatus including a signature selection unit that selects one signature from a plurality of signatures, and a preamble generation unit that generates a signature in random access using the preamble selected by the signature selection unit. The signature selection unit selects the signature corresponding to a value of transmission data. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133425 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention is a method for receiving a signal from a plurality of transmission points in a wireless communication system, the method for receiving a signal comprising the steps of: blind decoding a first search space of a subframe received from a first transmission point; and blind decoding a second search space of a subframe received from a second transmission point, wherein the combination of the first search space and the second search space is equivalent to a search space that results when a signal is received from only one transmission point from among the plurality of transmission points. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133426 | Method and apparatus for configuring cell-specific reference signal - The disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for configuring a Cell-Specific Reference Signal (CRS). The method includes: a cell is divided into a central area and a marginal area; a CRS is divided into a central CRS, a marginal CRS and a common CRS; a value that is obtained by adding a fixed first power value to a preset reference Energy Per Resource Element (EPRE) is configured as an EPRE value of the marginal CRS; a value that is obtained by subtracting a fixed second power value from the preset reference EPRE is configured as an EPRE value of the central CRS; and the reference EPRE is configured as the EPRE value of the common CRS. The disclosure can improve an SINR of a marginal area of a cell and enhance downlink performance of a UE in the marginal area of the cell, without affecting downlink performance of a UE in a central area of the cell. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133427 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING PDCCH AND USER EQUIPMENT OR BASE STATION FOR THE METHOD - A method for receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) at a downlink subframe through a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system comprises the step of detecting the PDCCH by performing blind decoding for a search space including a plurality of PDCCH candidates included in the downlink subframe, wherein the blind decoding is performed in accordance with order of priority given to each of a plurality of sub-search spaces constituting the search space. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133428 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method in a network node for adapting a Secondary cell, SCell, command to a user equipment, UE, is provided. The SCell command is one of a setup and release command. The network node adapts the SCell command by one of advancing and delaying the timing of sending said SCell command with respect to a start of a transmission occasion of disjoint signals on which one of the UE and the network node is performing at least one of a measurement, the disjoint signal is a signal that is not used for performing the measurement in every subframe, a data transmission, the disjoint signal is a signal that is not used for transmitting the data in every subframe, and a data reception, the disjoint signal is a signal that is not used for receiving the data reception in every subframe. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133429 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for allocating a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. A base station allocates a downlink control channel to cell-specific reference signal (CRS) resource elements (REs) capable of transmitting a CRS and transmits a downlink control signal to a terminal through the allocated downlink control channel. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133430 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method for scheduling an uplink and a method for scheduling a downlink for a user equipment group comprising a plurality of user equipments in similar channel situations. In the present invention, which relates to the method for scheduling the uplink, a primary user equipment for a user equipment group is configured, and information according to a random access procedure that is performed by the primary user equipment is shared by means of other user equipments in the user equipment group. In the present invention, which relates to the method for scheduling the downlink, each of the user equipment in the user equipment group attempt to detect downlink data by a random access preamble transmission timing, and transmits a pertinent random access preamble to a base station at the random access preamble transmission timing, thereby notifying the base station of a failure to receive the downlink data, when the detection of the downlink data by the random access preamble transmission timing fails. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133431 | SERVICE FREQUENCY BASED 3GDT - A method for reducing the signaling load of a GPRS core network system is provided. The GPRS core network system comprises a first UE, a first RNC, a first SGSN, a first core network node, and a first IP network, where the first UE is arranged to be in communication with the first RNC, where the first RNC is arranged to be in communication with the SGSN for non-3GDT communication of the GPRS core network system or the core network node for 3GDT communication of the GPRS core network system, where the first SGSN is arranged to be in communication with the first core network node, where the first core network node is arranged to be in contact with the first IP network, where one or more service requests originates from the first UE to the SGSN, where the number of service requests to the SGSN is measured. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133432 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CALL SESSION CONTROL SERVER APPARATUS - The invention avoids unnecessary transmission of signals, and shortens time for establishing a bearer for a UE. A mobile communication method of an embodiment includes the steps of: notifying, by a P-CSCF, when the P-CSCF receives a SIP signal # | 05-15-2014 |
20140133433 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE SUPPORTING VARIABLE BANDWIDTH - A wireless device transmits to a base station, which supports a basic bandwidth, a random preamble for indicating an operating bandwidth, and the wireless device receives a random access response from the base station as a response to the random access preamble. The operating bandwidth is smaller than the basic bandwidth. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133434 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to minimize the increase of user terminal power consumption even when downlink control channels are extended. A radio base station apparatus having: an allocation section that allocates downlink control information in a first control region from a top of a radio frame to a predetermined OFDM symbol and in a second control region that is frequency-divided with a data region in a region that is time-divided with the first control region, and also allocates decoding control information that indicates a user terminal to perform a decoding process for the second control region, in the first control region; and a transmission section that transmits the downlink control information and the decoding control information; and a user terminal having: a receiving section that receives the downlink control information and the decoding control information from the radio base station apparatus; and a decoding section that controls the decoding process for the second control region based on the decoding control information received, are provided. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133435 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method are described for distributed antenna wireless communications. For example, a method implemented within a wireless transmission system comprised of a plurality of wireless client devices and a plurality of distributed antennas is described comprising: computing channel state information (CSI) for wireless communication channels between the plurality of base distributed antennas and the wireless client devices; computing precoding weights from the channel state information; precoding data using the precoding weights prior to wireless transmission from the plurality of distributed antennas to the wireless client devices; and wirelessly transmitting the precoded data from the distributed antennas to each of the wireless client devices, wherein the precoding causes radio frequency interference between the plurality of base stations but simultaneously generating a plurality of non-interfering radio frequency user channels between the plurality of distributed antennas and the plurality of wireless client devices. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133436 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station sends, to a mobile station, first resource allocation information in accordance with a scheduling request from the mobile station. Furthermore, the base station sends, to the mobile station, second resource allocation information based on the buffer status that is reported from the mobile station by using the first resource allocation information. The base station includes a receiving unit and a processor. The receiving unit receives data sent from the mobile station by using the second resource allocation information. When the processor receives a scheduling request from the mobile station before the completion of the reception of data by an amount indicated by the buffer status reported from the mobile station and when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the processor performs control such that the processor sends the second resource allocation information to the mobile station without sending the first resource allocation information. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133437 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING THE LOCATION OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN THE UPLINK OF COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the Invention provide methods for user equipments to implicitly determine the location for the transmission of uplink control signaling information, that is in response to downlink data packet transmissions, using information that is already available through the downlink control, signaling for the respective downlink scheduling assignments. No additional explicit downlink control signaling is required for the transmission of the above uplink control signaling from each user equipment. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133438 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTEGRATING A SOFT MOBILE VOIP CLIENT IN A CELLULAR PC CARD - An apparatus is configured to communicate with a computer through a communications interface. The apparatus includes a soft mobile phone client and a cellular modem. The soft mobile client provides a Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) communication session, and includes a first set of a plurality of communications modules which does not include a non-access stratum (NAS) module. The cellular modem provides cellular Internet Protocol (IP) connectivity to the computer, and includes a second set of a plurality of modules having a NAS module. The soft mobile phone client establishes IP connectivity through the cellular modem and provides IP connectivity to the computer on a condition that a pre-existing IP connection via the computer is not available. The soft mobile phone client includes a software module encoded to implement a graphical user interface (GUI) function, which enables a VoIP communication session to be initiated by the user. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133439 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION MULTIPLEXING ON THE PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR LTE-A - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. The UCI is coded using a first block coder and a second block coder to obtain an output bit sequence. The output bit sequence is scrambled to obtain a scrambled signal. A block of complex-valued modulation symbols is generated from the scrambled signal for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) Format 3. The first block coder and the second block coder use a Reed-Muller code. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133440 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - The present invention relates to methods for sending and receiving downlink control information, a base station, and a mobile terminal. The method for sending downlink control information comprises: sending first downlink control information to a mobile terminal, the first downlink control information being a part of downlink control information and comprising resource allocation information; on resource specified by the resource allocation information, sending second downlink control information to the mobile terminal, the second downlink control information being the other part, different from the first downlink control information, of the downlink control information. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133441 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNALING - A method and apparatus for transmitting control signaling includes: transmitting indication information on a transmission location of control signaling by a base station to a mobile station configured as an open-loop MIMO transmission mode; transmitting the control signaling by the base station in a data region by using the open-loop MIMO transmission mode or a transmit diversity transmission mode if the location for transmitting the control signaling indicated by the information on a transmission location of control signaling is located at the data region. Whereby the number of mobile stations to be scheduled in a cell is increased and results in the scheduling information to be transmitted in a subframe increased, the control signaling of a mobile station configured as an open-loop MIMO transmission mode is placed in a data region for transmission, thereby increasing the number of UE scheduled, increasing the throughput of the system. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133442 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL FOR IMPLEMENTING UPLINK RESOURCE INDICATION - A method, a base station (BS), and a user terminal are provided for implementing uplink resource indication. The method includes carrying an uplink resource index in an uplink resource grant (UL Grant), in which an uplink resource index corresponds to at least one uplink resource in terms of indication; and sending the UL Grant. The BS includes an index carrying module and an instruction sending module. The user terminal includes an instruction receiving module, an instruction resolving module, and an execution module. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133443 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN AN ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLE-ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for accessing a wireless communication system are described. A user equipment (UE) sends a random access preamble for system access. The random access preamble may include a random identifier (ID), a channel quality indicator (CQI), etc. The UE may randomly select the random ID or may be assigned this random ID. The UE receives a random access response from a base station. The random access response may include control channel resources (e.g., CQI and PC resources), uplink resources, and/or control information (e.g., timing advance and PC correction) for the UE. The random access response may be sent in two parts using two messages. A first message may be sent on a control channel and may include identification information and possibly other information. A second message may be sent on a shared data channel and may include remaining information for the random access response. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133444 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CELLULAR BROADCASTING AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a cellular wireless network, methods and apparatus are disclosed for a signal broadcasting scheme that can be individually augmented for users with poor reception. The network employs a first downlink channel for broadcasting data to all mobile stations, a second downlink channel for sending signals to a specific mobile station in a cell, and an uplink channel for feeding back information to the base station. To achieve a certain user reception quality, the system adjusts its broadcasting parameters based on the statistical analysis of the feedback data. If some users still require better reception, the system individually augments their broadcast signals via the second downlink channels. Methods and apparatus are also disclosed for synchronization of data distribution by base stations, which, in part, allows the receivers to combine the receiving signals and improve their reception quality. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133445 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD FOR PRECODING WITH REDUCED QUANTIZATION ERROR - Embodiments of an enhanced Node B (eNB) and method for precoding with reduced quantization error are generally described herein. In some embodiments, first and second precoding-matrix indicator (PMI) reports may be received on an uplink channel and a single subband precoder matrix may be interpolated from precoding matrices indicated by both the PMI reports. Symbols for multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) beamforming may be precoded using the interpolated precoder matrix computed for single subband for a multiple user (MU)-MIMO downlink orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) transmission. In some embodiments, each of the first and second PMI reports includes a PMI associated with a same subband that jointly describes a recommended precoder. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133446 | MOBILE CELLULAR NETWORK BASED ON LAYERED CLOUD COMPUTING - The present invention provides a new system structure of mobile cellular system based on layered cloud computing. A core network part of the system structure includes a CRG node, and an access network part includes an MC node and a DU node. The system structure proposed in the present invention is compatible with all conventional mobile air interface protocols, supports the layered cloud computing function, and is capable of providing joint signal processing and joint scheduling, flexibly allocating computing resources among nodes, and compressing the structure of the core network, so that larger network data throughput can be provided for users with lower deployment cost. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133447 | SCHEDULING REQUEST ENABLED UPLINK TRANSMISSION - The present invention refers to transmission method in a mobile communication system ( | 05-15-2014 |
20140133448 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL - A method and apparatus for uplink power control, including: transmitting, by user equipment, a sounding reference signal (SRS) to a network side according to a received triggering signal; receiving, by the user equipment, a path loss compensation value calculated based on the SRS and transmitted by the network side; estimating, by the user equipment, a path loss value according to a received cell-specific reference signal (CRS); and performing, by the user equipment, power compensation according to the path loss compensation and path loss values. On the basis of the original uplink power control performed according to the path loss estimated based on the downlink CRSs, the network side estimates the path loss compensation value of the UE by triggering the RRH UE to transmit aperiodic SRSs, and informs the UE in a semi-static manner, compensating for the inaccuracy of estimation of path loss and ensuring the efficiency of power control. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133449 | POWER CONTROL METHOD AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - A power control method and terminal equipment including: dropping, by terminal equipment, an SRS signal in other serving cell(s) or puncturing symbols of a PRACH signal in a secondary serving cell within the same OFDM symbol as the SRS signal in the other serving cell(s), when the terminal equipment needs to transmit the PRACH signal in the secondary serving cell and transmit the uplink SRS signal in the other serving cell(s) within the same OFDM symbol. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133450 | UPLINK PILOT AND SIGNALING TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques to more efficiently transmit pilot and signaling on the uplink in an OFDM system. With subband multiplexing, M usable subbands in the system are partitioned into Q disjoint groups of subbands. Each subband group may be assigned to a different terminal for uplink pilot transmission. Multiple terminals may transmit simultaneously on their assigned subbands. The transmit power for the pilot may be scaled higher to attain the same total pilot energy even though S instead of M subbands are used for pilot transmission by each terminal. Pilot transmissions from the terminals are received, and a channel estimate is derived for each terminal based on the pilot received on the assigned subbands. The channel estimate comprises a response for additional subbands not included in the assigned group. Subband multiplexing may also be used for uplink signaling transmission. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133451 | Identifier Allocation Method and System - The disclosure discloses an Identifier (ID) allocation method, including that: a non-AP Station (STA) sends a first radio frame to an Access Point (AP); and the AP sends a second radio frame to the STA, wherein the second radio frame carries group ID information or group ID information and second station ID information allocated to the STA. In a case that the STA sends a Reassociation Request frame to the AP, the AP may also send the STA a Reassociation Response frame carrying group ID information and/or station ID information reallocated to the STA. Correspondingly, the disclosure further discloses an ID allocation system. With the disclosure, a terminal is distinguished by the group ID information and the station ID information, such that it is possible to avoid Association ID (AID) shortage and support group management of terminals. | 05-15-2014 |
20140133452 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal that communicates with a base station monitors a physical downlink control channel allocated in a physical downlink control channel region and an enhanced physical downlink control channel allocated in a physical downlink shared channel region different from the physical downlink control channel region. If the enhanced physical downlink control channel is detected, the terminal reports response information via a physical uplink control channel resource corresponding to the resource in which the enhanced physical downlink control channel was detected. | 05-15-2014 |
20140140283 | SUPPORT FOR RETRANSMITTING A TRANSPORT BLOCK WITH A DIFFERENT NUMBER OF LAYERS THAN A PREVIOUS TRANSMISSION ATTEMPT - A method of conveying transport block size (TBS) information includes determining TBS parameters for a wireless transmission of data between a first node and a second node based on a first number of transmission layers associated with the wireless transmission. The method also includes generating a control message indicating the TBS parameters and transmitting the control message to the second node. The method also includes transmitting a transport block to the second node in accordance with the TBS parameters indicated by the control message. The transport block is transmitted over a first number of transmission layers. The method also includes retransmitting the transport block to the second node in accordance with the TBS parameters indicated by the control message. The transport block is retransmitted over a second number of transmission layers that differs from the first number of transmission layers. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIATING RADIO CONNECTIONS - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus comprising a user interface receiver configured to receive at least one indication of user activity, at least one processing core configured to initiate packet-based connectivity over a radio communications interface responsive to the at least one indication of user activity, wherein the at least one indication of user activity comprises at least one indication relating to operating a web brower, the at least one indication not indicating a user request to fetch a resource for display on the browser. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140285 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PACKET-BASED OFDM COMMUNICATIONS WITH DIFFERING LENGTH CYCLIC PREFIXES - A network communication device is receive packet-based orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) transmissions from one or more other devices in a network over a communication channel. The network communication device may determine a delay spread of the communication channel based on receipt of a probe signal from a transmitting device, configure a channel filter to effectively shorten the channel based on the delay spread, and instruct the transmitting device to shorten a length of a cyclic prefix for subsequent packet-based OFDM transmissions to be received from the transmitting device over the channel. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140286 | METHOD OF DIRECT COMMUNICATION BY TERMINAL - A method for a first terminal communicating with a base station to perform direct communication with a second terminal is provided. The first terminal determines first timing for transmitting or receiving a first signal to or from the base station. Next, the first terminal determines second timing for transmitting a second signal for terminal discovery to the second terminal. When the first timing and the second timing overlap, the first terminal then changes either the first timing or the second timing. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140287 | Method and Apparatus for Standby with a Dual-Standby Modem and Establishing Single Connection for One Subscriber Identity Card - A method of PS path selection is provided. A single SIM card with dual standby feature UE is equipped with a first modem operated in a first RAT for both PS and CS services, and a second modem operated in a second RAT for PS only service. The UE camps on a cell using the first modem in a mobile communication network. The UE attaches to the network for PS service using the second modem. The UE also selects the second modem to form a PS path for routing PS data via the second modem. The UE then triggers CS service via the first modem. The UE switches the PS path from the second modem to the first modem upon triggering the CS service if the first modem allows simultaneous PS and CS service. After the CS service is terminated, the UE optionally triggers the second modem recovery mechanism. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTING TO ACCESS POINT IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A method of connecting to an Access Point (AP) in a portable terminal is provided. The method includes scanning at least one first AP and at least one second AP that has a different connection scheme from a connection scheme of the first AP; and checking a connection setting and connecting to any of the first and second APs based on the connection setting. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140289 | DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING FOR INDICATION OF INTERFERING LAYERS - A method of communicating a plurality of transmission layers from at least one cell which is under the control of at least one base station to a user equipment. The plurality of transmission layers includes a data layer and an interference layer which are spatially multiplexed. The data layer includes user data for the user equipment and the interference layer interferes with the data layer. The method includes determining interference layer information relating to the interference layer, transmitting the data layer, the interference layer and a control channel message to user equipment. The control channel message includes a first information field and a second information field. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140290 | Release-Independent Modifications of Network Parameters | 05-22-2014 |
20140140291 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - An “extension carrier” is exchanged between radio base stations eNB adjacent to each other. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step in which a radio base station eNB# | 05-22-2014 |
20140140292 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - There is provided a communication apparatus including a resource selection unit that selects a communication resource to transmit a preamble in random access. The resource selection unit selects the communication resource corresponding to a value of transmission data. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140293 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is presented in which a base station operates a first cell using a first component carrier and a second cell using a second component carrier. A control channel and reference signals of a first type are provided using the first component carrier. The control channel and the reference signals of the first type are not provided, and reference signals of a second type are provided, using the second component carrier. The base station determines from results of measurements performed on reference signals of the second type whether or not the mobile communication device is within an area covered by said second cell and, if it is, transmits cell configuration information to the mobile communication device. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140294 | Methods, Devices and Computer Program Products Providing for Improved Random Access in a Local Area Network Environment - The present invention proposes methods in relation to providing for random access in a local area network environment, and encompasses, from an eNB perspective, defining (S | 05-22-2014 |
20140140295 | Apparatus and Method for Proactive Inter-Cell Interference Coordination - A network node ( | 05-22-2014 |
20140140296 | PRIORITY-BASED DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN A PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless access system, and more particularly, to methods for transceiving data in a peer-to-peer (P2P) communication system, and to apparatuses for supporting the methods. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting data from a first device, which is a peer device in a P2P communication system, comprises the steps of: receiving an acknowledgement signal broadcast from a second device; comparing the priority of a P2P communication link of the second device and the priority of a P2P communication link of the first device on the basis of a resource region in which the acknowledgement signal is broadcast; and determining, by the first device on the basis of the first priority, whether or not to transmit the data or make a concession to data transmission. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for mitigating interference in a wireless communication system includes a first transmission point determining the number of subframes that need to be shifted at a second transmission point using information from the second transmission point for an ABSconfiguration, wherein the ABS configuration is for a UE belonging to a third transmission point. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140298 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN LTE SYSTEM - A fractional Resource Block (RB) allocation method which enables resource allocation in a unit smaller than RB to improve the capacity of Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system is provided. The method includes generating modulation symbols streams by performing channel coding and modulation on transport blocks corresponding to first and second data to be transmitted to respective users, multiplexing the modulation symbols stream alternately in unit of two continuous modulation symbols, and transmitting the multiplexed modulation symbol stream as mapped to corresponding resource. A resource arrangement method allows different users to share the same resource without using a Space Domain Multiple Access (SDMA) and indicates fractional RB allocation. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140299 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a control device and a base station device. Data communication between the control device and the base station device is conducted using a fixed-length data size and a variable-length data size. The control device transmits information indicating whether a data size of the data communication has a fixed length or a variable length. The base station device receives the information from the control device. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140300 | REDUCED CONTEXT OR CONTEXT -LESS SHORT MESSAGE TRANSMISSION FOR MACHINE - TYPE - COMMUNICATION - A mobile communications network communicating data to/from communications devices, the network including base stations operable to provide a wireless access interface to communications devices; communications devices operable to communicate packets with the base stations via the wireless access interface; packet gateways operable to transmit user data packets received via the base stations from/to the communications devices; and mobility managers operable to send/receive signalling packets for controlling user data communications between communications devices and packet gateways. The mobility managers can, upon receiving a signalling packet from a communications device and including user data intended for a destination, detect the packet is not associated with any established signalling connection between the mobility managers and the communication device. The mobility managers can, responsive to the detection, transmit the user data in the signalling packet to the destination. Accordingly a short message may be sent in a reduced context or context-less manner. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140301 | Method for Sequencing the ZC Sequences of the RACH - A method for sequencing the ZC sequences of the RACH is provided, wherein, the method for sequencing the ZC sequences comprises: setting the logical index of each ZC sequence as a, and the physical index of each ZC sequence as u, wherein 1≦u≦N−1, 0≦a≦N−2, N is the length of each ZC sequence and N=839; creating the physical indices u corresponding to the logical indices a=0, 1, . . . , 837, sequencing the ZC sequences of the RACH according to the created mapping relationship between the logical indices and the physical indices. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNALING INFORMATION IN A SINGLE CARRIER FDMA SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus method are provided for transmitting uplink information in a Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) wireless communication system. The method includes determining whether Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information indicating whether or not downlink data has been received exists to be transmitted, if uplink data exists to be transmitted; multiplexing the uplink data and control information for the uplink data and transmitting multiplexed data including the uplink data and the control information, through a frequency resource allocated for the uplink data, if no ACK/NACK information exists; and multiplexing the uplink data, the control information for the uplink data, and the ACK/NACK information, and transmitting multiplexed data through the frequency resource allocated for the uplink data, if the ACK/NACK information exists. The ACK/NACK information is located adjacent to a pilot for the uplink data. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140303 | METHOD FOR SIGNALLING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNELS - In UMTS WCDMA a new RACH-based uplink is being discussed. The resources defined for this new “E-RACH” need to be signalled to the UE. This should avoid disturbing the signalling to existing terminals, i.e. that are not aware of E-RACH. This could be done for E-RACH by repeating the kind of signalling defined for R99 RACH and transmitted on the BCH (Broadcast Control Channel). However, this would imply a significant extra load on the BCH, which is undesirable. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140304 | CONTENTION-BASED TRANSMISSION WITH CONTENTION-FREE FEEDBACK FOR REDUCING LATENCY IN LTE ADVANCED NETWORKS AND ENHANCED PUCCH - Methods for contention-based transmission with contention-free feedback for reduced latency in LTE Advanced networks and an enhanced PUCCH are generally disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may transmit a contention sequence on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to an enhanced-Node B (eNB) and may concurrently transmit data requesting uplink resources on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to the eNB. The contention sequence is transmitted on the PUCCH in accordance with a format that is assigned by the eNB. The contention sequence is either randomly selected by the UE or assigned by the eNB. When the contention sequence and data are not successfully received by the eNB, the UE may fall back to a more conventional random access channel (RACH) procedure for uplink resource allocation. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140305 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD - A mobile communications terminal communicates data using a mobile communications network that includes base stations and mobility managers that can send and receive signalling packets for controlling user data communications between communications terminals and a destination. The communications terminal can communicate packets with the base stations via a wireless access interface provided by the base stations and send a signalling packet to the mobility managers, the signalling packet including user data intended for a destination, prior to establishing a signalling connection with the mobility managers. The mobility managers can, upon receiving a signalling packet from a communications terminal, detect the packet is not associated with any established signalling connection between the mobility managers and the communication device. The mobility managers can, responsive to the detection, transmit the user data in the signalling packet to the destination. Accordingly a short message may be sent in a reduced context or context-less manner. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140306 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PDCCH BLIND DECODING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS - Various methods and systems for efficiently performing the blind decoding of downlink signals is described. Several forms of arranging possible CCE combinations are examined and investigated. Based on PDCCH size estimation/information, CCE concatenations that are most likely (of of limited sets) can be arrived at. Tree-based concatenations are also devised using largest CCE ordering to align smaller CCE sizes to similar boundaries. By such ordering, the search space for all possible CCE ordering and sizes can be reduced to an efficient tree. Set mapping between possible lnposelstartCCElnposelend/REs are also described using a first set to secondary and tertiary sets. Various other ordering and sorting schemes are also detailed that enable a blind decode of a PDCCH channel to be efficiently performed. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140307 | Wireless Terminal Apparatus and Wireless Base Station Apparatus - Both a wireless terminal apparatus and wireless base station apparatus are provided that can, in an operation of encoding the control signals of the upstream link transmitted from the multiple terminal stations while encoding with regard to each of the terminal stations, increase a number of the terminal stations to which different codes are respectively assigned. A wireless terminal apparatus includes: an encoding information receiving portion receiving encoding information which is used at the wireless terminal apparatus from the base station; a phase-shifting unit which conducts a phase-shifting operation on a predetermined first code based on the encoding information; a code selection unit which, based on the received encoding information, selects a second code from multiple codes orthogonally crossing each other; and a control signal encoding portion which conducts an encoding operation on the control signal that is going to be transmitted to the base station by using both the first code on which the phase-shifting operation has been conducted and the second code. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140308 | Wireless Terminal Apparatus and Wireless Base Station Apparatus - Both a wireless terminal apparatus and wireless base station apparatus are provided that can, in an operation of encoding the control signals of the upstream link transmitted from the multiple terminal stations while encoding with regard to each of the terminal stations, increase a number of the terminal stations to which different codes are respectively assigned. A wireless terminal apparatus includes: an encoding information receiving portion receiving encoding information which is used at the wireless terminal apparatus from the base station; a phase-shifting unit which conducts a phase-shifting operation on a predetermined first code based on the encoding information; a code selection unit which, based on the received encoding information, selects a second code from multiple codes orthogonally crossing each other; and a control signal encoding portion which conducts an encoding operation on the control signal that is going to be transmitted to the base station by using both the first code on which the phase-shifting operation has been conducted and the second code. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140309 | METHOD OF CHANNEL MANAGEMENT FOR MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are channel management methods in a multicarrier structure in a mobile communication system. Uplink (UL) and downlink (DL) channel management methods in a carrier aggregation environment are used as the channel management methods. Using the channel management methods in the mobile communication system employing the multicarrier structure, an increase in the number of unnecessary retransmissions is prevented, so that unnecessary retransmission and power consumption of the terminal can be reduced and the waste of radio resources and the degradation of base station performance due to unnecessary retransmission can be prevented. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140310 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RECEIVING AND SENDING CONTROL CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods and apparatuses for receiving and sending a control channel, and are applicable to the field of communications technologies. In the embodiments of the present invention, a base station carries scheduling information of a user equipment of an R11 system in both the PDCCH region and the E-PDCCH region of a downlink subframe. In this way, the user equipment needs to detect the control channel within the PDCCH region and the E-PDCCH region, so that resources of the two regions are available to the user equipment of the R11 system. Moreover, the user equipment detects only the control channel of the first type in the PDCCH region, and detects control channels of the other type in the E-PDCCH region. The method in the embodiments of the present invention does not increase the number of control channel detections. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140311 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WLAN SYSTEM - There is provided a method of transmitting control information in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system, comprising transmitting first control information by means of cyclic shift delay diversity beam-forming and transmitting second control information. The first control information comprises information necessary for each of a plurality of target stations of the second control information to receive the second control information. The second control information beamformed and transmitted to the plurality of target stations. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140312 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WLAN SYSTEM - There is provided a method of transmitting control information in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system, comprising transmitting first control information by means of cyclic shift delay diversity beam-forming and transmitting second control information. The first control information comprises information necessary for each of a plurality of target stations of the second control information to receive the second control information. The second control information beamformed and transmitted to the plurality of target stations. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140313 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK RANK ADAPTATION - A method, an apparatus and a system for uplink rank adaptation are provided in the present invention, wherein the method comprises: estimating the maximum supportable data rate and channel information of a user equipment in uplink transmission; comparing the maximum supportable data rate with one or more predetermined thresholds, wherein the predetermined thresholds are associated with corresponding ranks; and determining a rank used by the user equipment in the uplink transmission based on a result of the comparison and the estimated channel information. With the present invention, a base station can quickly determine a rank for uplink MIMO transmission, decrease the rank estimating error, and lower the computation complexity for estimating the rank and the subsequent pre-coding vector. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140314 | Methods and Apparatuses for Provision of a Downlink Synchronization Group During Discontinuous Transmission in an Unlicensed Band - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for generating a downlink synchronization group utilized during a discontinuous transmission in an unlicensed band. A method and apparatus may determine a carrier(s) providing a signal(s) enabling timing and frequency tracking a downlink carrier(s) within a downlink synchronization group to devices responsive to discontinuous transmission via a medium(s) of an unlicensed band on a secondary component carrier. The medium(s) previously utilized to provide content to a device(s). The method and apparatus may also provide an indication of the carrier(s) to the device notifying the device that information of the signal is receivable via the carrier on the unlicensed band. The method and apparatus may also send the signal(s) to the device via the carrier enabling the device to obtain timing and frequency information. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140315 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING UPLINK TRANSMISSION TIMING IN BASE STATION COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for transmitting an uplink signal to a plurality of base stations at a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of receiving, from a serving base station, uplink timing information corresponding to each of the plurality of base stations; and transmitting the uplink signal to each of the plurality of base stations in a unit of subframe according to the uplink timing information, wherein, if a transmission timing of a first subframe to a first base station of the plurality of base stations is overlapped with a transmission timing of a second subframe to a second base station that follows the first subframe, at least one symbol of the first subframe overlapping with the second subframe is not transmitted. | 05-22-2014 |
20140140316 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention is designed to apply CoMP transmission/reception flexibly in a system band that is formed with a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks, improve received quality in user terminals, and also widen the system band. A first radio base station apparatus ( | 05-22-2014 |
20140146752 | LAYER SHIFTING IN OPEN LOOP MULTIPLE-INPUT, MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe methods, apparatuses, and systems related to use of interphase/quadrature component layer shifting in open loop multiple-input, multiple-output communications. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146753 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PLMN ID - A mobile station for use in a Radio Access Network, RAN, connected to a core network in which there is one or more Public Land Mobile Networks, PLMNs. The mobile station is arranged to select one of said PLMNs, and is arranged to communicate with its RAN by means of Radio Link Control, RLC, data blocks. The mobile station is arranged to include the identity, ID, of its selected PLMN in an RLC data block, and to inform the RAN of the presence of the ID of the chosen PLMN in the RLC data block by means of including a reserved or pre-defined value in the length indication field of the RLC data block. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146754 | Systems and Methods for Waveform Selection and Adaptation - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for providing waveform adaptation are provided. In an example, a method is provided for identifying a plurality of candidate waveforms, and selecting one of the candidate waveforms for data transmission. The candidate waveforms may be identified in accordance with one or more criteria, such as a transmission capability of the transmitting device, a reception capability of the receiving device, a desired Peak-to-Average-Power-Ratio (PAPR) characteristic, adjacent channel interference (ACI) rejection requirements, spectrum localization requirements, and other criteria. The waveform selected for data transmission may be selected in accordance with one or more waveform selection criteria, such as traffic characteristic, application types, etc. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146755 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL ACCESS, ACCESS POINT AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses a method for controlling a channel access, an access point and a user equipment. The method comprises: determining a next device for accessing a channel according to a predefined rule; when the next device for accessing the channel is a traditionally active status device, scheduling the traditional active status device to occupy the channel once the channel is free; when the next device for accessing the channel is a newly active status device, determining a next traditionally active device for accessing the channel according to the predefined rule, and scheduling all newly active status devices and the next traditionally active status device to contend for accessing the channel once the channel is free. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146756 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION VIA SUCCESSIVE CANCELLATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Techniques for inter-cell interference cancellation are disclosed. At each transmitter, the data (message) may split into two or more layers, (e.g., common and private parts), and may be encoded in different rates, allocated with different powers, possibly beamformed using different precoders, and transmitted through the same physical channels. The common part is to be decoded at both the intended and unintended users, while the private part is to be decoded at the intended user. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146757 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN MULTI-HOP NETWORK AND TERMINALS THEREFOR - Provided is a method and a terminal for a multi-hop network. The method includes determining whether channel information is necessary to transmit data processed based on a transmission scheme used in the multi-hop network and outputting a result indicative thereof. The method includes configuring channel information based on the transmission scheme, based on the result. The method further includes transmitting the configured channel information and the data processed using the configured channel information. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146758 | RECEIVER AND METHOD OF RECEIVING AND TRANSMITTER AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FOR OFDM SYMBOLS - A receiver receives payload data transmitted on a downstream using Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) symbols via a cable network. The receiver includes circuitry configured to receive a downstream signal representing the payload data modulated onto one or more OFDM symbols, and to demodulate the OFDM symbols of each frame to detect and to recover the payload data using the physical layer signalling data. One or more of the frames of the received signal includes a preamble of the frame providing the physical layer signalling data, and in a separate media access control (MAC) signal within the frame, upstream messages relating to the transmission of data from the receiver to the transmitter. Accordingly, an arrangement is provided for a cable network communications system in which a capacity for upstream signalling messages for communicating on the downstream can be adapted to a requirement of receivers connected to the network. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146759 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDRESSING MISMATCH OF RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL STATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for addressing Radio Resource Control (RRC) status mismatch in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving, at a terminal, a paging message comprising temporary subscriber identity information, when receiving the paging message comprising the temporary subscriber identity information, determining whether the terminal is in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode, and if it is determined that the terminal is in the RRC connected mode, performing RRC connection reestablishment. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146760 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication apparatus serves as a provision apparatus for providing communication parameters if a user operation for direct communication with another communication apparatus is detected while being connected to the network of a base station. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146761 | RF TRANSCEIVER ARCHITECTURE FOR FLEXIBLE CONFIGURATION OF RF RESOURCES - One embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless transceiver. The transceiver includes a plurality of receiving paths, a plurality of transmitting paths, a number of RF components, and a configurable multiplexer for coupling one or more RF components to the transmitting paths and the receiving paths. The multiplexer is configured in such a way as to allow a particular RF component to couple to a subset of the receiving paths and/or a subset of the transmitting paths, thereby enabling flexible provisioning of the RF components. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for resource allocation in a communication system are disclosed. The method includes a first UE (User Equipment) establishes a peer-to-peer connection with a second UE for a service. The method also includes the first UE determines a scheduling resource group for the peer-to-peer connection from multiple scheduling resource groups with different priorities according to a quality of service (QoS) of the service. The method further includes the first UE selects a scheduling resource in the scheduling resource group. In addition, the method includes the first UE signals a transmit request at the selected scheduling resource of a traffic slot if the first UE has traffic for transmission in the traffic slot. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146763 | QoS Based Buffering while TTI Bundling is Enabled - QoS based uplink data buffering while TTI bundling is enabled by a wireless user equipment (UE) device. The UE may establish a packet-switched connection with a network via a wireless link. The UE may receive, at a media access control (MAC) layer, an indication to enable TTI bundling. The UE may selectively buffer uplink data at an application layer based on the indication to enable TTI bundling. The uplink data may be buffered selectively based on Quality of Service (QoS) considerations. Uplink transmissions may subsequently be performed using TTI bundling. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146764 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING VOICE SERVICE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for providing a voice service in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) is provided. The method includes, detecting a change in the total number of voice calls that are sent and received over a wireless channel of the WLAN, setting channel access-related parameters in the WLAN upon detecting the change in the total number of voice calls, and providing a voice service by applying the channel access-related parameters to the voice and data services. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146765 | MIMO TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for canceling interference between multiple terminals scheduled on the same time/frequency resource for communication between a terminal and a base station using a plurality of antennas. The interference cancellation method includes receiving, at a terminal, control channel information from a base station, determining other base station information and other terminal information based on the received control channel information, receiving a data channel from the base station, and cancelling interference to the data channel based on the other base station information and other terminal information. The terminal is capable of mitigating interference caused by the signals transmitted to other terminals using the least information even with legacy terminal receivers having no interference cancellation capability. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146766 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING DISASTER COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus are provided for facilitating disaster communications. A method may include prioritizing at least one message at a first node operating in a disaster communication mode in accordance with a message prioritization scheme associated with the disaster communication mode. The method may further include selecting a message from the at least one prioritized message based at least in part on the prioritization. The method may additionally include causing the selected message to be sent to a further node via an ad hoc connection. A corresponding apparatus is also provided. LEGAL02/32653987v | 05-29-2014 |
20140146767 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING M2M RANGING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting Machine to Machine (M2M) ranging information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting an Uplink Channel Descriptor (UCD) including an M2M ranging region Type/Length/Value (TLV). When the UCD is transmitted, a ranging region TLV identifying the same region as the M2M ranging region TLV is included in the UCD. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention pertains to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method of receiving a downlink (DL) control channel in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor, and the method comprises the following steps: receiving a radio resource control (RRC) message including resource block (RB) allocation information; receiving a subframe having a plurality of physical RBs; and monitoring a plurality of downlink control channel candidates in a physical RB set corresponding to the RB allocation information from the plurality of physical RBs to detect a downlink control channel allocated to a communication device, wherein the plurality of downlink control channel candidates do not continuously exist in a virtual RB set corresponding to the physical RB set. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146769 | METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL - Provided are a method of monitoring a control channel in a multiple antenna system, in which a plurality of layers are defined, and a wireless device using same. The wireless device monitors the control channel in a search layer that is selected from the plurality of layers. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146770 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To improve the operation and the effect of ICC by appropriately limiting resources of a reference signal. An SRS generating unit ( | 05-29-2014 |
20140146771 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part ( | 05-29-2014 |
20140146772 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING PILOT SUBCARRIER ALLOCATION - A wireless communication system using pilot subcarrier allocation and a method of allocating the pilot subcarriers for use in downlink and uplink communication in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna system using orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) modulation are disclosed. The method includes providing a frame structure comprising OFDM symbols in time domain and subcarriers in frequency domain and alternately allocating first pilot subcarriers for a first antenna and second pilot subcarriers for a second antenna in the time and frequency domains, wherein each of the alternating first pilot subcarriers and the second pilot subcarriers is separated by a multiple of 9 subcarriers in the frequency domain and further allocated in two contiguous OFDM symbols. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146773 | SYNCHRONIZATION PROCEDURE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A synchronization procedure in a wireless network is disclosed. A network device receives, from a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in a CELL_FACH state, data via an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH). The WTRU may transition to a CELL_DCH state from the CELL_FACH state. The WTRU may transition to the CELL_DCH state without subsequently performing a synchronization procedure A. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146774 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MOBILE SYSTEM AND RADIO STATIONS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a plurality of data streams from a primary station to a secondary station on a plurality of transmission beams, said method comprising: at the secondary station measuring the channel quality corresponding to each transmission beam, and signalling at a first rate to the primary station in a first indicator a CQI report representative of the quality of the beams, and signalling at a second rate, greater than the first rate, in a second indicator a number of data streams that can be transmitted on the transmission beams; at the primary station transmitting the data streams on the basis of the first and second indicators. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146775 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETECTING AND TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for detecting and transmitting information. The method includes: obtaining, by a UE, at least one type of configuration information of an antenna port occupied by a D-PDCCH, which is configured on a base station side; determining, by the UE, a search space of the D-PDCCH; and detecting, by the UE, the D-PDCCH in the search space according to the antenna port configuration information. With the embodiments of the present invention, the UE can detect the D-PDCCH, and therefore data transmission is ensured. Furthermore, a blind detection of a PDCCH by the UE based on time-frequency resources in an existing system is extended to a spatial dimension, that is, an antenna port, thereby increasing the efficiency of resource utilization, so that the D-PDCCH can be detected in the spatial dimension. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146776 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK ACK/NACK CHANNELS - An apparatus and method are provided for allocating an uplink resource for a User Equipment (UE). The method includes receiving a downlink control channel and a downlink data channel corresponding to the downlink control channel from a base station; identifying a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) resource index for the downlink data channel based on a first Control Channel Element (CCE) of the downlink control channel; and transmitting a PUCCH in an uplink subframe based on the identified PUCCH resource index. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL (SRS) TRANSMISSION - Methods and apparatus for sounding reference signal (SRS) power control for a wireless transmitter/receiver unit (WTRU) are disclosed. These methods and apparatus include methods and apparatus for carrier-specific and carrier-common SRS power control in WTRUs that utilize carrier aggregation techniques. These methods and apparatus also include methods and apparatus for SRS power control in WTRUs utilizing both carrier aggregation and time division multiplexing (TDM) techniques. Additionally, these methods and apparatus include methods and apparatus for SRS power control for WTRUs utilizing multiple input multiple output MIMO operation. Methods and apparatus for SRS overhead reduction and power management in a WTRU are also disclosed. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146778 | MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies and provides a multi-antenna transmission method and apparatus, which can reduce interference and improve system throughput. In the solutions provided in embodiments of the present invention, a reference signal RS configuration set sent by an eNB is received, CSI corresponding to each RS configuration in the RS configuration set is acquired based on the RS configuration set, the CSI set is sent to the eNB, then a signal sent by the eNB according to the CSI set is received, and data processing is performed. The solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention apply to multi-antenna signal transmission. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146779 | Methods for Carrier Aggregation - Methods to manage multiple component carriers (CCs) efficiently in a mobile network with carrier aggregation (CA) enabled are proposed. For CC activation/deactivation, a single LCID value is used to represent both activation and deactivation command. A single command with multiple instructions is provided to activate and/or deactivate multiple CCs. In addition, unnecessary re-activation or re-inactivation of a CC is prevented, and explicit feedback for activation/deactivation is considered. For scheduling mechanism, a novel buffer status reporting (BSR) procedure is provided, where only one BSR is calculated after preparing all the transport blocks (TB) within one transmission time interval (TTI). Novel power headroom reporting (PHR) format and trigger are also provided. For DL-UL linking, various linking types are created based on whether there is carrier indicator field (CIF) in DL grant or UL grant. The various linking types are used in different applications to improve scheduling flexibility and load balancing. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146780 | Multiple Gateway Handling for Supporting Network Sharing of Home Base Stations - A home base station receives from a wireless user equipment an identification of a selected cellular core network among multiple available cellular core networks to which the wireless user equipment is to be connected. The home base station identifies a communication path to a home base station gateway is associated with the selected cellular core network and communicates with the selected cellular core network that was identified over the communication path that was identified. The home base station may thereby be shared among multiple cellular core networks. Related networks, methods and home base stations are described. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146781 | Single-Card Dual-Standby Terminal and Data Service Connecting Method - The present invention relates to processing that a single-card dual-standby terminal establishes a packet switch (PS) connection. In embodiments of the present invention, a single-card dual-standby terminal initiates a data service connection request through a currently used access network, and a packet switch core network performs processing on the data service connection request of the terminal according to a network resource and a data service requested by the terminal, so that a PS connection bearer of the single-card dual-standby terminal is established on a proper network, thereby fully utilizing an existing network resource and reducing electric energy consumption of a single-card dual-standby terminal. | 05-29-2014 |
20140146782 | METHOD FOR BEAM COORDINATION, AND A BASE STATION AND A USER TERMINAL THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for beam coordination between a first base station (M | 05-29-2014 |
20140146783 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOTE ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, disclosed are a method and apparatus for remote access. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for selecting a gateway node for connecting a packet data network (PDN) from among control nodes of a communication system comprises the steps of: receiving, from user equipment (UE) and through a first base station, a PDN connection request message including an access point name (APN) of a network to be accessed by the UE; and, if the APN of the network to be accessed by the UE is an APN for remote access, selecting a local gateway associated with a second base station. | 05-29-2014 |
20140153497 | FACILITATION OF BANDWIDTH-BASED FEMTO CELL MANAGEMENT - A femto cell access point device (FAPD) selects channel bandwidth and frequency for transmission based on bandwidth of a broadband channel between the femto cell and a core network. A method can include determining a data throughput associated with a broadband channel communicatively coupling the access point device and a network device of a network, and evaluating channel information associated with a plurality of frequency sub-bands. The access point device can be configurable to communicate over the plurality of frequency sub-bands. The method can also include selecting a transmission parameter for a mobile device, wherein the selecting is based on the data throughput, and wherein the transmission parameter comprises information representing a selected set of the plurality of frequency sub-bands. The broadband channel can be a digital subscriber line (DSL) channel in some embodiments. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153498 | Filtering - Methods, apparatuses, computer software and computer program products for indicating filtering capabilities of user equipment. Information associated with filtering capabilities of the user equipment is transmitted from the user equipment to a communication counterpart. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153499 | SIGNALING DATA CHANNEL'S CONFIGURATION INFORMATION TO FACILITATE INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - In MU-MIMO scenarios, a target terminal can be exposed to data streams intended for other terminals. If the target terminal is capable of interference cancellation, then a network node, such as a base station or RNC, can provide the target terminal with interference information so that the target terminal can efficiently cancel interferences due to these interfering data streams. The interference information may include one or more interfering configuration, each of which characterizes a related interfering data stream. The interference information can also include the identity of the other terminal that is the intended recipient of the interfering stream. The network node may determine whether the target terminal can benefit from the interference information. If so, the network node can provide the interference information to the target terminal. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153500 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND DEVICES FOR CONFIGURING MAXIMUM TRANSMIT POWER - Methods, systems, and devices are disclosed for configuring maximum allowed transmit power for wireless communications systems. Some embodiments treat multiple traffic types, such as voice traffic and data traffic, separately with respect to one or more maximum allowed transmit power limits. In some cases, at least first transmit power limit for at least a first traffic type and/or at least a second transmit power limit for at least a second traffic type may be determined. At least the first transmit power limit with respect to the first traffic type or the second transmit power limit with respect to the second traffic type may be utilized. Some embodiments are configured to utilize flexible bandwidth carriers. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153501 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DATA BURST - A method for scheduling data burst is provided. The method is adapted for a mobile apparatus. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, a data burst is generated, and a maximum delay time is calculated according to a delay constraint of the data burst. Next, whether to receive a downlink data burst before the maximum delay time is determined. If yes, a base station is requested to schedule the data burst to at least one available scheduling time near the downlink data burst. Afterwards, the data burst is sent according to the at least one available scheduling time. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153502 | WIRELESS LINK METHOD AND SYSTEM USING MULTIBAND - Provided is a wireless link system using a multiband, the system including: a common baseband module to operate in a first frequency band and a second frequency band higher than the first frequency band; at least one low radio frequency (RF) module to process a signal output from the common baseband module in the first frequency band; at least one high RF module to process a signal output from the common baseband module in the second frequency band; a plurality of antennas electrically connected to the at least one low RF module and the at least one high RF module; and a control unit to adaptively allocate a control signal and data to the at least one low RF module and the at least one high RF module based on state information of a wireless channel. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153503 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BEACONING AND MANAGEMENT IN BANDWIDTH ADAPTIVE WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for beaconing and management in bandwidth adaptive wireless networks are disclosed. The present invention relates to bandwidth allocation for access points and, more particularly, to bandwidth allocation for access points in wireless networks. The method employs mechanisms for beaconing and management to associate clients with Access Point (AP). The beaconing mechanism allows the client to discover part of the spectrum over which an AP operates efficiently. Periodic beacon messages are sent by AP to the client over the bandwidth of operation of the channel. The client then sends a client association request and gets associated with the AP. Further, critical information is conveyed to the AP in the beacon message. The AP further allocates the client to one of its radios of operation. The system is configured to handle disruptions and switching the AP to different parts of the spectrum during such disruptions. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153504 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCAL DATA CACHING - Methods and apparatus for local data caching are disclosed. Data may be stored in a local data storage connected to a base station or network nodes. The data flow may be split. The base station may coordinate with a cooperating base station for split-data transmission of locally cached data. Data may be split at different layers. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153505 | Methods and Apparatus for Generating a Control Message Frame - A wireless network communication device comprises a host processor, a network interface coupled to the host processor and comprising a transceiver operable to generate and transmit a control message frame. The control message frame includes: a short training field, a long training field, and a signal field including modulation and coding scheme subfield to hold message type information, transmitter address information, receiver address information, and frame check sequence information. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153506 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF AVOIDING CONTROL CHANNEL BLOCKING - The present application is directed to a wireless communication system and, more particularly, a method of processing a control channel at a user equipment in a wireless communication system using multiple carriers. The method comprises receiving a plurality of search spaces, wherein each search space comprises a plurality of control channel candidates and each search space is corresponding to respective carrier. The method also includes monitoring the control channel candidates for the control channel. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153507 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PHASE ROTATING DUPLICATE FRAMES IN WIRELESS LAN TRANSMISSION - Methods, devices, and computer program products for optimally phase rotating duplicate frames in wireless LAN transmissions are disclosed. In one aspect, phase rotation sequences may be chosen in order to minimize a peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) of a frame or data unit, or of a portion of a frame or data unit, where the frame contains a plurality of identical frequency segments, such as a duplicate frame. The method involves selecting a frame bandwidth, and then selecting a phase rotation sequence based upon the frame bandwidth. The method further includes generating a frame including a number of identical 1 MHz frequency segments, and rotating some of those segments relative to other segments, based on the selected phase rotation sequence. The method further includes transmitting the frame. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153508 | METHOD OF COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - Disclosed is a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission and reception method. A method of determining a CoMP set in an apparatus for determining a CoMP set of a CoMP system includes transmitting reference signal information from each point, collecting preferred point set information corresponding to the reference signal information, determining the CoMP set based on the collected preferred point set information, and determining transmission target terminals for each component carrier based on the determined CoMP set. The transmission method using the CoMP set may improve performance of a system and enhance frequency efficiency. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153509 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING PROXIMITY SERVICE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed to establish proximity service communication between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE. The method includes receiving, by the first UE, a signaling transmitted by an evolved Node B (eNB) to provide a radio resource for the first UE to transmit data directly to the second UE, wherein an indication of a Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) is included in the signaling. The method further includes transmitting, by the first UE, data via the radio resource to the second UE, wherein the data is scrambled by the RNTI. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153510 | Interference Management in Wireless Multi-Access Communication Networks - Embodiments provide systems and methods for interference management in wireless multi-access communication networks, and more particularly systems and methods to enable reduction and/or suppression of interference. Embodiments for interference reduction include, without limitation, systems and methods to enable interference alignment, interference avoidance, and/or joint transmission to a user equipment (UE). Embodiments for enabling suppression of interference include, without limitation, systems and methods for feedback (from a UE to a network) or feedforward (from the network to the UE) signaling to enable interference estimation at the network/UE. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153511 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF USER-EQUIPMENT (UE) CENTRIC ACCESS NETWORK SELECTION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems of User Equipment (UE) centric access network selection. For example, a cellular node may include a transmitter to transmit to a User Equipment (UE) a cellular communication message over a cellular communication medium, the message including a value of a predefined parameter, which is based on a cellular network load of a cellular network controlled by the cellular node. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153512 | FLEXIBLE DATA FRAME DELIVERY - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided for enhancing data exchange between an access point (AP) and station (STA) in a wireless network when the exchange must be interrupted for the AP to perform other services while data remains buffered for later exchange. AP downlinks an indicator that more data remains for exchange together with a request for the STA to enter sleep mode for a duration scheduled by the AP. Sleep duration may be sent in the medium access control (MAC) header of a data frame, with the indicator of more data and the indicator of the sleep mode request being contained in the frame control (FC) segment of the MAC header. The STA may uplink an acknowledgement (ACK) of the sleep mode. Alternatively, the AP may downlink an ACK of the STA's indication of more data confirmation together with sleep mode indication and duration. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153513 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING UP AN INTERNET PROTOCOL ADDRESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for a client device to be allocated an Internet Protocol (IP) address by a Group Owner (GO) device, for direct communication between the client device and the GO device. The method includes transmitting, by the client device, an Association Request message to the GO device, receiving an Association Response message from the GO device, in response to the Association Request message, and receiving, by the client device, an IP address of the client device allocated by the GO device, during an authentication process between the client device and the GO device. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153514 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OPTIMIZING ACCESS TO A MEDIUM IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention is directed to the optimization of an access to a medium in wireless networks which can be accessed by a plurality of nodes, each node of the plurality of nodes using a medium access mechanism of the Carrier Sense Multiple Access with Collision Avoidance type based on a computation of a backoff value. A specific value is associated with each node of a set of nodes of the plurality of nodes, the specific value of a node being known by the other nodes of the set of nodes. According to the invention, a backoff value is determined ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140153515 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal receiving control information in a distributed multi-node system, and provides a method for receiving the control information comprising the steps of: receiving from a node information relating to a resource allocation method with regard to an enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH); and receiving from the node the control information through the E-PDCCH, based on the information relating to the resource allocation method which is received. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153516 | CONTROLLING CARRIER SELECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communications system including at least one base station configured to communicate data to/from different types of terminal devices via respective of plural logically separate carriers of a wireless access interface; first and second terminal devices operable to respectively camp-on to first and second carriers of the carriers and to subsequently communicate data with the at least one base station via the first and second carriers. The first and second carriers support compatible synchronization signalling such that the first and second terminal devices synchronize with the first and second carriers to begin a camp-on procedure, and following synchronization with one of the first or second carriers to begin a camp-on procedure. The second terminal device is configured to determine whether or not to continue with the camp-on procedure based on an aspect of physical layer signalling associated with a control channel of the carrier with which it has synchronized. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153517 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In an embodiment of the invention, there is proposed a method of and apparatus for accessing in a user equipment, the method including the steps of: i) performing a random access on a predetermined resource according to a channel condition of the user equipment, wherein the predetermined resource is associated with the channel condition of the user equipment; and ii) receiving, on a PDCCH, a response to the random access from an eNB. With this solution, during a random access of a user equipment, particularly a MTC device, an eNB can perform a Random Access Response (RAR) adaptively using a different number of Control Channel Elements (CCEs) according to an indication, capable of reflecting a channel condition, e.g., a signal to noise ratio, of the user equipment, thereby saving the channel resource. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING M2M RANGING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting Machine to Machine (M2M) ranging information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting an M2M ranging allocation UL MAP extended Information Element (IE) including M2M ranging region information. When the M2M ranging allocation UL MAP extended IE is transmitted, an UL MAP IE with the same region as the M2M ranging allocation UL MAP extended IE is transmitted and an Uplink Interval Usage Code of the UL MAP IE is 12. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153519 | RESOURCE BLOCK CANDIDATE SELECTION TECHNIQUE EMPLOYING PACKET SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting data packets over a plurality of dynamically allocated resource blocks in at least one or a combination of a time, code or frequency domain on a shared channel of a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of selecting a number of resource block candidates for potential transmission of data packets destined for a receiver and transmitting the data packet to the receiver using at least one allocated resource block from the selected resource block candidates. The invention also relates to a corresponding method of decoding data packets, a transmitter, receiver and communication system. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153520 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND TRANSMISSION DATA GENERATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes an acquisition unit that acquires a size of free space provided in each of a plurality of data transmission units of a first layer; an allocation unit that allocates to data of a second layer a contiguous sequence of free space from among the free space whose size is acquired by the acquisition unit, the contiguous sequence of free space being equal in size to the data of the second layer and provided in one data transmission unit of the first layer; and a multiplexing unit that multiplexes a plurality of pieces of data of the second layer into the plurality of data transmission units of the first layer according to the allocation of the free space by the allocation unit. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153521 | Methods and Arrangements in a Mobile Telecommunications Network - The present invention relates to method and arrangements for using an identifier of a predefined type, e.g. an RNTI identifying one configuration on an out-band control channel for activating the configuration identifiable by that identifier. The identifier is sent from the network to the UE, when a configuration corresponding to that identifier is to be activated. This implies that both the UE and the radio base station comprise a mapping between each configuration and the corresponding identity of each configuration. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153522 | Method and System for Link Adaptation at a Mobile Station - A method for link adaptation at a mobile station ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140153523 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR CHOOSING A CHANNEL CODING AND INTERLEAVING SCHEME FOR CERTAIN TYPES OF PACKET DATA CONNECTIONS - A method for choosing channel coding and/or interleaving scheme is applied in a communication connection over a radio interface between a terminal and a base station of a cellular packet radio system. A certain decision-making device allocates channel coding and/or interleaving schemes to communication connections. A request message is communicated (to the decision-making device, indicating a certain set of Quality of Service parameters associated with a certain first communication connection. The set of Quality of Service parameters is mapped to a certain first channel coding and/or interleaving scheme as a part of the channel coding and/or interleaving scheme allocation made by the decision-making device. The first channel coding and/or interleaving scheme is communicated to the base station and the terminal for them to apply said first channel coding and/or interleaving scheme in the first communication connection. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153524 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - A method for resource assignment, base station and terminal equipment. The method includes: determining resource block group sizes or numbers of resource block subsets to which a stand-alone carrier and a carrier segment correspond; and assigning a resource to terminal equipment according to the resource block group sizes or the numbers of the resource block subsets. With this method, waste of RBs in the resource assignment type 0 may be avoided on the one hand, and on the other hand, a solution for resource assignment of the resource assignment type 1 is provided. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153525 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE - A base station in a communications system for exchange of information, includes, a transmission data generator configured to generate frequency band information indicating which frequency band is to be used for transmission of data information with a mobile station; a transmitter configured to transmit the frequency band information, using a specific frequency band which is set from among a plurality of frequency band assigned to the communications system, and to transmit data information by using at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands; wherein at least one frequency band set from among said plurality of frequency bands, other than the specific frequency band, is made variable, wherein at the time of establishing the wireless channel, the frequency band usable by the mobile station is restricted, at least one frequency band, other than the specific frequency band, are dynamically assigned within that restricted frequency band. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153526 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL MEASUREMENTS FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a method for configuring reference signals and measurement sets to support coordinated multipoint transmission with distributed antennas. A first set of reference signal patterns is used for measuring and reporting received signal power from different transmission points, and a second set of reference signal patterns is used for measuring and reporting channel state information from different transmission points. The method allows to minimize power consumption and feedback overhead, while still being flexible in the configuration and re-configuration of the measurement sets. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153527 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID ARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for allocating a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel, and a user equipment. The method for allocating a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel includes: determining, according to an extended parameter, a cyclic shift value of a demodulation reference signal that is indicated in a Physical Downlink Control Channel PDCCH, and a minimum labeling index value of a physical resource block PRB that is occupied by an uplink data transmission block, a PHICH index number that corresponds to the uplink data transmission block, where the extended parameter includes a cell-specific parameter and a user-equipment-specific parameter; and allocating a PHICH to the uplink data transmission block according to the PHICH index number. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153528 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT - A method for sending an acknowledgement includes: sending first subframe ratio information and second subframe ratio information to a UE; reserving a first PHICH resource set in a first acknowledgement subframe set; reserving a second PHICH resource set in an acknowledgement subframe, in which the first PHICH resource set does not exist, of a second acknowledgement subframe set; receiving uplink data sent by the UE; determining an acknowledgement subframe for the uplink data; and sending an acknowledgement to the UE by using a PHICH resource in the first PHICH resource set if the first PHICH resource set exists in the acknowledgement subframe, or sending an acknowledgement to the UE by using a PHICH resource in the second PHICH resource set if the first PHICH resource set does not exist in the acknowledgement subframe. PHICH resource overhead of a system is lowered and data transmission for the user equipment is ensured. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153529 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMICALLY ALLOCATING HARQ PROCESSES IN THE UPLINK - Methods and apparatus for dynamically allocating HARQ processes are described. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes a receive unit configured to receive signaling and a transmit unit. The transmit unit is configured to transmit uplink data sequentially using a first integer number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes during normal HARQ operation and transmit uplink data using a second integer number of HARQ processes that is less than the first number of HARQ processes in response to receiving the signaling. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153530 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, CONTROL NODE, MOBILE STATION, METHOD RELATING TO THESE, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A wireless communication system ( | 06-05-2014 |
20140153531 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information by a base station, comprising the steps of: transmitting data through a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH); and receiving a receipt acknowledgement in response to said data in the 4 | 06-05-2014 |
20140153532 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal that communicates with a base station monitors a physical downlink control channel allocated in a physical downlink control channel region and an enhanced physical downlink control channel allocated in a physical downlink shared channel region different from the physical downlink control channel region. If the physical downlink control channel is detected, the terminal reports response information via a physical uplink control channel resource corresponding to the resource in which the physical downlink control channel was detected. If the enhanced physical downlink control channel is detected, the terminal reports via a prescribed physical uplink control channel resource. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153533 | Method and Base Station for Informing Power Message - A method for informing about power information and a base station are disclosed in the present document. The method includes: a base station informing a user equipment of at least one of the following types of power ratio information through signalings: ratio information of transmission power for transmitting a second category of control signaling information to transmission power for transmitting dedicated demodulation pilots; and ratio information of transmission power for transmitting data information to transmission power for transmitting dedicated demodulation pilots in a subframe where data transmission occupies only one slot. In the example of the present document, when the second category of control signalings and the data are sent, different transmission layers and transmission powers can be selected, which solves the problem resulted from an inconsistency of Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) powers and avoids a demodulation error. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153534 | TERMINAL APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER AND METHOD FOR SAME - A terminal apparatus for controlling uplink signal transmission power and a method for same are disclosed. A method for the terminal, which communicates with a plurality of cooperation nodes that are controlled by one base station in one cell, controlling the uplink signal transmission power in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving diversity gain information of the plurality of cooperation nodes; determining the uplink transmission power of the uplink signal by considering the diversity gain information; and transmitting the uplink signal at the uplink transmission power that is decided, wherein the diversity gain information is an offset value which considers a diversity margin of the plurality of cooperation nodes. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153535 | HARQ TIMING SCHEME FOR SIGNLE-CARRIER UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION WITH INTER-SITE CARRIER AGGREGATION - There is a pattern for downlink almost blank sub frames ABSFs for a first network node (e.g., macro eNB) operating in a first component carrier (e.g., PCell). For a user equipment UE operating with the first network node on the first component carrier and also with a second network node on the second component carrier, then either or both of the following are imposed. The UE is scheduled on the first component carrier such that no uplinic control information UCI from the UE is scheduled for any uplink subframe in the first component carrier which maps from any of the ABSFs; and the UE is scheduled on the second component carrier such that UCI from the UE is scheduled only for an uplinic subframe in the second component carrier which maps from any of the ABSFs. By example, the UCI includes either/or ACKs and NACKs corresponding to data sent downlink to the UE. | 06-05-2014 |
20140153536 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There are provided a base station, a terminal, a communication system, and a communication method in a wireless communication system in which a base station and a terminal | 06-05-2014 |
20140161047 | Dynamic Quality of Service for Wireless Subscribers on a Network - A system includes an interface operable to receive a request to initiate a first connection between a subscriber and a wireless access point using a first network protocol. The system further includes a processor operable to determine whether the subscriber has enhanced Quality of Service (QoS) privileges. In response to determining the subscriber has enhanced QoS privileges, the processor is operable to associate a first port number with traffic associated with the subscriber on a second connection using a second network protocol. In response to determining the subscriber does not have enhanced QoS privileges, the processor is operable to associate a second port number with traffic associated with the subscriber on the second connection using the second network protocol. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161048 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUS, AND METHODS FOR MITIGATING TRANSMITTER INDUCED DESENSE - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and apparatus for mobile transmit diversity. In one aspect a method of controlling a transmit power level of a wireless communications apparatus is provided. The method includes adjusting the transmit power level of a transmitter of the wireless communications apparatus to a first transmit power level in response to detecting a de-sense event indicative of interference with a signal received by a receiver of the wireless communications apparatus due to emissions from the transmitter. The method further includes maintaining the transmit power level substantially at the first transmit power level for a first time interval in response to adjusting the transmit power level to the first transmit power level. The method further includes adjusting a transmit power level limit of the transmitter after the time interval at a rate for a second time interval. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161049 | System and Method for User-Over-Control Plane Messaging in a Wireless Network - A method is provided for managing a wireless network traffic by comprising designating a first resource block of a first base station for access by a random access channel (RACH). The method additionally comprises designating a first plurality of random access subframes associated with the first resource block for access by a user-over-control plane message, and receiving a random access signal at the first base station over a subframe from an endpoint. The random access signal is received on the RACH using a wireless network and is attempting to access one of the first plurality of designated random access subframes. Further, the method comprises determining if the random access signal is a user-over-control plane message, and processing the random access signal on the one of the first plurality of designated random access subframes. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161050 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING ADAPTIVE BIT RATE STREAMS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for scheduling adaptive bit rate streams. Some embodiments of the method include accessing, at user equipment, a first bit rate selected from a plurality of bit rates used to encode a portion of an adaptive multimedia stream, a size of the portion of the adaptive multimedia stream, and a play out duration of the portion of the adaptive multimedia stream. Some embodiments of the method also include providing, from the user equipment, indications of the first bit rate, the size, and the play out duration. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161051 | METHODS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATION, AND SYSTEM FOR WLAN CHANNEL SELECTION THROUGH BEACON REQUESTS - Embodiments of a user station (STA) and methods for WLAN channel selection through beacon requests are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a STA requests that an access point (AP) transmit a beacon signal on a first sub-band. The first sub-band may include a channel of interest to the STA. The STA may determine that the AP supports the first sub-band if the AP transmits the requested beacon signal. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161052 | Methods, Network Node, and User Equipment Related to Channel Spacing - It is presented a method for obtaining a capability of channel spacing between component carriers used in carrier aggregation for a user equipment, UE. The method is performed in a network node and comprises the step of: determining, from a plurality of alternatives, the capability of channel spacing for the UE based on signalling between the UE and the network node, the channel spacing capability comprising at least one of the alternatives of: a multiple of 300 kHz, a multiple of 15 kHz and any other channel spacing. A corresponding network node and UE are also presented. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161053 | Control Channel in a High-Speed Packet Access System - The proposed technology relates to a method for conveying information from a node to user equipment, UE, in a HSPA, system. The method comprises the step of obtaining (S | 06-12-2014 |
20140161054 | Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) in a Wireless Telecommunications Network - A method in a first network node ( | 06-12-2014 |
20140161055 | BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT, AGGREGATION AND INTERNET PROTOCOL FLOW MOBILITY ACROSS MULTIPLE-ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Systems, apparatuses and methods for bandwidth management, aggregation and internet protocol (“IP”) flow mobility (“IFOM”) across multiple-access technologies are provided. Included is a method that includes selecting, from a packet data network (“PDN”) connection formed through a plurality of access systems communicatively coupled with a wireless transmit and/or receive unit (“WTRU”), an access system over which to transport a flow of internet protocol (“IP”) traffic to and/or from the WTRU. The method may also include sending, to the WTRU, a request to associate the flow of IP traffic with the selected access system. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161056 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION WITH CO-OPERATING CELLS - A wireless communication method in which a user equipment receives downlink signals from at least first and second cells, said downlink signals include respective reference signals transmitted from each of the cells; and a channel jointly transmitted by the cells; the user equipment utilizing a joint amplitude and/or phase reference derived from the respective reference signals to demodulate the jointly transmitted channel. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161057 | SELF-OPTIMIZING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM USING SOFT FREQUENCY REUSE - A method of determining a carrier power in a communications system including a processor includes a) setting a power differential between a reference carrier and one or more carriers, b) measuring a number of satisfied users at the power differential, and c) measuring a capacity for the satisfied users at the power differential. The method also includes d) increasing the power differential by a predetermined amount and e) determining, using the processor, that the number of satisfied users at the increased power differential is greater than or equal to the number of satisfied users at the power differential. The method further includes f) repeating a)-c) and g) setting the carrier power at an iterated power level. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161058 | Carrier Aggregation - A method implemented in a mobile communications system is disclosed. The method includes selecting primary component carrier c | 06-12-2014 |
20140161059 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - There are provided a method for transmitting and receiving data in communication system using multiple antennas and an apparatus for the same. The method of transmitting data in a base station may comprise receiving information on at least one beam causing interferences from a served terminal and transmitting control information to be used for cancelling interferences caused by the at least one beam to the served terminal. Thus, according to the present invention, interference may be controlled effectively in a communication system using multiple antennas. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161060 | TRANSMISSIONS/RECEPTIONS OF UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An apparatus for use in a wireless communication network includes a UE configured to communicate with a plurality of serving cells with at least a first serving cell and a second serving cell. The UE is configured to operate in at least two carrier frequencies. The UE includes processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to detect one or more scheduling assignments for receiving one or more respective PDSCHs from a respective one or more of the plurality of serving cells. The processing circuitry is also configured to receive the one or more PDSCHs from the respective one or more of the plurality of serving cells based on the one or more scheduling assignments. The processing circuitry is further configured to transmit HARQ-ACK information on a PUCCH in response to receiving the one or more PDSCHs. The processing circuitry is configured to utilize first and second power control loops. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161061 | HYBRID ARQ SYSTEM USING A SLIDING PURGE WINDOW FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - An IP packet transmission system is disclosed and more specifically it is a system using a hybrid ARQ method that includes a sliding purge window to reduce packet losses and improve TCP throughput thus ensuring data integrity, improving reliability, and to some extent guaranteeing in-order delivery of packets at the receiver. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161062 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING MOBILITY OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus performs a method for managing mobility of a terminal by a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving information on whether a time for which a terminal had been located at a cell managed by a first BS before the terminal has moved to a cell managed by the BS is equal to or longer than a predetermined threshold. The method also includes controlling data transmission/reception of the terminal by using one of an address allocated to the terminal by the BS or an address allocated to the terminal by a home server according to whether the time for which the terminal had been located at the cell managed by the first BS is equal to or longer than the predetermined threshold. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161063 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING AND DETECTING CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for configuring and transmitting control channel for radio communication. A method for configuring control channel comprises a step of configuring a control channel by using a plurality of tiles, wherein numbers of resource elements in the plurality of tiles are configured to be the same or different. If a method for transmitting control information comprising a small number of bits according to the present invention is used, quality of communication and efficiency of resource may be increased at the same time. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161064 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DELAY INDICATION IN A WIRELESS MESSAGE - Systems, methods, and devices for a delay indication in a wireless message are described herein. In one aspect an apparatus for wireless communication is provided. The apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive a first message from a second apparatus. In some aspects, the first message is a request-to-send (RTS) message. The access point further including a processing system, configured to generate a second message in response to reception of the first message. The second message comprising a delay indicator, the delay indicator indicating a delay after which a third message may be transmitted by the second apparatus and a transmitter configured to transmit the second message to the second apparatus. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161065 | THROUGHPUT FOR INTER-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY HANDOVER - Aspects describe renegotiation of quality of service parameters to resolve maximum bit rate mismatches and/or other quality of service parameter mismatching issues that might arise during an inter-radio access technology handover. At about the same time as a mobile device moves from a source network to a target network, the target network dynamically initiates a quality of service modification procedure. The quality of service modification procedure can help resolve the maximum bit rate mismatches and/or the other quality of service parameter mismatching issues. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161066 | Change of Rate Matching Modes in Presence of Channel State Information Reference Signal Transmission - In one aspect thereof the exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a method that includes, prior to confirmation that a network access node has correctly acquired capabilities of a user equipment, operating a user equipment with the network access node in accordance with a first rate matching mode and, only after confirmation to the user equipment that the network access node has correctly acquired capabilities of the user equipment, changing the rate matching mode to a second rate matching mode. In an embodiment the first rate matching mode comprises puncturing a downlink shared channel transmission with a set of resource elements, which may be at least one of reference symbols and muted resource elements, and the second rate matching mode comprises rate matching the downlink shared channel around those resource elements that are members of the set of resource elements. Also described are apparatus and computer readable storage medium storing program code that operate in accordance with the method. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161067 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method of transmitting uplink control information of a user equipment is provided. The method includes: generating the uplink control information repeatedly as many as uplink data transmission layers; modulating the uplink control information to generate a plurality of repeated modulation symbol; applying a precoding matrix to the plurality of repeated modulation symbols to generate a plurality of first precoded symbol; and transmitting the plurality of first precoded symbols respectively through a plurality of antennas in an uplink subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols in a time domain and a plurality of subcarriers in a frequency domain. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161068 | Method and System for Providing an Uplink Structure and Minimizing Pilot Signal Overhead in a Wireless Communication Network - A method and system are provided having an uplink control structure and a pilot signal having minimal signal overhead for providing channel estimation and data demodulation in a wireless communication network. The uplink control structures enable mobile terminals to communicate with corresponding base stations to perform various functions including obtaining initial system access, submitting a bandwidth request, triggering a continuation of negotiated service, or providing a proposed allocation re-configuration header. A dedicated random access channel is provided to communicatively couple the base station and the mobile terminal so that the mobile terminal can select a random access signaling identification. A resource request is received at the base station to uplink resource information from the mobile terminal and an initial access information request is received from the mobile terminal to configure the base station connection. Pilot signals with varying density configurations are provided to include low density symbol patterns for multiple contiguous resource blocks and high density symbol patterns for single resource blocks. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161069 | WIRELESS TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - A communicating unit of a base station performs a plurality of periodic communication services with a wireless terminal. A communication control unit of the base station includes, in a control channel, identification information for distinguishing the periodic communication services one from the other to thereby allow the wireless terminal to control at least one of activation and release of each of the periodic communication services. A communicating unit of the wireless terminal performs the plurality of periodic communication services with the base station. A communication control unit of the wireless terminal controls at least one of the activation and the release of each of the periodic communication services using the identification information included in the control channel transmitted from the base station. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161070 | PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING SYNCHRONIZATION - The present disclosure provides a processing method and device for obtaining synchronization, where the method includes: selecting, by a UE, a preamble on a first Scell, and reporting information of the preamble to a base station by using a current PCell or a second SCell of the UE; receiving scheduling information of a random access response message or scheduling information of a conflict indication message delivered by the base station from a physical downlink control channel of the PCell, the second SCell or the first SCell by using a C-RNTI of the UE; and receiving the random access response message or the conflict indication message from a physical downlink shared channel according to the scheduling information of the random access response message or the scheduling information of the conflict indication message. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161071 | CONTROL DESIGN FOR BACKHAUL RELAY TO SUPPORT MULTIPLE HARQ PROCESSES - A wireless communication network includes a base station and a relay station. The relay station is configured to relay communications between the base station and at least one subscriber station. The base station is configured to communicate with the subscriber station via the relay station. The base station further is configured to transmit, in a subframe, a plurality of transport blocks for a plurality of Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) processes to the relay station. Each transport block corresponds to a different HARQ process. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161072 | Methods And Apparatuses For Notifying An Application Function Of Resource Restrictions Relating To A Communication Session - The invention relates to a method of notifying an Application Function (AF) in a communications network of resource restrictions relating to a communication session. The network includes a Policy and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) for authorising and controlling flows of data in the session. In the method the AF sends an authorisation request to the PCRF for establishing the communication session. The authorisation request includes an indication that the AF is to be notified of resource restrictions for the data flows in the session. The PCRF notifies the AF of the resource restrictions. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161073 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN FEMTOCELL DEPLOYMENTS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for determining one or more parameters of an access point that can be set or adjusted to mitigate interference to other access points. A rise-over-thermal (RoT) threshold can be set at an access point based on one or more parameters, such as pathloss measurements, location of the access point, etc., such that interference from devices communicating with the access point can be mitigated. In addition, a noise floor, RoT threshold, etc., can be adjusted based on determining a transmit power difference, out-of-cell interference, and/or similar measurements. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161074 | RADIO LINK CONTROL RESET USING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A method and apparatus are described for implementing a reset procedure for radio link control (RLC) using radio resource control (RRC) signaling. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a request for RLC reset. A processor at the WTRU comprises a RRC entity and a RLC entity. The RRC entity receives the request for a RLC reset in a radio resource control message. The RLC entity reassembles RLC service data units (SDUs) from any protocol data units (PDUs) that are received out of sequence at a receiving side of the RLC entity. The reassembled SDUs are delivered in sequence to a packet data convergence protocol entity (PDCP). At the receiving side of the RLC entity, any remaining PDUs that are not able to be reassembled are discarded. At a transmitting side of the RLC entity, all SDUs and PDUs stored in transmit buffers are discarded. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161075 | Method and System for Control of Discontinuous Reception (DRX) by a Mobile Device in a Wireless Communications Network Supporting Voice-Over-Internet-Protocol (VoIP) - A method and system for controlling discontinuous reception (DRX) in a mobile device in a wireless communications network uses autonomous DRX control after initial VoIP traffic setup. If the mobile device transmits a negative-acknowledgement signal (NACK) indicating unsuccessful receipt of a VoIP packet, then it autonomously turns on a predetermined delay time later to receive the retransmission of the VoIP packet. The predetermined delay time is related to the time for the base station to process the NACK and prepare the VoIP packet for retransmission. When the mobile device transmits or retransmits a VoIP packet, reception is deactivated, but is autonomously activated the predetermined delay time later to receive an acknowledgement signal (ACK) or NACK. VoIP packets may be transmitted from the mobile device the predetermined delay time before VoIP packets are transmitted from the base station. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161076 | METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR SUPPORTING PAGING OVER AN HS-DSCH IN CELL_PCH AND URA_PCH STATES - A method and apparatus for paging a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in a CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states are disclosed. A WTRU may send an indication of an enhanced paging channel (PCH) capability of receiving a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) in CELL_PCH and URA_PCH states, for example, in a CELL UPDATE message, a URA UPDATE message, or a UTRAN MOBILITY INFORMATION CONFIRM message. A drift radio network controller (DRNC) may receive an indication whether the WTRU has an enhanced PCH capability from a serving RNC and page the WTRU based on the indication. An RNC may page the WTRU over both an HS-DSCH and a PCH/secondary common control physical channel (S-CCPCH) if a WTRU capability is not known. The WTRU may monitor both an HS-DSCH and a PCH/S-CCPCH. The WTRU may configure reception over an HS-DSCH based on the capability of the SRNC or configuration from the network. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161077 | MULTIBAND-OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and wireless communication network that employs adapted control channel information to facilitate centralized and distributed scheduling of network resources for a network with mobile communication devices of differing bandwidth capabilities are described. The method includes transmitting control channel data of a first format over a control channel, wherein the control channel data of the first format conveys information related to data transmitted within a first frequency band and transmitting control channel data of a second format over the control channel, wherein the control channel data of the second format conveys information related to data transmitted over one or more frequency bands, the one or more frequency bands having a combined bandwidth equal or greater than the first frequency band. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161078 | COMPENSATION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL IN A CoMP SYSTEM - A compensation method, a base station, and a user equipment for uplink power control in a CoMP system are provided. The method includes: a base station determines an adjustment value for an uplink sending power of a UE; the base station sends to the UE indication information and the adjustment value for the uplink sending power of the UE, where the indication information is used for indicating a range of the adjustment value for the uplink sending power of the UE, so that the UE, according to the indication information and the adjustment value for the uplink sending power of the UE, determines the uplink sending power of the UE. Embodiments of the present invention are capable of improving the quality of sending uplink data. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161079 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A communication method in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The communication method includes: communicating, by a first station, with a second station, via an operating channel of the new BSS, a width of the operating channel being equal to one among 40 MHz, 80 MHz, 80+80 MHz and 160 MHz. The operating channel includes a primary channel selected among a set of channels by the second station, the selected primary channel is not identical to a secondary 20 MHz channel of one or more existing BSSs scanned by the second station, and the secondary 20 MHz of the one or more existing BSSs is contiguous with a primary 20 MHz channel of the one or more existing BSSs. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161080 | TONE SELECTION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Tones within a channel can be selected randomly and/or based on orthogonal tone selection. Random selection can include selecting tones randomly from a fixed set, which is referred to as channelized tone selection. Channelized tone selection can be chosen if a critical tone exists. Random selection can also include selecting resources randomly from the total number of resources available, which is referred to as non-channelized tone selection. Orthogonal tone selection can be chosen to mitigate the probability of receiver desensitization and/or to attempt to mitigate interference. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161081 | Method and Apparatus for Power Control - A power control method is provided, which is applicable to the communication field. The method includes: obtaining power headroom information of an aggregated carrier of a User Equipment (UE), where the aggregated carrier includes at least one component carrier group and at least one first carrier, or includes at least one component carrier group, or includes at least two first carriers, the component carrier group includes at least two second carriers, and the first carrier and the second carrier are single carriers; and adjusting transmit power of the aggregated carrier according to the power headroom information. The method enables reporting of power headroom of an aggregated carrier of the UE in a multi-carrier scenario, so that the base station can control the transmitting power of the UE reliably, and therefore, reliability and throughput of the system are improved. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161082 | SEARCH SPACE FOR COMPONENT CARRIER SPECIFIC UL/DL CONFIGURATION - A radio frame or subframe is checked and it is determined to satisfy at least one predefined condition. In response to that determination, a second search space is utilized such that a number Y of blind detections for a user equipment UE in the determined radio frame/subframe is greater than a number X of blind detections for the UE in the radio frame/subframe if a first search space were utilized. In various embodiments the predefined condition is: the number X of blind detections is less than a threshold value Z (Z>=Y) where Z is a maximum number M of blind detections defined by a transmission mode for the frame's/subframe's component carrier CC; a number of CCs configured for the UE; the radio frame or subframe is in the first CC but not in the second CC one of uplink or a special subframe (further conditions) or an almost blank subframe. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161083 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND PROGRAM - The present invention is a wireless resource allocation method for a base station performing data communication with a wireless terminal with traffic having periodicity in intervals of occurrence, the method comprising: acquiring communication channel quality for the terminal; in case that the communication channel quality is greater than, or is equal to or greater than a threshold for quality decision, selecting a reservation-type scheduling method with which cyclically usable wireless resources are reserved; in case that the communication channel quality is equal to or smaller than, or is smaller than the threshold for quality decision, selecting a non-reservation-type scheduling method with which allocation information is notified to the terminal each time wireless resources are allocated; and performing data communication with the terminal using the selected scheduling method. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161084 | DOWNLINK SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT, AND DOWNLINK SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND BASE STATION - According to the present invention, one or more PDCCH-SFs are set from among subframes in a predetermined duration so as to force user equipment (UE) to perform a PDCCH blind decoding (BD). Information indicating said set PDCCH-SF is provided to the UE from a base station (BS). The UE performs the PDCCH BD only in the PDCCH-SF which is set to the UE itself, and not to all subframes, and performs HARQ process(es) according to the PDCCH BD. The present invention exhibits the advantages of reducing the number of BDs which the UE has to perform and of reducing the implementation complexity of the UE. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161085 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for transmitting and receiving resource allocation information in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor. The method for a terminal to receive resource allocation information in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, an enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) comprising a downlink (DL) grant from a particular resource domain; decoding a resource allocation (RA) field, which is in DCI format, in the received E-PDCCH; and determining, on the basis of the decoded RA field, whether a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is transmitted from the domains in the particular resource domain from which the DL grant domain is excluded, or, from the domains in the particular resource domain in which an UL grant domain exists and from which the DL grant domain and the UL grant domain are excluded. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161086 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PROCESSING METHOD FOR REQUESTING UPLINK RESOURCE - If an uplink resource is not granted, wireless communication terminal, when the uplink resource occurs in the corresponding wireless communication terminal, transmits a scheduling request using a dedicated scheduling request resource of a second cell that is smaller in cell coverage than a first cell, and if grant of the uplink resource in response to the scheduling request is not performed, the wireless communication terminal transmits a random access preamble and thus performs a random access procedure that requests the grant of the uplink resource from a wireless communication device. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161087 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BIT MAPPING FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for mapping a bit of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) in a wireless communication system are provided. A base station maps an e-PDCCH bit on a first region to which the e-PDCCH is allocated from a data region within a subframe, and maps a redundant bit of the e-PDCCH bit on a second region, which is between a control region and the first region within the subframe, including at least one orthogonal frequency division multiplexing symbol (OFDM). The e-PDCCH bit is mapped from a k | 06-12-2014 |
20140161088 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: setting up a frame including both a control domain for transmitting scheduling information to a first terminal and a data domain for transmitting first data to the first terminal; and transmitting, to a second terminal, second data in the control domain. The frame comprises a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in a time domain. The control domain consists of a first number N (where N is any natural number equal to or less than 4) of OFDM symbols in the frame. The data domain consists of OFDM symbols other than a number N of OFDM symbols in the frame. The second data has a predetermined bit size. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161089 | METHOD OF PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - Provided are a method of performing a random access process and wireless device using same in a wireless communication system. A first random access process and a second random access process are triggered in one subframe, and a wireless device selects one of the first random access process and the second random access process. The wireless device transmits a random access preamble on the selected random access process from the one subframe to a base station. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161090 | METHOD OF OPERATING AN HARQ BUFFER FOR A DYNAMIC SUB-FRAME CHANGE AND AN APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method of supporting a Hybrid Automatic Repeat and request (HARQ) scheme of a reception end for supporting a dynamic resource change in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method includes the steps of receiving a change message for changing a currently applied first subframe setting to a second subframe setting from a transmission end, and transmitting and receiving a signal to and from the transmission end according to the second subframe setting, wherein a plurality of subframe settings including the first and second subframe settings are divided into one or more groups, the first and second subframe settings belongs to an identical group, and the HARQ scheme is applied according to the group-specific maximum number of HARQ processes and a soft buffer size for each HARQ process when the subframe setting is changed according to the change message. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING AND MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION BASED ON OUTDATED CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AT THE TRANSMITTER - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for scheduling and MU-MIMO transmission based on outdated channel state information. In one embodiment, the multi-user (MU)-MIMO wireless communication system has a multi-antenna transmitter and L user terminals, and the method comprises scheduling a pair of user packets for a round- | 06-12-2014 |
20140161092 | METHOD FOR BASE STATION TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, a method for a base station transmitting a downlink channel is disclosed. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: dividing each of one or more resources blocks, which are allocated for the downlink control channel, into a predetermined number of subsets; deciding the number of subsets that comprise a resource allocation basic unit for the downlink control channel, based on a start symbol and/or an end symbol of the downlink control channel; mapping a transmission resource on the downlink control channel as the resource allocation basic unit comprising the predetermined number of subsets; and transmitting the downlink control channel by using the transmission resource that is mapped. | 06-12-2014 |
20140161093 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - The present invention is a terminal capable of suppressing increase in transmit power required for transmitting a CSI report at a terminal while widely securing candidates for motion control. A reception processing unit ( | 06-12-2014 |
20140161094 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus and for transmitting downlink Hybrid Automatic Repeat request (HARQ) information in a wireless communication system are provided. In the method, at least one Physical Resource Block (PRB) for transmitting a Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) signal is set among all PRBs forming an available frequency band. A PHICH resource is determined within the set at least one PRB. A PHICH signal is transmitted using the determined PHICH resource. | 06-12-2014 |
20140169279 | HIDDEN NODE INTERFERENCE ISSUE IN A TYPE II RELAY NETWORK - Devices and methods are provided for managing hidden node interference. A communications session between a client node and an access node is affected by interference generated by a hidden relay node. The victim client node and the aggravator relay node are identified by the access node. The access node generates a set of scheduling instructions, which are then provided to the client node. The client node then uses the scheduling instructions to avoid further interference. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169280 | Timing Error Estimate Of UL Synchronization - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for a timing offset/error estimate (TOE) method, e.g., for a LTE UL receiver. This may especially beneficial for the MU-MIMO and/or CoMP with MAAS applications, where the conventional methods do not work properly due to a strong interference among users (UEs) sharing the same radio resource. Two approaches (separately or in combination) may be used to improve TOE quality. First, the timing offset/error may be calculated using phase difference for pilot pairs with non-adjacent pilots/carriers having a larger separation between subcarriers than for pilot pairs with adjacent subcarriers. Second, a modified pilot sequence for timing offset estimate may be created using sliding an averaging window. This can effectively remove interference which is critical for the MU-MIMO and CoMP applications. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169281 | CHANNEL AWARE JOB SCHEDULING - Methods and systems may provide for determining quality of service (QoS) information for a job associated with an application, and determining a condition prediction for a wireless channel of a mobile platform. Additionally, the job may be scheduled for communication over the wireless channel based at least in part on the QoS information and the condition prediction. In one example, scheduling the job includes imposing a delay in the communication if the condition prediction indicates that a throughput of the wireless channel is below a threshold and the delay complies with a latency constraint of the QoS information. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169282 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PAGING MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting and receiving paging messages in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method of transmitting paging messages in a wireless communication system comprises transmitting paging messages to a plurality of user equipments from a network of the wireless communication system, wherein the network transmits the paging messages to different user equipments, which are in different connection states, through different channels. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169283 | System and Method for Optimized Access Messaging in a Wireless Network - A method is provided for managing wireless network traffic that includes designating a first resource block of a macro base station and a second resource block of a small cell base station for access by a physical random access channel (PRACH). The method further includes designating a first random access subframe associated with the first resource block and a second random access subframe associated with the second resource block for access by a random access channel message. The first random access subframe has a first allocation of random access signatures that are configured to receive a plurality of random access requests. The second random access subframe is time-aligned with the first random access subframe and has a second allocation of random access signatures that are configured to receive a plurality of random access requests. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL CONFIGURATION IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK ARCHITECTURE - Methods, systems and apparatus are provided for camping, assisted serving cell addition or removal, and discontinuous reception (DRX) in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In other aspects, enhancements to Layer 1 channels and uplink timing alignments are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, assisted serving cell Layer 2 architecture and transport channels are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. In further aspects, collaborated HARQ solutions are provided in networks having a macro cell and at least one assisted serving cell. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169285 | EXTENDING GLOBAL OPERATOR DEVICE IF TO AGGREGATED DEVICES - The disclosure relates to a method of managing aggregated devices being attached to a mobile communication network via at least one aggregating device; said aggregating device being attached directly to a radio base station of said mobile communication network. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169286 | Method and System For Hub Breakout Roaming - According to at least one example embodiment, hub breakout roaming enables providing data access to a user network device, subscribed with a home network and roaming into a visited network, by a hub breakout system through the visited network. Upon receiving a request for data access from the visited network, the hub breakout system assigns an IP address to the user network device. The hub breakout system then routes data packets, associated with the data access requested by the user network device, to and from at least one corresponding data source, using the assigned IP address. The data source includes the Internet, a private network associated with home network, or any other service provider entity. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169287 | MULTI-RANK PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR (PMI) FEEDBACK IN A MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEM - In at least some embodiments, a system includes a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) base station and a plurality of MIMO user equipment (UE) devices in communication with the MIMO base station. The MIMO base station is configured to switch between a single-user (SU)-MIMO mode and a multiple-user (MU)-MIMO mode during communications with the plurality of MIMO UE devices based on multi-rank precoding matrix indicator (PMI) feedback received from at least one of the MIMO UE devices. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169288 | BSS/PBSS SUPPORT AND SCHEDULE-FREE NETWORKING IN 60 GHz - In accordance with various aspects of the disclosure, an apparatus is disclosed that includes a network coordinator module configured to coordinate operation in one or more wireless network architecture modes and configured to communicate to a network station which mode of the one or more wireless network architecture modes is active for communication; and a scheduler module that is configured to schedule communication to the network station. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169289 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACCELERATING CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION - The method and apparatus for accelerating connection establishment in a mobile communications system are provided. The method includes transmitting, by a user equipment, an Activate PDP Context Request to a network; determining whether the user equipment can be confirmed that the network received the Activate PDP Context Request by an lower layer; shortening a default timer value and retransmitting the Activate PDP Context Request to the network after the shortened default value if the lower layer does not confirm that the network received the Activate PDP Context Request; and preserving the default timer value if the lower layer confirms that the network received the Activate PDP Context Request. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169290 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BACKOFF FOR SLOTTED CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a backoff method and apparatus in slotted channel access in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system are disclosed. A method for performing channel access by a station (STA) in a WLAN system includes: receiving restricted access window (RAW) configuration information for the STA from an access point (AP); performing a backoff procedure using a second backoff function state for channel access within the RAW; and performing a backoff procedure using a first backoff function state at an end of the RAW. The STA maintains a plurality of backoff function states including the first backoff function state used outside the RAW and the second backoff function state used within the RAW. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169291 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methods for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect an access point includes a processor configured to generate a message identifying a time period during which the apparatus is to communicate data with one or more wireless devices, the message further including an indicator indicating a wireless communication flow direction during the time period. The access point further includes a transmitter configured to transmit the generated message. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169292 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes generating, by an apparatus, a restricted access window message indicating devices not associated with the apparatus are permitted to communicate with the apparatus during a time period defined by the message; and transmitting, by the apparatus, the generated message. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169293 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESPONSE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a response signal in a wireless communication system are provided. In a method for transmitting a response signal in a broadcasting system, Acknowledgement (ACK) information for uplink packet data for each user is generated. A symbol and a subcarrier which will transmit the ACK information for each user inside a transmission frame are determined. ACK transmission related information is transmitted via a control channel inside the transmission frame. The ACK information for each user is transmitted via the determined symbol and subcarrier inside the transmission frame. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169294 | Connection Set-Up Between Two Terminals - The invention relates to the setting up of a connection between an originating terminal and a terminating terminal. Both terminals may connect via the same access network. The access network accesses a core network through an access gateway. The access gateway transmits and/or receives connection set-up signalling transmitted along a signalling path through at least the core network. Using an information element in the connection set-up signalling, information on media plane access needs of nodes in the signalling path is collected and provided for determining whether a local shortcut of a media path can be established in the access network. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169295 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CALCULATING CHANNEL QUALITY ADAPTIVELY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of adaptive channel quality calculation by a User Equipment in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes calculating a filtering coefficient indicating a length of a filtering interval according to a Carrier to Interference-plus-Noise Ratio (CINR) variation rate of each subband per unit time, and calculating a channel quality of each subband filtered according to the filtering coefficient. An environment having a large scheduling gain according to the difference in the channel quality of each subband and an environment not having as large a scheduling gain are thereby discriminated from each other in measurement of the channel quality of each subband, to apply different Infinite Impulse Response (IIR) filtering coefficient values a used for calculation of CINR of each subband. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169296 | Systems and Methods for Channel Measurements and Reporting - Embodiments are provided for configuring channel measurements and reporting by a user equipment (UE). The embodiments avoid unnecessary cell measurements and resulting reporting transmissions by the UE in network scenarios with restricted downlink transmissions from serving cells. A method by a network component includes sending, to the UE, a data transmission pattern for transmissions on downlinks from multiple cells serving the UE. The data transmission pattern indicates a plurality of subframes including one or more restricted subframes where transmissions from one of the cells are restricted. The method further includes sending, to the UE, a measurement pattern allocating measurements and reports for a cell from the UE to the cells at corresponding designated subframes of the subframes in the data transmission pattern. The UE transmits measurement reports to an assisting serving cell during the one or more restricted subframes. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING MCS INDEX FOR 256QAM IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving an MCS index for 256 QAM in a wireless access system are disclosed, which relate to methods for transmitting and receiving a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) index supporting a 256 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM) scheme and apparatuses for supporting the same. The method for receiving a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) index for 256 QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) in a wireless access system includes: receiving, by a user equipment (UE), a message including a 256 QAM indicator indicating use of a 256 QAM scheme; and receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including the MCS index, wherein the UE obtains a modulation order and a Transport Block Size (TBS) index depending upon the MCS index for the 256 QAM scheme | 06-19-2014 |
20140169298 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING - A system and method for distributed scheduling of transmissions between device-to-device (D2D) communications is disclosed. The distributed scheduling method employs a distributed scheduling structure in which device identifiers rather than connection identifiers are used to enable scheduling of a D2D data transfer between devices in a wireless neighborhood. The novel distributed scheduling structure is scalable to a larger number of D2D devices than is feasible with a connection ID-based tone matrix. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169299 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING AGGREGATE MAXIMUM BIT RATE - A system for configuring a UE-AMBR includes a MME to send the UE-AMBR to an eNB covering the serving cell of the UE, the eNB covering the serving cell of the UE establishes a radio access bearer of the UE on at least one secondary cell. The MME sends an AMBR of the UE in the primary eNB covering the serving cell of the UE and an AMBR of the UE in a secondary eNB to the primary eNB. The primary eNB sends the AMBR of the secondary eNB to the corresponding secondary eNB. The technical solutions of the present disclosure can make total rate of all non-GBR services of the UE be not larger than the UE-AMBR when the UE has multiple S1 bearers or one S1 bearer. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169300 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION (CSI) FOR SUPPORTING 256QAM IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel status information (CSI) for supporting 256QAM in a wireless access system are disclosed. A method for transmitting a Channel Quality Indication (CQI) index for 256QAM (Quadrature Amplitude Modulation) in a wireless access system includes: receiving, by a user equipment (UE), a message including a 256QAM indicator indicating use of a 256QAM scheme; performing channel measurement of a downlink channel through which downlink data is transmitted; and transmitting a CQI index in response to the channel measurement result to a base station (BS), wherein the UE simultaneously manages a first CQI feedback table for supporting a legacy modulation scheme and a second CQI feedback table for supporting the 256QAM scheme. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169301 | Communication Interference Processing Method and Wireless Router - A communication interference processing method includes: obtaining an access band of a wireless wide area network and a working channel of a Wi-Fi wireless local area network; and if interference exists between the access band of the wireless wide area network and the working channel of the Wi-Fi wireless local area network, and no Wi-Fi user is currently accessing the Wi-Fi wireless local area network, changing the working channel of the Wi-Fi wireless local area network so that no interference exists between the working channel of the Wi-Fi wireless local area network after the change and the access band of the wireless wide area network. In the embodiments of the present invention, the wireless router may automatically adjust the working channel of the Wi-Fi wireless local area network, thereby effectively avoiding the problem of interference between a network signal of the wireless wide area network and a Wi-Fi signal. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169302 | LOW POWER AND FAST APPLICATION SERVICE TRANSMISSION - An apparatus, method and system are provided to allow a low power and fast application service transmission (LP-FAST) engine to enhance the quality of service (QoS) and optimize the power consumption of the mobile applications operating in a mobile terminal in a service-aware, bandwidth-aware and power-consumption-aware manner. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169303 | CONFIGURABLE RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL STRUCTURE FOR RANGE EXTENSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method involving a configurable random access channel structure. One embodiment of the method includes generating a random access channel burst that includes a cyclic prefix and a selected number of repetitions of a preamble. The number of repetitions is selected based on at least one of a cell radius and a radio transmission frequency. This embodiment of the method also includes transmitting the random access channel burst over an air interface. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATORS (CQIs) - A method and apparatus for sending and receiving channel quality indicators (CQIs) is disclosed. A CQI may be periodically sent or received. A CQI may also be sent or received upon request by a network. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169305 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT-SPECIFIC INFORMATION - The present invention is related to a method and system for transferring wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU)-specific information to support enhanced uplink (EU) operation in a wireless communication system. A radio network controller (RNC) obtains WTRU-specific information, and transfers the WTRU-specific information to the Node-Bs. Each Node-B is configured to schedule uplink transmissions from a WTRU and utilizes the WTRU-specific information in operation of EU transmissions. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169306 | METHOD FOR SENDING AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT TO AN INGRESS MESH POINT IN A MESH NETWORK AND A MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL FRAME FORMAT - The present invention relates to a method for confirming the delivery of a data packet in a mesh network by sending an acknowledgement (ACK) to an ingress mesh point (IMP). A mesh network comprises a plurality of mesh points that are wirelessly linked together. A data packet sent by a station (STA) is received by an IMP. A MAC frame is generated for transmission of the data packet and the frame is forwarded to an egress mesh point (EMP) in order to provide a service by the mesh network. The MAC frame includes a field comprising an IMP address and an EMP address. When the EMP, (or optionally an intermediate mesh point), receives a data packet successfully, the EMP or the intermediate mesh point sends an ACK to the IMP or preceding mesh point. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169307 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK SCHEDULING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for uplink scheduling in a communication system are provided. The method includes determining whether a User Equipment (UE) is included in an uplink scheduling list, a buffer length of the UE is estimated, if the UE is included in the uplink scheduling list, it is determined whether a Buffer State Report (BSR) indicating the buffer length of the UE has been received from the UE, if the estimated buffer length is 0, and the UE is transitioned to a non-zero BSR reception state and maintained in the uplink scheduling list, if the BSR has not been received from the UE. The non-zero BSR reception state is a state in which a zero BSR indicating the buffer length of the UE is 0 has not been received. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169308 | Data Transmission Method and Apparatus - A data transmission method and apparatus are disclosed. A 3G AE and a 3G RE are deployed between a sender device and a receiver device, M channels are established between the 3G AE and the 3G RE, and M is larger than or equal to 2. The method includes that, the 3G AE encapsulates data sent by the sender device into N PDUs, and transmits the N PDUs to the 3G RE through the M channels between the 3G AE and the 3G RE; and the 3G RE restores the received PDUs to the data sent by the sender device, and sends the data to the receiver device; where N is larger than or equal to 2, and equal to or different from M. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169309 | CONTROLLING ALLOCATION OF A PORTION OF A SHARED CHANNEL TO USE FOR CONTROL INFORMATION - To control allocation of a portion of a shared channel to use for control information, a base station determines an amount of resource elements of the shared channel to use for the control information in place of traffic data. The base station sends, to a mobile station, an indication relating to an offset parameter, where the indication is provided to allow the mobile station to compute a value for the offset parameter such that the mobile station can determine the amount of the resource elements of the shared channel to allocate for the control information. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169310 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING SYNCHRONIZATION AND SENSE BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS - The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and discloses a method and a device for implementing synchronization and sense between user equipments. The method includes: triggering, by a base station, a first user equipment to perform synchronization with another user equipment; receiving quality information, reported by the first user equipment, of a channel between the first user equipment and a synchronized user equipment; and determining, according to the quality information of the channel, a target user equipment that directly communicates with the first user equipment, and/or determining, according to the quality information of the channel, a radio resource which can be used by the first user equipment. By using the present invention, energy efficiency of user equipments can be improved and resource overhead of a system can be reduced, thereby ensuring direct communication between user equipments. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169311 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A base station is provided. The base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an uplink grant to a subscriber station, the uplink grant indicating a first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) value for a first codeword transmission and a second MCS value for a second codeword transmission. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) uplink subframe from the subscriber station, the MIMO uplink subframe having a first subset of layers used for the first codeword transmission and a second subset of layers used for the second codeword transmission. Acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information and rank indication (RI) information are mapped onto both the first subset of layers and the second subset of layers. Channel quality information (CQI) is only mapped onto either the first subset of layers or the second subset of layers. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169312 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention discloses a downlink control channel transmission method, characterized by comprising: user equipment (UE) receives a first downlink control information (DCI) and a second DCI, wherein, the first DCI and the second DCI are used for jointly indicating scheduling information carried by a downlink control channel; the UE determines the first DCI as a primary DCI and the second DCI as a secondary DCI; and the UE acquires the scheduling information carried by the downlink control channel according to the primary DCI and the secondary DCI. Also disclosed in the present invention are a communication device and a system. According to the solution provided by the present invention, the transmission of the downlink control channel corresponding to an extended resource is indicated, and the backward compatibility of the control channel is ensured. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169313 | CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for performing processes in which a terminal determines control channel allocation, as well as to an apparatus for the method. The method comprises the following steps: monitoring, on a first carrier, a first search space, containing a control channel candidate set, for control channels having no carrier indication information; and monitoring, on a second carrier, a second search space, containing a control channel candidate set, for control channels having carrier indication information. If the terminal is set to monitor a plurality of control channel candidates which have the same radio network temporary identifier (RNTI), the same information size, and the same first control channel element (CCE) in the first search space and in the second search space, the control channels are received only in the first search space on the first carrier. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169314 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE WITH BOTH A WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER AND A WIRELESS PAGING RECEIVER - A wireless communication device communicates using a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless protocol and a different wireless protocol. The wireless device processes a first user input to direct a wireless transceiver to transmit and receive using the different wireless protocol and to direct a wireless paging receiver receive using the LTE wireless protocol. The transceiver then transmits and receives using the different wireless protocol, and the paging receiver receives pages using the LTE wireless protocol. The device processes a second user input to direct the transceiver to transmit and receive using the LTE wireless protocol, and the transceiver uses the LTE wireless protocol. In some examples, the device also processes the second user input to direct the paging receiver to receive other pages using the different wireless protocol, and the paging receiver receives the other pages using the different wireless protocol. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169315 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the steps of: generating a plurality of HRAQ-ACKs; selecting, from among a plurality of resource indices, one first resource index, and two second resource indices, each corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs; transmitting, through a first antenna port, a first modulation symbol corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs and a first reference signal for demodulating the first modulation symbol; and transmitting, through a second antenna port, a second modulation symbol corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs and a second reference signal for demodulating the second modulation symbol. Both a transmission resource for the first modulation symbol and a transmission resource for the first reference signal are given using said one first resource index. A transmission resource for the second modulation symbol is given using one of said two second resource indices, and a transmission resource for the second reference signal is given using the other of said two second resource indices. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169316 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention is a method for a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system, the method for signal transmission comprising the steps of: determining a resource index for the transmission of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH); and transmitting the PUCCH to any one transmission point among a plurality of transmission points, wherein the transmission point which is to receive the PUCCH is determined on the basis of where the resource index belongs among n number of parts of uplink bandwidths. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING ANTENNA PORT CONFIGURATIONS - A method and apparatus are provided to provide for timely switching between antenna port configurations as the mode of operation of a mobile terminal changes which may, in turn, dictate different combinations of the MIMO, CoMP and/or CA capabilities. In this regard, a method is provided that includes utilizing one or more antennas in a first antenna port configuration in a first mode of operation. The method may also receive a command that triggers switching to another antenna port configuration and then determines another one of a plurality of antenna port configurations to be utilized in response to the command. The method may then utilize one or more antennas of the another one of the antenna port configurations in a second mode of operation. A corresponding apparatus and computer program product are also provided. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169318 | RADIO BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - An eNB assigns an uplink SRS resource for transmitting the SRS utilized in an adaptive array control, and a PDSCH resource that overlaps, on a frequency axis, with the uplink SRS resource, to a UE. The eNB assigns the uplink SRS resource within a range of an SRS transmission available frequency band f | 06-19-2014 |
20140169319 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for a user equipment, which is included in a user equipment group that comprises a plurality of user equipments, transmitting to a base station an Acknowledgement/Negative ACK (ACK/NACK) signal with respect to downlink data that is received from the base station. The base station, according to the present invention, quasi-statically sets physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource identification information, which would be used by each of the plurality of user equipments, and dynamically allocates to the user equipment group a collection of PUCCH resources usable for transmitting ACK/NACK of the user equipment group. The user equipment, according to the present invention, transmits the ACK/NACK signal to the base station by using the PUCCH resource that is allocated to the user equipment from the collection of the PUCCH resources, which are dynamically allocated to the user equipment group, based on the PUCCH resource identification information that is quasi-statically allocated to the user equipment. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169320 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING LOCATION INFORMATION - A method and apparatus for reporting location information are provided. A wireless device transmits a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) control Protocol Data Unit (PDU) to a base station. The PDCP control PDU includes a D(Data)/C(Control) field indicating a control PDU, a PDU type field indicating location information and the location information of the wireless device. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169321 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - There are provided a base station, a terminal, and a communication system in a wireless communication system in which a base station and a terminal communicate with each other, in which the base station and the terminal can efficiently perform communication. The terminal includes a higher layer processing unit | 06-19-2014 |
20140169322 | TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - There are provided a base station, a terminal, a communication system, and a communication method in a communication system in which a base station | 06-19-2014 |
20140169323 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-CARRIER WAVE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for performing a random access procedure on a first secondary serving cell by a terminal in which a plurality of serving cells are set up includes the steps of: transmitting a random access preamble on a first SCell to a base station; receiving a random access response from the base station; transmitting uplink data to the base station by using an uplink grant included in the random access response; and receiving a collision resolving message from the base station on the serving cell which transmits scheduling information about the first SCell. | 06-19-2014 |
20140169324 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DECODING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for decoding data by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the following steps: receiving group control information identified by a group identifier (ID) allocated to a plurality of UEs including the UE, wherein the group control information includes scheduling information indicating a group search space that is a wireless resource area through which data for the plurality of UEs can be transmitted; receiving data through the group search space; and decoding the data on the basis of a unique ID of the UE in the group search space. | 06-19-2014 |
20140177533 | HANDLING OF NRS AND BCM IN PCRF AND GW - A method, apparatus, and machine readable storage medium is disclosed for handling Network-Request-Support (NRS) and Bearer Control Mode (BCM) at a Policy and Charging Rules Node (PCRN) and a Evolved Packet Core (EPC) gateway node. Embodiments maintain corresponding buffers for NRS values at the PCRN and the gateway and maintain synchronization between them. A gateway sends a credit control request (CCR) message to a PCRN and updates a local NRS buffer at the gateway when a successful credit control acknowledgement (CCA) response is received from the PCRN. Similarly, the PCRN updates a local NRS buffer at the PCRN when a successful credit control acknowledgement (CCA) response is sent to the gateway. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177534 | Communication Protocol for Short Data Transmissions - A lightweight communication protocol reduces overhead for small data transmissions from a wireless device to a base station over an uplink channel. The wireless device is preconfigured with a device identifier that is known to the base station. The preconfigured device identifier is associated with a static tunnel between the base station and a serving gateway. The wireless device transmits application data to the base station in a medium access control packet without using higher layer protocols. When the base station receives the medium access control packet, it maps the application data to the tunnel associated with the preconfigured device identifier. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177535 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADMISSION CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and network element are provided that perform admission control in a wireless communication system by, in response to receiving a new bearer request associated with a user equipment (UE), can free up bearers currently allocated to the UE when the UE's bearer limit is reached. In response to receiving a bearer request associated with the UE, the method and network element determines a number of bearers currently allocated to the UE, wherein the UE is limited to a maximum number of bearers, and when the UE currently is allocated its maximum number of bearers, determines a priority associated with the bearer request, compares the determined priority to a priority associated with each bearer currently allocated to UE to produce one or more comparisons, and based on the one or more comparisons, determining whether to preempt a currently allocated bearer to admit the requested bearer. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177536 | NETWORK-MANAGED DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for network-managed direct device-to-device communications are provided. Certain aspects of the disclosure involve transmitting, to a first UE, UE1 configuration information for an inter-device session (IDS) between the first UE and a second UE, the UE1 configuration information including a radio network identifier. Certain aspects of the disclosure also involve transmitting a control message to the first UE. The control message is configured with the radio network identifier and a radio resource identifier for the IDS, such that the first UE is permitted to transmit data directly to the second UE via the identified radio resource. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177537 | USER-EQUIPMENT-MANAGED DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses a wireless communications network involve transmitting configuration information for a first user equipment (UE1 configuration information) for an inter-device session (IDS) between the first user equipment (UE) and a second UE, the UE1 configuration information including a radio network identifier. A control message configured with the radio network identifier and a radio resource identifier can be transmitted. The configuration information and the control information can instruct the second UE to transmit feedback signals directly from the second UE to the first UE in response to at least one IDS transmission between the first UE and the second UE. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177538 | LOAD BALANCING AND INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION FOR HETERORGENEOUS NETWORKS - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus performing inter-cell load-balancing and inter-cell interference coordination. Some embodiments of the method include partitioning cells into groups that include a different subset of the plurality of cells. Embodiments of the method also include iteratively repeating, until a convergence criterion is satisfied, steps that include determining one or more associations of user equipment to one or more cells for a previously determined allocation of resources to the groups and determining the allocation of resources to the groups for a previously determined association of user equipment to the cells. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177539 | USER-EQUIPMENT-MANAGED DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses of a wireless communications network involve receiving configuration information for the first UE (UE1 configuration information) for an inter-device session (IDS) between the first UE and a second UE, the UE1 configuration information including a radio network identifier. A control message configured with the radio network identifier and a radio resource identifier may be received. Data can be transmitted directly from the first UE to the second UE during the IDS using the identified radio resource. A feedback signal can be received directly from the second UE in response to at least one IDS transmission | 06-26-2014 |
20140177540 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING IN DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses of a wireless communications network can involve transmitting, to a first user equipment (UE), configuration information for the first UE (UE1 configuration information) for an inter-device session (IDS) between the first UE and a second UE. The UE1 configuration information may include a first IDS radio network temporary identifier (IDS-RNTI). A radio resource control (RRC) message indicating a resource allocation can be transmitted to the first UE for the first UE to communicate directly with the second UE | 06-26-2014 |
20140177541 | PDSCH RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING FOR THREE-CELL JOINT TRANSMISSION - A PDSCH resource element mapping method is used for joint transmissions. The method solves a problem of colliding resource elements in joint transmissions, due to interference caused when PDSCH resource elements are transmitted in the resource block of one cell and cell-specific reference signals (CRSs) are transmitted in the same location of the resource block of an adjacent cell. The method is particularly beneficial for coordinated multipoint (CoMP) transmissions. The PDSCH resource element mapping method employs one of three schemes for transmitting the collided resource elements, with minimal interference. In the first scheme, one PDSCH symbol is transmitted over three consecutive CRS-collided PDSCH resource elements. In the second scheme, two PDSCH symbols are transmitted over three consecutive CRS-collided PDSCH resource elements. In a third scheme, CRS-collided resource elements are transmitted using a lower modulation order than is specified by the modulation and coding scheme. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177542 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING IN DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses of a wireless communications network can involve transmitting, to a first user equipment (UE), configuration information for the first UE (UE1 configuration information) for an inter-device session (IDS) between the first UE and a second UE. The UE1 configuration information may include a first IDS radio network temporary identifier (IDS-RNTI). A radio resource control (RRC) message indicating a resource allocation can be transmitted to the first UE for the first UE to communicate directly with the second UE. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177543 | TECHNIQUES FOR VARIABLE CHANNEL BANDWIDTH SUPPORT - Techniques for supporting variable channel bandwidths in a wireless communications network are described. In one embodiment, for example, an apparatus may comprise a processor circuit and a communications management module, and the communications management module may be operable by the processor circuit to determine a channel bandwidth for communication over a channel of a wireless network, transmit a beamforming initiation message comprising a channel bandwidth parameter indicating the determined channel bandwidth, receive a beamforming initiation confirmation message confirming the channel bandwidth parameter, perform a beamforming training sequence to determine one or more beamforming parameters, and transmit one or more messages over the channel according to the determined channel bandwidth and the one or more beamforming parameters. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177544 | NETWORK RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - Network resource configuration is provided by receiving subscriber data, the subscriber data relating to network related activities and subscriber related activities of subscribers in a group of subscribers of a network operator of a communications system. A churn score is determined for each subscriber in the group of subscribers based on a set of churn score parameters for the subscriber data, the churn score representing probability of a subscriber to churn. A subgroup of subscribers is determined from the group of subscribers based on the churn score. A network resource configuration in the communications system is determined for the subgroup of subscribers based on the churn score. Information relating to the determined network resource configuration and/or a service related to the determined network resource configuration is transmitted. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177545 | TIME MULTIPLEXED CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING IN A MULTI ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The embodiments herein relates to a method in a user equipment ( | 06-26-2014 |
20140177546 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN ACCESS POINTS - The present invention relates to an apparatus and a method for avoiding signal interference between access points (APs) in a non-license band, and more particularly, an interference avoidance apparatus and method between access points (APs) that avoid interference based on whether an overlapping basic service set (OBSS) is present, whether an overlapping operation channel between adjacent APs is used, whether it is possible to select a non-overlapping operation channel between adjacent APs, and the like. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177547 | Method and system for processing control channel information - The disclosure discloses a method and system for processing control channel information. A receiving side is notified, by a network side via one or more types of the following signaling, of the information required to receive or perform blind detection for a control channel, wherein the signaling part comprises at least: a Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, a System Information Block (SIB)x (x=2, 3) signaling, and a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling located at the first n (n=1, 2, 3, 4) Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. In the control channel information processing technology of the disclosure, the receiving side can be notified, via signaling configuration, of at least the time domain or frequency domain location occupied by the control channel. This scheme allows for full utilization of space division technology, thus reducing the load on a physical downlink control channel, and reducing interference between control channels. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177548 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - According to one embodiment, an electronic device transmits a probe request frame to a wireless LAN access point through a first channel in a first frequency band, extracts additional information about a second frequency band higher than the first frequency band from a probe response frame received from the wireless LAN access point, changes a channel to be used by a wireless LAN device to a second channel in the second frequency band indicated by the additional information, and executes a sequence for connecting the electronic device to the wireless LAN access point by using a first service set ID indicated by the additional information and corresponding to the second channel. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177549 | Neighbor List Provision in a Communication Network - Techniques for neighbor list provision in a communication network are described. From an access terminal, a query for potential access points within communication range of the access terminal is received; and neighbor list information is provided to the access terminal. The neighbor list information is associated with available access points capable of providing the access terminal with access to a network. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177550 | TRANSMITTING METHOD, RECEIVING METHOD, TRANSMITTER, AND RECEIVER - A transmitter, a receiver, a transmitting method and a receiving method are proposed. the transmitter, adapted for an user equipment (UE) of a data transmission scheme using a contention-based radio access based on single-carrier frequency division multiplexing access with code division multiplexing (SC-FDMA-CDM) includes a memory unit and a processing unit. The memory unit stores a plurality of parameters. The processing unit is coupled to the memory unit, selects one of the parameters and generates a resource pattern by executing a resource pattern generation process according to the selected parameters, wherein the resource pattern includes a physical index of a plurality of resource blocks and a spreading code index. The communication unit is coupled to the processing unit, generates an uplink transmitting signal according to the resource pattern with a plurality of transmitting data bits. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177551 | METHOD OF PROVIDING A GAP INDICATION DURING A STICKY ASSIGNMENT - A method and apparatus are provided to manage the assignment transmission resource of forward and reserve link that is assigned to transmitting entity for a period of time. An indication of a gap is provided whenever the transmitting entity is not transmitting actual data packets (e.g. whole or part of intended data or content), yet the transmitting entity is to maintain the assignment of the allocated resource. For example, an erasure signature packet comprising a first data pattern is transmitted on the assigned resource when there is no actual data to transmit on the assigned resource. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177552 | DATA RESOURCE MAPPING FOR FREQUENCY-CODED SYMBOLS - A device and method for communicating frequency-coded symbols that include data elements and reference symbols are disclosed. In one aspect, a carrier frequency band includes a plurality of subcarrier frequency bands. Data elements are transmitted and received on respective pairs of adjacent subcarrier frequency bands to provide diversity. Reference symbols are transmitted and received on predetermined subcarrier frequency bands. Muting is applied to selected subcarrier frequency bands based on the number and frequency configuration of the reference symbols. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177553 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSFER IN A PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK - Apparatus for and methods of enabling a gateway node of a first packet-switched data network to select a first channel for transferring a tunnelled data packet to a destination packet data protocol address of a mobile node provided service in the first network are disclosed. The gateway node is configured to select the first channel from a plurality of channels configured to transfer data packets to the destination packet data protocol address of the mobile node, and the selection is performed by matching a packet data protocol address, associated with a data packet received by the gateway node, to one or more data packet filters associated with the plurality of channels. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177554 | METHOD OF MAPPING PHYSICAL RESOURCE TO LOGICAL RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of mapping a physical resource to a logical resource in a wireless communication system is described. The method includes dividing a physical frequency band into at least one frequency partition. Each frequency partition is divided into a localized region and a distributed region in a frequency domain. The method further includes mapping the at least one frequency partition into at least one logical resource unit. The localized region is directly mapped into the logical resource unit and the distributed region is mapped into the logical resource unit after rearranging subcarriers within the distributed region. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177555 | INTER-ENB COORDINATION METHODS TO SUPPORT INTER-ENB CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR LTE-ADVANCED - Various inter-eNodeB (eNB) coordination methods and systems are disclosed. For example, in one approach, a user equipment (UE) configured to communicate with a plurality of eNodeBs (eNBs). Each of the plurality of eNBs are configured to receive and transmit coordination information from other eNBs identifying how uplink control information (UCI) data of the UE should be transmitted. The UE includes processing circuitry. When the UE is configured with more than one serving cell for inter-eNodeB (eNB) Carrier Aggregation (CA), the processing circuitry is not configured for simultaneous physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmissions. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177556 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING RESOURCE POSITION AND BLINDLY DECODING CHANNEL - Disclosed in the embodiments of the present invention are a method, system and thereof equipment for resource location indication and blind channel estimation. The method, system and thereof equipment, relating to the wireless communication technology field, are disclosed to solve the problem that physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) can't be received by a terminal correctly. In the present invention, information about the resource locations of common search space (CSS) and UE-specific search space (UESS) of PDCCH is transmitted from a base station to a terminal. Blind estimation is implemented by the terminal according to the resource locations of CSS and UESS of the PDCCH. The problem that PDCCH can't be received by a terminal correctly is solved by applying the present invention. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177557 | Method and Apparatus for Cell Activation - In some examples, the method, apparatus and computer program product as described herein is configured for cell Discontinuous Transmission. In this regard, a method is provided that includes receiving an indication of a discovery of a cell by a communications device. The method of this embodiment may also include determining the cell based on the indication. The method of this embodiment may also include causing the cell to transition to an activated state from a dormant state. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177558 | System and Methods for Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) Density and Range Extension Optimization in Heterogeneous Networks - Embodiments are provided for optimizing the Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) pattern in heterogeneous network (HetNet) deployments with multiple small cells. One ABS pattern is used for all small cells. Different small cells can have different downlink loads from user equipments (UEs). An embodiment method includes transmitting a pilot signal in a small cell, and determining downlink load (DLL) information according to a pair of measurements from each UE served by the small cell. The pair of measurements includes a first measurement of the pilot signal and a second measurement of a second pilot signal from a macro cell. The method further includes determining a number of ABSs according to the DLL information, and reporting the DLL information and the number of ABSs to a network entity for selecting ABS density and range extension for the small cell and the macro cell. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177559 | DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD IN NON-BEACON WIRELESS NETWORK AND NON-BEACON WIRELESS NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a data communication method in a non-beacon wireless network and a non-beacon wireless network communication system. In accordance with an embodiment of the present invention, a data communication method in a non-beacon wireless network including: checking whether a coordinator uses a channel or not by a first end node; transmitting a first control information message including its ID and data size to the coordinator after checking whether the channel is busy or not by the first end node; broadcasting broadcast_ACK information including the ID and the data size by the coordinator receiving the first control information message; and transmitting first transmit_data to the coordinator by the first end node receiving the broadcast_ACK information, wherein the data size is the size of the first transmit_data is provided. Further, a non-beacon wireless network communication system is provided. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177560 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed to provide small cell enhancement in a wireless communication system. The method includes connecting to more than one serving cell. The method further includes triggering a Buffer Status Report (BSR) or a Power Headroom Report (PHR). The method further includes transmitting a Medium Access Control (MAC) control element corresponding to the BSR or the PHR in a serving cell, wherein the serving cell depends on a trigger of the BSR or the PHR. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177561 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL BY BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a control channel by beamforming in a wireless communication system are provided. The transmission method includes determining a plurality of pieces of control information to be transmitted on control channels and determining transmission beams for use in beamforming transmission of the plurality of pieces of control information, mapping at least one piece of beam region information indicating at least one beam region in a control channel region and the plurality of pieces of control information to the at least one beam region in the control channel region, at least one piece of control information corresponding to the same transmission beam being arranged in one beam region, and transmitting the mapped beam region information and the mapped control information by transmission beams corresponding to the beam regions in the control channel region. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177562 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for implementing New Carrier Type (NCT) are disclosed. The method includes including a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) for a standalone NCT in part of DL (Downlink) bandwidth, wherein bandwidth for the PDCCH is indicated in a MIB (Master Information Block) field. In one embodiment, the method includes demodulating the PDCCH using the reduced CRS within the indicated bandwidth for the PDCCH. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177563 | Symbol FFT RACH Processing Methods and Devices - Methods and devices for extracting a RACH preamble using as input a number of Fast Fourier Transformed symbols, in order to extract a random access channel (RACH) preamble from a signal received in a base station from a user device, in a radio communication system, are provided. An initial cyclic prefix (symbol CP) is removed prior to performing FFT on symbols. After (1) selecting from the FFT of a symbol frequencies corresponding to the RACH band all other non-RACH frequency bins having been set to zero, (2) shifting the signal to baseband and (3) performing a FFT on the baseband signal, a phase adjustment is performed to compensate for group delays due to symbol CP gaps occurring when generating the baseband signal, the phase adjustment being determined individually for each symbol. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177564 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting and Obtaining Scheduling Information - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting and obtaining scheduling information. The method for transmitting scheduling information includes determining UEs performing direct communication and scheduling information required for data transmission for the UEs performing the direct communication. A base station transmits invariable or slowly varying control information in the scheduling information to each of the UEs performing the direct communication statically or semi-statically. If the scheduling information further includes quickly varying control information. A UE serving as a sender in the UEs performing the direct communication transmits the quickly varying control information in the scheduling information dynamically or semi-dynamically to a UE serving as a receiver in the UEs performing the direct communication. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177565 | FAST UPLINK RESPONSE TO DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL TRANSMISSION WITHOUT A DEDICATED UPLINK CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for uplink transmission over a non-contentious shared feedback channel are disclosed, wherein the parameters of the uplink transmission are determined by the parameters of a downlink transmission. A new uplink channel, called a physical shared uplink feedback channel (PSUFCH) is used for uplink transmission such as feedback information in response to a downlink transmission on a fast shared data channel. The content of the feedback information may be general, e.g. an ACK/NACK or a channel quality indicator (CQI). The PSUFCH is transmitted using power ramping that terminates upon reception of a downlink ACK (DLACK) from a Node-B. No ambiguity resolution is required due to the non-contentious and deterministic mapping of the uplink channel resources. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177566 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR ACTIVATING OR DEACTIVATING CARRIER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a base station, and a user equipment for activating or deactivating a carrier. The method includes the following: A base station determines to activate or deactivate at least one secondary carrier used to communication with a user equipment and transmits a High Speed Shared Control Channel HS-SCCH order to the user equipment, where the HS-SCCH order carries indication information used to indicate activation or deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier. In the embodiments of the present invention, a user equipment is capable of correctly activating or deactivating a carrier. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177567 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A digital broadcasting system and a data processing method are disclosed. A receiver receives a broadcast signal including mobile service data and main service data. A known data detector detects known data from the broadcast signal. An equalizer performs channel equalization on the mobile service data received by means of the detected known data. An RS frame decoder acquires an RS frame from the channel-equalized mobile service data. A management processor extracts a Generic Stream Encapsulation (GSE) packet from a GSE Base Band (BB) constructing one row of the RS frame, and calculates an IP datagram from the extracted GSE packet. A presentation processor displays broadcast data using data contained in the calculated IP datagram. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177568 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS RESOURCE INFORMATION - A method of transmitting and receiving radio resource information is disclosed, by which a mobile terminal is able to quickly access a mobile communication system. The present invention includes transmitting a paging message to locate a specific mobile terminal by including information for a radio resource allocated to the mobile terminal in the paging message receiving a response signal for the paging message transmitted according to the information for the radio resource, and performing a connection to the mobile terminal according to the response signal. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177569 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS RESOURCE INFORMATION - A method of transmitting and receiving radio resource information is disclosed, by which a mobile terminal is able to quickly access a mobile communication system. The present invention includes transmitting a paging message to locate a specific mobile terminal by including information for a radio resource allocated to the mobile terminal in the paging message receiving a response signal for the paging message transmitted according to the information for the radio resource, and performing a connection to the mobile terminal according to the response signal. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177570 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MAC PDUs - With respect to generating and sending a MAC PDU by using the radio resources allocated to the mobile terminal, the level of priority between the buffer status report (BSR) and the established logical channels are defined such that the data of each logical channel and buffer status report can be more effectively, efficiently and quickly transmitted. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177571 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - A method for transmitting information includes: by a NodeB, receiving information reported by a User Equipment (UE) through an Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel, and determining the UE corresponding to the received information according to UE ID information carried in the received information. A system and NodeB for transmitting information are also provided. Therefore, when random access data is transmitted between the UE and the NodeB, the NodeB can determine the UE from which the data is received, thus ensuring practicability of the transmission solution that uses High Speed Uplink Packet Access (HSUPA) to implement random access. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177572 | TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION OVER A DATA CHANNEL OR OVER A CONTROL CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus are described for User Equipment (UE) to concurrently transmit Uplink Control Information (UCI) and data information to a Node B. The Node B can configure the UE to transmit UCI together with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or separate from data information in a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). The UE may also determine whether to transmit UCI together with data information in the PUSCH or separate from data information in the PUCCH based on criteria involving a ratio of PUSCH resources for UCI transmission over the total PUSCH resources, a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) for the data information, an absolute power difference between PUCCH and PUSCH transmissions, whether the PUSCH transmission uses frequency hopping, and/or whether spatial multiplexing is used for the data transmission. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177573 | DATA SENDING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses a data sending method and a user equipment, and relates to the field of mobile communications. The method includes: receiving at least two uplink grants allocated by a base station; grouping uplink grants received at different moments in the at least two uplink grants to obtain multiplexing resources; and multiplexing data to be sent onto transport blocks corresponding to the multiplexing resources and sending the transport blocks. The user equipment includes a receiving module, a processing module and a sending module. In embodiments of the present invention, uplink grants are grouped according to sending moments of transport blocks corresponding to the uplink grants so as to determine multiplexing resources, and data is multiplexed onto transport blocks corresponding to the grouped uplink grants and the transport blocks are sent. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177574 | Allocating Resources Within A Communication System - The present invention is related to a method for allocating resources in a communications system. The method comprises receiving a matrix of priorities assigned to a plurality of services at a plurality of user levels; and allocating resources to a bearer for a station of the communication system based at least in part upon the priority assigned to a service provided over the bearer at the user level associated with a subscriber. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177575 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING AN APPLICATION SESSION, DEVICE AND CORRESPONDING NOTIFICATION - In the field of mobile telephony and more particularly the field of so-cal led machine-to-machine communication modules, the invention aims to define a notification format for establishing an application session integrating the operator connection parameters. In this case, in the case of GPRS, this entails the name of the gateway and connection identifiers. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177576 | ANCHOR CARRIER SELECTION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS NETWORK - Mechanism to receive control signals transmitted from a base station to the user equipment in a manner that minimizes power consumption on the user equipment while still maintaining some acceptable level of performance is described. The user equipment periodically measures the signal quality of component carriers used by the base station and requests control signaling (anchor) carrier reselection. Either a single component carrier can be chosen if the single carrier has sufficient quality or multiple component carriers can be selected when the quality of the single quality is low. The anchor carrier reselection may also be triggered to manage the system as a whole. For fast moving user equipments, anchor carrier hopping pattern can be provided to increase robustness and reduce reselection signaling overhead. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177577 | CONTROL AND DATA CHANNEL RADIO RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - A base station transmits on a first control channel first scheduling information for a control message. First radio resources of the first control channel start from the first symbol of each subframe in a plurality of subframes. The base station transmits the control message configuring second radio resources of a second control channel. The second radio resources comprise resource blocks in a subset of subframes in the plurality of subframes. The control message indicates the subset of subframes and a starting symbol of the second control channel. The base station transmits second scheduling information on the second control channel. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177578 | Channel Configuration in a Wireless Network - A base station transmits a message comprising configuration parameters of first radio resources of a control channel. The first radio resources comprise one or more sets of resource blocks in a subset of subframes in a plurality of subframes. The base station transmits scheduling information on the control channel for a packet transmitted on an uplink data channel. The base station transmits a positive or negative acknowledgement on second radio resources of a feedback channel for the received packet. The second radio resources start from the first OFDM symbol of a second subframe. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177579 | Systems and Methods for Establishing a Telecommunications Bridge Between a User Device and a Node - Systems and methods for establishing a telecommunications bridge between a user device and a node are provided herein. In some embodiments a method for establishing a telecommunications bridge between a user device and a node includes receiving a request to establish a telecommunications bridge, the request including information indicative of a user device, and a campaign identifier corresponding to at least one node, comparing the campaign identifier to a campaign database, the campaign database including information indicative of campaign identifiers associated with at least one node, and establishing the telecommunications bridge between a user device and at least one node. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177580 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND FREQUENCY HOPPING METHOD - Disclosed are a wireless communication apparatus and frequency hopping method which minimize the change in the instantaneous power distribution characteristics of the time waveform of transmission signals when a plurality of channels are multiplexed by frequency division. At a terminal ( | 06-26-2014 |
20140177581 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR PRE-CODED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL REFERENCE SIGNAL AND BLIND DECODING - The invention proposes a method of and apparatus for a pre-coded physical downlink control channel reference signal and blind decoding. In a design of the reference signal, the demodulation reference signal is used for demodulating physical downlink control channel signaling, wherein the physical downlink control channel signaling is embedded in a physical downlink shared channel, an the demodulation reference signal is included in a control channel element. In a method for a user equipment to perform blind decoding, the user equipment obtains blind decoding indication information from a base station, the blind decoding indication information including an indication of a search space in which the user equipment performs the blind decoding, wherein the search space includes a control channel element of a traditional physical downlink control channel and further includes a control channel element of a pre-coded physical downlink control channel; and performs blind decoding for the number of searches indicated by the blind decoding indication information in the search space indicated by the blind decoding indication information, according to the blind decoding indication information. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177582 | METHOD FOR DETECTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for detecting a downlink control channel, a user equipment and a base station. The detection method comprises: a UE detecting a downlink control channel of the UE in a first search space and a second search space, the first search space and the second search space being resources for a base station to send downlink control channel information. In the present invention, the downlink control channel information is sent in two search spaces, thereby developing a new PDCCH resource, solving the problem of insufficient physical downlink control channel PDCCH resources due to the increased requirements for user access, and achieving the effect of increasing the system capacity and reducing the interference. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177583 | SERVER AND COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - Disclosed is a technique for reporting the IP address of a UE using a response message to a device trigger. A control message receiving unit receives, from a network, a control message generated based on a trigger request message transmitted from the predetermined communication device for requesting the transmission of the control message to a communication terminal. A determining unit determines whether to perform communication with the predetermined communication device using an IP packet. A connection management unit acquires an IP address allocated to an IP connection used in communication with the predetermined communication device when determining to perform the communication using the IP packet at the time of receiving the control message at the control message receiving unit. A response message transmitting unit transmits a response message to the control message to the network, where the response message includes the IP address acquired by the connection management unit. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177584 | TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station, a terminal, a communication system and a communication method are provided. The communication system comprises a base station | 06-26-2014 |
20140177585 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a device-to-device (D2D) data transmission method in a wireless access system supporting D2D communication and an apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a D2D data transmission method in a wireless access system which supports D2D communication and cellular communication can comprise: a step in which a first device, which performs D2D communication with a second device, transmits first data to the second device only through a physical channel using an uplink of the cellular communication; and a step in which the first device receives second data from the second device through the physical channel. | 06-26-2014 |
20140177586 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting channel quality control information in a wireless access system, which supports a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), by using two transmission blocks. The method, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: a terminal receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including downlink control information (DCI); calculating the number of encoding symbols required for transmitting the channel quality control information by using the DCI; and transmitting the channel quality control information through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the basis of the number of the encoding symbols. | 06-26-2014 |
20140185530 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A first user equipment (UE) and a second UE communicate with a network element (e.g., an eNB) over a carrier (e.g., an uplink or downlink cellular carrier). The first and second UEs also engage in D2D communication using resources of the carrier that have been allocated to them by the network entity. Using the allocated resources, the first and second UEs communicate using a subframe that has a first set of symbols in during which the first UE transmits, a second set of symbols during which the second UE transmits, and a guard interval between the first and second UEs. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185531 | Resilient Backhaul Network - A provider equipment having a backhaul resiliency module operable to determine multiple, alternative communication paths in a backhaul portion of a telecommunication network and then compare the different, alternative communication paths, based on their respective backhaul component reuse, to identify one or more resilient communication paths as options for a particular backhaul communication. The provider equipment can then select a preferred resilient communication path for either an uplink or a downlink of the backhaul network. Each of the alternative communication paths can correspond to a unique combination of Carrier Ethernet nodes and links that connect pairs of provider equipment devices located on opposing sides of a Carrier Ethernet, such as on a RAN side, an MSO side, or another Network side of the telecommunication network). | 07-03-2014 |
20140185532 | DOWNLINK AND UPLINK INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A MULTICELL NETWORK USING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND ORTHOGONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Interference mitigation in a multicell network uses interference cancellation and orthogonal resource allocation. A backhaul channel is used to share reference signals that may be used to cancel interference from neighboring cell downlink signals. Also, resource blocks assigned to a first user equipment in a first cell are orthogonal to the resource allocated to user equipment assigned to a second user equipment in a second cell that is in close proximity to the first user equipment. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185533 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTER OPTIMIZATION BASED ON ALLOCATED TRANSMISSION BAND - First and second inputs are received. The first input indicates a frequency offset of a frequency band allocated for signal transmission. The said allocated band is a subband of a total band available for transmission. The second input indicates a bandwidth of the allocated band. One or more filters of a transmitter of a communications system are controlled to operate cumulatively in a lowpass filtering mode, wherein the highest frequency in a pass band in the lowpass filtering mode is less than the highest frequency of the total band available for transmission. A signal is filtered using the filter(s). | 07-03-2014 |
20140185534 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST COMBINING ON AN LTE DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present technology provides for an LTE system comprising a UE which is configured to perform blind HARQ combining of PDCCH messages, and an eNB which is configured with a HARQ transmission mechanism for such PDCCH messages. The PDCCH messages may be uplink or downlink grant messages, for example. In some embodiments, up to 8 messages may be combined via HARQ. Such HARQ combining may facilitate realizing a practical coverage gain. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185535 | Methods and Arrangements for Adaptive Delay Control - Logic may comprise hardware and/or code to coordinate communications of wireless communications devices. Logic coordinate communications in an access point by implementing adaptive delays. Logic may determine a delay for stations awaking from a doze state during which the station should perform clear channel assessment prior to transmitting packets on a channel. Logic may collect information about devices and/or communications within a basic service set (BSS) such as the statistics of the received packets length in time, the type of stations in the network, and/or other information available. Based upon the information collected, the logic may determine a delay and transmit the delay to devices in the BSS. Logic may receive and update the delay in memory and then implement the delay after switching to an awake state from a doze state. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185536 | Network Provisioning - Systems and methods for provisioning and managing a network are disclosed. One method can comprise determining location information of one or more access points and selecting a routing device based upon the location information. Communication can be established between the one or more access points and the select routing device to define a mobility group comprising the one or more access points. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185537 | OBTAINING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS FOR CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING - Methods and apparatus of a NodeB or a user equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The NodeB transmits and the UE receives via a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). Control Channel Elements (CCEs) corresponding to a PDCCH candidate are obtained based on n | 07-03-2014 |
20140185538 | DEVICE, METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND DIGITAL STORAGE MEDIUM - A device, a method, a mobile station and a non-transitory computer-readable digital storage medium are provided. The device comprises a quadrant classification unit to classify a plurality of symbols in an input shared channel signal into a plurality of quadrants in a complex plane, an energy determination unit to determine a real part energy and an imaginary part energy for the plurality of symbols in each of the plurality of quadrants respectively, an energy summing unit to determine a real part energy sum E | 07-03-2014 |
20140185539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for scheduling in a wireless communication system. In the method, if frame configuration information is transmitted, the frame configuration information sets each sub-frame within a frame to either a default sub-frame or a variable sub-frame and transmits scheduling information which schedules the configured variable sub-frame; and if a signal based on the scheduling information from the configured variable sub-frame is transceived, the default sub-frame becomes a sub-frame for which the transmission direction is fixed, and the configured sub-frame is used as an uplink sub-frame or a downlink sub-frame according to the scheduling information. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185540 | ENB PDCCH IMPLEMENTATION TO AVOID AMBIGUOUS DCI INFORMATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines a first decoding candidate in a first search space and a second decoding candidate in a second search space, where the first decoding candidate and the second decoding candidate have a same size but different definitions of information fields, identifies a difference in the information fields, and determines one of the first decoding candidate and the second decoding candidate as a valid candidate based on the identified difference. The apparatus further generates first control information for transmitting in a first search space, codes the first control information, wherein the code applied to the first control information is specific to the first search space and different from code applied to second control information in a second search space, and transmits the coded first control information in the first search space. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185541 | ENB PDCCH IMPLEMENTATION TO AVOID AMBIGUOUS DCI INFORMATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines a first starting index for transmitting first control information in a first search space, determines a second starting index for transmitting second control information in a second search space, and transmits the second control information in the second search space at the second starting index when the first starting index and the second starting index are not the same value. The apparatus further transmits to a user equipment (UE) control information in a first search space, receives information from the UE corresponding to the transmitted control information, and decodes the received information based on the UE parsing the control information according to the first search space and based on the UE incorrectly parsing the control information according to a second search space. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185542 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL PARAMETERS DETERMINATION FOR A MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEM - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for providing downlink channel parameters determination for downlink channels associated with a multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) system are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185543 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - There are provided a method and apparatus in which user equipment transmits channel state information. The method includes reserving a plurality of configured Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resources through which channel state information can be transmitted, receiving a plurality of reference signals, generating channel state information by measuring each of the plurality of reference signals, and transmitting the channel state information about each of the plurality of reference signals through the plurality of PUCCH resources. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185544 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR ENHANCED PDCCH AREA - The present invention relates to a method for searching for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH), and devices supporting same. The method for searching for an E-PDCCH in a wireless access system, in one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: blind decoding a control channel area and searching for a legacy PDCCH; obtaining allocation location information of the E-PDCCH using one or more of initiation location information, completion location information, and size information on the allocation area of the legacy PDCCH; and searching for the E-PDCCH using the allocation location information of the E-PDCCH, wherein the E-PDCCH being allocated to a data channel area is more desirable than being allocated to the control channel area. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185545 | Method for Configuring a User Equipment - It is described a method for configuring a user equipment within a cell of a cellular network. The cell includes a base station, and the user equipment is served by the base station. Signals between the base station and the user equipment are transmittable using a communication channel, wherein the communication channel is divided into subframes. A part of the subframes being allocated to uplink transmission is unscheduled by the base station due to a predefined muting pattern. The method includes sending from the base station to the user equipment a signal including information about the muting pattern, and configuring the user equipment to transmit at unscheduled subframes based on the muting pattern. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is disclosed wherein a user equipment (UE) receives control information on a first channel and uses the control information to process a second channel. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185547 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - In general, according to one embodiment, there is provided a wireless communication apparatus used for asymmetrical communication, in which frame transmission at a first interval and frame transmission at a second interval longer than the first interval are performed. The apparatus includes a receiver, an interval controller, and a transmitter. The receiver receives a frame for which a flag requesting transmission of an acknowledgement is set. The interval controller changes the first interval to a third interval longer than the second interval in response to reception of the frame. The transmitter performs frame transmission at the third interval. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185548 | Method of Handling Cell Selection and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a cell selection for a communication device comprises performing the cell selection in a first one of a normal mode and a coverage enhancement mode, to select a cell; and camping on the cell in a second one of the normal mode and the coverage enhancement mode. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185549 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME, AND COMPUTER-READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM - Information on one or more networks in which a communication apparatus has participated before and information on one or more external apparatuses to which the communication apparatus has been connected before are held. Information on a first network previously formed by the communication device and information on a second network previously formed by an external access point are held such that the information on the first network and the information on the second network are identifiable. If it is judged that there is not a network corresponding to the held information on the second network, it is determined to use a network based on the held information on the first network. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185550 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SINGLE-TONE DEVICE DISCOVERY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of wireless communication devices and methods for device discovery is generally described herein. Some of these embodiments describe an apparatus having processing circuitry arranged to configure a single-tone discovery signal for transmission in a symbol in a transmission opportunity based on an assignment pattern. The assignment pattern may define frequency positions, for a set of transmission opportunities, at which the apparatus shall transmit discovery signals in the corresponding transmission opportunity. The apparatus may have physical layer circuitry arranged to transmit the single-tone discovery signal in the corresponding transmission opportunity. Other methods and apparatuses are also described. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185551 | TECHNIQUES FOR RATE SELECTION IN MILLIMETER-WAVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Disclosed is a device, a computer implemented method, and an apparatus for rate selection in a millimeter-wave communication system. The method includes performing antenna training on at least one antenna of the millimeter-wave communication system; conducting a rate search to select a modulation coding scheme (MCS) among a plurality of MCSs based upon an antenna configuration provided by the antenna training; engaging a rate lock on the selected MCS in response to determining that a reliable radio link has been found among the plurality of MCSs, wherein the selected MCS defines a constellation configuration and a code rate for transmitting millimeter-wave signals; and performing re-training of the antenna upon an event including any one of: failing to find a MCS which supports the reliable radio link, and determining a drop in reliability of the radio link. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185552 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN MULTIPLE RF SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of receiving data, the method carried in a user equipment (UE) configured to communicate with a first cell and a second cell, are provided. The method includes: receiving a first downlink data through a first downlink channel from the first cell, receiving a second downlink data through a second downlink channel from the second cell, and transmitting a data on a third channel, wherein the data transmitted on the third channel is related to a HARQ operation, and wherein the third channel is used to transmit the data related to the HARQ operation with respect to both the first data and the second data which have been received from the first and second cells, respectively. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185553 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC ACK/NACK REPETITION FOR ROBUST DOWNLINK MAC PDU TRANSMISSION IN LTE - A method and apparatus for dynamic acknowledgement repetition for a downlink medium access control packet data unit transmission ‘MAC PDU’ requiring multiple acknowledgements, the method having the steps of: receiving the downlink MAC PDU requiring multiple acknowledgements; and utilizing a differentiating factor and acknowledgement scheme, sending the multiple acknowledgements. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185554 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - To prevent a collision from occurring at the time of random access in cases such as handover, response to paging and the like where a mobile station apparatus performs random access in response to directions from a base station apparatus. In a mobile communication system in which a mobile station apparatus | 07-03-2014 |
20140185555 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION, CHANNEL SIGNAL FORMING METHOD, AND CHANNEL SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - A base station communicates with a terminal, for which an uplink component carrier and downlink component carriers are configured. The base station adjusts a payload size of control information, transmitted in a downlink control channel, based on a basic payload size, and maps the control information onto a search space in at least one of the downlink component carriers. The basic payload size of the control information mapped onto a search space in a primary downlink component carrier is based on a number of information bits obtained from a bandwidth of the primary downlink component carrier, and on a number of information bits obtained from a bandwidth of the uplink component carrier. The basic payload size of the control information mapped onto a search space in a non-primary downlink component carrier is based on a number of information bits obtained from a bandwidth of the non-primary downlink component carrier. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185556 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORT PROCESSES, CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS - An electronic device includes a first circuit ( | 07-03-2014 |
20140185557 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR PERFORMING NAV CONTROL ON NODE AND NODE - The present disclosure discloses a method, a device and a system for performing NAV control on a node and a node. The method includes: updating a local NAV value to a preset first value when it is determined that a preset first field of a monitored MAC frame carries a first identity, wherein the first value is less than a current local NAV value and the MAC frame of which the preset first field carriers the first identity is transmitted by a TXOP responder after receiving a last MAC frame transmitted by a TXOP holder. The method, device, system and node may enable a hidden station to enter a channel access competition state timely, thereby solving a problem of regional discrimination of a station. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185558 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A MONITORING OPERATION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a terminal providing a wireless communication service and to a method by which a base station and a terminal transmit and receive data in an evolved universal mobile telecommunications system evolved from universal mobile telecommunications system or a long term evolution system, and more particularly, to a method of controlling a monitoring operation of a physical downlink channel during a radio resource allocation procedure such that the radio resource allocation procedure can be performed with a minimum power usage by the terminal. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185559 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT OPERATION AND CAPABILITY SIGNALING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for enabling very high throughput (VHT) communications. A wireless transmit and receive unit (WTRU) may receive, from an access point (AP), a management frame comprising VHT capabilities information. The VHT capabilities information may comprise an indication of support for reception via non-contiguous channels. The WTRU may transmit, on a condition that reception via non-contiguous channels is supported, at least one data packet, to the AP, via multiple non-contiguous channels. The multiple non-contiguous channels may be used simultaneously. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185560 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for transmitting control information by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining a precoder to be applied to a resource and a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port, the resource being used to transmit the control information, and the DMRS port corresponding to the resource and being used to transmit a DMRS, precoding the resource and the DMRS port by using the determined precoder, and transmitting the control information and the DMRS to a user equipment. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185561 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RESPONSE SIGNAL SPREADING METHOD - A radio communication device capable of randomizing both inter-cell interference and intra-cell interference. In this device, a spreading section primarily spreads a response signal in a ZAC sequence set by a control unit. A spreading section secondarily spreads the primarily spread response signal in a block-wise spreading code sequence set by the control unit. The control unit controls the cyclic shift amount of the ZAC sequence used for the primary spreading in the spreading section and the block-wise spreading code sequence used for the secondary spreading in the spreading section according to a set hopping pattern. The hopping pattern set by the control unit is made up of two hierarchies. An LB-based hopping pattern different for each cell is defined in the first hierarchy in order to randomize the inter-cell interference. A hopping pattern different for each mobile station is defined in the second hierarchy to randomize the intra-cell interference. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185562 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION - A CCE+ number allocation method reduces the ACK/NACK (Acknowledgment/Negative Acknowledgment) collision probability in a mixed system containing an LTE (Long Term Evolution) system and an LTE+ (Long Term Evolution Advanced) system. A CCE (Control Channel Element)+ number is defined by selecting a number from CCE numbers of the CCE to contain PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) allocated in a resource element region constituting CCE+ where PDCCH+ is arranged. This can prevent overlapped selection of the CCE number and the CCE+ number even when the PDCCH and the PDCCH+ are simultaneously transmitted, thus making it possible to reduce the collision probability of ACK/NACK correlated to the CCE number and the CCE+ number. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185563 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving control information in a digital broadcasting/communication system. The method includes receiving signaling information having a fixed number of bits in a coded block of a received frame; and decoding signaling information having a variable number of bits in at least one coded block of the received frame, using the signaling information having the fixed number of bits. The signaling information having the fixed number of bits includes information about a number of Radio Frequency (RF) channels, and the signaling information having the variable number of bits includes information representing a frequency for each of the RF channels, respectively. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185564 | METHOD FOR SDMA TRANSMISSION IN MULTICARRIER MU MIMO SYSTEM AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for scheduling a SDMA user group in an MU MIMO system and a base station. The method comprise the following steps: calculating, according to channel state information, a projection matrix of a channel matrix of each user in a user group on a joint channel matrix of other users in the same user group, where the user group is selected from a plurality of users; calculating a capacity metric of the user group according to the projection matrixes; and selecting an optimal user group according to the metrics of a plurality of user groups. The present invention effectively eliminates the MUI on terminal users at the transmitter side, and reduces the computational complexity. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185565 | SCHEDULING ALLOCATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN COORDINATED MULTIPLE POINTS SYSTEM - A scheduling allocation method that includes: receiving demanded resource parameters and available resource parameters transmitted by a plurality of cell base stations or transmission points, each of the demanded resource parameters reflecting a service load of each cell base station or transmission point, and each of the available resource parameters reflecting status of available resources of each cell base station or transmission point; sorting priorities of the plurality of cell base stations or transmission points according to the received demanded resource parameters and available resource parameters; and determining scheduling modes of the plurality of cell base stations or transmission points according to the sorted priorities. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185566 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING OF ABSOLUTE POWER GRANT VALUES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for adjusting power grants in wireless communications. Multiple power grant tables are stored and one or more tables are designated during communication. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185567 | Link Establishment In A Wireless Communication Environment - A mechanism facilitates the establishment of connections between a wireless communication terminal belonging to a short-range wireless network and an external wireless communication device not belonging to the short-range wireless network. Virtual carrier sensing is employed to protect a connection between the wireless communication terminal and the external wireless communication device. When the connection is to be established, the wireless communication terminal sends a protection frame indicating to other members of the network that the common medium is reserved, thus protecting the link to the external wireless communication device. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185568 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving control channels using a resource allocation scheme applicable regardless of reference signal transmission or whether the reference signal is transmitted in distributed transmission mode or localized transmission mode are provided. The control channel transmission method includes mapping a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) to Resource Elements (REs) of a Resource Block (RB) for transmitting a control channel, mapping the control channel to the REs numbered with numbers of predetermined number of Resource Element Groups (REGs) in a frequency-first ascending order cyclically, with the exception of the REs to which the DMRS is mapped, and transmitting the DMRS and the control channel. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185569 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND CIRCUIT DEVICE - A mobile station apparatus, that communicates with a base station apparatus, includes a reception unit that receives a physical downlink shared channel and information indicating radio resources for transmission of a physical uplink shared channel associated with contention based procedure and a transmission unit that transmits Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) information in response to the physical downlink shared channel and the physical uplink shared channel. The transmission unit also transmits, in case that transmissions of the HARQ information and the physical uplink shared channel happen in a single subframe, either both of the HARQ information and the physical uplink shared channel or the physical uplink shared channel without the HARQ information in the single subframe on the basis of a configuration. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185570 | ALTERNATE CHANNEL FOR CARRYING SELECTED MESSAGE TYPES - A method is implemented by a subscriber unit in a wireless communication for establishing a network session. The subscriber unit encodes an acknowledgment message for transmission on a shared reverse link channel to a base station. Acknowledgment information associated with a received session tag at the subscriber unit to the base station is transmitted over the shared reverse link channel, on a condition that the session tag is received from a network server via the base station on a forward link channel and identified by the subscriber unit. The acknowledgment is transmitted on a reverse traffic channel on a condition that the session ID tag is not identified by the subscriber unit. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185571 | Multi-Carrier Grant Design - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate assigning resources for an anchor carrier and an additional carrier with a grant message. The grant message communicated with an anchor carrier can include resource information a plurality of carriers. Moreover, the systems and methodologies that facilitate identifying control information for an anchor carrier and/or an additional carrier based upon an operating mode, wherein the operating mode is a legacy mode or an extended mode. Based on the operating mode, particular resources associated with control regions are monitored for control information for respective anchor carrier(s) or additional carrier(s). | 07-03-2014 |
20140185572 | Carrier Grouping in Multicarrier Communications - A wireless device receives messages comprising parameters of carriers and carrier groups. Downlink transmissions on a first carrier and at least one second carrier are substantially time aligned with each other. The wireless device receives time alignment commands comprising a time adjustment value and an index identifying a carrier group. Uplink transmissions on a first carrier group and a second carrier group employ different synchronization signals on different carriers as timing reference and are adjusted in response to different time alignment commands. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185573 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal by a base station in a multi-cell cooperative communication environment. The method for transmitting the reference signal according to the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting cell ID information of a second cell to a terminal which uses a first cell as a serving cell; generating reference signal sequences in the first cell and the second cell on the basis of the same cell ID; and performing resource element mapping on each of the generated reference signals, generating signals, and transmitting the signals to the terminal, wherein the same cell ID used in generating the reference signal sequences is a cell ID of the first cell or a cell ID of the second cell. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185574 | METHOD FOR ENABLING RADIOELECTRIC COEXISTENCE BETWEEN TWO PMR DEVICES OF WHICH ONE IS A NARROWBAND TYPE AND THE OTHER IS A BROADBAND TYPE - The present invention relates to a method for enabling radioelectric coexistence between two devices based on personal mobile radio or PMR technology, of which one is a narrow band device and the other is a broadband device, and each device interacts via a radioelectric link with respective base stations connected to a control unit for the radio resource of their respective networks, characterized in that it comprises the following steps:
| 07-03-2014 |
20140185575 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD TO COMMUNICATE USER DATA WITHIN AN UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A mobile communications terminal for communicating data to/from one or more base stations of a mobile communications network, the one or more base stations being arranged to provide a radio interface to communicate with mobile communications terminals. The mobile communications terminal being arranged to communicate with the one or more base stations via the radio interface, the communicating including using an uplink random access channel of the radio interface to transmit random access messages to the one or more base stations and communicating user data via the uplink random access channel by transmitting one or more of the random access messages at a selected timing within the uplink random access channel, the timing being selected by the first mobile communications terminal to represent at least part of the user data. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185576 | PDSCH ASSIGNMENT INDICATION FOR FDD SCELL ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION - A pico network node sends to a UE an allocation of physical downlink shared channel PDSCH subframes on the SCell. The allocation has control signaling indicating a number of the allocated PDSCH subframes that lie within a multiplexing window. The pico network node sends to the UE data on each of the allocated downlink subframes. The UE is also configured for a PCell with a macro network node not co-located with the pico. The UE determines from control signaling the number of PDSCH subframes that are allocated; and checks the determined number against PDSCH subframes it's received, to detect whether any allocated PDSCH subframe is missed. In an embodiment the control signaling is two bits per allocated downlink subframe as an assignment indication. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185577 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION USING EXTENSION CONTROL INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for allocating resources for uplink control information using extension control information. A method of allocating resources for uplink control information using extension control information, according to an embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: generating extension control information in a data area and transmitting the generated extension control information to a user terminal; and receiving, from the user terminal, uplink control information allocated to a wireless resource area derived from the received extension control information, wherein the wireless resource area derived from the received extension control information does not overlap with a wireless resource area derived from control information in a control area. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185578 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/OBTAINING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method of obtaining control information through an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method includes performing blind decoding on a common searching space in a set of first resource blocks on a subframe; and performing blind decoding on a terminal-specific searching space in a set of second resource blocks on the subframe, wherein a first start orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of an E-PDCCH resource region including the common searching space in the set of first resource blocks and a second start OFDM symbol of an E-PDCCH resource region including the terminal-specific searching space in the set of second resource blocks are set individually. | 07-03-2014 |
20140185579 | RATE-LESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING PROTOCOL CODING - A communication system having two communication units configured for wireless communication and a method for wireless communication. Each of the communication units includes a communication controller using at least two communication protocols: a first protocol for communicating having a first error rate threshold and a fixed data rate, and a second protocol for communicating having a second error rate threshold being higher than the first error rate threshold and a non-fixed data rate. The communication controller switches between the first protocol and the second protocol. | 07-03-2014 |
20140192724 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTENTION ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Method, apparatus, and computer program product example embodiments enable contention for access to a wireless communications medium. In example embodiments, a method comprises initiating a channel access procedure by an apparatus; performing, by the apparatus, in response to the channel access procedure initiation, a random draw for permission to start contention with other member apparatuses of a group in which the apparatus belongs, the random draw being based on how many member apparatuses of the group are expected to compete for the wireless communications medium; and starting, by the apparatus, contention for access to the wireless communications medium, if the apparatus wins the random draw. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192725 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EMPHASIZING FREQUENCY BLOCKS CONTAINING PRIORITY DATA - A method is performed in an electronic device for emphasizing frequency blocks containing priority data. The method includes: determining to communicate data in a plurality of allocated frequency blocks; identifying a first subset of the plurality of allocated frequency blocks that contain data having a higher priority than data in a second subset of the plurality of allocated frequency blocks; and emphasizing, during data communication, the first subset of the plurality of allocated frequency blocks, which contain the data having the higher priority, over the second subset of the plurality of allocated frequency blocks. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192726 | SCANNING OF CHANNELS BASED ON CHANNEL AVAILABILITY INFORMATION - A user device comprising a communication interface; one or more memories to store instructions; and one or more processors to execute the instructions to receive channel-availability information that indicates one or more channels supported by and available to the user device; store the channel-availability information; scan one or more channels indicated in the channel-availability information; and connect to a network using one of the one or more channels. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192727 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a user equipment for adjusting signals transmitted in uplink to a network node based on a feedback value received from the network node. The method includes transmitting a signal, to be received by the network node. A feedback signal is received from the network node, providing feedback on the transmitted signal. A value of a time delay of the received feedback signal is obtained. Signals transmitted in the uplink are adjusted according to the received feedback signal to compensate for the obtained time delay value of the received feedback signal. Related methods and arrangements in a network node are presented. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192728 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program for Terminating Mobile Station Receipt of Multimedia Broadcast/Multimedia Service (MBMS) Service Bearer - In one non-limiting aspect thereof the exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a method, a computer program product and a mobile station operable in accordance therewith to originate a request at the mobile station to terminate reception of a Multimedia Broadcast/Multimedia Service radio bearer; and to transmit the request to a wireless network that is the source of the Multimedia Broadcast/Multimedia Service radio bearer. In another non-limiting aspect thereof the exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a method, a computer program product and a wireless network node operable in accordance therewith to receive a request from a mobile station to terminate reception of a Multimedia Broadcast/Multimedia Service radio bearer and, in response, to send the mobile station a PACKET TBF RELEASE message that includes an identification of the mobile station and a TBF_RELEASE_CAUSE value defined as Stop Receiving MBMS Radio Bearer. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192729 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for transceiving reference signals in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation and a terminal therefor. Specifically, the method comprising the steps of: generating a beacon reference signal for estimating an uplink channel using an uplink reference signal; inserting the generated beacon reference signal into the last symbol of a subframe in an uplink frequency region; and transmitting the inserted beacon reference signal to a base station using a subframe that is equivalent to a demodulation reference signal. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192730 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for transmitting and receiving control information. The method for transmitting control information according to the present invention, in a mobile communication system in which a control channel region and a data channel region are separated from each other, comprises the steps of: determining a control channel resource for transmitting control information by means of the data channel region; and transmitting the control information using the determined control channel resource. According to the present invention, a capacity for control information, which increases for multiple user multiple-input multiple-out (MIMOs) in a heterogeneous network environment, for heterogeneous network interference control using carrier aggregation, for frequent use of a multicast-broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe, and for a CoMP transmission control, may be satisfied. Further, an adaptive resource allocation based on a requested capacity for control information may be enabled, and the efficient utilization of resources may also be enabled. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192731 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING A RANGING CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND BASE STATION FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method for allocating a ranging channel in a wireless communication system that supports machine to machine communication, and to a base station for same. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting a message including a dedicated connection identifier (CID) dedicatedly allocated to a device that supports machine to machine communication; allocating a dedicated ranging area for transmission of a ranging request message to the device that supports machine to machine communication; and transmitting an uplink map (UL-MAP) message including information on the dedicated CID and the dedicated ranging area to the device that supports machine to machine communication. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192732 | IDENTIFYING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEMES AND CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATORS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communications. The use of at least two channel quality indicator (CQI) tables is supported. One of the at least two CQI table is identified. The identified CQI table is used to generate a CQI value for a wireless channel. In addition, the use of at least two modulation and coding scheme (MCS) tables is supported. A transmission is received via a wireless channel. One of the at least two MCS tables is identified to use for the received transmission. Further, a transport block size (TBS) table is identified that is mapped from the identified MCS table. The identified TBS table is used to determine a size of the received transmission. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192733 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDING CONTROL SIGNALLING IN AN LTE NETWORK - A method for a wireless network node to support an extended control signaling is provided. The method comprises configuring a control signaling message over extended control symbols on a layer 1 (L1) downlink control channel, the control signaling message encoded over an increased aggregation of control channel elements (CCEs) in a time domain; placing the controlling signaling message in a designated set of subframes on the L1 downlink control channel; indicating a support for the extended control signaling to one or more UEs; indicating to the one or more UEs a position of the designated set of the subframes in a spare field of the Master Information Block (MIB); and transmitting the control signaling message to the one or more UEs over the L1 downlink control channel. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192734 | METHODS TO SUPPORT INTER-ENODEB COMP - A method of executing inter-eNB CoMP JT between a CoMP UE and multiple CoMP eNBs is disclosed. A first CoMP eNB constructs a first set of dynamic control information (DCI). The first set of DCI is independently constructed by the first CoMP eNB. The first CoMP eNB transmits the first set of DCI to the CoMP UE. The first set of DCI includes independent DL assignments allowing the first CoMP eNB to perform independent scheduling of a PDSCH associated with the first CoMP eNB. A second CoMP eNB constructs a second set of DCI. The second set of DCI is independently constructed by the second CoMP eNB. Furthermore, the second CoMP eNB transmits the second set of DCI to the CoMP UE. The second set of DCI includes independent DL assignments allowing the second CoMP eNB to perform independent scheduling of a PDSCH associated with the second CoMP eNB. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192735 | ALLOCATION OF DEVICE ID IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A method of assigning a device ID of a device-to-device network to a mobile station includes: selecting a subset from a set of parameters from which the device ID is determined, each parameter in the set having a number of bits for complete representation, the subset comprising a number N | 07-10-2014 |
20140192736 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING CONFIGURATION INFORMATION AT USER EQUIPMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring configuration information with a user equipment in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes determining, upon receipt of a Physical Uplink Control Channel/Sounding Reference Signal (PUCCH/SRS) release request from a lower layer, whether configuration information required for a transmission mode supporting Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP) has been configured, and if the configuration information has been configured, reconfiguring a setting state of the configuration information. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192737 | Proximity Detection for Mobile Communication Devices Using Geo-Fencing - Systems and methods are provided for using geo-fencing techniques to assist in detecting mobile communication devices that are close enough to support direct communication. A mobile communication device can periodically report its geo-fence area to a central server. The server can determine whether to ask the communication device to report more precise geographic information (e.g., GPS information) based on whether another communication device eligible for direct communication is within the same geo-fence area. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192738 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSIONS/RECEPTIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus provide a user equipment (UE) configured to communicate with a plurality of carrier aggregation (CA) groups with at least a first CA group (CG1) and a second CA group (CG2). The UE includes processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to determine whether the UE is power-limited. The UE is scheduled to transmit acknowledged information in a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) to a cell of the CG1 and uplink control information (UCI), other than the acknowledgement information, in a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to a cell of the CG2. The processing circuitry is also configured to, responsive to the UE being power-limited, prioritize the PUSCH for power allocation. The processing circuitry is also configured to transmit the PUSCH to the cell of the CG1. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192739 | Method of Handling Proximity Service in Wireless Communication System - A method of handling proximity service (ProSe) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting, by a mobile device of the wireless communication system, a request message to one of the plurality Mobility Management Entities (MMEs) of the wireless communication system, for requesting a proximity service (ProSe) service; and indicating, by the one of the plurality of MMEs, to the mobile device a ProSe capability of a system network of the wireless communication system in an accept message. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192740 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Dual-connectivity for the User Equipment (UE) in a cellular network is performed by monitoring a plurality of cells. During dual-connectivity, the UE may be simultaneously connected to one serving cell for the Control Plane (C-plane) and to another serving cell, controlled by a different eNodeB, for the User Plane (U-plane). In another embodiment, the dual-connected UE monitors a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) from the first eNB and monitors an EPDCCH from the second eNB. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating a message including an indicator indicating whether a connection to perform Automatic Repeat reQuest reset is a downlink connection or an uplink connection and transmitting the message. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192742 | ACCESS POINT AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING WITH STATIONS INACCORDANCE WITH A MULTIPLE-ACCESS TECHNIQUE - According to various embodiments, a computer-implemented method is disclosed that allows an AP to efficiently poll various information from STAs belonging to a SDMA group. Each STA may transmit uplink frames using uplink SDMA mechanism. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192743 | Systems and Methods for Updating Provisioning Information Provided by a Client - Systems and methods for updating provisioning information provided by a client to a network. Provisioning information may be updated in the network using provisioning information provided by the client and vice versa. One criteria for updating provisioning information includes determining which provisioning information is the most recent. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COORDINATED MULTI-NODE TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for coordinated multi-node transmission The method includes: acquiring, by a user equipment, channel state indicator information of each coordinating node; feeding back, by the user equipment, all information or a part of information in the acquired channel state indicator information to a base station, so that each coordinating node performs, according to the channel state indicator information that has been fed back, scheduling on the user equipment and/or one or more other user equipments served by each coordinating node; and if the user equipment is scheduled, receiving, by the user equipment, scheduling result notification information sent by the base station, and receiving, by the user equipment according to the scheduling result notification information, data transmitted by a base station that corresponds to a coordinating node serving the user equipment. The present invention is applicable to a radio communications system. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192745 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SPECTRUM AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and a device for spectrum aggregation. The method for spectrum aggregation includes: combining a first channel bandwidth (CBW) and a second CBW to form an aggregated CBW, where the aggregated CBW includes a first bandwidth portion formed by the first CBW and a second bandwidth portion formed by the second CBW; and sending data to a receiving end on the aggregated CBW. According to embodiments of the present invention, the flexible spectrum aggregation can be achieved, and the spectrum resources can be fully utilized. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192746 | SMS TRANSPORT RESOURCE CONTROL - The invention provides for a method of controlling release of SMS transport resources between User Equipment and a MME of a communications network, wherein the release is permitted subsequent to a Control Protocol Acknowledge signal at a Mobile Switching Centre of the network, and in particular a method wherein the release is initiated by the MME responsive to receipt of a release signal, and further provides for a SGs Interface, and MME arranged to be employed with such a control method. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192747 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SIGNALING AND PROCEDURE TO SUPPORT UPLINK POWER LEVEL DETERMINATION - Method and apparatus are disclosed for determining a physical uplink power level for transmissions on a physical uplink channel. In one embodiment, a random access channel (RACH) uplink message is transmitted. The RACH uplink message includes a RACH message power level and/or a downlink pathloss figure. A downlink message including a power offset value is received. The physical uplink power level is set for transmissions on the physical uplink channel based on the power offset value. In another embodiment, a RACH uplink message is transmitted and a downlink message including a relative power offset value is received. The physical uplink power level for transmissions on the physical uplink channel is then set based on the relative power off set value. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192748 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting or receiving control information in a wireless communication system is discussed. The method in one embodiment includes transmitting indication information including an MBMS related identifier to at least one user equipment; and transmitting control information which has been changed to the at least one user equipment after the transmission of the indication information, wherein the control information is transmitted via a multicast control channel (MCCH) and a multicast channel (MCH). | 07-10-2014 |
20140192749 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ - A method of supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) includes receiving an initial uplink grant on a downlink channel, transmitting uplink data on an uplink channel using the initial uplink grant, receiving a request for retransmission of the uplink data, determining at least one transmission parameter of a channel quality indicator (CQI) from the initial uplink grant, multiplexing retransmission data of the uplink data with the CQI, and transmitting the multiplexed data on the uplink channel. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a multi-antenna system. A terminal generates a plurality of reference signal sequences to which cyclic shift values different from each other are allocated, generates an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol to which the plurality of reference signal sequences are mapped, and transmits the OFDM symbol to a base station through a plurality of antennas. The respective cyclic shift values allocated to the respective reference signal sequences are determined on the basis of a parameter n indicated by a cyclic shift field transmitted from a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 07-10-2014 |
20140192751 | CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES IN MOBILE RADIO SYSTEMSWITH DUAL TRANSFER MODE - A method includes receiving, at a device, an indication corresponding to available transmission resources of a client device for establishing a first connection between the client device and a network, determining, at the device, allowable transmission resources for the first connection based at least partially on a difference between the indication corresponding to the available transmission resources of the client device and resources to be used by the client device for a second connection between the client device and the network, wherein determining the allowable transmission resources occurs before the second connection is requested, and providing, from the device, a response indicating the allowable transmission resources for the first connection before the second connection is requested. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192752 | CONTENTION MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS - A system includes an access point and one or more remotes. The access point is configured for receiving signals, and for transmitting signals comprising contention frames, contention grants, and data frames. The one or more remotes include a first remote configured for receiving signals, and configured for transmitting signals comprising contention requests and data frames. The first remote is configured for transmitting one of the contention requests within a selected period of time after receiving one of the contention frames from the access point. The access point is configured for transmitting one of the contention grants to the first remote after receiving one of the contention requests from the first remote. The first remote is configured for transmitting one of the data frames within a selected period of time after receiving one of the contention grants from the access point. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to various methods for allocating and transmitting an enhanced physical downlink control channel, and apparatuses for supporting same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) in a wireless access system can comprise the steps of: receiving an E-PDCCH indication signal comprising information on the existence of an E-PDCCH signal and resource allocation information, which shows a resource region from which the E-PDCCH is transmitted; and receiving the E-PDCCH signal from the resource region that is shown by the resource allocation information, wherein the E-PDCCH indication signal can be transmitted from a legacy PDCCH region. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192754 | CLIENT INTERFACE SCRIPT BASED USER COMMUNICATION IN A MOBILE NETWORK - In a mobile network comprising a gateway for establishing a packet data connection with a user equipment, user communication is implemented on the basis of a client interface script to be executed in a browser application of the user equipment. For this purpose, the gateway receives data destined to the browser application of the user equipment. The gateway modifies the received data to provide the user equipment with the client interface script, e.g., by including an identifier of the client interface script in to the data. The gateway sends the modified data to the user equipment, thereby enabling the browser application of the user equipment to execute the client interface script. Execution of the client interface script in the browser application may for example implement a user dialogue for customizing functions of the mobile network. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192755 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION BY A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present application discloses a method for transmitting, by a base station, downlink control information to a terminal in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: allocating, to a transmission resource, the downlink control information for the terminal; and transmitting, to the terminal, the downlink control information using the transmission resource. the downlink control information for the terminal comprises: a downlink grant; and an uplink grant, wherein the downlink grant is allocated to one of first and second slots of a subframe of the transmission resource, and the uplink grant is allocated to at least one of first and second slots of a subframe of the transmission resource. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192756 | REFERENCE SIGNAL GENERATION TECHNIQUE - A technique for generating a reference signal for use in a communication system in which for reference signal generation multiple base sequences are defined is presented. A method implementation of the technique comprises generating a first reference signal sequence from a first base sequence and a second reference signal sequence from a second base sequence. A reference signal is generated that comprises the first reference signal sequence and the second reference signal sequence. The first reference signal sequence occupies a first spectral fragment of the reference signal, and the second reference signal sequence occupies a second spectral fragment of the reference signal. The second spectral fragment and the first spectral fragment do not overlap. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192757 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and device for acquiring a PUCCH (physical uplink control channel) resource index in a wireless communication system. A terminal acquires a PUCCH resource index indicating a dynamic PUCCH region corresponding to an e-PDCCH (enhanced physical downlink control channel). The PUCCH resource index is acquired based on the smallest CCE (control channel element) index wherein the e-PDCCH is allocated, and a first dynamic PUCCH region corresponding to the e-PDCCH is not overlapped with the dynamic PUCCH region corresponding to PDCCH. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192758 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to use frequency resources effectively, even in the situation where a plurality of mobile terminal apparatuses of varying capabilities coexist. A communication system, in which a mobile terminal apparatus ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140192759 | METHOD OF INDICATING A CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, BASE STATION FOR THE SAME AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - Disclosed are a method of transmitting a control channel in a wireless access system and a base station for the same. In transmitting a control channel of a 1st base station in a wireless communication system, the present invention includes receiving E-PDCCH (enhanced-physical downlink control channel) including a downlink scheduling information in a data region from a 2nd base station, assigning E-PDCCH including a downlink scheduling information of the 1st base station to the data region based on the downlink scheduling information received from the 2nd base station, and transmitting the downlink scheduling information of the 1st base station to the 2nd base station. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192760 | Backward Compatibility of PUCCH Formats - The invention relates to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: configure data symbols for being conveyed by using a first signaling format and a second signaling format, and configure reference signal symbols for being conveyed by using the first signaling format and the second signaling format for obtaining payload extension for uplink control information on a physical uplink control channel, wherein the first signaling format is an extended payload format and the second signaling format is a legacy format, and a bandwidth of the extended payload format is larger than that of the legacy format, and the first signaling format and the second signaling format utilize at least partly same frequency and code domain resources. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192761 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce the space to install antennas and still increase the system capacity despite the state of the distribution of user terminals in cells. According to the radio communication method of the present invention, a radio base station apparatus selects precoding vectors from a codebook that is set in advance to be uneven with respect to the direction of the arrangement of antenna elements, based on communication quality information of the user terminals in the cell, multiplies signals to supply to each antenna element by the selected precoding vectors, and transmits the signals multiplied by the precoding vectors to the user terminals, and the user terminal receives a signal from the radio base station apparatus, extracts a reference signal from the received signal and measures channel quality; and feeds back a communication quality feedback signal, including the measured channel quality, to the radio base station apparatus, via the uplink. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192762 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR CHANNEL MEASUREMENT AND FEEDBACK OF MULTI-DIMENSIONAL ANTENNA ARRAY - Embodiments of the present invention generally relate to methods and apparatuses for the channel measurement and feedback of a multi-dimensional antenna array. Specifically, according to embodiments of the present invention, the primary inventive idea is to allow a base station equipped with a multi-dimensional antenna array to configure more than one class of CSI-RS, wherein each class of CSI-RS is for use in a channel measurement at the UE for a different dimension of the multi-dimensional antenna array. The base station then transmits the generated configuration information to the UE so that the UE may perform channel measurement specific to different dimensions, for example, by selecting different codebooks for the channel measurement for different dimensions. In this way, it is possible to increase the channel measurement precision of the multi-dimensional antenna array, reduce the measurement feedback overhead and improve the system performance. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192763 | COLLISION RESOLUTION FOR PUCCH SCHEDULING REQUESTS - Collision mitigation for scheduling requests, SRs, on the physical uplink control channel, PUCCH, in Long Term Evolution, LTE, radiocommunication systems is described. Various types of SR collision mitigation information can be transmitted from a base station eNodeB ( | 07-10-2014 |
20140192764 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD TO COMMUNICATE USER DATA WITHIN AN UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A mobile communications system for communicating data to/from mobile communications terminals, the system including: one or more base stations configured to provide a radio interface to communicate data with mobile communications terminals; and one or more mobile communications terminals configured to communicate data with the one or more base stations via the radio interface, and wherein a mobile communication terminal is arranged to use an uplink random access channel to transmit random access messages to the one or more base stations. A first mobile communications terminal is configured to communicate user data via the uplink random access channel by transmitting one or more of the random access messages at a selected timing within the uplink random access channel, the timing being selected by the first mobile communications terminal to represent at least part of the user data. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192765 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - Provided are a communication device, a communication method, and a recording medium that can reduce concentration of a load on one of wireless channels. A communication device that uses wireless channels includes: acceptance means for accepting, from a different communication device and through one of the wireless channels, channel information that indicates wireless channels that can be used by the different communication device; control means for selecting, as a wireless forwarding channel for first information, a wireless channel, which is different from a wireless transmission channel for transmitting the first information, from among the wireless channels that are indicated by the channel information, and for adding second information indicating the wireless forwarding channel to the first information; and transmission means for transmitting the first information provided with the second information by using the wireless transmission channel. | 07-10-2014 |
20140192766 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication apparatus for performing wireless communication between wireless devices via a wireless communication network, wherein the wireless communication apparatus comprises: a packet processor for generating a first packet including first control information and discrimination information for discriminating between the first control information for connecting to the wireless communication network a set wireless device, which is a wireless device for which the setting of instrument information required for accessing the wireless communication network has been performed, and second control information for connecting to the wireless communication network a setting-required wireless device, which is a wireless device for which there is a need to set instrument information, and a second packet including the discrimination information and the second control information; and a wireless communication unit for transmitting the first packet and the second packet generated by the packet processor to the wireless communication network. | 07-10-2014 |
20140198730 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - An evolved Node B (eNB) for sending feedback information is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines configuration parameters related to an Enhanced Physical Hybrid-Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) Indicator Channel (EPHICH). The eNB also sends a configuration signal based on the configuration parameters. The eNB additionally receives data in a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The eNB further sends Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information based on the configuration parameters. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198731 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - An evolved Node B (eNB) for sending feedback information is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines configuration parameters related to an Enhanced Physical Hybrid-Automatic Repeat reQuest (ARQ) Indicator Channel (EPHICH). The eNB also sends an uplink grant and an associated EPHICH resource indicator based on the configuration parameters. The eNB additionally receives data in a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). The eNB further sends Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information based on the configuration parameters. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198732 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING INFORMATION - A communication device is described including a transceiver configured to establish a communication channel via a first radio cell and receive idle mode information of a second radio cell via the communication channel. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198733 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DYNAMICALLY CONFIGURING A FLEXIBLE SUBFRAME - A user equipment (UE) for dynamically configuring a flexible subframe is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines that a subframe is a flexible subframe. The UE determines whether a downlink is indicated for the flexible subframe. The UE sets the flexible subframe as a downlink subframe if a downlink is indicated. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198734 | DEVICES FOR ESTABLISHING MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS - A method by a User Equipment (UE) is described. The method includes establishing a first radio interface between the UE and a first point on an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN). The method also includes establishing a second radio interface between the UE and a second point on the E-UTRAN by using the first radio interface. The method further includes mapping data radio bearers (DRBs) to at least one of the first radio interface and the second radio interface. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198735 | Apparatus and Method for a Communication System - Apparatus and method for communication are provided. The solution includes controlling the communication of a transceiver on shared data channels using a data channel slot including a sensing period and a data period and controlling a transceiver to communicate on common and dedicated control channels on a shared spectrum using control channel slots, each control channel slot including a downlink part and an uplink part, wherein the uplink part occurs at the same time as the sensing period of a data channel slot. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198736 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING INFORMATION RELATING TO SCHEDULING REQUEST PERFORMANCE - Methods, systems, and devices for managing wireless communications are described. In one embodiment, information relating to a scheduling request performance of a first set of one or more user equipments (UEs) may be compiled, and at least a subset of the information may be transmitted to trigger an identification of an adjustment of an uplink power control setting of a second set of one or more UEs. In another embodiment, information to trigger an identification of an adjustment of an uplink power control setting for transmitting scheduling requests may be received from each of a first plurality of UEs. The information may be analyzed, and a power adjustment may be identified for the uplink power control setting for at least one of a second plurality of UEs. The identified power adjustment may then be transmitted to the at least one of the second plurality of UEs. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198737 | OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for compressing resources used for transmitting acknowledgment signals from User Equipments (UEs). An acknowledgment signal is in response to detections from a UE of one or more Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs) in respective one or more Transmission Time Interval (TTIs) within M TTIs. Each PDCCH is transmitted over Control Channel Elements (CCEs). Resources account for both CCEs in a same TTI and for TTIs within the M TTIs. A Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgment Resource Offset (HRO) field in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format is used to compress resources in both CCE and TTI domains. For the first TTI of the M TTIs, all HRO values compress resources in the CCE domain while for all remaining TTIs, half HRO values compress resources in the CCE domain and half HRO values compress resources in the TTI domain. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198738 | TECHNIQUES TO MANAGE PAGING CYCLES FOR MACHINE-TO-MACHINE DEVICES - Techniques to control paging cycles for machine-to-machine (M2M) devices are described. An apparatus may comprise a processor circuit, a connection manager component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to establish a wireless connection with a device, and a paging component arranged for execution by the processor circuit to select a paging class for the device from among multiple paging classes, each paging class associated with a different paging cycle and paging class parameter, with at least one of the multiple paging classes comprising a M2M paging class associated with a M2M paging cycle and a M2M paging class parameter. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198739 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Embodiments may comprise physical layer logic to implement a new, short acknowledgement. Embodiments may store the short acknowledgement on a machine-accessible medium. Some embodiments may determine and transmit a communication with the short acknowledgement. Further embodiments may receive and detect communications with the short acknowledgement. The short acknowledgement may reduce power consumption and reduce on-the-air time. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198740 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RESOURCES IN A CORE NETWORK - A base station apparatus determines, in accordance with at least one of a communication frequency of a mobile station apparatus, a congestion state of a core network that connects a radio access network and a public network, a number of users being located in a cell of the base station apparatus, and a radio state, a hold period for which a core network resource is to be held, where the core network resource is used for setting a bearer in the core network for the mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus transmits information indicating the determined hold period to a gateway apparatus in the core network, thereby causing the gateway apparatus to release the core network resource after a period corresponding to the hold period has elapsed. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198741 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING MEDIUM ACCESS PARAMETERS FOR EACH COMMUNICATION SESSION - Systems and methods for selecting medium access parameters for each communication session are disclosed. In one aspect an access point includes a processor configured to select a value for a medium access parameter for a particular communication session between the access point and a wireless station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198742 | PRACH Signals with Different Bandwidths - The present disclosure concerns radio communication. More particularly, the present disclosure concerns random access procedures used in communication between user equipments (UEs) and radio network nodes, such as evolved NodeB's. According to one exemplary embodiment disclosed herein, a method in a UE | 07-17-2014 |
20140198743 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a radio communication system in which a mobile station device and a base station device communicate with each other, power of a signal from the mobile station device to the base station device is efficiently controlled. When a finally received DCI format for PUSCH is a DCI format 0 or a DCI format 4 in which two transport blocks are enabled, a scheduling unit ( | 07-17-2014 |
20140198744 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA-SPLITTING TRANSMISSION FROM MULTIPLE SITES - Methods and apparatus for changing cell range coverage are disclosed. The coverage may be changed on a per-sub-frame basis. An antenna beam elevation tilting angle may be adjusted to provide different effective downlink (DL) coverage. For example, a subframe may be a small tilt subframe or a large tilt subframe. A network or evolved NodeB (eNB) may determine data channel transmission power to adjust cell range per subframe. Low Power Subframe (LPS) may be used alone or with Almost Blank Subframe (ABS) to transmit data. Timing Advance (TA) handling for uplink (UL) transmissions is described. A common TA (CTA) may be determined for multi-site UL signaling. UL power control may be determined for UL transmission to multiple sites. Radio Link Monitoring (RLM) may be performed for multiple sites on a carrier frequency. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may maintain synchronization in selected subframes for multiple cells. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198745 | Method and device for allocation of resource location with frequency hopping function - The disclosure provides a method and device for allocating a resource location with a frequency hopping function. The method includes: an uplink bandwidth of a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system is acquired; it is determined whether frequency hopping information needs to be allocated to uplink continuous frequency-domain resource location information in a multi-antenna port transmission mode, and when the frequency hopping information needs to be allocated, a length of a resource location and frequency hopping bit indicator and a length of frequency-domain resource location information are obtained according to the uplink bandwidth; a difference Value_D between the length of the resource location and frequency hopping bit indicator and the length of the frequency-domain resource location information is calculated; and frequency hopping information is allocated to the frequency-domain resource location information according to the difference Value_D. With the technical solution of the disclosure, allocation of frequency-domain resource location information with a frequency hopping function in a multi-port transmission mode can be supported. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198746 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS - The preset invention relates to a method and device for performing a random access process in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a random access preamble in an activated secondary cell, and receives a random access response including uplink resource allocation in a primary cell. The terminal transmits a scheduled message by using the uplink resource allocation in the activated secondary cell. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198747 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a communication system, a base station apparatus, a mobile station apparatus, and a communication method for reducing interference between uncoordinated adjacent cells. The communication system of the present invention comprises a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus notifies the mobile station apparatus of a downlink control information format, the downlink control information format including resource allocation information that dictates switching of resource allocation of an uplink demodulation reference signal localized resource allocation and distributed resource allocation, and a frequency offset of the distributed resource allocation of the uplink demodulation reference signal specific to the mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus determines the resource allocation of the uplink demodulation reference signal in accordance with the frequency offset of the mobile station apparatus when information comprised in the downlink control information format dictates the distributed resource allocation in the resource allocation information, and transmits the uplink demodulation reference signal to the base station apparatus. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198748 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for performing random access in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives from a base station a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) indication, which indicates an initiation of the random access with respect to a secondary cell (SCell), based on whether a cross-carrier scheduling is supported by the SCell; transmits a physical random access channel (PRACH) preamble to the base station through the SCell; and transmits a RACH response as a response to the PRACH preamble, based on whether the SCell supports the cross-carrier scheduling, wherein the SCell and a primary cell (PCell) comprises a carrier aggregation (CA) system, the PCell is a cell from which the terminal performs radio resource control (RRC) connection with the base station, and wherein the SCell is at least one cell from residual cells in the carrier aggregation excluding the PCell. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198749 | TRANSMISSION AND PROCESSING OF HIGHER ORDER MODULATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The UE identifies properties associated with reference signals of a received payload. The properties associated with reference signals of the received payload may include a reference signal structure and/or a traffic to pilot ratio. The UE determines a payload structure based on the identified properties. Subsequently, the UE decodes the received payload based on the determined payload structure. The UE may receive mapping information indicating a mapping between possible properties associated with reference signals and possible payload structures. The UE may determine the payload structure further based on the received mapping information. The UE may receive the mapping information through a broadcast or RRC signaling. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198750 | Multi-User (MU) Multiple-Input and Multiple-Output (MIMO) Enhancement - A method implemented in a base station used in a mobile communications system is disclosed. The method includes configuring for a user equipment (UE) a channel state information (CSI) process for multi-user (MU) multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO), the CSI process for MU-MIMO being associated with a channel part and an interference part, and according to the interference part, configuring the UE to measure or estimate inter-cell interference (ICI) and to compute or estimate intra-cell interference. Other apparatuses, systems, and methods also are disclosed. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198751 | Channel Feedback for Vertical and Full-Dimensional Beamforming - A method implemented in a base station used in a wireless communications system where different antenna arrays are employed for transmissions to different co-scheduled users in a cell is disclosed. The method includes configuring multiple channel state information (CSI) processes for a user equipment (UE), and configuring, for the UE, a plurality of non-zero power (NZP) CSI reference signal (RS) resources, each of which is associated with an antenna array. Other apparatuses, systems, and methods also are disclosed. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198752 | Method of Handling Communication Operations and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a communication operation for a communication device configured with a first cell comprises the steps of performing a first communication operation in a subframe via the first cell, if a direction of the subframe determined according to a uplink (UL)/downlink (DL) configuration of the first cell and a direction of the subframe determined according to a reference UL/DL configuration are the same; and stopping the first communication operation in the subframe via the first cell, if the direction of the subframe determined according to the UL/DL configuration of the first cell and the direction of the subframe determined according to the reference UL/DL configuration are the different. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198753 | PRIORITIZING RADIO ACCESS TYPES FOR CLOSED SUBSCRIBER GROUP CELLS - A network entity may be configured for prioritizing radio access types for CSG cells of a wireless communication system by storing priority information defining, for each of one or more types of data traffic (e.g., IP traffic, voice traffic, etc.), a priority ranking of cell types comprising at least one of different wireless technologies and different access control types (e.g., a CSG mode, a hybrid mode and an open mode), and indicating the priority information to a mobile device for connecting to cells of a wireless communications system. A corresponding mobile entity may be configured for receiving the priority information as described, and selecting a cell to connect to or camp on based on the priority information. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198754 | MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS ARCHITECTURE - A mobile telecommunications architecture is disclosed. A downlink mobile telecommunications signaling message is received via a first communication interface associated with a single shared network controller connection to a mobile switching center (MSC) server. The downlink mobile telecommunications signaling message is mapped to one of a plurality of small scale base stations each of which is configured to perform at least some network controller functions. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198755 | REUSE OF RF RECEIVE CHAIN FOR HAND-IN ASSISTANCE - A radio frequency receive chain of an access point is reused for different functions. For example, the same RF receive chain may be used to receive on a downlink at certain points in time and on an uplink at other points in time. An RF receive chain that is used to derive synchronization from downlink signals received from a macro system also may be used to receive uplink signals from an access terminal to provide assistance for hand-in of the access terminal. Accelerated searching for hand-in may be provided through the use of a relatively small search window for hand-in of an access terminal to a small coverage access point. In some aspects, the search window may be defined based on the distance between access points or calibration of synchronization error between access points. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198756 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATION OF DISCONTINUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, wherein the method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system comprises: a step of receiving a control channel signal containing resource allocation information; and a step of transmitting an uplink signal in accordance with the control channel signal, wherein the resource allocation information has a combination index r to be used for indicating two sets of resource blocks, and each set of resource blocks includes one or more continuous resource blocks. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198757 | MINIMALISTIC LTE MAINTENANCE TIMING ADVANCE METHOD - A method that implements a timing advance for an uplink communication from a user equipment (UE) comprises: selecting at least one subframe; reducing a duration of at least one selected symbol of each of the at least one subframe to generate at least one reduced duration subframe; replacing a remaining portion of payload data of each of the at least one selected symbol with a pre-selected replacement value; by-passing each of the at least one selected symbol during pre-transmission processing of the at least one reduced duration subframe; processing any remaining symbols of the at least one reduced duration subframe, such that a processing time of the remaining symbols of the at least one reduced duration subframe is reduced by at least the value of the timing advance; and transmitting the at least one reduced duration subframe via the uplink communication to the base station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198758 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOFT BUFFER MANAGEMENT FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - An apparatus and a method therein include selecting a size of a soft buffer memory partition per component carrier in a Carrier Aggregation scenario. The method supports multiple carriers to select a size of a soft buffer memory partition, the partition associated with receiving data on at least one component carrier, the multi-carrier system comprising at least two component carriers, each component carrier is associated with a configured bandwidth, the apparatus comprising the processor configured to select a size of a soft buffer memory partition for the first component carrier based at least in part on a first total number of soft channel bits, a first number associated with hybrid automatic retransmit request processes, and the configured bandwidth of the first component carrier. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198759 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile station (MS) transmits, to a base station (BS), uplink data on a PUSCH, the PUSCH is assigned by using a PDCCH. The MS receives, from the BS, a radio resource control signal including first information instructing the MS to periodically transmit first reception quality information (RQI), the radio resource control signal including second information for determining an amount of resources for second RQI transmitted on the PUSCH, and third information instructing the MS to transmit the second RQI on the PUSCH; and transmits, to the BS, only the second RQI on the PUSCH in a case that the transmission of the first RQI which is instructed by using the first information and the transmission of the second RQI which is instructed by using the third information would occur at the same time, wherein the amount of resources for the second RQI is determined based on the second information. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198760 | METHOD FOR TRANSFERRING INFORMATIONAL DATA - A method for transferring informational data in a passenger transportation device is provided. The passenger transportation device, comprises an informational system having output units, on which information, is output to the passengers. In the passenger transportation device, by means of a masking signal, the establishment of a connection between mobile terminals located in the passenger transportation device and radio communication systems outside of the passenger transportation device is suppressed and/or diverted to a radio communication system located in the passenger transportation device. Additionally, the masking signal is encoded and modulated by a control unit so that informational data (ID) are transferred from the informational system to the output units with the aid of the masking signal and then output. The masking signal is used for wireless transmission of informational data, in addition to a function of the signal as an interference signal to suppress communication with external radio communications systems. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198761 | Resource Reconfiguration for Up-Link Transmission - A solution for communicating about change in up-link transmission resources of a terminal device is provided. According to this solution, a terminal device is provided with a plurality of up-link transmission resource configurations and a plurality of different up-link request resources including at least a first resource and a second resource. The first resource may be used for a default use purpose of the request resource, while the second resource may be used in connection with changing the up-link transmission resources of the terminal device. | 07-17-2014 |
20140198762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION OF A USER EQUIPMENT OVER A PLURALITY OF SECONDARY CELLS IN A GROUP OF SECONDARY CELLS - The invention proposes a method, in a carrier aggregation transmission-based radio communication network, of controlling uplink transmission of a user equipment over a plurality of secondary cells in a group of secondary cells, the user equipment being configured with a group of primary cells and at least one group of secondary cells, and the group of secondary cells belonging to the at least one group of secondary cells, wherein in the event that the group of primary cells and the at least one group of secondary cells each is configured with a time alignment timer, the method comprises the steps of: terminating the uplink transmission of the user equipment over at least one activated secondary cell in the group of secondary cells when the time alignment timer of the group of primary cells expires; in the event that the group of primary cells and the at least one group of secondary cells are configured with a common time alignment timer, the method comprises the steps of: determining whether a time alignment value of the group of secondary cells is valid when the time alignment timer is in operation; and if not, terminating the uplink transmission of the user equipment over the at least one activated secondary cell in the group of secondary cells and transmitting a notification message to a base station. | 07-17-2014 |
20140204843 | Reliable PDSCH Decoding on Cross-Scheduled Carrier during Random Access Procedure - In an LTE network ( | 07-24-2014 |
20140204844 | LOCATION TRACKING MULTIPLE ACCESS PROTOCOL OF A BASE STATION - Systems, methods and apparatus are provided through which in some implementations a here-i-am (HIA) transmission on a first RF channel, a registration (REG) transmission on a second RF channel and a location tacking messaging (LOC) transmission on a third RF channel is operable to identify location between a network and beacons using a wireless communications channel that permits the beacons to be tracked by the network for location of the beacons. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204845 | FAST TRANSITION FROM PCH TO DCH FOR UMTS - Systems and methods for logically transitioning a client device or user equipment (UE) directly to a DCH state for the data path when an application layer application initiates an operation that may result in the transmission of large amounts of data, are presented. Upon detection of a condition that would warrant allocation of a dedicated channel, the UE may set the Traffic Volume Indicator in a subsequent cell update message to the network node. The node may then assign a dedicated channel and the UE may be transitioned to the dedicated channel state without a portion of the application data being first transmitted on a forward access channel or random access channel in a CELL_FACH state. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204846 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS BACKHAUL AND ACCESS COMMUNICATION VIA A COMMON ANTENNA ARRAY - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of wireless backhaul and access communication via a common antenna array. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication unit to control an antenna array to form one or more first beams for communicating over one or more access links and to form one or more second beams for communicating over one or more backhaul links, the access links including wireless communication links between a wireless communication node and one or more mobile devices, and the backhaul links including wireless communication links between the wireless node and one or more other wireless communication nodes. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204847 | NETWORK-ASSISTED D2D COMMUNICATION USING D2D CAPABILITY INFORMATION - Systems and methods related to Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In one embodiment, a base station obtains D2D capability information for wireless devices, where the D2D capability information indicates that the wireless devices are physically capable of D2D communication. The base station also receives a D2D request from a first wireless device and, in response, determines that a D2D initialization procedure is to be performed. In response to determining that the D2D initialization is to be performed, the base station transmits a positive D2D decision to the first wireless device that includes information that enables the first wireless device to establish D2D communication with a second wireless device, where the second wireless device is one of the wireless devices that are physically capable of D2D communication. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204848 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RESOLVING AMBIGUOUS USER EQUIPMENT (UE) CAPABILITY SIGNALING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to resolving ambiguous user equipment (UE) capability signaling. According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications by a UE is provided. The method generally includes determining capabilities of the UE to support at least one of multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) or coordinated multipoint (CoMP) features on different operating frequency bands of a radio access network (RAN), signaling, to a base station (BS) of the RAN, a first combination of capabilities of the UE for a combination of bands, signaling, to the BS, a second combination of capabilities, different than the first combination of capabilities, for the combination of bands, and identifying, based on or more criteria, a particular combination of capabilities to be used to communicate with the BS. In certain aspects, the UE may identify the combination of capabilities to use by applying a deterministic rule. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204849 | ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENT (ECCE) BASED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL (PDSCH) RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR LONG-TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for enhanced control channel element (ECCE) based physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) resource allocation for long-term evolution (LTE). A method is provided for wireless communications by a user equipment (UE). The method generally includes determining resources assigned for a data channel, based on a resource granularity associated with a control channel and processing the data channel transmissions in a subframe based on the determination. The data channel may comprise a PDSCH. According to certain aspects, the UE may receive downlink control information (DCI) having a number of bits indicating VRBs assigned for PDSCH. Each VRB may include ECCEs from the same or different enhanced resource element group (EREG). ECCEs may span multiple PRB pairs or the same PRB pair. The UE may perform rate matching around enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) overlapping assigned PDSCH resources. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204850 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Disclosed is a method for wireless communication on heterogeneous networks. The method includes receiving, by a user equipment (UE), wireless local area network (WLAN) access information from a base station, performing, by the UE, an initial channel access to an access point (AP) based on the WLAN access information, wherein the WLAN access information includes beacon information to receive a beacon frame from the AP, identity information indicating an identifier of the AP and measurement information indicating a measurement configuration of the UE. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204851 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL FOR NEW CARRIER TYPE IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for enhanced physical broadcast channel (PBCH) for new carrier type (NCT) in long term evolution (LTE). According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications by a base station (BS) is provided. The method generally includes generating an enhanced physical broadcast channel (EPBCH) using a frequency division multiplexed (FDM) structure, wherein the EPBCH spans substantially a subframe duration and transmitting the EPBCH. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204852 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - Transmission/reception timing of a data signal and a control signal through a Uu interface and transmission/reception timing of the data signal through a Ud interface are properly adjusted. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step A in which a radio base station eNB notifies a mobile station UE# | 07-24-2014 |
20140204853 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING DISTRIBUTED ANTENNAS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - Provided are a wireless communication system and method using distributed antennas. A physical channel and reference signal (RS) transmission/reception method for downlink and uplink communication using a plurality of points is provided for a case in which the plurality of points have different physical cell identities (PCIs), or in a wireless communication environment using distributed antennas in which the plurality of points belong to the same cell and have the same PCI. Also, a method of transmitting a physical channel and an RS in an uplink and a downlink by introducing a virtual cell identity (VCI) is provided. Further, a cooperative transmission method using a plurality of points is provided, so that communication efficiency of a wireless communication system using distributed antennas can be improved. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204854 | Methods, Systems and Apparatus for Defining and Using PHICH Resources for Carrier Aggregation - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed to provide feedback to a user equipment (UE). A UE may transmit uplink data via a supplementary cell. A network device, such as a HeNB, eNB, etc., may receive the uplink data from the UE via the supplementary cell. The network device may send feedback associated with the uplink data to the UE via a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) when downlink data is available for transmission to the UE. The feedback may be physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) ACK/NACK information. The feedback sent via the PDSCH may be multiplexed with the downlink data. The network device may send the feedback associated with the uplink data to the UE via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) when downlink data is not available for transmission to the UE. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204855 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK MESSAGE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a feedback message in wireless communication system is provided. The method includes selecting N best subbands of M subbands according to CQI, where both M and N are a natural number and M is larger than N, generating multiple input multiple output (MIMO) information comprising N codebook indexes and N differential CQIs and transmitting the feedback message comprising the MIMO information. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204856 | EFFICIENT UPLINK RESOURCE INDICATION FOR CSI FEEDBACK - Channel state information (CSI) feedback reporting is disclosed for multi-cell downlink cooperation networks. In such networks, when a user equipment (UE) has little uplink data traffic, CSI feedback is triggered by the serving base station through a downlink grant to the UE. The UE detects the CSI feedback trigger placed by the base station in the downlink grant and selects a set of uplink resources based, at least in part, on the downlink grant. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204857 | MANAGING INTERFERENCE IN A NETWORK - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one configuration, the apparatus may be a UE. The UE determines an MCS that would facilitate interference suppression of an interfering first cell transmission from a first cell when decoding a second cell transmission from a second cell at the UE. The interfering first cell transmission is a transmission unintended for the UE. The second cell transmission is a transmission intended for the UE. The UE transmits information indicating the determined MCS for the first cell. The UE receives a transmission including the second cell transmission from the second cell and the interfering first cell transmission from the first cell. The UE demodulates and/or decodes the second cell transmission from the received transmission based on the determined MCS. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204858 | TECHNIQUES FOR UL MU MIMO SIGNALING AND ERROR HANDLING - An embodiment of the present invention provides a wireless station (STA), comprising a transceiver operable for communicating in a wireless network, wherein the transceiver is adapted to use signaling that enables the wireless station to communicate necessary information including a desired modulation coding scheme (MCS). | 07-24-2014 |
20140204859 | BEACONING AND SUPERFRAME STRUCTURE FOR MILLIMETER WAVE WIRELESS TECHNOLOGIES - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method, comprising communicating in a wireless network with a MAC layer that uses multi-level beacons, the multi-level beacons including a Discovery beacon (DB) which is transmitted in an omni mode and an announcement beacon/frame (AB) transmitted in a beamformed mode. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204860 | RECEPTION NODE AND TRANSMISSION NODE USING MUTUAL RESONANCE, POWER AND DATA TRANSCEIVING SYSTEM USING MUTUAL RESONANCE, AND METHOD THEREOF - A reception (RX) node using mutual resonance includes a target resonator configured to receive power via mutual resonance with a source resonator; a controller configured to wake up in response to the received power, determine a point in time at which the controller woke up to be a point in time at which synchronization with other RX nodes is performed, and generate a data packet, and a sensor configured to wake up in response to the received power, sense information. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204861 | Method and Apparatus for Power Control and Parameter Configuration - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for power control. In one embodiment, a current serving node is a first base station. A first switching time at which the second base station switches from transmission of a non-ABS subframe to transmission of an ABS subframe is determined according to an ABS pattern parameter of a second base station. At the first switching time, a target SINR value is adjusted before current switching to obtain a target SINR value of the first switching time. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204862 | SIGNALING TRANSMITTING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a signaling transmitting method, a user equipment and a base station. In the present invention, a first DPCCH is transmitted to a base station over an uplink main carrier, where information borne over the first DPCCH at least includes: first Pilot information, downlink TPC information, and the downlink TPC is at least used for the base station to perform power control on a downlink main carrier; and a second DPCCH is transmitted to the base station over an uplink secondary carrier, where the second DPCCH is used to bear uplink signaling, and the uplink signaling is second Pilot information, or, the uplink signaling is the second Pilot information and TFCI information, or, the uplink signaling is the second Pilot information and FBI information, or, the uplink signaling is the second Pilot information, the TFCI information and the FBI information. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204863 | Method of Reducing Reference Signals and Communication Device thereof - A method of reducing a number of reference signals for a communication device in a wireless communication system, includes receiving a downlink control information (DCI) message in a first bundling subframe of a plurality of bundling subframes, wherein the bundling subframes are contiguous subframes; receiving reference signals with a reduced pattern in the plurality of bundling subframes, wherein a number of the reference signals with the reduced pattern is smaller than a number of the reference signals determined in corresponding specifications; measuring channel responses according to the reference signals with the reduced pattern; using the channel responses to perform channel interpolations in the plurality of bundling subframes, for acquiring channel estimations of the plurality of the bundling subframes; and receiving data according to the DCI message in the plurality of bundling subframes. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204864 | ASSOCIATING AND CONSOLIDATING MME BEARER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS - An aspect of the invention provides for a method of managing bearer signaling for one or more user equipments (UEs) coupled to a eNodeB via at least one relay node, by generating and sending MME Association Consolidation (MAC) request message by the eNodeB to the plurality of disparate mobility management entities managing plurality of user equipments coupled to the said relay node based on receiving bearer resource request of at least one user equipment coupled to the said relay node. The method further comprising of receiving MAC response by eNodeB from the plurality of disparate mobility management entities managing plurality of user equipments coupled to the relay node and forwarding to the MME of the said relay node, the received MME Association Consolidation (MAC) response by the eNodeB. The method further comprises of provisioning by the MME of the said relay node the bearer request of at least an user equipment, based on the received MAC response, and provisioning the consequential bearer setup request of the said relay node wherein, provisioning includes creating, updating, modifying and deleting bearers of UE and RN. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204865 | Exploiting Hybrid-Channel Information For Downlink Multi-User Scheduling - A method for determining an optimal network utilization maximization in a communication system with wireless links in which current and coarse channel state information CSI is available from all users, along with a limited amount of fine CSI by way of a frame based entails a scheduling and feedback under which a virtual queue is associated with each user with virtual rates being determined at start of each frame and policy of each frame being determined by solving a decision process. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204866 | METHODS ENABLING ENHANCED RECEIVERS WITH A REDUCED NEED FOR GAPS WHEN HANDLING INTERFERENCE - According to some embodiments, a radio node receives target channels from a target cell and interfering channels from first and second interfering cells. The first target channel and the first interfering channel each comprise a first channel type, and the second target channel and the second interfering channel each comprise a second channel type. The radio node receives the first interfering channel when receiving the first target channel and determines first information accordingly. The radio node uses one or more gaps impacting receipt of the second interfering channel relative to receipt of the second target channel and determines second information based on receipt of the second target channel and second interfering channel. The radio node reduces interference associated with the at least one of the interfering cell based on at least one of the first information and the second information. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204867 | METHOD AND TERMINAL OF TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL WITH FEWER TRANSMISSION RESOURCE BLOCKS TO PREVENT A LOWERING IN REFERENCE SENSITIVITY IN INTRA-BAND NON-CONTIGUOUS UPLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - There is provided a method of transmitting an uplink for reference sensitivity test for intra-band non-contiguous CA in LTE-A system. The method may comprise: if a carrier aggregation (CA) is configured, if the configured CA corresponds to an intra-band CA, and if the configured CA corresponds to non-contiguous CA, transmitting an uplink on a primary component carrier using allocated resource blocks (RBs). if a channel bandwidth by an aggregation of the primary component carrier and a secondary component carrier is at least one of 25 RBs, 50 RBs, 75 RBs and 100 RBs and if a gap between two sub-blocks corresponds to a predetermined range, the number of the allocated resource block (RB) in the primary component carrier may be limited to 10 to meet a requirement for a reference sensitivity on a downlink of the secondary component carrier. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204868 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING A NEW CARRIER TYPE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed to improve a new carrier type in a wireless communication system. The method includes having, in at least one subframe, more than one number of available resource elements among Physical Resource Blocks (PRBs) in a cell. The method further includes receiving an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) on a number of PRB pairs, wherein the PRB pairs have the same number of available resource elements. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204869 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION MEASUREMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed to measure channel state information in a wireless communication system. The method includes selecting a subframe to be a reference resource for a channel state information (CSI) report on a Secondary Cell (SCell), in which the subframe is not a downlink (DL) subframe or a special subframe whose downlink portion is longer than a threshold on a Primary Cell (PCell). The method further includes executing a handling. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204870 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING MESSAGE TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for message transmission of a base station and message determination of a terminal in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes, if a condition for operating in a first mode is met, generating a first message instructing to operate in the first mode, transmitting the first message to a terminal, receiving a response message for the first message, and determining whether the terminal has received the first message, wherein the first message transmission is performed within a time period. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204871 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system includes a primary base station; a plurality of base stations other than the primary base station; and a mobile station. Coordinated communication is executed among the primary base station, the base stations, and the mobile station. When configuring a set of one or more transmission stations and one or more reception stations of the coordinated communication, one of the reception stations of the coordinated communication transmits information about a result of measuring a known signal as a pilot from the transmission stations in response to request signals from the other base stations, respectively, to the primary base station. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204872 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an information transmission method and apparatus. The method includes: setting, by a first station based on a protocol version supported by at least one station on a network, a transmission unit sent by the first station, where the transmission unit sent by the first station includes information about a network allocation vector used to set a station; and sending, by the first station, the transmission unit to at least one second station. In the embodiments of the present invention, a transmission unit sent by a station that needs to send a transmission unit can be set based on a protocol version supported by a station on a network, so that one or more other stations are capable of successfully acquiring a network allocation vector included in the transmission unit, thereby reducing a collision probability during access to a medium. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204873 | Wireless Device Mirroring with Auto Disconnect - A wireless device participates in a mirroring session with an external device such as a display device. A radio signal monitoring circuit compares instantaneous wireless signal strength against a dynamically generated set of thresholds and initiates action to terminate the mirroring session when the mobile device physically moves from the initial location at which the mirroring session was established. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204874 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ABOUT A CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for feeding back channel information, the method including if one or more cells are configured, performing a first feedback process and a second feeding process. The first feedback process is configured to transmit channel information including rank information The second feedback process is configured to transmit channel information including rank information which is the same as the rank information of the first feedback process. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204875 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA INCLUDING A PLURALITY OF DATA STREAMS IN A BROADCASTING/COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting data comprising a plurality of data streams in a broadcasting system are provided. The method includes dividing a frame into a plurality of physical layer zones; allocating the plurality of data streams to at least one of the plurality of physical layer zones; allocating signaling information associated with the plurality of physical layers to at least one of the plurality of physical layer zones; and transmitting the frame to which the signaling information is allocated. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204876 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSPORTING DATA ACROSS AN AIR INTERFACE USING REDUCED ADDRESS HEADERS - Systems and methods are disclosed for transporting data across an air interface using a blending of protocol layers to achieve reduced bandwidth. Advantage is taken of the fact that the extra overhead from, for example, the Ethernet protocol is addressing information pertaining to the destination of the packet. This destination information (for example, the Ethernet address) can be stripped from the transmission prior to the air interface and recreated after the air interface. In one embodiment, the concepts of a proper Layer 2 CS are merged on top of the 802.16 protocol and still retain the benefits of a Layer 2 transparent bridged service layer to the network layer. In one embodiment, the MAC address of the destination is used for the air interface and the Ethernet address is recreated and added on the far side of the air interface. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204877 | PRE-FETCHING OF ASSETS TO USER EQUIPMENT - Systems and methods are disclosed for pre-fetching assets from content providers to user equipment (UE). In one embodiment, the UE initiates a pre-fetch operation to download assets from content providers in advance of an end user requesting the assets. The UE accesses a resource profile for the pre-fetch operation that indicates the content providers that have assets for the UE to download in advance for local storage on the UE, and defines a percentage of UE resources allocated to each of the content providers for downloading the assets during the pre-fetch operation. The UE may then download the assets from the content providers based on the resource profile, and store the assets in a local memory. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Methods and devices for transmitting or receiving channel quality control information through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless access system that supports hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ) are discussed. The method in one embodiment performed by a user equipment (UE) includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including an initial uplink grant, transmitting uplink data using two transport blocks based on the initial uplink grant, receiving a negative acknowledgement (NACK) information for one of the two transport blocks, and transmitting a channel quality control information along with the one of the two transport blocks which is retransmitted according to the NACK information or a new transport block through the PUSCH to which the HARQ is applied. A number of coded symbols required to transmit the channel quality control information (Q′) is calculated based on the initial uplink grant. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204879 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method for transmitting an uplink signal by a device in a wireless communication system, the method including receiving a control channel signal including a resource allocation (RA) field; and transmitting an uplink signal according to the control channel signal. A size of the RA field is represented by the following expression MAX (RASizeA, RASizeB). RASizeA is a first number of bits for indicating a resource indication value (RIV) corresponding to a starting resource block (RB) and a length of contiguously allocated RBs. RASizeB is a second number of bits for indicating a combinatorial index r corresponding to 4 indexes, and the 4 indexes are used to indicate a start resource block group (RBG) index and an end RBG index of a first RB set and a start RBG index and an end RBG index of a second RB set. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204880 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system including a base station and a plurality of terminals, the wireless communication system uses a frame including a plurality of sub-frames, the sub-frames including a plurality of data symbols and guard intervals between the data symbols, each sub-frame being transmitted every frame period, and a different guard interval length being available for each sub-frame; configured to insert a guard interval of a fixed length between each of the data symbols in a specified sub-frame of the frame; a placement information determination section configured to determine placement information pertaining to a placement of a sub-frame to which guard intervals different in length from the guard interval of the fixed length are to be applied; and configured to multiplex the placement information determined by the placement information determination section into a transmission; wherein the plurality of terminals is notified of information containing the placement information. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204881 | Systems, Apparatus and Methods for Facilitating Frequency Reuse for Downlink Control Channels - Systems and methods for frequency reuse on downlink control channels (DLCCs) are provided. One method can include determining a first number of symbols to support transmission of control information on a DLCC, and configuring a second number of symbols for transmission of the control information on the DLCC, wherein the second number of symbols is greater than the first number of symbols. The method can also include assigning a number of DLCCs based on the second number of symbols, and transmitting control information over an assigned number of DLCCs to achieve an effective reuse factor less than one. Another method can include identifying fractions of bandwidth in a system having cells, and allocating at least one of the cells to at least one of the fractions of bandwidth in a system. Resource element groups allocated to the fractions of bandwidth can be coordinated across cells to provide frequency reuse. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204882 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING RADIO RESOURCES AND CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS ON A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for assigning radio resources and controlling parameters for transmission over a random access channel in wireless communications by enhancing a random access channel is disclosed. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204883 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ALLOCATING UPLINK FEEDBACK CHANNEL FOR FEEDING DATA CORRESPONDING TO AN ENHANCED-PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (E-PDCCH) - Provided is an uplink feedback channel allocation method and apparatus used to feedback data to indicate whether data packets corresponding an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) were successfully decoded. A terminal may use an additional resource area of an uplink feedback channel or may use an empty resource area of the uplink feedback channel to which feedback information of a data packet corresponding to a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) is not allocated, to perform feedback. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204884 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A NETWORK AND RADIO STATIONS ASSOCIATED - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network comprising a primary station and at least one secondary station, said secondary station comprising a buffer containing data packets to be transmitted to the primary station, the method comprising the step of the secondary station transmitting an indication of the buffer status to the primary station, said indication comprising information about history of said buffer. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204885 | System and Method for Signaling and Transmitting Uplink Reference Signals - A system and method for signaling and transmitting uplink reference signals are provided. A method for communications controller operations includes signaling information about a set of sequence groups to a first communications device, where the first communications device uses a sequence in the set of sequence groups to modulate a reference signal. The method also includes selecting a sequence group from the set of sequence groups and signaling information about the selected sequence group to the first communications device | 07-24-2014 |
20140204886 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RATE OF VOICE SERVICE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING VOICE SERVICE VIA PACKET NETWORK - A method for controlling a rate of a voice service in a mobile communication system supporting the voice service via a packet network. The method includes the steps of receiving a control message at a terminal from a radio network controller (RNC); if the control message indicates control of a downlink rate, determining a downlink rate according to the control message; setting a Change Mode Request (CMR) field of an uplink Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) packet according to the downlink rate, and transmitting the uplink VoIP packet from the terminal to the RNC; if the received control message indicates control of an uplink rate, determining an uplink rate according to the control message; and generating an uplink VoIP packet including uplink voice data generated according to the determined uplink rate and frame type (FT) information indicating the determined uplink rate, and transmitting the uplink VoIP packet from the terminal to the RNC. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204887 | METHOD FOR DETECTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for detecting control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes checking a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error by monitoring control channels, determining whether a value of an error check field is equal to a specific value, and, if the value of the error check field is equal to a specific value, detecting the control information on the control channel. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204888 | METHOD FOR DETECTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for detecting control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes checking a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) error by monitoring control channels, determining whether a value of an error check field is equal to a specific value, and, if the value of the error check field is equal to a specific value, detecting the control information on the control channel. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204889 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCING UPLINK COVERAGE IN INTERFERENCE SCENARIOS - A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network in which a User Equipment (UE) associated with a first evolved Node B (eNB) experiences interference from a second eNB. The method includes negotiating by the first eNB of the wireless network with a second eNB of the wireless network for a partitioning of subband resources on an uplink. A first subset of subband resources is assigned to the first eNB, and a second subset of subband resources is assigned to the second eNB. A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network. The method includes decoding a downlink control channel received during a protected downlink subframe to determine an uplink subframe n containing a protected subband for uplink transmission. The method also includes transmitting data during the uplink subframe n on the protected subband. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204890 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND ACCESS POINT APPARATUS - The number of training signals for channel estimation is reduced. A wireless communication method includes: a step of reading, by an access point apparatus, stored training weights for a station which performs channel estimation; a step of generating, by the access point apparatus, a weight training symbol by multiplying the training weights by a training symbol and transmitting the generated weight training symbol; a step of estimating, by a station apparatus, weight channel information from the received weight training symbol; a step of transmitting, by the station apparatus, the weight channel information to the access point apparatus; a step of calculating, by the access point apparatus, transmission weights using the received weight channel information and the stored training weights; a step of transmitting, by the access point apparatus, a data signal in accordance with the transmission weights; and a step of calculating and storing, by the access point apparatus, new training weights using the weight channel information and the stored training weights. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204891 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME ON THE BASIS OF FREQUENCY SELECTION TRANSMISSION - A method for communicating in a wireless local area network is provided. The method includes receiving allowed channel information from a second station, the allowed channel information indicating whether at least one channel is allowed for transmission, selecting, by the first station, at least one operating channel from the at least one allowed channel, and transmitting, by the first station, frames on the at least one selected operating channel. The allowed channel information comprises an allowed channel bitmap. Each bit of the allowed channel bitmap indicates each channel is allowed for the transmission. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204892 | TERMINAL DEVICE, AND BUFFER PARTITIONING METHOD - Disclosed is a terminal apparatus in which: a decoding section ( | 07-24-2014 |
20140204893 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication device. A PHICH reception unit ( | 07-24-2014 |
20140204894 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication method is a method for distributing MBMS data to a mobile terminal in a mobile communication system including a general cell supporting a broadcasting of the MBMS data and a specific cell not supporting the broadcasting of the MBMS data. The mobile communication method comprises a step of controlling not to set a frequency used in the specific cell to a highest priority of cell selection, at the mobile terminal, when the mobile terminal receives the MBMS data broadcasted from the general cell in an idle state and a frequency used in the general cell is different from the frequency used in the specific cell. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204895 | Remote-Site Operation - The invention relates to an apparatus comprising at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: store information needed for executing at least one operation by a remote-site, and carry out the at least one operation by the remote-site by using the stored information, if mobile fronthaul is temporarily not available. | 07-24-2014 |
20140204896 | METHOD OF DOWNLINK SIGNAL TRANSPORT OVER BACKHAUL COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH DISTRIBUTED PROCESSING - The amount of multi-antenna signals to be transmitted over the backhaul in a Coordinated MultiPoint (CoMP) system from the central processor (CP) to each base station is reduced. Embodiments of the present invention exploit characteristics of the underlying signal structure, and distribute some baseband processing functionalities—such as channel coding and the application of the multi-user precoding—from the CP to the remote base stations. Additionally, in some embodiments the non-precoded parts of multi-antenna signals are broadcast from the CP to all base stations in the CoMP system, to further reduce the burden on backhaul communications. In one embodiment, the backhaul network is a Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Network (GPON). | 07-24-2014 |
20140204897 | BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND RESPONSE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed in which control section ( | 07-24-2014 |
20140211698 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR APPLICATION-AWARE LOAD BALANCING - An approach for providing application-aware load balancing is provided. A load balancing platform at a base station receives application information specifying an application or type of service utilized by a mobile device and determines allocation of a plurality of carriers based on the received application information to provide load balancing across the plurality of carriers. The platform generates mapping information indicating a mapping of a plurality of applications to one or more of the plurality of carriers, wherein the application information includes the generated mapping information. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211699 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR OPPORTUNISTIC ADVERTISING BEACON TRANSMISSION ON NON-SERVING WIRELESS CHANNELS - The present disclosure presents methods and apparatuses for improved wireless node transmission of advertising beacons based on, for example, the presence of sufficient wireless node resource availability and one or more user equipment (UE) wakeup schedules. For example, the present disclosure describes example methods of advertising beacon transmission by a wireless node, which may include determining that a resource availability opportunity exists for supporting a UE at the wireless node. In another aspect, methods may include tuning to a non-serving channel based on determining that the resource availability opportunity exists. According to such example methods, the non-serving channel may be different from a serving channel of the wireless node. Furthermore, the example methods may include transmitting an advertising beacon on the non-serving channel. Upon successful receipt of the advertising beacon, the UE may scan for the serving channel of the wireless node for subsequent wireless network access. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211700 | SELECTING INFORMATION HANDLING SYSTEM COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL BASED ON NETWORK CONSTRAINTS - Voice over Internet Protocol (VoIP) telephone calls at an information handling system are managed based upon data transfer allocations associated with an information handling system wireless wide area network (WWAN) account to reduce data transfer overages at the WWAN account. If data transfer associated with a WWAN account approaches an allocation threshold, VoIP telephone calls associated with the information handling system that would use WWAN data transfer are instead configured to proceed through a WWAN telephone call with a WWAN telephone number that does not use data transfer. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211701 | COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL PHASE DISCONTINUITY AND SEQUENCE INITIALIZATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for supporting common reference signaling in wireless communications systems. Some configurations introduce a phase discontinuity between common reference signal (CRS) transmissions on different subframes. This may address issues that may arise when a reduced CRS periodicity is utilized. Indicators may also be transmitted from base stations to user equipment (UEs) to indicate whether phase continuity may be assumed or not. Some configurations may support CRS sequence initialization. These tools and techniques may utilize an extended CRS sequence periodicity, which may increase the number of CRS sequences transmitted by a cell. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211702 | Apparatuses and Methods for a Communication System - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided herein for enabling ProSe discovery via one or more signal range classes. In some example embodiments, a method is provided that comprises determining a signal range class to be associated with one or more applications based at least on one or more signal range classes that are authorized by a network entity. In some example embodiments, the signal range class is assigned a logical channel. The method of this embodiment may also include causing two or more service data units received from the one or more applications to be multiplexed into a protocol data unit based on the signal range class associated with the one or more applications. The method of this embodiment may also include causing the protocol data unit to be processed via the logical channel associated with the signal range class. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211703 | METHOD OF OPERATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of operating in a wireless local area network system is provided. The method includes receiving a channel usage response from an access point, the channel usage response comprising channel usage information and transmit power regulation information, the channel usage information being for coexistence with an infrastructure network, and operating by using the channel usage information. The channel usage information includes at least one channel entry field indicating at least one recommended channel and a usage mode field indicating usage of the at least one recommended channel listed in the at least one channel entry field. The transmit power regulation information includes a plurality of maximum transmit power fields. Each of maximum transmit power field specifies a maximum transmit power limit for transmission on a corresponding channel bandwidth. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211704 | EXTENDING RANGE AND DELAY SPREAD IN WIFI BANDS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for extending range and delay spread in 2.4 and 5 GHz bands, and potentially frequency multiplexing users. An apparatus is provided for wireless communications. The apparatus generally includes a processing system configured to generate a packet comprising a first preamble decodable by a first type of device and a second type of device, a second preamble that is decodable by the second type of device, but not the first type of device, and data and a transmitter configured to transmit the packet, wherein the first preamble is transmitted using a first channel bandwidth and the second preamble and data are transmitted using only a portion of the first channel bandwidth. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211705 | METHOD FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION BASED ON WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Methods for device-to-device communication based on wireless local area network are disclosed. A method for device-to-device communications performed in a first terminal may comprise configuring a default bearer by interworking with a core network supporting cellular communication, configuring a session by interworking with the core network, discovering a counterpart terminal performing device-to-device communications with the first terminal based on a request of configuring a dedicated bearer, and configuring a communication path according to a communication mode determined based on a result of the discovering. Therefore, according to the present invention, D2D communications using a Wi-Fi P2P may be supported efficiently. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211706 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVED NETWORK CODING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of performing a Network Coding (NC) by a transmitting node in a wireless communication system, the method comprising receiving uplink packets from a plurality of nodes through respective links, grouping the links into at least one group based on channel quality information, each group satisfying a listed range of channel quality information, performing the NC on downlink data for each group and transmitting each scheduling information shared by each group to the at least one respective group. A method of receiving network-coded data in a wireless communication system comprises transmitting an uplink packet to a transmitting node, receiving scheduling information shared by a group of links from the transmitting node, the group of links satisfying a listed range of channel quality information, receiving downlink data on which NC is performed and decoding the downlink data based on the scheduling information. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211707 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING GROUP IDENTIFIER - Embodiments of the present invention discloses a method and a device for allocating a group identifier, which can allocate a non-conflict GID to a non-AP STA in an area covered by multiple BSS networks, so that the problem of GID conflict which is occurred when allocating the GID for the non-AP STA can be reduced. A method provided by the embodiment of the present invention includes: dividing all group identifiers (GIDs) into N parts according to number of the GIDs, and respectively allocating the N parts to N basic service set (BSS) networks, which communicate in a multi user-multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) mode, where the N BSS networks have a common area, N is a natural number which is bigger than 1. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211708 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING FRAGMENT AS WELL AS METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FRAGMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for receiving fragments as well as a method and apparatus for transmitting fragments. The method for receiving fragments includes: receiving a group of fragments from a transmitter through a first channel, where the transmitter suspend transmitting a next group of fragments after the group of fragments is transmitted; and transmitting one or a plurality of first acknowledgement messages to the transmitter through the first channel immediately after the group of fragments are received. According to embodiments of the present invention, the acknowledgement messages may be immediately transmitted to the transmitter through a current channel after one group of fragments are received through the current channel, thereby avoiding the delay of a fragment receiving and transmitting process, which is caused by the competition and occupation of the channel by other nodes, and thus improving transmission efficiency. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211709 | Method, User Equipment, and Base Station for Transmitting Information - The present invention discloses a method, a user equipment, and a base station for transmitting information. The method includes receiving a downlink assignment sent by a base station. The downlink assignment includes a trigger flag that is used to indicate a trigger state of aperiodic channel state information (CSI). An uplink resource used to send the aperiodic CSI is determined. The aperiodic CSI to the base station is sent on the uplink resource according to the trigger flag. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211710 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a control information transmission method, a user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: obtaining a data channel transmission mode configured by a base station; determining a downlink control information DCI format set corresponding to the transmission mode, where the DCI format set includes a first DCI format, and the first DCI format includes single-codeword control information; and detecting, according to the DCI format set, control signaling sent by the base station and corresponding to the DCI format set. The user equipment includes a first obtaining module, a first determining module, and a detecting module. The base station includes a configuring module, a first determining module, and a first sending module. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211711 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING EXTENSION INFORMATION OF COMPONENT CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station includes: an area information generation unit which generates information for a determined second area by determining an additional assignment of the second area different from a first area to a component carrier (CC) of the first area having a bandwidth smaller than a bandwidth of a maximum assignable CC; a mapping control unit which controls an assignment of a reference signal to a frequency band including the first and second areas by generating the reference signal for channel estimation in the first and second areas; a signal generation unit which generates the information for the second area and the reference signal as a wireless signal; and a transmission unit for transmitting the generated wireless signal and is characterized by transmitting data to a user terminal and receiving the data from the user terminal by assigning the resources to the first and second areas. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211712 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, METHOD FOR BLIND DETECTION, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting Downlink Control Information (DCI), a method for blind detection, a base station and terminal equipment, including: a base station generates a DCI, such that a bit length of the DCI of terminal equipment configured with a carrier segment is equal to that of a DCI of the same format of terminal equipment not configured with a carrier segment; the base station transmits the DCI for the terminal equipment configured with the carrier segment in a common search region of a control channel. Or the base station transmits user-specific DCI in a user-specific search region for the terminal equipment configured with the carrier segment, while does not transmit corresponding user-specific DCI in the common search region of the control channel. The bit length of the common search region will not be increased, avoiding the increase of the number of blind detections at the terminal equipment. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211713 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communications system includes a base station and a mobile station configured to perform communication with the base station. The base station includes a selection unit and a first transmission unit. The selection unit selects identification information specifying a resource used by the mobile station for transmission of a signal from among a plurality of resources. The first transmission unit transmits the identification information to the mobile station. The mobile station includes a reception unit and a second transmission unit. The reception unit receives the identification information transmitted by the first transmission unit. The second transmission unit transmits the signal to the base station using the resource specified by the identification information. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211714 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POLICY CONTROL ON DATA PACKET - A method and an apparatus are provided for performing policy control on a data packet. The method includes: allocating, by a local gateway, a port range to a UE, where the port range is unique to the UE; sending, by the local gateway, the port range of the UE and user information to a policy server, so that the policy server makes a policy rule for the UE, where the policy rule contains the port range; and performing, by the local gateway, network address translation on a packet sent by the UE, so that a source port of the converted packet is in the port range, and sending the converted packet to a network gateway in a fixed network, so that the network gateway performs policy control on the packet according to the policy rule received from the policy server. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211715 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication base station device, terminal device, and method have reduced signaling while maintaining high scheduling gain. A judgment unit pre-stores a correspondence between the number of code words and the number of clusters to reduce the maximum value for the number of clusters allocated to each terminal as the number of code words increases, and thus determines the maximum value for the number of clusters based on the number of code words acquired. Based on the number of code words for a transmission signal from a terminal, an estimated value for the reception quality, and the maximum value for the number of clusters that is output by the judgment unit, a scheduling unit schedules the allocation of the transmission signal transmitted by each terminal to a transmission band frequency (frequency resource) so as not to exceed the maximum value for the number of clusters. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211716 | SIGNAL STRENGTH AWARE BAND STEERING - A system or method that receives a current request from a client, and responds to the current request based on signal strength associated with a previous request. If the current request is received on a non-preferred communication band, and a previous request was received on a preferred communication band within a pre-determined time, the system determines whether the signal strength associated with the previous request is weaker than a pre-determined threshold signal strength level for the preferred communication band. If so, the system responds to the current request. Otherwise, the system ignores the current request. If no recent request on the preferred communication band is received, and the signal strength associated with the current request is weaker than a pre-determined threshold signal strength level for the non-preferred communication band, the system responds to the current request on the non-preferred communication band. Otherwise, the system ignores the current request. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211717 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - A wireless communication system | 07-31-2014 |
20140211718 | Quality of Service Traffic Recognition and Packet Classification for Home Mesh Network - An embodiment is a technique to perform network-based traffic recognition and packet classification. A port identifier in a transport layer header of a packet having a packet type associated with a priority level is extracted. The packet is transmitted from or to an application according to a network protocol in a multi-hop mesh network having a local node and a remote node. The port identifier includes a port number. The packet is classified into the packet type using the port identifier and one of a pre-defined port list, a dynamic port table, and an application header of the application. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211719 | Method and Arrangement in a Wireless Communication Network - Method, arrangement and computer program product in a base station for modulating information intended for transmission to a terminal. The base station and the terminal are comprised within a wireless communication network. The information comprises first and second data blocks, where two USF values are to be sent across the first data block and the second data block. The first data block and first parts of the two USF values are modulated with a first modulation technique and the second data block and second parts of the two USF values are modulated with a second modulation technique. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211720 | UWB COEXISTENCE SCHEME - Roughly described, a first radio is configured to operate according to a first protocol and configured to use a coexistence signaling scheme with a second radio configured to operate according to a second protocol, wherein the coexistence signaling scheme is configured to allow a radio configured to operate according to the second protocol to be co-located and non-interfering with a radio configured to operate according to a protocol different to the first protocol, and wherein the first radio comprises behavioral logic for generating messages for the second radio in accordance with the coexistence signaling scheme to cause the second radio to adopt behavior suitable for coexistence with the first radio. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211721 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER SCALING FOR MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS TERMINALS - Methods and apparatus for power scaling for multi-carrier wireless terminals are disclosed. Methods and mechanisms are provided for power scaling when a multi-carrier WTRU reaches its maximum output power. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211722 | HARQ PROCESS UTILIZATION IN MULTIPLE CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus utilize hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmissions and retransmissions that are usable on multiple carriers, i.e. joint HARQ processes. For example, a downlink (DL) shared channel transmission of a joint HARQ process is received on one of the carriers. A first part of an identity of the joint HARQ process is determined by using HARQ process identity data received on a shared control channel. A second part of the joint HARQ process identity is determined using additional information. The joint HARQ process identity is then determined by combining the first part and the second part. A WTRU is provided that is configured to receive the DL shared channel and to make the aforementioned determinations. A variety of other methods and apparatus configurations are disclosed for utilizing joint HARQ processes, in particular in the context of DC-HSDPA. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211723 | INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT INDICATION METHOD, INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT METHOD, RELATED DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an interference measurement indication method, an interference measurement method, a related device, and a communication system. The interference measurement indication method includes: transmitting, by a base station, at least one piece of first-type channel state information reference signal CSI-RS configuration signaling to a user equipment UE, where the at least one piece of first-type CSI-RS configuration signaling indicates a first resource set used for CSI-RS transmission; and transmitting, by the base station, at least one piece of second-type CSI-RS configuration signaling to the UE, where a second resource set used for CSI-RS transmission, which is indicated by the at least one piece of second-type CSI-RS configuration signaling, is a subset of the first resource set. Technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention help improve the flexibility of interference measurement of the UE. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211724 | User Equipment Component Carrier Allocation - A method for configuring at least one component carrier (CC) for a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The method includes receiving a CC configuration using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is a user equipment (UE) comprising a processor configured to receive a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. Also included is an access node comprising a processor configured to transmit a CC configuration for at least one CC for a PDSCH using a signaling protocol, wherein the CC is assigned using a semi-static configuration. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211725 | Anchor Carrier in a Multiple Carrier Wireless Communication System - Multiple downlink (DL) and uplink (UL) carriers can enhance wireless communication between nodes and user equipment (UE). Among the carriers, it is beneficial to have some special, by configuration designated carriers to provide synchronization, system information, paging, data and control for multi-carrier enabled UEs. Thereby, overhead system information can be reduced. For instance, synchronization and paging for a certain cell are not provided on all carriers. A carrier can provide backward compatibility for single carrier UEs for access, synchronization, broadcast, and new control region within the data region of the legacy terminals. Coordination between nodes for selecting anchor carriers that mitigate interference and for transmit power control for non-anchor carriers provide further network performance advantages. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211726 | Systems and Methods for SC-FDMA Diversity Transmission - The present application provides methods, devices and transmitters that mitigate increases in peak to average power ratio (PAPR) from transmission diversity in a single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) modulated uplink. A PAPR preserving precode matrix hopping method that utilizes cyclic shift delays is provided, as well as a sub-band based transmit diversity scheme. The present application also provides methods, devices and transmitters that relax the scheduling restrictions associated with uplink scheduling in the LTE standard. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211727 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND METHOD OF DISPLAYING IMAGE USING THE SAME - An information format and apparatus used by a base station to make a scheduling decision when the base station allocates resource to a terminal in a mobile communication system are provided. Operations of a terminal to report a maximum transmission power accurately to the base station in a scheduling process are also provided. A method for calculating a maximum transmit power in a constant manner regardless of a channel status is also provided. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211728 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS - A core network includes a plurality of nodes that serve as nodes managing mobility of a terminal and that are different with regards to service functions that nodes provide to the terminal. Based on subscriber information and terminal information, a node to be connected to the terminal is selected on the core network side, depending on a service characteristic utilized by the terminal or on a type of the terminal and the terminal is connected to the selected node. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211729 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING TO A FIRST AND A SECOND CLASS OF TERMINALS USING A FIRST AND/OR A SECOND CARRIER - A telecommunications system communicating data to/from one or more terminals and a network, including one or more transmitters operable to transmit first and second carriers over respective first and second frequency bandwidths. During a first time period the transmitters can transmit data receivable by first and second classes of terminals on the first and second carriers. During a second different time period, the transmitters can transmit data to the second terminal class on the first and second carriers in combination. A data transmission format on the first carrier is incompatible with a user data transmission format on the second carrier, during the first time period, and the transmitters can transmit control data on the first carrier in the first time period receivable by the second terminal class to enable the second terminal class to maintain synchronization with the first carrier during the first time period. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211730 | METHOD FOR BASE STATION TO MULITIPLEX DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a base station to transmit a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: separating each resource block, of which there are at least one, into a preconfigured number of subsets; structuring basic resource allocation units for an downlink control channel as one of the subsets comprised in one or more resource blocks; configuring the basic resource allocation units, the number of which correspond to the aggregation level of the downlink control channel, as transmission resources; and using the transmission resource to transmit the downlink control channel to a terminal. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211731 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce the increase in the amount of the calculation process in a mobile station and the amount of CSI feedback data, and also prevent the amount of overall system capacity from decreasing. This radio communication system ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140211732 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a terminal that communicates with a base station, in the case where a physical downlink control channel or an enhanced physical downlink control channel, which is associated with a physical downlink shared channel on a first cell, and an enhanced physical downlink control channel associated with a physical downlink shared channel on a second cell are detected, one physical uplink control channel resource is selected from a physical uplink control channel resource configured for the physical downlink shared channel on the first cell and a physical uplink control channel resource configured for the physical downlink shared channel on the second cell. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211733 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile communication method and a mobile station appropriately use equivalent band indicators. The mobile communication method includes: a step of broadcasting, by a radio base station BS, a band indicator indicating a band 19 and an equivalent band indicator indicating bands 5 and B26 overlapping the band 19; and a step of performing, by a mobile station UE, an connection process in a band 5 or B26 when the mobile station is not compatible with the band 19 indicated by the received first band indicator and is compatible with the band 5 or B26 indicated by the received equivalent band indicator. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211734 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION FOR TRANSMISSION POINT GROUP - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically to a method and an apparatus for inter-cell interference coordination for a transmission point group. The method for carrying out an interference coordination in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step for exchanging interference coordination messages between transmission point groups, wherein one transmission group comprises a plurality of transmission points, and the interference coordination message can comprises interference coordination information about each individual transmission point unit within the one transmission point group, and interference coordination information about the overall transmission point unit within the one transmission point group. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211735 | SMALL CELL BASE STATION AND VICTIM TERMINAL DEVICE DETECTION METHOD - The small cell base station ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140211736 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting an uplink (UL) reference signal (RS) in a wireless communication system. A first user equipment (UE) served through a macro eNodeB (eNB) generates a first UL RS on the basis of a first indicator and transmits the generated first UL RS. A second UE served through a pico eNB having the same cell identifier (ID) as the macro eNB generates a second UL RS on the basis of a second indicator and transmits the generated second UL RS. The bandwidth to which the first UL RS is transmitted is overlapped with the bandwidth to which the second UL RS is transmitted. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211737 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a terminal with which it is possible, in a heterogeneous cell network, to transmit a Periodic-Sounding Reference Signal (P-SRS) at a transmission bandwidth and power density necessary for carrying out both a process of selection of a transceiving participating base station and a process of frequency scheduling of a Packet Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH). A terminal ( | 07-31-2014 |
20140211738 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) from a terminal according to an embodiment of the present invention may include determining whether a time alignment timer (TAT) for a serving cell is operating; and transmitting, to a base station, a PHR including only the PHR on the serving cell in which the TAT is operating. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211739 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNALS - The present invention relates to methods and devices for transmitting/receiving downlink signals in a wireless communication system. The methods and devices according to the present invention receive a downlink grant for user equipment (referred to hereinafter as a first downlink grant) at a first of a plurality of resource units in a given resource region from a base station; and detect an uplink grant at a second of the plurality of resource units if resource assignment information in the first downlink grant has a first value, and detect downlink data at the resource unit if the resource assignment information has a second value. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211740 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - To facilitate transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) on an uplink carrier of a telecommunication system, a shifted SRS is created, wherein a predefined frequency domain position of a SRS is shifted for creation of the shifted SRS, thereby creating an extended SRS region including at least one additional RB being separate from the predefined frequency domain position of the SRS. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211741 | Channel Estimation and Interference Cancellation for Virtual MIMO Demodulation - A method and system for wireless communication in a wireless communication network. The wireless communication network has a first mobile terminal and a second mobile terminal arranged in virtual multiple input, multiple output (“V-MIMO”) communication with a base station. A first wireless communication uplink channel corresponding to the first mobile terminal is estimated. The estimate is based on a first reference symbol signal and the cancellation of interference from a second reference symbol signal received from the second mobile terminal. A second wireless communication uplink channel corresponding to the second mobile terminal is estimated. The estimate is based on the second reference symbol signal and the cancellation of interference from the first reference symbol signal received from the first mobile terminal. The estimated first wireless communication uplink channel is used to demodulate a first data signal received from the first wireless device, and the estimated second wireless communication uplink channel is used to demodulate a second data signal received from the second wireless device. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211742 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BANDS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting multiple frequency bands efficiently in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes generating first system information including a frequency band indicator indicating a frequency band supported by the base station and an additional frequency band indicator indicating at least one frequency band supported by the base station, and broadcasting the first system information. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211743 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR POWER SUPPLY AND DEMAND CONTROL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - According to an embodiment, a wireless communication system for power supply and demand control comprises a plurality of wireless devices to form an autonomous distributed wireless network, and is configured to transmit information to a plurality of aggregation apparatuses or a management apparatus via the autonomous distributed wireless network. The management apparatus comprises a first control section configured to generate an affiliation change instruction to the wireless devices. The wireless device comprises a storage section configured to store information belonging to a first aggregation apparatus, and a second control section configured to change an affiliation destination from the first aggregation apparatus to a second aggregation apparatus based on the affiliation change instruction. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211744 | SECONDARY CARRIER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211745 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for resource allocation information transmission is provided. The method includes determining a search space for use in a second frequency band using resource allocation information of a first process detected in a first frequency band, detecting resource allocation information using the search space in the second frequency band, and when failing to decode received data according to the resource allocation information detected in the second frequency band, re-detecting resource allocation information of the first process in the second frequency band in a first time interval using the search space without detecting the resource allocation information of the first process in the first frequency band. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211746 | AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (ARQ) PROTOCOL EMPLOYING A FIRSTINFORMATION ELEMENT INDICATING WHETHER TO PERFORMRETRANSMISSION OF AN UPLINK DATA PACKET AND A SECONDINFORMATION ELEMENT INDICATES A TRANSPORT FORMAT FOR THERETRANSMISSION - A base station receives an uplink data packet from a user equipment based on a synchronous hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) protocol, and transmits a first information element and a second information element in parallel to the user equipment. The first information element indicates whether to perform a retransmission of the uplink data packet, and the second information element indicates modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for the retransmission. The base station receives the retransmission from the user equipment according to the modulation and coding scheme. The first information element is for example an ACK/NACK feedback message. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211747 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, BASE STATION DEVICE, RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A radio communication terminal that increases the ACK/NACK resource utilization efficiency while preventing ACK/NACK collision, and that causes no unnecessary reduction of the PUSCH band in a system that transmits E-PDCCH control information. The radio communication terminal adopts a configuration including a receiving section that receives a control signal including an ACK/NACK index via an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) transmitted using one configuration from among one or a plurality of configuration candidates, a control section that selects a resource to be used for an ACK/NACK signal of downlink data from among specified resources specified beforehand based on E-PDCCH configuration information used for transmission or reception of the E-PDCCH and the ACK/NACK index, and a transmitting section that transmits the ACK/NACK signal using the selected specified resource. | 07-31-2014 |
20140211748 | Methods and Arrangements for Supporting Random Access in Cellular Communication System - Methods and nodes in a cellular communication system for supporting Random Access. A method in a first network node involves determining at least one uplink radio resource amongst a plurality of radio resources, and refraining from scheduling uplink communication in the at least one uplink radio resource, thus enabling a UE in an area with an uplink/downlink imbalance to perform Random Access to a neighbor second network node (B). | 07-31-2014 |
20140211749 | ONBOARD COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - An onboard communication apparatus that is installed in a vehicle and that performs communication with a roadside communication apparatus that provides various data and perform communication with other onboard communication apparatuses installed in other vehicles includes: a first communication unit that communicates by way of a channel whose the frequency band is fixed, a second communication unit that communicates by way of a channel that differs from the channel that is used in the first communication unit, and a determination unit that determines whether or not communication with the roadside communication apparatus is direct communication that is not relayed by another onboard communication apparatus, wherein, when direct communication with the roadside communication apparatus is not possible, the second communication unit communicates with the roadside communication apparatus by way of another onboard communication apparatus that is communicating with the roadside communication apparatus. | 07-31-2014 |
20140219183 | Method, System and Apparatus for Indicating Message Type - The present invention discloses a method for indicating a message type, including: setting a message type identification in a transmitted control plane signaling; a network node which receives the control plane signaling, according to the message type identification, identifying whether user plane data are contained in the control plane signaling, and transmitting the user plane data to a user equipment or other network nodes or a machine type communication server (MTC Server) through the control plane signaling when confirming that the control plane signaling contains the user plane data; and the user equipment or the MTC Server identifying whether the control plane signaling contains the user plane data, and retrieving the user plane data therefrom when the control plane signaling contains the user plane data. The present invention further provides a system and apparatus for indicating a message type. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219184 | Radio Multiplexer Aware TCP Layer - Improving transmission control protocol (TCP) uplink performance of a wireless user equipment (UE) device which multiplexes radio resources between multiple radio access technologies (RATs). Radio control may be provided to a radio resource control (RRC) entity that operates according to a first RAT at a first time. The first RAT may utilize TCP packet-switched (PS) communications. As a second time, radio control may be provided to an RRC entity that operates according to a second RAT which utilizes circuit-switched communications in order to check for paging messages. Radio control by the first RAT's RRC entity may be suspended while radio control is provided to the second RAT's RRC entity. An indication that radio control by the first RAT's RRC entity is suspended may be provided to a TCP entity that operates according to the first RAT. The TCP entity may suspend an uplink retransmission timer in response to the indication. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219185 | FORMING CARRIER AGGREGATION TIMING ADVANCE GROUPS IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Technology for forming carrier aggregation timing advance groups in a heterogeneous network (HetNet) is disclosed. One method comprises assigning at least a first component carrier cell to one of a first timing advance group and a second timing advance group. At least a second component carrier cell is assigned to one of the first timing advance group and the second timing advance group. A separate timing advance index value is selected for each of the first and second timing advance groups. The timing advance index value is used to refer to the timing advance group in signaling in the HetNet. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219186 | PROTOCOL FOR ALLOCATING UPSTREAM SLOTS OVER A LINK IN A POINT-TO-MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for controlling a contention state for a communication link between a base station controller and customer premises equipment in point-to-multipoint communication. The contention state is controlled using a state machine, which includes a grant pending absent state in which a unicast request slot is maintained open for use by the customer premises equipment. During the grant pending absent state, the customer premises equipment sends no upstream data to the base station controller but can use the unicast request slot to request a data slot for sending upstream data to the base station controller. In the grant pending state, the customer premises equipment preferably uses piggybacking to request grant of a next data slot while sending upstream data to the base station controller. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219187 | DATA CACHING IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A communications network comprising: multiple base stations, each capable of communicating wirelessly with one or more wireless terminals; and a network core communicatively coupled to the base stations, the network core comprising: a data cache to which base stations can write data received from terminals, accessible from outside the network core in such a way that users external to the network core can write data to the data cache at times that are not scheduled by the network core; and a network controller capable of controlling the operation of the base stations, the network controller being configured to schedule the propagation to the terminals of data stored in the data cache by allocating base station transmission bandwidth for the transmission of the data to one or more of the terminals. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219188 | Mechanism for Managing PDN Connections in LTE/EPC Networks - A method is provided for managing at least one connection established between a mobile terminal and an anchor gateway located between a mobile network and a packet-switching network, and being capable of conducting at least one communication session with the packet-switching network. The method includes receiving a management message from a device suitable for managing the at least one connection, the message including at least one piece of information relating to a change in the state of a connection of the mobile terminal, and an identifier relating to the connection; determining the need for a new connection by analyzing the at least one current connection at least according to the received information; once it has been determined that the need for a new connection exists, triggering the transmission of a request to establish a new connection between the mobile terminal and a new anchor gateway according to the analysis. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219189 | PRECODING FOR SEGMENT SENSITIVE SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Techniques to enhance the performance in a wireless communication system using segments called subbands and using precoding are shown. According to one aspect, the bandwidth for transmission to an access terminal is constrained to a preferred bandwidth which is less than the bandwidth available for transmission to an access terminal and precoding information related to the subcarriers within the constrained bandwidth is provided to a transmitter. The precoding information related to the subcarriers within a constrained bandwidth provides feedback about the forward link channel properties relative to different subbands and may be fed back on a channel associated with the bandwidth. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219190 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR SELECTING BEST TRANSMIT ANTENNA(s) FOR SIGNALING CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION - A base station is described herein which implements a method that uses different aspects of reported channel quality information (CQI) measurements to help select the “best” transmit antenna(s) on which to transmit control channel information to mobile terminal(s). The base station can also transmit a format indicator to communicate the assigned control channel transmit antenna(s) and the assigned data transmit antenna(s) to the mobile terminal(s). | 08-07-2014 |
20140219191 | NETWORK ACCESS POINTS USING MULTIPLE DEVICES - A system and method for providing access to a communication network includes providing a radio node comprising a first set of access point components including a radio component, and providing a physically separated controller node in communication with the radio node. The access point controller comprises a second set of access point components distinct from the first set of access point components, creating a distributed access point. A system controller may also be used to control at least one of the radio node and the controller node. The radio node, the controller node, and the system controller communicate over a communication link, such as a wireless or wired link. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219192 | DEVICE-ANCHOR BASE STATIONS - Systems and methods are disclosed for providing efficient and reliable communication for wireless devices, e.g., Machine Type Communication devices, in a cellular communications network. In one embodiment, a network node of the cellular communications network identifies candidate device-anchor base stations, where the candidate device-anchor base stations are wireless devices that satisfy one or more predefined criteria for serving as a candidate device-anchor base station. The network node then effects selection of a device-anchor base station for a wireless device from the candidate device-anchor base stations such that communication between a serving base station of the wireless device and the wireless device is via the device-anchor base station. In this manner, communication between the wireless device and the serving base station of the wireless device is assisted by the device-anchor base station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219193 | WIFI REAL-TIME STREAMING AND BLUETOOTH COEXISTENCE - A system and method for peer-to-peer communications is disclosed. A first wireless device receives a message from a second wireless device identifying communication requirements of a point-to-point communication involving the second wireless device. The first wireless device determines whether the second wireless device's communication requirements can be satisfied based on communication resources already committed for other communications. When the communication requirements of the second wireless device can be satisfied, the first wireless device generates a time sharing schedule to be used by the first and second wireless devices based on the already-committed communication requirements and the second device's communication requirements. The time sharing schedule may include a first portion for broadcast communication among a group of devices to which the first and second wireless devices belong, and a second portion for the point-to-point communications of the second wireless devices. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219194 | MANAGEMENT OF MULTIPLE RADIO LINKS FOR WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION - A method for management of multiple radio links for a wireless peer-to-peer (P2P) session is disclosed. The method can include a wireless communication device providing interface address information for a first radio interface and a second radio interface implemented on the wireless communication device to a peer device when establishing a wireless P2P session with the peer device; establishing a threshold for transitioning between the first radio interface and the second radio interface during the wireless P2P session; determining during the wireless P2P session that the threshold has been met; and in response to the threshold being met, signaling to the peer device to transition to the second radio interface, and using the second radio interface to continue the wireless P2P session. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219195 | LINK ADAPTATION METHOD SUPERVISED BY THE SELECTION OF AN INTERFERENCE REGIME - The invention relates to a link adaptation method for a cellular or heterogeneous wireless telecommunications system. The communications of the system are organized in pairs of interfering communications. For a first communication between a first transmitting terminal and a first receiving terminal interfering with a second communication between a second transmitting terminal and a second receiving terminal, the first and/or second link(s) are adapted, at a constant transmission power, by selecting a weak or strong interference regime for the first and/or second link(s), the weak regime corresponding to processing of the interference as thermal noise, the strong regime corresponding to processing in which the interfering communication is decoded in order to be eliminated from the received signal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING INCONSISTENT CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - In order to support low latency and bursty internet data traffic, the 3GPP LTE wireless communication system uses dynamic allocation. To keep the allocation overhead lower, the system is designed such that the client terminal must perform a number of decoding attempts to detect resource allocations. During course of the decoding attempts a false resource allocation may be decoded by the client terminal. The false detection may lead to multiple issues for the performance efficiency of the client terminal and the overall communication system. A method and apparatus are disclosed than enable the detection of false resource allocation. This in turn improves the performance and efficiency of the client terminal and the wireless communication system. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219197 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method, system, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium for managing inter-cell interference in a wireless network is provided. The method may be executed by at least one processor at a small cell gateway and may include receiving, uplink interference power corresponding to a first small cell base station (SCBS). The method may further include receiving neighboring cell information of the first SCBS, the neighboring cell information including information on a first plurality of SCBSs neighboring the first SCBS. The method may further include determining based on the received uplink interference power, that the first SCBS is experiencing inter-cell interference and determining a second plurality of SCBSs from among the first plurality of SCBSs that are interfering with the first SCBS. The method may further include adjusting uplink power allocation corresponding to a second SCBS from among the second plurality of SCBSs. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219198 | METHOD FOR SWITCHING COMMUNICATION CONNECTION MODE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER - A method for switching communication connection modes, a communication system, a base station, a transmitter and a receiver are provided. The method includes the following steps. Firstly, when a base station or a core network entity determines that a communication mode between a transmitter and a receiver should be switched from a cellular communication mode to a device-to-device communication mode, the base station sends a control message to the transmitter. Next, the transmitter stops transmitting at least one first packet to the base station in response to the control message. Afterwards, the receiver receives at least one transmission-unfinished packet and a transmission-unfinished packet status related to the at least one transmission-unfinished packet forwarded by the base station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219199 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for generating a channel sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system are discussed. In one aspect, a method is provided for User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system to transmit a channel Sounding Reference Signal (SRS). The method includes receiving a control channel for uplink data channel transmission from a Base Station (BS); determining whether the control channel includes information for aperiodic channel SRS transmission; and when it is determined that the control channel includes information for aperiodic channel SRS transmission: transmitting uplink data through a first carrier; and transmitting the channel SRS through a second carrier; wherein the first carrier and the second carrier are transmitted simultaneously to the BS. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219200 | METHOD FOR CREATING BEARER AND APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a method for creating bearer and apparatus. The method includes: receiving a bearer creation request message sent from a home base station (HNB) or a home base station gateway (HNB GW) and used to request creation of a bearer; and according to the bearer creation request message, instructing the one of the HNB and the HNB GW to create a bearer with a local gateway (LGW). The method for creating bearer and apparatus can implement creation of a bearer between the one of the HNB and the HNB GW and the LGW, and prevent the user equipment (UE) from generating signaling exchanged with a core network in some scenarios, thereby saving signaling overhead and improving user experience. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219201 | ACK/NACK/SR RESOURCE MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Examples of the present disclosure provide an ACK/NACK/SR resource mapping method and an apparatus. According to the technical solution provided by the examples of the present disclosure, in a system including a terminal utilizing a first type protocol and a terminal utilizing a second type protocol, the base station allocates the ACK/NACK/SR resources corresponding to the second type protocol in an area outside of the ACK/NACK/SR resource area reserved for the terminal utilizing the first type protocol, and informs the terminal utilizing the second type protocol of the allocation information of the corresponding ACK/NACK/SR resources. Thus, the terminal utilizing the second type protocol may transmit feedback information via the corresponding ACK/NACK/SR resources. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219202 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, AND BASE STATION - In the present invention, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource, which is used for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) information related to downlink control information, is determined on the basis of n | 08-07-2014 |
20140219203 | Method and device for reducing transmission power of uplink signal - The present disclosure provides a method for reducing the transmission power of an uplink signal, comprising: performing, by a User Equipment (UE), Component Carrier (CC) grouping on configured uplink CCs; and comparing correspondingly the transmission power of an uplink signal in each CC group with a maximum transmission power configured for the each CC group by an evolved Node B (eNB), and performing a power reduction within the CC group when the comparison result meets an intra-group power reduction condition; and/or comparing the sum of transmission powers of uplink signals in all CC groups with a maximum transmission power configured for the UE by the eNB, when the comparison result meets an inter-group power reduction condition, performing a power reduction between the CC groups. The present disclosure further provides a device for reducing the transmission power of an uplink signal. The technical solution of the present disclosure can improve the covering capability and reliability of the uplink signal in an Inter-band CA scenario, and to improve a utilization rate of a UE's uplink transmission power. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219204 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT SUPPORTS MULTIPLE CARRIERS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a terminal performs a random access procedure comprises the following steps: transmitting a random access preamble to a base station; and receiving, from said base station and as a response to said random access preamble, a random access response message indicated by a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for a cell identifier of said terminal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219205 | NETWORK NODE AND MOBILE TERMINAL - A technique is disclosed, according to which a mobile node, having a plurality of interfaces and performing communication according to flow information when an operator is performing communication based on the flow information as defined by a policy, can select an interface suitable for the flow and can perform communication. According to this technique, a mobile node (MN | 08-07-2014 |
20140219206 | TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK MIMO RETRANSMISSION IN LTE SYSTEM - A transmission/reception method and apparatus for a mobile communication system supporting uplink MIMO is provided. In the transmission method, a User Equipment (UE) transmits two transport blocks according to a predetermined number of layers and respective precoding indices, an evolve Node B (eNB) transmits, when one of the transport blocks is lost, a negative acknowledgement for the lost transport block, and the UE sets a precoding index for the lost transport block to a predetermined value to retransmit the lost transport block while maintaining the number of layers. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219207 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL - A method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals by an apparatus in a wireless communication system is discussed. The method includes spreading ACK/NACKs using spreading codes of a spreading factor, the spreading factor being one of a spreading factor 2 and a spreading factor 4; and transmitting each of the one or more physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) groups through a plurality of units of four resource elements, each PHICH group carrying one or more spread ACK/NACKs, wherein the number of PHICH groups for she spreading factor 2 is determined as twice of the number of PHICH groups for the spreading factor 4. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219208 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal device and a radio transmission method which can improve reception performance of a CQI and a reference signal. A phase table storage unit stores a phase table which correlates the amount of cyclic shift to complex coefficients {w | 08-07-2014 |
20140219209 | NODE DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A node device includes a transmitter, processor, and a receiver. The receiver receives a packet from an adjacent node device. The processor generates a cluster list and a first hello packet. The cluster list records device identification information of a node device included in a cluster. The cluster is a group of node devices for which route information is stored. The first hello packet reports the route information with cluster identification information of the cluster. The transmitter broadcasts the first hello packet. Upon receipt of, from a free-node device that does not belong to a cluster, a second hello packet that includes information that associates the cluster identification information with device identification information of the free-node device, the processor adds the device identification information of the free-node device to the cluster list until a number of node devices recorded in the cluster list reaches a threshold. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219210 | Uplink Control Signaling In Cellular Telecommunication System - A method, apparatus, and computer program for controlling allocation of control message fields in uplink transmission in a cellular telecommunication system are presented. Uplink control message fields are allocated to the resources of a physical uplink shared traffic channel according to an uplink transmission scheme selected for a user terminal. The control message fields are allocated so that transmission performance of the control messages is optimized for the selected uplink transmission scheme. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219211 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCH SPACE CONFIGURATION FOR ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - In one embodiment, the method of configuring a common search space (CSS) for at least one user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system with at least a first type of physical downlink control channel includes broadcasting at least one parameter of a common search space (CSS), none of the parameters being the number of orthogonal frequency-division multiplex (OFDM) symbols. In one embodiment, a method of configuring a default user equipment-specific search space (USS) for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system with at least a first type of physical downlink control channel includes broadcasting at least one parameter of the default USS, none of the parameters being based on an identifier of the UE. The broadcasting may occur before UE-specific signaling. In one embodiment, a method of configuring or reconfiguring the USS may include transmitting at least one parameter of the USS with UE-specific signaling. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219212 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR RADIO LINK BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A RELAY STATION - A method for receiving a downlink signal at a downlink reception entity in a wireless communication system, the method includes: receiving downlink control information by demodulating an advanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) of a first resource block (RB) pair of a RB bundle based on a downlink channel estimated by a first Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) in the first RB pair; and receiving downlink data by demodulating a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) of a second RB pair of the RB bundle based on a downlink channel estimated by a second DMRS in the second RB pair, wherein the same DMRS pattern is used for the first and the second DMRSs, and wherein antenna ports for the first and the second DMRSs are different. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219213 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink signal in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for receiving a downlink signal from a base station to a user equipment in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system, which supports dual layer transmission based on first and second antenna ports, comprises receiving downlink control information (DCI) through a downlink control channel; and receiving downlink data through a downlink data channel, the downlink data including one or more of a first transport block and a second transport block, wherein the downlink control information includes a new data indicator (NDI) for each of the first and second transport blocks, and if the first transport block is disabled and the second transport block is enabled, the new data indicator for the first transport block indicates an antenna port through which the second transport block is received. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219214 | System and Method for Allocating Transmission Resources - A method for wirelessly transmitting data and control information using a plurality of transmission layers includes determining a number of bits in user data codewords to be transmitted during a subframe and calculating a number of control vector symbols to allocate to control information during the subframe. The number of control vector symbols is calculated based on the number of bits in the user data codewords to be transmitted during the subframe and an estimate of the number of vector symbols onto which the user data codewords will be mapped. The estimate of the number of vector symbols depends on the number of control vector symbols to be allocated to control information. The control codewords may be mapped to the calculated number of control vector symbols and transmitting vector symbols carrying the user data codewords and the control codewords over the plurality of transmission layers during the subframe. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219215 | METHOD OF EXCHANGING DATA BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A MOBILE STATION - The present invention relates to a method of exchanging data between a first station and a second station, said data being exchanged in packets. Said method comprises the steps of:
| 08-07-2014 |
20140219216 | METHODS FOR RESPONDING TO CO-LOCATED COEXISTENCE (CLC) REQUEST FROM A MOBILE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING MULTI-RADIO COEXISTENCE - A communications apparatus is provided. A first radio module provides a first wireless communications service and communicates with a first communications device in compliance with a first protocol. A second radio module provides a second wireless communications service and communicates with a second communications device in compliance with a second protocol. A Co-Located Coexistence radio manager detects activities of the first radio modules, obtains a first traffic pattern describing downlink and/or uplink traffic allocations of the first radio module from the first radio module, and generates a second traffic pattern of the second radio module according to the first traffic pattern to coordinate operations of the first and second radio modules. An associated method is also provided. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219217 | SCRAMBLING AND MODULATION TO CONSTRAIN THE CONSTELLATION SIZE OF ACK/NAK TRANSMISSION ON THE DATA CHANNEL - Aspects describe maximizing a Euclidean distance for an ACK transmission as a function of the number of bits in a HARQ-ACK and a modulation order. Encoding includes placing escape sequences in the HARQ-ACK, wherein the number of escape sequences is based on the number of bits and the modulation order. Multiple encoded ACK blocks are combined to obtain a vector sequence that is multiplexed with the encoded data and interleaved, such as on a “time-first” manner. Scrambling is performed as a function of the size and the modulation order. For a 1-bit ACK, the scrambling is performed to achieve any two corners in any constellation for transmission for the ACK. For a 2-bit ACK, the scrambling is performed to achieve any four corners in any constellation for transmission for the ACK. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219218 | DOWNLINK 8 TX CODEBOOK SUB-SAMPLING FOR CSI FEEDBACK - This invention is codebook sub-sampling of the reporting of RI, CQI, W1 and W2. If CSI mode 1 is selected RI and W1 are jointly encoded using codebook sub-sampling in report 1. If CSI mode 2 is selected W1 and W2 are jointly encoded using codebook sub-sampling in report 2. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219219 | DOWNLINK 8 TX CODEBOOK SUB-SAMPLING FOR CSI FEEDBACK - This invention is codebook sub-sampling of the reporting of RI, CQI, W1 and W2. If CSI mode 1 is selected RI and W1 are jointly encoded using codebook sub-sampling in report 1. If CSI mode 2 is selected W1 and W2 are jointly encoded using codebook sub-sampling in report 2. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219220 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system for managing resources in a communication system including systems, which do not have a permission for a first frequency band, includes coexistence managers configured to, when a frequency band available for the systems is searched from the first frequency band, manage the systems for coexistence and frequency sharing of the systems in the available frequency band; a coexistence enabler configured to transmit and receive information of the systems and information of the coexistence managers; and a coexistence discovery and information server configured to support control of the coexistence managers over the systems, wherein the coexistence managers transmit and receive predetermined messages to and from the coexistence discovery and information server and the coexistence enabler, perform channel classification for the first frequency band, and determine operating channels of the systems on the basis of the channel classification. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219221 | POWER CONTROL FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS UTILIZING HIGH SPEED SHARED CHANNELS - A method and apparatus are described for controlling transmitter power in a wireless communication system in which both dedicated and shared channels are utilized. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may receive a first channel (e.g., downlink shared channel), power commands for a second channel (e.g., dedicated channel) and power commands for a third channel (e.g., uplink shared channel). The WTRU may transmit in a transmission time interval at least one of the second channel and the third channel. Acknowledgments and negative acknowledgements to signals received over the first channel may be sent on the third channel. The WTRU may determine a transmission power level of the second channel in response to the second channel power commands and not the third channel power commands. The WTRU may determine a transmission power level of the third channel in response to the third channel power commands and not the second channel power commands. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219222 | OFDM-CDMA EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - An OFDM signal transmission apparatus is provided, which includes a mapping unit configured to map first signals into N subcarriers and second signals into M subcarrier(s) to form an OFDM signal, wherein N is larger than M. The first signals are each indicating a same bit of retransmission information and the second signals are each indicating a same bit of information other than retransmission information. The OFDM signal transmission apparatus further includes a transmitting unit configured to transmit the formed OFDM signal. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219223 | Methods and Apparatuses for Enabling Power Back-Off Indication in PHR in a Telecommunications System - The exemplary embodiments describe a method for use in a user equipment, a method for use in a radio base station; a user equipment and a radio base station. According to the exemplary embodiments, the user equipment is configured to decide on application or not of a power reduction and to indicate it decision in a power headroom report intended for transmission to the radio base station. The radio base station is configured to receive the power headroom report and based on the indicated information in the received power headroom report, the base station in made aware of an additional or special power backoff (e.g. to fulfill SAR requirements) has been applied and thereby able to distinguish it from normal power backoff or power reduction. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219224 | RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH PDCCH - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving control information through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is provided. When a User Equipment (UE) receives control information through a PDCCH, the received control information is set to be decoded in units of search spaces, each having a specific start position in the specific subframe. Here, a modulo operation according to a predetermined first constant value (D) is performed on an input value to calculate a first result value, and a modulo operation according to a predetermined first variable value (C) corresponding to the number of candidate start positions that can be used as the specific start position is performed on the calculated first result value to calculate a second result value and an index position corresponding to the second result value is used as the specific start position. Transmitting control information in this manner enables a plurality of UEs to efficiently receive PDCCHs without collisions. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219225 | TRANSMITTER AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BLOCK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a transmitter and a method for transmitting a data block in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the following steps: deciding the number of bits (s) and encoders (NES) to allocate to one axis of a signal constellation; encoding an information bit based on the s and the NES and generating a coded block; parsing the coded block based on the s and the NES and generating a plurality of frequency sub-blocks; and transmitting the plurality of frequency sub-blocks to a receiver. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219226 | Power Control Method and Base Station - The embodiments of the present invention provide a power control method and a base station. The method includes: obtaining, by a base station, IN | 08-07-2014 |
20140219227 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, WIRELESS RECEIVING APPARATUS, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND WIRELESS RECEPTION METHOD - A mobile station device that includes a receiving unit. The receiving unit of mobile station device receives using at least a first downlink component carrier and a second downlink component carrier which are aggregated, the receiving unit is configured to receive, a first physical downlink control channel for the mobile station device, on the first downlink component carrier, and a second physical downlink control channel for the mobile station device, on the second downlink component carrier, where both a first sequence including at least modulated symbols of the first physical downlink control channel and a second sequence including at least modulated symbols of the second physical downlink control channel are cyclically-shifted by a base station. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219228 | METHODS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING, RESOURCE ALLOCATION, AND POWER CONTROL - Methods and apparatuses are provided for reporting power headroom for a UE. At least one of power control information associated with a PUSCH transmission in a subframe and power control information associated with a PUCCH transmission in the subframe is received. One of a first power headroom information and a second power headroom information is conditionally generated. One of the first power headroom information and the second power headroom information is conditionally transmitted. If the UE transmits the PUSCH without the PUCCH in the subframe, the second power headroom information is generated by subtracting the transmit power for the PUSCH transmission and a transmit power for a PUCCH from the maximum transmit power of the UE in the subframe based on the power control information associated with the PUSCH transmission and power control information associated with the latest PUCCH transmission. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219229 | METHOD OF CHANNEL ASSESSMENT AND CHANNEL SEARCHING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of channel assessment and channel searching in a wireless network is disclosed. The wireless network separately performs a channel assessment procedure and a channel searching procedure for channel change or another object. The channel assessment procedure is to measure a status or quality of a channel which is currently used in the wireless network. A coordinator of the wireless network designates a time interval for the channel assessment to notify other device of it. The channel assessment procedure may be performed periodically, and is preferably scheduled to allow other devices not to use the channel for the time interval which at least one device performs channel assessment. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219230 | RESOURCE MANAGEMENT CONCEPT - Resource management such as network radio resource management in wireless networks, is described in connection with different aspects. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219231 | Method For Mapping Logical Channel On Shared Channel - According to the invention data in a number of logical downlink intended for one or more mobile terminals are received in a first mapping unit, where at least a first High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity is allocated to these logical downlink channels addressing a group of mobile terminals for allowing transmission of channel data for reception by mobile terminals. A mobile terminal then reads, from a Broadcast Control Channel, necessary information including a High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity allocated to at least one logical downlink channel, where at least said first identity exists among possible identities. It then listens to a high speed shared control channel for the read identity. In case it detects the identity, the terminal follows a scheduling command, receives data on a high-speed downlink shared channel and processes said data. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219232 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio terminal is provided that can provide a flexible transmission power control for an SRS without restrictions due to the transmission power control of a PUSCH, for the purpose of enabling use of an SRS for various purposes in a HetNet CoMP environment. The radio terminal receives a control signal including a transmission power control command (TPC command) to be applied to an aperiodic sounding reference signal (A-SRS), through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), updates a transmission power value of the A-SRS using the TPC command, and transmits the A-SRS using the updated transmission power value in accordance with a transmission request included in a control signal indicating assignment of a physical downlink data channel (PDSCH) or assignment of a physical uplink data channel (PUSCH). | 08-07-2014 |
20140219233 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - Provided are a communication method for a cooperative multi-point and a wireless device using the same. The wireless device receives, from a first cooperative multi-point (CoMP) cell, a first physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in a first subframe of a first frequency band, and receives, from a second CoMP cell, a second PDSCH in a second subframe of a second frequency band. A portion or the entire first frequency band is overlapped with the second frequency band. A first start point at which the first PDSCH in said first subframe starts being scheduled is the same as a second start point at which the second PDSCH in said second subframe starts being scheduled. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219234 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) and a terminal apparatus for same. The method for transmitting a PHR from a terminal in a network, which includes a base station and at least one cooperative node performing cooperative communication with the base station, includes a step of determining a sounding reference symbol (SRS) transmission power for transmitting SRSs in a specific serving cell, wherein the determined SRS transmission power is a value determined for the transmission of the SRSs to a plurality of nodes including a first node corresponding to the base station and the at least one cooperative node. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219235 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - There is provided a communication control device including a power distribution unit configured to distribute, to one or more secondary systems, a transmission power accepted for a secondary usage of a frequency channel which is protected for a primary system, and a notification unit configured to notify each secondary system of a value of a second transmission power which is decided depending on a value of a first transmission power distributed by the power distribution unit. Upon updating the transmission power, only in a case where a value of the second transmission power which is previously notified and a value of the first transmission power which is newly distributed by the power distribution unit satisfy a predetermined condition with respect to a certain secondary system, the notification unit notifies the secondary system of a new value of the second transmission power. | 08-07-2014 |
20140219236 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station | 08-07-2014 |
20140233466 | Methods of Interference Measurement for Advanced Receiver in LTE/LTE-A - A method for communication in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises: transmitting, by a network element in a first cell, a first DMRS on a first DMRS port; transmitting, by the network element, a first PDSCH on the first DMRS port; and transmitting, by the network, information indicating that the first DMRS port is used to transmit the first PDSCH, and information about a second DMRS port that is not used to transmit the first PDSCH but is used to transmit a second DMRS, wherein the first DMRS and the second DMRS are orthogonal to one another. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233467 | SCHEDULED ABSENCE ON A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for scheduling absence periods on a WLAN is provided. The method can include a WLAN station joining a WLAN served by a WLAN access point using an operating channel; formatting a message defining an absence schedule of absence periods during which the WLAN station will be off of the operating channel and unavailable to receive traffic on the operating channel; sending the message to the WLAN access point to register the absence schedule with the WLAN access point; and leaving and returning to the operating channel in accordance with the absence schedule after the absence schedule has been registered with the WLAN access point. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233468 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SOFT FREQUENCY REUSE IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method for routing and switching operator RF signals includes providing one or more Digital Remote Units (DRUs) and providing at least one Digital Access Unit (DAU) configured to communicate with at least one of the one or more DRUs. A first DRU is operable to communicate using a first set of frequencies characterized by a first frequency band over a first geographic footprint and a second set of frequencies characterized by a second frequency band different from the first frequency band over a second geographic footprint including and surrounding the first geographic footprint. A second DRU is operable to communicate using the first set of frequencies over a third geographical footprint and a third set of frequencies characterized by a third frequency band different from the first frequency band and the second frequency band over a fourth geographic footprint including and surrounding the third geographic footprint. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233469 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR APPLYING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for applying control information in a wireless communication system. The method includes the steps of: receiving a setting for ACK/NACK(acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement) repetition from a base station; receiving control information to be applied at a particular time point from the base station; transmitting ACK/NACK for the control information; and performing an operation according to the control information at the particular time point when the transmitted ACK/NACK is ACK, wherein the operation at the particular time point is applied to a subframe which is determined according to the setting for ACK/NACK repetition. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233470 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for receiving Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a wireless access system and a terminal therefor. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: performing blind decoding according to the transmission mode set for a terminal in a search space assigned to the terminal; and receiving DCI through a detected Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) via blind decoding, wherein the transmission mode is set to any one of a plurality of transmission modes, which have limitations dependent on the performance of the terminal, by a base station that supports a plurality of transmission modes. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233471 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIATING COMMUNICATIONS ON A SHARED CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for initiating communications on a shared channel in a mobile communication system are provided. A user equipment transmits an uplink signal for requesting communications on the shared channel to a Node B, and waits for a delay duration without monitoring a downlink after transmitting the uplink signal. When the delay duration has elapsed, the user equipment monitors the downlink during a valid period and determines whether a downlink signal responding to the uplink signal is received in a transmission time interval within the valid period. When the downlink signal is received in the valid period, the user equipment transmits and receives data on the shared channel. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233472 | CONTEXTUAL AND PREDICTIVE PRIORITIZATION OF SPECTRUM ACCESS - A method for optimizing network spectrum utilization of a wireless communications network utilizing a radiofrequency spectrum includes determining, by a processor, spectrum resources at a location by determining the properties of the communication nodes and the utilization of bandwidth by all priority classes of user terminals in a defined area. Future geo-located contextual network needs for users terminals of a plurality of priority classes in the defined area is predicted by the processor based on historical profiles. The use of the radiofrequency spectrum is optimized by the processor based on the priority classes of the user terminals and the future geo-located contextual network needs of the user terminals in the defined area. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233473 | SERVICE LAYER RESOURCE PROPAGATION ACROSS DOMAINS - Techniques are disclosed for Machine-to-Machine (M2M) Announce procedures that allow advertisement machine-to-machine service capabilities layer resources and subresources. Resource structures and signal flows of the various disclosed embodiments are defined. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233474 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING ENHANCED DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention discloses a method, a device and a system for transmitting an enhanced downlink control channel, which belong to the communications field. The method for sending an enhanced downlink control channel includes: presetting a multiplexing unit, where the multiplexing unit includes at least one resource block pair, and the at least one resource block pair includes E-PDCCH resources and DM RS resources, and the E-PDCCH resources include multiple control channel elements; sending at least one E-PDCCH corresponding to at least one UE in at least one control channel element of the multiplexing unit, and sending the DM RS corresponding to the at least one UE. The present invention reduces the granularity of an enhanced downlink control channel, saves resources and enhances the downlink control channel, thereby providing more control channels for the UE to use. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233475 | SCRAMBLING SEQUENCE GENERATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A scrambling sequence generation method and apparatus of a device supporting Device-to-Device communication are provided. The method includes acquiring at least one of an identifier of the device, an identifier of a counterpart device and a preconfigured value; determining an initial value of the scrambling sequence for the Device-to-Device communication based on the at least one of the identifier of the device, the identifier of the counterpart device, and the preconfigured value; and generating the scrambling sequence using the initial value. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233476 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER CONTROL AND MULTIPLEXING FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling power of a user equipment for device to device communication in a wireless communication system, and a user equipment thereof, are provided. The method includes receiving power control related information of the D2D communication from a Base Station (BS), determining transmission power of the UE based on maximum available power of the UE and the received power control related information of the D2D communication, and transmitting data according to the determined transmission power. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233477 | Method of Indicating Physical Uplink Control Channel Resource in Enhanced Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Technology and Related Communication Device - A method of indicating a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for a user equipment (UE) of a wireless communication system includes receiving a resource index denoting PUCCH format 2 resources and PUCCH format 3 resources, instead of merely denoting PUCCH format 2 resources, from a network of the wireless communication system; and determining resources for a transmission of control information over PUCCH format 2 or PUCCH format 3 based on an operation of the received resource index. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233478 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT (ACK) TYPE INDICATION AND DEFERRAL TIME DETERMINATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for indicating a type of response for acknowledging a protocol data unit. One example method for wireless communications by a first apparatus generally includes transmitting a physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) to a second apparatus and setting at least one bit in a PLCP header of the PPDU to indicate a type of response expected from the second apparatus responsive to the transmitted PPDU. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233479 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCHEDULING OF DATA PACKETS BASED ON APPLICATION DETECTION IN A BASE STATION - A system, method, base station, and computer program product for coordinating communication of data packets between a user device and an application server is described. According to one aspect, a base station includes a memory and a computer processor operatively coupled to the memory, to a radio transmitter, and to a radio receiver. The computer processor is configured to inspect the data packet, assign radio resource blocks for transmitting the data packet based on the inspection of the data packet, and transmit the data packet utilizing the assigned radio resource block. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233480 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WHICH SUPPORTS A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS - The present disclosure relates to an operating method of a terminal for transceiving data to/from a base station in a system that supports a plurality of component carriers. The method includes receiving, from the base station, downlink control information (DCI) masked using a terminal identifier (cell-radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI)) or a semi-persistent scheduling terminal identifier (SPS C-RNTI) through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); determining a component carrier for transceiving data to/from the base station; and transceiving data to/from the base station through the determined component carrier. The determining includes determining the component carrier which has received the PDCCH as a component carrier for receiving downlink data, and determining an uplink component carrier linked with the component carrier which has received the PDCCH as a component carrier for transmitting uplink data. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233481 | SEARCH SPACE RECONFIGURATION FOR ENHANCED-PDCCH - The present invention relates to rapid search space reconfiguration for E-PDCCH (Enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannel) in wireless communication system to avoid flashlight interferences from neighbouring cells and to allocate the E-PDCCH on the best physical resource blocks (PRBs) in frequency fluctuation dominated scenarios. To this end, a method for providing low-latency feedback on a reconfiguration attempt of a search space for an Enhanced-PDCCH, and a corresponding apparatus are provided. Specifically, a signalling scheme is provided that supports transmission of both HARQ-ACK for PDCCH based E-PDCCH reconfiguration and HARQ-ACK for PDSCH (Physical Downlink Shared CHannel) on the same uplink subframe, so that an acknowledgment of PDCCH based E-PDCCH reconfiguration information and PDSCH information can be transmitted on the same subframe. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233482 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A transmission device capable of reducing packet receiving errors and the number of retransmissions by improving error correction coding gain without increasing the amount of resources used in transmission. The transmission device ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140233483 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME - Disclosed are a method and device for transmitting a frame. The method for transmitting a frame includes a step of generating A-MPDU (aggregate MAC protocol data unit) and a step of transmitting A-MPDU. The A-MPDU includes a first AMPDU subframe and a second A-MPDU subframe, wherein the first A-MPDU subframe includes a data block, and the second AMPDU subframe includes an FEC (Forward Error Correction) coding block which is additionally used in the decoding of the data block. Thus, the STA is capable of preventing unnecessary power consumption of STA by selectively determining whether FEC information is received according to whether an error occurred in the decoded data. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233484 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING AT LEAST ONE FIRST TRANSMISSION FROM A SINGLE-POINT TRANSMITTER TO A SINGLE-POINT RECEIVER AND AT LEAST ONE SECOND TRANSMISSION FROM A MULTIPOINT TRANSMITTER OR TO A MULTIPOINT RECEIVER IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NETWORK NODE AND MOBILE STATION THEREOF - The invention relates to a method for coordinating at least one first transmission from a multipoint transmitter or to a multipoint receiver and at least one second transmission from a single-point transmitter to a single-point receiver in a radio communication system. The method comprises the step of reserving at least one first radio resource (SI-F | 08-21-2014 |
20140233485 | Method and System for Customizable Flow Management in a Cellular Basestation - A basestation used in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The basestation includes a plurality of flow management schedulers, wherein the base station receives an indication of function selection from an entity, and wherein the base station chooses for the entity one of the plurality of flow management schedulers according to the indication of function selection. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems also are disclosed. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233486 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROBE INITIALIZATION USING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Embodiments of the present invention may separately utilize transmit paths of a mobile transmit diversity device to initialize communication with a base station over a random access channel, particularly where the transmit paths have power amplifiers with different characteristics, e.g., different power amplification. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233487 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT AND RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140233488 | Wireless Communication Apparatus And Method For Wireless Communication - A wireless communication technology which realizes high-speed transmission while making effective use of existing frequency bands. A wireless communication apparatus includes a communication unit to perform a wireless communication with a target communication device by simultaneously using a plurality of carrier frequency bands each of which has a specified bandwidth and is discontinuous between each carrier frequency-band interval. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233489 | Prohibition of Sounding Reference Signal Transmission on Newly Activated Secondary Cells - In a wireless network supporting aggregation of uplink component carriers, sounding reference signals, SRS, are transmitted on an uplink, UL, primary component carrier. An activation command corresponding to an UL secondary component carrier, SCC, is received, in response to which the receiving transceiver determines whether it has valid timing information for the UL SCC, wherein valid timing information for the UL SCC indicates that the UL SCC is UL synchronized. In response to this determination, transmission of SRS on the UL SCC is enabled if the UL SCC is synchronized, when SRS is configured for the UL SCC. Otherwise, transmission of SRS on the UL SCC is prohibited until the UL SCC is UL synchronized. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233490 | METHOD OF DETECTING AND HANDLING AN ENDLESS RLC RETRANSMISSION - Disclosed is a radio (wireless) communication system providing a radio communication service and a terminal, and more particularly, to a method of effectively detecting and handling endless RLC retransmission so as to prevent endless RLC re-transmission occurring between the terminal and a network in an Evolved Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (E-UMTS) that has evolved from a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) or a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233491 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM APPLIED CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method and apparatus for transmitting ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK) state information in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving, by a user equipment (UE), multiple transmission blocks through multiple downlink component carriers from a base station (BS); and transmitting, by the UE, multiple transmission block ACK/NACK state information through a single uplink component carrier to the BS. The multiple transmission block ACK/NACK state information indicates a number of ACK responses among ACK/NACK responses corresponding to each of the multiple transmission blocks. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233492 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND RANDOM ACCESS METHOD - A mobile station (MS) performs a first random access procedure using a dedicated preamble for non-contention based random access on a first available random access channel (RACH) of a plurality of RACHs in time domain within a period that the dedicated preamble is valid. In addition, the MS performs a second random access procedure using the dedicated preamble for non-contention based random access on the first available RACH after the predetermined time window has expired in a case that a random access response to the transmitted preamble is not received within a predetermined time window monitoring for the random access response. The MS also transmits the dedicated preamble on a RACH allowed to transmit by the BS, where any one of the RACHs in frequency domain is allowed to be transmitted by the BS over a period of time that the plurality of RACHs are allocated to a single carrier. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233493 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MUTING SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In one aspect, the present invention provides a simple method of signaling reference signal muting information to receiving radio equipment, such as items of user equipment (UEs). The reference signals may be positioning reference signals and/or cell-specific reference signals, for example. In one or more embodiments, the present invention proposes a general solution whereby the receiving radio equipment is informed not only on whether muting is used in general in a cell, but also the particular timing and formatting of such muting. Further, the contemplated method provides for the use of dynamic muting patterns, and thus avoids the need for statically defined muting patterns, and provides for coordinated muting control, across two or more network cells. In at least one embodiment, static or less dynamic aspects of the muting configuration is signaled via higher-layer signaling, while lower-layer signaling is used to signal more dynamic aspects of the muting configuration. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233494 | Methods and Apparatuses for Handling Reference Signals in a Cellular Network - Methods and apparatuses for enabling a configured demodulation reference signal to be transmitted from a User Equipment, UE, ( | 08-21-2014 |
20140233495 | Reporting Power Headroom for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom-related information for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting in a bitmap the power headroom-related information for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers, wherein the power headroom-related information is one of a power headroom for at least one of the aggregated carriers and a path loss for at least one of the aggregated carriers. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233496 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR USE IN A DYNAMIC AND STOCHASTIC ASYNCHRONOUSLY UPDATED WIRELESS AD-HOC NETWORK - A method for establishing and maintaining a dynamic network designed to allow wireless devices to communicate with one another on an ad-hoc basis. The wireless network is designed specifically to function autonomously, remaining completely independent from relying on any internet service provider or any other subsidiary systems such as any access points or routers. Rather than using central routers, all nodes in the network share the same capabilities as one another, and allow for a dynamic routing protocol to be executed directly by the network nodes. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233497 | METHOD OF HANDLING A CHANGE TO BEARER CONTROL MODE - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method and related network node and machine-readable storage medium including one or more of the following: receiving, at the PCRN, a request message from an Evolved Packet Core node; determining whether the request message includes a request for a modification to an IP-CAN session; and if the request message includes a request for a modification to the IP-CAN session: determining a current bearer control mode for the IP-CAN session, determining a previous bearer control mode for the IP-CAN session, comparing the current bearer control mode to the previous bearer control mode, and if the current bearer control mode is different from the previous bearer control mode, modifying the IP-CAN session according to the current bearer control mode. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233498 | MULTIPLE CQI FEEDBACK FOR CELLULAR NETWORKS - Single user and multiuser MIMO transmission in a cellular network may be performed by a base station (eNB) transmitting either one or two transmission layers. A user equipment (UE) receives a reference symbol from the base station. The UE processes the reference symbol with one or more of a plurality of preceding matrices to form a plurality of channel quality indices (CQI). The UE provides feedback to the eNB comprising one or more feedback CQI selected from the plurality of CQI and one or more preceding matrix indicators (PMI) identifying the one or more preceding matrices used to form each of the one or more feedback CQIs, wherein at least two PMI are included in the feedback. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233499 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving a Scheduling Assignment (SA) by a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system in which a base station transmits the SA being a first type or a second type, the SA including a set of Information Elements (IEs), and a first IE. The method includes receiving the SA; identifying that each bit included in the set of IEs of the SA and at least one bit included in the first IE of the SA are set with a predetermined value; and performing an action corresponding to the SA of the second type, if each bit included in the set of IEs of the SA and the at least one bit included in the first IE of the SA are set with the predetermined value. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for receiving a Scheduling Assignment (SA) by a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system in which a base station transmits the SA including at least one Information Element (IE). The method includes receiving the SA; identifying if a first IE included in the received SA is set with a first predetermined value and at least one bit in a second IE included in the received SA is set with a second predetermined value; and performing an action corresponding to a semi-persistent scheduling, if the first IE included in the received SA is set with the first predetermined value and the at least one bit in the second IE included in the received SA is set with the second predetermined value | 08-21-2014 |
20140233501 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION TO RANDOMIZE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for transmitting control information in an SC-FDMA system. A UE determines cyclic shift values for SC-FDMA symbols. The UE acquires cyclic shift sequences by the cyclic shift values. The UE applies the cyclic shift sequences to the control information on an SC-FDMA symbol basis. The control information applied with the cyclic shift sequences in the SC-FDMA symbols is transmitted to a Node B | 08-21-2014 |
20140233502 | Multi-Carrier Operation For Wireless Systems - The present disclosure generally relates to an uplink control signal design for wireless system. One example method of a subscriber station (SS) includes performing network entry in a multi-carrier wireless environment using a primary carrier, receiving timing information corresponding to the primary carrier, receiving a first control signaling via the primary carrier, the first control signaling assigning at least one secondary carrier, transmitting uplink data via the secondary carrier using an uplink transmission timing of the secondary carrier, the uplink transmission timing of the secondary carrier being assigned the same as an uplink transmission timing of the primary carrier, and determining an adjustment of the uplink transmission timing or frequency of the secondary carrier. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233503 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station (MS) decodes at least one PDCCH on at least a first downlink component carrier (DCC). The MS transmits HARQ control information for a PDSCH transmission indicated by a detection of a PDCCH and using a first PUCCH resource and a first PUCCH format, where the first PUCCH and the first PUCCH format are used for the transmission of the HARQ control information for the PDSCH transmission on the second DCC, the PDSCH transmission on the second DCC being indicated by the detection of the PDCCH. The MS also transmits the HARQ control information using a second PUCCH resource and a second PUCCH format, the second PUCCH resource and the second PUCCH format being used for the transmission of the HARQ control information for the PDSCH transmission only on the first DCC, the PDSCH transmission only on the first DCC being indicated by the detection of the PDCCH. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233504 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station device includes an information acquisition unit that is configured to and/or programmed to acquire information, which specifies a system bandwidth and a carrier frequency of a second downlink carrier component different from a first downlink carrier component, transmitted using RRC signaling via a physical downlink shared channel within the first downlink carrier component and a communication unit that is configured to communicate with the base station device by aggregate use of both the first downlink carrier component and the second downlink carrier component, where the first downlink carrier component and the second downlink carrier component have different carrier frequencies and each of the first downlink carrier component and the second downlink carrier component has its own downlink system bandwidth. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233505 | Providing a Deny Response that Specifies a Delay Time - A system receives, from a mobile station, a connection request that specifies a particular application type. In response to determining that the connection request is to be denied, the system sends a response denying the connection request to the mobile station, where the response includes a delay time that is applicable to the particular application type but not to another application type, and where the delay time indicates an amount of delay that the mobile station is to wait before resending another connection request. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233506 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY AND MULTIPLEXING FOR HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit in a control channel ACKnowledgement signals associated with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest process (HARQ-ACK signals) in response to receiving Transport Blocks (TBs) transmitted from a base station. The UE conveys the HARQ-ACK information by selecting one resource from multiple resources in the control channel and by selecting a constellation point of the modulation scheme for the HARQ-ACK signal. Transmission diversity is supported using different control channel resources that are already available to the UE without configuring additional resources. Design principles are described to optimally map the HARQ-ACK information to control channel resources and modulation constellation points for a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system and for a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233507 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - In at least some embodiments, a wireless networking system is provided. The wireless networking system includes a base-station and a plurality of user devices in communication with the base-station. The base-station selectively assigns each user device to one of a first group and a second group. Also, the base-station selectively assigns each user device to an uplink synchronized state and an uplink non-synchronized state. The base-station allocates a unique reduced identifier to each user device in the uplink synchronized state, but does not allocate unique reduced identifiers to user devices in the non-synchronized state. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233508 | DATA PACKET SENDING METHOD AND RADIO ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data packet sending method and a radio access network device. The method includes: receiving, by a radio access network device, a data packet sent by a core network device; acquiring duration that the data packet is cached on the radio access network device; and if the duration that the data packet is cached is greater than or equal to a preset wait duration threshold, transiting a user equipment that is in a CELL_FACH state and is corresponding to the data packet to a CELL_DCH state, and sending the data packet to the user equipment that is transited to the CELL_DCH state. The technical solutions in the present invention enable the UE to acquire a data packet in time to normally carry out a service when congestion occurs on a FACH, thereby improving the degree of user experience. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233509 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSINON POWER IN WLAN SYSTEM - A transmit power control method of a first station in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system includes: receiving path loss information from an (access point) AP, the path loss information containing a maximum value among path losses between the AP and at least one or more stations included in the WLAN system; controlling a transmit power by using the path loss information; and transmitting a frame according to the controlled transmit power. In said controlling the transmit power by using the path loss information, the transmit power is controlled by using a path loss obtained by adding the maximum value and a path loss between the first station and the AP or by using the path loss between the first station and the AP. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233510 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Controlling data transfer between a mobile device and a data telecommunications network includes receiving a service request requiring a data transfer, determining at least one parameter requirement relating to the service request from a predefined profile, determining a network/user condition relating to one or more of the at least one parameters, comparing the one or more parameter requirements with the relevant network/user condition, and using the comparison to determine whether or not to proceed with the service request. Data transfer to and/or from a mobile device may be managed so that the network conditions, such as available signal strength and bearer type, are taken into consideration before proceeding with the data transfer. Accordingly, if the network conditions are not suitable for the service request requiring a data transfer, it is possible to not proceed with the request, such as by delaying it until network conditions become suitable. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233511 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR POSITIONING A WIRELESS DEVICE - A method in a network node and a network node with positioning functionality in a wireless communications network in a multi-carrier system are described. The network node enables positioning measurements for a wireless device in the multi-carrier system based on at least one capability indicator that identifies on which carrier frequencies positioning measurements in the multi-carrier system can be performed. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233512 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING THE RELEASE OF A PERSISTENT RESOURCE - A method and apparatus for signaling the release of a persistent resource in long term evolution (LTE) are disclosed. An indication of the release of a downlink (DL) persistent resource is received by a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) from an evolved Node-B (eNB) via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). A positive acknowledgement (ACK) is transmitted by the WTRU which denotes that the indication has been received. The PDCCH or a medium access control (MAC) CE may be used by the eNB to signal the indication. At least one bit may be added to contents of the PDCCH to signal whether the PDCCH is for DL persistent or dynamic resource allocation. The DL persistent resource is then released and an indication that the DL persistent resource has been released is transmitted. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233513 | Precoding Control Indication Feedback Method, User Equipment, and Base Station - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a precoding control indication feedback method, a user equipment, and a base station. Channel capacity values corresponding to precoding matrices in a precoding matrix set are calculated. A sequence number of a precoding matrix corresponding to a maximum channel capacity value is used as a PCI to be used. The PCI to be used, a CQI indicating downlink channel quality, and ACK/NACK indicating a data decoding result are borne over an uplink HS-DPCCH. The same are fed back to a corresponding base station node to instruct the base station node to select a MIMO single-stream manner or a single-antenna manner to send data to be sent. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233514 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING AN M2M SERVICE, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR M2M COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method for machine to machine (M2M) communication. An M2M device acquires an M2M group identification (MGID) and an M2M zone identification. The M2M device checks whether or not the M2M device has escaped from the M2M group zone. If the M2M device has escaped from the M2M group zone, the M2M device transmits, to a base station, an update request message which requests that the M2M group identifier be updated. The M2M device receives, from the base station, a response message as a response to the update request message. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233515 | METHOD OF RESOURCE SCHEDULING USED FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - The invention relates to a method of implementing resource scheduling for MTC devices, the base station assigns multiple machine type communication (MTC) devices to a group, and allocates to each device a sequence number of the group respectively, informs each corresponding device of the sequence number of the device, allocates a resource set for the group, and transmits indication information, indicating the resource set, to each device via broadcast signaling, wherein, the sequence number is used to indicate the resource, in the resource set, used by the device. A MTC device determines the resource, in the resource set, used by the device based on the sequence number. The embodiment of the invention can save the overhead of MTC resource scheduling. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233516 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL TO AND FROM NETWORK AT UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a method of, at a user equipment (UE), transmitting and receiving a signal to and from a network in a wireless communication system. The method includes logging information about failure of a first connection establishment procedure if the first connection establishment procedure with the network has failed, and transmitting the logged information to the network when a second connection establishment procedure with the network is successful. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233517 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI), which is carried out by a terminal in a wireless communication system. If the number of information bits of the UCI falls inside a specific range when different types of UCI are transmitted through the same PUCCH format, a bit sequence of each of the UCI are channel-coded by aligning/interleaving, wherein the aligning/interleaving is carried out so that the UCI having high importance are channel-coded so as to have better decoding performance. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233518 | METHOD IN WHICH A TERMINAL TRANSCEIVES A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application relates to a method in which a terminal receives a signal in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises: a step of receiving, from a serving cell, interference mitigation information for mitigating interference from a neighboring cell; and a step of applying an interference mitigation technique based on the interference mitigation information so as to receive a signal from the serving cell. It is assumed that the serving cell does not apply said interference mitigation technique from after the reception of the interference mitigation information to the application of the interference mitigation technique. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233519 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FEEDBACK METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS - The present invention is designed to feed back channel state information, from which adequate received quality can be calculated, upon CoMP transmission. A radio communication system is provided, which includes a plurality of radio base station apparatuses and a user terminal which is configured to be able to communicate with the plurality of radio base station apparatuses, and, in this radio communication system, a radio base station apparatus (eNB) has a transmission section configured to transmit a reference signal for channel state measurement to a user terminal (UE), and a receiving section configured to receive channel state information generated in the user terminal (UE) based on the reference signal, and the user terminal (UE) has a channel state information generating section configured to be able to generate a plurality of pieces of channel state information, including channel state information from which interference from a coordinated cell is cancelled, when the plurality of radio base station apparatuses coordinate and perform transmission, and a transmission section configured to transmit the plurality of pieces of channel state information to the radio base station apparatus. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233520 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink control signal in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives one antenna port in a good channel state or one indicator that indicates precoding, which is selected by a base station, from the base station; and transmits the uplink control signal through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) to the selected one antenna port or the selected one precoding. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233521 | Method and Apparatus for Enabling Assignment of a Gateway to an Access Node | 08-21-2014 |
20140233522 | BASE STATION AND METHOD OF CALCULATING CORRECTION VALUE - In a base station, a downlink radio resource and an uplink radio resource to be used for transmission of a known signal from a communication terminal are associated for null steering to be performed based on the known signal. A correction value calculating unit calculates a first correction value used to correct a downlink quality value obtained by a communication terminal. The correction value calculating unit calculates a second correction value used to correct a downlink quality value obtained by a communication terminal. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233523 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION USING PUCCH FORMAT 3 IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to various apparatuses and methods for encoding Channel State Information (CSI) and transmitting the encoded CSI in a wireless access system supporting a multi-cell or multi-carrier environment. The method for user equipment to transmit CSI about two or more cells in a wireless access system includes the steps of: generating CSI bits for two or more cells; encoding each CSI bit for the two or more cells; and periodically transmitting the encoded CSI bit using physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 3. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233524 | OPERATING METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING IMPROVED CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNOLOGY AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a random access processing method, a processing method for processing different time-division setups, a method for reporting downlink timing differences, and a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal, when carrier aggregation technology is used in a wireless communication system. Through the present invention, a user can use improved carrier integration technology, and communicate without an erroneous operation. | 08-21-2014 |
20140233525 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for a base station to transmit a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) for a control channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a DMRS for an Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel (E-PDCCH) to a user equipment, wherein a DMRS sequence corresponding to the transmitted DMRS is formed using an initial sequence calculated based on a virtual cell ID. | 08-21-2014 |
20140241254 | ADAPTIVE SCHEDULING AND HARQ MANAGEMENT FOR COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSIONS - Disclosed herein is HARQ management, scheduling, and measurements, among other things, for cooperative communication. For example, methods herein may be used in situations wherein relaying or helping mechanisms may comprise the use of a relay node which is part of a fixed infrastructure or a relay node which may be a mobile wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). In said situations, a first transmission with first data is established between an evolved NodeB (eNB) and a WTRU. A second transmission with second data is established between a relay node (RN) and the WTRU. Said first and second data are combined for decoding. A single HARQ feedback for said first and second transmissions is sent from the WTRU to the eNB. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241255 | QUICK CALL SETUP FOR STATIONARY MACHINE-TO-MACHINE DEVICES AND METHODS - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatuses for wireless communications with improved call setup for stationary machine-to-machine devices. One aspect of the disclosure provides a method of initiating a call in a wireless communication network. The method includes: setting up an initial call with a base station; storing a set of negotiated service parameters in a memory; ending the initial call; and establishing a subsequent call with the base station based on the set of negotiated service parameters. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241256 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR THE COEXISTENCE OF PEER DISCOVERY AND LEGACY LTE TRAFFIC - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus allocates K blocks of subframes for WAN and peer-to-peer communications in a discovery period T and remaining subframes in the discovery period T for WAN communications and allocates a first set of subframes for peer discovery and a second set of subframes for the WAN communications in each block of the K blocks. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241257 | SCALABLE DISCOVERY IN CONTENTION-BASED PEER-TO-PEER WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for scalable discovery in contention-based peer-to-peer (P2P) networks are described herein. A method for managing access to a contention-based broadcast channel in a P2P wireless communication network as described herein includes obtaining one or more system timing parameters, the system timing parameters including at least a collision probability tolerance; and configuring a time structure for access to the contention-based broadcast channel using the system timing parameters, wherein the wakeup intervals are allocated between a contention period and a non-contention period and configuring the time structure comprises setting an upper-bound backoff counter value associated with the contention period as a function of at least the collision probability tolerance. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241258 | COORDINATED DIGITAL RADIO DISTRIBUTION ARCHITECTURE - A communication system architecture is provided, having an aggregator, arranged to centralize the access units and coordinate the radio signals of access units of different types digitally, and remote radio units configured to be modularly connectable to different types of radio elements that correspond to the access units and arranged to communicate with the aggregator digitally. Radio signals are scheduled and delivered with respect to the types of the access units and of the radio elements, and the aggregator is further arranged to handle distribution and combining of the radio signals digitally. The aggregator further comprises a controller arranged to continuously optimize communication with respect to the access units and user mobile communication devices by applying a decision process to cost functions that depends on communication parameters to derive specified dynamically changing parameters, and to manage the aggregator dynamically with respect thereto. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241259 | COGNITIVE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND OPERATING METHOD THEREOF - A cognitive radio communication network is provided. The cognitive radio communication network includes a cloud and a wireless communication network. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241260 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, NETWORK COMPONENT, BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING - In various aspects of this disclosure, a communication terminal may be provided. The communication device may include a cellular wide area radio communication technology circuit. The cellular wide area radio communication technology circuit may be configured to provide a communication in accordance with a cellular wide area radio communication technology. The communication device may further include a controller. The controller may be configured to manage radio resources for a cellular wide area radio communication connection based on radio resources that are provided or will be provided for a direct communication terminal device to communication terminal device communication bypassing a radio access network. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241261 | UPLINK CARRIER SELECTION FOR REDUCED BANDWIDTH MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Uplink carrier selection is performed for reduced bandwidth machine type communication devices by reserving a portion of a wideband carrier for machine type communication traffic to provide a plurality of narrowband uplink carriers in the wideband carrier, and by selecting a narrow band uplink carrier of the plurality of narrow band uplink carriers for use by a machine type communication device | 08-28-2014 |
20140241262 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL SIGNALLING FOR DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Systems and apparatuses involve implementing methods that may include transmitting a medium access control (MAC) message to a base station, the medium access control message including control information associated with at least one inter-device session between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE. The medium access control message may include a set of one or more MAC message elements (MEs), each MAC ME comprising control information associated with at least one inter-device session. At least one MAC ME in the set of MAC MEs may identify an inter-device session, the session being associated with communications between the first UE and the second UE. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241263 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WIMAX AND WIFI - A method for reducing interference between WiMAX signals and WiFi signals includes: obtaining a work frequency of the WiMAX module via the processor; comparing the work frequency of the WiMAX module with a preset frequency via the processor; and selecting a work frequency for the WiFi module according to the comparison result via the processor to make a difference between the work frequency of the WiFi module and the work frequency of the WiMAX module as greater as possible to reduce the interference between the WiFi module and the WiMAX module. An electronic device is also provided. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241264 | SIGNALING METHOD FOR HANDLING OF DESYNCHRONIZED DEFAULT BEARER CONTEXT OF THE LAST REMAINING PDN CONNECTION - In one example embodiment, a method includes receiving, by at least one user device, a request to deactivate at least one packet data network (PDN) connection between the at least one user device and at least one control node of a communication system. The method further includes determining, by the at least one user device, whether the at least one PDN connection is the only remaining PDN connection associated with the at least one user device and generating, by the at least one user device, a message based on the determining. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241265 | COMPONENT CARRIER TRAFFIC MAPPING - Data traffic may be mapped such that it may be routed via a component carrier. The data traffic may be mapped based on QoS, traffic offload, or the like. This may provide the ability to map certain data to specific component carriers. For example, this may provide a user subscription model with the ability to map one or more services to license exempt (LE) carriers, but not to other carriers. As another example, a user downloading a high definition movie may not want this to be counted towards his or her monthly quota on a licensed carriers or may want to pay flat rate to access supplementary carriers for such services. Allowing data to be mapped such that it may be routed via a component carrier via a component carrier may allow the user to map the data for the high definition movie to a LE carrier. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241266 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCED LATENCY WHEN ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods reduce latency associated with establishing communication on a wireless network. In one aspect, an access point determines interface identifiers for associated stations. Because the access point can ensure interface identifiers are not duplicated across associated stations, the need for duplicate address detection by the stations is reduced. In another aspect, an access point provides domain name system server network address information to a station. By providing the network address information of the DNS server, the need for the station to perform separate signaling to obtain the information is reduced. In another aspect, an access point transmits a mapping of a first station's network address to the first station's medium access control address to one or more associated stations. This may reduce the need for an associated station to perform address resolution signaling when attempting to communicate with the first station. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241267 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCED LATENCY WHEN ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Systems and methods reduce latency associated with establishing communication on a wireless network. In one aspect, an access point determines interface identifiers for associated stations. Because the access point can ensure interface identifiers are not duplicated across associated stations, the need for duplicate address detection by the stations is reduced. In another aspect, an access point provides domain name system server network address information to a station. By providing the network address information of the DNS server, the need for the station to perform separate signaling to obtain the information is reduced. In another aspect, an access point transmits a mapping of a first station's network address to the first station's medium access control address to one or more associated stations. This may reduce the need for an associated station to perform address resolution signaling when attempting to communicate with the first station. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241268 | Method for Accessing Wireless Local Area Network, Access Point and Wireless Local Area Network System - This application discloses a method for accessing a wireless local area network, an access point and a wireless local area network system. The access point obtains an uplink access collision value and broadcasts a first clear to send signal to all the stations associated with the access point when it is determined that the uplink access collision value exceeds a preset threshold. The first clear to send signal includes a media access control address of a first station associated with the access point. Data sent by the first station is received. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241269 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONDITIONAL OFFLOAD OF ONE OR MORE LOG-LIKELIHOOD RATIOS (LLRS) OR DECODED BITS - Techniques and apparatus are provided for conditional offload of one or more LLRs or decoded bits. An exemplary electronic device (ED) method includes receiving a transmission of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) having a transport block (TB) comprising at least one code block (CB), performing a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of the at least one CB, in a memory external to a modem core of the ED, storing a subset of log-likelihood ratios (LLRs) associated with the at least one CB if the at least one CB failed the CRC or decoded bits associated with the at least one CB if the at least one CB passed the CRC, wherein the subset is based on an LLR range of the transmission relative to an LLR range of one or more previous transmissions, and using the stored subset of LLRs or decoded bits to process a re-transmission of the PDSCH. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241270 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND LOGGING SYSTEM - According to an embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a packet generator, a queue unit, a predictor and a scheduler. The packet generator packetizes data. The queue unit temporarily stores a packet to be transmitted. The predictor predicts a transmission time of a first packet to obtain a first time. The scheduler outputs a second packet to the queue unit at a second time earlier than the first time. An interval from a third time when transmission of the second packet is complete until the first time is equal to or shorter than a predetermined period. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241271 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION IN A PORTABLE TERMINAL - An apparatus for providing a wireless communication in a portable terminal includes a wireless communication unit and a controller which verifies basic service set identifications (BSSIDs) of access points when roaming between access points is completed, verifies whether an internet protocol (IP) address is assigned based on a wireless communication network list and the verified BSSIDs, and performs a wireless communication by using an IP address which is in use according to a verification result, wherein the wireless communication network list is a list which classifies a plurality of access points according to the same dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) by using BSSIDs of the plurality of access points connected to the portable terminal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241272 | INTERFACE BETWEEN LOW POWER NODE AND MACRO CELL TO ENABLE DECOUPLED UPLINK AND DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION - Certain aspects provide a method for wireless communications with low powered, possible low cost devices, such as machine-type communications (MTC) devices. A method for wireless communications by a wireless node is provided. The method generally includes receiving, from a base station of a cell, signaling indicating a random access channel (RACH) configuration for a wireless device, detecting, based on the RACH configuration, the wireless device performing a RACH procedure, reporting the RACH detection to the base station of the cell, receiving signaling indicating the wireless node has been selected to serve the wireless device for uplink communications with the base station of the cell, receiving uplink data transmitted from the wireless device, and forwarding the uplink data to the base station of the cell. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241273 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting control information to a User Equipment (UE) by an evolved Node B (eNB) for interference measurement in a wireless communication system are provided. The eNB determines whether the UE can perform interference management for receiving a data signal transmitted from the eNB based on information of an interference signal. When it is determined that the UE can perform the interference management, the eNB transmits to the UE configuration information for receiving the data signal by applying the interference management by the UE, and then transmits to the UE downlink control information including transmission power control information indicating whether a transmission power of a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) corresponding to the interference signal is different from a transmission power of the interference signal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241274 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving feedback in a mobile communication system are provided. A method of configuring and receiving feedback information of an evolved Node B (eNB) includes transmitting configuration information on a plurality of reference signals including a first reference signal and a second reference signal to a User Equipment (UE); transmitting feedback configuration information including first feedback configuration information on the first reference signal and second feedback configuration information configured such that feedback information on the second reference signal is generated with reference to the first feedback configuration information to the UE; transmitting the reference signal to the UE according to the configuration information on the reference signal; and receiving feedback information including first feedback information according to the first feedback configuration information and second feedback information according to the second feedback configuration information from the UE. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241275 | PRIORITIZING APPLICATION DATA FOR TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS USER DEVICE - Methods and systems for prioritizing application data in a wireless user device are disclosed. A user device receives, at an application transport bearer (ATB) entity of a protocol layer of a network interface of a user device, at least a portion of a data packet originating from an application identified for prioritized data transfer on the user device. Then, the ATB entity of the user device schedules the data packet ahead of any data packets processed at any network-established data radio bearer (DRB) entities on the same protocol layer as the ATB entity. The ATB entity of the user device is also configured to operate on a protocol layer of a subset of protocol layers on the user device and is configured by the user device with a higher priority parameter than any of the network-established DRB entities on the same protocol layer as the ATB entity. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241276 | METHOD TO FACILITATE THE MINIMIZATION OF INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE BY EXPLOITING ITS KNOWN CHARACTERISTICS - In the method of the invention, the overall throughput of a user equipment connected to a serving cell of a cell network is affected by the presence of inter-cell interference of at least a main interfering neighbour cell of said cell network, said user equipment incorporating Successive Interference Cancellation, or SIC, capabilities, and is characterised in that it comprises performing a resources scheduling mechanism and/or power control process in said cell network according to the availability of said SIC capabilities in said user equipment. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241277 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS - A communication method includes performing, by a processor, digital processing for radio communication by multiple communication schemes; combining based on an actual communication state and within a processing capability of the processor, one or more among the communication schemes; and performing concurrent communication. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241278 | PUCCH RESOURCE ALLOCATION WITH ENHANCED PDCCH - Embodiments of the present disclosure include methods, apparatuses, and instructions for receiving at a user equipment (UE) of a third generation partnership project (3GPP) network an offset value selected from a plurality of offset values in downlink control information. The UE also receives one or more enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH). The UE may then determine an allocation of an uplink resource for a transmission on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) based at least in part on the index of a first eCCE and the offset value. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241279 | OPERATION OF TERMINAL FOR MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and an apparatus for enabling a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, a signal transmission method includes: receiving configuration information for multi-antenna transmission from a base station; configuring a multi-antenna transmission mode in accordance with the received configuration information; and transmitting an uplink channel having a plurality of symbols to the base station through multiple antennas. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241280 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus that includes a controller that reduces transmission power in case that data is transmitted simultaneously and a transmission circuit that simultaneous transmits said data using a plurality of channels, where the plurality of channels consists of at least one physical uplink control channel and at least one physical uplink shared channel. The transmission circuit of the mobile station apparatus also transmit hybrid automatic repeat request control information on said at least one physical uplink shared channel and also transmits channel state information on said at least one physical uplink control channel. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241281 | Method of Handling a Cell Addition for Dual Connectivity and related communication device - A method of handling a cell addition for dual connectivity in a communication system comprising a communication device, a first base station and a second base station, the communication device being connected to the first base station is disclosed. The method is utilized in the first base station and comprises transmitting a request message to the second base station, for requesting a cell addition for the communication device; receiving a response message comprising system information of a cell of the second base station from the second base station in response to the request message; and transmitting a first radio resource control (RRC) message comprising the system information to the communication device, after receiving the response message. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241282 | MONITORING THE HIGH-FREQUENCY AMBIENT PARAMETERS BY MEANS OF A WIRELESS NETWORK IN AN AIRCRAFT - A network node of a wireless communications network is provided in a means of transportation, for an aircraft, for ascertaining sources of interference, to a system with such a network node, to an associated method for ascertaining sources of interference of a wireless communications network provided in a means of transportation, for the aircraft, and to a computer program for executing the method. The network node includes an interference-power-ascertaining component, for ascertaining an interference power of an interfering radiation emitted from a source of interference, and a transmitting component for wireless or wirebound transmission of the ascertained interference power to a control device for determining at least one of a direction of the interfering radiation and a distance of the source of interference, including the position of the source of interference, on the basis of the ascertained interference power. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241283 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus to perform communication with another radio communication apparatus by using a plurality of pairs of a downlink frequency band and an uplink frequency band, the apparatus includes: a receiving unit configured to receive a control message by using a downlink frequency band of a first pair among downlink frequency bands of the pairs during a random access procedure to said another radio communication apparatus, the control message including identification information indicating use of an uplink frequency band of a second pair different from the first pair, the downlink frequency band of the first pair being monitored for control messages by the radio communication apparatus; and a control unit configured to control the radio communication apparatus to perform data communication with said another radio communication apparatus by using the uplink frequency band of the second pair indicated by the identification information included in the control message. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241284 | METHOD FOR SENDING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The embodiments of the present application provide a method for sending an uplink reference signal, a user equipment, and a base station. The method for sending an uplink reference signal includes: receiving, by a user equipment, first information sent by a base station, where the first information is used for indicating that the user equipment sends a demodulation reference signal on a part of subcarriers allocated by the base station to the user equipment; receiving, by the user equipment, second information sent by the base station, where the second information is information used for indicating the subcarriers that are used for sending the demodulation reference signal; and generating, by the user equipment, the demodulation reference signal according to the first information and the second information, and mapping the demodulation reference signal to the subcarriers indicated by the second information to send the demodulation reference signal to the base station. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241285 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING RANDOM ACCESS PARAMETER - A method and a device for processing a random access parameter, so as to properly adjust the random access parameter and improve a success rate of random access includes receiving a random access report of a first cell reported by one or more user terminals, where a random access detection item recorded in the random access report includes: at least one of number of times of preamble cycles in each random access, a reason for preamble transmission failure within each preamble cycle period and a random access delay; performing random access detection item statistics according to the random access report and obtaining a statistical value, if the statistical value reaches a preset threshold, adjusting the random access parameter of the first cell; and issuing the adjusted random access parameter to a user terminal belonging to the first cell. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241286 | METHOD FOR SELECTING PMI FOR NON-ADAPTIVE HARQ OPERATION IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a Base Station (BS), an uplink scheduling grant for multi-antenna transmission; transmitting the uplink signal precoded using precoding information included in the received uplink scheduling grant to the BS; and retransmitting the uplink signal to the BS according to Acknowledgment/Negative Acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) corresponding to the transmitted uplink signal. The retransmitted uplink signal is precoded using precoding information included in a most recent uplink scheduling grant or a predetermined precoding matrix if an uplink scheduling grant for the retransmission is not received from the BS. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR RESOUCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving Downlink Control Information (DCI) in a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting DCI by a base station includes generating the DCI including at least one of a data format indicator for at least one Transport Block (TB), and a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) resource allocation indicator corresponding to the at least one TB; and sending the DCI to a terminal. The DMRS resource allocation indicator includes a rank pattern for the at least one TB, an allocated scrambling code type, and DMRS port information. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241288 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING REVERSE TRANSMISSION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for controlling a reverse data rate in a mobile station. The method including determining a bit of a multi-bit control channel information based on at least two of a current data rate, transmission power, and an amount of data stored in a buffer of the mobile station; and transmitting the multi-bit control channel information to a base station. The bit of the multi-bit control channel information is determined based on whether the mobile station has power available to transmit at a higher reverse data rate. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241289 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL QUALITY FEEDBACK IN A MULTICARRIER WIRELESS NETWORK - A subscriber station for use in a wireless network capable of communicating according to a multicarrier protocol determines a total average signal level across N subbands within a channel, where each subband comprises a plurality of subcarriers. The subscriber station also determines a first average signal level within a first subband. The subscriber station then transmits a channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback message to the wireless network. The CQI feedback message comprises a first data indicating the total average signal level across the N subbands and a second data indicating the first average signal level within the one subband. The first data may indicate the total average signal level as an absolute value and the second data may indicate the first average signal level relative to the total average signal level using one of two or more unequal quantization levels. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241290 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for resource allocation and a base station, used for allocating resource blocks by the base station. The method according to the embodiments of the present invention includes: a base station determine a user equipment UE to which a current allocated resource block is allocated; if the index number of any resource block among the allocated resource blocks of the UE falls within a preset first index number range, judging whether the number of the allocated resource blocks of the UE is less than the preset first parameter value. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241291 | METHOD FOR SIGNALLING A PRECODING IN A COOPERATIVE BEAMFORMING TRANSMISSION MODE - In a method for operating a secondary station in a network, the secondary station: controlling a transceiver configured for simultaneously receiving transmissions from a first primary station controlling a first cell and at least one second primary station controlling a second cell; selecting a first precoding matrix for the first cell out of a first set of precoding matrices for the first cell; selecting, depending on the first precoding matrix, in accordance with a precoding scheme, a subset out of a second set of precoding matrices for the second cell, the subset comprising at least one precoding matrix for the second cell; selecting a second precoding matrix for the at least one second cell out of the selected subset of precoding matrices; transmitting a first and second indicator representative of the respective first and second precoding matrix; wherein the second precoding matrix is based on the value of the first indicator, so that the amount of data used for transmitting the second indicator is less than the amount of data used for transmitting the first indicator. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241292 | ERROR CORRECTION FOR A PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for communicating and utilizing persistent allocation of resources are described herein. A base station may allocate persistent resources to a client station, and may associate the client station or persistent resource allocation with a particular shared NACK channel. The base station may monitor the NACK channel for a NACK indicating a map error. The base station may monitor the resource allocation to implicitly determine a map error. The base station may resend one or more persistent resource allocation information elements in response to the NACK or implicit error determination. A client station having a persistent resource allocation may monitor persistent resource allocation information elements in map messages and/or may indicate failure to receive a persistent resource allocation information element in a NACK message on a shared NACK channel. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241293 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR COORDINATING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - The present invention provides a method and a base station for coordinating physical downlink control channel interference, where, base stations of neighboring cells exchange PDCCH state information or PDCCH performance information, so that a victim cell can identify an aggressive cell according to the above information, and notify the aggressive cell of taking a measure to reduce effect of interference to a PDCCH of the victim cell. Thereby the aggressive cell takes the measure to achieve PDCCH interference coordination, and to reduce the effect of the interference from the aggressive cell to the PDCCH of the victim cell. Or the aggressive cell actively finds that it is a strong interference source to a PDCCH of a certain victim cell, and, accordingly, takes a measure to reduce effect of interference to the PDCCH of the victim cell actively. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241294 | Method and apparatus for communication with shortened signal formats - Techniques for addressing high interference observed by a receiver in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The receiver may observe different interference power levels across a transmission symbol. In an aspect, the receiver applies different weights to different portions of the transmission symbol to account for fluctuation of interference power across the transmission symbol. In another aspect, a transmitter may send a transmission symbol such that a receiver can ignore a portion of a symbol period with high interference. In one design, the transmitter generates a transmission symbol including at least two copies of a signal component. The transmitter transmits at least one copy of the signal component in a portion of the symbol period in which the receiver does not observe high interference. The receiver processes the at least one copy of the signal component to recover data sent in the transmission symbol. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241295 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION - The present disclosure provides a method and device for transmitting information. The method includes: configuring a first physical uplink control channel format and a second physical uplink control channel for a user equipment first. An orthogonal sequence of the first physical uplink control channel format and an orthogonal sequence of the second physical uplink control channel format correspond to different expansion factors. Then the user equipment selects one of the physical uplink control channel format and the second physical uplink control channel format to transmit the feedback information. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241296 | Cooperative Wireless Networks - A cooperative multi-user multiple input, multiple output (MIMO) system coordinates spatially distributed transceiver stations for communicating with wireless client devices. The system comprises a network interface communicatively coupled to the transceiver stations via a backhaul network, which may comprise a wireless local area network. A MIMO processor pre-codes N | 08-28-2014 |
20140241297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM-ACCESSING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for performing a random access, more specially, to a method for a terminal performing a random access in a wireless communication system, and comprises a step of transmitting to a base station a random access preamble selected from either a first random access preamble group or a second random access preamble group, wherein the first and second random access preamble groups are discriminated depending one packet type to be transmitted by the terminal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving uplink control information (UCI) in a radio access system supporting an enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) is disclosed. The method includes transmitting downlink control information (DCI) including offset information for determining resources for transmitting a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) via the e-PDCCH, and receiving the UCI using uplink resources according to a resource index value for transmitting the PUCCH. The resource index value is calculated using an index value of a control channel element (CCE) comprising the e-PDCCH and the offset information. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241299 | TERMINAL INTER-APPLICATION NETWORK RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE THEREOF - A terminal inter-application network resource allocation method comprises the following steps: a terminal determining, according to a set ratio, an allocation ratio of network bandwidth resources for network applications running at the foreground, and according to a statistical result, obtained by the terminal, of operational behavior performed by a user on each network application, determining an allocation ratio of unallocated network bandwidth resources for each network application; the terminal allocating network bandwidth resources to each network application according to the allocation ratio of the network bandwidth resources for each network application. According to the application, bandwidth allocation can be dynamically adjusted in real time according to user operations, so as to solve the problem that, when multiple applications are enabled, the data communication time of a current application increases because the network resources are occupied by other background applications. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241300 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for obtaining control information on terminals in a wireless communication system. The method includes performing blind decoding on at least one of a first and a second area of a sub-frame. The first area includes a plurality of sets of one or more resource blocks that are not adjacent to the sub-frame and are continuous. The second area includes one or more continuous resource blocks on the sub-frame. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241301 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system including multiple mobile station apparatuses and at least one base station apparatus, the base station apparatus efficiently controls transmission of an uplink signal to the mobile station apparatuses. A path loss calculator calculates path loss on the basis of a reference signal received by a reception processing unit. A transmit power setter sets desired transmit power of an uplink signal using the path loss calculated by the path loss calculator. Additionally, a power head room controller generates power head room that is information concerning a margin of the transmit power using the desired transmit power set in the transmit power setter to control transmission of the power head room. The power head room controller determines to transmit the power head room upon switching of a kind of the reference signal used in the calculation in the path loss calculator. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241302 | SELECTION BETWEEN RANDOM ACCESS AND DEDICATED SCHEDULING REQUEST RESOURCES - In response to determining that a time to a periodic transmission opportunity exceeds a threshold, a UE selects between using a random access procedure and the periodic transmission opportunity to transmit an uplink message. In non-limiting examples given the periodic transmission opportunity is a scheduling request opportunity which is periodic according to an interval configured by a wireless network and the uplink message comprises a scheduling request. In an embodiment the user equipment's determination and selection is conditional on it pre-determining that intended uplink data or control signaling to which the scheduling request relates is delay sensitive. If that pre-determination is that the data/signaling is not delay sensitive then it uses the scheduling request opportunity to send its scheduling request without selecting between the random access procedure and the scheduling request opportunity. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241303 | TRANSCEIVING POINT, METHOD FOR SETTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL OF A TRANSCEIVING POINT, TERMINAL, AND METHOD IN WHICH A TERMINAL TRANSMITS A REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system in which a terminal transmits an uplink reference signal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241304 | Power Controller, Method, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Controlling Transmission Power - It is presented a power controller arranged to control transmission power of at least one mobile communication terminal of a cell of a mobile communication network. The power controller comprises: a candidate maximum signal to interference ratio, SIR, calculator, arranged to calculate a candidate maximum SIR based on a current headroom value, the headroom value being an indicator of how much the transmission power of the at least one mobile communication terminal is allowed to increase in the cell; and a SIR determiner arranged to determine a maximum SIR for the at least one mobile communication terminal based on the candidate maximum SIR. Corresponding radio base station, radio network controller, method, computer program and computer | 08-28-2014 |
20140241305 | Transmission of Data to or From a Node of a Mobile Network - For transmitting data between a node ( | 08-28-2014 |
20140241306 | DIGITAL RADIO-COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR CHANGING A NARROW-BAND INFRASTRUCTURE AND TERMINALS INTO A WIDE-BAND INFRASTRUCTURE AND TERMINALS - The invention relates to a radio-communication system for Push-to-Talk applications, comprising: a narrow-band PMR-technology terminal capable of connecting, via a radio-electric interface, to a narrow-band network infrastructure for accessing, via a PTT server, a set of narrow-band PTT resources or applications; and a wide-band-technology terminal capable of connecting, via a radio-electric interface, to an IP-WAN network for accessing, via a server, a set of wide-band PTT resources or applications, wherein said terminal comprises a client PTT application on the IP-WAN network configured to establish an IP connection between the terminal and a PTT server over the IP-WAN via an interface, such that said terminal can access the narrow-band PTT resources or applications and establish a communication channel with the terminal. | 08-28-2014 |
20140241307 | Method for Allocating a Transmission Mode to a User Equipment and Apparatus Thereof - It is described a method for allocating a transmission mode to a user equipment for a radio transmission within a cellular network between the user equipment and a base station, wherein the user equipment is adapted to communicate with the base station in the allocated transmission mode via a communication channel. The method includes determining, by the base station, an information being indicative for a quality of the communication channel, receiving, by the base station, a feedback information from the user equipment being indicative for the quality of the communication channel, determining a compensation value based on the information and the feedback information, wherein the compensation value is adapted for compensating a difference between the information and the feedback information, determining an adapted transmission mode for the user equipment based on the compensation value, and allocating the adapted transmission mode to the user equipment. | 08-28-2014 |
20140247774 | MANAGING ACCESS TO TRANSMISSION MEDIUM IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - An apparatus and method for managing interference in a transmission medium are disclosed. A apparatus and method may be used to detect a condition experienced by only one of first and second wireless nodes, and modify an operational parameter of one of the first and second wireless nodes, if the condition is detected, such that both the first and second wireless nodes experience the condition or neither the first and second wireless nodes experience the condition. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247775 | Initializing Reference Signal Generation in Wireless Networks - A transmitting node uses different reference signal sequences for different types of enhanced control channels. An example method begins with generating ( | 09-04-2014 |
20140247776 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method of enabling a user equipment to perform a contention based random access, includes maintaining a set of non-dedicated random access preambles for contention-free random access and a set dedicated random access preambles for contention-based random access. The method also includes determining a random access preamble identifier and transmitting a message to the user equipment containing the determined random access preamble identifier. Additionally, the method includes receiving from the user equipment a non-dedicated random access preamble that is selected by the user equipment based on the random access preamble identifier comprised in the transmitted message. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247777 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA PACKETS, AND CORRESPONDING STATIONS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A method and device are provided for transmitting data packets to an access network with sharing of a multiband channel among stations. A first band is referred to as a “transmission” band, and a second band is referred to as a “signaling” band. A station accesses the channel for transmitting data of a stream after using a counter to decrement a backoff value. The method includes: receiving backoff counts sent successively over the signaling channel by the various stations relating to their various streams; comparing the backoff counts with one another in order to detect identical values; and in the event of there being identical values between a plurality of stations, determining at least one new backoff count value that is different from all the others. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247778 | Adaptive Reference Signal Mapping in Wireless Multi-Access Communication Networks - Embodiments provide systems and methods for adaptive reference signal mapping in wireless multi-access communication networks, including LTE, WLAN, WiMAX, Bluetooth, etc. In an embodiment, the reference signal mapping configuration is user equipment (UE) specific and can be configured semi-statically or dynamically according to one or more communication related parameters of the UE. The one or more parameters can include, without limitation, a modulation scheme used for communication with the UE, a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) used for communication with the UE, a distance of the UE relative to the base station, an antenna configuration at the UE, interference management capability of the UE, and a rank of the UE. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247779 | Method of Handling Resource Exchange and Related Communication Device - A method of handling a resource exchange for a network comprises the steps of receiving at least one channel information report transmitted by at least one communication device pair, respectively; determining at least one resource exchange according to the at least one channel information report; and performing the at least one resource exchange on at least one first resource allocated to the at least one communication device pair and on at least one available resource at the network, to allocate at least one second resource to the at least one communication device pair. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247780 | SCHEDULING FOR SIGNALING AND INFORMATION TRANSFER - In a power save scheme, signaling and information transfers are scheduled to increase the amount of time a device in a wireless system can operate in power save mode. Multiple periods of time are allocated for signaling and for information transfer during a beacon interval. Control signaling during a signaling block indicates whether a given device should be awake for an information transfer during a subsequent information transfer period during the beacon interval. Thus, based on the indication, the device determines whether to be awake or asleep during the information transfer period. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247781 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MTC DEVICE ASSOCIATION SCHEMES - Methods and apparatuses are described for wireless communications in which various association schemes may be performed for a machine type communication (MTC) device. In a long-term evolution (LTE) heterogeneous network, the MTC device may associate with a macro cell or a small cell using a narrowband MTC channel supported by the cells. Information about the MTC channel, including its frequency spectrum, may be transmitted to the MTC device using reserved bits in a physical broadcast channel (PBCH). Once the MTC device identifies the MTC channel, it may communicate with one or more cells during a frame or during a sub-frame. The MTC device may determine channel metrics of the cells from the MTC communication and may identify a cell with which to associate from the channel metrics. The association may be to a best downlink cell or a best uplink cell based on the operating profile of the MTC device. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247782 | Configurable Constellation Mapping to Control Spectral Efficiency Versus Signal-to-Noise Ratio - Mixed mode constellation mapping to map a data block to a block of sub-carriers based on a configurable set of one or more constellation mapping schemes, and corresponding mixed mode least likelihood ratio (LLR) de-mapping based on the configurable set of one or more modulation schemes. The set may be configurable to include multiple modulation schemes to provide to a SEvSNR measure that is a non-weighted or weighted average of SEvSNR measures of the multiple modulation schemes. Mixed mode constellation mapping may be useful be configurable to control spectral efficiency versus SNR (SEvSNR) over a range of SNR with relatively fine SNR granularity, and may be configurable to control SEvSNR over a range of SNR at a fixed FEC code rate, which may include a highest available or highest permitted code rate. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247783 | Flexible Radio Link Control Packet Data Unit Length - According to an example method performed in a High Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) environment, a first device generates a High Speed Downlink Shared Channel (HS-DSCH) data frame that includes a plurality of blocks of packet data units. A first block of the plurality of blocks includes packet data units of a first length, and a second block of the plurality of blocks includes packet data units of a different, second length. The first device transfers the HS-DSCH data frame to a second device. The HS-DSCH data frame further includes, for each block of the plurality of blocks, a first information element that indicates a length of the one or more packet data units in the each block, and a second information element that indicates a quantity of packet data units in the each block. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247784 | Wireless Communication System - Methods and systems for hybrid point to multipoint communication systems having multiple downlink channels and a single uplink channel, including the steps of centrally allocating bandwidth to, and synchronizing communications with, a first and a second wireless clients; transmitting, over a shared signal wired distribution line, a first downlink signal transported over a first frequency, a second downlink signal transported over a second frequency, and an uplink signal transported over a fifth frequency; converting the frequency of the first downlink signal to a third frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a first wireless client over the third frequency; converting the frequency of the second downlink signal to a fourth frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a second wireless client over the fourth frequency; and converting and superpositioning a first received wireless uplink signal having the third frequency and a second received wireless uplink signal having the fourth frequency to the uplink signal that is transmitted over the shared signal wired distribution line using the fifth frequency. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247785 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed are a method, terminal, and base station for cooperative communication. A cooperative communication relationship between the terminals is established by the base station, wherein the cooperative communication relationship is that the terminals can directly transmit service data to each other by using uplink frequency spectrum in a communications system, that is, the terminals, which are in the cooperative communication relationship established by the base station, can directly transmit terminal-to-terminal service data to each other by using the uplink frequency spectrum, without through the base station. In this way, the base station effectively utilizes an idle frequency band in the uplink frequency spectrum to transmit the service data between the terminals, thereby improving effective utilization of the uplink frequency spectrum. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247786 | NODE DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A node device includes: a processor configured to: receive a first packet that is transferred from a source to a destination via at least one node device including the node device, the first packet including a counter value regarding a number of transfers of the first packet, and first coding information according to a first key information and contents of the first packet, determine whether to conduct a verifying process on the first packet based on the counter value, verify the first coding information is same as a second coding information, the second coding information being generated according to the contents of the first packet and a second key information stored in the memory, change the counter value in the first packet to an initial value, and transmit the first packet including a changed counter value to the destination or any one of the plurality of node devices. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247787 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE COOPERATION AMONG BASE STATIONS - Methods, an apparatus, and a network manager for cooperative communication are provided. A method of communication by a serving base station performing a cooperative communication with a plurality of base stations includes selecting serving channel code information based on Channel Status Information (CSI) of the serving base station, receiving cooperating channel code information based on CSI of a cooperating base station from the cooperating base station performing the cooperative communication with the serving base station, determining a compensation parameter based on the serving channel code information and the cooperating channel code information, and determining a beamforming vector of the serving base station based on the compensation parameter. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247788 | METHOD FOR PAGING INFORMATION IN CELLULAR SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting paging information in a cellular system. An object of the method is transmitting paging information which can improve applicability of a limited radio resource by variably and flexibly setting up and mapping a transport channel and a physical channel in order to transmit information notifying start of downlink information from a base station to a terminal in a cellular system for packet transmission. The method includes the steps of: forming a paging channel (PCH) in a transport channel corresponding to generation of paging information; setting a paging indication channel (PICH) based on the paging information and forming the paging indication channel in a radio resource of a physical layer; and allocating the paging channel to the radio resource of the physical layer. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247789 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING TERMINAL TO SEND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A method for triggering a terminal to send a sounding reference signal includes: obtaining requirement information of measurement, where the requirement information includes a position and a bandwidth of a frequency band to be measured; selecting a resource for a terminal from at least two preset resource patterns according to the requirement information, where multiple types of resource information are preset in each resource pattern of the at least two preset resource patterns to indicate a resource; and triggering the terminal to utilize the selected resource to send a sounding reference signal. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247790 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ENHANCING UPLINK COVERAGE IN INTERFERENCE SCENARIOS - A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network in which a User Equipment (UE) associated with a first evolved Node B (eNB) experiences interference from a second eNB. The method includes negotiating by the first eNB of the wireless network with a second eNB of the wireless network for a partitioning of subband resources on an uplink. A first subset of subband resources is assigned to the first eNB, and a second subset of subband resources is assigned to the second eNB. A method and apparatus are for communication in a wireless network. The method includes decoding a downlink control channel received during a protected downlink subframe to determine an uplink subframe n containing a protected subband for uplink transmission. The method also includes transmitting data during the uplink subframe n on the protected subband. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247791 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL TO PROTECT AGAINST ERRONEOUS FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method for providing precoding weights for data symbols of data control subframes includes generating a downlink frame having control subframes which individually correspond to one of a plurality of downlink data subframes, and inserting weight information into each of the control subframes, such that the weight information is to be applied to data symbols present in the corresponding one of the data subframes. The method further includes transmitting the control subframes and the inserted weight information to a receiving device. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247792 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE AND MANAGEMENT METHOD THEREOF - A system includes: nodes, configured to provide computing resources and network resources of a base station and virtualize the computing resources and the network resources into logical resources; a switch device, configured to perform data exchange between the nodes; a node management device, configured to form a resource pool and schedule the resources in the resource pool to a cloud based virtual base station for use; a cloud based virtual base station management device, configured to manage and control resources of the cloud based virtual base station; and the cloud based virtual base station, configured to obtain, according to the management of the cloud based virtual base station management device and the scheduling of the node management device, logical resources provided by the nodes, and provide base station services based on the logical resources. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247793 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING RESOURCE REGION INFORMATION FOR PHICH AND METHOD OF RECEIVING PDCCH - A method of acquiring information on a resource region for transmitting PHICH and a method of receiving PDCCH using the same are disclosed. The resource region for transmitting the PHICH can be specified by first information corresponding to the per-subframe PHICH number and second information corresponding to a duration of the PHICH within the subframe. The first information can be specified into a form resulting from multiplying a predetermined basic number by a specific constant. And, the specific constant can be transmitted via PBCH. Moreover, the second information can be acquired from the PBCH as well. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247794 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station (MS) receives a parameter used for configuring PUCCH resources, the PUCCH resources being configured on an uplink component carrier (UCC) on which HARQ control information is transmitted on a PUCCH; determines a first PUCCH resource on the UCC for a first PDSCH transmission indicated by a detection of a first PDCCH in a sub-frame on a first downlink component carrier (DCC), the first PUCCH resource being determined based on a control channel element of the first PDCCH; determines a second PUCCH resource on the UCC for a second PDSCH transmission indicated by a detection of a second PDCCH in the sub-frame on a second DCC, the second PUCCH resource being determined from the PUCCH resources which are configured; and transmits information bits using one of the first or the second PUCCH resource, the information bits being used for indicating the HARQ control information. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247795 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PERSISTENT SCHEDULING CHANGE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving persistent scheduling change information are disclosed. A machine-to-machine (M2M) device for receiving persistent scheduling change information in a wireless communication system includes a receiver for receiving, from a BS, a message comprising allocation period information including a persistent allocation period, wherein the message further comprises changed resource allocation information, when the allocation period information indicates temporal change or one time reallocation of uplink persistent allocation for the M2M device. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247796 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a communication system in which a base station apparatus and a terminal apparatus communicate with each other, a base station apparatus, a terminal apparatus, and a communication system with which the base station apparatus and the terminal apparatus can efficiently communicate with each other are provided. The terminal apparatus that communicates with the base station apparatus includes a radio resource control section | 09-04-2014 |
20140247797 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication section controls the transmission directivity of a plurality of antennas, based on a known signal transmitted from a communication terminal. A radio resource allocating section allocates a downlink radio resource and allocates an uplink radio resource. A grouping processing section for classifying classifies a plurality of communication terminals with which the communication section communicates into a first terminal group executing an application with high communication quality of transfer data and a second terminal group executing an application with low communication quality of transfer data. A unit period is determined in which an uplink radio resource for a known signal usable for the transmission of the known signal by a communication terminal and a downlink radio resource appear. A correspondence between the downlink radio resource and the uplink radio resource for the known signal is defined for null steering based on the known signal in the unit period. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247798 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING OF UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - Communication systems, for example, wireless communication systems such as long term evolution (LTE) release 11 (Rel-11) may use methods for multiplexing of periodic channel state information reports. Such methods may support the support heavy reliance on channel state information signaling in uplink to provide improved downlink performance. A method can include multiplexing a plurality of channel state information reports into a same subframe. The plurality of channel state information reports can correspond to a user equipment. The method can further include prioritizing a set of channel state information reports including the plurality of channel state information reports. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247799 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - To make a mobile station apparatus efficiently generate a base sequence. In a mobile station apparatus that generates a sequence for a demodulation reference signal on the basis of at least a sequence group number and transmits to a base station apparatus the demodulation reference signal together with a physical uplink shared channel used for transmission of a transport block, the mobile station apparatus receives information indicating a value of a parameter relating to the sequence from the base station apparatus, and determines the sequence group number without using the value of the parameter in a case where the mobile station apparatus performs transmission of the transport block on the physical uplink shared channel as part of a contention based random access procedure. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247800 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING FREQUENCY DOMAIN-BASED WIRELESS LINK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a technique for radio link monitoring in a wireless communication system, and to operation procedures of the base station and user equipment and a method for radio link quality evaluation on the basis of the technique. In the method, the user equipment divides the downlink channel bandwidth into multiple frequency ranges, measures channel states for each frequency range, and evaluates the radio link quality based on channel state measurement results. Thereafter, the user equipment sends frequency range quality information to the base station, which may then utilize the same for downlink resource allocation. Hence, it is possible to solve the problem of the existing scheme wherein the user equipment enters the physical layer problem detection state or the radio link failure state although a frequency range usable for service provisioning is present within the downlink channel bandwidth. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247801 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - The present disclosure enables dynamic switching to a frame format different from the UL-DL configuration set by an SIB, and in particular switching to a downlink communication subframe from an uplink communication subframe, while also enabling effective utilization of downlink communication subframes. A base station uses “UL/DL communication subframe switching information” included in a DCI sent by a downlink communication subframe to instruct a terminal whether or not to perform uplink communication to a DCI using one or more uplink-specific communication subframes, and also gives instructions whether to perform uplink communication or downlink communication on an uplink communication subframe switchable to a downlink communication subframe. | 09-04-2014 |
20140247802 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR FACILITATING USE OF CARRIER AGGREGATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for facilitating use of carrier aggregation for device-to-device communications. A method may include establishing, at a first communication apparatus, a carrier aggregation configuration defining a set of one or more component carriers usable for device-to-device communication between the first communication apparatus and a second communication apparatus. The method may further include causing the first communication apparatus to engage in device-to-device communication with the second communication apparatus in accordance with the established carrier aggregation configuration. Corresponding apparatuses are also provided. | 09-04-2014 |
20140254494 | IEEE 802.11 Communication Utilizing Carrier Specific Interference Mitigation - Wireless communication under IEEE 802.11 standards utilizing carrier specific interference mitigation where an AP or UE employs an ultra-wideband tuner to evaluate available spectrum between several communication bands. Rather than being constrained to communicate in a single communication band, the AP and UEs may utilize more than one communication band to communicate with one another. In doing so, the AP and UE search across several bands and measure interference on a carrier-by-carrier basis across those bands. Either of the AP and UE may select a cluster of carriers for communication, where the cluster of carriers may comprise 1) contiguous carriers in a single sub-channel, 2) contiguous carriers spanning across more than one sub-channel, 3) discontinuous carriers in a single sub-channel, or 4) discontinuous carriers spanning across more than one sub-channel. The mapping between a cluster and its carriers can be fixed or reconfigurable. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254495 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING COMPLEXITY IN MODULATION CODING SCHEME (MCS) ADAPTATION - The computational complexity of MCS adaptation for linear and non-linear MU-MIMO can be reduced by avoiding QR decomposition during subsequent stages of MCS adaptation. For instance, QR decomposition can be avoided in later stages of MCS adaptation by computing an instant upper right triangular matrix (R | 09-11-2014 |
20140254496 | Methods and Devices for Allocating Resource Blocks in an LTE Network - Resource blocks in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network may be allocated by determining a maximum number of user equipments (UEs) in the LTE network that are permitted to transmit in a time period using a given resource block. This maximum number of UEs may be determined according to an upper limit on the overall transmission power in the LTE network for the given resource block. The given resource block may be allocated in the time period to up to the maximum number of UEs based on each UE's geographic location within the network. Related systems, methods, and devices are disclosed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254497 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR CONTENTION-FREE MEDIUM ACCESS WITHIN ASSIGNED ACCESS SLOTS - Method, apparatus, and computer program product embodiments of the invention are disclosed for contention-free medium access within assigned access slots employable, for example, in connection with wireless networks. In an example embodiment of the invention, a method comprises: receiving, at an apparatus, one or more access node broadcast frames, wherein said broadcast frames comprise: assignment information on assignment of one or more assigned access slots; and contention indication indicating whether contention is to be performed in order to access said slots; learning at the apparatus, by considering said assignment information, of a slot, of said assigned access slots, assigned to the apparatus; learning, at the apparatus, by considering said contention indication, whether contention is to be performed in order to access the slot assigned to the apparatus; and accessing, at the apparatus, a medium during the slot assigned to the apparatus. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254498 | COMMUNICATION CONTROLLER AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - A communication controller is described comprising a determiner configured to determine, for each communication connection of a set of communication connections between a communication device and another communication device, a characteristic of the communication connection, a selector configured to select a plurality of the communication connections based on the characteristics of the communication connections and a controller configured to control a transmission of data between the communication device and the other communication device to use the selected plurality of communication connections. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254499 | TETHERING OF MOBILE WIRELESS DEVICES - Embodiments of computer-implemented methods, systems, computing devices, and computer-readable media are described herein for tethering of mobile wireless devices. In some embodiments, a computing device configured for tethering may include a processor and a tethering application operated by the processor to associate a first mobile wireless device with a community of mobile wireless devices eligible for tethering to the first mobile device based on eligibility criteria; identify, among the community of mobile devices, a second mobile wireless device to tether with the first mobile device, based on communication information exchange among the mobile wireless devices in the community, including the first mobile device; and based on a result of the identifying, cause the first mobile device to tether to the second mobile device, so as to enable the first mobile device to connect to a wireless communication network via the second mobile device. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254500 | Techniques for an Access Point to Obtain an Internet Protocol Address for a Wireless Device - Examples are disclosed for an access point (AP) of a wireless local area network (WLAN) capable of obtaining an internet protocol (IP) address on behalf of a wireless device attempting to couple to the WLAN. The access point may receive an association request for the wireless device to couple to the WLAN. The association request may include an indication of whether the wireless device is also requesting an IP address. If an IP address is requested, the AP may obtain an IP address from a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server on behalf of the wireless device. Meanwhile, in some examples, the AP may concurrently implement an authentication process to enable the wireless device to couple to the WLAN. For these examples, upon authentication of the wireless device, the AP may provide the obtained IP address to the wireless device. Other examples are described and claimed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254501 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING SYSTEM INFORMATION CHANGE - A method and apparatus for handling system information change. When the system information changes, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may be running a procedure. Depending on the nature of the system information, the WTRU may not need to interrupt the procedure to update the system information. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254502 | Systems and Methods for Differentiated Fast Initial Link Setup - System and method embodiments are provided for differentiated fast initial link setup. The embodiments enable improved performance of initial link setup by stations in a wireless local area network during the association process and mitigate the negative effect of bursty association on existing associated users. In an embodiment, a method in a wirelessly enabled network component for differentiated fast initial link setup in a wireless local area network, includes determining categories of station types for initial link setup; determining initial link setup conditions for each station type, wherein the initial link setup conditions specify a priority of associating for each station type; and broadcasting initial link setup conditions to a plurality of stations, wherein the stations determine whether to associate with the wirelessly enabled network component immediately or after a time duration according to the station types and initial link setup conditions. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254503 | SIGNAL DETECTOR FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL AND TIME ERROR CORRECTION METHOD THEREOF - Provided are a signal detector for an uplink control channel and a time error correction method capable of simply correcting time errors, which occur during adjustment of a starting point of an FFT of an uplink control channel signal, by use of differential demodulation and thus improving the signal detection performance of an uplink control channel. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254504 | DOWN-SAMPLING OF CELL-SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNALS (CRS) FOR A NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) - Technology for selecting physical resource blocks (PRB) for cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmission for a new carrier type (NCT) is disclosed. In an example, device operable in an evolved Node B (eNB) to select physical resource blocks (PRB) for cell-specific reference signal (CRS) transmission for a new carrier type (NCT) can include computer circuitry configured to: Determine a frequency bandwidth for the NCT; and select a CRS pattern of PRBs for a transmission of the CRS in the frequency bandwidth, wherein the frequency bandwidth includes PRBs with CRS and PRBs without CRS. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254505 | PRIORITIZING TIME CRITICAL DATA FOR TRANSMISSION DURING POWER LIMITED STATE IN DC-HSUPA OPERATION - Techniques for prioritizing time critical data for transmission during a power-limited state in DC-HSUPA operation are described. A user equipment (UE) may be in a power-limited state. The UE may identify non-scheduled, time critical data and scheduled data as available for transmission. The UE may detect that a minimum transport block size is about to be selected for a transmission on a secondary uplink carrier. The UE may prioritize the non-scheduled, time critical data over the scheduled data and transmit the non-scheduled, time critical data on a primary uplink carrier based on the prioritizing. The UE also may transmit the scheduled data during a transmission time interval (TTI) that is different from the TTI during which the non-scheduled, time critical data was transmitted. The non-scheduled, time critical data and the scheduled data may be transmitted using transmit diversity. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254506 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING H-RNTI UPDATES IN NETWORK-INITIATED CELL REDIRECTION - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate updating an access terminal with a valid H-RNTI in response to a network-initiated redirection of an access terminal from a serving cell to a target cell in a wireless communications system. According to at least one example, an access terminal can acquire a target cell in response to a network-initiated redirection indicated by a received redirection message. A determination can be made that a current radio network temporary identity (RNTI) associated with the access terminal is invalid for use in the target cell. In response to the determination that the RNTI is invalid for use in the target cell, a cell update procedure may be initiated to obtain a valid RNTI for use in the target cell. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254507 | ANTENNA CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless router applying an antenna control method includes a number of antennas and communicates with a number of terminal devices via the antennas. The antenna control method includes detecting a current bandwidth B | 09-11-2014 |
20140254508 | METHOD FOR CODEBOOK ENHANCEMENT FOR MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEMS - A wireless terminal is capable of receiving a pilot signal from a base station; and determining a precoding matrix as a linear combination of two matrices V | 09-11-2014 |
20140254509 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING - Methods, systems, and devices are described for scheduling transmissions for multiple subframes in a single scheduling operation. Scheduling information is provided in a multi-subframe scheduling information transmission for a set of subframes. Differences in characteristics for subframes under the multi-subframe information are determined, and one or more properties for communication during the one or more subframes may be adjusted based on subframe characteristics. Such multi-subframe scheduling may allow for reduced overhead for scheduling uplink or downlink transmissions. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254510 | Clear channel assessment (CCA) levels within wireless communications - A wireless communication device is configured to perform clear channel assessment (CCA) using one or more CCA levels that are selected based on various criteria. The device receives or detects one or more packets on the communication medium, and the device then processes those one or more packets to determine status of one or more channels within one or more frequency bands using the one or more CCA levels. These CCA levels may be selected based on one or more parameters, and different CCA levels may be used at different times, for different channels, etc. Also, different CCA levels may be used to determine the status of different channels, different portions of the frequency spectrum, etc. When at least one channel is determined as being clear and available for usage, the device is configured to support communications with one or more other devices via one or more channels. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254511 | REDUCING IMPACT OF CLOCK DRIFT IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Systems and methods for calculating round trip time (RTT) between two wireless devices with respective clock drifts, while lowering the impact of the clock drifts on the RTT. A first RTT in a first direction is determined between a first wireless device and a second wireless device based on a first set of one or more messages exchanged between the first wireless device and the second wireless device. A second RTT in a second direction is determined between the second wireless device and the first wireless device based on a second set of one or more messages exchanged between the second wireless device and the first wireless device, and an average RTT of the first RTT and the second RTT is computed, wherein the average RTT has a low impact of the clock drifts. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254512 | SIGNAL DECODING IN THE PRESENCE OF ALMOST-BLANK SUBFRAMES (ABS) - A method includes, in a mobile communication terminal, receiving signals from a base station in a sequence of time frames. Based on the received signals, a classification of the time frames into first and second types is determined in the terminal, such that a level of interference in the time frames of the first type is lower than the level of interference in the time frames of the second type. The received signals are decoded based on the time frames and the corresponding classification. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254513 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISCOVERING DEVICES IN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products communicating discovery information in a wireless neighborhood aware network (NAN). One method includes receiving, at a first wireless device, a message from a neighboring wireless device. The message includes a data structure indicative of discovered device identifiers. The method further includes determining whether the data structure indicates an identifier of the first wireless device. The method further includes transmitting a message including the identifier of the first wireless device when the data structure does not indicate the identifier of the first wireless device. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254514 | Codebook Enchancement for Long Term Evolution (LTE) - Multiple input multiple output systems using a transmit precoder codebook designed for a four-transmitter (4Tx) antenna configuration are described. The 4Tx antenna configuration is an attractive option for base stations in cellular network environments and it is desirable to use a transmitter precoder codebook that provides sufficient granularity in typical operating scenarios, and to address various antenna configurations. In an embodiment, the transmit precoder codebook can be used for a variety of transmit antenna configurations including uniform linear antenna arrays, cross-polarized antenna arrays and uncorrelated antenna arrays. In another embodiment, the transmit precoder codebook is a two-component codebook, with a first precoder component signaled at a first rate and a second precoder component signaled at a second higher rate. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254515 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL SLOT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING BEAMFORMING - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a signal of Random Access Channel (RACH) in a wireless communication system using beamforming are provided. The reception method includes receiving the signal through each transmission beam of a transmitter from a transmitter, transmitted in each transmission beam by the transmitter, the signal including as many repeated symbols as a total number of reception beams of a receiver, and detecting symbols by switching to reception beams corresponding to the symbols included in the signal during reception of the signal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254516 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting control information is provided for use in detection of interference an signal in a wireless communication system. An interference control method of a base station of a mobile communication system includes scheduling data to be transmitted to a terminal and transmitting control information including data channel information on the scheduled data and interference signal information to the terminal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254517 | METHOD FOR MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION IN LARGE-SCALE ANTENNA SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for multi-input multi-output transmission of a base station in a wireless communication system. The method includes obtaining channel information of one or more terminals, classifying the one or more terminals into one or more classes and one or more groups dependent on the class based on the channel information, determining a group beamforming matrix for each of the one or more groups, performing group beamforming transmission on terminals belonging to each of the one or more groups based on the group beamforming matrix, obtaining single user-channel quality indicator (SU-CQI) information and interference signal information of each of the terminals belonging to each of the one or more groups, and scheduling the terminals based on the SU-CQI information and the interference signal information. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254518 | FLEXIBLE TRANSMISSION AND BACK-OFF INTERVALS IN NETWORK DEVICES - A network device can implement functionality for dynamically varying the total back-off duration. The network device can determine a total transmit duration for transmitting data from on a communication medium. If the total transmit duration exceeds a predetermined transmit interval associated with the data, the network device can determine the total back-off duration based, at least in part, on the total transmit duration and the predetermined transmit interval. The network device can initiate the total back-off duration by deferring data transmission on the communication medium during the total back-off duration. In some embodiments, if the network device implements multiple consecutive back-off intervals, the network device can determine whether to vary the duration of a second back-off interval depending on whether a transmission by another network device is detected on the communication medium after a first back-off interval elapses. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254519 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station apparatus in which a configuration section ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140254520 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL - A method for transmitting an uplink signal by a communication apparatus in a wireless communication system is discussed. The method includes multiplexing control information with at least one of a plurality of data blocks to generate a bit sequence; and transmitting the uplink signal including the bit sequence. When the control information includes a first type of control data, the control information is multiplexed with all of the plurality of data blocks. When the control information includes a second type of control data, the control information is multiplexed only with a specific data block among the plurality of data blocks. The first type of control data includes acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information, and the second type of control data includes channel quality information. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254521 | System and Method for Multi-Carrier Network Operation - A system and method for configuring a component carrier is presented. A component carrier assignment message is received. The component carrier assignment message may be configured to identify the component carrier and include at least one of, at least one of a downlink carrier frequency, a carrier frequency of a paired uplink carrier, a bandwidth of the component carrier, and a bandwidth of the paired uplink carrier, an indication of whether the component carrier is a control channel monitoring component carrier configured to signal data channel assignment information for the component carrier, and a logical index of the component carrier. The component carrier assignment message may then be used to configure the component carrier on a user equipment (UE). | 09-11-2014 |
20140254522 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station (MS) receives in a sub-frame a first and second PDCCH, where the first PDCCH indicating a first PDSCH transmission on a first downlink component carrier (DCC) and the second PDCCH indicating a second PDSCH transmission on the second DCC, determines a first PUCCH resource based on a control channel element (CCE) of the first PDCCH and a second PUCCH resource based on a CCE of the second PDCCH when the first PDCCH and the second DCC are received in the sub-frame and transmits control information on HARQ using a single PUCCH resource (selected from the first and second PUCCH resource), where the first and second PUCCH resource are mapped on a single uplink component carrier corresponding to the first DCC, and the control information on HARQ includes information indicating an ACK or a NACK for each of downlink transport blocks transmitted on the first and second PDSCH. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254523 | CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a connection establishment method and a user equipment. The connection establishment method includes: acquiring, by a second user equipment supporting a device to device (D2D) function, first user equipment information of a first user equipment supporting the D2D function; and initiating, by the second user equipment, a connection establishment process with a network-side device after the second user equipment determines that a connection with the first user equipment is established according to the first user equipment information, and sending the first user equipment information to the network-side device in the connection establishment process, so that a connection is established between the network-side device and the first user equipment. The present invention can realize establishment of a DPS bearer between the user equipments supporting the D2D function, realize communication between the user equipments supporting the D2D function and further realize resource controllability of a network. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254524 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON MULTIPLE SPECTRUM BANDS - A method and apparatus for simultaneously communicating on at least two carrier frequencies, of which at least one carrier frequency is a licensed band and at least one carrier frequency is an unlicensed band, includes broadcasting an operating status of the unlicensed band to a receiver device, collecting feedback data regarding channel conditions from the receiver device for both the licensed band and unlicensed band, determining, when a bandwidth request is received from the receiver device, whether to use the unlicensed band based on the channel conditions, transmitting an unlicensed band scheduling indication to the receiver device, and communicating with the receiver device using both the licensed band and the unlicensed band according to the transmitted unlicensed band scheduling indication. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254525 | Method of controlling connection between nodes in digital interface - A method of controlling connection between nodes in a digital interface whereby a first node that is a master node determines a second node to be the master and controls a point-to-point connection or a broadcast connection to another node. The first node having the display device determines the second node to be the master in accordance with a user selection, and transmits a connection command of a predetermined format for transmitting a data stream to the second node. The second node determined as the master in accordance with the transmitted connection command of the predetermined format is allocated with a channel and a bandwidth from an isochronous resource manager (IRM), and performs a point-to-point connection between the second node and the first node to transit the data stream. Thus, the transmission/reception, reproduction, and control of the data stream of the program can be smoothly performed. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254526 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting information of resources for use in transmission of ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is disclosed. An example method for receiving ACK/NACK signals in a mobile communication system is also disclosed. When resources for transmission of data and resources for transmission of control information of the data are scheduled through virtual unit resources, the method identifies information of resources for receiving an ACK/NACK signal for transmission data mapped to information of at least one of a virtual unit resource allocated to the transmission data and a virtual unit resource allocated to control information of the transmission data, and receives the ACK/NACK signal for the transmission data through the information of resources for receiving the ACK/NACK signal. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254527 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ABOUT AVAILABLE POWER OF TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting power headroom information by a terminal in a mobile communication system. The method includes obtaining, by the terminal, an uplink transmission resource; obtaining, by the terminal, a path loss; and if the path loss is changed more than a threshold since a last transmission of a power headroom, obtaining power headroom information using a maximum transmission output of the terminal and a transmission power of the terminal, and transmitting the power headroom information using the uplink transmission resource. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254528 | Method for Acknowledging RLC Data Packet Transmission and RLC AM Entity Sender - The present invention provides a method for acknowledging RLC data packet transmission and an RLC AM entity sender. In embodiments of the present invention, an RLC AM entity sender sends an RLC data packet, which includes first indication information, to an RLC AM entity receiver through a sender MAC entity and a receiver MAC entity. The RLC AM entity receiver is instructed not to feed back acknowledgment information of the RLC data packet. Local acknowledgment information of the RLC data packet that is fed back by the sender MAC entity is received, so that the RLC AM entity sender can determine whether the transmission of the transmitted packet is successful. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254529 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION THEREOF - A communication system for supporting carrier aggregation and a method and apparatus for updating system information thereof are disclosed. A method for providing system information in the communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes: when system information of said communication system changes, generating first information including information for indicating the change of system information; determining a first cell of a terminal related to the change of system information, wherein said first cell is one of cells to which said terminal connects, and corresponds to a carrier unit currently used by said terminal for keeping connection with a base station of said communication system; and transmitting said first information to said terminal through said first cell. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254530 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal in a Wireless communication system, and a method and apparatus for receiving the uplink signal. A base station transmits to the user equipment a first cell identifier and a second cell identifier. The user equipment transmits an uplink control signal and a first reference signal sequence for demodulating the uplink control signal, or transmits an uplink data signal and a second reference signal sequence for demodulating the uplink data signal. A first reference signal is generated by using the first cell identifier, and a second reference signal is generated by using the second cell identifier. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254531 | METHOD FOR MITIGATING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present application provides a method for allowing a cell to remove inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system. Specifically, said method comprises the steps of: receiving, from neighboring cells, time resource interference information on a first subframe type and a second subframe type; receiving, from said neighboring cells, first frequency resource interference information corresponding to said first subframe type and second frequency resource interference information corresponding to said second subframe type; and performing downlink communication and uplink communication by using said first frequency resource interference information, said second frequency resource interference information, and said time resource interference information. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254532 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A BASE STATION COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for determining a precoding matrix for downlink signal transmission in a base station cooperative wireless communication system. The method includes receiving from a first terminal first channel information between the first base station and the first terminal, and second channel information between a second base station and the first terminal, transferring the first and the second channel informations to the second base station, determining a first precoding matrix for a first channel maximizing the efficiency of transmission to the first terminal, and determining, by the second base station, a second precoding matrix for a third channel between the second base station and the first terminal in order for a signal transmitted from the second base station to the first terminal to be arranged in an area where a signal transmitted from the first base station to the first terminal is not used. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254533 | METHOD OF MONITORING A CONTROL CHANNEL, AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - The present invention relates to a method of monitoring a control channel and a wireless device using same in a multiple antenna system in which a plurality of layers are defined. The wireless device monitors a first downlink control channel in a first search space which is mapped to a first layer, and a second downlink control channel in a second search space which is mapped to a second layer. The first layer of the plurality of layers is the lowest layer. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254534 | Method and Apparatus for Channel Predicting - The present invention discloses a channel predicting method and apparatus in a communication network comprising a time-varying wireless channel. The channel predicting method comprising: determining a prediction strategy; selecting a certain number of channel samples from candidate channel samples each corresponding to one symbol in time domain in accordance with the prediction strategy; determining prediction weights in accordance with the prediction strategy and statistical properties of the time-varying wireless channel; and weighting the selected channel samples with the determined prediction weights to obtain a predicting channel sample as a prediction result. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254535 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND TRANSMITTING METHOD - In a transmitting apparatus, a transmission rate request signal generating unit ( | 09-11-2014 |
20140254536 | Timeslot Allocation in Uplink CDMA - The invention relates to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: allocate at least one specific uplink resource for uplink shared channel data to at least one device operable at decreased transmission power and/or bit rate, wherein the at least one specific uplink resource is at least one frequency resource and/or at least one time resource, and wherein the at least one specific uplink resource includes a plurality of reference symbols, and if a plurality of devices are allocated, separate the devices on the at least one specific uplink resource by multiplexing, wherein the multiplexing includes code division multiplexing. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254537 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting reduced power-almost blank subframe (r-ABS) setting information from a first cell to a second cell, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises a step of the first cell transmitting to the second cell r-ABS pattern information for indicating the r-ABS which is setup by the first cell, and r-ABS power indication information for indicating transmission power of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of the first cell from the r-ABS, wherein the PDSCH transmission power of the first cell can be set to a transmission power which is low compared to a common subframe. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254538 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR RECEIVING AN UPLINK SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for determining whether or not to transmit an uplink control signal in a first subframe according to whether or not a subframe (the first frame) corresponding to a transmission time of the uplink control signal is within an active time, or whether or not the first subframe is one of a constant number of subframes after the last subframe of the active time, and the active time is a time for the reception of resource allocation information for data retransmission. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254539 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed such that, in a heterogeneous environment where the same cell identification information is used, it is possible to identify from which cell a downlink signal has arrived, in a user terminal, and thereby maintain the accuracy of reception. The radio communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: at the radio base station apparatus: generating a demodulation reference signal sequence using a pseudo-random sequence including a user-specific parameter; and transmitting user-specific information for determining the user-specific parameter and the demodulation reference signal sequence to the user terminal; and at the user terminal: determining the user-specific parameter using the user-specific information for determining the user-specific user parameter transmitted from the radio base station apparatus, and identifying a demodulation reference signal sequence using a pseudo-random sequence that uses the user-specific parameter; and demodulating a received signal using the identified demodulation reference signal sequence. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254540 | Method and Device for Setting Operating Channel in White Space - The present invention relates to a method of setting an operating channel for a second station STA by a first STA in a white space according to an embodiment of the present invention may include: obtaining information on available TV channels from a geographical database GDB; and transmitting, to the second STA, setting information on the operating channel determined based on the information on the available TV channel. If the minimum channel bandwidth supported by the operating channel is W MHz, the operating channel may be defined as one or more of a) a width of one W MHz channel, b) a width of two contiguous W MHz channels, c) a width of four contiguous W MHz channels, d) a width of two non-contiguous W MHz channels, or e) a channel width consisting of two non-contiguous frequency parts, each of which includes two contiguous W MHz channels. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254541 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication method is applied to a mobile communication system comprising a general base station that manages a general cell and a specific base station that manages a specific cell having a coverage area smaller than a coverage area of the general cell. The mobile communication method comprises: a step A of notifying, by the general base station, the specific base station of scheduling information indicating an uplink radio resource to be assigned to general mobile terminals that are mobile terminals in a connected state in the general cell, at a time interval of a predetermined time; and a step B of notifying, by the specific base station, the general base station of general mobile terminal interference information indicating interference that the specific cell receives according to the uplink signals transmitted from the general mobile terminals at the time interval of the determined time. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254542 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING TRANSMISSION OF DOWNLINK ACK/NACK SIGNAL - The invention relates to a method and apparatus for enhancing transmission of a downlink ACK/NACK signal in an LTE communication system. In order to attain the object of enhancing transmission of a downlink ACK/NACK signal, the invention proposes an enhanced design of the current PHICH and thus makes an enhanced PHICH (E-PHICH). The enhanced design is focused primarily upon the following aspects: the first aspect is to configure an E-PHICH in the legacy PDSCH and to transmit an ACK/NACK signal in the E-PHICH so that a UE demodulates the E-PHICH to obtain the ACK/NACK signal. The second aspect is to improve a PHICH-and-PUSCH association design by designing an implicit association between an E-PHICH index and a radio frequency resource occupied by a UL grant (in a legacy PDCCH or an E-PDCCH) and an explicit association between a PUSCH scheduled by a UL grant and an E-PDCCH respectively and to transmit an ACK/NACK signal in the E-PHICH so that a UE demodulates the E-PHICH to obtain the ACK/NACK signal. With the invention, transmission of a downlink ACK/NACK signal in an LTE communication system can be enhanced. | 09-11-2014 |
20140254543 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BETWEEN A MOBILE TERMINAL AND AT LEAST ONE STATIONARY DATA NETWORK, MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOTOR VEHICLE HAVING A MOBILE TERMINAL - A wireless interface provides a location-dependent transmission bandwidth for mobile access to a stationary data network. To this end, historical values relating to wireless interface parameters for a plurality of locations and for predetermined times are stored in a geo-database. Expected values for future data transmissions are ascertained from stored values. At the outset, a probable route for movement and an estimated arrival time of the mobile terminal at a location along the route are ascertained. The expected transmission bandwidth at the location is then ascertained based on the geo-database. During the transmission of data, at least one data transmission is regulated in accordance with the transmission bandwidths expected to be available along the route. | 09-11-2014 |
20140269519 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and apparatus is provided. The base station of the present invention transmits configuration information on a control channel to a terminal, checks an aggregation level for use in transmitting the control channel, maps Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) to resource elements in a resource block depending on the aggregation level, determines, when the resource elements of the DMRS correspond to a first resource element set, whether to map the DMRS to resource elements corresponding to a second resource element set in the resource block, and transmits the DMRS and control channel to the terminal according to the determination result. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269520 | System and Method for Determining a Pilot Signal - A method of configuring a pilot signal includes defining a first pilot signal arrangement and defining a second pilot signal arrangement. Also, the method includes determining, by a communications controller, a first determined pilot signal arrangement in accordance with the first defined pilot signal arrangement, the second defined pilot signal arrangement, and a set of characteristics and transmitting, by the communications controller, the pilot signal having the first determined pilot signal arrangement. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269521 | METHOD AND DEVICE TO SUPPORT SITE ACTIVATION USING A HAILING CHANNEL - A BS tunes its receiver to the hailing channel and monitors for a hailing signal. A subscriber unit (SU) scans a first set of control channels for a control signal transmitted by a trunked base station (BS) in a trunked radio system. In response to failing to locate a control signal on any one of the first set of control channels, the SU tunes its transmitter to a hailing channel and transmits a hailing signal. In response to receiving a hailing signal from a SU, the BS tunes to a transmit portion of a trunked control channel and transmits a control signal. And the BS subsequently tunes to a receive portion of the trunked control channel and monitors for a registration response. Subsequently, the SU scans a second set of control channels for a control signal transmitted by a BS in the system. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269522 | ADAPTIVE CLOCK RATE FOR HIGH SPEED DATA COMMUNICATIONS - A method adaptively adjusts an internal clock rate and/or supply voltage based on an indication from a scheduling channel. A UE determines whether high speed data has been scheduled. The UE adjusts the clock speed and/or supply voltage based on the determination. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269523 | MOBILE HUB DEVICES AND DOCKING STATIONS FOR CONTROLLED DELIVERY OF DIGITAL MULTIMEDIA DATA - Mobile hub devices and docking stations facilitate controlled delivery of digital multimedia data from a content service provider. A mobile hub device includes a transceiver configured to receive and transmit digital multimedia data over a plurality of communication links. The mobile hub device includes a processor for identifying content providers which permit the mobile hub device to download multimedia data hosted by the content providers. The processor schedules delivery of the multimedia data from the content providers to the mobile hub device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269524 | COLLISION DETECTION AND BITWISE ARBITRATION IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method is provided for detecting collisions and arbitrating channel access in a multicarrier wireless network. The method includes: transmitting a collision probe over a data channel using a first antenna of a first communication device, where the collision probe is derived from a binary codeword comprised of k bits and each bit of the binary codeword is transmitted using a different subcarrier frequency of the data channel; listening for a signal on the data channel using a second antenna of the first communication device and concurrently with the transmission of the collision probe; comparing a collision probe received on the data channel from another communication device with the collision probe transmitted on the data channel by the first communication device; detecting a collision on the data channel based on the comparison step; and arbitrating access to the data channel upon detecting a collision on the data channel. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269525 | PROVIDING LIMITED NETWORK ACCESS TO USER DEVICES - A network device is configured to receive, from a user device that is not subscribed to a network associated with the network device, a connection request identifying a particular service, of one or more services, to provide to the user device. The system may further identify a packet data network (PDN) to establish based on the particular service; identify one or more parameters, associated with the PDN and identifying a data flow, associated with the particular service, that can be provided to the user device; and establish the PDN based on the one or more PDN parameters. The PDN may permit only the data flow, associated with the particular service, to be transmitted to the user device. The system may further provide the data flow, associated with the particular service, to the user device via the PDN. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269526 | RADIO RESOURCE MANAGMENT - Methods and systems described herein relate to more optimally allocating and scheduling radio resources simultaneously in space, time and frequency to enhance user quality of experience (QoE) according to use context within the constraints of maximizing long term service provider revenue expectation for a given investment in radio access network infrastructure for improved radio resource management, such methods optionally including use of heat maps of user trajectories as a factor in a process for resource allocation. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269527 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR SINGLE AND MULTI-CARRIER DOWNLINK AND UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION RESOLUTION - The subject matter described herein includes methods, systems, and computer readable media for single and multi-carrier downlink and uplink control information resolution. A method for downlink and uplink control information resolution includes receiving a downlink signal including downlink control information and uplink control information. The downlink signal is processed to segregate at least some of the downlink control information in the signal from the uplink control information in the signal. The segregated downlink control information is processed using downlink control information processing resources. The uplink control information in the signal is processed using uplink control information processing resources. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269528 | NETWORK SUPERVISED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method of supervising device-to-device communication may include determining that a first wireless device and a second wireless device are configured to communicate with each other through device-to-device communication as a device-to-device pair. The method may further include assigning a pair identifier to the device-to-device pair. The pair identifier may be configured to allow the device-to-device pair to communicate with each other and an access point of a wireless communication network while protecting from eavesdropping. Further, the method may include directing the first wireless device and the second wireless device to use the pair identifier while participating in the device-to-device communication. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269529 | Apparatus and Method for Media Access Control Scheduling with a Sort Hardware Coprocessor - An apparatus includes a Media Access Control (MAC) scheduler to generate a sort request. A hardware based sort coprocessor services the sort request in accordance with specified packet processing priority parameters to generate a sorted array. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269530 | Apparatus and Method for Media Access Control Scheduling with a Priority Calculation Hardware Coprocessor - An apparatus includes a Media Access Control (MAC) scheduler to generate a priority value calculation request with a specified formula and a list of metrics. A hardware based priority value calculation coprocessor services the priority value calculation request in accordance with the specified formula and the list of metrics. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269531 | INTELLIGENT CONNECTION MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS DEVICES - Techniques associated with intelligent connection management in a wireless device are described, including receiving, at an output device, initiation data from a mobile device, the initiation data configured to initiate an operation associated with remote data, the mobile device configured to access a data plane packet and a control plane packet associated with the remote data using a cellular network, detecting a connection path available to the output device using an intelligent connection device coupled to the output device, determining, using connection profile data, whether the connection path is operable to access the data plane packet from a remote source, determining, using the connection profile data, whether the connection path is operable to access the control plane packet from the remote source, and accessing, using the output device, at least one of the data plane packet and the control plane packet. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269532 | SPATIALLY GROUPED RANDOM ACCESS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of enabling a plurality of user equipments (UEs) to transmit on random access channel (RACH). The method including transmitting, by an access point (AP), beacons to activate sets of UEs of the plurality of UEs based on a protocol, each of the sets of UEs containing UEs that are spatially co-located and each beacon associated with a different one of the sets of UEs. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269533 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING GPRS TUNNELING PROTOCOL USER PLANE TRAFFIC IN A CLOUD-BASED MOBILE NETWORK - An exemplary method of providing network address translation (NAT) for GPRS tunneling protocol user plane (or GTP-U) traffic on a data center server supporting multiple radio bearers in a mobile network is disclosed. The method includes: receiving packets from a source node via a GTP-U tunnel; filtering ingress GTP-U packets from other types of packets; forwarding a respective ingress GTP-U packet with a public destination IP address to a first queue if a destination IP address matches a defined GTP-U public IP address for the destination node; extracting one or more ingress GTP-U packets and forwarding the packets to a user-land operating system process for inspection; performing NAT of the destination IP address; placing ingress GTP-U packets that have an internal IP address that identifies with a particular radio bearer into a second queue; and forwarding the ingress GTP-U packets via a radio bearer within a network for processing. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269534 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A radio communication device is provided including a first transceiver; a second transceiver, a first determiner configured to determine an effect of a communication by the first transceiver on the throughput of a communication by the second transceiver, a second determiner configured to determine an effect of pausing the communication by the second transceiver during the communication by the first transceiver on the throughput of the communication by the second transceiver and a controller configured to control the second transceiver to pause communication during the communication by the first transceiver if the effect of the communication by the first transceiver on the throughput of the communication by the second transceiver is higher than the effect of pausing the communication by the second transceiver during the communication by the first transceiver on the throughput of the communication by the second transceiver. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269535 | WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH SPLIT CONTROL PLANE AND DATA PLANE - In one embodiment, a method includes identifying an access point joining a wireless controller in communication with a switch, establishing a control tunnel between the access point and the wireless controller, transmitting an address of the switch from the wireless controller to the access point, and requesting the switch to setup a data tunnel with the access point. An apparatus and logic are also disclosed herein. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269536 | APPARATUS FOR DETECTING INCORRECT WEP KEY FOR OPEN AUTHENTICATION - An electronic device for detecting reason for connection attempt failure with an Open Key authentication (WEP) protocol is discussed. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269537 | Direct Routing of Communication Sessions for Mobile IP Communication End Points - Embodiments of methods and systems for direct routing of communication sessions for mobile IP communication end points are presented. The methods may be implemented in a service provider network. In one embodiment, a method includes receiving, on a first service provider network, a request for access to a target communication device, the target communication device being associated with a second service provider network. The method may also include receiving an indicator, from the second service provider network, that the target communication device is roaming on a third service provider network. Additionally, the method may include establishing a peer-to-peer communication link with the target communication device on the third service provider network by a direct peer-to-peer interconnection process. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269538 | Methods And Systems For Transmitting Data Frames From a Cloud-Based System - Audio and video data streams are transmitted from cloud-based system to one or more base transceiver stations without losing data frames by substantially ensuring that each data frame is not transmitted when it cannot be received within a reception window. Those data frames that may eligible for transmission, but are withheld from transmission, may be transmitted during a future, scheduled time interval provided the data frame can be received within a future reception window. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269539 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FEEDBACK REPORTING - A User Equipment (UE) for sending feedback is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE receives signaling to configure the UE with multiple serving cells having a first uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration for each of the serving cells. If the UE is configured with the multiple serving cells and at least one of the serving cells is configured with additional reconfiguration information that enables dynamic UL/DL reconfiguration, then the UE also determines a downlink (DL)-reference UL/DL configuration for at least one of the serving cells based on the first UL/DL configuration of the at least one serving cell and the additional reconfiguration information of the at least one serving cell. The UE further sends Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information based on the DL-reference UL/DL configuration. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269540 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCHEDULING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - This disclosure provides coexistence strategies for a combined wireless communications device using multiple wireless protocols, such as WLAN and LTE. One or more periods having increased interference potential during an upcoming communication event of one wireless protocol may be identified and the transmission duration of another wireless protocol may be dynamically adjusted to reduce interference. In one aspect, a first period of potential interference during an upcoming LTE transmission may be predicted based on allocated LTE transmission power. The duration of the transmission may be adjusted so that a response to the transmission does not arrive during the first period. In another aspect, a second period of potential interference during an upcoming LTE reception may be predicted based on an estimated quality of LTE reception. The duration of the transmission may be adjusted so that the transmission does not being during the second period. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269541 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DELAYED ACKS/NACKS IN LTE CELLULAR SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be an eNB. The eNB informs UE(s) of a change in at least one of a first configuration for transmission of ACKs/NACKs by the UE(s) for DL transmissions received by the UE(s) or a second configuration for reception of ACKs/NACKs by the UE(s) for UL transmissions sent by the UE(s). The eNB indicates to the UE(s) one or more resources in which the UE(s) is to transmit the ACKs/NACKs for the received DL transmissions or is to receive the ACKs/NACKs for sent UL transmissions. The eNB indicates to the UE(s) a subset of the DL transmissions to the UE(s) for which the UE(s) is to transmit the ACKs/NACKs or a subset of the UL transmissions by the UE(s) for which the UE(s) is to receive the ACKs/NACKs. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269542 | MEDIA OFFLOAD FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS APPLICATIONS - Various technologies described herein pertain to operating a multi-processor mobile device. An application client executing on an application processor of the multi-processor mobile device negotiates a media session with a service. Responsive to the media session being negotiated, a media offload request is signaled from the application processor to a baseband processor of the multi-processor mobile device. The media offload request includes identification information that signifies packets that form part of the media session. Responsive to receipt of the media offload request, incoming packets received by the baseband processor from a base station are evaluated to detect whether the incoming packets form part of the media session. The incoming packets that form part of the media session are redirected from the baseband processor to a digital signal processor without being routed through the application processor and processed to generate an output, where the output is transmitted to an output device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269543 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTER-PROTOCOL ADAPTATION LAYER PERFORMANCE COORDINATION - An approach is provided for coordinating protocol adaptation layer (PAL) performance. The approach involves causing, at least in part, a schedule request message to be sent from a first PAL to a second PAL. The approach also involves causing, at least in part, a schedule response message to be sent from the second PAL to the first PAL. The approach further involves processing the schedule response message to cause, at least in part, a negotiated coordinated schedule between the first PAL and the second PAL. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269544 | TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY OPERATION OF UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless network comprises a wireless station obtaining a transmission opportunity period (TXOP) for communicating with an access point (AP) over a wireless communication channel. The wireless station sends an announcement to the AP to share the transmission opportunity period with at least another wireless station, as a multi-user transmission opportunity period for simultaneously transmitting data from said wireless stations to the AP on multiple uplink (UL) spatial streams over the wireless channel. UL TXOP transmission information is communicated based on one or more indications included in a quality of service (QoS) data frame and a frame header. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269545 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNAL INTERFERENCE PROCESSING - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, obtaining a schedule of transmission segments in an uplink of a communication system, determining a threshold for detecting signal interference in at least one transmission segment of a plurality of transmission segments according to the schedule of transmission segments in the uplink, and detecting signal interference in the at least one transmission segment of the plurality of transmission segments according to the threshold. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269546 | SET OF OPTIMIZATIONS APPLICABLE TO A WIRELESS NETWORKS OPERATING IN TV WHITE SPACE BANDS - An access point coupled to a node within a network is configured to combine channel maps provided by other access points to which the node is coupled, thereby reconciling any discrepancies between those channel maps. The access point may also combine channel maps associated with different regions that the node may occupy, thereby reducing the number of channel maps that must be transmitted to the node when the node travel between regions. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269547 | BASE STATION EMPLOYING SHARED RESOURCES AMONG ANTENNA UNITS - A base station includes a base unit and a plurality of remote antenna units (RAUs). Each of the RAUs includes a physical layer circuit (PHY). The PHYs are configured to each use the same physical layer identifier, but each PHY includes its own hardware for supporting users in the coverage area of that PHY. The base unit controls resource allocation for the RAUs to increase the capacity of the base station and/or reduce interference between PHYs. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269548 | METHOD TO MANAGE INTERFERENCE BETWEEN IDLE DEVICES - A method and apparatus to manage interference between idle devices is provided. The method may include determining a pair of a target transmission node and a target reception node among nodes included in a multi-hop network. The method includes determining idle devices cooperating to manage interference in the communication based on a transmission mode determined for communication. The method determines and transmitting coordination information for communication between the pair of the target transmission node and the target reception node, to nodes participating in the communication and the cooperating idle devices. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269549 | WIRELESS STATION AND METHODS FOR TOF POSITIONING USING REVERSE-DIRECTION GRANT - Embodiments of a communication station (STA) and method for time-of-flight (ToF) positioning in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, an initiating station may transmit a message M1 carrying a high-throughput control (HTC) field that includes a reverse direction grant (RDG) bit. The RDG indication grants permission to a responding station to send information back to the initiating station. The message M1 may be a timing measurement action frame. An ACK frame may be received from the responding station to acknowledge receipt of the message M1. The ACK frame may optionally carry an HTC field that includes a more PPDU indication to indicate whether a PPDU (e.g., contained in message M2) is to follow the ACK frame. The message M2 may be received from the responding station and may include timing measurement information from a current and/or one or more previous ToF message exchanges. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269550 | ASSIGNING LICENSED AND UNLICENSED BANDWIDTH - A controller for assigning bandwidth to communications made over a communication network, the communication network having available to it a first type of bandwidth, which is not available to other users, and a second type of bandwidth, which is available to other users, the controller being configured to assign a communication the first type of bandwidth or the second type of bandwidth in dependence on an overall bandwidth available to the communication network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269551 | SUPPORT OF IP CONNECTIONS OVER TRUSTED NON-3GPP ACCESS - In an embodiment, there is provided a method for the support of IP connections for a User Equipment UE having access to a 3GPP Core Network CN via at least a trusted non-3GPP Access Network AN that does not support Layer 2 signalling and bearer per IP connection, said method comprising: —providing that traffic carried by an IP connection is tunnelled over said AN, through a Layer-2 tunnel associated with said IP connection. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269552 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL, AND CONTROL APPARATUS - A communication system includes a mobile terminal that can receive wireless signals by concurrently using cells respectively of a first and a second frequency bandwidth, the latter cell having a range narrower than the former cell. The mobile terminal further transmits state information that indicates at least the presence/absence of power supply to the mobile terminal or the remaining battery amount of the mobile terminal. The communication system further includes a control apparatus that allocates communication resources for the wireless signal that is transmitted by a base station to the mobile terminal. The control apparatus switches according to the state information transmitted by the mobile terminal, a first allocation process of allocating the first and the second frequency bandwidths for the wireless signal and a second allocation process of allocating the first frequency bandwidth or the second frequency bandwidth for the wireless signal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269553 | APPARATUS FOR COOPERATING WITH A MOBILE DEVICE - An apparatus for cooperating with a mobile device having an embedded transceiver is disclosed. The apparatus includes a housing and a mechanical connector on the housing, the mechanical connector being configured to mechanically retain the mobile device. At least one port within the housing conveys energy to at least one auxiliary wireless transceiver associable with the apparatus. The apparatus is configured to cooperate with the mobile device when the mobile device is retained on the housing by the mechanical connector, to enable transmission of a first portion of a data stream over the at least one auxiliary transceiver while a second portion of the data stream is simultaneously transmitted over the embedded transceiver. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269554 | SELF-CALIBRATION TECHNIQUES FOR IMPLICIT BEAMFORMING - A method for communication includes, in a communication device that includes a plurality of transmission/reception (TX/RX) chains, each including a respective TX chain and a respective RX chain coupled to a respective antenna, transmitting a calibration signal via one or more TX chains and receiving the transmitted calibration signal via one or more RX chains. Calibration coefficients, which are indicative of offsets in response between the TX chains and the corresponding RX chains, are computed based on the received calibration signal. A self-calibrated beamformed signal is generated using the calibration coefficients. The self-calibrated beamformed signal is transmitted via the TX chains to a remote communication device. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269555 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SHARING CONTEXT INFORMATION IN A NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK - Systems and methods share context information on a neighbor aware network. A method for communicating data in a wireless communications network is disclosed. The method includes receiving, by a device, a first message from a station, decoding the message to determine service information, the service information identifying a service provided by the station, generating a second message, wherein the second message is generated to indicate the service provided by the station and service information of the device, and transmitting, by the device, the second message to a remote station. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269556 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR UNIT IDENTIFICATION IN A BROADBAND PUSH-TO-TALK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A broadband push-to-talk communication system provides identity data to uniquely identify a message sender in a group communication. The individual wireless devices that are part of a group call are each assigned a unique identity, which may be an IP address and/or other identity. When a PTT communication is initiated, the transmitting device transmits identity data in addition to the message. The message and identity data are relayed to each wireless device designated as part of a group call to permit unambiguous identification of the transmitting unit. When the PTT communication is terminated, the group members receive a terminating packet that will delete the sender identity. In addition to identity data, location data and other auxiliary data may also be transmitted to all group members. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269557 | VERIFIED EMERGENCY GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communication devices can be designated for group communication. A communication device, which may be part of the designated communication group, originates an emergency message to the communication group. Upon receipt of the emergency message, each wireless communication device that receives the message generates an alarm to alert the user to the arrival of an emergency message. Upon receipt of the emergency message, the user of each of the communication devices activates a response device to indicate that the emergency message has been received. The message originator receives the confirmation messages to determine that each of the members of the communication group have received the emergency message. If a device has not received the emergency message, transmission may be repeated or messages sent to the other group members to notify them of the failure of the device to respond to the emergency message. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269558 | System and Method for Time-Power-Frequency Hopping for D2D Discovery - Embodiments are provided to implement a time/power/frequency hopping scheme for device-to-device (D2D) discovery. The embodiments improve the UE detection of D2D discovery signals from neighboring UEs and account for large number of UEs' discovery signals. This is achieved by having neighboring UEs transmitting at different time instances and at different power levels. Further, neighboring UEs can be configured to transmit on different frequencies. This is achieved by assigning different time/power/frequency sequences to different UEs. An embodiment method includes transmitting, to a UE, parameters a hopping pattern of a first sequence of resources for transmitting a discovery signal by the UE and of a second sequence of resources for receiving a second discovery signal by the UE. The first sequence of resources comprises at least one of a sequence of time instances and a sequence of power levels. The second sequence of resources comprises time instances. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269559 | SUBFRAME FORMAT INDICATION FIELD - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for indicating a subframe format. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269560 | Method for Robust Real-Time Wireless Industrial Communication - Methods for operating real-time wireless networks enable robust medium access strategies for communicating nodes in the network. A given wireless channel is divided into several sub-carriers, with each node assigned to a subset of sub-carriers. A master wireless node uses different subsets of the sub-carriers to communication with two or more slave wireless nodes simultaneously. The method includes generation of preambles that are robust to interference and multipath conditions. The method also enables communication within a maximum predetermined latency bound. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269561 | ASYNCHRONOUS UBIQUITOUS PROTOCOL - Disclosed is a method for managing one or more transmission routes for a remote unit in a communication network, the remote unit maintaining a list of hop destinations, the method comprising: receiving a poll request; in response to receiving the poll request, transmitting a poll message to a first hop destination; listening for a transmission of the poll message from the first hop destination to determine whether the first hop destination transmitted the poll message; and, updating the list of hop destinations based on whether the first hop destination transmitted the poll message. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269562 | Conditional Deference for Dual Wireless Band Coexistence - A wireless communication system is presented for multiple wireless technology coexistence in a mobile device. A method according to this application might include obtaining one or more transmit allocation parameters for a wireless transmission via a first radio technology at a first wireless processor and the preparing to receive wireless data via a second radio technology at a second wireless processor. Next, the exemplary method might request that the wireless transmission be deferred, followed by deciding whether to grant the deferral request based at least on the one or more transmit allocation parameters. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269563 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION VIA A PREDEFINED SEQUENCE OF A CHANGE OF A CHARACTERISTIC OF A WIRELESS SIGNAL - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a wireless receiver circuit that can receive a wireless signal from a wireless communication device that is (1) separate from the wireless receiver circuit and (2) can encode a first information according to a protocol. The wireless receiver circuit can detect a predefined sequence of changes of a characteristic within the wireless signal to decode, from the wireless signal, a second information mutually exclusive from the first information without decoding the first information. In such embodiments, the wireless receiver circuit can send the second information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269564 | PREVENTING ASYMMETRIC ROUTING USING NETWORK TUNNELING - Various implementations described herein relate to routing network data traffic using network tunnels. In some implementations, one or more tunnels are established between a remote gateway device and a central gateway system. The central gateway system receives data traffic-to-tunnel information from the remote gateway device, and the central gateway system incorporates the data traffic-to-tunnel information in a data traffic-to-tunnel mapping. The data traffic-to-tunnel information comprises n-tuple of network flow information, network flow tags, application-to-tunnel binding information, or the like. The central gateway system receives first data traffic from the remote gateway and forwards the first data traffic to a server. Subsequently, the central gateway system receives second data traffic and forwards the first data traffic to the remote gateway device over one or more select tunnels selected from the established tunnels. The select tunnels can be selected based on based at least in part on the data traffic-to-tunnel mapping. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269565 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ANCHOR APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND SYSTEM THEREOF - An interference management method for a wireless communication system, an anchor apparatus, a base station and a wireless communication system thereof are provided. The method includes the following steps. Receiving at least one base station information from the plurality of base stations. Finding at least one interference relationship of the base stations according to the base station information, and grouping the base stations into the at least one cluster according to the interference relationship. Each of the at least one cluster includes at least one base station. Deciding a selected group of uplink-downlink (UL-DL) configurations related to one or more clusters of the at least one cluster, wherein the selected group includes at least one of the UL-DL configurations. And, informing the base stations in at least one cluster to adjust the UL-DL configurations of the base stations according to the selected group of UL-DL configurations. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269566 | METHOD OF NOTIFYING MBMS SERVICE INFORMATION OF A NEIGHBORING CELL AND CORRESPONDING APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a method of notifying a user terminal of MBMS service information of at least one neighboring cell of a cell of a base station where the user terminal camps, and a method of receiving from the base station where the user terminal camps the MBMS service information of at least one neighboring cell of the cell of the base station, and a corresponding user terminal and a base station. In the present invention, in a system information block SIB, the multimedia broadcast multicast service MBMS service information of the at least one neighboring cell is transmitted to the user terminal. According to the present invention, regardless of whether a current cell has MBMS service transmission or not, the MBMS service information (if any) of at least one neighboring cell of the current cell is transmitted to the UE camping on the current cell so that the UE can know in advance which neighboring cell the MBMS service of its interest is located in so as to better achieve continuity of the MBMS service. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269567 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING MULTI-CARRIER INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transceiving multi-carrier information in a communication system supporting a multi-carrier. The method includes performing a capability negotiation with respect to whether or not to support the multicarrier through a network entry with a base station; receiving a broadcast message from the base station, the broadcast message including multicarrier configuration information supported by the base station; sending, by a terminal, a multicarrier request message including carrier information, and the carrier that the terminal is able to support according to the terminal capability or prefers, according to the received multicarrier configuration information, to the base station; and receiving from the base station a response message to the multicarrier request message, the response message including carrier allocation information including a primary carrier and a secondary carrier allocated to the terminal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269568 | Base Station Apparatus, Mobile Station Apparatus, Method for Mapping a Response Signal, and Method for Determining a Response Signal Resource - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can obtain a maximum frequency diversity effect of a downstream line control channel. The device includes: an RB allocation unit ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140269569 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - Provided is a data transmission system of providing preambles of different classes according to a characteristic of a terminal. A terminal having constraints on using a power with respect to a data reception may receive only a preamble of a particular class and thus decrease a power consumption. A general terminal may receive preambles of plural classes and quickly receive data. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269570 | Random Access Preamble Transmission Design With Multiple Available Random Access Channel Resources - A method for use of a RA preamble with multiple available RACH resources is described. The method includes allocating resources including a plurality of RACH resources for a UE. Information that indicates a dedicated preamble and the allocated resources is sent to the UE. The UE receives the information. A response including the dedicated preamble is generated at the UE. The method also includes the UE sending the response over at least two of the allocated resources. In response to receiving at least one response, a message is transmitted to the UE. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269571 | CODED REVERSE LINK MESSAGES FOR CLOSED-LOOP POWER CONTROL OF FORWARD LINK CONTROL MESSAGES - A field unit includes circuitry configured to receive a signal and determine whether the received signal has a predetermined quality; circuitry configured to select a signal from a plurality of signals including a first signal indicating that the field unit is requesting an assignment of resources and the received signal was received with the predetermined quality, a second signal indicating that the field unit is requesting an assignment of resources and the received signal was not received with the predetermined quality, a third signal indicating that the field unit is not requesting an assignment of resources and the received signal was received with the predetermined quality, and a fourth signal indicating that the field unit is not requesting an assignment of resources and the received signal was not received with the predetermined quality; and circuitry configured to transmit the selected signal over a control channel. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269572 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269573 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269574 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING MDT MEASUREMENT REPORT IN 3GPP SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for information reception of a base station in a communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting a request message including a request for at least one of Random Access Channel (RACH) information, Radio Link Failure (RLF) information and Minimization of Drive Test (MDT) information, and receiving a response message comprising response information via Signaling Radio Bearer (SRB) | 09-18-2014 |
20140269575 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR IMPLEMENTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a base station, and a user equipment for implementing carrier aggregation. The method includes: determining, by a primary base station, to add a cell for a user equipment UE; and sending, by the primary base station, a first message to the UE, where the first message is used to instruct the UE to add the cell, the first message includes configuration information of the cell and an identifier or index of a base station to which the cell belongs, and the base station to which the cell belongs is a secondary base station. In the embodiments of the present invention, under the control of the primary base station of the UE, a cell of another base station can be added for the UE, so as to implement carrier aggregation between base stations, thereby further increasing user throughput of the UE. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269576 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, RECEIVER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal apparatus, that communicates with a base station apparatus, includes an acquiring unit that acquires first information and second information, where the first information specifies a first subframe and the second information specifies a second subframe and a reception quality information transmitting unit that transmits a first channel quality indicator and a second channel quality indicator, where the first channel quality indicator based on or being associated with the first subframe and the second channel quality indicator based on or being associated with the second subframe, and where the first information and the first subframe are different from the second information and the second subframe, respectively. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269577 | PARAMETERIZED CODEBOOK SUBSETS FOR USE WITH PRECODING MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - One aspect of the teachings presented herein provides advantages for sending precoder selection feedback from a transceiver to another transceiver, for use by the other transceiver as precoding recommendations. The transceiver generates two types of precoder selection feedback, where one type uses a smaller signaling payload than the other and therefore provides a distinct reduction in the signaling overhead associated with reporting precoding recommendations. The transceiver uses the reduced-overhead type of reporting when reporting at certain times, or on certain channels, or in response to control signaling. In one example, a UE in an LTE network sends precoder information to an eNodeB on the PUCCH by sending smaller-range index values that index only a subset of precoders, but sends full-range index values when reporting on the PUSCH, which index a larger set of precoders. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269578 | Method and Apparatus for Implementing Mobile Broadband Device Service - A method and an apparatus for implementing a mobile broadband device service. The method includes the following steps: obtaining, service information of a mobile broadband device according to a rule set on the host or by calling an application programming interface of a Web server on the mobile broadband device; and when it is necessary to use a corresponding function of the host for implementing a mobile broadband device service corresponding to the service information, executing, the corresponding function of the host by calling an application programming interface provided by an operating system of the host, to implement the mobile broadband device service. In the embodiments of the present invention limitations when the mobile broadband device is managed in the Web manner are reduced, and a capability of managing the mobile broadband device is improved. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269579 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A PRACH - Controlling transmission power of a PRACH and apparatus, including: receiving, by a source RP, relevant parameters of a target RP for receiving a PRACH transmitted by the target RP; transmitting, by the source RP, the relevant parameters of the target RP for receiving the PRACH to CoMP UE; transmitting, by the source RP, an index of a pathloss value between the CoMP UE and the target RP to the CoMP UE, so that the CoMP UE determines the transmission power of the PRACH according to target reception power in the relevant parameters of the target RP for receiving the PRACH and the pathloss value. The CoMP UE may transmit the PRACH to the target RP with correct transmission power, obtain TA value between the CoMP UE and the target RP, and establish uplink synchronization with the target RP, thereby accessing to the target RP. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269580 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING POWER OFFSET PARAMETERS - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for determining a power offset parameter. The method for determining the power offset parameter provided in the present invention comprises: obtaining data throughput rate and/or cell resource usage state of a terminal; determining a resource state of the terminal according to the data throughput rate and/or the cell resource usage state and a corresponding threshold; determining power offset parameter configuration corresponding to the resource state according to the determined resource state; and sending the power offset parameter configuration to the terminal, so that the terminal determines the power offset parameter according to the power offset parameter configuration. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269581 | System and Method for Supporting Antenna Beamforing in a Cellular Network - The present invention is a method and system for supporting a beamforming antenna system in a mobile broadband communication network with an improved beam pattern, beam sweep pattern, pilot channel design with feedback and reporting rules, and control signaling design. Specifically, the improved beam pattern includes a method of supporting wireless communications in a wireless network forming at least two spatial beams within a cell segment where the at least two spatial beams are associated with different power levels, and separately, where at least two spatial beams can be moved across the cell segment according to a unique sweep pattern. The pilot channel design improves network bandwidth performance and improves user mobility tracking Feedback and reporting rules can be established using a particular field designator, CQI, in the preferred embodiment. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269582 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING SIGNALING - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for transmitting multi-subframe scheduling signaling, relate to the field of wireless communications technologies, and ensure correct transmission of scheduling information. The present invention includes: acquiring a first correspondence, and determining multiple hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ processes according to the first correspondence, where the first correspondence is a correspondence between process numbers of the multiple HARQ processes and an HARQ process field; generating scheduling signaling according to the first correspondence and the multiple HARQ processes; and sending the scheduling signaling and a data packet corresponding to the multiple HARQ processes scheduled by the scheduling signaling to a user equipment. The embodiments of the present invention are mainly used in a process of transmitting the multi-subframe scheduling signaling. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269583 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, A METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION, AND A PROGRAM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - In wireless communication with another communication apparatus in a predetermined wireless network, overhead information defined in a media access control layer is divided into a header of information necessary for the common access control and a header of information necessary for each payload. Address information is added to the header of information necessary for the common access control to transmit the generated header attached to the transmission data. For example, in a case of forming a physical burst in which a plurality of data payloads are combined into one, a frame structure is provided without useless repetition of address information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269584 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPROVING CELL THROUGHPUT BASED ON STREAMING MEDIA SERVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a system for improving a cell throughput based on a streaming media service. The method includes: pre-adjusting, according to a channel quality sampling value of two clients in the same cell that are performing a streaming media service, an air interface resource allocated to the two clients; acquiring a variation of a cell throughput that exists after the air interface resources of the two clients are pre-adjusted; and if the variation of the cell throughput that exists after the air interface resources of the two clients are pre-adjusted is greater than a preset resource adjustment threshold, allocating the pre-adjusted air interface resources to the two clients, so that the two clients two capable of receiving streaming media content having an adjusted code rate value from a media server. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269585 | Downlink Control Information Set Switching When Using Carrier Aggregation - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a user equipment configured for multi-carrier operation from a first downlink control information set to a second downlink control information set while carrier aggregation is being used, including receiving a physical downlink control channel with downlink control information formats containing a carrier indicator field. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269586 | WIRELESS SYSTEM - In a wireless system of one embodiment, a first wireless device includes a first transmitter which transmits an end-of-transmission notification, and a first receiver which receives a change request signal sent from a second wireless device receiving the end-of-transmission notification. The second wireless device includes a second receiver which receives the end-of-transmission notification, and a second transmitter which transmits a change request signal when the end-of-transmission notification is received. The first transmitter transmits a signal at a longer interval after the first receiver receives the change request signal, and the second transmitter transmits a signal at a shorter interval after the second transmitter transmits the change request signal. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269587 | PROVIDING CIRCUIT SWITCHED OPERATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU), supporting Long Term Evolution (LTE), to perform circuit switched (CS) fallback is provided. The WTRU may receive, via a packet switched (PS) evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN), a paging message including an International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI). The paging message may have a domain indicator indicating that the paging message is from a CS service. The WTRU may fallback to CS and subsequently use the IMSI. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269588 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile communication network includes a radio communication device which is installed in a mobile communication network to carry out radio communication with a mobile terminal, a gateway which relays a communication from the terminal device from the radio communication device to the Internet, and a node which carries out an authentication process in response to a connection request from the mobile terminal. The gateway is installed in the radio communication device or in a carrier network. The node establishes a direct tunnel between the radio communication device and the gateway, so that the mobile that the mobile terminal is connected to the Internet via the direct tunnel and via the mobile communication network. Thus, it is possible to reduce traffic simply passing through the carrier network. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269589 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-CARRIER POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method, User Equipment (UE), and radio base station or NodeB for controlling the downlink transmit power of a Fractional Downlink Physical Control Channel (F-DPCH) in a multi-carrier High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) system. Single-carrier Transmit Power Control (TPC) commands are modified to support different kinds of multi-carrier scenarios. The UE defines at least one TPC command for adjustment of the transmit power of the F-DPCH of N downlink carriers, the number of TPC commands being equal to or less than N, and transmits the TPC command(s) on at least one of M uplink carriers. The NodeB receives the TPC command(s) and adjusts the transmit power of the F-DPCH of the N downlink carriers based on the received TPC command(s). | 09-18-2014 |
20140269590 | Method For Processing Scheduling Grant And User Equipment - The present invention provides a method for processing a scheduling grant and a UE. In the present invention, a UE determines a sending manner adopted by the UE. If the sending manner is not corresponding to a first grant value obtained by the UE, the UE further determines, according to the first grant value, an obtained primary/secondary stream signal to noise ratio, and an obtained power bias of an E-DPCCH, a second grant value corresponding to the sending manner, so that the UE can determine a length of a to-be-sent data block by using the sending manner and the second grant value. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269591 | Multi-Cell Signals in OFDM Wireless Networks - A wireless device receives control messages indicating CSI measurement resources of cells belonging to at least two base stations or belonging to at least two sectors of a base station. The wireless device measures CSI employing at least CSI measurement resources of the cells. The wireless device quantizes the measured CSI jointly across cells and encodes and transmits the jointly quantized CSI. The wireless device receives a resource assignment for data packets from one serving cell in the subset of cells. The wireless device simultaneously receives signals carrying the data packets from multiple cells. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269592 | APPLICATION-AWARE DYNAMIC BIT-LEVEL ERROR PROTECTION FOR MODULATION-BASED COMMUNICATION - In one embodiment, a device (e.g., a transmitter) determines a level of error protection of each bit position within symbols of a particular constellation map used for modulation-based communication, and also determines priority levels of application data bits to be placed into a communication frame. Application data bits may then be placed into symbols of the communication frame, where higher priority application data bits are placed into bit positions with greater or equal levels of protection than bit positions into which lower priority application data bits are placed. The communication frame may then be transmitted to one or more receivers with an indication of how to decode the placement of the application data bits within the symbols. In another embodiment, the particular constellation map may be dynamically selected from a plurality of available constellation maps, such as based on communication channel conditions and/or applications generating the data. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269593 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a resource scheduling method and apparatus and a terminal. The method includes: pre-dividing a resource block RB into a plurality of sub-RBs; and scheduling a UE by using a resource scheduling indication during data transmission to perform data receiving or sending in a position of a corresponding sub-RB. The resource block RB is pre-divided into a plurality of sub-RBs by applying the present invention; and during data transmission, the UE is scheduled by using the resource scheduling indication to perform data receiving or sending in the position of the corresponding sub-RB, thereby improving resource utilization efficiency during transmission of a small data service and improving transmission efficiency of small data. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269594 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR LOW-COST MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting downlink control information (DCI) for a low-cost machine type communication (MTC) used for a wireless access system, and apparatuses for supporting same. A method of receiving DCI for low-cost MTC equipment includes the steps of: receiving a signal including DCI format information about DCI; and receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including the DCI by using the DCI formation information. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269595 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for receiving and transmitting downlink control information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method for receiving a downlink control signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes: receiving an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) from a downlink serving base station (BS); and monitoring a plurality of EPDCCH candidates in an EPDCCH set contained in the received EPDCCH, wherein a minimum aggregation level (AL) of the EPDCCH candidates is associated with a downlink (DL) bandwidth of the wireless communication system and downlink control information (DCI) format. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269596 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for transmitting channel state information (CSI) by a user equipment in a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving a CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) for measuring a state of a downlink channel and a CSI feedback-related configuration from a base station (BS); determining a channel quality indication (CQI) for at least one transmission point and control information for determining a CQI for multiple transmission points, based on the received CSI-RS and CSI feedback-related configuration; and transmitting the determined CQI for the at least one transmission point and control information to the BS. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269597 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION POWER INFORMATION OF DOWNLINK SUBFRAME AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for an eNB to transmit a downlink signal to a User Equipment (UE) is disclosed. The method includes transmitting information about a data transmission power within an OFDM symbol in a data region of a downlink subframe to the UE. The information about the data transmission power is determined according to a specific condition and the specific condition includes at least one of presence/absence of a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) within the symbol and a modulation scheme or a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) of the symbol. The downlink subframe is a Non-Zero Power Almost Blank Subframe (NZP ABS) in which signals are transmitted at a lower transmission power than a transmission power of a normal subframe on downlink. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269598 | Apparatus and Method for Time Domain ICIC with Muting Pattern Comprising Fixed and Optional Parts - According to an example embodiment of this invention, a method may include by a processor, receiving a configuration of a flexible muting pattern, wherein the muting pattern comprises a fixed part and an optional part; determining to activate the optional part of the flexible muting pattern; and preparing a message indicating to a network element that the optional part of the flexible muting pattern is activated. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269599 | ROUTING SYSTEM FOR TRANSFERRING DATA PACKETS OF A CALL - A routing system transfers data packets of real time communication services of a call, and includes a converter receiving media gateway control protocol encoded first control data and processing the first control data to obtain second control data. The system, based on the first control data, allocates a first transport address for a first routing port for incoming data packets, and allocates a second transport address for a second routing port for outgoing data packets. A central control entity controls a central control entity controlled network of forwarding elements, and determines a static pathway through the network of forwarding elements based on the second control data. A first end of the static pathway corresponds to the first routing port and a second end corresponds to the second routing port. The central control entity controls a data plane flow of a stream of the data packets along the static pathway. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269600 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH UPLINK - Provided is a method for transmitting control information through an uplink by a terminal of a wireless communication system. The terminal generates a first bit stream for first control information and a second bit stream for second control information, determines the transmission power of the first bit stream and the second bit stream on the basis of the weight of the first control information with respect to the second control information, generates the multiplexed bit stream by multiplexing the first bit stream and the second bit stream, and transmits the multiplexed bit stream to a base station on the basis of the transmission power. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269601 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO BASE STATION - The present invention enables, without defining a new band, use of a network signaling value for multi-cluster communication in an existing band where no network signaling value has been defined. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: a step A of notifying, by a radio base station eNB, a mobile station UE of a network signaling value through “RRC Reconfiguration,” the mobile station UE being performing single cluster communication using one component carrier in a supported band; and a step B of reducing, by the mobile station UE, transmission power in the single cluster communication on the basis of the network signaling value. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269602 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - An object of the present invention is to provide a wireless communication device capable of obtaining an idle communication channel with a simple configuration, and to provide a wireless communication method thereof. In the present invention, wireless communication is performed with a counterpart device by using Bluetooth. A communication status to the counterpart device in this wireless communication, for example, a packet type of a communication packet being used is acquired by status acquisition unit. A usable idle communication channel is calculated by channel calculation unit based on the acquired packet type. Notification information including idle communication channel information related to the calculated idle communication channel is outputted, for example, by display output unit or voice output unit. | 09-18-2014 |
20140269603 | Radio Station and Method of Processing User Data With Radio Station - A radio station ( | 09-18-2014 |
20140286243 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING MULTIPLE RADIO CONNECTIONS - A method for establishing multiple radio connections by a user equipment (UE) is described. The method includes receiving a first physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) that includes a first cyclic redundancy check (CRC) scrambled by a first cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) in a primary radio connection. The method also includes decoding the first PDCCH. The method also includes receiving a second PDCCH that includes a second CRC scrambled by a second C-RNTI in a secondary radio connection. The method also includes decoding the second PDCCH. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286244 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING NEAR FIELD WIRELESS NETWORK - An apparatus for controlling a near field wireless network, includes a wireless network controller included in a management plane of a wireless access point and configured to observe wireless physical layer/media access controller layer (PHY/MAC) protocols and perform a management procedure on wired MAC/PHY protocols within the wireless access point. Further, the apparatus includes a wireless network central management unit included in a management plane of a switch and configured to perform a management procedure on the wired MAC/PHY protocols within the switch. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286245 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICTION METHOD, BOTH ABLE TO TRANSMIT PSEUDO FRAMES - According to one embodiment, a wireless communication apparatus includes a detecting unit, a generation unit and a transmission unit. The detecting unit detects whether a registered station is communicating. The generation unit generates a pseudo frame similar to a frame the registered station transmits and receives, if the station is detected not communicating. The transmission unit transmits the pseudo frame generated by the generation unit. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286246 | Method for Implementing Link Self-Adaptation, Network Device and Terminal Device - Disclosed is a method for implementing link self-adaptation, comprising: sending a downlink sounding channel and a channel quality information CQI feedback resource indication; and receiving CQI information, and selecting a suitable transmission mode for downlink data transmission according to the CQI information. Further disclosed are a network device and a terminal device. By using the method and devices provided in the present invention, the spectrum utilization rate and system performance can be improved. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286247 | REMOTELY RECONFIGUREABLE DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM AND METHODS - The present disclosure is a novel utility of a software defined radio (SDR) based Distributed Antenna System (DAS) that is field reconfigurable and support multi-modulation schemes (modulation-independent), multi-carriers, multi-frequency bands and multi-channels. The present disclosure enables a high degree of flexibility to manage, control, enhance, facilitate the usage and performance of a distributed wireless network such as flexible simulcast, automatic traffic load-balancing, network and radio resource optimization, network calibration, autonomous/assisted commissioning, carrier pooling, automatic frequency selection, frequency carrier placement, traffic monitoring, traffic tagging, pilot beacon, etc. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286248 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING PEAK-TO-AVERAGE POWER RATIO IN SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS BASED RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for reducing Peak-to-Average Power Ratio (PAPR) in a Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) based radio communication system is provided. The method includes arranging symbols mapped to predetermined sub-carrier allocation types such that phases of the symbols do not overlap, and transmitting the arranged symbols. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286249 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SELECTING METHOD - A wireless communication device that obtains a current degree of interference at each of a plurality of available channels; determines whether a wireless communication is susceptible to interference based on whether a condition corresponding to implementation of the wireless communication is satisfied; and sets a channel for the wireless communication among the plurality of available channels based on the current degree of interference at each of the plurality of available channels when it is determined that the wireless communication is susceptible to interference | 09-25-2014 |
20140286250 | Signal Routing Dependent on a Loading Indicator of a Mobile Node - A device, method, computer program product, and network subsystem are described for obtaining a node identifier dependent on at least a position index and a loading indicator of a mobile node and routing data through the mobile node responsive to the node identifier | 09-25-2014 |
20140286251 | Cloud Controller for Next Generation Data Network - A Next Generation Data Network is described. It leverages the “cloud” for data management, low frequency data computation and analytics. The wireless network is a single frequency network that permits limited non-line of sight operation. The wireless network using packet switched beams, the beams are formed and switched electronically. It utilizes advanced signal processing to compensate for low transmit signal power and multipath reflections that can be frequency or flat fades. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286252 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION MODULE HAVING MULTI-TRANSMISSION CHANNELS - A wireless transmission module having multi-transmission channels includes a circuit board, at least one wireless transmission IC, a USB3.0 control IC and a transmission port. The wireless transmission IC, the USB3.0 control IC and the transmission port are connected with each other through the circuit board. The wireless transmission IC transmits and receives different wireless signal through different frequencies. The different wireless signal are integrated by the USB3.0 control IC, and being outputted externally through the transmission port after the integration. An electronic device connects with the wireless transmission module through the single transmission port, and the electronic device can use a plurality of wireless transmission channels of the wireless transmission module, so as to raise the transmission rate, or to reach the purpose of multi-transmission capability. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286253 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS AND METHOD - A channel for which connection has been established is classified into an unavailable channel or an available channel. When there are a plurality of available channels, one or more channels among the plurality of available channels is selected as a channel for which connection is to be maintained for communication. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286254 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING SYNCHRONIZATION IN COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for acquiring synchronization by a serving Base Station (BS) in a cooperative communication system includes performing a Medium Access Control Service Data Unit (MAC SDU) synchronization process with a data Gate Way (GW) and at least one cooperative communication cell member BS, determining a first Internet Protocol (IP) packet which is received by the at least one cooperative communication cell member BS after performing the MAC SDU synchronization process, and performing an IP packet transfer operation with the data GW and the at least one cooperative communication cell member BS based on whether at least one IP packet of which a Sequence Number (SN) is less than an SN of the first IP packet is buffered. The other embodiments with respect to serving base stations, data GWs, and cooperative communication cell member BSs are also disclosed. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286255 | UPLINK DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS IN ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - User equipment is provided to communicate with a base station. The user equipment includes a transceiver. The transceiver configured to transmit a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). A DMRS is mapped on a single, single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDM) symbol of a subframe. Data and acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information is mapped on remaining SC-FDM symbols of the subframe. The HARQ-ACK information is mapped on virtual subcarriers on two SC-FDM symbols next to the single SC-FDM symbol with the DMRS. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286256 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCHEDULING OF DATA PACKETS BASED ON DELAY TOLERANCE OF APPLICATIONS - A base station, system, method, and computer program product are disclosed for transmitting data packets received by the base station. According to one aspect, the base station includes a first buffer configured to store data packets received by the base station, a second buffer configured to store data packets that are scheduled for transmission by the base station, and a computer processor, operatively coupled to the first buffer and the second buffer. The computer processor is configured to inspect a data packet to determine an application type of the data packet, determine a delay tolerance associated with the data packet based on the determined application type, determine a channel condition of a communication session with the user device, move the data packet from the first buffer to the second buffer based on the determined delay tolerance and the determined channel condition, and transmit data packets stored in the second buffer. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286257 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CONTROL CHANNEL SCHEDULING IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING ACCESS (OFDMA)-BASED WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - Provided is a control channel scheduling method and an apparatus for performing the method in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing access (OFDMA)-based wireless mesh network, the method including determining, by a grant node receiving a request for resources from a request node among a plurality of nodes included in the OFDMA-based wireless mesh network, whether another grant node is present in a preset range, performing, when the other grant node is present, a mesh election to acquire an authority to transmit a grant message, and transmitting, based on a result of the performing of the mesh election, information on an allowed transmission time for the grant message or a disallowed transmission time for the grant message to the request node. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286258 | Transmission Control Protocol in Long Term Evolution Radio Access Network - A system, a method, a device, and a computer program product for transmission of data packets between a user device and a server. A communication link between the user device and the server is established in accordance with a transmission control protocol for transmission of a data packet between the user device and the server. The data packet is transmitted utilizing the transmission control protocol. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286259 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNCATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control signal via a PUCCH in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: joint-coding a plurality of pieces of control information to obtain a single codeword; obtaining a first modulation symbol sequence from the single codeword; obtaining, from the first modulation symbol sequence, a plurality of second modulation symbol sequences corresponding to each slot in the PUCCH; cyclically shifting the plurality of second modulation symbol sequences in a time domain to obtain a plurality of third modulation symbol sequences; performing a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) preceding process on the plurality of third modulation symbol sequences to obtain a plurality of complex symbol sequences in a frequency domain; and transmitting the plurality of complex symbol sequences via the PUCCH. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286260 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND REFERENCE SIGNAL RECEIVING METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication apparatus and a reference signal generating method, wherein inter-cell interference is reduced inside and outside a CoMP set. A CoMP mode setting unit ( | 09-25-2014 |
20140286261 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PREAMBLE SELECTION - The present invention provides a method of selecting a random access preamble in a radio communication system operable at least on a physical layer and a medium access control layer. Random access preambles are divided into at least two groups, the groups depending on at least one of the following: radio conditions and a size of a message to be transmitted by user equipment. The method comprising: (a) the medium access control layer selecting one of the preamble groups; (b) the medium access control layer randomly selecting one random access preamble within the selected group; (c) the medium access control layer signalling the selected random access preamble to the physical layer; and (d) the physical layer generating and transmitting the generated random access preamble. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286262 | METHOD FOR FORWARDING IN PEER-TO-PEER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a method for forwarding of data in peer-to-peer transactions by a high-capability wireless device, such as an access point. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286263 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for sending and receiving a reference signal for a backhaul subframe in a wireless communication system in which a relay is present and also to a device therefor, constituted in such a way that common reference signals for a plurality of receiving devices and reference signals dedicated to separate receiving devices are allocated dispersed in a subframe, and the common reference signals and the dedicated reference signals are generated and are sent and received via the subframe. The present invention can improve the channel estimation performance for subframes in a wireless communication system. In this way, communications efficiency in wireless communication systems can be improved. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286264 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND STORAGE UNIT FOR MOBILE TERMINAL - A mobile terminal transmits a first message to a hybrid cell base station, the first message indicating the presence of the mobile terminal trying to establish a connection, the first message containing information unique to the mobile terminal. The hybrid cell base station receives the first message, and transmits a first response message in response to the first message to the mobile terminal. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286265 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL AND FEEDBACK INFORMATION, AND RELAY APPARATUS USING THE METHOD - The invention relates to a method of transmitting an uplink signal at a communication apparatus in a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system can receive pattern information of downlink subframes for a base station (BS)-to-the communication apparatus transmission as a bitmap; receive resource block (RB) information associated with a control channel for the BS-to-the communication apparatus transmission; receive the control channel from a fourth orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol of the downlink subframe n corresponding to a downlink subframe index n based on the RB information and the pattern information, the downlink subframe n comprising at least one downlink subframe other than downlink subframe 0, downlink subframe 4, downlink subframe 5 and downlink subframe 9; receive a data channel in the downlink subframe n; and transmit feedback information associated with the data channel to the BS via an uplink subframe for the communication apparatus-to-the BS transmission. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIORITIZING LOGICAL CHANNELS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for prioritizing logical channels when a new transmission is performed. Logical channel resources are allocated for available data to a plurality of logical channels. A maximum bit rate (MBR) credit (i.e., token) is decremented in a buffer (i.e., bucket) associated with a particular one of the logical channels by the size of a medium access control (MAC) service data unit (SDU). The MBR credit may have a negative value. If any of the allocated channel resources remain, the logical channels are served in a decreasing priority order until the data is exhausted. A radio link control (RLC) SDU is not segmented if the whole RLC SDU fits into the remaining resources. The MAC SDU excludes a MAC PDU header and MAC padding. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286267 | EFFICIENT UPLINK TRANSMISSION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A User Equipment in a wireless communication network includes a multiplicity of antennas, from which a subset of antennas is selected using a selection scheme synchronized to the network. A set of sub-carriers is selected from a plurality of sub-carriers using a selection scheme synchronized to the network. The UE receives a plurality of known reference symbols over the selected set of sub-carriers and through the selected subset of antennas. A frequency response for each selected sub-carrier is estimated over only the selected subset of antennas. The results are quantized and transmitted to the network on an uplink control channel. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286268 | POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a power control method and apparatus, relate to the field of wireless communications, and are invented for reducing power pressure of an air interface of a base station and ensuring a stable network environment. The method includes: determining whether received total wideband power (RTWP) of an air interface exceeds a set first congestion threshold value; when the RTWP of the air interface exceeds the set first congestion threshold value, sending a congestion indication to a radio network controller (RNC), where the congestion indication is used for indicating that the RNC is forbidden from up-regulating a target signal-to-interference ratio (SIR); receiving a target SIR sent by the RNC; down-regulating the target SIR sent by the RNC; and notifying, based on the down-regulated target SIR, a user equipment (UE) to reduce transmit power. The present invention is mainly applied to the field of power control. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286269 | UPLINK INTERFERENCE RESOLUTION - An access node in a wireless communication network conducts interference resolution to resolve decoding ambiguities in a received uplink transmission. The access node is assisted by receiving uplink transmission data from another, assisting access node. The received uplink transmission data may include, for example, frequency domain data elements as received by the assisting access node and received and expected reference signals. The access node uses the received uplink transmission data and related local uplink transmission data to estimate channel transfer functions which are then used to estimate and decode the received data. The access node may also improve estimated channel transfer functions by cross-correlation nulling. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286270 | CROSS CORRELATION NULLING FOR INTERFERENCE RESOLUTION - Systems and methods generate corrected channel transfer functions by cross-correlation nulling. In an example system, a first receiver node (which may be a wireless base station) receives first expected reference signal information associated with an interfering transmitter node (which may be a wireless user equipment) and creates a correction matrix based on the first expected reference signal information associated with the interfering transmitter node and on second expected reference signal information associated with an intended transmitter node. The correction matrix can then be applied to an estimated channel transfer function associated with a received transmission from the intended transmitter node to generate a corrected channel transfer function associated with the received transmission from the intended transmitter node. The first receiver node can use the corrected channel transfer function in decoding received transmissions including, for example, use in performing interference resolution. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286271 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FAST FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for operating a fast feedback channel in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes generating and transmitting a feedback signal through a fast feedback channel of a first mode, determining to switch a mode of the fast feedback channel from the first mode to a second mode, transmitting a signal for requesting the mode switching of the fast feedback channel through the fast feedback channel, and generating and transmitting a feedback signal through a fast feedback channel of the second mode. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286272 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING A PROCESS - Provided is a cyclic shift sequence generation method which can prevent coming of an interference wave into a desired wave detection window even if a cyclic shift sequence has a high mutual correlation in different bandwidths, thereby improving a channel estimation accuracy in a base station. In this method, a cyclic shift sequence number to be allocated to a cell is decided in advance. Moreover, when the cyclic shift amount between cyclic shift sequences allocated in cells is Δ1 and the cyclic shift amount of the cyclic shift sequences allocated between the cells is Δ2, Δ1 and Δ2 are made different when generating a cyclic shift sequence. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286273 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal apparatus communicates with a base station apparatus using a plurality of downlink subbands and a plurality of uplink subbands. The terminal apparatus receives, in a downlink subband, response information for an uplink data transmitted in an uplink subband in accordance with setting information which is received from the base station apparatus and indicates a relationship between the uplink subband and the downlink subband used to receive the response information, where the uplink subband being one of the plurality of uplink subbands, and where the downlink subband being one of the plurality of downlink subbands. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286274 | METHOD AND CORRESPONDING APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL POWER CONTROL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for power control of a uplink control channel in a coordinated multi-point transmission system. The method comprises: performing the uplink control channel power control based on measured pathloss from a single reception point to the user equipment in a scenario of single-point reception of the uplink control channel; performing the uplink control channel power control by reducing uplink control channel transmission power of the user equipment to thereby reduce inter-cell interference incurred by multi-reception-point reception combining gain in a scenario of multi-point reception of the uplink control channel. Embodiments of the present invention further provide an apparatus for power control of a uplink control channel in a coordinated multi-point transmission system and a corresponding base station. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for acquiring control information, comprising: a step of receiving a plurality of first sequential indexes associated with a resource region via which downlink control information is transmitted; a step of determining a plurality of second indexes from the plurality of first indexes; and a step of determining control channel elements in the order of the resource regions according to the plurality of second indexes, and performing blind decoding wherein the determination o the plurality of second indexes is dependent on a transmission mode and/or downlink control information. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286276 | PUCCH Multiplexing Scheme - A method for UL control signaling for carrier aggregation, CoMP and/or eICIC is disclosed. The method includes determining whether multiple FB (such as, a plurality of FB each for one channel of a multiple of channels, a plurality of FB regarding one channel (CSI, A/N, etc.), etc. for example) is to be simultaneously transmitted. The multiple FB are related to at least one CA, CoMP and/or eICIC transmission. A RS resource for an UL control signal message is selected. The RS resource includes an indication that the multiple FB is present in the UL control signal message. The method jointly encodes the multiple FB. The UL control signal message including the indication and the jointly encoded multiple FB is transmitted from a UE to a network element. Apparatus and computer readable media are also disclosed. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286277 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - In the present invention, disclosed are a method for transreceiving downlink control information in a wireless access system supporting an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH), and an apparatus for same. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting through a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) information with respect to a resource region of a search space that is set inside a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or the enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH); and transmitting the downlink control information to a user equipment through the search space. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286278 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting a signal by a first node in a wireless communication system, including the steps of a first node setting a connection for a reserved transmission and transmitting a signal to a first reception node in the time interval reserved as the connection setting, wherein, in the time interval, a signal transmission is allowed by a second node which is not included in the neighbor nodes of the first reception node. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286279 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION FROM A SYSTEM SUPPORTING MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to various methods and devices that receive and update system information that is used for machine-to-machine (M2M) communication in a wireless connection system supporting the machine-to-machine communication. As an embodiment of the present invention, the method of receiving system information on an M2M instrument from the wireless connection system supporting the M2M may include: receiving, at the M2M instrument, a first secondary superframe header subpacket (S-SFH SP 3) 3 message that includes information on a transmission period during which a second S-SFH SP 3 message including M2M-dedicated ranging information is transmitted; receiving, at the M2M instrument, the second S-SFH SP 3 message on the basis of the transmission period information; and receiving, at the M2M instrument, a system configuration descriptor message that includes updated system information, when the M2M-dedicated ranging information in the second S-SFH SP 3 shows that system information on M2M is updated. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286280 | METHOD FOR MEASURING STATE OF CHANNEL QUALITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING CELLS FORMED WITH A PLURALITY OF NETWORK NODES, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for measuring a state of channel quality in a wireless communication system including cells formed with a plurality of network nodes and an apparatus therefor. The method of enabling a terminal to measure the state of channel quality in the wireless communication system including the cells formed with the plurality of network nodes, includes the steps of: receiving the information related to a resource in which at least one first type network node transmits a Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS); and measuring the intensity of a received signal on only the resource for transmitting the CSI-RS according to at least one first type network node on the basis of the received information. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transceiving downlink control information (DCI) in a wireless access system. More particularly, the method comprises: a step of mapping a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to a common search space (CSS) defined within a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) region in a frequency first mapping manner; and a step of transmitting DCI to a terminal through the mapped PDCCH. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286282 | PACKET SWITCHED SERVICES IN A GERAN ENVIRONMENT - The present invention provides a method and system for indicating packet switched (PS) services capability information in a GPRS EDGE Radio Access Network (GERAN) environment. When a GERAN provides PS only services on a GERAN terminal, the GERAN terminal indicates its capability to support PS only services to a GERAN entity. Accordingly, the GERAN entity can deliver PS services data to the GERAN terminal operating a PS only mode over resources suitable for PS data communication. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for a base station transmitting transmission power of a subframe to a user equipment, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises a step of transmitting downlink control information to the user equipment through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), wherein the transmission power information of the subframe is indicated by information related to the PDCCH, and a value of the information related to the PDCCH can be decided based on a predetermined mapping relationship between the transmission power information and the value of the information related to the PDCCH. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286284 | METHOD FOR ALLOWING BASE STATION TO SUPPORT DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR ALLOWING D2D DEVICE TO EFFICIENTLY TRANSMIT D2D COMMUNICATION REQUEST SIGNAL - Method for supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication by a base station includes: receiving first signals for requesting D2D communication from a plurality of first D2D devices; identifying number of D2D devices which have requested the D2D communication based upon the first signals; allocating resources for transmitting a second signal for requesting D2D communication between the D2D devices based upon number of the plurality of first D2D devices which have been identified; and transmitting information on the allocated resources to the plurality of first D2D devices, wherein the resource allocation can be performed to distinguish combinations of an index of a D2D device, which transmits the second signal, and an index of a D2D device, which receives the second signal, from each other with respect to at least one of time, frequency, code, and space domains with respect to the plurality of first D2D devices. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for control channel decoding of a terminal in a multi-node system. The method sets a search space for searching a control channel and can perform the decoding by using different demodulation methods according to aggregation levels capable of constituting the control channel within the search space. In addition, the method determines the DCI format to be searched according to a transmission mode and can use different demodulation methods according to the determined DCI format. Furthermore, the method modulates DCI format to a first modulation degree when demodulating the DCI format, and can demodulate the DCI format to a second modulation degree when the DCI format is not detected. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286286 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL - A communication control method in a mobile communication system, comprises: a step A of transmitting, from a first base station, a first synchronization signal at a first frequency band in the center of a particular carrier, the first synchronization signal being for use to establish synchronization; and a step B of transmitting, from the first base station, a second synchronization signal in a second frequency band different from the first frequency band within the particular carrier, the second synchronization signal being for use to establish synchronization. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286287 | Device, System and Method for Synchronising Send and Receive States of Wlan Clients in Multilink Wireless Data Transmission - A multilink wireless data transmission device comprises a control module and two or more WLAN clients. The control module is configured to control said WLAN clients to enable the data transmission states of those of the WLAN clients, which are not in an idle state, to be the same. The data transmission states comprise a receiving state and a sending state. The control module is configured to control at least one of the two or more WLAN clients, which need to receive data, to switch to the receiving state when a downlink triggering condition is met. The control module is further configured to control at least one of the two or more WLAN clients, which need to send data, to switch to the sending state when an uplink triggering condition is met. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving a downlink control channel. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a base station transmits a downlink control channel to a terminal in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: transmitting one or more enhanced-physical downlink control channels (E-PDCCHs) within a resource region allocable for an E-PDCCH; and transmitting E-PDCCH allocation resource information for the one or more E-PDCCHs to the terminal. The E-PDCCH allocation resource information indicates the resource in which the one or more E-PDCCHs exist from among the resource region allocable to the E-PDCCH. An effective physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) allocation resource region for the terminal can be determined on the basis of the E-PDCCH allocation resource information. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286289 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To reduce overhead of CSI feedback without decreasing throughput in applying CoMP transmission, a radio communication method of the invention is characterized by including, in a user terminal measuring quality information for each of cells to perform Coordinated Multi-Point transmission, and notifying a radio base station apparatus of the quality information, in the radio base station apparatus calculating a quality difference between the cells to perform Coordinated Multi-Point transmission, by using the quality information for each the cells from the user terminal, determining granularity of inter-cell channel state information for each of the cells based on the quality difference, and notifying the user terminal of the granularity, and, in that the user terminal generating inter-cell channel state information for each of the cells according to the granularity from the radio base station apparatus, and transmitting the inter-cell channel state information for each of the cells to radio base station apparatuses of cells to perform Coordinated Multi-Point transmission. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286290 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To reduce overhead of CSI feedback without decreasing throughput in applying CoMP transmission, a radio communication method of the invention is characterized in that a radio base station apparatus determines so that content of CSI to transmit to a serving cell to perform CoMP transmission as feedback is different from content of CSI to transmit to a coordinated cell as feedback, and notifies a user terminal of the content of CSI, and that the user terminal generates feedback information based on the content of CSI notified from the radio base station apparatus, and transmits the feedback information to radio base station apparatuses of cells that perform Coordinated Multi-Point transmission. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286291 | PRECODING MATRIX SET QUALITY MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING - The invention relates to methods for determining the interference variability of a precoding matrix set, and the use of same for purposes of scheduling and precoding matrix set selection. The precoding matrix set used by an interferer base station is evaluated by the mobile terminal which experiences the intercell interference from the interferer base station. The mobile terminal is informed about the precoding matrices of the precoding matrix set used by the base station. The mobile terminal measures the radio channel to the interferer cell, and then estimates based on the measured radio channel and with the knowledge on the particular precoding matrices of the precoding matrix set, the interference variability of the precoding matrix set. The interference variability may be reported to the serving base station of the mobile terminal, and thus considered for scheduling decisions by the serving base station referring the mobile terminal. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286292 | E-PDCCH MAPPING, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to E-PDCCH (Extended PDCCH) mapping, and a method and an apparatus for transmission and reception in a wireless communication system. The E-PDCCH mapping and the transmission method according to one embodiment of the present description, includes the steps of: enabling a base station to perform distributed resource allocation for two or more regions to which the E-PDCCH is transmitted; and mapping the E-PDCCH to be transmitted to a user terminal by applying a mapping rule to resources of one or more regions among the two or more regions. The mapping rule includes at least one of a first mapping rule for mapping the E-PDCCH to a resource within a pre-indicated region in the terminal, and a second mapping rule for mapping the E-PDCCH according to an aggregation level of the E-PDCCH. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286293 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method for performing device-to-device communication in a wireless access system supporting the device-to-device communication, and an apparatus for same. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: a first device receiving from a base station resource allocation information for device-to-device communication with a second device; the first device transmitting to the second device an initial signal for device-to-device communication through a resource that is allocated; the first device scanning a response signal which is transmitted from the second terminal; and the first device performing the device-to-device communication with the second device when the first device receives the response signal from the second device, wherein the initial signal comprises a first reference signal for matching synchronization between the first and second devices, and a second reference signal for estimating a channel between the first device and the second device. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286294 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CONTROL APPARATUS - A communication system includes: a control apparatus that controls packet forwarding; and a mobile communication terminal that communicates with a network including the control apparatus, wherein the mobile communication terminal comprises: a plurality of communication interfaces for wireless communication; a processing unit that processes a packet in accordance with an instruction from the control apparatus; and a control unit that transmits to the network interface information that is information related to the plurality of communication interfaces to notify the control apparatus of the interface information. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286295 | DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION COORDINATED SCHEDULING - A method of coordinated scheduling of a downlink transmission flow from a first radio network node to a user equipment UE in a second radio network node. The method includes scheduling the downlink transmission flow so that the in-sequence delivery of the received data blocks can be kept in an acceptable level in the UE by adjusting a scheduling priority of the downlink transmission flow in the second radio network node. The method may further include estimating one or more buffer-related parameters based on buffered data for the downlink transmission flow from the first radio network node, and determining, based on the estimated one or more buffer-related parameter and/or one or more parameters associated with the operation status of the second radio network node, if the in-sequence delivery of the received data blocks to higher layers can be in an acceptable level in the UE. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286296 | Physical Uplink Control Channel Resource Allocation for Multiple Channel State Indicators Colliding in Same Subframe - Disclosed are a method and a corresponding apparatus relating to wireless telecommunication systems and more particularly to efficient resource allocation schemes supporting transmission of multiple periodic channel state information (CSI) reports on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) during the same subframe while maintaining single carrier properties of the transmitted signal. The method includes determining that at least two reports to be transmitted on an uplink resource collide with respect to the uplink resource, applying at least one resource selection policy to the at least two reports and selecting a resource to be used for transmitting a plurality of the at least two reports. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286297 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - Examples of the present disclosure provide a method for transmitting downlink control information to effectively support the two transmission modes of the E-PDCCH. The base station configures the localized E-PDCCH resource and the distributed E-PDCCH resource. The user terminal detects the DCI in the search space corresponding to the localized E-PDCCH resource and the search space corresponding to the distributed E-PDCCH resource, so as to obtain the downlink control information transmitted by the base station. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286298 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A communication system, a communication method, a base station apparatus, and a mobile station apparatus capable of improving spectral efficiency even when inter-cell interference is caused between cells of a plurality of base station apparatuses are provided. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286299 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETECTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for searching for a control channel by a terminal in a wireless communication system and a terminal for using the method. The method determines whether an allocation unit constituting an enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) is one or plural in number; and, if the allocation unit constituting the E-PDCCH is plural in number, searches for the E-PDCCH using a user equipment specific reference signal (URS) of an antenna port defined in one allocation unit from among the plurality of allocation units. | 09-25-2014 |
20140286300 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING A BACKOFF FACTOR VALUE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a mobile communication system, a serving base station receives, from at least one neighboring base station, beamforming information including information about a frame period in which data is transmitted using frequency band-specific beamforming, determines, based on the received beamforming information, whether a beamforming transmit mode of the at least one neighboring base station is a nulling mode in which null data is transmitted to at least one of mobile terminals included in a cell of the serving base station, determines whether a response signal received from the at least one mobile terminal is generated by an interference signal of the at least one neighboring base station, if the beamforming transmit mode of the at least one neighboring base station is the nulling mode, and determines whether to update a backoff factor value based on a result of the determination. | 09-25-2014 |
20140293880 | TRANSMIT DIVERSITY FOR PRE-CODED RADIO CONTROL SIGNALS - Sequences of pre-coded radio control signals are rearranged to enhance diversity transmission. In one example, a sequence of uplink control bits is segmented to form a plurality of groups. The bits of each of the plurality of groups are error correction encoded and encoded into symbols. The symbols are mapped to different ports for diversity transmission through a plurality of ports. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293881 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SELECTION - An evolved Node B (eNB) for demodulation reference signal (DMRS) selection is described. The eNB includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The eNB determines a DMRS configuration based on a modulation and coding scheme (MCS). The eNB also determines downlink control information (DCI). The DCI includes signaling that indicates the DMRS configuration. The eNB further sends the DCI. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293882 | DEACTIVATING OR MAINTAINING A PACKET DATA NETWORK CONNECTION - A packet data network (PDN) gateway receives a message associated with a user equipment (UE) having a PDN connection. The PDN gateway determines whether the UE is accessing a network node that has a predetermined association with the PDN gateway based on the message. In response to the determination, the PDN connection is maintained or deactivated. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293883 | COMMUNICATION IN THE PRESENCE OF UPLINK-DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION CHANGE - Data is communicated between a network node and a user equipment in a first frame according to a first uplink-downlink configuration. In response to a configuration change that causes a second frame following the first frame to be according to a second, different uplink-downlink configuration, an acknowledgement indication for the data is sent in the second frame. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293884 | METHODS USING HARQ-ACK CODEBOOKS FOR MULTI-FLOW COMMUNICATIONS AND RELATED WIRELESS TERMINALS AND RADIO NETWORK NODES - At least one transport data block is transmitted from a first sector of a network over a downlink to a wireless terminal during a time resource element for a multi-flow downlink transmission to the wireless terminal, and at least one transport data block is transmitted from a second sector of the network over a downlink to the wireless terminal during the time resource element for the multi-flow downlink transmission. A feedback message is received for the time resource element from the wireless terminal, wherein the feedback message includes a HARQ-ACK codeword selected from a HARQ-ACK codebook providing HARQ-ACK feedback for the at least one transport data block transmitted from the first sector and for the at least one transport data block transmitted from the second sector. The HARQ-ACK codeword is interpreted for the at least one transport data block transmitted from the first sector based on the first sector being a primary sector for the multi-flow downlink transmission. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293885 | CONTEXT-AWARE MANAGEMENT OF APPLICATIONS AT THE EDGE OF A NETWORK - A method, system and computer program for operating and managing data and application services at an edge of a network. An example method includes executing an application on an edge node. The edge node provides services to mobile device end users on the edge of a network. The method may include identifying an operating context for executing an application on an edge node. A management step manages the operation and lifecycle of the application on the edge node in response to the identified operating context. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293886 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING AUTOMATED CONFIGURATION OF COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACES - Access terminals are adapted to facilitate automated configuration of communications interfaces based on a current carrier identity. According to one example, an access terminal may determine a carrier identity from a subscription module. A modem configuration associated with the carrier identity may be selected from modem configuration data stored on a storage medium accessible by the access terminal. The selected carrier-specific software configuration may then be activated to configure a communications interface of the access terminal to facilitate operations associated with the carrier identity, such as facilitating wireless communications with a carrier associated with the carrier identity. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293887 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A SMART RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for a method and an apparatus for wireless communications using an intelligent Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure that may increase the probability of obtaining an available E-DCH resource quickly in a Universal Mobile Telecommunication System. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293888 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING PRIMARY COMPONENT CARRIER BASED ON UE MOBILITY STATE AND CELL COVERAGE - The present invention relates to a method of selecting, by an eNB, a PCC for UE in a multiple component carrier system. The method includes obtaining mobility state information about the UE and coverage information and load information about carriers managed by the eNB; determining whether or not a mobility state value of the UE is greater than a specific threshold based on the obtained mobility state information; and selecting the PCC based on the load information if, as a result of the determination, the mobility state value is greater than the specific threshold. In accordance with the present invention, a BS adaptively selects a PCC by taking the load state of a carrier (or cell), UE mobility velocity, and the coverage of each carrier (or cell) into consideration. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293889 | Controlling Retransmissions - A method and apparatus for controlling retransmissions in multipoint reception is disclosed. In the method it is determined that additional information is needed for decoding of at least one received information block. A procedure is selected for obtaining the additional information from a plurality of options to proceed based on information about predicted result of at least one of the options. In accordance with an aspect an indication of one of a positive according knowledgement of the information block, a negative acknowledgement of the information block and suspension of retransmission of the information block is generated and communicated on a retransmission control channel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293890 | NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND SUPPRESSION WITH RESPECT TO INTERFERING CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSIONS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe systems and methods for mitigating interference in wireless networks. Various embodiments may include signaling of control channel information associated with an interfering cell and utilization of the control channel information to mitigate interference. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293891 | APPARATUS AND METHOD - An apparatus includes a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to execute a process, the process comprising, transferring a first acknowledge packet to the first device from the second device, the first acknowledge packet indicating that the second device anticipates receiving a first packet among the plurality of packets having been transferred from the first device to the second device; determining whether a second acknowledge packet indicates that the second device anticipates receiving the first packet, when the apparatus receives the second acknowledge packet from the second device after receiving the first acknowledge packet, and delaying transferring the second acknowledge packet to the first device when it is determined that the second device anticipates receiving the first packet. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293892 | WIRELESS SIGNAL RECEIVER AND ASSOCIATED SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A wireless signal receiver includes a receiving module, an automatic gain control (AGC) module, a measuring module, a decoding module, and a control module. The receiving module receives a wireless signal. The AGC module adjusts an amplitude of the wireless signal according to a gain to generate an adjusted signal. The measuring module measures a signal strength of the adjusted signal. The decoding module decodes the adjusted signal. When the decoding module determines that the adjusted signal corresponds to a beacon packet transmitted from a transmitting end, the control module adjusts the gain according to the signal strength. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293893 | AGGREGATION OF FDD AND TDD CELLS - Methods and apparatus of a base station or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The UE is configured by the base station for simultaneous communication with at least a cell using Frequency Division Duplexing (FDD) and at least a cell using Time Division Duplexing (TDD). Processes enabling transmission of control information associated with scheduling data reception or data transmission from the UE are provided. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293894 | DISTRIBUTING DYNAMICALLY FREQUENCY-SHIFTED INTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY (IF) RADIO FREQUENCY (RF) COMMUNICATIONS SIGNALS IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS (DASS), AND RELATED COMPONENTS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS - Distributed antenna systems (DASs) distributing dynamically frequency-shifted intermediate frequency (IF) radio frequency (RF) communications signals are disclosed. In embodiments disclosed herein, a dynamic bandwidth control unit (DBCU) is configured to provide a plurality of IF RF communications signals for distribution over a communications medium to one or more remote units (RUs) in a DAS. The DBCU is configured to instruct a frequency conversion controller to shift a frequency of each of a plurality of RF communications signals to non-overlapping intermediate frequencies. For at least one of the plurality of RF communications signals, the shifted, intermediate frequency is dynamically selected by the DBCU based on the frequency of at least one other RF communications signals. In this manner, the frequencies of the RF communications signals may be shifted to dynamically selected IFs in order to optimize available bandwidth of the communications medium in the DAS. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293895 | INTERFERENCE PROCESSING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method and system for processing interference received by a wireless communication terminal. The method including: receiving interference information from the wireless communication terminal, wherein the interference information is used to identify an interfered sub-channel(s) of the wireless communication terminal; and adjusting a downlink resource allocated to the wireless communication terminal based on the interference information. The system including: a memory; a processor communicatively coupled to the memory; and a feature selection module communicatively coupled to the memory and the processor, wherein the feature selection module is configured to perform the steps of a method including: detecting interference received by a wireless communication terminal; identifying interfered sub-channel(s) of the terminal to obtain interference information of the terminal; and reporting interference information to a base station for the base station to adjust a downlink resource allocated to the terminal based on interference information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293896 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING A REGULAR BUFFER STATUS REPORT (BSR) IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method and apparatus are disclosed for triggering a buffer status in dual connectivity, wherein a UE is served by a first eNB. The method includes the UE receives a first RRC (Radio Resource Control) message for adding a second cell controlled by a second eNB to the UE. The method also includes the UE triggers a Regular BSR for transmission to the second eNB when the second cell is added. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293897 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADDING SERVING CELLS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for adding serving cells in a wireless communication system. The method includes a UE (User Equipment) is served by a first cell controlled by a first eNB (evolved Node B), wherein multiple radio bearers (RBs) for the UE are allocated to the first eNB and there is a MAC (Medium Access Control) entity in the UE for supporting the first cell. The method also includes the UE receives a RRC (Radio Resource Control) message for adding a second cell controlled by a second eNB to the UE, wherein a RB among the multiple RBs is relocated to the second eNB according to information included in the RRC message. The method further includes the UE re-establishes a RLC (Radio Link Control) entity corresponding to the RB and does not reset the MAC entity in response to the relocation of the RB. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293898 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING REQUEST OPERATION OF SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed for scheduling request operation in a small cell in a wireless communication system. The method includes having a user equipment (UE) configured with a first serving cell and a second serving cell. The method further includes configuring the (UE) with a first scheduling request (SR) resource on a first physical uplink control channel and a second SR resource on a second physical uplink control channel. The method includes selecting, by the UE, the first SR resource to start a SR procedure in response to a trigger by a buffer status report (BSR), wherein an availability of the first SR resource is nearer to a timing of a triggering of the BSR than the availability of the second SR resource. Also, the method includes sending, by the UE, scheduling requests with the first SR resource on the first physical uplink control channel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293899 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING MODULATION AND CODING SELECTION (MCS) LEVEL IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for selecting a Modulation and Coding Selection (MCS) level by a base station in a wireless mobile communication system is provided. The method includes receiving channel condition information from a terminal; estimating a channel condition of the terminal based on the channel condition information; determining a location of the terminal based on the estimated channel condition of the terminal; measuring intensities of signals that are periodically received from the terminal; determining a moving direction and a moving velocity of the terminal based on the measured intensities; and selecting an MCS level that is to be allocated to the terminal based on the location, the moving direction, and the moving velocity of the terminal. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293900 | TRANSMITTING DEVICE AND TRANSMITTING METHOD - For use of a second mapping pattern in which a part of a resource on which a DMRS (Demodulation Reference Signal) is to be mapped is replaced with a data resource in a first mapping pattern of the DMRS, control section ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293901 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYSTEM INFORMATION ACQUISITION OPTIMIZATION - The embodiments herein provide a method and system for acquiring modified system information messages in user equipment. The method comprises notifying a modification in system information to user equipment for acquiring the modified system information. The notification comprises adding an SI-Modified flag to a scheduling information element in a system information block type-1, storing the system information, in a network, acquiring and comparing a modified system information with the stored system information, identifying system information modification and transmitting the updated system information to user equipment. The user equipment receives the system information modification notification from the network; decodes the scheduling Info List in the SIB1; processes the system information message in the scheduling Info List; identities the modified system information messages, determines SI window information for the modified system information, acquires the modified system information and updates the stored system information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293902 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING COLLISIONS IN CONTENTION BASED NETWORKS - The embodiments herein provide a method and system for preventing collisions in a contention based random access preambles in a communication network. The method comprises of dividing the contention based preambles into a plurality of sub-groups, categorizing a plurality of users into a plurality of sub-groups, scheduling the users within a preamble subgroup in one or more random access channel opportunities and transmitting information on the sub-groups of the preamble and the random access channel opportunities to one or more user equipments. The users within a sub-group are provided access to the set of contention based preambles dispersed in time thereby reducing the number of user equipments colliding on a single random access preamble channel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293903 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REMOVING A SERVING CELL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for removing a serving cell in a wireless communication system. The method includes a UE is served by a first cell controlled by a first eNB. The method also includes the UE is configured with a second cell controlled by a second eNB. The method further includes the UE is configured with a radio bearer, wherein there is a PDCP entity corresponding to the RB and there are two RLC entities corresponding to the RB, one RLC entity for data transfer via the first cell and the other RLC entity for data transfer via the second cell. In addition, the method includes the UE delivers out-of-sequence RLC SDUs reassembled by the RLC entity corresponding to the first cell to the PDCP entity in response to reception of an instruction to remove the second cell. In one embodiment, the method also includes the UE transmits a PDCP status report to the first eNB to indicate which PDCP packets of the RB need to be retransmitted if the PDCP status report is configured as required to the RB. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293904 | Systems and Methods for Sparse Beamforming Design - System and method embodiments are provided for sparse beamforming design. In an embodiment, a method of designing sparse transmit beamforming for a network multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) system includes dynamically forming, by a cloud central processor, a cluster of transmission points (TPs) for use in transmit beamforming for each of a plurality of user equipment (UEs) in the system by optimizing a network utility function and system resources; determining, by the cloud central processor, a sparse beamforming vector for each UE according to the optimizing; and transmitting, by the cloud central processor, a message and first beamforming coefficients to each TP in the formed cluster associated with a first UE in the plurality of UEs, wherein each TP in the formed cluster associated with the first UE correspond to nonzero entries in a first beamforming vector corresponding to the first UE. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293905 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL-DEPENDENT CCA THRESHOLDS TO BALANCE DIFFERENT USE CASES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for channel-dependent CCA thresholds to balance different use cases in wireless networks are disclosed. In one aspect a device includes a receiver configured to receive transmissions on a plurality of channels. The device also includes a processor configured to determine whether a channel is one at least a first type or a second type of channel. If the channel is the first type, the processor is configured to determine whether the channel is available based at least in part on a set of first clear channel assessment thresholds. If the channel is the second type, the processor is configured to determine whether the channel is available based at least in part on a set of second clear channel assessment thresholds, where the set of second clear channel assessment thresholds is greater than or equal to the set of first clear channel assessment thresholds. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293906 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO MITIGATE INTERFERENCE OF 3GPP LTE HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK ACCORDING TO PRIORITY OF SERVICE - A power control system and method to mitigate interference in a heterogeneous network is provided. A power control method to mitigate interference may include: receiving a link connection request from a femto terminal; transmitting a downlink signal when the link connection request is allowed; receiving information of a macro terminal present around a femto base station; controlling a power of the downlink signal in response to a high interference indicator (HII) report being included in the received information of the macro terminal; and controlling the power of the downlink signal based on a priority of service while satisfying predetermined constraints, in response to the HII report in a state in which the power of the downlink signal is decreased up to a predetermined required power. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293907 | APPARATUSES FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A communication device includes a receiving circuit, an uplink control information generating circuit, a transmitting circuit and a control circuit. The receiving circuit receives an uplink-downlink reconfiguration message from a communication station. The uplink control information generating circuit generates a plurality of uplink control information. The transmitting circuit transmits the uplink control information in a plurality of data frames, each of which comprises a plurality of subframes. The control circuit determines the subframe of the data frame to be an uplink subframe, a downlink subframe or a special subframe according to the uplink-downlink reconfiguration message. The uplink-downlink reconfiguration message configures the communication device to operate in one of valid uplink-downlink configurations. The control circuit configures the transmitting circuit to transmit the uplink control information in a subframe of the data frame, which is not configured to be the downlink subframe in the valid uplink-downlink configurations. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293908 | System Information message communication by dynamic segmenting of SI messages in a wireless communication system - The invention provides for method, system and node for ‘System Information’ (SI) message communication in an LTE deployed wireless communication system comprising of mapping at least a System Information Block (SIB) message into a System Information (SI) message in which SIB messages of same periodicity are mapped to a single SI message. The method further comprising segmenting dynamically the SI message exceeding predefined threshold value of SI bits known a priori that can be transmitted in any one subframe and transmitting the segmented SI messages in the corresponding SI-window wherein, the transmitted segment is indicated as part of previously transmitted segment via one bit indication taken out from the maximum number of bits that can be transmitted in a subframe and wherein if the indication bit is set to ‘1’ then the segment is part of previous frame that had non-zero indication bit and if indication bit is ‘0’ then the segment is the last segment of the System Information message. The method further decodes the segment by de-scrambling SI-RNTI; buffering the received segments based on indication bit; and assembling the received segments to form a single SI message, upon receiving the last segment indicated by the indication bit. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293909 | UPLINK FEEDBACK METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE - There are disclosed a method of and system and apparatus for performing an uplink feedback, applicable to a dynamic sub-frame system, so as to avoid collision of ACK/NACK resources between a non-dynamic system and a dynamic system from occurring. The method includes: determining ACK/NACK resource for carrying ACK/NACK, corresponding to downlink data in a sub-frame n according to a set of sub-frames including a sub-frame in which the downlink data is received; and transmitting ACK/NACK information corresponding to the downlink data over the ACK/NACK resource in the sub-frame n, wherein the set of sub-frames includes a first set of sub-frames and/or a second set of sub-frames; the set of sub-frames is determined by obtained uplink/downlink sub-frame configuration information and flexible sub-frame information; the uplink/downlink sub-frame configuration information indicates the type of each sub-frame in a radio frame as an uplink sub-frame, a downlink sub-frame and a special sub-frame; and the flexible sub-frame information indicates the type of each sub-frame in a radio frame as an uplink sub-frame, a downlink sub-frame, a special sub-frame and a flexible sub-frame, wherein the flexible sub-frame can be used for transmission of uplink or downlink data. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293910 | Providing Acknowledgement Information by a Wireless Device - In general, to provide acknowledgment information by a first wireless device, the first wireless device sends repeated instances of acknowledgment information in respective first and second frame structures, in response to receipt of first information from a second wireless device. In addition, the first wireless device also sends further acknowledgment information in the second frame structure that is responsive to second information received from the second wireless device. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293911 | METHOD OF SHARING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) SYSTEM - Provided is a method of sharing channel information performed by an access point (AP), the method including setting a master AP among adjacent APs, adjusting time stamp information on a point in time for communication based on a beacon received from the adjacent APs, estimating a carrier frequency offset (CFO) using a packet received from the master AP, and readjusting the time stamp information based on the estimated CFO. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293912 | TERMINATION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION UPLINK PERIODS TO FACILITATE RECEPTION OF OTHER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - The present disclosure describes systems and techniques relating to wireless communications by devices that employ more than one wireless communication technology. According to an aspect of the described systems and techniques, a device includes: a first radio configured to communicate wirelessly with a first station in accordance with a first wireless communication technology, a second radio configured to communicate wirelessly with a second station in accordance with a second wireless communication technology, a controller configured to (i) terminate scheduled portions of time for sending communications from the first radio to the first station in favor of receiving communications from the second station to the second radio and (ii) restrict which of all available scheduled portions of time for sending communications from the first radio to the first station are provided for termination based on information about types of data transmitted in respective ones of the available scheduled portions of time. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293913 | APPARATUSES FOR COMMUNICATING WITH NEW CARRIER TYPE PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL - A communication station includes a modulation circuit, a mapping circuit and a transmitting circuit. The modulation circuit is configured to operably modulate the master information block (MIB). The mapping circuit is configured to operably map the modulated MIBs to the new carrier type physical broadcast channel (PBCH). The PBCH is configured in a plurality of radio frames. The transmitting circuit is configured to operably transmit the radio frames. Moreover, the mapping circuit maps the modulated MIBs to only part of six central radio blocks of the predetermined subframes of the radio frames. The six central radio blocks are configured to locate around the DC subcarrier. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293914 | Scheduling - A method and apparatus for distributed coordinated scheduling (virtual joint scheduling) is provided. A primary entity is selected and it performs joint scheduling decisions according to information received from one or more coordinating secondary entities. Information received from user equipments served by the primary entity may be taken into account. The primary entity then forwards information of its joint scheduling decisions or some outcome quantity to the one or more secondary entities, each of which may perform their own localized scheduling decisions based on the information provided by the primary entity. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293915 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for random access in multicarrier wireless communications are disclosed. Methods and apparatus are provided for physical random access channel (PRACH) resource signaling, PRACH resource handling, preamble and PRACH resource selection, random access response (RAR) reception, preamble retransmission, and transmission and reception of subsequent messages. A method for maintaining an allowed multicarrier uplink (UL) random access channel (RACH) configuration set by adding an UL carrier to the allowed RACH configuration set provided that a triggering event occurs and performing a random access (RA) procedure using the allowed RACH configuration set. A method for sending data in multicarrier wireless communications by determining a set of available UL carriers and selecting an UL carrier from the set of available UL carriers. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293916 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL INFORMATION BASED ON LINK ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND THE APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method and device for link adaptation in a wireless local area network system, are discussed. The method may include receiving, by a responding station, from a requesting station, a requesting Physical layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) for requesting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) feedback via a plurality of spatial streams, the requesting PPDU including an MCS request (MRQ) field that is set to one to request the responding station to provide the MCS feedback; and transmitting, by the responding station, to the requesting station, the MCS feedback including a recommended MCS field and a recommended stream field. The recommended MCS field indicates a recommended MCS, the recommended stream field indicates a number of at least one recommended spatial stream, and the number of the at least one recommended spatial stream is less than a number of the plurality of spatial streams used for the requesting PPDU. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293917 | METHOD OF DATA TRANSMISSION USING HARQ - A method of transmitting data using hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) includes transmitting an uplink data, receiving an ACK signal corresponding to the uplink data, and keeping the uplink data in a HARQ buffer after receiving the ACK signal until an uplink grant is received, the uplink grant comprising information on uplink resource assignment, Data can be more reliably transmitted. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293918 | METHODS AND PROCEDURES FOR HIGH SPEED UE ACCESS - A terminal random access procedure is improved by allowing a mobile terminal to correctly map signature indexes onto cyclic shifted Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequences when the deployed cells support a high-speed mobility by informing a mobile terminal whether a cell supports high-speed mobility. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293919 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving an acknowledgement (ACK) signal from at least one access terminal (AT) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes transmitting at least one packet via a packet data channel from an access network (AN), receiving at least one ACK signal from the at least one AT using same channelization resources, wherein each AT is assigned a code specific to each AT, and identifying the ACK signal corresponding to the transmitted packet from the received at least one ACK signal. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293920 | Broadband Wireless Communication Resource Assigning Method, Base Station Apparatus and Terminal Apparatus - A method of wireless communication for communication between a base station and a plurality of terminal apparatuses, the method including: dividing an available frequency into a plurality of segments and notifying control information to the terminal apparatus, the control information including setting of a segment of the plurality of segments, communication quality of which will be fed back by the terminal apparatus, and cancellation of a segment of the plurality of segments, communication quality of which has already been fed back from the terminal apparatus; and feeding back communication quality related to a predetermined segment to the base station in accordance with the control information by the terminal apparatus. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293921 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for encoding uplink control information comprises: determining the number of bits of the first uplink control information and the number of bits of second uplink control information; determining a second parameter for channel encoding of the first uplink control information according to the number of bits of the first uplink control information and the number of bits of the second uplink control information; determining the number of encoding symbols or the number of encoding bits of the first uplink control information according to the second parameter and the number of bits of the first uplink control information; encoding the first uplink control information according to the number of encoding symbols or the number of encoding bits of the first uplink control information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293922 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MAPPING OF A PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A method for resource mapping of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), including: determining the number of resource sub-blocks to which a predefined number of enhanced control channel elements (eCCEs) correspond, according to the size of a resource sub-block in one resource block (RB); determining the number of RBs onto which the predefined number of eCCEs are needed to be mapped, according to the number of resource sub-blocks to which the predefined number of eCCEs correspond; and mapping eCCEs within the PDCCH to RBs according to the number of RBs onto which the predefined number of eCCEs are needed to be mapped; wherein locations of resource sub-blocks to which the eCCEs or the predefined number of eCCEs within the PDCCH correspond are different in each of the RBs. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293923 | RADIO RECEPTION DEVICE AND RADIO RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed are a radio transmission device and a radio transmission method which reduce the RACH conflict ratio and improve the RACH detection characteristic. When the device and the method are used: as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side increases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is mitigated and an expectation value which is a statistic average value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is decreased; and as the number of signature numbers allocated for UE by the network side decreases, the condition for allocating a signature by UE itself is limited and an expectation value of the RA quantity using the signature allocated by UE for itself is increased. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293924 | MAPPING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A SEARCH SPACE OF A PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a mapping method and apparatus for a search space of a physical downlink control channel. The method includes: determining a search space allocated to the PDCCH according to a resource allocation scheme; and mapping each of candidates of the PDCCH to a logic time frequency resource of the search space according to a predefined interval. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention, a frequency selective scheduling gain is obtained by mapping different candidates onto discrete time frequency resources, or a frequency diversity gain is obtained by mapping one candidate onto discrete time frequency resources, thereby improving the performance of the PDCCH. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293925 | Radio Telecommunications System and Method of Operating the Same with Polling - An apparatus or method for transmitting data blocks on a communications channel having a radio link between two stations including a user equipment comprises receiving first data blocks from the user equipment, and transmitting second data blocks to the user equipment. A polling interval is dynamically set for the transmission of polling messages to the user equipment after transmission of the second data blocks, the polling interval being set in accordance with at least one of: a size of one or more data blocks received by the apparatus from the user equipment, a size of one or more blocks transmitted from the apparatus to the user equipment, and a service to which the user equipment is subscribed. The apparatus may be used as a PCU in a cellular mobile telephone system. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293926 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND CONTROL STATION APPARATUS - A communication terminal performing Fourier transform to convert a first time-domain signal into frequency-domain signals, allocating the frequency-domain signals to one or more first block is composed of two or more contiguous subcarriers as a first allocation unit, performing inverse Fourier transform to convert the allocated frequency-domain signals into a second time-domain signal, and transmitting, to a BS, the second time-domain signal simultaneously with another communication terminal, in case that the other communication apparatus performs communication with the BS using one or more second block composed of two or more contiguous subcarriers as a second allocation unit wherein the second block, wherein the number of subcarriers of the second block is equal to a value of x multiplied by the number of subcarriers of the first block, and x is equal to a value of 2 or a value greater than 2. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293927 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION STATE AT A USER EQUIPMENT IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling uplink synchronization state at a user equipment in a mobile communication system is disclosed. The method of controlling an uplink synchronization state at a user equipment in a mobile communication system comprises receiving control information associated with controlling uplink synchronization state of the user equipment from a network, releasing uplink resources allocated from the network if the uplink synchronization state is shifted from a synchronization state to an asynchronous state based on the control information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING OPTIMIZED PRIVACY IN COGNITIVE RADIO INFORMATION SHARING - An approach is provided for providing optimized privacy in cognitive radio information sharing. A cognitive radio privacy optimization platform determines cognitive radio connectivity information provided by at least one device. The cognitive radio privacy optimization platform also processes and/or facilitates a processing of the cognitive radio connectivity information to determine a quality, an amount, or a combination thereof of the cognitive radio connectivity information. The cognitive radio privacy optimization platform further determines at least one service class for providing cognitive radio connectivity to the at least one device based, at least in part, on the quality, the amount, or a combination thereof of the cognitive radio information. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293929 | INFORMATION PUSHING METHOD, INFORMATION PUSHING SYSTEM AND INFORMATION TRANSMITTER - An information pushing method, system and an information transmitter are provided, the method including: the client turning on Wi-Fi Direct function; the information transmitter turning on Wi-Fi Direct function to search for the client turning on Wi-Fi Direct function to obtain client information of the client; the information transmitter transmitting connect requesting information to a client searched; the client feeding back connect responding information to the information transmitter after receiving the connect requesting information; the information transmitter pushing information to the client feeding back the connect responding information after receiving the connect responding information. With the disclosure, even if there is no network (accessible via an access point or router) available or signal of the network is relatively poor, the information transmitter can still realize connection with a client having Wi-Fi Direct function, thereby effectively guarantee that the client acquire information pushed by the information transmitter accurately in time. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293930 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS TO CONTROL SCHEDULING - A method of scheduling resources in a communications link wherein a scheduling request is transmitted from a first entity to a second entity including determining if any of the following conditions exist: the time elapsed since the last scheduling request exceeds a designated time; the up-link requirement exceeds a predetermined level; or semi-persistent scheduling exists; and if so, suppressing the transmission and/or triggering of scheduling requests. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293931 | TECHNIQUES FOR ALIGNING APPLICATION OUTPUT AND UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A technique for reducing a time delay between an application output at a subscriber station and uplink resource allocation for the subscriber station includes scheduling, between periodic uplink resource allocations, one or more probe uplink resource allocations for the subscriber station. Next, respective information in at least one of the one or more probe uplink resource allocations is received at an access point. Finally, subsequent periodic uplink resource allocations are scheduled based on at least one of the one or more probe uplink resource allocations. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293932 | MULTIPLEXING CONTROL AND DATA INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT IN A PHYSICAL DATA CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus are described for transmitting and receiving HARQ-ACK information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH). A method of receiving includes configuring a plurality of cells for a user equipment (UE), where each of the plurality of cells is associated with one transmission mode; receiving, from the UE, via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), encoded concatenated HARQ-ACK bits for the plurality of cells; and decoding encoded concatenated HARQ-ACK bits. HARQ-ACK bits for the plurality of cells are concatenated based on an order of a cell index for each of the plurality of cells, and the concatenated HARQ-ACK bits include 2 HARQ-ACK bits for a cell associated with a transmission mode supporting up to 2 transport blocks and 1 HARQ-ACK bit for a cell associated with a transmission mode supporting up to 1 transport block | 10-02-2014 |
20140293933 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING TRAFFIC VOLUME MEASUREMENT INFORMATION TO SUPPORT UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus for uplink transmission is disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmits a message to a Node-B, wherein the message is selected from at least a first type, a second type, and a third type. The first type of message indicates that the WTRU has uplink buffered data to transmit and the WTRU requires uplink resources for transmission of uplink data. The second type of message includes a plurality of indications, wherein each indication indicates an amount of uplink buffered data associated with at least one logical channel, wherein each logical channel is associated with a priority. The third type of message indicates an amount of uplink buffered data and has less information than the second type of message. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293934 | METHOD FOR SETTING SUBBANDS IN MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication base station apparatus wherein when a frequency scheduling transmission and a frequency diversity transmission are performed in a multicarrier communication at the same time, the adaptive control of a channel for performing the frequency scheduling transmission can be prevented from being complicated. In this apparatus, a modulating part ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293935 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is wireless communication base station equipment in which CCE allocation can be flexibly performed without collision of ACK/NACK signals between a plurality of unit bands, even when wideband transmission is performed exclusively on a downlink circuit. In this equipment, an allocation unit ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293936 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK, WIRELESS STATION, AND WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a device and a system for accessing a wireless local area network, a wireless station, and a wireless access point. In the present invention, a wireless station bridge sets a virtual interface MAC address for an Ethernet device, so that the Ethernet device connected to the wireless station bridge has a corresponding MAC address in a wireless local area network, and therefore, the Ethernet device can access the wireless local area network by using a bridging function of the wireless station bridge. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293937 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a user equipment for use in a mobile communication system is configured to: receive control information including a first field and a second field via a control channel, the first field indicating one of N (N≧2) resource block group (RBG) sets and the second field including a bitmap, wherein each bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether a corresponding resource block (RB) in the indicated one of the N RBG sets is allocated; interpret the first field and the second field for resource allocation in the control information; and receive data using the control information. An RBG set n (0≦n10-02-2014 | |
20140293938 | METHOD FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/NON-ACKNOWLEDGEMENT MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for uplink ACK/NACK for LTE TDD. The method includes receiving a frame having multiple subframes wherein a plurality of subframes being downlink subframes and at least one subframe being an uplink subframe. One uplink subframe can contain an acknowledgment/non-acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) corresponding to at least one of the plurality of downlink subframes. To transmit ACK/NACKs, one uplink subframe for ACK/NACK is used in response to one of the plurality of downlink subframes. In addition, ACK/NACK responses can be bundled into one uplink subframe for at least two of the plurality of downlink subframes. In an embodiment, multiple ACK/NACK responses can be used in one uplink subframe that corresponds to at least two of the plurality of downlink subframes in a multiple feedback configuration. One uplink subframe for ACK/NACK responses and bundling multiple ACK/NACK responses is for a bundled feedback configuration. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A CONTROL CHANNEL - Various methods and apparatuses for receiving a control channel involve a communication device monitoring a first control and receiving information from a network regarding the configuration of a second control channel. The communication device receives an uplink grant from the network; transmits a message to the network, in which the message indicates to the network that the communication device is capable of monitoring the second control channel. The communication device monitors the second control channel based on the configuration information receiving via the first control channel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293940 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS IN A MOBILE STATION - A method of performing uplink transmission at a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method includes determining whether a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) retransmission collides with a random access transmission in a transmission time interval (TTI); and performing the HARQ retransmission if the HARQ retransmission does not collide with the random access transmission in the TTI, wherein a current value of information indicating a redundancy version (RV) for the HARQ retransmission is incremented by 1 if the HARQ retransmission does not collide with the random access transmission in the TTI. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293941 | BRIDGING WIRELESS AND WIRED MEDIA IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, a transmitting node may be configured to transmit a wireless advertisement frame over a computer network, wherein the frame includes a source address of a reachable node being advertised, a destination address to which the reachable node is to be advertised, a transmitter address of the transmitting node, and a receiver address of a wireless access point to which the wireless advertisement frame is to be received. Also, the wireless access point may be configured to receive the wireless advertisement frame from the network, and in response, transmit a reflected wireless advertisement frame having the source address of the reachable node, the destination address to which the reachable node is to be advertised, a transmitter address of the access point, and a receiver address that indicates the reflected frame is to be accepted by any appropriate receiver excluding the transmitting node. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293942 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING SEARCH SPACE OF CONTROL CHANNEL IN SUBFRAME - Disclosed are a method and a device for allocating a search space of a control channel in a subframe. A method for monitoring downlink control information comprises the steps of: acquiring first control information on a first enhanced-physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) by monitoring a common search space in a first slot of a subframe; and acquiring second control information on a second e-PDCCH by monitoring a user equipment (UE)-specific search space in a second slot of the subframe. Thus, a terminal can obtain cell-specific information through an e-PDCCH even without a legacy physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 10-02-2014 |
20140293943 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is related to a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system. The present specification comprises transmitting at least one of the user equipment (UE)-specific value which is the parameter used for generating the UE-specific reference signal sequence to the UE, selecting one value out of at least one of the UE-specific value and cell-specific value, calculating an initialization value of pseudo-noise (PN) sequence based on the value selected, generating a first reference signal sequence using the initialization value of PN sequence, mapping the first reference signal sequence to a resource element, and transmitting a reference signal to the UE using the resource element to which the first reference signal sequence is mapped. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293944 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multiple distributed antenna system is disclosed. A method for a base station to allocate an antenna port to transmit signals in a wireless communication system includes allocating a resource for transmitting an Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel (E-PDCCH) for a user equipment, and transmitting the E-PDCCH to the user equipment using the allocated resource, wherein the E-PDCCH for the user equipment is allocated to a first antenna port, a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) corresponding to the E-PDCCH for the user equipment is allocated to a second port, and the second antenna port to which the PDSCH is allocated is determined according to the first antenna port. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293945 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD, RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio base station apparatus allocates a white space frequency to a wireless communication apparatus, and includes a radio resource allocating unit that allocates to the wireless communication apparatus a first white space frequency that the radio station apparatus allocates to another wireless communication apparatus, among a plurality of white space frequencies, according to an allocation request for a communication frequency from the wireless communication apparatus. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293946 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A base station device that communicates with a mobile station device is provided. The base station device uses a physical broadcast channel to transmit information instructing the mobile station device to monitor a common search space or an enhanced common search space for a physical downlink channel. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293947 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To ensure stable operation of a user terminal even in the case where the user terminal is instructed to transmit uplink signals at different transmission timings with a plurality of component carriers, in a radio communication system provided with a radio base station apparatus that indicates transmission timings of uplink signals for each component carrier, and a user terminal that transmits an uplink signal at a transmission timing set based on transmission timing information indicated from the radio base station apparatus and the like, it is a feature that the radio base station apparatus indicates different transmission timing information in a plurality of component carriers, and that the user terminal avoids simultaneous transmission of uplink signals in the case of performing communications using a plurality of contiguous component carriers. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293948 | METHOD FOR INSTRUCTING USER TERMINAL TO ALLEVIATE INTERFERENCE IN A BASE STATION - The present invention proposes a method for assisting a mobile terminal to alleviate inter-cell interference in a base station, comprising the step of: sending to the user terminal an identification of a major interfering cell in a radio resource control signaling. With the solution of the present invention, it is possible to assist the user terminal in more effective interference alleviation by signaling to the user terminal from the base station. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293949 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANCEIVING NEIGHBOR NETWORK INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transceiving neighbor network information. A method for a first station (STA) to provide neighbor network information to a second STA, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving a request frame for neighbor network information from the second STA; and transmitting a response frame for neighbor network information to the second STA, wherein the request frame for neighbor network information can comprise at least one item of information about the second STA from among the address, estimated transmission strength, and location. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293950 | RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - To provide a radio communication method when a macro-base station and micro-base station are regarded as a plurality of transmission points and the plurality of transmission points performs downlink communications using a plurality of carriers, in the radio communication method of the invention, a macro-base station ( | 10-02-2014 |
20140293951 | Method and system for synchronous service-flow transmission in heterogeneous network - The present disclosure discloses a method for synchronous service-flow transmission in a heterogeneous network, including that: an access point collects a parameter on a wireless-network channel, and reports the parameter to a synchronization managing unit of an access-network controller; the synchronization managing unit dynamically adjusts the received parameter on the wireless-network channel, and transmits the adjusted parameter to each service-flow channel to implement synchronization between different service-flows. The present disclosure also provides a system for synchronous service-flow transmission in a heterogeneous network. With a technical solution of the present disclosure, it is possible to implement synchronous service-flow transmission and reduce delay while increasing a system throughput. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293952 | Scheduling a Transmission of Data - Transmission of data is scheduled via a first communication channel within a first cell of a cellular network. A first base station is assigned to the first cell. A user equipment is served by the first base station, and the first communication channel is divided into subframes. The cellular network includes a second base station assigned to a second cell, wherein the second base station uses a second communication channel divided into subframes, and a part of the subframes is unscheduled by the second base station due to a predefined muting pattern. The first base station determines a first subframes of the first communication channel related in time with the unscheduled subframes of the second communication channel, and schedules transmission of data between the first base station and the user equipment via the first communication channel so that the data is transmitted in the determined first subframes. | 10-02-2014 |
20140293953 | METHOD FOR MEASURING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATE IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for measuring a wireless communication state in a wireless access system that supports an environment in which the amount of an uplink resource and the amount of a downlink resource dynamically change. Also disclosed is an apparatus for the method. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting information on a resource to be measured to user equipment; transmitting a reference signal to the user equipment; and receiving, from the user equipment, the result of measurement performed on the resource using the reference signal, wherein the resource to be measured is determined by considering whether the same resource is used for downlink or for uplink in a neighboring base station. | 10-02-2014 |
20140301279 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR INTERFERENCE IMMUNITY USING FREQUENCY ALLOCATION LISTS IN DEVICES HAVING EMBEDDED SYSTEMS - Methods and systems for performing interference mitigation (immunity management) in a radio communication device. A list of frequencies is provided from at least one radio subsystem to an immunity management (IMM) module. The IMM module determines whether any of the frequencies in the list represent a conflict with harmonics associated with one or more clock frequencies associated with one or more embedded systems. If a conflict exists, then the IMM module makes a change in the fundamental frequency of the corresponding clock to remove the conflict, while also ensuring that other frequencies in the list are not impacted by the change. The potential need to change clock frequencies can be evaluated at state transitions of the device, e.g., call establishment, call release, handover or channel re-allocation events. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301280 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BUNDLING - An approach is provided for acknowledgement bundling. Dynamically scheduling of one or more of subframes per bundling window is performed by reusing an assignment index field (e.g., downlink assignment index (DAI) field). The assignment index field has a value greater than or equal to number of previously assigned subframes within the bundling window. The bundling window defines a group of subframes for common acknowledgement. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301281 | PER-PROTOCOL DATA UNIT DELIVERY-PATH INDICATION - Indication of delivery-path information may benefit various communication systems. For example, wireless communication systems may benefit from per-protocol data unit delivery-path indication to data recipient or from setting a timer expiry value dependent on such received information. A method can comprise sending, by a data-sending protocol entity, a control protocol data unit. The control protocol data unit can identify protocol data units destined to a data-receiving protocol entity. The method can also comprise providing in the control protocol data unit, for each of the identified protocol data units, a direct or indirect indication of at least one delay figure of a delivery path chosen for an initial transmission of the identified protocol data unit. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301282 | CYCLIC PREFIX BASED OPPORTUNISTIC TRANSMISSION/RECEPTIO SCHEME FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for interference cancellation are provided. One method includes forming, by a wireless system, a signal structure to match a structure of an interfering signal with repetitive time structure. The method may further include using the formed signal structure to eliminate interference caused by the interfering signal. The signal structure includes parts that are synchronized with the repeated parts of the interfering signal structure to cancel the repetition of the interference, and the signal structure further comprises another part synchronized with the non-repeated parts of the interference signal. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301283 | Aggregation of Resources in Enhanced Control Channels - Time-frequency resources in a single PRB pair are used for both frequency-localized transmissions as well as distributed transmissions. A first control message is transmitted ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301284 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA VIA MULTI-CHANNEL COMMUNICATIONS - A method for transmitting data via multi-channel communications is provided. The method comprises following steps: providing transmission modes to be selected and determining transmission channels and transmission modules corresponding to the selected transmission modes; splitting a piece of data to be transmitted to a number of data segments, the number of the data segments being same to a number of the determined transmission channels; labeling a sequence number to each data segment; distributing the labeled data segments to determined transmission modules correspondingly; and transmitting the labeled data segments via the corresponding determined transmission channels. A system and a transmission device for transmitting data via multi-channel communications are also disclosed. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301285 | METHOD OF TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE DISCOVERY AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Methods of discovery performed in a terminal are disclosed. A method of discovery, performed in a terminal, may comprise selecting a discovery physical channel on which discovery information is transmitted in a discovery frame comprising a plurality of transmission durations, and transmitting the discovery information through the selected discovery physical channel. Thus, efficient discovery between terminals may be performed and efficiency of resource usage can be enhanced. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301286 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus, a radio communication system and a radio communication method which can cope with an increased number of users. A radio base station apparatus is provided with: a signal generating section that generates a first downlink control signal and a second downlink control signal for a mobile terminal apparatus; a first multiplexing section that multiplexes the first downlink control signal on a control region up to a predetermined number of symbols from the top of a subframe; a second multiplexing section that frequency-division-multiplexes the second downlink control signal on radio resources from the next symbol in the control region to the last symbol of the subframe; and a transmission section that transmits the first downlink control signal multiplexed on the control region and the second downlink control signal multiplexed on the radio resources. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301287 | Method and Apparatus for Control Channel Resource Allocations in Constrained and Unconstrained Subframes in a Wireless Communication Network - Among other advantageous aspects, the teachings herein provide network-side and device-side apparatuses and methods that preserve normal Resource Element (RE) aggregation levels for the transmission of Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channels (EPDCCHs) in “constrained” subframes, where “constrained” refers to any subframe having fewer REs available for EPDCCH usage within a base set of PRB pairs than are available in a “non-constrained” or “normal” subframe. Non-limiting examples of “constrained” subframes include special subframes in Time Division Duplex, TDD, operation, which comprise a downlink portion that is abbreviated to accommodate an included uplink portion, along with a guard portion between them. Multimedia Broadcast Single Frequency Network, MBSFN, subframes represent another example of a constrained subframe, where only the first two OFDM symbols within the subframe are available for EPDCCH transmissions. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301288 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD FOR RRC CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT FOR SMALL DATA TRANSFERS - Embodiments of an enhanced Node B (eNB) and method for RRC connection establishment for small-data transfers in a 3GPP LTE network are generally described herein. The eNB may receive a small-data RRC connection request message from user equipment (UE) that may include an establishment clause value indicating small-data traffic either with or without mobility. The eNB may send an initial UE setup request message to inform the mobility management entity (MME) that a small-data RRC connection is being established. The eNB may receive an acceptance message from the MME for the small-data RRC connection which may include a reduction of an RRC inactivity timer for fast connection release. The eNB may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE in response to receipt of the acceptance to establish the small-data RRC connection, the RRC connection reconfiguration message including a measurement information element (IE) when mobility is to be supported. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301289 | NETWORK-ASSISTED TO DIRECT DEVICE DISCOVERY SWITCH - Embodiments for providing network-assisted to direct device discovery switch are generally described herein. In some embodiments, location information is received at an evolved packet core (EPC) from at least a first and a second user equipment (UE). A network-assisted device-to-device (D2D) request is received from the first UE for establishing a D2D wireless connection with the second UE. Proximity of the first UE and the second UE are monitored. Before detecting the second UE being in proximity to the first UE, direct discovery is determined to be more resource efficient than continuing to provide network-assisted D2D discovery. An indication is provided to the first UE and the second UE to perform direct discovery based on information provided in the indication. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301290 | RECONFIGURATION CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING COLLISION AVOIDANCE - A device includes a transceiver to receive, from a base station, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission and processing circuitry to classify downlink (DL) subframe types for a set of DL subframes associated with a first uplink (UL) subframe for transmission of a hybrid automatic report request acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) and perform physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources mapping based on the classified DL subframe Types for an acknowledgement transmission associated with PDSCH transmission reception. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301291 | HYBRID COORDINATION FUNCTION (HCF) ACCESS THROUGH TIERED CONTENTION AND OVERLAPPED WIRELESS CELL MITIGATION - A method and system reduce interference between overlapping first and second wireless LAN cells in a medium. Each cell includes a respective plurality of member stations and there is at least one overlapped station occupying both cells. An inter-cell contention-free period value is assigned to a first access point station in the first cell, associated with an accessing order in the medium for member stations in the first and second cells. The access point transmits a beacon packet containing the inter-cell contention-free period value, which is intercepted at the overlapped station. The overlapped station forwards the inter-cell contention-free period value to member stations in the second cell. A second access point in the second cell can then delay transmissions by member stations in the second cell until after the inter-cell contention-free period expires. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301292 | TPR MANAGEMENT FOR EPDCCH IN LTE - For an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), unlimited traffic-to-pilot ratio (TPR) variations across resource elements of a physical resource block (PRB) pair is problematic because of the detrimental affect the variations will have on the ability of a user equipment (UE) to perform inter-cell/intra-cell interference suppression (IS) and/or interference cancellation (IC) on EPDCCH of an interfering cell. A TPR limitation is placed on EPDCCH to facilitate IS/IC without causing practical limitations on EPDCCH management by an eNB. Accordingly, a method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus identifies a plurality of resource elements of at least one PRB pair for transmitting one or more control channels, divides the plurality of identified resource elements into one or more groups, and restricts a plurality of resource elements in a respective group to a TPR. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301293 | CONTROL CHANNEL OVERHEAD ASSUMPTIONS FOR DERIVING CSI FEEDBACK - Determination of channel state information (CSI) feedback by mobile devices is disclosed in which the mobile device receives one or more configuration parameters, that may include one or more control channel parameters for configuring a mobile device control channel. The UE uses the configuration parameters to determine an assumption of overhead resources. Using this overhead assumption, the mobile device derives the CSI index and transmits the CSI index to a serving base station. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301294 | METHOD FOR DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN STATIONS IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for direct communication between stations. The method for direct communication between stations may include: receiving scheduling information on a frequency selective transmission (FST) from an access point; setting up a link for communication with another station based on the scheduling information; and communicating with the other station using the link. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301295 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COLLISION MANAGEMENT IN A NEIGHBORHOOD AWARE NETWORK - Methods, devices, and computer program products for collision management of wireless devices in a peer-to-peer network are described herein. In one aspect, a method of communicating via a wireless medium by a wireless communications apparatus within a neighborhood aware network is provided. The network is configured with periodic discovery windows, and sized for a maximum number of devices M. The method includes determining a discovery window interval K, the smallest integer greater than or equal to one, such that the probability that more than a threshold M devices will transmit during the same discovery window is less than a threshold probability P. The method further includes selecting a random or pseudo-random integer m in the range from 0 to K−1, deferring for at least m discovery windows after a previous interval K−1 has elapsed, and transmitting a discovery frame during the next discovery window after said deferring. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BROADCAST CHANNEL DECODING - A method and apparatus for decoding the LTE physical broadcast channel (PBCH). The transmissions are made by an evolved NodeB (eNB). At least one template symbol sequence representative of a potential transmission by the eNB over the PBCH is provided. A signal or signals transmitted over the PBCH by the eNB is received, the signal or signals indicative of a received symbol sequence. Correlation operations are performed for correlating the at least one template symbol sequence against the received symbol sequence. A representative symbol sequence, timing parameter, or both, is selected, based on the correlation operations. The representative symbol sequence is indicative of information transmitted by the eNB over the LTE PBCH. The timing parameter is indicative of timing of said information transmitted by the eNB. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301297 | ADAPTIVE ANTENNA MANAGEMENT IN LTE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for adaptive antenna management in LTE. Devices and networks capable of transmitting and receiving signals using a variable number of transmitting or receiving antennas using LTE radio access technology are described. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301298 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION RESTRICTION AND EFFICIENT SIGNALING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for transmission restriction and efficient signaling. A base station (BS) may determine information regarding a restricted set of system parameters used for transmission from at least one of the serving BS or one or more potentially interfering BSs and signal the information to a user equipment (UE). According to certain aspects, a UE may receive the signaling of information regarding the restricted set of system parameters used for transmission from at least one of the serving BS or the one or more potentially interfering BSs and use the information to cancel interference by transmissions from the one or more potentially interfering BSs or serving BS. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301299 | MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING MECHANISM FOR BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure proposes a base station and a user equipment which utilize a multi-subframe scheduling mechanism. The multi-subframe scheduling mechanism includes at least but not limited to the base station transmitting via a transmitter a first subframe which includes a first control channel. Upon receiving the first subframe via a receiver, the UE would decode a first control information from the first control channel. The UE would decode from the first control information a first transmission resource located in the first subframe and then determine whether the first control information indicates a second transmission resource located in a second subframe based on a bit from a bit sequence, wherein the bit corresponds to the first subframe. The UE would receive via the receiver the second transmission resource located in the second subframe if the bit of the bit sequence is in a first state. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301300 | Methods and Apparatus for Resource Element Mapping - Improved mechanisms for using enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) and enhanced physical hybrid indicator automated repeat request indicator channel (EPHICH) resources are described. A physical resource block (PRB) of an EPDCCH is specified and one or more EPHICH code blocks, which may also be referred to as an EPHICH resource element group (EPREG), are defined. One or more of the EPREGs is mapped into the EPDDCH PRB. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301301 | Device, Network, and Method for Utilizing a Downlink Discovery Reference Signal - User equipments can achieve quick channel synchronization when establishing a connection to base stations transitioning from a sleep mode to an active mode by using discovery resource signal (DRS) processing results and cell reference signal (CRS) processing results to establish channel synchronization with a CRS antenna port. More specifically, the user equipment may be notified that the CRS antenna port and DRS antenna port are quasi-co-located (QCL), and then use DRS processing results in conjunction with CRS processing results to obtain faster channel synchronization with a CRS antenna port. This may be particularly beneficial when the target BS is transitioned from a sleep mode to an active mode in order to accept a handover of the user equipment. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301302 | ENHANCED TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL BUNDLING DESIGN FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for enhanced transmission time interval (TTI) bundling design for machine type communications (MTC). A method for wireless communications by a wireless device is provided. The method generally includes determining a mapping of one or more uplink or downlink channels to one or more fixed bundling sizes, wherein each of the one or more fixed bundling sizes indicates a number of transmission time intervals (TTIs) over which a channel should be transmitted and processing transmission of the one or more uplink or downlink channels based on the mapping. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301303 | Interference Mitigation - Measures including a method, comprising deriving at least one of one or more statistics of an interfering channel and a rate matching parameter of the interfering channel based on an interfering colocation information received from a serving transmission point device, wherein the interfering channel comprises a channel between an apparatus performing the method and an interfering transmission point device different from the serving transmission point device. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301304 | Resource Control - Measures including, methods, apparatus, computer software and computer program products, for use in radio resource control in a cellular communications network. At a user equipment, a first random access channel (RACH) message is generated. The user equipment causes transmittal, on a RACH, of the first RACH message. The first RACH message comprises an indication that at least a second RACH message associated with the first RACH message is to be transmitted subsequently from the user equipment on the RACH. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301305 | PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL (PBCH) COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS (MTC) - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for physical broadcast channel (PBCH) coverage enhancements, for example, for machine type communications (MTC). In aspects, the PBCH coverage enhancements may be applied by non-MTC devices. A method for wireless communications typically performed by a base station (BS) is provided. The method generally includes determining a set of resources for a new physical broadcast channel (PBCH) with enhanced coverage relative to a legacy PBCH and communicating to at least one user equipment (UE) based on the determined set of resources for the new PBCH. In aspects, the new PBCH may be transmitted on a subframe allocated for communicating with MTC devices (MTC subframe). | 10-09-2014 |
20140301306 | 256QAM SIGNAL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving signals modulated with 256 Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (256QAM) for use in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes receiving a first signal from a terminal, determining a modulation application criterion for data communication with the terminal based on the first signal, receiving a second signal including an index from the terminal, and determining a modulation scheme to be applied to at least one of the signals communicating with the terminal based on the modulation application criterion and the received index. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301307 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE BETWEEN MORE THAN TWO OPERATORS - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus for use in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of setting up a ProSe connection by a ProSe-enabled UE of a first MNO in a cellular communication system and an apparatus therefore, in which the method comprises: broadcasting a first message including first resource allocation information for a first radio resource of the first MNO, wherein the first message is broadcast using a specific radio resource that is available to ProSe-enabled UEs of a second MNO; and receiving acknowledgement information regarding the first message from one or more ProSe-enabled UEs of the second MNO by using the first radio resource of the first MNO. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301308 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING PLURAL NETWORK ATTACHMENT PROCEDURES TO SUPPORT PLURAL CONNECTIONS IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing a plurality of network attachment procedures to support a plurality of cells for a small cell-based User Equipment (UE) service are disclosed. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301309 | LOW COMPLEXITY BLIND DETECTION OF TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS OF INTERFERERS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus reduces inference in a received signal. The apparatus receives a signal including transmissions from a plurality of cells. The apparatus determines transmission parameter hypotheses associated with the plurality of cells. Each transmission parameter hypothesis from the transmission parameter hypotheses includes a set of transmission parameters associated with all the cells from the plurality cells. The apparatus selects at least one transmission parameter hypothesis based on a first metric applied to each hypothesis. The apparatus refines transmission parameters associated with at least one cell from the plurality of cells. The refining includes improving an accuracy of the transmission parameters associated with the at least one cell based on a second metric associated with each cell individually. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301310 | COMMUNICATION STATION WITH ELEVATION BEAMFORMING AND RELATED COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication station includes a transceiving circuit, a radio signal distribution circuit and a control circuit. The radio signal distribution circuit configures an antenna array to communication with a communication device with a first antenna port formation pattern (APFP) and a second APFP based on an elevation beamforming technique. The control circuit configures the transceiving circuit to generate a first reference signal and a second reference signal, and configures the radio signal distribution circuit to configure the antenna array to transmit the first reference signal and the second reference signal respectively with the first APFP and the second APFP to the communication device. The control circuit further configures the transceiving circuit to receive the first channel state information and the second channel state information respectively corresponding to the first reference signal and the second reference signal through the radio signal distribution circuit. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301311 | MULTIPLEXING OF CONTROL AND DATA WITH VARYING POWER OFFSETS IN A SC-FDMA SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate multiplexing of control information and data for common transmission in a localized FDM wireless communication system. Localized FDM transmission of control and data channels can be achieved by, for example, multiplexing control information with data and transmitting the control information and data using resources and transmission schemes specified for transmission of the data. To ensure the reliability of control information multiplexed with data, a power offset can be applied to the control information to provide varying protection levels for the control information based on properties of the data resources into which it is embedded in order to maintain a predetermined signal quality for the control information independent of the data resources. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301312 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for receiving a scheduling request in a mobile communication system. Information related to Scheduling Request (SR) transmission resources is transmitted to a User Equipment (UE). An SR is received from the UE. For the received SR, the UE checks whether at least one Buffer Status Report (BSR) is triggered and canceled, and the SR is received if the at least one BSR is triggered and not canceled | 10-09-2014 |
20140301313 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting information data by using a Reed-Muller coding scheme in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes the steps of dividing the information data to first information data and second information data if a bit size O of the information data is equal to or larger than a predetermined number; applying RM coding on each of the first information data and the second information data; concatenating the coded first information data and the coded second information data, and transmitting the concatenated data. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301314 | USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE, METHOD FOR REPORTING RESOURCE, AND SYSTEM FOR DISTRIBUTING RESOURCE - A method, a user equipment (UE) and a communication system are provided. In the disclosure, a UE configured with multiple carriers determines whether a first, a second, and a third conditions are met, and then determines whether resources allocated for the UE on the carrier are sufficient or not accordingly. The first condition defines that the UE is transmitting as much scheduled data as allowed by a current service grant on the carrier. The second condition indicates that the UE has enough transmission power available to transmit data at higher data rate on the carrier. The third condition indicates total buffer data requires more than a preconfigured time period to be transmitted through the carrier together with at least one of other carriers among the multiple carriers. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301315 | CONTROL METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR AUTONOMOUS DENIAL, ENB AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a control method and a system for autonomous denial, an eNB and user equipment. The control method includes: transmitting, by an eNB to user equipment, autonomous denial configuration information, the autonomous denial configuration information being set according to uplink data of the user equipment. With the embodiments of the present invention, uplink data may be autonomously denied more accurately, and performance of the system will not be degraded. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301316 | SIGNALING OF PRECODER-RELATED IFNORMATION IN A MIMO SYSTEM - Techniques are disclosed for signaling a pattern of cyclic shifts and orthogonal cover codes for use by a wireless device in multi-layer transmissions. In one example method, a signal includes B bits for identifying a reference signal is received, wherein each of several available reference signals is defined by a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code. The B bits are used to identify the cyclic shift and orthogonal cover code according to pre-determined tables that map each value of the B bits to a pattern of cyclic shift and orthogonal cover code combinations for a multi-layer transmission scheme. The patterns for the multi-layer transmission scheme include first and second patterns based on the same cyclic shifts, but where some, but not all, of the cyclic shifts in the first pattern are associated with the same corresponding orthogonal cover codes in the second pattern. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301317 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE IN CASE OF TIMING ADVANCE GROUP RECONFIGURATION - Embodiments of the present application provide a method and apparatus for uplink interference avoidance in case of timing advance group reconfiguration. Wherein, the method includes: reconfiguring a TAG belonging to a secondary serving cell by terminal; and terminating, by the terminal, transmission of a periodic channel sounding reference signal Type-0 SRS in the secondary serving cell, and/or terminating, by the terminal, uplink non-adaptive retransmission in the secondary serving cell, after the terminal completes the reconfiguration of the TAG of the secondary serving cell and if a current TAG is a new one. With the embodiments of the present application, a problem of mutual interference with other terminal resulted from transmission of an uplink signal by the terminal in the secondary serving cell according to a wrong TA value may be avoided. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301318 | Method and Apparatus for Sending and Receiving a Downlink Data Block of a Packet Data Service - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for sending and receiving a downlink data block of a packet data service. A network side adds indication information of downlink data modulation modes to a downlink data block, where the downlink data block includes first information and second information; the network performs symbol mapping processing on the first information by using a first modulation mode to obtain a first modulated signal; the network performs symbol mapping processing and data pre-processing on the second information by using a second modulation mode to obtain a second modulated signal; the network combines these two modulated signals to obtain an aggregate modulated signal; and the network sends the aggregate modulated signal. With the present disclosure, throughput of downlink data is increased while a USF compatibility between more types of low-capability mobile terminals is considered. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301319 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - When a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus communicate with each other using a wider frequency band consists of multiple carrier components, efficient communication is achieved without increasing control information (control signal) notified from the base station apparatus to the mobile station apparatus. The base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus communicate with each other such that each of multiple uplink carrier components corresponds to each of multiple downlink carrier components or multiple downlink carrier component groups including multiple downlink carrier components. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301320 | HARQ METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for data transmission of a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system supporting HARQ. A Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) corresponding to a second cell is received in a first cell. An Uplink/Downlink (UL/DL) configuration of the first cell is identified as an Uplink (UL) reference UL/DL configuration, if the UE is configured with at least two cells including the first cell and the second cell, a PDCCH corresponding to the second cell is monitored on the first cell, and a pair of the UL/DL configuration of the first cell and a UL/DL configuration of the second cell is a predetermined set. A Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) transmission is adjusted based on the identified UL reference UL/DL configuration. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal via physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. Control information bits are modulated to generate N1 modulation symbols, wherein N1 is twice a number of subcarriers in one resource block (RB). The modulation symbols are spread by using various orthogonal codes to generate a plurality of sequences and the generated plurality of sequences are transmitted using different slots of a subframe through different antenna ports, each sequence of the plurality of sequences being mapped on a corresponding single carrier frequency division multiple access symbol in a corresponding slot. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301322 | ENCODING METHOD FOR TRAFFIC INDICATION MAP AND BEACON FRAME - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide an encoding method for a traffic indication map and a beacon frame, which relate to a communication field, enable a user to know whether there are data cached in an access point or enable a user terminal to know whether to access to a channel, and reduce the quantity of bytes occupied by the traffic indication map in the beacon frame. The encoding method for a traffic indication map provided by the embodiments comprises: controlling whether to display a sub-block bitmap display field in a sub-bitmap by marking at least one bit in a bitmap control field, a sub-block sub-bitmap in the sub-bitmap being used for enabling a user terminal to know whether there are data cached in an access point, or enabling the user terminal to know whether to access to a channel. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301323 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A feedback method and apparatus is provided for facilitating feedback in a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) system in which multiple base stations cooperate with each other for downlink transmission to a terminal. The feedback method of a terminal includes determining whether the terminal is operating in cooperative multi-point mode for receiving data from a plurality of cells; estimating, when the terminal is operating in cooperative multi-point mode, channels of the cells belonging to a measurement set based on channel status information reference signals for the cells; selecting at least one best cell based on a signal-to-interference plus noise ratio based on the estimated channels; and feeding back a cell index and channel information of the best cell. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301324 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present application provide a method for transmitting control information, a user equipment and a base station. The method includes: acquiring a resource index of a physical uplink control channel PUCCH; acquiring a sequence index of an orthogonal sequence of the PUCCH according to the resource index, and acquiring the orthogonal sequence according to the sequence index; acquiring a cyclic shift of a reference signal of the PUCCH according to the sequence index; and transmitting the UCI to the base station on the PUCCH according to the orthogonal sequence and the cyclic shift. In the embodiments of the present application, a cyclic shift of a reference signal of a PUCCH channel for transmitting UCI is acquired according to a sequence index, and the UCI is transmitted on the PUCCH according to the cyclic shift and a corresponding orthogonal sequence, which can enhance transmission performance of the UCI. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301325 | PACKET DATA TRANSMITTING METHOD AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - A packet data transmitting method and mobile communication system using the same enables transmission of common ACK/NACK information from each sector of a base station to a user entity in softer handover. The method includes receiving via at least one of the plurality of sectors a data packet from the mobile terminal, the data packet being correspondingly received for each of the at least one of the plurality of sectors; combining the correspondingly received data packets, to obtain a signal having a highest signal-to-noise ratio; decoding the value obtained by the combining; determining a transmission status of the data packet according to the decoding; and transmitting to the mobile terminal a common ACK/NACK signal including one of a common ACK signal and a common NACK signal according to the determining, the common ACK/NACK signal being transmitted via each of the at least one sector. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301326 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WAN ASSISTED CONTENTION DETECTION & RESOLUTION IN PEER TO PEER NETWORKS - Various methods and apparatus are directed to collision detection and/or avoidance regarding peer to peer connection identifiers. A wireless communications device broadcasts a signal indicating its acquired connection identifier in one of two alternative blocks. A base station monitors peer to peer signaling in its coverage area and tracks the usage of peer to peer connection identifiers by pairs of devices. The base station detects when multiple pairs of devices are using the same peer to peer connection identifier. The base station provides assistance to the peer to peer network to avoid a collision or facilitate rapid collision detection by the peer to peer devices. In one approach the base station sends an instruction for a connection to switch its connection identifier. In another approach the base station sends a connection a message to bias its selection as to which of the two alternative blocks to use for transmission. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301327 | Methods of Incorporating an Ad Hoc Cellular Network Into a Fixed Cellular Network - In this invention, we disclose methods directed toward integrating an ad hoc cellular network into a fixed cellular network. The methods disclosed herein automate the creation and integration of these networks. In additional embodiments, we disclose methods for establishing a stand-alone, ad hoc cellular network. In either of these implementations, we integrate or establish an ad hoc cellular network using mobile ad hoc cellular base stations configured to transmit and receive over a variety of frequencies, protocols, and duplexing schemes. The methods flexibly and dynamically choose an access or backhaul configuration and radio characteristics to optimize network performance. Additional embodiments provide for enhancing an existing network's coverage as needed, establishing a local network in the event of a loss of backhaul coverage to the core network, and providing local wireless access service within the ad hoc cellular network. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301328 | Wireless Access Point Alternate Settings - Embodiments disclosed herein relate to wireless access point alternate settings. For example, a processor may select a primary and alternate radio channel for a wireless access point. In one embodiment, the alternate channel is a non-radar designated channel. In one embodiment, the primary and alternate radio channels are selected based on a network topology map. In one embodiment, a processor uses a network topology map to select wireless access point alternate settings to be transmitted where failure of a wireless access point failure is detected. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301329 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A multiple distributed system is disclosed. An uplink control resource allocation method for a user equipment to transmit an Acknowledgement/Negative ACK (ACK/NACK) signal includes receiving one or more Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channels (E-PDCCHs), receiving one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channels (PDSCHs) corresponding to the one or more E-PDCCHs, and transmitting ACK/NACK signals for reception of the one or more PDSCHs through a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), wherein Control Channel Element (CCE) indexes of the PUCCH transmitting the ACK/NACK signals are determined in consideration of first CCE indexes of the one or more E-PDCCHs and the number of CCEs of a PUCCH determined by a higher layer. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301330 | METHOD FOR ALLOWING TERMINAL TO PERFORM RANDOM ACCESS STEP IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for allowing a terminal to perform a random access procedure in a wireless communication system and a device therefor. Specifically, the method for allowing a terminal to perform a random access procedure in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: setting a first search space for a first downlink control channel and/or a second search space for a second downlink control channel according to control channel configuration information of a terminal; and detecting a downlink data channel by blind decoding the first search space and/or the second search space, wherein the first downlink control channel and the second downlink control channel are detected by using different indicators. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301331 | Selecting a Transport Format for Transmission of Data Blocks Between a Base Station and a Mobile Terminal - A method of selecting a transport format ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301332 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INTER CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in which a second cell receives subframe pattern information on a first cell according to one embodiment of the present application comprises a step in which uplink almost blank subframe (ABS) pattern information and downlink ABS pattern information on the first cell are received by a second cell, wherein the downlink ABS pattern information is not separated into first and second type ABSs set by the first cell, and the first and second type ABS patterns of the first cell can be identified on the basis of the downlink ABS pattern information and the uplink ABS pattern information. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301333 | RECEPTION DEVICE, RECEPTION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A reception device is provided which can realize flexible frequency assignment to individual transmission devices in coordinated communication for receiving signals through coordination, while an influence caused by inter-user interference is reduced. In a reception device receiving a signal from a transmission device in coordination with at least one other reception device, the reception device includes a reception unit that receives the signal transmitted from the transmission device, a coordinated communication unit that, when a part of a frequency band of the signal transmitted from the transmission device is overlapped with a frequency band of a signal transmitted from another transmission device, receives from the other reception device a spectrum in at least a part of the overlapped frequency band of the signal transmitted from the transmission device, and a first reception processing unit that executes a reception process of the signal received by the reception device by employing the spectrum received by the coordinated communication unit. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301334 | METHOD OF MANAGING A COMMUNICATION TO A USER, AND AN APPLICATION SERVER - Disclosed is a management method for managing a communication to a user having an identifier allocated thereto on a voice over IP core network, the method being performed by an application server of the voice over IP core network through which the communication transits, and comprises a process, performed on receiving the communication, of consulting a database to select a terminal linked to the identifier of the user for the purpose of routing the communication to the terminal, the database associating at least one terminal registered on the voice over IP core network and linked to the identifier of the user with at least one period of activity of the terminal on the voice over IP core network, and the terminal that is selected being the terminal associated in the database with the most recent period of activity. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301335 | CONTROL SIGNALING TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND SYSTEM - Provided in an embodiment of the present invention are a control signaling transmission method, base station, terminal and system, comprising: when the terminal operates in an E-PDCCH mode, the base station may transmit a control signaling to the terminal via a resource corresponding to the E-PDCCH and a resource corresponding to common search space; that is, in the E-PDCCH mode, the control signaling transmission method on the resource corresponding to the common search space is maintained, thus providing an effective mechanism to transmit the control signaling of the terminal operating in the E-PDCCH mode. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301336 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING PREAMBLE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for transceiving a preamble in a wireless access system that supports a carrier aggregation/multi cells, and an apparatus for the same. More particularly, the method of the present invention comprises a step of transmitting a preamble to a terminal via an extension carrier that does not operate as a single carrier but operates only as a portion of a carrier aggregation. The preamble is generated based on a pseudo-random sequence. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301337 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - It is appropriately determined whether it is necessary for a radio base station to start a CoMP transmission/reception process based on the result of a quality measurement process during a CoMP transmission/reception process in a heterogeneous network environment. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes a step in which, during “X2 Setup Procedure” between a radio base station (eNB # | 10-09-2014 |
20140301338 | PUCCH RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD, TRANSMISSION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Provided are a PUCCH resource configuration method, transmission method, device and system. The method includes: allocating dedicated PRBs for UEs configured to transmit uplink control information using an enhanced PUCCH, which step comprising: taking the UEs configured to transmit the uplink control information using the enhanced PUCCH as a first type of UEs, and taking UEs other than the first type of UEs as a second type of UEs; and reserving a designated number of PRBs according to the number of UEs in the first type of UEs, wherein the designated number of PRBs are located between SR/semi-static ACK/NACK resources of the second type of UEs and dynamic ACK/NACK resources of the second type of UEs, and taking the designated number of PRBs as dedicated PRBs for the first type of UEs; and allocating orthogonal resources for UEs located in different cells among the first type of UEs based on the dedicated PRBs. The disclosure solves the problem of great interference between PUCCH from different cells and ensuring the receiving quality of the PUCCH. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301339 | Non-Contiguous Carrier Aggregation - A method of operating a wireless communication apparatus ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301340 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT METHOD - The present invention is designed to measure interference with high accuracy, without changing the density of CSI-RSs, in a future system that does not reply on CRSs. A base station apparatus ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301341 | INFORMATION SENDING AND BLIND DETECTION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are an information sending and blind detection method and device, relating to the technical field of wireless communication technologies and for realizing a new information sending and blind detection method over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). In the present application, a base station determines a plurality of preset blind detection candidate sets, each blind detection candidate set containing at least one PDCCH candidate resource; and uses the PDCCH Candidates in at least one blind detection candidate set of the plurality of blind detection candidate sets to send control information to a terminal. The terminal determines a plurality of preset blind detection candidate sets, and performs blind detection of control information over the PDCCH Candidates in each blind detection candidate set of the plurality of blind detection candidate sets. By applying the present applications, a new information sending and blind detection method over a PDCCH is realized. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301342 | ANTENNA SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REPORTING RECEIVING POWER OF THE SAME - An antenna system and a method for reporting enhanced Reference Signal Receiving Power (eRSRP) of the same are provided. According to an embodiment of the present invention, the method for reporting eRSRP includes: transmitting, by an evolved Node Base (eNB), different reference signals to different transport points being distributed; measuring, by a user equipment (UE), eRSRP of the different transport points; and reporting, by the UE, the measured eRSRP of the different transport points to the eNB. Compared with the prior art, the eNB can obtain channel information of path loss of each transport point, to fundamentally solve the problem of unbalanced power, and can perform other optimization operations based on the information to improve the system throughput and other performance. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301343 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for acquiring control information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving E-PDCCH (Enhanced-Physical Downlink Control Channel) configuration information from a base station (BS); and transmitting a confirmation response for the E-PDCCH configuration information. The terminal performs blind decoding for downlink control information in a common search space on a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel) resource region and a search space on the E-PDCCH during a predetermined period after transmitting the confirmation response. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301344 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING NETWORK ACCESS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus for use in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of performing random access procedure for network access and an apparatus therefore, in which the method comprises: receiving a first downlink signal including first information at time t | 10-09-2014 |
20140301345 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL, BASE STATION, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL AND USER EQUIPMENT - A predetermined number of cyclic shift values are defined for a demodulation of uplink data. An available portion of the cyclic shift values from among the cyclic shift values is transmitted to user equipment. Control information for uplink data is transmitted to the user equipment via a physical control channel. The control information includes information indicating one cyclic shift value for generating a reference signal from among the portion of the cyclic shift values. The user equipment transmits the uplink data based on the control information and a reference signal for a demodulation of the uplink data. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301346 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transceiving a downlink control channel. A method for a base station to transmit a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: selecting a resource element (RE) to which a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) is mapped; selecting an RE to which a downlink control channel is mapped; and transmitting the DMRS and the downlink control channel from the selected REs to a terminal, wherein the REs to which the downlink control channel is mapped constitute at least one resource element group (REG), and one or more REGs may be located on an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) symbol on which the DMRS is mapped. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301347 | SERVER DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ESTABLISHMENT METHOD - Provided are a server device, a base station device, and an identification number establishment method, with which it is possible to avoid CRS interference between neighboring base stations, to improve downstream throughput, and to prevent a UE from erroneous cell selection. When a location information receiving unit ( | 10-09-2014 |
20140301348 | Informing a User Equipment of an Activity Status of a Communication Carrier - It is described a method for informing a user equipment of an activity status of a second communication carrier within a cellular network, wherein the user equipment is served by a base station and is adapted to communicate with the base station via a first communication carrier being assigned to the base station. Signals between the base station and the user equipment are transmittable using the first communication carrier and, if the second communication carrier is activated, using in addition the second communication carrier, wherein the first communication carrier is divided into subframes. The method includes sending an activity signal from the base station to the user equipment, wherein the activity signal includes information concerning the activity status of the second communication carrier, and re-sending the activity signal from the base station to the user equipment during predefined subframes. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301349 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Some aspects of the present disclosure relate to a base station, a communication method, and a program for supporting a multiple_ABS feature of the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP). In some embodiments, an interference protection status of a communication frame is determined, based at least in part on configurations of base stations. The configurations may indicate patterns of one of more frames of a first type. The first type of frame may be an Absolute Blank Subframe type. Some of the configurations may differ, at least in part. In some embodiments, the interference protection status of a frame may be determined to be a protected status, an unprotected status, or a partially protected status. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301350 | PRIORITIZING PACKETS IN A NODE OF A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK BY ESTABLISHING, ON INTERCEPTED FIRST PDP CONTEXT RELATED INFORMATION, A SECOND PDP CONTEXT - A method is provided in a node in a radio access network for packet data communication in a wireless communication network, the method includes intercepting, by the node, a first PDP context message between a mobile station and a core network. The message includes PDP context related information. The interception is performed to detect the PDP context related information. The method further includes establishing, by the node, based on the intercepted PDP context related information, a second PDP context between the node and the mobile station, thus enabling prioritizing packets in the radio access network. The disclosure also concerns a corresponding apparatus. | 10-09-2014 |
20140301351 | Centralized Control Sharing of Spectrum for Coexistence of Wireless Communication Systems in Unlicensed Bands - In one embodiment information is received from one or more wireless networks indicating a request for a listen before transmit mode or a non-listen before transmit mode. In reply it is determined whether the one or more wireless networks is to utilize the listen before transmit mode or the non-listen in an unlicensed frequency band and the one or more wireless networks are informed of the determined mode. Centralized control of spectrum for coexistence of wireless communication systems in unlicensed bands according to exemplary embodiments of the invention can be performed by an enhanced coexistence manager or a network access node with information obtained from one or more base stations or user equipment. | 10-09-2014 |
20140307634 | Method and Apparatus of Converting TV Channels into WLAN Channels in a Wireless Local Area Network System - A method of converting TV channels into WLAN channels in a wireless local area network system (WLAN) is disclosed. A method of converting TV channels into WLAN channels at an apparatus comprising receiving WSM including a list of available TV channels and finding out a center frequency of each of first WLAN channels which exist on frequency area of the available TV channels using TV channel bandwidth, WLAN channel bandwidth and a starting frequency of each of the available | 10-16-2014 |
20140307635 | Resource Sharing Among Multiple Service Providers in a Wireless Network Cloud - Techniques for resource sharing among wireless service providers in a wireless network cloud (WNC) are provided. In one aspect, a method for spectrum sharing in a WNC that hosts multiple wireless service providers is provided. The method includes the following steps. A spectrum usage is predicted for each of the wireless service providers during a given future time-window. An excess amount of spectrum, if any, each of the wireless service providers will have during the given time-window is determined. The excess amount of spectrum is allocated from the wireless service providers having the excess amount of spectrum to those of the wireless service providers having a spectrum usage that will exceed an allocated spectrum capacity during the given time-window. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307636 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING BACKGROUND DATA TRANSMISSION THEREOF - A mobile device and a method for managing background data transmission of the mobile device are provided. The method includes the following steps: recording a plurality of entries, obtaining a time limit for a background data transmission of the mobile device, and scheduling the background data transmission according to the time limit and the entries. Each of the entries includes a location of the mobile device when the entry is recorded, a time of the mobile device when the entry is recorded, and a network information of the mobile device when the entry is recorded. The time limit indicates a time point before which the background data transmission should be finished. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307637 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR COOPERATIVE SCHEDULING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method of multi-streaming data includes obtaining first information based on transmission conditions between a first base station and a first set of users associated with the first base station. The method may include obtaining second information based on transmission conditions between a second base station and a second set of users associated with the second base station. The method may also include calculating metrics for the first set of users based on the first and second information. The first set users may include a subset of users that are associated with the first and second base station. The method may further include selecting a user from among the first set of users based on the calculated metrics. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307638 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION THROUGH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A system for interference mitigation through carrier aggregation may include one or more processors and a memory. The memory may include instructions that, when executed by the one or more processors, cause the one or more processors to: provide data transmissions and control transmissions to a wireless device over a primary component carrier, determine that interference exists on the primary component carrier, and switch at least a portion of the data or control transmissions to a secondary component carrier in response to determining that the interference exists on the primary component carrier, while maintaining connectivity on the primary component carrier. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307639 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CHANNELS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for allocating channels in a communication system includes: a receiving unit configured to receive terminal information from a plurality of terminals, the terminal information containing information on data transmission/reception schemes of the terminals; a checking unit configured to check the data transmission/reception schemes of the terminals and check interference at channels allocated to the terminals; and an allocating unit configured to allocate primary and secondary channels to the terminals based on the data transmission/reception schemes of the terminals, change the primary and secondary channels based on the interference, and allocate the changed channels to the terminals; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit channel allocation information on the primary and secondary channels allocated to the terminals to the terminals. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307640 | Resource Sharing Among Multiple Service Providers in a Wireless Network Cloud - Techniques for resource sharing among wireless service providers in a wireless network cloud (WNC) are provided. In one aspect, a method for spectrum sharing in a WNC that hosts multiple wireless service providers is provided. The method includes the following steps. A spectrum usage is predicted for each of the wireless service providers during a given future time-window. An excess amount of spectrum, if any, each of the wireless service providers will have during the given time-window is determined. The excess amount of spectrum is allocated from the wireless service providers having the excess amount of spectrum to those of the wireless service providers having a spectrum usage that will exceed an allocated spectrum capacity during the given time-window. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307641 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NOISE ESTIMATION OF COMMUNICATION TERMINALS - Methods and communication terminals for estimating noise in a multicarrier communication system, where multicarrier symbols are received that include pilot signals, channel properties are estimated based on the received multicarrier symbols, wherein the channel properties include channel properties of a subcarrier carrying one of the pilot signals, and the channel properties of the subcarrier carrying one of the pilot signals are mixed with the corresponding pilot signal to calculate a noise power for the corresponding subcarrier. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307642 | Method and Wireless Device for Managing Resources for D2D Communication - A method and a wireless device ( | 10-16-2014 |
20140307643 | Wireless Device and Method for Selecting Uplink Transmission Parameters - The present invention relates to a method for selecting a set of uplink transmission parameters. The method is performed in a wireless device of a radio communications system. The method comprises obtaining information mapping resources of a physical downlink control channel region to at least two sets of uplink transmission parameters. The method also comprises receiving a downlink control message on a resource of the physical downlink control channel region, and selecting a set among the at least two sets of uplink transmission parameters. The selection of set is based on the resource of the physical downlink control channel region on which the downlink control message is received, and on the obtained information mapping resources of the physical downlink control channel region to the at least two sets of uplink transmission parameters. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307644 | Methods and Devices For Enabling High User Bitrates in Mixed-Traffic Scenarios - The disclosure relates to a method performed by a communication device | 10-16-2014 |
20140307645 | Adaptive Link Adaptation for Wireless Communications - A wireless communication system is presented in which subframe-specific link adaptation is performed. A mobile device can transmit a signal that informs a base station whether a particular subframe was received successfully. Additionally the mobile device can calculate channel state information (CSI) for a subframe and report the CSI to a base station. The reported CSI may or may not include an indicator for informing the base station about from which type of subframe the CSI was derived. The base station can receive the signal, the CSI and/or the indicator. Based on what information the base station has received, it performs subframe-specific BLER filtering and subframe-specific link adaptation scheduling and MCS adjustments. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307646 | ENHANCED ANTENNA MANAGEMENT FOR UPLINK OPERATION UNDER CARRIER AGGREGATION IN LTE - A method of wireless communications includes configuring, by a user equipment (UE), uplink (UL) transmissions on one or more UL component carriers (CCs) by assigning one or more UE transmit antennas to each of the one or more CCs as a function of the number of UL CCs simultaneously involved in the UL transmissions. The method additionally includes transmitting the UL transmissions on the configured one or more CCs. In other aspects, a method of wireless communications includes scheduling, by a base station and for a UE, UL transmissions on one or more CCs based on a number of UL transmit antennas of the UE and as a function of a number of UL CCs simultaneously involved in the UL transmissions. The method additionally includes receiving at least one of the UL transmissions on at least one of the scheduled one or more CCs. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307647 | Method and System for Managing Terminal Group - The present document provides a method for managing a terminal group, including: a home subscriber information unit sending group information of a terminal group to a machine type communication interworking function (MTC IWF), and the MTC IWF storing the group information; after receiving request message of the terminal group sent by a server, the MTC IWF executing a terminal group process relevant to the request according to the group information. The present document further provides a system for managing a terminal group. The present document can realize managing a terminal group through an MTC IWF. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307648 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce the influence of performance deterioration due to interference when CoMP transmission is adopted in a heterogeneous network. A user terminal measures the first reception quality in the first transmission period when a macro base station performs no transmission or reduces transmission power, and second reception quality in a second transmission period when the macro base station and low power nodes perform transmission, and transmits an uplink signal including the first reception quality and the second reception quality, to the macro base station, and the macro base station receives the uplink signal including the first reception quality and the second reception quality, and, when performing the coordinated multiple-point transmission, allocates radio resources for a user terminal that is located on an edge of a coordinated area in the first transmission period, based on the first reception quality and the second reception quality. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307649 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE PREAMBLE FORMATS FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are disclosed herein. One aspect of the disclosure provides a method of transmitting on a wireless communication network. The method includes transmitting to one or more first devices in a first portion of a bandwidth, the one or more first devices having a first set of capabilities, simultaneously transmitting to one or more second devices in a second portion of the bandwidth, the one or more second devices having a second set of capabilities, and wherein the transmission comprises a preamble which includes an indication for devices with the second set of capabilities to locate a frequency band in the bandwidth for symbols containing a set of transmission parameters for devices with the second set of capabilities, and where the indication is sent so as to have no substantial impact on a preamble decoding of devices with the first set of capabilities. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307650 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR BACKWARDS-COMPATIBLE PREAMBLE FORMATS FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are disclosed herein. One aspect of the disclosure provides a method of receiving a transmission from two or more wireless communication devices. The method includes receiving a first preamble transmitted by a first wireless device; simultaneously receiving a second preamble transmitted by a second wireless device; receiving a first portion of the transmission in a first section of a bandwidth, the first portion transmitted by the first wireless device including a first data section; and simultaneously receiving a second portion of the transmission in a second section of the bandwidth, the second section of the bandwidth not overlapping with the first section of the bandwidth, the second portion transmitted by the second wireless device, the second portion including a second data section. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307651 | Internet Protocol Address Registration - A computer program product implemented in an Internet Protocol (IP) edge node positioned in a fixed access network, the computer program product comprising computer executable instructions stored on a non-transitory computer readable medium such that when executed by a processor cause the IP edge node to receive an address registration request from a residential gateway (RG), wherein the address registration request comprises an IP version six (IPv6) address of a third Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) visiting mobile host connected to a local fixed network associated with the RG and a host identifier (ID) assigned to the visiting host and not to any other host in the local fixed network; establish an IP Connectivity Access Network (IP-CAN) session for the visiting host; and manage quality of service (QoS) for the visiting host independently of other hosts in the local fixed network by managing the visiting host IP-CAN session. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307652 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING - A method for controlling an uplink (UL) power in a multi-subframe scheduling system is provided. The method includes receiving by a User Equipment (UE), a multi-subframe uplink (UL) scheduling instruction or Physical Downlink Control Channel CHannel (PDCCH) data of a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format 3/3 A of the UE, in a Downlink (DL) subframe where the multi-subframe UL scheduling instruction is transmitted, wherein the multi-subframe UL scheduling instruction or the PDCCH data with DCI format 3/3 A comprises a power controlling command of the PUSCH and determining, by the UE, a transmitting power of the PUSCH of each UL subframe, which is scheduled by the multi-subframe UL scheduling instruction, based on a power controlling command value, and transmitting corresponding PUSCH data based on the transmitting power calculated. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307653 | Multiple narrow bandwidth channel access and MAC operation within wireless communications - A wireless communication device is implemented to include a communication interface and a processor. The processor is configured to process communications associated with the other wireless communication devices within the wireless communication system to determine one or more traffic characteristics of those communications as well as one or more class characteristics of the other wireless communication devices. The processor is configured to classify the communications into one or more access categories based on the one or more traffic characteristics and is configured to classify the other devices into one or more device class categories based on the one or more class characteristics. The processor is then configured to generate one or more channel access control signals based on these classifications. The communication interface of the device is configured to transmit the one or more channel access control signals to one or more of the other devices. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307654 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAMFORMING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A scheduling method for beamforming in a mobile communication system is provided. The scheduling method includes determining whether to transmit an aperiodic second training signal, using first feedback information for a first training signal that is periodically transmitted, the first feedback information being received from at least one Mobile Station (MS), and upon determining to transmit the second training signal, transmitting the second training signal to MSs selected using the first feedback information, and performing scheduling on DownLink (DL) data based on second feedback information for the received second training signal. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307655 | Automatic Device and Vehicle Pairing Via Detected Emitted Signals - Methods and systems for a vehicle system that includes intercepting signals associated with a device and isolating identifiers associated with the device. The vehicle registers the device with a vehicle control system. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307656 | HIGH SPEED UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS - Methods and network entities for communicating control signalling for an uplink high speed data service, a downlink high speed data service or both over a radio interface of a cellular network. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307657 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and a method for performing Device to Device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting information on a self-frequency band selected from all frequency bands for the D2D communication, to the second mobile station, receiving information on a counterpart-frequency band selected for the D2D communication, from the second mobile station, determining transmission and reception frequency bands to be used for the D2D communication, based on the information on the self-frequency band and the information on the counterpart-frequency band, transmitting data to the second mobile station in the determined transmission frequency band, and receiving data from the second mobile station in the determined reception frequency band. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307658 | Efficient Fairness Allocation in Powerline CSMA/CA Protocols - Transmission over a communication channel using carrier sense multiple access collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) may be performed by determining for each frame if the communication channel is busy after a backoff time proportional to a randomly generated number within a contention window (CW). When the channel is not busy, a frame of data may be transmitted. When the channel is busy, the device may periodically determine if the communication channel is busy after subsequent backoff times. The value of CW is adjusted for each subsequent backoff time using a fairness protocol, in which the value of CW is increased until the value of CW reaches a maximum CW value; and then the value of CW is held until a fairness number of backoff repetitions reaches a fairness threshold; then the value of CW is reduced incrementally until the value of CW reaches a minimum CW value. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307659 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING UP/RELEASING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL CONNECTION BETWEEN EVOLVED NODE B AND USER EQUIPMENT IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for setting up/releasing by a user equipment (UE) a radio resource control (RRC) connection with an evolved node B (eNB) in a communication system is provided. The method includes detecting that traffic occurs. The method also includes that after detecting that the traffic occurs, determining a traffic type of the traffic The method further includes adaptively adjusting a timing point at which the UE releases a RRC connection between the eNB and the UE based on the traffic type. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307660 | METHOD FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, TERMINAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method for device-to-device communication, a terminal for device-to-device communication and a base station. The method for the device-to-device D2D communication includes: receiving, by a terminal, uplink scheduling signaling transmitted by a base station with in a n | 10-16-2014 |
20140307661 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA ON A PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - When user equipments UEs in a cell have the same common cell identifier, the method includes: determining a first basic sequence according to the common cell identifier, and determining, according to the first basic sequence and correspondence between the first basic sequence and at least one second basic sequence, a first sequence group including the basic sequence and the at least one second basic sequence, where the at least one second basic sequence is obtained according to a correlation with the first basic sequence; determining a target basic sequence in the first sequence group; cyclically shifting the target basic sequence in a cyclic shift manner determined by negotiating with a base station, to obtain a sequence for sending a PUCCH; and sending the PUCCH according to the PUCCH sequence. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307662 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING RECEIVE/TRANSMIT TRANSITION TIME OF USER EQUIPMENT - In the present application, when the problem of co-channel interference between base stations is eliminated, normal neighboring cell measurement can still be performed on a second base station by delaying receive/transmit transition time of the user equipment. The method includes: receiving, by the user equipment, first indication information sent by a first base station; determining, by the user equipment according to the first indication information, receive/transmit transition time needing to be delayed; determining, by the user equipment according to the receive/transmit transition time needing to be delayed, a downlink time of performing neighboring cell measurement for a second base station, and performing, by the user equipment, neighboring cell measurement for the second base station at the downlink time. The present application is applicable to the field of wireless communications systems. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307663 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING DATA SCHEDULING - A method, an apparatus, and a system for implementing data scheduling are provided. By adopting the method, the apparatus, and the system in embodiments of the present invention, a BSR is generated when uplink data that needs to be sent exists; and by using the BSR and correspondence between a logical channel and a base station, a UE can transmit the uplink data on a logical channel that corresponds to a base station, thereby avoiding a problem that data cannot be processed because a radio resource and a logical channel correspond to different base stations, so that the UE can transfer data to be uploaded to a correct base station corresponding thereto, which greatly improves efficiency of data scheduling in a mode of carrier aggregation between base stations. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307664 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for transmitting signal. The method includes: obtaining a downlink beamforming matrix; and using a conjugate transposed matrix of the downlink beamforming matrix as an uplink beamforming matrix for processing uplink signal. In the embodiments of the present invention, the conjugate transposed matrix of the downlink beamforming matrix may be used as the uplink beamforming matrix for processing uplink signal, which can simplify design of the uplink beamforming matrix and thereby reduce complexity of the system. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307665 | UNICAST COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - The unicast communication method includes: grouping, by a base station, terminals based on channel condition levels according to measurement information of an uplink channel, so as to obtain at least two channel condition level groups; selecting a modulation-coding mode suitable for each channel condition level group, and decoding a packet to be sent to a terminal by using fountain codes, so as to obtain a fountain code block; sending the fountain code block to the terminal; receiving, by the terminal, the fountain code block of the packet sent by the base station; determining a channel condition level group to which the terminal belongs, decoding the fountain code block by using the modulation-coding mode corresponding to the channel condition level group; and sending or not sending acknowledgment feedback to the base station. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307666 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING SERVING GRANT OF USER TERMINAL OF NEIGHBORING CELL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for controlling a serving grant of a user terminal (UE) of a neighboring cell. The method is used for controlling a UE in a CELL-FACH state or in an idle state of a neighboring cell through a common E-RGCH. The method includes: obtaining a control command by monitoring the common E-RGCH of the neighboring cell; determining whether the UE satisfies at least one further configured controlled condition; and when the UE satisfies the at least one controlled condition, adjusting the serving grant of the UE based on the obtained control command. Through the method and the apparatus according to the embodiments of the present invention, throughput of the UE may be prevented from being reduced excessively, thereby improving communication performance. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307667 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION-BASED GRANTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - In one aspect of the disclosed teachings, associating a plurality of contention-based uplink grants with a range of uplink resource blocks allows one contention-based uplink grant message to signal the entire plurality of grants. As an example in the LTE context, the signaling load on the PDCCH is reduced by using a single contention-based uplink grant message to signal a plurality of contention-based uplink grants. The message indicates an allocated set of uplink resource blocks and the number of separate uplink resource grants represented by the set is known or signaled, such that user terminals recognize that separate subsets of uplink resource blocks within the set each correspond to a separate contention-based uplink grant. Information included in the contention-based uplink grant message, or otherwise signaled can be used to control the probability at which the user terminals attempt contention-based uplink transmissions and/or to control the MCS used for such transmissions. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307668 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method. The method includes: obtaining a slot format of a F-DPCH used for a UE; receiving an ACK message that is sent by a base station on an AICH; determining an F-DPCH frame offset τ | 10-16-2014 |
20140307669 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING SUBFRAME INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, a user equipment, and a base station for transmitting subframe information. The method includes: by using radio resource control RRC dedicated signaling, or media access control MAC signaling, or physical layer control signaling, obtaining first information that indicates subframe configuration from a base station; and determining, according to the first information, the subframe configuration, where the subframe configuration identifies a subframe type of a subframe in a subframe set, where the subframe includes at least one first power subframe, and the first power subframe is a subframe for sending data or a control signal by using a low power or a zero power. In the embodiments of the present invention, a base station transmits information that indicates subframe configuration to a UE, so as to enable the UE to recognize different subframe types. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307670 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS OF UE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for performing random access and uplink transmission of a User Equipment (UE) supporting Carrier Aggregation (CA) are provided. The method includes determining whether a Scheduling Request (SR) is pending, determining, when the SR is pending, whether an uplink transmission resource is available in a current Transmission Time Interval (TTI), determining, when the uplink transmission resource is not available, whether a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource is configured for transmission of the SR, and initiating, when the PUCCH resource is not configured, a random access process in a primary cell. The random access method and apparatus of the present invention is advantageous to reduce the waste of transmission resources. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307671 | CONTROL AND DATA SIGNALING IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus is provided for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system. The apparatus includes a receiver configured to receive a signal including a reference signal, data information and acknowledgement information. The apparatus also includes a controller configured to control de-mapping the acknowledgement information that is mapped in first symbols in a slot of a subframe, the reference signal not being mapped to the first symbols and the first symbols being directly adjacent to a middle symbol in the slot, and de-mapping the data information that is mapped to remaining symbols in the slot. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307672 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ENABLING LOW LATENCY TRANSMISSIONS IN THE UPLINK OF A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting signals in an uplink channel by a UE in a communication system. Downlink control information including information indicating second frequency resources is received from a base station. The UE determines first frequency resources for transmission of the signals in the uplink channel from the information indicating the second frequency resources. The UE transmits the signals in the uplink channel using the first frequency resources. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307673 | Method for Sending Control Information and Base Station - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for sending control information and a base station. The method includes performing rate matching on a coded sequence obtained by performing channel coding on second control information to obtain a symbol sequence. The second control information includes bit information indicating layer number information. The method also includes sending the symbol sequence to a user equipment (UE) over a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH). | 10-16-2014 |
20140307674 | BUFFER STATUS REPORTING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods for transmitting a buffer status report (BSR) in a mobile communication system, more particularly to the definition of rules for triggering, generating and transmitting BSRs. The invention also relates to a data transmission method utilizing new rules to decide data of which radio bearers is transmitted within a given transmission time interval. Moreover, the invention relates to scheduling method for radio resources that is taking into account additional scheduling-relevant information from the buffer status reporting and/or data transmission method. To avoid unnecessary grants from the network and to suggest an advanced handling of data transmissions the invention suggests a buffer status reporting and data transmission schemes that take into account the scheduling mode of data of radio bearers pending for transmission to decide whether to report on it in a buffer status report, respectively, whether to multiplex the data to a transport block for transmission. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307675 | PILOT STRUCTURES FOR ACK AND CQI IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data and pilot for control information are described. In one aspect, a user equipment (UE) may spread a reference signal sequence with a first orthogonal sequence to obtain multiple pilot sequences. The UE may then send the multiple pilot sequences on multiple subcarriers in multiple symbol periods, one pilot sequence in each symbol period. The UE may modulate the reference signal sequence with control information (e.g., ACK information) to obtain a modulated sequence. The UE may spread the modulated sequence with a second orthogonal sequence to obtain multiple data sequences. The UE may then send the multiple data sequences on the multiple subcarriers in multiple symbol periods for data. In another aspect, the UE may send multiple pilot sequences on multiple subcarriers in multiple symbol periods separated by at least one symbol period, one pilot sequence in each symbol period. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307676 | System and Method for Uplink Control Information Transmission in Carrier Aggregation - A method for communicating uplink control information to a base station using a user equipment is presented. The method includes identifying component carriers on the user equipment scheduled for Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) transmissions, and identifying at least one first ranking for each of the component carriers for transmission of uplink control information. Each first ranking is at least partially determined by whether the component carrier is configured for delay-sensitive transmissions. The method includes using the at least one first ranking to select a first component carrier for transmission of uplink control information, and encoding uplink control information into the first component carrier for transmission to the base station. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307677 | Conditional Uplink Timing Alignment in a Mobile Station Device of a Radio Communication System - A mobile station device transmits a random access preamble to a base station device. The base station device receives the random access preamble from the mobile station device and transmits, to the mobile station device, a Random Access—Radio Network Temporary Identity (RA-RNTI) which notifies a resource assignment of a random access response. The mobile station device further monitors downlink control channels while detecting both a Cell—Radio Network Temporary Identity (C-RNTI) and the RA-RNTI, in which a downlink control channel includes the RA-RNTI and a downlink control channel includes the C-RNTI which notifies a resource assignment of downlink data. Upon detection of the C-RNTI and the RA-RNTI in a same sub-frame, the mobile station receives both the random access response and the downlink data, or receives either the random access response or the downlink data. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICAL FIELD - A method and an apparatus for utilizing multiple carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) capable of receiving on a single downlink carrier at a time may tune the receiver to one downlink carrier and switch the downlink carrier in accordance with a configured pattern. The WTRU may switch the carrier from an anchor carrier to a non-anchor carrier at a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) sub-frame boundary, and switches back at an end of a subsequent high speed physical downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH) subframe. The WTRU may switch the carrier at an HS-PDSCH sub-frame boundary. A WTRU capable of receiving on multiple downlink carriers simultaneously may tune the receiver to an anchor carrier and a supplementary carrier, and switch the supplementary carrier to another carrier based on a carrier switching order. The carrier switching order may be received via an HS-SCCH or via layer | 10-16-2014 |
20140307679 | Indication Map Delivery Method, Indication Operation Method, Device, and System - An indication map delivery method, an indication operation method, a device, and a system are provided. In the embodiments of the present invention, a compressed Indication Map (IM) generated by a wireless access device includes at least one of a tiny partial bitmap sub-element, a skipped indication bits sub-element, and an indication bit offset sub-element, and consecutive indication bits with the same value at positions in an original IM can be compressed into a skipped indication bits sub-element, an indication bit offset sub-element, or the like. The technical solutions of the embodiments of the present invention facilitate improvement of compression efficiency of an IM, and further reduce radio air interface resources occupied for sending the IM and improve IM sending efficiency. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307680 | METHOD FOR LINKAGE RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT, UE, METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING TRANSMISSION AND ENB - Embodiments of the present application provide a method for linkage resource assignment, UE, a method for multiplexing transmission and an eNB. The method for linkage resource assignment includes: acquiring, by UE, a lowest PRB index assigned to a PUSCH, cyclic shift information of an uplink DM-RS, and an initial position of a physical resource occupied by uplink grant signaling; and calculating group identification and sequence identification of a PHICH or an ePHICH, according to the lowest PRB index of the PUSCH, the cyclic shift information of the uplink DM-RS, and the initial position of physical resource occupied by uplink grant signaling, so as to determine whether the PHICH or the ePHICH is assigned to the UE. With the embodiments of the present application, a collision of a PHICH or an ePHICH may be reduced. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307681 | POWER-LIMIT REPORTING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The invention relates to methods for informing an eNodeB on the transmit power status of a user equipment in a mobile communication system using component carrier (CC) aggregation. Furthermore, the invention is also related to the implementation of these methods by hardware and their implementation in software. The invention proposes procedures that allow the eNodeB to recognize the power usage status of a UE in a communication system using carrier aggregation. The UE indicates to the eNodeB, when the UE is close to using its total maximum UE transmit power or when it has exceeded same. This is achieved by the UE including indicator(s) and/or new MAC CEs to one or more protocol data units transmitted on respective component carriers within a single sub-frame that is providing the eNodeB with power status information. The MAC CEs may report a per-UE power headroom. Alternatively, the MAC CEs may report per-CC power headrooms and/or power reductions applied to the respective uplink CCs. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307682 | Method, Entity, and System for Implementing Trunk Service - The present invention discloses a method, includes: receiving uplink control plane signaling or uplink control plane signaling and uplink user plane media data sent by a UE; performing, encapsulation and conversion on the uplink control plane signaling or the uplink control plane signaling and the uplink user plane media data, and sending the uplink control plane signaling or the uplink control plane signaling and the uplink user plane media data after the encapsulation and conversion to a TCF; receiving downlink control plane signaling or downlink control plane signaling and downlink user plane media data sent by the TCF; and performing encapsulation and conversion on the downlink control plane signaling or the downlink control plane signaling and the downlink user plane media data, and sending the downlink control plane signaling or the downlink control plane signaling and the downlink user plane media data after the encapsulation and conversion to the UE. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307683 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERMINATING TRANSMISSION OF A MESSAGE IN AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus is provided for terminating an enhanced random access channel (E-RACH) message in an E-RACH transmission. Triggers for terminating the E-RACH message are provided. The actions upon termination of the E-RACH messages are provided to release enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources while in cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state or transition to cell dedicated channel (CELL_DCH) state. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307684 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING TRAINING SIGNALS AND INFORMATION BITS - Techniques of channel correction and demodulation for wireless systems are enhanced so that higher effective data rates, lower error rates or both can be achieved with a minimal processing load. Pilots are adaptively moved and/or removed, and their positions are changed, to enhance the channel estimation, decoding, and demodulation processes at the receiver. Reception is also enhanced by adding, removing, or changing the positions, of information-carrying data bits. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307685 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a radio communication device including an information acquisition unit configured to acquire information of a frequency position at which predetermined indispensable information is allocated in a data area of a downlink subframe transmitted by an adjacent base station, and a virtual carrier transmission control unit configured to transmit a virtual carrier in a data area of a downlink subframe of a current cell in a manner that the virtual carrier does not overlap with the frequency position at which the predetermined indispensable information is allocated, the virtual carrier having a narrower band than a donor band. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307686 | ACCESS METHOD FOR WIFI ACCESS POINT, WIFI ACCESS POINT AND WIFI SYSTEM - Disclosed are an access method for a WiFi access point, a WiFi access point and a WiFi system, which relate to communications technology. The present application adds to a WiFi system the RAN and PSCN of a 3G network, and adds a 3G module to an AP, so that the AP can serve as a 3G terminal to access the 3G network, thereby connecting the AP and an AC/BRAS through the RAN and PSCN. Because the 3G network has broader coverage, implementing access point access through the 3G network reduces the complexity of an AP accessing the AC/BRAS. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307687 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method in a mobile communication system having a first base station and a second base station having a smaller coverage area than the first base station, comprises: a step A of transmitting information indicating interference in uplink detected by the second base station, from the second base station to the first base station; a step B of performing processing by the first base station and/or the second base station to change a radio environment around the boundary of a coverage area of the second base station; and a step C of identifying an interfering user terminal in the uplink by the first base station, from first user terminals being connected with the first base station, based on radio environment information reported by the first user terminals. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307688 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention is designed to effectively apply carrier aggregation and CoMP transmission/reception in a system band that is formed with a plurality of fundamental frequency blocks. A radio communication system where carrier aggregation is applicable in the same frequency band, and, this radio communication system includes the first radio base station apparatus and a second radio base station apparatus that perform coordinated multiple point transmission to a user terminal using cells having the same frequency band, and the first radio base station apparatus and the second radio base station apparatus perform retransmission control for uplink signals from the user terminal on a shared basis, and perform mapping of downlink signals to radio resources separately. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307689 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIDE AREA BASE STATION APPARATUS, LOCAL AREA BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide highly efficient local area radio access in a local area arranged in a wide area. A radio communication system has a wide area base station apparatus that covers a wide area, a local area base station apparatus that covers a local area arranged in the wide area, and a mobile terminal apparatus that communicates with the wide area base station apparatus by a radio communication scheme for the wide area, and that communicates with the local area base station apparatus by a radio communication scheme for the local area. The radio communication scheme for the local area is configured to utilize wide area control information that is used in the radio communication scheme for the wide area. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307690 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DATA AND WIRELESS DEVICE - Provided are a method for receiving data in a wireless communication system and a wireless device. The wireless device receives a downlink grant on a downlink control channel, and determines the size of a downlink transmission block on the basis of the downlink grant. The maximum size of the downlink transmission block is limited to below or equal to a specific value. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307691 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and particularly to an information transmission method, system, and device, used for implement transmission, within an OFDM symbol comprising a UERS, in a sending diversity manner. The information transmission method of the embodiment of the present invention comprises: a network-side device determining an OFDM symbol comprising a UERS; and within the OFDM symbol comprising the UERS, the network-side device sending information in a sending diversity manner by freeing up an available RE or adjusting the sending diversity manner. In the embodiments of the present application, the information can be transmitted in the OFDM symbol comprising the UERS in a sending diversity manner by freeing up a part of available REs or by adjusting the sending diversity manner, thereby improving the utilization ratio of resources. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307692 | TRANSMITTER, METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES, AND METHOD OF RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION - The present invention relates to resource allocation in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises: an encoding step in which a resource block or a resource block group generates a resource indication value (RIV) which is a transform of the length (L) and the offset (j) of a contiguous resource allocation region; and a transmission step in which the resource allocation information is transmitted to a terminal, wherein the resource allocation information is calculated by means of a prescribed mathematical equation. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307693 | ENHANCED PDCCH OVERLAPPING WITH THE PDCCH REGION - The present invention relates to configuring search spaces of at least two coexisting control channels in a communication system. In particular, the control channels are defined in at least partially overlapping regions, wherein the overlapping is in the time and/or frequency domain. This configuration enables coexistence of the at least two channels in the same resource grid and better utilization of the resources. Furthermore, it enables sharing of the reference signals. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307694 | Uplink Transmissions and Grants in Extension Carrier - A user equipment UE is configured with an integer value N which defines an effective data rate. The network sends to the UE a grant for uplink transmissions that comprises a resource indication field that allocates N channels each having a same predetermined uplink format and payload capacity. The UE sends N bit sequences on the respective N channels, each bit sequence comprising data and the same predetermined uplink format. In various embodiments: the network specifically configures the UE to receive the predetermined format of the grant; the grant may have an indicator whether the channels are for new data and for the MCS to use; the N channels may be in a same or in adjacent sub frames regardless of the value of N; and there is one MAC header for all the N channels which the network reads as a single MAC PDU. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307695 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication and, more specifically, to a method for transmitting an HARQ) response by a UE in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus for the same. The method includes receiving an E-PDCCH signal on at least one of a plurality of enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) sets, each E-PDCCH set including a plurality of resources units indexed per E-PDCCH set; and transmitting the HARQ response using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource determined using the index of the first resource unit among one or more resource units carrying the E-PDCCH signal, wherein the index of the first resource unit is determined on the basis of the E-PDCCH set having the lowest index among the plurality of E-PDCCH sets when specific conditions are satisfied. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307696 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of obtaining control information on a terminal in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes performing blind decoding for a joint DCI format including at least two DCI formats for at least two terminals including the terminal, wherein the size of the joint DCI format is determined depending on the kind of the at least two DCI formats, and the terminal further receives information for performing blind decoding on the DCI format for the terminal in the joint DCI format. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307697 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A method communicating data between a base station and a terminal device in a wireless telecommunications system, for example an LTE-based system. The wireless communication system uses plural frequency sub-carriers spanning a system frequency band. Physical-layer control information for the terminal device is transmitted from the base station using sub-carriers selected from across the system frequency band, for example to provide frequency diversity. However, higher-layer data for the terminal device is transmitted using only sub-carriers selected from within a restricted frequency band which is smaller than and within the system frequency band. The terminal device is aware of the restricted frequency band, and as such need only buffer and process data within this restricted frequency band during periods where higher-layer data is being transmitted. The terminal device buffers and processes the full system frequency band during periods when physical-layer control information is being transmitted. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307698 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating data between a base station and a terminal device in a wireless telecommunications system, for example an LTE-based system. The wireless communication system uses plural frequency sub-carriers spanning a system frequency band. Physical-layer control information for the terminal device is transmitted from the base station using sub-carriers selected from across the system frequency band, for example to provide frequency diversity. However, higher-layer data for the terminal device is transmitted using only sub-carriers selected from within a restricted frequency band which is smaller than and within the system frequency band. The terminal device is aware of the restricted frequency band, and as such need only buffer and process data within this restricted frequency band during periods where higher-layer data is being transmitted. The terminal device buffers and processes the full system frequency band during periods when physical-layer control information is transmitted. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307699 | USER EQUIPMENT, A RADIO BASE STATION, RBS, AND METHODS THEREIN FOR TRANSMITTING A SUBFRAME COMPRISING AT LEAST TWO REFERENCE SIGNALS, RSS, TO THE RBS - A method in a UE comprises: receiving, from an RBS, information regarding a base sequence and a first phase rotation speed of the base sequence; determining an order, L, of the IFDMA, indicating a spacing between subcarriers over which the base sequence is to be mapped in the frequency domain; generating an RS-specific second phase rotation speed of the base sequence based on a CS pseudo random offset; increasing at least the second phase rotation speed based on L; combining the first and the increased second phase rotation speeds to obtain a third phase rotation speed, and performing phase rotation of the base sequence based on the third phase rotation speed; and mapping the phase rotated base sequence to every L:th subcarrier of the RSs, and transmitting the RSs. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307700 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for enabling a base station to transmit control information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises a step of transmitting an enhanced physical downlink channel (E-PDCCH) for a terminal using at least one physical resource block pair among a plurality of physical resource block pairs for transmitting the E-PDCCH, wherein the plurality of physical resource block pairs include one or more physical resource block pair sets, and a parameter related to a demodulation reference signal for the E-PDCCH is set with respect to each physical resource block pair set. | 10-16-2014 |
20140307701 | COORDINATED SPECTRUM ALLOCATION AND DE-ALLOCATION TO MINIMIZE SPECTRUM FRAGMENTATION IN A COGNITIVE RADIO NETWORK - An apparatus and a method are described, by which a fragmentation probability is determined which indicates a probability of fragmentation of frequency resources in at least one network section for at least one network operating entity. Moreover, an apparatus and a method are described, by which frequency resources in at least one network section are allocated and/or de-allocated, priorities of frequency resources are defined for at least one network operating entity individually, and allocating and/or de-allocating of the frequency resources for the at least one network operating entity is performed based on the priorities. For allocating and/or de-allocating of the frequency resources, also the fragmentation probability may be taken into account. | 10-16-2014 |
20140313984 | MULTI-STANDARD IN BUILDING MOBILE RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A multi-standard indoor mobile radio access network is provided. Preferred embodiments of the present invention operate in accordance with a plurality of radio heads and at least one gateway/router. In one embodiment of the present invention, each radio head is configured to use a signal received from a wireless device to detect a corresponding service provider. Each radio is also configured to detect a power level of the signal, as received. Data is then communicated to the gateway/router, including at least radio head identification numbers, z-axis information (e.g., as stored in each radio head, etc.), the channels used, service provider identifiers, and power levels (e.g., as received by each radio head). The gateway/router is then configured to use at least the power levels and z-axis information provided by the plurality of radio heads to determine a location (e.g., z-axis location, or floor) of the wireless device. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313985 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED MODULATION IN A WIRLESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are methods for facilitating enhanced modulation (such as 256-QAM) in wireless networks. The methods generally involve enhancements to physical-layer signaling (such as enhanced MCS tables), enhancements to transport-block tables (to support enhanced MCS values), CSI-feedback enhancements (to ensure that the UE signals the appropriate MCS for enhanced modulation), enhancements to higher-layer signaling, allowing UEs to signal their ability to use the enhanced modulation, and UE category enhancements. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313986 | DEVELOPING TRANSMISSION GAPS FOR CALIBRATION PROCESSING - A plurality of co-located beamforming transceivers may transmit data to at least one user equipment according to a collision sense multiple access/collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) protocol. The plurality may include a first and a second beamforming transceiver. The first beamforming transceiver may request a calibration signal from the second beamforming transceiver. A processor or transceiver may identify a transmission gap between the user equipment and the plurality of beamforming transceivers. The second beamforming transceiver may transmit a calibration signal during the transmission gap to the first beamforming transceiver. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313987 | ENHANCED RECONFIGURATION PROCEDURE AT A MOBILE TERMINAL TO REDUCE SIGNALING AND POWER CONSUMPTION OVERHEAD - Aspects of the disclosure provide a solution that a user equipment (UE) can avoid unnecessary transmission of uplink radio link control (RLC) protocol data units (PDUs) and transition between Radio Resource Control states in a Universal Mobile Telecommunications System (UMTS) network, thereby reducing signaling and power consumption overhead and latency at the UE. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313988 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR SIGNALING OUT-OF-STANDARD CAPABILITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide a number of approaches to deploy out-of-standard (or proprietary) features/enhancements that are not supported in the current communication standards. A mobile terminal and a network can mutually agree to support certain out-of-standard features/enhancements, and communicate support of such out-of-standard or non-standard features/enhancements by adapting or repurposing currently unused (or reserved) signaling data. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313989 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR VIDEO AWARE BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION AND/OR MANAGEMENT - A communication network's bandwidth may be managed using bandwidth management (“BWM”) and/or bandwidth aggregation (“BWA”) techniques. For example, packets of traffic may be inspected to identify a video stream and/or video sub-streams. The video sub-streams may be partitioned for transmission. For example, the video sub-streams may be partitioned based on a characteristic and/or policies associated therewith. One or more radio access technologies (“RATs”) may be selected for transmitting the video sub-streams. The one or more RATs may be selected according to one or more policies for managing the bandwidth associated with the video. The video sub-streams may be transmitted via a single RAT or a plurality of aggregated RATs. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313990 | INITIATING NETWORK ASSISTANCE IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In MIMO scenarios, a mobile terminal ( | 10-23-2014 |
20140313991 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313992 | SYSTEM AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus that selects a channel recommended to be used upon receiving a notification of a detection result indicating that a first wireless communication device among a plurality of wireless communication devices has detected a specific radio wave; and transmits channel information indicating the recommended channel a second wireless communication device among the plurality of wireless communication devices located near the first wireless communication device. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313993 | Secondary Component Carrier Future Scheduling in LTE Carrier Aggregation - A wireless communication system is presented for future scheduling of secondary component carrier(s) (SCC) during carrier aggregation in LTE wireless communications. A primary component carrier in a first subframe can be used to indicate at what future subframe SCC data may exist for the mobile device (e.g., UE, etc.). The UE can then leave off all SCC receive circuitry until the future subframe, when it can turn on all needed SCC receive circuitry to receive the SCC data. After receiving the SCC data, the UE can again power off the SCC receive circuitry. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313994 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed in the invention are a method and a device for transmitting downlink control information (DCI). The method comprises: processing the downlink control information to generate downlink control information code words; scrambling and modulating the downlink control information code words in turn to generate a modulation symbol sequence; mapping the modulation symbol sequence to v data layers, wherein v is an integer which is more than or equal to 1; mapping modulation symbols on the v data layers to a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) antenna port; and mapping the modulation symbols on the DMRS antenna port to a physical antenna and sending to user equipment (UE). According to the method and the device of the invention, multi-layer data transmission can be supported, the transmission mode is more flexible, and transmission efficiency is higher. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313995 | Transmission And Reception Of A Wideband Signal With Narrowband Interference - It is disclosed a method comprising accommodating, in frequency domain, a first bandwidth of a first carrier signal with respect to a second bandwidth of a second carrier signal such that the first bandwidth adjoins to or overlaps the second bandwidth, the first bandwidth being greater than the second bandwidth. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313996 | SYSTEM, APPARATUS, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM AND METHOD - A system includes a first apparatus including a memory and a processor coupled to the memory, wherein the first apparatus is configured to transmit packets; and a second apparatus configured to receive the packets, wherein the processor is configured to, switch communication settings for transmitting the packets during the packets are transmitted to the second apparatus; determine whether an acknowledge is caused due to a switching of the communication settings, the acknowledge indicating that the second apparatus expects that a first packet among the packets is retransmitted, the first packet was transmitted based on a first communication setting among the communication settings; and adjust a transmission timing of a second packet that is transmitted based on a second communication setting among the communication settings, upon determining that the acknowledge is caused due to the switching of the communication settings. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313997 | UTILIZING UNUSED UPLINK SEQUENCE SHIFTS FOR SIGNALING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods and apparatus for signaling information via the selection of resources used for an uplink transmission. The aspects may include selecting one or more cyclic shifts or orthogonal cover codes used to transmit an uplink channel. The one or more cyclic shifts or orthogonal cover codes may be selected to convey information. The information may be conveyed by transmitting the uplink channel using the selected cyclic shifts or orthogonal cover codes. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313998 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING INTERNETWORK COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TELECOMMUNICATION DEVICES - Systems and methods for connecting long distance and international calls between two telecommunications devices, without incurring tariff charges, are disclosed. | 10-23-2014 |
20140313999 | CONTROL-LESS OPERATION FOR COVERAGE LIMITED MACHINE-TYPE-COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to techniques for control-less operation for machine-type communications (MTC). | 10-23-2014 |
20140314000 | Systems and Methods for Adaptive Transmissions in Wireless Network - A method for cell adaptation includes receiving, by a user equipment (UE), one or more transmission parameters for a transition reference signal (TRS). One or more cells is transitioned between a reduced activity mode and an active transmission and reception mode in accordance with the TRS. The method further includes the UE determining whether or not to transmit the TRS in accordance with one or more TRS transmission criteria, and the UE transmitting the TRS in accordance with the one or more transmission parameters. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING UPLINK AND DOWNLINK SERVING CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatuses relating to wireless communication of a user equipment (UE) are provided including receiving downlink wireless communications from multiple cells in an active set, receiving at least one of scheduling information for one or more downlink transmissions or one or more non-serving resource grants from a first cell in the active set, and receiving one or more serving resource grants for uplink communications from a second cell in the active set. In the wireless network, a second cell can be assigned as an uplink serving cell for uplink communications with the UE that is different from a first cell assigned as a downlink serving cell for downlink communications with the UE, and downlink transmissions can be scheduled from the downlink serving cell to the UE, and/or one or more serving resource grants can be transmitted from the uplink serving cell to the UE. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314002 | EXTRACTING SUB-BANDS FROM SIGNALS IN A FREQUENCY DOMAIN - Embodiments are disclosed for extracting sub-bands of interest from signals in a frequency domain for transmission via a distributed antenna system. In one aspect, a transformed downlink signal is generated by performing a frequency transform on a downlink signal. The transformed downlink signal represents the downlink signal in a frequency domain. At least one sub-band of the transformed downlink signal is identified as including data to be transmitted via the distributed antenna system. The sub-band is extracted from the transformed downlink signal for transmission via the distributed antenna system. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314003 | ACCESS POINT DISCOVERY CHANNEL - Access points communicate via a discovery channel. For example, access points may transmit at a higher transmit power and at a lower rate on the discovery channel than on operating channels. In this way, the radio frequency range of the discovery channel is longer than the range of any of the operating channels. Consequently, a particular access point can communicate with and thereby account for other access points that the particular access point might not hear via an operating channel. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314004 | GROUP SCHEDULING AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - An acknowledgment (ACK) frame has two parts: a group ACK part and a scheduling information part. In the group ACK part, an ACK/NACK indicator is included for a previous uplink (UL) transmission per station (STA). In the scheduling information part, information included for the following UL transmission per selected STA may comprise, for example, one or more of: a number of selected STAs, a media access control (MAC) address of each selected STA, a data transmission duration per selected STA, a transmission rate per selected STA, a request transmission duration, a pilot transmission order, or a STA transmission order. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314005 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNAL BY USING MULTIPLE MODULATION AND CODING SCHEMES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a signal using a plurality of modulation and coding schemes by a transmitter in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes when a position of an active tone hits a position of a pilot tone of an adjacent cell, the active tone corresponding to a tone boosted through an application of a hybrid Frequency Shift Keying (FSK) and Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM) Modulation (FQAM) scheme among tones included in an FQAM symbol based on the FQAM scheme in which a QAM scheme and a FSK scheme are combined, detecting two or more tones, which do not hit the position of the pilot tone among the tones included in the FQAM symbol, and transmitting signals by using the detected two or more tones. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314006 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A NON-ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLE ACCESS SCHEME IN MULTIUSER BEAMFORMING SYSTEM - A frequency-efficient antenna operation method is provided in a multiuser beamforming system. The method includes determining channel correlations and channel gain differences between channels using channel information received from multiple terminals, classifying the multiple terminals into at least one or more clusters using the channel correlations and channel gain differences, selecting a beamforming vector for each of the one or more clusters using the channel information of at least one or more terminals in the one or more clusters, allocating power to the terminals in each of the one or more clusters, and forming a beam based on the allocated power and the selected beamforming vector. According to the method, interference due to sharing space resources may be reduced and more efficient data communication may be achieved. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314007 | PDSCH TRANSMISSION SCHEMES WITH COMPACT DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) FORMAT IN NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) IN LTE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission schemes with compact downlink control information (DCI) format in new carrier type (NCT) in long term evolution (LTE). | 10-23-2014 |
20140314008 | METHODS FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN A COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus includes at least two cellular system radio transceivers capable of simultaneously performing transmitting/receiving radio activities in two cellular networks and a control entity. The control entity is coupled to the cellular system radio transceivers, collects radio activity information of the cellular system radio transceivers, determines whether interference will occur or is occurring and which cellular system radio transceiver is an aggressor transceiver and which cellular system radio transceiver is a victim transceiver when the interference occurs according to the radio activity information, and further determines control information according to the radio activity information for controlling the aggressor transceiver or the victim transceiver to mitigate the interference. The aggressor transceiver is the cellular system radio transceiver having the transmitting radio activity that will interfere or interferes with the receiving radio activity of the victim transceiver. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314009 | SERVICE SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention discloses a service scheduling method and apparatus, relates to the field of communications systems, and implements communication between user equipments while saving resources of a communications network. The method includes: receiving, by a base station, an amount of data which is sent by a user equipment in paired user equipments by using a buffer status report and needs to be uploaded by the user equipment; then sending, by the base station on a same physical downlink control channel, a transmission resource grant to the user equipment and sending receiving resource allocation allocated by the base station to another user equipment except the equipment; and finally, performing, by the user equipment and the another user equipment, data communication in terminal direct mode respectively according to the transmission resource grant and the receiving resource allocation. The present invention is applied to the field of communications systems. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314010 | COMMUNICATION INTERCEPTION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL - A communication interception method by a base station, a device and a terminal belonging to device-to-device (D2D) communication includes: receiving a message sent by a device, where the message is used to instruct interception of D2D data of the terminal belonging to the D2D communication; obtaining the D2D data according to the message; and sending the obtained D2D data to the device. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314011 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL - A method and base station for transmitting a signal, including: generating n pieces of coordination information respectively corresponding to n coordinated base stations, where each piece of coordination information includes a cell identity CELL ID of a serving base station, a scrambling identity SCID of a user equipment UE, and information about a port number used by a corresponding coordinated base station, and the port number used by the coordinated base station is different from a port number used by the serving base station, and n is a positive integer; and respectively sending the n pieces of coordination information to the n coordinated base stations. These embodiments enable the coordinated base station to transmit a signal according to the coordination information of the serving base station, and require no transmit antenna calibration between RRUs of different cells, thereby avoiding the impact of transmit antenna calibration on CoMP JT performance. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314012 | Method and Apparatus for Processing Information - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for processing information. A base station configures at least one physical uplink control channel format for a user equipment and then sends downlink control information of a physical downlink control channel to the user equipment, and finally activates or releases, through bit information configured in the downlink control information of the physical downlink control channel, the at least one physical uplink control channel format for the user equipment to feed back channel state information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314013 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE TERMINAL TO SWITCH BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method including receiving, by a terminal, a switching command is large. The method includes: acquiring designated channel resource information from channel resources used by a source base station; acquiring information of a relevant base station using a designated channel resource except the source base station; sending indication signaling to the relevant base station according to the information of the relevant base station, where the indication signaling carries the designated channel resource information, the indication signaling is used to instruct the relevant base station to stop using the designated channel resource when the mobile terminal switches to a target base station; sending a switching request message to the target base station; and sending the switching command to the mobile terminal through the designated channel resource. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314014 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - An uplink transmission power control method and a user equipment are provided, where the method includes: determining, by a UE, whether uplink channels are simultaneously transmitted over adjacent subframes between multiple carriers; where the adjacent subframes between the multiple carriers are partially overlapped; and timing advance values of the multiple carriers are different; and if uplink channels are simultaneously transmitted over adjacent subframes between multiple carriers, processing, by the user equipment, an uplink channel transmitted over the last symbol on a partially overlapped subframe of another carrier except a carrier having the greatest timing advance value, so that total transmission power of the uplink channels is lower than the maximum transmission power or an interference level of the user equipment. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314015 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING UPLINK CARRIER FREQUENCIES - A method for managing uplink carrier frequencies is provided, which is applicable to the field of communication. The method includes the following steps: A state switching response message sent by a UE is received, where the state switching response message includes a result of state switching performed by on a secondary uplink carrier serving cell; The result of the state switching is notified to a secondary uplink carrier non-serving cell in a secondary carrier active set through an RNC. A device and a system for managing uplink carrier frequencies are further provided. Through the method, device, and system provided in embodiments of the present invention, the uplink carrier frequencies are managed, so as to facilitate transmission of uplink data during multi-cell collaboration. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314016 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus of transmitting scheduling request (SR) in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes configuring a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) for a SR in a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of single carrier-frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols, wherein one SC-FDMA symbol on the PUCCH is punctured and transmitting the SR on the PUCCH in the subframe. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314017 | Method and Radio Network Controller for Transmitting Information - A method for transmitting information includes: by a NodeB, receiving a message for setting up/reconfiguring a shared Enhanced Dedicated Channel (E-DCH) transmission channel from a Radio Network Controller (RNC); and setting up the shared E-DCH transmission channel according to parameters in the message, and exchanging information with the RNC through an established shared E-DCH transmission bearer. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314018 | PILOT RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Various embodiments of the present invention provide a pilot resource allocation method, where the method includes: determining, according to an aggregation level and multiplexing information of an enhanced control channel element E-CCE in a resource block pair, the number of resource elements REs that are allocated to and occupied by a demodulation pilot signal DMRS in the resource block pair. Various embodiments of the present invention further provide a corresponding user equipment. By implementing the method and device, the efficiency of time-frequency resource utilization can be improved. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314019 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION-BASED CHANNEL ACCESS WITH DIRECTIONAL ANTENNA OVER WIDEBAND HIGH FREQUENCY WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided are a method of performing contention based channel access by classifying a contention period into a beamformable contention period in which a beamforming is allowed and a non-beamformable contention period in which the beamforming is interrupted so as to resolve an issue regarding channel access occurring due to an introduction of a directional antenna for handling a path loss in a wideband wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention, and a method for maximizing a spatial reuse gain by managing, for each direction, information about a transmission time of a message received from a dispersion device. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314020 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING TERMINAL IDENTIFIERS BASED ON COMMUNICATION FUNCTION - A communication means which allocates a terminal identifier to a destination communication apparatus and carries out communication with the destination communication apparatus by use of a plurality of functions including an identifier generation section | 10-23-2014 |
20140314021 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERMINATING TRANSMISSION OF A MESSAGE IN AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus is provided for terminating an enhanced random access channel (E-RACH) message in an E-RACH transmission. Triggers for terminating the E-RACH message are provided. The actions upon termination of the E-RACH messages are provided to release enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources while in cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state or transition to cell dedicated channel (CELL_DCH) state. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314022 | Outbound Communication Session Establishment on a Telecommunications Network - Disclosed are techniques for establishing a communication session in a call server between communication devices. A call server receives a communication session establishment message from a communication device that has an associated VoIP telephone number. The message is indicative of the communication device wanting to place a call to a target communication device that has an associated target telephone number. The communication session establishment message includes the VoIP telephone number, the target telephone number and a connection status indicator. The call server establishes a first communication link with the device based on the connection status indicator. The call server then establishes a second communication link with the target communication device. The call server may then join the first and second communication links to establish a communication session between the communication devices. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314023 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for processing downlink control information in a mobile terminal capable of receiving multiple component carriers. The mobile terminal receives on a component carrier, downlink control information that includes a bit field allocated for a transmit power control (TPC) command. If the bit field comprises one or more bits that are not used for the TPC command, the mobile terminal interprets the meaning of the bits not used for the TPC command based on an ACK/NACK feedback mode with which the mobile terminal is configured. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314024 | RADIO TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication unit of a radio terminal performs radio measurement of a base station and monitoring of a paging signal within a periodic duration. A controller controls the communication unit so as to perform filtering of the radio measurement within the duration with intervals less than half of the duration. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314025 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING A BUFFER STATUS REPORT - A method and device of sending Buffer Status Reports (BSRs) includes determining the type priority sequence of BSR by a user terminal, and selecting and processing one BSR based on the type priority. A user device is also provided. In the process of implementing the provided method and device, the terminal may select and process one BSR when the sum of the BSR qualified for triggering the sending and the BSR marked as pending is greater than one. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING AN UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving, by a base station, a reference signal in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting a cell-specific sequence group hopping parameter to a plurality of user equipments (UEs) in a cell. The cell-specific sequence group hopping parameter is used to enable a sequence group hopping for the plurality of UEs in the cell. The method further includes transmitting a UE-specific sequence group hopping parameter to a certain UE, among the plurality of UEs. The UE-specific sequence group hopping parameter is used to disable the sequence group hopping, enabled by the cell-specific SGH parameter, for the certain UE. The method further includes receiving a reference signal, which is generated based on a sequence group number, from the certain UE. The sequence group number is determined by the UE-specific sequence group hopping parameter. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314027 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS - A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) reports a buffer status as part of scheduling information for enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) transmissions. For reporting the buffer status, the WTRU calculates a total amount of data available across all logical channels for which reporting is requested by a radio resource control (RRC) entity. The total amount of data includes an amount of data that is available for transmission and retransmission at a radio link control (RLC) entity and an amount of data that is available for transmission in a medium access control for enhanced dedicated channel (MAC-i/is) segmentation entity in case that a MAC-i/is entity is configured. The WTRU sends scheduling information including a total E-DCH buffer status (TEBS) field that is set based on the total amount of data. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314028 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR FEEDBACK PERIOD TO INCREASE UPLINK CAPACITY - A method and apparatus for adjusting a channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback period to increase uplink capacity in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The uplink capacity is increased by reducing the uplink interference caused by CQI transmissions. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) monitors a status of downlink transmissions to the WTRU and sets the CQI feedback period based on the status of the downlink transmissions to the WTRU. A base station monitors uplink and downlink transmission needs. The base station determines the CQI feedback period of at least one WTRU based on the uplink and downlink transmission needs and sends a command to the WTRU to change the CQI feedback period of the WTRU. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314029 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BLOCK - A method and a base station of transmitting a data block are provided. At least one data block is transmitted via at least one of at least two downlink frequency bands. A modulation symbol and N spreading sequences are received. Acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (A/N) information is determined in accordance with the modulation symbol and the N spreading sequences. The modulation symbol and the N spreading sequences jointly determine the A/N information. And the at least one data block may be retransmitted depending on the A/N information determined. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314030 | CONFIGURATION FOR CQI REPORTING IN LTE - A method and apparatus for receiving and processing channel quality index (CQI) reporting. A wireless transmit receive unit is configured to receive CQI configuration information and transmit a CQI report based on the CQI configuration information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314031 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL, AND METHOD AND EVOLVED NODE B FOR RECEIVING UPLINK SIGNAL - A UE receives downlink control information from an eNB through a PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control channel) including one or more CCEs (Control Channel Elements). The UE transmits ACK/NACK (ACKnowledgment/Negative ACK) information associated with the downlink control information to the eNB by using at least one of a first PUCCH resource, which corresponds to an index determined on the basis of first offset information and an index of a specific CCE in the PDCCH and is generated using first cell identification information, and a second PUCCH resource, which corresponds to an index determined on the basis of second offset information and the index of the specific CCE and is generated using second cell identification information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314032 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting and Receiving a Whitespace Map in a Wireless Communication System - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a whitespace map. The method for transmitting whitespace map (WSM) information from a first station (STA) to a second STA includes the steps of: setting a map version bit value included in the WSM information as a predetermined value; and transmitting the WSM information including the predetermined map version bit value to the second STA. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314033 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system includes multiple radio base stations and multiple mobile communication terminals. Each mobile communication terminal measures a reception quality of radio waves from each radio base station. A first mobile communication terminal that can execute interference rejection combining offsets the reception quality value of radio waves from a second radio base station by using a first bias value. A second mobile communication terminal that cannot execute interference rejection combining offsets the reception quality value of radio waves from the second radio base station by using a second bias value that is lower than the first bias value. The first radio base station selects, as the radio access point for the mobile communication terminal, a radio base station corresponding to a reception quality value indicating a best reception quality among the first reception power value and the offset second reception power value. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314034 | Method, and device, for transmitting uplink control information, and UE - The disclosure discloses a method and device for transmitting uplink control information. The method includes that: uplink control information to be transmitted is determined on the basis of high layer signalling and/or a predefined rule, and the determined uplink control information is transmitted on a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH). The device for transmitting uplink control information includes: a determining unit configured to determine, on the basis of high layer signalling and/or a predefined rule, uplink control information to be transmitted; and a transmitting unit configured to transmit, on the PUCCH, the determined uplink control information. The disclosure can ensure the maximum system throughput, and can also reduce the feedback delay of downlink channel information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314035 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FRAMES, AND CORRESPONDING STATIONS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A frame transmission method is provided for use in a multiuser MIMO system having a transmitter with a plurality of antennas and receivers that are respectively associated with users. The method includes: constructing a sounding frame in which a first portion has at least one symbol for synchronizing destination receivers and a second portion has at least as many pre-coded pilot symbols as there are destination receivers; transmitting the sounding frame in a broadcast mode for its first portion and in a directional mode for its second portion to each of the destination receivers; and constructing a respective data frame for sending to each of the destination receivers by taking account of feedback information coming from the destination receivers and, for each destination receiver, coding interference between destination receivers. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314036 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a configuration in which a downlink control channel is enhanced, the present invention is designed to adequately allocate downlink control signals to radio resources for the enhanced control channel. An allocation section that allocates a downlink control signal to both of a first control region from the first OFDM symbol to a predetermined OFDM symbol in a subframe, which is a transmission time interval, and a plurality of second control regions, each of which is frequency-division-multiplexed with a data region in a region after the predetermined OFDM symbol and is formed in a predetermined resource block size, or allocates the downlink control signal only to the second control regions, and a transmission section that transmits the downlink control signals to a user terminal are provided, and the allocation section forms the plurality of second control regions such that each second control region includes a plurality of enhanced control channel elements, each of which is an allocation unit of downlink control information, and also divides the enhanced control channel elements, and performs distributed mapping such that the divided enhanced control channel elements are distributed over the plurality of second control regions of varying frequency bands. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314037 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication terminal including a timing detection unit that detects arrival of timing according to a configured cycle, a condition determination unit that determines whether or not a shared condition shared with a base station is satisfied, and a communication controller that controls reception of paging when the timing detection unit detects the arrival of timing and the condition determination unit determines that the shared condition is satisfied. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314038 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information by a base station in a wireless communication system, and includes a step of transmitting an enhanced physical downlink channel (EPDCCH) for a terminal using at least one physical resource block pair from among a plurality of physical resource block pairs. The plurality of physical resource block pairs include a plurality of resource units for the EPDCCH transmission to which an antenna port is allocated, respectively. When the EPDCCH for a terminal is transmitted using at least two resource units from among the at least one physical resource block pairs, the same pre-coding is applied to signals to be transmitted via at least two resource units. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314039 | METHOD FOR REQUESTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed are a method for requesting device-to-device communication in a wireless access system that supports device-to-device communication and an apparatus for the method. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a first device, request information for requesting device-to-device communication with a second device; transmitting, to the second device, check information to inquire whether to accept device-to-device communication with the first device; receiving, from the second device, response information indicating that device-to-device communication is accepted; and, if the second device has accepted the device-to-device, transmitting resource allocation information for device-to-device communication to the first device and the second device. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314040 | Control channel element allocation apparatus and method - According to the disclosure, there provides a control channel element (CCE) allocation method, comprising steps of: deciding an aggregation level of each of scheduled entities according to channel quality indicator (CQI) fed back from each of the scheduled entities; sorting in a list all the scheduled entities based on priority; obtaining at least two (CCE) allocation patterns each with preoccupation of (CCE) candidates by the scheduled entities by use of retrospective mechanism; selecting a (CCE) allocation pattern with maximum number of scheduled entities having preoccupied (CCE) candidates from the obtained at least two (CCE) allocation patterns; allocating (CCEs) to the scheduled entities based on the selected (CCE) allocation pattern. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314041 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for estimating a channel using a reference signal. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a terminal estimates a channel in a wireless communication system may comprise the steps of: receiving a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) and a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) from a base station; generating CSI of a channel estimated using the CRS on the basis of a channel estimated using the CSI-RS and a mapping relationship between the CRS port and the CSI-RS port; reporting the generated CSI to the base station; and demodulating data on the basis of the channel estimated using the CRS. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - Provided are a method and an apparatus for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system. A first cell receives control information related to the configuration of a downlink control channel from a second cell, and the first cell determines a transmission resource of the downlink control channel in accordance with the control information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140314043 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A MAC CONTROL MESSAGE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a Medium Access Control (MAC) control message for an M2M device and an apparatus for supporting the same are disclosed herein. According to an exemplary embodiment, a method for transmitting a MAC control message includes the steps of receiving a broadcast assignment map information element (BA A-MAP IE) including a function index field and broadcast assignment information for the M2M device, and wherein the broadcast assignment information indicates a resource region to which the MAC control message is being transmitted, and, when a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit masked to the BA A-MAP IE indicates that the BA A-MAP IE is for a M2M broadcast assignment, receiving the MAC control message through the resource region, which is indicated by the broadcast assignment information. | 10-23-2014 |
20140321367 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION CONFIGURATIONS - A base station and user devices exchange signaling and responsively exchange user data over BS2D traffic links. The base station and user devices exchange more signaling and responsively exchange user data directly between user devices over D2D traffic links. The base station system selects one of a plurality of D2D configurations based on system conditions and transfers D2D configuration instructions to the user devices. Some of the D2D configurations have one user device as a hub device and the other user devices as non-hub devices. The base station and the user devices exchange more signaling and responsively transfer user data and signaling using the selected D2D configuration in response to the D2D configuration instructions. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321368 | Method and Apparatus of Mapping One or More Messages onto Transmission Resource - Method in a network node of mapping one or more messages onto transmission resource for transmitting to a wireless device. The one or more messages are processed by the network node. The network node and the wireless device are adapted to be comprised in a wireless communications network. The network node maps the one or more processed messages onto the transmission resource. This is performed according to indexing information comprised in the one or more messages, and to a precalculated mapping table. The precalculated mapping table is calculated prior to obtaining the one or more messages to be mapped. The network node, the communications network, a second network node, a core network node in the wireless communications network, and methods therein are described. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321369 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND/OR SUPRESSION ON PHYSICAL DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL AT THE USER EQUIPMENT - An embodiment of methods for interference cancellation and/or suppression on a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) at user equipment (UE). One such method includes receiving, at the UE, a UE-specific reference signal parameter from a serving cell of a plurality of cells. The received parameters of UE-specific reference signals are used for channel estimation for serving and interference signals. The interference is canceled and/or suppressed based on the estimated channels from the UE-specific reference signals. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321370 | RATE MATCHING UNDER IRREGULAR, SPARSE, OR NARROWBAND SIGNALS - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques that may be utilized to perform rate matching in networks which utilize sparsely or irregularly transmitted signals/channels. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321371 | SUSPENDING A CONNECTION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There are disclosed methods, apparatuses and computer programs for use in wireless communications systems for suspending a connection in the wireless communication system. In particular there are disclosed methods, apparatuses and software for use in a wireless communications system to suspend and handle the reactivation of a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection for carrying user-plane and control plane data between a user equipment (UE) and a Radio Access Network (RAN). Also disclosed herein are methods, apparatuses and software for handling mobility control and downlink data for a UE for which an RRC connection is suspended. There is disclosed a method, implemented in a user equipment (UE) for use with a Radio Access Network (RAN), comprising: the UE suspending an established RRC connection with the RAN; the UE monitoring, whilst the RRC connection is suspended, for at least one of: paging and notifications of downlink data for the UE; and the UE storing RRC connection data related to the suspended RRC connection, said RRC connection data being usable by the UE to reactivate the suspended RRC connection. Also disclosed a is user equipment for use with a Radio Access Network (RAN), the UE being configured to carry out the aforementioned method, and a computer program having instructions which when carried out by a processor of user equipment (UE) for use with a Radio Access Network (RAN) cause the UE to be configured to operate in accordance with the aforementioned method. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321372 | HOME BASE STATION SYSTEM AND DATA ACCESS PROCESSING METHOD THEREOF - A home base station system and method for managing data caching. The home base station system includes: a plurality of home base stations used to provide wireless communication to at least one mobile terminal, wherein the plurality of home base stations are connected to a wide area network via a local area network, and wherein the plurality of home base stations are interconnected via a local area network; and a server, wherein the server is connected to the plurality of home base stations via the local area network, and wherein the server is used to manage caching of data in a home base station system. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321373 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication device includes a memory, a processor coupled to the memory and configured to allocate data to be transmitted from a communication terminal, to a plurality of radio carriers for communication with the communication terminal, identify, when a total amount of the data allocated to the radio carriers exceeds a certain amount, a communication terminal that performs transmission of excess data, which corresponds to the difference between the total amount and the certain amount, using the radio carrier to which the excess data is allocated, and a radio communication device configured to transmit a repeat request to the identified communication terminal that the excess data is transmitted to the radio communication device again. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321374 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS AND METHOD USING INTERFERENCE INDICATOR IN FEMTO CELL NETWORK - A radio resource allocation apparatus and method using an interference indicator in a femto-cell network are disclosed. The radio resource allocation apparatus using an interference indicator in a femto-cell network includes: an interference indicator obtaining unit obtaining any one or more of interference indicators including load information of a base station in the femto-cell network, a change amount of reference signal received power (RSRP) to reference signal received quality (RSRQ), and a channel quality indicator (CQI); a priority determining unit providing different weights to each of the interference indicators and determining an allocation priority of radio resources using the interference indicators to which the weights are provided; and a radio resource allocating unit allocating the radio resources to the base station in any one of a dedicated carrier mode, a partially shared carrier mode, and a shared carrier mode using the allocation priority. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321375 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ACQUIRING HIGH FREQUENCY CARRIER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and system for acquiring mmWave carrier in a wireless communication network is disclosed. In one embodiment, an MS acquires a low frequency carrier and then acquires the high frequency carrier. Since the low frequency carrier and the high frequency carrier are transmitted by same BS, the BS provides assistance information on the acquired low frequency carrier to the MS to acquire a synchronization signal which is transmitted on a high frequency carrier using beamforming. The assistance information includes synchronization signal beam time slots, synchronization signal beams which the MS needs to search, beam ID and so on. Based on the assistance information, the MS monitors the high frequency carrier to search and acquire the synchronization beam signal transmitted on the high frequency carrier. The MS determines the beam ID of the received synchronization beam signal and reports to the BS on the low frequency carrier. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321376 | LTE-WLAN CENTRALIZED DOWNLINK SCHEDULER - Techniques for managing downlink transmissions from a base station to multiple UEs over aggregated LTE and WLAN links are provided. The base station may jointly assign resources for transmitting downlink data during a scheduling instance. The resource assignment may include a prioritization based on channel conditions and system throughput when the links are considered jointly. In accordance with the joint resource assignment, the base station may build packets for the downlink transmission at an aggregating layer which, for example, may be coupled to media access control (MAC) elements associated with the respective links. The base station may then transmit the packets to at least a subset of the UEs based on the joint resource assignment. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321377 | SCHEME FOR D2D COMMUNICATION USING PRIORITY - A communication method of a device to device (D2D) user equipment (UE) in a cellular system supporting a communication frame structure including one or more subframes used for a communication of the D2D UE is provided. The method includes reading an alarm region located within a first subframe, wherein the alarm region indicates whether a communication signal having a priority is included in the first subframe or a second subframe related to the first subframe, and transmitting the communication signal through one of the second subframe and a third subframe related to the second subframe, based on information read from the alarm region. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321378 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR VIDEO TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present application provide a method and a device for video transmission, which relates to the field of communications and is able to reduce feedback time, thus realizing the purpose of fully using resources and reducing data loss. The method includes at least the following operations: a base station receiving a second video data packet sent by a server and first feedback information about a first video data packet sent by user equipment, performing scheduling process according to the first feedback information, and after the scheduling process, transmitting the second video data packet to the user equipment according to the result of the scheduling process. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321379 | Method and Apparatus for Multi-Channel Operation in Wireless Local Area Network System - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for multi-channel operation, performed by an access point (AP), in a WLAN system, the method includes: transmitting channel assignment information to a plurality of stations (STAs), in which the channel assignment information is for assigning at least one of a first channel and a second channel to each of the plurality of STAs; transmitting channel activity information to the plurality of STAs, in which the channel activity information is for indicating an activity duration where the AP transmit or receive a frame through each of the first channel and the second channel; and transmitting or receiving a frame through the first channel or the second channel on the basis of the channel activity information. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321380 | VEHICULAR COMMUNICATION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a vehicular communication method, including: acquiring a current position of a vehicle; acquiring all fixed APs, the distance from each of which to the current position of the vehicle is smaller than its maximum transmission distance; scanning all the fixed APs in a scheduling period; selecting at least one fixed AP of which signal strength is greater than a preset value in all the fixed APs as a to-be-accessed fixed AP according to the scanning results; and triggering a mobile terminal in the vehicle to respectively access a vehicular AP in the vehicle and the to-be-accessed fixed AP in the scheduling period according to allocated time when an access condition is satisfied. The embodiments of the present invention further disclose a vehicular communication device and system. Through the above technical solutions, the communication bandwidth is increased and bulk data service is supported. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321381 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR READING SYSTEM MESSAGE - The present invention discloses a method for reading a system message, including: receiving, by a terminal device, a paging message containing a system message state indication in a discontinuous reception (DRX) period, the terminal device includes a terminal device of which the DRX period is larger than a broadcast control channel (BCCH) modification period; determining, by the terminal device and according to the system message state indication in the paging message, that a system message state changes; reading and recording, by the terminal device, a system message corresponding to a current BCCH modification period, or reading and recording a system message corresponding to a next BCCH modification period immediately adjacent to the BCCH modification period; and communicating by the terminal device according to the read and recorded system message. Thus, the electric quantity of a battery can be saved, so that a UE can reduce power consumption. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321382 | Communication Method, Base Station, and User Equipment - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communication method, a base station, and a user equipment. The communication method includes: sending a PDCCH to a user equipment in one subframe, where the PDCCH is used to schedule transmission of PDSCHs of at least two subframes of the user equipment, the PDCCH carries first indicator information, and the first indicator information indicates a channel resource for transmitting uplink ACK/NACK information that is corresponding to the PDSCHs; determining a transmission subframe carrying the uplink ACK/NACK information that is corresponding to the PDSCHs, and receiving the uplink ACK/NACK information on the channel resource in the transmission subframe. In the embodiments of the present invention, when a PDCCH schedules multiple PDSCHs, an ACK/NACK resource indicator field is used to indicate a channel resource of ACK/NACK feedback that is corresponding to the scheduled PDSCHs, thereby improving scheduling flexibility. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321383 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL DATA, TRANSMITTING END, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for processing physical downlink control channel data, a transmitting end, and a user equipment are provided and relate to the field of communications, which can extract a scrambling sequence in multiple modulation modes, so that scrambling and descrambling are performed on physical downlink control channel data in multiple modulation modes. The method includes: generating a scrambling sequence corresponding to a control channel element according to an index number of the control channel element and/or a modulation mode used by the control channel element; performing scrambling on physical downlink control channel data by using the scrambling sequence; and sending the scrambled physical downlink control channel data to a user equipment. The embodiments of the present application are used to perform scrambling and descrambling on physical downlink control channel data. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321384 | DATA BROADCASTING WITH A PREPARE-TO-BROADCAST MESSAGE - Techniques for broadcasting data in a multi-channel network having a control channel and multiple data channels are described. A node wishing to broadcast data may determine a particular data channel from among the multiple data channels, a modulation technique, and a data rate to be utilized to broadcast the data. The broadcasting node may transmit a message over the control channel indicating that the data will be broadcast on the particular data channel using the modulation technique and at the determined data rate. The broadcasting node and a node wishing to receive the data may switch to the particular data channel. The broadcast node may broadcast the data over the particular data channel, while the receiving node may receive the data. After broadcasting the data or a predetermined time period has expired, the broadcasting node and receiving node may switch to the control channel. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321385 | Physical Structure and Sequence Design of Midamble in OFDMA Systems - In wireless OFDMA systems, midamble is used to facilitate downlink (DL) channel estimation. Midamble signals are transmitted by a base station via a midamble channel allocated in a DL subframe. In a novel symbol-based midamble channel allocation scheme, a midamble channel is allocated in the first or the last OFDM symbol of multiple resource blocks of the subframe, while the remaining consecutive OFDM symbols are used for data transmission. The symbol-based midamble channel provides good coexistence between midamble signals and pilot signals without inducing additional limitation or complexity. Under a novel midamble channel and sequence arrangement, both code sequence and either time-domain or frequency-domain location degrees-of-freedom are considered such that the required number of midamble sequences is substantially smaller than the number of strong interferences. In addition, different midamble sequences are systematically generated based on a base sequence such that the receiving mobile station does not need to memorize all the different code sequences. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321386 | Method and Apparatus for Communicating Carrier Configuration in Multi-Carrier OFDM Systems - A message contains global carrier configuration is provided in a wireless multi-carrier orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system. The global carrier configuration contains global carrier configuration information such as the center frequencies for multiple available RF carriers of different base stations in the OFDM network. In one embodiment, the global carrier configuration comprises information of single or multiple carrier groups, each carrier group comprises single or multiple contiguous RF carriers, and each carrier group is associated with a multi-carrier configuration index that refers to carrier configuration information contained in a carrier configuration lookup table and a frequency assignment index that refers to a global frequency location contained in a frequency assignment lookup table. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321387 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING IMEI OF MOBILE STATION AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and a system for obtaining an international mobile equipment identity of a mobile station and a base station controller. The method in this embodiment of the present invention includes: sending, by a base station controller, a request message to a core network device; receiving an accept message of the request message sent by the core network device; sending an identify request message, where a frame sequence number of the identify request message is the same as a frame sequence number of the accept message; receiving an identify response message sent by the mobile station; and re-sending the request message to the core network device in the manner of an unnumbered information frame, where a frame sequence number of the re-sent request message is the same as a frame sequence number of the identify response message. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321388 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAVING POWER OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for improved power saving in a User Equipment (UE) supporting enhanced Inter-Cell Interference Coordination/Time-domain ICIC (eICIC/Time-domain ICIC) are provided. The power saving method includes receiving control information including a reference pattern for a power saving mode from a base station, determining whether the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, and determining, when the terminal is configured to operate in the power saving mode, whether to decode a downlink control channel according to the reference pattern. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321389 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK CHANNEL POWER - A sending parameter of a preamble is compared with at least one preset parameter threshold to obtain a comparison result. A channel priority is determined in accordance with the comparison result. When a plurality of uplink channels are required for simultaneous transmission, the transmitting powers of the plurality of uplink channels is determined in accordance with the channel priority; and the plurality of uplink channels comprising a PRACH. This scheme adopts an unfixed strategy for the ranking of the PRACH in the channel priority, and determines the ranking of the PRACH in the channel priority by comparing the sending parameter of the preamble with a preset parameter threshold or receiving a signaling from a base station. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321390 | Selecting Uplink Sounding Sub-Carriers - A method and apparatus of selecting a number of uplink sounding sub-carriers are disclosed. One method includes estimating an uplink channel of between a base station and a subscriber. A time domain channel response is determined from the estimated uplink channel. A sub-carrier distribution of uplink sounding sub-carriers is selected based on characteristics of the time domain channel response, wherein the distribution defines a spacing of pilot sub-carriers within the uplink sounding symbol. The subscriber transmits uplink sounding symbols having the selected sub-carrier distribution. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321391 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION-BASED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - A method and apparatus for a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) to use a contention-based uplink communications channel, applies a rule-based restriction of access to the contention-based uplink channel that attempts to use at least one contention-free uplink channel allocation for uplink transmissions on a condition that at least one contention-free uplink channel allocation has been granted. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321392 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for determining an uplink transmission power and a user equipment. In the present invention, a user equipment determines an overlap between an uplink channel of a cell in a current subframe and an uplink channel of another cell in an adjacent subframe, the cell being carrier aggregation with the another cell, so that the user equipment can determine transmission power of a PUSCH of the cell in the current subframe and the another cell in the current subframe, the another cell being carrier aggregation with the cell. As a result, the problem that the uplink power control performed by the user equipment according to the prior art is not accurate is solved and thus the uplink data transmitting quality is improved. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321393 | QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) ACQUISITION AND PROVISIONING WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access network (AN) receives a message configured to prompt a conditional allocation of Quality of Service (QoS) resources to an access terminal (AT). The message can be received from the AT or from an application server (AS) that arbitrates a communication session for the AT. In another embodiment, if the AT determines that a QoS resource request has not yet been granted, the AT waits until the traffic channel (TCH) has been obtained for a communication session before resending the QoS resource request. In another embodiment, if the AT determines to initiate or join a second communication session before a confirmation that QoS resources for a first communication session are relinquished, the AT waits until the confirmation is received before a request for QoS resources for the second communication session is sent. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321394 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station device transmits channel quality indicators for a plurality of system bands, wherein each of the plurality of system bands includes a plurality of subbands comprising a set of contiguous resource blocks, and wherein each of the channel quality indicators is derived to satisfy a condition assuming a subband of the plurality of subbands, and wherein the number of the resource blocks within the subband is based on a frequency bandwidth of a system band of the plurality of system bands and the system band includes the subband. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321395 | System and Method for Signaling Control Information in a Mobile Communication Network - A method of operating a wireless communication terminal includes receiving one or more downlink control messages that each contain scheduling information scheduling the wireless terminal to receive a downlink transmission on either a primary carrier or a secondary carrier. The method also includes determining, for each of the downlink control messages, whether that message includes scheduling information for the primary carrier or for a secondary carrier. Additionally, the method includes selecting a format for an uplink control message based on whether any of the downlink control messages includes scheduling information for a secondary carrier, generating an uplink control message based on the selected format, and transmitting the uplink control message to the base station. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321396 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REQUEST/FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for Channel State Information (CSI) feedback. An Uplink (UL) grant is received from a Node B. Information included in the UL grant is identified. If the information is mapped to at least one DownLink (DL) Component Carrier (CC) based on configuration information relating to at least one set including the at least one DL CC, at least one CSI corresponding to the at least one DL CC is generated. The generated at least one CSI is transmitted to the Node B. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321397 | ACKNAK AND CQI CHANNEL MAPPING SCHEMES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A transmission of information from a secondary to a primary node occurs in a plurality of N logical time durations. The transmission from the secondary to primary node in a wireless network is obtained using an orthogonal covering sequence and a second sequence. Embodiments of the present invention mitigate interference by calculating a first orthogonal covering (OC) index and a second OC Index from an indicator received from a serving base station (NodeB). A first index n1 is derived and a second index n2 is derived using the first index n1. A first orthogonal covering (OC) index and a first cyclic shift (CS) is determined using the derived index n1. A second OC and a second CS is derived using the derived index n2. A first slot of a subframe is generated using the OC indexed by the first OC index and the first CS and a second slot of the subframe is generated using the OC indexed by the second OC index and the second CS. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321398 | Methods and Apparatus for Random Access in a Communication System - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and an apparatus for processing random access in a wireless communication network, and a processing method of a user equipment and an apparatus. The method for processing random access in the communication network includes: the base station receives a first Zadoff-Chu sequence and a second Zadoff-Chu sequence that are sent by a user equipment, a d | 10-30-2014 |
20140321399 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods for transmitting and receiving a control channel, a base station, and a user equipment, which relate to the communication field, and can solve a transmission problem of available changing transmission resources caused by introduction of an E-PDCCH. A method for configuring a control channel resource includes: determining, by a base station according to a system configuration and/or user configuration, resource elements REs included in an extended control channel element E-CCE, and transmitting an extended physical downlink control channel E-PDCCH to a user equipment, where the E-PDCCH is carried by the E-CCE; and receiving, by the user equipment, the E-PDCCH, and obtaining the REs included in the E-CCE, and receiving, over the REs included in the E-CCE, the E-PDCCH transmitted by the base station. The embodiments of the present invention are used for configuring and detecting a control channel resource. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321400 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method and communication apparatus for transmitting signals in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of component carriers are described. A physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) with uplink control information (UCI) and a PUSCH without the UCI are simultaneously transmitted using the plurality of component carriers. If a total transmission power of the PUCCH, the PUSCH with the UCI and the PUSCH without the UCI exceeds a value corresponding to a maximum transmission power, a transmission power determined for the PUSCH without the UCI is reduced while maintaining transmission powers determined for the PUCCH and the PUSCH with the UCI. The PUCCH and the PUSCH with the UCI are transmitted based on the maintained determined transmission powers, and the PUSCH without the UCI is transmitted based on the reduced transmission power. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321401 | DATA SENDING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - Disclosed are a data transmission method, apparatus and system in a heterogeneous network. The data transmission method in a heterogeneous network comprises: a macro base station carrying control information in a subframe, transmitting the control information to a terminal in a control-frequency band, and informing a low power node of the control information; according to the control information, the low power node carrying data information in a subframe and transmitting the data information to a terminal by a data-frequency band; the control-frequency band and the data-frequency band are statically deployed, and the control-frequency band and the data-frequency band are non-overlapped. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321402 | MULTIPLEXING OF PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) COMMUNICATION AND WIDE AREA NETWORK (WAN) COMMUNICATION - Techniques for supporting peer-to-peer (P2P) communication and wide area network (WAN) communication are disclosed. In one aspect, a method operable by a network entity to facilitate peer-to-peer (P2P) communication in a wireless network includes designating a first group of subframes in a wide area network (WAN) uplink (UL) spectrum for WAN communication. The method includes designating a second group of subframes in the WAN UL spectrum for P2P communication. The method further includes allowing P2P mobile entities to use WAN physical layer channels in the second group of subframes to communicate P2P control information and P2P data. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321403 | Carrier Tracking Without Pilots - A carrier tracking technique includes allocating a first number of bits per symbol to a carrier tracking subcarrier of a plurality of subcarriers of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal based on a first target performance margin. The technique includes allocating numbers of bits per symbol to other subcarriers of the plurality of subcarriers based on a second target performance margin. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321404 | Fixed HS-DSCH or E-DCH Allocation For VOIP (Or HS-DSCH Without HS-SCCH/E-DCH Without E-DPCCH) - In order to reduce the HS-SCCH overhead, a fixed time allocation approach could be used. In that case, the scheduling time of each VoIP user is semi-static and thus there is no need to transmit e.g. HS-SCCH toward the UE for the initial transmissions, if the UE knows when to receive data on the HS-DSCH and what transport format is used. There are at least two ways of implementing this: 1) HS-SCCH/E-DPCCH signalling to indicate parameters of a first transmission, with subsequent transmissions using the same parameters (and HS-SCCH/E-DPCCH always sent when changes needed), or 2) fixed allocation, RRC signalling used to allocate users and tell the default transport parameters. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321405 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for transmitting data in a subframe including two slots in a communication system. Resource allocation information is received at a UE. The UE determines a resource for data transmission based on the resource allocation information, whether hopping is enabled, whether mirroring is enabled, and whether hopping is intra-subframe and inter-subframe hopping or inter-subframe hopping. Data is transmitted via the determined resource from the UE to a Node B | 10-30-2014 |
20140321406 | MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Embodiments contemplate wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) transmissions of different types of uplink channels and/or signals in a system deployment where multiple destination points may exist. Some embodiments contemplate that a WTRU may select the destination point of a transmission on a dynamic basis. In one or more systems where destination point selection from among multiple potential destination points may be possible for a WTRU transmission, some embodiments contemplate the determination of the handling of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) retransmissions and for different power headroom reporting mechanisms. Embodiments also contemplate the reduction and/or inhibition of WTRU transmissions to destination points to which the WTRU may have lost connectivity. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321407 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for allowing a terminal to transmit cone or more pieces of channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system, and the method for transmitting the CSI comprises the steps of: determining CSI reference resources from a subframe which is to transmit the one or more pieces of CSI; and transmitting the one or more pieces of CSI measured in the CSI reference resources wherein the determination of the CSI reference resources uses measurement sets which include one or more interference measurement sets and one or more signal measurement sets, and if the CSI reference resources are included in an overlapping manner in two or more of the one or more interference measurement sets and the one or more signal measurement sets, a resource for measuring interference or a signal is separated within the CSI reference resources. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA USING EXTENSION CARRIER IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for receiving data using an extension carrier in a wireless access system that supports a carrier aggregation/multiple cells. A method in which a terminal receives data in a wireless access system that supports a carrier aggregation according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a step of receiving data starting point information indicating the symbol in a subframe at which a transmission of said data starts when data is transmitted via a secondary carrier that constitutes the carrier aggregation together with a primary carrier; and a step of receiving said data via the secondary carrier based on the data starting point information. The symbol at which the transmission of said data starts is determined from any one of a plurality of symbols including a first symbol of the subframe. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321409 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING OPERATING MODE OF DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and apparatus for determining an operating mode of a device. A method for switching an operating mode of a device from a white-space bandwidth according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: starting a timer related to database access if the device is operating in a first operating mode; determining whether a message is received from the database while the timer is in operation; and switching to a second operating mode if a message is not received from the existing database and the timer has expired. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321410 | Configuring a Communication Channel within a Cell of a Cellular Network Comprising Another Cell which Uses Muting Patterns - A method for configuring a first communication channel within a first cell of a cellular network. The method includes determining a first plurality of the subframes of the first communication channel being related in time with the unscheduled subframes of a second communication channel and a second plurality of the subframes of the first communication channel being related in time with the scheduled subframes of the second communication channel, specifying a transmission scheme, by a first base station, for the first communication channel based on the determined first plurality of the subframes and based on the determined second plurality of the subframes, the transmission scheme including a first type of transmission for the first plurality of the subframes and a second type of transmission for the second plurality of the subframes, and configuring, by the first base station, the first communication channel according to the specified transmission scheme. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321411 | SERVICE LINK ESTABLISHMENT - A method of establishing a plurality of service links between user equipment and a network access node in a wireless telecommunications network, and user equipment and a computer program product operable to perform that method. The method comprises: determining that there is data traffic to be sent between user equipment and the network access node; establishing a first service link for communication of the data traffic; determining that there is further data traffic requiring establishment of a second service link, to be sent between the user equipment and the network access node; determining a pre-set radio condition parameter indicative of radio condition required for successful communication of the further data traffic on the second service link between said user equipment and the network access node; assessing radio condition experienced at the user equipment and, if said radio condition parameter is being met, establishing a second service link for communication of the further data traffic. Such a method allows user equipment to determine whether a second service link is likely to be successfully established, thereby offering an opportunity to minimise unnecessary network signalling and the likelihood that a second service link will pull down the first service link | 10-30-2014 |
20140321412 | PAGING OFF-LINE STATE TERMINALS - A mobile communications system includes a mobile communications network configured to transmit/receive data to/from communications terminals. The mobile communications network includes a virtual mobility manager configured to store at least part of context information of a communications terminal when the communications terminal enters an off-line state so that if a triggering event occurs when the communications terminal is in the off-line state, the virtual mobility manager can page the off-line communications terminal in the off-line state so that a communications bearer can be established with the communications terminal using the stored context information, for communicating the data after the communications terminal has moved to an attached state. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321413 | Baseband Resource Allocation Method and Device Thereof - A method and an apparatus for automatically allocating baseband resources are disclosed. The method includes: traversing all automatically allocated local cell sets, automatically allocated BP board sets and automatically allocated BBU shelf sets, and generating cell sets to be allocated, allocated cell sets, cell sets to be adjusted, idle BP board sets and associated machine shelf sets; and traversing all automatically allocated BBU shelf sets, and allocating all automatically allocated baseband resource BBU shelf sets to local cells according to an allocation principle. With the above method and apparatus thereof, baseband resources are allocated to a cell cyclically according to the allocation principle, which makes full use of baseband resources, thus utilizing the baseband resources to the greatest extent, and furthermore reducing the manual participation process, lowering the error probability, and greatly improving the working efficiency when establishing base stations on a large scale in a cluster environment. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321414 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for decoding a channel in a wireless communication system. User equipment receives, from a base station, a candidate group of antenna ports including a plurality of antenna ports, and receives a reference signal from the base station onto enhanced physical downlink control channel (e-PDCCH) ports that correspond to all or some of the plurality of antennas in the candidate group of antenna ports. The user equipment blind-decodes the e-PDCCH configured in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH), on the basis of the received reference signal. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321415 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL SWITCHING INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a channel switching information. A method for transmitting switching information of an operating channel may comprises the step of: receiving a candidate channel frame including channel switch candidate information through the operating channel, and preferentially scanning a candidate operation channel induced based on the channel switch candidate information if the operating channel is changed, wherein the candidate operation channel may be a channel having a possibility of being preferentially selected when the operating channel is changed to another channel. As a result, when an access point (AP) shifts the operating channel, the shifted channel can be quickly scanned and associated with AP. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321416 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CROSS LINK ESTABLISHMENT - A method and apparatus for controlling crosslink (XL) establishment are disclosed. In the method and apparatus, the XL between a terminal wireless transmit/receive unit (T-WTRU) and a helper WTRU (H-WTRU) is controlled, whereby the T-WTRU and the H-WTRU may be in a radio resource control (RRC) Idle mode and may perform discontinuous reception (DRX). Further, the T-WTRU may transition between infrastructure coverage mode and WTRU-to-WTRU (W2W) coverage mode. Additionally, neighbor discovery and H-WTRU selection are performed and association between the T-WTRU and H-WTRU is established and maintained. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321417 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTIMEDIA CALL - A method and system for implementing a multimedia call are provided. The method includes: after receiving a calling request from a VoIP client, a calling controller transmitting the calling request to an application server; the application server acquiring rate options of calling respective called numbers by the VoIP client and returning the rate options to the calling controller, wherein the respective called numbers comprise one or multiple numbers registered by and/or bound with a called party of the calling request; the calling controller transmitting the rate options to the VoIP client, and suspending call handling of the calling request; and, after receiving a rate option selected by the VoIP terminal among the rate options, the calling controller transmitting the rate option selected by the VoIP terminal to the application server, resuming the call handling, and connecting a call between the VoIP client and a called terminal of a called number corresponding to the rate option selected. The disclosure shows the rate of the call before connecting the call, thereby improving user experience. | 10-30-2014 |
20140321418 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COVERAGE EXTENSION - Various methods are described coverage enhancement of delay limited services according to an example embodiment. One example method may comprise generating one or more transport blocks. In some example embodiments, the transport blocks are configured to contain a data payload replica. The method of this embodiment may also include causing the one or more transport blocks to be transmitted via parallel hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes. In some example embodiments, the one or more transport blocks are transmitted based on a limited number of transmissions. The method of this embodiment may also include causing transmission of the one or more transport blocks in an instance in which an allocation does not include a new data indicator and which includes a same transport block size and transport block format for the data payload replica. | 10-30-2014 |
20140328255 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONVEYING DEMODULATION PILOT INFORMATION IN A MULTI ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio network node ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140328256 | System and Method for Transmission Source Identification - A method embodiment includes receiving, by a first network device, a first transmission comprising an explicit first source identification (ID). The first source ID is added to a list of active source IDs. The first network device receives a second transmission. The second transmission does not include an explicit second source ID. The first network device determines the second source ID by using the list of active source IDs. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328257 | INTERFERENCE CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Wireless communication techniques for controlling radio frequency (RF) interference among a plurality of wireless devices operating at a location include monitoring RF utilization at the location, receiving a request from a wireless device indicating that the wireless device wishes to operate using an RF interference control service and communicating, in response to the received request from the wireless device, a software module that provides access point functionality to the wireless device. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328258 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A dynamic resource allocation method is introduced herein. The method is adapted to a base station. The method includes the following steps. A number of contending devices in the random access slot is estimated. A reference value is calculated according to the number of the contending devices and a resource allocation parameter. A number of specific resources is calculated according to the number of the contending devices, a number of acknowledgeable machine-type communication devices of the base station at the random access slot and a preamble detection probability. A number of reserved random access opportunities is determined according to a maximum number of the random access opportunities, the number of the specific resources and the reference value. The resources are allocated to the at least one machine-type communication device according to the number of the reserved random access opportunities. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328259 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DETERMINING MEASUREMENT POWER OFFSETS - Disclosed herein, among other things, is a method performed by a user equipment (UE) for providing to a network channel station information (CSI). The method comprises: receiving from the network two measurement power offsets, a first measurement power offset and a second measurement power offset; selecting one of said two measurement power offsets; computing CSI using the selected measurement power offset; and transmitting to the network the determined CSI. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328260 | SCHEDULING OVER MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS - Methods and apparatus of a NodeB or a User Equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The NodeB transmits and the UE receives Physical Downlink Data CHannels (PDSCHs) or the UE transmits and the NodeB receives Physical Uplink Data CHannels (PUSCHs) in respective Transmission Time Intervals (TTIs). The PDSCHs or the PUSCHs are scheduled by a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format transmitted in a Physical Downlink Control CHannel (PDCCH) in a TTI. A communication process enabling multi-TTI or cross-TTI scheduling of PDSCHs or PUSCHs is provided. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328261 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PEER-TO-PEER AND AP TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING - Systems, methods, and devices for concurrently allowing station-to-station transmissions and access point-to-station transmissions are described herein. In some aspects, a method comprises transmitting, to an access point, a request for an available channel frequency. The method further comprises receiving a coordination message from the access point. The coordination message may indicate that a first frequency channel is allocated for transmissions between a first device and a second device and that a second frequency channel is allocated for transmissions between a third device and a fourth device. The method further comprises transmitting a first data packet to the fourth device using the second frequency channel concurrently with a transmission of a second data packet between the first device and the second device using the first frequency channel. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328262 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PEER-TO-PEER AND AP TRAFFIC MULTIPLEXING - Systems, methods, and devices for concurrently allowing station-to-station transmissions and access point-to-station transmissions are described herein. In some aspects, a method comprises receiving, from a first device, a peer request to send message requesting a first time for transmissions with a second device. The method further comprises reserving the first time for transmissions between the first device and the second device. The method further comprises transmitting a coordination message to the first device and the second device. The coordination message may indicate that the first time is reserved for transmissions between the first device and the second device. The method further comprises transmitting a first data packet to a third device during a time other than the first time. The first device may transmit a second data packet to the second device during the first time. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328263 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SCHEDULING PACKET TRANSMISSION - A device and method for scheduling packet transmission are disclosed. The disclosed device includes: an interface unit configured to transmit and receive a packet; a controller configured to calculate a local time and an ARQ time from a packet to be transmitted, where the local time is determined in proportion to a packet delay bound, and the ARQ time is determined based on the local time and the packet delay bound; a queue in which the packet to be transmitted is inputted; and a scheduler configured to determine a transmission order of packets inputted in the queue based on at least one of the local time and the ARQ time. The disclosed device provides the advantage of efficient packet transmission in a multi-hop wireless network. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328264 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATION MESSAGING USING HIGH EFFICIENCY WIFI - Systems, methods, and devices for coordinating access to a shared medium are described herein. In some aspects, a method includes receiving information at an access point. The method further includes modifying, based on the received information, the use of the shared medium by one or more wireless devices to reduce the likelihood that the wireless devices are subject to interference. The method may further include determining whether one or more wireless devices is subject to interference with another wireless device in the wireless network. The method may further include identifying the one or more wireless devices that is subject to interference. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328265 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DOWNLINK FREQUENCY DOMAIN MULTIPLEXING TRANSMISSIONS - Systems, methods, and devices for transmitting data are described herein. In some aspects, a method comprises generating a first message. The first message may comprise an allocation of a first station to a first frequency channel and a second station to a second frequency channel. The method further comprises transmitting the first message over the first frequency channel and the second frequency channel. The method further comprises transmitting, after transmission of the first message, a second message to the first station using the first frequency channel. The method further comprises transmitting, after transmission of the first message, a third message to the second station using the second frequency channel. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND FEEDING BACK CHANNEL INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING BEAM FORMING - A method of feeding back channel information by a receiver in a communication system beam forming is provided. The method includes determining an optimum reception beam using intensities of reference signals received through transmission beams of a base station for a first period through a first path for mapping analog beams of an input signal, and determining an optimum transmission beam of the transmission beams using intensities of reference signals received through the optimum reception beam for a second period through a second path for mapping analog beams of the input signal, and transmitting channel information measured by using a reference signal received through the optimum transmission beam and the optical reception beam to a transmitter. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328267 | STRUCTURE OF MOBILE TERMINAL OPERATING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND OPERATION METHOD THEREFOR - A mobile terminal in a mobile communication system supporting device to device (D2D) communication, and a method for operating the mobile terminal are provided. The terminal includes a first radio frequency (RF) chain configured to transmit a mobile communication signal and a second RF chain configured to receive a mobile communication signal, for mobile communication with a base station, a switching unit including a plurality of switches configured to establish transmission and reception paths in the first and second RF chains, and a controller configured to control switching of the switching unit to establish transmission and reception paths of a D2D communication signal for D2D communication by combining a part of the first RF chain with a part of the second RF chain. The combination of the parts of the first and second RF chains is different according to a D2D communication frequency band. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328268 | TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) BASED CHANNEL REUSE - A method includes determining, at a first transmitter, whether to permit reuse of a first transmit opportunity (TXOP) associated with a message. The method further includes sending a portion of the message from the first transmitter to a first receiver. The portion of the message indicates whether reuse, by a reuse transmitter, of the first TXOP is permitted. When reuse of the first TXOP is permitted, the reuse transmitter is permitted to send a second message while the first transmitter sends a second portion of the message to the first receiver during the first TXOP. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328269 | TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) BASED CHANNEL REUSE - A method includes sending, from a first transmitter to a first receiver, a request to send (RTS) message associated with a first transmit opportunity (TXOP). The RTS message requests the first receiver to indicate whether reuse of the first TXOP is permitted. The method further includes receiving, at the first transmitter from the first receiver, a clear to send (CTS) message responsive to the RTS message. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328270 | TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY (TXOP) BASED CHANNEL REUSE - A method includes determining, at a first transmitter, a clear channel access (CCA) threshold associated with reuse of a first transmit opportunity (TXOP) of a message. The method further includes sending, from the first transmitter to a first receiver, at least a portion of the message, wherein the portion of the message indicates the CCA threshold. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328271 | METHODS FOR PREVENTING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for preventing in device coexistence (IDC) interference of a communications apparatus including at least a first radio module providing a first wireless communications service in a first wireless network in compliance with a first protocol and a second radio module providing a second wireless communications service in a second wireless network in compliance with a second protocol, the method includes: determining whether a protection scheme for preventing IDC interference is to be performed; determining a predetermined time to activate the protection scheme when the protection scheme is determined to be performed; and transmitting a predetermined message to the second wireless network at the predetermined time to activate the protection scheme. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328272 | LEVERAGING DIVERSE COMMUNICATION LINKS TO IMPROVE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN NETWORK SUBREGIONS - A first subregion of a wireless mesh network is configured to transmit a data packet across multiple communication links to a second subregion of the wireless mesh network. Due to varying connectivity levels associated with the multiple communication links, the second subregion receives different versions of the data packet. A designated node within the second subregion receives the different versions and then combines those versions to reconstruct the data packet. The designated node may receive the multiple versions of the data packet from nodes within the first subregion and/or receive multiple versions of the data packet from nodes residing within the second subregion. In this fashion, the designated node leverages path diversity between the first and second subregions to remedy poor connectivity between those subregions. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328273 | APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARTUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving, via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), downlink control information (DCI) including an SRS request for triggering transmission of an aperiodic SRS, detecting the SRS request, if a carrier indicator field (CIF) is configured, transmitting the aperiodic SRS on a uplink (UL) component carrier (CC), among a plurality of UL CCs, corresponding to the CIF, and if a CIF is not configured, transmitting the aperiodic SRS on a UL CC, among the plurality of UL CCs, in which a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) is scheduled by the DCI. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328274 | High Capacity Wireless Communications Systems and Methods - Systems and methods for efficiently transmitting information over a wireless network segment are provided herein. An exemplary method may include separating, via a transmitter, digital fronthaul data into general information and radio signal information, transmitting the general information over the wireless network segment from the transmitter to a receiver on a first communications channel, and transmitting the radio signal information over the wireless network segment from the transmitter to the receiver on a second communications channel. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328275 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING REDUCED BANDWIDTH ACQUISITION LATENCY - Methods and systems for providing reduced bandwidth acquisition latency may comprise a multi-protocol premises-based communication network comprising a wired network operating in accordance with a multimedia over cable alliance (MoCA) standard and a wireless network operating in accordance with an IEEE 802.11x standard comprising one or more of 802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n, and 802.11ac. A reservation request for wired network bandwidth may be communicated over the wireless network and a second redundant reservation request for bandwidth on the wired network may be communicated over the wired network. An allocation of wired network bandwidth may be received over the wireless network and the received allocation of wired network bandwidth may be used for communicating over only the wired network. The second redundant reservation request may be indicated as redundant using a bit flag. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328276 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SWITCHING ANTENNA AND CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS IN BROADBAND WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for antenna switching, grouping, and channel assignments in wireless communication systems. The invention allows multiuser diversity to be exploited with simple antenna operations, therefore increasing the capacity and performance of wireless communications systems. Channel characteristics indicative of signal reception quality for downlink or bi-directional traffic for each channel/antenna resource combination are measured or estimated at a subscriber. Corresponding channel characteristic information is returned to the base station. Channel characteristics information may also be measured or estimated for uplink or bi-directional signals received at each of multiple receive antenna resources. The base station employs channel allocation logic to assign uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels for multiple subscribers based on channel characteristics measured and/or estimated for the uplink, downlink and/or bi-directional channels. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328277 | System and Method for Multi-Cell Access - A system and method for multi-cell access are provided. A method includes transmitting at least one control channel to a communications device. The at least one control channel includes control information, and the transmitting is performed by at least one cell in a subset of a cooperating set. The method also includes transmitting to the communications device based on control information transmitted to the communications device, or receiving from the communications device based on control information transmitted to the communications device. The transmitting is performed by at least one other cell in the cooperating set, or the receiving is performed by the at least one other cell in the cooperating set. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328278 | MOBILITY IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A device, method or system implements operations to receive compressed samples of wireless transmissions from a plurality of user equipment (UEs) traveling through different communication regions in a wireless network, and detect information in the wireless transmissions of the UEs based on the compressed samples. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328279 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTED DATA ROUTING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - In various embodiments, the data plane may be abstracted from a control plane in a wireless network such as WiMax, WiFi, LTE or the like. In some embodiments, a routing device comprises a control module, a service module, and a router module. The control module may be configured to receive communication instructions from a control server. The service module may be configured to process the communication instructions and provide data path instructions based on the communication instructions. The router module may be configured to receive data from a source device and route the processed data to a target device based on the data path instructions. The control server may comprise a WiMax server such as an ASN server or a CSN server. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328280 | Radio Communication Method, Radio Communication System, Radio Base Station, and Radio Terminal Station - This radio communication method is used to perform spatial multiplexing communication between cells in the overlap cell environment. In the MU-MIMO overlap cell environment, when a null is formed between a radio base station and a radio terminal station belonging to different cells, a first set of a “call signal” and a “response signal” is used to perform mutual detection with the radio base station and the radio terminal station belonging to different cells, and then a null is formed so as not to cause interference of radio waves between the radio base station and the radio terminal station belonging to different cells. At this time, the addresses of the radio base station and the radio terminal station are used to discriminate whether the radio base station and the radio terminal station belong to the same cell or different cells. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328281 | EFFECTIVE METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR SUPPORTING UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - Disclosed is a method for transmitting control information on uplink multi-antenna transmission from a base station and the method includes: transmitting DCI that schedules uplink transmission of a first data block and a second data block through a PDCCH; receiving the first and second data blocks scheduled by the DCI; transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK for the received first and second data blocks, respectively, by using a first PHICH for the first data block and a second PHICH resource for the second data block; receiving a retransmission for a negative-acknowledged data block; and transmitting information indicating ACK or NACK of the retransmission of the negative-acknowledged data block by using the first PHICH resource when the number of negative-acknowledged data blocks is not identical to the number of data blocks that the PDCCH indicates. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328282 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are a radio terminal device, a radio base station device, and a channel signal forming method which can prevent quality degradation of the downlink source allocation information by reducing the frequency of the zero information addition process to the downlink resource allocation information when executing communication using an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands correlated to the uplink unit band. A base station can execute communication using the uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands correlated to the uplink unit band. The base station includes: a PDCCH generation unit which includes the uplink allocation information relating to the uplink unit band only in some of the channel signals formed for each of the downlink unit bands; and a padding unit which adds zero information to the downlink allocation information only in the selected some channel signals having the bandwidth of the corresponding downlink unit band smaller than that of the uplink unit band until the downlink allocation information size becomes equal to the uplink allocation information size. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for wireless communications, which relate to the field of communications and are used to solve the problem of a relatively low communication quality in the advanced full duplex communication technology. The method provided in the present invention includes: dividing available radio resources in a communication system into first radio resources and second radio resources, where the first radio resources and the second radio resources occupy different radio resources; simultaneously performing bidirectional transmission of communication information with a user equipment through the first radio resources; and performing unidirectional transmission of communication information with the user equipment through the second radio resources. The present invention is applicable to the field of communications and used for wireless communications. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328284 | SECONDARY CARRIER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328285 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND TERMINAL DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION OF A WI-FI NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to the field of Internet technology. A data transmission method, apparatus and terminal device of a Wi-Fi network are provided according to the disclosure. The method including: a first terminal device establishes a communication connection with a second terminal device via the UDP protocol; according to the communication connection, the first terminal device establishes a socket connection with the second terminal device; and the first terminal device sends the transmission data to the second terminal device via the socket connection. The disclosure makes it possible that, once terminal devices are within the same Wi-Fi network, the data transmission may be directly performed between the terminal devices, without dependency on the server. Also, as the data transmission process does not need the operations such as identification, adding friends, and so on, the data transmission process is much easier and faster. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328286 | RADAR DETECTION IN A BROADBAND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Potential radar pulses are detected in a received signal waveform at a terminal of a broadband radio communication system, and a reception time is ascertained for each of the potential radar pulses. A pair of pulses is selected having respective reception times separated by an allowed pulse repetition intervals. One or more further pulses is selected that is related to the selected pair by having a respective reception time separated from the respective reception time of at least one pulse of the pair of pulses by one or more pulse repetition intervals from the set of pulse repetition intervals. At least two other pulses are discounted, that have respective reception times separated by a pulse repetition interval in the set of allowed pulse repetition intervals on the basis of not being related to the selected pair by having a respective reception time separated from the respective reception time of at least one pulse of said pair of pulses by one or more pulse repetition intervals from the set of pulse repetition intervals. The transmission of data is inhibited at least in part in dependence on the selection of the further pulses related to the selected pair. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328287 | OPPORTUNISTIC DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of computer-implemented methods, systems, computing devices, and computer-readable media are described herein for opportunistically transitioning service flows of mobile devices between being direct and indirect. In various embodiments, a proximity between first and second mobile devices that are in wireless communication with each other may be monitored. In various embodiments, a selective transition of a service flow between the first and second mobile devices from being indirect through the radio network access node using a first radio access technology (“RAT”) to being direct using a second RAT may be facilitated, e.g., responsive to a determination that a first criterion has been met. In various embodiments, a selective transition of the service flow from being direct using the second RAT to being indirect using the first RAT may be facilitated, e.g., responsive to a determination that a second criterion has been met. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328288 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE - A method, a device, and a system for controlling quality of service are provided. The method includes: obtaining, by a policy and charging enforcement function PCEF entity, a service flow priority identifier (FPI) of a downlink data packet, where the FPI is used to indicate a priority of a service flow to which the downlink data packet belongs; carrying, by the PCEF, the FPI in the downlink data packet; and sending, by the PCEF, the downlink data packet to a base station, so that the base station sends the downlink data packet to a user equipment UE according to the FPI. By adopting the method, the device, and the system according to the embodiments of the present invention, end-to-end differentiated processing of a service flow can be implemented, differentiated experiences can be provided for different levels of subscribers and different types of services. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UPLINK DATA BY DRX-MODE TERMINAL IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for transmitting data by a terminal in a mobile telecommunication system, the method including transmitting a scheduling request for requesting resources for transmitting the data, monitoring a control channel to receive resource allocation information, continuously monitoring the control channel during a first period if the resources are allocated, transmitting the data based on the allocated resources, and monitoring the control channel to receive feedback information corresponding to the data during a second period following the transmission of the data. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328290 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN COMMUNICATIONS OF COEXISTING TRANSCEIVERS - A wireless device including a first transceiver to communicate according to a first schedule using a first communication protocol. The first schedule includes information of uplink and downlink slots. A second transceiver communicates according to a second schedule using a second communication protocol. The second schedule includes a first number of slots for transmitting packets. A scheduler changes, based on the first schedule, the first number of slots to a second number of slots. The second number of slots is greater than the first number of slots. A packetizer selects a packet type of a first packet for transmission from the first transceiver to a remote device. The packet type indicates that the first packet requires the second number of slots for transmission and shifts transmission of a response from the remote device to one of the downlink slots to minimize interference between communications of the first and second transceivers. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328291 | MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL LAYER ARCHITECTURE FOR SUPPORTING ENHANCED UPLINK - A method and apparatus for processing data is disclosed. A request for uplink resources is transmitted. An uplink scheduling grant is received in response to the request for uplink resources. Data from at least one medium access control for dedicated channel (MAC-d) flow is multiplexed into a medium access control for enhanced uplink (MAC-e) protocol data unit (PDU). A transport format combination (TFC) is selected for transmission of the MAC-e PDU, at least based on the uplink scheduling grant, a maximum allowed transmit power, and logical channel priority. A MAC-e PDU is transmitted over an enhanced uplink channel using a hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) process. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328292 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, particularly, a method in which a terminal transmits control information in a CA-based wireless communication system and an apparatus for the method, the method comprising: configuring a first cell and a second cell having different subframe configurations, wherein the second cell has any one of UL-DL configuration #0 to #6; receiving a DC) format including a DAI field, for the second cell; and transmitting HARQ-ACK information relating to the downlink DCI format. For HARQ-ACK timing, in cases where a reference UL-DL configuration applied to the second cell is any one of UL-DL configurations #1 to #6, the DAI field is used in a process of transmitting the HARQ-ACK information. For HARQ-ACK timing, in cases where a reference UL-DL configuration applied to the second cell is #0, the DAI field is not used in a process of transmitting the HARQ-ACK information. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328293 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring an acknowledgement for a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving downlink data through one of a first downlink component carrier and a second downlink component carrier from a base station; and determining whether the first or second downlink component carrier is used for receiving the downlink data. If the first downlink component carrier is used for receiving the downlink data, the resource used for the PUCCH is determined by using a control channel element (CCE). If the second downlink component carrier is used for receiving the downlink data, the resource used for the PUCCH is determined by using a radio resource control (RRC) message. The resource used for the PUCCH is associated with an orthogonal sequence with which the ACK/NACK signal is spread. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328294 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USING RADIO CHANNELS - In a non-limiting and example embodiment, a method is provided for controlling usage of prioritized radio channels, comprising: detecting ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140328295 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method in which a base station transmits a signal in a wireless communication system, said method comprising: a step of allocating downlink control information to either a first slot or a second slot of a subframe; a step of allocating data related to said downlink control information to the slot to which said downlink control information is allocated; and a step of transmitting the subframe including said downlink control information and said data. The downlink control information is allocated to one or more resource block, and the data is allocated to the slot paired with the slot to which the downlink control information is allocated. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328296 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATION WITH MULTIPLE RADIO INTERFACES - Methods, apparatus, computer program products and wireless devices are provided for performing a wireless P2P communication application in a wireless device equipped with two or more radio interfaces. A method comprises establishing a first transport layer connection for transporting meta-information of a P2P communication application via a first radio interface; and establishing a second transport layer connection with at least one peer node for transporting data chunks of the P2P communication application by using a network address of a second radio interface, so that the data chunks can be transported via the second radio interface. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328297 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING/FACILITATING THE DETERMINATION OF PUCCH RESOURCE AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for determining a Physical Uplink Control Channel PUCCH resource for a user equipment and a corresponding user equipment, and a method for facilitating the determination of a PUCCH resource for a user equipment and a corresponding base station, wherein the PUCCH resource is used to transmit a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request HARQ feed back (ACK or NACK) of the user equipment with respect to its corresponding Physical Downlink Shared Channel PDSCH. In the present invention, an index value for a Control Channel Element CCE scheduled for the user equipment in an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel E-PDCCH is firstly acquired, and then based on the index value and a first parameter, the PUCCH resource used to transmit the HARQ feedback of the user equipment with respect to its corresponding PDSCH is determined, the first parameter representing a reference value that should be used when determining the PUCCH resource used to transmit the HARQ feedback of the user equipment with respect to its corresponding PDSCH, if scheduling the CCE for the user equipment in the E-PDCCH. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328298 | Uplink Power Control for Wireless Communications - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product (e.g., a computer readable memory) for implementing power control for uplink orthogonal and non-orthogonal resources for an uplink channel, e.g. for PUCCH or PUCSH, when CoMP is utilized in a wireless network (e.g., LTE). | 11-06-2014 |
20140328299 | TRANSMISSION OF DEVICE TO DEVICE SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS USING MACROCELL COMMUNICATION RESOURCES - A first wireless communication user equipment (UE) device transmits a device-to device (D2D) Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) to a second wireless communication (UE) device using microcell communication resources. The second wireless communication (UE) device evaluates the SRS to discover the first wireless communication (UE) device, estimate channel conditions, and/or determine Channel State Information. Information indicative of the CSI is reported to a base station. Based on the reported channel conditions, (D2D) communication resources are scheduled by assigning microcell communication resources to the wireless communication (UE) devices. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328300 | METHOD, NETWORK ELEMENT AND UE ACHIEVING IDENTIFIER AND LOCATION SEPARATION AND INTERFACE IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, network element and terminal of achieving identity and location separation and interface identifier allocation. The method of achieving an identity and location separation network includes: an EPS network side network element acquiring an Access Identifier (AID) of a User Equipment (UE), and transmitting the acquired AID to the UE; a Packet Data Network Gateway (P-GW) to which the UE is attached allocating a subnet prefix for the UE, and transmitting the subnet prefix to the UE; and the UE combining into an IPv6 address using the AID as an interface identifier part of the IPv6 address and the subnet prefix as a subnet prefix part of the IPv6 address, and using the IPv6 address to configure the IPv6 address of the UE itself. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328301 | DATA RECEIVING METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE - Provided is a data receiving method in a wireless communication system and a wireless device using the same. A wireless device monitors a downlink control channel, and receives a downlink reference signal to be used in a demodulation of a downlink transmission block based on the resource to be used in the monitoring the downlink control channel. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328302 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transceiving a downlink control channel. According to one embodiment of the present invention, method in which a base station transmits downlink control information in a wireless communication system comprises: a step for determining an allocatable resource region for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) of a local allocation system; a step for allocating an E-PDCCH to the determined allocatable resource region for the E-PDCCH; and a step for transmitting the downlink control information on the allocated E-PDCCH. The allocatable resource region for the E-PDCCH can be set as a group of partial resource regions in each of a plurality of partitions when a downlink system bandwidth contains said plurality of partitions. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328303 | LOW BANDWIDTH MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION IN A LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORK - The present invention provides a method and system for enabling machine type communication in a long term evolution (LTE) network environment. In one embodiment, a Physical (PHY) layer of a LTE protocol stack maps data bits in resource elements of a logical channel to resource elements of a physical channel. The PHY layer identifies the data bits intended for legacy devices but mapped to a first set of resource elements of machine type communication (MTC) devices and the data bits intended for the MTC device but mapped to the second set of resource elements of the legacy devices. Accordingly, the PHY layer remaps the data bits intended for the legacy devices to the second set of resource elements and the data bits intended for the MTC devices to the first set of resource elements prior to transmission. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328304 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - If a plurality of channel state information reports corresponding to different cells have collided (Yes in step S | 11-06-2014 |
20140328305 | METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL - Provided are a method for monitoring a control channel and a wireless device using same. A wireless device decodes downlink control information on a downlink control channel on L number of resource units in an aggregation level L (L>1). The downlink control information comprises a plurality of modulation symbols, and permutations of the plurality of modulation symbols are mapped to the L number of resource units. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328306 | Methods and Devices Enabling Resource Sharing for Device-to-Device Communication in Unlicensed Band - The invention proposes a device, comprising a transceiver module, configured for communication on a first and at least one second band, the first band being reserved for communication using a specific communication standard, the second band being accessible for communication using different communication standards, and a control module, configured to control the transceiver module to receive and to transmit data, and to process received data. In one aspect, the control module is configured to request communication resources in the second band from another device using a first type of request, allocate said resources in the second band for communication upon receipt of a resource allocation confirmation from said another device, and to communicate using at least a part of the allocated resources in the second band A corresponding network device as well as related methods and computer program products are also disclosed. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328307 | RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a radio communication, a UE terminal uses a CSI-RS as a reference signal for point selection only in the case of a scenario 4, and uses a CRS as a reference signal for point selection in the cases of scenarios 1 to 3 other than the scenario 4. Through RRC signaling, an eNodeB notifies the UE terminal of the fact that the measurement of a specific cell ID will be performed using a CSI-RS, that is, a cell ID using a CSI-RS as a reference signal for point selection. The operations suppress overhead of reference signals and improve a point selection update frequency. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328308 | Radio Base Station with Asymmetric Interface Between Baseband Unit and RF Unit - The invention relates to an integrated antenna node ( | 11-06-2014 |
20140328309 | SMALL CELL UPLINK INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Identifying a interfering, candidate or suspect of interfering (interferer) user device, UE, being served by a first base station (macro eNB) and causing uplink interference on a second base station (small cell). The first base station (macro eNB) transmits uplink channel configuration information (PRACH configuration info) to the second base station (small cell). The first base station (macro eNB) receives an Interference indication message, comprising an indication that a cell of the second base station (small cell) is experiencing uplink interference form at least one user device. For each of a plurality of user devices being served by the first base station (macro eNB), the first base station (macro eNB), assigns a preamble to the user device, UE, and transmits the assigned preamble to the user device, UE. The first base station (macro eNB) also transmits the assigned preambles to the second base station (small cell). The first base station (macro eNB) then receives a list of preambles detected at the second base station, and identifies the at least one interfering user device, UE, based on the received list. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328310 | Method and system for communication between devices in proximity, network side device and user equipment - A method and a system for communication between devices in proximity, a network side device and a User Equipment (UE) are disclosed. The method includes that: a network side device determines whether UEs meet a direct Device to Device (D2D) communication condition; when the network side device determines that the UEs meet the direct D2D communication condition, the network side device informs the UEs of the result of the determination, and configures resources for direct D2D communication for the UEs according to requirements of the UEs; and when the network side device determines that the UEs do not meet the direct D2D communication condition, the network side device configures resources for architecture communication for the UEs according to the requirements of the UEs. The disclosure can implement D2D communication between devices in proximity, reduce network load and relieve the dependence of the D2D communication on a network. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328311 | ASSIGNING FREQUENCY BANDS FROM A GROUP OF FREQUENCY BANDS TO A WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A method for assigning frequency bands from a group of frequency bands, the method comprising determining a quality of service being required by the wireless network system, comparing the required quality of service with the predefined categories of the plurality of groups of frequency bands, selecting a group of frequency bands based on the comparison, and assigning at least one band from the selected group of frequency bands to the wireless network system, for communication between the at least one base station and the at least one user equipment. | 11-06-2014 |
20140328312 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL-BASED OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for enhanced control channel-based operation. A method for a base station for transmitting a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one antenna port to be used for the downlink control channel; mapping the downlink control channel to a resource element on the basis of a reference signal for the one antenna port; and transmitting the mapped downlink control channel to a terminal, wherein an index for the one antenna port can be determined on the basis of a control channel element (CCE) index of the downlink control channel derived from the terminal identifier. | 11-06-2014 |
20140334387 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR PROTECTING SHARED TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY - Embodiments of the invention provide signaling mechanisms for wireless networks composed of a large number of stations. An example method embodiment comprises: receiving, by a first apparatus, a request-to-send frame for a transmission opportunity from a second apparatus; transmitting, by the first apparatus, a first clear-to-send frame for a shared transmission opportunity to the second apparatus; receiving, by the first apparatus, a second clear-to-send frame as response to the first clear-to-send frame from a third apparatus; receiving a data frame from the second apparatus during the shared transmission opportunity; and forwarding the data frame to the third apparatus during the same shared transmission opportunity. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334388 | Proximity Signaling and Procedure for LTE - A method for communication in a wireless telecommunications system is provided. The method comprises receiving, by a first UE, a reference signal transmitted by a second UE and transmitting, by the first UE to a network node, a report indicating that the reference signal was received. The reference signal is received in a detection opportunity that occurs as one of a single detection opportunity or a portion of a pattern of detection opportunities. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334389 | STOPPING A RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - A wireless access network node receives, from a user equipment (UE), information relating to a random access procedure. The wireless access network node sends, to the UE, an indication to stop the random access procedure, based on the received information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334390 | EFFICIENT SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL (SRS) SYMBOL USAGE FOR SOUNDING AND DATA - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for controlling sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission are provided. One method includes incorporating into an uplink grant message, by a base station in a communications system, information on whether a last symbol of an uplink subframe is used for physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), for sounding reference signal (SRS), or is empty. The method may then include transmitting the uplink grant message comprising the information on the last symbol to a user equipment (UE). | 11-13-2014 |
20140334391 | CHANNEL STATE MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. A Type 2 channel state information (CSI) report is generated for a CSI reference resource. The Type 2 CSI report is sent to a base station. The Type 2 CSI report is computed from a channel measurement based on a non-zero power reference signal on a single subframe within a configured CSI-RS resource associated with a CSI process. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334392 | Mechanisms for Direct Inter-Device Signaling - Described herein is a user equipment comprising a processor configured to: derive a plurality of virtual subframes from an allocation of radio resources, the virtual subframes comprising a virtual special subframe and a virtual forward link subframe wherein the virtual forward link subframe comprises a first forward link portion and the virtual special subframe comprises one or more of: a second forward link portion, and a reverse link portion; transmit, via a direct device to device (DD2D) link, to a second user equipment during the first forward link portion; and receive, via the DD2D link, from the second user equipment during the reverse link portion. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334393 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY SELECTING A RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE WINDOW VALUE FOR USE WITH RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES IN A NETWORK - A method is provided in a user equipment node for dynamically selecting a random access response window value for use with random access procedures in a network. The method comprises the step of determining if a random access response window value is being signalled from the network for a first serving cell currently associated with the user equipment node. If so, the random access response window value being signalled for the first serving cell is used when performing a random access procedure in the first serving cell. If not, an alternative random access response window value for the first serving cell is used when performing a random access procedure in the first serving cell. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334394 | Method and Base Station for Power Allocation in Wireless System - A base station in a LTE system and a method for use in the base station ( | 11-13-2014 |
20140334395 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting control information. The wireless communication system may support carrier aggregation (CA). A method for transmitting control information to a base station by a terminal in a wireless communication system according to one aspect of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving at least one of either a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) from said base station via at least one serving cell provided on the terminal; and transmitting, to said base station, control information on the reception of said PDCCH or on the reception of said PDSCH indicated by the PDCCH. Said at least one serving cell may use a frequency division duplex (FDD) frame structure or a time division duplex (TDD) frame structure. Said control information may be transmitted using a control information feedback timing of a first serving cell determined in accordance with a preset criterion from said at least one serving cell. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334396 | INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE-BASED COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - Provided is an interference avoidance-based communication apparatus and method, the apparatus including an interface to receive operating channel number information transmitted by another communication apparatus in response to an event occurring in the other communication apparatus, and a processor to verify a current use channel of the other communication apparatus based on the received operating channel information, allocate a first weighted value to a remaining channel, aside from the verified current use channel and a second weighted value to the verified current use channel, and generate channel map information for use in hop selection based on the remaining channel to which the first weighted value is allocated and the current use channel to which the second weighted value is allocated. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334397 | ENHANCED PDSCH OPERATION - An enhanced data transmission operation is disclosed in which PDSCH and/or EPDCCH may be transmitted in the first symbol either with or without legacy control information multiplexed with the data transmissions. Base stations operating according to the various aspects may transmit indicators to related mobile devices that identify when such PDSCH/EPDCCH are transmitted in the first symbol period. UEs receive the multiplexed data transmissions and decode the appropriate PDSCH/EPDCCH transmissions along with any multiplexed legacy control information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334398 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR LOW POWER SENSOR COMMUNICATION SERVICE - A method for controlling radio resource allocation for a low power sensor communication service by a relay coordinator. The method may include configuring a frame that includes a Contention Access Period (CAP) offset and a Contention Free Period (CFP) offset of variable sizes, and an Relay Period (RP) that relays data between a Personal Area Network (PAN) coordinator and one or more lower hierarchical devices; and generating a beacon frame that includes information of the frame configuration, and transmitting the beacon frame to the one or more lower hierarchical devices; and transmitting data, which is received from the one or more lower hierarchical devices through the CFP, to the PAN coordinator through the RP, or transmitting data, which is received from the PAN coordinator through the RP, to lower hierarchical nodes through the CFP. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334399 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK SYNCHRONIZATION - Certain aspects relate to techniques and apparatus for network synchronization by network listening. Aspects include transmitting a synchronization signal for a base station (BS) to use for acquiring synchronization with the network. Aspects include listening for a synchronization signal from a BS to use for acquiring network synchronization. In aspects, a method for wireless communications by a BS is provided. The method generally includes acquiring synchronization with a network based on a first synchronization signal transmitted from a primary BS or a secondary BS, determining a synchronization stratum for the BS based on whether the BS acquired synchronization with the network from the primary BS or from the secondary BS, and transmitting a second synchronization signal for one or more other BS s to use for acquiring synchronization with the network, wherein the transmitting is based, at least in part on the determined synchronization stratum. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334400 | EFFICIENT DOWNLINK OPERATION FOR EIMTA - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques for wireless communications and, more particularly, to techniques that may be utilized, for example, to achieve efficient downlink (DL) operations for enhanced interference management for traffic adaptation (eIMTA) in long term evolution (LTE). | 11-13-2014 |
20140334401 | ACCESS POINT-ASSISTED POSITIONING FRAMEWORK - Methods, systems, and devices are described for a wireless positioning framework in which an access point (AP) broadcasts a message within a beacon interval that identifies a transmission schedule for a set of stations. The message may include an information element identifying the stations in the set. The set may be determined based on station clock drifts and/or a ranging accuracy sought by the AP. The AP may also provide a station identifier, and frame spacing and delay parameters, which may be used to determine a distinct backoff for each station. Using distinct backoffs allow the stations to avoid collisions when sending the transmissions. The AP may receive the transmissions according to the identified schedule and may determine a range (e.g., round-trip time) for each station in the set based at least on a time at which the respective transmission is received. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334402 | COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (CoMP) AND NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION/CANCELLATION - A method of wireless communications identifies a first virtual cell identity. The method also includes determining one or more virtual cells based on the identified first virtual cell identity. The method further includes processing one channel based on the determination. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334403 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING INTERFERENCE INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving information for interference cancellation of a mobile station (MS) is disclosed. The method is performed by the MS and includes receiving a restricted virtual radio network temporary identifier (V-RNTI) set including a plurality of V-RNTIs for interference signal cancellation from a serving base station (BS), wherein each of the plurality of V-RNTIs is associated with one or more RNTIs of one or more MSs served by a neighboring cell (hereinafter, “neighboring MS”), and receiving downlink control channel including a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit scrambled by at least one V-RNTI of the restricted V-RNTI set, for the neighboring MS, using the at least one V-RNTI, wherein, if two or more neighboring MSs having RNTIs associated with a specific V-RNTI among the plurality of V-RNTIs are scheduled at the same time, the specific V-RNTI is used only for downlink control channel for one of the two or more neighboring MSs. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334404 | RADIO ACCESS NETWORK NODE AND MOBILE STATION WITH INCREASED ACK/NACK SPACE FOR PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK MESSAGE - A radio access network node (e.g., base station system), a mobile station, and various methods are described herein that increase the size and/or efficiency of an ack/nack bitmap in one or more control messages (e.g., Packet Downlink Ack/Nack message(s)). The mobile station when operating in a Downlink Multi Carrier mode sends the one or more control messages to the radio access network node. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334405 | Cloud Site Controller Manager - A method and system for virtualization of access points are disclosed. According to certain embodiments, a cloud site controller manager can automatically respond to a discovery request from a wireless access point by sending, to the wireless access point, an IP address and port information of a tenant controller associated with the tenant account information with which the wireless access point is in turn associated. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334406 | Cloud Controller Access Point Discovery Protocol - A method and system for virtualization of access points are disclosed. According to certain embodiments, a cloud controller CAPWAP discovery protocol that uses the standard HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure) protocol is used to replace the traditional CAPWAP for use in the multi-tenant cloud structure. Further, according to certain embodiments, the access point has the intelligence to switch over from a CAPWAP over a Datagram Transport Layer Security (DTLS) protocol to a CAPWAP over HTTP protocol when the access point detects a firewall between the access point and the corresponding cloud controller. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334407 | PRECODING SIGNALING IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing data transmission between a transmitter and a receiver. The method includes the steps of generating a feedback message at the receiver in response to data received from the transmitter, assigning an identifier for the feedback message, storing the feedback message in association with the identifier in the receiver, transmitting the feedback message and the identifier to the transmitter, determining, at the transmitter, transmission format for data to be transmitted to the receiver based on the feedback message received from the receiver; and transmitting data and a control message, by the transmitter, using the determined transmission format, with the control message comprising the identifier of the feedback message based on which the transmission format is determined. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334408 | METHOD FOR MAPPING CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for mapping control channel resources, a base station, and a user equipment. The method for mapping control channel resources includes: determining, by a base station, the number of E-CCEs multiplexed in one resource set, where the E-CCEs are borne over REs for transmission in the resource set, and the E-CCEs constitute an E-PDCCH; sending the E-PDCCH to a user equipment according to the determined number of E-CCEs multiplexed in one resource set; and receiving, by the user equipment, the E-PDCCH, and obtaining the number of E-CCEs multiplexed in one resource set. The embodiments of the present invention apply to a resource mapping. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334409 | USER EQUIPMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a Channel State Information (CSI) reporting at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a rank indicator (RI) and a first type precoding matrix indicator (PMI) to a base station (BS) according to a first CSI feedback type; transmitting a second type PMI to the BS according to a second CSI feedback type, wherein the RI and the first type PMI are jointly coded, and transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), wherein the RI and the second type PMI are not jointly coded, and transmitted through the PUCCH, wherein a transmission period of the first type PMI is different than a transmission period of the second type PMI, wherein the transmission period of the first type PMI is longer than the transmission period of the second type PMI, and wherein the RI is 2, 3 or 4 bits, and a size of the jointly coded RI and the first type PMI are 4 bits. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334410 | ADAPTIVE UPLINK/DOWNLINK TIMESLOT ASSIGNMENT IN A HYBRID WIRELESS TIME DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS/CODE DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for adaptive uplink/downlink resource assignment may include determining uplink interference associated with each of several uplink resources. The method and apparatus may produce an uplink list with values for the uplink resources. The values may include one value indicating high interference and another value indicating low interference. The method and apparatus may compare a downlink power level to a threshold for each of the downlink resources and produce a downlink list indicating which of the downlink resources have a downlink power level which exceeds the threshold. Also, the method and apparatus may send the uplink list and downlink list. Further, the method and apparatus may receive an uplink list and a downlink list from each of several neighboring wireless network devices. The method and apparatus may assign uplink and downlink resources to a user equipment based on the uplink and downlink lists received. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334411 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING INITIAL ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently performing an initial access in an MS in a multi-carrier broadband wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes scanning a plurality of carriers supported by a BS, and selecting one of the scanned carriers as a first carrier and receiving an SFH of the first carrier. The SFH of the first carrier includes at least one of a field indicating load status of the first carrier and recommended network entry carrier information including information about a second carrier in good load status. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334412 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A terminal apparatus that is set to monitor physical downlink control channel candidates in a common search space and a user equipment-specific search space on a downlink component carrier, which are with cyclic redundancy check scrambled by C-RNTI (Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier), with a same first control channel element index, and with downlink control information of a common payload size and different downlink control information field sets. The terminal apparatus also assumes that, for the physical downlink control channel candidates with the cyclic redundancy check scrambled by the C-RNTI, only either a physical downlink control channel in the common search space or a physical downlink control channel in the user equipment-specific search space is transmitted on the downlink component carrier. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334413 | METHOD FOR SETTING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME IN WIRELESS RAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of transmitting data by a multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmitter in a wireless local area network system. The method includes transmitting by the MU-MIMO transmitter, a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU), the PPDU including a bundled interface field, a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index field and a data field; and transmitting, by the MU-MIMO transmitter, the PPDU to a receiving station. The bundled interface field indicates a number of a plurality of spatial streams allocated to the receiving station. The MCS index field indicates a same MCS index used for modulating and coding all of the plurality of spatial streams indicated by the bundled interface field. The data field is modulated and coded by an MCS scheme indicated by the MCS index field and transmitted via the plurality of spatial streams indicated by the bundled interface field. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334414 | USING AN UPLINK GRANT AS TRIGGER OF FIRST OR SECOND TYPE OF CQI REPORT - Channel state feedback is provided from a UE to a base station as a first, detailed or a second, less detailed type of channel state feedback information. Initially it is determined whether the UE has received an uplink grant from the base station or not. If the UE has received an uplink grant, a first type of channel state feedback information is transmitted to the base station on the granted resource. If, however, the UE has not received an uplink grant, a second type of channel state feedback information is transmitted to the base station. Different types of channel state feedback information enables a UE and an associated base station to use available resources more efficiently, when requesting for and delivering channel state feedback information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334415 | SHORT-TERM INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for transmitting data with short-term interference mitigation in a wireless communication system are described. In one design, a serving base station may send a message to a terminal to trigger short-term interference mitigation. In response, the terminal may send a message to request at least one interfering base station to reduce interference on at least one resource. Each interfering base station may determine a transmit power level to be used for the at least one resource and may send a pilot at this transmit power level. The terminal may estimate the channel quality of the at least one resource based on at least one pilot received from the at least one interfering base station. The terminal may send information indicative of the estimated channel quality to the serving base station. The serving base station may send a data transmission on the at least one resource to the terminal. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334416 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An embodiment of the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal receives control information in a wireless communication system, said method comprising: a step of performing blind decoding in at least one portion of a resource region except the time unit indicated by a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) on a subframe, said at least one portion of the resource region is determined by whether a synchronizing signal or system information is transmitted or not. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334417 | RADIO STATION AND METHOD OF PROCESSING USER DATA WITH RADIO STATION - A radio station ( | 11-13-2014 |
20140334418 | SUPPORT OF USER PLANE TRANSACTIONS OVER A MOBILE NETWORK - In an embodiment, there is provided an architecture for the support of user plane transactions over a mobile network between an User Equipment UE and an IP network, said mobile network comprising at least one node, referred to as control plane node, supporting control plane transactions between said UE and said mobile network over control plane bearer, said architecture comprising:
| 11-13-2014 |
20140334419 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a terminal for which a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) set including a plurality of cells is constructed in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system. The method comprises: a step of receiving a physical downlink control channel signal (PDCCH) for uplink scheduling; step of receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) signal corresponding to the PDCCH signal on a secondary cell (SCell); and a step of transmitting PDSCH signal acknowledgement information via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). In cases where the SCell belongs to the CoMP set having a primary cell (PCell), a resource for the PUCCH is provided using an index for a specific resource unit from among one or more resource units used in transmitting the PDCCH signal. In cases where the SCell does not belong to the CoMP set having a PCell, a resource for the PUCCH is provided using a value of a specific field within the PDCCH signal. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334420 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL SOUNDING IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS - The present invention relates to a method for performing channel sounding by means of an access point (AP) in a wireless LAN system. The method includes the steps of transmitting a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame to notify that an NDP is to be transmitted, transmitting the NDP, and receiving a feedback frame from a station (STA). The NDP includes a signal field. The signal field of the NDP is transmitted through two orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. One of the two OFDM symbols is a repeated OFDM symbol signifying that the other is repeated. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334421 | JOINT BIT LOADING AND SYMBOL ROTATION SCHEME FOR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS IN SISO AND MIMO LINKS - The problems of high peak to average power ratio (PAPR) in multi-carrier systems and throughput improvement in multi-carrier systems by PAPR-aware rate adaptive bit loading are addressed by implementing two symbol rotation-inversion algorithms that reduce the peak to average power ratio in multi carrier OFDM systems jointly with rate adaptation. The method combines the benefits of bit allocation and symbol rotation to reduce the PAPR in OFDM communication systems and thus improve system range and robustness to noise. When coupled with adaptive bit loading techniques, these PAPR remediation strategies can substantially increase link throughput. Symbol rotation results in more than one order of magnitude BER reduction for SISO OFDM and one order of magnitude reduction in MIMO OFDM. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334422 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING AVAILABLE CHANNEL INFORMATION BASED ON DIRECTIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and device for transmitting and receiving available channel information based on directivity in a wireless communication system. A method for enabling a station (STA) to receive available channel information in a whitespace band according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: determining a current position of the STA and a position at which the direction is changed on a moving path of the STA; determining K (K≧1) operating ranges based on the current position of the STA and the position at which the direction is changed; transmitting a channel availability query (CAQ) request frame for the K operating ranges to a database; and receiving available channel information on the K operating ranges through a CAQ response frame from the database. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334423 | METHOD FOR ACCESSING A TRANSMISSION CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK WITH A CONTENTION WINDOW - The invention relates to a transmission control method of a set of transmitter/receiver systems of a local network comprising N transmitter/receiver systems wishing to transmit at least one data packet via the wireless local network, each transmitter/receiver system wishing to transmit said at least one data packet after a contention period during which a transmitter/receiver is or is not authorised to transmit the data packet of said transmitter/receiver, the method being characterised in that the contention period is broken down into R consecutive contention windows where R≧1, each contention window being broken down into K intervals of equal duration θ followed by an interval of duration δ, each contention window corresponding to a round r of contention; and in that the method comprises a step of determining the number K of intervals and the number R of contention windows, on the basis of the number N of transmitter/receiver systems wishing to transmit at least one data packet via the wireless local network. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334424 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR POWER MANAGEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus for communication comprise aspects that include performing a power management procedure for configuring a subset of network entities to receive one or more of downlink signal measurements and/or one or more uplink signal measurements. The methods and apparatus further comprise aspects that include storing the one or more one or more of downlink signal measurements and/or one or more uplink signal measurements associated with the subset of network entities at a database for managing transmit power at the subset of network entities. Moreover, the methods and apparatus comprise aspects that include adjusting a transmit power value of at least one of the subset of network entities from a first transmit power value to a second transmit power value based at least in part on the one or more of downlink signal measurements and/or one or more uplink signal measurements. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334425 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING AN ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing an adaptive modulation and coding scheme in a mobile communication system. Including receiving a signal and selecting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) level from an MCS subset of an MCS set considering information derived from the signal, by a mobile station. The MCS subset is selected in accordance with a service type related to the mobile station and the MCS subset is configured with one or more MCS levels, the MCS set is represented by 5 bits and the MCS subset is represented by 4 bits to indicate MCS value, respectively, and the 4 bits of the MCS subset is a part of the 5 bits of the MCS set. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334426 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A CALL TO AN AGGREGATE ENDPOINT DEVICE - A method and an apparatus for processing a call to an aggregate endpoint device over a network are disclosed. For example, the method receives a session request by a Serving-Call Session Control Function (S-CSCF), wherein a route header for the session request comprises an aggregate endpoint identifier, and interacts with an application server to receive a Public User Identity (PUID) of the aggregate endpoint device in accordance with the aggregate endpoint identifier. The method performs a termination processing for the session request using the PUID of the aggregate endpoint device, and forwards the session request towards the aggregate endpoint device. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334427 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH SESSION MANAGEMENT AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - A user equipment (UE) in a communication system, and a method thereof. The method includes establishing; by a user equipment (UE), a first data connection associated with an access point name (APN); receiving, by the UE, a session management back-off time value when a request of a bearer resource modification or a bearer resource allocation for the established first data connection is rejected; starting, by the UE, a session management back-off timer according to the session management back-off time value, the session management back-off timer being associated with the established first data connection; if the UE receives a deactivate bearer context request message indicating that reactivation is requested, stopping the session management back-off timer if the session management back-off timer is running; and establishing, by the UE, a second data connection associated with the APN after stopping the session management back-off timer. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334428 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION ON AT LEAST ONE FREQUENCY SUBBAND - The present invention concerns a method and a device for obtaining, by a first telecommunication device and from a second telecommunication device, information representative of the channel quality indication on at least one frequency subband, the first and the second telecommunication devices being linked through a wireless telecommunication network using a plurality of frequency subbands. The frequency subbands are grouped into groups of at least one frequency subband, and the first telecommunication device transfers a message to the second telecommunication device, the message comprising information identifying a first group of at least one frequency subband, receives, from the second telecommunication device, for each frequency subband comprised in the first group, an information representative of the channel quality indication determined by the second telecommunication device for the frequency subband comprised in the first group. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334429 | Transmission of Feedback Information for Data Transmission on Multiple Carriers - Techniques for sending feedback information for multi-carrier operation are described. In an aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent on at least one uplink resource determined based on at least one downlink resource used to send at least one downlink grant for the data transmissions. In another aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent with reduced or no orthogonal spreading to enable more feedback information to be sent. In yet another aspect, feedback information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers may be sent with channel selection. A UE may send a transmission of at least one signal value on at least one resource to convey acknowledgement (ACK) information for data transmissions on multiple downlink carriers. The signal value(s) and resource(s) may be determined based on the content of the ACK information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334430 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink signal at a terminal in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises: receiving a control channel to be transmitted to a specific subframe via a first carrier; and decoding a data channel corresponding to the control channel to be transmitted to the specific subframe via a second carrier, using at least one parameter included in the control channel, wherein information on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) start symbol of data channels that are transmitted via each of at least one carrier allocated to the terminal is signaled through an upper layer. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334431 | RADIO NETWORK CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a radio network channel allocation method, a device, and a system that relate to the communications field, so as to avoid that different UEs in a DAS cell occupy the same physical resources to send control signals, and enhance performance of a network side device in detecting the control signals sent by the UEs. The method includes: grouping user equipments UEs within a distributed antenna system DAS cell in a non-repeated manner; sending different cyclic shift value offset information to UEs in different groups, so that the UEs generate control signals according to the cyclic shift value offset information and send the control signals; and determining cyclic shift values used by the UEs according to the cyclic shift value offset information, and detecting the control signals sent by the UEs according to the cyclic shift values. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334432 | FEC IN COGNITIVE MULTI-USER OFDMA - A multiuser scheme allowing for a number of users, sets of user, or carriers to share one or more channels is provided. In the invention, the available channel bandwidth is subdivided into a number of equal-bandwidth subchannels according to standard OFDM practice. A transmitter transmits data on a set of OFDM subchannels that need not be contiguous in the spectrum or belong to the same OFDM channel. A receiver receives and decodes the data and detects errors on subchannels. The receiver then broadcasts the identity of those subchannels on which the error rate exceeds a specific threshold, and the transmitter may select different subchannels for transmission based on this information. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334433 | CQI REPORTING FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for determining and reporting channel quality indicator (CQI) information are described. A user equipment (UE) may determine precoding information and channel quality information to be reported to a base station. The UE may jointly encode the precoding information and the channel quality information to obtain coded data. The UE may send the coded data to the base station. | 11-13-2014 |
20140334434 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DETECTION - Aspects of the disclosure are related to identifying whether an apparatus (e.g., base station, access point, etc.) is transmitting using a CRS based transmission scheme or a UE-RS based transmission scheme. Such detection may be necessary for PDSCH interference cancellation (IC) of a neighboring cell since a UE may not know which transmission scheme is used by the neighboring cell. For instance, the UE may know the transmission scheme of the serving cell, but the UE may not know the transmission scheme of a neighboring non-serving cell. As such, aspects of the disclosure provide for a blind detection algorithm to identify or determine a transmission mode or transmission scheme of a neighboring cell to then apply interference cancellation (IC) to an interfering signal received from the neighboring cell. | 11-13-2014 |
20140341118 | PLS HEADER CODING FOR EFFICIENT SIGNALING OF MODULATION AND CODING SCHEMES FOR BROADBAND SATELLITE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - An approach is provided for an improved coding approach for efficient header signaling in broadband communications networks, to provide support of expanded modulation and coding scheme sets that facilitate an expansion of the operational ranges of user terminals within such networks and finer granularity within such operational ranges. A mode indicator field of a frame header identifies a modulation/coding mode applied to a data payload of the data frame. The modulation/coding mode is one of either a first or second set of modulation/coding modes. The mode indicator field is encoded and modulated. When the modulation/coding mode is one of the first set, the modulation of the encoded mode indicator field is applied in a first mode, and when the modulation/coding mode is one of the second set, the modulation of the encoded mode indicator field is applied in a second mode. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341119 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANK OVERRIDE - Methods and apparatuses for use in a MIMO transmission is provided. The method comprises: receiving a rank reported by a user equipment; determining a rank at least partly based on a transmission block size, TBS, index generated from link adaptation decision; and overriding the reported rank with the determined rank. By utilizing downlink link adaption decision, such as TBS | 11-20-2014 |
20140341120 | WIRELESS STATION AND METHOD FOR MANAGING A MULTI-BAND SESSION IN WI-FI DIRECT SERVICES - Embodiments of a method for managing a multi-band Wi-Fi Direct Services session are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the method negotiates the session with a wireless communication station over a first frequency band. The negotiation includes transmitting application programming interface (API) parameters to the wireless communication station that includes parameters for a second frequency band and a channel associated with the second frequency band. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341121 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for direct communication between User Equipments (UEs) in a wireless communication system are provided. A method for communicating with a second UE by a first UE in the wireless communication system includes generating a discovery code used for communicating with the second UE, and transmitting the generated discovery code to one middle layer among a plurality of layers. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341122 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication, by a first Base Station (BS) is provided. The method includes receiving control information including information related to transmission of a Reference Signal (RS) of at least one second BS from the at least one second BS adjacent to the first BS and transmitting data by using a preset method based on the control information when an RS transmission mode of the at least one second BS is different from an RS transmission mode of the first BS. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341123 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR A MOBILE TRANSCEIVER AND FOR A BASE STATION TRANSCEIVER - Method, apparatus and computer program for a mobile transceiver | 11-20-2014 |
20140341124 | METHODS AND NODES FOR IMPROVED NETWORK SIGNALING - The disclosure relates to methods and nodes for reducing the signaling load in a communications network. One claim of the disclosure relates to a method in a first network node for handling of service requests. The method comprises the steps of: generating a service request message, transmitting the service request message to a second network node, establishing a radio access bearer, RAB, to the second network node, and transmitting uplink data via said RAB to the second network node. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341125 | DYNAMIC TRIGGER ALGORITHM FOR ANTENNA SWITCH DIVERSITY - Methods, systems, and devices are described for triggering an antenna switch. A settling time may be identified, and the antenna switch may be delayed based at least in part on the identified settling time. The settling time may include an estimated delay in reception attributable to settling following the antenna switch. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341126 | CONTIGUOUS INTRA-BAND CARRIER AGGREGATION (CA), PUCCH, AND QUASI-CONTIGUOUS UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method and apparatus for allocating quasi-contiguous uplink data resources for a user device is provided. Transmission of data comprise at least two data clusters of sub carriers expanding over gaps reserved for uplink control channel in order, for example, to mitigate transmission power reductions due to multi-cluster transmission. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341127 | WIRELESS STATION, DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless station includes: a transmitter configured to transmit data to a terminal device by at least one of a first wireless communication method using a reserved first wireless resource, the first wireless communication method using a reserved second wireless resource being a different frequency band from the first wireless resource, and a second wireless communication method; and a processor coupled to the transmitter and configured to: perform transmission of the data by the first wireless communication method using the first wireless resource prioritized over at least one of the first wireless communication method using the second wireless resource and the second wireless communication method, and perform, when the remaining first wireless resource has become less than or equal to a first threshold value, transmission of the data by the at least one of the first wireless communication method using the second wireless resource and the second wireless communication method. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341128 | Method and Apparatus for Scaling Coverage - A method, apparatus and computer program for providing scaled coverage. An example method for use in an access point or station may comprise causing operation in a reduced coverage mode, generating a beacon comprising an indication of a reduced coverage mode in a capability field and one or more coverage scaling parameters (CSP) in an information element, and causing the beacon to be provided to one or more stations (STAs). | 11-20-2014 |
20140341129 | Systems and Methods for Operation of Wireless User Devices with Cellular and Wi-Fi Interfaces - An embodiment method for wireless communication includes grouping a plurality of user equipments (UEs) wirelessly coupled to a cellular base station (BS) into a UE cluster to function as a Wi-Fi virtual station (V-STA), and communicating with an access point (AP) to contend for a Wi-Fi transmission opportunity (TXOP) for the V-STA. In a further embodiment, the cellular BS contends for the TXOP on behalf of the UE cluster using a carrier sense multiple access with collision avoidance (CSMA-CA) procedure. In an alternative embodiment, one UE in the UE cluster is selected as a leader UE to contend for the TXOP on behalf of the UE cluster using a CSMA-CA procedure. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341130 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating a resource in a serving base station (BS) in a cooperative communication system is provided. The method includes detecting a base station identifier (BSID) of the serving BS and a BSID of each of other serving BSs included in the cooperative communication system; determining an available resource which the serving BS will use and an available resource which each of other serving BSs will use based on the BSID of the serving BS and the BSID of each of the other serving BSs; and transmitting information on the determined available resources to cooperative communication cell member BSs which the serving BS manages. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341131 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING VOICE SERVICE PERFORMANCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a switch in a communication network includes receiving path information of a service flow between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE from a controller, receiving a packet forwarded through the service flow from a base station, and transmitting the packet to a path determined by the path information. An apparatus for a switch in a communication network includes a controller configured to receive path information of a service flow between a first user equipment (UE) and a second UE from a controller, receive a packet forwarded through the flow from an evolved NodeB and forward the packet to a path determined by the path information. Other embodiments are also disclosed. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341132 | SCHEME FOR DISCOVERY IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method for performing discovery at a terminal in a communication system is provided. The method includes generating a discovery request message including discovery target information, transmitting the discovery request message to a Proximity Service (ProSe) server that is located in a core network of the communication system and that manages communication of the terminal, and receiving a result of a discovery operation from another entity that performs the discovery operation of the terminal using discovery identification information about the terminal. The other entity is selected based on the discovery target information by the ProSe server. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341133 | WIRELESS COMMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless communication method for a wireless communication apparatus having multiple transceivers is provided. The multiple transceivers correspond to multiple component carriers. At least one transceiver connects to at least one first base station via at least one of the component carriers. The wireless communication method includes: performing communication according to multiple component carriers corresponding to the multiple transceivers; and while performing communication by simultaneously utilizing the multiple transceivers, selecting a first transceiver from the multiple transceivers to receive information of at least one second base station. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341134 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, AND CONTROL DEVICE - A communication system includes: a base station configured to perform radio communication with a mobile station; and a control device configured to control a rate of transferring data to the base station based on a radio quality between the mobile station and the base station. A control device includes: a memory; and a processor coupled to the memory and configured to: obtain a radio quality between a mobile station and a base station that performs radio communication with the mobile station; and control a rate of transferring data to the base station based on the radio quality. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341135 | COLLISION AVOIDANCE SCHEME FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS OVER UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses are described in which an unlicensed spectrum is used for Long Term Evolution (LTE) communications. A first method includes performing clear channel assessment (CCA) to determine availability of an unlicensed spectrum, transmitting a request-to-send (RTS) signal to a set of user equipments (UEs) using the unlicensed spectrum when a determination is made that the unlicensed spectrum is available, and receiving, in the unlicensed spectrum, a common clear-to-send (CTS) signal and an individual CTS signal from one or more of the UEs in response to the RTS signal. A second method includes transmitting an RTS signal in an unlicensed spectrum or a V-RTS signal in a licensed spectrum, addressed to a set of UEs, and transmitting a CTS-to-self signal in the unlicensed spectrum along with the transmission of the V-RTS signal. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341136 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT (UE) CHANNEL ACQUISITION IN THE PRESENCE OF LARGE FREQUENCY UNCERTAINTY IN WCDMA SIGNALS - Aspects of a method and apparatus for user equipment (UE) channel acquisition in the presence of large frequency uncertainty in wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA) signals are provided. An efficient time-frequency domain search that may be utilized in cell communications may be performed by devising criteria that eliminates the unlikely frequencies hypotheses. An estimate for the frequency offset may be estimated in the remaining subset. For WCDMA applications, a UE may comprise a baseband processor that is enabled to detect a primary synchronization channel (P-SCH) code (PSC) for initial network synchronization. A portion of the baseband processor may generate a plurality of signal peak-to-noise-floor-average ratios associated with a plurality of test frequencies produced by a crystal oscillator. A highest of the signal peak-to-noise-floor-average ratios may be selected to determine the frequency offset of the crystal oscillator for use in power up operations. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341137 | TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN A BROADBAND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Data packets are transmitted from a terminal of a broadband radio communication system. For each transmission cycle in a transmission period data is received at a data interface of the terminal and buffered, and transmission of radio signals comprising the received data is enabled on expiry of a repetition interval from the start of a previous transmission. The repetition intervals are controlled to reduce a proportion of the transmission period for which transmission may occur at an allowed pulse repetition interval of a radar with which the terminal may interfere. The presence of radar pulses is checked during a wait period for each cycle whilst the terminal is not transmitting. If radar pulses are present, the transmission of radio signals which may interfere with the radar pulses is inhibited. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341138 | Deferred Address Allocation of IPV4 or IPV6 in Case of Interworking Between Non-3GPP Access and Evolved Packet Core - The application relates to IP address allocation in the context of a user equipment UE connecting to the Evolved Packet Core as standardised by 3GPP, in particular over the S2a interface, where there is a GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP) or Proxy Mobile IP (PMIP) tunnel for each PDN connection between the BBF BNG and the 3GPP PGW(s). At the setup of the GTPv2/PMIPv6 tunnel to the PGW, the BNG indicates the PDN type: IPv4-only, IPv6 only, or IPv4v6. The UE is not able or willing to indicate the IP capability it has. Therefore the BNG has to assume either a single IP type PDN connection type (e.g. Pv4ony or Pv6ony) or a dual IP type PDN connection type (i.e. IPv4v6) at tunnel establishment. If there is a mismatch between the UE IP capability and the network assumption, extra resources may be allocated unnecessary. This problem is solved in that the non-3GPP gateway node, e.g. the BNG, sends a message ((b)-(A)) to the 3GPP gateway node, e.g. the PGW, including an indication that the PDN connection is to support the first and a second version of the Internet Protocol, e.g. PDN type “IPv4v6”, with allocation ((C)) initially by the 3GPP gateway node of an IP address for the PDN connection of the first version but not the second version. Following establishment of the PDN connection, when the non-3GPP gateway node receives a second trigger message ((e)) relating to the PDN to trigger allocation of an IP address for the PDN connection of the second version, the non-3GPP gateway node sends a message ((f)-(E)) to the 3GPP gateway node to request the allocation of an IP address for the PDN connection of the second version and, if necessary, the updating of the existing PDN connection. The non-3GPP gateway node receives from the 3GPP gateway node the second version IP address ((H)-(g)) allocated by the 3GPP gateway node for the PDN connection. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341139 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting and Receiving Data in Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing System - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a method in a source node for transmitting data in an OFDM system in which data are transmitted on frequency bands from the source node to a destination node, the method comprising: selecting a set of frequency bands from available frequency bands in the OFDM system; and transmitting data in frequency domain on the selected set of frequency bands to the destination node. Embodiments of the disclosure further provide a method at a destination node for receiving data in an OFDM system in which data are received on frequency bands from a source node, the method comprising: determining a set of frequency bands of available frequency bands on which data are to be received in frequency domain; and receiving the data on the determined set of frequency bands from the source node. Corresponding apparatuses are also provided. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341140 | COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING - A communications terminal communicates data to/from a mobile communications network. The mobile communications network includes a radio network including one or more base stations configured to provide a low bandwidth communications interface formed from a low bandwidth carrier for communicating the data to or receiving the data from the communications terminal in accordance with a relatively low bandwidth, and to provide a high bandwidth communications interface formed from a high bandwidth carrier for communicating the data to or receiving the data from the communications terminal in accordance with a relatively high bandwidth. The communications terminal is configured to attach for communication to the high bandwidth interface, and in response to receiving a command from the mobile communications network, to detach from the high bandwidth interface and to re-attach to the low bandwidth interface for communicating the data to or from the mobile communications network via the low bandwidth interface. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341141 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF PROVIDING MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - In a wireless communications network providing a machine-type communications (MTC) service, a portion of a frequency spectrum is allocated to a MTC device to communicate between a base station and other MTC devices. MTC system information is transmitted/received from/to the MTC device through the portion of the frequency spectrum and may include channel information. The portion of the frequency spectrum may be used for a Long Term Evolution (LTE) wireless communication network. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341142 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - Provided is, in wireless communication systems such as TD-LTE where there might be difference in frequency band allocated to a mobile station between uplink and downlink, a wireless communication system which is capable of ensuring desired antenna directivity by the mobile station controlling an adaptive array antenna, such a method for controlling a wireless communication system, such a base station, and such a mobile station. The mobile station transmits to the base station a message indicating that the self station includes an adaptive array antenna. Upon receiving the message, the base station assigns a downlink resource block and an uplink resource block following the downlink resource block allocated to the mobile station within the same frequency band. The mobile station | 11-20-2014 |
20140341143 | METHOD OF SENDING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and device for receiving control information regarding a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) set including a first cell and a second cell from a serving/transmitting point in a carrier aggregation (CA) based wireless communication system. The present invention includes: receiving information regarding the size of control information through higher-layer signaling; and monitoring a plurality of control channel candidates for each cell of the CoMP set through the first cell in the CoMP set and detecting the control information, wherein the size of information of the control information candidate for each cell is equally determined based on information regarding the size of control information. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341144 | METHOD AND A CENTRAL BASE STATION FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - The embodiments relate to a method and a base station ( | 11-20-2014 |
20140341145 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention enables efficient transmission/reception of a signal including control information between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. An EPDCCH is made up of an aggregation of one or more resources obtained by dividing one of PRB pairs. In a case where a total number of antenna ports for transmitting reference signals to be used to demodulate signals mapped to the EPDCCH is four, four resources obtained by dividing one of the PRB pairs correspond to the antenna ports of different numbers. In a case where a total number of antenna ports for transmitting reference signals to be used to demodulate signals mapped to the EPDCCH is two, two resources obtained by dividing one of the PRB pairs correspond to the antenna ports of different numbers. The mobile station apparatus includes a reception processor that demodulates, by using reference signals transmitted from the antenna ports corresponding to the resources used for the EPDCCH, signals mapped to the EPDCCH for which decoding and detection are performed. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341146 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention enables a signal containing control information to be efficiently transmitted and received between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus includes a first control unit configured to control, for a localized EPDCCH which is an EPDCCH constituted by a resource of one PRB pair, the EPDCCH being constituted by an aggregation of one or more ECCEs, a plurality of PRB pairs being configured as a region to which the EPDCCH is to be possibly mapped, an antenna port associated with a reference signal used for demodulation of a signal mapped to a corresponding ECCE constituted by a resource obtained by dividing the PRB pair. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341147 | METHOD FOR ASYNCHRONOUSLY ALLOCATING A BANDWIDTH, AND AN ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATION DEVICE IMPLEMENTING THIS METHOD - Radio resources are dynamically allocated in a shared band communication system operating in direct mode (DMO). The communication system includes terminals organized in groups. Each group is allocated a resource from a number of resources available within the communication system. This process includes allocating to the group at least one other further resource from the number of resources until an attempted access to the further resource from the group to which the further resource had been allocated has been detected. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341148 | BEARER CONFIGURATION FOR BACKGROUND TRAFFIC - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for configuring bearers for background traffic. In some exemplary embodiments, there is provided a method. The method may include processing parameters defining at least a first bearer and a second bearer, the first bearer and the second bearer established for a service at a processor; sending, based on at least the first bearer, traffic generated by the service, when at least one of the service and the processor is not in a background mode; and sending, based on at least the second bearer, background traffic generated by the service, when at least one of the service and the processor is in the background mode. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341149 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL-BASED OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for enhanced-control channel-based operation. A method for a terminal for transmitting confirmation response information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step for transmitting confirmation response information for a downlink data channel by means of an uplink control channel resource, wherein an index for the uplink control channel resource can be determined on the basis of a delegate antenna port of a downlink control channel derived from the identifier of the terminal. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341150 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, TRANSMISSION POWER ALLOCATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - There is provided a doing apparatus including a communication control device including a power allocation unit configured to allocate transmission power for secondary use of a frequency channel protected for a primary system to a secondary system. The power allocation unit switches power allocation methods between a first group of secondary systems of which a distance from the primary system is less than a prescribed threshold and a second group of secondary systems of which a distance from the primary system exceeds the prescribed threshold. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341151 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system operating as TDD, and a device for same. The method includes transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat request—Acknowledgement (HARQ) in a subframe n through Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH), and a transmission power of the PUCCH relates to a method determined using Equation 4 or 5, and a device for same. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341152 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CUSTOMIZING A FOCUS INACTIVITY TIMER BASED ON NETWORK WATERMARK CONDITIONS - A method and apparatus for customizing foreground application inactivity timer values based on network maximum tunnel count conditions, the method determining a maximum tunnel count value at a mobile device; and configuring at least one tunnel inactivity timer value based on the maximum tunnel count value. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341153 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - A method and apparatus for performing uplink (UL) transmit diversity implemented in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes receiving a signal including precoding information. The precoding information is detected and applied to an UL transmission. The UL transmission is transmitted with the applied precoding information. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341154 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD THEREOF - This invention is directed to a terminal apparatus capable of preventing the degradation of reception quality of control information even in a case of employing SU-MIMO transmission system. A terminal ( | 11-20-2014 |
20140341155 | Transmission Time Interval Selection Method And User Equipment - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods for transmission time interval selection, which, in one embodiment, includes obtaining, by a UE, a power margin according to set transmission power of a current random access preamble, and selecting a corresponding type of TTI according to the power margin. In the method according to the embodiment, because the obtained power margin is obtained according to actual transmission power of the current random access preamble, the power margin is more accurate and selection of a TTI type of an E-DCH resource according to the power margin is more effective. In various embodiments, the present invention further discloses a user equipment. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341156 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL IN-ORDER DELIVERY - Method and apparatus for MAC in-order delivery are disclosed. The MAC in-order delivery may be activated per-connection and may be negotiated at connection setup. The MAC in-order delivery may be activated per data flow. The MAC in-order delivery either for non-ARQ connections or ARQ connections may be performed by using HARQ packet ordering information. Alternatively, the MAC in-order delivery may be performed using a sequence number (SN) field at the MAC PDU level or using an SN field at the MAC SDU level. For a connection that has MAC in-order delivery disabled, the MAC PDU may not include an SN field, and an SN field may be included in a MAC extended header or a MAC sub-header when needed. Data packets may be in order before transmission. For a connection that has MAC in-order delivery enabled, data packets can be reordered after reception based on the original data packet ordering. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341157 | METHOD OF REPORTING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for encoding control information by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, includes obtaining a plurality of Channel Quality Information (CQIs) for a plurality of downlink carriers, at least one RI (Rank Indicator) and at least one ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK); concatenating the plurality of CQIs; encoding the concatenated plurality of CQIs, the at least one RI and the at least one ACK/NACK, separately; and transmitting the encoded plurality of CQIs, the encoded at least one RI and the encoded at least one ACK/NACK on only one uplink carrier. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341158 | WLAN CHANNEL ALLOCATION - A method includes reserving, at a wireless local area network (WLAN) controller, a first reserved communication channel from a plurality of communication channels available for use in a wireless network. The first reserved communication channel is withheld from a dynamic channel allocation process. The method includes receiving, at the WLAN controller, a request from a first device for access to the wireless network. The method further includes allocating the first reserved communication channel to the first device in response to a determination that the first device is included in a list of registered devices. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341159 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting signals at a User Equipment (UE) in a multi-antenna wireless communication system is discussed. The method includes receiving an uplink grant from a Base Station (BS); transmitting transport blocks and Reference Signals (RSs) for the transport blocks via a plurality of layers based on the uplink grant to the BS; receiving Negative ACKnowledgment (NACK) information for at least one transport block among the transport blocks from the BS; and retransmitting the at least one transport block and the RS for the at least one transport block via at least one layer to the BS. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341160 | METHOD OF AN UPLINK HARQ OPERATION AT AN EXPIRY OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER - A method of processing data for a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) operation. in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a timing alignment command (TAC) and one or more uplink grants from a network; and generating a data unit. The one or more uplink grants are used for transmitting the generated data unit to the network. The method further includes starting a time alignment timer (TAT) upon receiving the TAC. The TAT is used to control how long a User Equipment (UE) is considered to have an uplink time that is aligned. The method further includes when the TAT expires, clearing the one or more uplink grants. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341161 | System and Method for Mobile Network Inter-Device Communications - A network node, method, and computer program provide inter-device communications between wireless user equipment (UE) devices in a wireless communications network. Responsive to a request for call set-up, the network node determining whether inter-device communications are preferable between the calling wireless UE device and the called wireless UE device. When inter-device communications are not preferable, the network node sets up a call between the calling wireless UE device and the called wireless UE device using a first channel between the network and the calling wireless UE device and a second channel between the network and the called wireless UE device. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341162 | Method and Apparatus for Selecting Transport Format - A method and an apparatus for selecting a transport format are provided. The method includes: receiving a transport format parameter of a user equipment sent by a base station, where the transport format parameter of the user equipment includes a primary stream grant value and an association between the primary stream and the secondary stream; determining a maximum transport block length of the primary stream according to a preset value of the maximum transmit power of the user equipment and the association between the primary stream and the secondary stream; determining an actual transport block length of the primary stream according to a size relationship between a theoretical transport block length of the primary stream and the maximum transport block length; and determining a transport block length of the secondary stream. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341163 | METHOD, ENODEB AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE MESSAGES - A method, an eNodeB and a User Equipment for transmitting Random Access Response messages are provided. The method includes: receiving Random Access Preamble transmitted by the UE through the Random Access Channel; according to the RAP, determining whether the UE belongs to the central group or the edge group of the Random Access Area; after determining that the UE belongs to the central group of the RAA, determining the RAA which the UE belongs to; transmitting the first RAR message to the UE according to the RAP, the channel resource information of the RACH, and the RAA. By transmitting the RAR message on the basis of the RAP and the RAA, the method, eNB and UE for transmitting RAR messages enable different RAR messages to be transmitted with respect to identical Random Access requests of different RAAs. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341164 | TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Triggering, in response to non-transmission of scheduling information on an uplink data channel, transmission on a uplink control channel of information is disclosed. The information may include an indication that an uplink grant is needed to send the scheduling information. The scheduling information may include buffer status information. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341165 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING - An approach is provided for providing acknowledgement signaling. A transmission failure associated with data from a user equipment is determined. An allocation message is generated for signaling of the transmission failure to the user equipment. The allocation message provides allocation of resource for retransmission of the data. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341166 | HANDOVER DURING CARRIER AGGREGATION OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Methods for performing handovers and addition of carriers during carrier aggregation operation are described. A mobile station can indicate failure to perform downlink synchronization to some but not all cells of a target eNB, in response to a handover command. The mobile station can activate carriers based on various combinations of transmission of random access preambles, reception of random access response messages and transmission of handover complete messages. A base station can activate carriers based on various combinations of reception of random access preambles, transmission of random access response messages and reception of handover complete messages. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341167 | Sounding Mechanism and Configuration under Carrier Aggregation - A method of multi-set RRC signaling for ap-SRS configuration is provided to enhance ap-SRS flexibility. An eNB transmits a plurality of sets of UE-specific SRS parameters to a UE via upper layer messaging in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. The eNB also determines triggering information of a selected set of UE-specific SRS parameters and an indicated carrier for the UE. The eNB then transmits an uplink or downlink grant over a primary carrier, the grant comprises triggering information for the UE to send an ap-SRS over the indicated carrier using the selected set of UE-specific SRS parameters. In one embodiment of joint signaling, the plurality of sets of UE-specific SRS parameters are signaled together in a single RRC transmission. In another embodiment of separate signaling, each set of UE-specific SRS parameters is signaled independently. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341168 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING ASYMMETRIC CARRIER AGGREGATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method for operating a mobile station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes receiving first information transmitted on a secondary carrier from a base station, and transmitting second information for feedback related to the secondary carrier at a feedback region in a primary carrier based on the first information to the base station. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341169 | Allocation of Sub-Channels of MIMO Channels Using a Basestation with a Plurality of Sectors - A base station for wireless network uses one or more MIMO channels having subchannels, to communicate with multiple user equipments, and allocates the sub channels to the user equipments. Different subchannels of a given one of the channels can be allocated to different user equipments. The ability to allocate sub channels individually rather than only allocating entire channels can enable higher data rates to be achieved. This is particularly useful for improving data rates at cell boundaries or sector boundaries, where the coverage is traditionally weakest. A user equipment can use subchannels from different MIMO channels from different sectors or from different base stations. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341170 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COORDINATING THE COVERAGE AND CAPACITY OF A WIRELESS BASE STATION - A communications base station is installed at a selected new location and the base station, prior to going “on line” monitors the wireless traffic from other base stations within interference range of the new base station's coverage area. The new base station also monitors the wireless traffic between mobile devices within its coverage area and these other base stations. Based upon these monitored conditions, as well as other known conditions, the new base station then determines the transmitting parameter configuration it should imply in order to achieve a desired optimization between capacity and coverage area. After the new base station is on line, a central control can monitor the entire network to determine if any additional changes are necessary and if so the new transceiver, or any other transceiver, can be instructed to monitor itself with respect to interference and to take corrective action to improve overall network coverage and capacity. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341171 | Header Type Notification for Co-Existence Of Legacy Header And New Headers On Same Radio Link - The exemplary embodiments of this invention generally relate to message header-type notification that, for example, enables the co-existence of a legacy header type with one or more new header types on a same radio link. In one non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, a method includes: determining a type of medium access control (MAC) header to transmit in a MAC transmission; setting a value of a notification field in a resource allocation message based on the determined type of MAC header; and transmitting the resource allocation message. In another non-limiting, exemplary embodiment, a method includes: receiving a resource allocation message having a notification field; and using a value of the notification field to determine a type of medium access control (MAC) header for a MAC transmission. | 11-20-2014 |
20140341172 | ALLOCATION AND LOGICAL TO PHYSICAL MAPPING OF SCHEDULING REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method for allocating resources for a scheduling request indicator (SRI) is disclosed. An SRI cycle period for use by user equipment (UE) within a cell is transmitted from a NodeB in a cell to UE within the cell. The NodeB transmits a specific SRI subframe offset and an index value to the particular UE within the cell. The specific SRI subframe offset and the index value enable the UE to determine a unique combination of cyclic shift, RS orthogonal cover, data orthogonal cover, and resource block number for the UE to use as a unique physical resource for an SRI in the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). | 11-20-2014 |
20140341173 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING AN UPLINK RESOURCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND SYSTEM THEREOF - A method for data transmission in a wireless communication system including a User Equipment (UE) and a radio access network (RAN) includes: transmitting a Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) to the UE, wherein the MAC PDU includes a downlink Radio Link Control (RLC) data PDU including a polling request for requesting the UE to transmit a RLC status PDU; receiving an acknowledgement signal from the UE, in response to the MAC PDU including the polling request; and allocating an uplink resource to the UE in response to the acknowledgement signal wherein the uplink resource is used for the UE transmitting the RLC status PDU. | 11-20-2014 |
20140348072 | SCHEDULING MODIFICATION FOR EXPECTED PUBLIC WARNING SYSTEM MESSAGE - One aspect provides a modem for use at a terminal. The modem comprises a first interface and a processing unit. The first interface is arranged to connect to a communications network. The processing unit is arranged to receive a message from the communications network via the first interface whilst in an operating mode. The processing unit is also arranged to assess the message on receipt to determine that one or more public warning message is to be broadcast to the modem from the communication network in a second later time period. The processing unit is also arranged to, based on the determination, modify operation of the modem in the second later time period to ensure the one or more public warning message is received and acted on by the modem. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348073 | ALLOCATION OF SHARED RESOURCES FOR VIRTUALIZED NETWORKING - Technology for allocating network adapter resources such as air interface time and queue space amongst multiple virtual network stations or other virtual adapters is disclosed. As one example, the resource allocation may be based on analysis of the relative latency, jitter, or bandwidth considerations for applications communicating via each of the multiple virtual adapters. The resource allocation may also be based on how efficiently each of the virtual adapters utilized previously allocated resources. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348074 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A SIGNAL PATH OF A RADIO COMMUNICATION - A method and a remote digital unit in a central office of a core network, for handling a radio communication for a mobile terminal being connected to an access point at a local site. The remote digital unit determines that the mobile terminal can be served locally by a local digital unit connected to a local signal switching unit at the local site, and instructs the local digital unit to locally process signals to or from the mobile terminal in the communication. The remote digital unit further schedules the signals over a radio interface between the mobile terminal and the access point, and sends updated scheduling information to the local digital unit to indicate the scheduling, thereby enabling the local digital unit to handle the radio communication according to the updated scheduling information. In this way, the functionality of a base station is divided into a relatively simple digital unit and switching function at the local site and a more advanced digital unit with scheduling function at the central office, such that the costs for implementing radio access at a local site are low and tromboning of communicated signals over the core network can be avoided. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348075 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for a terminal to transmit channel state information (CSI) comprises the steps of: determining a precoding matrix by selecting a first precoding matrix and a second precoding matrix; and transmitting the CSI including an index of the said first precoding matrix and an index of the said second precoding matrix. The said first precoding matrix relates to a method for transmitting CSI in which a revision factor according to a relationship between the said terminal and a transmission point is applied. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348076 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A communication system and method are provided. In the communication system, a first electrical device has an end point which is configured to connect to a plurality of 3G dongles, wherein the 3G dongles have different IP addresses; a cloud server integrates the IP addresses to generate an integrated IP address when the cloud server detects that the first electrical device is connected to the 3G dongles; and a second electrical device transmits data packets with the first electrical device via the integrated IP address through the cloud server. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348077 | CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN FOR NEW CARRIER TYPE (NCT) - Technology for allocating at least one physical resource block (PRB) for an Enhanced Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (EPHICH) transmission for a New Carrier Type (NCT) is disclosed. In one method, a number of bits associated with channel coding for an acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) in the EPHICH transmission is determined. A plurality of modulation symbols for each ACK or NACK in the EPHICH transmission is generated based in part on the number of bits associated with the ACK or NACK. The plurality of modulation symbols are mapped as EPHICH quadrants in one or more resource element blocks (REGs), wherein the EPHICH quadrants are mapped to a plurality of physical resource blocks (PRBs) allocated for EPHICH to increase frequency diversity gain. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348078 | TERMINAL DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER, AND METHOD THEREFOR - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and terminal device for controlling uplink transmission power. According to one embodiment, in which a terminal that communicates with cells of each timing alignment (TA) group controls uplink transmission power in the event a plurality of TA groups including one or more cells exists in a wireless communication system, a method includes: determining the uplink transmission power for at least one channel in the event at least two channels from among a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) including a plurality of pieces of uplink control information (UCI), a PUSCH including no UCI, a physical random access channel (PRACH), and a sounding reference signal (SRS) are simultaneously transmitted in the same subframe in each specific cell of the plurality of TA groups. The uplink transmission power is determined in consideration of a TA group index. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348079 | Method, Apparatus and Computer Program for Controlling a User Equipment - A user equipment (UE) has established a first radio link with a serving network node and a second device-to-device (D2D) radio link directly with another user equipment (UE). In response to having D2D data to send to the other UE over the D2D radio link, the UE sends to the serving network node on the first link a request for radio resources for a layer 1 (L1) control channel; and in response to an assignment of D2D resources by the serving network node in reply to that request, the UE sends on the assigned D2D resources to the other UE the D2D data and the L1 control channel. In one example the request includes an indication of the UE's link adaptation for the L1 control channel such as format for a PDCCH or ePDCCH and/or aggregation level. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348080 | UPLINK TRAFFIC PRIORITIZATION AT A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) WITHIN THE SAME BEARER - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods, apparatus and computer program products for uplink traffic prioritization, by a user equipment (UE), within the same bearer. According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications by a user equipment (UE) is provided. The method generally includes receiving information regarding prioritization per bearer, receiving an uplink scheduling grant for uplink traffic, assigning the uplink scheduling grant to a bearer based on the information, and prioritizing the uplink traffic within the bearer based on one or more rules. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348081 | METHOD FOR HANDLING PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE DISCOVERY AND COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for handling Proximity-based Service (ProSe) discovery, comprising: performing a ProSe communication preparation procedure, in response to a received ProSe discovery request message, with a first UE and a second UE, for guiding ProSe discovery between the first UE and the second UE, wherein the received ProSe discovery request message indicates ProSe identifiers of the first UE and the second UE for ProSe communication and the ProSe communication preparation procedure comprises transmitting a first request message including scheduled information for the first UE and a second request message including scheduled information for the second UE, to the first UE and to the second UE respectively, and receiving response messages from the first and second UE; determining if a direct radio link between the first UE and the second UE is feasible for ProSe communication based on the received response messages from the first and second UE. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348082 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF OPERATING A MULTI-USER SYSTEM - A method and system is disclosed for grouping the multiple stations connected to an access point (AP). The system and method comprise sending a sounding packet to a plurality of stations, wherein the stations may be all or part of the stations that are located within the range of the AP. The stations that receive the sounding packets respond to the AP, and the AP determines the channel state information (CSI) from the responses. According to the CSI, the AP divides the multiple stations into several groups. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a confirmation step is performed to each group of stations, respectively. The AP sends a second sounding packet to each group of stations, and verifies the CSI between each station group by group. Therefore, the method and system provides for monitoring the validation of each group by periodically sending sounding packets to each group. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348083 | Methods of Incorporating an Ad Hoc Cellular Network Into a Fixed Cellular Network - In this invention, we disclose methods directed toward integrating an ad hoc cellular network into a fixed cellular network. The methods disclosed herein automate the creation and integration of these networks. In additional embodiments, we disclose methods for establishing a stand-alone, ad hoc cellular network. In either of these implementations, we integrate or establish an ad hoc cellular network using mobile ad hoc cellular base stations configured to transmit and receive over a variety of frequencies, protocols, and duplexing schemes. The methods flexibly and dynamically choose an access or backhaul configuration and radio characteristics to optimize network performance. Additional embodiments provide for enhancing an existing network's coverage as needed, establishing a local network in the event of a loss of backhaul coverage to the core network, and providing local wireless access service within the ad hoc cellular network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348084 | MULTI-LAYER BEAMFORMING METHODS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station includes a reference signal allocator that allocates a first layer of dedicated reference signals and a second layer of reference signals to the same resource elements in a first resource block. The reference signals are allocated to two adjacent resource elements corresponding to a first OFDM symbol and a second OFDM symbol on a first, second, and third subcarriers of the first resource block. The base station also includes a reference signal multiplexer that multiplexes the first layer with the second layer. A first cover code W1 is applied to the first layer. A second cover code W2, different from the first cover code, is applied to the second layer in a first and third subcarriers, and a variation of the second cover code W2′ is applied to the second layer in a second subcarrier. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348085 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and an apparatus for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request indicator information. The method for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request indicator information according to the present invention includes: allocating enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH resources to a UE; selecting partial resources from the EPDCCH resources; and sending HARQ indicator information to the UE through the partial resources. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348086 | DEDICATED PILOT DECODING METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a dedicated pilot decoding method and a user equipment. The method includes: determining a set of a dedicated pilot's channelization codes; receiving downlink control information sent by a base station; determining, according to the downlink control information, a dedicated pilot's channelization codes from the set of a dedicated pilot's channelization codes; and using the dedicated pilot's channelization codes to decode a dedicated pilot. The embodiments of the present invention may implement determining of a dedicated pilot's channelization codes and decoding of a dedicated pilot. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348087 | NODE GROUPING METHOD, NODE, AND ACCESS POINT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a node grouping method, a node, and an access point (AP). The method comprises: receiving a grouping request sent by an AP; according to the grouping request, obtaining a received signal strength indicator (RSSI); obtaining a group Identity (ID) of a group determined according to the RSSI. In the embodiment of the present invention, nodes are grouped according to the RSSI, so as to solve the problems of contention collision and low network performance in a large-scale network, avoid the problem of unfair throughput incurred by the near-far effect, and reduce the phenomena of hidden terminals. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348088 | Method, System and Equipment for Determining Transmission Subframe - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, a system and an equipment. A base station determines a first transmission subframe set for each of user equipments that directly communicate with each other to transmit uplink information within a predetermined time range and a second transmission subframe set for each user equipment to directly transmit data to another user equipment within the predetermined time range respectively. Intersection sets between a second transmission subframe set determined for any user equipment and a first transmission subframe set determined for another user equipment that directly communicates with the user equipment and between the second transmission subframe set determined for the any user equipment and a second transmission subframe set determined for the another user equipment that directly communicates with the user equipment are empty. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348089 | DATA SENDING METHOD, DATA RECEIVING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data sending method. The data sending method includes: determining, according to location generation information of a PDCCH on a non-legacy resource, a resource location, on a subframe, of the PDCCH on the non-legacy resource; and sending the subframe to a UE, where the PDCCH on the non-legacy resource is contained on the resource location of the subframe, so that the UE determines the resource location, on the subframe, of the PDCCH on the non-legacy resource according to the location generation information. In the embodiments of the present invention, both the base station and the UE may determine a resource location of the PDCCH on the non-legacy resource separately by using the location generation information, thereby avoiding a circumstance that the UE equipped with only the capability of receiving a PDCCH on a non-legacy resource cannot access a network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348090 | METHOD OF PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR USER EQUIPMENT IN LTE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a method implemented in a base station ( | 11-27-2014 |
20140348091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING ACK/NACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and an apparatus for a user equipment, which is allocated a plurality of serving cells, receiving acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: transmitting uplink data through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); and receiving ACK/NACK with respect to the uplink through a physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), wherein a serving cell that receives the ACK/NACK is selected from one or more serving cells, which the user equipment monitors to detect an uplink grant that schedules the PUSCH. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348092 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING FOR CONTROL CHANNEL IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - Provided are a method for searching for a control channel by a user terminal in a multi-node system and a user terminal using the method. The method comprises: setting a first common search space (CSS) and a second CSS, which are distinguishable, in a subframe comprising a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; and searching for control information from the first CSS and/or the second CSS, wherein in the first CSS a first piece of control information that is cyclic redundancy check (CRC)-scrambled by a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) belonging to a first RNTI set is searched, and wherein in the second CSS a second piece of control information that is CRC-scrambled by an RNTI belonging to a second RNTI set is searched. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348093 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USER EQUIPMENT SEARCHING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for searching for a user equipment searching for a control channel in a multi-node system. The method comprises: searching inside an E-PDCCH region for a first piece of downlink control information (DCI), which is determined according to a transmission mode; and searching inside the E-PDCCH region for a second piece of DCI, regardless of the transmission mode, wherein the E-PDCCH region is a control channel region to which the DCI, which is decoded on the basis of a user equipment-specific reference signal (URS), is transmitted from a subframe comprising a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348094 | Method and Apparatus for Synchronization Mechanisms on Un-Licensed Band - A method for synchronizing channels on unlicensed bands is described. The method includes determining whether a SCC channel has started to be used by a first network. The SCC channel is a CA channel shared with at least one other network. In response to determining that the SCC channel has been started to be used by the first network, the UE determines an off duration describing a period since a previous SCC channel ON period. A given channel ON period is a continuous period of use of the given channel by the first network, The method also includes, in response to determining that the off duration is less than a minimum threshold duration, performing fine synchronization based on CRS tracking on the SCC channel using course synchronization parameters of the previous SCC channel ON period. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348095 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - There are provided a base station, a terminal, a communications system, and a communications method which enable efficient transmission and reception of transmission data even in the case where the base station notifies the terminal of control information via an enhanced physical downlink control channel. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348096 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio communication system, a radio base station apparatus and a radio communication method which can realize high transmission rate while reducing the calculation load involved in CoMP scheduling. The present invention provides a radio communication system including a plurality of radio base station apparatuses and a user terminal that is configured to be able to perform coordinated multiple point transmission/reception with the plurality of radio base station apparatuses, and, in this radio communication system: the radio base station apparatus has: an operation section ( | 11-27-2014 |
20140348097 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL SOUNDING IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method of performing channel sounding in a wireless LAN system. The method includes transmitting a Null Data Packet Announcement (NDPA) frame for providing notice of an NDP to be transmitted, and transmitting the NDP and receiving a feedback frame from a station (STA). The feedback frame includes channel state information created on the basis of the NDP. The NDP includes a signal field and at least one long training field (LTF) for a multiple input multiple output channel. The signal field includes a repetitive instruction subfield. The repetitive instruction subfield provides instruction on whether orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol repetition is applied to the at least one LTF. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348098 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL BASED ON DYNAMIC CHANGE OF WIRELESS RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present application relates to a method for enabling a terminal to transmit or receive a signal to or from a base station in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: acquiring at least one amongst a downlink grant and an uplink grant in a specific sub-frame; determining the use of a dynamic sub-frame which is changeable for the dynamic use on the basis of the acquired grant information as one amongst an uplink transmission or a downlink reception; and transmitting or receiving the signal to or from the base station according to the determined use. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348099 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL BY BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for transmitting a downlink control channel by a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the following steps: setting a transmission resource for transmitting the downlink control channel in a data area of a subframe; mapping one or more first control channels for downlink acknowledgement(ACK)/negative-ACK(NACK) information to the transmission resource; and transmitting the mapped one or more first control channels, wherein the one or more first control channels are mapped to a location adjacent to a terminal specific reference signal existing in the transmission resource. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348100 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR PROVIDING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSIONS - A method comprising: sending, from a first access point, a scheduling assignment to a first user equipment at a first time; receiving, at the first access point, a reference signal transmission from the first user equipment at a second time; and sending, from the first access point, a downlink data packet transmission to the first user equipment at a third time. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348101 | BUFFER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD AND TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure relates to a lockless buffer resource management scheme. In the proposed scheme, a buffer pool is configured to have an allocation list and a de-allocation list. The allocation list includes one or more buffer objects linked by a next pointer in a previous buffer object to a next buffer object, and a head pointer pointing to a buffer object at the head of the allocation list. The de-allocation list includes one or more buffer objects linked by a next pointer in a previous buffer object to a next buffer object, a head pointer pointing to a buffer object at the head of the de-allocation list, and a tail pointer pointing to a next pointer of a buffer object at the end of the de-allocation list, wherein the tail pointer is a pointer's pointer. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348102 | Cross-layer collaboration method and system for cognitive radio network - A cross-layer collaboration method and a cross-layer collaboration system for a Cognitive Radio Network (CRN) are disclosed. The method includes: determining a transmission quality criterion ( | 11-27-2014 |
20140348103 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a base station to transmit a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: determining, on the basis of the number of usable resource elements in one pair of resource blocks, the size of a resource allocation unit for a downlink control channel and the number of resource allocation units within one pair of resource blocks; mapping the downlink control channel, from a preset number of resource block pairs, to the transmission resource on the basis of the determined resource allocation unit; and transmitting the downlink control channel to a terminal, wherein the size of the resource allocation unit is defined by the number of resource elements and is varied according to the number of usable resource elements. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348104 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a CoMP cooperating set formed by a plurality of base stations and a user terminal perfume CoMP communication therebetween, a predetermined base station included in the CoMP cooperating set transmits, to another base station which is not included in the CoMP cooperating set, an addition request for requesting the other base station to be added to the CoMP cooperating set, and the predetermined base station transmits a C-RNTI being used for the CoMP communication with the user terminal to the other base station, when transmitting the addition request. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348105 | Signaling of Uplink Scheduling Information in Case of Carrier Aggregation - An apparatus and a method is provided, by which data is sent to and/or received from a first network control node and at least one second network control node by a carrier aggregation, uplink scheduling information is established and sending of the uplink scheduling information is managed individually for the first network control node and the at least one second network control node. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348106 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting and Receiving Channel State Information - The present disclosure provides a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving Channel State Information. The said transmitting method includes calculating the maximum value m | 11-27-2014 |
20140348107 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK COMMUNICATION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus, comprising a transmitter configured to transmit uplink control information, at least one processing core configured to control the transmission of uplink control information, wherein the at least one processing core is configured to suppress the transmission responsive to an absence of user data transmission, wherein the suppression occurs while a connection is being maintained in an active state. The uplink control information may comprise, for example, a channel quality indicator CQI and/or a sounding reference signal, SRS. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348108 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method is described for transmitting signals at a communication apparatus in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of component carriers. A physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) with uplink control information (UCI) and a PUSCH without the UCI are simultaneously transmitted using the plurality of component carriers. A predefined transmission power determination scheme is used to determine the transmission power of the PUSCH with the UCI, and determine the transmission power of the PUSCH without the UCI. If a total transmission power of the PUSCH with the UCI and the PUSCH without the UCI exceeds a value corresponding to a maximum transmission power configured for the communication apparatus, the determined transmission power of the PUSCH without UCI is adjusted while maintaining the determined transmission power of the PUSCH with the UCI. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348109 | DUAL LAYER BEAM FORMING IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - Single user and multiuser MIMO transmission in a cellular network may be performed by selecting by a base station (eNB) to transmit either one or two transmission layers. When one transmission layer is selected, a first transmission layer is precoded with a first precoder. A first demodulation reference signal (DMRS) sequence or a second DMRS sequence is selected by the eNB and precoded using the first precoder. The first transmission layer is transmitted with the selected precoded DMRS from the eNB to a user equipment (UE), and an indicator is transmitted to the UE to indicate which DMRS sequence is selected and transmitted. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348110 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting control information are disclosed. The method includes: grouping UEs in a cell, and obtaining second control information of each UE group after grouping; performing joint channel coding on the second control information of each UE group; obtaining first control information, and transmitting the first control information to the UEs in the cell, where the first control information includes indication information of the second control information, on which joint channel coding has been performed, of each UE group, so as to obtain the second control information according to the indication information; and transmitting the second control information, on which joint channel coding has been performed, of each UE group to the UEs in the cell. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348111 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENFORCING A COMMON USER POLICY WITHIN A NETWORK - In some embodiments, an apparatus includes a core network node configured to be operatively coupled to a set of wired network nodes and a set of wireless network nodes. The core network node is configured to receive, at a first time, a first data packet to be sent to a wired device operatively coupled to a wired network node from the set of wired network nodes. The core network node is configured to also receive, at a second time, a second data packet to be sent to a wireless device operatively coupled to a wireless network node from the set of wireless network nodes. The core network node is configured to apply a common policy to the first data packet and the second data packet based on an identifier of a user associated with both the wireless device and the wired device. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348112 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING SERVING GRANT VALUE, USER EQUIPMENT AND NETWORK DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for processing a serving grant value, a user equipment and a network device, so that it can prevent a serving grant value of a UE from being excessively low. The method includes: taking, by a user equipment, a maximum value of historical values of a power ratio of a data channel to a control channel as a maximum power ratio value after receiving a non-serving relative grant down command sent by a network device; and obtaining, by the user equipment, a first serving grant value according to the maximum power ratio value and a first threshold, where the first threshold is a threshold of a serving grant value or a threshold of the power ratio of the data channel to the control channel. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348113 | SCHEMES FOR PROVIDING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Technologies are generally described for providing wireless communications. In some examples, a method performed under control of a mobile operating server may include determining whether there is an authenticated wireless access point around a mobile device, if there is no authenticated wireless access point, determining whether there is a non-authenticated wireless access point whose capacity is over a predetermined value around the mobile device and if there is a non-authenticated wireless access point whose capacity is over the predetermined value, instructing the mobile device to connect to a wireless local area network provided by the non-authenticated wireless access point. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348114 | SYSTEMS/METHODS OF SPECTRALLY EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS - First and second receivers are used to receive respective first and second signals, to process said first and second signals and provide respective first and second measures thereof to respective first and second transmitters. The first and second transmitters are configured to launch the first and second measures, respectively, each comprising a desired component that has originated at a desired source, and an interference component that has originated at an interfering source. The first and/or second transmitters are configured to process and launch the respective first and second measures, properly conditioned, so that upon interception thereof by a receiving element the interference components thereof add destructively and substantially cancel (or at least partially cancel) each other, whereas the desired components avoid substantial cancellation owing to a phase relationship therebetween that differs relative to a phase relationship between the interference components. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348115 | METHODS AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - An apparatus may include a radio frequency (RF) transceiver to receive a first message over a first carrier in a first band in a downlink sub-frame of a first radio frame in a communications link, where the communications link comprises interband carriers aggregated over primary and secondary cells. The apparatus may also include a processor and a reply message assignment module operable on the processor to determine a downlink sub-frame in which the downlink transmission is received and to adjust timing of a reply/acknowledge message to be sent by the RF transceiver in response to the first message so as to coincide with a predetermined uplink sub-frame of a radio frame. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348116 | REDUCING CONGESTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - In a method for controlling network congestion, a parameter to bar access from specific user equipment is adjusted. The adjusted parameter in a specific system information block which is different from a System Information Block Type2 is transmitted. The method may be performed by a base station. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348117 | Systems and Methods for Use with Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing - Systems and methods are provided for enabling H-ARQ communication between a base station and one or more wireless terminals. Methods for enabling incremental redundancy (IR) based H-ARQ, Chase based H-ARQ and Space-Time Code combining (STC) based H-ARQ between devices for down-link and up-link direction transmissions are provided in the form of an information element (IE) for use with a Normal MAP convention as currently accepted in the draft version standard of IEEE 802.16. In addition, embodiments of the invention provide a resource management scheme to protect a network from abuse of resources from a wireless terminal not registered with the network. Components of the down-link and up-link mapping components of a data frame transmitted from the base station to one or more wireless terminals included messages that are readable by all wireless terminals as well as some messages that are encrypted and only readable by wireless terminals that are authenticated as being registered with the network. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348118 | BUFFER STATE REPORTING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a buffer state reporting method and apparatus. The buffer state reporting method includes: triggering transmission of current buffer state report BSR information of a user equipment; and if the user equipment will transmit media access control protocol data unit MAC PDU data packets to a base station and the MAC PDU data packets include a newly transmitted MAC PDU data packet, carrying the BSR information in the newly transmitted MAC PDU data packet for transmission to the base station. In the buffer state reporting method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention, when multiple MAC PDUs are transmitted at the same time, BSR information is carried in a newly transmitted MAC PDU, so that a base station acquires BSR information on a user side in a timely manner, thereby improving performance of uplink scheduling for a user. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348119 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A TRANSMISSION SIGNAL - Disclosed are a wireless communication base station device and a division number determination method that improve the frequency diversity effect while maintaining channel estimation accuracy regardless of the number of divisions in the frequency domain of a transmission signal from a wireless communication terminal device. A determination unit determines the number of divisions in the frequency domain of a transmission signal from a wireless communication terminal device. Here, the determination unit increases the number of divisions in the frequency domain of the transmission signal from the wireless communication terminal device as the number of pilot blocks included in the transmission signal increases. In addition, a scheduling unit schedules allocation to the frequency resources of the divided transmission signal according to the number of divisions determined by the determination unit. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348120 | Methods and Nodes in a Wireless Communication Network - Receiver and method in a receiver, for iterative channel estimation and data decoding of signals received from a radio network node, located in a wireless communication network. The method comprises detecting a signal of the radio network node, performing channel estimation of the detected signal, based on iterative application of a Space Alternating Generalised Expectation and maximisation, SAGE, algorithm, determining a channel/link quality, based on the performed channel estimation and the estimated channel parameters, selecting Multiple-Input and Multiple-Output, MIMO, detector, based on the determined channel quality, determining to enable and/or disable, respectively, soft-Iterative Channel Estimation, soft-ICE, based on the determined channel quality, and iterating the performed channel estimation for a predetermined number of times. | 11-27-2014 |
20140348121 | PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIER CONFIGURATION METHOD, LOGIC ROOT SEQUENCE INDEX CONFIGURATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - The present invention discloses a physical cell identifier configuration method, a logic root sequence index configuration method, and a base station, so as to decrease a false random access alarm. | 11-27-2014 |
20140355525 | REMOTE DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A distributed antenna system is provided that frequency shifts the output of one or more microcells to a 60 GHz or higher frequency range for transmission to a set of distributed antennas. The cellular band outputs of these microcell base station devices are used to modulate a 60 GHz (or higher) carrier wave, yielding a group of subcarriers on the 60 GHz carrier wave. This group will then be transmitted in the air via analog microwave RF unit, after which it can be repeated or radiated to the surrounding area. The repeaters amplify the signal and resend it on the air again toward the next repeater. In places where a microcell is required, the 60 GHz signal is shifted in frequency back to its original frequency (e.g., the 1.9 GHz cellular band) and radiated locally to nearby mobile devices. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355526 | LOW COST AND ROBUST RECEIVER ARCHITECTURE FOR DOWN LINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Various configurations and arrangements of systems and methods for providing multi-carrier aggregation are described. A system in accordance with the disclosure can include a first mixer configured to receive a first signal in a first frequency band, a second mixer configured to receive a second signal in a second frequency band, a third mixer configured to receive the second signal in the second frequency band, and a fourth mixer configured to receive a third signal in a third frequency band. The system can further include a controller configured to selectively activate one of the first mixer and the second mixer, and selectively activate one of the third mixer and the fourth mixer. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355527 | SUPPORTING SIMULTANEOUS COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - A system and method of creating more than one communication interface between a wireless device using a single, dual-radio transceiver by leveraging the basic service set (BSS) and radio measurement information. A wireless device operating in multiple-in, multiple-put (MIMO) mode maintains a first communications interface with an access point while establishing a second communications interface by downgrading the existing MIMO connection to a single-in, single-out (SISO) connection. The downgrading of the MIMO connection to a SISO connection frees up a radio signal processing chain to establish a second communications interface utilizing the BSS and radio measurement information from the first communications interface. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355528 | SELF-ORGANIZING OFDMA SYSTEM FOR BROADBAND COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods for a self-organizing OFDMA system for broadband communication are provided. In certain embodiments a communication node for a self organizing network comprises a communication interface configured to transmit data to and receive data from a plurality of nodes; and a processing unit configured to execute computer readable instructions. Further, computer readable instructions direct the processing unit to identify a sub-region within a cell, wherein the communication node is located in the sub-region; and transmit at least one data frame, wherein the data from the communication node is transmitted at a particular time and frequency as defined within the at least one data frame, where the time and frequency are associated with the sub-region. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355529 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS WITH MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS - An apparatus includes a processor a channel state information (CSI) module operative on the processor to evaluate channel state information for a multiplicity of transmission points and to allocate a selection of channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) to an uplink sub-frame allotted for transmitting channel quality/precoding matrix index/rank indicator (CQI/PMI/RI) information to a transmission point. The apparatus may further include a wireless transceiver operative to transmit the selection of CSI-RS in the uplink sub-frame to the transmission point in a wireless network, and receive information from the transmission point in response to the CSI-RS and a digital display operative to present the information received from the transmission point. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355530 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING SEAMLESS TRANSMISSION CONTROL WITH AID OF REQUEST CARRYING FRAGMENT ID, AND ASSOCIATED APPARATUS - A method for performing seamless transmission control for an electronic device and an associated apparatus are provided, where the method includes the steps of: sending a request frame carrying a fragment identification (ID) to trigger a responder in a wireless network system to initiate retransmission corresponding to the fragment ID, wherein the fragment ID indicates beginning of a remaining portion within a plurality of fragments of data being sent from the responder to the electronic device; and receiving at least one response frame sent from the responder, for utilizing the remaining portion within the plurality of fragments of the data, wherein the remaining portion within the plurality of fragments of the data is obtained from the at least one response frame. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355531 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL SCRAMBLING AND DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE GENERATION - Methods, apparatuses, and systems are described to provide enhanced physical downlink control channel scrambling and demodulation reference signal sequence generation. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355532 | WLAN DEVICE WITH AUXILIARY RECEIVER CHAIN - A method includes, in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) device, communicating on a given communication channel using one or more primary transmission/reception (TX/RX) chains. Concurrently with communicating on the given communication channel using the primary TX/RX chains, signal activity is evaluated on one or more alternative communication channels using an auxiliary reception (RX) chain whose hardware is partially shared with one of the primary TX/RX chains. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355533 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TTI (TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL) BUNDLING FOR SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for TTI bundling for small cell enhancements in a wireless communication system. The method includes a UE (User Equipment) that is served by a first cell controlled by a first eNB (evolved Node B). The method also includes the UE receives a first RRC (Radio Resource Control) message for configuring a TTI bundling. The method further includes the UE receives a second RRC message for adding a second cell controlled by a second eNB to the UE, wherein the second cell is configured with a PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel). In addition, the method includes the UE applies the TTI bundling for uplink transmissions on the first cell and does not apply the TTI bundling for uplink transmissions on the second cell. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355534 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT - Systems and methods for determining primary channel availability are disclosed. One aspect is a method in a wireless communications system including a first primary channel having first and second frequency spectrum bandwidths. The second frequency spectrum bandwidth includes the first frequency spectrum bandwidth. The method includes determining whether a first preamble has been detected on the second primary channel during a first threshold period of time, determining whether a second preamble has been detected on the first primary channel during a second threshold period of time, determining whether a guard interval has been detected on the second primary channel during a third threshold period of time, determining whether the second primary channel is idle based at least in part on detection of the first preamble, the second preamble and the guard interval, and transmitting a wireless message based at least in part on whether the second primary channel is idle. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355535 | System and Method for Controlling Multiple Wireless Access Nodes - In one embodiment, method for controlling multiple wireless access nodes includes receiving, by a central controller from a base station (BS), a message indicating a channel state information (CSI) and determining a state transition function in accordance with the message. The method also includes determining a belief state in accordance with the state transition function and determining cooperation for a plurality of BSs including the BS in accordance with the belief state to produce a cooperation decision. Additionally, the method includes transmitting, by the central controller to the BS, the cooperation decision. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355536 | SYSTEM AND METHOD PROVIDING FIXED MOBILE CONVERGENCE VIA BONDED SERVICES - Method, system and apparatus for identifying and binding together in one session multiple data bearing paths through various access technologies between a Packet Gateway (PGW) and Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) to form thereby a bonded service combining wireless and wireline bearers. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355537 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a first frame including configuration information on a channel allocated from a bandwidth including a primary channel, a secondary channel and an extension channel from an access point (AP), and transmitting a second frame to the AP by using the allocated channel. The configuration information includes an extension channel offset element field that sets the extension channel as the offset of the primary channel. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355538 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a resource allocation method, a radio network controller, and a base station. The method includes: generating resource instruction information according to capability information of the maximum number of a monitored HS-SCCH of a terminal configured in an HSDPA multiflow transmission mode, and sending the resource instruction information to abase station; receiving resource allocation information returned by the base station, where the resource allocation information includes the number of HS-SCCH channels allocated by the base station for the terminal in a serving cell corresponding to the base station, and the number of HS-SCCH channels allocated for the terminal in the serving cell corresponding to the base station is smaller than or equal to the maximum number of a monitored HS-SCCH of the terminal configured in the HSDPA multiflow transmission mode. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In detail, the present invention is a method in which user equipment for which a plurality of cells is constituted receives control information in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system, and an apparatus for the method. The method comprises: a step of receiving, through a first cell, uplink resource allocation information for a second cell; a step of transmitting an uplink signal on the second cell using the uplink resource allocation information; and a step of receiving response information to the uplink signal. The response information is received via a specific cell rather than the first cell when the uplink signal is transmitted by a random access process, and the response information is received via the first cell when the uplink signal is transmitted by a non-random access process. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355540 | SCHEDULING ALGORITHM FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method scheduling resources allocation within a wireless communications network including at least one network cell including a central unit providing coverage over the network cell and managing at least one transmission frame for putting the central unit into communication with at least one user equipment. The method includes: retrieving input parameters including, for each user equipment, a channel quality parameter indicating a measured/estimated channel quality based on actual network cell conditions; applying a de-contextualization function to each channel quality parameter for obtaining a corresponding atomic channel quality parameter indicating channel quality de-contextualized from the actual network cell conditions; performing a scheduling algorithm providing a binary allocation matrix indicating each scheduled physical resource block, transmission frame and user equipment; and applying a contextualization function to the allocation matrix obtaining transport block size data usable by the scheduled transmission frame for transport blocks transmissions from or towards each scheduled user equipment. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355541 | Method, device and system for accessing core network by means of non-3GPP access - A method, device and system for accessing a core network by means of non-3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP) access are disclosed, so as to acquire capability information of a User Equipment (UE) and/or capability information of a non-3GPP access system, and decide, according to the acquired capability information, whether the UE transfers information required for establishing an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) session. The disclosure can enhance the capability of the UE to support establishment of an extra Packet Data Network (PDN) connection and service continuity during switching between access systems. Meanwhile, the capability of a peer can be acquired through the UE and a network, so that the network may support normal access by an existing UE and an enhanced UE simultaneously. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355542 | SERVER SELECTION IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK WITH RESPECT TO A MOBILE USER - The invention refers to providing a service associated to a service request received from a mobile user equipment—UE— ( | 12-04-2014 |
20140355543 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALLING FOR TRIGGERING THE INDEPENDENT TRANSMISSION OF A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - The invention suggests a method for providing control signalling in a communication system, comprising the steps performed by a base station of the communication system of generating a control channel signal comprising a transport format and a channel quality indicator trigger signal for triggering a transmission of a channel quality indicator by at least one terminal to the base station, and transmitting the generated control channel signal to at least one terminal, wherein said transport format is a predetermined format for user data transmission by the at least one terminal to the base station and said control channel signal indicates a predetermined mode for reporting the channel quality indicator to the base station, wherein the channel quality indicator transmission is to be triggered by the at least one terminal based on the channel quality indicator trigger signal. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355544 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO TRANSMITTER - Radio transmission is performed even to a communication party whose bandwidth that can be used for transmission and reception is limited without having an influence of an offset of a DC component. A radio transmitter applied to an OFDMA communication system in which a plurality of different terminals performs communication using OFDM signals at the same time that includes a mapping part that allocates transmission power to each subcarrier, and also selects a subcarrier to which minimum power of the transmission power to be allocated is allocated and modulates transmission data in units of communication slots to output the modulated data; and a transmission part for transmitting radio signals including the modulated data using each of the subcarriers. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355545 | CHANNEL-SOUNDING METHOD USING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting an SRS in a multi-antenna system. The method comprises the steps of: acquiring specific information for discriminating a first antenna group and a second antenna group from among a plurality of antennas, wherein said first antenna group includes one or more antennas which are set to a turned-on state to perform communication with a base station, and said second antenna group includes one or more other antennas which are set to a turned-off state; transmitting an SRS to the base station if a predetermined condition is satisfied, under the condition that the second antenna group is set to the turned-off state; and setting the second antenna group to a turned-off state after the transmission of the SRS. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355546 | APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system, the method including receiving, via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), downlink control information (DCI) for downlink scheduling. The DCI includes an SRS request for triggering transmission of the aperiodic SRS. The method further includes detecting the SRS request; and transmitting the aperiodic SRS on an uplink (UL) component carrier (CC), which is linked to a downlink (DL) CC in which a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) is scheduled by the DCI, among a plurality of UL CCs. If a carrier indicator field (CIF) is configured, the UL CC is indicated by the CIF. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355547 | Network-Initiated Method and System for Establishing Data Communication Using IP With a Wireless Terminal - A method and apparatus are provided for establishing data communication between a wireless network and a wireless terminal by means of a packet data protocol connection, using internet protocol. When a determination is made that the wireless terminal is active but does not have an internet protocol address, a page is initiated from the wireless network to the wireless terminal over a control channel requesting that the wireless terminal obtain a temporary internet protocol address. A temporary internet protocol address is then assigned to the terminal in response to a request from the terminal initiated in response to the page so that data communication can be established with the terminal based on the temporary address. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355548 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: obtaining a resource element RE configuration, where an RE indicated by the RE configuration is a subset of the RE available for sending a channel state information reference signal CSI-RS and is the RE onto which a data symbol can be mapped; and receiving, according to the RE configuration, the data symbol that is sent by a base station on the RE indicated by the RE configuration. In the embodiments of the present invention, a data symbol can be mapped onto the RE that is used for sending the CSI-RS, so that a UE can receive the data symbol on the RE that is used for sending the CSI-RS, thereby improving the utilization efficiency of the RE. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355549 | VOICE-DATA INTEGRATED MULTIACCESS BY SELF-RESERVATION AND STABILIZED ALOHA CONTENTION - A multiple access communication protocol that includes an uplink and a downlink channel is disclosed. The uplink channel has a plurality of frames, such that each frame has a first selectable number of minislots and a second selectable number of slots. A reservation request of a first type is sent into a first selected minislot of a selected frame of the uplink channel when information of a first type is to be sent. The reservation request of the first type requests an assignment for at least one slot for transmitting information of the first type in at least one frame that is subsequent to the selected frame. A reservation request of a second type is sent into a second selected minislot of the selected frame when the second selected minislot is available in the selected frame and when information of a second type is to be sent. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355550 | WIRELESS STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication system includes: a first wireless station configured to: transmit a first control signal controlling communication from a second wireless station to the first wireless station and including first setting information indicative of setting of a communication channel from the second wireless station to the first wireless station, and transmit a second control signal controlling the communication from the second wireless station to the first wireless station and not including a part of the first setting information after transmitting the first control signal; and the second wireless station configured to: transmit a first data signal to the first wireless station in response to reception of the first control signal based on the first setting information, and transmit a second data signal to the first wireless station in response to reception of the second control signal based on the part of the first setting information and the second control signal. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355551 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a terminal for providing an ACK/NAK message to a base station is provided. The terminal counts the number of assigned downlink subframes detected from the base station resulting in k. The terminal then establishes whether each of a number of transport blocks comprised in the counted k downlink subframes is correctly received or not. In the case when each one of the transport blocks, comprised in the k downlink subframes is estimated as correctly received the terminal provides to the base station an encoded ACK message for the k subframes, which comprises k, the number of subframes. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355552 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a terminal for providing an ACK/NAK message to a base station is provided. The terminal counts the number of assigned downlink subframes detected from the base station resulting in k. The terminal then establishes whether each of a number of transport blocks comprised in the counted k downlink subframes is correctly received or not. In the case when each one of the transport blocks, comprised in the k downlink subframes is estimated as correctly received the terminal provides to the base station an encoded ACK message for the k subframes, which comprises k, the number of subframes. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355553 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in a terminal for providing an ACK/NAK message to a base station is provided. The terminal counts the number of assigned downlink subframes detected from the base station resulting in k. The terminal then establishes whether each of a number of transport blocks comprised in the counted k downlink subframes is correctly received or not. In the case when each one of the transport blocks, comprised in the k downlink subframes is estimated as correctly received the terminal provides to the base station an encoded ACK message for the k subframes, which comprises k, the number of subframes. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355554 | Processing Information Blocks for Wireless Transmission - In general, according to an embodiment, a wireless transmitter includes a plurality of coding and modulation modules to apply corresponding coding and modulation algorithms to input information blocks. A discrete Fourier transform (DFT) precoder applies DFT processing to outputs of the coding and modulation modules, and an inverse fast Fourier transform (IFFT) module receives a DFT output of the DFT precoder, which is mapped to different subcarriers according to the resource allocation indicated by the base station, and applies IFFT processing to the DFT output. An output processing stage produces output signals based on the output of the IFFT module to transmit wirelessly to a wireless receiver. In a different implementation, the outputs of the coding and modulation modules can be provided to an IFFT module to produce IFFT-processed output information. | 12-04-2014 |
20140355555 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The UCI transmission method comprises the steps of: generating an encoding information bit stream by performing channel coding for a UCI bit stream; generating complex modulation symbols by performing modulation for the generated encoding information bit stream; spreading the complex modulation symbols in block-wise on the basis of an orthogonal sequence; and transmitting the spread complex modulation symbols to a base station. The encoding information bit stream is generated by a channel coding for circularly repeating the UCI bit stream. | 12-04-2014 |
20140362774 | CIRCUITS AND METHOD TO ENABLE EFFICIENT GENERATION OF DIRECT DIGITAL SYNTHESIZER BASED WAVEFORMS OF ARBITRARY BANDWIDTH - Embodiments of a system and method for providing efficient wideband inverse channelization for direct digital synthesizer based jamming techniques are generally described herein. In some embodiments, metadata associated with a technique for generating a waveform, such as frequency, phase and amplitude parameters, is received. Data select signals and data input are generated based on the received metadata. In-phase and quadrature signals are produced at an output of a first de-multiplexer and a second de-multiplexer, respectively, based on the data select signals and the data input. Frequency modulated signals generated by direct digital synthesizers may be combined in a channel using a separate, distinct channel combiner. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362775 | VIRTUALIZATION OF CONTROL PLANE FUNCTIONS OF A WIRELESS CORE PACKET NETWORK - A capability is provided for virtualizing control plane functions of a wireless core packet network (WCPN). A forwarding element (FE) is configured to provide a set of data plane functions of the WCPN. A virtual control element (VCE) is configured to provide a set of control plane functions of the WCPN. The VCE includes a set of virtual machines (VMs) where at least one of the VMs is configured to detect a condition associated with a tunnel, for a wireless terminal (WT), between the FE and a wireless access device (WAD) configured to serve the WT, and propagate, toward the FE, a message comprising a tunnel command configured to instruct the FE to at least one of install, remove, or modify a tunnel rule associated with the tunnel between the FE and the WAD. The tunnel enables the WT to access a packet data network (PDN). | 12-11-2014 |
20140362776 | APPLICATION AWARE ASSOCIATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - An application may be associated with an application endpoint that is accessed via a wireless local area network. In this disclosure, a wireless station may select and associated with one of a plurality of access points that provides better application throughput to the application endpoint. The application throughput may be based upon a combination of the wireless link rate (between the wireless station and the access point) as well as a measured application data rate (from the access point to the application endpoint). An access point may measure and advertise application data rates for a plurality of application endpoints, including one or more servers coupled to the local area network, a gateway to a wide area network, and/or a server coupled to the wide area network. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362777 | COMMUNICATING VIA MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION LAYERS PROVIDED BY MULTIPLE WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICES - One or more devices may receive, from a user device via a first communication layer associated with a first network device, a request to add a second communication layer associated with a second network device; generate an instruction, based on receiving the request, to aggregate first data flow and the second data flow, to be provided via the first and second communication layers; and provide, to the second network device and based on generating the instruction, a response to indicate that the one or more devices are prepared to aggregate the first and second data flows. The response may include an instruction to direct the second network device to establish a simultaneous connection with the user device while the user device is connected to the first network device and to establish the connection with the user device via the second communication layer. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362778 | Method and Apparatus for Voice Over LTE and Data Handling in a Roaming Environment - An approach for reducing online charging for voice over LTE users when accessing a roaming network. Users can receive and make voice over LTE calls without allowing background applications to use the resulting bearer for data traffic such as firmware updates, social network applications and other periodic and aperiodic data traffic. This approach has a beneficial impact on charging costs when accessing roaming networks. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362779 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVING UPLINK ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Apparatuses and methods include determining a first initial random access channel (RACH) preamble power based on one or more of a history of RACH preamble powers, a history of common pilot channel (CPICH) chip energy to total power density ratio (EcIo) measurements, and a history of CPICH received signal code power (RSCP) measurements, wherein each of the history of RACH preamble powers, the history of CPICH EcIo measurements, and the history of CPICH RSCP measurements corresponds to previous RACH procedures when the RACH procedure succeeded, and initiating subsequent RACH procedures with preambles that are based on the first initial RACH preamble power. Some present aspects may reduce the push to talk (PTT) call setup latency. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362780 | LTE/LTE-A UPLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION USING UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications. In one method, an uplink grant may be received over a licensed spectrum. A clear channel assessment (CCA) may be performed in response to the uplink grant to determine availability of an unlicensed spectrum. The CCA may be performed prior to a transmission associated with the uplink grant. In another method, scheduling information may be received over a licensed spectrum. An uplink grant may be transmitted over the licensed spectrum. The uplink grant may be based at least in part on the scheduling information. The uplink grant may be configured to trigger a CCA to determine availability of an unlicensed spectrum prior to a transmission associated with the uplink grant. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362781 | BROADCASTING SIGNAL TRANSMITTING APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING THE SAME - A broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus that transmits a plurality of signals through a plurality of antennas to increase a data transmission rate. The broadcasting signal transmitting apparatus includes a signal generator configured to generate the plurality of signals each of which includes at least one preamble symbol and data symbols, a frequency allocator configured to allocate a first subcarrier position of a whole frequency to a first preamble symbol included in a first signal among the plurality of signals and to allocate, by shifting a frequency position of the first subcarrier position by a preset interval, a second subcarrier position to a second preamble symbol included in a second signal among the plurality of signals, and a transmitter configured to transmit the plurality of signals through the plurality of antennas. The antennas respectively correspond to subcarrier positions allocated to the plurality of signals. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362782 | CONFIGURING FREQUENCY BANDS TO BE SCANNED IN A MULTIPLE-FREQUENCY-BAND WIRELESS LAN - Provided is a communication method implemented by a mobile device in a wireless network in which a plurality of frequency bands is available, wherein a first wireless device and a second wireless device in the wireless network are configured to use a first one and a second one of the plurality of frequency bands, respectively, to provide wireless connections. The method includes: while the mobile device is connected to the second wireless device, receiving a frame which includes information indicating that the first wireless device is configured to use the first frequency band to provide a wireless connection, the frame being transmitted from the first wireless device in the second frequency band and received through a scanning operation performed by the mobile device only on the second frequency band; and allowing a subsequent scanning operation of the mobile device to be performed only on the first frequency band. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362783 | Channel State Information (CSI) Feedback and Subsampling - A method implemented in a base station used in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving, from a user equipment, rank indication (RI), a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI), and a second PMI, the RI and the first PMI being jointly encoded, wherein 5 bits are used for transmission of the jointly encoded RI and first PMI, and wherein first 8 values of values expressed by the 5 bits are used for RI=1, second 8 values of the values expressed by the 5 bits are used for RI=2, a third value of the values expressed by the 5 bits is used for RI=3, a fourth value of the values expressed by the 5 bits is used for RI=4, and remaining 14 values of the values expressed by the 5 bits are reserved. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems also are disclosed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362784 | Channel State Information (CSI) Feedback and Subsampling - A method implemented in a base station used in a wireless communications system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving, from a user equipment, rank indication (RI), a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI), and a second PMI (codebook index i | 12-11-2014 |
20140362785 | Mapping Via Back To Back Ethernet Switches - A base station in a fixed wireless point to multi-point communication system includes a MAC processor and inner and outer Ethernet switches. The inner Ethernet switch communicates with the outer Ethernet switch on a plurality of ports, with packets to or from each connected remote station always traveling over a single inter-switch port pair dedicated to that remote station. Mapping the base station-remote links' downstream packets from the MAC processor is achieved with tags added in the inner Ethernet switch (downstream packets, based upon which inter-switch port pair carried the packet) and in the MAC processor (upstream packets). | 12-11-2014 |
20140362786 | Fixed Wireless Communication With Capacity Enhanced Dynamic Power Control - At least one remote station communicates with a base station in a fixed wireless communication network. Data is transmitted in a series of short duration data frames, at any of at least four discrete transmission power levels selected for that data frame, and using any of at least four modulation-coding levels selected for that data frame. When the amount of data being transmitted in that data frame requires the highest adequate modulation-coding level as determined by received signal quality information including signal-to-interference-and-noise ratio, data is transmitted at the highest optimal power level. When the amount of data being transmitted in that data frame requires less than the highest adequate modulation-coding level, data is transmitted at a lower modulation-coding level sufficient to transmit the amount of data for that frame and at a correspondingly reduced power level. In the preferred embodiment, both the remote station(s) and the base station(s) utilize the inventive method, and the correspondingly reduced power level is based on the decibel difference in signal quality permitted by the lower modulation-coding level. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362787 | Reducing Precoder Signaling Overhead for MIMO Communication System - Where receiver performance at a User Equipment (UE) is similar using a coarse precoder codebook as using a fine resolution precoder codebook, the signaling of a two-component precoder codebook is modified such that a precoder codeword is signaled to the UE in only a portion of the physical resources allocated for precoder codeword signaling to the UE. The remaining portion of the allocated physical resources is used to signal control information to improve the UE's performance. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362788 | Receiver Configuration - Measures, including methods, apparatus and computer software for use in a cellular telecommunications network. A network entity causes transmittal, to a user equipment comprising a receiver currently configured in a relatively low performance reception modulation state, of signaling information associated with configuration of the receiver in a relatively high performance reception modulation state and, in response to transmittal of the signaling information, the network entity receives from the user equipment an indication that downlink reception by the receiver configured in the relatively high performance reception modulation state is currently viable. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362789 | TIME-SHARED AND CONCURRENT MULTI-PROTOCOL BEACON TRANSMISSION DESIGN - A base station in a cellular wireless communications system uses one or more control algorithms to control a transmission pattern of a 1xRTT or DO discovery beacon. The transmission pattern enables access terminals using any one of multiple wake-up periods and wake-up offsets to discover all macrocell frequencies in a finite amount of time. In addition, for base stations allocating a single transmit chain to both 1xRTT and DO beacons, the transmission pattern enables a definite maximum discovery time for both 1xRTT and DO beacons for all access terminals entering the base station coverage. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362790 | System and Method for Coordinated Remote Control of Network Radio Nodes and Core Network Elements - An embodiment method of routing network traffic includes configuring flow tables of a virtual switch using an OpenFlow protocol. The virtual switch is disposed at a network radio node. The method includes receiving network traffic destined for a user equipment (UE) at the virtual switch and establishing, by a packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) layer, a data radio bearer (DRB) for the network traffic between a virtual port on the virtual switch and the UE. The method also includes routing the network traffic over the DRB from the virtual port, through the PDCP layer, and toward the UE according to the flow tables. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362791 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FACILITATING HIGH THROUGHPUT CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Embodiments include systems and methods for frame tunneling in a wireless communications system comprising digital beam forming. Embodiments comprise a first and second frame control field with the second frame control field comprising a High Throughput Control (HTC) enabling field. If the HTC enabling field is enabled, then an HTC field is sent. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362792 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - The present application discloses a method for transmitting uplink control information, a user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: receiving a physical downlink control channel sent by a base station, where the physical downlink control channel includes indication information, where the indication information is used to indicate a physical uplink control channel resource used to transmit uplink control information; obtaining, according to the indication information and whether the uplink control information includes periodic channel state information, a physical uplink control channel resource used to transmit the uplink control information from a semi-statically configured first resource group and/or second resource group; and sending the uplink control information to the base station over a physical uplink control channel corresponding to the physical uplink control channel resource. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362793 | MEASUREMENT METHOD, CSI-RS RESOURCE SHARING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a measurement method based on channel state information-reference signal CSI-RS resources, a base station, a user equipment UE, and a method for inter-cell CSI-RS resource sharing. The measurement method includes: sending, by a first base station, information of at least one CSI-RS configuration set to a user equipment UE; receiving, by the first base station, a result of measurement performed by the UE on a subset or a full set of measurement resources corresponding to the CSI-RS configuration set, wherein the CSI-RS configuration set includes at least two CSI-RS configurations. The technical solution for measurement provided in the embodiments of the present invention implements CSI-RS measurement over multiple CSI-RS configurations, thereby overcoming the problem that REs of a CSI-RS are sparse, and improving the measurement precision of a UE. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362794 | Contention-Free Random Access Procedure in Wireless Networks - In order to provide a more robust contention-free random access procedure for use in a cellular wireless network and specifically, a contention-free random access procedure that is able to recover more quickly in case of failure a method for a radio access node ( | 12-11-2014 |
20140362795 | METHOD OF RETRANSMITTING DATA IN A WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MACHINE-TO-MACHINE COMMUNICATION, AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless connection system, and in particular, relates to methods of retransmitting data in a machine-to-machine communication system, methods of managing the data, and devices for supporting machine-to-machine communication. As one aspect of the present invention, the method of retransmitting data in the wireless connection system supporting the machine-to-machine communication may include: allocating a data slot for retransmitting data from a first machine, from among two or more peer machines, by transmitting a transmit request message to a second machine; receiving a transmit response message transmitted form the second machine in response to the transmit request message; and retransmitting data to the second machine through the allocated data slot. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362796 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING CHANNELS RELATED TO UPLINK BUNDLING - A new PHICH channel and a new PDCCH channel are allocated when the location of a subframe to be used in transmission changes by the change in the configuration of the subframe caused by a dynamic uplink/downlink configuration in a subframe bundling transmission mode. In the event that a subframe is successfully transmitted in a subframe bundling mode, the location of the subframe that has been successfully transmitted is determined as a reference in determining the point of time of the response to the bundling transmission. In addition, the bundling transmission following the subframe that has been successfully transmitted can be omitted. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362797 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile communication system, a base station device, a mobile station device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit that each can efficiently transmit HARQ-ACK and/or channel state information are provided. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362798 | SHIFTING HARQ FEEDBACK FOR COGNITIVE-RADIO-BASED TD-LTE SYSTEMS - A method includes, in response to a determination one or more quiet periods conflict with specified hybrid automatic repeat request feedback timing, sending one or more indicators to one or more user equipment to indicate to the user equipment to shift the specified hybrid automatic repeat request feedback timing to a shifted hybrid automatic repeat request feedback timing. The method includes communicating hybrid automatic repeat request feedback based on the shifted hybrid automatic repeat request feed-back timing. Another method includes receiving at a user equipment one or more indicators indicating to the user equipment to shift specified hybrid automatic repeat request feedback timing to a shifted hybrid automatic repeat request timing, and communicating hybrid automatic repeat request feedback based on the shifted hybrid automatic repeat request timing. Apparatus, computer program product, and computer programs are also disclosed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362799 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Provided are a method and a wireless device for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a wireless communication system. The wireless device receives an SRS (sounding reference signal) configuration for a periodic transmission, and transmits the SRS in a randomly determined subframe from among a plurality of SRS subframes determined on the basis of the SRS configuration. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362800 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH CONTROL OF ACCESS TO A SHARED COMMUNICATIONS MEDIUM - The present invention relates to a communications system ( | 12-11-2014 |
20140362801 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of base stations included in a CoMP cooperating set allocate a same communication resource to a user terminal to perform a communication, each of the plurality of base stations comprises a notification unit that notifies another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set of a communication resource of allocation candidate for the user terminal in the base station itself; a receiver that receives a notification of a communication resource of allocation candidate for the user terminal in another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set from the other base station; and a selector that selects a communication resource to be allocated to the user terminal from communication resources of allocation candidates in the plurality of base stations, based on the notification received by the receiver. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362802 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system including: a first wireless base station configured to perform joint transmission with at least a second wireless base station, the joint transmission being transmission for transmitting identical data to a wireless terminal using at least one frequency domain in synchronization with the at least a second wireless base station, and the wireless terminal configured to transmit feedback information to the first wireless base station, the feedback information relating to a reception quality for each of the at least one frequency domain of the performed joint transmission. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362803 | METHOD FOR A USER TERMINAL TO RANDOM ACCESS A CARRIER AGGREGATION MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for random access to a base station by a user equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system using carrier aggregation in which communication is conducted over a plurality of component carriers, and a terminal for the method are disclosed. When the UE performs a contention-based random access procedure in the mobile communication system to which CA technology is applied, the UE considers an uplink grant signal as a contention resolution message when receiving the uplink grant signal from a eNB only when the uplink grant signal is received through a downlink CC corresponding to an uplink CC used to transmit a random access preamble or a third message, to thereby prevent contention resolution from being erroneously ended. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362804 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF A CONTROL SIGNAL IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for the transmission of control signal in a radio communication system. The method includes the steps of processing first control information on the basis of a first resource index to create a first control signal, processing second control information on the basis of a second resource index to create a second control signal, and transmitting the first control signal and the second control signal. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362805 | Method And Apparatus For Allocating A Pilot Signal Adapted To The Channel Characteristics - A set of different pilot structures are designed for use in different environments and/or different user behaviours that are expected to occur in a cell. The radio conditions for a user are estimated. Each user is then assigned an area ( | 12-11-2014 |
20140362806 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for processing random access. The method includes: detecting a random access preamble sequence which is sent by a user equipment (UE) according to configuration information; determining a control channel corresponding to the detected random access preamble sequence, and scheduling random access response information corresponding to the random access preamble sequence by using the control channel. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362807 | Wireless Services Gateway - A system for integrating wireless service providers' core networks with Wi-Fi radios using a Wireless Services Gateway (WSG). The WSG can allow wireless device users to seamlessly connect to a network such as the internet using both cellular phone antennae as well as Wi-Fi radio antennae while still utilizing their preferred wireless service provider's core network system of billing, authenticating and policy decision making. This system can allow for data transmission of wireless devices through Wi-Fi instead of through cellular antennae, thus increasing bandwidth and data transmission rates. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362808 | Wireless Routing Device, Mobile Terminal, and Management System and Method - A method for managing configuration of a routing device, including: a first wireless communication unit configured to receive a request message comprising a management command, wherein the request message is sent by a mobile terminal and corresponds to the application programming interface; an application programming interface unit configured to set an application programming interface, and decapsulate, based on the application programming interface set by the application programming interface unit, the request message received by the first wireless communication unit, to obtain the management command; and an execution unit configured to execute a corresponding operation according to the management command obtained by the application programming interface unit. Correspondingly, a mobile terminal, and a management system and method are also disclosed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362809 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BAND TRANSFER IN MULTIBAND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transferring to a second communication band and returning to an original communication band according to a channel state in a multiband communication system are provided. The method includes communicating with a peer device in a first band, determining a channel state of a second band, and transferring to the second band based on a result of the determination, thereby efficiently using a plurality of bands and thus improving a data transmission speed. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362810 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE JOINT DESIGN AND OPERATION OF ARQ PROTOCOLS WITH USER SCHEDULING FOR USE WITH MULTIUSER MIMO IN THE DOWNLINK OF WIRELESS SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for performing wireless communication. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a processing unit to run a scheduling selection algorithm to update user terminal scheduling weights in response to scheduling feedback transmitted by a plurality of user terminals by an end of an immediately preceding scheduling event; a scheduler and precoder, responsive to the updated user terminal scheduling weights generated by the scheduling algorithm and channel estimates of user terminals, to choose a set of user terminals for scheduling and to choose precoder beams and their power for such user terminal in the set of user terminals; a plurality of precoding blocks to receive one coded ARQ block for at least one packet for each user terminal in the set and, responsive to the precoder beams, to generate precoded data, where the one coded ARQ block is one of a plurality of ARQ blocks generated for a single packet and being generated using a single ARQ scheme for such each user terminal; and a transmitter to transmit the precoded data using MIMO transmission. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362811 | Sounding Mechanism under Carrier Aggregation - Sounding mechanism for LTE-A systems under carrier aggregation is provided. A UE receives an uplink or downlink grant transmitted from an eNB over a primary carrier in a multi-carrier LTE-A system. The UE determines indicated carrier(s) and detects a triggering condition for aperiodic sounding transmission in the grant. The UE then selects UE-specific sounding reference signal (SRS) parameters. Finally, the UE transmits an aperiodic SRS (ap-SRS) over the indicated carrier(s) using the selected UE-specific SRS parameters. In one embodiment, the uplink or downlink grant is transmitted via a PDCCH carrying various DCI formats. Each DCI format contains a carrier indicator field (CIF) that indicates which carrier is used for ap-SRS transmission if cross-carrier scheduling is enabled. In another embodiment, DCI format 3/3A is transmitted via a PDCCH carrying a plurality of information fields, each field indicates if the UE should enable ap-SRS in a particular carrier. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION TO SUPPORT UPLINK MULTIPLE ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information regarding uplink multiple antenna transmission may comprise the steps of: transmitting DCI for scheduling the uplink transmission of a plurality of data blocks through a PDCCH; receiving the plurality of data blocks scheduled by the DCI; transmitting information which indicates positive acknowledgement or negative acknowledgement to each of the plurality of received data blocks through the PHICH; and receiving retransmission for the negative acknowledged data blocks. When the number of the negative-acknowledged data blocks is not equal to the number data blocks indicated in the PDCCH, a pre-coding matrix, which is for the number of transmission layers equivalent to that of layers corresponding to the negative-acknowledged data blocks, may be used for retransmission. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362813 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - The present invention discloses a method and a device for resource configuration, the method includes: at first a base station broadcasts public resource configuration to a user equipment on a broadcast channel, and then the base station obtains an available public resource after receiving public resource requesting information sent by a target user equipment in a desynchronization state, the target user equipment is a user equipment of the user equipments which is in a desynchronization state; finally the base station sends an index number of the available public resource to the target user equipment, so that the target user equipment performs data transmission through the available public resource corresponding to the index number of the available public resource. The present invention can be applied to the field of communication system. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362814 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMIT POWER OF TRANSMISSIONS ON MORE THAN ONE COMPONENT CARRIER - A method and apparatus for controlling or determining transmit power of transmissions on more than one component carrier (CC) is disclosed. A WTRU may set a transmit power for each of a plurality of channels mapped to multiple CCs. The channels may include at least one physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and may also include at least one physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). | 12-11-2014 |
20140362815 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM APPLIED CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting Acknowledgement/Negative-Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) state information in a wireless communication system, the method including receiving, by a user equipment (UE), multiple transmission blocks through multiple downlink component carriers from a base station (BS); transmitting, by the UE, multiple transmission block ACK/NACK state information through a single uplink component carrier to the BS. The multiple transmission block ACK/NACK state information indicates at least two different numbers of ACK responses among ACK/NACK responses corresponding to each of the multiple transmission blocks. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362816 | System and Method for Message Acknowledgment Feedback for Device-to-Device Communication Overlaid on a Cellular Network - An embodiment of a system for operating a communications controller for a group of user equipments engaged in a direct mobile communication (“DMC”) link in a wireless communications system is provided. The communications controller is configured to allocate a set of subframes to the group of UEs for the DMC link, signal the set of allocated subframes to the group of UEs, and signal a length of a sliding window to the group of UEs. In an embodiment, ACK/NACK feedback for communications over the DMC link is aggregated according to the length of the sliding window, and the ACK/NACK feedback for the communications over the DMC link is determined independently from ACK/NACK feedback for cellular transmission between the communication controller and the group of UEs. In an embodiment, the length of the sliding window is a number of subframes. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362817 | PROTOCOLS FOR ENABLING MODE 1 AND MODE 2 DEVICES IN TV WHITE SPACE NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for operating in a television white space (TVWS) network. One example method generally includes receiving, at an apparatus, a message with a field indicating a current version of an unused frequency spectrum map (e.g., a white space map (WSM)), the unused frequency spectrum map indicating channels usable for wireless communications; determining whether the current version of the unused frequency spectrum map is different than a previous version of the unused frequency spectrum map; and using a channel for wireless communications based on the determination. Another example method generally includes accessing a database of available channels for a current location of an apparatus via a neighboring portable or fixed enabling apparatus and enabling one or more portable dependent apparatuses for the wireless communications via one or more of the available channels. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362818 | BACKWARD COMPATIBLE BANDWIDTH EXTENSION - A transmitter includes a bandwidth configuration unit configured to provide an increased system bandwidth corresponding to a bandwidth extension over multiple component carriers Additionally, the transmitter also includes a transmit unit configured to employ the bandwidth extension. | 12-11-2014 |
20140362819 | PROTOCOLS FOR ENABLING MODE 1 AND MODE 2 DEVICES IN TV WHITE SPACE NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for operating in a television white space (TVWS) network. One example method generally includes receiving, at an apparatus, a message with a field indicating a current version of an unused frequency spectrum map (e.g., a white space map (WSM)), the unused frequency spectrum map indicating channels usable for wireless communications; determining whether the current version of the unused frequency spectrum map is different than a previous version of the unused frequency spectrum map; and using a channel for wireless communications based on the determination. Another example method generally includes accessing a database of available channels for a current location of an apparatus via a neighboring portable or fixed enabling apparatus and enabling one or more portable dependent apparatuses for the wireless communications via one or more of the available channels. | 12-11-2014 |
20140369266 | MOBILE SERVICES HOSTING - A mobile device stores a service-creation application and presents, via the service-creation application, a user interface to solicit a service definition for client mobile devices. The mobile device stores a service-engine for providing the service and announces availability of the service to the client mobile devices. The mobile device receives, in response to the announcing, a registration request from one of the client mobile devices and validates the registration request. The mobile device then provides, to the one of the client mobile devices, the service via the service engine. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369267 | IMS CROSS CARRIER SUPPORTABILITY - A system may include a first Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network comprising one or more devices configured to receive a first registration request for a first mobile directory number (MDN), associated with a subscriber, wherein the first MDN corresponds to a home mobile directory number with respect to the first IMS network; and register the first MDN with the first IMS network. The one or more device may be further configured to detect a service point trigger, associated with the subscriber, to register a second MDN, foreign to the first IMS network, with a second IMS network, in response to the first MDN being registered; and send a second registration request to the second IMS network, to register the second MDN with the second IMS network. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369268 | FLEXIBLE RESERVATION-BASED MAC FOR WIRELESS BODY AREA NETWORKS - A time division multiple access (TDMA) media access control (MAC) protocol is provided for wireless body area networks (BANs). In particular, in some embodiments the described network devices utilize signaling to modify previously made reservations. In other embodiments, reservation adjustment is performed without using signaling. Preemption can also be used to allow flexible reservation adjustment. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369269 | Methods And Systems For Processing Communications Between A Base Station And Mobile Device Based On Wireless Communciations Of Another Base Station - Methods and systems for processing communications based on wireless communications of adjacent base stations are disclosed. According to an aspect, a method includes monitoring, by a separate interference monitoring receiver communicatively coupled to a first base station, wireless communications transmitted by a second base station to communicate with one or more mobile devices. The method also includes determining, based on the monitored wireless communications, a wireless communication scheme for processing communications between the first base station and one or more other mobile devices. Further, the method includes processing communications between the first base station and the one or more other mobile devices based on the wireless communication scheme. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369270 | CONFIGURING A NETWORK OF DEVICES TO OPERATE WITHIN A TELEVISION WHITESPACE SPECTRUM - Nodes within a network are configured to communicate with one another on one or more television white space (TVWS) frequencies that may be subject to interference caused by nearby TV towers. In order to mitigate that interference, the nodes may be configured to communicate according to specific operating parameters. The operating parameters may be generated based on expected interference levels caused by the nearby TV towers or QOS metrics associated with available channels. The nodes may also update a private database to reflect the expected interference levels or measured QOS metrics for different channels. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT THEREIN - Techniques are disclosed for controlling, in a network device, multiple radio circuits operating in a same or similar frequency band and in close physical proximity. In some embodiments, the radio circuits operate on the same network protocol. The network device can include a coexistence controller coupled to the network circuits. According to some embodiments, the network circuits are each assigned a priority, and the coexistence controller can control operations among the network circuits by selectively adjusting one or more transmission operating parameters of a respective network circuit based on a plurality of operating criteria, which include each network circuit's priority. Among other benefits, the embodiments disclosed herein can increase wireless network bandwidth and reduce mobile device power consumption by providing coordination among the radio circuits so that the transmitting and receiving operations are performed in a way that they do not interfere with their respective antennas. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369272 | ALIGNMENT OF PACKETS FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS - Techniques are disclosed for controlling, in a network device, multiple radio circuits operating in a same or similar frequency band and in close physical proximity. In some embodiments, the radio circuits operate on the same network protocol. The network device can include a coexistence controller coupled to the network circuits. According to some embodiments, the network circuits are each assigned a priority, and the coexistence controller can control operations between the network circuits by selectively adjusting one or more transmission operating parameters of a respective network circuit based on a plurality of operating criteria, which include each network circuit's priority. Among other benefits, the embodiments disclosed herein can increase wireless network bandwidth and reduce mobile device power consumption by providing coordination among the radio circuits so that the transmitting and receiving operations are performed in a way that they do not interfere with their respective antennas. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369273 | CHANNEL STEERING FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS - Techniques are disclosed for controlling, in a network device, multiple radio circuits operating in a same or similar frequency band and in close physical proximity. In some embodiments, the radio circuits operate on the same network protocol. The network device can include a coexistence controller coupled to the network circuits. According to some embodiments, the network circuits are each assigned a priority, and the coexistence controller can control operations between the network circuits by selectively adjusting one or more transmission operating parameters of a respective network circuit based on a plurality of operating criteria, which include each network circuit's priority. Among other benefits, the embodiments disclosed herein can increase wireless network bandwidth and reduce mobile device power consumption by providing coordination among the radio circuits so that the transmitting and receiving operations are performed in a way that they do not interfere with their respective antennas. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369274 | Methods and devices for optimal selection of core network nodes in a cellular communication network - Devices and methods for selecting network nodes in a cellular communication network. By dropping fixed connections between network nodes of different hierarchy levels, for instance, a network node of an access network has to make a selection among different core network nodes. The selected core network node requires service information on the access network node and the area serviced by the access network node. Devices and methods are disclosed for selecting network nodes and for providing service information. The devices can be implemented in the network centrally or in a distributed manner. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369275 | SERVICE PROVISIONING THROUGH A SMART PERSONAL GATEWAY DEVICE - Embodiments include a smart personal gateway device (SPGD) that augments the capabilities of smart personal devices (SPDs) connected in a personal area network (PAN). The SPGD implements services for the SPDs using computing resources of the SPGD. In some embodiments, the SPGD provides carrier-grade voice services to SPDs lacking hardware to support such services (e.g., SPDs supporting Wi-Fi only). | 12-18-2014 |
20140369276 | Flexible OFDMA packet structure for wireless communications - A communication device includes a processor configured to generate OFDMA packets using various OFDMA packet structures and to transmit such OFDMA packets, via a communication interface, to at least one other communication device. The processor is also configured to receive, interpret, and process such OFDMA packets. One example of an OFDMA packet includes common SIG for two or more other wireless communication devices modulated across all sub-carriers of the OFDMA packet. The common SIG is followed by first SIG and first data for a first other wireless communication device modulated across first subset of the sub-carriers of the OFDMA packet and is also followed by second SIG and second data for a second other wireless communication device modulated across second subset of the sub-carriers of the OFDMA packet. Another example of an OFDMA packet includes the common SIG followed directly by first data and second data modulated as described above. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369277 | Method and Apparatus for Communication Using a Shared Uplink Wireless Communication Channel - A method of transmitting data by a user equipment using a shared uplink wireless communication channel is described. The method includes receiving a power grant corresponding to the allowed transmission power on the shared uplink wireless communication channel. Also, the user equipment receives a scheduling grant corresponding to whether transmission is allowed on the shared uplink wireless communication channel. The user equipment transmits data on the shared uplink wireless communication channel according to the power grant and the scheduling grant, wherein the power grant is received separately from the scheduling grant. A corresponding method of controlling transmission, apparatus and computer program product is also described. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369278 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING THE EFFECT OF CERTAIN TYPES OF INTERFERENCE ON A SIGNAL RECEIVED IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A system including an interference module. The interference module is configured to determine, based on first data to be transmitted from a wireless communication device, information about interference predicted to be caused by the first data being transmitted, and provide, to a receiver of the wireless communication device, the information about the predicted interference. A component of the receiver of the wireless communication device is configured to receive, from the interference module, the information about the predicted interference, and adjust, for a duration of the predicted interference, a function performed by the component of the receiver. The function performed by the component of the receiver is related to processing a signal received by the receiver of the wireless communication device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369279 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A communication method of a user equipment in a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving a control signal from a base station, the control signal comprising at least one of: a first information element or a second information element; determining, if a field of the first information element is set to a predetermined value and a channel state information (CSI) reporting mode determined based on the second information element is a redetermined mode, a codebook based on the CSI reporting mode; generating a CSI based on the determined codebook, the CSI comprising at least one of a rank indicator (RI), a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI), or a second PMI; and reporting the generated CSI to the base station. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369280 | METHODS PROVIDING ASSIGNMENT MESSAGES AND RELATED MOBILE STATIONS AND BASE STATION SUBSYSTEMS - A method of operating a mobile station requesting uplink access from a base station subsystem may include transmitting an access request to the base station subsystem, and delaying looking for a response matching the access request according to a delay interval. A response time window (RTW) may be initiated after the delay interval. During the response time window, the mobile station may look for an assignment message transmitted from the base station subsystem and matching the access request without looking for an assignment message matching the access request during the delay interval. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING AND CANCELLING CROSS-SUBFRAME CO-CHANNEL INTERFERENCE - Embodiments of the disclosure provide methods and apparatuses for cancelling cross-subframe co-channel interference (CCI), the method comprising receiving a channel quality indicator (CQI) of a cross-subframe from a user equipment (UE), the cross-subframe is a downlink subframe that is interfered by an uplink subframe in a neighboring cell; determining if the UE should be scheduled during cross-subframes by comparing the CQI with an adaptive threshold; and scheduling the UE during the cross-subframes if the UE is determined to be scheduled. By means of determining the resources scheduling based on an adaptive threshold, CCI may be cancelled and the overall resource usage will be increased according to the present invention. Furthermore, the adaptive threshold scheme can be easily implemented in practice. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369282 | Method of Controlling Operation of a Communication Device, Transceiver Operating Accordingly, and Computer Program - A method of controlling operation of a communication device arranged to operate in a cellular communication network employing a paging signal to allow discontinuous reception for communication devices is disclosed. The communication device is arranged for three main communication states: detached state where the communication device is not registered to the cellular communication network; idle state where the communication device is registered to the cellular communication network, and receives paging signals through discontinuous reception; and active state where the communication device is registered to the cellular communication network and performs communication with the cellular communication network essentially continuously. The method comprises: i) connecting to the cellular communication network such that a transition from the detached state to any of idle state or active state is made; ii) performing scheduled operations in the active state or idle state; iii) determining, when a transition from the active state to the idle state occurs, time instant for next operation in the active state; iv) disconnecting from the cellular communication network such that a transition to the detached state is made; and v) when the time for next operation in the active state is approaching, returning the procedure to step i). A transceiver and a computer program are also disclosed. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OUTER LOOP LINK ADAPTATION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for link adaptation in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: determining whether a UE operates in a SU-MIMO transmission mode or in a MU-MIMO transmission mode; applying, in responsive to determination that the UE operates in the SU-MIMO transmission mode, a SU-MIMO OLLA offset to a signal to interference and noise ratio adjusted with inner loop link adaptation; applying, in responsive to determination that the UE operates in the MU-MIMO transmission mode, a MU-MIMO OLLA offset to a signal to interference and noise ratio adjusted with inner loop link adaptation, wherein the MU-MIMO OLLA offset is based on the SU-MIMO OLLA offset and an extra offset which is indicative of inter-user interference, wherein the SU-MIMO OLLA offset and the extra offset are updated in responsive to receipt of an ACK/NACK message for a packet reported from the UE. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369284 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF COMMUNICATION USING DYNAMIC MODULATION AND CODING SCHEMES ON WIDE BAND HF COMMUNICATION CHANNELS - A method and system of communication in a wide band high frequency HF communication system is disclosed. The system includes at least n communication channels, an interleaver common to the n communication channels, a means for determining the quality of communication of each of the n communication channels. At least the following information is introduced into the structure of the frame of the data at the level of an autobaud: an item of information about the modulation employed on each of the n communication channels ch | 12-18-2014 |
20140369285 | PHYSICAL CELL IDENTITY ALLOCATION - The invention discloses Physical Cell Identity (PCI) allocation in a cellular network. Radii of an inner boundary circle of a first and second cell—are each estimated according to a cell distance relation model. Signal strengths within the inner boundary circles of the first and second cells are each greater than a first threshold. Then radii of an outer boundary circle of the first and second cell are each estimated according to the cell distance relation model. The signal strengths within the outer boundary circles of the first and second cells are each greater than a second threshold, where the second threshold is lower than the first threshold. The second cell is allocated a PCI based on a distance relation between the first cell and the second cell. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369286 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR EXCHANGING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for exchanging data in a wireless communication system. A base station exchanges at least one of a cell identifier (ID) of a higher layer parameter, a cyclic shift parameter n | 12-18-2014 |
20140369287 | METHOD FOR ESTIMATING DATA CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method in which a UE estimates a downlink data channel in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus for the same. Specifically, disclosed is a method in which a UE estimates a downlink data channel in a wireless communication system, the method including the steps of: receiving a downlink control channel using a UE-specific reference signal; bundling a resource block for a downlink data channel into one channel estimation unit when a space resource for the downlink control channel and a space resource for the downlink data channel which makes commands in the downlink control channel are the same as each other; and performing a channel estimation on the basis of the UE-specific reference signal with respect to the one channel estimation unit. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369288 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PERSISTENT SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for transmitting and receiving persistent scheduling information are provided. A machine-to-machine (M2M) device for receiving persistent scheduling information in a wireless communication system includes a receiver configured to receive, from a BS, a message comprising allocation period information including a persistent allocation period for the M2M device, wherein the message further comprises de-allocation information that indicates whether the de-allocation corresponds to a permanent de-allocation or one-time de-allocation when the allocation period information indicates a de-allocation, and wherein the message does not comprise information about HARQ feedback allocation when the de-allocation information indicates the one-time de-allocation. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369289 | Transmission/Reception Coordination for Over-the-Air Communication Between Uncoordinated Base Stations of an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiplexing Based Cellular Radio Network - The invention allows coordinating transmissions and receptions for over-the-air communication between uncoordinated base stations of an OFDM based cellular radio network. A radio resource dedicated for OTAC between uncoordinated base stations of an OFDM based cellular radio network is divided into subchannels. Deployment information of the uncoordinated base stations is obtained at a mobility management unit. Transmission allocation information is determined at the mobility management unit based on the obtained deployment information, the transmission allocation information comprising for each of the uncoordinated base stations their respective at least one symbol in said subframe of said dedicated radio resource and their respective at least one subchannel for use in their respective over-the-air communication transmissions, such that simultaneous over-the-air communication transmissions between an uncoordinated base station and its target uncoordinated base station are prevented. To the uncoordinated base stations are transmitted their respective determined transmission allocation information. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369290 | Method and Apparatus for Sending Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge Information - Provided are a method and apparatus for sending Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledge (HARQ-ACK) information. The method includes: when a terminal employs a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 3 to transmit HARQ-ACK information and the HARQ-ACK information is transmitted over a uplink physical shared channel (PUSCH), determining the number of downlink subframes for serving cells to feed back the HARQ-ACK information; determining the number of encoded modulated symbols required for sending the HARQ-ACK information according to the determined number of downlink subframes; and mapping the HARQ-ACK information to be sent to the PUSCH of a specified uplink subframe according to the number of encoded modulated symbols and sending the HARQ-ACK information. The technical solutions provided by the disclosure are applied to improve the performance of the HARQ-ACK information, and thus improve the data performance. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369291 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Disclosed is a method for transmitting channel state information, for realizing the transmission of channel information which supports CoMP transmission. The method includes: a terminal receiving from a base station control signaling which indicates to the terminal to perform channel information feedback, the control signaling including indication information about a plurality of CSI-RS resources for performing aggregation feedback; the terminal obtaining the plurality of CSI-RS resources based on the indication information to perform channel estimation and constructing a channel matrix according to a PDSCH transmission solution over a preset CSI reference resource, the correlation between the signal over the plurality of CSI-RS resources and the signal of a UERS port and the constructed channel matrix and transmitting the CSI to the base station. Also disclosed is a device for implementing the method. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369292 | Wireless Communication Method and Communication Apparatus - The embodiments of the present invention disclose a wireless communication method and apparatus. The method includes: a first communication device receiving first grant from a network node, the first grant at least comprising first resource allocation information for allocating resources; the first communication device receiving second grant from a second communication device, the second grant at least comprising a modulation and coding scheme of service data; the first grant and the second grant being used for scheduling service data transmission between the first communication device and the second communication device; and the first communication device receiving, according to the scheduling, service data transmitted by the second communication device; and/or the first communication device transmitting, according to the scheduling, service data to the second communication device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369293 | Method and Device for Processing and Indicating Downlink Data - Disclosed are a method and device for processing and indicating downlink data. The method for processing the downlink data includes: a user equipment (UE) receiving multiple sets of resource indication information configured for the UE by a base station and transmitted by the base station via a high-layer signaling; the UE receiving a subframe transmitted by the base station, acquiring downlink grant indication information in the subframe; the UE selecting from the multiple sets of resource indication information the resource indication information matching the downlink grant indication information, wherein the resource indication information is used for indicating a resource location having interference present, or, the resource location having interference present and interference information corresponding to the resource location; and the UE processing on the resource location the interference of the downlink data transmitted to the UE. The disclosure allows the implementation of coordinated transmission (including: joint transmission, joint scheduling, joint beamforming, and dynamic node selection) among different nodes to one UE, thus achieving the effects of reduction in resource wastage, and prevention of interference to data demodulation from a control domain or a pilot frequency. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369294 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for a terminal transmitting uplink control information (UCI) through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system, and a terminal using the method. A transmission power to be applied to the uplink control channel is determined on the basis of a value subordinate to a PUCCH format, and at least one type of UCI is transmitted from the physical uplink control channel by using the transmission power that is determined, wherein when the PUCCH format is PUCCH format 3, and the at least one type of UCI includes acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) and periodic channel state information (CSI), the value subordinate to the PUCCH format is determined on the basis of the number of bits of the ACK/NACK and the number of bits of the periodic CSI. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369295 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - An objective of the present invention is to perform an appropriate demodulation process on a received signal in ABS. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: notifying a mobile station UE of an ABS “P_B” initial value by a radio base station eNB using an SIB2; notifying the mobile station UE of an ABS “P_A” initial value by the radio base station eNB using “RRCConnectionReconfiguration”; and performing a demodulation process on a downlink data signal in ABS by the mobile station UE on the basis of the ABS “P_B” initial value and the ABS “P_A” initial value. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369296 | RADIO DEVICE AND APPLICATION SERVER ADAPTED FOR AUTOMATED M2M ACCESS EVALUATION AND METHOD OF OPERATING A RADIO DEVICE - The invention relates to a radio device, comprising:
| 12-18-2014 |
20140369297 | PREAMBLE GROUP SELECTION IN RANDOM ACCESS OF WIRELESS NETWORKS - A transport block size (TBS) of a first uplink message (RACH Msg3) transmitted on a Physical Uplink Shared Channel (PUSCH) during a random access procedure in a User Equipment (UE) accessing a radio access network may be determined by receiving a pathloss threshold parameter. A downlink pathloss value indicative of radio link conditions between the UE and a base station (eNB) serving the UE is then determined. A smaller value of TBS is selected from a set of TBS values if the determined pathloss value is greater than an operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter. A larger value of TBS is selected if the pathloss value is less than the operating power level of the UE minus the pathloss threshold parameter and the TBS required to transmit the RACH Msg3 exceeds the smaller TBS value. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369298 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting Uplink Control Information (UCI) on a data channel in a multi-carrier wireless communication system. The method includes channel-coding a UCI with reference to a number of UCI bits available; dividing the channel coded UCI bits into a number of Physical Uplink Shared Channels (PUSCHs); and transmitting the UCI multiplexed with data on the individual PUSCHs. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369299 | METHOD FOR THE EARLY ESTABLISHMENT OF UPLINK TBFS - A mobile station operating in EGPRS mode needs to the early establishment of an uplink TBF although has not data to send, at the only precautionary purpose of preventing an intolerable latency negatively affecting the subsequent delay-sensitive transmissions. To this aim, the mobile sends a Packet Channel Request message in one phase access mode including a new establishment cause called “Early TBF establishment.” The network establishes an uplink TBF indicating the requester and assigns a radio resource on one PDCH channel or more. Then the network schedules the transmission from the mobile station also when it does not have data to transmit other than dummy packets. This is performed through the USF flags in the usual manner. As soon as actual data become available for transmission, the mobile send them instead of dummy packets. In an alternative embodiment the mobile sends the Packet Channel Request message in two phase access mode. As soon as the Packet Uplink Assignment message is received by the mobile station, it sends a Packet resource Request message including an extended Uplink TBF information. The network behaves as in the previous case. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369300 | Iterative Interference Cancellation Method - The present disclosure relates to an iterative pilot symbol interference cancellation method in a receiver node of a cellular wireless communication system. The method includes receiving a superimposed signal comprising pilot symbols and data symbols associated with a serving cell and pilot symbols associated with one or more interfering cells, extracting a first set from the superimposed signal. The first set includes a plurality of data symbols associated with said serving cell which are affected by an interference from the one or more interfering cells. The method further includes estimating an interference of the first set, removing interference from the first set using the estimated interference, estimating the plurality of data symbols, subtracting the estimated plurality of data symbols from the first set, and repeating the estimating an interference, the removing interference, the estimating plurality of data symbols, and the subtracting steps i number of times, where i≧1. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369301 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Association Identifier - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for allocating an association identifier, so as to dynamically allocate an association identifier (AID) to a target station. The method according to the embodiments of the present invention includes: sending, by an access point (AP), an AID allocation message to a target station, where the AID allocation message carries a target AID of the target station, and the target station is a station to be allocated with an AID or a station with an AID to be updated. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369302 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to a technique for communicating Channel State Information (CSI) feedback. In some aspects, the CSI feedback is communicated in a very high throughput (VHT) wireless communications system. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369303 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COLLISION DETECTION IN WIDER BANDWIDTH OPERATION - Embodiments of systems and methods for providing collision detection in a wider bandwidth are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369304 | DIRECT LINK SETUP METHOD IN TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP WIRELESS NETWORK AND STATION SUPPORTING THE METHOD - A Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) establishment method. The method includes associating a Basic Service Set (BSS) which includes an Access Point (AP); transmitting a TDLS setup request frame through the AP to an intended peer station, the TDLS setup request frame requesting to establish a TDLS direct link, the TDLS setup request frame including a link identifier, the link identifier including a BSSID field, a transmitter address field and a receiver address field, the BSSID field being set to a BSSID, the transmitter address field being set to a medium access control (MAC) address of the TDLS initiator, the receiver address field being set to a MAC address of the intended peer station; receiving a TDLS setup response frame including a status code field; and transmitting a TDLS setup confirm frame including the link identifier. The TDLS setup confirm frame includes high throughput operation information. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369305 | CLOUD COMMUNICATION CENTER SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA IN A CLOUD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Cloud communication center system and method for processing data in a cloud communication system. An apparatus for supporting a cloud communication system may include at least one remote unit and a centralized unit. The at least one remote unit may be configured to process one of radio signals received from a user equipment or radio signals to be transmitted to a user equipment according to at least one sub-layer of an open system interconnection reference model. The centralized unit may be configured to receive the processed signal from the remote unit and to process the received signal based on the remaining sub-layers of the open system interconnection reference model. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369306 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system includes a control device and a base station device. Data communication between the control device and the base station device is conducted using a fixed-length data size and a variable-length data size. The control device transmits information indicating whether a data size of the data communication has a fixed length or a variable length. The base station device receives the information from the control device. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369307 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR SPREADING RESPONSE SIGNAL - A radio communication apparatus receives control information on one or more control channel elements (CCEs) with consecutive CCE number(s). The radio communication apparatus first-spreads a response signal with a sequence defined by a cyclic shift value that is determined among a plurality of cyclic shift values from an index of physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), which is associated with a first CCE number of the one or more CCEs, and second-spreads the first-spread response signal with an orthogonal sequence that is determined among a plurality of orthogonal sequences from the index. One of cyclic shift values used for an orthogonal sequence is determined from an index of the PUCCH, which is associated with an odd CCE number, and another one of the cyclic shift values used for the same orthogonal sequence is determined from an index of the PUCCH, which is associated with an even CCE number. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369308 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING A NUMBER OF MIMO LAYERS - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a base station for communicating with a user equipment in the communication network. The base station is configured to communicate with the user equipment according to a selectable of at least two user equipment categories. Based on information about a selected user equipment category, the base station determines a first number of maximum transmission layers supported by the base station. The base station communicates with the user equipment according to up to the determined first number of maximum transmission layers and according to the selected user equipment category. | 12-18-2014 |
20140369309 | CO-CHANNEL OPERATION SYSTEMS, METHODS, & DEVICES - Co-channel operation systems, methods, and devices are discussed in this document. Some embodiments can include remote stations configured for co-channel operation with one or more other remote stations. Remote stations can generally comprise a processor and a memory in electronic communication with the processor. Instructions can be stored in the memory, and when executed by the processor cause a remote station to receive a first data sequence from a first base station; use the first data sequence to distinguish a first signal transmitted by the first base station from unwanted signals transmitted by one or more other base stations; and demodulate the first signal. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 12-18-2014 |
20140376454 | MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION VIRTUAL SHARED MOBILE APPARATUS AND METHOD - The present disclosure proposes a Virtual Shared Mobile (VSM) feature at eNodeB level, relay node, ore UE or device level that will allow multiple MTC devices to be grouped together and be presented to the rest of Mobile Network as one Virtual Shared Mobile (VSM). The MTC Application Servers will authenticate and manage individual MTC devices. This will decrease the number of devices that are managed by the mobile network and hence decreasing the control signalling volume. Devices belonging to the same Virtual Shared Mobile Group (VSMG) will use time division to share the same Radio Bearer (same IMSI) and hence decreasing the interference to the other UEs in the mobile network. Overall the disclosure will allow data gathering from a large number of MTC devices with limited impact on the Mobile Network. Disclosed herein are aspects of the VSM concept, including inter alia: (1) the VSM implemented in the eNB; (2) the VSM implemented in a relay node; and (3) the VSM implemented in a UE or device acting as a relay node in a device-to-device configuration. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376455 | Controlling TX Antenna Selection - Measures for controlling uplink antenna selection in a user equipment comprising at least two antennas. At the user equipment, at least two radio wave signals are received, fading conditions in relation to the received at least two radio wave signals are detected and uplink antenna selection in the user equipment is controlled at least on the basis of the detected fading conditions. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376456 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL BY A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed in the present application is a method for receiving an ACK/NACK (Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement) signal by a terminal in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting an uplink data signal to a base station; a blind decoding of downlink control information including an ACK/NACK response signal regarding the uplink data signal so as to acquire a decoded signal; and checking the ACK/NACK response signal, corresponding to the terminal, from among the downlink control information. The downlink control information consists of ACK/NACK response signals corresponding to a plurality of terminals. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376457 | SEARCH SPACE FOR EPDCCH CONTROL INFORMATION IN AN OFDM-BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for receiving control information within a subframe of a multi-carrier communication system supporting carrier aggregation, the method comprising the following steps performed at a receiving node: performing a blind detection for the control information within a search space by means of a first search pattern, wherein the first search pattern is one of a plurality of search patterns, each of the plurality of search patterns comprising a plurality of candidates distributed on any of a plurality of aggregation levels, and wherein the plurality of search patterns further comprises a second search pattern whose candidates are non-overlapping the candidates of the first search pattern on the same aggregation levels. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376458 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - A method for allocating resources for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a transmitting terminal is provided. The method includes receiving broadcast resource allocation information for the D2D communication from a Base Station (BS), and measuring a channel quality of a downlink signal received from the BS and, if the measured channel quality is smaller than a predetermined threshold, conducting the D2D communication using the resource allocation information. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376459 | AGGREGATING DATA TO IMPROVE PERFORMANCE AT A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for improving power performance at a user equipment (UE). For example, the method may include aggregating data at the UE for transmitting on a uplink (UL) from the UE to a base station communicating with the UE until a data aggregation condition is satisfied, determining when the data aggregation condition is satisfied at the UE, wherein the data aggregation condition includes at least a buffer occupancy condition or a delay transmission timer, and requesting resources from the base station for transmitting the data on the UL in response to determining that the data aggregation condition is satisfied. As such, improved performance at a UE is achieved. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376460 | Methods, Apparatuses and Computer Program Products for Providing Dynamic Uplink-Downlink Reconfiguration Information to User Equipments - A method provides information to a UE specifying a UL-DL configuration to be applied to the UE. The information is indicative of: (a) a signaling time at which a UL-DL configuration signaling for a new UL-DL configuration is to take place, and (b) an application time at which the new UL-DL configuration is to be applied. This method complements UL-DL configuration signaling by providing more reliable reception of UL-DL configuration information. This indication is performed with smaller signaling overhead compared to conventional schemes and with reasonable complexity on both the UE side and an eNB side. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376461 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INTERFERENCE INFORMATION - A method for receiving interference cancellation information of a mobile station (MS), which is performed by the MS, includes receiving a virtual radio network temporary identifier (V-RNTI) set including a plurality of V-RNTIs for cancellation of an interference signal from a serving base station, each of the plurality of V-RNTIs being associated with RNTIs of one or more MSs (hereinafter, referred to as “neighboring MSs) served by a neighboring base station, and receiving a downlink control channel for a first neighboring MS of the neighboring MSs using at least one V-RNTI of the V-RNTI set. The downlink control channel is a double CRC-downlink control channel with a first cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bit scrambled by an RNTI of the first neighboring MS and a second CRC bit scrambled by the at least one V-RNTI and is received in a specific subframe. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376462 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed herein is a method for resource access, including: selecting at least one data sub-frame among a plurality of sub-frames included in a frame; transmitting the data from the data sub-frame; and transmitting a blocking signal from a previous sub-frame of the data sub-frame. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376463 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION - A D2D direct communication method is provided. The device sets at least one frame among a plurality of frames included in a superframe to a frame type 0 which is sectionized into a synchronization region for performing a synchronization procedure, a discovery region for discovering devices, a peering region for a connection, and a data region for scheduling of resources and data transmission. The device sets remaining frames among the plurality of frames to a frame type 1 which is sectionized into the synchronization region and the data region. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376464 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION USING LARGE-SCALE ANTENNA IN MULTI-CELL ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed is a communication method using a large-scale antenna in a multi-cell environment. The method comprises classifying a plurality of terminals in a cell of the base station into a least one cell center group and at least one cell edge group according to their positions; transmitting downlink pilot signals to each group; receiving a first Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) for the cell and a second PMI for interference signal from a cell adjacent to the cell from each terminal belonging to the at least one cell edge group; and generating information on interferences between multi-cells based on the first PMI and the second PMI. Therefore, information exchange for interference control between base stations can be minimized. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376465 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING APPARATUSES FOR FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS - A transmitting apparatus may comprise a symbol mapper; a first DFT and a second DFT performing DFT spreading on symbols mapped in the symbol mapper; and a subcarrier mapper mapping symbols which are DFT-spread in the first DFT and the second DFT to subcarriers, wherein the first DFT performs DFT spreading on all resource blocks to be transmitted when a total size of the resource blocks to be transmitted is a size which can be processed by the first DFT, or the first DFT performs DFT spreading on as many resource blocks among the resource blocks to be transmitted as the first DFT can process and the second DFT performs DFT spreading on the rest of the resource blocks to be transmitted when a total size of the resource blocks to be transmitted is not a size which can be processed by the first DFT. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376466 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVELY DETERMINING TX BEAM SUBSET FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - To adaptively determine a Tx beam subset for random access in a wireless communication system, a method for operating a Mobile Station (MS) includes determining at least one beam subset which satisfies a predefined condition, among a plurality of beam subsets, and transmitting random access preambles using Tx beams of the at least one beam subset. An MS in a wireless communication system includes a controller configured to determine at least one beam subset that satisfies a condition, among a plurality of beam subsets, and a transmitter configured to transmit random access preambles using Transmit (Tx) beams of the at least one beam subset, wherein the plurality of the beam subsets each comprise a plurality of beams radiating to different directions from one another. Other embodiments including a base station and a mobile station are also disclosed. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376467 | Method for User Equipment to Select Resource, and Corresponding User Equipment, Computer Program and Storage Medium - The embodiment of the invention discloses a method for a UE (user equipment) to select a resource, a UE and a computer program. The method for a UE to select a resource comprises: determining resources allocated by a network when the UE needs to transmit HSUPA buffer data in a current frame; selecting a resource transmitting data with a higher efficiency as the resource available to the current frame if the resources comprise a scheduled resource and a non-scheduled resource and transmitting the HSUPA service buffer data with the selected resource. According to an embodiment of the invention, a resource which may transmit more HSUPA service buffer data may be selected between the scheduled resource and the non-scheduled resource, which may improve a utilization ratio of the resources configured by the network to the UE. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376468 | METHOD FOR UL DATA TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a UL data transmission method in a wireless communication system, including determining, by the UE, UL virtual resources allocated to the UE by the eNB according to Downlink Control Information (DCI) used for scheduling UL physical resources sent from the eNB to the UE; determining, by the UE, the UL physical resources used for transmitting the UL data after frequency hopping processing in a preset frequency domain when determining that the UL data needs to be processed with frequency hopping processing according to the DCI, if the UL virtual resources allocated to the UE locate at UL sub-frames in a non-aggregation K of any wireless frame, and locate at the preset frequency domain; bearing, by the UE, the UL data and feeding the UL data back to the eNB utilizing the determined UL physical resources which are processed with the frequency hopping processing and used for transmitting the UL data. With the present invention, the PUSCH channel resource collision may be avoided, the frequency diversity gain may be maximized, and the PUSCH performances may be enhanced. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376469 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HARQ COMBINATION - A method for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) combination is disclosed. The method includes that: externally configured parameters relevant to HARQ combination are received, and an identifier ddr2switch of DDR2 switching is calculated to acquire addresses involved before and after the HARQ combination; it is determined, according to the parameters and the addresses involved before and after the HARQ combination, whether the HARQ combination is needed to be performed; and when it is determined that the HARQ combination is needed to be performed, data in a DDR2 are read and stored into a first data cache random access memory RAMA; and a HARQ combination calculation is performed, and the calculation result is stored into a second data cache random access memory RAMB. A device for HARQ combination is further disclosed. The technical solutions provided in the disclosure are based on a latest interference cancellation algorithm, greatly increase the success probability of decoding, saves the storage space of a DDR2 and improves the reading/writing efficiency. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376470 | POLICY AND CHARGING CONTROL (PCC) FOR NAT64 AND DNS64 - A mechanism for use by a subscription control node, one or more NAT64 nodes and/or DNS64 nodes to interact in a communications network with multiple user equipments (UEs) to control the UE usage of the NAT64 and/or DNS64 communications resources. The subscription control node includes subscription information for one or more of the UE(s), the subscription information for each UE including translation state usage information associated with one or more of the NAT64 nodes servicing the UE. The subscription control node collects translation state usage information from each NAT64 node, and identifies a set of one or more UE(s) exceeding a maximum translation state usage allocated to each of the multiple UEs based on the corresponding subscription information and the collected translation state usage information. The subscription information for the identified UEs is adjusted so the identified set of UE(s) meet the maximum translation state usage for each UE. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376471 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER - The present invention prevents an increased error rate, degradation of reception-quality estimation precision, and complication of control in an operation for independently controlling, for individual component carriers (CC), transmission timing of an uplink subframe. When a radio communication terminal device independently controls the subframe transmission timing for individual CCs, and a portion of the total transmission power where overlap exists between the trailing-end portion of a subframe of a CC and a leading-end portion of a subframe of another CC exceeds a tolerance, the terminal device controls the timing such that the transmission power of a symbol including the overlapping portion is reduced. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376472 | Method and Device for Sending a Paging Indicator Channel Frame - A method and apparatus for transmitting a paging indicator channel frame are provided in the present invention, wherein, the method includes: a base station, according to values of various Paging indicators (PIs in the paging indicator channel frame, deciding to transmit the paging indicator channel frame or a BitsGroup corresponding to the paging indicator in the paging indicator channel frame at a first power or a second power, wherein, the second power is less than the first power. The apparatus includes a paging indicator value analyzing unit and a paging indicator channel frame transmitting unit. The invention reduces the power overhead of the base station, reduces the power consumption of the base station, and enhances the pilot channel quality of the cell primary common pilot channel. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376473 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for data transmission in a communication network. In the present invention, additional frequency spectrum resources in an assistant wireless network are introduced by constructing emulation data channels for use by a user equipment in a cellular network, thereby expanding the resources in the cellular network and enhancing throughput of the cellular network. In addition, the original control channels between the base station and the user equipment in the cellular network are maintained, enabling the user equipment to have the quality of service QoS in the cellular network when using the assistant wireless network to transmit data, and sparing the user equipment from handover operations in establishing or releasing the emulation data channels, thereby complicated network control and management mechanisms used for the handover are not needed and thus the user experience is further enhanced. Moreover, it is relatively easy to be implemented and cost efficient. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376474 | METHOD FOR SETTING OPERATING CHANNEL IN WHITE SPACE BAND AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for setting an operating channel in a white space band and a device therefor. Particularly, a method for enabling a first device to set an operating channel in a white space band comprises the steps of: acquiring information on an available TV channel from a geo-location database; and setting an operating channel on the basis of the information on the available TV channel, wherein a center frequency of the operating channel can be set differently according to a TV channel used by an incumbent device among TV channels adjacent to the TV channel on which the operating channel is set. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376475 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A method of controlling uplink transmission on an acquired common channel by user equipment in a wireless communications network. User equipment and a computer program product operable to perform that method. The method comprises: determining a predetermined acquired common channel retention period; requesting allocation of common network resource for an uplink transmission; receiving an indication of an allocated acquired common channel; assessing whether said uplink transmission meets uplink criteria for said allocated acquired common channel and, if said uplink criteria are met, transmitting said uplink transmission on said allocated acquired common channel within said common channel retention period. Aspects allow common channels in a network to be used by user equipment if it is determined that a pending uplink transmission is suitable for transmission on an allocated common channel. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376476 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of base stations included in a CoMP cooperating set allocate a communication resource to a user terminal to perform communication, each of the plurality of base stations comprises a receiver that receives information on resource allocation to the user terminal in another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set, from the other base station; and a reporting unit that reports information on another specific base station included in the CoMP cooperating set to a CoMP management apparatus managing the CoMP cooperating set when the receiver does not normally receive the notification from the other specific base station. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376477 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of base stations included in a CoMP cooperating set allocate a same communication resource to a user terminal to perform a communication, each of the plurality of base stations comprises a notification unit that notifies another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set of a communication resource of allocation candidate for the user terminal in the base station itself; a receiver that receives a notification of a communication resource of allocation candidate for the user terminal in another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set from the other base station; and a disabling unit that performs setting to disable allocation of a communication resource of allocation candidate, depending on a reception state of the receiver. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376478 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station supporting CoMP, comprises: a receiver that receives a notification of a CoMP type supported by a neighboring base station from the neighboring base station; and a storage that stores information of the neighboring base station in association with the CoMP type supported by the neighboring base station based on the notification received by the receiver. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376479 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention enables efficient transmission/reception of a signal including control information between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. To realize this, second elements are formed using resources that are obtained by dividing one physical resource block pair, each of first elements is constituted by one or more of the second elements, a control channel is constituted by an aggregation of one or more of the first elements, and there is provided a controller that associates any one of the first elements with one or a plurality of the second elements. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376480 | Connection Setup With an Access Selection of a Terminal - A method for requesting a connection setup of a connection between a terminal ( | 12-25-2014 |
20140376481 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING UPLINK CLOSED LOOP TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Disclosed are a method and device for activating uplink closed loop transmit diversity (UL CLTD). The method comprises: a NodeB receives configuration information for the UL CLTD from a radio network controller, wherein the configuration information for the UL CLTD comprises an information element carrying the initialized UL CLTD active status, and the information element carrying the initialized UL CLTD active status is used for indicating an active status to be used when the NodeB activates the UL CLTD of a user equipment (UE); the NodeB activates the UL CLTD of the UE using the active status indicated by the information element carrying the initialized UL CLTD active status. The disclosure solves the problem in the prior art of the unclearness of which active status is to be used as the initialized active status, so as to ensure the implementation of the UL CLTD function. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376482 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and device for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a cooperative communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a macro base station, SRS resource information indicating transmission resources of an SRS to be transmitted by a user equipment (UE); transmitting the SRS and uplink data on the basis of a UE-specific SRS subframe configuration included in the SRS resource information when the SRS resource information includes information on the UE-specific SRS subframe configuration; and transmitting the SRS and the uplink data on the basis of a pre-stored cell-specific SRS subframe configuration when the SRS resource information does not include the information on the UE-specific SRS subframe configuration. When a destination of the SRS to be transmitted by the UE is selected as a base station related to the macro base station, the SRS resource information includes information on the UE-specific SRS subframe configuration of the base station selected as the destination of the SRS. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376483 | Control Mechanism for Communication Via Different Frequency Bands - There is provided a mechanism for controlling communications conducted via different frequency bands or communication spectrums. When a communication via a first communication path, for example an unlicensed or white space communication spectrum, is to be established, e.g. for offloading traffic from a second communication path, for example a licensed cellular communication spectrum, a preamble transmission command is generated and transmitted from a communication network control element, such as an eNB, via the second communication path to a communication element, such as a UE. By means of the preamble transmission command, the transmission of a preamble signal by the receiving communication element on the first communication path with predetermined communication resources is triggered. Based on a receipt or non-receipt of the preamble signal via the first communication path, the communication network control element is able to determine that the communication element can establish a connection on the first communication path, for example the unlicensed or white space communication spectrum. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376484 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal. A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a UE in a wireless communication system includes, when a virtual cell ID for a reference signal for demodulation of a physical uplink channel is provided, generating a sequence of the reference signal on the basis of the virtual cell ID, and transmitting the generated reference signal to an eNB. A first virtual cell ID for a physical uplink control channel and a second virtual cell ID for a physical uplink shared channel can be provided as separate parameters. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376485 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for transmitting and receiving CSI (Channel State Information). A CSI transmission method at a CoMP (Coordinated Multi-Point) device includes steps of receiving a CSI-RS (Reference Signal) from a plurality of transmission points, acquiring an optimal phase difference value causing an optimal channel quality between the plurality of transmission points, based on the CSI-RS, acquiring a CQI (Channel Quality Indicator), based on the optimal phase difference value, and transmitting the CSI including the CQI. According to an embodiment of the present invention, efficient CSI transmission/reception method and device can be provided in a CoMP system. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376486 | METHOD FOR EXECUTING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a terminal to execute a random access procedure in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting a random access preamble message to one or more nodes; receiving a random access response message from a serving cell from among the one or more nodes; and transmitting an uplink signal to a different node from among the one or more nodes, wherein the random access response message comprises information for transmitting the uplink signal to the different node. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376487 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE, AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER - This transmission device can notify of a control value pertaining to transmission power without causing an increase in the amount of signaling. A control unit ( | 12-25-2014 |
20140376488 | Power Control - The invention relates to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: determine usable power for a physical downlink control channel information unit based on resource consumption and available power resources, and adjust the usable power orthogonal frequency division multiplexed symbol-wise in such a manner that the available power resources are not exceeded or that exceeding is given to physical downlink control channel information units according to hierarchy of needs or that the exceeding is evenly distributed over the physical downlink control channel information units. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376489 | ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - An ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/negative-ACK) transmission method in a wireless access system that supports device-to-device communication and an apparatus therefor are disclosed. Specifically, a method for transmitting ACK/NACK in a wireless access system that supports the device-to-device communication comprises the steps of: receiving first data in a first sub-frame, receiving second data from a base station in a second subframe, and when data transmission and reception through the device-to-device communication carried out in a third sub-frame for transmitting the ACK/NACK information on the first data, transmitting, to the base station in a fourth sub-frame, a grouped ACK/NACK information including the ACK/NACK information on the first data and the ACK/NACK information on the second data. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376490 | System and Method for Sharing a Control Channel For Carrier Aggregation - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource allocated by a resource grant within a multi-carrier communication system wherein resource grants are specified by control channel element (CCE) subset candidates wherein the carriers used for data transmission and reception are configured carriers, the method comprising the steps of receiving activation signals specifying active and deactivated carriers from among the configured carriers, for active carriers (i) identifying a number of CCE subset candidates to decode and (ii) decoding up to the identified number of CCE subset candidates in an attempt to identify the resource grant; and for deactivated carriers, ignoring CCE subset candidates associated with the deactivated carriers. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376491 | Glasses-Type Communications Apparatus, System, and Method - A glasses-type communications apparatus, including: a frame; a display module set on the frame configured to receive data information and generate a corresponding visual picture according to the data information for the user to watch; a camera module set on the frame configured to obtain image information and transfer the image information; and a communications module set on the frame configured to set up a communications channel with an external processing apparatus by using a communications protocol, where the communications module receives data transmitted by the external processing apparatus through the communications channel, so as to parse the data to obtain the data information, and send the data information to the display module; where the communications module is further configured to receive the image information output by the camera module, and transfer the image information to the external processing apparatus by using the communications channel. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376492 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 12-25-2014 |
20140376493 | METHOD OF GENERATING PILOT PATTERN FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN OFDMA SYSTEMS, METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING USING THE PILOT PATTERN AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Provided is a method of generating a pilot pattern capable of perform adaptive channel estimation, and a method and apparatus of a base station and a method and apparatus of a terminal using the pilot pattern. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376494 | METHODS AND PROCEDURES FOR HIGH SPEED UE ACCESS - A terminal random access procedure is improved by allowing a mobile terminal to correctly map signature indexes onto cyclic shifted Zadoff-Chu (ZC) sequences when the deployed cells support a high-speed mobility by informing a mobile terminal whether a cell supports high-speed mobility. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376495 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALLING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method is described for a specific user equipment (UE) to perform a random access to a Node-B within a cell in which a plurality of UEs are located together. The method includes receiving system information for at least one of a basic sequence index and a length of a zero correlation zone (ZCZ) from the Node-B, and transmitting a preamble sequence to the Node-B over a random access channel. The preamble sequence is generated from constant amplitude zero auto-correlation (CAZAC) sequences distinguishable by at least one of the basic sequence index and a length of a cyclic shift (CS) applied to the preamble sequence. The length of the CS applied to the preamble sequence is given by one among a plurality of application lengths determined based on the length of the ZCZ, wherein a number of the plurality of lengths are differently given based on a type of the specific UE, and wherein the system information is the same for all the UEs within the cell regardless of the types of UEs. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376496 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CHANNEL SELECTION METHOD - A wireless device includes a detecting unit, a sending unit, and a selecting unit. The detecting unit detects, for each communication channel while switching multiple communication channels, interference information. The sending unit sends to a destination wireless device, a packet in which the detected interference information are sequentially stored for each wireless device. The selecting unit receives the packet. When the wireless device does not correspond to the destination wireless device, the selecting unit transfers the packet. When the wireless device corresponds to the destination wireless device, the selecting unit selects, on the basis of the pieces of the interference information that are sequentially stored in the packet and the detected interference information, a communication channel. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376497 | Including Feedback Information Regarding an Individual Subband of a Wireless Channel - To report feedback information regarding a wireless channel, a mobile station determines whether a predefined condition is satisfied. In response to determining that the predefined condition is satisfied, feedback information regarding an individual one of plural subbands of the wireless channel is included in a first report to be sent to a base station. In response to determining that the predefined condition is not satisfied, aggregate feedback information regarding the plural subbands is included in a second report to be sent to the base station. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376498 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for multiplexing a data information stream, including a systematic symbol and a non-systematic symbol, and a control information stream of at least three types in a wireless mobile communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping the data information stream to a resource area so that the systematic symbol is not mapped to a specific resource area to which the control information stream is mapped, and mapping the control information stream to the specific resource area. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376499 | OPTIMIZED TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - Systems and methods for optimized telecommunications distribution are provided. For example, a distributed antenna system can include a master unit for transceiving signals with remote units operable for wirelessly transceiving signals with mobile devices in a coverage area. A self-optimized network analyzer can be in a unit of the distributed antenna system. A self-optimized network controller in the distributed antenna system can output commands for changing operation of a component in the distributed antenna system in response to analysis results from the self-optimized network analyzer. In some aspects, the master unit includes base transceiver station cards for receiving call information in network protocol data from a network and for generating digital signals including the call information from the network protocol data for distribution to the remote units. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376500 | Including Feedback Information Regarding an Individual Subband of a Wireless Channel - To report feedback information regarding a wireless channel, a mobile station determines whether a predefined condition is satisfied. In response to determining that the predefined condition is satisfied, feedback information regarding an individual one of plural subbands of the wireless channel is included in a first report to be sent to a base station. In response to determining that the predefined condition is not satisfied, aggregate feedback information regarding the plural subbands is included in a second report to be sent to the base station. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376501 | Including Feedback Information Regarding an Individual Subband of a Wireless Channel - To report feedback information regarding a wireless channel, a mobile station determines whether a predefined condition is satisfied. In response to determining that the predefined condition is satisfied, feedback information regarding an individual one of plural subbands of the wireless channel is included in a first report to be sent to a base station. In response to determining that the predefined condition is not satisfied, aggregate feedback information regarding the plural subbands is included in a second report to be sent to the base station. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376502 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information using PUCCH format 3 in a radio communication system includes detecting one or more Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs), receiving one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signals corresponding to the one or more PDCCHs, and determining a PUCCH resource value n | 12-25-2014 |
20140376503 | CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A method used in a communication system including a base station and a terminal, the method includes: transmitting from the base station to the terminal a control channel with use of a control channel format selected from among a plurality of control channel formats, each including modulation scheme information, according to whether Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission is applied or not, and receiving the control channel by the terminal, wherein a number of bits indicating a modulation scheme included in a control channel format to be selected when the MIMO transmission is applied is greater than that included in a control channel format to be selected when the MIMO transmission is not applied. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376504 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Even when the lengths of data items to be transmitted to users are not the same, the frames multiplexed at the same time finally have the same frame length and are transmitted. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376505 | Method, Apparatus and System for Random Access - A method can be used for facilitating a random access procedure between a first transceiver and a second transceiver within a cell. The first transceiver selects a signature sequence from a set of signature sequences, incorporates the signature sequence into a signal, and transmits the signal to the second transceiver. The set of signature sequences being obtained from a Zadoff-Chu sequence with zero correlation zone. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376506 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR RECOVERING INVALID DOWNLINK DATA TUNNEL BETWEEN NETWORKS - Described herein is a method for processing an invalidation of a downlink data tunnel between networks. The method includes the following steps: (1) a core network user plane anchor receives an error indication of data tunnel sent from an access network device, (2) after deciding that the user plane corresponding to the error indication uses a One Tunnel technology, the core network user plane anchor notifies a relevant core network control plane to request recovering the downlink data tunnel, (3) the core network control plane recovers the downlink data tunnel and notifies the core network user plane anchor to update information of the user plane. In addition, a communication system and a communication device are also provided. The method, system, and device can improve the speed of recovering data transmission after the downlink data tunnel becomes invalid. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376507 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The downlink control channels in a control region of each downlink subframe in a telecommunication system are divided into at least one common subset of the downlink control channels and a plurality of group subsets of the downlink control channels, such that the common subset or each common subset will be decoded by every user equipment, and each group subset will be decoded only by a limited group of user equipments. Resource assignment messages for a user equipment can then be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant group subset, to avoid the need for messages to be decoded by a large number of UEs that will not act on them, while broadcast messages can be transmitted on a downlink control channel of the relevant common subset, to avoid the need for messages to be transmitted many times. | 12-25-2014 |
20140376508 | ERROR CONTROL METHOD, MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) FRAME DESIGNING METHOD, AND TERMINAL REGISTRATION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - The MAC frame in a wireless communication system includes a terminal ID allocated to each of multiple terminals. At least one connection ID is allocated to each terminal having the terminal ID, and sub-carrier allocation information is allocated to each connection having the connection ID. The sub-carrier allocation information includes a sub-carrier allocation status for each sub-carrier, and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier. The sub-carrier allocation status and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier can be allocated, by sub-carriers, to the sub-carrier allocation information using a same number of bits; or the information on the sub-carrier allocation status is first allocated to the sub-carrier allocation information and the number of allocated information bits for each sub-carrier is allocated. | 12-25-2014 |
20150009901 | CENTRALIZED MANAGEMENT OF ACCESS POINTS - Systems and methods are provided for centralized access, control, and management of access points (AP) in a network architecture to facilitate easy and efficient maintenance and monitoring of access points, for example. Systems and methods are also provided for assigning unique identifiers to one or more access points, and use the identifiers through an interface, such as a command line interface (CLI) of an access controller (AC), to manage and monitor the one or more access points through their respective interfaces. System of the present disclosure further enables transitioning from CLI of a first access point to CLI of a second access point without going through AC. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009902 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR WIRELESS LINK BALANCING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods for controlling the transmit power and the receive sensitivity of an access point for achieving symmetric link balancing is described. When an access point operates with symmetric link performance, the access point does not inefficiently use available bandwidth for transmitting or re-transmitting to a client station that cannot communicate with the access point. Moreover, the access point does not back off transmissions due to activity of neighboring basic service sets when not needed. The receive sensitivity can be controlled using a hardware attenuator or software commands that adjust a programmable gain in a wireless local area network chipset used by the access point, or it can be controlled using adjustable levels in the software for processing or responding to packets. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009903 | COORDINATED INTERFERENCE MITIGATION AND CANCELATION - A method includes receiving at user equipment an indication of a subset of scheduling constraints for interference mitigation and cancelation and performing interference mitigation and cancelation utilizing the subset of scheduling constraints. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009904 | CHANNEL MAP GENERATION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A channel map generation method includes: performing a power spectrum density detection on a plurality of channels in a frequency band, to generate a first channel map; and performing a first smoothing operation on the first channel map by a first window size to generate a second channel map. The first smoothing operation includes: grouping channels of the first channel map into a plurality of channel groups according to the first window size; and according to the number of good channels or bad channels in each of the channel group, deciding to retain channel determinations in the first channel map of the channel group, or re-designating all the channels of the channel group, so as to generate the second channel map. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009905 | METHODS TO ENHANCE NEIGHBOR PDCCH DECODING BY EXPLOITING CORRELATION OF RNTIS - Network identifiers used for control information are typically correlated in time. This correlation in time may be leveraged to reduce the control space searched, and thus the number of blind decodes performed by a UE during blind decoding of neighbor cell control information. An apparatus that exploits this correlation in time decodes a control channel transmitted by a neighbor cell to obtain a current network identifier used to perform an operation on the control channel transmission, compares the current network identifier with a set of network identifiers obtained from previously decoded control channels transmitted from the neighbor cell, and determines if the decoded control channel is valid based at least in part on the comparison. The set of network identifiers may be a list of network identifiers, or a range of network identifiers. The set of network identifiers may further include aggregation level information and frequency of occurrence information. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009906 | MULTIPLE ACCESS METHOD AND SYSTEM WITH FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXING OF REQUESTS FOR AUTHORISATION TO SEND DATA - The invention concerns a method for multiple access to a frequency band of a communication channel of a communication network with carrier sense and collision avoidance, the said frequency band being divided into a set of sub-bands, comprising:
| 01-08-2015 |
20150009907 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT - Systems and methods of clear channel assessment on a wireless network are disclosed. In one aspect, a method includes determining a clear channel assessment (CCA) threshold based on a first transmission bandwidth, performing a first back-off procedure based on the determined clear channel assessment threshold; and transmitting a first wireless message in response to a completion of the first back-off procedure. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009908 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING RELAY ARCHITECTURE - A communication device configured to route communications between one or more out-of-coverage communication devices and a base station using one or more proximity services (ProSe). For example, the communication device can be configured as a mobile device-to network relay. The communication device can be configured to route communications between two or more out-of-coverage communication devices that are serviced by the communication device. The communication device can be configured to utilize Layer 3 and/or internet protocol (IP) routing. A base station can be configured to route communications between two or communication devices serviced by the base station. The base station can also be communication coupled to another base station via a backhaul communication connection, and be configured to route communications from one or more communication devices serviced by the base station to one or more other communication devices serviced by the other base station via the backhaul communication connection. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009909 | SPECTRUM ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Method of spectrum allocation in a wireless network, comprising the steps, performed by a first access point connected to said wireless network and operating at a first spectrum configuration, chosen from a finite set of spectrum configurations, each spectrum configuration in the set comprising a channel center frequency, a channel width and a transmit power, of:
| 01-08-2015 |
20150009910 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for allocating resources in Device-to-Device (D2D) communication in a wireless network is provided. The method includes requesting, by a device, resource allocation from an enhanced Node B (eNB) and causing the device to be allocated, from the eNB, a Resource Block (RB) for transmitting one of D2D discovery and communication data and control information. The RB includes information about a location of the resource-allocated time or frequency. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009911 | Mobile Communication Method, Wireless Base Station and Mobile Station - The embodiments of the present invention provide a mobile communication method, a wireless base station and a mobile station. The mobile communication method according to the embodiment of the present invention is applied to the wireless base station. The method comprises: determining resource group offset information used for a mobile station; offsetting an initial physical channel resource group allocated to the mobile station according to the resource group offset information; determining cyclic shift information of demodulation reference signal used for the mobile station according to unused physical channel resources in the offset physical channel resource group; and transmitting the resource group offset information and the cyclic shift information to the mobile station. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009912 | SYSTEM FOR PRODUCING SIMULTANEOUS MULTILINK DIRECTIONAL BEAMS - A system for forming beams that are suited to a given coverage, has at least the following elements: a configuration manager, a set of modems in contact with switches, multiplexers for multiplexing the modems by group onto as many intermediate ports each corresponding to a beam, a module for forming pathways generating a number of pathways distributed about the axis of the antenna, a phase-shift module for the beams of each of the pathways, a power transposition-amplification module and at least two antennas connected to said transposition-amplification module. For the reception part, the system comprises a set of modules that are identical with the exception of the transposition-amplification module, which carries out the low-noise reception and the transposition. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009913 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER OF MOBILE STATION - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for controlling the uplink power of a mobile station. In the method for controlling uplink power of a mobile station in a wireless communication system, an uplink control channel allocated by a base station is received. A location at which power control information is to be received is determined based on the uplink control channel. Uplink power is controlled based on the power control information at the determined location. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009914 | INTER-POINT PARAMETER SIGNALING IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT (CoMP) NETWORKS - A transmission point (TP) comprises a processor configured to generate a transmission parameter related to a transmission property of the TP, wherein the transmission parameter comprises at least one of a transmission rank, a beamforming matrix, a transmission power, and an on/off status, and a transmitter coupled to the processor and configured to transmit the transmission parameter as part of a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) scheme. A transmission point (TP) comprises a processor configured to generate a transmission parameter related to a desired transmission property, wherein the transmission parameter comprises at least one of a transmission rank, a beamforming matrix, a transmission power, and an on/off status, and a transmitter coupled to the processor and configured to transmit the transmission parameter as part of a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) scheme. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009915 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SWITCHING BETWEEN DEFAULT PATH AND DIRECT PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling a path between terminals in a wireless communication system includes measuring a channel quality of a direct path with the another terminal when receiving a request for measuring the channel quality of the direct path from a higher entity, transmitting a first message comprising a result of the measuring the channel quality to the higher entity, and, when receiving a second message to instruct to switch to the direct path from the higher entity, setting the direct path with the another terminal. another embodiments including a terminal and a network entity are also disclosed. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009916 | PAIRING OF DEVICES THROUGH SEPARATE NETWORKS - A method for pairing a multimedia receiver connected to an IP network with at least one mobile equipment connected to a mobile network using a communication protocol different from the IP network. A unique identifier of the mobile equipment is introduced into an application on the multimedia receiver. The latter transmits, to the mobile equipment, a message comprising a pairing request and a command for acquiring a unique public address of the multimedia receiver, said mobile equipment being identified by an address associated to the unique identifier. The mobile equipment receives the message and transmits a response message to the multimedia receiver identified by the unique public address, said response message comprising unique identifier. The multimedia receiver verifies the unique identifier in the response message by comparing it with the unique identifier introduced into the application. If the verification is successful, the mobile equipment pairs with the multimedia receiver. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009917 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR DISTRIBUTED ACCESS - Disclosed are a method and a terminal for a distributed access. The terminal maps data channels to be allocated in a plurality of data channels included in a frame and map scheduling priorities. In this case, the terminal determines positions of resources of a first message as a resource request message and a second message as a response message for the first message in the first channel. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009918 | METHOD FOR OPERATING COMMUNICATION FUNCTION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - An electronic device can provide a communication function on the basis of at least one network among a plurality of networks, and a method for operating a communication function thereof. The electronic device includes at least one communication module that can provide a communication function based on a plurality of networks. The electronic device includes an Radio Interface Layer (RIL) module that can support a processing of data transmitted and received through at least one communication module of the communication modules. The electronic device includes a virtual communication module can support a processing of data transmitted and received through at least one communication module of the communication modules and can perform data processes through the RIL module, wherein the RIL module can form a path with the communication modules, or can form a path with the communication modules through the virtual communication module according to the type of communication function. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009919 | SELECTIVE BEARER ESTABLISHMENT IN E-UTRAN/EPS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate selectively and simultaneously establishing multiple bearers in wireless communication networks. A core network entity in a wireless network can transmit a bearer establishment request to an access point comprising a list of bearers to establish with a related mobile device. The bearer establishment request comprising list of bearers includes separate non-access stratum (NAS) messages corresponding to each bearer in the list. The separate NAS messages can be linked to each bearer entry in the list. The access point can receive the list and attempt to initialize one or more radio bearers in the list. Since the NAS messages individually correspond to a given bearer, the access point can forward NAS messages to the mobile device only for bearers that are successfully initialized allowing selective establishment thereof. In addition, the access point can provide initialization status for the individual bearers to the core network. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009920 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009921 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING AND MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION OVER OFDM VIA INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT BASED ON USER MULTIPATH INTENSITY PROFILE INFORMATION - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for scheduling over ODFM via interference alignment based on multipath intensity profile information. In one embodiment, the method comprises grouping user terminals into groups based on their multipath intensity profiles, where at least one of the groups has two or more terminals; scheduling user terminal groups for MU-MIMO transmission; allocating OFDM resources to the user terminal groups for MIMO transmission; assigning MU-MIMO transmission codes to the user terminal groups; and performing MU-MIMO transmission of the user terminal groups using assigned MU-MIMO transmission codes. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009922 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Provided is a terminal whereby the accuracy of CSI measurement results in the terminal can be assured, and declines in throughput prevented. In this terminal, a reception processor ( | 01-08-2015 |
20150009923 | Method and Apparatus to Report and Handle Buffer Status for User Equipment Working in Inter-Site Carrier Aggregation Mode - In inter-site carrier aggregation (CA) mode, a user equipment (UE) may benefit from methods and systems for handling UE buffer status reports. For dual-carrier uplink control information transmission mode, for example, the user equipment can send the buffer status report only to the Pico eNode B (eNB). Then, the Pico can send the updated buffer status report to the Macro via an X2 interface so as to shift some traffic load to a primary cell (PCell) and guarantee a load balance between two eNBs. Before sending, the Pico can exclude a possibly scheduled amount on secondary cell (SCell) according to the uplink traffic load. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009924 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An overhead accompanying feedback from a UE terminal is reduced. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009925 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN MBSFN SUBFRAME - According to an aspect of the present invention, a method for receiving a downlink signal from a base station (BS) in a multicast broadcast single frequency network (MBSFN) subframe which performed by a user equipment (UE) includes receiving information indicating an MBSFN subframe of which a data region is allocated a cell-specific reference signal (CRS), among MBSFN subframes, and demodulating the downlink signal received in the data region of the MBSFN subframe based on the CRS in the data region of the MBSFN subframe according to the information. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009926 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for transmitting uplink control information by a user equipment in a wireless communication system and a user equipment using the method. The method comprises the steps of: setting subframes for transmitting periodic channel state information (CSI); and transmitting the periodic CSI from the subframes, wherein a first resource or a second resource is used depending on a combination of acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) which can be transmitted from the subframes. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009927 | USER EQUIPMENT, NETWORK NODE AND METHODS THEREIN FOR DETERMINING A TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE IN DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method in a user equipment ( | 01-08-2015 |
20150009928 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for a terminal to report channel state information in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: a step of transmitting first channel state information according to a first channel state information (CSI) process for reporting the first channel state information periodically for every first period; a step of transmitting second channel state information according to a second CSI process for reporting the second channel state information periodically for every second period; and a step of dropping the transmission of either the first channel state information or the second channel state information on the basis of the CSI process index of each of the first and second CSI processes in the event the first channel state information transmission timing and the second channel state information transmission timing conflict. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009929 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING A LIMITED FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA (DA) TECHNIQUE - The present invention relates to a wireless access system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for optimizing a limited feedback in a distributed antenna systems (DSAs). In one aspect of the present invention, a method for optimizing a limited feedback in a wireless access system supporting a distributed antenna (DA) technique, the method comprises steps of receiving, a user equipment (UE) from a DA port, information related to a transmission power of the DA port; receiving a downlink signal from the DA port; measuring a distance between the UE and the DA port by using the downlink signal from the DA port; calculating a number of feedback bits based on the information of the transmission power and the distance between the UE and the DA port; and transmitting feedback information using the calculated number of feedback bits. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009930 | Method and Apparatus for Video Aware Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request - HARQ parameters (e.g., maximum HARQ retransmission values) may be adapted. Cross-layer control and/or logical channel control may be used to select a maximum number of HARQ retransmissions, for example based on packet priority and/or QCI values. Respective priorities of video packets may be used to select one of a plurality of logical channels associated with a video application that may be established at a source wireless hop and/or a destination wireless hop. The logical channels have different HARQ characteristics. Different maximum HARQ retransmission values may be determined for select logical channels, for example such that packets of different priorities may be transmitted over different logical channels. One or more of the channels may be associated with one or more transmission queues that may have different priority designations. Video packets may be reordered (e.g., with respect to transmission order) within the transmission queues, for example in accordance with respective HARQ parameters. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009931 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which a plurality of base stations included in a CoMP cooperating set perform uplink CoMP communication with a user terminal, each of the plurality of base stations comprises: a resource notification receiver that receives a resource notification from another base stations included in the CoMP cooperating set, the resource notification indicting a communication resource of allocation candidate for the user terminal in the other base station; a transmission unit that transmits information on whether the reception of the resource notification succeeds to another base station included in the CoMP cooperating set based on a reception state in the resource notification receiver. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009932 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RESPONSE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting a reception acknowledgement response by an user equipment for performing device-to-device communication in a wireless communication system, comprises the steps of: receiving a physical downlink shared channel; and transmitting a reception acknowledgement response for the physical downlink shared channel on a resource for a physical uplink control channel, wherein the reception acknowledgement response is transmitted according to a setting of a round trip time (RTT), and the RTT is set for each user equipment. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009933 | CONFIGURING A COMMUNICATION CHANNEL BETWEEN A BASE STATION AND A USER EQUIPMENT - A method is provided wherein a base station and at least one further base station are assigned to a cooperation area, wherein a user equipment is served by the base station. The method comprises determining, by the base station), whether all user data of the user equipment being required for a precoding coordinated multipoint transmission is received by each of the base station and the at least one further base station, selecting a transmission mode, wherein the transmission mode is based, if all user data of the user equipment being required for a precoding coordinated multipoint transmission is received by each of the base station and the at least one further base station, on precoding coordinated multipoint transmission, or else, on an interference reducing transmission, and configuring, by the base station, the communication channel between the base station and the user equipment based on the selected transmission mode. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009934 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, FLOW-CONTROL NETWORK, AND COMMUNICATION-CONTROL METHOD - A mobile communication system includes an OpenFlow network and CSCFs. A first CSCF comprises a terminal information assigning unit that assigns information of an incoming terminal of a destination of a signal accommodated in a second CSCF to a header part of a signal destined for the second CSCF. The OpenFlow network comprises a storage unit that stores a correspondence relationship between the incoming terminal and a device accommodating the incoming terminal, a terminal information acquisition unit that acquires information of the incoming terminal from the header part of the signal, a transmission destination identification unit that identifies the device that is a transmission destination from the information, and an open flow transmission unit that transmits a signal to the identified device. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009935 | COMMUNICATING SYSTEM, COMMUNICATING TERMINAL, COMMUNICATING METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM - a network service using apparatus automatically performs a communication setting of a communicating terminal, when the network service using apparatus connects a network through the communicating terminal. A communicating terminal of the present invention contains a first communicating unit, a second communicating unit, a third communicating unit and a communication setting unit. The first communicating unit communicates with a network service providing apparatus through a network. The second communicating unit communicates with a network service using apparatus. The third communicating unit receives a request message of a communication path establishment, from the network service using apparatus. The communication setting unit performs the communication settings of the first communicating unit and the second communicating unit to establish a communication path through the first communicating unit and the second communicating unit based on the request message from the third communicating unit. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009936 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a base station and a user equipment. One transmission method includes: sending, by a base station, first data and random access information to a user equipment UE simultaneously; and acquiring, by the base station, receiving state information of the first data fed back by the UE through the random access information. Another transmission method includes: receiving, by a user equipment, UE, first data and random access information sent by a base station simultaneously; and feeding back, by the UE, receiving state information of the first data to the base station through the random access information. In the technical solutions of the present invention, a base station transmits data to a UE during a random access process, thereby reducing signaling interaction and time delay and improving the data transmission efficiency. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009937 | METHOD FOR SENDING CONTROL INFORMATION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for sending control information, a method for receiving control information, a base station, and a user equipment. A method for sending control information includes: determining, in a subframe, a search space corresponding to a user equipment UE, where one or more localized candidate enhanced physical downlink control channels E-PDCCHs at an aggregation level in the search space are mapped into a same resource block RB pair or a same group of RB pairs; determining a demodulation reference signal DMRS port required to be used by the one or more localized candidate E-PDCCHs, wherein different DMRS ports correspond to different localized candidate E-PDCCHs; and selecting a candidate E-PDCCH from the search space to send control information, and sending a reference signal of a DMRS port corresponding to the selected candidate E-PDCCH. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009938 | SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING CONTROL OF THE PURGING OF A NODE B BY THE SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A system and method which permit the RNC to control purging of data buffered in the Node B. The RNC monitors for a triggering event, which initiates the purging process. The RNC then informs the Node B of the need to purge data by transmitting a purge command, which prompts the Node B to delete at least a portion of buffered data. The purge command can include instructions for the Node B to purge all data for a particular UE, data in one or several user priority transmission queues or in one or more logical channels in the Node B, depending upon the particular data purge triggering event realized in the RNC. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009939 | METHOD FOR INDICATING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT, METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ASSIGNING RESOURCE - The present invention discloses a method for indicating resource assignment, comprising: obtaining, by a network side device, the number N | 01-08-2015 |
20150009940 | Signaling for Multi-Dimension Wireless Resource Allocation - The present disclosure includes systems and techniques relating to wireless local area network devices. Systems and techniques include determining wireless resource allocations in a time domain, a spatial wireless channel domain, and a frequency domain to coordinate communications with wireless communication devices, generating a control frame that directs wireless communications based on at least a portion of the wireless resource allocations, and transmitting the control frame to the wireless communication devices. Determining wireless resource allocations can include determining frequency allocations in the time domain. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL OF COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION OVER COMMON ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCES IN CELL_FACH STATE - A method and apparatus provide for the control. of wireless communication. signals over an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resource while operating in the CELL_FACH state with an allocated E-DCH radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI). A determination is made that a periodic cell update timer is expired. In response to the periodic cell update timer expiring, a determination is made whether the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource. If the WTRU has an allocated E-DCH resource, the periodic cell update timer is re-started without performing a periodic cell update. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009942 | TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM A USER EQUIPMENT IN RESPONSE TO MULTIPLE REQUESTS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission. A plurality of parameter sets for aperiodic SRS transmission are received. First downlink control information, including an SRS request field with a first value indicating one of the plurality of parameter sets, is received. Second downlink control information, including an SRS request field with a second value indicating one of the plurality of parameter sets, is received. An aperiodic SRS is transmitted using the indicated parameter set if the first value is identical to the second value. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009943 | Method and System for Allocating Media Access Control Layer Resources in a Wireless Communication Environment - A method and system for allocating shareable wireless transmission resources. A resource pool is established. The resource pool is divided into a plurality of physical layer allocation units usable for wirelessly transmitting control information and traffic data. The allocation units are assigned at the media access control layer for the wireless transmission of the control information and traffic data. The system and method of the present invention also allows mobile stations to be dynamically grouped into multicast groupings to reduce system overhead resource requirements. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009944 | INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD IN LTE SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an interference coordination method and node device in an LTE system, where the interference coordination method in an LTE system includes: generating an interference coordination message, where the interference coordination message includes a priority configuration of each resource of multiple resources of a source node device, and a resource with a preset priority in the priority configuration is used to transmit a control channel or a control message; sending the interference coordination message to a target node device, so that the target node device performs interference coordination according to the interference coordination message; or sending the interference coordination message to an operation, administration and maintenance network element, so that the operation, administration and maintenance network element configures the interference coordination message for a target node device, so that the target node device performs interference coordination according to the interference coordination message. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009945 | Sharing Resources Between Wireless Networks - A node in a first wireless network requests a radio communication channel from a second wireless network. Upon receiving a channel assignment, nodes in the first network employ the assigned channel for communicating in a manner that is transparent to the second network. Communications via the second wireless network may initiate communications in the first wireless network, keep the assigned channel reserved, communicate network control messages for the first wireless network, transmit a decoy signal, and/or communicate a reference signal. Antenna array processing can prevent the first and second wireless networks from interfering with each other. | 01-08-2015 |
20150009946 | Beam Information Exchange between Base Stations - A base station receives a message comprising at least one index identifying a subset of a second plurality of beamforming codewords. Each of the second plurality of beamforming codewords is identifiable by an index presented by a number of bits. The number of bits is greater than or equal to log | 01-08-2015 |
20150016347 | SYSTEMS FOR SWITCHING MODES IN WIRELESS SESSIONS - At least one example embodiment discloses a network control entity including a memory and a processor. The processor is configured to receive a first message from a gateway if a user equipment (UE) is in a first data transmission mode having a first bearer path and the gateway has downlink user plane data for the UE associated with a second transmission mode, the first message identifying the base station serving the UE, and send a page request to the serving base station, the page request identifying the UE and instructing the serving base station to initiate a transition to the second data transmission mode for the UE, the second data transmission mode including a second bearer path between the UE and the network, the second bearer path and the first bearer path being different. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016348 | PREDICTABLE SCHEDULER FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - A method and apparatus assigning Physical Resource Blocks, PRBs, to a User Equipment, UE, in a wireless communication network having a plurality of cells, includes determining a Physical Cell Identifier, PCI, of a cell from the plurality of cells. Selecting a power level pattern of multiple PRBs for allocation, and assigning at least one of the multiple PRBs to the UE. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016349 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED UPLINK COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE) include sending an uplink enhancement message to a network entity when an uplink enhancement condition has been detected. Further, the methods and apparatus include receiving communication from the network entity in response to sending the uplink enhancement message. Moreover, methods and apparatus for wireless communication at a network entity include detecting an uplink enhancement condition. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include transmitting a network entity originated uplink enhancement message to a UE in response to detecting the uplink enhancement condition. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016350 | RESOURCE REQUESTS IN SMALL CELL NETWORKS - A Small Cell Network in which a terminal ( | 01-15-2015 |
20150016351 | Method of Handling HARQ Feedbacks and Related Communication Device - A method of transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedbacks for a communication device comprises transmitting at least one first HARQ feedback to a first base station according to first downlink (DL) control information (DCI) indicating at least one first DL packet, if the at least one first HARQ feedback is at least triggered by the at least one first DL packet, wherein the at least one first DL packet is transmitted by the first base station to the communication device; and transmitting at least one second HARQ feedback to the first base station, if the at least one second HARQ feedback is only triggered by at least one second DL packet, wherein the at least one second DL packet is transmitted by a second base station to the communication device. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016352 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCEDURES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to methods and apparatus for performing random access channel (RACH) procedures with a base station. For example, certain aspects provide methods and apparatus for performing RACH procedures when a user equipment moves out of range from the base station (e.g., for RACH procedure success). One method includes attempting a RACH procedure with a first base station, determining the UE is out of range from the first base station for RACH procedure success, and, upon determining the UE is out of range from the first base station for RACH procedure success, reattempting the RACH procedure with the first base station or a second base station. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016353 | Method of Handling HARQ Feedbacks and Related Communication Device - A method of transmitting HARQ feedbacks for a communication device comprises transmitting at least one first HARQ feedback triggered by at least one first DL packet to a primary base station, wherein the at least one first DL packet is transmitted by a first base station to the communication device; and dropping at least one second HARQ feedback triggered by at least one second DL packet, wherein the at least one second DL packet is transmitted by a second base station to the communication device. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016354 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION ON LTE D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method for transmitting downlink data on LTE D2D communications are disclosed, which can efficiently use an existing channel of LTE without providing a separate channel for the D2D communications. The system for transmitting downlink data on LTE D2D communications includes a first base station configured to wirelessly provide a mobile communication service; and a first terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, wherein the first terminal performs D2D communications with at least one of a second terminal configured to wirelessly receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, a third terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from a second base station that wirelessly provides a mobile communication service in a different area from the first base station, and a fourth terminal which does not receive the mobile communication service. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016355 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR BROADCASTING DATA TRANSMISSION ON LTE D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method for transmitting broadcasting data on LTE D2D communications are disclosed, which can efficiently use an existing channel of LTE without providing a separate channel for the D2D communications. The system for transmitting broadcasting data on LTE D2D communications includes a first base station configured to wirelessly provide a mobile communication service; and a first terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, wherein the first terminal performs D2D communications with at least one of a second terminal configured to wirelessly receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, a third terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from a second base station that wirelessly provides a mobile communication service in a different area from the first base station, and a fourth terminal which does not receive the mobile communication service. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016356 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING FREQUENCIES ON LTE D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A system and method for managing frequencies on LTE D2D communications are disclosed, which can efficiently use an existing channel of LTE without providing a separate channel for the D2D communications. The system for managing frequencies on LTE D2D communications includes a first base station configured to wirelessly provide a mobile communication service; and a first terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, wherein the first terminal performs D2D communications with at least one of a second terminal configured to wirelessly receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, a third terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from a second base station that wirelessly provides a mobile communication service in a different area from the first base station, and a fourth terminal which does not receive the mobile communication service. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016357 | System and method for D2D communication in LTE cellular coverage - A system and method for D2D communications in LTE cellular coverage are disclosed, which can efficiently use the data communications between the D2D terminals without interference in the LTE base station coverage. The system for D2D communications in LTE cellular coverage includes a first base station configured to wirelessly provide a mobile communication service; and a first terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, wherein the first terminal performs D2D communications with at least one of a second terminal configured to wirelessly receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, a third terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from a second base station that wirelessly provides a mobile communication service in a different area from the first base station, and a fourth terminal which does not receive the mobile communication service. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016358 | System and metod for lte D2D communications - A system and method for LTE D2D communications are disclosed, which can perform direct communications between terminals without using an LTE base station. The system for LTE D2D communications includes a first base station configured to wirelessly provide a mobile communication service, and a first terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, wherein the first terminal performs D2D communications with at least one of a second terminal configured to wirelessly receive the mobile communication service from the first base station, a third terminal configured to receive the mobile communication service from a second base station that wirelessly provides a mobile communication service in a different area from the first base station, and a fourth terminal which does not receive the mobile communication service. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016359 | PEER-TO-PEER COMMUNICATIONS ENHANCEMENTS - An enhanced general superframe structure for peer-to-peer communications in proximity is disclosed, which may be implemented in connection with a variety of different channel access techniques. Additionally, methods are disclosed for enabling multiple P2PNWs in proximity operating under different control schemes, including virtually centralized control, distributed control, and hybrid control, to co-exist. A hyperframe structure is also disclosed, which may comprise two or more superframes, each superframe corresponding to a different one of the corresponding P2PNW control schemes. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016360 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR A DATA SCRAMBLING PROCEDURE - Systems, methods, and devices for communicating in a wireless network are provided. In one aspect, a method for wireless communication is provided. The method includes inserting an indication of a scrambling sequence into a signal field of a first data unit. The signal field occurs before a service field in the first data unit. The method includes scrambling at least a portion of the first data unit based at least on the inserted indication of the scrambling sequence in the signal field of the first data unit. The method includes transmitting the first data unit. The signal field is transmitted at a first data rate and the service field is transmitted at a second data rate greater than the first data rate. The indication of the scrambling sequence comprises either a scrambler seed or one or more parameters indicative of the scrambling sequence. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016361 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - In an aspect of the present invention, provided herein is a method for receiving information for interference cancellation of a mobile terminal, the method comprising: receiving, from a base station, multi-user downlink control information (MU DCI) including CRC scrambled with an identifier (ID) of a user group, the MU DCI including control information for a plurality of mobile terminals belonging to the user group, information indicating the number of mobile terminals simultaneously scheduled by the MU DCI in a subframe, and an index allocated to each mobile terminal being added to the end of the control information for each mobile terminal; and receiving downlink data for other mobile terminals in the user group using the control information for the other mobile terminals if the control information for the mobile terminal is included in the MU DCI. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016362 | Intelligent Backhaul Radio with receiver performance enhancement - A intelligent backhaul radio is disclosed that is compact, light and low power for street level mounting, operates at 100 Mb/s or higher at ranges of 300 m or longer in obstructed LOS conditions with low latencies of 5 ms or less, can support PTP and PMP topologies, uses radio spectrum resources efficiently and does not require precise physical antenna alignment. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016363 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunications System - A mobile station for use with a mobile network, and being arranged to be assigned one or more Temporary Block Flows, TBFs, by the mobile network, and to receive RLC/MAC Blocks from the mobile network, each of which RLC/MAC Blocks is associated with one of said TBFs, and to identify a received RLC/MAC Block by means of a Temporary Flow Identity, TFI, which has been assigned by the mobile network to the TBF with which the RLC/MAC Block is associated. The mobile station is arranged to recognize TFIs which belong to a first group of TFIs as well as TFIs which belong to a second group of TFIs, with a TFI in the second group comprising a TFI in the first group of TFIs together with additional information in the received RLC/MAC block. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016364 | Method And Apparatus For Facilitating Remote Participance In A Community - A method and apparatus are provided for facilitating remote participance in a community. A method may include determining, at a network node accessible via a structured network, a community identifier for an ad hoc community formed at least in part by a plurality of terminals at a first location using a proximity-based wireless communication technology to communicate with each other. The method may further include causing storage at the network node of the determined community identifier and associated membership information for the community. The membership information may include contact information associated with at least one of the plurality of terminals 10. A corresponding apparatus is also provided. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016365 | Carrier Aggregation Optimization - The present invention provides a method, apparatus and a computer program product for carrier aggregation optimization. The present invention includes receiving, at a base station, information from another base station regarding usage of PCell and SCell per carrier at the another base station, analyzing, at the base station, the received information, configuring, at the base station, PCells and SCells for user equipment served by the base station based on the analysis of the received information. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016366 | Method and Apparatus - A method includes determining in a network node that a first channel is to be established between an access node and a user equipment. The first channel including one of an uplink or downlink and being provided between said access node and said user equipment. The first channel provides information for controlling a data channel which is the other of said uplink and downlink and provided between said access node and said user equipment. The data channel is such said user equipment is provided with always on connectivity. The method also includes providing information to said access node to cause said first channel to be established responsive to said determination. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016367 | Providing a Radio Bearer on a Plurality of Component Carriers - There is provided a radio bearer to user equipment on a first component carrier by a first network node and on a second component carrier via a second network node connecting to the first network node; and receiving data units of the radio bearer on the first component carrier on the basis of the first network node terminating a protocol bearer of the radio bearer. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016368 | Data Transmission Control Method and System for User Equipment - The present document provides a method and system for controlling data transmission of a User Equipment (UE). The method includes: a base station transmitting control information for instructing a first UE to transmit data to a second UE. The present document solves the interference problem in device to device communication and communication in the original network, realizes the direct UE to UE communication and improves spectrum efficiency. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016369 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNELS IN MULTICELL-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method by which a terminal receives a downlink data channel based on a terminal-specific reference signal in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method includes the steps of: receiving from a network information on one or more settings defining large scale properties of a terminal-specific reference signal through a higher layer; detecting from the network scheduling information on a downlink data channel based on a terminal-specific reference signal; and receiving from the network the downlink data channel based on the terminal-specific reference signal on the basis of the scheduling information, wherein the scheduling information includes an indicator indicating one or more of the settings. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016370 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to allocate radio resources for an extended control channel adequately in a configuration in which a downlink control channel is extended. A radio base station apparatus according to the present invention has a mapping section configured to separate and map, per predetermined frequency domain unit constituting a system band, a common search space, which is a candidate region to arrange common control information that is common between user terminals in, and a UE-specific search space, which is a candidate region to arrange specific control information that is specific to each user terminal in, and a transmission section configured to frequency-division-multiplex with a downlink shared data channel and transmit an extended downlink control channel, in which the common control information is arranged in the common search space and in which the specific control information is arranged in the UE-specific search space, and the mapping section maps the common search space to a plurality of frequency domain units such that the common search space is distributed in the system band. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016371 | METHOD FOR TERMINAL RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink signal in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for same. More specifically, a method for a terminal receiving the downlink signal in the wireless communication system supporting a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) action comprises the steps of: receiving from a serving cell which operates according to a first uplink-downlink setting monitoring information with respect to an adjacent cell which operates according to a second uplink-downlink setting; and detecting control information of the adjacent cell based on the monitoring information, wherein the first uplink-downlink setting and/or the second uplink-downlink setting is a setting established by changing a portion of a wireless resource according to a specific predetermined uplink-downlink setting. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016372 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes a controller unit | 01-15-2015 |
20150016373 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information and a wireless device are provided. The wireless device masks the cyclic redundancy check (CRC) of a first piece of uplink control information with a masking sequence related to a second piece uplink control information and transmits the masked first piece of uplink control information to an uplink channel. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016374 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system in which a mobile communication device communicates with communication apparatus of the communication system uses radio frames that include a plurality of sub-frames. The mobile communication device receives information for use in identifying a first power ratio, said first power ratio representing a ratio of a power used by the communication apparatus for transmitting a reference signal to a first power used for transmitting data in a first sub-frame of a radio frame. The mobile communication device receives information for use in identifying and a second power ratio, the second power ratio representing a ratio of a power used by the communication apparatus for transmitting a reference signal to a second power used for transmitting data in a second sub-frame of said radio frame. The mobile communication device generates a measurement report including information calculated in dependence on at least one of the first and second power ratio. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016375 | Control of Frequency Channel Between Wireless Access Points According to Sequence - Embodiments herein relate to transferring control of a frequency channel between wireless access points (WAP) according to a sequence where the frequency channel is part of an industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) radio band. Each of the WAPs transfers control of the same frequency channel according to a sequence. The transfer of control in the sequence occurs between adjacent WAPs, and the first and last WAPs in the sequence are adjacent to each other. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016376 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING TRANSMISSION POWER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - in the present invention, disclosed is a method for a user equipment transreceiving signals with a network in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink control channel from the network; and either transmitting an uplink data channel to the network or receiving a downlink data channel from the network, depending on scheduling information included in the downlink control channel, wherein the scheduling information includes information with respect to a reference signal-to-downlink data channel power ratio. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016377 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for uplink transmission. A method for uplink transmission for a machine-type communication (MTC) terminal comprises: a step of transmitting first uplink (UL) information via a first UL channel in a first terminal-specific frequency band of a first subframe; and a step of transmitting second UL information via a second UL channel in a second terminal-specific frequency band of a second subframe subsequent to the first subframe. The first subframe and the second subframe each include a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. If the first terminal-specific frequency band and the second terminal-specific frequency band do not overlap one another, the second UL information may not be transmitted in a first OFDM symbol of the second subframe. Thus, a wireless resource can be efficiently utilized. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016378 | CONTROL METHOD OF FREQUENCY BAND SWITCHING AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a frequency band switching by Fast Session Transfer (FST), a timeout value (link loss timeout: LLT) is determined based on a change in a communication state, a switching setup sequence including a step of transmitting the determined timeout value to a peer wireless station is performed, and frequency switching to the second frequency band is performed when time of the timeout value elapses from when the switching setup sequence is completed. For example, a large timeout value (LLT=T1) is set at time of connection establishment, and the LLT is changed (LLT=T2 to T4) based on, for example, a state of transmission data or a change in a channel state. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016379 | MULTI-INPUT AND MULTI-OUTPUT COMMUNICATION METHOD IN LARGE-SCALE ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a multi-input and multi-output communication method in a large-scale antenna system. An MIMO transmission method according to the present invention includes: obtaining statistical channel information on at least one terminal, dividing terminals into a plurality of classes and a plurality of groups based on the statistical channel information, wherein the groups depend on the classes; determining a group beam-forming matrix for each of the divided groups; performing a group beamforming transmission by group based on the group beam-forming matrix to obtain instantaneous channel information; and scheduling terminals based on the instantaneous channel information. Thus, it is possible to decrease the complexity in a scheduling and precoding calculation without an increase in the amount of wireless resources that are required for providing feedback for a reference signal and channel status information. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016380 | MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station and a communication method are provided, which are capable of preventing a state where no incoming calls can be received from continuing for a long time even if an IP-CAN Bearer, which is a logical communication path used for SIP and audio media, is removed for some reason. UE | 01-15-2015 |
20150016381 | RE-SELECTION OPTIMIZATION FOR PACKET AND CIRCUIT SWITCHED CONNECTIONS - A user equipment UE determines from downlink signaling at least two different types of priority information for at least a first and a second cell. These cells operate simultaneously in a same area with different radio access technologies RATs (inter-RAT neighbors) and/or with different carrier frequencies (inter-frequency neighbors). The UE checks a characteristic of data that is to be wirelessly exchanged, and selects between those cells for establishing a wireless connection, based on which of those types of priority information correspond to that characteristic of the data. In the examples the different types of priority information are circuit switched CS and packet switched PS. The characteristic the UE checks for the data may be: CS voice call or PS data; volume; latency tolerance; active or background mode; and minimum QoS; to name a few. The downlink signaling may be broadcast or a page. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING TRACKING AREA UPDATE (TAU) BY USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN C-RAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing tracking area update (TAU) by a user equipment (UE) in a C-RAN system is disclosed. The method for performing a tracking area update (TAU) by a user equipment (UB) in a Cloud Radio Access Network (C-RAN) includes: transmitting a message, that includes a tracking area update (TAU) indicator indicating a tracking area update (TAU), to a serving Remote Radio Head (S-RRH), wherein the tracking area update (TAU) is performed in units of a Remote Radio Head (RRH) cluster. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016383 | METHOD FOR CHECKING AVAILABILITY OR STATE OF PEER ENTITY - A method for checking availability of one of Television White Space (TVWS) devices by a management device for managing the TVWS devices to co-exist in a TVWS according to one embodiment of the present invention can comprise the following steps: receiving a registration request message for registering the TVWS device or updating the registration of the TVWS device from the TVWS device; registering the TVWS device or updating the registration of the TVWS device; transmitting a check request message for checking the availability of the TVWS device to the TVWS device after registering the TVWS device or updating the registration of the TVWS device, the check request message including a time parameter; and determining the availability of the TVWS device on the basis of the time parameter. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016384 | METHOD TO NOTIFY NODE IN MULTI POINT TRANSMISSION - A method and device for obtaining multipoint transmission to a user equipment via a first and a second cell of a wireless communication network. The first cell provides a first radio link to the user equipment at a first frequency. The device includes a link control unit configured to order the second cell to set up a second radio link to the user equipment at the first frequency in order to obtain multipoint transmission to the user equipment. A first notifying unit is configured to notify the first cell that it is a primary radio link participating in the multipoint transmission. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016385 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - According to the present invention, there is provided a base station device, a terminal device, a communication method, an integrated circuit, and a radio communication system enabling a base station and a terminal device to decide a parameter related to a reference signal and efficiently communicate. A terminal device receives a reference signal associated with a physical downlink shared channel, the terminal device including means that receives the reference signal generated on the basis of a physical layer cell identity in a case in which a predetermined downlink control information format is used for scheduling of the physical downlink shared channel, and means that receives the reference signal generated on the basis of a parameter configured by a higher layer in a case in which a downlink control information format other than the predetermined downlink control information format is used for scheduling of the physical downlink shared channel. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016386 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING EPDCCH RESOURCES - The present disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for determining number of ePDCCH resource units. The method includes: determining number of symbols occupied by PDCCH, number of CRS ports, number of DMRS ports and CSI-RS configuration in a subframe; and determining resources available for transmitting an ePDCCH in PDSCH area of the subframe according to the number of symbols occupied by the PDCCH, the number of CRS ports, the number of DMRS ports and the CSI-RS configuration. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016387 | Methods and Apparatus for Inter-Cell Interference Coordination with Protected Subframes - A cellular radio communications network includes base stations that provide radio communication service to user equipments (UEs) in respective cell service areas. A node receives or determines a usage fraction or percentage of protected subframes and converts the fraction or percentage of protected subframes into one or more protected subframe patterns for an aggressor base station to not transmit on or to transmit at reduced power, in one example, an operations and maintenance (OaM) node configures one or more interfered base stations to use the one or more protected subframe patterns, in another example, the node is a base station. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016388 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal includes generating a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) carrying uplink control information on a subframe, the subframe comprising a plurality of SC-FDMA (single carrier-frequency division multiple access) symbols, wherein the uplink control information is punctured on one SC-FDMA symbol in the subframe, and transmitting simultaneously the uplink control information on the PUCCH and a sounding reference signal on the punctured SC-FDMA symbol. The uplink control information and the sounding reference signal can be simultaneously transmitted without affecting a single carrier characteristic. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016389 | Simultaneous Reporting of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information using PUCCH Format 3 Resources - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In an example embodiment implemented in a mobile terminal the mobile terminal (first determines that channel-state information and hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits corresponding to a plurality of downlink subframes or a plurality of downlink carriers, or both, are scheduled for transmission in an uplink subframe. The mobile terminal then determines whether the number of the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits is less than or equal to a threshold number. If so, the mobile terminal transmits both the channel-state information and the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits in physical control channel resources of the first uplink subframe, on a single carrier. In some embodiments, the number of the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits considered in the previously summarized technique represents a number of ACK/NACK bits after ACK/NACK bundling | 01-15-2015 |
20150016390 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST OPERATION FOR UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT SIGNALING - A method and system for hybrid automatic repeat request operation for uplink coordinated multi-point signaling, the method in one embodiment sending a data packet from a user equipment to a plurality of network elements; waiting for a control indication from at least one of the plurality of network element; and retransmitting the data packet to the plurality of network elements if the control indication specifies retransmission is required. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016391 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - In order to solve a problem of an accumulation on the transmission side, a delay on the reception side, and the like at the time of transmission in a communication system such as a wireless LAN system, each communication station in a network transmits a beacon in which information with respect to the network is written and sets a state in which a reception operation is performed during periods of time before and after the transmission of the beacon signal when performing access control not to make communication timing of a packet collide with that of another station by detecting a signal transmitted from another station. With performing such processing, a system can be formed based on minimum level of transmission and reception operation when transmission and reception data does not exist in each communication station in the network, and also a data transfer can be performed with latency as small as possible in a minimum necessary level of transmission and reception operation by making a transition of a transmission and reception state in accordance with a fluctuating volume of transmission and reception data. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016392 | MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATIONS WITH ADAPTIVE CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016393 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING WIRELESS DEVICES - Embodiments provide systems and methods to optimize the time when to receive transmissions from dissimilar wireless networks, and hence, improve the overall network throughput and avoid access point transmission rate fall-back mechanism having an avalanche effect during coexistence of dissimilar wireless network technologies. A receiver comprises at least two dissimilar network technology subsystems and is able to receive transmissions from dissimilar wireless network technology subsystems during a predetermined reception window. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016394 | Pilot Scheme for a MIMO Communication System - The present invention employs a pilot scheme for frequency division multiple access (FDM) communication systems, such as single carrier FDM communication systems. A given transmit time interval will include numerous traffic symbols and two or more short pilot symbols, which are spaced apart from one another by at least one traffic symbol and will have a Fourier transform length that is less than the Fourier transform length of any given traffic symbol. Multiple transmitters will generate pilot information and modulate the pilot information onto sub-carriers of the short pilot symbols in an orthogonal manner. Each transmitter may use different sub-carriers within the time and frequency domain, which is encompassed by the short pilot symbols within the transmit time interval. Alternatively, each transmitter may uniquely encode the pilot information using a unique code division multiplexed code and modulate the encoded pilot information onto common sub-carriers of the short pilot symbols. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016395 | APPLICATION OF SEQUENCE HOPPING AND ORTHOGONAL COVERING CODES TO UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods and UE apparatuses are provided for transmitting RSs. A method includes receiving a cell-specific sequence-hopping parameter; receiving a UE-specific sequence-hopping parameter; acquiring a first reference signal sequence for a PUSCH based on the UE-specific sequence-hopping parameter; acquiring a second reference signal sequence for a PUCCH based on the cell-specific sequence-hopping parameter; and transmitting at least one of a first reference signal and a second reference signal. Sequence hopping is not applied to acquire the first reference signal sequence when the cell-specific sequence-hopping parameter indicates that the sequence hopping is enabled and the UE-specific sequence-hopping parameter indicates that the sequence hopping is disabled, and sequence hopping is applied to acquire the second reference signal sequence when the cell-specific sequence-hopping parameter indicates that the sequence hopping is enabled and the UE-specific sequence-hopping parameter indicates that the sequence hopping is disabled. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016396 | SCRAMBLING SEQUENCE GENERATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Techniques for performing scrambling and descrambling in a communication system are described. In an aspect, different scrambling sequences for different channels and signals may be generated based on different cyclic shifts of a base scrambling sequence, which may be a maximal-length sequence. A scrambling sequence for a given channel may be generated by (i) determining a sequence selector value based on a channel type value and at least one parameter value for the channel and (ii) cyclically shifting the base scrambling sequence based on the sequence selector value. In another aspect, a reference signal sent on variable system bandwidth may be generated with two scrambling sequences, which may be different cyclic shifts of a base scrambling sequence. Scrambling/descrambling for positive and negative frequencies for the reference signal may be performed with the first and second scrambling sequences, respectively. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016397 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING AIR INTERFACE RESOURCE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for allocating an air interface resource. The embodiments of the present invention are capable of solving the problem in the prior art that a method for allocating an air interface resource can provide transmission guarantee only for downlink service data on an air interface. By means of the technical solutions provided in the present invention, the end-to-end transmission guarantee between a service server and a UE can be provided for the downlink service data, thereby improving the service quality of the end-to-end transmission. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016398 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention pertains to a terminal device, which, when ARQ is used for communication that uses an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands associated with the uplink unit band, and when a transmission mode that supports up to 2 TB in a PCell is set in the terminal, is capable of reducing the amount of signaling from a base station while eliminating a lack of PUCCH resources when semi-permanent scheduling (SPS) is used in the PCell. A control unit in this device selects one value among values obtained by adding 1 to four PUCCH resource indexes, which have been preset for PUCCH resource 1 by the base station, on the basis of values for transmission power control information (TPC command for PUCCH) in a PDCCH, for which notification has been received at the start of SPS. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016399 | Techniques for Reducing Communication Errors in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for operating a wireless communication device includes transmitting a scheduling request from the wireless communication device and receiving, following the scheduling request, an uplink grant that assigns an uplink channel to the wireless communication device. A time period between the scheduling request and the uplink grant is determined. Only channel quality information is transmitted in the uplink channel when the uplink grant requests the channel quality information and the time period is less than a predetermined time period. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016400 | System and Method for Resource Block-Specific Control Signaling - A system and method is disclosed for resource block-specific control signaling in a communication system. Communication data is transmitted using a transmission channel comprising a plurality of resource blocks defined by allocating time-frequency slots in a transmission resource. Resource block control information is transmitted in a “feed-forward” manner to a user end (UE) or group of UEs using channels physically mapped into scheduled resource blocks (RBs) for that user or group of users. Embodiments of the invention provide an RB-specific control channel that comprises RB control elements that are embedded within scheduled resource blocks. The invention, therefore, reduces the amount of control information that must be transmitted by common or shared control channels. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016401 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - A mobile station includes communication control circuitry that selects a preamble contained in a first Random Access Preamble group when a message size based on data available for transmission does not meet a first condition or when a value calculated based on a reference signal received power of downlink does not meet a second condition, a preamble contained in a second Random Access Preamble group when the message size based on data available for transmission meets the first condition and the value calculated based on the reference signal received power of downlink meets the second condition, and a preamble contained in the third Random Access Preamble group for a handover, independent of the message size based on data available for transmission and the value calculated based on the reference signal received power of downlink. The communication control circuitry also generates and transmits a selected preamble. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016402 | Transmission Method and Devices in a Communication System with Contention-Based Data Transmission - A method is described for data transmission by user equipments adapted to transmit data using resource blocks allocated by a radio network. The radio network is adapted to allocate resource blocks to a dedicated one of the user equipments or to a plurality of the user equipments. The method comprises the step of allocating at least one of the resource blocks that is not allocated to any dedicated user equipment to a first plurality of the user equipments. The allocation is signaled to the user equipments. A first user equipment of said first plurality obtains data for transmission. At least a first part of the data is transmitted by the first user equipment using said at least one resource block. Devices embodying the invention and methods of operating the devices are also described. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016403 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - Integrated circuitry for use in a mobile radio station includes a receiver that receives control information and a data processor coupled to the receiver. The data processor provides a number of different sequences that are derived from a base sequence. The different derived sequences are respectively associated with different amounts of data or reception qualities, have different cyclic shifts, and are arranged in an increasing order of the cyclic shifts. The data processor randomly selects a sequence from a subset of the derived sequences. The subset of derived sequences depends on the control information. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016404 | Outbound Communication Session Establishment on a Telecommunications Network - Disclosed are techniques for establishing a communication session in a call server between communication devices. A call server receives a communication session establishment message from a communication device that has an associated VoIP telephone number. The message is indicative of the communication device wanting to place a call to a target communication device. The communication session establishment message includes the VoIP telephone number and a target communication device identifier. The call server establishes a first communication link with the device depending on the quality of a connection with an IP access point. The call server then establishes a second communication link with the target communication device. The call server may then join the first and second communication links to establish a communication session between the communication devices. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016405 | Providing a Data Function in an Access Gateway Node - An access gateway node couples a control node to an external data network, where the control node and access gateway node are for use in a wireless communications network. The access gateway node comprises a data function to route packets containing traffic data between the control node and the external data network. An interface to the control node enables exchange of control messages between the data function and a control function in the control node. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016406 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OFFLOADING TRAFFIC FROM CELLULAR NETWORKS - An extensible framework for offloading data traffic sent to a mobile computing device over a cellular network to a wireless network comprises software plugins, a plugin host that is typically part of the mobile device operating system, and plugin interfaces through which the plugin host communicates with the plugins. A plugin is associated with one or more mobile operators. The framework can comprise one or more plugins, but typically, only one plugin is active at a time. The framework can automatically detect and connect to wireless networks associated with a mobile operator associated with an active plugin. The plugin can automatically authenticate the mobile device or a mobile device user with the mobile operator over the connected wireless network. The plugins are not allowed access to operating system functions responsible for detecting and connecting and disconnecting to a wireless network, which can improve mobile operating system stability and battery life. | 01-15-2015 |
20150016407 | EFFICIENT COMMUNICATION FOR DEVICES OF A HOME NETWORK - Systems and methods are provided for efficient communication through a fabric network of devices in a home environment or similar environment. For example, an electronic device may efficiently control communication to balance power and reliability concerns, may efficiently communicate messages to certain preferred networks by analyzing Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) packet headers that use an Extended Unique Local Address (EULA), may efficiently communicate software updates and status reports throughout a fabric network, and/or may easily and efficiently join a fabric network. | 01-15-2015 |
20150023256 | VEHICLE COMMUNICATION CHANNEL MANAGEMENT - A communication policy server may receive channel availability information indicative of a plurality of communication channels detected by a communication manager of a vehicle, each of the plurality of communication channels configured to provide messages to a target recipient associated with the vehicle. The communication policy server may recommend one of the plurality of detected communication channels as optimal based on factors such as preferences of the target recipient and preferences of the message source, the timing of the messages and the content of the messages. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023257 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Technologies are generally described for a resource allocation scheme for wireless communications. In some examples, a radio base station configured to communicate with one or more mobile devices may include a speed detection unit configured to detect moving speeds of the one or more mobile devices relative to a position of the radio base station; a resource allocation unit configured to allocate frequencies of one or more subcarriers based on the moving speeds of the one or more mobile devices; and a radio communication unit configured to communicate with the one or more mobile devices using the allocated frequencies of the one or more subcarriers. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023258 | DUAL SIM DUAL ACTIVE SUBSCRIBER IDENTIFICATION MODULE WITH A SINGLE TRANSMIT CHAIN AND DUAL OR SINGLE RECEIVE CHAIN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product are provided. The apparatus may be configured to establish a first call for a first subscription, and accept a second call for a second subscription while maintaining the first call. A single transmit chain may be used to transmit uplink traffic associated with the first call and uplink traffic associated with the second call. A timesharing schedule for the transmit chain may determine when the uplink traffic associated with the first call is transmitted and when the uplink traffic associated with the second call is transmitted on the transmit chain. Downlink traffic associated with the first and second calls may be received using different receive chain. Downlink traffic associated with the first and second calls may be received using the same receive chain. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023259 | MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Techniques for communicating on multiple carriers in a wireless communication network are described. In an aspect, different transmit power levels may be used for different carriers to mitigate interference. A first base station may be assigned one or more carriers among multiple carriers available for communication. A second base station may be assigned one or more carriers not assigned to the first base station. Each base station may communicate on each assigned carrier at a first (e.g., full) transmit power level and may communicate on each unassigned carrier at a second (e.g., lower) transmit power level lower. The first and second base stations may belong in different power classes or support different association types. In another aspect, control information may be sent on a designated carrier to support communication on multiple carriers. In yet another aspect, a base station may broadcast bar information indicating the status of carriers. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023260 | COMMUNICATING METHOD FOR ANTENNA ARRAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - A communicating method for an antenna array communication system, a user equipment and a base station are provided. The communicating method includes the following steps. A plurality of beams which are formed by a plurality of antennas is transmitted by a base station, and some of the beams is selected by a user equipment. A beam set of the selected beams for the user equipment is configured by the base station. A pre-coding information is fed back to the base station according to the configured beam set by the user equipment. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023261 | Channel Quality Signaling for Persistent/Semi-Persistent Radio Resource Allocations - A persistent or a semi-persistent uplink resource allocation also comprises an indication for a user equipment UE to send channel quality reports. The format for the channel quality report is determined (based on a transmission mode for which the UE receives a downlink shared channel). In at least first transmissions of user data for instances of the persistently allocated uplink resource the UE sends user data and a channel quality report according to the determined format. For the case that a NACK is received in reply to one of those sent user data with channel quality reports, four options are detailed: re-send the NACK'd user data on a next instance of the persistently allocated UL resource with or without a channel quality report, and re-send the NACK'd user data on a dynamically allocated uplink resource with or without a channel quality report. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023262 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR REALIZING IDENTITY AND LOCATOR SEPARATION NETWORK - Provided are a system and method for realizing an identifier and locator separation network based on Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6). The method includes that: a network prefix assigned for a terminal is taken as a part of an IPv6 address of the terminal, and a subscriber Access Identifier (AID) assigned for the terminal is also taken as a part of the IPv6 address. With the above technical solution, the additional overhead, brought by creating tunnels and removing tunnels, of the identifier and locator separation network realized based on the network can be solved. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023263 | METHOD FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND THE USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for reducing interference of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless access system, and the user equipment (UE) for the same are disclosed. The method for reducing interference of a UE includes receiving a signal from a first base station (BS) and a second BS; and detecting a signal of the second BS from the reception signal, wherein allocation resources of the detection signal of the second BS is OFDM-symbol-level-shifted according to a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) of the first BS in such a manner that a control region does not overlap with another part. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023264 | Allocation of Communication Resources for Control Signals in the Uplink - The disclosure relates operation where information of at least one selected resource from a pool of resources for control signals in uplink is signalled in downlink At least one resource is selected from a pool of resources for control signals in the uplink, where after information of the selected at least one resource is signalled in the downlink Communication of control signals in the uplink by at least one device is facilitated such that at least one non-selected resource from the pool of resources is used in sending of control signals in the uplink The at least one resource is implicitly derived in accordance with a predefined rule. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023265 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA CHANNELS IN MULTICELL-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method by which a terminal receives a downlink data channel in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method includes the steps of receiving from a network information on one or more settings defining large scale properties of a terminal-specific reference signal through a higher layer; detecting from the network one of either the first scheduling information or the second scheduling information on a downlink data channel based on a terminal-specific reference signal; and receiving the downlink data channel based on the terminal-specific reference signal on the basis of the detected scheduling information, wherein the first scheduling information includes an indicator indicating one or more of the settings, and the large scale properties of the terminal-specific reference signal are defined according to the setting indicated by the indicator during the detection of the first scheduling information, and a preset setting from among the one or more settings set during the detection of the second scheduling information. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023266 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention enables efficient transmission/reception of a signal including control information between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023267 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION ON D2D TRANSMISSION DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING D2D COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting feedback information on device to device (D2D) transmission data in a wireless communication system for supporting D2D communication according to the present invention comprises the steps of: informing a D2D link with another D2D terminal through a D2D terminal search; enabling a first D2D terminal to receive, in the formed D2D link, D2D information including resource allocation information for transmitting D2D data from a base station; enabling the first D2D terminal to receive data from a linked second D2D terminal through a resource according to the resource allocation information; and transmitting, to the base station, feedback information including acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals for the received data, wherein the feedback information can comprise a D2D indicator for indicating the information related to the D2D communication and the identification information of the first D2D terminal and/or the identification information of the second D2D terminal. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023268 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - An objective is to improve communication quality by reducing an insertion loss or the like of a diplexer inserted to reduce a leakage from an uplink band to a downlink band in different bands. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting simultaneous transmission capability information from a mobile station UE to a radio base station eNB, the simultaneous transmission capability information indicating whether or not the mobile station UE can transmit uplink data signals via multiple carriers in the same sub-frame while performing uplink CA; performing scheduling for the mobile station UE by the radio base station eNB on the basis of the simultaneous transmission capability information; and performing communication by the mobile station UE on the basis of the scheduling information. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023269 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink data information in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the method for a terminal for transmitting uplink data information by means of a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) comprises the steps of: configuring at least one uplink subframe on the basis of first HARQ process; changing a particular uplink subframe, from among the uplink subframes, to a downlink subframe; receiving, from a base station, an indication information indicating the change from the first HARQ process to a second HARQ process; reconfiguring, in accordance with the indication information, at least one uplink subframe on the basis of the second HARQ process; and transmitting uplink data information by means of the reconfigured uplink subframe. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023270 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal. The method for transmitting an uplink signal from a terminal in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving configuration information about candidates in a parameter set for a reference signal for physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) modulation; receiving information indicating a specific set among the candidates in the parameter set; and generating a sequence of the reference signal using the specific set and transmitting the generated reference signal to a base station, wherein the information indicating the specific set may have a maximum value of the minimum distance between a circular shift index of the reference signal generated by a terminal using the specific set and a circular shift index of a reference signal generated by another terminal using the specific set. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023271 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system includes APs | 01-22-2015 |
20150023272 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA UNITS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting data units in wireless LAN systems. The method includes the steps of generating a short training field (STF) for a first channel, generating a long training field (LTF) for the first channel, duplicating the STF on at least one second channel, duplicating the LTF on at least one second channel, transmitting the STF and the one or more duplicated STFs through a transmission channel, transmitting the LTF and the one or more duplicated LTFs through the transmission channel, and transmitting a data field through the transmission channel. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023273 | CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A HEMS constituting a ZigBee network with at least one of equipment, comprises a processing unit processing an application to control the equipment, and a ZigBee control unit managing route information by each of the equipment according to a ZigBee protocol. The processing unit selects one of either a first mode or a second mode in accordance with the number of the equipment included in the ZigBee network. In the first mode, notification of the equipment to be controlled is sent from the processing unit to the ZigBee control unit, and the ZigBee control unit controls communication route to the equipment to be controlled. In the second mode, the processing unit decides the communication route to the equipment to be controlled, and notification of the communication route is sent from the processing unit to the ZigBee control unit. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023274 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which communications is performed by using a downlink frame configuration including a control domain for transmitting downlink control information and a data domain for transmitting downlink user data, each of base stations that performs CoMP communications with a user terminal comprises a transmission unit that transmits the downlink control information by using the data domain in place of the control domain, when the CoMP communication with the user terminal is performed. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023275 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, at a user equipment, an uplink signal to a transmission point performing cooperative transmission in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes generating the uplink signal based on a virtual cell identifier and virtual timing information, wherein the virtual cell identifier and virtual timing information are independently configured according to transmission channels. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023276 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a communication system, a mobile station and a communication method that can suppress the increase of processing loads of an IP-CAN accompanying trials made by mobile stations to connect to the IP-CAN via a wireless access network that does not support any services on the IP multimedia core network subsystem (IMS). For example, a UE ( | 01-22-2015 |
20150023277 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HANDOVER OF PACKET SWITCHED SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and device for handover of a packet switched (PS) service. A method for supporting handover of a PS service in a network according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises steps of: acquiring information for identifying a PS service handed over from a first access network to a second access network; and transmitting, to a user equipment, information for directing handover to the second access network for the identified PS service, wherein the information for the identified PS service can be maintained in a network node of the network until handover to the second access network has been completed. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023278 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POINTS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments provide an apparatus, a method and a computer program for controlling transmission points in a mobile communication system. The apparatus ( | 01-22-2015 |
20150023279 | PRE-CODING DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS RECEIVING DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A terminal device knows which kind of pre-coding has been applied without increasing overhead in a wireless communication system in which plural kinds of pre-coding are selectively or simultaneously used. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023280 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a reference CSI configuration information and a following CSI configuration information which is configured to report a same RI (Rank Indicator) as the reference CSI configuration information, receiving a first CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Resource Signal) configuration information associated with the reference CSI configuration and a second CSI-RS configuration information associated with the following CSI configuration, number of CSI-RS antenna ports according to the second CSI-RS configuration information is same as number of CSI-RS antenna ports according to the first CSI-RS configuration information; and transmitting CSI determined based on at least one of the first CSI-RS configuration information and the second CSI-RS configuration information. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023281 | OPTIMIZED TRANSMISSION OF MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DATA FROM A MOBILE DEVICE TO A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method of transmitting data from a UE to an eNB is provided. In response to a data transmission request from a MTC application, the UE chooses a preamble ID based on the data size and transmits a random access preamble message to the eNB. The eNB returns a random access response message to the UE. The random access response message identifies resource allocated in an uplink channel and includes one or more transmission power control parameters associated with the second uplink channel. After determining that the data size is less than or equal to the allocated resources in the second uplink channel, the UE transmits a scheduled transmission message to the eNB using the allocated resource in the second uplink channel at a transmission power level determined by the one or more transmission power control parameters. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023282 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There are provided a terminal device, a base station device, and an integrated circuit that enable a base station device and a terminal device to determine parameters related to uplink signals or uplink reference signals and to perform efficient communication. A terminal device that transmits a demodulation reference signal associated with a physical uplink shared channel to a base station device includes determining a base sequence number on the basis of a value of a parameter configured by a higher layer, determining the base sequence number on the basis of a physical layer cell identity, and generating a sequence of the demodulation reference signal on the basis of the base sequence number, wherein the base sequence number is determined on the basis of the physical layer cell identity in a case where a transmission on the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a Temporary C-RNTI are attached is performed in a random access procedure. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023283 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CELL SELECTION - The present disclosure relates to a cell selection scheme. In one embodiment, there provides a method for performing a cell selection for a UE at a primary serving cell of the UE in a CoMP cluster including the primary serving cell and one or more candidate cells, the method comprising the steps of: receiving PRACH measurements for the UE from the candidate cells; and selecting from the candidate cells one or more cells for the UE as its secondary serving cells based on the received PRACH measurements. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023284 | DUAL NETWORK MOBILE DEVICE RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - A single chip mobile wireless device capable of receiving and transmitting over one wireless network at a time maintains registration on two wireless communication networks that each use different communication protocols in parallel. Periodically, the mobile wireless device tunes one or more receivers from a first wireless network to a second wireless network in order to listen for paging messages addressed to the mobile wireless device from the second wireless network. The first wireless network suspends allocation of radio resources to the mobile wireless device based on receipt of a suspension message from the mobile wireless device, or based on knowledge of a paging cycle for mobile wireless device in the second wireless network, or based on detection of an out of synchronization condition with the mobile wireless device. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING AND RESELECTING AN UPLINK PRIMARY CARRIER - A method and apparatus are described for using an uplink (UL) primary carrier for long term evolution-advanced (LTE-A) to support hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback, a channel quality indicator (CQI), a scheduling request (SR), power headroom, and at least one buffer status report in the context of asymmetrical deployment and symmetrical deployment. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting acknowledgement/negative ACK (ACK/NACK) in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, and to an apparatus for the method. A method in which a terminal transmits ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation comprises the following steps: receiving one or more physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs); and transmitting ACK/NACK for said one or more PDSCHs via a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). A PUCCH format for transmitting ACK/NACK is selected by taking the type of the carrier in which said one or more PDSCHs are received into account. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023287 | MOBILE STATION, A MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND A MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile radio communication method in which a mobile station moves among a plurality of base stations at high speed, in order to solve a problem of increase in the amount of operation and its related increase in the amount of power consumption and heat emission which is resulted for maintaining good communication quality of communication by the mobile station which moves at high speed to the direction for approaching the base station or moving away from it, it provides detecting means for detecting changes in relative positions to a plurality of base stations, and selecting means for selecting an uplink signal reception base station which receives an uplink signal and selecting one or plural base stations, fluctuation of increase and decrease of which of distance from own mobile station is an opposite manner compared with a case of the uplink signal receiving base station, based on changes in the relative positions detected by said detecting means as a downlink signal transmission base station which transmits a downlink signal. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023288 | DUAL INTERPRETATION OF A LENGTH FIELD OF A SIGNAL UNIT - A method includes generating, at a second wireless device, a signal (SIG) unit to be transmitted to a first wireless device. The SIG unit includes a length field and an aggregation field. In response to determining to use aggregated transmission to the first wireless device, the method further includes setting the aggregation field to a first value and setting the length field to a number of symbols. In response to determining not to use the aggregated transmission to the first wireless device, the method further includes setting the aggregation field to a second value and setting the length field to a number of bytes. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023289 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and system, a base station, and a user equipment (UE). The method includes: obtaining, by a base station, a second number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) according to a first number of PRBs, where the second number of PRBs is smaller than the first number of PRBs, and the first number of PRBs is exactly divisible by the second number of PRBs; sending, by the base station, indication information to a UE, where the indication information is used to indicate the second number of PRBs or an encoded bit repetition multiple, and the encoded bit repetition multiple is equal to the first number of PRBs divided by the second number of PRBs; and obtaining, by the UE, the encoded bit repetition multiple according to the indication information, and performing data transmission according to the encoded bit repetition multiple. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023290 | CHANNEL SEARCHING METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a channel searching method, device, and system. The method includes: determining a number of a first channel control element according to a frequency domain resource that is configured for a terminal by a base station and supports transmission of a first physical downlink control channel and a position of the first channel control element in an RB to which the first channel control element belongs; determining a search space according to the frequency domain resource and an aggregation level of the first physical downlink control channel; and determining the first channel control element in the search space according to the number of the first channel control element. The embodiments of the present invention implement detection of a first physical downlink control channel such as an E-PDCCH or an R-PDCCH in the search space determined by the embodiments of the present invention. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023291 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A MIMO PACKET IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a packet in a wireless local area network system. The method is performed by a transmitting station and includes generating a packet including at least one spatial stream and first control information including a first field and a second field, and transmitting the packet to at least one receiving station. The first field indicates a group ID of the at least one receiving station and whether the packet is generated based on a single user transmission scheme or a multi user transmission scheme. Content of the second field is determined based on whether the packet is generated based on the single user transmission scheme or the multi user transmission scheme, the second field indicates a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) index used for the packet if the packet is generated based on the single user transmission, and the second field indicates an encoding scheme applied to the at least one receiving station if the packet is generated based on the multi user transmission scheme. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023292 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part allocates allocation information allocated to a PDCCH received from modulation parts to a particular one of a plurality of search spaces that is corresponding to a CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH. A placement part then places the allocation information in one of downstream line resources, reserved for the PDCCH, that is corresponding to the CCE of the particular search space to which the allocation information has been allocated. A radio transmission part then transmits an OFDM symbol, in which the allocation information has been placed, to the mobile station from an antenna. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023293 | Efficient Communication for Devices of a Home Network - Systems and methods are provided for efficient communication through a fabric network of devices in a home environment or similar environment. For example, an electronic device may efficiently control communication to balance power and reliability concerns, may efficiently communicate messages to certain preferred networks by analyzing Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) packet headers that use an Extended Unique Local Address (EULA), may efficiently communicate software updates and status reports throughout a fabric network, and/or may easily and efficiently join a fabric network. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023294 | Efficient Communication for Devices of a Home Network - Systems and methods are provided for efficient communication through a fabric network of devices in a home environment or similar environment. For example, an electronic device may efficiently control communication to balance power and reliability concerns, may efficiently communicate messages to certain preferred networks by analyzing Internet Protocol version 6 (IPv6) packet headers that use an Extended Unique Local Address (EULA), may efficiently communicate software updates and status reports throughout a fabric network, and/or may easily and efficiently join a fabric network. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023295 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR THE TRANSMISSION OF DATA WITH DIFFERENT QoS ATTRIBUTES - An apparatus, system and method are provided for transmitting data from logical channel queues over a telecommunications link, each of the logical channel queues capable of being associated with quality of service attributes, the method including determining available resources for transmission over the telecommunications link in a frame; selecting one of the logical channel queues based on a first one of the quality of service attributes; packaging data from the selected one of the logical channel queues until one of: a second one of the quality of service attributes for the selected one of the logical channel queues is satisfied, the available resources are used, or the selected one of the logical channel queues is empty; and repeating the selecting step and the packaging step for remaining ones of the logical channel queues. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023296 | TIMING ADJUSTMENT FOR SYNCHRONOUS OPERATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for adjusting transmit timing of base stations and user equipments (UEs) in a wireless network are described. In one operating scenario, a femto base station communicates with a femto UE, and a macro base station communicates with a macro UE located within the coverage of the femto base station. In an aspect, the transmit timing of the femto base station may be delayed relative to the transmit timing of the macro base station, e.g., to time align downlink signals from the femto and macro base stations at the femto and macro UEs. In another aspect, the transmit timing of the femto UE may be advanced relative to the transmit timing of femto base station by an amount larger than twice the propagation delay between the femto UE and the femto base station, e.g., to time align uplink signals from the femto and macro UEs at the femto base station. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023297 | COMMUNICATION SUPPORTING METHOD AND APPARATUS USING NON-ACCESS STRATUM PROTOCOL IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for supporting Non-Access Stratum (NAS) communication between a User Equipment (UE) and a Mobility Management Entity (MME) efficiently by addressing the signaling problems occurring between the UE and the MME in a situation where it is necessary for a network node to identify the UE and acquire UE information, if there is any, from another network node to which the UE has been attached, are provided. The method for communication between the UE and network based on the NAS protocol messages and operations is implemented with the involvement a UE, an MME, and an old MME or an old Serving General Packet Radio Service (GPRS) Support Node (SGSN) to which the UE has been attached before so as to facilitate discovering a best node using the UE information acquired from the old MME or old SGSN during the communication between the UE and the network, resulting in a reduction of a communication delay between the UE and network and an improvement of communication efficiency. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023298 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SELECTING A TRANSMISSION CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM THAT INCLUDES AN ADAPTIVE ARRAY - A method for establishing wireless communication between a transmitter and a receiver in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The receiver includes an adaptive array that has at least two antennas. Each antenna receives a signal and produces a received signal. The transmitter includes at least two transmission channels for communicating the signal from the transmitter to the receiver. The wireless communication system suppresses interference at the receiver by applying an interference suppression technique when combining the received signals. The selection of a channel at the transmitter is based on the channel performance at the receiver for each transmission channel. The channel performance is based on a combining technique different from the interference suppression technique. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023299 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - The present invention eliminates a transmission-waiting operation which is unnecessary while accommodating a prioritized traffic. Although a communication station enters a transmission-disallowed state in response to detection of a signal addressed to another station in accordance with medium access control based on CSMA, if the communication station receives a frame transmitted with priority to a local station during the transmission waiting, it cancels the transmission-disallowed state, sends back a frame responding the frame transmitted with priority and effectively operates a transmission prioritized period. The communication station starts a search procedure to perform a processing of evading duplication of the transmission prioritized periods if it judges a possibility of a problem occurring in a time zone in which reception with priority is possible. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023300 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN A MOBILE NETWORK - A method for communicating between a primary station and at least one secondary station, comprising: configuring the secondary station to search at least one of a plurality of search spaces having a first structure, the first structure consisting of at least a first number of resource sets having a first size, where at least one resource set is for transmitting a message to the secondary station, and changing the search space structure to a second structure different from the first structure in response to a signalling message. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023301 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING AN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING SCHEME - A method and Mobile Subscriber Station (MSS) are provided for transmitting Channel Quality Information (CQI) in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting first information including a value related to CQI for at least one of bands; and transmitting second information including a differential CQI for the at least one of the bands, wherein each band comprises a plurality of adjacent subcarriers. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023302 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A UE receives i) first information (info1) used for configuring a first set and a second set of downlink component carriers (DCCs) (hereinafter “set1” and “set2”), set1 corresponds to a first value of a field of second information (info2), set2 corresponding to a second value of the field of info2, info2 being used for requesting a transmission of channel state information (CSI), and ii) downlink control information (DCI) including info2, using a PDCCH, where the DCI being used for scheduling of a PUSCH in one uplink component carrier. The UE transmits, using the PUSCH, a) the CSI for set1 which is configured in a case that the DCI including info2 is received and a value of the field of info2 is the first value, and b) the CSI for set2 which is configured in a case that the DCI including info2 is received and a value of the field of info2 is the second value. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023303 | INTERWORKING BETWEEN SYSTEMS USING DIFFERENT IP MOBILITY MANAGEMENT PROTOCOLS - Systems and methods allow 3GPP and non-3GPP access with interworking between GTP-based networks and PMIP-based networks. For handover attachment of a UE, an IWP can be provided the address of the PGW which was used in the initial attachment of the UE so that, for example, an IP address can be maintained for an ongoing data connection established with the UE. Alternatively, the same IWP can operate as the proxy for all data connections with the UE such that the IWP is aware of the PGW used for the initial attachment and can reuse the same PGW for handover. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023304 | Dynamic Assigning Of Bandwidth To Field Devices In A Process Control System - A wireless network managing device for a wireless network that is part of a process control system. The wireless network managing device includes a node determination element configured to receive an operator selection of at least one node in the process control system via an operator terminal and determine a field device implementing the functionality of the node, and a bandwidth control element configured to adjust a bandwidth assigned to the at least one field device in an auxiliary data section of a communication structure used by the wireless network based on the received operator selection in order to increase system responsiveness. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023305 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION ON BACKWARD COMPATIBLE PUCCH FORMATS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for reporting uplink control information (UCI) on a user equipment (UE) is described. A number of bits for a channel quality indicator and/or a precoding matrix index and/or a rank indication (CQI/PMI/RI) is obtained. A number of component carriers with hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) reporting is also obtained. A total number of HARQ-ACK bits is further obtained. A number of HARQ-ACK bits that can be carried on the physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is determined. Bundling is performed on the total number of HARQ-ACK bits to be reported to fit the total number of HARQ-ACK bits to be reported into the number of HARQ-ACK bits that can be carried on the PUCH. A backward compatible PUCCH format is used to simultaneously carry the CQI/PMI/RI bits and the HARQ-ACK bits. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023306 | MECHANISM TO AVOID INTERFERENCE AND IMPROVE CHANNEL EFFICIENCY IN MMWAVE WPANS - Briefly, a mechanism to avoid interference and improve channel efficiency in mmWave Wireless Personal Area Networks (WPANs) is disclosed. According to an embodiment of the present invention, neighbor devices can identify whether a certain high rate channel is being used or not through a communication on another channel, and thus avoidance actions may be taken by neighbor devices even if they do not receive signals from the high rate channel. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023307 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD - A radio transmitting device and method enables reduction of an increase of CGI memories for the control channel and an improvement of the throughput of the data channel. When multiplex transmission through the control channel and the data channel is carried out and when adaptive modulation is applied to both channels, an MCS selecting section is provided with one CQI table for the data channel and CQI tables for the control channel, and a table selecting MCS determining section selects one of the tables depending on the transmission bandwidth of the terminal and determines the MCS of the control channel while looking up the selected CQI table. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023308 | LINK ADAPTATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A link adaptation method performed by a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (LAN) system supporting multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) is provided. The method includes: receiving a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) request, a steered sounding physical layer convergence procedure (PLOP) protocol data unit (PPDU) which is beam-formed to the STA, and a MIMO indicator including MU-MIMO-related information from an access point (AP); and transmitting feedback information including an MCS acquired from the steered sounding PPDU and the MU-MIMO-related information to the AP in response to the MCS request. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023309 | POWER ADAPTIVE METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method and apparatus in a heterogeneous network includes: receiving, by a pico base station, reference signal received power of a serving base station and a neighboring base station reported by multiple pieces of user equipment (UE) within its coverage; calculating, by the pico base station, an average value of data received power of the UE and an average value of the reference signal received power of the UE for receiving reference signal transmitted by the macro base station according to the reference signal received power; and transmitting the above calculation result by the pico base station to the macro base station, so that the macro base station determines transmitted power of a unicast physical channel in an almost blank subframe configured by the macro base station for the pico base station; the throughput of the system is optimized accordingly. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023310 | TRANSPORT FORMAT COMBINATION SELECTION IN A WIRELESS TRANSMIT/RECEIVE UNIT - A method and apparatus for selecting a TFC in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The WTRU estimates a transmit power for each of a plurality of available transport format combinations (TFCs). A TFC is selected for an uplink dedicated channel and a TFC is selected for an enhanced uplink (EU) channel. The TFC for the dedicated channel is selected first and independently of the TFC selection of the EU channel. The TFC for the EU channel is selected within a remaining WTRU transmit power after the TFC selection for the dedicated channel. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023311 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SIGNALLING A QUANTITY OF ANTENNA PORTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A quantity of antenna ports of a transmitting apparatus is signalled in a wireless communication system. The quantity of antenna ports of the transmitting apparatus is encoded into a first type information and a second type information. The first type information is transmitted on a physical broadcast channel (PBCH); and the second type information is transmitted on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). The PDSCH is transmitted on at least one antenna port indicated by the first type information. | 01-22-2015 |
20150023312 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a base station for receiving uplink control signals in a wireless communication system are described. The base station receives a first uplink control channel in a mixed resource block from a first user equipment. The mixed resource block includes a plurality of subcarriers. The base station receives a second uplink control channel in the mixed resource block from a second user equipment. The first uplink control channel is identified by a first cyclic shift value. The second uplink control channel is identified by a second cyclic shift value that is different from the first cyclic shift value. The first uplink control channel carries a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) of the first user equipment. The second uplink control channel carries a channel quality indicator (CQI) for the second user equipment and a HARQ ACK/NACK of the second user equipment. | 01-22-2015 |
20150029942 | PAIRING METHOD FOR ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A pairing method for electronic devices is provided and includes the following steps. First, an ordering information is received, in which the ordering information is produced by the user ordering a second electronic device on an online store via a first electronic device. A provider of the second electronic device records pairing information of the second electronic device. The provider of the second electronic device transmits the pairing information to the user's first electronic device via communication network. When the user receives the ordered second electronic device, the first electronic device makes a pair with the second electronic device automatically according to the pairing information, so as to establish a wireless connection between the first and second electronic devices. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029943 | Shared Access of Uplink Carrier - A method includes configuring user equipment to support use of one or more carriers for authorized shared access. The configuring is performed to emphasize use of a first set of a plurality of carriers over use of a second set of the plurality of carriers. The second set comprises the one or more carriers for authorized shared access. The method also includes communicating with the user equipment using the first and second sets of carriers. Apparatus, computer programs, and program products are also disclosed. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029944 | HYBRID JOINT PROCESSING FOR USE IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method of joint processing of data in a radio access network (RAN) that includes a plurality of radio nodes each associated with a cell and a services node operatively coupled to the radio nodes is provided. The services node provides connectivity to a core network. The method includes determining that a plurality of first UEs (User Equipment) each being serviced by a selected set of the cells is to operate in accordance with a hybrid joint processing scheme. Information is transferred between the plurality of first UEs and the radio nodes in accordance with the hybrid joint processing scheme by performing L1 layer processing on the radio nodes and L2 layer processing at the services node. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029945 | Communications between a Mobile Device and an Access Point Device - Method, device, and computer program product that may improve communications between a mobile device and an access point device are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method of communicating between a mobile device and an access point device comprises control a plurality of beacons in the access point device, establishing a communication between the access point device with the mobile device using a first beacon in the plurality of beacons, broadcasting availability of the plurality of beacons in the access point device via the first beacon, and establishing the communication with the mobile device using a second beacon in the plurality of beacons. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029946 | MODULATION OF PACKET CHARACTERISTICS TO ESTABLISH AN OVERLAY COMMUNICATION CHANNEL - Embodiments relate generally to electrical and electronic hardware, computer software, wired and wireless network communications, electronic media presentation of audio and video, and wearable/mobile computing devices configured to facilitate communication among electronic devices, including mobile phones and media devices that present audio and/or video content. More specifically, disclosed are systems, components and methods to establish an overlay communication channel based on modulating and demodulating packet characteristics. In various embodiments, a packet characteristic modulator or demodulator can be disposed in a first device to establish at least a unidirectional communication link to autonomously discover suitable electronic devices, such as a second device, with which to collaborate. In one embodiment, a packet characteristic demodulator can be configured to acquire packet characteristic values to determine message data. A packet characteristic value corresponds to a symbol. The packets can be demodulated as a function of the packet characteristic values to form extracted symbols. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029947 | SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING LOGICAL MOBILE NODES ON A MOBILE ACCESS GATEWAY - In one embodiment, a mobile access gateway (MAG) includes a processor, a communications interface, and logic. The communications interface is configured to communicate with at least one mobile network and at least one local mobility anchor. The logic includes a mobile node logical instance module and an selection module. The mobile node logical instance module is configured to cooperate with the processor to create a first logical instance of a first mobile node on the MAG, and the address selection module is configured to cooperate with the processor to configure an egress roaming interface for the MAG. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029948 | Protecting Packet Traffic in a Network Including an Adaptive Bandwidth Link - In one embodiment, a packet switching device receives a notification that a link has a diminished packet transport capacity. In response, the packet switching devices changes forwarding information for a portion of the packet traffic being sent over the diminished packet transport capacity link to traverse one or more reroute paths not including the diminished link, while some packet traffic continues to use the diminished packet transport capacity link. This notification can be received directly from a communications device, or via a routing protocol such as for a remote link that sent packet traffic may traverse. These rerouted paths may be precomputed and installed in forwarding data structures for fast rerouting, or computed and installed in response to receiving the notification. In one embodiment, quality of service (QoS) is adjusted in response to receiving the notification. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029949 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR SERVICE ACQUISITION WHEN MOVING IN AND OUT OF FOURTH GENERATION (4G) NETWORKS WITH DIFFERENT CIRCUIT-SWITCHED FALLBACK (CSFB) SUPPORT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication at a fourth generation (4G) capable user equipment (UE) include determining, when the 4G capable UE does not report a 4G capability but reports one or more other radio access technology (RAT) capabilities, a 4G service change possibility for the 4G capable UE, performing a 4G network search and measurement procedure in response to the determination of the 4G service change possibility, and performing a combined evolved packet system/circuit switched (EPS/CS) attach attempt procedure when the 4G network search and measurement procedure indicates a 4G network availability. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029950 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for uplink scheduling over a communication channel in a communication network including at least one UE and an eNodeB, is described. The method comprises determining whether the UE is associated with at least one of Guaranteed Bit Rate (GBR) bearers and non-Guaranteed Bit Rate (non-GBR) bearers. Based on the determining, for each of the GBR-bearers and the non-GBR-bearers, computing a demand for resources for establishing an uplink communication, wherein the demand is computed based physical layer characteristics and transport layer characteristics associated with the communication channel. The demand computed is communicated as a request message to the eNodeB. In response to the request message, receiving an allocation of the resources for uplink scheduling from the eNodeB. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029951 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - In a radio communication system including multiple mobile terminals and multiple radio base stations, the mobile terminal has a function of interference rejection combining. The radio base stations share downlink channel characteristics for mobile terminals connected to radio base stations. The radio base station gives weights to radio waves transmitted from multiple transmission antennas to perform in-phase addition of an interfering radio wave beam directed to a mobile terminal for which the desired radio base station is another radio base station to an interfering radio wave beam transmitted from yet another radio base station for limiting the number of interfering radio wave beams that arrive at the mobile terminal. The radio base station does not perform in-phase addition when the number of interfering radio wave beams of which interference can be suppressed by the mobile terminal is equal to or greater than the number of radio base stations that send interfering radio wave beams to the mobile terminal. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029952 | SELF-ADAPTIVELY IMPROVING SYSTEM STABILITY - In a wireless communication system, a base station may adopt AMC and HARQ mechanisms to improve the system stability and may further be configured to combine the feedback features of AMC and HARQ to save computing resources. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029953 | TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVAL (TTI) BUNDLING FOR CONTROL CHANNELS IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose techniques for transmission time interval (TTI) bundling for control channels (e.g., physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and enhanced PDCCH) in long term evolution (LTE). According to certain aspects a method is provided for wireless communications. The method may be performed, for example, by a user equipment (UE). The method generally includes determining a first set of possible decoding candidates for the downlink control channel in a first subframe of the bundle of subframes and a second set of possible decoding candidates for the downlink control channel in a second subframe in the bundle of subframes, wherein the first set of possible decoding candidates and the second set of possible decoding candidates are different and processing the bundle of subframes based, at least in part, on the determination. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029954 | TECHNIQUES FOR ROUTING FROM AN ENDPOINT WITH SIMULTANEOUS ASSOCIATIONS TO MULTIPLE NETWORKS - A node within a wireless endpoint device may be coupled to multiple heterogeneous networks simultaneously. The node is configured to select between the different networks based on various constraints associated with the endpoint device, applications executing on the endpoint device, traffic routed by the endpoint device, and constraints associated with the multiple networks. Based on these different constraints, and based on the current operating mode of the node, the node rates each network, and then selects the network with the highest rating to be used for routing purposes. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029955 | SIGNALING MESSAGE SYNCHRONIZATION - Technology for supporting dual connectivity is disclosed. A user equipment (UE) may receive a radio resource control (RRC) reconfiguration message from a macro evolved node B (MeNB). The RRC reconfiguration message may indicate that a secondary cell associated with a secondary eNB (SeNB) is to be added for connection to the UE. The UE may complete an RRC reconfiguration procedure to add the secondary cell. The UE may send a preamble to the SeNB indicating that the UE has completed the RRC reconfiguration procedure. The UE may communicate data with the SeNB after sending the preamble to the SeNB, wherein the UE supports dual connectivity to the MeNB and the SeNB. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029956 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SELECTIVELY PROVIDING INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) SESSION CONTINUITY - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems of selectively providing Internet Protocol (IP) session continuity. In one example, a mobile device may include a radio to communicate with a wireless network, the radio to transmit a session setup request to setup a communication session, and to receive a session setup response in response to the session setup request, the session setup response including a first Internet Protocol (IP) address and a second IP address assigned to the communication session, and an indication that the first IP address is configured to maintain IP session continuity; and a controller to select to use the first IP address for the communication session, if IP session continuity is to be maintained for the communication session, and to select to use the second IP address for the communication session, if IP session continuity is not to be maintained for the communication session. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029957 | UPLINK COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR NON-IDEAL BACKHAUL SCENARIOS - Uplink communication techniques for non-ideal backhaul scenarios are described. In one embodiment, for example, user equipment (UE) may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to receive an uplink (UL) communication process configuration message identifying a configured UL communication process for the UE, the UL communication process configuration message comprising a cell identifier and one or more configuration information elements (IEs), each configuration IE comprising configuration information for UL communications on the part of the UE, the logic to send a UL message based on the configuration information comprised in at least one of the configuration IEs. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029958 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INTERFERENCE INFORMATION - A method for receiving, by a UE, information for interference cancellation, the method includes receiving assistance control information for removing interference data from a neighboring eNB; and receiving primary control information indicating the interference data using the assistance control information, the assistance control information includes at least one of control channel element (CCE) indices, an aggregation level and a downlink control information (DCI) format of a control channel on which the primary control information is transmitted and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) bits for the control channel, the assistance control information includes sub-assistance control information on neighboring UEs simultaneously scheduled by the neighboring eNB. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029959 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING RADIO CHANNEL - A method and a system for allocating a radio channel are disclosed. The method includes the steps of determining one or more priority radio channels exclusively for transmitting priority data; determining whether there is a condition of allocating the one or more priority radio channels in an organized wireless group (OWG); and allocating one of the one or more priority radio channels, when the one or more priority radio channels are empty. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029960 | METHOD FOR MANAGING HF FREQUENCIES IN BROADBAND USE - A method for managing the HF frequencies in a broadband communication network, comprises the following steps: determining the range of passing frequencies for a user for a given link and SLA service; establishing the set of authorised frequencies S″ in the transmission range of the user with the different power and modulation configurations for each frequency; analysing the received spectrum in order to determine the frequency or frequencies already used and deciding, on the basis of their associated usage type, whether they must be excluded; for each possible frequency fl of the set S′″, determining the necessary power {tilde over (P)} | 01-29-2015 |
20150029961 | METHOD OF SELECTING TRANSMISSION PARAMETER AND DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION APPARATUS - A method of selecting a transmission parameter and a spectrum allocation apparatus are provided. The method of selecting a transmission parameter involves collecting frequency band information comprising a frequency bandwidth and communication environment information comprising a power density of noise, constituting a plurality of single-objective fitness functions comprising a bandwidth fitness function based on data transmission using two frequency bands, using the frequency band information and the communication environment information, constituting a multi-objective fitness function obtained by assigning a weight value to each of the plurality of single-objective fitness functions, and selecting the transmission parameter by applying a genetic algorithm to the multi-objective fitness function. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029962 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, AND CONTROLLING METHOD THEREOF - A transmitting apparatus includes a symbol generator configured to generate a preamble symbol including signaling data and a reference signal, a frequency allocator configured to allocate first subcarriers and second subcarriers to the signaling data and the reference signal, respectively, in a frequency corresponding to the preamble symbol and map the signaling data and the reference signal to the allocated subcarriers, and a transmitter configured to transmit a signal including the preamble symbol and a data symbol, wherein the reference signal is a signal used for channel estimation or frequency offset compensation. Thus, synchronization is accurately corrected and channel estimation is achieved using the reference signal included in the preamble symbol, thereby reducing a ratio of a pilot included in a data symbol. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029963 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A TERMINAL-SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A CONTROL CHANNEL BY A BASE STATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a terminal-specific reference signal for a control signal by a base station in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method is characterized in that it comprises: transmitting a plurality of control channels and a first terminal-specific reference signal for the plurality of control channels to a first resource region; and transmitting one control channel and a second terminal-specific reference signal for the control channel to a second resource region, wherein the different descrambling identifiers are applied to the first and second terminal-specific reference signals. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029964 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting channel state information (CSI) of a user equipment, which is allocated a plurality of serving cells, in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: receiving setting information for setting groups comprising at least one serving cell from the plurality of serving cells, and transmitting periodic CSI with respect to a group that is selected according to priority between the groups, when the periodic CSI with respect to each of the groups is set to be transmitted from the same subframe, wherein the periodic CSI with respect to each of at least two serving cells are transmitted together when the at least two serving cells are included in the group that is selected. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029965 | Radio Station and Method of Processing User Data With Radio Station - A radio station ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029966 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, METHOD FOR SUPPORTING SAME, AND APPARATUS FOR SAID METHODS - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for receiving a channel state information (CSI)-reference signal (RS) from a wireless communication system by a user device comprises the steps of: receiving resource configuration information on the CSI-RS; and receiving the CSI-RS on the basis of the resource configuration information on the CIS-RS, wherein the resource configuration information on the CSI-RS includes information on a cell specific-RS (CRS) related to the CSI-RS, and the user device can assume that an antenna port related to information on the CRS and an antenna port used for transmitting CSI-RS corresponding to the resource configuration information on the CSI-RS are quasi co-located. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029967 | COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL AND METHOD - A mobile communications network includes a core network including infrastructure equipment, and a radio network including plural base stations configured to provide a wireless access interface for communicating data to/from communications terminals. One base station can operate as a serving base station to one of the communications terminals, to establish one or more communications bearers for communicating user data to/from the communications terminal via the core network and the radio network, and co-operate with at least another of the base stations to communicate the user data to/from the communications terminal. The mobile communications network can monitor a state of a radio communications channel between the co-operating base station and the communications terminal, and upon predetermined conditions, establish a communications bearer from the core network to the co-operating base station for communicating the user data to the co-operating base station for transmitting the user data to the communications terminal. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029968 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal. A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a UE in a wireless communication system includes, when a virtual cell ID for a reference signal for demodulation of a physical uplink channel is provided, generating a sequence of the reference signal on the basis of the virtual cell ID, and transmitting the generated reference signal to an eNB. A group hopping pattern of the reference signal can be determined on the basis of the virtual cell ID. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029969 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal. A method for transmitting an uplink signal at a UE in a wireless communication system includes, when a virtual cell ID for a reference signal for demodulation of a physical uplink channel is provided, generating a sequence of the reference signal on the basis of the virtual cell ID, and transmitting the generated reference signal to an eNB. A sequence shift pattern of the reference signal can be determined on the basis of the virtual cell ID. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029970 | Redundancy Version Selection Based on Receiving Quality and Transport Format - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a base station ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029971 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND CONTROL CHANNEL FORMING METHOD - Provided are a wireless communication terminal device and a control channel forming method with which, in the forming of a control channel for transmitting control information including an ACK/NACK and CSI (channel state information), wasteful use of resources is reduced compared to that in related art. In the case where CSI is transmitted independently, and in the case where CSI and an ACK/NACK are transmitted at the same time, the same format is used to form a control channel. Furthermore, in the case where an ACK/NACK is transmitted independently, another format is used if a component carrier (CC) number is equal to or less than 2, and the same format is used if the CC number is equal to or greater than 3. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029972 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The method for receiving a downlink signal in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises: receiving, from a base station, a candidate seed list and downlink control information for the generation of a sequence of a downlink demodulation reference signal, wherein a seed value is selected from the candidate seed list on the basis of seed value indicating information contained in the downlink control information and the sequence of the downlink demodulation reference signal is generated by using the selected seed value. The candidate seed list may include a plurality of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process identifiers and virtual cell identifiers related to the plurality of HARQ process identifiers. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029973 | Signalling Interfaces in Communications - A method is disclosed, including supporting, in a communication apparatus (UE), a stand-alone operation mode for using, without a core network (EPC) involvement, bearer services provided by a local network (LTE-LAN). The method further includes supporting, in the communication apparatus (UE), flexible single radio/dual radio modes for offloading resources of a macro network (LTE) in order to use bearer services provided by the macro network (LTE) either in the single radio mode or in the dual radio mode, wherein said offloading is controlled by an associated macro network apparatus (eNB). | 01-29-2015 |
20150029974 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RADIO BASE STATION - The mobile communication system is a system in which one resource block is configured by a plurality of resource elements. The mobile communication system comprises an assignment unit that divides the one resource block, and assigns the divided resource blocks to a plurality of radio terminals. A division pattern of the one resource block is decided beforehand. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029975 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR RADIO BEARER RELEASE - The disclosure relates to a method ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029976 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION STATION, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A wireless communication system includes an upper transmission station and a lower transmission station, each serving as a transmission station, a terminal serving as a reception station. The upper transmission station allocates a downlink control channel for each terminal to part of a predetermined data-channel region ascribed to the lower transmission station based on a demodulation reference signal for each transmission station. Based on the allocation result, the lower transmission station allocates the downlink control channel for each terminal, which is disposed at art of the data-channel region thereof. The terminal decodes the downlink control channel based on the demodulation reference signal. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029977 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPRESSING MAC HEADER IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and apparatus for performing MAC header compression in a wireless communication system. In a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention, a station STA may: receive information on assigning a plurality of association identifiers (AIDs) to the station STA from an access point (AP); receive, from the AP, a first frame including a medium access control (MAC) header that includes an address field set to one of the plurality of AIDs; and assign each of the plurality of AIDs by flow for the station STA. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029978 | AVOIDING UNLIMITED NUMBER OF UNSUCCESSFUL LOCATION UPDATE OR PACKET DATA CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT ATTEMPTS - The application relates to the procedures Routing Area Update RAU in UTRAN and Tracking Area Update TAU in LTE. Furthermore, it relates to PDP context procedure in UTRAN as well as PDN connection procedure in LTE. In the current RAU procedure, a SGSN, which fails to update the Routing Area, e.g. because it receives the DNS return error, sends a RAU Reject with the cause code CC# | 01-29-2015 |
20150029979 | RADIO TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RADIO RECEIVING APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A radio receiving apparatus is notified of whether a multi-user multiplexing transmission signal that is transmitted from a radio transmitting apparatus is the multi-user MIMO or the OFDMA without increasing a control information amount. The radio transmitting apparatus includes a scheduling section | 01-29-2015 |
20150029980 | System and Method for Supporting Switching Between a Packet-Switched Network and a Circuit-Switched Network - A User Equipment (UE) ( | 01-29-2015 |
20150029981 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - A probability of collision when a plurality of mobile station devices use contention based (CB) transmission is reduced. Provided is a mobile station device which performs the CB transmission, based on a control signal received from a base station device. The mobile station device includes a control information extraction unit | 01-29-2015 |
20150029982 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to report parameters related to techniques provided for in the LTE-A system to a user terminal with adequate timing. The radio communication method of the present invention provides a radio communication method in a radio communication system having a base station apparatus that is configured in compliance with LTE-Advanced system standards, and a user terminal that is configured to be able to perform radio communication with the base station apparatus, and, in this radio communication method, the base station apparatus generates downlink control channel information related to an enhanced physical downlink control channel, and notifies the downlink control channel information to the user terminal using an RRC Connection Reconfiguration signal, and the user terminal receives the RRC Connection Reconfiguration signal, and sets up the downlink control channel information. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029983 | RADIO SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A new base station transmits position information to a TVWSDB device and receives channel information of TV white space from the TVWSDB device. The TVWSDB apparatus instructs existing base stations to arrange that the respective CPE terminals that are the nearest in distance to the new base station perform CBP bursts for channels reported to the new base station. The CPE terminals then perform the CBP bursts according to a schedule established for the existing base stations. The new base station searches for and finds a cell having the same standard as itself on the basis of the burst signals of the CPE terminals and shares the channel of the cell having the same standard as itself with the existing base stations. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029984 | ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods for allocating a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) to reduce a number of PDCCH candidates in a search space for carrier aggregation on a user equipment (UE) are disclosed. The method comprises the step of selecting a control channel element (CCE) aggregation level for a PDCCH allocation for each of a plurality of user equipments (UEs) at an evolved NodeB (eNB). The operation of identifying a transmission mode for each of a plurality of component carriers (CCs) associated with the PDCCH at the eNB follows. The next operation of the method is assigning each CC's downlink control information (DCI) into CCEs in a PDCCH search space in the PDCCH starting at a CCE location based on the CC's transmission mode and the CCE aggregation level for the UE receiving the CC. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029985 | TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for retransmitting a protocol data unit (PDU) in a mobile communication system includes: segmenting a first PDU to form one or more second PDUs if the first PDU does not fit within a PDU size indicated by a lower layer; and transmitting the one or more second PDUs to a receiving side. Segmenting the first PDU includes: mapping only a data field of the first PDU to a data field of the one or more second PDUs; and setting a header of each of the one or more second PDUs. The header of each of the one or more second PDUs includes a field indicating a sequence number of the first PDU. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029986 | MU-MIMO TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A Multi-User-Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) transmission method performed by an Access Point (AP) in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes transmitting an MU-MIMO initiation message to a destination Station (STA) which is a target of a MU-MIMO transmission, the MU-MIMO initiation message informing that MU-MIMO transmission will be initiated, receiving a sounding frame transmitted by the destination STA as a response to the MU-MIMO initiation message and performing MU-MIMO transmission on data by beamforming based on channel information obtained from the sounding frame. The sounding frame includes precoded and virtualized channel information between the AP and the STA. A dimension of the virtualized channel information is lower than a dimension of channel information between the AP and the STA. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029987 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS INTERFACE SELECTION AND FOR COMMUNICATION AND ACCESS CONTROL OF SUBSYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND DATA IN A VEHICULAR ENVIRONMENT - A method in one embodiment includes intercepting a message in an on-board unit (OBU) of a vehicular network environment between a source and a receiver in the vehicular network environment, verifying the message is sent from the source, verifying the message is not altered, evaluating a set of source flow control policies associated with the source, and blocking the message if the set of source flow control policies indicate the message is not permitted. In specific embodiments, the message is not permitted if a level of access assigned to the source in the set of source flow control policies does not match a level of access tagged on the message. In further embodiments, the method includes evaluating a set of receiver flow control policies associated with the receiver, and blocking the message if the set of receiver flow control policies indicates the message is not permitted. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029988 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - The present disclosure discloses a method, a device and a system for uplink resource allocation, relating to a wireless communication field and used for further reducing interference of service transmission between cell uplinks. The method for uplink resource allocation includes: a first base station determines uplink almost blank subframe (UL ABS) subframe(s) unused currently of a user equipment (UE) served by the first base station; and the first base station sends information of the determined UL ABS subframe(s) unused currently of the UE served by the first base station to a second base station, so that the second base station acquires available UL ABS subframe(s) and takes the available UL ABS subframe(s) as uplink subframe resource(s) of the second base station. The present disclosure is applied to a resource allocation scenario. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029989 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication system including: a wireless base station, and a wireless terminal configured to receive a downlink frame including data and a downlink control signal, the downlink control signal being mapped to a first downlink control resource element, and transmit an uplink frame including an uplink control signal, the uplink control signal being mapped to a first uplink control resource element, the first uplink control resource element being determined by shifting a second uplink control resource element of uplink control resource elements by an offset number whose unit is one of the uplink control resource elements, the second uplink control resource element being determined based on a location of the first downlink control resource element in the downlink frame, the offset number being determined based on a first offset information included in the downlink control signal. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029990 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY OPERATION - A method and apparatus for sending uplink control information (UCI) by a multi-mode wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) capable of operating on multiple component carriers of a plurality of radio access technologies (RATs) for multi-RAT operation are disclosed. The multi-mode WTRU may generate first UCI pertaining to a first RAT and second UCI pertaining to a second RAT. The WTRU may then send at least part of the first UCI and least part of the second UCI via a feedback channel on a component carrier of a second RAT. The first RAT may be Long Term Evolution (LTE) and the second RAT may be LTE-Advanced (LTE-A), or vice versa. Each RAT may operate on a different frequency. The UCI of the RATs may be multiplexed onto a carrier of any one of the RATs. The UCI bits for a pair of, or multiple, serving cells may be jointly encoded. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029991 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES AND COMMUNICATION SAPPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus is provided. A controller module generates a suggested sub-frame pattern describing suggested arrangement of one or more almost blank sub-frame(s) in one or more frame(s) and schedules control signal and/or data transmissions according to the suggested sub-frame pattern. A transceiver module transmits at least a first signal carrying information regarding the suggested sub-frame pattern to a peer communications apparatus. The peer communications apparatus does not schedule data transmissions in the almost blank sub-frame(s). | 01-29-2015 |
20150029992 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES AND COMMUNICATION SAPPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A method for coordinating transmissions between different communications apparatuses in a communications system. The method obtains a sub-frame indicator carried in a first control signal transmitted in a control region of a first sub-frame received from an evolved node B (eNB), wherein the sub-frame indicator indicates resource allocation of one or more sub-frame following the first sub-frame. The method then determines whether a second sub-frame following the first sub-frame and received from the eNB is an almost blank sub-frame according to the sub-frame indicator. When the second sub-frame is not the almost blank sub-frame, obtaining information regarding a start position of a data region of the second sub-frame from a second control signal transmitted in a control region of the second sub-frame. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029993 | METHOD FOR COORDINATING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES AND COMMUNICATION SAPPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus is provided. A controller module obtains information regarding a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) round trip time (RTT) in an HARQ process, arranging one or more almost blank sub-frame(s) in one or more frame(s) according to the HARQ RTT information and generating a sub-frame pattern describing the arrangement of the almost blank sub-frame(s), wherein the HARQ RTT is defined by the communications system. A transceiver module transmits at least a signal carrying information regarding the sub-frame pattern to a peer communications apparatus in the communications system. In addition, at least one almost blank sub-frame in the sub-frame pattern is arranged in a sub-frame for the peer communications apparatus to transmit an uplink grant message for granting an user equipment to transmit uplink data to the peer communications apparatus. | 01-29-2015 |
20150029994 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a user equipment for use in a mobile communication system is configured to: receive control information including a first field and a second field via a control channel, the first field indicating one of N (N≧2) resource block group (RBG) sets and the second field including a bitmap, wherein each bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether a corresponding resource block (RB) in the indicated one of the N RBG sets is allocated; interpret the first field and the second field for resource allocation in the control information; and receive data using the control information. An RBG set n (0≦n01-29-2015 | |
20150036631 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PILOT SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting a pilot signal, a method for receiving a pilot signal, a user equipment (UE), and a base station. A method includes: determining a first downlink subframe according to an uplink and downlink ratio relationship, where the first downlink subframe is a first downlink subframe after a transition from uplink to downlink; transmitting a pilot signal to a UE in the first downlink subframe. Another method includes: determining, according to a preset transmit period and a subframe offset number, a second downlink subframe for transmitting a pilot signal, and transmitting the pilot signal to a UE in the second downlink subframe. According to the technical solution of the present invention, time domain resources occupied by a pilot signal are reduced, therefore, the overhead of transmitting the pilot signal is reduced. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036632 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus and a communication method capable of suppressing an increase of bits used for a request to send a reference signal and flexibly setting a resource used for sending a reference signal. In a base station, a transmission processing unit transmits, in one of a plurality of formats, control information containing a request to send a sounding reference signal (A-SRS), and a reception processing unit receives the transmitted A-SRS using the resource specified by the format of the transmitted control information. Then, the plurality of formats is associated with each different SRS resource by a setting unit. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036633 | SIGNALLING OF CHANNEL INFORMATION - An apparatus and a method are described by which a request for providing aperiodic channel information with respect to a selected downlink component carrier of a plurality of component carriers is received, the selected downlink component carrier is determined, channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is established, and the channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is sent. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036634 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Provided are a wireless communication method, a base station, a wireless communication system and a communication apparatus whereby an interference power is calculated from an estimated propagation channel estimation result and the transmission power is controlled based on the interference power or the interference is suppressed by controlling the directivity, thereby increasing the transmission capacity. A propagation channel estimation circuit performs propagation channel estimation from a response signal transmitted from a terminal station and estimates a propagation channel estimation result. An interference power calculation circuit measures each interference power from a signal of each sub-carrier received by each of wireless units, and calculates an interference power for each sub-carrier from the propagation channel estimation result estimated by the propagation channel estimation circuit. When the calculated interference power is equal to or more than a predetermined threshold, an interference suppression signal generation circuit changes the transmission power and generates an interference suppression signal. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036635 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING OR DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus for activating or deactivating a primary carrier and secondary carriers in a Time Division Duplex Long Term Evolution (TDD LTE) system using carrier aggregation are provided. An apparatus includes an User Equipment employing the method corresponding the operation associated with the activation and deactivation of SCells, which thereby performs communication with eNBs without errors. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036636 | SIGNALLING OF CHANNEL INFORMATION - An apparatus and a method are described by which a request for providing aperiodic channel information with respect to a selected downlink component carrier of a plurality of component carriers is received, the selected downlink component carrier is determined, channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is established, and the channel information with respect to the selected downlink component carrier is sent. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036637 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL RESOURCE MAPPING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus for preventing physical hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) indicator channel (PHICH) ambiguities or collisions, for example, in a multi-carrier system or when transmitting multiple streams over multiple antennas, are described. Methods may include dividing resources or groups among multiple component carriers (CCs), using and assigning unused or vacant resources to CCs, forcing usage of adaptive HARQ processes in specified scenarios, setting a value for the cyclic shift of the corresponding uplink demodulation reference signals (DMRS) to a previous value for semi-persistent scheduling, and assigning a different first resource block for semi-persistent scheduling uplink resources and random access response grants for multiple CCs. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036638 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of signaling in a wireless communication system ( | 02-05-2015 |
20150036639 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device are disclosed for transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system using at least one subframe comprising two slots, each slot including a plurality of symbols, the wireless communication system configured to transmit a first uplink control signal via an assigned first physical uplink control channel resource and to transmit a second uplink control signal via an assigned second physical uplink control channel resource. The method can include generating a modulation symbol by modulating the second uplink control signal, and transmitting the modulation symbol in a subframe via a physical uplink control channel resource which is assigned for the first uplink control signal if it is determined that the first uplink control signal and the second uplink control signal are to be transmitted in the subframe. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036640 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASCYNCHRONOUS DIRECT LINK SETUP IN WLAN SYSTEM - A method for a wireless local area network, the method including selecting, by an access point (AP), a direct link setup (DLS) channel among a plurality of channels, the DLS channel being used for a communication of a DLS link between a first station and a second station; and transmitting, by the AP, a control frame to the first station and the second station, the control frame including a channel field indicating the DLS channel. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036641 | MOBILE PHONE DOCKING STATION VPNs - A device includes a memory that stores multiple different types of applications and a data table, and a processing unit. The processing unit is configured to receive configuration data that sets up multiple network interfaces on the device, and assigns one of multiple different network addresses to each of the multiple network interfaces, store the configuration data in the data table, execute a first type of application of the multiple different types of applications, receive one or more first packets from executing the first type of application of the multiple different types of applications, retrieve a first Virtual Private Network (VPN) identifier associated with a first VPN from the data table based on the first type of application of the multiple different types of applications, and send the one or more first packets via the first VPN identified by the first VPN identifier. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036642 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A control channel transmission/reception method and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving control channels using a resource allocation scheme applicable regardless of reference signal transmission or whether the reference signal is transmitted in distributed transmission mode or localized transmission mode are provided. The control channel transmission method includes mapping a Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) to Resource Elements (REs) of a Resource Block (RB) for transmitting a control channel, mapping the control channel to the REs numbered with numbers of predetermined number of Resource Element Groups (REGs) in a frequency-first ascending order cyclically, with the exception of the REs to which the DMRS is mapped, and transmitting the DMRS and the control channel. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036643 | CQI TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPORTING MULTI-CELL HSDPA - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving control information in a wireless communication system supporting multi-cell transmission. A method includes receiving a first pilot signal from a first cell and a second pilot signal from a second cell; generating first control information indicating channel quality for the first cell and second control information indicating channel quality for the second cell, based on the first pilot signal and the second pilot signal, respectively; separately encoding the first control information and the second control information; separately power controlling the encoded first control information and the encoded second control information; transmitting, on the first cell, the power controlled, encoded first control information on a first control channel; and transmitting, on the first cell, the power controlled, encoded second control information on a second control channel. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036644 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for reporting Channel State Information (CSI) in an uplink by a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method includes reporting a first Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) to an evolved Node B (eNB); calculating a second PMI using the first PMI; and reporting the second PMI to the eNB. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036645 | FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH OPERATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for downlink resource allocation associated with a shared frequency band. A WTRU may receive resource allocation information associated with a component carrier and at least one carrier segment. The component carrier and the least one carrier segment may each comprise a plurality of resource block groups (RBG). At least two bitmaps may be associated with the resource allocation information. A size of a resource block group (RBG) of the component carrier and the at least one carrier segment may be based on a combined number of resource blocks (RB) of the component carrier and the one or more carrier segments divided by a 3GPP Rel-8/Rel-10 RBG size of the component carrier. The WTRU may determine at least one RBG allocated to the WTRU using the resource allocation information and may receive and decode the at least one RBG allocated to the WTRU. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036646 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RECEPTION METHOD - It is possible to provide a radio communication terminal device and a radio transmission method which can improve reception performance of a CQI and a reference signal. A phase table storage unit stores a phase table which correlates the amount of cyclic shift to complex coefficients {w1, w2} to be multiplied on the reference signal. A complex coefficient multiplication unit reads out a complex coefficient corresponding to the amount of cyclic shift indicated by resource allocation information, from the phase table storage unit and multiplies the read-out complex coefficient on the reference signal so as to change the phase relationship between the reference signals in a slot. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036647 | WLAN APPARATUS - A wireless local area network (WLAN) apparatus for a WLAN system is provided that includes a first medium access protocol (MAC) entity supporting a first frequency band and a second MAC entity supporting a second frequency band, where a MAC management frame for the first frequency band is encapsulated in a MAC management frame for the second frequency band and transmitted via the second frequency band. | 02-05-2015 |
20150036648 | CARRIER AGGREGATION PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communications technologies, and in particular, to a CA processing method and device, so as to provide a CA processing scheme applicable to a network sharing scenario. In the embodiments of the present invention, a second cell is determined according to a first PLMN ID used by a CA user equipment in a first cell and a frequency supported by the CA user equipment, where the first cell is a cell that the CA UE currently accesses, CA can be performed on a second PLMN ID supported by the second cell and the first PLMN ID used by the CA user equipment in the first cell, and a frequency used by the second cell can be supported by the CA user equipment; and, according to the determined second cell, a CA cell is configured for the CA user equipment. | 02-05-2015 |
20150043433 | ALLOCATING FEEDBACK RESOURCES FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for allocating PUCCH resources for HARQ feedback so as to minimize the total number PUCCH resources that are allocated while avoiding resource collision. A base station in an uplink Pcell allocates resource sets for use by a plurality of user terminals for providing HARQ feedback to support downlink transmissions to the user terminals in the same transmission time interval. The base station configures a resource group for each user terminal. Each resource group comprises a predetermined number of the allocated resource sets. The base station sorts the user terminals in the order of priority from highest to lowest and selects, in order of priority, a resource set for each user terminal from its configured resource group. To select resources for the user terminal, the base station calculates a weight for each resource set available to the user terminal, and allocate an available resource set with minimum weight to the user terminal. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043434 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SUBFRAME BUNDLING - A User Equipment (UE) for performing subframe bundling is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines consecutive uplink (UL) subframes based on UL subframes of a UL-reference uplink/downlink (UL/DL) configuration of a serving cell. The UE also performs a subframe bundling operation based on the consecutive UL subframes. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043435 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROTOCOL LAYER ENHANCEMENTS IN DATA OFFLOAD OVER SMALL CELLS - A method at a first wireless network element, the method receiving, from a second wireless network element, a plurality of packet data units (PDUs) for a user equipment; transmitting the PDUs to the user equipment (UE); compiling a PDU delivery status report in response to the transmitting of the PDUs; and sending the compiled PDU delivery status report to the second wireless network element. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043436 | System and Method for Cooperative Precoding in Heterogenous Two-Tier Wireless Networks - Embodiments are provided for a cooperative cross-tier precoding (CTP) and intra-tier precoding (ITP) scheme for two-tier networks. The cooperative precoding scheme allows exploitation of extra transmit dimensions at the second-tier network, thereby increasing the achievable throughput at the second-tier network. The embodiments allow significant increase in throughput of the second-tier network due to both CTP between the second-tier network and the first-tier network, and efficient ITP between the second-tier network transmitters. The increase in transmit dimension allows for efficient linear inra-tier precoding, which significantly reduces the intra-tier interference. A processor coupled to the second-tier network transmitters is configured to perform CTP of transmit signals in the second-tier network for cancelling signal interference from the second-tier network transmitters to a first-tier network receiver, thereby generating CTP matrix information. The processor then performs, using the CTP matrix information, ITP for reducing intra-signal interference from the second-tier transmitters to corresponding second-tier receivers. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043437 | AVOIDING SUSPENDED TRANSMISSION DURING NETWORK LISTEN FOR SMALL CELL BASE STATIONS - Techniques for compensating for self-induced interference in a small cell base station are provided. The techniques include detecting control signals from a neighboring base station associated with a wireless communication network, the control signals being transmitted by the neighboring base station at predetermined intervals, and compensating for self-induced interference caused by a transmitter of the small cell base station transmitting during the predetermined intervals in which control signals are received from the neighboring base station and the transmitter of the small cell base station is transmitting data. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043438 | LONG-TERM EVOLUTION DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY USING CONTROL CHANNEL - Device-to-device (D2D) communications between user equipment (UE) allows two UEs in a long-term evolution (LTE) network to communicate directly with each other without the need to first send their communications to a network (such as via an evolved node B). In order to communicate in a D2D mode, the UEs first need to discover each other. One method of allowing the UEs to discover each other involves the use of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). After a network determines that certain UEs would benefit from D2D communication, the UEs can be set up to send and receive discovery signals using the PUCCH. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043439 | COOPERATIVE MULTIPLE BEAM TRANSMISSION - Briefly, in accordance with one or more embodiments, cooperation of multiple beams for transmission is provided by identifying at least two beams among multiple beams that are dominant for a user, determining if there is any beam collision between the at least two beams, and, if there is beam collision between the at least two beams, delaying scheduling on one or more weaker ones of the at least two beams for other users and combining the two or more beams for transmission to the user. Alternatively, cooperation of multiple beams for transmission is provided by, if there is beam collision between the at least two beams, muting one or more weaker ones of the at least two beams and transmitting to the user with a stronger one of the at least two beams. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043440 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES SUPPORTING WIFI AND LTE COMMUNICATIONS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMISSION CONTROL THEREOF - A mobile communications device supporting operation on a first wireless technology and a second wireless technology with a wireless module and a controller module is provided. The wireless module performs wireless transceiving to and from a first base station of a first wireless technology and a second base station of a second wireless technology. The controller module transmits a control message prior to the starting of a uplink transmission period of the first wireless technology via the wireless module to occupy the uplink transmission period of the first wireless technology so as to allow transmission of signals of the second wireless technology during the uplink transmission period of the first wireless technology, wherein the first wireless technology is a long term evolution (LTE) technology and the second wireless technology is a WiFi technology. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043441 | ENHANCEMENTS FOR TRANSMISSION OVER MULTIPLE CARRIERS - Data is selectively transmitted over one or more carriers of a set of carriers. According to some aspects of the disclosure, a decision may be made to forgo the transmission of a preamble via one of the carriers (e.g., channels). For example, in a multi-carrier system, transmission of a preamble via one carrier may be inhibited if all of the data can be transmitted via another carrier. According to some aspects of the disclosure, a decision may be made to transmit different types of data on a single carrier rather than on multiple carriers. For example, a single carrier may be used to transmit schedule data and non-scheduled data if all of the data can be transmitted on one of the carriers (e.g., during a single transmission time interval). In this case, transmission of a preamble on another one of the carriers may therefore be inhibited. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043442 | CONFIGURING TRANSMISSIONS - A method of configuring transmissions over a radio bearer between a base station and user equipment of a wireless telecommunication network, a base station, user equipment, a radio network controller and computer program products are disclosed. The method of configuring transmissions over a radio bearer between a base station and user equipment of a wireless telecommunication network comprises the steps of: preconfiguring the user equipment to support transmissions over a plurality of transport channels of the radio bearer, the plurality of transport channels being associated with a communication state of the user equipment, each of the plurality of transport channels being mappable with logical channels of the radio bearer, the logical channels providing information to be transmitted by the transport channels; and remapping the logical channels onto a different one of the plurality of transport channels in response to a message transmitted between the base station and the user equipment, the message indicating the different one of the plurality of transport channels to be used to support the transmissions between the base station and the user equipment. This approach enables the user equipment or base station to select a transport channel to carry the information from the logical channels autonomously of other network nodes within the network, such as, for example, the radio network controller. By avoiding the need to involve other network nodes in the reselection of the transport channel, rapid changes in the transport channel can be made based on knowledge of the current conditions within either the base station or the user equipment. This approach enables fast switching of the transport channel to improve the performance of the network. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043443 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSFORMING DATA SYMBOL FOR INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transforming a data symbol for interference avoidance. The method for transforming a data symbol includes; dividing a plurality of proper data symbols into a plurality of data streams; granting individual spectral weightings to the plurality of respective data streams; combining the plurality of data streams granted with the individual spectral weightings into one final data stream; performing inverse discrete Fourier transform (IDFT) of the final data stream; and adding a cyclic prefix (CP) to the plurality of data streams that is subjected to the IDFT, wherein each of the plurality of data streams granted with the individual spectral weightings include an improper data symbol. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043444 | CONCURRENT DEVICE TO DEVICE AND CELLULAR COMMUNICATION METHOD WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS, USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME, BASE STATION USING THE SAME AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING THE SAME - The present disclosure proposes a device to device (D2D) communication method which would include a base station establishing a cellular connection with a first UE, a second UE establishing a device to device (D2D) connection with a third UE, the base station transmits a transmission configuration to the second UE, the base station transmits a first wireless signal to the first UE through the cellular connection and the second UE transmits to the third UE a second wireless signal through the D2D connection using the multiple antennas, wherein the first wireless signal and the second wireless signal are transmitted over the same resource, and the second UE performing interference cancellation of the first wireless signal and the second wireless signal based on the received transmission configuration from the cellular network device. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043445 | COVERAGE EXTENSION LEVEL FOR COVERAGE LIMITED DEVICE - Generally discussed herein are systems, apparatuses, and methods that can provide a coverage enhancement to a coverage limited device. According to an example a method can include determining a received signal strength of a reference signal transmitted from a base station, determining a coverage enhancement based on the determined signal strength, or transmitting a signature sequence of a plurality of signature sequences a first repeated number of times corresponding to the determined coverage enhancement. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043446 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COEXISTENCE OF DEVICE TO DEVICE AND LTE WAN COMMUNICATION USING SINGLE COMMUNICATION CHAIN - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives a priority for performing a wide area network (WAN) operation or a device-to-device (D2D) operation using a downlink receive chain, and performs the WAN operation or the D2D operation using the downlink receive chain according to the priority. In another aspect, the apparatus determines downlink resources on which a WAN operation is performed, refrains from scheduling the WAN operation on the downlink resources when the WAN operation is not scheduled or expected to be scheduled on the downlink resources, and sends to a device priority information indicating a priority for the device to perform the WAN operation or the D2D operation using a downlink receive chain when the WAN operation is scheduled or expected to be scheduled on the downlink resources. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043447 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF STEERING DATA RADIO BEARER TRAFFIC TO A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK LINK - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems of steering data radio bearer traffic to a wireless local area network link. For example, a User Equipment (UE) may include a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) transceiver; a cellular transceiver to communicate traffic of a plurality of Data Radio Bearers (DRBs) via a cellular link between the UE and an evolved Node B (eNB); and a controller to establish at least one Point-to-Point (P2P) link with the eNB via a WLAN link between the UE and a WLAN Access Point (AP), and to steer traffic of one or more of the DRBs from the cellular link to the P2P link. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043448 | SIGNALING FOR PROXIMITY SERVICES AND D2D DISCOVERY IN AN LTE NETWORK - Embodiments of an enhanced node B (eNB), user equipment (UE) and methods of signaling for proximity services and device-to-device (D2D) discovery in an LTE network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the eNB may transmit signaling to indicate D2D discovery zone configuration to proximity service (ProSe) enabled UEs. The signaling may indicate time and frequency resources and a periodicity of a discovery zone and may indicate operational parameters for the discovery zone. The resources of the D2D discovery zone may be allocated for D2D discovery signal transmission by the ProSe-enabled UEs. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043449 | SIGNALING RADIO BEARER OPTIMIZATIONS AND OTHER TECHNIQUES FOR SUPPORTING SMALL DATA TRANSMISSIONS - Embodiments of an eNodeB and method for small data transfer in a Wireless Network are generally described herein. A method performed by circuitry of a User Equipment (UE) can include determining, by the UE, whether the UE is configured to be used for Machine Type Communication (MTC). The method can include determining whether the UE has small data (SD) to transfer. The method can include configuring the UE to use a small data signaling radio bearer (SDSRB) to send the SD, in response to determining that the UE is configured to be used for MTC and the UE has SD to transfer. An evolved Node B can determine whether the UE is configured to be used for MTC, determine whether there is SD to transfer to the UE, wherein SD comprises data that has delay tolerance, and configure the UE to use a signaling bearer to send the SD. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043450 | Receiver-Aided Multi-User MIMO and Coordinated Beamforming - Embodiments include systems and methods for improving the beamforming efficiency of Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output (MU-MIMO) and/or Coordinate Beamforming (CB) in wireless multi-access networks. In one aspect, a receiver-aided approach for MU-MIMO and/or CB is provided. Unlike conventional MU-MIMO/CB operation which is transparent to the UE, the receiver-aided approach herein makes information about potential MU-MIMO and/or CB multi-user interference available to UEs being considered for MU-MIMO and/or CB transmission. As such, the UEs can provide Channel State Information (CSI) that is better tailored to actual data transmission conditions than in conventional operation, and the base station can make better decisions regarding MU-MIMO and/or CB operation, user selection, and transmission parameters (e.g., number of data streams, precoder matrix, etc.). | 02-12-2015 |
20150043451 | BASE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention reduces the amount of frequency resources required for uplink cooperative communication. There is provided a base station device that is applied to a communication system in which a plurality of base station devices establish cooperative communication with at least one mobile station device and includes a base station-to-base station communication section | 02-12-2015 |
20150043452 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION - The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and in particular, to a method, system and device for transmitting feedback information, used for realizing simultaneous feedback of multi-carrier ACK/NACK and periodical CSI. The method for sending feedback information in the embodiments of the present application includes: user equipment determining a PUCCH resource corresponding to first feedback information in second feedback information periodical reporting subframes; the user equipment determining feedback information to be transmitted and including the first feedback information according to the determined PUCCH resource and transmitting same via the PUCCH resource corresponding to the first feedback information. Since the user equipment determines feedback information including first feedback information according to the PUCCH resource corresponding to the first feedback information in the second feedback information periodical reporting subframes and transmits same via the determined PUCCH resource, thus realizing simultaneous feedback of multi-carrier ACK/NACK and periodical CSI. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043453 | Service Domain Selection Service Indicator - A service indication mechanism is described for use by IP Multimedia Subsystem, IMS, codes ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150043454 | GATEWAY SELECTION METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications. Disclosed are a gateway selection method and device, which are used to solve the problem of how to select a packet data gateway (PGW) for a mobile relay node (RN). In the present invention, a mobility management entity (MME) receives an initial UE message carrying identity indication information of the RN and sent by a donor base station DeNB; acquiring subscription data of the RN from a home subscriber server (HSS); the MME determining, according to the identity indication information and/or subscription data of the RN, whether the RN is a mobile RN, and if the determination is yes, selecting a PGW located in a core network as the PGW of the RN. By means of the present invention, the problem of how to select the PGW for the mobile RN is solved. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043455 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING A SHORT-LIVED C-RNTI - A radio communication system and a method for assigning a short-lived Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) to a first user equipment performing random access to a radio network node are provided. The radio communication system registers the first user equipment as connected to the radio network node. A message for synchronizing the radio network node and the first user equipment with respect to the first time period is transferred. After the first time period has elapsed, the radio communication system maintains the first user equipment connected to the radio network node, and allows the short-lived C-RNTI to be assigned to a second user equipment. Furthermore, a first user equipment and method for enabling assignment of a short-lived C-RNTI to the first user equipment performing random access and a radio network node and method for assigning a short-lived C-RNTI to a first user equipment performing random access are provided. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043456 | Mobile Communication Networks - A wireless communications method comprises: acquiring, by a radio apparatus, information indicating a frequency hopping pattern for control data in order to perform communication of the control data on at least one frequency resource unit hopping in frequency, wherein the frequency hopping pattern defines a control data band within the shared spectrum; acquiring knowledge of a user data band defined as a function of the control data band according to a predetermined criterion in order to per-form communication of user data on at least one free frequency resource unit within the user data band, wherein the user data band is within the shared spectrum and at least partly overlapping with the control data band; acquiring knowledge of a total frequency band comprising the control data band and the user data band; and causing communication of both the control data and the user data on the total frequency band. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043457 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system includes: a plurality of cells having different scrambling sequences, respectively, wherein at least two cells communicate with at lease two user terminals connected to different serving cells; and a controller which controls the plurality of cells and provides a single scrambling sequence to said at least two cells and said at least two user terminals for control signal transmission and reception. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043458 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for transmitting uplink control information by a user equipment in a wireless communication system, and a user equipment using the method. In the method, a setting of subframes for transmitting each of multiple types of periodic channel state information (CSI) is received, and the multiple types of the periodic CSI from the subframes are transmitted, wherein when the multiple types of the CSI are set to include a rank indicator (RI) for indicating the number of layers recommended by the user equipment, and the RI and a different periodic CSI excluding the RI are set to be transmitted from the same subframe, the RI and the different periodic CSI are multiplexed to the same subframe and then transmitted. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043459 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS VIA NULL DATA PACKET FRAME IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically to a method and an apparatus for channel access via a null data packet frame in a wireless LAN system. A method for channel access from a station (STA) in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving, from an access point (AP), configuration information for one or more slots for channel access; receiving a first frame, from the AP, from a particular slot from among the one or more slots; and starting channel access after receiving the first frame, wherein the first frame can be a null data packet (NDP) frame. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043460 | Controlling Radio Connection States - Control of transitions between radio resource control, RRC, states for a wireless terminal in a radio access network is described. The radio resource control states comprise a first state and a second state. A calculation ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150043461 | Processing-Time Dependent Control of Data Block Transmission | 02-12-2015 |
20150043462 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system are provided. A first Reed-Muller (RM) encoder encodes first uplink control information on the basis of a first RM basis, and a second RM encoder encoded second uplink control information on the basis of a second RM basis. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043463 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method is applied to a mobile communication system including a base station that transmits a downlink signal through a plurality of antenna ports, and a user terminal that feeds back precoder matrix information to the base station, the downlink signal being precoded using a precoder matrix, the precoder matrix information indicating a precoder matrix preferred to be used in a downlink. The communication control method comprises: a step A of notifying, by the user terminal, the base station of antenna port information indicating an antenna port with low degree of contribution at a time of transmission from the base station when the precoder matrix information is fed back to the base station. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043464 | METHOD, NETWORK NODE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR DETERMINING RESOURCE ALLOCATION BETWEEN DOWNLINK AND UPLINK - A method performed in a radio network for determining a resource allocation between downlink and uplink for use in a radio interface between a radio network node and at least one mobile communication terminal in a mobile communication network. The method includes determining content types of a first established channel over the radio interface and of a second established channel over the radio interface, respectively. Downlink-to-uplink indicators associated with the respective content types are obtained. Resource usages of the first established channel and the second established channel, respectively, are obtained. Using the downlink-to-uplink indicators and the resource usages, a combined downlink-to-uplink ratio is determined. The combined downlink-to-uplink ratio is applied. A corresponding network node, computer program and computer program product are also presented. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043465 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A terminal that generates a base sequence for a sounding reference signal (SRS) on the basis of a specific parameter, including a reception unit that receives a radio resource control signal containing a first parameter and a second parameter, and that receives a downlink control information (DCI) format containing a field (SRS request) that specifies whether or not to request transmission of the SRS, and an uplink reference signal generation unit that determines whether the first parameter or the second parameter is to be used as the specific parameter that is applied to the base sequence, on the basis of the DCI format. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043466 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEIVING DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - This invention is a transmission device capable of enhancing the reception characteristics of a terminal when employing transmit diversity using two antenna ports in an ePDCCH. In a base station ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150043467 | TRANSMITTER, TRANSMISSION METHOD USED BY THE SAME, RECEIVER FOR RECEIVING A RADIO SIGNAL FROM TRANSMITTER AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING THE SAME - A receiver has an ID that includes three signal detection intervals (S | 02-12-2015 |
20150043468 | METHOD FOR SETTING START SYMBOL OF DOWNLINK CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention discloses a method for a terminal receiving a downlink signal on a predetermined subframe in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a base station; and receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) from the base station, on the basis of the EPDCCH, wherein the EPDCCH is assumed not to be mapped onto a resource block (RB) of a symbol for receiving a physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) or a physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH), when the PCFICH or the PHICH is received by the predetermined subframe. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043469 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a method for allowing a terminal to transmit channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system in which a plurality of CSI reference signal (CSI-RS) resources are set for a plurality of transmission points, and the method for transmitting the CSI comprises the steps of: determining CSI reference resources; and transmitting CSI calculated from a measured signal on the basis of the CSI reference resources, wherein the CSI reference resources are included in one of at least two CSI subframe sets, the CSI subframe sets are set for each of the plurality of CSI-RS resources, and the CSI subframe sets are commonly set for transmission points which perform cooperative transmission among the plurality of transmission points. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043470 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - Provided is a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system. A wireless device determines the number of a plurality of Reed-Muller (RM) encoders based on the number of bits of a bit sequence indicating uplink control information, and divides the bit sequence based on the determined number of the plurality of RM encoders to generate a plurality of sub-sequences. The wireless device inputs the plurality of sub-sequences into the respective plurality of RM encoders to generate a coded sequence, maps the coded sequence according to a modulation method to generate a plurality of modulated symbols, and transmits the plurality of modulated symbols on an uplink channel. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043471 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACTIVATING FREQUENCIES IN WHITE SPACE - A method for acquiring spectrum beyond the licensed spectrum for wireless network communications comprising accessing a geolocation database to determine a configuration of white space frequencies that may be available and transmitting the carrier aggregation configuration to user equipment (UE). The carrier aggregation configuration may be at least partially encrypted with the key sequences for the encryption being optionally changed for improved security. The white spaces may be activated in a handshake sequence in which a network node transmits an enabling signal to UE, receives an enabling request from UE specifying which white spaces are requested, and transmits an enabling response. In an alternative to transmitting an enabling response, the node may activate the requested white spaces in an LTE signal. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043472 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HIGH-SPEED HANDOVER IN BASE STATION COOPERATIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present application is a method for a terminal to perform a handover in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a random access triggering signal from a serving cell; executing a random access procedure with a target cell on the basis of the random access triggering signal; receiving a downlink signal from the serving cell and transmitting an uplink signal to the target cell; receiving, from the serving cell, a message ordering a handover to the target cell; and transmitting, to the target cell, a predetermined message indicating the completed handover, on the basis of the message ordering a handover. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043473 | METHOD AND WIRELESS EQUIPMENT FOR PERFORMING HARQ - A method and wireless equipment for performing a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system are provided. The wireless equipment receives TB from a base station, and determines whether it is possible to completely perform decoding on the TB within a timing at which HARQ ACK/NACK for the TB is transmitted. If it is determined that it is difficult to completely perform the decoding on the TB, the wireless equipment transmits a discontinuous transmission (DTX) signal indicating the decoding on the TB was skipped to the base station. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043474 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide demodulation reference signals that are suitable for an extended downlink control channel. The radio base station apparatus of the present invention has a multiplication section that multiplies downlink control information allocated to an extended downlink control channel resource region in a resource block, by a user terminal-specific weight, and a reporting section that reports one group, among a plurality of groups that are configured by selecting varying antenna ports from a plurality of antenna ports corresponding to the number of transmission layers of a demodulation reference signal, to the user terminal, and in each group, the extended downlink control channel resource regions in the resource block and the antenna ports to constitute the group are associated with each other, and the multiplication section multiplies a demodulation reference signal corresponding to an antenna port in the one group that is associated with the extended downlink control channel resource regions where the downlink control information is allocated, by the weight. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043475 | CHANNEL INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE - A channel information transmitting method and device are disclosed. The method may comprise: a step in which a base station transmits first channel state information (CSI)-request triggering information to first user equipment (UE); a step in which the base station receives the channel state information of a first D2D link channel from the first UE in response to the first channel from the first UE in response to the first CSI-request triggering information; and a step in which the base station allocates the resource of the first D2D link channel to second UE on the basis of the channel state information. Accordingly, the present invention enables data to be transmitted directly between the user equipment without passing through the base station, thereby increasing the speed of data transmission between the user equipment and distributing the load thereof. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043476 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio communication system, a radio base station apparatus, a user terminal and a radio resource allocation method that cope with the increase of the number of users. A radio base station apparatus is provided with a scheduling section ( | 02-12-2015 |
20150043477 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to suitably feed back each CoMP cell's channel state information when CoMP transmission is applied. In a radio communication system providing a plurality of radio base station apparatuses and a user terminal that is configured to be able to perform coordinated multiple-point transmission/reception with the plurality of radio base station apparatuses, the user terminal has an acquiring section that acquires channel state information of each of multiple cells, a generating section that generates feedback information such that at least part of the acquired channel state information of the multiple cells is combined and transmitted in the same subframe, and a transmission section that periodically feeds back the generated feedback information to a radio base station apparatus, which is one of multiple coordinated points, using a physical uplink control channel, and the radio base station apparatus has an updating section that updates the channel state information using the channel state information that is fed back from the user terminal. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043478 | DYNAMIC SETTING OF TRANSMISSION TIME IN A CONTENTION BASED WIRELESS SYSTEM - In a wireless communications network, access points and connected mobile devices transmit data via a radio frequency spectrum channel. When a device has packets for transmission it must check the channel is available before it can transmit the data. Furthermore there is a Transmission Opportunity (TXOP) parameter which limits the maximum amount of time that a device can transmit packets before it must relinquish the channel so that other devices are not locked out. Each device in the network is capable of updating its own TXOP parameters in order to respond to changes in the level of interference and contention in the surrounding area. In this way devices can transmit for longer periods of time when contention is low, while responding to increased network contention by shortening the TXOP to ensure fair access for all other devices in the network. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043479 | TECHNIQUES FOR ALLOCATING USER EQUIPMENT PROCESSING CAPABILITY AMONG MULTIPLE ACCESS NODES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to allocating user equipment (UE) processing capability among multiple access nodes. In an aspect, processing capability of a UE may be determined. When the UE is in communication with at least a first access node and a second access node, a first allocation of the UE processing capability for the first access node or a second allocation of the UE processing capability for the second access node may be determined. Resources may be assigned for the UE based at least in part on the first allocation or the second allocation. In an aspect, the first access node and the second access node may negotiate to determine the first allocation or the second allocation. In an aspect, the first allocation or the second allocation may be determined based on a previously-configured rule associated with a category of the UE. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043480 | System and Method for Multi-Subframe Data Transmission - Systems and methods for multi-subframe data transmission are provided. A multi-subframe scheduling (MSS) downlink subframe is transmitted from a base station to a user equipment (UE). The MSS downlink subframe includes a control signal that describes consecutive data transmissions in the MSS downlink subframe and in a plurality of subsequent downlink subframes. The plurality of subsequent downlink subframes include no control information, thereby allowing for control signaling overhead to be reduced. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043481 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FLUSHING UPLINK HARQ BUFFER IN C-DRX MODE - A method for determining whether an acknowledgement received by a user equipment from an external device is a forced acknowledgement. The method including transmitting a set of data stored in an uplink buffer to an external device, receiving an acknowledgement from the external device, determining if the acknowledgement received from the external device was a forced acknowledgement and flushing out an uplink buffer if determined that the acknowledgement was not a forced acknowledgement. The determining the acknowledgement is a forced acknowledgment being based on whether an uplink retransmission collides with one or more scheduled transmission times, a Physical Hybrid-ARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) falls between gap measurements and an uplink retransmission collides with one of the gap measurements or a TTI bundling retransmission collides with a gap measurement. If the acknowledgement is not a forced acknowledgment, a set of data stored in the uplink buffer is retransmitted to the external device. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043482 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME FOR UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (UL MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION - Provided is a method of transmitting and receiving a frame for a multi-user multiple-input and multiple-output (MU-MIMO) communication in an access point (AP), the method including determining at least one transmission station (STA), transmitting, to the transmission STA, an uplink multi-user poll (UL MU poll) frame requesting a data frame, receiving the data frame from the at least one transmission STA simultaneously, and transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK) frame to the at least one transmission STA in response to the receiving. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043483 | System and Method for Resource Allocation for Open Discovery in Device-to-Device Communications - A method for performing open discovery in a communications system includes determining, by a device-to-device (D2D) device, resource allocation information for a discovery cycle including discovery resources allocated for transmission of discovery signals by D2D devices. The method also includes selecting, by the D2D device, a first discovery resource of the discovery cycle in accordance with the resource allocation information, and transmitting, by the D2D device, a discovery signal in the selected first discovery resource. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043484 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WI-FI DIRECT CONNECTION - A method and apparatus for a Wi-Fi direct connection are provided. The method for a Wi-Fi direct connection includes detecting an event for a group connection, determining whether a terminal belongs to a first group when the event for the group connection is detected, determining an operation mode within the first group when the terminal belongs to the group, exchanging group information or terminal information according to the determined operation mode within the first group, and comparing exchanged information, generating a new group according to the operation mode within the new group based on the compared information, and connecting the new group through a group reset according to the operation mode within the new group when the new group generation is completed. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043485 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication method for transmitting a plurality of wireless signals using a plurality of carriers from a first wireless communication apparatus to a second wireless communication apparatus, each of the plurality of carriers having each of a plurality of bandwidths, the wireless communication method including: determining a carrier group including at least two of the plurality of carrier, receiving group power control information for controlling a transmission power of the carrier group, the group power control information being generated in accordance with a reception quality of the carrier group, the reception quality of the carrier group being obtained in accordance with at least one of the plurality of wireless signals that has a carrier included in the carrier group, and transmitting the plurality of wireless signals in accordance with the group power control information. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043486 | DISJOINT BEARER ROUTING - Methods and apparatus for switching bearers between radio access technologies (RATs) are described. According to aspects of the present disclosure, the uplink part of a bearer may be served by one RAT, while the downlink part of the bearer is served by another RAT. A part of a bearer may be served by more than one RAT. Methods and apparatus for communicating via bearer with parts served by differing RATs are also described. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043487 | EFFICIENCY OF TRAFFIC COMMUNICATION OVER A DOWNLINK (DL) CHANNEL - An apparatus and method for communication including determining an assignment for one of a plurality of symbol durations in a format combination; determining if at least one bit from one or more first upper channels is available if the assignment is associated with the one or more first upper channels and occupying the one of the plurality of symbol durations with the at least one bit, or if unavailable, occupying the one of the plurality of symbol durations with at least one bit from one or more second upper channels or another first upper channel, wherein the first upper channels and the second upper channels are different; and disabling transmission of format information; or including enabling a BTFD hypothesis testing mode; receiving one or more symbol durations on a physical channel; and attempting to decode the received symbol duration with a first hypothesis that a DCCH channel is not transmitted. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043488 | Method and Apparatus for a User Equipment - The present invention addresses a method, apparatus and computer program product for enabling concurrent Proximity Services and infrastructure based communication. An ability for Proximity Services application is determined, a resource of a scheduled uplink transmission, scheduled by a network, in the transmission time interval following a transmission time interval during which a discovery message for Proximity Services application has been transmitted or received is modified, wherein the resource is shortened in time, and transmission of the shortened scheduled uplink transmission is caused. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043489 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A methods and apparatus are disclosed for small cell enhancement in a wireless communication system. The method includes configuring a UE with at least a first cell and a second cell, wherein the first cell is associated with a Master evolved Node B (MeNB) and the second cell is associated with a Secondary evolved Node B (SeNB). The method also includes receiving a command that carries information associated with activation or deactivation of cells. The method further includes determining whether to utilize or ignore the information associated with activation or deactivation of cells based on a determinative condition. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043490 | Method of Radio Network Temporary Identifier Allocation in Dual Connectivity - A method of RNTI allocation in dual connectivity for a communication device in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises connecting to a first base station of the wireless communication system, being assigned a first RNTI by the first base station for communication with the first base station, receiving a RRC message for configuring communication with a second base station of the wireless communication from the first base station, wherein the RRC message includes a second RNTI, and the second RNTI is assigned by the second base station and transmitted by the second base station to the first base station, and performing communication with the first base station with the first RNTI and performing communication with the second base station with the second RNTI. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043491 | Broadcast/Broadband Convergence Network - A broadcast/broadband convergence system that delivers content from content sources to user equipment devices. The system provides: significantly enhanced mobile capability to the broadcast industry; an additional revenue source for the broadcast industry by dynamically selling available spectral resources for use by wireless broadband networks and/or broadcast content off-loaded from wireless broadband networks; additional spectrum for the broadband industry through the dynamic purchase of available spectrum; and an enriched user experience. A spectrum server may facilitate the dynamic allocation of radio spectrum made available by the broadcast networks. The broadcast networks may broadcast with enhanced waveform parameters to support mobile devices as well as fixed devices. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043492 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein are a dual connectivity method including determining another base station to be dually connected with UE, setting up another base station, and reconfiguring the RRC connection of the UE with another base station, a method of changing a base station in a dual connectivity state, a method of hanging radio resources in a dual connectivity state, and a method of releasing dual connectivity. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043493 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE RADIO - For a system providing coexistence between a WPAN coordinator and WLAN Access Point (AP), the WPAN coordinator requests WLAN AP for WPAN operation in a selected WLAN channel. The WLAN AP responds with the allocated time limit for which the WPAN operation can be performed. After expiration of the allocated time limit, the WPAN coordinator relinquishes the channel to the WLAN AP. A method addresses the operation of the WPAN system in 2.4 GHz ISM band when a non-overlapping WPAN channel selection is infeasible. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043494 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS DATA RECEPTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed in a method of discontinuous data reception in a mobile communication system. The method includes: receiving downlink data and decoding the received downlink data by the UE; when the decoding is not successful, starting a timer for receiving retransmitted data; when the downlink data has been received by a configured downlink assignment, operating a downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time; and when the downlink data has been received by a dynamic transmission resource and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, is different from a downlink carrier, through which a scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, operating the downlink carrier, through which the scheduling command for the downlink data has been received, and the downlink carrier, through which the downlink data has been received, in an active time. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043495 | RECEPTION DEVICE AND RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed are a transmission device and a transmission method with which it is possible to prevent delays in data transmission and to minimize the increase in the number of bits necessary for the notification of a CC to be used, in cases where a CC to be used is added during communication employing carrier aggregation. When a component carrier is to be added to a component carrier set, a setting section provided in a base station: modifies a CIF table that defines the correspondence between code points, which are used as labels for the respective component carriers contained in the component carrier set, and the identification information of the respective component carriers; and assigns a vacant code point to the component carrier to be added, while keeping the correspondence between the code points and the component carrier identification information defined in the CIF table before modification. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043496 | PDCCH MONITORING METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A CARRIER JUNCTION SYSTEM - A method is described for receiving a downlink control information (DCI) from a base station (BS) by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method includes monitoring a plurality of physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) candidates having the same payload size in a common search space and a UE-specific search space on a primary cell to receive the DCI. The common search space and the UE-specific search space are overlapped. If the UE is configured with a carrier indicator field (CIF), the method further includes determining that only a PDCCH in the common search space is transmitted from among the plurality of PDCCH candidates. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043497 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a communication apparatus and a method for receiving a response signal transmitted from a terminal configured with one or more downlink component carriers. The communication apparatus includes a transmitting section and a receiving section. The transmitting section is configured to transmit, to the terminal, downlink assignment information indicating one or more resources for downlink data, each of the one or more resources being assigned to one of the one or more downlink component carrier(s), and configured to transmit the downlink data to the terminal. The receiving section is configured to receive one or more response signals for the downlink data, which are transmitted from the terminal. The terminal makes the phase points of the response signals different in accordance with a number of downlink data which has been successively received. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043498 | Methods and Apparatuses for Transmission Power Control - Methods and apparatuses that facilitate power and quality control of uplink MIMO transmissions. A method in a NodeB comprises controlling transmission power of multiple pilot signals transmitted by a user equipment by using a single inner power control loop operating on at least one pilot signal of the multiple pilot signals. Some disclosed embodiments also relate to adjustment of a quality target applied by the single inner power control loop and to updating of a power offset for computing the number of bits that the user equipment can transmit on a stream that is associated with a pilot signal that is not power controlled by the single inner power control loop. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043499 | Coordinated Multipoint Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - A wireless communications method implemented in a network system that supports coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The wireless communications method includes informing a user equipment (UE) semi-statically of a codebook subset for each channel state information (CSI) process, wherein the UE is restricted to report an indication of a precoding matrix within the codebook subset. Other methods, apparatuses, and systems are also disclosed. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043500 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK ON CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method for performing a channel state information (CSI) report in a wireless communication system, can include receiving, at a user equipment, a configuration message on each of a plurality of downlink component carriers (DL CCs), the configuration message including cell indexes indicating serving cells and information used for configuring the CSI report of the serving cells, and transmitting, at the user equipment, a CSI report of only a single serving cell in a corresponding subframe, wherein the transmitting of the CSI report of only the single serving cell including when CSI reports of two or more serving cells of the plurality of serving cells collide with each other in the corresponding subframe, dropping one or more CSI reports having lower priorities, and when CSI reports of different serving cells having a same priority collide with each other in the corresponding subframe, dropping CSI reports of one or more serving cells other than one serving cell having the lowest cell index. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043501 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Based on a sounding reference signal, a base station apparatus performs efficient scheduling. The base station apparatus includes information for requesting the transmission of the sounding reference signal in a first downlink control information format or a second downlink control information format, and transmits the information to the mobile station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus transmits, based on detection of the information, the sounding reference signal to the base station apparatus, and a first parameter used for the transmission of the sounding reference signal based on the detection of the information included in the first downlink control information format and a second parameter used for the transmission of the sounding reference signal based on the detection of the information included in the second downlink control information format are individually set by a signal of a higher layer transmitted from the base station apparatus. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043502 | MANAGEMENT UNIT WITH LOCAL AGENT - A management unit manages a plurality of multiservice communication devices capable of communicating via a plurality of networks. The management unit includes a device interface for facilitating a bidirectional data communication with the plurality of multiservice communication devices via a wireless control channel, the bidirectional data communication including outbound control data sent to at least one of the plurality of multiservice communication devices and inbound control data received from at least one of the plurality of multiservice communication devices via either a logical or physical control channel. A network interface receives network resource data from the plurality of networks. A management processing unit includes a local agent that gathers environmental data, wherein the management processing unit processes the inbound control data, the environmental data and the network resource data and that generates the outbound control data in response thereto. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043503 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING A RESPONSE SIGNAL - A radio communication mobile station device reduces the number of blind decoding processes at a mobile station without increasing overhead by report information. The device includes a judgment unit which judges a particular PUCCH to which a response signal corresponding to the downstream line data is to be allocated among a plurality of PUCCH, according to a CCE occupied by PDCCH allocated to a particular search space corresponding to a CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH to which allocation information destined to the local station is allocated among search spaces changing in accordance with the CFI value; and a control unit which controls a cyclic shift amount of a ZAC sequence of the response signal and a block-wise spread code sequence according to a correspondence between CCE occupied by PDCCH allocated to a particular search space and a particular PUCCH resource, the correspondence changing in accordance with the CFI value. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043504 | WIRELESS BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT METHOD, AND WIRELESS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless base station device capable of allocating radio resources with high accuracy. The wireless base station device includes a radio resource allocation unit that allocates radio resources to a wireless communication device, and a priority setting unit that sets a priority of a frequency for allocating the radio resources by the radio resource allocation unit, depending on an allocation amount of the radio resources for each frequency allocated by the radio resource allocation unit. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043505 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and an apparatus to communicate data on multiple carriers in the mobile communication system are provided. A random access method of a terminal in a mobile communication system including primary and secondary cells operating on multiple carriers according to the present invention includes communicating data after random access in the primary cell, receiving, when the random access is triggered in the secondary cell, information for use in the secondary cell random access from the primary cell, transmitting a preamble in the secondary cell based on the received information, monitoring the primary cell to receive a Random Access Response for the secondary cell, and applying, when the Random Access Response for the secondary cell is received, the information carried in the Random Access Response to the secondary cell in which the preamble has been transmitted. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043506 | Systems and Methods for Scheduling Multiple-Input and Multiple-Output (MIMO) High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) Pilot Channels - Transitioning from basic higher order MIMO channel estimation to enhanced higher order MIMO channel estimation (and vice-versa) can be accomplished through the signaling of high-speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) shared control channel (HS-SCCH) orders to next-generation user equipments (UEs). A base station can be configured to send an HS-SCCH order indicating activation of scheduled pilot channels, and then begin transmitting the scheduled pilot channels after receiving an ACK message from at least one next-generation UE. A base station can also be configured to send an HS-SCCH order indicating de-activation of scheduled pilot channels to next-generation UEs scheduled for downlink transmission, and then stop transmitting the scheduled pilot channels after receiving ACK messages from each next-generation UE. Alternatively, scheduled pilot channels may be activated/de-activated without receiving an ACK message from some or all of the next-generation UEs scheduled for downlink transmission. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043507 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PRIORITIZATION OF RETRANSMISSION OF PROTOCOL DATA UNITS TO ASSIST RADIO LINK CONTROL RETRANSMISSION - Managing the transmission and retransmission of radio link control (RLC) data protocol data units (PDUs) is disclosed. An indication is received that an RLC data PDU was not received by a receiving device. The RLC data PDU, that was not received, is retransmitted and prioritized over other RLC data PDUs. A number of times that the RLC data PDU was retransmitted may be tracked. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043508 | HARQ PROCESS NUMBER MANAGEMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for designating, by a user agent supporting multiple carriers in a wireless communication network, one assigned carrier as an anchor carrier, at least one assigned carrier as an inactive carrier, and at least one assigned carrier as an active carrier. The method can also include receiving a command from an enhanced node B causing a first carrier to transition from an inactive carrier to an active carrier. Additionally, the method can include responsive to reception of the command, monitoring a control channel corresponding to the first carrier. Further, the method can also include receiving downlink control information (DCI) via the control channel. The method can also include responsive to reception of the DCI, starting a timer, and deactivating the first carrier at the expiration of the timer. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043509 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL INTERLEAVING IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method of transmitting a signal to a base station at a user equipment (UE) in a multi-antenna wireless communication system, can include generating interleaver input vector sequences, wherein the interleaver input vector sequences comprise vectors having a predetermined bit size, mapping the interleaver input vector sequences to an interleaver matrix, generating an output bit sequence by reading the interleaver matrix column by column, and transmitting the output bit sequence to the base station, wherein the predetermined bit size is defined by a product of a modulation order Q | 02-12-2015 |
20150043510 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043511 | Control Channel Detection - A wireless device at least demodulates, descrambles and decodes a first control signal to generate a first signal. The wireless device processes the first signal by at least encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first signal. The wireless device subtracts the processed first signal from received signals to generate a second signal. The wireless device at least demodulates, descrambles and decodes the second signal to generate a second control message. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043512 | RACH-RELATED SYSTEM RESOURCE OPTIMIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for receiving information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting, to a base station, a request message including a preamble; receiving, from the base station, a response message including uplink resource information determined based on the preamble; determining at least one of downlink channel information and uplink transmission capability corresponding to a specific uplink transmission; and transmitting, if an information request message is received from the base station, the at least one of the downlink channel information and the uplink transmission capability to the base station. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043513 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless communication system, can include generating a plurality of P DMRS sequences associated with a plurality of P layers respectively, wherein a plurality of P cyclic shifts are allocated to the P DMRS sequences respectively, mapping the plurality of P DMRS sequences to resource elements (REs), and transmitting the plurality of P DMRS sequences to a base station, wherein the plurality of P cyclic shifts are determined based on first and second values, which are indicated by a cyclic shift field in downlink control information (DCI), received through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). | 02-12-2015 |
20150043514 | WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA AND BUFFER STATUS REPORTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The method provides buffer status reporting for the transmission of uplink data from a wireless device to a base station. Uncompressed data is stored in a first buffer of the wireless device. A buffer status report is transmitted from the wireless device to the base station, where the buffer status report contains information indicating an amount of the uncompressed data to be transmitted from the wireless device. The information is dependent on the amount of the uncompressed data stored in the first buffer. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043515 | RADIO COEXISTENCE IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Technology for avoiding in-device coexistence (IDC) interference between multiple radio transceivers at a user equipment (UE). The UE may identify a subframe with substantially no IDC interference from one or more of the multiple radio transceivers at the UE. The UE may determine that the subframe with substantially no IDC interference occurs during an unscheduled period of a Discontinuous Reception (DRX) cycle for the UE. The UE may perform Radio Link Monitoring (RLM) during the subframe with substantially no IDC interference during the unscheduled period of the DRX cycle for the UE. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043516 | METHOD FOR NETWORK OFFLOADING, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL - The present invention provides a network offloading method, a base station, and a terminal, which solves the problem of low user experience of a terminal. Specific steps may include: receiving access point state information of a wireless local area network; and if it is determined, according to stored state information of a network currently accessed by a terminal, that data offloading needs to be performed for the terminal, and it is determined, according to the access point state information, that the terminal is allowed to access the wireless local area network, sending offloading instruction information to the terminal, where the offloading instruction information includes identification information of the wireless local area network, so that the terminal makes the terminal access the wireless local area network according to the identification information of the wireless local area network, and performs data transmission using the wireless local area network. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043517 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK INFORMATION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention provides a method, a base station, and a user equipment for feeding back ACK/NACK information for carrier aggregation. The method includes: configuring a common field preset in DCI as at least one type of command field related to ACK/NACK feedback of at least two types of command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback, where the common field can be configured as the command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback; and sending the DCI to a user equipment, so that the user equipment feeds back ACK/NACK information according to the DCI. The present invention may realize backward compatibility of the ACK/NACK information feedback with an LTE system in carrier aggregation. | 02-12-2015 |
20150043518 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORTING USING A DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTED MEASUREMENT POWER OFFSET - Methods and apparatuses are provided for facilitating dynamic measurement power offset adjustments for use in reporting channel quality feedback. A user equipment may generate and send a plurality of channel quality indicator (CQI) values to a base station. The base station determines whether at least some of the received CQI values are outside of an upper or lower threshold value. If at least some of the received CQI values are outside the upper or lower threshold value, the base station can transmit an adjusted measurement power offset to the user equipment. On receipt of the adjusted measurement power offset, the user equipment generates subsequent CQI values using the adjusted measurement power offset. | 02-12-2015 |
20150049676 | Configuration Uncertainty - For an initial period after informing a user equipment of a change in the number of carriers configured for transmissions from a transmitting device to the user equipment from a first carrier set to a second carrier set, wherein at least one of the first and second carrier sets contains a plurality of carriers: refraining from scheduling data transmissions to said user equipment on one or more carriers other than those common to both said first and second carrier sets; and decoding feedback information received from said user equipment using a number of code basis sequences according to the number of carriers common to both said first and second carrier sets. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049677 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FRAME AGGREGATION TRANSMISSION OF WIRELESS NETWORK SYSTEM - The invention directed to an efficient frame aggregation transmission scheme with network coding to improve transmission efficiency in 802.11n/ac networks. According to network conditions, the proposed scheme can dynamically utilizes either modified systematic network coding or mixed generation coding to efficiently transmit the aggregated frame. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049678 | Apparatus and Methods for Semi-Persistent Scheduling - A base station for supporting communications with a terminal device in a wireless communications system is described. The base station comprises a dynamic scheduler module; a semi-persistent scheduler, SPS, module, a receiver arranged to receive at least one data packet; and a compressor module arranged to compress the received at least one data packet prior to transmission to the terminal device. A control processor is operably coupled to the compressor module and arranged to determine a compression state of the compressor module and based thereon select one of the dynamic scheduler module and semi persistent scheduler module to allocate resource for communicating with the terminal device. A transmitter is arranged to transmit the compressed at least one data packet to the terminal device on the allocated resource. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049679 | METHOD OF ENABLING SINGLE CHAIN RANGING OPERATIONS - A system and method are disclosed for performing ranging operations between two wireless devices without employing cyclic shift diversity (CSD) compensation techniques. For some embodiments, a first wireless device sends a negotiation request frame requesting the second wireless device to respond to subsequently received frames of a specified type using a selected one of the transmit chains in the second wireless device. Thereafter, the first wireless device sends a data frame to the second wireless device to initiate a ranging operation. The second wireless device sends a response frame of the specified type to the first wireless device using the selected one of the transmit chains. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049680 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CO-LOCATED AND CO-CHANNEL WI-FI ACCESS POINTS - A wireless communication system may include a plurality of co-located transceivers. The plurality of transceivers may be configured to transmit data to at least one user equipment, according to a collision sense multiple access/collision avoidance (CSMA/CA) protocol. A processor may receive a signal preamble and a sender address of the signal preamble and determine whether the sender address is included in the stored list of addresses. If the sender address is included in the stored list of addresses, the processor may allow simultaneous data transmission from two or more of the co-located transceivers. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049681 | SMALL CELL DEPLOYMENT SCHEDULING - Data transmissions between a user equipment (UE) and a serving cell of a heterogeneous network (HetNet) are efficiently scheduled based on speed data associated with the UE. In one aspect, the UE can report its speed to a serving access point. Alternatively, the serving access point can estimate the UE's speed based on information received from core network devices. In addition, to extend the battery life of the UE, the UE can report power consumption constraint data to the serving cell, which in turn can utilize the consumption constraint data to facilitate the scheduling. Moreover, based on an analysis of the speed data and the power consumption constraint data, the serving access point can determine whether dual connectivity is to be implemented and/or whether communication data is to be transmitted via an Almost Blank Sub-frame (ABS) or a non-ABS. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049682 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention provides a method for controlling transmission power of an uplink control channel carried out by an user equipment in a wireless communication system and an user equipment using the method. The method comprises: receiving uplink power control information; and determining transmission power of an uplink control channel based on the uplink power control information, wherein the uplink power control information includes a power offset value determined according to whether transmit diversity is applied when the uplink control channel is transmitted through a channel selection scheme. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049683 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF IMPROVING IDENTIFICATION OF REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSIONS - Methods and apparatuses are described for improving identification of reference signal transmissions at a user equipment (UE). One or more restrictions related to reference signal transmissions in one or more interfering signals can be identified. One or more reference signal transmissions received in the one or more interfering signals can then be detected based at least in part on the one or more restrictions. The one or more reference signal transmissions received in the one or more interfering signals can be processed to improve communications with a serving base station. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049684 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROXIMITY-BASED SERVICE - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus for use in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of performing a ProSe communication by a UE in a cellular communication system and an apparatus therefore, in which the method comprises: receiving, from a BS, a first PDCCH signal including scheduling information and a CRC, wherein the CRC is masked with a ProSe-related ID; receiving, from the BS, a PDSCH signal using the scheduling information, wherein the PDSCH signal includes WLAN resources and information available for the ProSe communication; establishing a ProSe connection with a peer UE by using the WLAN resources and information; and exchanging WLAN radio signals with the peer UE in accordance with the ProSe connection, wherein the UE is configured to keep monitoring a second PDCCH signal during the WLAN radio signals are exchanged. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049685 | SENDING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Disclosed in the present disclosure are a sending method and apparatus for enhanced physical downlink control channel. The method comprises: a start position of the ePDCCH in a subframe is determined according to a high-level signaling and/or preset rule; and a pilot signal for ePDCCH and data carried on the ePDCCH are sent. By applying the present disclosure, the interference between the ePDCCH and the downlink control channel is reduced, and the efficiency of downlink transmission is improved. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049686 | METHOD OF SCHEDULING RADIO RESOURCE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - The invention relates to a method, in an access point of a wireless local area network, of scheduling a radio resource, wherein at least one categorization rule is set in the wireless local area network, and at least one access group is set for a plurality of non-access-point stations served by the access point according to each of the at least one categorization rule, the method comprising the steps of: sending at least one categorization message to at least one of the plurality of stations, each categorization message comprising information about one of all the access groups which are set in the wireless local area network according to the at least one categorization rule; and sending a clear-to-send frame to the plurality of stations to indicate a radio resource allocated to an access group to be protected among all the access groups. The invention can distinctly resolve the contention for radio resource between the stations, effectively limit the number of concurrently contending stations and provide flexibility in access control of an access group. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049687 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING BY USING DIFFERENT TYPES OF CARRIERS IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - Provided through the present application are a method and an apparatus for use in a radio communication system, which supports carrier aggregation and carries out communication in subframe units. More specifically, user equipment operating in a first type carrier for receiving from a base station, a first piece of control information, which is related to the first type carrier and a second type carrier that support the carrier aggregation, can measure a radio signal to carry out radio resource management with respect to the first type carrier by using a first reference signal, which is included in the first type carrier, and/or a second reference signal, which is included in the second type carrier. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049688 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method is applied to a mobile communication system including a base station that transmits a downlink signal through a plurality of antenna ports, and a user terminal that feeds back precoder matrix information to the base station, the downlink signal being precoded by using a precoder matrix, the precoder matrix information being indicating a precoder matrix preferably used in a downlink. The communication control method comprises: a step of feeding back, by the user terminal, correction value information for correcting the precoder matrix information to the base station when the precoder matrix information is fed back or after the precoder matrix information is fed back. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049689 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORT AND USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORT AND BASE STATION - The user equipment and the base station according to the present invention determine differently whether a downlink subframe is a valid reference resource for a channel state information report, in accordance with whether an interference measurement resource is explicitly configured to the user equipment. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049690 | Method and system for early termination of transmissions in response to ack of early decoding - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus begins to transmit a data packet and control information. Upon receiving an Ack of early decoding of the data packet prior to transmission of the entire data packet, the apparatus ceases transmission of the data packet, yet continues to transmit at least a portion of the control information. Transmission of the portion of the control information that is only needed to decode the data packet is ceased. Transmission of the residual portion of the control information ceases once its use ends. A receiving apparatus begins to receive the data packet and control information. After early decoding the packet, the apparatus transmits an Ack of early decoding and powers down a decoding module. Upon receiving a second Ack, the apparatus ceases to monitor the control information. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049691 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING A HOME WIRELESS SYSTEM - A method and a system of controlling a home wireless system wherein the home wireless system comprises a plurality of peripheral wireless nodes ( | 02-19-2015 |
20150049692 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - A Channel State Information (CSI) feedback method and a user equipment (UE) are provided. The CSI feedback method comprises: selecting a communication resource by which non-coherent Joint Transmission (JT) is performed, wherein the non-coherent JT achieves a performance target by using the selected communication resource; and feeding back, to a Base Station (BS) participating in the non-coherent JT, an indication of the selected communication resource as enhanced CSI. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049693 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for a terminal to receive a signal in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step for confirming whether a configuration change exists for a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) of a neighboring cell, and if the CRS configuration is changed for a neighboring cell, the method for receiving s signal comprises the steps of: receiving system information of the neighboring cell and acknowledging the changed CRS configuration thereby; and receiving s signal from a serving cell by means of the changed CRS configuration of the neighboring cell. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for a first terminal to receive control information from a second terminal for device to device communication includes the steps of: receiving downlink control information (DCI) format containing a link indicator; and obtaining selectively one of downlink allocation information and uplink permission information contained in the DCI format according to the link indicator, wherein the downlink allocation information indicates a resource region for receiving data from the second terminal, and the uplink permission information indicates a resource region for transmitting data to the second terminal. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049695 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There are provided a terminal device, a base station device, a communication method, an integrated circuit, and a wireless communication system that enable a base station device and a terminal device to determine parameters related to uplink signals or uplink reference signals and to perform efficient communication. In a terminal device that transmits a demodulation reference signal, a sequence group number is determined on the basis of a value of a parameter configured by a higher layer in a case where a transmission on a physical uplink shared channel is performed in accordance with a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a C-RNTI are attached, which is transmitted on an enhanced physical downlink control channel, and the sequence group number is determined on the basis of a physical layer cell identity in a case where a transmission on the physical uplink shared channel is performed in accordance with a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a Temporary C-RNTI are attached, which is transmitted on a physical downlink control channel. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049696 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - This communication device that can, for each timeslot, switch the communication partner for performing wireless communication, is characterized by being provided with: a plurality of antennas including at least one directional antenna; at least one communication circuit that transmits/receives a signal with the communication partner using the antennas; and a control unit that allocates the communication circuit and the antennas used in wireless communication on a timeslot-by-timeslot basis. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049697 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A PLURALITY OF SCHEDULING REQUEST TRIGGERS - The invention provides a method and apparatus for configuring a plurality of scheduling request triggers for a user equipment in a communication system. First, the base station determines a plurality of scheduling request triggers and a transmission type of each of the plurality of scheduling request triggers for the user equipment, based on the service characteristics of services of the user equipment; and then the base station transmits configuration information of the plurality of scheduling request triggers to the user equipment, the configuration information of the plurality of scheduling request triggers including the allocation way of the plurality of scheduling request triggers with respect to the services of the user equipment and the transmission type of each of the plurality of scheduling request triggers. The user equipment first receives the configuration information from the base station. After that the user equipment selects a scheduling request trigger corresponding to the current service based on the service characteristics of current service to be transmitted and the allocation way, and transmits the triggered scheduling request via the transmission type corresponding to the scheduling request trigger. By applying the technical solution of the invention, the efficient radio resource utilization could be achieved. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049698 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting uplink channel state information (CSI) in a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) system is provided, which includes coding and multiplexing operations. In a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system, a method for transmitting CSI of multiple coordinated points according to an embodiment of the present invention includes coding the CSI of the multiple coordinated points, modulating the coded CSI of the multiple coordinated points, and multiplexing the modulated CSI on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). Multiplexing a rank indicator (RI) in the CSI includes multiplexing different RIs for different uplink ranks, and multiplexing a channel quality indicator/precoding matrix indicator (CQI/PMI) in the CSI includes multiplexing the CQI/PMI in a code word with the highest modulation and coding order and in other code words. Therefore, an issue with the application of the CoMP technology that one user equipment (UE) transmits CSI of multiple coordinated points may be solved, which may facilitate a further development of the CoMP technology. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049699 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to trigger a PUSCH dynamically or periodically in an S-cell upon carrier aggregation in a HetNet and transmit UCI efficiently. In the communication system of the present invention, a mobile terminal apparatus reserves physical uplink shared channel resources in a second carrier by higher layer signaling, and transmits uplink control information combining ACK/NACK for a physical downlink shared data channel allocated by a downlink scheduling assignment and a CQI report triggered by the downlink scheduling assignment, to a second base station apparatus, using one of the reserved physical uplink shared channel resources. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049700 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING AND DETECTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES - Embodiments of the present invention disclose methods and devices for allocating and detecting downlink control channel resources. The method for allocating downlink control channel resources comprises: allocating a resource area for enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel, ePD-CCH, localized transmission in a UE-specific way; and allocating at most one ePDCCH candidate for the ePDCCH localized transmission in each resource allocation granularity within the resource area. According to the embodiments of the present invention, the ePDCCH candidates at each aggregation level are distributed to radio resources sparsely so that sufficient options can be provided for resource allocation. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049701 | METHOD FOR INDICATING CHANNEL MEASUREMENT FEEDBACK AND SENDING STATION - Disclosed are a method for indicating channel measurement feedback and a sending station. The method comprises: a sending station sends a radio frame, wherein a signal field, which is in the physical layer header of the radio frame, carries indication information requesting channel measurement feedback. The disclosure effectively reduces the transmission load overhead for sending the radio frame when requesting channel measurement feedback, thereby reducing, the power consumption of a station. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049702 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACKS FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSIONS - A method and a User Equipment (UE) for used in a Coordinated Multiple (CoMP) transmission are disclosed. The method for example comprises: acquiring a Channel State Information (CSI) feedback for each of at least one non-zero-power Channel State Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) resource respectively, and providing, to a network side, at least one CSI feedback so as to facilitate a coordination of Downlink (DL) transmissions in the DL CoMP transmission at the network side. By doing so, a new Channel State Information (CSI) feedback reporting mode is introduced, so as to provide to a network side a plurality of CSI feedbacks based on which a better coordination of DL transmissions in the CoMP transmission can be achieved. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049703 | COMMUNICATION CHANNEL QUALITY ESTIMATING METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND PROGRAM - The present invention addresses the problem of providing technology which increases the accuracy for estimating quality of a communication channel even in a case in which transmission time limit frames have been set between neighboring cells. The present application relates to quality estimation of a communication channel used by a base station for performing wireless communication with a terminal within a communication area, and is characterized in acquiring quality information for the communication channel between the base station and the terminal, acquiring reception error information related to reception errors for data communication using the communication channel, acquiring transmission time-limit frame information set by a neighboring base station of the base station, updating correction values in accordance with setting information for the transmission time-limit frame information and the reception error information, and estimating the quality of the communication channel using the correction values and the acquired quality information. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049704 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - The method for receiving a downlink signal by user equipment in a wireless communication system that supports coordinated multiple-point transmission and reception (CoMP) according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step of receiving information regarding two candidate seed groups for generating a sequence of downlink demodulation reference signals; and a step of generating a sequence of downlink demodulation reference signals using one of at least two candidate DMRS set parameter groups. Each of at least two candidate DMRS set parameter groups includes a cell identifier and a scrambling identifier. The scrambling identifier included in one of at least two candidate DMRS set parameter groups may be determined whether the two cell identifiers included respectively in at least two candidate DMRS set parameter groups are the same or not. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049705 | COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE REPORTING MECHANISM - The invention relates methods for interference reporting by a mobile terminal in a mobile communication system. The invention is also providing apparatus for performing these methods, and computer readable media the instructions of which cause the apparatus to perform the methods described herein. In order to allow for interference reporting, the mobile terminal detects an interference condition between the communication with the base station via the first resource and a communication with the wireless communication device via the second resource, reports on the interference condition to the base station; receives reconfiguration information indicating a third resource and reconfigures the communication with the base station to the third resource. Further, the mobile terminal detects whether or not the interference condition persists for potential communications with the base station via the first resource, and, in case the interference condition has been re(optional) solved, reports on an interference resolution to the base station. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049706 | Method for Reporting Downlink Channel State and Apparatus Therefor - Provided is a method for reporting, by a user equipment, channel state to an eNodeB in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving a request for an aperiodic channel state report and information on a configuration of a mode of the aperiodic channel state report; and transmitting the aperiodic channel state report through an uplink data channel according to the request and the configuration, wherein, if a bandwidth allocated for uplink is less than a predetermined bandwidth, only the aperiodic channel state report is transmitted through the uplink data channel, and wherein the predetermined bandwidth is set per mode of the aperiodic channel state report. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049707 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING RADIO LINK FAILURE RECOVERY FOR A USER EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO A WWAN AND A WLAN - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for managing radio link failure recovery for a user equipment (UE) connected to a WWAN and a WLAN. The techniques may include establishing communication with a first radio access technology (RAT) and a second RAT. At least one data flow may be transmitted over each of the first RAT and the second RAT. Determinations may be made as to whether to maintain the at least one data flow over the second RAT when a radio link failure (RLF) is detected at the UE and/or whether to resume the at least one data flow over the second RAT upon RLF recovery. The determinations may be made at the UE, at a network entity in communication with the UE, or some combination thereof. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049708 | HARQ DESIGN FOR LTE IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM UTILIZING INDIVIDUAL ACK/NACK - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications. In one method, a sequence number corresponding to a data frame and one or more data subframes of the data frame may be transmitted over an unlicensed spectrum to a user equipment (UE), and hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback for the one or more data subframes may be received over the unlicensed spectrum, from the UE, when the sequence number corresponding to the data frame is received by the UE in a specified order. In another method, a sequence number corresponding to a data frame and HARQ feedback may be transmitted over an unlicensed spectrum to a UE, and one or more data subframes may be received over the unlicensed spectrum, from the UE, in response to the HARQ feedback when the sequence number corresponding to the data frame is received by the UE in a specified order. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049709 | GROUP ACK/NACK FOR LTE IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, devices, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications. In one method, a set of one or more data subframes of a data frame may be transmitted over an unlicensed spectrum, to a user equipment (UE), during a transmission period. A group hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback message for a plurality of data subframes including at least one of the data subframes in the set of one or more data subframes may then be received over the unlicensed spectrum, from the UE, during the transmission period. In another method, a set of one or more data subframes of a data frame may be received over an unlicensed spectrum during a transmission period. A group HARQ feedback message for a plurality of data subframes including at least one of the data subframes in the set of one or more data subframes may then be transmitted over the unlicensed spectrum during the transmission period. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049710 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR ADJUSTING HARQ BUFFER SIZE - The present invention provides a method and a terminal for adjusting a hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ buffer size, and relates to the field of communications technologies. A rated HARQ buffer size of a code block is reduced according to a rated proportion; then it is determined whether the reduced HARQ buffer size falls in a preset threshold range; and if the reduced HARQ buffer size falls in the preset threshold range, only partial coded data is stored. In this way, it is ensured, by setting a rated proportion, that decoding performance of the reduced coded data does not degrade greatly, and further, setting a threshold range helps to limit conditions under which the HARQ buffer size can be reduced. Consequently, technical solutions provided by embodiments of the present invention can reduce the required HARQ buffer size while ensuring decoding performance. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049711 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNALS, APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST SIGNALS, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNALS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST SIGNALS - The present invention provides a method of transmitting broadcast signals. The method includes, processing input streams into BB (Base Band) frames of PLPs (Physical Layer Pipes); encoding data of the PLPs; building at least one signal frame by mapping the encoded data of the PLPs; and modulating data in the built signal frame by OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) method and transmitting the broadcast signals having the modulated data, wherein the signal frame includes PLS (Physical Layer Signaling) data having signaling information for the data of the PLPs. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049712 | Uplink Procedures For LTE/LTE-A Communication Systems With Unlicensed Spectrum - Long term evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) deployments with unlicensed spectrum leverage more efficient LTE communication aspects over unlicensed spectrum, such as over WIFI radio access technology. In order to accommodate such communications, various uplink procedures may be modified in order to handle communications between licensed and unlicensed spectrum with LTE/LTE-A deployments with unlicensed spectrum. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049713 | Precoding-Codebook-Based Secure Uplink in LTE - A Precoding-codebook-base Secure Uplink (PSU) scheme is proposed to utilize the channel reciprocity, uniqueness, and randomness in solving the secure initiation problem. A UE receives a first reference signal via first downlink channel in a mobile communication network. The UE performs channel estimation based on the first reference signal and thereby obtaining a first channel response matrix of the first downlink channel. The UE then encodes secrecy information onto a second reference signal. The UE transmits the second reference signal via a second uplink channel. The secrecy information is hidden in the uplink channel through a precoding operation such that the secrecy information can be extracted when the second uplink channel is reciprocal to the first downlink channel. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049714 | CENTRALLY MANAGED WI-FI - Described herein are techniques for providing centrally managed Wi-Fi using internet protocol (IP) connections between a central Wi-Fi access gateway and one or more radio nodes. The Wi-Fi access gateway establishes an IP connection with a radio node across a wide area network, wherein the radio node is configured to wirelessly connect to one or more Wi-Fi devices located near the radio node. The Wi-Fi access gateway receives Layer 2 traffic over the IP connection, wherein the Layer 2 traffic is associated with a Wi-Fi device from the one or more Wi-Fi devices connected to the radio node. The Wi-Fi access gateway controls one or more Wi-Fi services for the Wi-Fi device based on the Layer 2 traffic so that the Wi-Fi access gateway can provide centrally managed Wi-Fi for the Wi-Fi device. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049715 | SUBFRAME STAGGERING ACROSS COMPONENT CARRIERS IN AN UNLICENSED OR SHARED SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for clear channel assessments (CCAs) on multiple component carriers transmitted using an unlicensed spectrum. A set of component carriers may be identified for transmission of communications signals on the unlicensed spectrum, and a CCA one component carrier of the set may be staggered to occur at a different time than a CCA for a different component carrier of the setoff component carriers. The staggering of CCAs may allow for CCA to be performed at different times for different component carriers, thus increasing opportunities to gain channel access in the unlicensed spectrum. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049716 | Wireless communication fine timing measurement PHY parameter control and negotiation - A wireless communication device (e.g., operative within a wireless local area network (WLAN)) coordinates with another wireless communication device to determine which communication parameter(s) to use in at least one FTM frame exchange. In an example of operation, the wireless communication device includes a communication interface and a processor such that the processor receives, via the communication interface, a fine timing measurement (FTM) request frame from the other wireless communication device. The FTM request frame specifies at least one preferred communication parameter for the at least one FTM frame exchange. The processor then determines, based on the FTM request frame, information related to the at least one preferred communication parameter. The wireless communication device generates and transmits a response to the FTM request frame to the other wireless communication device that confirms or overrides the at least one preferred communication parameter. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049717 | Method and Arrangement in a Telecommunication System - A method and an arrangement ( | 02-19-2015 |
20150049718 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information via a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for performing the method are provided, the method including joint-coding a plurality of pieces of control information to obtain a single code word; obtaining a first modulated symbol sequence from the single code word; obtaining a plurality of second modulated symbol sequences corresponding to each slot in the PUCCH from the first modulated symbol sequence; cyclically shifting the plurality of second modulated symbol sequences in a time domain to obtain a plurality of third modulated symbol sequences; performing a Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) precoding process on the plurality of third modulated symbol sequences to obtain a plurality of complex symbol sequences in a frequency domain; and transmitting the plurality of complex symbol sequences via the PUCCH. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049719 | Method and Apparatus for Establishing Direct Tunnel - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for establishing a direct tunnel, which relate to the field of communications network technologies and can reduce the number of signaling messages that need to be processed on a GGSN or an SGW and reduce signaling load on the GGSN or the SGW. In the embodiments of the present invention, a mobility management network element determines that a character of a user terminal satisfies a preset condition for establishing a direct tunnel; a request message is sent to a gateway to establish a downlink direct tunnel between a radio access network and the gateway; and a response message sent by the gateway is received, where the response message is used to confirm that the downlink direct tunnel between the radio access network and the gateway has been successfully established. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049720 | BACKHAUL RADIO WITH EXTREME INTERFERENCE PROTECTION - A backhaul radio is disclosed that operates in multipath propagation environments such as obstructed LOS conditions with uncoordinated interference sources in the same operating band. Such a backhaul radio may use a combination of interference mitigation procedures across multiple of the frequency, time, spatial and cancellation domains. Such backhaul radios may communicate with each other to coordinate radio resource allocations such that accurate interference assessment and channel propagation characteristics assessment may be determined during normal operation. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049721 | Method And Apparatus For Cognitive Radio Coexistence - In a non-limiting and exemplary embodiment, a method is provided for sharing secondary cognitive radio resource user related information. A coexistence node receives information on network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. An upload message is generated and sent, the upload message comprising for a secondary user database at least information on the received network properties associated with secondary cognitive radio resource users. A location-dependent network map comprising at least information on network properties is generated. The network map is sent to assist one or more secondary cognitive radio resource users. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049722 | CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH POWER HEADROOM REPORT - Methods, apparatuses, and software can be used for providing power headroom reporting in a telecommunication system. A method can include configuring a user equipment to send a power headroom report control element in uplink, wherein the power headroom report control element includes a bitmap indicating which power headroom reports are being reported. The method can further include receiving the power headroom report control element from the user equipment. The method additionally can include processing the received power headroom report control element based on the configuration of the user equipment. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049723 | Methods and Systems for HARQ Protocols - Methods described herein are for wireless communication systems. One aspect of the invention is directed to a method for a HARQ process, in which the HARQ process includes a first transmission of an encoder packet and at least one retransmission. The method involves allocating a transmission resource for each respective transmission. The method involves transmitting control information from a base station to a mobile station for each respective transmission. The control information includes information to uniquely identify the HARQ process and an identification of one of a time resource, a frequency resource and a time and frequency resource that is allocated for the transmission. In some embodiments of the invention, specific control information is signalled from a base station to a mobile station to enable RAS-HARQ operation. In some embodiments of the invention, retransmission signaling in included as part of regular unicast signaling used for both first transmission and retransmissions. In some embodiments of the invention, a 3-state acknowledgement channel and associated error recovery operation enables the base station and mobile station to recover from control signaling error and reduce packet loss. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049724 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049725 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR THE TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method of transmitting control information of a base station in a mobile communication system includes obtaining scheduling information from a terminal; and transmitting at least two control channels through one down link carrier, wherein each control channel corresponds to a different uplink carrier. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049726 | METHOD OF REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method performed by a base station. The method according to an embodiment includes transmitting configuration information on an uplink channel allocated to a user equipment; and receiving signals based on the configuration information. The signals are transmitted by using a maximum power reduction (MPR) on maximum output power for transmission with non-contiguous resource allocation in a single component carrier. The MPR is determined according to: MPR=CEIL {MA, 0.5}, the CEIL being a function of rounding up by 0.5. The MA is determined according to: MA=(8.0−10.12*A) when 0 | 02-19-2015 |
20150049727 | UPLINK SDMA TRANSMIT OPPORTUNITY SCHEDULING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure present medium access control (MAC) protocols for uplink Spatial Division Multiple Access (SDMA) transmissions by one or more stations (STAs). An access point (AP) may receive one or more requests for uplink SDMA transmission from a plurality of stations. The access point may schedule the transmissions by sending a signal to the stations to notify them of the parameters of the uplink SDMA transmissions such as start time, duration of the transmission, spatial streams assigned to each station, and so on. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049728 | MOBILE TERMINAL AND CONTROL CHANNEL RECEIVING METHOD - A base station can prevent deterioration of data channel application control accuracy due to influence of transmission power control to a control channel. In the base station, each encoding sect ion performs encoding processing to an SCCH (Shared Control Channel) of each mobile station, each modulating section performs modulation processing to the encoded SCCH, an arranging section arranges the SCCH to each mobile station to one of a plurality of subcarriers which configure an OFDM symbol, and transmission power control section controls transmission power of the SCCH based on reception quality information reported from each mobile station. The arranging section arranges a plurality of the SCCH to be under transmission power control to one of the subcarriers so that combinations at resource blocks are the same. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049729 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING ACKCH RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communication. A scheduling message including resource allocation information to allocate a resource for uplink transmission, is received. Data and a pilot are transmitted via the allocated resource for uplink transmission. An ACK/NACK resource is identified based on an index of the allocated resource for uplink transmission and information associated with the transmitted pilot. An ACK/NACK signal is received in response to the transmitted data using the identified ACK/NACK resource. | 02-19-2015 |
20150049730 | COLLISION REDUCTION MECHANISMS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method includes wirelessly communicating with one or more stations that are partitioned into one or more groups. The method also includes generating a message that identifies one or more time periods during which each station of a first group of the one or more groups is permitted to contend for a communication channel or restricted from contending for the communication channel. The method further includes transmitting the message. | 02-19-2015 |
20150055562 | NETWORK DEVICE INTERFACE FOR SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF NETWORK INTERFACE CARDS - A network device interface configured for communication over a plurality of wireless networks is provided. The network device interface includes a first physical network interface card (NIC) configured to allow communication over a first type of wireless communication protocol; a second physical network interface card (NIC) configured to allow communication over a second type of wireless communication protocol, wherein the first and second communication protocols are different; at least a first miniport driver connected to the first physical NIC; at least a second miniport driver connected to the second physical NIC; a multiplexer (MUX) filter driver connected to the first miniport and the second miniport and configured to multiplex between the first miniport and the second miniport for at least switching sessions between the first physical NIC and the second physical NIC; and at least one network light weight filter (LWF) driver connected to the MUX filter driver. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055563 | ADAPTIVE TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Network devices can be configured to implement adaptive power control functionality in a communication network. A power control requestor of a local communication network can calculate a link margin between a neighbor network device of a neighbor communication network and a local network device associated with a least preferred performance measurement. The power control requestor can transmit a power control message including the link margin to request the neighbor network device to vary the transmit power of the neighbor network device. In response to receiving a power control message, a power control responder can use a link margin indicated in the power control message to evaluate the feasibility of reducing the transmit power of the power control responder. The power control responder can transmit a power control response indicating whether it will vary the transmit power. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055564 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURATION OF A VEHICLE-BASED WIRELESS SIGNAL TRANSMISSION RANGE - A method of configuring a vehicle-generated wireless connectivity hotspot is provided. The method adjusts a variable power setting for a vehicle onboard wireless transmitter, the vehicle onboard wireless transmitter generating the wireless connectivity hotspot; wherein the wireless connectivity hotspot comprises a variable transmission range, and wherein the variable transmission range is based on the variable power setting. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055565 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL DORMANCY TIMER BASED ON TRAFFIC TYPE - A device may be configured to determine a type of traffic, received by the device from a user device; identify a radio resource control (“RRC”) timeout value associated with the type; start an RRC dormancy timer based on the RRC timeout value; and modify, based on expiration of the RRC dormancy timer, an RRC channel between the device and the user device. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055566 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING DEVICE CONNECTIONS IN AN EXTENDED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An extended network is configured to implement an extended management function to identify a wireless access device providing a highest quality wireless connection to a wireless device. The extended network includes a gateway wireless access device configured to enable communication between the extended network and an external network, at least one additional wireless access device in the extended network, and at least one wireless device having a wireless connection to a least one of an additional wireless access device and the gateway wireless access device. At least one wireless access device includes a processor executing the extended management function to identify the wireless access device providing the highest quality wireless connection based on wireless connection quality information transmitted from each wireless access device. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055567 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - This disclosure sets forth methods and devices for allocating resources in Device-to-Device (“D2D”) communications in which a base station sends a control message containing a D2D resource allocation (e.g., the identity of resource blocks and subframes that can be used for D2D) and a bitmap. The bitmap contains grant-indicator bits that tell each mobile station within the D2D group whether it is permitted to receive or transmit using the allocated D2D resources. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055568 | Self-Interference Cancellation - A communication device, such as a smart phone, includes transmit/receive logic to cancel an interfering signal component. The interfering signal component may originate from a communication interface on the device itself. For example, transmissions from the communication interface may interfere with received signals at other communication interfaces on the device. Transmit/receive logic on others of the communication interfaces may use known characteristics of the interfering signal component to cancel the interfering signal component. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055569 | IDENTIFYING A CHANNEL FOR NETWORK COMMUNICATION - Communication devices configured to identify a channel for network communication are disclosed. For example, an apparatus operable in a wireless communication network can receive a message that specifies a list of channels in operation in a network, remove at least one channel from the list of channels, and identify a channel from among the list of channels other than the at least one removed channel for communication with the network. The apparatus may be able to increase the likelihood that it will acquire the network, even though the network may be utilizing one or more channels that are not supported by the apparatus. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also disclosed and claimed. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055570 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MACHINE-TO-MACHINE RADIO ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method may include receiving a communication from each of multiple machine-type communication (MTC) devices in a radio access network at a base station. The radio access network and base station may be configured to support the MTC devices and human operated devices. The method may also include determining that the communications are received from the MTC devices and allocating a first set of downlink resources in a downlink channel for future assignment of downlink data communications from the base station to the MTC devices. The method may also include allocating a first set of uplink resources in an uplink channel for future assignment of uplink data communications from the MTC devices to the base station. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055571 | LINK MODEL FOR MULTI-PREFIX PACKET SYSTEM BEARER - A second internet protocol network is logically connected to a packet data network connection provided between a user equipment and a first internet protocol network over a radio access network, the second internet protocol network located on a data path from the first internet protocol network to the user equipment. The first internet protocol network represents the highest level internet protocol point of attachment to the packet data network connection. Router advertisements are sent from the second internet protocol network to the user equipment over the radio access network via the packet data network connection. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055572 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND BASE STATION - A more preferable communication control method and the like in a wireless communication system allowing usage of a plurality of wireless transmission methods are provided. The wireless communication system includes at least one base station providing services in accordance with the plurality of wireless transmission methods respectively, and a terminal device connected to the base station. The terminal device notifies the base station about terminal information indicating whether communication using a plurality of wireless transmission methods simultaneously is allowed or not. The base station determines a radio resource to be allocated to the terminal device from radio resources available in each of the plurality of wireless transmission methods, based on the terminal information notified by the terminal device. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055573 | CONTROLLING CONNECTION STATES OF A MOBILE TERMINAL BASED ON COMMUNICATION ACTIVITY - The invention refers to controlling a connection of a terminal ( | 02-26-2015 |
20150055574 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal. The method for transmitting the reference signal comprises the step of: transmitting a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) and a primary synchronization signal (PSS) from a subframe including an N (natural number wherein N>1) number of resource blocks (RB) and a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; and transmitting from the subframe the reference signal which is generated on the basis of a cell identifier, wherein the reference signal can be transmitted from an M (natural number wherein K<=M02-26-2015 | |
20150055575 | RADIO DEVICE, ADDRESS DETERMINATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO TERMINAL - This wireless device ( | 02-26-2015 |
20150055576 | Signaling for Uplink Sounding - A method in a transmitting node in a wireless communication system for instructing a user terminal to perform uplink sounding is provided, said method comprising: generating an unlink grant in a downlink control information (DCI) for instructing the user terminal to transmit an uplink channel with only a reference signal; and transmitting the DCI with said uplink grant to the user terminal, and wherein said uplink grant is configured as a redundant state within the DCI. A method in a receiving node in a wireless communication system for performing uplink sounding is also provided. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055577 | Downlink Data Collision Avoidance Method, Access Point and Station - The present document provides a method for avoiding downlink data collision, an Access Point (AP) and a Station (STA). The method for avoiding downlink data collision includes: an AP receiving a radio frame for inquiring whether the AP has a Bufferable Unit (BU) of an STA transmitted by the STA; and after determining that there is a BU of the STA and the BU is larger than a predetermined threshold, the AP exchanging radio frames with the STA to reserve a channel, and transmitting the BU to the STA after succeeding in reserving the channel. The method can guarantee the fairness among various STAs and the reasonable utilization of channel resources, thus avoiding the collision; furthermore, the channel reservation frame transmitted by the AP can reserve a longer period of time, i.e. a plurality of BUs can be transmitted to the STA at a time, thus saving the link overhead. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055578 | METHOD OF ROUTING DATA IN A NETWORK OF SENSORS - A method is provided for routing data received during a first time window by a node-forming device of a network having a plurality of nodes suitable for communicating over a wireless communications channel. The method is adapted to select a time slot from a set of predefined time slots in a second time window consecutive with the first time window, to monitor the communications channel between the end of the first time window and the selected time slot in order to detect the presence or the absence of a signal on the channel, and to broadcast the data from an instant of the selected time slot in the event of detecting the absence of a signal and not to broadcast in the event of detecting the presence of a signal. Also provided is a node-forming device that performs the routing method. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055579 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Provided are methods and apparatuses for device-to-device (D2D) communication. The method includes: configuring dedicated subframe(s) according to cellular uplink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process(es), the dedicated subframe(s) being used for D2D communication (S | 02-26-2015 |
20150055580 | METHOD FOR REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND TERMINAL THEREFOR - One embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a signal in a terminal. The method for transmitting a signal in a terminal comprises the steps of: setting a maximum power reduction (MPR) value for signal transmission power, wherein the maximum power reduction value is independently set for a sounding reference signal (SRS), and the maximum power reduction value which is set for the SRS is different from a maximum power reduction value which is set for another signal; and transmitting the SRS with transmission power which is set according to the set maximum power reduction value. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055581 | Transmit Diversity on a Control Channel without Additional Reference Signals - Disclosed is a method and an apparatus providing antenna port sharing and a demodulation reference signals (DMRS) based precoding scheme for a distributed enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) using, for example, spatial frequency block codes (SFBC)/frequency selective transmit diversity (FSTD) transmit diversity. The method exhibits the same performance as SFBC/FSTD transmit diversity using un-precoded DMRS while not prohibiting another UEs' localized E-PDCCH to be potentially multiplexed in a same physical resource block (PRB) pair. The SFBC/FSTD transmission is facilitated by mapping a subset of layers to DMRS ports used by other UEs for localized and beam formed transmission, while the precoders for the remaining layers are selected to be orthogonal to the other UEs precoders there by providing good performance while minimizing DMRS port usage. Specifically, no additional DMRS ports are needed for spatial diversity transmission | 02-26-2015 |
20150055582 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING UPLINK RESOURCE, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL USING SAME, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: detecting downlink control information from a downlink control channel; and transmitting uplink control information using a resource of an uplink control channel determined on the basis of a control channel element (CCE) index of the downlink control channel from which the downlink control information is detected, and a user equipment (UE)-specific offset value for determining a resource of an uplink control channel. The uplink control information for at least two downlink control channels having different first CCE indexes can be assigned in the resource of the same uplink control channel. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055583 | Method and Apparatus for Signaling Reference Signals to a UE in an LTE System - A method is provided. Amount information is determined. The amount information relates to an amount of reference information a user equipment is to provide. The amount information is caused to be provided to the user equipment. Reference information from the user equipment is used to process data from said user equipment. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055584 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF RADIO RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal of a terminal using multiple component carriers in a wireless communication system and, more particularly, to a method for transmitting an uplink signal of a terminal using multiple component carriers in a wireless communication system which supports carrier aggregation, comprising the steps of: receiving setting information on a second-type component carrier from a base station through a first-type component carrier; and transmitting an uplink signal to the base station through the second-type component carrier, wherein the use of the second-type component carrier for a specific subframe is changed according to the setting information. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055585 | Method and apparatus compatible with multi-version for storing wireless resource - This disclosure discloses a multi-version compatible method for storing wireless resources. The method includes: receiving a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message sent by a network side; converting the protocol version of the RRC message by using a conversion function to make the converted protocol version of the RRC message be consistent with that of a preservation function, when the protocol version of the RRC message is inconsistent with that of the preservation function; storing wireless resources in the RRC message by using the preservation function, wherein the protocol version of the RRC message is consistent with that of the preservation function. This disclosure also discloses a multi-version compatible apparatus for storing wireless resources. The present disclosure can effectively reduce the amount of codes and complexity of resources storage, reduce the cost for maintaining codes, and be compatible with multiple versions. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055586 | RESTRICTIONS ON CONTROL CHANNEL SCHEDULING - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for improving blind-decoding and interference suppression associated with interference from non-serving cells in a wireless network, specifically, performing interference suppression on the non-serving cell control channel. Various aspect employ network-assisted blind-decoding of non-serving cell signals at UEs through the coordination, communication, and use of communication restriction conditions. Network aspects may restrict certain communications between eNBs and served UEs, and communicate the restrictions to non-served UE. The non-served UEs can then leverage the restrictions for more efficient blind-decoding of interfering eNB signals and interference cancellation of interfering eNB signals. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055587 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING REUSE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and apparatus are disclosed for increasing reuse in wireless communications. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication is provided, transmitting a message to a first station indicating an identified transmission opportunity for the first station to communicate with a second station. The method further comprises transmitting a first wireless communication signal to at least a third station utilizing beamformed wireless communication such that the first wireless communication signal to the third station has a received signal level below a threshold at one or both of the first and second stations. The identified transmission opportunity is based on whether a transmission of a second wireless communication signal between the first and the second stations occurs over a period of time that is at least partially concurrent with the utilized beamformed communication. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055588 | CSI AND ACK REPORTING ENHANCEMENTS IN LTE/LTE-A WITH UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Channel state information (CSI) and acknowledgement (ACK) reporting enhancements in Long Term Evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) enabling communications over an unlicensed spectrum are disclosed. For example, ACK/NAK may include unlicensed spectrum interference information, such as WIFI interference. Additionally, in anticipation of a future downlink transmission, UEs may report WiFI interference to base stations absent a current downlink transmission. Also, CSI-RS and/or IMR resources may be staggered across subframes and/or within slots of subframes. Further, CSI reporting may include separate reports for CSI-RS resources that experience unlicensed spectrum interference and interference free CSI-RS resources. Still further, CSI reports may include a request to the base station to switch the current channel or band. Finally, inter-RAT ACK and CSI reporting may be provided on a second unlicensed spectrum band, such as a WIFI band, for a first unlicensed spectrum band, such as an LTE/LTE-A unlicensed band. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055589 | COMMON HARQ PROCESSES - A sharing of common hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process space by multiple unlicensed spectrum component carriers is described. Because communication access is not guaranteed over the unlicensed spectrum, a set of component carriers in the unlicensed spectrum is assigned to share a common HARQ process space, such that uplink or downlink data will be transmitted over any one or more of the set of component carriers that clear a clear channel assessment (CCA) check. The receiver then provides a HARQ process response over the same HARQ process space using the grouped component carriers that share that common HARQ process space. Thus, any one or more of the set of component carriers sharing the common HARQ process space may both carry the transmitted data and carry the HARQ process response to the attempted data transmission. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055590 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION SERVER AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation server and a communication system are provided. The server receives location data of the access points (APs) and channel request data of the APs corresponding to the location data of the APs. The server groups the channel request data of the APs into clusters according to available physical channels of the APs and the channel request data of the APs. The server allocates the available physical channels of the APs for the channel request data of the APs and transmission power configurations on each of the allocated physical channels of the APs according to the channel request data and the location data of the APs in each of the clusters. The server transmits allocated results of the allocated physical channels of the APs for the channel request data of the APs and the transmission power configurations on each of the allocated physical channels of the APs. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055591 | INTERFERENCE SIGNAL CONTROL INFORMATION ACQUISITION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference signal control information acquisition method and apparatus for use in the wireless communication system is provided. The interference signal information detection method of a terminal for use in a wireless communication system includes acquiring a first control information part and a second control information part of other users from a received signal, generating a first control information candidate identical in bit length with the first control information part, blindly decoding first control information based on the first control information candidate, and detecting and removing interference signals of the other users from the received signal based on the blindly decoded first control information. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055592 | PREDICTIVE PATH COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL ACROSS A NETWORK OF TRANSIENTLY CONNECTED MOBILE DEVICES - Systems and methods for data transmission via a network comprising a plurality of mobile nodes that connect transiently or intermittently are provided. A method includes receiving information at a location to be transmitted via the network, obtaining position information for the plurality of mobiles nodes as a function of time, determining a strategy for transmitting the message to a destination via the plurality of mobile nodes based on the position information and the location, and transmitting the message via the plurality of mobile nodes based at least on the strategy and an actual availability of the plurality of mobile nodes. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055593 | NEUTRAL HOST ARCHITECTURE FOR A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A remote radio head unit (RRU) system for achieving high data rate communications in a Distributed Antenna System is disclosed. The Distributed Antenna System is configured as a Neutral Host enabling multiple operators to exist on one DAS system. The present disclosure enables a remote radio head unit to be field reconfigurable and support multi-modulation schemes (modulation-independent), multi-carriers, multi-frequency bands and multi-channels. As a result, the remote radio head system is particularly suitable for wireless transmission systems, such as base-stations, repeaters, and indoor signal coverage systems. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055594 | OPTIMIZING KEEPALIVE AND OTHER BACKGROUND TRAFFIC IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and methods of optimizing background traffic originating at a mobile device are provided. The systems and methods include identifying a background request to be delayed for transmission to a wireless network, delaying the background request for a period of time when a state of the mobile device meets a delay criteria, and responsive to detecting a change in the state of the mobile device or expiration of the period of time, transmitting the background request to the wireless network. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055595 | Providing a Data Function in an Access Gateway Node - An access gateway node couples a control node to an external data network, where the control node and access gateway node are for use in a wireless communications network. The access gateway node comprises a data function to route packets containing traffic data between the control node and the external data network. An interface to the control node enables exchange of control messages between the data function and a control function in the control node. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055596 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TRANSMITTER, AND CONTROL PROGRAM FOR WIRELESS TRANSMITTER - A mobile station transmitting transmission signals using one of a plurality of transmission schemes which includes at least a first transmission scheme and a second transmission scheme, where in a case that the used transmission scheme is the first transmission scheme, the transmission signals are applied by an open loop (OL) in which precoding information is not fed back and in a case that the used transmission scheme is the second transmission scheme, the transmission signals are applied by a closed loop (CL) for which a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) is fed back from the mobile station. The first peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) characteristics of the first transmission scheme differs from the second PAPR characteristics of the second transmission scheme. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055597 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for performing hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless communication system. A terminal transmits a plurality of code words on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and receives a plurality of acknowledgement/non-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signals, which indicates if each of the plurality of code words has been received, on each physical hybrid-ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) corresponding to the respective code words. A downlink resource for which each of the PHICHs is mapped is determined based on the smallest physical resource block (PRB) index (I | 02-26-2015 |
20150055598 | Ubiquitous Access to FEMTO-Connected Network - A system and method of enabling a mobile device to communicate with a local IP network host and an external IP network host using a femto cellular access point on a femto cellular access network. A local gateway is coupled to the femto cellular access network for receiving data packets transmitted on the femto cellular access network and for routing the data packets to one of a local IP network and an external IP network, based on a destination address associated with the data packets. The femto cellular access network includes an LTE network, an EVDO network connected to an EPC, or a WiMax 802.16e/m network connected to the EPC. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055599 | Method, Base Station, UE, and System for Sending and Receiving PDCCH Signaling - A method, a base station, a User Equipment (UE) and a system for sending and receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling are disclosed. A method includes determining locations of a first search space and a second search space of a User Equipment (UE). A method also includes sending PDCCH signaling with no Carrier Indication Field (CIF) to the UE in a physically overlapped region between the first search space and the second search space if the physically overlapped region exists and a length of the PDCCH signaling with no CIF in the first search space is equal to a length of PDCCH signaling with the CIF in the second search space. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055600 | CARRIER INDICATOR FIELD FOR CROSS CARRIER ASSIGNMENTS - Techniques for supporting operation on multiple carriers are described. In an aspect, a carrier indicator (CI) field may be used to support cross-carrier assignment. The CI field may be included in a grant sent on one carrier and may be used to indicate another carrier on which resources are assigned. In one design, a cell may determine a first carrier on which to send a grant to a UE, determine a second carrier on which resources are assigned to the UE, set a CI field of the grant based on the second carrier and a CI mapping for the first carrier, and send the grant to the UE on the first carrier. The UE may receive the grant on the first carrier from the cell and may determine the second carrier on which resources are assigned to the UE based on the CI field of the grant and the CI mapping for the first carrier. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055601 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONNECTIVITY RECOVERY IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A wireless communication device and a method of re-establishing a connection with a WPAN master device is presented. The method includes detecting that a first master station of a WPAN session which includes the first master device and one or more stations becomes unavailable, activating a master station application to become a second master station and sending one beacon to notify the stations of the session about the second master station connectivity parameters. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055602 | INCLUDING IN THE UPLINK GRANT AN INDICATION OF SPECIFIC AMOUNT OF CQI TO BE REPORTED - The present invention relates to a method, user equipment and a base station adapted to handle channel state feed-back reports in a more flexible way. More specifically, a channel state feedback procedure is provided which utilizes the resources available for transmission of channel state feedback more efficiently. This is achieved by including uplink grant availability into the channel state feedback reporting triggers used for determining when and how to send channel state feedback from a UE, i.e. a channel state feedback reporting request may be sent by a base station in an uplink grant to a UE comprising an indication of an expected amount of information to be returned. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055603 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SUB-FRAME DESIGNATION INFORMATION TO A DOWNLINK IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting subframe designating information in downlink in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The present invention includes generating the subframe designating information for designating a subframe of a specific type in a radio frame and transmitting the generated subframe designating information to a user equipment, wherein the subframe designating information includes initial location information indicating an initial location of the subframe of the specific type on the radio frame and period information indicating a period for the subframe of the specific type to be repeated. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055604 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus that performs communication with another radio communication apparatus by using a plurality of pairs of a downlink frequency band and an uplink frequency band, the apparatus includes: a receiving unit configured to receive a control message by using a downlink frequency band of a first pair among downlink frequency bands of the pairs during a random access procedure to said another radio communication apparatus, the control message including identification information indicating use of an uplink frequency band of a second pair different from the first pair, the downlink frequency band of the first pair being monitored for control messages by the radio communication apparatus; and a control unit configured to control the radio communication apparatus to perform data communication with said another radio communication apparatus by using the uplink frequency band of the second pair indicated by the identification information included in the control message. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055605 | RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - Provided is a communication device, which is enabled to improve the throughput of a communication system by reducing the difference of a transmission power between an SCCH and an SDCH thereby to satisfy the required quality of a PAPR. In this device, an MCS selection unit ( | 02-26-2015 |
20150055606 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting uplink control information. The method according to an embodiment includes identifying a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest—Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK)(0) and a HARQ-ACK(1), and transmitting b(0)b(1) using a PUCCH resource among a plurality of PUCCH resources based on the HARQ-ACK(0) and the HARQ-ACK(1). a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) on the primary cell. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055607 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a mobile communication system according to the present invention, with the separate use of a plurality of component carriers or with the use of a carrier set including the plurality of component carriers aggregated, a base station performs radio communication with a user equipment corresponding to the component carrier or a user equipment corresponding to the aggregated carriers. In particular, in a case where the base station performs radio communication with the user equipment corresponding to the aggregated carriers with the use of the aggregated carriers, each of a plurality of transport blocks created by dividing a transport channel is transmitted per each of the plurality of component carriers constituting the aggregated carriers, and control information related to radio communication between the base station and the user equipment corresponding to the aggregated carriers is transmitted such that physical information of the corresponding component carrier is identifiable. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055608 | Method and Apparatus for Unified Communication System Involving Context Aware Radio Communication Management for Multiple User Devices - An information handling system includes a unified communicator for initiating, via an application processor, a wireless link with a recipient user, a wireless adapter for communicating with a wireless link. The application processor executes instructions for determining one or more communication link options with the recipient user and determines an optimal wireless link from among the communication link options with the recipient user. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055609 | Subcarrier Signal For Synchronization In Micro Network - Disclosed herein are methods and systems that may help a WiMAX base station function without a GPS signal by providing a high-stability reference signal via a subcarrier of a broadcast signal, such as an FM radio signal. An exemplary broadcast station may therefore be configured to phase-lock a subcarrier signal to a GPS signal, and include this subcarrier in its broadcast signal, thereby providing the subcarrier signal for use by a base station as a high-stability reference signal for local-oscillator stabilization at the base station. The broadcast station may further modulate a timing signal onto the subcarrier signal. An exemplary base station may therefore receive the broadcast signal, decode the broadcast signal to acquire the subcarrier signal, and use the subcarrier signal to stabilize its local oscillator, rather than using a GPS signal. The base station may further demodulate the subcarrier to acquire the timing signal, which the base station may use for frame-start synchronization, instead of a GPS signal. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055610 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING DURING A CONTENTION BASED ACCESS PERIOD - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating during a Contention-Based-Access-Period (CBAP). For example, a device may include a wireless communication station to transmit a wireless communication transmission over a wireless communication medium upon determining that the wireless communication medium is idle for a predefined time period within a contention-based-access period (CBAP), if a scheduling element allocating the CBAP includes an indication of an identity of the wireless communication station in a predefined field. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055611 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING PILOT POLLUTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Techniques for mitigating pilot pollution in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, pilot pollution may be mitigated by reducing density and/or transmit power of common pilots whenever possible. A cell may send a common pilot at a first density and a first transmit power level during a first time period and may send the common pilot at a second density and a second transmit power level during a second time period. The second density may be lower than the first density and/or the second transmit power level may be lower than the first transmit power level. Lower density may be achieved by sending the common pilot less frequently, on fewer subcarriers, and/or from fewer antennas. The cell may determine whether to reduce the density and/or transmit power of the common pilot based on network loading, SINRs of terminals, etc. In another aspect, pilot pollution may be mitigated by performing pilot cancellation at a terminal. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055612 | MOBILE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A station acquires, when one or a plurality of base stations transmit a signal addressed to a plurality of mobile stations by using the same radio resource, a first dedicated pilot signal allocated to the mobile station and a second dedicated pilot signal allocated to another mobile station. The mobile station receives a radio signal from the base station that is connected to the mobile station. By using the second dedicated pilot signal, the station estimates a channel through which the radio signal transmitted from the base station connected to the other mobile station to the other mobile station reaches the mobile station. When the mobile station decodes a data signal addressed to the mobile station from the received radio signal by using the first dedicated pilot signal allocated to the mobile station, the mobile station suppresses an interference signal in the radio signal by using the estimate information. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055613 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ADJACENT CHANNEL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN ACCESS POINT BASE STATIONS - Apparatus and methods for interference mitigation in wireless communication networks are described. In one implementation, at a node in a first network, a power level and/or bandwidth or channelization of an adjacent channel signal may be determined, and a power level and/or bandwidth of a transmitted signal in the first network may be adjusted in response. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055614 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method that relates to the field of communications technologies and is invented for effectively improving the spectrum efficiency of data transmission. The data transmission method includes: mapping, to a resource element according to a preset rule, data that needs to be transmitted to a user equipment, where the preset rule includes: mapping data to the resource element corresponding to a non-zero power CSI-RS in a first set of the user equipment, unless the resource element is a specific resource element, where the specific resource element includes a resource element that is among the resource elements corresponding to the non-zero power CSI-RS in the first set and overlaps a resource element corresponding to a zero power CSI-RS; and transmitting the mapped data to the user equipment. The present invention is applicable to a radio communications system such as Long Term Evolution. | 02-26-2015 |
20150055615 | HANDSHAKING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OFDM SYSTEMS WITH UNKNOWN SUB-CHANNEL AVAILABILITY - A method and device for determining available communication sub-channels in an OFDM communication system is disclosed. The method comprises the steps of transmitting, on at least one first sub-channel, information regarding sub-channels available for a first transmission of at least one first data packet, receiving, on at least one second sub-channel, information regarding sub-channels available for a second transmission, determining at least one set of available sub-channels based on the information regarding the first and second transmissions. In one aspect of the invention, at least one set of the determined available sub-channels is further provided to a receiving system. The information is being provided in a separate transmission, or within a data packet, or within each subsequent data packet or in selected data packets. | 02-26-2015 |
20150063216 | ENHANCED OUT-OF-SERVICE SCAN AND SYSTEM SELECTION FOR DUAL-SUBSCRIPTION, DUAL-ACTIVE DEVICES - A system, a method and an apparatus are described. The apparatus comprise a modem that determines frequencies at which a transceiver of a wireless device is susceptible to interference generated by a different transceiver of the wireless device, and that modifies a search for a radio access network based on the one or more frequencies. The first transceiver may be susceptible to the interference by means of transmission of the interference through one or more circuits within the wireless device. A threshold power level may be modified based on an estimate of the power of the interference. The threshold power level may be used to determine presence of a pilot signal. The interference may be modeled based on a list of frequencies associated with one or more subscriptions of the wireless device. An order of searching for pilot signals may be modified. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063217 | MAPPING BETWEEN VARIABLE WIDTH SAMPLES AND A FRAME - An apparatus having a plurality of first circuits, a second circuit and a plurality of processor circuits is disclosed. Each first circuit is configured to store a plurality of samples corresponding to a plurality of channels. At least two of the samples having different widths. The second circuit is configured to store a plurality of frames each sized to contain two or more of the samples. The processor circuits are configured to (i) read the samples from the first circuits respectively, (ii) generate a transmit one of the frames by writing the samples to the second circuit based on one or more access pointers and (iii) pass control of the access pointers among the processor circuits. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063218 | QUALITY OF SERVICE ACCESS DEVICE - A device is configured to determine quality of service information and determine a set of service classes, associated with a wireless local area network, based on the quality of service information. The device is configured to determine an association between the set of service classes and a set of service identifiers. The device is configured to receive data traffic and to determine a service class, of the set of service classes, associated with the data traffic based on the association between the set of service classes and the set of service identifiers. The device is configured to schedule delivery of the data traffic based on the service class and to deliver the data traffic via the wireless local area network. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063219 | CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus, a computer program product and a method is provided for immediate connection establishment. The example embodiment comprises receiving, at an apparatus, one or more device discovery response messages, the one or more device discovery response messages including information regarding source device of the respective message. The example embodiment further comprising determining, by the apparatus, whether any of the one or more received device discovery response messages includes a predefined indication; and selecting, by the apparatus, when determining that one or more of the received device discovery response message includes the predefined indication, source device of the one or more device discovery response messages including the predefined indication for immediate connection establishment. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063220 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR BOOSTING TRANSMISSION POWER OF A SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal in a wireless communications network includes calculating, by a network element, first and second average powers. The first average power is associated with a first time period of a downlink transmission between a transmitter associated with the network element and at least one user, and the second average power is associated with a second time period of the downlink transmission. The method includes transmitting, by the transmitter, the signal at one of a rated transmission power and a boosted transmission power based on a first threshold value associated with the first average power and a second threshold value associated with the second average power. The rated transmission power is less than or equal to a long-term average power limit associated with a power amplifier of the transmitter, and the boosted transmission is greater than the rated power. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063221 | Mobility in Enterprise Networks - Embodiments of methods and systems for mobility in enterprise networks are presented. The methods and systems described herein provide a mobile wireless device with access to both an enterprise network and an external network by establishing a proxy connection between a gateway component of the enterprise network and a gateway component of the external network. Such embodiments may maintain the security of the enterprise network. Additionally, such embodiments may not require modification of the User Equipment (UE) or of components of the external network. Indeed, the methods and systems may operate transparently to both the UE and to components of the external network. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063222 | COORDINATED SCHEDULING WITH ADAPTIVE MUTING - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products relating to coordinated scheduling with adaptive muting are provided. One method comprises transmitting, by a network element, calculated impact information for a cell of the network element when taking an action related to a cell of the network element and/or taking an action related to a cell of a second network element. The method may also comprise transmitting a request for taking the action related to the cell of the second network element under certain circumstances | 03-05-2015 |
20150063223 | DETERMINING TRANSMIT POWER BASED ON CATEGORIZATION OF ACCESS TERMINALS - Transmit power management for small cells in a wireless communication environment may be achieved by receiving information generated by a plurality of access terminals associated with an access point, categorizing the access terminals based on the received information, and determining transmit power for the access point based on the categorization of the access terminals. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063224 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AVOIDING OUT-OF-SYNCHRONIZATION WITH A NETWORK - Methods and apparatuses relating to wireless communication of a user equipment (UE) are provided including communicating with a network using a first channel configuration, receiving a second channel configuration from the network indicating a second channel for communicating with the network, and determining whether the second channel configuration is valid based at least in part on one or more parameters. Where the second channel configuration is valid, the second channel is configured for communicating with the network. Where the second channel configuration is not valid, the second channel configuration is rejected and use of the first channel configuration is continued. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAINTAINING REACHABILITY OF A USER EQUIPMENT IN IDLE STATE - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to apparatuses and methods for maintaining reachability at a user equipment (UE). In one aspect, the apparatuses and methods are configured to detect a change in a radio connection between the UE and a peer entity, wherein the change in the radio connection is associated with the UE entering an idle state, to communicate to the peer entity, in response to detecting the change in the radio condition, an indication that the UE is to enter the idle state and is reachable for a specified duration of time while in the idle state, and to enter the idle state after communicating the indication to the peer entity. In another aspect, the apparatuses and methods are configured to communicate to the peer entity an indication that the peer entity is not to attempt to reach the UE during the specified duration of time. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063226 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A DOWNLINK RADIO SIGNAL FROM A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM TO A MOBILE DEVICE AND DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a downlink radio signal from a distributed antenna system to a mobile device is provided. The distributed antenna system includes a plurality of transceivers and a control module. Each of the transceivers receives an uplink radio signal from the mobile device as a respective received signal. Each of the transceivers transmits the received signal to the control module. The control module provides to each of the transceivers the downlink radio signal with a respective intensity, which is determined by the control module according to an intensity of the received signal from the transceiver. Each of the transceivers transmits the downlink radio signal to the mobile device. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063227 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING EMERGENCY CALLS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus initiates a call attempt in an internet protocol multimedia subsystem (IMS) based on a dialed number, the dialed number including an emergency number. The apparatus receives a session initiation protocol (SIP) message in response to the call attempt. The apparatus determines in response to the SIP message whether to retry the call attempt as a normal call in a circuit-switched (CS) domain for an operator or as an emergency call in the CS domain for the operator. In an aspect, the determining is based at least in part on either an indication in the SIP message or on a characteristic of the operator. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063228 | PASSIVE POSITIONING UTILIZING BEACON NEIGHBOR REPORTS - Techniques for providing neighbor reports for use in passive positioning of a client station are disclosed. An example method for broadcasting network neighbor reports according to the disclosure includes generating a beacon transmission, determining a neighbor report count value, if the neighbor report count value is greater than zero, then broadcasting the beacon transmission including at least a beacon frame and the neighbor report count value, and decrementing the neighbor report count value; if the neighbor report count value is equal to zero, then broadcasting the beacon transmission including at least a beacon frame and a neighbor report, and resetting the neighbor count value. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063229 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION-APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING SYSTEM, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes a memory and a processor coupled to the memory. The processor executes a process including: measuring elapsed time of a set standby time; determining whether a communication path to a transmission destination of data is available; transmitting data when the standby time passes in a state in which the communication path is available after it is determined that the communication path is available at the determining; setting, as the standby time, an initial value that is generated using a predetermined time as a unit at start of data transmission at the transmitting, and that is a different value from an initial value of another communication apparatus that communicates with the transmission destination; and resetting, as the standby time, a resetting value that is generated using the predetermined time as a unit when the standby time has passed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063230 | ESTABLISHING DATA STRATEGY - An apparatus and method for adjusting a data strategy in a terminal is provided. A connection is made to a hotspot provider. A network type used by the provider is identified and a data strategy is adjusted based at least partially on the network type. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063231 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL AND BASE STATION - In the event where a channel strength between UE and eNB is weakened, the eNB of the present invention may configure downlink control information into the format in which at least one of fields of pre-defined existing format is deleted, the length of a relevant field is shortened to be shorter than a pre-defined length of the relevant field, or an error correcting code is added by the amount of the length deleted or reduced. UE decodes a downlink signal according to the modified format to acquire downlink control information of its own. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063232 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING TRAFFIC INDICATION MAPS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving a traffic indication map in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for same. More particularly, the method includes a step of transmitting a traffic indication map (TIM) to a station (STA) through a beacon frame, wherein the TIM can include a bitmap field configured of one or more sub-block bitmaps for indicating whether buffered downlink data exists for an STA which is grouped to one or more sub-blocks, and a block control field indicating an encoding scheme of the bitmap field. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063233 | METHOD FOR SETTING SERVICE PERIOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method for setting a service period (SP) of a station (STA) in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for supporting the method. More particularly, the method comprises a step of transmitting a trigger frame to an access point (AP) and starting the service period. The trigger frame may be a data frame that includes data to be transmitted to the AP or a null frame for triggering the data transmission of the AP. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063234 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - Provided is a method for receiving a downlink signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system supporting Coordinated Multi-point transmission and reception includes: receiving a list of candidate seeds for generating a sequence of a downlink demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) and downlink control information, and detecting the DCI; if a format of the detected DCI corresponds to a unique operation of a transmission mode configured to the UE, generating a sequence of the downlink DM-RS using one seed value selected from among the list of the candidate seeds on the basis of specific information included in the DCI; and if a format of the detected DCI corresponds to a fall-back operation of the transmission mode, generating a sequence of the downlink DM-RS using a specific seed value selected from among the list of the candidate seeds or an identifier (ID) of a serving cell. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063235 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 03-05-2015 |
20150063236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention provides a method for enabling a terminal to receive control information in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: determining resource units for Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) of a plurality of resource units, with respect to each of one or more resource sets; and blind-decoding the resource units for the EPDCCH with respect to each of the one or more resource sets, wherein each of the one or more resource sets is set for one of localized EPDCCH transmission or distributed EPCCH transmission. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063237 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND INTERGRATED CIRCUIT - There are provided a terminal device, a base station device, and an integrated circuit that enable a base station device and a terminal device to determine parameters related to uplink signals or uplink reference signals and to perform efficient communication. A terminal device that transmits a demodulation reference signal associated with a physical uplink shared channel includes determining a value related to a cyclic shift on the basis of a value of a parameter configured by a higher layer, determining the value related to the cyclic shift on the basis of a physical layer cell identity, and generating a sequence of the demodulation reference signal on the basis of the value related to the cyclic shift, wherein the value related to the cyclic shift is determined on the basis of the physical layer cell identity in a case where a transmission on the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a Temporary C-RNTI are attached is performed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063238 | CONTROL STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, ALLOCATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - Means of configuring a reference signal unique to a mobile station apparatus is provided. There is provided a control station apparatus notifying a first mobile station apparatus of a parameter group generating a reference signal. The control station apparatus includes: an RRC layer to configure a parameter set including a plurality of parameter groups generating the reference signal; and a physical layer to select one of the parameter groups and notify the mobile station apparatus. It is preferred that the parameter set is configured with a plurality of parameter groups that respectively configure a sequence number and a cyclic shift hopping pattern of the reference signal and includes a parameter group generating a reference signal the same as in a second mobile station apparatus different from the first mobile station apparatus. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063239 | MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION - A method for supporting multiple-input-multiple-output communications with a base station of a wireless telecommunications network, user equipment and a computer program product are disclosed. The method comprises the steps of establishing a grant associated with a secondary stream; and determining a transport block size for said secondary stream in accordance with a relationship between grant and transport block size, said relationship differing from a primary relationship between grant and transport block size used to determine a primary transport block size for a primary stream. By using this approach, where a different relationship, mapping, function or lookup table is used to derive the transport block size for the secondary stream to that relationship, mapping or function used to derive the transport block size for the primary stream from the grant of the primary stream enables different transport block sizes to be used, each of which may be appropriate to its associated stream. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063240 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method of facilitating allocation of resources to support communication between user equipment and a base station of a wireless telecommunications network, user equipment, a method of allocating resources to support communication between user equipment and a base station of a wireless telecommunications network, a base station and computer program products are disclosed. The method of facilitating allocation of resources to support communication between a user equipment and a base station of a wireless telecommunications network comprises the steps of: determining a traffic profile, the traffic profile characterising timing of traffic comprised of data packets transmitted between the user equipment and the base station due to an application being executed by the user equipment; and providing the traffic profile to the base station for use when allocating the resources to support communication between the user equipment and the base station during execution of the application. In this way, the particular traffic characteristics of the user equipment can be estimated and provided to the network in order to assist the network when determining how best to allocate resources to support the user equipment. This enables the network to better match the resources allocated to the likely traffic profile of the user equipment. This helps to better match the resource allocation to the user equipment to avoid periods when resources are allocated but no traffic occurs or when traffic is available but the resources are. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063241 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a radio communication system in which a base station and a terminal communicate with each other, the base station efficiently transmits control information to the terminal. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063242 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - There are provided a communication system, a communication apparatus and a communication control method capable of minimizing the decline in throughput efficiently. The communication system according to the present invention includes a communication apparatus configured to employ an adaptive modulation system and a corresponding communication apparatus configured to communicate wirelessly with the communication apparatus, in which the corresponding communication apparatus receives a wireless signal from the communication apparatus, calculates the reception quality value and the bit error rate of the wireless signal, and transmits the reception quality value and the bit error rate to the communication apparatus; and the communication apparatus has a table indicating a modulation class to be chosen corresponding to the reception quality value and changes a modulation class indicated by the table based on the bit error rate. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063243 | ROUTING METHOD AND A UNIT FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN VEHICLES - One embodiment disclosed herein relates to a routing method performed by a unit forming a node in a network made up of a plurality of nodes, the method comprising receiving or generating a message including destination geographical position data representing the geographical position of a destination node of the message and transmitting the message to a neighboring node selected from a plurality of neighboring nodes as a function of said destination geographical position and as a function of a location table, the location table including the geographical position of at least one neighboring node. In some embodiments, the method comprises receiving path data from a neighboring node on board a first vehicle, the path data representing a planned path for the first vehicle and updating said location table as a function of the path data. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063244 | Method and Base Station for Controlling Interference - A method and base station ( | 03-05-2015 |
20150063245 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT OF UPLINK POWER CONTROL - Disclosed are a method and user equipment of uplink power control. The method comprises the steps of: UE determines the target transmission power of uplink signal which transmitted on each synchronization uplink component carrier of current uplink sub-frame; Judging whether PRACH transmission exists on uplink secondary component carrier of current uplink sub-frame; If judged that there is, determining the PRACH target transmission power, and further judging that whether the sum of the uplink signal power and the PRACH target transmission power exceeds the maximum transmission power of UE; If judged exceeded, holding the PRACH target transmission power constant, and reducing the target transmission power of all or part of SC-FDMA symbol of uplink signal which is contained in current uplink sub-frame and needed to reduce power. The technical scheme of present invention is using for uplink power control when PRACH signal is overlap with other uplink signal. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063246 | METHOD OF MANAGING DATA BEARERS IN A WIRELESS ACCESS DEVICE AND UES - In the converged access environment of multiple radio access modes, such as a cellular mobile network and a WLAN etc. the existing technology can't set up and manage the radio bearer, over a WLAN, corresponding to the data bearer in the cellular mobile network. The invention provides a method of managing data bearers in a wireless access device, wherein, the access device integrates the access functions of a first bearer network and a second bearer network, the method comprises the following steps: a. maintaining a radio bearer with UEs, the radio bearer (Wi-Fi radio bearer) being used for bidirectional data transmission and based on the second bearer network; b. maintaining a backhaul data bearer (S bearer) with the connected serving gateways of the first bearer network; c. binding the radio bearer and the backhaul data bearer. By adopting the invention, the backhaul data bearer of a LTE network can seamlessly converge with the radio bearer of a Wi-Fi network, thereby achieving that the mobile data traffic is transported over a Wi-Fi. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063247 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING HARQ FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present application is a method for performing HARQ for device-to-device communication by a first user equipment in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises: receiving scheduling information for signal transmission from an eNode B to a second user equipment; transmitting data to the specific user equipment in a first subframe according to the scheduling information; and transmitting the data or new data to the second user equipment in a third subframe according to a response signal to the data, wherein the response signal is transmitted from the second UE to the eNode B in a second subframe positioned between the first subframe and the third subframe, and an interval between the first subframe and the third subframe, which is an HARQ period for the device-to-device communication, is set as a power number of an HARQ period between the first user equipment and the eNodeB. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063248 | Transmission method and apparatus based on point-to-point wireless communication - The disclosure discloses a transmission method and a transmission apparatus based on point-to-point wireless communication. The method includes that: a state machine of a sending-receiving terminal performs state transition according to a received training frame; and when the state machine of the sending-receiving terminal is transferred to a data frame sending state, user data is sent. According to the disclosure, the sending-receiving terminal sends a preset training frame in a synchronous linking process so as to promote the rapid linking of two peer nodes; the saved linking time is spent to send data so as to increase the throughput of the user data; due to the state transition of the state machine, a receiver can determine the arrival time of a data frame, thereby improving the stability and the reliability of the system; and moreover, the training of the training frame can ensure that a receiver decodes a first data frame successfully, so that the flow of judging whether the received data is the user data by the receiver is simplified and the efficiency is improved. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063249 | GATEWAY RESELECTION - A method of managing a data connection between a user device and a network of content caches, the user device and content caches being connectable via a network of gateway servers. The method comprising: in response to a request for content data issued by the user device, receiving content location data stored within at least one content cache from a content locator unit; determining which one of the caches is the closest to the user device; determining whether the packet data connection could be better served using a different gateway server; and if it is determined that a different gateway server should be used, causing the current data connection to move from the current gateway server to the different gateway server. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063250 | Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request in Communications - A method for hybrid automatic repeat request HARQ signalling in a communications system is disclosed. The method includes defining, in a communications apparatus, a link-independent HARQ entity for one link direction, wherein the defined entity includes a resource allocation for one or more of forward link and reverse link data, the resource allocation including at least one HARQ process having a process identification, each HARQ process having a unique HARQ identification, a data allocation having a predetermined timing offset with respect to the resource allocation, and a HARQ acknowledgement allocation having a predetermined timing offset with respect to the data allocation, wherein the timing offset of the HARQ acknowledgement with respect to the data allocation is determined in terms of time division duplexing TDD frames and independently of a forward link-reverse link ratio. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063251 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EXTENDING A REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT ON A WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems, methods, and devices for extending the duration of a reverse direction grant are described herein. In some aspects, a method of wireless communication includes transmitting, via a first device, a first message, the first message indicating a duration of a transmission opportunity of the first device, receiving, via the first device, a second message; and decoding, via the first device, the second message to determine a new duration of the transmission opportunity. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063252 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL RECEPTION IN COOPERATIVE MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus may be used to enable reception of a downlink (DL) shared channel in a cooperative multipoint transmission (CoMP). The method and apparatus may determine whether CoMP is applied to a transmission. The method and apparatus may acquire other CoMP related information. The method and apparatus may apply to non-transparent CoMP scenarios. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063253 | METHODS FOR NEIGHBOR CSI-RS DETECTION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for identifying channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) from a non-serving cell in a wireless communications network. A subset of virtual cell identity (VCID) candidates may be identified, and one or more CSI-RS locations for one or more CSI-RS in a received signal from a non-serving cell may be determined The CSI-RS locations may be determined based on periodicity properties of CSI-RS transmissions of the subset of VCID candidates. The one or more determined locations in the received signal may be used to identify the one or more CSI-RS in the received signal through searching the locations for all available VCIDs in a set of VCIDs. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063254 | LOW-COMPLEXITY PRECODER DESIGN FOR LARGE-SCALE MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and system are provided. The method includes providing transmit precoders for a multiple-input and multiple-output communication system having a plurality of transmit antennas. The plurality of transmit antennas are for forming, using precoding, a plurality of channels such that each of the plurality of channels are configurable to serve a respective one of a plurality of users. The providing step includes imposing a respective average transmit antenna power constraint on each of the plurality of transmit antennas. The providing step further includes determining a diagonal precoder responsive to applying column scaling to a downlink channel matrix having a plurality of rows and a plurality of columns. The providing step additionally includes generating, from the diagonal precoder, a weighted precoder in accordance with the respective average antenna power constraint by optimizing a weighted sum-rate obtained upon transmitting respective signals over the plurality of channels. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063255 | TONE ALLOCATION FOR MULTIPLE ACCESS WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method includes generating a data packet at an access point. The data packet is to be communicated using a waveform that includes a first set of tones that is allocated to a first destination device and a second set of tones that is allocated to a second destination device. The first set of tones is non-overlapping with respect to the second set of tones, and each tone of the first set of tones and each tone of the second set of tones is an orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA) tone. The method also includes transmitting the data packet to the first destination device via an institute of electrical and electronics engineers (IEEE) 802.11 wireless network and transmitting the data packet to the second destination device via the IEEE 802.11 wireless network. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063256 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR IMPROVED UTILIZATION OF A WIRELESS MEDIUM - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are provided. In an embodiment, a method of determining communication parameters for wireless communication includes receiving, at an access point, a probe request comprising a transmission power indication. The method further includes determining a received transmission power. The method further includes estimating a path-loss based on the transmission power indication and received transmission power. The method further includes transmitting a first probe response using a first set of communication parameters defining a first rate. The method further includes transmitting a second probe response using a second set of communication parameters defining a second rate when the access point does not receive an acknowledgement to the first probe response within a timeout period, the second rate being lower than the first rate. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063257 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication is provided. The method includes transmitting a scheduling message to one or more stations. The scheduling message requests the one or more stations to transmit a station information message in response to the scheduling message. The method further includes receiving a plurality of station information messages. The station information messages indicates station information. The method further includes transmitting a media access control multi user (MAC MU) scheduling message to two or more stations. The MAC MU scheduling message is included in a payload portion of a physical layer data unit (PPDU) and indicates an uplink transmission opportunity and requests the two or more stations to concurrently transmit uplink data at a specific time. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063258 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK - A method for wireless communication is provided. The method comprises transmitting a first wireless message comprising a request for a first user terminal to transmit uplink data and an indication of at least one requested operational parameter. The method also comprises receiving a second wireless message from an access point in response to the first wireless message, the second wireless message indicating whether a plurality of user terminals including the first user terminal is selected to transmit uplink data, the second wireless message indicating at least one operational parameter for transmission of uplink data based on the at least one requested operational parameter. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063259 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PARTIAL BANDWIDTH CARRIER AGGREGATION - Systems and methods which provide partial bandwidth support of secondary cells for Carrier Aggregation (referred to as Partial Bandwidth Carrier Aggregation) are disclosed. Partial Bandwidth Carrier Aggregation according to embodiments implements wireless links using a plurality of cells with a user equipment (UE), as a means to improve the UE throughput, by using of a portion of the secondary cell bandwidth to accommodate bandwidth limitations of the UE and thereby facilitates the aggregation of component carriers (or portions thereof) when Carrier Aggregation would not otherwise be possible. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063260 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for performing a device to device discovery in a wireless communication system. The method includes a first UE connects with a network. The method also includes the first UE receives a request from the network instructing the first UE to perform a D2D discovery to find a second UE. The method further includes the first UE performs the D2D discovery. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063261 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING VOICE PACKET AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE IMPLEMENTING THE SAME - A method for enhancing the voice quality of received voice in VoLTE (Voice over Longterm Evolution) includes setting a call with another electronic device, performing a Tx voice enhancement process on first voice data received from a voice input unit, encoding the first voice data, and second voice data received from the voice input unit, following the first voice data, synthesizing the first voice data and the second data, and converting the synthesized voice data into a voice packet and transmitting the voice packet to another electronic device. Other electronic devices for voice packet transmission/reception are also disclosed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063262 | SUBFRAME DEPENDENT PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) REGION DESIGN - According to certain aspects, resources allocated to a user equipment (UE) for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmissions may be determined in a subframe-type dependent manner. As a result, PUCCH regions for different subframes may vary based on the subframe types. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063263 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING SYSTEM INFORMATION THEREOF - A communication system for supporting carrier aggregation and a method and apparatus for updating system information thereof are disclosed. A method for providing system information in the communication system supporting carrier aggregation includes: when system information of said communication system changes, generating first information including information for indicating the change of system information; determining a first cell of a terminal related to the change of system information, wherein said first cell is one of cells to which said terminal connects, and corresponds to a carrier unit currently used by said terminal for keeping connection with a base station of said communication system; and transmitting said first information to said terminal through said first cell. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063264 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile station (MS) that transmits uplink data on a PUSCH, the PUSCH being assigned by using a PDCCH. The MS receives a radio resource control signal including first information instructing the MS apparatus to periodically transmit first reception quality information (RQI) and receives, on the PDCCH, second information instructing the MS to transmit second RQI on the PUSCH. The MS transmits only the second RQI on the PUSCH in a case that the transmission of the first RQI which is instructed by using the first information and the transmission of the second RQI which is instructed by using the second information would occur at the same time, where the second RQI is transmitted together with the uplink data on the PUSCH and an amount of resources for the second RQI is determined based on a size of the PUSCH assigned by using the PDCCH. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063265 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BAND SYSTEM - A method is described for receiving data from a base station by a first type user equipment (UE) capable of using a plurality of frequency bands based on resource allocation in a first wireless mobile communication system capable of using the plurality of frequency bands. Each of the plurality of frequency bands has a respective bandwidth for a second wireless mobile communication system. Specific control information is received from the base station indicating whether a specific frequency band among the plurality of frequency bands is used for downlink resource allocation or not. Control information reception resources comprise a common resource area and a first type UE-specific resource area. The common resource area is for both the first type UE and a second type UE, the second type UE adapted for the second wireless mobile communication system not capable of using the plurality of frequency bands. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063266 | METHOD OF REDUCING TRANSMISSION POWER AND TERMINAL THEREOF - A method of reducing transmission power. The method is performed by a user equipment and includes calculating a maximum power reduction (MPR) on maximum output power for transmission with non-contiguous resource allocation in a single component carrier; and transmitting a signal based on the MPR. The MPR is determined according to the following equation: MPR=CEIL {M | 03-05-2015 |
20150063267 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNA - A method for transmitting channel status information (CSI) of downlink transmission via uplink in a wireless communication system includes transmitting a rank indicator (RI) and a precoder type indicator (PTI) at a first subframe, transmitting at a second subframe a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI) when the PTI has a first value and transmitting a second PMI and a wideband channel quality indicator (WB CQI) when the PTI has a second value, and transmitting at a third subframe a second PMI and a WB CQI when the PTI has a first value and transmitting a subband (SB) CQI and a second PMI when the PTI has a second value. A user equipment (UE) preferred precoding matrix is indicated by a combination of the first PMI and the second PMI. Subsampled codebooks of precoding codebooks of individual Rank-2, Rank-3 and Rank-4 are applied to the second PMI. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063268 | Beamforming Codeword Exchange between Base Stations - A first base station receives from a second base station at least one message comprising beamforming information indicating at least one second beamforming codeword. The at least one second beamforming codeword has a number of rows or columns equal to or less than a number of antenna ports employed by the second base station for beamforming. The first base station selects at least one first beamforming codeword. The selection is based, at least in part, on the beamforming information. The first base station transmits employing the at least one first beamforming codeword, signals on at least one resource block. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063269 | Method, User Equipment and Base Station for Transmitting Uplink Control Information - The disclosure discloses a method for transmitting uplink control information. The method includes: receiving, by a user equipment, a carrier activation command or a carrier deactivation command in a downlink subframe n; updating a first downlink activated carrier set according to the received carrier activation command or the carrier deactivation command into a second downlink activated carrier set; taking the second downlink activated carrier set as a current downlink activated carrier set corresponding to a first uplink subframe which belongs to a subframe set of an uplink subframe n+k and uplink subframe(s) after the uplink subframe n+k; sorting X piece(s) of Uplink Control Information (UCI) corresponding to X downlink carrier(s) according to a sorting rule, and transmitting the sorted X pieces of UCI to a base station in the first uplink subframe. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063270 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING AND DE-ACTIVATING UPLINK OF SECONDARY CELL OF TERMINAL - A method and device for activating and de-activating an uplink of a secondary cell of a terminal. The method includes: determining a number of component carrier waves an RF chain of the terminal can simultaneously receive; determining an activation method to be used for uplink activation according to the number of component carrier waves; and, based on needs, sending information that carries the activation method. Using the method and device, one can determine the activation or de-activation method according to the number of the component carrier waves the terminal's RF chain can simultaneously receive, thus conserving electricity consumption of the terminal and avoiding communication interruptions. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063271 | RECEIVING APPARATUS AND RECEIVING METHOD - A receiver receives, using a plurality of antennas, a multiplexed signal that includes (i) a first OFDM modulation signal with a subcarrier carrying a symbol including multiplex information and a subcarrier carrying a pilot symbol and a subcarrier carrying a data symbol and (ii) a second OFDM modulation signal with a subcarrier carrying a symbol including multiplex information and a subcarrier carrying the pilot symbol and a subcarrier carrying the data symbol. A decoder uses the symbol including multiplex information and decodes the data symbol. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063272 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a radio communication system using OCC for DMRS, a base station apparatus correctly receives PUSCH. If a first mode is set in which a demodulation reference signal of a physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined in advance or if a temporary C-RNTI was used for a transmission of downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined in advance, and if a second mode is set in which the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined on the basis of cyclic shift information in the downlink control information and moreover, if an RNTI other than the temporary C-RNTI was used for the transmission of the downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined on the basis of the cyclic shift information in the downlink control information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063273 | DIGITAL BASEBAND TRANSPORT IN TELECOMMUNICATIONS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS - A telecommunications system is provided that includes a unit for communicating channelized digital baseband signals with remotely located units. The channelized digital baseband signals include call information for wireless communication. The unit includes a channelizer section and a transport section. The channelizer section can extract, per channel, the channelized digital baseband signals using channel filters and digital down-converters. The transport section can format the channelized digital baseband signals for transport together using a transport schedule unit for packetizing and packet scheduling the channelized digital baseband signals. A signal processing subsystem can control a gain of uplink digital baseband signals, independently, that are received from the remotely located units prior to summing the uplink digital baseband signals. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063274 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECONFIGURING COMMON ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL RESOURCE, BASE STATION AND RNC - The present application is applicable to the communications field and provides a method and a system for reconfiguring a common enhanced dedicated channel resource, a base station, and an RNC, according to aspects of the present application, a system for reconfiguring a common enhanced dedicated channel resource is provided, where the system includes the base station and/or the radio network controller. In the present application, resource utilization may be improved effectively, and access of a user equipment in a dedicated channel state is not delayed. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063275 | METHOD FOR ALLOWING TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - A method and a user equipment (UE) are described for transmitting power headroom (PH) information in a wireless communication system. A primary cell and at least one secondary cell are configured with the UE. One logical channel identifier (LCID) field is configured in a medium access control (MAC) sub-header. The one LCID field indicates a presence of a PH MAC control element (CE). A MAC protocol data unit (PDU) comprising the MAC sub-header and the PH MAC CE is transmitted. The PH MAC CE includes PH information for both the primary cell and the at least one secondary cell. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063276 | SERVICE CONNECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD IN PORTABLE TERMINAL - A call connection method and apparatus are disclosed. When a service is released in a portable terminal that supports different communication modes due to a network problem, the call connection method and apparatus reconnects the service to another network. The call connection method includes performing a first service through a first network, analyzing, when the connected first service is released, the cause of disconnection, acquiring, when the cause of disconnection is a problem in the first network, connection information, and attempting to connect a second service through a second network based on the connection information. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063277 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a mobile communication system in which an space of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) for a mobile station apparatus to search is defined based on a mobile station identity assigned from a base station apparatus, the base station apparatus places a PDCCH including a first mobile station identity or a PDCCH including a second mobile station identity in a search space of a PDCCH corresponding to the first mobile station identity when the base station apparatus assigns a plurality of mobile station identities to the mobile station apparatus, and when a plurality of mobile station identities is assigned from the base station apparatus, the mobile station apparatus performs decoding processing of the PDCCH including the first mobile station identity and the PDCCH including the second mobile station identity in the search space of the PDCCH corresponding to the first mobile station identity. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063278 | Method and Apparatus in a Wireless Communications System - A method in a user equipment for requesting that a base station schedule the user equipment for an uplink data transmission to the base station is provided. The user equipment comprises a buffer. Directly or indirectly responsive to receiving data into the buffer to be transmitted to the base station, the user equipment generates a scheduling request trigger. The scheduling request trigger is configured to trigger the sending of a scheduling request to the base station if the trigger is pending at the next scheduling request opportunity, and to remain pending until it is cancelled. The user equipment cancels the pending scheduling request trigger when the data is accounted for in a buffer status report, which reports the size of the buffer to the base station, or when the data is included directly in a scheduled uplink data transmission whichever occurs first. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063279 | Method And System For Intermediate Node Quality Of Service Negotiations - Disclosed are a method and system for an intermediate node, which negotiates a Quality of Service (QoS) contract with two or more secondary nodes, to maintain a record of previous contract agreements to use as the basis for future contracts and to select the negotiation order with the secondary nodes based on a configurable rule set. The intermediate node selects the secondary node which is deemed to be (predicted as) most restrictive to begin QoS negotiations. The intermediate node dynamically creates for a specific user a new QoS profile to begin the QoS negotiations based on current system loading and historical QoS precedents. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063280 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - The present invention provides a method and a device for data transmission. The method includes: according to a preconfigured second table, selecting a TBS value, where the second table is used for describing a corresponding relationship among a TBS value, the number of RBs and a TBS index, the number of RBs corresponding to the selected TBS value is smaller than or equal to a specific value, a modulation mode corresponding to a TBS index which corresponds to the selected TBS value is QPSK, and the selected TBS value is capable of satisfying the rate requirement required during transmission time interval TTI bundling transmission; and according to the selected TBS value, transmitting data carried by a PUSCH using bundled TTIs. The embodiments of the present invention can improve the coverage at a PUSCH medium data rate. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION ON ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - In transmitting information on an enhanced physical downlink control channel, it obtains, according to a first aggregation level to which a first enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) candidate belongs, a first enhanced control channel element (eCCE) or a control channel element (CCE) resource to which the first E-PDCCH candidate is mapped in a first resource block pair (PRB) resource, where eCCE or CCE resources to which E-PDCCH candidates on the first aggregation level are mapped in the first PRB resource are different from each other, and the first PRB resource includes a PRB in which an E-PDCCH candidate on each aggregation level and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in each subframe are multiplexed; it determines a first demodulation reference signal (DMRS) port corresponding to a reference signal corresponding to the first E-PDCCH candidate; and respectively transmits, on a subcarrier corresponding to the first DMRS port and the first eCCE or CCE resource, the reference signal and a data part corresponding to the first E-PDCCH candidate. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063282 | USER EQUIPMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are described for transmitting a channel state information (CSI) reporting at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. A rank indicator (RI) and a first type precoding matrix indicator (PMI) are transmitted to a base station (BS) according to a first CSI feedback type. A second type PMI and a channel quality information (CQI) are transmitted to the BS according to a second CSI feedback type. The RI and the first type PMI are jointly coded, and transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). A reporting period of the first type PMI is longer than a reporting period of the second type PMI. The first type PMI is a wideband PMI, and the second type PMI is a subband PMI. The reporting period of the first type PMI is equal to a reporting period of the RI. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063283 | Single Stream Phase Tracking During Channel Estimation In A Very High Throughput Wireless MIMO Communication System - In a multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) system, a wireless node's receive chain demodulation function is enhanced to include phase tracking. VHT Long Training Fields (LTFs) embedded in a frame preamble are used for phase tracking. Single stream pilot tones are added during transmission of VHT-LTFs. A receiver estimates the channel using the pilot tones in a first set of LTFs. A second set of LTFs are used to estimate the phase of the pilot tones using the estimated channel. The phase estimation is continuously applied to other received data tones throughout the VHT-LTFs of data symbols. Phase errors due to PLL mismatches and phase noise are reduced at reception, leading to better signal to noise ratio for different levels of drift and frequency offset. Further, MIMO channel estimation is more accurate, improving the overall wireless network when the accurate MIMO channel estimation data participates in calibration and handshake between wireless nodes. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063284 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION FOR GENERATING PILOT SEQUENCE - The present invention discloses are a method, a user equipment, and a base station for generating a pilot sequence. The method includes: determining a first parameter used to generate a pilot sequence in a first parameter candidate set, where the first parameter candidate set includes at least two timeslot numbers of the following timeslot numbers: a timeslot number obtained after downlink synchronization, a predefined timeslot number, timeslot numbers in a second type pilot configuration parameter, a timeslot number obtained from a high layer notification, and a timeslot number obtained from a dynamic notification, where a second type pilot is different from a pilot corresponding to the pilot sequence; and generating the pilot sequence according to the first parameter. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063285 | Non-Beacon Network Communications Using Frequency Subbands - Systems and methods for designing, using, and/or implementing non-beacon network communications using frequency subbands are described. In various implementations, these systems and methods may be applicable to Power Line Communications (PLC). For example, a method may include transmitting a beacon request message over a given one of a plurality of frequency subbands, receiving a plurality of beacons in response to having transmitted the beacon request message, each of the plurality of beacons received over a respective one of the plurality of frequency subbands, and calculating a downlink quality report based, at least in part, upon the received beacons. The method may also include transmitting the downlink quality report over each of the plurality of frequency subbands and receiving a subband allocation command in response to having transmitted the downlink quality report, the subband allocation command indicating a downlink subband assignment and an uplink subband assignment. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063286 | METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method in a network control node for transmission of control channel signals in a wireless communication system, the wireless communication system employing scheduling of physical resource blocks (PRBs) used for each new transmission of a control channel signal, wherein each control channel signal is related to one or more control channel elements (CCEs); the method comprising the steps of: removing user specific reference signals in associated physical resource blocks (PRBs) if the associated physical resource blocks (PRBs) comprises at least one control channel signal; inserting control channel signals in the associated physical resource blocks (PRBs); and transmitting the associated physical resource blocks (PRBs). Furthermore, the invention also relates to a computer program, a computer program product, and a network control node device thereof. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063287 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING REFERENCE SIGNAL RECEIVED POWER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and device for reporting reference signal received power. A base station determines at least one first channel-state information reference signal CSI-RS resource used by a terminal to report reference signal received power RSRP, where the first CSI-RS resource includes at least one antenna port group, and the antenna port group includes at least one antenna port; the base station sends first CSI-RS resource configuration information to the terminal, where the first CSI-RS resource configuration information carries the at least one first CSI-RS resource; and the base station receives RSRP that is of each antenna port group included in the first CSI-RS resource and is reported by the terminal. The embodiments of the present invention save overheads of reporting RSRP. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONSTRUCTING VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT LONG TRAINING FIELD SEQUENCES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for constructing a training sequence as a part of transmission preamble in an effort to minimize (or at least reduce) a peak-to-average power ratio (PAPR) at a transmitting node. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063289 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal in a MIMO wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor are disclosed. The method for transmitting sounding reference signals (SRSs) in a MIMO wireless communication system comprises receiving sounding reference signal parameters from a base station; receiving information of the number of sounding reference signals which will be transmitted at a transmission time instant from the base station; if a plurality of sounding reference signals are provided, generating the sounding reference signals corresponding to each of the plurality of antennas by using the sounding reference signal parameters; and transmitting the generated sounding reference signals to the base station through their corresponding antennas at a specific transmission instant. | 03-05-2015 |
20150063290 | SELECTING A FREQUENCY BAND FROM A SET OF CANDIDATE FREQUENCY BANDS ASSOCIATED WITH A WIRELESS ACCESS POINT - A method includes determining, at a wireless access point, a signal quality indicator associated with a user device in communication with the wireless access point. The method also includes determining, based on the signal quality indicator, a particular frequency band of a set of candidate frequency bands to use in a channel change operation, where each candidate frequency band of the set of candidate frequency bands supports a threshold power level that enables communication between the wireless access point and the user device. The method further includes selecting a particular channel from the particular frequency band to use in the channel change operation. | 03-05-2015 |
20150071179 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION IN A WIRELESS DEVICE FOR IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE - Technology for reducing coexistence interference in a multi-radio wireless device is disclosed. In one method, a determination is made if coexistence interference is occurring in the multi-radio device. The multi-radio device is then configured to not monitor physical downlink control channels for pending uplink transmissions in a wireless wide area network (WWAN) transceiver in the multi-radio device that occur during an unscheduled period of discontinuous reception (DRX). | 03-12-2015 |
20150071180 | COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY - There is provided a method, comprising: receiving, by a target node of a wireless access network, a signal from a first source node; determining the angular sector in which the first source node is located with respect to the target node; responding to the signal by both transmitting a first message omni-directionally and transmitting a second message directionally towards the angular sector; and establishing a first resource reservation on a frequency channel at least partly on the basis of transmitting the first message and the second message, wherein the first resource reservation is for performing directional data transfer with the first source node. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071181 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY ADAPTING BANDWIDTH CONSUMPTION - An approach for dynamically adapting bandwidth consumption is described. A token based access platform determines at least one tier of service of a network provider to associate with a request for the use of bandwidth of a wireless access network based on the assignment of a unique token to a user and/or a node associated with the user. The platform then generates, in real-time, an instruction to adapt the amount of bandwidth to be shared by the node associated with the user based on the determination. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071182 | System and Method for Increasing Low Density Signature Space - Embodiments are provided herein for increasing low density signature space for multiplexed transmissions for a plurality of users. The embodiments include generating a virtual signature using a combination operation on a plurality of basic signatures. The generated virtual signatures are provisioned as basic resource units (BRUs) for transmissions for corresponding users. The combination operation is a row-wise or column-wise permutation for combining, in each of the virtual signatures, rows or columns of corresponding basic signatures. The rows or columns represent sequences of frequency bands at one time interval or sequences of allocated time intervals at one frequency band. Alternatively, the combination operation is intra-basic resource unit (BRU) hopping. The embodiments also include generating a plurality of BRU sets comprised of virtual signatures. Each of the BRU sets is provisioned for a corresponding user. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071183 | DETERMINING HYBRID ARQ INDICATORS - A system and method may provide user equipment (UE)-implemented inter-cell interference mitigation. In some implementations, a method in a user equipment for Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) indicator determination includes separating received Physical HARQ Indicator Channel (PHICH) modulation symbols into two data streams: (1) PHICH modulation symbols including interference from Cell-specific Reference Symbol (CRS) transmissions, and (2) PHICH modulation symbols including substantially no interference from the CRS transmissions. The UE separately evaluates the PHICH modulation symbols including interference and the PHICH modulation symbols including substantially no interference. The UE determines a Hybrid ARQ indicator based upon a combination of the separate evaluations of the PHICH modulation symbols including interference and the PHICH modulation symbols including substantially no interference. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071184 | METHOD FOR A TRANSMITTER FOR A MULTI-CHANNEL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SENDING REAL-TIME DATA - The invention relates to a method for a transmitter for a multi-channel communication system for sending real-time sensitive data D, wherein the communication system has n sub-channels, wherein n is greater than 1, wherein the sub-channels are spatially different and/or the sub-channels have different frequencies. The method comprises the steps of receiving information about the channel state of the n sub-channels, receiving information about the number of statistically independent sub-channels m, wherein m is less than or equal to n, and receiving dataD intended to be sent. When the method is performed, data D intended to be sent are divided into Ifragments and a plurality o of messages to be sent to at least one receiver are provided, wherein the number of messages o is less than or equal to the number of statistically independent sub-channels m, wherein each of the messages has at least one fragment, wherein one of the messages additionally has at least one part of a fragment, wherein at least one fragment in the plurality o of messages is contained at least r times in different messages as a fragment and/or at least as the part of the fragment, wherein r is greater than or equal to 1, and wherein r is determined on the basis of the number of statistically independent sub-channels m present and the size of the data to be sent. Then said plurality o of messages is sent, wherein each message is sent by means of a different channel of the o channels. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071185 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BEAMFORMING - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of wireless communication beamforming. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication unit to process a beamforming frame communicated between a beamforming initiator station and a beamforming responder station subsequent to a Transmit (Tx) sector sweep by the beamforming initiator station, wherein transmission of the beamforming frame is from a first station of the beamforming initiator station or the beamforming responder station to a second station of the beamforming initiator station or the beamforming responder station, the beamforming frame comprises an indication of a selected Tx sector, based on the Tx sector sweep, to be used by the first station for transmitting a directional beamformed transmission to the second station. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071186 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE SCHEDULING FOR CO-LOCATED ACCESS POINTS - Systems and methods of scheduling data for transmission from an access point “AP” to a station in a system of multiple co-located APs may include determining whether the station is also able to receive transmitted data from another of the multiple co-located APs. If the determining is negative the data is transmitted but if the determination is positive, the data may be transmitted only after ascertaining that exclusive permission to transmit the data to the station has been granted to the AP. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071187 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK INSTRUCTION, FEEDBACK METHOD AND DEVICE - The invention discloses a method of and apparatus for indicating a feedback of and feeding back Channel State Information (CSI) and relates to the field of wireless communication technologies so as to implement a solution in which a user equipment feeds back CSI aperiodically for a set of measurement information of transmission point and/or a measurement set indicated by abuse station. In the invention, abuse station determines from a result of joint scheduling of multiple transmission points a set of measurement information of transmission point and/or a measurement set corresponding to a set of downlink carriers for which CSI is to be fed back aperiodically by a user equipment; and the base station sends to the user equipment indication information for the determined set of measurement information of transmission point and/or the determined measurement set corresponding to the set of downlink carriers for which CSI is to be fed back aperiodically. The user equipment feeds back CSI aperiodically according to the indication information. With the invention, the user equipment can feed back CSI aperiodically for the set of measurement information of transmission point and/or the measurement set indicated by the base station. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071188 | NETWORK NODE, A WIRELESS TERMINAL AND METHODS THEREIN - A method in a network node for assisting a first wireless terminal in cancelling an interfering signal from a received signal in a wireless communication network. The first wireless terminal is located in a first coverage area of a first base station. The interfering signal originates from a second base station and is intended for a second wireless terminal located in a second coverage area of the second base station in the wireless communication network. The network node provides ( | 03-12-2015 |
20150071189 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE TO DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION, METHOD FOR SUPPORTING THE SAME, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for performing and supporting device to device direct communication (D2D communication) in a wireless communication system and a device therefor. The method for performing D2D communication of a terminal comprises the steps of: transmitting a first message, which is a request from a terminal operated in an idle state for connecting D2D communication and the base station, to a base station; and receiving a second message as a response to the request from the base station, wherein the second message includes a C-RNTI (Cell-Radio Network Temporary Identifier) allocated in the terminal to be connected with the base station, a D2D-RNTI (Device to Device RNTI) allocated in the terminal for D2D communication, and/or peer discovery configuration information. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071190 | LARGE DEVIATION DELAY ANALYSIS OF QUEUE-AWARE MULTI-USER MIMO SYSTEMS WITH MULTI-TIMESCALE MOBILE-DRIVEN FEEDBACK - A subset of mobile device candidates in a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) channel of network devices is selected for having a feedback priority among a set of mobile device candidates. The selection is based on a set of queue state information of a plurality of mobile device queues for transmitter and receiver devices of the MIMO channel in a multi-user MIMO network. A portion of the subset of mobile device candidates can be selected by a scheduling component of the system. Communications on the MIMO channels can be scheduled to the portion of the subset of mobile device candidates based on the feedback comprising channel state information and on the queue state information of the plurality of mobile device queues. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071191 | Method for Coordinated Scheduling in Wireless Communication System and Apparatus Therefor - In an aspect of the present application, provided herein is a method for transmitting signals for coordinated scheduling in a wireless communication system, the method performed by a base station and comprising: transmitting, to a neighbor base station, information on a transmission scheme in a specific channel state information-interference measurement (CSI-IM) resource; and receiving, from a mobile terminal served by the base station, a measurement result with respect to a downlink signal transmitted from the neighbor base station according to the transmission scheme in the specific CSI-IM resource, wherein the transmission scheme is determined according to whether there is downlink data to be transmitted by the base station in a subframe to which the specific CSI-IM resource belongs and/or whether the mobile terminal configured with the specific CSI-IM resource is allocated a single CSI process or multiple CSI processes. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071192 | Carrier Aggregation in Communications - A legacy base station receives, from a radio network controller, information on the amount of radio network resources that is available to be reserved for user terminals utilizing LTE-HSPA carrier aggregation. The legacy base station also receives a request directly via an interface from an LTE base station to perform a setup of a connection between the LTE base station and a user terminal by utilizing LTE-HSPA carrier aggregation. Based on the request, the legacy base station checks the received information in order to decide whether or not to grant the LTE base station a permission to set up the connection between the LTE base station and the user terminal by utilizing LTE-HSPA carrier aggregation. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071193 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT, AND SIGNAL RECEPTION METHOD AND BASE STATION - According to the present invention, user equipment performs an HARQ operation for a signal in consideration of the interference experienced by the signal when the signal is received by the user equipment. An apparatus transmitting a signal to the user equipment retransmits the signal in consideration of the interference experienced by the signal when the signal reaches the user equipment on the basis of ACK/NACK information from the user equipment. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071194 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting data. In the method for transmitting data, a first transmission point can determine a reference signal sequence r(m) and transmit the determined reference signal sequence r(m) to a terminal. A parameter ns from among parameters for generating an initial value c_init of a pseudorandom sequence in order to determine the reference signal sequence can be determined on the basis of the slot number of a wireless frame, which a second transmission point transmits to the terminal. Accordingly, the demodulation performance of the terminal can be enhanced. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071195 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a reference signal (RS). The method for enabling user equipment (UE) of the wireless communication system to transmit an uplink signal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving information on candidates of a first parameter set used for generating a sequence of a first RS; and generating and transmitting a sequence of a second RS using a second parameter set determined among the candidates of the first parameter set. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a reference signal (RS). The method for enabling user equipment (UE) of the wireless communication system to transmit an uplink signal according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: receiving information on a plurality of parameter sets used for generating a sequence of RS; and generating and transmitting the sequence of the RS using one parameter set determined among the plurality of parameter sets. The parameters constituting the plurality of parameter sets can comprise the parameters commonly applied to the plurality of parameter sets and the parameters individually applied to the plurality of parameter sets. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071197 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - An anchor radio base station | 03-12-2015 |
20150071198 | METHOD OF RANDOMLY ACCESSING A SECONDARY CELL AND RECEIVING DATA - The existing technology focuses on the case of the same timing advance (TA) in carrier aggregation, not supporting randomly accessing a SCell in the multi-TA carrier aggregation. The invention provides a method of randomly accessing a SCell and receiving data. For a procedure of randomly accessing a secondary cell (SCell), the UE has accessed a primary cell (PCell), the PCell and the SCell belong to different timing advance groups, the first cell transmits (A, A′, B) a random access command to the UE, the command is used for instructing the UE to access the SCell; According to the random access command, the UE transmits (C) a random access preamble to the SCell. Preferably, the first cell comprises another cell which cross-carrier schedules the SCell or the SCell. The invention provides a technical solution of randomly accessing a SCell in a multi-TA scenario, which fills the gaps in the existing technology. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071199 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - An anchor radio base station | 03-12-2015 |
20150071200 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a communication system, a base station apparatus and a communication method that are suitable for carrier aggregation in a HetNet. In a communication system which provides a first transmission point ( | 03-12-2015 |
20150071201 | Methods and Apparatus in a Wireless Communication System for Transmitting and Receiving User Data On a Non-Legacy Carrier - A base station ( | 03-12-2015 |
20150071202 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method for transmitting uplink control information in coordinated multi-point system. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for feeding back channel state information of multiple transmission points in a coordinated multi-point cooperating set is provided, and the method includes: receiving reference signals of the multiple transmission points; based on the reference signals of the multiple transmission points, evaluating channel state information of each of the multiple transmission points; multiplexing and transmitting the channel state information of the multiple transmission points on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) of one of the multiple transmission points in a predetermined mapping sequence. The present invention solves the problem caused by coordinated multi-point as to how a user equipment feeds back uplink control information of multiple transmission points on a physical uplink control channel, and is beneficial to further development and application of the coordinated multi-point technology. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071203 | WIRELESS EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL THROUGH REDUCED TRANSMISSION RESOURCE BLOCK AND POWER, AND ENODEB - According to one embodiment of the present invention, provided is a wireless equipment for transmitting an uplink signal through a reduced transmission resource block (RB) in a wireless communication system. The wireless equipment can comprise: a processor; and a radio frequency (RF) unit for transmitting an uplink signal under control of the processor. When the RF unit is set to a predetermined channel bandwidth and a predetermined frequency range and must satisfy a predetermined maximum allowed value of spurious radiation to protect another frequency range, the uplink signal can be transmitted according to a predetermined maximum number of RBs instead of a total number of RBs for the predetermined channel bandwidth. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071204 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and apparatus for controlling a channel access in a wireless LAN system. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the objective of the present invention is to provide a method for controlling a channel access in a station (STA) of the wireless communication system comprising the steps of: receiving a frame which includes a response frame indication field in a physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) header of the frame; and deferring the channel access of the STA during a predetermined period of time which is determined on the basis of the response frame indication field. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071205 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEARCHING A PREDEFINED SIGNATURE SEQUENCE - A wireless telecommunications system including at least one base station, a first terminal device and a second terminal device, wherein the first terminal device is a terminal device of a first type and the second terminal device is a terminal device of a second type, the second type being different from the first type, and wherein the at least one base station is configured to communicate data which is specific to the first terminal device in a synchronous manner and to communicate data which is specific to the second terminal device in a non-synchronous manner. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071206 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting sounding reference signals in wireless communication systems. The method includes the steps of: receiving sounding reference signal (SRS) setting information indicating an SRS transmitting scheme for an uplink carrier; and transmitting the SRS in the SRS transmitting scheme determined on the basis of the SRS setting information, wherein the SRS transmitting scheme is intended for transmitting the SRS in all of the bands of the uplink carrier, or in some of the bands of the uplink carrier. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071207 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR DIRECT D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for performing direct D2D communication by means of a first device in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method includes the steps of: detecting a scheduling message from a plurality of first subframes in which the search region of the scheduling message for D2D direct communication is activated; and performing direct D2D communication with a second device in a second subframe on the basis of the scheduling message, wherein the scheduling message includes an instructor instructing the direct D2D communication. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071208 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method for a base station to transmit a downlink signal in a wireless communication system, including the step of transmitting information related to a downlink subframe, wherein the information related to the downlink subframe is a subframe set for uplink transmission. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071209 | TTI BUNDLING METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a transmission time interval (TTI) bundling method in wireless access systems and to an apparatus for same. In particular, the TTI bundling method includes the following steps: a terminal receives information indicating the bundling size value from a base station; the terminal automatically re-transmits packets through a predetermined number of TTIs following four TTIs without the reception of Acknowledgement/Negative-ACK (ACK/NACK) information for the packets from the base station; the terminal receives the ACK/NACK information for the packets from the base station; and the terminal retransmits packets in a Hybrid Automatic Repeat and Request (HARQ) scheme when receiving the NACK, wherein the predetermined number of TTIs is determined according to the bundling size value. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071210 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR LOCAL GATEWAY ADDRESS UPDATING - The present document discloses a method and apparatus for updating a local gateway (LGW) address. The method may include a destination donor NodeB receiving local gateway address assignment information and, according to the local gateway address assignment information, if the destination donor NodeB determines that an IP address is required to be assigned to a local gateway co-located in a mobile relay node, then assigning an IP address to the local gateway, and sending the IP address of the local gateway to a service gateway. An apparatus, located in the destination donor NodeB, may include a receiving module, an assigning module, and a sending module. Another apparatus, located in the mobile relay node, may include a judgment module and a storage module. Another apparatus, located in the service gateway servicing a UE, may include a receiving module and an updating module. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071211 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. The method for accessing a channel from a station (STA) in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from an access point (AP) a first frame including a traffic indication map (TIM) and a restricted access window (RAW) parameter set component; determining a RAW in which channel access of the STA is permitted, on the basis of the RAW parameter set (RPS) component; and transmitting a second frame to the AP from within the RAW that is determined, wherein the RAW includes at least one slot, the RPS component includes at least one RAW allocation field, each of the at least one RAW allocation field includes a RAW duration field and a slot duration field, and wherein an index of a slot which is allocated to the STA can be determined on the basis of an association identifier (AID) of the STA and the number of the slots in the RAW. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071212 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING D2D DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting device-to-device (D2D) data in a wireless communication system is provided. A first terminal establishes a D2D link with a second terminal. The first terminal transmits a scheduling request (SR) for an uplink and an SR for the D2D link to a base station. The first terminal receives, from the base station, scheduling information on the D2D link determined on the basis of the SR for the D2D link. The first terminal transmits D2D data to the second terminal on the basis of the scheduling information | 03-12-2015 |
20150071213 | Uplink Signalling Overhead - The invention relates to an apparatus including at least one processor and at least one memory including a computer program code, the at least one memory and the computer program code configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus at least to: convey a scheduling request, channel quality information and information on a transmission buffer status by using a same transmission format, wherein resources of the same transmission format used for reporting the channel quality information and the transmission buffer status depend on a content of an indication of the scheduling request. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071214 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR ASSOCIATING A CONTACT IDENTIFIER WITH A BROADCAST SOURCE - A media device including a broadcast receiver that receives broadcast media from a plurality of broadcast sources where the broadcast receiver is tunable to a first broadcast source. The media device also includes a data store that stores a list of contact identifiers where each contact identifier is associated with a broadcast source. The media device includes a user interface that: i) provides a prompt to a user to enable the user to initiate contact with the first broadcast source, and ii) receives a user indication to initiate contact with the first broadcast source. The media device further includes a transceiver that initiates the contact with the first broadcast source by sending a communications session request via a communications network to the first broadcast source that includes a contact identifier associated with the first broadcast source. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071215 | MIDPACKET DETECTION SCHEMES FOR CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT (CCA) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for detecting ongoing transmissions and assessing channel state, based on midpacket detection. One example method generally includes receiving signals on a primary channel; detecting, based on the received signals, occurrence or non-occurrence of a first ongoing packet transmission on a primary channel; and generating at least one of a busy signal or an idle signal based on the detection. In this manner, collisions may be avoided. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071216 | ALLOWING MASS RE-ONBOARDING OF HEADLESS DEVICES - The disclosure relates to allowing mass re-onboarding of onboardee devices. An onboarder device receives updated network configuration parameters for a local wireless network, and sends the updated network configuration parameters and a delay parameter to one or more onboardee devices, wherein the one or more user devices reconnect to the local wireless network using the updated network configuration parameters at a time indicated by the delay parameter. An onboardee device receives updated network configuration parameters for a local wireless network, receives a delay parameter indicating a time at which the updated network configuration parameters will be valid, and connects to the local wireless network at the time indicated by the delay parameter using the updated network configuration parameters. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071217 | TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, RECEIVING APPARATUS, MANAGING APPARATUS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A transmitting apparatus includes a first communicator, a designator, and a second communicator. The first communicator sends out a message by wireless broadcast communication to plural first communication apparatus, being located within a wireless communication range of the first communicator, of plural communication apparatus that have a wireless broadcast communication function and that constitute a wireless multi-hop network. The designator designates a second communication apparatus that is located outside the wireless communication range of the first communicator and that can establish a first communication channel, from among the plural communication apparatus having a the wireless broadcast communication function. The second communicator is wider in a communication range than the first communicator. The second communicator establishes the first communication channel with the second communication apparatus designated by the designator. The second communicator sends out the message over the established first communication channel. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071218 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING SLOT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for assigning slot. Wherein the method includes: constructing an HELLO packet, the HELLO packet including correlation information of multiple reservation slots requested by a local node, or including correlation information of multiple reservation slots requested by a local node and correlation information of multiple reservation slots requested by at least one neighbor node of the local node; and transmitting the HELLO packet, so that a node receiving the HELLO packet authenticates the multiple reservation slots requested by the local node according to information contained in the HELLO packet. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention, utilization of slots is improved. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method in which a terminal transmits control information in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus for the method, wherein the method comprises the following steps: spreading a control information block corresponding to one single carrier frequency division multiplexing (SC-FDMA) symbol, such that the spread control information blocks correspond to a plurality of first SC-FDMA symbols; performing a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) precoding process on the spread control information blocks on an SC-FDMA symbol basis; transmitting, in the plurality of first SC-FDMA symbols in a subframe, the DFT precoded control information blocks; and transmitting, in a plurality of second SC-FDMA symbols in the subframe, a reference signal sequence, wherein an orthogonal code is applied to the plurality of second SC-FDMA symbols in a time domain. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071220 | TRANSMITTER MANAGEMENT UNDER TRANSMITTER UNCERTAINTY - Management of transmitters is disclosed for conditions of transmission uncertainty that arises in operating over non-guaranteed transmission carriers that are required to perform listen-before-talk (LBT) processes and guaranteed transmission carriers that are LBT-exempt. Due to the hardware and software constraints, techniques are described to pre-prepare data and control transmissions or provide the transmitters additional time to prepare for such data and control transmissions based on the results of clear channel assessment (CCA) checks of the non-guaranteed transmission carriers. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071221 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR BEARING CIRCUIT SWITCHED DOMAIN SERVICE DATA OVER RADIO BEARER - A method for bearing CS-domain service data over radio bearer is disclosed. The method includes: letting CS-domain service data be borne over a radio high-speed packet data access channel according to a channel mapping relation between CS-domain service data and the radio high-speed packet data access channel. An apparatus and a system are also provided herein. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071222 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK - A method, performed by a user equipment, is described for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system. A first time alignment (TA) to a first cell belonging to a first timing advance group (TAG) is performed. A second TA to a second cell belonging to a second TAG is performed. A determination is made as to whether to transmit or drop a sounding reference signal (SRS) on a subframe. The SRS is determined to be dropped based on whether the first and second TAGs are configured, whether at least one symbol of the subframe is used to transmit the SRS toward the second cell of the second TAG and also used to transmit a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) toward the first cell of the first TAG, and whether a total uplink transmission power exceeds a maximum value. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071223 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION VIA A BROADCAST CHANNEL (BCH) AND A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL (DL_SCH) - A method including receiving, by a user equipment (UE), a block of first system information from a base station via the BCH, and receiving, by the UE, a first block of second system information from the base station via the DL_SCH. The first block of second system information is scheduled with a fixed time offset. The method further includes receiving, by the UE, a plurality of second blocks of second system information from the base station via the DL_SCH in accordance with scheduling information included in the first block of second system information. The first block of second system information includes the scheduling information, value tag information, and cell access related information. The cell access related information includes at least one of Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) identity information, tracking area information, and cell barred information. A specific control channel indicates frequency and time information. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071224 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates to a method for operating a network comprising a primary station communicating with a plurality of secondary stations, the method comprising the primary station communicating with a secondary station in a discontinuous mode; the secondary station transmitting to the primary station a control message based on the current status of the secondary station; and the primary station changing a parameter of the discontinuous mode based on the control message. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071225 | INLINE NETWORK ADDRESS TRANSLATION WITHIN A MOBILE GATEWAY ROUTER - Techniques are described for performing inline NAT functions in a forwarding element of a mobile gateway router or other device in which subscriber sessions of a mobile access network are distributed across a plurality of session management cards. The session management cards pre-allocate a public network address and port range for subscribers at the time a network connection is established in response to connection request prior to receiving any data traffic associated with the subscriber. NAT profiles are programmed into hardware forwarding elements of the mobile gateway router for inline NAT when routing subscriber traffic for the mobile access network. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071226 | HYBRID DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL METHOD AND SYSTEM - The transmission and decoding of resource blocks (RBs) transmitted via a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) antenna having a plurality of transmit antennas is disclosed. Each RB includes a plurality of resource elements (REs). Each RE is reserved for one of a common reference signal (CRS) associated with one of the transmit antennas, a dedicated reference signal (DRS) including a single beamformed or precoded pilot, a DRS including a composite beamformed or precoded pilot, and a data symbol. Each RB may include a “control type” data symbol that indicates a DRS mode associated with the RB. In one DRS mode, each DRS includes a single beamformed or precoded pilot. In another DRS mode, each DRS includes a composite beamformed or precoded pilot. In yet another DRS mode, single beamformed or precoded pilots, and composite beamformed or precoded pilots, may coexist and be transmitted simultaneously within the same RBs or in different RBs. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071227 | SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - A method is described for a device to re-establish a connection with a Donor evolved Node B (DeNB). The device communicates with the DeNB via a Un interface using a subframe for the device only. The device detects a problem associated with the Un interface, and performs a radio resource control (RRC) re-establishment procedure to re-establish a RRC connection between the device and the DeNB after detecting the problem associated with the Un interface. The device starts a timer upon detecting the problem associated with the Un interface, and releases a restriction of using the subframe for the device only, if the timer expires. An occurrence of the problem associated with the Un interface is determined in response to receiving consecutive out-of-sync indications. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071228 | DATA OFFLOAD TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data offload transmission method, apparatus and system, which relate to the field of communications and may avoid multiple collisions and retransmissions, to reduce the transmission time delay of uplink data. The method includes: obtaining, by a base station, a transmission performance parameter of user equipment on a supplementary network, configuring a user transmission restriction according to the transmission performance parameter and sending the user transmission restriction to the user equipment, for enabling the user equipment to perform data transmission on the supplementary network according to the user transmission restriction. The method provided by the embodiments of the present invention is applied to data offload transmission. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071229 | MOBILE DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A method includes: executing an application prepared by an application programming interface (API) of a platform; and establishing a network connection. A first network connection is selected based on a determination that the application specifies a network connection, or a default network connection is selected, based on a determination that the application does not specify a network connection. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071230 | Method and system of wireless communications - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction by distinguishing connection initiation of circuit switched and packet switched connections, respectively. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071231 | Handling Redundant Data in a Communication System - Explicit discard indications are used that allows a radio network controller, when operating in a multi-point High Speed Downlink Packet Access, HSDPA, scenario, to send data to a user equipment via plural radio base stations while reducing the risk for unnecessary duplicate data to be sent over the Uu interface between the radio base stations and the user equipment. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071232 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specially, the present invention relates to a method of maintaining uplink synchronization at a user equipment in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation; configuring plural uplink component carriers, wherein each of the plural uplink component carriers has a respective uplink synchronization timing; receiving a downlink control information (DCI) through a physical downlink control channel of a specific downlink component carrier, wherein the DCI indicates an initiation of random access procedure and includes a carrier indicator field indicating one of the plurality of uplink component carriers; and transmitting a random access preamble through a uplink component carrier indicated by the carrier indicator field among the plural uplink component carriers. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071233 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING WLAN CHANNEL RESOURCES AND WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and device for allocating WLAN channel resources and a wireless local area network communication system. The method includes: obtaining subcarrier allocation information, where the subcarrier allocation information is used to identify a subcarrier or a subcarrier group used to bear data, where channel quality of a subchannel where the subcarrier or the subcarrier group is located is greater than or equal to a judgment threshold; and sending data on the subcarrier according to the subcarrier allocation information. The present invention reduces a waste of transmit power of a station, and can increase a modulation order because no restriction is imposed by pull-down of a subchannel with very poor channel quality. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071234 | METHOD OF OPTIMIZING PORTIONS OF A FRAME - Methods and apparatus for transmitting modulation parameters are disclosed. The apparatus and methods provide determination of when a particular modulation scheme is used by an access point. One or more modulation parameters associated with the particular modulation scheme and one or more timing values associated with the particular modulation scheme are then determined and transmitted using a portion of a broadcast channel transmitted by the access point. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071235 | UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - Disclosed embodiments may include an apparatus having one or more processors coupled to one or more computer-readable storage media. The one or more processors may be configured to transmit and/or receive channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information, demodulation reference signals (DM-RS), uplink sounding reference signals (SRS), and power control parameters to support uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) operations. Other embodiments may be disclosed. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071236 | User Equipment, Network Node and Methods Therein - A network node for demodulating uplink transmissions from a user equipment in a multiple cell communications network can be configured to receive uplink transmissions from the user equipment over a plurality of aggregated cells. The network node transmits, to the user equipment, determined timing advance information for uplink of one or more aggregated cells out of the plurality of aggregated cells. The network node receives, from the user equipment, an uplink transmission of at least one aggregated cell out of the plurality of aggregated cells. The network node then demodulates the received uplink transmission using weighted soft values in periods in the received uplink transmission. The periods are based on the transmitted timing advance information. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071237 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MAC PDUs - With respect to generating and sending a MAC PDU by using the radio resources allocated to the mobile terminal, the level of priority between the buffer status report (BSR) and the established logical channels are defined such that the data of each logical channel and buffer status report can be more effectively, efficiently and quickly transmitted. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071238 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting channel quality information for a downlink channel. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by a User Equipment (UE), configuration information on periodic channel state information (CSI) reporting by higher layer signaling; and determining, by the UE, a channel quality information index at least based on a UE-specific reference signal overhead. The UE-specific reference signal overhead is determined according to a rank value. The method according to the one embodiment further includes transmitting the determined channel quality information index to a base station. The channel quality information index is determined further based on an assumption of no resource element allocated for a Channel Status Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS). | 03-12-2015 |
20150071239 | Application-Based Multi-Band Transmission - Described herein is a radio access provider configured to communicate with wireless access devices over frequency bands. The radio access provider receives service priorities associated with active applications of the wireless communication devices. Based at least in part on the service priorities, the radio access provider selects blocks or channels from one or more of the frequency bands for a radio communication link for each of at least a subset of the wireless communication devices. The selecting may include selecting block or channels from multiple ones of the frequency bands for the radio communication link for at least one of the subset of the wireless communication devices. The selecting may also be based at least in part on signal quality metrics for the frequency bands, cross-correlations of the frequency bands, or power capacities of the wireless communication devices. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071240 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving an acknowledgement (ACK) signal from at least one access terminal (AT) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. More specifically, the method includes transmitting at least one packet via a packet data channel from an access network (AN), receiving at least one ACK signal from the at least one AT using same channelization resources, wherein each AT is assigned a code specific to each AT, and identifying the ACK signal corresponding to the transmitted packet from the received at least one ACK signal. | 03-12-2015 |
20150071241 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MUTING INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING CHANNEL STATE USING SAME - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and a method for transmitting muting information in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus and a method for acquiring channel state using same. In an exemplary embodiment, muting information includes: a first data field, having a serving cell for receiving from peripheral cells in a multi-cell environment, at least one of a CSI-RS pattern, the number of CSI-RS antenna ports, a CSI-RS duty cycle, and CSI-RS transmission subframe offset information, and using same for expressing the cycle and the offset of muting subframes, which pertain to information on a resource block that can generate interference between the peripheral cells and CSI-RS; and a second data field for expressing a specific muting pattern, which must be muted within the muting subframes, having either 12 bits or 28 bits that display muting application in a bitmap format. | 03-12-2015 |
20150078259 | Interference Avoidance between Overlapping Wireless Networks - This document discloses a solution for reducing interference between wireless networks. According to an aspect, a method comprises: acquiring, by an access node of a first wireless network from at least one node of the first wireless network, information on at least one interfering node of a second wireless network; generating, by the access node, mapping information between the node of the first wireless network and said at least one interfering node; and causing, by the access node, transmission of the mapping information to another access node of the second wireless network. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078260 | PARALLEL RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN WHITE SPACE BANDS USING TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL AND CHANNEL SET ASSIGNMENT - A method and system for parallel resource management in white space bands may use transmit power control and channel set assignment. Channel sets and corresponding network sets for each of L power levels may be assigned for N networks sharing K number of channels. The input may be location information for each of the N networks. The output may be updated channel sets and corresponding network sets for each of the L power levels. The method may assign maximum networks to channel sets with larger power values. The network sets may be constructed such that a number of channels in a corresponding channel set is larger than a maximum node degree of a corresponding interference graph. The method may further take into account re-use possibilities for channels among networks and may accordingly increase spectrum utilization. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078261 | STATE-DRIVEN SECONDARY CELL ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION - A method and system for selectively activating and deactivating secondary cells in a wireless communication system are disclosed. According to one aspect, the invention provides a finite state machine having a plurality of states facilitating secondary cell activation and deactivation decisions. The states of the finite state machine include a deactivated state and an activated state. In the deactivated state, a secondary cell is deactivated and a media access control element, MAC CE, for deactivation is sent to the UE. The base station in the deactivated state is not allocating resources for maintaining transmission on the secondary cell. In the activated state, the secondary cell is active and a MAC CE for activation is sent to the UE. In the activated state, the base station is ready to transmit on the secondary cell. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078262 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method is provided in one example and includes determining at least one subscriber session policy, determining at least one current subscriber session analytic data, the current subscriber session analytic data comprising subscriber session analytic data that is indicative of at least one current subscriber session condition, and performing resource allocation based, at least in part, on the subscriber session policy and the current subscriber session analytic data. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078263 | MOBILE-DEVICE BASED PROXY FOR BROWSER-ORIGINATED PROCEDURES - An example method of facilitating communication between a mobile device positioned within an internal network and a target peer includes intercepting, at a proxy executing on a mobile device, a communication to initiate a real-time communication connection with a target peer. The mobile device is coupled to a cellular network, and the internal network is separated from one or more external networks by network address translation (NAT). The example method also includes determining whether the target peer is reachable via the cellular network. The example method further includes when it is determined that the target peer is reachable via the cellular network, sending over the cellular network to the target peer a request to communicate in a first protocol. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078264 | GENERATION OF RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLES - Embodiments described herein relate generally to a random procedure between wireless transmit/receive units (“WTRUs”) and access nodes. A WTRU may be adapted to determine a repetition level that corresponds to a number of repetitions associated with communication with the access node. The WTRU may then determine at least one of a resource and/or a logical root sequence index associated with the random access procedure. The WTRU may transmit a random access preamble based on the resource and/or a logical root sequence index. The access node may be adapted to determine a repetition level associated with the WTRU based on the random access procedure. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078265 | Communication System, Communication Device, Program and Communication Control Method - There is provided a communication system comprising: a first communication device that senses a communication environment surrounding the first communication device; a second communication device that acquires sensed data sensed by the first communication device; and a third communication device that determines availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service based on the sensed data transmitted from the second communication device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078266 | Control Channel Transmitting, Receiving Method, Base Station and Terminal - A method for transmitting and receiving a control channel, a base station and a terminal relate to a long term evolution advanced system. The method for transmitting a control channel disclosed by the present document includes: a base station side configuring, for a terminal side, detection-limited subframe cluster information of a control channel, so as to notify the terminal side of the manner by which the base station side transmits the control channel. The present document also discloses a method for receiving a control channel, a base station and a terminal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078267 | PILOT FREQUENCY SEQUENCE DETERMINATION - In an SC-FDE system, in accordance with FDPMT, a transmitter may be configured to replace data carried by one or more signals, e.g., one or more sub-carriers, with the data included in a pilot frequency sequence. The starting position of the pilot frequency sequence may affect the BER value of the system. The transmitter may then be configured to choose a proper starting position for the pilot frequency sequence so that the BER of the overall system may be minimum. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078268 | Method and Apparatus for Uplink Data Transmission, User Equipment, Computer Program and Storage Medium - The present invention relates to method and apparatus for uplink data transmission, a user equipment, a computer program and a storage medium. The method comprises: acquiring a data error rate of data blocks transmitted on an uplink of a UE; constructing a new data block, wherein a size of the new data block is smaller than the size of the transmitted data block currently, if the block error rate is greater than a threshold; and transmitting the new data block on the uplink of the UE according to a first power currently allocated to the UE. The present invention can enhance the performance of uplink data transmission. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078269 | Resourse Allocation in an OFDM Communication System - To reduce the number of subcarriers used for the transmission of reference symbols by base stations in an OFDM based cellular telecommunications network, the level of data for transmission from the base station to at least one subscriber station is determined and, when traffic levels are low and/or where the mobile station is unable to make efficient use of the full bandwidth, reference symbol data is transmitted from the base station using a number of the subcarriers less than the total number of subcarriers available. Thus the reference symbol frequency spread—the bandwidth between the lowest frequency subcarrier and the highest frequency subcarrier being used to transmit reference symbols—is made dependent upon the determined level of data for transmission. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078270 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Specifically, in one aspect of the present invention, a method and apparatus for controlling transmitting power by a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports device to device (D2D) communication include: receiving a power control command through a control channel from a base station; and adjusting transmitting power according to the power control command, wherein when the terminal performs D2D communication, the power control command indicates one of a first set of power control values having more states assigned to lower the transmitting power, and when the terminal performs communication with the base station, the power control command indicates one of a second set of power control values having more states assigned to raise the transmitting power. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078271 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for estimating a channel by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system includes receiving information about at least one channel station information (CSI) configuration for reporting CSI of one of a plurality of serving cells, determining that the same precoding matrix is applied to a plurality of resource blocks when all of the at least one CSI configuration is configured to report a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) and a rank indicator (RI), and determining that the precoding matrix is applied to one resource block when CSI configuration configured not to report the PMI and the RI is present among the at least one CSI configuration, and estimating a channel based on a result of the determination. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078272 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for receiving data by a user equipment (UE) in a cooperative multi-point (CoMP) wireless communication system includes receiving information indicating a transmission base station (BS) that actually transmits data among a plurality of BSs that participate in CoMP, receiving information about zero-power channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) of each of the plural BSs, and assuming that data is not mapped to a resource element of zero-power CSI-RS corresponding to the transmission BS and receiving the data through a physical downlink control channel (PDSCH). | 03-19-2015 |
20150078273 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There are provided a terminal device, a base station device, and an integrated circuit that enable a base station device and a terminal device to determine parameters related to uplink signals or uplink reference signals and to perform efficient communication. A terminal device that transmits a demodulation reference signal associated with a physical uplink shared channel to a base station device includes determining a sequence group number on the basis of a value of a parameter configured by a higher layer, determining the sequence group number on the basis of a physical layer cell identity, and generating a sequence of the demodulation reference signal on the basis of the sequence group number, wherein the sequence group number is determined on the basis of the physical layer cell identity in a case where a transmission on the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a Temporary C-RNTI are attached is performed in a random access procedure. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078274 | SPECTRUM ALLOCATION METHOD - A spectrum allocation method for a cellular network is presented. The method includes: abstracting a cellular network into an interference pattern using a graph theory-based spectrum distribution model; a network node establishing a stakeholder list to represent whether a spectrum can be shared with other network nodes; by obtaining stakeholder lists from other network nodes, calculating a fairness coefficient and determining a lower bound value for the number of spectrum resources which are used; meanwhile, each network node sending out a value related to the fairness coefficient, thereby enables calculate an upper bound value for the number of resources which can be obtained according to the obtained information, to effectively compete for free resources. Through the method of the invention, a network node can autonomously select spectrum resources, fully and effectively achieve spectrum resource allocation fairness and global network fairness, and increase the system throughput and the edge user throughput. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078275 | METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKET - Provided are a method and a wireless device for transmitting a data packet in a wireless communication system. The wireless device engages in peer discovery with a receiver and monitors whether transmission (TX) scheduling information from a base station is received. A data packet is transmitted to the receiver on the basis of the TX scheduling information. The TX scheduling information comprises resource allocation information indicating resource allocation for transmitting the data packet, identification information indicating an identifier for the receiver; and information indicating whether the TX scheduling information is for TX scheduling or reception (RX) scheduling. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078276 | TRAIN CONTROL DEVICE - A train control device includes an on-vehicle base station mounted on a train, base stations that can communicate with the on-vehicle base station, an on-vehicle control device controlling an operation such that the train can stop before reaching a stop limit before which the train can run safely, and ground control devices that transmit, to the train side, the stop limit calculated based on information on the current position acquired from the train side via the base stations and opening information on a turnout on the ground. The on-vehicle control device calculates a channel-reservation start pattern, which is a pattern determining a reservation start position of a communication channel of a base station as a switching target when the base station as a communication partner to the on-vehicle base station is switched and in which the reservation start position is different according to train speed and train position. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078277 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method to receive an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method includes monitoring at least one EPDCCH candidate consisting of one or more enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) in resource blocks and receiving the EPDCCH, wherein the number of ECCEs forming each of the one or more EPDCCH candidates corresponds to an aggregation level, the number of the EPDCCH candidates is set based on the number of ECCEs for each resource block and the number of resource blocks, and, when the number of resource blocks is a first value and the number of ECCEs for each resource block is a second value, the number of EPDCCH candidates in a specific aggregation level is set as a value obtained by dividing the total number of ECCEs by the specific aggregation level. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078278 | HYBRID ARQ INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND HYBRID ARQ INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD - The present application relates to a method for transmitting and receiving hybrid ARQ information transmitted via a downlink in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method for a transmission point to transmit hybrid automatic repeat request (ARQ) information in a system having multiple transmission points comprises, as technical features, the steps of: transmitting virtual cell identity (ID) information to a terminal; and transmitting, using a resource which has been determined on the basis of the virtual cell ID information, hybrid ARQ information for indicating whether uplink data transmitted from the terminal has been received or not. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078279 | DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD USING PARTIAL DEVICE CONTROL - A device to device (D2D) communication method based on a partial device control is disclosed. According to the present invention, the D2D communication method and, particularly, to a partial device control method for D2D communication a relates to, and provides a D2D resource allocation and release method, a D2D HARQ process operating method, a link adaptation method comprising D2D link power control and adaptive modulation and coding (AMC), a D2D control information signaling method, a CSI reporting method for D2D communication, and contents of a CSI report. The present invention can enhance the advantages of and compensate for the disadvantages of both methods through the combination of a base station control a base station control type D2D communication method and a device control type D2D communication method. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078280 | Communications Device, Base Station, Communications Node, Communications System and Method Thereof - A communications system is described in which a core network apparatus provides WLAN configuration for a communications device for establishing a communication link over a WLAN network. Also disclosed are the signalling messages used to control the setting up of the device to device communication link, as sent between a device in the core network and the base station(s) servicing the relevant communications devices. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078281 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, LOCAL AREA BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide highly efficient local area radio access. A communication system, in which a mobile terminal apparatus ( | 03-19-2015 |
20150078282 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COORDINATED PRECODING IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method and device for performing coordinated precoding in a wireless access system. In particular, the present invention includes: transmitting, to a base station, a measurement result of a plurality of interference signals by a terminal, the plurality of interference signals being transmitted from a plurality of adjacent base stations; receiving quasi-orthogonal CDM (Q-CDM) code information from the base station by the terminal in order to remove some of the plurality of interference signals, the Q-CDM code information being determined by the base station and the plurality of adjacent base stations; transmitting information on a channel state to the base station on the basis of a Q-CDM code by the terminal; and receiving downlink data, to which coordinated precoding is applied, from the base station by the terminal. Interference signals that have an intensity greater than a predetermined threshold from among the plurality of interference signals may be removed by using the Q-CDM code, and interference signals that have an intensity less than the predetermined threshold from among the plurality of interference signals may be removed by using null precoding. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078283 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL DEVICE - In the present invention, a first terminal device is provided with an address request means that makes a request to a second terminal device for a unique address allocated to the second terminal device that belongs to a prescribed network segment. The second terminal device is provided with an address notification means that notifies the first terminal device of the unique address requested by the address request means. Also, the first terminal device is provided with a first unique ID generation means that generates a first unique ID on the basis of the unique address notified by the second terminal device. Also, the second terminal device is provided with a second unique ID generation means that generates a second unique ID on the basis of the own unique address of the second unique ID generation means. The first terminal device and the second terminal device establish a mutual wireless communication connection in a case where the first unique ID and the second unique ID match. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078284 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for reporting the channel state of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in a wireless communication system is disclosed, comprising the steps of: selecting N sub-bands from a set of sub-bands; and reporting a channel quality indicator (CQI) for the N sub-bands. At least one sub-band from among the N sub-bands (hereinafter, referred to as an EPDCCH SB) may be a sub-band including a pair of physical resource blocks (PRB) set as the EPDCCH. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving downlink data in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment receives downlink control information via a downlink control channel in a subframe. The downlink control information includes reference signal (RS) information and physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) information. The RS information indicates transmission antenna ports, a scrambling identity and a number of transmission layers. The user equipment receives a RS for demodulating a PDSCH based on the RS information in the subframe. The RS is generated based on the scrambling identity. The user equipment receives downlink data via the PDSCH in the subframe. Resource element (RE) mapping information on REs assigned for the PDSCH is determined based on the PDSCH information. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078286 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using a plurality of carriers in a mobile communication system. The communication method by a terminal according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving a secondary cell (SCell) adding command including setting information on an SCell to be added from a primary serving cell (PCell); transmitting a preamble to the SCell to be added; receiving a random access response message (RAR) for the SCell to be added; and, if the SCell adding command includes an indicator indicating that a first base station to which the SCell to be added belongs and a base station to which the PCell belongs are different from each other, applying parameters included in the RAR to the SCell that transmits the RAR. According to the embodiment of the present invention, by aggregating carriers between different base stations, a terminal can have increased chances of transmitting and receiving data at high speed through the carrier aggregation. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING OPERATING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for determining an operating channel. The method for determining the operating channel of a station (STA) in a TV whitespace (TVWS) wireless LAN system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving information on an index which indicates an operating class including channel start frequency, channel spacing, and channel set parameters; and determining a main frequency of the operating channel on the basis of the parameters indicated by the index of the operating class. The main frequency of the operating channel can be determined on the basis of a correction value which is set differently according to the configuration of a basic channel unit of the operating channel. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078288 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR APN CORRECTION IN GTP MESSAGES ASSOCIATED WITH GPRS DATA SERVICES OFFERED BY MOBILE OPERATOR USING A SPONSOR NETWORK - In a method and system for APN (Access Point Name) correction in a GPRS data roaming scenario where a sponsor operator network is used and a method and system for routing GTP messages to the correct destination network entity after actuating the APN correction as and when required. The GTP filter checks the IMSI and APN data in the GTP layer and, depending on the IMSI and APN data performs APN correction and manipulates GTP parameters to ensure the PDP Context is correctly established between the SGSN and the GGSN, and the further GTP Control or Data messages bypass the GTP Filter application. This solution allows appropriate routing of message, in particular for message to and from smartphone. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078289 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to realize signaling of DM-RS sequence parameters for improving the flexibility of allocation of DM-RS resources in a system having complex cell structures. According to the radio communication method of the present invention, in a radio communication system supporting a system band formed with a plurality of component carriers by carrier aggregation, a radio base station apparatus allocates uplink DM-RS sequences per mobile terminal apparatus and per component carrier, and reports DM-RS sequence allocation information, and a mobile terminal apparatus generates DM-RS sequences using the allocation information reported from the radio base station apparatus. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078290 | OVERSAMPLING DIGITAL RECEIVER FOR RADIO-FREQUENCY SIGNALS - A system and method for receiving a radio frequency signal, comprising a device for digitizing, without prior alteration of frequency, an analog radio frequency representation of each of a plurality of radio frequency signals to produce a respective plurality of digital radio frequency signals having a respective associated radio frequency digital clock, the plurality of digital radio frequency signals having a sufficiently high respective associated clock rate to preserve an information content of an information communication present in the analog radio frequency representation; a switch matrix adapted to concurrently switch the plurality of digital radio frequency signals and associated digital radio frequency clock to ones of a plurality of digital signal processors; and a control adapted to selectively automatically control the concurrent switching of a plurality of digital signals and associated digital clock to the respective plurality of digital signal processors; wherein the digital signal processors produce processed representations of information contained in respective analog radio frequency representations. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078291 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MESSAGES IN AD HOC NETWORKS - A method provides for wireless transmission and reception of messages in an asynchronous ad hoc network having multiple network nodes, of which at least a first network node periodically transmits messages with a predefined period length. A second network node carries out: Defining two consecutive time intervals, each having the length of one period and a first time interval being past and a second time interval being future; subdividing the time intervals into two time slots each; calculating an occupancy for each time slot of the first time interval based on the number of messages of other network node(s) received in this time slot; identifying the time slot having the lowest occupancy; and transmitting a message in a time slot of the second time interval that corresponds to the identified time slot. The exact transmission point is defined on the basis of the time stamp derived from the synchronized TSF. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078292 | EXTENDED DURATION CYCLIC PREFIX WITH LOW OVERHEAD FOR LTE BROADCAST - Extended duration cyclic prefixes with lower overhead are disclosed in which an integer multiple sequence of carriers above the nominal 300 carrier-per-25 resource blocks (RBs) definition are selected to reduce the cyclic prefix overhead below the normative 20%. Sets of durations are then provided associated with each such integer multiple sequence of carriers that allow for the combined duration of the symbol duration and extended duration cyclic prefix to result in an integer number of carriers for each RB. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078293 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - The present invention discloses a system and method for managing resources in a heterogeneous network, which includes a primary system and a secondary system and a communication coverage range of which is divided into a plurality of regions, the system including: a heterogeneous network resource management module configured to collect and manage resource usage status within a managed region; and a secondary system resource management module configured to acquire the resource usage status of each region from the heterogeneous network resource management module and to allocate resources to the secondary system by utilizing the acquired resource usage status of each region in accordance with a priority determined based on an efficiency of resource multiplexing between each region and the secondary system. According to the technical solution of the invention, the resource usage efficiency can be improved greatly. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078294 | SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of wireless communication includes transmitting an abbreviated scheduling request indicating a general size of a first grant when a UE has buffered data. A detailed schedule request is transmitted and indicates a specific size of a second grant after receiving the first grant. The second grant is adjusted based on the detailed scheduling request. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078295 | SELECTIVELY MULTPLEXING INCOMING WEBRTC TRAFFIC AND/OR DE-MULTIPLEXING OUTGOING WEBRTC TRAFFIC BY A CLIENT-BASED WEBRTC PROXY ON BEHALF OF A WEBRTC MULTIMEDIA CLIENT APPLICATION - In an embodiment, a first WebRTC proxy module on a first UE receives a multiplexed stream from a first WebRTC multimedia client application on the first UE. The first WebRTC proxy module de-multiplexes into at least first and second de-multiplexed streams. The first WebRTC proxy module sends the first de-multiplexed stream to a second WebRTC proxy module on a second UE via a first set of links with QoS, and sends a second de-multiplexed stream to the second WebRTC proxy module on a second set of links. The second WebRTC proxy module re-multiplexes the first and second de-multiplexed streams to obtain either an original or compressed version of the multiplexed stream, and then delivers the re-multiplexed stream to a second WebRTC multimedia client application on the second UE. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078296 | METHOD FOR CHANGING USER-ORIGINATING INFORMATION THROUGH INTERACTION WITH OTHER USER - A method for automatically changing information originating from at least either of a first user and a second user by using a mobile device includes steps of: (a) a first device searching second devices as a target to perform interaction and then selecting a specific second device among the searched second device to change the user-originating information; (b) the first device transmitting to, or receiving from, the specific second device data related to the interaction, if a touch gesture is detected in the first device; and (c) at least either of the first and the second devices allowing a server to update the information originating from at least either of the first user and the second user by referring to the transmitted data related to the specific interaction. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078297 | METHOD OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION, USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - The present disclosure is directed to a method of resource allocation for device to device (D2D) communication, a user equipment using the same method, and a base station using the same method. In one of the exemplary embodiments, the disclosure would include a UE receiving a group of wireless signals, the UE determining from the group of wireless signals a first signal that has the highest power, the UE transmitting a second signal comprising the first signal that has the highest power to a base station, and the UE receiving a D2D resource allocation from the base station based on the second signal in response to transmitting the second signal. The first signal detected with the highest power may belong to a synchronous head. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078298 | STAGGERED PRIMARY CHANNELS FOR WIFI - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate generally to wireless communications, and more specifically to systems, methods, and devices for staggered primary channel selection for WiFi. According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications is provided. The method may be performed, for example, by an access point (AP). The method generally includes obtaining information regarding neighbor basic service sets (BSSs), selecting a primary channel based on the obtained information, and output for transmission a message signaling an intention to communicate using the selected primary channel. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078299 | DEFERRAL BASED ON BSSID INFORMATION - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for deferral based on basic service set identification (BSSID) information. According to certain aspects, a method for wireless communications is provided. The method generally includes receiving, on a shared access medium, a packet having at least one deferral-related parameter and deciding whether to defer transmission on the shared access medium based, at least in part, on the deferral-related parameter. Another method may generally include generating a packet comprising at least one deferral-related parameter to be used by another apparatus for deciding whether or not the other apparatus should defer transmitting on a shared access medium and providing the packet to the other apparatus. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078300 | COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS FOR PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL (PBCH) - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications, and more specifically, coverage enhancements for physical broadcast channel (PBCH). According to certain aspects, a method is provided for wireless communications by a user equipment (UE). The method generally includes receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission, receiving a different type downlink transmission, with transmit power boosted relative to the PDSCH transmission, receiving information regarding relative transmit power of the PDSCH transmission relative to a common reference signal (CRS) based on the transmit power of the different type downlink transmission, and processing the PDSCH transmission based on the information. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078301 | Methods, Devices, and Computer Program Products For Facilitating Device-to-Device Communication Among Wireless Communication Devices - A method, device, and computer program product for facilitating device-to-device, D2D, communication among wireless communication devices, WCDs, is provided. The device is a first WCD that receives a wireless packet broadcasted by a second WCD. The wireless packet has one or more of i) a group identifier that identifies a group to which the second WCD belongs and ii) an application identifier that identifies an application which generated at least part of the wireless packet. The first WCD extracts from the wireless packet one or more of the group identifier and the application identifier. The first WCD determines whether to discard the wireless packet based on the one or more of the group identifier and the application identifier extracted from the wireless packet. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078302 | System And Method For Providing And Using Radio Network Temporary Identifiers Signatures For Interference Cancellation - According to certain embodiments, methods and systems for providing device-specific radio network temporary identifiers (C-RNTI) signatures may be provided for interference cancellation. The methods and systems may include assigning a subset of C-RNTIs to a cell. A mapping may be defined between the subset of C-RNTI signatures and a set of C-RNTI indices. Each C-RNTI signature within the subset may be identifiable by a first wireless device via the mapping. The mapping between the subset of C-RNTI signatures and the set C-RNTI indices may be provided to the first wireless device. A C-RNTI indices indicating at least one currently scheduled wireless device may be provided to the first wireless device. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078303 | System and Method for Providing Interference Characteristics for Interference Mitigation - According to certain embodiments, methods and systems include providing interference characterization data by a network node to a first wireless device for use in performing interference mitigation. A method for providing interference characterization data by a network node may include providing telecommunications services for a first wireless device associated with the network node. Characteristic data associated with at least one characteristic of an interfering signal associated with a second wireless device may be identified by the network node. The characteristic data associated with the interfering signal associated with the second wireless device may be transmitted to the first wireless device. The at least one characteristic may identify a resource allocation granularity configured from at least one physical resource block pair associated with the interfering signal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting control information using PUCCH format 3 in a radio communication system includes detecting one or more Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs), receiving one or more Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) signals corresponding to the one or more PDCCHs, and determining a PUCCH resource value n | 03-19-2015 |
20150078305 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HYBRID PER STATION AND PER FLOW UPLINK ALLOCATIONS - Method and apparatus for performing hybrid per station and per flow/connection uplink allocations are described. The apparatus may implement a hybrid per flow/connection and per station uplink (UL) resource allocation to improve UL control efficiency and UL resource utilization. The apparatus may be configured to transmit or receive a resource allocation in a signal that contains an indicator that indicates intended flow information. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078306 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method in a cellular communication system, for avoiding errors in a HARQ process, wherein an NDI flag is used both for indicating either semi-persistent scheduling, SPS activation or SPS retransmissions, and also for indicating, by toggling of the flag, a new transmission in dynamic scheduling mode. The method comprises the steps of receiving, in a scheduling message, an indication that dynamically scheduled transmission will take place; if a semi persistent resource has occurred for the same HARQ process since a previously received indication for dynamically scheduled transmission, then considering the NDI flag to be toggled regardless of the value of the NDI flag. Thus, if the condition is fulfilled, a UE will always regard the NDI flag as indicating or requesting a new data transmission. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078307 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communications system includes a base station and a mobile station. The base station transmits a second control signal used for configuring a first interval during which a first control signal having a plurality of formats is monitored and a second interval that is different from the first interval. The mobile station monitors the first control signal for the plurality of the formats during the first interval, and monitors the first control signal for formats fewer than the plurality of the formats during the second interval. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078308 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL IN DOWNLINK MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting reference signals for measuring a channel in a downlink MIMO (Multi Input Multi Output) system. The method comprises the steps of: configuring, by a base station at which Nt transmit antennas are configured, Nt reference signals for channel measurement, where Nt≧1; and transmitting, by the base station, the Nt reference signals to a use equipment in subframes at a specific cycle. The specific cycle is configured to include more than one subframe. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A STATION TO OPERATE WITHIN WLAN SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses for a specific station, operating as a non-AP (Access Point) station permitted to operate within available channels not used by a licensed device, to operate as an AP station in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) are disclosed. A specific protocol related to a registration of a station's location to operate within a white space id defined whose Information IDs comprises a registration request and a registration response. Using the defined registration request and registration response, the station can register its geographical location with a Registered Location Server (RLS), and operate as an AP STA within WS. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078310 | RACH PROCEDURES AND POWER LEVEL FOR MTC DEVICES - Random access channel (RACH) procedures and power levels for machine type communication (MTC) devices are disclosed. An example method for controlling one or more transmissions between a wireless device and a base station, the one or more transmissions including at least an initial transmission, includes: providing a current timing advance indicative of a propagation delay from the wireless device to the base station; selecting an access timing advance based on the current timing advance; and transmitting the initial transmission using the access timing advance. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078311 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR PILOT PATTERN BASED CONTROL SIGNALING IN MIMO SYSTEMS - A radio base station, user equipment (UE), and method of control signaling in wireless communication systems. Control information is transferred from a base station to at least one UE, via a plurality of common pilot channels. A set of unique pilot sequences is predefined, and the base station assigns specific pilot sequences from the set of pilot sequences to specific common pilot channels, forming a pilot sequence assignment pattern representing specific control information. The UE, having knowledge of the relations between pilot sequence assignment patterns and control information, interprets the received pilot sequence assignment pattern as specific control information. The method is particularly well suited for broadcast type control information. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078312 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN DOWNLINK MIMO MODE AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method for feeding back uplink control information in a downlink MIMO mode and a user equipment, which are used to implement that a UE feeds back control information to a base station, are applicable to a precoding weight set restriction application scenario, and reduce transmit power of the UE while ensuring HS-DPCCH receive performance of the base station. The method provided by the embodiments of the present invention includes: generating, by a UE, 1-bit precoding control indicator (PCI) information; generating, by the UE, channel quality indicator (CQI) information; performing, by the UE, joint encoding on the PCI information and the CQI information, to obtain a joint encoding result; and feeding back, by the UE, the joint encoding result to a base station through an uplink high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH). | 03-19-2015 |
20150078313 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method with which bands can be efficiently allocated. In a base station in which a plurality of unit bands can be allocated to a single communication, when a data receiver acquires terminal capability information transmitted by a terminal in the initial access unit band and the bandwidth available for communication indicated by the terminal capability information can accommodate a plurality of unit bands, a unit band group which includes the initial access unit band as well as the unit bands adjacent thereto is allocated to the terminal, and a communication band movement indication, which indicates the movement of the center frequency in the communication band of the terminal toward the center frequency in the unit band group, is transmitted to the terminal using the initial access unit band. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078314 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PERIODIC CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus in which a terminal transmits channel information for at least one serving cell to a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method for receiving periodic channel information by a base station in a wireless communication system includes determining whether to set a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) mode for allowing a terminal to periodically transmit a plurality of channel information to the base station in one sub-frame, transmitting PUSCH mode information including a result of the determination to the terminal, and receiving the plurality of channel information from the terminal using a PUSCH in the one sub-frame, according to the result of the determination. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078315 | WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT FOR USE IN REDUCING CROSS CELL INTERFERENCE - A method for reducing cross cell interference in a wireless time division duplex communication system using code division multiple access, the system having at least one user equipment (UE) and a base station (BS) is disclosed. The method begins by measuring an interference level of each timeslot at the BS. A timeslot is eliminated for additional uplink communication if the measured interference level exceeds a first threshold. UEs in nearby cells that are large interferers are identified and their downlink timeslot usage is gathered. A timeslot is eliminated for uplink communication for a large interferer UE that uses the timeslot for downlink communication. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078316 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD - In a base station, a control unit and a data size regulation unit control the data size of downstream assignment control data and upstream assignment control data in the PDCCH signal based on the communication format used between the base station and a terminal, the number of base station antennas (M) (nonnegative number), the number of terminal antennas (N) (nonnegative number), the bandwidth of the downstream band, and the bandwidth of the upstream band. Specifically, the control unit determines it is unnecessary to adjust the aforementioned data size when the selected communication format is first established between multiple antennas and when where there are multiple for one of M and N and only one for the other. The quality of downstream assignment control data is prevented from degrading, while preventing the number of blind determinations from increasing on the receiving side of the downstream control channel signal. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078317 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR OPTIMIZING POWER RESOURCES IN WIRELESS DEVICES - A method and system is disclosed for a device to quickly determine if data is being sent to it. If no data is being sent to the device, the device may return to a sleep mode so as to conserve energy. The present invention includes organizing and transmitting, one at a time, all device destination identifiers. If a message listing search indicates that no message is being sent for a device, the device can continue with any other activity that needs servicing, or if no other activity is pending, it may shut down to conserve power until the next wake up period arrives. If the search returns a positive indication, the count value when the identifier is found can be used to determine the location of the pointer to the message. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078318 | Multicarrier Signal Transmission in Wireless Communications - A wireless device receives a control command for transmission of a random access preamble on a first cell. A first packet is scheduled for parallel uplink transmission with the random access preamble transmission. The wireless device transmits the random access preamble. The wireless device transmits the first packet in parallel with the random access preamble if the random access preamble and the first packet are scheduled for transmission in different cell groups and the wireless device has sufficient power to transmit the first packet in parallel with the preamble. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078319 | RADIO SELF-BACKHAUL METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a radio self-backhaul method, device, and system in an evolved network. With the radio self-backhaul method, device, and system provided in the embodiments of the present invention, the NodeB sends the uplink data to the core network by using the cable transmission link without occupying the radio resources of other NodeBs. This implements the radio self-backhaul for the NodeB, saves the radio transmission resources of the NodeB, and mitigates the impact on the radio network throughput. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078320 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information at a base station in a wireless communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting a plurality of transport blocks through a plurality of downlink carriers to a user equipment. Each of the plurality of downlink carriers carries two or more transport blocks. The method according to the embodiment further includes, after transmitting the plurality of transport blocks, receiving the ACK/NACK information through one uplink carrier from the user equipment. The ACK/NACK information includes ACK/NACK bits corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks, and the ACK/NACK bits are concatenated in accordance with an index order of the downlink carriers and an index order of the two or more transport blocks associated with each of the downlink carriers. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078321 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - The embodiments of the present invention provide a method, apparatus, and system. The method comprises: sending, by a centralized processing node, control information containing address information of a service ERRU and the transmission mode of ERRUs to the ERRUs in a COMP set; receiving the compressed uplink COMP frequency domain data sent by the service ERRU according to the transmission mode, wherein the compressed uplink COMP frequency domain data are data obtained by the service ERRU by compressing the original uplink COMP frequency domain data sent by the non-service ERRUs and the original uplink COMP frequency domain data of the service ERRU, and receiving the original uplink COMP frequency domain data sent by at least one ERRU according to the transmission mode. In the present invention, the data are compressed to reduce the uplink transmission flow between the ERRUs in the COMP set and the centralized processing node. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078322 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for generating Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information at a user equipment in a wireless communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a plurality of transport blocks through a plurality of downlink carriers from a base station. Each of the plurality of downlink carriers carries two or more transport blocks. The method according to the embodiment further includes generating the ACK/NACK information by concatenating ACK/NACK bits corresponding to the plurality of transport blocks. The ACK/NACK bits are concatenated using an index order of the downlink carriers and an index order of the two or more transport blocks associated with each of the downlink carriers. The index order of the downlink carriers is used firstly. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078323 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING MULTI-FLOW TRANSMISSION - The present application provides a method and a device for scheduling multi-flow transmission. The method includes: receiving a MAC layer configuration parameter corresponding to a media access control MAC entity, where when there is one MAC entity, the MAC layer configuration parameter includes at least two sets of mappings, and the mapping includes a first mapping and/or a second mapping; or when there are at least two MAC entities, a MAC layer configuration parameter of each MAC entity includes a set of mapping, and the mapping includes a third mapping and/or a second mapping; and executing a MAC layer function according to the MAC layer configuration parameter, and performing MAC layer data transmission. Embodiments of the present application can satisfy a demand of multi-flow transmission. | 03-19-2015 |
20150078324 | OPERATION OF TERMINAL FOR MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a method and an apparatus for enabling a terminal to transmit a signal in a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment, a signal transmission method includes: receiving configuration information for multi-antenna transmission from a base station; configuring a multi-antenna transmission mode in accordance with the received configuration information; and transmitting an uplink channel having a plurality of symbols to the base station through multiple antennas. | 03-19-2015 |
20150085754 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED FREQUENCY MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication comprise receiving a measurement configuration message indicating a Dedicated Channel (DCH) measurement occasion (DMO) gap for inter-radio access technology (IRAT) measurements of a first technology type during operation of the UE according to a second technology type. The methods and apparatus further comprise determining an adjusted DMO gap based on at least one DMO gap adjustment rule, wherein the adjusted DMO gap is shorter in duration than the DMO gap. Moreover, the methods and apparatus comprise performing a frequency measurement for the second technology type during the DMO gap in one or more open time slots made available by the adjusted DMO gap. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085755 | COORDINATED DETERMINATION OF PHYSICAL LAYER IDENTIFIER AND TRANSMIT POWER - The assignment of physical layer identifiers for access points is coordinated with the assignment of transmit powers for the access points. For example, only those access points that transmit at a relatively high power level are allowed to use a physical layer identifier from a subset of physical layer identifiers allocated for mobility measurements. Any other access points will use a physical layer identifier that is not allocated for mobility measurements. By restricting the number of access points that are allowed to use a physical layer identifier allocated for mobility measurements, confusion and collision in the network may be mitigated. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085756 | SERVICE PROVIDER CERTIFIED DEVICE POLICY MANAGEMENT - Various exemplary embodiments relate to a method performed by a policy server. The method includes: receiving a request for service, the request including an identification of user equipment; determining a user equipment type (TAC); evaluating a policy rule based on the user equipment type, the policy rule including a condition referencing at least one user equipment type; and responding to the request for service based on evaluation of the policy rule. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085757 | CONTENT DELIVERY OVER WIRELESS LINKS - An access point receives notification of a bit rate setting specifying a throughput needed to transmit corresponding content to a communication device. Based on the bit rate setting, the wireless access point identifies a set of multiple possible modulation-coding options supporting transmission of data at different bit rates greater than the bit rate setting needed to transmit the corresponding content. The wireless access point selects a respective modulation-coding option that provides a throughput bit rate that is lower than a modulation-coding option in the set providing a highest possible throughput bit rate. Selection of the lower bit rate modulation-coding option provides adequate capacity to transmit the corresponding content, yet does so with a higher signal to noise ratio than would be provided by the higher bit rate modulation-coding option. Subsequent to selection, the wireless access point transmits the corresponding content to the communication device via the selected modulation-coding option. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085758 | METHOD AND SYSTEM CONFIGURING A BASE STATION TO TRIGGER HS-DPCCH GENERATION - Systems, methods, apparatus for configuring NodeB triggering of HS-DPCCH within a UMTS system. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085759 | SELECTING BEARERS FOR UPLINK PACKET TRANSMISSIONS - Techniques are described for selecting bearers for uplink data packet transmissions. For instance, bearers may be selected using communication device-side techniques. In one example, a bearer may be selected based on a determination that other bearer(s) are not configured to support uplink data packet transmissions. In another example, a bearer may be selected irrespective of traffic flow template rules set forth by network(s) to which a communication device is connected. In yet another example, a single, default bearer that is linked to a network access point may be selected for transmission of uplink data packets that are associated with traffic flow template rules corresponding to non-default bearers. In still another example, a bearer may be selected based on its quality-of-service class identifier (QCI) value if the QCI value indicates that the bearer is configured to support uplink data packet transmissions. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085760 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-CONNECTIVITY OPERATION - A method for sending a power headroom report (PHR) by a User Equipment (UE) is described. The method includes obtaining a value of a power headroom for each activated serving cell with configured uplink corresponding to a second radio connection. The method also includes generating an extended power headroom MAC control element based on the obtained values and information related to power management corresponding to a first radio connection. The method further includes transmitting the extended power headroom MAC control element. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085761 | MILLIMETER-WAVE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INTELLIGENT CONTROL OF TRANSMIT POWER AND POWER DENSITY - Embodiments of a millimeter-wave (mmW) communication device and methods for intelligent control of transmit power and power density are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a mmW base station includes a beamforming processor that is to configure a large-aperture array antenna for multi-beam transmissions at mmW frequencies to a plurality of user equipment (UE). The beamforming processor may allocate each UE a non-interfering spectral portion of a full channel bandwidth that is substantially less than the full channel bandwidth and perform multi-beam beamforming to concurrently direct a plurality of multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) antenna beams to the UEs for a concurrent transmission of data streams to the UEs within their allocated spectral portion in accordance with a transmit power allocation. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085762 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR HANDLING OUT-OF-SYNC AND RADIO LINK FAILURE WITH FRACTIONAL DPCH CALLS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide an apparatus and methods for operating the same that can improve out-of-sync and radio link failure handling in a W-CDMA network. A user equipment (UE) establishes a packet switched (PS) connection between the UE and a base station, wherein the PS connection includes a Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (F-DPCH). The UE configures an in-sync threshold (Q | 03-26-2015 |
20150085763 | METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION BASED ON COORDINATED MULTIPLE POINT TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an information transmission method and equipment based on CoMP transmission. In the method, a user equipment determines a main transmission point. The user equipment determines RANK information of the main transmission point as well as channel state information corresponding to the RANK information. The user equipment sends the RANK information of the main transmission point and the channel state information to a network side equipment. In the embodiments of the present invention, the UE reports channel state information of limited RANK of every transmission point, channel state information of unlimited RANK of the main transmission point, and relative phase information between the transmission points, etc., to the network side equipment, thereby helping the network side to better implement flexible selection and dynamic switchover of transmission schemes. Moreover, it does not notably increase feedback expenses for the UE. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085764 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - A user equipment (UE) includes a reference signal component, a guard period component, and a transmission component. The reference signal component is configured to randomly select a sequence for a reference signal for transmission in an open device-to-device discovery packet. The guard period component is configured to determine a first symbol signal for transmission during a first symbol of the device-to-device discovery packet. The first symbol comprises a partially punctured symbol. The transmission component is configured to transmit the device-to-device discovery packet. The device-to-device discovery packet includes the first symbol having the partially punctured symbol and a reference signal based on the randomly selected sequence. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085765 | CONTROL SIGNALING FOR ENABLING TWO-HOP ORTHOGONALIZATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE BROADCASTS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives one or more D2D broadcasts in a set of subchannels of a channel. In addition, the apparatus broadcasts in at least one subchannel of the channel information indicating a subset of the set of subchannels. The one or more D2D broadcasts may include a first set of broadcasts that includes control information and a second set of broadcasts that includes data traffic. The broadcasted information may be control information. The apparatus may determine a signal strength of each of the one or more D2D broadcasts received in the set of subchannels. The broadcasted information may further include the determined signal strength for each subchannel in the subset of the set of subchannels. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085766 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING CONTROL INFORMATION AT BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting a downlink control channel at a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed herein. The method includes the steps of generating control information for each of a plurality of user equipments; mapping the control information for each of the plurality of user equipments to one of subcarrier groups within at least one resource block pairs configured for the downlink control channel, wherein the subcarrier groups mapped to the control information for each of the plurality of user equipments are different from each other; and transmitting the downlink control channel through the subcarrier groups. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085767 | MCS TABLE ADAPTATION FOR LOW POWER ABS - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses for transmitting data in a multicarrier telecommunication system and in particular for performing modulation and coding for low transmission power data. Scheduling information indicating resources on which a terminal is scheduled to transmit data is received at the terminal. The scheduling information includes a modulation and coding indicator set. Data are transmitted on the scheduled resources in accordance with a modulation and coding indicator in the modulation and coding indicator set and with a transmission parameter of the data to be transmitted. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING A WIRELESS CONNECTION - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus, comprising at least one processing core configured to receive a first message, the at least one processing core further configured to render the apparatus operable to monitor for at least one of a timing drift and a potential cause of a timing drift; and the at least one processing core further configured to, responsive to determining at least one of a timing drift and a potential cause of a timing drift, cause the apparatus to become operable to cause a transmitter comprised in the apparatus to transmit a second message. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085769 | TECHNIQUE FOR OPERATING A NETWORK NODE IN A HETEROGENEOUSLY DEPLOYED NETWORK - A technique for operating a network node in a heterogeneously deployed network comprising network nodes of different nominal transmit powers and at least partially overlapping coverage areas is described. A method implementation of this technique comprises a step of operating the network node in a base mode in which the network node is configured to transmit terminal-specific demodulation reference signals for a first set of terminal devices. The method comprises the further step of selectively activating or deactivating operation of the network node in a Single Frequency Network (SFN) mode in which the network node is configured to transmit, for a second set of terminal devices, the same cell-specific reference nodes as another network node of the heterogeneously deployed network that has a larger nominal transmit power. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085770 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to, upon updating CQIs that are fed back, prevent the increase of the overhead of feedback information, and still improve the accuracy of the updated CQIs when CoMP transmission is applied. The radio communication system of the present invention is formed with a plurality of radio base station apparatuses and a user terminal that is configured to be able to perform coordinated multiple point transmission/reception with the plurality of radio base station apparatuses, and the user terminal acquires channel state information of multiple cells, generates feedback information such that the channel state information of multiple cells is allotted and transmitted in a plurality of subframes, and feeds back the generated feedback information to the radio base station apparatus of one of the multiple coordinated points, using a physical uplink shared data channel. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085771 | Interference Coordination by Means of Directional Antenna Beams in a Wireless System - The disclosure relate to interference coordination in wireless communications. A first level station can obtain information for interference coordination with a second level station to protect the second level station from interference in arrangement where the second level station provides a smaller coverage area than the first level station and is at least partially located in the area of the first level station. Use of directional antenna beams by the first level station and/or communications by the second level station can then be controlled accordingly. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085772 | METHOD FOR FORMING RESOURCE BLOCK FOR SEARCH REGION IN DISTRIBUTION-TYPE DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to receive an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a based station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method includes the steps of: defining a first number of enhanced resource element groups (EREGs) for each resource block for the EPDCCH; monitoring EPDCCH candidates consisting of one or more enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) in resource blocks so as to receive the EPDCCH, wherein each of the one or more ECCEs consists of a second number of EREGs included in different resource blocks, and the indexes of the resource blocks including the second number of EREGs are determined on the basis of a specific value obtained by dividing the number of resource blocks by the second number. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085773 | METHOD FOR FORMING RESOURCE BLOCK FOR SEARCH REGION IN DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to receive an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a based station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method includes the steps of defining a first number of enhanced resource element groups (EREGs) for each resource block for the EPDCCH, and monitoring EPDCCH candidates consisting of one or more enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) in resource blocks and receiving the EPDCCH, wherein each of the one or more ECCEs consists of a second number of EREGs, and indexes of the second number of EREGs are determined to be intervals of the number of ECCEs for each resource block. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085774 | RESPONSE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a response information transmission method, system and device. A base station can configure at least two PUCCH transmission carriers for user equipment, accordingly, the user equipment can select at least one PUCCH transmission carrier from the at least two PUCCH transmission carriers which are configured by the base station to transmit response information fed back on a corresponding subframe, and accordingly, the base station can receive the response information which is fed back by the user equipment on at least one PUCCH transmission carrier. The technical solution increases the number of PUCCH transmission carriers, so that compared with the manner of only configuring one PUCCH transmission carrier in the prior art, the reconfiguration operations caused by the movement of user equipment can be reduced, thereby reducing the condition that UE cannot normally communicate in the process of reconfiguration, and reducing the signaling overhead caused by the reconfiguration operation. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085775 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and a method and apparatus for controlling channel access in a wireless LAN system. The method for controlling the channel access of a station (STA) of a wireless communication system according to the present invention comprises detecting a short frame transmitted by another STA; and deferring the channel access of the STA by a predetermined length of time. The short frame is a frame that triggers a service period during which the transceiving of a plurality of data frames of the other STA is allowed. The predetermined length of time can be set to the value corresponding to the length of time ranging from the start of the service period to the point in time at which the transceiving of a first data frame from among the plurality of data frames of the other STA is completed. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085776 | METHOD AND TERMINAL DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A PLURALITY OF SUBFRAMES - A method operating a telecommunications system including a base station and plural terminal devices arranged to communicate over a radio interface supporting a downlink shared channel conveying user-plane data from the base station to the terminal devices and a downlink control channel conveying control-plane data from the base station to the terminal devices. The control-plane data conveys information on physical resource allocations for the downlink shared channel for respective of the terminal devices. The radio interface is based on a radio frame structure including plural subframes each including a control region supporting the downlink control channel and a user-plane region supporting the downlink shared channel. The method uses the control region of a first radio subframe to convey an indication of a physical resource allocation for a first terminal device on the shared downlink channel in the user-plane region of a second radio subframe subsequent to the first radio subframe. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085777 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK TRIGGER FRAMES IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, in particular, to a method and apparatus for transmitting/receiving a feedback trigger frame in a wireless LAN system. The method for transmitting a feedback trigger frame by means of a request station (STA) in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting the feedback trigger frame including an acknowledgement (ACK) indication field to a response STA; and receiving a feedback frame from the response STA, wherein the ACK indication field can be set as a value indicating a first type associated with ACK, a second type associated with block ACK (BA), a third type associated with no ACK, or a fourth type associated with an ACK other than those of the first, second, and third types. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085778 | SYSTEM, METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A PLURALITY OF SUBFRAMES - A method operating a telecommunications system including a base station and plural terminal devices arranged to communicate over a radio interface supporting a downlink shared channel conveying user-plane data from the base station to the terminal devices and a downlink control channel conveying control-plane data from the base station to the terminal devices. The control-plane data can convey information on physical resource allocations for the downlink shared channel for respective of the terminal devices. The radio interface uses a radio frame structure including plural subframes. Each subframe includes a control region supporting the downlink control channel and a user-plane region supporting the downlink shared channel. The method uses the control region of a first radio subframe to convey an indication of a physical resource allocation for a first terminal device on the shared downlink channel in the user-plane region of a second radio subframe subsequent to the first radio subframe. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085779 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH REGIONS FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) from a based station to a terminal in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method includes the steps of: setting resource blocks for the EPDCCH; re-indexing by permutation indexes of the resource blocks; defining an Enhanced Control Channel Element (ECCE) for each of the re-indexed resource blocks; selecting the ECCEs in a number corresponding to the aggregation level of the EPDCCH; and transmitting the EPDCCH to the terminal using the selected ECCEs. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085780 | METHOD FOR INDICATING CHANNEL ACCESS TYPE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The invention relates to a method for a station (STA) to perform channel access in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: receiving a beacon frame including a traffic indication map (TIM); a step of checking, if the TIM indicates to the STA that buffered traffic exists, information relating to a PS-poll transmission type; and a step of transmitting a PS-poll frame according to either a first type or second type of transmission indicated by the information relating to the PS-poll frame transmission type. The first type of transmission involves transmitting the PS-poll frame after performing contention, and the second type of transmission involves transmitting the PS-poll frame in the time interval set for the STA. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085781 | Communication Apparatus, Communication Method, Communication System, Control Apparatus and Program - A communication apparatus includes: a communication unit that communicates with a network by at least one of a plurality of communication schemes; and a control unit that disguises a first communication address corresponding to a first communication scheme, by a second communication address corresponding to a second communication scheme, based on an instruction transmitted from a control apparatus. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085782 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAKING HARQS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method and system for making a hybrid automatic repeat requests (HARQ) in a carrier aggregation system. The method receives downlink data through a first subframe of a first carrier, transmits acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) for the downlink data through a second subframe of a second carrier, and re-receives the downlink data through a third subframe of the first carrier, wherein the first carrier only includes the downlink subframes, and the second carrier includes the uplink subframes and the downlink subframes. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085783 | METHOD FOR INDICATION OF REFERENCE SYMBOL TRANSMISSION POWER CHANGE IN CELLULAR NETWORK - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for indication of reference symbol (RS) transmission power change in a network are provided. One method includes reducing transmission power, and signaling information about the changes in RS transmission power to associated user equipments via a control channel. In one embodiment, the information may comprise an indication about the subframes in which the RS transmission power changes in comparison to a reference value, or the information may comprise specific RS transmission power values as well as information regarding in which subframes the specific RS transmission power values are going to be used. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085784 | RADIO RESOURCE SHARING - A technique, comprising: controlling a radio transmitter or radio transceiver of a device of a first radio system to transmit to a second radio system information about use of at least one radio resource for one or more transmissions outside the control of the second radio system, wherein said at least one radio resource is also usable for transmissions controlled by the second radio system. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085785 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DATA TRANSMISSION DEVICE - A data transmission method and a data transmission device are disclosed. A method for receiving control data by a terminal can comprise the steps of demodulating downlink control information (DCI) including an assignment flag and downlink (DL) resource allocation; and demodulating physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) data by using the DL resource allocation, wherein when the PDSCH data is demodulated on the basis of a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS), the assignment flag indicates information on a reference signal (RS) used for the demodulation of the PDSCH data or information on a PDSCH transmission antenna port. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085786 | Methods and Network Nodes for Managing Transmission of at Least One Channel Quality Report - A radio network node ( | 03-26-2015 |
20150085787 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A terminal which performs communication with at least one base station, includes means for detecting a field indicating whether or not a transmission request of a sounding reference signal (SRS) is made from a downlink control information (DCI) format, means for generating a base sequence of the SRS on the basis of a first parameter in a case where the field indicates a transmission request of the SRS in a first DCI format, and means for generating a base sequence of the SRS on the basis of a second parameter in a case where the field indicates a transmission request of the SRS in a second DCI format. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085788 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ ACK/NACK AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - Provided are a method for transmitting hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) positive-acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) in a wireless communication system and a wireless device using the same. The wireless device receives downlink control information from a first base station on a downlink control channel and receives a downlink transmission block on a downlink shared channel according to the downlink control information received from the first base station. The wireless device transmits ACK/NACK to a second base station in response to the downlink transmission block on an uplink control channel. The downlink control information includes an indicator used to determine a radio resource for the uplink control channel. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085789 | TIME COORDINATION TO IMPROVE THROUGHPUT FOR D2D BROADCAST - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus selects a subchannel for transmitting a signal, determines a priority of the selected subchannel with respect to one or more other subchannels respectively selected by one or more neighboring transmitters, determines whether to transmit the signal on the selected subchannel based on the priority. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085790 | NFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM STORING COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - Node IDs are stored in an NAT in association with MAC addresses, and bit information indicating whether to reverse a channel allocation rule that is based on whether a node ID is an odd number or an even number is stored in a reverse register. Also, information indicating whether to use each 60G wireless module is stored in a disable register. Then, a CH determination unit allocates a channel to each 60G wireless module based on the NAT, the reverse register, and the disable register. That is, the CH determination unit allocates a channel, for the 60G wireless module to be used, based on whether the node ID is an odd number or an even number and whether to reverse the channel allocation rule that is based on whether the node ID is an odd number or an even number. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085791 | MAC SUBHEADER FOR D2D BROADCAST COMMUNICATION FOR PUBLIC SAFETY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus configures at least a non-access stratum (NAS) protocol layer or a radio resource control (RRC) protocol layer to enable device-to-device (D2D) communication with at least a second apparatus when the apparatus is out of network coverage, and communicates with at least the second apparatus. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085792 | PERFORMANCE OF A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for improving performance of a user equipment (UE) operating in unlicensed spectrum. For example, the disclosure presents a method for receiving, at the UE, a secondary component carrier (SCC) update from a small cell. The example method further includes tuning the UE to a second SCC in response to receiving the update. The update is received at the UE when the small cell operating on a first radio access technology (RAT) determines that a channel associated with a first SCC of the small cell is also in use by another entity operating on a second RAT. As such, improved performance of a user equipment (UE) operating in an unlicensed spectrum may be achieved. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085793 | SEQUENCE MAPPING FOR LTE/LTE-A WITH UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Sequence mapping for reference signal is disclosed in which the reference signal sequence at the fixed set of resource blocks around a predetermined common frequency is generated to be independent from the system bandwidth. The reference signal sequence may be generated around the predetermined common frequency or may be configured based on a cell identifier. Either such solution provides a system bandwidth independent means for a user equipment (UE) to detect the reference signal sequence for decoding a bandwidth information bearing signal received from the communicating base station. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085794 | UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE DETERMINATION OVER UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatus for determining a transport block size include identifying data to be transmitted on an uplink, wherein the data is associated with a number of resource blocks. The methods and apparatus further include receiving at least one indicated coefficient via a downlink control information. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include determining at least one coefficient based on the at least one indicated coefficient and calculating a transport block size column index based on the number of resource blocks and the at least one coefficient. Moreover, the methods and apparatus include determining the transport block size based at least in part on the transport block size column index. The methods and apparatus may transmit the data on the uplink based at least in part on the transport block size. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085795 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE MAPPING FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS OF BROADCAST CHANNELS - Methods and apparatus are provided for a base station to transmit repetitions of broadcast information and for a UE to detect the broadcast information. In a first method, the base station maps each repetition in a respective quadruple of subframe symbols while accounting for a possible different number of available sub-carriers among quadruplets of subframe symbols. In a second method, the base station maps the repetitions successively in available sub-carriers. For intermittent transmissions of repetitions, the UE can use the mapping structure of the repeated broadcast information to determine an existence of a transmission. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085796 | FLEXIBLE OPERATION OF ENHANCED TTI-BUNDLING MODES IN LTE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. At least two hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes are selected from among a plurality of HARQ processes within a round trip time. The at least two selected HARQ processes are combined to transmit the same data in a combined transmission. The at least two selected HARQ processes may be continuous within the round trip time, or offset within the round trip time. In the case of offset HARQ processes, the offset between the at least two selected HARQ processes may allow for early termination of the combined transmission. For example, an ACK of a first of the selected HARQ processes may terminate the transmission of a second of the selected HARQ processes. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085797 | LTE-U UPLINK WAVEFORM AND VARIABLE MULTI-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING - Uplink waveforms for operating long term evolution (LTE) in an unlicensed band (i.e., long term evolution-unlicensed (LTE-U) communication) are disclosed. Carrier aggregation (CA) and standalone (SA) are disclosed. LTE on the licensed channel may provide both control and data, LTE on the unlicensed channel may provide data. Managing variable transmission time interval (TTI) continuous transmission is disclosed for transmission over multiple subframes of an unlicensed carrier in LTE-U. Listen-before-talk (LBT) requirements of unlicensed carriers provide for additional channel occupancy constraints when scheduling resources for multiple UEs for variable TTI continuous uplink transmissions over multiple subframes. A joint control channel is disclosed that provides control information for all of the potentially available subframes to be scheduled for the uplink transmissions. In addition to management of the variable TTI continuous transmissions, adjustments to uplink signal parameters are also disclosed that address the constraints due to the LBT requirements of unlicensed carriers. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085798 | Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection Re-Establishment - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for a radio resource control connection re-establishment for a wireless system, such as LTE and LTE-A, are provided. One method comprises determining a strongest signal strength cell to a user equipment and comparing the strongest signal strength cell to a list of prepared cells. The method further comprises determining if the strongest signal strength cell is a suitable cell and if it is on the list of prepared cells. The method may further comprise, upon a connection failure, the user equipment attempting re-establishment connection between the user equipment and the strongest signal strength cell if the strongest signal strength cell is a suitable cell and is on the list of prepared cells. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085799 | DATA RATES IN MOBILE RADIO SYSTEMS - Broadband networks for cellular operation are relatively short range and are deployed with infrastructure to serve the needs of a relatively high density of users. Land Mobile Radio (LMR) networks are relatively long range and deployed with infrastructure to serve a relatively low density of users. Methods are described which enable mobile devices to use an LMR network to coordinate operation of a broadband network to achieve higher data rates or use other aspects of the broadband network. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085800 | BEARER SPLIT RATIOS FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY SYSTEMS - Technology for communicating data to a user equipment (UE) is disclosed. Effective data rates may be identified, at a master evolved node B (MeNB), for the UE with respect to the MeNB and a secondary evolved node B (SeNB). A downlink split ratio for bearers of the MeNB and the SeNB to the UE may be determined based in part on the effective data rates for the UE. A first portion of data may be sent from the MeNB to the UE according to the downlink split ratio. A remaining portion of data may be sent from the MeNB to the UE via the SeNB according to the downlink split ratio, wherein the UE supports dual connectivity with the MeNB and the SeNB. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085801 | WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING TV WHITE SPACE SPECTRUM AND LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE - A wireless local area network (WLAN) gateway uses a LTE radio frame and TV white space spectrum for data communications in a wireless local area network. In the LTE downlink frame, a predefined subset of the pilot (reference) symbol positions are used to carry information to data sinks in the WLAN. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085802 | EXTENSION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for the transmission of physical downlink control signaling. In one method, a User Equipment (UE) receives information associated with a physical resource block (PRB) for enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a base station. Based on either first information received on physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) or second information received on higher layer signaling, the UE determines a starting orthogonal frequency division multiple (OFDM) symbol on which EPDCCH transmission starts. The UE receives control information on the EPDDCH based on the information associated with the PRB and the determined starting OFDM symbol. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085803 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention discloses a method and a device for transmitting data, which relate to the field of communications. The method for reporting data transmission includes: when a user equipment UE is electrically powered on, notifying an eNB that the UE has a capability of supporting short latency service, and receiving reporting configuration information transmitted by the eNB; when an short latency service occurs and short latency data corresponding to the short latency service is generated, transmitting, by the UE, the short latency data to the eNB according to the reporting configuration information, or transmitting medium access control layer control elements MAC CE to the eNB according to the reporting configuration information, where the MAC CE includes the short latency data. The device for reporting data transmission includes a notifying module, a receiving module and a transmitting module. The present invention reduces time delay during short latency data transmission. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085804 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING, TRANSMITTING, AND RECEIVING A DATA FRAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a technique relating to a method and apparatus for generating, transmitting, and receiving a data frame having a newly proposed format in a wireless communication system. According to the technique, the method for generating a data frame in a wireless communication system comprises the following steps: generating at least one first subframe; generating at least one second subframe; and generating a data frame including the first and second subframes, wherein the first and second subframes include length information of a MAC protocol data unit (MPDU) contained in the first and second subframes, and the length information of the MPDU contained in the second subframe is zero. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085805 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a radio communication method, a base station and a user equipment. In a system in which the base station supports a full-duplex radio communication, the base station needs to group user equipments within its service range, configure an identical radio resource pattern for user equipments in a same group and configures different radio resource patterns for user equipments in different groups. In this way, in a process that the base station selects, according to the configured radio resource patterns, multiple user equipments, which are in different communication states on the same radio resource for communication, not all the user equipments will receive the uplink data sent by other user equipment, and only user equipments in different groups may have different communication states on the same radio resource respectively. In this way, an interference between user equipments can be reduced appropriately. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085806 | Channel State Information Feedback - A wireless device receives a first reference signal from a first base station and estimates a first signal strength based on the received first reference signal. The wireless device receives a second reference signal from a second base station and estimates a second signal strength based on the received second reference signal. The wireless device estimates an interference value based, at least in part, on the second reference signal. The wireless device estimates a signal to interference ratio value based on the second signal strength and a total interference value. The total interference value is computed based upon the interference value or the interference value plus the first signal strength. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085807 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM USING UPLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TECHNOLOGY - The present invention discloses a communication method and system using MIMO technology. The communication method includes: a network side device determines whether a UE uses a single-stream mode or a multi-stream mode as an uplink data transmission mode; and the network side device notifies the UE of indication information indicating the determined uplink data transmission mode. The communication method and system help the UE to use a specific uplink data transmission mode in combination with various factors, therefore reducing a delay of an uplink data transmission, improving an uplink data transmission speed, thereby meeting development needs of uplink high-speed data communication services of the UE. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085808 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CARRIER MANAGEMENT IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A carrier aggregation system, includes transmitting a first signaling to configure one additional carrier to a user equipment (UE) at which the additional carriers are deactivated, to configure a timer to each additional carrier for the UE by which the carrier is deactivated after the corresponding timer expiry; transmitting a second signaling that carries an activation indication to the UE to activate one deactivated additional carrier in the configured carriers for the UE; activating at least one deactivated additional carrier, starting the timer, controlling the UE to start Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) monitoring and Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) receiving on the activated additional carrier; transmitting PDCCH on the activated additional carrier for the UE, by which the corresponding timer being restarted; deactivating the activated carrier after the corresponding timer expiry, controlling the UE to stop the PDCCH monitoring and the PDSCH receiving on the deactivated additional carrier. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085809 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A data alignment method capable of preventing degradation in demodulation performance due to variation in signal qualities when a data signal to which a Turbo code is applied is transmitted simultaneously from a plurality of cells. The method divides signal components to be used for data alignment into resources common to all the cells and resources dependent on the cells and transmits encoded and rate-matched data with the first half thereof aligned to the resources common to all the cells and the second half thereof aligned to the resources dependent on the cells. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085810 | Random Access Preamble Design - A method of facilitating a user equipment (UE) communicating with a base station (BS) via a cell of a mobile communications system is disclosed. The UE selects a random access preamble (RAP) from a set of RAPs and transmits the RAP to the BS. The BS receives the RAP and estimates a time of arrival of the RAP. A pre-defined set is used in generating the set of RAPs via at least one Zadoff-Chu sequence. The pre-defined set includes all of the following values: 0, 13, 15, 18, 22, 26, 32, 38, 46, 59, 76, 93, 119, 167, 279, 419. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085811 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, WIRELESS STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A wireless communications system includes a base station; and a wireless station. The base station reserves, in advance, a radio parameter that includes at least any one among a frequency resource and communication method used in transmission of uplink data by a first control signal transmitted to the wireless station and upon receiving a second control signal from the wireless station, provides authorization for the transmission of uplink data, by transmitting a third control signal to the wireless station. The wireless station, upon transmitting the second control signal to the base station, uses the radio parameter configured by the first control signal received from the base station to perform transmission of the uplink data to the base station. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085812 | Carrier Indicator Field Usage And Configuration In Carrier Aggregation - Format of a downlink control channel for a user equipment UE is changed in conjunction with switching the UE between being enabled for cross carrier scheduling and being disabled for cross carrier scheduling. The changed format is used on at least one serving cell of the UE's configured set of component carriers CCs. In one embodiment the changed format comprises an explicit carrier indicator field CIF for the case in which the switching is from disabled to enabled; and the changed format has no explicit CIF when the switching is from enabled to disabled. In another embodiment switching from disabled to enabled comprises the UE's configured set of CCs being changed from one to multiple cells; and switching from enabled to disabled comprises the UE's configured set of CCs being changed from multiple cells to one cell. In one embodiment the changed format is implicit. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085813 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING MOBILE INTERNET CALL SERVICE - There are provided a device and method for providing a mobile Internet call service. In order to reduce a call waiting time for an mVoIP call, when a call is an initial call after power of a terminal is turned on or using the main call number, information for a call connection is acquired in advance and a light weight session is maintained. When the mVoIP call is made later, the maintained light weight session is used to make a direct P2P call. Therefore, it is possible to reduce a call connection time. As a result, when the mVoIP call attempt is made, a call waiting time is significantly reduced and thus it is possible to provide a rapid response and improve user satisfaction. When the light weight session is maintained, access to a separate server system is not performed. As a result, it is possible to connect a P2P call even when call traffic is heavy. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085814 | System and Method for Semi-Persistent and Dynamic Scheduling and Discontinuous Reception Control - Methods of combining semi-persistent resource allocation and dynamic resource allocation are provided. Packets, such as VoIP packets, are transmitted on the uplink and downlink using respective semi-persistent resources. For each mobile device, awake periods and sleep periods are defined. The semi-persistent resources are aligned with the awake periods so that most of the time the mobile device can turn off its wireless access radio during the sleep periods. In addition, signalling to request, and to allocate, resources for additional packets are transmitted during the awake periods, and the resources allocated for the additional packets are within the awake windows. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085815 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK FOR DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for feeding back ACK/NACK for downlink data transmission in a radio communication system. The method is applied on a mobile terminal and includes the following steps: receiving downlink data, calculating, with respect to each Component Carrier (CC), a number of ACKs of ACK/NACK information of downlink data sub-frames of the CC, and feeding back numbers of ACKs of the ACK/NACK information of the downlink data sub-frames of CCs. | 03-26-2015 |
20150085816 | METHOD OF RESOURCE BLOCK (RB) BUNDLING - A method of sizing bundled resource blocks (RBs) having at least one user equipment (UE)-specific demodulation reference signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system is disclosed. According to one embodiment, the method includes: receiving configuration information related to at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal; receiving a plurality of resource blocks (RBs) from a network, wherein the plurality of resource blocks comprises the at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal, at least one cell-specific demodulation reference signal or data, wherein a number of the plurality of RBs is dependent on a size of a system bandwidth, the size of the system bandwidth corresponding to one of four size ranges; and processing at least one of the received plurality of RBs by bundling the plurality of RBs into RB bundles, wherein the size of each RB bundle is based on the one of the four size ranges. | 03-26-2015 |
20150092668 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISTRIBUTED COMMUNICATIONS AND PROCESSING - Systems and methods to provide distributed wireless communications from a plurality of wireless network devices are disclosed. The plurality of wireless network devices may be configured to provide direction communications with one or more user devices. This may be performed by adjusting one or more radio parameters associated with the plurality of wireless network devices. The plurality of wireless network devices may cooperate with each other to provide network connectivity for the one or more user devices with relatively high fidelity, relatively high bandwidth, and relatively low power consumption. The plurality of wireless network devices may further provide distributed processing capability to perform tasks for user devices that may provide task requests. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092669 | Enhanced Scheduling Information Transmission - In a heterogeneous network environment where both high and low power nodes are sharing the same channel/frequency, explicit signaling in a downlink control message is used to select whether scheduling information SI is to be transmitted by a user equipment UE with a data payload or without a data payload. For the case where the selection is that SI is to be transmitted with a data payload, the downlink control message is used for the UE to select a transport format combination TFC for transmission of the SI with the data payload. Else for the case where the selection is that SI is to be transmitted without a data payload, the downlink control message is used for the UE to select transmit power for the transmission of the SI without the data payload. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092670 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UE POWER CLASS ADAPTION FOR COVERAGE EXTENSION IN LTE - A method and apparatus for User Equipment (UE) power class adaptation for coverage extension in Long Term Evolution (LTE) includes setting a maximum transmit power to a predefined level that is below a maximum capability of a high power UE (HPUE); responsive to determining, based on detected operating conditions local to the HPUE, that an increase in transmit range is required, raising the maximum transmit power towards or to the maximum capability of the HPUE; and subsequently transmitting at an operating transmit power at or below the maximum transmit power as a function of the detected operating conditions local to the HPUE. The method and apparatus allow the HPUE to infer how to configure its maximum power to mitigate interference to the same class of cells, without assistance from an Evolved Node B (eNB) and within the existing 3GPP LTE framework. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092671 | DOWNLINK PHYSICAL LAYER PROCESSING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS WITH SYMBOL RATE MAPPING - A downlink physical layer processing system includes a transport block segmentation processor that receives a transport block and generates segmented blocks from the transport block, an encoder that encodes the segmented blocks and forms encoded blocks, a mapping processor that maps the encoded blocks to symbols corresponding to resource elements to generate mapped symbols for transmission over a transmission medium, and a transmission signal generator that processes the mapped symbols to generate transmission signals for transmission over the transmission medium. The mapping processor maps the encoded blocks to the symbols in response to a control signal generated by the transmission signal generator. The encoder thereby operates in response to timing of data received by the encoder while the mapping processor operates in response to timing of processing of symbols by the transmission signal generator. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092672 | SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIER - Methods, systems, and devices are provided for system information management in a wireless communications. A user equipment (UE) may identify a first value of a value tag in a first carrier, read a system information block (SIB) on the first carrier associated with the value tag, and identify a second value of the value tag in a second carrier. The UE may compare the first value with the second value and determine whether the read SIB on the first carrier may be utilized on the second carrier. Other techniques may include identifying a first value of a value tag for a first carrier linked with a SIB transmitted over the first carrier. The techniques may include determining a second value of the value tag for a second carrier indicating whether the SIB transmitted over the first carrier may be utilized on the second carrier. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092673 | CUSTOMIZED COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT BASED ON USER BEHAVIOR - A method for customized coexistence management based on user behavior is disclosed. The method can include a wireless communication device determining a behavior pattern of a user of the wireless communication device; assigning a priority level to each of a first application and a second application based on the behavior pattern; using a first wireless communication interface to support data communication for the first application; using a second wireless communication interface to support data communication for the second application concurrent with data communication for the first application over the first wireless communication interface; and managing in-device coexistence of the first wireless communication interface and the second wireless communication interface during concurrent data communication for the first application and the second application based on the priority level assigned to the first application and the priority level assigned to the second application. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092674 | SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS WITH FLEXIBLE BANDWIDTH CARRIER - Methods, systems, and devices are provided for system information management in a wireless communications. A user equipment (UE) may identify a first value of a value tag in a first carrier, read a system information block (SIB) on the first carrier associated with the value tag, and identify a second value of the value tag in a second carrier. The UE may compare the first value with the second value and determine whether the read SIB on the first carrier may be utilized on the second carrier. Other techniques may include identifying a first value of a value tag for a first carrier linked with a SIB transmitted over the first carrier. The techniques may include determining a second value of the value tag for a second carrier indicating whether the SIB transmitted over the first carrier may be utilized on the second carrier. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092675 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION ADAPTION TO AVOID RECEPTION INTERFERENCE IN A DEVICE THAT IMPLMENENTS MORE THAN ONE WIRELESS TECHNOLOGY - Example embodiments generally relate to adapting a transmission via first wireless technology to avoid interference with a reception via a second wireless technology. For example, a user equipment (e.g. cell phone) can include radios operating according to first and second wireless radio technologies, which can include Long Term Evolution (LTE) and a technology using the industrial, scientific and medical (ISM) frequency band. When a priority request is asserted by a radio operating in the ISM frequency band, the LTE radio may abort a scheduled transmission when certain “transmission abort criteria” are satisfied. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092676 | Macrocell Enabled MM-Wave Superspot for Mobility - A system and method may use mm-wave superspots to download high volumes of data to a moving or stationary mobile device traveling along a travel route that the moving mobile device is traveling. A macrocell in communication with the mobile device may predict the route that the mobile device is traveling, such as via GPS location, moving speed and direction, map information, etc. Alternatively, the route being taken may be determined by wireless communication, such as between the mobile device and a macrocell and/or superspot. The macrocell and/or superspot may determine whether (1) there are any mm-wave superspots along the predicted or known route that the mobile device is taking; (2) there is any data that is requested or remaining to download to the moving mobile device; and/or (3) the received signal quality, channel conditions, and/or macrocell traffic to the mobile device are favorable for superspot downloading. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092677 | Filter-Based Guardband Determination and Subcarrier Selection - Techniques for determining a guardband for a frequency channel based at least in part on a roll-off of a filter or a type of a filter are described herein. The filter may be a filter of a base station and the frequency channel may be used for transmissions from the base station to a mobile device. Alternatively, the filter may be a filter of a mobile device and the frequency channel may be used for transmissions from the mobile device to the base station. Further, because different filters of different mobile devices may have different roll-offs or types of filters, different guardbands may be determined for different mobile devices communicating over a same frequency channel. Upon determining the guardband, a base station may select a subcarrier based at least in part on the determined guardband. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092678 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR MOBILE STATION DEVICE-TO-DEVICE BEACON WINDOW DETERMINATION - Disclosed are methods and devices for determination of beacon windows for device-to-device communication. In one implementation, a common reference time and a set of geographical location coordinates are scanned for by a mobile station. A first beacon region is selected based on the set of geographical location coordinates. A first set of periodic beacon windows is determined based on the first beacon region and the common reference time. A device-to-device beacon transmission is scanned for during a beacon window of the first set of periodic beacon windows. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092679 | Enhancement of the Implementation of the High Speed Cell FACH/RACH Feature - A method includes adapting a high speed Cell_FACH feature to a load of a cell. The adapting is performed at least by changing a value of a data volume threshold so delay experienced by a user equipment in a Cell_FACH state is kept lower than a delay the user equipment would experience if moved to a Cell_DCH state. The value of the data volume threshold determines a data volume that, if not exceeded, causes a user equipment to be kept in the Cell_FACH state. The method includes deciding for each user equipment in the Cell_FACh state whether to keep the user equipment in the Cell_FACH state or move the user equipment to the Cell_DCH state. The deciding for each user equipment is based at least on the changed value for the data volume threshold and a data volume for the user equipment. Apparatus and computer program products are also disclosed. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092680 | Flexible Receiver Architecture for Multiple Component Carrier Aggregation in Down Link - A technique to provide receiver processing of a plurality of component carrier signals that are received from one or more transmitting source by a terminal device, in which filtered component carrier signals are processed and aggregated in the terminal device. Two of the component carrier signals may be in a same frequency band grouping or two or more of the component carrier signals may be in a different band grouping. The receiver architecture allows for flexible processing of the component carrier signals by allocating the different bands into frequency band groupings to process the plurality of component carrier signals. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092681 | DYNAMIC SNR ADJUSTMENT IN A RECEIVER SUPPORTING 256QAM - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines to change a mode of operation from a first signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) mode to an increased SNR mode, sends channel quality information (CQI) to a base station indicating an ability to receive data at the increased SNR, and receives the data from the base station according to a higher order modulation and coding scheme (MCS) corresponding to the increased SNR when the base station is capable of providing the data at the higher order MCS. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092682 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A wireless communications terminal may include: a wireless communications module configuring a network with at least one external terminal; a controlling unit receiving data communications information from the at least one external terminal to determine a data transfer ratio with the at least one external terminal; and a mobile communications module providing the data communications information and the data transfer ratio to a base station. The mobile communications module may transmit and receive data to and from the base station depending on the data transfer ratio and the wireless communications module may transmit and receive data to and from the at least one external terminal depending on the data transfer ratio. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092683 | DYNAMIC SECONDARY CELL (SCELL) ALLOCATION AND FREQUENCY PLANNING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for dynamically secondary cell (SCELL) allocation and frequency planning for carrier aggregation. One example system for radio frequency (RF) signal processing, generally includes a first integrated circuit (IC) comprising two or more receive chains, each receive chain for processing one of multiple component carriers in a carrier aggregation (CA) signal, wherein the first IC is configured to downconvert a signal associated with a primary cell of the CA signal; and a second IC configured to downconvert one or more signals associated with one or more secondary cells of the CA signal. The second IC may also be configured to upconvert a signal having a frequency different than the primary cell by an offset associated with the primary cell. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092684 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DISTRIBUTED COORDINATION - At least one example embodiment discloses a method of scheduling communications in a network having a plurality of base stations covering cells, respectively. The method includes obtaining a first coordination matrix, by a first base station, based on channel state information from at least one user equipment (UE), the first coordination matrix indicating scheduling information and first weights associated with subband transmissions for the first base station, transmitting the first coordination matrix to at least another base station of the plurality of base stations, receiving, by the first base station, a second coordination matrix from the at least another base station, the second coordination matrix indicating second weights associated with subband transmissions for the second base station, and transmitting, by the first base station, in subbands where the associated first weights are greater than the associated second weights. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092685 | SIGNAL PROCESSING SYSTEM AND SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD - A signal processing system and a signal processing method are provided. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092686 | Network-Assisted Cell Selection at Connection Re-establishment - According to several disclosed techniques, a wireless network provides assistance information to a mobile terminal for cell selection at re-establishment of a connection after a radio link failure. An example method is implemented in a mobile terminal served in a first cell of a wireless network, and includes receiving ( | 04-02-2015 |
20150092687 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INTER-CLUSTER COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and device for inter-cluster cooperative communication in a mobile communication system. A central unit operating method for inter-cluster cooperative communication in a mobile communication system comprises processes comprising: a process of receiving channel data from serving sectors in a serving cluster; a process of respectively receiving the magnitude of change of a target function for scheduling depending on whether the serving sector is blank, from neighbouring sectors in neighbouring clusters of the serving cluster; and a process of determining the blank pattern of the serving cluster, by using the channel data received from the serving sectors, and the magnitude of change of the target function received from the neighbouring sectors in neighbouring clusters. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092688 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING WIRELESS LAN ACCESS POINT - The present invention relates to a communication method and apparatus using a wireless local area network access point (WLAN AP). The communication method of the WLAN AP according to one embodiment of the present invention may include step of storing identifiers by correlating a first identifier to be used for the WLAN AP to identify user equipment (UE) with a second identifier to be used for an eNodeB (eNB) to identify the UE, step of receiving, from the UE, a first packet including the first identifier and data, step of creating a second packet, when the first packet is received, by combining the second identifier corresponding to the first identifier with the data of the first packet, and step of transmitting the second packet to the eNB. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092689 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A scheduling method and apparatus for a device to device communication are disclosed. The device to device communication method comprises the steps of: transmitting first data to a second terminal through a pre-assigned first sub-frame; and receiving a response corresponding to the first data and second data from the second terminal through a pre-assigned second sub-frame. Therefore, the present invention can prevent a collision of transmitted and received data between the devices. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092690 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH REGION FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal to receive an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a based station in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method includes the step of: receiving the EPDCCH by monitoring EPDCCH candidates consisting of one or more enhanced control channel elements (ECCEs) in at least one resource block set for EPDCCH, wherein the number of ECCEs forming each of the EPDCCH candidates corresponds to an aggregation level, and the period between the EPDCCH candidates for one carrier, which is a specific aggregation level, is determined by dividing the total number of ECCEs included in each of the one or more resource blocks by a corresponding aggregation level and the number of the EPDCCH candidates which are the specific aggregation level. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092691 | METHOD OF RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING THE METHOD - A method of receiving downlink data in a wireless communication system and a wireless device are provided. The wireless device determines energy per resource element (EPRE) of a reference signal that is received in a transmission bandwidth of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and determines the power ratio of the EPRE of the reference signal to the EPRE of a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) on the basis of the transmission bandwidth. The wireless device determines the EPRE of the PDSCH on the basis of the EPRE of the reference signal and the power ratio and demodulates the PDSCH. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092692 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR DOWNLINK DATA ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system and a device therefor. More specifically, the method for transmitting a PUCCH in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: enabling a terminal to receive an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) having at least one enhanced control channel element (ECCE) from a base station; and transmitting a PUCCH corresponding to a physical data shared channel (PDSCH) scheduled by the EPDCCH to the base station, according to linkage information on the at least one ECCE, wherein the linkage information indicates a resource index of the physical uplink control channel corresponding to an index of the at least one ECCE according to an aggregation level with respect to the EPDCCH. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092693 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING HARQ-ACK CHANNEL RESOURCES SUPPORTING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY AND CHANNEL SELECTION - Examples of the present invention provide a method for allocating Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) channel resources supporting transmit diversity and channel selection. The method includes: receiving, by a UE, Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) information and Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) data from a base station through two Carrier Components (CCs); obtaining, by the UE according to specific indication information, Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) channel resources required for transmitting HARQ-ACK feedback information using a transmit diversity technique; and transmitting, by the UE, the HARQ-ACK feedback information on the obtained PUCCH channel resources adopting the transmit diversity technique. According to the method provided by the examples of the present invention, it is possible to allocate HARQ-ACK channel resources to the UE reasonably and avoid waste of channel resources in the premise that channel selection and SORTD technique are supported. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092694 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION ON LOW-COST MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving an uplink signal for low-cost machine-type communication (MTC) used in a wireless communication system, and the apparatuses for supporting same. The base station of the present invention sets a maximum number of RBs capable of being allocated to the MTC device to be smaller than the total number of RBs in a system band supported by the base station. The MTC device of the present invention transmits an uplink signal through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) on the basis of the maximum number of RBs capable of being allocated to the MTC device. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092695 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR E-PDCCH TRANSMISSION AND BLIND DETECTION - The present invention relates to the field of communications, and provides a method and a device for enhanced-physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) transmission and blind detection. The method is: a network side carrying out corresponding E-PDCCH transmission resource configuration for allocation of each sub-frame; and a terminal respectively adopting different modes to perform E-PDCCH blind detection in each frame, so that better link adaptation of the E-PDCCH transmission can be implemented. Therefore, the balance of E-PDCCH transmission in sub-frames is ensured, the effect of E-PDCCH blind detection of the terminal is further improved, and the E-PDCCH demodulation performance is further promoted. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092696 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RADIO BEARER FOR USER EQUIPMENT - Methods, a first network node, a second network node, computer program products and apparatuses for managing radio bearer for user equipment are disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, a method for managing radio bearer for user equipment in a first network node comprises: sending a radio bearer management request; receiving a radio bearer management response, the radio bearer management response indicating a radio bearer to be managed and comprising radio resource configuration information; generating a radio bearer management message based on the radio bearer to be managed; including the received radio resource configuration information into the generated radio bearer management message; ciphering and integrity protecting the radio bearer management message; and sending the secured radio bearer management message. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092697 | METHODS FOR DETERMINING INFORMATION ABOUT A COMMUNICATION PARAMETER AND COMMUNICATION DEVICES - According to various embodiments, a method for determining information about a communication parameter may be provided. The method may include providing information about the communication parameter in at least one of an add block acknowledgement request signal, an acknowledgement signal for an add block acknowledgement request signal, an add block acknowledgement response signal, or an acknowledgement signal for an add block acknowledgement response signal. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092698 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting channel state information (CSI) by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method sets a group including a plurality of cells, receives parameters for CSI transmission timings for the plurality of cells, and determines the CSI transmission timings for the plurality of cells on the basis of the parameters. The CSI transmission timings for at least two cells from among the plurality of cells are aligned to be the same. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092699 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND PROXIMITY DETECTION IN LTE - In an aspect of the disclosure, is directed to addressing UE proximity detection near non-serving base stations. Certain classes of base stations may activate and deactivate based on the presence of nearby UEs. In their deactivated state these base stations may employ no signaling or limited signaling. Networks employing such base stations may employ a discovery mechanism, as disclosed herein, to allow such base stations to detect or discover nearby UEs. In accordance with the disclosure, a UE may transmit the proximity SRS at a maximum power or another signal strength that can be determined by a listening base station. The listening base station may employ the signal to determine UE proximity and take appropriate steps, such as activating some aspects of its signaling, remaining inactive, or entering an alternative state of limited signaling or further UE detection. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092700 | RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM MANAGEMENT APPARATUS, METHOD, SYSTEM AND SECONDARY USER APPARATUS - The present disclosure provides a radio frequency spectrum management apparatus, method, system and secondary user apparatus for a cognitive radio system comprising primary systems and secondary systems, the radio frequency spectrum management apparatus comprises circuitry configured to: acquire, according to position variation information of respective secondary user groups in the secondary systems, path loss information at the positions before and after the movement of respective secondary user groups respectively, wherein, the secondary user group comprises one or more secondary users; and determine an adjustment to the usage of frequency spectrums of the secondary users, according to the variation of the path loss information at the positions before and after the movement of respective secondary user groups. The present disclosure may at least improve the efficiency of adjusting the frequency spectrum resource. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092701 | NETWORK BASED PROVISIONING OF UE CREDENTIALS FOR NON-OPERATOR WIRELESS DEPLOYMENTS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for provisioning of devices, such as UEs, for service at a wireless network. One or more device parameters may be identified for use in provisioning the device on the wireless network, which may be provided to a network element. The network element may use the provided parameters to access a subscription server. The subscription server may provide verification and/or subscription parameters of the device that may then be used by the device to verify that the device is authorized to access the wireless network. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092702 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN LTE/LTE-A SYSTEMS WITH UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Uplink control channel management is disclosed for LTE/LTE-A communication systems with unlicensed spectrum in which two or more physical resource blocks (PRBs) are allocated for uplink control channel transmission. The uplink control information (UCI) payload may be determined based on clear channel assessment (CCA) information associated with carriers scheduled for transmission of the UCI data. With the UCI payload determined, two or more uplink control channel messages may be generated according to at least one control channel format, wherein uplink control channel messages include the UCI payload. These generated uplink control channel messages may then be transmitted over the allocated PRBs. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092703 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONFIGURING AN ADAPTIVE FRAME STRUCTURE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for configuring an adaptive frame structure for wireless communications systems using unlicensed radio frequency spectrum. A base station (BS) may determine whether another device is transmitting on a channel in the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum or one or more other network conditions pertaining to the channel, determine a frame structure from a plurality of frame structures used for data communications based at least in part on the one or more network conditions, wherein each of the plurality of frame structures has a different frame duration, and communicate with a user equipment (UE) using the determined frame structure. A UE may determine a frame structure from a plurality of frame structures used for data communications, wherein each of the plurality of frame structures has a different frame duration, and communicate with a BS using the determined frame structure. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092704 | METHOD AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention provides method and communication apparatus for resource allocation in wireless communication network. The resource allocation method comprises: receiving, at a cluster-level scheduler, channel quality metrics of each user equipment (UE) in a cluster of at least two radio remote head units (RHUs); calculating, at the cluster-level scheduler, a reference signal received quality (RSRQ) metric of each UE in the cluster according to the received channel quality metrics of each UE; performing, at each cell-level scheduler in the cluster, cell-level packet scheduling within a pre-configured duration, each cell-level scheduler corresponding to one of the RHUs; classifying each UE to be one of predetermined categories according to the calculated RSRQ metric of the UE; and determining, at the cluster-level scheduler, whether to adjust the cell-level packet scheduling within the pre-configured duration at each cell-level scheduler according to the classified category of each UE scheduled within the pre-configured duration. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092705 | MEASUREMENT AND SIGNALING FOR NETWORK ASSISTANCE TO ENABLE DATA-IC IN SMALL CELL CLUSTERS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, a user equipment (UE) receives a signal at the UE. The received signal includes a transmission from a serving cell and at least a first interfering transmission. The UE determines a constrained transmission rate associated with the first interfering transmission and cancels the first interfering transmission from the received signal based on the constrained transmission rate. In another aspect, a wireless communication apparatus determines a constrained transmission rate for a transmission on one or more reduced-rate resources. The wireless communication apparatus signaling the constrained transmission rate to a user equipment (UE). | 04-02-2015 |
20150092706 | DEVICE TO DEVICE USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - A device to device (D2D) user equipment and a base station are provided. The D2D user equipment includes a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver receives a wireless signal having a hybrid access channel carrying a D2D hybrid access map. The processor is electrically connected to the transceiver retrieves the D2D hybrid access map from the hybrid access channel. The D2D hybrid access map indicates a D2D resource block. A first D2D user equipment transmits a D2D hybrid access request to a second D2D user equipment via the D2D resource block and the second D2D user equipment transmits a D2D hybrid access response to the first D2D user equipment via the D2D resource block. Accordingly, the first D2D user equipment and the second D2D user equipment perform D2D data transmission according to the D2D data transmission information carried in the D2D hybrid access response. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092707 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION OF SERVING CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPROTING DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Provided is an apparatus and method for performing activation/deactivation of a serving cell in a wireless communication system supporting dual connectivity. The method for performing activation/deactivation of serving cell by a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes configuring a dual connectivity with at least two different base stations based on dual connectivity configuration information received through RRC (Radio Resource Control) message from a base station, receiving activation/deactivation information about secondary serving cell configured for the UE from each of two different base stations, and selectively applying the activation/deactivation information about the secondary serving cell configured for the UE based on information including the secondary serving cell provided by the base station or information about the base station providing the secondary serving cell configured for the UE. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092708 | ADAPTIVE RECEPTION OF LTE IN A SINGLE RADIO WIRELESS DEVICE - Methods, apparatuses and computer-readable media are described that configure wireless circuitry of a wireless device. The wireless device establishes a connection to a first wireless network using first and second receiving signaling chains. The wireless device obtains a configuration processing delay time for the first wireless network and sends a first channel status report having a rank indicator value of one before starting a tune-away event at a time based on the obtained configuration processing delay time. The wireless device reconfigures at least one of the radio frequency signaling chains to receive signals from a second wireless network during the tune-away event. The wireless device subsequently sends a second channel status report having a rank indicator value greater than one before ending the tune-away event and reconfiguring the at least one of the radio frequency receive signaling chains back to the first wireless network. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092709 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LTE CELL SEARCH USING MULTIPLE RECEIVERS OF A MOBILE DEVICE - A method using multiple receivers of a wireless communication device to accelerate cell selection and reselection is disclosed. Multiple receivers of the wireless device are used to implement carrier aggregation in LTE connected mode. The multiple receivers of the wireless device are used to search for cells concurrently across multiple radio frequency bands and/or multiple radio access technologies during cell selection and/or cell reselection procedures. A first receiver and a second receiver of the wireless device each search for cells over different radio frequency bands simultaneously, and accordingly the cell selection and reselection time is effectively reduced compared to using only one receiver. Multiple receivers are also used concurrently, in parallel, to accelerate inter-frequency cell detection and measurement and for inter-RAT searches and measurements. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092710 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method includes scheduling at least one resource for a Device-to-Device (D2D) transmission control channel (DCCH) carrying a D2D control information (D2DCI) message, transmitting, by a first UE, the DCCH on the at least one DCCH resource to at least one second UE, scheduling at least one resource for a D2D data channel (DDCH), and transmitting, by the first UE, the DDCH on the at least one DDCH resource to the at least one second UE. A UE includes one or multiple antenna, and a processing circuitry configured to schedule at least one resource for a DCCH, transmit the DCCH on the at least one DCCH resource, to at least one second UE through the one or more multiple antenna, schedule at least one resource for a DDCH, and transmit the DDCH on the at least one DDCH resource, to the at least one second UE. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092711 | System and Method for Searching for Grants and Assignments in a PDCCH - A method performed at a network component for indicating a number of grants in a transmission and a corresponding method performed at a station to limit a search for the grants to the number indicated in the transmission. In one embodiment, the transmission includes physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) information and modified cyclic redundancy check (CRC) information, the modified CRC information being generated from CRC information for the PDCCH information and a modifier representing a number of grants. The station determines the number of grants from the modified CRC information, performs a search for a first grant within the PDCCH information and terminates the search upon identifying the first grant, when the number of grants is the first number. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092712 | System and Method for Searching for a Control Channel - A method performed at a base station and a corresponding method performed at a station receiving a transmission from the base station. The methods relate to signaling the station as to a number of PDCCH information that is included in the transmission so the station may terminate a search when the station has identified the PDCCHs in the transmission. The method performed by the station includes receiving the transmission that includes at least one PDCCH information, each PDCCH information having a respective mapped downlink control information (DCI). The method further includes detecting one of the PDCCH information in the transmission and determining lengths of information bits of the DCI and the PDCCH information. The method also includes terminating a search for a further one of the PDCCH information when a first type of padding is used for the mapping of the DCI over the PDCCH information based on the lengths. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092713 | COMPONENT CARRIER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for addressing wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) behavior in response to configuration, configuration parameters and access issues related to the activation/deactivation process when the WTRU may be configured with multiple serving cells or carrier aggregation. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092714 | DEFERRED ACCESS METHOD FOR UPLINK PACKET CHANNEL - The equipment and techniques disclosed herein introduce a deferred acknowledgement (DACK), in the context of a protocol for a wireless station to request and obtain access to a wireless network resource for communication of one or more data packets. Essentially, a network node, such as a wireless base station, sends the DACK instruction in response to the access request telling the requesting station that the node has heard the request but that the requesting station should defer its transmission. The requesting station need not back off and re-initiate its access request. Instead, the requesting station waits for a later acknowledgement (ACK) granting access to a resource as requested. Although the DACK provides additional signaling, this technique can still utilize a fast ACK type message, that is to say a relatively short signaling packet. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION CONFIRMATION IN WIRELESS SYSTEM - Provided arc a method and an apparatus for transmitting a reception confirmation in a wireless system. A terminal determines at least one downlink sub-frame for ACK/NACK feedback from each of a plurality of serving cells and determines the number of ACK/NACK bits for the plurality of serving cells. The terminal generates bundled ACK/NACK bits by arraying the ACK/NACK bits in the ascending order of the cell index of the plurality of serving cells, and transmits the bundled ACK/NACK bits. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092716 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting control information through a PUCCH in a wireless communication system and an apparatus thereof, comprising the steps of: spreading modulation symbol sets to first slot, by using a first code; spreading modulation symbol sets to second slot, by using a second code, wherein the length of the second code is varied according to the number of SC-FDMA symbols for PUCCH transmission. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092717 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a first base station are described for setting measurement resources. Information about setting of a blank subframe of a second base station among a plurality of subframes is received. Resources are set in which a terminal will perform measurement using the information about setting of the blank subframe of the second base station. The information about setting of the blank subframe of the second base station includes a bitmap indicating blank subframes and non-blank subframes of the second base station. In addition, the resources in which the terminal will perform measurement are determined among the blank subframes indicated by the bitmap. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092718 | METHOD OF RESOURCE BLOCK (RB) BUNDLING - A method of sizing bundled resource blocks (RBs) having at least one user equipment (UE)-specific demodulation reference signal in an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) system is disclosed. According to one embodiment, the method includes: receiving configuration information related to at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal; receiving a plurality of resource blocks (RBs) from a network, wherein the plurality of resource blocks comprises the at least one UE-specific demodulation reference signal, at least one cell-specific demodulation reference signal or data, wherein a number of the plurality of RBs is dependent on a size of a system bandwidth, the size of the system bandwidth corresponding to one of four size ranges; and processing at least one of the received plurality of RBs by bundling the plurality of RBs into RB bundles, wherein the size of each RB bundle is based on the one of the four size ranges. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092719 | Arrangement and Method for Identifying PUCCH Format 3 Resources - The disclosure relates to a user equipment for a wireless communications system, and to a related method for identifying a resource to use for a transmission of control information on a physical uplink control channel, PUCCH, format 3. The method comprises receiving ( | 04-02-2015 |
20150092720 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVIDING EFFICIENT OPERATION OF MULTIPLE MODES IN A WLAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus that applies medium access control (MAC) transmission opportunity (TXOP) protection for multiple mode operation in a WLAN system. In particular, MAC mechanisms are defined to support multiple mode CTS frames, and multiple mode CF-End frames sent by the AP, each in a format appropriate for the corresponding mode which may also apply to a single mode. MAC mechanisms permit truncation of TXOP duration for releasing the unused portion of the TXOP when no further data for transmission is available. Release of unused protected TXOP is possible for both protected AP transmissions and STA transmissions. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092721 | TRANSMISSION OF SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN MULTIPLE OPERATING BANDWIDTHS - Methods and apparatuses are described for the transmission of Scheduling Assignments (SAs) from a base station to User Equipments (UEs) for data reception in the downlink or data transmission in the uplink of a communication system. A method for wireless communication includes receiving a scheduling assignment in a search space on a primary component carrier, the scheduling assignment including information indicating a component carrier on which data is transmitted; and receiving the data on the indicated component carrier. The search space for the primary component carrier is different from a search space for a secondary component carrier. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092722 | METHOD OF NOTIFYING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - A user equipment receives, from the base station apparatus, bit information. The bit information indicates first information indicating one or more antenna ports and second information indicating a number of layers for downlink data symbols. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092723 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A method for transmitting an uplink signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by the UE, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) via one or more resource units; receiving, by the UE, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) indicated by the received PDCCH; and transmitting, by the UE, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) using a PUCCH resource in response to the received PDSCH. An index of the PUCCH resource is determined by adding a first index offset and a second index offset to a lowest index of the one or more resource units. The first index offset is signaled via the PDCCH and the second index offset is signaled via higher layer signaling. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092724 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING PHYSICAL LAYER SIGNAL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus and a system for sending a physical layer signal, where the method for sending a physical layer signal includes: constructing a signal frame of a physical layer signal, where the signal frame includes one single-frequency sequence, the single-frequency sequence is used to enable a receiving apparatus to capture the signal frame in a frequency domain according to the single-frequency sequence, and the single-frequency sequence includes a plurality of single-frequency preset symbols; and sending the physical layer signal based on the signal frame. Applying the present invention can facilitate capturing the signal frame in a frequency domain by a receive end, and therefore, not only impact caused by frequency offset is overcome, but also multipath energy may be used effectively to improve performance of capturing. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092725 | Timer Management in Wireless Communication - This invention relates to techniques for managing a timer used in transmission or reception of data units in wireless communication. To better use the resources in a transceiver, one timer is used. Depending on how the data units being handled, the timer can be used to control a transceiver to retry transmission of data units or purge data units. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092726 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH AN UPLINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for transmitting data and control information in a wireless communication system. The method includes determining a number of symbols for control information based on a number of data bits and scheduled resources; generating coded control information based on the number of symbols for the control information; generating coded data based on a modulation scheme; multiplexing the coded data and the coded control information; modulating the multiplexed coded control information and coded data by the modulation scheme; and transmitting the modulated coded control information and coded data on a channel based on the scheduled resources. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092727 | Evolved Allocation Retention Policy Solution - The present invention relates to a solution for handling an evolved allocation and retention priority in a telecommunications network. The solution is based on obtaining an evolved ARP, obtaining an authorized ARP based on the evolved ARP, and transmitting this authorized ARP to nodes in the network. Furthermore, the authorized ARP may be included in information elements involved in mobility procedure messages. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092728 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Uplink Control Channel Resources - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for determining uplink control channel resources; wherein the method includes: receiving, by user equipment (UE), a specific parameter configured for a mapping manner of its enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) by an eNB; and determining its uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources by the UE according to a specific parameter corresponding to the mapping manner of its E-PDCCH and a PUCCH calculation formula. With the embodiments of the present invention, collision of PUCCH resources of different UE is lowered, and/or spectral efficiencies of the PUCCHs are improved. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092729 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving control information in wireless communication system. A method includes transmitting, through Radio Resource Control (RRC) signaling, information representative of a set of resource blocks for transmitting the control information; generating the control information; and transmitting the control information based on at least one enhanced Control Channel Element (eCCE), at least one antenna port, and the set of resource blocks. The at least one antenna port is determined according to a starting index of the at least one eCCE and an IDentifier (ID) of the UE, when using localized eCCE allocation within the set of resource blocks. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092730 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR ACTIVE AND NON-ACTIVE CARRIERS USING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND AN APPARATUS THEREFORE - A method for a base station to receive an uplink transmission from a user equipment. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting, to the user equipment, Radio Resource Control (RRC) configuration information for channel status report, the RRC configuration information including information for periodically receiving channel status report from the user equipment; transmitting, to the user equipment, Layer 2 (L2) control information indicating states of the plurality of downlink component carriers, each of the plurality of downlink component carriers being indicated as one of an active state and a non-active state; and performing a procedure for periodically receiving channel status report for a corresponding downlink component carrier from the user equipment in use of the RRC configuration information. According to whether the corresponding downlink component carrier is in the active state or the non-active state at a time for receiving a channel status report, channel status information or no channel status information is received for the corresponding downlink component carrier from the user equipment at the time, respectively. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092731 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, RESPONSE DECISION METHOD, RESOURCE CONFIGURATION DECISION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - It is possible to solve the problem that a downstream control information amount is significantly increased if allocation information is periodically reported because no allocation method of a default E-DCH resource configuration is defined for a preamble signature. A base station and a mobile station decide a default resource configuration by using a total number of resource configurations or a value obtained from the total number. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092732 | FRAME STRUCTURE FOR MEDIUM ACCESS IN BODY AREA NETWORKS (BAN) - A system and method for providing a variety of medium access and power management methods are disclosed. A defined frame structure allows a hub and a node to use said methods for secured or unsecured communications with each other. Contended access is available during a random access phase. The node uses an alternate doubling of a backoff counter to reduce interference and resolve collisions with other nodes attempting to communicate with the hub in the random access phase. Non-contended access is also available, and the hub may schedule reoccurring or one-time allocation intervals for the node. The hub and the node may also establish polled and posted allocation intervals on an as needed basis. The node manages power usage by being at active mode at times during the beacon period when the node is expected to transmit or receive frames. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092733 | SYSTEMS/METHODS OF CARRIER AGGREGATION - Various embodiments of carrier aggregation are provided that increase communications capacity and throughput. According to some embodiments, a receiver may be configured with a plurality of receiver chains and, responsive to an aggregate bandwidth of an overall signal that is to be received by the receiver, a plurality of components of the overall signal, each comprising a bandwidth that is less than a frequency span of the overall signal, are received by a respective plurality of receiver chains. Accordingly, each component of the plurality of components of the overall signal may be received by a respective receiver chain of the plurality of receiver chains of the receiver thus avoiding bandwidth limitations associated with receiver elements. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092734 | CHANNEL ALLOCATION NOTIFYING METHOD, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - The number of communication channels necessary for communication with a terminal is calculated by using type and volume of data to be transmitted. When calculated number of communication channels is one, a single communication channel is allocated based on quality information of a communication line to the terminal and, when calculated number of communication channels is more than one, then more than one communication channels are allocated based on the quality information. Allocation information used for notifying of allocated communication channels is generated based on virtual channels, which are defined in advance as channel units having a combination of a plurality of consecutive communication channels, and the allocation information is transmitted to the terminal. | 04-02-2015 |
20150092735 | Method for Configuring Resource, Method for Receiving Downlink Control Information, and Terminal Device - A method for configuring a resource, a method for receiving downlink control information, and a terminal device. A method for configuring a narrowband downlink transmission channel resource includes separating one narrowband downlink transmission channel resource from a system downlink data channel resource, so that a machine type communication user equipment (MTC UE) receives downlink control information or downlink data information using the narrowband downlink transmission channel resource; and dividing the narrowband downlink transmission channel resource into one physical downlink data channel resource and multiple enhanced physical downlink control channel resources, where the multiple enhanced physical downlink control channel resources jointly control the one physical downlink data channel resource. The embodiments of the present invention can further decrease a baseband cost of an MTC UE under the premise of ensuring that a capacity of the MTC UE is not limited. | 04-02-2015 |
20150098389 | INTELLIGENT MACHINE-TO-MACHINE (IM2M) DEVICES - An intelligent machine-to-machine (iM2M) device may collaborate with other devices to perform functions. An iM2M device may determine if it has the necessary resources to respond to a request. Upon determining that the resources needed to provide a response to the request are not available in the iM2M device, the iM2M device may negotiate with other devices in order to obtain a response to the request and/or resources to respond to the request. The other devices may send respective responses and/or resource back to the iM2M device. The iM2M device may, in turn, respond to the request. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098390 | PRIORITIZATION OF DATA TRAFFIC BETWEEN A MOBILE DEVICE AND A NETWORK ACCESS POINT - Methods for prioritizing data traffic between a mobile device and a network access point are provided herein. In some embodiments, a method for prioritizing data traffic between a mobile device and a network access point may include: receiving information associated with bandwidth usage for a plurality of user applications that are running on one or more computing devices connected to the network access point; accessing the network access point via a controller application disposed on one of the computing devices; and granting, by the controller application, bandwidth allocations for each of the user applications over a first time period based on at least some of the information associated with the bandwidth usage. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098391 | CENTRALIZED CIRCUIT SWITCH FALLBACK - Systems and methods herein utilize interworking protocols with centralized functionality to perform CSFB with minimal latency for an inbound and/or outbound communication with a mobile device that is attached to a communication network not operable to service the communication. Embodiments utilize a centralized gateway that communicates in both an LTE network and CS network. In embodiments, the mobile device may be concurrently attached to the LTE network, registered with the centralized gateway, and registered with an MSC of the CS network. Upon the CS network receiving an inbound call for the mobile device or upon the mobile device originating a call, the MSC may set up the call with the mobile device with minimal latency because the mobile device is pre-registered with the MSC. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098392 | MULTIDIMENSIONAL ALGORITHM FOR ROAMING - Methods, devices, and apparatuses are described for wireless communications using a multidimensional algorithm for roaming. In one aspect, an initial set of candidate access points (APs) is produced by a station using a roaming scan. The initial set may be identified based at least in part on an initial metric (e.g., beacon signal strength). A probe signal may be transmitted by the station to at least one of the candidate APs in the initial set and information may be received in response to the probe signals. The station may then identify a reduced set from the initial set based at least in part on the received information, where the reduced set is used to select a target AP. At least one additional metric may be identified and the probe signal may be configured to obtain information corresponding to the additional metrics. This information may be used by the station to select the candidate APs in the reduced set. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098393 | NETWORK OPERATING SYSTEM CLIENT ARCHITECTURE FOR MOBILE USER EQUIPMENT - A network operating system agent can operate to facilitate communications to a network device and a managing server of self-organizing network devices to exchange contexts between an application managed by a user equipment device and the network device. Relationships between self-organizing devices and applications of a user equipment device can be extended so that the network devices are context aware of the application settings. In response to detecting the user equipment device communicating via the network devices, a set of user equipment device parameters and a set of application settings of the application can be communicated to the network devices. The application settings can be modified according to the a set of radio network performance settings of the self-organizing network devices with the user equipment device based on the set of user equipment device parameters and the set of application settings of the application. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098394 | IMS CENTRALIZED SERVICES (ICS) INTERWORKING FUNCTION (IWF) SYSTEM AND METHOD - An IP Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) Centralized Services (ICS) Interworking Function (IWF) element comprises an i2 interface to an IMS core network, an i3 interface to a Telephony Application Server (TAS), a Mobile Applications Part-G (MAP-G) interface to a Mobile | 04-09-2015 |
20150098395 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION RELATED TO REMOVING INTERFERENCE BASED ON STRUCTURAL IDENTIFIER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a terminal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving control information masked with an identifier allocated according to a predefined rule for structural allocation, the control information being transmitted from a neighboring base station, and processing the control information by using the identifier. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098396 | METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CHANNELS - According to one embodiment, a method inquires one or more first nodes of another wireless communication scheme, which are present in a nearby area of a neighboring wireless device of a wireless device, about use channels, thereby obtaining first information indicative of one or more channels of the another wireless communication scheme which are being used in the nearby area of the neighboring wireless device. The method further sets, based on the first information, a channel of the first wireless communication scheme, which is to be used for transmitting data from the wireless device to the neighboring wireless device, to be a first channel which does not overlap a frequency range corresponding to the one or more channels. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098397 | TECHNIQUES FOR ASSESSING CLEAR CHANNEL IN AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communications utilizing multiple clear channel assessment (CCA) procedures for access to a radio frequency spectrum band. A first CCA procedure is performed to determine availability of the radio frequency spectrum band and to contend for use of the radio frequency spectrum band among a number of coordinated operators transmitting on the radio frequency spectrum band. A successful first CCA procedure results in winning the contention for the radio frequency spectrum band for a transmission period that is coordinated among the number of coordinated operators. Upon the successful first CCA procedure, a second CCA procedure is performed during a discontinuous transmission (DTX) period in the transmission period to determine continued availability of the radio frequency spectrum band. The timing of the DTX periods is determined based on timing of radio transmissions having priority use of the radio frequency spectrum band. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098398 | Overlapping Sub-Channels in a Network - In a network, a first network station ( | 04-09-2015 |
20150098399 | CONTROL SIGNALING TRANSMISSION METHOD, CONTROL SIGNALING PROCESSING DEVICE, AND TERMINAL - A method for transmitting control signaling, an apparatus for processing control signaling and a terminal are provided. A base station transmits evolved control signaling to an evolved terminal on M downlink subframes in a radio frame, wherein M is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than N, and N is the number of the downlink subframes in the radio frame. The above technical solution enhances basic control signaling of an LTE-series standard, reduces system overhead and terminal energy consumption, meets demands for future development of the industry, solves the problem of large system overhead and high terminal energy consumption due to the wireless communication standards, and meanwhile also gives sufficient consideration to backward compatibility of the system, and better meets demands of data users rapidly developing and future development of the wireless communications industry. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098400 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is directed to a method and an apparatus used for in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the present invention is directed to a method of controlling uplink transmission and an apparatus therefore, in which the method comprises: receiving a signal including information related with an assignment of a TAG for SCell; and considering SCell as having no valid uplink timing if TAT of the TAG is not running | 04-09-2015 |
20150098401 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR HYBRID ARQ INFORMATION - Provided is a method for allocating a resource for hybrid ARQ information, which is transmitted to a downlink, in a wireless communication system. The method for a transmission point transmitting the hybrid automatic repeat request (ARQ), includes: transmitting to a terminal an index of a group to which each of the terminals belong, along with information on a physical resource block to which an uplink data channel is allocated, and downlink control information for delivering circulation delay information of a reference signal, which is for demodulating an uplink; and transmitting the hybrid ARQ information, which includes whether the uplink data channel that has been transmitted is received, through a resource which is determined on the basis of the information on the physical resource block to which the uplink data channel is allocated, the circulation delay information of the reference signal, and the index of the group. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098402 | WIRELESS RECEPTION DEVICE, WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PROGRAM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A wireless reception device of the invention is a wireless reception device that includes a terminal antenna unit | 04-09-2015 |
20150098403 | Methods, Arrangements and Nodes for Providing Composite Acknowledgement Information in a Wireless Communication System - There is provided a method, performed by a receiving node, for generating composite acknowledgement information for a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ, process. The composite acknowledgement information is generated in response to transport blocks received from a transmitting node. The method comprises the step ( | 04-09-2015 |
20150098404 | Uplink Scheduling in a Radio System - In methods and devices for scheduling overbooked uplink transmissions for a set of user equipments to a radio base station in a radio network, the overbooking is at least partly based on grant utilization probabilities of the set of user equipments. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098405 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a communication method and device in a wireless communication system, the communication method comprising: a base station in the communication system determines, according to the current system configuration of the communication system, the category of an enhanced control channel element configuration in an enhanced physical downlink control channel, the enhanced control channel element configuration comprising the number of resource elements in each enhanced control channel element, and the number of enhanced control channel elements in each physical resource block pair, and the enhanced control channel element configuration is classified into a plurality of categories respectively corresponding to the different system configurations of the communication system; and notifying a terminal node in the communication system of the information related to the determined category of the enhanced control channel element configuration. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098406 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL OPTIMIZATION - Communication systems, such as the long tem evolution (LTE) of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) may benefit from various optimizations, such as optimizations related to smart phone technology. More particularly, diverse data applications may benefit from enhancements such as physical uplink control channel optimization. According to certain embodiments, a method can include configuring, with radio resource control signaling, a physical uplink control channel resource to one or more devices. The method can also include indicating to each device of the one or more devices, which part of the resource to use. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098407 | SYSTEM FOR ALLOCATING CHANNELS IN A MULTI-RADIO WIRELESS LAN ARRAY - A channel allocation system for allocating channels in a frequency band to a plurality of radios in close proximity so as to minimize co-channel interference. One method for allocating channels involves initially tuning each of the plurality of radios to the same one of the plurality of channels. All of the radios then receive signals from whatever sources and a signal score is determined for each radio. The radios are then tuned to another one of the plurality of channels. The steps of receiving a signal and determining a signal score for each radio are repeated for each of the remaining channels until all channels have been used. The signal scores are then tested against a table of mapping schemes to determine maximum isolation. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098408 | COMPUTING SYSTEM WITH FACTOR ESTIMATION MECHANISM AND METHOD OF OPERATION THEREOF - A computing system includes: an inter-device interface configured to receive a receiver signal including a serving control information for representing a serving control signal communicated over a serving control channel; and a communication unit, coupled to the inter-device interface, configured to: generate a boosting factor estimate based on the receiver signal, and determine the serving control information from the receiver signal based on the boosting factor estimate. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098409 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL - The application pertains to a method for transmitting a downlink control signal. A base station maps an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) sequentially to resource elements for transmitting the E-PDCCH in each orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol according to an order of OFDM symbols used by the E-PDCCH of a user equipment (UE). The E-PDCCH is sent to the UE from the base station by using the resource elements, where the E-PDCCH and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) invoked by the E-PDCCH are frequency-division multiplexed. Because the E-PDCCH is mapped sequentially to resource elements for transmitting the E-PDCCH in each OFDM symbol according to an order of OFDM symbols used by the E-PDCCH of the UE, different control channel elements of E-PDCCHs at different aggregation levels will not include a same E-PDCCH modulation symbol, thereby ensuring that the UE judges a start position of the E-PDCCH correctly. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098410 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTERFERENCE CHARACTERISTICS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - According to certain embodiments, methods and systems include providing interference characterization data by a network node to a first wireless device for use in performing interference mitigation. A network node may provide telecommunications services for a first wireless device located associated with the network node. Characteristic data associated with at least one characteristic of an interfering signal associated with a second wireless device may be identified. The at least one characteristic may identify at least one transmission mode associated with the interfering signal. The characteristic data associated with the interfering signal associated with the second wireless device may be transmitted to the first wireless device. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098411 | System And Method For Providing Interference Characteristics For Interference Mitigation - According to certain embodiments, methods and systems include providing interference characterization data by a network node to a first wireless device for use in performing interference mitigation. The network node may provide telecommunications services for a first wireless device associated with the network node. Characteristic data may be identifying by the network node. The characteristic data may be associated with at least one characteristic of an interfering signal associated with a second wireless device. The characteristic data may be transmitted to the first wireless device and may identify a precoder granularity configured for least one physical resource block pair associated with the interfering signal. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098412 | VIRTUAL CARRIERS FOR LTE/LTE-A COMMUNICATIONS IN A SHARED SPECTRUM - Methods, systems, apparatuses, and devices are described for wireless communication. From a plurality of physical carriers associated with a clear channel assessment (CCA) performed by a device, one of the physical carriers for which the CCA was successful may be identified. A virtual carrier associated with a wireless data transmission by the device may be mapped to the identified one of the physical carriers. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098413 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SELECTING ACCESS POINT NAME - Method of selecting an Access Point Name (APN) includes selecting one APN from an APN list when a network connection state of an electronic device is idle and the APN list has at least one APN. The electronic device includes a storage device that stores a APN list. A connection is established between the electronic device and a wide area network using the selected APN. When the connection is established using the selected APN, the method determines that the selected APN is a preferred APN. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098414 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) DISCOVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for supporting D2D discovery in a wireless communication system. The method includes an application in the UE activates a D2D discovery function. The method also includes the UE sends a first signaling to inform an eNB that the D2D discovery function has been activated. The method further includes the application in the UE deactivates the D2D discovery function. In addition, the method includes the UE sends a second signaling to inform the eNB that the D2D discovery function has been deactivated. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098415 | Method and Apparatus for Coordinating One or More Downlink Transmissions In A Wireless Communication System - This invention provides a method and apparatus for coordinating downlink transmission(s) in a wireless communication system comprising a cluster of base station clients in communication with a base station cluster coordinator. The method comprises: receiving from each of the cluster of base station clients, a UE parameter set for each UE served by the respective base station clients; determining cluster parameter sets in respect of respective transmission modes, based on the UE parameter sets; evaluating the cluster parameter sets at the base station cluster coordinator, in order to select at least one of the transmission modes for the base station clients; generating at the base station cluster coordinator at least one output according to the at least one transmission mode; and transmitting each output to at least one of the base station clients to control the corresponding base station client to perform the selected downlink transmissions. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098416 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) DISCOVERY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for supporting D2D discovery in a wireless communication system. The method includes the UE receives an RRC (Radio Resource Control) message for configuring measurement gaps to the UE. The method also includes the UE performs measurement and does not monitor D2D discovery signal(s) during a measurement gap if the measurement gap collides with any D2D discovery subframe. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098417 | CREATING, JOINING, FINDING, DISCOVERING, RESTORING AND RELOCATING PROCESS-BASED CHANNELS - A novel solution is disclosed whereby one or more mobile devices or web applications are able to create, join, find, discover, restore or relocate processed based channels for the purpose of creating a message bus for each attached device or application. A mobile or web application is allowed to open one or more channels as a message bus from one or more devices, which may include one or more other devices, to a node in a distributed cluster for the purpose of performing logic necessary for the function of the native application. Other objects, features, apparatus and methods are also disclosed. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098418 | OPPORTUNISTIC HARQ REPETITION FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques opportunistic retransmissions. According to certain aspects, a user equipment (UE) may transmit data associated with a first hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process, receive signaling indicating the UE is to retransmit the data in at least one subframe not belonging to the first HARQ process, and retransmit the data on the at least one subframe. According to certain aspects, a base station (BS) may schedule a UE to transmit data on a first HARQ process and signal the UE to retransmit the data in at least one subframe not belonging to the first HARQ process. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098419 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR NOISE FLOOR OPTIMIZATION IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM WITH DIRECT DIGITAL INTERFACE TO BASE STATION - A signal interface unit for a distributed antenna system includes a channelized radio carrier interface configured to communicate an uplink channelized radio carrier for a radio frequency carrier to a channelized radio carrier base station interface; an antenna side interface configured to receive an uplink digitized radio frequency signal from the distributed antenna system communicatively coupled to the antenna side interface; and a signal conversion module communicatively coupled between the channelized radio carrier interface and the antenna side interface and configured to convert between the uplink digitized radio frequency signal and the uplink channelized radio carrier at least in part by adjusting at least one uplink attribute of the uplink digitized radio frequency signal received from the distributed antenna system to comply with requirements of the channelized radio carrier base station interface. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098420 | DATA TRANSMISSION SCHEME WITH UNEQUAL CODE BLOCK SIZES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus generates a data transport block, divides the data transport block into a number of sub-blocks. The sub-blocks include at least a first sub-block and a second sub-block, where a size of the first sub-block is different than a size of the second sub-block. The apparatus may encode the number of sub-blocks using different code rates and/or different coding schemes. The apparatus may modulate the encoded sub-blocks using different modulation orders. The apparatus transmits the sub-blocks to a receiver. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098421 | JOINT PDCCH/PDSCH SCHEDULING TECHNIQUES TO ENHANCE PDSCH INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus configures a first downlink (DL) control channel for a user equipment (UE) being served by the first transmission point, the configuration facilitating decoding of the first DL control channel by at least one UE being served by a second transmission point, and transmits the first DL control channel. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098422 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS BETWEEN OPEN DISCOVERY AND CELLULAR RESOURCE - A device is configured to perform a method of wireless communication in a wireless communication network. The method includes receiving, from a communications controller, a device-to-device (D2D) subframe configuration to communicate with one or more second wireless devices, the subframe configuration indicating one or more subframes in which to transmit a D2D signal or receive one or more D2D signals. The method also includes receiving, from the communications controller, scheduling information to transmit a first signal to the communications controller on a subframe indicated by the D2D subframe configuration. The method further includes prioritizing the transmission of the first signal over a transmission of the D2D signal or a reception of the one or more D2D signals, and transmitting the first signal. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098423 | Hierarchical Transmission in Wireless Communications - A wireless communication device includes a communication interface and a processor that operate to generate a first transmission stream by processing first information based on first parameter(s) and a second transmission stream by processing second information based on second parameter(s). In some examples, the second at least one parameter is relatively less robust than the first at least one parameter, and the second information augments the first information when combined with the first information. The wireless communication device then transmits the first transmission stream and the second transmission stream to at least one other wireless communication device. Examples of such parameters include forward error correction (FEC) code, error correction code (ECC), modulation coding set (MCS), modulation type including a mapping of constellation points arranged in a constellation, power (e.g., transmit (TX) power), orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) configuration, and/or a multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) configuration. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098424 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for power headroom reporting in a wireless communication system. The method includes a UE (User Equipment) being configured with at least a first cell and a second cell. The method also includes the UE reports a PHR (Power Headroom Report) on the first cell in a subframe, wherein the PHR contains the power headroom value of the second cell, and the power headroom value of the second cell is derived using a specific PUSCH resource assignment regardless of whether there is PUSCH (Physical Uplink Shared Channel) transmission in the second cell in the subframe or not. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098425 | SECONDARY CELLS IN OVERLAPPING BANDS - Systems and methods relating to configuring a Secondary Component Carrier (SCC) for a wireless device in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In some embodiments, the method comprises obtaining capabilities of the wireless device, where the capabilities indicate a frequency band combination supported by the wireless device. The frequency band combination supported by the wireless device includes a first frequency band supported by a base station and the wireless device used for a Primary Cell (PCell) of the wireless device and a second frequency band supported by the wireless device but not supported by the base station. The method further comprises identifying an overlap between the second frequency band supported by the wireless device but not supported by the base station and a third frequency band supported by the base station but not supported by the wireless device and configuring the SCC for the wireless device in the overlap. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098426 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving downlink control information is disclosed. The method includes, at a base station, receiving feedback information including a precoding matrix index (PMI) from a user equipment (UE) and transmitting precoding information having a predetermined bit number according to the number of antenna ports and a transmission mode of the base station. The precoding information of a predetermined transmission mode in the precoding information includes confirmation information indicating that the base station uses a PMI which is recently received from the UE. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098427 | MULTI-POINT PUCCH ATTACHMENT - Periodic over-the-air channel state information (CSI) reporting to serving cells and one or more non-serving cells via a control channel multi-point attachment is disclosed. The channel state information report may be transmitted based on information indicating how to transmit the channel state information report to the non-serving cell. The information indicating how to transmit the channel state information report may be provided by the serving eNodeB. The information may include a periodicity, offset parameters, timing advance commands, power control commands, and/or an aperiodic report request. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098428 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are a mobile communication system and a mobile communication method in which a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus can efficiently transmit control information in case of communication is conducted by using a wide frequency band constructed by a plurality of component carriers. The mobile communication system in which the base station apparatus and the mobile station apparatus communicate by using the plurality of component carriers, wherein the base station apparatus allocates resources to the mobile station apparatus for transmitting HARQ control information, and the mobile station apparatus uses the allocated resources to transmit to the base station apparatus the HARQ control information for a physical downlink control channel and/or a physical downlink shared channel which are transmitted on a plurality of downlink component carriers, and also a scheduling request for requesting the allocation of uplink data transmission. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098429 | Network Access Method, Device, and System - A network access method, device, and system. The method includes: detecting, by a mobile wireless interconnection device, whether interference exists between a first channel and a second channel, where the first channel is between the mobile wireless interconnection device and a station, and the second channel is between the mobile wireless interconnection device and a hotspot access device; if interference exists, reducing, by the mobile wireless interconnection device, its own transmit power, so that no interference exists between the first channel and the second channel, and the station accesses the Internet by using the mobile wireless fidelity device and the hotspot access device. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098430 | CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a channel switching method, apparatus, and device. The method includes: obtaining, by a mobile Wi-Fi device, a channel switching instruction sent by a Wi-Fi access point, where the channel switching instruction carries a destination channel identifier; and switching, by the mobile Wi-Fi device according to the channel switching instruction, a communication channel between the mobile Wi-Fi device and the Wi-Fi access point, and a communication channel between the mobile Wi-Fi device and a terminal that accesses the mobile Wi-Fi device to a destination communication channel corresponding to the destination channel identifier carried in the channel switching instruction. In this way, a Wi-Fi client and a Wi-Fi access end of a mobile Wi-Fi device still work on a same communication channel after performing channel switching, thereby improving compatibility, a throughput, and stability of the mobile Wi-Fi device. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098431 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for transmitting data. An index of a first resource block is obtained from a scheduling grant. A user equipment determines value related to hopping based on a sequence generated by cell specific information. The user equipment determines a value related to mirroring based on the sequence generated by the cell specific information. The user equipment determines a second resource block for uplink transmission by the index of the first resource block, the value related to hopping, and the value related to mirroring. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098432 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RETRANSMISSION ON UPLINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MIMO - Methods and apparatuses are provided for controlling retransmission by a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system. A negative acknowledgement (NACK) is received, from a Node B, for at least one transport block among a plurality of transport blocks transmitted by the UE. A precoding matrix and a number of layers for retransmission are determined. The at least one transport block is retransmitted using the determined precoding matrix and the determined number of layers. The precoding matrix is predefined and the number of layers is equal to a number of layers corresponding to the at least one transport block, if the UE does not receive a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) intended for the UE and a number of the at least one transport block is not equal to a number of the plurality of transport blocks. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098433 | CONTROL AND DATA MULTIPLEXING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communication. First offset information and second offset information are received. A scheduling assignment for transmitting uplink data is received. The uplink data is transmitted with at least one of acknowledgement/non-acknowledgment (ACK/NAK) information and channel quality information (CQI) on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). A number of symbols for the ACK/NACK information is determined based on the first offset information. A number of symbols for the CQI information is determined based on the second offset information. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098434 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL SOUNDING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A channel sounding method in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system is provided. The method, performed by a transmitter, includes transmitting a null data packet announcement (NDPA) frame to a receiver to initiate channel sounding, and transmitting a null data packet (NDP) to the receiver and receiving a feedback frame. The feedback frame includes a plurality of segment frames and a channel feedback report. The channel feedback report is split into a plurality of feedback segments. Each of the plurality of feedback segments is respectively included in each of the plurality of segment frames. Each of the plurality of segment frames includes a first-segment subfield indicating whether the each of the plurality of feedback segments included is a first segment and a remaining-segment subfield indicating the number of remaining feedback segments. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098435 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MAPPING PILOT SIGNALS IN MULTI-STREAM TRANSMISSIONS - A base station is provided. The base station comprises a downlink transmit path comprising circuitry configured to transmit a plurality of reference signals in two or more subframes. Each subframe comprises one or more resource blocks. Each resource block comprises S OFDM symbols. Each of the S OFDM symbols comprises N subcarriers, and each subcarrier of each OFDM symbol comprises a resource element. The base station further comprises a reference signal allocator configured to allocate a first group of the plurality of reference signals to selected resource elements of a first subframe according to a reference signal pattern. The first group of the plurality of reference signals is for a first group of antenna ports. The reference signal allocator also configured to allocate a second group of the plurality of reference signals to selected resource elements of a second subframe according to the same reference signal pattern. The second group of the plurality of reference signals is for a second group of antenna ports different from the first group of antenna ports. | 04-09-2015 |
20150098436 | Methods of Multiple Point HSDPA Transmission In Single Or Difference Frequencies - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for uplink control feedback design in relation to the high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH). First uplink data may be transmitted on a HS-DPCCH to a first serving cell and a second serving cell, where the first serving cell may be used as a timing reference cell for the uplink transmission. The first serving cell may be associated with a first NodeB and the second serving cell may be associated with a second NodeB. First downlink data may be received from the first serving cell and second downlink data may be received from the second serving cell. A timing reference for uplink transmission may be changed such that the second serving cell may be used as the timing reference cell. Second uplink data may be transmitted on the HS-DPCCH using the second serving cell as the timing reference cell. | 04-09-2015 |
20150103749 | TTI Bundling and Collision Avoidance - A radio device/user equipment determines that a later received grant of bundled uplink resources collides with an earlier received grant of bundled uplink resources. The earlier received grant has associated with it an active re-transmission process. In response to that collision determination, at least a re-transmission (HARQ) buffer associated with the earlier received grant is flushed. In one embodiment all HARQ buffers are flushed; in another the HARQ buffer associated with the earlier received grant is flushed while the one associated with the later received grant is not. Several ways are described to determine whether there is a collision: whether the later received grant aligns with a boundary of the resources granted by the earlier received grant, and whether there is an actual collision among the different HARQ processes. Calculating HARQ process numbers is also described where an offset is used to account for the grants allocating bundled TTIs. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103750 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED DOWNLINK COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatus for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE) include sending a downlink enhancement message to a network entity when a downlink enhancement condition has been detected. Further, the methods and apparatus include receiving communication from the network entity in response to sending the downlink enhancement message. Moreover, methods and apparatus for wireless communication at a network entity include detecting a downlink enhancement condition. Additionally, the methods and apparatus include transmitting a network entity originated downlink enhancement message to a UE in response to detecting the downlink enhancement condition. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103751 | DYNAMIC TRANSMIT POWER AND SIGNAL SHAPING - This disclosure provides several mechanisms for adapting transmit power spectral density (PSD). A communications device may adapt the power spectrum utilized at the transmitter based, at least in part, on the channel conditions or PSD constraints associated with the communications medium between the transmitter and a receiver device. Additionally, the transmit PSD may be adapted based, at least in part, on a total power capability associated with a transmitter. Power is allocated to improve throughput and utilization of the communications channel. A transmission profile may be selected based, at least in part, on the notch depth. The transmission profile may be associated with symbol timing parameters. The communications device may maintain a plurality of selectable pulse shapes that are optimized for different notch depths. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103752 | HARQ Memory Space Management for LTE Carrier Aggregation - A user equipment (UE) receives and decodes a first erroneous transport block (TB) from a base station in a mobile communication network. The UE allocates a first soft buffer having a first buffer size. The first soft buffer is associated with a first HARQ process for storing the first TB. The UE then receives and decodes a second erroneous TB from the base station. The UE allocates a second soft buffer having a second buffer size. The second soft buffer is associated with a second HARQ process for storing the second TB. The UE releases a portion of the first soft buffer to be allocated as part of the second soft buffer. The dynamic buffer allocation method reduces mismatch between rate matching and soft buffer storing when the total number of HARQ processes is small. In addition, more HARQ processes can be supported when the corresponding TB size is small. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103753 | INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT FOR TRANSMITTER/RECEIVER PAIRS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Interference is mitigated in a wireless communication system using interference alignment techniques to cancel inter-cell interference based on a decoding order while using joint decoding to cancel intra-cell interference. Second transmitter-receiver pairs proximate a first transmitter-receiver pair may be selected so that the first transmitter-receiver pair is in a first cell and the second transmitter-receiver pairs are not in the first cell. Signals transmitted by the second transmitter-receiver pairs may be aligned to be received by the first transmitter-receiver pair in a first subspace of channels. A second subspace of the channels is free of the signals transmitted by the second transmitter-receiver pairs. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103754 | BASE STATION CONDITIONS RESOURCE ADAPTATION - Monitoring client traffic at frequencies suitable to infer playback information of applications executing at the client device is described herein. By way of example, network traffic transmitted to a client application can be analyzed to determine an amount of traffic consumed by the client. Based on the amount of traffic and optionally network conditions observed by the client, a suitable resource level can be determined for conveying the traffic to the client. Adjustments to allocated resources can be made, where requested, to improve consumption rates of allocated resources. The resource level can be determined at a frequency suitable to identify changes in playback state of the client application, to provide changes in allocated resource that closely respond to changes in traffic demand. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103755 | UTLIZING EXPLICIT CONGESTION NOTIFICATION FOR NETWORK SELECTION - Explicit congestion notification (ECN) bits that have traditionally been utilized in end to end congestion mitigation can be redefined to identify and compare congested and uncongested wireless accesses. Accordingly, mobile devices or other user equipment can leverage ECN data in order to make intelligent network selection, e.g., selecting a network with no congestion over one in a congested state. Accordingly, an application executing at the mobile device can send or receive data via the selected network that is selected based on ECN data. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103756 | Efficient Beacon Transmission and Reception - A control point, such as a laptop, phone, wireless access point, or other device, transmits beacons to receiving stations in a wireless network. The control point may reduce power and bandwidth consumption by transmitting beacons with smaller payloads and/or less frequently to sectors with no associated stations. The stations, which may include laptops, phones, or other devices may reduce power consumption be powering on their antennas when beacons may be transmitted to their sectors. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103757 | WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND CONNECTING DEVICE - An exemplary embodiment of the present disclosure illustrates a wireless transmission device. The wireless transmission device includes a processor, a remote module, and a transmission module. The remote module includes a wireless transmitting unit. The remote module couples to the processor, the transmission device couples to the processor. The wireless transmitting unit is used for transmitting a first enable signal. The transmission module is used for transferring at least one of data signals after a connection is established between the wireless transmission device and a connecting device. The connecting device enters a connectable mode after receiving the first enable signal and lets the wireless transmission further search for the connecting device. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103758 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IDENTIFYING A RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - A method for identifying a radio access technology by an electronic device is described. The method includes generating, by a first communication circuitry, a first message that identifies a radio access technology. The first message is of a first message type. The method also includes sending, by the first communication circuitry, the first message to a second communication circuitry. The first communication circuitry and the second communication circuitry communicate with each other over a non-radio link. The method further includes sending, by the first communication circuitry, a second message associated with the first message. The second message is of a second message type that is different from the first message type. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103759 | Method for Increasing the Address Space for Mobile Terminals in a Wireless Network - A method, in a base station subsystem ( | 04-16-2015 |
20150103760 | Method, device, and base station for transmitting data of hotspot cell coverage - Embodiments of the disclosure provides a method for transmitting data of hotspot cell coverage including: step a. a base station adjusts a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) table allowing the same to satisfy a 256 QAM modulation scheme, and acquires layer 1 Transport Block Size (TBS) when the modulation scheme is 256 QAM; step b. on the basis of N | 04-16-2015 |
20150103761 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN A SYSTEM WHEREIN USER EQUIPMENT WITH DIFFERENT OPERATING BANDWIDTHS COEXIST - A method and apparatus for random access are provided in the present invention. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a base station configures multiple preamble groups and configures at least one preamble for the respective preamble group according to a predetermined condition; broadcasts preamble configuration information to the respective user equipment, the preamble configuration information including the information associated with the respective preamble group; the user equipment selects the corresponding preamble group according to the received preamble configuration information and the communication bandwidth supported by the user equipment itself, and selects a preamble from the selected preamble group randomly and transmits it to the base station; the base station determines the communication bandwidth supported by the user equipment according to the received preamble; the base station proceeds the further communication with the user equipment within the communication bandwidth supported by the user equipment. Through the method, in the case of a wide system bandwidth, the communication of the narrow band user equipment can also be supported simply and efficiently, thus the application of the narrow band user equipment has been improved. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103762 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - The present invention aims to reduce an insertion loss or the like caused by a diplexer inserted to reduce leakage from an uplink bandwidth to a downlink bandwidth of different bands, and thereby to improve a communication quality. A mobile communication method according to the present invention includes the steps of: transmitting simultaneous transmission capability information from a mobile station UE to a radio base station eNB, the simultaneous transmission capability information indicating whether or not the mobile station UE is able to transmit uplink data signal via multiple carriers in multiple bands within a same sub-frame in performing uplink CA; performing scheduling for the mobile station UE by the radio base station eNB based on the simultaneous transmission capability information; and performing communications by the mobile station UE based on the scheduling information. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103763 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATION OF FREQUENCY RESOURCE MANAGEMENT OF IMS-BASED WIRELESS VIDEO SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for efficiently requesting and allocating a wireless resource. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for requesting a resource comprises: a step of receiving target criteria for video quality from a server; a first determination step of determining whether the video quality matches the target criteria based on a peak signal-to-noise ratio (PSNR) or a frame rate; and, if the video quality does not match, a step of requesting the server to allocate an additional resource. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the use of a video surveillance system resource can be minimized and video quality can be easily ensured. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103764 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - The invention provides a method and a device for measuring enhanced Reference Signal Received Power (eRSRP) of Channel State Information-Reference Signals (CSI-RSs) of transport points in Coordinated Multi-Point (CoMP), and a method and a device for maintaining a measurement set/cooperating set based on the measurement. A method for reporting eRSRP is provided, including: receiving CSI-RSs transmitted by multiple transport points; measuring and evaluating eRSRP of the CSI-RSs of the multiple transport points based on measurement configuration; and transmitting a measurement report about the eRSRP of the measured CSI-RS. The measurement problem of the enhanced reference signal power of the transport points in CoMP and the maintenance problem of the measurement set/cooperating set are solved, thereby greatly promoting the development and application of the CoMP technology. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103765 | Communication Mechanism Using Demodulation Reference Signal Based Communication Mode - There is provided a mechanism for conducting a communication between at least one communication network control element such as an eNB and at least one communication element such as a UE wherein a DM RS based communication mode is used. DMRS (scrambling) sequences are generated wherein each DMRS sequence includes a set of calculation parameters being specific for the respective DMRS sequence, wherein the set of calculation parameters is configurable by the eNB during communication. For initializing each of the at least one scrambling sequence before receiving the configuration information, i.e. in an initial phase of the communication, a predetermined default value based on e.g. an UE_ID and being selectable from a set of predetermined default values is used for the set of calculation parameters in each DMRS sequence. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103766 | Technique for Data-Over-NAS Signalling - A technique for signalling activation or deactivation of a data-over-non-access-stratum, NAS, transmission scheme is disclosed, the transmission scheme being for transmitting data packets over the NAS between a terminal and a base station, and being started in an idle mode. In a method aspect, there are steps of determining a trigger condition indicating a need for the data-over-NAS transmission scheme, and signalling an indication for activation or deactivation in response to fulfilment or non-fulfilment of the determined trigger condition. In another method aspect, there may be steps of receiving the indication for activation or deactivation, and activating or deactivating the data-over-NAS transmission scheme in response to the signalled indication. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103767 | METHOD FOR INDICATING CHANNEL ACCESS TYPE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for a station (STA) for accessing a channel in a wireless communication system. The method for a STA for accessing a channel in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving a beacon frame comprising a traffic indicator map (TIM); and transmitting a power save (PS)-Poll frame if buffered traffic is indicated by TIM to the STA, wherein the PS-Poll frame is transmitted during a PS-Poll dedicated restricted access window (RAW) by and/or during an additional RAW, the PS-Poll dedicated RAW being allocated to transmit the PS-Poll frame, and the additional RAW being additionally allocated subsequent to the PS-Poll-dedicated RAW. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103768 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a method and device for downlink data transmission for use in reducing network resource wastage when a network side is transmitting data to a certain group of user terminals, thus increasing network resource utilization rate. The method comprises: grouping specific user terminals into a group, and identifying each group with a unique Group ID; a user terminal, when idle, monitors paging messages intended for it, and a first message; when a network side is transmitting downlink data, the network side transmits downlink data transmission scheduling information, and pages the group of user terminals at a timing of the group by means of the first message carrying the Group ID of the group; the user terminals that have received the first message receive the downlink data at a time window and a fixed physical resource position on the basis of the group-based downlink data transmission scheduling information received. This reduces waste of network resources in M2M communications when the network side is transmitting data to a certain group of user terminals, thus increasing the effect of network resource utilization rates. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103769 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS - A platform is provided for connecting to two or more Radio Access Networks (“RAN”). The platform includes a session manager that acts as a central resource. The session manager links to the RANs through one or more controllers, a controller being associated with each RAN to enable monitoring of supply and demand for network resources in relation to the two or more RANs in a defined location. The session manager is operable to apply one or more rules for sharing available network resources across the two or more RANs on a real time or near real time basis thereby providing improve network resource utilization across the two or more RANs and for the respective customers of the two or more RANs in the defined location. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103770 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, PROCESSOR, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method applied to a mobile communication system including a user terminal capable of storing an MDT measurement log related to a radio environment measured based on an instruction from a network and a connection establishment failure log related to a failure of RRC connection establishment procedure with the network, the method includes the steps of: reserving a dedicated memory area for storing the connection establishment failure log, by the user terminal; and storing the connection establishment failure log in the dedicated memory area reserved in the reserving step, by the user terminal. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103771 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using a plurality of carriers in a wireless communication system. The method includes the steps of: receiving secondary serving cell (SCell) setting information for setting an SCell from a base station; determining whether the secondary SCell belongs to a primary set or to a non-primary set; and, according to a results of the determination, setting forward and reverse initial states as an active or inactive state. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103772 | Routing of Traffic in a Multi-Domain Network - A multi-domain network comprises a first network domain, e.g., a fixed access domain, and a second network domain, e.g., a cellular network domain. The first network domain includes a gateway ( | 04-16-2015 |
20150103773 | Communication Method and Apparatus - A method including receiving information at a first access node, said information related to a preference of allocation of communication resources associated with a second access node; and wherein said information includes an indication of the priority of at least some of said communication resources to said second access node. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103774 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to feed back a plurality of pieces of CSI with respect to each transmission point, when CoMP transmission is applied in the framework of carrier aggregation. The radio communication method according to the present invention is a radio communication method in a radio communication system including a plurality of radio base station apparatuses and a user terminal that is configured to be able to perform coordinated multi-point transmission/reception with the plurality of radio base station apparatuses, and, in this radio communication method, when coordinated multi-point transmission is applied, the radio base station apparatus, transmits CSI set information on a set including at least one CSI through higher layer signaling, and also transmits CSI request information in DCI, and the user terminal feeds back CSI based on the CSI set information and the CSI request information. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103775 | FLEXIBLE HARQ ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION - A method including utilizing HARQ process grouping and subframe grouping to carry ACK/NACK transmissions, wherein the HARQ process grouping divides HARQ processes into one or more groups, and the subframe grouping divides a radio frame into one or more groups. The method may further include carrying ACK/NACK transmissions. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103776 | EVENT DRIVEN ANONYMOUS DEVICE IDENTIFIER GENERATION - In some implementations, a user can enable random device identifier generation on a mobile device. When random device identifier generation is enabled, the mobile device will generate random device identifiers in response to detecting a triggering event. The random device identifiers will be used to communicate with a network instead of the actual identifier of the mobile device. In some implementations, a data collection server can collect information about mobile devices, including actual mobile device identifiers. The data collection server can receive a request for the information collected about the mobile devices. In response to the request, the data collection server can generate a response to the requests that includes the mobile device information. In some implementations, when generating the response to the request, the data collection server can replace the actual device identifiers in the response with a random device identifier. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103777 | DOWNLINK CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN AN UNLICENSED OR SHARED SPECTRUM - Methods, apparatuses, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one method, at least a first carrier may be monitored for an indication of a clear channel assessment (CCA) for a second carrier in a shared spectrum, and communication may take place using the second carrier based on the indication. In another method, a CCA may be performed for a second carrier second carrier of a shared spectrum, and an indication of the CCA for the second carrier may be transmitted on a first carrier. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103778 | COOPERATION MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING METHOD - A cooperation MIMO transmitting or receiving method is disclosed. A master terminal calculates a first signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR), which is SINR between the mater terminal and a base station or between the master terminal and another cluster, and the master terminal calculates a second SINR, which is SINR between a slave terminal and the master terminal. Here, the master terminal forms a cluster with the slave terminal when the second SINR is higher than the first SINR. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103779 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER FREQUENCY IN MULTI-CARRIER/CELL SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for controlling a carrier frequency in a multi-carrier/cell system are provided. The method includes receiving Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) information of a carrier frequency reported by a terminal, determining whether to deactivate or activate the carrier frequency according to the CQI information, and instructing the terminal to deactivate or activate the carrier frequency according to a result of the determining. Thus, a certain carrier frequency is flexibly activated or deactivated in the multi-carrier/cell system through carrier frequency quality reporting and threshold comparison. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103780 | Systems and Methods for Signal Brokering in Distributed Evolved Packet Core (EPC) Network Architectures - Internet protocol (IP) address allocations in distributed EPC networks can be published to an IP address registry maintained at the central EPC entity in order to facilitate the routing of authentication authorization, and accounting (AAA) signaling of third party networks throughout the distributed EPC network architecture. The address allocations can be published directly to an address registry maintained by the central EPC entity, or indirectly via a cloud management server. Additionally, latencies associated with UE authentication in distributed EPC network architectures can be mitigated by triggering communication of the authentication or authorization profile upon reception of an update location request (ULR) message at the central EPC network entity. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103781 | METHOD OF EXTENDING TRANSMISSION COVERAGE AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - The present disclosure is directed to a method of extending cell coverage, a base station using the same method, and a user equipment using the same method. In one of the exemplary embodiments, a base station transmits a system information over a physical channel located at a first physical location in a group of radio frames to a user equipment (UE). The base station would then determine based on at least a cell identification (ID) of the base station the second physical location for a repetition of the system information over the physical channel located at the second physical location in a group of radio frames. The base station would then transmit the repetition of the system information at the second physical location in the group of radio frames to the UE. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103782 | TECHNIQUES FOR ENABLING ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS USING UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques that may help address issues in wireless communications systems that utilize unlicensed radio frequency spectrum bands. For example, the techniques presented herein may be used in systems where frames transmitted in licensed and/or un-licensed component carriers are not synchronous. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103783 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR PREVENTING SIGNAL COLLISION IN PEER AWARE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING USING THE METHOD - A communication method in a peer aware communication system and an apparatus for transmitting/receiving using the communication method are provided. A block signal for informing of channel occupation is generated and then is transmitted through an interval in which a message signal including a preamble signal is not transmitted. A subcarrier for the block signal is different from a subcarrier for the preamble signal. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103784 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR BEAM COORDINATION BETWEEN BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS CELLULAR SYSTEMS AND COMPUTER PROGRAM THEREOF - A method involving coordinating resources between a victim and an aggressor base station in massive MIMO systems, whereby only those specific beams involved in the interference scenario are coordinated in time and/or frequency domains without affecting other resources committed to other users as well as legacy users. Also disclosed is a system and computer program configured to implement the method. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103785 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RESOURCE - A method for requesting resource allocation includes receiving a target quality of a video transmitted from a server, from the server, determining whether a ratio between a quality of a transmitted video and the target quality is less than a predetermined ratio threshold value, based on a Peak signal to Noise Ratio (PSNR) or frame-rate in a predetermined time section, and requesting allocation of additional resources for the video to the server when the ratio of between the quality of the transmitted video and the target quality is less than the ratio threshold value. Other embodiments including an apparatus for requesting resource allocation are also disclosed. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103786 | TERMINAL AND RESPONSE TRANSMISSION METHOD - This invention is related to a terminal apparatus that can normally transmit an upstream response signal. A response signal generating unit ( | 04-16-2015 |
20150103787 | METHOD OF RE-TRANSMITTING AN ORIGINAL FRAME - Data bits are mapped to a lower number of slots than the number of slots available for a retransmission frame and control channels are transmitted in all available slots of the retransmission frame. The number of available slots in the retransmission frame is greater than the number of available slots in the original frame. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103788 | Methods and Arrangements in a Telecommunications Network - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements in a base station and a user equipment for determining an uplink transmission timing correction for communication in a telecommunication system in which aggregation of component carriers is applied. The base station receives a signal from the user equipment on an uplink (UL) component carrier and measures the arrival time of the signal. A timing correction of the UL transmission timing based on the arrival time of the signal is determined. Thereupon the base station determines for which of the uplink component carriers used by the user equipment the timing correction is valid. The timing correction and the validity information is sent to the user equipment. The user equipment adjusts the UL transmission timing for each UL component carrier the timing correction is valid for. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103789 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A radio communication system includes a first and second radio base station apparatuses; and a first to third terminal apparatuses, wherein the first radio base station apparatus includes a radio resource control unit configured to allocate to the first terminal apparatus a second radio resource, in contrast to a first radio resource allocated when the first terminal apparatus performs first radio communication via the first radio base station apparatus, when the first terminal apparatus performs second radio communication with the second terminal apparatus not via the first radio base station apparatus, and a first transmission unit configured to transmit allocation information of the second radio resource to the first terminal apparatus, and the second radio resource is same as or partially overlapped with a third radio resource allocated, by the second radio base station apparatus, when the third terminal apparatus performs the second radio communication. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103790 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data through a downlink common transport channel in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises receiving measurement information transmitted from a user equipment at an upper network node, forwarding control information of the common transport channel, which is acquired from the measurement information, from the upper network node to a base station, and transmitting downlink data from the base station to the user equipment through the common transport channel in accordance with the control information. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103791 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING AGGREGATE DATA UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating aggregate data units. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to communicate an aggregate data unit including a plurality of data units in an increasing order of sequence numbers assigned to the data units, such that a first data unit having a first sequence number always precedes a second data unit having a second sequence number, greater than the first sequence number. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103792 | HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK PARTITION IN TDD BEYOND RADIO FRAME - Maintaining uplink hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) compatibility with extended radio frames includes partitioning subframe groups over an extended radio frame having a length of time greater than a time defined for a single radio frame. User equipment (UE) suspends PUSCH (physical uplink shared channel) retransmission in the extended radio frame, in accordance with hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) timing of a subframe group assigned to the UE. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103793 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND SIGNALING TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention provides a communications system, a base station, a user equipment, and a signaling transmission method. The system includes: a first base station and a second base station. User data transmission exists between the first base station and a UE; the first base station performs control signaling interaction with the UE by using a first signaling radio bearer; and the second base station performs control signaling interaction with the UE by using an SRB0, an SRB1, or an SRB2, where the first signaling radio bearer is different from the SRB0, the SRB1, and the SRB2. The technical solutions of the present invention can solve a problem of configuring a radio resource of an air interface connection between an enhancement-layer base station and a UE. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103794 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - To suppress concentration of channel quality information requests and reports in a case of discontinuously transmitting reference signals at specific resources in a time domain, and thereby preventing degradation in throughput. A transmission apparatus transmits an instruction of CSI request distributed for each reception apparatus in a subframe concurrently with or earlier than a reference signal CSI-RS to each of reception apparatuses. Each of the reception apparatuses detects the CSI request from the transmission apparatus and calculates CSI from a channel estimation value of CSI-RS received thereafter. Then, the reception apparatus identifies CSI report subframe of the own apparatus from CSI report interval information of a given time interval notified in advance, the subframe in which the CSI request is detected and transmission timing of CSI-RS, and transmits a feedback signal including CSI report value by using PUSCH at the timing of the CSI report subframe. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103795 | Radio Apparatus - A radio apparatus includes a first transceiver arranged to receive and transmit packets according to a first protocol, and a second transceiver arranged to receive or transmit packets according to a second, different protocol, wherein the second transceiver is located such that there is the possibility of interference between packets of the first and second protocols. An analyzer unit determines a probability that a packet to be transmitted or received by the first transceiver does not contain only redundant information; and a decision unit makes a decision based on the determined probability as to whether or not the packet should be respectively transmitted or received. The first transceiver is arranged to respectively transmit or receive the packet or not according to the decision. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103796 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHICH AND GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN SYSTEM USING SINGLE-USER MIMO BASED ON MULTIPLE CODEWORDS WHEN TRANSMITTING UPLINK - The present invention relates to a method for generating an uplink reference signal in a system supporting plural uplink-access transmission modes. The method comprises: a step for transmitting the reference signal configuration information about the configuration of a reference signal from a base station to a user device through an uplink grant PDCCH (Physical Downlink Control Channel), and a step for receiving from the user device a sub-frame including the reference signal that is generated based on the reference signal configuration information. The reference signal configuration information is prepared for plural uplink access transmission modes and includes a cyclic shift value for the sequence of the reference signal. The reference signal is supposed to be transmitted to an uplink, and the user device is set up to be operated in the uplink-access transmission mode that corresponding to the reference signal configuration information. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103797 | APERIODIC TRIGGERING OF CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION USING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The invention relates methods for triggering channel quality feedback for at least one of plural component carriers of a communication system available for downlink transmission. The invention suggests a mechanism for triggering channel quality feedback from a terminal where the downlink control signaling overhead for the selection of component carrier(s) to be reported on is minimized. One aspect of the invention is a new interpretation of a predetermined format for dedicated control information comprising a CQI request flag, which is depending on the status of the CQI request flag. In case the CQI request flag is set at least one further bit of the dedicated control information is interpreted as information indicative of the one or more component carriers available for downlink transmission to the terminal and the terminal is providing channel quality feedback on the channel quality experienced on the indicated component carrier or component carriers. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103798 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING A TRANSMISSION FORM, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - A method for determining a transmission form, a terminal and a base station are provided. Embodiments of present invention acquire a CQI index by the terminal, and transmit the CQI index to the base station, wherein, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the CQI index and a transmission form, and the transmission form comprises: an aggregation level of a control channel; or, the aggregation level of the control channel and a modulation mode of the control channel, and the processing of the base station on the reported CSI is different from that in the prior art, which reduces the invalid processing of the base station, can avoid the problem that much invalid processing of the base station on the CSI processing of PDSCH in the prior art, or, the base station cannot use the reported CSI information about the PDSCH, and can improve the transmission performance of the system effectively. | 04-16-2015 |
20150103799 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A channel access method for a very high throughput (VHT) system using a bonding channel having a plurality of subchannels is provided. The method includes receiving training information comprising a training offset value through a subchannel, performing channel estimation on a full channel bandwidth comprising all subchannels when a time corresponding to the training offset value is elapsed after the training information is received, transmitting a request to send (RTS) frame to a destination station through some subchannels selected from the plurality of subchannels by one or a plurality of source stations according to a result of the channel estimation, and transmitting a clear to send (CTS) frame to one source station selected from the plurality of source stations by the destination station in response to the received RTS frame. Accordingly, an effective channel access mechanism is provided for the VHT system, and collision among stations can be avoided. | 04-16-2015 |
20150110002 | VPNv4 ROUTE CONTROL FOR LTE X2 SON USING IMPORT ROUTE MAPS AND OUTBOUND ROUTE FILTERING - In an embodiment, a network device automatically creates a more optimal route entry for inter-base station traffic to be transmitted between a local base station and a remote base station. The network device automatically discovers a remote IP address of the remote base station used for inter-base station traffic based upon traffic transmitted by the local base station destined to the network device or traffic transmitted between the local and remote base stations. In response, the network device inserts an entry into a route import map representing the remote IP address, and based upon determining that a route from a route update message matches this entry, installs the more optimal route entry into the routing table. This route provides a shorter path to the remote base station through the backhaul network compared to a less optimal route through a mobile core network previously used for the inter-base station traffic. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110003 | VPNv4 ROUTE CONTROL FOR LTE X2 SON USING UNIQUE ROUTE TARGETS - According to an embodiment, a network device automatically creates a more optimal route entry for inter-base station traffic to be transmitted between a local and a remote base station through a backhaul network. The network device automatically discovers an IP address of the remote base station used for inter-base station traffic based upon traffic transmitted by the local base station to the network device or transmitted between the local and the remote base stations. The network device generates a unique route target (RT) value based upon the remote IP address and inserts it into an import route target list. Upon receiving a route update message including routes transmitted by a route reflector in the backhaul network, the network device installs a route entry into a routing table based upon determining that an RT value of one of the routes matches the unique RT value in the import route target list. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110004 | Communication of Plain Information during Channel Access - A method for communication of plain information during channel access, according to a pre-defined channel access scheme, such as TDMA or FDMA or CDMA, by slightly modulating in a transmitter a parameter related to the channel access, such as time of transmission or frequency of transmission, using this modulation to encode plain information, while keeping the channel and the compatible receiver tolerant to this slight modulation. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110005 | PRIORITIZED PUSH-TO-TALK SESSION USING QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) OVER AN INTERNET PROTOCOL MULTIMEDIA SUBSYSTEM (IMS) - A device establishes a quality of service (QoS) framework with a network connected to the device. The device includes a push-to-talk (PTT) application, and the QoS framework assigns priorities to different types of traffic associated with the device. The device utilizes the PTT application to establish a PTT session with another device via the network, and prioritizes, based on the QoS framework, PTT traffic, provided in the PTT session, over best effort traffic during the PTT session with the other device. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110006 | OPTIMIZING PAGING BASED ON SERVICES - A system may include a first network device, configured to establish first and second channels with a user device, the first and second channels being channels of a network layer of an Open Systems Interconnect (“OSI”) model, receive traffic associated with the user device, and output the traffic via one of the first channel or the second channel. The system may also include a second network device, configured to receive the traffic outputted by the first network device, identify via which channel, of the first and second channels, the traffic was outputted, determine a paging scheme associated with the identified channel, generate a downlink data notification (“DDN”) request, the DDN request indicating the determined paging scheme, and output the DDN request to a third network device, wherein the third network device performs paging, based on the determined paging scheme, to locate the user device. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110007 | REMOTELY CONFIGURABLE MOBILE APPLICATION HAVING BEARER SELECTION - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for automatic bearer selection. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include receiving, at a mobile application, bearer configuration information representative of one or more features of the mobile application mapped to at least one of a low capacity bearer or a high capacity bearer; determining, at the mobile application, a context of the mobile application, the context determined by at least determining a feature selected via the mobile application and determining an identity of a bearer mapped to the feature in the received bearer configuration information; selecting, based on the determining, the at least one of the low capacity bearer or the high capacity bearer; and allowing the feature to access the selected at least one of the low capacity bearer or the high capacity bearer. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110008 | ARCHITECTURE FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION - Multiple access wireless communication networks/infrastructures are virtualized in telecommunications environments. A system replicates a cell identifier associated with a macro base station device to create a virtual base station device presence for a set of network devices included in the multiple access wireless communication network and thereafter facilitates communication with the multiple access wireless communication network, the set of network devices, and a mobile device through the created virtual base station presence. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110009 | INTER-LAYER QUALITY OF SERVICE PRESERVATION - A server device may store inter-layer quality of service (“QoS”) information, indicating a set of link layer QoS levels that are associated with a particular device, a set of network layer QoS levels that are associated with the set of link layer QoS levels, and a set of MPLS QoS levels that are associated with the set of link layer QoS levels. A network device may establish a set of bearers, that correspond to the set of link layer QoS levels, with a particular device; output information regarding the set of network layer QoS levels that are associated with the set of link layer QoS levels, to allow the particular device to select a bearer, of the set of bearers, via which to output traffic to the network device; receive, from the particular device, traffic via the bearer; and determine a particular MPLS QoS level associated with the received traffic. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110010 | SIGNALING METHOD TO CONFIGURE MULTIPLE CARRIERS USED BY WIRELESS DEVICE AND BASE STATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION OPERATION - The present disclosure proposes a dynamic resource allocation mechanism for a user equipment and a base station having multiple connections. According to one of the exemplary embodiment, the present disclosure proposes a user equipment (UE) which includes at least but not limited to a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving data respectively and a processing circuit coupled to the transmitter and the receiver and is configured for establishing a first connection with a first base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, establishing a second connection with a second base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, receiving through the receiver a dynamic time division duplexing (TDD) subframe configuration from either the first base station and the second base station, wherein the dynamic TDD subframe configuration is not received from a system information block (SIB), and operating according to the dynamic TDD subframe configuration. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110011 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION WITH CONFIGURABLE CARRIER - The present disclosure proposes a dynamic resource allocation mechanism for a user equipment and a base station having multiple connections. According to one of the exemplary embodiment, the present disclosure proposes a user equipment (UE) which includes at least but not limited to a transmitter and a receiver for transmitting and receiving data respectively and a processing circuit coupled to the transmitter and the receiver and is configured for establishing a first connection with a first base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, establishing a second connection with a second base station by using the transmitter and the receiver, receiving through the receiver a dynamic time division duplexing (TDD) subframe configuration from either the first base station and the second base station, wherein the dynamic TDD subframe configuration is not received from a system information block (SIB), and operating according to the dynamic TDD subframe configuration. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110012 | TECHNIQUES FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN ASYNCHRONOUS UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND DEPLOYMENTS - Techniques are described for channel access in a radio frequency spectrum band shared by a number of asynchronous operators. One or more clear channel assessment (CCA) procedures may be used to contend for one or more transmission periods in the radio frequency spectrum band. When the contention is won for one or more transmission periods, a determination may be made as to whether the a number of transmission periods for which contention has been won is equal to or greater than a threshold number of consecutive transmission periods. If the number of transmission periods for which contention has been won is at or above the threshold number, occupancy of the radio frequency spectrum band may be relinquished for a period of time, in order to allow another operator to access the radio frequency spectrum band. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110013 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LINK ADAPTATION IN PRECODED MIMO SYSTEMS - Embodiments of the invention relate to methods and apparatus for link adaptation in a preceded MIMO system. According to one embodiment, there is provided a method for link adaptation in a precoded MIMO system. The method comprises: receiving first channel quality information γ | 04-23-2015 |
20150110014 | WiFi network bridge, and WiFi-based communication method and system - The present disclosure provides a WiFi network bridge, a WiFi-based communication method and system, the WiFi network bridge of the present disclosure may first acquire LTE communication link information, after receiving a WiFi connection establishment request sent by a WiFi terminal, establish a WiFi communication link with the WiFi terminal, and send authentication request information to a LTE base transceiver station; then the WiFi network bridge may judge whether the authentication succeeds, and if the authentication succeeds, a LTE communication link with the LTE base transceiver station is established according to the acquired LTE communication link information. That is to say, the present disclosure implements the backhaul of a WiFi AP network by using a LTE wireless network, avoiding the need to deploy a wire backhaul every time before a WiFi AP network is deployed, thereby the network topology of WiFi communications can be simplified, the engineering cost and usage cost can be lowered, and the satisfaction of user experiences can be improved. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110015 | Method and Device for Transmitting Downlink Control Information - Provided are a method and device for transmitting downlink control information. The method comprises: according to a predefined condition, the downlink control information carried on an ePDCCH onto at least one PRB pair, the predefined condition comprising at least one of: an ePDCCH aggregation level, a subframe cyclic prefix type, a format of downlink control information carried on the ePDCCH, an ePDCCH transmission mode, and mapping mode indication information; and the downlink control information carried on the at least of PRB pairs is transmitted. By mapping according to one or more predefined conditions, the present disclosure achieves mapping from the ePDCCH to the physical resource pair, and ensures the ePDCCH to obtain frequency domain diversity gain and scheduling gain. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110016 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH UPLINK - A technique according to the present specification relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting control information, which support carrier aggregation, through an uplink. Particularly, bits to be transmitted through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) are acquired, and at least one channel state information (CSI) bit indicating a wireless channel state and a plurality of ACK/NACK bits related to a plurality of carriers are acquired and transmitted. In addition, the plurality of ACK/NACK bits and the CSI bit are encoded using different Reed-Muller coding blocks (a first Reed-Muller coding block and a second Reed-Muller coding block). | 04-23-2015 |
20150110017 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL - Provided is a method for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, comprising: detecting control channels in a downlink subframe of a radio frame, wherein ACK/NACK signal for the detected control channels is transmitted in an uplink resource region; determining whether uplink (UL) transmission (Tx) power control values received at respective one of the detected control channels are used as values indicating a resource region for transmission of the ACK/NACK signal, and transmitting the ACK/NACK signal in an uplink resource region decided according to the result of the determining; and if all UL Tx power control values received at the respective one of the detected control channels are not used to indicate the resource region for transmission of the ACK/NACK signal, transmitting the ACK/NACK signal in an uplink resource region linked to the respective one of the detected control channels. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110018 | Wireless Multi-Flow Communications in the Uplink - Methods and apparatus for controlling scheduling of uplink resources in a system where communication devices can communicate via a multiple of cells are dislosed. Scheduling weight information regarding a primary node and at least one secondary node can be determined and signalled by a node to at least one other node, for example to the at least one secondary node and/or at least one communication device. The received scheduling weight information can then be used in weighting of buffer status information before scheduling of uplink communications. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110019 | PARALLEL SCHEDULING IN A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Mechanisms for scheduling uplink transmissions for a plurality of user equipment devices, UEs, that are serviced by a network node having a wireless coverage area comprising a plurality of sectors is disclosed. A plurality of schedulers is initiated in parallel, each scheduler corresponding to a different sector of the plurality of sectors. Each scheduler schedules in parallel at least some UEs that are associated with the corresponding different sector. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110020 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE CONTROL - Methods and apparatuses for interference control have been disclosed. A method for a base station in a wireless communication system, comprising: obtaining a system setting of the wireless communication system; selecting a transmission mode based at least in part on the system setting, wherein the transmission mode is one of an Interference Cancellation IC transmission mode and a Beamforming BF transmission mode; and configuring the selected transmission mode. The total system throughput may be maximized by dynamically switching the transmission mode between IC and BF at the base station. Further, the proposed switching mechanism may be applied to various communication networks where downlink interference may occur. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110021 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING IDENTIFICATION OF A CELL IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for controlling identification of a cell in a communication system may be proposed. The method may include: setting a cell by using a first cell index in user equipment (UE); receiving, by the UE, a control signal indicating that a cell index is changed from the first cell index to a second cell index; and setting the cell by using the second cell index without releasing the cell by the UE. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110022 | METHOD OF LINKING EXTENDED PUCCH RESOURCES FOR ACK/NACK IMPLICITLY TO ECCES USED BY EPDCCH - The invention proposes a method of linking extended PUCCH resources for ACK/NACK implicitly to eCCEs used by EPDCCH. According to an embodiment of the invention, extended PUCCH resources for ACK/NACK are indexed based on the numbering of eCCEs. As compared with a method of indexing extended PUCCH resources for ACK/NACK through explicit linking, this method of implicit linking can save a significant signaling overhead and facilitate a standardization course. Furthermore this method further addresses the problem in the prior art of the lack of a linkage between extended PUCCH resources for ACK/NACK implicitly to eCCEs used by EPDCCH. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110023 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM - Disclosed are an uplink power control method, device and system. The method comprises the steps of: a network-side device configuring at least two sets of uplink power control parameters for an uplink signal of user equipment; and notifying the user equipment of each set of configured uplink power control parameters for user equipment to determine the transmitting power of the uplink signal. The technical solution of the present invention is used for flexibly controlling the uplink transmitting power. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110024 | Low Power Radio Base Station and a Method Therein for Scheduling Downlink Transmissions to a User Equipment - A low power RBS and a method therein for scheduling downlink transmission to a UE are provided. The low power RBS is associated to at least one macro RBS and the low power RBS is configured to provide radio coverage in a cell of a heterogeneous cellular communication network for scheduling downlink transmissions to a UE connected to the low power RBS. The method comprises receiving ( | 04-23-2015 |
20150110025 | COORDINATED BEAMFORMING METHOD IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for performing coordinated beamforming in a wireless access system, and an apparatus for the method. More particularly, the method for performing coordinated beamforming in a wireless access system comprises: a step in which a terminal receives, from a base station, time unit information for scheduling coordinated beamforming, a step in which the terminal receives, from the base station, a downlink signal having a predetermined transmission pattern on a time-unit basis for scheduling coordinated beamforming; a step in which the terminal demodulates the downlink signal using a reference signal transmitted from the base station; and a step in which the terminal removes an interference signal transmitted from a neighboring base station using the same downlink signal, from among the received downlink signals, that was received in different antenna modes. The antenna mode of the terminal can be switched according to a predetermined pattern on a time-unit basis for scheduling coordinated beamforming. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110026 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE BLOCK FOR SEARCH REGION OF DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink data using a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) by a terminal in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method disclosed in the present invention comprises the steps of: establishing a first uplink-downlink configuration for a first frequency band and establishing a second uplink-downlink configuration for a second frequency band; receiving uplink control information in a downlink subframe on the first frequency band; and transmitting uplink data corresponding to the uplink control information in a specific uplink subframe linked to the downlink subframe on the basis of the first uplink-downlink configuration and second uplink-downlink configuration. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110027 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method configured to enable user equipment to transmit or receive data relating to hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process to/from a plurality of base stations in a wireless communication system may comprise the steps of: receiving, from a serving base station, information relating to HARQ processes allocated for the HARQ process of the plurality of base stations, and base station pattern information indicating the base station to/from which the user equipment transmits or receives the data in a specific subframe; and transmitting or receiving the data to/from at least one base station from among the plurality of base stations on the basis of the information relating to the HARQ processes and the base station pattern information. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110028 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING SMART CARD REMOTE OPERATION - A method and system for implementing a smart card remote operation are provided. A mobile phone gateway, used for communication between a remote management server and a smart card, is set up in advance on a mobile phone. The mobile phone gateway communicates with a UICC by using a BIP protocol, sets up/closes a channel according to an instruction of the UICC, receives/transmits data, and is capable of synchronizing channel states. The remote management server monitors, in a sever mode, a local port by using a TCP/IP data stack, and provides an HTTP/HTTPS protocol access service. The remote management server transmits, as a client, a command and data to the local port. After a data packet is forwarded by the gateway to the UICC and is processed by an SCWS, the gateway carries out data inspection of a certain level and control encapsulation on a response of the UICC. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110029 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method of transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system is provided. The method may include: determining whether to simultaneously transmit a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) ACK/NACK and channel state information (CSI) from a sub frame; generating an added HARQ ACK/NACK by adding additional bits having a number of bits corresponding to the number of bits of the CSI to the bits of the HARQ ACK/NACK if it is determined that simultaneous transmission is performed; generating an encoded HARQ ACK/NACK by encoding the added HARQ ACK/NACK; generating a plurality of modulation symbols by modulating the encoded HARQ ACK/NACK; and transmitting the plurality of modulation symbols from the sub frame to an uplink control channel. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110030 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMBINING SCHEDULES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for combining two or more schedules in a machine to machine (M2M) communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention is disclosed. The method is performed by a M2M server and comprises the steps of: receiving at least one schedule request from at least one M2M application—the schedule request requesting a measurement a report for a specific resource for a specific M2M device—; determining whether a first permissible interval of a measurement time point or a report time point included in the schedule request is overlapped with a second permissible interval of a measurement time point or a report time point of the pre-stored M2M schedule when an ID of the M2M device and an ID of the resource included in the schedule request are the same as the ID of the M2M device and the ID of the resource of the pre-stored M2M schedule; and generating mapping information for indicating a relationship between the schedule request and the pre-stored M2M schedule when determining that the first permissible interval and the second permissible interval overlap. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110031 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio base station transmits downlink control information to user terminals through enhanced PDCCHs which are frequency-division-multiplexed with a PDSCH, and includes an allocation section that allocates a plurality of enhanced PDCCH sets to each user terminal, the plurality of enhanced PDCCH sets each including a plurality of PRB pairs placed for the enhanced PDCCHs, so that at least one enhanced PDCCH set overlaps with other user terminals, and a mapping section that selects enhanced PDCCH sets from the plurality of enhanced PDCCH sets so that the number of enhanced PDCCH sets used to transmit the downlink control information in a predetermined time resource unit becomes minimum, and maps the downlink control information to the PRB pairs which form the selected enhanced PDCCH sets. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110032 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - The present invention is designed to realize signaling of cell index information that is suitable for CoMP transmission/reception techniques. The radio base station apparatus of a special cell generates downlink control information, in which the indices of CoMP sets are incorporated in a physical downlink control channel that is shared between the multiple cells that carry out joint transmission, based on a table in which indices to represent individual coordinated cells that serve as transmission points in CoMP transmission and indices of CoMP sets to represent combinations of multiple cells that carry out joint transmission in CoMP transmission are mapped to bit data. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110033 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting data. The method for a terminal to receive downlink data includes the steps of: receiving resource allocation information from a base station; and demodulating the downlink data transmitted through a sub-resource allocation unit allocated on the basis of the resource allocation information, wherein the sub-resource allocation unit is a plurality of resource units included in one resource allocation unit and the downlink data can be demodulated on the basis of a demodulation reference signal (DM_RS). | 04-23-2015 |
20150110034 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL SIGNALS AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) signal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving downlink grant information through a physical downlink control channel; receiving downlink data through a physical downlink shared channel scheduled by the downlink grant information; and transmitting a downlink data ACK/NACK signal using a plurality of ACK/NACK resources including a first ACK/NACK resource and a second ACK/NACK resource. The physical downlink control channel is allocated to a data region of a subframe. The first ACK/NACK resource and the second ACK/NACK resource are determined to be the uplink resource linked to a first resource index and the uplink resource linked to a second resource index, respectively, from between the resource index constituting the physical downlink control channel and the resource index contained in the physical downlink shared channel. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110035 | METHOD FOR CONTROL AND ENFORCEMENT OF POLICY RULE AND EUICC - The present invention relates to a method for the control and enforcement of a policy rule in eUICC. The present invention relates to a method for the control and enforcement of a policy rule and to an eUICC, the method providing a function of controlling (defining, setting, updating, etc.) the policy rule for profiles on the eUICC according to the requirement of a business operator or a service provider, and providing a function of enforcing such as activating, deactivating, loading or deleting the profiles based on the thus-controlled policy rule. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110036 | RADIO RESOURCE ADAPTATION METHOD AND ASSOCIATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - The present invention discloses a radio resource adaptation method between UL and DL for two-way communications between a first communication device and a second communication device, comprising steps of: receiving, by the first communication device, fed-back information in an unused part of radio resource allocated to a second communication link (UL or DL) from the second communication device to the first communication device, the fed-back information enabling utilization efficiency enhancement of radio resource allocated to a first communication link (DL or UL) from the first communication device to the second communication device; and performing, by the first communication device, resource-efficient information transmission and/or retransmission on the radio resource of the first communication link, based on the received fed-back information. The present invention further provides associated wireless communication devices. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110037 | Methods, devices and system for transmitting sounding reference signal and User Equipment - Methods, devices and a system for transmitting SRS and a UE are provided. A network node transmits an SRS configuration information set to a UE, wherein the SRS configuration information set includes first configuration information indicating the configuration of a first SRS and second configuration information indicating the configuration of a second SRS, wherein the first SRS is transmitted on a cellular uplink and used for performing uplink channel measurement during cellular communication; and the second SRS is transmitted on a D2D link and used for performing channel measurement of the D2D link during D2D communication. The solution addresses the problem of the configuration and the transmission of a reference signal existing in the conventional art when D2D communication is introduced into a cellular system, realizes the compatibility of D2D communication with cellular communication and avoids the noticeable increase in UE design and realization complexity. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110038 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for performing a HARQ action and an apparatus for same, comprising the steps of: receiving from a base station resource allocation information which indicates a subframe set for D2D communication; receiving D2D data from a subframe #n from different user equipment; and receiving HARQ-ACK information with respect to the D2D data, wherein the HARQ-ACK information is transmitted from subframe #(n±k) when the subframe #(n+k) belongs to the subframe set for the D2D communication, and the HARQ-ACK is transmitted from a subframe that is closest to the subframe #(n+k) from among subframes belonging to the subframe set for the D2D communication after the subframe #(n+k), when the subframe #(n+k) does not belong to the subframe set for the D2D communication. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110039 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL - The present invention is designed to reduce the impact of interference even when different DL/UL configurations are applied between neighboring transmitting/receiving points (radio base stations). A radio communication method in a radio communication system, in which a plurality of radio base stations that communicate with a user terminal by means of time division duplexing each change the DL/UL configuration independently, includes the steps in which each radio base station measures the interference levels from other radio base stations, and transmits a change request signal to request a change of the DL/UL configuration and/or a change of transmission power to the other radio base stations, based on the measured interference levels, and the other radio base stations, having received the change request signal, change the DL/UL configuration and/or transmission power and communicate with the user terminal. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110040 | BUFFER STATE REPORTING METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the technical field of wireless communications, and more particularly to a buffer state reporting method, system, and device. so as to perform buffer state reporting regarding an inter-eNB aggregation scenario. A buffer state reporting method provided by an embodiment of the present invention comprises: a user equipment, that aggregates resources of multiple network side devices, determining buffer state information; the user equipment reporting the buffer state information to at least one network side device participating in the aggregation, so as to realize buffer state reporting regarding the inter-eNB aggregation scenario, and enable multiple eNBs to obtain the buffer state information in the case of inter-eNB aggregation, thereby realizing resource scheduling. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110041 | Base station, cognitive radio system, and control method for a neighbour relationship - Provided is a cognitive radio system CRS, a base station and a method for controlling a neighbour relationship, including: a serving base station actively notifies a neighbour base station of transport layer configuration information after resource reconfiguration, the neighbour base station thus performs a maintenance operation on locally saved neighbour cell information of the serving base station, which can solve the problem that the change in the neighbour relationship affects terminal services. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110042 | DEVICE INITIATED CARD PROVISIONING VIA BEARER INDEPENDENT PROTOCOL - A processor in a mobile wireless device provisions a user identity module (UIM) card in the mobile wireless device in response to a user command. The processor detects a user command to provision the UIM card and reads a provisioning status of the UIM card from a UIM card provisioning status file in the UIM card. When the provisioning status is “not provisioned”, the processor establishes a bearer independent protocol (BIP) data connection to a server in a wireless network and exchanges provisioning data between the server and the UIM card until the UIM card commands the processor to close the BIP data connection. In representative embodiments, the UIM card provisioning status file includes fields for a UIM card provisioning status, a UIM card software version and a UIM card provisioning date/time, and the processor updates the fields during provisioning. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110043 | Simultaneous Transmission of Acknowledgement, Channel Quality Indicator and Scheduling Request - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate simultaneous transmission of control information in a single sub-frame. For instance, simultaneous transmission can maintain single carrier waveforms for a control channel even when a plurality of information types is scheduled in concurrently. Channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and acknowledgement messages can be jointly coded. In addition, reference symbols in a sub-frame can be modulated to indicate values associated with a scheduling request or an acknowledgement message. Moreover, in situations where channel quality indicators, scheduling requests and or acknowledgement messages are simultaneously scheduled, one or more can be dropped. Further, a single carrier constraint can be relaxed to enable simultaneous transmission of information in the sub-frame at different frequencies. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110044 | THIRD PARTY INTERFACE FOR PROVISIONING BEARERS ACCORDING TO A QUALITY OF SERVICE SUBSCRIPTION - A provisioning system may receive requests, such as from third party service providers, to provision dedicated bearers for traffic associated with the service providers. For example, a service provider may request a particular quality of service (“QoS”) level for traffic sent between the service provider and one or more user devices. This QoS level may be higher than a “normal” QoS level that is ordinarily provided. The provisioning system may establish a bearer, such as a dedicated non-guaranteed bitrate (“non-GBR”) bearer between a packet data network (“PDN”) gateway (“PGW”) and the user device, and may transmit traffic, associated with the service provider, via the dedicated non-GBR bearer. A QoS agent, installed at the user device, may ensure that traffic, associated with the service provider, is sent from the user device via the dedicated non-GBR bearer (e.g., as opposed to another bearer with a lower QoS level). | 04-23-2015 |
20150110045 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD OF ALLOCATING PARTIAL BAND TO AVOID INTERFERENCE IN PARTIAL BAND - Provided is a communication device and a method of allocating a partial band to avoid interference in the partial band, wherein the method includes extracting at least one partial band in which interference occurs from a plurality of partial bands constituting an operating channel of a user terminal, determining an available partial band aside from the extracted partial band, and allocating the determined partial band to the user terminal. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110046 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK - Methods and apparatus for channel state information feedback are provided. In one aspect, a request to two or more stations is transmitted for the two or more stations to transmit channel state information in response to the request. The channel state information is received from each of the two or more stations. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110047 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system is provided in which a processor generates the same sequence for resource elements (REs) allocated to each layer for reference signal transmission and spreads or covers Walsh codes for a user equipment-specific reference signal sequence such that sequences generated for the REs can be orthogonal to each other on a time axis. The Walsh code spreading or covering by the processor is applied on a frequency axis based on a plurality of resource blocks (RBs) or based on a pair of RBs such that mutually different sequences having mutually different sequence values can be mapped between RBs or between pairs of RBs. A transmission module transmits the reference signal, to which the generated reference signal sequence is applied to user equipment via each layer. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110048 | JOINT SUPPORT FOR UEs CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING DATA OF A SAME BEARER ON FIRST AND SECOND RATs SIMULTANEOUSLY AND UEs NOT CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING DATA OF A SAME BEARER ON THE FIRST AND SECOND RATs SIMULTANEOUSLY - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to joint support for UEs capable of communicating data of a same bearer on first and second RATs simultaneously and UEs not capable of communicating data of a same bearer on the first and second RATs simultaneously. An eNB of a first RAT may configure radio bearers of different types for communication with a UE scapable of communicating via a first RAT and a second RAT. The eNB may select one or more of the radio bearers for routing packets to the UE via at least one of the first or second RAT, wherein the selecting is based at least in part on whether the UE is capable of communicating data of a same bearer on the first and second RATs simultaneously. The eNB may communicate with the UE using the selected radio bearers. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110049 | WIRELESS SYSTEM WITH CONFIGURABLE RADIO AND ANTENNA RESOURCES - A wireless access device, system and method are disclosed for provisioning multiple concurrent radio services and adaptive management of multi-radio access points or multi-radio small cell base stations. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110050 | System and Method for Channel Quality Indicator and Acknowledgement Joint Detection - An embodiment method for network communications includes receiving, by a network device, a plurality of channel quality indicator (CQI) symbols and one or more acknowledgement (ACK) symbols and selecting a reduced set of candidate CQI symbols by comparing a plurality of candidate CQI symbols with the plurality of CQI symbols. The method further includes generating a plurality of candidate CQI and ACK symbol combinations by combining the reduced set of candidate CQI symbols with candidate ACK symbols. The network device detects the plurality of CQI symbols and the one or more ACK symbols by comparing the plurality of candidate CQI and ACK symbol combinations with the plurality of CQI symbols and the one or more ACK symbols. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110051 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO MITIGATE COLLISIONS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic for collision mitigation between transmissions of wireless transmitters and receivers operating at different bandwidths. Logic of the receivers may be capable of receiving and detecting signals transmitted at narrower bandwidths. In several embodiments, the receivers comprise a clear channel assessment logic that implements a guard interval (or cyclic prefix) detector to detect transmissions at narrower bandwidths. For instance, a two MegaHertz (MHz) bandwidth receiver may implement a guard interval detector to detect 1 MHz bandwidth signals and a 16 MHz bandwidth receiver may implement logic to detect one or more 1 MHz bandwidth signals and any other combination of, e.g., 1, 2, 4, 8 MHz bandwidth signals. In many embodiments, the guard interval detector may be implemented to detect guard intervals on a channel designated as a primary channel as well as on one or more non-primary channels. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110052 | Discovery and Operation of Hybrid Wireless Wide Area and Wireless Local Area Networks - Technology for setting up a Device to Device (D2D) communication channel between mobile wireless devices is disclosed. The technology includes identifying a first user equipment and a second user equipment located within a proximity; receiving network assisted proximity discovery information at one of the first UE and the second UE from an evolved packet core (EPC) operating on a third generation partnership practice (3GPP) wireless wide area network (WWAN); and setting up a device to device (D2D) communication between the first UE and the second UE based on the network assisted proximity discovery information received from the EPC. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110053 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING USER DATA - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for scheduling user data, and the method includes: acquiring a power limitation manner in which power limitation is implemented on user data of a user; acquiring an actual scheduling weight of the user after the power limitation is implemented in accordance with the power limitation manner; and transmitting the user data of the user on a resource block according to the actual scheduling weight of the user. This method combines different power limitation manners with scheduling criteria and updates the scheduling weight according to the power limitation manner, so that a scheduling result is more in line with a channel state, and system performance is improved. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110054 | Almost Blank Subframe Configuration in Wireless Networks - A base station broadcasts first parameters identifying a first set of subframes on a first carrier as almost blank subframes. The base station transmits to a wireless device at least one unicast message comprising second parameters identifying a second set of subframes on a second carrier as almost blank subframes. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110055 | METHOD FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present application provided a method for downlink control information transmission, a base station and a terminal. In one aspect, by acquiring subframe configuration information of a terminal, where the subframe configuration information is used for indicating a first subframe for transmitting common control information and a second subframe for transmitting dedicated control information, the embodiments of the present application enable the common control information to be transmitted to the terminal over the first subframe and/or enable the dedicated control information to be transmitted to the terminal over the second subframe according to the subframe configuration information, thereby achieving downlink control information transmission between the base station and the terminal. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110056 | Resource Configuration Method and Apparatus - A resource configuration method includes determining, by a base station, a physical multicast channel (PMCH) resource area and a non-PMCH resource area in a resource of a data frame used for transmitting a multicast or broadcast signal, where the PMCH resource area is used to carry a PMCH, and the non-PMCH resource area is used to carry a physical downlink channel; and sending, by the base station, resource configuration information to a user equipment, where the resource configuration information contains at least one of a resource identifier corresponding to the PMCH resource area and a resource identifier corresponding to the non-PMCH resource area. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110057 | Mobile Communications Terminal, and Method for Controlling Radio Frequency Power Amplifier Thereof - The present invention discloses a mobile communications terminal. The mobile communications terminal includes a signal processing module and a radio frequency power amplifier, where the signal processing module outputs, to a radio frequency signal input end of the radio frequency power amplifier, a radio frequency signal corresponding to one group of data packets, and synchronously outputs an enable signal to an enable signal input end of the radio frequency power amplifier; and the signal processing module periodically stops outputting the enable signal to the enable signal input end within first predetermined duration, and outputs, to the radio frequency signal input end, a radio frequency signal corresponding to at least one piece of pilot data and synchronously outputs the enable signal to the enable signal input end within second predetermined duration. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110058 | COEXISTENCE BETWEEN PRIMARY CHAINS AND AUXILIARY RECEIVER CHAIN IN A WLAN DEVICE - A method includes, in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) device that includes one or more primary transmission/reception (TX/RX) chains and an auxiliary reception (RX) chain, defining a first operational mode in which priority is given to transmission of the primary TX/RX chains, and a second operational mode in which the priority is given to reception of the auxiliary RX chain. communication is performed on a given communication channel using the primary TX/RX chains, and evaluation of signal activity is performed on one or more alternative communication channels using the auxiliary reception (RX) chain, while operating the WLAN device alternately in the first and second operational modes. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110059 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING DOWNLINK DATA TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for scheduling downlink data transmission, includes: sending scheduling basic information to a user equipment; receiving a scheduling request reported by the UE, where the scheduling request carries at least one scheduling parameter that is determined by the UE according to the scheduling basic information; determining whether the scheduling parameter determined by the UE in the scheduling request needs to be modified; sending a scheduling request response to the UE according to a result of the determining, where the scheduling request response indicates whether the scheduling parameter determined by the UE in the scheduling request needs to be modified; and if it is determined that there is a scheduling parameter that needs to be modified, sending, to the UE, a modified parameter value of the scheduling parameter that needs to be modified. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110060 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING RESOURCE CONFIGURATION, RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER, AND BASE STATION - The present application provides a method for adjusting resource configuration, a radio network controller, and a base station. The method includes sending configuration information of an uplink common enhanced dedicated transport channel E-DCH resource pool to a base station, where the configuration information of an uplink common E-DCH resource pool includes information of a first resource pool to which a first transmission time interval corresponds and information of a second resource pool to which a second transmission time interval corresponds. Indication information is sent by the base station according to usage of at least one of the resource pools. Configuration of the first resource pool can be adjusted according to the indication information. In embodiments of the present application, the range of the resource pool can be dynamically adjusted in the case that a plurality of transmission time intervals coexists. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110061 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO ASSIGN SLOTS IN RESTRICTED ACCESS WINDOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may implement a slot assignment scheme that uses information provided in traffic indication map (TIM) information element (IE) and restricted access window (RAW) parameter set (PS) IE to determine a station-to-slot mapping function for communication of slot assignments to stations for RAWs. The TIM IE may comprise a bitmap indicating paged and unpaged stations. The RAW PS IE may comprise a duration and a slot duration. Logic may implement the station-to-slot function by determining the number of slots in a RAW and correlating slot assignments for stations based upon a position for the station in the TIM bitmap. The TIM bitmap may identify each station via a bit on a page in the bitmap based upon an assignment of the station to a position in the TIM bitmap. The station-to-slot mapping function may use an offset for fair access. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110062 | RADIO COMMUNICATION BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION METHOD - A radio communication station device can prevent limiting of resource allocation in a UE group. The radio communication device includes: a CCE allocation unit, modulation units, an arrangement unit, and a radio transmission unit. The CCE allocation unit allocates allocation information allocated to a PDCCH which is inputted from the modulation unit as follows. Among a plurality of search spaces shared by a greater number of UE groups as the CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH increases, a particular search space corresponding to the CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH and a mobile group of the PDCCH is selected as a space to which the allocation information is to be allocated. The arrangement unit arranges the allocation information in a downlink resource corresponding to the CCE of the particular search space allocated among the downlink resources secured for the PDCCH. The radio transmission unit transmits an OFDM symbol having the allocation information from an antenna to a mobile station. | 04-23-2015 |
20150110063 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - A communication system, a user equipment and a base station are disclosed. The communication system includes a user equipment and a base station, wherein the user equipment is configured in a first communication system and having a co-existence working mode in which the user equipment performs a first communication with a base station in the first communication system and performs a second communication with an apparatus of a second communication system, which is different from the first communication system in a time-division multiplexing manner or a frequency-division multiplexing manner. | 04-23-2015 |
20150117318 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FORMING PEER-TO-PEER (P2P) WIRELESS CONNECTIONS BETWEEN DEVICES - Various embodiments include an apparatus having a wireless communication device (WCD) and methods for the WCD to wirelessly exchange messages with other devices. In some embodiments, such a WCD may send a message to reject an invitation to form a peer-to-peer (P2P) wireless connection between the WCD and a first device if the invitation is received by the WCD when the WCD has already established a P2P wireless connection with a second device. Other embodiments including additional apparatus and methods are described. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117319 | SCHEDULING REQUEST WITHOUT RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - A method of wireless communication includes transmitting a scheduling request through a common channel without performing a random access procedure, when uplink data remains in a buffer and no active grant exists during a call. The method also includes receiving a grant and initiating data transmission through an enhanced channel. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117320 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION INTERFACES IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, facilitating establishing a first interface between a processor and the system where the system performs a policy and charging rules function in a mobile communications network and where the first interface bypasses a packet data network gateway and a serving gateway, facilitating establishing a second interface between the processor and the system where the second interface utilizes the packet data network gateway and the serving gateway, providing a first message from the processor to the system via the first interface where the first message is associated with a quality of service authorization, and receiving a second message from the system via the first interface where the second message is associated with the quality of service authorization. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117321 | OUTER-LOOP ADJUSTMENT FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION LINK ADAPTATION - A method and base station for adjusting outer-loop adjustment values used for link adaptation in a wireless communication network is provided. A modulation of a user equipment is determined and a success or failure of a Transport Block (TB) based on a TB feedback message is determined. Based on the TB feedback, one of an acknowledgement counter and a non-acknowledgement counter is incremented corresponding to the determined modulation. An upward step size for the determined modulation is updated based on the respective acknowledgement counter and the non-acknowledgement counter to affect link adaption. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117322 | Policy-Based Control Mechanism For Wireless Network Physical Layer Resources - Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to physical layer resource utilization in wireless local area networks. In particular, the present disclosure relates to a policy-based control mechanism for wireless network physical layer resources such as transmit beamforming. Specifically, the disclosed system receives a set of network policy criteria, and information associated with each of a plurality of client devices connected to a network device. The disclosed system then selects a subset of client devices in a wireless network based on the set of network policy criteria and information associated with each of the plurality of client devices. Furthermore, the disclosed system provides the subset of client devices for using one or more of wireless network physical layer resources. Here, the wireless network physical layer resources are limited to a threshold number of client devices. Moreover, the number of client devices in the subset does not exceed the threshold number. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117323 | SINGLE FREQUENCY NETWORK BROADCAST FOR MISSION-CRITICAL SERVICES ON LTE - A method for transmitting data in a single-frequency network in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) network includes receiving media for broadcast in a broadcast area of a plurality of broadcast areas associated with a single-frequency network, wherein the broadcast area comprises a plurality of cells; identifying a subset of defined broadcast resources for broadcasting the media to the broadcast area; broadcasting the media to the broadcast area using the subset of defined broadcast resources; and broadcasting a null pattern on the subset of defined broadcast resources in adjacent broadcast areas to the broadcast area. An associated LTE network and broadcast controller are also described. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117324 | METHOD FOR RF MANAGEMENT, FREQUENCY REUSE AND INCREASING OVERALL SYSTEM CAPACITY USING NETWORK-DEVICE-TO-NETWORK-DEVICE CHANNEL ESTIMATION AND STANDARD BEAMFORMING TECHNIQUES - Disclosed is a system, apparatus, and method for RF management using network-device-to-network-device channel estimation and standard beamforming techniques. The exemplary method comprises: obtaining a first information corresponding to a first device that is a target device for transmitting at least one of a plurality of wireless signals by a network device; obtaining a second information corresponding to a second device that is to be avoided by propagation of any wireless signals transmitted by the network device; computing a radiation pattern for transmitting the plurality of wireless signals based at least on the first information associated with the first device and the second information associated with the second device; and transmitting the plurality of wireless signals based on the radiation pattern. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117325 | ADAPTIVE METHODS FOR OPTIMIZING SOUNDING AND CHANNEL FEEDBACK OVERHEAD IN SU-MIMO AND MU-MIMO BEAMFORMING - Disclosed herein is a system, apparatus, and method for optimizing sounding and feedback overhead in a wireless digital network utilizing a beamforming technique by adaptively changing the frequency of sounding transmissions. The exemplary method comprises: transmitting a first plurality of sounding frames based on a first sounding interval, wherein the first sounding interval is a first period of time between transmissions of two sounding frames in the first plurality of sounding frames; receiving a plurality of feedback frames comprising information associated with the first plurality of sounding frames; based on the plurality of feedback frames: selecting a second sounding interval, different than the first sounding interval, for transmitting a second plurality of sounding frames; and transmitting the second plurality of sounding frames based on the second sounding interval, wherein the second sounding interval is a second period of time between transmissions of two sounding frames in the second plurality of sounding frames. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117326 | METHODS FOR DETECTING REJOINING NODES IN AN IBSS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication. In one method, a first node of an independent basic service set (IBSS) may receive a beacon from a second node of the IBSS. The beacon may include a token. Based at least in part on the token, the first node may determine that the second node has disconnected from and rejoined the IBSS. In another method, a token may be generated at a node. The token may indicate that the node has disconnected from and rejoined an IBSS. A beacon including the token may be transmitted to the IBSS responsive to the node rejoining the IBSS. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117327 | Method and Apparatus for Communication Link Adaptation for Interference-Canceling Receivers - Network-side and device-side methods and apparatuses improve transmit link adaptation for devices operating in a cellular network that have interference-canceling receivers. Own-cell link adaptation towards a device in a current transmission interval exploits a determined mapping between the interfering-signal cancelation efficiency of the device versus the interfering-signal transport format, in combination with actual knowledge of the transport format that will be used to make an interfering neighbor-cell transmission in the current transmission interval. For example, a serving radio node uses the known transport format of the interfering transmission, to accurately determine the expected cancellation efficiency for the device with respect to the interfering transmission, and uses the expected cancellation efficiency to obtain a more accurate estimate of the own-cell channel quality expected for the device in the current transmission interval. Link adaptation towards the device in the current transmission interval uses this more accurate estimate of own-cell channel quality. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117328 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR BANDWIDTH AGGREGATION IN AN ACCESS POINT - The method comprising providing communication between at least one wireless client device through a connectivity to a corresponding dedicated access point, as well as locating and recognizing a plurality of neighboring Access Points', and further comprising following actions:
| 04-30-2015 |
20150117329 | ADAPTING BEAMFORMING PARAMETERS IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A network device may be configured to adapt beamforming parameters for a communication region of a powerline cycle in response to variations in communication channel conditions. A first network device can estimate initial beamforming parameters for each communication region based on sounding messages received from a second network device. The first network device can determine coarse beamforming parameters for each communication region based on data packets received from the second network device using the initial beamforming parameters. The first network device can determine a difference parameter for the first communication region based, at least in part, on a first initial beamforming parameter associated with the first communication region and a first coarse beamforming parameter associated with the first communication region. The first network device can compare the difference parameter with a difference threshold to determine whether to estimate a first modified beamforming parameter for a first communication region. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117330 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides an electronic device including an internet module. The internet module includes a microprocessor and a memory. The memory stores a predetermined regulatory domain and a predetermined communication channel corresponding to the predetermined regulatory domain. The microprocessor connects to a geolocation service provider through the internet, obtains location information from the geolocation service provider, obtains a detection regular domain according to the location information, and provides a detection communication channel corresponding to the detection regular domain. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117331 | System and Method for Dynamic Allocation of Capacity on Wireless Networks - A wireless communication system is described for allocating limited network access according to priorities designated for requested transactions of wireless communications. The wireless network has a number of access links for transmitting transactions for wireless communications. A plurality of wireless communications devices requests transmission of transactions on the wireless network. A designated priority level is associated with each transaction. In response to the transaction requests, an access control manager in the wireless network schedules transmission of transactions when all of the plurality of access links are occupied, by authorizing a transmission of a transaction of higher priority than another transaction that is being transmitted, and discontinuing the transmission of the transaction of lower priority. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117332 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR EFFICIENT DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CHANNEL CONTENTION - A user equipment (UE) includes a request receipt component, an interference component, and a grant/deny component. The request receipt component is configured to receive a first signal indicating a request to transmit to the UE from a first transmitting UE and to receive one or more additional signals indicating that one or more additional transmitting UEs are requesting to transmit to corresponding target UEs. The interference component identifies, based on a received power of the first signal and the one or more additional signals, one or more potentially incompatible UEs. The incompatible UEs may include at least one of the one or more additional transmitting UEs. The grant/deny component is configured to send a signal indicating a block on transmission by the one or more incompatible UEs. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117333 | ACKNOWLEDGEMENT COMMUNICATION WITH INTERFERENCE DETECTION (ACK-ID) - In some examples, a method may include determining whether a data packet is correctly received. In response to the data packet being correctly received, the method may include reading a received signal strength indication (RSSI) value, and based on the RSSI value, determining whether to transmit an acknowledgement (ACK) packet. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESPONDING TO VARIABLE BANDWIDTH REQUESTS - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, a device for initiating a first multiple-input and multiple-output (MIMO) communication session with a first base station utilizing a first portion of spectrum of an antenna system, detecting a need for additional communications bandwidth, and initiating a second MIMO communication session with a second base station utilizing a second portion of spectrum of the antenna system. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117335 | SYSTEM OF DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING GENERATION FREQUENCY OF MESSAGES IN VEHICULAR NETWORKS AND METHOD THEREOF - A method of dynamic adjusting a generation frequency of messages in vehicular networks is provided, including: receiving updating requests and emergent degree of the vehicle event, and then determining whether the generation frequency of messages meets the dynamic change of the vehicle, if not satisfied, selecting a different adjustment method according to the event emergent degree. When the event is emergent, its generation frequency can be raised immediately by an interruptive adjustment and to suppress the generation frequency of messages of the others. Conversely, adjusting its generation frequency by a progressive adjustment and reducing the generation frequency of messages of the other lower-priority vehicles. According to the present disclosure, it prevents lower priority messages from occupying the channel overly, and emergency messages with higher priority can be satisfied immediately when it needed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117336 | Method and Apparatus for Sending and Receiving Downlink Control Information - A user equipment, UE, ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117337 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGMENTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method for receiving control information on a terminal in a wireless communication system, including the steps of: transmitting uplink data to a base station through a physical uplink shared channel; and receiving a downlink control information (DCI) format related to an uplink approval, wherein, when the DCI format meets predetermined conditions, the terminal considers the DCI format as an acknowledgement for the uplink data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117338 | Cyclic Channel State Information Reference Signal Configuration for New Carrier Type with Backward Compatible Segment - Methods, apparatuses, and computer programs for providing a flexible frequency location for a backwards compatible carrier in a communication system are provided. Embodiments of the invention enable a backwards compatible carrier segment supporting all or a subset of legacy LTE Release transmission modes to be located at an arbitrary position on the system bandwidth (BW) through a cyclic extension of reference signals, such as channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS), and/or other resource element configurations, such as interference measurement reference signals (IMRS), required for supporting PDSCH operation outside the backwards compatible carrier segment. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117339 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CONFIGURING REDUNDANT TRANSMISSIONS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for configuring communication in a wireless communication system includes obtaining, at a first network node, information indicating a plurality of candidate subframes for downlink transmissions to a wireless communication device in a first cell served by the first network node. Each candidate subframe satisfies a candidate condition that relates to transmissions in a second cell during that subframe. The method also includes determining, based on the obtained information, a number of copies of an uplink transmission a wireless communication device should transmit in consecutive uplink subframes so that a downlink transmission related to the uplink transmission will occur during one of the candidate subframes. Additionally, the method includes configuring the wireless communication device to transmit the determined number of copies of the uplink transmission in consecutive subframes. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117340 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a communication device including an obtaining unit configured to obtain first state information representing a state of a first wireless communication device regarding a direct connection between devices via wireless communication and second state information representing a state of a second wireless communication device regarding the direct connection, and a control unit configured to establish a connection between the first wireless communication device and the second wireless communication device via the wireless communication on the basis of the first state information and the second state information. At least one of the first state information and the second state information is obtained via near-field communication. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117341 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - Resources available for large power base stations are controlled in a radio communication system in which mobile terminals with and without interference suppression capability are used together and in which a large power base station and small power base stations coordinate inter-cell interference control. A radio base station coordinates inter-cell interference control with at least one second radio base station forming a second cell within a first cell of the radio base station, the second cell having a smaller area than the first cell. The radio base station has a resource setter for setting a ratio of a first resource in which the radio base station is to execute radio communication and a second resource in which the radio base station is to stop radio communication according to the ratio of the number of mobile terminals capable of executing interference rejection combining to the total number of mobile terminals connecting to the radio base station or to at least one second radio base station. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117342 | THRESHOLD-BASED AND POWER-EFFICIENT SCHEDULING REQUEST PROCEDURE - The invention relates to methods for improving a scheduling request transmission between a UE and a base station. The transmission of the scheduling request is postponed, by implementing a threshold that the data in the transmission buffer has to reach, before a transmission of the scheduling request is triggered. In one variant, the data in the transmission buffer needs to reach a specific amount, to trigger a scheduling request. The invention refers to further improvements: the PDDCH monitoring time window is delayed after sending a scheduling request; the dedicated scheduling request resources of the PUCCH are prioritized differently such that low-priority scheduling requests are transmitted less often. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117343 | Radio Frame Receiving Method and Device - Disclosed are a method and device for receiving the radio frame. The method comprises: a first functional entity of a station detects that a channel signal intensity reaches a preset threshold, and the first functional entity starts receiving a radio frame and sends an indication that a channel detection result is busy to a second functional entity of the station; the first functional entity determines that the station is not a target station for receiving the radio frame, and sends an indication of ending up receiving the radio frame to the second functional entity; and when transmission of the radio frame ends, the first functional entity sends an indication that the channel detection result is idle to the second functional entity. The disclosure provides a reception operation processing procedure of a station having the function of discarding the radio frame while not updating a network allocation vector (NAV). | 04-30-2015 |
20150117344 | Method and Arrangement for Admission Control in a Shared Channel Environment - Network node and method therein for admission control in a communication system applying shared channels for communication. The method comprises receiving a request for a bearer setup, and deciding whether to accept or reject the request for a bearer setup based on information on current bearers carrying data having a QoS value, and for which bearers a transmission of the data fulfills a criterion, the criterion representing a probability of violating the QoS value. Information on bearers carrying data which do not have a QoS value and information on bearers for which a transmission of data having a QoS value does not fulfill the criterion is disregarded. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117345 | METHOD OF DEMODULATING DATA ON NEW TYPE OF CARRIER WAVE - A method of demodulating data according to an embodiment of the present invention is presented. The method of demodulating data may include: setting a terminal to be in a transmission mode of PDSCH to which transmission diversity is applied; receiving resource allocation information on the PDSCH by the terminal; transmitting downlink (DL) data onto the PDSCH to which the transmission diversity is applied, according to the resource allocation information; receiving, from a base station, information on the number of antenna ports used for receiving a reference signal that is used for demodulating the DL data; and receiving a reference signal used for demodulating the DL data. The reference signal may be generated based on the identifier of the terminal, and the number of antenna ports used for receiving the reference signal may be the same as the number of antenna ports used for receiving the PDSCH. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117346 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The present invention relates to the communication technology and provides a method and device for determining uplink control channel, which includes the following steps: determining an offset parameter according to the received ePDCCH or the predefined setting, and determining a physical PUCCH for transmitting a feedback information corresponded to said ePDCCH by said offset parameter, and thus realizing the determination for the PUCCH for transmitting ACK/NACK feedback information corresponded to the enhance PDCCH. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117347 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, NETWORK NODE, USER NODE, CORE NETWORK, AND METHODS IMPLEMENTED THEREIN - A radio communication apparatus ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117348 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - There is provided a communication control device including a radio communication unit which communicates with one or more terminal devices in a cell over a channel in which a link direction is allowed to be dynamically set for each sub-frame which is a unit of time in radio communication, and a control unit which controls allocation of communication resources to the terminal device based on the setting of the link direction of the channel and a location of the terminal device in the cell. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117349 | OPTIMIZING MOBILE NETWORK BANDWIDTH - A gateway turns encrypted PS data traffic on the Iub interface into clear IP packets so that WAN stream de-duplication and other optimization can be performed to eliminate the transfer of repetitive data across the Iub interface, thereby increasing the throughput between the NodeB and the RNC of the WCDMA network. The gateway pulls PS data traffic out from Iub without disturbing the signaling and CS traffic. The bifurcated PS data traffic is redirected to the GTP I/O port of the gateway where the stream de-duplication is applied. Deployment of the gateway is transparent to the WCDMA network. No network reconfiguration is required to deploy the gateway on the Iub interface. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117350 | METHOD AND USER DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA - The present invention enables an increase in data transmission performance by variously applying precoding to open and closed-loop MIMOs. An eNB in the present invention applies an identical precoder to neighboring PRBs scheduled in UE in the closed-loop MIMO, and applies an non-identical precoder to neighboring PRBs scheduled in UE in an open-loop MIMO. The UE variously introduces a precoder applied to neighboring PRBs scheduled in the UE according to whether the MIMO set in the UE is the closed-loop MIMO or the open-loop MIMO. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117351 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to measure interference with high accuracy in future systems that do not rely on CRSs. A base station apparatus has a determining section ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117352 | Scheduling a User Equipment in a Communication System - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a base station ( | 04-30-2015 |
20150117353 | BLIND DECODING METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The blind decoding method disclosed herein is a blind decoding method to allow a user terminal to blind-decode downlink control information that is transmitted from a radio base station using at least one of a legacy PDCCH and an enhanced PDCCH that is frequency-division-multiplexed with a PDSCH, and includes the steps in which the radio base station reports information for configuring a number of candidates, which information is used to configure numbers of search space candidates for the legacy PDCCH and numbers of search space candidates for the enhanced PDCCH, to the user terminal, and the user terminal blind-decodes the downlink control information based on the numbers of search space candidates for the legacy PDCCH and the numbers of search space candidates for the enhanced PDCCH that are configured based on the candidate quantity configuration information. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117354 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD, DETECTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for transmitting downlink control information, a detecting method, a base station and a UE are provided in the present invention. The detecting method includes: the UE detects downlink control information beared by ePDCCH in a resource block according to a resource block set and pre-defined information configured by the base station; wherein the pre-defined information at least includes one of the followings: sub-carrier position information detected in the resource block set, enhanced control channel unit information detected in the resource block set, a mapping mode of the ePDCCH, aggregation level configuration information detected in the resource block set, the amount of candidate set corresponding to the detected aggregation level in the resource block set and a downlink control information format. In the present invention, the UE is agilely indicated to detected the downlink control information beared by the ePDCCH in the corresponding physical resource block according to the configured resource block set and the pre-defined information, so as to save resources of space detected and searched by the UE, thus scheduling efficient of the system is improved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117355 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for feeding back Channel State Information (CSI) using a common subband at a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting first CSI to at least one base station at a first transmission time point according to a first CSI feedback configuration, and transmitting second CSI to the at least one base station at a second transmission time point according to a second CSI feedback configuration, wherein the second CSI is generated based on the common subband when the second transmission time point is within a prescribed SubFrame Threshold (SFT) from the first transmission time point. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117356 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - Provided are a method and an apparatus for monitoring a control channel in a wireless communication system. A wireless device receives indicative information for indicating a search space for a downlink control channel through an indication channel, and monitors the downlink control channel in the search space. The search space is defined by one or more pairs of physical resource blocks (PRBs). | 04-30-2015 |
20150117357 | TECHNIQUES FOR AGGREGATING DATA FROM WWAN AND WLAN - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for aggregating data from a wireless wide area network (WWAN) and wireless local area network (WLAN). In some aspects, a packet convergence entity (e.g., PDCP layer entity) communicates with first and second radio access technology (RAT) links. The packet convergence entity may determine from which of the first and second RAT links a data packet is received and may monitor a sequence number value of each of the received data packets. The packet convergence entity may perform one or more actions based on a determination that the data packets are received out of order. For example, the packet convergence entity may deliver the data packets to an upper layer entity as they are received (e.g., in order or out of order), may reorder the data packets and ignore data packet losses, and/or may request retransmissions of missing data packets. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117358 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING A COMMUNICATION NODE BY EXCHANGING MESSAGES - A system that incorporates the subject disclosure may include, for example, a circuit for receiving bandwidth utilization information associated with each of a plurality of communication nodes, and initiating communications with a communication node selected from the plurality of communication nodes according to a comparison of the bandwidth utilization information and a measure of quality of a communication link of each of the plurality of communication nodes. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117359 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication terminal apparatus includes: an assigning part configured to assign a usage right of a first subframe, from among a plurality of subframes included in a frame, to a base station, in a case where terminal-to-terminal communication is performed by transmission and reception of the frame directly with a different communication terminal apparatus, based on frequency information reported from the base station; and an acquiring part configured to acquire, during the terminal-to-terminal communication, information from the base station from the first subframe. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117360 | METHODS FOR RADIO TECHNOLOGY SELECTION AND POWER CALIBRATION IN MULTI-RAT SMALL CELLS - Described herein are techniques for radio technology selection and power calibration in multi-RAT small cells. For example, the technique may involve determining, at an access point, path loss information for a circuit switched fallback failure location. The technique may involve building a path loss database over a time period from the path loss information and managing power or operation mode of a first RAT and a second RAT of the access point based on the path loss database. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117361 | REVERSE PROTOCOL FOR LOW LATENCY WIRELESS APPLICATIONS - Embodiments of a system and method for communicating according to an IEEE 802.11 standard or a WiGig specification. The method includes identifying a message that requires a response from another station in less than a threshold amount of time, and that the other station cannot likely respond to within a point coordination function (PCF) interframe sequence (PIFS). The message also includes setting a reverse direction (RD) response time field in a header of an MPDU corresponding to the message to a value indicating that a response from the other station is not required within a short interframe sequence (SIFS). | 04-30-2015 |
20150117362 | ENABLING COEXISTENCE OF DIFFERENTLY-CAPABLE USER EQUIPMENT - Managing the coexistence of multiple different UE types and capabilities in wireless networks is disclosed. In order to handle the various transmission types and available UE capabilities, base stations may coordinate among each other over backhaul communications to schedule identifiable groups of UEs being served for specific sets of resources. The resources may be assigned, and UEs grouped, according to particular transmission types, UE capabilities, or a combination of both. Additional aspects may also provide for signaling to the UE that informs the UE of expected transmission types for given resources. The combined aspects facilitate reducing complexity of UE signal processing for data interference cancellation, signal decoding, and the like. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117363 | System and Method for Setting Cyclic Prefix Length - A method for communicating in a wireless communications system includes receiving scheduling information including information for an uplink transmission scheduled for the station, and determining a first length of a first cyclic prefix for a transmission in accordance with the scheduling information. The method also includes transmitting the transmission with the first cyclic prefix. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117364 | ENHANCEMENTS TO SUBCHANNEL SELECTIVE TRANSMISSION PROCEDURE - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. A first apparatus includes a processor configured to set a location of a primary channel in a operating channel width (Op CW) on which a second apparatus is allowed to communicate with the first apparatus, define a set of operating channels independent of the Op CW, wherein the set of operating channels includes a channel via which the second apparatus is allowed to change the location of the primary channel to communicate with the first apparatus, indicate the set of operating channels to the second apparatus, indicate an offset associated with a channel of the set of operating channels to identify the location of the primary channel, and indicate an offset associated with the location of the primary channel to identify a location of the set of operating channels. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117365 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for selectively setting a network allocation vector for a subset of stations. In one aspect, a method of reserving access to wireless communication medium for a plurality of wireless devices, comprising: transmitting a message including a first indication for a first subset of wireless devices of the plurality of wireless devices to set a network allocation vector (NAV) and further including a second indication for a second subset of wireless devices of the plurality wireless devices to not set the NAV, thereby reserving access to the wireless medium for at least the second subset of the plurality of wireless devices. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117366 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for adjusting transmission power in wireless networks are provided. One aspect of the disclosure provides a method of wireless communication over a wireless communication medium. The method includes determining a level of interference for a data transmission from a transmitting device to an intended receiving device. The method further includes setting a transmission power level for transmitting a message based on the interference level, the message comprising one of a request-to-send (RTS) packet and a clear-to-send (CTS) packet. The method further includes transmitting the message at the set transmission power level. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117367 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING BANDWIDTH INTENSIVE DATA STREAMS USING VIRTUAL MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL AND PHYSICAL LAYERS - A wireless networking system is disclosed. The wireless networking system includes an application layer associated with one or more applications having a wireless bandwidth requirement. A first wireless transceiver resource associated with an actual MAC layer and PHY layer is employed. The first wireless transceiver resource has a first bandwidth availability up to a first actual bandwidth. A second wireless transceiver resource associated with the actual MAC layer and the PHY layer is employed. The second wireless transceiver resource has a second bandwidth availability up to a second actual bandwidth. A processing layer evaluates the wireless bandwidth requirement and the first and second bandwidth availabilities of the wireless transceiver resources. The processing layer includes a bandwidth allocator to allocate at least a portion of each of the first and second actual bandwidths to virtual MAC and virtual PHY layers, and to satisfy the application layer wireless bandwidth requirement. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117368 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, method for wireless communication includes receiving an assignment of a frequency bandwidth for an uplink transmission of a station. The method further includes determining whether a portion of the assigned frequency bandwidth is unavailable for the uplink transmission. The method further includes selectively transmitting the uplink transmission based on whether the portion of the assigned frequency bandwidth is unavailable. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117369 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCHEDULING GROUP ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are described herein. In some aspects, a method includes determining one or more classes of compatible transmissions from one or more wireless devices. The method further includes defining scheduled time slots for each of the one or more classes. The method further includes defining a channel access procedure associated with each of the scheduled time slots. The method further includes accessing a wireless medium during an associated scheduled time slot according to the channel access procedure by one or more of the wireless devices. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117370 | Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission and Reception (CoMP) with Non-Ideal Backhaul (NIB) - A wireless communications method implemented in a transmission point (TP) used in a mobile communications system is disclosed. The wireless communications method includes receiving, from a user equipment (UE), short-term channel state information (short-term CSI), processing the short-term CSI, and transmitting, to another TP, the processed short-term CSI. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117371 | ASSIGNMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES TO BE USED ON UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN A MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An access point and method are described herein for interacting with a mobile station and assigning radio resources (e.g., multiple USFs, multiple TSCs, multiple MCSs, multiple PC levels) at least a portion of which are to be used for upcoming uplink transmissions by the mobile station to the access point. In addition, a mobile station and method are described for interacting with an access point and receiving therefrom assigned radio resources (e.g., multiple USFs, multiple TSCs, multiple MCSs, multiple PC levels) at least a portion of which are to be used for upcoming uplink transmissions to the access point. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117372 | ASSIGNMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES TO BE USED ON DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN A MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An access point and method are described herein for receiving a report from the mobile station containing at least one of a channel quality and a signal strength for each of one or more streams associated with each of one or more transmission modes used during a period of time to send payload to the mobile station, and analyzing the received report to determine one or more downlink control parameters to be used for sending additional payload to the mobile station. In addition, a mobile station and method are described herein for detecting one or more modes of transmissions used by the access point during a period of time to send payload to the mobile station, generating a report containing at least one of a channel quality and a signal strength for each of one or more streams associated with each of the detected one or more transmission modes used by the access point to send the payload to the mobile station, and transmitting the report to the access point. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117373 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DELIVERING MESSAGES VIA SMPP BRIDGE FOR MULTIPLE DELIVERY CHANNELS - The present disclosure relates to methods and systems for delivering communications to one or more consumer devices via an application provider proxy. A method for delivering and presenting notifications via an application provider proxy includes identifying an occurrence of an event for which a notification is to be delivered to a consumer device. The method also includes identifying a consumer notification policy associated with the consumer device applicable to the notification to be delivered and holding the notification until conditions of the consumer notification policy have been met. The method also includes releasing the notification for presentation at the consumer device upon determining that the rules of the consumer notification policy have been met. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117374 | Method of Handling Random Access in Wireless Communication System - A method of handling random access for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes transmitting a plurality of repetitions of a random access preamble to a network of the wireless communication system; and monitoring a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a plurality of random access response windows for receiving a random access response identified by a random access radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI) from the network, wherein each of the plurality of random access response windows is corresponding to one of the plurality of repetitions of the random access preamble. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117375 | System and Method for Device-to-Device Synchronization - A method and system for including a base station that configures a first user equipment (UE) that is in a radio resource control connected state with the base station. The UE is configured to be a synchronization source and transmit a first device-to-device synchronization signal (D2DSS) by using a synchronization resource that comprises a time resource, a frequency resource or a time and frequency resource. The base station instructs the first UE to transmit the first D2DSS using the synchronization resource. The base station signals the UE to configure the UE separately from the signal to transmit the D2DSS, and both of the signals are performed with radio resource control signaling from the base station to the UE. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117376 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a mobile communication system having a coordinated communication mode in which radio communication is performed between a user equipment and a plurality of base stations in a coordinated manner and an uncoordinated communication mode in which radio communication is performed between a user equipment and a base station without coordinating with another base station, in which radio communication is performed by selectively using any of the coordinated communication mode and the uncoordinated communication mode. The coordinated communication in which radio communication is performed between a user equipment and a plurality of base stations in a coordinated manner and the uncoordinated communication in which radio communication is performed between a user equipment and a base station without coordinating with another base station are selectively used in an appropriate manner, with the result that a mobile communication system capable of exerting its performance in accordance with a situation can be provided. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117377 | Terminal Based Grouping Virtual Transmission and Reception in Wireless Networks - Virtualized group-wise communications between a wireless network and a plurality of user equipments (UEs) are supported using UE cooperation. UE cooperation includes receiving, at a cooperating UE (CUE), downlink information from the wireless network destined for a target UE (TUE) and associated with a group identifier (ID). The group ID indicates a virtual multi-point (ViMP) node that includes the TUE and the CUE. The UE cooperation also includes sending the downlink information to the TUE. The UE or UE component can have a processor configured to forward between the wireless network and a TUE at least some information that is associated with a group ID indicating a ViMP node that groups the TUE and the UE. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117378 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY RECEIVING ON TWO CARRIERS AND PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN DUAL CELL HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS - A method and an apparatus for simultaneously receiving on two carriers and performing discontinuous transmission (DTX) and discontinuous reception (DRX) in dual cell high speed downlink packet access (DC-HSDPA) are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a message for activating DRX for at least one of an anchor carrier and a supplementary carrier and applies the same DRX pattern to the anchor carrier and the supplementary carrier upon reception of the message. The message may be received via a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) order. The WTRU may activate or de-activate the supplementary carrier based on the physical layer signal. Upon activation of the supplementary carrier, the WTRU may apply the same DRX pattern on both the anchor carrier and the supplementary carrier. The WTRU may flush a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) buffer associated with the supplementary carrier upon de-activation of the supplementary carrier. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117379 | TRANSMITTED PRECODING INDICATOR COMBINING METHOD, TERMINAL AND NETWORK-SIDE DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to a precoding indicator combining method, a terminal and a network-side device. The method includes: receiving, by a terminal and from a network-side device, an offset position of a downlink fractional dedicated physical channel F-DPCH or a downlink dedicated physical channel DPCH of at least one cell, and an offset position of a downlink fractional transmitted precoding indicator channel F-TPICH of at least one cell; and determining, by the terminal, a transmitted precoding indicator TPI combining window of the cell, so that an effective position of a TPI is located at a timeslot boundary of the first uplink dedicated physical control channel DPCCH after an end boundary of the TPI combining window, thereby enabling a UE to use a timely TPI and improving demodulation performance of the UE for sending data. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING APERIODIC FEEDBACK IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for triggering aperiodic feedback in coordinated multipoint transmission. The method includes: transmitting, by an eNB to UE, dynamic control information (DCI) and preconfigured feedback sets corresponding to the DCI, so that the UE aperiodically feeds back corresponding channel state information (CSI) according to the DCI and the feedback sets corresponding to the DCI; wherein the preconfigured feedback sets corresponding to the DCI are classified according to a triggered transmitting point or a CSI-RS of non-zero power, or are classified according to configured CSI, or are classified according to an interference type. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present invention, a relatively good tradeoff between flexibility of aperiodic CSI feedback and signaling load in a CoMP transmission process or a joint transmission process of CoMP and CA may be achieved. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117381 | SIGNALING POWER ALLOCATION PARAMETERS FOR UPLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (COMP) - A method for obtaining multiple path loss parameters by a user equipment (UE) is described. A radio resource control (RRC) signaling message is received from a serving eNode B. A first transmit power corresponding to a first reference signal is obtained from the RRC signaling message. A second transmit power corresponding to a second reference signal is obtained from the RRC signaling message. A first path loss parameter is calculated using the first transmit power. A second path loss parameter is calculated using the second transmit power. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117382 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose an enhanced physical downlink control channel transmission method and apparatus, and a communications system. The method provided in an embodiment of the present invention includes: generating, by a base station, a correspondence between an enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH and a subframe for each user equipment UE, where the correspondence between an EPDCCH and a subframe includes at least two different types of EPDCCHs and a subframe corresponding to each type of EPDCCH, and the subframes are multiple subframes of a data frame; and delivering, by the base station, the correspondence between an EPDCCH and a subframe to the UE, so that the UE obtains, according to the correspondence between an EPDCCH and a subframe, an EPDCCH used by each subframe of the data frame. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117383 | SDMA Multi-Device Wireless Communications - The present disclosure includes systems and techniques relating to wireless communications. A described technique, for example, includes transmitting a multi-user frame, in a frequency band, that concurrently provides data via spatially steered streams to a group of wireless communication devices; monitoring for acknowledgements, in the frequency band, to respective portions of the multi-user frame; detecting a lack of reception of an expected acknowledgement from a first device of the wireless communication devices; and transmitting, based on the lack of reception of the expected acknowledgement, a signal in the frequency band to prevent a transmission from a wireless communication device that is separate from the group of wireless communication devices, and to control transmission of an acknowledgement from a second device of the wireless communication devices. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117384 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Disclosed are a method and apparatus for wireless communication by and in a base station (BS) and a user equipment (UE). The method by the UE includes determining a first power for transmitting both first data and control information on a first physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), determining a second power for transmitting second data on a second PUSCH, reducing the second power if a sum of the determined first power and the determined second power exceeds a predetermined value, and transmitting the first data and the control information on the first PUSCH using the determined first power, and transmitting the second data on the second PUSCH using the reduced second power. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117385 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving a feedback signal in a cellular mobile communication system is provided. The method of transmitting feedback in a Cooperative Multi-Point (CoMP) system, includes receiving feedback set information including allocation information of a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS) transmitted for estimating a channel of a User Equipment (UE), receiving IDentification (ID) information for identifying a CoMP set including CSI-RS allocation information from a cell operating in a CoMP mode, extracting the CoMP set using the ID information and a feedback set, detecting a first feedback mode and first feedback timing with a first CSI-RS not included in the CoMP set among CSI-RSs included in the feedback set, and generating and transmitting feedback with respect to the first CSI-RS according to the detected first feedback mode and the first feedback timing. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117386 | Spectrum Allocation for Base Station - Embodiments include processes, systems, and devices that allow a white space base station to request available frequency ranges for white space transmission in a local area. A white space finder service models a primary user device's transmission signal propagation area using terrain data associated with the local area of the primary user device. The white space finder service also determines, based on the location of the white space base station and the modeled propagation area, one or more locally available, non-interfering frequency ranges and provides them to the white space base station. The white space base station compares the provided frequency ranges to policies and selects one or more of the available frequencies that accommodate the policies. The white space base station also maps the transmission frequency ranges to virtual frequency ranges for transmission by a software-defined radio employing spectrum virtualization. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117387 | MOBILE DEVICES HAVING A COMMON COMMUNICATION MODE - A second communication mode can be enabled for a source device and a destination device. Each device can be a mobile device having a first communication mode and a default number for the first communication mode. The default numbers for the source device and the destination device can be stored. A call request can be received from the source device operating in the second communication mode. The call request can be directed to the default number of the destination device. The destination device can be determined as a client based on the default number of the destination device. A communication session can be established between the source device and the destination device over a network upon determining the destination device is an active client. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117388 | CENTRALIZED CHANNEL SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS IN A DENSE DEPLOYMENT ENVIRONMENT - A method and apparatus are described including scanning a channel, generating a report for the scanned channel, transmitting the channel report to an associated access point and receiving a channel assignment responsive to said channel report. Also described are a method and apparatus including scanning a channel, generating a first channel report, receiving a second channel report from an associated client, transmitting the first channel report and the second channel report to a server, receiving a channel assignment message from the server responsive to the first and second channel reports and transmitting the channel assignment message to the associated client. Further described are a method and apparatus including receiving a channel report from an associated access point, building an interference graph responsive to the channel report, determining channel assignments based on the interference graph and transmitting a channel assignment message to the associated access point. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117389 | DEDICATED REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR NETWORK MIMO - Aspects describe utilizing a dedicated reference signal for supporting Network MIMO, distributed MIMO, Coordinated MultiPoint, and the like. A data modulation symbol is transmitting in the same direction as a pilot modulation symbol is transmitted. Two or more wireless devices can coordinate communications such that transmission of the same pilot modulation symbol and the same data modulation symbol are transmitted to a device in different directions, each direction associated with a wireless device and intended for a particular mobile device. Cluster-specific scrambling and/or user-group specific scrambling can be employed and a scrambling code can be communicated prior to transmission of the pilot modulation symbols and data modulation symbols. | 04-30-2015 |
20150117390 | PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a radio communication system, transmission of CAZAC sequences as the pilot signal sequences by using code division multiplexing as at least one of user multiplexing schemes, is done by dividing a system band as a frequency band usable in the system into frequency blocks B1 and B2 having bandwidths W1 and W2, generating the pilot signals of the frequency blocks B1 and B2 with a single carrier, using the pilot signal sequences having sequence lengths L1 and L2 corresponding to frequency blocks B1 and B2 respectively; and, transmitting the generated pilot signals as the pilot signals corresponding individual users, with multicarriers using an arbitrary number of frequency blocks among the plural frequency blocks | 04-30-2015 |
20150124708 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ENABLE MULTIPLE WIRELESS CONNECTIONS - A first radio connection is established between a first cell and a user equipment (UE). A network identity of a second cell is determined based on a first set of at least one network identity associated with the first cell, where the second cell is associated with a second set of at least one network identity. The determined network identity is useable for establishing a second radio connection between the second cell and the UE. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124709 | GENERALIZED OUTER LOOP LINK ADAPTATION - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for a generalized outer loop link adaptation procedure. A normal outer-loop control procedure corrects an estimated SINR, which may be inaccurate if the estimate SINR is mapped from a channel quality estimate that does not reflect the true radio link condition. A normal outer control procedure functions properly only when a normal Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) is selected. A normal MCS is the highest Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) with which the target Block Error Rate (BLER) can be achieved given a certain number of HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request) transmissions. The present application discloses a generalized outer loop link adaptation procedure that functions properly whether the selected MCS is normal, aggressive, or conservative. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124710 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF WIDEBAND AUTOMATIC GAIN CONTROL ALGORITHM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE CARRIERS WITH POSSIBLY DIFFERENT AIR INTERFACE TECHNOLOGIES - One or more aspects of the disclosure provide an improved receiver automatic gain control (RxAGC) algorithm operable at a wireless receiver that is capable of receiving transmissions at two or more carrier frequencies utilizing a shared radio frequency (RF) front end architecture, whether in the same radio technology or in different radio technologies. The RxAGC algorithm is utilized to control the gain of amplifiers within the receive chain. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124711 | LATENCY REDUCTION AND RANGE EXTENSION SYSTEM FOR RADIO NETWORKS - A radio access network system is described that determines a signal metric associated with a user equipment or device. The user equipment device can implement an altered transmission policy. The altered transmission policy can alter a strength of transmissions by increasing power consumption per transmission, increasing a length of timer per transmission, and altering other parameters of transmissions. The altered transmission policy can also alter an error correction policy. The error correction policy can indicate that error correction transmissions are to be decreased. The altered transmission policy can be implemented until the signal metric changes to a more desirable level. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124712 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS NETWORKING - Systems and techniques for management of wireless network transmission. A high efficiency wireless network that can operate using a contention free period defines an interframe space that is shorter than the interframe space used in legacy networks, so that a legacy network will be unable to contend for the medium if the high efficiency wireless network transmits during the contention free period. Before the contention free period begins, a high efficiency network element examines a transmission medium, and if an ongoing transmission extends into the contention free period, transmission by the high efficiency network is delayed until the end of the ongoing transmission. The high efficiency wireless network uses an interframe space sufficiently short that a legacy network cannot contend for the medium. After the contention free period, the high efficiency network uses an interframe space value on the order of that used by the legacy network. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124713 | Methods Circuits Systems and Associated Computer Executable Code for Performing Beamforming Based Wireless Communication - Disclosed are Bridging circuitries (BC100), and access points comprising BC100, which may be adapted to perform signal interfacing, signal conditioning, signal analysis and/or other signal processing to signals passing between RF Chains and Baseband Modem Circuits (BBMC), wherein interfacing, conditioning, analysis and/or processing may include: (1) Tx beam forming, (2) Rx Beam forming, (3) per beam Rx packet detection, (4) signal analysis and characterization and (4) MIMO spatial expansion. BC100 may include signal processing circuitry adapted to perform simultaneous multi-DOA estimation and packet detection upon multiple beams. BC100 may also be adapted to coordinate operation of the RF Chains and BBMC relative to one another. BC100 may also comprise memory for storing signal characteristics which may be utilized to improve its operation | 05-07-2015 |
20150124714 | METHODS, A WIRELESS DEVICE, A RADIO NETWORK NODE FOR MANAGING A CONTROL BLOCK - Methods, a wireless device ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150124715 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCES - An apparatus, system and method for managing radio resources are disclosed. The apparatus for managing radio resources includes a media independent services (MIS) user unit, a link layer unit, and a media independent services function (MISF) unit. The link layer unit outputs its own link status and radio resource allocation status. The MISF unit receives a report on the link status and radio resource allocation status from the link layer unit, receives a report on link status of a terminal from the corresponding terminal, receives a report on link status and radio resource allocation status of a neighboring Point of Attachment (PoA) from the corresponding neighboring PoA, and receives network configuration information from a network configuration information server. The MIS user unit determines to change radio resource allocation based on information from any one of the link layer unit, the terminal, the neighboring PoA and the network configuration information server. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124716 | Method for Acquiring Format of Random Access Subframe and Receiver - A method for acquiring a format of a random access subframe and a receiver are provided. The method includes: according to a cell radius supported currently and a cell coverage radius decided by the length of ZC sequence and the size of Ncs, a receiver determining the length of preamble sequence in an extended random access subframe; according to the cell radius supported currently and a cell coverage radius decided by the length of GT, determining the lengths of CP and GT in the extended random access subframe; according to sampling rates of a system where the receiver is located and the lengths of the preamble sequence and CP and GT, respectively calculating the numbers of sampling points of preamble sequence and GT and CP; based on the above numbers of sampling points, calculating the length of extended random access subframe and determining the format of extended random access subframe. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124717 | Method for Notifying Interference Measurement Reference Information, Method and Device for Measuring Interference - Disclosed in the present document is a method for notifying interference measurement reference information, and a method and apparatus for measuring interference, wherein a base station notifies a terminal of interference measurement reference information which specifies a reference signal used for interference measurement and/or a reference resources position for interference measurement. According to the solution in the present document, in a distributed antenna system, the base station, through an interference measurement reference message, specifies for the terminal the reference signal used for interference measurement and/or the reference resources position for interference measurement; after receiving the interference measurement reference information, the terminal performs interference measurement according to the reference signal and/or the reference resources position for interference measurement specified by the base station. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124718 | Methods and Nodes for Managing Network Resources as well as a Corresponding System and Computer Program - The present invention relates to methods and nodes for managing network resources in a policy and charging system of a communication network, as well as to a system comprising at least one of the described nodes, and to a computer program, which provide for optimizing the resources of a telecommunication network and to reduce memory usage. A method for managing network resources in a policy and charging system of a communication network comprises receiving at a second node an indication about a state of a server resource of a first node; determining whether or not an activity of a service session associated with a connection between a client and the second node is below an activity threshold; and if the activity is determined to be below the activity threshold, instructing a termination of a bearer resource assigned to the service session. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124719 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - An apparatus and a method for transmitting HARQ feedback information in a wireless communication system are provided. In so doing, the method for transmitting the HARQ feedback information in a receiving end includes confirming the number of packets received from a transmitting end, and when receiving a reference number of packets from the transmitting end, transmitting to the transmitting end a feedback signal comprising HARQ feedback information for the reference number of the packets. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124720 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio base station communicates with mobile terminals and is configured to be able to execute radio transmission to the mobile terminals using resources that are the same as resources used by a second radio base station forming a second cell having a smaller area within a first cell formed by the radio base station itself and is configured to collaborate with the second radio base station for inter-cell interference control. The radio base station sets a modulation system having a modulation level that is less than that of the modulation system provisionally determined as the modulation system for mobile terminals to which a resource group having a low transmission power is assigned and adjusts transmission parameters in a case in which the modulation system provisionally determined for the mobile terminals to which the resource group having the low transmission power is assigned, is inappropriate for the low transmission power. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124721 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A PLURALITY OF MULTI-SERVICE STREAMS OVER AN HF BAND - A method and system is provided for transmitting data in a communication system operating in the HF band comprising a link layer and a physical layer. The system comprises a transmitter and a receiver. The transmitter comprises at least one scheduler. The method comprises a step of segmenting at least two data streams F | 05-07-2015 |
20150124722 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. The method for accessing a channel from a station (STA) in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from an access point (AP) a first frame including a traffic indication map (TIM) and a restricted access window (RAW) parameter set component; determining a RAW in which channel access of the STA is permitted, on the basis of the RAW parameter set (RPS) component; and transmitting a second frame to the AP from within the RAW that is determined, wherein the RPS component includes at least one RAW indication field, each of the at least one RAW allocation fields further includes information related to transmitting a third frame, which includes information on slot allocation, and wherein the third frame can be received by the STA from the AP at a specific time/location in accordance with the information related to transmitting the third frame. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124723 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, PROCESSING APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A wireless communication apparatus is used in a wireless communication system in which carrier sensing, and an exchange of a transmission request signal and a transmission permission signal are performed in order to perform wireless communication. The wireless communication apparatus includes: a reception unit that is capable of receiving multiple signals simultaneously; and a control unit that generates an acknowledgement response to a data signal on a priority basis in a case where the data signal and a transmission request signal are included in signals received by the reception unit. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124724 | CONTROL SIGNAL TRANSCEIVING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for receiving control information in a wireless communication system in which a first carrier type and a second carrier type are aggregated. The method comprises a step of receiving grant information for signal transmission on the second carrier type, wherein the grant information is received through the second carrier type if the grant information includes a first downlink control information (DCI) format, wherein the grant information is received through the first carrier type if the grant information includes a second DCI format. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124725 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - A control unit ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150124726 | MULTIPOINT CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a multipoint channel state information reporting method and device. The technical solution of the embodiments of the present invention can be applied to configure a corresponding reporting mode for a reference signal resource pair composed of a channel sounding reference signal resource and an interference sounding reference signal resource which are allocated to a terminal device or configure a plurality of channel state information reporting configurations containing corresponding reporting modes, and allocate to each channel state information reporting configuration a reference signal resource pair composed of a channel sounding reference signal resource and an interference sounding reference signal resource; then, the terminal device report channel state information about corresponding reference signal resource pairs according to corresponding report modes, thereby achieving the purpose that the terminal device reports the channel state information for the one or more transmission points on one or more interference assumptions. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124727 | ACK/NAK BIT BUNDLING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SCENARIOS - Techniques are disclosed for ACK/NAK bit bundling in carrier aggregation scenarios. Such measures exemplarily comprise generating a set of acknowledgement bits confirming receipt of payload data of a radio frame in a carrier aggregation mode aggregating a primary and at least one secondary carrier, said radio frame being divided into a plurality of downlink subframes and uplink subframes, each of said downlink subframes comprising at least one codeword per carrier, each of said acknowledgement bits is allocated to one of said codewords of one of said downlink subframes, and applying spatial domain bundling and/or time domain bundling on said set of acknowledgement bits distinctive for each of said primary and said at least one secondary carrier, wherein said spatial domain bundling is an AND operation of all acknowledgement bits allocated to each codeword of one carrier of said primary and said at least one secondary carrier and one downlink subframe. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124728 | Methods of Sending Feedback Signaling Under Carrier Specific Measurement Gaps in Multi-Carrier | 05-07-2015 |
20150124729 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL BY MEANS OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control channel by means of a terminal in a wireless communication system and to an apparatus for same. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for detecting downlink control information by means of a terminal in a wireless communication system that supports carrier aggregation, the method comprising: a step of receiving resource region information for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a base station; a step of constructing at least one resource block as a search space for EPDCCH monitoring based on the resource region information; and a step of monitoring the search space to detect downlink control information. The resource region information is a resource region configuration based on cells to be cross-carrier scheduled. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124730 | MOBILE STATION - To improve the probability of successfully performing transmission processing by a priority terminal and transmission processing of an emergency call. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes an RA procedure execution unit | 05-07-2015 |
20150124731 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, MEASUREMENT METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a communication system in which a base station apparatus notifies a mobile station apparatus of a measurement configuration indicating a configuration of measurement using a reference signal, in the measurement configuration, there are at least a first measurement configuration to carry out measurement using a cell-specific reference signal and a second measurement configuration to carry out measurement using a channel state information reference symbol, and the mobile station apparatus determines whether the measurement configuration is the first measurement configuration or the second measurement configuration based on the measurement configuration notified from the base station apparatus. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124732 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA TO USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for performing an open loop MIMO transmission based on a user equipment-specific reference signal (UE-RS), which is transmitted only for data that is allocated to a specific resource region, and provides a method and an apparatus for receiving the open loop MIMO transmission. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124733 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for controlling interference between a plurality of pico base stations within the coverage of a macro base station in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: enabling a first pico base station to transmit information on a first subset of an ABS (almost blank subframe) pattern for measuring a downlink to user equipment on the basis of the ABS pattern of a macro base station; receiving, from the user equipment, the measurement results of the downlink in the first subset; detecting, from the measurement results of the downlink, interference from a second pico base station within the coverage of the macro base station, wherein if the interference is detected, the first pico base station can transmit, to the second pico base station, a message for requesting pairing with the macro base station with respect to the ABS pattern. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124734 | SIMPLIFIED PRACH PROCEDURE USING SPECULATIVE RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE - The present invention relates to method and arrangement in cellular mobile communication systems, in particular for handling of a physical random access channel for example in a Long Term Evolution communication network. By sending to at least one user equipment, UE, in a communication network cell an un-solicited speculative random access response, RAR, message comprising information relating to at least one of pre-amble identifier, allocated UE identifier, and uplink resource allocation data for L2/L3 message, it is possible to reduce the complexity of the access node, e.g. an eNodeB. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124735 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING CONNECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for switching connection in a wireless communication system is provided. A device receives a base station-to-device (B2D) switch request message or an unsolicited B2D switch response message from a base station. The B2D switch request message or the unsolicited B2D switch response message include information on at least one of a target device, a switch unit, target D2D connection/link identifier(s), an enhanced packet system (EPS) bearer identity, a data radio bearer (DRB) identity, a radio link control (RLC) configuration, a logical channel identity, and when to switch from a device-to-device (D2D) connection to a B2D connection. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124736 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for reporting channel status information (CSI). According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method comprises receiving a first CSI-reference signal (CSI-RS) based on CSI-RS configuration information with respect to a first domain antenna group of a two-dimensional antenna structure; reporting a first piece of CSI with respect to the first domain antenna group, which is generated using the first CSI-RS; receiving a second CSI-RS, based on CSI-RS configuration information with respect to a second domain antenna group of the two-dimensional antenna structure; and reporting a second piece of CSI with respect to the second domain antenna group, which is generated using the second CSI-RS, wherein the CSI-RS configuration information with respect to the second domain antenna group can be determined based on the first piece of CSI. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124737 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING POWER FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for a terminal controlling power in a wireless communication system, according to the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from a base station power setting information on the difference in power setting values between a first channel for eNodeB-to-device (eNB2D) communication, and a second channel for device-to-device (D2D) communication; and controlling the power of the first channel and/or the second channel in accordance with the power setting information, wherein the power is controlled in accordance with a predetermined priority, which is based on a plurality of channels and a plurality of transmitted data items, which are different from each other are simultaneously transmitted by the terminal at a specific time. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124738 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR DATA TRANSMISSION PARAMETER DETERMINATION IN SYSTEMS EMPLOYING AN ARRAY-OF-SUBARRAYS TRANSCEIVER ARCHITECTURE - A method and an apparatus for channel estimation. The method includes identifying a set of preferred BS receive beams for each of a plurality of BS antenna SAs based on periodic pilot transmissions from a UE transmitted using predefined UE transmit beams. The method also includes transmitting a request for the UE to transmit pilot signals for the set of preferred BS receive beams. The method further includes receiving the pilot signals using the set of preferred BS receive beams. The method also includes performing channel estimation and determining the data transmission parameters based on the received pilot signals, the data transmission parameters including at least one receive beam at each UE antenna SA to be used for data reception. Additionally, the method includes transmitting, to the UE, information for identifying the at least one receive beam at each UE antenna SA to be used for data reception. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124739 | PRIMARY CHANNEL DETERMINATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to techniques and apparatus for determining a primary channel for wireless communication. According to certain aspects, a method is provided for wireless communications by an apparatus. The method generally includes obtaining an information element (IE) with one or more parameters and computing a primary channel location to be used for the wireless communication, as a function of the one or more parameters, wherein the function is independent of a geographical area in which the apparatus is located. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124740 | SOFT BUFFER MANAGEMENT - Soft buffer management is disclosed in which a base station determines a first number of component carriers (CCs) monitored by a user equipment (UE) and determines a second number of CCs for partitioning a soft buffer for storing one or more unsuccessfully decoded data packets, wherein the second number is different than the first number. Various aspects provide for determination of the second number of CCs using clear channel assessment (CCA) clearance information with regard to unlicensed CCs used in the communication system. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124741 | METHOD OF RADIO COVERAGE EXTENSION AND BASE STATION USING THE SAME - The present disclosure is directed to a method of radio coverage extension and a base station using the same method. According to one of the exemplary embodiments, the base station transmits system information in a radio frame through a broadcast channel and selects a payload structure of repetitive system information from a plurality of predefined payload structures that includes the first payload structure and a second payload structure. The size of first payload structure is greater than the size of second payload structure. The base station transmits within the same radio frame a plurality of the repetitive system information having the payload structure through the broadcast channel in response to transmitting the system information. If the first payload structure mode is selected, there are N1 repetitive system information. If the second payload structure is selected, there are N2 repetitive system information where N2 is smaller than or equal to N1. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124742 | Near-optimal QoS-based Resource Allocation for Hybrid-medium Communication Networks - Embodiments of the invention provide a method for performing network resource allocation over hybrid networks so that application QoS requirements are met. The hybrid networks are represented as an undirected weighted graph with the communication links as edges irrespective of the communication medium. A QoS-based resource allocation model. Another embodiment further includes utility functions that capture the QoS attributes such as reliability, timeliness, fault-tolerance and lifetime allows determining routes and bandwidth allocation such that the total system utility across the entire network is maximized. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124743 | TECHNIQUES FOR USING CARRIER AGGREGATION IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to procedures for aggregation in dual connectivity. In one aspect, a wireless device may receive configuration information to communicate with a first network entity (e.g., master eNodeB) through a first primary cell (PCell) of a corresponding group of cells of the first network entity, and with a second network entity (e.g., secondary eNodeB) through a second primary cell (PCell | 05-07-2015 |
20150124744 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS DEFERRAL BASED ON TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY - The present application relates generally to wireless communications, and more specifically to systems, methods, and devices for deferral based on transmission opportunity (TXOP) information. One aspect of the present disclosure provides An apparatus configured to wirelessly communicate. The apparatus includes a processing system configured to obtain a deferral-related parameter from a packet transmitted on a shared wireless access medium and decide whether to defer transmission on the shared wireless access medium based, at least in part, on the at least one deferral-related parameter. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124745 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING A MIXED FORMAT - Methods and apparatus for multiple user communication are provided. In one aspect, method for wireless communication includes generating a packet comprising a multiple-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) portion and an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) portion. The method further includes transmitting the packet over a packet transmission frequency bandwidth. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124746 | Method of Handling Random Access in Wireless Communication System - A method of handling random access for a user equipment of a wireless communication system includes transmitting a plurality of repetitions of a random access preamble in a repetition window; and monitoring a physical downlink control channel for at least one random access response identified by a random access radio network temporary identifier (RA-RNTI); wherein the RA-RNTI is determined based on a specific subframe within the repetition window. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124747 | AID SWITCH NEGOTIATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to association identifier (AID) switch negotiation. Certain aspects provide an apparatus for wireless communications. The apparatus generally include a processing system configured to generate a frame having a request element for a request to switch to an AID for communicating with a wireless device, a transmit interface configured to output the frame for transmission to the wireless device, and a receive interface configured to receive a frame having a response element indicating acceptance or rejection of the request to switch to the AID. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124748 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DUAL-CONNECTIVITY OPERATION IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - The present disclosure relates to a method of performing a dual-connectivity operation in a heterogeneous network by a first base station, the method comprising: transmitting to the second base station a first message to request that the second base station assign a radio resource for a specific E-RAB (E-UTRAN Radio Access Bearer); receiving from the second base station an ACK responsive to the first message; transmitting to the terminal an RRC reconfiguration message for applying a new radio resource configuration to the terminal; receiving from the terminal an RRC reconfiguration complete message to inform that the terminal's radio resource reconfiguration is complete; and transmitting to the second base station a second message to inform that the terminal's radio resource reconfiguration is successfully complete. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124749 | MULTIPLE ACCESS METHOD AND SYSTEM WITH FREQUENCY MULTIPLEXING OF SEVERAL REQUEST TO SEND MESSAGES PER SOURCE NODE - The invention relates to a multiple access method to a frequency band of a communication channel of a communication network with carrier sensing and collision avoidance, said frequency band being broken down into a set of sub-bands (SB0, SB1, . . . , SBi, . . . , SBn) of the communication channel, characterised in that it comprises at a source node, after it has been detected that the communication channel is available, the transmission to a destination node of several request to send messages on the communication channel (RTS NS0, RTS NS1), each of said messages being sent on a sub-band of the communication channel. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124750 | SINGLE CARRIER MODULATION FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS - A method includes generating, at a source device, a data packet for transmission via an Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 wireless network. The method also includes transmitting at least a portion of the data packet to a destination device according to a single carrier modulation scheme. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124751 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A wireless communication terminal apparatus wherein even when a SC-FDMA signal is divided into a plurality of clusters and the plurality of clusters are then mapped to respective discontinuous frequency bands (when C-SC-FDMA is used), the improvement effect of system throughput can be maintained, while the user throughput can be improved. In the apparatus, a DFT unit ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150124752 | VIRTUAL BROADBAND TRANSMITTER AND VIRTUAL BROADBAND RECEIVER - A virtual broadband transmitting unit includes a stream generator to generate a multiplicity of data streams from an incoming media datastream, and a transmission manager to control the upload of the multiplicity of data streams along a multiplicity of transmission channels to at least one wireless communication network. A virtual broadband receiver includes means to receive a multiplicity of media data streams from a multiplicity of data connections, and an assembly engine to assemble the data streams into a single media stream. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124753 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting a reference signal by a base station in a mobile communication system. The method includes generating, at the base station, information for a non zero transmission power reference signal including at least one resource element; generating, at the base station, bitmap information indicating a zero transmission power reference signal; and transmitting, at the base station, the information for the non zero transmission power reference signal and the bitmap information to a terminal. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124754 | Fine-Grain And Backward-Compliant Resource Allocation - There is provided fine-grain and backward-compliant resource allocation, comprising allocating, to a control channel, one of a first plurality of bandwidths being standardized for a first radio access standard, and allocating, to a data channel, one of a second plurality of bandwidths being standardized for a second radio access standard, the second bandwidths plurality exceeding the first bandwidths plurality in terms of at least one of granularity and range. The thus disclosed resource allocation may exemplarily be applied on a downlink. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124755 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MONITORING AND PROCESSING COMPONENT CARRIERS - A method and apparatus are described which perform bandwidth aggregation by simultaneously monitoring and processing a number of simultaneous, non-contiguous or contiguous component carriers in the downlink. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) can be configured by an evolved Node-B (eNodeB) to support additional component carriers. A pre-configured additional component carrier may be used. Various methods for activating and deactivating the additional component carrier are also described. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124756 | CONCENTRATOR FOR MULTIPLEXING ACCESS POINT TO WIRELESS NETWORK CONNECTIONS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate multiplexing communications from multiple downstream access points to one or more mobility management entities (MME). In particular, a concentrator component is provided that can establish a single transport layer connection with an MME along with multiple application layer connections over the single transport layer connection for each of multiple downstream access points and/or related mobile devices. The downstream access points and/or mobile devices can provide identifiers, such as tracking identifiers, to the concentrator component, which can utilize the identifiers to track communications with the MME. In this regard, the MME can send paging messages, and the concentrator component can determine downstream access points related to the paging messages based on a stored association with a tracking identifier in the paging message. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124757 | HARQ HANDLING AT RELAY NODE RECONFIGURATION - A radio access network comprises a donor base station node ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150124758 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for wireless communication by a terminal, a method for wireless communication by a base station, the terminal, and the base station, are provided. The method for wireless communication by the terminal includes receiving first information comprising a muting subframe interval, a subframe offset, and a muting position of a resource element in a resource block, checking presence of a data in a subframe, determining the resource element to be muted in the subframe based on the muting subframe interval, the subframe offset, and the muting position, if the data is present, and receiving the data on a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) based on the result of the determining step. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL-BASED OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for enhanced control channel-based operation. A method for a base station for transmitting a downlink control channel in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: determining one antenna port to be used for the downlink control channel; mapping the downlink control channel to a resource element on the basis of a reference signal for the one antenna port; and transmitting the mapped downlink control channel to a terminal, wherein an index for the one antenna port can be determined on the basis of a control channel element (CCE) index of the downlink control channel derived from the terminal identifier. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124760 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL-BASED OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for enhanced-control channel-based operation. A method for a terminal for transmitting confirmation response information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step for transmitting confirmation response information for a downlink data channel by means of an uplink control channel resource, wherein an index for the uplink control channel resource can be determined on the basis of a delegate antenna port of a downlink control channel derived from the identifier of the terminal. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124761 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - When a communication device detects another communication device operating as a providing device that provides a communication parameter and when a communication parameter has already been set between the communication device and a different communication device or when the communication device is participating in the same network as that in which the different communication device is present, the communication device transmits a session overlap notice to the detected communication device. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124762 | METHOD FOR REDUCING OVERHEAD OF CONTROL SIGNAL DURING CONNECTION OF PLURAL LTE BASE STATIONS - Disclosed herein is a method for a terminal to effectively transmit a control signal when a macro cell base station that can be applied to a small cell cluster environment and a small cell base station simultaneously provide services in a heterogeneous network, and a method for reducing overhead of a control signal during connection of a plurality of LTE base stations, which can remarkably reduce the transmission frequency of control signals that are transmitted from a terminal to a small cell base station or can transmit the control signals all at once. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124763 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR DATA CONNECTION MANAGEMENT - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method, an apparatus and a system for data connection management. The method for data connection management includes: obtaining, by a user equipment UE, first instruction information, wherein the first instruction information is used for instructing to close or open a data connection; and transmitting, by the UE, the first instruction information to a packet data network gateway P-GW, for enabling the P-GW to stop or start data transmission of at least one bearer of the UE according to the first instruction information. By adopting the embodiments, a traffic of a terminal is effectively controlled, thus an additional cost of a user is reduced. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124764 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is wireless communication base station equipment in which CCE allocation can be flexibly performed without collision of ACK/NACK signals between a plurality of unit bands, even when wideband transmission is performed exclusively on a downlink circuit. In this equipment, an allocation unit ( | 05-07-2015 |
20150124765 | Method and Apparatus for Adjusting Transmit Powers of Base Station Antennas, and Base Station - A method and an apparatus for adjusting transmit powers of base station antennas, and a base station are provided. The method includes receiving an input precoding matrix of a transmit power-limited antenna set, where the precoding matrix is determined according to a scheduling result of a user equipment communicating with a base station in each layer of each subband in a system; adjusting the precoding matrix according to a transmit power limit requirement of the transmit power-limited antenna set, a system capacity improvement requirement, or a coverage performance improvement requirement to obtain an adjusted precoding matrix; and adjusting a stream transmit power of the transmit power-limited antenna set by using the adjusted precoding matrix. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124766 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus in a mobile communication system are provided. The method includes receiving, by a terminal, first information for activating a secondary cell (SCell) from a base station, activating, by the terminal, the SCell based on the first information, starting, by the terminal, a timer associated with the SCell, restarting, by the terminal, if second information for the activated SCell is received from the base station, the timer associated with the SCell, and if the timer expires, applying by the terminal, one or more corresponding actions for deactivating the SCell no later than in a predefined subframe. The timer is a value in a number of radio frames. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124767 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus in a mobile communication system are provided. The method by a terminal in a mobile communication system includes receiving first information for activating a secondary cell (SCell) from a base station, activating the SCell based on the first information, starting a timer associated with the SCell, restarting, if second information for the activated SCell is received from the base station, the timer associated with the SCell, and if the timer expires, applying by the terminal, one or more corresponding actions for deactivating the SCell no later than in a predefined subframe. The one or more corresponding actions include at least one of preventing from transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) on the SCell, and preventing from reporting at least one of a channel quality indicator (CQI), a precoding matrix index (PMI), a rank indicator (RI), and a precoder type indicator (PTI) for the SCell | 05-07-2015 |
20150124768 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and an apparatus in a mobile communication system are provided. The method by a terminal in the mobile communication system includes receiving, by the terminal, first information for activating a secondary cell (SCell) from a base station, activating, by the terminal, the SCell based on the first information, starting, by the terminal, a timer associated with the SCell, restarting, by the terminal, if second information for the activated SCell is received from the base station, the timer associated with the SCell, and if the timer expires, applying by the terminal, one or more corresponding actions for deactivating the SCell no later than in a predefined subframe. The first information includes a bitmap indicator corresponding to at least one SCell. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124769 | Baseband Processing Apparatus in Radio Communication System and Radio Communication - A baseband processing apparatus in a radio communication system, a radio communication system, and a baseband processing method. The apparatus includes a first unit and a second unit that implement different baseband processing functions, where the second unit is configured to generate a precoding matrix of a downlink coordinated multipoint transmission and reception (CoMP) user, generate precoding control information according to the precoding matrix, and send the precoding control information to the first unit; and the first unit is configured to receive the precoding control information sent by the second unit, and perform downlink joint baseband processing on downlink CoMP user data in downlink user data according to the precoding control information, so as to generate jointly sent baseband data for radio sending. The technical solutions can reduce transmission bandwidth between baseband processing units and obtain a system capacity gain at the same time. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124770 | Blind Decoding - A method includes selecting, in a system in which a communication device searches for unscheduled transmissions of downlink control information for said communication device, a combination of search spaces for unscheduled transmissions of downlink control information for a communication device by a number of transmission techniques. The method includes transmitting an indication of the result of the selected combination to said communication device. Apparatus and program products are also disclosed. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124771 | CARRIER AGGREGATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Provided is a data transmission system using a carrier aggregation. The data transmission system may assign a radio resource based on a correspondence relationship between a downlink and an uplink, and may transmit data using the assigned radio resource. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124772 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE HYBRID-ARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving a signal; determining location information of symbol groups; and acquiring the symbol groups, to which an orthogonal sequence is applied, from the signal, based on the location information. The symbol groups are mapped to orthogonal frequency division multiple (OFDM) symbols and multiple antennas based on a symbol group index and a physical HARQ indicator channel (PHICH) group index, and the symbol groups are mapped to the OFDM symbols and the multiple antennas in an alternating pattern in accordance with the symbol group index. | 05-07-2015 |
20150124773 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND SYSTEM, AND DEVICE, METHOD FOR ACQUIRING DATA BY TERMINAL, AND TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a data transmission method, including: acquiring data of a small data packet service; performing encoding processing on the data in a predefined encoding processing manner, where the predefined encoding processing manner is different from an encoding processing manner of a physical downlink control channel or an enhanced physical downlink control channel; mapping the data after the encoding processing to a small data packet physical channel; transmitting the data to a user terminal over the small data packet physical channel; where the small data packet physical channel includes: any channel of the physical downlink control channel, the enhanced physical downlink control channel, and a preset small data packet physical downlink control channel. | 05-07-2015 |
20150131535 | Node and Method for Establishing Auxiliary Bearers - A base station, and corresponding method therein, for assisting in the establishment of an auxiliary bearer. The base station is configured to identify a need for establishing an auxiliary bearer and then send a request for such a bearer to a network node. Also, a communications node is configured to receive a bearer establishment request and identify that such a request is for an auxiliary bearer. The communications node is further configured to associate the auxiliary bearer with a pre-existing bearer established within the communications node. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131536 | METHOD TO ENABLE WIRELESS OPERATION IN LICENSE EXEMPT SPECTRUM - Described herein are methods to enable wireless cellular operation in unlicensed and lightly licensed, (collectively referred to as license exempt spectrum. Cognitive methods are used to enable use of unlicensed bands and/or secondary use of lightly licensed bands. Wireless devices may use licensed exempt spectrum as new bands in addition to the existing bands to transmit to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) in the downlink direction, or to a base station in the uplink direction. The wireless devices may access license exempt spectrum for bandwidth aggregation or relaying using a carrier aggregation framework. In particular, a primary component carrier operating in a licensed spectrum is used for control and connection establishment and a second component carrier operating in a licensed exempt spectrum is used for bandwidth extension. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131537 | FRACTIONAL FREQUENCY REUSE SCHEMES ASSIGNED TO RADIO NODES IN AN LTE NETWORK - Arrangements disclosed here provide an LTE E-RAN employing a hierarchical architecture with a central controller controlling multiple LTE radio nodes (RNs). The RNs may be clustered within the small cell network. A fractional frequency reuse (“FFR”) scheme is provided that dynamically computes the FFR allocations at individual RNs and configures the corresponding schedulers within each RN to improve cell-edge users' experience. Once an FFR pattern has been generated and frequencies allocated, UE throughput can be emulated to predict the resulting bit rates for each UE. Using the prediction, a scheduler emulation may be run to predict the behavior of the system. The results of each cell may then be collected to generate the performance of the entire system, which may in turn be used to generate a new or modified FFR pattern, or new or modified clustering. Optimization of the performance results in an optimized FFR pattern. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131538 | Adjusting Delaying Of Arrival Of Data At A Base Station - Examples of methods, systems, and computer program products relating to supervising data in a wireless network are disclosed. At least part of a system may be located between a packet data network and a base station, and/or may be at least logically separate from the base station. The system may be capable of evaluating the service provided by the base station, and may be capable of determining whether or not any action should consequently be performed. Examples of an action may include an action which may not necessarily affect en-route data packets such as outputting a report, and/or an action which may affect en-route data packets such as delaying packets, not delaying packets, and/or stopping the delaying of packets. An action which affects data packets may or may not affect data packets uniformly. An action may or may not result in an improvement in quality of user experience. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131539 | FAST SERVICE DISCOVERY AND PAIRING USING ULTRASONIC COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for service discovery and connection establishment of a point-to-point (e.g., device-to-device) wireless communication. Wireless devices may initiate point-to-point communication utilizing ultrasonic signals. A user may initiate a scan for one device to detect, select, and establish a connection with another device, where the scan utilizes an ultrasonic signal. Once connected, the device may create a profile with one anther and/or wirelessly communicate with one another to, for example, exchange data. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131540 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INITIATING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for initiating device-to-device (D2D) communication in wireless communication networks are provided. Based on received downlink or uplink signal qualities, a two-stage process, that is, a first stage of information request and a second stage of actual information transfer, may be used to initiate the D2D communication. Multiple thresholds, timers, and/or counters may be used in connection with the two-stage process. The two-stage process reduces unnecessary signaling overhead for initiating the D2D communication. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131541 | DYNAMIC AGGREGATION FOR COEXISTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS TRANSCEIVERS OF A HOST DEVICE - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that communicates packetized data to a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol. A second wireless interface circuit communicates packetized data to a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. A plurality of signal lines communicate at least four lines of cooperation data between the first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit, wherein the cooperation data relates to cooperate transceiving in a common frequency spectrum. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131542 | MULTI RADIO WIRELESS LAN NETWORKS - Systems and methods for improving wireless access point communications are provided. Some embodiments contemplate filtering operations such that two or more radios can be used in the 5 GHz or 2.4 GHz band without interfering with each other. Some embodiments employ discrete Low Noise Amplifiers (LNA) and Power Amplifiers (PA) as well as frontend modules. In some examples, filtering may be primarily used on the receiving side to filter out other signals in 5 GHz before they are amplified by an external LNA or LNAs, e.g., as integrated in a WLAN chipset. Filtering may also be performed on the transmit side in some embodiments. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131543 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND FREQUENCY OFFSET CALIBRATING METHOD - A frequency offset calibrating method for use in a communication device connected to a communication system is provided. The method includes the following steps: determining a discontinuous reception cycle; awakening the communication device to a working mode from a sleep mode every discontinuous reception cycle and keep the communication device in the working mode for a first time period to receive a paging indication channel message from a communication network periodically; and awakening the communication device at a second time period other than the first time period during a first discontinuous reception cycle, thereby estimating an accumulated timing offset of a clock signal of the communication device and calibrating a frequency offset of the clock signal. In the invention, the accumulated timing offset of the clock signal can be calibrated efficiently to increase the reception performance of the page indication channel message with simple implementation and low hardware cost. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131544 | UE, NETWORK NODE AND METHODS OF ASSISTING MEASUREMENTS IN MIXED SIGNAL CONFIGURATION - A method in a UE for adapting a radio procedure is provided. The UE obtains information about signal configurations indicating:
| 05-14-2015 |
20150131545 | METHOD AND A SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING THE DOWNLINK IN LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) NETWORKS BASED ON QUALITY OF SERVICE (QOS) - The method includes: performing a packet scheduling for a plurality of user terminals (UEs) based on information regarding QoS classes, the information regarding QoS classes is included in QoS class identifiers received from an Evolved Packet Core providing communication services to the user terminals. The method further includes receiving channel quality indicators from the plurality of user terminals and performing the scheduling also on the basis of the received channel quality indicators. The system of the invention is arranged to implement the method of the invention. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for allocating resources in a wireless communication system are provided. The method is characterized by dividing a system bandwidth into a multiple of a resource block group (RBG) to form subbands and transmitting allocation information for indicating allocated subbands among the subbands and resource allocation within the subbands. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131547 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for accessing a channel in a WLAN system. The method for accessing a channel from a station (STA) in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving from an access point (AP) a first frame including a traffic indication map (TIM) and a restricted access window (RAW) parameter set component; determining a RAW in which channel access of the STA is permitted, on the basis of the RAW parameter set (RPS) component; and transmitting a second frame to the AP from within the RAW that is determined, wherein the RPS component includes at least one RAW allocation field, and each of the at least one RAW allocation fields can include a RAW group field, a RAW starting point field, and a RAW duration field. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131548 | RECEIVER, RECEIVING METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present technology relates to a receiver, a receiving method, and a program capable of rapidly presenting receivable one segment broadcasting. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131549 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING STANDARD VERSION MODE OF BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - Provided are a method and device for processing a standard version mode of a base station, a terminal and a base station. A base station working in a first standard version mode judges whether a working mode of the base station needs to be adjusted, the first standard version mode is a mode of providing services for a first standard version terminal at least supporting a first standard version. If a judging result is yes, the base station adjusts the first standard version mode to another standard version mode, wherein said another standard version mode is a mode of providing services for other standard version terminals at least supporting another standard version other than the first standard version. Through the solutions, the problem that the system spectrum efficiency is hard to improve effectively and the networking flexibility is low due to the excessive emphasis on backward compatibility can be solved. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131550 | COGNITIVE RADIO SYSTEM, RESOURCE ALLOCATION APPARATUS THEREOF AND METHOD THEREFOR - Disclosed is a cognitive radio system, resource allocation apparatus thereof and method therefor. A resource allocation apparatus comprises: a transmission opportunity assessment device which is used to assess availabilities of transmission opportunities in radio resources of a primary communication system; a vector production device which is used to set a transmission opportunity selection vector for each secondary user in the cognitive radio system based on assessment results of the availabilities of transmission opportunities, wherein the transmission opportunity selection vector includes information for identifying multiple transmission opportunities assessed available; and a sending device which is used to distribute the transmission opportunity selection vector to the secondary user. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131551 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to allow more DM-RS sequences to be allocated, and more DM-RS resources to be secured. The radio communication method of the present invention has a characteristic of generating DM-RS sequences using ZC sequences that are allocated in a new number of randomized sequences between the number of randomized sequences corresponding to a ZC sequence having a length of the largest prime number, not exceeding the ZC sequence length required in the uplink DM-RS, and the number of randomized sequences defined in Rel. 10 LTE. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131552 | METHOD, UE AND ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING DATA TRANSMISSION OF CONVERGENCE NETWORK - A method, UE and access network device for implementing data transmission of a convergence network. The method includes: a UE bottom layer WLAN entity encapsulating signaling and/or data issued by a UE upper layer entity into a WLAN protocol format and transmitting it to a 3GPP access network through an air interface; and the UE bottom layer WLAN entity receiving the signaling and/or data transmitted by the 3GPP access network through the air interface, and decapsulating and then transmitting it to the UE upper layer entity. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131553 | RADIO BASE STATION - A method of second radio network node (RNN) serving second UE, includes receiving a first message from interfering RNN causing interference to the second UE. The first message has information about first ABS pattern of the interfering RNN. A second usable ABS pattern is determined including protected subframes overlapping with subframes in the first ABS pattern. The second usable ABS pattern is used by the second RNN to configure the second UE with a second measurement resource restriction pattern (MRRP) for measurement on a neighbour cell. A second message is received from a first RNN serving a first UE, which has information about a first usable ABS pattern used by the first RNN configuring the first UE with a first MRRP for neighbour cell measurement. Using the first usable ABS pattern a neighbour cell list has neighbour cell(s) on which the second UE performs measurements in the second MRRP. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131554 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING EPDCCH RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING IN COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The invention provides a method and apparatus, in a base station of a communication network, for performing resource element mapping of an e PDCCH for respective user equipments served by the base station. Specifically the base station firstly determines resource element mapping patterns for the respective user equipments and performs the resource element mapping based upon the determined resource element mapping patterns, wherein the resource element mapping patterns include performing the resource element mapping for the e PDCCH by excluding resource elements corresponding to a legacy signal or performing the resource element mapping for the e PDCCH by puncturing the resource elements corresponding to the legacy signal; and then the base station sends information about the resource element mapping patterns determined for the respective user equipments and a downlink control signaling to the respective user equipments. The invention further provides a method and apparatus for performing e PDCCH decoding in a user equipment of a communication network; a method, in a base station of a communication network, of notifying a user equipment of a size of an enhanced resource element group; a method, in a base station of a communication network, of notifying a user equipment of a mapping pattern. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131555 | Wireless Access Point Cell ID Insertion in Frame Header - A wireless access point includes a wireless interface to send or receive frames in a cell in a wireless network. A storage device stores a cell ID that uniquely identifies the wireless access point. Processing circuitry inserts the cell ID in a physical layer header of a frame, and sends the frame to a client device in the cell via the wireless interface. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131556 | ACKNOWLEDGMENT MESSAGING OVER REFERENCE SIGNALS - A first wireless communication device transmits a reference signal at a series of transmission times to transmit a plurality of reference signals over time. The first wireless communication device receives a communication signal from a second device. In response to determining at the first device that an acknowledgment response should be sent to the second device in response to the communication signal, the first wireless communication device applies a code to the reference signal for at least one of the transmission times of the series of transmission times. The resulting coded reference signal indicates an acknowledgment response to the second wireless communication device. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131557 | Methods and Systems for Dynamic Speed Change on High SpeedInterconnects - Methods of changing a data rate of communication over an interface between a data transmitter and a data receiver are disclosed, wherein the data transmitter is associated with a first processor and transmitting data over the interface and the data receiver is associated with a second processor. The data transmitter transmits and the data receiver receives data over the interface at a first data rate. At the first processor, it is determined to change the first data rate to a second data rate. The data transmitter transmits and the data receiver receives a request to change the first data rate to the second data rate. In response thereto, a response message is transmitted by the data receiver and received by the data transmitter. When the response message comprises an acknowledgement to change the first data rate to the second data rate, the data transmitter transmits and the data receiver receives data over the interface at the second data rate. Corresponding protocol, electronic circuit and electronic device are also enclosed. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131558 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING STATE INFORMATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of processing state information in a radio access network ( | 05-14-2015 |
20150131559 | MESSAGING NETWORK WITH A CONTROL DATA CHANNEL - A communication network messaging server ( | 05-14-2015 |
20150131560 | COMMON MAPPING OF RESOURCE ELEMENTS TO ENHANCED RESOURCE ELEMENT GROUPS - The invention relates to a universal mapping of resource elements (REs) to enhanced resource element groups (e REG) that applies to both the PDCCH and PDSCH regions; the mapping is universal since it is not user or cell-specific but applies to the resource block pairs irrespective of the actual reference signals used. The mapping is such that all REs of the resource block pair are assigned to one out of a plurality of e REGs. According to the mapping, the REs are sequentially assigned to the e REGs, in predetermined orders. Within an OFDM symbol a pair of REs is assigned to the same e REG, wherein the two REs are spaced apart from each other by 3 or 6 subcarriers. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131561 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA BY USING AN EXISTING CONNECTION LINK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The method for enabling a first mobile terminal connected to a first storage terminal to send data to a second storage terminal connected to a second mobile terminal in a wireless communications system includes the steps of: receiving the information of the data to be transmitted from the first storage terminal to the second storage terminal; transmitting the information of the data through a link connected to the second mobile terminal to the second mobile terminal; receiving the information of the second storage terminal from the second mobile terminal; determining whether it is possible to transmit the data through the link based on the information of the data and the information of the second storage terminal; and if it is possible to transmit the data, transmitting the data received from the first storage terminal through the link to the second mobile terminal | 05-14-2015 |
20150131562 | HARQ ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE - Provided are a method for transmitting a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) positive-acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) in a wireless communication system and a wireless device using the same. A resource of an uplink control channel used for the transmission of the HARQ ACK/NACK is determined according to the format of downlink control information. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131563 | Method and device for configuring channel state information feedback, method and device for measurement and feedback - Disclosed is a method for configuring a channel state information (CSI) feedback. The method comprises: configuring multiple sets of CIS processes for a terminal, where each CSI process comprises at least information on a channel measurement part and information on an interference measurement, where the information on the channel measurement part comprises one or multiple sets of nonzero power CSI reference signal configuration or indication information, and where the information on the interference measurement part comprises at least one type of information among the following: one or multiple sets of interference measurement resource configuration information or indication information, one or multiple sets of nonzero power CSI reference signal configuration information for use in interference measurement compensation. Also disclosed are a method for measurement and feedback based on the method, and a corresponding device for implementing the method. The present invention implements unified configuration and reception of the CSI feedback for a base station-side and a terminal-side, and is capable of flexibly implementing CSI configuration and feedback. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131564 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an uplink control signal of a terminal in a wireless communication system and a terminal using the method are provided. The method comprises the steps of: setting a first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for a first antenna port; setting a second PUCCH resource for a second antenna port; and transmitting a same uplink control signal through the first and second antenna ports by using the first and second PUCCH resources, wherein the first and second PUCCH resources are orthogonal to each other. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131565 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - It is possible to efficiently transmit and receive signals containing uplink control information between a base station apparatus and a mobile station apparatus. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131566 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method by which a terminal receives a signal in a wireless communication system which supports device-to-device (D2D) communication and an apparatus therefor, the method comprising the steps of: receiving, from a base station, information about a second signal for D2D communication; receiving from the base station, information about a first signal which acts as an interference signal; receiving the second signal along with the first signal from a second terminal; and removing the first signal from the second signal by using the information about the first and the second signal, wherein the information about the second signal includes an indicator for indicating whether the second signal has the same format used in a 3GPP LTE system, and the information about the second signal further includes information about a parameter different from the one that is used in the 3GPP LTE system, if the second signal does not have the same format as used in the 3GPP LTE system. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131567 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORT - Embodiments of the present invention relate to wireless communication technology field, especially relate to a method, system and apparatus for power headroom report, for the use of power headroom report when a User Equipment(UE) aggregates carriers under different enhanced NodeBs(eNBs). Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for power headroom report, including: a user equipment which aggregates resources of multiple network equipment determines power headroom information; said user equipment sends said power headroom information to at least one of the network equipment participating in aggregation. Because the user equipment which aggregates resources of multiple network equipment reports the power headroom information to at least one of the network equipment participating in aggregation, sequentially the power headroom information is enabled to be reported when the UE aggregates carriers under different eNBs, multiple eNBs further can obtain the power headroom information in the case of inter-eNBs-aggregation, and resource scheduling is enabled. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131568 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting or receiving channel state information (CSI). According to the present invention, when a user equipment can be set with one or more CSI processes per serving cell, a CSI request field included in downlink control information for a specific serving cell indicates at least whether a non-periodic CSI report triggered by the CSI request field is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) set by a higher layer from among the CSI process(es) for the one serving cell. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131569 | Uplink Control Information Signaling in Inter-Site Downlink Carrier Aggregation Scenarios - There are provided measures for uplink control information signaling in inter-site downlink carrier aggregation scenarios. Such measures exemplarily include obtaining uplink transmission resources for an uplink control information transmission on said primary carrier, deriving a receiving timing for said uplink control information transmission, detecting said uplink control information transmission on said primary carrier based on said uplink transmission resources and said receiving timing, and decoding uplink control information from said uplink control information transmission. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131570 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR REQUESTING AND ACQUIRING INFORMATION RELATING TO CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN, AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING INFORMATION RELATING TO CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN - Provided are a terminal for requesting and acquiring information associated with a channel access in a wireless local area network (WLAN) and an apparatus for providing information associated with a channel access in a WLAN, and more particularly, the terminal for requesting and acquiring information associated with a channel access in a WLAN according to an example embodiment may verify whether a beacon is received during a predetermined beacon interval, transmit a group and slot information request signal when the beacon is verified not to be received, and receive a group and slot information response signal in response to the group and slot information request signal. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131571 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR D2D DISCOVERY - A method for sending beacon signals is provided. The beacon signals are to be received by a slave device to discover the master device for Device to Device communication. The master device receives information from a network node. The information informs about a set of available peer discovery resources to be used in a peer discovery frame by the master device for sending beacon signals. The beacon signals are detected by the slave device. The master device obtains a beacon transmission probability. At each specific peer discovery frame, the master device determines according to the beacon transmission probability, whether or not a beacon signal shall be transmitted during that specific peer discovery frame. When determining to transmit a beacon signal during that specific peer discovery frame, master device sends the beacon signal by choosing one of the peer discovery resources out of the received set of available peer discovery resources. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131572 | METHODS AND NODES FOR MULTIPLE USER MIMO SCHEDULING AND POWER CONTROL - The present invention relates to a method in a first User Equipment (UE) served by a radio base station (RBS) of a wireless network, for uplink power control at Multiple User Multiple-Input-Multiple-Output (MU-MIMO) scheduling. The method comprises obtaining a power adaptation parameter for use in uplink transmission power control when the first UE is scheduled to be in pair with a second UE, or is scheduled to be de-paired from the second UE. The method also comprises receiving an indication from the radio base station to use the obtained power adaptation parameter in uplink transmission power control, and adapting an uplink transmission power based on the obtained power adaptation parameter and the received indication. The present invention also relates to the corresponding method in the RBS, and to the UE and the RBS. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131573 | SIGNALING TO ENABLE SERVING CELL INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION - Suppression of serving cell transmissions directed to second-served UEs may improve channel estimation of a serving cell or a neighbor cell. This may include using scheduling information for second-served UEs to suppress serving cell signals intended for second-served UEs having overlapping MIMO transmissions. Alternatively, this scheduling information may aid in suppressing a serving cell signal for a second-served UE to improve channel estimation of a neighbor cell. Various embodiments described herein, include implementations and techniques to aid channel estimation, and signal scheduling information to a first-served UE to aid in suppression of serving cell signals for second-served UEs. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131574 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND PACKET COMMUNICATION THEREFOR - Disclosed is a wireless communication system including: an access point; and at least two wireless devices capable of transmitting packets to the access point at the same time, wherein the access point receives a packet from at least one of the at least two wireless devices within multi-packet reception (MPR) capability after determining whether packet reception is beyond the multi-packet reception (MPR) capability, when receiving a request to send (RTS) from one of the at least two wireless devices. Thus, it is possible to obtain maximum throughput by optimally using the MPR capability and stably perform packet communication even though the number of wireless devices changes or the wireless device is moved. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131575 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR RESOURCE CONFIGURATION - A method and a communications system are provided. The system includes a base station and a RNC. The base station does not report the RNC whether the base station supports an E-DPCCH power boost capability. The RNC is also informed whether a UE supports and E-DPCCH power boost capability. If the UE supports E-DPCCH power boost function, the RCE designates by default that the base station also supports the E-DPCCH power boost function even though the base station does not report whether it supports or not, and configures resources for the base station to perform channel estimation by using the E-DPCCH power boost feature for the UE. If the base station itself does not support E-DPCCH power boost capability, the base station configures its resources accordingly and performs the channel estimation by using DPCCH. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131576 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A resource allocation apparatus of a cellular communication system including a plurality of cells divides an entire frequency band into a first frequency band to allocate to a cell central area and a second frequency band to allocate to a cell boundary area, divides the second frequency band into a plurality of subbands, allocates the first frequency band or the second frequency band to a terminal within each cell, and adjusts adaptively a size of the first frequency band or the second frequency band according to load distribution information of each cell. The plurality of cells use commonly the first frequency band and the second frequency band is operated with a resource pool method. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131577 | COOPERATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION SUPPORTING THE SAME - A method of providing cooperative communication to a terminal through a plurality of base stations is provided. A plurality of base stations each transmit a midamble to a terminal, and the terminal measures a channel through a received midamble. The terminal transmits information about the measured channel to at least one of the plurality of base stations. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131578 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN NETWORK ENVIRONMENT WHERE TERMINAL MAY HAVE DUAL CONNECTIVITY TO MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS - A communication method of a terminal that may have dual connectivity to a first base station and a second base station is provided. The terminal receives a first Radio Resource Control (RRC) message from the first base station only through a first interface between the first base station and the terminal. The terminal transmits a second RRC message to the first base station only through the first interface. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131579 | TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL CHANNEL AND DATA CHANNELS FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENTS - Methods and apparatus are provided for a base station to transmit and for a User Equipment (UE) to receive repetitions of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). Time and frequency resources for EPDCCH repetitions are defined together with restrictions in time resources to provide UE power savings. Time and frequency resources are also defined for repetitions of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission and for repetitions of a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission. Methods and apparatus are also provided for the UE to transmit and for the base station to receive acknowledgement information in repetitions of a physical uplink shared channel (PUCCH). | 05-14-2015 |
20150131580 | Large-Scale Fading Coefficient Estimation in Wireless Massive MIMO Systems - Efficient algorithms for estimating LSFCs with no aid of SSFCs by taking advantage of the channel hardening effect and large spatial samples available to a massive MIMO base station (BS) are proposed. The LSFC estimates are of low computational complexity and require relatively small training overhead. In the uplink direction, mobile stations (MSs) transmit orthogonal uplink pilots for the serving BS to estimate LSFCs. In the downlink direction, the BS transmits either pilot signal or data signal intended to the MSs that have already established time and frequency synchronization. The proposed uplink and downlink LSFC estimators are unbiased and asymptotically optimal as the number of BS antennas tends to infinity. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131581 | METHOD, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FORUPDATING COMPONENT CARRIER - A method, base station, terminal and communication system for updating component carriers are provided. Wherein, status information of the terminal, base station and/or component carrier is acquired; whether the status information accords with the predetermined condition is determined; an old component carrier is replaced by a new component carrier, or a new component carrier is added in the even that the predetermined condition is met. With the embodiments of the present invention, the component carrier which the terminal would use is updated more effectively. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131582 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR AN UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A user equipment is capable of receiving communications from a cell including at least one base station. The user equipment includes a receiver configured to receive from the base station both a cell specific radio resource control (RRC) configuration comprising a cell specific resource offset parameter for a PUCCH HARQ-ACK, and a UE specific RRC configuration comprising a UE specific RS base sequence parameter and an UE specific resource offset parameter for the PUCCH HARQ-ACK. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131583 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for transmitting control information, a base station, and a user equipment. The method includes: sending control information to a user equipment UE by using an EPDCCH physical resource set, wherein the base station determines, according to a mapping rule, a physical resource for sending the control information, so that the UE determines, according to the mapping rule, a carrier to which the control information is applied, where a carrier bearing the control information is the same as or different from the carrier to which the control information is applied, and the mapping rule is a correspondence between a carrier and a physical resource. The foregoing method solves problems of large control information overheads and resource waste caused by lack of configuration of an EPDCCH which can support cross-carrier scheduling in an LTE system in the prior art. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131584 | Base Station, User Equipment, and Methods therein in a Communications System - According to teachings herein, a base station of a wireless communication system obtains channel state information from a user equipment (UE), based on transmitting first and second offset values to the UE. The first offset value is for a first set of subframes of a first type and is based on first channel information, while the second offset value is for a second set of subframes of a second type and is based on second channel information. The base station obtains the channel state information from the UE, which is configured to receive the first and second offset values and to determine the channel state information based on reference signals for subframes of the first type and the first offset value and based on reference signals for subframes of the second type and the second offset value. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131585 | Sub-band dependent resource management - A system and method for facilitating resource management in OFDM systems is provided. The system permits different and flexible resource cell metric operations levels (e.g. uplink load management, admission control, congestion control, signal handoff control) for different sub-bands. For the uplink load management, there are multiple distinct load operation points (e.g. IoT, RoT) per sub-band group instead of the same operation level across the entire available band. The sub-band groups encompass the entire band. The facilitation system also comprises a variety of transmitting protocols, command increment variable stepsize methods and robust command response methods. The system thus provides more flexible reverse link resource management and more efficient utilization of the bandwidth. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131586 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE IN A MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided is a method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless communication system. A terminal receives a cyclic shift field, which indicates a first value and a second value, through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) from a base station, generates a first DMRS sequence and a second DMRS sequence, which are associated with a first layer and a second layer respectively, by using a first cyclic shift and a second cyclic shift, respectively, which are determined based on the first value and the second value respectively, and transmits the first DMRS sequence and the second DMRS sequence to the base station. Furthermore, the first value and the second value are separated by a maximum value corresponding to a total number of possible cyclic shifts. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131587 | System and Method for Resource Management in a Communications System - A method for operating a communications controller includes defining a positive integer quantity of resource element groups from a resource block with a positive integer number N resource elements in each resource element group, the resource block having a total number of resource elements, the total number of resource elements consisting of available resource elements and reserved resource elements. The method also includes assigning a plurality of available resource elements to fill in each of the positive integer quantity of resource element groups with N available resource elements in each resource element group, and blocking any unassigned available resource elements from being used in a resource element group. The method further includes interleaving a plurality of control messages onto the positive integer quantity of resource element groups, and transmitting the positive integer quantity of resource element groups. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131588 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus receives, on a PDCCH (physical downlink control channel), information used for initiating a random access procedure. The mobile station apparatus also transmits a random access preamble on a physical random access channel resource based on or in response to the information. Furthermore, the mobile station apparatus receives a random access response corresponding to the random access preamble on one specific downlink component carrier among a plurality of downlink component carriers where the one specific downlink component carrier linked to an uplink component carrier on which the random access preamble is transmitted on the physical random access channel resource. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131589 | Wireless Device Transmission Power - A wireless device transmits a first packet in subframe n of a first cell of a first cell group and transmits a second packet in subframe n+1 of a second cell of a second cell group overlapping in time with the transmission of the first packet. The wireless device reduces a subframe transmission power of at least one of the first packet and the second packet if a power value is more than an allowable transmission power. A calculation for the power value considers transmission power of the first packet and the second packet according to a pre-configured rule. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131590 | Uplink Transmissions in a Wireless Device - A wireless device receives a control command instructing the wireless device to transmit a random access preamble on a random access channel of a first cell. The wireless device transmits, overlapping in time with transmission of the random access preamble, an uplink packet on a first subframe of the first cell. Transmission power of the uplink packet is calculated considering a maximum allowable transmission power in the first subframe of the first cell and the transmission power of the random access preamble. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131591 | Method for Assigning Number of Control Channel Candidates and Number of Blind Detection Times, Base Station, and User Equipment - The present invention provides a method for assigning the number of control channel candidates and the number of blind detection times, a base station, and a user equipment. The method includes determining a first aggregation level set {L | 05-14-2015 |
20150131592 | Method and Apparatus for Indicating Deactivation Of Semi-Persistent Scheduling - A method and apparatus for performing semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) deactivation in a wireless mobile communication system are disclosed. A base station (BS) transmits a downlink control channel to a user equipment (UE), and deactivates the SPS when a binary field indicating resource allocation information contained in the downlink control channel is entirely filled with ‘1’. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131593 | High Density Deployment Using Transmit or Transmit-Receive Interference Suppression with Selective Channel Dimension Reduction/Attenuation and Other Parameters - In a wireless local area network, each of multiple access points, in a high density deployment, are configured to suppress co-channel interference. A first access point having a plurality of antennas beamforms a transmission to a wireless client device within a null-space or with the weakest singular eigenmodes of a wireless channel between the first access point and at least one co-channel second access point. Techniques are presented herein for situations in which any given access point has two or more co-channel access points. In addition, an access point may perform receive side suppression with respect to a transmission (made by a co-channel access point to one of its associated wireless client devices) that is received from that co-channel access point. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131594 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station apparatus is disclosed. The base station apparatus includes a classification unit configured to classify mobile station apparatuses connected to a first cell into a CoMP target mobile station apparatus and a CoMP non-target mobile station apparatus, a first allocation unit configured to allocate a wireless resource to the CoMP target mobile station apparatus connected to the first cell, and a second allocation unit configured to determine the wireless resource to be allocated to the CoMP non-target mobile station apparatus connected to the first cell so as to reduce interference with a wireless resource allocated to a CoMP target mobile station apparatus connected to a second cell different from the first cell. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131595 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING CONNECTION BETWEEN NODES IN DIGITAL INTERFACE - A method of controlling connection between nodes in a digital interface whereby a first node that is a master node determines a second node to be the master and controls a point-to-point connection or a broadcast connection to another node. The first node having the display device determines the second node to be the master in accordance with a user selection, and transmits a connection command of a predetermined format for transmitting a data stream to the second node. The second node determined as the master in accordance with the transmitted connection command of the predetermined format is allocated with a channel and a bandwidth from an isochronous resource manager (IRM), and performs a point-to-point connection between the second node and the first node to transit the data stream. Thus, the transmission/reception, reproduction, and control of the data stream of the program can be smoothly performed. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131596 | SECONDARY CARRIER ACTIVATION/DEACTIVATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131597 | NETWORK ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS - A network access method and an apparatus are provided. The Machine to Machine (M2M) terminal in one M2M terminal group determines an access resource according to an identifier of the M2M terminal group which the M2M terminal is a member of, and The M2M terminal of the M2M terminal group uses the determined access resource to conduct network access on behalf of the M2M terminal group. The method and apparatus can ensure that numerous M2M terminals can successfully access the network at the same time. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131598 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS USING MULTI-BAND RADIO FREQUENCIES - A method for transmitting, by a base station, signals in a communication system. Control information for a subsidiary carrier band is transmitted to a mobile station via a primary carrier band. Data is transmitted to the mobile station via the subsidiary carrier band based on the control information and via the primary carrier band. Furthermore, the primary carrier band is a carrier frequency band which the mobile station initially attempts to access or via which information of a carrier aggregation configuration is transmitted. Additionally, the control information includes a logical index assigned to the subsidiary carrier band for the mobile station and a physical index of a frequency allocation band used as the subsidiary carrier band. The physical index corresponds to one of plural absolute frequency band indexes assigned to frequency allocation bands available in the communication system. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131599 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, SERVING NODE AND USER EQUIPMENT - The invention discloses a method for transmitting and receiving downlink control information, a serving node and a user equipment. The method comprises: determining, by a serving node of a interfered UE, a protected resource, wherein the protected resource is located in at least one of the followings: a physical resource corresponding to a USS in a PDCCH, a physical resource corresponding to an expanded CSS in the PDCCH, a physical resource corresponding to a USS in an E-PDCCH or a physical resource corresponding to a CSS of the E-PDCCH; transmitting, by the serving node, first downlink control information of an interfered cell on the protected resource, wherein the first downlink control information comprises scheduling information for scheduling a paging message and/or a SIB1 message of the interfered cell. The invention can reduce the interference to a system broadcast message, a paging message and the like in a heterogeneous network. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131600 | Almost Blank Subframe Allocation - A first base station provides overlapping coverage area with each of a plurality of second base stations. Each of the plurality of second base stations transmits a message comprising a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes comprises a plurality of almost blank subframes. Base stations in the plurality of second base stations configure the same set of subframes as the plurality of almost blank subframes. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131601 | Almost Blank Subframe Indication in Wireless Networks - A base station broadcasts first parameters identifying a first set of almost blank subframes on a primary carrier. The base station transmits at least one unicast control message comprising second parameters identifying a second set of almost blank subframes on a secondary carrier and cross carrier scheduling parameters indicating that the primary carrier carries scheduling information for the secondary carrier. During the time the cross carrier scheduling is configured and the secondary carrier is activated, when the primary carrier enters an almost blank subframe, the secondary carrier also enters an almost blank subframe. | 05-14-2015 |
20150131602 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DEFINING PHYSICAL CHANNEL TRANSMIT/RECEIVE TIMINGS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method of defining physical channel transmit/receiving timings and resource allocation is provided for use in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) communication system supporting carrier aggregation. A method for receiving, at a base station, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) acknowledgement from a terminal in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system supporting carrier aggregation of a primary cell and at least one secondary cell includes transmitting a downlink physical channel through one of the primary and secondary cells, receiving the HARQ acknowledgement corresponding to the downlink physical channel of the primary cell at a first timing predetermined for the primary cell, and receiving the HARQ acknowledgement corresponding to the downlink physical channel of the secondary cell at second timing, wherein the second timing is determined according to the first timing. | 05-14-2015 |
20150139079 | REFERENCE SIGNAL GENERATION AND DETERMINING REFERENCE SIGNAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Various embodiments include devices, methods, computer-readable media and system configurations for reference signal generation and resource allocation. In various embodiments, a wireless communication device may include a control module, which may be operated by a processor and configured to transmit to a user equipment (“UE”) device, over a wireless communication interface, a parameter specific to the UE device; wherein the parameter is usable by the eNB to generate a user equipment-specific reference signal (“UE-RS”) to be sent to the UE device. The parameter may be usable by the UE device to identify the UE-RS to facilitate demodulation of multiple-input, multiple-output communications. In various embodiments, a control module may be configured to store, in memory, priority rules, and to determine a UE-RS resource allocated to another UE device based on a UE-RS resource allocated to the UE device and the priority rules. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139080 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR OPERATING A MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE - According to an aspect of this disclosure a communication terminal device is provided, comprising: a transceiver configured to communicate with a communication device in accordance with an uplink resource allocation; a determiner configured to determine a desired power consumption for data transmissions from the communication terminal device to the communication device, and to determine a suitable uplink resource allocation based on the desired power consumption; and a controller configured to determine a communication behavior of the communication terminal device with the communication device based on the suitable uplink resource allocation and to control the transceiver according to the determined communication behavior. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139081 | SMARTPHONES BACKGROUNG UPLINK SMALL DATA PACKET OPTIMIZATION - A communication apparatus includes a wireless transceiver that transmits data packets including background traffic data packets and a transceiver control unit that controls transmission by the wireless transceiver of the data packets. The transceiver control unit receives, prior to their transmission, all data packets that are to be transmitted by the wireless transceiver. The transceiver control unit includes an aggregation unit that aggregates all background traffic data packets received by the transceiver control unit over an aggregation period of a certain maximum duration and causes the wireless transceiver to wirelessly transmit the aggregated background traffic data packets only after the aggregation period has expired. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139082 | Generating Sequenced Instructions For Connecting Through Captive Portals - Embodiments produce a set of instructions for connecting to a network through a network access point based on data crowdsourced from mobile computing devices. The crowdsourced data describes interactions between the mobile computing devices and the network access point when establishing a connection to the network. A cloud service analyzes the crowdsourced data to identify a set of instructions for association with the network access point. The mobile computing devices replay the set of instructions when subsequently attempting to connect to the network access point. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139083 | COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY - There is provided a method comprising: determining, by a transmitter node, maximum packet duration for a data packet to be transmitted, wherein the data packet comprises a plurality of data units; causing a transmission of the data packet; causing a reception of an acknowledgement frame indicating a failed reception of multiple consecutive data units of the transmitted data packet; determining a transmission duration during which the failed multiple consecutive data units were transmitted; and determining whether or not to adjust the maximum packet duration for upcoming data packet transmissions on the basis of the determined transmission duration. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139084 | LOCALIZING A MOBILE DATA PATH IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK UNDER CONTROL OF A MOBILE PACKET CORE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes establishing a control channel between a first entity associated with an access network and a second entity associated with a core network. The control channel is associated with a session identifier identifying a user session. The method further includes receiving policy information associated with the user session from the second entity using the first control channel. The policy information is indicative of one or more policies to be applied in the access network to user data associated with the user session. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139085 | PROVIDING IN-LINE SERVICES THROUGH RADIO ACCESS NETWORK RESOURCES UNDER CONTROL OF A MOBILE PACKET CORE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes sending, by a first entity associated with an access network, a first request message including a session identifier associated with a user session to a second entity associated with a core network. The method further includes establishing a first control channel with the second entity in which the first control channel is associated with the session identifier. The first control channel is an in-band channel between the first entity and the second entity. The method further includes receiving policy information associated with the user session from the second entity using the first control channel. The policy information is indicative of one or more policies to be applied in the access network to user data associated with the user session. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139086 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In a communication system | 05-21-2015 |
20150139087 | LAWFUL INTERCEPTION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION - Technology for a lawful interception of a proximity service (e.g., device-to-device (D2D) communication) provided to user equipments (UEs) is disclosed. In an example, a method can include an evolved Node B (eNB) transmitting a proximity service setup message to a first UE to setup D2D communication with a second UE. The eNB can transmit a lawful interception message to the first UE or the second UE to provide lawful interception of the D2D communication. The eNB can receive packets associated with the D2D communication from the first UE or the second UE. The eNB can communicate the received packets from the first UE and the second UE to the core network (CN) to be copied. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139088 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Systems, apparatuses, and methods for managing interference in a deployment of wireless devices include functionality for measuring interference in each of a plurality of available millimeter wave channels for each of a plurality of pairs of wireless devices operating in a millimeter wave band and in mutual proximity, selecting a channel for each pair of wireless devices from the plurality of available channels based on the measured interference, and transmitting data between members of each pair in the selected channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139089 | MASTER STATION AND METHOD FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY WI-FI (HEW) COMMUNICATION USING TRAVELING PILOTS - Embodiments of a master station and method for high-efficiency Wi-Fi (HEW) communication using traveling pilots are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the master station is arranged for communicating with a plurality of HEW and may be configured to transmit, during an initial portion of an HEW control period, a master-sync transmission that includes a multi-device HEW preamble arranged to signal and identify data fields for a plurality of scheduled HEW stations. The master station may transmit during the HEW control period the data fields with traveling pilots to the scheduled HEW stations. The master station may also receive data fields with traveling pilots transmitted by the scheduled HEW stations during the HEW control period. The traveling pilots may comprise pilot signals that are shifted among orthogonal-frequency multiplexed (OFDM) subcarriers during transmission of one or more of the data fields. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139090 | TRANSMIT TIME OFFSET IN UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT-MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - A method for transmit time offset in a UL-MU-MIMO system monitors respective transmit powers, over a wireless channel, for a plurality of stations in the system. A respective transmit time offset is determined for each station in response to the respective transmit power of each station. A poll exchange sequence is initiated in which the transmit time offsets are transmitted to each respective station. An access point can then receive data from the stations at times adjusted by the respective transmit time offsets. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139091 | HEW MASTER STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN ACCORDANCE WITH A SCHEDULED OFDMA TECHNIQUE ON SECONDARY CHANNELS - Embodiments of a high-efficiency WLAN (HEW) master station and method for communicating in accordance with a scheduled OFDMA technique on secondary channels are generally described herein. An access point is configured to operate as part of a basic-service set (BSS) that includes a plurality of high-efficiency WLAN (HEW) stations and a plurality of legacy stations. The BSS operates on a primary channel and one or more secondary channels. In accordance with some embodiments, the access point may communicate with one or more of the HEW stations on one or more of the secondary channels in accordance with a scheduled OFDMA communication technique when the primary channel is utilized for communication with one or more of the legacy devices. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139092 | Radio resource control method and device - The disclosure discloses a radio resource control method and device, the radio resource control method includes that: a User Equipment (UE) detects the Reference Signal Receiving Power (RSRP) of each component carrier and determines whether or not a preset requirement for image interference due to power imbalance is met according to the result of the detection; and a preset image interference avoidance strategy is performed if the preset requirement for image interference due to power imbalance is met. The disclosure is capable of addressing the problem that the power imbalance between component carriers adjacent in frequency degrades communication performance. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139093 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention according to one embodiment relates to a method for enabling a terminal to receive control information in a wireless communication system, and the method for receiving the control information comprises the step of attempting to decode a set of enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) candidates according to each set level, wherein a minimum value among the values available as the set levels is set according to the amount of available resources for an EPDCCH within a physical resource block (PRB) pair that is attempting to decode. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139094 | METHOD OF REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method of reporting channel state information from a network element to a further network element of a communication network is provided, wherein the method includes decomposing the channel state information into different portions wherein the different portions correspond to channel state information varying on different time scales, and reporting at least one portion of the decomposed channel state information to a further network element. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139095 | METHOD TO ADDRESS INFREQUENT TRANSMISSION - Communication systems, such as an evolved packet system, may benefit from methods for addressing infrequent transmissions. In particular, certain communication systems in which machine type communication devices are deployed may benefit from a machine type communication feature for infrequent transmission. A method for providing such a feature can include negotiating at least one characteristic of a bearer. The method can also include deactivating the bearer based on the at least one characteristic. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139096 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SERVING GATEWAY, NETWORK, AND LOGICAL PATH ESTABLISHMENT METHOD - A radio communication system includes a packet gateway, serving gateways, a switching center that controls establishment of a logical path, a base station, and a user device. A first serving gateway transmits connection information to other nodes. When a first logical path is established through the first serving gateway, the packet gateway makes a request to a second serving gateway to establish a second logical path through the second serving gateway. Based on the request, the second logical path that passes through the second serving gateway is established between the packet gateway and the user device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139097 | Method and Device Relating to Connection to Hotspot - Embodiments comprise a method and a corresponding device ( | 05-21-2015 |
20150139098 | Frequency Offset Estimation Between a Mobile Communication Terminal and a Network Node - There is disclosed a method for estimating a frequency offset between a mobile communication terminal and a network node. The method is based on processing, by means of a matched filter, a preamble sequence for random access received on a physical random access channel, PRACH. Thus the method is preferably applied in the Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) network. In the matched filtered preamble sequence two peaks are determined and the frequency offset is based on a ratio of the two peaks. A corresponding network node, computer program and computer program product are also presented. The network node is preferably performed in a network node of the type eNodeB, E-UTRAN NodeB, also known as Evolved NodeB. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139099 | METHOD FOR SETTING OPERATING CHANNELS IN WHITE SPACE REGION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for setting operating channels in a white space region and to an apparatus therefor. In particular, the method for a device to set operating channels in a white space region includes the steps of: obtaining information on available TV channels from a geolocation database; and setting operating channels including multiple bandwidths in a plurality of consecutive TV channels, wherein the central frequencies of signals that are transmitted over two consecutive TV channels included in the plurality of consecutive TV channels, respectively, can be moved by as much as a first offset (m) and a second offset (n) in the direction of the center of the two consecutive TV channels, respectively. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139100 | METHOD FOR OPERATING A NETWORK ELEMENT OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND NETWORK ELEMENT - The invention refers to a method ( | 05-21-2015 |
20150139101 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method for feeding back channel state information is provided, which includes: a base station notifying a terminal of transmission resources used for transmitting a plurality of Channel State Information (CSIs) or a plurality of colliding CSIs and/or of priorities between a plurality of CSIs or a plurality of colliding CSIs. In the present document, the base station indicates the terminal on how to handle a feedback of the colliding CSIs when collision between the CSIs occurs during processes of feeding back a plurality of CSIs via a high layer signaling or a preset rule, which enables the base station and the terminal to reach a uniform feedback mechanism, and guarantees a minimum possibility of discarding CSIs, thereby solving the problem of the impact on the CoMP performance due to discarding excessive CSIs. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139102 | BUILDING HS-SICHS IN MULTI-CARRIER TD-HSDPA SYSTEMS - In High-Speed Downlink Packet Access (HSDPA) communications in a Time Division Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access (TD-SCDMA) system (called TD-HSDPA), the payload of two High-Speed Shared Information Channels (HS-SICHs) may be bundled into one HS-SICH channel by reusing the unused uplink synchronization shift (SS) for power control purposes. Thus, the HS-SICH spreading factor (SF) 16 code channel overhead may be reduced by 50%. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139103 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CONTROL SIGNALS, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises receiving downlink control information including a first field for power control information and a second field for resource allocation information through a physical downlink control channel; receiving downlink data using the resource allocation information; and transmitting an ACK/NACK signal through an ACK/NACK resource over a first carrier. If the downlink data is received on the first carrier, the downlink control information further includes a third field for ACK/NACK resource information, and ACK/NACK resource offset information is received in the third field. If the downlink data is received over a second carrier, ACK/NACK resource offset information is received in the first field. The ACK/NACK resource is determined using the lowest resource index constituting the physical downlink control channel and the ACK/NACK resource offset information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139104 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink signal by a terminal from a base station in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method includes the steps of: receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) for the terminal from the base station; selecting a first EPDCCH physical resource block (PRB) pair or a second EPDCCH PRB pair on the basis of the effective size of a resource block group (RBG) allocated to the terminal and/or the system bandwidth; and receiving a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) on the basis of the EPDCCH form among the remaining PRB pairs excluding the selected EPDCCH PRB from among PRB pairs included in the RBG. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139105 | Method and device for performing interference measurement on interference measurement resources - A method and device for performing interference measurement on interference measurement resources are disclosed, in which a base station side transmits N sets of interference measurement resources on a non-full bandwidth or a full bandwidth, and transmits a location indication signaling of each set of the interference measurement resources to a terminal side; the terminal side determines a location of each set of the interference measurement resources according to the location indication signaling of each set of interference measurement resources, and performs interference measurement on each set of interference measurement resources in accordance with the non-full bandwidth or the full bandwidth; through a technical scheme of the disclosure, the interference measurement can be implemented on different interference measurement resources by employing time domain and frequency domain resource overheads and high layer signaling overheads as less as possible. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139106 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND PROCESSOR - MU-MIMO is implemented with little changes in the mechanism of the DCF. There is provided a wireless terminal station apparatus that is used in a wireless communication system formed of one wireless base station apparatus and a plurality of wireless terminal station apparatus, in which grouping is performed on the wireless terminal station apparatus in such a way that the wireless terminal station apparatus belongs to any one of a plurality of groups, and the wireless terminal station apparatus includes a backoff controlling portion that performs control such that a backoff value at the time of random backoff, the backoff value of the wireless terminal station apparatus belonging to at least one group, is selected from a set of candidates for a backoff value which is a set of values formed of predetermined limited numbers. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139107 | SHORT PHYSICAL-LAYER CONTROL FRAMES - A method is provided for transmitting a control frame from a emitting entity to a receiving entity. The control frame includes what is called a “first layer” header field intended to convey information relating to a first layer. The method includes a modulation step employing a first modulation technique, and, before the modulation step, a step of inserting information relating to a second layer into the first layer header field. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139108 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Provided is a communication control device including a radio communication unit configured to perform radio communication with a plurality of terminal apparatuses of a primary system using communication resources of the primary system, and a generating unit configured to generate resource information for notifying a secondary system secondarily using the communication resources of available communication resources. The radio communication unit transmits the resource information generated by the generating unit through a downlink control channel including a common space that is decoded in common by the plurality of terminal apparatuses and a plurality of individual spaces that are decoded by only some of the plurality of terminal apparatuses. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139109 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH EPDCCH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention according to one embodiment is a control information receiving method wherein the method enables a terminal to receive control information through an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in a wireless communication system, and comprises the steps of: indexing resource elements (RE) included in a physical resource block (PRB) set of a received subframe, as ‘n’ enhanced resource element groups (EREG) per PRB pair; indexing the indexed EREG as ‘m’ enhanced control channel elements (ECCE) per PRB pair; and determining EPDCCH candidates constituting a specific search space for a terminal on the basis of the indexed ECCE and performing blind decoding, wherein the number of EREG per PRB pair, ‘n’ is determined by considering at least one among the available RE number in PRB pairs, a structure of the subframe, and a type of carrier. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139110 | Methods For Scheduling Communication Resources to a Wireless Device and Scheduling Device - The disclosure relates to a method | 05-21-2015 |
20150139111 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - A method in a first wireless device for adjusting Signal-to-Interference-plus-Noise-Ratio, SINR, target and a transmit rate is provided. The first wireless device is configured to transmit data to a second wireless device over a Device-to-Device, D2D, link. The first wireless device receives a report on a control channel from the second wireless device. The report comprises a measurement of SINR on said control channel and/or a data channel transmitted by the first device. The first wireless device adjusts a transmit power for the control channel and/or the data channel based on the reported measurement of the SINR on said control channel and/or data channel transmitted by the first device. The first wireless device then adjusts a SINR target and a transmit rate based on the adjusted transmit power. The SINR target and transmit rate are to be used when transmitting on the data channel over the D2D link to the second wireless device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139112 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL BEAM FORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a channel state information reporting method for enabling a terminal to support a large-scale multiple-input multiple output (MIMO) in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, first reference signal information corresponding to vertical antenna ports and second reference signal information corresponding to horizontal antenna ports: transmitting, to the base station, information related to a specific antenna port from among the vertical antenna ports using the first reference signal information; and transmitting, to the base station, horizontal channel state information using the second reference signal information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139113 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR PERFORMING RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR REQUESTING RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - The present invention provides a method and user equipment for performing radio resource management. The user equipment receives a request for radio resource management for a cell, and performs radio resource management for the cell based on said request for radio resource management. The request for radio resource management includes information indicating the type of reference signal to be used in the radio resource management. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139114 | DEVICE AND ANTENNA PICTOGRAM DISPLAY METHOD - There is disclosed user equipment including a communication unit for executing carrier aggregation and for executing communication through a plurality of carriers, and an antenna pictogram display unit for displaying, through an antenna pictogram, at least whether communication is allowed. When execution of the carrier aggregation is allowed, the antenna pictogram display unit displays an indication that the execution of the carrier aggregation is allowed together with at least one antenna pictogram. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139115 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING OPERATING CHANNEL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transreceiving operating channel information. A method for providing an operating parameter of a station, which operates in a whitespace band, according to the present invention, comprises the steps of: transmitting a frame comprising an operation information field including a channel width subfield; and transmitting a signal (SIG) field of a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) preamble, wherein the SIG field comprises a bandwidth (BW) field, and wherein the type of the PPDU can be determined on the basis of the channel width subfield and the BW field. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139116 | SECTORIZED BEAM OPERATION FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A communication method for a wireless network is disclosed. The wireless network comprises a plurality of wireless devices. The method comprises transmitting one or multiple packets with an omni-beam by a first wireless device to a second wireless device in a packet exchange during an omni-beam duration to indicate a sectorized-beam duration, receiving the packet(s) by a third wireless device, transmitting/receiving data by the first wireless device using a sectorized beam in a packet exchange with the second wireless device during the sectorized beam duration, and detecting by the third wireless device the sectorized beam packet(s) from the first wireless device and packet(s) from the second wireless device, if no sectorized beam packet(s)from the first wireless device and packet(s) from the second wireless device is detected, the third wireless device starting to communicating with a fourth wireless device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139117 | METHOD AND NODES FOR PAGING IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method for paging a user equipment, UE, in a radio access network, RAN, served by a core network node. When a UE attaches to the radio access network, a service area identity included in the respective a respective registration message from each UE, is received and registered in the core network node. The method further includes a step of receiving one or more data packets to be sent to a receiving UE attached to the network and determining a permitted latency for delivery of the one or more data packets to the UE. When permitted latency exceeds a predetermined latency threshold, a step of retrieving the registered SAI for the receiving UE is performed. In a concluding step in the method of paging, a first page is performed of the UE, directing the first page to cells belonging to a first paging area determined by the retrieved SAI. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139118 | MASTER STATION AND METHOD FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY WI-FI (HEW) COMMUNICATION WITH A MINIMUM OFDMA BANDWIDTH UNIT - Embodiments of a master station and method for communicating in a Wi-Fi network in accordance with a high-efficiency Wi-Fi (HEW) technique are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the master station is configured to communicate with scheduled stations using the antennas within a bandwidth comprising one or more 20 MHz Wi-Fi channels using a plurality of minimum orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) bandwidth units during an OFDMA control period during which the master station has exclusive control of a wireless medium. Each minimum OFDMA bandwidth unit may comprise a predetermined number of subcarriers that do not include guard subcarriers of the channel wherein the guard subcarriers are provided at band edges of the bandwidth, the guard subcarriers being in addition to the subcarriers of each of the minimum OFDMA bandwidth units. In some embodiments, no guard subcarriers are provided between the minimum OFDMA bandwidth units within a 20 MHz channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139119 | MASTER STATION AND METHOD FOR HEW COMMUNICATION USING A TRANSMISSION SIGNALING STRUCTURE FOR A HEW SIGNAL FIELD - Embodiments of a transmission signaling structure for HEW are defined to carry packet information to configure OFDMA receivers for demodulation of a specific portion of the packet and/or to configure receivers for transmission using specific OFDMA and MU-MIMO resources. In some embodiments, the specific portion of the packet comprises one or more minimum bandwidth units of one or more 20 MHz channels. Each 20 MHz bandwidth structure may comprise several minimum bandwidth units to allow each 20 MHz channel to have a have smaller granularity than 20 MHz. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139120 | HIERARCHICAL MODULATION FOR UNICAST STREAMS - Hierarchical modulation is performed by an access node in a communication network, by identifying, by the access node, a plurality of user devices in the communication network for hierarchical modulation reception, and sending, via a transceiver in the access node, control information to each of the identified user devices, the control information comprising an identification of a shared radio resource for use by two of the identified user devices in support of hierarchical modulation reception. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139121 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDBACK IN 3D MIMO WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems and methods provide channel state information feedback in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system. A method quantizes a pre-coding matrix indicator (PMI) and feeds it back from a user equipment (UE) to an evolved Node B (eNodeB). The method may use codebooks for vector quantization of optimal horizontal direction and a scalar quantizer to quantize an optimal vertical direction from the eNodeB to a selected UE. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139122 | SHARED NON-LINEAR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION MODULE FOR MULTIPLE RADIOS COEXISTENCE AND METHODS FOR USING THE SAME - Certain aspects of the present methods and apparatus provide a scheme to implement a generic Non-Linear Interference Cancelation (NLIC) module that can be interfaced with any topology of aggressor-victim transmitters and/or receivers of any (e.g., one or more) radio-access technology residing on the same communication device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139123 | System and Method for Reducing Decoding for Carrier Power Control - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify power control commands within a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of, at a user agent, monitoring for power control messages on a single carrier, decoding a message received on the single carrier to generate decoded information and using the decoded information to identify a power control command for each of at least first and second carriers. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139124 | CHANNEL POWER ADJUSTMENT BASED ON POSITIONAL INFORMATION OF AREA RESTRICTED SELF-ORGANIZING SUBNETS - Disclosed is a channel power adjustment method and system based on positional information of plural self-organizing subnets in a restricted area. The method includes a first setting step of setting, based on the positional information of the plural self-organizing subnets, a positional priority for each of the plural self-organizing subnets; and a first adjustment step of adjusting, at least partially based on the positional priorities of the plural self-organizing subnets, a power of a first device in a first self-organizing subnet working in a first channel, satisfying a predetermined rule to a first power of the first channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139125 | TECHNIQUES FOR OUTER LOOP MANAGEMENT IN A MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - An example method may include decoding, at a UE, a downlink data transmission and determining, over each of multiple streams including a single stream and two dual streams, whether to transmit an acknowledge (ACK) or a negative acknowledge (NACK) message to a base station based on a result of the decoding. Further, the example method may include calculating a signal noise ratio (SNR) value for adjusting each of the multiple streams based on the determining. Further still, the example method may include mapping the calculated SNR value of the single stream to a first channel quality indicator (CQI) value. Moreover, the example method may include mapping the calculated SNR value of the two dual streams to a second CQI value. In addition, the example method may include transmitting the first CQI value and the second CQI value to the base station. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139126 | TERMINAL DEVICE FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYTEM FOR SUPPORTING A PLURALITY OF COMPONENT CARRIERS AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed are a terminal device for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system for supporting a plurality of component carriers and a method thereof. In the terminal device for receiving the signal in the system for supporting the component carriers, a receiver receives a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) including control information of a first type component carrier from a base station or a relay. A processor performs a decoding operation or controls an operation in a slip mode on the basis of control information included in a PDCCH in a second type component carrier after a time corresponding to a particular time offset value passes from a transmission time point of the PDCCH. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139127 | METHOD OF ALIGNING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - There is provided a method of aligning interference in a wireless local area network. A method of receiving a frame includes receiving a first frame from a first access point associated with a terminal, comparing a signal level of the first frame with a preset data rate, performing a pre-procedure for interference alignment when the signal level of the first frame is less than the preset data rate, receiving a second frame from the first access point, and aligning interference of the second frame based on information obtained through the pre-procedure. According to the present invention, it is possible to control interference in an overlapping band. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139128 | FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT METHOD AND TRANSMISSION APPARATUS THEREFOR - A frequency assignment method in a communication system is provided. The method includes transmitting, by a base station, a pilot signal to the plurality of terminals; receiving, by the base station, channel information and a Signal to Interference Ratio (SIR) from the plurality of terminals as feedback information; determining, by the base station, a number of subcarriers to be used for interference alignment and a terminal to which interference alignment is to be applied, using the feedback information; selecting, by the base station, a frequency set to be used for interference alignment among preset frequency sets for interference alignment, and generating a transmit precoding matrix using a maximum of Degrees of Freedom (DoF) that can be obtained for each frequency; and transmitting, by the base station, an index of the selected frequency set to the determined terminal using the generated transmit precoding matrix. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139129 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING AMD RE-SEGMENTATION - A method and apparatus for acknowledge mode data (AMD) re-segmentation are disclosed. An AMD protocol data unit (PDU) is generated from at least one RLC SDU. The AMD PDU size is within a flexible maximum AMD PDU size. The original AMD PDU is stored in a retransmission buffer, and transmitted. If transmission of the original AMD PDU fails and the original AMD PDU size is larger than an updated maximum AMD PDU size, the original AMD PDU is segmented to segmented AMD PDUs. If transmission of one of the segmented AMD PDUs fails, the original AMD PDU may be re-segmented to smaller size AMD PDUs. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139130 | UPLINK DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR MIMO TRANSMISSION - A base station capable of communicating with a plurality of subscriber stations is provided. The base station transmits control information and data to at least one of the plurality of subscriber stations in a subframe using a subset of antenna ports corresponding to a subset of antenna port numbers. The base station maps reference signals corresponding to the subset of antenna ports according to a transmission rank R. The base station indicates, via a cyclic shift indicator (CSI) field in an uplink grant, an assigned resource index corresponding to the mapped reference signal. The CSI field includes a cyclic shift and an orthogonal cover code (OCC) index. The subscriber station uses a resource mapping table to identify the assigned resource index based on the transmission rank, cyclic shift and OCC index. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139131 | Method, Apparatus And Computer Program To Map A Cyclic Shift To A Channel Index - From the network perspective, an uplink resource allocation (PDCCH) is sent that grants an uplink resource to a plurality of user equipments UEs, and the allocation has an indication of a cyclic shift CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The granted uplink resource is mapped to a downlink resource (PHICH) in dependence on the indicated CS for each of the plurality of UEs. The mapping is such that for a predetermined number of UEs being allocated a same uplink resource in a single MU-MIMO uplink resource allocation grant, each pair of said predetermined number of UEs which map to an adjacent downlink resource exhibit an optimized CS relative to one another. The network sends to each of the respective plurality of UEs on the respective mapped downlink resource an indication (ACK/NACK) about data received (on a PUSCH). Apparatus, method, and computer programs for network and UE side implementations are detailed. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139132 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKETS AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DATA PACKETS - The invention relates to a data packet structure for conveying data of service data units (SDU) using protocol data units (PDU). The data packet comprise a data packet payload comprising at least one protocol data unit (PDU), wherein a protocol data unit (PDU) comprises a service data unit (SDU) or a fragment of a service data unit; and a data packet header comprising an indicator (FFF,SFF) indicating whether or not the data packet payload begins with a protocol data unit (PDU) being a fragment of a service data unit and whether or not the data packet payload ends with a protocol data unit (PDU) being a fragment of a service data unit. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139133 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNELS BY RESTRICTING A SET OF THE CONTROL CHANNELS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for transmitting control information in a base station for a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving, from a terminal, a channel quality indicator (CQI); determining at least one control channel element (CCE) for a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) based on the received CQI and an identifier (ID) of the terminal; and transmitting, to the terminal, control information on the PDCCH including the determined at least one CCE. A number of the at least one CCE is determined based on the CQI. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139134 | Efficient Almost Blank Subframe Allocation - A base station transmits a message to a plurality of wireless devices in connected mode. The message comprises a subframe allocation bitmap indicating a plurality of subframes. The plurality of subframes comprises a plurality of almost blank subframes. During majority of symbols of an almost blank subframe of a base station, no signal is transmitted by the base station or signals are transmitted at an almost blank subframe power level that is different from a transmit power during a non-almost blank subframe. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139135 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE FOR THE SAME - A method of transmitting a Relay Physical Downlink Control Channel (R-PDCCH) at a base station in a wireless communication system. A set of Virtual Resource Blocks (VRBs) are assigned for the R-PDCCH to a downlink subframe. The downlink subframe is transmitted to a relay node. The set of VRBs is configured to be same, by higher layer, in a first slot and a second slot of the downlink subframe. If the set of VRBs for the R-PDCCH is assigned in the first slot of the downlink subframe, the R-PDCCH is configured to contain a downlink assignment. If the set of VRBs for the R-PDCCH is assigned in the second slot of the downlink subframe, the R-PDCCH is configured to contain an uplink grant. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139136 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR DOWNLINK DATA, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - This application provides a method for transmitting feedback information for downlink data, a terminal, and a base station. The method includes: receiving, by a terminal from a base station, DCI used for downlink data group scheduling and location information of a first feedback resource, where the DCI is used to indicate a scheduling condition of each terminal in a scheduling group to which the terminal belongs; receiving, by the terminal according to the DCI, downlink data sent by the base station; and sending, by the terminal according to the scheduling condition, feedback information for the downlink data by using the feedback resource indicated by the location information of the first feedback resource. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139137 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND STATION SUPPORTING THE CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD - A method for communicating in a wireless local area network. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting, by a first station, a plurality of a request to send (RTS) frames to a second station through a plurality of subchannels; receiving, by the first station, at least one clear to send (CTS) frame; and transmitting, by the first station, a data frame to the second station. If the at least one CTS frame includes channel information indicating all of the at least one idle subchannel through which the at least one CTS frame is transmitted, the data frame is transmitted via the at least one idle subchannel indicated by the channel information, and if the at least one CTS frame does not include the channel information, the data frame is transmitted via at least one of the plurality of subchannels indicated by the plurality of RTS frames. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139138 | METHOD OF RELAY NODE USING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND RELAY NODE USING THE METHOD - A method for transmitting a control signal, performed by a wireless device. The method according to one embodiment includes allocating resource elements (REs) for a control channel; and transmitting the control signal through the Res. Each RE in the REs for the control channel is associated with one out of two antenna ports. The two antenna ports are included in a plurality of antenna ports used for transmitting demodulation reference signals (DM RS). | 05-21-2015 |
20150139139 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE INFORMATION, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR RESPONSE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION ACCORDING TO TRANSMISSION CONDITIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for allocating a resource for response information transmission and transmitting according to transmission conditions in a wireless communication system according to the present invention comprises the steps of: setting a specific field value of a control channel depending on the allocation method by determining a transmission method or transmission quantity of data to be transmitted to a user's terminal from a data channel, a method of generating response information of the data according to the transmission quantity or transmission method, and an allocation method for indicating the response information resource; transmitting the data channel including the transmitting data and the control channel to the user's terminal; confirming the response information, which is transmitted from a resource allocated by the allocation method, for the data transmitted from the user's terminal; and determining whether the transmitted data area retransmitted according to the confirmed response information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139140 | Random Access Mechanism for a Wireless Device and Base Station - A wireless device receives control message(s) comprising parameters of a plurality of cell groups and a pathloss reference for each secondary cell. The wireless device transmits uplink signals in a first secondary cell in a secondary cell group. Transmission power of the uplink signals is determined employing a received power of the pathloss reference assigned to the first secondary cell. Timing of the uplink signals in the secondary cell group employs a synchronization signal on an active secondary cell in the secondary cell group as a timing reference. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139141 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of a first cell for supporting a downlink channel demodulation at a user equipment. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting, by the first cell to the user equipment, information on a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) of a second cell including at least one CRS antenna port count information of the second cell or Multicast/Broadcast over Single Frequency Network (MBSFN) subframe configuration information of the second cell; and transmitting, by the first cell to the user equipment, a downlink signal on the downlink channel. The information on the CRS of the second cell is used by the user equipment to demodulate the downlink channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139142 | Random Access in Networks with Carrier Aggregation - A wireless device receives a control command initiating a random access process for a secondary cell. The wireless device transmits a random access preamble on random access resources of the secondary cell. The wireless device aborts the random access process if the secondary cell is deactivated before the wireless device receives a random access response. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139143 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING SPACE TIME PROCESSING - A method and apparatus for implementing spatial processing with unequal modulation and coding schemes (MCSs) or stream-dependent MCSs are disclosed. Input data may be parsed into a plurality of data streams, and spatial processing is performed on the data streams to generate a plurality of spatial streams. An MCS for each data stream is selected independently. The spatial streams are transmitted via multiple transmit antennas. At least one of the techniques of space time block coding (STBC), space frequency block coding (SFBC), quasi-orthogonal Alamouti coding, time reversed space time block coding, linear spatial processing and cyclic delay diversity (CDD) may be performed on the data/spatial streams. An antennal mapping matrix may then be applied to the spatial streams. The spatial streams are transmitted via multiple transmit antennas. The MCS for each data stream may be determined based on a signal-to-noise ratio of each spatial stream associated with the data stream. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139144 | SERVICE TRANSMISSION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - A service transmission method is provided. A first base station, which establishes an RRC connection with a UE, sends a request message to a second base station which is at least one of base stations serving the UE, where the request message includes service information, where the service information includes QoS information of a service and/or configuration information of an RB, and the request message instructs the second base station to perform resource configuration according to service information. The first base station sends a configuration message to the UE, where the configuration message includes configuration list information of the RB and/or cell information of the offload base station. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139145 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DEFINE CONTROL CHANNELS USING RESERVED RESOURCE BLOCKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate defining new control channels in legacy wireless networks. Control data resources for new systems can be defined over resources reserved for general data communications in the legacy wireless network specification. In this regard, legacy devices can still be supported by devices implementing new control data resources, and the new control data resources can avoid substantial interference that is typically exhibited over legacy control and/or reference signal resources by instead using the general data resources. In addition, new system devices can avoid scheduling data communication resources over the new control resources to create a substantially non-interfered global control segment. Control data can be transmitted over the segment using beacon-based technologies, reuse schemes, and/or the like. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139146 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF DATA STREAMS IN DIGITAL VIDEO BROADCASTING SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting data in a wireless communication system is provided. The method comprises mapping service data onto a first set of multiple Physical Layer Pipes (PLPs), mapping the first set of multiple PLPs onto a first set of logical frames, wherein each of the first set of logical frames is of the same size, forming a first logical channel comprising the first set of logical frames, and transmitting the mapped service data over a target delivery system. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139147 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELF CONFIGURATION OF LTE E-NODE Bs - The present invention is a procedure for a self configuring eNB/E-UTRAN. The eNB/E-UTRAN interacts with the Enhanced Packet Core (EPC) of the LTE network in order to complete the mutual authentication task between the eNB and the EPC and other operating procedures in the eNB self configuration phase. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139148 | SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD AND RELATED DEVICE - A signal processing method and related equipment are provided, which are used for reducing the number of antennas needed by a proximal user equipment to detect a low power signal. The method comprises: adjusting a pre-coding vector of a high power data stream to allow a product of the pre-coding vector and an effective receiving channel for a low power data stream equal to a constant; performing superposition coding on the low power data stream and the adjusted high power data stream; and sending the superposition-coded data stream to user equipments, wherein the user equipments comprise a user equipment at a center of a cell and a user equipment at an edge of the cell, the high power data stream is an interference while the low power data stream is desirable for the user equipment at the center of the cell. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139149 | MAPPING OF CONTROL INFORMATION TO CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS - The invention relates to a new structure of a control channel region within a sub-frame of a 3GPP-based based communication system using OFDM in the downlink. This new structure of a control channel region is inter alia particularly suitable for conveying physical downlink control channel information from a donor eNodeB to a relay node. The control channel region is divided in CCEs that have equal size irrespective of the presence of further cell-specific and/or UE-specific reference signals within the control channel region. This is achieved by dividing the control channel region in plural sub-CCEs that are combined to CCEs all having equal size (in terms of resource elements that can be used for the signaling of control information). The control channel region is divided in the frequency domain and/or time domain in a FDM respectively TDM fashion in order to obtain the sub-CCEs. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139150 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING PHICH CARRIER LINKAGE - There is provided a method of configuring the downlink component carrier between one or more linkage methods for PHICH reception on User Equipment (UE), which is configured for carrier aggregation, over a mobile communication network. This method includes (a) providing an indicator, and (b) determining whether the PHICH carrier linkage should be dynamic linkage or cell specific, based on the value of the indicator. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139151 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and discloses a method and a device for transmitting/receiving a downlink reference signal in a wireless communication system. The present invention provides a way for maintaining orthogonality of a reference signal between cells in a multi-cell operation. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139152 | SEGMENTED DATA TRANSFER WITH RESUME CAPABILITY - A large volume of location related information, e.g., assistance data or location information, is transferred in separate messages between a server and a target by segmenting the location related information into a plurality of messages. If the connection between the server and target is released prior to completion of the transfer of the location related information, the transfer is resumed by sending the remaining messages after connection is reestablished. Each message is sent after receiving an acknowledgement of receipt. Thus, both the server and target can control the flow of the transfer by delaying the sending of one or more messages or delaying the sending of the acknowledgements of receipt. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139153 | Data Transmission Method and System, And Device Thereof - A data transmission method receiving a group identifier, a configuration information window length, and an offset between a start point of the configuration information window length and a paging occasion that are sent by a mobility management entity; establishing a public data radio bearer to a terminal corresponding to the group identifier; scrambling configuration information of the public data radio bearer by using a radio network temporary identifier; sending a paging message carrying the group identifier and the radio network temporary identifier to the terminal; sending the scrambled configuration information of the public data radio bearer to the terminal in the configuration information window length; and receiving uplink data transmitted by the terminal on the public data radio bearer. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139154 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a signal via physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for performing the method are provided. Control information bits are modulated to generate N1 modulation symbols, wherein N1 is twice a number of subcarriers in one resource block (RB). The modulation symbols are spread by using various orthogonal codes to generate a plurality of sequences and the generated plurality of sequences are transmitted using different slots of a subframe through different antenna ports, each sequence of the plurality of sequences being mapped on a corresponding single carrier frequency division multiple access symbol in a corresponding slot. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139155 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENTLY UTILIZING HARQ PROCESSES FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT AND DYNAMIC DATA TRANSMISSIONS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for efficient hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process utilization for semi-persistent and dynamic data transmissions, wherein a reserved HARQ process identification (ID) can be reused. A subset of a plurality of HARQ process IDs is reserved to use for a semi-persistent allocation, and data is transmitted based on the semi-persistent allocation. A dynamic allocation is received via a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). At least one of the reserved HARQ process IDs is selectively used for transmitting data based on the dynamic allocation. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139156 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TUNNELED DIRECT LINK SETUP MANAGEMENT - A method and apparatus are disclosed to establish and verify a Tunneled Direct Link Setup (TDLS) link between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. In some embodiments, the first wireless device may receive a TDLS setup confirmation message from the second wireless device. Based on the TDLS setup confirmation message, the first wireless device may transmit a TDLS verification message to the second wireless. The TDLS link may be verified when the second wireless device receives the TDLS verification message. In some embodiments, when the TDLS verification message is not received by the second wireless device, a TDLS check message may be sent by the second wireless device to the first wireless device. The first wireless device may transmit a TDLS check complete message based on the TDLS check message. The TDLS link may be verified when the second device receives the TDLS check complete message. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139157 | LOW BANDWIDTH PHY TRANSMISSION IN A WIDER BANDWIDTH - A method for generating signals to be transmitted within a BSS channel, where a set of component channels is collectively coextensive with the BSS channel, includes determining that a first duplicate, in frequency, of a low bandwidth mode data unit will be located at an edge of the BSS channel. Each duplicate includes OFDM tones and has a bandwidth less than the narrowest channel of the component channels. The OFDM tones in each duplicate include one or more data tones, one or more pilot tones, and one or more guard tones. The method also includes generating a transmission signal comprising the duplicates, at least in part by scaling down at least one data tone, and/or zeroing out at least one data tone, of the first duplicate in response to determining that the first duplicate will be located at an edge of the BSS channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139158 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING A COMMON SIGNALING FIELD FOR TRANSPORT FORMAT AND REDUNDANCY VERSION - New control signalling is associated to a protocol data unit conveying user data in a mobile communication system and to the control channel signal. A mobile station and a base station and their respective operation are described in view of the newly defined control channel signals. To reduce the control channel overhead, a common field is defined for the transport format and redundancy version in the control channel information format. According to one approach, the common field is used to jointly encode transport format and redundancy version therein. According to another aspect, one shared field is provided on the control channel signal that indicates either a transport format or a redundancy version depending on whether the control channel signal relates to an initial transmission or a retransmission. In another embodiment, further enhancements to an HARQ protocol address certain error cases. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139159 | Response frame modulation coding set (MCS) selection within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Response frame modulation coding set (MCS) selection within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. With respect to any exchange between communication devices in which there is a response frame, a first frame (e.g., an eliciting frame) is a first transmitted from the eliciting communication device to the responding communication device, and a second frame (e.g., a response frame) is transmitted from the responding communication device to the eliciting communities device. Appropriate selection of MCS to be used within the response frame may be determined explicitly or implicitly. One or more parameters (e.g., a limit parameter, a reduction parameter, etc.) may be used to determine the MCS of the response frame. The MCS employed for a response frame may be selected from a basic MCS set that ensures all response frames from any responding communication device may be properly received by the eliciting communication device. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139160 | RADIO TRANSCEIVER WITH IMPROVED RADAR DETECTION - A radar detector is used with a radio link, the radio link characterized by high duty factor operation of a radio transmitter. The radar detector is located a sufficient distance from the radio transmitter that the radar detector is not overwhelmed by the radio transmission signal in that channel and can detect sufficiently low level radar signals to ascertain potential radio interference at the radar from said radio transmitter. The results of the radar detection are communicated to the transmitter in a way that impacts the transmitter's use of the sensed channel. This communication can occur reactively when a radar detection is achieved (the absence of which indicates no radar has been detected) and/or can be a periodic or event-driven indication that the channel is available for operation (the information expiring if the result is not refreshed). | 05-21-2015 |
20150139161 | Sounding in Multicarrier Wireless Communications - A wireless device transmits one of the sounding reference signals (SRSs) on a first cell in a first cell group in parallel with transmission a first random access preamble. The wireless device drops transmission of a first SRS if the first SRS transmission and a second random access preamble transmission coincide in the same subframe and the wireless device has insufficient power to transmit the first SRS in parallel with the second random access preamble. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139162 | Uplink Transmission Power in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A sounding reference signal (SRS) is being scheduled for transmission in the last symbol of subframe n on a first cell in a first cell group. The last symbol overlaps in time with transmission of an uplink packet in subframe n+1 in a second cell in a second cell group. The wireless device transmits the SRS if a power parameter is less than or equal to a maximum allowable transmission power in the symbol. A calculation of the power parameter considers transmission power of the uplink packet if the overlap in time exceeds a first duration. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139163 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING DURING AN ASSOCIATION BEAMFORMING TRAINING (A-BFT) PERIOD - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating during an Association-Beamforming-Training (A-BFT). For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to communicate a beacon frame during a beacon transmission interval (BTI), the beacon frame including a responder address field including a responder address representing one or more client devices, which are allowed to transmit during an A-BFT period following the BTI. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139164 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus provided with a selector that selects a subframe, which transmits a signal to a first communication apparatus from a second communication apparatus by a first carrier, as a subframe for transmitting data from the first communication apparatus to the second communication apparatus by a second carrier, from among a plurality of subframes which form wireless frames and are respectively allocated in any transmission directions of time-division duplex; a joint coder that jointly codes indication information for indicating the subframe selected by the selector with control information transmitted by the first carrier to generate a code; and a code transmitter that transmits the code generated by the joint coder to the second communication apparatus by the first carrier. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139165 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTl-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method is described for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless communication system. A cyclic shift field is received through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) from a base station. The cyclic shift field indicates first, second, third and fourth cyclic shifts, first orthogonal cover code (OCC) and a second OCC. A first DMRS sequences is generated by using the first cyclic shift and the first OCC. A second DMRS sequence is generated by using the second cyclic shift and the first OCC. A third DMRS sequence is generated by using the third cyclic shift and the second OCC. A fourth DMRS sequence is generated by using the fourth cyclic shift and the second OCC. The first, second, third and fourth DMRS sequences are transmitted to the base station. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139166 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING CONTENT SUBSCRIPTION IN CONTENT NETWORK - A method is provided for content subscription in content network. As disclosed in the method, a content requesting node in the content network receives a first interest packet comprising a content identifier through a first port from a first user device, creates a subscription entry comprising the content identifier and an identifier of the first port, sends the first interest packet to the content providing node, receives a second interest packet through a second port from a second user device; adds an identifier of the second port to the subscription entry, receives multiple data packets provided by the content providing node according to the first interest packet, and sends the multiple data packets through the first port and the second port respectively to the first user device and the second user device according to the subscription entry. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139167 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING CATEGORIZED CHANNEL RESERVATION - A wireless communications system and associated method are disclosed. The system, in one configuration, includes an antenna and a wireless communications module configured to operate and communicate with a plurality of wireless communications stations via the antenna, in compliance with a wireless communications protocol. The communications include transmitting a first control packet to disable at least one of the wireless communications stations from data transmissions in compliance with the wireless communications protocol. The system is also configured to transmit a second control packet to enable at least one of the disabled wireless communications stations to perform the data transmissions. The first control packet is transmitted using a first configuration transmission power or modulation scheme, and the second control packet is transmitted using a second configuration transmission power and modulation scheme. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139168 | MEMORY ALLOCATION METHOD AND SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT, AND NETWORK DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a memory allocation method and system, a user equipment, and a network device. The method includes: determining, by a user equipment (UE), a high speed downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH) physical layer category for memory allocation according to a first network configuration sent by a first network device; using the total number of soft channel bits corresponding to the determined HS-DSCH physical layer category as a total allocated memory size of a soft memory buffer, dividing the total allocated memory size of the soft memory buffer by the total number of serving or secondary serving HS-DSCH cells corresponding to the determined HS-DSCH physical layer category, and determining a soft memory buffer size of each HS-DSCH transmission channel; and allocating the soft memory buffer size of each HS-DSCH transmission channel among the HARQ processes in the first network configuration of the corresponding HS-DSCH transmission channel. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139169 | METHOD FOR REPORTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, TERMINAL AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present application provide a method for reporting uplink control information, a terminal and a base station. The terminal determines uplink control information needing to be reported, where the uplink control information includes uplink control information needing to be reported currently and uplink control information that needs to be reported previously but has not been reported and is stored by the terminal, so that when the uplink control information fails to be reported completely, the terminal can report partial control information of the uplink control information to the base station according to priority information of the uplink control information, and store the control information that has not been reported in the uplink control information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139170 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACTIVATING/DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139171 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACTIVATING/DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139172 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND MOBILE STATION APPARATUS CONTROL PROGRAM - A mobile station apparatus using aggregated cells to connect to a base station apparatus. The mobile station apparatus determines a cell and a random access channel, where the cell being one of the aggregated cells, the cell determined based on first information in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message, the first information including a transmission setting of a random access channel on an uplink of the cell, the cell used to transmit a request an uplink radio resource which is required to transmit uplink data, and the random access channel for the radio resource request in a case that second information does not including an uplink control channel resource information for the radio resource request, the second information included in the RRC message. | 05-21-2015 |
20150139173 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING WITH DATA THROUGH COMPONENT CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO WHICH CARRIER AGGREGATION METHOD IS APPLIED AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for enabling a terminal to communicate with data by modifying an association relationship among component carriers in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation and an apparatus therefor. The method in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, comprises: receiving a message including identifier information for modifying an association relationship among at least one downlink component carrier and at least one uplink component carrier from a base station; receiving predetermined data through at least one downlink component carrier from the base station; and transmitting feedback data to the base station for data received through the uplink component carrier modified according to the identifier information. | 05-21-2015 |
20150146624 | MULTIPOINT INTERFACE SHORTEST PULSE WIDTH PRIORITY RESOLUTION - System, methods and apparatus are described that facilitate transmission of data, particularly between two devices within an electronic apparatus. Each device can contend for control of a communications link by driving a data signal to a first voltage level. If the data signal or a clock signal changes before an arbitration time period has elapsed, one or more devices yield control of the communications link to another contender. The arbitration time period for each contender is different and indicates a priority of the message to be transmitted. A shorter arbitration time period indicates higher priority. Arbitration may commence after clock and data signals of the communications link remain in an idle or other predefined state for a minimum idle time. The minimum idle time may be different for different nodes and may be shorter for high priority messages or nodes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146625 | MITIGATING WIRELESS INTERFERENCE - A system includes a server configured to monitor wireless interference between at least two media content delivery devices. The server coordinates communication with the media content delivery devices to reduce wireless interference, and the communication is coordinated according to requirements of media content requests received from the media content delivery devices. A method includes monitoring wireless interference between at least two media content delivery devices and coordinating communication with the media content delivery devices to reduce wireless interference. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146626 | METHOD FOR ADDING LEAF NODE TO MULTI-NODE BASE STATION - Adding a new subsystem node to a multi-node base station topology (e.g., a chain or tree topology) in a telecommunications network can disrupt the effective operation of the existing multi-node base station. By accurately measuring the timing difference between uplink and downlink signaling across a current terminating node during the configuration of the new terminating node, the new node can be added with reduced impact upon the operation of the existing base station nodes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146627 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO IMPROVE PLMN SEARCH TIME - The disclosure provides methods and apparatus to improve public land mobile network search time. A user equipment (UE) may determine a subset of channels within a frequency band based on a stored identifier of a channel used by a previously acquired cell, each channel in the subset being spaced from the channel used by the previously acquired cell by a different multiple of a set spacing, the set spacing being greater than a spacing between adjacent channels. The subset of channels may be scanned to determine a signal strength of each channel in the subset. The UE may rank each channel in the subset according to the determined signal strength of the channel and attempt to acquire a cell using a channel in the subset based on the ranking. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146628 | TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING RECONFIGURATION MESSAGES AND UPLINK DATA INDICATIONS - Apparatus and methods of wireless communication with a network entity by a user equipment includes identifying, by the user equipment, a change in availability of an enhanced uplink channel. Further, these aspects include waiting for an uplink data indication to trigger a cell update procedure, in response to the identified change in availability of an enhanced uplink channel. Also, these aspects include receiving a reconfiguration message before triggering of the cell update procedure, and receiving the uplink data indication, wherein the uplink data indication corresponds to a Layer 2 Acknowledgement or uplink data. Additionally, these aspects include handling the race condition between the reconfiguration message and the uplink data indication. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146629 | CONFIGURING A COMMUNICATION WITH USER EQUIPMENTS OPERATING WITH A DIFFERENT SYSTEM BANDWIDTH - A method configures a communication between a base station, a first user equipment adapted to operate with a first system bandwidth and a second user equipment adapted to operate with a second system bandwidth. The first system bandwidth is broader than the second system bandwidth. The base station, the first user equipment and the second user equipment are located within a cellular network system. The method includes providing first common channels or signals within the first system bandwidth and providing second common channels or signals within the second system bandwidth, wherein a part of the first common channels or signals and a part of the second common channels or signals are superpositioned. The method further includes configuring at least one of the common channels or signals of the part of the first common channels or signals to be used by the first user equipment and the second user equipment. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146630 | Multi-Cell Transmissions - A technique including selecting as a coordinating entity one entity from a plurality of radio access network entities each capable of both coordinating a multi-cell transmission and following the coordination by another entity of a multi-cell transmission; deciding at said selected radio access network entity on physical parameters for a multi-cell transmission; and distributing physical parameter information about said multi-cell transmission from said coordinating entity to others of said plurality of radio access network entities. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146631 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL STRUCTURE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM HAVING LARGE CELL RADIUS - A random access method in a mobile communication system, the random access method for supporting random access with a cell size of about 100 kilometers (km) or more and a power limited terminal and a preamble structure thereof are provided. While a conventional long term evolution (LTE) random access preamble sequence is reused, a difference in a round-trip delay time between terminals in a large cell area may be compensated. Additionally, since higher power transmission is achieved per bandwidth, a higher link margin may be secured. Also, compatibility with resource scheduling of the conventional LTE may be maintained. Random access may be supported in a large cell, and a preamble structure of a satellite mobile communication may be implemented based on terrestrial LTE. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146632 | PRIORITIZATION FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN CASE OF HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FEEDEBACK REPETITION - Communication systems, such as long term evolution, can benefit from enhancements to hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) handling. For example, certain LTE systems can benefit from prioritization of uplink (UL) transmissions in case of HARQ feedback repetition, A method can include, when a random access channel preamble collides with ACK/NACK, prioritizing the preamble over ACK/NACK, The method can be performed regardless of repetition being configured or not. Another method can include, when a dedicated scheduling request or a msg3 collides with an ACK/NACK repetition, conditionally prioritizing the dedicated scheduling request or the msg3 transmission. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146633 | MANAGEMENT OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION RESOURCES USING CHANNEL SYMMETRY - A first wireless communication device measures a signal characteristic of a reference signal transmitted by a second wireless communication device. The first wireless communication device transmits information to a base station where the information is based of the measured signal characteristic. A scheduler evaluates the information to identify device to device (D2D) communication resources. The base station transmits, to the first wireless communication device, D2D resource allocation information indicating the D2D communication resources. The first wireless communication device transmits a D2D signal to the second wireless communication device using the assigned D2D communication resources. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146634 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method and device for reporting channel state information (CSI) is provided. A wireless device codes uplink control information (UCI) including CSI to create encoded UCI and transmits the encoded UCI. When the CSI includes a rank indicator (RI), the payload size of the CSI is determined according to the RI, and if the CSI does not include the RI, the payload size of the CSI is fixed. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146635 | Timing Advance Management in the Presence of Repeaters and Remote Radio Heads - A method for performing time advance (TA) management is described. An assignment of a first TA group is transmitted to a mobile device. The mobile device measures a strength of a signal from a first access point (AP). The mobile device determines whether to send a random access preamble based at least in part on the strength of the signal from the first AP and a strength of a signal from a second AP. A current downlink (DL) path includes the second AP. The method includes, in response to determining to send a random access preamble, transmitting the random access preamble, the random access preamble is received from the mobile device. In response to the random access preamble, the method includes determining a second TA group for the mobile device. The method also includes transmitting an assignment of the second TA group. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146636 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus includes: a transmission unit including a narrow interval data transmission unit which transmits a predetermined plurality of sets of data at an interval narrower than a predetermined interval, upon receipt of a narrow interval data transmission instruction; and a reception unit including: a transmission data reception unit which receives data of an application of a communication partner, and issuing a notification each time the data is received; a data transmission interval reception unit which receives a time interval of data transmission from the communication partner; a data non-arrival detection unit which considers data not to be arrived, in the case where the notification has not been issued from the transmission data reception unit for a predetermined time period longer than the time interval received by the data transmission interval reception unit; and a narrow interval data transmission instruction unit which transmits a narrow interval data transmission instruction to the communication partner, when the data non-arrival detection unit considers data not to be arrived. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146637 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, PROCESSOR, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method used in a mobile communication system supporting D2D communication that is direct inter-terminal communication performed by using a radio resource assigned from a base station, comprises a step A of securing, by a user terminal, a logical channel group for the D2D communication; a step B of notifying, by the user terminal, the base station of the logical channel group secured in the step A; and a step C of assigning, by the base station, a radio network temporary identifier for the D2D communication to the logical channel group notified in the step B. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146638 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO BASE STATION - In a radio communication system in which a high-power base station and a low-power base station collaborate for inter-cell interference control, the downlink transmission power at the high-power base station is suitably controlled. The high-power base station executes wireless transmission to the user terminals using resources that are the same as resources used by the low-power radio base station. A transmission power controller of the radio base station uses a first downlink transmission power at first resources and uses a lower second downlink transmission power at second resources. The transmission power controller adjusts the second downlink transmission power in accordance with the number of user terminals capable of executing interference rejection combining, the downlink traffic amount for user terminals capable of executing interference rejection combining, or the number of downlink resource blocks allocated to user terminals capable of executing interference rejection combining. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146639 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH EPDCCH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for a terminal receiving control information through an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: indexing resource elements (RE), which are included in a physical resource block (PRB) set of a received subframe, in units of enhanced resource element groups (EREG); indexing the EREGs that are indexed in units of enhanced control channel elements (ECCE); and determining EPDCCH candidates which comprise a terminal-specific search space on the basis of the ECCEs which are indexed, and then blind decoding same, wherein the terminal determines whether a predetermined resource unit for a common search space and the terminal-specific search space overlap. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146640 | User Equipment Supporting Communication in a Multicarrier Radio Communication System and a Method Therein for Receiving Information - A User Equipment, UE, supporting communication in a multicarrier radio communication system and a method therein for receiving information from a Radio Base Station, RBS, are provided. The method comprises determining | 05-28-2015 |
20150146641 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal feeding back channel state information in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of receiving from a base station setting information on a plurality of pieces of channel state information (CSI); and generating at least one piece of channel state information by applying channel state information of a common subband in accordance with the setting information. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146642 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RETRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention provides a method for enabling a user equipment (UE) to retransmit uplink data on the basis of a signal received through a physical hybrid ARQ indicator channel (PHICH) in a wireless communication system and a device for the same, and the method for retransmitting uplink data comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, an indication on whether or not to detect the PHICH; retransmitting the uplink data on the basis of a PHICH detection result if the received indication is to detect the PHICH; and retransmitting the uplink data on the basis of an uplink grant received from the base station if the received indication is not to detect the PHICH. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146643 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING HARQ-ACK FEEDBACK INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for sending Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) feedback information are provided. The User Equipment (UE) receives a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) and a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) sent by a base station, determines a number of downlink subframes corresponding to the HARQ-ACK feedback information sent in the PUSCH of each CC in the current uplink subframe, the Uplink (UL) Downlink Assignment Index (UL DAI) obtained from the UL Grant of the PDCCH, a sum of the number of PDSCH subframes received from a HARQ-ACK bundling window and a number of PDCCHs indicating the downlink SPS releasing, and a size of the HARQ-ACK bundling window, and sends HARQ-ACK feedback information of each CC via the PUSCH in the current uplink subframe. A number of bits of the HARQ-ACK feedback information of each CC is determined according to the number of the downlink subframes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146644 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for a terminal for receiving a downlink signal according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises a step of receiving a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) on the basis of CSI-RS configuration information elements containing quasi co-location cell-specific reference signal (QCL CRS), wherein the terminal receives the CSI-RS by means of a QCL assumption on the basis of the QCL CRS information, and if the information contained in the QCL CRS information and the information known to the terminal corresponding to the information contained in the QCL CRS are not in agreement, then the information known to the terminal is applied preferentially. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146645 | EVOLVED NODE-B AND METHODS FOR SUPPORTING CO-EXISTENCE WITH WI-FI NETWORKS IN AN UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BAND - Embodiments of an eNB and method for supporting communication with UEs on an LTE network in an unlicensed frequency band are generally described herein. The eNB may be configured to transmit a first LTE signal that includes a first reference signal during an active transmission period of a Wi-Fi network in the unlicensed frequency band, and to restrict frequency spectra used for the transmission of the first LTE signal from frequency spectra used by the Wi-Fi network during the active transmission period. The first reference signal may enable maintenance of synchronization between the eNB and the UEs at least during the active transmission period. The eNB may be further configured to transmit a second LTE signal during a silence period of the Wi-Fi network in frequency spectra used by the Wi-Fi network during the active transmission period. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146646 | MAXIMIZING EFFICIENCY OF MULTI-USER COMMUNICATIONS NETWORKS - Systems and methods are described for jointly optimizing communications in a multi-user network to maximize the weighted sum-rate of its data links. For example, embodiments seek to maximize overall link transmit rates, while minimizing link interference and/or noise in general multi-in multi-out (MIMO) interference networks having multiple interfering data links, each with one or more antennas at the transmitter and receiver. Novel algorithmic approaches, including an “iterative minimax” approach and a “dual link” approach, are described for solving the weighted sum-rate maximization in a manner that converges quickly and reliably on an optimal point. Some embodiments implement these approaches in a centralized transmission controller, while others implement these approaches in a distributed fashion. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146647 | SIGNAL DESIGNS FOR D2D SUBFRAMES - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe apparatuses and methods for signal designs for device-to-device (D2D) subframes. Various embodiments may include a UE with a radio transceiver to communicate with another UE via D2D communications. The UE may further include processing circuitry to generate a cyclic prefix (CP) for a first or second symbol of a D2D subframe at an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) resource block or a single-carrier frequency-division multiple access (SC-FDMA) resource block. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146648 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DATA COMMUNICATION IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present invention relates generally to communication networks and more specifically to methods and devices for data communication over a communication network. A method according to the invention comprises, at a transmitting node: obtaining a plurality of frames including first-type frames associated with an acknowledgment policy requiring acknowledgment and second-type frames associated with an acknowledgment policy requiring no acknowledgment; aggregating the frames of the obtained plurality of frames into an aggregated frame including at least one leading frame of second type and frames subsequent thereto, in an order depending on their associated acknowledgment policies; sending the aggregated frame to a receiving node; and sending an acknowledgment request frame to the receiving node to request it to acknowledge receipt of only subsequent frames of the aggregated frame. Such data communication scheme is liable to reduce bandwidth waste and head-of-line blocking and thus latency, compared to known scheme. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146649 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A communication apparatus includes: a table set group comprising a plurality of table sets each containing a plurality of 1RD/1WR-configuration tables; a latest access holding table for specifying, for each flow, one of the table sets as the latest access destination of the each flow; and an updating unit for selecting, when a reference made to the latest access destination holding table with respect to a plurality of simultaneously received write requests shows that access destinations of flows indicated by the respective write requests are the same table set, a different table set for each of the flows indicated by the respective write requests, executing write processing in each table of the selected table set, and updating the latest access holding table so that the access destinations after the write processing are registered as access destinations of the flows indicated by the respective write requests. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146650 | OPERATION FOR 3D BEAM FORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Here, operation for 3D beam forming is disclosed. UE, receiving reference signals from one or more base stations (eNBs), may report feedback information comprising precoding matrix information to the one or more eNBs. The precoding matrix information indicates a first type precoding matrix for a horizontal direction and a second type precoding matrix for a vertical direction. eNBs may transmit signals, which are precoded based on a third type precoding matrix for beam forming both on the horizontal direction and the vertical direction. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146651 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN PACKET MODE IN A MOBILE RADIO SYSTEM - A mobile station in a mobile radio system can send different types of packet mode resource requests to a network, corresponding to different transfer modes that can be supported by the mobile station, a mobile station being able to use one or the other of request types corresponding to transfer modes that it supports, in accordance with its requirements. In a method of allocating packet mode resources in the mobile radio system, for signaling data transfer in the uplink direction, the signaling being liable to generate an allocation of packet mode resources in the uplink direction for user data transfer, a mobile station uses a type of packet mode resource request corresponding to a transfer mode best suited to the requirements of the user data transfer. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146652 | System and Method for a Scale-Invariant Symbol Demodulator - It is possible to improve the spectral efficiency of multi-layer multiple input multiple output (MIMO) transmissions by estimating the magnitude parameter at the receiver side, rather signaling the magnitude parameter from the transmitter to the receiver. In long term evolution (LTE) networks, the user equipment (UE) may estimate the power allocation (Pa) parameter by executing a series of steps. For example, the UE may define a single unknown variable from a received downlink MIMO signal, extend the single unknown scalar variable to a multivariate signal model for multiple channels (N), convert the multivariate signal model to a MIMO configured signal model, and then obtain the Pa parameter from the MIMO configured multivariate signal model. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146653 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for generating an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) data unit is described. A plurality of different orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) tone blocks for a wireless local area network (WLAN) communication channel are assigned to a plurality of devices including a first device and second device. The plurality of different OFDM tone blocks includes at least a first OFDM tone block assigned to the first device and a second OFDM tone block assigned to the second device. The first OFDM tone block and the second OFDM tone block together span a bandwidth equal to a smallest channel bandwidth of a legacy WLAN communication protocol. An OFDMA data unit is generated for the WLAN communication channel. The OFDMA unit includes a preamble portion and a data portion. The preamble portion has i) at least a legacy portion that spans the entire WLAN communication channel, ii) a first non-legacy portion that spans the first OFDM tone block, and iii) a second non-legacy portion that spans the second OFDM tone block. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146654 | UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for selecting members of a client uplink group is described. An uplink traffic characteristic information signal is received from each of a plurality of communication devices. Multiple communication devices of the plurality of communication devices are selected as members of a client uplink group based at least on traffic information indicated by the respective uplink traffic characteristic information signals. An uplink group definition frame is transmitted to each member of the client uplink group. The uplink group definition frame indicates an uplink multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) transmission schedule for the client uplink group for members of the client uplink group to simultaneously transmit to an access point. The members of the client uplink group are triggered to transmit uplink data frames simultaneously. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146655 | DISTRIBUTED ROUTING IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems and methods related to distributed route determination through a multi-hop wireless network based on multiple route metrics or properties are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a network node comprises identifying a subset of neighbors of the network node in a wireless network based on: (a) link weight(s) for links from the network node to at least some of the neighbors of the network node with respect to route metric(s) and (b) defined limit(s) for the route metric(s). The method further comprises obtaining second link weights for the links from the network node to at least the subset of the neighbors with respect to a second route metric, and identifying from the subset of the neighbors, an optimal next hop neighbor for the network node. In this manner, multiple route metrics are taken into consideration in manner that is computationally efficient. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146656 | COEXISTENCE TECHNIQUES FOR WIDE AREA NETWORK DEVICES OPERATING IN UNLICENSED BANDS - A communication device is configured to operate in a first wireless communication network that utilizes a communication protocol developed for use in frequency bands that are licensed by a government entity for wireless communication applications. The communication device determines whether one or more communication channels in an unlicensed frequency band are not being utilized by any second wireless communication networks, wherein the government entity does not require licenses to use the unlicensed frequency band. In response to determining that one or more communication channels in the unlicensed frequency band are not being utilized by any second wireless communication networks, the communication device selects a set of one or more communication channels in the one or more communication channels for use by the first wireless communication network, and utilizes the set of one or more communication channels for communications in the first wireless communication network. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146657 | Methods for Codeword Level Interference Cancellation with Network Assistance - A method for a receiver to cancel or suppress co-channel interference with network assistance is provided. The method comprises deriving a first set of parameters related to interfering signals in a mobile communication network; receiving a second set of parameters related to the interfering signals from the network; and cancelling the contribution of interfering signals from the received signal based on the combination of the first set and second set of parameters. In one embodiment, scrambling rules and resource block allocation information are signaled to the victim UE to facilitate Codeword-Level Interference Cancellation (CWIC). While the scrambling rule for control channel is based on UE-specific identity, the scrambling rule for data channel is based on cell-specific identity or other network-configurable identity to facilitate CWIC. In addition, RA-allocation information are signaled to the victim UE in an efficient way. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146658 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ENABLING RESOURCE BLOCK BUNDLING IN LTE-A SYSTEMS - A base station is provided. The base station includes a transmit path circuitry to transmit an indication of whether a subscriber station is configured with precoding matrix indicator/rank indicator (PMI/RI) reporting. The transmit path circuitry sets a pre-coding granularity to multiple physical resource blocks in the frequency domain to perform a same pre-coding over a bundled resource block if the subscriber station is configured with PMI/RI reporting. The bundled resource block includes multiple consecutive physical resource blocks in the frequency domain. The base station also includes a receive path circuitry to receive feedback from the subscriber station. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146659 | Almost Blank Subframe Allocation in Heterogeneous Network - A first base station provides overlapping coverage area with second base stations and third base stations. Second base stations allow regular access to wireless devices and configure a second plurality of almost blank subframes. Second base stations configure the same set of subframes as the second plurality of almost blank subframes. Third base stations allow regular access to a restricted subset of wireless devices and configure a third plurality of almost blank subframes. At least two base stations in the third base stations configure different set of subframes as the second plurality of almost blank subframes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146660 | Sounding Signal in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives message(s) configuring cell groups and transmissions of sounding reference signals. Sounding reference signals are configured to be transmitted in a subframe. The wireless device transmits at least one packet on at least one first cell in the subframe. The wireless device transmits a first subset of the sounding reference signals and drops a second subset of the sounding reference signals. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146661 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ - A method of supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) includes receiving an initial uplink grant on a downlink channel, transmitting uplink data on an uplink channel using the initial uplink grant, receiving a request for retransmission of the uplink data, determining at least one transmission parameter of a channel quality indicator (CQI) from the initial uplink grant, multiplexing retransmission data of the uplink data with the CQI, and transmitting the multiplexed data on the uplink channel. Amount of resources for transmission of the CQI is determined based on the at least one transmission parameter. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146662 | System and Method for Multiple Point Transmission in a Communications System - A system and method for multiple point transmission in a communications system are provided. A method for multiple point transmission operation comprises modifying a configuration of a radio bearer for use in a multiple point transmission to a user equipment according to operating condition information of the user equipment, reconfiguring the radio bearer according to the modified configuration, and initiating a multiple point transmission to the user equipment using the reconfigured radio bearer. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146663 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN UPLINK TRANSMISSION - A user equipment in wireless communication system is provided. The user equipment includes an antenna unit including a plurality of antennas, a control unit for grouping the plurality of antennas into a predetermined number of antenna groups and controlling separately transmission power of each of the predetermined number of antenna groups, and a transmitting unit, connected to the control unit, for transmitting at least one of data and control information to a base station via at least one of the predetermined number of antenna groups. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146664 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL DEVICE, CONTROL METHOD, CONTROL PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - Connection destinations of a plurality of wireless terminals are selected from a plurality of connection destination candidates to maximize an evaluation value based on each of data rates in cases where each of the wireless terminals is connected to each of the connection destination candidates and each of resource allocation rates for each of the wireless terminals at each of the connection destination candidates. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146665 | METHOD, APPARATUS, DEVICE AND NETWORK SYSTEM FOR ADDING SECONDARY SERVING CELL - The present invention provides a method for adding a secondary serving cell, an apparatus, a device, and a network system. The method includes: communicating, with each other to acquire a unified serial number of a random access preamble code, a unified serial number of a PRACH mask code, and a unified cell radio network temporary identifier of a terminal; scrambling the serial number of the random access preamble code and the serial number of the PRACH mask code, and then sending the serial number of the random access preamble code and the serial number of the PRACH mask code to the terminal; and determining, a time advance command TAC according to a random access request message that carries the random access preamble code, and sending the TAC to the terminal. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146666 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides a method for transmitting and receiving a control channel, a base station, and a user equipment. The method for transmitting a control channel includes: determining m PRB pairs used for transmitting a control channel to be transmitted; when a distributed transmission mode is used for transmission, determining an aggregation level L of the control channel to be transmitted; determining, according to the aggregation level L, a first control channel candidate at the aggregation level L; and placing control information of the control channel to be transmitted, on physical resources to which the first control channel candidate is mapped, and transmitting the control information. The present invention improves multiplexing efficiency of control channels of different modes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146667 | FREQUENCY BAND ADAPTIVE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A system, apparatus and method is disclosed for multiband wireless communication. Frequency bands and/or transmission formats are identified as available within a range for wireless communication. The system evaluates signal quality metrics for each frequency band and selects a communication method based on the evaluation. Multiple frequency bands and communication methods can be utilized by the system such that a combination of licensed, unlicensed, semilicensed, and overlapped frequency bands can be simultaneously used for communication. The system monitors communications and can report link performance for adaptive control of the selected communication methods. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146668 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING AND TRANSMITTING PILOT - Disclosed a method and an apparatus for configuring and transmitting a pilot, the method includes: a UE determines, according to a partitioned resource set, a parameter for generating an initial value of a demodulation pilot sequence; generates an initial value of the demodulation pilot sequence on the first resource set according to the first parameter, and generates an initial value on the second resource set according to the second parameter; and obtains the demodulation pilot sequence according to the initial value. In embodiments of the present invention, since parameters for calculating the initial value of the demodulation pilot sequence are respectively configured according to a pre-partitioned resource set, the initial value can be calculated according to the resource set to which the E-PDCCH belongs and the set parameter, thus obtaining the demodulation pilot sequence for demodulating the E-PDCCH, so as to improve demodulation performance of the E-PDCCH. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146669 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, and a system for transmitting control information. The method includes: determining enhanced resource element group numbers in resource blocks, and determining, according to the resource element group numbers, positions of resource elements corresponding to enhanced resource element groups; interleaving the enhanced resource element group numbers, and determining an enhanced control channel element; determining, according to the enhanced control channel element and the positions of the resource elements corresponding to the enhanced resource element groups, positions of resource elements corresponding to the enhanced control channel element; and transmitting corresponding control information on the positions of the resource elements corresponding to the control channel element. The present invention alleviates a problem that channel frequency diversity is poor, and lowers the probability of loss of information of a terminal device. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146670 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - This application provides an enhanced physical downlink control channel transmission method and apparatus. The method includes: in a physical resource block set, separately arranging first resource groups in each physical resource block pair PRB pair, where the first resource groups are resource element groups eREGs or REGs, and the physical resource block set includes at least one of the physical resource block pairs; numbering second resource groups according to a correspondence between the first resource groups and the second resource groups in the physical resource block set, where the second resource groups are control channel element eCCE groups or control channel candidates; determining numbers of the second resource groups for transmitting an E-PDCCH; and mapping, according to the determined numbers, the E-PDCCH to the corresponding first resource groups for transmission. The technical solution of this application resolves an E-PDCCH transmission problem. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146671 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CREATING A MOBILE INTERNET PROTOCOL VERSION 4 CONNECTION - A method for creating a unique and secure mobile internet protocol version 4 connection for a packet data network is provided. The method includes generating an extended master session key to create a mobile interne protocol root key. The method also includes creating a mobile internet protocol security parameter index based on the mobile interne protocol root key and an access point name. The method further includes deriving a mobile node home agent key based on the access point name. Furthermore the method includes associating the derived mobile node home agent key to the created security parameter index. Moreover the method includes providing the unique and secure mobile internet protocol version 4 connection to transfer data for the packet data network connectivity. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146672 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention provides methods for transmitting and receiving a control channel, a base station, and a user equipment. The method for transmitting a control channel includes: determining m PRB pairs used for transmitting a control channel to be transmitted; when a distributed transmission mode is used for transmission, determining an aggregation level L of the control channel to be transmitted; determining, according to the aggregation level L, a first control channel candidate at the aggregation level L; and placing, on physical resources to which the first control channel candidate is mapped, control information of the control channel to be transmitted, and transmitting the control information. The present invention improves multiplexing efficiency of control channels of different modes. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146673 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING CHANNEL AND INTERFERENCE ESTIMATIONS IN MACRO/RRH SYSTEM - Aspects disclosed herein relate to channel and interference estimations in a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) environment. In the disclosed aspects, an eNB may be equipped to signal an identifier indicating a plurality of resource patterns, each associated with a resource pattern group, and each including a first resource element pattern for channel estimation and a second resource element pattern for interference estimation. The UE may be equipped to receive the signaling and perform channel estimation based at least in part on the first resource element pattern, and interference estimation based at least in part on the second resource pattern generate at least one channel state report based on the channel and interference estimations, and transmit at least one channel state report to an eNB. The eNB may determine one or more resources for use by the UE based on the at least one received channel state report. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146674 | RADIO LINK MONITORING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Methods and apparatus' of determining radio link quality are disclosed. According to various implementations, a user equipment detects an out-of-synchronization condition corresponding to a first control channel, and monitors a second control channel in response to the detecting the out-of synchronization condition. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146675 | Performance-Based Optimization of QoS Factors - Described herein are one or more self-organizing network (SON) components configured to determine QoS factors associated with QoS classes for a node of a telecommunication network based at least in part on performance metrics, network configuration, or network fault information. The one or more SON components may receive the performance metrics, network configuration, or network fault information from the node, and the performance metrics, network configuration, or network fault information may be associated with communication of traffic of the QoS classes by the node. Upon determining the QoS factors, the one or more SON components may transmit indications of the QoS factors to the node. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146676 | DOWNLINK MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT ENHANCEMENTS FOR SINGLE-CELL WITH REMOTE RADIO HEADS - A base station selects a subset of at least one geographically separated antennas for each of the plurality of user equipments. The base station forms at least layer of data stream including modulated symbols, precedes the data stream via multiplication with the NT by preceding matrix where N is the number of said layers and NT is the number of transmit antenna elements and transmits the precoded layers of data stream to the user equipment via the selected geographically separated antennas. The base station signals the subset of the plurality of geographically separated antennas via higher layer Radio Resource Control or via, a down link grant mechanism. The base station optionally does not signal the subset of the plurality of geographically separated antennas to the corresponding mobile user equipment. | 05-28-2015 |
20150146677 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO TERMINAL - A radio communication method including: allocating, by a radio base station, a second radio resource that is to be used in communication among a plurality of radio terminals including a first radio terminal and a second radio terminal, from a first radio resource that is prepared for communication between the radio base station and a radio terminal, and when the second radio terminal has data for the first radio terminal, transmitting, by the second radio terminal, a preparation signal for preparing to transmit the data, using the second radio resource. | 05-28-2015 |
20150295624 | BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Disclosed are a base station, a wireless communication terminal, a wireless communication system, and a wireless communication method. The base station can be used in coordinated multi-point transmission and comprises: a channel quality obtaining unit for obtaining uplink channel quality between a user equipment and a coordinated base station; a channel quality determination unit for comparing the obtained uplink channel quality with a quality threshold to determine whether the uplink channel quality is good or bad; a feedback control unit for determining, according to a determination result, whether to allow the user equipment to feed back channel state information to the corresponding coordinated base station; and a sending unit for sending information, about how to feed back the channel status information, to the user equipment. When the determination result is that the uplink channel quality is better than channel quality represented by the quality threshold, the feedback control unit determines to allow the user equipment to feed back the channel status information to the corresponding coordinated base station; when the determination result is that the uplink channel quality is poorer than the channel quality represented by the quality threshold, the feedback control unit determines not to allow the user equipment to feed back the channel status information to the corresponding coordinated base station. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295626 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTELLIGENT RI/PMI SELECTION - An apparatus in a user equipment node (UE) is configured to perform a method for channel feedback. The method includes determining, based on a common reference signal received from a base station and one or more channel conditions, a plurality of values for a receiver table. The method also includes determining a plurality of values for a decision table based on corresponding values in the receiver table and a predetermined interference table. The method further includes selecting a value from the decision table. In addition, the method includes transmitting, to the base station, at least one of a rank indicator (RI) value and a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) value associated with the selected value in the decision table. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295629 | UNIFORM WLAN MULTI-AP PHYSICAL LAYER METHODS - A method and apparatus are disclosed for training and feedback in sectorized transmissions. An IEEE 802.11 station may receive a Sector Training Announcement frame from an AP. The station may then receive a plurality of Training frames from the AP, wherein each of the plurality of Training frames is separated by a short interframe space (SIFS) and each of the plurality of Training frames is received using a different sectorized antenna pattern. The station may generate a Sector Feedback frame indicating a sector based on the plurality of Training frames. The station may send the Sector Feedback frame to the AP. The Sector Feedback frame may indicate a desire to enroll in sectorized transmissions. Alternatively, the Sector Feedback frame may indicate a desire to change sectors. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295631 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND BASE STATION DEVICE - It is possible to effectively perform feedback in a communication system in which base station devices cooperatively communicate. A feedback information generation unit | 10-15-2015 |
20150295670 | RECEIVING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR RECEIVING, TRANSMITTING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A receiving apparatus includes a plurality of antennas that includes a first antenna and a second antenna; a receiver, and a processor. The receiver receives a wireless signal containing a pair of coded signals, being coded in Alamouti-type coding, through the plurality of antennas. The processor estimates a correlation between an undesired wave signal component of one of the pair of coded signals received through the first antenna and an undesired wave signal component of the other of the pair of coded signals received through the second antenna, and processes the received wireless signal using the estimated correlation. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295671 | Base Station, Communication System and Method Thereof - The present disclosure provides a base station, a communication system and a method thereof. The communication system includes three base stations adjacent to each other, and each base station serves at least one UE. The method includes: acquiring, by each base station, a channel matrix of a channel from the base station to an adjacent base station; calculating an interference alignment-based transmission precoding matrix for each base station based on the channel matrices of the channels between the base stations; and precoding, by each base station, data to be transmitted with the interference alignment-based transmission precoding matrix. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295677 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - A Channel State Information (CSI) feedback method and a User Equipment (UE) are disclosed. The method comprises the following steps of: determining a set of coordinated Base Stations (BSs) participating multi-BS coordination, the set of coordination BSs containing a serving BS and at least one non-serving BS; for each BS in the set of coordinated BSs: calculating a Signal to Interference and Noise Ratio (SINR) for a channel between a UE and the BS based on a hypothetical BS coordination mode corresponding to the BS; and deriving a Channel Quality Index (CQI) corresponding to the calculated SINR and feeding back the derived CQI to the serving BS. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295680 | Method for Adjusting Aggregation Size Based on Acknowledgment (Ack) Bitmap - The present invention relates to a method for adjusting aggregation size based on Acknowledgement (ACK) bitmap, characterized by the steps of: receiving k | 10-15-2015 |
20150295685 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAMES (ABS) BASED ON CELL BORDER RATE RATIOS - At least one embodiment relates to a method for controlling a number of almost blank subframes (ABS) in a heterogeneous network having a macro cell and at least one small cell of a plurality of small cells in a coverage area of the macro cell, the method includes receiving, at the macro cell, a plurality of measurements regarding both received power and received quality from a terminal, receiving, at the macro cell, a plurality of load-related values from a plurality of small cells; and determining, by the macro cell, a cost-benefit value (CBV) based on the received measurements and load values. The CBV indicates whether an increase or a decrease in the ABS would benefit the network. The method further includes selectively changing, by the macro cell, the number of ABS available to the at least one small cell based on the CBV. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295686 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING REFERENCE SIGNAL RESOURCES FOR COOPERATIVE MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to Coordinated Multiple Point (CoMP) transmission. According to an embodiment, a method for a serving base station of CoMP transmission includes sending a message to a cooperating base station of the CoMP transmission to indicate desired Non-Zero-Power Channel Status Information Reference Signal (NZP CSI RS) resources and/or Zero-Power Channel Status Information Reference Signal (ZP CSI RS) resources. The method meets new needs and facilitates CoMP transmission. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295687 | OFDM FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) frame signal is generated that includes a grid of multiple frequency subcarriers and multiple time periods. An OFDM symbol is transmitted using multiple frequency subcarriers during a time period and includes known reference OFDM symbols assigned to corresponding time-frequency resource elements in the grid, Each resource element is defined by a one of the multiple frequency subcarriers and one of the multiple time periods. A second orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) frame signal is generated that includes a grid of multiple frequency subcarriers and multiple time periods and includes known reference OFDM symbols assigned to corresponding time-frequency resource elements in the grid. The time-frequency resource elements in the grid assigned to the known reference OFDM symbols in the first OFDM frame signal are different from the time-frequency resource elements in the grid assigned to the known reference OFDM symbols in the second OFDM frame signal. The first OFDM frame signal is converted to a first radio signal and the second OFDM frame signal to a second radio signal. The first radio signal is transmitted from a first antenna and the second radio signal from a second, different antenna. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295688 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method and device for transmitting control information, to provide a control information sending manner based on a diversity transmission mode. The method for transmitting control information includes: determining the transmission of a plurality of enhanced control channel units (E-CCE) of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH), each E-CCE containing the same number of enhanced resource unit groups (E-REGs), and a plurality of E-REGs contained in each E-CCE respectively belonging to a different frequency resource block (RB); and bearing each piece of downlink control information (DCI) to be transmitted over the E-PDCCH into at least one E-CCE for transmission. It is realized that each portion of one piece of DCI is respectively borne onto a plurality of frequency bands corresponding to the E-PDCCH for transmission, improving the stability and reliability of DCI transmission. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295689 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink control signal in a wireless communication system including monitoring EPDCCH (enhanced physical downlink control channel) candidates to decode an EPDCCH in one or two EPDCCH sets on a first serving cell configured for the UE, and receiving a PDSCH (physical downlink shared channel) corresponding to the decoded EPDCCH. The EPDCCH candidates may include EPDCCH candidates for the first serving cell and EPDCCH candidates for a second serving cell scheduled by the first serving cell. Aggregation levels and the number of the EPDCCH candidates for the second serving cell at each of the aggregation levels are associated with bandwidth of the second serving cell. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295690 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to enable notification of radio resources that make up an enhanced downlink control channel, a radio base station that transmits downlink control information for a user terminal using an enhanced downlink control channel frequency-division-multiplexed with a downlink shared data channel is provided. The radio base station includes a configuring section that configures the user terminal with a resource set including a plurality of resource blocks allocated to the enhanced downlink control channel; and a notifying section that notify the user terminal of pattern information of the resource blocks that make up the resource set and information indicating a number (n) of resource blocks that make up the resource set. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295691 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING AN UPLINK RE-TRANSMISSION AFTER A TUNE AWAY PERIOD - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for a user equipment (UE) to transmit an uplink signal, even though the UE may not have received a negative acknowledgement (NACK) corresponding to the uplink signal from a network due to a tune away period. The method may generally include determining that an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) signal from a first network corresponding to an uplink signal is scheduled within a tune away period to a second network, and transmitting at least a portion of the uplink signal upon completion of the tune away period based on the determination. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295693 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR MANAGING REPORTING OF CHANNEL QUALITY - A wireless device ( | 10-15-2015 |
20150295694 | Method and Terminal for Determining Channel State Information - A method and terminal for determining channel state information are disclosed. The method includes: a terminal receiving an aperiodic channel state information CSI request, determining a parameter X according to a capability of the terminal processing a CSI process and/or the number of CSI processes y configured currently, and updating up to X aperiodic CSI according to the parameter X; wherein the parameter X is: a total number of CSI processes or reports required to be updated by the terminal at the same moment in one or more aperiodic CSI requests. | 10-15-2015 |
20150295695 | INFORMATION SIGNALLING FOR NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Methods and apparatuses for communicating in a wireless network include provision of interfering signal characteristics information to a user equipment to facilitate suppression of an interfering signal present in a downlink signal being received at the user equipment. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296059 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION RATE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method for improving uplink transmission rate in a wireless communication device is provided. The wireless communication device can include a first logical layer and a second logical layer. The method can include the wireless communication device decoding, at the first logical layer, a first acknowledgement status of a transmitted data unit. The method can further include the wireless communication device determining, at the first logical layer, a second acknowledgement status of the data unit, which can be an acknowledgement status of the data unit at the second logical layer. The method can additionally include the wireless communication device determining, at the first logical layer, whether to retransmit the data unit based at least in part on both the first acknowledgement status of the data unit and the second acknowledgement status of the data unit. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296321 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA OF MTC DEVICE - The present specification provides a method for transmitting data of a machine type communication (MTC) device. The method for transmitting data of an MTC device comprises the steps of: receiving a mobility management (MM) latency timer from a mobility management entity within a network; operating the MM latency timer; | 10-15-2015 |
20150296385 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING PATTERNS OF SIGNAL TRANSMISSIONS OR REFERENCE SIGNALS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method may include determining a pattern of signal transmissions for transmitting instances of a signal in a time period of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band; determining whether the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band is unavailable to transmit at least one instance of the signal; and changing, in response to determining the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band is unavailable to transmit an instance of the signal, the pattern of signal transmissions for the time period. A second method may include identifying at least one reference signal pattern from a plurality of reference signal patterns based at least in part on whether a plurality of transmission time intervals are bundled; and signaling the identified at least one reference signal pattern to a device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296415 | Ack For Downlink WiFi Carrier Aggregation - An LTE cellular network and a WiFi network whose coverage areas overlap allow user devices accessing both networks to perform downlink channel aggregation through a tunneling feature provided by the cellular network whereby uplink information destined for the WiFi network is routed through an IP tunnel through the cellular network ultimately reaching the WiFi network via a common point or common network to which the WiFi and the cellular networks are connected. User devices having access to both networks are able to establish the tunnel during establishment of communications between such user devices and the WiFi network and use the tunnel as an uplink to convey information to the WiFi network, which is operated in a broadcast only mode or an ACK-less mode. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296440 | Hierarchical Access Network Discovery and Selection Function and Offload Wi-Fi Network - Examples herein propose a hierarchical ANDSF approach in order to provide more online control over user device network/selection. In some embodiments an overall ANDSF server may be a separate ANDSF server or integrated with an ANDSF server in the RAN. In a network of one operator there may be one or more ANDSF and/or RAN-ANDSF servers, for example one RAN-ANDSF server per cell/location/tracking/routing area. Furthermore, a network operator may wish to offload selected users to a Wi-Fi network only when certain conditions are satisfied. For example, if there is congestion in the mobile network, the network operator may wish to offload some of the users to a Wi-Fi network. Therefore, the [RAN-]ANDSF prepares new network selection policies encouraging Wi-Fi usage to the selected users and transmits the policies to the user devices. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296442 | Cell-Selective Network Access - The present invention relates to methods and apparatuses for providing selective network access, wherein a cell type indication is provided based on at least one of a preamble and a header portion of a broadcast signal. At the receiving end, it is checked based on at least one of the preamble and the header portion, whether broadcast signals are received from different first and second cell types. The first cell type is selected for network access, if both broadcast signals from the first and second cell types are received with sufficient strength. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296484 | MANAGING RESOURCE LICENSES - There is provided a solution in which a license for specific radio resources assigned to a terminal device is obtained, wherein the license is valid at a predetermined location context for a predetermined time duration; and at least one surrounding terminal device in the location context is caused to be informed about the license in order to allow the at least one surrounding terminal device to release the specific radio resources according to the license. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296485 | IMPLEMENTING CLOUD SPECTRUM SERVICES MODES OF TRANSACTION - A system and methods are provided for specifying how multiple transactions may be initiated and/or terminated for available spectrum in a cloud spectrum services architecture. Transactions may be specified according to common time-frequency units or TFU's. Primary spectrum holders (PSH's) advertise availability of their underused spectrum, with specified parameters and conditions on procuring access to the spectrum to a regional spectrum marketplace. Requests for spectrum availability are made according to a specified number of TFU's as requested by an alternate spectrum holder (ASH) or a multi-mode device (MMD). Any of a participating PSH, an ASH, an MMD or a cloud-based entity may initiate communications with other entities in an effort to complete or facilitate a transaction by which a number of available TFU's are provided to an ASH or MMD for use. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296486 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SECONDARY CELL ID SELECTION - A method performed by a user equipment (UE) is described. The method includes receiving a physical cell identifier information element (IE) from an evolved node B (eNB). The physical cell identifier IE is associated with a secondary cell (SCell) that is on an unlicensed Long-Term Evolution (LTE) carrier frequency. The method also includes determining a physical-layer cell identity (PCI) of the SCell based on the physical cell identifier IE. The method further includes applying the PCI as a parameter for physical channels or signals on the SCell. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296487 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a radio communication system, a user terminal and a radio communication method that make it possible to monitor communication quality adequately even when a new radio resource structure is employed. A radio communication system is provided, which transmits downlink control information from a radio base station to a user terminal by using an enhanced downlink control channel that is frequency-division-multiplexed with a downlink shared data channel, and which also monitors downlink quality based on the received quality of downlink reference signals that are transmitted from the radio base station to the user terminal, and, in this radio communication system, the user terminal determines radio link failures by comparing the received quality of the downlink reference signals transmitted from the radio base station, against one or both of first criteria, which are constituted of two thresholds that correspond to predetermined block error rates of a downlink control channel, and second criteria, which are constituted of two thresholds that are different from the two thresholds of the first criteria. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296488 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a wireless communication system in which a base station communicates with a terminal, the base station efficiently notifies of control information for the terminal. A base station apparatus maps an EPDCCH to any of candidates of the EPDCCH included in each of a first EPDCCH set and a second EPDCCH set which are configured by RRC signaling, and a mobile station apparatus monitors the candidate of the EPDCCH. The candidate of EPDCCH is determined at least based on the number of resource elements satisfying a predetermined criterion in one of physical resource block pairs that are configured for EPDCCH transmission in the first EPDCCH set. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296489 | ePDCCH Transmitting And Receiving Method, Base Station And User Equipment - The embodiments of the present document relate to an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) transmitting and receiving method and device, base station and user equipment. The method includes: a base station determining a candidate enhanced Control Channel Element (eCCE) index for transmitting an ePDCCH in an ePDCCH resource set; the base station determining an enhanced Resource Element Group (eREG) index mapped by the candidate eCCE index for transmitting the ePDCCH; and the base station sending the ePDCCH to a terminal according to a determined result, wherein, an eCCE is a discretely mapped eCCE (D-eCCE). | 10-15-2015 |
20150296490 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING TRANSMISSION EFFICIENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for supporting transmission efficiency in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device determines a message type based on information, the message type indicating a plurality of transmission types; and performs adaptive measurement, data process, and power control according to the message type. Herein the information indicates one of the plurality of candidate message types that are predefined or are defined by a RRC message. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296491 | UPLINK HYBRID ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A mobile station is capable of exchanging control information in a communication system. A mobile station transceiver receives downlink control information on an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) comprising a Enhanced Control Channel Elements (ECCE). A mobile station controller identifies a first resource for uplink control information based on the first ECCE of the at least one ECCE, a resource offset configured for the EPDCCH, and ACK/NACK resource offset on the EPDCCH, when the EPDCCH is distributed transmission, and also identifies a second resource for uplink control information based on the first ECCE of the at least one ECCE, a resource offset configured for the EPDCCH, ACK/NACK resource offset on the EPDCCH and C-RNTI, if the EPDCCH is localized transmission. The transceiver also transmits the uplink control information on the first resource or the second resource according to whether the EPDCCH is distributed transmission or localized transmission. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296492 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING AND ACQUISITION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for handling a control channel for carrier aggregation in wireless communications. The method includes determining which component carrier to listen to, detecting the downlink control channel, processing mapping information related to downlink and uplink transmissions and operating discontinuous reception with respect to carrier aggregation. The method also includes detecting a component carrier, determining the component carrier type and locating the anchor component carrier, if necessary, where the anchor component carrier carries the carrier aggregation information. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296495 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system includes at least one user equipment, multiple base stations including a first base station that can execute radio resource control of the user equipment, a second base station that does not execute radio resource control of the user equipment, at least one gateway apparatus, and a switching station that controls a user plane path. The switching station transmits a non-access stratum message to the user equipment through a control plane path established between the first base station and the user equipment in a case in which it is decided that the user plane path should be released, the non-access stratum message instructing the user equipment to release the user plane path. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296496 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REGISTERING ACCESS POINT THROUGH WIFI NETWORK BY USING INFORMATION OBTAINED FROM COMMON DEVICE IN CELLULAR-WIFI CONVERGENCE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for registering an access point through a WiFi network using information obtained from a common device in a cellular-WiFi convergence system. The present invention provides a method in which a sub-RAT system entity obtains main RAT system information through a common device and a WiFi network thereof in a communication system in which a cellular system and a WiFi system are converged, and notifies a managing device of information thereon through the WiFi network. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296497 | BASE STATION, METHOD IMPLEMENTED THEREBY, AND METHOD IMPLEMENTED BY USER EQUIPMENT - A method according to the present invention is implemented in a base station used in a wireless communications system that supports flexible-TDD (flexible-time division duplex) UL-DL (uplink-downlink) configuration. The method includes configuring a first type of user equipment (UE) with a first type of configuration; configuring a second type of UE with a second type of configuration; and receiving from a user equipment a HARQ-ACK (hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement) signal according to a DL association set. The DL association set includes: a first DL association set for a UL-DL TDD configuration used by the first type of UE; and a second DL association set for a reference UL-DL TDD configuration including a third DL association set for PUCCH resource mapping used by the second type of UE. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296499 | SHARING RADIO RESOURCES AMONG DEVICES OF DIFFERENT DEVICE CLASSES - A base station may receive a resource request, from a device, that includes a request to access a radio resource. The base station may determine a device class to which the device belongs. The base station may determine an amount of radio resources permitted to be allocated to devices belonging to the device class, may determine an amount of radio resources being utilized by devices belonging to the device class, and may compare the amounts. The base station may determine whether radio resources are available to be allocated to the device based on comparing the amounts, and may process the resource request based on the determination. The base station may grant the resource request when radio resources are available to be allocated to the device, and may deny or postpone the resource request when radio resources are not available to be allocated to the device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296501 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SUPPORTING MULTI-CHANNEL DYNAMICALLY CONTROLLED DIVERSITY RECEPTION - Systems for supporting multi-channel dynamically controlled diversity reception in wireless communications include a plurality M of receivers coupled to M antennas and configured to handle N communication channels wherein N≦M≦(2*N−1) and N channel state machines configured to dynamically allocate multiple channels of the N channels to the M receivers to support dynamic switched diversity for multi-channel dynamically controlled reception. Each channel state machine is configured to control the operation of each receiver. Arbitration is performed between channel state machines when such channel state machines work concurrently. In some embodiments, a lock state machine inside each channel state machine accelerates the locking time of a receiver based on at least one parameter received from another receiver. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296503 | 256 QUADRATURE AMPLITUDE MODULATION USER EQUIPMENT CATEGORY HANDLING - According to some embodiments, a method in a wireless network element of transmitting a transport block comprises determining a modulation coding scheme for a transmission of the transport block; determining a category type of a wireless device that will transmit or receive the transport block; determining, using the category type of the wireless device, an encoding soft buffer size (N | 10-15-2015 |
20150296505 | Mobile traffic optimization and coordination and user experience enhancement - A method of optimizing traffic on a mobile device includes determining an activity state of a mobile device based on sensed motion of the mobile device and optimizing traffic at the mobile device based on the sensed motion of the mobile device. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296506 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - Channel State Information (CSI) is reported by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless access system which supports carrier aggregation. A first type CSI for a first component carrier (CC) of two or more downlink (DL) CCs is measured. A second type CSI for a second CC of the two or more downlink (DL) CCs is measured. The first type CSI only is reported, when a collision of a report of the first type CSI with a report of the second CSI type is occurred in a same subframe. In addition, the first type CSI includes (1) a Rank indicator (RI) and a first Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI), (2) only the RI, or (3) only the first PMI, and the second type CSI includes (1) a Wideband Channel Quality Indicator (WB-CQI) and a second PMI, (2) the WB-CQI and the first PMI, or (3) only the WB-CQI. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296508 | ADAPTIVELY USING SUBFRAMES FOR RADAR DETECTION IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Systems and methods for adaptively using subframes for radar detection in unlicensed spectrum are disclosed. The systems and methods include scheduling a first set of subframes in a frame duration for traffic based at least in part on a first configuration for communications in an unlicensed frequency band. Further, the systems and methods include scheduling, based at least in part on the first configuration, a second set of subframes in the frame duration for detection of a primary user of the unlicensed frequency band. Moreover, the systems and methods include adjusting a number of subframes in the first and second set of subframes based on a second configuration for communications, wherein the second configuration for communications is identified based on a type of primary user being detected. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296511 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DEVICE AND METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A radio communication device which manages a network defines a predetermined transmission frame cycle, allocates in the frame specific access slots as timing with which the individual radio communication devices in the network concerned receive a transmission, puts the information of the allocation in a beacon signal, and transmits the signal. Each radio communication device performs receiving operation at access slots specific to the device itself defined by the beacon signal. When information transmission is made between arbitrary communication devices in the network, access slots for the device which is to receive the information are used. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296512 | COMPONENT CARRIER (DE)ACTIVATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for a user equipment, UE, and apparatus in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation are provided. The UE includes a radio entity on which at least one component carrier is served by a network node. The method includes the steps of receiving a first indication from the network node for updating the at least one component carrier having an order which requires a retuning the radio entity and receiving at least a second indication for updating the at least one component carrier having an order which requires a retuning the radio entity. Further the method includes the steps of combining all orders to reduce the retuning steps of the radio entity and retuning the radio entity in accordance with the combined orders. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296513 | TERMINAL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A base station device and a terminal device determine resource element mapping in which a PDSCH is mapped and perform efficient communication. The terminal device uses a first parameter set among up to 4 parameter sets in order to determine resource element (RE) mapping for the PDSCH, when decoding the PDSCH based on detection of a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) or an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (EPDCCH) with a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format 1A and transmitted on an antenna port 7, and determines RE mapping for the PDSCH by using the number of antenna ports for and/or a frequency position of a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) in the serving cell when decoding the PDSCH based on detection of the PDCCH or the EPDCCH with the DCI format 1A and transmitted on antenna ports 0 to 3. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296514 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES OUTSIDE OF A VIRTUAL CARRIER BASED ON UE CAPABILITIES - A mobile communications network includes one or more network elements providing a wireless access interface for communications devices. The wireless access interface provides plural communications resource elements across a host frequency bandwidth, and includes, within the host frequency bandwidth, first communications resource elements within a first frequency bandwidth for allocation preferably to reduced capability devices to receive signals representing the data transmitted by the transmitter unit within the first bandwidth forming a first virtual carrier, the reduced capability devices each having a receiver bandwidth which is greater than or equal to the first frequency bandwidth but less than the host frequency bandwidth. Communications devices of different capabilities can be allocated communications resources within different frequency ranges according to their capability, which can relieve congestion on a centre frequency of communications resources in which communications devices with a minimum bandwidth capability must receive communications resources for receiving down link signals. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296515 | CIRCUITS AND METHODS RELATED TO SWITCHLESS CARRIER AGGREGATION IN RADIO-FREQUENCY RECEIVERS - Circuits and methods related to switchless carrier aggregation in radio-frequency receivers. In some embodiments, a carrier aggregation (CA) circuit can include a first filter configured to allow operation in a first frequency band, and a second filter configured to allow operation in a second frequency band. The CA circuit can further include a first signal path implemented between the first filter and an output node, with the first signal path including a plurality of amplification stages configured to amplify a first radio-frequency (RF) signal. The first signal path can be substantially free of switches. The CA circuit can further include a second signal path implemented between the second filter and the output node, with the second signal path including a plurality of amplification stages configured to amplify a second RF signal. The second signal path can be substantially free of switches. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296521 | JOINT ASSIGNMENT AND SCHEDULING FOR OVERLAPPING CoMP CLUSTERS - The present invention provides methods, apparatuses and a computer program product related to joint assignment and scheduling for overlapping coordinated multi-point transmission (CoMP) clusters. The present invention includes acquiring, at a network entity, for each of a plurality of user equipments connected to a resource of a cooperation area, a connectivity ratio of each user equipment to the resource, selecting, at the network entity, among the plurality of user equipments connected to the resource of a cooperation area, a first user equipment having a lowest current connectivity ratio, and determining whether the current connectivity ratio of the selected user equipment is equal to or smaller than a stored connectivity ratio of the selected user equipment to another resource available for the user equipment. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296522 | FAST TERMINATION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR TRANSMISSIONS - Methods and operations in mobile terminals and base stations are disclosed which control uplink signaling. A method in a mobile terminal controls uplink signaling to a base station, and includes receiving a MAC CE from the base station. The MAC CE indicates whether at least one of SRS or CQI reports should be transmitted for one or more serving cells configured for the mobile terminal. Transmission of at least one of the SRS or the CQI reports for the one or more serving cells from the mobile terminal to the base station is selectively activated and deactivated responsive to the MAC CE. Related methods and operations by base stations and mobile terminals are disclosed. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296524 | Method, apparatus and LTE terminal for determining channel quality indicator value - A method, an apparatus and an LTE terminal for determining a CQI value are provided and belongs to the field of mobile communications. The method for determining a CQI value includes that a terminal establishes a correspondence between an effective SNR threshold and a CQI value, the terminal acquires a mean effective SNR in a downlink subframe specified bandwidth, and the terminal determines, according to the acquired mean effective SNR and the correspondence, a CQI value to be sent to a base station. The technical scheme of the disclosure is applicable to various different frequency selective fading channels and different signal transmission modes and can be implemented in a low-complexity way. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296525 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING INTERFERENCE OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - One embodiment of the present invention discloses a method for identifying the interference of a user equipment(s) on a pico base station located within the coverage of a macro base station in a wireless communication system, and the method comprises the steps: enabling the macro base station to receive an uplink (UL) interference control request message from the pico base station; signaling a random access preamble for the UL interference control to each of a plurality of interference candidate user equipments served by the macro base station; receiving, from the pico base station, received signal strength information of the random access preamble transmitted by the plurality of interference candidate user equipments; and determining the interference of user equipment on the pico base station on the basis of the received signal strength information, wherein transmission power of the random access preamble can be set in a random access preamble-specific manner. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296526 | IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method in a terminal device for In-Device Coexistence, IDC, interference handling is provided, the terminal device being configured to be in a communications network. The terminal device proactively detects an IDC interference between an in-device external wireless system and a cellular system, wherein said proactive detection occurs prior to a start of said IDC interference. Then, the terminal device sends, to a network node, an indication of IDC interference based on the proactively detecting. A terminal device, a network node and a method therein for IDC interference handling are also provided. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296527 | WIDEBAND REMOTE UNIT FOR DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - Certain aspects involve a wideband remote unit. The wideband remote unit can include one or more antennas and an analog-to-digital converter (“ADC”). The antenna can receive wideband signals. The wideband signals can include an uplink RF signal and a leaked downlink RF signal. The uplink RF signal can have an uplink signal power at or near a noise level. The leaked downlink RF signal can have a downlink signal power greater than the uplink signal power. The ADC can convert the received wideband signals to digital RF signals representing the uplink signal and the downlink signal. The wideband remote unit can transmit the digital RF signals to a unit of a DAS that is in communication with a base station. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296532 | Access Points, Radio Communication Devices, Methods for Controlling an Access Point, and Methods for Controlling a Radio Communication Device - According to various embodiments, an access point may be provided. The access point may include: a transmitter configured to transmit scheduling information for a page. The page may include one or more segments of a Traffic Indication Map (TIM). The scheduling information may include at least one of the following information: an explicit indication of an interval of one or more recurrences of subsequent transmissions of the scheduling information for the page; or information indicating scheduling of transmission of segments of the page including at least: an offset between the transmission of the first segment included in the page scheduling and the transmission of the scheduling information; and the number of blocks in each segment of the page, wherein a block contains a predetermined number of bits of the TIM. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296533 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL UPLINK DATA CHANNEL MAPPING INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system. The wireless communication system includes a transmission and reception point and a terminal. The transmission and reception point and the terminal perform cooperative communication. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296535 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE RELATED INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for establishing a device-to-device (D2D) connection in a wireless communication system is provided. A first mobile device may transmit an identity of a network node to a second mobile device. In this case, the first mobile device and the network node are connected by a first connection, and the first mobile device and the second mobile device are connected by a second connection. Or, a base station may transmit information on a D2D connection between mobile devices which are connected to the base station, to a neighboring network node. The information on the D2D connection includes at least one of information on the mobile devices, and a D2D mode. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296536 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL, METHOD FOR RECEIVING AN UPLINK SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The invention relates to a method comprising classifying user equipment (UE) cells, to which carrier aggregation is applied, into a plurality of time advance groups. Uplink-time synchronization is managed using the time synchronization of a primary cell (Pcell) in the time synchronization group to which the primary cell belongs. For other time synchronization groups, the uplink time synchronization is managed using the time synchronization of a secondary cell (SCell) that is particularly set in the relevant time synchronization group. Thus, the plurality of time synchronizations can be effectively managed for the UE and a base station (BS). | 10-15-2015 |
20150296537 | METHOD OF CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting control information in a wireless communication system is disclosed. A method of receiving control information in a mobile station which receives downlink data from a plurality of cells simultaneously in a wireless communication system comprises receiving downlink control information including the control information on data transmitted from the plurality of cells from a serving base station via a downlink control channel. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296538 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a terminal, a base station and a signal transmission control method whereby a response signal can be efficiently transmitted when the terminal receives downstream allocation control information via an R-PDCCH. An extraction unit ( | 10-15-2015 |
20150296539 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROCESSING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE - Provided are a method and device for processing a random access preamble. The method includes: determining, according to a coverage radius of a cell, a guard time (GT) that is needed when a user equipment (UE) communicates with a base station, wherein the coverage radius of the cell is greater than 100 kilometres; and, determining, according to the GT, a random access preamble transmitted by the UE to the base station, wherein the random access preamble is transmitted on a special subframe and at least one regular subframe of a radio frame when the UE communicates with the base station. The solution solves the problem that the maximum coverage range of a single-station cell cannot satisfy a need in a special scenario, further increases the coverage radius of the single-station cell, and satisfies the need in the special scenario for an extra-large radius in cell coverage range. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296540 | METHOD OF PERFORMING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of cancelling interference of a terminal is disclosed. The method includes receiving interference parameter configuration information including a transmission timing of interference parameter information indicating a restricted set of a plurality of interference parameters to be used by one or more interference base stations associated with the terminal and interference parameter release information including a transmission timing of an indicator indicating release of the interference parameter information, receiving the interference parameter information according to the interference parameter configuration information, performing interference cancellation using the received interference parameter information, attempting detection of the indicator according to the interference parameter release information, and performing the interference cancellation without the received interference parameter information or suspending the interference cancellation when the indicator is detected. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296542 | PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Systems, apparatus and methods can be implemented for performing random access in carrier aggregation. A user equipment (UE) can transmit a random access preamble to a secondary access device of a second carrier, where the UE is served by both a primary access device and the secondary access device, and the UE is configured to attempt a total number of blind decoding attempts for decoding physical downlink control channel candidates of a UE-specific search space of the second carrier. The UE can perform a first blind decoding of first PDCCH candidates of the common search space of the second carrier, and perform a second blind decoding of second PDCCH candidates of the UE specific search space of the second carrier. A number of blind decoding attempts for the first and second blind decodings is less than or equal to the configured total number of blind decoding attempts. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296544 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FAST LINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, a method and a device whereby a station (STA) performs link setup with an access point (AP) in a WLAN system are disclosed. The method according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: a step in which an STA receives a first frame related to link setup from an AP in a wireless communication system; and a step in which a second frame related to association is transmitted to the AP, wherein the first frame is a fast initial link setup (FILS) discovery frame and the second frame may comprise timestamp request information in case an AP configuration change count (CCC) value the STA has and an AP CCC value included in the received first frame are determined to be the same. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296548 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING AND USING PDN CONNECTIONS - A method and apparatus for establishing and controlling a tunnel for carrying a PDN connection between a first endpoint and a second endpoint. The first endpoint sends a request to set up a tunnel, the request including a first identifier. It then receives a second identifier for use identifying the tunnel when receiving data sent from the second endpoint to the first endpoint. Data packets are sent from the first endpoint, the data packets including the first and/or second identifiers for identifying the tunnel from the first endpoint to the second endpoint. Data packets are received from the second endpoint, the data packets including the second identifier from the second endpoint to the first endpoint. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296555 | DETERMINING DEVICE IN-RANGE PROXIMITY - Devices and methods are provided for determining the proximity of client nodes within a wireless-enabled communication environment. A first client node comprises a database containing identification data associated with a plurality of wireless network access nodes and fingerprint data associated with the client node and a plurality of second client nodes. As the fingerprint information is updated, it is processed by the first client node to identify second client nodes that have matching, or similar, fingerprint information. Those that do are determined to be within a viable device-to-device (D2D) communication range. | 10-15-2015 |
20150296559 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA TRANSMISSION - The present invention discloses a data transmission method and apparatus. According to the present invention, when transmitting data by using a first radio bearer, a UE receives radio resource control connection reconfiguration information sent by a base station; the UE obtains a second radio bearer according to the radio resource control connection reconfiguration information; the UE sends radio resource control connection reconfiguration completion information to the base station; the UE transmits a part of the data which has not been transmitted by using the second radio bearer. The solutions provided by the embodiments of the present invention are suitable to be adopted during switch between an adaptive streaming mode and a progressive download mode. | 10-15-2015 |
20150303999 | NETWORK SWITCH FOR A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA NETWORK - A system for transporting IP data in a Distributed Antenna System includes at least one Digital Access Units (DAU) having a plurality of optical input/output ports and at least one Ethernet port and a plurality of Digital Remote Units (DRUs) coupled to the at least one DAU. Each of the plurality of DRUs has a plurality of optical input/output ports and at least one Ethernet port. The at least one DAU includes a Framer/Deframer operable to separate cellular payload data from IP data and a network switch operable to buffer the cellular payload data and the IP data and to route the IP data received from the plurality of DRUs to the at least one Ethernet port of the DAU. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304003 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication system performs multi-antenna transmission by applying a pre coder matrix for determining transmission directionality. The mobile communication system comprises a user terminal that starts feedback of predetermined precoder matrix information to a node in response to an instruction from the node controlling communication. The predetermined precoder matrix information is used to decide the precoder matrix that is applied to transmission to another user terminal different from the user terminal. The user terminal comprises: a control unit that switches whether to stop the feedback after starting the feedback in response to the instruction. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304004 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing communication in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes identifying a transmission mode configured for a serving cell by a Base Station (BS), by a User Equipment (UE), identifying an antenna configuration of the BS by the UE, determining the number of bits for a Rank Indication (RI) representing the number of layers based on the transmission mode and the antenna configuration, and generating an RI using the determined number of bits and transmitting the RI in transmission resources of the serving cell to the BS by the. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304006 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN UPLINK WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS AND SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL HOPPING - Disclosed is a sounding reference signal transmission method which is efficient in an uplink wireless telecommunications system using a multiple antenna technique and sounding reference signal hopping. A terminal is equipped with a plurality of antennas, and a base station receives the sounding reference signal transmitted from these antennas and estimates the uplink channel state of each antenna. The sounding reference signal performs frequency hopping so that the base station determines the channel condition for the entire bandwidth to which data is transmitted in the uplink system. In this environment, the sounding reference signal is transmitted through an antenna pattern through the entire data transmission bandwidth of the uplink system for each antenna of the terminal without additional overhead. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304009 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method of receiving a reference signal by a user equipment. A first channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) configuration related to a discovery of a transmission point is received. A second CSI-RS configuration related to a CSI measurement is received. A CSI-RS according to the first CSI-RS configuration or the second CSI-RS configuration is received. Feedback information is transmitted to a base station. If the CSI-RS has been received according to the first CSI-RS configuration, the feedback information includes information on a CSI-RS received strength. If the CSI-RS has been received according to the second CSI-RS configuration, the feedback information includes a result of the CSI measurement. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304010 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - A channel state information (CSI) reporting method is provided. A reference signal is received from a base station. A precoding matrix is selected, based on the reference signal, from a codebook, where the codebook includes a precoding matrix W and W=αSV, where a matrix V is an N×ν matrix, N is the number of reference signal ports, ν≦N, S is a row selection matrix used to select one or more row vectors from the matrix V, and α is a constant. CSI is sent to the base station, where the CSI includes a precoding matrix indicator PMI and the PMI is corresponding to the selected precoding matrix. A suitable precoding matrix can be selected according to an interference situation, so as to select an antenna for transmitting data and power of the antenna. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304011 | MU-MIMO IMPLEMENTATION WITH CONFIGURABLE ANTENNA SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a system, apparatus, and method for using an antenna system comprising individually configurable antenna circuitries in a wireless network device to simulate the standard MU-MIMO transmissions as specified in the IEEE 802.11ac standard with antenna beamforming. The individually configurable antenna circuitries can be configured to transmit radio frequency (RF) signals with specific radiation patterns including directional beam patterns. Client devices may be grouped and antenna circuitries may be configured in such a way as to minimize inter-user interference. Frequent sounding-channel state feedback cycles and associated overhead are obviated with antenna beamforming, and no change to standard-compliant client devices is necessary. A better overall performance compared to MU-MIMO based on DSP-based beamforming as specified in the IEEE 802.11ac standard is expected. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304023 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING INFORMATION USING DEVICE IN IDLE STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of acquiring information on a primary radio access technology (RAT) system in a wireless communication system is provided. An entity of a secondary RAT system transmits a request for information on the primary RAT system to a multi-RAT device, and upon transmitting the request, starting a waiting timer which has a default value. If it is determined that the information on the primary RAT system cannot be acquired, by the multi-RAT device, until the waiting timer expires, the entity of the secondary RAT system reconfigures the waiting timer by a fixed value or a dynamic value. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304063 | NOTIFICATION OF RECEIVER CAPABILITIES - Disclosed is a user equipment (UE) apparatus, and method to facilitate beamforming between at least one eNB and at least one UE, comprising the at least one UE including an indication in a message from the UE to the at least one eNB of a type of receiver available for use by the UE to receive a return message from the eNB. There is also disclosed a method in an eNB to facilitate beamforming, and a UE and eNB arranged to carry out the described methods. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304074 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING NUMBER OF HARQ PROCESSES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method for determining the number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes in a carrier aggregated system configured with a plurality of serving cells, and an apparatus using such a method. The method receives data from a downlink subframe of a second serving cell, and transmits an ACK/NACK signal for the data from an uplink subframe of a first serving cell, wherein the first serving cell uses a first-type frame, the second serving cell uses a second-type frame, and the number of HARQ processes in the second serving cell are determined with respect to each subframe comprised in the second-type frame and on the basis of the number of downlink subframes comprised in each section comprising a set number of subframes. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304076 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of transmitting a reference signal by a base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes: generating a plurality of reference signals for channel measurement, wherein the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement are different types; and transmitting the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement, wherein the plurality of reference signals for channel measurement are transmitted using one or more subframes as a duty cycle. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304080 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transceiving a reference signal in a wireless communication system. The present invention discloses a scheme for transceiving the reference signal the reference signal that is selectively added based on the capacity and characteristics of a terminal. The added reference signal may include newly defined CRS, DM-RS, TRS, MBSFN-RS or new RS or the like for cell recognition of the terminal, synchronization signal, measurement, etc. The location of a specific symbol/frequency of the like and selective power boosting are also disclosed for the added reference signal. Further, the transmission density of RS can be adaptively and selectively channel and transmitted as needed. Thus, data can be adaptively transceived in consideration of the coverage based on the location of characteristics of the terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304081 | Method For Setting Reference Signal In Multi-Cell Based Wireless Communication System and Apparatus Therefor - Disclosed is a method for transmitting and receiving a signal, by a terminal, in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of receiving information about a plurality of reference signal resources from a base station; receiving information about one channel state information (CSI) process from the base station; and reporting CSI on the basis of the information about the one CSI process, wherein the information about the one CSI process comprises information indicative of at least one of the plurality of reference signal resources. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304082 | METHOD BY WHICH TERMINAL TRANSMITS AND RECEIVES SIGNAL IN MULTI CELL-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method by which a terminal transmits and receives a signal in a multi cell-based wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting, to a serving cell, capability information in which the number of supportable channel status information (CSI) processes is set to zero; receiving, from the serving cell, information on a neighboring cell through an upper layer signal as a response to the capability information; receiving a cell-specific reference signal from the neighboring cell; reporting, to the serving cell, the CSI estimated on the basis of the cell-specific reference signal; and receiving, from the neighboring cell, a user equipment specific reference signal and a data channel on the basis of the CSI. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304083 | METHOD FOR CHANGING PATTERN OF REFERENCE SIGNALS ACCORDING TO RANK VARIATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a reference signal to a user equipment at a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting the reference signal to the user equipment according to a first pattern corresponding to a first rank and, if a rank is changed from the first rank to a second rank, transmitting the reference signal to the user equipment according to a second pattern corresponding to the second rank, wherein, if the second rank is greater than the first rank, the second pattern includes the first pattern. Preferably, the first pattern is a reference signal pattern for a single rank and the second pattern is defined as a hierarchical structure in which one or more reference signal symbols are added to the first pattern in a time domain direction. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304085 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MITIGATING HELICOPTER ROTOR BLOCKAGE OF COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method for mitigating helicopter rotor blockage of communications comprising fast fourier transforming (FFT) pilot symbols, implementing a time delay of one frame, applying a forgetting factor to an accumulated spectrum, and performing a leaky coherent integration, wherein the leaky coherent integration adds a result of the fast fourier transform of the one current frame of data to the accumulated spectrum. The method also comprises calculating a threshold, wherein the threshold is based on a mean energy of all FFT bins in the accumulated spectrum, masking the FFT bins, wherein masking comprises retaining only FFT bins that exceed the threshold and above a minimum expected rotor blocking frequency, inverse fast fourier transforming the accumulated spectrum, erasing the pilot symbols below the threshold and removing them from the signal, and erasing data symbols that lie in a blockage by setting associated bit-log likelihood ratios to zero. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304086 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MONITORING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and device for monitoring a control channel in a wireless communication system are provided. In particular, in consideration of multiple carrier aggregation, indication information is provided which includes information on a cell for monitoring a downlink control channel and information on a channel type defined to identify whether a downlink control channel to be transmitted from a corresponding cell is a legacy PDCCH (LPDCCH) or an enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH). The indication information may be set in consideration of whether to arrange cross carrier scheduling. Thus, a terminal uses the indication information to adaptively monitor LPDCCH and/or EPDCCH through a predetermined search section of a corresponding cell. Thus, it is possible to adaptively schedule a downlink control channel and an enhanced downlink control channel. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304089 | UPLINK CHANNEL ESTIMATION USING A SIGNALING CHANNEL - Techniques for efficiently deriving uplink channel estimates without consuming much additional uplink resources are described. A user equipment (UE) may send a request for uplink resources on a request channel (REQCH) whenever the UE desires to transmit data on the uplink. The UE may send the REQCH on a set of subcarriers and from multiple antennas, e.g., send REQCH data on data subcarriers and pilot on pilot subcarriers. A Node B may receive the request, estimate the complex channel gains for the pilot subcarriers based on received pilot symbols, and coherently demodulate received data symbols based on the channel gain estimates. The Node B may estimate the complex channel gains for the data subcarriers based on demodulated data symbols and derive a channel estimate for each UE antenna based on the channel gain estimates for the pilot and data subcarriers. The Node B may use the channel estimates for MIMO scheduling, subband scheduling, and rate selection. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304090 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN MULTI-CELL COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method of transmitting and receiving a signal in a wireless communication system. In particular, in a time division multi-cell cooperative communication system, a base station may receive a reference signal, estimate a channel of each user terminal based on the reference signal, and determine a transmission and reception filter based on estimated channel information. The base station and a cooperative base station that cooperates with the base station may mutually exchange the reference signal and average signal power information on a terminal and determine the transmission and reception filter based on exchanged information. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304091 | User Equipment, and Method and System Side for Configuring Physical Resource Block of Search Space Thereof - A method for configuring a physical resource block of a user equipment search space includes: a system side configuring a Physical Resource Block (PRB) pair of a default User equipment specific Search Space (USS), and notifying the user equipment of positions of the PRB pairs of the default USS, or the system side agreeing with the user equipment on the positions of the PRB pairs of the default USS. The user equipment obtains the positions of the PRB pairs of the default USS according to the notification from the system side, or agrees with the system side on the positions of the PRB pairs of the default USS. The embodiments of the present document further provide the system side and the user equipment. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304093 | COMPONENT CARRIER ACTIVATION AND DEACTIVATION USING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS - This invention relates to a proposal of an uplink resource assignment format and a downlink resource assignment format. Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of the new uplink/downlink resource assignments in methods for (de)activation of downlink component carrier(s) configured for a mobile terminal, a base station and a mobile terminal. To enable efficient and robust (de)activation of component carriers, while minimizing the signaling overhead, the invention proposes a new uplink/downlink resource assignment format that allow the activation/deactivation of individual downlink component carriers configured for a mobile. The new uplink or downlink resource assignment comprises an indication of the activation state of the configured downlink component carriers, i.e., indicate which downlink component carrier(s) is/are to be activated or deactivated. This indication is for example implemented by means of a bit-mask that indicates which of the configured uplink component carriers are to be activated respectively deactivated. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304132 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ADAPTIVE CHANNEL ESTIMATION/PREDICTION FILTER DESIGN - A method to adapt a set of multi-point channel estimation filters for use in wireless communications including measuring a plurality of reception values is provided. Each reception value included in the plurality of reception values associated with one of the network nodes. The method includes sorting the plurality of reception values according to magnitude and determining a select reception value. The method includes selecting a particular network node from the set of network nodes based on the reception value. The reception value is within a threshold from the select reception value. The method includes adjusting the length of a multi-point channel estimation filter associated with the particular network node. The adjusting the length is based on a lookup table and on the reception value associated with the particular network node, according to some embodiments. User equipment in a wireless network adapted for the above method is also provided. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304146 | RESOURCE BLOCK BASED MULTICARRIER MODULATIONS FOR AGILE SPECTRUM - A resource block (RB)-based multicarrier modulation (MCM) transmitter and receiver structure for spectral agile systems are disclosed. The transmitter and the receiver are capable of sharing opportunistically available and non-contiguous channels with other users. The RB-MCM partitions the available spectrum, contiguous or non-contiguous, into multiple RBs (same or different sizes), applies a baseband MCM or single carrier modulation, or coded single carrier or multicarrier schemes in each RB with a type of spectral leakage reduction technique, and applies RB modulation for each RB to modulate the signal from baseband to the frequency band of that RB. At the receiver, the received signal may be filtered and RB demodulation may be applied to put each RB signal in baseband and a baseband multicarrier or single carrier or coded single carrier or coded multicarrier demodulation may be applied to each RB signal. Different RBs may use different modulation schemes. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304378 | System and Method for Servicing One or More User Equipments Through One or More Streams - An embodiment method for operating a network entity servicing one or more user equipments (UEs) includes transmitting a data file through one or more streams, wherein each of the one or more streams are carried on a multiple-user accessible channel. A configuration communication is provided to the one or more UEs regarding a relationship between content of the data file and the one or more streams such that each of the one or more UEs can receive the data file at different time instances according to the configuration communication. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304796 | Method for Sending Information, MTC Server, User Equipment and MTC System - Provided are a method for sending information, a machine type communication (MTC) server, a user equipment and an MTC system. According to the method for sending information, an MTC server or a short message entity (SME) adds triggering identification to information, wherein the triggering identification is used for indicating that the information is triggering information; and the MTC server or the SME sends the information to a user equipment. By means of the technical solution, sending triggering information to a correct application is realized. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304799 | METHOD FOR INFORMING IDENTIFICATION OF A UE AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for informing identification of a UE (User Equipment) in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving information related to a size of data to be transmitted to or from the UE, determining whether the UE is considered as the MTC_UE (Machine Type Communication_UE) or not based on the information; and informing a network that the UE is the MTC_UE by performing the MTC_UE specific access. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304834 | Methods and Arrangements for Device Discovery - The present disclosure relates to methods and devices for transmission of discovery signal signals and detection of discovery signal signals for device-to-device communication. According to some aspects, the disclosure relates to a method executed in a second wireless terminal for discovering a first wireless terminal, wherein the second wireless terminal | 10-22-2015 |
20150304859 | Method of and System for Femtocell Implementation in Evolved Packet Core - A method of and system for femtocell implementation in evolved packet core is disclosed. A system for a mobile wireless device to communicate with a data network via a small cell radio access network using a cellular backhaul includes a hybrid gateway node communicating with an eNodeB element via a first digital communication interface and the hybrid gateway node communicating with a packet data network via a second digital interface. The hybrid gateway node includes a processor and memory configured to provide a backhaul serving gateway functionality, a backhaul packet data network gateway functionality, a serving gateway functionality to the mobile device, and a packet data network gateway functionality to the mobile device. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304860 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING RRC SIGNALING - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, a base station, and a system for sending RRC signaling, and in the method for sending RRC signaling provided in the embodiments of the present invention, a pico base station and a macro base station participate in configuration and generation of an RRC reconfiguration message; the pico base station establishes only one RRC entity that is used to generate a configuration parameter or an RRC entity; the RRC reconfiguration message cooperatively generated by the pico base station and the macro base station is uniformly sent by the macro base station to a user equipment. Therefore, the user equipment UE can support, only by establishing an SRB corresponding to the macro base station, an RRC reconfiguration message sent by the pico base station, thereby lowering design complexity and costs. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304885 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MITIGATING FADING IN A BROADBAND ACCESS SYSTEM USING DRONE/UAV PLATFORMS - Systems and methods for mitigating the effects of atmospheric conditions such as rain, fog, cloud in a broadband access system using drone/UAVs. In one embodiment, terminal and drone radio and transmission medium fixture sub-systems comprise multiple transmission media. In one embodiment, in response to changes in atmospheric conditions the drone radio sub-system switches transmission medium to reduce the effects of atmospheric conditions. In another embodiment, the terminal and drone radio sub-systems equalize the data rates among terminals in response to changes in atmospheric conditions observed by different terminals. In another embodiment, the drone radio sub-system adjusts the transmit power on the downlink to different terminal according to fading due to atmospheric conditions on each link. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304915 | MOBILE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station for communication using carrier aggregation includes a secondary cell state management unit configured to manage whether a state of a secondary cell is an activation state or a deactivation state; and a transmission control unit configured to stop transmission of uplink control information on a physical uplink control channel in a first secondary cell, when the state of the first secondary cell managed by the secondary cell state management unit is the deactivation state at a timing of transmission of the physical uplink control channel in the first secondary cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304935 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING VPN-LESS SESSION SETUP FOR CONNECTING MOBILE DATA DEVICES TO AN ENTERPRISE DATA NETWORK - A mobile application gateway configured to interconnect mobile communication devices on a cellular network with an enterprise network is provided. The mobile application gateway includes a voice and data signaling gateway configured to provide routing functionalities, service functionalities and admission control. A gateway GPRS support node (GGSN) is configured to establish a secure data session between one or more of the mobile communication devices and the enterprise network by establishing a GPRS tunneling protocol (GTP) tunnel between a carrier-hosted serving GPRS support node (SGSN) and the GGSN. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304936 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ACCESS NETWORK AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is a method for communicating carried out by a terminal in a wireless communication system supporting a multiple access network. The method comprises receiving a traffic routing configuration from a first access network, wherein the traffic routing configuration involves specifying traffic routing criteria, searching a second access network, determining whether a second access network entity discovered by the search satisfies the traffic routing criteria, and processing traffic on the first access network through the second access network entity when the traffic routing criteria are satisfied. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304938 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS DEVICES OPERATING AT DIFFERENT DATA RATES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An access point including a transceiver having first and second physical layers to communicate at first and second data rates, respectively. The transceiver receives a request from a first client station to reserve first or second sub-channel of a channel for transmitting data at the first or second data rate. In response to receiving the request from the first client station, the transceiver transmits a response to allow the first client station to transmit data and prevent a second client station from transmitting data while the first client station transmits data to the access point. In response to the first client station receiving the response, the first physical layer receives data from the first client station without interference from the second client station. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304943 | Medium Access Control for Wireless Systems - A method for execution by a mobile station (MS) in a mobile communications network, the method comprising: receiving a first MS identifier from the network during a ranging operation involving the MS; using the first MS identifier to extract the contents of at least one message received from the network during said ranging operation; using a second MS identifier, different from the first MS identifier, to extract the contents of at least one message received from the network after said ranging operation is complete. Also, a method for execution by the base station, comprising: outputting a first message destined for the MS, the first message including a first identifier for use by the MS during a ranging operation; determining that said ranging operation is complete; outputting a second message destined for the MS, the second message including a second identifier for use by the MS in subsequent communication with the network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304944 | SMALL CELL ACTIVATION PROCEDURE - A method of wireless communication includes configuring a small cell with activation parameters. The activation parameters include a new carrier type having a reduced periodicity. The method also includes configuring a UE with time restricted measurements. The time restricted measurements correspond to the new carrier type and the reduced periodicity. The method further includes receiving small cell signal measurements from the UE and initiating an activation sequence in response to the small cell signal measurements. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304945 | Communication Device, Communication Terminal, and Communication Method - A communication device includes a communication portion and a controller that determines whether or not a communication terminal from which the communication portion has received a connection request is a specified communication terminal. The controller makes a connection with the specified communication terminal based on the determination result of whether or not the communication terminal from which the communication portion has received the connection request is the specified communication terminal and transmits connection permission/refusal setting information to the specified communication terminal with which the controller has made a connection to allow a user to provide a connection permission/refusal setting of a communication terminal other than the specified communication terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304961 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND RADIO TERMINAL - A mobile communication system is a system in which a plurality of radio base stations receive an uplink signal transmitted from a radio terminal coordinated with one another. At least one radio base station of the plurality of radio base stations comprises: a notification unit that notifies the radio terminal of information for specifying the plurality of radio base stations. The radio terminal comprises a control unit that specifies the plurality of radio base stations on the basis of the information notified from the notification unit, and that performs transmission power control of the uplink signal in accordance with the path losses between each of the plurality of radio base stations and the radio terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304962 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CALCULATION OF UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER - This disclose sets forth methods and devices for calculation of uplink transmission power. An indication of a non-contiguous allocation of resource blocks for an uplink transmission is received. A first additional maximum power reduction (“A-MPR”) is determined based on a smallest contiguous allocation containing the non-contiguous allocation and an allocation correction factor. A second A-MPR is determined as a non-contiguous resource allocation A-MPR for the non-contiguous resource allocation. An uplink transmission power is calculated based on a lesser of the first A-MPR and the second A-MPR. The uplink transmission is performed based on the uplink transmission power. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304965 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT TO NETWORK AT USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for processing a signal at a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes steps of constructing a PHR (Power Headroom Report) MAC (Medium Access Control) control element for at least one cell; reconstructing the PHR MAC control element by replacing information on the transmission power of the at least one cell with padding bits, if an indication indicating that a transmission of the at least one cell does not occur is received from a network; and transmitting the PHR MAC control element to the network. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304967 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK POWER IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for reporting power headroom value in a wireless access system that supports a carrier aggregation, and a user equipment (UE) for performing the method are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a uplink transmission grant allocating uplink resources on a predetermined subframe in an anchor uplink component carrier (UL CC); obtaining power headroom value for the anchor UL CC, if the UE is configured with a simultaneous physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission; and reporting the power headroom value to a base station. The power headroom value is calculated. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304968 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT OF A UE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting a Power Headroom Report (PHR) to base station by a User Equipment (UE), wherein the UE determines whether a received an uplink resource is a first uplink resource allocated for a new transmission after a Medium Access Control (MAC) reset, and starts a timer for reporting the PHR, if the allocated uplink resource is the first uplink resource allocated for the new transmission after the MAC reset. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304990 | QUALITY OF SERVICE (QoS) ACQUISITION AND PROVISIONING WITHIN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In an embodiment, an access network (AN) receives a message configured to prompt a conditional allocation of Quality of Service (QoS) resources to an access terminal (AT). The message can be received from the AT or from an application server (AS) that arbitrates a communication session for the AT. In another embodiment, if the AT determines that a QoS resource request has not yet been granted, the AT waits until the traffic channel (TCH) has been obtained for a communication session before resending the QoS resource request. In another embodiment, if the AT determines to initiate or join a second communication session before a confirmation that QoS resources for a first communication session are relinquished, the AT waits until the confirmation is received before a request for QoS resources for the second communication session is sent. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304991 | Control Signaling Transmission and Detection Methods, Base Station, and Terminal - A control signaling transmission method, a control signaling detection method, a terminal, and a base station are provided. The transmission method includes: a base station determining an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) resource region of the terminal in a current subframe according to at least one of multiple parameters, and transmitting control signaling to the terminal on some or all of the resources in the ePDCCH resource region. The above technical scheme can adapt to the dynamically-changing transmission capabilities of subframes, improves the transmission performance of the control signaling on an ePDCCH, increases the accuracy of the terminal in searching for the control signaling, and conserves terminal consumption. Therefore, the present document has a great industrial applicability. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304992 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system, a radio base station apparatus and a retransmission control method is provided that can realize a highly efficient retransmission control method in a CoMP environment. The retransmission control method is a retransmission control method in a radio communication system which has a first and second radio base station apparatus that carry out coordinated multiple-point transmission with respect to a user terminal, and in which coordinated multiple-point transmission is applicable, and, with this retransmission control method, the first radio base station apparatus and the second radio base station apparatus execute retransmission control for downlink signals received in the user terminal, on a shared basis between the radio base station apparatuses, and one radio base station apparatus of the first radio base station apparatus and the second radio base station apparatus sends a report to the user terminal to the effect that shared retransmission control is executed. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304993 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a wireless communication system in which a base station and a terminal communicate, the base station effectively transmits control information for the terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304995 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting multiple carriers is provided. A wireless device determines a starting OFDM symbol of a physical downlink shared chancel (PDSCH) which is variably located by presence of reference signal (RS), a number of physical resource block (PRB)s used for an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH), and receives the ePDCCH. The ePDCCH is set by one or more sets of PRBs within the PDSCH configured for a UE to monitor the ePDCCH. Thus, more efficient and accurate scheduling with lower complexity and reduction of control overhead of a master cell (as PCell), for multi-UEs and variable control information transmissions are supported in this invention. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304996 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method and device for transmitting and receiving a control signal, and the method includes: receiving control information including scheduling information for data transmission and receipt through higher layer signaling; and receiving a trigger signal triggering data scheduling on a terminal using the scheduling information, wherein the trigger signal may be received through a physical channel that carries a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ)-acknowledgment (ACK) response for uplink data transmission. | 10-22-2015 |
20150304998 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station capable of appropriately configuring a resource on which EPDCCH is located when soft combining is applied. The base station includes configuration section ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150304999 | OVERLOAD CONTROL IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method, a radio network node and user equipment (UE) suitable for overload control in a communication network are disclosed. The method comprises, when an overload condition is determined by a radio network node, including an overload indicator (OI) in a MAC PDU to be transmitted to the UE and thereby indicating to the UE that transmission resources for the UE will be allocated at a later point in time, e.g. when there is no longer any overload condition. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305000 | METHODS AND APPARATUS RELATING TO LTE FDD-TDD INTER-SYSTEM CARRIER AGGREGATION IN ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A signalling method is disclosed for use in an advanced wireless communication network that supports FDD-TDD carrier aggregation (CA). The signalling method comprises configuring the UE (by establishing radio resource control (RRC) connection with the network through the first access node) for data transmission between the UE and the network through the first access node on the first duplex mode carrier as a primary component carrier (PCell), configuring the UE (via dedicated RRC signalling on the PCell) for data transmission between the UE and the network through the second access node on the second duplex mode carrier as a secondary component carrier (SCell), and performing scheduling for data transmission on the aggregated SCell using either self-scheduling or cross-carrier scheduling. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for supporting multiple frequency assignments in a wireless communication system are provided. An operating method of a Mobile Station (MS) for supporting multicarrier transmission in a wireless communication system includes negotiating a multicarrier operation with a Base Station (BS) during a network entry procedure, when supporting a multicarrier operation mode with the BS, sending a first control message comprising information of every multicarrier configuration supported by the MS, to the BS, receiving a second control message comprising index information of one or more carriers assigned for the multicarrier operation from the BS, and searching for configuration information of carriers corresponding to indexes of the one or more carriers assigned from the BS for the multicarrier operation. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305008 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING INFORMATION REGARDING SPECIFIC RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The method for updating bootstrap information regarding a specific resource in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention is performed by a terminal, and comprises the steps of: receiving, from a server, a specific operation instruction for an object instance of the terminal or a resource that belongs to the object instance; and executing, if the specific operation instruction is received through a specific interface, the specific operation instruction regardless of whether the target for the specific operation instruction exists within the terminal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305009 | Methods and Systems for Dynamic Spectrum Arbitrage User Profile Management - A dynamic spectrum arbitrage (DSA) system includes a home subscriber server (HSS), a mobility management entity (MME), an eNodeB, a dynamic spectrum controller (DSC), and a dynamic spectrum policy controller (DPC). The DSC may receive resource allocation information from the DPC, and send updated information and instructions to the HSS. The HSS may be configured to receive information from the DSC, detect changes to HSS subscription information (e.g., user profile information), determine whether the changes affect the information managed/stored by an MME component, and send the detected changes to the MME component when the HSS determines that the changes affect the information managed/stored by the MME. The MME component may use the information included in the received messages to add, remove, or modify the MME's stored subscription information or user profile information. The MME component may then communicate these updates, additions, or changes to the HSS component. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305011 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR ENABLING CELL ACTIVATION IN A NETWORK - The embodiments herein relate to a method performed in a terminal, a terminal, a method performed in a network node and a network node, for supporting activation of a cell. The terminal is configured to receive a message form the network node and if the message comprises an indicator indicating whether the UE shall perform activation of the cell, the UE activates the cell upon configuration of the cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305012 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING RECEIVED RLC PDUS FOR D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for processing received RLC PDUs for D2D communication system, the method comprising: receiving a first RLC (Radio Link Control) PDU (Protocol Data Unit) for a RLC entity from a peer UE; establishing the RLC entity to process the first RLC PDU; setting a plurality of state variables for the RLC entity to a RLC sequence number (SN) of the first RLC PDU for the RLC entity; and processing the first RLC PDU using the plurality of state variables for the RLC entity set to the RLC SN of the first RLC PDU for the RLC entity. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305015 | RESOLVING FALSELY DECODED ACKNOWLEDGMENTS - A device is configured to transmit uplink data to a base station using a resource. The device may receive an acknowledgment from the base station based on the uplink data. The acknowledgment may indicate a positive acknowledgment or a negative acknowledgment. The device may decode the acknowledgment as the positive acknowledgment or the negative acknowledgment. The device may receive a control message from the base station indicating resource assignments for user devices. The device may determine the acknowledgement is falsely decoded as the positive acknowledgment or the negative acknowledgment based on the resource assignments. The device may selectively retransmit the uplink data to the base station using the resource based on whether the acknowledgment is falsely decoded as the positive acknowledgment or the negative acknowledgment. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305017 | Multi-Carrier Operation For Wireless Systems - The present disclosure generally relates to an uplink control signal design for wireless system. One example method of a subscriber station (SS) includes performing network entry in a multi-carrier wireless environment using a primary carrier, receiving timing information corresponding to the primary carrier, receiving a first control signaling via the primary carrier, the first control signaling assigning at least one secondary carrier, transmitting uplink data via the secondary carrier using an uplink transmission timing of the secondary carrier, the uplink transmission timing of the secondary carrier being assigned the same as an uplink transmission timing of the primary carrier, and determining an adjustment of the uplink transmission timing or frequency of the secondary carrier. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305018 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM - An apparatus and a method are provided for transmitting data by a UE in a communication system using SC-FDMA. The method includes receiving resource information from a Node B; determining a hopping parameter; determining a mirroring parameter using a random sequence for a cell; determining a resource for data transmission based on the received resource information; and transmitting the data using the resource for data transmission. Hopping and mirroring are performed at a slot. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305020 | Method For Negotiating Inter-eNB Functions, Apparatus And System Therefor - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for negotiating inter-eNB functions, an apparatus and system therefor. The method includes: transmitting, by an eNB, a backhaul type of the eNB, and/or a backhaul type of at least one neighboring eNB of the eNB, to another eNB negotiating inter-eNB functions with the eNB, so that the other eNB negotiates with the eNB for inter-eNB functions. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the eNBs may be assisted in negotiating inter-eNB functions, thereby providing better services to UEs. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305024 | Method and Apparatus for Receiving Timing Information from a Cell or Network in a Less Active Mode - A method including receiving timing information associated with a transmission of reference information from a first cell or first network node when in a less active mode; and using the timing information to control when transmissions from the first cell or first network node are monitored for the reference information. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305028 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus is provided that can improve synchronization precision between multiple communication apparatuses. For this reason, the communication apparatus that communicates with a different communication apparatus over a network includes a slot control unit that generates multiple slots for communicating a synchronization message, and allocates each slot to the communication apparatus and the different communication apparatus; and a communication unit that communicates the synchronization message between the communication apparatus and the different apparatus, using the each slot that is allocated. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305029 | Flexible Real Time Scheduler for Time Division Duplexing and/or Frequency Division Duplexing - A flexible real-time scheduler for a wireless communication node, enabling the node to communicate with a remote node using dynamically variable frame structure. The scheduler continuously receives map information defining the frame structure of frames in a frame sequence. Each frame includes a plurality of slots (e.g., time slots or frequency slots). The map information specifies for each slot of each frame whether the slot is to be a transmit slot or a receive slot. The scheduler drives a transmitter to transmit during the slots assigned for transmission, and drives a receiver to receive during the slots assigned for reception. (The number of slots per frame and the size of each slot are also configurable.) | 10-22-2015 |
20150305035 | DYNAMIC ANTENNA TUNING FOR MULTI-BAND MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Apparatus and methods for the design and dynamic tuning of antenna circuitry for use across multiple radio frequency bands in wireless communication devices is disclosed herein. An antenna apparatus includes antenna tuning control, antenna tuning circuitry, and a set of one or more physical antennas. The antenna tuning controller includes a combination of baseband and front-end hardware and software. The antenna circuitry collectively includes antenna tuning circuitry and the set of one or more physical antennas. Based on a set of radio frequency bands and on communication channel conditions, the antenna tuning controller determines an optimal antenna tuning configuration and provides appropriate parameters to the antenna tuning circuitry. The antenna apparatus configures and optimizes the tuning of the antenna circuitry for a future time period, which can be a next time slot. The antenna tuning controller utilizes a cost/gain function to calculate the optimal antenna tuning configuration. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305036 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING CARRIER AGGREGATION BETWEEN DIGITAL UNITS, AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING SIGNAL IN THE SAME - A mobile communication system for providing carrier aggregation between digital units, and a method for processing a signal in the system are provided. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305037 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING DATA OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND IN ACCORDANCE WITH AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN OPERATORS - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes performing a clear channel assessment (CCA) for a first node associated with a first operator in a deployment of operators over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, and transmitting data over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band when the CCA is successful. The data may be transmitted by the first node in accordance with an agreement between the first operator and a second operator in the deployment of operators. A second method includes receiving over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, at a user equipment (UE), a first transmission from a first node associated with a first operator in a deployment of operators. The first transmission may include data originating from a second operator in the deployment of operators. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305038 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SECURITY INFORMATION BASED ON VEHICULAR NETWORK - A method for transmitting safety message based on vehicular applied to vehicle-vehicle communication comprising a transmitting side and a receiving side. S | 10-22-2015 |
20150305039 | Method, Apparatuses and Computer Program for Reporting In-Device Coexistence Information - Methods and apparatus for control of a device with coexisting radios and capable of carrier aggregation are disclosed. A change in the activation status of a secondary cell can be determined where after interference information to be reported is determined in response to the determined change. The determined interference information is compared to interference information reported previously for a similar change, and a decision is made based thereon whether to send the determined interference information. In a network entity interference information received from at least one device is stored. The stored interference information is used in the control when it is determined that no interference information is received subsequent to a new change in the Compare the determined interference information activation status of the secondary cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305041 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SERVICE USING RADIO RESOURCE AGGREGATION - Provided are a connection configuring method between a base station and a node, and a terminal, a scheduling method for a radio resource in a unlicensed band, and a protocol stack regarding data transfer through the radio resource in the unlicensed band, for a terminal to receive a service by using a radio resource in a licensed band and the radio resource in the unlicensed band. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305043 | Power Control - There is provided a method, including detecting, by a network node of a first cell, whether or not there is any output power unused in a second cell during a predefined time period, wherein the un-used output power is originally reserved for a transmission on a specific channel in the second cell; upon detecting that there is at least some of the output power unused, determining the amount of the unused output power in the second cell; and applying at least part of the unused output power to boost a predetermined transmission in the first cell. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305044 | SCHEDULING IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for scheduling enhanced uplink traffic in a cell in a cellular communication system comprises estimating of a rise-over-thermal measure for the cell. A momentary total load in the cell is computed based on the estimated rise-over-thermal measure. A load headroom is determined from at least a maximum allowed load and the momentary load. Future enhanced uplink traffic is scheduled in dependence of the determined load headroom. A degree of underutilization of enhanced uplink traffic grants in the cell is established. The scheduling comprises overbooking of enhanced uplink traffic in dependence on the established underutilization degree. A network node comprises corresponding functionalities. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305045 | Resource Allocation for Self-Organizing Networks - A self-organizing network includes one or more tools. Such tools may be configured to determine, based on one or more performance indicators, that network usage in a first portion of a frequency spectrum satisfies a first usage threshold of the first portion. Such tools may also be configured to transition, in response to the determining, the plurality of users from the first portion to a second portion of the frequency spectrum different from the first portion. Such tools may further be configured to hinder the plurality of users from returning to the first portion from the second portion. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305046 | D2D COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND ALLOCATION METHOD OF RESOURCES AND POWER USING THE SAME - A base station included in the D2D communication system: a shared resource allocation unit configured to select a resource block having highest performance in D2D communication from a plurality of resource blocks occupied by a plurality of cellular terminals and to set the shared resource block to be shared by a corresponding D2D terminal; an exclusive resource allocation unit configured to select at least one other D2D terminal with which to share an exclusive resource block occupied by the corresponding D2D terminal for the D2D communication and to set the exclusive resource block to be shared by the at least one other D2D terminal; and a power allocation unit configured to create a virtual resource block by matching the shared resource block and the exclusive resource block and to control powers allocated to the shared resource block and the exclusive resource block included in the virtual resource block. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305049 | Method And System For Improving Efficiency In A Cellular Communications Network - Operating a first base station in a cellular communications network includes receiving, by the first base station from a second base station, information regarding a scheduling decision made by the second base station applicable to a second user equipment for communicating with the second base station. Communication parameters for a first user equipment to communicate with the first base station is determined based on the received information. A future occurrence at which scheduling information from the scheduling decision made by the second base station will be provided to the second user equipment is determined based on the received information. The determined communication parameters are provided to the first user equipment for communicating with the first base station, the providing substantially coinciding with the determined future occurrence. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305050 | CHANNEL SELECTION METRICS IN SHARED SPECTRUM - Techniques for channel selection and related operations in a shared spectrum environment are disclosed. In one example, a channel selector or the like may be used to select one of a number of available channels as an operating channel based on a comparison of cost functions for each of the available channels, with the cost functions being based on separate utility and penalty metrics. In another example, a channel scanner or the like may be used to trigger a channel scan in response to a channel quality metric indicating poor service for a threshold number or proportion of access terminals. In another example, an operating mode controller may be used to trigger a Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) mode on an operating channel in response to a utilization metric being above a threshold. The TDM mode may cycle operation between activated and deactivated periods in accordance with a TDM communication pattern. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305051 | CHANNEL SELECTION SCANNING IN SHARED SPECTRUM - Techniques for channel selection and related operations in a shared spectrum environment are disclosed. In one example, a channel selector or the like may be used to select one of a number of available channels as an operating channel based on a comparison of cost functions for each of the available channels, with the cost functions being based on separate utility and penalty metrics. In another example, a channel scanner or the like may be used to trigger a channel scan in response to a channel quality metric indicating poor service for a threshold number or proportion of access terminals. In another example, an operating mode controller may be used to trigger a Time Division Multiplexing (TDM) mode on an operating channel in response to a utilization metric being above a threshold. The TDM mode may cycle operation between activated and deactivated periods in accordance with a TDM communication pattern. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305052 | COMMUNICATION NETWORK SETTING METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - According to a communication network setting method of a wireless communication terminal, wireless communication can be performed with a communication network by reading in advance features related to a communication standard or a communication provider for recognizing a wireless communication network accessible at a current place, detecting features from a wireless communication signal received at the current place, and then setting a modem in a hardware or software scheme according to the features. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305055 | Methods and Apparatus For Partial Interference Reduction Within Wireless Networks - Methods and apparatus that enable one or more wireless networks to minimize inter-cellular interference (ICI) at a receiver. In one embodiment, the network comprises an OFDM-based cellular network, and the method comprises utilizing a priori knowledge of non-data portions of signals from multiple base stations in order to schedule transmissions. In one variant, these non-data portions comprise pilot tones; the pilot tones can be scheduled onto various time-frequency resources of the network so as to minimize ICI. The mobility context of the receiver can also be used as a basis for dynamically adjusting the pilot tone density. In another variant, precoding (e.g., Tomlinson-Harashima precoding) can be applied to “shape” the non-data portions of the transmitted signals so as to mitigate ICI. In yet other variants, frame preambles and learning sequences are used as the basis for invoking selective transmission time shifts across the potentially interfering base stations so as to minimize ICI. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305059 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ INDICATION INFORMATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) indication information are provided. The method includes transmitting, by a UE, uplink data on a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) according to scheduling of a base station; detecting, by the UE, a new UpLink (UL) grant and enhanced Physical HARQ Indication CHannel (ePHICH) information of the base station for the uplink data according to a synchronous HARQ timing relationship, wherein ePHICH resources used for bearing the ePHICH information are mapped to a portion of time-frequency resources of a distributed enhanced Physical Downlink Control CHannel (ePDCCH) set; and if the UL grant is not detected, the UE retransmitting the uplink data or not transmitting the uplink data according to an indication of the ePHICH information. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305061 | BUFFER STATUS REPORTING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to methods for transmitting a buffer status report (BSR) in a mobile communication system, more particularly to the definition of rules for triggering, generating and transmitting BSRs. The invention also relates to a data transmission method utilizing new rules to decide data of which radio bearers is transmitted within a given transmission time interval. Moreover, the invention relates to scheduling method for radio resources that is taking into account additional scheduling-relevant information from the buffer status reporting and/or data transmission method. To avoid unnecessary grants from the network and to suggest an advanced handling of data transmissions the invention suggests a buffer status reporting and data transmission schemes that take into account the scheduling mode of data of radio bearers pending for transmission to decide whether to report on it in a buffer status report, respectively, whether to multiplex the data to a transport block for transmission. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305062 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS BASED ON SPATIAL GROUP - Provided is a random access method of a node, the method including receiving spatial group information on spatial groups generated in a cell from a base station, identifying a spatial group corresponding to the node based on the spatial group information, transmitting a preamble signal to the base station by generating the preamble signal, and receiving a random access response message in response to the preamble signal. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305063 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR SENDING FEEDBACK DATA AND USER DATA ON A COMBINED FEEDBACK AND DATA CHANNEL - A method and an arrangement ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150305064 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING CHANNEL ACCESS - An embodiment of the present invention provides a method of controlling channel access in a WLAN system, comprising receiving, from an access point, a first channel access control message sent to stations located in some area through a directional antenna of the access point, and attempting to access a channel according to the first channel access control message. The method enables coexistence of several users and improves scalability of a wireless system. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305065 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE AND RELATED APPARATUS - A new random access procedure is introduced that does not use a timing advance for the uplink timing but instead uses the downlink timing for uplink timing. This is particularly viable when the propagation delay is short, for example with local area cells having a coverage range less than some predetermined threshold. From the mobile terminal's perspective it obtains downlink timing for a cell, transmits a scheduling request SR in a contention-based uplink resource, and in response to receiving an uplink resource allocation it transmits in the allocated uplink resource using the downlink timing. The terminal can get the configuration for that contention-based uplink resource from system information. From the uplink resource the terminal and network determines a SR-RNTI, which the network uses to address the uplink resource allocation and the terminal uses to find a pre-defined search space in which to look for that uplink resource allocation. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305067 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALLING METHOD FOR THE SAME - A method for performing a random access procedure by a Node-B with a specific user equipment (UE) within a cell in which a plurality of UEs are located together. System information is transmitted for at least one of a basic sequence index and a length of a zero correlation zone (ZCZ) to the specific UE. A preamble sequence is received from the specific UE over a random access channel. The preamble sequence is generated from Constant Amplitude Zero Auto-Correlation (CAZAC) sequences distinguishable by at least one of the basic sequence index and a length of a Cyclic Shift (CS) applied to the preamble sequence. The length of the CS applied to the preamble sequence is given by one among a plurality of application lengths determined based on the length of the ZCZ. A number of the plurality of lengths are differently given based on a type of the specific UE. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305068 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION BACK END PROCESSING BASED ON DYNAMIC FEEDBACK OF USER END TO CONFIGURE COMMUNICATION LINKING - In a device and a method for communication back end processing based on user end dynamic feedback to configure communication linking, the communication back end processing device includes a communication module and an optimization configuration module. The communication module communicates with a plurality of external base stations, one of base stations communicates with an external user end. The optimization configuration module is electrically connected to the communication module and triggers the user end to transmit user information to the optimization configuration module. The optimization configuration module triggers the base station to transmit the base station information to the optimization configuration module. The optimization configuration module according to user information and at least one piece of base station information assigns a base station to connect the user end, so as to optimize the communication linking status between assigned base station and user end. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305075 | Neighbor Discovery in Device-to-Device Communications - In device-to-device (D2D) communications underlying a cellular telecommunication infrastructure, a neighbor discovery of D2D-enabled user equipments (UEs) is performed on the basis of a Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier, CRNTI. Hereby it is made possible to provide for D2D neighbor discovery for a relatively large number of D2D-enabled user equipments (UEs). | 10-22-2015 |
20150305077 | NETWORK ASSISTANCE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - Embodiments of system and method configurations for device discovery and connection establishment in connection with use of device-to-device (D2D) and proximity-based services are generally described herein. In some examples, an evolved packet core (EPC) of a 3GPP Long Term Evolution or 3GPP Long Term Evolution-Advanced (LTE/LTE-A) network is arranged to assist D2D identification and discovery procedures at user equipment (UEs) connected to the LTE/LTE-A network. Various identification and discovery procedures may be implemented in connection with proximity detection and the establishment of communication times for the establishment of the D2D communication link, between the UEs. Accordingly, the EPC of the LTE/LTE-A network may assist the establishment of a device-to-device communication link between UEs on a wireless network employing a distinct wireless protocol (for example, a direct wireless network connection via a wireless local area network (WLAN) or wireless personal area network (WPAN)). | 10-22-2015 |
20150305079 | INFORMATION REPORTING METHOD FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - An information reporting method for device to device communication, user equipment and base station. The method includes: transmitting, by UE, indication information indicating to perform D2D-only communication, so that a base station learns that a data traffic of the UE is a D2D-only communication traffic. The base station may learn D2D-only information of the UE, so as to suitably configure the UE, thereby avoiding unnecessary handover or mode selection. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305080 | LOGIC CHANNEL HANDLING METHOD FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - A logic channel handling method for D2D (device to device) communication, UE and a base station. The method includes: judging, by the UE, whether a DRB is configured/activated/enabled for D2D communication; performing independent logic channel prioritization and data multiplexing on logic channel(s) to which the DRB configured/activated/enabled for D2D communication corresponds. An MAC layer of the UE can handle communication data correctly even if there is DRB for D2D communication. | 10-22-2015 |
20150305082 | RESTORATION OF NETWORK ACCESS - In the event of loss of connection ( | 10-22-2015 |
20150305083 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) ENHANCEMENTS IN LTE SYSTEMS - Embodiments of a system and method for providing DRX enhancements in LTE systems are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a system control module is provided for controlling communications via a communications interface. A processor is coupled to the system control module and is arranged to implement an inactivity timer and an on-duration timer for determining an active time for monitoring subframes on the physical downlink control channel for control signals, the processor further monitoring subframes after the active time. | 10-22-2015 |
20150311970 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication terminal includes: an array antenna; a MAC processing section, provided to detect a first order system, that interprets information on a quiet period that the base station has informed of the MAC processing section in advance and generates a quiet period signal; a synthesizing section that weights signals received by antennas of the array antenna by using weighting coefficients, and combines the signals to produce a synthetic signal; and an array antenna control section that optimizes the weighting coefficients so as to reduce an interference signal received from the array antenna, over a period of presence of the quiet period signal. The optimized weighting coefficients are applied while downstream signals from the base station are being received, but are not applied while the primary usage system is being detected. | 10-29-2015 |
20150311971 | Method And Apparatus For Smart Adaptive Dynamic Range Multiuser Detection Radio Receiver - A receiver includes multi-user detection (MUD) functionality and a cognitive engine. The receiver may also be coupled to multiple antennas and have analog beamforming capability. The cognitive engine is operative for selecting a beam or beams associated with the multiple antennas to enable successful demodulation by the MUD. The receiver has application in multiple access channels and in other communication scenarios. | 10-29-2015 |
20150311994 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR ESTIMATING AN INTER CELL INTERFERENCE - A user equipment, UE ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150312007 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZED HARQ FEEDBACK WITH CONFIGURED MEASUREMENT GAP - A method and apparatus for improved downlink data transport with hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) feedback and a measurement gap are provided. A user equipment (UE) receives from a network a transmission grant for downlink data on a first control channel. The UE receives the data from the network via a transport channel. In response to the received data, the UE determines whether transmission of an acknowledgement message falls in a measurement gap. Upon determining that the transmission of the acknowledgement message by the UE falls in the measurement gap, and prior to receiving from the network a retransmission grant for the data on the first control channel, the UE sends the acknowledgement message on a second control channel in a sub-frame following the measurement gap. The first control channel is associated with the second control channel. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312009 | GROUPING OF CS AND COMB VALUES FOR DM-RS AND SRS ON SHARED TIME-FREQUENCY RESOURCES - A method for grouping of CS (and comb values) for DM-RS and SRS on shared time-frequency resources is described. The method includes dividing a RS space into at least a first region and a second region. The method also includes allocating, from the first region, a DM-RS sequence CS and/or a DM-RS comb for a DM-RS; and allocating, from the second region, a SRS sequence CS and/or a SRS comb for a SRS. The DM-RS and the SRS are on the same resources on an uplink shared channel (such as a PUSCH for example). The RS space comprises at least one of a CS set and a IFDM comb set. The CS set and/or the IFDM comb set of the first region is based at least in part on a number of physical resource blocks allocated to the uplink shared channel. Apparatus and computer readable media are also described. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312010 | BASE STATION, PROCESSOR, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND USER TERMINAL - A base station that communicates with a plurality of user terminals in a mobile communication system in which a radio signal including a reference signal for estimating a channel characteristic is transmitted and received, comprises: a control unit that changes a reference signal density that is a density of the reference signal applied to communication with the plurality of user terminals. The control unit calculates a statistics amount of communication quality information acquired for all the plurality of user terminals, and changes the reference signal density on the basis of the statistics amount. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312013 | TRANSMISSION OF INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, devices, and systems for the transmission of information in a wireless communication system are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method for the transmission of information in a wireless communication system comprises receiving a downlink message, wherein the downlink message includes a first control channel element; determining a first index using the location of the first control channel element; determining a second index; determining a first orthogonal resource using the first index; determining a second orthogonal resource using the second index; spreading an uplink message using the first orthogonal resource to form a first spread signal; spreading the uplink message using a second orthogonal resource to form a second spread signal; transmitting the first spread signal using a first antenna; and transmitting the second spread signal using a second antenna. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312014 | OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALS - A method and apparatus for compressing resources used for transmitting acknowledgment signals from User Equipments (UEs). An acknowledgment signal is in response to detections from a UE of one or more Physical Downlink Control CHannels (PDCCHs) in respective one or more Transmission Time Interval (TTIs) within M TTIs. Each PDCCH is transmitted over Control Channel Elements (CCEs). Resources account for both CCEs in a same TTI and for TTIs within the M TTIs. A Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ) Acknowledgment Resource Offset (HRO) field in a Downlink Control Information (DCI) format is used to compress resources in both CCE and TTI domains. For the first TTI of the M TTIs, all HRO values compress resources in the CCE domain while for all remaining TTIs, half HRO values compress resources in the CCE domain and half HRO values compress resources in the TTI domain. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312015 | CHANNEL QUALITY REPORT PROCESSES, CIRCUITS AND SYSTEMS - An electronic device includes a first circuit ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150312067 | TRAINING SIGNALS FOR EGPRS MIMO TRANSMISSIONS - A network node for an EGPRS system, arranged to transmit bursts to a receiving node in the EGPRS system, where a burst comprises a training sequence with training information for use by the receiving node. The network node is arranged to use waveforms as said known training sequences, with the shape of the waveform as such conveying the training information. The waveforms are either digital waveforms or analogue waveforms. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312071 | MODULATION CODING SCHEME (MCS) INDICATION IN LTE UPLINK - Methods, systems, and devices for indicating a modulation coding scheme (MCS) in LTE are described. A user equipment (UE) may receive downlink control information (DCI) from an evolved Node B (eNB) that includes an uplink grant of resources. The DCI may be configured and have a format that conveys an MCS table reference. The UE may identify the MCS table reference and, based on the reference, identify a legacy MCS table or a non-legacy MCS table. The legacy MCS table may be associated with quadrature amplitude modulation (QAM) up to a first order, and the non-legacy MCS table may be associated with QAM up to a second order, the second order being higher than the first order. The UE may modulate and code information for uplink transmissions using the identified MCS table. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312074 | Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) Wireless Systems and Methods - Apparatuses and methods for Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) communication are discussed. An example Evolved NodeB (eNB) includes a memory, a processor, and a transmitter circuit. The processor evaluates an orthogonal multiple access (OMA) metric and a NOMA metric, generates a protocol instruction that indicates an OMA transmission or a NOMA transmission based on the metrics, and determines a first modulation and coding scheme (MCS) for a first UE and a second MCS for a second UE. The transmitter circuit receives the protocol instruction and transmits a first data signal and a first downlink control information (DCI) message associated with the first UE, and a second data signal and a second DCI message associated with the second UE. When the protocol instruction indicates NOMA transmission, the data signals are power multiplexed, the DCI messages indicate the data signals are transmitted via NOMA, and the first DCI message indicates the second MCS. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312077 | Orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) structures for high efficiency wireless communications - A wireless communication device (alternatively, device) a communication interface and a processor, among other possible circuitries, components, elements, etc. to support communications with other wireless communication device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. A device is configured to generate various orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OHM) and/or orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) packets (e.g., frames, signals, etc.) that are based on any of group of set of OFDM/A frame structures. Across the various OFDM/A frame structures, the ratio of pilot sub-carriers to data sub-carriers across resource units (RUs) decreases as the total number of sub-carriers across the RUs increases. In addition, some of the OFDM/A frame structures include different total number of sub-carriers yet same number of pilot sub-carriers. The device is configured to perform adaptation among and between the various OFDM/A frame structures based on any one or more considerations. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312082 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for generating control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining whether the terminal supports a high-order modulation scheme, and if the terminal supports the high-order modulation scheme, feeding back control information for supporting the high-order modulation scheme to a base station. The control information includes a first Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) table for supporting the high-order modulation scheme, and the first CQI table is generated by removing a plurality of CQI entries from a second CQI table including a low-order modulation scheme, and replacing a last CQI table index as the high-order modulation scheme. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312157 | METHOD FOR ALIGNING QoS OF WLAN AND QoS OF PACKET CORE NETWORK - A method for aligning QoS of a WLAN network and QoS of a packet core network is disclosed. The method includes: establishing multiple first Internet Protocol Security (IPSEC) tunnels between a User Equipment (UE) and a WLAN, each first IPSEC tunnel corresponding to a different bearer, and transporting different DSCP values of different bearers to the WLAN via the first IPSEC tunnels; establishing multiple second IPSEC tunnels between the WLAN and the packet core network, mapping the different DSCP values to different Quality of Services (QoSs) on the WLAN, and transporting the QoSs to the packet core network via the second IPSEC tunnels; and the WLAN performing QoS scheduling on services of the bearers according to the different DSCP values. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312278 | REMOTE STATION PROTECTION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for selectively enabling legacy protection in a WLAN. A method may include receiving, by an access point, a DSSS signal from a station, and activating legacy protection within a WLAN of the access point based at least in part on the received DSSS signal. For instance when a station cannot be initially detected, the access point may transmit an OFDM signal indicating a NAV period associated with a remote station initial access period. The access point may then receive a DSSS transmission from a remote station during the remote station initial access period. A method may include receiving, at a wireless station, an indication of a NAV period associated with remote station initial access, monitoring for radio transmissions during the NAV period, and transmitting a DSSS signal during the NAV period based on the monitoring. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312279 | REMOTE STATION PROTECTION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for selectively enabling legacy protection in a WLAN. A method may include receiving, by an access point, a DSSS signal from a station, and activating legacy protection within a WLAN of the access point based at least in part on the received DSSS signal. For instance when a station cannot be initially detected, the access point may transmit an OFDM signal indicating a NAV period associated with a remote station initial access period. The access point may then receive a DSSS transmission from a remote station during the remote station initial access period. A method may include receiving, at a wireless station, an indication of a NAV period associated with remote station initial access, monitoring for radio transmissions during the NAV period, and transmitting a DSSS signal during the NAV period based on the monitoring. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312319 | ACCESS POINT WITH LIMITED RANGE - Methods, systems, and devices are described for limiting the range of an access point. An access point (AP) may transmit a beacon advertising supported for a set of low bit rates to achieve backwards compatibility for devices that expect support for those rates. If a station (STA) sends a data packet using one of the low bit rates, the AP may refrain from transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK) of the transmission to the STA. The AP may also transmit a disassociation or deauthentication frame. This may cause devices outside of a limited range to disassociate from the AP. In some examples, the AP may indicate that it will not communicate using the set of low bit rates. The AP may transmit beacons or probe responses at higher bit rates. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312361 | Method Of Establishing Communication Session Using Active Connection Of Mobile Terminal To Relay Server - The present invention relates to a method of establishing a communication session passing through a relay server between a mobile terminal capable of connecting to a wireless network at a remote site and a user terminal connected to the Internet, in which if the relay server or a reception server connected to the relay server transmits information on a connection target mobile terminal to a push server providing a push service in response to a request of the user terminal, an agent installed in the mobile terminal actively connects to the relay server in response to a call of the push service, and the relay server establishes a communication session between the user terminal and the mobile terminal. A communication session can be efficiently established for a mobile terminal to which a static IP address is not assigned, and thus communication load can be drastically reduced, and power and resources of the mobile terminal can be efficiently utilized. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312700 | DEVICE INITIATED TRIGGERS - Embodiments contemplate wireless communication that may include sending machine type communication (MTC) application data from a services capability server (SCS) to an MTC user equipment (UE/WTRU) using a device trigger. The device trigger may be used to instruct an MTC device application to initiate communications with an SCS. Embodiments also contemplate that a first device trigger (DT) request may be received from a first wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and a machine-type-communication inter-working function (MTC-IWF) may be determined in response to the first DT request. A second DT request may be sent to the MTC-IWF; and a first DT response may be received from the MTC-IWF. The first DT response may include a first information regarding a second WTRU. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312726 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) data for use in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) system is provided. The method includes generating information for use in determining whether a broadcast area changes on inter-cell movement of a terminal, generating a system information block (SIB) including the generated information, and broadcasting the SIM. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312748 | INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE, METHOD AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - An information processing device include circuitry configured to acquire-service-information for a service from a first information processing apparatus, change a priority of the service based on a status of the information processing apparatus or a status of the service, and provide the service information to a second information processing apparatus based on the priority. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312752 | RADIO BASE STATION - Even when a same C-RNTI is allocated to multiple mobile stations in a phantom cell, a collision between the mobile stations UE to which the same C-RNTI is allocated is avoided. A radio base station PhNB# | 10-29-2015 |
20150312753 | MULTIPLE BSSID PROCEDURE WITH TIM ENCODING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for s wireless communications, comprising a processing system configured to generate a frame with an information element (IE) having a partial virtual bitmap field that indicates zero or more basic service sets (BSSs) that have buffered group-cast traffic, wherein the partial virtual bitmap field comprises at least one encoded subfield that identities at least one individual BSS having buffered group-cast traffic using one or more bits of an identifier of the individual BSS, and an interface for outputting the frame containing the IE for transmission. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312780 | WIRELESS MESH POINT PORTABLE DATA TERMINAL - A portable data terminal (PDT) adapted to participate in a wireless mesh network including a plurality of peer PDTs can comprise: a PDT module including an encoded information reading (EIR) device, and a mesh point (MP) module communicatively coupled to the PDT module. The MP module can include a microcontroller and at least one wireless communication interface and can be configured to perform IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless station services including authentication, de-authentication, privacy, and MAC service data unit delivery, and IEEE 802.11-conformant wireless distribution system services including association, disassociation, distribution, integration, and re-association. The MP module can be further configured, responsive to receiving a MAC frame addressed to a recipient inside the wireless mesh network, to deliver the MAC frame using the distribution service. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312793 | CHANNEL RESERVATION FOR OPERATION IN AN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Embodiments described herein relate generally to a communication between a user equipment (“UE”) and an evolved Node Bs (“eNBs”) in a plurality of frequency bands. An eNB may transmit cross-carrier, cross-subframe scheduling information to a UE in a licensed frequency band. In response reception of the scheduling information, the UE may sense a wireless transmission medium to determine if the medium is idle. If the medium is idle, the UE may generate and transmit a request to reserve the medium in the unlicensed frequency band (e.g., a Clear-to-Send message). The eNB may transmit downlink data to the UE in the unlicensed frequency band. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312797 | Method And Device For Controlling The Fusion Of A Heterogeneous System - A device for controlling the fusion of a heterogeneous system, which receives a first data stream from a MAC layer of a WLAN through a LLC sub-layer and a second data stream from a MAC layer of a cellular network through a PDCP and a RLC sub-layer, and for fusing the first data stream and the second data stream into one data stream and transmitting the fused one data stream to a network layer. The device demultiplexes the data stream from the network layer into a third data stream corresponding to the MAC layer of the WLAN and a fourth data stream corresponding to the MAC layer of the cellular network, and transmits the third data stream to the MAC layer of the WLAN through the LLC and the fourth data stream to the MAC layer of the cellular network through the PDCP and the RLC sub-layer. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312804 | METHOD FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING CHANNEL BANDWIDTH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A method of reducing the usable channel bandwidth and increasing the channel bandwidth at run time is provided. The method allows a receiving wireless communications device to inform its corresponding transmitting communications device to either increase, reduce, or maintain the number of usable narrow band channels for the succeeding frame exchange. In a wireless communications channel, channel reduction is accomplished by using a usable channel indicator in a response frame responding to the preceding receiving frame. The usable channel indicator is the means for the receiving communications device to inform the transmitting communications device the preferred narrow band channels that it deems having good channel characteristics. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312833 | AUTOMATED WIRELESS CHANNEL CHANGING - A user device may determine wireless channel load values for multiple wireless channels, each wireless channel load value indicating a load, of the corresponding wireless channel, due to wireless activity by a set of network devices that does not include a first network device connected to the user device; display information regarding the wireless channel load values, the information including an indication of a recommended one of the plurality of wireless channels; receive a selection to change a first wireless channel of the plurality of channels, via which the user device and the network device communicate, to a second wireless channel of the plurality of channels; determine computer code corresponding to a particular model of the first network device; and execute the determined computer code to interact with the first network device to change the wireless channel from the first wireless channel to the second wireless channel. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312838 | METHODS AND SYSTEM IN SUPPORTING REAL TIME SERVICES WITH SPECTRUM EFFICIENCY IN A SATELLITE NETWORK - Approaches are provided for efficient bandwidth allocation for real-time service traffic flows, providing for assured QoS and efficient spectrum utilization. A terminal of a wireless communications network receives data from one or more associated interface devices. A snooper captures a session request message from one of the interface devices for initiation of a setup process to establish a communications session over the communications network, and parses the session request message to obtain associated session parameters. Inroute bandwidth requirements for the communications session are determined based on the session parameters. A bandwidth reservation process is initiated to obtain bandwidth allocations to satisfy the inroute bandwidth requirements. The session request message is held until completion of the bandwidth reservation process, whereupon the session request message is transmitted to a session controller at a core node of the network, and the setup process to establish the communications session is completed. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312850 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR COLLECTING INFORMATION ABOUT WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK ACCESS POINT - The present invention discloses a method, an apparatus, and a system for collecting information about a WLAN AP. The method specifically includes: a user equipment receives WLAN AP request information from a base station in a Minimization of Drive Tests measurement configuration process, collects WLAN AP information according to the WLAN AP request information, and sends the WLAN AP information to the base station, wherein the WLAN AP request information is used to request the UE to report WLAN AP information. In the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present invention, by using an MDT measurement configuration process, a UE may collect and report WLAN AP information based on architecture of a mobile communications network. In this way, WLAN AP information can be conveniently collected. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312865 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER AND BIT RATE CONTROL - Joint uplink transmission power and bit rate control is provided. Data bits are received by a network Node B on an enhanced dedicated channel, E-DCH, from a user equipment, UE. End-user quality of service, QoS, for the received data bits is estimated. System coverage at a radio receiver of the network Node B is estimated. The estimated end-user QoS and the estimated system coverage represent a current working point of the UE. The current working point of the UE is related to a preferred working point. As a result thereof a transmission power control, TPC, command and a scheduling grant, SG, is determined for the UE so as to move the current working point towards the preferred working point and thereby adjust uplink transmission power and bit rate. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312869 | METHOD FOR REPORTING TIMER STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for reporting TAT (time alignment timer) status information at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes a step of reporting the TAT status information for at least one TAG (time alignment group) to a network when a condition is met, wherein the TAT status information indicates whether the TAT for at least one TAG is running or not. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312887 | Preamble Sequence Transmission Method, Apparatus, and System - A method includes acquiring system information or a physical broadcast channel PBCH that is broadcast by a base station, where the system information or the PBCH includes a preset physical random access channel PRACH, the preset PRACH includes m preset radio frames, and m is a positive integer; determining that a quantity of repetition times of a preamble sequence, which is used for random access, at a preset resource location of the preset PRACH is n, where 1≦n≦10m; and sending, at n preset resource locations of the preset PRACH, the preamble sequence to the base station. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312888 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL ACCESS FOR NON-OPERATOR DEVICES - A device for providing downlink channel access for non-operator devices includes at least one processor circuit. The at least one processor circuit is configured to establish a local connection with an operator device that is serviced by a network operator. The at least one processor circuit is configured to provide, to the operator device over the local connection, a request to establish a connection to a network, the request comprising a destination address. The at least one processor circuit is configured to receive, from the operator device over the local connection, control information for reception of a downlink channel provisioned by the network operator for the operator device. The at least one processor circuit is configured to receive downlink data associated with the destination address on the downlink channel and provide, to the operator device, uplink data associated with the destination address for transmission to the network. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312890 | Method and System for Communicating Information in a Wireless Communication System - Methods and systems for communicating information in a wireless communication system are disclosed herein and may include determining at least a bit-error-rate (BER) for at least a DVB-H downlink communication path utilized for communicating multimedia content in a communication system. The communication system may include a plurality of downlink communication paths, at least two of the plurality of downlink communication paths may use different communication protocols, and at least one of the plurality of downlink communication paths may include the DVB-H downlink communication path. At least a portion of the multimedia content may be communicated via at least one of the plurality of downlink communication paths to at least one mobile communication device based on at least the determined at least the BER. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312892 | METHODS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT AND RELATED USER EQUIPMENTS AND RADIO ACCESS NODE - Methods for D2D connection re-establishment and related user equipments and radio access node are disclosed, wherein the D2D connection is established between a first user equipment and a second user equipment under the control of a radio access node. In one embodiment, the method comprises: receiving, by the first user equipments, a first message from the second user equipments, the first message comprising a first credential which is calculated by the second user equipment; verifying the first credential by the first user equipment; and sending a second message indicating acknowledgement of the D2D connection re-establishment from the first user equipment to the second user equipment upon successful verification of the first credential. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312894 | METHOD FOR PREFORMING COMMUNICATIONS IN WIRELESS SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORK AND APPARATUS THEREOF - The present invention discloses a method for performing communications in a wireless software defined network SDN and an apparatus thereof. The method includes: generating a message in a first format; and transmitting the message to a wireless network control device of a control plane, so that the wireless network control device obtains content in the message according to the first format. According to the method for performing communications in the wireless software defined network SDN and the apparatus thereof in embodiments of the present invention, the wireless network control device in the wireless SDN may perform communications with a base station and a user equipment by defining the message content and the message format for performing communications between the wireless network control device of the control plane and the base station as well as the user equipment of a data plane, thereby enhancing feasibility of a wireless SDN architecture. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312895 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS TO DEFINE CONTROL CHANNELS USING RESERVED RESOURCE BLOCKS - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate defining new control channels in legacy wireless networks. Control data resources for new systems can be defined over resources reserved for general data communications in the legacy wireless network specification. In this regard, legacy devices can still be supported by devices implementing new control data resources, and the new control data resources can avoid substantial interference that is typically exhibited over legacy control and/or reference signal resources by instead using the general data resources. In addition, new system devices can avoid scheduling data communication resources over the new control resources to create a substantially non-interfered global control segment. Control data can be transmitted over the segment using beacon-based technologies, reuse schemes, and/or the like. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312896 | RADIO LINK CONTROL RESET USING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL SIGNALING - A method and apparatus are described for implementing a reset procedure for radio link control (RLC) using radio resource control (RRC) signaling. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) receives a request for RLC reset. A processor at the WTRU comprises a RRC entity and a RLC entity. The RRC entity receives the request for a RLC reset in a radio resource control message. The RLC entity reassembles RLC service data units (SDUs) from any protocol data units (PDUs) that are received out of sequence at a receiving side of the RLC entity. The reassembled SDUs are delivered in sequence to a packet data convergence protocol entity (PDCP). At the receiving side of the RLC entity, any remaining PDUs that are not able to be reassembled are discarded. At a transmitting side of the RLC entity, all SDUs and PDUs stored in transmit buffers are discarded. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312897 | CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT, ACQUISITION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present disclosure is applied to the field of communications, and provides a channel assignment, acquisition method and system, the assignment method including: selecting at least one idle channel from idle channels of a multi-channel sharing system as a control channel; sending an idle signal to the control channel, the idle signal identifying that the control channel is a control channel for a customer premise equipment (CPE) to be positioned therein in a preset positioning manner; and upon receipt of a communication request from a CPE positioned to the control channel, assigning the control channel to the CPE. The present disclosure, by selecting one idle channel as a control channel, positioning a CPE to the control channel after the CPE scans the control channel, and conducting communication through the control channel, can not only achieve dynamic assignment of the channel, but also make the amount of computation of the dynamic assignment small and control complexity of the dynamic assignment lower. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312898 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMISSION OF MULTIPLE MODULATED SIGNALS OVER WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for requesting and allocating bandwidth in a broadband wireless communication system. The method and apparatus includes a combination of techniques that allow a plurality of CPEs to communicate their bandwidth request messages to respective base stations. One technique includes a “polling” method whereby a base station polls CPEs individually or in groups and allocates bandwidth specifically for the purpose of allowing the CPEs to respond with bandwidth requests. The polling of the CPEs by the base station may be in response to a CPE setting a “poll-me bit” or, alternatively, it may be periodic. Another technique comprises “piggybacking” bandwidth requests on bandwidth already allocated to a CPE. Currently active CPEs request bandwidth using unused portions of uplink bandwidth that is already allocated to the CPE. The CPE is responsible for distributing the allocated uplink bandwidth in a manner that accommodates the services provided by the CPE. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312899 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION REQUESTING METHOD, AND SYNCHRONIZATION-SHIFT MEASUREMENT SIGNAL TRANSMITTING METHOD - A mobile station device that receives downlink control information which is used to selectively provide downlink scheduling or a random access order, on a physical downlink control channel from a base station device. The mobile station device also transmits a random access preamble using a random access channel to the base station device based on receiving the downlink control information which provides a random access order, where the downlink control information provides a downlink resource allocation in a case that the downlink control information is used to provide the downlink scheduling and where a preset value is set for a field of the downlink resource allocation in a case that the downlink control information is used to provide the random access order. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312900 | Providing Improved Scheduling Request Signaling With ACK/NACK Or CQI - In accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that an acknowledgment is to be sent, and for the case where there is also a scheduling request to be sent, combining the acknowledgment with the scheduling request on a scheduling resource, else placing the acknowledgment in another resource. In accordance with another exemplary embodiment of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for receiving information on a scheduling resource, and determining that the information received on the scheduling resource includes an acknowledgment. Further, in accordance with the exemplary embodiments of the invention there is a method, executable computer program, and apparatus for determining that a scheduling request resource and at least one other resource are reserved for a user equipment in a same sub-frame, and based on whether a scheduling request is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment, placing at least one of an acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement and a channel quality indicator that is desired to be transmitted by the user equipment in one of the resources and leaving at least one other resource unused. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312901 | ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAME BASED ORTHOGONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for facilitating almost blank sub-frame (ABS) based orthogonal resource allocation in a wireless network environment is provided and includes receiving at a serving Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) nodeB (eNB), ABS patterns from a plurality of neighboring eNBs in a orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing based network, each neighboring eNB transmitting a separate ABS pattern, setting a maximum duty cycle of physical downlink control channel in a frame to be transmitted by the serving eNB within its serving cell, and computing an optimal ABS pattern at the serving eNB subject to the maximum duty cycle and based on the ABS patterns received from the plurality of neighboring eNBs. In specific embodiments, computing the optimal ABS pattern includes identifying neighboring eNBs transmitting at each sub-frame of the frame, identifying sub-frames transmitted by a least number of neighboring eNBs, and selecting each identified sub-frame for configuring as an ABS. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312902 | ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAME BASED ORTHOGONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method for facilitating almost blank sub-frame (ABS) based orthogonal resource allocation in a wireless network environment is provided and includes receiving at a serving Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) nodeB (eNB), ABS patterns from a plurality of neighboring eNBs in a orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing based network, each neighboring eNB transmitting a separate ABS pattern, setting a maximum duty cycle of physical downlink control channel in a frame to be transmitted by the serving eNB within its serving cell, and computing an optimal ABS pattern at the serving eNB subject to the maximum duty cycle and based on the ABS patterns received from the plurality of neighboring eNBs. In specific embodiments, computing the optimal ABS pattern includes identifying neighboring eNBs transmitting at each sub-frame of the frame, identifying sub-frames transmitted by a least number of neighboring eNBs, and selecting each identified sub-frame for configuring as an ABS. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312903 | Signalling for Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - In a wireless communications system including a first transmission point and a second transmission point, a wireless communications method implemented in the first transmission point supporting coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The wireless communications method comprises transmitting to the second transmission point one or more CoMP hypothesis sets, and transmitting to the second transmission point a benefit metric corresponding to each CoMP hypothesis set, wherein the benefit metric can be a negative value. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312904 | MASTER-SLAVE BASE STATION CLUSTER, CENTRAL UNIT, REMOTE UNIT, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - Embodiments of the present invention provide a master-slave base station cluster, a central unit, a remote unit, and an information processing method. The master-slave base station cluster includes: a central unit and at least one remote unit, where each remote unit is connected to the central unit through a remote interface; the central unit includes: at least one of a MAC layer function module, an RLC layer function module, a PDCP layer function module, and an RRC function module, and a first interface function module; and each remote unit includes: a second interface function module, an L1 layer function module, and another function module of the MAC layer function module, the RLC layer function module, the PDCP layer function module, and the RRC function module except the function module included in the central unit. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312906 | Methods and Apparatus for Routing Communication using Slotted Resources of Radio Access Mesh Networks - Methods and network nodes ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150312910 | Dynamic Channel Bandwidth Selection Based on Information for Packets transmitted at Different Channel Bandwidths - The present disclosure discloses a method and network device for dynamic channel bandwidth selection in a wireless local area network. Specifically, a network device obtains information corresponding to a first set of packets transmitted on one or more of a plurality of channel bandwidths over a first period of time. Based on the information, the network device selects a particular channel bandwidth, of the plurality of channel bandwidths, for transmitting a second set of packets; and transmits the second set of packets at the particular channel bandwidth. Additionally, based on the information, the network device can dynamically select a number of packets, from a second set of packets, to queue at hardware components with channel bandwidth selection for transmission by the hardware components; and can queue the selected number of packets at the hardware components with channel bandwidth selection. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312911 | Method and Apparatus for Resource Allocation to Maximize the Total Data Rate in SC-FDMA Uplink - A low-complexity Radio Resource Allocation method ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150312913 | UNEQUAL TRANSMITTER AND RECEIVER DISTRIBUTION IN DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEMS - Certain features relate to unequal distribution of transmitters and receivers in a distributed antenna system (DAS). Remote units in the DAS can be configured as transmitting remote units, receiving remote units, or remote transceiver units that can transmit and receive wireless signals. In some configurations, the DAS can be configured with a greater number of transmitting remote units than receiving remote units. In other configurations, the DAS can be configured with a greater number of receiving remote units. In some aspects, unequal distribution of transmitters and receivers can be obtained by allocation of transmission frequencies and receiver frequencies in the DAS. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312914 | FULL DUPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING DISJOINT SPECTRAL BLOCKS - The invention involves utilizing pieces of disjoint spectral blocks. In one embodiment, a frequency division duplex approach is used, where each spectral block is utilized solely for either uplink or downlink communications. In another embodiment, a time division duplex approach is used, where each spectral block is time divided and uplink and downlink communications are assigned to different time slots within the same spectral blocks. In another embodiment, a code division duplex approach is utilized, where uplink and downlink communications are assigned different codes/hopping patterns within a same spectral block. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312917 | Methods, Systems, And Computer Program Products For Determining A Demodulation Reference Sequence For An Intercell Interfering Signal Received From A Mobile Device In a Long Term Evolution Communication System - Methods and systems are described for determining a Demodulation Reference Sequence (DMRS) for an intercell interfering signal received from a mobile device in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system. In one aspect, an interfering signal transmitted from a mobile device being served by a second cell of an LTE communication system is received at a receiver serving a first cell in the LTE communication system. At least one transmit parameter is detected from the received interfering signal. A DMRS for the received interfering signal is determined based on the detected transmit parameter. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312920 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN USER EQUIPMENT CONFIGURED WITH EPDCCH FOR PROVIDING DOWNLINK RADIO LINK CONDITION - The invention provides a method for use in a user equipment configured with EPDCCH, the method comprising: measuring downlink radio link quality corresponding to UE-specific search space in EPDCCH; and sending an EPDCCH CQI to a serving base station to indicate the measured downlink radio link quality. The invention further provides a method for use in a user equipment configured with EPDCCH, the method comprising: measuring downlink radio link quality corresponding to UE-specific search space in EPDCCH; and sending an EPDCCH failure indicator to a serving base station when the measured downlink radio link quality does not meet a predetermined condition. The invention further provides a method for use in a user equipment configured with EPDCCH, the method comprising: measuring downlink radio link quality corresponding to common search space in PDCCH on frames where EPDCCH is configured; and triggering radio link failure when the measured downlink radio link quality does not meet a predetermined condition. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312922 | USER EQUIPMENT AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - A user equipment has a transmission and reception unit configured to transmit and receive a radio channel to/from a base station via multiple cells configured by carrier aggregation, a simultaneous transmission availability determination unit configured to, in response to an occurrence of an event to transmit an uplink control channel in the multiple cells simultaneously, determine whether the uplink control channel can be simultaneously transmitted in the multiple cells, and a transmission control unit configured to, if the uplink control channel can be simultaneously transmitted in the multiple cells, instruct the transmission and reception unit to transmit the uplink control channel in the multiple cells simultaneously, and if the uplink control channel cannot be simultaneously transmitted in the multiple cells, control transmission of the uplink control channel in accordance with a transmission priority. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312923 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEIVING METHOD AND DEVICE - A data transmission/receiving method and device are provided. The transmission method is applied to a base station, and includes allocating a network resource required for D2D communications for each UE in a UE group and using the network resource as a component carrier of each UE, each UE supporting carrier aggregation, and dividing the data to be transmitted to the UE group into a plurality of pieces of component data information and respectively transmitting same to each UE, each UE sharing the plurality of pieces of component data information transmitted to each UE via the component carrier. The method and device provide a solution which uses D2D technology in a carrier aggregation yet, thereby achieving the convergence of carrier aggregation and D2D technology and improving the transmission efficiency of a mobile communication network while reducing the burden of the mobile communication network. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312925 | PACKET RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A packet radio communications system communicates internet packets to and/or from mobile user equipment. The system comprises a core network comprising a plurality of packet data networks, each including network communications elements operable to communicate internet packets using an internet protocol transport plane, and a common gateway support node. The gateway support node is operable to route the internet packets via communications bearers established through the packet data networks using the network communications elements. The system includes a plurality of radio access networks connected by the internet protocol transport plane to the core network components of the packet data networks for communicating the internet protocol packets to and/or from the mobile user equipment. Each of the radio access networks is operable to provide radio access bearers for communicating the internet packets to and/or from the mobile user equipment. The system includes a packet service control subsystem function comprising an access network part and a non access network part. The access network part is arranged to control the communication of the internet packets via the radio access bearers and the non-access network part is arranged to control the communication of the internet packets via the communications bearers using the network communications elements of the packet data networks. At least one of the radio access networks is arranged to operate in accordance with a different telecommunications standard than the other radio access networks, and at least one of the plurality of packet data networks is arranged to operate in accordance with a different telecommunications standard than the other packet data networks. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312926 | COEXISTENCE PRIORITY SELECTION - Methods and systems for auto coexistence priority selection for a SCO link are disclosed. Aspects of one method may include a first Bluetooth device communicating with a collocated WLAN device via a coexistence method. The first Bluetooth device, prior to executing a non-SCO task, which may comprise tasks that do not involve SCO packet transfer, may communicate low priority via the coexistence method if a Bluetooth SCO link is present between the first Bluetooth device and a second Bluetooth device, and if a current task being handled by the first Bluetooth device is a high priority task. If a SCO link is not present between the first and second Bluetooth devices, and if the current non-SCO task is a high priority task, the first Bluetooth device may communicate high priority via the coexistence method prior to executing the non-SCO task. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312928 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312929 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312931 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING DATA FLOW - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, device, and system for scheduling a data flow, which are used to improve the processing efficiency. A network side device marks a priority of a subsequent uplink and/or downlink data flow of a UE corresponding to a downlink data packet in the downlink data packet, and enables a downstream node to schedule an access network resource or air interface resource according to the priority. Therefore, a bearer does not need to be modified during the process of distinguishing different service flows and performing differentiation scheduling on different service flows, thereby reducing the workload and improving the processing efficiency. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312933 | TRANSMITTING RADIO NODE AND METHOD THEREIN FOR SCHEDULING SERVICE DATA FLOWS - A method in a transmitting radio node for scheduling service data flows within a radio bearer towards a receiving radio node in a radio communications network is provided. The transmitting radio node maps data packets of at least two service data flows within the radio bearer to a respective pre-scheduling queue at a PDCP layer, wherein each pre-scheduling queue is associated with a service or a service quality requirement of the respective service data flow. The transmitting radio node further pre-schedules the data packets of the respective pre-scheduling queue down to a scheduling queue at a RLC or a MAC layer. The transmitting radio node further schedules the data packets in the scheduling queue towards the receiving radio node. The transmitting radio node takes a prebuffer time of a data packet queued in the pre-scheduling queue into account when pre-scheduling and/or scheduling the data packets. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312934 | ACK/NACK TRANSMISSION FOR MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Techniques for acknowledging data transmissions in a multi-carrier wireless communication network are disclosed. In some aspects, a user equipment (UE) receives a data transmission on at least one component carrier (CC) in a plurality of configured CCs. The UE determines acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information for the data transmission and determines an uplink channel for sending the ACK/NACK information. When the ACK/NACK information is sent on a PUCCH, the UE may perform power control based on which CCs in the plurality of configured CCs data is received. When the ACK/NACK information is sent on a PUSCH, the UE may determine a number of resource elements based on its CC configuration. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312935 | SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULED RESOURCE RELEASE PROCEDURE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A semi-persistent resource scheduling (SPS) allocation of a user equipment is deactivated in an LTE-based mobile communication system without requiring changes to the Physical layer-to-MAC layer interface and/or changes to PDCCH formats agreed by the 3GPP. A combination of NDI value and MCS index is defined that commands release of SPS resources. An alternative solution proposed defines a special transport block size that when signaled in a PDCCH commands release of SPS resources. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312938 | MTC RACH PROCEDURE - The present disclosure relates to a method performed by a radio network node. The method comprises receiving respective Preamble transmissions from at least two radio devices. The method also comprises sending a RAR transmission to the at least two radio devices. The method also comprises receiving respective Granted in RAR transmissions from the at least two radio devices. The method also comprises sending a Contention Resolution transmission on a PDCCH to the at least two radio devices, using a shared identifier such that the same, shared, identifier is used for identifying all of said at least two radio devices. The present disclosure also relates to a radio network node, a radio device and a method performed by a radio device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312940 | Method and system for wireless station to access channel - Provided are a method and system for a wireless STA to access a channel. The method includes that the wireless STA acquires a transmission ending moment of a wireless frame when selecting to refuse or drop the wireless frame and not updating a locally stored Network Allocation Vector (NAV); and the wireless STA accesses the channel when the transmission of the wireless frame is ended and a preset condition is met. According to the disclosure, a collision problem may happen to the wireless STA, and the wireless STA can access the channel only when the preset condition is determined to be met after the transmission of the wireless frame is ended, so that the problem of transmission collision with a hidden STA during the wireless frame transmission of the wireless STA is solved. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312942 | Method, Device and System for Transmitting Data Through Control Plane Signaling - Provided are a method, a device and a system for transmitting data through control plane signaling. The method comprises: a user equipment determining whether the data volume of currently-to-be-transmitted data exceeds a threshold; if the data volume of the currently-to-be-transmitted data exceeds the threshold, the user equipment sending the currently-to-be-transmitted data to an access network device in multiple transmissions by bearing each part of the currently-to-be-transmitted data in a non-access stadium protocol data unit (NAS PDU) in radio resource control (RRC) signaling in each transmission, wherein the RRC signaling carrying data transmission control information and the data transmission control information being used to instruct the access network device to buffer currently-received data. Through the disclosure, data whose data volume exceeds the threshold is sent to the access network device through control plane messages in multiple times, so as to reduce signaling overhead caused by data transmission, solve the problem that the method for sending data through control plane signaling in the related art cannot complete sending with a large data volume, optimize network performance, and improve system efficiency. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312947 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for configuring a cell in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives a radio resource control (RRC) message which includes a configuration for a secondary cell (SCell) and an indication of an initial state of the SCell. The initial state of the SCell is set to either one of an activated state and deactivated state. The UE configures the SCell based on the configuration and the initial state of the SCell. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312948 | METHOD OF REGISTERING ELECTRIC DEVICES IN WIRELESS CONTROL SYSTEM - A method of registering an electric device in a wireless control system includes: A. Input a device code of an electric device and a user code, and save them in an interpreter; B. Transmit the device code and the user code to a server; and C. Establish a connection between the device code and the user code in the server. With the connection between the device code and the user code the wireless control system may identify each registered electric device and the user who owns the electric device. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312949 | MOBILE TERMINAL, ACCESS POINT RELATED CONTENT PROVIDING SERVER, ACCESS POINT RELATED CONTENT ACQUIRING METHOD, MOBILE TERMINAL PROGRAM - A content based on location information is provided to a mobile terminal. The mobile terminal | 10-29-2015 |
20150312950 | METHOD AND GATEWAY TO HANDLE INACTIVITY TIMER EXPIRY WITH A CONVERGED GATEWAY - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are disclosed for handling the expiration of an inactivity timer. A cellular communications system may include a gateway (GW), for example, a converged gateway (CGW) or a local gateway (LGW). The GW may intercept a first message from the eNB intended for a mobility management entity (MME). The first message may include an indication to initiate removal of a first bearer and a second bearer. The first bearer may include an SI bearer associated with the eNB and the GW and/or include a Radio Bearer associated with the eNB and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRLI). The second bearer may include an S I bearer associated with the GW and a serving gateway (SGW). The GW may determine to maintain the second bearer to maintain a communication path associated with the GW and a WTRU and/or send a second message to the eNB to remove the first bearer. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312952 | Network Nodes, Devices and Methods Therein for Enabling Device to Device Communication - Embodiments herein relate to a method in a first network node ( | 10-29-2015 |
20150312957 | OPERATING WITH MULTIPLE SCHUDULERS IN A WIRELESS SYSTEM - Systems and methods are disclosed for a WTRU to operate using multiple schedulers. The WTRU may exchange data with the network over more than one data path, such that each data path may use a radio interface connected to a different network node and each node may be associated with an independent scheduler. For example, a WTRU may establish a RRC connection between the WTRU and a network. The RRC connection may establish a first radio interface between the WTRU and a first serving site of the network and a second radio interface between the WTRU and a second serving site of the network. The RRC connection may be established between the WTRU and the MeNB and a control function may be established between the WTRU and the SCeNB. The WTRU may receive data from the network over the first radio interface or the second radio interface. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312959 | TRANSMITTING DATA OUTSIDE OF A DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMIT (DTX) CYCLE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects described herein relate to transmitting hybrid automatic repeat/request (HARQ) data in continuous packet connectivity (CPC) mode. Data is transmitted to a network according to a discontinuous transmit (DTX) cycle in a CPC mode. The CPC mode can be exited, however, based at least in part on detecting available HARQ data for transmission. In this regard, a next transmission opportunity configured for transmitting the available HARQ data is determined, where the next transmission opportunity is not within a transmission time instance defined by the DTX cycle, and the available HARQ data is transmitted during the next transmission opportunity outside of the CPC mode. | 10-29-2015 |
20150312960 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL CONNECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE SCHEME - A method to manage a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connection in an evolved NodeB (eNB) in a wireless communication system supporting a Device to Device (D2D) scheme is provided. The method includes starting an inactivity timer to control a User Equipment (UE) to transition into an RRC idle state after setting up an RRC connection with the UE. The method also includes allocating a D2D resource to the UE when a resource request message to request the D2D resource for a direct communication between UEs is received from the UE. The method further includes transmitting a resource response message including information related to the allocated D2D resource to the UE and stopping the inactivity timer. The method includes releasing the allocated D2D resource and restarting the inactivity timer based on a predetermined option. | 10-29-2015 |
20150318905 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR HIGH-THROUGHPUT AND LOW-POWER COMMUNICATION LINKS IN A DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVER NETWORK - A device comprises a plurality of distributed transceivers, a plurality of distributed beamformers, a baseband processor, and a network management engine. The distributed transceivers perform beamforming in a radio frequency band. The distributed beamformers, however, performs beamforming in an intermediate frequency band. Each of the distributed transceivers is coupled to a corresponding one of the distributed beamformers. Each transceiver-beamformer pair is coupled to the baseband processor utilizing a same communication medium such as a cable. For transmission, a data stream generated at baseband is converted to intermediate frequencies. With a low-power transmission, the distributed beamformers transmit the data stream wirelessly in the intermediate frequencies to a receiving device. With a normal-power transmission, the distributed transceivers transmit the data stream to the receiving device in the radio frequency band. The transceivers and the beamformers are turned OFF whenever not being used. A high-throughput communication link may be established through resource sharing. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318910 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - A method for transmitting channel status information in a wireless communication system. A user equipment (UE) transmits first channel information indicating a set of precoding matrices to a base station (BS) periodically, and transmits second channel information indicating one precoding matrix included in the set of precoding matrices to the BS periodically. The second channel information transmitted in a specific subframe is determined based on first channel information that has most recently been transmitted before the specific subframe. Additionally, the UE calculates a channel quality indicator (CQI) transmitted in the specific subframe based on one precoding matrix specified by the first channel information that has most recently been transmitted before the specific subframe and by the second channel information determined based on the first channel information that has most recently been transmitted before the specific subframe. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318945 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING PERFORMANCE OF COMMUNICATION LINKS OF COMMUNICATION NODES - A system that incorporates aspects of the subject disclosure may perform operations including, for example, obtaining performance parameters in a communications network, identifying a degradation in performance of one or more nodes of the communications network according the monitored performance parameters, and initiating corrective action to mitigate the degradation in performance of the one or more nodes of the communications network. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318953 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING A COMMUNICATIONS LINK - The present invention is directed to a method of controlling a communications link and apparatus configured to perform this method. This invention is particularly related to but in no way limited to MIMO (multiple inputs multiple outputs) wireless communications systems. The method comprises the steps of determining at the receiver the quality of the communications link and based on this, selecting a group of transmission parameters and an element from this group. These selections are then communicated to the transmitter. The transmission parameter may be the transmission configuration such as the modulation and coding scheme. The invention minimises the required feedback signalling from the receiver to the transmitter by exploiting temporal correlation of the parameter being controlled, whilst allowing rapid selection of the parameter. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318961 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (ARQ) - Hybrid ARQ is employed in a multi-carrier communication system for retransmission of erroneous packets by taking advantage of time/frequency/space diversity and by combining ARQ functions at physical layer and MAC layers, making the multi-carrier system more robust in a high packet-error environment. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318964 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING PERFORMANCE OF COMMUNICATION LINKS OF COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION NODES - A system that incorporates aspects of the subject disclosure may perform operations including, for example, monitoring performance parameters in a communications network, identifying a degradation in performance of one or more nodes of the communications network according the monitored performance parameters, and initiating corrective action to mitigate the degradation in performance of the one or more nodes of the communications network. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318965 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication system, using wireless base stations, and other devices, such as a relay node, interoperate with using spectrum aggregation and MIMO. Traffic usage is detected and based on channel utilization relative to capacity, spectrum aggregation is chosen over MIMO under certain conditions. On the other hand, under higher channel utilization system components switch to MIMO modes of operation to reduce demand on channel use, while providing good throughput for communications stations. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318966 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system achieving reduction in interference variation can be provided. In a radio communication system includes a plurality of radio nodes each capable of communicating with a user equipment, wherein at least one radio node includes a scheduler which collects the neighbor node information from neighbor radio nodes and performs coordinated scheduling of multiple coordinated radio nodes using the neighbor node information, wherein the neighbor node information includes information related to the transmit power of the neighbor radio nodes. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318968 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING ULTRAHIGH FREQUENCY AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless access system supporting an ultrahigh frequency band, and more particularly, to a method for constructing a reference signal for system information transmission in an ultrahigh frequency band, and a device for supporting the same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting system information in a wireless access system supporting an ultrahigh frequency band can comprise the steps of: allocating to a specific subframe, by a base station, at least one among a broadcast channel region and a unicast channel region for transmitting system information; and transmitting, by the base station, the system information by using at least one among the broadcast channel region and the unicast channel region. In this situation, a number of first reference signals allocated to the broadcast channel region can be greater than a number of second reference signals allocated to the unicast channel region. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318971 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR TRANSMISSION - A terminal apparatus and an associated communication method to be implemented by the terminal apparatus are provided. The terminal apparatus includes a receiver which, in operation, receives, from a base station apparatus, control information indicating whether the terminal apparatus is to transmit one channel quality indicator (CQI) for each subcarrier block within a communication frequency band or one CQI for all subcarrier blocks within the communication frequency band instead of multiple CQIs for multiple subcarrier blocks within the communication frequency band. The terminal apparatus further includes a transmitter which, in operation, transmits one CQI for each subcarrier block within the communication frequency band or one CQI for all subcarrier blocks within the communication frequency band to the base station apparatus according to the received control information. | 11-05-2015 |
20150318972 | TRANSMISSION METHOD OF A CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, BASE STATION, TERMINAL, SYSTEM, MACHINE-READABLE PROGRAM AND STORAGE MEDIUM STORING A MACHINE-READABLE PROGRAM - A transmission method of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), including: selecting from a resource block s groups of resource elements for transmitting CSI-RSs of m | 11-05-2015 |
20150318973 | Reference Signal Measurement Method, Reference Signal Sending Method, and Related Device - A reference signal measurement method, a reference signal sending method, a user equipment, and a base station are provided. According to solutions in the embodiments of the present application, a user equipment determines reference signal resource configuration, which includes reference signal port configuration, reference signal subframe configuration, and reference signal configuration, and a quantity of ports configured in the reference signal port configuration is N; receives a reference signal according to the reference signal resource configuration; and performs measurement based on the received reference signal to obtain channel state information and/or signal quality information. In the embodiments of the present invention, a quantity of ports configured in the reference signal port configuration is N; and a quantity of supported ports may vary with different values of N. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319025 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND A BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL THEREOF - A user terminal in a radio communication system, in which each of user terminals performs multiplexing of a data signal and a pilot signal and transmits the multiplexed signal to a base station using different data transmission band frequencies that are assigned by the base station, the user terminal includes a receiving unit that receives uplink resource information from a base station; and a pilot generation unit that generates a Zadoff-Chu sequence, to which a cyclic shift is applied, as a pilot signal based on the uplink resource information; and a transmitting unit that transmits the pilot signal generated by the pilot generation unit to the base station; wherein the pilot generation unit includes a subcarrier mapping unit that performs subcarrier mapping by copying a part of the Zadoff-Chu sequence and adding the copy to the Zadoff-Chu sequence in a frequency domain. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319058 | SELECTIVE EVENT REPORTING IN A MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - For event reporting between a first node and a second node of a mobile telecommunications network, the second node sends an indication to the first node to subscribe to reporting of a certain event type by the first node. The indication may specify that a change in type of radio access technology, as used by a user equipment for connecting to the telecommunications network, is to be reported from the first node to the second node. The second node may provide additional information to the first node to further specify a subtype of the event to be reported. The additional information may specify at least one type of radio access technology. Based on detecting the event of the specified event type and subtype, e.g., a change to or from a specific type of radio access technology, the first node sends a report of the detected event to the second node. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319611 | Allocation of Physical Cell Identification - A method includes generating, by a network element, a radio map of a single-frequency network having multiple cells. The radio map represents power levels of radio signals at several locations in the network. A first function is selected to be applied, wherein the first function is based on the radio map and includes physical cell identity, PCI, modulo 3 values for the multiple cells as input. Different combinations of the PCI modulo 3 values are applied in the first function. Each candidate PCI modulo 3 value is selected from a group of three available options. An output of the first function is determined with respect to each combination. It is determined which combination provides the output fulfilling a predefined criterion. Those PCI modulo 3 values, which correspond to the output fulfilling the predefined criterion, are allocated to the multiple cells in order to reduce interference between primary synchronization sequences. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319618 | COMMUNICATION SECURITY PROCESSING METHOD, AND APPARATUS - The present invention provides a communication security processing method and an apparatus. The communication security processing method includes: determining, by a base station, that user equipment UE needs to access an access point AP; acquiring, by the base station, a security parameter that is required for the UE to interact with the AP; after an air interface is securely activated, sending, by the base station, the security parameter to the UE, so that the UE performs, by using the security parameter, security processing on data exchanged between the UE and the AP. According to the communication security processing method and the apparatus that are provided in the present invention, a security air interface between UE and a base station is used to transfer a security-related parameter, which improves data communication security, and enhances network control performed by an operator. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319624 | Algorithm for Physical Cell Identifier Allocation - Methods, apparatus, and computer programs automatically allocating physical layer cell identifiers. A modulo 3 grouping and a modulo 30 grouping are provided for physical layer cell identifiers in a cellular communication system. The modulo 3 grouping is associated with first synchronization signal assignments and the modulo 30 grouping is associated with second synchronization signal assignments. A combination of first and second synchronization signals determines a physical layer cell identifier of a cell. A modulo 3 group is allocated to each of multiple cells of the system. After the allocation of the modulo 3 groups, a modulo 30 group is allocated to each of the multiple cells. The allocation of the modulo 30 groups incorporates the allocated modulo 3 group as a precondition for the modulo 30 grouping. To each cell, first and second synchronization signals are allocated on the basis of said allocation of the modulo 30 group. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319626 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AUTOMATICALLY PERFORMING NETWORK OPTIMIZATION PROCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for performing a network optimization process in a mobile communication system. The method includes receiving UpLink Radio Frequency (UL RF) information about a UL signal which a at least one eNB receives from a device in which a drive test is performed, receiving DownLink (DL) RF information about a DL signal which the device receives from the at least one eNB, predicting an RF environment and performance for the at least one eNB based on the received UL RF information and DL RF information, and determining at least one parameter for network optimization which is applied to the network optimization process based on the predicted RF environment and performance for the at least one eNB. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319648 | USING NON-IMS CONNECTIONS IN IMS SESSIONS - Systems and methods can be implemented for IP multimedia subsystem (IMS) resource reservation. A first electronic device can transmit, through an IP network, a non-Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) message to an application server in an IMS network, where the non-IMS SIP message includes a request to initiate an IMS communication session through the IMS network with a second electronic device. A SIP message can also be transmitted through the IMS network to the application server that initiates a SIP INVITE session between the first electronic device and the application server, where the SIP INVITE session is routed through the IMS network. The first electronic device can then, receive a SIP response message that identifies a resource reservation for the IMS communication session from the application server. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319651 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, LOW-POWER BASE STATION, HIGH-POWER BASE STATION, RADIO TERMINAL, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication system is provided with a high-power base station, a radio terminal which is located within a macro cell formed by the high-power base station, and a low-power base station which has a lower transmission output power than the high-power base station. The low-power base station sends, to the high-power base station, control information needed for the radio communication between the radio terminal and the low-power base station; the high-power base station sends, to the radio terminal, the control information received from the low-power base station; and the radio terminal performs radio communication with the low-power base station by using the control information received from the high-power base station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319669 | FORWARDING OF SERVICE REQUESTS BY A WIRELESS CONTROLLER - A wireless controller receives a service request having a header with a broadcast destination address. The wireless controller determines a port on which a reply to a similar service request was previously received and forwards the service request as a packet with a header having a broadcast destination address, out of said port on which a reply to a similar service request was previously received. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319673 | Terminal Discovery Method, Terminal, Server, Base Station, Management Entity, and System - A terminal discovery method, a terminal, a server, a base station, a management entity, and a system are provided that pertain to the field of wireless communications. The method includes acquiring a discovery resource; monitoring, according to the discovery resource, a second message sent by at least one second terminal; acquiring a service identity of the second terminal according to the second message; and acquiring description information of the second terminal from a server according to the service identity of the second terminal. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319685 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS USING A DISTRIBUTED WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK DRIVER MODEL - Systems, methods, apparatus, and devices for wireless communication are described. A first method includes establishing a first wireless local area network (WLAN) interface between a WLAN chipset and an application processor (AP) subsystem, and establishing a second WLAN interface between the WLAN chipset and a modem subsystem. The second WLAN interface may include a data path between the WLAN chipset and the modem subsystem. The data path may bypass the AP subsystem. A second method includes establishing a WLAN interface between a WLAN chipset and AP subsystem, and dynamically managing WLAN connectivity through the WLAN interface using a modem subsystem. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319686 | RAN CONTROLLED WI-FI SELECTION - Methods and apparatus are provided for operating a network entity in a communications network. The communications network includes a radio access network including a base station serving a user equipment, and a wireless network including wireless access points. A set of available wireless access points are selected from the wireless access points based on network information associated with radio access network resources, core network part resources, and/or wireless network resources. Wireless access point information associated with the characteristics of the set of available wireless access points is generated for use by the user equipment to access the available wireless access points. The network entity transmits the wireless access point information via base station to the user equipment. The wireless access point information may include rules or conditions for use by the user equipment in determining an available wireless access point to access. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319703 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER IN A MULTIPLE ELEMENT CARRIER WAVE SYSTEM - The present invention relates to an apparatus and method for controlling uplink transmission power in a multiple element carrier wave system. The method for controlling uplink transmission power by a terminal in a multiple element carrier wave system includes the steps of: generating an uplink signal to be transmitted in a first serving cell; receiving, from a base station, random access start information for commanding the start of a random access procedure for a second serving cell; calculating the estimated surplus power from first transmission power scheduled for an uplink signal transmission, and second transmission power scheduled for a transmission of a PRACH to which a random access preamble is mapped; and when the estimated surplus power is smaller than a threshold power, adjusting the first transmission power or the second transmission power on the basis of power allocation priority. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319704 | POWER RAMPING FOR RACH - The present invention relates to a method for requesting access to a resource, the method comprising a secondary station transmitting an access preamble to a primary station, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble, the secondary station starting a first power ramping scheme for transmitting the access preamble, upon failure of correct transmission of the access preamble with the first power ramping scheme, wherein the second power ramping scheme comprises transmission in at least one access slot different to that used for transmission of the first access preamble. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319706 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING POWER DISTRIBUTION - A method, in accordance with particular embodiments, includes establishing a plurality of wireless connections with a plurality of endpoints. The connections are established via one or more of a plurality of remote transceivers. The method also includes determining a plurality of candidates for a positive power gain. The plurality of candidates includes a plurality of unique pairings, each pairing comprising a combination of one endpoint and one remote transceiver. The method additional includes identifying a subset of the plurality of candidates. The method further includes determining whether the identified subset results in an optimum power distribution. If the identified subset results in a less than optimum power distribution, the method includes identifying a different subset of candidates. If the identified subset results in an optimum power distribution, the method includes computing a non-uniform power distribution based on the identified subset. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319708 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - A base station apparatus capable of simultaneously transmitting plural control channels by frequency division multiplexing includes a processor; a baseband processing unit configured to obtain under control of the processor, distance information indicating a distance between the base station apparatus and another base station apparatus, and to configure under the control of the processor and based on the distance indicated by the obtained distance information, an upper limit count for the control channels to be transmitted simultaneously to a terminal device connected to the base station apparatus; and a radio frequency unit configured to transmit under the control of the processor and based on the configured upper limit count, the control channels to the terminal device. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319709 | Method And Apparatus Reducing Interference In A Heterogeneous Network - Various methods and devices are provided to address the need for reducing interference in heterogeneous wireless networks. In one apparatus, a network node ( | 11-05-2015 |
20150319710 | Method And Apparatus For Reducing Interference In A Heterogeneous Network - Various methods and devices are provided to address the need for reducing interference in heterogeneous wireless networks. In one apparatus, a network node ( | 11-05-2015 |
20150319712 | Interference-Improved Uplink Data Rates for a Group of Mobile Stations Transmitting to a Base Station - A base station maximizes a uplink data transmission rate from multiple mobiles treated by the base station as a virtual single uplink transmitter. The base station identifies a set of mobile stations as a candidate transmitting set and determines a transmit power allowable from the mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set. A subset of those mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set is identified. Uplink data transmission rates are assigned and communicated to the subset of mobile stations in the candidate transmitting set so as to optimize a total number of bits processed by the base station associated with the uplink transmissions received from the subset of candidate mobile stations. The optimization may accomplish one or more objectives in addition to optimizing the total number of bits processed. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319716 | Method for Reporting a Power Headroom and Communication - There is provided a method for reporting a power headroom. The method may comprise: establishing, by a user equipment (UE), connections with plural base stations, each of which includes one or more cells; determining, by the UE, a power headroom for at least one base station among the plural base stations; and triggering, by the UE, a power headroom reporting (PHR) including the determined power headroom. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319717 | POWER HEADROOM CALCULATION APPARATUS AND A POWER HEADROOM CALCULATION METHOD - Provided are a base station apparatus and a communication method that can preclude the recognition mismatch in which the reference formats of different UL grants are recognized between a wireless communication terminal apparatus and the base station apparatus by using power headroom (PHR) calculation. For the PHR calculation of a PUSCH in a CC in which no UL grant is present, a UL grant, which was used for calculating the PHR in another CC having the same subframe number as the PUSCH, is used. For example, as to a subframe number=#1, the UL grant of CC #0 is used for calculating the PHR of CC #2 in which no UL grant is present. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319737 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION CONTROL FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a UE. The UE determines whether system information is received for D2D communication. In addition, the UE sets at least one flag based on the system information when the system information is received. Further, the UE determines D2D resources based on the at least one flag. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319739 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a downlink signal in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) wireless communication system is disclosed. A method for receiving a downlink signal from a base station to a user equipment in a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) system, which supports dual layer transmission based on first and second antenna ports, comprises receiving downlink control information (DCI) through a downlink control channel; and receiving downlink data through a downlink data channel, the downlink data including one or more of a first transport block and a second transport block, wherein the downlink control information includes a new data indicator (NDI) for each of the first and second transport blocks, and if the first transport block is disabled and the second transport block is enabled, the new data indicator for the first transport block indicates an antenna port through which the second transport block is received. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319740 | SHARING FREQUENCIES IN AN OFDM-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for sharing frequencies in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing OFDM-based wireless communication system, wherein the OFDM-based wireless communication system comprises a base station and a mobile device that work within a radio frequency band, the method comprising: detecting an interference signal in the radio frequency band; setting by the base station, based upon the interference signal, interference indication information in a control header of a downlink frame to be sent to the mobile device, the interference indication information indicating a frequency range that is occupied by the interference signal in the radio frequency band; and sending by the base station the downlink frame to the mobile device, such that the mobile device may, based upon the interference indication information, avoid the frequency range where the interference signal is located. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319741 | STOCHASTIC RADIO SOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SHARED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - An apparatus for allocating radio resources shared among a plurality of network operators is provided. Each network operator has at least one scheduling entity, SE, and a respective resource allocation, RA, probability for being selected for radio resource allocation during a transmission time interval, TTI. The apparatus includes a processor and a memory. The memory contains instructions executable by the processor that are configured to cause the apparatus, within a TTI, to select a network operator of the plurality of network operators for resource allocation within the TTI based at least in part on the RA probability of the network operator, allocate radio resources to an SE of the selected network operator within the TTI and update the RA probability of selecting each of the plurality of network operators for a next selection of resource allocation. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319742 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHODS FOR CONTROL CHANNELS - Embodiments include methods for allocating physical-layer (PHY) resources of a communication system for a control channel, including determining a set of resource allocation patterns, selecting at least one resource allocation pattern from the determined set, encoding a plurality of indices identifying each of the selected resource allocation patterns, wherein the plurality of indices comprises a first index identifying a selected resource group allocation and a second index identifying a selected resource block allocation, and sending a message comprising the plurality of indices for the selected resource allocation patterns. Other embodiments include methods for determining resource allocation patterns used to allocate PHY resources for a control channel, and methods for receiving an allocation of PHY resources for a control channel. Other embodiments include various apparatus and computer-readable media embodying one or more of the methods. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319743 | REPEATED FAST ASSOCIATED CONTROL CHANNEL - Fast Associated Control Channel (FACCH) information is combined if a first block of FACCH information and a repeated block of FACCH information each fail a respective integrity check. An algorithm for realizing repeated FACCH diversity combining gains for different codec and discontinuous transmission (DTX) configurations is applicable to Full Rate codecs, Half Rate codecs, and discontinuous transmission scenarios. A pair of buffers may be used in a ping-pong fashion to store decoding soft or hard decisions for failed FACCH blocks. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319745 | SCHEDULING METHOD FOR INTER-TERMINAL DIRECT COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present application is a method for a terminal to perform inter-terminal direct communication in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises: a step for receiving, in a random access phase, random access signals from at least one counterpart terminal; and a step, in a resource allocation phase, for using information for scheduling included in the random access signals to allocate resources for the at least one counterpart terminal, and then transmitting the information of the allocated resources to the at least one counterpart terminal, wherein one time unit for inter-terminal direct communication comprises the random access phase, the resource allocation phase, and a phase for the implementation of inter-terminal direct communication. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319748 | Radio resource management method, device and system - The disclosure provides a Radio Resource Management (RRM) method, device and system. The method includes that: a first network element judges whether a target Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network NodeB (eNB) of a terminal is a configured eNB or not, wherein the configured eNB is an eNB pre-storing context information of the terminal; and under the condition that the target eNB is the configured eNB, the first network element sends a notice of performing communication according to the corresponding context information to the configured eNB and the terminal respectively. By the disclosure, problems of serial Handover (HO) in a related technology are solved, and an effect of increasing an HO success rate is achieved. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319752 | Automobile Communication Device - An automobile communication device receives a message from a peripheral device in an automobile. The message triggers transmission of a request. The automobile communication device transmits the request. The automobile communication device receives over the first cell group a control message configuring a second cell group. The automobile communication device receives a plurality of packets over the first cell group and the second cell group. The automobile communication device forwards the plurality of packets to the peripheral device. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319754 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - When a carrier aggregation using a macro cell of a legacy carrier as a primary cell and using a small cell of a new carrier type as a secondary cell is performed, transmission of a control channel (PUCCH) of an uplink is concentrated on an uplink of the macro cell and frequency efficiency is degraded. For this reason, in a state in which the macro cell is configured as the primary cell, a serving cell transmitting the PUCCH is configured to a terminal and the terminal transmits the PUCCH using the configured serving cell. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319755 | Method, management method and system for performing cell combination on a plurality of small cells - A method, management method and system for performing cell combination on a plurality of small cells are provided. In the combination method, a signal node (SN) receives position information sent from each small cell connected to the SN, and groups the small cells under a preset algorithm according to the received position information, such that small cells in a same group share a local cell serial number; a radio network connector (RNC) acquires all of the local cell serial numbers from the SN and maps each of the local cell serial numbers to a respective logical cell serial number. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319757 | Reference Signal Allocation for Flexible Data Lengths - Physical layer characteristics, e.g., reference signal density, reference signal distribution, data parameters, etc., are defined in the physical layer for sub-frames of a transmission time interval (TTI) allocated to data packet(s) based on the number of allocated sub-frames. The flexibility provided by the solution presented herein enables the associated wireless system to better define those physical layer characteristics necessary to meet signal quality and system requirements without unnecessarily overburdening the system overhead. Thus, the reference signal overhead may be reduced, which leads to reduced system overhead and/or increased spectrum efficiency. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319758 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CELL STATE AT SUBFRAME LEVEL IN WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for controlling a cell state corresponding to whether to transmit a signal, on a subframe basis by an evolved Node B (eNB) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining a cell state of at least one subframe included in each of an N-th frame and an (N−1)-th frame, and at the start of the N-th frame, transmitting to a user equipment (UE), information about cell states of all subframes belonging to the N-th frame and information about cell states of all subframes belonging to the (N−1)-th frame. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319761 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to allow effective use of frequency resources even when a plurality of user terminals of varying capabilities coexist. A radio base station, which communicates with a user terminal by using a plurality of component carriers, has a configuration section that configures a subframe of a first carrier type, which a plurality of user terminals of varying capabilities each can receive, and a subframe of a second carrier type, which part of the plurality of user terminals can receive, in component carriers, and a transmission section that transmits downlink signals to the user terminal by using the first carrier type and the second carrier type, and the configuration section configures the subframe of the first carrier type and the subframe of the second carrier type, on a dynamically changing basis, in at least one of the plurality of component carriers. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319762 | OPTIMIZING CAPACITY EXPANSION IN A MOBILE NETWORK - Systems and methods of optimizing capacity of network equipment in mobile networks. A computing device receives a user identification and a user attribute, the user identification corresponding to a characteristic of the mobile network user, the user attribute corresponding to at least one characteristic of mobile network usage by the mobile network user. The computing device generates a usage prediction based on the user identification and the user attribute, the usage prediction including information corresponding to anticipated future data usage of the mobile network user, the anticipated future mobile network usage corresponding to at least one mobile resource. The computing device transmits the usage prediction to a serving gateway (SGW) such that the SGW routes the mobile network user to one of a legacy packet data network gateway (PGW) and a network function virtualization (NFV) PGW based on the usage prediction. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319765 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure provides a method and an apparatus for allocating resources for device-to-device communication. The method may comprise selecting, from device-to-device pairs that need to be allocated resources and are sorted based on channel condition in descending order, a device-to-device pair ranking first in the device-to-device pairs; determining system sum rates for channels if the device-to-device pair shares resources with respective potential cellular users; and allocating resources assigned to a cellular user to the device-to-device pair based on the determined system sum rates. With embodiments of the present disclosure, the performance of the D2D communication may be further improved and it may achieve a system performance optimization. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319772 | DOWNLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN OFDM NETWORKS - A downlink scheduler schedules downlink transmissions to a plurality of user terminals over a shared downlink channel and allocates resources for the downlink transmissions. For making scheduling decisions, the downlink scheduler computes a resource metric to compare the available resources that are being allocated. The resource metric is based on the individual scheduling metrics of the user terminals. Allocation of the resources is performed in an iterative fashion. A first resource is selected based on the resource metric and allocated to a user terminal based on the corresponding individual scheduling metrics of the user terminals. The next resource is then selected and allocated. This allocation process continues until all RBGs are allocated, or until all user terminals are served. In one embodiment, the resource metrics for the remaining resources and individual scheduling metrics for the remaining user terminals are computed/recomputed during each iteration. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319774 | IDENTIFYING A SUBFRAME CONTAINING INFORMATION RELATING TO AN UPLINK GRANT - A user equipment (UE) receives a message identifying a subframe containing information relating to an uplink grant to be sent by a target cell. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319775 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND FADING FREQUENCY ESTIMATION METHOD - The present invention is designed so that a fading frequency estimation method that can improve the mobility of user terminals in a HetNet can be provided. The fading frequency estimation method according to the present invention includes the steps, in which a radio base station arranges reference signals, using an arrangement format, in which the reference signals, which are used to estimate the fading frequency in the user terminal, are arranged in a relatively high density, in at least part of the radio resources allocated for a downlink shared data channel, and transmits allocation information of the radio resources for the downlink shared data channel to the user terminal, and the user terminal estimates the fading frequency based on the channel estimation values of the reference signals, and transmits the estimated fading frequency to the radio base station in response to a transmission request from the radio base station. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319776 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for determining a transport block size in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus using the method are provided. The method comprises: determining the number of effective resource blocks; and determining the transport block size of data transmitted on a data channel according to the number of effective resource blocks. In addition, a method for transmitting ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement) is provided. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319779 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK SIDE DEVICE AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a radio communication method, a user equipment, and a network side device, the radio communication method includes: receiving, by a network side device, a random access preamble signal transmitted by a user equipment, where duration of the random access preamble signal is one SC-FDMA symbol or one OFDM symbol, thus air interface overhead of random access can be greatly reduced in a condition that a user equipment can access a cell randomly. The cell may be a microcell or other similar cells. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319780 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND STATION SUPPORTING THE CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD - A method and a device for transmitting data in a wireless communication system are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by a first station, a first frame from a second station through at least one idle subchannel of a plurality of subchannels; and transmitting, by the first station, a second frame to the second station. If the first frame includes channel information related to all of the at least one idle subchannel through which the first frame is transmitted, the second frame is transmitted via the at least one idle subchannel indicated by the channel information. If the first frame does not include the channel information, the second frame is transmitted via at least one of a plurality of subchannels. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319784 | TECHNIQUES FOR OBTAINING AND MAINTAINING ACCESS TO A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MEDIUM - Techniques are described for wireless communication. One method includes implementing, at a first node, a first access protocol to contend for access to a wireless communication medium shared by a plurality of nodes; determining whether a triggering event has occurred; and implementing, at the first node, a second access protocol to contend for access to the wireless communication medium based at least in part on a determination that the triggering event has occurred. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319786 | Radio Access for a Wireless Device and Base Station - A wireless device receives control message(s) configuring a plurality of cell groups comprising a first cell group and a second cell group. The wireless device transmits, as a part of a random access process, a first random access preamble in the second cell group. The wireless device aborts the random access process if a first time alignment timer of the first cell group expires. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319792 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL SYSTEM - Provided is a communication control device for controlling wireless communication among a plurality of communication apparatuses, including an identification information acquisition unit configured to acquire, from a first object corresponding to a first communication apparatus of the plurality of communication apparatuses, first identification information for identifying the first communication apparatus, and to acquire, from a second object corresponding to a second communication apparatus of the plurality of communication apparatuses, second identification information for identifying the second communication apparatus, an action recognition unit configured to recognize an action of coupling the first object with the second object, and a connection control unit configured to perform communication between the first communication apparatus and the second communication apparatus corresponding to the coupled first object and second object, respectively, based on the acquired first identification information and second identification information to connect the first communication apparatus to the second communication apparatus through wireless communication. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319793 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, PROCESSOR, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method used for D2D communication that is direct inter-terminal communication performed by using a radio resource assigned from a base station, comprises a step A of securing, by a user terminal, a logical channel group for the D2D communication; a step B of notifying, by the user terminal, the base station of the logical channel group secured in the step A; and a step C of assigning, by the base station, a radio network temporary identifier for the D2D communication to the logical channel group notified in the step B. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319794 | Data Transmission Method, Apparatus, and System - A data transmission method, apparatus, and system are provided that relate to the communications field and that reduce core network bandwidth resources occupied by data transmission. The method includes receiving, by a first base station, a request message sent by a first device, where the request message carries identification information of requested data and identification information of the first device, and the first device includes a user equipment or a second base station; retrieving, by the first base station, in stored data according to the identification information of the requested data; and when matched data is retrieved, sending, by the first base station, the matched data to the first device according to the identification information of the first device, where the matched data refers to data that matches the identification information of the requested data. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319795 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONTROL METHOD - A radio communication system includes at least one user equipment, a first base station, a second base station, a first gateway, a second gateway, and a switching station. The switching station decides whether or not a gateway through which communication executed by the user equipment should be routed is the second gateway. In a case in which it is decided that the gateway through which communication executed by the user equipment should be routed is the second gateway, the switching station executes control for establishing a first user path for uplink and a second user path that is a radio path. The second base station executes control for establishing a first user path for downlink. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319797 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS - A node of a radio access network ( | 11-05-2015 |
20150319798 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, PROCESSOR, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A communication control method used in a cellular mobile communication system that performs inter-terminal communication that is direct radio communication capable of being performed between user terminals in a state where a radio connection with a network is established, comprises a step of transmitting, by a first user terminal, to the network, communication request information indicating a desire to start the inter-terminal communication, a step of transmitting, by the network, to a second user terminal, start request information for starting waiting for a search signal, in a case where the second user terminal identified on the basis of the communication request information is stopping the waiting for the search signal for the inter-terminal communication, and a step of starting, by the second user terminal, waiting for the search signal upon receiving the start request information from the network. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319800 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing a random access (RA) procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) establishes connection with a first node and a second node, and transmits an RA preamble to the second node. If a number of RA preamble transmissions reaches a maximum number, the UE stops uplink (UL) transmission of all cells in a group to which the second node belongs, and transmits an indication indicating that transmission of the RA preamble has failed to the first node. | 11-05-2015 |
20150319801 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INDICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an indication in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives information on a configuration of a second cell from a first cell, performs a synchronization procedure with the second cell, and after the synchronization procedure is successfully performed, transmitting an indication, which indicates that the second cell is successfully configured, to the first cell. Accordingly, a radio resource control (RRC) connection reconfiguration complete message is transmitted after the synchronization procedure. | 11-05-2015 |
20150326282 | RADIO COMMUNICATING SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATING METHOD, RADIO STATION, CONTROL STATION AND PROGRAM - A radio station communicates control information for multipoint cooperating communication, in which a plurality of radio stations takes part in data transmission/reception of a terminal, with another radio station taking part in the multipoint cooperating communication and/or a control station that manages the radio station. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326286 | Massive MIMO Architecture - Techniques are disclosed relating to a massive MIMO base station architecture. In some embodiments, a base station is configured to combine signals received by multiple antennas and, for at least a subset of processing elements included in the base station, each processing element is configured to operate on a different portion of the combined signals. In these embodiments, each portion includes signals from multiple antennas. In some embodiments, the portions are different time and/or frequency portions of the combined signals. In some embodiments, this distributed processing may allow the number of antennas of the base station to scale dramatically, provide dynamic re-configurability, facilitate real-time reciprocity-based precoding, etc. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326293 | HYBRID VIRTUAL ANTENNA MAPPING FOR MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEM - Aspects for balancing power output on the plurality of antennas for the transmission of a transport block are disclosed. In accordance with the present disclosure, a transmitter may balance the power output on a plurality of transmit antennas in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) system by having a precoded data block bypass a virtual antenna mapping of the overhead channels (e.g., control channels). Additionally or alternatively, the transmitter may balance the power output on the plurality of transmit antennas by applying an inverse mapping parameter during the precoding process to the transport block to generate a plurality of inverse mapped precoded data blocks. In some examples, the inverse mapping parameter may be an inverse of the mapping parameter. Thus, in accordance with the present disclosure, precoding a transport block may include selecting a precoding weight for each of the plurality of antennas from an unrestricted precoding weight set. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326297 | BEAM FORMING USING AN ANTENNA ARRANGEMENT - There is provided beam forming using an antenna array configured to transmit across an angular sector. A first set of virtual antenna ports is determined by a mapping of physical antenna ports of the antenna array, the first set of virtual antenna ports defining a beam pattern. A first set of reference signals for acquiring channel state information is transmitted over the first set of virtual antenna ports. Angular information about a wireless transceiver device receiving the transmitted first set of reference signals is acquired. The beam pattern is adapted based on an accuracy of the angular information and/or the angular information itself. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326299 | BEAM FORMING USING AN ANTENNA ARRANGEMENT - There is provided beam forming using an antenna array. The antenna array is configured to transmit across an angular sector. The angular sector is divided into at least two sub-sectors by respective port weights being applied to respective physical antenna ports of the antenna array. A respective set of virtual antenna ports is determined for each sub-sector. A first set of reference signals for acquiring channel state information on the set of virtual antenna ports is alternatingly transmitted in each one of the at least two sub-sectors. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326343 | OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (Oil)MA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326344 | OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326345 | OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326354 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING FEEDBACK INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for processing feedback information, a base station, and a user equipment. The method includes: determining, by a base station, a feedback manner of HARQ feedback information, where the feedback manner includes feeding back the HARQ feedback information or not feeding back the HARQ feedback information; and sending, by the base station, first signaling to a user equipment, where the first signaling carries the feedback manner of the HARQ feedback information. The embodiments of the present invention can improve an HARQ mechanism, so as to support new technologies in a small cell more effectively. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326358 | Radio Base Station and User Equipment and Methods Therein - Embodiments herein include a method in a user equipment (UE) for transmitting uplink control information in time slots of a subframe over a radio channel to a radio base station. The uplink control information is comprised in a block of bits. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326360 | NON-ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLE ACCESS AND INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for hierarchical modulation and interference cancellation in wireless communications systems. Various deployment scenarios may be supported that may provide communications on both a base modulation layer as well as in an enhancement modulation layer that is modulated on the base modulation layer, thus providing concurrent data streams that may be provided to the same or different user equipments. Various interference mitigation techniques may be implemented in examples to compensate for interfering signals received from within a cell, compensate for interfering signals received from other cell(s), and/or compensate for interfering signals received from other radios that may operate in adjacent wireless communications network. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326361 | ULTRA-WIDE BANDWIDTH SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IN-PREMISES WIRELESS NETWORKING - An IS-OFDM system for ultra-wideband (UWB) wireless communications that suppresses narrow-band interference, comprising an in-premises base station (IBS) is described. The IBS further comprises an IS-OFDM transceiver for communicating with a plurality of in-premises terminals (ITs) without creating interference outside an in-premises perimeter. Further, a method for operating an IS-OFDM system for ultra-wideband (UWB) wireless communications that suppresses narrow-band interference and provides local area networking services, in-premises distribution of broadcast cable channels and in-premises wireless access and routing to external networks is described, without creating interference outside an in-premises perimeter. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326363 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MUTING INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ACQUIRING CHANNEL STATE USING SAME - The present disclosure relates to an apparatus and a method for transmitting muting information in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus and a method for acquiring channel state using same. In an exemplary embodiment, muting information includes: a first data field, having a serving cell for receiving from peripheral cells in a multi-cell environment, at least one of a CSI-RS pattern, the number of CSI-RS antenna ports, a CSI-RS duty cycle, and CSI-RS transmission subframe offset information, and using same for expressing the cycle and the offset of muting subframes, which pertain to information on a resource block that can generate interference between the peripheral cells and CSI-RS; and a second data field for expressing a specific muting pattern, which must be muted within the muting subframes, having either 12 bits or 28 bits that display muting application in a bitmap format. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326364 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE ELEMENTS FOR THE PROVISION OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - Methods, apparatus and computer program products define additional resource elements of a physical resource block (PRB) to be allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals in a manner that does not create issues relating to backwards compatibility for legacy mobile terminals. A method may include receiving a definition of a plurality of resource elements of a PRB to be allocated for provision of channel state information reference signals. At least some of the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals correspond in position to resource elements of the PRB that are interpreted by a different type of mobile terminal to be muted. The method also causes channel state information reference signals to be received via the plurality of resource elements of the PRB that are allocated for the provision of channel state information reference signals. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326367 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for transmitting a set of acknowledgement (ACK) bits, by a user equipment (UE). A first subset of ACK bits is transmitted. A second subset of ACK bits is transmitted. The first subset of ACK bits is a response to a reception of one or more scheduling assignments (SAs) for a first cell group, and the second subset of ACK bits is a response to a reception of one or more SAs for a second cell group. The first subset of ACK bits is different from the second subset of ACK bits. A union of the first subset of ACK bits and the second subset of ACK bits is the set of ACK bits that the UE transmits in a subframe. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326372 | Reducing Interference for Shared Spectrum - Methods and systems are described herein to reduce interference of communication systems and other wireless technologies, such as a radar system, in a radio frequency band. Embodiments include a shared spectrum access database and shared access controllers. A shared spectrum access database may communicate with a radar system, may communicate with the shared access controllers, and may determine whether there have been changes in the radar's usage of the radio frequency band. The shared spectrum access database may communicate the changes to the shared access controllers. The shared access controllers may cause a communication system to cease operations or allow operations with secondary devices. In some embodiments, the shared spectrum access database may indicate how often the shared access controller sends channel usage requests to the shared spectrum access database. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326375 | METHOD OF GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of generating a reference signal includes acquiring a base sequence and acquiring a reference signal sequence with a length N from the base sequence. Good PAPR/CM characteristics of the reference signal can be kept to enhance performance of data demodulation or uplink scheduling. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326409 | Multi-user null data packet (MU-NDP) sounding within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Multi-user null data packet (MU-NDP) sounding within multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. Within communication systems including multiple wireless communication devices (e.g., one or more APs, STAs, etc.), channel sounding of the selected communication links between the various wireless communication devices is performed. A MU-NDP announcement frame is transmitted to and received by various wireless communication devices indicating which of those wireless communication devices (e.g., one, some, or all) are being sounded. Then, respective NDP sounding frames are transmitted via the communication links corresponding to those wireless communication devices (e.g., one, some, or all) are being sounded, and sounding feedback signals are subsequently sent back to the original transmitting wireless communication device. In some instances, after transmission of the MU-NDP announcement frame, a clear to send (CTS) is sent from at least one of the wireless communication devices thereby precipitating the transmission of the NDP sounding frames. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326413 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including: a first and second base station apparatuses which include one or more of sells or sectors respectively; and a terminal apparatus, wherein the first and second base station apparatuses and the terminal apparatus performs radio communication, the first and second base station apparatuses includes: a process unit which performs a scrambling process to a first and second transmission data respectively by using a common scrambling code when the first and second transmission data differing each of the cells or the sectors are transmitted to the terminal apparatus; and a transmission unit which transmits the scrambling processed first and second transmission data to the terminal apparatus respectively, and the terminal apparatus includes a reception unit which receives the first and the second transmission data and performs descrambling process to the first and the second transmission data by using the common scrambling code. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326484 | System and Method for Triggering and Sending Device-to-Device Buffer Status Report and Scheduling Request - A method for device-to-device (D2D) communications by a user device includes transmitting a first message including a proximity services (ProSe) buffer status report (BSR) to a communications controller, receiving a second message including information regarding a D2D resource grant scheduled for the user device by the communications controller, and canceling all pending ProSe BSRs in accordance with the D2D resource grant. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326492 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Provided is a distributed scheduling method and apparatus for resource allocation for Device-to-Device (D2D) communication. The method includes sending, by a Mobile Station (MS) including data to transmit, a first resource reservation message through at least one first slot among a plurality of slots constituting a resource reservation unit in a resource reservation channel; and when a second resource reservation message sent by another MS is not sensed in a slot with a higher priority than the first slot in the resource reservation unit, transmitting the data through a transmission resource unit corresponding to the resource reservation unit in a data transmission channel. The resource reservation channel corresponds to the transmission resource unit, and the plurality of slots has mutually cyclic priorities. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326995 | Information Processing Method and Method for UE Random Accessing LTE System - The information processing method includes: an evolved NodeB sending information of PRACH resources configured for a UE to the UE via a PDSCH indicated by a downlink control channel, and after receiving a random access preamble sequence sent from the UE, the evolved NodeB sending downlink control information and a Random Access Response (RAR), wherein the downlink control channel is an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH); or, information carried by PBCH indicates that the downlink control channel is the ePDCCH or a physical downlink control channel; or, when the LTE system bandwidth is less than or equal to the reception bandwidth of the UE, the downlink control channel is a physical downlink control channel, and when the LTE system bandwidth is larger than the reception bandwidth of the UE, the downlink control channel is the ePDCCH. | 11-12-2015 |
20150326998 | Pre-Configuration of Devices Supporting National Security and Public Safety Communications - Configuration information for out-of-coverage D2D operation is transferred to each of one or more mobile terminals prior to their use in D2D communications and, more specifically, prior to their use in an out-of-coverage D2D mode. Example embodiments of the presently disclosed techniques include methods implemented in a mobile terminal adapted for operating a wide-area wireless network, such as an LTE network, and further adapted to operate in a D2D mode. One such method comprises obtaining configuration information for out-of-coverage device-to-device, D2D, operation, determining that no wide-area wireless network is available for communicating, and, in response to this determining, initiating monitoring of resources or transmission using resources, or both, according to the obtained configuration information. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327032 | METHOD AND APPARATUS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Exemplary methods in a network node of a radio access network (RAN) in a telecommunication system include receiving an indication from a network node in a core network that mobile terminated data is pending for a user equipment (UE), receiving a connection request from the UE, setting up a radio resource control (RRC) connection to the UE, releasing the RRC connection to the UE, setting a release timer value to a value sufficient to establish a mobile terminated communication by the network to the UE, and releasing the RRC connection to the UE when the release timer has expired. Exemplary methods in a network node of a RAN in a telecommunication system include keeping UE that is configured for long discontinuous reception (DRX) in idle mode, in RRC connected mode long enough to allow a network stored mobile terminated short message service (MT SMS) to be received by the UE. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327045 | DISCOVERY AND NETWORKING OF PROXIMATE WIRELESS DEVICES BY ACCOUSTIC MESSAGING - Apparatus and method are provided for discovery and networking of proximate devices using acoustic messaging. In one novel aspect, a peer discovery protocol is used to discover proximate devices using voting messages encoded in ultrasonic waveform. In one embodiment, the UE receives one or more voting messages from neighboring UEs encoded in ultrasonic waveform, builds its voting message and broadcasts the voting message encoded in ultrasonic waveform. In another embodiment, based on the voting result, a multi-tier wireless LAN is established by the master UEs through two RF interfaces. In another novel aspect, an optimized synchronization by the receiver is used to locate the transmitted frame boundary of the ultrasonic message. In one embodiment, the UE reversed-looks up a pre-calculated boundary-offset table to estimate the tone boundary and searches the maximum synchronization tone energy down to per sampling interval using a predefined search algorithm to optimize locating the tone boundary. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327048 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR PERFORMING D2D SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and user equipment (UE) for performing device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method of performing D2D communication by a D2D UE includes informing a mobility management entity (MME) about a first identifier (ID) of a target UE of D2D communication, receiving information regarding a second ID and a D2D peer discovery section, corresponding to the target UE, determining whether D2D communication with the target UE is possible using the received information, requesting the D2D communication with the target UE to the MME when the D2D communication with the target UE is possible, and receiving a D2D link ID allocated to the D2D link with the target UE from a base station (BS) receiving approval of communication of the MME. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327054 | MEASUREMENT OF DEACTIVATED SECONDARY COMPONENT CARRIERS - Systems and methods relating to reconfiguration of a Carrier Aggregation (CA) enabled wireless device using a measurement gap are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a CA enabled wireless device in a cellular communications network comprises reconfiguring the wireless device during a measurement gap such that the wireless device is enabled to receive a first set of one or more carriers after the measurement gap that are different than a second set of one or more carriers that the wireless device was receiving before the measurement gap. In some embodiments, the reconfiguration of the wireless device during the measurement gap enables reconfiguration of the wireless device for measurements on a Secondary Component Carrier (SCC) of a configured and deactivated Secondary Cell (SCell) of the wireless device without serving cell interruption. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327056 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - There is provided a wireless communication apparatus including: a communication unit configured to use wireless communication to transmit and receive data related to a service provided by at least one of the wireless communication apparatus and another wireless communication apparatus with other wireless communication apparatuses present within a designated range; and a control unit configured to associate service information for identifying the service with user information for identifying a user using a wireless communication apparatus that provides the service, and include and transmit the associated information in the data. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327075 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A plurality of consecutive frequency bands are used as a broadband and use efficiency thereof is improved. An available-frequency-band-information-list is retained such that the list is categorized into frequency-band-groups, each of the groups is a series of consecutive frequency bands, and a frequency-band-number-width is given to each of the groups. Determining a necessary-frequency-band-number, one group is selected from the groups whose width match the number as a first-type band group, when any of the width of each of the groups does not match the number, one group is selected from the groups whose width are next larger than the number as a frequency band group to be used, and a series of consecutive frequency bands corresponding to the number is selected from the frequency band group to be used as a second-type band group. Communication is controlled so as to use the first-type or the second-type band group. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327100 | IDLE INTERVAL AND DEDICATED CHANNEL MEASUREMENT OCCASION CONFIGURATIONS - An apparatus and method for wireless communication extends a measurement gap in a high speed data network. When it is determined a high speed data channel will fall within a measurement gap, the monitoring of the grant channel corresponding to the high speed data channel is skipped. The measurement gap is extended for inter radio access technology (IRAT) measurement to include the time slot containing the grant channel when the time slot only includes the grant channel corresponding to the high speed data channel that will fall in the measurement gap. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327116 | Enhanced Mechanism of Uplink Time Alignment Maintenance for Inter-ENB Carrier Aggregation - Apparatus and method are provided to enhance buffer status report (BSR) to multiple schedulers with inter base station carrier aggregation. In one novel aspect, the UE calculates a buffer size value, detects a BSR trigger event, selects one or more base stations (BSs) to send the BSR reports and generates the BSR reports for the selected one or more BSs. In one embodiment, one BS is selected based on predefined criteria. In other embodiments, multiple base stations are selected. In one embodiment, the same contents for BSR are generated. In another embodiment, different BSR reports are generated for different base stations from which the UE receives UL grants. In one novel aspect, the UE calculates a buffer size value and determines if a budget BSR triggering criteria is satisfied. The UE triggers budget BSR procedure by sending a budget BSR report to a selected base station based on predefined thresholds. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327155 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of receiving system information in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives, from a base station, a master system information block indicating that the base station broadcasts both a first set of at least one system information block, and a second set of at least one system information block; and receives the second set of at least one system information block from the base station if the UE is a specific type of UE. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327180 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION BY D2D COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A method of controlling transmission power of a terminal performing device to device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system, the method including receiving power control information corresponding to radio resources used for the D2D communication by the terminal from a base station, determining a first transmission power of the radio resources to be used for the D2D communication by the terminal among the radio resources, and transmitting data for the D2D communication with the determined first transmission power by using the radio resource to be used for the D2D communication by the terminal. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327186 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING POWER HEADROOM REPORT, AND COMPUTER READBLE MEDIUM - A mobile station ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150327187 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method and apparatus for reporting power headroom. The method includes: transmitting a power headroom report message by UE to an eNB when a report condition of PH is satisfied, related information in the power headroom report message which corresponds to a carrier multiplexed with a D2D link including a PH value of the D2D link and a PH value of a cellular link; wherein an order of the PH value of the D2D link and the PH value of the cellular link in the power headroom report message is predefined according to system configuration. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments, the UE may accurately and/or punctually report power headroom of the D2D link to the eNB. Therefore, the eNB may schedule the resources of the D2D link and the cellular link more flexibly and effectively. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327217 | System and Method for Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access Communications - A method for operating a communications device adapted for orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) wireless local area network (WLAN) communications includes generating an OFDMA preamble comprising an OFDMA signal (SIG) field including an indication of an allocation of an OFDMA resource to a station, and transmitting the OFDMA preamble in a frame. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327218 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACQUIRING UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention provides a method used in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation (CA) for acquiring uplink synchronization from two or more geographically spaced cells, and a device for supporting the same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for acquiring uplink synchronization in a wireless access system supporting CA can comprise the steps of: receiving, from a primacy cell (PCell), random access channel (RACH) information related to a first random access step for matching uplink synchronization in a secondary cell (SCell) to be added to CA; and performing the first random access step for matching uplink synchronization in the SCell on the basis of the RACH information. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING A DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL - A method and apparatus is disclosed wherein a user equipment (UE) receives control information on a first channel and uses the control information to process a second channel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEPTION OF A DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) RESOURCE SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus for reception of a DCI for D2D resource scheduling. In one embodiment, the method includes a UE (User Equipment) receiving from a network a DCI addressed to a D2D RNTI (Radio Network Temporary Identifier) for D2D resource scheduling, wherein the D2D RNTI is allocated to the UE by the network. The method also includes the UE transmitting an acknowledgement to the network in response to reception of the DCI if the DCI is used to initialize a D2D resource. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327221 | Method and Apparatus for Sending Control Signaling - A method of signaling is disclosed. A terminal receives downlink control signaling from a base station and sends an uplink packet to the base station. The uplink packet is sent according to the received downlink control signaling. The downlink control signaling includes a field that includes N bits. The field itself is dynamically indicative of one of a payload size or a redundancy version such that the field itself is indicative of the payload size if a packet that the terminal will send to a base station is an initial transmission and the field itself is indicative of the redundancy version if the packet that the terminal will send to the base station is a retransmission. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327223 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, METHOD FOR DETERMINING A SEARCH SPACE AND APPARATUSES THEREOF - A method for determining a search space, method for detecting downlink control information and apparatuses thereof. The method for determining a search space includes: determining eCCEs occupied by ePDCCH candidates in each carrier according to a first offset, a second offset and other related parameters; wherein the first offset denotes an offset of adjusting the eCCEs occupied by ePDCCH candidates in the same carrier in different eREG groups, and the second offset denotes an offset used for coordinating collision occurs among the eCCEs occupied by ePDCCH candidates in different carriers. In a case of cross-carrier, in configuring a search space, the first offset and the second offset are introduced to avoid collision between the ePDCCHs of the CCs as possible and avoid the ePDCCH candidates in each of the CCs from falling into the same eREG group as possible, thereby solving the problems in the prior art. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327224 | DETECTING METHOD, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMON CONTROL CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a detecting method, a transmitting method and an apparatus for a common control channel. The detecting method includes: determining a candidate resource set within virtual downlink resources of a current cell. The candidate resource set can include at least one candidate resource carrying a common control channel of the current cell. A detection is performed on at least one candidate resource in the candidate resource set, so as to acquire the common control channel of the current cell. In the embodiments of the present invention, a selection range of resources for transmitting a common control channel is extended, so that inter-cell interference of the common control channel can be coordinated, and a detection performance of the common control channel can be improved. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327225 | METHOD FOR SENDING CONTROL INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Disclosed are a method for sending control information, a base station, and a user equipment (UE). Taking implementation of the method as an example, the method comprises: a base station determining a first subframe and a second subframe, wherein the first subframe is a subframe having a control region, and the second subframe is a subframe with no control region; and the base station sending control information to a UE in the control region of the first subframe, and sending a data signal and/or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) on the second subframe to the UE. By means of this solution, the first subframe has a control region, the second subframe does not have a control region, and not all the subframes have a control region; therefore, the system overhead is reduced. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327226 | PDSCH TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a PDSCH transmission method and apparatus. The method includes: detecting a downlink control channel for scheduling a PDSCH; determining a resource allocation scheme of the PDSCH according to a DCI format of the downlink control channel for scheduling the PDSCH and an attribute of a carrier for carrying the PDSCH; and decoding the PDSCH according to the resource allocation scheme of the PDSCH and a transmission scheme of the PDSCH. The embodiments of the present invention provide an effective solution to PDSCH transmission. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327228 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ALLOCATE RADIO RESOURCES FOR TRANSMITTING A MESSAGE PART IN AN ENHANCED RACH - A method and apparatus for allocating resources to a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU) includes the WTRU transmitting a signature sequence to a Node B, receiving an acknowledge signal from the Node B, and determining a default resource index. The resource index is associated with enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) parameters. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327230 | USER TERMINAL RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to control feedback control information in uplink transmission appropriately even when using carrier aggregation in HetNet, the present invention provides a user terminal that is able to communicate with a plurality of radio base stations having overlapping coverage areas by using carrier aggregation, the user terminal comprising: a reception section that receives downlink shared channel signals using component carriers of a primary cell and a secondary cell; a generating section that generates transmission acknowledgement signals in response to the downlink shared channel signals; and an allocating section that allocates the transmission acknowledgement signals to predetermined uplink control channel resources, wherein the allocating section allocates the transmission acknowledgement signals to either or both of uplink control channel resources of the primary cell and uplink control channel resources of the secondary cell in accordance with contents of the transmission acknowledgement signals and/or an uplink control channel format. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327231 | Methods And Apparatuses For Controlling Control Channel Inter Cell Interference - Methods and arrangements for mitigating or avoiding inter cell interference on a control channel on which scheduling request are transmitted from UEs to a serving base station. The solution relates to classifying the UEs based e.g. on the type of services applied by the UEs, and allocating resources on the control channel based on the classification. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327232 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION IN WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM - When a transmitter transmits a first Timing Offset Indication iDentifier (TOID) of a plurality of TOIDs representing timing offset of a frame, the transmitter determines a first codeword corresponding to the first TOID of a plurality of codewords representing a subcarrier. The transmitter allocates a busy tone to a first subcarrier that the first codeword represents. The transmitter transmits the busy tone. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327233 | Device, Network, and Method for Communications with Dynamic Adaptation - An embodiment communication system and method adaptively use a secondary cell under the control of a primary cell for communicating with a user device. The secondary cell and the user device communicate based on instructions provided to both by the primary cell. To reduce interference and minimize power usage, the communications channel for the secondary cell is normally off. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327234 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Method and apparatus are provided for mapping an operating frequency band of a mobile station device in a mobile communication system. As operating frequency band position at the time of idle mode of respective mobile station devices is arranged so as to be distributed throughout a unique frequency bandwidth of a base station device. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327235 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND METHOD - A wireless communications system includes a base station, a plurality of intermediate devices, and a terminal device. Downlink communications may be provided directly from the base station to the terminal device, including control signals which instruct the terminal device where to send uplink data. This enables the base station to directly control scheduling of uplink communications, and in particular to define an uplink route from the terminal device to the base station via one or more intermediate devices. Power is conserved at the terminal device on the uplink because a lower power transmission can be used which although insufficient to reach the base station can reach the intermediate device. The terminal device is not required to determine the uplink path itself and therefore does not require complex, expensive, and power consuming control logic. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327236 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A first base station establishes a first PDCP entity. The first base station sends first configuration information to a second communications node, and sends second configuration information to user equipment. The first base station sends fourth configuration information to the second communications node for establishing a third bearer between the first base station and the second communications node. The first base station uses the third bearer and the second radio bearer to transmit at least a part of data of the service data between the first base station and the user equipment, where in a process in which the first base station transmits the service data, the first PDCP entity of the first base station and a second PDCP entity of the second communications node perform joint processing on the at least a part of data. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327243 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DUAL-CONNECTIVITY OPERATION - A user equipment (UE) is described. The UE determines that dual-connectivity is configured with more than one cell group. The UE also determines if a total scheduled transmission power of the cell groups exceeds a maximum allowed transmission power of the UE. The UE further determines a priority of uplink control information (UCI) types and channel types among the cell groups. The UE additionally determines if UCI is carried on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission for a cell group. The UE also determines if total transmission power of all cell groups with UCI-only transmissions exceeds the maximum allowed transmission power of the UE. The UE transmits UCI and channels on the cell groups. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327245 | CONTENTION BASED TRANSMISSION AND COLLISION AVOIDANCE - Communication systems may benefit from a control channel for contention based transmission and collision avoidance. For example, communication systems of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) long term evolution (LTE) and LTE-Advanced may use such control channels for contention based transmission. In particular, such control channels may be valuable with respect to LTE-based local area network (LTE-LAN). A method, according to certain embodiments, may include preparing control information for a contention based physical uplink shared channel. The method may also include transmitting and/or receiving the control information on a physical uplink control channel and a control only physical uplink shared channel, or only on the control only physical uplink shared channel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327246 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for feeding back, by a terminal, channel status information (CSI) in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method includes the steps of feeding back a subband channel quality indication (CQI) and a subband precoding matrix index (PMI), wherein a first subband size for the subband CQI and a second subband size for the subband PMI are set differently. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327247 | CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATION FOR FALLBACK TRANSMISSION MODE OVER NEW CARRIER TYPE - A new carrier type (NCT) has been developed for LTE in order to reduce the overhead associated with cell-specific reference signals (CRS) and control signaling via the PDCCH. The NCT is an LTE carrier with minimized control channel overhead and cell-specific reference signals. Described herein are techniques where, upon receiving a PDSCH grant from a eNB using DCI format 1A to indicate a fallback transmission mode, a UE transmits a CQI to the eNB based upon CSI-RS resources contained in the NCT. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327249 | UE AUTONOMOUS RADIO RESOURCE CONFIGURATION EXTENSION - Systems, methods, and apparatuses for user equipment (UE) autonomous radio resource configuration extension are provided. As disclosed herein, a UE may operate in dual connectivity with two (or more) base stations, each providing a set of carriers (e.g., cell groups) for wireless communication. The UE may have a simultaneous connection with a carrier from each base station and may autonomously determine a timing difference between carriers of respective cell groups. The UE may adjust the timing of an operation in relation to a radio resource configuration of one or both carriers to account for the difference. In some examples, the UE autonomously adjusts a measurement gap operation or adjusts a discontinuous reception (DRX) operation to account for a determined timing difference between carriers. The autonomous UE timing adjustments may include extending or offsetting a time duration or adjusting one or more subframes in which the operation is performed. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327254 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR REDUCING VOLUME OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION MESSAGE IN A BROADBAND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for reducing the volume of a resource allocation information message in a broadband wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting a message including information indicating a periodicity of an uplink control channel for an initial network entry; and receiving an uplink signal for the initial network entry through the uplink control channel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327258 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING A PRIMARY SERVICE IN WLAN SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for protecting a primary service as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate are disclosed. For protecting a primary service by a station as an unlicensed device in a regulatory domain where a licensed device and the unlicensed device are permitted to operate, the unlicensed device acquires a list of identified available channels for the operation of the unlicensed device and maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels from a regulatory domain database system; generates a white space map (WSM) comprising the list of identified available channels and the maximum allowed transmission powers of the identified available channels; updates the WSM when the station acquires information that a primary service signal is detected on a specific channel which is indicated as available in the WSM; and transmits the updated WSM to another station such that the another station moves to another channel if the another station is operating on the specific channel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327262 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING SLOT-BASED CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM, AND SLOT-BASED CHANNEL ACCESS TERMINAL IN WIRELESS LAN - An apparatus and a method of controlling slot-based channel access by an access point (AP) to manage a network in a wireless local area network (WLAN) environment and a slot-based channel access terminal are disclosed. A slot-based channel access control apparatus of a WLAN system according to an exemplary embodiment determines one of each terminal and a group of terminals as a slot allocation target, allocates a slot defined in a beacon interval to the determined terminal or group to distinguish channel access time, and transmits a beacon including information on the allocated slot. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327269 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In order to transmit capability information of a user equipment (UE) to an evolved Node B (eNB), the UE may generate a UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION message including the capability information of the UE, and transmit the generated UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION message to the eNB. Here, the capability information of the UE may include at least one band combination supported by the UE and whether Time Division Duplexing-Frequency Division Duplexing Carrier Aggregation (TDD-FDD CA) for the band combination is supported. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327270 | SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A scheduling apparatus and a scheduling method, wherein the amount of signaling for frequency resource allocation information can be reduced while maintaining system throughput performance. In a base station apparatus ( | 11-12-2015 |
20150327271 | EPDCCH CANDIDATE DETERMINING METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention discloses an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) candidate determining method and device, and relates to the field of wireless communications, so as to avoid EPDCCH blocking and improve reliability of control information transmission. The method of the present invention includes: determining an EPDCCH resource set p in a subframe k, where the EPDCCH resource set p includes N | 11-12-2015 |
20150327272 | WiFi Management Interface for Microwave Radio and Reset to Factory Defaults - WIFI management interfaces for microwave radio and reset to factory defaults are provided herein. Methods may include transmitting or receiving, on a dedicated management interface antenna of the wireless radio management signals, signals in a dedicated band for controlling operations of the wireless radio, and transmitting or receiving, on at least one additional antenna of the wireless radio management signals, signals that are not used for controlling operations of the wireless radio. The dedicated management interface antenna and the at least one additional antenna being physically separated from one another. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327273 | Method and Arrangement for Reconfiguring Mapping of Carrier Indicator Field to Component Carrier - A method and an arrangement in a radio network node for reconfiguring mappings from Carrier Indicator Field-values to component carriers are provided. Each CIF-value is mapped to a respective component carrier comprising a respective shared data channel. Each respective shared data channel corresponds to at least one downlink control channel carrying said each CIF-value. The radio network node reconfigures mappings from CIF-values to component carriers, while at least one mapping of CIF-value to component carrier is maintained. The component carrier of said at least one mapping from CIF-value to component carrier comprises said at least one downlink control channel and a shared data channel corresponding to said at least one downlink control channel. The radio network node sends at least one of the reconfigured mappings from CIF-values to component carriers to the user equipment. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327276 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING USER ALLOCATIONS IN MULTI-USER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method for high efficiency wireless communication is provided. In one aspect, a method of high efficiency wireless communication includes generating, at an access point, a message for transmission over at least one channel. The message includes a first signal field indicative of a length of the first message after the first signal field. The message further includes a second signal field indicative of at least one channel assignment. The second signal field has a length based on a minimum allocation size. The method further includes transmitting the message to one or more wireless devices. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327279 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION, AND RECORDING MEDIUM - A transmission apparatus for transmitting packets through a plurality of transmission channels includes: an identifying unit configured to identify, as a candidate, one or more sets each including one or more transmission channels for use in transmitting a plurality of transmission target data packets, based on transmission speed of the plurality of transmission channels; and a determining unit configured to determine, among the one or more sets identified as the candidate by the identifying unit, a set including less number of transmission channels than another set, as a set of the transmission channel for use in transmitting the transmission target data packets. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method by which a terminal receives downlink signals in a wireless communication system. The method for receiving downlink signals include the steps of: receiving information related to an interference signal from a serving cell; and removing interference from a pair of physical resource blocks (PRBs) used for transmitting the downlink signal, wherein the information related to the interference signal includes each use of the PRB pair in a neighboring cell of the serving cell and, when the use is an EPDCCH, an EPDCCH transmission type. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327283 | Antenna Selection for Coordinated Multipoint Uplink Reception - There are provided measures for antenna selection for coordinated multipoint uplink reception. Such measures exemplarily include determining, for each antenna of a plurality of antennas, a quality of reception on a physical uplink control channel, and selecting, from said plurality of antennas, based on said determining, a set of a predetermined number of antennas to be used for reception on a physical uplink shared channel. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327287 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION SCHEME IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR THE SAME - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method by which a coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) scheduling device supports communication of a CoMP cluster in a wireless communication system supporting CoMP can comprise the steps of: receiving channel state information (CSI) measured by at least one terminal served by at least one base station in the CoMP cluster; selecting terminal(s) to be served as a CoMP operation on the basis of the received CSI measured by the at least one terminal and determining scheduling information for the selected terminal(s); and transmitting the scheduling information for the selected terminal(s) to at least one base station for serving the CoMP operation of the selected terminal(s). | 11-12-2015 |
20150327288 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SCHEDULING FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION - Exemplary embodiments provide a method and apparatus for supporting a device-to-device (D2D) communication between user equipments (UEs), the method including: generating, at an evolved NodeB (eNB), D2D scheduling assignment (D2D SA) grant; transmitting the generated D2D SA grant to a transmission (Tx) UE, the D2D SA grant enabling the Tx UE to transmit an SA to a reception (Rx) UE through a D2D communication; generating, at the eNB, a D2D data grant; transmitting the generated D2D data grant to the Tx UE, the D2D data grant enabling the Tx UE to transmit a Transport Block (TB) to the Rx UE; generating a separate grant for indicating data overriding; and transmitting the generated separate grant to the Tx UE, the separate grant enabling the Tx UE to transmit an overriding data to the Rx UE. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327290 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING MULTI-BOARD ARCHITECTURE FOR WIRELESS TRANSCEIVER STATION - A transceiver station includes a first board and a second board. The first board includes an anchor cell L2 scheduler configured to schedule at least one of uplink and downlink transmissions for a multi-carrier user on only a first of the plurality of carriers. The second board includes a secondary cell L2 scheduler configured to schedule at least one of uplink and downlink transmissions for the multi-carrier user on only a second of the plurality of carriers, the second board being separate from, but interconnected with the first board. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327291 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARATUS FOR INCREASING REUSE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Systems, methods, and apparatus are disclosed for increasing reuse in wireless communications. In one aspect, a method of wireless communication is provided. The method includes receiving a first message from a first device, the first message indicating a transmission of a second message from the first device to a second device. The method further includes receiving a third message from the second device, the third message comprising training information for determining a communication channel at the second device. The method further includes generating a beamformed message based at least in part on the training information such that the beamformed message nulls interference at the second device. The method further includes scheduling a transmission of the beamformed message to a third device concurrent with the transmission of the second message. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327292 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system, method and apparatus cooperate to use a wireless coordination signal from a control station in a first frequency band to establish direct links in a second frequency band between different terminals. Once established, the direct links in the second frequency band operate without further needing intervention by the control station. The first frequency band is 1 GHz or higher, and the second frequency band is at a higher frequency than the first frequency band. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327294 | UPLINK FEEDBACK METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides an uplink feedback method, user equipment, and a base station, where the method includes: detecting, by user equipment, downlink data in at least two consecutive downlink sub-frames; performing joint encoding, by the user equipment, for a feedback for the downlink data in the at least two consecutive downlink sub-frames; and transmitting, by the user equipment in an uplink sub-frame corresponding to the last sub-frame of the at least two consecutive downlink sub-frames, joint uplink feedback information for the at least two consecutive downlink sub-frames, so as to resolve issue how uplink feedback is performed when downlink bandwidth is different from uplink bandwidth. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327296 | TENTATIVE GRANT FOR EFFICIENT DEVICE-TO- DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Technology for efficient distributed scheduling is provided using tentative grants. A UE can receive a transmission request from a Tx UE, and from additional Tx UEs. Each Tx request can include a priority level of the transmitter UE sending the transmission request, to form a priority list. An incompatible list can be formed based on a signal to interference ratio of each transmitter with the UE. A grant message and the incompatible list can be transmitted for n−1 iterations from selected UEs based on the priority list and incompatible list. A tentative bandwidth grant can then be transmitted at an n | 11-12-2015 |
20150327298 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A radio communication system provided with a communication device and a radio communication network system is characterized by comprising a transmission delay estimate information transmitting means for transmitting transmission delay estimate information to the radio communication network system when the transmission condition of the transmission delay estimate information is met. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327299 | Transmitting Content to Devices - Content service(s) to device(s) is provided. Availability of broadcast transmission of said content is determined after an indication is signaled that a dedicated unicast radio bearer is needed/is not needed for reception of said. Subsequent to reception of the indication the content is transmitted over a dedicated unicast radio bearer or broadcasting. Transmission of the content can be supported by an indication of a need for a continued network connection for the device even when the amount of unicast traffic over the connection in a core network does not justify maintenance of the connection to cause the core network to refrain from releasing said network connection. Unicasting of content to a device moving from a first to a second cell can be continued based on signaling of a message to a control entity of a second cell, the message providing information of the identity of the service(s). | 11-12-2015 |
20150327307 | SYSTEM FOR CONNECTING A MOBILE DEVICE TO A WIRELESS NETWORK OF AN AIRCRAFT - A system and method for connecting a mobile device to a wireless network of an aircraft, for automating and securing the connection of a mobile device to a wireless network of an aircraft. A connection system includes: a management module installed in a secured area of the aircraft and linked to an access point of the wireless network, the management module being configured to generate connection parameters and to configure the access point according to the connection parameters; and a wireless transmission module installed in the secured area and linked to the management module, the transmission module being configured to deliver the connection parameters to the mobile device according to a range restricted to the secured area, the connection parameters being adapted to allow the mobile device to be connected by a simple scan and securely to the wireless network of the aircraft via the access point. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327308 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CONNECTION METHOD BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENT AND A MOBILITY MANAGEMENT ENTITY - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and a connection method between user equipment and a mobility management entity and comprises: selecting a mobility management entity and requesting identification information for user equipment by a base station when the user equipment is connected; determining whether to assign identification information by the mobility management entity; and if the identification information is not assigned, selecting another mobility management entity by the mobility management entity, assigning identification information to the user equipment by the other mobility management entity, and performing a connection with the other mobility management entity by the user equipment. According to the present invention, user equipment can be efficiently connected with a mobility management entity in a wireless communication system. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327311 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND METHOD OF ENABLING USAGE OF RESOURCES FOR A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY - A user equipment receives information on allocated resources for a device-to-device discovery. An enabler signaling is performed in which the user equipment is operative to determine whether a message received at a wireless interface enables the user equipment to use the allocated resources. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327312 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATIONS - Technology for performing device-to-device (D2D) communications is disclosed. A user equipment (UE) can identify D2D data to be transmitted from the UE. The D2D data can be identified when the UE is in a radio resource control (RRC) idle. The UE can be limited to using a defined resource allocation mode to transmit the D2D data from the UE. A service request procedure can be initiated at the UE. The service request procedure can trigger the UE to perform an RRC connection establishment procedure with an evolved node B (eNB) to switch the UE from the RRC idle mode to an RRC connected mode. The UE can receive an uplink (UL) grant from the eNB for communicating the D2D data from the UE. The UE can send the D2D data using the UL grant provided by the eNB. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327313 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SESSION INITIALIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention is a method for session initialization in which a first device for supporting a Wi-Fi direct service initializes a send session with a second device. The method for session initialization comprises the steps of: establishing an application service platform (ASP) session; and initializing the send session using a uniform resource locator (URL) related to a device description, wherein the URL related to the device description is acquired prior to the completion of the establishment of the ASP session. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327314 | BASE STATION, DEVICE TO DEVICE USER EQUIPMENT, TRANSMISSION METHOD, REPORT METHOD AND RESOURCE ADJUSTMENT METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station and a device to device (D2D) user equipment (UE), a transmission method, a report method and a resource adjustment method for a wireless communication system are provided. When the D2D UE operates as a transmitting end, it is able to determine a transmission mode according to a transmission condition (e.g., whether a radio link failure or a collision occurs when a D2D transmission is being performed, or whether the telecommunication operators of the transmitting end and the corresponding receiving end are the same). When the D2D UE operates as a receiving end, it is able to transmit a report message carrying received signal quality to the base station after receiving D2D data. Accordingly, the base station is able to adjust a D2D resource configuration according to the report message. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327321 | Method, Device and System for Controlling Auxiliary Information about User Equipment - A method, device and system for controlling assistant information of user equipment are disclosed. The field of wireless communication technology is related, and the problem is solved that the system efficiency is reduced, for UE reports the assistant information inappropriately. The method includes: the user equipment acquiring a control parameter of assistant information configured by a network side; and the user equipment reporting the assistant information of the user equipment to the network side according to the control parameter of assistant information. The technical scheme provided in the example of the present document is applied to a LTE system or a UMTS system, which implements that the network side controls the UE reporting the assistant information. | 11-12-2015 |
20150327322 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES, AND METHODS FOR ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES IN DUAL-CONNECTIVITY NETWORKS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe systems, devices, and methods for alignment procedures in dual-connectivity networks. Various embodiments may include determining system frame number and subframe number differences, and aligning discontinuous reception (DRX) or measurement gaps of a secondary cell group with a master cell group. Other embodiments may be described or claimed. | 11-12-2015 |
20150333792 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND SYSTEM USING SAME - Methods and apparatus are provided for transmitting and receiving uplink data in a wireless communication system. Hopping-related information is received at a mobile station from a base station. Resource allocation information is received at the mobile station from the base station. The uplink data is transmitted from the mobile station to the base station through at least one resource determined based on a sequence for sub-band hopping and a sequence for local hopping. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333808 | BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A base station device according to the present invention receives wireless frames transmitted by terminal devices in nearby cells, estimates the state of the propagation channels between the terminal devices in the nearby cells and itself, based on the received signals thereof, and performs precoding on transmission data addressed to terminal devices in its own cell, based on the estimation results of the propagation channel state, and transmits. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333809 | UPLINK INTERFERENCE INHIBITION METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention provides an uplink interference inhibition method and user equipment, in the method, an objective function is established, and a pre-coding vector of the UE signal transmission is solved according to the objective function under a constraint condition, such that the available signal power of the UE is the larger the better, and the interference of D2D signal transmission to cellular uplink is the smaller the better; or the interference of the UE to cellular uplink is within the first threshold and the reliability of the UE signal transmission is the best, thus in the case of multiplexing spectrum resources of cellular communication in D2D communication, the interference between the D2D transmission link and the cellular uplink transmission link may be inhibited by means of the design of the pre-coding vector of the UE signal transmission. The spectral efficiency and capacity of the system are greatly improved. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333811 | METHODS FOR EFFICIENT BEAM TRAINING AND NETWORK CONTROL DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A network control device. A wireless communications module receives a plurality of first signals each including information regarding a preferred transmitting beam in a first beam level determined by a communications apparatus. A controller selects a group of communications apparatuses to join a 1-to-many beam training according to the received first signals and selects one or more transmitting beams in a second beam level to be trained. The communications apparatuses in the group have the same preferred transmitting beam in the first beam level and the transmitting beam(s) in the second beam level associates with the preferred transmitting beam in the first beam level. The wireless communications module further uses the transmitting beam(s) in turn to transmit signals to perform the 1-to-many beam training for training the transmitting beam(s) in the second beam level among the group of communications apparatuses at the same time. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING ADAPTIVE CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK RATE IN MULTI-USER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques for achieving adaptive channel state information (CSI) feedback rate in multi-user communication systems. A rate by which CSI feedback can be transmitted from each user station of a wireless system to a serving access point may be adjusted based on evolution of a channel between that user station and the access point. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333813 | Method and Apparatus for Adaptive Resource Allocation - The embodiments disclose a method for adaptive resource allocation by an AP in a radio communication network utilizing MIMO-BF. The method comprises: calculating the PMI correlations between a first UE being served by the AP and each of a plurality of candidate UEs to be allocated resources by using the latest PMIs reported by the respective UEs, wherein the PMI correlation is indicated by the phase difference between the first UE and a candidate UE, and the plurality of candidate UEs are within the coverage of the AP; prioritizing the plurality of candidate UEs to be allocated resources in accordance with the calculated PMI correlations; selecting one or more second UEs from the plurality of candidate UEs based on the priority of the plurality of candidate UEs; and allocating resources to the one or more second UEs so as to serve them subsequently. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333851 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The transmission of a reference signal, such as a CSI-RS, is enabled while maintaining a power saving effect when performing inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception or the like in a plurality of cells. In order to realize inter-cell cooperative transmission/reception, a CSI-RS which is used for estimating the state of a spatial propagation path of a communication line is generated by a CSI-RS generation unit, and the CSI-RS is disposed in a predetermined subframe by a disposition unit and transmitted. At this time, when a frame has ten subframes #0 to #9, the CSI-RS is disposed in the subframes #4 and #9, which are subframes excluding the subframes #0 and #5 incapable of transmitting a CSI-RS and are subframes other than subframes capable of acting as MBSFN subframes when discontinuous communication (Extended Cell DTX) is performed so as to achieve power saving, and transmitted. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333858 | CELL SEARCH METHOD, FORWARD LINK FRAME TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS USING THE SAME AND FORWARD LINK FRAME STRUCTURE - A method of and an apparatus therefor searching a cell in a mobile station of a communication system in which a plurality of cells are grouped into a plurality of cell groups, and each cell group includes at least two cells. The method includes detecting a primary synchronization signal and a secondary synchronization signal from a received signal, and identifying a cell based on a combination of the primary synchronization signal and the secondary synchronization signal. The secondary synchronization signal is related to the cell group to which the mobile station belongs and the primary synchronization signal is related to the cell to which the mobile station belongs within the cell group. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333872 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS - Methods are described for a Node B to transmit and for a User Equipment (UE) to receive ACKnowledgement (ACK) information associated with the use of Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest (HARQ), also known as HARQ-ACK signaling, in a communication system that includes multiple downlink component carriers or multiple uplink component carriers. An HARQ-ACK signal to a UE is in response to a data packet transmission from the UE and may consist of 2 information bits when the UE has 2 or more transmitter antennas. The HARQ-ACK signal is always located in the same downlink component carrier as the scheduling assignment resulting to the data packet transmission from the UE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333878 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMIT REQUEST (HARQ) FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). A base station and method thereof are provided for hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ) feedback in a wireless communication system. A method includes generating transmission beam information for transmitting hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ) feedback information for an uplink data packet received from a terminal; scheduling a HARQ feedback channel in a downlink subframe, based on the transmission beam information; and transmitting the HARQ feedback information, based on the HARQ feedback channel. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333880 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA - A method for transmitting downlink data in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station generates a downlink sub-frame comprising: a first control channel for a first cell having a first frequency band; and a second control channel for a second cell having a second frequency band including a part of the first frequency band. The base station transmits the downlink data through the downlink sub-frame. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333882 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to reduce interference between cells through hopping and use frequencies in a good propagation situation, a scheduler section carries out scheduling for determining to which user data should be sent using CQI from each communication terminal apparatus, selects a user signal to be sent in the next frame and determines in which subcarrier block the data should be sent. An MCS decision section selects a modulation scheme and coding method from the CQI of the selected user signal. A subcarrier block selection section selects a subcarrier block instructed by the scheduler section | 11-19-2015 |
20150333883 | Methods for Physical Layer Multi-Point Carrier Aggregation and Multi-Point Feedback Configuration - Methods for physical layer multi-point carrier aggregation and feedback configuration are disclosed. In one embodiment of the invention, a UE receives an upper layer configuration includes a first UE-ID associated with a first group of component carriers (CCs) and a second UE-ID associated with a second group of CCs. The UE receives downlink control information via one or more downlink control channels on one or downlink CCs. The UE decodes the downlink control information using the first UE-ID and the second UE-ID. In another embodiment of the invention, the UE receives an upper layer configuration of a first uplink feedback CC associated with a first group of downlink CCs and a second uplink feedback CC associated with a second group of downlink CCs. The UE generates feedback information for the downlink CCs to be carried on their corresponding uplink feedback CC. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333886 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system is discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a first UE-specific configuration indicating possible subframes for aperiodic SRS transmission via a radio resource control (RRC) signaling, wherein the possible subframes are periodically configured; receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including request information of requesting aperiodic SRS transmission; and transmitting at least one SRS one time in response to the request information within the possible subframes. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333887 | TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM A USER EQUIPMENT IN RESPONSE TO MULTIPLE REQUESTS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for sounding reference signal (SRS) transmission. A plurality of parameter sets are received for an aperiodic SRS transmission. First downlink control information is received comprising an SRS request field with a first value indicating one of the plurality of parameter sets. Second downlink control information is received comprising an SRS request field with a second value indicating one of the plurality of parameter sets. A transmission of an aperiodic SRS is determined based on whether the first value is identical to the second value. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333888 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a reference signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system. The UE generates an uplink reference signal in a subframe comprising first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth and seventh orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in time domain and a plurality of subcarriers in frequency domain. The UE transmits the uplink reference signal to a base station in the third, fourth and fifth OFDM symbols. The transmitted uplink reference signal is hopped in the frequency domain, based on a cell specific hopping parameter. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333889 | Downlink Control Information Set Switching When Using Carrier Aggregation - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a user equipment configured for multi-carrier operation from a first downlink control information set to a second downlink control information set while carrier aggregation is being used, including receiving a physical downlink control channel with downlink control information formats containing a carrier indicator field. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333890 | PROCESSING DATA GRANTS AND HIGH SPEED DATA WITH A MEASUREMENT GAP - In a method of wireless communication, a grant allocating a plurality of high speed subframes for high speed data channels is received before a measurement gap for tuning away from a serving radio access technology (RAT). At least one high speed subframe is allocated in the grant falling within the measurement gap. High speed data is processed only on high speed subframes of the plurality of high speed subframes before and after the measurement gap. An acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) feedback is transmitting and only the high speed subframes of the plurality of high speed subframes before and after the measurement gap are considered. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333891 | TERMINAL, NETWORK NODE, SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR SOFT BUFFER HANDLING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - A terminal (e.g., mobile communication device, UE) and a method are described herein for allocating a soft buffer after interacting with a network node (e.g., base station, eNB). In addition, a network node (e.g., base station, eNB) and a method are described herein that facilitates robust operations during a reconfiguration period while a terminal allocates a soft buffer located therein. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333894 | SECTORIZATION FEEDBACK AND MULTI-SECTOR TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - A method of downlink multi-sector transmission is provided. An initiator station first performs sector training by transmitting a plurality of sounding signals to a plurality of responder stations in a wireless network. The coverage associated with the initiator station is partitioned into a plurality of sectors, and each sector is covered by a sectorized beam. The initiator station then receives sector ID feedback information from each responder station in response to the sounding signals. The sector ID feedback information indicates preference to each of the sectors from each responder station. Next, the initiator station groups multiple spatially orthogonal responder stations together based on the sector ID feedback information. Finally, the initiator station performs multi-sector transmission by simultaneously transmitting data to the multiple responder stations in different sectors using corresponding sectorized beams. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333923 | MULTI-CHANNEL CONVERSATION - Multi-channel communication is affected by system configured to access channel selection data for a participant in a conversation. The channel selection data is analyzed to select a particular secondary communication channel from among a plurality of secondary communication channels associated with the participant. A first message corresponding to the conversation is communicated via the selected secondary communication channel. A second message corresponding to the conversation is received via the selected secondary communication channel. Data representing the conversation is updated using at least a portion of the second message. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333934 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION - To facilitate sending a reference signal in a wireless communication environment, a transmitter sends a reference signal in a first time-frequency resource to a user equipment (UE); the transmitter sends data information in a first portion of a second time-frequency resource different from the first time-frequency resource to the UE; and the transmitter excludes data information from being sent in a second portion of the second time-frequency resource. The second portion of the second time-frequency resource is designated for use by another transmitter for sending another reference signal to the UE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333945 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification relates to a method/apparatus for extending and transmitting a reference signal, and to a method and apparatus for transmitting a cyclic shift (hereinafter, referred to as CS) parameter. In generating the extended reference signal, the CS is determined as a function for both a basic CS parameter and an extended CS parameter. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333948 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING CONTROL INFORMATION - In a first mode of dedicated control channel (DCCH) operation, a wireless terminal is allocated more segments than in a second mode. The wireless terminal uses different information bit to modulation symbol mapping in the different modes. On a per DCCH segment basis, the same number of modulation symbols are communicated in either mode but more information bits are conveyed in the second mode. Information bits for a DCCH segment are partitioned into two subsets. The two subsets are used to generate another set, each of the two subsets and the another set are input to the same mapping function to generate three equal size sets of modulation symbols which are transmitted via the DCCH segment. Uplink tone hopping is used such that one of the equal size sets of modulation symbols for the DCCH segment uses the same tone but a different set uses a different tone. | 11-19-2015 |
20150333949 | MULTIPLEX MODULES FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION RECEIVERS - Multiplex modules for use in carrier aggregation receivers are disclosed. In an exemplary embodiment, an apparatus includes an LNA multiplexer configured to receive a plurality of RF signals at a plurality of input terminals and to combine the RF signals into a combined RF signal that is output from an output terminal The apparatus also includes an LNA demultiplexer configured to receive the combined RF signal at an input port that is connected to the output terminal and to distribute the combined RF signal to a plurality of output ports. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334154 | OPTIMAL USE OF MULTIPLE CONCURRENT INTERNET PROTOCOL (IP) DATA STREAMS FOR VOICE COMMUNICATIONS - Examples are disclosed for hosting a communication session between a hybrid mobile device and a second communication device in an Internet Protocol (IP) based packet data network. A communications server functions as a bridge service between the hybrid mobile device and the second communication device enabling the exchange of multiple concurrent IP packet data media streams over multiple different IP based networks between the hybrid mobile device and the communications server. The communications server determines a packet arrival time for each corresponding packet in the multiple concurrent IP packet data media streams and creates a blended IP packet data media stream by selecting the first to arrive packet from among the multiple concurrent IP packet data media streams. On the send side, the communications server receives a single IP packet data media stream and simultaneously encodes it to be sent out over the multiple different IP based networks to the hybrid mobile device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334196 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRESERVING PACKET SWITCHED (PS) SIGNALING CONNECTION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for preserving a signaling connection using a UE in a wireless network. An RAU request message is sent from the UE, to at least one network node in the wireless network, when a suspension condition is detected at the UE while the UE is in a connected state. The UE receives a RAU response message from the at least one network node. Activation of a timer is restricted at the UE to preserve the signaling connection in response to receipt of the RAU response message, when at least one radio bearer associated with the UE is detected. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334536 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL - A communication terminal operating with electric power stored in a battery to execute information communication with an external communication device is provided. The communication terminal repetitively acquires specific information including a present position of the communication terminal and transmits the specific information in a transmission period. The communication terminal includes a detection section for detecting a total number of external communication devices present within an area of a pre-specified distance and a setting section for setting the transmission period in accordance with the total number of external communication devices detected by the detection section. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334548 | DEPLOYMENT OF PROXIMITY BEACON DEVICES - A technique for deploying proximity beacons involves coupling proximity beacon transmitters and/or hubs to an enterprise network device. The coupling can be by way of physically connecting communication interfaces of the network device and the proximity beacon transmitter or hub. In some implementations, the communication interface can be implemented as a USB interface. In some implementations, the communication interface can be embedded within the network device, such that the communication interface can provide the physical connection in the form of an embedded or internal connection. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334552 | eUICC Subscription Change - The present disclosure relates to a method performed by a connectivity service platform ( | 11-19-2015 |
20150334561 | METHOD, WIRELESS DEVICE, COMPUTER PROGRAM AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR ASSISTING ACCESS TO ACCESS PROTECTED SERVICES - It is presented a method for assisting access to access protected services in a cellular multimedia delivery system. The method is performed in a wireless device and comprises the steps of: obtaining a set of one or more service identifiers, each service identifier being associated with a service; for each service identified by one of the service identifiers, determining if the service is access protected by reading a configuration associated with the service, independent of any delivery method associated with the service; and transmitting, to a key manager server, a request for service keys for all services which have been determined to be access protected. A corresponding wireless device, compute program and computer program product are also presented. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334574 | Preventing Coexistence Interference Through Smart Band Selection in MSMA Devices - Various embodiments leverage the typical manner in which a RAT selects a supported frequency band listed in its acquisition database and the standard communications with its network indicating the supported frequency bands to avoid potential coexistence events with one or more other RATs. In particular, various embodiments include methods for avoiding band interference between RATs operating on a multi-SIM communication device by identifying the frequency bands available to each of the RATs, comparing the identified frequency bands to determine whether any RAT's frequency bands will interfere with one or more other RAT's frequency bands, and in response to determining that there is a possibility of frequency band interference, removing those interfering frequency bands from that RAT's acquisition database. As a result, during standard communications, that RAT will report to its network that it supports only non-interfering frequency bands. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334575 | Avoidance of Interference During Simultaneous Multi-Active Technologies in Global Mode - Various embodiments implemented on a mobile communication device leverage the availability of multiple RATs to receive service from a combination of RATs that avoids the potential for inter-RAT coexistence interference. A mobile communication device processor may determine whether there is a likelihood of inter-RAT coexistence interference between a first RAT and a second RAT. In response to determining that there is a likelihood of interference occurring between the first RAT and the second RAT, the device processor may attempt to receive service with the first RAT and a third RAT that will not interfere with the first RAT. The device processor may monitor conditions to recognize when the likelihood of interference no longer exists between the first RAT and the second RAT, and reestablish service with the second RAT when that happens. Thus, the device processor may ensure that service is only acquired with non-interfering RATs. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334579 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE RECORDING MEDIUM THEREOF - A wireless communication method comprises the following steps: a Static and Public Virtual Access Point (PS-VAP) on a Physical Access Point (PAP) receives a Probe Request from a station; the PS-VAP sends a Virtual Access Point (VAP) Setup Request to a server in response to the Probe Request; the PAP creates a Dedicated-and-Dynamic VAP (DD-VAP) having a Service Set Identifier (SSID) for the station according to a VAP Setup Response sent from the server; and the DD-VAP sends a Probe Reply including the SSID of the DD-VAP to the station. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334586 | WIRELESS RECEIVING APPARATUS AND METHOD - According to one embodiment, a wireless receiving apparatus includes a detector, a demodulator, a determination unit and a setting unit. The detector detects a wireless frame which has a received power level higher than a carrier detection threshold when the wireless frame is received. The determination unit determines a connection status in accordance with whether or not the demodulation is successful. The setting unit sets the carrier detection threshold at a first threshold if the connection status is an initial status where demodulation of a connection request frame is not successful, and which sets the carrier detection threshold at a second threshold if the connection status is other than the initial status, the second threshold being a variable value and larger than the first threshold. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334600 | METHOD AND RADIO NETWORK NODE FOR MANAGING A REQUEST FOR A RADIO ACCESS BEARER - A method and a radio network node for managing a request for a radio access bearer. The radio network node determines a first value relating to utilization of radio resources in a first set of subframes. The first set of subframes includes a second set of subframes, dedicated for transmission by the radio network node to multiple radio communication devices, and a third set of subframes. The radio network node determines a second value relating to utilization of radio resources in the third set of subframes. The radio network node receives the request and obtains an indication relating to a capability of a radio communication device to receive transmission in one or more of the second set of subframes. The radio network node determines a response to the request based on the first value, the second value and the indication, and sends the response to the network node. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334601 | Multi-Standard Network Convergence Method, Device, and System - The present invention discloses a multi-standard network convergence method, device, and system and relates to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: acquiring an AC mapping parameter corresponding to an RLC packet; performing encapsulation on the AC mapping parameter and the RLC packet; and forwarding an encapsulated packet to a second network, so that the second network acquires a corresponding AC according to the AC mapping parameter in the encapsulated packet, and places the RLC packet into a transmission queue corresponding to the AC for transmission. According to the present invention, an AC mapping parameter and an RLC packet are encapsulated and then sent to a second network, so that the second network may determine a corresponding AC according to the AC mapping parameter, so as to accurately place the RLC packet into a corresponding transmission queue for transmission and further implement multi-standard network convergence. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334616 | METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT SELECTING CELL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE METHOD - Provided are a cell selection method performed by UE in a wireless communication system and UE using the method. The method includes generating data use pattern information, the data use pattern information including an amount of data used for each moving speed of the UE, receiving data providing pattern information that informs an amount of data provided by the wireless communication system for each specific moving speed of the UE, determining an access type of the UE based on the data use pattern information and the data providing pattern information, selecting a type of a cell to be accessed according to the access type and selecting a cell from cells having the cell type. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334628 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSFERRING DATA TRAFFIC - A method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a traffic detection function (TDF) of a mobile communication system, according to one embodiment of the present specification, comprises the steps of: receiving, from a policy server, a policy that includes address information of packet data network (PDN) gateways (PGWs) respectively corresponding to one or more PDNs; receiving a message that includes a data packet from one PDN among the one or more PDNs; and transmitting the received packet to the address of the corresponding PGW on the basis of the policy information. According to one embodiment of the present specification, it is possible to provide a device and a method capable of providing a charging capability of an application level by providing a method and a device for transferring classified traffic in an implicit selective manner. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334634 | DEVICE, SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CUSTOMIZING USER-DEFINED MOBILE NETWORK - The present invention relates to a system, a device, and a method for customizing a user-defined network. The system includes a gateway and a mobile network element. The gateway is configured to receive a user-defined network request, request, according to the user-defined network request, an invocation of a communications service corresponding to the mobile network element to establish or modify the user-defined network, and return an invocation result. The user-defined network request includes definition information of an MBB communications service resource required by the MBB application service. The mobile network element is configured to implement invocation of the corresponding communications service. Therefore, the MBB communications service resources required by an MBB application are customized as required, and an invocation of the MBB communications service resources is associated with a requirement of the MBB application, thereby implementing reasonable utilization of the MBB communications service resources. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334638 | SERVICE DISCOVERY METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a service discovery method and device in a wireless LAN system. A service discovery method in a wireless LAN system according to one embodiment of the present invention can comprise: transmitting, by a request device, a service discovery request frame to a response device; and receiving, by the request device, a service discovery response frame, which comprises service information of the response device and service information of each of one or more other devices, from the response device. The one or more other devices can comprise a device which does not belong to the same group as the response device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334642 | System and Method for Communicating Wireless Transmissions Spanning both Licensed and Un-Licensed Spectrum - Performing wireless transmissions over a unified air interface that span portions of both the primary band and the complementary band may provide improved throughput and spectral efficiency in next generation networks. Wireless transmissions spanning both the licensed and unlicensed spectrum carry data in different frame formats over the respective primary and complementary bands. For example, frames communicated over the primary band may have a different channel structure (e.g., different size, placement, orientation, etc.) than frames communicated over the complementary band. Wireless transmissions spanning the licensed and unlicensed spectrum may also utilize different access schemes and/or waveforms over the respective primary and complementary bands. Embodiment unified air interfaces may be dynamically configurable via software defined radio (SDR) signaling instructions. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334643 | System and Method for Communicating Traffic over Licensed or Un-Licensed Spectrums based on Quality of Service (QoS) Constraints of the Traffic - Assigning traffic to be transported over either the primary band or the complementary band of a unified air interface based on quality of service (QoS) constraints of the traffic may allow for improved network resource utilization efficiency. In one example, traffic having deterministic QoS constraints is assigned to the primary band, while traffic having statistical QoS constraints is assigned to the complementary band when the complementary band is capable of satisfying the statistical QoS constraints of the traffic. If a condition on the complementary band prevents it from satisfying the statistical QoS constraint of the traffic, then the traffic is assigned to the primary band. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334644 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR DETERMINING ACCESS ON BASIS OF POLICY - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for determining access on the basis of a policy. The method for determining access can comprise the steps for: receiving a plurality of policies including wireless LAN (WLAN) selection rules from a plurality of access network discovery and selection functions (ANDSFs) in a plurality of public land mobile networks (PLMNs); selecting any one of the plurality of policies on the basis of preset location-related criteria; and determining whether traffic of a user is delivered to a 3GPP access or detoured to a WLAN access, according to WLAN selection rules of the selected policy. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334662 | POWER CONTROL FOR ACK/NACK FORMATS WITH CARRIER AGGREGATION - A system and method for determining a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) power control parameter h(n | 11-19-2015 |
20150334681 | METHOD AND RELATED DEVICE FOR SYNCHRONIZING SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING DATA DELIVERY AND SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING RESOURCE ARRIVAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for synchronizing SPS data delivery and SPS resource arrival for a MAC layer of a user equipment in a wireless communication system, the method comprising sending an indication to a higher layer, the indication including information of a time point indicating when the higher layer has to deliver SPS data to the MAC layer, for the SPS data being ready for delivery at a transmission time interval when the SPS resource arrives at the user equipment. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334682 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for performing carrier aggregation is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines an uplink control information (UCI) transmission cell in a wireless communication network with at least one frequency-division duplexing (FDD) cell and at least one time-division duplexing (TDD) cell. The UE also selects a first cell for FDD and TDD carrier aggregation. The UE further determines a set of downlink subframe associations for the first cell that indicate at least one UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. The UE additionally sends Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) information in the UCI transmission uplink subframe of the UCI transmission cell. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334683 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION CONFIGURATION AND ACQUISITION METHOD, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A downlink control information configuration and acquisition method, base station and terminal. The base station configures a plurality of sets of received information for the terminal via dedicated high-layer signalling of the terminal, and the base station indicates which set of the plurality of sets of received information is to be used by the terminal to receive a DMRS and/or physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) using at least one of the following pieces of information: LVRB/DVRB bits allocated by a centralized/distributed virtual resource block in the DCI Format 1A; a control channel mode in which the DCI Format 1A is located: a PDCCH and an ePDCCH; an ePDCCH transmission mode in which the DCI Format 1A is located: a diversity transmission mode and a centralized transmission mode; and an ePDCCH cluster in which the DCI Format 1A is located. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334684 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more particularly, to a method by which a terminal receives an EPDCCH signal in a wireless communication system and a device for the same, the method comprising the steps of receiving a subframe including an EPDCCH set, wherein the EPDCCH set includes a plurality of EPDCCH candidates; and monitoring the plurality of EPDCCH candidates in the EPDCCH set in order to receive the EPDCCH signal, wherein the number of EPDCCH candidates having an aggregation level of L in the EPDCCH set is indicated and is limited to a value of a specific form under a predetermined condition. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334688 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method by which a base station transmits control information through an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) in a wireless communication system, and the control information transmission method comprises the steps of: mapping control information to an enhanced resource-element group (EREG) allocated to transmit the EPDCCH in a first EPDCCH physical resource block (PRB) set and a second EPDCCH PRB set, respectively; and transmitting the mapped control information, wherein an enhanced control channel element (ECCE) index corresponding to the EREG of the same position is connected with the same physical uplink control channel resource (PUCCH) in the first EPDCCH PRB set and the second EPDCCH PRB set, respectively. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334689 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION RECEPTION METHOD - Provided are a base station, whereby the erroneous detection of control information can be reduced, thereby preventing the degradation of the system throughput. A base station ( | 11-19-2015 |
20150334690 | EXTENSION OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are provided for the transmission of physical downlink control signaling. In one method, a User Equipment (UE) receives information associated with a physical resource block (PRB) for enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a base station. Based on either first information received on physical control format indicator channel (PCFICH) or second information received on higher layer signaling, the UE determines a starting orthogonal frequency division multiple (OFDM) symbol on which EPDCCH transmission starts. The UE receives control information on the EPDDCH based on the information associated with the PRB and the determined starting OFDM symbol. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334691 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication base station device, terminal device, and method have reduced signaling while maintaining high scheduling gain. A judgment unit pre-stores a correspondence between the number of code words and the number of clusters to reduce the maximum value for the number of clusters allocated to each terminal as the number of code words increases, and thus determines the maximum value for the number of clusters based on the number of code words acquired. Based on the number of code words for a transmission signal from a terminal, an estimated value for the reception quality, and the maximum value for the number of clusters that is output by the judgment unit, a scheduling unit schedules the allocation of the transmission signal transmitted by each terminal to a transmission band frequency (frequency resource) so as not to exceed the maximum value for the number of clusters. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334692 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method for sending and receiving control information, an apparatus and a communication system. The method for sending control information includes: setting respective control bits in a downlink control information (DCI) format to generate control information applied by a network side to a terminal, wherein indication information indicating whether to swap a corresponding relationship between a transmission block and a codeword is not carried in a control bit in the DCI format, if a dedicated demodulation reference signal used to demodulate data is preconfigured by the network side for the terminal and respective codewords correspond to the same number of layers; and the indication information is carried in a control bit in the DCI format, if the dedicated demodulation reference signal used to demodulate data is not preconfigured by the network side for the terminal; and sending the generated control information to the terminal. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334693 | NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RADIO RESOURCES - Method in a network node for allocating Uplink (UL) radio resources to a pair of Device to Device (D2D) devices comprising a first wireless device and a second wireless device, the network node and the D2D pair being comprised in a wireless communications network, includes assigning a common Downlink (DL) control signalling message, for the pair of D2D devices, and allocating UL radio resources to the first and second wireless device, so that the UL radio resources allocated to the first wireless device are separated from the UL radio resources allocated to the second wireless device, by applying one or more of a time offset, a frequency offset, and a code-division multiplexing offset between the UL radio resources allocated to the first wireless device and the UL radio resources allocated to the second wireless device, wherein the allocating UL radio resources is based on the common DL control signalling message. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334695 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN SRS-TRIGGERING-BASED SRS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and terminal apparatus which involve transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS)-triggering-based SRS in a wireless communication system. The terminal apparatus of the present invention comprises a receiver which receives, from a base station, an SRS-triggering indicator for triggering an SRS transmission; and a transmitter which transmits the SRS via a preconfigured uplink subframe in accordance with the SRS-triggering indicator. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334699 | USER APPARATUS AND UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD - A user apparatus in a mobile communication system in which carrier aggregation is performed using a plurality of cells, including: a control unit configured to determine whether a physical uplink shared channel is set in the user apparatus at a transmission timing of uplink control information, and to determine to transmit the uplink control information by using the physical uplink shared channel when the physical uplink shared channel is set; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the uplink control information to a radio base station using the physical uplink shared channel, wherein the control unit determines, when a physical uplink shared channel is set in a first cell in the plurality of cells, to transmit the uplink control information by using the physical uplink shared channel, and the control unit determines, when no physical uplink shared channel is set in the first cell, to transmit the uplink control information by using a physical uplink shared channel in a second cell. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334700 | HANDHELD DEVICE, BASE STATION AND TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A handheld device, a base station and transmission control methods thereof are provided. The handheld device transmits an uplink signal to the base station. The uplink signal comprises an uplink dedicated physical data channel (UL DPDCH) including a first radio data frame, a second radio data frame, a third radio data frame and a fourth radio data frame within two transmission time intervals (TTIs). A first dedicated traffic channel (DTCH) information data and first two segments of a dedicated control channel (DCCH) information data are repeatedly carried in the first and second radio data frames, and a second DTCH information data and last two segments of the dedicated control channel (DCCH) information data are repeatedly carried in the third and fourth radio data frames. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334705 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK INFORMATION - Disclosed are a method, device and system for transmitting uplink information, which are used for solving the problem that the existing UE uplink transmission mechanism may increase the load of a Macro eNB and increase the uplink interference among UEs, and is not beneficial to power saving of UEs. The method in the embodiments of the present application comprises: a macro eNB determining an uplink transmitting node used for receiving uplink information about a UE this time from a transmission node connected to the UE; determining the effective time of the uplink transmission node determined this time; and after the effective time of the uplink transmitting node determined this time has arrived, receiving the uplink information sent by the UE through the uplink transmitting node determined this time. Under a heterogeneous network, the embodiments of the present application can flexibly determine an appropriate uplink transmission node to transmit uplink information, thereby reducing the load of the Macro eNB, reducing the interference among various UEs, improving the system throughput, and saving the electric quantity of the UEs. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334706 | APPARATUS AND METHODS FOR A BANDWIDTH EFFICIENT SCHEDULER - Methods and apparatus for scheduling shared time resources. In one embodiment, Bluetooth and IEEE 802.11 interfaces with overlapping frequency ranges are managed by an intelligent scheduler entity or process that schedules time slots for human interaction devices based on predictions on which Bluetooth device is active. By reducing the number of time slots reserved for inactive Bluetooth devices, the scheduler can free up time slots for IEEE 802.11 systems without significant perceptible impact on the Bluetooth devices. The freed time slots can increase in IEEE 802.11 performance by providing additional bandwidth (which can be perceptible by the user), thereby increasing user satisfaction and experience. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334708 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME - A frame transmission method is provided by a device in a wireless communication network. The device generates a signal field including a symbol using a 64 FFT and carrying signaling information, and generates a data field including a symbol using a FFT having a larger size than the 64 FFT and carrying data. The device transmits a frame including the signal field and the data field. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334710 | DYNAMIC LOCAL OSCILLATOR (LO) SCHEME AND SWITCHABLE RECEIVE (RX) CHAIN FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for dynamically adjusting a voltage-controlled oscillator (VCO) frequency, a local oscillator (LO) divider ratio, and/or a receive path when adding or discontinuing reception of a component carrier (CC) in a carrier aggregation (CA) scheme. This dynamic adjustment is utilized to avoid (or at least reduce) VCO, LO, and transmit signal coupling issues with multiple component carriers, with minimal (or at least reduced) current consumption by the VCO and the LO divider. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334711 | Avoiding Spurious Responses with Reconfigurable LO Dividers - Methods and apparatus including: setting up a plurality of configurations for a plurality of local oscillator (LO) paths of a carrier aggregation (CA) transceiver operating with a plurality of bands; calculating and comparing frequencies for each LO path of the plurality of LO paths and at least one divider ratio of LO dividers for each band of the plurality of bands to identify frequency conflicts; and reconfiguring the LO dividers for the plurality of LO paths and the plurality of bands when the frequency conflicts are identified. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334712 | System and Method for Joint Transmission over Licensed and Unlicensed Bands using Fountain Codes - Transporting different sets of encoded packets generated from the same traffic flow over the respective licensed and unlicensed bands may provide bandwidth utilization efficiencies in addition to enabling more robust data streaming. More specifically, a transmit point may encode a traffic flow using a fountain code to obtain encoded packets, and then transmit different subsets of the encoded packets over the respective licensed and unlicensed bands. The fountain code may be applied at the physical layer, the media access control (MAC) layer, the radio link control (RLC) layer, or the application layer. The respective subsets of packets may be transmitted over the licensed and unlicensed bands at different rates. Different coding rates may be used over the respective bands. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334713 | SIGNALING INDICATION METHOD FOR A DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, UE AND BASE STATION - A signaling indication method for a DM-RS, UE and base station. The method includes: configuring, by a base station, UE with candidate information of scrambling identifiers by using a high-layer signaling; and transmitting a dynamic signaling to the UE, so that the UE performs channel estimation and demodulation on a received signal according to the dynamic signaling. Larger dimensions of MU-MIMO may be supported, and an advantage of large-scale antenna may be fully acquired. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334714 | System And Method For Resource Allocation For Device-To-Device Communications - In one example embodiment, a method for allocating resources for device-to-device communications in a wireless communications network includes receiving signaling, by a first wireless device, of a transmission schedule. The transmission schedule includes first transmission opportunities for scheduling requests allocated to a first link and second transmission opportunities for scheduling requests allocated to a second link. Signaling is received from a network node. The signaling carries the information of a grant allocation for at least one buffer status report message. The information may include a first number of buffer status report messages to be transmitted for the first link and a second number of buffer status report messages to be transmitted for the second link after a transmission of a scheduling request for the first link. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) SERVICES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for supporting D2D (Device-to-Device) services in a wireless communication system, wherein a first user equipment (UE) and a second user equipment are capable of D2D communication and are served by an evolved Node B (eNB). The method includes the first UE transmitting a SA (Scheduling Assignment) and a data to the second UE. The method also includes the first UE transmitting a D2D power control information to the second UE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334717 | LICENSED SHARED ACCESS FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION - A proposed 3GPP LTE protocol enhancement disclosed herein, enables an eNB to interface with its network core to achieve optimal resource reallocations and bearer modifications necessary to minimize negative impact on user experience in the events of LSA spectrum reclamation. A method for radio spectrum resource reallocation at an evolved Node B (eNB) comprises acquiring, from an incumbent, Licensed Shared Access (LSA) radio spectrum resource, receiving, from an Operator Administration and Management (OA&M) entity, a directive to relinquish the acquired LSA spectrum resource, performing an analysis of optimal spectrum resource reallocation for determining a proposed reallocation of remaining spectrum resources, communicating, to a network core, the proposed reallocation of remaining spectrum resources, receiving, from the network core, instructions for reallocating the remaining spectrum resources, wherein the instructions are based on the communicated proposal, and reallocating remaining spectrum resources according to the received instructions. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334718 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD - A proper communication service is provided according to use by a user. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334719 | Dynamic Spectrum Access Method, Corresponding Device, Computer Program Product - A method is provided for enabling a requesting access node to use at least one radio frequency associated to at least one wireless communication network having at least one connected access node. Such method includes the following acts executed by a frequency access manager in the wireless communication network: retrieving at least one piece of data related to the at least one connected access node and related to the requesting access node; determining a mutual interference information between the requesting access node and the at least one connected access node in function of the at least one piece of data related to the at least one connected access node and related to the requesting access node; and transmitting, to the requesting access node of a frequency access data in function of the determined mutual interference information. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334725 | RADIO BASE STATION, ROUTER DEVICE, AND MOBILE STATION - An object of the present invention is to perform appropriate priority control even when tethering is performed. A radio base station eNB of the present invention includes an instruction unit | 11-19-2015 |
20150334730 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR SELECTING A VIRTUAL CARRIER FOR MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATIONS BASED ON MEASUREMENTS OF CHANNEL CONDITIONS - An apparatus and method providing feedback on channel conditions in a wireless telecommunications system including a base station to communicate with plural terminals device using frequencies spanning a system frequency bandwidth. At least one terminal device is a reduced capability terminal device including a tuneable transceiver configured to receive downlink transmissions from the base station using only a restricted frequency bandwidth smaller than and within the system frequency bandwidth. The reduced capability terminal device is configured to communicate information derived from measurements of channel conditions to the base station. The information may include an indication of measured channel conditions for different frequency locations, or an indication of one or more frequency locations for which corresponding measurement of channel conditions meet a pre-defined selection criterion. The base station subsequently schedules downlink transmissions for the terminal device in a manner that takes account of the information received from the terminal device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334731 | Method for UE Pattern Indication and Measurement for Interference Coordination - A method of inter-cell interference coordination is provided for UE measurements and network access procedure. In a first embodiment, a UE in idle mode performs measurements on received radio signals applying a simplified radio resource restriction for interference coordination. The UE determines the restricted radio resource without receiving explicit measurement configuration. In a second embodiment, during various phases of a network access procedure, the UE indicates its interference status and/or additional interference information to its serving base station to enhance interference coordination. In a third embodiment, the UE in connected mode performs measurements on both interference-protected transmission resources and non-interference-protected transmission resources. The UE measurement results are used for scheduling, radio link monitoring, and/or mobility management to increase radio spectrum efficiency and to improve user experience. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334732 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING RADIO RESOURCES IN CELLULAR NETWORKS - A method for scheduling radio resource allocation among active flows within a wireless communication network. The method includes, at each working period of the scheduling method; for each active flow, checking presence of priority data to be transmitted within the current working period. Each active flow having priority data to be transmitted within the current working period is classified as a priority active flow. The remaining active flows are classified as non-priority active flows, the non-priority active flows having non-priority data that need not to be transmitted within the current working period. Radio resources are allocated among the priority active flows, and corresponding priority data are transmitted over the respective allocated resources. After completing priority data transmission, the radio resources are allocated among the non-priority active flows and corresponding non-priority data are transmitted over the respective allocated radio resources until the end of the current working period. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334734 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control signals in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) transmits a first uplink control signal for a first type cell to a first eNodeB (eNB) on a first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) in the first type cell. The UE transmits a second uplink control signal for a second type cell to a second eNB on a second PUCCH in the second type cell. The UE transmits a third uplink control signal for a third type cell to the second eNB on the second PUCCH in the second type cell. The third type cell is a cell where a PUCCH is not configured, and the UE supports dual connectivity with the first eNB and the second eNB. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334735 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for supporting D2D (Device-to-Device) communication in a wireless communication system, wherein a first user equipment (UE) and a second user equipment are capable of D2D communication and are served by an evolved Node B (eNB). The method includes the second UE transmitting a first Scheduling Assignment (SA) and a first data to the first UE. The method also includes the second UE receiving a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) and a D2D power control information from first UE. The method further includes the second UE transmits a second SA and a second data to the first UE, wherein the second UE adjusts a transmission power of the second SA and the second data based on the D2D power control information received from the first UE. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334736 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING, RECEIVING AND/OR PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION AND/OR DATA - A method and system for providing control information for supporting high speed downlink and high speed uplink packet access are disclosed. A Node-B assigns at least one downlink control channel and at least one uplink control channel to a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). The downlink control channel and the uplink control channel are provided to carry control information for both the downlink and the uplink. Conventional control channels, for downlink and uplink are combined into a reduced set of control channels for uplink and downlink. The Node-B and the WTRU communicate control information via the downlink control channel and the uplink control channel. The WTRU receives downlink data and transmits uplink data, and the Node-B receives uplink data and transmits downlink data based on the control information transmitted via the downlink control channel and the uplink control channel. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334737 | Radio Base Station, Wireless Terminal, Methods Performed Therein, Computer Program, and Computer-Readable Storage Medium - Embodiments herein relate to a method performed in a wireless terminal ( | 11-19-2015 |
20150334739 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide an uplink transmission method, a base station and a user equipment. The method includes: receiving uplink split information sent by a first base station, wherein the uplink split information is used for instructing a second base station to receive data in buffers corresponding to N1 logic channel groups of a user equipment, the N1 logic channel groups are determined by the first base station from a BSR sent by the UE, and N1 is a positive integer larger than 0; determining N2 logic channel groups from the N1 logic channel groups, wherein N2 is a non-negative integer smaller than or equal to N1; and sending feedback information to the first base station, wherein the feedback information is used for indicating the determined result. In an embodiment of the present invention, a flexibility of the uplink transmission is improved. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334740 | HIGH-SPEED TUNE-AWAY FOR MULTI-SIM DEVICES - A user equipment (UE) prevents re-transmissions of downlink high-speed data during a tune away procedure when an acknowledgment (ACK) to the high-speed data is not received at a network. In one instance, the UE decodes a first high-speed grant and corresponding downlink high-speed data before tuning away from a serving base station. The UE determines that a first timing for transmitting an acknowledgement of the decoded high-speed downlink data occurs during a tune away gap. The UE determines a second time for sending the acknowledgment based on a determination of a second high-speed grant missed during the tune away gap. The UE transmits an acknowledgement (ACK) for the decoded downlink high-speed data in accordance with a time line of the missed second high-speed grant. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334741 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting uplink control information and to an apparatus therefor. The method includes: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs from among a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs using the selected uplink control channel resource. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334743 | PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIER AND PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL OFFSET JOINT PLANNING - Systems and methods are provided for physical cell identifier (PCI) and physical random access channel (PRACH) offset joint planning by a network entity that determines an energy level for each of a plurality of PRACH frequency offsets and selects a PRACH frequency offset from the plurality of PRACH frequency offsets, based at least in part on the determined energy levels. The network entity determines a plurality of possible physical cell identifiers (PCIs) for the selected PRACH frequency offset and selects a PCI from the plurality of possible PCIs. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334746 | METHODS, APPARATUSES, USER EQUIPMENT, RADIO NETWORK NODE, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT FOR RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - Methods, apparatuses, a user equipment, a radio network node, and a computer program product for a random access procedure are provided. One of the methods comprises receiving, from a radio network node, a random access response message including a request for channel quality information. The method also comprises transmitting to the radio network node a scheduled transmission message including the requested channel quality information which is used by the radio network node to perform link adaptation for transmission of a contention resolution message. With the methods, apparatuses, user equipment, radio network node, and computer program product, the physical resources unreasonably occupied due to an improper modulation and coding scheme can be saved and may be used by other user equipments during the random access procedure, resulting in more stable cell throughput. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334750 | Multi-Egress Backhaul - A method for providing increased backhaul capacity in an ad-hoc mesh network is disclosed. The method involves attaching a mobile base station in an ad-hoc mesh network to a macro cell; measuring at least one of a backhaul signal quality with the macro cell and a throughput to the macro cell; reporting information, including a signal quality parameter, a physical position of the mobile base station, a cell identifier of the macro cell, and the measured throughput, to a coordinating node; determining if the connection between the mobile base station and the macro cell is currently in use by the ad-hoc mesh network, and whether the link exceeds a minimum quality threshold; and sending, to the mobile base station, an instruction to advertise a connection from the mobile base station to the macro cell to other nodes in the ad-hoc mesh network. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334751 | Network Discovery in Wireless Network - Methods, apparatuses, and computer programs are presented for operation during a network discovery process of a scanning device attempting to detect presence of wireless networks. During the network discovery process, the scanning device itself may transmit scanning messages by using duplicate transmission in which multiple scanning messages are transmitted simultaneously on different channels. According to another aspect, a wireless apparatus of a wireless network may transmit scanning messages by using the duplicate transmission to facilitate the detection of the wireless network by the scanning device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334753 | ROLE REVERSAL FROM WIRELESS DOCKING CENTER TO WIRELESS DOCKEE - A device configured to manage a wireless docking environment maintains one or more communication sessions between one or more peripheral devices; determines the device is in proximity of a second device; and in response to determining the device is in proximity of the second device, relinquishes control of at least one of the one or more communication sessions to the second device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334756 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR RANDOM ACCESS - According to a first aspect of embodiments herein, the object is achieved by a method in a base station for handling a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure in a mixed cellular and device to device (D2D) network. The base station receives from a first user equipment in a RACH message, an indication that the RACH relates to D2D communication. The base station then schedules a D2D link to the first user equipment based on the indication. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334757 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for performing device-to-device (D2D) communication is a method for performing, by a first device, D2D communication in a wireless communication system, including the steps of performing D2D link monitoring (DLM); when the DLM result meets a predetermined condition, transmitting a D2D link failure (DLF) declaration to a third device; and performing communication with a second device in a fourth device determined by the third device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334758 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DISCOVERY SIGNAL - Provided are a method and a device for transmitting a discovery signal for a device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. A wireless device generates a random sequence on the basis of an identifier (ID), and determines generation information on the basis of the random sequence. The wireless device generates a discovery sequence on the basis of the generation information, and transmits the discovery sequence to another wireless device. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334760 | System and Method for Device-to-Device Communication - A method for device-to-device (D2D) communication includes sensing D2D resources from a pool of resources for a predetermined duration to produce measurements of the D2D resources and determining statistics in accordance with the measurements of the D2D resources. The method also includes determining a first subset of the D2D resources in accordance with the statistics and transmitting, by a first user equipment (UE) to a second UE, data over the first subset of the D2D resources. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNALS - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink signals to a plurality of transmission points in a wireless communication system, comprising: receiving information on at least one parameter set group through upper layer signaling, wherein each of the at least one parameter set group includes a plurality of parameter sets; detecting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) comprising indication information for indicating specific parameter sets which belong to one of the parameter set groups from among the at least one parameter set group; and transmitting a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) by using the specific parameter set, wherein each of the plurality of parameter sets includes information on a power control parameter and information on timing advance (TA) for transmitting the PUSCH signal. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334769 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING SIGNALS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIES - The disclosure relates to methods and systems for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system with technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The disclosure is applicable to intelligent services based on 5G communication and IoT-related technologies. A method for configuring a connection by a terminal is provided, which includes receiving a radio resource control (RRC) message from a base station, determining whether semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) and transmission time interval (TTI) bundling are configured based on the RRC message, determining whether dual connectivity is configured, if the SPS and the TTI bundling are configured, determining whether the TTI bundling is configured for master cell group (MCG) and the SPS is configured for secondary cell group (SCG), if the dual connectivity is configured, and configuring an RRC connection based on the RRC message, if the TTI bundling is configured for the MCG and the SPS is configured for the SCG. | 11-19-2015 |
20150334770 | METHOD FOR SWITCHING OPERATING CARRIER AT A USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device and method of operating carriers at a user equipment in a wireless communication system includes: configuring, by the user equipment, a plurality of carriers including a first carrier and a second carrier; receiving control information on an activation of the second carrier among the plurality of carriers; activating the second carrier; and deactivating the activated second carrier after a certain amount of time. The certain amount of time is based on a valid time of the activation of the second carrier. The valid time is defined by a number of frames. | 11-19-2015 |
20150340759 | CONFORMAL ANTENNAS FOR UNMANNED AND PILOTED VEHICLES AND METHOD OF ANTENNA OPERATION - A vehicle includes a body providing structural support and defining a fuselage perimeter and including a plurality of bands, a plurality of antennas integrated into the plurality of bands, and a transceiver operatively connected to each of the plurality of antennas. The transceiver is configured to power selected sub-sets of the plurality of antennas to generate a directional antenna beam. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341092 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR 3-DIMENSIONAL BEAM FORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for reporting the channel state information for a 3-dimensional beam forming in a wireless communications system and an apparatus therefor. A method for enabling a terminal to transmit the channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communications system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving a reference signal from a base station supporting a 2-dimensional antenna array; determining the CSI by means of the reference signal; and transmitting the determined CSI to the base station. The CSI may include the CSI set for each of T (T≧1) beam candidates defined in one dimension of the 2-dimensional antenna array. The CSI set includes at least one of the rank index (RI) in the one dimension, the pre-coding matrix (PMI) index in the one dimension, the RI in the two dimensions, the PMI in the two dimensions, and the channel quality index (CQI). Here, the RI in the two dimensions is variable for each of the T beam candidates. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341097 | CSI Feedback with Elevation Beamforming - The specification and drawings present a new method, apparatus and software related product for using elevation beamforming with standardized CSI feedback for evolving deployment scenarios (e.g., in LTE and LTE-A wireless systems). According to an embodiment of the invention, a network element such as eNB may send to a UE reference signals (e.g., CSI-RS) on a plurality of resources or PRBs (e.g., frequency subbands), each resource can be transmitted with one of a plurality of downtilt angles/values. In response, the network element may receive from the UE a feedback report including selected by the UE one or more of the plurality of resources/frequency subbands and related information on PMI/CQI/RI for each selected resource/frequency subband. Then, based on the feedback report, the network element can determine/identify at least one preferred downtilt angle to use for future transmissions to the UE. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341100 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR 2-DIMENSIONAL MASSIVE MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5 | 11-26-2015 |
20150341101 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for estimating a channel transmitted through a 2-dimensional (2D) array antenna by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system comprising calculating channel estimation values for each of horizontal and vertical direction antenna arrays of the 2D array antenna in a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) resource using a discrete Fourier transform (DFT) based channel estimation scheme, wherein the channel estimation values are expressed as one or more non-zero channel taps due to multipath fading; deriving channel vectors for each of the horizontal direction antenna arrays and channel vectors for each of the vertical direction antenna arrays using L significant power sums of filtered channel taps; and calculating channel vectors of the 2D array antenna by operating Kronecker product of the channel vectors for each of the horizontal direction antenna arrays and the channel vectors for each of the vertical direction antenna arrays. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341131 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, INTERFERENCE REDUCING METHOD AND INTERFERENCE REDUCING CONTROL INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD - A user apparatus, in a radio communication system including a plurality of base stations, including a reception unit configured to receive, from a connecting base station, control information to be used for reducing an interference signal sent from an interference base station for the user apparatus; and an interference reducing unit configured to reduce the interference signal by using the control information to obtain a desired signal sent from the connecting base station. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341132 | METHOD FOR RECEPTION IN COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION ENVIRONMENT AND TERMINAL - One embodiment of the present specification provides a reception method for a terminal supporting cooperative multi-point (CoMP). The reception method for the terminal may comprise the steps of: receiving a signal which indicates that a channel state indicator-reference signal (CSI-RS) port and a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) port are almost quasi co-located; and determining a frequency offset between a CRS and a demodulation-reference signal (DM-RS), which is quasi co-located with the CRS, on the basis of the signal which indicates that the CSI-RS port and the CRS port are almost quasi co-located. Herein the frequency offset between the CRS and the DM-RS may be within 50 Hz. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341133 | Wireless Polarization Modulation Method Using Polarization Shift Keying and Hadamard Multiplexing - A method involves modulation of polarization states at a radio network's transmit antennas and configuration of complementary polarization states at the radio network's receiving antennas such that variations in measured voltages at receivers' antennas convey digital information and provide a multiple access channel to supplement other network communications. A calibration interval may be used, during which the network receivers measure the two distinct voltages from each transmitter during separate time intervals. Each receiver keeps a separate accumulation for each transmitter wherein each received sample is weighted by +1 or −1 according to the column of a Hadamard matrix. After the sample periods and accumulations have been completed, each receiver offsets its accumulation using a normalization term. Each receiver may then decode bits received from each transmitter using the offset completed sum for each respective transmitter. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341149 | UPLINK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT - Disclosed embodiments may include an apparatus having one or more processors coupled to one or more computer-readable storage media. The one or more processors may be configured to transmit and/or receive channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) resource configuration information, demodulation reference signals (DM-RS), uplink sounding reference signals (SRS), and power control parameters to support uplink coordinated multi-point (CoMP) operations. Other embodiments may be disclosed. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341151 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF PACKETS FROM AN ACCESS PROBE - Aspects of the present disclosure are directed to apparatuses and methods capable of selective acknowledgement of packets from an access probe. In one aspect, an apparatus includes: a transceiver configured to receive a set of frames associated with an access probe message from a wireless node, wherein the access probe message includes a plurality of frames, and the set of frames comprises a subset of the plurality of frames; and a processing system configured to generate a selective acknowledgement message based on a determination of whether each frame in the set of frames is received correctly. The acknowledgement includes an indication of receipt for at least one frame in the set of frames. The transceiver can transmit the selective acknowledgement message with an identifier assigned to the wireless node to allow tracking of a response. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341152 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless access system that supports massive MIMO, and provides a method for transceiving channel state information (CSI) for operating the massive MIMO and an apparatus for supporting said method. The method for transmitting CSI by a terminal in a wireless access system that supports massive multi-input multi-output (MIMO), according to one embodiment of the present invention, may comprise the steps of: receiving a signal including report period information; receiving downlink data including a reference signal; measuring first CSI using the reference signal; acquiring second CSI using the first CSI; and reporting the first CSI or the second CSI to a base station based on the report period information. According to the present invention, the first CSI may be information on a first antenna set including antennas for transmitting the reference signal, and the second CSI may be information on a second antenna set including antennas not transmitting the reference signal. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341153 | Method for Estimating Frequency Offset using Quasi-Co-Located Reference Signals - The present disclosure discloses a method used in a UE for estimating a frequency offset between a CRS of a serving cell of the UE and a DM-RS of a data transmission to be decoded by the UE, using a set of quasi-co-located reference signals. The method comprises: comparing a number of Resource Blocks, RBs, for the data transmission to a first threshold; selecting one or more quasi-co-located reference signals from the set of quasi-co-located reference signals based on a result of the comparison; and estimating the frequency offset based on the selected one or more quasi-co-located reference signals. The present disclosure also relates to a UE for estimating a frequency offset between a CRS of a serving cell of the UE and a DM-RS of a data transmission to be decoded by the UE, using a set of quasi-co-located reference signals. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341155 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING AMD RE-SEGMENTATION - A method and apparatus for acknowledge mode data (AMD) re-segmentation are disclosed. An AMD protocol data unit (PDU) is generated from at least one RLC SDU. The AMD PDU size is within a flexible maximum AMD PDU size. The original AMD PDU is stored in a retransmission buffer, and transmitted. If transmission of the original AMD PDU fails and the original AMD PDU size is larger than an updated maximum AMD PDU size, the original AMD PDU is segmented to segmented AMD PDUs. If transmission of one of the segmented AMD PDUs fails, the original AMD PDU may be re-segmented to smaller size AMD PDUs. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341447 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS OF OPERATING A DEVICE OF A DATA PATH GROUP NETWORK - A particular method includes generating a first message including data for indicating availability of a service of a data path group network and including at least one of a lifetime value or a heartbeat value corresponding to the data path group network. The method also includes transmitting the first message from a first device of the data path group network. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341480 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, VEHICLE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND PORTABLE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - In a wireless communication system, a vehicle communication apparatus and a portable communication apparatus provide service in cooperation. Both the apparatuses execute in cooperation each of a first application and a second application. When switching from the first application to the second application, a connection destination of a specific profile used in both the apparatuses is switched from the first application to the second application. This improves the connection of profiles. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341742 | TRANSMISSION OF MOTION DATA - An apparatus comprises at least one processor and at least one non-transitory memory medium having computer-readable code stored thereon, the computer-readable code together with the at least one processor causing the apparatus: to include motion data based on at least one signal generated by at least one motion sensor in a message portion, the message portion comprising a first field and a second field, the motion data being included in the second field of the message portion; to include signalling data in the first field of the message portion, the signalling data being for indicating a type of the motion data included in the second field; and to cause the message portion to be transmitted wirelessly to a recipient device. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341773 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR EFFICIENT SIGNALING IN A SYSTEM SUPPORTING D2D OVER THE AIR DISCOVERY - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for efficient signaling in a system supporting D2D over the air discovery are provided. One method may include receiving at a user equipment an indication of screening policies and related parameters for beacon signals received from other devices. The method may then include detecting the beacon signals and applying the screening policies and related parameters to determine which of the detected beacon signals should be included in a report. The method may also include leaving out from the report any of the detected beacon signals that do not meet the screening policies' requirements and/or criteria, and transmitting the report from the user equipment to a network node. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341788 | Access Through Non-3GPP Access Networks - When setting up communication from a user equipment UE ( | 11-26-2015 |
20150341797 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL SELECTION ALGORITHMS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT IN WIFI NETWORKS - A method of dynamically adjusting Wi-Fi parameters of a plurality of access points (APs) is disclosed. Reports from the plurality of APs are received through an interface. A conflict graph is created by a processor. Creating the conflict graph includes creating a plurality of vertices of the conflict graph, each vertex corresponding to one of the plurality of APs. Creating the conflict graph further includes determining that there is a conflict between at least some of the pairs of APs based at least in part on the received reports. Creating the conflict graph includes connecting an edge between each of the at least some of the pairs of APs. The conflict graph is stored in a memory. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341830 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING QUALITY OF SERVICE THAT A USER EXPERIENCES WHEN MEDIA IS TRANSMITTED THROUGH WLAN - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341844 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING INFORMATION RELATED TO BEACON TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for obtaining information related to beacon transmission in a wireless communication system is provided. A node of a primary radio access technology (RAT) system obtains first information related to beacon transmission including information on a start point of a beacon interval of each entity of a secondary RAT system, and transmits second information related to the beacon transmission based on the obtained first information related to the beacon transmission to a general device through the primary RAT system. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341845 | UE Accessibility Indication for WI-FI Integration in RAN - Methods, network entities ( | 11-26-2015 |
20150341847 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE SAME - Disclosed are a method for avoiding interference in a wireless local area network system and an apparatus for performing the same. The method for avoiding interference by an access point in a wireless local area network system, includes receiving channel scan results from a station associated with the access point; setting connection with an adjacent access point based on the channel scan results; determining an access point to be associated with the station through negotiation with the adjacent access point; and transmitting a reassociation request message to request reassociation with the adjacent access point to the station when the negotiation with the adjacent access point succeeds. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341850 | DYNAMIC AND ADAPTIVE CHANNEL SCANNING - Methods and apparatus for dynamic, adaptive scanning of communication channels are provided. A device alternates between scan cycles and rest cycles. A scan cycle includes interleaved intervals of scanning and resting. A scan interval may involve active or passive scanning, and a rest interval may be active or inactive. An active rest interval is spent tending to a communication requirement other than scanning (e.g., an infrastructure connection, a peer-to-peer connection). An inactive rest interval may be spent in a low-power mode of operation. Rest cycles, like rest intervals, may also be active or inactive. Durations of rest cycles and rest intervals increase each time a scan cycle completes without detection of any significant event or signal (e.g., until they reach a maximum). Upon detection of a significant event, they decrease, possibly by being reset to default durations. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341855 | Network-Controlled Network Selection Procedure - A radio network node ( | 11-26-2015 |
20150341867 | POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a power control method and apparatus, where the method includes: performing a slow fading evaluation on an uplink channel of a UE to obtain a slow fading value of the uplink channel; comparing the slow fading value with a target slow fading value to obtain a first comparison result; generating, according to the first comparison result, first control signaling of a downlink control channel corresponding to the uplink channel, where the first control signaling is used to instruct the UE to adjust transmit power of the UE on the uplink channel; and sending the first control signaling to the user equipment UE. In the embodiments of the present invention, making full use of power efficiency, improving a cell throughput, and reducing neighboring cell interference. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341870 | TERMINAL DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR SAME - A method and device for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) by a user equipment (UE) in a communication system supporting a plurality of carriers. The method includes transmitting, to an eNode B (eNB), a power headroom report (PHR) related to the plurality of carriers configured for the UE. The power headroom report (PHR) comprises a first type power headroom (PH) and a second type power headroom (PH). While the first type power headroom (PH) is calculated for a power headroom report (PHR) related to a primary carrier and a non-primary carrier, the second type power headroom (PH) is calculated for a power headroom report (PHR) related to only the primary carrier. The second type power headroom (PH) is calculated for case of simultaneous transmission of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH). | 11-26-2015 |
20150341878 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for enabling a first user equipment (UE) to transmit and receive a signal for device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system, and the method for transmitting and receiving a signal for D2D communication comprises the steps of: acquiring downlink synchronization of a serving cell in a second UE; transmitting a random access preamble to the serving cell in the second UE; receiving a random access response including timing advance as a response to the random access preamble transmission; and receiving a beacon signal transmitted by the second UE using the timing advance. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341889 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING SERVICE LAYER DETACH COMMANDS AND ATTACH NOTIFICATIONS - A method and apparatus are described for processing service layer detach commands and attach notifications. A services capability server (SCS) may request a core network to perform a network initiated detach of a device. This procedure may be used when the SCS knows that the device will not be needed for a long time or when the SCS detects some event that may warrant a detach, (e.g., theft, disallowed location, integrity validation failure). The SCS may be asked if the device may be allowed to attach at this time. If the SCS indicates that the attach may be rejected, the device may not be allowed to attach until a later time, thus avoiding additional activity on control and user planes. The SCS may be informed when a device is attached based on various subscription fields stored in a home subscriber server (HSS). | 11-26-2015 |
20150341909 | Sharing Transmission Intentions in Wireless Networks for CSMA Optimization - A method by a device of communicating with a wireless access point is disclosed. The method includes receiving information that characterizes intended future transmissions of one or more other devices. The method includes controlling transmission of a packet to the wireless access point based on the information. Related access points, methods by devices, and devices are disclosed. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341911 | INTERCELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION ACCOUNTING FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION - A method of operating a base station in a wireless telecommunications system. Downlink communications from the base station to terminal devices are made using a plurality of OFDM sub-carriers spanning a system frequency bandwidth. The base station supports communications with a first type of terminal device on a host carrier using OFDM sub-carriers distributed across the system frequency bandwidth and supports communications with a second type of terminal device on a restricted bandwidth carrier using OFDM sub-carriers distributed across a restricted frequency bandwidth which is smaller than and within the system frequency bandwidth. Respective base stations can exchange information regarding their restricted bandwidth carrier transmissions to help them coordinate their respective transmissions with a view to reducing intercell interference. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341912 | DATA TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF LOW-COST TERMINAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. Methods and apparatuses are provided for a data reception method of a terminal in a mobile communication system. Downlink control information (DCI) is received from a base station. It is determined determining whether a transport block size (TBS) of data transmitted by the base station is less than or equal to a predetermined value based on the DCI. The data is decoded, when the TBS is less than or equal to the predetermined value. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341913 | Wireless Communication System - A wireless communication method used by a wireless communication apparatus is disclosed. The wireless communication method transmits and receives control information divided into a second control information containing information related to the demodulation and decoding of traffic channel and a first control information containing information related to the MIMO separation of the second control information. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341914 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION BY UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving control information by a UE in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus for same. More specifically, the method includes a step of receiving reconfiguration downlink control information (DCI), wherein the reconfiguration DCI includes a plurality of reconfigurations relating to a UE group including the UE and is configured so as to be received on the basis of a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) defined for the reconfiguration DCI. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341916 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UTILIZING MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN HIGH SPEED PACKET ACCESS COMMUNICATIONS TECHNICAL FIELD - A method and an apparatus for utilizing multiple carriers are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) capable of receiving on a single downlink carrier at a time may tune the receiver to one downlink carrier and switch the downlink carrier in accordance with a configured pattern. The WTRU may switch the carrier from an anchor carrier to a non-anchor carrier at a high speed shared control channel (HS-SCCH) sub-frame boundary, and switches back at an end of a subsequent high speed physical downlink shared channel (HS-PDSCH) subframe. The WTRU may switch the carrier at an HS-PDSCH sub-frame boundary. A WTRU capable of receiving on multiple downlink carriers simultaneously may tune the receiver to an anchor carrier and a supplementary carrier, and switch the supplementary carrier to another carrier based on a carrier switching order. The carrier switching order may be received via an HS-SCCH or via layer 2 signaling. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341917 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND DATA PROCESSING METHOD IN THE DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A digital broadcasting system and a data processing method are disclosed. In an aspect of the present invention, the present invention provides a data processing method including receiving a broadcast signal in which main service data and mobile service data are multiplexed, demodulating the received broadcast signal, outputting demodulation time information of a specific position of a broadcast signal frame, and acquiring reference time information contained in the mobile service data frame, setting the reference time information to a system time clock at a specific time based on the demodulation time information and decoding the mobile service data according to the system time clock. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341919 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALLING FOR TRIGGERING THE INDEPENDENT TRANSMISSION OF A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - The invention suggests a method for providing control signalling in a communication system, comprising the steps performed by a base station of the communication system of generating a control channel signal comprising a transport format and a channel quality indicator trigger signal for triggering a transmission of a channel quality indicator by at least one terminal to the base station, and transmitting the generated control channel signal to at least one terminal, wherein said transport format is a predetermined format for user data transmission by the at least one terminal to the base station and said control channel signal indicates a predetermined mode for reporting the channel quality indicator to the base station, wherein the channel quality indicator transmission is to be triggered by the at least one terminal based on the channel quality indicator trigger signal. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341920 | Change of Rate Matching Modes in Presence of Channel State Information Reference Signal Transmission - In one aspect thereof the exemplary embodiments of this invention provide a method that includes, prior to confirmation that a network access node has correctly acquired capabilities of a user equipment, operating a user equipment with the network access node in accordance with a first rate matching mode and, only after confirmation to the user equipment that the network access node has correctly acquired capabilities of the user equipment, changing the rate matching mode to a second rate matching mode. In an embodiment the first rate matching mode comprises puncturing a downlink shared channel transmission with a set of resource elements, which may be at least one of reference symbols and muted resource elements, and the second rate matching mode comprises rate matching the downlink shared channel around those resource elements that are members of the set of resource elements. Also described are apparatus and computer readable storage medium storing program code that operate in accordance with the method. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341923 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for a terminal transmitting ACK/NACK information in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: receiving one or more PDCCH signals from a specific SF section in an FDD cell; receiving one or more PDSCH signals indicated by the one or more PDCCH signals; and transmitting ACK/NACK information corresponding to the one or more PDSCH signals through a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), wherein the specific SF section includes one or more first SFs and one second SF, wherein PUCCH transmission is limited in one or more first UL SFs corresponding to the one or more first SFs, wherein PUCCH transmission is allowed from a second UL SF corresponding to the second SF, the ACK/NACK information is transmitted from the second UL SF by using a PUCCH resource allocated by an upper layer when a PDSCH signal exists in the one or more first SFs, and wherein the ACK/NACK information is transmitted from the second UL SF by using a PUCCH resource linked to an index of a resource from which a corresponding PDCCH signal is transmitted when one PDSCH signal exists only in the second SF. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341924 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL INCLUDING DATA AND CONTROL INFORMATION VIA UPLINK CHANNEL - A method of transmitting a first uplink signal and a second uplink signal. The first uplink signal includes data of a transport block for initial transmission and the second uplink signal includes data of the transport block and control information. The control information of the second uplink signal is channel encoded to produce channel encoded control information. A number of encoded symbols of the channel encoded control information is determined by using: | 11-26-2015 |
20150341926 | METHOD FOR UPDATING BASE STATION INFORMATION IN CONVERGED NETWORK SUPPORTING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - This method whereby abase station in a first communication system updates base station information in a converged network supporting multiple communication systems may comprise the steps of: receiving a first message including changed information from a base station in a second communication system if information from and related to the base station in the second communication system has changed or if information related to the base station in the first communication system has changed; and updating with the changed information on the basis of the first message. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341928 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A communication system including: a base station; and a terminal configured to: select a known signal from at least one first known signal included in a plurality of known signals that is divided into the at least one first known signal and at least one second known signal, each of the at least one first known signal indicating that the terminal transmits a following uplink signal including a specific data, each of the at least one second known signal indicating that the terminal transmits the following uplink signal not including the specific data, the following uplink signal being transmitted from the terminal to the base station in association with the selected known signal, and transmit the selected known signal to the base station. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341931 | Methods And Apparatus For Configuring Demodulation Reference Signals, Mapping Demodulation Reference Signals Method, And Performing Channel Estimation - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method for configuring demodulation reference signals, a method for mapping demodulation reference signals, a method for performing channel estimation and apparatus thereof. The method includes: configuring demodulation reference signals (DMRSs) being carried by four orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols in one physical resource block (PRB) pair; wherein the four OFDM symbols are divided into two groups, each group consisting of two adjacent OFDM symbols, and the distance between the two groups of OFDM symbols being greater than five OFDM symbols. With the method and apparatus of the embodiments of the present disclosure, performance of channel estimation based on DMRSs in advanced releases of LTE (Release 12 or higher) may be improved. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341933 | System and Method for OFDMA Resource Management in WLAN - Embodiments are provided for implementing a control function in a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) for allocation of resources to multiple stations (STAs) to enable Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communications. An embodiment method includes determining a plurality of transmission resources for OFDMA communications of a plurality of STAs in the WLAN. The determination includes allocating a plurality of subcarriers to the STAs. The method further includes signaling the determined transmission resources to the STAs. The signaling of the transmission resources is piggybacked on at least one of data and management frames, such as in a sub-header of a MAC frame, or is an explicit signaling, such as in one or more dedicated fields of a traffic specification information element. The transmission resources for OFDMA communications allow simultaneous transmissions of the STAs in the WLAN. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341934 | Methods and Apparatuses for Radio Resource Management - A radio resource allocation method in a communication node is disclosed. The method comprises determining ( | 11-26-2015 |
20150341936 | BASE UNIT ADAPTED TO PROVIDE A COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION AS WELL AS A METHOD OF PROVIDING A COMMUNICATIONS CONNECTION - A base unit, which is arranged to provide a communications connection between a plurality of fixed communications units and at least one mobile communications unit, such as a headset, is arranged to adapt the bandwidth of the communications connection between the fixed communications units, which operate at various bandwidths, and the mobile units. The fixed communications units may be public switched telephones, PC phones, PDA units, etc. The invention makes it possible to optimize the sound quality in dependence on which type of fixed communications unit is coupled to the mobile unit, and which task is to be solved. In one embodiment, it is possible to lock the bandwidth, e.g. to the lowest bandwidth, irrespective of which fixed communications connection is used. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341938 | UPLINK OPERATION FOR RLC COMMUNICATIONS - A user equipment (UE) may have data in a buffer for uplink (UL) transmission. The UE may transmit a buffer status report (BSR) indicating the amount of data. The BSR may fail or a base station may not grant sufficient resources for transmission of the data. A BSR failure condition may be based on a radio link control (RLC) operating mode of the data. For example, the data may be an acknowledgement (ACK) for an acknowledged mode (AM) DL transmission. In this case, the UE may initiate a BSR retransmission (Retx-BSR) timer and determine whether any duplicate transmissions have been received. The data may also be associated with an unacknowledged mode (UM), and the BSR failure condition may include waiting for a time interval that is less than the Retx-BSR time interval. When the BSR failure condition is satisfied, the UE may transmit a scheduling request to the base station. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341939 | Radio Resources Management System - A radio resource management (RRM) system and method manages radio resources in a wireless network of radio access points (APs). In some embodiments, the channel and/or frequency of radios of the APs are managed based on a prioritization scheme of the radios. In some embodiments, the transmit powers of the radios are managed based on the prioritization scheme. The priorities of the radios is partially based on the priorities of clients connected to the radios. In some embodiments, the RRM system is a centralized controller system. In some embodiments, the RRM system forms a hierarchical network of child and parent nodes. The parent nodes are configured to manage the radios associated with the parent and its child nodes. The parent node with the smallest number of child nodes, which are associated with the selected radio and its neighboring radios, is managing these radios. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341943 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELF ORGANIZED NETWORK - A self-organizing wireless network (SON) includes a plurality of base stations. Each base station includes a SON component for coordinating radio resource allocation with other base stations and a radio resource management component for accepting an allocation from the SON component and managing usage of that allocation for end user equipment associated with its base station. The base stations provide access to a plurality of end user equipment. The SON may include a server for communicating with the SON component for coordinating of radio resource allocation. The self-organizing wireless network may include a central control for communicating with the SON component for coordinating of radio resource allocation. Coordinating of radio resources relates to physical channels, transmit power, spatial resource allocation, admission control, load balancing, coordinating network elements in groups and includes adapting to addition of and reduction of network elements in a group in real time. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341944 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVISIONING A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method includes sending, from a base unit, provisioning information to a first device. The provisioning information is associated with the first device establishing a connection with a network device. The method includes identifying a source of interference with the connection. The method also includes sending, to the first device, information indicating an operation state of the source of the interference. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341945 | CARRIER AGGREGATION MANAGEMENT - A computer device may include logic configured to configure carrier aggregation for a user equipment serviced by the base station device; activate a secondary component carrier for the user equipment; determine that a quality level for the secondary component carrier is lower than a quality threshold; and de-activate the secondary component carrier for the user equipment, in response determining that the quality level is lower than the quality threshold. The logic may be further configured to detect a problem associated with the primary component carrier for the user equipment; determine whether a better primary component carrier is available, in response to detecting the problem; switch to the better primary component carrier, when the better primary component carrier is available; and de-configure carrier aggregation for the user equipment, when the better primary component carrier for the user equipment is not available. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341948 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK BACKHAUL SCHEDULING - A method and apparatus can be configured to receive a first scheduling request. The first scheduling request corresponds to a request for a first access point to process data. The method can also include transmitting a second scheduling request. The second scheduling request corresponds to a request to transmit data to a second access point. The transmitting the second scheduling request comprises transmitting the second scheduling request before the data is processed at the first access point. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341949 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - In order to signal information that is required in rate matching efficiently, even when CoMP transmission/reception techniques are employed, CoMP transmission is scheduled, in which a plurality of radio base station apparatuses (eNBs) serve as transmission points and carry out coordinated multi-point transmission with respect to a user terminal (UE), downlink control information is generated, in which a rate matching pattern is incorporated, in a physical downlink control channel, based on a table, in which rate matching patterns that are required are mapped to bit data in association with transmission modes in CoMP transmission, a physical downlink control channel is transmitted and also a physical downlink shared data channel is transmitted, to the user terminal (UE), and in the user terminal (UE), the rate matching pattern incorporated in the downlink control information, is specified, based on a table of the same contents as in the radio base station apparatuses (eNBs). | 11-26-2015 |
20150341950 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OBTAINING MAPPING BETWEEN RANDOM ACCESS PARAMETER AND RESOURCE - A method and an apparatus for obtaining a mapping between a random access parameter and a resource are disclosed in embodiments of the present invention, where the method includes: obtaining a random access parameter list, and obtaining a serial number of a parameter in the random access parameter list; obtaining a resource list; and obtaining a mapping between the random access parameter and a common enhanced dedicated channel resource in the resource list according to the obtained serial number of the random access parameter and the total number of resources in the obtained resource list, so that a network side device determines, according to the random access parameter sent by a UE, whether a corresponding common enhanced dedicated channel resource is available. In this way, a mapping between a signature and a default common E-DCH resource can be defined, and a problem of relatively low random access efficiency is solved. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341952 | Method For Mapping Logical Channel On Shared Channel - According to the invention data in a number of logical downlink intended for one or more mobile terminals are received in a first mapping unit, where at least a first High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity is allocated to these logical downlink channels addressing a group of mobile terminals for allowing transmission of channel data for reception by mobile terminals. A mobile terminal then reads, from a Broadcast Control Channel, necessary information including a High Speed Radio Network Temporary identity allocated to at least one logical downlink channel, where at least said first identity exists among possible identities. It then listens to a high speed shared control channel for the read identity. In case it detects the identity, the terminal follows a scheduling command, receives data on a high-speed downlink shared channel and processes said data. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341953 | System and Method for Delay Scheduling - A method includes determining a first subframe on which to transmit a first downlink control information (DCI) message and determining a second subframe on which to transmit a first information, where the first information is scheduled to be transmitted on the second subframe in accordance with scheduling information indicated in the first DCI message. The method also includes determining a delay between the first subframe and the second subframe and transmitting, by a communications controller to a user equipment (UE), the second subframe in accordance with the delay. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341956 | METHOD FOR TRANSPORT BLOCK TRANSMISSION AND BLIND RECEPTION - A method for transport block transmission and blind reception is disclosed. The method is used in an UE and includes: receiving multiple candidate transport blocks, wherein each candidate transport block occupies a set of radio resources; and decoding the candidate transport blocks according to pre-defined encoding information to detect a potential transport block intended for the UE. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341957 | SYSTEM INFORMATION SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention provides a information processing method at a terminal or a base station. The method at the terminal includes: receiving scheduling information of a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) carrying system information, the scheduling information of the PDSCH carried in a master information block (MIB) or downlink control information on an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) sent from the base station, wherein the scheduling information of the PDSCH is used for determining at least one kind of transmission information of the PDSCH; determining the transmission information of the PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH. In this way, an extra overhead of a control instruction when a PDCCH is used to schedule a SIB in the prior art is reduced. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341958 | Method, Base Station, and Terminal for Notifying and Receiving Downlink Demodulation Pilot Frequency Control Signaling - A method for notifying a downlink demodulation pilot control signaling, includes: a base station side notifying a user equipment (UE) side of an index of a virtual signaling group and/or index of port offset signaling group used when generating a downlink pilot sequence and/or mapping the generated downlink pilot sequence through at least one of the following information: UE-specific or common high layer signaling; antenna indication information of DL_Grant; new data indication information in a Disable TB signaling in the DL_Grant; scrambling indication information in the DL_Grant; in a UE-specific or common search space, an aggregation level of the DL_Grant, a relative position of a first control channel element of the DL_Grant in the UE-specific or common search space, a subframe number where the DL_Grant is located and a system frame number where the DL_Grant is located. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341960 | Data Transmission Method and Apparatus - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus. The method includes generating a configuration message. The configuration message is used to configure, for user equipment UE, a function of receiving downlink bundled data, and the downlink bundled data is downlink data that is repeatedly transmitted at least twice. The configuration message to the UE and the downlink bundled data are sent to the UE. According to the data transmission method and apparatus provided in the embodiments of the present invention, downlink data is sent to user equipment in a downlink bundling manner, thereby shortening a delay of the downlink data transmission. If the downlink data is PDCCH control signaling, timeliness of an operation indicated by the PDCCH control signaling is improved. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341962 | METHODS AND APPARATUS OF SPECTRUM SHARING FOR CELLULAR-CONTROLLED OFFLOADING USING UNLICENSED BAND - There are provided measures for spectrum sharing for cellular-controlled offloading using an unlicensed band. Such measures exemplarily comprise initiating an offloading of traffic from a cellular link on a cellular band to an unlicensed link on an unlicensed band, wherein the unlicensed link is synchronized with the cellular link, and sensing a channel on the unlicensed band in a symbol-synchronized sensing duration of at least one symbol length at the beginning of a predetermined subframe of the unlicensed band. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341963 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION NETWORK SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREFOR - A radio communication system provided with a communication device and a radio communication network system is characterized by comprising a transmission delay estimate information transmitting means for transmitting transmission delay estimate information to the radio communication network system when the transmission condition of the transmission delay estimate information is met. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341968 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - A communication apparatus comprises a first communication unit that communicates with an external apparatus and to share, with the external apparatus, first and second communication parameters for establishing a communication with the external apparatus using a second communication unit that communicates with the external apparatus using the first communication parameter set by the user operation or the second communication parameter shared by the first communication unit; a holding unit that holds the communication parameter used in the communication with the external apparatus using the second communication unit; and a control unit that controls the holding unit, in the case where the holding unit holds the second communication parameter, to hold the second communication parameter so that the second communication parameter is distinguished from the first communication parameter that is set based on the user operation. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341972 | DIRECT MODE COMMUNICATION IN A WIDEBAND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for setting a direct mode communication channel of a group of terminals in a wide band radiocommunication system, the setting of the channel being assisted by at least one base station at which terminals of the group are recorded, the method including transmitting a setting request to the base station by a terminal of the group recorded at said base station, setting a direct mode communication channel by the base station by allocating free resource blocks, transmitting a setting message by the base station to the terminals, and accessing direct mode communication channel by each of said terminals for directly communicating with the other terminals of the group. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341975 | Method for Transmitting Information, Base Station, and User Equipment - A method for transmitting information, a base station, and a user equipment, where the method includes determining, by a user equipment, a timing advance T of a signal before sending the signal; determining, by the user equipment, an indication N of a timing adjustment according to at least the T; and sending, by the user equipment, scheduling assignment signaling that carries the N. By using allocation of non-identical time-frequency resources to different user clusters, the scheduling assignment signaling that carries the timing advance sent by the user equipment can bear more useful information, thereby avoiding unnecessary waste. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341977 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A mobile communication system supports a dual connectivity scheme. The dual connectivity scheme is a scheme in which a user terminal establishes a pair of connections with a pair of cells including a combination of cells managed by different base stations. The user terminal is permitted to apply the dual connectivity scheme only when the pair of cells is a combination of a large cell and a small cell provided within a coverage of the large cell. | 11-26-2015 |
20150341984 | DATA EXCHANGE METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present invention relates to a data exchange method and apparatus. The method includes: sending, by a primary base station, a request of setting up an X3 interface to a secondary base station, wherein the X3 interface has a capability of bidirectional data communication; receiving, by the primary base station, a response of setting up the X3 interface sent by the secondary base station; and performing, by the primary base station, bidirectional data exchange with the secondary base station by using the X3 interface. | 11-26-2015 |
20150349866 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed to provide a radio base station, a user terminal, a radio communication method and a radio communication system of novel structures that can achieve improved throughput and system capacity. A radio base station transmits downlink reference signals that are specific to a plurality of transmission beams, a plurality of user terminals feed back channel state information acquired by channel estimation using the downlink reference signals, to the radio base station, the radio base station determines a plurality of user terminals to non-orthogonal-multiplex, per transmission beam, based on the channel state information that is fed back, and non-orthogonal-multiplexes downlink signals for the plurality of user terminals that are determined, in each of the plurality of transmission beams, and a plurality of user terminals that are determined, after having canceled interference between the transmission beams by means of a linear filter, demodulates downlink signals for the subject terminal, from the downlink signals that are non-orthogonal-multiplexed in each transmission beam. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349908 | METHODS PROVIDING CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR INTER BASE STATION COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATIONS - Methods of operating a base station in a radio access network (RAN) may be provided. In particular, a message may be communicated (e.g., transmitted or received) between the base station and another node of the radio access network, and the message may include a Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) hypothesis field, a benefit metric field, and a cell identification field. Communicating may include transmitting the message to the other node of the radio access network, or communicating may include receiving the message from the other node of the radio access network. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349929 | EVOLVED NODE-B, USER EQUIPMENT, AND METHODS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of an Evolved Node-B (eNB) and methods for HARQ transmission are disclosed herein. The eNB may transmit, to a reduced-latency User Equipment (UE), an initial HARQ block and a diversity HARQ block for a reduced-latency data block. A sub-frame spacing between the transmissions of the HARQ blocks may be less than a sub-frame spacing used for transmissions of HARQ blocks to UEs not operating as reduced-latency UEs. The HARQ blocks for the reduced-latency data block may be transmitted in a reduced-latency region of time and frequency resources reserved for HARQ processes with reduced-latency UEs. In addition, HARQ blocks may be transmitted in time and frequency resources exclusive of the reduced-latency region to other UEs not operating as reduced-latency UEs. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349932 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE, RECEPTION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - It is intended to provide a transmission device, a reception device and a communication system capable of improving transmission characteristics by performing packet combining by HARQ in MU-MIMO transmission using non-linear precoding. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349934 | APPLICATION-LEVEL ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS - Application-level acknowledgements may be used to verify that a data packet has not only been received, but has been successfully processed by the appropriate application operating on a device that received the data packet. For example, in one embodiment, two devices may be registered with an identity service that enables security and push messaging. A first device may communicate a data packet to another device that is associated with the same identity account through the identity service. The device receiving the data packet may send an acknowledgement verifying receipt of the data packet. After an application has processed the data packet, an acknowledgement that the data packet was processed may also be send from the second device to the first device. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349935 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, ON-VEHICLE ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - An on-vehicle electronic device creates a first signal and a second signal, and designates the number of times of transmitting the second signal. When noise is generated, the first signal includes information indicating a period of time to receive a signal by the portable device longer than that when noise is not generated. When noise is generated, the number of times of transmitting the second signal to a portable device by the on-vehicle electronic device to be designated is larger than that when noise is not generated. For the period of time to receive a signal indicated by the first signal, the portable device receives a signal. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349940 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING QUASI CO-LOCATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to various methods for performing quasi co-location (QCL) and apparatuses supporting the same. As an embodiment of the present invention, a method for performing quasi co-location (QCL) for a new carrier type (NCT) by a terminal in a wireless access system may include the steps of: receiving a higher layer signal including a QCL reference CRS information parameter indicating CRS information of a reference carrier; receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including a PDSCH remapping and quasi co-location indicator (PQI) field; receiving a CSI-RS of a QCLed NCT and a CRS of a reference carrier on the basis of a PQI field and a QCL reference CRS information parameter; and performing frequency tracking of the NCT and the reference carrier on the basis of the CSI-RS of the NCT and the CRS of the reference carrier. | 12-03-2015 |
20150349987 | ASYNCHRONOUS MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATIONS - Apparatuses and methods for performing asynchronous multicarrier communications are provided. One such method involves generating, at a first wireless device, a waveform including one or more carriers, shaping the waveform to reduce interference between the waveform and adjacent waveforms, and transmitting, on a spectrum, the shaped waveform asynchronously. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350159 | EFFICIENT COMMUNICATIONS THROUGH A SHARED COMMUNICATION MEDIUM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for transferring data through a shared communication medium between communication devices. In at least one embodiment, a timeout period used to detect data transfer errors may be modified based, at least in part, on a data transfer status message transmitted from a media access control (MAC) layer to a protocol adaptation layer of a first communication device. The data transfer status message may include a status and an expected duration of a pending data transfer. In another embodiment, The timeout period may be modified based, at least in part, on data transfer statistics transmitted from the MAC layer to the protocol adaptation layer. Data transfer statistics may be accumulated by the MAC layer and may include data transfer size, data throughput rates, and number of re-attempted data transfers. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350284 | Method of Enhancement of Data Transmission in Multimedia Service - A method of enhancement of data transmission in multimedia service for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises providing a video stream of the multimedia service to a mobile device of the wireless communication system, and transmitting an indication to the mobile device, wherein the indication including mapping information of a data stream of the multimedia service and the video stream. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350452 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING DROPPED CALL OPERATIONS - Methods and systems for managing dropped call operations are provided here. In some embodiments a method for managing dropped call operations may include receiving a first notification of a change in network connectivity during a communication session between a first user device and a second user device; receiving a second notification of a change in network connectivity; generating communication data for the communication session based on a time that the first notification of a change in network connectivity was received; and transmitting the communication data to a service provider. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350454 | MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE AND MOBILE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile wireless communication control device includes a moving object information holder that stores a communication state of each moving object which moves in a plurality of wireless zones and information showing a wireless zone to which the moving object belongs, and a call admission determinator that refers to the information held by the moving object information holder, and determines whether a moving object which is going to start communications can start the communications on the basis of the number of calls of moving objects in communication in a first wireless zone to which the moving object which is going to start the communications belongs, and the number of calls of moving objects in communication in a second wireless zone adjacent to the first wireless zone. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350808 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication device within a communication network including a plurality of communication nodes, including: a reception unit that receives a data packet transmitted from a terminal device or transmitted to the terminal device; a communication control unit that selects a forwarding destination node of the data packet from a plurality of forwarding destination node candidates when the terminal device is a machine-type communication (MTC) terminal; and a transmission unit that transmits the data packet to the forwarding destination node selected by the communication control unit. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350882 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION - “Inter-site CA” using CCs under different radio base stations eNB in an asynchronous state can be performed appropriately. A mobile station UE of the present invention comprises a transmission unit | 12-03-2015 |
20150350918 | ADAPTIVE QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS - A 3GPP LTE protocol enhancement realizes the full benefit of proposed dynamic frequency sharing systems by enhancing current bearer establishment and update provisioning for adaptive Quality of Service (QoS) levels to support Licensed Shared Access (LSA). A User Equipment (UE) comprises a transceiver configured to define an adaptation context, define a default and one or more additional acceptable QoS levels associated with the adaptation context, communicate a request to create or update an adaptive bearer specifying the defined adaptation context and additional acceptable QoS levels, and receive or update spectrum resources for the adaptive bearer, the adaptive bearer. The adaptive bearer may be provisioned according to the communicated request. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350931 | RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The invention relates to a radio communications system, comprising: a mobile network comprising a line of signal processing blocks and dispatching means switchable to data taps of the line of signal processing blocks; and a base station comprising a line of signal processing blocks and dispatching means switchable to data taps of the line of signal processing blocks, wherein the mobile network and the base station are configured to exchange configuration information in order to switch the dispatching means of the mobile network in correspondence to the dispatching means of the base station. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350952 | INTERACTION BETWEEN WAN-WLAN INTERWORKING AND WAN-WLAN AGGREGATION - Aspects generally relate to a priority mechanism for handing potentially conflicting triggers related to offloading rules and RAN aggregation. As described, a UE may receive, from a BS, configuration information for RAN aggregation of one or more data bearers and offloading rules for WLAN offloading. The UE may determine a priority for communicating using the RAN aggregation and offloading rules based, at least in part, on the received configuration information. The UE may perform the RAN aggregation or the WLAN offloading according to the offloading rules based on the determined priority. The priorities may be established in an effort to generally give priority to RAN aggregation over offloading rules and/or give priority to UE-specific instructions over broadcasted instructions. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350955 | TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING PARTIAL LOADING OF CARRIERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects described herein relate to scheduling data for transmission over a plurality of component carriers. A base station can determine to increase bandwidth utilization over at least one component carrier of a plurality of component carriers assigned to a plurality of user equipments (UE). The base station can assign a plurality of resource blocks over the at least one component carrier to one or more fictitious UE identifiers and transmit data signals over the plurality of resource blocks to increase bandwidth utilization over the at least one component carrier. One or more network nodes may determine the one or more fictitious UE identifiers and may determine related resource assignment for canceling interference from data transmitted for the fictitious UE identifiers, performing channel estimation, etc. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350957 | Device and Method for Reliable WiFi Data Connectivity - A station and non-transitory computer readable storage medium for determining a first physical layer rate to perform data transmissions between the station and an access point of a WiFi network, the first physical layer rate being based on a primary rate and a plurality of fallback rates associated with the access point, the primary rate having a higher transmission speed than the plurality of fallback rates, determining a trigger based upon at least one current condition of the station and at least one corresponding prior condition existing at a time when the first physical layer rate is determined, selecting one of the plurality of fallback rates when the trigger is determined, performing data transmissions between the station and the access point using the one of the plurality of fallback rates and determining a second physical layer rate based on the one of the plurality of fallback rates. | 12-03-2015 |
20150350995 | NETWORK PRE-SELECTION FOR MOBILE TELEPHONY DEVICE - Telephonic equipment comprises a pre-selection processor which is configured, upon receipt of an indication of actual or anticipated movement of a wireless telephony device, to pre-select a wireless network for wireless communication with the wireless telephony device for a predicted potential destination location of the movement. The pre-selection processor may be further configured to dynamically predict the potential destination location of the movement. The pre-selection processor may comprise telephonic equipment at an Internet telephony system or a wireless telephony device. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351002 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO CONTROL ACCESS TO THE DEVICES CONNECTED VIA M2M GATEWAY - Disclosed herein are a method and system for providing restricted access for User Equipments to various services and functions associated with different End devices hosted by an M2M gateway. This access restriction mechanism provides means for restricting access at service level as well as at function level. Further, access restrictions can be based on various parameters such as but not limited to location, time, and user equipment. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351006 | NETWORK SYSTEM, ACCESS POINT, AND CONNECTION METHOD THEREOF - A network system, an access point, and a connection method thereof are provided. The access point includes a communicator configured to communicate with a wireless devices, and a controller configured to control the communicator to acquire authentication information based on a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) that is received from the wireless device, and to perform connection with an electronic device based on the acquired authentication information. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351015 | Terminal and Method Thereof for Searching Passively Activated WiFi Network Searching - A terminal and a method for the terminal implementing passively activated WiFi network searching, the method includes: a terminal configured with switch device detecting a received signal, when a WiFi signal is detected, using the switch device to turn on a WiFi module in a function-off state to search for a WiFi network. In the method and terminal described in the embodiments of the present document, a switch device is configured in the terminal, after the switch device receives a WiFi signal, a WiFi module is turned on immediately to search for a network, it implements a mode for passively activated WiFi network searching, thereby the user may search out the WiFi network in an area with the WiFi signal coverage at any time without turning on a WiFi function of the terminal equipment at any time, meanwhile power consumption of the terminal equipment is reduced. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351022 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM - Provided is a wireless communication apparatus including a communication unit that transmits and receives data in at least one communication mode from among a first communication mode in which wireless communication is conducted with other wireless communication apparatuses present within a predetermined range, and a second communication mode in which wireless communication is conducted with other wireless communication apparatuses present within a wider range than the predetermined range; and a control unit that, when data is being transmitted and received with a second wireless communication apparatus via one or a plurality of other wireless communication apparatuses in the first communication mode, configures the second communication mode and conducts a control for detecting a third wireless communication apparatus that satisfies a predetermined condition. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTING NETWORK AND DISTRIBUTING TRAFFIC IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - According to an embodiment, a method for selecting an access network at user equipment in a mobile communication system includes step of receiving, from a base station, first setting information, and step of selecting the access network based on second setting information if the second setting information is received from the base station, or selecting the access network based on the first setting information if no second setting information is received. Using the proposed method, the user equipment can reduce user's inconvenience and save battery by blocking unnecessary offloading and wireless LAN scanning, and also can improve the quality of use and immediately respond to a cell change by preventing a ping-pong phenomenon. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351025 | MULTI-MODE MOBILE DEVICE BASED RADIO ACCESS NETWORK SELECTION METHOD FOR IDLE MODE OPERATIONS - A method at a mobile device, and the mobile device, the method selecting a subset of radio access technologies available to the mobile device over which a predetermined set of services on the mobile device is available; and deactivating monitoring, or reducing a monitoring frequency, of at least one radio access technology not within the selected subset of radio access technologies. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351041 | Systems and Methods for Uplink Power Control and Scheduling in a Wireless Network - Methods and systems for facilitating uplink power control (PC) and scheduling in a wireless network are provided. In one example, common interference patterns are obtained from long term channel statistics, and used to perform local PC and scheduling by distributed base stations (eNBs). In some implementations, the common interference patterns are obtained through statistical narrowing techniques that identify common ones out of a plurality of potential interference patterns. The common interference patterns may specify maximum interference thresholds and/or individual eNB-to-eNB interference thresholds which may govern the local PC and scheduling decisions of the distributed eNBs. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351042 | System And Method For Improved Transport and Analysis Of Digital Rf Signals In A Radio Network - A system and method for improved transport and analysis of digital rf signals in a radio network for improving transport, analysis, and management of digital RF signals in a Radio Network. The system and method for improved transport and analysis of digital rf signals in a radio network generally includes a base station digital RF fronthaul software-defined network and RF analysis control plane unit, IQ symbol virtual switch forwarding plane unit(s), Remote radio equipment/antenna unit(s), RF analysis plane unit(s), baseband processing pool, radio parameter configuration process. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351043 | Transmit Power Control in a Spread-Spectrum Unslotted Random Access Communication System - A method of transmitting data packets from a terminal (T) to a gateway receiver (GWR) over a channel shared with other terminals using an unslotted spread spectrum random access protocol, characterized in that transmission is performed at a transmit power level given by the sum of a deterministic term, function of a communication link budget, and of a random term, following a predetermined probability distribution. A method of operating a communication system, based on the method of transmitting data packets. A communication system and a terminal for implementing the methods. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351044 | Power Control for Mitigating Device-to-Device Interference to Adjacent Networks - A method in a network node is disclosed. The method comprises determining a number of simultaneous device-to-device transmissions by a plurality of device-to-device capable wireless devices, comparing the determined number of simultaneous device-to-device transmissions to one or more threshold values, and determining a power control method from among a plurality of power control methods based at least in part on the comparison of the determined number of simultaneous device-to-device transmissions by the plurality of device-to-device capable wireless devices to the one or more threshold values. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351063 | SCH-LINKED RS CONFIGURATIONS FOR NEW CARRIER TYPE - An apparatus and a method are provided, by which a reference signal to be used for channel estimation is sent (e.g., by a base station) or received (e.g., by a user equipment), wherein the reference signal is placed in one subframe in a group of consecutive subframes of a radio frame, the subframe being determined based on the cell identity. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351079 | IN-BAND CONTROL SIGNALING FOR INTEGRATED WLAN/3GPP RAT ARCHITECTURES - An integrated WLAN/WWAN Radio Access Technology (“RAT”) architecture is described, in which signaling used to control the integration of the WLAN/WWAN architecture is performed over the Packet Data Convergence Protocol (“PDCP”) layer, and/or at other layers (e.g., a layer between the PDCP layer and the Internet Protocol (“IP”) layer). When involving the PDCP layer, non-standard PDCP packets, including variable length PDCP packets, may be used. The integrated architecture may provide a network controlled framework for performing traffic steering and radio resource management. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351081 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR DYNAMIC NON-ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION - Embodiments pertain to systems, methods, and component devices for dynamic non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) communications. A first example embodiment includes user equipment (UE) configured to receive a first downlink control indicator (DCI) from an evolved node B (eNB) and process the first subframe as a first higher power NOMA subframe in response to a first power ratio signal. The DCI includes the first power ratio signal for a first NOMA subframe. The UE may then receive, from the eNB, a second DCI, the second DCI comprising a second power ratio signal for a second subframe and process, by the UE, the second subframe as a second lower power NOMA subframe in response to the second power ratio signal. Additional embodiments may further use another DCI with a third power ratio signal to configure the UE to receive orthogonal multiple access (OMA) communications. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351083 | METHOD FOR EFFICIENTLY PERFORMING INITIAL ACCESS IN A MULTI-CARRIER BROADBAND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method for efficiently performing an initial access in an MS in a multi-carrier broadband wireless access system is disclosed. The method includes scanning a plurality of carriers supported by a BS, and selecting one of the scanned carriers as a first carrier and receiving an SFH of the first carrier. The SFH of the first carrier includes at least one of a field indicating load status of the first carrier and recommended network entry carrier information including information about a second carrier in good load status. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351084 | MOBILITY EXTENSIONS TO INDUSTRIAL-STRENGTH WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORKS - The present solution, in various embodiments, addresses deficiencies in the prior art by providing systems, methods, and devices that enable industrial wireless sensor network nodes, individually or in clusters, to at least: (i) discover quickly and efficiently wireless neighbors that may come within range periodically and/or infrequently, (ii) communicate temporarily with one another in mobile configurations, (iii) transmit and/or receive information and commands from a source to a destination in delay-tolerant network configurations, and/or (iv) transmit and/or receive information and commands from a source to a destination via a mobile cluster that includes a store-and-forward (S&F) surrogate. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351087 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A method for receiving an uplink signal by a base station in a wireless communication system, and the base station therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting, by the base station, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) via one or more resource units; transmitting, by the base station, a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) corresponding to the transmitted PDCCH; and receiving, by the base station, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) using a PUCCH resource in response to the transmitted PDSCH. In addition, an index of the PUCCH resource is determined by adding a first index offset and a second index offset to a lowest index of the one or more resource units. Additionally, the first index offset is signaled via the PDCCH and the second index offset is signaled via higher layer signaling. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351090 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND CIRCUIT, AND CHANNEL SWITCHING METHOD - A base station apparatus including a plurality of communication units which communicate through a different plurality of communication channels with an upper layer apparatus of the base station apparatus, a base station information acquisition unit which acquires base station information relating to the state of the base station apparatus, a channel selection unit which selects any of the plurality of communication channels in accordance with base station information, and a channel switching unit which dynamically switches the channel which is used for transmission of traffic of the mobile station apparatus to a channel which is selected by the channel selection unit. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351091 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting an uplink control signal in a carrier aggregation-based wireless communication system, the method comprising a step of receiving, at one or more cells from among a plurality of cells, one or more downlink signals in subframe #(n−k); and a step of transmitting, in subframe #n, an uplink control signal including information on the acknowledgement to the one or more downlink signals. The bit number of the information on the acknowledgement corresponding to a specific cell from among the plurality of cells in the subframe #(n−k) is given as a first value according to the transmission mode of the specific cell if the subframe #(n−k) is a first subframe, and given as a predetermined second value if the subframe #(n−k) is a second subframe. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351092 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL USING THE METHOD - Provided are a data transmission method for a terminal in a wireless communication system, and a terminal using the method. The terminal determines the number of information bits transmitted via a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH), determines the energies respectively distributed to a reference signal and data comprising the information bits in accordance with the number of information bits, and transmits the reference signal and the data at the respective determined energies. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351095 | Radio Resource Allocation of Unlicensed Frequency Bands - A method of a network node is disclosed. The network node is adapted to operate in accordance with a first radio access technology for allocation of radio resources of a frequency band (e.g. an unlicensed frequency band) to communication in accordance with the first radio access technology, wherein communication according to a second radio access technology may occupy one or more of the radio resources of the frequency band. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351096 | OPTIMIZING NETWORK PERFORMANCE USING BAND-SWITCHING OPERATIONS - Techniques and systems for using band-switching operations are provided. For example, a method, computing device, or computer-program product may be provided, and may include receiving a communication, wherein the communication is received on a channel of a first WiFi frequency band, and wherein the communication is received using a first WiFi circuit of the computing device. The method, computing device, or computer-program product may further include determining a second WiFi frequency band on which to transmit the communication, wherein the second WiFi frequency band is different from the first WiFi frequency band, and transmitting the communication, wherein the communication is transmitted on a channel of the second WiFi frequency band, wherein the communication is transmitted using a second WiFi circuit of the computing device, and wherein the determining and transmitting are performed when a band-switching operation is enabled. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351098 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCES ALLOCATION - The invention relates to a base station, comprising: a transceiver for multi-carrier radio transmission within a radio frequency band, the transceiver being adapted to receive service quality requests of a plurality of users requesting service from the base station; and a radio resource controller being adapted to allocate subcarriers of the multi-carrier radio transmission to the users and configure the subcarriers in the radio frequency band according to the service quality requests of the users. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351099 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE CARRIER UTILIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for multiple carrier utilization in wireless communications are disclosed. These methods include multiple carrier activation/deactivation, multiple carrier discontinuous transmission (DTX) and discontinuous reception (DRX) activation/deactivation and operations, and multiple carrier acknowledgment/negative acknowledgement feedback. The methods include provisions for joint multiple carrier activation and deactivation and joint DTX and DRX activation and deactivation of multiple carriers. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351100 | OFDMA WITH ADAPTIVE SUBCARRIER-CLUSTER CONFIGURATION AND SELECTIVE LOADING - A method and apparatus for allocating subcarriers in an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) system is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises allocating at least one diversity cluster of subcarriers to a first subscriber and allocating at least one coherence cluster to a second subscriber. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351101 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, NODE, CONTROLLER, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM - A communication system includes: a computational resource(s) allocated to a user; and an allocation unit that allocates at least one of a plurality of communication schemes to the computational resource(s) based on a requested condition concerning a service rendered to the user via the computational resource(s). | 12-03-2015 |
20150351102 | TECHNIQUES FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN DIRECTIONAL MULTI-GIGABIT NETWORKS - Techniques for interference mitigation in directional multi-gigabit networks are described. In one embodiment, for example, an apparatus may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to send, from a source device, a first reverse direction grant (RDG) indicating that a sink device may transmit to the source device, detect interference with a received sink device data transmission at the source device, select a grant deferral period, and upon conclusion of the grant deferral period, send a second RDG indicating that the sink device may transmit to the source device. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351104 | MOBILE STATION, RECEPTION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING AN OPERATION OF A RECEIVER - In one aspect of the present invention, a mobile station includes a receiver type control signal reception unit configured to receive a receiver type control signal indicating whether to allow an operation of a receiver in association with at least one receiver type; and a receiver configuration unit configured to configure the operation of the receiver based on the received receiver type control signal. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351106 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DYNAMIC INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present disclosure relates to resource allocation optimisation for dynamic inter-cell interference avoidance in cellular communication networks, such as Cloud Radio Access Networks (C-RANs). | 12-03-2015 |
20150351108 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication method and a wireless communication device. The wireless communication method is used in a coordinated multi-point communication system, and includes: recognizing an edge user equipment; determining the presence of interference to an enhanced physical downlink control channel (ePDCCH) of the edge user equipment; and in response to the determination of the presence of the interference, determining different interference coordination manners according to different scenarios, so as to control the transmission of the ePDCCH or a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) of a neighbour cell related to the interference. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351110 | ELECTRONIC APPARATUS, A CENTRAL NODE APPARATUS AND A NETWORK SIDE APPARATUS, A TRANSMISSION METHOD AND A CONFIGURATION METHOD - The present disclosure provides an electronic apparatus, a central node apparatus and a network side apparatus, a transmission method and a configuration method. The electronic apparatus for user equipment UE side includes: a transmission mode determining device configured for determining, based on service type of uplink transmission data that is to be transmitted to a network side apparatus by the electronic apparatus for UE side, whether to adopt a transmission mode in which the uplink transmission data is transmitted to a central node apparatus such that the uplink transmission data is transmitted to the network side apparatus. The electronic apparatus, the central node apparatus and the network side apparatus, the transmission method and the configuration method according to the present disclosure can implement at least one of saving network resources, reducing signaling overhead, and reducing power loss. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351111 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND WIRELESS NETWORK ACCESS METHOD IN ELECTRONIC DEVICE - An electronic device and a wireless network access method in the electronic device. The wireless network access method includes obtaining at least one of wireless network access information associated with a wireless network that is capable of 5 communicating with the electronic device and effectiveness information. The at least one of network access information and effectiveness information is transmitted information to an external device with respect to the electronic device such that the external device determines whether to access the wireless network or to release the access to the wireless network based on the received at least one information. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351119 | Simultaneous Uplink Transmissions in Dual Connectivity Mode - The present disclosure relates to a method performed by a wireless terminal ( | 12-03-2015 |
20150351121 | PROTECTED CET TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION - Protection of transmission and reception of clear channel assessment (CCA)-exempt transmission (CET) is disclosed in which channel reserving signals or protection signals may be transmitted by the transmitter or receiver of the CET. The transmitted signals may be received by the neighboring access points that could potentially cause interference with the reception of the CET. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351122 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONFIGURATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for configuring uplink transmission power and apparatus in a mobile communication system supporting downlink and uplink carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes determining a per-terminal maximum transmission power and per-serving cell maximum transmission powers based on ΔT | 12-03-2015 |
20150351123 | Techniques for Reverse Direction Grants on a Wireless Communication Channel - Examples are disclosed for a reverse direction grant (RDG) on a wireless communication channel between a first wireless device and a second wireless device. In some examples, an RDG may be used by the second wireless device to transmit data over a communication channel for a wireless local area network (WLAN) reserved for use by the first wireless device during a transmit opportunity (TxOP) time period. For these examples, the second wireless device may acknowledge the RDG but may wait for expected data to arrive before transmitting data over the communication channel. Other examples are described and claimed. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351124 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RETRIEVING A TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY CONTROL IN REVERSE DIRECTION GRANT - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for retrieving transmission opportunity control in reverse direction grant. The method includes: obtaining, by a reverse direction responder (RD responder), a TXOP control from a reverse direction initiator (RD initiator); enabling, by the RD responder, a multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) mode; sending, by the RD responder, a frame to a plurality of stations concurrently in a TXOP period, the plurality of stations comprise the RD initiator; wherein the frame carries information that only requires the RD initiator to send back only a single acknowledgement in the TXOP period to return the TXOP control. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351128 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA BASED ON AGGRESSIVE SPATIAL REUSE - A method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving mobile data based on an ASR is provided. The mobile data transmission method of a first mobile terminal including transmitting a dRTS frame and creating an ASR list; performing channel access to a certain channel based on an ASR back-off process; transmitting an srDATA frame from the certain channel to a second mobile terminal based on the ASR list; and receiving an srACK frame from the second mobile terminal in response to the srDATA frame, wherein the certain channel is a channel to/from which a third mobile terminal transmits and receives a data frame, the srDATA frame and data frame are transmitted from the certain channel at a certain point, and the ASR list is information on a mobile terminal that does not collide with the data frame when the first mobile terminal transmits the srDATA frame and receives the srACK frame. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351130 | WIRELESS NETWORK AND METHOD - A network node for a wireless network and corresponding methods for reducing collisions in a wireless network, a wireless network, a wireless sensor network and a smart building including a wireless sensor network. The network node includes a processor, memory and an antenna. The network node is operable in a promiscuous mode to: receive at least one acknowledgement, wherein each acknowledgement is an acknowledgement of a respective transmission sent by another node through the wireless network; determine, from the at least one acknowledgement, timing information relating to the timing of the respective transmission(s) sent by the other node; and use the timing information to schedule transmissions sent by the node to reduce the probability of collisions of with transmissions sent by the other node. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351136 | BEARER MANAGEMENT - A method of establishing a bearer in a packet switched mobile wireless communications network comprising a mobile device and a network node, and a corresponding network. A predetermined maximum number of bearers can be established for the mobile device within the network. Bearer information can be sent indicating the predetermined maximum number of bearers, a remaining number of bearers, or that no more bearers can be established. If no more bearers can be established and a further bearer is required a bearer previously established for the mobile device within the network can be released and if required a bearer synchronisation procedure can be performed. A further bearer for the mobile device within the network can then be established. Alternatively, if the mobile device determines that an emergency PDN connection is required, it can send a request for a further bearer to the network node. If a current number of bearers established for the mobile device is equal to the maximum number of bearers, the network node can release a previously established bearer establish a bearer for an emergency PDN connection. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351137 | Method and Device for Connecting a Diagnostic Unit to a Control Unit in a Motor Vehicle - For connecting a diagnostic unit to a vehicle controller of a motor vehicle via a network connection, it is provided that, when the connection has been established between the diagnostic unit and the vehicle controller, a check is performed as to whether the diagnostic unit is directly connected to the vehicle controller. The diagnostic unit receives diagnostic data from the vehicle controller only when there is a direct connection. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351139 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING BEARERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe methods, apparatuses, and systems for managing bearers in a wireless communication system. In some embodiments, an apparatus, to be employed by a user equipment (UE), may comprise a communication module to: communicate with a core network on a first bearer through a master evolved Node B (MeNB); receive, from the MeNB, a first message of reconfiguring a radio resource control (RRC) connection to establish a second bearer between the UE and the core network and through a secondary eNB (SeNB); synchronize, in response to the message, with the SeNB in order to establish the second bearer; and communicate with the core network on the second bearer through the SeNB, and continue communicating with the core network on the first bearer through the MeNB. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351140 | PROCEDURE AND NODE FOR INTERCONNECTING RAN AND SERVICE LAYER ENTITIES - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a first network node for connecting nodes in a communications network. The first network node receives, from a RAN node, information indicating the RAN node and a communications resource which the at least one RAN node is responsible for. The first network node receives, from a second network node, a request for information indicating a serving RAN node which serves a communications resource. The communications resource served by the serving RAN node is one of the communications resource which the received information indicates. The first network node identifies the serving RAN node based on the received information and request. The first network node establishes a connection between the identified serving RAN node and the second network node. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351141 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A mobile station (MS) that sends a request message for establishing only one PDN connection which provides connectivity to a PDN associated with an APN, the PDN connection being used only for a communication between an external gateway device (EGD) and a plurality of terminal devices which include said at least one terminal device. The MS receives the APN, an EPS bearer ID, and an address block, the address block being allocated by the EGD to the PDN connection, and the EPS bearer ID being allocated to the PDN connection. The MS allocates an IPv6 prefix based on the address block to the at least one terminal device, and transfers, based on the EPS bearer ID, user data as a router from the at least one terminal device to the PDN associated with the APN via the PDN connection, wherein the user data being transferred from the terminal devices using an IP address configured based on the assigned IPv6 prefix. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351146 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANGING SERVICES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more particularly, to a method and apparatus for changing services in a direct communication system. A method for setting up a session in a first wireless device supporting a Wi-Fi direct service, according to one embodiment of the present invention, can include the steps of: setting up a connection between a first wireless device and a second wireless device, which includes a provision discovery process between the first wireless device and the second wireless device for creating a session for a first service; and transmitting a request_session message from the first wireless device to the second wireless device for creating a session for a second service. Session information for the second service can be included in the request_session message. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351147 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPLEMENTING BEARER CALL-BACK SERVICES - The present disclosure is directed at systems, methods and media for providing bearer call-back services for bearers that have been rejected or pre-empted by a network apparatus in a core network. In some embodiments, if a network apparatus enters a state in which it becomes necessary to reject or pre-empt a bearer associated with a user equipment (UE) (e.g., due to load conditions in a radio access network, the core network, or an application server), the network apparatus can send to the UE a call-back message when the network apparatus exits the state that precipitated the bearer rejection or pre-emption. By sending a call-back message, the network apparatus can save the UE from multiple unsuccessful attempts to establish a bearer, or from waiting an unnecessarily long time before establishing a bearer. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351150 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND RADIO ACCESS NETWORK DEVICE - The present invention shortens an out-of-service duration while suppressing an increase of power consumption. A mobile communication terminal UE of the present invention includes a control unit | 12-03-2015 |
20150351153 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL HARQ INDICATOR CHANNEL DECODING - Methods, systems, and devices are described for improving discontinuous reception (DRX) periods using enhanced physical HARQ indicator channel (PHICH) decoding. A user equipment (UE) may determine that an uplink (UL) retransmission (ReTx) is unnecessary based on the content of the original UL transmission. For example, the transmission may include media access control (MAC) layer padding rather than relevant application layer data. The UE may then identify a DRX sleep period that includes the subframe where the ReTx would take place. In some cases, the DRX sleep period may include a subframe where the UE would otherwise receive an acknowledgement message (AM) from a base station. The UE may then enter a DRX sleep state. In another example, the DRX sleep period is based on the content of a received AM. If the UE receives an ACK, the UL ReTx may be unnecessary. | 12-03-2015 |
20150351154 | Small Cell Base Station DTX Mode - The present disclosure is directed to a system and method for transitioning small cell base stations out of a discontinuous transmission (DTX) mode. The system and method comprise monitoring at the small cell base stations uplink transmissions from user terminals (UTs) to a macrocell base station while the small cell base stations are in the DTX mode. The small cell base stations can use the monitored uplink transmissions to, for example, measure received power levels from the UTs and/or measure uplink path losses between the small cell base stations and the UTs. The small cell base stations can report these measured values back to the macrocell base station through a backhaul network. Based on these measurements, the macrocell base station can determine which small cell base stations can support which UTs without transitioning the small cell base stations out of the DTX mode. | 12-03-2015 |
20150358055 | TRANSCEIVERS AND METHODS FOR USE IN TRANSMITTING INFORMATION IN A MASSIVE MIMO SYSTEM - A method and apparatus is disclosed herein for transmitting information in massive MIMO system. In one embodiment, the apparatus comprises a plurality of antenna elements; a baseband processor; a plurality of radio-frequency (RF) chains coupled to the baseband processor; a plurality of switches coupled to the plurality of RF chains, wherein positions of switches in the plurality of switches being determined by instantaneous channel state information; a radio-frequency (RF) preprocessor coupled between the plurality of switches and the plurality of antenna elements, the RF preprocessor to apply a preprocessing matrix to signals, elements of the preprocessing matrix being adjusted as a function of average channel state information, and wherein the positions of the switches and elements of the preprocessing matrix are jointly chosen, and wherein the preprocessing matrix is chosen based on a metric related to expected performance obtained from at least one channel realization. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358056 | MIMO COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS AND TERMINAL - A MIMO communication method for performing MIMO communication between a base station including a plurality of antennas, and a plurality of terminals accommodated in the base station. The method includes, in the base station, dividing the plurality of terminals into a first and a second group, and assigning orthogonal codes with each other to the respective groups, spreading transmission data to the plurality of terminals with the assigned codes, multiplying data obtained by the spreading by a predetermined pre-coding matrix, obtaining a channel matrix representing channels between the plurality of antennas and the plurality of terminals, multiplying data obtained by the multiplying by the pre-coding matrix by a complex conjugate matrix of the channel matrix, and transmitting data obtained by the multiplying by the complex conjugate matrix from the plurality of antennas. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358057 | Interference Alignment Based Precoding Method for Reducing Bandwidth of the Backhaul Network - A method and a first radio node ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358058 | WIRELESSLY TRANSMITTING MULTI-CAST SIGNAL USING RATELESS CODES - Data is transmitted over a wireless network by encoding data using a rateless code. A multi-cast signal is wirelessly transmitted to communicate the encoded data for any one or more receivers. The wireless transmission is performed in a manner that is agnostic as to a number of antennas that are utilized by each of the one or more receivers. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358059 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a method for a base station transmitting a precoded signal to user equipment in a wireless communication system supporting a multi-antenna. More specifically, precoding is conducted by using a precoding matrix to which large delay-cyclic delay diversity (LD-CDD) is applied, wherein the precoding matrix is determined by dividing into matrices for a horizontal direction antenna and a perpendicular direction antenna. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358060 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR THREE-DIMENSIONAL BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed are a method for reporting channel state information for three-dimensional beamforming in a wireless communication system, and a device therefor. The method by which a terminal transmits channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving a reference signal from a base station which supports a two-dimensional antenna array; determining the CSI by using the reference signal; and transmitting the determined CSI to the base station. The CSI includes a channel quality indicator (CQI), and the CQI can be determined by using a codeword-to-layer mapping rule. The codeword-to-layer mapping rule for one-dimension and the codeword-to-layer mapping rule for two-dimension are different from each other. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358061 | RADIO BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR PRECODING SIGNAL - An RBS, operable in an OFDM based communication network, and a method performed by the RBS for precoding a signal to be sent on a distributed ePDCCH are provided. The RBS comprises N | 12-10-2015 |
20150358062 | TRANSMITTING NODE AND METHOD FOR RANK DETERMINATION - A transmitting node and methods therein | 12-10-2015 |
20150358064 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed to provide a radio base station, a user terminal, a radio communication method and a radio communication system of novel structures that can achieve improved throughput and system capacity. A radio base station transmits downlink reference signals that are specific to a plurality of transmission beams, a plurality of user terminals feed back coarse channel state information that is acquired by channel estimation, to the radio base station, the radio base station selects a plurality of user terminals to make feed back accurate channel state information based on the coarse channel state information, a plurality of user terminals that are selected feed back accurate channel state information, the radio base station determines a plurality of user terminals to non-orthogonal-multiplex, per transmission beam, based on the accurate channel state information, and non-orthogonal-multiplexes downlink signals, and a plurality of user terminals that are determined, after having canceled interference between the transmission beams by means of a linear filter, cancels downlink signals for other terminals, from the downlink signals that are non-orthogonal-multiplexed in each transmission beam. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358065 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING FEEDBACK IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for reporting channel status by a user equipment (UE) in a communication system. Information on at least one channel status information reference signal is received from an evolved node B. A first channel status based on a first period and a first set of the at least one channel status information reference signal, is reported to the evolved node B. A second channel status based on a second period and a second set of the at least one channel status information reference signal, is reported to the evolved node B. The first channel status includes at least one of a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), a channel quality indicator (CQI), and a ranking indication (RI), and the second channel status includes at least one of a CQI, a PMI and a RI. The RI of the second channel status is same as the RI of the first channel status | 12-10-2015 |
20150358070 | APPARATUS, ONBOARD EQUIPMENT, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR A REMOTE RADIO HEAD - Embodiments provide an apparatus, onboard equipment, a method, and a computer program for a remote radio head. The apparatus ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358089 | JOINT SPATIAL PROCESSING FOR SPACE FREQUENCY BLOCK CODING AND/OR NON SPACE FREQUENCY BLOCK CODING CHANNELS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus that may be used to perform joint spatial processing for space frequency block coding and/or non-space frequency block coding channels in a wireless communications system. In aspects, apparatus and methods are provided for wireless communications, comprising receiving a signal from a serving cell and zero or more interfering cells, and processing the received signal, wherein the processing includes joint processing of at least two Resource Elements (REs), selected to conform to a Space Frequency Block Coding (SFBC) scheme in which transmitted data is modulated across two REs, to detect an interfering cell signal and canceling of the detected interfering cell signal from the received signal. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358092 | MIMO COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A MIMO communication method of performing MIMO communication between a base station having a plurality of antennas and each of a plurality of terminals covered by the base station using uplink data slots and downlink data slots that are alternately placed on a time axis. The method includes, in the base station, despreading a received signal that is transmitted from each of the plurality of terminals demodulating the transmission data transmitted from a respective terminal on the basis of the value of the estimated channel; decoding a received signal included in the uplink data slots, estimating a current channel between each of all antennas of the base station and the respective terminal; and comparing the stored value of the estimated channel with a value of the estimated current channel and updating the stored value of the estimated channel to the value of the estimated current channel. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358099 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND PROCESSOR - A mobile communication system comprises: a user terminal that receives a desired wave signal from a serving cell and an interference wave signal that is a signal to another user terminal; and a first base station that manages the serving cell. The first base station includes: a control unit configured to generate configured to an interference replica signal corresponding to the interference wave signal and to superpose the interference replica signal on the desired wave signal; and a transmission unit configured to transmit the desired wave signal superposed with the interference replica signal to the user terminal. The control unit generates the interference replica signal such that the interference replica signal received by the user terminal cancels the interference wave signal received by the user terminal. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358100 | INTERFERENCE-REMOVED RECEPTION METHOD AND TERMINAL - One embodiment of the present specification provides an interference-removed reception method. The interference-removed reception method may comprise the steps of: encoding, in a binary in a physical channel, stored information for an attacker cell which causes interference; performing a comparison between the encoded binary and a new binary in the physical channel received from the attacker cell; and if the binaries match, removing interference caused by the new binary in the physical channel received from the attacker cell by using the encoded binary, and thereby receiving a signal from a serving cell. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358101 | Interference Cancellation in a Cellular Communication Network - A technique for cancelling inter-cell or intra-cell interference in a cellular communication network is described. A method implementation of that technique performed in an interfered terminal comprises receiving a signal, wherein the received signal comprises an interfering signal destined to at least one further terminal different from the interfered terminal. In a next step, control information pertaining to the at least one further terminal is determined and the interfering signal is decoded based on the control information so as to generate decoded information. Then, the interfering signal is re-generated from the decoded information and the control information. Based on the re-generated signal the interfering signal is cancelled from the received signal. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358105 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING NETWORK ASSISTANCE INFORMATION FOR REMOVING INTERFERENCE AND SERVING CELL BASE STATION - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for transmitting network support information in a serving cell in order to remove interference of a terminal. The method for transmitting the network support information comprises the steps of: enabling the serving cell to select a first terminal and a second terminal to which a multi-user multiple input multiple output (MU-MIMO) is applied; enabling the serving cell to select different codewords for a downlink data channel to the selected first and second terminals; enabling the serving cell to determine whether the first terminal can remove the interference; and transmitting, to the first terminal, the network support information for supporting the interference removal using the downlink data channel to the second terminal if the first terminal can remove the interference. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358107 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEQUENCE HOPPING IN SINGLE CARRIER FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (SC-FDMA) COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for transmitting a signal using a sequence in a wireless communication system. A first sequence used to transmit a first signal in a first channel is determined by performing group-hopping using a pseudo-random pattern over a first group of sequences. A second sequence used to transmit a second signal in a second channel is determined by performing the group-hopping using the pseudo-random pattern over a second group of sequences. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358110 | BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION - Disclosed are an encoding ratio setting method and a radio communication device which can avoid encoding of control information at an encoding ratio lower than necessary and suppress lowering of the transmission efficiency of the control information. In the device, an encoding ratio setting unit ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358111 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE MODULATION - Systems, methods, and/or techniques for improving downlink spectrum efficiency may be disclosed. For example, a higher order modulation (HOM) transmission may be provided to a device. The higher order modulation transmission may be configured to be indicated by the network or a device. Additionally, multiple modulation and coding scheme (MCS) tables, transport block size (TBS) tables, and/or channel quality index (CQI) tables may be provided to support the higher order modulation transmission. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358117 | INTERLEAVER FOR MULTIUSER TRANSMISSION - Certain embodiments herein relate to an interleaver based on usable tones of a resource allocation. The interleaver is selected according to the number of usable tones and may be selected for each resource allocation to accommodate the variance in usable tones. The selected codebit interleaver or symbol interleaver may be a block interleaver in which bits are sequentially read in row by row and read out column by column, such that any unfilled entries in the block interleaver are skipped. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358123 | MAC ARCHITECTURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS SUPPORTING H-ARQ - A medium access control-high speed (MAC-hs) comprises a hybrid automatic repeat request (H-ARQ) device configured to receive data blocks over a wideband-code division multiple access (W-CDMA) high speed-downlink shared channel (HS-DSCH). The H-ARQ device generates an acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) for each said data block received. Each received data block having a transmission sequence number. The H-ARQ device receives a new transmission instead of a pending retransmission at any time. At least one reordering device has an input configured to receive an output of the H-ARQ device and the at least one reordering device configured to reorder the received data blocks based on each received data block's transmission sequence number (TSN). Received data blocks are immediately forwarded for processing for higher layers when the received data blocks are received in sequence. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358124 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - A mobile station apparatus and a base station apparatus each efficiently transmit and/or receive, using a PUCCH, a HARQ-ACK for a transport block transmitted on a PDSCH. In a case where an EPDCCH candidate corresponding to a first EPDCCH-PRB-set and an EPDCCH candidate corresponding to a second EPDCCH-PRB-set correspond to the same resource elements and furthermore a same value of a DMRS scrambling sequence initialization parameter is configured for the two EPDCCH-PRB-sets and DCI formats with the same payload size are monitored for the two EPDCCH candidates, then a terminal apparatus determines a first ECCE number based on the first EPDCCH-PRB-set to determine a PUCCH resource for transmission of HARQ-ACK. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358125 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication and, more specifically, to a method for transmitting an HARQ) response by a UE in a wireless communication system, and an apparatus for the same. The method includes receiving an E-PDCCH signal on at least one of a plurality of enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) sets, each E-PDCCH set including a plurality of resources units indexed per E-PDCCH set; and transmitting the HARQ response using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource determined using the index of the first resource unit among one or more resource units carrying the E-PDCCH signal, wherein the index of the first resource unit is determined on the basis of the E-PDCCH set having the lowest index among the plurality of E-PDCCH sets when specific conditions are satisfied. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358126 | DEVICES FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INFORMATION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - A User Equipment (UE) for sending Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) information is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE determines a primary cell (PCell) configuration. The UE also determines a secondary cell (SCell) configuration. The UE further determines whether the PCell configuration specifies uplink (UL) and the SCell configuration specifies downlink (DL) for a subframe or whether the PCell configuration specifies DL and the SCell configuration specifies DL for the subframe. The UE additionally determines a HARQ Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) reporting subframe based on the PCell configuration if the PCell configuration specifies DL and the SCell configuration specifies DL for the subframe. The UE also sends SCell Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) HARQ-ACK information in the HARQ-ACK reporting subframe. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEPTION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for configuring an acknowledgement for hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ), and a user equipment therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving downlink data through one of first and second downlink component carriers; and determining a resource used for a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). The resource used for the PUCCH is determined based on a downlink component carrier. If downlink data is received through the first downlink component carrier, the resource used for the PUCCH is determined by using a control channel element (CCE) of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). If the downlink data is received through the second downlink component carrier, the resource used for the PUCCH is determined by using a radio resource control (RRC) message. The method according to the embodiment further includes transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK)/negative-acknowledgement (NACK) signal for the downlink data using the resource used for the PUCCH. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358132 | Reference Signal Coupling in a Wireless Network - According to some embodiments, a method of coupling reference signals of a wireless network comprises establishing a wireless connection with a wireless device. The wireless connection comprises a first reference signal and a second reference signal and both the first and second reference signals are associated with one or more antenna ports. The method further comprises determining a mapping between the one or more antenna ports associated with the first reference signal and the one or more antenna ports associated with the second reference signal; communicating the mapping of antenna ports to the wireless device; and transmitting the first reference signal and the second reference signal to the wireless device according to the communicated mapping. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358137 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEIPT CONFIRMATION REPLY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for user equipment transmitting an uplink receipt confirmation reply in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: receiving a downlink signal from subframe n; and transmitting a receipt confirmation reply with respect to the downlink signal from the k | 12-10-2015 |
20150358141 | DOWNLINK CHANNEL PARAMETERS DETERMINATION FOR A MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MIMO) SYSTEM - Embodiments of methods and apparatus for providing downlink channel parameters determination for downlink channels associated with a multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) system are generally described herein. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358183 | RECEIVER APPARATUS AND FREQUENCY SELECTIVITY INTERFERENCE CORRECTION METHOD - An OFDM receiver apparatus ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358193 | METHOD FOR INCREASING COVERAGE AND ROBUSTNESS AGAINST FREQUENCY OFFSETS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS, USER DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAMS THEREOF - A Method for increasing coverage and robustness against frequency offsets in wireless networks, user device and computer program products | 12-10-2015 |
20150358194 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL BY USING MODULATION TECHNIQUES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and device for transmitting and receiving a signal by using modulation techniques in a wireless communication system. The method according to the present invention includes: selecting one of QAM and improved QAM according to at least one predefined criterion; encoding information bits to be transmitted according to a first encoding scheme and mapping encoded information bits to QAM symbols when the QAM is selected; encoding information bits to be transmitted according to a second encoding scheme and mapping encoded information bits to improved QAM symbols when the improved QAM is selected; and transmitting the QAM symbols or the improved QAM symbols through a given resource region. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358367 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR IMPLEMENTING INTEGRATED VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL IN A CLOUD-BASED NETWORK - A system for implementing VoIP over a cloud-based network includes a first edge proxy server operatively connected to a plurality of target proxy servers to receive resource information from one or more of the target proxy servers. Each target proxy server is associated with the cloud-based network. A first endpoint is operatively connected to the first edge proxy server and is configured for voice communications with a second endpoint. The voice communications are facilitated by the first edge proxy server using the received resource information. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358374 | Method of Data Transmission in Multicast or Broadcast Service - A method of data transmission in multicast or broadcast service, for a network in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises providing a multicast stream of the multicast or broadcast service to a mobile device of the wireless communication system, and transmitting an indication to the mobile device, wherein the indication is used for resource allocation of a data stream of the multicast or broadcast service. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358792 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, PAIRING APPARATUS, METHOD FOR PAIRING PLURAL DEVICES AND PROGRAM FOR CAUSING COMPUTER TO IMPLEMENT THAT METHOD - A wireless communication system with increased convenience of pairing is provided. A hard disk of a management server forming the wireless communication system includes a database having pairing information. The database includes pairing information and terminal device user information. The pairing information includes a terminal ID and a device ID. The terminal device user information includes a terminal ID or device ID, and a common ID. A terminal ID of a first terminal, a terminal ID of a second terminal, a device ID of a first device, and a device ID of a second device are associated with one another via a common ID. The common ID is a value defined in a filed of the common ID of the terminal device user information. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358801 | METHOD FOR SETTING CYCLIC PREFIX FOR D2D (DEVICE-TO-DEVICE) COMMUNICATION IN RADIO COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for enabling a D2D communicating terminal to transmit and receive a signal in a radio communication system, and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, the method includes the step of transmitting and receiving a signal by using a frame with a given length of CP (Cyclic Prefix), wherein the given length of CP is set to one of a first length of CP and a second length of CP, the first length of CP is the CP length set for communication between a base station and a terminal, and the second length of CP is the CP length set for communication between two terminals. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358802 | DISTANCE ESTIMATION METHOD, TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL METHOD, USER APPARATUS, AND BASE STATION - A distance estimation method for, by causing a first user apparatus to receive a discovery signal from a second user apparatus, estimating a distance between the first user apparatus and the second user apparatus is provided. The distance estimation method includes a step of receiving from the second user apparatus the discovery signal including transmission power information of the discovery signal, a step of obtaining the transmission power information from the discovery signal, and a step of estimating the distance between the first user apparatus and the second user apparatus from receive power information of the discovery signal at the first user apparatus and the transmission power information. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358804 | Proximity Discovery, Authentication and Link Establishment Between Mobile Devices in 3GPP LTE - The invention enables a device to discover one or more other devices within range for a device-to-device mode of communication. This proximity discovery may trigger a target device, e.g. to start listening to signals from a source device or perform any other action based on the proximity discovery like e.g. charging at a toll gate. A source device that wants to be discovered broadcasts a message including an identifier or a representation of the identifier. This identifier may be an identifier of the target device to be contacted or of the source device or a derivation thereof or a common security association used by a set of peers. The target device compares the broadcast identifier with a known identifier to establish proximity discovery. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358815 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Authentication information comprising mobile subscriber information of a mobile communication terminal may be communicated to a server, and one or more devices may further communicate with the server to perform an authentication procedure to enable a wireless LAN communication terminal separate from the mobile communication terminal to connect to a network via wireless LAN communication with an access point separate from the mobile communication terminal. In some embodiments, a mobile communication terminal may communicate authentication information comprising mobile subscriber information to a wireless LAN communication terminal separate from the mobile communication terminal and/or a wireless LAN communication terminal may receive authentication information comprising mobile subscriber information from a mobile communication terminal. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358826 | CHANNEL USAGE BEACON SIGNAL TRANSMISSIONS BASED ON UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques and described for wireless communication. One method includes generating a channel usage beacon signal (CUBS) at a wireless device, wherein a waveform of the CUBS is based at least in part on a scheduled uplink transmission by the wireless device; and transmitting, by the wireless device, the CUBS over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band to occupy the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band prior to the scheduled uplink transmission. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358836 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DL/UL RESOURCE CONFIGURATION IN A TDD SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure relate to a method and apparatus for DL/UL resource configuration in a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system. The method may comprise: dividing a plurality of cells into disjoint clusters based on interference conditions among base stations of the plurality of cells; and performing, in each of at least one of the disjoint clusters, a cooperation DL/UL resource configuration on in-cluster cells included therein based on traffic conditions and performance metrics of the in-cluster cells, so as to determine respective DL/UL resource configurations for the in-cluster cells. With embodiments of the present disclosure, time domain resources may be utilized more efficiently and, additionally, it may be expected to achieve a better overall performance at a low cost. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358842 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ANALYZE A WIRELESS INFORMATION DELIVERY SYSTEM - A method includes receiving a packet stream at a gateway device, the gateway device coupled to a component of a content distribution system. The method also includes transmitting, from the gateway device, a wireless signal that carries data corresponding to at least a portion of the packet stream to a first device. The wireless signal is transmitted in a wireless coverage area that includes a second device configured to receive and analyze the wireless signal to produce of an assessment of the content distribution system. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358888 | FEEDBACK CONTROL FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a wireless communication user equipment (UE). The apparatus transmits information in a device-to-device (D2D) communication to a second UE, the information indicating whether the second UE should use a direct feedback path to the UE or an indirect feedback path to the UE. The apparatus receives feedback through one of the direct feedback path or the indirect feedback path based on the information indicated in the D2D communication. The apparatus receives a D2D communication from a second UE. The apparatus determines whether to transmit feedback in response to the D2D communication via a direct feedback path to the second UE or via an indirect feedback path to the second UE. The apparatus transmits the feedback in response to the D2D communication in the determined feedback path. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358891 | Terminal, Network Node and Methods Therein for Enabling Access to a Radio Communications Network - Embodiments herein disclose a method in a terminal ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358893 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESS NETWORK SELECTION - A method may include receiving access network selection information from a user equipment and providing network selection information in dependence on said requested access network selection function information. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358895 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING INFORMATION ON ACCESS POINT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for acquiring information on an access point (AP) in a wireless communication system is provided. An AP information management entity of a cellular system transmits a request for information on an AP, which is located within coverage of an eNodeB (eNB), to an AP server which is located outside of the cellular system, and receives a response, which includes a result code of the request, from the AP server. The AP information management entity is one of an eNB, mobility management entity (MME), or a new entity of the cellular system. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358896 | METHOD FOR DISCOVERING RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY BY MOBILE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM THEREFOR - A method includes receiving information collected by one or more auxiliary communication terminals by radio signals in order for discovering the radio access technology accessible by the mobile communication terminal, and determining connection with one of one or more radio access technologies on the basis of the information collected by the radio signals. The collected information includes information created on the basis of strength of radio signals, which are received by the auxiliary communication terminals from wireless access devices. Determining connection includes determining a wireless access device to be connected on the basis of signal strength information of the radio signals from the auxiliary communication terminals, the signal strength information being measured by the mobile communication terminal, and information derived from the strength of the radio signals included in the collected information. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358909 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING STATE MODE TRANSITION OR PERFORMING STATE MODE TRANSITION IN PLURAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONVERGENCE NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for supporting or performing status mode transition in a convergence network of a plurality of communication systems are disclosed. A method for supporting status mode transition by an entity of a first communication system in a plurality of communication system convergence networks includes: if a triggering condition for triggering transition between an active mode and an idle mode is satisfied, transmitting a first message indicating status mode transition to an entity of a second communication system; receiving a second message including specific information indicating whether the status mode transition is successful from the entity of the second communication system, in response to the first message; and updating status information of the entity of the second communication system on the basis of the second message, wherein the first and second communication systems are heterogeneous communication systems for each other. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358915 | User Equipment and a Method for Power Control of Uplink Transmissions - A UE and a method performed by the UE for power control of uplink transmissions, when the UE is connected in dual connectivity mode to at least a first network node and a second network node are provided. The method comprises determining ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358919 | POWER-ALLOCATION METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SCALABLE VIDEO OVER MIMO SYSTEM - A power-allocation method for scalable video transmission over MIMO system includes: encoding a video sequence into L layers; performing MCSs to the layers and estimating bit error rate or symbol error rate respectively for each of the layers after MCSs procedure based on channel quality feedbacks from the receiver side; performing power allocations of L sub-problems and obtaining candidate power allocation solution of each of the sub-problems respectively based on bit error rate or symbol error rate of each of the layers and derivative of bit error rate or symbol error rate of each of the layers; and choosing one of the candidate power allocation solution with the largest quality of experiences as the power allocation of the scalable video transmission over MIMO system. This invention considers transmission-error-rate of PHY layer and video coding structure of APP layer and optimizes quality of experiences at user end with cross-layer design. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358924 | POWER CONTROL FOR TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION ON TWO CELLS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for a network to control a power of transmissions from a User Equipment (UE) on a first Cell Group (CG) or on a second CG depending on a communication delay between the two CGs. Methods and apparatus are also provided for a UE configured with a first CG and a second CG in Carrier Aggregation (CA) operation to determine whether or not to transmit a channel conveying control information when the UE needs to reduce a respective nominal transmission power. Methods and apparatus are additionally provided for a network to transmit and for a UE to receive a Transmission Power Control (TPC) command for transmission on a cell of a first CG or on a cell of a second CG. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358926 | VISUAL SEARCH ACCURACY WITH HAMMING DISTANCE ORDER STATISTICS LEARNING - Methods and apparatus for transmitting power setting information in a downlink Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) in a communication system. In this communication system, a plurality of methods for calculating traffic-to-pilot ratios (T2P) are established. In addition, a mapping scheme between a plurality of overhead signals and a plurality of reference signal (RS) overhead ratios, η | 12-10-2015 |
20150358927 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM UNDER CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present application relates to the field of wireless communications. Disclosed in an embodiment of the present application are a method and device for reporting power headroom (PH) under carrier aggregation, for solving the problem of how to report PH when a terminal supports the transmission of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) on different uplink carriers corresponding to different carrier groups. In the present application, a terminal generates a Type 1 PH and a Type 2 PH for each of multiple PUCCH-transmitting uplink carriers requiring PH reporting, generates a Type 1 PH for each non-PUCCH-transmitting uplink carrier requiring PH reporting, and reports each generated Type 1 PH and Type 2 PH to a network side in the current uplink subframe. The present application solves the above problem. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358933 | SENSOR INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, SENSOR INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND SENSOR INFORMATION PROCESSING PROGRAM - A sensor information processing apparatus according to one embodiment of the present invention is a sensor information processing apparatus | 12-10-2015 |
20150358944 | CONNECTION TO ACCESS POINT - Technologies generally described herein relate to connection of a mobile device to an access point in a wireless communication system. Example mobile devices may include a receiver, a decoder and a data communication module. The receiver may be configured to receive a downlink synchronization signal from an access point through a cellular band. In some embodiments, the downlink synchronization signal is synchronized based on a signal from a base station. The decoder may be coupled to the receiver and configured to decode the received downlink synchronization signal to obtain information regarding the access point. The data communication module may be coupled to the decoder and configured to connect to the access point based, at least in part, on the obtained information regarding the access point. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358945 | A UE, A Secondary ENB and a Master ENB and Respective Method Performed Thereby for Providing System Information of a Communication System to the UE - A UE, a MeNB, a SeNB and respective methods performed thereby are provided. The UE, the MeNB, and the SeNB are operable in a wireless communication system, the wireless communication system being adapted to provide for dual connectivity between the SeNB and a UE, and between the UE and a MeNB. The method is performed for providing system information of the wireless communication system to the UE and for the UE to acquire the system information. The method performed by the UE comprises receiving ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358946 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a signal transmission method and a user equipment. The method includes: receiving, by a user equipment, an indication signal, where the indication signal is used to indicate resource numbers corresponding to physical resources occupied by one or more control signals, where a resource number corresponding to a physical resource includes time information and frequency information of the physical resource; allocating, by the user equipment according to the resource numbers, one or more physical resources corresponding to the one or more control signals; and sending, by the user equipment, the one or more control signals. With the embodiments of the present disclosure, energy consumption at a receive end can be saved. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358947 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for transmitting and receiving a downlink control channel for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system. An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for transmitting a downlink control channel from a base station to a terminal, and the method may comprise: a step of determining whether a downlink subframe is of a first type or a second type; and a step in which if the downlink subframe is of the first type, the number of OFDM symbols for transmitting the downlink control channel is set to a preset value (N), and the downlink control channel is transmitted using N OFDM symbols. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358948 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for operating a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, and the UE therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a subframe including a plurality of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; and monitoring a plurality of search spaces configured on the subframe so as to receive control information indicated to the UE. The plurality of search spaces are allocated in a first control channel region or a second control channel region, the first control channel region including one or more consecutive OFDM symbols and the second control channel region including one or more consecutive OFDM symbols not overlapped with the first control channel region. Search spaces corresponding to Control Channel Element (CCE) aggregation level 4 and 8 are allocated to the first control channel region, if a UE is configured for Enhanced-Physical Control Channel (E-PDCCH) monitoring in the subframe. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358949 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RECEPTION METHOD - In the base station ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150358952 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present application discloses a data transmission method, including: sending at least two groups of same data to user equipment; and instructing the user equipment to perform softer combination on the received at least two groups of same data. Embodiments of the present application further provide a corresponding apparatus, including: a base station, user equipment, and a radio network controller. In the technical solutions of the present application, because the user equipment is instructed to process received data in a softer combination manner, reliability can be improved, and a call drop rate can be reduced. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358953 | METHOD FOR ELIMINATING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for transmitting and receiving a signal of a terminal, according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving a signal from a base station; calculating an expected value of the signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR) based on the received signal; and choosing a beamforming method based on the expected value of SINR. The present invention can provide a method and an apparatus which apply adaptive ICIC in CoMP environment so as to maximize WSR with reduced complexity of calculation, thus having a performance comparable to that determined by the conventional method, and providing the user with a smooth communication environment with improved quality. Furthermore, a terminal communicating with a base station chooses a desirable beamforming technique with reduced complexity so as to decrease the complexity of the system and to provide higher power efficiency with a faster calculation speed. Besides, it is possible for a base station to readily choose the user group and the beamforming technique group with the optimum communication environment. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358954 | USER DEVICE, GATEWAY DEVICE, RADIO BASE STATION, MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a user device, a gateway device, a radio base station, a mobile communication system, and a mobile communication method capable of considerably reducing the number of control signals necessary for Small Data Transmission (SDT). A UE | 12-10-2015 |
20150358955 | TRANSFER OF DIGITAL DATA TO MOBILE SOFTWARE SYSTEMS - The disclosure includes a system and method for communicating digital data from a mobile client device to a mobile system. The system includes a processor and a memory storing instructions that, when executed, cause the system to: obtain journey context data that includes data describing a future journey; determine digital data to transmit to the mobile system based on the journey context data; detect a presence of the mobile system; verify that the digital data is valid for the mobile system based on the journey context data; and send the digital data to the mobile system responsive to detecting the presence of the mobile system and the digital data being valid for the mobile system. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358956 | CELL DEPLOYMENT WITH DIFFERENT CHANNEL BANDWIDTH FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Systems, methods, apparatus, and techniques are provided for transmitting information to user equipment (UE) in a communications network. Data is generated in (i) a first frequency range associated with a first set of carriers and (ii) a second frequency range associated with a second set of carriers, where the first frequency range specifies a first communications cell and the second frequency range specifies a second communications cell. The first cell, is assigned as a primary cell to a first set of UEs in the communications network. Control data is transmitted to both the first set of UEs and a second set of UEs using at least a portion of the first set of carriers. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358958 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING AND UTILIZING A NON-CONTENTION BASED CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system comprising at least one evolved Node-B (eNB) and a plurality of wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs), a non-contention based (NCB) channel is established, maintained, and utilized. The NCB channel is allocated for use by one or more WTRUs in the system for utilization in a variety of functions, and the allocation is communicated to the WTRUs. The wireless communication system analyzes the allocation of the NCB channel as required, and the NCB channel is reallocated as required. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358959 | MANAGING PERFOMANCE OF A WIRELESS NETWORK USING BACKHAUL METRICS - The present disclosure presents aspects for managing performance of a wireless network. For example, the aspects may include identifying a backhaul condition at a small cell in the wireless network wherein the backhaul condition is associated with one or more of a backhaul latency measurement, a backhaul error rate, or a backhaul jitter value at the small cell and triggering an action at the small cell in response to identifying the backhaul condition at the small cell, wherein triggering the action at the small cell includes modifying one or more resource management parameters at the small cell based on the backhaul condition. As such, performance of a wireless network may be managed. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358966 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GENERATING SUBFRAME, METHOD FOR DETERMINING SUBFRAME AND USER EQUIPMENT - This application provides a method and device for generating a subframe, a method for determining a subframe and a user equipment. The method for generating a subframe includes: determining, by a first device, patterns of at least two special subframes used in a broadcast control channel modification period, where guard period GP durations of the at least two special subframes are different; and generating, by the first device, the at least two special subframes. The method enhances flexibility and improves a system resource utilization rate. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358967 | Method and Device for Adjusting Radio Resource - A method and device for adjusting radio resource are provided. The method comprises: an RAN acquires a radio resource using parameter of a terminal, wherein the radio resource using parameter of the terminal is used for indicating a frequency for receiving and sending data packets and/or a data packet transmission bandwidth when the terminal accesses network; the RAN adjusts a radio bearer resource occupied by the terminal according to the radio resource using parameter of the terminal, wherein an adjusted radio bearer resource is used by the terminal to transmit data. According to the disclosure, when a terminal accessing a 3GPP network frequently or occasionally send data packets, a network side optimizes to adjust the radio resource according to the acquired radio resource using parameter of the terminal. On the premise that user experience is not reduced, the network resource is optimized, achieving better network optimization and power saving effects. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358969 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER AGGREGATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of controlling carrier aggregation (CA) and an electronic device configured to perform the method are provided. The method of controlling CA of an electronic device includes connecting a call between the electronic device and a base station, monitoring an amount of data used for transmission/reception during the connected call, determining an estimated amount of time to use a function executed on the electronic device, and configuring CA based on the amount of data used and the estimated amount of time to use a function. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358970 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication method is provided for a transmission apparatus that transmits an OFDM (orthogonal frequency division multiplexing) signal using a communication band that comprises a plurality of subcarrier groups each including a plurality of subcarriers. The method includes specifying which subcarrier group and how many subcarriers are to be used to transmit the OFDM signal and determining a configuration of a transmission frame, generating the OFDM signal by mapping data symbols according to the determined configuration of the transmission frame, and transmitting the generated OFDM signal. The number of subcarriers to be used to transmit the OFDM signal is variable, the OFDM signal may be generated using a plurality of modulation schemes including QPSK and 16QAM, and a plurality of mapping patterns are prepared for each of the plurality of modulation schemes. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358971 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR FACILITATING NON-ORTHOGONAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Wireless communication devices are adapted to facilitate transmission and reception of non-orthogonal communications. In one example, wireless communication devices can encode an amount of data in accordance with information that at least some of the data will be transmitted as part of a non-orthogonal transmission. The wireless communication device may further transmit the encoded data, and the encoded data can be non-orthogonally combined as part of a non-orthogonal transmission. In another example, wireless communication devices can receive a wireless transmission including a plurality of data streams non-orthogonally combined together. The wireless communication device may decode at least one of the data streams. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also included. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358972 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CELL LOAD INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting cell load information in a wireless communication system is provided. According to an embodiment of the present invention, an eNodeB (eNB) of 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) long-term evolution (LTE) system and a radio network controller (RNC) of universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) transmit cell load information via a direct path between the eNB and the RNC. According to another embodiment of the present invention, the eNB and the RNC transmit cell load information through S1 gateway. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358973 | Joint Use Of Multi-Packet Reception And Network Coding For Performance Improvement - Network coding and multiple packet reception (MPR) are used together in a wireless network. In at least one implementation, a novel medium access control (MAC) protocol is provided that enhances throughput in a wireless mesh network that uses network coding and MPR by providing fairness to information flows, rather than fairness to individual nodes. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358974 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD FOR SUPPORTING INTERFERENCE REMOVAL, AND SERVING CELL BASE STATION - One embodiment of the present specification provides a method for resource allocation by a serving cell base station, for supporting interference removal. The resource allocation method may comprise the steps of: determining whether or not UE has an interference removal function; and if the UE has the interference removal function, allocating resource blocks (RB) to the UE through a negotiation with an interfering cell with respect to the allocation of the resource blocks (RB). Herein the resource blocks (RB) of the interfering cell, which are co-located with the resource blocks (RB) according to the negotiation, may be allocated to another UE by the interfering cell without being divided. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358980 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile communication apparatus includes a radio interface and a processor. The radio interface performs a search for an access point. When a signal level of a signal received from an access point detected by the search is greater than a first threshold, the processor allows a connection to the access point. When the signal level of the signal received from the access point is less than or equal to the first threshold, the processor determines an interval to the next search in accordance with whether the signal level is greater than a second threshold that is less than the first threshold. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358983 | Method and Arrangement for Communication Using a Dynamic Transmission Parameter - Base station and User Equipment (UE) and methods to be performed therein for communication using a dynamic transmission parameter. The method to be performed in a base station comprises scheduling of transmission resources to a UE in an OFDM symbol associated with a dynamic parameter value. The base station is assumed to be associated with a carrier where a radio frame comprises at least one OFDM symbol associated with a fixed parameter value and at least one OFDM symbol associated with a dynamic parameter value, where the parameter is a cyclic prefix, CP, or a subcarrier spacing, Δf. The method further comprises determining a value of the parameter based on a characteristic of a radio link associated with the UE, and applying the determined value of the parameter when communicating with the UE in the scheduled transmission resources. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358984 | ROUTER DEVICE - An object of the present invention is to perform appropriate priority control even when tethering is performed. A WiFi router | 12-10-2015 |
20150358988 | BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD FOR WIRELESS NETWORK - A scheduling method for wireless network is provided. The scheduling method is executed by a base station and includes the steps of estimating a mean arrival rate of data to be transmitted through a first wireless network by a plurality of user equipments (UEs) through a second wireless network when the UEs are connected to the base station and in need of transmitting data through the first wireless network, determining a cluster size and dividing the UEs into a plurality of clusters according to the mean arrival rate, and notifying each UE the number of the clusters and the identification (ID) of the cluster accommodating the UE through the second wireless network. The number of the UEs in each cluster is not greater than the cluster size. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358990 | Interference Coordination Between Access Nodes Operating on a Shared Frequency Band - Interference coordination is used between neighbouring evolved NodeBs operating on a shared frequency band in a wireless communications network. Improved capacity estimation may be obtained by determining a capacity estimate of an access node of the wireless communications network on the basis of the interference co-ordination. Traffic may be steered with improved accuracy on the basis of the determined improved capacity estimate. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358992 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIORITIZING VOICE OVER INTERNET PROTOCOL SIGNALING MESSAGES - A method and apparatus for enabling prioritization of signaling messages in a communication network are disclosed. For example, the method receives at least one signaling message, and classifies each of the at least one signaling message. The method schedules each of the at least one signaling message for processing, and discards selectively one or more signaling messages that have been scheduled under an overload condition. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358993 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING A BUFFER STATUS REPORT - A method and device of sending Buffer Status Reports (BSRs) are provided herein. The method includes: determining the type priority sequence of BSR by a user terminal, and selecting and processing one BSR based on the type priority. A user device is also provided. The provided method and device may reduce resource waste because there is no situation that at least two BSRs sending processes are triggered at one time and at least two BSRs are sent at one time. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358995 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTI-USER DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of multi-user downlink transmission. For example, an apparatus may include a transmitter to transmit a multi-user (MU) downlink request to a plurality of wireless stations; and a receiver to receive one or more responses from one or more wireless stations of the plurality of wireless stations, wherein the transmitter is to transmit to the plurality of wireless stations a MU scheduling message indicating resources allocated to a downlink transmission to at least one scheduled station of the one or more wireless stations, and to transmit the downlink transmission to the at least one scheduled station according to the MU scheduling message. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358997 | METHOD FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a signal in a wireless communication system and an apparatus for same, and comprises a step of receiving, via a physical downlink control channel, downlink control information including scheduling information for a K number of subframes, wherein K is bigger than 1, the scheduling information is not applied to at least one subframe when the at least one subframe from among the K number of subframes is a special subframe, and wherein the special subframe is at least a subframe configured to a multicast-broadcast single-frequency network (MBSFN), a subframe configured to receive a physical multicast channel (PMCH), a subframe configured so that a positioning reference signal (PRS) is transmitted, or a subframe including a downlink section, a protection section, and an uplink section. | 12-10-2015 |
20150358999 | Method for Sending Cluster Message, Network-Side Device and Terminal Device - A method for sending a cluster message comprises: configuring a preamble range for random access of a cluster terminal under a current cell, and a base station notifying each terminal of the configured preamble range for random access of the cluster terminal through a broadcast message; the base station receiving a random access request initiated by the terminal, and if it is determined that the terminal transmits a cluster message through a random access process by a preamble in the random access request, then performing Msg3 authorization on the terminal according to a type of the cluster random access, and notifying the terminal of an authorization result through an Msg2; the terminal receiving the Msg2, forming an Msg3 according to the authorization result in the Msg2 and uplink information to be sent, and sending the Msg3 to a network side. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359000 | MULTI-USER SCHEDULING CHANNEL STATUS REPORTING FOR WI-FI - Provided are systems and methods for polling, by a wireless network access point, a group of wireless network stations for an uplink transmission status, receiving (from one or more wireless network stations of the group of wireless network stations) an uplink transmission status report indicating that the wireless network station is ready for uplink data transmission, scheduling (in response to receiving the one or more uplink transmission status reports) one or more uplink data transmissions from the one or more wireless network stations, and receiving (from the one or more wireless network stations in accordance with the scheduling) one or more uplink data transmissions comprising uplink data. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359002 | RADIO BASE STATION AND MOBILE STATION - A system and method to prevent collision between mobile stations to which the same C-RNTI is allocated in a simple implementation while avoiding a problem of C-RNTI depletion in a phantom cell is disclosed. A radio base station includes an allocation unit configured to allocate multiple C-RNTIs to each of mobile stations, and the allocation unit performs adjustment such that collision of search spaces to which PDCCH resources are allocated does not occur among the multiple mobile stations. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359004 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed is a random access channel transmission method that is applicable at a terminal side. The method comprises: a terminal acquires a channel quality; the terminal determines, on the basis of a mapping relation between channel qualities and PRACH resources, a PRACH resource corresponding to the channel quality acquired; and, the terminal performs a PRACH transmission on the PRACH resource determined. Also disclosed are a random access channel transmission method that is applicable at a network side, a corresponding terminal device, and a corresponding base station. Employment of the present invention allows the terminal to select, on the basis of the channel quality of self, the corresponding random access channel resource for random access channel transmission. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359005 | WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATIONS - A wireless telecommunications method, a computer program product and network nodes are disclosed. The wireless telecommunications network node method comprises on a failure to establish a connection after initiating a RACH procedure, repeatedly transmitting a RACH preamble signature using a defined set of resource blocks of an uplink channel. In this way, when a conventional RACH procedure fails to establish a connection with the network, a modified RACH procedure is instead initiated. This modified RACH procedure transmits a RACH preamble signature repeatedly using a repeating set of resource blocks which are repeatedly allocated from the uplink channel. This enables the RACH preamble signature to be repeatedly transmitted so that the energy from these repeated transmissions may be combined by the network in order to detect the presence of the RACH preamble signature transmitted by network nodes in a poor coverage area such as, for example, an MTC device located in a basement. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359006 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL FOR OFDM-MIMO SYSTEM - In orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) systems, a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) selects a random access channel (RACH) and a phase for a constant amplitude zero auto correlation (CAZAC) sequence for RACH transmission. The WTRU then transmits a RACH transmission to a Node B via the selected RACH. Once the RACH transmission is detected, the Node B sends an acknowledgement (ACK) to the WTRU over an ACK channel. The Node B may transmit the ACK on a shared channel. The WTRU may ramp up transmit power while the RACH transmission is transmitted, or steps up transmit power of a subsequent RACH transmission. The RACH transmission and data transmission may be either time multiplexed or frequency multiplexed. A plurality of RACHs may be defined and one of the defined RACHs may be selected randomly or based on predetermined criteria. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359007 | Method and Device for Sending and Receiving Random Access Sequence - A method and device for sending and receiving a random access sequence, wherein the method for sending a random access sequence includes: determining one or more preset random access resources forming a Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH); and sending a first random access sequence on the one or more preset random access resources. By the disclosure, the problem that an access requirement cannot be met by a random access sequence processing method in a related art is solved, and the effect of improving random access efficiency and accuracy is further achieved. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359010 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided with a method for enabling a user equipment to perform a random access procedure in a wireless communication system. The method includes transmitting a random access preamble and receiving a random access response as a response to the random access preamble. The random access response is addressed by a random access identifier. The random access identifier is mapped to radio resources used for transmitting the random access preamble. The user equipment can immediately confirm its random access response and perform further efficient random access procedure. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359018 | BEARER ALLOCATION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, AND SERVING GATEWAY - A bearer allocation method, a User Equipment (UE), a base station, and a serving gateway are disclosed. The bearer allocation method includes: when a network entity creates a bearer for a UE, determining that the bearer has a bearer retain characteristic, and marking a bearer retain flag in bearer context information; and when the UE enters an IDLE state, an evolved base station and an SGW to which the UE belongs reserving the bearer context information marked with the bearer retain flag. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359019 | Network Access System and Method - Provided are a network access system and method. The system comprises a control plane node which is connected with a UE via a radio interface, connected with an MME via an S1 interface, and configured to process control plane data; and a user plane node, connected with the UE via a radio interface, connected with an SGW via an Ss interface, and configured to process user plane data. It is solved the problem in the related art that a core network is impacted because of frequent information interaction among nodes due to the fact that a user switches among cells, and then achieves the effects of reducing the information interaction among the nodes and reducing the impact on a core network signalling. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359020 | DYNAMIC LTE NETWORK - A communication network comprises a packet core network and at least one wireless access node, arranged to provide the core network with access to user equipment via a first interface established between the access node and a network element of the core network. The network comprises at least one management entity configured to establish a virtual second interface passing through it and linking the access node and the network element and in which the first interface is encapsulated. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359023 | TARGETED GROUP-BASED DISCOVERY FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Techniques described herein may provide for device discovery of direct communication paths, to enable direct mode communication, between communication devices. The discovery of the communication paths may be based on identifiers that may be defined at the application level and included in device discovery requests. In one implementation, the identifiers may be SIP-URIs (session initiation protocol (SIP)-uniform resource identifiers (URIs)). | 12-10-2015 |
20150359024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CONNECTION - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided to facilitate the establishment of device-to-device communications, such as non-cellular communications or cellular communications in a licensed exempt band. A method and apparatus receive cellular signals including one or more beacon transmission parameters, such as a beacon transmission interval and an identifier, and a beacon transmission status flag. The method and apparatus may also determine that the beacon transmission status flag is set to authorize beacon transmissions and then cause non-cellular beacon signals to be repeatedly transmitted in accordance with the one or more beacon transmission parameters. The method and apparatus may also cause a device-to-device connection to be established following transmission of the beacon signals. The device-to-device connection may be either a non-cellular device-to-device connection or a cellular device-to-device connection. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359026 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK NODE, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND CORE NETWORK NODE - An RAN node ( | 12-10-2015 |
20150359028 | Inter-eNB Carrier Aggregation - In a communication system where a primary cell is controlled by a first base station and a secondary cell is controlled by a second, different base station, flow control is performed between the primary cell and the secondary cell for data for a radio link control layer. According to the flow control, the data for the radio link control layer is communicated between the first and second base stations using a link between the first and second base stations. Flow control may be performed between the primary cell and the secondary cell by dynamically controlling a depth of queued radio link control data in the secondary cell for one or more UEs based on one or more factors, e.g., current/future loading of secondary cell, peak theoretical throughput for a UE in the secondary cell, and/or a UE's current channel quality information. Apparatus, methods, and computer program products are disclosed. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359029 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - Provided are a communication method in a carrier aggregation system in which a plurality of cells are aggregated, and an apparatus utilizing such a communication method. The plurality of cells can be cells using mutually different frame structures. The communication method receives an uplink grant from a first downlink subframe of a first cell, and transmits a PUSCH from a first uplink subframe of a second cell on the basis of the uplink grant. The uplink grant comprises an uplink DAI, and, with GL being the time interval between the first downlink subframe and the first uplink subframe, the UL DAI indicates the number of downlink subframes, from among the plurality of downlink subframes of the second cell connected so as to transmit an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) from the first uplink subframe, for which the time interval to the first uplink subframe is equal to or greater than the GU. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359030 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATIONS METHOD - A terminal device includes a wireless communication unit performing wireless communication; a connection control unit connecting to a first base station device to wirelessly communicate with the first base station device via the wireless communication unit, the first base station device serving as a primary, the connection control unit connecting to a second base station device to wirelessly communicate with the second base station device via the wireless communication unit, the second base station device serving as a secondary; and a first detection unit determining whether a state of wireless communication between the terminal device and the first base station device is in a disconnected state based on a predetermined condition, and if so, the connection control unit reconnects between the terminal device and the second base station device, and such that the second base station device serves as a primary base station device. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359031 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal device includes a wireless communication part configured to wirelessly communicate with base station devices; a link controller configured to establish a link with a primary base station device (PCell) so as to enable a wireless communication via the wireless communication part while establishing a link with a secondary base station device (SCell) so as to enable a wireless communication via the wireless communication part; a primary base station link failure detector configured to detect a radio link failure in the wireless communication with the primary base station device based on the predetermined condition; and a primary base station link failure information transmitter configured to wirelessly transmit the information, concerning the radio link failure with the primary base station device, to the secondary base station device when the primary base station link failure detector detects the radio link failure status. | 12-10-2015 |
20150359036 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND DEVICE OF TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a communication method of a terminal in a wireless communication system and the terminal using the method. The method comprises: receiving a cell state signal from a small cell; and communicating with the small cell on the basis of the cell state signal, wherein the cell state signal includes information indicating the switching of the small cell to an off-state. | 12-10-2015 |
20150365147 | PILOTS FOR MIMO COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Pilots suitable for use in MIMO systems and capable of supporting various functions are described. The various types of pilot include—a beacon pilot, a MIMO pilot, a steered reference or steered pilot, and a carrier pilot. The beacon pilot is transmitted from all transmit antennas and may be used for timing and frequency acquisition. The MIMO pilot is transmitted from all transmit antennas but is covered with different orthogonal codes assigned to the transmit antennas. The MIMO pilot may be used for channel estimation. The steered reference is transmitted on specific eigenmodes of a MIMO channel and is user terminal specific. The steered reference may be used for channel estimation. The carrier pilot may be transmitted on designated subbands/antennas and may be used for phase tracking of a carrier signal. Various pilot transmission schemes may be devised based on different combinations of these various types of pilot. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365153 | PER-STREAM CHANNEL GAIN FEEDBACK-BASED MULTI-STREAM MU-CQI ESTIMATION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A PSCG feedback-based multi-stream multiuser CQI estimation method and apparatus is provided for estimating multi-stream MU-CQI efficiently based on per-stream channel gain feedback. A feedback information transmission method of a terminal in a wireless communication system according to the present disclosure includes estimating a downlink channel based on a channel state information reference signal transmitted by a base station, determining a number of streams based on the estimated downlink channel, generating the feedback information corresponding to the number of streams, and transmitting the feedback information to the base station. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365154 | QUASI CO-LOCATION AND PDSCH RESOURCE ELEMENT MAPPING SIGNALING FOR NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe systems and methods for mitigating interference in wireless networks. Various embodiments may include signaling of quasi co-location and resource element mapping of an interfering physical downlink shared channel. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365155 | COORDINATED DISCOVERY OF MMW CONNECTION POINTS AND UES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus receives reference timing information, determines one or more timeslots for transmitting a beacon based on the reference timing information, and transmits the beacon during a timeslot of the one or more timeslots. The beacon is transmitted in one or more directions respectively corresponding to a number of subslots of the timeslot. In another aspect, the apparatus determines a timeslot for receiving at least one beacon respectively from at least one connection point based on the reference timing information, wakes during the timeslot, monitors for the at least one beacon in one or more directions respectively corresponding to a number of subslots of the timeslot, and receives the at least one beacon in the at least one timeslot in at least one direction of the one or more directions. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365156 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication control station device controls whether or not spatial sharing is applied between a first communication period and a second communication period. An operation determining section determines whether a first communication operation or a second communication operation out of communication operations is executed in each of the first communication period and the second communication period. The first communication operation requires lower transmission power than the second communication operation. A message generator generates messages requesting a first group of communication terminal devices communicating in the first communication period and a second group of communication terminal devices communicating in the second communication period to perform predetermined measurement in accordance with the determined communication operations. A scheduler allocates a schedule of the spatial sharing on the basis of results of measurement by the first group of communication terminal devices or the second group of communication terminal devices. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365157 | Antenna Selection in Coordinated Multipoint Communications - An apparatus and method for antenna selection in uplink coordinated multipoint communications, where a plural number of geographically separated antennas are present, forming a plural number of cells. This apparatus and method relates to selecting a PRACH configuration, sharing information regarding the selected PRACH preamble amongst cells; an user equipment, upon receiving instruction from its serving cell, transmits a PRACH preamble. All cells, including serving cell, detects the selected PRACH preamble in the received PRACH transmission transmitted by the user equipment, determining pathloss information regarding the quality of the detected selected PRACH preamble, and selecting a set of cooperative multipoint antennas from the plural number of antennas based on the determined channel quality information for this user equipment. This apparatus and method is also applicable for antenna selection in the case of a single cell with a plural number of geographically separated antennas. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365178 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING INTEFERING CELL INFORMATION - An apparatus includes circuitry configured to determine that one or more neighbor transmission cells have interfering downlink data channels to be transmitted by one or more antenna groups. Virtual configuration parameters are determined for the interfering downlink data channels. The circuitry is also configured to signal, to at least one user equipment (UE) served by a serving cell that is one of the one or more neighbor transmission cells having interfering downlink data channels, the virtual configuration parameters for the interfering downlink data channels. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365181 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND ADAPTIVE MODULATION AND CODING METHOD - The present invention is designed to make possible adaptive modulation and coding (AMC) that supports high-order modulation schemes. The adaptive modulation and coding method of the present invention is an adaptive modulation and coding method for a downlink shared channel, and includes, in a user terminal, the steps of measuring channel quality based on a reference signal from the radio base station, acquiring a channel quality indicator to indicate the modulation scheme and the coding rate that are applicable to the downlink shared channel in the channel quality, from a table in which channel quality indicators, modulation schemes and coding rates are associated with each other, and transmitting the channel quality indicator to the radio base station, and the modulation schemes include a modulation scheme of a higher order than 64 QAM. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365198 | Enhanced LTE UL HARQ Feedback Indication for Power Saving and Range Improvement - Mobile devices, base stations, and/or relay stations may implement a method for an improved and reliable automatic repeat request feedback indication. A mobile device (UE) may establish communication within a wireless network, and indicate to the network that the UE is a special type device, e.g. a constrained device. The network (base station) may then not send an indication on a physical indicator channel to the UE when certain conditions are met, and instead, the mobile device may interpret control information received from the network on a physical control channel as a negative acknowledgment indication corresponding to an automatic repeat request from the network. The UE may then perform a retransmission according to the interpreted control information. A new control information format may be used to further define how the network and UE implement the automatic repeat request process, to reduce the total number of bits required in the control information. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365199 | E-HICH INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - There is provided a method, a user equipment and a base station that is capable of enhancing network throughput by efficiently transmitting E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement Indicator Channel (E-HICH) information in the radio network. The method comprises combining previous E-HICH information with current E-HICH information when a transmission interval of the previous E-HICH information fully overlaps with a compressed mode gap, and transmitting the combined E-HICH information in a transmission interval of the current E-HICH information. The UE is configured to transmit uplink data even if it is determined that the E-HICH information of the uplink data will not be received before a next uplink transmission interval. Both the previous E-HICH information and the current E-HICH information will be received in the transmission interval of the current E-HICH information. Therefore, the network throughput is effectively enhanced. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365200 | FREQUENCY DOMAIN DUPLICATION IN A LONG-RANGE WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A method for generating OFDM signals is implemented in a device operating according to a communication protocol. The protocol defines non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to single component channels of a BSS channel, and non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to sets of adjacent component channels. Non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to a set of component channels have more lower-edge and/or upper-edge guard tones than non-duplicate mode data units corresponding to single component channels. The method includes determining that a duplicate mode will be utilized for an OFDM transmission in the set of component channels and, in response, generating a duplicate mode data unit. The duplicate mode data unit has fewer lower-edge and/or upper-edge guard tones than a non-duplicate mode data unit corresponding to a set of component channels, and includes one duplicate of the non-duplicate mode data unit corresponding to the single component channel for each adjacent component channel. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365201 | Reference Signal Transmission From Multiple Cells in Dormant Mode - A method includes receiving at least one reference signal from a first cell in a less active state and at least one reference signal from a second cell in a less active state within a same or different sub frames of a set of sub frames, wherein said at least one reference signal from the first base station is associated with different resource elements of said set of sub frames to those associated with the at least one reference signal from the second cell. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365206 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN FEMTOCELL NETWORK - Disclosed are system and methods for interference mitigation in femtocell network by dynamically allocating the resource block (RB) to femto user equipment (FUE). The system comprises of at least a sensing module, at least a femto base station (FBS) module and at least a coordination module. The present invention involves a joint channel sensing and radio resource management (RRM) using the sensing module and the femto base station (FBS) module for dynamically allocating resource block (RB) to femto user equipment (FUE). The resource blocks (RBs) are allocated dynamically to femto user equipments (FUEs) by the femto base station (FBS) module based on the instructions of the coordination module. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365207 | PUCCH RESOURCE MANAGEMENT MECHANISM FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT OPERATION - A method for uplink control signaling in CoMP operation is described. The method includes allocating a first set of CCEs for an associated transmission from an AP to an associated UE. The method also includes transmitting, to a RRH, a message including an indication of the first set of CCEs. The message including the indication of a first set of CCEs is received at the RRH. The method also includes allocating, by the RRH, a second set of CCEs for an associated transmission from the RIM to an associated UE. A UE receives the transmission of downlink control information beginning at a first CCE. The method includes receiving a PUCCH resource offset parameter, the PUCCH resource offset parameter indicating the reception point for the UE. The UE determines an uplink control channel resource based on the first CCE and the PUCCH resource offset parameter. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365209 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for performing resource allocation in a wireless communication system is provided. The apparatus includes receiving a configuration of an entire system bandwidth including a predefined system bandwidth and a carrier segment in which is allocated in not available region for the predefined system bandwidth; checking an indication to indicate whether the entire system bandwidth is available or not for the UE, and information for the entire system bandwidth in the configuration; and receiving a reference signal and a control signal at subframes determined based on the indication and the information. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365211 | GENERATION OF A PILOT SIGNAL IN A BASE STATION - Technologies are generally described for generating pilot signal patterns in a base station, such as a small-cell base station, or a self-organizing network (SON) in a mobile communication system. Example devices/systems described herein may include one or more of a storage unit, a control unit and/or a communication unit in a base station. The storage unit may be configured to store a pilot signal pattern corresponding to a power variation between a first power level and a second power level. The control unit may be coupled to the storage unit and configured to generate a pilot signal in accordance with the stored pilot signal pattern. Further, the communication unit may be coupled to the control unit and configured to transmit the generated pilot signal such that any nearby mobile stations (or user equipment) can use the signal to perform cell selection or re-selection. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365212 | TRANSMISSION OF PROBING PILOTS IN A COMBINED RADIO CELL - The present disclosure relates to radio communication and, more particularly, utilization of probing pilots (e.g. F-CPICHs) in a combined radio cell deployment. In one of its aspects, the disclosure presents an adaptive utilization of probing pilots in a combined radio cell deployment. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365213 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SRS TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a communication device and an SRS transmission method capable of reducing the possibility of a difference in recognition between the presence or absence of an SRS transmission between a base station and a terminal or of an SRS resource so as to prevent degradation of system throughput. At a terminal ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365214 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - A method is described for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system. A user equipment determines whether to transmit or drop a sounding reference signal (SRS) on a last symbol in an i | 12-17-2015 |
20150365215 | METHOD FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE IN MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present application discloses a method in which a base station transmits a reference signal sequence in a wireless communication system. In detail, the method comprises the steps of: generating a pseudo-random sequence using a first m-sequence and a second m-sequence; generating the reference signal sequence using the pseudo-random sequence; and transmitting the reference signal to a mobile station via antenna ports different from one another. The second m-sequence has an initial value containing parameters for discriminating reference signal sequences among users. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365216 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING A PACKET-SWITCHED (PS) SERVICE APPLIED TO A MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE WITH MULTIPLE SUBSCRIBER IDENTITY MODULES (SIMS) - A wireless communication method for performing a packet-switched (PS) data service in a mobile communications device with a plurality of subscriber identity modules (SIM) is provided. A PS service is first performed with a first subscriber identity module. During performing the PS service with the first subscriber identity module, it is then determined packet loss status regarding whether a packet in the downlink transmission have been successfully received. A frequency for receiving signals on control channel or circuit-switched channel associated with the first subscriber identity module or signals on control channel or circuit-switched channel or packet-switched channel associated with a second subscriber identity module is adaptively adjusted according to the determination result while performing the PS service with the first subscriber identity module. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365218 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for enabling a terminal to transmit an uplink signal in a wireless communication system for supporting carrier aggregation of a plurality of cells by including a first cell set to have a first type cyclic prefix and a second cell set to have a second type cyclic prefix, and an apparatus for the same, the method comprising the steps of: transmitting an uplink physical channel signal through the first cell in a specific sub-frame; and transmitting a sounding reference signal through the second cell in the specific sub-frame, wherein the second type cyclic prefix length is greater than the first type cyclic prefix length, a transmission interval of the sounding reference signal is overlapped with a transmission interval of the uplink physical channel signal during a specific interval, and the transmission of the sounding reference signal is omitted during at least the specific interval when the transmission power of the terminal does not exceed a specific value. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365219 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PERIODIC CHANNEL STATE REPORTING IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Channel State Information (CSI) is reported by a subscriber station to a base station. The CSI is reported periodically for at least two physical uplink control channels (PUCCH). In case of a collision between a report for a first PUCCH and a report for the second PUCCH, each of the report types is partitioned into one of a number of classes, which include: a first class for rank indicator related report types and wideband (WB) W1 report types; a second class for WB report types or WB channel quality indicator report types; and a third class for subband related report types or W1 report types. A priority rule assigns a priority to each of the classes. The CSI feedback reports are transmitted according to the priority rule such that the report type included in a higher class is transmitted and the report type included in the lower class are dropped. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365831 | METHOD FOR ENHANCING SMALL CELL - Disclosed is a method for enhancing a small cell. A method for enhancing a small cell in a terminal applying inter-site CA includes the steps of: causing a terminal to transmit the uplink control information (UCI) of at least one of the macro cells controlled by a macro cell base station through the macro cell; and causing the terminal to transmit the uplink control information of at least one of the small cells controlled by a small cell base station through the small cell. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365907 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A POWER HEADROOM REPORT OF A UE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus are provided for transmitting a Power Headroom Report (PHR) to base station by a User Equipment (UE), wherein the UE determines whether a received an uplink resource is a first uplink resource allocated for a new transmission after a Medium Access Control (MAC) reset, and starts a timer for reporting the PHR, if the allocated uplink resource is the first uplink resource allocated for the new transmission after the MAC reset. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365909 | TWO-DIMENSIONAL CODE-DRIVEN METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SYNCHRONIZING WIRELESS DEVICES WITH A COMPUTING DEVICE - The present invention relates to a 2D code-driven method and system for synchronizing a plurality of camera-equipped wireless computing devices with a centralized computing device to facilitate interactive educational activities. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365915 | Paging in Heterogeneous Networks Using Restricted Subframe Patterns - A method for operating a UE in a wireless communications network is provided. The method comprises using, by the UE, a frequency parameter of paging frames and a restricted subframe pattern to determine one or more paging frames and occasions to monitor. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365916 | DETERMINING PAGING FRAMES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A paging frame may be determined from a combination of a first value divided by a second value and a WTRU identifier modulo the second value. The WTRU identifier may be related to an international mobile subscriber identification (IMSI) value of the WTRU. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365921 | Device of Handling Subframe Allocation - A communication device for indicating a subframe allocation to a machine type communication (MTC) device comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise selecting at least one subframe group from a plurality of subframe groups; determining a plurality of subframe allocation bits corresponding to the least one subframe group; and transmitting the plurality of subframe allocation bits to the MTC device, to indicate the at least one subframe group to the MTC device. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365922 | System and Method for OFDMA Tone Allocation in Next Generation Wi-Fi Networks - An orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) frame tone allocation includes a 256 tone payload consisting of 228 data and pilot tones and 28 null tones. The 28 null tones consist of guard tones and at least one direct current (DC) tone. In one example, the 256 tone payload consists of 224 data tones, 4 common pilot tones, and 28 null tones. In another example, the 256 tone payload consists of 222 data tones, 6 common pilot tones, and 28 null tones. In yet another example, the 256 tone payload may consist of 220 data tones, 8 common pilot tones, and 28 null tones. The OFDMA frame may be a downlink OFDMA frame or an uplink OFDMA frame. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365923 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING USER ALLOCATIONS IN MIXED MULTI-USER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of wirelessly communicating a packet including a first portion for transmission over a channel of a first transmission type and a second portion for transmission over a channel of a second transmission type. In one aspect, the method includes generating a first signal field indicative of a channel assignment to the first transmission type. The method further includes generating a second signal field indicative of a channel assignment to the second transmission type. The method further includes transmitting, at a same time, the first signal field duplicated over each channel of the first transmission type, and the second signal field duplicated over each channel of the second transmission type. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365924 | REPETITION TRANSMISSION FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL - The present invention addresses a method, apparatus and computer program product for enabling enhanced repetition transmission for downlink control signal to improve machine type communication coverage. One or a plurality of downlink control channel signaling window lengths is/are predefined, a start position of a window in which repetition of download control signal is allowed is determined based on the determined control channel signaling window length for each window length, and transmission of repetition of download control signal is caused at the determined start position in the respective obtained window length. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365925 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - Disclosed is a method for reporting channel state information (CSI), first, an instruction instructing a UE to report the CSI are acquired by the UE from a PDCCH scheduling the PDSCH; then, the UE measures the reference signal to give CSI; finally, the UE reports CSI on the PUCCH or the PUSCH transmitting the HARQ-ACK feedback information of the PDSCH. The present application also discloses a device. With the technical solution disclosed in the present application, the flexibility of CSI transmission can be enhanced. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365926 | Method for Transmitting Machine Type Communication Downlink Data, Base Station, and User Equipment - A method for transmitting machine type communication (MTC) downlink data. The method includes acquiring, by a user equipment (UE), downlink transmission parameters, where the downlink transmission parameters include a quantity of resource blocks in downlink transmission bandwidth that is configured by a base station for the UE, an antenna port used by the base station for sending the MTC downlink data, and at least one of the following a cell-specific frequency shift value or a cyclic prefix (CP) type, setting, by the UE, a local oscillator frequency of a receiver according to the downlink transmission parameters; and receiving, by the UE, the MTC downlink data sent by the base station, where a subcarrier located in a subcarrier reservation location does not carry any data signal or reference signal, and the subcarrier reservation location is determined in the downlink transmission bandwidth by the base station according to the downlink transmission parameters. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method for transmitting downlink signals from a base station to a terminal in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention, the method comprising the step of transmitting a downlink data channel for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) (hereinafter referred to as SPS-data channel) and/or a control channel related to the SPS-data channel, wherein if a specific control channel is scheduled in specific subframes (hereinafter referred to as SPS-subframes) in which the SPS-data channel is scheduled, the method further comprises the step of performing a rate matching of the SPS-data channel with respect to the specific control channel, wherein the rate matching can be performed with respect to a pair of resource blocks in which the specific control channel is detected, a pair of resource blocks including a terminal-specific search space for the specific control channel, or a pair of resource blocks including all search spaces for the specific control channel. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365930 | Decoding of PCFICH in LTE for Power Saving and Range Improvement - An apparatus, system, and method for reliable decoding of control information during LTE wireless transmissions is described. A mobile device may decode the PCFICH blindly, which may include obtaining resource elements (REs) that are reserved for Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), based on a largest value of a control format indicator (CFI), finding a total number of control channel elements (CCEs) according to the obtained REs, numbering the CCEs, and decoding the PDCCH for the largest value of the CFI over the numbered CCEs. Accordingly, the mobile device does not need to decode the PCFICH specifically. The mobile device may indicate to the NW that the mobile device is a constrained device, and the NW may responsively transmit control information using a reserved control format indication value corresponding to the UE being indicated as a constrained device. The mobile device may then not need to decode the PCFICH, and decode the PDCCH based on the PDCCH occupying a first four OFDM symbols. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365931 | HARQ PROCEDURE AND FRAME STRUCTURE FOR LTE CELLS ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A user equipment (UE) is configured to perform a Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) in an un-licensed system. The UE includes at least one antenna configured to communicate with a base station. The UE also includes processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to: send and receive data through the at least one antenna, in response to failing to decode a transport block transmitted by a first downlink carrier, transmit a negative acknowledgement message to the base station, and receive a re-transmission of the transport block from a second downlink carrier. The first downlink carrier comprises a unlicensed spectrum carrier and the second downlink carrier is different from the first downlink carrier. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EXECUTING AN APPLICATION AUTOMATICALLY ACCORDING TO THE APPROACH OF WIRELESS DEVICE - A home system is provided. In a method of executing an application, information for executing the application is received from a device when accessing of the device is sensed, and the application is executed based on the received information. Accordingly, when a user merely brings a wireless guest device near to or in contact with an access point or a wired home device, it is possible to allow the wireless guest device to simultaneously automatically set an optimum security environment for a wireless network and execute an application that the user desires. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365934 | Aggregated Touchless Wireless Fronthaul - A method implemented by a wireless fronthaul unit, the method comprising aggregating a plurality of first wireless channel signals to produce a first aggregated signal via digital frequency-domain mapping (FDM), wherein the first wireless channel signals are positioned in the first aggregated signal in non-overlapping first frequency bands with unchanged channel bandwidths (BWs), converting the first aggregated signal into a first modulated signal, and transmitting the first modulated signal to a wireless fronthaul link. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365935 | METHOD FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION, METHOD FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION TRANSMISSION, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for resource allocation, method for channel state information transmission, base station and user equipment. Wherein the method for resource allocation includes: determining, by a base station, that it is necessary for a UE to report aperiodic CSI of relevant downlink CCs; and allocating, by the base station, corresponding resources to the UE according to the number of the relevant downlink CCs. The base station allocates corresponding resources to the UE in accordance with the number of relevant downlink CCs, resource allocation is flexible, and the transmission of UCI in case of multiple carriers is supported | 12-17-2015 |
20150365936 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND SRS TRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a communication device and an SRS transmission method capable of reducing the possibility of a difference in recognition between the presence or absence of an SRS transmission between a base station and a terminal or of an SRS resource so as to prevent degradation of system throughput. At a terminal ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365937 | SIGNALING FOR DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments herein describe apparatuses, systems, and methods for signaling to support downlink coordinated multipoint (CoMP) communications with a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication network. In embodiments, the UE may be configured with a plurality of channel state information (CSI) processes (e.g., via radio resource control (RRC) signaling) to use for providing CSI feedback to an evolved Node B (eNB) to support downlink CoMP communications. The UE may be configured with a plurality of sets of CSI processes. The UE may further receive a downlink control information (DCI) message from the eNB that indicates one of the configured sets of CSI processes on which the UE is to provide CSI feedback to the UE. The UE may generate the CSI feedback for the indicated set of CSI processes, and transmit the CSI feedback to the eNB in a CSI report. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365938 | Adaptive Cross-Radio Access Technology (RAT) Channel Assignment - Systems and methods for channel assignment configuration in a multiple access point (AP) environment are provided. The multiple APs can be homogeneous or heterogeneous and can implement one or more radio access technologies (RATs), including Massive Multiple Input Multiple Output (M-MIMO) RATs. A channel assignment configuration for a user equipment (UE) can identify one or more communication channels to be established to serve the UE by one or more of the APs. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365940 | SUB-CHANNEL ALLOCATION IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEX WLAN - A method for simultaneous communication with multiple communication devices in a wireless local area network is described. Respective sub-channels of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) communication channel are allocated to two or more second communication devices for simultaneous OFDM transmission to the two or more second communication devices, including allocating first and second sub-channels to first and second ones of the two or more second communication devices, respectively. Respective downlink OFDM data units are generated using the corresponding allocated sub-channels. The downlink OFDM data units are transmitted using the corresponding allocated sub-channels. At least first and second uplink OFDM data units transmitted by the respective second communication device in response to the corresponding downlink OFDM data unit are received. The first and second uplink OFDM data units are transmitted from the respective second communication device via the corresponding allocated sub-channel. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365943 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing channel access in a WLAN system are disclosed. A method for managing a network allocation vector (NAV) by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN (WLAN) system includes: receiving a Contention Free (CF)-END frame including a duration field; if the CF-END frame is a first-type CF-END frame, resetting the NAV; and if the CF-END frame is a second-type CF-END frame, determining whether to reset the NAV according to a comparison result between a value of the duration field and a NAV value of the STA. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365944 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for receiving system information by a user equipment (UE). System information including first partial bits of a system frame number (SFN) and bandwidth information are received at a first subframe of a radio frame. The system information is identical during a broadcast channel transmission period. Second partial bits of the SFN are acquired having a different value in each of radio frames within the broadcast channel transmission period. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365945 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES OUTSIDE OF A VIRTUAL CARRIER BASED ON UE CAPABILITIES - A communications device configured to receive data from a mobile communications network including one or more network elements providing a wireless access interface. The wireless access interface provides plural communications resource elements across a host frequency bandwidth, and includes, within the host frequency bandwidth, first communications resource elements within a first frequency bandwidth for allocation preferably to reduced capability devices to receive signals representing data transmitted by a transmitter within the first bandwidth forming a first virtual carrier, the reduced capability devices each having a receiver bandwidth greater than or equal to the first frequency bandwidth but less than the host frequency bandwidth. Communications devices of different capabilities can be allocated communications resources within different frequency ranges according to their capability, to relieve congestion on a center frequency of communications resources in which communications devices with a minimum bandwidth capability must receive communications resources for receiving down link signals. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365946 | Systems and Methods for Establishing Wireless Communications Between Wireless Circuitry and Multiple Base Stations - An electronic device has wireless communications circuitry. The wireless circuitry may transmit and receive wireless signals over a network having first and second wireless base stations. The first base station may establish a primary wireless connection with the device using selected connection settings and may transmit the selected connection settings to the second base station. The second base station may copy the received connection settings to establish a secondary wireless connection with the device while the primary connection is simultaneously maintained. After the primary and secondary connections have been established, the first and second base stations may transmit data streams to the electronic device over different frequency bands in a carrier aggregation link. By using the second base station to copy the received connection settings that were used by the first base station to establish the primary connection, the connection time for establishing the carrier aggregation link may be improved. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365948 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PLANAR ANTENNA BASED REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting signals to a user equipment at a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes generating a user equipment specific reference signal sequence for the user equipment, determining transmission resources for mapping the user equipment specific reference signal sequence, based on a vertical sector in which the user equipment is located, mapping the user equipment specific reference signal sequence to the determined transmission resources, and transmitting the user equipment specific reference signal sequence to the user equipment using a second-dimensional planar antenna. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365949 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AN UPLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method of transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) by a user equipment in a wireless communication system, a non-transitory computer readable medium on which a program for executing the method is recorded, and a user equipment for performing the method are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) including a carrier indicator field (CIF) and an SRS field via a first component carrier (CC) among a plurality of CCs including the first CC and one or more second CCs, the CIF indicating a specific CC and the SRS field indicating whether the user equipment has to transmit the SRS; transmitting the SRS on an uplink subframe; and receiving a first medium access control (MAC) information. If a bit for the specific CC in a bitmap has been disabled, the specific CC and SRS transmission on the specific CC are deactivated. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365950 | DISTRIBUTED ASSIGNMENT OF FREQUENCY CHANNELS TO TRANSCEIVERS OVER DYNAMIC SPECTRUM - The invention relates to systems and methods of operating a wireless network including allocating and assigning frequency channels using a dynamic and distributed process. For example, a network node in an ad hoc wireless network will assign frequency channels to one or more of its transceivers based on at least one of a list of allowed frequency channels and a neighbor-frequency channel list. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365951 | OVERLAY OF BEARERS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system having multiple bearers overlays a relatively narrowband bearer such as P25 on a relatively wideband bearer such as LTE, for transmission of both uplink and downlink signals. The wideband bearer uses a spectrum of subcarriers which form a set of radio frequency blocks. One or more blocks or other related parts of the spectrum may be allocated to the narrowband bearer. In some cases the narrowband bearer may push through the wideband allocation using a relatively high power to dominate signals transmitted by the wideband bearer. Voice calls such as emergency calls using the narrowband bearer may be prioritised. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365952 | Basic Service Set Load Management - A method of managing BSS network loading is proposed. An access point (AP) transmits BSS session time and data limit element in beacon or probe response frame or a response frame to a service request frame. The AP determines the session time and data limit according to the network load and AP resourced. The AP adjusts the session time and data limit dynamically. An STA decides whether to join a specific BSS based on the BSS session time and the BSS session data limit. AP encourages or discourages the STA to join the BSS by increasing or reducing the session time and data limit. The per-AP loading will be distributed according to AP's capabilities. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365953 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCALABLE LOAD BALANCING ACROSS WIRELESS HETEROGENEOUS MIMO NETWORKS - A method and apparatus for load balancing in a wireless network is described. In one embodiment, the method comprises receiving, by at least one of the one or more controllers, from at least one of the one or more base stations, information indicative of a rate that can be provided by the at least one base station to at least one client terminal by the at least one base station when serving a group of one or more client terminals, the at least one client terminal being associated to the at least one controller; receiving, by the at least one of the one or more controllers, from the at least one of the one or more base stations, information indicative of the transmission resources provided by the at least one base station for resource allocation among the at least one client terminal by the at least one controller; and determining, by the at least one controller, based on the information indicative of the rate and the information indicative of transmission resources, information indicative of an allocation of base station transmission resources for at least one client terminal from the at least one base station. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365955 | WIRELESS NETWORK DEVICE AND WIRELESS NETWORK CONTROL METHOD - A wireless network device includes an antenna array and a lobe interleaver. The antenna array includes a plurality of antenna elements with different squint angles. The lobe interleaver is coupled to the antenna elements and has a plurality of output lobe ports. The lobe interleaver divides and interleaves the radio signal of the antenna array with the same phase and the same power to generate a plurality of lobes with different squint angles. The number of lobes is twice the number of antenna elements. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365956 | Cognitive Radio Method And Apparatus For Achieving Ad Hoc Interference Multiple Access Wireless Communication - In a radio network having a plurality of first users on channel (FUOCs) and one or more second users on channel (SUOCs), a method and apparatus for a SUOC to select a channel to co-occupy based in part upon the expected impact on the FUOC. The FUOC collects signal parameters associated with the FUOC, such as actual rate, bandwidth, received signal power, and noise power, and uses the signal parameters to calculate the expected impact. In some embodiments, the expected impact is proportional to the ratio of the FUOC's actual rate and the FUOC's possible code rate. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365961 | EFFICIENT PROCESSING OF VOICE-OVER-LTE CALL SETUP - A method for communication includes monitoring communication traffic in a wireless data network that serves wireless communication terminals. Control messages, relating to setting-up of voice calls over the wireless data network for the wireless communication terminals, are identified in the communication traffic. Precedence is given to the identified control messages, relative to other communication traffic that is not related to setting-up of voice calls. The communication traffic is controlled selectively in accordance with the precedence. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365962 | Device and method for sending wireless packet - A method for sending a wireless packet is described. A signal strength of a client is acquired. A priority queue to which the client belongs is set according to the signal strength of the client. A priority of a wireless packet to be sent to the client is set according to the priority queue so as to send the set wireless packet. In the meanwhile, a device for sending a wireless packet is also described. The disclosure can be utilized to put a wireless packet sent to a remote client (STA) having a weak signal into a low priority service queue and put a wireless packet sent to a close STA having a strong signal strength into a high priority service queue, so as to ensure data transmission of the close STA having a good signal and reduce the impact of the remote STA having a weak signal on the performance of the whole wireless network, thus improving reasonable allocation of wireless network resources and the Quality of Service (QoS) of the wireless network to further improve the satisfaction of user experience. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365963 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR GROUP COMMUNICATION, HAVING ROBUST MOBILITY - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for group communication. In more detail, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for allowing a terminal to participate in group communication effectively on the move, and a communication method of a base station in a mobile communication system according to the present invention includes receiving Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service (MBMS) bearer information including a QoS parameter from a Multi-cell/multicast Coordination Entity (MCE); updating bearer information for a terminal using the received MBMS bearer information; making a handover decision of the terminal and transmitting a handover request message including the MBMS bearer information to a Mobility Management Entity (MME) or a second base station which does not support MBMS; transmitting a handover command message from the second base station to the terminal; and forwarding MBMS data to the second base station during a predetermined period. The group communication service reception method and apparatus of the present invention is advantageous in that a terminal participated in group communication is capable of receiving the group communication service seamlessly, even when the terminal enters an area not supporting MBMS, by switching the communication path to a Point-To-Point (PTP) communication path quickly. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365964 | METHOD OF AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING ECCE SEARCH SPACE OF EPDCCH FOR CROSS CARRIER SCHEDULING - The invention provides a method of and apparatus for determining an ECCE user equipment specific search space of an EPDCCH for cross carrier scheduling. According to an embodiment of the invention, the method includes: determining a distance between candidates of a search space at each aggregation level at least according to total number N | 12-17-2015 |
20150365966 | Devices and Methods in a Heterogeneous Network - A method, in a network node, for transmitting data in a heterogeneous network cellular communication system comprises transmitting of a SFN pilot signal ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365967 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCE IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - The embodiments of the present application disclose a method and a device for scheduling a resource in coordinated multi-point transmission and relate to the field of the wireless communications, so as to reduce the delay of a non-center coordination scheduling solution under the coordinated multi-point CoMP transmission and improve the scheduling efficiency. The solution comprises: a serving base station determining, according to a preset result of a negotiation with a coordinated base station, a final precoding matrix the coordinated base station prohibits; scheduling a resource according to channel state information (CSI) reported by a user terminal and the final precoding matrix the coordinated base station prohibits, and the coordinated base station scheduling the resource according to the CSI reported by the user terminal and the final precoding matrix the coordinated base station prohibits. By using the solution, the efficiency of the resource scheduling can be improved. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365970 | BASE STATION AND TERMINAL FOR A CELLULAR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The invention relates to a base station ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365974 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, A COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND A COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A communication system for carrying out data communication among a plurality of communication stations is disclosed in which a first communication station for transmitting to other communication stations a Request To Send (RTS) signal for requesting a transmission upon the start of the data transmission; and a plurality of second communication stations transmitting to other communication stations a Clear To Send (CTS) signal for notifying the completion of preparing the reception, wherein the first communication station transmits the RTS signal describing at least each of addresses the second communication stations that are desired to receive the data, and receives a plurality of CTS signals transmitted from each of the second communication stations in order to increase communication capacity. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365978 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RANDOM ACCESS SEQUENCE LENGTH FOR HIGH CARRIER FREQUENCY BAND IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method of receiving a random access sequence by a base station in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes transmitting information on at least one of random access formats for different effective channel lengths to the user equipment from a base station, and transmitting a random access sequence based on the at least one random access format from the base station, wherein the random access formats have different lengths of effective channel section for receiving the random access sequence. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365984 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING INDICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting an indication in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) transmits an indication to a second node to inform establishment of a connection between a first node and the UE. Alternatively, a method and apparatus for establishing a connection in a wireless communication system is provided. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365985 | Communication Apparatus - A communication apparatus may receive a connection request signal from a particular external apparatus; determine, based on the connection request signal, whether a wireless connection with the particular external apparatus is to be established; send a response signal to the particular external apparatus in a case of determining that the wireless connection is to be established; and establish the wireless connection in a case where the response signal is sent to the particular external apparatus. The determining may include: determining that the wireless connection is to be established in a case where both a first condition and a second condition are satisfied; and determining that the wireless connection is not to be established in a case where at least one of the first condition and the second condition is not satisfied. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365986 | METHOD FOR SELECTING CHANNEL AND AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - The present disclosure relates to a sensor network, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication, and technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the above technologies, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. An electronic device, a method of an electronic device, and a method of a terminal apparatus are provided. The electronic device includes a first module configured to transmit/receive a signal through a first transmission interface, a second module configured to transmit/receive a signal through a second transmission interface, and a controller configured to set a channel for transmitting/receiving a signal to/from an other electronic device through the second transmission interface, based on a quality of at least one channel transmitting/receiving a signal to/from the other electronic device through the first transmission interface. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365989 | ADAPTIVE PAGING PROCEDURE FOR A CALL TERMINATING VIA A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A system may receive call setup information associated with a call to be received by a terminating device via a particular untrusted wireless local area network (WLAN). The system may determine location information, associated with the terminating device, based on receiving the call setup information. The location information may include information that identifies the particular untrusted WLAN to which the terminating device is connected. The system may provide the call setup information to the terminating device via the particular untrusted WLAN. The call setup information may be provided to the terminating device based on the location information associated with the terminating device and may be provided to cause a tunnel to be created. The tunnel, when created, may allow the terminating device to receive the call via the particular untrusted WLAN. The system may cause the call to be received by the terminating device via the tunnel and the particular untrusted WLAN. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365991 | Device and Method of Handling Device-to-Device communication - A communication device for handling a device-to-device (D2D) communication comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The storage unit is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise receiving a barring in a signalling transmitted by a first base station; and bypassing the barring to initiate a procedure for the D2D communication to a second base station. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365992 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING LINK QUALITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to a device-to-device (D2D) communication for direct communication between nodes in a wireless communication system, wherein an operation method of a terminal includes the steps of: generating sequences, which belong to an orthogonal sequence set, according to a sequence pattern corresponding to a priority of a link; and transmitting the sequences, as signals for measurement of a reception electric power of a counterpart terminal, through sub-blocks within a channel, wherein one sequence is transmitted through each of the sub-blocks. | 12-17-2015 |
20150365993 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - A first base station ( | 12-17-2015 |
20150365998 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENABLING AND DISABLING A SUPPLEMENTARY DOWNLINK CARRIER - A method and apparatus are disclosed for multi cell wireless communication, wherein a status of a secondary serving cell is determined. On the condition that the secondary serving cell is disabled, a Hybrid Repeat Request (HARQ) process associated with the secondary serving cell is released. | 12-17-2015 |
20150372728 | OFDM SIGNAL COMPRESSION - Methods and apparatuses for fronthaul signal compression and decompression. An apparatus for fronthaul signal compression includes a receiver, signal processing circuitry, and a fronthaul interface. The receiver is configured to receive one or more signals comprising complex samples. The signal processing circuitry is configured to construct vectors representing at least a portion of the complex samples; map the vectors to codeword indices in a vector quantization codebook; and process the codeword indices into an output signal. The fronthaul interface is configured to transmit the output signal via a fronthaul communication link of a wireless network. The vectors may be constructed according to the selected vectorization method. The vector quantization codebook may be selected from a set of vector quantization codebooks generated based on training signals and signaled. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372730 | Beam Information Exchange between Base Stations - A base station receives a message comprising at least one index identifying a subset of a second plurality of beamforming codewords. Each of the second plurality of beamforming codewords is identifiable by an index presented by a number of bits. The number of bits is greater than or equal to log | 12-24-2015 |
20150372736 | BEAM-FORMING IN A COMBINED RADIO CELL - The present disclosure relates to radio communication and, more particularly, to beam-forming in a combined radio cell deployment. In one example embodiment, the disclosure presents a method performed by a network node operating in a combined radio cell, wherein the method comprises creating a probing pilot (e.g., a F-CPICH) which is multiplied with a beam-forming vector weight; and transmitting a first radio signal to a UE, the first radio signal comprising the created probing pilot multiplied with the beam-forming vector weight. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372737 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA ON BASIS OF BEAM RESTRICTED SUB-FRAME - The method comprises: a step in which the base station transmits to a terminal configuration information related to the beam restricted sub-frame; and a step in which the base station transmits downlink data to the terminal via a sub-frame. The sub-frame includes the beam restricted sub-frame and a normal sub-frame, setting information includes information indicating a sub-frame set as the beam restricted sub-frame among multiple sub-frames, the beam restricted sub-frame is a sub-frame transmitted only based on a first beam subset, the normal sub-frame is a sub-frame transmitted based on the first beam subset and a second beam subset, the first beam subset is the set of beams generated based on a first precoding matrix set, and the second beam subset is the set of beams generated based on a second precoding matrix set including the first precoding matrix set. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372739 | SUPPORTING HIGH DIMENSIONAL MU-MIMO BEAMFORMING BY SOUNDING MULTIPLE FRAMES WITH DIFFERENT SETS OF ANTENNA PATTERNS - In some aspects, the disclosure is directed to methods and systems for performing channel estimation between a beamformer and a beamformee. A beamformer can determine that a beamformee is configured to perform channel estimation for up to a pre-configured number of transmit spatial streams from the beamformer. The pre-configured number of transmit spatial streams can be less than a plurality of transmit spatial streams of the beamformer. The beamformer can determine a plurality of subsets of transmit spatial streams from the plurality of transmit spatial streams. The beamformer can send a plurality of sounding frames to the beamformee for channel estimation based at least on the determined plurality of subsets of transmit spatial streams. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372740 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and apparatus for reporting channel state information (CSI). According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method by which a terminal of the wireless communication system reports the CSI comprises: a step of receiving a reference signal from a base station; and reporting the CSI generated using the reference signal to the base station. The CSI can include a report type indicator (RTI) for indicating whether a second domain pre-coding matrix indicator (PMI) indicating a second pre-coding matrix for a second domain is reported in a two-dimensional antenna structure defined by a first domain and the second domain is reported. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372741 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for feeding back channel estimation in a MIMO system. A terminal receives a reference signal for estimating a channel from a base station; estimates the channel based on the reference signal; generates channel estimation information according to the channel estimation result and generates error information indicating an error of the channel estimation; and transmits feedback information including the channel estimation information and the error information to the base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372744 | Method and Arrangement for Operating a Phased Antenna Array - An antenna unit is used in an antenna array. It comprises a measurement signal receiver for receiving and digitizing a measurement signal from an antenna. A time delay unit delays the digitized measurement signal. A data collection receiver receives a data collection frame, and a data collection transmitter is configured to sum the delayed digitized measurement signal with pre-existing data in the received data collection frame and to transmit the so constructed updated data collection frame further. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a wireless communication system. A method for receiving a signal using NAICS (Network Assisted Interference Cancellation and Suppression) in a wireless access system supporting eIMTA (Enhanced Interference Management and Traffic Adaptation) includes receiving first information on uplink and downlink configuration of a neighbor cell and second information related with a flexible subframe of the neighbor cell, and receiving the signal based on the first information and the second information. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372777 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, INTERFERENCE REDUCING METHOD AND INTERFERENCE REDUCING CONTROL INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD - A user apparatus in a radio communication system including a plurality of base stations, including a reception unit that receives, from a connecting base station, control information to be used for reducing a signal of a control channel, that causes interference, sent from an interference base station for the user apparatus, and an interference reducing unit that reduces the signal of the control channel that causes the interference by using the control information to obtain a desired signal sent from the connecting base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372778 | NAICS SIGNALING FOR ADVANCED LTE FEATURES - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may be a user equipment that receives interference cancelation information from a base station. Various aspects are described for employing interference cancelation information perform interference suppression in the presence of interference associated with different component carriers when employing carrier aggregation, small cell discovery signals, variations in data channel transmissions associated with certain transmission modes, and higher order QAM rates. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372784 | Modulation Processing Method And Device - A modulation processing method, a UE and a base station are disclosed; wherein, the base station transmits a high-layer configuration signaling to the UE, wherein the high-layer configuration signaling is used to indicate whether to support a high-order Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM) modulation scheme, wherein the high-order QAM modulation scheme is a modulation scheme of M QAM, wherein M is a number greater than 64. With a high-layer configuration signaling indicating whether to support the high-order QAM, the high-order QAM modulation scheme is supported on the basis of being compatible with existing wireless transmission networks, and the peak data rate and the spectral efficiency are improved | 12-24-2015 |
20150372786 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE ASSEMBLY - An electronic device assembly includes a master device and a plurality of slave devices. The master device includes a radio frequency (RF) connecting module, and the RF connecting module includes a plurality of master RF modules, and each master RF module includes one type of master interface. Each slave device includes a slave RF module, and the slave RF module includes different types of slave interfaces. The types of the master interfaces of the master device are not less than the types of the slave interfaces of the plurality of slave devices. Each master interface is connected to a corresponding slave interface via a wireless connection, and each master interface has the same wireless format and the same signal format as the corresponding slave interface. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372791 | AUTOMATIC FREQUENCY CALIBRATION METHOD AND SMALL CELL USING THE SAME - An automatic frequency calibration method and a small cell using the same are provided. The automatic frequency calibration method comprises the following steps. A set of at least one broadcasting message in a surrounding environment is received. Whether part of the at least one broadcasting message is transmitted from at least one first type base station is determined. If part of the at least one broadcasting message is transmitted from the first type base station, then a frequency of the small cell is calibrated according to one of the at least one first type base station whose signal strength is maximum. If all of the at least one broadcasting message are not transmitted from the first type base station, the frequency of the small cell is calibrated according to at least one second type base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372792 | SRS IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. A user equipment (UE) may establish a concurrent connection with different cells from two base stations. During a certain time period, the UE may be power limited for transmissions to the first base station but not for the second base station. In some cases, the UE may then transmit an SRS to the second base station and drop or reduce the power of an SRS transmission to the first base station. In other cases, the UE may determine that a first cell or a second cell is in a power limited state due to scheduled transmissions for the respective cells. In such cases, the UE may drop a scheduled transmission or scale transmission power of the first and second cells by a common value. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372793 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING ANTENNA CONFIGURATION INFORMATION FOR MASSIVE MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a reference signal for supporting a plurality of antennas to a User Equipment (UE) at a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes grouping the plurality of antennas into antenna groups comprising a predetermined number of antenna ports, transmitting resource information about a reference signal for at least one antenna group of the antenna groups, and transmitting the reference signal for the at least one antenna group to the UE based on the resource information. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372794 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN ANALOG/DIGITAL MIXED BF SYSTEM - A millimeter radio wave communication system. In a method for operating a base station (BS) in an analog/digital mixed BF system, an analog BF direction is determined. A digital BE precoder is determined for the determined analog BE direction. Digital BF precoding is performed using the digital BE precoder with respect to the determined analog BF direction. A DownLink Reference Signal (DL RS) is transmitted in the analog BF direction on which the digital BF precoding has been performed. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372795 | CSI Feedback Modes and Indication for Sub Channel Feedback in OFDMA Systems - A method of indicating feedback mode and providing corresponding sub-channel feedback in OFDMA systems is provided. A transmitting device transmits a sounding announcement frame and a sounding signal to a receiving device. The sounding signal is transmitted over multiple sub-channels of a wide channel. The transmitting device also provides a feedback mode indication. The receiving device estimates channel quality information based on the received sounding signal and the feedback mode indication. The receiving device then sends feedback information to the transmitting device. The feedback information contains the estimated channel quality information of a selected set of sub-channels based on the feedback mode indication. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372851 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to compensate for frequency errors even when introducing a new carrier, the present invention provides a radio base station having a configuring section that configures a first carrier type subframe in which cell-specific reference signals are mapped at a predetermined density, and a second carrier type subframe in which cell-specific reference signals are mapped at a density that is lower than the density of the first carrier type subframe; a generating section that, when configuring the second carrier type subframe, generates at least a synchronization signal to use for frequency synchronization; and a transmitting section that transmits association information for associating the synchronization signal with an other downlink signal that is transmitted in the second carrier type subframe. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372930 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING PACKET DATA FLOW - A system for use in nodes communicating over a CPRI (common public radio interface) allows each networking node in a daisychain configuration to seamlessly manage the control and management HDLC (high-speed data link control) channel for both uplink and downlink. The connection is kept alive through a soft reset flow. Received HDLC packets can be extracted for use by a local node. Locally generated packets can be inserted into the packet data stream at the datalink layer for onward transmission over the CPRI. The system arbitrates between the locally generated packet data held in a buffer in the local node and remote packet data received from a remote node and held in the local node in a first in first out buffer for onward transmission to a subsequent node after arbitration. Remote packet data is given priority. | 12-24-2015 |
20150372933 | Network Controlled Client Caching System and Method - A communication system, cache, computer readable medium and method for exchanging delay-tolerant data content or in-advance data content ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150373060 | Using Smart TV Capabilities to Enhance Audio/Video Call - A method of using capabilities of a smart TV to enhance an audio and/or video call, including discovering by a first smartphone a near smart TV; establishing communication between the first smartphone and the smart TV; checking by the first smartphone the smart TV's capabilities; and using the smart TV capabilities to enhance a call between the first smartphone and a second smartphone or to enhance an application running on the first smartphone. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373481 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REGISTERING DEVICES IN GATEWAY - A method and apparatus for a master gateway to register a device in a smart home network system. The method includes selecting performance parameters related to the device measured by at least two gateways including the master gateway; collecting, from the at least two gateways, at least one first information item about the performance parameters measured for the device capable of being registered in the at least two gateways; creating second information used to register the device, based on the at least one first information item, by the at least two gateways; and instructing one of the at least two gateways to register the device, based on the second information. The present invention relates to a sensor network, Machine Type Communication (MTC), Machine-to-Machine (M2M) communication, and technology for the Internet of Things (IoT). The present invention may be applied to intelligent services based on the above technologies, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, and security and safety services. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373551 | AUDIO STREAM IDENTIFICATION BY A WIRELESS NETWORK CONTROLLER - An apparatus and method for transmitting audio with coexisting wireless networks. In one embodiment, a wireless device includes a first wireless network controller and a second wireless network controller. The first wireless network controller and the second wireless network controller are configured to access a wireless communication medium via a shared antenna, and to transmit, via the wireless communication medium, data received from a host device. The second wireless network controller includes an audio stream detector configured to determine, based on the contents of the data received from the host device, whether an audio stream is to be transmitted via the second wireless network controller, and to request that the second wireless network controller be given access priority to the antenna over the first wireless network controller, based on a determination that the audio stream is to be transmitted via the second wireless network controller. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373559 | METHOD FOR ACTIVATING OR DEACTIVATING SMALL CELL AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for activating or deactivating a cell associated with a second base station additionally installed as a secondary cell for user equipment and an apparatus using the same. More specifically, a method for activating and deactivating, by a user equipment, a cell associated with a second base station includes receiving an upper layer signaling through a first base station after a signaling between the first base station and the second base station, activating a particular cell associated with the second base station, and configuring a radio bearer through the second base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373573 | APPARATUS AND METHOD OF REPORTING LOGGED MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of reporting logged measurements in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment in a Radio Resource Control (RRC) connected mode receives Minimization of Drive Tests (MDT) configuration from a base station and starts a validity timer upon receiving the MDT configuration. The user equipment in an RRC idle mode logs measurements based on the MDT configuration to collect logged measurements while the validity timer is running When the validity timer is expired, the user equipment discards the MDT configuration. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373582 | DYNAMIC BANDWIDTH MANAGEMENT FOR LOAD-BASED EQUIPMENT IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Systems and methods for dynamic bandwidth management for load-based equipment in unlicensed spectrum are disclosed. In an aspect, the disclosure provides a method for dynamic bandwidth management. The method includes obtaining training data by monitoring a plurality of channels in an unlicensed spectrum during a training period. The method further includes determining that at least a first channel of the plurality of channels is available for a transmission. The method also includes determining, based on the training data, whether to wait for an additional channel of the plurality of channels to become available for the transmission. Determining whether to wait may be based on either training data including probabilities that no additional channel is to become available within a transmission opportunity or a machine learning classification of a current state of the backoff counters based on training data including samples of previous states of backoff counters. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373584 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING USER'S PLANE DATA IN SMALL CELL ENVIRONMENT AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting a user plane data in a small cell environment where a terminal is simultaneously connected to a macro cell and a small cell and an apparatus therefor, and more specifically a method for allowing a first base station to control the transmission of the user plane data of a terminal. The transmission includes based on at least one of load information and the measurement report information, determining the transmission of the user plane data by choosing a wireless bearer constructed through a second base station; transmitting a bearer establishment request message to a second base station; receiving a bearer establishment response message from the second base station; and transmitting an upper layer signaling containing at least one of cell identification information for the cell associated with the second base station, the cell index information of the second base station, and the data wireless bearer information constructed through the second base station to the terminal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373585 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CELL LOAD INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting cell load information in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobility management entity (MME) of an evolved UMTS terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) system receives cell load information of a cell in a universal mobile telecommunications system (UMTS) system, from a radio network controller (RNC) of the UMTS system, and transmits the received cell load information to a plurality of eNodeBs (eNBs) of the E-UTRAN system, respectively. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373586 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION AND METHOD - Some techniques for promptly assigning uplink dedicated resources in inter-site or inter-eNB carrier aggregation are disclosed. One aspect of the present invention relates to a user equipment including a transmission and reception unit configured to use radio resources to communicate with multiple base stations, a resource management unit configured to manage the radio resources and a cell type determination unit configured to determine a type of a cell providing the radio resources, wherein when the resource management unit detects occurrence of a release trigger for assigned uplink dedicated resources, the cell type determination unit determines a type of a cell providing the uplink dedicated resources and retains or releases the uplink dedicated resources depending on the determined cell type. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373588 | PRIORITIZING QOS FOR USER APPLICATIONS IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present subject matter discloses a method for prioritizing QoS for user application in a communication network. In one implementation, a user defined domain name list (UDDL) message, where the UDDL message includes a UDDL comprising of domain names in a priority order is received. Further, the domain names specified in the UDDL are converted to obtain a modified UDDL, where the modified UDDL includes the domain names converted in a format recognizable by a home location register (HLR). Subsequently, a radio access bearer assignment message including the modified UDDL is sent to the HLR. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373615 | BASE STATION SHARING AIR INTERFACE RESOURCES BETWEEN ACCESS AND BACKHAUL - Base stations with shared air interface between access and backhaul are provided. One method of base station communication includes allocating air interface resources of between mobile access links and backhaul links, receiving packets, routing, when the packets were received on a first backhaul link, the packets to a queue of a second backhaul link for transmission on select air interface resources, routing, when the packets were received on a third backhaul link, the packets using a routing layer function to a higher layer function, routing, when the packets were received from a first mobile access link, the packets to a queue of a fourth backhaul link for transmission on select air interface resources, and routing, when the packets were received from a fifth backhaul link, the packets to a queue of a second mobile link for transmission on select air interface resources. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373617 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ROUTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for routing data in a wireless communication system is provided. In trusted non-3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) access, a wireless local area network (WLAN) access gateway receives parameters, which includes 3GPP core network load information and a core network routing rule, from an entity of a 3GPP system, and routes received UL data based on the received parameters through at least one of the 3GPP system and a non-3GPP system. In un-trusted non-3GPP access, an evolved packet data gateway (ePDG) receives parameters, which includes 3GPP core network load information and a core network routing rule, from an entity of a 3GPP system, and routes received UL data based on the received parameters through at least one of the 3GPP system and a non-3GPP system. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373623 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - Provided is a communication control device including: a communication control unit configured to control radio communication in a macro cell that overlaps with part or whole of a small cell. A first frequency band used for the radio communication in the macro cell is synchronized with a second frequency band used for radio communication in the small cell. A synchronization signal used for synchronization in the first frequency band is transmitted in the first frequency band. The communication control unit prevents a terminal device satisfying certain conditions from being connected in a radio resource in the first frequency band. The certain conditions include synchronization of the terminal device in the second frequency band utilizing a synchronization result by the synchronization signal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373649 | Power Allocation for Encoded Bits in OFDM Systems - Power allocation for encoded bits in OFDM systems. OFDM symbol subcarriers may be allocated to a wireless user equipment (UE) device by a base station. A first portion of the allocated subcarriers may include systematic bits and a second portion of the allocated subcarriers may include parity bits according to a coding scheme. Transmit power may be unevenly allocated to the subcarriers allocated to the UE, such that subcarriers including systematic bits are allocated different power than the subcarriers including parity bits. The OFDM symbols including the subcarriers allocated to the UE may be transmitted to the UE by the base station according to the allocated power distribution. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373650 | AUTOMATED PARAMETER ADJUSTMENT TO COMPENSATE SELF ADJUSTING TRANSMIT POWER AND SENSITIVITY LEVEL AT THE NODE B - A small base node such as a Home Base Node (HNB), or femto cell, may reduce its transmit power in order to prevent co-channel or adjacent channel interference, or to limit its coverage area. Once the power is set, the HNB signal to a served Home User Equipment (HUE) its transmit Common Pilot Channel (CPICH) transmit power for accurate path loss estimation. When this power is outside of the permissible range, the HNB adjusts other parameters (such as Random Access Channel (RACH) constant value) to compensate for the error in signaled CPICH power, and thus compensate in that process the error in determining path loss. Similarly, if the uplink sensitivity is adjusted, to prevent interference, parameters would also be adjusted and signaled to the HUE to reflect the link imbalance. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373653 | MASSIVE MIMO CELL SYNCHRONIZATION: AP TO AP INDIRECT COMMUNICATION - The invention is directed to establishing a channel between an access point (AP) and a contaminating UE. An exemplary method comprises: detecting, by an AP, a contaminating UE, wherein the contaminating UE interferes with communication between the AP and other UEs in communication with the AP; and transmitting, by the AP, data to the contaminating UE on a first channel associated with a data frame, wherein the data frame comprises a downlink (DL) part, an uplink (UL) part, and a header. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373668 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING OR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving a broadcast signal through a new carrier type (NCT) in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention is executed by a terminal and comprises the steps of: blind-decoding a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) received from a base station; and acquiring a number of antenna ports and system information of the base station from the PBCH, wherein the blind decoding is executed within a candidate range for the blind decoding of the PBCH corresponding to a partial area of a downlink subframe, and the candidate range is an area in which a symbol section is excluded in a downlink subframe to which a physical downlink control channel (PDDCH) of a neighboring base station is mapped, and can be indicated by the base station in advance. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373669 | DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROCESSING DATA IN DIGITAL BROADCASTING SYSTEM - A digital broadcasting system and a data processing method are disclosed. The data processing method includes receiving a broadcast signal in which main service data and mobile service data are multiplexed, demodulating the broadcast signal to acquire fast-information-channel signaling information including reference time information for a system clock, and outputting demodulation time information of a specific position of a frame of the broadcast signal, decoding the fast-information-channel signaling information, and establishing the reference time information as the system clock at a demodulation time according to on the outputted demodulation time information and decoding the mobile service data according to the system clock. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373672 | METHOD AND NETWORK ELEMENT FOR MANAGING BACKHAUL RESOURCES - It is provided a method for managing backhaul resources, comprising accessing a radio network via a first radio technology | 12-24-2015 |
20150373673 | DATA SENDING AND RECEIVING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data sending and receiving method and device. The method includes: receiving a threshold; if a data volume of a packet to be sent is less than the threshold, sending the packet in a first data transmission manner; and if a data volume of the packet is greater than or equal to the threshold, sending the packet in a second data transmission manner. By adopting the technical solution of the present invention, a resource waste caused by transmitting small data in a data transmission manner used for transmitting a large packet in the prior art can be reduced, transmission efficiency of small data can be improved, and a transmission delay can be reduced. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373674 | LTE-U COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHODS FOR APERIODIC BEACON AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - An enhanced NodeB (eNB), user equipment (UE) and method of communicating using Long Term Evolution (LTE) licensed and unlicensed bands are generally described herein. The eNB may transmit a trigger signal to the UE. The trigger signal may be transmitted in the LTE unlicensed or licensed band and inform the UE of transmission of a reference signal from the eNB to the UE in the unlicensed band. The trigger signal may correspond to a single reference signal transmission or multiple periodic or consecutive reference signal transmissions. The trigger signal or a separate trigger signal may be used to inform the UE of a data transmission. The trigger signal may be transmitted at any point prior to or in the same subframe as the reference signal and the reference signal may be transmitted before, after or in the same subframe as the data. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373678 | Method and Apparatus of Allocating Scheduling Request Resources in Mobile Communication Networks - Various schemes are provided to improve SR resource utilization by adapting SR resource allocation to traffic pattern. In a first Scheme, SR resource allocation is configured more accurately. In one example, UE provides assistant information for eNB to determine or adjust SR configuration based on the received assistant information. In a second Scheme, multiple SR periods are configured and adapted to traffic pattern. In one example, eNB configures a set of SR resources with multiple SR periods, and UE applies different SR periods based on predefined events. Unused SR resources could be recycled by eNB for PUSCH data transmission. In a third Scheme, multiple SR allocations are configured and adapted to concerned applications. In one example, eNB configures multiple sets of SR resources adapted to predefined applications, and UE applies SR configurations based on corresponding applications. The additional SR configurations could be activated and/or deactivated. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373679 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ALLOCATION - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part allocates allocation information allocated to a PDCCH received from modulation parts to a particular one of a plurality of search spaces that is corresponding to a CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH. A placement part then places the allocation information in one of downstream line resources, reserved for the PDCCH, that is corresponding to the CCE of the particular search space to which the allocation information has been allocated. A radio transmission part then transmits an OFDM symbol, in which the allocation information has been placed, to the mobile station from an antenna. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373680 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS IN CONSIDERATION OF TIME ALIGNMENT TIMER AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR THE SAME - A method for a user equipment (UE) to generate a transmission is provided. In this method, a UE starts a time alignment timer when a time alignment command is received. The UE receives an uplink grant; and generates an initial transmission or a retransmission according to the uplink grant only when the time alignment timer is running upon receiving the uplink grant. In addition, the uplink grant is received through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) indicated by a Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier (C-RNTI) of the UE. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373681 | CELL ID AND ANTENNA PORT CONFIGURATIONS FOR EPDCCH - A method of wireless communication is provided which includes receiving, at a first user equipment (UE), a first reference signal on a first set of resource elements of a first enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). The first reference signal is mapped to a same set of antenna ports that are mapped to a second reference signal transmitted on a second set of resource elements of a second EPDCCH to at least a second UE. Furthermore, the first set of resource elements and the second set of resource elements have been selected from shared resource elements. The first set of resource elements differ from the second set of resource elements. The method also includes descrambling the received first reference signal based at least in part on a cell identification (ID) and demodulating a signal based at least in part on the descrambled first reference signal. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373683 | MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS DEVICES IN LIMITED RADIO COVERAGE - A mechanism is described herein for enhancing the radio coverage for a wireless device based on an exchange of uplink and downlink radio condition information, referred to as uplink and downlink Radio Coverage Category (RCC) values, between the wireless device and a network (e.g., a Radio Access Network (RAN) node, Core Network (CN) node) for use in data transmission (e.g., control plane related signaling or user plane related payload transmission). | 12-24-2015 |
20150373685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN MULTI-BSS - A communication method for an AP comprises the step of: the AP receiving multiple RTS frames from each of multiple STAs through each of multiple channels; the AP transmitting multiple CTS frames to the multiple STAs through each of multiple available channels from among the multiple channels; and the AP receiving multiple uplink data frames transmitted from each of the multiple STAs through each of the multiple available channels, wherein the AP communicates with the multiple STAs based on BSS1 and BSS2, wherein the BSS1 includes a primary channel band1 and secondary channel band1, the BSS2 includes a primary channel band2 and secondary channel band2, wherein the primary channel band1 overlaps with the secondary channel band2, the secondary channel band1 overlaps with the primary channel band2, and wherein the multiple channels can be included in the primary channel band1 and secondary channel band1. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373687 | Methods and Systems for Software Controlled Devices - Spoofed radio control signaling instructions can be used to dynamically adapt management of the radio interface by radio control processors. More specifically, spoofed radio control signaling can be communicated to an accelerator application instantiated on a device-side of a radio control processor. The accelerator application can pre-process the spoofed radio control signaling before forwarding the instructions to a generic radio control processor. In one example, the generic radio control processor has a universal configuration that is capable of being adapted to different telecommunication protocols based on the spoofed radio control signaling. In another example, the spoofed radio control channel signaling is translated into control instructions at the accelerator application, which are forwarded to the generic radio control processor. The control instructions govern processing of downlink data channel transmissions and/or specify parameters of uplink transmissions. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373688 | CLASSIFICATION OF UNAUTHENTICATED IP USERS IN A LAYER-2 BROADBAND AGGREGATION NETWORK AND OPTIMIZATION OF SESSION MANAGEMENT IN A BROADBAND NETWORK GATEWAY - A network device, method, and computer program product to perform an operation, the operation comprising defining, in a routing device, a data channel for unauthenticated devices on a virtual local area network (VLAN), wherein the data channel is associated with a reserved media access control (MAC) address, receiving a first sign of life (FSOL) packet from a device, and upon determining that an authentication process for the device has failed, sending, by the routing device to the device, an unsolicited link layer advertisement with the reserved MAC address as the link layer address for the data channel. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373691 | MESH NETWORK COMMISSIONING - In embodiments of mesh network commissioning, a commissioning device of a mesh network can determine steering data for the mesh network, where the steering data includes an indication of a device identifier associated with a device that is allowed to join the mesh network, and the indication is represented as a set of values in a Bloom filter that represent the device identifier. The commissioning device can then propagate the steering data from the commissioning device for the mesh network to one or more routers in the mesh network. Propagating the steering data enables the routers to transmit the steering data in a beacon message, where the steering data enables the device associated with the device identifier to compare the set of values in the Bloom filter to a second set of values determined at the device to identify that the device is allowed to join the mesh network. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373692 | Anonymous fingerprint generation for mobile communication device - A method for creating an electronic fingerprint for a mobile communication device, that includes receiving at a sensor, a first message from the mobile communication device, the first message comprising a mobile device identifier and a network identifier, sending to the server, a second message that comprises at least a part of the first message, and a sensor identifier, calculating a first fingerprint from the second message, and associating the first fingerprint with the a first unique identifier. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373693 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatuses for uplink resource allocation have been disclosed. The method comprises: determining a frequency position of physical random access channel (PRACH) in a frequency region for physical uplink control channel (PUCCH); and determining a frequency position of the PUCCH based on a logic-to-physical mapping rule. The logic-to-physical mapping rule takes the frequency position of the PRACH as a parameter. According to the proposed solution, the PUSCH resource can be kept continuous and the flexibility of PRACH configuration can be maintained. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373694 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR REPORTING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL INFORMATION AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method and a user equipment for reporting a demodulation reference signal pattern preferred by the user equipment among demodulation reference signal patterns of which locations of demodulation reference signals, demodulation reference signal densities and the like are defined differently within a predetermined time-frequency resource region, and a method and a base station for receiving the report of the preferred demodulation reference signal pattern. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373695 | ALLOCATION OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCES FROM MAPPED RESOURCE REGION - For controlling radio transmission in a cellular communication network, a node of the cellular communication network determines a mapping between control channel elements of a downlink control channel and resources of an uplink control channel. The node determines a group of the resources of the uplink control channel which are mapped to a subgroup of the control channel elements. From this group of the resources, the node allocates resources to be used for transmission of uplink control information from a user equipment. Using a radio resource control message, the node may indicate the allocated resources to the user equipment. The allocated resources may be used as a Channel Selection set for transmitting feedback related to a secondary component carrier. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373696 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In more detail, in relation to a method for a terminal to transmit ACK/NACK in a wireless communication system, an ACK/NACK transmission method includes: receiving at least one Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH); transmitting at least one ACK/NACK corresponding to the at least one PDSCH through a plurality of Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) formats; and, when the at least one ACK/NACK is transmitted using a first PUCCH format, transmitting at least one ACK/NACK in an antenna port transmission mode set for a second PUCCH format. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373697 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a method and a device for transmitting data. The method includes: a user equipment receives downlink data sent from a base station through downlink resources of a special subframe; the user equipment determines its corresponding guard period level, the guard period level corresponds to a round-trip time of the user equipment and indicates a length of an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a guard period corresponding to the user equipment in the special subframe; the user equipment determines, according to its corresponding guard period level, a position of uplink resources corresponding to the user equipment in guard period resources of the special subframe; and the user equipment sends uplink data to the base station through the uplink resources corresponding to the user equipment in the guard period resources of the special subframe. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373699 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING USER PLANE BEARER - A method and an apparatus for establishing a user plane bearer are provided. The method includes receiving a transport layer address supported by a serving gateway (SGW)/packet gateway (PGW) from a mobile management entity (MME), selecting, by a radio access network (RAN) entity, directly the appropriate transport layer address to establish the user plane bearer, or after receiving the transport layer address transmitted by the SGW/PGW, selecting, by the MME, the appropriate transport layer address to establish the user plane bearer, or reporting, by the MME, the obtained transport layer address used by the access entity to the SGW/PGW to establish the user plane bearer. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373701 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - There is provided a communication control device including an acquiring section that acquires first position related information relating to positions of one or more wireless communication devices among a plurality of access points that perform transmission of signals to a target device in parallel using an identical frequency resource and second position related information relating to a position of the target device, an estimating section that estimates a distance between the target device and each of the one or more wireless communication devices during the transmission on the basis of the first position related information and the second position related information, and a deciding section that decides transmission timing of each of the plurality of access points for the transmission on the basis of information that includes information on the estimated distance and relates to a distance between the target device and each of the plurality of access points. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373702 | PROTECTION FOR MULTI-USER TRANSMISSIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide various mechanisms for protection of MU transmissions, such as UL MU MIMO and UL OFDMA. The mechanisms may allow for various NAV setting options for UL MU MIMO or UL OFDMA. Aspects of the present invention relate to a processing system configured to generate a first frame configured to trigger multiple transmissions from multiple devices, wherein the first frame has a duration field set to a value corresponding to a duration that covers at least the multiple transmissions, and an interface configured to output the frame for transmission | 12-24-2015 |
20150373704 | Subframe Bundling - The disclosure relates to subframe bundling in a system where subframe bundling is based on a set of bundling definitions. Control information is provided for at least one communication device configured to provide subframe bundling such that the control information is generated to be at least partially inconsistent with the set of bundling definitions. The control information is signaled to the at least one communication device to adjust the state of subframe bundling and/or size of subframe bundled transmission in accordance with a predefined rule by the at least one communication device. When the device receives the information, is determines that received control information is inconsistent with the set of bundling definitions. In response to the determination, the device can adjust the state of subframe bundling and/or size of subframe bundled transmission. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373710 | Residential Local Break Out in a Communication System - Method and residential control node ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150373712 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method and apparatus for allocating a resource in a heterogeneous network environment are provided. In a heterogeneous network environment in which small cells and a macrocell are mixed, a macro base station divides an entire frequency band that is allocated to a corresponding macrocell into a plurality of Frequency Partitions (FPs). The macro base station allocates some of the plurality of FPs to small cells that are included in the macrocell. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373714 | METHOD FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATION SERVICE AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An example embodiment of the present disclosure relates to an apparatus and method for providing a communication service in an electronic device in communication with a 1 | 12-24-2015 |
20150373715 | Initial ranging transmission power - A communication device (device) includes a communication interface and a processor, among other possible circuitries, components, elements, etc. to support communications with other device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. The device receives a ranging instruction signal, which includes an initial power and at least one power step, from another device. The device processes the ranging instruction generates a first ranging signal based on the initial power. The device then transmits the first ranging signal to the another device. When a ranging response to the first ranging signal is received from the another device, the device determines that the device is successfully ranged to the another device. Alternatively, when no ranging response is received, the device generates a second ranging signal based on the initial power and the at least one power step and transmit the second ranging signal to the another device. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373717 | FRAME TRANSMISSION SYSTEM AND METHOD OF INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT AND CONTROLLING IN MULTI-CELL RANDOM ACCESS NETWORK - Provided is a frame transmission method of interference alignment (IA) and controlling, the method including calculating a channel matrix of a basic service set (BSS) by measuring channel information between an access point and a user terminal, performing singular value decomposition (SVD) based on the calculated channel matrix, selecting a beamforming vector in consideration of an interference amount associated with another access point based on the SVD performed by the channel matrix, and calculating a leakage interference (LIF) value based on the selected beamforming vector. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373718 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - Provided is a communication system that, in using a communication scheme such as TD-LTE, may attain a high speed communication by securing a bandwidth of carriers and prevent radio interference with another system by keeping the carriers within a frequency band assigned to the communication scheme. Specifically, the communication system having a plurality of communication apparatuses for carrying out a radio communication by assigning the plurality of communication apparatuses to a second frequency band with a predetermined bandwidth to be exceeded by carriers serially assigned, assigns the carriers to the second frequency band in such a manner as to overlap a portion of each of the carriers, and a communication apparatus ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150373719 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication method, a base station and a wireless communication device. The wireless communication method includes: in case that communication devices which are to perform communication are estimated to satisfy a condition for device-to-device direct communication, transmitting a control signaling from a base station to the communication devices, the control signaling allocating a carrier for the device-to-device direct communication; and performing the device-to-device direct communication between the communication devices using the allocated carrier, wherein the base station allocates the carrier for the device-to-device direct communication from conventional carrier, stand-alone new-type carrier and non-stand-alone new-type carrier, wherein the new-type carrier has a reduced number of control channels as compared with the conventional carrier. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373720 | MOBILE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An appropriate operation in implementation of “inter-eNB CA” is performed. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes: a generation unit | 12-24-2015 |
20150373721 | RADIO RESOURCE CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE - A radio resource configuration method and device are disclosed. The radio resource configuration method includes: after a piece of user equipment UE establishes a connection with a base station according to a system bandwidth in a broadcast message, determining, by the base station for the UE, resource configuration used for communication between the UE and the base station, where the resource configuration includes at least one of a resource allocation bandwidth, a channel state information CSI pilot bandwidth, and a CSI measurement bandwidth, where the resource allocation bandwidth is a bandwidth used to generate resource block allocation information in downlink control information; and sending, by the base station to the UE by using dedicated signaling or a common message, the resource configuration determined for the UE and used for communication between the UE and the base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373727 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASED ON HETEROGENEOUS INTERFERENCE ALIGNMENT (IA) SCHEME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) - Provided is a method and apparatus for performing a wireless communication based on a heterogeneous interference alignment (IA) scheme for a downlink multi-user multiple-input and multiple-output (DL MU-MIMO) communication in a wireless local area network (WLAN), and a wireless communication method employing a hybrid scheme that may include storing maximum throughputs of IA schemes, measuring an environment of a wireless network, calculating predicted throughputs of the IA schemes based on the measured environment of the wireless network, selecting an IA scheme from among the IA schemes based on the predicted throughputs, and communicating with a user terminal based on the selected IA scheme. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373729 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESTRICTING FREQUENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for restricting a frequency in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives restriction information and a timer value from a network, starts a timer based on the timer value, and restricts usage of a frequency based on the restriction information. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373731 | METHOD, APPARATUS, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE TO CONTROL CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method, an apparatus, a device, and a system for reducing interference to a control channel. Includes: acquiring configuration information of the control channel, where the configuration information includes at least one of the following information: a configuration period of the control channel, resource occupation indication information, and a configuration period start position, where the resource occupation indication information is used to indicate physical resource blocks PRBs occupied by the control channel in the configuration period, and the configuration period start position is used to indicate a corresponding start point at the beginning of the configuration period; and sending the configuration information to a neighboring base station, so that the neighboring base station performs adjustment according to the configuration information to reduce interference to the control channel of the base station. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373732 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR CSI ENHANCEMENTS USING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND SUPPRESSION RECEIVERS - In providing feedback to an eNB in an LTE network for downlink scheduling and link adaptation, a UE issues a channel state information (CSI) report that includes a channel quality index (CQI). The reported CQI should include all UE receiver processing capabilities, including NAICS (network assisted interference cancellation and suppression) capability to cancel and suppress interference. Described are measures that may be taken to provide more accurate reporting of CSI by a terminal with NAICS capability. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373733 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING AND USING SMALL DATA RADIO BEARERS - Apparatuses and methods for control of small data transmission by a user equipment (UE) are described herein. The UE may determine that data to be transmitted by the UE is small data if a size of the data is below a threshold. The UE may transmit a message indicating that the UE shall be transmitting small data responsive to determining that data to be transmitted by the UE is small data. The UE may receive a radio resource control (RRC) signal from an evolved Node B (eNodeB) that includes a logical channel identifier (LCID) of a small data radio bearer (SDRB) configured for transmission of small data. The UE may transmit small data on the SDRB subsequent to receiving the RRC signal from the eNodeB. The UE may refrain from transmitting other than small data on the SDRB. Other apparatuses and methods are described. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373734 | Methods and Arrangements for Optimizing Radio Resource Utilization at Group Communications - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements of optimizing radio resource utilization at a group communication for members of a specific group in a communication network system, comprising communication net-work nodes ( | 12-24-2015 |
20150373737 | METHOD FOR SIMULTANEOUS TRANSMISSION OF CONTROL SIGNALS, TERMINAL THEREFOR, METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus allowing a simultaneous transmission of control signals in a wireless communication system. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373739 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method by which a terminal transmits an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, the uplink signal transmission method comprising: receiving downlink control information including an uplink acknowledgement; and transmitting uplink data in a kth subframe from a subframe in which the uplink acknowledgement has been received, wherein the uplink acknowledgement is also applied to first to Lth subframes appearing after the subframe in which the uplink acknowledgement has been received. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373740 | Dynamic Random Access Resource Size Configuration and Selection - The disclosure relates to connection setup between a wireless device and a mobile communication network using random access, and more specifically to dynamic random access resource configuration and selection. The disclosure provides for a method in a wireless device, of selecting random access resources for performing a random access procedure to a wireless network. The method comprises the step receiving information from a radio network node comprised in a cell of the wireless network, wherein the received information indicates at least a first and a second random access resource having different resource sizes. The method further comprises selecting one of said at least first and a second random access resources based on an expected uplink power received by the radio network node and transmitting a random access message to said wireless network using the selected resource. The disclosure further relates to methods for providing random access resources, as well as to a wireless device, and to radio network nodes of a wireless network. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373742 | Method for Scheduling a Random-Access Communication System with Absolute and Proportional Throughput Guarantees - A method for scheduling a random-access communication system having high-priority (HP) and low-priority (LP) nodes is provided, where the scheduling is configured such that the system provides an absolute throughput guarantee for the HP nodes, and a proportional throughput guarantee for the LP nodes. The method is based on obtaining a length of a contention window assigned to an individual node, which is either a HP or a LP node, from a per-slot attempt rate of this individual node. In particular, the attempt rate of each individual node is determined by an algorithm configured such that a resultant sum of the per-slot attempt rates of all the individual nodes is a fixed value independent of the number of the individual nodes. By this scheduling method, the maximum system throughput is approached. The method can be advantageously used in a wireless local area network (WLAN). | 12-24-2015 |
20150373743 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL DESIGNED FOR TRANSMISSION IN HIGH CARRIER FREQUENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting a random access preamble at a user equipment in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes determining a random access sequence transmission period using a random access sequence, configuring a random access preamble by inserting a cyclic prefix at a front of the random access sequence transmission period and a guard time at an end of the random access sequence transmission period, and transmitting the random access preamble on a random access channel to a base station. The random access preamble is configured by repeating the random access sequence a predetermined number of times, if the length of the random access sequence is smaller than the random access sequence transmission period. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373744 | SYNCHRONIZED PHYSICAL LAYER RECONFIGURATION AMONG USER EQUIPMENT, MACROCELL, AND SMALL CELL IN MACROCELL-ASSISTED SMALL CELL DEPLOYMENTS - Various communication systems may benefit from synchronized physical layer reconfiguration among user equipment, macrocell and small cell in macrocell-assisted small cell deployments. A method may include dynamically changing a physical layer configuration of transmission of uplink control information in a network. The method may also include applying the dynamic change of the physical layer configuration between at least one user equipment and at least two transmitting devices The method may also include performing random access channel procedures for a physical layer reconfiguration between at least one user equipment and at least two transmitting devices. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373754 | NETWORK OPTIMIZATION METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR RADIO LINK FAILURE - Disclosed are a network optimization method, device and system for a radio link failure (RLF), the method comprising: if a local base station determines, after receiving an RLF report transmitted by a UE, that the RLF report is a link failure related to bearer separation, then transmitting the RLF report to a macro eNB; the macro eNB determines the cause of the link failure according to the RLF report and a bearer separation and recovery process, such that the macro eNB involved in the cause of the link failure conducts parameter adjustment, thus achieving self-configuration and self-optimization according to the RLF report reported by the UE when setting the parameter related to bearer separation. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373755 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING X2 SETUP PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing an X2 setup procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. An X2 gateway (GW) establishes a stream control transmission protocol (SCTP) connection with an eNodeB (eNB) based on a transport network layer (TNL) address of the X2-GW, receives an X2 setup request message from the eNB, and transmits an indication which indicates an invalidity of served cell information IE to the eNB. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373758 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING INFORMATION RELATED TO ASSOCIATION IDENTIFIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for transmitting/receiving information related to an association identification (AID) in a wireless communication system, the transmitting/receiving method comprising: a step in which a second STA having a direct link to a first STA receives an announcement frame related to an updated AID from the first STA; and a step in which the second STA transmits an ACK frame in response to the announcement frame, wherein the announcement frame comprises one or more AID-MAC address pairs and the second STA updates the AID of an STA corresponding to the one or more AID-MAC address pairs. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING DATA TO SPLIT BEARERS IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method and an apparatus for assigning data to split bearers in dual connectivity is provided. The apparatus includes a master evolved Node B (MeNB) of a user equipment (UE) configured to receive information of available buffer decided and transmitted by a secondary eNB (SeNB) through an X2 interface between the MeNB and the SeNB, determine whether the information is about available buffer for a UE or for an evolved radio access bearer (E-RAB) established on the SeNB based on an indicator in the information or a bearer that transported the information, and adjust the amount of data assigned to the SeNB according to the information of the available buffer. The apparatus can accommodate eNBs implemented in various manners, make full use of the bandwidth of data bearers, and reduce delay in data transmission. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373762 | MIDRANGE CONTACTLESS TRANSACTIONS - Techniques for conducting a transaction in a midrange wireless communication system are described. The techniques may include detecting a beacon transmission from a midrange wireless base station, determining that the beacon transmission includes a transaction service identifier, and invoking a transaction application associated with the transaction service identifier. The techniques may also include receiving transaction information for a transaction associated with a transaction identifier mapped to the device identifier; and sending a transaction cryptogram from the transaction application to the midrange wireless base station to conduct the transaction. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373765 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING SESSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method by which a first device for supporting a WiFi direct service establishes a session, comprising: a step for enabling an application service platform (ASP) layer to receive an Advertise Service method from a service layer; a step for enabling the ASP layer to receive a REQUEST | 12-24-2015 |
20150373767 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting data in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) establishes dual connectivity with at least one first cell and at least one second cell, receives an indication which indicates that a data transmission path of a radio bearer is to be configured for the at least one first cell, configures the data transmission path of the radio bearer for the at least one first cell, and transmits data via the data transmission path on the at least one first cell. | 12-24-2015 |
20150373770 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING INFORMATION FOR A REJECTED NETWORK CONNECTION - A user equipment (UE) includes circuitry configured to establish a packet data network (PDN) connection with a first public land mobility network (PLMN) operated by a first network operator. A second PDN connection request is sent to a second PLMN operated by a second network operator that is equivalent to the first PLMN, and at least one action is determined based on receiving a reject message from the second PLMN having at least one of a cause value and a cause type. | 12-24-2015 |
20150381241 | COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION METHOD IN CELLULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND TERMINAL FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Provided is a coordinated communication method in which a plurality of cells cooperate to perform multi-antenna transmission and reception in a cellular wireless communication system. A terminal wirelessly transmits channel state information (CSI) feedback to a serving cell and at least one coordinating cell. The serving cell and the coordinating cell perform multi-point coordinated communication using the CSI feedback. Even if the serving cell and the coordinating cell belong to different base stations, information exchange between the cells is minimized, so that a transmission delay and a traffic increment of a backhaul network can be prevented. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381246 | Multi-Antenna Transmission Method, Terminal and Base Station - Disclosed are a multi-antenna transmission method, a terminal and a base station, wherein, an eNB sends a UE a SRS transmission mode including new SRS transmission port information and/or a signaling for instructing the UE to perform antenna group alternate transmission as well as a control signaling required by the SRS transmission mode; the UE transmits a SRS using the abovementioned SRS transmission mode, and the eNB estimates a channel information according to the SRS and calculates and transmits a precoding matrix. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381247 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for reporting channel state information (CSI). According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method by which a terminal of the wireless communication system reports the CSI comprises: a step of receiving a reference signal from a base station; and a step of reporting the CSI generated through the reference signal to the base station. The CSI can include information for indicating a first pre-coding matrix for a first domain of a two-dimensional antenna structure and a second pre-coding matrix for a second domain of the two-dimensional antenna structure. The first pre-coding matrix can be determined on the basis of a coefficient wherein an angle the first domain is determined according to an angle in the second domain. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CODEBOOK SUBSET RESTRICTION BITMAP - A method for transmitting and receiving a codebook subset restriction bitmap is provided. The Codebook Subset Restriction (CSR) bitmap transmission method of an evolved Node B (eNB) in transmission mode 9 for communication with 8 antenna ports includes generating a CSR bitmap including bits corresponding to restricted precoding matrix indicators and rank indicators that are not allowed for reporting and transmitting the CSR bitmap to a User Equipment (UE). The CSR bitmap comprises 53 bits corresponding to a first codebook and 56 bits corresponding to a second codebook, the 53 bits corresponding to a first codebook comprise 16, 16, 4, 4, 4, 4, and 1 bits for layers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8, respectively, and the 56 bits corresponding to a second codebook comprise 16, 16, 16 and 8 bits for layers 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381252 | METHOD OF REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR VERTICAL BEAMFORMING IN A MULTICELL BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of reporting a channel state from a user equipment in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor are disclosed. The present invention includes receiving information on vertical beamforming angles of a serving node and a cooperation node from the serving node, generating the channel state information for a cooperative transmission mode using the information on the vertical beamforming angle, and reporting the channel state information to the serving node. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381253 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for transmitting, by a terminal, channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: subsampling a code book for four antenna ports; and feeding back the CSI on the basis of the subsampled code book, wherein the CSI includes a rank indicator (RI) reported together with a precoding type indicator (PTI), and if the RI is greater than 2, the PTI is set to one. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381254 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention provides a communication system and components thereof for controlling coordinated transmissions using a plurality of carriers operated by a plurality of transmission points. A transmission point configures a number of signal quality and interference measurements for a mobile telephone communicating over the plurality of carriers, each measurement being associated with multiple carriers and multiple measurement configurations. The mobile telephone performs the configured measurements with respect to each of the multiple carriers and reports the results of the relevant measurements to the transmission point. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381255 | Device of Handling Periodic CSI Report - A communication device for handling periodic channel state information (CSI) reports comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise determining at least one field difference between a reference CSI report and at least one periodic CSI report, wherein the at least one periodic CSI report corresponds to at least one component carrier, respectively; transmitting the reference CSI report to a network; and transmitting the at least one field difference to the network. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381310 | Method and Radio Node for Enabling Use of High Order Modulation in a Radio Communication with a User Equipment - A method and radio node ( | 12-31-2015 |
20150381327 | Wireless Communication with Suppression of Inter-Cell Interference in Large-Scale Antenna Systems - In exemplary LSAS (large-scale antenna system) networks, uplink signals are processed to compensate for pilot contamination. Slow-fading coefficients are generated for terminals in the wireless network, and postcoding matrices are generated based on the slow-fading coefficients and terminal transmit power levels. Uplink signals are received from the terminals, and M-dimensional postcoding is performed to generate estimated uplink signals from the received uplink signals, where M is the number of antennas at a base station of the wireless network. The postcoding matrices are applied to the estimated uplink signals to compensate for pilot contamination. The improved technique used to generate postcoding matrices depends on whether the M-dimensional postcoding involves matched filtering or zero forcing. Postcoding matrices generated using improved techniques work better than those generated independent of the terminal transmit power levels by inverting slow-fading coefficient matrices for LSAS networks having intermediate numbers (>10 and <1000) of antennas per base station. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381328 | Method and Base Station for Coordinated Multi Point Data Transmission - A method and base station for coordinated multi point data transmission are disclosed. The method includes: a base station receiving a per-cell CQI value reported by a UE; looking up an SINR-CQI mapping table according to the per-cell CQI value, and acquiring a subband/broadband SINR value; performing CQI recalculation according to the subband/broadband SINR value, and acquiring a recalculated subband/broadband CQI value; and selecting modulation and coding according to the recalculated subband/broadband CQI value to schedule data transmission. With the method and base station of the embodiments of the present document, in a CoMP system, in a joint transmission scenario, the accuracy of the CQI value used by the BS for scheduling is improved, and the oscillation during an AMC process is reduced. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381329 | Method And Apparatus Supporting Improved Wide Bandwidth Transmissions - A method for transmitting information in a wireless system is provided. In this method, the traffic on a plurality of channels can be determined. A bandwidth for a packet can be selected based on the traffic and available channel bandwidths. A modulation and a coding rate can be selected from a plurality of modulations and associated coding rates. The modulation and coding rate can be applied to a segment of the packet, wherein each segment includes one or more bandwidth units. The packet including the selected modulation and coding rate therein can be transmitted on at least one channel | 12-31-2015 |
20150381330 | ON THE DEFINITION OF THE RESOURCE BLOCK IN OFDMA/UL MUMIMO IN HEW - Techniques for resource block allocation in a multi-user MIMO High Efficiency WLAN system are provided. Specifically, teachings that when taken alone or together, provide a device or a group of devices with an improved resource allocation for the reduction of usable tone waste, are presented. The present disclosure includes a system that provides a user with a technique allocating data tones prior to the encapsulation unit or overhead tones on a resource block unit. Further, the total allocated bandwidth can be reduced prior resource allocation to overcome modulation and coding scheme downgrading caused by severe puncturing. Alternatively, only band edge basic resource blocks are reduced to account for overhead tones which largely reside on band edges. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381331 | A METHOD OF TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL FROM A BASE STATION TO A USER EQUIPMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method of transmitting a reference signal from a base station to a user equipment in a wireless communication system and apparatus therefor are disclosed. The present invention includes dividing a system band into at least one or more partial bands, configuring a time-axis high density reference signal on a high frequency partial band with reference to a center frequency of the system band, configuring a time-axis low density reference signal on a low frequency partial band with reference to the center frequency, and transmitting the configured reference signals to the user equipment. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381395 | TRANSMISSION METHOD OF DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - Disclosed are a method for transmitting a demodulation reference signal (DMRS), a base station and a user equipment, related to the LTE Advanced system. The method for transmitting the DMRS disclosed in the present document includes: a base station transmitting a plurality of demodulation reference signal (DMRS) ports through frequency division multiplexing (FDM) and/or code division multiplexing (CDM) and/or time division multiplexing (TDM). The embodiment of the present invention further discloses a base station and a user equipment. The technical scheme of the present application greatly boosts the DMRS demodulation performance, especially taking into account its use in the 256QAM modulation method in future, balances interpolation performance of various PRB Pairs in one sub-frame, and it avoids a collision between a DMRS and a RCRS, a PSS/SSS as well as a CSI-RS. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381397 | CONTROL FRAME FORMAT FOR WLAN - In a method for transmitting a data unit in a wireless communication network, a physical layer (PHY) preamble and a media access control layer (MAC) header are generated. In generating the MAC header, a first address field to include a first address and a second address field to include a second address are generated. The first, not globally unique, address indicates a communication device for which the data unit is intended or a communication device that is transmitting the data unit. The second address field indicates the other one of a communication device for which the data unit is intended or a communication device that is transmitting the data unit. The first address field and the second address field are included in the MAC header. The MAC header omits a globally unique address corresponding to the first address of the first address field. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381400 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A RECEIVER BANDWIDTH AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reconfiguring a receiver bandwidth by a UE (User Equipment) in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving a message related to SCell activation or deactivation command; determining whether the receiver bandwidth can be reconfigured before a specific time of a HARQ feedback transmission for the message; and reconfiguring the receiver bandwidth before the HARQ feedback transmission for the message if the receiver bandwidth can be reconfigured before the specific time. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381431 | COMMON CONFIGURATION-BASED OPERATING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING SAME - Provided is an operation method carried out by user equipment in a wireless communication system. The method comprises: receiving from a serving cell, common configuration information including at least one common configuration; the user equipment determining the validity of the common configuration with respect to a different cell; and operating by applying valid common configuration to the different cell, when the common configuration valid for the different cell exists from among the at least one common configuration. The common configuration includes configuration information commonly applied to at least one different cell within coverage of the serving cell. | 12-31-2015 |
20150381471 | PATH INFORMATION EXCHANGE METHOD, COMMUNICATION NODE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION NODE PROGRAM - The purpose of the present application is to provide a technique for the exchange of path information between different routing domains, which, while reducing the exchange of useless path information in the stage for constructing a hierarchical structure, can maintain robustness of path recognition that tolerates network partition. Of the management communication node identifiers which are described in hierarchical information included in a path control message received from a neighboring communication node and in hierarchical information held by the local communication node and which indicate a communication node that manages each level of the hierarchicalized network structure, the identifier indicating the highest level communication node and the identifier indicating the transmission source communication node are used to identify whether the routing domain to which the aforementioned neighboring communication node belongs is the same as the routing domain of the local communication node, and if the routing domain to which the aforementioned neighboring communication node belongs is different from the routing domain of the local communication node, the path information held by the local communication node is made known. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382171 | LONG-RANGE DEVICE DISCOVERY WITH DIRECTIONAL TRANSMISSIONS - Device discovery at long ranges using directional antenna patterns for both transmission and reception of discovery beacon messages and discovery beacon response messages. Omnidirectional band transmissions to assist aiming a directional antenna are also described. Further, discovery beacons that include only those information elements which are necessary for device discovery are discussed, as well as separate scheduling beacons. The discovery beacon may include more robust encoding to increase discovery range or may be transmitted using a narrower channel to improve signal to noise ratio. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382173 | Method and Apparatus for Detecting D2D Discovery Sequences, Method and Apparatus for Receiving D2D Data - A method and an apparatus for detecting D2D discovery sequences, and a method and an apparatus for receiving D2D data. The detecting method includes determining, by D2D UE, a starting point of a time window for detecting discovery sequences, according to uplink transmission timing of an uplink between the D2D UE and an eNB of an LTE system and detecting discovery sequences of other D2D UEs by the D2D UE at the determined starting point of the time window. With the method and the apparatus of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the complexity of detecting, by UE, discovery sequences of other UEs can be reduced, the time of detecting, by UE, discovery sequences of other UEs can be shortened, and signaling for reporting, by UE, detection information of discovery sequences can be reduced. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382176 | MOBILITY DETECTION FOR EDGE APPLICATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Various embodiments detecting wireless communication device mobility in a wireless communication network. In one embodiment, one or more Internet Protocol (IP) data packets associated with a wireless communication device are analyzed. The wireless communication device is coupled with the edge entity. A determination is made, based on the analyzing, that the wireless communication device is a newly coupled device at the edge entity. A central entity disposed within the wireless communication network is notified that the wireless communication device is currently coupled to the edge entity. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382182 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING USER EQUIPMENT HISTORY INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and an apparatus are provided in a wireless communication system. Mobility history information is generated including information on a time duration corresponding to out-of-service. It is identified whether the terminal is in a radio resource control (RRC) connected mode. The mobility history information is transmitted to a base station if the terminal is in the RRC connected mode. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382201 | SPECTRUM SHARING BASED ON SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORKS - Embodiments use the principles of self-organizing networks to allocate resources to allow spectrum owners to share spectrum with wireless carriers according to defined license conditions. A spectrum licensee holds the licensing conditions of the spectrum licensed by the spectrum owners. This licensed spectrum is referred to as secondary spectrum. A self-organizing network server requests access to secondary spectrum. The spectrum licensee grants access to the secondary spectrum along with the licensing conditions for access. The self-organizing network server monitors the conditions associated with the license and/or delegates the responsibility for monitoring conditions associated with the license to others. When the license conditions are met, enhanced Node B systems may begin using the secondary spectrum according to the license conditions. When the license conditions are no longer met, enhanced Node B systems discontinue use of the secondary spectrum. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382202 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a communication control apparatus including an information acquisition unit that acquires information about channels, among frequency channels assigned to a primary system, available to a secondary system, a generation unit that generates a list of channels, among the channels available, recommended for a secondary usage node operating the secondary system, and a notification unit that notifies the secondary usage node of the list generated by the generation unit to allow the secondary usage node to select a channel for secondary usage. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382205 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR VERTICAL BEAMFORMING - A method and apparatus for determining a vertical beam for reception are disclosed herein. A method in a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) includes receiving a broadcast message from an evolved Node B (eNB) that includes information associated with a plurality of vertical beams, wherein the information includes at least one set of Physical Random Access Control Channel (PRACH) resources associated with each of the plurality of vertical beams, measuring reference signals transmitted on each of the plurality of vertical beams to select a reception vertical beam, transmitting a PRACH preamble in a set of resources associated with the selected reception vertical beam, and receiving communications from the eNB using the selected reception vertical beam. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382206 | HIGH PERFORMANCE MOBILITY NETWORK WITH AUTOCONFIGURATION - A high performance wireless mesh architecture which has been optimized for mobile end points is described. The mesh architecture is intended for Navy applications, where the wireless mesh network extends between mobile ships and includes ship-to-shore links, but it is equally applicable to other mobile elements on, in, or under land, air, sea, or space. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382234 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR AVOIDING COLLISIONS BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless communication method may include performing, by a first system, channel monitoring of a first band, detecting a second system that uses the first band, determining whether the first system is to be used in preference to the second system, and allocating a radio resource of the first band to the first system based on whether the first system is to be used in preference to the second system. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382243 | Service Flow With Robust Header Compression (ROHC) In A WiMAX Wireless Network - A robust header compression (ROHC) controller provides for service flow processing of a ROHC channel in a WiMAX wireless communication system. The ROHC controller controls the negotiations of the MS ROHC capabilities during its registration and the negotiations of the ROHC channel parameters during ROHC enabled service flow setup; the MS ROHC capabilities including ROHC compression and decompression capabilities and ROHC channel and feedback strategies; the channel parameter negotiation covers the ROHC profile set and feedback channel information in addition to the 16e/12D standard. The ROHC controller receives a service flow request for a ROHC enabled service flow, wherein the request includes a QoS profile. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382276 | RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER WITH IP MAPPING TABLE - Devices, systems, and methods are disclosed for routing data to mobile devices that undergo handovers from one access point to another. In one embodiment, a processor performs operations including obtaining a network location of a mobile device, updating a mapping table with the network location of the mobile device, obtaining a request to transfer a data packet to the mobile device, routing the data packet to the mobile device according to the mapping table, and forwarding the network location to a source of the data packet. Additional embodiments are disclosed. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382284 | Extended System Information Distribution Mechanisms - A disclosed method is implemented by a network node in a wireless communication network to transmitting system information to a plurality of wireless terminals. The network node transmits a first group of system information blocks (SIBs) via a first physical channel, and transmits a second group of additional SIBs via a different, second physical channel. A corresponding network node operative to implement the method is also disclosed. Another disclosed method is implemented by a wireless terminal in a wireless communication network. The wireless terminal processes information received from a base station over a first physical channel to identify a first group of SIBs, and processes information received from the base station over a different, second physical channel to identify a second group of additional SIBs. A corresponding wireless terminal operative to implement the method is also disclosed. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382289 | Obtaining Authorization to Use Proximity Services in a Mobile Communication System - The present invention relates to mobile communication systems, and more particularly to technology that enables a User Equipment (UE) to obtain authorization to use Proximity-based Services. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382308 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING POWER AT BASE STATION IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for controlling power of a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system are provided, in which a voltage comparator compares an operation voltage of a power control target of the BS with a minimum required voltage for the power control target, and a controller decreases the operation voltage of the power control target by a predefined level, if the operation voltage is higher than the minimum required voltage, and increases the operation voltage of the power control target by a predefined level, if the operation voltage is lower than the minimum required voltage. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382311 | POWER HEADROOM REPORT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and user equipment (UE) for obtaining power headroom information in a communication system are provided. The method includes acquiring information for a path loss reference, wherein the information for the path loss reference indicates whether the UE applies as the path loss reference either a downlink of a primary cell or a downlink of a secondary cell (SCell), triggering a power headroom report (PHR) if a path loss is changed more than a threshold for at least one activated cell which is used as the path loss reference, obtaining power headroom information for each activated cell, if extended PHR is used and an uplink resource is allocated for new transmission, and generating a medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) including the power headroom information for each activated cell and an indicator for each activated cell. The indicator indicates whether power headroom information is based on a real physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission or a PUSCH reference format. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382315 | Direct Control Signaling in a Wireless Communication System - A first wireless communication device ( | 12-31-2015 |
20150382324 | RESOURCE POOL ACCESS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - A wireless terminal comprising a processor configured to determine a set of plural pools of resources, to select a pool of resources from a set of plural pools of resources, and to transmit a sidelink direct transmission data using resources of the pool. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382325 | EXERCISE USAGE MONITORING SYSTEM - The disclosed embodiments relate to real time monitoring of usage of multiple pieces of exercise equipment and providing exercise based metric data based thereon to devices for aggregation, display or other processing thereof. In particular, the disclosed embodiments facilitate collection of exercise based metric data from various pieces of exercise equipment, such as stationary bikes, treadmills, and the like, in real time, i.e. as the equipment is utilized by an exercising user, combine the collected data in a form suitable for use by various interested devices and broadcast or otherwise disseminate the combined data to the various devices wherein the various devices may access the broadcasted combined data to access the usage metric data from any one or more of the pieces of exercise equipment from which it was collected for subsequent aggregation, display and/or further processing. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382326 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH AREA FOR DETECTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present application is a method for user equipment receiving a control channel from a base station in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the method comprises a step of monitoring control channel candidates in a search area on a first subframe, and receiving the control channel including control information corresponding to each of one or more subframes, beginning with a predetermined number of subframes from the first subframe, wherein when the one or more subframes are provided in a plurality, the control channel candidates are sorted according to the control information corresponding to each of the plurality of subframes. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382327 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to provide a user terminal, a radio base station and a radio communication method of novel structures that can achieve a good communication environment. A radio base station non-orthogonal-multiplexes downlink signals for a plurality of user terminals over a given radio resource, a user terminal having received the downlink signals for the plurality of user terminals decodes downlink signal for another user terminal, judges whether or not the downlink signal for the other user terminal has been successfully received, based on the decoding result of the downlink signal, reports a judgement result as to whether or not the downlink signal for the other user terminal has been successfully received and a judgement result as to whether or not a downlink signal for the user terminal has been successfully received, to the radio base station, and then the radio base station executes retransmission control of downlink signals based on reports from the user terminal. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382328 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME, AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK DATA - The present disclosure provides a method for indicating a modulation and coding scheme (MCS), including a step of when it is determined that a UE supports a downlink 256QAM mode, indicating the 256QAM mode using current information indicating the MCS or extended information indicating the MCS in downlink control information (DCI). The present disclosure further provides a method for receiving downlink data, including a step of, after a UE has received information indicating an MCS which includes indication information indicating a 256QAM mode, receiving the downlink data according to the 256QAM mode and a corresponding TBS index. The present disclosure further provides devices for implementing the above methods. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382329 | Aggregation of Resources in Enhanced Control Channels - The set of resource aggregation levels available for forming an enhanced control channel message may vary from one subframe to another, based on the level of puncturing in the transmitted subframes. An example method begins with determining members of a set of aggregation levels usable to aggregate the non-overlapping subsets of resource elements for transmitting downlink control information. This determining is based on a puncturing level to be used for the transmission of the downlink control information. Downlink control information for the given subframe is mapped to one or more non-overlapping subsets of resource elements in the at least one block of time-frequency resources, according to an aggregation level selected from the determined set, and then transmitted, in the one or more non-overlapping subsets. This method may be repeated for each of several subframes, where the puncturing may differ from one subframe to another. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382331 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING DATA ASSOCIATED WITH SESSION MANAGEMENT AND MOBILITY MANAGEMENT - A user equipment (UE) in a communication system, and a method thereof are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving a deactivate bearer context request message; if a bearer identity in the deactivate bearer context request message is that of a default bearer to a packet data network (PDN), deleting all bearer contexts associated with the PDN; if a cause code in the deactivate bearer context request message indicates that reactivation is requested, stopping a session management back-off timer associated with a previously-established data connection if the session management back-off timer is running. The session management back-off timer is a timer starting if a session management back-off time value is received. The previously-established data connection is associated with an access point name (APN). The method according to the embodiment further includes re-initiating a PDN connectivity procedure for the APN after stopping the session management back-off timer. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382332 | HANDLING IDENTIFIERS FOR ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNELS IN CELL FORWARD ACCESS CHANNEL STATES - A device receives information regarding allocation of an enhanced dedicated channel radio network temporary identifier (E-RNTI) to user equipment in a cell forward access channel (Cell_FACH) state, and receives information regarding a state change associated with the user equipment. The device determines that the E-RNTI can be released based on the state change, and provides, to another device, a request to release the E-RNTI in response to the state change and so that the E-RNTI can be used by other user equipment. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382335 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND STORAGE MEDIUM IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN WHICH COMMUNICATION IS PERFORMED BETWEEN TERMINAL APPARATUSES VIA BASE STATION APPARATUS - A transmission unit transmits, to a base station apparatus, a first signal including prerequisite information for performing communication. The transmission unit also includes an inquiry request regarding the status of another terminal apparatus in the first signal. A receiving unit receives, from a base station apparatus, a second signal including a response to the information included in the first signal transmitted from the transmission unit. The receiving unit also receives a response to the inquiry request included in the first signal transmitted from the transmission unit. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382336 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a base station, and a user equipment (UE), wherein a primary base station configures a data transmission parameter for a secondary base station, to assist the secondary base station to perform uplink and downlink data transmission for the UE. Therefore, the primary base station and the secondary base station transmit and receive data according to the same data transmission parameter, and there is no need to perform extra processing on the data transmitted and received by the secondary base station, that is, the secondary base station can only reserve simple buffering, encapsulating, and transceiving functions, or even only reserve buffering and transceiving functions, so that a protocol design of the secondary base station is simplified, and cost of the secondary base station, especially cost of a micro base station serving as the secondary base station is reduced. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382339 | CONTEXTUAL AWARENESS ARCHITECTURE - An architecture for collecting and managing contextual awareness data is contemplated. The architecture may be used to implement various policies as a function of the contextual awareness data, such as but not limited to implementing dwelling specific policies depending on the contextual awareness data indicating whether one or more users are presence within a dwelling. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382341 | FAST CHANNEL RESERVATION FOR WI-FI - Methods, apparatus, and systems for fast channel reservation in a Wi-Fi environment are discussed. More specifically, a communication station arranged for Clear Channel Assessment (CCA) channel status reporting, an access point, and communication methodologies therebetween are disclosed. Methods, apparatus, and systems described herein can be applied to 802.11ax downlink MU-MIMO as well as uplink MU-MIMO, either separately or simultaneously. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382345 | DEVICES FOR MULTI-GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - A User Equipment (UE) configured for multi-group communications is described. The UE includes a processor and instructions stored in memory that is in electronic communication with the processor. The UE detects a plurality of cells. The UE also determines to use multiple groups of one or more cells. The UE further determines a primary secondary cell (PSCell) for a non-primary cell (non-PCell) group based on UE-specific radio resource control (RRC) signaling. The UE additionally receives information using the multiple groups. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382347 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR JOINT SCHEDULING IN DUAL-CARRIER WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORKS - A system and method for joint scheduling in a dual-carrier fixed wireless backhaul network is disclosed, wherein the primary carrier is a licensed band, and the secondary carrier is an unlicensed or lower cost shared carrier. The network comprises a plurality of Hub modules, each serving a cluster of one or more Remote backhaul modules (RBMs). A special frame structure and a control channel on the primary carrier carries control signalling messages for RBMs assigned to either the primary or secondary carrier. RBMs with a performance metric, such a spectral efficiency, above a threshold are assigned to the primary carrier. Other RBMs are assigned the secondary carrier, and a channel assignment is then performed. A transmission mode is determined based on instantaneous channel conditions, to optimize overall system performance across a network neighbourhood and meet RBM quality of service requirements. A centralized server/processing unit coordinates dual carrier joint scheduling functions. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382348 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication unit performs communication using a first frequency band or a second frequency band. A control unit allows a connection to an access point in the first frequency band when a signal level of a received signal of the first frequency band which is received from the access point exceeds a first threshold. When the connection to the access point in the first frequency band is established and when the signal level exceeds a second threshold greater than the first threshold, the control unit starts a search for an access point in the second frequency band. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382350 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink data in a wireless communication system, and a user equipment (UE) therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes configuring transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a subframe of a first component carrier (CC) among a plurality of CCs; and transmitting the uplink data to a base station in the subframe of a second CC among the plurality of CCs. The SRS, whose transmission is configured in the first CC, is not transmitted in a symbol in the subframe of the first CC, when the transmission of the SRS and the transmission of the uplink data happen to overlap in the symbol. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382352 | Variable Frequency Data Transmission - A system is disclosed comprising a transceiver, transcoder, memory, and a processor for receiving raw data, partitioning the raw data into substrings of predetermined length, assigning each substring to a corresponding predetermined frequency based upon a data set or first lookup table based on the substring's given pattern, and transmitting said frequency using an antenna. Embodiments include a compression component for receiving raw data as input, breaking the raw data into subsets of predetermined length, comparing the raw data to a second lookup table, the second lookup table comprising all possible bit patterns for a file of the length of the raw data, wherein the possible bit patterns are partitioned in n-bit partitions, the n-bit partitions having a corresponding assigned value, the values of which are assembled by a given function so as to produce a code for each possible bit pattern. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382353 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION OVER NON-CONTIGUOUS CHANNELS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication over non-contiguous channels. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit capable of transmitting symbols of a wireless communication packet to a wireless communication device over a plurality of non-contiguous wireless communication channels. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382354 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FREQUENCY RESOURCE INFORMATION IN A FREQUENCY OVERLAY SYSTEM - A system and method for transmitting and receiving frequency allocation information based on identification information in a frequency overlay system are provided. The method includes transmitting a frame of a first Frequency Allocation (FA) to Mobile Stations (MSs) by inserting control information and identification information of the MSs to which frequency resources are allocated into the first FA frame, and transmitting a second frame indicating a second FA the MSs by inserting the identification information and a resource indication of the first FA into the second FA frame. Thereby, an overhead can be reduced and a frequency resource can be used efficiently. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382355 | Frequency Band Resource Scheduling Method and Apparatus - The present invention discloses a frequency band resource scheduling method and apparatus, where the method includes: first, selecting, according to transmission quality of each to-be-selected sub-band, a sub-band to be allocated to a user terminal; and then, determining whether a transmission quality decreasing amplitude of the user terminal exceeds a first preset value after the selected sub-band is allocated to the user terminal; and if yes, skipping allocating the selected sub-band to the user terminal; otherwise, allocating the selected sub-band to the user terminal. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382357 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROTECTING RADARS FROM INTERFERENCE - A method and apparatus may be configured to determine a plurality of rings. The plurality of rings surround a radar, and the plurality of rings encompass a plurality of networks surrounding the radar. The method also includes determining transmission powers corresponding to the plurality of rings. Each ring is associated with a determined transmission power. The method also includes instructing each network of the plurality of networks to perform transmissions in accordance with the determined transmission powers. Each network is instructed to use the determined transmission power that corresponds to the ring which encompasses that network. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382358 | POWER CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a power control method and apparatus, and relate to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: determining, according to a power offset parameter configured by a network side, a first power offset value used by a control channel corresponding to a first subframe, and determining a second power offset value used by a control channel corresponding to a second subframe; feeding back the control channel corresponding to the first subframe to the network side by using the first power offset value; and feeding back the control channel corresponding to the second subframe to the network side by using the second power offset value. The present invention is applicable to a multiflow transmission scenario in which a UE feeds back control information to a network side. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382360 | SPATIAL REUSE OF WI-FI CHANNELS WITH INTERFERENCE ESTIMATION AND CONTROL - A transmitter/receiver pair may estimate a first channel interference caused during the spatial reuse phase by the transmitter/receiver pair to other transmitter/receiver pairs over a channel. A second channel interference experienced by the transmitter/receiver pair may be estimated during the spatial reuse phase by the transmitter/receiver pair from the other transmitter/receiver pairs. An interference margin may be estimated for the channel based on the first and second channel interferences. The interference margin may be announced to the other transmitter/receiver pairs in frame. The interference margin may then be complied with while communicating over the channel in order to control the interference. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382361 | Handling Transmit Blanking in Multi-Carrier High-Speed Uplink Packet Access-Capable Multi-SIM-Multi-Active Modems - Various embodiments implemented on a mobile communication device (e.g., a multi-carrier-capable communication device) mitigate the degraded performance experienced by an aggressor subscription performing transmit blanking on an interfering carrier frequency during a coexistence event by leveraging the availability of a non-interfering carrier frequency. In various embodiments, the mobile communication device may signal the aggressor subscription's network to adjust resources granted to the interfering carrier frequency and the non-interfering carrier frequency to improve overall data throughput and/or to reduce the likelihood of reception problems, such as increased retransmission requests from the network and stalls/delays in sending subsequent transport blocks. If no change in resources is signaled by the network, the mobile communication device may reduce a size of transport blocks transmitted on the interfering carrier frequency. The mobile communication device may signal the network to return to normal resource allocations or transmit normal size transport blocks when the coexistence event ends. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382363 | REMOTE RADIO HEAD UNIT SYSTEM WITH WIDEBAND POWER AMPLIFIER AND METHOD - A remote radio head unit (RRU) system for multiple operating frequency bands, multi-channels, driven by a single or more wide band power amplifiers. More specifically, the present invention enables multiple-bands RRU to use fewer power amplifiers in order to reduce size and cost of the multi-band RRU. The present invention is based on the method of using duplexers and/or interference cancellation system technique to increase the isolation between the transmitter signal and receiver signal of the RRU. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382364 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications system is described in which a mobile device is operable to communicate with base stations using a first radio technology and with other devices using a second radio technology. The mobile device maintains a control plane connection with a first base station and a user plane connection via a second base station. In case of an interference is detected due to concurrent use of the first and second radio technologies, the mobile device provides assistance information to the base stations, based on which the base stations alleviate the effects of the detected interference. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382365 | LOW POWER DEVICE TO DEVICE TRANSMISSION - In embodiments, apparatuses, methods, and storage media may be described for allocating radio resources to a user equipment (UE) for device to device (D2D) transmission. Specifically, the UE may be configured to predict cellular interference to one or more cellular transmissions in a cell that may be caused by the transmission of a D2D signal. Based on that predicted interference, the UE may identify one or more radio resources in for the D2D transmission. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382366 | Method for Transmitting Data Signal and User Equipment - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for transmitting a data signal and a user equipment, where the method includes: acquiring, by a first user equipment, a scheduling assignment signal sent by a second user equipment and a scheduling assignment signal sent by at least one third user equipment, where the second user equipment is a user equipment that performs D2D communication with the first user equipment; determining, by the first user equipment, a first time adjustment amount according to a time adjustment amount included in the acquired scheduling assignment signal; and receiving, by the first user equipment according to the first time adjustment amount and subframe information that is included in the scheduling assignment signal sent by the second user equipment, a data signal sent by the second user equipment. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT OF UPLINK PACKET TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for communication between a UE and a node B in a communication system. The UE generates a media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) comprising at least one media access control service data unit (MAC SDU) and at least one field related to an amount of data. Each of the at least one field related to the amount of data corresponds to a respective identifier, and the at least one field related to the amount of data is placed prior to the at least one MAC SDU in the MAC PDU. The MAC PDU comprising the at least one MAC SDU and the at least one field related to the amount of data is transmitted to the node B. Grant information is received from the node B. Data is transmitted to the node B based on the grant information. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382369 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT OF UPLINK PACKET TRANSMISSION IN MOBILE TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are provided for communication between a user equipment (UE) and a node B in a communication system. The UE generates a media access control protocol data unit (MAC PDU) including at least one field related to an amount of data, if the data becomes available for transmission. The MAC-PDU including the at least one field related to the amount of data is transmitted to the node B. Grant information is received from the node B. The data is transmitted to the Node B based on the grant information. Each of the at least one field related to the amount of data corresponds to a respective identifier. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382371 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK-ASSISTED INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION/CANCELATION - A system which can achieve effective interference suppression/cancelation in downlink coordinated multi-point (CpMP) transmission is provided. The system has a network including multiple points which are capable of communicating with a user equipment, wherein the network sends information related to an interfering point to the user equipment for interference suppression or cancelation at the user equipment, wherein the interfering point is a candidate for a coordinated multi-point measurement set of the user equipment but not selected for any coordinated multi-point scheme. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382372 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT SUPPORT OF VARIABLE BIT RATE VOICE TRAFFIC ON LONG TERM EVOLUTION UPLINK - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques and apparatus for efficient support of variable bit rate (VBR) voice traffic on LTE uplink. In an aspect, a base station may periodically schedule transmission resources for use by a user equipment (UE) for transmitting data on a logical channel, wherein the periodically scheduling grants the UE a fixed first transport block (TB) size of transmission resources at regular intervals, receive an indication from the UE of an amount of data for transmission on the logical channel, and adjust the fixed first TB size of the periodically scheduled transmission resources to a fixed second TB size based on the indicated amount of data. In another aspect, a base station may configure a UE to enable scheduling request masking (SR-masking) on a logical channel, and configure the UE with a threshold amount of data for the logical channel to dynamically disable SR-masking on the logical channel. In another aspect, a UE may receive a configuration to enable scheduling request (SR) masking (SR-masking) on a logical channel, receive a configuration of a threshold amount of data for the logical channel to dynamically disable SR-masking on the logical channel, and decide whether to transmit an SR based on the amount of data to transmit and the threshold amount. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382373 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND MOBILE TERMINAL - In accordance with the present invention, in a case of using persistent scheduling, when detecting a transition from a talk state to a silent state, resources to be allocated during a silent state are allocated to a channel exclusive for silent period, and the resources which have been allocated to a mobile terminal during the talk spurt are released. Therefore, the useless allocation of resources can be reduced, and the throughput of the system can be improved. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382376 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS STATION, AND WIRELESS TERMINAL - A wireless communication method including: receiving a plurality of pieces of configuration information from a wireless station by a wireless terminal, each of the plurality of pieces of configuration information indicating each of the plurality of arrangements of radio resources reserved for transmitting reference signals specific to individual wireless terminals, receiving a specified signal relating to each use mode from the wireless station by the wireless terminal, each use mode indicating whether each of the plurality of arrangements of radio resources is used, receiving the reference signals from the wireless station by the wireless terminal based on the received specified signal, and demodulating radio signals received from the wireless station by the wireless terminal based on the received reference signals. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382377 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS APPARATUS - Provided are a wireless communication system, a wireless apparatus, and a program capable of effectively using an access point. wireless apparatus | 12-31-2015 |
20150382379 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for receiving downlink control information by a terminal in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: determining enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) candidates per aggregation level in an enhanced physical downlink control channel physical resource block (EPDCCH PRB) set; and performing monitoring in a set of the EPDCCH candidates, wherein enhanced control channel elements (ECCE) constituting the respective EPDCCH candidates are distributed in the EPDCCH PRB set. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382380 | OFDMA CONTENTION METHOD AND ACCESS POINT - Embodiments of the invention provide an OFDMA contention method and an access point. The OFDMA contention method includes: receiving, by an access point, a contention request frame transmitted by a station over a subchannel, and judging whether a sum of a number of stations succeeding in a contention in a current channel contention period and a number of stations succeeding in a historic contention is minor than a preset threshold; if yes, triggering the station to enter a next channel contention period, and repeatedly executing the steps of the receiving and the judging, until a number of stations succeeding in contentions is greater than or equal to the preset threshold. The OFDMA contention method and the access point can increase the number of the stations succeeding in contentions, thereby improving the throughput of an OFDMA system. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382384 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING QUALITY OF SERVICE FOR WEB-BASED REAL-TIME COMMUNICATION - A method and apparatus are provided for web-based real-time communication. The method includes receiving, from a user equipment (UE), a message requesting information about an Internet Protocol Multimedia Subsystem (IMS) network to which the user equipment (UE) is to access; transmitting, to the UE, address information of the IMS network to which the UE is to access, in response to the received message; and transmitting, to a network device of the IMS network, information about the UE to request establishment of a bearer for a web-based real-time data service. A signaling message for the web-based real-time data service is transmitted between the UE and the IMS network through the bearer. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382386 | MOBILE GATEWAY SELECTION USING A DIRECT CONNECTION BETWEEN A PCRF NODE AND A MOBILITY MANAGEMENT NODE - There is provided mobile gateway selection performed by a PCRF node in communication with an MME node or an S4-SGSN. The mobile gateway selection is based on a direct MME/S4-SGSN-PCRF interface. A request message for a Packet Data Network Gateway Internet Protocol address to be used for establishing a session for a first user equipment is transmitted from the MME/S4-SGSN to a Policy and Charging Rules Function node through a direct MME/S4-SGSN-PCRF interface. The Policy and Charging Rules Function node determines a PDN GW IP address to be used for establishing the session based on policies for the first user equipment and transmits the PDN GW IP address through the direct MME/S4-SGSN-PCRF interface to the MME/S4-SGSN. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382387 | CONFIGURING WIRELESS DEVICES FOR A WIRELESS INFRASTRUCTURE NETWORK - Systems and methods permit a wireless device to receive data wirelessly via an infrastructure wireless network, without physically connecting the wireless device to a computer in order to configure it, and without having an existing infrastructure wireless network for the wireless device to connect to. A remote server hosts a website that permits a user of the wireless device to input via a computer credential data for at least one infrastructure wireless network. The content access point transmits the credential data for the at least one infrastructure wireless network to the wireless device via the ad hoc wireless network, such that, upon receipt of the credential data for the at least one infrastructure wireless network, the wireless device is configured to connect to the at least one infrastructure wireless network. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382390 | RADIO LINK ESTABLISHMENT - A method of establishing an association between user equipment configured to communicate with other user equipment via a direct radio link within a wireless communications network; a computer program product and user equipment operable to perform that method. The method comprises: monitoring, at one of the user equipment configured to communicate via a direct radio link, for receipt of a beacon signal from one of the other user equipment; and if such a beacon signal is received, notifying the user equipment transmitting the received beacon signal of receipt of the beacon signal to establish an association with the user equipment transmitting the received beacon signal; and if no beacon signal is received, commencing transmission of a beacon signal and monitoring for receipt of a notification that the transmitted beacon signal has been received by one of the other user equipment to establish an association with the other user equipment responsible for transmission of that notification. Aspects and embodiments described may allow user equipment wishing to establish a device to device link with other user equipment to discover each other without each having to transmit a beacon signal. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382391 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, METHOD FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND PROGRAM - A communication apparatus includes a first detection unit configured to detect a service executable by another communication apparatus based on a communication in a first communication layer before the communication apparatus constructs a network with the another communication apparatus. The communication apparatus further includes a second detection unit configured to detect a service executable by the another communication apparatus based on a communication in a second communication layer that is different from the first communication layer after the communication apparatus has been wirelessly connected to the another communication apparatus, if a detection result obtained by the first detection unit does not indicate that the another communication apparatus is capable of executing a predetermined service. | 12-31-2015 |
20150382392 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A mobile communication system according to the embodiment supports cellular communication in which a data path passes through a network and D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which a data path does not pass through the network. A frequency division multiplexing scheme is applied to the cellular communication and a code division multiplexing scheme is applied to the D2D communication. The network assigns a spread code having orthogonality to a user terminal in response to a request from the user terminal. The user terminal performs the D2D communication by using the spread code assigned by the network. | 12-31-2015 |
20160006487 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK METHOD FOR COORDINATED MULTI-POINT SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a method in a UE for feeding back channel state information (CSI) and the UE. The method comprises: acquiring a set of CSI processes which are configured by a transmission point (TP) to participate in multi-antenna multi-TP coordination; acquiring a sub-band (SB) inheritance which is configured by a TP for a CSI process from the set of CSI processes; calculating the CSI based on the configuration for the CSI process; and feeding the calculated CSI back to a TP. The present disclosure has the advantages of simple implementation and low signalling overhead and is applicable to enhanced 4G systems and to 5G systems. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006494 | Multiple Transmitter Codebook Methods and Devices - Various communication systems may benefit from codebook methods and devices for multiple transmitters. For example, a codebook for four transmitters (4Tx) may provide further enhancement for downlink multiple-input multiple-output (DL-MIMO) systems. A method can include weighting a signal for transmission based on a precoder selected according to a feedback from a codebook, such as codebooks A, B, C, D, or E, described herein. The method can also include sending the weighted signal. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006495 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for transmitting CSI by a terminal in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises: subsampling a first codebook associated with a first PMI and a second codebook associated with a second PMI according to a report sub-mode for four antenna ports; and reporting channel state information based on the subsampled first codebook and the subsampled second codebook, wherein a first codebook index for the first PMI may be determined as one of 0, 4, 8, and 12 when RI is 1 or 2, a second codebook index for the second PMI may be determined as one of 0, 2, 8, and 10 when the RI is 1, and the second codebook index for the second PMI may be determined as one of 0, 1, 4, and 5 when the RI is 2. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006522 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - [Object] To improve communication of a communication node that utilizes a radio resource (frequency channel) under an environment in which there is an interference from communication involving a communication node that is not control target, with less calculation amount. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006527 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT AND DECENTRALIZED CHANNEL ACCESS SCHEMES IN HOTSPOT-AIDED CELLULAR NETWORKS - A system and method are provided wherein one or more femtocell base stations are deployed within a range of a cellular base station and utilize substantially the same frequency band as the cellular base station. Each femtocell base station may be configured to employ one or more interference avoidance techniques such that coexistence between the cellular and the corresponding femtocell base station is enabled. The interference avoidance techniques employed may include use of randomized time or frequency hopping; randomly selecting a predetermined number, or identifying one or more unutilized, frequency subchannels for signal transmission; using two or more transmit, and two or more receive antennas; nulling one or more transmissions in a direction of a nearby cellular base station user; handing off at least one cellular user to one of the femtocell base stations and vice versa; and/or reducing the transmission power of at least one femtocell base station. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006529 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING INTERFERENCE COORDINATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for performing interference coordination in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device may transmit measurement results on neighboring cells; receive information of grouping of the neighboring cells based on the measurement results; and receive a signal to be applied with a different sub-band, a subframe shift, or a Orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol shift according to the information of grouping from each cell of the neighboring cells. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006539 | Methods, Mobile Devices and Nodes for Use in a Mobile Communication Network - There is provided a method of operating a mobile device that is configured to receive multi-antenna downlink transmissions from a network node, the mobile device being configured to perform link adaptation to select a suitable modulation and/or coding scheme, MCS, from a plurality of available modulation and/or coding schemes, MCSs, for the multi-antenna downlink transmission, the method comprising (i) determining whether to use an unrestricted set of MCSs or a restricted set of MCSs when performing link adaptation for the multi-antenna downlink transmission, the unrestricted set of MCSs comprising all of the plurality of available MCSs, the restricted set comprising a subset of the plurality of available MCSs; and (ii) performing the link adaptation to select the MCS for the multi-antenna downlink transmission using the unrestricted or restricted set of MCSs determined in step (i). | 01-07-2016 |
20160006546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for allocating resources for a reference signal in a wireless communication system are provided. A wireless device receives a configuration including the candidates resource element set (RES)s and indexes to be mapped to the candidates RESs for the reference signal; and receives an index indicating a RES selected according to a transmission point (TP) to perform a channel estimation by the reference signal received on the RES indicated by the index. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006547 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING QCL BETWEEN ANTENNA PORTS FOR MASSIVE MIMO IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a Reference Signal (RS) at a User Equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving information about a plurality of RSs through a high layer, and receiving the RS based on the information about the plurality of RSs from at least one node. The information about the plurality of RSs includes information indicating whether it is possible to assume quasi co-location between at least two RSs of the plurality of RSs. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006548 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING WIRELESS SIGNAL AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention relates to a method for receiving control information in a wireless communication system and a device therefor, the method comprising the steps of: receiving a PDCCH signal including uplink scheduling information; transmitting a PUSCH signal by using the uplink scheduling information: and receiving a PHICH signal including acknowledgement information on the PUSCH signal, wherein an RS for the PUSCH signal exists only in one slot per RB pair within an RB set in which the PUSCH signal is transmitted, and a resource for receiving the PHICH signal is determined by using an index of the slot in which the RS exists. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006551 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND A METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a user equipment for use in a mobile communication system is configured to: receive control information including a first field and a second field via a control channel, the first field indicating one of N (N≧2) resource block group (RBG) sets and the second field including a bitmap, wherein each bit of the bitmap is used to indicate whether a corresponding resource block (RB) in the indicated one of the N RBG sets is allocated; interpret the first field and the second field for resource allocation in the control information; and receive data using the control information. An RBG set n (0≦n01-07-2016 | |
20160006554 | Many to One Communications Protocol - Methods and apparatus are provided for a many to one communication protocol. In one novel aspect, a modified CTS is sent by a receiving wireless communications station in response to a regular RTS. The modified CTS includes an indication for an uplink MU operation. In one embodiment, a modified CTS indicates a restricted access window (RAW) followed by RAW parameter set (RPS). In one embodiment, a subset of wireless communications devices associated with the receiving wireless communications station sends modified PS-poll with uplink data indication. Such PS-poll traffic is protected from passerby wireless communications devices from an OBSS. The receiving wireless communications station sends a modified resource-allocation map frame followed by a regular CTS frame. The subsets of wireless communications devices send their uplink data based on the received resource allocation map. The RTS-originating wireless station either sends its data frame earlier or concurrently with other wireless communications devices. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006560 | DATA TRANSMITTER AND DATA RECEIVER - A data transmitter for transmitting a data packet to a data receiver via a communication channel includes a generator for generating the data packet and a transmitter for transmitting the data packet. The generator for generating the data packet is configured to generate a data packet having a first data block and a second data block and a predefined first reference sequence and second reference sequence for synchronizing the data receiver, wherein the first reference sequence is longer than the second reference sequence, and wherein in the data packet, the second data block is located between the first reference sequence and the second reference sequence, and the first reference sequence is located between the first data block and the second data block. The transmitter for transmitting the data packet is configured to transmit the data packet to the data receiver via the communication channel. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006650 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Configuring Flow Table in OpenFlow Network - A method, an apparatus, and a system for configuring a flow table in an OpenFlow network, which can enhance a service switchover adaptation capability of a network system, and improve the working efficiency. The method includes determining, by a control device, a type of a service needing to be forwarded by a switch device; determining, according to the type of the service needing to be forwarded by the switch device and a prestored correspondence between a service type and flow table matching capability information, flow table matching capability information corresponding to the service type, and sending a flow table configuration message to the switch device, where the flow table configuration message carries the flow table matching capability information corresponding to the service type, so that the switch device configures, according to the flow table matching capability information, a flow table required for the service type. | 01-07-2016 |
20160006688 | COMMUNICATION-CHANNEL CONTROL DEVICE, ADDRESS CONVERSION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION-CHANNEL SETTING METHOD - A setting storage unit and an address conversion device selection unit, the setting storage unit stores combinations of first and second communication channels. A plurality of said first communication channels are set up between the following: a plurality of first node devices that connect a first network, in which a base station device is provided, to a second network and a plurality of address conversion devices in the second network. A plurality of the second communication channels are set up between the following: a plurality of second node devices that connect a third network to the second network and the plurality of address conversion devices. The address conversion device selection unit selects one of the address-conversion devices, each of which acts as a relay between one of the first and second node devices via one of the first communication channels and one of the second communication channels. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007139 | GROUP-BASED MACHINE TO MACHINE COMMUNICATION - Methods and apparatus are provided for performing group-based machine-to-machine (M2M) communication. Machine-type communication (MTC) wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) may operate in M2M groups. MTC WTRUs belonging to the same M2M group may receive a broadcast message with a time window on a channel dedicated for receiving data directed to an M2M group. The MTC WTRUs may wake up during the time window and may receive data directed to an M2M group on a dedicated channel. The broadcast message may be broadcasted via a broadcast server upon a request from an MTC server. The time window is allocated upon a request from an MTC server on behalf of the M2M group. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007152 | PROXIMITY DETECTION IN A DEVICE TO DEVICE NETWORK - A technology for a user equipment (UE) that is operable to communicate in a device to device (D2D) network. A proximity detection request can be communicated to an evolved packet core (EPC). The proximity detection request can include a window parameter, an identification information of a second UE, and a proximity detection signal indicating whether the proximity detection request is for proximity detection of the second UE or for establishing a D2D connection with the second UE. A proximity alert message can be received from the EPC at the window parameter. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007169 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST CONTENT ON A MOBILE PLATFORM DURING TRAVEL - A vehicle information system for passenger vehicles, such as automobiles and aircraft, and methods for manufacturing and using same. The vehicle information system includes a broadband communication system with a broadband antenna system and a broadband control system. Exploiting the advent of high-speed connectivity solutions, the vehicle information system supports a low-cost, high-capacity bidirectional data connection with a terrestrial content system and thereby can be established as another node on the “Worldwide Net.” The vehicle information system likewise provides wireless access points for communicating with passengers' personal media devices. As desired, the vehicle information system can support mobile telephone connectivity and/or presentation of live integrated digital television (IDTV) programming. The vehicle information system thereby provides enhanced information, entertainment, and communication services during travel. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007186 | WIRELESS CONTROLLER COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS CONTROLLER - A wireless controller communication method and a wireless controller are provided. The method comprises: receiving, by the wireless controller, an identifier and address information allocated to the wireless controller by a network management device; registering, by the wireless controller, attribute information of a slave control device belonging to the wireless controller with the network management device, wherein the network management device establishes a mapping relationship between the wireless controller and the slave control device; searching for address information of the slave control device based on the mapping relationship when the wireless controller needs to communicate with the slave control device; and establishing, by the wireless controller, communication with the slave control device based on the address information of the slave control device. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007207 | Methods and Devices for Securing Radio Resources for an LTE-U Data Transmission - A method for securing radio resources for a Long Term Evolution-unlicensed, LTE-U, data transmission is disclosed. The method includes transmitting a plurality of bits in an unlicensed frequency band which are inserted before the LTE-U data transmission. Related communication devices, methods by devices, and systems are disclosed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007214 | Control of Data Connections and/or Data Transmissions in a Mobile Radio Device - A method and a device are disclosed for controlling at least one data connection and/or one data transmission through the at least one data connection for a mobile radio device. Control information that was previously collected by one or more agents coupled to the mobile radio device is taken into account in the control of the data connection and/or the data transmission. The control information contains route- and/or user-specific information. The collecting of data is carried out by an agent, which is preferably designed to be self-learning. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007215 | CROSS CORRELATION NULLING FOR INTERFERENCE RESOLUTION - Systems and methods generate corrected channel transfer functions by cross-correlation nulling. In an example system, a first receiver node (which may be a wireless base station) receives first expected reference signal information associated with an interfering transmitter node (which may be a wireless user equipment) and creates a correction matrix based on the first expected reference signal information associated with the interfering transmitter node and on second expected reference signal information associated with an intended transmitter node. The correction matrix can then be applied to an estimated channel transfer function associated with a received transmission from the intended transmitter node to generate a corrected channel transfer function associated with the received transmission from the intended transmitter node. The first receiver node can use the corrected channel transfer function in decoding received transmissions including, for example, use in performing interference resolution. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007221 | NETWORK ELEMENTS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHODS THEREFOR - Measurement reports from only those wireless communication units ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007227 | SHARING OF RADIO RESOURCES BETWEEN A BACKHAUL LINK AND A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - Systems and methods are presented for effectively sharing a plurality of radio transceiver chains between a Backhaul link and a Radio Access Network (RAN), in which there is a wireless Base Station (BS) with some number of radio transceiver chains, the system initially allocates such chains between the Backhaul link and the RAN according to some criterion, the system dynamically monitors the performance of the Backhaul link and RAN to detect any deficiencies in desired levels of performance, and the system then reallocates the radio transceiver chains between the Backhaul link and the RAN in a manner calculated to help achieve the desired levels of performance. Optionally and in various embodiments, the digital signals to and from the Backhaul link, or to and from the RAN, may be MIMO signals, MRC signals, MMSE signals, or ML signals. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007229 | TRANSMISSION DATA PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICES - Embodiments of the present invention provide a transmission data processing method and devices. The transmission data processing method includes: determining, by user equipment UE, processing indication information according to a type of buffered uplink data, and generating a buffer status report; and sending, by the UE, the buffer status report to a base station eNB, so that the eNB performs scheduling and uplink transmission resource allocation on the UE according to the processing indication information. The transmission data processing method and the devices provided in the embodiments of the present invention avoid a defect that air interface resources cannot be utilized appropriately and effectively when a granularity of a reported buffer status report is per logic channel group, thereby improving effects of scheduling and resource allocation that are performed on UE. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007230 | NETWORK DEVICE AND MOBILE STATION - A feedback packet is transmitted to an appropriate radio base station in ROHC control. A radio base station (eNB # | 01-07-2016 |
20160007234 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING DECENTRALIZED CLUSTERING MECHANISM - A method for implementing a decentralized clustering mechanism includes: reserving, by a first wireless device located on a first channel, multiple first scheduled service periods from a first data transfer interval; switching, by the first wireless device, to a second channel within the first scheduled service periods, and transmitting a probe frame over the second channel, where the probe frame includes a cluster probe information element; reserving, by the first wireless device, multiple second scheduled service periods from a second data transfer interval according to timing information in the cluster probe information element; when a response frame from a second wireless device is received within the second scheduled service periods, identifying, by the first wireless device, whether an empty beacon scheduled service period exists; and if exists, transmitting, by the first wireless device, a beacon frame within the empty beacon scheduled service period. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007273 | Techniques to Create, Update, Disseminate, and Use Dynamic Subset Backhaul Channel Lists in a Mesh Network - A mesh network includes a controller, root access points (APs), and mesh APs assigned to different groups of APs. The controller creates for each group a distinct subset channel list of backhaul channels used by root APs of the group that are connected to the controller. The controller updates, for each group, the subset channel list as root APs assigned to the group connect with and disconnect from the controller. The controller sends, for each group, the subset channel list to the mesh APs assigned to the group that are connected with the controller through respective root APs when the subset channel list is created and updated. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007277 | Method for Selecting Controller in Network and Station Device - The present invention provides a method for selecting a network controller and a station device. Supported channel width sets of multiple station STA devices are acquired; a PCP factor of the each STA device is generated according to a supported channel width set and an acquired directional multi-gigabit DMG capability information element of the each STA device, where the PCP factor includes the supported channel width set; a STA device with a largest PCP factor is selected as a PCP. Using the method for selecting a PCP and the STA device provided in the present invention can improve reliability of a wireless local area network WLAN. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007278 | Distribution of Clients Across a Network - Systems and methods for instituting redistribution of wireless clients to improve service, comprising via access point (AP), multiple APs acting in concert, and/or a central entity, in connection with a network, allowing a client to associate; deciding that an associated client should be redistributed based on a connection metric, wherein the decision is based on at least one of, a probability calculation, network metric and a threshold comparison; and via the AP, sending the associated client a trigger, wherein the trigger is at least one of, a redistribution request and a disconnect message. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007300 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus resets a first parameter or a second parameter, dependent on whether a random access response corresponds to a primary cell or a secondary cell, in a case that the random access response is received, wherein the random access response corresponding to a first serving cell is received in the first serving cell and the random access response corresponding to a second serving cell is received in the second serving cell. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007322 | Methods and Devices for Allocating a Radio Resource for an LTE-U Data Transmission - A method for allocating a radio resource for a Long Term Evolution-unlicensed, LTE-U, data transmission of a communication device in an unlicensed frequency band is disclosed. The method includes the communication device determining a time gap duration until a start time of a subframe. The communication device selects a resource allocation transmission from a plurality of resource allocation transmissions as a function of the determined time gap duration. Related communication devices, methods by devices, and systems are disclosed. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007323 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal apparatus includes a configuration unit that sets a first configuration, a second configuration, and a third configuration. The configuration unit specifies an uplink subframe in which transmission of PUSCH is possible according to the second configuration, when the first configuration and the second configuration are set and the third configuration is not set, the first configuration is used to determine a correspondence between a subframe in which PDCCH is arranged and a subframe in which PUSCH corresponding to the PDCCH is arranged, the second configuration is used to determine a correspondence between a subframe in which PDSCH is arranged and a subframe in which a HARQ-ACK corresponding to the PDSCH is transmitted, and the third configuration is used to specify a subframe for which the PDCCH is monitored. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007324 | METHOD FOR ENABLING TERMINAL TO TRANSMIT AND RECEIVE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for enabling a terminal to transmit and receive a signal in a wireless communications system and an apparatus therefor. More specifically, the method includes the steps of: receiving physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) data and reconfiguration downlink control information (DCI); and transmitting at least one of the information of ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement) for downlink data and the answer message corresponding to the reconfiguration downlink control information, characterized in that the answer message represents whether to succeed in receiving the reconfiguration downlink control information. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007325 | DOWNLINK PHYSICAL LAYER PROTOCOL DATA UNIT FORMAT IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present invention provides a new downlink frame format to support MU-MIMO and OFDMA, and methods, apparatuses, etc. therefor. In an aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting data to a plurality of STAs by an AP in a WLAN may include generating a HE-LTF field for the plurality of STAs, and transmitting a PPDU frame to the plurality of STAs, the PPDU frame including the HE-LTF field and data for the plurality of STAs. The data for the plurality of STAs may be transmitted to different STA on each of a plurality of subchannels, and a starting point of the HE-LTF field may be same across the plurality of STAs and an end point of the HE-LTF field may be same across the plurality of STAs. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007326 | Method, Base Station, UE, and System for Sending and Receiving PDCCH Signaling - A method, a base station, a User Equipment (UE) and a system for sending and receiving Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) signaling are disclosed. A method includes determining locations of a first search space and a second search space of a User Equipment (UE). A method also includes sending PDCCH signaling with no Carrier Indication Field (CIF) to the UE in a physically overlapped region between the first search space and the second search space if the physically overlapped region exists and a length of the PDCCH signaling with no CIF in the first search space is equal to a length of PDCCH signaling with the CIF in the second search space. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007327 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACTIVATING/DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method for activating/deactivating secondary carriers of a User Equipment (UE) in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation is provided. The method comprises, receiving a control message including an activation/deactivation Control Element (CE) in a first sub-frame from a Base station, identifying an activation command or a deactivation command of at least one secondary carrier based on the control message, determining whether a current sub-frame is a second sub-frame or not, performing at least one first operation for the at least one secondary carrier in a second sub-frame, and performing, when the activation/deactivation CE indicates deactivation of the at least one secondary carrier, at least one second operation for the at least one secondary carrier no later than the second sub-frame. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007328 | TECHNIQUE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK REFERENCE SIGNALS - A technique for receiving and transmitting downlink reference signals is disclosed. When transmitting downlink data demodulation reference signals (DMRS) (or reference signals for downlink data demodulation) by using two or more layers, the DMRS of each layer may be multiplexed by using a code division multiplexing method and then transmitted. The DMRS for each of the two or more layers may be used for one user equipment or for two or more user equipments. And, downlink control signals for transmitting and receiving such DMRS may be configured to have the same format regardless of a single-user mode (or SU-MIMO mode) or a multi-user mode (or MU-MIMO mode), thereby being used. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007329 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF RESOURCE ALLOCATION TO ADJUST GRANULARITY IN CELLULAR MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method for receiving a downlink signal in a wireless mobile communication system, and an apparatus therefore; and a method for transmitting a downlink signal in a wireless mobile communication system, and an apparatus therefore are described. The method for receiving the downlink signal according to one embodiment includes receiving common downlink control information including a resource indication value, RIV. The RIV is mapped to a start index S and a length L of consecutive virtual resource blocks, VRBs. The method for receiving the downlink signal according to one embodiment further includes receiving the downlink signal on the consecutive VRBs. The RIV is mapped to the start index S and the length L of the consecutive VRBs, or else the RIV is mapped to the start index S and the length L of the consecutive VRBs. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007330 | RADIO SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO TERMINAL - One of a plurality of radio terminals that transmit radio signals to a radio base station under a space multiplexing scheme, including a receiving unit that receives an access right request signal with respect to the radio base station from an other radio terminal, a prevention unit that prevents transmission of radio signals when receiving radio signals directed to an other radio terminal, a cancellation unit that cancels the prevention of transmission when receiving an access right assignment signal during the prevention of transmission and a transmitting unit that transmits a data signal to the radio base station according to the assignment signal, wherein radio signals are transmitted to the radio base station simultaneously with the other radio terminals and under the space multiplexing scheme. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007331 | USER EQUIPMENT CONTROL IN A MULTI-CORE LONG TERM EVOLUTION SYSTEM - In a Long Term Evolution (LTE) communication system, a User Equipment (UE) receives Mobility Management Entity (MME) selection data. The UE processes the MME selection data to select one of multiple MMEs. The UE wirelessly transfers an LTE attachment request to an LTE access point. The LTE attachment request indicates the selected MME. The UE wirelessly receives an attachment acceptance from the selected MME through the LTE access point in response to selecting and indicating the MME in the LTE attachment request. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007332 | Radio Communication System, Radio Station, Radio Terminal, Communication Control Method, and Non-Transitory Computer Readable Medium - A radio terminal ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007333 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD THEREOF, AND PROGRAM - A method for controlling a communication apparatus, includes specifying, before joining a wireless network, an external device that will be a data transmitting source, receiving related information relating to data to be transmitted from the specified external device, determining whether to receive the data to be transmitted based on the received related information, joining a wireless network when it is determined to receive the data to be transmitted, and receiving the data to be transmitted from the specified external device after joining the wireless network. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007334 | METHOD FOR ALLOTTING SYSTEM BANDWIDTH IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention is used for a wireless access system supporting a machine type communication (MTC), and provides a method for allotting a new system bandwidth for MTC and an apparatus for supporting the same. According to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for allotting a system bandwidth for an MTC terminal in a wireless access system supporting a machine type communication (MTC) includes the steps of: causing an MTC terminal to receive an upper layer signal containing the system bandwidth indication information representing an MTC system bandwidth allotted to the MTC terminal; and causing the MTC terminal to transmit uplink control information through the MTC system bandwidth represented by the system bandwidth indication information. In this case, the MTC system bandwidth can be constructed by connecting to a legacy system bandwidth in the direction of the frequency axis. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007339 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for a terminal for transmitting channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: in a reporting mode for a four-antenna port, joint-encoding a rank indicator (RI) and a first precoding matrix indicator (PMI) into a single encoding value; and transmitting channel state information comprising the encoding value, wherein if RI is 1, then a codebook index may have the same value as the encoding value, and if RI is 2, then the codebook index may be less than the encoding value by 8. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007340 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for reporting channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor are disclosed. According to an example of the present invention, a method in which a terminal transmits CSI in a wireless communication system may comprise: a step of receiving data about a feedback antenna port configuration from a base station; and a step of transmitting CSI regarding K (K≧1) feedback antenna ports from each of N (N≧2) reporting resources to the base station. The K feedback antenna ports may be a part of M (M≧2) antenna ports. The CSI regarding K feedback antenna ports may include phase information about the K feedback antenna ports. The phase information about the K feedback antenna ports may be determined by assuming a phase difference with respect to a reference antenna port. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007341 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a terminal that performs communication with a base station, in which a Physical Uplink Control Channel is generated by mapping response information to a Physical Uplink Control Channel resource that is determined in accordance with at least a prescribed offset and generates a Physical Uplink Control Channel, in a case where a Physical Downlink Control Channel is detected in a first Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel-Physical Resource Block set, and in which a Physical Uplink Control Channel is generated by mapping the response information to a Physical Uplink Control Channel resource that is determined in accordance with at least an offset which is configured individually for every terminal and generates the Physical Uplink Control Channel, in a case where the Physical Downlink Control Channel is detected in a second Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel-Physical Resource Block set. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007343 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A method for receiving an uplink signal in a wireless communication system, and a device therefore. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting a control channel signal including a resource allocation (RA) field; and receiving an uplink signal. A size of the RA field is represented by an expression including RASizeA and RASizeB. RASizeA is a first number of bits required for representing a resource indication value (RIV) corresponding to a starting resource block (RB) and a length of contiguously allocated RBs within a given uplink bandwidth. RASizeB is a second number of bits required for representing a combinatorial index r corresponding to 4 indexes used to indicate a start resource block group (RBG) index and an end RBG index of a first RB set and a start RBG index and an end RBG index of a second RB set within the given uplink bandwidth. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007344 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method for receiving uplink control information in a wireless communication system supporting carrier aggregation (CA), and a base station therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting downlink data through a first downlink component carrier (DL CC) or a second DL CC; receiving an acknowledgement/not-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK); and receiving periodic channel state information (CSI). If the ACK/NACK collides with the periodic CSI and the ACK/NACK corresponds to downlink data transmitted through only the first DL CC, both the ACK/NACK and the periodic CSI are received in the same subframe of a first uplink component carrier (UL CC). If the ACK/NACK collides with the periodic CSI and the ACK/NACK corresponds to downlink data transmitted through both the first DL CC and the second DL CC, the periodic CSI is not received and only the ACK/NACK is received in the same subframe of the first UL CC. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007346 | ESTABLISHMENT OF CONNECTION TO THE INTERNET IN CELLULAR NETWORK - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods to establish a connection to the Internet via a local gateway (L-GW) function for a LIPA or a SIPTO@LN. The establishment of the connection to the Internet may be performed, for example, by at least one of an E-RAB SETUP procedure, an INITIAL CONTEXT SETUP procedure, an INITIAL UE MESSAGE procedure or an UPLINK NAS TRANSPORT procedure. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007349 | BRIDGING WIRELESS AND WIRED MEDIA IN A COMPUTER NETWORK - In one embodiment, a transmitting node may be configured to transmit a wireless advertisement frame over a computer network, wherein the frame includes a source address of a reachable node being advertised, a destination address to which the reachable node is to be advertised, a transmitter address of the transmitting node, and a receiver address of a wireless access point to which the wireless advertisement frame is to be received. Also, the wireless access point may be configured to receive the wireless advertisement frame from the network, and in response, transmit a reflected wireless advertisement frame having the source address of the reachable node, the destination address to which the reachable node is to be advertised, a transmitter address of the access point, and a receiver address that indicates the reflected frame is to be accepted by any appropriate receiver excluding the transmitting node. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007351 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, AND RECORDING MEDIUM STORING A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION PROGRAM - A wireless communication system includes multiple wireless communication devices including a first wireless communication device that centrally controls a plurality of second wireless communication devices and compatible with a multiple wireless communication standards. The multiple wireless communication standards includes a first wireless communication standard and one or more wireless communication standards using a frequency band lower than that of the first wireless communication standard. The first wireless communication device includes a receiver, a determination unit, and a transmitter. The plurality of second wireless communication devices each establish the wireless communication using the first wireless communication standard based on the routing information that each of the plurality of second wireless communication devices itself acquires from the first wireless communication device. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007352 | CONTROLLING RESOURCES OF RADIO TERMINAL IN RADIO ACCESS NODE - A mobility management node and a corresponding method in the mobility management node for controlling resources of a radio terminal in a radio access node configured to operatively communicate user data between the radio terminal and a serving node, wherein the mobility management node is configured to operatively; initiate an establishment of resources in the radio access node so as to enable communication of user data, and initiate a releasement of established resources in the radio access node so as to disable the communication of user data. The method comprises the actions of: obtaining service information indicating the frequency of at least one of the establishments or the releasements, initiating an establishment of a new resource in the radio access node to enable a communication of user data between the radio terminal and the serving node, and determining an inactivation condition based on the service information. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007353 | CELL DISCOVERY IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques for transmitting and receiving wireless communications over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band are disclosed, including techniques for transmitting and receiving service information blocks over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, techniques for gaining access to the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band by performing extended clear channel assessments (eCCAs), techniques for transmitting and receiving synchronization signals and reference signals over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, techniques for communicating locations of reference signals, and techniques for communicating availability of certain resources to be combined across multiple different transmissions. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007354 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses for wireless communication according to various tone plans are provided. In one aspect, a method includes generating a message for wireless communication according to a 1024-tone plan. The 1024-tone plan including 980 data tones and 16 pilot tones. The method further includes providing the message for transmission over an 80 MHz bandwidth. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007355 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF ESTABLISHING A WIRELESS BEAMFORMED LINK - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of establishing a wireless beamformed link. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication controller to control a first wireless communication device to communicate millimeter-wave (mmWave) signals with a second wireless communication device over a mmWave frequency band, the mmWave signals including signals transmitted according to a plurality of different transmit (Tx) beamforming settings, the wireless communication controller is to control the first wireless communication device to communicate feedback information, which is based on the mmWave signals, over a non-mmWave frequency band, and to control the first wireless communication device to establish with the second wireless communication device a beamformed link over the mmWave frequency band, the beamformed link using a Tx beamforming setting, which is determined based on the feedback information. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007357 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A radio communication method including: storing each of a plurality of associations between each resource size and each data size by a terminal, each data size indicating each size of data capable of being transmitted using an associated resource size, receiving specified data, first control information, and second control information from a base station by the terminal, the specified data being mapped across a plurality of radio resources, each of the plurality of radio resources having each specified frequency bandwidth and each specified time period, the first control information indicating the number of the plurality of radio resources, the second control information indicating an individual resource size allocated for the specified data in each of the plurality of radio resources, obtaining a total data size of the specified data by the terminal based on the first control information, the second control information, and the plurality of associations. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007358 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - In the wireless communication system, each of a base station | 01-07-2016 |
20160007361 | Interference Control in HETNETs - The embodiments herein relates to a method in a first base station ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007362 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PRIMARY CHANNEL DETECTION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for mitigating interference in a Wireless Local Access Network or WLAN that may be caused by a radio node. Signal measurements are monitored at frequencies corresponding to one or more WLAN channels in one or more frequency bands. It is determined, based on the signal measurements at the frequencies, whether there are any channels among possible primary and secondary channel pairings of the WLAN channels that are being used by the WLAN as secondary channels. Spectrum usage by the radio node is controlled in dependence on the determination. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007365 | METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING TRANSMISSION POINT, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for identifying a transmission point. The method includes: measuring, by a mobile terminal, pilot quality of transmission points in a soft cell in which the mobile terminal is located, selecting one target transmission point according to a measurement result and a preset rule to receive downlink data; and processing, by the mobile terminal, uplink data according to feature information corresponding to the target transmission point, and sending processed uplink data, so that the target transmission point parses the uplink data after receiving the uplink data, and determines, according to a parsing result, that a transmission point that is selected by the mobile terminal for receiving downlink data is the target transmission point. This may implement that base stations in a soft cell identify a base station that is selected by a mobile terminal for receiving downlink data. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007366 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING ENHANCED TRANSMISSION SELECTION STANDARD CONFIGURATION INFORMATION - A method and a device for transmitting enhanced transmission selection (ETS) standard configuration information. The receiving method includes: receiving LLDP packets, wherein, the LLDP packets are in an ETS recommended TLV format; analyzing a first field in the LLDP packets, and determining whether the value of each byte in the first field is in a preset range or not; analyzing the value of a first segment of bits of each byte in the first field when determining that the value of each byte in the first field is in the preset range, and determining a scheduling algorithm used by internal priorities of a traffic class corresponding to each byte in the first field according to the values of the first segment of bits; and analyzing value of a second segment of bits of each byte in the first field, and determining an additional parameter corresponding to the priority. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007367 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD WITH PRIORITIZED CONTROL INFORMATION - A communication terminal adjusts the transmission timing of data transmitted to a base station so that the base station can receive the data within a predetermined delay time. The communication terminal includes a reception section | 01-07-2016 |
20160007368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A BASE STATION AND A TERMINAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BAND - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 01-07-2016 |
20160007370 | Smart Power Monitor Scheduling to Improve Throughput Performance in a MSMA Phone - Various embodiments provide methods implemented by a processor executing on a mobile communication device (e.g., a multi-SIM-multi-active communication device) to opportunistically schedule a victim subscription's power monitoring activities to occur during periods in which the aggressor subscription is already scheduled not to transmit, thereby reducing the amount of time the aggressor subscription must perform Tx blanking to accommodate the victim subscription's idle-standby-mode operations. Specifically, the victim subscription's monitoring activities may be scheduled to occur while the aggressor subscription is operating in a compressed mode. As a result, the overall throughput/performance of an aggressor subscription is improved as the aggressor experiences relatively fewer blanked transmissions without affecting the victim subscription's ability to perform power-monitoring operations. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007372 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - A communication control method is used in a mobile communication system that supports D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which a data path does not pass through a core network. The communication control method comprises: a step A of transmitting, by a first user terminal camping on a first cell, a radio signal that includes a serving cell identifier for identifying the first cell; a step B of transmitting, by a second user terminal camping on a second cell, the serving cell identifier included in the radio signal from the second user terminal to the second cell when the radio signal is received from the first user terminal; and a step C of sharing, by the first cell and the second cell, scheduling information for controlling the D2D communication performed by the first user terminal and the second user terminal, on the basis of the serving cell identifier received by the second cell from the second user terminal. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007373 | GROUP CARRIER SCHEDULING FOR UNLICENSED LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORK - A user equipment device comprises physical layer circuitry configured to communicate radio frequency (RF) electrical signals directly with one or more separate wireless devices, including to receive an indication of multiple component carriers aggregated into a carrier set that includes at least one scheduling component carrier and at least one scheduled component carrier, and receive scheduling control information for the multiple component carriers of the carrier set using the scheduling component carrier in downlink control information according to a resource radio control signaling protocol. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007377 | User Equipment, Network Node and Methods Therein for Handling Preamble Transmissions on a Random Access Channel in a Radio Communications Network - The embodiments herein relate to a user equipment ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007378 | LTE Transmission in Unlicensed Bands - A method of receiving LTE data by a user device, the data being transmitted on a channel of an unlicensed band comprising the steps of receiving a cell ID from a primary LTE cell, receiving system information from the primary LTE cell for access to an unlicensed channel, receiving LTE data on the channel of an unlicensed band. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007380 | PROGRAM EXECUTED IN TRANSMITTER, RECEIVER AND PROGRAM EXECUTED IN RECEIVER - A transmitter generates a header frame having a frame length indicating the beginning of data to be transmitted, data frames having frame lengths representing the data to be transmitted, and an end frame having a frame length indicating the end of the data to be transmitted. Then, for all of the header frame, data frames and end frame, the transmitter executes transmitting the kth frame when the wireless communication space is available, thereby transmitting the header frame, data frames and end frame, one after another, in accordance with the CSMA/CA scheme. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007381 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and arrangement for triggering a Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure for requesting uplink resources on a random access channel to a radio base station scheduler based on a change in terminal buffer status as compared to a Buffer Status Report BSR stored in said terminal. In a first method step, the status of the present terminal buffer content, i.e. terminal buffer data, is compared with the status of said stored buffer status report BSR. A second method step involves initiating a RACH procedure for indicating a service request to said base station scheduler upon detecting a change of buffer status at said comparison. The service request includes an indicator of the status change as a trigger for said scheduler to assign uplink resources to said terminal. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007385 | Method and Nodes For Handling ESM Information - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a UE ( | 01-07-2016 |
20160007386 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FILTERING-BASED SCANNING IN WLAN SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, disclosed are a method and an apparatus for filtering-based scanning in a WLAN system. A method for a station (STA) setting up a high-speed link in the wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: transmitting a first frame comprising filtering information to at least one access point (AP); and receiving a second frame from a portion or all of the at least one AP, wherein whether to transmit the second frame can be determined on the basis of the filtering information. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007387 | Automatic Wireless Grid Access Sharing and Monetization from a Mobile Device App - A device is disclosed which is programmed with an application or “app” to share bandwidth to and from multiple sources. In one embodiment, this uses a mobile device with a computer running a controlling program for operating functions of the mobile device, and an app that controls sharing of bandwidth from the mobile device, and obtaining shared bandwidth from another mobile device. Usage data is accumulated which indicates an amount of data received and shared from the one client. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007392 | METHODS, SYSTEMS, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DISTRIBUTING GENERAL PACKET RADIO SERVICE (GPRS) TUNNELING PROTOCOL (GTP) TRAFFIC - Methods, systems, and computer readable media for distributing general packet radio service (GPRS) tunneling protocol (GTP) traffic are disclosed. According to one exemplary method, the method occurs at a network node simulator configured to distribute GTP encapsulated data packets among a plurality of processors associated with the network node simulator. The method includes receiving a GTP encapsulated data packet associated with a user device, wherein the GTP encapsulated data packet includes a GTP header having a GTP related endpoint identifier indicating a processor among the plurality of processors associated with the network node simulator. The method also includes determining, using the GTP related endpoint identifier, the processor for processing the GTP encapsulated data packet. The method further includes sending, to the processor, the GTP encapsulated data packet for processing. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007399 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING A SERVICE CONNECTION THROUGH ACCESS LAYER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). | 01-07-2016 |
20160007400 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PREVENTING OVERLAP BETWEEN RECEPTION AND TRANSMISSION BY USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication method of a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes determining overlap in a time domain between data reception by the UE in a subframe and data transmission by the UE in an immediate subsequent subframe, and dropping, when the overlap is determined, one of the data reception in the subframe and the data transmission in the immediate subsequent subframe. | 01-07-2016 |
20160007407 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR RELEASING A CHANNEL USING A VARIABLE EXPIRATION TIME - In a radio system methods and devices for setting a timer for releasing a common Enhanced Dedicated Channel resource is provided. The methods and devices sets a variable expiration time for the timer so that the expiration time is set in response to a current system load and or in response to the traffic type generated and transmitted in the radio network. | 01-07-2016 |
20160013833 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A FREQUENCY HOPPING MODE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013834 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FREQUENCY ASSIGNMENT IN A FREQUENCY HOPPING MODE OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013846 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CONTROL CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013848 | METHOD IN A NETWORK NODE AND A NETWORK NODE FOR CONTROLLING COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A RADIO BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013878 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION WITH INTERFERENCE MITIGATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160013894 | OVERHEAD REDUCTION FOR TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT SIGNALS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013898 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013899 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013901 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013902 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING DYNAMIC DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL | 01-14-2016 |
20160013903 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CANCELING INTERFERENCE AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013904 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013905 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013906 | RESOURCE MAPPING AND RECEIVING METHODS AND DEVICES AND SIGNALLING NOTIFICATION AND ACQUISITION METHODS AND DEVICES | 01-14-2016 |
20160013909 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 01-14-2016 |
20160013910 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160013911 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160013912 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160013913 | Apparatus, System, and Method For Signaling a Quantity of Antenna Ports in a Wireless Communication System | 01-14-2016 |
20160013914 | CONTROL AND DATA SIGNALING IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013915 | CONTROL AND DATA SIGNALING IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013916 | CONTROL AND DATA SIGNALING IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160013918 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME | 01-14-2016 |
20160013919 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN SC-FDMA COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160013925 | SYSTEM ACCESS AND SYNCHRONIZATION METHODS FOR MIMO OFDM COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS AND PHYSICAL LAYER PACKET AND PREAMBLE DESIGN | 01-14-2016 |
20160013956 | Radio Base Station and Method for Transmitting Common Public Radio Interface Data in Radio Base Station | 01-14-2016 |
20160013977 | Service Processing Method for New Carrier Type Cell, Apparatus, and Communications System | 01-14-2016 |
20160014044 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A MESH COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, COMPUTER PROGRAM, INFORMATION STORAGE MEANS AND NODE DEVICE | 01-14-2016 |
20160014047 | CHANNEL LOADING FOR ONE-TO-MANY COMMUNICATIONS IN A NETWORK | 01-14-2016 |
20160014589 | NETWORK ASSISTED DEVICE TO DEVICE DISCOVERY | 01-14-2016 |
20160014628 | METHODS OF MANAGING TERMINAL PERFORMED IN BASE STATION AND TERMINAL | 01-14-2016 |
20160014639 | SEGMENTED DATA TRANSFER WITH RESUME CAPABILITY | 01-14-2016 |
20160014669 | DEFAULT DATA PATH FOR NAN AIDED CONNECTIVITY | 01-14-2016 |
20160014670 | METHOD FOR GENERATING NETWORK ROUTE USING TV WHITE SPACE | 01-14-2016 |
20160014671 | MESH NETWORK COMMISSIONING | 01-14-2016 |
20160014701 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 01-14-2016 |
20160014702 | UPLINK TRANSMISSION POWER CONTROL IN MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014715 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT AND SCHEDULING IN A NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK DATA LINK | 01-14-2016 |
20160014723 | Data Transmission Method, User Equipment, Base Station, and System | 01-14-2016 |
20160014724 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014725 | FRAME TRANSMITTING METHOD AND FRAME RECEIVING METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014727 | METHODS FOR MULTI-SUBFRAME TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION OF CONTROL INFORMATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014728 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014729 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MULTI USER UPLINK COMPATIBILITY WITH LEGACY DEVICES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014730 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING SEARCH SPACE OF A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL | 01-14-2016 |
20160014731 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING SEARCH SPACE OF A DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL | 01-14-2016 |
20160014732 | METHOD OF REFERENCE SIGNALING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014733 | METHOD OF REFERENCE SIGNALING RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014734 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACTIVATING/DEACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014735 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014736 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTORL CHANNEL ELEMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014737 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014738 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTORL CHANNEL ELEMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014739 | ADAPTING A NUMBER OF AGGREGATION LEVELS FOR CONTORL CHANNEL ELEMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014740 | COMMUNICATION SUPPORT FOR LOW CAPABILITY DEVICES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014741 | RESOURCE INDEXING FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS IN RESPONSE TO RECEPTIONS OF MULTIPLE ASSIGNMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014749 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND BASE STATION, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND USER EQUIPMENT | 01-14-2016 |
20160014750 | METHOD OF PROCESSING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014751 | ADAPTATION OF CONTROL SIGNALING TRANSMISSIONS TO VARIATIONS IN RESPECTIVE RESOURCES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014752 | ADAPTATION OF CONTROL SIGNALING TRANSMISSIONS TO VARIATIONS IN RESPECTIVE RESOURCES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014754 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160014755 | METHOD OF CHANNEL MANAGEMENT FOR MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014756 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014757 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014758 | FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014759 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014760 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014761 | CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MIMO SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014762 | CONTROL CHANNEL DETECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MIMO SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014763 | Burst OFDMA Supporting MU-MIMO | 01-14-2016 |
20160014764 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014765 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014766 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014767 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014768 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014769 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014770 | MULTIPLEXING LARGE PAYLOADS OF CONTROL INFORMATION FROM USER EQUIPMENTS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014776 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014777 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN A SINGLE CARRIER-FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014781 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014782 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014783 | BASE STATION APPARATUS AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014785 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-14-2016 |
20160014787 | System and Method for Information Centric Network Resource Allocation | 01-14-2016 |
20160014788 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO COMMUNICATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014790 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014793 | Method and Device for Selecting Transmission Channels in a Network Radio Connection | 01-14-2016 |
20160014794 | Device and Method of Handling Device-to-Device communication | 01-14-2016 |
20160014795 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014796 | Medium or Channel Sensing-Based Scheduling | 01-14-2016 |
20160014797 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON MULTIPLE SPECTRUM BANDS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014798 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ON MULTIPLE SPECTRUM BANDS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014799 | A METHOD FOR SCHEDULING OF RADIO RESOURCES TO USER TERMINALS OF DIFFERENT NETWORK OPERATORS, AND A BASE STATION THEREFOR | 01-14-2016 |
20160014800 | CONTROL CHANNEL QUALITY BASED SCHEDULING OF RADIO TRANSMISSIONS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014801 | PREVENTING FREE-RIDING DATA TRAFFIC WHEN SCHEDULING UPLINK DATA | 01-14-2016 |
20160014802 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 01-14-2016 |
20160014804 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK CONTROL AND SCHEDULING VIA AGGREGATED FRAMES | 01-14-2016 |
20160014806 | PSEUDO RANDOMIZATION OF UNUSED RESOURCES AT A MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) LAYER | 01-14-2016 |
20160014807 | CONTENTION FOR CHANNEL ACCESS IN WIRELESS NETWORK | 01-14-2016 |
20160014808 | Control Information Indication Method and Apparatus | 01-14-2016 |
20160014810 | Transmission of Uplink Control Information for Link-Budget-Limited Devices | 01-14-2016 |
20160014812 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN D2D NETWORK | 01-14-2016 |
20160014814 | USER EQUIPMENT COLLISION DETECTION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014815 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONNECTIONLESS ACCESS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014816 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014817 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING RADIO RESOURCES AND CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION PARAMETERS ON A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL | 01-14-2016 |
20160014824 | Wi-Fi Network Connection Method, Wi-Fi Controller, and Wi-Fi Device | 01-14-2016 |
20160014825 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DEVICE TO DEVICE SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014826 | Validating Cell Access Mode | 01-14-2016 |
20160014827 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION NODE, AND MOBILE NODE | 01-14-2016 |
20160014828 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CO-LOCATED EPDG AND PGW FUNCTIONS | 01-14-2016 |
20160014829 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND PROGRAM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014831 | D2D COMMUNICATION METHOD ACCORDING TO D2D SERVICE TYPE AS WELL AS D2D APPLICATION TYPE, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME | 01-14-2016 |
20160014834 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) SERVICE POWER CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014835 | Device and Method of Handling Device-to-Device Communication | 01-14-2016 |
20160014836 | TECHNIQUES TO FACILITATE DUAL CONNECTIVITY | 01-14-2016 |
20160014837 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-14-2016 |
20160014839 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR REESTABLISHING RRC CONNECTION | 01-14-2016 |
20160014840 | OPPORTUNISTIC PROGRESSIVE ENCODING | 01-14-2016 |
20160020839 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing communication in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes identifying a transmission mode configured for a serving cell by a Base Station (BS), by a User Equipment (UE), identifying an antenna configuration of the BS by the UE, determining the number of bits for a Rank Indication (RI) representing the number of layers based on the transmission mode and the antenna configuration, and generating an RI using the determined number of bits and transmitting the RI in transmission resources of the serving cell to the BS by the. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020840 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing communication in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes identifying a transmission mode configured for a serving cell by a Base Station (BS), by a User Equipment (UE), identifying an antenna configuration of the BS by the UE, determining the number of bits for a Rank Indication (RI) representing the number of layers based on the transmission mode and the antenna configuration, and generating an RI using the determined number of bits and transmitting the RI in transmission resources of the serving cell to the BS. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020842 | BEAMFORMING CONFIGURATION SCHEME - A beamforming configuration is changed during a cyclic prefix that precedes a symbol period. For example, the beamforming configuration for a transmitter can be changed during an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) cyclic prefix that precedes a fast Fourier transform (FFT) window. At the receiver, the cyclic prefix is reconstructed based on the chips received during FFT window. In this way, there is no loss of data signaling due to the transmitter reconfiguring its beamforming. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020846 | METHOD FOR REPORTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for reporting and receiving channel state information (CSI), and a device. The reporting method includes: acquiring reference signal resource configuration information, where antenna port configuration information in the reference signal resource configuration information is used to indicate an antenna port structure; receiving, according to the reference signal resource configuration information, a reference signal sent by a base station; selecting a precoding matrix from a codebook based on the received reference signal, where a structure of the precoding matrix corresponds to the antenna port structure indicated by the antenna port configuration information; and reporting, to the base station, a PMI used to indicate the selected precoding matrix. According to the technical solutions of the present invention, a problem of reporting CSI in an AAS base station scenario is resolved, and precision of CSI reporting is improved. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020847 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A mobile station is configured to perform radio communication using spatial multiplexing with a base station. The mobile station includes a selecting unit and a transmitting unit. The selecting unit selects a data unit with highest channel quality from a plurality of data units and selects a spatial layer with highest reception quality from spatial layers belonging to the data unit. The transmitting unit transmits identification information of the spatial layer selected by the selecting unit to the base station as control information. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020874 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING HARQ - A method of supporting Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) includes receiving an initial uplink grant on a downlink channel, transmitting uplink data on an uplink channel using the initial uplink grant, receiving a request for retransmission of the uplink data, determining at least one transmission parameter of a channel quality indicator (CQI) from the initial uplink grant, multiplexing retransmission data of the uplink data with the CQI, and transmitting the multiplexed data on the uplink channel. Amount of resources for transmission of the CQI is determined based on the at least one transmission parameter. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020877 | REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION - A first and a second communication device and a respective method performed by the first and the second communication device for communicating via radio between the first and the second communication device are provided. The method in the first communication device comprises receiving a first transmission from the second communication device. The method further comprises determining a Reference Signal (RS) configuration based on the received transmissions; and transmitting the RS configuration to the second communication device, the determined RS configuration enabling communication between the first and the second communication device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020878 | TERMINAL DEVICE AND BASE STATION DEVICE - A terminal device that is capable of increasing the number of spatial multiplexes of a reference signal is provided. A terminal device according to the present invention is a terminal device that generates and transmits a reference signal. The terminal device includes a reference signal generation module that configures a repetition factor (RF) of the reference signal based on a signal which is notified by a base station, and generates the reference signal. Furthermore, the reference signal generation module uses at least one among multiple values that are included in the signal which is notified by the base station, only for configuration of the RF. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020879 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There is provided a terminal ( | 01-21-2016 |
20160020881 | PILOT PATTERNS FOR OFDM SYSTEMS WITH MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - The present invention relates to orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) communication systems with four transmit antennas and one or more receive antennas, and in particular to methods for inserting scattered pilots (SPs) into the transmit signals of such OFDM systems, for estimating channel properties on the basis of the scattered pilots, a multi-antenna OFDM transmitter, and an OFDM receiver. In this context, it is the particular approach of the present invention to keep the same SP pattern like in the single-transmitter case, to partition the pilots into as many subsets as there are transmitters (transmit antennas), and to interleave these subsets both in time and in frequency. In this manner, the granularity of pilots of the same subset is reduced. This offers increased flexibility in designing the scattered pilot patterns and greater accuracy of the estimated channel properties. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020883 | SEARCH SPACE FOR NON-INTERLEAVED R-PDCCH - The present invention relates to providing control information within a search space for blind decoding in a multi-carrier communication system. In particular, the control information is carried within a sub-frame of the communication system, the sub-frame including a plurality of control channel elements. The control channel elements may be aggregated into candidates for blind decoding. The number of control channel elements in a candidate is called aggregation level. In accordance with the present invention, the candidates of lower aggregation levels are localised, meaning that the control channel elements of one candidate are located adjacently to each other in the frequency domain. Some candidates of the higher aggregation level(s) are distributed in the frequency. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020884 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting a reception acknowledgement response in a wireless communication system. The method includes receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), determining a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource based on a lowest one of enhanced control channel element (ECCE) indexes configuring the EPDCCH and a HARQ-ACK resource offset (ARO), and transmitting a reception acknowledgement response through the PUCCH resource. When a reception acknowledgement response related to two or more subframes is transmitted in a subframe for transmission of the reception acknowledgement response, a set of possible values for the ARO includes a first ARO value to shift a PUCCH resource of a specific subframe to a PUCCH resource region for at least one subframe prior to the specific subframe. The first ARO value provides a different shift amount depending on a group having the specific subframe among groups related to the two or more subframes. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020885 | HIGH-EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORK DEVICES AND METHODS FOR ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS DURING SCHEDULED TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITIES - Embodiments of a system and method for acknowledging frames in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a wireless communication device may include a transmit/receive unit configured to receive data from a sender. In some embodiments, the transmit/receive unit may be configured to receive a schedule. The transmit/receive unit may be further configured to acknowledge (ACK) the data in a first scheduled transmission to the sender. The first scheduled transmission to the sender may be determined based on the schedule. In some embodiments, the acknowledgement may be an acknowledgement frame or a block acknowledgment frame. The scheduled transmission to the sender may be determined based on the schedule. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020888 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION AND SCHEDULING APPARATUS AND METHOD USING THE SAME IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for feeding back channel quality information and performing scheduling using the fed-back channel quality information in a wireless communication system based on Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (OFDMA). In the OFDMA wireless communication system, forward performance degradation due to a decrease in an amount of reverse channel quality information is reduced, and also an increase in the reverse load due to channel quality information feedback is suppressed. A base station controls power of a physical channel using information fed back from a mobile station. In a method for feeding back channel quality information from the mobile station, sub-band-by-sub-band channel quality information is measured and channel-by-channel quality information of a number of channels is transmitted in order of sub-bands of better channel quality information. Average channel quality information for a total band is measured and transmitted. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020922 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA THROUGH TUNNEL GROUPS - Methods and systems for transmitting and receiving data between a first node and a second node through a first tunnel group and a second tunnel group respectively. The first node transmits data to the second node mainly through a first tunnel group and receives data from the second node mainly through a second tunnel group. In some embodiments, the first node receives first IP packets from one of its LAN interfaces and then transmits encapsulated first IP packets and then are transmitted mainly through a first one or more WAN interfaces to the second node. The first node receives encapsulated second IP packets mainly from the second node through a second one or more of its WAN interfaces. Second IP packets are then de-capsulated and transmitted through one of the LAN interfaces of the first node. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020926 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENCODING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for encoding uplink control information, so as to optimize the performance of uplink control information transmission. The method includes: shifting a column vector of a predefined encoding matrix M to generate a new encoding matrix M′; and encoding uplink control information by using the new encoding matrix M′. The encoding matrix used for encoding the uplink control information is no longer a fixed predefined encoding matrix, but the new encoding matrix generated after shifting the column vectors of the predefined encoding matrix. Comparing with the method in prior art, the method in embodiments of the present invention can determine a corresponding encoding matrix according to the uplink control information, thereby optimizing the performance of the uplink control information transmission and then improving the efficiency of downlink transmission. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020933 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PEAK TO AVERAGE POWER REDUCTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS USING SPECTRAL MASK FILLING - A user equipment, apparatus, and method are provided for wireless communication with at least one base station. The user equipment includes a transceiver configured to communicate with the at least one base station by transmitting radio frequency signals to the at least one base station and by receiving radio frequency signals from the at least one base station. The user equipment also includes processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to identify an occupied signal bandwidth of the radio frequency signals. The processing circuitry is also configured to identify a spectral mask for the occupied signal bandwidth. The processing circuitry is also configured to identify an unused available spectrum between the occupied signal bandwidth and the spectral mask. The processing circuitry is also configured to modulate a spectral mask filling (SMF) signal in the unused available spectrum, the SMF signal configured to reduce the peak-to-average power ratio of the radio frequency signals. | 01-21-2016 |
20160020935 | METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION ON A PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL - A method of selecting resource element for UCI transmission and countering a ping-pong effect includes adjusting transmission parameters without adjusting a channel quality indicator/pre-coding matrix index. The transmission parameters include a modulation coding set of a transport block and a transport block size. Another method of selecting resource element for UCI transmission and countering the ping-pong effect includes selecting a transport block having a highest modulation coding set index or the transport block having a lowest modulation coding set index. Alternatively, the evolved Node B may select the transport block having a largest size or the transport block having the smallest size. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021025 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NETWORK AND RESOURCE PREDICTION, IDENTIFICATION, AND AVAILABILITY - A method, an infrastructure controller, and a network for network and resource prediction, identification, and availability include, given an incident at an incident area, predicting network resources needed at the incident based on a plurality of inputs; determining one or more networks at the incident and devices for accessing the one or more networks based on the predicted network resources and the plurality of inputs; and making the predicted network resources available on the one or more networks for the devices, wherein the devices are assigned to the one or more networks instead of making a local decision as to which of the one or more networks is accessed. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021542 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE SCHEDULING FOR CO-LOCATED ACCESS POINTS - Systems and methods of scheduling data for transmission from an access point “AP” to a station in a system of multiple co-located APs may include determining whether the station is also able to receive transmitted data from another of the multiple co-located APs. If the determining is negative the data is transmitted but if the determination is positive, the data may be transmitted only after ascertaining that exclusive permission to transmit the data to the station has been granted to the AP. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021548 | ASYMMETRIC CAPABILITY-DRIVEN METHODS FOR BEAM TRACKING IN MM-WAVE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for operating a user equipment (UE) are provided. The apparatus establishes a wireless communication link with a millimeter-wave base station (mmW-BS) based on a transmit beam from the mmW-BS, the transmit beam having a transmit beam direction, receives beamforming capability information indicaticating one of at least a digital, analog, or hybrid beamforming capability associated with the mmW-BS, and scans N transmit beams from the mmW-BS for each of M receive beam directions of the UE based on the beamforming capability information and the transmit beam associated with the wireless communication link. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021549 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR BEAM SEARCH AND TRACKING IN MM-WAVE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for operating a user equipment (UE) are provided. The apparatus determines a first coarse set of beamforming paths between the UE and a first millimeter wave base station (mmW-BS), receives on a first set of narrow beamforming paths close to a first beamforming path within the first coarse set of beamforming paths, requests the first mmW-BS to transmit on a second set of narrow beamforming paths close to a second beamforming path within the first coarse set of beamforming paths when a signal quality of the first beamforming path and the first set of narrow beamforming paths are less than a first threshold, and communicates through one of the second beamforming path or a path within the second set of narrow beamforming paths. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021559 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLEXING ON AN LTE UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A wireless communication network comprising a plurality of base stations capable of wireless communication with a plurality of subscriber stations within a coverage area of the network, wherein at least one of the plurality of base stations is capable of: determining a multiplexing scheme for multiplexing a frequency-selective channel quality information/precoding matrix index (FS CQI/PMI) feedback report with a wideband channel quality information/precoding matrix index (WB CQI/PMI) feedback report and a rank information (RI) report on a physical uplink control channel; transmitting the multiplexing scheme to a subscriber station; and receiving, from the subscriber station, an FS CQI/PMI feedback report multiplexed with a WB CQI/PMI feedback report and a RI report on the physical uplink control channel according to the multiplexing scheme. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021565 | METHOD FOR CANCELING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - According to an embodiment of the present invention, disclosed is a method for supporting, by a serving base station, cancellation of interference signals from signals received at a target terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: receiving scheduling information of at least one neighboring base station from the at least one neighboring base station; configuring a set of auxiliary information for canceling the interference signals of a target terminal on the basis of the scheduling information of the at least one neighboring base station; and transmitting the set of auxiliary information for canceling the interference signals of the target terminal to the target terminal, wherein the auxiliary information comprises at least one of demodulation reference signal (DM-RS) related information and cell-specific reference signal (CRS) related information in association with interference signals from respective neighboring base stations. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021566 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS - [Object] To allow an increase in load on the base station to be suppressed when the device-to-device communication is performed. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021567 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PARALLELIZING PACKET PROCESSING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The various embodiments herein provide a method and system for parallelizing packet processing in wireless communication. The method comprises of creating, between an UE and a base station a plurality of radio bearers for carrying data packets of an Evolved Packet System (EPS) bearer, processing the data packets of the EPS bearer associated with the radio bearers by a transmitter using a first set of processing functions, distributing the processed data packets of the EPS bearer to the associated radio bearers, processing the data packets distributed of the EPS bearer in parallel by independently using a second set of processing functions, transmitting the processed data packets of each radio bearer to a receiver, receiving the data packets over a physical channel by the receiver and processing the received data packets of the EPS bearer associated with the radio bearers by the receiver. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021568 | OPERATION METHOD OF STATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - An operation method of station in wireless local area network is provided. The operation method includes generating a legacy preamble, generating a high efficiency (HE) preamble including at least one HE-signal (HE-SIG) field, a HE-short training field (HE-STF), and at least one HE-long training field (HE-LTF), and generating a HE physical layer convergence procedure protocol data unit (HE-PPDU) including the legacy preamble and the HE preamble. Therefore, performance of WLAN can be enhanced. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021596 | TRAFFIC CLASS CAPACITY ALLOCATION IN COMPUTER NETWORKS - In one embodiment, a device in a network identifies one or more traffic classes used by one or more nodes in the network. The device determines routing requirements for a particular traffic class of the one or more traffic classes. The device generates a channel assignment that assigns the particular traffic class to a particular channel based on the routing requirements for the particular traffic class. The device provides the channel assignment to the one or more nodes. The one or more nodes use the channel assignment to route traffic of the particular traffic class within the network. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021597 | OPTIMIZING PACKET/FRAME FORWARDING OR ROUTING IN A WIRELESS BACKHAUL TRANSPORT SYSTEM - Systems and methods are described for providing wireless backhaul transport. One element of the system is a highly integrated radio transceiver, including an integrated antenna. The radio transceiver may operate in the millimeter wave range (between 30 GHz and 300 GHz), and due to the small wavelengths, it is possible to integrate the antenna, which may typically compromise a number of antenna elements, with the radio transceiver in a single integrated circuit (IC) package, commonly referred to as a system-in-package (SiP) and/or antenna-in-package (AiP) format. The system supports multi-hop point-to-multipoint or multi-hop mesh networking topologies. Low level MAC routing tables are built and maintained to enable efficient packet and frame forwarding. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021600 | PROVIDING OUT-OF-BAND MANAGEMENT TRAFFIC AND DATA TRAFFIC OVER A BACKUP PATH VIA A DUAL USE DEVICE - A device may receive incoming network traffic associated with a network device. The device may determine whether the incoming network traffic is management traffic or data traffic. The management traffic may be traffic for performing out-of-band management of the network device, and the data traffic may be traffic other than traffic for performing out-of-band management of the network device. The device may provide, to the network device, the incoming network traffic via a first connection or a second connection based on determining whether the incoming network traffic is management traffic or data traffic. The device may provide the incoming network traffic to the network device via the first connection when the incoming network traffic is management traffic, and may provide the incoming network traffic to the network device via the second connection when the incoming network traffic is data traffic. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021610 | NETWORK CONNECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - The present disclosure describes a network connection apparatus and establishment of a network connection for a terminal. A network connection apparatus may select a wireless access point and generate terminal information of a terminal that is seeking network access via the wireless access point. The terminal information may include a terminal identifier and a terminal media access control (MAC) address of the terminal. The network connection apparatus may send the terminal information to the selected wireless access point, which in turn may forward the terminal information to a network provision server. The network provision server may store the terminal identifier and add the terminal MAC address into a network access white list of the selected wireless access point. The selected wireless access point may enable a network connection for the terminal in response to the terminal MAC address being in the network access white list. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021623 | DOWNLINK INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a downlink information processing method and a device. The method includes: determining, by UE, whether a communication link between a cell in an active set and the UE meets a preset communication quality requirement; and if the communication link between the cell in the active set and the UE does not meet the preset communication quality requirement, stopping, by the UE, processing downlink information that is sent from a base station by using the communication link; therefore, transmission performance of the UE is not affected. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021624 | POWER-LIMIT REPORTING IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM USING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The invention relates to methods for informing an eNodeB on the transmit power status of a user equipment in a mobile communication system using component carrier (CC) aggregation. Furthermore, the invention is also related to the implementation of these methods by hardware and their implementation in software. The invention proposes procedures that allow the eNodeB to recognize the power usage status of a UE in a communication system using carrier aggregation. The UE indicates to the eNodeB, when the UE is close to using its total maximum UE transmit power or when it has exceeded same. This is achieved by the UE including indicator(s) and/or new MAC CEs to one or more protocol data units transmitted on respective component carriers within a single sub-frame that is providing the eNodeB with power status information. The MAC CEs may report a per-UE power headroom. Alternatively, the MAC CEs may report per-CC power headrooms and/or power reductions applied to the respective uplink CCs. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021642 | METHOD FOR APPLYING PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK (PRB) BUNDLING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communications system. In a wireless communications system according to an embodiment of the present invention, a method for applying a PRB (Physical Resource Block) bundling by a first cell includes the steps of: receiving the traffic information of a second cell; determining a resource for the first and the second cell to apply the same PRB bundling; and transmitting the information of the resource. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021643 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING CODEWORD FOR THE SAME - A method for transmitting downlink control information and a method for generating a codeword for the same are disclosed. In generating a long code having a low code rate, a basic code of which minimum distance between codes is maximized is repeated by a prescribed number of times and bits of the repeated code are adjusted. Therefore, a minimum distance condition between codes of a long code is satisfied and simultaneously the code can be simply generated. Furthermore, control information can be transmitted with a low error rate by using the generated code. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021646 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK GRANT RESOURCE REQUEST, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The disclosure relates to a method for controlling an uplink grant resource request, user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: acquiring, by user equipment UE, control information, where the control information is used for instructing to reduce a quantity of times of processing an uplink grant resource request, and the uplink grant resource request is an uplink grant resource request that is implemented by sending a schedule request SR or an uplink grant resource request that is implemented by means of a random access process; and controlling, by the UE according to the control information, a procedure of processing the uplink grant resource request. Therefore, this resolves problems of frequent activation of the UE and high power consumption of the UE that are caused by frequently triggering an SR, or frequently sending an SR, or frequent random access, and effectively reduces the power consumption of the UE. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021649 | BEARER MANAGEMENT FOR PROSE DIRECT DISCOVERY - Methods, systems, and devices are described for improving resource management in wireless communications. More particularly, the methods systems and devices relate to techniques for suspending bearers when not required, for example, for D2D communications. In one example, a mobile device may send a connection request that indicates a service type. The connection request may be a service request (SR) or an extended service request (ESR). A set of bearers may be established for the intended communication(s). The indicated service type may not require all bearers of the set of bearers such that at least one bearer may be suspended. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021651 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING UPLINK MULTI-ANTENNA TRANSMISSION - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, a method and device for providing control information for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system supporting uplink multi-antenna transmission. An uplink multi-antenna transmission scheduling method, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the following steps: creating downlink control information (DCI) containing respective modulation and coding scheme (MCS) information for a first and a second transport block; transmitting said created downlink control information, which schedules uplink transmissions from one or more of first and second transport blocks through a downlink control channel; and receiving uplink transmission, scheduled according to the downlink control information, through an uplink data channel, wherein one transport block can be disabled, if MCS information for one transport block among of the first or the second transport blocks has a predetermined value. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021652 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) with user equipment in a wireless communication system. The user equipment performs channel coding on information bits of UCI to generate encoded information bits; modulates the generated encoded information bits to generate complex modulation symbols; spreads the complex modulation symbols blockwise into a plurality of single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbols on the basis of an orthogonal sequence; and transmits the spread complex modulation symbols to a base station. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021653 | TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION OVER A DATA CHANNEL OR OVER A CONTROL CHANNEL - Methods and apparatus are described for User Equipment (UE) to concurrently transmit Uplink Control Information (UCI) and data information to a Node B. The Node B can configure the UE to transmit UCI together with data information in a Physical Uplink Shared CHannel (PUSCH) or separate from data information in a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH). The UE may also determine whether to transmit UCI together with data information in the PUSCH or separate from data information in the PUCCH based on criteria involving a ratio of PUSCH resources for UCI transmission over the total PUSCH resources, a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) for the data information, an absolute power difference between PUCCH and PUSCH transmissions, whether the PUSCH transmission uses frequency hopping, and/or whether spatial multiplexing is used for the data transmission. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021656 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO DETERMINE STATION ASSIGNMENTS TO RESTRICTED ACCESS WINDOWS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Logic may implement a restricted access window association scheme that uses information provided in traffic indication map (TIM) bitmap and restricted access window (RAW) parameter set (PS) to determine stations associated with RAWs. The TIM information element (IE) may comprise a bitmap indicating paged and unpaged stations. The RAW PS IE may comprise a range of station association identifiers (AIDs) and possibly other station selection data. Logic may determine a range of stations associated with a RAW based upon AIDs for the first and last stations in the range based upon a position for the station in the TIM bitmap. And the range of stations associated with a RAW may be independent of block associations of the first and last stations in the TIM bitmap. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021661 | TECHNIQUES FOR SCALING BANDWIDTH OF AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - The present disclosure, for example, relates to one or more techniques for scaling the bandwidth of a carrier. Available sub-channels of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band may be determined, and the available sub-channels may be included in the carrier. The available sub-channels may be adjacent or non-adjacent sub-channels. The bandwidth of the carrier may be determined according to which sub-channels are included in the carrier. In this way, the bandwidth of the carrier may be scaled according to the available sub-channels in the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021662 | DIGITAL AUTO FREQUENCY CONTROL FOR A GENERAL PURPOSE IF SUBSYSTEM WITH MULTI-MODULATION SCHEMES - An automatic frequency control (AFC) device is provided. The AFC device includes an input module, a received signal strength indicator (RSSI) module and a carrier frequency offset (CFO) estimation module. The input module down converts and samples a received signal. The RSSI module is coupled to the input module and calculates a RSSI signal in response to the down converted and sampled received signal. The CFO estimation module is coupled to the input module and the RSSI module and calculates a moving average of binary elements of the down converted and sampled received signal. The CFO estimation module continues to calculate the moving average until the AFC converges. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021663 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a wireless communication device that transmits a first wireless signal representing a bit sequence to a reception device, in which the first wireless signal is transmitted concurrently with a second wireless signal representing the bit sequence described above, and in which between the first wireless signal and the second wireless signal, components with a prescribed ratio are mapped to a different frequency or to a different time between the first wireless signal and the second wireless signal and remaining components are mapped to the same frequency and to the same time between the first wireless signal and the second wireless signal. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021664 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICETION METHOD THEREOF - A base station and a communication method thereof are provided. The base station is adapted to the first wireless communication protocol. The base station includes a transceiver and a processor. The base station sends and receives wireless signals through licensed band which is adopted by the first wireless communication protocol and unlicensed band, wherein the unlicensed band is also adopted by the second wireless communication protocol. The processor configures a first signal which is corresponding to the second wireless communication protocol in an idle transmission resource of a second signal or an idle transmission resource around the second signal which is corresponding to the first wireless communication protocol. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021665 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL - A mobile communication system according to the present disclosure comprises: a base station; and a user terminal configured to perform uplink communication via a plurality of carriers including a first carrier. The user terminal comprises: a receiver configured to receive change information for changing a carrier used to transmit a physical uplink control channel to a carrier other than the first carrier from the base station performing uplink communication via at least the first carrier; and a terminal-side controller for changing the carrier used to transmit the physical uplink control channel to the carrier other than the first carrier based on the change information. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021667 | TRANSMISSION METHOD - In a WLAN, a device sets a first NAV to a bandwidth used by a signal from a second device. The device selects a channel that does not correspond to the bandwidth from among a plurality of channels when a predetermined condition is satisfied. The predetermined condition includes a condition that the first NAV is set. The device transmits a first frame on the selected channel. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021671 | Method For Selecting State Of A Reconfigurable Antenna In A Communication System Via Machine Learning - A method for selecting the state of a reconfigurable antenna installed at either the receiver or transmitter of a communication system is provided. The proposed method uses online learning algorithm based on the theory of multi-armed bandit to perform antenna state selection. The selection technique utilizes the Post-Processing Signal-to-Noise Ratio (PPSNR) as a reward metric and maximizes the long-term average reward over time. The performance of the learning based selection technique is empirically evaluated using wireless channel data. The data is collected in an indoor environment using a 2×2 MIMO OFDM system employing highly directional metamaterial Reconfigurable Leaky Wave Antennas. The learning based selection technique shows performance improvements in terms of average PPSNR and regret over conventional heuristic policies. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021674 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROCESSING PACKET IN INTERNET PROTOCOL-BASED NETWORK - An electronic device and method for processing a packet in an Internet Protocol (IP)-based network are provided. The method performed in an electronic device includes determining a network condition from a received signal, setting one of reference values set for corresponding network conditions as a transmission rate for the determined network condition, and transmitting the packet at the transmission rate. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021676 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station configured to be used in a mobile communication system that supports cellular communication in which a data path passes through a core network, and D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication in which a data path does not pass through the core network, comprises: a control unit configured to assign a dedicated radio resource not shared with the D2D communication or a shared radio resource shared with the D2D communication to each of a plurality of cellular terminals that perform the cellular communication. The control unit comprises: a scheduler configured to select a cellular terminal, to which the shared radio resource is assigned, from the plurality of cellular terminals according to assignment priority of the shared radio resource. The scheduler calculates the assignment priority for each of the plurality of cellular terminals such that influence of interference between the cellular communication and the D2D communication is alleviated. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021678 | SIGNALING TECHNIQUES FOR UL MU MIMO/OFDMA TRANSMISSION - In an aspect of the disclosure, a method, a computer-readable medium, and an apparatus are provided. The apparatus may be an access point. The access point transmits, to one or more stations, a first message indicating resource allocation and a specific time for the one or more stations to transmit uplink data based on downlink transmission of a second message. The access point transmits, to the one or more stations, the second message in the downlink transmission. The access point receives the uplink data from the one or more stations at the specific time based on the downlink transmission of the second message in accordance with the resource allocation. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021679 | CLEAR-TO-SEND SIGNALING TO LIMIT WIFI INTERFERENCE IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods, apparatuses, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication in an unlicensed spectrum. In one method, a clear-to-send (CTS) signal may be employed to manage or otherwise limit potential interference for communications in the unlicensed spectrum. For example, communications using long term evolution (LTE) may employ an unlicensed spectrum, particularly for small cell deployment. In such case, the LTE communications may be protected from interference due to communications by other networks, such as WiFi, using the unlicensed spectrum. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021681 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE, AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE - The present application discloses a method for sending and receiving a random access preamble, and a corresponding device. A user equipment (UE) receives, from a base station, a first physical random access channel (PRACH) configuration index that is used to indicate at least two PRACH resource configurations; and selects, according to a channel characteristic value of the UE, a first PRACH resource configuration from the at least two PRACH resource configurations. The UE sends, to the base station, a random access preamble on a PRACH resource corresponding to the first PRACH resource configuration. Therefore, for UEs that have different channel characteristic values, PRACH resources corresponding to the channel characteristic values of the UEs and that are used to send random access preambles can be determined by using a same index, and thereby, PRACH resource configuration efficiency and accuracy of receiving random access preambles by the base station are improved. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021682 | CHANNEL FRAME STRUCTURES FOR HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN (HEW) - An high efficiency wireless local area network access point including a channel access module and a scheduling module. The channel access module accesses a channel of an unlicensed frequency band, which includes a plurality of subchannels. The scheduling module generates a schedule for a plurality of high efficiency wireless local area network client stations to transmit data to the access point via the channel of the unlicensed frequency band. The schedule includes information for the plurality of client stations regarding (i) a time slot in which to access the channel without contention to transmit data to the access point via the channel, (ii) a subchannel of the plurality of subchannels to use during the time slot to transmit data to the access point, and (iii) one or more spatial streams to use on the subchannel and during the time slot to transmit data to the access point. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021684 | SYSTEM AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING VIRTUALIZED CLOUD PEERING EMULATION SERVICES - Described herein are techniques for providing a user device with a virtualized peering emulation service using an internet protocol (IP) connection between a sensor gateway (gateway) and a remote virtualized peering emulation service device (emulation device). The gateway receives wireless signals (e.g., Bluetooth, ZigBee, Z-Wave, and/or the like) from the user device. The gateway generates a data packet comprising data indicative of the wireless signals received from the user device and sends the data packet to the emulation device through the IP connection. The gateway receives network traffic through the IP connection from the emulation device, the network traffic comprising data indicative of wireless signals from a remote user device. The gateway transmits the wireless signals from the remote user device, such that the user device can locally receive the wireless signals from the remote user device, thereby providing a virtualized peering emulation service to the user device. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021686 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTENT IN TERMINAL - An apparatus and a method for receiving content in a terminal, by which the terminal can receive, with low power consumption, content from an adjacent service provider by using a wireless communication technology. A low-power short-range communication unit; and a controller for controlling the low-power short-range communication unit to broadcast an advertising packet including information of the terminal at regular intervals, and control the low-power short-range communication unit so as to connect to a particular service provider which has scanned the advertising packet. A control operation is then performed so as to receive content from the particular service provider. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021692 | MOBILE DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A WIRELESS LINK - A mobile device that enables a user friendly selection of a target wireless enabled device, a wireless enabled device being configured to establish a wireless link with other devices, includes an imaging unit that acquires images of the surrounding of the mobile device and a display that displays images acquired by the imaging unit. An object detection unit is provided to detect wireless enabled devices within images acquired by the imaging unit, the wireless enabled devices being configured to establish a wireless link with other devices. Further, a user interface and a wireless interface are provided to establish a wireless link to a selected wireless enabled device. The display is configured to indicate detected wireless enabled devices in images displayed on the display and the user inter-face is configured to enable a user to select a wireless enabled device indicated on the display. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021693 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING A DIRECT COMMUNICATION, AND BASE STATIONS, A GATEWAY AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The invention concerns a method for establishing a direct communication in a communication network between a first device (UE | 01-21-2016 |
20160021694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING A RANDOM ACCESS (RA) PROCEDURE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) SERVICE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for performing a RA procedure for at least a first D2D communication session and a second D2D communication session in a wireless communication system. The method includes a UE transmitting a first message to a network, wherein the first message is a preamble. The method also includes the UE receiving a second message from the network after transmission of the first message, wherein the second message contains a first UL resource. The method further includes the UE using the first UL resource to transmit a third message to the network after reception of the second message, wherein the third message includes at least a BSR MAC CE. In addition, the method includes the UE determining that the RA procedure is successful if the UE receives a fourth message, wherein the fourth message contains either a second UL resource or at least a D2D resource depending on whether or not the BSR MAC CE is associated with the first D2D communication session and the second D2D communication session. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021695 | Technique for Aggregating Radio Resources - technique for aggregating radio resources of a cellular telecommunications network ( | 01-21-2016 |
20160021697 | INTELLIGENT RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL (RRC) CONNECTION RE-ESTABLISHMENT - A mobile device, or a server in communication with the mobile device, identifies a failure scenario for previously-failed radio resource control (RRC) connection re-establishment requests, from the mobile device, in a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) network. The mobile device, or server, monitors real-time context data for a match with the failure scenario and applies preemptive settings for an upcoming RRC connection re-establishment attempt in response to identifying a match with the failure scenario. The preemptive settings are configured to maintain an active session between the mobile device and the LTE network. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021698 | DYNAMIC DATA PATH SWITCHING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to switching data paths in a wireless device having first and second processors. The wireless device may determine a change to a service, the service using a first data path including a first internet protocol (IP) stack on the first processor and lower layer processing on a wireless modem, the first data path providing a tunneled connection to the service through a network. The wireless device may establish a second data path for the service, the second data path including a second IP stack on the second processor including tunneling to the service through the network and the lower layer processing on the wireless modem. The wireless device may switch the service from the first data path to the second data path in response to establishing the second data path. The first processor may be placed in a power save mode. | 01-21-2016 |
20160021701 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVELY ENABLING RECEPTION OF DOWNLINK SIGNALING CHANNELS - In a wireless communication system including a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) and at least one Node-B, a method and apparatus is used to selectively enable reception of at least one downlink (DL) enhanced uplink (EU) signaling channel established between the WTRU and the Node-B(s). During the operation of an enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH), the WTRU monitors at least one DL EU signaling channel established between the WTRU and the Node-B(s) only when it is necessary, based on the WTRU's knowledge of at least one established standard procedure. The WTRU coordinates and consolidates DL signaling channel reception requirements of a plurality of channel allocation and/or data transmission procedures carried out by the WTRU in accordance with the established standard procedure. The WTRU determines whether to enable reception of at least one specific DL signaling channel based on the consolidated DL signaling channel reception requirements. | 01-21-2016 |
20160028425 | FACILITATING IN-DEVICE COEXISTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES - A method for facilitating in-device coexistence between wireless communication technologies on a wireless communication device is provided. The method can include transmitting data traffic from the wireless communication device via an aggressor wireless communication technology; determining occurrence of an in-device interference condition resulting from transmission of the data traffic via the aggressor wireless communication technology interfering with concurrent data reception by the wireless communication device via a victim wireless communication technology; and reducing a bit rate of the data traffic transmitted via the aggressor wireless communication technology in response to the in-device interference condition. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028449 | DEVICES AND METHODS RELATED TO IMPROVEMENTS IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION ARRANGEMENTS - The present invention proposes methods and devices related to improvements in coordinated multipoint transmission arrangements, and in this regard proposes a device, including a controller module, configured to control a plurality of transmission points, each constituted by a set of at least one transmit antenna, to transmit data to another device in a coordinated transmission from at least a subset of the plurality of transmission points, wherein each subset with resources allocated thereto defines a respective coordinated transmission scheme, wherein the controller module is configured to transmit information on resources pertaining to multiple coordinated transmission schemes, and send at least one biasing parameter associated to at least one of the transmission schemes, to be applied for biasing a channel quality parameter. Another device includes a controller module, configured to report feedback responsive to such coordinated transmission, and the controller module is, among others, configured to apply the at least one biasing parameter to derived channel quality parameters. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028451 | Active Antenna System And Method With Full Antenna Ports Dimension - An Active Antenna System (AAS) operated as a static AAS is used to generate a static beam from signals applied to its input and based on received AAS configuration information. The AAS configuration information is received by a processor coupled to all of the components of the AAS and said processor converts the received AAS configuration information to control signals causing said components to generate the static beam. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028456 | Method for guaranteeing channel phase continuity of pre-coded RB groups, base station and computer-readable storage medium - A method for guaranteeing channel phase continuity of pre-coded RB groups, a base station and a computer-readable storage medium are described. The method includes that: a base station implements a channel estimation through a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) measurement to obtain an uplink channel and obtains a corresponding downlink channel based on reciprocity of uplink and downlink channels; the base station calculates a weight phase correction factor based on the obtained downlink channel and corrects a pre-coding weight with the weight phase correction factor; and the base station pre-codes data according to the corrected pre-coding weight and sends the pre-coded data. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028461 | REFERENCE SIGNAL MEASUREMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING PLURAL BASE STATIONS WITH DISTRIBUTED ANTENNAS - An apparatus and a method of measuring a reference signal for efficient downlink transmission in a mobile communication system are provided. The system includes plural base stations, each having a plurality of antennas distributed in the service area thereof based on a Distributed Antenna System (DAS). A method for a base station to notify a terminal of reference signal measurement information in a mobile communication system comprises determining whether the terminal is in a Rank Indicator/Precoding Matrix Indicator (RI/PMI) disabled mode, selecting, when the terminal is in the RI/PMI disabled mode, the reference signal to be measured by the terminal between a Cell-specific Reference Signal (CRS) and a Channel Status Information Reference Signal (CSI-RS), notifying the terminal of the reference signal measurement information with the selection result, and receiving channel information generated based on the reference signal measurement information from the terminal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028462 | System and Method for Downlink Channel Sounding in Wireless Communications Systems - In accordance with an embodiment, a method of operating a base station configured to communicate with at least one user device includes transmitting a reference signal to the at least one user device, receiving channel quality information from the at least one user device, and forming a beam based on the channel quality information received from the at least one user device. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028463 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RECEIVING AND SENDING REFERENCE SIGNAL, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention relate to methods and apparatuses for receiving and sending a reference signal, user equipment, and a base station. A method for receiving a reference signal includes: receiving resource configuration information of a reference signal, where the resource configuration information of the reference signal includes information about an antenna port configuration and a reference signal subframe configuration, the antenna port configuration indicates an antenna port structure, and the reference signal subframe configuration indicates a reference signal subframe for sending the reference signal on one or more antenna port groups; and receiving the reference signal according to the resource configuration information of the reference signal. In the embodiments of the present invention, a communications system can adapt to an antenna array structure and more antenna port quantity configurations, which is used for cell selection or MCS selection and scheduling, thereby improving a system throughput. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028464 | OPTIMAL UTILIZATION OF MULTIPLE TRANSCEIVERS IN A WIRELESS ENVIRONMENT - Switching between and/or combining various multi-transceiver wireless communication techniques based on a determined characteristic of a network or a wireless link is described herein. As an example, a characteristic such as signal to noise ratio (SNR), multi-path scattering, available bandwidth, or the like, can be determined. The characteristic can then be compared with suitable thresholds for various multi-transceiver communication techniques, such as MIMO, multi-channel concatenation, channel diversity, and so on. Based on a comparison of the characteristic and the thresholds, a suitable multi-transceiver technique can be selected and implemented for the wireless link Accordingly, a network can provide increased data rates and/or channel quality from a multi-transceiver technique that is most suited to prevailing conditions of the wireless network/link. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028508 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The purpose of the present invention is to inhibit an increase in the amount of A/N resources, without changing the timing at which the error detection result of an SCell is notified when UL-DL configurations to be configured for each of the unit bands are different, from the timing at which the error detection result is notified when just a single unit band is configured. A control unit ( | 01-28-2016 |
20160028509 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE HYBRID-ARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for a mobile communication system. The method includes generating a symbol group to which an orthogonal sequence is applied; determining one of a first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and a second OFDM symbol for mapping the generated symbol group based on a symbol group index and a physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel (PHICH) group index; mapping the generated symbol group to the determined symbol; and transmitting the mapped symbol group. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028511 | HARQ-ACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RESPONSE TO DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNEL TYPE IN CASE OF MULTIPLE CONTROL CHANNEL TYPES - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communications. Configuration information including a resource start offset and information for a transmission type of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) are transmitted. Downlink control information (DCI) is transmitted to a user equipment (UE) using at least one antenna port of a base station on the EPDCCH using at least one of control channel elements (CCEs). A resource of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is determined based on a first CCE of the at least one of CCE, information in the DCI, and the resource start offset in the configuration information, if the transmission type of the EPDCCH is distributed transmission. A hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signal is received on the determined resource. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028516 | SYSTEM, METHOD, AND PROGRAM FOR ROBUST INTERFERENCE REJECTION COMBINING - An apparatus includes an interference rejection combining module, at least partially implemented in hardware. The interference rejection combining module determines a covariance based on a Hermitian transpose of a signal received on a subcarrier of a symbol that is not a pilot symbol. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028517 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING THE HYBRID-ARQ ACK/NACK SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method are provided for a mobile communication system. The method includes generating at least one symbol group to which an orthogonal sequence is applied; determining one of a first antenna set and a second antenna set for mapping the generated at least one symbol group based on the a symbol group index and a physical hybrid automatic repeat request indicator channel (PHICH) group index; mapping the generated at least one symbol group to the determined antenna set; and transmitting the mapped at least one symbol group. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028520 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a terminal communicating with a base station, in which in a case where a physical downlink control channel is monitored in a first physical downlink control channel-physical resource block set, the physical downlink control channel is decoded in such a manner that the physical downlink control channel is rate-matched based on a prescribed reference signal, and in which, in a case where the physical downlink control channel is monitored in a second physical downlink control channel-physical resource block set, the physical downlink control channel is decoded in such a manner that the physical downlink control channel is rate-matched based on a reference signal that is set individually for each terminal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028521 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There is provided a base station that communicates with a terminal by using a resource element constituted by a sub-carrier and an OFDM symbol. The base station includes a PDSCH generator, a reference signal generator, and a transmitter. The PDSCH generator generates a PDSCH for a terminal. The reference signal generator generates a first demodulation reference signal or a second demodulation reference signal which is a demodulation reference signal associated with the PDSCH and is enabled to be multiplexed between a plurality of antenna ports. The transmitter transmits the PDSCH and transmits the first demodulation reference signal or the second demodulation reference signal selected based on a configuration for the terminal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028522 | BASE STATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a terminal, a control unit transmits a bundle response signal using a resource in a basic region of an uplink control channel in an uplink unit band of a unit band group when no error is detected in each of a plurality of pieces of downlink data of the unit band group, the uplink control channel in the uplink unit band being associated with a downlink control channel in a basic unit band that is a downlink unit band in which a broadcast channel signal including information relating to the uplink unit band is transmitted, and the control unit transmits the bundle response signal using a resource in an additional region of the uplink control channel when an error is detected in each of the plurality of pieces of downlink data. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028523 | WIRELESS BASE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS TERMINAL APPARATUS, FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD, AND METHOD OF FORMING TRANSMISSION SIGNAL - A wireless base station apparatus and wireless terminal apparatus with a configuration which can prevent reductions in the accuracy of channel estimation when non-contiguous band transmission and SRS transmission are employed in an uplink line. In the base station apparatus ( | 01-28-2016 |
20160028524 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS FROM A USER EQUIPMENT FOR ORTHOGONAL RECEPTION AT MULTIPLE POINTS - Methods and user equipment (UE) apparatuses are provided to transmit an acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ack/nack) signal. A method includes receiving configuration information through higher layer signaling; determining a first resource or a second resource based on the received configuration information; transmitting the ack/nack signal using a first sequence on the first resource, if the first resource is determined; and transmitting the ack/nack signal using a second sequence on the second resource, if the second resource is determined. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028525 | TRANSMISSION OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALS FROM A USER EQUIPMENT FOR ORTHOGONAL RECEPTION AT MULTIPLE POINTS - Methods and user equipment (UE) apparatuses are provided to transmit a control signal using a first sequence or a second sequence in response to a detected control channel. The method includes identifying, through higher layer signaling, a configuration; determining a resource for control signal transmission from a sum of a lowest control channel element (CCE) index of the detected control channel and either a first offset or a second offset based on the identified configuration; and transmitting the control signal in the resource using the first sequence or the second sequence. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028526 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED CONTROL CHANNEL-BASED OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for enhanced-control channel-based operation. A method for a terminal for transmitting confirmation response information in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises a step for transmitting confirmation response information for a downlink data channel by means of an uplink control channel resource, wherein an index for the uplink control channel resource can be determined on the basis of a delegate antenna port of a downlink control channel derived from the identifier of the terminal | 01-28-2016 |
20160028527 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BALANCING REFERENCE SIGNAL POWERS ACROSS OFDM SYMBOLS - A base station includes a reference signal allocator that allocates a first layer of dedicated reference signals and a second layer of reference signals to the same resource elements in a first resource block. The reference signals are allocated to two adjacent resource elements corresponding to a first OFDM symbol and a second OFDM symbol on a first, second, and third subcarriers of the first resource block. The base station also includes a reference signal multiplexer that multiplexes the first layer with the second layer. A first cover code W | 01-28-2016 |
20160028528 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR BALANCING REFERENCE SIGNAL POWERS ACROSS OFDM SYMBOLS - A base station includes a reference signal allocator that allocates a first layer of dedicated reference signals and a second layer of reference signals to the same resource elements in a first resource block. The reference signals are allocated to two adjacent resource elements corresponding to a first OFDM symbol and a second OFDM symbol on a first, second, and third subcarriers of the first resource block. The base station also includes a reference signal multiplexer that multiplexes the first layer with the second layer. A first cover code W | 01-28-2016 |
20160028530 | Method and Device for Sending ePHICH, and Method and Device for Receiving ePHICH - Disclosed are a method and device for sending an enhanced Physical Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (ARQ) Indicator Channel (ePHICH) and a method and device for receiving the ePHICH. The method for sending the ePHICH includes: a part or all of Resource Elements (RE) of Physical Resource Block (PRB) pairs for sending the ePHICH are divided into N | 01-28-2016 |
20160028578 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOW POWER OPERATION UTILIZING MULTIPLE ADCs WITH DIFFERENT PRECISIONS - An electronic device includes processing circuitry configured to detect a presence of a packet transmission via a channel, establish communication parameters and operational settings of an analog-to-digital conversion (ADC) operation using a training field (TF) of the packet if the packet comprises the TF, and utilize a channel estimation (CE) portion of the packet to perform channel estimation of the channel. The processing circuitry is also configured to utilize the channel estimates to compensate for distortions introduced by the channel with respect to portions of the packet subsequent to the CE portion, obtain a modulation order and coding scheme used for the data portion of the packet, select an analog-to-digital converter (ADC) to be used for a recovery of the data portion of the packet, and recover the information in the data portion of the packet using ADC output samples corresponding to the data portion of the packet. | 01-28-2016 |
20160028665 | NETWORK AND DEVICE SOLUTION ON SPONSORED DATA APPLICATION - Subscription status notification techniques are provided. A request is received by at least one server from a user equipment (UE) to attach to a wireless packet data communication network. The server determines whether the UE is associated with an enterprise identified by a service provider of the network as a sponsor of a data service through the network, based on an account of the UE stored on the server. Upon determining that the UE is associated with the enterprise, a notification message is sent from the server to the UE, through an information element field within an existing message in a bearer channel of the network. The UE is configured to control access to the network responsive to the subscription status in the notification message. The UE permits access to a sponsored data service associated with the enterprise sponsor regardless of the UE's ability to access non-enterprise associated data services. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029200 | SYSTEM FOR PERMITTING CONTROL OF THE PURGING OF A NODE B BY THE SERVING RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER - A system and method which permit the RNC to control purging of data buffered in the Node B. The RNC monitors for a triggering event, which initiates the purging process. The RNC then informs the Node B of the need to purge data by transmitting a purge command, which prompts the Node B to delete at least a portion of buffered data. The purge command can include instructions for the Node B to purge all data for a particular UE, data in one or several user priority transmission queues or in one or more logical channels in the Node B, depending upon the particular data purge triggering event realized in the RNC. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029222 | Simultaneous VoLTE and 2G/3G/LTE Data in Dual SIM Configuration - A user equipment (UE) device may perform uplink (UL) data communication using a first radio access technology (RAT) while performing an UL voice call communication using a second RAT. The UL data communication may be supported by a first subscriber identity module (SIM) and the UL packet switched voice call communication may be supported by a second SIM. The UL voice call communication may be a packet switched communication. The communications may be performed by a radio(s) of the UE. The radio(s) may include shared physical layer resources that are shared between the UL data and UL voice communications. The UE may also include a single transmitter that may be shared between the UL data and UL packet voice communications and the UL data communication may use a first portion of the single transmitter's TTI and the UL voice communication may use a second portion of the single transmitter's TTI. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029226 | System and Methods for Enabling Coordinated Beamforming in Overlapping Basic Service Set in WLAN - Embodiments are provided for enabling a beamforming mechanism in WLAN OBSSs. In an embodiment, a first AP of the OBSSs decides to participate in coordinated beamforming for the OBSSs. The OBSSs comprise a plurality of APs and a plurality of STAs associated with the APs. The AP thus transmits, periodically, a coordinated beamforming (CB) announcement message indicating an ID of the first AP and an ID of each STA associated with the first AP. When a second AP of the OBSSs receives the message from the first AP, the second AP maintains the ID of the first AP and the ID of each STA associated with the first AP in an entry of a CB table. When the second AP stops receiving the message, the second AP removes, from the CB table, the entry of the IDs of the first AP and its associated STAs. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029227 | System and Method for Coordinated Beamforming for Overlapping Basic Service Set in WLAN - Embodiments are provided for enabling a coordinated beamforming (CB) mechanism in WLAN scenarios. In an embodiment, an AP sends a Feedback Request (FBR) frame to each one of the STAs in the OBSSs. The OBSSs comprise the STAs and a plurality of APs including the AP. The AP then receives a feedback frame from each STA of the STAs that participate in the CB transmission. The feedback frame includes channel state information (CSI) of the STA. The CSI enables the sending AP of performing CB on downlink. In an embodiment, the AP receives an initiate CB frame from a second AP initiating a CB transmission, and then sends an ACK frame to the second AP before sending the FBR frame to each one of the STAs. The AP starts the CB transmission with each one of the other APs that participate in the CB transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029244 | Enhanced Multicarrier Transmission Using Orthogonal Subcarriers - A wireless device transmits, during a first period, a first plurality of voice packets of a first talking period on a first plurality of subcarriers of a first carrier. The wireless device transmits, during a second period, a second plurality of voice packets of a second talking period on a second plurality of subcarriers of a second carrier. The wireless device transmits, in the first period and the second period, data traffic packets on a third plurality of subcarriers. There is at least one guard band between at least two subcarriers in the third plurality of subcarriers. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029245 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING BUFFER STATUS REPORT OF TERMINAL IN SMALL CELL ENVIRONMENT AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present disclosure relates a method of transmitting a buffer status report by a terminal. The method may include i) receiving an RRC reconfiguration message including identification information, ii) identifying logic channels associated with the first base station and logic channels associated with the second base station, iii) triggering the buffer status report by identifying buffer statuses of the identified logic channels associated with the first base station and the second base station, and transmitting the buffer status reports to the first base station and the second base station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING CELL MANAGEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for and apparatus for performing a cell management in a wireless communication system is provided. A wireless device detects a cell configuration based on a cell state, the cell state is determined by at least one of a number of UEs, a data offloading, a traffic pattern, and a UE mobility. The cell state includes a dormant or a low_active in which a resource for the reference signal is smaller than a resource for a high_active, and a transmission period of the reference signal when the cell state is in the dormant or the low_active is longer than a transmission period of a reference signal when a cell state is in the high_active. Thus, a cell specific RSs such as CRS, SIB, or paging and synchronization transmission as overhead in a cell can be minimized and controlled based on the active UEs. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING DATA TO SPLIT BEARERS IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method and an apparatus for assigning data to split bearers in dual connectivity is provided. The apparatus includes a master evolved Node B (MeNB) of a user equipment (UE) configured to receive information of available buffer decided and transmitted by a secondary eNB (SeNB) through an X2 interface between the MeNB and the SeNB, determine whether the information is about available buffer for a UE or for an evolved radio access bearer (E-RAB) established on the SeNB based on an indicator in the information or a bearer that transported the information, and adjust the amount of data assigned to the SeNB according to the information of the available buffer. The apparatus can accommodate eNBs implemented in various manners, make full use of the bandwidth of data bearers, and reduce delay in data transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029288 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system comprises a communication channel for the transmission of data packets from a primary station having a plurality of antennas to a secondary station having at least one antenna. The channel comprises a plurality of paths, and the primary station transmits a plurality of packets substantially simultaneously. Each of the plurality of packets is transmitted via a different subset of the plurality of paths, for example by arranging for each packet to be transmitted via a different antenna or antenna beam. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029292 | Network Admission Control - Systems and methods for managing a network are disclosed. One method can comprise determining a first modulation rate associated with a network device. A beacon can be transmitted at a second modulation rate, wherein the second modulation rate is greater than the first modulation rate. A user device can be associated with the network device based on the beacon if the user device is configured to support the second modulation rate. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029312 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL - A base station for managing a cell includes a controller configured to perform an on/off operation to turn a downlink transmission of the cell on and off. The controller performs a process of transmitting a periodic radio signal including a cell-specific reference signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029322 | System and Method for Transmit Power Control with Secondary Uplink Pilot Channel - A method for operating a user equipment (UE) configured for estimating channel quality includes receiving a downlink fractional control channel from a non-serving HS-DSCH cell, estimating a quality of the downlink fractional control channel over a specified time period, and deriving downlink synchronization primitives in accordance with the quality of the downlink fractional control channel. Further methods for deriving the transmit power of an uplink control channel from downlink fractional control channels transmitted by the serving and non-serving HS-DSCH cells are disclosed. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029325 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for transmitting a power headroom (PH) report by a terminal in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes determining respective PHs for multiple activated serving cells based on a real transmission or a reference format, setting respective indicators for the PHs, wherein each indicator indicates that a corresponding PH is determined based on the real transmission or the reference format, and transmitting, to a base station, an extended PH report including the PHs and the indicators on one of the multiple activated serving cells. The each indicator is set to “0”, if the corresponding PH is determined based on the real transmission, and the each indicator is set to “1”, if the corresponding PH is determined based on the reference format. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029326 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method and apparatus for receiving a power headroom (PH) report by a base station in a mobile communication system supporting carrier aggregation are provided. The method includes receiving an extended PH report (PHR) including respective PHs for multiple activated serving cells and respective indicators corresponding to the respective PHs through one of the multiple serving cells, and checking each indicator to determine whether a corresponding PH is calculated based on a real transmission or a reference format. It is determined that the corresponding PH is calculated based on the real transmission, if the each indicator is set to “0”, and it is determined that the corresponding PH is calculated based on the reference format, if the each indicator is set to “1”. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029327 | ANTENNA CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD - A subscriber unit, including an antenna array and an antenna array interface coupled to the antenna array, is described. Wireless transmissions, at least two of which are based on different directional transmissions from a transmitter, are received at the antenna array. Feedback messages are generated using the antenna array interface. The feedback messages are communicated using the antenna array to adjust settings of the transmitter. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029334 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SYNCHRONIZING NETWORKS AMONG HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS OPERATORS - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for synchronizing networks among heterogeneous wireless business operators. A terminal belonging to a first network monitors whether there is a different network in a monitoring period of a frame. The terminal synchronize a frame start synchronization point of the first network with a frame start synchronization point of a second network that corresponds to a discovered synchronization point when the synchronization point having a time offset of as much as a predetermined number of periods is discovered. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029349 | ENHANCED CONNECTION ADMISSION CONTROL PROCESS - An evolved node B receives a random access preamble from a mobile device and determines if utilization exceeds a threshold. Upon determining utilization exceeds the threshold, the eNodeB sends a random access response including a backoff indicator and a modified uplink grant indicating that the mobile device can override the backoff indicator if the connection request is part of a voice over long term evolution call. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029350 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to improve spectral efficiency in a radio communication system which can use non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA). Steps are provided in which a radio base station configures one of a plurality of transmission mode including a first transmission mode, which groups a plurality of transmission methods including a transmission method to employ non-orthogonal multiple access (NOMA) and multiple-user multiple-input and multiple-output (MU-MIMO), and a second transmission mode, which groups a plurality of transmission methods including a transmission method to employ this NOMA and open-loop transmit diversity, and transmits a downlink signal for this user terminal based on the configured transmission mode. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029351 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - There is provided a base station that communicates with a terminal by using a resource element constituted by a sub-carrier and an OFDM symbol. The base station includes an EPDCCH generator, a reference signal generator, and a transmitter. The EPDCCH generator generates an EPDCCH for notification of control information for a terminal. The reference signal generator generates a first demodulation reference signal or a second demodulation reference signal which is a demodulation reference signal associated with the EPDCCH and is enabled to be multiplexed between a plurality of antenna ports. The transmitter transmits the EPDCCH and transmits the first demodulation reference signal or the second demodulation reference signal selected based on a configuration for the terminal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029354 | BROADCAST INFORMATION SENDING METHOD, BROADCAST INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a broadcast information sending method, a broadcast information receiving method, a device, and a system, relate to the communications field, and are used to reduce system overheads, and improve coverage performance. The method provided by the embodiments of the present invention includes: sending, by a network device on a physical broadcast channel PBCH, PBCH information to user equipment UE, and sending, by the network device, the PBCH information in a specific radio frame in each period T of the PBCH, where the PBCH information only includes information about a system frame number SFN, and the period T is greater than one radio frame. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029355 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A mobile communications system is proposed in which mobile communications devices are arranged to transmit signals to and to receive signals from a base station using one or a subset of available sub-bands, with the base station being configured to move the mobile communications devices between the sub-bands. An anchor sub-band is also provided on which idle mobile communications devices camp until they are moved to one or more other sub-bands in addition to or instead of the anchor sub-band. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029356 | DYNAMIC USER-CONFIGURABLE INFORMATION ELEMENT - According to one embodiment of the invention, a system for providing a dynamic user-customizable beacon information element (IE) is described. One embodiment of the system comprises an access point comprising a hardware processor wherein the system is configured to perform operations comprising: periodically transmitting, by an access point, a first beacon frame comprising a plurality of IEs, based on user input, configuring at least one IE of the plurality of IEs in the first beacon frame, modifying the at least one IE in the first beacon frame based at least on the user input to obtain a second beacon frame comprising a modified IE based on the user input and periodically transmitting, by the access point, the second beacon frame comprising the modified IE. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029358 | IMPROVED RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE WITH BEAMFORMING IN LTE - A method for improved random access procedures by a UE is provided. The method comprises: measuring a common CSI-RS; selecting a best horizontal/vertical beam from a set of fixed beams; determining a preamble mapped to the selected horizontal/vertical beam; transmitting the preamble; and receiving a random access response. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029359 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCES FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a fifth generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a fourth generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure applies to intelligent services based on 5G communications technology and IoT related technology, such as a smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, and security and safety services. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029360 | POOLED TRANSPORT AND CONTROL FUNCTIONS IN A 3GPP LTE NETWORK - Presented are methods and apparatus for decoupling transport and control (T&C) functions from a plurality of eNBs and collecting the T&C functions in a centralized entity for managing the T&C functions for a larger pool of eNBs. An enhanced interface and protocol is defined for allowing the new T&C pool entity to communicate with the eNBs over a shared IP based network. The redistributed functionality provides for optimizing both data compression capabilities and security by compressing data earlier in its transmission path and by encrypting data before it is sent to an eNB. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029361 | Method for Processing Medium Access Control Entity, UE and Communication System - A method for processing a medium access control entity, UE and a communication system. The method includes: establishing a corresponding medium access control entity by UE for a second connectivity, so that there exists dual connectivity between the UE and network side including a first connectivity and the second connectivity; wherein the medium access control entity of the second connectivity at least includes a multiplexing or de-multiplexing module and a logic channel prioritization module. Resources of the UE may be efficiently managed, and waste of resources is reduced based on control optimization. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029362 | METHOD AND APPARATUS, IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FOR EFFECTIVELY PROVIDING CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ABOUT SMALL CELL THAT HAS SMALL CELL SERVICE REGION - A method and an apparatus, in a mobile communication system, for effectively providing configuration information about a small cell that has a small cell service region are provided. The method for transmitting reconfiguration information of a small cell base station in a mobile communication system includes: when deciding to reconfigure a small cell, obtaining the latest macro cell configuration information from a macro cell base station; generating reconfiguration information about the small cell on the basis of the obtained macro cell configuration information; and transmitting, to the macro cell base station, the regenerated reconfiguration information so that the macro cell base station can transmit the reconfiguration information to User Equipment (UE). | 01-28-2016 |
20160029363 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MONITORING CONTROL CHANNEL IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - A method for monitoring a control channel in a multiple carrier system, and a user equipment (UE) therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes, if an aggregation of carriers is configured and if a carrier indicator field (CIF) is configured, monitoring a plurality of downlink control channels within a plurality of UE-specific search spaces of a first carrier; and receiving downlink control information (DCI) on at least one of the plurality of the downlink control channels, which is successfully decoded, via the first carrier. The DCI includes scheduling information on either a downlink channel or an uplink channel in a second carrier. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029365 | HARQ-ACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RESPONSE TO DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNEL TYPE IN CASE OF MULTIPLE CONTROL CHANNEL TYPES - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communications. Configuration information including a resource start offset is received. Downlink control information (DCI) is received on an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) using at least one of control channel elements (CCEs). The DCI includes a resource offset for a hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) feedback. A resource of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is determined based on a first CCE of the CCEs, the resource offset in the DCI, and the resource start offset in the configuration information. A HARQ-ACK signal is transmitted on the PUCCH using the determined resource to a base station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029366 | HARQ-ACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RESPONSE TO DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNEL TYPE IN CASE OF MULTIPLE CONTROL CHANNEL TYPES - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communications. Configuration information including a resource start offset is received. Downlink control information (DCI), transmitted using a first antenna port of a base station on an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) using at least one of control channel elements (CCEs), is received. A resource of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is determined based on a first CCE of the at least one of CCEs, the first antenna port, information in the DCI, and the resource start offset in the configuration information, if a transmission type of the EPDCCH is localized transmission. A hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signal is transmitted on the resource to the base station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029367 | HARQ-ACK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION IN RESPONSE TO DETECTION OF CONTROL CHANNEL TYPE IN CASE OF MULTIPLE CONTROL CHANNEL TYPES - Methods and apparatuses are provided for wireless communications. Configuration information including a resource start offset and information for a transmission type of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) are received. Downlink control information (DCI), transmitted using at least one antenna port of a base station on the EPDCCH using at least one of control channel elements (CCEs), are received. A resource of a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) is determined based on a first CCE of the at least one of CCEs, information in the DCI, and the resource start offset in the configuration information if the transmission type of the EPDCCH is distributed transmission. A hybrid automatic repeat request acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) signal is transmitted on the resource to the base station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029371 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Particularly, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting an uplink signal in a wireless communication system and a device therefor, the method comprising the step of transmitting the uplink signal through a plurality of SC-FDMA symbols within a subframe, wherein: the uplink signal includes RI and HARQ-ACK information; the plurality of SC-FDMA symbols include an SC-FDMA symbol #n for an RS, an SC-FDMA symbol of a first set for the RI, and an SC-FDMA symbol of a second set for the HARQ-ACK; n is an integer of 0 or more; the SC-FDMA symbol of the first set includes SC-FDMA symbols #n−2, #n+2, #n+5 and #n+6; and the SC-FDMA symbol of the second set includes SC-FDMA symbols #n−1, #n+1, #n+3 and #n+4. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029372 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR LINK ADAPTATION AT A MOBILE STATION - A method for link adaptation at a mobile station can include the steps of computing mutual information per coded bit (MIB) metrics on at least one sub-channel for one or more candidate modulation types. The method may average the MIB metrics over at least two sub-channels, generate feedback information including MIB metrics for the plurality of candidate modulation types, and transmit the feedback information to a base station. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029374 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING DATA TO SPLIT BEARERS IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method and an apparatus for assigning data to split bearers in dual connectivity is provided. The apparatus includes a master evolved Node B (MeNB) of a user equipment (UE) configured to receive information of available buffer decided and transmitted by a secondary eNB (SeNB) through an X2 interface between the MeNB and the SeNB, determine whether the information is about available buffer for a UE or for an evolved radio access bearer (E-RAB) established on the SeNB based on an indicator in the information or a bearer that transported the information, and adjust the amount of data assigned to the SeNB according to the information of the available buffer. The apparatus can accommodate eNBs implemented in various manners, make full use of the bandwidth of data bearers, and reduce delay in data transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029375 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - According to an aspect of the present invention, there is provided a wireless communication system that performs communication of a first base station device and a second base station device with a terminal device through a plurality of cells, in which the first base station device notifies the second base station device of a request message including information regarding whether or not a data path for user data of the terminal device has been changed, and the second base station device changes the data path for the user data of the terminal device, based on the information regarding whether or not the data path has been changed. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029376 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL - A base station is used for a mobile communication system that supports a dual connectivity. The base station includes a controller configured to establish an RRC connection with a user terminal, and to perform a mobility control in the dual connectivity. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029379 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A first user equipment (UE) and a second UE communicate with a network element (e.g., an eNB) over a carrier (e.g., an uplink or downlink cellular carrier). The first and second UEs also engage in D2D communication using resources of the carrier that have been allocated to them by the network entity. Using the allocated resources, the first and second UEs communicate using a subframe that has a first set of symbols in during which the first UE transmits, a second set of symbols during which the second UE transmits, and a guard interval between the first and second UEs. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029381 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RECEIVING DIFFERENT TYPES OF SUBFRAMES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, system information including information associated with a sub-frame configuration of multimedia broadcast multicast service single frequency network (MBSFN) sub-frames, determining a transmission mode of the terminal, the transmission mode indicating one of a first transmission mode and a second transmission mode, transmitting, to the terminal, configuration information of the determined transmission mode of the terminal, transmitting, to the terminal, control information in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a first sub-frame of the MBSFN sub-frames and a second sub-frame of non-MBSFN sub-frames for the terminal, if the terminal is configured in the first transmission mode, and transmitting, to the terminal, the control information in the PDCCH in the second sub-frame of the non-MBSFN sub-frames, if the terminal is configured in the second transmission mode. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RECEIVING DIFFERENT TYPES OF SUBFRAMES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, system information including information associated with a sub-frame configuration of multimedia broadcast multicast service single frequency network (MBSFN) sub-frames, determining a transmission mode of the terminal, the transmission mode indicating one of a first transmission mode and a second transmission mode, transmitting, to the terminal, dedicated message including configuration information of the determined transmission mode of the terminal, and transmitting, to the terminal, control information in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and data in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in a first sub-frame of the MBSFN sub-frames, if the terminal is configured in the first transmission mode. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF RECEIVING DIFFERENT TYPES OF SUBFRAMES IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and base station in a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes transmitting, to a terminal, system information including information associated with a sub-frame configuration of multimedia broadcast multicast service single frequency network (MBSFN) sub-frames, identifying whether the transmission mode of the terminal is a first transmission mode or a second transmission mode, transmitting, to the terminal, dedicated message including configuration information of the identified transmission mode of the terminal, transmitting, to the terminal, control information in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and data in a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in a first sub-frame of the MBSFN sub-frames, if the terminal is configured in the first transmission mode, and transmitting, to the terminal, the control information in the PDCCH and the data in the PDSCH in a second sub-frame of a non-MBSFN sub-frames, if the terminal is configured in the second transmission mode. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029384 | BAND-SWITCHING OPERATIONS IN A MESH NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - Techniques and systems for selectively performing band-switching operations are provided. For example, a method, computing device, or computer-program product may be provided, and may include receiving a communication from a first device, wherein the communication is received on a channel of a first WiFi frequency band, wherein the communication is received using a first WiFi circuit of the computing device, and wherein the computing device is a node of a mesh network. The method, computing device, or computer-program product may further include determining whether the first device is a node of the mesh network, determining a second device to which to transmit the communication, and determining whether the second device is a node of the mesh network. The method, computing device, or computer-program product may further include determining whether to transmit the communication to the second device on a second WiFi frequency band, wherein the second WiFi frequency band is different from the first WiFi frequency band, and wherein determining whether to transmit the communication on the second WiFi frequency band depends on whether the first device is a node of the mesh network. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029385 | CONCURRENT DUAL-BAND WLAN DEVICE USING MCM - A wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) device includes a first transceiver and a second transceiver. The first transceiver is configured to communicate on a first frequency band, and includes a first Multi-Chip Module (MCM). The first MCM includes a first Radio-Frequency Integrated Circuit (RFIC) for transmitting and receiving on the first frequency band and a first BaseBand Integrated Circuit (BBIC). The second transceiver is configured to communicate on a second frequency band, and includes a second MCM. The second MCM includes a second RFIC for transmitting and receiving on the second frequency band and a second BBIC that is identical to the first BBIC. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029386 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication device includes a wireless transmitting/receiving part, a response channel selecting part and an oscillating part. The wireless transmitting/receiving part receives a first frame in which data destined for an address of the wireless communication device and data destined for an address of another wireless communication device are included. The oscillating part outputs a carrier signal having a frequency that corresponds to the response channel selected by the response channel selecting part to the wireless transmitting/receiving part. The response channel selecting part decides an ordinal rank for response channel selection based on the information included in the first frame and selects a response channel that corresponds to the decided ordinal rank The wireless transmitting/receiving part uses the carrier signal to transmit the response frame in the response channel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029387 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are techniques related to a terminal apparatus, a base station apparatus, a communication system, a communication method and an integrated circuit that realize efficient procedure of transmitting uplink control information in a plurality of cells. The terminal apparatus groups a plurality of cells into a single primary cell group and one or more secondary cell groups, and, in the case of performing a radio resource request, carries out either a radio resource request with respect to a cell of the primary cell group or a radio resource request with respect to a cell of the secondary cell groups. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029388 | UL Serving Link's Role Change in Heterogeneous Network - It is provided a method, including identifying a weak cell serving a downlink of a first user device; detecting a strong cell different from the weak cell, wherein an uplink of the first user device has a lower uplink path loss towards the strong cell than towards the weak cell; preventing the weak cell from providing a first grant for the uplink, if the strong cell is detected. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029390 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A radio communication apparatus to perform communication with another radio communication apparatus by using a plurality of frequency bands, the radio communication apparatus includes, a receiving unit configured to receive, when performing a random access procedure to said another radio communication apparatus, a control message by using a first frequency band as a response to a preamble message transmitted by the radio communication apparatus, the control message instructing communication using a second frequency band different from the first frequency band; and a control unit configured to perform, when the control message corresponds to the preamble message, data communication with said another radio communication apparatus by using the second frequency band. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029391 | TECHNIQUES FOR OPTIMIZING TRANSMISSION POWER ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects related to allocating transmission power in wireless communications are described. It can be determined whether data is to be transmitted on an uplink control channel in one or more upcoming transmission time intervals (TTIs). Based on this determination, transmission power is allocated to an uplink enhanced dedicated channel in the one or more upcoming TTIs. Where uplink control channel data is not to be transmitted in the one or more upcoming TTIs, transmission power that would have been used for the uplink control channels can instead be allocated to the enhanced dedicated channel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029393 | PACKET-SWITCHED NETWORK RETURN - Systems and methods for generating a Long Term Evolution network return procedure. A mobile terminal may generate, in absence of redirection instruction from a circuit-switched network, a Long Term Evolution network return procedure that when instantiated by the mobile terminal implements connection of the mobile terminal to a Long Term Evolution network based on a ranking of measured Long Term Evolution network access points. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029395 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving interference information for interference cancellation of a user equipment (UE) includes receiving a multi-user downlink (DL) control channel including cyclic redundancy check (CRC) parity bits scrambled by a multi-user identifier (ID), from a base station (BS), wherein the multi-user DL control channel includes control information for each of a plurality of transport blocks (TBs) to be transmitted through a plurality of layers, and the TBs are configured to be transmitted to other UEs in a multi-user group, and decoding TBs to be transmitted to other UEs in the multi-user group using the control information. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029396 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to methods and apparatus for measuring and mitigating interference. Such interference may include base station to base station (eNB to eNB) interference and/or UE to UE interference. A base station may determine a first subframe configuration for the base station and a second subframe configuration for one or more other base stations, wherein the first and second subframe configurations have different ratios of uplink to downlink portions. The base station may measure interference caused by the one or more other base stations based on reference signals transmitted in downlink portions of the second subframe configuration. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029397 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses for providing wireless messages according to various tone plans can include a system including a memory that stores instructions. The system further includes a processor coupled with the memory. The processor is configured to execute the instructions to generate a message for wireless communication according to at least one of a set of 52 tones, for allocation to an individual device, including 48 data tones and 4 pilot tones, and a set of 106 tones, for allocation to an individual device, including 102 data tones and 4 pilot tones. The processor is further configured to execute the instructions to provide the message for transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029399 | Enabling Resource Partitioning for Wireless Communication Systems - Enabling resource partitioning in a wireless communication is provided. A terminal can measure channel quality and other information in a wireless communication environment and prepare a VCQI report. The report can be transmitted to a serving base station and/or non-serving base stations. The report information can be utilized by the base stations to allocate resources and/or to facilitate handoff within the wireless communication environment. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029400 | METHOD FOR OPERATING MULTI-TYPE BEACONS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for operating multi-type beacons by a first terminal connected with a second terminal through wireless communication. The first terminal receives, from the second terminal, information required for allocating a beacon type. The first terminal selects a beacon type for the second terminal from predetermined beacon types based on at least one variable in the information. The at least one variable includes at least one of a channel condition of a communication link between the first terminal and the second terminal, a traffic period of the communication link, and a security level of transmission and reception data. Each variable includes a priority. The first terminal allocates a beacon to the second terminal based on the priority of each variable. The beacon has the beacon type. The beacon allocated to the second terminal is transmitted from the first terminal to the second terminal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029401 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL - In a case where a first connection for downlink through which downlink data is transmitted from an eNB | 01-28-2016 |
20160029402 | OPTIMIZATION OF RESOURCE POLLING INTERVALS TO SATISFY MOBILE DEVICE REQUESTS - A mobile device is configured for aligning data transfer from a mobile device to optimize connections made by the mobile device in a wireless network. The mobile device having a memory, a radio, and a processor that is configured to batch data received in multiple transactions from mobile clients on the mobile device for transmission over the wireless network such that a connection need not be established with the mobile device every time each of the multiple transactions occurs. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029405 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR OBTAINING SECONDARY TIMING ADVANCE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for obtaining a secondary timing advance. The method includes: after a secondary cell activation command is received or after a secondary cell is activated, if a secondary time alignment timer TAT of the secondary cell does not run, initiating, by a terminal, a random access procedure; and obtaining, by the terminal, the secondary TA according to a TA received in the random access procedure. With the method and the device for obtaining a timing advance according to embodiments of the present invention, a terminal initiates a random access procedure to obtain a secondary timing advance after the terminal receives a secondary cell activation command sent by a base station or after a secondary cell is activated, thereby saving signaling overhead and system resources. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029406 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENTS IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are provided for receiving a Scheduling Assignment (SA) by a User Equipment (UE) in a communication system in which a base station transmits the SA including at least one Information Element (IE). The method includes receiving the SA; identifying if a first IE included in the received SA is set with a first predetermined value and at least one bit in a second IE included in the received SA is set with a second predetermined value; and performing an action corresponding to a semi-persistent scheduling, if the first IE included in the received SA is set with the first predetermined value and the at least one bit in the second IE included in the received SA is set with the second predetermined value. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029407 | Method for Controlling Network Access Points - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for controlling network access points in a wireless communicating system, said system comprising: one or more mobile stations, and one or more access points, each access point being arranged for operating in active mode or in inactive mode; said method comprising the steps of: transmitting, by a mobile station, a sensing signal indicating network and/or mobile station specific information associated with at least one mobile station of said system; receiving, by at least one access point or at least one control unit, said sensing signal; and controlling, by said access point or said control unit, transition from active mode to inactive mode, and vice versa, of one or more access points of said system based on said sensing signal. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of accessing a channel in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a first frame including configuration information on a channel allocated from a bandwidth including a primary channel, a secondary channel and an extension channel from an access point (AP), and transmitting a second frame to the AP by using the allocated channel. The configuration information includes an extension channel offset element field that sets the extension channel as the offset of the primary channel. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029409 | RADIO CHANNEL ACCESS ON BOARD AIRCRAFT - This relates to wireless communication on-board aircraft. More particularly, the present disclosure relates to a method for controlling an on-board aircraft network cell to be used in an on-board aircraft wireless communication network, to such an on-board aircraft network cell configured to be used in an on-board aircraft wireless communication network, to an on-board aircraft wireless communication network comprising at least one such on-board aircraft network cell, and to an aircraft comprising such on-board aircraft wireless communication network. An embodiment of the on-board aircraft network cell comprises at least one Wireless Module unit, at least two Wireless Data Concentrator units, and at least two independent wireless links, each wireless link being established between the at least one Wireless Module unit and one of the at least two Wireless Data Concentrator units. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029412 | SENSING AND/OR TRANSMISSION COVERAGE ADAPTATION USING INTERFERENCE INFORMATION - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for sensing and/or transmission coverage adaptation using interference information. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include determining, at a node, a degree of interference at the node; receiving, at the node, at least one message from at least one neighboring node, the at least one message including another degree of interference observed at the at least one neighboring node; and adjusting, by the node based on the degree of interference at the node and the at least another degree of interference, at least one of a receiver sensitivity of the node, a clear channel assessment detection range of the node, or a transmit power of the node. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029413 | MAC RESET AND RECONFIGURATION - A method and apparatus for reconfiguring a medium access control (MAC) entity in a wireless transmit receive unit (WTRU). The method and apparatus includes the WTRU transmitting a MAC reconfiguration request, the WTRU receiving a MAC reconfiguration command including updated MAC parameter values and the WTRU reconfiguring a MAC entity based on the updated MAC parameter values in the MAC reconfiguration command. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029414 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA ON MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A data transmission method and an apparatus to communicate data on multiple carriers in the mobile communication system are provided. A random access method of a terminal in a mobile communication system including primary and secondary cells operating on multiple carriers according to the present invention includes communicating data after random access in the primary cell, receiving, when the random access is triggered in the secondary cell, information for use in the secondary cell random access from the primary cell, transmitting a preamble in the secondary cell based on the received information, monitoring the primary cell to receive a Random Access Response for the secondary cell, and applying, when the Random Access Response for the secondary cell is received, the information carried in the Random Access Response to the secondary cell in which the preamble has been transmitted. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029415 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TERMINATING TRANSMISSION OF A MESSAGE IN AN ENHANCED RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus is provided for terminating an enhanced random access channel (E-RACH) message in an E-RACH transmission. Triggers for terminating the E-RACH message are provided. The actions upon termination of the E-RACH messages are provided to release enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources while in cell forward access channel (CELL_FACH) state or transition to cell dedicated channel (CELL_DCH) state. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029416 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PACKETS IN A MOBILE STATION - A method of performing uplink transmission at a user equipment (UE) is provided. The UE determines whether a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) retransmission collides with a transmission for a random access in a time interval, and performs the HARQ retransmission when the HARQ retransmission does not collide with the transmission for random access in the time interval. A current value of information indicating a redundancy version (RV) for the HARQ retransmission is incremented by 1 when the HARQ retransmission does not collide with the transmission for random access in the time interval. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029418 | RESETTING OF NETWORK RESOURCES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - The proposed technology relates to methods and network nodes for enabling resetting of network resources in a wireless network. For example, a method performed by a first network node comprises the step of providing at least one pair of information elements, each pair defining a respective range of identifiers within a list of identifiers, wherein each identifier within each range of identifiers is associated with a respective network resource to be reset. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029419 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CONNECTING TO WIRELESS NETWORK - A method for a device to connect to a wireless network is provided. The method includes: detecting a first wireless network when a wireless network connection of the device is in a disconnected state, wherein the first wireless network has a same name as a second wireless network, and connection information for connecting to the second wireless network is pre-stored in the device; generating a first wireless network list including one or more wireless networks detected when the first wireless network is detected; comparing the first wireless network list with a pre-stored second wireless network list to obtain a comparing result, wherein the second wireless network list includes one or more wireless networks previously detected when the device was connected to the second wireless network; and if the comparing result satisfies a preset condition, sending a connection request to the first wireless network. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029420 | TELEHEALTH WIRELESS COMMUNICATION HUB DEVICE AND SERVICE PLATFORM SYSTEM - Methods and devices provide a wireless communications hub device and services enabling remote access to electronic medical or fitness devices in a manner that simplifies device networking. A wireless communication hub device may include a processor and wireless communication transceivers configured to connect to cellular and/or WiFi networks to access a remote server, and wired and/or wireless local networks for connecting to electronic medical or fitness devices. The wireless communication hub device may plug into a power source, connect to an electronic medical or fitness device, and communicate via a second wireless network with an associated server-based service. The system enables discovery of the wireless communication hub device and connected electronic medical or fitness devices. The associated remote server based service platform services may provide drivers for various electronic medical or fitness devices, store and forward data, and provide remote access to the various electronic medical or fitness devices. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029421 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ASSIGNING DATA TO SPLIT BEARERS IN DUAL CONNECTIVITY - A method and an apparatus for assigning data to split bearers in dual connectivity is provided. The apparatus includes a master evolved Node B (MeNB) of a user equipment (UE) configured to receive information of available buffer decided and transmitted by a secondary eNB (SeNB) through an X2 interface between the MeNB and the SeNB, determine whether the information is about available buffer for a UE or for an evolved radio access bearer (E-RAB) established on the SeNB based on an indicator in the information or a bearer that transported the information, and adjust the amount of data assigned to the SeNB according to the information of the available buffer. The apparatus can accommodate eNBs implemented in various manners, make full use of the bandwidth of data bearers, and reduce delay in data transmission. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029423 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR IMPLEMENTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN UES - The present application provides a method for implementing a device to device (D2D) START communication between UEs, wherein a UE and a network obtain each other's capability of Proximity Service (ProSe); the UE may activate the capability of ProSe that both the UE and the network support and initiates a request for a ProSe service with another UE to the network; the network authenticates the request for the ProSe service according to subscription information for the UE's device to device communication; and the network establishes a device to device PDN bearer between the two UEs for the request for the ProSe service passing the authentication. The present application further provides a user equipment. The present application is the basis for implementing the ProSe, the application thereof can satisfy service demands of public safety communication and realize network resource optimization configuration. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029424 | DIRECT DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS RADIO TECHNOLOGY SELECTION - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for providing, by a user equipment, information representative of one or more radio technologies available for use by a device-to-device radio interface at the user equipment; and receiving, by the user equipment, an indication representative of a selection of at least one of the one or more radio technologies for use by the device-to-device radio interface at the user equipment. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029426 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES, AND METHODS FOR LIGHTWEIGHT OVER-THE-AIR SIGNALING MECHANISMS IN DATA COMMUNICATIONS - Disclosed herein are methods, apparatuses, and systems for utilizing lightweight communication protocols between different network components. A messaging process is utilized which includes a random access procedure for a user equipment (UE) and an eNodeB, and a messaging sequence comprising a reduced number of messages (compared to a legacy Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection messaging sequence) exchanged between different nodes of the network to establish a connection. These messages can be generated using any combination of pre-configured or pre-determined data specific to either the UE or to lightweight communication protocols. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029427 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND TERMINAL - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a data retransmission communication method and a terminal for implementing inter-base station carrier aggregation, where the method includes: receiving, by a first Radio Link Control (RLC) entity of a terminal, a packet data unit PDU; and when the first RLC entity determines that the PDU reaches a maximum quantity of retransmissions, instructing, by the first RLC entity, a second RLC entity of the terminal to transmit the PDU, where the first RLC entity is corresponding to a first base station, and the second RLC entity is corresponding to a second base station. By using the method and the terminal in the embodiments, frequency of RRC connection re-establishment is reduced, and a data packet loss caused by frequent re-establishment is further avoided, thereby improving user experience. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029428 | NETWORK NODE, METHOD, AND MOBILE TERMINAL FOR PROVIDING VOICE CALLS TO A MOBILE TERMINAL IN A PACKET-SWITCHED-ONLY NETWORK - A network node, method, and mobile terminal for providing circuit-switched (CS) voice calls to a mobile terminal operating in a packet-switched (PS)-only network. A control node such as an EPC node in an SAE/LTE PS-only network is modified to mimic the messaging functionality of a Serving GPRS Service Node (SGSN). The EPC node is connected to an MSC/VLR in a CS network through a Gs interface. The EPC node registers the terminal with the MSC/VLR and provides a VLR TMSI to the terminal. When the MSC/VLR receives an incoming CS voice call for the terminal, the MSC/VLR notifies the EPC node, which sends a paging message to the terminal. To set up the CS voice call, the terminal sends a paging response directly to the MSC/VLR. | 01-28-2016 |
20160029429 | D2D SWITCHOVER METHOD, SYSTEM, AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of wireless communication, in particular a D2D switchover method, system, and device, for solving the problem in prior art of the lack of mechanism for D2D switchover for D2D user devices under appropriate conditions so as to ensure the short-distance transmission quality in the situation where an LTE system has too high a load and interference is too strong. Embodiments of the present invention comprise: a network device determines, according to resource management information and/or channel status information whether a D2D user device needs to perform a D2D switchover; when the D2D user device is determined to need to perform a D2D switchover, the D2D user device is triggered to switch to a heterogeneous system and conduct end-to-end communication, or to conduct end-to-end communication via the network device, or to conduct in the current system end-to-end communication not controlled by the network device. The method in the embodiments of the present invention ensures that D2D devices can perform D2D switchover under appropriate conditions even when an LED system has too high a load and interference is too strong, thereby enhancing the end-to-end communication performance. | 01-28-2016 |
20160036500 | RADIOFREQUENCY MAP CREATION FOR DATA NETWORKS - A Next Generation Data Network is described. It leverages the “cloud” for data management, frequency data computation and analytics. Training signals are transmitted in a number of different transmit directions and attempted to be received in a number of different receive directions in order to create a radio frequency map of transmit/receive directions that allow a communication path to be created between nodes of the network. The wireless network is a single frequency network that permits limited non-line-of-sight operation. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036503 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A POWER SAVE MODE IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A communication method that includes transmitting a power save multi-poll (PSMP) frame containing a power save mode (PSM) of a non-access point (AP) station (STA) to a first station and to a second station which are paired with an AP on the basis of multiple input multiple output (MIMO) technology. Information on the PSM indicates the point in time of starting a downlink transmission period, the duration of the downlink transmission period, and transmission object station identification information. The method further involves transmitting a data frame to the first station and to the second station on the basis of the MIMO technology during the downlink transmission period. The transmission object station identification information indicates a group identifier for indicating an object station group including the first station and the second station. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036506 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL APPARATUS AND PROGRAM - Provided is a transmission control apparatus that determine a first phase difference for a phase difference between an electric wave output by a first antenna and an electric wave output by a second antenna, and for a phase difference between an electric wave output by a third antenna and an electric wave output by a fourth antenna, based on a determined polarization characteristic; determines a second phase difference for a phase difference between the electric wave output by the first antenna and the electric wave output by the third antenna and for a phase difference between the electric wave output by the second antenna and the electric wave output by the fourth antenna, based on the determined beam direction; and controls phases of the electric waves output by the first to fourth antennas, according to the first and second phase differences. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036509 | TRANSMISSION CONTROL APPARATUS AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM - Provided is a transmission control apparatus that, at a first transmission timing, causes a first symbol to be transmitted from a first antenna, causes the first symbol having the same phase as the first symbol transmitted from the first antenna to be transmitted from a second antenna that is orthogonal to the first antenna and has a path to a mobile terminal that is the same as a path between the first antenna and the mobile terminal, causes a second symbol to be transmitted from a third antenna arranged parallel to the first antenna, and causes the second symbol having the inverse phase of the second symbol transmitted from the third antenna to be transmitted from a fourth antenna that is orthogonal to the third antenna and has a path to the mobile terminal that is the same as a path between the third antenna and the mobile terminal. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036542 | Interference Measurement Method, Network-Side Device And Terminal Device - An interference measurement method, a network side device and a terminal device are disclosed. The interference measurement method includes: a network side sending interference measurement indication information to a terminal, and indicating the terminal to perform interference measurement, wherein the interference measurement indication information is used for indicating one or more kinds of the following information to the terminal: interference measurement modes used for performing interference measurement; and parameter configuration information used for interference measurement. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036547 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION METHOD OF USER EQUIPMENT IN CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An interference cancellation method and apparatus of user equipment in a cellular communication system is provided. The method includes receiving signals including a desired signal and an interference signal from one or more base stations; determining a maximum likelihood (ML) decision metric to determine a value “l” of a rank indicator (RI), a value “p” of a precoding matrix indicator (PMI), and a value “q” of a modulation (MOD) level of the interference signal; applying a logarithm to the ML decision metric, and applying a maximum-log approximation to a serving data vector and an interference data vector, which are included in the ML decision metric; determining the values of “l,” “p,” and “q” using the applied ML decision metric; and cancelling the interference signal from the received signals using the determined values of “l,” “p,” and “q.” | 02-04-2016 |
20160036559 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROCESSING METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile station apparatus transmits in a subframe, to a base station apparatus, Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request (HARQ) control information and channel state information on the indicated one physical uplink control channel resource, the HARQ control information and the channel state information being transmitted using one of a first processing method of coding and a second processing method of coding, the one of the first processing method of coding and the second processing method of coding being applied on the basis of whether a sum of a number of bits of the HARQ control information and a number of bits of the channel state information exceeds a second predetermined value. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036567 | Providing Acknowledgement Information by a Wireless Device - In general, to provide acknowledgment information by a first wireless device, the first wireless device sends repeated instances of acknowledgment information in respective first and second frame structures, in response to receipt of first information from a second wireless device. In addition, the first wireless device also sends further acknowledgment information in the second frame structure that is responsive to second information received from the second wireless device. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036572 | Dynamic Control of Channel Sounding For Transmit Beamforming - The present disclosure discloses a system and method for dynamic control of channel sounding for transmit beamforming. Generally, sounding frames are periodically transmitted by a network device to a particular device at a first sounding interval. First feedback information is received from the particular device. The first feedback information corresponds to the sounding frames transmitted at the first sounding interval. Based on one or more current conditions included in the feedback information, a second sounding interval is selected to transmit the sounding frames to the particular device. The sounding frames are periodically transmitted to the particular device at the second sounding interval. Second feedback information is received from the particular device. The second feedback information corresponds to the sounding frames transmitted at the second sounding interval. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036573 | RECEIVING APPARATUS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND CHANNEL ESTIMATION CONTROL METHOD - It is desired to provide a receiving apparatus in a wireless communication system and a channel estimation control method that are capable of reducing delay in channel estimation and the error rate in decoding channel information. To achieve this, in a wireless communication system using a first reference signal, with which a control information signal is not multiplexed, and a second reference signal, with which a control information signal is multiplexed, a receiver ( | 02-04-2016 |
20160036574 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR COMMUNICATING INTO A SHIELDED ENVIRONMENT - A system and method for wirelessly communicating into a shielded area are described. In one particular example, a bi-directional amplifier that allows two-way communication into a tunnel is mounted at a tunnel portal and thereby allows RF signals to be exchanged therefrom using a single switched pathway. Ultrafast switching of the amplifier circuit is enabled by a pilot activation signal that serves to remotely switch the operational state of the amplifier from a default first operating mode when no pilot signal is detected to a second operating mode upon detection of the pilot signal, whereby the system is configured for simplex and semi-duplex communications. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036575 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COOPERATIVE TRANSMISSION IN MULTI-NODE SYSTEM - A method of performing cooperative transmission in a multi-node system including a Base Station (BS) and a plurality of nodes controlled by the BS is provided. The method comprises: transmitting a first signal generated using a first cell identifier (ID) from the plurality of nodes; and transmitting a second signal generated using a second cell ID from at least one of the plurality of nodes, wherein the first cell ID is identical with a cell ID used by the BS, and the second cell ID is different from the first cell ID. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036576 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for transmitting a signal between user equipments. A quantity of OFDM symbols included in a first subframe sent by a first user equipment to a second user equipment is less than a quantity of OFDM symbols included in a second subframe sent by the first user equipment to a network device, where the second subframe includes 14 OFDM symbols, the first subframe includes 13, 12, or 7 OFDM symbols, and the OFDM symbol includes valid data and a cyclic prefix. In this way, interference between OFDM symbols may be avoided, and performance of a D2D ProSe is improved. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036578 | TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK CONTROL CHANNELS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes generating uplink control information at a wireless device, and transmitting the uplink control information over an interlace of a component carrier of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. The interlace includes a plurality of non-contiguous concurrent resource blocks in the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, and at least two resource blocks in the interlace include different portions of the uplink control information. A second method includes generating uplink control information at a wireless device, and transmitting the uplink control information over an uplink control channel of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. Resources of the uplink control channel are divided into a plurality of discrete dimensions and the uplink control information of the wireless device is transmitted over a number of the discrete dimensions allocated to the uplink control information of the wireless device. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036579 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING LINK IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for configuring a link in a wireless LAN system are disclosed. The method for configuring a wireless link comprises: a step of receiving a first beacon message from a first wireless access device through a first communication channel among at least one communication channel; a step of acquiring, from the first communication channel, a first wireless access information to be used for accessing the first beacon message; a step of acquiring, from the first beacon message, a second communication channel list among at least one of the communication channels in which a second wireless access device is operating; a step of determining a communication channel for access among the first and the second communication channels; and a step of attempting access by using the determined communication channel. Therefore, the time for configuring links among wireless LAN devices can be reduced. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036609 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING NON-BINARY CHANNEL CODE - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as a Long Term Evolution (LTE). A method for transmitting data in a transmitting apparatus in a wireless communication system supporting a non-binary channel code is provided. The method includes generating at least one modulation symbol by modulating at least one code symbol based on a predetermined modulation scheme; and transmitting the at least one modulation symbol to a receiving apparatus, wherein the generating of the at least one modulation symbol comprises generating the at least one modulation symbol from the at least one code symbol to thereby reduce a number of complex modulation symbols generated from a plurality of code symbols. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036610 | AAS DIRECT SIGNALING FRAMING METHODOLOGIES TO SUPPORT HIGH CAPACITY WIRELESS LINKS - A new frame structure applicable to the IEEE 802.16 OFDMA wireless waveform is described, for the purposes of increasing base station capacity, increasing subscriber link rates and extending base station range. The frame structure provides the necessary constructs so that advance signal processing technologies such as Stacked Carrier Spread Spectrum and adaptive antenna technology may be used in combination with these constructs in order to realize these gains. These concepts are equally applicable in other advanced wireless waveforms based on OFDM or OFDMA such as LTE or UMB. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036615 | TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, RECEPTION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transmission apparatus that transmits a block signal including a plurality of data symbols, includes: a data-symbol generation unit that generates a data symbol; a symbol arrangement unit that arranges the data symbol and a same-quadrant symbol such that one same-quadrant symbol that becomes a signal point in a same quadrant in a complex plane is inserted per block at a predetermined position in each block signal to generate a block symbol; a CP insertion unit that inserts a Cyclic Prefix into the block symbol; and an interpolation unit that performs interpolation processing on the block symbol on which CP insertion has been performed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036618 | MCS TABLE ADAPTATION FOR 256-QAM - The present invention relates to adaptive modulation and coding scheme selection and signaling in a communication system. In particular, a modulation and coding scheme to be used for transmission of a data is selected from a set of predetermined modulation and coding schemes. The predetermination of the set is performed by selecting the set from a plurality of predefined sets. The sets have the same size, so that a modulation and coding selection indicator signaled to select the modulation and coding scheme may be advantageously applied to any of the selected sets. Moreover, a second set includes schemes with a modulation not covered by the schemes of a first set, and which is of a higher order than any modulation in the first set. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036619 | Transmitting Apparatus and Transmitting Method - A transmitting apparatus and a transmitting method are provided. The transmitting apparatus comprises: an encoder configured to encode data for a plurality of user equipments into corresponding encoded signals, respectively; a modulator configured to perform a joint modulation on the encoded signals for the plurality of user equipments to generate modulated signals, wherein the modulator performs the joint modulation by mapping bits of the encoded signals for the plurality of user equipments to a symbol corresponding to each constellation point of a constellation map of the modulated signals so that respective constellation points satisfy a Gray mapping rule; a transmitter configured to transmit the modulated signals. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036637 | SIGNALING CHANGE IN LINK CONFIGURATION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, the apparatus, being a first wireless device, establishes a session with a second wireless device based on a first set of link parameters and transmits, to the second wireless device, information regarding a second set of link parameters for use by the second wireless device for subsequent communication during the session. In another aspect, the apparatus establishes a session with a second wireless device based on a first set of link parameters, receives, from the second wireless device, information regarding a second set of link parameters, and communicates with the second wireless device based on the information regarding the second set of link parameters. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036701 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS TO SIGNAL AN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT POLICY IN A SHORT FRAME - Logic may define a new short frame format with an acknowledgement (ACK) policy field. Logic may define the new short frame format to include an ACK policy field as a subfield of a frame control field in the new short frame format. Logic may define the new short frame format with a truncated and redefined type field and a new ACK policy subfield in a frame control field to minimize impact of the introduction of the new short frame format. Logic may implement a short frame format with a redefined frame control field with respect to a current short frame format. Logic may define the ACK policy subfield to include more than one ACK policy such as a normal ACK, a block ACK, and a no ACK to increase the utility of the short frame format and to increase device compatibility with devices of different designs and from different vendors. | 02-04-2016 |
20160036941 | RESOURCE REQUEST MANAGEMENT - A resource management system may use information regarding the bandwidth status of a downstream communication path to determine what portion of queued content should be sent in the current available bandwidth timeslot. In some embodiments, multiple versions of the same requested content may be available, and the system may select a lower-quality version to send if needed to meet a time deadline included in the original content request. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037322 | METHOD FOR USE IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND ARCHITECTURE - A wireless communication system ( | 02-04-2016 |
20160037323 | METHOD FOR MAKING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for making device to device (D2D) communication. More specifically, the step of enabling a first device communicating with another device through channel hopping to find a second device for communication further includes the steps of: finding the second device based on a first channel hopping sequence in a first time interval within the entire find cycle during which the first device performs the channel hopping; and setting the first device so as to perform the channel hopping based on a second channel hopping sequence in a second time interval within the entire find cycle, wherein the entire find cycle of the first device is determined based on the second channel hopping sequence in the second time interval and the number of repeated second channel hopping sequences. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037351 | METHOD OF INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE AND BASE STATION - A method of reducing interference to reception of streams of television content received at a television receiver in which each of the streams of television content are transmitted on one of a plurality of frequency channels in accordance with a channel map which defines on which of the plurality of frequency channels each stream of television content is transmitted and the interference being caused by a base station transmitting data to or receiving data from one or more mobile devices via radio communication signals in a vicinity of the television receiver. The method includes identifying the channel map and adapting a transmission of the radio communication signals between the base station and the one or more of mobile devices in accordance with the identified channel map to reduce interference at the television receiver. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037382 | JUST IN TIME PACKET BODY PROVISION FOR WIRELESS TRANSMISSION - Wireless transmission is performed by storing, in a local memory, a header in association with reference(s) to memory locations in a separate, shared memory storing a payload for a given transmission. Each header can be associated with a QoS queue. When a selected payload is to be transmitted, a PHY preamble can begin, followed by a header from local memory, while a DMA transaction initiates to retrieve payload from the shared memory. Each retrieved portion of payload can include a link to a next location storing a next part of payload. A subsequent DMA is initiated for that part of the payload. A relatively fixed function circuit can initiate DMA and receive payload data; a programmable element can perform payload selection, for example. Multiple payloads can be aggregated (just before transmitting of a preamble) using header information stored in the fast local memory. Memory can be released after ACK of a corresponding payload. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037387 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN HETEROGENEOUS WIRELESS NETWORKS - A system and method for resource management in a heterogeneous wireless network wherein the resources of the mobile communications system are managed on a coarse time-scale and a fine time-scale. The coarse time-scale management comprises a first stage of determining the user association for each of the plurality of TPs followed by a second stage of determining activation fractions for all TPs. The determining of the user association is performed by utilizing a GLS procedure having a Greedy Stage and a Local Search Stage. In the Greedy Stage, new user, TP pairs are analyzed and the pair with the greatest improvement in system utility is selected. In the Local Search Stage, potential swaps are analyzed and a pair offering the greatest improvement that exceeds a threshold is selected. The determining of activation fractions for all TPs is performed by utilizing an auxiliary function method. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037396 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL SWITCHING FOR WIRELESS MESH NETWORKS - The present invention relates to a method of dynamic channel switching in a wireless mesh network that is in conformance with an IEEE 802.11s standard. The method comprises the steps of transmitting a request frame to a node for scanning a channel associated with the node; determining a link quality of the channel; receiving a response frame from the node; and switching to the channel if the switching metric is larger than a switching threshold, wherein if otherwise, remain unswitched. The switching metric integrates the interference, transmission frame size, latency of channel switching and data rate of the node on the channel | 02-04-2016 |
20160037424 | ESTIMATING A RELATIVE DIFFERENCE BETWEEN SIGNAL STRENGTHS OF WIRELESS SIGNALS RECEIVED BY A DEVICE - Methods and systems are described for determining an optimal access point for a client device based on the relative difference between signal strengths of wireless signals received by the client device from access points. In particular, the signal strengths of wireless signals received by a client device from access points are determined without receipt of signal strength and/or transmit power information from the client device. Instead, the signal strength difference value may be determined based on known characteristics of signals transmitted by the access points and known characteristics of signals received by the access points from the client device. This relative difference value may thereafter be used to determine an appropriate access point to provide network access to the client device. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037428 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR PROVIDING APPLICATION SERVICES TO USERS IN COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - In a method for providing application services to a user in a communications network, a first multi-path transport control protocol (MPTCP) flow is mapped to a first evolved packet system (EPS) bearer associated with a first serving base station for the user, and a second MPTCP flow is mapped to a second EPS bearer associated with a second serving base station for the user. The first MPTCP flow is output on the first EPS bearer for delivery to the user through the first serving base station, and the second MPTCP flow is output on the second EPS bearer for delivery to the user through the second serving base station. Each of the first and second MPTCP flows correspond to a same multipath transport control protocol MPTCP connection for an application. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037430 | WIRELESS NETWORK BROKERAGE - Propagation of a wireless signal is facilitated and brokered through a wireless network, and the signal is delivered by an appropriate method to an intended receiving wireless terminal. A single network element acts as a signal entry point and executes parallel processes to determine the location of an intended receiving wireless terminal and the registration thereof within the wireless network, the signal type, and the capabilities of the terminal. The network element then analyzes this information to determine the best method of signal propagation through the wireless network so as to ensure signal delivery to the wireless terminal or alternate delivery according to subscriber-set preferences. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037432 | ENHANCED COMMON LOGICAL-A PROTOCOL FOR RECONFIGURABLE SYSTEMS - A network has a central entity connected to a plurality of capillary networks and external networks. Information regarding the capillary networks and the external networks may be fused in the central entity to provide assistance services and network control to one or more of the capillary networks. The information may be collected from the capillary networks using a logical interface with a common upper layer coupled to multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs). The central entity configures an internal communications network including a plurality of disparate devices, and recognizes and communicates with each device within the internal communications network by discovering each new device as introduced into the internal communications network. A communication link can be set up with reconfigurable or capable devices to exchange information possibly in another format in another band. The same communication link can be torn down after completion of the service. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037439 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR AUTOMATICALLY DETECTING AND CONNECTING TO WI-FI NETWORKS - An apparatus and methods are provided for automatically detecting and connecting to a Wi-Fi network. In these methods, a wireless device listens for beacons that are sent using a low-power wireless protocol. Once the wireless device detects a first beacon at a first location, the wireless device extracts a first beacon region identifier from the beacon and correlates the first beacon region identifier with a first Wi-Fi network that is located at the first location. Next, the wireless device retrieves a first set of credentials for connecting to the first Wi-Fi network. Once the first set of credentials is retrieved, the wireless device uses the first set of credentials to connect to the first Wi-Fi network. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037453 | POWER CONTROL PERFORMANCE FOR USER EQUIPMENT - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus configured to establish a wireless connection to a first network, tune away from the first network for a first predetermined interval, tune back to the first network after the first predetermined interval, enter a power control freeze state for a second predetermined interval after tuning back to the first network, send a plurality of transmissions to the first network during the second predetermined interval, determine if a number of the plurality of transmissions that are not received by the first network exceeds a first threshold or if a number of the plurality of transmissions that are retransmitted to the first network exceeds a second threshold, and exit the power control freeze state when it is determined that the first threshold is exceeded or when it is determined that the second threshold is exceeded. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037457 | POWER ADAPTATION APPARATUS AND POWER ADAPTATION METHOD FOR CONTROLLING UPLINK/DOWNLINK POWER - A power adaptation apparatus for a wireless communication channel includes a power ratio compensator. The power ratio compensator is capable of receiving a channel quality indicator and compensating a power ratio parameter according to the channel quality indicator, wherein the power ratio parameter defines a relation between power of the wireless communication channel and power of another wireless communication channel, and is referenced for setting the power of the wireless communication channel. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037459 | Noise Floor Driven Access Point Transmission Power - Apparatus and techniques are presented for estimating a noise floor experienced by a client device seeking to associate with an access point in a wireless network. A path loss between the client device and the access point may be estimated. A metric may then be generated, where the metric estimates a strength of a signal transmitted from the access point as received at the client device. The transmit power at the access point may then be adjusted, based on the metric. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037460 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to make possible link adaptation that is suitable for future radio communication systems. A radio base station according to the present invention has a coding section that encodes downlink data for each of a plurality of user terminals, a modulation section that modulates the downlink data for each of the plurality of user terminals, and a transmission section that multiplexes the downlink data for each of the plurality of user terminals on a per subband basis, and transmits the downlink data for each of the plurality of user terminals by using transmission power that is allocated to each of the plurality of user terminals on a per subband basis. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037486 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR LOW POWER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Embodiments include methods and apparatus for wireless network communication between a device that operates a radio in compliance with a wireless communication standard and another device that may not be capable of complying with the wireless communication standard. In an embodiment the non-complaint device is a receiver only. Information is broadcast or advertised or otherwise transmitted by the compliant device according to the protocol and embodiments encode information on top of the protocol for decoding by the receiving device, which does not decode the protocol. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037488 | RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - This disclosure generally relates to radio resource control for D2D communication. In one embodiment, a master UE of the D2D communication may obtain radio resource information of a slave UE before performing radio resource configuration for the D2D communication between the master UE and the slave UE. Based on the radio resource information, the master UE may configure radio resource for the D2D communication. In this way, radio resource configuration may be performed for both the D2D communication and cellular communication without violating the slave UE's radio capability. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037490 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR A MEDIA ACCESS CONTROL SCHEDULER FOR A LONG TERM EVOLUTION UNLICENSED NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided in one example embodiment and may determining, by a first communication device, whether one or more other communication devices are communicating wireless signals in a particular channel of an unlicensed band of the communication network; scheduling one or more Long Term Evolution Unlicensed (LTE-U) sub-frames within a frame schedule for a user equipment (UE) based, at least in part, on determining that one or more communication devices are communicating wireless signals in the particular channel; and communicating the one or more LTE-U sub-frames to the UE according to the frame schedule. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037493 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSCEIVING/TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK DATA IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING NEW CARRIER TYPE - The present invention relates to a wireless access system, and provides methods for transmitting downlink data with a new carrier type (NCT) by using transmission diversity and devices for supporting same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for user equipment receiving downlink data in the wireless access system supporting the new carrier type (NCT) comprises the steps of: receiving an upper layer signal comprising indication information indicating demodulation of downlink data into a user equipment-specific reference signal (URS), wherein the downlink data is transmitted by means of a distributed virtual resource block (DVRB) technique; receiving the downlink data and the URS transmitted using the DVRB technique by applying different precoding matrices to a first slot and a second slot in a subframe; demodulating the URS and estimating channel information with respect to the first slot and the second slot; and demodulating downlink data based on the channel information. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037495 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, NETWORK SYSTEM AND CORRESPONDING DEVICE - A data transmission method in an enhanced CELL_FACH state, a network system, and a corresponding device are provided. The method includes the following steps. A radio transceiver receives information indicating a capability category of a UE. The radio transceiver acquires the capability category of the UE according to the information indicating the capability category of the UE. The radio transceiver performs data transmission to or from the UE according to the capability category of the UE. Since the information indicating the capability category of the UE is sent to the radio transceiver during the enhanced CELL_FACH data transmission, the radio transceiver performs the data transmission based on the capability category of a target UE, instead of the lowest capability category of the UE, thereby increasing the data transmission rate in the enhanced CELL_FACH state. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037496 | System and Method for Sharing a Control Channel For Carrier Aggregation - A method for processing a control channel at a user agent (UA) to identify at least one of an uplink and a downlink resource allocated by a resource grant within a multi-carrier communication system wherein resource grants are specified by control channel element (CCE) subset candidates wherein the carriers used for data transmission and reception are configured carriers, the method comprising the steps of receiving activation signals specifying active and deactivated carriers from among the configured carriers, for active carriers (i) identifying a number of CCE subset candidates to decode and (ii) decoding up to the identified number of CCE subset candidates in an attempt to identify the resource grant; and for deactivated carriers, ignoring CCE subset candidates associated with the deactivated carriers. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037497 | ENHANCED BASE STATION AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING THROUGH AN ENHANCED DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM (eDAS) - Embodiments of an enhanced base station and method for communicating through an enhanced distributed antenna system (eDAS) are generally described herein. The eDAS includes geographically-separated antenna nodes and each of the antenna nodes has a plurality of antenna elements. The base station may perform physical-layer baseband processing for each of the antenna nodes at a centralized processing location, and may cause the antenna nodes to transmit reference signals in accordance with a multiplexing scheme to allow user equipment to perform channel estimation for the antenna elements of any one or more of the antenna nodes. The base station may also cause the antenna nodes to transmit signals having synchronization codes to allow the user equipment to synchronize with the antenna elements of any one or more of the antenna nodes. In some embodiments, the base station may communicate with the antenna nodes over a physical-layer interface. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037498 | BLIND DECODING FOR AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (EPDCCH) - Technology for a user equipment (UE) configured for blind decoding downlink control information (DCI) from an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). The UE can receive, from a base station, the EPDCCH that includes the DCI. The UE can attempt one or more times to decode the DCI from enhanced control channel elements (ECCE) of the EPDCCH from physical resource block (PRB) region candidates in a PRB set using a selected set of enhanced resource element group (EREG) index maps for the ECCE until the DCI is successfully decoded. The resource elements (REs) of a PRB pair can include a block of symbols mapped in sequence to resource elements on an associated port when the REs are part of the EREGs assigned for the EPDCCH transmission. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037499 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING CONTROL CHANNEL INFORMATION BASED ON MULTI-SECTOR CELL NETWORKING - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for sending control channel information based on multi-sector cell networking. The method includes: obtaining, according to an uplink signal sent by a user equipment, uplink signal strength information corresponding to each sector, where each sector uses a same cell identification, and the uplink signal strength information is used to indicate a level corresponding uplink signal strength; selecting a working sector for the user equipment from the sectors according to the uplink signal strength information corresponding to each sector; and sending control channel information to the user equipment through the working sector, and not skipping sending control channel information to the user equipment through the sectors except the working sector. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037501 | LTE CONTROL CHANNEL RESERVATION IN RF BANDS WITH COMPETING COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods presented herein provide for an LTE wireless communication system operating in an RF band with a conflicting wireless system. The LTE system includes a first eNodeB operable to transmit downlink communications to UEs in the RF band and to receive uplink communications from the UEs in the RF band. The first eNodeB is also operable to transmit an LTE control channel across a portion of the RF band, to time divide the LTE control channel into a plurality of subchannels, and to occupy a first of the subchannels. A second eNodeB is operable to detect the LTE control channel and to occupy a second of the subchannels proximate in time to the first subchannel of the first eNodeB. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037503 | Device and Method of Handling communication operations in a licensed frequency band and an unlicensed frequency band - A communication device for handling communication operations in a licensed frequency band and an unlicensed frequency band comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The instructions comprise performing a first communication operation on a first carrier in a first unlicensed frequency band; receiving a message from a network for indicating the communication device to perform a second communication operation with the network on a second carrier in the first unlicensed frequency band; and switching the first communication operation from the first carrier in the first unlicensed frequency band to a third carrier in a second unlicensed frequency band. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037505 | DIGITAL RADIO SYSTEM - A thin radio client can include a radio frequency (RF) subsystem having a transmitter and/or a receiver. An interface can transmit and receive packets. The interface can reconfigure the transmitter in response to a received transmitter-control packet, reconfigure the receiver in response to a received receiver-control packet, or transmit a context packet including both data of a state of the transmitter and data of a state of the receiver. A digital back end can include an interface to exchange packets with an RF device. At least some of the received packets can specify capabilities of the RF device or state of the RF device. The back end can determine a control packet based on received packet(s) and on a policy governing behavior of the RF device, and transmit the control packet to the RF device. A method of operating a distributed radio system is described. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037506 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus is capable of improving communication efficiency by reducing the amount of control information transmitted. A channel quality information extraction section extracts CQI's from a received signal. An allocation control section allocates subcarriers for every communication terminal apparatus and selects a modulation scheme in such a manner that required transmission rate is satisfied for each communication terminal apparatus based on required transmission rate information, etc. and CQI's for communication terminal apparatus of each user. A required subcarrier number determining section decides the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus so as to satisfy the required transmission rate for each communication terminal apparatus. A required subcarrier number information generating section generates information for the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus. A subcarrier allocation section allocates packet data to selected subcarriers. Modulating sections adaptively modulate packet data allocated to each subcarrier. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037507 | Simultaneous Reporting of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information using PUCCH Format 3 Resources - A new uplink control channel capability is introduced to enable a mobile terminal to simultaneously report multiple packet receipt status bits and channel-condition bits. In an example embodiment implemented in a mobile terminal the mobile terminal (first determines that channel-state information and hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits corresponding to a plurality of downlink subframes or a plurality of downlink carriers, or both, are scheduled for transmission in an uplink subframe. The mobile terminal then determines whether the number of the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits is less than or equal to a threshold number. If so, the mobile terminal transmits both the channel-state information and the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits in physical control channel resources of the first uplink subframe, on a single carrier. In some embodiments, the number of the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits considered in the previously summarized technique represents a number of ACK/NACK bits after ACK/NACK bundling | 02-04-2016 |
20160037508 | APPARATUS AND METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system and a method in a wireless communication system. The system, includes: circuitry, configured to obtain state information of one or more secondary systems managed by the system in a management region; determine first radio resources of a primary system available for the secondary systems based on the state information and allow the secondary systems to use the first radio resources; identify a change of the state information; determine second radio resources of the primary system available for the secondary systems based on the change; and request the secondary systems to use the second radio resources if the second radio resources is smaller than the first radio resources. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037509 | TECHNIQUES TO REDUCE BANDWIDTH USAGE THROUGH MULTIPLEXING AND COMPRESSION - Techniques to reduce bandwidth usage through multiplexing and compression are described. In one embodiment, an apparatus may comprise a local interface component and an external interface component The local interface component may be operative to receive a plurality of communication requests. The external interface component may be operative to transmit through a communication channel a multiplexing of the plurality of communication requests, the multiplexed communication requests compressed during transmission. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037510 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING A LOGICAL CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE THEREOF - There is provided a method for performing a logical channel prioritization. The method may comprise: receiving an uplink (UL) grant; identifying a set of logical channels whose data are to be transmitted using the uplink grant; and performing a logical channel prioritization (LCP) based on the identified set of logical channels. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037511 | Coordinated Multipoint Joint Transmission with Relaxed Backhaul Requirements - A method for coordinated multipoint transmission includes collecting, in a serving CoMP-MA, channel state information, CSIs, reported by terminals served by eNBs within a cooperating set. The serving CoMP-MA selects dominant interferers as candidate transmitting eNBs for a terminal. CoMP joint transmission is initiated by forwarding, to the candidate transmitting eNBs, PDCP PDUs received from SGW and targeted to the selected terminal, and by setting the status of the terminal to joint transmission. High and low thresholds of PDCP buffers of the serving CoMP-MA are adjusted. As information required for air interface scheduling becomes available, the method includes extracting, in the serving CoMP-MA, radio resource allocations, RLC and MAC headers, references to user plane data, and precoding matrices from protocol entities, and forwarding them to the transmitting eNBs that have acknowledged PDCP PDUs, in order the transmitting CoMP-MA to prepare air interface for the terminal. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037515 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING LENGTH OF AGGREGATION FRAME IN WIRELESS NETWORK - Method and apparatus for controlling length of aggregation frames in a wireless network is provided. The method includes: obtaining a noisy level of a channel based on the number of first data received by a first terminal in a first period, the first terminal being a STA or AP in the wireless network, and the first data include aggregation frames or non-aggregation frames; and determining length of an aggregation frame to be transmitted by the first terminal in a second period based on the noisy level, where the second period is following and adjacent to the first period along a time axis. The first terminal may detect the noisy level and select the length of the aggregation frame based on the noisy level. Thus, inter-frame collision and interference in the channel may be reduced, channel resources may be well utilized, and a throughput rate may be improved in real time. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037516 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING DISTRIBUTED VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCKS - A method for efficiently scheduling virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks is disclosed. In a wireless mobile communication system, for distributed mapping of consecutively allocated virtual resource blocks to physical resource blocks, when nulls are inserted into a block interleaver used for the mapping, they are uniformly distributed to N | 02-04-2016 |
20160037518 | Allocating Resources in a Frequency-Time Space to Mobile Station Data - To allocate resources in an orthogonal frequency domain multiple access (OFDMA) system, two-dimensional rectangular regions are assigned in a frequency-time space to data bursts associated with mobile stations. At least one data burst does not fit in an available space in the frequency-time space is determined. In response to the determining, the assigned two-dimensional rectangular regions are reshaped. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037520 | WLAN PACKET-BY-PACKET BANDWIDTH SCHEDULING FOR LTE COEXISTENCE - The use of multiple radios using different radio access technologies (RATs) on a wireless station can result in interference that can be mitigated by reducing, on a packet-by-packet basis, the bandwidths of communications using one of the RATs. For example, the bandwidth of wireless local area network (WLAN) communications sent or received by a wireless station can be reduced in order to avoid interference with Long-term Evolution (LTE) or LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) communications. A wireless station can determine that only a portion of an interfering bandwidth used by a first radio will interfere with the receipt of communications on a second radio, then the wireless station can dynamically adjust its transmissions on the first radio to only use non-interfering frequencies. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037522 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DETERMINING AN INTERVAL OF FREQUENCIES IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A method allows determination of a frequency interval for the emission, by an item of user equipment, of a signal to be sent to a base station in a telecommunications network, the frequency interval being within a predetermined frequency band over which the base station works, the method including the determination of frequency interval, wherein the determination of the frequency interval is achieved from a table of references including maximum power reduction values for the emission of a signal by the item of user equipment so that the power of the signal emitted by the item of user equipment at a predetermined out-of-band frequency is less than a predetermined maximum power limit value. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037523 | CARRIER ALLOCATION - The present invention relates to methods, apparatuses and a computer program product for carrier allocation. The invention includes defining change occasion for a base station for changing a component carrier. The invention further includes receiving, at a processor, from a first base station, information regarding carrier interference severeness between the first base station and a second base station, wherein the carrier interference severeness comprises at least one of an expected separately usable protected carrier number, the number of user equipments located in a common coverage area of the first and second base station, and the downlink traffic load related to the user equipments, and allocating carrier pattern for the first base station based on the received information. Further, the invention includes composing, by a part of a first base station, a report including information regarding carrier interference severeness between the first base station and a second base station, wherein the carrier interference severeness comprises at least one of an expected separately usable protected carrier number, the number of user equipments located in a common coverage area of the first and second base station, and the downlink traffic load related to the user equipment, and causing transmission of the report to an allocating unit. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037524 | System and Method for Multiple Carrier Transmission - A method includes transmitting, by a communications controller to a user equipment (UE), a first data block on a first carrier and transmitting, by the communications controller to the UE, a first downlink control information (DCI) to initiate a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process associated with the first data block. The method also includes retransmitting, by the communications controller to the UE, the first data block and transmitting, by the communications controller to the UE, a second DCI, where the second DCI includes a first transmission indicator and an indicator of the first carrier, and where the second DCI continues the HARQ process. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037525 | INTERFERENCE-AWARE FREQUENCY SELECTION FOR SMALL CELLS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for selecting an operating frequency from available frequencies/channels for a small cell. A set of candidate operating frequencies is determined from a plurality of available operating frequencies as having an interference cost less than a first threshold and a coupling cost less than a second threshold. The small cell can then select a candidate operating frequency of the set of candidate operating frequencies having a lowest interference cost as the operating frequency. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037526 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification discloses a mobile communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using a plurality of carriers in a mobile communication system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037527 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification discloses a mobile communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using a plurality of carriers in a mobile communication system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037528 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA USING PLURALITY OF CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present specification discloses a mobile communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for transmitting and receiving data using a plurality of carriers in a mobile communication system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037529 | BASE STATION CONFIGURED FOR PERSISTENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for communicating and utilizing persistent allocation of resources are described herein. A base station may allocate persistent resources to a client station, and may associate the client station or persistent resource allocation with a particular shared NACK channel. The base station may monitor the NACK channel for a NACK indicating a map error. The base station may monitor the resource allocation to implicitly determine a map error. The base station may resend one or more persistent resource allocation information elements in response to the NACK or implicit error determination. A client station having a persistent resource allocation may monitor persistent resource allocation information elements in map messages and/or may indicate failure to receive a persistent resource allocation information element in a NACK message on a shared NACK channel. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037530 | METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE, AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMIT POWER CONTROL DURING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Disclosed are a method, network device, and system for transmit power control during D2D communication. The method comprises: a network device determines the maximum allowed transmit power of a first terminal on the basis of the maximum level of interference that a cellular network can handle and/or the maximum level of interference that the first terminal is allowed to cause to a receiving terminal, and sends said maximum allowed transmit power of the first terminal to the first terminal, said first terminal being the sending device of D2D communication; and the first terminal determines transmit power on the basis of said maximum allowed transmit power. By means of the present technical solutions, when determining transmit power, a D2D sending device takes into account the maximum interference a cellular network can handle and/or the maximum level of interference that may be caused to a receiving terminal, thereby reducing the interference caused to D2D communicating terminals or to terminals of other cells using the resources of a cellular network. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037532 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MAPPING OF ABSOLUTE POWER GRANT VALUES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A method and apparatus for adjusting power grants in wireless communications. Multiple power grant tables are stored and one or more tables are designated during communication. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037536 | DOWNLINK POWER CONTROL FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN COMPETING COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Systems and methods presented herein provide for altering communications of a LTE wireless communication system operating in an RF band with a conflicting WiFi system. In one embodiment, an LTE system includes a wireless base station operable to transmit downlink communications to a UE in the RF band and to receive uplink communications from the UE in the RF band. The LTE system also includes a processor operable to detect the uplink communications from the UE, to estimate a location of the UE based on the detected uplink communications, to determine a communication capability between the UE and the wireless base station based on the location of the UE, and to downgrade the downlink communications from the wireless base station to the UE based on the determined communication capability to avoid interference with the WiFi communication system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037537 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT THRESHOLD - Method and apparatus for controlling CCA threshold of a wireless communication channel is provided. The method includes: obtaining a noisy level of the channel based on the number of first data received by a first terminal in a first period, the first terminal being a STA or AP in a wireless network, and the first data include aggregation frames or non-aggregation frames; and adjusting the CCA threshold the first terminal uses in data transmission in a second period based on the noisy level. The first terminal may adaptively detect the noisy level of the channel, and the CCA threshold may be selected reasonably based on the noisy level, which enables the first terminal to obtain an opportunity of accessing the channel in time when it needs to send data, enhance the first terminal's competition ability of occupying channels, and improve a throughput rate. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037538 | System and method for interference coordination between communications nodes - Disclosed are a system and a method for interference coordination between communication nodes. A first-type wireless transceiver apparatus of the system is configured to report status information by sending first-type signaling to a second-type wireless transceiver apparatus, and perform data transmission and/or to perform measurement according to second-type signaling. The second-type wireless transceiver apparatus is configured to allocate resources according to the first-type signaling, and indicate the resource allocation by sending the second-type signaling to the first-type wireless transceiver apparatus. The method comprises: reporting status information by sending first-type signaling to a second-type wireless transceiver apparatus, and peforming data transmission and/or performing measurement according to second-type signaling; and allocating resources by sending the second-type signaling to a first-type wireless transceiver apparatus. By using the embodiments of the present invention, the problem of interference between adjacent communication nodes of a variety of base stations in a dense deployment network is solved, and the problem of interference to a user due to the interference between the communication modes is solved, thereby ensuring reliable reception of downlink data. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037540 | MAXIMIZING CHANNEL CAPACITY FOR COMMON DOWNLINK CHANNELS - A wireless access node and method are described herein for improving a bandwidth utilization efficiency of a common downlink (DL) channel when transmitting device-related information included in one or more messages to a wireless device or a group of wireless devices, wherein the one or more messages have one or more transport block formats that meet a coverage class need of the wireless device or the group of wireless devices. In addition, a wireless device and method are described herein for improving a bandwidth utilization efficiency of the common DL channel by receiving one or more messages including device-related information on the common DL channel from the wireless access node, wherein the one or more messages have one or more transport block formats that meet a coverage class need of the wireless device. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037541 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING FEEDBACK BETWEEN BASE TRANSCEIVER STATIONS THROUGH COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and an apparatus for feedback based on information transmitted between base stations (or base stations) through cooperative communication are provided. The method includes receiving, from the second base station, a first message for requesting a channel state information (CSI) report, and transmitting, to the second base station, a second message including the CSI report, based on the first message. The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond 4th-generation (4G) communication system such as long term evolution (LTE). | 02-04-2016 |
20160037542 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR GROUPING AND ASSIGNING CHANNELS IN A NETWORK SYSTEM - System and methods are provided for dynamically assigning wireless channels to priority groups based on characteristics of the channels, the environment in which the channels will be used, regulatory requirements, and/or capabilities of client devices. Thereafter, channels may be intelligently assigned to access points to achieve one or more goals. For example, wireless channels may be assigned to access points to ensure balanced coverage throughout the network system for client devices of each type/capability, to minimize effects of wireless interference in the network system, to increase fault tolerance in the network system, and/or to generally improve the coverage and quality of connections in the network system. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037543 | OBTAINING CONTROL CHANNEL ELEMENTS OF PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS FOR CROSS-CARRIER SCHEDULING - Methods and apparatus of a NodeB or a user equipment (UE) in communication with each other are provided. The NodeB transmits and the UE receives via a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH). Control Channel Elements (CCEs) corresponding to a PDCCH candidate are obtained based on n | 02-04-2016 |
20160037544 | SPECTRUM ANALYSIS AND OPERATION OF A DUAL RADIO DEVICE - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communications in which an unlicensed spectrum may be used for cellular communications (e.g., Long Term Evolution (LTE) communications). More particularly, the described features relate to improving resource management in a multi-radio or multi-modem wireless device by utilizing one radio or modem (e.g., a wireless local area network (WLAN) radio) to inform the operation of another radio or modem (e.g., an LTE radio) co-located on the wireless device. The monitoring radio (e.g., WLAN radio) may scan an unlicensed or shared spectrum for interfering signals (e.g., military, weather, etc.) transmitted on designated channels within the shared spectrum. Upon detection of the interfering signal, the monitoring radio may generate a spectrum analysis of the detected interference and inform the second radio (e.g., LTE radio) to modify its operation based on the spectrum analysis. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037545 | DYNAMIC AGGREGATION FOR COEXISTENCE BETWEEN WIRELESS TRANSCEIVERS OF A HOST DEVICE - A circuit includes a first wireless interface circuit that communicates packetized data to a first external device in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol. A second wireless interface circuit communicates packetized data to a second external device in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol. A plurality of signal lines communicate at least four lines of cooperation data between the first wireless interface circuit and the second wireless interface circuit, wherein the cooperation data relates to cooperate transceiving in a common frequency spectrum. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037546 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING IN-DEVICE CO-EXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - The present disclosure provides, a method and apparatus of handling in-device co-existence interference in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting in-device co-existence interference between a LTE module and an ISM module in user equipment. The method further includes identifying subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in a set of subframes allocated to the LTE module which are affected by the ISM module operation. Additionally, the method includes reserving the remaining subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in the set of subframes for the LTE module operation. Furthermore, the method includes indicating to a base station that the remaining subframes and the corresponding HARQ processes are reserved for the LTE module operation to resolve the in-device co-existence interference. Moreover, the method includes receiving scheduling pattern indicating subframes and corresponding HARQ processes reserved for the LTE operation or derived DRX parameters from the base station based on the indication. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037547 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - Systems, methods, and devices for device-to-device (D2D) distributed scheduling are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) is configured to measure a received power level for a reference signal received from a target UE and measure received power levels for reference signals received from one or more non-target UEs. The UE is configured to generate a resource usage map for the target UE and the one or more non-target UEs. The UE is configured to determine a priority, with respect to the target UE, for each resource element group based on the resource usage map and an anticipated signal-to-interference ratio (SIR). The UE is configured to transmit data to the target UE during one or more resource element groups with the highest priorities for the target UE. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037548 | MEASUREMENT METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - In a measurement method, a base station, and a user equipment, the measurement method includes: sending, by a base station, signaling to a user equipment, where the signaling carries node indication information, where the node indication information is used to indicate nodes corresponding to channel state information measurement sets configured by the base station for the user equipment. In this way, the user equipment can learn, according to the node indication information, the nodes corresponding to the channel state information measurement sets configured by the base station for the user equipment; then, the user equipment can measure the nodes corresponding to the channel state information measurement sets on the channel state information measurement sets configured by the base station for the user equipment and provide feedback, so that the base station can schedule the user equipment according to a measurement result of the user equipment. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037549 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME - Disclosed is a method by which a representative terminal of a specific cluster performs scheduling for device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a first signal from a terminal of a neighboring cluster; and comparing a priority given to the neighboring cluster with a priority given to the specific cluster in a specific resource among a plurality of resources so as to perform D2D communication scheduling on a component terminal of the specific cluster, wherein the first signal includes information on the neighboring cluster. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037552 | METHOD AND APPARATUS TO ADAPT THE NUMBER OF HARQ PROCESSES IN A DISTRIBUTED NETWORK TOPOLOGY - A system includes a downlink transmitter unit, a downlink scheduler unit, and an uplink receiver unit. At least one of the units is located at a physically separate location from others of the units, and the at least one of the units communicates with the others of the units over a backhaul. A controller that allocates a number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) processes according to any communication delays caused by the backhaul. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037558 | ESTIMATING WIRELESS CAPACITY - A system and method are disclosed that may provide an accurate estimate of an AP's available medium share. The AP may perform a plurality medium access contention operations to determine a duration of a transmit opportunity and a queue service interval for each of a plurality of access categories. The AP may also determine a queue service interval for a number of packet queues associated with each of the access categories. The AP may use timing information derived from the medium access contention operations to estimate a portion of the medium share available on a per-access category and/or per-user basis. The timing information may include the transmit opportunity durations and queue service intervals for the access categories, the queue service intervals for the individual packet queues, and/or values indicative of the AP's PHY rate and medium utilization. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037559 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTIMATING AVAILABLE CAPACITY OF AN ACCESS POINT - A system and method are disclosed that may provide an accurate estimate of an AP's available capacity. The AP may simulate medium access contention operations using actual packets being transmitted from the AP to associated STAs and virtual packets indicative of traffic that would be transmitted to a new STA that is not currently associated with AP. The AP may determine a transmission schedule for the actual packets and virtual packets based on the simulated medium access contention operations, and then determine what portion of the available capacity is allocated to the virtual packets based, at least in part, on the transmission schedule. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037560 | Device, Network, and Method for Communications with Spatial-specific Sensing - A device, network, and method for communications with spatial-specific sensing is provided. In an embodiment, a method in a first communication node for providing contention-based transmission from the first communication node in a network to a second communication node includes determining, by the first communication node, a transmission direction, the transmission direction characterized by a digital beamforming direction and an analog beamsteering direction; performing, by the first communication node, spatial-specific carrier sensing in accordance with a sensing direction associated with the transmission direction; determining, by the first communication node, a channel status of a channel along the sensing direction according to the spatial-specific carrier sensing; and transmitting, by the first communication node, a transmission along the transmission direction. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037562 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for performing random access in a user equipment for a small cell e-NB with a small cell service area in heterogeneous e-NB cell carrier integration (dual connectivity or inter-eNB carrier aggregation) in mobile communication systems. In accordance with an aspect of the present disclosure, a method for performing random access in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a configuration request message for configuring a Serving Cell Group (SCG) from a second eNB located in a service area of a first eNB through the first eNB; configuring an SCG cell based on the configuration request message, and sending a configuration response message in response to the configuration request message to the second eNB through the first eNB; and performing random access if there is uplink data present on a logic channel (LCH) relocated into the SCG cell. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037565 | NETWORK CONNECTION CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MOBILE TERMINAL - A network connection control method and apparatus of a mobile terminal maintains or releases connection to a wireless network based on the existence of downlink traffic from the wireless network. The method preferably includes connecting to a wireless network transmitting a signal greater than a predetermined value in strength when an Internet access request is detected; requesting the connected wireless network for traffic; determining whether the traffic is received from the connected wireless network; and releasing the connection to the wireless network by determining the wireless network as an idle wireless network when no traffic is received. The determination as to whether to maintain or release the connection to the currently connected WLAN based on whether actual traffic is received from the WLAN. When the mobile terminal is connected to an Access Point not coupled to the Internet, the mobile terminal immediately switches the connection to a cellular network. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037567 | CELLULAR FEEDBACK TRANSMISSION FOR USER EQUIPMENTS ENABLING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - This disclosure generally relates to cellular feedback transmission for the user equipments enabling D2D communications. In one embodiment, the cellular uplink feedback and the D2D signals may be multiplexed in the same D2D subframe. For example, the feedback may be transmitted using a symbol that is not used to carry the D2D signal. In one embodiment, the feedback may be transmitted in the symbol that is kept as gap in the D2D subframe. By multiplexing the cellular feedback with the D2D signals, the cellular feedback can be transmitted to the BS without breaking off the D2D transmission. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037568 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH A NETWORK - A method, apparatus and computer program product are provided to facilitate selection of other user equipment as a relay node in order to establish connection to a network, such as following a radio link failure. In the context of a method for establishing a device-to-device connection, signals may be received from a plurality of user equipment that indicates that the user equipment have relay capabilities. The method also includes selecting a respective user equipment to serve as a relay to a network based upon one or more parameters. The method also establishes a connection with the respective user equipment that relays messages to the network. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037572 | METHOD FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS AND TERMINAL FOR SUPPORTING SAME - A first terminal for D2D communication configures a value of a first field that represents continuous transmission of scheduling assignment (SA) information as a first value, when trying to transmit the SA information in a second SA resource pool after a first SA resource pool as well as in the first SA resource pool for the SA. The first terminal transmits the SA information including the first field using the first SA resource included in a first SA resource pool. | 02-04-2016 |
20160037576 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE IN WIRELESS LAN - A method for transmitting/receiving, by a User Equipment, a signal in a mobile communication system includes: transmitting an authentication request message to a wireless LAN; receiving an authentication response message corresponding to the authentication request message from the wireless LAN; and transmitting, to a base station, a message for supporting a multi-connection mode based on the authentication response message. It is possible to generate an access connection or to provide a QoS setting when simultaneously accessing a 3GPP system and a non-3GPP system and transmitting/receiving data, so that a more improved method and device for transmitting and receiving data can be provided to a user. | 02-04-2016 |
20160043783 | METHODS AND PROCEDURES FOR NON-LINEAR PRECODING BASED MULTIUSER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT - A station is used to implement non-linear coding based multiuser multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO). The station includes a processor that may be configured to perform a number of actions. For example, the processor receives a null packet from an access point (AP). Channel feedback is generated using the null packet. The channel feedback is sent to the AP. QR dependent information is received from the AP. Data is sent to the AP according to the QR dependent information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043787 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FRAME USING SELECTIVE BEAMFORMING AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - Disclosed are a frame transmission method using a selective beamforming and a communication apparatus to perform the frame transmission method. The communication apparatus may determine a beamforming matrix based on classification information in which a plurality of subcarriers used for communication is classified into a plurality of frequency units, may map a long training field (LTF) sequence to the beamforming matrix, and transmit a beamforming training (BF-T) frame including the mapped LTF sequence to a plurality of stations, may receive, from the plurality of stations having receiving the BF-T frame, feedback information generated based on a reception strength of the BF-T frame, and may allocate frequency units to data frames to be transmitted to the plurality of stations based on the feedback information, and transmit the data frames using the allocated frequency units. The reception strength of the BF-T frame may be determined at each station for each frequency unit. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043788 | Channel Quality Index Feedback Reduction for Broadband Systems - A system and methodology are disclosed for exploiting channel correlation in time and/or frequency to reduce CQI feedback in wireless communications systems. By compressing CQI feedback at the receiver to reduce redundancy in CQI feedback information that results from the channel correlation, the average feedback rate is reduced. In various embodiments, redundancy in time may be removed from the CQI feedback by monitoring variations of the CQI information in time at the receiver so that CQI information for a given CQI reporting instance is communicated to the transmitter only if it differs from the CQI information for the previous CQI reporting instance. Otherwise, no feedback is performed. In other embodiments, CQI feedback is compressed by performing a discrete cosine transform (DCT) on the CQI data. The compressed CQI feedback information is then communicated to the transmitter through the feedback control channel where it is decoded into the original CQI information and used to generate signal processing information for various sub-carriers. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043789 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION EVOLVED NODEB - The present invention relates to a method for determining a precoding matrix indicator, a user equipment UE, a base station eNB, and a system. The method includes: receiving a reference signal sent by a base station; selecting, based on the reference signal, a precoding matrix from a codebook, where a precoding matrix W included in the codebook is a product of two matrices W | 02-11-2016 |
20160043793 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SIMULTANEOUSLY COMMUNICATING WITH A GROUP OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of simultaneously communicating with a group of wireless communication devices. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to communicate with at least one group of a plurality of wireless communication devices over a wireless communication medium, wherein the wireless communication unit is to reserve the wireless communication medium for a time period, during which the wireless communication unit is to simultaneously transmit two or more different wireless communication transmissions to two or more wireless communication devices of the group, respectively. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043794 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR FOCUSING BEAMS WITH MODE DIVISION MULTIPLEXING - A system for focusing a multiplexed beam includes OAM signal processing circuitry for generating a multiplexed OAM multiplexed signal. A plurality of antennas comprises an antenna array. An antenna array control circuit controls transmission of the multiplexed OAM signal from each of the plurality of antennas in the antenna array. The antenna array control circuit generates control signals to cause the antenna array to transmit the OAM multiplexed signal from each of the plurality of antennas of the antenna array toward a focus point as a transmission beam and controls a timing of the transmissions of the OAM multiplexed signal from each of the plurality of antennas of the antenna array to cause the transmitted OAM multiplexed signals to arrive at the focus point at substantially a same time. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043820 | Transmission of Feedback Information for Multi-Carrier Operation - Techniques for sending feedback information for multi-carrier operation are described. In an aspect, feedback information may be sent on an uplink carrier that may or may not be paired with a downlink carrier on which data transmission is sent. A user equipment (UE) may receive data transmission on a downlink carrier among a plurality of downlink carriers. The UE may determine feedback information for the data transmission, determine an uplink carrier to use to send the feedback information from among a plurality of uplink carriers, and send the feedback information on the uplink carrier. In another aspect, feedback information for multiple downlink carriers may be sent on at least one uplink carrier using Single-Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA). A UE may receive data transmissions on a plurality of downlink carriers, determine feedback information for the data transmissions, and send the feedback information on at least one uplink carrier using SC-FDMA. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043822 | RADIO FREQUENCY RECEIVER AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention discloses a radio frequency receiver and a receiving method, where the method includes: performing band splitting on a radio frequency signal of multiple carriers to obtain at least one band signal, and outputting the signal; separately performing filtering and amplification processing on the at least one band signal to obtain at least one processed signal; generating multiple oscillation signals; and selectively receiving a processed signal, of the at least one processed signal, that includes a target carrier; receiving an oscillation signal corresponding to the target carrier; selectively selecting a frequency division ratio from multiple frequency division ratios; using the frequency division ratio to perform frequency division on the received oscillation signal to obtain a local oscillator signal; using the local oscillator signal to perform frequency mixing on the received processed signal that includes the target carrier to obtain a mixed signal. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043838 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CENTRALIZED DISTRIBUTED TRANSCEIVER MANAGEMENT - A master application device comprises a plurality of distributed transceivers, a central baseband processor, and a network management engine that manages operation of the master application device and end-user application devices. The master application device communicates data streams to the end-user devices utilizing one or more distributed transceivers selected from the plurality of distributed transceivers. The selected distributed transceivers are dynamically configured to switch between spatial diversity mode, frequency diversity mode, multiplexing mode and MIMO mode based on corresponding link quality and propagation environment. Digital signal processing needed for the selected distributed transceivers is performed by the central baseband processor. The network management engine continuously monitors communication environment information to configure beamforming settings and/or antenna arrangement for the selected distributed transceivers. Connection types, communication protocols, and/or transceiver operation modes are determined for the selected distributed transceivers. Resources are allocated to the selected distributed transceivers to continue subsequent data communication. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043839 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND SERVING BASE STATION - A communication system including a user terminal and a plurality of base stations carries out CoMP (Coordinated Multi-Point) communication where a plurality of wireless signals are transmitted to the user terminal through a plurality of cells including a serving cell and a reference coordinated cell. The plurality of wireless signals containing the same data. The communication system selects the reference coordinated cell among the plurality of coordinated cells. The user terminal obtains an adjusting parameter to adjust the serving-cell phase using the wireless signals received from the reference coordinated cell and the serving cell, and transmits control information including the obtained adjusting parameter. The serving base station controls execution of the CoMP communication such that the serving-cell phase is adjusted on the basis of the adjusting parameter included in the received control information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043842 | Method and Device for Spectrum Comb Signaling Notification and for Sounding Reference Signal Transmission - Disclosed are a spectrum comb signaling notification and sounding reference signal transmission method and device, wherein the spectrum comb signaling notification method includes: a network side configuring and notifying a receiving side of a two-layer comb spectrum signaling, including a first spectrum comb signaling and a second spectrum comb signaling, wherein the two-layer comb spectrum signaling indicates sub-carrier positions of transmitting the sounding reference signals to the receiving side. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043843 | Device, Network, and Method for Communications with Fast Adaptive Transmission and Reception - An embodiment of the present invention is disclosed including a method for adaptive reception, the method. The method includes receiving, by a user equipment (UE), an indicator from a first component carrier, the indicator indicating whether a second component carrier is in the On state. Receiving, by the UE, from the second component carrier a subframe wherein a reference signal is provided at a first symbol position of the subframe in a majority of subcarriers of the subframe. The second component carrier and the UE are then synchronized based on the reference signals. The UE then initiates a data link with the second component carrier. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043845 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL - The present invention relates to a method for sending and receiving a reference signal for a backhaul subframe in a wireless communication system in which a relay is present and also to a device therefor, constituted in such a way that common reference signals for a plurality of receiving devices and reference signals dedicated to separate receiving devices are allocated dispersed in a subframe, and the common reference signals and the dedicated reference signals are generated and are sent and received via the subframe. The present invention can improve the channel estimation performance for subframes in a wireless communication system. In this way, communications efficiency in wireless communication systems can be improved. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043846 | Method and Apparatus for Muting Signaling in a Wireless Communication Network - In one aspect, the present invention provides a simple method of signaling reference signal muting information to receiving radio equipment, such as items of user equipment (UEs). The reference signals may be positioning reference signals and/or cell-specific reference signals, for example. In one or more embodiments, the present invention proposes a general solution whereby the receiving radio equipment is informed not only on whether muting is used in general in a cell, but also the particular timing and formatting of such muting. Further, the contemplated method provides for the use of dynamic muting patterns, and thus avoids the need for statically defined muting patterns, and provides for coordinated muting control, across two or more network cells. In at least one embodiment, static or less dynamic aspects of the muting configuration is signaled via higher-layer signaling, while lower-layer signaling is used to signal more dynamic aspects of the muting configuration. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043847 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication device. A PHICH reception unit determines whether a received signal in a PHICH region is an ACK signal or a NACK signal. When doing so, the PHICH reception unit does not receive a PHICH in a subframe in which a terminal monitors an E-PDCCH. A control signal reception unit outputs a retransmission prompting signal to a signal allocation unit when the signal outputted from the PHICH reception unit is a NACK signal and when a UL grant was not detected. Meanwhile, when a UL grant was detected, the control signal reception unit outputs the detected UL grant to the signal allocation unit. The signal allocation unit maps the transmission signal in accordance with the retransmission prompting signal and the UL grant and transmits the transmission signal from a wireless transmission unit. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043849 | EPDCCH COMMON SEARCH SPACE DESIGN FOR ONE OR MORE CARRIER TYPES - Embodiments contemplate enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). A user equipment (UE) or a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may receive a first type (e.g., type 1) EPDCCH common search space (CSS) subframe for example is a subset of subframes. The UE or WTRU may monitor first type downlink control information (DCI), for example perhaps within the first type EPDCCH CSS subframe, among other scenarios. A broadcast channel (e.g. MIB) may be received in the first type EPDCCH CSS. The UE or the WTRU may receive configuration information for a second type (e.g., type 2) EPDCCH CSS, for example from the first type EPDCCH CSS. A system information block (SIB) may be received in the second type EPDCCH CSS. The UE or the WTRU may monitor a second type DCI, for example perhaps in the second type EPDCCH CSS. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043850 | Techniques for Improving Channel Estimation and Tracking in a Wireless Communication System - A technique for performing channel tracking and/or channel estimation in a wireless communication device includes receiving a reference signal and one or more non-error propagation physical channel signals. In general, the one or more non-error propagation physical channel signals must be correctly decoded before a data channel can be decoded. Channel tracking and/or channel estimation are/is then performed based on the reference signal and at least one of the one or more non-error propagation physical channel signals. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043851 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING A CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE OF A RELAY NODE IN A BACKHAUL SUBFRAME - A method and apparatus for configuring a control channel between a first transceiver and a second transceiver in a communication system are provided. The method includes generating, by the first transceiver, a signaling message including information for the control channel; transmitting, by the first transceiver, the signaling message including information for the control channel to the second transceiver; generating, by the first transceiver, the control channel based on the information for the control channel; and transmitting, by the first transceiver, the generated control channel to the second transceiver, wherein the information for the control channel includes resource assignment information, reference signal information, and information related to at least one of a localized type and a distributed type. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043854 | COMMUNICATING FEEDBACK IN LISTEN-BEFORE-TALK (LBT) WIRELESS NETWORKS - Aspects described herein relate to communicating feedback in a wireless network. An indication to communicate feedback for a plurality of subframes to an access network node can be received from the access network node. A plurality of process identifiers related to transport blocks received in the plurality of subframes can be determined. Feedback for the plurality of process identifiers received in the plurality of subframes can be grouped, and the grouped feedback and/or a feedback tag indicative of the plurality of subframes can be transmitted to the access network node. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043856 | MULTIPLE DESCRIPTION MEDIA BROADCAST AIDED BY A SECONDARY BASE STATION - According to some embodiments, a secondary network node detects a first data transmission of media content from a primary network node to a first wireless device. The first data transmission has a first data quality description D(n1) and a first transport format T(k1). The secondary network node selects a second data quality description D(n2′) and a second transport format T(k2′) for a second data transmission. The second data quality description D(n2′) and second transport format T(k2′) differ from the first data quality description D(1) and first transport format T(k1), respectively. The secondary network node transmits the second data transmission to a second wireless device according to the second data quality description D(n2′) and the second transport format T(k2′). The second data transmission includes at least a portion of the media content. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043857 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSIONS BETWEEN AN ACCESS NODE AND WIRELESS DEVICES - Systems and methods are described for scheduling transmissions between an access node and wireless devices. A location may be determined for a plurality of small cells within an access node signal area. Based on the determined locations, a frame structure may be selected for the access node used to communicate with a plurality of wireless devices. Data may then be communicated between the access node and a plurality of wireless devices based on the selected frame structure. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043883 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Channel estimation where at least two sets of multipath components for a reception range are formed by applying spatial filtering to reference signal information measured by a communication device. Each set of multipath components comprises a number of multipath components that is less than the number of multipath components for the range. Separate parameter estimations are performed on the at least two sets of multipath components. The communication device may be a mobile device, and measurements may be provided by the mobile device in multiple of locations. | 02-11-2016 |
20160043937 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR RADIO ACCESS NETWORK ASSISTED WLAN INTERWORKING - A User Equipment is disclosed that is configured to perform traffic steering from a RAN (e.g., 3GPP system) to a WLAN, or vice versa, based on one or more rules. In an embodiment, the UE performs the traffic steering to the WLAN based on whether data is to be transmitted from or received by the UE. In another embodiment, the UE performs the traffic steering based on receipt of RAN assistance parameters without checking the status of the UE upload buffers or the eNB/AP download buffers. In yet another embodiment, the UE performs the traffic steering based on the latest RAN assistance information and a time elapsed since the last transmission or receipt of data. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044065 | HYBRID LOCATION - A location application can be configured to detect a call to a particular telephone number. The location application can also be configured to receive a plurality of radio frequency (RF) signals provided through a plurality of different RF interfaces. Each of the RF interfaces can be configured to receive RF signals of different protocols. The location application can also be configured to determine an identifier (ID) for a source of each of the RF signals. At least two of the RF signals can be of different protocols. The location application can also be configured to insert the ID for the sources of each of the RF signals into call signaling for the call. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044500 | Methods and Apparatus to Indicate Space Requirements for Communicating Capabilities of a Device - Example methods and apparatus to indicate space requirements for communicating capabilities of a device are disclosed. In accordance with a disclosed example method, a request is sent to a network to request a quantity of blocks to be allocated for use by a mobile station. The quantity of blocks is determined based on a data size to identify radio access capabilities of the mobile station. An allocation of the quantity of blocks is received from the network. Radio access capability information of the mobile station is sent via the allocated blocks. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044516 | Joint Scheduler for Integrated Wi-Fi and LTE-U Wireless Access Point - A wireless access point (AP) configured to operate in accordance with both Wi-Fi and Long-Term Evolution (LTE-U) standards/protocols jointly schedules transmit opportunities for Wi-Fi and LTE-U frames. The AP assigns one of multiple, prioritized, Wi-Fi access categories to each Wi-Fi transmit frame based on a type of data in the transmit frame. The AP also assigns to each LTE-U transmit frame an LTE-U access category prioritized relative to the Wi-Fi access categories. The AP schedules Wi-Fi and LTE-U transmit opportunities for the Wi-Fi transmit frames and the LTE-U transmit frames, respectively, in the shared channel bandwidth based on the prioritized Wi-Fi and LTE-U access categories. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044517 | METHODS EXPLOITING ASYMMETRIC CAPABILITIES FOR CONTENTION-BASED RANDOM ACCESS IN MM-WAVE ACCESS SYSTEMS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for operating a user equipment (UE) are provided. The apparatus receives beamforming capability information indicating one of at least a digital, analog, or hybrid beamforming capability, the beamforming capability associated with a millimeter wave base station (mmW-BS). Based on the beamforming capability information, the apparatus scans N transmit beams from the mmW-BS for each of M receive beam directions of the UE, determines one or more preferred scanned beams from among the N transmit beams, and establishes a wireless communication link with the mmW-BS based on the preferred one or more scanned beams. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044532 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET HEADER COMPRESSION - To compress headers efficiently, headers may be differentially encoded. In one embodiment, a difference between a current field and a reference field can be used in a reduced header. In another embodiment, the least significant bits of the current field can be used to represent the current field. When such a field is received, the most significant bits of a reference field are needed to decompress the field. In addition, the present principles determine the typical usage scenarios that may benefit from header compression and further determine that some fields can be removed in a reduced header or be represented by fewer bits. Header compression may impose constraints on the representation of the current field. The present principles recognize constraints on using reduced headers and provide rules and guidelines on applying header compression. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044534 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING TRANSPORT BLOCK SIZE AND SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD USING THE SAME - A method for receiving, by a first device, data from a second device. The first device receives modulation and coding related information and resource related information for a transport block with a size for the data, and receives second cyclic redundancy check (CRC) attached code blocks to which a first CRC attached transport block corresponding to the transport block is mapped. The first device obtains the transport block with the size from the second CRC attached code blocks based on the modulation and coding related information and resource related information. The modulation and coding related information and the resource related information represent the size of the transport block. The size of the transport block is one of a plurality of predetermined transport block sizes. The plurality of predetermined transport block sizes are predetermined such that all the second CRC attached code blocks have a same size as each other. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044572 | OPERATION OF A MULTI BEARER DEVICE IN AN LMR NETWORK - A communication system that enables remotely located LMR terminals to take part in calls within a normal LMR network using an intermediate bearer. A multi bearer device enables local direct mode communications from the terminal to use an IP backhaul network. LMR content may be received by the device and converted to an IP stream. Similarly an IP stream may be received by the device and transmitted to the LMR terminal. The system requires interconnected LMR and IP networks with the multi bearer device acting as a relay. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044589 | Systems and Methods for Intelligent Frequency Selection in Carrier Aggregation Enabled Networks - Systems and methods that enhance radio link performance in a multi-carrier environment. A method may be performed by a UE that includes scanning a plurality of carrier components for a primary cell, determining a first bandwidth of the primary cell, scanning for a secondary cell, determining a second bandwidth of the secondary cell, determining a maximum aggregated bandwidth by combining the first bandwidth and the second bandwidth and when the maximum aggregated bandwidth exceeds a bandwidth capability of the UE, performing a cell selection procedure to select one of the primary cell or the secondary cell based on a higher of the first bandwidth and the second bandwidth. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044591 | Method of Access Network Detection and Selection - A method of access network detection and selection for a radio access node in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method comprises providing a radio access network (RAN) assistance information including a plurality of WLAN ID, priority, and WLAN information to a communication device of the wireless communication system, wherein the WLAN information includes at least one of frequency, available bandwidth, channel, operator ID, trusted/untrusted WLAN, capability of S2a supporting, Venue, and WLAN operation mode. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044593 | SELECTIVE ACCESS POINT NAME ASSIGNMENT BASED ON MACHINE-TO-MACHINE TRAFFIC ANALYSIS - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes analyzing characteristics of traffic associated with an application in a data communications network; defining each of a plurality of Access Point Names (“APNs”) for terminating traffic in the data communications network; comparing the application traffic characteristics with the APNs; and selecting one of the APNs based on results of the comparing, in which the selected one of the APNs is assigned to terminate the application traffic. In some embodiments, the application traffic characteristics include at least one of average data packet size, average uplink traffic volume, average downlink traffic volume, triggering traffic data generation, and session frequency. The method may further include periodically re-comparing the application traffic characteristics with the APNs and selecting a different one of the APNs based on results of the recomparing to terminate the application traffic. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044607 | WIRELESS MULTI-CELL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING RESOURCE POWER TO PROVIDE HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS SERVICES - A method and wireless multi-cell communication system for providing high speed downlink packet access (HSDPA) services. The system may include a radio network controller (RNC) in communication with a plurality of base stations. A control signal may be sent to at least one base station having a plurality of timeslots, e.g., in a time division duplex (TDD) system and/or frames including transmission timing intervals (TTIs), e.g., in a frequency division duplex (FDD) system assigned thereto for the establishment of HSDPA channels. The control signal indicates a maximum allowed HSDPA transmit power for each of the timeslots and/or TTIs. The base station sends a feedback signal to the RNC indicating the results of measurements of the power of the transmitted HSDPA timeslots and/or TTIs during a predetermined time period. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044609 | REPORTING USER EQUIPMENT TRANSMISSION POWER HEADROOM (UPH) OF A SECONDARY UPLINK CARRIER - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for reporting a user equipment (UE) transmission power headroom (UPH) of a secondary uplink carrier at the UE. For example, the method may include activating the secondary uplink carrier upon receiving a message from a base station in communication with the UE to activate the secondary uplink carrier, determining whether the UE has data available for transmission from the UE to the base station, computing a UPH value of the secondary uplink carrier in response to determining that the UE has data available for transmission, and transmitting the computed UPH value to the base station. As such, timely reporting of a secondary uplink carrier UPH to improve performance may be achieved. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044611 | Method for Contolling Uplink Transmit Power in Inter-Base Station Carrier Aggregation, Base Station, and Device - Embodiments provide a method for controlling an uplink transmit power in inter-base station carrier aggregation. The method includes acquiring, by a first base station, a maximum uplink transmit power that is allocated by user equipment (UE) to the first base station, and configuring, by the first base station, an uplink transmit power for the UE according to the maximum uplink transmit power. In the method, because the maximum transmit power allocated to the first base station is allocated according to status information of an uplink resource of a second base station, a power that is allocated by the UE to each base station can be coordinated. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044618 | SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNCATIONS - A user equipment (UE) may comprise a detector which is configured to detect a first sidelink synchronization signal. The UE may comprise a receiver which is configured to receive a physical sidelink channel. The physical sidelink channel may carry information specifying whether or not a source of the first sidelink synchronization signal is in-coverage. The first sidelink synchronization signal may be generated by using at least a first identity. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044636 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTING DATA VIA DIFFERENT COMMUNICATION METHODS - An apparatus performs in parallel a first communication conforming to a first wireless communication method and a second communication conforming to a second wireless communication method by distributing transmission data to the first communication and the second communication so that first and second transmission data are distributed to the first and second communications, respectively. The apparatus detects an unallocated data amount indicating an amount of a first portion of the first transmission data that is different from a second portion of the first transmission data that is allocated to wireless resources of the first communication. The apparatus controls, based on the detected unallocated data amount, a ratio of an amount of the first transmission data distributed to the first communication, to a total amount of transmission data distributed to both the first and second communications. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044637 | RADIO STATION AND METHOD OF PROCESSING USER DATA WITH RADIO STATION - A radio station ( | 02-11-2016 |
20160044639 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING A PACKET DATA CONVERGENCE PROTOCOL REORDERING FUNCTION AT A USER EQUIPMENT IN A DUAL CONNECTIVITY SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for processing a PDCP reordering function in a dual connectivity system, the method comprising: performing a PDCP (Packet Data Convergence Protocol) reordering function using a reordering timer; receiving an RRC (Radio Resource Control) reconfiguration message indicating a PDCP entity is to be associated with one RLC entity; and disabling the PDCP reordering function immediately by resetting the reordering timer if the PDCP entity is re-established according to the RRC reconfiguration message. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044642 | LINKED NARROWBAND OPERATION FOR MTC - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a UE. A user equipment (UE) may receive a control signal from a base station on resources of a first narrowband region. The UE may then identify a second narrowband region based on the control signal. In some cases a broadband carrier may be divided into an indexed set of narrowband regions, and the UE may identify an index using information contained in (implicitly or explicitly) in the control signal. The UE may communicate with the base station on resources of the second narrowband region. For example, a UE may receive a system information block (SIB) or a paging message, and perform a random access procedure using narrowband resources selected based on the SIB or paging message. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044644 | Method and Device for Transmitting Downlink Control Information - Embodiments provide a method and a device for transmitting downlink control information, where the method for transmitting downlink control information includes: determining, by a base station, duration information, where the duration information is used to indicate a duration that downlink control information to be sent from the base station to a user equipment needs to occupy; and sending, by the base station, the duration information to the user equipment, and sending the downlink control information to the user equipment in the duration, so that the user equipment receives the downlink control information according to the duration information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044645 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided is a communication system that transmits a control channel using a downlink. The communication system may transmit, to the terminal, transmission information of uplink allocation information that indicates whether uplink allocation information is transmitted using a downlink, and the terminal may determine whether the uplink allocation information is included in a downlink frame, based on the transmission information of uplink allocation information. The base station may transmit, to the terminal, information associated with a resource which has a possibility of being used for transmission of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), and the terminal may decode the PDCCH in the resource which has a possibility of being used for transmission of the PDCCH. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044649 | TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING NODES AND METHODS THEREIN FOR CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSIONS IN A RADIO COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Embodiments herein relate to a transmitting node and method therein for transmitting channel information in subframes to a receiving node. Each subframe comprises a number of control channel elements and a set of control channel candidates. The transmitting node transmits control channel information in a subframe when a start control channel element index of a control channel candidate is smaller than or equal to the number of available control channel elements in a predefined subframe, and refrains from transmitting control channel information when the start control channel element index of the control channel candidate is larger than the number of available control channel elements in the predefined subframe. The embodiments also relate to a receiving node and method therein. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044650 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT - Systems and techniques for interference management. A set of CSI-RS subframe configurations is established, and a mapping specified associating each CSI-RS subframe configuration with a corresponding CSI-RS configuration subset indicator, such that the CSI-RS configuration subset indicator identifies allowed CSI-RS subframe configurations at a first base station. The specified mapping is stored at the base station, and the configuration subset indicator is signaled to neighboring base stations. In response to receiving one or more CSI-RS configuration subset indicators at a user device from a serving base station, a determination is made for each of plurality of subframes whether one or more CSI-RS subframe configurations represented by the one or more CSI-RS configuration subset indicators indicates a CSI-RS presence in the subframe. If the one or more subframe configurations indicates a CSI-RS presence, at least partially clean resource element (RE) cancellation interference is applied in the subframe. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044651 | MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND MONITORING METHOD THEREOF - A machine type communication (MTC) gateway device is operable to provide usage type information to a 3GPP network entity and an application out of the 3GPP network. The usage type of the MTC gateway device reflect whether the MTC gateway device is operating as a regular MTC terminal or an MTC gateway. The disclosed MTC gateway device and base station provide an enhanced monitoring response with an enhanced positioning granularity to a position monitoring request. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044652 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION METHOD AND APPARATUS OF D2D TERMINAL - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. A terminal includes a transceiver configured to transmit or receive signals, and a controller configured to determine whether a current subframe is a subframe in which the terminal has to monitor a PDCCH, in response to the current subframe not being the subframe, determine whether a discovery pool for the terminal exists, and when the discovery pool for the terminal exists, operate a D2D discovery operation in the current subframe. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044653 | System and Method for Allocating Resources for Device-to-Device Communications - A method for operating a device-to-device (D2D) device includes determining, by the D2D device, availability of a D2D buffer status report (BSR) resource. The method also includes in response to determining that the D2D BSR is not available, generating, by the D2D device, a D2D scheduling request (D2D-SR) message in accordance with D2D-SR configuration information and transmitting, by the D2D device, the D2D-SR message in a D2D-SR resource when the D2D-SR resource is available. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044654 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS - Various methods are provided for reducing uplink transmissions. One example method may comprise causing operation of use equipment in a uplink synchronized state, wherein updates are received periodically in a on duration period, on duration periods are related to discontinuous reception (DRX) short cycle timer, receiving instruction to disable uplink transmission during one or more on duration periods related to short cycle timer of DRX, and causing disablement of uplink transmission in accordance with instruction. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044655 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION ON PLURALITY OF SERVING CELLS, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present disclosure relates a method and apparatus for transmitting uplink control information on a plurality of serving cells for supporting carrier aggregation technology between base stations. The method of a user equipment may include comparing a number K of Uplink Control Informations (UCIs) to be simultaneously transmitted and a number M of UCIs available for simultaneous transmission and selecting M UCIs from UCIs to be simultaneously transmitted when the number K is greater than the number M and transmitting, to a Base Station (BS), the selected M UCIs through a Physical Uplink Control CHannel (PUCCH) of each serving cell. The number M is less than or equal to the N, and the number M is a natural number greater than or equal to 1. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044657 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are an apparatus and a method for transmitting/receiving control information in a wireless communication system. In a repeater according to the present invention, a receiving antenna can receive control information for a hybrid automatic repeat reQuest ACKnowledgement (HARQ ACK) feedback on the data transmission of a base station from the base station through higher layer signaling. On the basis of the control information, a processor can determine a resource in an upper link control channel to be used for the transmission of the HARQ feedback. A transmitting antenna can transmit the HARQ feedback to the base station through the resource that has been determined. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044658 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RADIO ACCESS BEARERS FOR ENHANCED UPLINK SERVICES - A method for controlling enhanced uplink transmission, implemented by a Node-B is disclosed. A Node-B receives configuration information from a radio network controller (RNC). The configuration information includes a maximum number of retransmissions associated with each of a plurality of medium access control for dedicated channel (MAC-d) flows for an enhanced uplink channel The Node-B transmits performance information to the RNC. The performance information indicates that the maximum number of retransmissions associated with one of the plurality of MAC-d flows is exceeded. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044659 | METHOD OF COORDINATING CONCURRENT SECTOR OPTIMIZATIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Embodiments of the claimed subject matter provide a method and apparatus for coordinating concurrent sector optimizations in a wireless communication system. One exemplary embodiment of the method includes determining neighbor relationships between sectors and constructing a precedence graph using the neighbor relationships to link neighboring sectors by a plurality of directed arcs to indicate relative precedence of the neighboring sectors. The exemplary embodiment the method also includes iteratively allocating one or more antenna resources of each of the sectors by selecting a subset of the sectors as master sectors, concurrently optimizing allocation of the antenna resource for each master sector and its associated slave sectors, and reversing precedence indicated by the directed arcs linked to each master sector following optimization of the allocation of the antenna resource(s). | 02-11-2016 |
20160044667 | SPECIAL SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Apparatuses and methods for special subframe configuration in unlicensed spectrum are disclosed. For example, the disclosure presents an example method including identifying a time period for an extended clear channel assessment (ECCA) operation. Further, the example method may include determining a guard period portion included in a special subframe of a frame structure based on the identified time period. An apparatus may include means for identifying a time period for an extended clear channel assessment (ECCA) operation. Further, the example apparatus may include means for determining a guard period portion included in a special subframe of a frame structure based on the identified time period. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044671 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING IN-DEVICE CO-EXISTENCE INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION ENVIRONMENT - The present disclosure provides a method and apparatus of handling in-device co-existence interference in a wireless communication environment. In one embodiment, a method includes detecting in-device co-existence interference between a LTE module and an ISM module in user equipment. The method further includes identifying subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in a set of subframes allocated to the LTE module which are affected by the ISM module operation. Additionally, the method includes reserving the remaining subframes and corresponding HARQ processes in the set of subframes for the LTE module operation. Furthermore, the method includes indicating to a base station that the remaining subframes and the corresponding HARQ processes are reserved for the LTE module operation to resolve the in-device co-existence interference. Moreover, the method includes receiving scheduling pattern indicating subframes and corresponding HARQ processes reserved for the LTE operation or derived DRX parameters from the base station based on the indication. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044673 | HIGH-DENSITY WIRELESS BAND STEERING BASED ON WIRELESS DEVICE ADDRESS - In one embodiment, a method comprises determining, by an apparatus, a pattern of frequency band capabilities of wireless client devices relative to respective wireless Media Access Control (MAC) addresses of the wireless client devices, the determining based on a machine-based classification of the wireless client device capabilities relative to the respective MAC addresses; classifying a new wireless client device based on classifying the corresponding MAC address of the new client device relative to the pattern; and steering the new wireless client device to an available wireless band based on the classifying of the new wireless client device. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044674 | SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION FOR UPLINK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT RESOURCES - A carrier ( | 02-11-2016 |
20160044675 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatuses for providing wireless messages according to various tone plans can include a system configured to generate a message according to a 2048-tone plan having 1960 data tones. The 2048-tone plan includes two identical 1024-tone plans each having 980 data tones. The system can further perform segment parsing to divide data into two data portions, each portion for transmission over one of two 80 MHz bandwidths, according to one of the two identical 1024-tone plans. The system can further perform low density parity check (LDPC) tone mapping separately on each of the two data portions. The system can further provide the message for transmission over a 160 MHz bandwidth including the two 80 MHz bandwidths. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044676 | OPERATION METHOD OF STATION IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Provided is an operation method of a station (STA) in a wireless local area network (WLAN). The operation method includes generating a legacy preamble, generating a high efficiency (HE) preamble including scheduling information for a plurality of receiving STAs, and generating a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) including the legacy preamble, the HE preamble, and a payload. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044678 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method of supporting a buffer status report associated with a device-to-device (D2D) communication includes: establishing an RRC connection with an eNB; receiving, by a UE, configuration information associated with a D2D communication from the eNB, the configuration information including information of a resource selection mode for a D2D data transmission, the information of a resource selection mode indicating a resource pool from which the UE selects a resource for a D2D data transmission to another UE; identifying a D2D target identity of at least one target UE to which the UE transmits D2D data by performing a D2D discovery procedure; setting an RRC message to be transmitted to the eNB, the RRC message including information of the identified D2D target identity; and transmitting the RRC message to the eNB, the information of the identified D2D target identity being transmitted through UEinformation message for a D2D data transmission. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044679 | METHOD AND DEVICE WHICH OBTAINS UPDATED SYSTEM INFORMATION WHEN A COMPONENT CARRIER HAS CHANGED - A communication system that includes a terminal apparatus and a base station apparatus. The terminal apparatus obtains, from the base station apparatus, information regarding addition of a component carrier, whereby the information regarding addition of the component carrier comprises information related to carrier frequency of the component carrier and information related to system bandwidth of the component carrier. The base station apparatus provides, to the terminal apparatus, information regarding addition of a component carrier, whereby the information regarding addition of the component carrier comprises information related to carrier frequency of the component carrier and information related to system bandwidth of the component carrier. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044680 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ARRANGEMENT AND RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication base station device which can prevent lowering of use efficiency of a channel communication resource for performing a frequency diversity transmission when simultaneously performing a frequency scheduling transmission and the frequency diversity transmission in a multicarrier communication. In the device, a modulation unit ( | 02-11-2016 |
20160044681 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a signal transmission method and device. The method includes: determining, by a first device according to a first subcarrier-frequency mapping manner, a first frequency corresponding to a first subcarrier that is used for mapping a first signal in a first period, and sending the first signal at the first frequency; and determining, by the first device according to a second subcarrier-frequency mapping manner, a second frequency corresponding to a second subcarrier that is used for mapping a second signal in a second period, and sending the second signal at the second frequency, where the first subcarrier-frequency mapping manner is different from the second subcarrier-frequency mapping manner, and the first frequency and the second frequency belong to a same frequency band. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044684 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR REDUCING INTERFERENCE IN SHORT-RANGE COMMUNICATION CHANNELS - The present disclosure relates to computer-implemented systems and methods for transmitting and receiving audio and video data. A method may include receiving, by a device including one or more processors and a radio transceiver, an indication that the device is a short-range communication second device. The method may also include determining that the short-range communication second device is located outside of a vehicle. Furthermore, the method may include identifying, upon determination that the short-range communication second device is located outside of the vehicle, a short-range communication client device. Additionally, the method may include transmitting, to the short-range communication client device, a request for a peer-to-peer connection in a short-range communication channel. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044685 | CHANNEL SELECTION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - An adaptive channel selection method is disclosed, performed by an autonomous communications node for selecting one of a plurality of possible channels in an unlicensed spectrum band. The method comprises: (a) for each channel: (i) determining a first interference measure U | 02-11-2016 |
20160044686 | UE-Based Interference Cancellation by Assisting Signaling via D2D - The present application relates to an advanced receiver capable of subtracting co-channel interference. A significant problem of interference cancellation with this advanced receiver, which is capable to cancel other cell interference, is how to obtain information about the scheduled users, i.e. the interferers in neighbouring cell. This knowledge is needed in order to be able to receive the signal from the neighbouring cell for further use in the cancellation process. The interference cancellation can by simplified if e.g. the Radio Network Temporary Identifier RNTI and the Physical Cell Identity PCI would be known because the RNTI informs about the scrambling code to use for decoding the control channel, e.g. PDCCH. Thereby, it can be determined whether the data blocks transmitted to the radio devices in the neighbouring cells collide with the data blocks transmitted to the advanced receiver. Blind decoding of the PDCCHs transmitted in the neighbouring cell is typically not feasible since the device is not aware of which devices are connected to the neighbouring cells, making the cancelling process significantly more complex. The problem is solved by the application in that the advanced receiver ( | 02-11-2016 |
20160044690 | DATA RETRANSMISSIONS IN AN ANCHOR-BOOSTER NETWORK - Technology for performing data retransmissions is disclosed. An anchor evolved node B (eNB) can receive uplink control information from a user equipment (UE). The uplink control information can be transmitted in response to the UE receiving user data from a booster eNB. User data that is incorrectly received at the UE can be identified based on the uplink control information. The incorrectly received user data can be retransmitted directly from the anchor eNB to the UE independent of the booster eNB. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044691 | MULTIPLEXING OF CONTROL AND DATA WITH VARYING POWER OFFSETS IN A SC-FDMA SYSTEM - Systems and methodologies are described that facilitate multiplexing of control information and data for common transmission in a localized FDM wireless communication system. Localized FDM transmission of control and data channels can be achieved by, for example, multiplexing control information with data and transmitting the control information and data using resources and transmission schemes specified for transmission of the data. To ensure the reliability of control information multiplexed with data, a power offset can be applied to the control information to provide varying protection levels for the control information based on properties of the data resources into which it is embedded in order to maintain a predetermined signal quality for the control information independent of the data resources. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION OF D2D SIGNAL - A method and apparatus for supporting a device-to-device (D2D) communication between user equipments (UEs) are provided. The method of a device-to-device (D2D) communication between user equipments (UEs), the method includes: receiving, at a transmission (Tx) UE, resource assignment information transmitted from an evolved NodeB (eNB), the resource assignment information being associated with a D2D discovery signal to be transmitted in a discovery period; determining, at the Tx UE, that a D2D discovery signal associated with a first discovery type and a D2D discovery signal associated with a second discovery type are to be transmitted in a first subframe included in the discovery period; and in the first subframe, transmitting the D2D discovery signal associated with the second discovery type and dropping the D2D discovery signal associated with the first discovery type. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044698 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND SCHEDULING METHOD - A base station performs scheduling in a second cell, for a candidate terminal performing coordinated communication using a first cell and the second cell. The base station includes an acquiring unit and a determining unit. The acquiring unit acquires a scheduled communication timing for the candidate terminal in the first cell, and a scheduling index for the candidate terminal. The determining unit determines whether the candidate terminal is permitted to communicate at the scheduled communication timing in the second cell, based on the scheduling index for the candidate terminal and a scheduling index for another terminal that is located in the second cell. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044700 | Methods and arrangements in a cellular communication network - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for resolving radio resource conflicts occurring in radio networks supporting both local ad-hoc communication and cellular communication. The conflicts are resolved by informing the cellular network about radio resource management restrictions due to the local ad-hoc communication needs and resources that are reserved for local ad-hoc communications. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044701 | Enhanced Mechanism of Scheduling Request to Multiple Schedulers in A Wireless Netwok with Inter Base Station Carrier Aggregation - Apparatus and method are provided to enhance scheduling request to multiple schedulers with inter base station carrier aggregation. In one novel aspect, the UE monitors and detects one or more SR triggering event. The UE selects one or more base stations based on predefined criteria and sends the SR to the selected one or more base stations. In one embodiment, at least one LC of the UE is associated with multiple BSs with association priorities. In one embodiment, the association priorities are configured by the network. In other embodiments, the association priorities are derived based on predefined UE configurations, or are derived from load information received by the UE, or are derived from radio measurements. In one novel aspect, the UE upon detecting SR failure triggered on a triggering LC, sends SR failure indication to a RRC layer or associates the triggering LC with a different base station. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044703 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING STATIONS - A method for scheduled stations is provided. The method includes: receiving identification information of a neighbor station of a target station reported by the target station; treating, based on pre-acquired information of a basic service set to which the target station belongs and the identification information, each station except the neighbor station among the stations included in the basic service set as a latent hidden station of the target station; and scheduling, based on a transmission strategy currently used by the target station, a scheduled station corresponding to the transmission strategy to perform data transmission with the target station in a target mode, wherein the scheduled station corresponding to the transmission strategy is the station corresponding to the transmission strategy in a pre-acquired mapping relation between the transmission strategy and the station. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044706 | COMMUNICATION METHOD TAKING CARRIER TYPE INTO CONSIDERATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for a terminal to receive a downlink signal in a wireless communication system. The method includes the steps of: receiving a downlink signal through a downlink period in a subframe including the downlink period, a gap period, and an uplink period; and demodulating the downlink signal, wherein the length of the downlink period is less than or equal to half of the subframe. When the downlink signal is received on a first type of carrier, the downlink signal is demodulated using a first cell-common reference signal. When the downlink signal is received on a second type of carrier, the downlink signal is demodulated using a terminal-specific reference signal. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044707 | COORDINATION BETWEEN PROSE BSR AND CELLULAR BSR - A method in a wireless device is disclosed. The method comprises sending a scheduling request to a network node, and receiving, from the network node in response to the scheduling request, a grant of uplink resources. The method further comprises determining whether the granted uplink resources are at least equal to or larger than the resources required for transmission of both a buffer status report (BSR) and a sidelink BSR, and upon determining that the granted uplink resources are at least equal to or larger than the resources required for transmission of both the BSR and the sidelink BSR, communicating the BSR and the sidelink BSR to the network node in a single medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU). | 02-11-2016 |
20160044709 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless mobile communications system, a method for controlling a radio resource allocation is provided. A network transmits access control information to a terminal such that a request for the radio resource allocation which will be transmitted from the terminal can be controlled. The terminal selectively transmits the request for the radio resource allocation based on the received information, thus a transmission of an unnecessary request for the radio resource can be minimized, thereby preventing a waste of the radio resource. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044713 | Signalling Procedures for Data Transmissions - A technique including deciding at a communication device between different types of signalling procedure for a data transmission to a network, based on one or more rules outside the control of the communication device; wherein said different types of signalling procedure have different signalling overhead profiles. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044714 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIATING COMMUNICATIONS ON A SHARED CHANNEL IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for initiating communications on a shared channel in a mobile communication system are provided. A user equipment transmits an uplink signal for requesting communications on the shared channel to a Node B, and waits for a delay duration without monitoring a downlink after transmitting the uplink signal. When the delay duration has elapsed, the user equipment monitors the downlink during a valid period and determines whether a downlink signal responding to the uplink signal is received in a transmission time interval within the valid period. When the downlink signal is received in the valid period, the user equipment transmits and receives data on the shared channel. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044717 | CONNECTION IDENTIFIER SYSTEM AND METHOD - A method and system are proposed for establishing a requested connection between a source node and a destination node in a telecommunications network. The system and method are described in relation to a 3GPP network, but are applicable to other types of networks. The method includes generating a source application identifier for the connection within the source node, retrieving a source node identifier for the source node and transmitting the source application identifier and the source node identifier to the destination to provide a source connection identifier for the requested connection between the source node and the destination node. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044718 | Communications between a Mobile Device and an Access Point Device - Method, device, and computer program product that may improve communications between a mobile device and an access point device are disclosed. In one embodiment, an access point device includes a transceiver configured to receive signals from a mobile device, a processor coupled to the transceiver, and a memory coupled to the processor, the memory having stored thereon code configured to be executed by the processor, the code instructing the processor to: control a plurality of beacons in the access point device, obtain range measurements using the plurality of beacons in the access point device, and assist calibration of a beacon in the mobile device using the range measurements obtained by the plurality of beacons in the access point device. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044719 | LOCATION AND PAIRING OF DEVICES ON A LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING A UNIQUE IDENTIFIER - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention include a computer-implemented method, comprising: establishing, at a computing device on a network, a communication connection with a setup access point; generating a token identifier, wherein the token identifier includes identification data corresponding to the computing device; transmitting the token identifier; transmitting a query, wherein the query includes a request to establish a new communication connection with the setup access point when the communication connection is terminated; and receiving a communication including a response to the query, wherein the response indicates that a new communication connection has been established with the setup access point, and wherein the new communication connection is established using the token identifier. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044721 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING COMMUNICATION SESSIONS USING TUNNELS - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, receiving a first request for resource release associated with a communication device where the first request is received from a network node, storing tunnel identification information for a downlink tunnel associated with the communication device and the network node, providing a second request responsive to the first request, and marking the tunnel identification information as inactive responsive to the first request. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044722 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An object is to perform a priority control that is more elaborate than that is performed by using a QCI. In a mobile communication system according to the present invention, a mobility management node MME notifies a radio base station eNB, in an “Initial Context Setup procedure” or an “E-RAB Setup Procedure”, following pieces of information in an associated form: an “E-RAB ID” of an E-RAB to be established between a gateway device S-GW and a mobile station UE; one QCI that is assigned to the E-RAB; and one FPI that is assigned to data flow transmitted on the E-RAB. A radio base station eNB establishes, in response to the notification, one S1 bearer corresponding to the E-RAB between the gateway device S-GW and the radio base station and one DRB corresponding to the E-RAB between the mobile station UE and the radio base station. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044724 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed in the present application is a method for transmitting/receiving a signal using device-to-device communication by a user equipment in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises the steps of: transmitting a first signal in contention slot included in one of a plurality of contention intervals; receiving, in response to the first signal, a second signal in the contention slot in which the first signal is transmitted; and transmitting/receiving a data signal or a response signal to the data signal in at least one time resource corresponding to the one of the plurality of contention intervals by using device-to-device communication. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044725 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL DEVICE - In a proximity service, when positional information is notifies to a server in advance and the proximity service is started, UE that transmits and receives data receives the proximity degree including a communication target UE from the server before proximity discovery is performed to discover the communication target UE, and the UE controls unnecessary proximity discovery by discovering the communication target UE based on the proximity degree. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044726 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND CONTROL DEVICE - A UE that transmits and receives data in a proximity service, notifies a server of location information in advance, and when starting the proximity service, receives degrees of proximity including a degree of proximity of a communication target UE from the server before performing proximity detection for the communication target UE, and discovers the communication target UE based on the degrees of proximity, thereby suppressing unnecessary proximity detection. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044728 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - A method of controlling communication of an electronic device is provided. The method includes detecting a first peripheral device through a first communication module of the electronic device, which supports a first communication type, acquiring group information on a group of peripheral devices, to which the first peripheral device belongs, based on first identification information of the first peripheral device, and detecting a second peripheral device belonging to the group through a second communication module of the electronic device, which supports a second communication type, based on the group information. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044729 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE TRANSMISSION PATTERNS - Embodiments include methods and apparatuses for the design, construction and selection of base patterns and associated control signaling for direct device-to-device (D2D) communication, independent of a network. An embodiment includes the selection and transmission, by a wireless transmit and receive unit (WTRU), of base patterns in a scheduling period when the number of medium access control (MAC) protocol data units (PDUs) is larger than the number of MAC PDUs that a family of pre-determined base patterns can support. An embodiment may include the selection and transmission, by a WTRU, of base patterns in a scheduling period when the number of MAC PDUs is smaller than the number of MAC PDUs that a family of pre-determined base patterns can support. In addition, embodiments may include the selection, by a WTRU, of a base pattern or base patterns to minimize interference with other communications and to use resources efficiently. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044730 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE CAPABILITY SIGNALING - Methods, systems, and devices are described for signaling device-to-device (D2D) capability information. A user equipment (UE) may determine a frequency band list of frequency bands supported for D2D proximity service communications. Based on the frequency band list, the UE may determine a proximity service record for a frequency band combination parameter, the frequency band combination parameter associated with non-D2D communications. The proximity service record may include a reduced capabilities record for the frequency band combination parameter that indicates reduced capabilities for non-D2D communications when D2D proximity service communications are active. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044733 | ULTRA-RELIABLE COMMUNICATIONS USING NEIGHBORING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE ASSISTANCE - One feature provides a method operational on a neighboring device for downlink transmission assistance for a target device. The neighboring device monitors a shared asynchronous first channel for broadcast transmissions from a serving access point. The neighboring device also determines if a received first transmission over the shared asynchronous first channel is intended for the target device. For instance, the received first transmission may be captured and decoded. After an expiration of a threshold period of time, the neighboring device relays the received first transmission to the target device over the first channel or a different second channel. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044739 | BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station according to a first aspect controls a cell. The base station comprises: a transmitter configured to transmit a radio signal; a controller configured to perform discontinuous transmission in which the transmitter is discontinuously activated; and a receiver configured to receive a request for communication from a user terminal in the cell. The controller temporarily changes an activation pattern of the transmitter in response to the reception of the request for communication when performing the discontinuous transmission, and notifies the user terminal of pattern information indicating a changed activation pattern. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044743 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING OF SERVICE RELEASE FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting a secondary eNB (SeNB) release request message in a wireless communication system is provided. A master evolved NodeB (MeNB) of dual connectivity receives a message including a cause, which indicates that a user equipment (UE) has not successfully applied a secondary cell group (SCG) configuration, from the UE, and transmit the SeNB Release Request message including the cause to a SeNB. | 02-11-2016 |
20160044744 | METHOD FOR DEACTIVATING SCELLS DURING SCG CHANGE PROCEDURE AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for deactivating SCells during SCG change procedure in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: configuring a PCell (Primary Cell) in a master base station (BS) and a PSCell (Primary-Secondary Cell) and one or more SCells (Secondary Cells) in a secondary BS; receiving an RRC (Radio Resource Control) reconfiguration message indicating a SCG (Secondary Cell Group) change procedure while maintaining a connection with the master base station; and deactivating the one or more SCells in the secondary BS if the PSCell is not changed by the SCG change procedure. | 02-11-2016 |
20160049997 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A terminal apparatus can be notified whether an MU-MIMO signal transmitted from a base station apparatus is linear-precoded or nonlinear-precoded by using effective signaling. According to the present invention, the base station apparatus decides whether the nonlinear precoding is used in an own cell, includes the decided nonlinear precoding setting information in system information or a layer 3 message, and notifies the terminal apparatus of the decided nonlinear precoding setting information by using a physical broadcast channel, a physical downlink share channel, or the like. The terminal apparatus performs a demodulation process for user data destined for the own terminal apparatus based on the nonlinear precoding setting information acquired from the notified system information or layer 3 message. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050001 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CONTROL INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing fractional beamforming using a massive antenna array at a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes dividing the massive antenna array into partitions by rows or by columns, transmitting control information for the fractional beamforming to a User Equipment (UE), receiving feedback information based on the control information from the UE, and transmitting a signal to the UE by performing beamforming using sub-precoders for the partitions and a linking precoder that links the partitions. The control information includes at least one of information about the partitions, information about pilot patterns corresponding to the partitions, information about the linking precoder, and information indicating whether the partitions belong to the same transmission point. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050002 | FLEXIBLE ELEVATION BEAMFORMING - Flexible beamforming is disclosed in which a base station receives feedback from a user equipment (UE), in which the feedback is related to one or more reference signals transmitted by the base station. The base station will obtain a tilt adjustment based, at least in part, on the feedback and generate an elevation precoding vector based using the feed-back. Using the tilt adjustment and elevation precoding vector, the base station may then perform elevation beamforming with an antenna array of the base station for the UE. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050003 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for reporting channel status information (CSI). Particularly, the method by which a terminal in the wireless communication system reports the CSI, comprises the steps of: receiving a reference signal from a base station; and reporting, to the base station, the CSI generated by using the reference signal, wherein the CSI includes channel information for a plurality of antenna ports mapped according to a first parameter, and the first parameter is a value related to vertical domain antenna ports indicated through upper layer signaling. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050004 | CSI REQUEST PROCEDURE IN LTE/LTE-A WITH UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Channel state information (CSI) request procedures are disclosed for use in long term evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) networks with unlicensed spectrum. Instead of relying on periodic reference signals which may not be transmitted because of failed clear channel assessment (CCA) operations, an aperiodic reference signal is defined that provides an on-demand reference signal and CSI request for user equipment (UE). The serving base station transmits an identifier, which signals that the aperiodic reference signal will be transmitted, either in the same subframe or a future subframe, and then transmits the aperiodic reference signal in the designated subframe. UEs served by the base station will receive the identifier, identify a CSI request, either implicitly through the identifier signal received from the base station or explicitly through a UE-specific CSI request, and then generate a CSI report based on the aperiodic reference signal for transmission back to the serving base station. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050006 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and, more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for reporting channel state information (CSI). Particularly, the method comprises the steps of: receiving a reference signal (RS) from a base station; and reporting, to the base station, the CSI generated by using the RS, wherein the CSI is measured on the basis of a specific CSI-RS set among a plurality of CSI-RS sets, beamforming weight vectors in a vertical domain which are set differently for each of horizontal domain antenna ports to which the same beamforming weight vectors in a vertical domain is applied. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050039 | System and Method for Generating Waveforms and Utilization Thereof - A method for transmitting a waveform includes adjusting first multiplexing parameters of a first multi-carrier waveform to meet communications requirements of a communications system, generating a first signal in accordance with a first input bit block and a first modulation map, placing the first signal in a first subband, wherein the first subband is specified in accordance with the first adjusted multiplexing parameters, and transmitting the first subband. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050049 | MANAGING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) SOFT BUFFER IN TD-HSDPA FOR DUAL SIM DUAL STANDBY (DSDS) DEVICE - A method of wireless communication includes receiving a first grant and first high speed downlink data before tuning away from a first RAT and storing the first high speed data in a buffer corresponding to a first HARQ ID indicated in the first grant after failing to decode the first high speed downlink data. The method also includes receiving a second grant and second high speed data after tuning back to the first RAT after tuning away to a second RAT. The method further includes determining whether the second high speed data is a new transmission or a retransmission of the first high speed data without processing a new data indicator. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050050 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR MULTI-ANTENNA-BASED BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SAME - A method by which a base station transmits a reference signal to a terminal in a wireless communication system is disclosed. Particularly, the method comprises the steps of determining a reference signal resource interval expressed as a unit of one or more resource blocks (RBs), setting reference signal resources for a downlink bandwidth defined by a plurality of RBs, according to the reference signal resource interval, and transmitting the reference signal to the terminal by using the set reference signal resources, wherein the reference signal resource interval is determined on the basis of the number of reference signal antenna ports for which quasi co-location (QCL) can be assumed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050051 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CONTROLLING RADIO COMMUNICATION - Provided is a radio communication device which can prevent interference between SRS and PUCCH when the PUCCH transmission bandwidth fluctuates and suppress degradation of CQI estimation accuracy by the band where no SRS is transmitted. The device includes: an SRS code generation unit ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050053 | SIGNALING OF NON-VIRTUAL REFERENCE SIGNALS IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION - A first cell transmits a virtual cell identifier and state information associated with the virtual cell identifier over an interface to a second cell. The first cell and one or more third cells use the virtual cell identifier for transmissions to first user equipment. The state information indicates one of a plurality of states that indicate whether the virtual cell identifier is associated with at least one non-virtual reference signal for the first cell, the second cell, or one or more third cells. The second cell receives the virtual cell identifier and the state information and transmits the virtual cell identifier and state information over an air interface to second user equipment served by the second cell. The second user equipment performs interference cancellation or suppression of transmissions to the first user equipment based on the virtual cell identifier and the state information. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050055 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE COORDINATED TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for interference coordination to improve transmission and reception performance within wireless networks. In one exemplary embodiment, a wireless transmitter transmits multiple transmissions over a determined time. The receiver receives the multiple transmissions and attempts to recover the transmitted signal. Because, the fading channel varies over time for each transmitter-receiver, by combining the received signals over multiple iterations, the signal of interest will be magnified, whereas interference effects will be suppressed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050057 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless access system supporting a multiple connection mode, in which user equipment is connected to two or more small cells, and devices for supporting same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the method for the user equipment transmitting the SRS in the wireless access system supporting the multiple connection mode, comprises the steps of: receiving, from a first small cell in the multiple connection mode, a control signal requesting an aperiodic SRS transmission; and confirming whether a first SRS resource region for the aperiodic SRS transmission to the first small cell and a second SRS resource region for a periodic SRS transmission to a second small cell in the multiple connection mode overlap, wherein the user equipment in the multiple connection mode maintains multiple connections with the two or more small cells, including the first small cell and the second small cell, and wherein the first small cell and the second small cell can be mutually connected through a non-ideal backhaul link. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050058 | Mobile Communication System, Base Station Apparatus, and Mobile Station Apparatus - The amount of control information is reduced for specifying the transmission method for simultaneously transmitting the uplink data and the reception quality information as well as the uplink data and the ACK/NACK. In a mobile communication system where the base station apparatus allocates, to the mobile station apparatus, resources wherein the base station apparatus transmits, to the mobile station apparatus, control information for specifying a transmission format for the mobile station apparatus to transmit information using the uplink, while the mobile station apparatus simultaneously transmits, to the base station apparatus, the uplink data and the reception quality information based on the specified transmission format in case of having received the control information from the base station apparatus. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050094 | DYNAMIC SWITCHING BETWEEN WIRELESS MULTIPLE ACCESS SCHEMES - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for dynamic switching between wireless multiple access schemes. In some aspects, a plurality of characteristics corresponding to a respective plurality of transmit/receive beam forming direction pairs of a wireless communication channel may be identified, and a wireless multiple access schemes used for communication in the wireless communication channel may dynamically be switched based at least in part on the identified plurality of characteristics, the wireless multiple access schemes comprising orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) and single-carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA). | 02-18-2016 |
20160050558 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR ADDRESSING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNCATIONS - A method implemented in a first user equipment (UE) includes generating a first intermediate address. The method further includes transmitting a data packet using the first intermediate address by (i) applying a first address mechanism to a first part of the first intermediate address, and (ii) applying a second address mechanism to a second part of the first intermediate address. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050612 | AGGREGATION-NODE SELECTION USING VIRTUAL HUB - A route determination method is provided in a multi-hop network having a number of nodes, where at least two nodes are target nodes. The multi-hop network includes a fictitious node having fictitious links to at least two of the target nodes. The method includes determining, at least part of one or more extended routes for connecting one or more of the nodes included in the multi-hop network, to the fictitious node and determining, at least a part of a route in the multi-hop network, using the at least part of one or more extended routes. Other methods and devices are disclosed for route determination in a multi-hop network have several gateways or aggregation nodes for connecting to a communication network, and for routing in a multi-hop network. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050616 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ORDERING CANDIDATES FOR WIRELESS NETWORK ASSOCIATION - Systems and methods for ordering candidates for wireless network association are provided. In certain embodiments, a wireless device, includes a processor that controls data received and data to be transmitted by the wireless device; and a memory, wherein the memory stores a short list that stores network device responses, wherein a network device response is associated with a network device in an environment of the wireless device. In certain implementations, instructions direct the processor to perform a short list search, wherein the wireless device attempts to connect to networks associated with network devices identified in the short list; and when the wireless device fails to connect with the networks associated with the network devices identified in the short list, perform an exhaustive search, wherein the wireless device attempts to connect to additional networks associated with additional network devices based on an ordered arrangement of network identifiers. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050632 | Power Control for Simultaneous Transmission of ACK/NACK and Channel-State Information in Carrier Aggregation Systems - Channel-state information and hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK information for multiple carriers are simultaneously transmitted using a PUCCH Format 3 structure, where the hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits and CSI bits are separately encoded and interleaved. In an example method, a power control offset parameter is calculated as a linear combination of at least a number N, representing a number of channel-state information bits and a number M, representing a number of hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits. The method continues with the calculating of a power level for a transmission on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH), using the power control offset parameter. In some embodiments, encoded channel-state information and hybrid-ARQ ACK/NACK bits are then transmitted according to the calculated power level. In some embodiments, the linear combination is of the form aN+bM+c, where a, b, and c are non-zero constants. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050647 | RECEIVING METHOD AND USER DEVICE IN SMALL-SCALE CELL - According to one disclosure in the present specification, a receiving method for a user device in a small-scale cell is provided. The receiving method may include: a step of monitoring a plurality of candidate control channels within a search space for a serving cell; and a step of acquiring downlink control information (DCI) by decoding the plurality of candidate control channels. The DCI can include a resource block assignment field, and the resource block assignment field can include information about virtual system bandwidth in the downlink system bandwidth. The receiving method may include a step of receiving a data channel over multiple subframes, based on the virtual system bandwidth. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050648 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention provides a method for reporting channel state information (CSI) of a terminal in a wireless communication system, comprising the steps of: receiving a downlink signal comprising an uplink grant; when a CSI request field contained in the downlink signal triggers a CSI report, deriving a CQI value on the basis of a PDSCH transmission block in a CSI reference resource; and carrying out a CSI report including the CQI value in subframe n, wherein the CSI reference resource is the last subframe that is not later than a subframe which is four subframes before subframe n. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050649 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING RESOURCE IN SMALL CELL ENVIRONMENT - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for managing a resource in a small cell environment. The method for managing a resource in a small cell environment by a macro base station for controlling connection between user equipment (UE) and a gateway (GW), includes: configuring at least one packet path between the GW and the UE through a bearer of the macro base station; determining whether to add at least one small base station in the macro base station to the at least one packet path according to signal strength of the at least one small base station from the UE; and changing the at least one packet path using a bearer of a small base station based on the result. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050650 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING NETWORK RESOURCE, METHOD FOR CONNECTING TO TARGET DEVICE IN NETWORK, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - The present application discloses a method for allocating a network resource, a method for connecting to a target device in a network, a base station, and a terminal device. In the method for allocating a network resource, a base station receives request information sent by a first terminal device, where the request information is configured to request the base station to allocate a network resource; the base station sends, to the first terminal device, allocation information of the network resource allocated by the base station, where the allocation information is configured to indicate the network resource allocated by the base station; the first terminal device is a terminal served by a cell of the base station, and the second terminal device is a terminal that accesses the target device by using the first terminal device. Thus, a problem of network resource waste is reduced, and user experience is improved. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050652 | Secondary Cell Preparation for Inter-Site Carrier Aggregation - According to embodiments of the invention, an apparatus is provided which includes a connection unit configured to send and/or receive data to and/or from a secondary network control node, a processor configured to establish a configuration preparation message for the secondary network control node for preparing a carrier aggregation in which data to a user equipment is transmitted by at least two component carriers, and in which at least one first component carrier is provided between the apparatus and the user equipment and at least one second component carrier is provided between the secondary network control node and the user equipment, wherein the configuration preparation message includes configuration preparation information for the carrier aggregation, and the connection unit is configured to send the configuration preparation message to the secondary network control node. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050655 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, USER EQUIPMENT AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A user equipment (UE) receives using a PDCCH, downlink control information (DCI) including second information (SI), the DCI being used for scheduling of a PUSCH in one uplink component carrier. The UE transmits using the PUSCH, channel state information (CSI) for a first set of one or more downlink component carriers (DCCs) which is configured in a case that more than one DCC is configured and the DCI including the SI is received and a value of the field of the SI is a first value. The UE transmits using the PUSCH, the CSI for a second set of the one or more DCCs which is configured in a case that the more than one DCC is configured and the DCI including the SI is received and a value of the field of the SI is a second value, where the DCI is mapped on a UE specific search space. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050656 | COLLABORATIVE RADIO RESOURCES ALLOCATIONS TO APPLICATIONS OF MOBILE UNITS - Collecting state information about the resources of radio access networks (RANs) and the Access Point Names (APNs) enables this information to be provided to mobile stations which employ this information to determine which radio access technology (RAT) to employ for connecting to the wireless access network, and to determine which APN to use. This decision is made relative to each application that the mobile station is executing, and these decisions are, optionally, revisited periodically, or as significant changes in the state information are recognized. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050657 | USER TERMINAL, SMALL BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to achieve enough randomization of uplink control signals between a plurality of small cells located in a macro cell and to simplify cell planning of the small cells, the present invention provides a user terminal that is capable of communicating with a macro base station covering a macro cell and a small base station covering a small cell located within the macro cell. The user terminal generates uplink signals using uplink signal sequences of zero autocorrelation except at a synchronization point, and allocates the uplink signals to subframes by using a hopping pattern where a sequence number of an uplink signal sequence is switched per subframe in a predetermined cycle. A hopping cycle of the uplink signal sequences in a hopping pattern for the small base station is longer than a hopping cycle of the uplink signal sequences in a hopping pattern for the macro base station. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050658 | Radio Access Technology with Non-Continuous and Periodic PUSCH Transmission - In some embodiments, a user equipment (UE) and base station implement improved communication methods which enable a UE that is peak current limited to perform UL transmissions which are consistent with the UL timeline. Embodiments are also presented which enable a UE that is peak current limited to utilize a new form of distributed TTI (transmit time interval) bundling for improved uplink communication performance. In performing “distributed” TTI bundling, the UE may transmit a plurality of redundancy versions of first information to the base station, wherein the plurality of redundancy versions are transmitted in non-consecutive sub-frames with a periodicity of X ms. After the plurality of redundancy versions of first information are transmitted to the base station, the base station may provide a single acknowledge/negative acknowledge (ACK/NACK) to the UE. A method for dynamically generating and using a bundle size for TTI bundling is also disclosed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050660 | CHANNEL CAPACITY ON COLLISION BASED CHANNELS - The present disclosure relates generally to wireless devices (e.g., Internet of Things (IoT) devices) and, more particularly, to improving the capacity of a logical channel such as the Random Access Channel (RACH) to cater to wireless traffic (e.g., IoT traffic). In one embodiment, a wireless device, when deciding to attempt a system access in accordance with the present disclosure, would first select a Training Sequence Code (TSC) based on the device's coverage class and then transmit one or more access request bursts (each including the selected TSC) on a logical channel to a wireless access node. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050662 | Network Nodes and Methods for Enabling Access to a Radio Network - A wireless device ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050663 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INCREASING DATA RATE OF COMMERCIAL CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH SCATTERED SPECTRUM - One embodiment of the present invention provides a system for implementing Long-Term Evolution (LTE) scheduling in a wireless communication system with scattered spectrum. During operation, the system determines bandwidth resources that are available in the wireless communication system. The available bandwidth resources comprise a plurality of scattered spectrum pieces. The system identifies a spectrum piece that has a bandwidth that is equal to or larger than a predetermined threshold, defines a logical channel that is centered at the identified spectrum piece, and performs LTE scheduling based on the defined logical channel, wherein the LTE scheduling involves provisioning a user or a service using spectrum pieces encompassed in the defined logical channel. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050664 | Managing Transmitter Collisions - Various embodiments implemented on a mobile communication device (e.g., a multi-SIM-multi-active communication device) mitigate degraded transmit performance typically experienced by a lower-priority subscription during a Tx collision event in which a higher-priority subscription receives a shared Tx resource of the mobile communication device to the exclusion of the lower-priority subscription. Specifically, in various embodiments, a processor of the mobile communication device may determine when an upcoming transmission of the lower-priority subscription will collide with a scheduled transmission of the higher-priority subscription (i.e., may determine when a Tx collision event will occur between the subscriptions) and may implement one or more Tx collision management strategies in response to determining that the lower-priority subscription's upcoming transmission will collide with a transmission of the higher-priority subscription, thus improving the lower-priority subscription's overall performance. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050666 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for providing wireless messages according to various tone plans can include, for example, a method of wireless communication. The method includes selecting at least one of a 242-tone resource unit (RU), associated with a 256-tone plan including 234 data tones, 8 pilot tones, 3 direct current tones, and 11 edge tones, for transmission over a 20 MHz bandwidth, or a 484-tone RU, associated with a 512-tone plan including 468 data tones, 16 pilot tones, 5 direct current tones, and 23 edge tones, for transmission over a 40 MHz bandwidth. The method further includes providing a message for transmission according to the 256-tone plan or 512-tone plan. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050667 | COMMUNICATION ON LICENSED AND UNLICENSED BANDS - Methods and apparatus are provided for communication on licensed carriers and on unlicensed carriers. The base station can perform a clear channel assignment (CCA) to reserve the unlicensed carrier and enable transmissions from user equipments (UEs) on the unlicensed carrier. The base station can configure random access preamble transmission from a UE on the unlicensed carrier. One or more UEs can perform CCA and reserve the unlicensed carrier using transmissions of reference signals. A UE can indicate to the base station a CCA outcome through a licensed carrier. A UE can also experience large propagation loss and may not be able to correctly perform CCA. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050668 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MANAGING COEXISTENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICES - A wireless communication device first and second transceivers to transmit in respective first and second frequency bands. The device includes an arbiter to map the first frequency band into a plurality of regions and sub-regions and map a plurality of channels to the sub-regions, and a first controller to select one of the plurality of sub-regions and inform the arbiter of the selected one of the plurality of sub-regions. The arbiter is further to select a first group of channels in the second frequency band when the selected one of the plurality of sub-regions is a first sub-region, select a second group of channels in the second frequency band when the selected one of the plurality of sub-regions is a second sub-region, and select a third group of channels in the second frequency band when the selected one of the plurality of sub-regions is a third sub-region. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050669 | A Method Performed in User Equipment in a Radio Network of Managing OVSF Codes, a Method Performed in a Network Node of Managing OVSF Codes, User Equipment for a Radio Network and a Network Node for a Radio Network - The present disclosure relates to a method performed in User Equipment, UE, in a radio network, of managing OVSF codes. The method comprises receiving (Si3) information regarding at least one unused OVSF code, said information identifying at least one unused OVF code index and/or at least one spreading factor, and obtaining (P6) the at least one unused OVSF code based on the received information (Si3). The present disclosure further relates to a method performed in a network node, to a User equipment and to a network node. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050672 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for providing wireless messages according to various tone plans can include a method of wireless communication. The method includes allocating a first allocation unit associated with a first tone plan having a first number of tones, for communication of one or more wireless messages by a wireless device. The method further includes allocating a second allocation unit, associated with a second tone plan having a second number of tones different from the first number of tones, for communication of one or more wireless messages by the wireless device. The method further includes selecting a combined tone plan for the wireless device based on at least the first tone plan and the second tone plan. The method further includes providing a wireless message for transmission by the wireless device according to the combined tone plan. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050673 | Channel Rank Updates in Multiple-Input Multiple-Output Communication Systems - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a system and method for providing channel feedback information (CFI) from a user equipment device to a base station. CFI is transmitted from the user equipment device on first and second communication channels. The user equipment device is operable to measure the channel rank of a downlink channel and to select a preferred channel rank that is used to configure the CFI that is transmitted to the base station. The base station is operable to use the preferred channel rank to interpret the CFI transmitted by the user end device. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050674 | TECHNIQUES FOR PROVIDING FLEXIBLE CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT DETECTION THRESHOLDS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Examples are disclosed for providing flexible clear channel assessment (CCA) detection thresholds in a wireless local access network (WLAN). In some examples, an apparatus for dynamically setting a clear channel assessment (CCA) threshold in a wireless local area network (WLAN) may comprise a processor component, a radio coupled to the processor component, and logic for execution by the processor component to establish a CCA threshold for a wireless channel of the WLAN, send a first wireless message to one or more wireless station (STA) devices in wireless proximity to the apparatus informing the one or more STA devices of the established CCA threshold and instructing the one or more STA devices to avoid CCA levels exceeding the CCA threshold on the wireless channel and send a second wireless message to a wireless access point (AP) device associated with the apparatus informing the AP device of the established CCA threshold and instructing the AP device to broadcast use of the CCA threshold on the wireless channel. Other examples are described and claimed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050676 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATING CELLULAR NETWORK - Interference mitigation methods and systems are provided. A base station obtains physical channel information of a transmission signaled in a first frequency band between the base station and at least one user equipment (UE) associated with the base station. The transmission corresponds to at least one of an uplink communication or a downlink communication. An interference mitigation controller compares the obtained physical channel information to a predetermined interference condition, to identify a presence of interference in the transmission. A second frequency band different from the first frequency band is selected, responsive to the identified presence of interference. The base station sends an instruction to the at least one UE associated with the base station to signal using the selected second frequency band. At least one of the first frequency band and the second frequency band includes a Long Term Evolution (LTE) band. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050677 | SYNCHRONIZATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A WIRELESS WIDE BAND SYSTEM IN AN INTERFERENCE ENVIRONMENT - Synchronization method and apparatus for a wireless wide band system in an interference environment. The method includes: obtaining interference information of a network; selecting at least one channel based at least in part on the interference information; and transmitting resource information through the at least one channel, wherein the resource information indicates a resource allocation determined at least in part on the interference information; and wherein a position of the at least one channel is indicated by a synchronization sequence. The present invention also provides another method and apparatus for synchronization. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050678 | SYSTEM FOR AND A METHOD OF IMPROVING INTERFERENCE ROBUSTNESS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - The present disclosure provides a method of improving interference robustness in a LTE based wireless communication system. At a transmitting side, a MAC layer outputs MAC data units each including a resource mapping assigning said MAC data units to resource blocks of an LTE frame. The method comprises, at the transmitting side, modifying the MAC data units output by the MAC layer to scramble the resource mapping of said MAC data units thereby providing corresponding scrambled MAC data units including a scrambled resource mapping to a PHY layer of the transmitting side, the scrambled resource mapping being obtained by using a carrier permutation retrievable by a receiving side. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050680 | Selection of Transmission Mode Based on Radio Conditions - A network node for selecting transmission mode towards a wireless device in a wireless communications network is provided. The wireless communications network comprises a first cell and a second cell. The wireless device is connected to the first cell, which first cell is served by the network node. The network node obtains ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050681 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCED ALGORITHMS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for mitigating the effects of interference between multiple air interfaces located on an electronic device. In one embodiment, the air interfaces include a WLAN interface and PAN (e.g., Bluetooth) interface, and information such as Receiver Signal Strength Index (RSSI) as well as system noise level information are used in order to intelligently execute interference mitigation methodologies, including the selective application of modified frequency selection, variation of transmitter power, and/or change of operating mode (e.g., from multiple-in multiple-out (MIMO) to single-in, single-out (SISO)) so as to reduce isolation requirements between the interfaces. These methods and apparatus are particularly well suited to use cases where the WLAN interface is operating with high data transmission rates. Business methods associated with the foregoing technology are also described. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050683 | MULTIBAND OPERATION OF A SINGLE WI-FI RADIO - Multiband operation of a single Wi-Fi radio is described. Some examples can include operating a first radio frequency band on the single Wi-Fi radio of an access point. The method can include switching, based on client device traffic patterns, to a second radio frequency band on the single Wi-Fi radio of the access point. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050684 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING ACCESS POINT OF WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK, CONTROLLER, ACCESS POINT, AND SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for scheduling an access point of a wireless local area network, including: receiving, by a first controller in a current scheduling period of a network running state, performance statistical data of a last scheduling period reported by a plurality of access points in a first access point cluster in the last scheduling period, where the first access point cluster includes the first controller and the plurality of access points connected to the first controller; generating a scheduling scheme for the plurality of access points for a next scheduling period according to the performance statistical information; and broadcasting the scheduling scheme to the plurality of access points. According to the method, impact on other access points due to communications between different access points and user equipments are reduced in a wireless local area network with a plurality of access points. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050685 | Managing Transmitter Collisions - Various embodiments implemented on a mobile communication device (e.g., a multi-SIM-multi-active communication device) mitigate degraded transmit performance typically experienced by a lower-priority subscription during a Tx collision event in which a higher-priority subscription receives a shared Tx resource of the mobile communication device to the exclusion of the lower-priority subscription. Specifically, in various embodiments, a processor of the mobile communication device may determine when an upcoming transmission of the lower-priority subscription will collide with a scheduled transmission of the higher-priority subscription (i.e., may determine when a Tx collision event will occur between the subscriptions) and may implement one or more Tx collision management strategies in response to determining that the lower-priority subscription's upcoming transmission will collide with a transmission of the higher-priority subscription, thus improving the lower-priority subscription's overall performance. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050687 | METHODS AND APPARATUS OF OBTAINING SCHEDULING INFORMATION OF DATA CHANNEL - A method and apparatus for obtaining scheduling information of a data channel is disclosed. The method includes: determining a first set of radio resources by decoding a dynamic indicator channel, wherein the dynamic indicator channel indicates a location of the first set of radio resources; detecting a physical control channel in the determined first set of radio resources; and obtaining scheduling information of a data channel that carries a message from the decoded physical control channel. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050690 | CARRIER AGGREGATION USING SHARED SPECTRUM - A method for performing Carrier Aggregation (CA) using spectrum shared between an incumbent user and a telecommunications network includes establishing a primary cell (PCell) for the secondary user in a portion of radio spectrum that is exclusively licensed to the telecommunications network, establishing a secondary cell (SCell) for the telecommunications network in a portion of the shared spectrum that is shared with the incumbent user, receiving schedule data for the incumbent user at a controller in communication with the incumbent user and a transmitter for the PCell and the SCell, scheduling transmissions for the PCell and the SCell to avoid interference to the incumbent user, and transmitting the scheduled transmissions through the PCell and the SCell using Carrier Aggregation (CA). Accordingly, one or more SCell in shared spectrum may be aggregated with a PCell in dedicated spectrum. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050692 | DETECTION OF 802.11p SIGNALS IN 802.11n/ac ENABLED DEVICES - Embodiments allow a wireless device configured to work with the 802.11n/ac standard to work in the communication bands where 802.11p devices operate with little change. Embodiments may receive signals using a receiver adapted for the wider bandwidth 802.11n/ac signals. Embodiments may also increase the sensitivity of the receiver to reduce the likelihood of missing the presence of a lower bandwidth 802.11p signal. When a signal is detected, embodiments may process the incoming signal as if it were an 802.11n/ac signal while also processing incoming signal samples in a way that effectively narrows the receiver bandwidth to identify whether an 802.11p signal is present. If the device detects the presence of an 802.11n/ac signal, it may terminate the 802.11p signal processing and proceed with normal 802.11n/ac operation. If the device detects the presence of an 802.11p signal, it may terminate 802.11n/ac processing and trigger collision avoidance processes. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050693 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING DATA - The present invention provides a method, a device and a system for transmitting data, which relate to the field of network technology. A station sends a request-to-send frame to an access point to obtain a channel, at the same time, the access point actively sends a middle-clear-to-send frame, so as to indicate which stations can send data, thereby reducing the time overhead in the data transmission process, improving the flexibility of the system, and avoiding system errors. Specifically, the method includes: an access point AP receives a request-to-send RTS frame sent by a station STA; sends a middle-clear-to-send MCTS frame to a scheduled STA; receives an F frame sent by the scheduled STA according to the MCTS frame; sends a final-clear-to-send FCTS frame to another scheduled STA; and receives data sent by the another scheduled STA according to the FCTS frame. The present invention is applied to data transmission. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050694 | WLAN ADAPTER FOR VEHICLE HEAD UNITS - An apparatus and a method configured to perform the following (i) attempt to establish, utilizing a first interface, a data and power connection with a head unit to exchange data with the head unit and to receive power from the head unit, (ii) attempt to establish, utilizing a second interface and an antenna, a wireless data connection with a base station associated with a wireless communications network to exchange data with the wireless communications network, (iii) in case the data and power connection is established, exchange media content with the head unit, and supply the power received from the head unit at least to the second interface, at least one data processor, and at least one memory, and (iv) in case the wireless data connection is established, exchange media content with the wireless communications network. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050696 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SEAMLESS COMMISSIONING OF WIRELESS DEVICES - An apparatus is provided for commissioning a target device onto a wireless local area network (WLAN). The apparatus includes a smart wireless device. The smart wireless device has commissioning logic and a transducer. The commissioning logic is configured to format and direct transmission of one or more WLAN configuration packets that convey WLAN configuration data. The transducer is coupled to the commissioning logic, and is configured to transmit the one or more WLAN configuration packets over the transmission path to the target device, wherein the transducer is an existing component of the smart wireless device. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050698 | System and Method for Obtaining and Using Device-to-Device Frequency-Related Capability and Configuration Preferences - The disclosure relates to a method ( | 02-18-2016 |
20160050701 | EFFICIENT USER, SERVICE, OR CONTENT REPRESENTATION FOR DEVICE COMMUNICATION - Embodiments described herein relate generally to efficient network-assisted communication between user equipment (“UE”). A first UE may be adapted to determine a plurality of hash values associated with provision of a resource by the first UE. The first UE may further determine a port at which the resource is available to be provided. The first UE may communicate this information to a server. Where a second UE wishes to consume the resource, the second UE may determine a plurality of hash values that correspond to those determined by the first UE. The second UE may transmit these determined hash values to the server. In response, the server may transmit the port and an IP address associated with the first UE to the second UE. The server may further facilitate D2D communication between the UEs for provision of the resource. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050702 | A METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR PROVIDING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure relates to methods and to wireless devices for device-to-device communication. One of the methods includes configuring direct control messages and reference signals, based on capability and state of the wireless device with regards to device to device communication. The method further includes associating, in the wireless device, at least one direct control message to a synchronisation reference signal, configuring the at least one direct control message and/or the synchronisation reference signal, such that a recipient can identify the association between the at least one direct control message and the synchronisation reference signal, using the configuration of the direct control message and/or the synchronisation reference signal. The at least one direct control message is then transmitted. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050703 | NETWORK ASSISTED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY FOR PEER-TO-PEER APPLICATIONS - The techniques introduced here provide for network assisted device-to-device communication for peer-to-peer applications. The techniques include registering a user's peer-to-peer application identifier with a peer-to-peer application server, registering a user's peer-to-peer application ID with a device-to-device server, sending a peer-to-peer service request to the peer-to-peer application server, and receiving network assistance in discovering a peer with the desired P2P content/service and establishing a device-to-device communication arrangement for exchange of peer-to-peer services. The network assistance is provided over the user plane. | 02-18-2016 |
20160050704 | IMAGE LINKING AND SHARING - According to one or more embodiments of the present disclosure, a method may include receiving, from a first wireless device, a wireless beacon signal that corresponds to an event. The method may further include communicating, by a second wireless device, an indication of participation in image sharing with respect to the event in response to receiving the wireless beacon signal. Additionally, the method may include receiving, by the second wireless device, one or more image files that correspond to one or more images captured during the event based on the indication of participation in the image sharing. | 02-18-2016 |
20160056865 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM WITH ADAPTIVE ALLOCATION BETWEEN DIGITIZED RF DATA AND IP FORMATTED DATA - Embodiments described herein provide for a distributed antenna system including a host unit and an active antenna unit (AAU). The AAU is configured to wirelessly communicate with, and to receive uplink radio frequency (RF) signals from, one or more wireless devices. The AAU is further configured to sample the uplink RF signals to generate digitized RF data. The AAU includes an Ethernet interface for receiving Internet Protocol (IP) formatted data from an IP device coupled to the Ethernet interface. The AAU is configured to transport the digitized RF data and the IP formatted data over a transport signal to the host unit, the transport signal including a plurality of bits. The AAU is configured to adaptively adjust the number of bits that are allocated to the digitized RF data and the number of bits that are allocated to the IP formatted data. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056866 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM TO TRANSPORT FIRST CELLULAR RF BAND CONCURRENTLY WITH ETHERNET OR SECOND CELLULAR RF BAND - Embodiments described herein relate to a host unit for a distributed antenna system. The host unit includes a first radio access network (RAN) interface module to communicate with a RAN node. The host unit also includes a distribution module configured to distribute transport signals between one or more downstream RJ45 connectors and the first RAN interface module. One or more non-permanent connectors are included to couple the distribution module to a second RAN interface module and one or more upstream RJ45 jacks. The one or more upstream RJ45 jacks are configured to pass Ethernet signals therethrough. The distribution module is configured to couple a downlink portion of the first transport signals and either a downlink portion of the second transport signals or a downlink Ethernet signal from one of the upstream RJ45 jacks to a first twisted pair cable connected to one of one or more downstream RJ45 jacks. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056868 | BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A base station according to a first aspect is configured to transmit a radio signal to a user terminal in an own cell by using a plurality of transmission antennas. The base station comprises: a controller configured to notify the user terminal of a multi-antenna transmission mode to be applied to a transmission of the radio signal; and a transmitter configured to transmit the radio signal by using the plurality of transmission antennas by the multi-antenna transmission mode notified to the user terminal. The controller reduces a number of transmission antennas to be used for the transmission of the radio signal so as to reduce power consumption of the base station. The controller maintains the multi-antenna transmission mode notified to the user terminal without changing the multi-antenna transmission mode, even when reducing the number of transmission antennas to be used for the transmission of the radio signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056873 | METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION FOR DETERMINING PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR - The present disclosure discloses a method, a user equipment and a base station for determining a PMI. The method includes: receiving a reference signal set sent by a base station; based on the reference signal set, selecting a precoding matrix from a codebook, the codebook at least including a non-constant modulus precoding matrix, the non-constant modulus precoding matrix at least including a non-constant modulus column vector, amplitude values of at least two elements of the non-constant modulus column vector forming a symmetrical sequence; and sending a PMI to the base station, the PMI corresponding to the selected precoding matrix. According to the method, the user equipment and the base station for determining PMI, because the non-constant modulus precoding matrix included in the adopted codebook can adjust the shape of a beam, antennas may focus power on a hotspot region, and thus a load balance may be effectively realized. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056875 | LAYER ALIGNMENT METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTILAYER THREE-DIMENSIONAL BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting feedback information for fractional beamforming using a massive antenna array from a User Equipment (UE) to a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving information about a plurality of Reference Signal (RS) resources from the BS; selecting at least one of a sub-precoder for at least one RS resources, and one linking precoder for linking the RS resources, based on a preset codebook; and reporting information about the selected precoder to the BS. The selected precoder is one precoding matrix of precoding matrices included in the codebook or a permuted form of the one precoding matrix, and the information about the selected precoder includes an index and permutation in formation of the one precoding matrix. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056876 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND RECEPTION QUALITY DETERMINATION METHOD - A communication system includes a base station including a plurality of antennas that separate from each other and a mobile station. The base station maps a plurality of reference signals separable from each other onto the antennas to transmit the mapped reference signals. The mobile station determines, using the received reference signals, reception quality in consideration of gain of beam-forming transmission performed by the base station with the antennas, and notifies the base station of the determined reception quality. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056877 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method by which a terminal reports channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: a step of receiving a downlink signal including an uplink approval; and a step of reporting CSI when a CSI request field included in the downlink signal triggers CSI reporting. The CSI reporting trigger also indicates which sub-frame set of a plurality of sub-frame sets assigned to the terminal which the CSI reporting is related to. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056908 | APPARATUS AND METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A spectrum management system includes circuitry that obtains interference information from another spectrum management system, where the interference information indicates interference with communication of a communication system managed by the other spectrum management system. The interference is caused by at least one secondary communication system managed by the spectrum management system. The circuitry also modifies a communication characteristic of the at least one secondary communication system based on the interference information. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056909 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to reduce interference between cells even when a plurality of cells are placed at a high density. In a radio base station, a receiving section that receives an uplink signal transmitted from a user terminal, and an interference estimation section that estimates the level of interference received from an other cell based on an uplink signal transmitted from a user terminal of the other cell, are provided, and the interference estimation section estimates the level of interference of each cell based on the uplink signal, and a blank state is assumed in the uplink signal at a resource position that varies on a per cell basis. Furthermore, a control section that controls a predetermined resource position in an uplink signal transmitted from a serving user terminal to assume the blank state, is provided. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056924 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus prevents degradation of throughput of LTE terminals, even when LTE terminals and LTE+terminals are present together. A setting section sets in each subframe a resource block in which is arranged a reference signal that is employed solely by LTE+terminals, based on the pattern of arrangement of reference signals employed solely by LTE+terminals. As to symbols that are mapped to antennas ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160056928 | METHOD OF PERFORMING LINK ADAPTATION PROCEDURE - A method of performing link adaptation in a wireless local area network system by a mobile station The mobile station receives a first physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) transmitted by an access point (AP) via multi-user multiple input/multiple output (MU MIMO) transmission to a plurality of mobile stations. The first PPDU includes a first feedback sequence identifier that includes a value identifying the plurality of mobile stations. When the mobile station is one of the plurality of mobile stations identified by the value included by the first feedback sequence identifier, a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) is estimated based on the first PPDU. The mobile station transmits a second PPDU to the AP. The second PPDU includes channel information about the estimated MCS and a second feedback sequence identifier. The second feedback sequence identifier includes the value included by the first feedback sequence identifier. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056931 | Multi-System Coordinated Communication Method and Apparatus, and Communications Node - A multi-system coordinated communication method includes: when transmitting data by using a second system, adding, by a first communications node to data information of a first system, control information used by the second system; and indicating, in control information of the first system, that the data information of the first system includes the control information used by the second system, where the first system and the second system are: systems of different modes, or systems of a same mode that use different resources; and separately sending, by the first communications node to a second communications node by using a control channel and a data channel of the first system, the control information and the data information of the first system. the method in the embodiments can save channel resources of the second system and improve utilization of system resources. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056932 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING NON-ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLEXING - A device includes circuitry configured to spread one or more symbols with one or more orthogonal codes into spread signals having a predetermined number of bits. The amplitude of the spread signals is modified via one or more layer coefficients and the spread signals are multiplexed into a layered transmit signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056933 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - According to the present invention, there are provided a base station device, a terminal device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit capable of performing communication more efficiently when the terminal device transmits an uplink signal based on scheduling by the base station device. The terminal device includes a setting unit that sets a first uplink-downlink configuration, a second uplink-downlink configuration, and a third uplink-downlink configuration, a reception unit that monitors a physical downlink control channel accompanied with a downlink control information format which is used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel in a downlink subframe based on the third uplink-downlink configuration and includes information making a request for transmitting a sounding reference signal, and a transmission unit that transmits or drops the sounding reference signal and transmit an HARQ-ACK for transmission with the physical downlink shared channel. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056936 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SENDING A REFERENCE SIGNAL, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR RECEIVING A REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a reference signal. A first reference signal is generated according to a data signal, an interference relationship between adjacent carriers, and a predefined second reference signal. The data signal and the first reference signal is modulated and sent on a corresponding carrier utilizing non-orthogonal multi-carrier modulation waveform. A method for receiving a reference signal includes receiving, on a reference signal carrier, a first reference signal modulated utilizing non-orthogonal multi-carrier modulation waveform, processing the received first reference signal using a predefined processing method, performing channel estimation or synchronization according to a result of the processing and a predefined second reference signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056937 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT FOR MULTIPLE CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of transmitting pilot signals in a system which performs communication using two or more earners comprises transmitting first pilots and second pilots from at least one user equipment to a base station, the first and second pilots, which are transmitted from the at least one user equipment, being multiplexed by code division multiplexing, and the first and second pilots, which are transmitted from a specific user equipment, having different transmission powers, and transmitting data from the at least one user equipment to the base station depending on the first pilots and the second pilots. Since many UEs can transmit CQ pilots, exact channel estimation can be performed and thus communication efficiency can be improved. | 02-25-2016 |
20160056941 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR FRACTIONAL BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for reporting Channel State Information (CSI) by a User Equipment (UE), for fractional beamforming using a massive antenna array of a Base Station (BS) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. The method includes receiving information about a plurality of Reference Signal (RS) resources from the BS, generating CSI including a sub-precoder for at least one of the plurality of RS resources, and a Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) and a Rank Indicator (RI) for all of the plurality of RS resources, and reporting the CSI to the BS. The massive antenna array is divided by rows or columns into partitions and the plurality of RS resources correspond to the partitions. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057046 | Peer-to-Peer Building Automation System Without Knowledge Being Required of Network Topology - An automation system without any of the devices in the system being required to have knowledge of each other or of the topology of the network. The automation system comprises sensor nodes and actor nodes. The sensor nodes transmit information via a wireless network based on changes that are sensed by the sensors, such as a button being pushed or motion being detected. The actor nodes detect the information that is transmitted over the wireless network and control appliance functions based on the information detected. After the sensor and actor nodes are initialized, the sensor nodes transmit packets into the network based on changes that are detected in their environment. Meanwhile, the actor nodes monitor the network for packets that contain information of scenes that are relevant to each node. Based on the information contained in each such packet, the node acts on the information by controlling its appliance function. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057055 | BINDING IEEE 802.11 MAC FRAMES TO LOGICAL CHANNELS - An IEEE 802.11 media access control (MAC) frame (or contents thereof) at a transmitter apparatus includes information from which a logical channel carrying traffic can be identified, so that a receiver apparatus, when unpacking the IEEE 802.11 MAC frame (or contents thereof), is able to route the traffic to the appropriate radio link control (RLC) entity associated with the logical channel. An evolved Node B (eNB) that is also an access point (AP) distinguishes conventional uplink wireless local area network (WLAN) traffic from traffic that is to be routed to an RLC layer. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057174 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING CIRCUIT SWITCHED DATA CALLS - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, generating a tone during first communications with another communication device, providing the tone to a gateway to cause the gateway to transmit a re-invite message without the gateway providing the tone to the other communication device, receiving the re-invite message where the re-invite message includes a request for a higher bandwidth than the first communications, providing a response message to the gateway responsive to the re-invite message where the providing of the response message causes the gateway to provide the tone to the other communication device. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057267 | UNIFIED COMMAND PROTOCOL FOR DIFFERENT COMMUNICATION INTERFACES - On a client computing device, a host computing device is communicated with via both a wired communication input/output (I/O) interface and a wireless communication I/O interface using a same three-stage protocol. The three-stage protocol includes a command stage, a data stage, and a status stage. During the command stage, a command packet including a command is received from the host computing device. During the data stage, one or more data packets are sent to the host computing device if the command specifies sending the one or more data packets. During the data stage, one or more data packets are received from the host computing device if the command specifies receiving the one or more data packets. During the status stage a status code indicating whether or not the command was successfully serviced by a command handler is sent to the host computing. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057561 | DATA COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT SYSTEM, DATA COLLECTION AND MANAGEMENT METHOD, TERMINAL, AND MANAGEMENT APPARATUS - A data collection and management system includes: a terminal(s) that transmits measured data; and a management apparatus that receives and manages the measured data transmitted from the terminal(s). The management apparatus includes a notification unit that notifies the terminal(s) of transmission cost information indicating a cost incurrable upon transmitting measured data to the management apparatus by the terminal(s). The terminal(s) includes: a calculation unit that calculates an information value indicating a value of measured data as information; and a transmission control unit that determines whether to transmit measured data to the management apparatus based on the information value and the transmission cost information. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057562 | System frame number information transmission method, base station, terminal and system - A method and a system for transmitting System Frame Number (SFN) information. The method includes that a base station sets X resource locations for carrying SFN indication information in one SFN information cycle period; and the base station transmits the SFN indication information at at least one resource location in each SFN information cycle period. Moreover, a base station and a terminal are provided in order to improve the coverage performance of a smart metering Machine Type Communication (MTC) terminal device deployed in a low-coverage environment and ensure the normal communication requirement of the MTC terminal device without additional deployment of a site and a relay station. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057583 | POSITION ESTIMATION DEVICE - According to an embodiment, a position estimation device is for estimating a position of a second terminal in a wireless network. The wireless network included a plurality of terminals including three or more first terminals whose positions are known and the second terminal whose position is unknown. The device includes a first probability calculator and a position estimator. The first probability calculator calculates a first connection probability on the basis of a distance and a smallest hop count between two of the plurality of terminals over which and with which the two terminals are connected. The position estimator obtains a likelihood on the basis of the first connection probability and estimates a position of the second terminal by using the likelihood. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057603 | Node Discovery According to Allocated Discovery Patterns - A technique, including controlling a radio transmitter or radio transceiver of a first node to transmit discovery signals at time periods defined by a first discovery pattern allocated to said first node from a set of discovery patterns each defining a respective combination of transmission time periods from a set of time periods; and controlling the radio transmitter or radio transceiver to use for said discovery signals one or more radio resources allocated to the transmission time periods of said first discovery pattern from radio resources shared by the set of discovery patterns, wherein any radio resource allocated to any transmission time period of any one of the discovery patterns is distinguished from any radio resource allocated to any other of the discovery patterns for the same transmission time period. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057611 | SYSTEM FOR STATION GROUP MANAGEMENT AND METHOD FOR MANAGING STATION-MANAGEMENT GROUPS - Embodiments of a system for station group management and a method for managing station-management groups in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a system element, such as an access point, may establish a station-management group including selected stations, transmit a unicast group allocation message to a station to indicate whether the station is part of the station management group, transmit data frames to the station in a downlink (DL) multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO) transmission, and delete the station from the station-management group. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057648 | Local Data Communication Traffic Management - A method and system is provided by which packets received from or destined for devices served by a bidirectional signal transceiver such as a distributed antenna system (DAS) (or “headend”) by means of a connected Long-Term Evolution (LTE) eNodeB are serviced and routed locally rather than being placed arbitrarily on a Wide Area Network (WAN). The physical path length of the connections between the signal transceiver, eNodeB and primary router, and primary router and Evolved Packet Core (EPC), and primary router and secondary router is fundamental to the invention. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057692 | ACCESS CONTROL METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an access control method and apparatus. The method includes: generating, by a network device, an access control message that includes an access control parameter, where the access control message is used to instruct user equipment to determine, according to the access control parameter after receiving the access control message, whether to initiate access, and the access control parameter includes an access control parameter based on a traffic class or an access control parameter based on an access class; and sending, by the network device, the access control message to the UE. The technical solutions of the present invention may reduce a signaling burden on a network and may enable the network device to provide more precise and flexible control of the UE. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057702 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA - A communications device transmits/receives data to/from infrastructure equipment forming part of a communications network. The communications device includes a controller and a transceiver configured to transmit and/or receive signals representing the data to/from the infrastructure equipment. The transceiver is configured to, under control of the controller, transmit a request for services message to the infrastructure equipment, and receive a response message to the request for services message from the infrastructure equipment. The request for services message includes a delay period, and the controller is configured after transmission of the request for services message to configure the transceiver to enter a reduced power state in which an amount of power consumed by the transceiver is reduced for the delay period. The controller is also configured, after the delay period has expired, to configure the transceiver to exit the reduced power state to receive the response message from the infrastructure equipment. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057710 | Multicarrier Signal Transmission in Wireless Communications - A wireless device transmits a random access preamble (RAP) on a first cell of a first cell group. If a configured transmission of an uplink transport block (UTB) or an uplink control information (UCI) on a second cell of a second cell group overlaps in time with transmission of the RAP, the wireless device adjusts transmission power of at least one of the UTB or the UCI. If a configured transmission of a sounding reference signal (SRS) on a third cell overlaps in time with transmission of the preamble, the wireless device drops the configured SRS transmission if a calculated total transmission power exceeds a first value. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057711 | Method and Device for Sending Power Headroom Report - The disclosure discloses a method and device for sending a Power Headroom Report (PHR), wherein the method includes that a User Equipment (UE) sends to an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (EUTRAN) NodeB (eNB) a Media Access Control (MAC) Protocol Data Unit (PDU) added with a PHR. The disclosure solves a problem in a related technology that an eNB fails to learn uplink quality information of a UE timely because a PHR cannot be sent to the eNB when a condition for triggering the PHR cannot be met, and further saves uplink transmission resources. In the meanwhile, the uplink quality information of the UE can be provided to the eNB more timely, thereby helping the eNB to perform scheduling more accurately and timely. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057712 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING POWER HEADROOM IN SUPPORT OF MULTIPLE LINK CONNECTIONS - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for reporting power headroom in support of multiple link connections. The method comprises: receiving, by a user equipment, one or more configured power headroom report parameters from at least one of multiple base stations to which the multiple link connections are connected; maintaining, at the user equipment, multiple groups of power headroom report timers respectively corresponding to the multiple link connections and maintaining multiple groups of triggering conditions for reporting power headroom respectively corresponding to the multiple link connections, wherein a number of groups of the multiple groups of the power headroom report timers and the number of groups of the multiple groups of triggering conditions for reporting the power headroom are identical to the number of connections of the multiple link connections respectively; if at least one triggering condition of one group of the triggering conditions for reporting the power headroom is met with respect to a corresponding base station of the multiple base stations, then calculating the power headroom for the corresponding base station and generating a power headroom report; and sending the power headroom report to the corresponding base station. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057734 | Self Backhauling in LTE - A system includes a self-backhauled eNodeB which communicates via a radio interface with an anchor eNodeB, where the self-backhauled eNodeB is made reachable in an operator's network via a serving gateway and where the serving gateway of the self-backhauled eNodeB owns an IP address associated with the self-backhauled eNodeB. The system receives a packet destined for the self-backhauled eNodeB and classifies the packet to a bearer associated with a self-backhauled link to the self-backhauled eNodeB. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057735 | METHODS OF SIGNALING MCS - The invention proposes methods of signaling MCS. Current standard does not support more MCS levels. A method in an e NB for signaling MCS, comprising steps of: i. generating (S | 02-25-2016 |
20160057736 | Apparatus and Method for Operating Resource in Wireless Local Area Network System Supporting Multi-User Transmission Scheme - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 02-25-2016 |
20160057737 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for scheduling downlink or uplink transmission in a plurality of subframes through one control channel in order to reduce control channel overhead. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057738 | METHOD FOR MONITORING PAGING OCCASIONS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for monitoring paging occasions in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving paging information and an indicator for selecting paging occasions (POs) to be used for the UE; calculating one or more first POs in a paging frame based on the paging information; and monitoring one or more second POs among the one or more first POs based on the indicator. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057739 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR CHANNEL ALLOCATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - Disclosed is a base station in which the frequency usage efficiency can be improved when the communication bandwidths are asymmetric in the uplink line and the downlink line. A base station can communicate by using a plurality of downlink unit bands and a smaller number of uplink unit bands. A control unit allocates uplink resource allocation information and downlink resource allocation information to a PDCCH which is arranged in each of the plurality of downlink unit bands, and allocates a response signal to the uplink line data to a PHICH which is arranged in the same number of downlink unit bands from the plurality of downlink unit bands as there are uplink unit bands. A transmit RF unit transmits the resource allocation information or the response signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057740 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Data transmission and reception is provided by configuring control channels in a wireless communication system using a plurality of carriers. User equipment (UE) may monitor physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) candidates within common search spaces (CSSs) and User Equipment-specific search spaces (USSs). If the UE is configured with cross-carrier scheduling, when two PDCCH candidates originating from a CSS and a USS, respectively, have cyclic redundancy check (CRC) scrambled by the same Radio Network Temporary Identifier (RNTI) and have a common payload size and the same first control channel element (CCE) index, the UE may interpret that only the PDCCH originating from the CSS is transmitted, thereby solving ambiguity of downlink control information (DCI) detection. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057742 | METHODS AND NODES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and nodes, using at least one subframe, and at least one set of reference signals selected from a first or second candidate set of reference signals, each set of reference signals comprising a set of antenna ports. The method comprises assigning resource blocks by means of control channel for the data channel in the subframe; associating one set of reference signals, selected from the first or the second candidate set of reference signals with the assigned resource blocks, utilising the set of antenna ports of the selected set of reference signals, based on a set of rules related to at least the assigned resource blocks; and transmitting the data channel on the assigned resource blocks. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057743 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - According to the present invention, there are provided a base station device, a terminal device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit capable of performing communication more efficiently when the terminal device transmits an uplink signal based on scheduling by the base station device. The terminal device includes a setting unit that sets a first uplink-downlink configuration, a second uplink-downlink configuration, and a third uplink-downlink configuration, a reception unit that monitors a physical downlink control channel accompanied with a downlink control information format which is used to schedule a physical downlink shared channel in a downlink subframe based on the third uplink-downlink configuration and includes information making a request for transmitting a sounding reference signal, and a transmission unit that transmits the sounding reference signal based on the information making the request to transmitting the sounding reference signal. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057744 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure discloses a method and a device for communication. The method includes: determining, by the user equipment, a specific uplink-downlink sub-frame configuration when the uplink-downlink sub-frame configuration information is not received by the user equipment during the period; and communicating with a network side equipment by the user equipment during the period based on the specific uplink-downlink sub-frame configuration. By the solution of the present disclosure, a probability of the situation that the user equipment cannot communicate with the network normally as the user equipment does not correctly receive the physical layer control signaling which carries the uplink-downlink sub-frame configuration information and is sent from the network side is reduced, and user throughput is improved. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057745 | MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MANAGEMENT METHOD IN A MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, PROCESSING SECTION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system includes a terminal apparatus and a base station apparatus. The terminal apparatus communicates with a base station apparatus by carrier aggregation using a plurality of serving cells, where each of the plurality of serving cells has a different frequency. In addition, the terminal apparatus removes a measurement identity relevant to a serving cell of the plurality of serving cells based on that the serving cell was removed. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057747 | METHOD FOR HANDLING UL DATA RETRANSMISSION AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS UTILIZING THE SAME - A communications apparatus includes a radio transceiver and a processor. The radio transceiver receives a plurality of feedback messages from a peer device. The feedback messages are transmitted by the peer device to indicate a result of UL data transmission. The processor analyzes content of the feedback messages to determine a preferred retransmission type of the peer device and records the preferred retransmission type of the peer device in a memory device. When the radio transceiver receives a first UL grant message indicating transmission of a first UL data and the processor determines that a forthcoming first feedback message corresponding to the transmission of the first UL data is unable to be received, the processor determines whether to retransmit the first UL data according to the preferred retransmission type of the peer device. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057748 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A communications system comprises a terminal, and network resources. The terminal is operable to transmit substantially simultaneously a data portion and a data transfer request for that data portion to the network resources. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057749 | VIRTUAL BROADBAND TRANSMITTER, VIRTUAL BROADBAND RECEIVER, AND METHODS THEREOF - A virtual broadband transmitting unit includes a stream generator to generate a multiplicity of data streams from an incoming media datastream, and a transmission manager to control the upload of the multiplicity of data streams along a multiplicity of transmission channels to at least one wireless communication network. A virtual broadband receiver includes means to receive a multiplicity of media data streams from a multiplicity of data connections, and an assembly engine to assemble the data streams into a single media stream. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057750 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION USING PUCCH FORMAT 3 IN A WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method of transmitting uplink control information (UCI) in a wireless access system supporting carrier aggregation. A user equipment (UE) receives two or more physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs) via two or more downlink component carriers, respectively. The UE performs channel coding with respect to the UCI according to a payload size of the UCI including acknowledgement information and channel quality information (CQI) for each of the two or more downlink carriers. The UE performs rate matching with respect to the channel coded UCI for a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) format 3. The UE transmits the rate matched UCI using the PUCCH format 3. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057751 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MINIMIZING REDUNDANT ENHANCED DEDICATED CHANNEL ALLOCATION INFORMATION - A method and wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) that does not have an allocation of enhanced dedicated channel (E-DCH) resources is disclosed. The WTRU transmits E-DCH channel allocation information to a Node-B. In response to transmitting the E-DCH channel allocation information, the WTRU activates a timer. On a condition that an acknowledgement to the transmitted E-DCH channel allocation information is not received, the WTRU retransmits the E-DCH channel allocation information. On a condition that an acknowledgement to the transmitted E-DCH channel allocation information is received, the WTRU waits to transmit the E-DCH channel allocation information or updated E-DCH channel allocation information until the timer expires. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057752 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK DATA USING MULTIPLE SERVING CELLS - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink data by means of multiple serving cells. A method for a terminal for transmitting uplink data by means of multiple serving cells may comprise the steps of: the terminal receiving a first timing advance command (TAC) for a first serving cell and a second TAC for a second serving cell; and determining whether the terminal transmits uplink data by means of the second serving cell on the basis of whether the timing difference is below the threshold value, wherein the timing difference is acquired on the basis of the first TAC and the second TAC, and the first serving cell can be a cell configured so that an uplink can be always transmitted regardless of the timing difference. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057754 | SUBCARRIER ALLOCATIONS FOR OPERATION IN MIXED BANDWIDTH ENVIRONMENTS - Embodiments of the disclosure provide bandwidth allocation in wireless telecommunications including communication devices that can operate according to different operating bandwidth. The bandwidth allocation can include allocation of subcarrier blocks having specific sizes. The subcarriers blocks can be contiguous within a channel or can be non-contiguous or distributed. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057759 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting and receiving a signal in a wireless communication system according to an embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: setting, by a first transmission point, a frequency resource area in at least one subframe; and transmitting information related to the set frequency resource area to a second transmission point, wherein when the first transmission point transmits a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) in the set frequency resource area, a ratio of a PDSCH energy per resource element (EPRE) to a cell-specific reference signal (CRS) EPRE in the set frequency resource area is less than a ratio of a PDSCH EPRE to a CRS EPRE in resource areas other than the set frequency resource area. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057760 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station apparatus for transmitting a signal to a terminal apparatus connected thereto generates interference information indicating at least part of positions of resources of partial terminal apparatuses among terminal apparatuses other than the aforementioned terminal apparatus, and transmits the aforementioned interference information to the aforementioned terminal apparatus. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057761 | DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN MOBILE RADIO COMMUNICATION DEVICES - The present invention provides for a wireless communications method and related system and wireless terminal devices arranged for communication between first ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057762 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus is capable of improving communication efficiency by reducing the amount of control information transmitted. A channel quality information extraction section extracts CQI's from a received signal. An allocation control section allocates subcarriers for every communication terminal apparatus and selects a modulation scheme in such a manner that required transmission rate is satisfied for each communication terminal apparatus based on required transmission rate information, etc. and CQI's for communication terminal apparatus of each user. A required subcarrier number determining section decides the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus so as to satisfy the required transmission rate for each communication terminal apparatus. A required subcarrier number information generating section generates information for the number of subcarriers allocated to every communication terminal apparatus. A subcarrier allocation section allocates packet data to selected subcarriers. Modulating sections adaptively modulate packet data allocated to each subcarrier. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057765 | DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION METHOD AND DYNAMIC SPECTRUM ALLOCATION DEVICE - The present disclosure provides a dynamic spectrum allocation method and a dynamic spectrum allocation device. In the method, a centralized node performs spectrum allocation and transmits a spectrum allocation result to each communication node, so that the communication node operates at a corresponding spectrum resource in accordance with the spectrum allocation result and performs statistics of communication quality measurement information. The centralized node receives the communication quality measurement information reported by the communication node, and determines whether or not it is required to trigger the spectrum re-allocation for the communication node in accordance with the communication quality measurement information about the communication node. When it is required to trigger the spectrum re-allocation, the centralized node re-allocates the spectrum for the communication node. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057766 | ENHANCEMENTS TO RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MBSFN TRANSMISSION IN AN MBSFN AREA - In an embodiment, there is provided a method for resource allocation to MBMS services for MBSFN transmission in an MBSFN Area in a mobile communication system, said resource allocation including an assessment of a list of MBMS sessions to be scheduled for said MBSFN transmission, a method wherein a Sequence Number SN is used for said assessment, said SN determining the rank of an MBMS session in a sequence of MBMS sessions scheduled by one or more BM-SC(s) for said MBMS services, said rank of said MBMS session in said sequence being used in said assessment to determine a rank of said MBMS session in said list. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057767 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a method and apparatus that enable a user equipment to record and report measurement information regarding scheduling requests and subscription traffic limitations. More specifically, a method of transmitting a scheduling request (SR) for a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system may include: receiving configuration information for SR transmission information from a base station (eNB); sending, when data to be sent is generated, an SR to the eNB; resending, when scheduling information is not received from the eNB within a preset time duration, the SR to the eNB, and recording information on SR transmission; and sending, when scheduling information is received from the eNB, the SR transmission information to the eNB in accordance with the scheduling information. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057770 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL OCCUPANCY IDENTIFIERS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method may include inserting, in a first transmission using a first radio access technology (RAT), a channel occupancy identifier for a second transmission using a second RAT. The first method may also include transmitting the first transmission having the channel occupancy identifier over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. A second method may include receiving, at a receiver operated using a first RAT, a channel occupancy identifier for a transmission using a second RAT. The channel occupancy identifier may be received over an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. The second method may also include decoding the channel occupancy identifier to identify a backoff period, and refraining from accessing the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band using the first RAT based at least in part on the identified backoff period. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057771 | PROCESSING METHOD FOR DATA TRANSMISSION, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a processing method for data transmission, an apparatus and a system. The method includes: receiving scheduling signaling sent by a base station, where the scheduling signaling includes a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process ID; and transmitting, within a same transmission time interval TTI, on a process that corresponds to the HARQ process identifier, data on a first logical channel element and data on a second logical channel element. According to the processing method for data transmission, the apparatus, and the system provided in the embodiments of the present invention, utilization of bandwidth resources for data transmission is improved. Therefore, data throughput of UE can be also effectively ensured. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057773 | SCHEDULING REQUEST METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM - A scheduling request method, network side device, terminal device and system, belong to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: configuring a first shared resource used for a scheduling request (SR), and sending first information to multiple terminal devices to notify of the first shared resource ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057774 | METHOD OF SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WITH MULTIPLE FREQUENCY BLOCKS - A method of receiving a downlink signal by a user equipment in a wireless communication system; the user equipment therefore; a method of transmitting a downlink signal by a base station in a wireless communication system; and the base station therefore are discussed. The method of receiving a downlink signal by a user equipment in a wireless communication system according to one embodiment includes receiving downlink scheduling information, the downlink scheduling information including a frequency block indicator and resource allocation information for one or more transport blocks (TBs); and receiving the downlink signal including the one or more TBs via a first frequency block among multiple frequency blocks. The first frequency block is indicated by the frequency block indicator among the multiple frequency blocks. Each of the multiple frequency blocks does not overlap with other multiple frequency blocks, and has a respective hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057776 | Reduction Of False Alarms in PDCCH Detections - Methods and systems for determining scheduling information of a base station in a network operating according to the Long Term Evolution (“LTE”) standard include monitoring transmissions on the PDCCH of the wireless base station, maintaining a list of active Radio Network Temporary Identifiers (“RNTI's”) assigned by the wireless base station to user equipment, extracting PDCCH detections from the monitored transmissions, applying at least one false alarm reduction strategy to eliminate invalid PDCCH detections from the extracted PDCCH detections, said false alarm reduction strategy including determining an RNTI that is valid for an extracted PDCCH detection and determining if the valid RNTI is included in the list of active RNTI's. Scheduling information of the wireless base station is determined from the extracted PDCCH detection. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057777 | EFFICIENT SIGNALING OVER ACCESS CHANNEL - An apparatus and method for transmitting an indicator of channel quality while minimizing the use of a broadcast channel is described. A metric of forward link geometry of observed transmission signals is determined. An indicator of channel quality value is determined as a function of the observed transmission signals. An access sequence is selected, randomly, from one group of a plurality of groups of access sequences, wherein each of the plurality of groups of access sequences correspond to different ranges of channel quality values. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057778 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MOVING A RECEIVE WINDOW IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A method of moving a receiving window in a wireless mobile communication system, wherein the AM RLC of the transmitting side sends information of the last discarded SDU regardless of continuity of the discarded SDUs. The AM RLC of the receiving side checks whether all SDUs from the start point of the receiving window up to the last discarded SDU are successfully received, delivers the SDUs that are successfully received to an upper layer, and discard only those SDUs that are not successfully received. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057781 | METHODS FOR USING A DETECTOR TO MONITOR AND DETECT CHANNEL OCCUPANCY - Methods for using a detector to monitor and detect channel occupancy are disclosed. The detector resides on a station within a network using a framed format having a periodic time structure. When non-cooperative transmissions are detected by the network, the detector assesses the availability of a backup channel enabling migration of the network. The backup channel serves to allow the network to migrate transparently when the current channel becomes unavailable. The backup channel, however, could be occupied by another network that results in the migrating network interfering with the network already using the backup channel. Thus, the detector detects active transmission sources on the backup channel to determine whether the backup channel is occupied. Methods for using the detector include scheduling detection intervals asynchronously. The asynchronous detection uses offsets from a reference point within a frame. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057782 | METHOD FOR RESOLVING CALL COLLISIONS IN A DIGITAL CONVENTIONAL DIRECT MODE - A process for resolving call collisions in a digital conventional direct mode includes monitoring a direct mode communication channel for transmissions from other direct mode radios in the plurality of direct mode radios. In response to detecting a new call request: identifying a last radio to transmit on the direct mode channel, transmitting a new call request for receipt by the last direct mode radio to transmit, monitoring the direct mode channel for a response from the last radio to transmit, and if a call grant granting the new call request is received from the last radio to transmit, initiating the new direct mode call on the direct mode communication channel. If the call grant is not received, at least temporarily refraining from initiating the new direct mode call. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057783 | Mechanism for Providing Communication Resources for Random Access of a User - In an LTE-A mobile communications system, provision of additional random access resources, called “shadow” PRACH, that are available to User Equipments, UEs, for a contention-free access procedure during handover. eNBs provide information on PRACH resources, broadcasting a first set of resources available for contention-based and contention-free random access and indicating via the X2 interface to neighbouring eNBs such additional PRACH resources, together with corresponding preambles, which are in turn indicated via dedicated signalling to UEs during a handover procedure. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057784 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL - The present invention provides a method and user equipment for transmitting an uplink signal capable of enhancing coverage while conserving energy by separating a cell for receiving a downlink from a cell for transmitting an uplink. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057785 | METHOD TO REPORT CHANNEL STATUS - Methods and apparatus are provided for a UE to send channel status reports (CSR) to a network entity. In one novel aspect, the CSR is generated at the MAC layer. In one embodiment, the UE detects one or more triggering event, obtains a value of channel status from the PHY layer, generates the CSR based on the value obtained from the PHY layer and transmits the channel status report to an eNB. In another embodiment, the UE starts a timer and waits for a UL grant to transmit the CSR. If no UL grant is received before the timer expires, the UE triggers either a dedicated SR or a random access SR. In another novel aspect, the channel status report is generated in a NAS message and sent to a NAS entity through the NAS layer. In one embodiment, the tracking-area-update procedure is used for the CSR. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057787 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - The first base station ( | 02-25-2016 |
20160057788 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IP VERSION INTERWORKING FOR IMS ACCESS THROUGH EPC - A Packet Data Network Gateway (PGW) network node of an Evolved Packet Core (EPC) for interfacing with an IP Multimedia Core Network Subsystem (IMS) comprises an IP address assignment functionality module configured to assign both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses to a User Equipment (UE) requesting an IPv6 address, a Network Address Translation-Application Layer Gateway (NAT64-ALG) functionality module and PGW configured to translate between IPv4 and IPv6 addresses, a Gx interface toward a Policy Control and Charging Rules Function (PCRF) network node configured to transmit the UE's IPv4 address to the PCRF, and an SGi interface toward an application node of the IMS configured the UE's IPv4 address to the application node, and to transmit and receive IP media packets between the IMS and the UE after IPv4 and IPv6 address translation. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057792 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL - A mobile communication system according to the present invention supports a D2D communication that is a direct terminal-to-terminal communication. The system comprises: a base station configured to perform a predetermined radio communication by using a specific frequency band; and a user terminal configured to exist in a cell of the base station. The base station permits the user terminal to perform the D2D communication in which the specific frequency band is used, in a time period during which the predetermined radio communication is stopped. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057793 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR IMPLEMENTING PROXIMITY COMMUNICATION SERVICE - The present disclosure provides a method and a device for implementing a proximity communication service. The method includes steps of: receiving a request for the proximity communication service from a UE; in accordance with the request for the proximity communication service from the UE, determining a proximity communication service identifier obtained when the UE subscribes for the proximity communication service; and in accordance with the proximity communication service identifier of the UE, implementing the proximity communication service. According to the present disclosure, it is able to prevent the situation where the proximity communication service cannot be implemented when a UE's 3GPP network layer identifier cannot be determined in accordance with a UE's application layer identifier, thereby to implement the proximity communication service of the UE. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057794 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND PROCESSOR - A communication control method is applied to a mobile communication system that includes a base station, a user terminal configured to establish a connection with the base station, and a network including the base station and a network device configured to be an upper device of the base station, and that supports D2D communication that is direct device-to-device communication. The communication control method comprises: a step of acquiring, by the network, a load level of the base station; and a step of determining, by the network, whether to permit the D2D communication of the user terminal on a basis of the load level. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057795 | Method and Apparatus for Performing State Transition for Device-to-Device Communication - A method and apparatus for performing a state transition for Device to Device (D2D) communication are provided. The method includes determining whether D2D initiation is required, while a terminal is operating in a first or a second state defined by EPS (Enhanced Packet System) Mobility Management (EMM)-Deregistered and EPS Connection Management (ECM)-IDLE at a Non-Access Stratum (NAS) layer and Radio Resource Control (RRC)-IDLE. If the D2D initiation is required, the method includes transitioning to a third state defined by EMM-Registered and ECM/RRC-Connected and performing the D2D initiation through a mobile communication network. If a deactivation condition is satisfied or a D2D state update is completed in the third state, the method includes transitioning to a fourth state defined by EMM-Registered and ECM/RRC-IDLE, and if a state update or scheduling for D2D communication is required in the fourth state, the method includes transitioning to the third state. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057802 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING RADIO LINK FAILURE AND DEVICE THEREFOR - A method may be provided for processing a radio link failure (RLF) when a terminal accesses at leat two cells from different base stations. The method may include configuring a dual connection of at least one cell associated with a first bases station and at least one cell associated with a second base station, detecting the occurrence of an RLF of at least one cell from the at least one cell associated with the first base station and/or the at least one cell associated with the second base station, transmitting a signal related to the RLF to the first base station or second base station, and receiving setting information for processing the RLF. | 02-25-2016 |
20160057803 | METHOD FOR SELECTING COMMUNICATION METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method for operating of an electronic device includes: connecting communication with an external electronic device; identifying state information and service information of the electronic device and the external electronic device; and selecting at least one communication method based on the state information and the service information. An electronic device includes a communication module and a processor. The processor is configured to select at least one communication method from a plurality of communication methods based on state information and service information of the electronic device and the external electronic device | 02-25-2016 |
20160065283 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR QUANTIZING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for quantizing channel state information (CSI). An embodiment of the present invention provides a method for providing codeword index information to a base station configured with N | 03-03-2016 |
20160065284 | METHODS FOR EFFICIENT BEAM TRAINING AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND NETWORK CONTROL DEVICE UTILIZING THE SAME - A network control device includes a wireless communications module and a controller. The wireless communications module uses a preferred transmitting beam to communicate with a communications apparatus in one or more downlink opportunities corresponding to the preferred transmitting beam. The controller schedules signal or data to be transmitted in at least one downlink opportunity corresponding to the preferred transmitting beam. When scheduling signal or data to be transmitted, the controller further provides at least one training gap, in which the controller does not schedule any dedicated data to the communications apparatus, in the downlink opportunity corresponding to the preferred transmitting beam. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065290 | MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT CELLULAR NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS - A technology for an enhanced node B (eNB) that is operable to perform beamforming using multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) in a cellular network. One or more user equipment (UEs) can be configured to use a same or different multiple port (multi-port) channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) pattern. Feedback reports can be received from the one or more UEs associated with the multi-port CSI-RS pattern at the eNB. A UE-specific or more UEs at the eNB using the feedback report from the one or more UEs. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065291 | MOBILE STATION AND REPORTING METHOD - A mobile station reports, based on a known signal transmitted from a base station, channel state information to the base station and performs wireless communication with the base station by spatial multiplexing. The mobile station includes: a calculating unit that calculates first precoding information corresponding to first channel state information and used in horizontal direction beam formation in the base station, second precoding information corresponding to second channel state information, and third precoding information corresponding to both of the first channel state information and the second channel state information and used in vertical direction beam formation in the base station; and a report control unit that reports the first precoding information and the third precoding information in reporting the first channel state information, and reports the second precoding information without reporting the third precoding information in reporting the second channel state information. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065327 | SIGNALING DIFFERENT MCS SETS FOR DIFFERENT BANDWIDTHS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communications and, more particularly, to using fields of a frame to indicate different modulation and coding scheme (MCS) sets for communications on a first bandwidth and on a second bandwidth. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065333 | Enhanced Common Downlink Control Channels - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises designating, by a network element, a first set of time-frequency resources for transmitting a first set of downlink control channels for a plurality of UEs, wherein the first set of time-frequency resources is known to the plurality of UEs, and wherein the first set of time-frequency resources varies from a first time interval to a second time interval. The method further comprises mapping, by the network element, a first downlink control channel to the first set of time-frequency resources. The method further comprises transmitting, by the network element, the first downlink control channel together with a downlink data channel in a frequency-division multiplexing manner. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065335 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - An apparatus and method for controlling inter-cell interference is disclosed. The user equipment for controlling inter-cell interference in a wireless communication system includes an interference level measuring module configured to measure interference levels of neighboring cells using at least one of information about the number of antennas among antennas deployed in the neighboring cells, information about indexes of the effective antennas, and information about reference signal of the neighboring cells, an interference restriction request determination module configured to compare the interference levels of the neighboring cells with a predetermined threshold and to determine whether or not UE requests an interference restriction to the neighboring cells, and a transmitter configured to transmit information about one or more neighboring cells, to which the interference restriction request will be transmitted, to a serving base station. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065339 | BASE STATION, PROCESSOR, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 03-03-2016 |
20160065340 | METHOD FOR ENSURING CHANNEL CONTINUITY AFTER PRECODING, BASE STATION, UE, AND COMPUTER READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM - Disclosed are a method for ensuring channel continuity after precoding, a base station, a user equipment (UE), and a computer readable storage medium. The method comprises: the base station notifying the UE of whether a precoding manner with a continuous frequency domain is used in data sent to the UE by the base station, and the base station sending data to the UE according to a precoding manner with a continuous or discontinuous frequency domain. The method further comprises: when the UE determines, according to the notification of the base station, that the precoding manner with a continuous frequency domain is used in the data sent to the UE by the base station, the UE executing an optimized channel estimation and demodulation manner within a processing capability of the UE. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065343 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods for transmitting channel status information (CSI) in a wireless access system that supports a multi-connection mode in which a terminal is connected to two or more small cells, and devices for supporting the same. A method by which a terminal reports CSI in a wireless access system that supports a multi-connection mode, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving a first physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including first resource allocation information from a first small cell which is in a multi-connection mode state; receiving a second PDCCH signal including second resource allocation information from a second small cell which is in a multi-connection mode state; and reporting the CSI on the basis of the first resource allocation information and the second resource allocation information. At this point, the terminal maintains a plurality of connections with two or more small cells including the first small cell and the second small cell in a multi-connection mode, and the first small cell and the second small cell are arranged at different physical positions and can be connected to each other through an abnormal backhaul link. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065344 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL-RELATED INFORMATION - Provided is a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving channel-related information. A method for allowing a terminal to transmit channel-related information according to an embodiment of the present invention may include: receiving a first signal including data and a reference signal; estimating a modulation order corresponding to a channel state from the first signal; and transmitting channel-related information including a first modulation order indicator (MOI), which indicates the estimated modulation order, to a base station. Accordingly, signals can be efficiently transmitted and received. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065346 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting uplink control information by a user equipment (UE) configured with a plurality of cells including a primary cell and a secondary cell in a wireless communication system is discussed. The method includes identifying, by the UE, a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest-Acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK)(0) and a HARQ-ACK(1); and transmitting, by the UE, bits b(0)b(1) using a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) resource among a plurality of PUCCH resources based on the HARQ-ACK(0) and the HARQ-ACK(1) to a base station (BS) for identifying the HARQ-ACK(0) and the HARQ-ACK(1). The b(0)b(1) and the PUCCH resource are given according to a relation including Table 1, where the HARQ-ACK(0) indicates an ACK/Negative ACK (ACK/NACK)/Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) response to a data block related to the primary cell, and the HARQ-ACK(1) indicates an ACK/NACK/DTX response to a data block related to the secondary cell. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065349 | TRANSMISSION OF HARQ CONTROL INFORMATION FROM A USER EQUIPMENT FOR DOWNLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION - Methods and apparatuses are provided for a user equipment (UE) to transmit at least two hybrid automatic repeat request-acknowledgement (HARQ-ACK) bits. At least one transport block is received on each of at least two configured cells. At least two HARQ-ACK bits are generated based on a number of the at least two configured cells and transmission modes for each of the at least two configured cells. The at least two HARQ-ACK bits are transmitted on a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH). A transmission mode supports one transport block or up to two transport blocks. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065350 | TERMINAL DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal device includes: a setting unit that sets resources used to calculate a channel quality indicator; a reception unit that monitors a physical downlink control channel accompanied with information indicating an uplink-downlink configuration; a measurement unit that performs interference measurement to calculate the channel quality indicator based on the resource excluding at least the resource in an uplink subframe which is based on the uplink-downlink configuration; and transmission unit that transmits the channel quality indicator via a physical uplink shared channel. The transmission unit adjusts transmission with the physical uplink shared channel to which a physical downlink control channel accompanied with an uplink grant corresponds in subframe n+k based on detection of the physical downlink control channel accompanied with the uplink grant in subframe n. The setting unit sets a second uplink-downlink configuration. Here, k is given based on the second uplink-downlink configuration. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065351 | SUPERPOSITION CODING METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - The present invention discloses a superposition coding method, apparatus, and system, The method of the present invention includes: generating a superposition coding signal according to bit data to be separately sent to the at least two user equipments (UEs); sending notification signaling to at least one UE in the at least two UEs, where the notification signaling carries data selection information, and the data selection information is used for instructing the UE to acquire, from bit data demodulated from the superposition coding signal, at least one bit of data that is of a specific quantity and at a specific location as received data; and sending the superposition coding signal to the at least two UEs. The present invention is mainly applied in a demodulation process of a superposition coding signal. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065367 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, VEHICLE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a high-speed and light-weighted authentication system that makes IP address filtering possible and does not impair real-time property even on a network including many and unspecific entities (communication devices). In a communication system that a plurality of communication devices are coupled together such that mutual communication is possible over the network, the communication devices communicate with a server under a secure environment, when authentication has been obtained from the server, random seeds of the same value and individual identifiers are issued to them, each communication device generates the IP address that includes a pseudorandom number and the identifier, and the communication devices establish communication between the communication devices that include the pseudorandom numbers that are mutually the same in their IP addresses. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065388 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND USER EQUIPMENT - A radio communication system includes a radio base station having multiple antenna elements arranged two-dimensionally, and a user equipment configured to perform radio communication with the radio base station. The radio base station is configured to transmit a reference signal used for channel estimation in two or more different configurations using a part or all of the antenna elements, and wherein the user equipment is configured to feed back at least one of horizontal channel information, vertical channel information, and inter-polarization channel information to the radio base station. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065470 | NETWORK DEVICE AND METHOD FOR ROUTING - A network device records several different predetermined routing strategies each based on different network environments, and WAN interfaces respectively corresponding to the routing strategies. The network device receives DNS query packet sent by the client, selects a routing strategy from the different predetermined routing strategies, and selects a corresponding WAN interface according to the selected routing strategy. The DNS query packet is transmitted to a DNS server via the corresponding WAN interface. | 03-03-2016 |
20160065686 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING IP NETWORK SERVICE - An electronic device, according to one of the various embodiments of the present disclosure, includes: a memory; a communication module that transmits and receives messages; and a processor that, when a non-IP service-based message is received, creates an IP-based message including at least some of the non-IP service-based message, and provides the created IP-based message. In addition, various embodiments are provided. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066139 | WIRELESS SERVICE PROVIDER MANAGEMENT OF GEO-FENCED SPACES - A wireless provider system can manage services provided to a plurality of electronic wireless devices based upon geo-fenced spaces defined by respective sets of points in space. A wireless provider system can provide wireless access service to the plurality of electronic wireless devices. The wireless provider system can detect that a particular electronic wireless device of the plurality of electronic wireless devices is within a particular geo-fenced space. In response to this detecting, the system can identify at least one service associated with the particular geo-fenced space. The wireless provider system can, in response to the identifying, modify the wireless access service provided to the wireless device by attaching the at least one service to the particular electronic wireless device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066176 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO AVOID TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN PRESENCE OF POSITIONING SIGNAL - A method is performed at a base station for transmitting ePDCCH to a user equipment. The method includes: selecting a user equipment within a service area of the base station; determining PRS configuration information that is configured with the user equipment; and choosing a strategy for transmitting ePDCCH to the user equipment in accordance with the determination of the PRS configuration information configured with the user equipment. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066196 | INTERFERENCE PROCESSING METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present application provide an interference processing method and device. The method includes: a first access point (AP) receiving a frame sent by a second AP, the frame carrying downlink data load of the second AP, and intra-frequency interference existing between the first AP and the second AP; and the first AP adjusting, according to downlink data load of the first AP and the downlink data load of the second AP, a channel bandwidth used for performing data communication with a station (STA), so as to reduce the probability that the first AP and the second AP transmits data by using same channel. By using the method and the device for dynamically adjusting a bandwidth, intra-frequency interference of devices in OBSS can be reduced. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066197 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SETTING BEAM IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5th-Generation (5G) or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates Beyond 4th-Generation (4G) communication system such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). | 03-03-2016 |
20160066213 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IDENTIFYING DATA - The present invention discloses a system and a method for identifying data, which relates to the field of data transmission. The system comprises a transmitting end and a receiving end, the receiving end comprises a data receiving unit, a first field determining unit, a second field determining unit, identification unit, the method comprises: receiving a PDU with the first one and the second one of length indication fields transmitted by the transmitting end; analyzing and determining whether the value of the second one of length indication fields is equal to a first preset value; if the above two judgments are success, then the corresponding PDU data pack would be identified as valid. The positive effects of the above technical schemes are: remedying the defect of the protocol in that the descriptions of the PDU package with the upstream construction and the PDU package with the downstream reconstruction are inconsistent. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066257 | Prioritized Channel Access Schemes with Spatial Reuse Consideration - A spatial reuse prioritized channel access scheme is proposed to enhance the average throughput per station in a wireless network by optimizing spatial reuse. Spatial reuse capability (SRC) is defined as a monotonically decreasing function of co-channel interference signal strength from OBSSs. Higher spatial reuse capability can be transformed into higher data rate or less usage of airtime by using higher MCS or less interferences to OBSSs by reducing TX power. By allowing the stations that have larger spatial reuse capability to have higher probability to win channel access contention, the overall network throughput is enhanced. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066262 | METHOD FOR ENABLING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODES IN MOBILE TERMINAL AND MOBILE TERMINAL THEREOF - A method for enabling coexistence of multiple communication modes in mobile terminal and a mobile terminal thereof are provided. The method includes: when the mobile terminal is currently working in a first communication mode, if the mobile terminal receives a first signal of a second communication mode in a first frequency band, determining whether to continue working in the first communication mode or to shift to work in first frequency band of the second communication mode based on a preset priority rank. Accordingly, interferences between multiple wireless communication modes in a mobile terminal can be reduced. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT BY TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) by a terminal which is set to be dually connected to at least two heterogeneous base stations through uplink wireless connection. A method for transmitting a power headroom report (PHR) by a user equipment performing wireless communication based on dual connectivity. The method may include triggering the PHR based on at least one of a path loss change and a periodic timer; and transmitting at least one PHR to at least one base station according to the dual connectivity. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066299 | METHOD AND APPARATUS THAT USES MULTIPLE NETWORK-SIGNALING VALUES - A method and apparatus can be configured to transmit broadcast system information to a user equipment. The broadcast system information can comprise a frequency band indicator that is used for a plurality of instances. Each instance of the plurality of instances can correspond to a separate network-signaling value. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066300 | METHOD OF OPTIMIZING DEVICE PERFORMANCE BY MAINTAINING DEVICE WITHIN TEMPERATURE LIMITS - One aspect of an apparatus for controlling temperature of a communications device includes one or more processors configured to monitor the temperature of the communications device, determine if the monitored temperature exceeds a first threshold, determine if the monitored temperature exceeds a second threshold when it is determined that the monitored temperature does not exceed the first threshold, and adjust a rate of data transfer of the communications device when it is determined that the monitored temperature exceeds the second threshold. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066301 | Method and Radio Network Node for Enabling Switch of Transmission Mode for a User Equipment - A method and a radio network node ( | 03-03-2016 |
20160066302 | PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) RESOURCE ALLOCATION (RA) FOR A HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMISSION RE-QUEST-ACKNOWLEDGE (HARQ-ACK) TRANSMISSION - A user equipment (UE) is disclosed. The UE can identify a downlink control channel. The UE can determine when the downlink control channel is an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH). The UE can select an enhanced physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource allocation for a hybrid automatic retransmission re-quest-acknowledge (HARQ-ACK) transmission when the downlink control channel is the EPDCCH. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066303 | DOWNLINK INFORMATION SENDING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER DEVICE - The present invention relates to a downlink information sending method, the sending method includes: allocating a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) and an extension identifier to first user device user device, where a combination of the extension identifier and the C-RNTI is used to identify the first user device; notifying the first user device of the C-RNTI and the extension identifier; scrambling downlink control information (DCI) of the first user device by using the C-RNTI; and sending the scrambled DCI, where the scrambled DCI carries the C-RNTI and the extension identifier, so that the first user device communicates with a network according to the DCI when determining that the notified C-RNTI and the C-RNTI in the scrambled DCI are the same and the notified extension identifier and the extension identifier carried in the DCI are the same. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066306 | INTERFACE FOR INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BANDS - Nodes in a wireless communication system can mitigate interference in unlicensed frequency bands by coordinating downlink transmissions. The nodes may negotiate, based on messages exchanged over an interface between a first node and at least one second node, time intervals for downlink transmissions by the first node and the at least one second node over a channel of an unlicensed frequency band in response to the at least one second node transmitting over the channel of the unlicensed frequency band. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066307 | MIMO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND SYSTEM - A MIMO communication method and a MIMO system are provided. The method includes: a base band unit sending a control signal to a first RFFE unit or a second RFFE unit; based on the control signal, the first RFFE unit or the second RFFE unit implementing a processing to a RF signal transmitted from the RF transceiver unit; and a first antenna coupled to the first RFFE unit or a second antenna coupled to the second RFFE unit transmitting the RF signal which has been subjected to the processing. One RF transceiver unit is used to transmit signals in two communication modes, such that the number of the RF transceiver units in the MIMO system can be reduced, which means less system resource will be occupied. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA - Provided is a technology related to a sensor network, machine to machine (M2M), machine type communication (MTC), and the Internet of things (IoT). Transmitting data between transceivers including transmitting data segments of source data and parity data segments including restoration information for a transceiver to restore the source data. The method is applicable to intelligent services based on the technology (e.g., smart home services, smart building services, smart city services, smart or connected car services, health care services, digital education services, retail business services, security and safety-related services, etc.). | 03-03-2016 |
20160066310 | BASE STATION DEVICE, RADIO TERMINAL DEVICE, NETWORK APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station device includes: a first controller that connects a first network and a first radio section corresponding to a first communication system each other; and a second controller that connects a second network and a second radio section corresponding to a second communication system each other. When a given condition is met, the second controller transfers a signal received from a radio terminal device via the second radio section to the first network via the first controller. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066312 | METHODS RECEIVING RADIATION PATTERN INFORMATION AND RELATED NETWORK NODES AND BASE STATIONS - Methods may be provided to operate a first node in a radio access network including a plurality of base stations. For example, radiation pattern information for a radio access network transmission may be received from a second node. Moreover, the radiation pattern information may include an indication of power and an indication of direction associated with the indication of power for the radio access network transmission. Related network nodes and base stations are also discussed. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066313 | System and Method for Cumulative Beacons - A method for operating a first access point of a first plurality of access points comprising access points participating in cumulative beacon operations includes generating a cumulative beacon including basic service set identifiers (BSSIDs) and service set identifiers (SSIDs) of each access point in the first plurality of access points, and sending the cumulative beacon. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066315 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGEMENT OF PROTECTED RESOURCE IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method for a victim base station to manage almost blank subframe (ABS) resources in a heterogeneous network deployment is disclosed and the method comprises categorizing each of one or more protected ABS resources as one of a primary protected ABS resource and a secondary protected ABS resource, the one or more protected ABS resources allocated by a target aggressor base station and one or more neighbor aggressor base stations; classifying each of one or more associated UEs as a fully interfered UE or a partially interfered UE; and scheduling the one or more ABS resources for the one or more associated UEs based on the category of each categorized ABS resource and classified status of each associated UE. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066316 | LOW-LATENCY, LOW-BANDWIDTH AND LOW DUTY CYCLE OPERATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for providing allocations and signaling for different types of communications within a wireless communication system. An eNB and/or a UE may be configured to operate within the wireless communication system using two or more different types of communications. The different types of communications may differ, for example, based on round trip time (RTT) between transmission and acknowledgment of receipt of the transmission, a transmission time interval (TTI) for wireless transmissions, and/or duty cycle timing of wireless transmissions. Reserved resources within a system bandwidth may be identified for a first type of communications, and all or a portion of remaining resources within the system bandwidth may be allocated for other communications that may differ from the first type of communications based on, for example, RTT, TTI, and/or duty cycle timing. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066318 | Mechanisms for single user (SU) and multiple user (MU) transmission and association via polling within wireless communications - A wireless communication device (alternatively, device) includes a processor configured to support communications with other wireless communication device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. In some examples, the device includes a communication interface and a processor, among other possible circuitries, components, elements, etc. to support communications with other device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. A device generates and transmits a resource and association poll frame (ra-poll frame) to other device(s). The contents of ra-poll frame direct which of the other device(s) is authorized to respond to the device (e.g., authorized device(s)) and the manner in which they are authorized to respond. Authorized device(s) transmit responses that may include association request(s) and/or a resource request(s), among other types of communications. The device then generates and transmits acknowledgement(s) (ACK(s)) indicates successful receipt of any responses from the authorized device(s). | 03-03-2016 |
20160066320 | DEDICATED SINGLE STREAM PILOTS FOR UPLINK MULTI-USER MIMO - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus allocates dedicated sets of pilot tones within symbols to a plurality of stations to enable per station phase drift tracking from symbol to symbol. Each station of the plurality of stations is allocated a dedicated set of pilot tones for transmitting dedicated single stream pilots to enable the apparatus to perform per station phase drift tracking from symbol to symbol. The apparatus transmits a frame to the plurality of stations. The frame includes information indicating the allocated and dedicated sets of pilot tones used for transmitting dedicated single stream pilots to enable per station phase drift tracking from symbol to symbol. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066321 | FRAME TRANSMITTING METHOD AND FRAME RECEIVING METHOD - A method of transmitting a frame by a device in a wireless communication network is provided. The device generates a first symbol having a first subcarrier spacing where a symbol duration of the first symbol, excluding a guard interval, has a first length. The device generates a second symbol having a second subcarrier spacing narrower than the first subcarrier spacing wherein a symbol duration of the second symbol, excluding a guard interval, has a second length that is twice the first length. The device transmits a frame including the first symbol and the second symbol. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066322 | TD LTE Secondary Component Carrier in Unlicensed Bands - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises adaptively designating, by a network element following a frame-based communication protocol, for use as a secondary component carrier in a carrier aggregation scheme, at least a portion of radio resources on an unlicensed band. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066323 | QUALIFYING AVAILABLE REVERSE LINK CODING RATES FROM ACCESS CHANNEL POWER SETTING - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed regarding a field unit, which may receive a plurality of forward link assignment messages for a plurality of time slots for a plurality of forward link transmissions, each message including an indication of a modulation and a code rate associated with a respective forward link transmission. The unit may receive at least one of the forward link transmissions in at least two of the time slots at the respective indicated modulation and code rate. The unit may receive a plurality of reverse link assignment messages for a plurality of time slots for a plurality of reverse link transmissions, each message including an indication of a modulation and a code rate associated with a respective reverse link transmission. The unit may transmit at least one of the reverse link transmissions in at least two of the time slots at the respective indicated modulation and code rate. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066325 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING USING UNLICENSED BANDS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5 | 03-03-2016 |
20160066326 | COMMUNICATION CHANNEL MANAGEMENT METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE SUPPORTING THE SAME - An electronic device and a communication channel management method are provided. The electronic device includes a communication interface including a plurality of communication modules or configured to support a plurality of channel bands in one communication module, and a processor configured to establish a second communication channel based on another frequency band that an access point supports according to a specified condition if another frequency band connection of the same access point is available when establishing a first communication channel with the access point based on a specified frequency band. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066327 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES IN MULTI-CARRIER SYSTEM - A method of allocating radio resources in a multi-carrier system is disclosed, by which a signaling message can be efficiently transmitted according to necessity of a user equipment. In a user equipment of a mobile communication system transceiving data using a plurality of subcarriers, the present invention includes the steps of if the signaling message to be transmitted is generated in the user equipment, generating a preamble sequence according to a user equipment identifier to identify the user equipment, transmitting a preamble signal including the preamble sequence and the signaling message to a base station, and receiving an acknowledgement signal for the preamble signal generated according to the user equipment identifier. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066328 | SCHEDULING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a scheduling method, user equipment (UE), and a base station, and relate to the field of communications technologies. The method includes: triggering, by UE, a schedule request (SR); and sending the SR to a base station according to configuration statuses of uplink resources of multiple carriers or carrier groups of the UE. By using the technical solutions of the present invention, uplink resources are configured on multiple carriers or carrier groups of UE, so that when an SR is triggered, at least one carrier can be selected according to specific configuration statuses of the uplink resources to send the SR; therefore, a problem that a delay in sending the SR is caused due to existing limitations of the uplink resources is avoided, and the SR can be flexibly sent. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066329 | DATA RESOURCE MAPPING FOR FREQUENCY-CODED SYMBOLS - A device and method for communicating frequency-coded symbols that include data elements and reference symbols are disclosed. In one aspect, a carrier frequency band includes a plurality of subcarrier frequency bands. Data elements are transmitted and received on respective pairs of adjacent subcarrier frequency bands to provide diversity. Reference symbols are transmitted and received on predetermined subcarrier frequency bands. Muting is applied to selected subcarrier frequency bands based on the number and frequency configuration of the reference symbols. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066330 | METHODS COMMUNICATING RADIATION PATTERN INFORMATION AND RELATED NETWORK NODES AND BASE STATIONS - Methods are provided to operate a first node in a radio access network including a plurality of base stations. The method includes communicating radiation pattern information for a radio access network transmission. The radiation pattern information is communicated between the first node and a second node, and the radiation pattern information includes an indication of power and an indication of direction associated with the indication of power for the radio access network transmission. Related network nodes and base stations are also discussed. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066332 | ESTIMATING SIGNALING TRAFFIC IN MOBILE NETWORKS - A method upgrading a core section of a packet switched mobile network, includes: a) collecting information about a maximum signaling transaction amount managed by nodes of the core section with respect to active data connection established between user equipment and the packet switched mobile network, and calculating a corresponding active users parameter based on the collected information; b) retrieving an indication of how the maximum signaling transaction amount managed by the nodes is distributed among user equipment attached to the packet switched mobile network, and calculating a corresponding activity parameter based on the retrieved indication; c) calculating a forecasted number of user equipment which potentially can attach to the network in a future predetermined period; d) calculating a signaling traffic estimation based on the active users parameter, the activity parameter, and the forecasted number of user equipment, e) setting up the core section based on the calculated signaling traffic estimation. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066333 | CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM STORING PROGRAM - A control apparatus ( | 03-03-2016 |
20160066335 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING A DATA TRANSMISSION - A communication terminal is described comprising a quality determiner configured to determine a quality parameter for a wireless communication link between the communication terminal and a radio access network component based on one or more signals received via the wireless communication link, a throughput determiner configured to determine, based on the quality parameter, a throughput of a communication connection between the radio access network component and a server to be used for transmitting data from the server to the communication terminal via the communication connection and the wireless communication link and a controller configured to send an instruction for the server to transmit data via the communication connection between the radio access network component and the server according to the determined throughput. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066337 | System and Method for D2D Resource Allocation - When at least one of device-to-device UEs in connections of a group of D2D UEs is outside of the coverage area of mobile network of an access point, an information exchange mechanism established directly between the D2D UEs, without involving a third party, is provided. A resource allocation method for a device-to-device (D2D) communication link between two or more D2D user equipments (UEs) in a mobile communication network is provided according to an example. The method includes a first D2D UE indicating resource allocation information for the D2D communication link in a resource allocation message, wherein the resource allocation message is mapped into a resource allocation format; wherein the resource allocation format comprises one or more format flags; wherein one or more resource allocation messages are differentiated in the resource allocation format in accordance to the one or more format flags; and the first D2D UE transmitting the resource allocation format in a Physical Sidelink Control Channel (PSCCH) to one or more additional D2D UEs. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066341 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for requesting scheduling of resources to be used for uplink communication of data in a communications system. If the repeated transmission by a user equipment of scheduling requests on an uplink control channel is determined to be unsuccessful, a random access transmission on a random access channel is initiated as a fallback procedure. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066342 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM OF MULTI-USER UPLINK TRANSMISSION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of multi-user uplink transmission. For example, an apparatus may include a transmitter to transmit a multi-user (MU) downlink transmission to a plurality of wireless stations; a receiver to receive from the plurality of wireless stations a plurality of acknowledgement (ACK) frames, at least one ACK frame from at least one wireless station including an uplink scheduling request indicating uplink resources requested by the wireless station; and a scheduler to schedule an uplink transmission from the at least one wireless station based on the uplink scheduling request, the transmitter to transmit at least one scheduling frame including scheduling information of the scheduled uplink transmission. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066345 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR A SET OF NOMA DOWNLINK TRANSMISSIONS - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes receiving downlink control information for a first UE based at least in part on a group identifier associated with a NOMA group including the first UE and at least a second UE; and receiving a set of NOMA downlink transmissions at the first UE based at least in part on the downlink control information for the first UE. A second method includes receiving downlink control information for a first UE, the downlink control information for the first UE including an indication of at least a second UE; receiving downlink control information for the second UE based at least in part on the indication of at least the second UE; and receiving a set of NOMA downlink transmissions at the first UE based at least in part on the downlink control information for the first UE and the downlink control information for the second UE. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066347 | Control Of Quality Of Service In Overlapping Basic Service Sets In Wireless Local Area Networks - Access priority for wireless devices located in an area in which radiofrequency (RF) coverage areas of a first wireless access point and a second wireless access point overlap is controlled by coordinating operation of the first wireless access point and the second wireless access point. The wireless devices access a common RF channel via a collision sense multiple access/collision avoidance mechanism. The probability of accessing the RF channel may be varied by adjusting the length of interframe spacings and the length of contention windows. The length of the interframe spacings and the length of the contention windows associated with the first access point and associated with the second access point are configured such that the probability of wireless devices associated with the first wireless access point accessing the RF channel is greater than the probability of wireless devices associated with the second wireless access point accessing the RF channel. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066351 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR INTERACTING LINK INFORMATION - A method, device and system for interacting link information, which are used for solving the problem that at present there is no solution for a network side to learn the link information about a terminal supporting D2D communications and how to distinguish D2D link information from D2N link information. A link information reporting method in the embodiments of the present invention comprises: a terminal supporting D2D communications determining link information which is required to be reported to a network side, wherein the link information comprises D2D link information and/or D2N link information; and the terminal sending the determined link information to the network side on a D2N link, and indicating a link corresponding to the link information to the network side. Using the method in the embodiments of the present invention enables the network side to learn the link information about the terminal supporting the D2D communications and to distinguish whether the received link information is for the D2D link or the D2N link, so that the network side can more accurately manage and schedule the D2D link and the D2N link. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066352 | NETWORK CONNECTIVITY PROTOCOL FOR REAL-TIME APPLICATIONS - Apparatus and methods to evaluate connectivity between a primary device and a secondary device to support a connection for a real-time application to a remote device are disclosed. The primary device receives a connection request from the remote device and sends invitations to one or more secondary devices to connect with the remote device, the invitations sent through a first communication path. A secondary device that receives the invitation sends a connectivity evaluation packet to the primary device through a second communication path. When a connectivity response is received from the primary device through the second communication path and a user accepts the invitation, the secondary device sends an invitation response to the primary device and subsequently establishes a connection to the primary device through the second communication path. In some embodiments, the first communication path includes a cloud-based server that provides a guaranteed delivery message service. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066356 | Improved Handling of Simultaneous Network Communication Transmission and D2D Communication Reception or Simultaneous Network Communication Reception and D2D Communication Transmission - A radio frequency communication device ( | 03-03-2016 |
20160066358 | CONTROL METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE PROCESSING THE SAME - A first electronic device is provided. The first electronic device includes a communication module and a controller that is configured to request a data list from a second electronic device based on a detection of a charging state of a battery of the first electronic device, receive the data list corresponding to the request, and request at least some elements of data in the received data list from the second electronic device. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066359 | Communication Apparatus - A communication apparatus may cause a display to display a first inquiry message in a case where an apparatus search signal is received from an external apparatus, the apparatus search signal being for searching a target apparatus which is to establish a wireless connection with the external apparatus, and the first inquiry message being for inquiring a user whether a particular wireless connection is to be established between the communication apparatus and the external apparatus. The communication apparatus may establish the particular wireless connection between the communication apparatus and the external apparatus in a case where it is selected by the user, in response to the first inquiry message, that the particular wireless connection is to be established. | 03-03-2016 |
20160066364 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR PERFORMING MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method of managing carrier aggregation for a multi-radio access technology (RAT) wireless transmitter/receiver unit (WTRU) is disclosed. The method may include: receiving, by the WRTU over a primary channel associated with a RAT of a first type, provisioning information for provisioning a supplementary channel associated with a RAT of a second type; establishing the supplementary channel associated with the RAT of the second type based on the received provisioning information; and wirelessly exchanging, by the WRTU, first data associated with a communication over the primary channel via the RAT of the first type, while wireless exchanging second data associated with the communication over the supplementary channel via the RAT of the second type. | 03-03-2016 |
20160072559 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR INTER-TERMINAL COORDINATED COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the present patent application disclose a method for inter-terminal coordinated communication, a device and a system. The present patent application relates to the field of communications, and inter-terminal coordinated transmission is accomplished by sharing specific information between coordinated terminals so as to improve performance of a system. The method provided by the embodiments of the present patent application includes: obtaining, by a first terminal, a shared signal according to a signal received by the first terminal from a network side; and sending, by the first terminal, shared information to a second terminal, for enabling the second terminal to obtain information that the network side needs to send to the second terminal according to the shared information and a signal received by the second terminal from the network side, where the shared information includes the shared signal. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072562 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REPORTING WITH BASIS EXPANSION FOR ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - Scalable channel state information feedback for FD-MIMO involves quantizing the downlink channel according to a finite set of basis vectors to reduce the number of coefficients quantized and reported from a user equipment to a base station. The procedure includes measurement at the base station of angle of arrival spread for uplink signal reception from the user equipment and signaling that spread to the user equipment. The user equipment then quantizes the MIMO channel according to a sub-scheme configured based upon the signaled spread and reports (feeds back) the quantized channel to the base station. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072564 | PARALLEL CHANNEL TRAINING IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT AND MULTIPLE-OUTPUT SYSTEM - This disclosure describes systems, and methods related to parallel channel training in communication networks. A first computing device comprising one or more processors and one or more transceiver component may receive a first connection request from a second computing device, and a second connection request from a third computing device. The first computing device may determine a first training field associated with the first connection request and a second training field associated with the second request. The first computing device may send the first training field to the second computing device based at least in part on the first connection request and sending in parallel, the second training field to the third computing device based at least in part on the second connection request. The first computing device may establish a first spatial channel stream with the second computing device based at least in part on the first training field and a second spatial channel stream with the third computing device based at least in part on the second training field. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072569 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CHANNEL INFORMATION FEEDBACK - The present disclosure provides a method and a device for channel information feedback, where the method includes: obtaining, by a beamformer, channel feedback information, where the channel feedback information includes: channel information related to the beamformer and channel information related to other beamformer; the channel information includes: channel information fed back by a beamformee in a same basic service set and channel information fed back by a beamformee in a different basic service set. Channel feedback of multiple sending ends is achieved in the present disclosure. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072570 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication device including: a plurality of phase shifters, each of the plurality of phase shifters adjusting each amplitude and each phase of each analog signal by each element of a transmission weight vector, each analog signal being generated by multiplexing a plurality of signals that are addressed to a plurality of terminals respectively, a plurality of antennas, each of the plurality of antennas transmitting each analog signal whose phase has been shifted by each of the plurality of phase shifter, and a processor configured to: obtain a plurality of steering vectors that correspond to the plurality of terminals respectively, and generate the transmission weight vector by combining the plurality of steering vectors. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAM-SPACE MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT TRANSMISSION BASED LOAD-MODULATION - A method and an apparatus for beam-space multi-input multi-output (MIMO) transmission based load-modulation are disclosed. The apparatus for beam-space MIMO transmission includes: a plurality of impedance loading circuits each including a plurality of imaginary number impedance elements; a beam-space MIMO control unit calculating loading values of the plurality of imaginary number impedance elements in response to a spatial multiplexing signal; and an RF chain unit generating a first signal having a predetermined carrier frequency. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072572 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING BEAMFORMING BASED ON PARTIAL ANTENNA ARRAY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for receiving a signal from a base station by a user equipment using beamforming based on a massive antenna array in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes configuring a preferred antenna port set among a plurality of antenna ports included in the massive antenna array, measuring channel state information by receiving a reference signal corresponding to the preferred antenna port set and reporting the channel state information to the base station, and receiving a beam-formed signal from the base station using the preferred antenna port set based on the channel state information. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072612 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING HARQ PROCESSES IN CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEMS - The present invention relates to a method for managing a soft buffer for the hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) of a terminal to which a plurality of cells are set in a wireless communication system, and to an apparatus using the method. Through the method, information is received about the maximum number of cells capable of being simultaneously scheduled from among a plurality of cells, and the size of the soft buffer is determined for storing transmission blocks or code blocks of each cell on the basis of the information. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072614 | Resource Structure and Indication for Rel-13 MTC UE - Embodiments described herein are directed methods and network nodes for operating a wireless device in a wireless network. The network node is configured to determine a subchannel within a system bandwidth of the wireless network. The subchannel is an off-center subchannel with respect to the system bandwidth, and the subchannel includes a plurality of consecutive subcarriers taken from one or more contiguous physical resource blocks. The network node can further map the subchannel's center frequency to a subcarrier of a physical resource block included in the subchannel, wherein the center frequency corresponds to a direct current subcarrier at a receiver associated with the wireless device. The network node can allocate the subchannel to the wireless device. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072615 | Apparatus and Methods for Wireless Channel Sounding - A technique of operating a wireless communication device includes receiving an assigned starting point index and an assigned reference signal bandwidth for a reference signal. The reference signal is then transmitted multiple times, beginning at an initial resource block that is associated with the assigned starting point index and in accordance with the assigned reference signal bandwidth, across a shared channel. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072616 | POSITIONING LOCATION FOR REMOTE RADIO HEADS (RRH) WITH SAME PHYSICAL CELL IDENTITY (PCI) - A method of wireless communication includes generating a unique position reference signal (PRS) for a remote radio head having a same physical cell identity (PCI) as a macro eNodeB. The unique PRS is based on a virtual cell ID and/or unique cell global identification (CGI) of the remote radio head such that the unique PRS is different from a PRS of the macro eNodeB. The PRS of the macro eNodeB is based on the PCI. The method also includes transmitting the unique PRS. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072654 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA UNIT - A method and a device for transmitting a data unit are disclosed. A method for transmitting a PPDU can comprise the steps of: generating, by an STA, the PPDU including a first portion and a second portion; and transmitting, by the STA, the PPDU, wherein the first portion is generated by performing IFFT according to a first FFT size, the second portion is generated by performing IFFT according to a second FFT size, and the first FFT size can differ from the second FFT size. | 03-10-2016 |
20160072856 | Cross-Process Media Handling in a Voice-Over-Internet Protocol (VOIP) Application Platform - A computer-implemented system is provided that facilitates implementation of a voice-over-IP (VOIP) application. The system includes a host system and a user interface (UI) host process residing on the host system. The system also includes an agent host process residing on the host system which is being configured to process a VOIP call received by one or more VOIP applications executable on the host system. A moniker protocol is utilized for redirection of input and output between a media element which is utilized to render media on a display on the system. The redirection enables media processing to be allocated between the UI host process in the foreground and the agent host process in the background to thereby reduce latency perceived by a user during a VOIP experience. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SEARCHING FOR PROXIMITY SERVICE SO AS TO PROVIDE PROXIMITY SERVICE - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for supporting a proximity service (ProSe) of a first network entity in a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention comprises the steps of: a first network entity receiving a request for location information related to a first terminal; transmitting a paging message to the first terminal when the first terminal is in an idle state; receiving a first response message corresponding to the paging message; and transmitting a second response message corresponding to a service request on the basis of the first response message. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073256 | MASTER NODE AND OPERATION METHOD OF THE MASTER NODE - An operation method of a master node, the method including transmitting, to a slave node, a first resource reservation information including packet information about a packet to be transferred between the master node and the slave node; allocating a radio resource corresponding to the first resource reservation information, for exchanging security information; transferring the packet using the allocated radio resource; and determining whether the packet was successfully transferred based on the packet information. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073266 | Resources in a Communication System - A shortage of at least one resource is determined in a first radio network control entity that has joined a pool of radio network control resources. The first radio network control entity signals to at least one second radio network control entity of the pool a request for at least one resource. The at least one second radio network control entity receives the request for at least one resource and offers for the first radio network control entity. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073268 | A METHOD FOR IMPROVING SPECTRUM SENSING AND EFFICIENCY IN COGNITIVE WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Systems and methods for adaptive method exploits self-interference suppression (SIS) and full-duplex (FD) capabilities in cognitive radio and dynamic spectrum access (DSA) systems to enable simultaneous transmission-and-sensing (TS) or transmission-and-reception (TR) over the same frequency channel in a single operation. The adaptive methods enable secondary users or units (SUs) to switch between different modes of operation, taking into account the primary units (PUs) state, the SUs' traffic, and standards' rules. These adaptive methods significantly enhance the SU throughput and reduce the probability of colliding with PU transmissions. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073269 | WHITE SPACE DATABASE DISCOVERY - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for white space database discovery. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include sending, by a user equipment, a request to a server including a white space database, wherein the server is located at a first address; and receiving, at the user equipment, a response to the request, the response including at least one of an identity of the server or a second address for accessing at least one of the server or another server including another white space database. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073335 | Device of Handling Selection of Public Land Mobile Network for Device-to-Device Communication - A communication device for handling a selection of a Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) for a device-to-device (D2D) communication comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise detecting a first PLMN and a second PLMN when performing at least one PLMN search, wherein the first PLMN does not provide a proximity service (ProSe) and the second PLMN provides the ProSe; and selecting the second PLMN to camp on the second PLMN. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073355 | COMMUNICATIONS NODE, SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS METHOD, AND COMPUTER PRODUCT - A communications node includes a first transmitting circuit configured to transmit to plural communications nodes, a confirmation signal for confirming whether response is possible; a receiving circuit configured to receive from first communications nodes capable of responding among the plural communications nodes, a response signal for the transmitted confirmation signal; a selecting circuit configured to select from among the first communications nodes and based on reception strength of the received response signal, a second communications node to which execution of data processing is requested by the communications node; a strength calculating circuit configured to calculate based on the reception strength of the response signal from the selected second communications node, a transmission strength to the second communications node; and a second transmitting circuit configured to transmit to the second communications node and based on the calculated transmission strength, a request signal requesting execution of the data processing. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073360 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE TERMINAL DEVICE - A radio communication system includes a radio base station and a mobile terminal device communicating with the radio base station using carrier aggregation, wherein upon occurrence of a triggering event of sending a power headroom report to the radio base station, the mobile terminal device is configured to determine whether there is a secondary cell that is in the process of activation, and wherein the mobile terminal device is configured to suspend transmission of the power headroom report to the base station for a predetermined time period if there is a secondary cell that is in the process of activation. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073361 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURED MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER REPORTING AND USER EQUIPMENT - A user equipment, includes: processing circuitry configured to: judge whether for the current subframe the user equipment has non-adaptive retransmission of uplink data on an activated serving cell configured with an uplink carrier; obtaining, from a physical layer, a configured maximum output power corresponding to the activated serving cell having non-adaptive retransmission of uplink data; and a transmitter to report the configured maximum output power from the physical layer to a base station when, for a current subframe, the user equipment has uplink resources allocated for new transmission for the activated serving cell and the allocated uplink resources may accommodate the power headroom report. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073362 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURED MAXIMUM OUTPUT POWER REPORTING AND USER EQUIPMENT - A base station configured for carrier aggregation, includes: a receiver; and processing circuitry coupled to the receiver and configured to: allocate to a user equipment uplink resources for at least one activated serving cell configured with an uplink carrier, the uplink resources for new transmission and the allocated uplink resources may accommodate a power headroom report, and obtain, responsive to the allocated uplink resources, a configured maximum output power for an activated serving cell configured with an uplink carrier, where the activated serving cell has non-adaptive retransmission of uplink data, or the activated serving cell where the base station schedules channel state information but no allocated uplink grant for transmitting data of an uplink shared channel. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073366 | CELL DETECTION, SYNCHRONIZATION AND MEASUREMENT ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses for cell detection, synchronization and measurement on unlicensed spectrum. A method for receiving a discovery reference signal (DRS) includes identifying, based on a DRS measurement timing configuration (DMTC), a DRS detection/measurement gap duration and a periodicity; and listening for the DRS on a carrier in an unlicensed spectrum during the identified gap duration at the identified periodicity. An apparatus for an eNodeB associated with a cell includes a controller and a transceiver. The controller is configured to configure a DMTC including a DRS detection/measurement gap duration and periodicity. The transceiver is configured to transmit the DRS on a carrier in an unlicensed spectrum during the gap duration at the periodicity. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073379 | TONE PLAN FOR LTF COMPRESSION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus is configured to transmit user data in a first symbol of a first symbol type. The first symbol type has a first symbol duration, a first frequency bandwidth, and a first tone plan. The first tone plan includes a first valid start tone index, a first valid end tone index, and a first set of DC tones. The apparatus is further configured to transmit an LTF in a second symbol of a second symbol type. The second symbol type has a second symbol duration, a second frequency bandwidth, and a second tone plan. The second tone plan includes a second valid start tone index, a second valid end tone index, and a second set of DC tones. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073380 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING IN DIGITAL RADIO SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting at least one data stream by a transmitter in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes generating a preamble section including signaling information and a data section including at least one data stream; generating a frame including the preamble section and the data section; and transmitting the generated frame, wherein the signaling information includes first information including information related to the at least one data stream. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073381 | COMPACT DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - A method for coverage enhancement is described. The method includes determining a DCI assignment for a communications device experiencing limited coverage. A DCI assignment includes a plurality of configuration fields. Selecting an indication of the DCI assignment is included in the method. The indication of the DCI assignment uses fewer resources than the DCI assignment. The method also includes sending the indication of the DCI assignment to the communications device. The communications device receives the indication of a DCI assignment. The method also includes determining, by the communications device, the DCI assignment for the communications device based at least in part on the indication of the DCI assignment. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073382 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for improving downlink control information in a wireless communication system. In one embodiment, the method includes receiving a first control signaling indicating a first transmission to a first UE, wherein the first control signaling is identified by a first identification used by the first UE. The method also includes receiving a second control signaling indicating a second transmission to a second UE, wherein the second control signaling is identified by a second identification used by the second UE. The method further includes decoding the first transmission based on information provided by at least the first control signaling and the second control signaling, wherein radio resource used by the first transmission is indicated by the second control signaling but is not indicated by the first control signaling. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073383 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNELS TRANSMISSIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - An antenna port for an extended Physical Downlink Control CHannel (ePDCCH) transmission is determined based on at least an identifier for a leading extended Control Channel Element (eCCE) within the ePDCCH and an identifier for a user equipment (UE) to receive the ePDCCH transmission, and based on whether the ePDCCH transmission is localized or distributed. The determined antenna port is a DeModulation Reference Signal (DMRS) port to which the UE is assigned. Symbols are mapped in sequence to resource elements (REs) and transmitted via the determined antenna port to the UE. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073384 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECEPTION METHOD - Disclosed is a base station apparatus in which a configuration section ( | 03-10-2016 |
20160073385 | RECEPTION AND CONFIGURATION OF DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - The disclosure is related to reception and configuration of a downlink control channel. Particularly, the present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus (e.g., user equipment) for receiving a downlink control channel located in a data region, and a method and an apparatus (e.g., a transmission/reception point) for configuring and transmitting the downlink control channel. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073387 | EFFICIENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION - In an aspect of the disclosure, a method, a computer-readable medium, and an apparatus are provided. The apparatus may be a wireless device. The wireless device determines a first subset of resource units (RUs) of a set of RUs that extends across a bandwidth of a channel in a transmission time period, the first subset of RUs including less RUs than the set of RUs, each RU of the set of RUs including at least 26 tones. The wireless device communicates at least one of data or control information in the first subset of the RUs. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073388 | SIMPLIFIED NOTIFICATION OF NETWORK TRIGGERED REPORTING - WIRELESS ACCESS NODE (E.G., BSS) AND METHOD - A first Core Network (CN) node (e.g., Gateway GPRS Support Node), a second CN node (e.g., Serving GPRS Support Node) and a wireless access node (e.g., Base Station Subsystem) are described herein that are configured to efficiently deliver a network triggered report notification to a wireless device (e.g., Internet of Things device). | 03-10-2016 |
20160073389 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is provided to randomize interference between small cells in a radio communication system in which the small cells are located to overlap a macro cell. The radio communication method of the present invention includes the steps of generating, in a small base station forming the small cell, a downlink signal by using a terminal-specific identity that is formed based on a first terminal-specific identity and a second terminal-specific identity, transmitting, in the small base station, the downlink signal to a user terminal, generating, in the user terminal, an uplink signal by using the terminal-specific identity, and transmitting, in the user terminal, the uplink signal to the small base station. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073391 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is provided in which a communication node can allocate resources, for another communication node, within a number of consecutive subframes using a single control message. The other communication node receives codewords transmitted over using the allocated resources, aggregates ACK/NACK feedback for the received codewords and transmits the aggregated ACK/NACK feedback to the communication node for use in controlling subsequent transmission of new codewords or retransmission of previous codewords. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073394 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING REQUEST IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods for transmitting an RS in a wireless access system supporting a multiple connection mode, in which user equipment is connected to two or more small cells, and devices supporting same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for user equipment transmitting a scheduling request (SR) in the wireless access system supporting the multiple connection mode, comprises the steps of: receiving, from a first small cell in the multiple connection mode, an upper layer signal comprising SR parameters for transmitting the SR; generating the SR based on the SR parameters; and transmitting the SR by using a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal, wherein the SR parameters are pre-established through negotiation with the first small cell and a second small cell in the multiple connection mode, the user equipment in the multiple connection mode maintains connection with the two or more small cells including the first small cell and the second small cell, and wherein the first small cell and the second small cell can be mutually connected through a non-ideal backhaul link. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073395 | SIMPLIFIED NOTIFICATION OF NETWORK TRIGGERED REPORTING - WIRELESS DEVICE (E.G., IoT DEVICE) AND METHOD - A first Core Network (CN) node (e.g., Gateway GPRS Support Node), a second CN node (e.g., Serving GPRS Support Node) and a wireless access node (e.g., Base Station Subsystem) are described herein that are configured to efficiently deliver a network triggered report notification to a wireless device (e.g., Internet of Things device). | 03-10-2016 |
20160073396 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM (As Amended) - Provided is a method and an apparatus for transmitting uplink control information by a terminal in wireless communication system. When a PUCCH resource used for transmitting only periodic CSI from a subframe, the resource is a first resource, and a resource indicated by ARI is a second resource, when a setting allows transmitting together ACK/NACK and the periodic CSI through a PUCCH from the same subframe, the first resource and the second resource are mutually exclusive, and the second resource that is used for transmitting together the ACK/NACK and the periodic CSI uses the resource indicated by the ARI from resources determined by an RRC. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073397 | CLIENTLESS METHOD FOR CONTEXT DRIVEN WIRELESS INTERACTIONS - Described herein are methods and apparatuses for the provision and management of value added services without a requirement for specific client software on a wireless receive/transmit unit (WRTU). The methods and apparatuses described may be applied to wireless networks supporting HTTP transfers without disrupting the wireless network configuration. In the embodiments described herein, a web request may be received by a Service Management Entity (SME) that may be located in an access point (AP) from a WRTU. The SME may transmit a proxy auto-configuration (PAC) file to the WRTU. This PAC file may include a uniform resource locator (URL) associated with a Service Delivery Entity (SDE), and the URL chosen may be based on rules associated with a location of the WRTU. The SDE may then receive a second web request from the WRTU and respond by transmitting a message to the WRTU such as a transaction trigger. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073403 | Concurrent On-Channel Servicing of Wireless Client Traffic and Off-Channel Pre-Scanning for Radar in a Wireless Access Point - An access point (AP) includes a transceiver to service wireless client traffic on wireless channels within a channel bandwidth. The AP services wireless client traffic in a first channel bandwidth and sets a receiver bandwidth to include the first channel bandwidth and a second channel bandwidth initially not available for servicing wireless client traffic. Concurrent with servicing the wireless client traffic in the first channel bandwidth, the AP searches the second channel bandwidth for any interference signal. If no interference signal is found in the second channel bandwidth, the AP declares the second channel bandwidth free of interference. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073404 | Method and Apparatus for Simultaneous Use of Both Licensed and Unlicensed Wireless Spectrum - A control circuit determines that a wireless portable electronic device currently being serviced via licensed wireless spectrum should also be served via unlicensed wireless spectrum and then transmits a Radio Resource Control (RRC) message to cause the wireless portable electronic device to connect to a network node operating in the unlicensed wireless spectrum. By one approach this control circuit comprises an Evolved Node-B base station in a Long Term Evolution (LTE) Radio Access Network (RAN) and the network node operating in the unlicensed wireless spectrum comprises an 802.11-compatible wireless local area network node. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073405 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR LTE AND WIFI CO-EXISTENCE ON THE SAME SMALL CELL IN UNLICENSED BAND - A method of operating a first network element in a wireless communications network to perform WIFI and long term evolution (LTE) communications with a second network element on an unlicensed portion of a radio spectrum, the unlicensed portion being divided into first and second frequency regions, includes performing, at the first network element, WIFI protocol communications over the unlicensed portion, including at least one of transmission to, and reception from, a second network element, of WIFI protocol data using one or more first frequencies of the first frequency region, and performing, at the first network element, LTE protocol communications over the unlicensed portion including at least one of transmission to, and reception from, the second network element, of LTE protocol data using one or more second frequencies of the second frequency region, the WIFI protocol communications and LTE protocol communications being performed by the first network element simultaneously. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073408 | System and Method for Communicating Resource Allocation for D2D - When the frequency resource allocation is conveyed on a bandwidth that is different from a bandwidth on which the frequency resource allocation is sent, a receiving D2D UE needs to understand the resource allocations. A resource allocation method for device-to-device resource allocation is provided according to an example. The resource allocation method includes a first D2D user equipment (UE) receiving a downlink control information (DCI) from an access point, wherein the DCI comprises a first D2D frequency allocation and the first D2D frequency allocation comprises a first resource allocation field for transmission of data; setting a second resource allocation field of a second D2D frequency allocation of a sidelink control information (SCI) format according to the first resource allocation field; transmitting the SCI format to one or more additional D2D UEs; and transmitting the data on the resource according to the second D2D resource allocation. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073409 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ALLOCATING TONES BETWEEN USERS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Methods and apparatus for signaling tone allocations in OFDMA communication are disclosed herein. In one aspect, the method includes determining a tone allocation which divides a plurality of tones between a plurality of wireless communication devices, the tone allocation including at least one of determining a plurality of subbands, each subband comprising an exclusive contiguous subset of the plurality of tones, at least one subband of the plurality of subbands assigned to two or more devices of the plurality of wireless communication and assigning a tone group size to each wireless communication device of the plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the tone group size indicates a number of contiguous tones that the wireless communication device is allocated, wherein at least one tone group size is larger than one. The method also includes transmitting the tone allocation to each of the plurality of wireless communication devices. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073410 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING CARRIER SELECTION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS - A mobile communications system including: at least one base station configured to communicate data to/from different terminal devices via respective of plural logically separate carriers of a wireless access interface; first and second terminal devices operable to camp-on to first and second carriers of plural carriers and to subsequently communicate data with the at least one base station via the first and second carriers. The first and second carriers support compatible synchronisation signalling such that the first and second terminal devices both can synchronise with the first and second carriers to begin a camp-on procedure. Following synchronisation with one of the first or second carriers to begin the camp-on procedure, the second terminal device is configured to determine whether or not to continue with the camp-on procedure in dependence on an aspect of physical layer signalling associated with a control channel of the carrier with which it has synchronised. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073411 | PRECODING METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a precoding method and an apparatus for heterogeneous network coordinated multi-point transmission. The method includes the following steps: obtaining parameter information of the heterogeneous network coordinated multi-point transmission system; comparing a first channel space transmitting power with the maximum transmitting power of a macro base station, and comparing a second channel space transmitting power with the maximum transmitting power of a micro base station according to the parameter information to obtain a comparison result; determining an obtaining manner of a precoding vector according to the comparison result, and obtaining a first precoding vector according to the obtaining manner of the precoding vector; and configuring the macro base station and the micro base station according to the first precoding vector. The present invention is applicable to a heterogeneous network coordinated multi-point transmission environment. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073412 | NETWORK NODE, USER NODE AND METHODS FOR POWER BOOSTING DPCCH - A method in a network node for enhancing a channel estimate based on a Dedicated Physical Control Channel, DPCCH, between a user node and the network node is provided. The DPCCH has a first power. The network node receives ( | 03-10-2016 |
20160073413 | DYNAMIC QUALITY OF SERVICE ADJUSTMENT USING DEVICE-SIDE ANALYTICS - A first quality of service (QoS) desired for a first application during a period over a wireless network is determined. From a plurality of data communication channels, a data communication channel presently assigned to a first type of data packets is identified, the first type of data packets being used by the first application. A determination is made that the presently assigned data communication channel is unsuitable to provide the first QoS. A ranking of the first type of data packets is adjusted relative to a second type of data packets to assign a new rank to the first type of data packets. The new rank is transmitted to a service provider system associated with the wireless network, the new rank causing the service provider system to assign the first type of data packets to a second data communication channel in the plurality of data communication channels. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073415 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR MITIGATING INTERFERENCE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for mitigating interference in a wireless communication system includes receiving a signal transmitted from a mobile station, subtracting a target signal within a target bandwidth (BW) from the received signal to obtain a resultant signal, wherein the target signal is constructed by estimating a target channel and target symbols from the signal, determining a subspace blind interference sensing (BIS) BW by extending resource blocks (RBs) prior to a starting RB and after an ending RB of the target bandwidth using energy detection in each RB, determining a set of candidate interfering BWs in the subspace BIS BW by determining the number of interferers in each RB in the subspace BIS BW, and determining a set of candidate interfering DMRS sequences based on the set of candidate interfering BWs by performing DMRS detection for each candidate interfering BW. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073417 | Multi-RAT Band Scan - This disclosure relates to multi-RAT band scanning. According to one embodiment, a wireless user equipment (UE) device may perform a power scan of a frequency band. It may be determined whether or not to attempt system acquisition according to each of multiple possible radio access technologies (RATs) at east of multiple frequencies of the frequency band based on the power scan, and system acquisition may be attempted at selected RAT and frequency combinations. Results of the system acquisition attempts may be provided to a system selection module. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073421 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus, communication system and communication method. The related communication apparatus is used for aggregating, at a base station side, communication resources at different frequencies and/or different transmission time, wherein a scheduling resource among the aggregated communication resources is used for transmitting control information about the scheduling resource and scheduled resources. The communication apparatus includes: a grouping unit configured to divide the communication resources into groups based on characteristics of the communication resources, wherein the same group of the communication resource is indicated by the same piece of control information; and a sending unit configured to send the control information to a corresponding communication terminal side by the scheduling resource. The communication apparatus, communication system and communication method improve communication performance. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073422 | SIGNALLING FOR GROUP COMMUNICATIONS - Apparatus and method for signalling are provided. The solution includes reserving resources for communication of a set of nodes ( | 03-10-2016 |
20160073423 | LEVERAGING MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES SIMULTANEOUSLY - Systems and method are provided that allow a mobile device to communicate over multiple access technologies at the same time, including a cellular access technology, such as LTE, and via an untrusted WLAN access. The untrusted access is initiated via internet key exchange. The mobile device uses the same IP address over both access technologies. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073424 | Method and Devices for Specifying the Quality of Service in a Transmission of Data Packets - A method for specifying the quality of service in a transmission of data packets between a service entity (AF | 03-10-2016 |
20160073425 | Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Uplink Signal - The present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal, where the method includes: receiving information that is of a network resource and sent by a scheduling cell, where the scheduling cell is a neighboring cell of a serving cell to which the user equipment belongs; and sending the information of the network resource to the user equipment, so that the user equipment sends the uplink signal by using the network resource. In the method and apparatus for transmitting an uplink signal according to embodiments, the uplink signal is sent by allocating the user equipment with the network resource of the scheduling cell with a small power loss, thereby ensuring quality of the uplink signal as far as possible. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073427 | DUAL CONNECTIVITY NETWORK - A method of transmitting an indication of user equipment uplink buffer status in a wireless communications network in which user equipment is configured to communicate with one or more base stations using dual connectivity techniques, a computer program product and user equipment operable to perform that method. The method comprises: receiving an indication of a dual connectivity configuration to be used by the user equipment for uplink transmission; structuring an uplink buffer status report to group uplink buffer status by one or more scheduler to be used by the user equipment according to the received indication of a dual connectivity configuration; and transmitting the structured uplink buffer status report to the one or more base stations. Aspects and embodiments provide a method for providing buffer status reports in a network offering dual connectivity functionality according to which user equipment is served by multiple independent schedulers which may be connected via a non-ideal backhaul link. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073428 | Method and Apparatus to Determine a Pseudo-Grant Size for Data to be Transmitted - A control circuit determines a pseudo-grant size for data to be transmitted via an unlicensed wireless spectrum. This pseudo-grant size indicates to a protocol layer above a medium access control protocol layer an amount of data that can be transmitted in a transmission instance over the unlicensed wireless spectrum. By one approach the control circuit can then transmit an amount of data of that pseudo-grant size in the transmission instance over the unlicensed wireless spectrum. By one approach the pseudo-grant size comprises a static value. By another approach the pseudo-grant size comprises a dynamically-calculated value. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073430 | METHODS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION STATIONS, AND SYSTEM FOR DEVICE COEXISTENCE IN THE 5 GHZ FREQUENCY BAND - Embodiments of a user station (STA) and methods for operating in a wireless communication network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a STA separates a signal, into subchannels. The signal may be received on a wireless communication channel. The STA may detect a Short Training Sequence (STS) portion of a data packet on a subchannel of the subchannels. The STA may apply a coexistence technique, such as refraining from transmitting STA transmissions, on the channel responsive to the detecting. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073431 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing a random access procedure in a wireless communication system is provided. A user equipment (UE) determines whether transmission of a first random access (RA) preamble to a first node and transmission of a second RA preamble to a second node overlap each other at a specific time duration. If it is determined that the transmission of the first RA preamble and the transmission of the second RA preamble overlap each other, the UE determines whether both the transmission of the first RA preamble and the transmission of the second RA preamble are available at the specific time duration based on an uplink power. If not available, the UE transmits the first RA preamble only at the specific time duration. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073432 | Timing Alignment in an LTE System - A method for use in a user terminal in a cellular communications system. According to the method, the user terminal applies a first timing advance value to its transmissions to a controlling node, and the user terminal requests communication with the controlling node in a contention based procedure by transmitting an access request (MSG | 03-10-2016 |
20160073434 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND ACCESS POINT - Embodiments of the present application provide a channel access method and an access point. The method includes: sending, by a first AP in a first system, a sense time identifier used to identify a sense time reserved on a channel to a first STA in the first system, so as to instruct the first STA to neither send information nor perform random access within the sense time; searching the channel within the sense time for a sequence that is used for random access and that is in a second system, so as to obtain a search result, and determining, according to the search result, whether the channel is obtained by means of competition; The technical solution of the present application provides a new channel access mechanism, which can implement coexistence of a next-generation WiFi system with a traditional WiFi system. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073438 | PRE-ASSOCIATION CONTENT DISCOVERY - A first computing device includes: a memory storing instructions; and at least one processor. The at least one processor is configured to: establish a connection with a second computing device, responsive to initiating the connection, perform content discovery with the second computing device; and establish a session of a service responsive to performing content discovery. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073440 | LEARNED DUAL BAND WIFI NETWORK ASSOCIATION METHOD - Systems, devices, and methods are described for allowing a first device to learn how to connect to a first network using information that a second device obtained about a second network that is related to the first network. The second device can perform a virtual network discovery of the first network on behalf of the first device. The second device can describe how to initiate one or more connections to the first network by modifying the information the second device obtained about the second network. The second device can send the information identifying how to initiate the connections to the first network to the first device. The first device can automatically initiate connections to the first network without requiring user input. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073441 | ESTABLISHING AND CONFIGURING DYNAMIC SUBSCRIPTIONS - The disclosure relates in some aspects to the establishment, discovery, and creation of virtual wireless communication networks. A device can create a virtual wireless communication network with a serving mobile network operator (MNO), e.g., via a service provider, and provide information regarding connectivity to the virtual wireless communication network. Provided information can include, without limitation, restricted access to content and uploaded specific content. The disclosure also relates in some aspects to enabling a network to configure access and policing entities to support a virtual wireless communication network. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073442 | MOBILITY HANDLING FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Methods and apparatus, including computer program products, are provided for dual connectivity. In one aspect there is provided a method. The method may include detecting, at a user equipment configured for dual connectivity to a secondary cell and a primary cell, a radio link failure with the secondary cell; and reporting, in response to the detected radio link failure, an indication of the radio link failure with the secondary cell, wherein the user equipment maintains connectivity with the primary cell despite the radio link failure with the secondary cell. Related apparatus, systems, methods, and articles are also described. | 03-10-2016 |
20160073450 | Transferring Information for Selection of Radio Access Technology - Bearer-based and mobile terminal-based mobility indicators are disclosed. These enable the core network to indicate radio-bearer-level or terminal-level mobility preferences for a mobile terminal to the RAN, enabling the RAN to take bearer-level or terminal-level mobility decisions. An example method is carried out in a core network node of a wireless communication system that includes a first radio access network, RAN, supporting a first radio access technology, RAT, and a second RAN supporting a second RAT. The example method includes signaling ( | 03-10-2016 |
20160079985 | QUADRATURE LOCAL OSCILLATOR PHASE SYNTHESIS AND ARCHITECTURE FOR DIVIDE-BY-ODD-NUMBER FREQUENCY DIVIDERS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques and apparatus for generating in-phase and quadrature (I/Q) local oscillator (LO) signals that may be synthesized using signals output from a divide-by-odd-number frequency divider (e.g., Div3 or Div5). This may be accomplished by deriving each period of the LO signal from a selected output signal of the frequency divider such that the average phase over multiple LO periods yields desired I/Q LO signals. This operation may save current because a phase interpolation circuit need not be used and moreover, provide I/Q LO signals having equal gain. Certain aspects of the present disclosure also provide a “dummy” LO signal, which may be used to in conjunction with a “dummy load” to present constant load impedance to a low noise amplifier (LNA) during time gaps (periods of an oscillating signal input to the frequency divider) in which the I/Q LO signals are all off. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080027 | BASE STATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A base station system according to an aspect of the invention includes a baseband unit (BBU) and a radio frequency (RF) unit (RFU) connected to the BBU via a communication line. The RFU (BBU) measures the frequencies of occurrence of sampled values indicated by sampled data that is a digital signal corresponding to a baseband signal to be transmitted to the BBU (RFU), and generates a frequency distribution representing a relationship between the sampled value having occurred and the frequency of occurrence. Furthermore, the RFU (BBU) determines a plurality of thresholds for compressing the sampled data, which are used for quantization processing of the sampled value, in accordance with the generated frequency distribution, and compresses the sampled data by the quantization processing using the plurality of thresholds. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080045 | Beamforming Signaling in a Wireless Network - A wireless receives at least one channel state input information element (IE) from a first base station. The wireless device computes a precoding matrix indicator (PMI) employing, at least in part, the at least one channel state input IE and measurement of signals received from a second base station. The wireless device transmits the PMI to the first base station. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080056 | Preamble design within wireless communications - A wireless communication device (alternatively, device) includes a processor configured to support communications with other wireless communication device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. In some examples, the device includes a communication interface and a processor, among other possible circuitries, components, elements, etc. to support communications with other wireless communication device(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. The device is configured to generate OFDM/A packets having certain characteristics based on different packet formats. For example, a first OFDM/A packet has first characteristic(s) based on a first packet format, a second OFDM/A packet has second characteristic(s) based on a second packet format, and so on. A receiver device is configured to process such OFDM/A packets to determine characteristic(s) thereof to determine, identify, classify, etc. their respective packet formats so that the OFDM/A packets can be properly and appropriately processed based on their particular packet formats. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080057 | SPATIAL MULTIPLEXING IN A CELLULAR NETWORK - The present invention provides methods and apparatus for implementing spatial multiplexing in conjunction with the one or more multiple access protocols during the broadcast of information in a wireless network. One example includes transmitting a first and a second data signal to a remote unit from a respective first and a second spatially separate antenna of a base station so that the first and second data signals have a first spatial configuration, determining that the first and the second data signals are not spatially separated by the remote unit, reconfiguring the (spatial multiplexing logic | 03-17-2016 |
20160080058 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION THROUGH TERMINAL TO FOR SPLIT BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method for transmitting, by a terminal, feedback information to a network for partial beamforming based on a multi-antenna in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises: a step of receiving, from the network, reference signals corresponding to antenna sections included in the multi-antenna; a step of selecting one or more beamforming mode among beamforming modes included in a candidate beamforming mode set on the basis of the reference signals, and forming feedback information related to the selected one or more beamforming modes; and a step of transmitting the feedback information to the network, and the feedback information includes a pre-coding matrix index corresponding to at least one of the antenna sections and connection coefficient information for connecting the antenna sections. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080059 | TERMINAL, METHOD WHEREBY TERMINAL RECEIVES CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS, BASE STATION, AND METHOD WHEREBY BASE STATION TRANSMITS CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - The terminal receives channel status information reference signals (CSI-RSs) transmitted from a base station. The terminal includes a configuration information receiving unit for receiving, from the base station, CSI-RS configuration information which includes a number of CSI-RS antenna ports for a horizontal antenna in an antenna array of the base station and information indicating a CSI-RS pattern for the horizontal antenna in a particular subframe, a configuration identification unit for extracting a number of CSI-RS antenna ports for a vertical antenna and a CSI-RS pattern for the vertical antenna, based on the number of CSI-RS antenna ports for the horizontal antenna and the information indicating CSI-RS pattern for the horizontal antenna, when it is determined that a CSI-RS for the vertical antenna is transmitted, and a reference signal reception unit for receiving the CSI-RS for the horizontal antenna and the CSI-RS for the vertical antenna. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080062 | Multiple-Input Multiple-Output MIMO Detection Method, Apparatus, and System For Transmit Signal - Embodiments of the present patent application relate to a MIMO detection method and apparatus for a transmit signal. The method includes removing one group of column vectors from an original channel matrix to generate a corresponding first channel matrix and multiplying a conjugate transpose matrix of a first matrix by the first channel matrix to obtain an equivalent channel matrix, and multiplying the conjugate transpose matrix of the first matrix by an original received signal vector to obtain an equivalent received signal vector. The method also includes calculating a Euclidean distance between the equivalent received signal vector and a first vector to obtain a Euclidean distance set. The method also includes obtaining a second transmit signal vector set by using the Euclidean distance set, and detecting a transmit signal vector according to the original received signal vector, the original channel matrix, the second transmit signal vector and the second transmit signal vector set. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080063 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A method for a communication terminal to feed back, to a strong interference base station, information on a reference signal received from the strong interference base station will be provided. In particular, a communication system includes a plurality of base stations | 03-17-2016 |
20160080113 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING AGGREGATE DATA UNITS - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating aggregate data units. For example, a device may include a wireless communication unit to communicate an aggregate data unit including a plurality of data units in an increasing order of sequence numbers assigned to the data units, such that a first data unit having a first sequence number always precedes a second data unit having a second sequence number, greater than the first sequence number. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080115 | METHODS FOR EFFICIENT ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - An AP receives, from one or more STAs, an uplink orthogonal frequency division multiple access based block acknowledgement response in an 802.11 based wireless network. The AP transmits the downlink allocation for the downlink frame to the plurality of mobile devices, wherein the order of the plurality of mobile devices in the downlink allocation indicates respective uplink resource assignments. The STA receives a downlink frame with an allocation comprising the listing of a plurality of mobile devices for which data is transmitted in the downlink frame. The STA identifies an uplink resource allocation as a function of a location of a first mobile device within the listing of the plurality of mobile devices. The STA then transmits an acknowledgment on the uplink resource allocation corresponding to the location of a first mobile device within the listing of the plurality of mobile devices. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080116 | METHOD FOR COMMUNICATING A NETWORK, A SECONDARY STATION AND A SYSTEM THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for communicating in a network comprising at least one primary station communicating with at least one secondary station, comprising
| 03-17-2016 |
20160080117 | METHOD FOR SHARING RESOURCES USING INDIVIDUAL HARQ PROCESSES - The network node of a cellular network assigns a first part of a shared radio resource to a first User Equipment, UE, for uplink transmissions in the cell, and instructs the first UE to apply a first UE-specific Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request, HARQ, process for transmitting on the assigned first part. The network node also assigns a second part of the shared radio resource to a second UE for uplink transmissions in the cell, and instructs the second UE to apply a second UE-specific HARQ process for transmitting on the assigned second part, the second HARQ process being separate from the first HARQ process. The network node then receives data transmitted from the first UE on the assigned first part based on the first HARQ process and data transmitted from the second UE on the assigned second part based on the second HARQ process. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080121 | METHOD FOR PUNCTURING UE SPECIFIC REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING NEW CARRIER TYPE AND APPARATUS SUPPORTING SAME - The present invention relates to methods for performing a radio resource measurement in a synchronized cell when a similar co-location is applied and apparatuses for supporting the same. As an embodiment of the present invention, a method in which a user equipment (UE) performs a radio resource measurement (RRM) in a radio access system may comprise the steps of: receiving a higher layer signal including similar co-location (QCL) information of a channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS) of a first cell and a cell specific reference signal (CRS) and/or a CSI-RS of a second cell; receiving the CRS and/or the CSI-RS of the second cell on the basis of the QCL information; and measuring a first RRM of the first cell by using the CRS and/or the CSI-RS of the second cell. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080123 | Inter-eNB Signaling for Fast Muting Adaptation - First almost-blank subframe, ABS, information regarding multiple subframes, SFs, is received at an underlying access point, AP, from an overlaying AP, wherein the first ABS information includes an identification of mandatory ABS(s) in the multiple SFs. Second ABS information regarding the multiple SFs is received at the underlying AP from the overlaying AP. The second information includes an identification of optional ABS(s) in the multiple SFs. The optional ABS(s) are to be used as one of normal SFs or mandatory ABSs. The multiple SFs for the underlying cell are scheduled based on whether the optional ABS(s) is to be used as an ABS. Mandatory and optional ABSs in multiple subframes are scheduled at an overlaying AP. First ABS information, including an identification of mandatory ABS(s), is sent to an underlying AP. Second ABS information, including identification of optional ABS(s) in the subframes, is sent to the underlying AP. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080124 | METHOD, ACCESS POINT, SERVER AND STATION USED FOR COORDINATED TRANSMISSION - The present disclosure discloses a method, an AP, a server, and an STA used for coordinated transmission. The method includes: an AP receives an uplink preamble training sequence transmitted by an STA; the AP determines uplink quality information according to the uplink preamble training sequence; and the AP transmits the uplink quality information to a server, to enable the server to determine a downlink coordinated transmission set according to the uplink quality information. The method, the AP, the server, and the STA used for coordinated transmission according to embodiments of the present disclosure can realize coordinated transmission among multiple APs, and thus data throughput can be improved. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080125 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INCLUDING RELAY STATION - A method for transmitting, by a base station (BS), reference signals in a wireless communication system, and the BS therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes transmitting cell-specific reference signals on at least one first antenna port to a relay node (RN); and transmitting user equipment (UE)-specific reference signals on a second antenna port to the BS. A relay physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH) is demodulated, by the RN, based on either the cell-specific reference signals or the UE-specific reference signals. A type of reference signals among the cell-specific reference signals or the UE-specific reference signals, which is being used to demodulate the R-PDCCH, is configured by a higher layer. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080126 | Managing Sounding Signals to Limit Power in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives message(s) configuring cell groups and transmissions of sounding reference signals (SRSs). Uplink transmission timing in a first cell group is derived employing a cell in the first cell group and uplink transmission timing in a second cell group is derived employing a second cell in the second cell group. A first signal is transmitted on a cell of the first cell group. A first subset of the SRSs are dropped and a second subset of the SRSs are transmitted if transmission of SRSs overlap in time with transmission of the first signal and a calculated total transmission power exceeds a first power value. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080127 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING A LONG TRAINING SEQUENCE AND SENDING A SIGNAL - The present disclosure discloses a method and an apparatus for generating a long training sequence and sending a signal, and belongs to the field of wireless communications. The method includes: obtaining a plurality of long training sequences according to a system parameter and a preset sequence construction formula, wherein the plurality of long training sequences include a plurality of basic training sequences and a plurality of shift training sequences obtained according to cyclic shift of the basic training sequences; and configuring a mapping rule between a terminal device and a long training sequence, for enabling the terminal device to select a long training sequence according to the mapping rule as a long training sequence for sending a signal. By adopting the present disclosure, energy consumption of the receiving end may be reduced and accuracy of channel estimation may be improved. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080129 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL QUALITY CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for transmitting or receiving channel quality control information through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless access system that supports hybrid automatic retransmit request (HARQ). In one embodiment, a user equipment (UE) receives a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal including an initial uplink grant, transmits uplink data using two transport blocks based on the initial uplink grant, receives a negative acknowledgement (NACK) information for one of the two transport blocks, and transmits a channel quality control information along with the one of the two transport blocks which is retransmitted according to the NACK information or a new transport block through the PUSCH to which the HARQ is applied. A number of coded symbols required to transmit the channel quality control information (Q′) is calculated based on the initial uplink grant. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080132 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF FEEDBACK SIGNALING - A method and apparatus of feedback signaling using a high speed dedicated physical control channel (HS-DPCCH) includes transmitting to a first cell a first uplink feedback signal that includes channel quality information (CQI) associated with the first cell A second uplink feedback signal that includes CQI information associated with a second cell is transmitted to the second cell. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080191 | Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Multi-channel support within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A communication device is implemented to encode information bit(s) to encoded bits, which subsequently can undergo processing by an interleaver that is implemented to generate interleaved bits. A constellation mapper is implemented to map the interleaved bits to constellation(s) to generate mapped signals. Two or more inverse discrete fast Fourier transform (IDFT) processors are respectively implemented to process the mapped signals to generate signal streams. For example, a first IDFT processor is implemented to process a first of the mapped signals to generate a first signal stream, and a second IDFT processor is implemented to process a second of the mapped signals to generate a second signal stream. Such a communication device also includes communication interface(s) to transmit the signal streams to at least one additional communication device. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080313 | DISCOVERY OF NETWORK ADDRESS ALLOCATIONS AND TRANSLATIONS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A communication network allocates internal Internet Protocol (IP) addresses to wireless communication devices and translates between external IP addresses and the internal IP addresses to transfer data communications between the wireless communication devices and data communication systems. The communication network receives discovery requests for the wireless communication devices and responsively transfers discovery responses describing the IP address allocations and translations for individual wireless communication devices. The communication network receives content delivery footprint data indicating the IP address allocations and translations for the wireless communication devices and transfers the content delivery footprint data to a content distribution network. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080314 | ACCESS POINT AND CONTROL METHOD THEREOF - Provided herein is an access point including a communicator configured to communicate with an external electronic apparatus; and a controller configured to, in response to determining that a preset first electronic apparatus is connected to the communicator, provide a signal for requesting connection between a second electronic apparatus connected to another access point and the first electronic apparatus to the another access point based on a type of an IP address (Internet Protocol) allocated to the access point, and form a single network with the another access point based on a signal in response to the connection request signal, thereby providing a user with convenience in communication connection with the electronic apparatus. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080431 | EXTENDING COMMUNICATION SERVICES TO A CONSUMPTION DEVICE USING A PROXY DEVICE - A system for data communications comprising a handset having a processor, a wireless communications device, a speaker and a microphone and one or more software applications operating on the processor that are configured to interface with a voice over long-term evolution (VoLTE) service. A wireless access point coupled to the handset through a local wireless communications media and the wireless communications device, the wireless access point further coupled to a long range wireless communications media and configured to interface with a server that provides VoLTE calling functionality | 03-17-2016 |
20160080948 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - A base station of the present invention configures resources in which a downlink signal is to be transmitted with zero power using resource sets defined for a specific number of antenna ports, regardless of the number of antenna ports actually configured in the base station, and transmits resource information indicating the configured resources to a user equipment. The user equipment of the present invention receives a downlink transmission from the base station, assuming that transmission power of resources corresponding to a resource set indicated by the resource information is zero. | 03-17-2016 |
20160080969 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING DEVICE TO DEVICE (D2D) CONTENT ESTIMATION AND TRIGGERING OF BUFFER STATUS REPORTING (BSR) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for performing buffer status reporting in a wireless communication system. The method includes a D2D (Device-to-Device) data arriving in the UE. The method also includes triggering a ProSe (Proximity-based Service) BSR (Buffer Status Report). The method further includes deriving a buffer size value by at least considering an amount of oncoming data. In addition, the method includes sending the ProSe BSR. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081005 | ROUTE FORMATION AND MESSAGE TRANSMISSION IN A DATA LINK GROUP OVER MULTIPLE CHANNELS - A method includes generating a first path request message and a second path request message at a first device of a data link group. The first device is configured to communicate via a plurality of wireless channels. The first path request message indicates a first media access control (MAC) address corresponding to a first wireless interface of the first device. The second path request message indicates a second MAC address corresponding to a second wireless interface of the first device. The method includes transmitting, via a first wireless channel, the first path request message from the first wireless interface to a second device of the data link group. The method further includes transmitting, via a second wireless channel, the second path request message from the second wireless interface to the second device. A path between devices of the data link group may span multiple wireless channels. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081006 | MULTI-NODAL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS AND METHODS - A multi-nodal wireless communication system comprises a system controller configured to create a link layer communication network. The system controller comprises a set of hardware finite state machines configured to receive a frame from a device associated with the link layer communication network as a request for data transmission, identify that the frame includes a unique ID value, transmit the unique ID value to an associated hardware queue, the hardware queue configured to construct at least one frame header associated with a base station to facilitate data transmission between the base station and the first device or between the first device and the network using one frame header, and process the frame in the link layer communication network by facilitating communication between the first device and the base station using the at least one frame header or between the first device and the network using one frame header. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081010 | METHOD FOR SENSING CHANNEL DYNAMICALLY IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communications system, and more particularly to a method for sensing a channel dynamically in a wireless LAN system and an apparatus therefor. A method for performing CCA (Clear Channel Assessment) by a station (STA) in a wireless LAN system according to an embodiment of the present invention includes the steps of: receiving by a physical layer (PHY) of the STA a request primitive including a parameter indicating a CCA level type from an upper layer, and determining whether a signal equal to or greater than a prescribed CCA threshold is sensed based on the value of the parameter. Here, the parameter may be set so as to indicate one of a plurality of different CCA level types. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081035 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING TRAFFIC-TO-PILOT POWER RATIOS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with specifying a traffic-to-pilot (T/P) ratio per subframe and/or resource block to allow a base station to transmit over the subframes and/or resource blocks using varying transmit powers. In one example, a device communicating with the base station can receive a plurality of T/P ratios each related to a power used by the base station to transmit over one of a plurality of carriers in a specific subframe or resource block, determine a power of a reference signal received from the base station over a carrier of the plurality of carriers, and process a data signal received over the carrier within the specific subframe or resource block based in part on applying, to the power of the reference signal, a T/P ratio of the plurality of T/P ratios corresponding to the carrier. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081036 | UPLINK POWER CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE - Provided in the embodiment of the present invention are a method for uplink power control and an integrated control point apparatus. The method comprises: obtaining the uplink load information of a plurality of cells; identifying cells of a first type and cells of a second type among the plurality of cells; determining at least one cell cluster according to the neighboring relationship of the cells of the first type, the cells of the second type and the plurality of cells, wherein any cell cluster in the at least one cell cluster comprises at least one cell of the first type, and the cell of the first type or the cell of the second type neighboring the at least one cell of the first type; and performing joint optimization of uplink power control parameters on every cell cluster in the at least one cell cluster. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081040 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING TRAFFIC-TO-PILOT POWER RATIOS IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided in connection with specifying a traffic-to-pilot (T/P) ratio per subframe and/or resource block to allow a base station to transmit over the subframes and/or resource blocks using varying transmit powers. In one example, a device communicating with the base station can receive a plurality of T/P ratios each related to a power used by the base station to transmit over one of a plurality of carriers in a specific subframe or resource block, determine a power of a reference signal received from the base station over a carrier of the plurality of carriers, and process a data signal received over the carrier within the specific subframe or resource block based in part on applying, to the power of the reference signal, a T/P ratio of the plurality of T/P ratios corresponding to the carrier. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081043 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method and communication apparatus for controlling transmission powers in a wireless communication system supporting a plurality of component carriers are described. When a sounding reference symbol (SRS) transmission overlaps with a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission and a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission in a time domain, a check is made as to whether a total of a PUSCH transmission power for the PUSCH transmission on a first component carrier, a PUCCH transmission power for the PUCCH transmission on the first component carrier and a SRS transmission power for the SRS transmission on a second component carrier exceeds a maximum transmission power configured for the communication apparatus. The SRS is dropped if the total of the PUSCH transmission power, the PUCCH transmission power and the SRS transmission power exceeds the maximum transmission power configured for the communication apparatus. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081044 | ALIGNING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK OPERATIONS WITH POWER HEADROOM REPORTING - Methods, systems, apparatuses, and devices are described for aligning wireless local area network (WLAN) operations with reporting of transmit power information via a cellular network. A mobile device may identify information to be communicated for a WLAN operations. The mobile device may determine a reporting schedule for transmit power information to a serving base station of the cellular network. The information may be communicated on a schedule determined based on the reporting schedule for transmit power information. The information communicated for the WLAN operation may be communicated between subsequent reporting instances for the transmit power information. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081045 | METHODS OF PROVIDING POWER HEADROOM REPORTS ARRANGED IN ORDER OF COMPONENT CARRIER INDICES AND RELATED WIRELESS TERMINALS AND BASE STATIONS - Power headroom reports may be transmitted from a wireless terminal to a base station wherein a primary component carrier and at least one secondary component carrier are provided for uplink transmissions from the wireless terminal to the base station and wherein a respective component carrier index is assigned to each of the at least one secondary component carriers provided for the wireless terminal. Respective power headroom reports may be generated for the primary component carrier and for each of the at least one secondary component carriers, and a MAC control element may be generated including the power headroom reports for the primary and secondary component carriers. More particularly, the power headroom reports for each of the at least one secondary component carriers may be arranged in order of the component carrier indices for the respective secondary component carriers. The MAC control element including the power headroom reports for the primary and secondary component carriers may be transmitted from the wireless terminal to the base station over one of the component carriers. Related wireless terminals, and base stations are also discussed. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081058 | BROADCASTING SYSTEM FOR WIRELESS NETWORK AND BROADCASTING SERVICE PROVISION METHOD FOR WIRELESS NETWORK - Disclosed herein is a broadcasting system using a wireless communication system, including a subscriber to receive a broadcast signal and transmits an ACK signal or NACK signal depending on whether or not the broadcast signal is normally decoded; and a broadcast transmitter to transmit the broadcast signal and set a maximum throughput based on the ACK signal or NACK signal transmitted from the subscriber to transmit the broadcast signal. According to embodiments of the present invention, broadcast services can be provided with the maximum efficiency, and therefore power consumption may be reduced, radio resources may be prevented from being wasted. When broadcast services according to the present invention are used, desired advantages may be expected in terms of overall efficiency of a network. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081060 | TIME-REVERSAL WIRELESS PARADIGM FOR INTERNET OF THINGS - A method of connecting devices to a network is provided. The method includes providing base stations connected to a network, and at each of the base stations, receiving probe signals from terminal devices. For each of the terminal devices, the base station calculates a signature waveform based on a time-reversed waveform of a channel response signal derived from the corresponding probe signal. For each of the terminal devices, the base station determines a downlink transmit signal for the terminal device based on the downlink data and the corresponding signature waveform, and transmits the downlink signals to the terminal devices. Several base stations have overlapping broadcast regions, several terminal devices are located within the overlapped broadcast regions, the base stations transmit the downlink signals using a same frequency band, and some downlink signals transmitted by base stations having overlapping broadcast regions also overlap in time. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081063 | Transport Block Size Determination Method, Base Station and Terminal - The present document provides a method for determining transport block size (TBS), a base station and a terminal, including: a terminal receives downlink control signaling transmitted by a base station, obtains a combination of I′ | 03-17-2016 |
20160081064 | CELLULAR RANGE EXPANSION OF BASE STATION - Technologies generally described herein relate to connection of a mobile device to a base station in a wireless communication system. Example mobile devices may include a receiver, a data communication module, a switch module, and a signal consolidator. The receiver may be configured to receive, from a base station through a cellular band, a first control signal including control information regarding the base station. The data communication module may be configured to communicate with the base station through a non-cellular band. The switch module may be coupled to the receiver and to the data communication module, and configured to determine that a power level of the first control signal is higher than a first threshold value and activate the data communication module in response to the determination. The data communication module may be further configured to receive a second control signal including the control information from the base station through the non-cellular band. The signal consolidator may be coupled to the receiver and the data communication module, and configured to obtain the control information regarding the base station from at least one of the received first control signal or the received second control signal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081065 | CONTROL CHANNEL TRANSMISSION, TRANSMISSION PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS, NETWORK SIDE DEVICE AND TERMINAL - A method and an apparatus for transmitting a control channel, a method and an apparatus for processing the transmission of the control channel, a network side device and a terminal are provided. The method for transmitting the control channel is applied to the network side device. The method for transmitting the control channel includes: acquiring indicating information for indicating a terminal type; and when the indicating information indicates that the terminal type is a first terminal type, transmitting the control channel to the terminal with the first terminal type in multiple sub-frames. Through the technical solutions provided by the disclosure, the technical problems that a downlink control channel cannot be transmitted repeatedly and the like in the related arts are solved, so that a network side can distinguish the terminal in a low-coverage environment to transmit the control channel, and the terminal which demands coverage promotion can be ensured to receive control information from a base station correctly, thereby ensuring the data transmission of the terminal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081066 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK RESPONSE SIGNALS, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting uplink response signals, base station, mobile station and communication system, includes judging whether to use a downlink secondary component carrier to transmit data to a mobile station; if the judging result is positive, allocating resources according to the number of transmission blocks for transmitting the downlink data in the secondary component carrier, accordingly the mobile station is able to use the resources corresponding to a preconfigured primary component carrier and the resources allocated to the secondary component carrier to select uplink resources for transmitting response signals. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081069 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION, APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method for sending and receiving control information, an apparatus and a communication system. The method for sending control information includes: setting respective control bits in a downlink control information (DCI) format to generate control information applied by a network side to a terminal, wherein indication information indicating whether to swap a corresponding relationship between a transmission block and a codeword is not carried in a control bit in the DCI format, if a dedicated demodulation reference signal used to demodulate data is preconfigured by the network side for the terminal and respective codewords correspond to the same number of layers; and the indication information is carried in a control bit in the DCI format, if the dedicated demodulation reference signal used to demodulate data is not preconfigured by the network side for the terminal; and sending the generated control information to the terminal. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081073 | Selection of Scheduling Policy for Network Communications Links and D2D Communications Links - A network node ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160081075 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 03-17-2016 |
20160081079 | BROADCASTING OR MULTICASTING OF SIGNALLING MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK USING AN ACCESS NODE AS A BROKER - A method, apparatus, and computer program for routing messages between terminal devices of a wireless network are provided. A terminal device of the wireless network generates a signaling message to be transmitted as a broadcast or multicast message to at least one other terminal device of the wireless network, causes transmission of the signaling message as a unicast message to the access node and, after transmitting the unicast message to the access node, receives the signaling message from the access node as the broadcast or multicast message. Further explanations: terminal devices (of a WLAN) broadcast or multicast control messages between each other by employing the access node (AP) as a broker for the signaling messages. For instance, channel reservation messages are encapsulated as unicast messages and sent to an AP to broadcast such reservation messages to other terminals competing for the same channel access. Each terminal adapts its channel reservations based on the information broadcasted by the other terminals via the AP. Alternatively, terminal devices may exchange information about the services they support. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081081 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCE TO DATA RADIO BEARER DRB, AND APPARATUS - The present disclosure relates to the field of mobile communications technologies, and discloses a method for configuring a resource to a DRB, and an apparatus. The method is specifically: first determining, by a first CBS, resource configuration information used by a first DBS to separately allocate a resource to at least one DRB of UE; and then, sending, to the first DBS, a first resource allocation indication that carries the determined resource configuration information, so that the first DBS separately allocates the resource to the at least one DRB of the UE according to the resource configuration information. In this way, effectively implementing resource configuration for a protocol entity in a DBS according to a QoS requirement of a DRB. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081082 | Low-Latency Inter-eNodeB Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission - Systems and methods are disclosed for supporting multi-point transmission. In one embodiment, a system for downlink multi-point transmission are disclosed, comprising: a first base station in radio frequency proximity to a user device and with a established control connection with the user device; a second base station also in radio frequency proximity to the user device; and a coordinating node coupled to the first and the second base station for coordinating transmissions to the first and the second base station to the user device, the coordinating node configured to: select the second base station based on selection criteria, the selection criteria including latency of each base station and perceived signal strength of each base station at the user device; and send scheduling instructions to each of the first and the second base stations to transmit data to the user device. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081083 | Method, Device, and System for Managing Uplink Carrier Frequencies - A method for managing uplink carrier frequencies is provided, which is applicable to the field of communication. The method includes the following steps: A state switching response message sent by a UE is received, where the state switching response message includes a result of state switching performed by on a secondary uplink carrier serving cell; The result of the state switching is notified to a secondary uplink carrier non-serving cell in a secondary carrier active set through an RNC. A device and a system for managing uplink carrier frequencies are further provided. Through the method, device, and system provided in embodiments of the present invention, the uplink carrier frequencies are managed, so as to facilitate transmission of uplink data during multi-cell collaboration. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081084 | UPLINK SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS (MTC) USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - According to some embodiments, a method of operating a wireless device in a wireless system comprises allocating a first uplink sub-channel to the wireless device in a first subframe associated with the wireless device. The first uplink sub-channel comprises a portion of an uplink system bandwidth, and portions of the uplink system bandwidth outside of the first uplink sub-channel are not available for transmission in the first subframe by the wireless device. The method further comprises determining a first sounding reference signal (SRS) sub-channel. The first SRS sub-channel comprises a portion of the first uplink sub-channel in frequency domain, and the SRS sub-channel is available for transmitting SRS in the first subframe by the wireless device. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081086 | INFORMATION OUTPUT DEVICE AND COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - An information output device includes an acquisition unit (control unit) and an output unit. The acquisition unit acquires, from a communication terminal, information on a use period of the communication terminal through communication therewith. The output unit outputs information based on the acquired information on the use period. An information output method includes a step of acquiring, from a communication terminal, information on a use period of the communication terminal through communication therewith and a step of outputting information based on the information on the use period. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing a program according to an embodiment of the present invention executes a function to acquire, from a communication terminal, information on a use period of the communication terminal through communication therewith and a function to output information based on the information on the use period. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081087 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PACKET INFORMATION INDICATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A wireless device is described that may selectively include resource allocation information in a frame to be transmitted to one or more other wireless devices. The resource allocation may indicate channel/sub-channel assignment for each wireless device. The wireless devices may each utilize this received resource allocation information to determine the appropriate segment/sub-band of the transmission that is intended for their receipt/consumption. A first signaling field (e.g., HE-SIG-A) may indicate whether the resource allocation information is present in a second signaling field (e.g., HE-SIG-B) of the frame. For example, a single bit may be toggled to indicate the presence of the second signaling field and therefore the presence of the resource allocation information. Alternatively, multiple bits may be used to indicate the length of the second signaling field (e.g., a length of zero indicates the absence of the second signaling field and accordingly the absence of the resource allocation information). | 03-17-2016 |
20160081088 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF PEER LINK SETTING, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS OF CHANNEL SWITCHING, IN WIRELESS MESH NETWORK - A method and apparatus for configuring mesh peer link and a method and apparatus for switching channel in wireless mesh network are provided. A method of configuring a mesh peer link in a wireless mesh network includes a first mesh station transmitting a mesh peering open frame to a second mesh station, and the first mesh station receiving a mesh peering confirm frame from the second mesh station in response to the mesh peering open frame, wherein the first mesh station and the second mesh station support a very high throughput (VHT), and wherein the mesh peering open frame and the mesh peering confirm frame comprise a VHT capability information element. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081090 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 03-17-2016 |
20160081092 | WIRELESS RADIO ACCESS POINT CONFIGURATION - Methods and systems for configuring an access point (AP) are provided. According to one embodiment, a wireless network architecture includes multiple dual concurrent wireless access points, each including dual radios and dual antennas. The dual radios are configured to operate in a same frequency band and include multiple channels within the frequency band. The dual radios in each of the dual concurrent wireless access points are configured with different channels. The dual concurrent wireless access points are configured in a cell pattern, configured to use all of the channels within the frequency band. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081093 | Transmission Mode with User Equipment Independent Physical Downlink Shared Channel Scrambling for Inter-cell and Intra-cell PDSCH-to-PDSCH Interference Cancellation - A method and apparatus for a transmission mode with user equipment (UE) independent physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) scrambling for inter-cell and intra-cell PDSCH-to-PDSCH interference cancellation. A method may include configuring ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160081096 | CENTRALIZED WIFI CHANNEL SELECTION - Methods and apparatus for performing dynamic channel selection are provided. In an example, a method includes receiving, at a central self-organizing network server, data from an access point (AP) including a number of stations associated with the AP. The method includes calculating downlink capacities for the associated stations and selecting a channel for the AP which maximizes a pre-defined network utility that is based on the downlink capacities. Further, it is determined if the network utility gain resulting from selecting the channel exceeds a threshold when compared to a previous channel selection state. If the network utility gain exceeds the threshold, a channel change command is issued to the AP, directing the AP to use the selected channel to communicate with a specific station. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081097 | QoE-AWARE SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS - A QoE-aware scheduling method for a wireless network is provided. The scheduling method includes: acquiring application information about a service to be run on a terminal included in the wireless network; creating an MOS model based on the application information; and scheduling wireless network resources for the terminal based on the MOS model. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081098 | CHANNEL COMPETITION METHOD AND DEVICE - A channel competition method, includes: a first device detecting whether a target channel contains an idle sub-channel which is in an idle state or not, and if so, sending a request frame to a second device over a target sub-channel, wherein the target sub-channel is at least one sub-channel which is contained in the idle sub-channel; and when the first device receives a response frame sent by the second device, the first device determining that the competition for the target sub-channel is successful, wherein the response frame is a response frame issued by the second device to the request frame. Correspondingly, further provided is a corresponding device. The embodiments of the present application can improve the spectrum efficiency of a network system. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081099 | User Equipment and a Method Therein for Channel Interference Cancellation - The embodiments herein relate to a method performed in a UE ( | 03-17-2016 |
20160081100 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - The present invention discloses a data transmission method and device. The method includes: receiving, by a device in a first BSS, a data frame sent by a device in a second BSS, where the data frame sent by the device in the second BSS includes a Preamble sequence and a MAC frame; transmit power of the Preamble sequence is first power; transmit power of the MAC frame is second power; and the first power is higher than the second power; if the data frame received by the device in the first BSS includes the Preamble sequence but does not include the MAC frame, setting a NAV value according to a SIG field in the Preamble sequence; and transmitting data according to the NAV value. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081101 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments provide an information transmission method, a base station, user equipment, and a system, which relate to the field of information transmission. The method includes: determining a characteristic parameter of user equipment; determining, according to a correspondence between a characteristic parameter and a resource configuration, a resource configuration corresponding to the characteristic parameter of the user equipment, and using the resource configuration corresponding to the characteristic parameter of the user equipment as a first resource configuration, where the first resource configuration includes one or more types of the following sub-configurations: a spreading resource configuration, a random access preamble format configuration, a narrowband resource configuration, and a frequency hopping pattern configuration; and determining a resource according to the first resource configuration, and performing information transmission with the user equipment by using the resource. In this way, unnecessary resource use and power expenditure are avoided, thereby economizing on resources. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081102 | SIGNAL STRENGTH GUIDED INTRA-CELL UPSTREAM DATA FORWARDING - Intra-cell upstream data forwarding can be utilized in a wireless network such as a wireless local area network. A network forwarding path can be determined based on the signal strength of an access point signal received at client stations within the network, referred to as the observed access point signal strength (OASS). In particular embodiments, a station that is either originating or forwarding a frame can insert its own OASS into the frame before transmitting it and a client station that receives a frame can forward it only if its own OASS exceeds the frame-enclosed OASS, by at least a predetermined amount. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081103 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING PHYSICAL RESOURCE, AND CONTROLLER - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and apparatus for adjusting physical resource, where the method includes: collecting load information of a control plane CP and a user plane UP, and calculating, according to the corresponding load information, to obtain a load of the CP and a load of the UP; calculating a quantity of to-be-adjusted physical resources in the case that the load of the CP and the load of the UP meet a preset balancing adjustment condition; and adjusting physical resources of the CP and the UP according to the quantity of to-be-adjusted physical resources. By means of the present invention, a physical resource can be adjusted and allocated automatically according to load statuses of a CP and a UP, so that balancing a load of a device, promoting usage of the device, and reducing a possibility that the CP and the UP are overloaded. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for requesting resources in a wireless communication system. The method includes sending a first SA in a first SA period at a first timing. The method also includes considering a data available in the UE at a second timing, wherein the data needs to be transmitted and the second timing is later than the first timing. The method further includes skipping a resource associated with the first SA for sending the data at a third timing, wherein the third timing is later than the second timing and earlier than a second SA period which is later than the first SA period. In addition, the method includes sending a second SA in the second SA period. Furthermore, the method includes sending the data on a resource associated with the SA. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081109 | PRIORITY SCHEDULING METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - An inter-UE priority scheduling method is disclosed, where the method includes: generating an enhanced buffer status report BSR according to buffered data information of multiple benefitted user equipments B-UEs, and reporting the enhanced BSR to a base station eNB, where the enhanced BSR carries buffer data status information of the multiple B-UEs, so that the eNB determines, according to the buffer data status information, priorities of performing data transmission on the multiple B-UEs; receiving uplink scheduling information delivered by the eNB, where the uplink scheduling information carries the priorities of performing data transmission on the multiple B-UEs; and encapsulating some or all of currently buffered data of the multiple B-UEs into one MAC PDU according to the priorities of performing data transmission on the multiple B-UEs, and transmitting the MAC PDU to the eNB. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081112 | DOWNLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK, CONTROL DEVICE, BASE STATION AND HETEROGENEOUS SYSTEM - The present invention provides a downlink transmission method in a heterogeneous network, a control device, a base station, and a heterogeneous system. The method includes: when one or more micro base stations need to schedule an edge user in an almost blank subframe ABS, determining, by a control device, at least one micro base station that needs to transmit information to the edge user jointly with a macro base station from the one or more micro base stations; and instructing, by the control device, the macro base station and the micro base station that needs to transmit information to the edge user jointly with the macro base station, to transmit information to the edge user in the ABS. Embodiments of the present invention can avoid a resource waste of the macro base station, and enhance system performance. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081114 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 03-17-2016 |
20160081115 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, apparatus, and system. The method includes: receiving, by a base station, a data packet sent from user equipment (UE); and sending, by the base station, the data packet to a radio network controller (RNC), where the data packet includes a second fast transmission indication, and the second fast transmission indication is used to indicate that a fast transmission procedure is used to perform data transmission of the data packet. The data transmission method, apparatus, and system provided in the embodiments of the present invention can simplify a transmission procedure of a small data packet and improve data transmission efficiency. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081116 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM - A channel access method for a very high throughput (VHT) system using a bonding channel having a plurality of subchannels is provided. The method includes receiving training information comprising a training offset value through a subchannel, performing channel estimation on a full channel bandwidth comprising all subchannels when a time corresponding to the training offset value is elapsed after the training information is received, transmitting a request to send (RTS) frame to a destination station through some subchannels selected from the plurality of subchannels by one or a plurality of source stations according to a result of the channel estimation, and transmitting a clear to send (CTS) frame to one source station selected from the plurality of source stations by the destination station in response to the received RTS frame. Accordingly, an effective channel access mechanism is provided for the VHT system, and collision among stations can be avoided. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081118 | Clear channel assessment (CCA) levels within wireless communications - A wireless communication device is configured to perform clear channel assessment (CCA) using one or more CCA levels that are selected based on various criteria. The device receives or detects one or more packets on the communication medium, and the device then processes those one or more packets to determine status of one or more channels within one or more frequency bands using the one or more CCA levels. These CCA levels may be selected based on one or more parameters, and different CCA levels may be used at different times, for different channels, etc. Also, different CCA levels may be used to determine the status of different channels, different portions of the frequency spectrum, etc. When at least one channel is determined as being clear and available for usage, the device is configured to support communications with one or more other devices via one or more channels. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081120 | COMMUNICATIONS METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SINGLE-FREQUENCY WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Embodiments of the present invention provide a communications method and device for a single-frequency WLAN. An AP monitors a CTS or RTS packet whose receiver or sender is a neighboring AP inside the single-frequency WLAN; and when a CTS or RTS packet whose receiver or sender is a neighboring AP inside the single-frequency WLAN is detected, a channel in a coverage direction of the AP is cleared. Multiple APs in the single-frequency WLAN form one “omnidirectional group”. When any of the APs in the “omnidirectional group” performs RTS/CTS exchange with a STA inside a coverage area of the AP, neighboring APs can also work cooperatively, channels in coverage directions of the neighboring APs are cleared, and data communication in the coverage directions of the neighboring APs is suspended, thereby effectively avoiding network conflicts, and improving network performance of the single-frequency WLAN. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081122 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS, COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION - The present invention provides a signal transmission method and apparatus, a communications system, a terminal, and a base station, where the method includes: determining a repetition factor or an extended sequence of a channel; determining a time domain resource according to the repetition factor or a length of the extended sequence, where the time domain resource is a transmission subframe; and sending a signal by using the transmission subframe of the channel. The signal transmission method, apparatus, communications system, terminal, and base station that are provided by the present invention can solve the technical problem of poor channel coverage in a signal transmission method in the prior art. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081124 | METHODS, DEVICES, AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING WIRELESS CONNECTION OF WIFI MOBILE DEVICES - A connection controlling device obtains access-related information of the virtual access points based on one or more wireless connection requests from WiFi mobile devices, forwarded by an access point device, for virtual access points of the access point device, and determines scheduling information corresponding to the wireless connection request based on the access-related information; the virtual access points in the access point device perform corresponding scheduling based on the scheduling information. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081125 | ELECTRONIC SYSTEM FOR FORMING A CONTROL CHANNEL BETWEEN AN ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND A VIDEOTELEPHONE DEVICE - In some embodiments, an electronic system for forming a control channel between an electronic device and a videotelephone device such that the electronic device controls the videotelephone device comprises a videotelephone device in communication connection with the Internet and an electronic device in communication connection with the Internet. The electronic device is configured to request, over the Internet, a control channel to be formed between the electronic device and the videotelephone device. The electronic system also includes one or more computers in communication connection with the Internet. The one or more computers are configured to form the control channel between the electronic device and the videotelephone device by communication over the Internet in response to receiving the request by the electronic device over the Internet, such that the electronic device controls the videotelephone device. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081126 | Method and system of wireless communications - The present invention relates to wireless communications. More especially it relates to wireless packet data communications. Particularly it relates to latency reduction by distinguishing connection initiation of circuit switched and packet switched connections, respectively. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081128 | LOCATION AND PAIRING OF DEVICES ON A LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING A UNIQUE IDENTIFIER - Exemplary embodiments of the present invention include a computer-implemented method, comprising: establishing, at a computing device on a network, a communication connection with a setup access point; generating a token identifier, wherein the token identifier includes identification data corresponding to the computing device; transmitting the token identifier; transmitting a query, wherein the query includes a request to establish a new communication connection with the setup access point when the communication connection is terminated; and receiving a communication including a response to the query, wherein the response indicates that a new communication connection has been established with the setup access point, and wherein the new communication connection is established using the token identifier. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081133 | SETUP OF MULTIPLE IOT NETWORK DEVICES - The present disclosure relates to setup of IoT network devices, and specifically to setup of multiple similar IoT devices at substantially the same time using joint authentication. Embodiments include, for example, receiving, at an existing network device on a network, one or more communications, wherein the one or more communications include an indication that multiple new network devices are associated with the network; receiving an indication that the multiple new network devices have generated a setup access point; establishing a connection with the access point of each of the multiple new network devices; receiving identification information, wherein the identification information includes information identifying each of the multiple new network devices; and transmitting the identification information identifying each of the multiple new network devices, wherein when the identification information is received, the identification information facilitates generating an authentication query to authenticate one or more of the multiple new network devices. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081136 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) USING LONGER DRX INTERVALS - Wireless transmit receive units (WTRUs) and methods implemented in WTRUs are described. A method includes transmitting idle mode discontinuous reception (DRX) parameters to a serving general packet radio service (GPRS) support node (SGSN)/mobile management entity (MME) during one of a tracking area update (TAU) and a routing area update (RAU) procedure and implementing the DRX mode of operation using the transmitted DRX parameters. The DRX parameters are for a DRX mode of operation that has longer DRX intervals than a regular DRX mode of operation. | 03-17-2016 |
20160081137 | Discontinuous Transmission Method, User Equipment, and Network Side Device - Embodiments provide a discontinuous transmission method, user equipment, and a network side device. The method includes receiving, by a UE, discontinuous transmission DTX configuration information sent from a network side. When the UE is in a non-dedicated connected state, the method includes determining, by the UE, a transmission pattern of a dedicated physical control channel DPCCH according to the DTX configuration information, and sending, by the UE according to the transmission pattern, the DPCCH to a serving base station of the UE. In the embodiments, the DPCCH is discontinuously sent in the non-dedicated connected state, so as to reduce the uplink interference and increase a quantity of users, thereby improving the system capacity. | 03-17-2016 |
20160087663 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device is provided. The wireless communication device includes a first wireless communication protocol transceiver, a second wireless communication protocol transceiver, a signal frequency splitter and a signal filter. The first wireless communication protocol transceiver accesses data with a first wireless communication protocol. The signal frequency splitter splits a receiving signal received by a second antenna and a transmitting signal transmitted by the second antenna according to a receiving frequency band and a transmitting frequency band of a second wireless communication protocol. The signal filter coupled to the signal frequency splitter and a receiving terminal of the second wireless communication protocol transceiver filters a signal in a receiving frequency band of the first wireless communication protocol and the receiving frequency band of the second wireless communication protocol. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087694 | System and Method for Downlink Open-Loop Multi-User Coordinated Multipoint Transmission Using Sparse Code Multiple Access - Embodiments are provided to enable downlink open-loop multi-user coordinated multipoint (MU-CoMP) transmission using sparse code multiple access (SCMA). In an embodiment, a network controller selects, in a cluster of multiple transmission points (TPs) and multiple user equipment (UEs), a MU-CoMP with SCMA transmission mode and a UE paring scheme for data transmission from a set of TPs to a set of UEs. The controller schedules the set of UEs for data transmission from the set of TPs, including coordinating and allocating, for each TP in the set of TPs, a plurality of SCMA layers to the UEs in accordance with the selected MU CoMP with SCMA transmission mode. The controller also determines values for control signaling based on the scheduling. The control signaling configures the set of UEs to detect the data transmission from the TPs. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087696 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CLOSED LOOP TRANSMIT DIVERSITY TRANSMISSION INITIAL ACCESS - Uplink precoding in closed loop transmit diversity (CLTD). The methods and apparatus relate to precoder operations during an initial stage using default precoder tap weights, and a second stage wherein precoder weights obtained from a precoder control indicator channel information are used, provided the signal quality of the precoder control indicator channel is sufficiently reliable. The methods and apparatus also relate to procedures for responding to detection of an unreliable pre-coding control information (PCI) carried in a downlink feedback signal. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087700 | UPLINK MULTI-USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A communication device of a client uplink group transmits an enhanced request to send (E-RTS) message to an access point of a wireless local area network, wherein the E-RTS message includes i) a length of a TXOP of the communication device and ii) an indication of a data unit size for an uplink MU-MIMO data unit to be transmitted by the communication device simultaneously with transmissions of other members of the client uplink group. The communication device receives a communication frame from the access point, the communication frame including a prompt to transmit an uplink MU-MIMO data unit having the indicated data unit size. The communication device generates the uplink MU-MIMO data unit having the indicated data unit size, and transmits, in response to the communication frame, the uplink MU-MIMO data unit to the access point during the TXOP simultaneously with transmissions of other members of the client uplink group. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087741 | EQUALIZER FOR JOINT-EQUALIZATION - An equalizer for equalizing a composite signal originating from a given number of simultaneous data streams able to be received over a communication channel, on a given number of antennas, at one or more radio units, in a wireless communication system. The equalizer performs matrix operations when the number of receiving antennas associated with the composite signal is lower than the number of antennas supported by the equalizer. The channel matrix and the signal and interference covariance matrices are manipulated. The antenna dimension is increased, padding is then added and the transmitted signal vector is finally determined based on the altered matrices. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087752 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR NOTIFYING CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME - The method includes: learning, by a terminal, a first CQI index according to a first CQI table, and sending the first CQI index to a base station; receiving, by the base station, the first CQI index sent by the terminal device, determining a first MCS index according to the first CQI table, a first MCS table, and the received first CQI index, and sending the determined first MCS index to the terminal device; and receiving, by the terminal, the first MCS index sent by the base station, and determining a modulation order and a code block size according to the first MCS table and the received first MCS index, where the first CQI table includes an entry in which a modulation scheme is higher than 64QAM, and the first MCS table includes an entry in which a modulation scheme is higher than 64QAM. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087761 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING HARQ INFORMATION, BASE STATION, TERMINAL AND SYSTEM - Disclosed are a method and a device for transmitting HARQ information, relating to the technical field of wireless communications. The method includes that: a base station receives uplink data of a user equipment (UE), and obtains hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) information of the uplink data; by using the HARQ information and related information used for transmitting downlink control information, a control channel resource position corresponding to the HARQ information is determined; and by using the control channel resources indicated by the control channel resource position, the downlink control information is transmitted to the UE so that the UE acquires the HARQ information. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087766 | SHORT TRAINING FIELD FOR WIFI - A method for generating an orthogonal frequency division multiplex (OFDM) data unit conforming to a first communication protocol for transmission via a communication channel is described. A first field is generated that conforms to a second communication protocol and has an integer number of OFDM symbols L | 03-24-2016 |
20160087769 | METHOD AND TRANSMITTER APPARATUS FOR GENERATING AND TRANSMITTING CHANNEL FEEDBACK AND METHOD AND RECEIVER APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING AND RETRIEVING CHANNEL FEEDBACK - The embodiments of the invention relate to a method and a transmitter apparatus for generating and transmitting channel feedback. The method contains the steps of determining at least one first quality value averaged over a long term time interval for a first transmission channel (TC | 03-24-2016 |
20160087770 | Method, System and Apparatus for Transmitting Data in Carrier Aggregation Manner - A method, a system and an apparatus can be used for transmitting data in a CA manner. A first base station currently serving a user equipment (UE), creates EPS bearers under different component carriers CC Groups for the UE. The UE sets different access stratum entities corresponding to the CC Groups to process data in the process of creating the EPS bearers. The UE determines, when transmitting or receiving data, a corresponding CC Group according to an EPS bearer that bears the data. An access stratum entity corresponding to the CC Group processes the data that needs to be transmitted or received, a site is a first base station currently serving the UE or a second base station currently serving the UE. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087772 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method for transmitting uplink control information and to a device therefor, and relates to a method comprising the steps of: selecting one uplink control channel resource corresponding to a plurality of HARQ-ACKs, from a plurality of uplink control channel resources; and transmitting a bit value corresponding to the plurality of HARQ-ACKs, by using the selected uplink control channel resource. The present invention also relates to a device for the method. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087773 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, BAND ALLOCATION METHOD, AND DOWNLINK DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a base station, a terminal, a band allocation method, and a downlink data communication method with which bands can be efficiently allocated. In a base station in which a plurality of unit bands can be allocated to a single communication, when a data receiver acquires terminal capability information transmitted by a terminal in the initial access unit band and the bandwidth available for communication indicated by the terminal capability information can accommodate a plurality of unit bands, a unit band group which includes the initial access unit band as well as the unit bands adjacent thereto is allocated to the terminal, and a communication band movement indication, which indicates the movement of the center frequency in the communication band of the terminal toward the center frequency in the unit band group, is transmitted to the terminal using the initial access unit band. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087774 | Method, system and device for selecting demodulation reference signal pattern information - Disclosed in the present invention are a method, a system and a device for selecting Demodulation Reference Signal (DMRS) pattern information, wherein the method includes that a base station selects DMRS pattern information on the basis of a preset first rule, and informs a terminal of the selected DMRS pattern information; and the base station sends a DMRS to the terminal according to the selected DMRS pattern information. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087775 | ACKNOWLEDGMENT MECHANISMS FOR OFDMA OPERATION - In an example of wireless communications based on orthogonal frequency-division multiple access (OFDMA), an access point may send a downlink frame to multiple stations. In response, some or all of the stations may transmit their respective uplink frames simultaneously after a predetermined time period. The uplink frames from the stations may be aggregated or multiplexed to form a final uplink frame that is received by the access point. Each of the uplink frames from the stations may include at least a legacy header and an acknowledgment frame. While a legacy header occupies the entire channel bandwidth of its uplink frame, an acknowledgment frame occupies a sub-band assigned to its station, where a sub-band is a portion of the channel bandwidth. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087778 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPATCHING A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR FEEDBACK IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEM - In accordance with one or more aspects and corresponding disclosure thereof, various aspects are described in connection with channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback in connection with one or more downlink carriers. An anchor carrier scheme is employed to provide channel quality indicator (CQI) feedback of one or more downlink carriers. An indication is set to identify that a designated uplink carrier is used to convey the CQI feedback. An uplink carrier is selected from a set of uplink carriers as an anchor carrier to convey the CQI feedback. CQI feedback is transmitted for one or more downlink carriers using the designated carrier. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087877 | BASE STATION INITIATED CONTROL MECHANISM FOR SUPPORTING SUPPLEMENTAL LINK - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for a base station initiated control mechanism for supporting supplemental a link. In some aspects, control information associated with a directional, first radio access technology (RAT) for a user equipment (UE) may be identified at a first base station, the first base station configured to communicate with the UE using the directional, first RAT, and the control information associated with the directional, first RAT may be transmitted to a second base station to forward to the UE using a second RAT. | 03-24-2016 |
20160087935 | PRIVATE MULTIMEDIA CONTENTS BROADCASTING EQUIPMENT WHICH USES ISM RADIO FREQUENCY BAND OR U-NII 5GHZ RADIO FREQUENCY BAND, PRIVATE MULTIMEDIA CONTENTS BROADCASTING SYSTEM AND METHOD THEREOF - An individual multimedia contents broadcasting equipment is disclosed, which includes an individual broadcast process unit which provides a private IP through a DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol) to a receiving terminal, which requests a connection, and makes a connection of the receiving terminal through a radio network, and transmits a broadcast content to the connected receiving terminal; and a radio communication unit which forms a radio network and communicates data with the connected receiving terminal through the radio network. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088076 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR OBTAINING MOBILE NETWORK DATA RESOURCES - The method for obtaining data resources provided by the present invention includes: receiving, by a first base station, an obtaining request sent by a mobile terminal, wherein the obtaining request includes description information of a data resource requested to obtain; if the first base station determines that the data resource corresponding to the description information is not stored in a local cache, sending the obtaining request to a second base station, wherein a local cache of the second base station stores the data resource; receiving, by the first base station, the data resource corresponding to the description information sent by the second base station, and sending, the data resource to the mobile terminal. Embodiments of the present invention can prevent the problem that a lot of network uplink bandwidth is occupied after P2P transmission mechanism is introduced into a mobile network. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088126 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR PACKET ACQUISITION IN MIXED-RATE WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A method of wirelessly communicating a packet includes generating, at a first wireless device, a first packet including a first preamble decodable by a plurality of devices and a second preamble decodable by only a subset of the plurality of devices. The first preamble includes a first signal field. The second preamble includes a first training field. The method further includes transmitting the first packet concurrently with one or more second packets to be transmitted by wireless devices other than the first wireless device. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088468 | RELAY OF CHARGING INFORMATION FOR PROXIMITY SERVICES - Systems and methods for providing charging information for a device-to-device (D2D) communication. One embodiment is User Equipment (UE) that collects charging information for a D2D communication with one or more other UEs, to determine that the UE is out-of-coverage of a mobile network, to select a relay entity capable of relaying the charging information from the UE to the mobile network, and to transmit the charging information to the relay entity. The relay entity may then relay the charging information to the mobile network to initiate charging for the D2D communication. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088485 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MANAGING UTILIZATION OF UN-LICENSED FREQUENCY SPECTRUM RESOURCES FOR SECONDARY SYSTEMS, AND A NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIUM - A system and method for managing utilization of un-licensed frequency spectrum resources for secondary systems, a system and a method for the system, and a non-transitory computer-readable medium including computer-readable instructions. The system for managing utilization of un-licensed frequency spectrum resources for secondary systems includes: circuitry, configured to assign a first un-licensed frequency spectrum resource in an availability time period to a first secondary system and reassign at least part of the first un-licensed frequency spectrum resource during the availability time period based on current resource utilization, wherein the circuitry is configured to assign and reassign the first un-licensed frequency spectrum resource under protection of a primary system which is licensed with the un-licensed frequency spectrum resources. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088487 | COMMUNICATION MECHANISM USING SPECTRUM SHARING - An apparatus including:
| 03-24-2016 |
20160088489 | NETWORK SETUP IN WIDE CHANNEL WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORKS (WLANS) - Methods and apparatus for network setup in wide channel WLANs are provided. Techniques for co-existence of 20 MHz and 40 MHz networks (e.g., as defined by IEEE 802.11n) may be extended to 80 MHz and 160 MHz networks. For example, a primary channel of an existing network may be designated as the primary channel of a new network. Further, a primary channel of the existing network may not be used as a secondary channel in the new network. Intolerance operation between networks may include a first network releasing one or more channels in response to an intolerance indication received from a second network. Furthermore, in response to the intolerance indication from the second network, the first network may utilize one or more channels for communicating in the first network using a first set of access parameters. The access parameters may depend on the intolerance indication. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088551 | UNTETHERED ACCESS POINT MESH SYSTEM AND METHOD - A technique for implementing an untethered access point (UAP) mesh involves enabling AP-local switching at one or more UAPs of the mesh. A system constructed according to the technique may include a wireless switch; an access point (AP) wire-coupled to the wireless switch; and a UAP mesh, wirelessly coupled to the AP, including a UAP with an AP-local switching engine embodied in a computer-readable medium. Another system constructed according to the technique may include an untethered access point (UAP), including: a radio; a backhaul service set identifier (SSID) stored in a computer-readable medium; an anchor access point (AAP) selection engine embodied in a computer-readable medium. In operation, the AAP selection engine may use the radio to attempt to associate with the AAP if a beaconed backhaul SSID matches the stored backhaul SSID. A method according to the technique may include beaconing with a backhaul SSID; acting in concert with an upstream switch as an authenticator for a downstream station that responds to the beacon; providing limited local switching functionality for the downstream station. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER IN TRANSMITTER OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of controlling transmission power in a transmitter of a wireless communication system are provided. The method includes generating a first signal to be transmitted to a receiver, identifying whether user data is allocated to the generated first signal, determining transmission power based on a result of the determination, and transmitting a second signal to the receiver, based on the determined transmission power and the first signal. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088582 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING ACTIVATION OF ISR CAPABILITY - One disclosure of the present specification provides a method for determining whether to activate an idle mode signaling reduction (ISR) capability in a network entity for managing mobility of user equipment. The method for determining whether to activate the ISR capability comprises the steps of: obtaining information related to a proximity service of the user equipment; receiving from the user equipment a location refresh request message; determining whether to activate the ISR based on ISR capability information of a network node that had been just previously in charge of the user equipment, ISR capability information of the network entity, and information related to the proximity service of the user equipment; and transmitting a location refresh acceptance message to the user equipment after the determination. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088592 | NARROW BANDWIDTH OPERATION IN LTE - A method of wireless communication provides narrow bandwidth operation within a wider LTE system bandwidth. Wideband information is transmitted to a first set of user equipments (UEs). Also, narrowband information is transmitted to a second set of UEs. The second set of UEs operate in a narrower bandwidth than the first set of UEs. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088593 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION - Device, system and methods for flexible resource allocation are described. In particular, there is described a user receive a user equipment configured to receive higher-layer configuration of flexible resource allocation; receive dynamic information on the downlink resource allocation in a given downlink (DL) subframe; split the resource allocation into resource allocation sub-blocks; independently decode physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) within each resource allocation sub-block; AND report ACK/NACK for the resource allocation. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088594 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF SUPPORTING REDUCED DATA TRANSMISSION BANDWIDTH - An eNodeB (eNB), user equipment (UE) and method for operating using a reduced data transmission bandwidth are generally described. The UE may receive downlink control information (DCI) that provides a resource allocation (RA) of a reduced physical resource block (PRB | 03-24-2016 |
20160088595 | METHOD FOR RECEIVING SYSTEM INFORMATION BY MTC DEVICE LOCATED IN CELL COVERAGE-EXPANDED AREA - According to one disclosure of the present specification, when a machine type communication (MTC) device is located in a coverage-expanded area of a base station, the MTC device repeatedly receives system information (for example, system information blocks (SIBs) of a first type) on several subframes and then combines and decodes the received SIBs, thereby improving a decoding success rate. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088597 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus has a receiver and a decoder. The receiver receives a control signal including first downlink control information and second downlink control information, and receives decoding area information that indicates whether the extended Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) should be decoded for each of a plurality of terminal apparatuses. The decoder decodes each of a plurality of first mapping candidates in the PDCCH area or decodes each of the plurality of first mapping candidates in the PDCCH area and each of the plurality of second mapping candidates in the extended PDCCH. A number of the second mapping candidates included in the user-specific search space equals to or is more than a number of the first mapping candidates included in the common search space. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088598 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RETRANSMISSION CONTROL METHOD - Provided are a communication apparatus and a method for receiving a response signal transmitted from a terminal configured with one or more downlink component carriers. The communication apparatus includes a transmitting section and a receiving section. The transmitting section is configured to transmit, to the terminal, downlink assignment information indicating one or more resources for downlink data, each of the one or more resources being assigned to one of the one or more downlink component carrier(s), and configured to transmit the downlink data to the terminal. The receiving section is configured to receive one or more response signals for the downlink data, which are transmitted from the terminal. The terminal makes the phase points of the response signals different in accordance with a number of downlink data which has been successively received. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088599 | LOGICAL TONE INDEX MAPPING FOR DISTRIBUTED TONE INDEX TRANSMISSION - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus includes a processor configured to allocate a plurality of resource blocks for wireless communication. The processor is further configured to transmit data on a first resource block of the plurality of resource blocks, in which the first resource block is associated with a first set of tone indices and a second set of tone indices, and the first set of tone indices is a set of nominal tone indices that is logically mapped to a second set of tone indices that is a set of physical tone indices. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088600 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENT RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Methods and apparatus for communicating over a wireless communication network are disclosed herein. One method includes determining a total bandwidth for a transmission of a message according to a first specification, the total bandwidth including a plurality of tones, wherein a portion of the total bandwidth is occupied by a transmission according to a second specification different from the first specification. The method further includes logically dividing a plurality of useable tones into a plurality of resource units and determining an indication, the indication assigning and channel bonding at least two of the plurality of resource units to a wireless communication device of a plurality of wireless communication devices, wherein the indication does not assign the portion of the total bandwidth that is occupied by the transmission according to the second specification. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088601 | Operation Request Generating Method, Device, and System - The application provides an operation request generating method. The method includes: a generation device generates a first operation request that requests to perform an operation on a first packet, where the first operation request includes first assignment content and information used to indicate a first assignment location, the first assignment location is a location in the first packet, the first assignment content is data used to assign a value to the first assignment location, and the information used to indicate the first assignment location includes an identifier of a type of a first packet header, a first offset, and a first length, where the first packet header is a packet header in the first packet, and the first offset is an offset relative to a start location of the first packet header; and the generation device sends the first operation request to a description device or a receiving device. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088603 | CONTROL SIGNAL AGGREGATION IN A MULTI-CARRIER WCDMA SYSTEM - Methods and apparatus are disclosed for transmitting data to a remote node via each of two or more transmitted carrier signals, wherein a distinct outbound packet data traffic channel is mapped to each transmitted carrier signal. In an exemplary method, aggregated control channel data is formed by combining control channel data corresponding to each of two or more received carrier signals, simultaneously transmitting traffic channel data to the remote node on each of the two or more outbound packet data traffic channels, and transmitting the aggregated control channel data using one or more physical control channels mapped to a first one of the transmitted carrier signals. In particular, these methods and apparatus may be applied to a multi-carrier High-Speed Packet Access (HSPA) system. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088606 | ALTERNATE FEEDBACK TYPES FOR DOWNLINK MULTIPLE USER MIMO CONFIGURATIONS - A method in a communication network includes obtaining descriptions of a plurality of communication channels each communication channel associated with a different one of a plurality of receivers; and generating a plurality of steering vectors, one for each of the plurality of receivers, using the descriptions of the plurality of communication channels; wherein each steering vector is used to transmit data to a corresponding one of the plurality receivers via a plurality of antennas and over a corresponding one of the communication channels simultaneously and wherein each steering vector is used to communicate data on a different one of the plurality of communication channels, and wherein each steering vector is generated to reduce interference on a corresponding communication channel caused by simultaneous transmission of data on other communication channels. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088607 | DEVICES AND METHODS FOR D2D SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNALLING - Embodiments herein relate to a receiver device; a method therein; a transmitter device and a method therein. The transmitter device is configured to transmit to the receiver device a device-to-device synchronization signal during a time window preceding the start of a resource pool. The transmitter device is further configured to transmit a discovery message during the resource pool. The discovery message includes the identity of the transmitter device for enabling the transmitter device and the receiver device to synchronize to each other. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088609 | Method, UE and Base Station for Transmitting Periodic Signal/Periodic System Information, and Method and Base Station for Forwarding Periodic System Information - The present disclosure relates to a method used in a UE for transmitting a periodic signal to a first base station and an associated UE. The UE has been in communications with a first base station. The method includes: obtaining from the second base station a subframe configuration, which indicates a first set of subframes assigned to communications between the UE and the first base station and a second set of subframes assigned to communications between the UE and the second base station; and if a given uplink subframe, in which the periodic signal is to be transmitted to the first base station, is not in the first set of subframes, transmitting the periodic signal in a first available uplink subframe in the first set of subframes following the given uplink subframe. The present disclosure also relates to a method used in a first base station for transmitting a periodic signal/its periodic system information to a UE and an associated first base station; and a method used in a second base station for forwarding to a UE and an associated second base station. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088610 | NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK LOGICAL CHANNELS - A method of communication includes selecting a logical channel of a plurality of logical channels at a first electronic device of a neighbor aware network (NAN). The logical channel indicates a particular communication channel of a plurality of communication channels and indicates a set of transmission windows of a plurality of transmission windows. The method also includes generating a message indicating that the first electronic device is available to communicate with other electronic devices of the NAN and identifying the logical channel. The method further includes transmitting the message to a second electronic device of the NAN. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088611 | NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK LOGICAL CHANNELS - A method of communication includes transmitting a message from a first electronic device of a neighbor aware network (NAN) to a second electronic device of the NAN via a first communication channel of a plurality of communication channels during a discovery window. The message indicates that the first electronic device is available to communicate. The method also includes monitoring a second communication channel of the plurality of communication channels during a first paging window of a transmission window. The first paging window includes a beginning portion of the transmission window, and electronic devices of the NAN are in an active state during the first paging window. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088613 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method and apparatus, and UE. The method includes: receiving a downlink CQI fed back by first UE, and determining a first downlink MCS of the first UE according to the downlink CQI fed back by the first UE; allocating a transmission resource of a first cell to the first UE according to the first downlink MCS of the first UE; acquiring an uplink channel matrix of a sub-bandwidth SB level of each cell in a measurement set of the first UE; determining an SINR of a downlink transmission stream to be sent by each cell in a transmission set of the first UE; and determining a second downlink MCS of the first UE according to the SINR of the downlink transmission stream to be sent. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088614 | APERIODIC TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), an aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system; and the UE are discussed. The method includes receiving a downlink control information (DCI) format, which schedules a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) and includes an SRS request for triggering transmission of an aperiodic SRS, from a base station (BS); detecting the SRS request; and transmitting, when the UE is not configured with a carrier indicator field (CIF), the aperiodic SRS to the BS on a first uplink (UL) component carrier (CC) in which the PUSCH is scheduled, or, when the UE is configured with the CIF, the aperiodic SRS to the BS on a second UL CC in which the PUSCH is scheduled with a value of the CIF. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088618 | USING RTS/CTS TO ENHANCE NETWORK PERFORMANCE - In an aspect of the disclosure, a method, a computer-readable medium, and an apparatus are provided. The apparatus may be an AP. The AP determines an interference metric of a BSS having a plurality of STAs. The AP is in the BSS. The interference metric indicates a degree of interference in the BSS caused by one or more hidden nodes associated with the plurality of STAs. The AP determines whether the interference metric meets a threshold. The AP transmits, to the plurality of STAs, a frame including an indicator when the interference metric meets the threshold. The indicator indicates to each of the plurality of STAs to enable a medium reserving procedure. The medium reserving procedure reserves a medium for data transmission. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088620 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly, to a method and device for communication between terminals in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, a resource configuration method, a channel configuration method, a transmission power control method, etc. for communication between terminals can be provided. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088624 | METHOD FOR PRIORITY HANDLING FOR BUFFER STATUS REPORTING IN A D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for processing a PDCP reordering function in a dual connectivity system, the method comprising: generating a MAC PDU (Medium Access Control Protocol Data Unit) if both of a PHR (Power Headroom Reporting) and a sidelink BSR (Buffer Status Reporting) are generated while the UE communicates with other UEs directly using a sidelink; and transmitting the MAC PDU, wherein the PHR is prioritized over the sidelink BSR when the UE prioritizes between the PHR and the sidelink BSR in the generated MAC PDU. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088625 | STRUCTURED CHANNEL RASTERS FOR UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Techniques for structured channel rasters for unlicensed spectrum are described. In an aspect, a first channel raster is identified, where the first channel raster is determined from a set of carrier frequencies and is used over an unlicensed or shared spectrum for a wireless wide area network (WWAN). The first channel raster is aligned with a second channel raster that is used over the unlicensed spectrum for a wireless local area network (WLAN). A frequency scanning may be performed by a user equipment (UE) or a network entity over the unlicensed spectrum for the WWAN using the first channel raster. In an aspect, the first channel raster is used over the unlicensed spectrum for the WWAN supported by the user equipment (UE) or the network entity. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088626 | BASE STATION AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD - A base station including: a memory, and a processor coupled to the memory and configure to: when scheduling a plurality of terminals based on non-orthogonal multiple access in which a same radio resource having a same time and a same frequency is allocable to two or more terminals of the plurality of terminals, calculate each metric of each of selected terminal combinations and each terminals of the plurality of terminals, each of the selected terminal combinations including two or more terminals of the plurality of terminals, and determine to allocate each radio resource to each of the selected terminal combinations and each terminals of the plurality of terminals based on each metric, wherein the selected terminal combinations are obtained by selecting, from among all terminal combinations of the plurality of terminals, each terminal combination that satisfies a first condition. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088628 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS FOR WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - A plurality of different OFDM tone blocks for a wireless local area network (WLAN) communication channel are assigned to a plurality of devices. An OFDMA data unit is generated, the OFDMA unit including a preamble portion and a data portion, the preamble portion having at least i) a first legacy portion that corresponds to at least a first OFDM tone block, ii) a second legacy portion that corresponds to a second OFDM tone block, iii) a first non-legacy portion that corresponds to the first OFDM tone block, iv) a second non-legacy portion that corresponds to the second OFDM tone block, and v) a third non-legacy portion that corresponds to a third OFDM tone block. The first OFDM tone block and the second OFDM tone block are separated in frequency by at least the third OFDM tone block. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088629 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication apparatus which can simultaneously conduct communication on at least two frequency channels is described. The apparatus includes a communication unit which refers to a connection management table to determine a communication system which can be used by a wireless communication terminal using an identifier of the wireless communication terminal, and conducts communication with the wireless communication terminal on a second frequency channel using the communication system, when a request from the wireless communication terminal to change the first frequency channel to the second frequency channel is permitted. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088630 | Selecting Frequency Bands For Transmitting Data Packets - A first combination of frequency bands is selected for transmitting a first data packet, and a second, different combination of frequency bands is selected for transmitting a second data packet. A data stream is divided into a first set of data and a second set of data. The first set of data is allocated to the first combination of frequency bands, and the second set of data is allocated to the second combination of frequency bands. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088631 | Frequency Channel Selection by an LTE-U Wireless Access Point Operating in the Presence of Other LTE-U and Wi-Fi Access Points - A Long-Term Evolution-Unlicensed (LTE-U) access point (AP) is configured to operate wirelessly on any of multiple RF channels in an unlicensed frequency band. The AP detects other LTE-U APs and Wi-Fi APs operating on active ones of the multiple channels. The AP determines AP channel statistics for each detected AP. The AP determines, for each active channel, a per-channel metric based on the AP channel statistics. The AP ranks the active channels according to the corresponding per-channel metrics, and selects a best channel on which to transmit in the unlicensed frequency band from among the ranked active channels based on the rankings. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088635 | SOFT BUFFER MANAGEMENT - Soft buffer management circuitry is provided for use in a device of a wireless communication system. The soft buffer management circuitry has input circuitry for receiving information relating to an aggregated carrier comprising a plurality, N | 03-24-2016 |
20160088637 | Systems and Methods for Interference Alignment in Wi-Fi - System and method embodiments are provided for interference alignment in a wireless local area network (LAN) with an overlapping basic service set (OBSS). In an embodiment, a method includes instructing a first access point (AP) in the wireless LAN to broadcast a null data packet (NDP) sounding packet to a plurality of stations when no other AP is broadcasting, wherein the NDP sounding packet comprises a plurality of long training field (LTFs), and wherein a total number of LTFs is equal to a total number of transmission streams, receiving channel beamforming (BF) information and a signal plus interference to noise ratio (SINR) from each of the stations, wherein each of the stations computes the channel BF information and the SINR from sounding packets received from each of the APs in the wireless LAN, and determining a transmission schedule according to the SINRs and the channel BF information. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088639 | LINK ADAPTATION FOR COORDINATED SCHEDULING - Described herein are techniques for link adaptation at an access point enabled for coordinated scheduling. For example, the technique may involve determining a resource-allocation profile (RAP) for the access point, wherein the RAP is based on a set of statistics associated with channel conditions for mobile devices. The technique may involve determining a plurality of link adaptation instances configured for managing interference, each link adaptation instance being associated with an interference condition. The technique may involve for each link adaptation instance, updating the link adaptation instance based on statistics associated with the interference condition. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088640 | Control Method And Controller - A control method and a controller are provided. The method includes: controlling an electronic device to connect to a wireless access point corresponding to a first channel based on a first preset rule; controlling the electronic device to connect to a wireless access point corresponding to the first channel or a wireless access point corresponding to a second channel based on a second preset rule; where the first preset rule is different from the second preset rule, and the frequency of the first channel is higher than the frequency of the second channel. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088641 | SOUNDING METHOD - A sounding method by a receiving device is provided. The receiving device receives an NDPA frame from a transmitting device, and then receives an NDP frame from the transmitting device. After receiving the NDP frame, the receiving device transmits to the transmitting device a feedback frame including subchannel information measured on a subchannel that is allocated to the first receiving device among a plurality of subchannels into which a predetermined band is divided. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088643 | Method for Device-to-Device Subscriber to Dynamically Multiplex Cellular Subscriber Resources, and Base Station - A method for a device-to-device user dynamically multiplexing resources of a cellular user, which is applied to a base station side includes: when determining that the device-to-device user interferes with other cellular users within a service scope, allocating resources that meet quality of service requirements of the device-to-device user and do not cause interference to other cellular users to the device-to-device user, and instructing the device-to-device user to use the resources newly allocated. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088644 | Systems and Methods for Network MIMO - A multiple-input, multiple-output (MIMO) communication system comprising a master base station and a slave base station. The master base station has a plurality of transmit antennas and transmits a first set of data to a mobile station in a first transmission. The slave base station has a plurality of transmit antennas and transmits a second set of data to the mobile station in the first transmission. The master base station retransmits the second set of data to the mobile station during a first retransmission and the slave base station retransmits the first set of data to the mobile station during the first retransmission. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088646 | DUAL THREAD FEEDBACK DESIGN FOR NON-ORTHOGONAL CHANNELS - Dual-thread feedback for non-orthogonal channels used in wireless communications systems is described. A first feedback thread may employ transmission strategy (TS) independent feedback and a second feedback thread may employ TS dependent feedback. The first feedback thread may include channel feedback from channel measurements (e.g., channel gain, noise covariance, etc.) and may be fed back periodically. A TS space may be determined that includes combinable TSs for UEs that may be grouped for non-orthogonal techniques, and one or more TS sets may be sent to the UEs. UEs may determine channel quality and/or other channel state information (CSI) for the TSs and report CSI for one or more TSs of the TS sets in a second feedback thread. Scheduling may be performed for transmissions to the UEs based on the feedback in the first and/or second feedback threads. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088647 | METHOD FOR REPORTING AMOUNT OF DATA AVAILABLE FOR TRANSMISSION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting amount of data available for transmission in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving indication information for reporting amount of Data Available for Transmission (DAT); calculating a first amount of DAT and a second amount of DAT based on the indication information; and reporting at least one of the first amount of DAT to a first e-Node B (eNB) or the second DAT to a second eNB. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088649 | Scheduling Method, Apparatus, and System - The application provides a scheduling method, apparatus and system. A controller receives scheduling request information sent by a content source. The scheduling request information includes a constraint condition of non-real-time traffic transmission, and the constraint condition includes: information about a first address and information about a second address. A first forwarding path and a sending time for sending the traffic are determined according to the information about the first address, the information about the second address, and statistical information about network traffic. The controller sends a first message that includes a sending rate to the content source at the sending time, and the traffic is sent through the first forwarding path. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088650 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST TRANSMISSION - A method and wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) for uplink transmission are disclosed. A WTRU receives configuration information. The configuration information includes logical channel priority information and a maximum number of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) transmissions. The WTRU receives an uplink grant for a transmission time interval (TTI). The WTRU identifies a HARQ process to use for uplink transmission for the TTI. The WTRU selects data for uplink transmission for the TTI. For a new uplink transmission, data associated with a highest priority is selected. The WTRU initializes a transmission counter. The transmission counter indicates a number of transmissions associated with the selected data. The WTRU transmits the selected data over an uplink channel based on the received uplink grant using the identified HARQ process. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088651 | Method and Device for Sending or Acquiring Grant Signaling - Provided are a method and device for sending or acquiring a grant signalling. The method for sending a grant signalling includes: configuring one Multi-Physical Downlink Control Channel (M-PDCCH); and sending a grant signalling to N pieces of User Equipment (UE) through the M-PDCCH. By the technical solution, the technical problem that data throughput and spectral efficiency of a system are reduced by higher PDCCH overhead caused by the fact that one PDCCH or EPDCCH signalling can be granted to only one piece of UE in the related technology is solved, and the technical effect of improving the data throughput and spectral efficiency of the system is achieved. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088652 | ULTRA-LOW LATENCY LTE DOWNLINK FRAME STRUCTURE - A data structure for managing user equipment communications in a wireless communication system is presented. In some examples, the data structure may include one or more resource element blocks into which a frequency bandwidth of a downlink channel is divided within a symbol that defines a transmission time interval in a downlink subframe. Furthermore, the data structure may include a control region and a data region within at least one resource element block of the one or more resource element blocks. Additionally, the data structure may include a downlink resource grant, located within the control region, for a user equipment served by the downlink channel. In an additional aspect, a network entity and method for generating the example data structure are provided. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088653 | Optimization of Signalling of Absolute Grants for Uplink Transmission Using Time-Division Multiplexing - It is provided a method including setting a grant for an uplink transmission to zero if a received absolute grant is not intended for an apparatus performing the method. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088655 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD - A mobile station includes communication control circuitry that selects a preamble contained in a first Random Access Preamble group when a message size based on data available for transmission does not meet a first condition or when a value calculated based on a reference signal received power of downlink does not meet a second condition, a preamble contained in a second Random Access Preamble group when the message size based on data available for transmission meets the first condition and the value calculated based on the reference signal received power of downlink meets the second condition, and a preamble contained in the third Random Access Preamble group for a handover, independent of the message size based on data available for transmission and the value calculated based on the reference signal received power of downlink. The communication control circuitry also generates and transmits a selected preamble. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088659 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING TRANSMISSION MODE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and an apparatus for establishing a transmission mode, which relates to the field of network technologies, ensure backward compatibilities of an existing WLAN system and a next generation WLAN system, realize introduction of a new technology in the next generation WLAN protocol during data transmission, and improve network performance. The method includes: transmitting, by an access point AP, a first Clear To Send frame to a first station STA, to enable the first STA to set duration of a network allocation vector NAV of the first STA and remain in a silent state when the AP communicates with a second STA; transmitting the first Clear To Send frame to the second STA, to enable the second STA to process a Green Phase operation; and communicating with the second STA in a Green Phase period. The present invention is applied in data transmission. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088665 | METHOD FOR CHANGING ASSOCIATION ID IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention discloses a method for changing an association ID in a wireless communication system and an apparatus therefor. Specifically, a method for changing an association identification (AID) of a first station (STA) communicating directly with a second STA in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving, from an access point (AP), a reassignment response frame containing new AID information to be newly allocated to the first STA; the first STA transmitting an update request frame containing the new AID information to the second STA; and as a response to the update request frame, receiving an update response frame from the second STA. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088666 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR MANAGING THE CONNECTIVITY OF A TERMINAL BY MEANS OF A MOBILE SERVER IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - A mobile server for managing the connectivity of a terminal for communicating through one or more communications networks, includes: a terminal communication module to communicate with the terminal; network communication modules to communicate with telecommunications networks; and a storage area, in which connectivity parameter values of the terminal are stored, the values enabling the terminal to be connected to the mobile server. The mobile server is configured to be connected to a plurality of telecommunications networks via the network communication modules, to extract a set of connectivity parameter values of the terminal from the storage area, and to allow or not allow, based on the extracted set of connectivity parameter values, the connection of the terminal via at least one of the terminal communication modules, so that the terminal communicates applicative data through a telecommunications network via the terminal communication module and one of the network communication modules. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088673 | METHOD FOR PROCESSING EXCEPTIONAL CASE OF ESTABLISHING DEFAULT BEARER IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - There are provided a method for processing an exceptional case of establishing a default bearer and a device therefor in order to solve a problem in that a user equipment cannot actually receive an IP service by accessing a packet network while failing in establishing the default bearer in a mobile communication system. A method for processing an exceptional case of establishing a default bearer in a mobility management entity includes: receiving a network attachment request from a user equipment; transmitting a network attachment acceptance including an activation request of the default bearer to the user equipment in response to the network attachment request; and cancelling a network attachment procedure when a completion response to the activation request of the default bearer is not received from the user equipment within a predetermined time. | 03-24-2016 |
20160088674 | EFFICIENT RESUMPTION MECHANISM FOR GSM SERVICES IN DSDS DEVICES AFTER ACQUIRING BACK THE RF CHAIN - A method for managing radio access technology services includes: reacquiring control of a radio frequency (RF) chain of a mobile communication device by a first subscription; performing a search for a base station serving a cell in which the mobile communication device is currently located; decoding only a Frequency Control Channel (FCCH) and a Synchronization Channel (SCH) transmitted by the base station; comparing a decoded Base Station Identity Code (BSIC) with a stored BSIC of a last serving cell on which a packet switched (PS) context for a data call on the first subscription was suspended or on which idle mode operations were last performed on the first subscription; and if the decoded BSIC matches the stored BSIC, resuming the data call on the first subscription on the last serving cell. | 03-24-2016 |
20160094279 | Signalling in Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - In a wireless communications system including a first base station and a second base station, a wireless communications method implemented in the first base station supporting coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The wireless communications method comprises, for a given user equipment (UE) identification (ID) and a given channel state information (CSI) process, receiving from the second base station a plurality of CSI reports each of which comprises a rank indication (RI) and a channel quality indicator (CQI), wherein the second base station receives from one or more user equipments (UEs) RI and CQI information. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094282 | Methods and Devices for Uplink Diversity Transmission - A user equipment transmits using at least two uplink transmit antennas and receives a set of control signals in the downlink direction from a cellular network. The user equipment estimates a received signal quality for each control signal in said set of control signals and determines, based on said received signal quality, which control signals have been reliably received. The user equipment derives one or more parameters related to the uplink transmit diversity operation using a subset of control signals from the set of control signals, said subset only including control signals determined as reliably received; and transmits in the uplink direction applying the derived one or more parameters to control the uplink transmit diversity operation. The accuracy of the transmit diversity parameter values derived/set by the UE can be improved. This will enhance the performance of the uplink transmit diversity and will also reduce interference to the neighbor cells. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094286 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS BACKHAUL AND ACCESS COMMUNICATION VIA A COMMON ANTENNA ARRAY - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of wireless backhaul and access communication via a common antenna array. For example, an apparatus may include a wireless communication unit to control an antenna array to form one or more first beams for communicating over one or more access links and to form one or more second beams for communicating over one or more backhaul links, the access links including wireless communication links between a wireless communication node and one or more mobile devices, and the backhaul links including wireless communication links between the wireless node and one or more other wireless communication nodes. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION-REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) CONFIGURATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - A method for receiving channel state information (CSI) feedback by a base station supporting multiple transmit antennas from a mobile station; the base station therefore; a method for transmitting CSI feedback by a mobile station to a base station supporting multiple transmit antennas; and the mobile station therefore are discussed. The method for receiving CSI feedback by a base station includes according to one embodiment configuring, by the base station via radio resource control (RRC) signaling, one or more channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS) configurations and one or more null resource element (RE) configurations; transmitting CSI-RSs; and receiving the CSI feedback measured based on the CSI-RSs and the one or more null RE configurations. The one or more CSI-RS configurations are used for a channel quality measurement of the CSI feedback. The one or more null RE configurations are used for an interference measurement of the CSI feedback. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094310 | NOTIFICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR AND MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME - The present invention discloses a notification method for a CQI and a modulation and coding scheme. The method includes: learning, by a terminal, a first CQI index according to a first CQI table; sending the first CQI index to a base station; receiving, by the base station, the first CQI index sent by the terminal UE; determining a first MCS index according to the first CQI table, a first MCS table, and the received first CQI index; sending the determined first MCS index to the UE; receiving, by the terminal, the first MCS index sent by the base station; and determining a modulation order and a code block size according to the first MCS table and the received first MCS index; where the first CQI table includes entries in which modulation schemes are higher than 64QAM. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094316 | HARQ ID CHOICE FOR LTE TRAFFIC IN TX SHARING SYSTEMS - Systems and methods are described for scheduling transmission for a first radio access technology (RAT) and a second RAT including, but not limited to, determining likelihood of successful transmission for each of a plurality of frames associated with the second RAT based on an activity pattern associated with the first RAT. Transmission cost associated with each of a plurality of data blocks is determined. Each of the plurality of data blocks is transmittable via the second RAT. A first data block of the plurality of data blocks is assigned to a frame of the plurality of frames based, at least in part, on the likelihood of successful transmission associated with the frame and the transmission cost associated with the first data block (the data with highest priority/delay sensitivity is assigned to the subframe with highest likelihood of success). | 03-31-2016 |
20160094319 | Method and System for Inter-Cell Interference Coordination in Wireless Networks - A method, system, and non-transitory computer-readable storage medium for managing inter-cell interference in a wireless network is provided. The method may be executed by at least one processor at a small cell gateway and may include receiving, uplink interference power corresponding to a first small cell base station (SCBS). The method may further include receiving neighboring cell information of the first SCBS, the neighboring cell information including information on a first plurality of SCBSs neighboring the first SCBS. The method may further include determining based on the received uplink interference power, that the first SCBS is experiencing inter-cell interference and determining a second plurality of SCBSs from among the first plurality of SCBSs that are interfering with the first SCBS. The method may further include adjusting uplink power allocation corresponding to a second SCBS from among the second plurality of SCBSs. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094320 | Signalling in Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - In a wireless communications system including a first base station and a second base station, a wireless communications method implemented in the first base station supporting coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The wireless communications method comprises receiving from the second base station an information element (IE) indicating multiple relative narrowband Tx (transmit) power (RNTP) thresholds, and performing interference aware scheduling. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094321 | Signalling in Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission and Reception (CoMP) - In a wireless communications system including a first base station and a second base station, a wireless communications method implemented in the first base station supporting coordinated multi-point transmission and reception (CoMP) is disclosed. The wireless communications method comprises receiving, from the second base station, a user equipment (UE) identification (ID) for a UE in a reference signal received power (RSRP) report, and using the UE ID to link the RSRP report with another measurement result for the UE. Other methods, systems, and apparatuses also are disclosed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094322 | METHODS, DEVICES, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR DYNAMIC SCHEDULING - Methods, devices and systems for dynamic scheduling of Bluetooth signals based at least in part on LTE schedules are disclosed. In some examples, Bluetooth can deduce information on the LTE DL/UL activity based at least in part on the LTE frame structure, LTE decision point or the LTE subframe boundary time. In some examples, Bluetooth scheduler can dynamically change the timing of the scheduling algorithm such that it may utilize the knowledge of LTE traffic and may at least partially avoid interference or evaluate the interference level. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094323 | INTERCELL INTERFERENCE CONTROL THROUGH CONTROL SIGNAL PROVIDED BY TERMINAL - The present disclosure relates to a wireless communication system, and more particularly to a method for transmitting a reference signal in a wireless communication system. A new structure allows coexistence of a control channel and a data cannel in one time-frequency resource, thereby increasing efficiency of resources. The data and control channels coexist using a time division scheme. The coexistent control channels reallocate regions of the control signal and reference signal to maintain reliability of the control signal. Also proposed are an auxiliary control signal for measuring or controlling inter-cell interference and a method for thereby controlling interference of a base station/terminal. A new control channel structure is designed for transmitting the auxiliary control signal, whereby enabling coexistence with the legacy terminal. This provides a method for transmission/reception of relevant information between the base station and terminals to prevent erroneous operation of the legacy terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094325 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - A data transmission method and apparatus are provided, which includes: determining, by a transmitting device, a long training sequence set; determining at least one receiving device set, where the receiving device set includes at least one receiving device in a communications system; determining a first mapping relationship, where the first mapping relationship is a mapping relationship between the at least one receiving device set and at least one set-use long training sequence in the long training sequence set; determining, according to a target receiving device set and the first mapping relationship, a target set-use long training sequence corresponding to the target receiving device set, and performing encapsulation processing on first data to generate a first data packet, where a long training sequence field in a physical layer of the first data packet carries a first long training sequence symbol. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094327 | METHODS FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING ACK/NACK INFORMATION, BASE STATION, AND TERMINAL - Provided are methods for sending and receiving ACK/NACK information, a base station, and a terminal, wherein the method for sending ACK/NACK information includes that ACK/NACK information of a plurality of terminals is divided into X groups according to a preset indication parameter, wherein X is a positive integer greater than or equal to 1; joint coding is performed on ACK/NACK information corresponding to each group in the X groups, so as to obtain X first bit blocks; and the X first bit blocks are mapped to a predetermined ACK/NACK physical resource and sent. By means of the disclosure, reliable transmission of HARQ-ACK information of a terminal on an NCT is implemented, the reliability of transmission of UL data in a Low Cost terminal is improved, and problems such as a conflict of PHICH resource allocation and ICIC of a frequency domain in a small cell are solved. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094374 | DISCOVERY SIGNAL DESIGN - Systems and methods relating to transmitting and using multiple Channel State Information Reference Signals (CSI-RSs) for different purposes are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method of operation of a user equipment device in a cellular communications network comprises receiving multiple Zero-Power (ZP) CSI-RS configurations from the cellular communications network, the multiple ZP CSI-RS configurations comprising a first ZP CSI-RS configuration for small-cell or transmission point discovery and a second ZP CSI-RS configuration for a purpose other than small-cell or transmission point discovery, and performing one or more actions based on an assumption that, within a subframe, a set of resource elements defined by a union of all resource elements in the multiple ZP CSI-RS configurations are muted. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094605 | OPTIMIZING SYNCHRONIZATION OF AUDIO AND NETWORK TASKS IN VOICE OVER PACKET SWITCHED NETWORKS - A user equipment device (UE) comprises physical layer circuitry configured to transmit and receive radio frequency electrical signals with one or more nodes of a radio access network, an audio subsystem configured to generate frames of audio data, and processing circuitry. The processing circuitry is configured to calculate a time delay from generation of an audio data frame by the audio subsystem of the UE device to transmission of an audio data packet by the physical layer circuitry during a voice call, and decrease the time delay to a delay value that preserves a specified minimum time for delivery of the generated audio data frame to the physical layer circuitry to meet a scheduled transmission time of the audio data packet. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094970 | METHOD OF PROVIDING AN EMERGENCY ALERT SERVICE VIA A MOBILE BROADCASTING AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A device providing an emergency alert service via a mobile broadcasting according to one embodiment of the present invention includes an RS frame encoder configured to generate an RS frame, which is a 2 | 03-31-2016 |
20160094978 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION ABOUT PLMN ID - A mobile station ( | 03-31-2016 |
20160094995 | LICENSED SHARED ACCESS SPECTRUM ALLOCATION - A technology that is operable to release a licensed shared access (LSA) spectrum allocation in a communications network is disclosed. In one embodiment, an evolved node B (eNode B) is configured with circuitry configured to receive, from a spectrum release module located in an evolved packet core (EPC) of the communications network, a spectrum release message requesting the eNode B release one or more selected segments of an LSA spectrum. LSA spectrum release parameters are evaluated for releasing the one or more selected segments of the LSA spectrum. A LSA spectrum release schedule is determined based on the LSA spectrum release parameters. Selected secondary cells (SCells) are deactivated in the communications network based on the LSA spectrum release schedule to release the one or more selected segments of the LSA spectrum. | 03-31-2016 |
20160094996 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF HANDLING UPLINK TRANSMISSION COLLISION FOR ENHANCED COVERAGE MODE UES - An eNodeB (eNB), user equipment (UE) and method for operating in enhanced coverage (EC) modes are generally described. The UE may determine whether or not a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) signal and an uplink signal allocated to different resources in a particular subframe overlap. The uplink signal may comprise another PUCCH signal or a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal. The PUCCH signals may comprise a scheduling request or acknowledgement response/retransmission request. The UE may select one of the overlapping signals and transmit the selected signal on a resource allocated to the other signal instead of on a resource allocated to the one of the overlapping signals. The other signal may or may not be transmitted dependent on whether it is a PUCCH or PUSCH signal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095009 | OCCUPANCY NOTIFICATIONS FOR UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BANDS - A node identifies at least one first channel of an unlicensed frequency band that is occupied by a first node that operates according to a first radio access technology (RAT). The node transmits a signal on a second channel of the unlicensed frequency band. The signal is formed according to a second RAT used for transmission on the second channel and the signal includes information identifying the at least one second channel of the unlicensed frequency band. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095015 | CONTROL CHANNEL COLLISION RESOLUTION - Devices and methods are configured for resolving control channel transmission collision in a mobile device having first and second subscriptions (SUBs) when the first SUB is in an active voice call and the second SUB is in a held voice call. The devices and methods involve determining whether a control channel transmission of the first SUB would collide with a control channel transmission of the second SUB. In response to determining that the first SUB control channel transmission would collide with the second SUB control channel transmission, the devices and methods alternate the first SUB control channel transmission and the second SUB control channel transmission to avoid collision. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095016 | REQUESTING EXTRA SPECTRUM - A device for use in a mobile communication user equipment includes processing circuitry to prepare a spectrum allocation request for requesting extra spectrum according to a predetermined protocol; send the spectrum allocation request to a cloud spectrum broker; and receive a response to the spectrum allocation from the cloud spectrum broker. A device for use in a cloud spectrum broker, the device comprising processing circuitry to receive from a user equipment an allocation request, the allocation request for requesting extra spectrum, the allocation request according to a predetermined protocol; determine a response to the allocation request; and send the response to the user equipment. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095032 | PLACEMENT AND USE OF WIRELESS NETWORK FUNCTIONS IN A VIRTUALIZATION ENVIRONMENT - A capability for controlling placement and use of wireless network functions within a virtualization environment is presented. The capability for controlling placement and use of wireless network functions in a virtualized environment may include controlling placement of a set of wireless network functions of a wireless network within a virtualization environment to form a set of virtualized wireless network functions, where the set of virtualized wireless network functions includes at least a set of virtualized serving node functions and a set of virtualized gateway node functions. The capability for controlling placement and use of wireless network functions in a virtualized environment may include controlling selection of one of the virtualized gateway node functions responsive to a request for a bearer for a wireless device served by the wireless network. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095044 | ACCESS OF VIRTUAL RESOURCES BASED ON A CONTEXTUAL FRAME OF REFERENCE - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, a network device that performs operations include determining a context of a communication device operable within a mobility network, wherein the communication device interacts with a virtual resource manager to allow a user of the communication device to access a virtual resource by way of a user interface at the communication device. The virtual resource is hosted by another system remotely accessible to the communication device by way of the mobility network. An access parameter is determined based on the context of the communication device and forwarded to the communication device by way of the mobility network. The communication device is enabled to access the virtual resource based on the access parameter. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095086 | Carrier Aggregation Secondary Component Carrier Management - This disclosure relates to management of a secondary component carrier by a wireless device when using carrier aggregation. According to one embodiment, a primary component carrier for communication between a base station and a wireless device may be configured according to a first wireless communication technology. A secondary component carrier may also be configured. The wireless device may detect a trigger condition to deactivate the secondary component carrier. In response, the wireless device may modify its feedback to the base station with respect to channel conditions for the secondary component carrier to cause the base station to deactivate the secondary component carrier. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095088 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR MAINTAINING DOWNLINK OVERHEAD FOR DECODING - At least one example embodiment discloses a system including a network element configured to transmit a signal identifying a set of network identifiers to a victim user equipment (UE), the set including at least a first identifier and at least a second identifier, the first identifier corresponding to a descrambling of a downlink signal for the victim UE and the second identifier corresponding to a descrambling of a first interfering signal | 03-31-2016 |
20160095090 | STRUCTURED SUPER-POSITIONING CODING TO ENHANCE CONTROL CHANNEL CAPACITY - Systems and methods to encode and/or decode structured super-position coding to enhance control channel capacity are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may be configured to communicatively couple to an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) Node B (eNB). A first UE and a second UE may be coupled to the eNB. Basic PDCCH may be sent to the second UE, and extra PDCCH may be sent to the first UE on the same time-frequency resource. The second UE may be able to decode the basic PDCCH as it normally does. The first UE may be able to decode the basic PDCCH for the second UE, cancel the basic PDCCH from the signal, and decode the extra PDCCH. The extra PDCCH may be restricted to certain positions relative to the basic PDCCH to simplify searching by the first UE. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095091 | ADJUSTING FREQUENCY FOR PERFORMING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) MEASUREMENTS BASED ON UE MOBILITY - A method and apparatus of wireless communication in a device supporting cellular and wireless local area network (WLAN) access technologies includes adjusting a frequency for performing WLAN search and measurements based at least in part on a received timing adjustment command. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095092 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND USE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE ASSISTED POSITIONING IN WIRELESS CELLULAR TECHNOLOGIES - Techniques described herein may provide for the determination of the position of mobile devices based on information obtained through device-to-device (D2D) discovery or communications. Resource allocation schemes are described that allow efficient communication of signal location parameters, via D2D discovery, communications or newly defined physical channels, that may be used to estimate the position (or improve position estimation) of the mobile device. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095095 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ASSISTING USER DEVICES IN PERFORMING INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN OFDMA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - A system and method are provided for assisting user devices in performing OFDMA downlink interference cancellation, in which an interfering base station transmits a downlink signal in a first slot and a second slot, both slots including cell reference signals (CRSs) for physical channel estimation, the CRS of the second slot is modified to indicate encoded values of parameters characterizing the physical channel according to an encoding procedure, the slots are received by a served user device that detects the physical channel parameters carried by dedicated control signalling and encodes them by the encoding procedure, an unchanged CRS is reconstructed, and the slots are received by an interfered user device obtaining the encoded values and comparing to parameter patterns indicating absence of modifications in the CRSs, wherein if the encoded values are different from the patterns, the interfered user device decodes them to perform interference cancellation of the downlink signal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095097 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNALS USING MULTI-BAND RADIO FREQUENCIES - A method for transmitting, by a base station, signals in a communication system. The base station transmits, to a mobile station via a primary carrier band of the mobile station, carrier aggregation configuration information informing the mobile station of a subsidiary carrier band for the mobile station. The base station receives, from the mobile station, control information for the subsidiary carrier band via the primary carrier band. The carrier aggregation configuration information includes a physical identification of a frequency allocation band used as the subsidiary carrier band and a logical identification assigned to the subsidiary carrier band for the mobile station. The physical identification includes one of plural absolute frequency band indexes assigned to frequency allocation bands available in the communication system. The logical identification includes a logical index assigned to the subsidiary carrier band identifying the subsidiary carrier band from among a plurality of frequency allocation bands. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095098 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A FRAME IN A WIRELESS RAN SYSTEM - A method of transmitting data in a wireless local area network; and a device therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes generating, by a transmitting station, a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU), the PPDU including a signal field and a data field; and transmitting, by the transmitting station, the PPDU to the receiving station. The signal field includes a class type indicating whether a transmission type of the PPDU is an uplink transmission or a downlink transmission. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095101 | Device and Method of Handling Transmission in Unlicensed Band - A communication device for handling a transmission in an unlicensed band comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise performing a first transmission using a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) process in a first subframe of an unlicensed band to a network; receiving a first DCI for the HARQ process in a first control channel in a second subframe of the unlicensed band in response to the first transmission from the network, wherein a distance between the first subframe and the second subframe greater than four subframes; and performing a second transmission using the HARQ process in a third subframe of the unlicensed band to the network according to the first DCI. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095104 | ULTRA-LOW LATENCY LTE REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - Various aspects described herein relate to communicating in a wireless network. A resource grant comprising an indicator of whether to transmit a demodulation reference signal (RS) for an uplink control channel or an uplink data channel can be received from a network entity. It can be determined whether to transmit the RS in at least one transmission time interval (TTI) based at least in part on the indicator. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095105 | ULTRA-LOW LATENCY LTE CONTROL DATA COMMUNICATION - Various aspects described herein relate to communicating in a wireless network. A transmission time interval (TTI) for an uplink control channel transmission within a subframe is determined, wherein the TTI comprises of a number of symbols which are a subset of a plurality of symbols in the subframe. Uplink control data can be transmitted over the uplink control channel during the TTI. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 03-31-2016 |
20160095110 | WIFI-COORDINATED LAA-LTE - A method includes detecting, using a WiFi access point, channel use data indicating traffic on a plurality of channels of an unlicensed LTE band in a wireless network. The method further includes providing the channel use data to a Long Term Evolution (LTE) access point. The method further includes selecting, using the LTE access point, a channel for use in transmitting data by the LTE access point from among the plurality of channels based on the channel use data from the WiFi access point. The method further includes providing, from the LTE access point, an indication of an upcoming transmission configured to transmit data on the channel to the WiFi access point. The method further includes broadcasting one or more messages from the WiFi access point to one or more WiFi nodes, the one or more messages configured to prevent the WiFi nodes from transmitting on the channel. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095112 | CONSTRUCTION OF TRANSMISSION PATTERNS FOR D2D COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe apparatuses and methods for selecting or extending time resource patterns relating to device-to-device (D2D) functionality. Various embodiments may include processing circuitry to select a subset of a predefined set of D2D time resource pattern bitmaps and generate a signal having information corresponding to the selected subset of D2D time resource pattern bitmaps. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095114 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING ALLOCATION AND USAGE OF RADIO RESOURCE, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA THROUGH UNLICENSED BAND CHANNEL, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING ACCESS OF RADIO RESOURCE - Provided is a method for transmitting, by a transmitter, a first data having periodicity through a channel of an unlicensed band: | 03-31-2016 |
20160095115 | RADIO RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT IN CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method in a wireless communication device including receiving ( | 03-31-2016 |
20160095120 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL USAGE BEACON SIGNALS OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes winning a contention for access to an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band, and transmitting at least a portion of a channel usage beacon signal (CUBS) over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. The at least portion of the CUBS is transmitted in a number of frequency interlaces of the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. A second method includes winning a contention for access to an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band; determining whether the contention is won within a threshold time before a next symbol period boundary; and transmitting at least a portion of a CUBS over the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. The at least portion of the CUBS is transmitted during a preamble including a fractional period of a first symbol period. The at least portion of the CUBS may be based at least in part on the determining. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095125 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UNLICENSED COMMUNICATIONS BAND ACCESS - A wireless terminal device ( | 03-31-2016 |
20160095128 | System and Method for Adaptive Cooperation Mode Selection Strategies for Wireless Networks - Embodiments are provided for adaptive user equipment (UE) cooperation mode selection in wireless networks. An adaptive UE cooperation strategy is implemented, which adaptively switches between a Decode-and-Forward (D&F) mode and a soft UE combining mode that involves combining, at the TUE, signals from multiple cooperating UEs (CUEs). A method by a network component includes obtaining access link qualities for links between a base station and a plurality of CUEs for a target UE (TUE). A UE cooperation mode or a hybrid UE cooperation mode is then selected from a plurality of supported UE cooperation modes according to the access link qualities of the CUEs. At least one of the CUEs is then instructed to cooperate in forwarding the signals to the TUE using the selected UE cooperation mode. The CUEs can dynamically opt out of the UE cooperation according to the channel quality of the CUEs or TUE. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095130 | METHODS FOR CONTROLLING ANTENNAS AND APPARATUSES USING THE SAME - A method for controlling antennas, performed by a virtual tunneling processor of a wireless access point, is provided and contains at least the following steps. Obtaining a plurality of first signal quality indices associated with a connecting device by respectively detecting the plurality of first signal quality indices by a plurality of antenna patterns, selecting a plurality of best antenna patterns as a plurality of antenna-pattern candidates according to the first signal quality indices, obtaining a plurality of second signal quality indices associated with the connecting device by respectively detecting the plurality of second signal quality indices by the antenna-pattern candidates, and storing the second signal quality indices in a database. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095131 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING MEASUREMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - One embodiment of the present invention comprises a method for a terminal performing a measurement in a wireless communication system. The method for performing a measurement comprises the steps of: a terminal performing a measurement in a particular resource area and transmitting the measurement result to a base station; and receiving information regarding a first signal from the base station, wherein if the terminal is configured to select the resource to be used for transmitting the first signal, the information regarding the first signal includes a resource pool that is determined on the basis of the measurement result. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095133 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE HARQ PROCESS MANAGEMENT - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 03-31-2016 |
20160095137 | ULTRA-LOW LATENCY LTE UPLINK FRAME STRUCTURE - Various aspects described herein relate to communicating in a wireless network. An uplink resource grant can be received from a network entity for communicating in the wireless network. A transmission time interval (TTI) for an uplink transmission within a subframe based on the uplink resource grant can be determined, wherein the TTI comprises one or more symbols which are a subset of a plurality of symbols in the subframe. Communications can be transmitted to the network entity over resources specified in the uplink resource grant during the TTI. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095139 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING MULTIPLE USER UPLINK MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL PROTOCOLS IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - A user terminal for multiple-user wireless communication is provided, comprising a transmit buffer configured to store uplink data for transmission. The user terminal comprises a processor configured to generate a request to transmit frame in response to uplink data being present in the transmit buffer, and initiate a transmit timer for determining when to transmit the request to transmit frame. The user terminal comprises a transmitter configured to transmit the request to transmit frame when the transmit timer expires or when the uplink data present in the transmit buffer exceeds a threshold amount. The user terminal comprises a receiver configured to receive a clear to transmit frame from an access point based on the transmitted request to transmit frame. The transmitter is further configured to transmit the uplink data present in the transmit buffer, concurrently with at least one other user terminal transmitting uplink data, to the access point at a specified time based on receiving the clear to transmit frame addressed to the user terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095142 | CONNECTION METHOD AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE - A connection method, adapted for an electronic device is provided. The connection method includes the following steps: when the electronic device simultaneously performs a first wireless transmission and a second transmission through a first wireless communication protocol and a second wireless communication protocol respectively, determining a priority order of a first transmission event in the first wireless transmission and a second transmission event in the second wireless transmission; when the priority order of the first transmission event is higher than the priority order of the second transmission event, interrupting the second wireless transmission; when the first transmission event is finished, comparing the priority order of the second transmission event and a third transmission event in the first wireless transmission; when the priority order of the second transmission event is higher than the priority order of the third transmission event, interrupting the first wireless transmission and enabling the second wireless transmission. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095144 | METHOD, COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR ENABLING OUT-OF-COVERAGE DEVICE - A method is disclosed for enabling device-to-device, D2D, communication when a communicating device is out of public land mobile network, PLMN, coverage for a first radio access technology, RAT. The method comprises scanning a carrier associated with a carrier predetermined for D2D communication for any signals, and if the scanning determines that D2D communication is present on the carrier, initiating out-of-coverage D2D communication, or if the scanning cannot determine that D2D communication is present on the carrier, determining a signal strength of other signals on the carrier and if the signal strength is below a threshold initiating out-of-coverage D2D communication. Alternatively, the method comprises scanning a carrier for at least a second RAT, and if a second RAT is detected, determining a PLMN of the detected RAT and accessing data on the determined PLMN about out-of-coverage D2D permissions, and if out-of-coverage D2D communication is permitted in the determined PLMN initiating out-of-coverage D2D communication. A communication device and computer program accordingly are also disclosed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095146 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS - An information processing apparatus includes: a communication interface; an operation device; a storage configured to store connection information and identification information relating to at least one wireless terminal to which the information processing apparatus can be connected over wireless communication; a controller. The controller is configured to: when a wireless connection to a wireless terminal is instructed, determine a first wireless terminal as a wireless terminal to which the information processing apparatus is to be connected; when first connection information and first identification information relating to the first wireless terminal are stored in the storage, determine whether the wireless connection with the first wireless terminal is being established; and when the wireless connection with the first wireless terminal is being established, maintaining the wireless connection with the first wireless terminal. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095147 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING CHANNEL HOPPING SEQUENCE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for performing device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises the step of discovering, by a first device performing channel hopping and D2D communication, a second device for which a new D2D communication is to be performed, wherein: the first device discovers the second device on the basis of a first channel hopping sequence in a first time interval within a total discovery period which is a channel hopping period, and is configured to perform channel hopping on the basis of a second channel hopping sequence in a second time interval within the total discovery period; and the total discovery period of the first device is determined on the basis of the second channel hopping sequence in the second time interval and the number of repetitions of the second channel hopping sequence. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095151 | Systems and Methods for Improved Transitions Continuity Between Wireless Protocols - Described herein are systems and methods for improved transitions continuity between wireless protocol states. One embodiment relates to a method including, at a user equipment (“UE”), establishing a connection to a first wireless network in accordance with a first wireless communication protocol, wherein the first wireless communication protocol is used for voice communications and data communications between the UE and the first wireless network, receiving a user request to disable the voice communications with the first wireless network, registering for voice communications with a second wireless network in accordance with a second wireless communication protocol, and maintaining the connection to the first wireless network to continue data communications between the UE and the first wireless network, wherein the UE simultaneously operates in the first wireless communication protocol and the second wireless communication protocol. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095154 | Methods and Apparatus for Handling Connections to Multiple Radio Access Technologies - An example method includes a mobile terminal attempting to connect ( | 03-31-2016 |
20160095156 | OUT-OF-SERVICE SCAN OPTIMIZATION USING BROADCAST NEIGHBOR LIST INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide an improved out-of-service (OOS) scan method that can increase the speed of acquiring service while avoiding unnecessary full scan, thus reducing scan time and/or power consumption of a user equipment. In one aspect of the disclosure, if a user equipment fails to acquire service after scanning a most recently used (MRU) list, the user equipment scans for the networks or cells stored in a neighbor list before performing a wider scan or a full scan. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095157 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR PERFORMING A COMMUNICATION - A communication terminal is described comprising a transceiver configured to establish a layer three communication connection and to transmit data via the layer three communication connection and a controller configured to control the transceiver to pause data transmission of the layer three communication connection, transmit data via a second communication connection during the pausing of the data transmission of the layer three communication connection and resume transmission of data via the layer three communication connection after the transmission of data via the second communication connection is completed. | 03-31-2016 |
20160095161 | ENCODED INFORMATION READING TERMINAL WITH USER-CONFIGURABLE MULTI-PROTOCOL WIRELESS COMMUNICATION INTERFACE - An apparatus may include a microprocessor and a wireless communication interface configured to perform at least one of receiving a first radio signal or transmitting a second radio signal. The microprocessor may be configured to execute at least one of a base-band encoder software program or a base-band decoder software program. The apparatus may be further configured to execute a wireless communication protocol selector software program that may be configured to optimize a value of a user-defined criterion in order to dynamically select at least one of a wireless communication network, a wireless communication protocol, and a parameter of a wireless communication protocol. | 03-31-2016 |
20160097835 | REFERENCE SIGNALS FOR POSITIONING MEASUREMENTS - Methods and apparatus for supporting reference signals for positioning measurements are disclosed. Methods include subframe configuration, subframe structures, measurement opportunities using a set of downlink subframes which are not all consecutive, handling of subframes containing reference signals and system signals such as synchronization signals, paging occasions and Multicast Broadcast Multimedia Service (MBMS), and related control signaling between a long term evolution (LTE) network and a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU). Moreover, methods to resolve allocation conflicts arising between positioning reference signals and other reference signals are disclosed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099760 | Uplink Transmit Diversity - The present disclosure discloses a method in a wireless access network node for controlling a UE. The UE comprises at least two transmit antennas, and is capable of uplink transmit diversity. There is an antenna weight associated with each transmit antenna. First, the wireless access network node determines that the antenna weights of the user equipment may be controlled. Then, it creates a control signal that comprises control information and transmits it to the user equipment. The control information controls a UE autonomous selection of the antenna weights in the UE. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099762 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL CALIBRATION AMONG MULTIPLE RRUS - The present invention discloses a method and an apparatus for channel calibration among multiple RRUs, and pertains to the field of communications technologies. The method includes self-calibrating two RRUs to obtain two self-calibration coefficient, exchanging calibration sequences between the two RRUs through an air interface, returning, by one RRU, the calibration sequence received from another RRU to the another RRU in the air interface, and acquiring a calibration coefficient of the another RRU according to the calibration sequences and the self-calibration coefficients. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099763 | Beam Administration Methods for Cellular/Wireless Networks - A method of beam administration in a cellular or wireless network is proposed. Cellular/wireless networks operating at Ka or higher frequency band require the use of directional antenna (or through array-based beamforming) to compensate for sever pathloss. Maintaining antenna pointing and tracking accuracy is essential in many phases of the communication process. By using uplink pilot signals for beam alignment/tracking, combined with switched beamforming at the UE and adaptive beamforming at the BS, an effective beam administration is achieved with reduced overhead, complexity, and cost. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099764 | PER STREAM AND PER ANTENNA CYCLIC SHIFT DELAY IN UPLINK MULTI-USER MIMO - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus includes a processor configured to determine a first set of CSD values for transmitting a first set of information on a plurality of antennas, determine a second set of CSD values for transmitting a second set of information on the plurality of antennas, and transmit the first set of information based on the first set of CSD values and the second set of information based on the second set of CSD values. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099789 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF TONE MAPPING DURING SINGLE USER AND MULTIPLE USER OPERATING MODES INCLUDING TRANSMISSIONS RESPECTIVELY OF OFDM SYMBOLS AND OFDMA SYMBOLS IN A WLAN - A system including a direct current tone, guard tone, data tone allocation, mapping, and inverse Fourier transform (IFT) modules. The direct current tone module determines a number of direct current tones based on whether a network device is operating in a single user or multi-user mode. The guard tone module determines a number of guard tones based on whether the network device is operating in the single user or multi-user mode. The data tone allocation module determines a number of data tones based on the number of direct current and guard tones. The mapping module receives data and based on the number of data tones, maps the data to the data tones. The IFT module performs a frequency to time domain conversion of an output of the mapping module to generate orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols during the single user mode and OFDM access symbols during the multi-user mode. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099790 | Cost Effective Network Interference Cancellation For Wireless Networks - Embodiments are described herein to provide improvements to known network interference cancellation techniques. One general approach involves a first network node attempting ( | 04-07-2016 |
20160099791 | ENHANCEMENT OF INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION WITH ADAPTIVE REDUCED-POWER ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAMES BASED ON NEIGHBOR CELL PROFILE DATA - An inter-cell interference coordination procedure in heterogeneous networks (HetNets) is enhanced based on utilization of cell profile data associated with neighbor access points to improve HetNet spectrum efficiency, mobility performance, and/or overall network capacity. In one aspect, a macro access point can receive cell profile data associated with neighbor access points and modify a power level of reduced-power almost blank subframes (ABS) transmitted by the macro access point to manage macro cell capacity. Further, the macro access point can configure the ABS pattern and transmit the ABS pattern to the neighbor access points. Based on the ABS pattern, the neighbor access points can schedule transmissions to user equipment that are located at (or close to) their cell-edge to reduce inter-cell interference. | 04-07-2016 |
20160099794 | UE ASSISTED INTERFERENCE LEARNING - In an unlicensed band, different types of interference may be experienced by user equipments (UEs), and a serving evolved Node B (eNB) may not be aware of the interference types affecting a UE. Therefore, aspects presented herein provide UE assisted interference learning, in which the UE detects an interfering signal and reports information such as the interference level and properties of the interfering signal to a serving eNB. Another aspects presented herein provide for an eNB which receives, from one or more UEs, information indicating properties of each of at least one interfering signals experienced by the UEs, such as interference types affecting the UEs. The eNB further uses the information received from the UE, including the wireless technology type to determine the properties of its downlink transmission and the length of the contention window leading up to its downlink transmission. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100318 | SIGNALING METHOD FOR SHARING UNLICENSED SPECTRUM BETWEEN DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES AND RELATED APPARATUSES USING THE SAME - The disclosure is directed to a signaling method for sharing an unlicensed spectrum between different radio access technologies used by a base station and a multi-mode wireless device, a multi-mode wireless device using the same method, and a base station using the same method. According to one of the exemplary embodiments, the disclosure is directed to a signaling method for sharing an unlicensed spectrum between different radio access technologies used by a base station. The method may include not limited to receiving a first transmission via a receiver of a first radio access technology over an unlicensed spectrum, calculating a channel information of the first transmission in response to receiving the first transmission, configuring a second transmission based on the first channel information of the first transmission, and transmitting the second transmission via a transmitter of a second radio access technology over the unlicensed spectrum. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100319 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING A CONTACT VERIFICATION SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present document related to a method and apparatus for transceiving a signal capable of verifying the validity of an available channel in a wireless communication system. According to the present invention, a scheme for transceiving available channel information, a scheme for requesting/responding to a channel validity inquiry, and a scheme for transceiving a contact verification signal are provided, and accordingly, a scheme for supporting the accurate and efficient operation of an unlicensed device while protecting a licensed device in a whitespace band is provided. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100353 | METHOD OF DYNAMIC ADMISSION CONTROL APPLICABLE TO PROSE SERVER AND USER EQUIPMENT AND RELATED APPARATUSES USING THE SAME - The disclosure is directed to a method of dynamic admission control applicable to a ProSe server and a Prose UE and related apparatuses using the same method. In one of the exemplary embodiments, the disclosure is directed to a method which includes not limited to receiving an ARP setting table which indicates a plurality of ARP settings for each wireless device; receiving, from the wireless device, a wireless signal which indicates that the wireless device has enabled a D2D relay functionality; and modifying the first ARP setting of the wireless device to be a second ARP setting of the wireless device according to the ARP settings table in response to that the wireless device has enabled the relay functionality, wherein the second ARP setting has a higher priority level than the first ARP setting. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100356 | METHOD AND CONTROLLER FOR IMPLEMENTING WIRELESS NETWORK CLOUD - A method is provided that enables a user to access a specific local area network in a WiFi system with a specific account name through any terminal in a WiFi network. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100357 | Access Network Discovery and Selection Function Enhancement With Cell-Type Management Object - Concepts and technologies described herein relate to an enhancement to an access network discovery and selection function (“ANDSF”) with a cell-type management object (“MO”) within an ANDSF MO tree. According to one aspect disclosed herein, a system including an ANDSF can generate a policy for network selection. The policy can include network selection criteria based upon a cell-type. The cell-type may be a small cell cell-type, a macro cell cell-type, or a multi-standard metro cell (“MSMC”) cell-type. The network selection criteria can be further based upon WI-FI availability. The system can send the policy to a mobile device. The mobile device can utilize the policy to select a network. In some embodiments, the network selection criteria includes network load information, local device information, user profile information, or some combination thereof. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100358 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOVE CON-TROL NODE, AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The wireless communication system of the present invention includes a base station ( | 04-07-2016 |
20160100372 | Signal Power Management in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A first signal is transmitted starting in a first subframe of a cell of a first cell group. A second signal is configured for transmission in a second subframe of a second cell group. Transmission of the second signal is dropped if a power value is more than an allowable transmission power. A calculation of the power value considers transmission power of the first signal and the second signal if the first subframe and the second subframe overlap in time with more than a first duration. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100381 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR EFFICIENT INDICATION OF BANDWIDTH AND STREAM ALLOCATION - Example systems, methods, and devices for efficient indication of bandwidth and stream allocation are discussed. In one embodiment, a method for indication of bandwidth allocation in a wireless network can include partitioning, by a network device, a bandwidth of a wireless signal into a plurality of subband units, assigning one or more switch bits between adjacent subband units, and allocating one or more modified subband units to one or more users of the network. In another embodiment, a method for stream allocation can include partitioning, by a network device, a spatial stream of a wireless signal into a plurality of spatial streams, assigning one or more switch bits between adjacent spatial streams, and allocating one or more modified spatial streams to one or more users of the network. Certain methods, apparatus, and systems described herein can be applied to 802.11ax or any other wireless standard. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100382 | DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) DESIGN FOR LTE DEVICES - Compact Downlink Control Information (DCI) format designs reduced the overhead of Physical Downlink Control Channels (PDCCHs) are provided. The compact DCI format designs may include using the extended RBGs size reduces the Resource Block Assignment (RBA) field of DCI; using modified format of extended Carrier Indicator Field (CIF) field supports numerous Component Carriers (CCs); making several CC-specific information field within DCI formats be common achieves a fast CCs activation/deactivation; and one or multiple DCI contents which need to be applied for different CCs are concatenated in a DCI. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100384 | REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT - Coordinated Multipoint (CoMP) involves multiple transmission points or cells coordinating their individual transmissions so that a target user equipment (UE) experiences enhanced signal reception and/or reduced interference. In order to optimally implement downlink CoMP, a serving cell needs to obtain channel state information (CSI) for the downlink channels from the multiple transmission points to the UE. This disclosure deals with radio resource control (RRC) signaling for configuring the UE to obtain and report CSI for those downlink channels. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100385 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK SIGNAL AND METHOD AND EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING DOWNLINK SIGNAL - A base station of the present invention configures resources in which a downlink signal is to be transmitted with zero power using resource sets defined for a specific number of antenna ports, regardless of the number of antenna ports actually configured in the base station, and transmits resource information indicating the configured resources to a user equipment. The user equipment of the present invention receives a downlink transmission from the base station, assuming that transmission power of resources corresponding to a resource set indicated by the resource information is zero. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100386 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a wireless communication system. First, second, and third DMRS sequences associated with first, second, and third layers respectively are generated. First, second, and third cyclic shifts are allocated to the first, second, and third DMRS sequences respectively, The first, second, and third DMRS sequences are transmitted to a base station. The first, second, and third cyclic shifts are respectively determined based on first, second and third cyclic shift values, which are indicated by a cyclic shift field in downlink control information (DCI) received through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH). The first and second cyclic shift values are separated by a maximum separation value corresponding to a total number of cyclic shifts and being determined for transmission of DMRS signal in the system using four layers. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100387 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR UPLINK TRANSMIT DIVERSITY - Certain aspects of the present disclosure propose methods for supporting uplink transmit diversity in a wireless communication system. The proposed methods may eliminate ambiguity in decoding physical downlink control channel aggregation level and resources that are used by different antennas of a user equipment. In addition, a method is proposed for resource allocation for ACK/NACK repetition. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100389 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING DEDICATED SCHEDULING REQUEST RESOURCE - A method and device for distributing the specific scheduling request resources. The method includes: in the multi-carrier aggregation system, according to the set scheduling principle determine the terminal sending carrier resources which may be used by the specific scheduling, the carrier resources comprises the number of carrier and serial number, the carrier resources of the specific scheduling request resources are distributed and sent to the terminal on the determined carrier according to the set scheduling principle; the distributed carrier and time frequency resources which may be used on every carrier are informed to the terminal. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100390 | Device and Method of Handling Parameter Configurations - A network for handling parameter configurations comprises a processing means to execute instructions. The instructions comprise determining a subset of parameter configurations; transmitting information of the subset of parameter configurations to a communication device via a higher layer signaling; selecting at least one parameter configuration from the subset of parameter configurations, wherein the at least one parameter configuration corresponds to at least one communication device, respectively; transmitting information of the at least one parameter configuration to the communication device via a physical layer signaling; transmitting a signal to the communication device via a resource according to a transmission scheme and a parameter configuration of the communication device; and transmitting at least one signal to the at least one communication device via the resource according to the transmission scheme and the at least one parameter configuration. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100391 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING HYBRID AUTOMATIC RETRANSMIT REQUEST-ACKNOWLEDGMENT (HARQ-ACK) INDEX MAPPING AND UPLINK RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR CHANNEL SELECTION TRANSMISSION IN INTER-BAND TIME DIVISION DUPLEX MODE, USER EQUIPMENT TO TRANSMIT HARQ-ACK, AND EN - Hybrid Automatic Retransmit ReQuest-Acknowledgment (HARQ-ACK) index mapping and uplink resource allocation is performed and controlled for channel selection transmission. A method for transmitting HARQ-ACK information to an eNode-B (eNB) by a User Equipment (UE) includes identifying KPCell as a number of downlink subframe(s) of a Pcell associated with an uplink subframe and identifying KSCell as a number of downlink subframe(s) of an Scell associated with the uplink subframe; generating Discontinuous Transmission (DTX) response information for a cell having a smaller number of downlink subframes between the Pcell and the Scell; generating HARQ-ACK information including the generated DTX response information and response information on data received by the UE from the eNB; and transmitting the generated HARQ-ACK information to the eNB through the uplink subframe. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100392 | RADIO RECEPTION APPARATUS, RADIO TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Where first and second reference signals for a first and second communication system, respectively, are transmitted, resources that affect a reception apparatus compatible only with the first communication system can be minimized, and the throughput can be prevented from being deteriorated. As resources for a reference signal CSI-RS for LTE-A, last half symbols in a time direction of a resource unit RB/Sub-frame defined in a frequency-time domain are used, and the CSI-RS is allocated in a position up to the last two symbols or in the last symbol, or the like, of a particular RB/Sub-frame and transmitted when a reference signal 4RS for LTE is transmitted to a reception apparatus in addition to transmitting CSI-RS for LTE-A. The reception apparatus receives CSI-RS allocated in the last half symbol of RB/Sub-frame based on CSI-RS allocation information, measures channel quality by using this CSI-RS, and transmits and reports feedback information. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100393 | BASE STATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION DEVICE CONTROL METHOD - A P cell communication unit and an S cell communication unit establish communication with a mobile station using a plurality of radio resources of a first cell and a second cell overlapping the first cell. A moving speed measuring unit measures a moving speed of the mobile station based on a signal transmitted from the mobile station using the radio resources of the first cell. A scheduling processing unit stops an allocation of the radio resources of the second cell to the mobile station based on a wireless environment with the mobile station. The scheduling processing unit starts an allocation of the radio resources of the second cell to the mobile station when the moving speed of the mobile station is less than a certain value in a state in which the allocation of the radio resources of the second cell is stopped. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100394 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME, AND STORAGE MEDIUM - In a communication system including a first apparatus and a second apparatus, the first apparatus transmits to the second apparatus a signal that requests information for connecting to a network. Then, in response to receiving the signal from the first apparatus, the second apparatus determines whether or not another apparatus connectable to the network is present within a communicable range of the second apparatus, and when determining that the other apparatus is present in the communicable range, the second apparatus notifies the first apparatus of information for connecting to the other apparatus. The first apparatus receives from the second apparatus the information for connecting to the other apparatus, and connects to the other apparatus and to the network, based on the received information. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100396 | BEAMFORMED TRANSMISSION IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present invention relates to a method and apparatus for beamformed transmission in a wireless local area network. According to one aspect of the present invention, a method for transmitting a Physical layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) frame to a plurality of stations (STAs) by an Access Point (AP) in a wireless local area network may be provided. The method may include transmitting a SIGNAL field of the PPDU frame, the SIGNAL field including beamforming information indicating whether beamforming is applied to respective data units of the PPDU frame, and transmitting the data units of the PPDU frame, the data units being individually beamformed or not beamformed according to the beamforming information. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100397 | UPLINK SCHEDULING INFORMATION REPORTING APPARATUS AND SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTI-CONNECTIVITY - One objective of the present invention is to provide uplink scheduling information reporting apparatus and System supporting multi-connectivity. Herein, a UE connected to multiple eNBs, the UE receives trigger configuration information about buffer status report of a logical channel group that a corresponding radio bearer belongs to, and radio bearer configuration information and uplink resource configuration information respectively corresponding to each of the multiple eNBs, when the BSR trigger condition of at least one of the multiple eNBs is satisfied, transmit to a corresponding eNB the buffer status report of the logical channel group that its corresponding radio bearer belongs to, so as to support uplink scheduling report in multi-connectivity. The reporting mechanism provides the serving eNB with information about data amount that can be transmitted in UL buffer of a UE, so as to support multi-connectivity, and enables macro cell to provide a better coverage of the control plane data and enables small cell to provide larger capacity. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100402 | MULTIRECEIVER TIMING ADVANCE PROVISIONING - A method of operating a mobile station in a packet transfer mode includes receiving a distribution timing advance message on a control channel from a base station. The distribution timing advance message contains a plurality of mobile station identifiers and associated timing advance values. One of the mobile station identifiers is identified as corresponding to the mobile station. The timing advance value associated with the identified one of the mobile station identifiers is determined. The timing of an uplink transmission to the base station is then adjusted responsive to the timing advance value. Related mobile stations, methods of operating a base station subsystem to communicate timing advance values to a plurality of mobile stations, base station subsystems, and methods of operating a serving GPRS support node to control communication of timing advance values by a base station subsystem are also disclosed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100403 | SUB-BAND ALLOCATION TECHNIQUES FOR REDUCED-BANDWIDTH MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION (MTC) DEVICES - Sub-band allocation techniques for reduced-bandwidth machine-type communication (MTC) devices are described. In one embodiment, for example, user equipment (UE) may comprise logic, at least a portion of which is in hardware, the logic to identify a machine-type communication (MTC) sub-band allocation based on received MTC sub-band allocation information, the MTC sub-band allocation to comprise an allocation of a plurality of subcarriers to an MTC sub-band of a system bandwidth of a serving cell of the UE, the MTC sub-band allocation to define at least one MTC direct current (DC) subcarrier among the plurality of subcarriers, and a radio interface to receive a transmission via the MTC sub-band according to the MTC sub-band allocation. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100404 | OPPORTUNISTIC SIGNAL TRANSMISSION FOR INTER-RAT CO-EXISTENCE - Various embodiments may be generally directed to techniques for transmitting and receiving one or more reference signals opportunistically within a window over an unlicensed carrier. Various embodiments provide techniques for determining a configuration of the window within an operating environment that may include one or more different radio access technologies (RATs). Various embodiments provide techniques for transmitting the one or more reference signals opportunistically within the window based on an availability of a wireless communications medium. Various embodiments provide techniques for receiving and recovering the one or more reference signals regardless of their location within the window, thereby improving communications in an unlicensed spectrum shared by a variety of different communication devices that may operate according to a variety of different communication protocols. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100406 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION FOR A COMPONENT CARRIER - Techniques are described for wireless communication. One method includes determining a set of uplink (UL) component carriers (CCs) to use for a user equipment (UE). The set of UL CCs may include at least one UL CC in a first radio frequency spectrum band and at least one UL CC in a second radio frequency spectrum band. The method further includes identifying, for a subframe, uplink control information (UCI) due for transmission, the UCI associated with one or more CCs, and limiting available UL CCs for transmission of the UCI to the at least one UL CC in the first radio frequency spectrum band. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100407 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING A SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL OR SCHEDULING REQUEST OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes receiving from a base station an indication of a set of one or more uplink interlaces of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band allocated for a sounding reference signal, and transmitting the sounding reference signal for a user equipment (UE) over the indicated set of one or more uplink interlaces of the unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band. A second method includes receiving an indication of an interlace of an unlicensed radio frequency spectrum band allocated for a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) transmission, and transmitting a scheduling request and a buffer status report over the indicated interlace. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100408 | MULTIUSER SIGNALING AND ACCESS REQUEST MECHANISMS - In an example of wireless communications, an access point (AP) may send a first trigger frame to multiple stations. In response, some or all of the stations may transmit their respective uplink frames to the AR The uplink frames may include status information of the stations such as buffered data size. The AP may send a second trigger frame, including resource allocation assignments to inform stations which sub-bands may be used to send their payloads to the AP. The AP may allocate sub-bands to stations based on the status information of the station. The AP may allocate a relatively narrow sub-band to one or more stations when the status information is not known to the AP. Status information may be provided in certain control fields of a data frame. Random access may be provided by assigning a sub-band to multiple stations. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100409 | Wireless Multicarrier Random Access Process - A Base station transmits a control command for transmission of a random access preamble on a secondary cell if the base station determines radio resources of the secondary cell are required for transmission of a portion of data and that the secondary cell requires a different uplink timing from currently activated and synchronized cells of the wireless device. The base station transmits at least one control packet for comprising transport format information and resource allocation information for transmission of a plurality of packets of the data to be transmitted on the secondary cell. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100411 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION ENHANCEMENT IN HETNETS THROUGH COORDINATED SIMO/MIMO INTERFERENCE CODES - The embodiments herein disclose a method and system for interference cancellation in a Heterogeneous Network (HetNet) including a base station serving a User Equipment (UE), and a plurality of neighbor base stations. Further, the method includes sharing a parameter associated with the base station serving the UE and the plurality of neighbor base stations in the HetNet. Further, the method includes determining whether the UE is experiencing interference from the neighbor base station based on the parameters. Further, the method includes coordinating with the base station serving the UE to cancel the level of interference experienced by the UE based on the transmission mode associated with each base station serving the UE and the neighbor base station interfering at the UE. The transmission mode is one of a Single-Input and Multiple-Output (SIMO) and Multiple-Output and Multiple-Output (MIMO) mode. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100414 | SUPERPOSED SIGNALING FOR BANDWIDTH EFFICIENCY - Systems, methods and instrumentalities are disclosed for superposed signaling for bandwidth efficiency in wireless communications. Homogeneous and heterogeneous signals may be superposed on the same channel. Superposed signals may comprise, for example, multi carrier, frequency division and code division signals, including multiple access, e.g., OFDMA and CDMA, signals. Data for various receivers may be dynamically selected for signal superpositioning, for example, based on radio access technology, communication rate (e.g. high and low rates), distance between transmitter and receiver (e.g. near and far signals). Communication rate and power may be allocated to superposed signals. Interference nulling may be applied, for example, by selecting or excluding spreading codes and/or subcarriers. Nulled locations may be used to transmit critical information. Interference shaping may be applied to modify interference, e.g., by transmitting interference symbols using reserved spreading codes. Support information, e.g., code indices, code length and/or subcarriers, may be signaled to support or optimize performance. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100417 | UTILITY-BASED CROSS LAYERING - One embodiment provides a system that facilitates a large-scale mobile ad hoc network to adapt to specific needs of wireless nodes in a mobile wireless network. During operation, an intermediate node receives one or more packets that indicate a microutility and a relevance, where the microutility is based on a utility function specific to an application, and where the relevance indicates a priority of the one or more packets. The intermediate node combines the relevance of the one or more packets. The intermediate node aggregates the microutility and the relevance for the one or more packets, and determines the value of the one or more packets based on the aggregation of the microutility and the relevance. The intermediate node also determines an action for the one or more packets based on the determined value of a respective packet. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100419 | INFORMATION SENDING METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present invention provide an information sending method and apparatus, where direct communication is performed between user devices in a first subframe, and channel state information of direct communication performed between the user devices is sent to a third device in a second subframe, so that the third device can learn the channel state information between the user devices, and further perform resource scheduling for the user devices performing direct communication. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100420 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING POWER ON AN UPLINK COMPONENT CARRIER TRANSMITTED OVER A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes identifying a first uplink component carrier of a plurality of component carriers configured for a user equipment (UE); determining that the first uplink component carrier is transmitted over a shared radio frequency spectrum band; and performing a power management operation on the first uplink component carrier, for a current subframe, based at least in part on the determining. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100422 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR IMPROVING SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY AND COVERAGE FOR USER EQUIPMENTS - Methods and apparatus are provided to improve spectral efficiency, coverage, and data rates for communication between a base station and user equipments (UEs). In a first case, mechanisms to reduce a size of a random access response message are provided. In a second case, mechanisms to support UE-group scheduling are provided. In a third case, control signaling designs according to a coverage requirement for a UE are provided. In a fourth case, designs for allocation of downlink (DL) subframes and uplink (UL) subframes in order to adjust a data rate and minimize switching between DL and UL for a half-duplex FDD UE are provided. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100423 | Cooperative Uplink Reception Suitable for Non-Ideal Backhaul - A first cell determines that UE(s) should have HARQ cycle(s) skipped, where each of the UE(s) is to take part in a CoMP transmission. Skipping is to be performed to enable the first cell to receive information from second cell(s) over backhaul link(s) for the HARQ transmission(s). A first HARQ cycle is scheduled and participated in for the UE(s) in order to receive a transmission at the first cell from the UE(s). The HARQ cycle(s) is/are skipped for the UE(s) by sending, prior to decoding information from the uplink CoMP transmissions, an acknowledgement to the UE(s) and not scheduling the UE(s) for a PDCCH grant for the HARQ cycle(s). The skipping depends on one or more of: a backhaul latency, a load in the first cell, a type of UE, or a request to the second cell(s). Apparatus and program products are also disclosed. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100425 | Wireless Device Preamble Transmission Timing - A wireless device receives a control message configuring cell groups comprising a first cell group and a second cell group. The wireless device receives a control command causing the wireless device to transmit a random access preamble on a secondary cell in the secondary cell group. Transmission timing of the random access preamble is determined, at least in part, employing uplink subframe transmission timing of the primary cell or a stored timing advance value. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100426 | Scheduling Requests in Small Cell Networks - A Small Cell Network in which a terminal is simultaneously served by a macro cell and one or more small cells. These may operate at different frequencies, and may have different bandwidths, traffic loading and support different QoS (Quality of Service). The terminal indicates its preference of cell to employ for its uplink data transmission by sending a scheduling request using a cell selected from a set of cells by the mobile terminal, depending on the UL channel characteristics for the cells in the set and/or on other criteria. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100428 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus receives, on a PDCCH (physical downlink control channel), information used for initiating a random access procedure. The mobile station apparatus also transmits a random access preamble on a physical random access channel resource based on or in response to the information. Furthermore, the mobile station apparatus receives a random access response corresponding to the random access preamble on one specific downlink component carrier among a plurality of downlink component carriers where the one specific downlink component carrier linked to an uplink component carrier on which the random access preamble is transmitted on the physical random access channel resource. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100429 | Controlling Random Access Failure on a Secondary Cell - A method in a base station for controlling a Random Access, RA, procedure is provided. The base station initiates ( | 04-07-2016 |
20160100430 | CONTENTION BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS FOR LATENCY REDUCTION - Contention-based uplink communications within a wireless communications system are provided in which a user equipment (UE) may transmit data to a base station autonomously, and thereby reduce delay with established procedures for allocating uplink resources to a UE. A base station may allocate contention-based uplink resources from a set of available uplink resources. A UE may determine that data is to be transmitted using contention-based uplink resources, identify available contention-based resources allocated by the base station, and may autonomously transmit the data using the allocated contention-based resources. The contention-based uplink resources may include a subset of available physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) resources. The contention-based PUSCH resources may include allocated bins, and a UE may select CB-PUSCH resources from one of the bins for transmission of the uplink data. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100433 | PHYSICAL LAYER PROCEDURES FOR LTE IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - The disclosure provides for control plane measurements in a wireless device. The wireless device may perform, on signals received over an unlicensed spectrum across multiple sub-frames, radio resource management (RRM) measurements of a cell. The wireless device may identify one or both of a first subset of the RRM measurements associated with a first subset of the sub-frames including opportunistic transmissions and a second subset of the RRM measurements associated with a second subset of the sub-frames including guaranteed transmissions. The wireless device may determine one or more RRM measurement values based on one or both of the first subset of the RRM measurements and the second subset of the RRM measurements. The wireless device may similarly perform radio link management (RLM) measurements and determine RLM measurement values based on the first and second subsets. The wireless device may also use timers for uplink transmissions to detect radio link failures. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100434 | PRACH TRANSMISSION POWER ADJUSTMENT - In a first configuration, a UE may determine a PRACH power ramp-up P | 04-07-2016 |
20160100436 | PROVIDING ACCESS TO A CRUISE SHIP NETWORK FROM A CONNECTION TO A SECONDARY NETWORK SEAMLESSLY - A system and method for providing access to a cruise ship network from a secondary network seamlessly is disclosed herein. The system includes a universal resource locator (URL) receiver to receive a URL from a mobile device connected to the cruise ship network or the secondary network; a connection detector to detect whether the mobile device is connected to the cruise ship network or the secondary network; an access retriever to retrieve an instruction based on the received URL and the detected connection; and a server transmitter to communicate the instruction to a server associated with the cruise ship network. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100440 | WIRELESS MESH NETWORK AUTO-FORMING IN A MULTI-TENANT ENVIRONMENT - A wireless mesh access point (AP) determines a candidate set of Basic Service Set Identifiers (BSSIDs) or other unique identifiers by monitoring for detection of a set of wireless communications, each bearing a unique identifier. The AP selects a candidate unique identifier from the candidate set. The AP establishes a wireless communication link with a controller of a wireless mesh network associated with the candidate unique identifier. The AP transmits a request to the controller to join the wireless mesh network associated with the candidate unique identifier. The AP receives a response from the controller indicating either acceptance or rejection of the request. If the response indicates rejection, the AP rejects one or more unique identifiers in the candidate set in response to reason information included in the rejection. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100441 | HIGH EFFICIENCY DISTRIBUTED DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) CHANNEL ACCESS - Techniques for facilitating device-to-device (D2D) communications using a high efficiency distributed channel access scheme are generally described herein. In some examples, a communication zone allocated for wireless D2D communications is divided into resource contention and scheduled transmission portions. The resource contention segment may be used to transmit a request message from a transmitting device to a receiving device (a request-to-send message), and transmit a response to the request message from the receiving device to the transmitting device (a clear-to-send message). The response can indicate a time for the data transmission to occur during the scheduled transmission segment. During the scheduled transmission segment, the scheduled data transmission and other D2D data transmissions among the various devices will be performed. In further examples, contention access techniques may be used during the resource contention segment to manage access to the resource channel. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100442 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND BASE STATION - A wireless communication device, a wireless communication method, and a base station, the wireless communication device being used for device-to-device communication and including: a reception device, used for receiving paging signaling sent when in communication with another wireless communication device and preset conditions are satisfied for device-to-device communication, the paging signaling being used to supplement paging between the wireless communication device and the other wireless-communication device; paging based upon the paging signaling is used to confirm establishment of device-to-device communication between the wireless communication device and the other wireless-communication device. The wireless communication device, wireless communication method, and base station at least can enhance efficiency of device-to-device paging and thus also enhance efficiency of device-to-device communication. | 04-07-2016 |
20160100447 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING A CONTROL CHANNEL AND A DATA CHANNEL OVER MULTIPLE COMPONENT CARRIERS - Certain aspects of the present disclosure relate to transmitting control and data channels over multiple carriers in wireless communications. Configuration information can be obtained for a plurality of component carriers configured by one or more cells. An indication to perform parallel transmission of a control channel and a data channel with the one or more cells can be received. It can be determined whether the parallel transmission is supported over at least one component carrier of the plurality of component carriers. At least one of the control channel, the data channel, or a combination thereof, can be transmitted over the at least one component carrier based at least in part on the indication to perform the parallel transmission and based at least in part on determining whether the parallel transmission is supported over the at least one component carrier. | 04-07-2016 |
20160105221 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COORDINATED MULTIPOINT COMMUNICATION - Systems and techniques for managing helper cells in coordinated multipoint processing. Bandwidth assistance is requested from one or more cells operating in a network. In response to demand price and headroom information provided by a plurality of cells receiving the request, a set of potential helper cells is rank ordered and identified one or more helpers is identified from the ordered set and a candidate helper set is assembled based on bandwidth performance assistance criteria. A new request for bandwidth assistance is made. In response to new demand price and headroom information obtained from the candidate helper set, a determination is made whether sufficient iterations have been performed. If sufficient iterations have not been performed, the process is repeated, and if sufficient iterations have been performed, a requesting cell proceeds to operate while receiving bandwidth assistance from the assembled set. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105227 | Data Transmission Method and Apparatus - The present invention discloses a data transmission method and apparatus. A first access point determines a current working uplink receiving beam, and broadcasts an identifier of the current working uplink receiving beam of the first access point, so that when a first station associated with the first access point determines, according to the identifier of the current working uplink receiving beam of the first access point, that a first transmitting beam at which the first station is currently working is the current working uplink receiving beam of the first access point, the first station performs data transmission with the first access point by using the first transmitting beam. The current working uplink receiving beam of the first access point and a current working uplink receiving beam of a second access point do not overlap in space. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105228 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) OUTDOOR ANTENNA AND MODULE - A long term evolution outdoor antenna and module that provides a compact design for wide band performance is provided. In one embodiment, the antennas comprises a top element, a feed coupled to the top element, and an unbalanced communication line coupled to the feed via a bottom element, wherein a dielectric layer is formed between the bottom element and the feed. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105229 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF BEAMFORMING - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, devices, systems and methods of beamforming. For example, a first station may be configured to transmit to a second station a plurality of sector sweep (SSW) frames of a first beamforming transmission of a beamforming procedure, a SSW frame of the first beamforming transmission including a duration value to indicate a time until at least a beginning of a second beamforming transmission subsequent to the first beamforming transmission; and to receive from the second station one or more SSW frames of the second beamforming transmission. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105260 | SHORT PACKET FOR USE IN BEAMFORMING - A method for generating a beamforming training (BFT) unit includes generating a physical layer (PHY) preamble of the BFT unit and generating a first encoding block and a second encoding block using PHY data and MAC data, including at least one of i) using a number of padding bits in a PHY layer of the BFT unit such that the BFT unit consists of the PHY preamble, the first encoding block, and the second encoding block, and ii) generating a MAC protocol data unit (MPDU) having a length such that the BFT unit consists of the PHY preamble, the first encoding block, and the second encoding block. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105264 | REFERENCE SIGNAL DESIGN FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for reference signal design in wireless communications. A base station may select a reference signal density scheme from a set of available density schemes associated with a port count. The reference signal density scheme may also be selected based on the category of the mobile device receiving the reference signal transmissions. The reference signal density scheme may be a higher density reference signal density scheme or a lower density reference signal density scheme, where the higher density reference signal density scheme includes more reference signal resource elements per subframe. The mobile device may determine the reference signal density scheme based on characteristics of a channel. The higher density reference signal density scheme may provide additional channel estimation opportunities for the mobile device. In some cases, the mobile device sends the channel estimated based on the received reference signals to the base station. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105266 | Enhanced PHICH Transmission for LTE-Advanced - A method is provided for communication in a wireless telecommunication system. The method comprises generating a sequence of signals of an enhanced physical HARQ (hybrid automatic repeat request) indicator channel (E-PHICH). The method further comprises mapping the sequence of signals of the E-PHICH to a first set of resource elements, wherein the first set of resource elements is multiplexed with a second set of resource elements over a set of virtual resource blocks, and wherein the second set of resource elements carries at least one of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) and a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). | 04-14-2016 |
20160105269 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION BASE STATION EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL DEVICE AND SEARCH SPACE SETTING METHOD - Disclosed is wireless communication base station equipment in which CCE allocation can be flexibly performed without collision of ACK/NACK signals between a plurality of unit bands, even when wideband transmission is performed exclusively on a downlink circuit. In this equipment, an allocation unit ( | 04-14-2016 |
20160105271 | Systems, Methods, and Devices for Allocating OFDMA Subchannels Without Straddling Direct Current - Example systems, methods, and devices for reusing one or more architectural building blocks of IEEE 802.11 n/ac/ah network, and allocating one or more Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) tones such that the one or more OFDMA allocations have fixed locations which do not straddle DC are disclosed. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105356 | Routing Data Within A Communications Network - Data is routed within a data network ( | 04-14-2016 |
20160105470 | SINGLE BUTTON MOBILE TELEPHONE USING SERVER-BASED CALL ROUTING - Implementations disclose a single button mobile telephone using server-based call routing. A method of an implementation of the disclosure includes receiving, by a processing device, datasets from an apparatus worn by a user, wherein the datasets correspond to an event experienced by the user, in response to a signal to initiate a communication with the user, analyzing, by the processing device, the datasets to determine a type of the event, identifying, by the processing device, one of a plurality of destinations based on the analysis of the datasets and the determined type of the event, and routing, by the processing device, the signal to the identified destination. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105500 | SELECTING A LEADER TO PERFORM A FLOOR ARBITRATION FUNCTION FOR A P2P SESSION - In an embodiment, a P2P device discovers other P2P devices that belong to a P2P group. The P2P device calculates a reachability vector that indicates each discovered P2P device within a threshold number of P2P hops. The P2P device receives reachability vector(s) for each proximate P2P device in a set of proximate P2P devices discovered via the P2P discovery procedure. The P2P device ranks the P2P device and each proximate P2P device in the set of proximate P2P devices based on the calculated and received reachability vectors. The P2P device identifies a leader (e.g., the P2P device itself and/or one or more of the other P2P devices) that is responsible for performing a floor arbitration function for a P2P session from the ranked P2P devices based on the rankings, and participates in the P2P session by exchanging media in accordance with the floor arbitration function performed by the leader. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105535 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SIGNAL CLASSIFICATION - This disclosure describes systems, and methods related to signal classification in a wireless communication network. A first computing device comprising one or more processors and one or more transceiver component may receive a signal transmission packet comprising a physical layer (PHY) preamble. The first computing device may identify within the PHY preamble, one or more signal (SIG) fields, wherein at least one of the one or more SIG fields includes at least a length field indicating a length of the signal transmission packet. The first computing device may determine based at least in part on the length field, that the signal transmission packet is associated with a predetermined communication standard utilized to transmit the signal transmission packet. The first computing device may decode the signal transmission packet based at least in part on the determination that the signal transmission packet is associated with the predetermined communication standard. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105536 | Data Transmission Method and Apparatus - A data transmission method includes determining, by a transmitting device, a long training sequence set, where the long training sequence set includes a plurality of long training sequences. The method also includes determining a mapping relationship between each long training sequence in the long training sequence set and first sub-identity information in identity information of each receiving device in a communications system. When data needs to be transmitted to a target receiving device, the method includes selecting a target long training sequence from the long training sequence set according to first sub-identity information of the target receiving device and the mapping relationship. The method includes performing encapsulation processing on the data according to the target long training sequence to generate a data packet, so as to carry the target long training sequence in the data packet. The method includes sending the data packet to the target receiving device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105804 | SHARING FREQUENCIES IN AN OFDM-BASED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An apparatus for sharing frequencies in an orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing OFDM-based wireless communication system, wherein the OFDM-based wireless communication system comprises a base station and a mobile device that work within a radio frequency band, the method comprising: detecting an interference signal in the radio frequency band; setting by the base station, based upon the interference signal, interference indication information in a control header of a downlink frame to be sent to the mobile device, the interference indication information indicating a frequency range that is occupied by the interference signal in the radio frequency band; and sending by the base station the downlink frame to the mobile device, such that the mobile device may, based upon the interference indication information, avoid the frequency range where the interference signal is located. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105805 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION DEVICE, PROGRAM AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - There is provided a communication system comprising: a first communication device that senses a communication environment surrounding the first communication device; a second communication device that acquires sensed data sensed by the first communication device; and a third communication device that determines availability of usage of a second communication service using a part or whole of a spectrum assigned to a first communication service based on the sensed data transmitted from the second communication device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105821 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR REQUESTING A QUALITY OF EXPERIENCE IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Systems, devices and methods are provided for incorporating a quality of experience (QoE) assessment into requests or negotiations for a particular quality of service (QoS) for an application in a communications network. A network may provide service in accordance with a particular set of QoS parameters in order to meet a user's requested QoE. A user may select a particular QoE for an application depending on costs associated with the corresponding sets of QoS parameters available from the network. Functionality to determine the correlation between a user's QoE and sets of QoS parameters may be implemented primarily in a user's electronic communications device, primarily in a network device, or in both of these devices. A separate device may be used for determining the QoE and corresponding sets of QoS parameters for various services or applications. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105838 | System and Methods for Managing a User Data Path - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, a device that determines each of a default downlink forwarding address of a first interface of a user plane and a currently used downlink forwarding address of the first interface of the user plane. One of an uplink user data packet comprising an origination address of a second interface of the user plane, a downlink user data packet comprising a destination address of the second interface of the user plane or both are received, by way of the user plane. One of the default downlink forwarding address, the currently used downlink forwarding address or both can be modified based on the uplink origination address, the destination address or both. Modification of the default downlink forwarding address, the currently used downlink forwarding address or both results in a redirection of an associated packet flow within the user plane. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105848 | REGULARLY SCHEDULED SESSIONS IN A CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a UE. A user equipment (UE) may perform an initial access procedure to establish a connection with a serving cell. The UE may then arrange a regular transmission schedule with the serving cell including a discontinuous transmission (DTX) cycle and an acknowledgement schedule. The UE may enter a low power mode and refrain from any transmission during the a sleep interval of the DTX cycle. The UE may then wake up and transmit a message to the serving cell after the sleep interval without performing another access procedure. The UE may perform another access procedure to transmit at times not covered by the regular transmission schedule. For example, if an acknowledgement (ACK) for the message isn't received, the UE may perform another access procedure for retransmission. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105857 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to control inter-cell interference adequately even when a plurality of cells are placed at a high density. A user terminal can connect with a plurality of radio base stations, and has a receiving section that receives a downlink signal from each radio base station, and a power control section that, when an uplink grant or a downlink assignment and a control signal for power control are detected at the same time from the downlink signal, prioritizes a TPC command contained in the control signal for power control, and changes transmission power. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105858 | TECHNIQUES FOR ADAPTIVELY ENABLING SYNCHRONIZATION OF NODES USING A LISTEN BEFORE TALK LOAD-BASED EQUIPMENT PROTOCOL - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A method for wireless communication may include identifying interference at a first node operating in a shared radio frequency spectrum band. The interference may be caused by a second node operating in the shared radio frequency spectrum band. The second node may operate asynchronously to the first node in the shared radio frequency spectrum band. The method may also include adaptively enabling, based at least in part on the identified interference, a synchronization of the first node with at least a third node in the shared radio frequency spectrum band. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105872 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAM TRACKING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for updating a beam set of a UE (User Equipment) in a cell of a wireless communication system, wherein a base station applies beam-forming for transmission and/or reception in the cell and there are at least two beams in the cell. In one embodiment, the method includes the base station determines the beam set of the UE. The method also includes the base station monitors an uplink transmission from the UE via the beam set. The method further includes the base station sends a signaling to the UE for triggering at least an aperiodic reference signal transmission if no DM RS associated with the uplink transmission is detected via at least one beam in the beam set. In addition, the method includes the base station updates the beam set according to at least a beam or beams via which the aperiodic reference signal is received from the UE. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105874 | METHOD AND TERMINAL FOR RECEIVING EPDCCH FROM SMALL CELL HAVING LOW TRANSMISSION POWER - In one disclosure of the present invention, a method is provided for receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) from a small cell having low transmission power. The receiving method may comprise the steps of: receiving EPDCCH-PRB set information including information about a physical resource block (PRB) that will receive the EPDCCH from the small cell; and determining a subframe that will be received by the EPDCCH from the small cell on the PRB checked by the EPDCCH-PRB set information. Here, the subframe that may be received by the EPDCCH from the small cell may be determined so as not to overlap a subframe transmitted by the EPDCCH by means of one or a plurality of neighbouring cells. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105875 | METHODS FOR DETECTING AND SENDING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION AND DEVICES - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods for detecting and sending downlink control information and devices. The method for detecting downlink control information includes: acquiring a pilot port determining parameter that corresponds to downlink control information needing to be detected; determining, according to the pilot port determining parameter, a first-type pilot port that corresponds to the downlink control information; and detecting the downlink control information according to the first-type pilot port. In the embodiments of the present invention, user equipment can correctly detect downlink control information. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105877 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING UPLINK RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for allocating uplink resources in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: transmitting, by a first eNB to a second eNB, uplink (UL) resource allocation information for a user equipment (UE) connected with both the first eNB and the second eNB; receiving, by a first eNB from the UE, buffer size information; allocating one or more UL resources to the UE, by considering both of the buffer size information and the UL resource allocation information, wherein the UL resource allocation information indicates a ratio of the buffer size to be considered in each eNB. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105878 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION LINK TYPE - The present invention relates to the technical field of wireless communications. Disclosed are a method, system and device for determining a transmission link type, to solve the receiving/transmitting duplexing problem in the prior art of a D2D link receiving terminal on a D2D link and an N2D link. The method comprises: a D2D receiving terminal reports to a network side device a first resource usage request on an N2D link, such that the network side device, after receiving the first resource usage request, determines the transmission link type of the D2D receiving terminal over a subframe n; and according to the type of the subframe n or the link type indication information received from the network side device, the D2D receiving terminal determines the transmission link type over the subframe n, the subframe n being a D2D subframe. An embodiment of the present invention improves system resource utilization and system performance. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105882 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COORDINATED MULTI-POINT TRANSMISSION BASED ON SELECTION OF TRANSMISSION POINT - A method of performing, by means of a first transmission point, coordinated multi-point transmission based on the selection of a transmission point according to an embodiment of the present invention includes: selecting a second transmission point from among one or more candidate transmission points participating in the coordinated multi-point transmission; and transmitting a message to the second transmission point to request that the second transmission point transmits a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) to a terminal served by the first transmission point, wherein the message indicates a time duration for which the PDSCH is transmitted by the second transmission point. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105883 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MOBILITY ENHANCED WI-FI ARCHITECTURE - Described herein are techniques for providing Wi-Fi services to a Wi-Fi enabled device, even when the device is not within range of a Wi-Fi Access Point. A Wi-Fi access gateway can establish a first connection with a Wi-Fi radio node across a first network, when the device is within range of the Wi-Fi radio node. The Wi-Fi access gateway can also receive first network traffic over the first connection, when the device is connected to the Wi-Fi radio node. The Wi-Fi access gateway can further establish a second connection with the cellular radio node across a second network, when the device is within range of the cellular radio node and when the device is outside of range of the Wi-Fi radio node. The Wi-Fi access gateway can also receive second network traffic over the second connection when the device is connected to the cellular radio node. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105885 | Method and Apparatus for Determining Uplink Control Channel Resources - User equipment (UE), includes: a receiver configured to receive a specific parameter configured for a mapping manner of an enhanced physical downlink control channel (E-PDCCH) of the UE by an eNB, wherein the specific parameter configured for the mapping manner of the E-PDCCH corresponds to a localized mapping or a distributed mapping; and a processing circuit coupled to a memory configured to determine uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources of the UE according to the specific parameter corresponding to the localized or distributed mapping of the E-PDCCH of the UE and a PUCCH calculation formula. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105886 | MEMORY BASED POWER AND TIMING CONTROL IN A CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are describe for utilizing memory based power and timing control in an internet of things (IoT) system. An IoT device may use stored control information from a first communication session with the base station to determine the power and timing control information for a subsequent second communication session. In one example, an IoT may establish a first communication session with the base station and receive, during the first communication session, closed loop control information from the base station to aid the IoT device in adjusting transmit signal symbol timing and power control levels associated with an uplink transmission. The IoT device may store, in its memory, the transmit power and symbol timing information derived from the closed loop control information during the first communication session to utilize in establishing open loop communication with the base station during a second communication session. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105888 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING BASIC SERVICE SET IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system and more specifically, to a method for supporting a basic service set (BSS) in a wireless LAN system and an apparatus therefor. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for supporting a BSS by an access point (AP) in a wireless LAN system can comprise the steps of: scanning an overlapping BSS (OBSS); and selecting a primary channel for a new BSS of the AP from channels for which a beacon is not detected during the OBSS scanning. The primary channel can be selected from all channels except the secondary channel of the OBSS. In addition, if the new BSS supports an operating channel having a 4 MHz, 8 MHz or 16 MHz channel bandwidth, a primary channel having a 2 MHz channel bandwidth can be chosen for the new BSS. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105889 | Method For Managing Transmissions of Data From a Plurality of Machine-To-Machine Devices - A method executable in a network node, capable of managing transmission of data transmitted over a unicast channel in a communication network from a plurality of M2M devices located in a broadcast service area is provided. Upon receiving a request to transmit collected data over the communication network via a unicast channel from a M2M device located in the first broadcast service area, the network node determines when to allow transmission of the collected data for M2M devices located in the first broadcast service area, on the basis of the network load of the communication network. The result is transmitted to the M2M devices located in the first broadcast service area, instructing at least one of these M2M devices when to transmit collected data over the unicast channel. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105891 | FLEXIBLE GAUSSIAN MINIMUM SHIFT KEYING IN A CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a UE. A user equipment (UE) may utilize orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) for demodulating downlink messages and a combination of Gaussian minimum shift keying (GMSK) and single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) for uplink modulation. The uplink modulation process may include generating a symbol vector with an M-point discrete Fourier transform (DFT), filtering the symbol vector with a frequency domain Gaussian filter, generating a sample vector from the filtered symbol vector utilizing an inverse DFT, and modulating the sample vector utilizing GMSK. In some cases, the uplink modulation may be based on a narrowband resource allocation received from a base station. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105892 | WIRELESS DEVICE WITH OPPORTUNISTIC BAND ACCESS - A wireless communication network system includes a plurality of nodes. Each node from the plurality of nodes includes a plurality of communication modules. Each module includes a modem and is configured to operate according to a communication protocol. Each communication module is configured to monitor its own communication parameter data and to cooperate with companion modules of a node by sharing communication parameter data, for instance through a coordination unit. Each communication module is further configured to allow, preferably according to a predefined set of rules, communication using a protocol of one communication module by utilizing a band associated with a companion module. The sharing of communication parameter data between modules may be continuous sharing or periodic sharing. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105893 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR PROVISIONING A VIRTUAL NETWORK IN SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS - Upon receiving a request for a virtual network and before admitting the requested virtual network, a virtual service provider controller may assess the ability of the virtual service provider network to meet conditions specified in the request. In particular, the virtual service provider controller may consider details of the traffic expected in the requested virtual network in the context of existing traffic on the virtual service provider network. Consideration may be given to geographic distribution of traffic, type of traffic, and key performance indices. Indeed, traffic of different types may be homogenized through the use of weighting factors to simplify the assessment. Upon determining that the virtual service provider network may not be able to meet the conditions, the virtual service provider controller may attempt to obtain additional resources from an infra-structure provider network or may attempt to adjust resources allocated to already admitted virtual networks. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105894 | eMBMS Management Method, Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service Coordination Entity, and Base Station - The present invention relates to an evolved multimedia broadcast multicast service (eMBMS) management method and apparatus. The method is implemented by a multimedia broadcast multicast service coordination entity (MCE). Load information sent by a base station is received by the MCE. The MCE manages eMBMS resources according to the received load information. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105898 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD IN WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION SYSTEM - An apparatus and method for performing communication in a wireless power transmission system are provided. The apparatus includes a channel search unit configured to search for communication channels other than a channel used in wireless power transmission, and measure state information of the communication channels. The apparatus includes a channel determining unit configured to determine a communication channel available for communication with a target device based on the measured state information. The apparatus includes a communication unit configured to transmit an access instruction to the target device using the determined communication channel The apparatus includes a controller configured to determine whether to communicate with the target device using the determined communication channel based on whether a response signal corresponding to the access instruction is received. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105899 | Wireless Communications Method, Wired Transmission Detection Method, and Related Device and System - A wireless communications method is provided. The method includes acquiring, by a policy and charging rules function (PCRF) entity, a first parameter, a second parameter, and state information of a current service of a base station; determining, according to the first parameter and the second parameter, and with reference to the state information of the current service of the base station, whether a condition for guaranteeing quality of service (QoS) of a service is satisfied; and if it is determined that the condition for guaranteeing the QoS of the service is satisfied, permitting providing a user equipment with the first service having a corresponding QoS guarantee; or if it is determined that the condition for guaranteeing the QoS of the service is not satisfied, performing a first operation. The method is applied to the field of communications. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105901 | NETWORK RESOURCE PRIORITIZATION FOR MOBILE TERMINATION SERVICES - The invention relates to a method for enabling network resource prioritization of mobile terminating services of a user in a network, whereby the network comprises an evolved packet core network, an IP multimedia system network and at least one network element for aggregating information from messages transmitted in the network comprising the method steps receiving a request message via an interface of the network element, selecting a service information from the received request message, allocating a service type according to the selected service information, assigning a priority indicator for the allocated service type, converting the assigned priority indicator into a first identifier, creating a value by assembling the first identifier and a second identifier, and sending an answer message containing the created value via the interface. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105902 | TRANSMISSION COORDINATION FOR COLLOCATED RADIOS - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a wireless device having collocated radios employing different radio access technologies (RATs). For example, a second radio of the wireless device may receive a first scheduling message. The first scheduling message may include information relating to timing, priority, transmission power, and radio capabilities. Using this scheduling message, a determination of whether a first radio employing a first RAT and the second radio employing a second RAT can transmit in parallel may be made. A first transmission on the first radio may be coordinated with a second transmission on the second radio based on the determination of whether the first radio and the second radio can transmit in parallel. A number of data units may be aggregated into an aggregate frame to be transmitted by the second radio. The number of data units may be based on the scheduling message. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105908 | RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A CELLULAR INTERNET OF THINGS SYSTEM - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communication at a user equipment (UE). In some examples, a base station may allocate, to a UE, time and/or frequency resources for transmitting physical random access channel (PRACH) signals. The resource allocation may be apportioned based on a type and class of PRACH signal. For instance, a UE may be assigned a first subset of resources to transmit regularly scheduled traffic and a second subset of resources to transmit on-demand traffic. Regularly scheduled traffic may include, for example, sensor measurements reported to the base station on a predetermined time interval (e.g., 24 hour time interval). In contrast, an on-demand traffic may include an impromptu transmission, initiated based on a detection of at least one reporting trigger (e.g., sensing an abnormality at the UE). | 04-14-2016 |
20160105909 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for accessing a channel in a wireless local area network. A device receives an operation element to set up an operating channel from an access point (AP). The operation element includes a channel type field, a first frequency segment field and a second frequency segment field. The channel type field indicates a use of two 80 MHz channels. The first frequency segment field indicates a center frequency of a primary 80 MHz channel. The second frequency segment field indicates a center frequency of a secondary 80 MHz channel. is obtained based on activities on a part of the primary 80 MHz channel. The device determines whether the secondary 80 MHz channel was idle during an interval immediately preceding the start of the TXOP only after a transmission opportunity (TXOP) is obtained. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105910 | UPLINK SYNCHRONIZATION WITHOUT PREAMBLE IN SC-FDMA - A method, an apparatus, and a computer program product for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus may determine an allocated set of resources within a PRACH period. The apparatus may transmit pilot signals in the determined allocated set of resources. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105911 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for performing random access in a user equipment for a small cell e-NB with a small cell service area in heterogeneous e-NB cell carrier integration (dual connectivity or inter-eNB carrier aggregation) in mobile communication systems. In accordance with an aspect of the present disclosure, a method for performing random access in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a configuration request message for configuring a Serving Cell Group (SCG) from a second eNB located in a service area of a first eNB through the first eNB; configuring an SCG cell based on the configuration request message, and sending a configuration response message in response to the configuration request message to the second eNB through the first eNB; and performing random access if there is uplink data present on a logic channel (LCH) relocated into the SCG cell. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105913 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR USE IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Apparatuses and method for communication includes controlling one or more local area base stations and allocating resources of a common random access channel between the local area base stations, the resources including preambles and informing the local area base stations and user equipment within a given area about the allocation. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105915 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR STANDALONE LTE RAN USING UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BAND - The present invention relates to methods and apparatus for enabling an establishment of a connection between a wireless device and a core network via an access node of a standalone LTE RAN using an unlicensed frequency band. The method performed by the access node comprises transmitting a broadcast message in a cell served by the access node. The message indicates that the access node supports connectivity to at least one core network associated with another RAN than the standalone LTE RAN. The method also comprises receiving a request to attach from a wireless device in the cell, for establishing a secure connection for user data between the wireless device and a target core network via the access node. The method further comprises transmitting a request to a target core network node to establish the secure connection. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105916 | COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL PREFERENCES - Systems and methods for the management of communications related to telecommunications-based devices are provided. Telecommunications-based devices initiate requests to gateway computing devices corresponding to a radio communication network to establish data communications. The gateway computing device accepts the communication request and specifies an ordered preference of one or more communication protocols that will be used telecommunications-based devices accessing the wireless communication network. The telecommunications-based device processes the acceptance and selects a communication protocol from the ordered preference provided by the gateway computing device. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING RRC CONNECTION - The present invention relates to the field of communications, and discloses a method and an apparatus for establishing an RRC connection. The method provided in the present invention includes: determining, by a base station, that user equipment UE needs to switch from an RRC connected mode to an RRC idle mode, and determining that a simplified RRC process is used when the UE establishes a next RRC connection, where the simplified RRC process refers to establishing an RRC connection by using acquired RRC configuration information of the UE; and when the UE requests to establish a next RRC connection, establishing an RRC connection for the UE by using the simplified RRC process. The present invention is applicable to the field of communications, and is used to establish an RRC connection. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105919 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - A communication system is disclosed comprising an X2 gateway, a number of base stations, and a mobile device. The base stations are able to establish X2 connections directly with each other or via the X2 gateway. Various procedures are disclosed to determine how X2 connections should be established based on compatibility of the respective base stations with the X2 gateway. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105926 | FRAME NUMBER EXTENSION FOR LONG DISCONTINUOUS RECEIVE (DRX) CYCLES - A wireless device (e.g., Machine Type Communications (MTC) device), a radio access network node (e.g., evolved Node B), and various methods are described herein for implementing long paging cycles (i.e., long discontinuous receive (DRX) cycles) within a wireless communication network. | 04-14-2016 |
20160105928 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING DUPLICATED E-RABS FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for handling duplicated evolved universal terrestrial radio access network (E-UTRAN) radio access bearers (E-RABs) for dual connectivity in a wireless communication system is provided. A mobility management entity (MME) receives an E-RAB modification indication message including several E-RAB identifiers (IDs) set to the same value, and triggers a user equipment (UE) context release procedure with a cause value. | 04-14-2016 |
20160112100 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSCEIVING SIGNALS IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a terminal which receives signals from a base station, and to a method in which the terminal receives signals from the base station in a distributed antenna system (DAS). The terminal receives, from the base station having a plurality of antennas, control information on one or more active transmission antennas allocated to the terminal, from among the plurality of antennas, and receives signals from the base station via said one or more active transmission antennas. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112102 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for a terminal reporting channel state information in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving, from a second cell interfering with communication between a first cell and the terminal, a second precoding matrix indicator (PMI) determined based on the interference; and transmitting, to the first cell, the second PMI and a channel quality indicator (CQI). | 04-21-2016 |
20160112104 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR COMBINED CYCLIC DELAY DIVERSITY AND PRECODING OF RADIO SIGNALS - In a transmitter or transceiver, signals can be precoded by multiplying symbol vectors with various matrices. For example, symbol vectors can be multiplied with a first column subset of unitary matrix which spreads symbols in the symbol vectors across virtual transmit antennas, a second diagonal matrix which changes a phase of the virtual transmit antennas, and a third precoding matrix which distributes the transmission across the transmit antennas. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112107 | Beamforming Enhancements for Spatial Reuse in Wireless Networks - A method of enhanced beamforming procedure to achieve spatial reuse and thereby improving cell edge performance and area throughput is proposed. The enhanced beamforming method increases the likelihood of channel access under dense deployment condition, reduces interference to OBSS, reduces collision during reception, and increases the likelihood of spatial reuse in dense deployment scenario thus leading to higher network throughput. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112110 | COEXISTENT CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD - A method is provided for transmitting a multiple input multiple output (MIMO) packet in a wireless local area network. A physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) is generated including at least one training field, a very high throughput (VHT)-signal field and a plurality of data streams. The PPDU is transmitted to at least one receiver. The VHT-signal field includes first information, second information and third information. The first information indicates that the plurality of data streams in the PPDU are simultaneously received by the at least one receiver. The second information indicates which receiver is targeted for the plurality of data streams. The third information indicates a bandwidth used for a transmission of the plurality of data streams. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112154 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RESOURCE USAGE IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS USING INTERFERENCE CANCELATION - Systems, method and devices utilized in wireless communication may include creating, scheduling and/or using a transmission having at least one quasi-ABS which includes at least one macro set corresponding to a designated sector of a plurality of sectors in a macro node. Such subframes may be formed and partitioned to provide for a partition which may be used by a range expansion resource, such as a pico node or user entity. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112160 | METHOD OF MESSAGE RETRANSMISSION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - A method of message retransmission and a user equipment (UE) using the same are provided, which are adapted for performing a discovery procedure of the proximity service (ProSe). The UE includes a transceiver and a processor. The transceiver is used to transmit and receive a wireless signal. The processor is coupled to the transceiver and configured to perform the following steps. A first message used for an authorization request of the ProSe is transmitted through the transceiver, and a first timer is started. If a second message responding to the first message is not received through the transceiver when the first timer is expired, a second timer is started. And, the first message is not transmitted through the transceiver before the second timer is expired. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112162 | Adaptive HARQ for Half Duplex Operation for Battery and Antenna Constrained Devices - A user equipment (UE) implements improved communication methods which enable uplink (UL) transmissions consistent with an UL timeline. The UE may have a transmit duty cycle and may transmit acknowledge/negative acknowledge messages to a base station according to the transmit duty cycle. Additionally, the UE may be configured to determine signal-to-interference-plus noise ratio (SINR) between the UE and the base station and compare SINR to a threshold. The UE may transmit redundancy versions of data in consecutive sub-frames with a duty cycle of two transmissions per X+1 sub-frames if SINR is equal or above the threshold and redundancy versions using a duty cycle of one transmission per X sub-frames if SINR is below the threshold. Further, the UE may be configured to communicate a number of UL HARQ processes supported by the UE, receive first information in a first sub-frame, and send second information X sub-frames after the first sub-frame. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112167 | METHOD OF MAPPING CSI-RS PORTS TO ANTENNA UNITS, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a communication method of mapping CSI-RS ports to antenna units arranged in an antenna array system, a base station, and a user equipment, the communication method comprises steps of: selecting a group of antenna units to map to the CSI-RS ports in a first CSI-RS transmission period or a first frequency resource region; and selecting another group of antenna units to map to the CSI-RS ports in a second CSI-RS transmission period or a second frequency resource region. By the method, base station, and user equipment according to the present disclosure, each antenna unit would get a relatively fair opportunity for transmitting the CSI-RS signals or get a fairly good channel estimation performance in UE side. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112170 | Data transmission method, device and system for downlink virtual multi-antenna system - Disclosed are a method, apparatus and system for data transmission in a downlink virtual multi-antenna system. The method includes: N terminals receive downlink data and/or downlink Demodulation Reference Signals (DMRSs) from one Node B or multiple Nodes B, N being a positive integer larger than or equal to 2; and one terminal in the N terminals forwards the downlink data and/or downlink DMRSs received from the one Node B or multiple Nodes B to M terminal(s), M being a positive integer larger than or equal to 1. A first forwarding unit of the apparatus is configured to forward received downlink data and/or downlink DMRSs of a Node B to M terminal(s) by one terminal in N terminals, M being a positive integer larger than or equal to 1. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112171 | NODES AND METHODS FOR ALLOCATING REFERENCE SIGNAL PARAMETERS TO USER EQUIPMENTS - Embodiments described relate to a Resource Partitioning Node (RPN) associated with scheduling nodes and a method performed by the RPN for allocating reference demodulation reference signal (DMRS) parameters to user equipments (UE). The method comprises assigning a first partition of at least one type of DMRS parameters to the at least one UE of the first scheduling node and a second partition of the same type of DMRS parameters to the at least one UE of the second scheduling node, and signaling, to the first and the second scheduling node, the respective partition of the at least one type of DMRS parameter to be used by the respective at least one UE. A scheduling node and a method thereof are also described. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for acquiring control information by a device-to-device (D2D) terminal in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: determining a resource region in which control information is transmitted on the basis of a D2D occupied bandwidth; and acquiring the control information from the resource region. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112173 | Reference Signal Transmission Method and Apparatus - Embodiments disclose a reference signal transmission method and an apparatus. The method includes receiving reference signal resource configuration information sent by a base station, where the reference signal resource configuration information includes antenna port quantity information and a resource configuration index. The method also includes determining a reference signal configuration from a reference signal configuration set according to the antenna port quantity information and the resource configuration index. The method also includes obtaining, according to the determined reference signal configuration, positions of the resource elements REs that are used to send the reference signal on the antenna ports in the antenna port set, and receiving reference signals according to the positions of the REs. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112175 | FEEDBACK RESOURCE MAPPING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - In an ad hoc network a feedback radio resource maps from a data radio resource to at least one frequency sub-band which the data resource excludes. The feedback resource is also spaced in time from the data resource by a predetermined interval. Feedback (ACK/NACK) for data received in the data resource is then sent in the feedback resource. In various embodiments the sub-band is one or more edges of the data resource channel, or edges of a component carrier. The predetermined interval may be a function of how much of the data resource is occupied by data. The data transmitting device delays sending its data by a time offset from the end of a previous transmission on that channel, or if it does not know the end time it delays until the predetermined interval plus the length of the feedback resource have lapsed. Various synchronization aspects are also disclosed. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112176 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF TRANSMITTING ACK/NACK - A method for transmitting an uplink signal by a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system, and the UE therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by the UE, control information through a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH); determining, by the UE, a physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource by adding a first index offset and a second index offset to a lowest index of one or more resource units used for the PDCCH, the first index offset being signaled through the PDCCH and the second index offset being signaled through higher layer signaling; and transmitting, by the UE, acknowledgment/negative-acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) information using the PUCCH resource. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112231 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DATA USING A PLURALITY OF CARRIERS - An apparatus for receiving signals includes a receiver for receiving a time domain signal from a transmitter, wherein at least one first information bit is mapped, resulting in at least one first mapped symbol; at least one second information bit is mapped, resulting in at least one second mapped symbol; the at least one second mapped symbol is multiplied by at least one third information bit; and the time domain signal is generated from the at least one first mapped symbol and the at least one second mapped symbol. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112345 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING MULTICAST SERVICE AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING MULTICAST SERVICE RESOURCE IN TERMINAL-TO-TERMINAL DIRECT COMMUNICATION - A method of providing a multicast service is provided by a terminal in a terminal-to-terminal direct communication. The terminal transmits a service start request message requesting a start of a multicast service to a multicast server, and receives a service start response message including a result of permitting a start request from the multicast server. The terminal receives, via a base station, resource information of a resource which a multicast coordinator allocates to the multicast service in accordance with a request of the multicast server, and transmits multicast service data based on the resource information. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112463 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR ESTABLISHING A TELEPHONE CONNECTION - Systems for and methods of delivering telephone calls from a VoIP platform to an Internet enabled telecommunication device are disclosed. The VoIP platform may cause a push notification to be sent to the second telecommunication device in order to initiate an active Internet session for connection of a VoIP call to a virtual number associated with the second telecommunication device. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112547 | Frame formatting for communications within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications - Frame formatting for communications within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications. A signal is processed within a communication device using at least two respective downclocking ratios (e.g., a first downclocking ratio applied to a first portion of the signal such as a frame or packet extracted there from, a second downclocking ratio applied to a second portion of the signal). Alternatively, a signal is divided into more than two respective portions, and different respective downclocking ratios are applied to those different respective portions (e.g., a first downclocking ratio applied to a first portion of the signal, and so on up to an n-th downclocking ratio applied to an n-th portion of the signal). Some implementations apply a singular or common downclocking ratio to more than one portion of the signal (which may be contiguous/adjacent or non-contiguous/non-adjacent within the signal). | 04-21-2016 |
20160112823 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA BY MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A long term evolution (LTE) protocol and a technology for designing an entity of the LTE protocol in layer 2 are provided. The method includes receiving a control message including packet data convergence protocol (PDCP) configuration information from an external communication device, determining whether data of a PDCP protocol data unit (PDU) received by the communication device is compressed according to the received PDCP configuration information, and when the data is compressed based on a result of the determination, decompressing the data. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112858 | CELLULAR NETWORK ASSISTED DEVICE TO DEVICE (D2D) DISCOVERY - A method is disclosed for use in device-to-device (D2D) discovery in a wireless communication network. The network includes at least one base station and a plurality of D2D capable user equipments (D2D-UEs). The network also supports cellular communication and direct communication between D2D-UEs. The method includes transmitting D2D discovery system information (D2D-SIB) from the base station to D2D-UEs, wherein the D2D-SIB indicates frame(s)/subframe(s) for D2D-UEs to transmit D2D discovery request signal(s) and frame(s)/subframe(s) for D2D-UEs to transmit D2D discovery response signal(s). The method also includes transmitting one or more D2D discovery request signal(s) from one D2D-UE, and upon receipt of a said D2D discovery request signal by another D2D-UE, transmitting from said other D2D-UE one or more D2D discovery response signal(s). The D2D discovery request signal(s) and D2D discovery response signal(s) are transmitted on the frame(s)/subframe(s) indicated in the D2D-SIB. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112860 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) DISCOVERY - A method of operating a first wireless communication device to perform D2D discovery includes obtaining multiple discovery message detection results, and determining a D2D discovery status of a second wireless communication device based on the multiple discovery message detection results. Using multiple discovery message detection results to determine the D2D discovery status of the second wireless communication device significantly increases the reliability of D2D discovery, thereby increasing the likelihood that a device available for D2D communication will be detected, while reducing the likelihood of false detections. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112930 | SYSTEM AND METHOD INCLUDING DISTRIBUTED INTELLIGENCE AMONG COMMUNICATION NODES - An illustrative example communication system designed according to an embodiment of this invention includes a controller and a data storage accessible by the controller. The data storage includes information indicating possible communication links among communication devices within a selected region. At least one node communicates with user devices. The at least one node has an intelligence gathering module that detects at least one signal from at least one other network device capable of communicating with user devices, and processes information regarding the at least one other network device based on the at least one detected signal. The at least one node communicates the information regarding the at least one other network device to the controller and the controller includes the information regarding the at least one other network device in the stored information of the data storage. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112934 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD THAT CAN PROMPTLY AND EFFICIENTLY PERFORM DECODING/PROCESSING OF A PDCCH THAT IS RELATED TO A SEARCH SPACE - A communication system, a mobile station apparatus, a base station apparatus, and a processing method are provided that can perform decoding processing of a PDCCH related to a search space efficiently, and can perform communication promptly. A mobile station apparatus for performing communication with a base station apparatus in a mobile communication system: performs monitoring of a physical downlink control channel in an extension search space in accordance with an instruction from the base station apparatus. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112939 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TETHERED DEVICE TO SELECT EXTERNAL DATA NETWORK - A method for a tethered device to select an external data network includes selecting a desired data network at the tethered device through an associated Access Point Name; sending the associated Access Point Name to a broadband device via a control message over a collaboration interface with the broadband device; and sending data to the broadband device destined for the desired data network over the collaboration interface, wherein the broadband device is configured to send the data to the desired data network based on the associated Access Point Name. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112941 | CONNECTION SELECTION IN HYBRID NETWORKS - A methodology for automatic selection of a connection, on behalf of a device user, to a hybrid network for calls is provided in which a combination of a variety of inputs is utilized to populate a filtered list of available connections that is sorted by connection cost in which the least costly connection is at the top of the list. The methodology is executed periodically, or in response to event occurrence such as a call event, and the connection at the top of the filtered sorted list is utilized as the preferred connection for calls. Preferred status may be persisted until the next execution of the methodology when a potentially different connection is selected as preferred. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112943 | SELECTION OF A SERVING NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Some aspects of the disclosure provide various methods, apparatuses and computer-readable medium configured for wireless communication. A method operable at a user equipment (UE) may include transmitting a connection request message configured to request initial connection with a radio access network (RAN) node. The connection request message may include information configured to indicate a service profile of the UE. A method operable at the RAN node may include receiving the connection request message from the UE. The connection request message may include information configured to indicate the service profile of the UE. A method operable at a serving node may include receiving a connection request message from the RAN node. The connection request message may be configured to establish communication with the UE and may include a service profile corresponding to the UE. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112953 | Method and Apparatus for HTTP Adaptive Streaming in Wireless Network Environment - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 04-21-2016 |
20160112960 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSMISSION POWER OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - Disclosed in the present application is a method for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) from a terminal to a base station in a wireless communication system. More specifically, the method comprises a step of establishing a first subframe set and a second subframe set through an upper layer; a step of receiving, from the base station, a triggering indicator of the sounding reference signal; and a step of transmitting the sounding reference signal from a specific subframe to the base station, according to the triggering indicator, wherein each of the first subframe set and the second subframe set is associated with a power control process for transmitting an uplink data channel, and wherein the transmission power of the sounding reference signal is determined according to the bit size and/or the field value of the triggering indicator. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112971 | Signal Transmission Power Adjustment in a Wireless Device - A wireless device transmits a first signal in a first cell group and transmits a second signal in a second cell group. The wireless device adjusts a signal transmission power of one of the first signal and the second signal if a power value exceeds an allowable transmission power and if an overlapping in time exceeds a first duration. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112993 | Interfacing between a Dynamic Spectrum Policy Controller and a Dynamic Spectrum Controller - A dynamic spectrum arbitrage (DSA) system may include a dynamic spectrum policy controller (DPC) and a dynamic spectrum controller (DSC) that together dynamically manage the allocation and use of resources (e.g., spectrum resources) across different networks. A dynamic spectrum arbitrage application part (DSAAP) protocol/component/module may allow, facilitate, support, or augment communications between the DSC and DPC so as to improve the efficiency and speed of the DSA system. The DSAAP may allow the DPC and/or DSC components to better pool resources across the different networks, better monitor traffic and resource usage in the various networks, to more efficiently communicate bids and bidding information, to quickly and efficiently register and deregister components, and better perform backoff operations. The DSAAP may improve the DSA resource auctioning operations by improving the performance and efficiency of the procedures for bidding, generating invoices, advertizing resources, requesting resources, purchasing resources, validating bid credentials, etc. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112994 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, METHOD OF GENERATING DMRS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD - The present invention aims at allowing a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) pattern suitable for a terminal to be selected from among a plurality of DMRS patterns including Legacy DMRS and Reduced DMRS. Disclosed is a terminal including: reception section ( | 04-21-2016 |
20160112995 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENHANCING CHANNEL CAPACITY AND SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus of a UE are disclosed. In one embodiment, the method includes the UE receiving a superposed signal from a BS. The method also includes the UE receiving a signaling from the BS and getting information from the signaling about a first standard modulation scheme for demodulation and a specific indication of how to retrieve at least one transport block from the demodulation output. In addition, the method includes the UE demodulating the superposed signal received from the BS according to the first standard modulation scheme, retrieving at least one transport block from the demodulation output according to the specific indication, and ignoring other portion(s) of the demodulation output. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112996 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPROVING RESOURCE CONTROL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed for improving resource control and device to device (D2D) transmission in a wireless communication system. In one method, a device receives a configuration including at least a first contention-based resource pool and a second contention-based resource pool, wherein the first contention-based resource pool includes resources for multiplexing D2D transmission(s) and Downlink (DL) transmission(s) in power domain, and the second contention-based resource pool does not include the resources for multiplexing D2D transmission(s) and DL transmission(s) in power domain. The device also receives at least one threshold value related to a power. The device then selects the first contention-based resource pool or the second contention-based resource pool for D2D transmission based on at least the threshold value. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112997 | CONTROL CHANNEL DESIGN FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATIONS - Aspects of the present disclosure provide techniques that may be applied in systems to allow for communication over a control channel utilizing a relatively narrow band (e.g., six physical resource blocks) based search space. An exemplary method, performed by a user equipment, generally includes identifying, within a subframe, a first search space to monitor for a downlink control channel that occupies a first number of physical resource blocks (PRBs) that represents a narrowband size and monitoring at least the first search space for the downlink control channel transmitted in the subframe. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112998 | Distribution of Cell-Common Downlink Signals in a Hierarchical Heterogeneous Cell Deployment - A high-power point and one or more low-power points transmit signals that are associated with the same cell-identifier in a heterogeneous cell deployment. The coverage areas corresponding to the low-power points fall at least partly within the coverage area for the high-power point, so that mobile stations within range of a low-power point are also within range of the high-power point, from a downlink perspective. The same CRS signals are transmitted by both the high-power (macro) point and some or all of the low-power (pico) points. At the same time, the network transmits CRS-based PDSCH for a particular UE on both the high-power point as well as on some or all of the low-power points. In some embodiments only a subset of the points, e.g., those points that the UE hears sufficiently well, participate in the PDSCH transmission using CRS for channel estimation. | 04-21-2016 |
20160112999 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system that includes a base station and one or more terminals carries out wireless data communication by use of a first frequency band. The wireless communication system includes a wireless access system that employs a CSMA/CA and/or TDMA/TDD system as the wireless access system of the wireless communication system and a control signal at the first frequency band is periodically broadcasts from the base station, where the control signal includes a control information configured to manage wireless data transmission by the one or more terminals. In addition to the first frequency band, one or more frequency bands different from the first frequency band for the wireless data transmission by the one or more terminals can be allocate by the base station, where the control signal at the first frequency band indicate the location of the one or more frequency bands which can be used. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113001 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO BASE STATION, AND MOBILE STATION - To further notify the amount of data retained in the transmission buffer used in a communication among a plurality of MOBILE STATIONs to a RADIO BASE STATION, the mobile communication method according to the present invention includes: transmitting, with a MOBILE STATION (UE | 04-21-2016 |
20160113002 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZATION OF VIDEO TRANSMISSIONS - A method comprises selecting, for at least a part of a set of data to be transmitted to a user equipment in cell, a bit rate, said bit rate being selected in dependence on radio conditions associated with said user equipment in said cell. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113004 | Resource Assignments for Relay System and Method - A method for allocating uplink resources to a relay node. The method includes an access node allocating a plurality of disparate uplink resources to the relay node in a single downlink transmission to the relay node. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113009 | BANDWIDTH DETERMINATION FOR MULTIPLE USER TRANSMISSION IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for determining a bandwidth for Multi-User (MU) transmission in a High Efficiency WLAN (HEW). According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for transmitting by a Station (STA) to an Access point (AP) an uplink Physical layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) frame in a WLAN may be provided. The method may include receiving a trigger frame including bandwidth information, the trigger frame eliciting a transmission of the uplink PPDU frame including a data unit of the STA and at least one data unit of at least one other STA, and transmitting the data unit of the STA in the uplink PPDU frame, based on an available bandwidth of the STA and a bandwidth indicated by the bandwidth information included in the trigger frame. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113012 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a data transmission method in a mobile communication system. The data transmission method through a code sequence in a mobile communication system includes grouping input data streams into a plurality of blocks consisting of at least one bit so as to map each block to a corresponding signature sequence, multiplying a signature sequence stream, to which the plurality of blocks are mapped, by a specific code sequence, and transmitting the signature sequence stream multiplied by the specific code sequence to a receiver. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113013 | Spectral Stitching Method to Increase Instantaneous Bandwidth in Vector Signal Generators - Embodiments are described of devices and methods for processing a signal using a plurality of vector signal generators (VSGs). A digital signal may be provided to a plurality of signal paths, each of which may process a respective frequency band of the signal, the respective frequency bands having regions of overlap. The gain and phase of each signal path may be adjusted such that continuity of phase and magnitude are preserved through the regions of overlap. The adjustment of gain and phase may be accomplished by a complex multiply with a complex calibration constant. The calibration constant may be determined for each signal path by comparing the gain and phase of one or more calibration tones generated within each region of overlap. Each signal path may comprise a VSG to convert the respective signal to an analog signal, which may be combined to obtain a composite signal. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113014 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SOFT FREQUENCY REUSE IN A DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method for routing and switching operator RF signals includes providing one or more Digital Remote Units (DRUs) and providing at least one Digital Access Unit (DAU) configured to communicate with at least one of the one or more DRUs. A first DRU is operable to communicate using a first set of frequencies characterized by a first frequency band over a first geographic footprint and a second set of frequencies characterized by a second frequency band different from the first frequency band over a second geographic footprint including and surrounding the first geographic footprint. A second DRU is operable to communicate using the first set of frequencies over a third geographical footprint and a third set of frequencies characterized by a third frequency band different from the first frequency band and the second frequency band over a fourth geographic footprint including and surrounding the third geographic footprint. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113015 | Method and Device for Determining WLAN Channel - This disclosure provides a method and for determining WLAN channel in a base station which supports both WLAN access and cellular network access, and a first WLAN channel is allocated for its WLAN access. According to this disclosure, if frequency space between the first WLAN channel and frequency range occupied by the cellular network access is not larger than a threshold, the base station detects available WLAN channels which are not occupied by surrounding WLANs. If the frequency space between the available WLAN channels and the frequency range occupied by the cellular network is not larger than the threshold, the base station changes its WLAN channel from the first WLAN channel to a second WLAN channel occupied by one of the surrounding WLANs. The frequency space between the second WLAN channel and the frequency range occupied by the cellular network access is larger than the threshold, thus interference between the cellular network and the WLAN is reduced or eliminated. This disclosure also provides a base station. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113019 | TERMINAL AND COMMUNICATING METHOD THEREOF IN DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATON - A second terminal which performs direct communication with a first terminal receives a signal for measuring a radio channel from the first terminal and calculates radio channel quality. Further, the second terminal calculates a data error rate using replay information indicating whether data are received and compensates for the radio channel quality depending on a data error rate. The second terminal reports the compensated radio channel quality to a base station and the base station uses the compensated radio channel quality to allocate resources used in direct communication. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113020 | ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE INFORMATION FOR COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL INTERFERENCE - Embodiments of the invention provide a method, apparatus and computer readable memory for operating a network access node. The method begins by coordinating uplink/downlink subframe configurations between a serving network access node and a neighbor network access node. The method continues with receiving at the serving network access node from the neighbor network access node an indication of transmit power used by the neighbor access node for at least one downlink subframe of the neighbor access node's uplink/downlink subframe configuration and sending the indication of transmit power from the serving network access node to a user equipment served by the serving network access node. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113021 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - Reusing resources among different D2D pairs may result in significant inter-pair interference. The scheme outlined in this invention involves the network configuration of UEs to transmit sequences that bear the physical ID information of the D2D UEs. Such sequence is broadcast to nearby D2D UEs who would detect and report the ID to the network. The network can identify the potential interfering UEs and assign the appropriate resources among D2D pairs. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113022 | CONTROL DEVICE AND CONTROL METHOD - A control device includes a calculating unit and a specifying unit. The calculating unit calculates an estimated interference area of a base station to be installed for a secondary system, based on an installation scheduled position of the base station to be installed, an installation position of a reference base station of the secondary system, and an actually-measured interference area of the reference base station. The specifying unit specifies a channel of a primary system for which a used area does not overlap with the calculated estimated interference area. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113023 | Network Communications Method, Apparatus, And System - A network communications method includes receiving, by a user equipment (UE), instruction information sent by a radio network controller (RNC) in an access network, where the instruction information is used to instruct the UE to perform uplink and downlink service transmission with a macro base station and perform uplink service transmission with a micro base station in a first area, and/or perform uplink and downlink service transmission with a micro base station and perform downlink service transmission with a macro base station in a second area, and performing, by the UE, service transmission according to the instruction information. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113026 | Advanced Dynamic Channel Assignment - A device for assigning radio channels to radio transceiver devices. The device comprises an interface configured to receive two or more radio communication values, each associated with a radio transceiver device. The device comprises a processor configured to calculate an ordering of two or more radio transceiver devices based on radio communication values and build, according to the ordering, one or more rooted tree representing assignment of available radio channels to first radio transceiver devices according to the ordering. A branch of the rooted tree is selected according to a cost function value calculated along each branch. The processor is configured to assign the available radio channels to the radio transceiver devices according to the selected branch. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113033 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL RESPONSES - A method and apparatus for supporting a random access using a random access channel (RACH) are disclosed. The WTRU detects a format of control information in at least one control channel element (CCE) of a common area in a control portion of a downlink transmission. The control information indicates a resource allocation in a data portion of the downlink transmission. The WTRU recovers a random access response assigned to the WTRU from the indicated resource allocation of the data portion on a condition that the at least one CCE has a random access radio network terminal identifier (RA-RNTI) assigned to the WTRU. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113034 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CHANNEL ACCESS IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for uplink channel access in a High Efficiency WLAN (HEW). According to one aspect, a method for transmitting an uplink frame by a station (STA) to an access point (AP) in a wireless local area network may be provided. The method may include receiving from the AP a trigger frame for eliciting an uplink transmission from the STA, transmitting to the AP the uplink frame according to a type of the trigger frame, wherein when the uplink frame is transmitted in an uplink multiple user (MU) transmission, the uplink frame includes a padding added by the STA such that transmissions from a plurality of STAs including the STA in the uplink MU transmission end at a same time indicated by the trigger frame, and receiving from the AP a frame in response to the uplink MU transmission a predetermined time after an end of the uplink MU transmission. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113035 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A SMART RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK - Aspects of the present disclosure provide for a method and an apparatus for wireless communications using an intelligent Random Access Channel (RACH) procedure that may increase the probability of obtaining an available E-DCH resource quickly in a Universal Mobile Telecommunication System. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113038 | USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND PROCESSOR | 04-21-2016 |
20160113046 | System and Method for Reducing Communications Overhead - A method for operating a requesting station includes generating a generic advertising service (GAS) request message including device class information, and transmitting the GAS request message. The method also includes receiving a GAS response message from a responding station, where the GAS response message includes information responsive to the device class information. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113047 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONNECTION MANAGEMENT - A method for a wireless router to perform connection management, includes: when a device tries to establish a wireless connection with the wireless router, counting a number of times of authentication failure of the device in a preset time period; and when the number of times of authentication failure is larger than or equal to a preset number threshold, performing a preset operation of risk treatment. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113050 | NETWORK ASSISTED DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A technology for a user equipment (UE) that is operable to communicate in a device to device (D2D) network. A D2D coordinator selection assignment can be determined. A D2D bandwidth allocation request can be received from at least one D2D UE. Bandwidth can be scheduled for the at least one D2D UE. A D2D bandwidth allocation message can be communicated to at least one D2D UE within the D2D network to enable the at least one D2D UE to determine when bandwidth is allocated for the at least one D2D UE to communicate with another D2D UE in the D2D network. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113053 | Method for Processing Unsuccessful PDN Establishment Request - A method of enhanced session management procedure is proposed. A user equipment, upon receiving a rejected PDN connectivity request with a cause code, automatically alters the rejected factor to fit network restrictions based on the received cause code. The UE then retries the PDN connectivity procedure by sending a subsequent PDN connectivity request using the altered factor. By automatically altering the rejected factor and reattempting to establish an EPS bearer for data service without user interaction, possible permanent rejection can be avoided in case of user error or unawareness. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113054 | Method for Maintenance of Maximum Number of Bearers When Maximum Number of Bearers Reached - A method of maintaining maximum number of bearers when maximum number of bearers reached is proposed. An enhanced SM/ESM procedure is proposed to synchronize between UE and network and to determine a precise maximum bearer number for protecting network resource and improving user experience. The UE determines the maximum bearer number based on a cause code contained in an SM reject message and updates the number under various network scenarios including system change. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113055 | METHOD, DEVICE, AND STORAGE MEDIUM FOR CONTROLLING SIGNAL TRANSMISSION - A method for controlling signal transmission includes detecting whether there is a requesting terminal that requests to establish a wireless connection and turning off a sending function of sending beacon frames if there is no requesting terminal. | 04-21-2016 |
20160113059 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) MODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - Embodiments of user equipment (UE) and method for discontinuous reception (DRX) mode in wireless communication are generally described herein. In some of these embodiments, the UE may operate to determine a value for a DRX parameter based at least in part on information associated with an application running on the UE. The UE may send a message to an enhanced node-B (eNB). The message may include at least one of the value for the DRX parameter and the information associated with the application. The eNB may determine values for DRX parameters that the UE may use in DRX mode. | 04-21-2016 |
20160119038 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL USING BASIS FUNCTIONS - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for random access channel (RACH) design using basis functions are provided. One method includes receiving, at an access point employing a receiver with Q antennas, a random access channel (RACH) preamble sent from a mobile unit. The receiving may comprise receiving the same RACH preamble at B different time intervals where the access point beamforms with a different beam selected from B basis function beams at each of the different time intervals. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119042 | FEEDBACK SCHEME FOR MU-MIMO - Embodiments of a system and method for managing feedback in a MU-MIMO system. An access point can announce one or more of mobile stations that are to receive downlink information in a first frame. The access point can also send a sounding package to the one or more mobile stations and receive feedback from the one or more mobile stations according to the feedback schedule. The feedback may be based on the reception of the sounding package. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119043 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIUSER BEAMFORMING IN MMWAVE WIRELESS LAN SYSTEMS - A method of providing multiple station beam refinement in a mmWave wireless network comprising an access point (AP) and a plurality of stations (STAs) is provided. The method includes providing an AP configured to selectively transmit wireless signals to a plurality of directional sectors and to selectively receive wireless signals from the plurality of directional sectors. The method further includes operating the AP to at least one of provide simultaneous transmit beam refinement for the plurality of STAs, provide simultaneous receive beam refinement for the plurality of STAs, receive simultaneous transmit beam refinement from the plurality of STAs, and receive simultaneous receive beam refinement from the plurality of STAs. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119047 | LTF design for WLAN system - In an example of wireless multi-user communication, a station may generate a frame and provide the frame for transmission to multiple stations. The frame may include a long training field (LTF) portion and a data portion. The LTF portion and the data portion may be associated with a plurality of tones. Each group of the plurality of tones in the data portion may be associated with a respective steering matrix. Each group of the plurality of tones in the data portion may include two or more tones of the plurality of tones. One or more of the multiple stations may receive the frame and process the frame. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119048 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Method and arrangement in a user equipment for adjusting signals transmitted in uplink to a network node, based on a feedback value received from the network node. The method comprises transmitting a signal, to be received by the network node. Further, the method comprises receiving a feedback signal from the network node, providing feedback on the transmitted signal. In addition, the method comprises obtaining a value of a time delay of the received feedback signal. Furthermore, the method comprises adjusting signals transmitted in the uplink according to the received feedback signal, wherein compensation is made for the obtained time delay value of the received feedback signal. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119084 | CARRIER AGGREGATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT BITS - Systems, methods, and user equipment can involve transmitting Acknowledgement/Negative Acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) bits for carrier aggregation between a first cell and a second cell in a User Equipment (UE). With the UE, for a sub-frame, a first number of ACK/NACK bits for the first cell can be compared with a second number of ACK/NACK bits for the second cell. If a first number of ACK/NACK bits for the first cell is less than a second number of ACK/NACK bits for the second cell, an ACK/NACK bit position from the first cell can be used to transmit an ACK/NACK bit for the second cell. In some implementations, one or more DTX bits can be used to set the number of ACK/NACK bits in the first cell equal to the number of ACK/NACK bits in the second cell. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119091 | Component carrier allocation method and device, and computer storage medium - Disclosed are a method, device, and a computer storage medium for component carrier allocation. The method includes that when it is determined that a component carrier which has a frequency exceeding a preset threshold exists in component carriers which are available to be allocated currently in a cell, a FDM of UE in the cell is updated according to the coverage of the component carrier which has a frequency exceeding the preset threshold; and frequency domain priority is determined according to the updated FDM, and the component carrier which has a frequency exceeding the preset threshold is allocated for the UE in the cell according to the frequency domain priority. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119095 | COORDINATING TRANSMISSION OF POSITIONING REFERENCE SIGNALS AND NON-REFERENCE SIGNALS - A base station coordinates transmission of positioning reference signals and non-reference signals. The base station includes a transceiver to detect a reference signal transmitted by one or more other base stations in one or more physical resource blocks. The base station also includes a processor to identify a pattern of resources allocated to the one or more other base stations based on the one or more physical resource blocks including the reference signal. The transceiver is to bypass transmission of non-reference signals in physical resource blocks indicated by the pattern. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119096 | REFERENCE SIGNAL AND TRANSMIT POWER RATIO DESIGN FOR NON-ORTHOGONAL TRANSMISSIONS - Techniques are provided for reference signal transmissions and transmit power ratio determination in non-orthogonal transmissions. A traffic-to-pilot power ratio (TPR) may be determined for a base layer for a non-orthogonal channel and another TPR may be determined for an enhancement layer for the non-orthogonal channel. Reference signal transmissions may be transmitted by a base station at a reference signal transmission power, and a user equipment (UE) may estimate channel quality for the base layer or the enhancement layer based at least in part on an energy level of the received reference signal and one or more of the first TPR or the second TPR. A base station may transmit TPR signaling that may indicate one or more TPR values for one or both of the base layer or enhancement layer. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119097 | CODEBOOK DESIGN AND STRUCTURE FOR ADVANCED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A base station capable of communicating with a user equipment (UE) includes a transceiver configured to transmit Channel State Information-Reference Signal (CSI-RS) according to a CSI-RS configuration comprising a number of antenna ports, and downlink signals containing the CSI-RS configuration and a precoding-matrix-construction configuration for precoding matrix indicator (PMI) reporting on physical downlink shared channels (PDSCH), the precoding-matrix-construction configuration comprising a first and second sampling factors, O | 04-28-2016 |
20160119098 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication system is a wireless communication system that adopts backoff control. The wireless communication system is provided with: a first wireless communication apparatus; and a second wireless communication apparatus. The first wireless communication apparatus transmits a first signal to the second wireless communication apparatus with a first period, and the second wireless communication apparatus transmits a second signal to the first wireless communication apparatus with a delay of a fixed time, which is shorter than one period of the first period, from a time point at which the first wireless communication apparatus transmits the first signal. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119099 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. A method for a terminal reporting channel state information (CSI) in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving, from a second cell, which is a serving cell and neighboring a first cell, resource block allocation information related to downlink data of the second cell; selecting, based on the resource block allocation information, either a first interface measurement resource (IMR) in which interference from the second cell is present or a second IMR in which interference from the second cell is absent; and transmitting, to the first cell, a channel quality indicator (CQI) calculated based on the IMR which has been selected. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119100 | CHANNEL-SOUNDING METHOD USING A PLURALITY OF ANTENNAS, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and to an apparatus for transmitting an SRS in a multi-antenna system. The method comprises the steps of: acquiring specific information for discriminating a first antenna group and a second antenna group from among a plurality of antennas, wherein said first antenna group includes one or more antennas which are set to a turned-on state to perform communication with a base station, and said second antenna group includes one or more other antennas which are set to a turned-off state; transmitting an SRS to the base station if a predetermined condition is satisfied, under the condition that the second antenna group is set to the turned-off state; and setting the second antenna group to a turned-off state after the transmission of the SRS. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119102 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PROTOCOL DATA UNIT IN COMMUNICATION NETWORKS - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5 | 04-28-2016 |
20160119103 | CONTROL INFORMATION SENDING METHOD AND CONTROL INFORMATION RECEIVING METHOD, AND APPARATUS - The present application discloses a control information sending method that includes: determining, from a preset set of patterns, a pattern as a first pattern, where the pattern comprised in the preset set of patterns is one or more patterns that are determined according to a coverage enhancement degree. The pattern determines an aggregation level that is used for transmitting control information, and determines the number of the multiple subframes, and also determines a resource indicator for a resource that is used for transmitting the control information. The pattern further determines a control information format that is used for transmitting, in each subframe of the multiple subframes, the control information. The method further includes: acquiring, according to the first pattern, the control information on a resource, to which the control information is mapped, in each subframe of the multiple subframes. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119104 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for communication over a wireless network is provided. The method includes receiving, at a Station (STA), a frame over the wireless network; determining if the received frame is corrupted, and if the received frame is not corrupted, transmitting, on a first control response, to the peer STA information relating to the subsequent transmission of the peer STA, and if the received frame is corrupted, transmitting, on a second control response, to a peer STA information relating to a subsequent transmission of the peer STA. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119105 | FOUNTAIN HARQ FOR RELIABLE LOW LATENCY COMMUNICATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for fountain hybrid automatic repeat request (HARM) for reliable low latency communication. A wireless device may transmit a data block based on a low latency operational mode. The device may then transmit a number of redundancy versions of the data block prior to determining whether an acknowledgement (ACK) has been received. In some examples the ACK may be an augmented ACK, which may be based on the number of redundancy versions received prior to successfully decoding the data block, and which may include an additional resource request. In some examples, the device may select an updated modulation and coding scheme (MCS) based on the augmented ACK. In some examples, the device may increase a number of frequency resources (e.g., component carriers) used for transmission based on the augmented ACK. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119106 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING A DATA BLOCK - A method and a base station of transmitting a data block are provided. At least one data block is transmitted via at least one of at least two downlink frequency bands. A modulation symbol and N spreading sequences are received. Acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (A/N) information is determined in accordance with the modulation symbol and the N spreading sequences. The modulation symbol and the N spreading sequences jointly determine the A/N information. And the at least one data block may be retransmitted depending on the A/N information determined. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119416 | System and Method for Peer-to-Peer Communication in Cellular Systems - Systems and methods are provided for delivering both PMP communications, for example standard cellular communications via a base station, and also delivering P2P communications, for example, communications between two mobile stations, using the same spectral resources for both types of communication. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119454 | DYNAMIC IN-BAND SERVICE CONTROL MECHANISM IN MOBILE NETWORK - A method, computer readable medium and apparatus for transmitting signaling information within payload traffic. For example, the method parses a certificate received from a service provider to obtain service imprint information associated with a mobile service, inserts a service control parameter derived from the service imprint information into a packet header, and forwards the packet header within payload traffic to a policy charging and enforcing function. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119738 | DATA AGGREGATION AND DELIVERY - Data received from multiple devices (e.g., machine-to-machine devices, machine type communication devices, and so on) is aggregated and delivered to another device (e.g., a base station). In this way, the data is efficiently transmitted to the other device, for example, in scenarios where the devices that source the data have limited transmission capabilities. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119740 | Identifying Resources from a Device in a Communications Network - A method and apparatus for identifying resources available at a device in a communication network. A Resource Directory Proxy node receives a first message from the device. The first message relates to a change in at least one resource available at the device. The Resource Directory Proxy then sends, to a Resource Directory node selected from a set of Resource Directory nodes, a second message. The second message includes the change in the at least one of the resources available. There is also provided a method and apparatus for providing data from the device is provided. A Mirror Proxy Proxy node receives from the device a data message that includes an identity of the device and data obtained by the device. The Mirror Proxy Proxy node selects, from a set of Mirror Proxy nodes, a Mirror Proxy node, and sends to the selected Mirror Proxy node a further data message, the further data message including the identity of the device and the data obtained by the device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119769 | PROXIMITY SERVICE - The embodiments herein relate to a method in a first wireless device for enabling ProSe communication in a communications network. The first wireless device is in proximity of a second wireless device. The first wireless device, using at least one of an Application ID, ProSe ID, Application User ID and expression code, enables the first wireless device to discover the second wireless device and to be discoverable by the second wireless device. The first wireless device communicates directly with the second wireless device using a direct ProSe link. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119777 | LOCALIZING A MOBILE DATA PATH IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK UNDER CONTROL OF A MOBILE PACKET CORE IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and includes establishing a control channel between a first entity associated with an access network and a second entity associated with a core network. The control channel is associated with a session identifier identifying a user session. The method further includes receiving policy information associated with the user session from the second entity using the first control channel. The policy information is indicative of one or more policies to be applied in the access network to user data associated with the user session. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119779 | METHOD FOR ENABLING A COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A MOBILE DEVICE AND A COMMUNICATION RECEIVER - A method for enabling a communication between a mobile device ( | 04-28-2016 |
20160119811 | A-MPDU IN THE LEGACY PHYSICAL LAYER - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus is configured generate a frame that includes a preamble decodable by a first device type and by a second device type and a plurality of data units. The preamble includes a plurality of fields and each field of the plurality of fields is decodable by the first device type. Each data unit of the plurality of data units includes a payload and an error detection field decodable by the second device type. The apparatus is further configured to transmit the frame to a second wireless device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119814 | IMPROVED COLLISION-AVOIDANCE TECHNIQUES FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - Improved collision-avoidance techniques for a wireless communications system are described. In various embodiments, for example, an apparatus may comprise a processor circuit, a determination component for execution by the processor circuit to determine a current transmission interval comprising a series of beacon intervals, each of the series of beacon intervals comprising a plurality of time slots, randomly select one of the series of beacon intervals, and randomly select one of the plurality of time slots within the selected beacon interval, and a communication component for execution by the processor circuit to send a join request during the selected time slot. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119815 | Frame Padding For Wireless Communications - Systems and techniques relating to wireless communications are described. A described technique includes generating a physical frame, the physical frame including (i) spatially steered length fields and (ii) spatially steered frames that respectively include aggregated medium access control data units (A-MPDUs) that encapsulate data, the steered length fields respectively indicating lengths of the A-MPDUs in number of four-octet units. Generating the physical frame can include including after an A-MPDU of the A-MPDUs in a steered frame of the steered frames, (i) a medium access control layer pad and (ii) a physical layer pad. A length of the medium access control layer pad and a length of the physical layer pad can be based on the physical frame. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119883 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN NETWORK SUPPORTING INTERWORKINGS BETWEEN MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for a terminal in a first communication system to transmit a power headroom report in a network supporting interworking of a plurality of communication systems comprises a step for transmitting a power headroom report comprising a power headroom value related to a second communication system, when a predetermined triggering condition occurs in a state in which the terminal is accessing the first and second communication systems simultaneously, wherein the power headroom report can comprise information regarding maximum transmission power for the second communication system. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119899 | COORDINATION OF SILENT PERIODS FOR DYNAMIC SPECTRUM MANAGER (DSM) - A method for use in a Dynamic Spectrum Manager (DSM) for coordinating asynchronous silent periods in a network, the method comprising detecting a primary user in the network, transmitting a Silent Period Start Control Message to one or more cognitive radio (CR) nodes in the network, wherein the message indicates the start and duration of a silent period and initiates spectrum sensing, receiving a Measurement Report Control Message from the one or more CR nodes in the network indicating results of spectrum sensing, and transmitting a message to the one or more CR nodes, wherein the message instructs the one or more CR nodes to move to a different frequency based on the spectrum sensing results. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119901 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR USING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL FOR DEMODULATION REFERENCE - A method of using synchronization signal as demodulation reference signal is performed at an eNB in case that the demodulation reference signal is punctured by synchronization signal in a wireless communication network. The method comprises: determining whether there is a resource element collision between the demodulation reference signal and the synchronization signal; in accordance with a determination that there is a resource element collision between the two signals: using the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal in a PRB pair containing the synchronization signal; and transmitting the synchronization signal as the demodulation reference signal to a UE. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119902 | CHANNEL SOUNDING METHOD IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME - A method for channel sounding in a wireless local area network (WLAN) system and apparatus for the same is disclosed. An access point (AP) to perform the method for channel sounding broadcasts information on a restricted access window (RAW) for channel sounding included in a beacon, and transmits null data packets (NDP) for channel estimation in the RAW to a station (STA). The STA estimates channel information based on the NDPs, and transmits the estimated channel information to the AP. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119903 | TRAFFIC OPTIMIZATION IN A COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK - Methods of, and network nodes for, optimizing downlink network traffic which is delivered to a client ( | 04-28-2016 |
20160119904 | SEARCH SPACE FOR EPDCCH CONTROL INFORMATION IN AN OFDM-BASED MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for receiving control information within a subframe of a multi-carrier communication system supporting carrier aggregation, the method comprising the following steps performed at a receiving node: performing a blind detection for the control information within a search space by means of a first search pattern, wherein the first search pattern is one of a plurality of search patterns, each of the plurality of search patterns comprising a plurality of candidates distributed on any of a plurality of aggregation levels, and wherein the plurality of search patterns further comprises a second search pattern whose candidates are non-overlapping the candidates of the first search pattern on the same aggregation levels. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119905 | Wireless Communication Control Channel Apparatus and Method - An apparatus and method for control channel transmission in a wireless network are disclosed. A disclosure is provided with at least one resource block (RB) including a first control channel element associated with a first antenna port (AP) and a second control channel element associated with a second AP. The first and second control channel elements might be used for transmission of a single control channel, and a first reference signal sequence associated with one of the first AP and the second AP is selected for transmission of the single control channel based on a control channel element index value, such that a resource element of the at least one RB can be detected to decode the first control channel element and the second control channel element. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119906 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SUPPORTING TRANSMISSION OF SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNALS FROM MULTIPLE ANTENNAS - Methods and apparatuses are provided for controlling reference signal (RS) transmission between a user equipment (UE) and a base station in a wireless communication system. A method includes transmitting, to the UE, downlink control information (DCI) including RS request information. The RS request information includes one or two binary elements based on a DCI format. If an RS transmission triggered by the RS request information is to occur in a same subframe as another RS transmission previously configured to the UE from the base station, the UE transmits the RS triggered by the RS request information. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119909 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus includes a designation unit which generates format designation information for designating a format of transmission and reception for another wireless communication apparatus, a first transmission unit which wirelessly transmits the format designation information to the other wireless communication apparatus, an acquisition unit which acquires a packet, a propagation channel estimation unit which estimates uplink propagation channel information indicating a propagation channel from the other wireless communication apparatus to the wireless communication apparatus based on the packet, a calibration coefficient calculation unit which calculates a calibration coefficient based on downlink propagation channel information indicating a propagation channel from the wireless communication apparatus to the other wireless communication apparatus and the uplink propagation channel information, a transmission weight value calculation unit which calculates a transmission weight value based on the calibration coefficient and the uplink propagation channel information, and a second transmission unit which wirelessly transmits a predetermined signal to the other wireless communication apparatus based on the transmission weight value. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119910 | System and Method for Beam Selection Using Multiple Frequencies - A method for operating a UE includes receiving, by the UE during an initial access sequence, a plurality of first inbound beams each transmitted by a communications controller in a different transmit direction over a first carrier, where the first inbound beams have a different subcarrier frequency range from each other, generating values of a receive metric in accordance with the first inbound beams, selecting one of the first inbound beams in accordance with the receive metric values, transmitting, by the UE, an indication of the selected first inbound beam, and receiving, by the UE, a second inbound beam transmitted by the communications controller in a transmit direction in accordance with the indication of the selected first inbound beam, where the second inbound beam has a second subcarrier frequency range of the first carrier that is different than a first subcarrier frequency range of the selected first inbound beam. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119911 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING OF CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method of transmitting and receiving a control channel in a wireless communication system is provided. A base station allocates a data channel to a radio resource, adds start position information of the data channel into a payload of a control channel, and performs signaling for indication information on the start position information added into the payload of the control channel to a terminal. Accordingly, the legacy system and the enhanced system can efficiently transmit a control channel. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119912 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER ASSIGNMENT, CONFIGURATION AND SWITCHING FOR MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - As part of carrier assignment and configuration for multicarrier wireless communications, a single uplink (UL) primary carrier may provide control information for multiple concurrent downlink (DL) carriers. Optionally, control information for each DL carrier may be transmitted over paired UL carriers. Carrier switching of UL and/or DL carriers, including primary and anchor carriers, may occur during normal operation or during handover, and may occur in only the UL or only the DL direction. A unidirectional handover is performed when only an UL carrier or only a DL carrier is switched as part of a handover. Switching of UL and/or DL carriers may be from one component carrier or a subset of carriers to another component carrier, another subset of carriers, or all carriers in the same direction. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119913 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE MANAGEMENT IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, a method including identifying, by a system including a processor, a second subtask from a first subtask to generate a collective task to be performed for a communication device and determining, by the system, a bearer path for enabling the first resource to coordinate with the second resource to perform the collective task. The first subtask and the second subtask are associated with a first resource and a second resource identified from a database of available resources for performing the collective task. The first resource performs the first subtask, and the second resource performs the second subtask. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119914 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A wireless communication system of the present disclosure includes a first wireless communication device that performs wireless communication in a first communication scheme, a terminal device that performs wireless communication in the first communication scheme with the first wireless communication device, and a plurality of second wireless communication devices that can perform wireless communication in a second communication scheme different from the first communication scheme, and function as access points. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119915 | A User Equipment and a Method for Transmitting Sounding Reference Signals - A User Equipment, UE, operable to be used in a wireless communication network and a method performed by the UE for transmitting Sounding Reference Signals, SRSs are provided. The method comprises receiving ( | 04-28-2016 |
20160119916 | METHOD IN WHICH A RECEIVER TRANSMITS CONTROL INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting control information from a user equipment in a wireless communication system. Physical downlink shared channels (PDSCHs) are received on a primary cell and a secondary cell configured for the user equipment. Acknowledgement (ACK)/negative acknowledgement (NACK) feedbacks for the received PDSCHs are transmitted using two physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resources corresponding to a respective one of two antenna ports configured for the user equipment. The two PUCCH resources are used to transmit the same ACK/NACK state. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119919 | ADDITIONAL CHANNELS USING PREAMBLE SYMBOLS - A method for transmitting information is provided. The method for transmitting information comprises the steps of: mapping signalling information to one or more preamble symbols of a first frame, mapping data to one or more data symbols of the first frame, dividing additional information into two or more parts, mapping a first part of the additional information to one or more preamble symbols of the first frame, mapping a second part of the additional information to at least one of (i) one or more data symbols of the first frame, and (ii) one or more preamble symbols of a second frame and transmitting the frames. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119925 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING TRANSCEIVER CHAINS OF A COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A communication device is described comprising a first transceiver chain set to communicate signals in a first frequency range, a second transceiver chain set to communicate signals in a second frequency range or set to no communication and a controller, configured to receive an instruction for a resetting of carrier aggregation comprising a setting of the first transceiver chain or the second transceiver chain to receive signals in a third frequency range different from the first frequency range and the second frequency range, to control, in response of the reception of the instruction, the second transceiver chain to receive signals within the first frequency range simultaneously with the first transceiver chain and to control the first transceiver chain, when the communication of signals within the first frequency range by the second transceiver chain fulfills a predetermined criterion, to stop communication of signals within the first frequency range. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119926 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A communication system having a plurality of base stations for carrying out radio communication by arranging a plurality of carriers each taking a first frequency bandwidth in a second frequency band that is predetermined and to be exceeded by the carriers arranged in succession, wherein the communication system arranges the carriers in the second frequency band in such a manner that each of the carriers has an overlapping portion overlapping with each other, and a first base station for using a carrier A, one of the carriers having the overlapping portion, preferentially uses, over a second base station for using a carrier B, a radio resource of a part of the overlapping portion in assigning user data. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119927 | OFDMA RESOURCE ASSIGNMENT RULES TO ACHIEVE ROBUSTNESS - A method for a wireless communications system in which an access point wirelessly communicates with a plurality of stations over a wireless channel includes transmitting a frame, including a schedule, from the access point to a plurality of stations, the schedule including assignments of one or more sub-bands in at least one sub-channel of the wireless channel to each station in the plurality of stations. Each station in the plurality of stations uses the assigned sub-band for a multi-user, simultaneous communication with the access point. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119928 | Device of Handling Transmission on Unlicensed Component Carrier - A communication device for handling a signal transmission on an unlicensed component carrier (CC) comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise detecting at least one first signal transmitted by at least one base station on an unlicensed CC; determining at least one first time interval where the at least one first signal is transmitted by the at least one base station; and transmitting at least one second signal on the unlicensed CC in at least one second time interval to a communication device wherein the at least one second time interval is not overlapped with the at least one first time interval. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119930 | CARRIER STATUS INDICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of communications, and disclose a carrier status indication method and a device, which can reduce a delay of indicating an activated state or a deactivated state of a carrier, and improve efficiency of indicating the activated state or deactivated state of the carrier. A specific solution is as follows: determining, by a base station, a carrier status of a carrier, where the carrier status is an activated state or a deactivated state; indicating first carrier information to user equipment by using a downlink physical control channel, where the first carrier information includes the carrier status of the carrier, and the first carrier information is used to enable the user equipment to perform communication on the carrier according to the carrier status. The present invention is applied in a carrier switching process. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119931 | LEVERAGING SYNCHRONIZATION COORDINATION OF A MESH NETWORK FOR LOW-POWER DEVICES - Methods, apparatus, and systems for wireless communication are provided. A method for wireless communication includes configuring a first device for a first mode of communication, receiving wide area network (WAN) scheduling information from downlink signals received from a network entity when a radio air interface of the first device is configured for the first mode of communication, configuring the first device for a second mode of communication, determining a mesh network schedule based on the WAN scheduling information, and communicating wirelessly with a second device in accordance with the mesh network schedule when the radio air interface is configured for the second mode of communication. The first device and the second device may communicate at power levels below a power level threshold selected to cause the network entity to ignore transmissions between the first device and the second device. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119935 | OPERATION OF WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK IN THE PRESENCE OF PERIODIC INTERFERENCE - A wireless access point device that schedules packet transmission and reception by devices (access point and stations) in a wireless local area network detects the presence of periodic transmissions on a first carrier frequency, wherein one or more of the detected periodic transmissions will interfere with reception of a packet by at least one of the devices. A different one of the devices is identified such that the detected periodic transmissions will not interfere with reception of a packet by the different one of the devices. Packet transmission and reception are scheduled within the wireless local area network such that said different one of the devices is scheduled to receive a packet during an occurrence of the detected periodic transmissions. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119936 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Provided herein is a method for interference cancellation for a UE having interference cancellation capability in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving information on a reference signal transmitted from an interfering cell having the possibility of causing inter-cell interference; and attempting to detect the reference signal using the received information on the reference signal, wherein the information on the reference signal is received when the interfering cell and a serving cell of the UE have the same cyclic prefix (CP) length and are synchronized with each other. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119939 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND APPARTATUSES FOR BEARER SPLITTING IN MULTI-RADIO HETNET - Systems and methods for bearer splitting among multiple radio links are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may be communicatively coupled to an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) Node B (eNB) by multiple radio links (e.g., an LTE link and a WLAN link). A transmitter may dynamically determine a splitting policy for how to split traffic among each link (e.g., what proportion to send over each link). In some embodiments, the transmitter may determine the splitting policy explicitly based on lower layer metrics. Alternatively, or in addition, each radio access interface may request data when a transmission opportunity becomes available, and the splitting policy may be determined implicitly from the data requests. For a UE, the splitting policy may be determined with network assistance, which may include a resource allocation for an LTE link, a probability of successful transmission over a WLAN link, and/or the like. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119940 | METHOD AND BS FOR IDENTIFYING UE TRANSMITS SR, AND METHOD AND UE FOR TRANSMITTING SR TO BS - The present disclosure relates to a method used in a BS for identifying that a UE transmits a SR, and an associated BS. The method includes: determining a first Walsh code for the UE transmitting HARQ feedback based on a CCE index allocated to the UE; transmitting to the UE an indication indicating a second Walsh code for the U E transmitting the HARQ feedback, the second Walsh code being different from the first Walsh code; receiving the HARQ feedback from the U E; and identifying that the UE transmits the SR, if the received HARQ feedback uses the second Walsh code. The present disclosure also relates to a method used in a UE for transmitting a SR to a BS, and an associated UE. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119944 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING CODE POINTS FOR INDICATING THE SCHEDULING MODE - The invention relates to a control channel signal for use in a mobile communication system providing at least two different scheduling modes. Further the invention relates to a scheduling unit for generating the control channel signal and a base station comprising the scheduling unit. The invention also relates to the operation of a mobile station and a base station for implementing a scheduling mode using the control channel signal. In order to facilitate the use of different scheduling schemes for user data transmission while avoiding an additional flag for indicating the scheduling mode in the control signaling, the invention proposes the use of code points in existing control channel signal fields. Further, the invention proposes a specific scheduling mode for use in combination with the proposed control channel signal. According to this scheduling mode control channel information is only provided for retransmissions, while initial transmissions are decoded using blind detection. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119946 | Method for sending and detecting downlink control information, sending end, and receiving end - A method for sending and detecting downlink control information, a sending end and a receiving end are described, the method for detecting the downlink control information may include: a User Equipment (UE)-specific search space of an enhance Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH) bearing downlink control information is determined according to a preset interval; wherein the preset interval is determined according to a number of candidate positions of one component carrier at a corresponding aggregation level in a corresponding resource set, or the preset interval is determined according to the number of the candidate positions of one component carrier at the corresponding aggregation level in the corresponding resource set, and a number of scheduled component carriers, or the preset interval is determined according to the number of the candidate positions of one component carrier at the corresponding aggregation level in the corresponding resource set, and a number of configured component carriers; and the downlink control information on a physical resource corresponding to the UE-specific search space is detected. Through the disclosure, a problem of detecting the ePDCCH can be solved. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119947 | MULTI-POINT COORDINATION METHOD FOR RECEIVING UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS PERFORMING SAME - A method for performing multi-point coordination for receiving uplink data by a serving point in accordance with an embodiment of the present invention comprises the steps of: scheduling physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) transmission of a served terminal by the serving point; transmitting a message including at least a part of a scheduling result of the PUSCH transmission to a coordinated point; and after transmission of the message, transmitting downlink control information including the scheduling result of the PUSCH transmission to the terminal, wherein the PUSCH of the terminal scheduled by the serving point is received by the coordinated point which has obtained the message. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119949 | Device of Handling Clear Channel Assessment and Transmission in Unlicensed Band - A network for handling a clear channel assessment (CCA) in an unlicensed band comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise suspending transmitting at least one first orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol in a subframe on a component carrier; and performing a CCA operation within duration of the at least one first OFDM symbol in the subframe on the component carrier. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119951 | MULTI-CHANNEL CSI FEEDBACK FOR LTE/LTE-A WITH UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Multi-channel channel state information (CSI) design is disclosed for long term evolution (LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-A) systems with unlicensed spectrum. A “reference” CSI process defined for each channel/carrier. The reference CSI process is defined across each channel in any particular band that the transmitter is configured to support. The transmit power for such reference CSI processes is spread equally over each such channel. In order to report CSI for a subset of channels under an unequal power split assumption, a user equipment (UE) may apply a different power offset in the computation of the CSI process. Alternatively, an auxiliary CSI process may be defined for reporting CSI of a subset of channels with unequal distribution of powers across different channels in a band. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119954 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD - A wireless communication apparatus includes a transmission and reception processing unit which communicates using a first communication scheme, by using either a first inter frame spaces of a first type or the second inter frame spaces of the first type, wherein the second inter frame spaces is larger than the first inter frame spaces, the second inter frame spaces is determined based on an inter frame space used in a second communication scheme. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119956 | METHOD TO TRANSMIT DOWNLINK SIGNALING MESSAGE ON CELLULAR SYSTEMS FOR PACKET TRANSMISSION AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING THE MESSAGE - Provided is a downlink control information transmitting and receiving method which can maximize the use of limited radio resources by effectively forming an uplink signaling message to be transmitted from a base station to a terminal and transmitting the formed uplink signaling message with a minimum amount of radio resources occupied. The method for transmitting downlink data generation indication information for a base station to inform a terminal of packet data transmission in a packet-based cellular system, includes the steps of: a) generating the downlink data generation indication information; b) recording radio resource allocation information in downlink scheduling information for transmitting the downlink data generation indication information, and allocating information for the downlink data generation indication information to downlink-shared radio resources; and c) transmitting the downlink scheduling information and the information for the downlink data generation indication information according to a transmission cycle. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119957 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR COMMUNICATION IN MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT-MULTIPLE OUTPUT WIRELESS NETWORKS - Wireless communication in a wireless system using a multiple user transmission opportunity is provided. The data blocks are organized in order of transmission priority based on access categories. Contention for access to the communication medium during a transmission opportunity period is based on a backoff timer of each access category and the transmission priority. Upon successful contention for a transmission opportunity period, during the transmission opportunity period, a data block of a primary access category is wirelessly transmitted from the wireless station to one or more primary destination wireless receivers. Simultaneously, a data block of a secondary access category is wirelessly transmitted from the wireless station to one or more secondary destination wireless receivers. Contending for the transmission opportunity period includes each access category contending for access to the wireless communication medium and a secondary access category selectively invoking communication medium access backoff based on one or more backoff events. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119964 | DISCOVERY METHOD AND APPARATUS - Provided are a discovery method and apparatus. A communication method for a user equipment (UE) may include: receiving first resource information indicating a first resource region and second resource information indicating a second resource region from an evolved Node B (eNB); receiving a first message from a second UE via the first resource region; checking whether the contents of the first message match the UE; and sending, when the contents of the first message match the UE, a second message associated with the first message to the second UE via the second resource region. A user equipment (UE) may include: a communication unit configured to receive first resource information indicating a first resource region and second resource information indicating a second resource region from an evolved Node B (eNB), and receive a first message from a second UE via the first resource region; and a control unit configured to check whether the contents of the first message match the UE. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119965 | COMMUNICATION TERMINAL, COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication terminal includes a first communication unit which has a power supply function by electromagnetic induction and writes or reads information in an active or passive mode, and a second communication unit having a communication capability higher than that of the first communication unit. A mode in which the first communication unit is functioning, the active mode or the passive mode, is determined. Communication via the second communication unit is controlled based on the determination result. | 04-28-2016 |
20160119969 | MAC ENHANCEMENTS FOR CONCURRENT LEGACY AND ECC OPERATION - Updated media access control (MAC) operations for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) and discontinuous reception (DRX) operations with enhanced component carrier (eCC) secondary cells (SCells) is disclosed. For SPS operations, an SPS operation is defined and monitored on the eCC SCell which is separate and independent from SPS operations on the primary cell (PCell). The eCC SCell SPS operation may be identified using either the network identifier for the PCell or a newly defined network identifier specifically for the eCC SCell SPS operation. For DRX operations, the DRX operations for the eCC SCell are defined with separate and independent timers from the DRX operations of the PCell. | 04-28-2016 |
20160126990 | DIVERSITY RECEIVE MODULES USING ONE OR MORE SHARED TUNABLE NOTCH FILTERS FOR TRANSMIT BLOCKER REJECTION - A carrier aggregation front-end module with a receive sub-module for receiving signals from a plurality of transmit modules. The module comprises a first receive path configured to receive a first set of signals from one or more of a plurality of antennas, wherein the first set of signals comprises at least one desired receive signal and at least one undesired transmit blocker signal from the plurality of transmit modules. The second receive path is configured to receive a second set of signals from one or more of a plurality of antennas comprising at least one desired receive signal and at least one undesired transmit blocker signal from the plurality of transmit modules. The module also comprises at least one shared tunable notch filter configured to reject at least one of the undesired transmit blocker signals for each of the first receive path and the second receive path. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127016 | UPLINK DIVERSITY AND INTERBAND UPLINK CARRIER AGGREGATION IN FRONT-END ARCHITECTURE - Uplink diversity and interband uplink carrier aggregation in front-end architecture. In some embodiments, a radio-frequency (RF) front-end architecture can include a first transmit/receive (Tx/Rx) front-end system configured to operate with a first antenna, and a second Tx/Rx front-end system configured to operate with a second antenna. The second Tx/Rx front-end system can be a substantial duplicate of the first Tx/Rx front-end system to provide, for example, uplink (UL) diversity functionality and UL multiple-input-and-multiple-output (MIMO) functionality. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127021 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS USING MULTI-ANTENNA - A method and apparatus for allowing a UE to transmit uplink signals using a MIMO scheme are disclosed. In order to maintain good Peak power to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) or Cubic Metric (CM) properties when the UE transmits uplink signals using the MIMO scheme, the UE uses a precoding scheme based on a precoding matrix established in a manner that one layer is transmitted to each antenna in specific rank transmission. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127022 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNALS USING MULTI-ANTENNA - A method and apparatus for allowing a UE to transmit uplink signals using a MIMO scheme are disclosed. In order to maintain good Peak power to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) or Cubic Metric (CM) properties when the UE transmits uplink signals using the MIMO scheme, the UE uses a precoding scheme based on a precoding matrix established in a manner that one layer is transmitted to each antenna in specific rank transmission. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127024 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND PROCESSOR - In a mobile communication system that supports downlink multi-antenna transmission, a base station managing a cell receives beamforming control information fed back from each of a plurality of beamforming target terminals connected to the cell, and null steering control information fed back from a null steering target terminal. When there exists no beamforming target terminal that feeds back the beamforming control information that coincides with the null steering control information, the base station selects, as a pair terminal, a beamforming target terminal that feeds back the beamforming control information containing a predefined rank indicator. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127028 | Wi-Fi Adaptive Receiver Diversity - Wireless communication devices with multiple receive (RX) chains may be operated to maintain high performance while saving power. This may be accomplished by evaluating signal strength during transmission of the RX packets, and/or evaluating a possible imbalance (gain difference) between the multiple RX chains within the wireless communication device. Signal strength (or good signal) detection may be enabled when non-MIMO (non-multiple-in-multiple-out) transmissions are taking place, while imbalance detection (antenna gain comparison) may be enabled when a specified number of single-stream packets have been received. Once the decision has been made to operate in a reduced number RX path mode, decision to reactivate one or more additional RX paths may be made based on MIMO detection, a detection of a drop in signal quality, and/or upon expiration of a power save timer. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127030 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA SYMBOL USING ANTENNA CORRELATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM WHICH SUPPORTS MASSIVE ANTENNA - The present invention provides a method for removing self-interference by a transmitter side in a wireless access system that supports a full duplex radio (FDR) scheme, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the method comprising the steps of: transmitting two transmission signals, using two transmission antennas; receiving two reception signals, using two reception antennas; estimating a self-interference channel; and removing interference signals in consideration of the estimated self-interference channel among the received signals. In the method, the interference signals are the transmission signals which are input into the two reception antennas, the transmission signals and the reception signals are simultaneously transmitted and received through a resource area configured by the same time and frequency, and the two transmission antennas and the two reception antennas may be disposed on the transmitter side in a diamond shape. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127058 | TARGET CHANNEL IDENTIFICATION FOR A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - According to an example, a target channel in a set of channels for a wireless communication may be identified through use of a model. Particularly, performance information of the channels in the set of channels may be accessed over a plurality of time intervals. In addition, an identification of which of the channels in the set of channels has a highest performance level for each of the plurality of time intervals may be made and a model correlating the performance information of the plurality of channels and the channel having the highest performance level over the plurality of time intervals may be developed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127069 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REDUCING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - A method is described for reducing interferences in a wireless network, by: identifying cells which experience more interference than others; identifying a group of PRBs that their transmissions are subjected to moire interference than other concurrent transmissions; identifying UEs associated with the group of PRBs, and determining whether the location of the UEs is at the cells' edges; selecting a pair of UEs where one member is located at a first cell's edge and the other is located either (i) at a second cell, not included within a neighbors' list of the first cell, or (ii) at the core or remote edge of a second cell. In case (i), the second cell is introduced to the first cell neighbors' list, and in case (ii) the other UE is falsely defined as a UE located at the near second cell's edge. Then, ICIC procedure is invoked for that pair of UEs. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127085 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING INTERLEAVING IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a pre-5G or 5G communication system to be provided for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4G communication system, such as Long Term Evolution (LTE). Disclosed are a method and an apparatus for performing interleaving by using an identical interleaving bit generation method in multiple interleavers included in a communication system. The present disclosure provides a method for interleaving an input bit sequence by an interleaver of a multiple access communication system. The method includes setting a common parameter used by multiple interleavers; setting a unique parameter for the interleaver in view of a correlation between bit sequences which are input to the multiple interleavers; and interleaving the input bit sequence by using prime-power depending on the common parameter and the unique parameter. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127089 | SYSTEMS AND/OR METHODS FOR MANAGING OR IMPROVING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CELLS - Systems and methods for managing and/or improving interference in cells may be provided. For example, in embodiments, a partial-band Almost Blank Subframe (PB-ABS) subframe and/or a spatial Almost Blank Subframe (SABS) may be provided and/or used for coordinating communication with in networks with smaller and larger cells (e.g. pico or macro cells). For example, a PB-ABS may provide a dimension (e.g. frequency) that may be used to define a region and/or particular resources (e.g. resource blocks) reserved for pico cell operations or transmissions and a region or other resources (e.g. not those reserved for pico cell operations) available for macro cell operations or transmissions. Additionally, based on beam parameters (e.g. associated with cell partitioning), SABS may offer an additional dimension (e.g. spatial) that may be used to prevent transmission in a particular spatial direction. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127090 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to enable adequate feedback on the uplink even when CA and CoMP are employed between a plurality of radio base stations (inter-eNB CoMP/CA). A receiving section that receives downlink signals from a first radio base station that forms a first cell and a second radio base station that forms a second cell, a generating section that generates a feedback signal in response to the downlink signal from each radio base station, and a control section that assigns the feedback signal in response to the downlink signal from the first radio base station to an uplink control channel and/or an uplink shared channel on the first cell depending on whether or not there is a UL grant, and assigns the feedback signal in response to the downlink signal from the second radio base station to the uplink shared channel on the first cell or the second cell regardless of whether or not there is the UL grant, are provided in a user terminal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127091 | BIT ALLOCATION METHOD, APPARATUS FOR MULTICARRIER MODULATION SIGNAL, AND SYSTEM - A bit allocation method, apparatus for a multicarrier modulation signal and a system where the method includes: lowering the number of bits of a subcarrier of minimum average power in subcarriers of the multicarrier modulation signal allocated with a maximum number of bits according to a predetermined total number of bits to be adjusted including setting a total number of bits to be adjusted; determining a target number of bits according to the total number of bits; allocating a bit number for each subcarrier of the multicarrier modulation signal by using a predetermined bit allocation method according to the target; and lowering the number of bits of a subcarrier of minimum average power in the subcarriers allocated with a maximum number of bits, until a lowered total number of bits is equal to the total number of bits to be adjusted. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127092 | CONTENTION BASED UPLINK TRANSMISSION FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT - This disclosure generally relates to contention based uplink transmission for coverage enhancement. A plurality of sequence patterns can be defined by a plurality of sequences and the order thereof. Each sequence pattern is uniquely associated with a UE. The UE may initiate the contention based uplink transmission with the associated sequence pattern. The BS may determine the number of UEs simultaneously transmitting on the shared resource by detecting the sequence patterns in the transmission. In this way, the BS can easily detect and handle collisions in the contention based transmission. The latency in uplink data transmission can be reduced with good system capacity. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127095 | RATE MATCHING AROUND REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Various aspects described herein relate to rate matching around reference signaling. A discovery reference signal (DRS) configuration is received that identifies first resources related to non-zero power reference signals for DRS transmitted by a cell over a first bandwidth and second resources related to zero power reference signals for the DRS over a second bandwidth. The first bandwidth can be less than or equal to the second bandwidth. At least one channel can be received from the cell along with an instance of the non-zero power reference signals and the zero power reference signals. Rate matching can be performed for the at least one channel around the second resources over the second bandwidth. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127098 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL ACCESS FOR LTE ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A method of a base station (BS) to implement a listen-before-talk (LBT) protocol is provided. The method includes generating for transmission at least one of a discovery reference signal (DRS) or a data signal. The method also includes initiating an LBT protocol based on a single sensing interval to access a channel and transmit the DRS in contiguous orthogonal frequency-division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols. The method further includes initiating an LBT protocol with random back-off to access the channel and transmit the data signal, where a back-off counter value of the LBT protocol with random back-off does not decrement when the DRS is transmitting in the channel. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127100 | METHOD FOR TRIGGERING APERIODIC SOUNDING REFERENCE SYMBOL, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - A method for triggering an aperiodic sounding reference symbol, includes: receiving a Downlink Control Information (DCI) indicating a transmission of an aperiodic Sounding Reference Symbol (SRS) from a base station which configures a resource used for transmission of the aperiodic SRS; maintaining the resource for transmitting the aperiodic SRS when there is at least one of a loss of uplink synchronization when a timer relating to the uplink synchronization expires and a failure in transmission of a scheduling request transmitted more than a predetermined number of times; and executing a random access procedure. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127105 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACK/NACK SIGNAL AND APPARATUS THEREOF - Disclosed is a method for transmitting an ACK/NACK signal for an HARQ (Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest) in a CA (Carrier Aggregation) system, the method including obtaining at least one transmission resource among first and second transmission resources; configuring a first table showing a relationship in which a combination of at least one of the first and second transmission resources and modulation symbols is mapped to an ACK/NACK signal, and transmitting modulation symbols corresponding to a transmission target ACK/NACK signal in the first table by using transmission resource corresponding to the transmission target ACK/NACK signal in the first table. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127106 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention provides a base station, a terminal device, a communication system, and a communication method configured to efficiently specify a physical uplink control channel resource in a case that the base station notifies the terminal device of control information through an enhanced physical downlink control channel or in a case that a cell radius is small. The terminal device in communication with the base station monitors a physical downlink control channel placed in a common search space and an enhanced physical downlink control channel placed in a terminal-specific search space. Upon detecting the enhanced physical downlink control channel, the terminal device maps response information to a physical uplink control channel resource determined in response to at least an index of an element forming the detected enhanced physical downlink control channel and an individual shift amount individually configured on a per terminal device basis, and then reports the base station of the mapped response information. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127107 | Cell Status Changing Method, User Equipment, and Base Station - Embodiments disclose a cell status changing method. The method includes receiving, by user equipment, a first indication sent by a master base station, where the first indication is used to indicate a status change of a first cell of the master base station or a status change of a second cell of a secondary base station; and performing activation on the first cell or the second cell according to the first indication, or performing deactivation on the first cell or the second cell according to the first indication. In embodiments, both the master base station and the secondary base station serve the UE and undergo carrier aggregation, and the UE may obtain, by using the received first indication sent by the master base station, an active state or an inactive state of a serving cell that belongs to a base station that serves the UE. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127220 | STATUS UPDATE FOR A DEVICE IDENTIFIER IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - According to one embodiment of present invention, there is provided a method of controlling access to a communication network. The method includes receiving a request from a communication device to connect to the communication network, the request including a substantially unique identifier of the device, and determining whether the identifier is contained in a local device database of the network. Where it is determined that the identifier is not contained in the local database, the method further includes authorizing the device to connect to the network, and at a subsequent update of the local device database, determining the status of the identifier from a shared device database, and updating the status of the determined identifier in the local device database with the determined status. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127311 | RECLAIMING LEASED IP ADDRESSES IN WIRELESS NETWORKS - Methods, systems and computer readable media for reclaiming DHCP leased IP address from disassociated clients in a WLAN are described. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127521 | WLAN EXTENSION ELEMENTS - A system and method are disclosed that may increase the number of different element ID numbers that may be represented in an information element (IE) without significantly increasing the size of the IE and without altering existing parsers of various wireless devices. The IE may include a one-byte element ID field, a length field, an N-byte element ID extension field, and an information field | 05-05-2016 |
20160127868 | SENSOR REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM, REMOTE CONTROL DEVICE, SENSOR DEVICE AND METHOD OF REMOTELY CONTROLLING SENSOR - A sensor remote control system is provided. The sensor remote control system includes a sensor device configured to transmit and receive a detection signal in a direction to detect information in the direction, and a remote control device configured to transmit, to the sensor device, a control signal to remotely control the sensor device. The remote control device includes an orientation sensor configured to detect an oriented direction of the remote control device, and a communicator configured to generate the control signal based on the oriented direction detected by the orientation sensor, and transmit the control signal to the sensor device. The sensor device performs the detection based on the control signal received from the remote control device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127891 | IDENTIFYING A USER EQUIPMENT IN A COMMUNICATION NETWORK - A method and apparatus for identifying a User Equipment (UE) in a communication network. A service aware control signalling node associated with a transmission path related to the UE receives a first message sent from a Radio Access Network (RAN) node associated with the UE on the transmission path. The first message initiates a communication between the RAN node and the control signalling node and includes an identity of the UE. On its own, the identity of the UE is not enough to unambiguously identify the UE, as described above. The control signalling node stores at a database an identity of the UE and an identity of the transmission path via which the first message was sent. The combination of the UE identity and the transmission path identity can be used to uniquely identify the UE. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127909 | WIRELESS DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR SPATIAL REUSE FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE LINKS - Methods, computer readable media, and apparatuses are disclosed for spatial reuse. A high efficiency station (HE STA) that includes circuitry is disclosed. The circuitry may be configured to: determine if a link with a wireless device is a D2D link with a spatial reuse opportunity; and transmit a packet that includes an indication that there is the spatial reuse opportunity for the duration of the packet, if the link with the wireless device is the D2D link with the spatial reuse opportunity. The circuitry may be configured to: receive a packet from a second HE STA, where the packet includes an indication that there is a spatial opportunity for the duration of the packet; adjust at least one of the following group: a transmit power and a clear channel assessment parameter; and transmit a second packet to a wireless device in the spatial opportunity in accordance with D2D communication. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127910 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT AND RESOURCE SHARING - Improved systems and techniques for communication in an environment in which muting of resources is used to avoid interference between cells. If a cell, represented by a macro eNB for example, is muting resources, those resources can be made available, under appropriate conditions, to user devices, such as UEs, engaging in device to device communication. Allocation of muted resources to D2D UEs can be based on meeting of conditions, such as that the D2D UEs be outside of a specified proximity to a cell, such as a small cell, using the resources, or that the D2D UEs transmit at less than a specified power. The UEs may take measurements to determine if the conditions are met and report the measurements to their base stations, which then determine whether to allocate the muted resources and configure the UEs with resource allocation information. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127913 | METHODS AND NODES FOR SHARING FREQUENCY CARRIERS OF A PUBLIC SAFETY NETWORK - A method for sharing one or more frequency carriers of a public safety network (PSN) with a commercial network (CN). The method is performed in a PSN node, and comprises obtaining information indicating a level of warning in the PSN, and determining whether a PSN carrier is available for use in the CN based on the obtained information. When it is determined that the PSN carrier is available for use in the CN, the method further comprises releasing the PSN carrier from operation in at least one node of the PSN, and sending information to a CN node indicating that the PSN carrier is available for use in the CN. The technique also relates to a corresponding method in a CN node, and to the PSN and CN nodes. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127918 | A METHOD FOR ENHANCING COVERAGE OF USER EQUIPMENT AND AN APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The present invention related to a method and an apparatus for enhancing coverage of an UE. The method comprising receiving a signal, wherein a control signal is received on a downlink control channel with a repeated transmission based on the reception coverage of the UE, and transmitting a control signal on an uplink control channel. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127922 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION FOR A SUBSET OF RESOURCE ELEMENTS OF A RESOURCE BLOCK - A technique for performing channel estimation for a wireless communication channel is provided. A determining circuit determines a channel condition for the wireless communication channel. A filtering circuit applies an estimation filter to reference signals transmitted on the wireless communication channel. The filter estimates coefficients for a subset of Resource Elements transmitted on the wireless communication channel. The subset is chosen depending on the determined channel condition. An interpolating circuit interpolates the estimated coefficients for Resource Elements that are not included in the subset. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127940 | COMMUNICATION SCHEME FOR CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION - A periodic report of channel quality information is transmitted to a receiving entity within a communication system. A UE transmits first channel quality information reports reporting an average of channel qualities for resource blocks at a first reporting frequency and a second channel quality information report for a preferred subset of resource blocks. The second channel quality information report is transmitted between the first channel quality information reports. A plurality of second channel quality information reports for the preferred subset of resource blocks are transmitted at a second reporting frequency. The first reporting frequency is different from the second reporting frequency. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127945 | Telecommunications Network Comprising User Equipment-Based Management And Control - A telecommunications network may provide telecommunication functionality based, at least in part, on a communications device in communication with the network. The telecommunications network may comprise a routing infrastructure (control plane) that is decoupled from the switching infrastructure (data plane). The telecommunications network may enable common wireless management and control, such as mobility management, radio resource management, quality of service (QoS), load balancing, etc., utilizing SDM control and an internet protocol, across many wireless technologies, e.g., LTE, Wi-Fi, any future 5G access technologies. The telecommunications network may implement hierarchical control functions, such as mobility management, radio resource managements, in distributed controllers, and other functions, such as, authentication, charging, in a centralized controller(s). The simplified telecommunications network may utilize an IP protocol and SDN instead of a GPRS Tunneling Protocol (GTP). | 05-05-2016 |
20160127951 | MANAGING WIRELESS TRANSMISSION CAPACITY - An apparatus and method for managing wireless transmission capacity, comprising storing, at a server, available wireless transmission capacity obtained from a wireless transmission capacity provider, reserving by the server at least part of said available wireless transmission capacity for a first user, updating said stored information based on said reserved wireless transmission capacity, receiving by the server an indication about wireless transmission capacity need concerning another user, detecting that said wireless transmission capacity need cannot be met, and taking action by the server to increase wireless transmission capacity available for allocation for said another user. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127979 | GROUPING OF USER TERMINAL CELL ACCESS INFORMATION IN A SYSTEM INFORMATION BLOCK - Disclosed is a method for generating and transmitting system information in a mobile radio cell. In said method, system information is grouped into several information frames, information required for a mobile user device in order to verify if said mobile user device has access to the mobile radio cell being grouped into a single information frame, and the information frames are fed to the data securing layer by the network layer and are transmitted by means of the physical layer. | 05-05-2016 |
20160127987 | BASE STATION AND CELL SELECTION METHOD - A base station includes a receiving unit that receives a report of a reception power from a user equipment, and a selecting unit that calculates a first throughput and a second throughput by using the reception power, the first throughput being a throughput when coordinated communication is not performed and a single user equipment occupies an entire band, the second throughput being a throughput when the coordinated communication is performed and the single user equipment occupies the entire band, and selects a coordination candidate cell based on the first throughput, the second throughput, a first resource allocation rate and a second resource allocation rate, the first resource allocation rate being a resource allocation rate when the coordinated communication is not performed, the second resource allocation rate being a resource allocation rate when the coordinated communication is performed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128000 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - [Object] To achieve both prevention of harmful interference and promptness of power allocation under conditions in which multiple secondary systems may be managed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128001 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND TERMINAL DEVICE - [Object] To provide an arrangement that can prevent the adverse interference when a frequency channel is secondarily used, at low cost. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128002 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS - A wireless communication apparatus supports at least a second wireless communication scheme between a first wireless communication scheme and the second wireless communication scheme. The first wireless communication scheme requires that a wireless medium is determined to be busy when a reception level is equal to or greater than a minimum reception sensitivity level of a physical scheme. The apparatus includes a first processing unit and a second processing unit. The first processing unit is configured to set a value lower than a maximum transmission power of the first wireless communication scheme, for a maximum transmission power of the second wireless communication scheme and set a value greater than the minimum reception sensitivity level of the physical scheme, for a carrier sense level, when the second wireless communication scheme is used. The second processing unit is configured to carry out carrier sense using the carrier sense level. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128011 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR COVERAGE IMPROVEMENT AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In detail, the present invention relates to a method and apparatus for acquiring system information by a terminal in a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of: acquiring time and frequency synchronization from a synchronization channel; performing PBCH detection in a wireless frame on the basis of the time and frequency synchronization; and acquiring the system information from the PBCH, wherein, when the terminal is a non-MTC terminal, the PBCH detection is performed by a singular sub frame in the wireless frame, and when the terminal is an MTC terminal, the PBCH detection is performed by a plurality of sub frames in the wireless frame. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128014 | FREQUENCY CORRECTION IN A MULTI-CARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Methods and systems for correction of frequency errors in multi-carrier communication systems. The composite frequency error associated with the downlink signals are used to infer or derive the composite frequency error associated with the uplink signals, which are used to pre-compensate the uplink signals. Special signal components are transmitted by multiple base stations to facilitate frequency-error estimation and other system control functionalities at a mobile device. The mobile device carries out temporal, spatial, or spatial-temporal processing of the composite frequency errors associated with one or more base stations to determine the clock frequency error and the Doppler shift with respect to its serving base station. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128023 | Architecture and method in a wireless communication network - Radio network node comprises a plurality of antenna sub arrays, forming a multiple antenna array which is configured for beamforming, spatial multiplexing and Multiple Input Multiple Output, MIMO, transmission/reception, and further comprising an antenna base band processing unit and a central base band processing unit. The radio network node further comprises a plurality of antenna active modules, wherein each active antenna module is connected to one of the antenna sub arrays, comprised in the multiple antenna array, and wherein each active antenna module is configured for pre-processing of signals over the respective antenna sub array, before any forwarding of signals is made to the central base band processing unit. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128024 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK ACCESS - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, a method includes receiving, at a wireless device, a trigger message allocating one or more wireless transmission resources, each resource allocated to a plurality of stations. The method further includes determining whether to transmit over the allocated resources based on a contention procedure. The method further includes selectively transmitting over the allocated resources based on said determining. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128025 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND SUPPRESSION FOR MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-IN/MULTIPLE OUT (MIMO) COMMUNICATION - A first user equipment accesses, based on first information in a first downlink control information (DCI) message addressed to the first user equipment, one or more of a plurality of sets of information indicating pairings for multiuser MIMO from a table stored in the first user equipment. The first user equipment performs interference suppression or cancellation for one or more second user equipment based on information in the one of the plurality of sets. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128026 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN HIGH-SPEED MOBILE NETWORK - A method and an apparatus for receiving a signal in a high-speed mobile network are provided. In the case of receiving, by a moving terminal in a high-speed mobile network environment, signals transmitted from a plurality of base stations, a signal received through one antenna is decoded to generate a first symbol corresponding to a first signal transmitted from a first base station. The first symbol is subtracted from the received signal to acquire a modified received signal, and the modified received signal is decoded to generate a second symbol corresponding to a second signal transmitted from a second base station. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128027 | ADJACENT CHANNEL CO-EXISTENCE FOR D2D - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. The apparatus determines to communicate through D2D communication on a first radio-frequency channel. Additionally, the apparatus detects a transmission of a base station transmitting on downlink on a second radio-frequency channel. Additionally, the apparatus determines D2D transmission parameters based on the detected transmission of the base station. Further, the apparatus communicates through D2D using the determined D2D transmission parameters. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128029 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL FOR IMPROVING COVERAGE AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. In particular, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for receiving data, by a terminal, in a wireless communication system, the method comprising the steps of: receiving a PDCCH; receiving a PDSCH corresponding to the PDCCH in a subframe including CSI-RS resource available in a cell; and demodulating the PDSCH. If a predetermined condition is satisfied, demodulation of the PDSCH is performed on the assumption that the PDSCH is not transmitted in the CSI-RS resource available in the cell, and if the predetermined condition is not satisfied, the demodulation of the PDSCH is performed on the assumption that the PDSCH can be transmitted in the CSI-RS resources available in the cell. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128031 | METHODS AND USER EQUIPMENTS FOR DATA DEMODULATION - Methods and user equipment (UE) for data demodulation. A UE comprises a receiver (Rx), a transmitter (Tx), a demodulator, a decoder, a processor, and a memory. An order message can be received by the receiver from a radio network node. The order message orders the UE to utilize both additional pilots and common pilots. In response to the receiver receiving the order message, the transmitter may return an ACK message to the radio network node. The receiver may also be configured to receive data from the radio network node. The memory stores computer program code which, when run in the processor, causes the demodulator to demodulate received data utilizing additional pilots in addition to common pilots. Furthermore, the memory and the computer program code are configured to, together with the processor, cause the demodulator to demodulate received data utilizing only common pilots when the decoder is unsuccessful in decoding received data demodulated by utilizing additional pilots in addition to common pilots. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128032 | METHOD AND BS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION TO UE, AND METHOD AND UE FOR HANDLING CONTROL INFORMATION - The present disclosure relates to a method used in a BS for transmitting control information to a UE, and an associated BS. The method includes: generating a first indication indicating whether data, which are downlink data transmitted from the BS to the UE or uplink data transmitted from the UE to the BS, are in an initial transmission or a retransmission, the first indication being comprised in the control information; if the data are in the initial transmission, generating a second indication for determining modulation mode and Transport Block, TB, size of the data, the second indication being comprised in the control information; and transmitting the control information to the UE. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128033 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HANDLING DIFFERENT DCI MESSAGES IN A WIRELESS NETWORK NODE OF A CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PROVIDING MULTIPLE BANDWIDTHS - The disclosure relates to a method of transmitting downlink control signalling in a wireless network node of a cellular communication system, when the node provides more than one transmission bandwidth. In particular it relates to a method in a wireless network node of a cellular communication system for transmitting downlink control signalling to at least one wireless device. The wireless network node operates over at least two different transmission bandwidths. The method comprises transmitting information about at least one of the transmission bandwidths to wireless devices in the cellular communication system, configuring properties of at least one downlink control message, to represent one of the at least two different transmission bandwidths and transmitting the at least one downlink control message to the at least one wireless device in the cellular communication system. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128034 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL CHANNEL IN INTRA-CELL CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM - A technique for converging 5 | 05-05-2016 |
20160128035 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - Provided are a radio terminal device, a radio base station device, and a channel signal forming method which can prevent quality degradation of the downlink resource allocation information by reducing the frequency of the zero information addition process to the downlink resource allocation information when executing communication using an uplink unit band and multiple downlink unit bands correlated to the uplink unit band. A base station includes: a PDCCH generation unit which includes the uplink allocation information relating to the uplink unit band only in some of the channel signals formed for each of the downlink unit bands; and a padding unit which adds zero information to the downlink allocation information only in the selected some channel signals having the bandwidth of the corresponding downlink unit band smaller than that of the uplink unit band until the downlink allocation information size becomes equal to the uplink allocation information size. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128040 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INTERFACING IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Interfacing according to a common public radio interface in a base station in a mobile communication system is described. The interfacing comprises a conversion process for rate-converting legacy data samples. First a predetermined number of the legacy data samples is converted to frequency samples in a frequency domain, then the frequency samples are zero padded to extend the frequency range according to a related sample rate of a 4G data format and then converted into a number of data samples of the related sample rate. The related sample rate is a multiplication of S/K times a basic frame rate of the 4G data format, S samples being allocated to K frames, K and S being integers and K being 8 or less. Advantageously large buffers for allocating a large number of legacy samples to 4G frames are avoided. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128041 | CONTROLLER FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCE BLOCKS TO USER DEVICES LOCATED IN CELLS OF A CELLULAR NETWORK - A controller for allocating a radio resource block to a user device in a cell of a cellular network, includes a device for identifying a plurality of edge user devices within range of a first base station, a device for identifying, from the plurality of edge user devices, a first edge user device with which the first base station intends to communicate and a second edge user device presently communicating with a second base station in a neighbouring cell, and a device for allocating a communication channel to the first edge user device by assigning a resource block for communications between the first edge user device and first base station. The resource block is one that will provide the highest transmission rate for the first edge user device, whilst differing from any resource blocks already allocated for communication between the second edge user device and the second base station. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128042 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY TRANSMITTING DATA - A method and apparatus for simultaneously transmitting data to a plurality of terminals are provided. The method includes: selecting a plurality of simultaneous transmitting terminals based on a signal-to-noise ratio (SNR) of the plurality of terminals; allocating a power rate of the plurality of simultaneous transmitting terminals to each of the plurality of simultaneous transmitting terminals; modulating each of the data according to a modulation method that is determined based on the power rate; and transmitting the modulated data according to the power rate. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128044 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING INFORMATION IN WIRELESS DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM - When a transmitter transmits a first Timing Offset Indication iDentifier (TOID) of a plurality of TOIDs representing timing offset of a frame, the transmitter determines a first codeword corresponding to the first TOID of a plurality of codewords representing a subcarrier. The transmitter allocates a busy tone to a first subcarrier that the first codeword represents. The transmitter transmits the busy tone. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128046 | Bearer Configuration in Dual Connectivity Communication - A communication device with a bearer provided by a first node is provided with a configuration for a further component carrier by a second node. It is determined that the communication device has not been provided with at least one configuration parameter for configuration of the at least one further component carrier for the bearer. In response a corresponding at least one configuration parameter received from the first node Is used for configuring for the at least one further component carrier. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128047 | Sub-frame configuration instruction method and system in D2D communication - Disclosed are a method and system for indicating sub-frame configuration in D2D communication. The method includes that a configured D2D transmitting sub-frame and/or D2D receiving sub-frame and/or D2D special sub-frame are indicated through high layer signalling and/or physical layer signalling, wherein the D2D transmitting sub-frame is for carrying and transmitting D2D communication data, the D2D receiving sub-frame is for receiving D2D communication data and the D2D special sub-frame is for carrying, transmitting and receiving D2D communication data; and the D2D transmitting sub-frame, receiving sub-frame and special sub-frame are system uplink sub-frames. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128048 | CONTROL CHANNEL ON PLCP SERVICE DATA UNIT (PSDU) TONES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for communicating control information in a physical layer convergence protocol (PLCP) service data unit (PSDU) on one or more tones of the PSDU that are not used for transmitting data (or pilot signals). One example method for wireless communications generally includes generating a packet comprising a PSDU having control information conveyed in one or more tones of the PSDU that are not used for transmitting data, processing the packet to generate a signal, and transmitting the signal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128049 | BEACON ADDRESSING - The present disclosure describes how a master beacon having a known UUID can be used to capture beacons within its range and superimpose a systematic address scheme on those beacons. The superimposed address scheme can then be used as a proxy for the individual beacons when developing applications that make use of the beacons. A master beacon automatically detects each beacon in a plurality of beacons and, for a set of beacons in the plurality of beacons, automatically changes either the first profile identifier or the second profile identifier for each beacon in the set of beacons. The change is such that the first profile identifier or the second profile identifier is identical for each beacon in the set of beacons and is also associated with the master beacon. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128050 | LICENSED ASSISTED ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND INTERFERENCE AVOIDANCE METHOD THEREOF - A licensed assisted access network system and an interference avoidance method thereof are provided. The licensed assisted access network system includes a data transmitting network device and a data receiving network device. The data transmitting network device transmits a control message to the data receiving network device in a licensed band. The data receiving network device determines that an unlicensed band is not in use during a receiving end stand-by period according to the control message, and continuously transmits a receiving end channel reservation signal in the unlicensed band. The data transmitting network device receives the receiving end channel reservation signal in the unlicensed band, and transmits network data in the unlicensed band according to the receiving end channel reservation signal. The data receiving network device receives the network data and continuously transmits the receiving end channel reservation signal in the unlicensed band at the same time. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128051 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, AND APPARATUS - A core network includes a plurality of nodes that serve as nodes managing mobility of a terminal and that are different with regards to service functions that nodes provide to the terminal. Based on subscriber information and terminal information, a node to be connected to the terminal is selected on the core network side, depending on a service characteristic utilized by the terminal or on a type of the terminal and the terminal is connected to the selected node. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128052 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system comprises at least a base station device and a terminal device. The terminal device transmits a demodulation reference signal associated with a physical channel, receives a configuration of comb of the demodulation reference signal, and transmits the demodulation reference signal mapped based on the configuration of comb. The base station device transmits a configuration of comb of a demodulation reference signal related to a physical channel. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128055 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO ADDRESS RESOURCE COLLISION FOR ASYMMETRIC REGION ALLOCATION - Embodiments described herein relate generally to a communication between a user equipment (UE) and an evolved Node B (eNB). An eNB may allocated uplink and downlink regions associated with machine-type communication (MTC) to a UE. The allocation of uplink and downlink regions may be asymmetric. The eNB may identify parameters based on this asymmetric region allocation to avoid resource collision during communication of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgement (ACK) or negative acknowledgement (NACK) feedback between the eNB and the UE. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128056 | UNIFIED FRAME STRUCTURE - A unified frame structure design includes multiple structures to support multiple access requirements. In some aspects, different access requirements may relate to different access terminal categories and/or different applications. In some aspects, different access terminal categories may relate to different performance requirements of different access terminals. In some aspects, the disclosed unified frame structure design could support, for example, and without limitation, at least one of: a low latency mode, a low overhead mode, a low power mode (e.g., for micro-sleep and/or dynamic bandwidth switching), an access terminal with narrowband capability operating in wideband, or ultra-low-latency and nominal multiplexing. Other aspects, embodiments, and features are also claimed and described. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128057 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE FRAME BASED ON TYPE IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present disclosure relates to a method and apparatus for transmitting a response frame based on a type in a High Efficiency Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) (HEW). According to an aspect, a method for transmitting an uplink frame by a station (STA) to an access point (AP) in a WLAN may be provided. The method may include receiving, from the AP, a downlink frame including information related to a type of the uplink frame, the type of the uplink frame including a single-user (SU) type and a multiple-user (MU) type; and transmitting, to the AP, the uplink frame having a type determined based on the information related to the type of the uplink frame, wherein, when the type of the uplink frame corresponds to the MU type, the uplink frame is simultaneously transmitted by a plurality of STAs including the STA and at least one other STA. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128058 | COMPRESSED MODE INTRA/INTER CELL INTERFERENCE MITIGATION - This application pertains to systems, apparatus and methods for decreasing interference in wireless networks caused by User Equipments (UEs) entering compressed mode. Under certain generally accepted communication protocols, a UE can transmit at a higher power relative to normal transmissions when it enters compressed mode. These high power transmissions can cause interference both for UEs within the same cell (e.g., small cells or macrocells) as well as for UEs in neighboring cells. This interference can be minimized by using the presently disclosed systems, apparatus and methods to schedule time slots for UEs to go into compressed mode such that the distance in time between any two UEs going into compressed mode across one or more neighboring cells is maximized. By spreading out the interference effect of UEs going into compressed mode over time, overall interference in the wireless network can be decreased. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128064 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED APPARATUS USING THE SAME - The disclosure is directed to a method and apparatus for D2D communication in a wireless communication system and related apparatuses using the same. In one of the exemplary embodiments, a proposed method may include determining whether to performing a D2D transmission and a cellular transmission simultaneously in a resource block allocated in a cellular uplink time slot; if a cellular uplink transmission rate in addition to a D2D transmission rate is greater than or equal to a maximum cellular UL transmission rate: performing the D2D transmission and the cellular transmission simultaneously; and adjusting a power of the D2D transmission and a power of the cellular transmission to maximize an overall transmission rate which is the cellular UL transmission rate in addition to the D2D transmission rate. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128065 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES FROM COMPONENT CARRIERS TO A PUBLIC-SAFETY MOBILE RADIO - Disclosed herein are methods and systems for allocating resources from component carriers to a public-safety mobile radio. An embodiment takes the form of a process that is carried out by carried out by a Long-Term Evolution (LTE) Evolved Node B (eNodeB). The eNodeB makes a first determination to allocate resources to a given mobile radio. The eNodeB makes a second determination that the given mobile radio is a public-safety mobile radio. In response to making the first and second determinations, the eNodeB selects, based on one or more public-safety-communication criteria, a component carrier from among a plurality of component carriers managed by the eNodeB. The eNodeB allocates resources on the selected eNodeB component carrier to the given mobile radio. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128066 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCE TO D2D LINK, AND TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA THROUGH D2D LINK - Disclosed are a method for allocating a resource to a D2D link of a base station, including determining a D2D link resource to be allocated to the D2D link among cellular resources of the base station, and transmitting uplink control information including information on the D2D link resource to at least two terminals which are connected by the D2D link among a plurality of cellular terminals connected to the base station, and a method for transmitting/receiving data to and from a terminal, including: searching for a white space of cellular resources; transmitting a search result for the white space to a base station of coverage to which the terminal belongs; receiving resource information determined depending on the search result; and transmitting/receiving data to and from the adjacent terminals through the D2D link based on the resource information. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128067 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING A POSITIONING SIGNAL USING MULTIPLE CARRIER CHANNELS - Transmitting positioning signals from transmitters in a positioning system. In certain implementations, one or more positioning signals are generated at a transmitter and transmitted using two or more carrier channels at the same time. In one implementation, only one positioning signal is generated and transmitted on each of the two or more carrier channels at the same time. In another implementation, two or more positioning signals are generated, and each of those positioning signals is transmitted on a different carrier channel at the same time. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128068 | System And Method For Assigning Frequency Resources In A Three-Hop Repeater - A system and method for allocating frequency resources in a three-hop repeater are disclosed. Bandwidth can be allocated asymmetrically, and in non-contiguous blocks for the required bandwidth for a transmission operation. Bandwidth is dynamically allocated on an as-needed basis. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128071 | Radio Frequency Coexistence Management For Concurrent Data Traffic Service In Multi-Subscriber-Identity-Module (SIM) Devices - Various embodiments provide methods, devices, and non-transitory processor-readable storage media for avoiding coexistence interference between radio access technologies (RATs) operating on a multi-active communication device. Various embodiments provide methods, devices, and non-transitory processor-readable storage media to leverage an ability of a multi-active communication device to manage two RATs and/or subscriptions to protect on-demand traffic service performance, such as Multimedia Messaging Service (“MMS”) service performance, when inter-RAT coexistence interference is occurring, or is likely to occur, between an on-demand traffic service, such as a MMS service, and a data service. In some embodiments, an on-demand traffic service may be a bursty on-demand traffic service. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128072 | METHODS AND APPARATUS USING INTERLEAVED GUARD OFDM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A user equipment, apparatus, and method are provided for wireless communication using an IG-OFDM structure. An apparatus is configured to transmit a known reference signal. The apparatus is configured to receive, in response to the reference signal and from at least one user equipment (UE), capability information that includes at least one of the sub-band bandwidth or number of independently decodable sub-bands that can be dynamically turned on or off by the at least one UE. The apparatus is configured to define an interleaved guard OFDM (IG-OFDM) structure according to the received capability information, the IG-OFDM structure including guard tones distributed within an OFDM symbol where there is no signal transmission on these guard tones. The apparatus is configured to communicate with the at least one UE using a transmitted waveform that is shaped according to the IG-OFDM structure. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128074 | APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND METHOD FOR SPATIAL REUSE IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORK - Apparatus, computer readable medium, and method for generating and receiving signal fields in a high efficiency wireless local-area network (WLAN) are disclosed. A high-efficiency wireless local-area network (HEW) device including circuitry is disclosed. The circuitry may be configured to: receive a physical (PHY) header or media access control (MAC) header from a second HEW station, wherein the PHY header or MAC header comprises an indication of a spatial reuse opportunity and a defer duration; adjust one or more parameters to determine whether or not the wireless medium is in use; and determine whether to transmit within the spatial reuse opportunity based on the adjusted one or more parameters. The circuitry may be configured to adjust one or more parameters to determine whether or not the wireless medium is in use in where the parameters are signal detect (SD) threshold, a mid-packet detection (MPD) threshold, and an energy detection (ED) threshold. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128078 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INTUITIVE PACKET BUFFERING AND ADAPTIVE PAGING - The solution introduces a flexible mechanism to avoid paging a delay-tolerant UE prematurely by buffering its high frequency, low priority data for a time duration set according to the UE's current and historic activity data, thereby increasing radio resource and network efficiency, and reducing UE batter drainage. A method of managing frequent low priority downlink data transmissions comprises receiving a downlink data packet intended for a UE, buffering the received downlink data packet in response to a determination that the received downlink data packet is low priority, and the UE is delay-tolerant, starting a timer, the timer being set in response in response to the UE currently being in an idle state, the timer being set according to a next anticipated activity time for the UE, and transmitting the downlink data packet to the UE upon the expiration of the timer. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128079 | MAPPING DATA TRAFFIC THROUGHOUT PROTOCOL LAYERS BASED ON PRIORITY INFORMATION - Various aspects of the present disclosure provide for an apparatus configured for determining priority information associated with data traffic at an upper layer, mapping the data traffic to a queue at an intermediate layer based on the priority information determined at the upper layer, and mapping an endpoint associated with the queue to an access category (AC) at a lower layer based on the priority information determined at the upper layer. The priority information of the data traffic may be associated with a classification or type of data in the data traffic. The upper layer may be an application layer. The intermediate layer may be a protocol adaptation layer (PAL). The lower layer may be a media access control (MAC) layer. Various apparatuses, methods, computer-readable medium including similar features are also provided herein. Additional and alternative aspects, embodiments, and features are also provided herein. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128082 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING MULTIPLE D2D (DEVICE TO DEVICE) GRANTS IN A SA (SCHEDULING ASSIGNMENT) PERIOD IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus are disclosed for handling multiple D2D grants for multiple sidelinks in decreasing order of priority. In one embodiment, the method includes a first UE participates in a first sidelink and a second sidelink, wherein a priority of the first sidelink is higher than a priority of the second sidelink. The method also includes the first UE receiving a first D2D grant and a second D2D grant from a base station in a first SA period. The method further includes the first UE serving the first sidelink with the first D2D grant and afterward, the first UE cannot serve the first sidelink with another D2D grant for the same SA period as the first D2D grant. In addition, the method includes the first UE serving the second sidelink with the second D2D grant and afterward, the first UE cannot serve the second sidelink with another D2D grant for the same SA period as the second D2D grant. Furthermore, the method includes the first UE using the first D2D grant for transmitting available data of the first sidelink and using the second D2D grant for transmitting available data of the second sidelink in a second SA period, wherein the second SA period and the first SA period are different SA periods. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128084 | METHODS FOR EFFICIENT OPERATION OF LTE CELLS ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A method for efficient data transmission in a wireless communication system includes dynamically configuring at least one period cycle (P-CYCLE) pattern comprising a period-on (P-ON) duration and a period-off (P-OFF) duration that are adjusted in accordance with a number of transmissions from user equipments (UEs) operating in a shared band spectrum, wherein the number of transmissions comprises a number of successful transmissions or a number of unsuccessful transmissions received from the UEs. The method further includes transmitting the P-CYCLE pattern including the P-ON duration and the P-OFF duration to the UEs using a downlink channel over the shared spectrum band, wherein the downlink channel comprises a higher layer signal or a physical layer signal. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128086 | Radio Resources Configuration Signaling in a Wireless Network - Aspects described herein relate to configuring radio resources of a control channel for use by base stations and wireless devices. According to some embodiments, one or more control messages may be transmitted by a base station and/or received by a wireless device. The control messages may comprise configuration parameters for the radio resources of the control channel. Exemplary configuration parameters may include an indication of one or more subframes in a frame on a carrier, an indication of a starting symbol corresponding to the control channel in the one or more subframes, and one or more frequency resource parameters for non-overlapping sets of resource blocks in the one or more subframes. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128087 | METHOD FOR ASSISTING SCHEDULING OF A USER EQUIPMENT IN A HETEROGENEOUS NETWORK - A method in a first base station for assisting a third base station in scheduling a user equipment. The first base station obtains a first parameter associated to a first cell, or an indication of the first parameter, and identifier of the first cell. The first parameter comprises a first protected subframe pattern. The first base station obtains a second parameter associated to a second cell, or indication of the second parameter, and an identifier of the second cell. The second parameter comprises a second protected subframe pattern. The first base station assists the third base station in scheduling of the user equipment in a third cell by sending to the third base station the first parameter, or the indication of the first parameter, and the identifier of the first cell, together with the second parameter, or the indication of the second parameter, and the identifier of the second cell. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128088 | CONTROL SIGNALING IN MULTIPLE ACCESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - Control signaling in multiple access communication systems, including apparatus and methods, is disclosed. Multiple access to a wireless communication link is based on power modulation division. Modulation information, capacity information, resource scheduling information, and resource assignment information is determined by a base station. Information is transmitted to user equipment devices in a common control channel in accordance with the determined modulation information, capacity information and resource scheduling information. Information is also transmitted to supporting user equipment, which supports the power modulation division multiple access, in a user equipment-specific control channel in accordance with the determined resource assignment information. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128089 | Communication Method for Terminal in Wireless Communication System and Terminal Using Same - A communication method for a terminal in a wireless communication system and a terminal using the method are provided. The method comprises: a first downlink subframe receiving a downlink grant; and a plurality of downlink subframes receiving a plurality of data channels that are scheduled by the downlink grant, wherein the plurality of downlink subframes belong to a predetermined downlink subframe group. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128090 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT/REQUEST (HARQ) RELIABILITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Various aspects described herein relate to hybrid automatic repeat/request (HARQ) communications in a wireless network. A first instance of a HARQ communication is transmitted or received over a first set of one or more links. Based on the transmitting or receiving the first instance of the HARQ communication, a scheduling grant can be received for a second instance of the HARQ communication over a second set of one or more links different from the first set of one or more links. The second instance of the HARQ communication can accordingly be transmitted or received over the second set of one or more links based at least in part on the scheduling grant. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128091 | COMMUNICATING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT/REQUEST (HARQ) FEEDBACK IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Various aspects described herein relate to transmitting hybrid automatic repeat/request (HARQ) feedback. A HARQ communication can be received over a set of one or more links based on a first scheduling grant. One or more interference parameters related to receiving the HARQ communication can be determined as well as one or more predicted interference parameters for a next HARQ communication. HARQ feedback can be transmitted for the HARQ communication including the one or more interference parameters and the one or more predicted interference parameters. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128092 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT/REQUEST (HARQ) SCHEDULING - Various aspects described herein relate to communicating hybrid automatic repeat/request (HARQ) feedback. HARQ feedback related to a HARQ communication over one or more links can be received from a user equipment (UE), wherein the HARQ feedback includes at least one or more interference parameters and/or one or more predicted interference parameters. A rate control loop for each of one or more interference patterns corresponding to each of the one or more links can be maintained based at least in part on the one or more interference parameters. A scheduling grant can be generated for the UE for another instance of the HARQ communication based at least in part on the rate control loop and the one or more predicted interference parameters. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128093 | METHOD FOR AVOIDING TRANSMITTING MAC PDU HAVING PADDING ONLY IN A D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for avoiding padding only MAC PDU in a D2D communication system, the method comprising: receiving a sidelink grant from a base station (BS) when the TX UE communicates with a receiving UE (RX UE) directly; checking size of the received sidelink grant; and transmitting a Medium Access Control Protocol Data Unit (MAC PDU) including at least one byte of Radio Link Control Service Data Unit (RLC SDU) if the size of received sidelink grant is larger than a minimum size of MAC PDU including only MAC header and Radio Link Control (RLC) header for Sidelink Traffic Channel (STCH). | 05-05-2016 |
20160128094 | METHOD FOR CANCELING SCHEDULING REQUESTS TRIGGERED BY A SIDELINK BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN A D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for canceling scheduling requests triggered by a sidelink buffer status report in a D2D communication system, the method comprising: receiving an uplink grant while one or more Scheduling Requests (SRs) are pending, wherein all of the one or more SRs are triggered by sidelink Buffer Status Report (BSR); generating a MAC (Medium Access Control) PDU (Protocol Data Unit); and canceling the all of the one or more pending SRs if the MAC PDU includes a sidelink BSR MAC CE (Medium Access Control Control Element). | 05-05-2016 |
20160128096 | FEEDBACK SIGNAL MANAGEMENT FOR LOW LATENCY WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Apparatus and methods, in one or more aspect, provide feedback with respect to downlink grant feedback communications received by a user equipment (UE). The apparatus and methods monitor for signals from a network entity on one or more channels, and determine, based on the monitoring, whether one or more grants are received and whether UE data is received on the one or more channels. Further, the apparatus and methods generate a feedback indication having a feedback value determined according to a feedback rule and based on whether the one or more grants and the UE data are received. Additionally, the apparatus and methods transmit the feedback indication to the network entity on a resource determined according to the feedback rule and based on whether the one or more grants and the UE data are received. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128098 | USER TERMINAL, CELLULAR BASE STATION, AND PROCESSOR | 05-05-2016 |
20160128099 | Wide Bandwidth Favored Channel Access Methods in Wireless Local Area Networks - A method to improve channel access opportunity for wide bandwidth transmission in wireless local area networks is proposed. The method allows different clear channel assessment (CCA) thresholds for different transmission channel bandwidth. During a primary channel CCA process, a low CCA threshold level is applied for an intended narrow transmission channel bandwidth, while a high CCA threshold level is applied for an indented wide transmission channel bandwidth. In addition to the “all bandwidth transmission branch” that is based on the low CCA level, the “wide bandwidth transmission branch” is based on the high CCA level, which increases the opportunity for channel access by raising the CCA levels based on intended transmission channel bandwidths. As a result, the likelihood of wide channel transmission is increased. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128100 | System and Method for Detecting Active Resource Units - Disclosed herein are an active resource unit detector and a method of use thereof. An embodiment method of detecting active resource units among a plurality of potential resource units includes receiving an aggregate signal containing active pilots transmitted over the active resource units via random access transmissions. The active pilots are then detected and respectively associated with the active resource units according to a pilot-to-resource unit mapping. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128101 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a channel access method and an apparatus therefor. A channel access method in a wireless LAN includes the steps of determining whether an STA (station) changes a first access category for a probe request frame; and if a first access category is changed to a second access category, performing a back-off process for enabling the STA to transmit the probe request frame based on the second access category, wherein the second access category may have a lower priority than the first access category. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128102 | Contention Based Uplink Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) - A method of performing contention-based uplink OFDMA transmission is proposed in accordance with one novel aspect. A wireless communications station (an AP) reserves both dedicated resource and contention resource for uplink OFDMA operation for a list of communications devices (STAs). For contention-based random access, the AP does not need to collect traffic requests from the STAs. The AP only needs to make simple resource arrangement. The AP only needs to specify the allocated resource for random access and the uplink OFDMA operation duration and timing for each uplink OFDMA packet. Each STA having traffic request will contend the resource based on a random access probability scheme. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128104 | IN-FIELD SMART DEVICE UPDATES - Methods and systems for causing a device to join a network or fabric. A joining device sends an indication that the electronic device is not connected to a network type and receives a device ID for an assisting device to assist the electronic device in joining a network of the network type. Moreover, the assisting device resides on the network. The joining device then authenticates to the assisting device from the assisting device and receives network credentials for the network. Furthermore, the joining device joins the network using the network credentials. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128105 | PERIODIC HIGH POWER BEACON BROADCASTS - Described herein are systems, methods and computer program products for controlling operation of wireless beacons, such as Bluetooth Low Energy beacons. Multiple beacons may be controlled centrally or may work together in a cooperative fashion such that signals can be exchanged between or repeated by beacons in order to allow for signals received at one beacon to reach another beacon without requiring further central interaction. Power settings of beacons may be altered to change power consumption or to change a detectable range of the beacons. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128107 | MESSAGE TRANSMISSION METHOD - A message transmission method includes steps of receiving a identifier of a first wireless transmitter by a first portable device; transmitting associative message of the wireless transmitter by the first portable device; retrieving the identifier of the targeted wireless transmitter according to the identifier transmitted by the first wireless transmitter; linking the associative message of the wireless transmitter with the identifier of the targeted wireless transmitter; verifying the identifier of the targeted wireless transmitter with a identifier transmitted by a second wireless transmitter and received by a second portable device to confirm whether the identifier is the same or not; and if the identifier is the same, the second portable device retrieves wireless transmitter associative message which is associative to the identifier of the targeted wireless transmitter for later application. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128110 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING BETWEEN A CELLULAR MANAGER AND A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) VIA A WLAN ACCESS DEVICE - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of communicating between a cellular manager and a User Equipment (UE) via a Wireless Local Area network (WLAN) access device. For example, an air interface to communicate with a User Equipment (UE) via a cellular link; a controller to route at least part of downlink traffic to the UE via a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) access device; and an access device interface to send to the WLAN access device a general packet radio service (GPRS) Tunneling Protocol User Plane (GTP-U) packet including the downlink traffic for the UE, and transport bearer information to identify a transport bearer between the eNB and the UE. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128111 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE, METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR ESTABLISHING WIRELESS PEER-TO-PEER CONNECTIONS - A communication device for establishing wireless peer-to-peer connections includes a network interface, a memory and a processor. The processor receives a command to initiate a wireless peer-to-peer connection with a second device, sets an intent parameter to a default value and stores the intent parameter in the memory. The processor determines whether a link has been established between the network interface and a wireless base station. When a link has been established, the processor adjusts the intent parameter based on a channel type of the link. The processor receives a second intent parameter from the second device via the network interface, and determines whether the intent parameter is greater than the second intent parameter. When the determination is affirmative, the processor configures the communication device as an access point for the peer-to-peer connection; and when the determination is negative, the processor configures the communication device as a client for the peer-to-peer connection. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128113 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of Peer to Peer communication. For example, a first wireless device may include a radio to send a first Neighbor Awareness Network (NAN) Service discovery frame including a first Robust peer-to-peer attribute, and to receive from a second wireless device a second NAN Service discovery frame including a second Robust peer-to-peer attribute, the first peer-to-peer attribute including first availability information to indicate at least one first channel and one or more first time slots, the second peer-to-peer attribute including second availability information to indicate at least one second channel and one or more second time slots; and a controller to setup a Robust peer-to-peer connection with the second peer-to-peer device based on the first and second availability information. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128115 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) TRANSMIT BEHAVIOR - In embodiments, apparatuses, methods, and storage media may be described for mapping media access control (MAC) protocol data units (PDUs) that are used to transmit scheduling assignment (SA) discovery, and/or device-to-device (D2D) data. Embodiments herein may describe how one or more MAC PDUs may be mapped into a time resource pattern for transmissions (T-RPT). Embodiments herein may further describe examples of how and when a UE may skip subframes in transmissions of the SA and/or data. Additionally, embodiments herein may further describe examples of how a UE may behave if the UE cannot transmit one or more scheduled instances of SA or data. Additionally, embodiments herein may describe resolution of collisions of D2D discovery messages in the time domain. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128116 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING PROXIMITY SERVICE AND DEVICE FOR SAME - A method and a device for performing a proximity service (ProSe) in a wireless communication system are disclosed. A method by which a user equipment (UE) performs a ProSe in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, can comprise the steps of: determining whether a ProSe operation is enabled at a current location of the UE, on the basis of ProSe feature support related information; performing an evaluation related to the performance of the ProSe operation by using information on proximity criteria if the ProSe operation is enabled; and performing the ProSe operation if the evaluation result satisfies the proximity criteria. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128119 | METHOD OF CONNECTING TO DEVICE AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING WI-FI DIRECT FOR PERFORMING THE METHOD - A method of performing a Wi-Fi Direct connection of a mobile device, including: determining a first device with which Wi-Fi Direct connection is to be performed; determining whether the mobile device has been Wi-Fi Direct connected to the first device; and when the mobile device has been Wi-Fi Direct connected to the first device, performing a Wi-Fi Direct connection to the first device based on stored connection information, wherein when the mobile device is Wi-Fi Direct connected to the first device, the connection information is automatically stored. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128125 | MOBILE PEER-TO-PEER CONTENT SHARING METHOD AND SYSTEM - Embodiment of the disclosure set forth methods for sharing data in a wireless network. Some example methods include storing in a database a content related information associated with a first mobile device, receiving a request for the content related information from a second mobile device, searching the database for the content related information, and transmitting a search result to the second mobile device to enable the transfer of content between the first mobile device and the second mobile device. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128126 | DIGITAL RADIO COMMUNICATION - A method of digital radio communication between a first device ( | 05-05-2016 |
20160128127 | Discontinuous reception (DRX) enhancements in LTE systems - Embodiments of a system and method for providing DRX enhancements in LTE systems are generally described herein. In some embodiments, a system control module is provided for controlling communications via a communications interface. A processor is coupled to the system control module and is arranged to implement an inactivity timer and an on-duration timer for determining an active time for monitoring subframes on the physical downlink control channel for control signals, the processor further monitoring subframes after the active time. | 05-05-2016 |
20160128132 | Apparatus and Methods for Decoupling an Uplink Enhanced Dedicated Channel and High Speed Downlink Shared Channel - A method in a network node for decoupling an uplink enhanced dedicated channel, E-DCH, and a high speed downlink shared channel, HS-DSCH, comprises determining whether a radio link message contains a E-DCH decoupling indication (step | 05-05-2016 |
20160134352 | System and Method for Beam-Formed Channel State Reference Signals - A method for operating a reception point includes receiving a plurality of first directional reference signals spanning a first plane, selecting at least one first directional reference signal from the plurality of received first directional reference signals that meets a first selection criterion, sending a first feedback indicating the selected at least one first directional reference signal, receiving a plurality of second directional reference signals spanning a second plane oriented in accordance with the selected at least one first directional reference signal, selecting at least one second directional reference signal from the plurality of received second directional reference signals that meet a second selection criterion, and sending a second feedback indicating the selected at least one second directional reference signals. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134396 | ESTABLISHING A COMMUNICATION LINK BETWEEN USER EQUIPMENTS - Methods and apparatus for establishing a communication link between a first user equipment and at least one other user equipment in a radio communication cell using a radio frequency spectrum divided into a plurality of channels. The first user equipment comprises a tuner configured to tune a communication unit to channels of a channel sequence vector in order. The channel sequence vector comprises at least a partial vectorization of a symmetric Toeplitz matrix formed from a set of the plurality of channels. The communication unit is configured, at each channel, to receive link data for establishing a communication link with the at least one other user equipment. A link establisher is configured to establish a communication link with the at least one other user equipment over the tuned channel if the link data is received. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134397 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD - A base station including: a processor configured to perform coordinated reception of a signal transmitted from a specified wireless terminal under control of the base station, with at least one coordinated base station, a memory configured to store each of a plurality of pieces of first information relating to each amount of each interference caused to a desired signal by each interference signal, the desired signal being transmitted from the specified wireless terminal, each interference signal being transmitted from each wireless terminal under control of each of a plurality of other base stations, and the processor configured to select the at least one coordinated base station from among the plurality of other base stations based on the plurality of pieces of the first information. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134398 | Transmitting Node, Receiving Node and Methods Performed Therein - Embodiments herein relate to a method performed in a transmitting node ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160134399 | System and Method for Low-Payload Acknowledgment - An embodiment method of indicating reception of a plurality of low-payload messages includes receiving the plurality of low-payload messages from respective user equipments (UEs). The method also includes generating a composite reception indication (RIND) containing a RIND for each of the plurality of low-payload messages. The method also includes broadcasting the composite RIND to the respective UEs. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134400 | System and Method for Transmission Symbol Arrangement for Reducing Mutual Interference - A method for operating a first device includes determining a spreading pattern associated with the first device, placing a pilot signal associated with the first device into resources of a first transmission symbol in accordance with the spreading pattern, and transmitting the first transmission symbol to a second device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134401 | INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE - A technique including: controlling a radio device of a first cell to transmit information identifying one or more radio resources allocated to both downlink and uplink transmissions of a type of reference signal in the first cell; and controlling the radio device to transmit the type of reference signal in the first cell using the one or more radio resources; wherein the one or more radio resources are excluded from use for transmission of the type of reference signal in one or more other interfering cells. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134402 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for receiving a reference signal for determining a position in a wireless communication system performed by a terminal is provided. The method includes receiving, from a serving base station, cyclic delay information of a plurality of positioning reference signals (PRSs), receiving the plurality of PRSs from a plurality of base stations using the cyclic delay information, each of the plurality of PRSs being repeatedly received a predetermined number of times for a predetermined period of time, and a respective one of the repeatedly received PRSs having different cyclic delay values with an interval, calculating a cross-correlation value of each of the plurality of received PRSs, calculating a time difference of arrival (TDOA) value of each base station based on the cross-correlation value and reporting the calculated TDOA value to the serving base station. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134403 | COMPUTING APPARATUS WITH CROSS-SUBFRAME SCHEDULING - The present disclosure describes embodiments of apparatuses, systems, and methods for cross sub-frame by enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH) transmissions for scheduling of physical downlink share channel (PDSCH) transmissions one or more subframes after the EPDCCH transmission. Cross subframe scheduling may be useful for machine type communication (MTC) user equipment (UE) with reduced bandwidth support including half duplex type MTC UE operating at 1.4 MHz bandwidth. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134404 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR RECEIVER WINDOW STATUS ACKNOWLEDGEMENT IN DATA COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides a better solution to the problem of reporting to the transmitter the data received by a receiver in the field of data communications. This is achieved by reporting the status of the receivers' window. The cumulative sequence number is placed in the first field of the acknowledgement report as per the present invention. As per prior negotiation, the optional field of missing and received span pairs is placed after that. The first missing span length occurs after that. The next received span length is placed after that. Thereafter, the next missing span length and the received span lengths are placed one after the other. The last received data span is acknowledged in the last field. One optional field can occur either before or after this layout to represent the receiver open window status. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134406 | Acknowledgment for Multiple User Communication in a WLAN - A first communication device generates a multi-user (MU) physical layer (PHY) data unit having independent data for multiple second communication devices. The first communication device also generates respective control frames to prompt second communication devices to transmit an orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) PHY data unit to acknowledge that the second communication devices received the MU PHY data unit. The MU PHY data unit and the respective control frames are transmitted to the multiple second communication devices. The first communication device receives the OFDMA PHY data unit from at least some of the second communication devices. The first communication device processes the OFDMA PHY data unit to determine whether the multiple second communication devices received the MU PHY data unit. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134407 | METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR FEEDING BACK ACK/NACK INFORMATION FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention provides a method, a base station, and a user equipment for feeding back ACK/NACK information for carrier aggregation. The method includes: configuring a common field preset in DCI as at least one type of command field related to ACK/NACK feedback of at least two types of command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback, where the common field can be configured as the command fields related to ACK/NACK feedback; and sending the DCI to a user equipment, so that the user equipment feeds back ACK/NACK information according to the DCI. The present invention may realize backward compatibility of the ACK/NACK information feedback with an LTE system in carrier aggregation. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134408 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING CSI REPORT - Provided are a method for generating a CSI report and a terminal thereof. The method for generating a CSI report includes: receiving a CSI-RS from a serving cell of a base station through at least one CSI-RS resource included in a CSI-RS occasion; and generating the CSI report based on the CSI-RS received through the at least one CSI-RS resource. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134409 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method performed by a base station (BS) is provided for receiving aperiodic channel state information (CSI). The BS transmits a CSI request field which is set to trigger a CSI report to a user equipment (UE), and receives CSI through a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) from the UE. The CSI request field has a value among a plurality of candidate values and the plurality of candidate values comprises a first value which triggers an aperiodic CSI report for a first set of reference signals and a second value which triggers an aperiodic CSI report for a second set of reference signals. The first set and the second set of reference signals are configured by a higher layer signal. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134410 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL TO MINIMIZE SPURIOUS EMISSION AND USER EQUIPMENT THEREOF - A method for limiting a spurious emission, and a user equipment (UE) thereof are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes configuring a radio frequency (RF) unit of the UE to use a band 1; if the RF unit is configured to use the band 1, controlling the RF unit of the UK to limit a maximum level of spurious emission to −50 dBm for protecting another UE using a band 5; and transmitting an uplink signal through the configured RF unit. The band 1 includes an uplink operating band of 1920-1980 MHz and a downlink operating band of 2110-2170 MHz. The band 5 includes an uplink operating band of 824-849 MHz and a downlink operating band of 869-894 MHz. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134411 | Apparatus and Method for Resource Allocation - Apparatus and method for resource allocation are provided. An apparatus includes a controller which is configured to utilize a tree structure with more than one branch in the resource allocation of physical resource blocks, each branch including one or more legal starting positions for resource allocation. Each starting position is associated with a cluster of physical resource blocks, the number of starting positions being different on each branch. The size of the resource clusters of each branch is different. The controller is configured to denote each resource cluster with a predefined index, and allocate one or more clusters to user equipment uplink connection. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134458 | Control Information Transmission Method and Sending and Receiving Device - Disclosed are a method for transferring control information, a transmitting device and a receiving device, the method includes that: a transmitting end orderly selects an element y | 05-12-2016 |
20160134551 | Apparatus, system and method of controlling data flow over a communication network - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, systems and/or methods of controlling data flow over a communication network. For example, an apparatus may include a communication unit to control the transfer of a stream of data from a first device to a second device over a communication link, the stream of data including data to be delivered to a plurality of endpoints. For example, the controlling may include communicating between the first and second devices at least one message including at least one endpoint-specific credit consumption unit (CCU) defined with respect to at least one endpoint of the plurality of endpoints. | 05-12-2016 |
20160134994 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR TESTING COMMUNICATION IN A VEHICLE SYSTEM - Communication methods and systems wirelessly communicate onboard messages between communication devices onboard the same vehicle. The communication devices can wirelessly communicate with other communication devices onboard other vehicles in a vehicle system for remote control of the vehicles. Receipt of the onboard messages at the communication devices is determined, and operative states of the communication devices are determined based at least in part on the receipt of the onboard messages at the communication devices. Determining these operative states in this manner can allow for an operator to identify communication faults with the communication devices prior to departing the vehicle. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135058 | PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL FOR COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. A base station may select a repetition level for a physical broadcast channel (PBCH) based on system configuration parameters. A user equipment (UE) may identify the system configuration. For example, the UE may assume a system bandwidth, assume a control region size, and determine whether the cell is a time division duplexing (TDD) or frequency division duplexing (FDD) cell. The UE may then determine a PBCH configuration based on the system configuration. For example, the PBCH repetition level may depend on the system configuration, such as whether a TDD or FDD scheme is employed. The UE may then receive a PBCH transmission according to the PBCH configuration. If a different cell has a different system configuration, the UE may determine a different PBCH configuration and receive PBCH using a different repetition level and different resources. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135080 | TRANSMIT NODE DETECTION BY A RECEIVER IN A SHARED ACCESS LTE ENVIRONMENT - Presented herein are mechanisms to reduce collisions in deployments with Wi-Fi and Shared Access LTE (SAC-LTE) equipment as well SAC-LTE equipment from multiple operators. The mechanisms enhance the baseline energy detection mechanism by incorporating methods to decode cross-technology physical layer elements and media access control (MAC) layer elements in the Wi-Fi system to elements in the SAC-LTE system. The methods described improve the detection potential for transmitters, thereby reducing chances of cross-technology collisions. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135090 | MILLIMETER WAVELENGTH BASE STATION BEAMFORMING TECHNIQUE ADVERTISING AND EFFICIENT USER EQUIPMENT TRANSMISSION STRATEGY - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described for advertising information corresponding to beamforming techniques supported by base stations of a wireless communications system, which in various examples may include analog, digital, and/or hybrid beamforming techniques supported by millimeter wave (mmW) base stations. Advertising of supported beamforming techniques may involve transmissions over a nearby long term evolution (LTE) or another carrier frequency network (e.g., in case of LTE/lower carrier frequency assisted mmW wireless access networks). Alternatively or additionally, advertising may employ broadcasting from a mmW base station, which may include mmW beam sweeps. A UE may receive information corresponding to supported beamforming techniques, and may use the received information to select a particular mmW base station with which to communicate or to determine a transmission strategy for communicating with a particular mmW base station, or both. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135099 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR HANDLING AN INTRA FREQUENCY SAI LIST - A method for allowing a user equipment to determine whether Service Area Identities (SAIs) of a list of SAIs are current SAIs or neighboring SAIs by: receiving a list of SAIs from a network node, where the list is indicative of Service Areas capable of providing the broadcasted service to the user equipment and comprise at least one current SAI and at least one neighboring SAI; identifying, in the list, the SAIs as arranged into two distinguishable groups, where a first group comprise the at least one current SAI and a second group comprise the at least one neighboring SAI, and distinguishing, based on the arrangement of the list, current SAIs from neighboring SAIs. A method is also disclosed for arranging a SAI list into the two distinguishable groups by a network node. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135112 | ROUTER DEVICE - Disclosed is a router device for transmitting and receiving a networking signal via a network connection. The network connection includes a wireless connection or a wired network connection. The router device comprising: a wireless networking means for transmitting and/or receiving the networking signal within the wireless network connection, a wired networking means for transmitting and receiving the networking signal by a wire within the wired network connection, a memory for storing picture data, and a touch screen for inputting a network configuration of the wireless network connection and/or the wired network connection, for displaying the result of network configuration, and for displaying the picture data. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135120 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SELECTING A MOBILITY MODE OF A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of selecting a mobility mode of a User Equipment (UE). For example, a UE may include a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) transceiver; a cellular transceiver to communicate with a cellular node; an Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (ANDSF) client module to communicate with an ANDSF server; and a controller to select a WLAN mobility mode from a cellular/WLAN aggregation mode and an ANDSF mode. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135129 | Power Control Method, Apparatus, and System - A power control method, apparatus, and system is described. First outer loop power control is performed according to an actual hard metric and a preset target hard metric to adjust a target soft metric required by second outer loop power control, to obtain an adjusted target soft metric. Therefore, this ensures that when the adjusted target soft metric is converged, the target hard metric can be correctly converged to achieve target quality required by a system. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135130 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a method for transmitting control information, user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: determining a quantity of pre-known information bits in information bits of E-DPCCH control information, where the pre-known information bits represent information bits that can be learned in advance by a base station; determining a transmit power of an E-DPCCH according to the quantity of pre-known information bits; and sending the E-DPCCH control information to the base station by using the transmit power. The method for transmitting control information, the user equipment, and the base station of embodiments of the present invention can reduce a transmit power of an E-DPCCH and reduce uplink interference, thereby improving an uplink throughput. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135142 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE AWARE COMMUNICATIONS - A method for interference aware communications of devices in a wireless local area network is provided. The device selects a transmission channel of a frame among a plurality of sub-channels, generates interference aware information based on an interference condition of the plurality of sub-channels, inserts the interference aware information into the frame, and transmits the frame in the selected transmission channel. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135147 | TERMINAL DEVICE, METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A physical uplink shared channel corresponding to a physical downlink control channel accompanied by C-RNTI detected in a subframe n, is transmitted on a subframe n+k, based on a first uplink-downlink configuration, transmission power for transmission of the physical uplink shared channel on the subframe n+k is set based on a first parameter relating to power control adjustment, in a case that the subframe n+k belongs to a first subframe set, and transmission power for the transmission of the physical uplink shared channel on the subframe n+k is set based on a second parameter relating to the power control adjustment, in a case that the subframe n+k belongs to a second subframe set. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135148 | EFFICIENT OPERATION OF LTE CELLS ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A method for measuring a downlink signal in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes receiving a downlink signal from an eNodeB (eNB) using one or more carriers. The downlink signal includes one or more subframes during on an ON duration and an OFF duration in the one or more carriers. The method further includes measuring the one or more subframes included in the downlink signal to generate channel state information in accordance with a set of configuration parameters and transmitting an uplink signal including the channel state information to the eNB. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135149 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD - A mobile station apparatus that includes a controller that reduces transmission power in case that data is transmitted simultaneously and a transmission circuit that simultaneous transmits said data using a plurality of channels, where the plurality of channels consists of at least one physical uplink control channel and at least one physical uplink shared channel. The transmission circuit of the mobile station apparatus also transmit hybrid automatic repeat request control information on said at least one physical uplink shared channel and also transmits channel state information on said at least one physical uplink control channel. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135150 | TERMINAL APPARATUS AND CONTROL CHANNEL DECODING METHOD - A wireless communication base station apparatus that allows the number of times of blind decodings at a mobile station to be reduced without increasing the overhead caused by notifying information. In this apparatus, a CCE allocation part allocates allocation information allocated to a PDCCH received from modulation parts to a particular one of a plurality of search spaces that is corresponding to a CCE aggregation size of the PDCCH. A placement part then places the allocation information in one of downstream line resources, reserved for the PDCCH, that is corresponding to the CCE of the particular search space to which the allocation information has been allocated. A radio transmission part then transmits an OFDM symbol, in which the allocation information has been placed, to the mobile station from an antenna. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135151 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING A REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTl-ANTENNA SYSTEM - A method is provided for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) in a wireless communication system. A first DMRS sequence, which is associated with a first layer, and a second DMRS sequence, which is associated with a second layer, are transmitted to a base station. A first orthogonal cover code (OCC) is applied to the first and second DMRS sequences. A third DMRS sequence, which is associated with a third layer, and a fourth DMRS sequence, which is associated with a fourth layer, are transmitted to the base station. A second OCC is applied to the third and fourth DMRS sequences. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135152 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - A control information transmission method, user equipment, and a base station, and belong to the field of wireless technologies. The method includes: acquiring, by user equipment, configuration information of an enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH set; determining, by the user equipment according to the configuration information and from the EPDCCH set, at least one EPDCCH set in which an EPDCCH needs to be monitored; and monitoring, by the user equipment, an EPDCCH on a resource corresponding to the at least one EPDCCH set, to acquire control information sent by a base station. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135153 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In a radio communication system using OCC for DMRS, a base station apparatus correctly receives PUSCH. If a first mode is set in which a demodulation reference signal of a physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined in advance or if a temporary C-RNTI was used for a transmission of downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined in advance, and if a second mode is set in which the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by an orthogonal code determined on the basis of cyclic shift information in the downlink control information and moreover, if an RNTI other than the temporary C-RNTI was used for the transmission of the downlink control information, the demodulation reference signal of the physical uplink shared channel is multiplied by the orthogonal code determined on the basis of the cyclic shift information in the downlink control information. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135155 | System and Method for Processing Buffer Status Reports in Random Access Procedures - A method for requesting communications resources by a user equipment (UE) includes determining that a proximity-based service (ProSe) buffer status report (BSR) trigger condition has been met, determining that a cellular BSR trigger condition has been met, generating a media access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) message comprising only one of a ProSe BSR and a cellular BSR, and sending the MAC PDU message to an evolved NodeB (eNB). | 05-12-2016 |
20160135158 | CONNECTION RELIABILITY AND MANAGING INTERFERENCE CREATED BY BEAMFORMING - Various communication systems may benefit for techniques and devices for improved connection reliability and interference management. For example, communication systems of the long term evolution (LTE) of the third generation partnership project (3GPP) or LTE advanced (LTE-A) may benefit from systems and methods for improving connection reliability and managing interference created by beamforming For example, a method may include preparing at least one interference-protected message to transmit. The method may also include transmitting the at least one interference-protected message preferentially on at least one physical resource block on which beamforming is not allowed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135159 | Device of Reporting Control Information - A communication device for reporting control information comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise receiving a first period for transmitting analog beamforming information from a network; and receiving a second period for transmitting baseband precoder information from the network, wherein the first period is different from the second period. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135160 | Device of Reporting Control Information - A communication device for reporting control information comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions comprise receiving a first period for transmitting first antenna array dimension precoding information from a network; and receiving a second period for transmitting second antenna array dimension precoding information from the network, wherein the first period is different from the second period. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135161 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - A mobile communication system, a base station device, a mobile station device, a communication method, and an integrated circuit that each can efficiently transmit HARQ-ACK and/or channel state information are provided. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135162 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - To improve throughput by reducing the resource used for transmitting a parameter relating to retransmission control and decreasing overhead of retransmission control signaling. Where a retransmission control method is employed with adaptive MCS control in which the encoding rate can be changed, the scheduling section sets the MCS in accordance with CQI notified from the communication counterpart apparatus. When transmission data is encoded, the RV parameter bit-number setting section sets the number of bits used for signaling the RV parameter to decrease as the encoding rate of the first transmission is decreased and sets the RV parameter based on the number of bits. For example, in a case where the encoding rate R is R>2/3, two bits are set. In a case where the encoding rate 1/305-12-2016 | |
20160135163 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR IMPROVED COMMUNICATION EFFICIENCY IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS NETWORKS - Systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication are described herein. In some aspects, a method of wireless communication includes transmitting a first message for establishing a reservation of the communication medium utilizing a first combination of transmission characteristics such that the first message is readable by a plurality of wireless devices. The method may further include subsequently transmitting a plurality of messages for clearing the reservation of the communication medium, each of the plurality of messages utilizing a different combination of transmission characteristics than the first combination such that each of the plurality of messages is readable by a different subset of the plurality of wireless devices, thereby sequentially clearing access to at least one communication channel of the communication medium for each different subset of the plurality of wireless devices. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135165 | BASE STATION, METHOD FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION, PROGRAM, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO TERMINAL - Provided is a base station including a control signal generating section that generates a control signal which includes resource information identified by a group identifier assigned to a plurality of radio terminals, and a transmitter section that transmits the control signal generated by the control signal generating section. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135166 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR EXPORTING REAL-TIME USER EQUIPMENT AND BEARER STATE INFORMATION - A mechanism to export user equipment (UE) and/or bearer state information from a E-UTRAN Node B (eNB) mobility management entity (MME) and combine this state information with globally recognizable identifiers for the UE and/or bearer. The state information is collected by an external server and provided to application service providers (ASPs) and wireless service providers (WSP) to more effectively deliver content to the UE by adjusting throughput. The mechanism involves only a single query to the MME, for every UE and/or bearer, as opposed to one inquiry for every state information update on a per UE and/or per bearer basis, in order to not overwhelm network traffic. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135167 | Terminal prompt mode adjusting method and terminal - Disclosed are a terminal prompt mode adjusting method and a terminal. The method includes that signal intensity of a Bluetooth device is detected through a terminal, a prompt mode is matched to a preset prompt mode of the terminal according to the detected signal intensity, and a current prompt mode of the terminal is adjusted to be a successfully-matched prompt mode. Thus, the prompt mode of the terminal can meet the current actual needs of a user, and accordingly the user experience is enhanced. Also, a corresponding relationship is established between signal intensity levels and various prompt modes, and the prompt mode is specifically set as a vibration mode or/and sound prompt modes with different volumes, thus creating more options for dynamic adjustment of the terminal, bringing in a simpler matching process, improving the matching rate of the terminal, and further enhancing the operation experience of users. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135168 | USER EQUIPMENT OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS AND RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD THEREOF - The invention relates to a user equipment of device-to-device communications and a resource selection method thereof. The user equipment includes a resource selection device and a transceiver device. The resource selection device is configured to create a state machine model, which includes an in-coverage state and an out-of-coverage state corresponding to a base station. The resource selection device is also configured to select a corresponding device-to-device communication resource in response to a current state of the user equipment during transferring of the user equipment from the in-coverage state to the out-of-coverage state or from the out-of-coverage state to the in-coverage state. The transceiver device is configured to perform a device-to-device communication with another user equipment according to the corresponding device-to-device communication resource. The resource selection method includes the steps corresponding to the operations of the user equipment. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135171 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) RESOURCE RELEASE - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for device-to-device (D2D) resource release are provided. One method includes indicating an early release of resources allocated to a UE. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135172 | BAND OCCUPANCY TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMISSIONS IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - A method and apparatus for uplink transmission by a user equipment (UE) includes receiving a first assignment for one or more beacon signals. The first assignment includes a first resource assignment and a first interlace assignment. The UE may determine that a size of a payload of an uplink transmission is less than a threshold. The UE may transmit the one or more beacon signals according to the first assignment in response to the determination. The one or more beacon signals increase bandwidth occupancy by the UE over a contention-based spectrum. Additionally, the UE may receive a second assignment for the payload of the uplink transmission. The second assignment includes a second resource assignment and a second interlace assignment. The UE may transmit the payload of the uplink transmission according to the second resource assignment on the second interlace assignment. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135174 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING DATA RADIO BEARERS FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for establishing/modifying/releasing data radio bearers (DRBs) in a wireless communication system is provided. A master eNodeB (MeNB) in dual connectivity transmits a request message, which includes information on E-UTRAN radio access bearers (E-RABs) to be set up/modified/released, to a secondary eNB (SeNB) in dual connectivity through an X | 05-12-2016 |
20160135175 | SMALL CELL NETWORK ARCHITECTURE FOR SERVICING MULTIPLE NETWORK OPERATORS - Systems are provided for managing a small cell telecommunication system servicing multiple network operators. In one aspect, a small cell telecommunication system can include management sub-system including a controller, multiple baseband processing units in communication with the controller, a transport module, and multiple remote antenna units. The controller can communicate with multiple core networks. Each core network is operated by a separate network operator for providing telecommunication services to terminal devices. Each of the baseband processing units can process data plane data and control plane data from at least one respective core network. The transport module can communicate signals between the baseband processing units and the remote antenna units of the small cell network. The management sub-system can provide a respective amount of capacity via the small cell network for each core network based on a respective subset of the baseband processing units assigned to the core network. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135176 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL USER EQUIPMENT SPECIFIC SEARCH SPACE SUBBAND HOPPING FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A method is provided for receiving, at a receiving device, a control information message from a transmitting device. The method includes monitoring a first plurality of reception resources contained in a first frequency range in a first subframe and a second plurality of reception resources contained in a second frequency range in a second subframe. The method also includes receiving a control information message in at least one of the monitored reception resources. The first frequency range is at least partly non-overlapping with the second frequency range. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135177 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING VARIABLE BANDWIDTH - Provided are a method and an apparatus for supporting a variable bandwidth in a wireless communication system. A wireless device receives first system information in a base band and receives second system information in a limited band. The first system information comprises information indicating the limited band. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135179 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL - A user equipment (UE) is described. The UE includes a processor and memory in electronic communication with the processor. Instructions stored in the memory are executable to receive a configuration of a licensed-assisted access (LAA) for a serving cell from an evolved node B (eNB). The instructions are also executable to receive a primary synchronization signal (PSS) and a secondary synchronization signal (SSS) of the serving cell. The PSS and the SSS are mapped according to a frame structure of frequency-division duplexing (FDD). | 05-12-2016 |
20160135180 | 2D ACTIVE ANTENNA ARRAY OPERATION FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method for operating a large scale antenna array in a wireless communication system includes receiving one or more signals. The one or more signals include information for beamforming to a plurality of user equipments (UEs) using a full-dimensional multiple-input multiple-output (FD-MIMO) beamforming scheme. The FD-MIMO beamforming scheme includes same time resources and same frequency resources that are co-scheduled to the plurality of UEs. The method further includes identifying a time delay of the one or more signals associated with one or more antenna arrays that are distributed in the large scale antenna array and performing a multi-user (MU) joint beamforming on the one or more signals to one or more UEs. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135181 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR LICENSE ASSISTED ACCESS - A user equipment (UE) is described. The UE includes a higher layer processor configured to receive a radio resource control (RRC) message to specify subframes for a channel state information-reference signal (CSI-RS). The UE also includes a control channel receiver configured to monitor a first control channel and a second control channel in a subframe. The first control channel indicates whether the CSI-RS in the subframe is available for CSI measurement. The second control channel is a control channel of which detection indicates a transmission of a shared channel in the subframe. The UE further includes a shared channel receiver configured to receive the shared channel when the second control channel is detected. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135184 | DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM WITH DYNAMIC CAPACITY ALLOCATION AND POWER ADJUSTMENT - A distributed antenna system (DAS) includes host that receives downstream signals corresponding to radio frequency (RF) channel and remote antenna units (RAUs) communicatively coupled to host. Host communicates downstream transport signal derived from downstream signals received at host to RAUs. Each RAU uses downstream transport signal to generate downstream RF signal for radiation from antenna associated with RAU. Downstream RF signal comprises a subset of plurality of downstream frequency bands. Each RAU receives upstream RF signal including respective RF channel. Each RAU communicates upstream transport signal derived from upstream RF signal to host. Host uses upstream transport signal to generate upstream signal including at least one upstream frequency band. Host analyzes attribute of downstream and upstream transport signals associated with RAUs, correlates analyzed attribute for each RAU with profile, and determines current capacity usage of RAUs based on correlation. Host dynamically allocates capacity amongst RAUs based on current capacity usage. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135185 | METHODS FOR LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) TRANSMISSION BURSTS TO IMPROVE SPECTRAL EFFICIENCY IN UNLICENSED FREQUENCY CHANNELS AND INDOOR SCENARIOS - Modifications to frame/subframe structure are presented herein so that a wirelessdevice can transmit its data within a fraction of a subframe. The device obtains data to be transmitted in an unlicensed spectrum and determines whether an entire subframe is required to completely communicate the data. If the data is small enough to not require the entire subframe, then the device generates a burst transmission to minimize the time period of the subframe used to communicate the data. The device transmits the burst transmission and a parameter indicating the duration of the burst transmission. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135186 | FREQUENCY SPECTRAL MANAGEMENT APPARATUS AND METHOD, GEOGRAPHICAL LOCATION DATABASE AND SECONDARY SYSTEM APPARATUS - A system that receives a request for resources from a first system of a plurality of systems having different levels of priority; identifies resources that are available in a second system different from the plurality of systems based on the received request; and determines whether to adjust a resource assigned to the plurality of systems based on the priority level of the first system and the resources that are available in the second system. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135187 | CARRIER ALLOCATION APPARATUS, METHOD AND TERMINAL - A carrier allocating apparatus including processing circuitry and a method and terminal, where the processing circuitry is configured to: determine a carrier parameter according to parameter information of the terminal, where the carrier parameter is configured to indicate a carrier needed by the terminal, and the carrier parameter includes a carrier type, the carrier type includes a Legacy Carrier Type (LCT) and a New Carrier Type (NCT), where the parameter information of the terminal includes a current carrier configuration of the terminal and a service type; perform a corresponding carrier allocation on the basis of the determined carrier parameter. A demand for a carrier is determined according to parameter information of the terminal, and then the needed carrier is allocated to the terminal. The apparatus can improve quality of service of the terminal in a system and improve user experience. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135188 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING EXTENDED FREQUENCY CHANNEL NUMBERS - Various aspects provide for determining whether an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EARFCN) value is greater than a predetermined reserved value for at least one neighbouring cell. If the EARFCN value is greater than the predetermined reserved value, various aspects further provide for including the predetermined reserved value in an E-UTRA Network (E-UTRAN) neighbour cell structure and providing one or more extended EARFCNs used in the E-UTRAN in an extended EARFCN structure included in an existing system information message used in a Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM) random access network (RAN). The predetermined reserved value may be equal to 0xFFFF. The existing system information message may be a SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2quater message according to a GSM Enhanced Data rates for GSM Evolution (EDGE) RAN (GERAN) standard. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135189 | MINIMIZING INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method is provided for minimizing cross-technology interference with data transmissions from a wireless device in a shared spectrum. The wireless device obtains data to be wirelessly transmitted in a transmission burst in a first radio access technology (RAT) format over a shared spectrum. The wireless device generates a preamble comprising assistance information related to the transmission burst. The preamble comprises a first preamble portion in the first RAT format and a second preamble portion in a second RAT format. The wireless device transmits the preamble followed by the transmission burst. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135190 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR DISCRETE-FOURIER-TRANSFORMING A TIME DOMAIN SYMBOL TO A FREQUENCY DOMAIN SIGNAL AND MAPPING THE TRANSFORMED SIGNAL ON FREQUENCY BANDS - Provided is a radio communication device which can reduce ISI caused by destruction of an orthogonal DFT matrix even when an SC-FDMA signal is divided into a plurality of clusters and the clusters are respectively mapped to discontinuous frequency bands. The radio communication device includes a DFT unit ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160135191 | EMBEDDED CONTROL SIGNALING FOR SELF-ORGANIZING WIRELESS BACKHAUL RADIO AND SYSTEMS - Enhancement of wireless Channel Order and rank (ECHO) systems and ECHO repeater devices for enhancement of a wireless propagation channel for point to point or point to multipoint radio configurations are disclosed. The enhancement may be used for MIMO communications channels. Aspects support a richer multipath environment to increase the rank of the channel propagation matrix and/or to increase the magnitude of the coefficients of the propagation matrix between two or more radios. Such enhancement is applicable to backhaul radios in terms of increased range or in the number of supportable information streams. The installation, provisioning, optimization, control, monitoring, and adaptation of such devices within a network of backhaul radios is also disclosed. Wireless links and control between IBR and ECHO devices, and between ECHO devices and other ECHO devices, are also disclosed. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135192 | FULL DUPLEX BACKHAUL RADIO WITH TRANSMIT BEAMFORMING - A intelligent backhaul radio is disclosed that is compact, light and low power for street level mounting, operates at 100 Mb/s or higher at ranges of 300 m or longer in obstructed LOS conditions with low latencies of 5 ms or less, can support PTP and PMP topologies, uses radio spectrum resources efficiently and does not require precise physical antenna alignment. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135193 | Method and Apparatus for Controlling Uplink Transmit Power of UE, UE, and Base Station - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and an apparatus for controlling uplink transmit power of UE, UE, and a base station, and the method includes: determining subframe configuration information, where the subframe configuration information is used to indicate base stations corresponding to all subframes in a radio frame; determining static power control parameters corresponding to all the base stations; determining a TPC adjustment value of a current subframe; and determining uplink transmit power of the current subframe according to a static power control parameter corresponding to a base station corresponding to the current subframe and the TPC adjustment value of the current subframe. In the embodiments of the present invention, when UE is connected to at least two base stations, control over uplink transmit power can be implemented when the UE sends data to different base stations. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135194 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL STATE REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for reporting channel state information of a user equipment (UE) having interference cancellation capabilities in a wireless communication system includes receiving, from a serving base station, a channel state report configuration indicating a report of a channel state to which interference cancellation is applied, or a report of a channel state to which interference cancellation is not applied, calculating a report value for a channel state according to the channel state report configuration, and transmitting the report value for the channel state to the serving base station. The channel state report configuration may be configured per subframe subset. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135195 | CELL INTERFERENCE COORDINATION METHOD, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - A cell interference coordination method and a base station include a base station stopping sending other information other than pilot information after the base station switches to a dormant state from a work state. A cell interference coordination method and a terminal are also included. By means of the technical solution, the base station is enabled to send pilot information when in a dormant state, thereby avoiding bringing interference for other base stations, and also enabling a terminal to awaken the dormant base station according to the received pilot information as required. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135196 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a wireless communication system that is capable of preventing interference with a primary use system caused by a CPE emitting radio waves at a frequency which is not a transmittable frequency before acquiring a list of transmittable frequencies based on its position information. In a wireless communication system that uses white space, a BS | 05-12-2016 |
20160135198 | ALIGNMENT OF PACKETS FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS - Techniques are disclosed for controlling, in a network device, multiple radio circuits operating in a same or similar frequency band and in close physical proximity. In some embodiments, the radio circuits operate on the same network protocol. The network device can include a coexistence controller coupled to the network circuits. According to some embodiments, the network circuits are each assigned a priority, and the coexistence controller can control operations between the network circuits by selectively adjusting one or more transmission operating parameters of a respective network circuit based on a plurality of operating criteria, which include each network circuit's priority. Among other benefits, the embodiments disclosed herein can increase wireless network bandwidth and reduce mobile device power consumption by providing coordination among the radio circuits so that the transmitting and receiving operations are performed in a way that they do not interfere with their respective antennas. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135200 | Managing Resources For Device-To-Device D2D Discovery In An Ad-hoc Radio Communication Network - A method and a radio node ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160135201 | Method and Radio Node for Managing Resources for D2D Discovery in an Ad-Hoc Radio Communication Network - A method and a radio node ( | 05-12-2016 |
20160135206 | MBAN CHANNEL MANAGEMENT SCHEME USING PATIENT ACUITY INFORMATION | 05-12-2016 |
20160135208 | BROADCASTING METHOD USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method in which a base station (BS) transmits information to a plurality of terminals in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: dividing the plurality of terminals into two or more groups according to a channel state of each of the BS and the plurality of terminals and a channel state between the plurality of terminals; and broadcasting the information to a first group among the two or more groups, wherein the first group transmits the information to another group among the two or more groups through D2D communication. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135209 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT THEREIN - Techniques are disclosed for controlling, in a network device, multiple radio circuits operating in a same or similar frequency band and in close physical proximity. In some embodiments, the radio circuits operate on the same network protocol. The network device can include a coexistence controller coupled to the network circuits. According to some embodiments, the network circuits are each assigned a priority, and the coexistence controller can control operations among the network circuits by selectively adjusting one or more transmission operating parameters of a respective network circuit based on a plurality of operating criteria, which include each network circuit's priority. Among other benefits, the embodiments disclosed herein can increase wireless network bandwidth and reduce mobile device power consumption by providing coordination among the radio circuits so that the transmitting and receiving operations are performed in a way that they do not interfere with their respective antennas. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135210 | TRANSMISSION MODE SELECTION AND DOWNLINK SCHEDULING USING PRIMARY AND DEDICATED PILOT SIGNALS - A method and system for probing in a wireless communication network are disclosed. According to one aspect, a method includes directing at least one low power node to transmit a probing signal, where the probing signal includes least one code. The method also includes receiving from a wireless terminal an indication of downlink channel quality. The channel quality is based on a power of the probing signal received by the wireless terminal. The method further includes selectively directing at least one of the at least one low power node to communicate with the wireless terminal. The selecting is based on the indication of downlink channel quality. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135211 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SCHEDULING INTERFERENCE AWARE OPTIMAL UPLINK FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION UNDERLYING LTE NETWORKS - A method and system is provided for scheduling interference aware optimal uplink for device-to-device communication underlying LTE networks. The present application provides a method and system for scheduling interference aware optimal uplink for device-to-device communication underlying LTE networks, comprises registering a plurality of users equipment (UEs) with a single cell with one Evolved Node B (eNB) over the Long Term Evolution (LTE) network; initiating connection by the plurality of users equipment (UEs) with Evolved Node B (eNB); discovering device-to-device (D2D) communication between the actively connected plurality of users equipment (UEs); segregating the actively connected plurality of users equipment (UEs) in device-to-device and cellular users by the Evolved Node B (eNB); and scheduling the two-phase interference aware optimal uplink for device-to-device communication for segregated actively connected device-to-device (D2d) and cellular users by the Evolved Node B (eNB), underlying the Long Term Evolution (LTE) network. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135212 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING UNLICENSED BAND TRANSMISSIONS - At least one example embodiment discloses a system including a network element configured to transmit downlink control channel information to a user equipment (UE) using a first bandwidth, the first bandwidth being at least a portion of a long term evolution (LTE) bandwidth, transmit a preamble to the UE using a second bandwidth, the second bandwidth being a bandwidth excluding the LTE bandwidth, and the preamble indicating a scheduled data transmission, and transmit data to the UE using the second bandwidth in accordance with the downlink control channel information and the preamble. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135213 | COMMUNICATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH A USER EQUIPMENT CAPABLE OF COMMUNICATING WITH MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide a method for wireless communications by a UE. The method generally includes sharing a single transmit chain for communication by at least a first RAT and second RAT, determining a tolerable puncturing rate for the first RAT, and providing assistance information, based on the determined tolerable puncturing rate, to a base station of the second RAT to assist the base station in avoiding scheduling transmissions that would lead to conflict with uplink transmissions in the first RAT. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135215 | LONG TERM EVOLUTION NETWORK SYSTEM AND DATA TRANSMISSION SCHEDULING METHOD THEREOF - An LTE network system and a data transmission scheduling method thereof are provided. The LTE network system includes a first base station and a mobile station. The mobile station connects with the first base station and a second base station. A first base station data processing module of the mobile station processes data transmitted from the first base station, and a second base station data processing module of the mobile station processes data transmitted from the second base station. The first base station transmits a data transmission time of first data control information to the second base station, and transmits the first data control information to the mobile station. The first base station data processing module notifies the second base station data processing module of the data transmission time of the first data control information. The second base station data processing module sets a base station listening status as active. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135216 | MULTI-RADIO CONTROLLER AND METHODS FOR PREVENTING INTERFERENCE BETWEEN CO-LOCATED TRANSCEIVERS - Embodiments of a multi-radio controller and methods for preventing interference between co-located transceivers are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the multi-radio controller operates within a multi-radio device and is configured to cause a wireless local area network (WLAN) transceiver to transmit a triggering frame after an active period of a wireless wide-area network (WWAN) transceiver. The triggering frame indicates the duration of a transmission opportunity, which may be restricted to the time between active periods of the WWAN. In response to receipt of the triggering frame, the WLAN access point is configured to transmit a downlink data frame within the transmission opportunity. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135217 | METHOD FOR CANCELING A SIDELINK BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN A D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for canceling a sidelink buffer status report in a D2D communication system, the method comprising: triggering one or more sidelink Buffer Status Reports (BSRs) for sidelink data available for transmission; configuring one or more sidelink grants in one or more subframes within a certain period; checking in a first subframe whether remaining sidelink grants can accommodate all pending data available for transmission; and cancelling all of the triggered sidelink BSRs if the remaining sidelink grants can accommodate all of the pending data available for transmission, wherein the remaining sidelink grants are sidelink grants configured in one or more subframes starting from the first subframe to end of the certain period. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135218 | Uplink Control Channel Allocation in a Communication System and Communicating the Allocation - Various methods of allocating uplink control channels in a communication system are implemented at a resource scheduler or a user equipment (UE). In one method the scheduler reserves resources for a downlink data channel and signals a corresponding downlink data channel grant and also reserves resources for a persistent uplink control channel for a longer duration than the data channel grant. Signaling overhead associated with a grant for this persistent uplink control channel is reduced over a full dynamic grant. A predetermined rule can be used at the scheduler and at the UE to avoid overhead signaling associated with a grant for this persistent control channel. Predetermined rules at the UE and scheduler can also be used to reserve appropriate resources and select appropriate MCS levels for control information and the control information and uplink data can be transported over a common uplink channel when a time overlap occurs between an uplink data channel and the persistent control channel. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135219 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTERNET PROTOCOL FLOW MOBILITY IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided in one example embodiment and may include receiving an indication of a radio access technology (RAT) change for a user equipment (UE); determining availability of a preferred RAT type for a policy related rule associated with the UE, wherein the policy related rule includes, at least in part, the preferred RAT type for one or more service data flows for the UE; and configuring the one or more service data flows for the UE based, at least in part, on a change in availability of the preferred RAT type following the RAT change. In at least one case, the method can include routing downlink packets to the UE using the one or more service data flows for the preferred RAT type if the preferred RAT type is available. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135221 | COMMUNICATION METHOD USING A CARRIER AGGREGATION AND APPARATUS THEREFORE - A method of controlling an uplink transmission in a wireless communications system, and a user equipment therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes configuring the user equipment with multiple component carriers; receiving first configuration information for allocating one or more component carrier sets; receiving second configuration information for periodically transmitting an uplink signal; receiving control information for configuring states of component carriers, by which a downlink component carrier and an uplink component carrier are controlled to be in a same state; and performing a procedure for periodically transmitting the uplink signal on an uplink component carrier in use of the first configuration information, the second configuration information and the control information. When the uplink component carrier is in the active state, a transmission of the uplink signal is performed. When the uplink component carrier is in the non-active state, the transmission of the uplink signal is skipped. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135222 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING INTERNET PROTOCOL FLOW MOBILITY IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - An example method is provided in one example embodiment and may include receiving an indication of a radio access technology (RAT) change for a user equipment (UE); determining availability of a preferred RAT type for a policy related rule associated with the UE, wherein the policy related rule includes, at least in part, the preferred RAT type for one or more service data flows for the UE; and configuring the one or more service data flows for the UE based, at least in part, on a change in availability of the preferred RAT type following the RAT change. In at least one case, the method can include routing downlink packets to the UE using the one or more service data flows for the preferred RAT type if the preferred RAT type is available. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135223 | EFFICIENT SCHEDULING IN ASYNCHRONOUS CONTENTION-BASED SYSTEM - In an operation scheduler adapted to schedule in an asynchronous contention-based system a first FIFO queue is adapted to store one trigger message or one operation request. A message router is coupled to the first FIFO queue and is adapted to route instructions to a second FIFO queue or a memory and locate in the memory the instructions of a suspended operation associated with a trigger message and authorise execution of the suspended operation. An arbitration unit is coupled to the second FIFO queue and to the memory, and is adapted to schedule the execution of instructions associated with a standalone non-preemptable operation during a period of time within which at least one operation of the first sequence is being suspended. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135225 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FRAME IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Disclosed are methods and apparatuses for transmitting and receiving a frame in a WLAN. A method for transmitting a frame, performed in a first station, may comprise receiving a first PPDU; determining whether a BSS of the first PPDU is a BSS to which the first station belongs or a BSS to which the first station does not belong; when the BSS of the first PPDU is the BSS to which the first station does not belong and a received signal strength of the first PPDU is higher than a first threshold, setting a virtual carrier sensing by using information included in a preamble of the first PPDU. Therefore, performance of the WLAN can be enhanced. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135226 | Methods and Devices for Controlling Antenna Points - The teachings presents a method | 05-12-2016 |
20160135227 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS BY TERMINAL, AND TERMINAL - Disclosed are: a terminal for selecting RRUs of which a connection state with the terminal is a critical value or more from among a plurality of RRUs on the basis of down signals received from the RRUs, transmitting an RRU list including information on the selected RRUs and a random access preamble to an RRU having the best connection state with the terminal among the selected RRUs, receiving an access information response message indicating a preferred RRU with which a random access is to be performed by the terminal from any one RRU among the selected RRUs and performing a random access process with the preferred RRU; and a method for performing random access by the terminal. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135228 | APPARATUSES, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR ACCESS CONFIGURATIONS - A mobile communication device including a wireless module and a controller module is provided, and the mobile communication device is coupled to a cellular access station. The wireless module performs wireless transmissions and receptions to and from the cellular access station. The controller module determines whether a GAPM has been received from the cellular access station via the wireless module and whether the mobile communication device supports an EACH, and if so, performs Tx operations on the EACH using a random access procedure with a message duration, and otherwise, if not, performs the Tx operations on an ACH using the random access procedure. Particularly, the GAPM includes a maximum message duration and a minimum message duration over the EACH, and the message duration is not greater than the maximum message duration and not less than the minimum message duration over the EACH. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135231 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING CONNECTING OPERATION WITH MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS IN NETWORK INCLUDING MULTIPLE COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS INTERWORKING WITH EACH OTHER, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A method for performing a connecting operation with multiple communication systems by a terminal in a network including the multiple communication systems interworking with each other according to the present invention comprises the steps of: transmitting, to an interworking entity of a first communication system, a result of scanning a base station of a second communication system in a state where the terminal is radio resource control (RRC)-connected with the first communication system and is in an idle with the second communication system; receiving a first message from the interworking entity of the first communication system, the first message including a first indicator instructing the terminal to perform an association process with the base station of the second communication system and a second indicator instructing the terminal to operate in a power saving mode with the second communication system; performing the association process with the base station of the second communication system on the basis of the first indicator of the first message; switching into an RRC idle mode state with the first communication system and entering the power saving mode from the idle mode with the second communication system on the basis of the second indicator of the first message, after performing the association process; and receiving, from a base station of the first communication system, a paging message for the second communication system through a paging channel of the first communication system. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135233 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE - [Object] To provide a mechanism for allowing a user to select easily a target to be connected wirelessly without causing the user to perform an operation that imposes a burden on the user. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135235 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR INFORMATION SHARING BASED ON WIRELESS ASSOCIATION - In a communication network comprising a plurality of user equipment (“UEs”) supported by one or more wireless access points (“APs”), identification data for a user of first UE is received, for example at a computing device or another UE in the network, for example in a packet. A unique identifier of an access point AP serving the first UE is also received, optionally in the same packet as the user identification data. A unique identifier of an access point AP serving a second UE is received, for example in a packet from the second UE. If the unique identifiers meet at least one predetermined criterion, e.g. they match, permission may be granted for the identification data for the user of the first UE to be transmitted to the second UE. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135237 | Peer to Peer Networking and Sharing Systems and Methods - An embodiment includes peer-to-peer (P2P) pairing protocols that mutually authenticate both end points and do not rely upon a backend server or a central certificate provisioning server. An embodiment provides a persistent control path for sending inter-peer control information (e.g., synchronization messages). Another inter-peer path includes an “on-demand” data path enabled when a unit determines content is ready for sharing. After the content is shared, the data path may be deconstructed, which saves resources on both sides and makes the framework more scalable. Also, embodiments include graphical user avatars to whereby a first peer shares content with a second peer by dragging content over the avatar. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135239 | D2D COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHOD OF TRANSMISSION FOR OVERLAPPED D2D RESOURCE POOLS - An evolved Node-B (eNB), user equipment (UE) and method for handling overlapping resource pools for device-to-device (D2D) transmission are generally described. Resources for D2D communication with at least one other UE may be requested by the UE. The allocated pools may overlap. The overlapping pools may comprise pools of the same type or different types. The types of pools may include a discovery pool, a Scheduling Assignment (SA) pool and a Mode-2 data pool. The eNB may resolve conflict among the pools by transmitting an indication of allocation of only one of the pools or may permit the UE to determine which pool to use for transmission. The pool may be selected based on at least one of usage index, configuration identity, and usage priority. The usage index may include traffic types, mode switching, L2 control, UE classification, data rate, real-time/non-real time, latency, and Quality of Service (QoS). | 05-12-2016 |
20160135240 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provide is a method and apparatus for processing an initialization for a D2D communication between user equipments (UEs). The method includes: determining D2D subframes available for a D2D communication, the D2D subframes including a first D2D subframe and a second D2D subframe, each of the first D2D subframe and the second D2D subframe including a D2D slot corresponding to D2D slot number 0; and at a start of the D2D slot of the first D2D subframe and at a start of the D2D slot of the second D2D subframe, processing an initialization associated with a pseudo-random sequence of a D2D communication. The first D2D subframe and the second D2D subframe each include a D2D slot corresponding to D2D slot number 1. At least one of the first D2D subframe and the second D2D subframe corresponds to a non-zero subframe number of a radio frame. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135242 | OPPORTUNISTIC IOE MESSAGE DELIVERY VIA SENSOR-TRIGGERED FORWARDING - Opportunistic wide area network (WAN) connectivity for sensor devices with low transmit power, triggered by sensor device broadcasts, is disclosed which increases the likelihood of the sensor devices' data messages reaching the base station. Multiple sensor devices within proximity to each other establish device to device links. When a sensor device successfully connects to the base station, the base station informs the sensor device selected as a gateway, which in turn broadcasts its identification to peer sensor devices by way of a multi-hop rebroadcasting scheme. This triggers a multi-hop forwarding scheme where sensor devices that receive the broadcast forward their data messages via the D2D links to other peers until their data messages reach the gateway sensor device. The gateway sensor device forwards data messages it receives to the base station, so that the base station receives data packets from multiple sensor devices via the gateway sensor device. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135243 | METHODS, APPARATUSES AND COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCTS FOR PROSE COMMUNICATION - Methods, corresponding apparatuses, and computer program products for ProSe communication are provided. A method comprises sending, from a first base station, a first configuration message to at least one of two user equipments which are performing ProSe communication over a first locally routed path via the first base station such that the two user equipments perform the ProSe communication over a second locally routed path via a second base station. The method also comprises sending, from the first base station, a second configuration message to the second base station such that the second base station is configured to support the two user equipments to perform the ProSe communication over the second locally routed path via the second base station. In the method, ciphering and deciphering of ProSe communication traffic at a specific protocol layer by the first base station is skipped such that the ciphering and deciphering are performed by the two user equipments or by the second base station and the two user equipments. With the claimed invention, the back-and-forth routing between the first base station and second base station resulting in heavy traffic load can be alleviated. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135244 | Device and Method of Handling Proximity Service - A communication device for handling Proximity Service (ProSe) comprises a storage unit for storing instructions and a processing means coupled to the storage unit. The processing means is configured to execute the instructions stored in the storage unit. The instructions may comprise determining to keep a first ProSe operation and to enable (disable) a second ProSe operation of a plurality of ProSe operations after enabling the first (and the second) ProSe operations, and transmitting a message comprising a first field and (not) comprising a second field of a plurality of fields to a network according to the determination, wherein the first and the second fields correspond to the first and the second ProSe operations, respectively. | 05-12-2016 |
20160135246 | HANDLING OF DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS INTEREST INDICATION - This disclosure generally relates to handling of device-to-device communication interest indication. In one embodiment, a D2D UE may receive at its lower layer one or more first indicator for D2D communication interest indication from its higher layer during a time period of disconnection with its serving base station. The UE generates a second indicator for D2D communication interest indication based on the received first indicator(s). The second indicator is used to record or represent the latest first indicator for the UE's D2D communication interest indication received during the time period of disconnection. Once the connection with a base station is successfully reestablished, the UE reports to the re-established base station the generated second indicator to inform its D2D communication interest. | 05-12-2016 |
20160142116 | METHOD OF ALLOCATING RESOURCES FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method and terminal are described for allocating resources for transmitting a signal in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless communication system. An uplink signal is transmitted using L layers at a terminal in a multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) wireless communication system. Modulation symbols are generated by modulating output bit sequences of an interleaver matrix by a unit of log | 05-19-2016 |
20160142121 | SUB-BAND FEEDBACK FOR BEAMFORMING ON DOWNLINK MULTIPLE USER MIMO CONFIGURATIONS - A method in a communication network includes an access point, using a multiple input multiple output antenna configuration, sending out a sounding packet to a plurality of client stations. The client stations determine a channel estimation of the sounding packet, but only a channel estimation of a portion of the entire sounding packet to avoid processing the entire packet. The resulting partial estimation is sent to the access point for using in transmit beamforming. In other examples, the client station sends a reverse link sounding packet over a portion a channel having a bandwidth less than the sounding packet, and from this the access point determines partial channel estimations and transmit beamforming conditions. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142169 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION - Systems, methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for joint network assisted interference cancellation and suppression (NAICS) and coordinated multi-point (COMP) operation are provided. One method includes configuring, by a network node, a victim user equipment and interfering user equipment in transmission mode 10 (TM10) with multiple channel state information (CSI) processes to perform dynamic point muting. The method may further include signaling network assisted interference cancellation and suppression (NAICS) information to the victim user equipment pretending the interfering user equipment mode is transmission mode 9 (TM9) or transmission mode 8 (TM8). | 05-19-2016 |
20160142175 | ADAPTIVE CYCLIC CHANNEL CODING FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXED (OFDM) SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus for an orthogonal frequency division multiplexed (OFDM) communication system for communication in the presence of cyclostationary noise is provided. A receiver receives from a medium a channel measurement packet of a communication channel. The channel measurement packet has a measured transmission characteristic. The measured transmission characteristic of the received channel measurement packet is compared to a defined transmission characteristic to provide a comparison. A modulation coding scheme (MCS) map referenced to a phase of a cyclostationary noise period of the medium is generated based upon the comparison. The MCS map is sent to a transmitter via the medium. Signals including packets that have been mapped to subcarriers based on the MCS map are received from the medium. Subcarriers of the signals received from the medium are demapped using the MCS map referenced to the phase of the cyclostationary noise period of the medium. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142177 | Rate Indication and Link Adaptation for Variable Data Rates in Long Range Wireless Networks - A method of fast link adaptation for Bluetooth long-range wireless networks is provided. A data packet comprises a preamble, a first packet portion including a rate indication field, and a second packet portion including a PDU. The first packet portion is encoded using a first modulation and coding scheme with a first rate while the second packet portion is encoded using a second modulation and coding scheme with a second rate indicated by the RI field. A transmitter thus can use different MCS options to support variable data rates by adapting to channel conditions, and then uses the novel RI field to indicate the data rate to a receiver dynamically. As a result, fast link adaptation can be achieved for different applications with different rate requirements, to provide higher data rate, reduce connection time, lower power consumption, and improve link quality. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142188 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A subframe in a certain cell that satisfies criteria which includes at least a criterion (i) is regarded as being valid as a CSI reference resource. In a case where, in the criterion (i), information which is signaled on a PDCCH and that indicates an UL-DL configuration for a cell is detected, the UL-DL configuration for the cell is given by the information. In a case where, in the criterion (i), the information is not detected, the UL-DL configuration for the cell is same as an UL-DL configuration that is indicated by a higher layer parameter. The criterion (i) stipulates that, in a case where multiple cells with different UL-DL configurations are aggregated and the terminal device is not capable of simultaneous reception and transmission in the multiple cells, a subframe in a primary cell is a DL subframe or a special subframe that is indicated by an UL-DL configuration for the primary cell. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142189 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL, METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING AND REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, AND METHOD FOR CONFIGURING THE SAME - A method in which a base station transmits a CSI (channel state information)-RS (reference signal) in a MIMO (multiple input multiple output) antenna system is provided. The base station periodically transmits a CSI-RS for first CSI to a terminal. The base station requests the terminal to transmit second CSI in a first subframe. When a CSI-RS occasion is configured, the base station transmits a CSI-RS for the second CSI to the terminal for a duration of the CSI-RS occasion from a second subframe or to the second subframe, which is a subframe after a first offset configured for CSI-RS transmission from the first subframe. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142190 | Transmission of Reference Signals - Resources for reference signalling on at least one component carrier of a plurality of aggregated component carriers can be determined by a station. Information indicative the at least one component carrier and the associated resources is then communicated to another station for configuration of the other station. A trigger is then sent for reference signalling, and in response to the trigger, at least one reference signal is sent from the other station using the indicated at least one component carrier and resources. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142191 | APPARATUS CONFIGURED TO REPORT APERIODIC CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION ?FOR DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Embodiments of a system and method for reporting channel state information (CSI) in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, an apparatus of a User Equipment (UE) can include physical layer circuitry to receive, in a first subframe, a first aperiodic CSI request from a first cell group, and a second aperiodic CSI request from a second cell group. The UE can include processing circuitry to determine a number of requested CSI processes corresponding to the first aperiodic CSI request and the second aperiodic CSI request. Additionally, the processing circuitry can select a subset of the requested CSI processes when the determined number of requested CSI processes is more than five. Furthermore, the processing circuitry can calculate CSI for the selected CSI processes. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142192 | TECHNIQUES FOR TRANSMITTING PREAMBLES OVER AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - A device may determine that an unlicensed radio frequency (RF) spectrum band is available for a communication. The device may transmit a first transmission indicator that indicates that the device is transmitting information via the unlicensed RF spectrum band. The first transmission indicator may be associated with a first radio access technology. The device may transmit a second transmission indicator that indicates that the device is transmitting information via the unlicensed RF spectrum band. The second transmission indicator may be associated with a second radio access technology that is different from the first radio access technology. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142193 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention is designed to realize non-orthogonal multiple access while reducing the decrease of throughput. A radio base station selects a predetermined decoding pattern, based on channel state information of a user terminal, from among a plurality of decoding patterns in which information regarding the order of decoding of the non-orthogonal multiple access signals and/or whether or not SIC (Successive Interference Cancellation) is applied is defined, and transmits information to represent the selected decoding pattern to the user terminal, and the user terminal receives the information to represent the decoding pattern, and cancels interference in accordance with the order of decoding and SIC based on the decoding pattern that is shown in the received information. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142194 | MOBILE STATION - A delay in transmission of “RRC connection reconfiguration complete” is avoided during execution of “Inter-eNB CA”. A mobile station UE according to the present invention includes a RRC message processing unit | 05-19-2016 |
20160142195 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE TERMINAL APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Provided are a radio base station apparatus, a mobile terminal apparatus and a radio communication method capable of taking other-cell interference mitigation measures even in consideration of inter-cell coordination like CoMP. The radio communication method according to the present invention is characterized by, in a radio base station apparatus, generating notification information including subframe information of a serving cell and subframe information of another cell; and transmitting the notification information to a mobile terminal apparatus connected to the serving cell as a connected cell; and in the mobile terminal apparatus, receiving the notification information including the subframe information of the connected cell and the subframe information of another cell; and measuring channel quality of the connected cell with use of the subframe information of the connected cell and measuring channel quality of another cell with use of the subframe information of another cell. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142197 | Transmission Method and Reception Method for Data and Control Information, Base Station and Terminal - Disclosed in the present invention are a transmission method and a reception method for data and control information, an eNB and a user equipment, wherein the transmission method includes: an eNB transmitting data and/or downlink control information to a user equipment within a service range in TDD special subframes in accordance with specific rules; wherein the specific rules are pre-configured in the eNB or pre-indicated by the eNB to the user equipment via a high-layer signaling; wherein, a serving cell in which the user equipment is located currently performs a coordinated multiple-point (CoMP) transmission with one or more other cells and has an independent TDD special subframe configuration compared with other cells. The eNB includes a memory module and a transmitting module. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142232 | ENHANCING MODULATION AND CODING SCHEME SELECTION AND MEDIUM ACCESS CONTROL (MAC) PROTOCOL DATA UNIT AGGREGATION USING MAC EFFICIENCY INFORMATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for wireless communications. More particularly, the described features relate to techniques for adjusting a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) to account for different airtime utilizations (available airtime actually utilized by a device for transmissions) resulting from different MCSs. In one example, a method for wireless communication may involve: determining a media access control (MAC) efficiency for a station of a plurality of stations based at least in part on a real-time multi-user (MU) physical protocol data unit (PPDU) length, a real-time physical layer service data unit (PSDU) length of each of the plurality of stations, and a modulation and coding scheme (MCS) of the station; adjusting a goodput estimate of the station using the MAC efficiency; and, adjusting the MCS of the station using the adjusted goodput estimate. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142238 | Pilot Design for Wireless System - The description herein relates to pilot designs for an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) based communication system. In at least one embodiment, the communication system is one operating according to the IEEE 802.16m, or WiMax, standard. In general, an OFDM transmitter operates to insert pilot symbols into a resource of a transmit frame according to a predetermined staggered pilot symbol pattern defining pilot symbol locations within the resource of the transmit frame. The predetermined pilot symbol pattern is defined such that pilot symbols are located at or near time boundaries of the resource, at or near frequency boundaries of the resource, or both. By doing so, when generating a channel estimate for the communication channel between the OFDM transmitter and an OFDM receiver based on the pilot symbols, extrapolations needed to estimate the channel near the boundaries of the resource are optimized, thereby improving overall channel estimation accuracy. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142241 | Cell Search Procedure Frame Format - According to some embodiments, a method of synchronizing a wireless device with a network node comprises receiving a radio subframe transmitted from the network node. The radio subframe comprises a first Primary Synchronization Signal (PSS) associated with a first Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbol and paired with a first Secondary Synchronization Signal (SSS) associated with a second OFDM symbol. The radio subframe also comprises a second PSS associated with a third OFDM symbol and paired with a second SSS associated with a fourth OFDM symbol. The method further comprises detecting at least one of the first PSS and the second PSS within the radio subframe and detecting at least one of the first SSS and the second SSS within the radio subframe. The method determines system information associated with the network node based on the detected at least one PSS and the detected at least one SSS. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142357 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR EXCHANGING MESSAGES ON THE BASIS OF CURRENT POSITION - Provided is a method for exchanging messages only between the users in a predetermined range around the current position, without intentionally grouping the users. A message server stores a message table where a message is associated with each set of addresses of a plurality of access points. A portable terminal searches for access points near the portable terminal and receives annunciation signal including the address of the access point from each access point. The portable terminal transmits, to a message server, a message acquisition request including, as a query, the set of the addresses included in the annunciation signals. The message server compares the set of the addresses as the query with a plurality of sets of addresses recorded in the message table, extracts messages corresponding to the sets of the addresses ranking high arranged in descending order of similarity, and transmits the messages to the portable terminal. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142897 | Enriched D2D Discovery Content - The present disclosure relates to methods and devices for transmission of discovery messages for device-to-device, D2D, communication. More particularly the disclosure pertains to enriching D2D discovery messages to include information related to properties of the transmitting device. According to one aspect, the disclosure proposes a method performed in a wireless terminal | 05-19-2016 |
20160142898 | DISCOVERY SIGNAL GENERATION AND RECEPTION - Physical layer processing and procedures for device-to-device (D2D) discovery signal generation and transmission and scheduling of D2D discovery signals are described. Detection and measurement of a D2D discovery signal, D2D signal identity management, and monitoring by a wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) of PDCCH for D2D discovery scheduling is described, as is a WTRU that may be configured with a D2D-specific transmission/reception opportunity pattern. The discovery signal may carry a payload for explicit information about user and/or service identity, and may be mapped to physical resources in such a way as to decouple transmission/reception of the discovery signal from downlink operations. A WTRU may measure a D2D discovery signal quality and report to the network. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142901 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR LOCATING COMMUNITIES OVER AN AD-HOC MESH NETWORK - An approach is provided for locating communities over an ad-hoc mesh network. Community identifiers are used to locate communities and community members over an ad-hoc mesh network. The community identifiers are also associated with keys to authenticate members of the community and to protect the privacy and anonymity of information exchanged between the members. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142928 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR DEVICE WIRELESS MODULE DIAGNOSTICS - Methods, devices and systems are provided for diagnosing a wireless module of a device. An exemplary method involves operating a second wireless module of the device to transmit data on a second wireless channel that overlaps, at least in part, a first wireless channel. A measured response associated with the first wireless channel concurrent to the data transmitted on the second wireless channel is obtained from the first wireless module and a remedial action is initiated with respect to the first wireless module based at least in part on the measured response. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142939 | METHOD FOR SEGMENTING AND REORDERING A RADIO LINK CONTROL STATUS PROTOCOL DATA UNIT AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for segmenting and reordering a RLC status PDUs in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: generating an RLC status PDU (Radio Link Control status Protocol Data Unit); segmenting the generated RLC status PDU if a size of transmitting resource is smaller than a size of the generated RLC status PDU; generating a plurality of Segment RLC status PDUs, wherein each Segment RLC status PDU has a segment of the generated RLC status PDU and a RLC header including segmentation information; and transmitting the plurality of Segment RLC status PDUs. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142963 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ROUTING TRAFFIC OF APPLICATIONS INSTALLED ON A MOBILE DEVICE - A mobile device performs method for routing traffic of applications installed on the mobile device. The method includes receiving, from a source external to the mobile device, a set of attributes for a first application installed on the mobile device. The method further includes receiving, from a network element, a set of application traffic routing rules. Additionally, the method includes selecting, under the control of at least one application traffic routing rule of the received set of application traffic routing rules, a network access from multiple network accesses of the mobile device for routing traffic of the first application. The selecting is based on the set of attributes for the first application. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142968 | COMMUNICATION DEVICES AND METHOD OF CONTROLLING DISCOVERY SIGNAL COMMUNICATION - A method of controlling discovery signal communication of a user equipment (UE) and a UE using the same is disclosed. The method comprises steps of selecting a target operating radio resource associated with the discovery signal communication among a plurality of discovery radio resources to transmit at least one discovery signal of the UE, and updating the target operating radio resource by the UE based on a loading of the plurality of discovery radio resources calculating by the UE. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142984 | POWER HEADROOM REPORTING METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CHANGE IN USE OF WIRELESS RESOURCE AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention proposes a power headroom reporting method and apparatus of a terminal in a wireless communication system supporting a change in use of wireless resources. More particularly, the method comprises the steps of: determining whether power headroom reporting is triggered; and transmitting power headroom reporting (PHR) information for first upper link wireless resource and second upper link wireless resource to a base station, wherein the first upper link wireless resource is configured to allow the use of the wireless resource to be dynamically changed and the second upper link wireless resource is configured to prevent the use of the wireless resources from being dynamically changed. | 05-19-2016 |
20160142985 | METHOD FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for power headroom reporting in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: obtaining information related to a power headroom (PH) for the second BS; obtaining PH of activated cells of the UE; and transmitting, to a first BS, the information related to the PH for the second BS and the PH of activated cells of the UE. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143003 | METHOD FOR REPORTING A RADIO LINK CONTROL RE-TRANSMISSION FAILURE AND A DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting an RLC (Radio Link Control) re-transmission failure in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: receiving, from a base station (BS), an indicator indicating a radio bearer (RB) which the UE reports a RLC retransmission error to the BS; and reporting, to a BS, an Radio Link Control (RLC) retransmission error if the RLC retransmission error occurs in the RB indicated by the indicator. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143004 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS RESOURCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM - A mobile communications resource manager including a smart card configured to accept and store a user's personal information suitable for use in commercial transactions (physical tap or electronically) and communications operations, a cellular radio modem, at least one non-cellular radio modem and a controller. The controller is configured for establishing a short-range wireless connection via said non-cellular modem to at least one user accessible electronic device with human interface functionality and accepting a service request from the at least one user accessible electronic device and making a modem selection by selecting either a cellular or a non-cellular connection via a modem resident in the mobile communications resource manager to provide the communications link for the service request, based on a rule resident in the mobile communications resource manager. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143005 | HIGH-EFFICIENCY WI-FI (HEW) STATION AND ACCESS POINT (AP) AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING OF CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATIONS - Embodiments of a high-efficiency Wi-Fi (HEW) station, access point (AP), and method for communication in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the HEW AP may transmit a resource allocation message to indicate an allocation of channel resources for uplink transmissions by one or more HEW stations. The channel resources may include multiple channels, each of which may include multiple sub-channels and an extra portion of channel resources. The resource allocation message may include multiple sub-channel allocation blocks to indicate an allocation for a particular HEW station. A length of the sub-channel allocation blocks may be based on various factors, such as a number of channels included in the channel resources and a sub-carrier bandwidth. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143006 | HIGH-EFFICIENCY WI-FI (HEW) STATION AND ACCESS POINT (AP) AND METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS CONTENTION - Embodiments of a high-efficiency Wi-Fi (HEW) station, access point (AP), and method for random access contention in a wireless network are generally described herein. In some embodiments, the HEW station may receive a beacon frame that indicates a number of trigger frames (TFs) included in a beacon interval. The beacon frame may be received from an HEW access point (AP) in channel resources that include multiple sub-channels. The HEW station may receive a random access TF that indicates a random access portion of the sub-channels that are allocated for random access contention during an uplink transmission period. The HEW station may select a candidate sub-channel from the channel resources. When the candidate sub-channel is included in the random access portion, the HEW station may transmit an association request (AR) frame on the candidate sub-channel during the uplink transmission period. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143007 | METHODS FOR INDICATING AND DETERMINING UPLINK/DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL - The present disclosure provides methods for indicating and determining uplink/downlink configuration, a base station and a terminal. A base station transmits uplink/downlink configuration information to at least one terminal via a DCI message, the DCI message is provided with at least one uplink/downlink configuration information domain for carrying the uplink/downlink configuration information, and at least one of the uplink/downlink configuration information domains in the DCI message is parsed by the at least one terminal. The at least one terminal parses the received DCI message in accordance with predetermined DCI configuration information, and acquires its own uplink/downlink configuration from a corresponding position in the DCI message. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143009 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present invention provide methods for sending and receiving an enhanced physical downlink control channel EPDCCH and an apparatus, relate to the field of communication technologies, and aim to effectively ensure normal communication between a UE and a base station. The sending method includes: determining position information of a physical resource carrying the EPDCCH; and sending the EPDCCH to the UE according to the determined position information of the physical resource carrying the EPDCCH. The present invention can be applied to a Long Term Evolution wireless communications system. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143013 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING SELF-INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING FULL-DUPLEX RADIO COMMUNICATION - The present invention provides methods for estimating self-interference in a full-duplex radio (FDR) system using a reference signal to which a cyclic shift is applied, and apparatuses supporting the same. According to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for estimating a self-interference (SI) channel, by a base station, in a wireless access system supporting wireless FDR communication comprises the steps of: transmitting a channel signal including a first cyclic shift variable allocated to a terminal; transmitting a downlink (DL) self-interference reference signal (SI-RS) for estimating the SI channel generated on the basis of a second cyclic shift variable; receiving the DL SI-RS; receiving an uplink (UL) SI-RS generated on the basis of the first cyclic shift variable; and estimating the SI channel using the DL SI-RS and the UL SI-RS. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143015 | CELL OPERATION CONCEPT - It is provided a method, including: exchanging first data with a data transceiver device using a data resource; exchanging one or more data control messages with the data transceiver device using a control resource different from the data resource, wherein each of the one or more data control messages is directly related to the exchanging of the first data; exchanging one or more first control messages with a control transceiver device different from the data transceiver device using the control resource, wherein each of the one or more first control messages is not directly related to the exchanging of the first data. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143016 | DEVICES FOR SUPPLYING SERVICE INFORMATION FOR A MICROWAVE LINK - In a first aspect, the present invention provides a base band unit (BBU) (or a remote radio head (RRH)), including means for supplying an identifier of said unit to a microwave head (MW | 05-19-2016 |
20160143017 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL FOR MTC AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for performing a random access procedure in a wireless communication system supporting repeated transmission of a same signal, and an apparatus for same, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for same, the method comprising: detecting a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) signal; and transmitting a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) signal using an uplink grant, when the PDCCH signal includes the uplink grant, wherein the PUSCH signal is transmitted from a subframe having a first offset from among subframes from which the PDCCH signal has been detected, when user equipment is a first type of user equipment, wherein the PDCCH signal is repeatedly transmitted from a first plurality of subframe sections, when the user equipment is a second type of user equipment, wherein the transmission of the PUSCH signal begins from a subframe capable of starting repeated PUSCH transmission and closest to the last subframe in the first plurality of subframe sections, and wherein the subframe capable of starting repeated PUSCH transmission is determined in advanced through upper layer signaling. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143018 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA UNIT BASED ON UPLINK MULTIPLE USER MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT TRANSMISSION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - In an aspect, a method of receiving a data unit, performed by an Access Point (AP), in a Wireless LAN (WLAN) system is provided. The method includes transmitting a signal protection frame, the signal protection frame comprising a group ID field indicating a Multiple Input Multiple Output (MIMO) transmission STA group including a first station (STA) and a second STA; and, a spatial stream field indicating a number of spatial streams allocated to each of member STAs included in the MIMO transmission STA group; receiving a first preamble for a first data unit from the first STA; receiving a second preamble for a second data unit from the second STA; and simultaneously receiving the first data unit from the first STA and the second data unit from the second STA. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143019 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING TRANSMISSION RESOURCES - Methods for wirelessly transmitting user data and control information using a plurality of transmission layers include encoding bits of control information to form control codewords and encoding bits of user data to form user data codewords. The method also includes generating a plurality of vector symbols based on the control codewords and the user data codewords. Each vector symbol includes a plurality of modulation symbols that are each associated with a transmission layer over which the associated modulation symbol will be transmitted. Generating the plurality of vector symbols includes interleaving bits of the control codewords and bits of the user data codewords so that the control information is carried in modulation symbols associated with the same transmission layers in the vector symbols transmitted during the subframe that carry the control information. The method also includes transmitting the plurality of vector symbols to a receiver over a plurality of transmission layers. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143020 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND METHOD, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Communication operations are optimally conducted by applying space-division multiple access in which wireless resources on a spatial axis are shared among a plurality of users. By applying an RD protocol to a communication system that conducts space-division multiple access, spatially multiplexed frames in a TXOP are made more efficient. By specifying a frame length for reverse direction frames with reverse direction permission information and having respective transmitters of reverse direction frames make their frame lengths uniform while respecting the specification, AGC operation stabilizes. Also, a transmit start time for reverse direction frames can be specified by reverse direction permission information, and respective transmitters of reverse direction frames can transmit frames at the same time while respecting the specification. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143024 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING UCI AND METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION THEREOF BASED ON MIMO SYSTEM - The present invention provides a method and apparatus for processing uplink control information (UCI) and a method for transmitting the UCI based on a multiple input multiple output system, which processing method comprises: repeating ACK/NACK source bits and/or rank indicator (RI) source bits in the uplink control information to form M groups, with each group corresponding to a code word (S | 05-19-2016 |
20160143025 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR LOGIC CHANNEL PRIORITIZATION - A mobile communication device including a wireless transceiver and a controller is provided. The wireless transceiver performs wireless transmission and reception to and from a service network via a plurality of component carriers. The controller determines a plurality of service levels, each corresponding to a respective one of the component carriers, and allocates uplink resource assignments for uplink data transmissions according to the service levels and traffic type of the uplink data. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143026 | SOUNDING PROCEDURE INCLUDING UPLINK MULTIPLE-USER TRANSMISSION IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN - The present disclosure relates to a sounding procedure including uplink multi-user transmission in a High Efficiency WLAN (HEW). According to one aspect of the present disclosure, a method for transmitting a response frame by a responding Station (STA) to a transmitting STA in a wireless local area network may be provided. The method may include receiving, from the transmitting STA, a trigger frame including information related to a Modulation and Coding Scheme (MCS) for the response frame, and transmitting, to the transmitting STA, the response frame according to an MCS determined based on the information related to the MCS for the response frame included in the trigger frame. When a type of the response frame corresponds to a Multiple-User (MU) type, a same MCS may be applied to the response frame by a plurality of STAs including the STA and at least one other STA. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143027 | METHOD AND APPARATUS, IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, FOR EFFECTIVELY PROVIDING CONFIGURATION INFORMATION ABOUT SMALL CELL THAT HAS SMALL CELL SERVICE REGION - A method and an apparatus, in a mobile communication system, for effectively providing configuration information about a small cell that has a small cell service region are provided. The method for transmitting reconfiguration information of a small cell base station in a mobile communication system includes: when deciding to reconfigure a small cell, obtaining the latest macro cell configuration information from a macro cell base station; generating reconfiguration information about the small cell on the basis of the obtained macro cell configuration information; and transmitting, to the macro cell base station, the regenerated reconfiguration information so that the macro cell base station can transmit the reconfiguration information to User Equipment (UE). | 05-19-2016 |
20160143029 | BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A base station device is able to allocate the resources of multiple subframes to a terminal device by MSS, and thereby improve frame utilization efficiency. However, there is a problem in that the terminal device must attempt to detect control information every frame, leading to higher power consumption of the terminal device. Provided is a base station device that transmits a signal made of a frame made up of a plurality of subframes, the base station device including a PDCCH generation unit that at least generates data for indicating a resource allocation to a terminal device, and a PDSCH generation unit that at least generates data for indicating data of a higher layer, wherein the data for indicating a resource allocation at least includes data related to a number of subframes for allocating a resource of a plurality of subframes, and the data of a higher layer includes information related to a periodicity at which the data for allocating a resource of a plurality of subframes is transmitted. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143030 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING FRAME FOR SUPPORTING LEGACY SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SEARCHING CELL USING THE SAME - Disclosed herein are a method of transmitting a frame for supporting a legacy system, and a method and an apparatus of searching a cell using the same. A frame including a first frequency band for supporting a mobile communication system and a second frequency band for supporting a legacy system and having a total frequency band larger than the second frequency band is generated. Primary broadcasting information related to a frequency bandwidth is transmitted through a broadcasting physical channel of the second frequency band. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143032 | BASE STATION DEVICE, MOBILE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - Base stations in a system where a mobile station communicates with one of multiple base stations at each subframe using one of multiple UL-DL configurations include: a signal assigner and a separator. The signal assigner assigns signals to be transmitted to the mobile station, based on assignment information, the assignment information indicating assignment of subframes included in a UL-DL configuration that is configured to the mobile station, for each of the multiple base stations. Multiple subframes included in a UL-DL configuration are assigned to each of the multiple base station devices, for each DL/Sp/UL set made up of subframes correlated by a UL grant-PUSCH timing and a DL assignment(PDSCH)-HARQ ACK timing. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143034 | FREQUENCY RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION DEVICE - This frequency resource allocation method involves receiving, from each mobile station, channel quality information for each frequency resource and a determination result indicating whether or not data has been correctly received by the whole of the frequency resources allocated to that mobile station; for each mobile station, an allocation index for the allocation of frequency resources is calculated on the basis of the channel quality information and the determination result received from the mobile station, and frequency resources are allocated to each mobile station on the basis of the allocation index. To calculate the allocation index, a correction value based on the determination result is found for each of multiple groups into which the frequency resources allocated to that mobile station are divided, and then the allocation index is calculated on the basis of the correction value for each group and the channel quality information. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143035 | CARRIER SWITCHING METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present invention discloses a carrier switching method, a base station, and user equipment, where the method includes: determining, according to carrier switching capability information of user equipment UE, a carrier switching policy according to which the UE performs carrier switching; and sending carrier switching indication information to the UE, where the carrier switching indication information is used for indicating the carrier switching policy, so that the UE performs carrier switching according to the carrier switching policy. In the carrier switching method, the base station and the user equipment according to embodiments of the present invention, the UE having no carrier aggregation capability is enabled to dynamically perform switching between at least two carriers, so that quality of service of a service of the UE can be improved, user experience can be improved, and system performance can be improved. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143036 | HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST (HARQ) METHOD AND DEVICE IN A COOPERATIVE TERMINAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for a terminal to perform a hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) in a wireless access system that supports cooperative terminal communication includes allocating a second carrier from a base station through a first carrier, the first carrier being used for data transmission to the base station and the second carrier being used for data transmission to another terminal; receiving a preamble and configuration information on the second carrier from the base station; transmitting data to the other terminal in an uplink subframe of the second carrier on the basis of the received configuration information; and receiving acknowledgement (ACK) or non-acknowledgement (NACK) for the transmitted data from a downlink subframe of the second carrier related to the uplink subframe. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143037 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SETTING METHOD, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, AND PROGRAM - A base station includes a transmitter configured to transmit a downlink control information to a user equipment, the downlink control information being generated based on one of a first uplink allocation information and a second uplink allocation information, and a receiver configured to receive a first reference signal in a case where the transmitted downlink control information is generated based on the first uplink allocation information, and a second reference signal in a case where the transmitted downlink control information is generated based on the second uplink allocation information. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143039 | Methods and Devices for Controlling Resource Usage | 05-19-2016 |
20160143040 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING DATA BASED ON A COMBINED BANDWIDTH CONSUMPTION - A system, method, and computer program product are provided for sharing data based on a combined bandwidth consumption. In use, a first sharing action is received. Next, a first bandwidth consumption is received. Further, a second bandwidth consumption is received. Additionally, it is determined whether a combination of the first bandwidth consumption and the second bandwidth consumption surpasses a predefined threshold. Lastly, the first sharing action is conditionally allowed based on the determination. Additional systems, methods, and computer program products are also presented. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143042 | RADIO BASE STATION, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to avoid interference efficiently and control the amount of radio resources that are not used for interference avoidance, the present invention provides a radio base station connected to a neighbor radio base station via inter-radio base station interface. The radio base station has: a radio communication section that performs radio communication with a user terminal using a UL/DL configuration indicating a configuration of uplink and downlink subframes in a radio frame; an interference detecting section that measures and detects interference that the radio base station suffers from; and a selecting section that uses an interference detection result as a basis to determine which to apply to each subframe, between a resource allocation-unrestricted scheme and an inter-cell uplink/downlink orthogonalization scheme. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143043 | TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING BURSTY INTERFERENCE IN A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are described for wireless communication. A first method includes determining, at a user equipment (UE), that the UE is exposed to a bursty interference in a shared radio frequency spectrum band, and modifying, based at least in part on the bursty interference, a feedback message reporting by the UE to a base station. A second method includes determining, at a base station, that a UE is exposed to a bursty interference in a shared radio frequency spectrum band, and modifying, based at least in part on the bursty interference, one or more of: a link adaptation for the UE or a transmission schedule for the UE. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143044 | TERMINAL DEVICE, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT - In a wireless communication system in which channel state information is used, a mobile station device and a base station device efficiently communicates with each other. A subframe in a certain serving cell that satisfies references which include at least a reference (i) is regarded as being valid as a CSI reference resource. In the reference (i), in a case where information which is signaled on a PDCCH and that indicates a UL-DL configuration is detected, the UL-DL configuration is given by the information. In the reference (i), in a case where the information is not detected, the UL-DL configuration is the same as a UL-DL configuration that is indicated by a higher layer parameter. The reference (i): the subframe is a subframe that is indicated as, a downlink subframe or a special subframe, by the UL-DL configuration. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143046 | Maximization of Radio Resource Allocation For A Carrier Aggregated User Equipment - To schedule user equipments (UEs) in a scheduling period, for each of X cells in a carrier aggregation (CA) system relative priorities of data bearers are determined. Each data bearer is associated with a respective UE having buffered data and at least one of the UEs is a CA-UE that is allowed radio resource allocation to its associated data bearers in at least two of the cells. For each CA-UE, the buffered data of the CA-UE is distributed across those cells in which the CA-UE and its associated bearers are allowed resource allocation using a measure of total data throughput for each of those cells. For each of the X cells resources are allocated to the data bearers according to the relative priorities such that for each CA-UE the resources allocated to its associated data bearers across those cells are sufficient to carry the buffered data as distributed. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143047 | Scheduling and Admission of Radio Bearers in a Communications System Applying Carrier Aggregation - A method and a network node ( | 05-19-2016 |
20160143049 | WLAN AND LTE TIME DIVISION BASED SCHEDULING DEVICES AND METHODS - A device with concurrent long-term evolution (LTE) and WLAN uplink transmission includes a WLAN transceiver coupled to an LTE transceiver via an interface. The LTE transceiver includes an LTE Layer-1 module that determines whether an LTE data downlink activity is scheduled for an LTE downlink sub-frame of an LTE time frame, based on information in a first portion of the LTE downlink sub-frame. When determination is made that the LTE data downlink activity is not scheduled for the LTE downlink sub-frame, a message may be communicated through the interface to notify the WLAN transceiver that the second portion of the LTE downlink sub-frame is available for WLAN communication. The LTE time frame includes multiple LTE downlink sub-frames each including the first portion and a second portion. The first portion provides the information that indicates whether the LTE data downlink activity is scheduled for the second portion of that LTE sub-frame. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143050 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL | 05-19-2016 |
20160143052 | ADAPTIVE RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION OF CELLULAR AND DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, an apparatus comprising: at least one processor; and at least one memory including computer program code, wherein the at least one memory and the computer program code are configured to, with the at least one processor, cause the apparatus to perform at least the following: detect that a mode change is required; and in response to the detection that a mode change is required, select a mode for resource allocation, wherein the mode is selected based on a command received by the apparatus or the mode is selected from a plurality of modes which comprises a first mode and a second mode, and wherein in the first mode the cellular communication and device to device communication are separated in time, and in the second mode the cellular communication and device to device communication take place simultaneously. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143055 | SIGNALING ADAPTED CSI-RS PERIODICITIES IN ACTIVE ANTENNA SYSTEMS - A method in a network node is disclosed. The method comprises grouping a plurality of antenna ports corresponding to a plurality of channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS) into at least a first CSI-RS antenna port group and a second CSI-RS antenna port group, and determining, based at least in part on one or more criteria, a first transmission periodicity for the first CSI-RS antenna port group and a second transmission periodicity for the second CSI-RS antenna port group. The method further comprises transmitting, to one or more user equipment, the CSI-RS corresponding to the antenna ports in the first CSI-RS antenna port group according to the determined first transmission periodicity, and transmitting, to the one or more user equipment, the CSI-RS corresponding to the antenna ports in the second CSI-RS antenna port group according to the determined second transmission periodicity. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143056 | METHOD FOR PROTECTING OPPORTUNITY TO TRANSMIT DATA FRAME IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method for guaranteeing a data frame transmit opportunity in a wireless LAN system having three different transmission modes includes: setting a first transmission protection interval based on a lowest transmission mode, when a node of a mode having a lowest transmission rate among the three transmission modes exists in the wireless LAN system, aggregating a data frame to be transmitted within time of the set transmission protection interval, and transmitting the data frame; and setting a second transmission protection interval based on a mode having a highest transmission rate, when only nodes of a mode having a highest transmission rate among the three transmission modes exist, aggregating a data frame to be transmitted within time of the set transmission protection interval, and transmitting the data frame. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143057 | METHOD AND NETWORK NODE FOR MANAGING COLLISIONS - It is presented a method for managing collisions in a cell of a cellular communication network comprising a radio access network shared by a plurality of core network operators, each core network operator being associated with a priority. The method is performed in a network node and comprises the steps of: estimating a random access load in the cell by considering successful and failed random access attempts by wireless devices during an estimation period in the cell; determining a set of restrictions for wireless devices of a lower priority operator of the multiple core network operators based on the estimated random access load; and restricting random access in the cell according to the set of restrictions. A corresponding network node is also presented. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143058 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR ALLOCATING CLEAR CHANNEL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL USING SAME - The present invention relates to a wireless communication method for clear channel assessment and a wireless communication terminal using the same, and more particularly, to a wireless communication method and a wireless communication terminal for performing efficient clear channel assessment based on BBS identifier information of non-legacy wireless LAN information. To this end, provided is a wireless communication method including: receiving a radio signal of a specific channel; measuring a signal strength of the received radio signal; and determining whether the specific channel is busy based on the measured signal strength and BSS identifier information of the radio signal. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143059 | SYSTEMS, APPARATUSES, AND METHODS FOR PROCESSING RANDOM ACCCESS RESPONSE MESSAGES FOR COVERAGE CONSTRAINED DEVICES - Disclosed herein are methods, apparatuses, and systems for establishing lightweight communications between different network components. A messaging process is utilized which includes a random access procedure for a user equipment (UE) and an eNodeB, and a messaging sequence comprising a reduced number of messages (compared to a legacy Radio Resource Control (RRC) Connection messaging sequence) exchanged between different nodes of the network to establish a lightweight connection. These messages can be generated using any combination of pre-configured or pre-determined data specific to either the UE or to lightweight communications. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143060 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR - A communication control method according to a first aspect is used in a cellular communication system including a user terminal operating in either one of states, a connected state or an idle state. The communication control method comprises a step of performing, by UE | 05-19-2016 |
20160143061 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to provide a transmission device and transmission method with which a response signal for random access preamble transmitted from a preamble transmission device is efficiently transmitted, setting unit ( | 05-19-2016 |
20160143062 | Method, Apparatus and System for Random Access - A method can be used for facilitating a random access procedure between a first transceiver and a second transceiver within a cell. The first transceiver selects a signature sequence from a set of signature sequences, incorporates the signature sequence into a signal, and transmits the signal to the second transceiver. The set of signature sequences being obtained from a Zadoff-Chu sequence with zero correlation zone. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143063 | Enhanced RACH Design for Machine-Type Communications - An adaptive RACH operation is proposed for machine-type communications (MTC) in a 3GPP wireless network. The adaptive RACH operation is based on context information to reduce RACH collision probability, to control network overload, and to enhance system performance. The context information includes device related information and network related information. Device related information includes device type and service or application type. Network related information includes network load information and historical statistics information. Based on the context information, an MTC device adjusts various network access and RACH parameters by applying adaptive RACH operation in different levels. For example, in the application level and the network level, the MTC device adjusts its access probability or RACH backoff time for RACH access. In the radio access network (RAN) level, the MTC device adjusts its access probability or RACH backoff time, or transmits RACH preambles using adjusted RACH radio resources and preambles. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143064 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed is a method and apparatus for random access in a wireless communication system. In a communication environment in which a first terminal and a second terminal coexist, a base station receives a random access identification signal from one among a first terminal and a second terminal. The base station transmits a busy signal in response to the random access identification signal. After that, the base station receives data from the terminal having transmitted the random access identification signal. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143067 | Apparatus and Methods for Accessing a Data Network - A packet data network gateway, P-GW, is located in a second network for supporting user plane data to terminal devices in a wireless communications system that additionally comprises a first network having a first packet data network gateway, P-GW operably couplable to the P-GW. The P-GW comprises a processor arranged to: check a destination address of received packets from the first P-GW to determine whether the received packets are destined for any of the terminal devices, and in response thereto: extract one or more properties of said received packets if they are destined for any of the terminal devices served with user plane data; or discard said received packets if they are not destined for the terminal device(s). | 05-19-2016 |
20160143068 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFECTIVE PHYSICAL CELL IDENTIFIER REUSE - Systems and methods for allocating a physical cell identifier (PCI) to a cell are described. In one implementation, the method comprises identifying allocated physical cell identifiers based on PCI data and generating a near PCI list and a far PCI list based on the allocated PCIs and a RSRP threshold value. Further, the method comprises determining cell group IDs and a cell IDs from the near PCI list and the far PCI list. Further, the method comprises assigning the cell group IDs to a first bin and the cell IDs to a second bin. Further, the method comprises prioritizing the cell group IDs in the first bin based on effective distance and the cell IDs in the second bin based on an effective RSRP value. Further, the method comprises allocating the PCI, to the cell, determined based on the prioritized cell group IDs and the cell IDs. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143069 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MULTIPLE WI-FI DEVICES AUTOMATICALLY CONNECTING TO SPECIFIED ACCESS POINT - Methods and systems for multiple Wireless Fidelity (Wi-Fi) devices automatically connecting to a specified access point (AP) are provided. The method includes defining an encryption field in a beacon frame. The encryption field contains connection information of the specified AP defined by a vendor and each of the multiple Wi-Fi devices is from the same vendor. The method also includes assigning respectively a key that decrypts the connection information of the specified AP contained in the encryption field to each Wi-Fi device, and broadcasting the connection information of the specified AP contained in the encryption field of the beacon frame by any AP containing the encryption field. Further, the method includes decrypting the connection information of the specified AP contained in the encryption field of the beacon frame by the multiple Wi-Fi devices having the key, such that the multiple Wi-Fi devices are connected to the specified AP. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143070 | ZONE-BASED SECURITY ARCHITECTURE FOR INTRA-VEHICULAR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Systems and methods provide secure and wireless intra-vehicular communication. An intra-vehicular communication system has a secured network segment including a plurality of secure zones on a vehicle, the secure zones each having a plurality of node devices. The system also has a single point of security proximate each secure zone on the vehicle providing communication security for a corresponding secure zone, and a public network segment on the vehicle configured to wirelessly transport data traffic between the secure zones. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143073 | MOBILE DEVICE, METHOD AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR OPERATING MOBILE DEVICE - A method for operating a mobile device includes: receiving a first wireless signal from an external wireless signal transmitter, in which the first wireless signal comprises an identification code, and the identification code corresponds to the external wireless signal transmitter; sending a service request comprising the identification code to the information providing device to request the information providing device to provide a real-time information to the mobile device according to the identification code; acquiring communication information of the at least one target mobile device; and providing a second wireless signal to the at least one target mobile device, in which the second wireless signal comprises at least one of the real-time information and the identification code. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143074 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE RADIO COEXISTENCE MANAGEMENT - Direct device-to-device (D2D) communications may be coordinated to reduce interference to the sets of radios involved in the individual device-to-base station or device-to-access point communications for the individual devices of the D2D communications. Coexistence management plans for the individual devices may be used to determine a D2D coexistence management plan to reduce interference among the many communications, both for the D2D communications and for non-D2D communications of the individual devices. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143075 | SECURE, DISTRIBUTED HIERARCHICAL CONVERGENCE NETWORK - A facility for performing employing multiple frequencies in a secure distributed hierarchical convergence network is described. The facility receives a signal in a first frequency, converts the received signal to an internal representation, applies a business rule to the converted signal, and, when the business rule indicates that the signal should be transmitted in a second frequency, causes the internal representation of the signal to be translated to a second frequency and transmitted in the second frequency. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143076 | PROXY NODE AND METHOD - A proxy node includes reception logic operable to receive data from a first node for transmission to a second node over a communications link; determination logic operable to determine a selected proxy node from a group of proxy nodes, the selected proxy node being one of the group of proxy nodes where a difference in a communications link characteristic of a communications link between the proxy node, the selected proxy node and the second node and a communications link characteristic of a communications link between the proxy node and the second node falls within a threshold amount; and transmission logic operable to establish a rateless coded communications link for transfer of the data with the selected proxy node. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143077 | Cluster Head Selection in a Communications Network - There is provided cluster head selection in a communications network. A respective beacon signal is by a wireless device received from each one of at least one further wireless device. Each beacon signal comprises a cluster head capability metric. Each of the received cluster head capability metrics is compared to at least one qualifying criterion. One of the at least one further wireless devices is selected as the cluster head of the wireless device based on the comparison. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143078 | TERMINAL FOR SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND METHOD FOR OPERATING SAME - An embodiment of the present invention provides a terminal including a PDCP layer which relays a D2D-dedicated IP packet from an upper layer to a lower layer, an RLC layer which processes the received packet in adaptation to the radio channel condition and transfers the processed data to a MAC layer, and a MAC layer which selects, when D2D packet data come into being, resources for D2D link without requesting scheduling from the eNB and multiplexes the data received through D2D-dedicated logical channels, and an operation method of the terminal. Particularly, an embodiment of the present invention provides a novel MAC operation method of a terminal supporting D2D communication. | 05-19-2016 |
20160143080 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND BASE STATION APPARATUS - There is provided a communication control method of a first terminal device for causing the first terminal device and a second terminal device positioned in the proximity of the first terminal device to establish a direct communication path. The communication control method includes: a step of monitoring a signal which is transmitted from the second terminal device so as to allow a proximity terminal device to discover the second terminal device; a step of receiving the signal to detect that the second terminal device is positioned in proximity; a step of acquiring coverage information which is included in the signal and indicates whether or not the second terminal device is served in a LTE base station; and a step of detecting whether or not the second terminal device is served based on the coverage information. | 05-19-2016 |
20160149622 | System and Method for Multi-User Multiple Input Multiple Output Communications - A method for operating a communications controller in a wireless communications system includes scheduling a pair of user equipments (UE) located in different ones of a plurality of split beams using an appropriate code pair that produces the plurality of split beams for multi-user multiple-input multiple output (MU-MIMO) mode transmission, and transmitting data packets to the pair of UEs in accordance with the appropriate code pair. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149627 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA PACKETS OVER A TRANSMISSION CHANNEL SHARED BY A PLURALITY OF USERS - A method of transmitting data packets over a transmission channel shared by transmitters on the basis of a first unit of transmission of fixed length subdivided into second units of transmission of fixed length, includes: associating, at a first transmitter, for each packet to be transmitted at least two packet replicas with respective second units within a current first unit; generating, at the first transmitter, the replicas, in each of which signaling information is included, the signaling information indicating relative positions of the other replicas of the same packet within the current first unit with respect to the given replica; setting, at the first transmitter, a start timing for beginning transmission of the current first unit independently of the other transmitters of the transmitters sharing the transmission channel; and transmitting the replicas at respective timings in accordance with their association with the respective second units within the current first unit. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149628 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) REPORTING FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - Channel state information (CSI) feedback of common CSI components is discussed. An example user equipment (UE) includes a receiver circuit, processor, and transmitter circuit. The receiver circuit is configured to receive CSI configuration information for a plurality of downlink (DL) cells that indicates a first group of two or more of the DL cells and at least one CSI component designated for common reporting for the first group. The processor is configured to calculate a group value for each of the at least one CSI components designated for common reporting for the first group and selectively calculate, for each DL cell of the first group, individual values for any CSI components not designated for common reporting for the first group. The transmitter circuit is configured to transmit the group value for each of the designated CSI components and the individual values for any additional CSI components. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149629 | CSI FEEDBACK METHOD, UE SCHEDULING METHOD, UE, AND BASE STATION - The present invention discloses a channel state information (CSI) feedback method. The CSI feedback method includes: receiving, by user equipment (UE), a reference signal broadcast by a base station; performing channel estimation on a radio channel between the base station and the UE by using the reference signal, to obtain CSI and a channel quality parameter; adjusting the channel quality parameter according to a channel quality weight parameter, to obtain a channel statistic quality parameter; and when the channel statistic quality parameter exceeds a channel quality threshold, feeding back the CSI to the base station. In the present invention, because a channel quality parameter is dynamically adjusted by using a channel quality weight parameter, and it is selected, according to a result of comparing an adjusted channel statistic quality parameter with a channel quality threshold, whether to report CSI. UEs in a system can be evenly scheduled. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149630 | METHOD FOR DETERMINING PRECODING MATRIX INDICATOR, RECEIVING DEVICE, AND SENDING DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for determining a precoding matrix indicator, a receiving device, and a sending device. The method for determining a precoding matrix indicator includes: selecting, by a receive end, a precoding matrix W from a codebook based on a reference signal sent by a transmit end, where the precoding matrix W is a product of two matrices W | 05-26-2016 |
20160149631 | FRAME FORMAT FOR LOW LATENCY CHANNEL BONDING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods and apparatus for reducing latency in systems including legacy devices by transmitting legacy-decodable preamble information in each of multiple channels and for transmitting preamble information for channel estimation of a multi-channel transmission in gaps between the multiple channels. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149659 | Transmission and detection of overhead channels and signals in a wireless network - Techniques for transmitting and detecting for overhead channels and signals in a wireless network are described. In an aspect, a base station may blank (i.e., not transmit) at least one overhead transmission on certain resources in order to detect for the at least one overhead transmission of another base station. In one design, the base station may (i) send the overhead transmission(s) on a first subset of designated resources and (ii) blank the overhead transmission(s) on a second subset of the designated resources. The designated resources may be resources on which the overhead transmission(s) are sent by macro base stations. The base station may detect for the overhead transmission(s) from at least one other base station on the second subset of the designated resources. In another aspect, the base station may transmit the overhead transmission(s) on additional resources different from the designated resources. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149672 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal includes a transmission unit which transmits HARQ response information to transmission of a downlink-shared channel in one or more predetermined subframes based on resources of one or more uplink control channels. When a certain subframe in the predetermined subframes is a first subframe, a resource of an uplink control channel is given by an arithmetic operation using at least an initial value of a control channel element for use in transmitting a physical downlink control channel in the certain subframe and a first value configured by a higher layer. When a certain subframe in the predetermined subframes is a second subframe, a resource of an uplink control channel is given by an arithmetic operation using at least an initial value of a control channel element for use in transmitting a physical downlink control channel in the certain subframe and a second value configured by a higher layer. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149676 | Network Allocation Vector Improvement for Wireless Networks - A method of sub-channel independent network allocation vector (NAV) management by a wireless station (STA) in a wideband wireless communications system is proposed. In the wideband system having multiple sub-bands, each NAV for a corresponding sub-band is independently managed. The protection duration for each NAV is independent for each sub-band and the threshold or update rule for NAV modification is also independent for each sub-band. The threshold or update rule for NAV modification may also be different when the NAV is generated or propagated by an OBSS STA. Furthermore, early termination of NAV is allowed if the NAV is set by an OBSS STA only. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149677 | USER DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING DATA AND METHOD - A user device to transmit and receive data to and from an infrastructure equipment via a wireless access interface using a plurality of Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) subcarriers extending across at least a first bandwidth. The infrastructure equipment transmits repeatedly signals representing a same instance of user device payload data in a second bandwidth, the second bandwidth being less than and within the first bandwidth and including a subset of the OFDM subcarriers. The user device is configured to receive one or more of the signals repeatedly transmitted across the second bandwidth and to store in a memory signals representing the repeatedly transmitted signals received across the second bandwidth. The user device is also configured to combine the stored signals and to detect the user device payload data from the combined signals, the user device having been provided with an indication of the second bandwidth. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149679 | METHOD FOR DYNAMIC CSI FEEDBACK - Systems and methods for providing Channel State Information (CSI) feedback in a cellular communications network are disclosed. In some embodiments, a base station of a cellular communications network disables inter-subframe channel interpolation and/or filtering of CSI-RS estimates across subframes at the wireless device and receives one or more CSI reports from the wireless device that are generated by the wireless device with inter-subframe channel interpolation and/or filtering of CSI-RS estimates across subframes disabled in response to the base station disabling inter-subframe channel interpolation and/or filtering of CSI-RS estimates across subframes at the wireless device. In this manner, CSI feedback is improved particularly in embodiments in which the base station transmits a beamformed CSI-RS resource(s) and reuses the same CSI-RS resource(s) for different beams over time. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149680 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING PRECODING FOR ADAPTIVE ANTENNA SCALING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting a signal to a receiver by a transmitter in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes mapping one or more transmission steams to first logical antenna ports, mapping signals mapped to the first logical antenna ports to second logical antenna ports, and mapping signals mapped to the second logical antenna ports to physical antennas to transmit the signals mapped to the physical antennas to the receiver, wherein the number of the first logical antenna ports is less than or equal to the number of the second logical antenna ports and varies with a channel state between the transmitter and the receiver. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149683 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL BONDING IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS NETWORKS - To address the inefficiency and unfairness issues in channel bonding, a dynamic channel bonding protocol is presented in which a node is allowed to start a transmission as long as a narrow channel is available and gradually increase channel width during transmission whenever a new narrow channel becomes available. The protocol aggregates all available narrow channels as one wide channel, removing the need of setting guard bands between contiguous narrow channels. A challenge in dynamic channel bonding is the communication over uncertain channels. To enable fast spectrum agreement between transmitter and receiver, a partial spectrum correlation method is introduced. When new channels become available, multiple nodes may contend for them. A compound preamble is designed to make collisions detectable in the frequency domain and a parallel bitwise arbitration mechanism is used to quickly resolve the collisions in the time domain. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149685 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method for communicating over a wireless network is provided. The method includes receiving, at a Station (STA), a frame over the wireless network; if the frame is corrupted, determining if the frame requires acknowledgement; and if the frame requires acknowledgement, transmitting a Negative Ack frame (NAck). | 05-26-2016 |
20160149686 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT FOR INTEGRATING MULTIPLE RATS USING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND METHODS THEREOF - A base station, for integrating multiple Radio Access Technologies (RATs) using Carrier Aggregation (CA) inlcudes a WAN MAC entity, an adapter and a WLAN entity. The adapter is connected to one of a plurality of HARQ buffers and receives DL WAN MPDUs stored in the HARQ buffer, and converts the DL WAN MPDUs into a pluarlity of DL WLAN MPDUs. The WLAN MAC entity is coupled to the adapter, receives the DL WLAN MPDUs, wherein the WAN MAC entity respectively transmit the DL WAN MPDUs through transport channels, and the WLAN MAC entity transmits the DL WLAN MPDUs to be time-aligned with the DL WAN MPDUs. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149688 | SCHEDULING METHOD AND APPARATUS OF MULTI-ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FEEDING-BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR - Provided is a method for feeding back a channel quality indicator (CQI) by a terminal. The terminal receives, from a base station, at least one reference signal through at least one of multiple beams of the base station. The terminal measures a signal-to-interference plus noise ratio (SINR) for the at least one reference signal. The terminal determines a first level corresponding to the measured SINR among levels of a first CQI. In addition, the terminal feeds back the first CQI having the first level to the base station. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149743 | System and Method for Setting Cyclic Prefix Length - A method for communicating in a wireless communications system includes receiving a trigger frame comprising scheduling information and a cyclic prefix indicator indicating a first length of a first cyclic prefix, wherein the trigger frame is received in accordance with the first cyclic prefix, determining a second length of a second cyclic prefix for a transmission in accordance with the scheduling information and the cyclic prefix indicator, and transmitting the transmission with the second cyclic prefix. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149984 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR PROVIDING REMOTE TRANSCODING OF MEDIA DATA ON A VOIP SYSTEM - Techniques for providing remote transcoding of call media data on a communications network are disclosed. The techniques include a communication module receiving a call request from a first communication device, transmitting a call invite to a second communication device, receiving a response from the second communication device, determining a first media encoding requirement for media transmitted to the first communication device and a second media encoding requirement for media transmitted to the second communication device, and transmitting information regarding the first communication device, the second communication device, the first media encoding requirement, and the second media encoding requirement to a transcoding module operating on a computer server. The techniques include the transcoding module receiving first call media data from the first communication device, transcoding the first call media data, and transmitting the transcoded first call media data to the second communication device. | 05-26-2016 |
20160149985 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR END-TO-END RTCP - Systems, methods, and non-transitory computer-readable storage media for implementing real-time transport control protocol (RTCP) to obtain end-to-end session information. The system receives an RTCP extension that is associated with an RTCP packet in a communication session. The RTCP extension may include an instruction for transmitting RTCP data based on a triggering event. The RTCP extension can be configured to propagate along the communication session. Next, in response to the triggering event, the system can transmit the RTCP data to an address defined by the instruction as a destination address for receiving information associated with the triggering event. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150349 | System and Method for Downlink Machine-To-Machine Communications - An embodiment method for downlink machine type communications (MTC), includes receiving, at a base station, parameters including a geographic location related to a remote equipment (RE), receiving a predicate identifying the RE, determining a target zone in which the RE is located, determining a radio bearer associated with the target zone, and transmitting a data packet and the predicate by the base station on the radio bearer to a plurality of REs disposed in the target zone, the plurality of REs comprising at least the RE. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150391 | METHOD FOR DETECTING SEARCH SIGNAL FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE (D2D) COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for detecting a search signal of a first terminal for device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system. Specifically, the method comprises the steps of: receiving search signals from second terminals; and obtaining control information for D2D communication by carrying out blind decoding of the search signals, wherein a search space for the blind decoding consists of at least one virtual resource block (VRB) set configured on the basis of multiple physical resource block sets which are predefined such that the search signals are assigned thereto. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150460 | NETWORK ABSTRACTOR FOR ADVANCED INTERACTIVE SDN OPTIMIZATION - Methods and apparatus optimize settings of a wireless communication network via an abstractor. The abstractor receives an event sent by the wireless communication network. The abstractor receives one or more proposed settings from one or more optimizers of the wireless communication network. The abstractor transmits one or more predicted values to the one or more optimizers. The predicted values predict the effect that the one or more proposed settings will have on the wireless communication network. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150467 | NETWORK EDGE BASED ACCESS NETWORK DISCOVERY AND SELECTION - An edge device comprising access network discovery and selection function (ANDSF) features is disclosed. An edge device can be a device located at a logical edge of a wireless network. An edge ANDSF component can rank access network resources. The rank can be based on characteristics of an access network resource, a user profile, device resource demands, or a user behavior model. The user profile can comprise information facilitating pre-authentication of a device to an access network resource. Further, the user profile can be considered portable with regard to localized aspects of edge ANDSF components. The user profile provides improved ANDSF feature performance. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150468 | User Management Device, BNG, and BNG User Internet Access Method and System - The application discloses an Internet access method. The method includes receiving a first Internet access packet reported by a first BNG, the first Internet access packet carrying user information and information of the first BNG, and receiving the user's second Internet access packet reported by a second BNG, wherein the second Internet access packet carries user information and information of the second BNG. The method also includes recording, according to the user information, information of the first BNG and information of the second BNG in a BNG list to which the user belongs, and selecting, according to a preset policy, the first BNG from the BNG list. The method also includes delivering the user's forwarding information to the first BNG; and sending a response packet to the user, where the response packet is used to instruct the user to access the Internet by using the first BNG. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150500 | HIGH ACCURACY OFDMA DOWNLINK RTT MEASUREMENT - Methods and apparatuses are disclosed that may perform simultaneous ranging operations between a requester device and each of a plurality of target devices using OFDMA-based frame exchanges while maintaining a level of accuracy comparable to ranging operations that do not use OFDMA-based frame exchanges. Tone interleaving may be used so that the ranging devices may estimate channel conditions for the full frequency spectrum of the wireless medium. For example, a unique set of two or more non-adjacent groups of OFDM sub-carrier frequencies may be allocated to each of the plurality of target devices for ranging operations. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150505 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR MULTI-USER RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS - In an example of multi-user wireless communications, an access point may send a downlink frame, including a common field and a user specific field, to multiple stations. The common field and the user specific field are located in a header field called a high efficiency signal-B (HE SIG-B) field. The common field includes information for all of the stations. The user specific field includes multiple sub-fields. At least one of the multiple sub-fields is for each of the stations. The stations may decode their respective portions of the downlink frame based on the common field and their respective sub-field(s). Some or all of the stations may generate and transmit their respective uplink frames, for multi-user transmission such as OFDMA, based on the common field and their respective sub-field(s) included in the downlink frame. The downlink frame may be a trigger frame. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150506 | Compressed System Information for Link Budget Limited UEs in a Radio Access Network - Techniques are disclosed relating to broadcasting and receiving system information in a radio access network (RAN). In one embodiment, a base station includes at least one antenna, at least one radio, configured to perform cellular communication using a radio access technology (RAT), and one or more processors coupled to the radio. In this embodiment, the base station is configured to broadcast first system information blocks (SIBs) encoded using a first coding rate and a first identifier. In this embodiment, the base station is also configured to broadcast second SIBs encoded using a second coding rate that is lower than the first coding rate and a second identifier. In this embodiment, the second SIBs include only a portion of the information included in the first SIBs and the second SIBs are usable by user equipment devices (UEs) having a limited link budget to determine access parameters for the base station. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150508 | COMMON EPDCCH SEARCH SPACE - The present invention relates to a method for configuring a common search space in an Enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel for at least a first User Equipment and a second User Equipment, by means of a configurable Radio Network Temporary Identifier. The invention further relates to the corresponding transmitter and received implementing the method. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150509 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION - The present invention provides a method and a device for transmitting or receiving channel state information (CSI). According to the present invention, when a user equipment can be set with one or more CSI processes per serving cell, a CSI request field included in downlink control information for a specific serving cell indicates at least whether a non-periodic CSI report triggered by the CSI request field is triggered for a set of CSI process(es) set by a higher layer from among the CSI process(es) for the one serving cell. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150510 | INFORMATION CONFIGURATION METHOD, DATA RECEIVING METHOD, AND DEVICE - An information configuration method, a data receiving method, and a device are provided. A first network device configures a first resource set group of a physical downlink control channel set for user equipment, and configures for the user equipment, a second resource set group of a physical downlink control channel for retransmission, where the physical downlink control channel for retransmission is a physical downlink control channel for retransmission corresponding to downlink data indicated by a physical downlink control channel in at least one subset of the physical downlink control channel set. The first network device sends information about the first resource set group and information about the second resource set group to the user equipment. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150511 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A DOWNLINK SIGNAL IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present invention relates to a method for receiving a downlink signal at a terminal in a wireless communication system. In particular, the method comprises: receiving a control channel to be transmitted to a specific subframe via a first carrier; and decoding a data channel corresponding to the control channel to be transmitted to the specific subframe via a second carrier, using at least one parameter included in the control channel, wherein information on the orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) start symbol of data channels that are transmitted via each of at least one carrier allocated to the terminal is signaled through an upper layer. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150512 | Information Exchange Method, Base Station and Communication System - An information exchange method, a base station and a communication system. The information exchange method includes: transmitting, by a first base station to a second base station, resource coordination information for the coordinated multi-point transmission; or measurement coordination information for channel state information measurement; or resource management set coordination information; or spatial coordination information for multiple data stream transmission. Influence on CoMP transmission brought by non-ideal exchange latency may be reduced or eliminated. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150513 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR HOST CONFIGURATION - The embodiments of the present invention relate to the field of wireless communications technology, and specifically relate to a method and device for host configuration, used for solving the problem, in the prior art, of an eNB being unable to configure a host for a UE when establishing about corresponding to a certain resource identifier for the UE. The method of the embodiments of the present invention comprises: a network side equipment determining, according to a first correlation between a resource parameter configuration identifier and resource parameter configuration information, the resource parameter configuration information corresponding to the resource parameter configuration identifier for a user equipment; configuring a host for said user equipment according to the determined resource parameter configuration information. The network side equipment of the embodiments of the present invention can know, when establishing a host corresponding to a resource identifier, the resource parameter configuration corresponding to the resource identifier and thus configure for the UE a host corresponding to the resource identifier, improving system performance. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150514 | TRANSMISSION METHOD FOR MULTI USER IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK - Disclosed are multi-user transmission methods in a wireless local access network (WLAN). An operation method performed in a first station may comprise generating a physical layer convergence procedure (PLCP) protocol data unit (PPDU) including a legacy preamble, a high efficiency (HE) preamble, and a payload; and transmitting the PPDU. Also, the HE preamble may include a HE signal A (HE-SIG-A) field, a HE signal B (HE-SIG-B) field, a HE short training field (HE-STF), and a HE long training field (HE-LTF), and the HE-SIG-A field may include information indicating the number of symbols of the HE-SIG-B field. Accordingly, a performance of the WLAN may be enhanced. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150515 | TERMINAL RECEIVING RESOURCE BLOCK ALLOCATION AND METHOD THEREFOR - In a wireless communication base station device, a modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Dch data after coding to generate a Dch data symbol. A modulation unit carries out modulation processing for Lch data after coding to generate an Lch data symbol. An allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol and Lch data symbol to each sub-carrier composing an OFDM symbol and outputs the allocated sub-carrier to a multiplex unit. In this case, the allocation unit allocates the Dch data symbol to a plurality of resource blocks where one Dch is arranged at an interval equal to integral multiples of the number of resource blocks composing a resource block group. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150518 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONFIGURING DATA TRANSMISSION RESOURCE - Embodiments of the present invention disclose a method and a device for configuring a data transmission resource and relate to the communications field. The solution includes: configuring, by a network device, a first transmission resource and a second transmission resource for UE, and configuring, for the UE, a resource of a PUCCH corresponding to a physical downlink control channel in the second transmission resource; and receiving a PUCCH sent by the user equipment, and when the received PUCCH carries negative acknowledgement information, retransmitting, by using a PDSCH of the first transmission resource, the data carried in the PDSCH of the second transmission resource, and indicating, by using signaling of a physical downlink control channel of the first transmission resource, to the UE that the data transmitted by the PDSCH of the first transmission resource is retransmitted data carried in the PDSCH of the second transmission resource. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150522 | UPLINK RESOURCE MANAGEMENT DURING RADIO LINK CONTROL (RLC) TRANSMISSION WINDOW FULL STATE - The present disclosure presents a method and an apparatus for uplink resource management at a user equipment (UE). For example, the disclosure presents a method for uplink resource management at a UE by detecting that a radio link control (RLC) transmission window is full at the UE after acquiring high speed-random access channel (HS-RACH) resources, initiating a message from the UE to a network entity in response to the detection for triggering transmission of a status protocol data unit (PDU) from the network entity to the UE, and receiving the status PDU from the network entity in response to the transmission. The present disclosure may also include transmitting new PDUs or re-transmitting un-acknowledged PDUs to the network entity based at least on information received in the status PDU. As such, uplink resource management at a UE may be achieved. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150523 | REPORTING IDLE MODE EQUIPMENT DATA - In accordance with an example embodiment of the present invention, there is provided an apparatus such as for example a mobile or a base station, comprising at least one processing core configured to compile a message comprising information concerning resources used in a communication network, the at least one processing core being configured to perform a first determination, that a second user equipment is engaged in a device-to-device session with a first user equipment, the at least one processing core being configured to, responsive to the first determination, include in the message information concerning the second user equipment, and a transmitter configured to cause the message to be transmitted toward a network node. The message may comprise a resource usage report and/or charging report, for example. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150524 | ADAPTIVE UPLINK TRANSMISSION BASED ON CHANNEL PROFILING - Certain aspects of the present disclosure provide methods for adapting one or more parameters for uplink transmissions based on a channel condition profile. An example method generally includes obtaining, from a base station, feedback relating to one or more uplink transmissions sent from the UE to a base station (BS); generating, based on the feedback, a channel condition profile of one or more channels associated with the one or more uplink transmissions; and taking one or more actions, based on the channel condition profile, to adjust at least one of a power, code rate, or modulation scheme for one or more subsequent uplink transmissions. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150525 | LOW LATENCY PHYSICAL LAYER DESIGN FOR CONTENTION-BASED UPLINK CHANNELS - Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for latency reduction for UEs in a RRC connected mode. During contention-based uplink access by groups of UEs within a subframe, an eNB may decode the received uplink transmission based, at least in part, on the assigned group of resources assigned to the UE and used for transmission. Additional orthogonalization techniques such as reduced TTI size can be used to reduce collisions among different users performing contention-based transmissions. Furthermore, when the eNB fails to successfully decode the uplink transmission, the eNB may identify the UE that sent the uplink transmission based on a detected reference signal and may transmit an uplink assignment to the identified UE. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150526 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RADIO RESOURCES, AND RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATOR - A method in a radio resource allocator of a radio access network is disclosed. The network comprises at least one first layer and at least one second layer, the first layer is higher than the second layer; and the method in a first radio resource allocator of the first layer comprises: decides if a second radio resource allocator of the second layer in an autonomous mode or in a controlled mode for at least one portion of available radio resources; when the second radio resource allocator in the autonomous mode, allocates the at least one portion of available radio resources to the second radio resource allocator; when the second radio resource allocator in the controlled mode, allocates the at least one portion of available resources to radio resource users of the radio resource users of the second radio resource allocator and/or radio resource allocators of a third lower layer. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150528 | REPORTING OF CHANNEL PROPERTIES IN HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS - Rank indicator and channel quality indicator (CQI) estimation and reporting functionalities are discussed with regard to heterogeneous networks to reduce the number of inconsistent CQI estimates transmitted to an evolved node B (eNB), where the CQI is defined as inconsistent when the rank indicator, on which the CQI is conditioned, is from a different subframe type than the subframe on which the CQI is to be estimated. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150529 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and a user equipment (UE) are provided for transmitting uplink data in a wireless communication system. Uplink data is mapped to resource elements corresponding to a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) in a UE-specific aperiodic sounding reference signal (SRS) subframe. The UE-specific aperiodic SRS subframe includes a single carrier frequency division multiple access (SC-FDMA) symbol reserved for an aperiodic SRS. The aperiodic SRS is transmitted in the reserved SC-FDMA symbol when triggered by a base station. The uplink data is not mapped to the SC-FDMA symbol reserved for the aperiodic SRS regardless of whether the aperiodic SRS is transmitted in the reserved SC-FDMA symbol or not. The mapped uplink data is transmitted to the base station via the UE-specific aperiodic SRS subframe. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150530 | NETWORK CONTROL METHOD, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A network control method of a communication system into which a first node supporting a first radio communication standard, a second node supporting a second radio communication standard, the second node connecting with the first node, and a communication apparatus connected with the first node are formed, the network control method includes: transmitting a first control signal bound for the first node, associated with a first terminal supporting the first radio communication standard, to the first node; generating a second control signal bound for the first node, the second control signal including a third control signal bound for the second node, associated with a second terminal supporting the second radio communication standard, and a fourth control signal having a transmission instruction for transmitting the third control signal to the second node; and transmitting the second control signal to the first node, by the communication apparatus. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150533 | MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHODS - A communications device is configured to transmit and receive data via a wireless access interface provided by a mobile communications network. The wireless access interface provides a plurality of communications resource elements across a host frequency range of a host carrier, and providing a first section of the communications resources within a first frequency range for preferable allocation to reduced capability devices forming a first virtual carrier and, the first frequency range being within the host frequency range, and the wireless access interface includes a plurality of time divided sub-frames, and at least one of the sub-frames includes a control channel in a part of the sub-frame for communicating signaling messages to the communications devices and the reduced capability devices. The mobile communications network transmits first resource allocation messages to the communications devices to allocate one or more of the plurality of communications resource elements of the host frequency range of the host carrier and transmits second resource allocation messages to the reduced capability devices to allocate one or more of the first section of the communications resources within the first frequency range for preferable allocation to the reduced capability devices of the first virtual carrier, the first resource allocation messages identifying one or more of the communications resource of the host carrier allocated to the communications devices with reference to a first reference frequency of the host frequency band and the second resource allocation messages identifying the one or more communications resources of the first virtual carrier allocated to the reduced capability devices with reference to a second reference frequency within the first virtual carrier. As a result the amount of signalling information in the second resource allocation messages which is transmitted to the reduced capability devices to allocate resource in the virtual carrier can be reduced. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150535 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE - A wireless communication device for packet communication is provided. Based on an interfering wave level that is stored in carrier sense table, the number of empty slots for every threshold of interfering wave is obtained, and, in a case where the number of empty slots for the threshold exceeds a predetermined value, a slave station is notified the number of empty slots. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150536 | PARTIAL CHANNEL RESERVATION ON A SHARED COMMUNICATION MEDIUM - Systems and methods for co-existence between wireless Radio Access Technologies (RATs) employing channel reservation on a shared communication medium are disclosed. One or more channel reservation messages defined for a first RAT may be received to reserve the communication medium for a reservation duration, with the communication medium comprising a plurality of component channels. A first component channel may be determined among the plurality of component channels to be protected for operation of a second RAT in accordance with the one or more channel reservation messages. Communication via the first RAT may nevertheless proceed on a second component channel among the plurality of component channels during the reservation duration. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150539 | INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD, INFORMATION DETECTING METHOD AND APPARATUSES THEREOF AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An information transmitting method, information detecting method and apparatuses thereof and a communication system. The information transmitting method includes: transmitting, when control information is repeatedly transmitted over multiple subframes, a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or an enhanced physical downlink control channel (EPDCCH), by using one of candidate paths constituted by PDCCH or EPDCCH candidates carrying the control information over different subframes. In this embodiment, the candidate paths may be a subset of a set of all paths, hence, in performing blind detection by the user equipment, complexity of the blind detection may be lowered. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150540 | WIRELESS DEVICE FOR IMPROVING OPERATING EFFICIENCY - A wireless device and an associated wireless device are proposed. The wireless device includes a first receiving circuit, a second receiving circuit and a detector. The first receiving circuit is arranged to receive signals in a first band. The second receiving circuit is arranged to selectively receive signals in the first band or signal reception in a second band according to a first control signal, wherein the second band is different from the first band. The detector is arranged to detect existence of a transmission signal in the second band to set the first control signal. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150541 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING RESOURCES OF RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station of a wireless communication system determines an index of radio resource blocks to which a plurality of random access channels are allocated, and allocates the plurality of random access channels to locations of the determined index of the radio resource blocks such that the radio resource blocks of the plurality of random access channels have a symmetrical structure in available uplink radio resource blocks. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150542 | SCALABLE RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A device implementing the subject scalable radio frequency communication system includes one or more primary radio frequency integrated circuits (RFICs) and at least one secondary RFIC. Each of the one or more primary RFICs is configured to receive an intermediate frequency (IF) signal from a baseband processor, upconvert the IF signal to a radio frequency (RF) signal, and transmit the RF signal to one or more secondary RFICs. The secondary RFICs under each of the one or more primary RFICs are configured to receive the RF signal from the corresponding primary RFIC, phase shift and amplify the RF signal, and transmit the RF signal via a plurality of antenna elements. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150543 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT TO CONTROL A PROCESS AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT COMPRISING CONTROL CIRCUITRY - A base station can prevent deterioration of data channel application control accuracy due to influence of transmission power control to a control channel. In the base station, each encoding section performs encoding processing to an SCCH (Shared Control Channel) of each mobile station, each modulating section performs modulation processing to the encoded SCCH, an arranging section arranges the SCCH to each mobile station to one of a plurality of subcarriers which configure an OFDM symbol, and transmission power control section controls transmission power of the SCCH based on reception quality information reported from each mobile station. The arranging section arranges a plurality of the SCCH to be under transmission power control to one of the subcarriers so that combinations at resource blocks are the same. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150544 | System and Method for Link Adaptation - A method for operating a transmission point in a communications system includes receiving wideband feedback information at a first report rate, and receiving subband feedback information at a second report rate, wherein the first report rate is less than the second report rate. The method also includes performing dynamic rate selection for resource block groups (RBGs) of the communications system in accordance with the wideband feedback information and the subband feedback information. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150545 | Dynamic Resource Adaptation - In a cell where messages having a message type are sent without knowledge of radio frequency conditions for individual ones of user equipment within the cell, measured radio frequency conditions are accessed of multiple user equipment within the cell. Based on the measured radio frequency conditions, a minimum control channel coding rate is determined for a control channel for messages having the message type. Subsequent to a determination of the minimum control channel coding rate, transmission is caused toward all user equipment in the cell of the messages having the message type using the determined minimum control channel coding rate for the control channel. Methods, apparatus, computer programs, and program products are disclosed. The methods may be performed by a base station, self-organizing network server, or other apparatus. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150548 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Handling Co-Channel Cell Interference - Embodiments provide a method, an apparatus, and a system for handling co-channel cell interference, a base station and a user terminal. The method includes obtaining interference information of a non-serving cell; and sending the obtained interference information of the non-serving cell to a user terminal UE. Co-channel interference caused in the non-serving cell to the UE can be well suppressed or cancelled, and performance of the UE in demodulating a PDSCH can be better improved. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150549 | METHOD FOR DATA SCHEDULING AND POWER CONTROL AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - A method of operating a first terminal is provided. The method includes detecting a signal pattern according to motion of the first terminal by a sensor included in the first terminal, wherein the signal pattern corresponds to a pattern of wireless channel quality between the first terminal and a second terminal; predicting the wireless channel quality between the first terminal and the second terminal using the signal pattern detected by the sensor; and allocating a resource for transmitting data to the second terminal on the basis of the predicted channel quality. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150550 | DATA COMMUNICATION METHOD IN OVERLAPPING BASIC SERVICE SET (OBSS) ENVIRONMENT - Provided is a data communication method performed at a transmission node, the method including collecting a node list including nodes communicable with the transmission node, exchanging the node list with each of the communicable nodes, determining an allowance of a space recycling transmission to a reception node by determining that the transmission node is a corresponding node as an exposed node in response to an occurrence of a clear-to-send (CTS) timeout, and transmitting data to the reception node based on a result of determining the allowance of the space recycling transmission. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150551 | DYNAMIC CHANNEL QUALITY MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE IMPLEMENTED IN A WIRELESS DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO PRIORITIZE THE FORWARDING OF DOWNLINK DATA - A wireless digital communication system includes a base station in communication with a plurality of user equipment mobile terminals (UEs). The system prioritizes the forwarding of blocks of downlink data to designated ones of the UEs. The system employs adaptive modulation and coding (AM&C) to achieve improved radio resource utilization and provides optimum data rates for user services. Blocks of downlink (DL) data are received by the base station which requests downlink (DL) channel quality measurements only from those mobile terminals (UEs) with pending downlink transmissions. The UEs respond to the request by measuring and reporting DL channel quality to the base station, which then allocates resources such that the UEs will make best use of radio resources. The base station notifies the UEs of the physical channel allocation indicating the modulation/coding rate and allocated slots followed by transmission of blocks of downlink data which are transmitted to the UEs. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150552 | PRIORITIZED RTS-CTS RESOURCES - The disclosure relates in some aspects to dynamically reserving a channel for performing connection setup and/or communicating high priority messages. RTS-CTS resources may be statically associated with different functions and different priorities. The highest priority RTS-CTS resource (or one of the highest priority RTS-CTS resources) may be used to set up connections between devices and/or communicate high priority messages between devices. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150554 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING UNLICENSED FREQUENCY BANDS - Systems and techniques for managing the use of industrial-scientific-medical bands for cellular network communication. An apparatus comprises a processing system and a memory storing a set of program instructions. The processing system is configured to cause the apparatus to receive channel information from a UE reporting the control of an unlicensed band channel by the UE and cause the apparatus to schedule a communication session with the UE over the channel, with the channel being configured and activated as a component carrier. The apparatus may further request one or more user equipments (UEs) to report their wireless fidelity (WiFi) capability and request user equipments having WiFi capability to compete for the wireless medium and report occupation of the wireless medium in the form of a request to send command, to which the apparatus responds with a clear to send command. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150556 | TELEMATICS PROVISIONING METHOD - A telematics provisioning method is executed by a telematics multimedia system (TMS) center and a telematics unit (TMU), wherein the TMS center operates as a server, and the TMU is provided in a vehicle to communicate with the TMS center. The method includes executing multicast provisioning; operating a provisioning scheduler to form or write a provisioning schedule; transmitting a short message service (SMS) from the TMS center to the TMU after the provisioning scheduler operates; identifying whether the TMU executes provisioning based on the provisioning schedule of the SMS; if the TMU does not execute provisioning based on the provisioning schedule of the SMS, reforming, by the TMS center, the provisioning schedule; requesting, by the TMU that receives the SMS from the TMS center, provisioning to the TMS center according to reservation information of the SMS; and executing predetermined provisioning when the TMS center receives the provisioning requested from the TMU. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150558 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR STREAMING CONTROL DATA IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Interfacing between radio units in a base station in a mobile communication system uses a common public radio interface CPRI for streaming IQ data samples and control data arranged in lanes. A separate serial interface sRIO is now additionally used for transferring selected control data arranged in packets to a controller, the selected control data being streamed between other radio units via the common public radio interface. In the radio unit, the selected control data are arranged in packets to be transmitted via the serial interface, and, vice versa, the selected control data arranged in packets received via the serial interface are arranged in lanes to be streamed. Advantageously the control data of the streaming CPRI interface is seamlessly transferred to the controller via the packet based serial interface. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150559 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND NETWORK APPARATUS - A controller performs a mediation of an assigned radio resource such that the radio resource assigned to each of a plurality of other user terminals does not overlap each other, in a case where a transmission of user data is not performed among each of the plurality of other user terminals through D2D communication, and in a case where each of the plurality of other user terminals assigns the radio resource for transmitting the user data through the D2D communication. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150561 | Channel Configuration in a Wireless Network - According to some aspects, a base station may transmit a control message to a wireless device. The control message may comprise configuration parameters for a control channel associated with sets of resource blocks in one or more subframes of a plurality of subframes. The configuration parameters may indicate the one or more subframes in which the resource blocks of the control channel are configured. The configuration parameters may further indicate a starting symbol, such as an offset number of symbols, for the control channel and an associated downlink data channel within the one or more subframes. The base station may transmit, via the control channel, scheduling information for a packet. The base station may receive the packet and transmit an acknowledgement via a feedback channel beginning at the first symbol of a subframe in the plurality of subframes. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150562 | TRANSMISSION DEVICE - An amount of control information per subframe is reduced by keeping the amount of control information constant in both a case where multi-subframe scheduling is performed and a case where multi-subframe scheduling is not performed. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150564 | METHOD FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN IDLE STATE AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for random access in an idle state and a device. The method includes: sending, by user equipment (UE), a random access preamble to a evolved NodeB (eNB), and receiving a random access response message that is sent by the eNB according to the random access preamble; sending, by the UE, a first message to the eNB according to first uplink grant information; and receiving, by the UE, second uplink grant information sent by the eNB, and sending to-be-sent data to the eNB according to the second uplink grant information. According to the method for random access in an idle state and the device provided in the embodiments of the present invention, accuracy of uplink resource allocation is improved during random access of UE in an idle state. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150565 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method and a device for accessing a channel. The method includes: receiving a contention request frame transmitted by a first transmitting end device on M sub-carriers, where the M sub-carriers at least have two inconsecutive sub-carriers, and the contention request frame is modulated onto the M sub-carriers; according to the contention request frame, acquiring channel state information about the first transmitting end device respectively on the M sub-carriers, and determining channel state information about the first transmitting end device respectively on N sub-carriers, where the N sub-carriers are obtained by dividing all or a part of a system available frequency band, the N sub-carriers include the M sub-carriers, both N and M are positive integers, N>M and M>1; and performing allocation of a transmission sub-channel according to the channel state information about the first transmitting end device respectively on the N sub-carriers. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150566 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING ACCESS CONTROL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method and apparatus for performing access control in a wireless communication is provided. A user equipment (UE) receives an access control parameter and a backoff parameter from a network, and determines whether to apply the access control parameter or the backoff parameter based on applications. If it is determined to apply the access control parameter, the UE applies the access control parameter instead of the backoff parameter. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150570 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (PRACH), BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a method performed by a base station. The method comprises: generating and transmitting a Physical Random Access Channel (PRACH) configuration parameter for a User Equipment (UE); detecting a random preamble sequence and/or a corresponding PRACH resource set transmitted from the UE, so as to determine a type and/or a coverage enhancement level of the UE; and generating a Random Access Response (RAR) based on the type and/or the coverage enhancement level of the UE. The present disclosure also provides a method performed by a UE and correspondingly a base station and a UE. With the present disclosure, it is possible to increase resource utilization for LTE to support MTC UEs, improve frequency spectrum/energy efficiency, and reduce time/frequency resource conflicts between cells. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150571 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN MULTICARRIER WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - Methods and apparatus for random access in multicarrier wireless communications are disclosed. Methods and apparatus are provided for physical random access channel (PRACH) resource signaling, PRACH resource handling, preamble and PRACH resource selection, random access response (RAR) reception, preamble retransmission, and transmission and reception of subsequent messages. A method for maintaining an allowed multicarrier uplink (UL) random access channel (RACH) configuration set by adding an UL carrier to the allowed RACH configuration set provided that a triggering event occurs and performing a random access (RA) procedure using the allowed RACH configuration set. A method for sending data in multicarrier wireless communications by determining a set of available UL carriers and selecting an UL carrier from the set of available UL carriers. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150572 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER EQUIPMENT - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a base station, and user equipment, where the method includes: receiving bundling capability information sent by user equipment, where the Bundling capability information includes: information used to indicate that the user equipment has a capability of transmitting first data for M times, where M is a maximum quantity of transmission times that is supported by the user equipment for the first data, and M≧2; and performing transmission of the first data with the user equipment for N times according to the Bundling capability information, where N≦M. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150573 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPTIMIZING UPLINK RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL TRANSMISSION - Method and apparatus are disclosed for optimizing Random Access Channel (RACH) transmissions from wireless transmit/receive units (WTRUs) for multiple transmissions. A WTRU may initiate uplink transmission for a random access procedure using a configured time resource such that the uplink resources may be time shared by a plurality of WTRUs. The transmission time may be calculated on an absolute or relative basis. A backoff time may be applied before starting the uplink transmission. The backoff time may be WTRU-specific, WTRU group-specific, specified per access class and may be determined based on a priority basis. A scaling factor may be applied to the backoff time. A contention free allocation method may be used to determine the appropriate resource. The data may be transmitted with and without a preamble. The WTRUs may include machine type communication devices and may be grouped in accordance with a number of factors or characteristics. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150575 | POINT-TO-POINT AD HOC VOICE COMMUNICATION - A wireless communication device establishes voice communication between a supported user and a selected remote device supporting another user via a point-to-point wireless ad hoc network link. The device selects a particular remote device, establishes an ad hoc network link with the selected remote device, and communicates voice communication signals with the selected remote device. Selection can be based upon a user interaction with the device which specifies the particular remote device. The user interaction can include interaction with a graphical representation of the particular remote device presented in a graphical user interface. The user interaction can include an audio command received via an audio interface of the device. The device can include one or more headset devices, including a pair of headset devices which can be switched between providing audio signals to a single user to supporting communication between separate users via an ad hoc network link. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150576 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR RECONFIGURING A ROAMING MOBILE BASE STATION BASED UPON ITS LOCATION - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products for a mobile or roaming base station are described. An operating mode of a mobile base station is determined, based upon the mobile base station's current location and/or current mobility mode. The operating mode of the mobile base station is switched from a full base station functionality to a limited base station functionality, based upon the determining. A connection to a network is established by the mobile base station. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150580 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ENABLING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS USING PSEUDO-RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE - The present document presents a method and device for transmitting and receiving a signal by using direct communication (D2D communication) between terminals by using a pseudo-RACH procedure in a wireless communication system. A transmission terminal performing the method randomly selects one of a certain number of D2D communication signatures to transmit a first message through a resource randomly selected from among predetermined time-frequency resources to a base station, and receives a second message including control information for a D2D broadcast or groupcast signal transmission from the base station, wherein the transmission terminal uses control information received through the second message to transmit a third message including a groupcast signal or the D2D broadcast to one or more reception terminals. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150585 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION - The present disclosure relates to a method and an apparatus for performing carrier aggregation. The method includes the steps of: receiving an index of one or more secondary cells controlled by a first base station, and an index of one or more secondary cells controlled by a second base station; and performing the function of a primary cell by using one secondary cell from among the secondary cells of the second base station. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150587 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for performing communication by a cellular base station in a wireless communication system is provided. The method includes performing channel contention for occupying a channel of an unlicensed band, if the channel of the unlicensed band is occupied, the cellular base station transmits a first message including information about a time period in which the channel of the unlicensed band is usable, to at least one first User Equipment (UE) that performs communication in the channel of the unlicensed band using a first communication scheme, and communicating with a second UE using a second communication scheme different from the first communication scheme in the channel of the unlicensed band during a time period corresponding to the time period information. The second communication scheme corresponds to a cellular communication scheme, and the first message is transmitted to the at least one first UE based on the first communication scheme. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150590 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR INDICATING A MULTICAST SESSION TO USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN AN IDLE MODE - A system that uses a method for indicating a multicast session to a user equipment (UE) in an idle mode by a base station is provided. The method includes detecting availability of an enhanced multimedia broadcast multicast service (eMBMS) session and indicating the eMBMS session to the UE in a paging message. | 05-26-2016 |
20160150591 | SWITCHING DIVERSITY IN SCALABLE RADIO FREQUENCY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A system implementing switching diversity in a scalable radio frequency communication system includes a primary radio frequency integrated circuit (RFIC), a first secondary RFIC, and a second secondary RFIC. The first secondary RFIC is configured to receive a radio frequency (RF) signal from a device via antenna elements based on a first beam setting, and transmit the RF signal to the primary RFIC. The primary RFIC is configured to receive the RF signal; downconvert the RF signal to an intermediate frequency (IF) signal; transmit the IF signal to a baseband processor; receive, from the baseband processor, a control signal including a second beam setting; and transmit the control signal to the second secondary RFIC. The second secondary RFIC is configured to receive the control signal from the first primary RFIC, and receive the first RF signal from the device via second antenna elements based on the second beam setting. | 05-26-2016 |
20160156393 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MANAGING SPECTRUM RESOURCES, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160156395 | GROUPING BASED REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION FOR MASSIVE MIMO SCHEME | 06-02-2016 |
20160156400 | DYNAMIC ALLOCATION OF TRANSCEIVERS AND FREQUENCY CHANNELS IN MIMO SYSTEMS | 06-02-2016 |
20160156401 | DOWNLINK SIGNALING FOR PARTIALLY PRECODED CSI-RS AND CSI FEEDBACK | 06-02-2016 |
20160156428 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNALS, AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR RECEIVING REFERENCE SIGNALS | 06-02-2016 |
20160156437 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160156442 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-02-2016 |
20160156443 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL BY USING MODULATION ORDER OF INTERFERENCE SIGNAL | 06-02-2016 |
20160156444 | Signaling of Sequence Generator Initialization Parameters for Uplink Reference Signal Generation | 06-02-2016 |
20160156445 | MULTIPLEXING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-02-2016 |
20160156446 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR TERMINAL DEMODULATION IN RADIO MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR IMPLEMENTING THE SAME | 06-02-2016 |
20160156447 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING FEEDBACK ON CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160156449 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING PHYSICAL HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INDICATOR CHANNEL | 06-02-2016 |
20160156491 | MULTI-MODE INDICATION IN SUBFIELD IN A SIGNAL FIELD OF A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK DATA UNIT | 06-02-2016 |
20160156516 | MONITORING DEVICE, METHOD, AND MEDIUM | 06-02-2016 |
20160156565 | Sequence Number Update | 06-02-2016 |
20160156710 | PEER-TO-PEER SHARING OF NETWORK RESOURCES | 06-02-2016 |
20160157079 | USER TERMINAL, NETWORK APPARATUS, AND PROCESSOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157081 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY SIGNAL OF TERMINAL BETWEEN BASE STATIONS IN WIRELESS CELLULAR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157083 | CONNECTION CREATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157087 | METHOD AND HOST DEVICE FOR COMMUNICATING AMONG MULTIPLE DEVICES | 06-02-2016 |
20160157090 | Connection Method and Communication Device for Electronic Systems | 06-02-2016 |
20160157091 | Terminal Peripheral Control Method, M2M Gateway, and Communications System | 06-02-2016 |
20160157102 | METHOD, SYSTEM AND DEVICE FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE OF BASE STATION NODE | 06-02-2016 |
20160157103 | SHARING OPERATING FREQUENCY AMONGST WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157108 | METHOD FOR UE CANCELLING INTERFERENCE FROM NEIGHBOURING CELLS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157109 | CHANNEL STEERING FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157121 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157159 | NON-INVASIVE DIFFERENTIATED WIRELESS TRANSMISSION DETECTION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157164 | METHOD FOR TRANSITING STATUS OF NETWORK NODE UPON REQUEST OF USER EQUIPMENT IN MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY ENVIRONMENT, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157166 | METHOD OF MANAGING ACCESS OF AN UPLINK CHANNEL IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK INFRASTRUCTURE, COMPUTER PROGRAM, AND ELECTRONIC MODULE FOR IMPLEMENTING SAID METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157168 | STORING WI-FI AND CELLULAR TOWER DATABASE TO ASSIST CELLULAR NETWORK SYSTEM SELECTION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157170 | ACCESS NETWORK SELECTION CONDITIONED BY CELLULAR ACCESS TECHNOLOGY | 06-02-2016 |
20160157172 | METHOD OF SUPPORTING MOBILITY OF UE SUPPORTING/USING D2D COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157184 | POWER CONTROL METHOD FOR UPLINK CHANNEL, USER EQUIPMENT AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157188 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR UPLINK POWER CONTROL | 06-02-2016 |
20160157190 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ADJUSTING SOUND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION POWER | 06-02-2016 |
20160157192 | METHODS FOR POWER HEADROOM REPORTING, RESOURCE ALLOCATION, AND POWER CONTROL | 06-02-2016 |
20160157210 | OPTIMIZED MULTICAST ROUTING IN A CLOS-LIKE NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157212 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160157213 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157214 | EFFICIENT AND CONSISTENT WIRELESS DOWNLINK CHANNEL CONFIGURATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157215 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS BASE STATION, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157216 | INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT FOR DYNAMIC UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CONFIGURATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157218 | CSI FEEDBACK FOR MIMO WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS WITH POLARIZED ACTIVE ANTENNA ARRAY | 06-02-2016 |
20160157219 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-02-2016 |
20160157223 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157224 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157225 | Location Measurement Optimized Off-Channel Scanning and Grouping of Access Points | 06-02-2016 |
20160157228 | METHOD FOR SIGNALING UE CAPABILITY CHANGE AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157229 | Method to Determine the Starting Subframe Of Data Channel | 06-02-2016 |
20160157230 | TRANSMISSION PROTECTION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157231 | Method and Network Node for Providing Radio Resources for Radio Communication in a Cellular Network | 06-02-2016 |
20160157232 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157233 | OPERATING A WIRELESS SYSTEM IN AN UNLICENSED BAND | 06-02-2016 |
20160157234 | ACCESS LINE BONDING AND SPLITTING METHODS AND APPARATUS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157235 | Carrier Configuration Method, Base Station, and User Equipment | 06-02-2016 |
20160157238 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DETERMINING TRANSMISSION POWER OF PREAMBLE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157239 | DEVICE CENTRIC DISTRIBUTED RE-ENABLING OF BACKGROUND APPLICATION DATA COMMUNICATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157240 | METHOD OF CONTROLLING TRAFFIC IN A CELLULAR NETWORK AND SYSTEM THEREOF | 06-02-2016 |
20160157242 | RADIO CHANNEL ALLOCATION FOR WIRELESS INTERFACE USING ULTRA LOW POWER NODES | 06-02-2016 |
20160157243 | NETWORK ASSISTED INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157244 | INTERFERENCE MITIGATION THROUGH CARRIER AGGREGATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157246 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157247 | Method, Network Node, Computer Program and Computer Program Product for Assisting Downlink Interference Estimation | 06-02-2016 |
20160157248 | SUBFRAME CONFIGURATION FOR PERFORMING UL-DL INTERFERENCE MEASUREMENT IN GUARD PERIOD OF SPECIAL SUBFRAME FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157249 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ENHANCING SIGNAL PROCESSING IN A SHARED MEDIUM NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157250 | METHODS FOR MONITORING PAGING MESSAGES WITH REDUCED POWER CONSUMPTION AND COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUSES UTILIZING THE SAME | 06-02-2016 |
20160157252 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS CONTROL WITH SERVICE AWARE OPTIMIZATION IN A SELF-ORGANIZING NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157254 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROL INFORMATION RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157255 | Data scheduling method, apparatus, base station, and system | 06-02-2016 |
20160157256 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING PROHIBIT TIMER FOR SCHEDULING REQUEST (SR) IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157257 | BASE STATION AND SCHEDULING METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157258 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL | 06-02-2016 |
20160157260 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN PEER TO PEER COMMUNICATIONS DEVICES AND/OR SYSTEMS RELATING TO RATE SCHEDULING, TRAFFIC SCHEDULING, RATE CONTROL, AND/OR POWER CONTROL | 06-02-2016 |
20160157261 | Scheduling and Processing Method and Apparatus for WiFi Station | 06-02-2016 |
20160157264 | Increased network throughput with CCA level enhancement | 06-02-2016 |
20160157265 | METHOD FOR CALCULATING AND REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157267 | System and Method for Beam-Based Physical Random-Access | 06-02-2016 |
20160157268 | INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK AND METHOD | 06-02-2016 |
20160157269 | METHOD FOR ADAPTING A LINK FOR SELECTING A FRAME TRANSMISSION MODE AND CORRESPONDING WI-FI ACCESS POINT | 06-02-2016 |
20160157270 | METHOD FOR IMPLEMENTING AUTONOMOUS MANAGEMENT OF RADIO RESOURCES ACROSS DUAL NETWORKS | 06-02-2016 |
20160157271 | Method for Randomly Accessing Network, Terminal, and Base Station | 06-02-2016 |
20160157272 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR TRANSMITTING INFORMATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157277 | A METHOD FOR SIGNALING IN A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATIONS NETWORK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157281 | CONSOLIDATION OF MANAGEMENT COMMUNICATIONS IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT | 06-02-2016 |
20160157284 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION LINK | 06-02-2016 |
20160157287 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSRECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157290 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING CAUSE VALUE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-02-2016 |
20160157291 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, USER TERMINAL, PROCESSOR, STORAGE MEDIUM, AND BASE STATION | 06-02-2016 |
20160157292 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, USER TERMINAL, AND PROCESSOR | 06-02-2016 |
20160157293 | Method to Provide Dual Connectivity Using LTE Master eNodeB and Wi-Fi Based Secondary eNodeB | 06-02-2016 |
20160157294 | Discontinuous Transmission for a Mobile Phone Network Node | 06-02-2016 |
20160157295 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, METHOD, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND DEVICE | 06-02-2016 |
20160164578 | GENERATING PRECODERS FOR JOINT TRANSMISSION FROM MULTIPLE TRANSMISSION POINTS TO MULTIPLE USER EQUIPMENTS IN A DOWNLINK COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION/RECEPTION COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - There is provided generating precoders for joint transmission (JT) in a downlink coordinated multi-point transmission/reception (DL COMP) wireless communications system. The system includes a plurality of transmission points (TPs) operable to communicate with a plurality of user equipments (UEs). Each UE has one of the TPs as its serving TP. The method includes transmitting channel state information (CSI) from each UE to its serving TP, wherein the transmitted CSI includes precoder matrix indicators (PMI), and using the PMI to generate precoders for transmission of data from the plurality of TPs to the plurality of UEs. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164581 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BY USING SPATIAL MODULATION SCHEME IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM - The present invention provides methods for transmitting and receiving data and control signals by applying a spatial modulation scheme to a wireless access system, and devices for supporting same. The method whereby a transmitter transmits data signals by using a spatial modulation (SM) scheme in a wireless access system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, may comprise the steps of: selecting two or more transmission antennas for transmitting the data signals; deriving data bit strings for selecting the two or more transmission antennas; configuring the data signals by using the SM scheme on the basis of the data bit strings; and transmitting the configured data signals via the selected two or more transmission antennas. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164584 | Method for Precoding Using a Block Diagonal Matrix - An objective problem of the invention is to provide a mechanism for improving the performance of a radio access network. According to a first aspect of the present invention, the object is achieved by a method in a first node for adapting a multi-antenna transmission to a second node over an effective channel. The first node and the second node are comprised in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of obtaining at least one symbol stream and determining a precoding matrix having a block diagonal structure. The method comprises the further steps of precoding the at least one symbol stream with the determined precoding matrix, and transmitting the at least one precoded symbol stream over the effective channel to the second node. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164586 | NON-LINE OF SIGHT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND METHOD - A non-line of sight backhaul system and method are described that provides self-alignment of the antennas beams of the wireless radios of the system, that provides robust operation in licensed and unlicensed frequency bands, that facilitates the use of a reduced number of frequency channels from M to 1 and that enables operation in a non-line of sight (NLOS) propagation environment. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164589 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting CSI in a wireless communication system, the method comprising: a step for configuring a plurality of serving cells; and a step for reporting the CSI of only one serving cell in a corresponding subframe, wherein the step for reporting the CSI of only one serving cell comprises: excluding reporting the CSI of a lower priority when CSI reports of the plurality of serving cells in the corresponding subframe collide; and excluding reporting the CSI of serving cells other than the serving cell having the smallest index when the CSI reports of different serving cells having the same priority in the corresponding subframe collide. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164591 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, UE AND SYSTEM - A method for feeding back channel state information, applicable to a coordinated multi-point (CoMP) transmission system, the method includes; arranging more than one piece of channel state information in a source bit domain by way of concatenating the more than one piece of channel state information in a bit domain; performing corresponding processing and mapping to a resource of the arranged more than one piece of channel state information; and transmitting the processed and mapped more than one piece of channel state information to the network side of the CoMP transmission system, wherein the more than one piece of channel state information are arranged in the source bit domain in an order of the configured channel state information. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164593 | ANTENNA COMBINING FOR MASSIVE MIMO SCHEME - In this disclosure, methods for antenna combining to meet the pilot requirement of the massive MIMO system, and apparatuses for the same are provided. In a user equipment (UE) perspective of view, the UE transmits first pilot signals via each of multiple antennas of the UE, and receives antenna combining information from a base station. Here, the antenna combining information combines the multiple antennas into one or more antenna groups based on the first pilot signals, and each of orthogonal sequences is allocated to each of the antenna groups. The UE transmits second pilot signals using the allocated orthogonal sequences for each of the antenna groups. The second pilot signals can be used for estimating downlink channel from the base station to the UE. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164644 | POWER CONTROL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION ON SHARED BANDS - There is provided, for example, an apparatus, which is caused to select a transmission power configuration for a communication with at least one user terminal taking place on component carriers of a carrier aggregation configuration within a shared band, wherein the selection is between a low transmission power configuration applying a transmission power below a predetermined power threshold without a listen-before-talk approach and a high transmission power configuration applying a transmission power of at least the predetermined power threshold; and upon detecting that the selected transmission power configuration needs to be informed, cause an indication of the selected transmission power configuration to the at least one user terminal and at least one secondary cell. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164649 | EFFICIENT SIGNALING OF COMMON REFERENCE SIGNAL SHIFTS AND PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL REGION MISMATCH IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION - Information about a set of cells potentially taking part in coordinated multipoint transmission is obtained, information about at least one of reference signal configuration and data region size configuration for each of the set of cells is obtained, further an indication of which of the reference signals configuration and the data region size configuration should be assumed in resource mapping for data is obtained, and data according to the resource mapping is received. Information about at least one of reference signal configuration and data region size configuration for each cell of a set of cells potentially taking part in coordinated multipoint transmission is provided, and an indication of which of the reference signals configuration and the data region size configuration should be assumed in resource mapping for data is provided. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164650 | COORDINATED SET SELECTING METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a coordinated set selecting method and device, which are applicable to a wireless communication system. The coordinated set selecting method comprises the following steps: determining a transmission manner adopted by a wireless communication system, the transmission manner being joint processing or coordinated scheduling/beamforming; and, directed to the transmission manner adopted by the wireless communication system, selecting a coordinated set according to a coordinated set selecting mechanism adapting to the transmission manner. According to the technical solution of the present invention, by considering transmission characteristics of different transmission manners, a reasonable coordinated set is selected to perform coordinated multi-point transmission. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164652 | WIRELESS DEVICE, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIA FOR MULTIPLY-USER REQUEST-TO-SEND AND CLEAR-TO-SEND AND UPLINK ACK PROTECTION IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORK - Wireless device, method, and computer readable media for multi-user request-to-send and clear-to-send and uplink ACK protection in a high efficiency wireless local-area network are disclosed. A high-efficiency (HE) wireless local-area network (HEW) master device may include circuitry configured to generate a multi-user (MU) RTS packet for a plurality of stations (STAs), the RTS packet to include an indication of an address for each of the plurality of STAs. The circuitry may be further configured to transmit the MU-RTS to the plurality STAs and transmit data to one or more of the plurality of STAs in accordance with at least from the following group orthogonal frequency division multi-user (OFDMA) and multi-user multiple-input multiple-output (MU-MIMO). The circuitry may be configured to receive acknowledgements from the one or more of the plurality of STAs. A HEW device may set a deferral duration in an uplink transmission to enable a HEW master device to send an acknowledgement. | 06-09-2016 |
20160164653 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, TRANSMITTING METHOD, AND RECEIVING METHOD - Disclosed is a base station apparatus which allows an idle mode UE, in a small cell using S-NCT, to recognize the small cell and to receive a DCI. The base station apparatus is configured to use a carrier configuration which has no region for mapping a PDCCH and in which an EPDCCH is mapped in a data region. The base station apparatus includes: master information generating section | 06-09-2016 |
20160164707 | OFDM SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND APPARATUS - An orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) signal transmission apparatus which transmits OFDM signals by using a plurality of transmission antennas includes a subcarrier setting device which sets signals for subcarriers so as to use some of the subcarriers of the OFDM signals as pilot subcarriers to transmit pilot signals and use the remaining subcarriers as data subcarriers to transmit data signals, the subcarrier setting device changing polarities of signals for the pilot subcarriers for each transmission antenna. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165063 | Enhanced Landline Telephone System With Mobile Telephone Functions - An enhanced landline telephone system for sending and receiving audible and data messages on landline, mobile phone, and wide area networks includes a landline telephone apparatus in data communication with a packet switch network. The packet switch network is configured to selectively communicate with a landline telephone, a mobile telephone, and a computer connected to the wide area network. The landline telephone apparatus includes a SMS module, a processor, and a memory in data communication with processor and SMS module. The memory includes programming and data structures configured to store data messages and audio/visual data associated therewith. There is programming that when executed by the processor causes the processor to deliver entered data messages to the packet switch network for delivery to target recipients on a respective landline, mobile phone, or wide area network, respectively. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165378 | RAN OVERLOAD CONTROL FOR M2M COMMUNICATIONS IN LTE NETWORKS - In a 3GPP LTE-A support for Mobile Type Communications, that is, M2M communications scheme, improvements of the random access are necessary to prevent random channel overload. Enhanced back | 06-09-2016 |
20160165458 | Communication Method and Apparatus - According to a communication method and a base station that are provided in embodiments of the present invention, the base station transmits a broad beam that covers a sector of the base station and narrow beams whose coverage areas completely fall within a coverage area of the broad beam, which implements that under a premise that a coverage area of the sector of the base station maintains unchanged by using the broad beam, enhanced coverage of the sector is further achieved by using the narrow beams, thereby improving spectral efficiency. In the solutions, a sector coverage area of the broad beam transmitted by the base station still maintains unchanged, and therefore, a coverage relationship between sectors is not affected. In addition, neither an additional site backhaul resource nor additional standardization support is required in the solutions. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165483 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING PPDU IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME - A method and device for receiving a data block in a wireless communication system, the method performed by a receiver. The method includes: receiving a physical layer protocol data unit (PPDU) from a transmitter over an operating channel, the PPDU including a signal field, a Very High Throughput-Signal-A (VHT-SIG-A) field, a Very High Throughput-Signal-B (VHT-SIG-B) field and a padded data block, generating a first data block by removing zero or more physical padding bits from the padded data block in a physical layer; and generating a second data block by removing zero or more Medium Access Control (MAC) padding bits from the first data block in a MAC layer. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165494 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PROVIDING COLLABORATIVE NEIGHBOR MANAGEMENT IN A NETWORK ENVIRONMENT - A method is provided in one example embodiment and may include populating a neighbor list including one or more neighbors for a cell radio using neighbor information gathered for the cell radio; receiving a detected set measurement report from a user equipment (UE), wherein the measurement report includes, at least in part, one or more primary scrambling codes (PSCs) for one or more other neighbors detected by the UE; and updating the neighbor list to include one or more of the other neighbors based, at least in part, on whether any of the one or more PSCs received in the measurement report are included in the previously gathered neighbor information. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165519 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR EFFICIENT ACCESS POINT DISCOVERY - Systems, methods, and devices provide for efficient access point discovery. One implementation generates a wireless frame to include a first indication of a service set identifier of the access point, and a second indication of a format of the first indication. The frame is then transmitted on a wireless medium. In some aspects, the first indication is a hash of a service set identifier of the access point, for example, a cyclic redundancy check (CRC) value of the service set identifier. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165549 | Data Frame Sending Method and Apparatus, and Data Frame Receiving Method and Apparatus - The present invention provides a data frame sending and receiving method and apparatus. The data frame sending method includes: receiving, by a first access point, first interference power parameters fed back by associated stations of the first access point, and receiving second interference power parameters sent by a second access point; if determining that a channel on which the first access point works is currently being occupied by the second access point, determining to-be-scheduled stations and transmission powers of the first access point for the to-be-scheduled stations, sending scheduling indication signaling at the determined transmission powers, and receiving scheduling indication response signaling sent by a schedulable station; and sending a data frame to the schedulable station at a transmission power corresponding to the schedulable station among the determined transmission powers. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165556 | Reporting Power Headroom for Aggregated Carriers - A method for reporting power headroom-related information for a plurality of aggregated carriers. The method includes reporting in a bitmap the power headroom-related information for a number of the aggregated carriers that is less than or equal to the total number of aggregated carriers, wherein the power headroom-related information is one of a power headroom for at least one of the aggregated carriers and a path loss for at least one of the aggregated carriers. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165575 | TRANSMIT ANTENNA DIVERSITY SCHEME - Methods, systems, and devices are described for mapping, by a UE, uplink transmissions to one or more antennas of the UE. In one aspect, a UE may receive an uplink resource allocation identifying a set of resource blocks (RBs) from a base station. The UE may map subsets of the set of RBs to one or more of a plurality of antennas of the UE and transmit one or more uplink transmissions, using the subsets of the set of resource blocks, on the one or more antennas based at least in part on the mapping. Additionally, in some aspects, the UE may determine channel characteristics or CSI associated with the downlink from the base station and base the mapping of subsets of RBs to one or more antennas of the UE on the determined channel characteristics/CSI. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165577 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR DOWNLINK SHARED CHANNEL TRANSMISSION FOR MTC USING CONVOLUTIONAL CODING - Systems and methods for transmitting and receiving downlink shared channel (DL-SCH) transmissions encoded with convolutional codes are disclosed herein. User equipment (UE) may be configured to communicatively couple to an Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN) Node B (eNB). The UE may be configured to transmit and receive machine-type communication (MTC). The eNB may determine that the UE is an MTC UE. The eNB may use a convolutional code typically used for encoding control channel transmission to encode the DL-SCH transmissions. The DL-SCH may be transmitted over a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) or may be transmitted over a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) or enhanced PDCCH (EPDCCH). Downlink control information (DCI) may be transmitted before the DL-SCH and may include information that can be used to decode the DL-SCH. Alternatively, the DL-SCH may be transmitted without first transmitting DCI. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165580 | METHOD OF PERFORMING MEASUREMENT AT UE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREOF - A method of performing measurement at a user equipment (UE) in a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes receiving channel status information-reference signals (CSI-RSs) for channel status information feedback from plurality of transmission points (TPs), performing radio resource management (RRM) measurement based on the CSI-RSs, and selecting one or more TPs for receiving a signal from among the plurality of TPs based on the result of measurement. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165581 | Control Channel in a Wireless Device and Wireless Network - A wireless device at least demodulates, descrambles and decodes a first control signal to generate a first signal. The wireless device processes the first signal by at least encoding, scrambling, modulating and scaling the first signal. The wireless device subtracts the processed first signal from received signals to generate a second signal. The wireless device at least demodulates, descrambles and decodes the second signal to generate a physical broadcast message. The wireless device determines a plurality of system parameters of a base station employing the physical broadcast message. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165582 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication apparatus and a communication method capable of suppressing an increase of bits used for a request to send a reference signal and flexibly setting a resource used for sending a reference signal. In a base station, a transmission processing unit transmits, in one of a plurality of formats, control information containing a request to send a sounding reference signal (A-SRS), and a reception processing unit receives the transmitted A-SRS using the resource specified by the format of the transmitted control information. Then, the plurality of formats is associated with each different SRS resource by a setting unit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165583 | HIERARCHICAL BEAMFORMING METHOD AND BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT USING THE SAME - The present disclosure proposes a hierarchical beamforming method and a base station and a user equipment using the same. The method includes following steps. A network entry procedure is performed via a plurality of coarse beams by using a superframe header of a superframe corresponding to each of the coarse beams. In response to a success message associated with the network entry procedure being received, a network entry done message is transmitted by using a preferred coarse beam among the coarse beams. A user equipment (UE) connection is performed via a plurality of fine beams within a direction range of the preferred coarse beam, so as to determine a preferred fine beam by using a frame header of a basic frame corresponding to each of the fine beams, and perform a data packet transmission by using a packet transmission block of the basic frame corresponding to the preferred fine beam. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165584 | FACILITATION OF MOBILE DEVICE RESOURCE OPTIMIZATION - A more efficient mobile device can be achieved via an optimization process based on display screen dormancy. Application data transmissions can be throttled based on a screen-on or screen-off status of a mobile device. Furthermore, an application management platform can be used to prioritize application data transmissions based on data associated with each application's packet transmissions. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165585 | NETWORK APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - eNB 200 sets discovery resources that are radio resources used for transmission or reception of a discovery signal for performing the D2D communication. The eNB 200 controls a quantity (time length) of the discovery resources based on information on UE 100 existing in a target area that is a setting target area of the discovery resources. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165586 | ACCESS POINT APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING NEXT GENERATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK AND METHOD OF OPERATING THE ACCESS POINT APPARATUS - Disclosed are an access point apparatus for configuring a next generation wireless communication and a method of operating the access point apparatus. The access point apparatus for configuring the next generation wireless communication may include a verification unit to verify a first available band associated with at least one of a first band and a second band; and a configuration unit to configure a backbone network with another access point apparatus positioned within a predetermined distance, through the verified first available band. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165589 | TRIGGER FRAME FORMAT FOR ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) COMMUNICATION - One or more trigger frames are generated at a first communication device to trigger an uplink orthogonal frequency multiple access (OFDMA) transmission by multiple second communication devices. Each of the one or more trigger frames (i) includes an indication of a trigger type and (ii) is formatted according to the indicated trigger type. The first communication device transmits the one or more trigger frames to the multiple second communication devices. The first device then receives the triggered uplink OFDMA transmission that includes respective transmissions from the multiple second communication devices. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165590 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INFORMATION TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - According to one embodiment, a method for transmitting, by a user equipment (UE), information in a wireless communication system includes: determining a first information sequence based on a first cyclically shifted base sequence and a first orthogonal sequence by using a first physical uplink control channel (PUCCH) resource for a first antenna, wherein the first PUCCH resource is obtained based on a channel control element (CCE) index related to a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) and a parameter configured by a higher layer; determining a second information sequence based on a second cyclically shifted base sequence and a second orthogonal sequence by using a second PUCCH resource for a second antenna, wherein the second PUCCH resource is obtained by adding an offset to the first PUCCH resource; transmitting the first information sequence via the first antenna; and transmitting the second information sequence via the second antenna. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165593 | CONTROL CHANNEL SIGNALING USING A COMMON SIGNALING FIELD FOR TRANSPORT FORMAT, REDUNDANCY VERSION, AND NEW DATA INDICATOR - New control signaling is associated to a protocol data unit conveying user data in a mobile communication system and to the control channel signal. A mobile station and a base station and their respective operation are described in view of the newly defined control channel signals. To reduce the control channel overhead, a common field is defined for the transport format and redundancy version in the control channel information format. According to one approach, the common field is used to jointly encode transport format and redundancy version therein. According to another aspect, one shared field is provided on the control channel signal that indicates either a transport format or a redundancy version depending on whether the control channel signal relates to an initial transmission or a retransmission. In another embodiment, further enhancements to an HARQ protocol address certain error cases. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165594 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention pertains to a terminal device, which, when ARQ is used for communication that uses an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands associated with the uplink unit band, and when a transmission mode that supports up to 2 TB in a PCell is set in the terminal, is capable of reducing the amount of signaling from a base station while eliminating a lack of PUCCH resources when semi-permanent scheduling (SPS) is used in the PCell. A control unit in this device selects one value among values obtained by adding 1 to four PUCCH resource indexes, which have been preset for PUCCH resource 1 by the base station, on the basis of values for transmission power control information (TPC command for PUCCH) in a PDCCH, for which notification has been received at the start of SPS. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165595 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REPORTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR MULTI-CARRIER OPERATION - Method and apparatus for reporting feedback information for multi-carrier operation are disclosed. A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) is configured with multiple carriers. A base station may allocate an uplink (UL) control channel associated with a single UL carrier, for the WTRU. The base station may transmit, to the WTRU, a plurality of data signals via at least two downlink (DL) carriers using orthogonal frequency division multiple access (OFDMA) and multiple input multiple output (MIMO), and may receive from the WTRU hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment/negative-acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information, for the plurality of data signals transmitted via the at least two DL carriers, on the UL control channel. The HARQ ACK/NACK information may include at least two HARQ ACK/NACKs ANDed together. In addition, the base station may transmit, to the WTRU, information including a set of the DL carriers, each having an associated three bit indicator, for DL data transmission. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165597 | SIMULTANEOUS OPERATION OF MULTIPLE COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS - A method, network communication device, and computer program product are disclosed to perform simultaneous operation of at least a first and second communications protocol. The method includes determining a first frame period for communicating with a first processing device using the first communications protocol, selecting, based on the first frame period, a second frame period for communicating with a second processing device using the second communications protocol, and allocating a portion of the second frame period for communicating with the first processing device using the first communications protocol. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165602 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, WIRELESS EQUIPMENT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD - A communication system includes a base station and a plurality of wireless equipments. The base station includes a segment notifying unit that notifies each of the wireless equipments of a segment designated value used for segmenting a data area into a plurality of segment areas, the data area corresponding to a transmission time interval of a shared Channel to be time-multiplexed on a transmission time interval basis between the base station and the wireless equipments, and a segment data setting unit that sets data addressed to the wireless equipment becoming a destination in the segment areas obtained by segmenting the data area based on the segment designated value. Each of the wireless equipments includes a self equipment data acquiring unit that searches for the segment area containing data addressed to a self wireless equipment from the received data area of the shared Channel corresponding to the interval. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165605 | NETWORK ASSISTED MMWAVE BEAM SYNCHRONIZATION AND ALIGNMENT - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe apparatuses and methods for network assisted mmWave beam synchronization and alignment. Various embodiments may include an evolved Node B (eNB). The eNB may include processing circuitry to estimate directional information of an mmWave frequency beam from the eNB in reference to a user equipment (UE) based on positional information of the UE obtained based on a connection between the eNB and the UE in a microwave frequency band. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165606 | TECHNIQUES AND CONFIGURATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH PARTITIONING OF A COMMUNICATION BAND - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe systems and methods for partitioning radio frequency spectrum for multiple categories of communication. Various embodiments may include partitioning of an available frequency band into a first partition for a first category of communication and a second partition for a second category of communication. In embodiments, the first category of communication may be designed for devices having a relatively lower cost of implementation than the second category of communication. In some embodiments, the first partition may be aggregated opportunistically with the second partition based on certain conditions such as, for example, underutilization of the first partition. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165608 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DISCOVERY SIGNAL OF BASE STATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method by which a small base station (BS) transmits a discovery signal (DS) in a mobile communication system is provided. The method includes a macro BS to which a component carrier (CC) of a predetermined frequency band is allocated, and at least one small base station to which N number of CCs of a frequency band different from that of the CC allocated to the macro base station are allocated. The method comprises the steps of generating the DS corresponding to predetermined information and transmitting the generated DS through a discovery channel (DCH) configured as a transmission resource of the macro base station, wherein the predetermined information is one among information on at least one CC that the small base station uses, cell ID (CID) index information of the small base station, and a sleep base station index when the small base station is in a sleep mode. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165610 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL SIGNAL FOR MERGING CARRIERS IN TRANSMISSION - Embodiments of the present invention are directed to a method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving a control signal (for example, PDCCH signal) in an asymmetric multicarrier environment. The method for transmitting a control signal for an asymmetric multicarrier in a wireless connection system according to one embodiment of the present invention comprises: determining the size of a carrier indicator field (CIF) indicating a downlink component carrier (DL CC) by which downlink data is transmitted, on the basis of a maximum value of the number of DL CCs and of the number of uplink component carriers (UL CCs) being managed in a base station; transmitting the CIF on a 1 | 06-09-2016 |
20160165611 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - There is provided a communication control apparatus including a parameter acquisition unit that acquires parameters to calculate coverage of secondary systems from a secondary usage node operating the secondary systems on a frequency channel allocated to a primary system, a calculation unit that calculates the coverage of the secondary systems using the parameters acquired by the parameter acquisition unit, and an interference control unit that notifies a detection node that detects neighboring secondary systems of the secondary systems, of coverage information representing the coverage of the secondary systems calculated by the calculation unit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165612 | MULTICARRIER SELECTION METHOD AND DEVICE - Embodiments of the disclosure provide a carrier selection method and device for multicarrier, to implement that an optimal carrier combination is obtained by searching. The method includes: acquiring an absolute radio frequency channel number ARFCN that is of each carrier of N carriers allocated to a receiving end and in each frame of a radio block, where N is a positive integer, and N≧2; respectively selecting, from the N carriers, a different carrier as an anchor carrier, and searching within a search range of the anchor carrier according to the ARFCN of each carrier in each frame of the radio block and a maximum carrier frequency spacing supported by the receiving end, to determine a carrier set of the anchor carrier; and selecting, from the carrier sets of anchor carriers of the N carriers, at least one carrier set as a carrier selection result. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165614 | METHOD OF DETERMINING TRANSIT POWER FOR DATA TRANSMISSION BETWEEN A NETWORK AND A USER EQUIPMENT AND RELATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In a wireless communication system, a network initiates a radio bearer reconfiguration procedure by sending an RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message to a user equipment. Then, the network initiates an active set update procedure by sending an ACTIVE SET UPDATE message to the user equipment. When detecting an inconsistency in the E-DPDCH power interpolation information elements indicated in the RADIO BEARER RECONFIGURATION message and the ACTIVE SET UPDATE message, the user equipment computes a first gain factor using an extrapolation formula. When unable to transmit data based on the first gain factor, the user equipment computes a second gain factor using an interpolation formula. If the data cannot be transmitted based on the second gain factor, the user equipment notifies the network of an unsuccessful radio link. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165615 | DATA ROUTING METHOD AND DEVICE - A data routing method includes: receiving a route distinguisher of an MME serving UE sent by the MME; determining an information transmission manner supported by the MME; receiving_a query message sent by an MTC-IWF, where the query message carries a user equipment UE identifier and an information transmission manner that needs to be used; determining according to the information transmission manner supported by the MME, the UE identifier, and the information transmission manner that needs to be used, that the MME serving the UE supports the information transmission manner that needs to be used; and sending a route distinguisher of the MME that corresponds to the information transmission manner that needs to be used to the MTC-IWF, so that the MTC-IWF performs routing according to the route distinguisher. Therefore, a most effective transmission path is selected for information transmission, thereby improving service experience of a user. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165616 | BASE STATION, USER APPARATUS AND INTERFERENCE REDUCTION METHOD - A base station connected to a user apparatus in a radio communication system is provided. The base station includes a receiving unit configured to receive from an interference base station first control information which is used by the user apparatus for reducing an uplink interference signal from one or more cells formed by the interference base station or from another user apparatus, a generation unit configured to generate second control information based on one or more pieces of the first control information received from the interference base station, and a transmitting unit configured to transmit the second control information to the user apparatus by a downlink control signal. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165617 | ACCESS POINT, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - An access point includes: detection means detecting radar signal; detection notification means notifying other access point of radar signal detection; assessment means assessing whether to own authority to determine channel used among access points; determination means determining channel used among access points when detection means detects radar signal or when other access point notifies of radar signal detection, when owning authority; channel notification means notifying other access point of the channel determined by determination means; and change means changing the channel used between other access point to either the channel determined by determination means or to a channel notified from other access point. When a plurality of access points detect radar signal, entire system is operable through new channel. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165619 | MULTI-FREQUENCY DIRECTIONAL ACCESS POINT COMMUNICATION - Technology is disclosed for segregating communications between a base station access point and a user device across the bands in accordance with various quality of service requirements. Universal broadcasts to client devices, low throughput communications (e.g., uplink communications), and initial user device detection may be accomplished using omnidirectional Television White Space (TVWS) broadcasts. Bandwidth intensive communications (e.g., downlink communications) may be handled with directional, beam-steered, WIFI channels. The base station may coordinate steering based upon user device information, such as location information. The technology includes improvements for beam forming, packet handling at the base station, and device association with the directional communications. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165621 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR A MULTI-RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY LAYER FOR SPLITTING DOWNLINK-UPLINK OVER DIFFERENT RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES - A multi radio access technology layer (MRL) is a convergence layer solution, located between the protocol layers and the technology-dependent MAC layers. The MRL layer is technology independent and uses the information received from the underlying technologies to select the most appropriate uplink and downlink technologies to match the respective service requirements. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165622 | NESTED SYSTEM OPERATION - Methods, systems, and devices are described for resource scheduling for different services in a wireless communications system. A base station or a user equipment (UE) operating within a wireless communication system may, for example, communicate using two or more different configurations of resource (e.g., symbol) duration, while maintaining a common tone spacing, bandwidth, transmission time interval (TTI) designation, or the like. For instance, an orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbol may be subdivided or segmented, and each segment, which may include a cyclic prefix, may be utilized as a resource unit. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165632 | BASE STATION AND RELATED RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided are a terminal device and a retransmission control method that make it possible to minimize increases in overhead in an uplink control channel (PUCCH), even if channel selection is used as the method to transmit response signals during carrier-aggregation communication using a plurality of downlink unit bands. On the basis of the generation status of uplink data and error-detection results obtained by a CRC unit, a control unit in the provided terminal uses response signal transmission rules to control the transmission of response signals or uplink control signals that indicate the generation of uplink data. If an uplink control signal and a response signal are generated simultaneously within the same transmission time unit, the control unit changes the resources allocated to the response signal and/or the phase point of the response signal in accordance with the number and position of ACKs within the error-detection result pattern. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165633 | Method and Apparatus in a Wireless Communications System - A method in a user equipment for requesting that a base station schedule the user equipment for an uplink data transmission to the base station is provided. The user equipment comprises a buffer. Directly or indirectly responsive to receiving data into the buffer to be transmitted to the base station, the user equipment generates a scheduling request trigger. The scheduling request trigger is configured to trigger the sending of a scheduling request to the base station if the trigger is pending at the next scheduling request opportunity, and to remain pending until it is cancelled. The user equipment cancels the pending scheduling request trigger when the data is accounted for in a buffer status report, which reports the size of the buffer to the base station, or when the data is included directly in a scheduled uplink data transmission whichever occurs first. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165636 | CONDITIONAL PARALLEL EXECUTION OF ACCESS STRATUM (AS) AND NON-ACCESS STRATUM (NAS) SIGNALING - The present invention relates to methods and arrangements for facilitating an efficient connection setup. The present invention specifies rules for defining the signaling of connection setup messages from user equipments such as to apply one single transmission if an assigned uplink transmission grant for transmitting the connection setup messages is sufficiently large while applying separate transmissions if the size indicated in said uplink transmission grant is not sufficient. Thus, a sufficiently large grant allows a parallel execution of the connection setup messages. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165637 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING CHANNEL - A method and an apparatus for accessing a channel are disclosed. The method of an STA accessing a channel may comprise the steps of: and STA that is operable in a power-saving mode switching from a sleep state to an active state during a beacon interval; the STA monitoring a channel access parameter frame after being switched to the active state; the STA receiving the channel access parameter frame from an AP, wherein the channel access parameter frame includes EDCA set determining information; and the STA accessing a channel using an EDCA parameter determined on the basis of the EDCA set determining information, wherein the channel access parameter frame can be transmitted at least once between beacon intervals. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165638 | ENHANCED SYSTEM ACCESS FOR E-UTRAN - Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for wireless communications, comprising determining to use a reduced paging cycle to page a user equipment (UE) of a first type that supports the reduced paging cycle, the reduced paging cycle having a shorter period relative to a paging cycle used with UEs of a second type which do not support the reduced paging cycle, and paging the UE of the first type in accordance with the reduced paging cycle. Certain aspects relate to methods and apparatus for conveying system information by a base station, comprising broadcasting a first system information common to each cell of a group of cells in an area and broadcasting a second system information that can vary between cells in the group of cells, wherein the second system information is broadcast more frequently than the first system information. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165639 | MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system comprises a base station that includes circuitry and a mobile station that includes circuitry and which is configured to perform random access to the base station using a preamble. The preamble corresponds to an ID number among a plurality of ID numbers, the number of the plurality of ID numbers is constant, the plurality of ID numbers are contiguous, and the ID number is randomly selectable, by the mobile station, from a set of ID numbers which are included in the plurality of ID numbers. The base station notifies the mobile station of information indicating the number of ID numbers which are included in the set of ID numbers. The mobile station acquires, from the base station, the information indicating the number of ID numbers which are included in the set of ID numbers. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165650 | DETERMINING CONNECTIVITY TO A NETWORK DEVICE TO OPTIMIZE PERFORMANCE FOR CONTROLLING OPERATION OF NETWORK DEVICES - Techniques are described for determining connectivity to a network device to optimize performance for controlling operation of one or more network devices. A computing device may determine connectivity to a network device to send a request for information to the network device. The computing device can determine whether it has access to a network (e.g., a wireless network), which includes the network device. The computing device may determine whether it has authorization to communicate with the network device on the network. Authorization may be based on the registration of the network device to communicate with the computing device. When the computing device can access the network and when the computing is authorized to communicate with the network device, communication (e.g., a request) may occur using the network or by direct transmission to the network device. Otherwise, the computing device may communicate with the network device using a remote network. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165651 | ASSOCIATING DEVICES AND USERS WITH A LOCAL AREA NETWORK USING NETWORK IDENTIFIERS - Techniques for associating devices and users with a local area network using network identifiers are provided. For example, a method, system, and computer-program product for associating network devices with a local area network using a network identifier are provided. For example, a method may include receiving, at a computing device, a communication including a unique identifier for a network device connected to a network. The method may further include using the unique identifier to determine properties of the network device and generating a network identifier for the network, wherein the network identifier includes an indication of a time at which the network identifier is generated, an indication of the computing device, and an indication of the network device properties. The method can also include transmitting the network identifier, wherein when the network identifier is received, the network identifier facilitates identifying the network and associating the network device with the network. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165652 | METHOD OF OFFLOADING NETWORK TRAFFIC TO A DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - In a wireless communication system, a first UE may conduct a D2D communication with a second UE using a frequency selected according to the band capacity of the first and second UEs and the result of the band searches performed by the first and second UEs. The first UE may also conduct the D2D communication with the second UE using a frequency assigned by a network or using a public frequency. Therefore, network traffic can be offloaded to the D2D communication with an increased D2D communication bandwidth. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165653 | Neighbor Awareness Networking Datapath - In one set of embodiments, one or more client stations operate to configure Neighbor Awareness Networking (NAN)—direct communication with neighboring client stations, i.e., direct communication between the client stations without utilizing an intermediate access point. Embodiments of the disclosure relate to NAN datapath scheduling and NAN pre-datapath operation setup and scheduling. The NAN datapath embodiments described herein provide a mechanism through which devices can communicate and provide services. Aspects of the datapath development include datapath scheduling, including datapath setup and scheduling attributes, as well as pre-datapath operation triggering and scheduling. Scheduling may include determination of a type of datapath, including paging and synchronized datapaths. NAN data cluster base schedules may be scheduled as equal-sets or subsets of datapath schedules. The datapath model may be implemented for unicast and multicast communication between client stations. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165656 | METHOD FOR PREVENTING PACKET CHANNEL TIMING OUT AND SYSTEM - A communication system, cache, computer readable medium and method for preventing a packet channel in the communication network to time out. The method includes sending data from a cache to a user terminal, wherein the cache is located at an interface device; determining that the data is sent to the user terminal from the cache without passing a core network; and generating and sending a dummy message through the core network to a device having an internet protocol, IP, address. | 06-09-2016 |
20160165657 | Directed Application Control of User Device Radio - Techniques described herein provide coupling an application to a radio of a user device to, for example, optimize media streaming services. Implementations include receiving, by a user device, first data of a file and second data of the file. The user device may present the first data of the file using an application implemented by the user device. In response to a determination that an amount of data in the second data is greater than a predetermined threshold, the user device may invoke a command associated with a radio of the user device by calling a radio API to place the radio into a dormant state. The radio API may be configured to couple the application to the radio. | 06-09-2016 |
20160173157 | TELEMATICS CONTROL SYSTEM AND METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160173174 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR HIGH-SPEED MOVING OBJECT THAT MOVES ALONG FIXED ROUTE | 06-16-2016 |
20160173175 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-16-2016 |
20160173177 | BEAMFORMING | 06-16-2016 |
20160173179 | Sounding and Steering Protocols for Wireless Communications | 06-16-2016 |
20160173182 | CSI Reporting for a Set of CSI-RS Resources | 06-16-2016 |
20160173217 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, INTERFERENCE REDUCING METHOD AND INTERFERENCE REDUCING CONTROL INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160173239 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING D2D SIGNAL AND APPARATUS FOR SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160173243 | ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS WITH CARRIER SENSE | 06-16-2016 |
20160173244 | METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR CSI PROCESS CONFIGURATION AND METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR CSI FEEDBACK | 06-16-2016 |
20160173245 | METHOD OF SIGNALING PARTICULAR TYPES OF RESOURCE ELEMENTS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160173246 | WIRELESS DEVICES, COMPUTER-READABLE MEDIA, AND METHODS FOR HIGH-EFFICIENCY LOCAL-AREA NETWORK (HEW) DISTRIBUTED SUB-CARRIER ALLOCATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160173247 | TRAFFIC DATA ALLOCATIONS IN LOW LATENCY LTE DOWNLINK COMMUNICATIONS | 06-16-2016 |
20160173249 | REFERENCE SIGNAL PRESENCE DETECTON BASED LICENSE ASSISTED ACCESS AND REFERENCE SIGNAL SEQUENCE DESIGN | 06-16-2016 |
20160173250 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR PARTIAL ANTENNA ARRAY BASED BEAMFORMING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 06-16-2016 |
20160173251 | Transmission of Probing Pilots in a Shared Radio Cell | 06-16-2016 |
20160173252 | ANTENNA COMBINING FOR MASSIVE MIMO SCHEME | 06-16-2016 |
20160173253 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DETERMINING MUTUAL INFORMATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160173256 | METHOD AND AN APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL QUALITY INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160173257 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160173258 | TRANSMITTER APPARATUS, RECEIVER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160173259 | METHOD FOR CHANNEL SOUNDING IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160173260 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving Acknowledgement Information of Semi-Persistent Scheduling Data Packets | 06-16-2016 |
20160173262 | METHOD AND SYSTEM OF ADVANCED INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION ON PDSCH AT THE UE | 06-16-2016 |
20160173306 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTIMATING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160173408 | Data transmission method using multiple wireless networks | 06-16-2016 |
20160174016 | Apparatus and Method for Operating Ad-Hoc Mode in Wireless Communication Network | 06-16-2016 |
20160174056 | USER APPARATUS, BASE STATION, RADIO RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD, AND RADIO RESOURCE NOTIFICATION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174058 | DEVICE DISCOVERY | 06-16-2016 |
20160174078 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR DYNAMIC OPTIMIZATION OF A TIME-DOMAIN FRAME STRUCTURE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174109 | TECHNIQUES FOR RESERVING A CHANNEL OF A RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174118 | Multi-Channel Predistortion Method and Apparatus | 06-16-2016 |
20160174127 | INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD, AND PROGRAM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174140 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING CONFIGURATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174163 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR CABLE AND WLAN COEXISTENCE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174170 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD FOR ENHANCED UPLINK POWER CONTROL | 06-16-2016 |
20160174177 | TIMING ADVANCE METHODS AND APPARATUSES | 06-16-2016 |
20160174191 | Mobile Terminated IMS Calls on Devices Which Support Wi-Fi and Cellular Radios | 06-16-2016 |
20160174192 | SCHEDULER FOR POWER-EFFICIENT TIME SLOTTED PROTOCOL | 06-16-2016 |
20160174196 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT IN NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) DATA PATH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174198 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND CONTROL METHOD AND CONTROL APPARATUS THEREOF | 06-16-2016 |
20160174200 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MULTIPLE USER TRANSMISSION IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN | 06-16-2016 |
20160174201 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING APERIODIC FEEDBACK IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174202 | MANAGEMENT AND SETUP OF ENHANCED MAC-E/ES RESOURCES IN CELL-FACH STATE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174203 | METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR ASSIGNING ACK CHANNELS TO USERS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174204 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION AND APPARATUS FOR THE SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160174205 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR MACHINE TYPE COMMUNICATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174206 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING SECTORIZATION COORDINATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174208 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROCESSING DATA IN BASE STATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174209 | Method and Apparatus of Allocating Resources for Terminal in Wireless Communication System | 06-16-2016 |
20160174210 | METHOD FOR CALCULATING AND REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 06-16-2016 |
20160174211 | FEEDBACK INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174214 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING TRANSMISSIONS IN AN UNLICENSED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND | 06-16-2016 |
20160174215 | UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS IN AN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174219 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT IN NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) DATA PATH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174220 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT IN NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) DATA PATH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174221 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT IN NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) DATA PATH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174222 | MISDETECTION OF FRACTIONAL CHANNEL RESERVING SIGNALS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174223 | Training Resource Allocation Method, Apparatus, and System | 06-16-2016 |
20160174225 | TRAFFIC ADVERTISEMENT IN NEIGHBOR AWARE NETWORK (NAN) DATA PATH | 06-16-2016 |
20160174226 | Range extension within single user, multiple user, multiple access, and/or MIMO wireless communications | 06-16-2016 |
20160174227 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174228 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND CIPHERING METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174229 | COMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM USING MULTICARRIER TRANSMISSION MODE | 06-16-2016 |
20160174230 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174231 | Signal Sending Method, User Equipment, and Base Station | 06-16-2016 |
20160174234 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING DOWNLINK QUALITY INFORMATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174235 | REFERENCE SIGNAL FOR A COORDINATED MULTI-POINT NETWORK IMPLEMENTATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS OF SMALL CELL ENHANCEMENT IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174237 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR CONTENTION BASED RANDOM ACCESS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174239 | Telecommunication Arrangement and Procedures to Establish a RTC Connection Between a First and Second Endpoint | 06-16-2016 |
20160174240 | Multi-Channel-Based Data Sending Method and Apparatus | 06-16-2016 |
20160174241 | RADIO OVER FIBER ANTENNA EXTENDER SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR HIGH SPEED TRAINS | 06-16-2016 |
20160174243 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ENFORCING PRIORITIZED BIT RATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174244 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING BEAM IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM OF ULTRAHIGH FREQUENCY WAVE BAND | 06-16-2016 |
20160174247 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 06-16-2016 |
20160174248 | COMMUNICATION METHOD FOR COOPERATIVE MULTI-POINT AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME | 06-16-2016 |
20160174249 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SIGNALING CONTROL INFORMATION IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 06-16-2016 |
20160174250 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174252 | METHODS AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR HANDLING UNRELIABLE SCHEDULING GRANTS IN A TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK | 06-16-2016 |
20160174254 | SPATIAL REUSE BASED ON DISTRIBUTED REPORTING | 06-16-2016 |
20160174256 | Identifying and Communicating Coverage Shortfall for Machine Type Communication Devices | 06-16-2016 |
20160174258 | Method for Establishing Millimetric Wave Radio Communication Link and Terminal Device | 06-16-2016 |
20160174261 | Method and Apparatus for Preamble Determination | 06-16-2016 |
20160174262 | Method for Accessing Channel under Spatial Multiplexing and Station | 06-16-2016 |
20160174263 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT AND METHOD | 06-16-2016 |
20160174278 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FACILITATING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 06-16-2016 |
20160174280 | Application-Aware Multiple Wireless Radio-Access Technology Coexistence Solution and Time Sharing Between Multiple Radio-Access Technologies for In-Device Coexistence | 06-16-2016 |
20160174281 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING RADIO BEARER | 06-16-2016 |
20160174285 | METHOD FOR MAINTAINING SERVICE CONTINUITY IN HETEROGENEOUS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 06-16-2016 |
20160174290 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIMULTANEOUSLY RECEIVING ON TWO CARRIERS AND PERFORMING DISCONTINUOUS TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION IN DUAL CELL HIGH SPEED DOWNLINK PACKET ACCESS | 06-16-2016 |
20160182134 | MUTUAL WLAN AND WAN INTERFERENCE MITIGATION IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM | 06-23-2016 |
20160182136 | METHOD AND NODE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160182137 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FEEDBACK SCHEMES FOR FD-MIMO | 06-23-2016 |
20160182195 | COMPUTING ELEMENT ALLOCATION IN DATA RECEIVING LINK | 06-23-2016 |
20160182197 | INSERTING VIRTUAL CARRIER IN CONVENTIONAL OFDM HOST CARRIER IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160182198 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING COORDINATION BETWEEN RADIO ACCESS POINTS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160182199 | POWER DENSITY BOOSTING IN UPLINK SHARED CHANNELS | 06-23-2016 |
20160182200 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CANCELING A BLOCKING SIGNAL TO OBTAIN A DESIRED SIGNAL | 06-23-2016 |
20160182203 | REFERENCE SIGNALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160182204 | METHOD OF HANDLING COMMUNICATION OPERATION IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND RELATED APPARATUS | 06-23-2016 |
20160182205 | SHORTENED BLOCK ACKNOWLEDGEMENT WITH FRAGMENTATION ACKNOWLEDGEMENT SIGNALING | 06-23-2016 |
20160182207 | CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD AND A DEVICE THEREFOR | 06-23-2016 |
20160182208 | METHOD OF REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION AND APPARATUS THEREOF | 06-23-2016 |
20160182209 | Downlink Channel Time Domain Position Determination Method and Device | 06-23-2016 |
20160182302 | DEVICE DISCOVERY USING DISCOVERY NODES | 06-23-2016 |
20160182327 | Methods and Apparatus for Providing Adaptive Private Network Centralized Management System Data Visualization Processes | 06-23-2016 |
20160182442 | ATTENTION COMMANDS ENHANCEMENT | 06-23-2016 |
20160183076 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183096 | WIRELESS INTERNET ACCESS WITH ENHANCED BANDWIDTH CAPABILITIES | 06-23-2016 |
20160183113 | EFFICIENT PAIRWISE RANGING TO NODES IN A LARGE CLUSTER | 06-23-2016 |
20160183119 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING BEARERS IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183123 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING HEADER COMPRESSION FUNCTION OF TERMINAL IN A COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183167 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183172 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR FAST SCANNING FOR WIRELESS LAN AP SEARCH HAVING LOW NETWORK LOAD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183182 | METHOD TO SELECT A CANDIDATE CELL DURING CELL SELECTION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183196 | METHODS FOR DYNAMICALLY ADJUSTING RANGE OF A WIRELESS SIGNAL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183199 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER DEVICE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183203 | Method and Arrangement for Power Control Handling | 06-23-2016 |
20160183219 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONDUCTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183220 | EVOLVED NODE-B, USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR TRANSITION BETWEEN UNLICENSED AND LICENSED FREQUENCY BANDS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183221 | METHOD FOR RECONFIGURING A PDCP REORDERING TIMER IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 06-23-2016 |
20160183223 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183224 | ALLOCATION SIGNALING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183229 | IP PHONE NETWORK SYSTEM, SERVER APPARATUS, IP EXCHANGE AND RESOURCE CAPACITY EXPANSION METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183231 | Control Channel Transmission Method, Transmission Processing Method, Communication Node and Terminal | 06-23-2016 |
20160183234 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR BEAM SWITCHING IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 06-23-2016 |
20160183235 | MITIGATION OF CONTROL CHANNEL INTERFERENCE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183237 | RADIO RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR D2D COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183238 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITING PACKETS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183239 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, AND DEVICE THEREOF | 06-23-2016 |
20160183243 | Association Request for Narrowband Communications in a Telecommunication Environment | 06-23-2016 |
20160183244 | TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF CELLS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183245 | Efficient Location Updates, Paging and Short Bursts | 06-23-2016 |
20160183246 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND TRANSMITTING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN RADIO COMMUNICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183248 | REMOTE RADIO UNIT AND BASEBAND UNIT FOR ASYMETRIC RADIO AREA NETWORK CHANNEL PROCESSING | 06-23-2016 |
20160183253 | TRANSMISSION TECHNIQUES FOR ENABLING AN IMMEDIATE RESPONSE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183254 | TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183256 | SIGNALING FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183257 | Uplink Control in a Wireless Communication Network | 06-23-2016 |
20160183259 | LICENSED SHARED ACCESS REVERSE LINK AND MESSAGE FEEDBACK CONTROL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183260 | Method And Apparatus For Improved Carrier Aggregation Access Control | 06-23-2016 |
20160183262 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SIGNALING OF UL-DL CONFIGURATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183263 | Communications in a Wireless Network for Carrier Selection and Switching | 06-23-2016 |
20160183265 | TELECOMMUNICATIONS APPARATUS AND METHODS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183267 | SIGNAL BUFFERING FOR LICENSED SHARED ACCESS (LSA) TECHNOLOGY | 06-23-2016 |
20160183270 | INFORMATION TRANSMISSION METHOD, BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND RADIO NETWORK CONTROLLER | 06-23-2016 |
20160183273 | ACCESS FEEDBACK BY A MULTIMODE TERMINAL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183274 | Cross Indication of Queue Size in a Reverse Direction Protocol | 06-23-2016 |
20160183276 | DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183282 | SYSTEMS, METHODS, AND DEVICES FOR LTE, WI-FI, AND BLUETOOTH COEXISTENCE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183284 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ADAPTIVE DOWNLINK SCHEDULER FOR WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183285 | COMMUNICATION PROCESSING DEVICE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183286 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR DISTRIBUTED SCHEDULING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183288 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING TRANSMISSION OF UPLINK COMMUNICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183290 | UPLINK SCHEDULING METHOD AND UPLINK TRANSMISSION METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183291 | METHOD AND NETWORK EFFICIENCY NODE FOR INCREASED DATA THROUGHPUT IN WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183293 | SCHEDULING ENHANCEMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183294 | Base station and terminal of wireless communication system | 06-23-2016 |
20160183296 | TECHNIQUES FOR IDENTIFYING RESOURCES TO TRANSMIT A CHANNEL RESERVATION SIGNAL | 06-23-2016 |
20160183299 | Contention-free Access in Wireless Communication System | 06-23-2016 |
20160183302 | TECHNIQUES FOR DETERMINING A SYMBOL PERIOD FOR A STARTING SYMBOL OF A TRANSMISSION IN A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183303 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR OPTIMAL LISTEN BEFORE TRANSMIT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183305 | ALLOCATION OF UPLINK RESOURCES IN ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY-DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESS (OFDMA) WIRELESS NETWORKS | 06-23-2016 |
20160183306 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND RADIO TRANSMISSION METHOD | 06-23-2016 |
20160183308 | METHOD AND DEVICES FOR SOLVING RESOURCE CONFLICT ISSUES AMONG DYNAMIC TDD CAPABLE UE | 06-23-2016 |
20160183309 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTENTION-BASED UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183313 | MECHANISM TO SELECT APPROPRIATE S2a CONNECTIVITY MODE FOR TRUSTED WLAN | 06-23-2016 |
20160183315 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR MANAGING CELL RADIO NETWORK TEMPORARY IDENTIFIERS, COMPUTER PROGRAM PRODUCT | 06-23-2016 |
20160183319 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION SERVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 06-23-2016 |
20160183321 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO RESOURCE CONTROL CONNECTION | 06-23-2016 |
20160183323 | A Node and Method for Random Access in Dual Connectivity | 06-23-2016 |
20160191126 | Method And System For Compressed Sensing Joint Channel Estimation In An LTE Cellular Communications Network - Methods and systems for performing compressed time domain joint channel estimation in a multi-user MIMO LTE wireless network include receiving training signals from a plurality of users, estimating a maximum delay spread for the received data according to a coherence bandwidth of the received data, limiting the received data in the time domain to the estimated maximum delay spread, selecting and estimating an active tap from the limited data set, and subtracting a contribution of the selected active tap from the reduced data set. These steps can be repeated until the residual signal falls below a specified minimum. The network can be a C-RAN network. The training data can be SRS or DMRS data. Limiting the received data ensures that only a few significant taps are analyzed, so that the system is not under determined and can be analyzed for accurate channel estimation using any of several existing algorithms. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191127 | Generating and Processing Multi-User Data Units for WLAN - A first field of a preamble includes a plurality of indications of respective numbers of spatial or space-time streams for respective receivers to enable each receiver among the multiple receivers to determine a respective set of one or more training sequences, in a plurality of training sequences, that corresponds to the receiver. A second field of the preamble includes respective modulation and coding scheme information for the respective receivers. The preamble is generated such that i) the first field is transmitted prior to the plurality of training sequences, and ii) the second field of the preamble is transmitted after the plurality of training sequences are transmitted. A data portion of the multi-user data unit is generated using respective modulation and coding schemes for the respective receivers. The multi-user data unit is transmitted such that data for the respective receivers are transmitted via respective sets of one or more spatial or space-time streams. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191132 | Fast association in millimeter wave wireless local area network systems - Methods and apparatuses for association in a beamformed wireless area network (WLAN) are provided. A method for operating a station (STA) includes randomly selecting a plurality of sector sweep frames for association beam transmission within a frame-aligned transmit sector sweep duration in an association beamforming training duration of a beacon interval, transmitting a beam in each of the randomly selected sector sweep frames, and receiving sector sweep feedback from an access point (AP). A method for operating the AP includes receiving at least one transmission from one or more STAs on at least one of randomly selected sector sweep frames within the frame-aligned transmit sector sweep duration, selecting a sector identifier for transmissions from each of the one or more STAs based on the at least one received transmission, and transmitting grouped sector sweep feedback indicating the selected sector identifier for transmissions from each of the one or more STAs. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191133 | CONTROL DEVICE FOR MULTIPLEXING ANTENNA AND BEAM FORMING DEVICE INCLUDING THE SAME - Provided is a beam forming device forming a beam based on an RF signal, including: a multiplexing control module determining a beam feature of the beam based on user terminal information and generating multiplexing control information on which the beam feature is reflected; an antenna multiplexing module receiving the RF signal and multiplexing the RF signal according to the generated multiplexing control information; and an antenna array including multiple antenna elements to form a beam according to the multiplexed RF signal. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191135 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR ELECTRICAL DOWNTILT ADJUSTMENT IN A MULTIPLE INPUT MULTIPLE OUTPUT SYSTEM - Machine-readable media, methods, apparatus and system for electrical downtilt adjustment in a multiple input multiple output system are disclosed. In some embodiments, an apparatus may comprise an electrical downtilt module to determine an electrical downtilt angle for an antenna port selected from a number of antenna ports based on information from an user equipment (UE); and a codebook module to select a codeword corresponding to the antenna port from a codebook and calculate a weight of an antenna array of the eNB through inputting the electronic downtilt angle into the codeword, wherein the codebook has a first number of codewords, each of the codewords having a second number of elements to represent the weight of the antenna array, and wherein each of the codewords corresponds to each of the antenna ports and each of the elements corresponds to each antenna of the antenna array. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191137 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PILOT IN MULTI-ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING PILOT IN MULTI-ANTENNA COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method in which a base station transmits pilot signals in a multiple-antenna communication system is provided. The base station includes some of the plurality of pilot signals distinguished by at least one of time domain symbols, subcarriers, and orthogonal codes in a first set to which a first random number is applied. The base station includes the remaining pilot signals, excluding the pilot signals that are included in the first set, in a second set that uses the same resources as used by the first set and to which a second random number different from the first random number is applied. The base station transmits at least one of the pilot signals that belong to the first set and the second set. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191175 | Resource Allocation for Superposition Coding - When the codeword level interference cancellation (CW-IC) is used at the receiver in conjunction with the superposition coding scheme at the transmitter, in order to guarantee the success of signal reception, restrictions of scheduling decisions in resource allocation of superposed transport blocks may occur. A method to mitigate the scheduling restrictions is proposed. For a low-geometry UE in NOMA operation, one sub-band is used as the basic scheduling unit. As a result, data in resource blocks scheduled for NOMA operation and data in resource blocks scheduled for other non-NOMA operation correspond to different transport blocks. Therefore, a high-geometric UE only needs to decode the data scheduled for NOMA. The base station does not need to impose additional scheduling restrictions and signaling overhead. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191198 | SYSTEM AND METHOD TO INCREASE LINK ADAPTATION PERFORMANCE WITH MULTI-LEVEL FEEDBACK - A method and apparatus for explicit adaptive modulation and coding scheme selection, the method receiving, at a mobile device, a transport block targeted to the mobile device, and if a quality of the received transport block exceeds a threshold, providing an acknowledgment or negative acknowledgment to a network element; and if the quality of the received transport block is below the threshold, suppressing the acknowledgment or negative acknowledgement. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191200 | USER EQUIPMENT AND METHOD TO REPORT CQI WHEN INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IS SUPPORTED AT THE RECEIVER - A user equipment method, user equipment and a computer program product are disclosed. The user equipment method comprises: determining a first indicator indicative of a potential throughput for a channel between the user equipment and a base station when using a network assist interference suppression scheme; determining a second indicator indicative of a potential throughput for the channel between the user equipment and the base station without using the network assist interference suppression scheme; calculating an effective indicator indicative of an effective potential throughput for the channel between the user equipment and the base station based on the first indicator and the second indicator; and transmitting the effective indicator to the base station. In this way, rather than transmitting only an indicator of the potential throughput when not using the network assist interference suppression scheme or only transmitting an indicator which indicates the throughput when using the network assist interference suppression scheme, instead an effective throughput is transmitted which may be based on both of these indicators and so is likely to be more stable. Also, by only transmitting a single throughput indicator, the need for additional signalling to carry those additional indicators is avoided, which enables an improved indicator to be provided using existing signalling. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191207 | APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNALS, APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST SIGNALS, METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING BROADCAST SIGNALS AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING BROADCAST SIGNALS - A method and an apparatus for receiving broadcast signals thereof are disclosed. The apparatus for receiving broadcast signals, the apparatus comprises an receiver to receiving the broadcast signals, a demodulator to demodulate the received broadcast signals by an OFDM (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplex) scheme, a frame parser to parse a signal frame from the demodulated broadcast signals, wherein the signal frame includes service data and signaling data, a decoder to decode the signaling data based on a mode of the signaling data, wherein the signaling data is categorized to plural modes based on a length of the signaling data and modcod information and a decoder to decode the service data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK REFERENCE SIGNAL IN A MULTI-ANTENNA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method is presented for transmitting signals at a User Equipment (UE) in a multi-antenna wireless communication system. Acknowledgment (ACK)/negative ACK (NACK) information is received from a base station (BS). At least one transport block negatively acknowledged by the ACK/NACK information is retransmitted to the BS. An uplink grant for retransmitting the at least one transport block is not detected. If a number of the at least one transport block is not equal to a number of transport blocks indicated by a most recent uplink grant, cyclic shift values and orthogonal cover codes (OCCs) of a demodulation reference signal (DMRS) for the at least one transport block are configured based on a cyclic shift field included in the most recent uplink grant and a number of layers corresponding to the at least one transport block. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191221 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO ACCESS NETWORK, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD - A user terminal according to a first feature performs uplink communication with a radio access network by simultaneously using a plurality of carriers. The plurality of carriers include a first carrier used for mobility control of the user terminal, and a second carrier that provides radio communication in coordination with the first carrier. The first carrier includes a first physical uplink control channel region provided at each of both end portions in a frequency direction of the first carrier. The second carrier includes a second physical uplink control channel region provided at a center frequency side of the second carrier away from each of both end portions in a frequency direction of the second carrier. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191222 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND METHOD AND DEVICE FOR INDICATING CONFIGURATION - A method for transmitting a sounding reference signal and a method and device for indicating a configuration are provided. A method for indicating a sounding reference signal configuration may include: generating at least two pieces of downlink control signaling DCI, where each of the at least two pieces of DCI includes a sounding reference signal SRS configuration information element; and transmitting the at least two pieces of DCI in a subframe to a terminal, so that the SRS configuration information elements in the at least two pieces of DCI are used to jointly indicate an SRS configuration. Solutions of embodiments of the present invention can improve accuracy and flexibility of indicating an SRS configuration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191223 | SELECTING BETWEEN NORMAL AND VIRTUAL DUAL LAYER ACK/NACK - An allocation of downlink resources is received, which are monitored on l layers for data. A resource-specific bit (ACK/NACK) is generated for each of those resources. From a pattern of those resources is selected an algorithm from among a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode and a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode. The selected algorithm is used on the generated resource-specific bits that correspond to the downlink resources, bundled according to the selected mode, to generate l reply bits which are then transmitted. At the network side a NACK reply bit is received, based on a pattern of the allocated downlink resources, a first algorithm that bundles them in a first mode or a second algorithm that bundles them in a second mode is selected. A bundling window and layer combination are determined from the selected algorithm, which gives the resource for retransmitting the NACK'd data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191224 | METHOD AND USER EQUIPMENT FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION, AND METHOD AND BASE STATION FOR RECEIVING UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION - A method for transmitting, by a user equipment, uplink control information, and a user equipment therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes determining respective first acknowledgement, negative acknowledgement or discontinuous transmission (ACK/NACK/DTX) responses for four downlink (DL) subframes of a first carrier and respective second ACK/NACK/DTX responses for four DL subframes of a second carrier; and transmitting ACK/NACK information representing the first and second ACK/NACK/DTX responses through the first or second carrier in an uplink (UL) subframe. For a same sequence of the first ACK/NACK/DTX responses for the four DL subframes of the first carrier, a same ACK/NACK information is transmitted when a sequence of the second ACK/NACK/DTX responses for the DL subframes of the second carrier is ‘ACK, ACK, ACK, ACK’ and when the sequence of the second ACK/NACK/DTX responses for the DL subframes of the second carrier is ‘ACK, DTX, DTX, DTX’. | 06-30-2016 |
20160191430 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ENABLING DYNAMIC MULTI-MODAL COMMUNICATION - A system and method that includes receiving a messaging request that includes communication intent parameters and a set of communication destinations, wherein the messaging request is authenticated as a request of a first account; dynamically transforming messages according to individual communication destinations, wherein for the set of communication destinations: selecting a communication mode according to communication intent parameters, transforming content of the messaging request, and transmitting transformed content to a destination endpoint in the selected communication mode. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192171 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE, AND INFORMATION PROCESSING DEVICE - A communication control device including an acquisition unit configured to acquire radio resource information indicating a radio resource, the radio resource being a unit time of cellular communication, for transmitting a discovery signal enabling another device to discover a device conducting device-to-device communication, and a control unit configured to control transmission of the radio resource information to a terminal device The control device makes it possible to moderate load for a device conducting device-to-device communication (D2D communication). | 06-30-2016 |
20160192172 | METHOD FOR OBTAINING TRAFFIC INFORMATION USING LOCAL AREA COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More particularly, the present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for obtaining traffic information by a terminal in a wireless communication system. The method comprises the steps of: broadcasting a first D2D discovery signal requesting traffic information to a plurality of first surrounding terminals; receiving, in response to the first D2D discovery signal, a second D2D discovery signal indicating surrounding traffic information from one or more second surrounding terminals among the plurality of first surrounding terminals; and updating the traffic information of the surrounding area on the basis of the one or more second D2D discovery signals. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192176 | TERMINAL CLUSTERING - A method includes checking for a first cluster beacon associated with a first cluster. The first cluster is an open cluster. The method further includes transmitting a second cluster beacon associated with a second cluster. Transmitting the second cluster beacon is done in response to failing to receive the first cluster beacon. The method further includes receiving a first request in response to transmitting the second cluster beacon. The first request includes a request by a first terminal to join the second cluster. The method further includes receiving a second request in response to transmitting the second cluster beacon. The second request includes a request by a second terminal to join the second cluster. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192231 | System and Method for Carrier Aggregation for Wireless Local Area Networks - Embodiments are provided herein for improving carrier aggregation for wireless networks. A plurality of bandwidth channels are assigned to a basic service set (BSS) for transmissions. Specifically, the bandwidth channels are divided into multiple channel segments corresponding to multiple primary or alternate primary channels. A channel segment possibly further includes one or more additional secondary channels. The locations of the primary or alternate primary channels that correspond to the channel segments of the BSS are then broadcasted in the network. When a station or AP receives this BSS information, it searches for an available primary or alternate primary channel of the BSS to begin transmission. Upon detecting an available primary channel or alternate primary channel that is not used for another transmission, the station or AP transmits data on the channel segment corresponding to the detected primary or alternate primary channel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192235 | ACCELERATION OF GTP TRAFFIC FLOWS, OVER A SATELLITE LINK, IN A TERRESTRIAL WIRELESS MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - An approach is provided for the application of network acceleration technologies to remote node traffic over GPRS tunneling protocols (GTP) in terrestrial mobile communications networks. A proxy device of a first network node receives a stream of data packets that are encapsulated in accordance with GTP. Each GTP packet is de-encapsulated by stripping GTP header from the packet, identifying the TEID (reflecting a respective GTP flow with which the GTP packet is associated), and maintaining a respective GTP payload (PDU). Acceleration functions are applied to the GTP PDUs, and the resulting acceleration packets are transmitted communications network link(s) to a proxy of a second network node. The second node proxy device receives the transmitted packets, and re-encapsulates each packet, in accordance with the GTP protocol, based at least in part on the respective TEID of the packet. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192236 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING EFFICIENT DFT-ED PREAMBLE SEQUENCE - Disclosed are a method and an apparatus that efficiently generate a DFT-ed preamble sequence used in uplink PRACH transmission of a wireless communication system. The method for generating a DFT-ed preamble sequence in a wireless communication system includes: calculating a first index value corresponding to the length of a DFT-ed preamble sequence by using control information; extracting a value on a unit circle corresponding to the first index value or a value on the unit circle corresponding to a second index value acquired by transforming the first index value according to a preamble format; reflecting a sign on the unit circle including the corresponding index value to the extracted value on the unit circle; and multiplying a value to which the sign is reflected by an initial sequence value according to a root index. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192272 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE WITH WIRELESS PATH SELECTION CAPABILITY - A portable encoded information reading (EIR) terminal for incorporation in a data collection system can comprise a terminal module communicatively coupled to a wireless interface module via a wired interface. The terminal module can include a central processing unit (CPU), a memory, and an encoded information reading (EIR) device. The wireless interface module can include a microcontroller, a memory, and at least one wireless communication interface. The wireless interface module can establish one or more wireless links with one or more peer EIR terminals, to join a wireless network which is collectively formed by the peer EIR terminals. The wireless interface module can receive or transmit beacons containing at least an identifier of a path selection protocol which is used for unicast, multicast and broadcast frame transmission within the wireless network. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192273 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR JOINING NEIGHBOR AWARENESS NETWORKING HIDDEN CLUSTERS - Embodiments described herein relate generally to a communication between in a neighbor awareness networking (NAN) cluster. A first communication device may be participating in a hidden NAN cluster and a second communication device may seek to join the hidden NAN cluster. The second communication device may broadcast a discovery beacon that includes an identifier of the hidden NAN cluster in a field of the discovery beacon that is associated with a transmitter address. If the first communication device detects such a discovery beacon, the first communication device may transmit a synchronization beacon having timing information associated with the hidden NAN cluster. If the second communication device detects the synchronization beacon, the second communication device may synchronize with the hidden NAN cluster. Other embodiments may be described and/or claimed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192277 | CONNECTING IMSI-LESS DEVICES TO THE EPC - Capillary network devices (i.e., IMSI-less devices) may connect to an EPC through a home WLAN. A WLAN can be configured by the homeowner to accept responsibility for the traffic or a WLAN can indicate to a network that it will allow the traffic if the traffic is sponsored by an application server or if it is compensated for the traffic by the network operator. Where an IMSI-less device has a business relationship with a network operator, a WLAN can allow the device to authenticate with the network and obtain a device identifier from the network. Where an IMSI-less device has a business relationship with a SCS that has a business relationship with the network operator, the WLAN can allow the device to authenticate with the network. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192278 | FAST MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS SEARCH AND ACCESS METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method and an apparatus for communication between a terminal and a base station in a wireless communication system. The communication method by a base station according to an embodiment of the present invention may comprise the steps of: transferring, to a terminal connected to the base station and at least one surrounding second base station, information on connection between the second base station and the terminal; transmitting a command for searching the second base station to the terminal; and transmitting a command for transferring a base station connection signal to the terminal. According to an embodiment of the present invention, by a method which enables a terminal to additionally access another base station in a state wherein the terminal is already connected to the base station, the terminal can rapidly search for multiple base stations. Further, the embodiment of the present invention can support access of the terminal to multiple base stations. In addition, on the basis of the method, the terminal can transmit and receive data from multiple base stations. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192280 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING ACCESS OF TERMINAL TO HOME (E)NODEB - A method for receiving information of a user equipment (UE) by an eNodeB is discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes receiving, by the eNodeB from a mobility management entity (MME), a request message including QoS-related information and an indication of whether the UE is a closed subscriber group (CSG) member; updating, by the eNodeB, context of the UE according to the request message, when the UE is connected to a cell in associated with the eNodeB, the cell is operating in a hybrid access mode, and the CSG membership to the cell has expired; and transmitting, to the MME, a message indicating that the context of the UE has changed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192285 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACCESSING WIRELESS SENSOR NETWORK - A method and apparatus for accessing a wireless sensor network are provided in embodiments of this invention. The technical solution provided in embodiments of this invention includes: when receiving a first beacon frame, stopping channel scan temporarily, and establishing a new channel scan sequence according to operating channels of a current wireless sensor network recorded in the beacon frame. Non-operating channels are not included in the new channel scan sequence. Time for performing subsequence channel scan is reduced, so that the process of accessing the current wireless sensor network of a device node expecting for network can be accelerated. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192329 | BEAM SELECTION APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING BEAM IN A FIXED BEAM TERMINAL - The exemplary embodiment of the present invention provides a beam selecting apparatus of a fixed beam terminal, including: a delay time measuring unit which measures delay times of a plurality of signals received through a plurality of beams; a beam selecting unit which compares a threshold value selected based on the measured delay time and a signal strength of each of the plurality of signals to select a beam; and a switching type beam former which operates the plurality of beams in accordance with the selected beam. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192331 | Method for Notifying and Obtaining Uplink/Downlink Configuration Information, Base Station, and User Equipment - Disclosed is a method for notifying uplink and downlink configuration information. The method includes: a base station sending to a user equipment (UE) a downlink control information format, wherein the downlink control information format carries uplink and downlink configuration information used for indicating an uplink and downlink configuration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192332 | DISCOVERY SIGNALS AND PROCEDURES - According to some embodiments, a wireless device receives ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192333 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CHANNEL, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure provides a method performed by a base station. The method comprises: obtaining a coverage enhancement level of a User Equipment (UE); determining Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) configuration information for the UE based on the coverage enhancement level of the UE; determining Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) configuration information for the UE based on the coverage enhancement level of the UE; and modifying a Downlink Control Information (DCI) configuration parameter to add the PDCCH configuration information and the PDSCH configuration information. Also provided are a method performed by a UE, a base station and a UE. With the present disclosure, it is possible to increase resource utilization for LTE to support MTC UEs, improve frequency spectrum/energy efficiency, and reduce time/frequency resource conflicts between cells. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192334 | USER TERMINAL, BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - The present invention is designed to adequately control small cells (small base stations) on/off in a structure where small cells and macro cells are arranged to overlap each other. A user terminal can communicate with a macro base station that forms a macro cell and a small base station that forms a small cell arranged within the macro cell, and has a measurement section that measures the received power of a detection/measurement signal that is transmitted from the small base station in a predetermined subframe, and the total received power of downlink signals in a subframe in which no detection/measurement signal is transmitted, a calculation section that calculates received quality by using the received power and the total received power, and a transmission section that transmits information related to the received quality to the macro base station, the calculation section calculates the received quality based on the proportion of the received power and the value given by adding the received power to the total received power. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192336 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting downlink control information in a base station that operates a plurality of beams in one cell includes: configuring an individual control channel region allocated to each of the plurality of beams; configuring a shared control channel region shared with first and second beams that are adjacent to each other among the plurality of beams; allocating a control channel of a terminal positioned in a service coverage of the first beam to one of an individual control channel region of the first beam and the shared control channel region shared with the first and second beams; and in a case where the control channel of the terminal is allocated to the shared control channel region shared with the first and second beams, forming the first and second beams such that user control information of the terminal is transmitted through the shared control channel region shared with the first and second beams. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192337 | CONFIGURATION OF CONTROL CHANNELS IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The invention relates to a method, apparatus and system for configuring control channels in a mobile communication network and a mobile station. In order to suggest another improved scheme for configuring control channels, in particular control channels related to the transmission of user data the invention suggests aligning the size of the control channel information of different formats to an equal number of coded control channel information bits and/or modulation symbols for each control channel. The control channels may comprise scheduling related control information. According to another aspect of the invention, the size of the control channel information is aligned by means of modulation and/or coding, however the control channel information is aligned to one out of a set of numbers of coded control channel information bits and/or modulation symbols for each control channel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192339 | Clustered Periodic Gaps for Measurements in a Heterogeneous Network - Techniques for configuring and using measurement gap patterns for offloading purposes are disclosed. An example method, performed in a network node of a wireless communication network, includes selecting ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192340 | Wireless Communication System - Methods and systems for hybrid point to multipoint communication systems having multiple downlink channels and a single uplink channel, including the steps of centrally allocating bandwidth to, and synchronizing communications with, a first and a second wireless clients; transmitting, over a shared signal wired distribution line, a first downlink signal transported over a first frequency, a second downlink signal transported over a second frequency, and an uplink signal transported over a fifth frequency; converting the frequency of the first downlink signal to a third frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a first wireless client over the third frequency; converting the frequency of the second downlink signal to a fourth frequency, and bi-directionally wirelessly communicating with a second wireless client over the fourth frequency; and converting and superpositioning a first received wireless uplink signal having the third frequency and a second received wireless uplink signal having the fourth frequency to the uplink signal that is transmitted over the shared signal wired distribution line using the fifth frequency. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192343 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF CHANNEL SWITCHING - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, devices, systems and methods of channel switching. For example, a Peer to Peer (P2P) client device may include a radio to transmit a request to a P2P Group Owner (GO) via a first wireless communication channel, the request including a request to switch to a second wireless communication channel, the radio to receive from the P2P GO a response in response to the request; and a controller to, based on the response, switch the radio to the second wireless communication channel to communicate with the P2P GO. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192346 | AD HOC GROUP BIDDING - A method includes storing locations of mobile devices that are registered for ad hoc grouping, and matching an access request that specifies a location that corresponds to a goal for an ad hoc grouping with candidate mobile devices that match the access request. The method also includes retrieving network addresses of the candidate mobile devices and sending invitations to join the ad hoc grouping. An ad hoc grouping is formed from the candidate mobile devices accepting the invitations. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192347 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD IN RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A radio communication system including a first and second base stations apparatuses; and a terminal apparatus, wherein the first base station apparatus includes a coordinated communication control unit configured to determine whether or not to provide a coordinated communication service coordinated with the second base station apparatus to a second terminal apparatus, based on information related to communication efficiency acquired according to a position of a first terminal apparatus on performing a coordinated communication to the first terminal apparatus; and a signal processing unit configured to provide the radio communication service to the second terminal apparatus in coordination with the second base station apparatus or without coordination with the second base station apparatus according to the determination. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192348 | Determination Method and Device for Resources in Physical Uplink Control Channel - A method and apparatus for determining resources in a Physical Uplink Control Channel (PUCCH) are disclosed. The method includes: an apparatus determining a channel resource index of the PUCCH according to physical resources of an enhanced Physical Downlink Control Channel (ePDCCH), wherein, the PUCCH is used for carrying positive acknowledgement/negative acknowledgement (ACK/NACK) information about a Physical Downlink Shared Channel (PDSCH) indicated by the ePDCCH; and the physical resources of the ePDCCH include: any one or more of a physical resource block, an enhanced control channel element and an antenna port index. The embodiments of the present document can ensure the compatibility between an LTE-Advanced system and an LTE Release-8 system, and facilitate improving the system capacity and the scheduling flexibility of the LTE-Advanced system, thereby enabling an LTE-Advanced terminal to obtain a maximum frequency selectivity gain. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192349 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL - A subframe ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192350 | THE METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The invention is related to a wireless communication by user equipment (UE) based on capability of the UE. According to this application, signals are received on a downlink channel including a downlink control channel and a downlink data channel, a parameter is configured for the wireless communication based on the capability of the UE and information in the downlink control channel, and signals are transmitted on a uplink channel based on the configured parameter, wherein the signals are transmitted to at least two cells. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192351 | Systems and methods for multi-user transmission - In wireless communications, an access point may send a first frame to multiple stations. In one aspect, the first frame may include resource allocation information for uplink multi-user transmission. In response to the first frame, one or more stations may measure the channel characteristics associated with the first frame and send a second frame(s) for uplink multi-user transmission, where the second frame(s) includes resource preference information associated with the respective station(s). The access point may then generate and transmit a third frame based on the resource preference information. In another aspect, in response to the first frame, one or more stations may send a second frame(s) spanning the channel bandwidth supported by the respective station(s). The access point may measure the channel characteristics associated with the second frame and generate and transmit a third frame based on the measured channel characteristics. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192352 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION WITH LARGE NUMBER OF BITS - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for transmitting periodic channel state information having large payload sizes. Other embodiments may be described and claimed. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192354 | PUUCH RESOURCE MAPPING AN HARQ-ACK FEEDBACK - Aspects of the present disclosure relate to techniques that may help enable the determination of uplink resource allocation in systems that support dynamic uplink-downlink subframe configurations. An example method generally includes receiving signaling indicating a dynamic uplink-downlink (UL-DL) subframe configuration, determining hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) acknowledgment/negative acknowledgment (ACK/NACK) timing based on a reference UL-DL subframe configuration, and determining HARQ resource allocation based on the dynamic UL-DL subframe configuration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192357 | DEVICE, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and/or methods of wireless communication. For example, a wireless communication unit may include a Multi Media-Access-Control (MAC) Address Station-Management-Entity (MM-SME) managing a plurality of MAC entities having a respective plurality of MAC addresses. The wireless communication unit may transmit a frame including a Multi-MAC-Addresses-Element (MMAE), which includes two or more MAC addresses of the plurality of MAC addresses and a control field defining at least one common communication attribute to be applied to the two or more MAC addresses. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192358 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INITIAL ACCESS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A terminal receives access priority information on a plurality of sub-beams configuring a beam from a base station, selects one of a plurality of beams, and selects one of a plurality of sub-beams of the selected beam on the basis of the access priority information to perform a random access. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192361 | Managing Sounding Signals to Limit Power in a Multicarrier Wireless Device - A wireless device receives message(s) configuring cell groups and transmissions of sounding reference signals (SRSs). Uplink transmission timing in a first cell group is derived employing a cell in the first cell group and uplink transmission timing in a second cell group is derived employing a second cell in the second cell group. A first signal is transmitted on a cell of the first cell group. A first subset of the SRSs are dropped and a second subset of the SRSs are transmitted. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192363 | APPARATUS, METHOD AND SYSTEM OF COMMUNICATING A WIDE-BANDWIDTH DATA FRAME - Some demonstrative embodiments include apparatuses, devices, systems and methods of communicating a wide-bandwidth data frame. For example, an apparatus may include a controller to generate at least one wide-bandwidth data frame to be transmitted over a wide-bandwidth millimeter-Wave (mmWave) channel, the wide-bandwidth mmWave channel including a plurality of mmWave channels; and a transmitter to transmit a plurality of reservation frames over the plurality of mmWave channels, a reservation frame of the plurality of reservation frames including a duration value corresponding to a duration of the wide-bandwidth data frame and a wide-bandwidth indication to indicate that the wide-bandwidth data frames are to be transmitted over the wide-bandwidth mmWave channel, the transmitter to transmit the at least one wide-bandwidth data frame over the wide-bandwidth mmWave channel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192364 | COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN CONNECTED DEVICES - Embodiments relate generally to method, system and apparatus for wireless communications between multiple wireless sensor nodes for wireless sensor networks. More specifically, disclosed are system and method that enable wireless communications between devices using different wireless transmission protocols, via one or more multi-channel intermediate devices. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192368 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN A WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - A method for communicating in a wireless local area network, and a device therefore are discussed. The method according to one embodiment includes selecting, by a transmitting station, a transmission channel; and transmitting, by the transmitting station, a Physical layer Protocol Data Unit (PPDU) over the selected transmission channel to a receiving station. The transmission channel includes a primary channel and a first channel if the first channel was idle. The transmission channel includes the primary channel, the first channel and a second channel if both the first channel and the second channel were idle. The primary channel is positioned between the first channel and the second channel if the transmission channel includes the primary channel, the first channel and the second channel. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192369 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - A terminal device controls transmission power using a TPC command that is included in a DCI format 3. In the terminal device, in a case where CRC parity bits that are attached to the DCI format 3 are scrambled with a first RNTI, timing when the TPC command is applied is based on a first uplink-downlink configuration, and in a case where the CRC parity bits that are attached to the DCI format 3 are scrambled with a second RNTI, timing when the TPC command is applied is based on a second uplink-downlink configuration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192370 | IDLE MODE LOAD BALANCING - A base station may establish a wireless connection with a mobile device. The base station may determine an index value for each of a plurality of carriers that may be used for the wireless connection. The index value for a respective carrier may be determined based on a quantity of idle mode devices using the respective carrier in an idle mode. The base station may generate a carrier order that indicates a priority for each of the plurality of frequencies. The carrier order may be generated based on sorting the plurality of carriers based on the index values for the plurality of carriers. The base station may send order information indicating the carrier order to the mobile device via the wireless connection. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192371 | METHOD OF SHARING RESOURCE ALLOCATION INFORMATION AND BASE STATION APPARATUS THEREFOR - Various exemplary embodiments of the present invention relate to a base station apparatus including: an information receiving module which receives information used for scheduling from a plurality of terminals corresponding to the base station apparatus; and a scheduler which generates resource allocation information for one shared FA among a plurality of FAs which is available in the base station apparatus based on the received information and applies the generated resource allocation information to at least one other shared FA. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192372 | Method and corresponding system for spectrum management - Methods and corresponding systems for spectrum management featuring advanced frequency-allocation planning and advanced interference avoidance. The invention discloses access points that transmit directionally and assigning a predefined channel in a predefined direction, in order to reduce interference between closely located access-points. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192373 | BS and UE, and Interference Cancellation Methods used in the Same - The present disclosure relates to a method performed by a BS for facilitating IC at a UE and an associated BS. The method includes predefining one or more sets of transmission parameters, where one or more of the transmission parameters in the one or more sets are constrained to take values from respective reduced sets of values out of the values available for the respective one or more transmission parameters, each set of the one or more sets of transmission parameters being identifiable by a unique indication. The method further includes configuring a transmission of the BS, which is to interfere downlink transmissions to the UE from a serving BS of the UE, by using one of the predefined one or more sets of transmission parameters. The present disclosure also relates to a method in a UE for IC and an associated UE. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192375 | Method and Node for Controlling Combining of Radio Signals from a User Equipment - A method and controlling node ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192377 | ADAPTIVE EDCA ADJUSTMENT FOR DYNAMIC SENSITIVITY CONTROL - A method, an apparatus, and a computer-readable medium for wireless communication are provided. In one aspect, an apparatus is configured to adjust an EDCA parameter based on a signal strength of a signal from an access point or a distance between the station and the access point and to communicate with the access point based on the adjusted EDCA parameter. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192378 | PROVIDING AIRTIME FAIRNESS IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS - Methods, systems, and apparatus for providing airtime fairness in a telecommunications network are disclosed. In one aspect a method includes determining, by an access point, respective transmission rates of multiple stations configured to wirelessly communicate with the access point; determining, by the access point and for each of the multiple stations, a weight of the station that is proportional to the respective transmission rate of the station; and transmitting, wirelessly by the access point and to each of the multiple stations, one or more packets to the station during an airtime allocation to the station, wherein the amount of one or more packets transmitted during the airtime allocation corresponds to the weight of the station and a size of queued packets for the station. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192379 | Resource Allocation for Mobile Terminal Configured for Dual Connectivity - Embodiments herein relate to a method performed by a first wireless network access point ( | 06-30-2016 |
20160192380 | CONFIGURABLE WIRELESS SWITCHED NETWORK - A configurable wireless switched network includes a wireless access point. The wireless access point includes an application that is executable thereon. The application is configured to set, by a user via an input component, a first port of a plurality of ports as a command channel. The command channel provides a first point of contact between the wireless access point and client devices. The application is also configured to receive configuration parameters from the user. The configuration parameters include port allocation instructions for the ports and identifiers of the client devices. The application is further configured to monitor bandwidth utilization on a network; receive, at the command channel, a request from one of the client devices to access the network; and assign one of the ports to the client device based on the port allocation instructions, the bandwidth utilization, and an identifier of the client device. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192382 | METHOD FOR SCHEDULING AND/OR MUTING OF RADIO RESOURCES IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a Method for scheduling and/or muting radio resources in a wireless communication system, said wireless communication system comprising a plurality of network nodes and a plurality of user nodes; the method comprising the steps of: measuring, by at least one user node, received signal strength of radio signals transmitted from one or more network nodes so as to obtain received signal quality and/or interference associated with said one or more network nodes; arranging, by said user node, the received signal quality and/or interference associated with said one or more network nodes in an order or a ranking with respect to at least one radio signal criterion; signalling, by said user node, said order or ranking to at least one network node; and scheduling and/or muting radio resources based on said signalled order or ranking. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192384 | DYNAMIC CARRIER ASSIGNMENT OF CARRIER AGGREGATION IN AN LTE-ADVANCED SYSTEM - Various embodiments of a scheme of dynamic activation and release of carrier aggregation in an LTE-Advanced system are provided. When transmission need of an LTE-Advanced user is large and the user is within coverage of at least one secondary component carrier, carrier aggregation is activated while a certain amount of resource of each component carrier is preserved to support carrier aggregation. This avoids unnecessary activation and waste due to signaling cost. When the primary component carrier of an LTE-Advanced user has sufficient resource to satisfy transmission need of the user or when the user is not within coverage of at least one secondary component carrier, carrier aggregation is released. This minimizes complex measurement and cost of controlling signals due to multi-carrier scheduling. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192386 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR REQUESTING SCHEDULING IN CELLULAR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present invention relates to a method for a terminal requesting scheduling to transmit uplink data in a mobile communication system. More specifically, the present invention, in a system that aggregates carriers between different base stations, defines a process and a method for scheduling requests so that a terminal can transmit “scheduling request” control information to each base station, thereby enabling effective transmission of dynamic scheduling and uplink data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192387 | BASE STATION APPARATUS FOR GENERATING INFORMATION REMOVING INTER-BEAM INTERFERENCE AND METHOD THEREOF - Disclosed is a base station apparatus and the base station apparatus includes: a first beam scheduler allocating resources to a plurality of electronic apparatuses corresponding to a first beam and generating resource allocation information including the resource allocation details; a second beam scheduler allocating resources to a plurality of electronic apparatuses corresponding to a second beam and generating resource allocation information including the resource allocation details; and a control scheduler receiving at least some of the resource allocation information generated by the first beam scheduler from the first beam scheduler, receiving at least some among the resource allocation information generated by the second beam scheduler from the second beam scheduler, and transmitting at least some information received from the second beam scheduler to the first beam scheduler, in which the first beam scheduler generates electronic apparatus control information based on at least some among the resource allocation information generated by the first beam scheduler and at least some information received from the control scheduler. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192388 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CONTROL SIGNALING WITH MASSIVE CARRIER AGGREGATION - A method of operating a wireless communication system is disclosed. The method includes configuring a user equipment (UE) for carrier aggregation with N serving cells, where N is a positive integer. The UE is scheduled to receive downlink data from M of the N serving cells at a first time, where M is a positive integer less than or equal to N. The UE provides uplink control information (UCI) for only the M serving cells. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192393 | SYSTEM LEVEL INFORMATION FOR DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION, CELL RESELECTION AND RACH - A wireless transmit/receive unit is configured to receive system level information, including discontinuous reception (DRX) information, cell selection information, and RACH information. The system level information is received as defined parameters assigned to system information blocks or signaled through dedicated RRC signaling. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192394 | BASE STATION AND CONTROL METHOD - A base station including: a memory, and a processor configured to: determine whether each random access signal is detected or not by comparing each of specified characteristics of each of radio resources prepared for each random access signal with a detection threshold, each of the specified characteristics relating to each reception power of each of the radio resources prepared for each random access signal, the radio resources being divided into first radio resources and second radio resources, the first radio resource being prepared for dedicated random access signals each transmitted from each terminal in response to each request signal transmitted from the base station, and determine the detection threshold based on each of the specified characteristics of each of unused first radio resources, each of the unused first radio resource being each of the first radio resources for which each request signal has not been transmitted from the base station. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192395 | ANTENNA SUBSET AND DIRECTIONAL CHANNEL ACCESS IN A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND - Techniques are provided for accessing a shared radio frequency spectrum band by selecting a subset antennas associated with a successful access procedure for accessing the shared radio frequency spectrum. In some examples, a wireless communication device, such as a network node, may perform a listen before talk (LBT) procedure for each of two or more subsets of antennas associated with the network node, and only those subsets of antennas that pass the LBT procedure are used for transmissions during the associated time period, while other antennas are idle, or used for transmissions on another radio frequency spectrum band during the associated time period. In some examples, antennas of a wireless communication device may perform an access procedure utilizing beamforming capabilities of associated antennas to determine one or more different spatial directions that may provide access to the shared radio frequency spectrum band. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192396 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR UPLINK CHANNEL ACCESS AND TRANSMISSIONS FOR LTE ON UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses for efficient data transmission in a wireless communication system. A method includes receiving a predefined downlink-uplink (DL-UL) subframe configuration from an eNodeB (eNB), wherein the eNB cooperates with at least one neighbor eNB that belongs to an asynchronous licensed assisted access (LAA) cell operating on at least one LAA carrier. The method further includes performing a listen before talk (LBT) procedure before transmitting UL data in the at least one LAA carrier and transmitting the UL data in accordance with the LBT procedure based on the DL-UL subframe configuration. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192398 | Methods and Devices for Generating and Detecting Random Access Preambles - One embodiment of the present disclosure relates to a method for transmitting a random access preamble in a transmitting sub-frame at a terminal device. The method comprises: creating a random access preamble such that it comprises a plurality of random access sequences; dividing the plurality of random access sequences into a number N | 06-30-2016 |
20160192401 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM - In a communications system using a plurality of beams, a terminal determines a beam to be communicated with the terminal among the plurality of beams, determines one sequence among sequences allocated to the determined beam as a beam based random access preamble, and transmits the beam based random access preamble through the determined beam. In addition, if a random access response for the beam based random access preamble is not received from a base station for a set interval, the terminal determines one sequence among sequences in a cell based random access preamble collection as a cell based random access preamble and transmits the cell based random access preamble. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192402 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD - A communications device, communicating data via a mobile radio network, includes a transmitter/receiver communicating data to/from a mobile radio network via a wireless access interface, and a module storing information identifying the communications device to the mobile radio network, the stored information including a same common identifier in each of an associated group of communications devices, the common identifier to establish communications sessions to communicate data to/from any of the associated communications devices. The group of communications devices may communicate machine type communications for a particular application, for example disposed in a vehicle, to report certain parameters. With spatial proximity of the communications devices, each can receive control plane signalling data and accordingly communication of signalling data is as if broadcast to a local environment in which the group of communications devices are disposed, to save communications bandwidth proportional to the number of devices in the group. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192404 | METHOD AND COMPUTING DEVICE FOR FACILITATING AND ESTABLISHING NETWORK CONNECTIVITY - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a method for facilitating and establishing network connectivity. The network connectivity is established by a first computing device which is capable of identifying network parameters of available network connections and broadcasting the network parameters. The first computing device receives connection request along with connection request parameters from second computing devices to establish connection with one of the available network connections. The first computing device determines which network connection can server the connection request parameters and then facilitates the available network connection to the second computing device. The second computing device establishes the network connections with the first computing device. The second computing device identifies which are first computing devices with their network parameters can serve the connection request parameters of the second computing device. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192406 | METHOD FOR SUPPORTING DATA-COMMUNICATION, A RELATED SYSTEM AND RELATED DEVICES - The present invention relates to a method for supporting data-communication between a first communications module and a second communications module over a communications link between the first communications module and the second communications module where this method comprises the steps of at a first communications module setting up a temporary network applying at least one network connection parameter in the setting up of the temporary network and presenting data-communication supporting information, where the data-communication supporting information comprises at least one network connection parameter and data-communication specific data. Subsequently, the second communications module retrieves the data-communication supporting information presented and the second communications module connects to the temporary network of the access point of the first communications module applying the at least one network connection parameter retrieved from the data-communication supporting information. The method also includes the step of starting a first application at the first communications module and a second application at the second communications module where the first and second application require a data-communication over the temporary network between the access point of the first communications module and the second communications module. The first and said second application being uniquely identified by the data-communication specific data. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192408 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SMALL DATA TRANSMISSION IN 3GPP-LTE SYSTEMS - In Machine Type Communication (MTC) with a 3GPP Long Term Evolution (LTE) Network, there is often a need to transmit and receive small data payloads. New information elements (IEs) have been defined to ease the transmission and receipt of small data payloads. Methods and systems can use the new IEs to more efficiently transmit and receive data. The new IEs include a Small Data ACK IE and a Small Data Container IE. Other new messages include an RRC Release Indicator and an RRC Connection Release. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192410 | ENHANCED NODE B AND METHOD FOR RRC CONNECTION ESTABLISHMENT FOR SMALL DATA TRANSFERS - Embodiments of an enhanced Node B (eNB) and method for RRC connection establishment for small-data transfers in a 3GPP LTE network are generally described herein. The eNB may receive a small-data RRC connection request message from user equipment (UE) that may include an establishment clause value indicating small-data traffic either with or without mobility. The eNB may send an initial UE setup request message to inform the mobility management entity (MME) that a small-data RRC connection is being established. The eNB may receive an acceptance message from the MME for the small-data RRC connection which may include a reduction of an RRC inactivity timer for fast connection release. The eNB may send an RRC connection reconfiguration message to the UE in response to receipt of the acceptance to establish the small-data RRC connection, the RRC connection reconfiguration message including a measurement information element (IE) when mobility is to be supported. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192411 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR CONTROLLING CONGESTION OF MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK - A base station forms a wireless communication area in a radio access network, and a radio device transmits a connection request to the base station. The radio device sets a specific signal sequence in the connection request. The base station stores an attach request for registering a radio device in the radio access network, and receives the connection request including the specific signal sequence from the radio device located in the wireless communication area. In response to the detection of the specific signal sequence, the base station transmits the attach request to a higher-level network node before receiving, from the radio device, another attach request that is scheduled to be received after the detection of the specific signal sequence. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192413 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM - A wireless communication network that forms an ad-hoc network without the arrangement of a controlling station sets a period that a communication apparatus can utilize with priority and performs isochronous communication in the period as required. When isochronous communication has not been performed or after isochronous communication has finished in the priority utilization period, other communication apparatuses perform arbitrary communication. When another communication is performed in a communication apparatus's own priority utilization period, the start of isochronous communication is temporarily delayed. In an ad-hoc communication environment, data having a real-time characteristic, such as AV content, can be efficiently transmitted through the isochronous communication. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192415 | TRANSMISSION POINT INDICATION IN COORDINATED MULTI-POINT SYSTEM - Embodiments of the present disclosure describe devices, methods, computer-readable media and systems configurations for transmission point indication in a coordinated multipoint (CoMP) system. A user equipment (UE) may receive common reference signal (CRS) parameters associated with individual base stations of a CoMP measurement set. The UE may also receive a transmission point index corresponding to a first base station of the CoMP measurement set that is scheduled for communications with the UE. A mapping module of the UE may produce a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) mapping pattern based on the CRS parameters associated with the scheduled base station. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192416 | USER APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BACKOFF CONTROL METHOD - A user apparatus having a function for performing device-to-device communication by radio, including: a resource state detection unit configured to detect a state of each resource in a set of resources that can be used for device-to-device communication; a backoff control unit configured, when the state detected by the resource state detection unit satisfies a predetermined condition, to set the user apparatus to be in a backoff state in which the user apparatus does not perform transmission of a discovery signal for a predetermined period; and a discovery signal transmission unit configured, when the user apparatus is not in the backoff state, to select a resource from among the set of resources, and to transmit a discovery signal using the selected resource. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192419 | METHOD FOR SEARCHING FOR DEVICE IN DIRECT COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. Disclosed are a method for searching for a device and an apparatus therefor. To this end, the method for searching for a device of a first wireless device comprises: transmitting a probe request frame; and receiving a probe response frame from a second wireless device in response to the probe request frame, wherein the probe response frame may contain information on an access point (AP) to which the second wireless device is currently connected. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192420 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND TRANSMISSION DEVICE - The present invention provides a method and a device for differing the scheme of accessing a reception device on the basis of the probability of attempted access to the reception device or an indicator similar thereto. The transmission device according to the present invention transmits signals according to a first scheme or a second scheme on the basis of access attempts or indicators similar thereto and receives signals according to the first scheme or second scheme on the basis of the access attempts or indictors similar thereto. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192422 | COMMUNICATION SWITCHING AND ESTABLISHING METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a communication switching and establishing method and device. A switching procedure comprises: an access network device determining to switch from a D2N link to a D2D link; sending a switching command to a first terminal and a second terminal; receiving a switching complete response; and saving bearer information of a bearer, which needs to be switched to the D2D link, in the D2N link, or requesting to send a bearer keep request to a core network node. A communication establishing procedure comprises: after the access network device determines that communication needs to be established with the D2D link, determining whether a core network side link needs to be established for communication between the first terminal and the second terminal; if yes, sending a service request to a core network device, so that the core network device establishes a core network side link for the service request; and sending configuration information of the D2D link and establishment instruction information of the D2D link to the first terminal and/or the second terminal. The present application enables a first terminal and a second terminal to perform D2D communication, thereby enhancing network transmission efficiency. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192425 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL FROM DEVICE-TO-DEVICE TERMINAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - One embodiment of the present invention relates to a method for a second terminal receiving, from a first terminal, a device-to-device (D2D) signal in a wireless communication system, and more specifically, to a method for receiving a D2D signal comprising the steps of: setting a time window for receiving the D2D signal; and receiving the D2D signal, wherein the D2D signal is transmitted according to a D2D signal transmission timing of the first terminal, which is determined by the first terminal based on a signal transmitted from a one or more timing reference nodes. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192426 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DISCOVERY METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - Disclosed herein is a device-to-device discovery method in a wireless communication system. A device determines whether a first subframe for a physical layer uplink channel or signal and a second subframe for the discovery signal are the same. The device transmits the physical layer uplink channel or signal without transmitting or receiving the discovery signal, in the same subframe, when the first subframe and the second subframe are the same. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192427 | OPERATION METHOD OF COMMUNICATION NODE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK - Disclosed are operation methods of a terminal in a wireless communication network. An operation method of a terminal in a communication network may comprise configuring a layer-2 ID of the terminal which is used for device-to-device (D2D) communications for a transmission manner; and performing the D2D communications by using the layer-2 ID. Therefore, performance of the communication network can be enhanced. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192429 | Communication apparatus - A first communication apparatus may comprise a memory configured to store a wireless profile being used in a first wireless network in a case where the first communication apparatus operates as a child station of the first wireless network. The first communication apparatus may determine, after the first wireless network in which each of the first communication apparatus and a second communication apparatus operates as a child station and a third communication apparatus operates as a parent station has been formed, whether a wireless connection between the first and third communication apparatuses is disconnected, and form a second wireless network in which the wireless profile is used in a case where it is determined that the wireless connection is disconnected, the second wireless network being a network in which the first communication apparatus operates as a parent station and the second communication apparatus operates as a child station. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192433 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION (DRX) SCHEMES FOR MILLIMETER WAVELENGTH (MMW) DUAL CONNECTIVITY - Systems, methods, and instrumentalities are provided to implement a method for controlling discontinuous reception (DRX). A wireless transmit/receive unit (WTRU) may enter into a DRX state on a first cell layer. The WTRU may transmit, on a second cell layer, a DRX indication of the first cell layer. The WTRU may receive, on the second cell layer, a deactivation signal corresponding to the first cell layer. The WTRU may deactivate, based on the deactivation signal received on the second cell layer, the first cell layer. The WTRU may receive, on the second cell layer, an activation signal corresponding to the first, cell layer. The WTRU, based on the activation signal, may activate the first cell layer. | 06-30-2016 |
20160192434 | Method and Apparatus - A method including defining at least one extended modification period; determining a system information change; generating at least one paging message indicator based on the paging message occurring within the at least one extended modification period. | 06-30-2016 |
20160197654 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR EXCHANGING SIGNALING INFORMATION IN COMP | 07-07-2016 |
20160197657 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT FEEDBACK IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING MULTIPLE ANTENNAS | 07-07-2016 |
20160197660 | COMMUNICATION UNIT, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT AND METHOD FOR GENERATING A PLURALITY OF SECTORED BEAMS | 07-07-2016 |
20160197694 | METHOD OF SIGNALLING INTENDED TO BE IMPLEMENTED BY A CELLULAR TELECOMMUNICATION NETWORK, BASE STATION AND TERMINAL CORRESPONDING THERETO | 07-07-2016 |
20160197704 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR FRAME ACKNOWLEDGMENT | 07-07-2016 |
20160197709 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160197710 | ENABLING PHASE TRACKING FOR A COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160197711 | Pilot Signal Configuration Method, Associated Wireless Network Node, Pilot-Signal-Based Reception Method and Associated User Equipment | 07-07-2016 |
20160197715 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION FOR ADAPTIVELY CONFIGURED TDD COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS | 07-07-2016 |
20160197745 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR CORRECTING CHANNEL OF REMOTE RADIO UNIT | 07-07-2016 |
20160197832 | Metadata correlation and disambiguation | 07-07-2016 |
20160197838 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, CONTROL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, SYSTEM CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE CONTROL METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198006 | SERVICE DISCOVERY IN A SELF-MANAGED MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160198018 | MOBILE DEVICE FOR EXECUTING RADIO APPLICATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198284 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SUPPORTING MULTIPLE M2M SERVICE PROVIDERS ON AN M2M NODE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198315 | VEHICLE-MOUNTED DEVICE USED IN INTELLIGENT TRANSPORT SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTELLIGENT TRANSPORT SYSTEM USING THESE DEVICE AND METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198330 | APPARATUS AND METHOD FOR SELECTING PEER DISCOVERY RESOURCE IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198340 | OPERATING METHOD OF ENB FOR CGI INFORMATION REPORTING IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198398 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198401 | Method, Apparatus, and System for Accessing to a Mobile Communication Network | 07-07-2016 |
20160198402 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR CONNECTING SINGLE AP DEVICE AMONG MULTIPLE AP DEVICES ON SAME NETWORK TO TERMINAL | 07-07-2016 |
20160198421 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING POWER HEADROOM REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198435 | Communication Device and Method for Communication | 07-07-2016 |
20160198438 | COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUES FOR DELIVERING INFORMATION TO USERS EXPERIENCING HIGH ATTENUATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198439 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HANDLING CARRIER AGGREGATION AND RELATED SIGNALING | 07-07-2016 |
20160198440 | Base Station Signaling in a Wireless Network | 07-07-2016 |
20160198441 | Information Acquiring Method, Terminal, Base Station, and System | 07-07-2016 |
20160198442 | MOBILE STATION DEVICE, RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 07-07-2016 |
20160198443 | Reception of Downlink Data for Coordinated Multi-Point Transmission in the Event of Fall-Back | 07-07-2016 |
20160198444 | ENB PDCCH IMPLEMENTATION TO AVOID AMBIGUOUS DCI INFORMATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198445 | APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM FOR INITIATING UPLINK MULTI-USER MEDIUM ACCESS IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORKS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198447 | AUTHORIZING IUT REPLICATION AND DISTINGUISHING REQUESTS FOR REPLICATION FROM TRANSFERS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198448 | BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198449 | USER EQUIPMENT, BASE STATION, INFORMATION NOTIFICATION METHOD, AND RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198450 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR EFFICIENT USAGE OF DAI BITS FOR eIMTA IN LTE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198451 | RECEIVING DEVICE AND RECEIVING METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198452 | USER EQUIPMENT AND CAPABILITY REPORTING METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198455 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION NETWORKS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198456 | SELECTING A CODEWORD AND DETERMINING A SYMBOL LENGTH FOR UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198457 | Data Transmission Method and User Equipment | 07-07-2016 |
20160198459 | COMMUNICATION METHOD AND APPARATUS USING SLOT BASED CHANNEL | 07-07-2016 |
20160198461 | Sub-Frame Allocation for Low Power LTE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198464 | ADAPTIVELY SELECTING FROM AMONG MULTIPLE BASE STATIONS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198467 | MOBILE STATION AND RADIO BASE STATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198468 | METHOD FOR SENDING AND RECEIVING MESSAGES IN AN ENERGY-AUTONOMOUS RADIO SYSTEM OR A RECEIVER SYSTEM, AND CORRESPONDING RADIO SYSTEM AND RECEIVER SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198469 | LTE ENHANCEMENTS FOR SMALL PACKET TRANSMISSIONS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198471 | COMMUNICATION BANDWIDTH | 07-07-2016 |
20160198472 | Transmit End, Receive End, and Method for Coexistence of Single Carrier System and Multicarrier System | 07-07-2016 |
20160198475 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198477 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198480 | FLEXIBLE MIMO RESOURCE ALLOCATION THROUGH CROSS-CORRELATION NULLING AND FREQUENCY DOMAIN SEGMENTED RECEIVER PROCESSING | 07-07-2016 |
20160198482 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198483 | CONTROL APPARATUS, CONTROL METHOD AND STORAGE MEDIUM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198484 | PROVIDING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK CAPACITY | 07-07-2016 |
20160198485 | NETWORK MANAGEMENT MODULE FOR A VEHICLE COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 07-07-2016 |
20160198488 | CYCLICAL OBSTRUCTION COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198489 | DOWNLINK MULTIPLEXING | 07-07-2016 |
20160198490 | METHOD FOR BASE STATION TRANSMITTING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS FOR SAME | 07-07-2016 |
20160198492 | BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD | 07-07-2016 |
20160198494 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING DURING A DISCOVERY WINDOW | 07-07-2016 |
20160198496 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS AND OTHER UPLINK CHANNELS OF OTHER CELL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CARRIER AGGREGATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198500 | STATION CONTENTION BEHAVIOR IN UPLINK MULTIPLE USER PROTOCOLS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198501 | WIRELESS ROAMING USING A DISTRIBUTED STORE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198504 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING LINK ADAPTATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-07-2016 |
20160198505 | TERMINAL-TO-TERMINAL COMMUNICATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198506 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PROXIMITY DISCOVERY AMONG UES | 07-07-2016 |
20160198508 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 07-07-2016 |
20160198509 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR ANALYZING MESSAGES AND INITIATING COMMUNICATION SESSIONS | 07-07-2016 |
20160198513 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND TERMINAL DEVICE | 07-07-2016 |
20160198517 | Connection Management Method and Access Network Element | 07-07-2016 |
20160198518 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SWITCHING DATA PATH IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 07-07-2016 |
20160198521 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SELF CONFIGURATION OF LTE E-NODE BS | 07-07-2016 |
20160204845 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160204890 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION, AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160204898 | SIGNALING TECHNIQUES TO SUPPORT DOWNLINK (DL) MULTI-USER MULTIPLE-INPUT MULTIPLE-OUTPUT (MU-MIMO) IN 60 GHZ WIRELESS NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
20160204903 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, FEEDBACK CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, PAIRING CONTROL METHOD, PROGRAM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160204905 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MULTIPLEXED HARQ FEEDBACKS IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION SYSTEM AND A DEVICE THEREFOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160204911 | PILOT SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD AND RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS | 07-14-2016 |
20160204914 | TRANSMISSION OF DATA USING A PLURALITY OF RADIO FREQUENCY CHANNELS | 07-14-2016 |
20160204915 | APPARATUS, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND METHOD FOR GENERATING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL FIELDS IN A HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LOCAL-AREA NETWORK | 07-14-2016 |
20160204917 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING SIGNALING OF REDUNDANCY | 07-14-2016 |
20160204918 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION, MOBILE STATION, METHOD FOR MOBILE STATION, AND METHOD FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160204919 | Method and Controlling Node for Controlling Radio Communication in a Cellular Network | 07-14-2016 |
20160204920 | RADIO BASE STATION, USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160204922 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING PILOT SIGNAL | 07-14-2016 |
20160204925 | Filter-Based Guardband Determination and Subcarrier Selection | 07-14-2016 |
20160205065 | TECHNIQUES FOR GROUP-BASED SPATIAL STREAM ASSIGNMENT SIGNALING IN 60 GHZ WIRELESS NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205525 | SIGNALING TO REQUEST INCREASED TRANSMISSION POWER LIMIT IN AN EMERGENCY | 07-14-2016 |
20160205540 | METHODS OF HANDLING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205596 | Network Coordination Apparatus | 07-14-2016 |
20160205610 | OPTIMIZING USAGE OF MODEMS FOR DATA DELIVERY TO DEVICES ON VEHICLES | 07-14-2016 |
20160205614 | METHOD, APPARATUS AND SYSTEM FOR CONFIGURING SEARCH SPACE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205620 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR USE IN FACILITATING ACCESS TO AGGREGATOR SERVICES FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES VIA WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205636 | RADIO BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND TRANSMISSION POWER DETERMINATION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205638 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO LINK SYNCHRONIZATION AND POWER CONTROL IN CELL_FACH AND IDLE MODE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205646 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SYNCHRONIZATION SIGNAL IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205649 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, TERMINAL APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 07-14-2016 |
20160205671 | System Information Signaling for Link Budget Limited Wireless Devices | 07-14-2016 |
20160205673 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CONTROLLING INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205676 | TECHNIQUES FOR HANDLING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) IN ULTRA LOW LATENCY (ULL) LTE | 07-14-2016 |
20160205677 | METHOD FOR CHANGING PATTERN OF REFERENCE SIGNALS ACCORDING TO MOVEMENT SPEED OF USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND AN APPARATUS THEREFOR | 07-14-2016 |
20160205679 | CONTROL INFORMATION FEEDBACK FOR ECC ON PCELL | 07-14-2016 |
20160205681 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING/RECEIVING DATA USING MULTIPLE CARRIERS IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205686 | OFDMA Indication and Communication in WLANs | 07-14-2016 |
20160205687 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, MOBILE STATION APPARATUS AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 07-14-2016 |
20160205688 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PROVIDING CHANNEL ASSIGNMENT INFORMATION USED TO SUPPORT UPLINK AND DOWNLINK CHANNELS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205689 | Communication Resource Allocation Systems and Methods | 07-14-2016 |
20160205692 | Communication Method, User Equipment, and Base Station | 07-14-2016 |
20160205693 | SERVICE ACCESS METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND RADIO CONTROLLER | 07-14-2016 |
20160205694 | Assignment of Backhaul Resources in Cooperative Wireless Networks | 07-14-2016 |
20160205696 | TECHNIQUES FOR MANAGING WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS OVER MULTIPLE CARRIERS | 07-14-2016 |
20160205697 | Analytics-Assisted, Multi-agents, Self-Learning, Self-managing, Flexible and Adaptive Framework for Intelligent SON | 07-14-2016 |
20160205699 | MOBILE STATION AND MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205700 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR SCHEDULING RESOURCES IN A TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205701 | DEVICE AND METHOD FOR MULTI-INPUT MULTI-OUTPUT WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 07-14-2016 |
20160205704 | TERMINAL APPARATUS, BASE STATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 07-14-2016 |
20160205709 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INTERWORKING VOICE AND MULTIMEDIA SERVICES BETWEEN CSI TERMINAL AND IMS TERMINAL | 07-14-2016 |
20160205710 | PROXIMITY MAP REQUEST METHOD, SERVER AND NETWORK ENTITY USING THE SAME, PROXIMITY REQUEST VALIDATING METHOD, AND SERVER AND NETWORK ENTITY USING THE SAME | 07-14-2016 |
20160205712 | METHOD FOR PEER-TO-PEER DATA TRANSFER USING WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK RADIO EQUIPMENT | 07-14-2016 |
20160205715 | METHOD BY WHICH TERMINAL TRANSMITS AND RECEIVES SIGNAL TO/FROM BASE STATION BY USING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE FOR SAME | 07-14-2016 |
20160254849 | DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALLING FOR INDICATION OF INTERFERING LAYERS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254852 | METHOD OF SELECTING RECEIVE ANTENNAS FOR MIMO SYSTEMS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254853 | PROTECTION OF COMMERCIAL COMMUNICATIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254878 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, ENODEB, AND USER EQUIPMENT | 09-01-2016 |
20160254879 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160254884 | MIXED FINE/COARSE SOUNDING METHODS FOR HE STAS FOR MIMO AND OFDMA | 09-01-2016 |
20160254887 | MOBILE STATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160254888 | RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, RADIO BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160254889 | Spreading and Precoding in OFDM | 09-01-2016 |
20160254890 | BOARD, WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, AND METHOD FOR CHANNEL CORRECTION INSIDE OR OUTSIDE BOARD | 09-01-2016 |
20160254893 | METHOD FOR CONFIGURING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL, AND BASE STATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160254894 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND TERMINAL APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254896 | A Node and Method for Establishing a Radio Link without a Dedicated Physical Channel/Fractional-Dedicated Physical Channel | 09-01-2016 |
20160254929 | METHOD FOR THE COMMUNICATION OF SYSTEM CONTROL UNITS WITH A PLURALITY OF ENERGY GENERATING SYSTEMS VIA A GATEWAY, AND CORRESPONDINGLY CONFIGURED AND PROGRAMMED DATA SERVER | 09-01-2016 |
20160254930 | EFFICIENT MEDIUM ACCESS WITH DIRECTION AWARENESS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254935 | TRANSCEIVER THAT DETECTS THE PACKET BANDWIDTH IN A WIRELESS OFDM NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE OVERLAPPED FREQUENCY BANDS | 09-01-2016 |
20160254993 | Method and Apparatus for PCC Enhancement for Flow Based Mobility | 09-01-2016 |
20160255178 | METHOD OF DETECTING PACKET BANDWIDTH IN A WIRELESS OFDM NETWORK WITH MULTIPLE OVERLAPPED FREQUENCY BANDS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255489 | METHOD FOR MANAGING UPLINK TRANSMISSION RESOURCE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 09-01-2016 |
20160255507 | Method and Device for Using Unlicensed Spectrum | 09-01-2016 |
20160255508 | Technique for Assigning Spectral Resources in a Cellular Network | 09-01-2016 |
20160255518 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255519 | DEVICE AND METHOD OF ENHANCING DOWNLINK UE-SPECIFIC DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL TO FACILITATE INTER-CELL INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION AND SUPPRESSION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255529 | SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL BASED SMALL CELL ACTIVITY CONTROL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255530 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SENDING INFORMATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255536 | PROVIDING A QUALITY-OF-SERVICE-BASED SERVICE FROM A CELLULAR NETWORK VIA A WIRELESS SHARING DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160255537 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND MOBILE DEVICE | 09-01-2016 |
20160255538 | LOAD BALANCING FOR A CLOUD-BASED WI-FI CONTROLLER BASED ON LOCAL CONDITIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255539 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160255542 | VIRTUAL WIDE AREA NETWORK OVERLAYS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255552 | MOBILE STATION, RECONNECTION REQUEST METHOD, BASE STATION, AND RECONNECTION REQUEST PROCESSING METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160255575 | NETWORK SELECTOR IN A VEHICLE INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255590 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DATA-SPLITTING TRANSMISSION FROM MULTIPLE SITES | 09-01-2016 |
20160255596 | CARRIER AGGREGATION WITH POWER HEADROOM REPORT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255598 | System and Method for Uplink MIMO Transmission | 09-01-2016 |
20160255605 | BROADCAST CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD THROUGH MASSIVE MIMO IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 09-01-2016 |
20160255610 | Joint Encoding of Wireless Communication Allocation Information | 09-01-2016 |
20160255612 | System and Method for Transmitting and Receiving Control Channels | 09-01-2016 |
20160255617 | Methods and Apparatuses for Device-to-Device Communication | 09-01-2016 |
20160255620 | UPLINK LONG TRAINING FIELD SEQUENCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255621 | Device and Method of Handling Communication Operations with a Network | 09-01-2016 |
20160255622 | APPARATUSES AND METHODS FOR EXCHANGE OF SIGNALING INFORMATION IN COMP | 09-01-2016 |
20160255623 | ALMOST BLANK SUBFRAME BASED ORTHOGONAL RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK ENVIRONMENT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255624 | Method and Radio Network Controller for Transmitting Information | 09-01-2016 |
20160255626 | NETWORK ELEMENT AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING USING A PLURALITY OF CONTROLS CHANNELS MODULES | 09-01-2016 |
20160255627 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATING LTE-U NETWORK INFORMATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255630 | CONFIGURING COMPONENT CARRIERS IN CARRIER AGGREGATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255631 | Frequency Selective Almost Blank Subframes | 09-01-2016 |
20160255632 | LTE/WI-FI Aggregation For Existing Network Nodes | 09-01-2016 |
20160255633 | METHODS AND APPARATUS OF IMPLEMENTING AND/OR USING A CONTROL CHANNEL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255634 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR ACTIVATING SECONDARY CARRIER IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM FOR USING CARRIER AGGREGATION TECHNIQUE | 09-01-2016 |
20160255635 | TERMINAL COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160255637 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255638 | COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING | 09-01-2016 |
20160255641 | NETWORK NODE, WIRELESS DEVICE AND METHOD PERFORMED THEREIN | 09-01-2016 |
20160255642 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR WAVEFORM PROTECTION IN A MIXED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255643 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING LTE-U NETWORK INFORMATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255644 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR REDUNDANT WAVEFORM PROTECTION IN A MIXED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255645 | Cyclic shift diversity in wireless communications | 09-01-2016 |
20160255646 | Reception of Simultaneous Downlink Transmissions by a Low Complexity User Equipment | 09-01-2016 |
20160255647 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DATA CHANNEL SIGNALING | 09-01-2016 |
20160255648 | RADIO ACCESS NODE, COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND METHODS PERFORMED THEREIN | 09-01-2016 |
20160255650 | METHOD FOR TRANSMISSION BY USING SCHEDULING SIGNALING, AND APPARATUS | 09-01-2016 |
20160255651 | METHOD FOR ACQUIRING UPLINK GRANT INFORMATION, UE, AND BASE STATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255652 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND SIGNALING METHOD FOR THE SAME | 09-01-2016 |
20160255653 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR SELECTIVE CONTENTION IN A MIXED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 09-01-2016 |
20160255654 | Uplink Contention Based Multiple Access for Cellular IoT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255655 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND CHANNEL ESTIMATING METHOD | 09-01-2016 |
20160255657 | PROVIDING ACCESS CONTROL PARAMETERS TO A USER EQUIPMENT | 09-01-2016 |
20160255658 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255660 | STATION AND WIRELESS LINK CONFIGURATION METHOD THEREFOR | 09-01-2016 |
20160255664 | METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING LINK IN COOPERATIVE COMMUNICATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255665 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TERMINAL | 09-01-2016 |
20160255669 | A Network Node and Method for Handling Cellular and D2D Communications in a Wireless Communications Network | 09-01-2016 |
20160255670 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL USING DIRECT COMMUNICATION BETWEEN TERMINALS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 09-01-2016 |
20160255671 | Adaptation Of Dual Connectivity Procedures | 09-01-2016 |
20160255672 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION METHOD, MOBILE STATION, AND RADIO BASE STATION | 09-01-2016 |
20160255675 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECONFIGURING A BEARER | 09-01-2016 |
20160255676 | DISCONTINUOUS RECEPTION PROCEDURES WITH ENHANCED COMPONENT CARRIERS | 09-01-2016 |
20160380680 | BASE STATION AND BEAM FORMING - Embodiments of the present disclosure provide a base station and a beam forming method. The method includes: determining, according to uplink sounding signals separately received using m beams, an uplink receive power of each beam in the m beams, where m is a positive integer greater than 2; selecting n beams from the m beams according to the uplink receive power of each beam in the m beams, where 2≦n12-29-2016 | |
20160380685 | TECHNIQUES USING A FIRST BAND OF COMMUNICATION TO SYNCHRONIZE BEAMFORMING FOR A SECOND BAND OF COMMUNICATION - Various embodiments are generally directed to an apparatus, method and other techniques to send an indication in a first frequency band of communication, the indication sent in a beacon message and to indicate a capability to communicate in a second frequency band of communication. Embodiments may include techniques to send beamforming information for the second frequency band of communication in the first frequency band of communication, and perform a beamforming operation for the second frequency band of communication using the beamforming information communicated in the first frequency band of communication. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380691 | INTERACTION METHOD AND COMMUNICATION DEVICE - An interaction method and communication device are provided. An interaction method comprises: sending multiple different signals by a communication device, wherein the multiple different signals have different coverage areas, at least determining at least two signals in the multiple different signals received by another communication device, and at least according to the at least two signals, determining a moving track of the other communication device. An interaction solution is thus provided. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380720 | RADIO TRANSMISSION DEVICE AND METHOD - A radio transmitting device and method enables reduction of an increase of CGI memories for the control channel and an improvement of the throughput of the data channel. When multiplex transmission through the control channel and the data channel is carried out and when adaptive modulation is applied to both channels, an MCS selecting section is provided with one CQI table for the data channel and CQI tables for the control channel, and a table selecting MCS determining section selects one of the tables depending on the transmission bandwidth of the terminal and determines the MCS of the control channel while looking up the selected CQI table. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380729 | Beamforming feedback tone/sub-carrier location within wireless communications - A wireless communication device (alternatively, device, WDEV, etc.) includes at least one processing circuitry configured to support communications with other WDEV(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. In some examples, the device includes a communication interface and a processing circuitry, among other possible circuitries, components, elements, etc. to support communications with other WDEV(s) and to generate and process signals for such communications. The WDEV receives a null data packet (NDP) announcement frame that specifies a sub-carrier (SC) or tone grouping factor, a communication channel bandwidth, and other WDEV(s) to respond with beamforming feedback. The WDEV process the NDP announcement frame to determine it is to respond, and if so, then receives a NDP sounding frame that includes long training fields (LTFs) and pilots at predetermined locations and generates beamforming feedback of communication channel estimates at SCs as determined based on a sub-carrier roster look up table (LUT). | 12-29-2016 |
20160380730 | MULTI-PHASE WIRELESS SOUNDING - System and techniques for multi-phase wireless sounding are described herein. A first set of stations may be selected by an access point from a plurality of stations known to the access point. The access point may then transmit a first sounding request to members of the first set of stations. The access point may receive a sounding report in response to the first sounding request from members of the first set of stations. The access point may then select a second set of stations from the plurality of stations based on the sounding report. This second set of stations is a proper subset of the first set of stations. The access point may then transmit a second sounding request to the second set of stations. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380731 | Wireless Preamble Structure for OFDMA Signaling under OBSS Interference - A wireless access point transmits a protocol data unit (PDU) that includes data and signaling for a plurality of user devices. The PDU spans a channel in frequency and an interval in time, and includes a first signaling section, a second signaling section and a traffic action. For each of a plurality of subchannels of the channel: the first signaling section includes (within the subchannel) a corresponding redundant copy of common signaling information for the user devices associated with the access point; the second signaling section includes (within the subchannel) a corresponding set of user-specific signaling information for a corresponding group of one or more of the user devices; and the traffic section includes (within the subchannel) a corresponding set of traffic data for the corresponding group of one or more user devices. Subchannels sizes may be configurable. A signaling set CRC may be included per subchannel. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380732 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL FOR LOW LATENCY IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for a terminal receiving a downlink signal for low transmission latency in a wireless communication system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, comprises the steps of: receiving a downlink control channel from a base station; and receiving a downlink data channel based on control information transmitted from the downlink control channel. Here, the downlink data channel is transmitted in at least one advanced subframe comprising M number of orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (OFDM) symbols, and the downlink control channel is transmitted in at least one special symbol which is separate from the advanced subframe. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380734 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - The present application discloses a method for reporting channel state information, user equipment, and a base station. The method includes: receiving a first reference signal set sent by a base station, where the first reference signal set includes at least two reference signals; sending first CSI to the base station, where the first CSI is determined according to the first reference signal set, and the first CSI includes a first RI and/or a first PMI, where the first PMI is used to indicate a first precoding matrix; receiving a second reference signal set sent by the base station, where the second reference signal set is determined based on the first CSI, and the second reference signal set includes at least one reference signal; and sending second CSI to the base station, where the second CSI is determined according to the second reference signal set. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380735 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONFIGURING A TRANSMISSION MODE FOR A BACKHAUL LINK TRANSMISSION - A method is provided for demodulating a signal. A relay node receives control information, from an evolved-NodeB (eNB), through a relay-physical downlink control channel (R-PDCCH), and receives a data, from the eNB, through a physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH). When a number of transmission layers of the PDSCH is 2 or more than 2 and a plurality of reference signals for a demodulation of the data are transmitted on antenna ports by the eNB, a reference signal transmitted on a minimum antenna port among the antenna ports is used for a demodulation of the control information. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380736 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK AND WIRELESS DEVICE USING SAME - A method is provided for uplink transmission in a wireless communication system. A user equipment (UE) configures multiple timing advance groups (TAGs), determines a power for transmitting a sounding reference signal (SRS) toward a first serving cell in a first TAG, determines a power for transmitting an uplink channel toward a second serving cell in a second TAG, determines whether a portion of a last symbol of an i | 12-29-2016 |
20160380737 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL - A method is provided for receiving a sounding reference signal (SRS) in a wireless communication system. A base station transmits downlink control information to a user equipment at a first serving cell of the plurality of serving cells. The downlink control information includes a carrier indicator and a downlink assignment. When the downlink control information includes an aperiodic SRS request that indicates a triggering of an SRS transmission, the base station receives an SRS from the user equipment at the second serving cell. If the first serving cell is a frequency division duplex (FDD) and the second serving cell is a time division duplex (TDD) cell, the downlink control information includes the aperiodic SRS request. If the first serving cell is the TDD cell and the second serving cell is the FDD cell, the downlink control information does not include the aperiodic SRS request. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380738 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR PROCESSING DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNALS - There are provided a terminal device, a base station device, and an integrated circuit that enable a base station device and a terminal device to determine parameters related to uplink signals or uplink reference signals and to perform efficient communication. A terminal device that transmits a demodulation reference signal associated with a physical uplink shared channel to a base station device includes determining a sequence group number on the basis of a value of a parameter configured by a higher layer, determining the sequence group number on the basis of a physical layer cell identity, and generating a sequence of the demodulation reference signal on the basis of the sequence group number, wherein the sequence group number is determined on the basis of the physical layer cell identity in a case where a transmission on the physical uplink shared channel corresponding to a downlink control information format to which CRC parity bits scrambled by a Temporary C-RNTI are attached is performed in a random access procedure. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380740 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A method for transmitting an acknowledgement (ACK)—related information in a method for transmitting uplink control information in a wireless communication system includes: designating specific symbols in a resource allocation unit for ACK/NACK (acknowledgement/negative-acknowledgement) transmission within an uplink data channel; dividing the resource allocation unit into a plurality of symbol regions; sequentially mapping ACK/NACK bits to the plurality of symbol regions; and transmitting the uplink data channel to which the ACK/NACK bits are mapped, wherein the mapping includes mapping contiguous bits of the ACK/NACK bits to different symbol regions of the plurality of symbol regions. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380741 | TRANSMISSION DIVERSITY AND MULTIPLEXING FOR HARQ-ACK SIGNALS IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - A method and apparatus are described for a User Equipment (UE) to transmit in a control channel ACKnowledgement signals associated with a Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest process (HARQ-ACK signals) in response to receiving Transport Blocks (TBs) transmitted from a base station. The UE conveys the HARQ-ACK information by selecting one resource from multiple resources in the control channel and by selecting a constellation point of the modulation scheme for the HARQ-ACK signal. Transmission diversity is supported using different control channel resources that are already available to the UE without configuring additional resources. Design principles are described to optimally map the HARQ-ACK information to control channel resources and modulation constellation points for a Time Division Duplex (TDD) system and for a Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380793 | SIGNAL TRANSMISSION APPARATUS AND MULTICARRIER COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A signal transmission apparatus and multicarrier communication system that includes: a first receiving unit configured to receive a probe signal transmitted by transmitting end; wherein, the signal is generated according to characteristics of recommended signal configuration obtained by previous signal to noise ratio (SNR) probings; a first processing unit configured to probe a channel SNR according to the signal; a first determining unit configured to determine transmission signal configuration and signal transmission performance according to a final channel SNR obtained by multiple times of SNR probing; and a first transmitting unit configured to transmit the configuration and the performance to the transmitting end, so that the transmitting end transmits an actual transmission signal according to the configuration and the performance. With the embodiments, accuracy of probing a nonlinear channel SNR is improved, and reliability and stability of the communication system are guaranteed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160380795 | OFDM-CDMA EQUIPMENT AND METHOD - An OFDM signal transmission apparatus is provided, which includes a mapping unit configured to map first signals into N subcarriers and second signals into M subcarrier(s) to form an OFDM signal, wherein N is larger than M. The first signals are each indicating a same bit of retransmission information and the second signals are each indicating a same bit of information other than retransmission information. The OFDM signal transmission apparatus further includes a transmitting unit configured to transmit the formed OFDM signal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381544 | DISCOVERY SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION - A method includes: detecting, by second user equipment, a first paging message sent by a base station, where the first paging message instructs the second user equipment to send a discovery signal on a second resource; determining, by the second user equipment, the second resource according to the detected first paging message; and sending, by the second user equipment, the discovery signal on the second resource. According to the discovery signal transmission method in the embodiments of the present invention, the base station triggers the user equipment to send a discovery signal on a temporarily allocated resource, which prevents the user equipment from periodically sending a discovery signal on a resource reserved by a system, effectively reduces, without affecting efficiency in detecting the discovery signal, energy consumed by the user equipment to send the discovery signal, and can improve user experience. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381561 | Method and Device for Processing Information - The embodiments of disclosure disclose a method and device for processing information. The method includes that: according to a predefined rule, subframes of a first serving cell are divided into multiple subframe groups; a management mode is configured for each of the subframe groups; and according to the management mode configured for each of the subframe groups, information on the first serving cell is processed. By means of the embodiments of the disclosure, a problem that some downlink subframes in a serving cell cannot be scheduled is solved, and different requirements of all subframes can be met, thereby improving a performance of a system, and ensuring an efficiency of data transmission. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381562 | RESOURCE SELECTION METHOD AND APPARATUS - Embodiments of the present disclosure disclose a resource selection method and an apparatus, which are applied to the communications field, and can resolve a collision problem occurring, and improve transmit quality of a discovery signal of a terminal. The method comprises: obtaining, by the terminal, a transmit probability of a discovery signal, where the transmit probability is a probability that the terminal starts to transmit the discovery signal on a predetermined discovery frame by using a discovery resource pool; generating, by the terminal, an indication signal corresponding to the transmit probability; and if the indication signal is a transmit indication signal, starting to transmit, by the terminal, the discovery signal on the predetermined discovery frame by using the discovery resource pool. The present disclosure is applicable to frequency-time resource selection by a terminal for transmitting a discovery signal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381566 | WI-FI OVER TV WHITE SPACE ADAPTER - One embodiment of the present invention provides an apparatus for allowing a Wi-Fi module to operate over TV white space (TVWS) bands. The apparatus includes a first receiver coupled to a Wi-Fi module and configured to receive a Wi-Fi signal from the Wi-Fi module, an analog-to-digital conversion (ADC) module coupled to the first receiver and configured to convert the received Wi-Fi signal to the digital domain, a spectral-shaping module configured to reshape a spectrum of the converted digital Wi-Fi signal, a digital-to-analog conversion (DAC) module coupled to the spectral-shaping module, and a first transmitter coupled to the DAC module and configured to transmit signals in TV white space (TVWS) bands. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381567 | CONCURRENT WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS OVER LICENSED AND UNLICENSED SPECTRUM - Methods and apparatuses are described for wireless communications. A first method includes transmitting a first Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communications signal to a wireless node in a licensed spectrum, and transmitting, concurrently with the transmission of the first OFDMA communications signal, a second OFDMA communications signal to the wireless node in an unlicensed spectrum. A second method includes receiving a first Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) communications signal from a wireless node in a licensed spectrum, and receiving, concurrently with the reception of the first OFDMA communications signal, a second OFDMA communication signal from the wireless node in an unlicensed spectrum. A third method includes generating a periodic gating interval for a cellular downlink in an unlicensed spectrum, and synchronizing at least one boundary of the periodic gating interval with at least one boundary of a periodic frame structure associated with a primary component carrier of the cellular downlink. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381587 | METHODS FOR APERIODIC CSI REPORT TRIGGERING FOR FLEXIBLE SUBFRAMES IN LTE TDD EIMTA SYSTEMS WITH DYNAMIC UL-DL RECONFIGURATION - A method to trigger aperiodic CSI reports in LTE TDD systems having dynamic uplink-downlink configurations is proposed. When uplink grants can be sent on any subframe, the method further defines how to indicate which measured subframe set is to be used in reporting the aperiodic CSI. The method is useful for homogeneous networks and networks employing enhanced interference management and traffic adaptation (eIMTA). | 12-29-2016 |
20160381595 | METHOD FOR REPORTING A BUFFER STATUS AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a wireless communication system. More specifically, the present invention relates to a method and a device for reporting a buffer status in the wireless communication system, the method comprising: generating a MAC PDU (Protocol Data Unit) including first BSR MAC CE (Buffer Status Reporting MAC Control Element) for an amount of data to be transmitted via the first MAC entity; and transmitting the MAC PDU via the second MAC entity to a base station. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381604 | Use Of Shared Resources Indicated By Template Frame - The present disclosure generally relates to the field of resource reservation. More specifically, the present disclosure relates to a technique of reserving shared communication resources in a wireless communication network. The wireless communication network comprises a plurality of access nodes, each of the plurality of access nodes being connected to one or more of the plurality of access nodes via one or more links A method embodiment comprises the steps of: receiving, by an access node ( | 12-29-2016 |
20160381618 | RF-ANTENNA ARCHITECTURE IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION DEVICES - Systems and methods for providing high-throughput and reliable operation in WiFi and cellular environments stem in antenna volume-constrained devices employs a switched or multiplexed cellular band antenna to support WiFi MIMO for mobile handheld operation. The device housing may a single, unitary metallic piece having the device antennas formed as part of the housing. Alternatively, one or more antennas may be internal to the device. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381619 | Routing Based on Quality Metrics - Methods, apparatuses, and computer program products provide for routing information between nodes of a radio network. A quality metric is received at a network node that indicates a quality of at least one channel of a plurality of channels in the network. A virtual network is generated that includes one or more routes between a source node and a destination node. A modified virtual network is generated based at least in part on the quality metric and the virtual network, and is then used to determine an optimized route between the source node and destination node. The determination includes a joint selection of one or more of a plurality of network nodes and the plurality of the channels. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381621 | SERVICE PROVIDING METHOD USING A BEACON AND ELECTRONIC APPARATUS THEREOF - A method for use in an electronic device includes: receiving, from a server, beacon information including a first function information. The first function information is associated with a first function, and the first function is executed in response to detecting that a beacon signal that is received from a beacon transmitter matches beacon information. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381630 | DYNAMIC CELL RESELECTION TO IMPROVE DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATIONS - The disclosure generally relates to dynamic cell reselection to improve device-to-device (D2D) communications where two or more D2D peers are camped onto different cells and one or more D2D peers are located in an overlap region between the cells. For example, in various embodiments, the D2D peers may exchange one or more communication parameters over the (inter-cell) D2D connection and detect that the D2D peers are camped on different base stations (i.e., attached to different cells) based on the exchanged communication parameters. The D2D peer(s) located in the cell overlap region may then obtain measurements on the neighbor cell and a forced cell reselection may be triggered at the appropriate D2D peer(s) located in the cell overlap region such that the D2D peers are camped on the same base station, thereby converting the inter-cell D2D connection into an intra-cell D2D connection that can be more easily maintained. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381653 | Timing Alignment in an LTE System - A method for use in a user terminal in a cellular communications system. According to the method, the user terminal applies a first timing advance value to its transmissions to a controlling node, and the user terminal requests communication with the controlling node in a contention based procedure by transmitting an access request (MSG | 12-29-2016 |
20160381661 | D2D DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed are a D2D data transmission method and device. The method comprises: determining, by a D2D data sending end, a state of each sending opportunity in a sending window in the same manner as a D2D data receiving end, wherein the sending window is uniformly divided into a plurality of sending opportunities, and the state of each sending opportunity comprises a data sending state and a silent state; and sending D2D data to the D2D data receiving end in the sending opportunity of each data sending state in the sending window. By means of the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application, a D2D data sending end sends data on different resources (sending opportunities) or becomes silent, so that different D2D data sending ends are staggered on the resources, thereby alleviating the influence of “near-far” effects. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381662 | Mobility Network Function Consolidation - Aspects of the subject disclosure may include, for example, control signals are communicated with a base station of a radio access network in communication with a mobile device. The control signals include information associated with one of mobility of the mobile device, bearer management or both. The network node communicates bearer message traffic with the base station and coordinates an exchange of data packets between the base station and an external packet data network by way of the bearer message traffic. Other embodiments are disclosed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381663 | METHOD FOR DEVICE-TO-DEVICE RESOURCE ALLOCATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION - To allocate resources for a device-to-device discovery and/or communication to a user equipment, the user equipment receives information on allocated resources while the user equipment is connected to a mobile communication network. The user equipment continues a usage of the allocated resources for a device-to-device discovery and/or a device-to-device communication when the user equipment is in an idle mode. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381664 | DYNAMIC PATTERNED RESOURCE ALLOCATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Devices and techniques for dynamic patterned resource allocation in a wireless network are described herein. Components of a wireless station may obtain a set of dynamic patterns, where members of the set define a sequence of resource units for the wireless network. The components may receive a data unit from an access point of the wireless network, the data unit including a group designation for the wireless station. The components may select one of the set of dynamic patterns based on the received group designation and communicate on the wireless network using resource units specified by the selected dynamic pattern. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381665 | Joint Radio Link Control (RLC) Signaling with Network Coding - Dynamic point selection (DPS) can be implemented using access points having partial or no DPS synchronization. Specifically, a mobile device may broadcast a bounce back message to access points participating in DPS transmissions to signal that a data segment has been successfully received and/or decoded by the mobile device. The bounce back message may cause the access points to drop remaining packets corresponding to the data segment from their buffers without sending those remaining packets over their respective radio interfaces. The bounce back message may be broadcast over any wireless signaling channel, such as via radio link control (RLC) signaling. Moreover, different priorities may be assigned to encoded packets intended for DPS transmission based on whether the encoded packets are communicated over a primary or secondary backhaul path. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381666 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR - The present invention relates to a method for transmitting and receiving data in a wireless communication system supporting device to device (D2D) communication. The method performed by first User Equipment (UE) includes receiving first control information related to D2D communication from an eNB, transmitting second control information, including resource information related to D2D data transmission, to second UE based on the received first control information, and transmitting the D2D data to the second UE. Receiving the first control information includes allocating, by the eNB, a resource pool related to the D2D communication through high layer signaling. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381667 | Aggregation of Resources in Enhanced Control Channels - The set of resource aggregation levels available for forming an enhanced control channel message may vary from one subframe to another, based on the level of puncturing in the transmitted subframes. An example method begins with determining members of a set of aggregation levels usable to aggregate the non-overlapping subsets of resource elements for transmitting downlink control information. This determining is based on a puncturing level to be used for the transmission of the downlink control information. Downlink control information for the given subframe is mapped to one or more non-overlapping subsets of resource elements in the at least one block of time-frequency resources, according to an aggregation level selected from the determined set, and then transmitted, in the one or more non-overlapping subsets. This method may be repeated for each of several subframes, where the puncturing may differ from one subframe to another. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381668 | RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION THROUGH PDCCH - A method for efficiently transmitting and receiving control information through a Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) is provided. When a User Equipment (UE) receives control information through a PDCCH, the received control information is set to be decoded in units of search spaces, each having a specific start position in the specific subframe. Here, a modulo operation according to a predetermined first constant value (D) is performed on an input value to calculate a first result value, and a modulo operation according to a predetermined first variable value (C) corresponding to the number of candidate start positions that can be used as the specific start position is performed on the calculated first result value to calculate a second result value and an index position corresponding to the second result value is used as the specific start position. Transmitting control information in this manner enables a plurality of UEs to efficiently receive PDCCHs without collisions. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381670 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA IN DIRECT DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION - A method and an apparatus for transmitting data in communication between terminals are provided. A terminal disposes at least one first reference signal configured based on a first parameter. The terminal disposes at least one second reference signal configured based on a second parameter, in addition to the first reference signal configured based on a first parameter. Data of a first structure in which the first reference signal is included or data of a second structure in which the first reference signal and the second reference signal are included is transmitted. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381671 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE RADIO RESOURCE MANAGEMENT - The present invention provides for a method and related system and communication terminal devices, for assigning a radio resource allocation mode to a mobile radio communications device for device-to-device communication within a wireless communication network environment, the method including the step of identifying at the mobile radio communications device an initial radio resource allocation mode and further including the step of signalling from the network to the mobile radio communications device configuration data relating to an authorized radio resource allocation mode to be employed for the device-to-device communication and defining at least one operation requirement of the mobile radio communications device when employing the said authorized mode. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381672 | METHOD FOR ASSIGNING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE DIRECT COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - The present disclosure relates to a method for allocating resource performed by a base station in a wireless communication system that supports a direct communication between user equipments (UEs) includes acquiring position information and transmission power of a first UE and a second UE; and allocating the resource to the first UE and the second UE based on the acquired position information and transmission power of the first UE and the second UE, wherein allocating the resource preferentially allocates the resource to the first UE. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381673 | MEMORY MANAGEMENT FOR RECEPTION OF WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS - A base station or user equipment (UE) may manage scheduling of code blocks to be transmitted and manage memory interface usage to enhance memory read and write operations and provide for enhanced efficiency for decoding of retransmissions of code blocks. In some aspects, a base station or UE may identify an available throughput, or budget, for performing read and write operations to a memory. The base station or UE may then estimate an amount of read and write operations to be performed during a particular time period. In the event that the amount of read and write operations exceed the budget, scheduling of code blocks to be transmitted may be adjusted, one or more read or write operations may be skipped, or combinations thereof may be employed to achieve the memory read and write budget. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381674 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION - The present invention relates to a wireless access system which supports machine-type communication (MTC), and more particularly, to various methods for efficiently transmitting, by an MTC terminal, uplink control information (UCI) and/or user data, and to apparatuses supporting same. A method for transmitting an uplink by an MTC terminal which supports machine-type communication (MTC) in a wireless access system, according to one embodiment of the present invention, may comprise the steps of: determining whether an overlap exists between a plurality of physical uplink control channels (PUCCHs) for transmitting uplink control information (UCI) and a plurality of physical uplink shared channels (PUSCHs) for transmitting user data; multiplexing UCI in at least one subframe on an overlapping PUSCH when the plurality of PUCCHs and the plurality of PUSCHs overlap in the at least one subframe; and transmitting the PUSCH on which the UCI has been multiplexed in the at least one subframe. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381675 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR MULTIPLE USER UPLINK BANDWIDTH ALLOCATION - Methods and apparatus for multiple user uplink are provided. In one aspect, method for wireless communication includes receiving an assignment of a frequency bandwidth for an uplink transmission of a station. The method further includes determining whether a portion of the assigned frequency bandwidth is unavailable for the uplink transmission. The method further includes selectively transmitting the uplink transmission based on whether the portion of the assigned frequency bandwidth is unavailable. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381676 | METHOD OF TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION USING PHYSICAL UPLINK SHARED CHANNEL REGION IN MIMO ANTENNA SYSTEM - Provided is a method of transmitting control information using a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH) region in a system employing a multi-input multi-output (MIMO) antenna system in which transmission is performed through a plurality of layers. A method of transmitting a channel quality indicator (CQI)/precoding matrix indicator (PMI) using a PUSCH region in a system employing a MIMO antenna system in which transmission is performed through a plurality of layers includes encoding the CQI/PMI using one channel encoder, and transmitting the encoded CQI/PMI using some or all of the layers. Accordingly, it is possible to transmit uplink control information through a PUSCH region using a plurality of layers. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381677 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD - The present invention pertains to a terminal device, which, when ARQ is used for communication that uses an uplink unit band and a plurality of downlink unit bands associated with the uplink unit band, and when a transmission mode that supports up to 2 TB in a PCell is set in the terminal, is capable of reducing the amount of signaling from a base station while eliminating a lack of PUCCH resources when semi-permanent scheduling (SPS) is used in the PCell. A control unit in this device selects one value among values obtained by adding 1 to four PUCCH resource indexes, which have been preset for PUCCH resource 1 by the base station, on the basis of values for transmission power control information (TPC command for PUCCH) in a PDCCH, for which notification has been received at the start of SPS. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381678 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION METHOD AND BASE STATION CONTROLLER - The present disclosure provides a resource allocation method and a base station controller, which can improve resource utilization. The method includes receiving reference signals sent by all active user equipment in a first sector during a current listening period, determining the all active user equipment according to the reference signals; acquiring total data traffic of the first sector during the current listening period according to the all active user equipment; determining a to-be-adjusted resource quantity of an access antenna and a to-be-adjusted resource quantity of a backhaul antenna in resources of the base station antenna according to the total data traffic of the first sector during the current listening period; generating control information; and sending the control information to the base station antenna. The present disclosure is applied to resource allocation of a base station antenna. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381679 | GATEWAY DEVICE, VEHICLE INCLUDING THE SAME, AND CONTROL METHOD FOR THE SAME - Disclosed herein is a gateway device including a communication interface provided with a plurality of channels capable of connecting to an external device; a switch unit configured to determine a connection state between the plurality of channels; and a controller configured to group a Controller Area Network (CAN) signal, which is received from a first external device connected to a first channel among the plurality of channels, into a message frame, and when an identifier of the message frame is included in a pre-determined high-speed transmission identifier group, configured to control the switch unit so that a second channel to which a second external device corresponding to the identifier is connected, is connected to the first channel. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381683 | Bandwidth efficient wireless signal trunking system and method - A narrowband radio system and method for use in wireless communication systems. Preferred embodiments are designed to provide data communication links between users, referred to as “endpoints”. Endpoints in many embodiments include wireless radio modems. In preferred embodiments many or all of these links are two-way data communication links. Endpoints (typically “human users or computer systems”) can send data to the radio modems, and the radio modems can send data to the endpoints. In typical systems, the radio modems are connected to machines that are configured to respond to data communication. Computers are programmed with special protocols designed for efficient communication of information through the narrow band channels among users of the wireless trunking system. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381684 | ACCESS POINT (AP), USER STATION (STA) AND METHOD FOR SPATIAL MODULATION ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXING (SM-OFDM) COMMUNICATION - Embodiments of an access point (AP), user station (STA), and method for spatial modulation orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (SM-OFDM) communication in a wireless network are generally described herein. The AP may transmit an SM-OFDM signal that comprises multiple OFDM signals. The SM-OFDM signal may be transmitted in channel resources that comprise multiple sub-carriers and the OFDM signals may be based at least partly on data symbols for used data portions of the sub-carriers. The used data portions may be based on a first portion of encoded bits and the data symbols for the used data portions may be based on a second portion of the encoded bits. In some examples, the used data portions of the sub-carriers may be different for at least some of the OFDM signals. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381685 | TECHNIQUES USING A FIRST BAND OF COMMUNICATION TO DETERMINE FREQUENCY SYNCHRONIZATION FOR COMMUNICATION ON A SECOND BAND - Various embodiments are generally directed to an apparatus, method and other techniques to determine a first frequency offset for a first band of communication based on one or more packets communicated by a first transceiver, determine a second frequency offset for a second band of communication based on the first frequency offset, and process one or more packets of information communicated on the second band of communication via a second transceiver based on the second frequency offset. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381686 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE - The disclosed communication device includes a signal generator configured to generate a transmitting signal that uses a plurality of frequency bands, an amplifier configured to amplify and output the transmitting signal, a plurality of duplexers configured to separate and output a receiving signal and the transmitting signal, a first detection means configured to detect the transmitting signal output from the duplexer, a controller configured to control power amplification of the transmitting signal output by the amplifier based on the detection by the first detection means, and a second detection means configured to detect the transmitting signal input to the duplexer from the amplifier, wherein the controller controls power amplification of the transmitting signal by the amplifier based on the detection by the second detection means when the temperature is a predetermined value or more or the frequency of the transmitting signal is a predetermined value or more. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381688 | ENHANCED CLEAR CHANNEL ASSESSMENT - In an example of multi-user wireless communications, an access point may send a downlink frame to a first station. The first station may generate and transmit an uplink frame. A second station in a same or different basic service set coverage area as that of the access point performs a clear channel assessment of a medium associated with the station for transmitting a frame without interrupting a frame exchange between the access point and the first station. The second station receives the downlink frame and the uplink frame of the frame exchange. The second station determines a signal measurement of the uplink frame, and determines a status of the medium based on the signal measurement and the downlink frame. The first station may update or ignore a network allocation vector timer based on the status of the medium. Other methods, apparatus, and computer-readable media are also disclosed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381690 | METHOD FOR ALLOCATING RESOURCES IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - Disclosed are a resource allocation method in a wireless communication system supporting device-to-device (D2D) communication, and a device therefor. The resource allocation method for allocating resource for device-to-device (D2D) communication in a wireless communication system supporting D2D communication includes receiving, by a base station (BS), shared resource least interfered by a neighbor terminal and discovered by a D2D reception terminal and resource discovery time information from the D2D reception terminal, and synchronizing, by the BS, scheduling in order to allocate entirely or partially same resource to a cellular terminal for which the shared resource is scheduled and the D2D reception terminal at the resource discovery time. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381691 | METHODS OF ADAPTING CODEC DATA RATE BASED ON RADIO CONDITION TO IMPROVE LTE SERVICE COVERAGE AND CAPACITY - Variable bitrate (“VBR”)-based applications may use physical layer metrics, associated with a radio access network (“RAN”), in order to select a data rate and/or codec at which to send and/or receive data. Such VBR-based applications may include voice call application, video streaming applications, or the like. An application programming interface (“API”) between the physical layer and the application layer of a user device may facilitate the analysis of the physical layer metrics of the RAN. The RAN may also, or alternatively, provide physical layer metrics to the user device (e.g., via control signaling). The RAN may enforce constraints on maximum or minimum data rates, and/or may specify codecs that should be used. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381692 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATION BY CO-LOCATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MODULES - Some demonstrative embodiments include devices, systems and methods of communication by co-located wireless communication modules. For example, a device may be configured to receive a latency attribute indicating an allowed latency to transmit a packet using one or more shared resources shared between a plurality of wireless communication modules; receive a first priority level indicating a first transmission priority of the packet; increase the first priority level to a second priority level based on a comparison between the allowed latency and a time from reception of the latency attribute; and send the second priority level to an arbitration module, the second priority level to indicate to the arbitration module a second transmission priority to transmit the packet using the shared resources. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381693 | FEEDBACK-BASED PACKET CONTROL SYSTEM - Methods and systems for dynamically controlling per-session throughput and application priority are provided. Said method is under the control of one or more computer systems configured with executable instructions. The method comprises receiving, at a mobile virtual network operator, a request to initiate a data-based application. The request is received from a mobile device that is associated with a data plan that is managed by the mobile virtual network operator. The data-based application is associated with a category of data. The method also comprises evaluating the request at a feedback-based packet control system of the mobile virtual network operator utilizing a speed monitoring module and business rule engine in evaluating the request. The method further comprises allocating data to the data-based application request. The allocation of data is based on a data plan and and/or category of data. Additionally, the method comprises providing the data-based application request to a server. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381694 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, TERMINAL, AND PROCESSING METHOD - A wireless system includes a plurality of terminals and a wireless base station. Each of the plurality of terminals determines a priority of a local terminal related to transmission of a certain signal according to a certain rule when the certain signal is not received from the wireless base station. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381695 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE - The present invention relates to a data transmission method and a communications device. The communications device includes: a memory, a processor, and a communications interface. The memory is configured to store mapping information between a data flow identifier and a physical layer transmission technology identifier. The processor is configured to: determine a to-be-scheduled data flow; determine, from the mapping information and according to a data flow identifier of the data flow, a physical layer transmission technology identifier corresponding to the data flow; generate, according to the data flow, a transport block which is corresponding to the physical layer transmission technology identifier; generate wireless communication data by performing processing, according to a physical layer transmission technology corresponding to the physical layer transmission technology identifier, on a transport block corresponding to the physical layer transmission technology identifier; and send the wireless communication data to a receive end by using the communications interface. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381697 | METHOD FOR FEEDING BACK CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR, AND METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SENDING RESOURCE SCHEDULING INFORMATION - Embodiments of the present invention provide a method for feeding back a channel quality indicator, and a method and an apparatus for sending resource scheduling information. An apparatus for feeding back a channel quality indicator includes: a determining module, configured to determine a feedback granularity of a CQI according to a system bandwidth, a CQI feedback mode, and antenna port quantity information specified by a network device; and a feedback module, configured to feed back the CQI to the network device according to the feedback granularity of the CQI. The method for feeding back a channel quality indicator, and the method and the apparatus for sending resource scheduling information provided in the embodiments of the present invention are used to reduce system overheads. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381699 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS OF AN ALL PURPOSE BROADBAND NETWORK - Improved capabilities are described for increasing the bandwidth in a wireless communication network, such as where local optimization servers and centralized optimization servers are connected to a communication network, and wherein at least one wireless RF access node comprises a scheduler for providing uplink and downlink air interface access to the plurality of mobile devices that access the at least one wireless RF access node. The local optimization server may include an application priority service that interfaces with the scheduler to convey to the scheduler an air interface data rate priority value that is assigned to a first mobile device, wherein the scheduler provides uplink and downlink air interface access to the first mobile device based at least in part on the air interface data rate priority value. A topic carried in each data packet that traverses a publish-subscribe broker network may be used by first and the second publish-subscribe broker communication facilities to determine how to route each data packet, and the topic may also be used to identify the application associated with the data packet and to determine the data rate priority value corresponding to the identified application. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381700 | Dynamic Multicast Channel (MCH) Scheduling Information (MSI) in Reducing 1x Page Collision - Embodiments include methods to manage tune-away events on a multi-subscription multi-standby wireless communication device having an RF resource supporting a first subscription and a second subscription by changing an order of Multicast Traffic Channel (MTCH) transmissions across a number of Multicast Channel Scheduling Periods (MSPs). In various embodiments, the order of MTCH transmissions may be changed by rotating the Logical Channel Identifier (LCID) order in a Multicast Channel (MCH) Scheduling Information (MSI) Media Access Control (MAC) message sent from a serving base station or tower (e.g., a serving Evolved Node B (eNB)) to a multi-subscription multi-standby wireless communication device. In various embodiments, a multi-subscription, multi-standby wireless communication device may activate a MTCH for one or more service according to the dynamic MSI MAC message. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381701 | Channel Coding for Real Time Wireless Traffic - Techniques and devices for channel coding real time wireless traffic are described herein. The techniques include initiating communication in an opportunistic network, receiving network performance metrics indicating a Quality of Service or a Quality of Experience, determining a channel coding based on the network performance metrics, and transmitting channel coded data. Network performance metrics may include indications of packet loss, packet delay, or packet delay jitter. Channel coding algorithms may include turbo encoding, Chase combining, or transmission time interval (TTI) bundling. Using channel coding may allow the recovery of lost or delayed data packets in an opportunistic environment where real time transmission cannot be scheduled or cannot be guaranteed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381702 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS LAN SYSTEM - Disclosed are a channel access method and device in a wireless LAN system. The channel access control method comprises the steps of: receiving, from a main-access point, a main-beacon frame including information on an limited access section in which a channel access of an end terminal connected to a relay device is limited; generating a relay-beacon frame including the information on the limited access section; and transmitting the relay-beacon frame. Thus, the efficiency of using a wireless channel can be improved. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381703 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, SENDER DEVICE, AND RECEIVER DEVICE - Embodiments of the present invention provide a data transmission method, a sender device, and a receiver device. The method includes: sending, by a sender device, to-be-transmitted data to a receiver device according to a transmission policy; and receiving, by the sender device, feedback information sent by the receiver device. In this process, for to-be-transmitted data after a guard interval in a last radio frame of any scheduling window, the sender device sends the to-be-transmitted data according to the transmission policy, so that no timeout occurs when the sender device is waiting for the feedback information, thereby achieving an objective of improving data transmission efficiency. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381704 | Target Wake Time (TWT) Scheduling for Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) Channelization - Systems and techniques relating to wireless networking, and target wake time (TWT) scheduling for transmissions employing an Orthogonal Frequency-Division Multiple Access (OFDMA) digital modulation channelization include: receiving a frame at a wireless device, wherein a format of the frame comprises (i) a field indicating a target wake time, (ii) a first subfield having a first value that indicates a digital modulation channelization scheme, and (iii) a second subfield having a second value that indicates a transmission direction; and powering on the wireless device at the target wake time indicated by the field in the frame, wherein the powering on the wireless device enables the wireless device to transmit additional frames via a wireless channel based on (i) the first value set in the first subfield of the frame and (ii) the second value set in the second subfield of the frame. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381705 | METHOD OF ACCESSING CHANNEL IN WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK SYSTEM - A method of accessing a channel in a wireless LAN system is disclosed. A method of accessing a channel in a terminal includes receiving TIM information included in a beacon transmitted by an access point, determining a channel access slot allocated to the terminal based on the TIM information, transmitting a data transmission request to the access point in the channel access slot, and receiving data transmission slot allocation information corresponding to the data transmission request from the access point. Accordingly, a time slot can be prevented from unnecessarily wasting. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381706 | Fairness in Clear Channel Assessment Under Long Sensing Time - Mechanisms for clear channel assessment associated with a communication channel in a wireless environment are provided. Implementation of the mechanisms provides fairness in the utilization of wireless communication resources among contemporaneous communication devices and legacy communication devices. The communication channel can be embodied in a primary channel or a secondary channel according to communication protocols within the IEEE 802.11 family of protocols. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381709 | RANDOM ACCESS TO WIRELESS NETWORK - Systems and techniques for random access to a wireless network are described herein. Components of a wireless station may obtain a back-off value. The components may also decode random access resource units from a frame transmitted to the wireless station from an access point of the wireless network. The components may decrement the back-off for each decoded random access frame. The wireless station may select this frame from a sequence of frames when the back-off reaches zero while decoding the random access resource units of this frame. The wireless station then selects the random access resource unit with a more favorable transmission metric than another random access resource unit of the frame and uses the selected random access resource unit to communicate with the access point. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381711 | DIRECT DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION METHOD USING ANALOG RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE, AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - A transmission terminal randomly selects, from a base station, one signature for device to device (D2D) communication from among a prescribed number of signatures for D2D communication, transmits a first message by means of resources that have been randomly selected from among predetermined time-frequency resources, receives, from the base station, a second message that comprises control information for a D2D broadcast or a groupcast signal transmission, uses the control information received via the second message to transmit a third message including the D2D broadcast or groupcast signal to one or more reception terminals, and receives a retransmission request signal for the third message from any one or more among the one or more reception terminals, the retransmission of the third message being carried out by means of a device other than the transmission terminal. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381712 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL FOR MTC AND APPARATUS FOR SAME - The present invention relates to a method for transreceiving a signal in a wireless communication system supporting repeated transmission of a same signal, and an apparatus for same, and more specifically, to a method and an apparatus for same, the method comprising the steps of: repeatedly transmitting a first physical random access channel (PRACH) signal by using a first PRACH resource, wherein the number of transmissions equal a first repetition number; receiving a random access response (RAR) with respect to the first PRACH signal; and transmitting a second PRACH signal for requesting scheduling, wherein a plurality of PRACH resources are pre-established for transmitting the second PRACH signal, a second plurality of repetition numbers that are different are pre-established for the plurality of PRACH resources, wherein the second PRACH signal is repeatedly transmitted by using the first PRACH resource, wherein the number of transmissions equal a repetition number set for the first PRACH resource, when the first PRACH resource matches one of the plurality of PRACH resources, and wherein the second PRACH signal is repeatedly transmitted by using a PRACH resource corresponding to the first repetition number from among the plurality of PRACH resources, wherein the number of transmissions equal the first repetition number, when the first repetition number matches one of the second plurality of repetition numbers. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381713 | RANDOM ACCESS METHOD AND DEVICE - Disclosed is a random access method and device. A terminal generates a random number for a random access, and compares the random number and a setting value. When the random number is included in the setting value, the terminal transmits a preamble for a random access to a base station and attempts a random access. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381714 | METHODS PROVIDING ASSIGNMENT MESSAGES AND RELATED MOBILE STATIONS AND BASE STATION SUBSYSTEMS - A method of operating a mobile station requesting uplink access from a base station subsystem may include transmitting an access request to the base station subsystem, and delaying looking for a response matching the access request according to a delay interval. A response time window (RTW) may be initiated after the delay interval. During the response time window, the mobile station may look for an assignment message transmitted from the base station subsystem and matching the access request without looking for an assignment message matching the access request during the delay interval. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381715 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING RANDOM ACCESS OPPORTUNITY IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A base station infers a random access failure rate depending on a random access collision of terminals performing random access and controls a random access opportunity of a terminal that fails the random access by using the random access failure rate of each terminal. Also, information for the controlled random access opportunity is transmitted to the terminal that fails the random access. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381720 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR GENERATING PACKET DATA NETWORK CONNECTION OF USER EQUIPMENT - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. The method includes transmitting a service authorization request message to a first network device, the first network drive including a proximity-based service (ProSe) function, and receiving a service authorization response message from the first network device. The first terminal is a relay terminal capable of performing a UE-to-network relay function. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381722 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS THAT CAN COMMUNICATE WITH A DEVICE PROVIDED WITH AN ACCESS POINT, AND CONTROL METHOD THEREFOR - Identification information for identifying a device is obtained from the device, and processing is executed such that where the obtained identification information and access point information related to an access point the communication apparatus is already connected satisfy a predetermined condition a communication apparatus is not connected to the device by a first connection method where the communication apparatus is directly connected to the device on a peer-to-peer basis. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381723 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SERVER, METHOD USED IN THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND THE SERVER, AND PROGRAM USED IN THE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND THE SERVER - A communication system is provided which includes a server and first and second terminals capable of communicating with the server. The first terminal includes a first acquisition unit configured to acquire first identifier information for a given communication device. The second terminal includes a second acquisition unit configured to acquire second identifier information for a communication device capable of wirelessly communicating with the second terminal. The server includes a comparator that compares the first and second identifier information and, using a result of the comparison, determines whether or not to authorize communication between the first and second terminals. When the comparator authorizes communication between the first and second terminals, the comparator transmits, to at least one of the first terminal and the second terminal, information to be used for communicating with the other. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381725 | APPARATUS, SYSTEMS, AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING INTERWORKING GATEWAY - Systems and methods are provided that allow inter-working between communication networks for the delivery of service to mobile nodes. A gateway is provided that communicates with a femto cell to extend service to an area that otherwise does not receive coverage from a service provider. The femto cell is a small scale base station used to provide coverage over a small area (such as a home or business), and connect to a home or enterprise network. The femto cell provides service for a mobile node and a gateway permits communication over a broadband network. The gateway integrates the mobile nodes connecting via a femto cell into the service provider's network. The gateway also allows provisioning of services and applications, control of service levels, and provides seamless handoffs to marco base stations and other types of access technologies such as Wi-Fi. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381726 | MOBILE DISCOVERY VIA COMMUNITY SELF-NAMING CONVENTIONS - Systems and methods may provide for determining a self-naming convention associated with a group of devices and receiving a first discovery communication from a remote mobile device. Additionally, a pairing process between the remote mobile device and a local mobile device may be accelerated if the first discovery communication is a remote device name that complies with the self-naming convention. In one example, a local device name may be generated in accordance with the self-naming convention and the local device name may be broadcasted as a second discovery communication. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381728 | WIRELESS ACCESS MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES FOR WIRELESSLY-ACCESSIBLE DEVICES - Wireless access management techniques for wirelessly-accessible devices are described. In one embodiment, for example, at least one non-transitory computer-readable storage medium may comprise a set of instructions that, in response to being executed on a computing device, cause the computing device to identify a connection request of a mobile client based on a received connection establishment message, determine whether the connection request comprises an automatic connection request based on request attribute information contained in the connection establishment message, and in response to a determination that the connection request comprises an automatic connection request, generate a prompt for a confirmation that the connection request is to be granted. Other embodiments are described and claimed. | 12-29-2016 |
20160381731 | System and Method for Uplink Timing Synchronization in Conjunction with Discontinuous Reception - A system and method are disclosed for providing uplink timing synchronization during DRX operation in a wireless communication system. | 12-29-2016 |
20170237476 | HYBRID BEAMFORMING-BASED BROADCAST CHANNEL TRANSMITTING METHOD AND DEVICE IN WIRELESS CONNECTION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237477 | BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170237478 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANNEL STATUS INFORMATION FEEDBACK IN MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237479 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING FEEDBACK INFORMATION FOR FD-MIMO IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237480 | Selecting Antenna Combination | 08-17-2017 |
20170237514 | METHODS AND APPARATUSES FOR DETERMINING CELL ACCESS DURING A CELL SEARCH | 08-17-2017 |
20170237522 | COMMUNICATION DEVICE AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170237523 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING UPLINK CONTROL SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237528 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUESTS (HARQ) PROCESSING FOR RETRANSMISSIONS WITH UNKNOWN DATA LENGTH | 08-17-2017 |
20170237535 | SIGNALING METHOD FOR COMP OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 08-17-2017 |
20170237536 | CHANNEL ADAPTATION FOR MULTICARRIER ARRANGEMENT | 08-17-2017 |
20170237537 | TERMINAL, BASE STATION, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170237538 | TRANSMITTING SCHEDULING INFORMATION IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170237539 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ACQUIRING HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT FEEDBACK AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170237542 | System and Method for Characterizing Dynamic Interferers in Advanced Receivers | 08-17-2017 |
20170237586 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR SCRAMBLING SEQUENCE CONFIGURATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND BASE STATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238162 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170238169 | Managing Unidirectional Frequency Capability for D2D Operation | 08-17-2017 |
20170238187 | Access Method and Device | 08-17-2017 |
20170238190 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238191 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION USING A CENTRAL CONTROLLER | 08-17-2017 |
20170238193 | BASE STATION, MACHINE-TO-MACHINE (M2M) TERMINAL, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238206 | INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION RECEPTION METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170238261 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238266 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING PUCCH WITH A LOWER A-MPR | 08-17-2017 |
20170238268 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING WIRELESS SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238278 | Handling Unresponsive MMEs | 08-17-2017 |
20170238280 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CONTROLLING LOCATION BASED MBMS SERVICE | 08-17-2017 |
20170238282 | A MECHANISM OF RESOURCE-POOL MONITORING FOR INTER-CELL DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238283 | BASE STATION, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND BASE STATION PROCESSING METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170238284 | Multi-Carrier Operation for Narrowband Internet of Things | 08-17-2017 |
20170238285 | SIMULTANEOUS CHANNEL SWITCHING WITHIN A MESH NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170238286 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR DOWNLINK MULTI-USER TRANSMISSION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238288 | MAPPING AN ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL | 08-17-2017 |
20170238289 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRIGGERING APERIODIC FEEDBACK IN COORDINATED MULTIPOINT TRANSMISSION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238290 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM, MOBILE STATION, BASE STATION, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170238291 | METHOD FOR SETTING SEARCH REGION FOR DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 08-17-2017 |
20170238292 | MULTI-PRB OPERATION FOR NARROWBAND SYSTEMS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238295 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL DEVICE, COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, AND NON-TRANSITORY COMPUTER-READABLE STORAGE MEDIUM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238297 | COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, SMALL BASE STATION, AND USER APPARATUS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238300 | Method and Device for Determining a Number of MIMO Layers | 08-17-2017 |
20170238301 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238302 | MACHINE-TO-MACHINE (M2M) TERMINAL, BASE STATION, METHOD, AND COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238303 | Transmitting Device, Receiving Device, Controlling Node, and Methods Therein, for Transmitting a Block to the Receiving Device | 08-17-2017 |
20170238306 | UPLINK PROCEDURES ON A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION MEDIUM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238307 | Method and Network Node for Handling a Feedback Procedure | 08-17-2017 |
20170238308 | Method and Device for Processing Uplink Control Data in a Wireless Network | 08-17-2017 |
20170238310 | TRIGGER FRAME RECOVERY | 08-17-2017 |
20170238311 | Synchronous Licensed Assisted Access | 08-17-2017 |
20170238312 | DOWNLINK OPERATIONS WITH SHORTENED TRANSMISSION TIME INTERVALS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238313 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD, DEVICE, AND SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238316 | CONFIGURATION OF A SET OF CARRIERS IN A CARRIER AGGREGATION OPERATION OF A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238318 | REMOTELY RECONFIGURABLE DISTRIBUTED ANTENNA SYSTEM AND METHODS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238319 | SYSTEM, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION FOR CARRIER SELECTION IN A WIRELESS TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238320 | RADIO BASE STATION AND USER TERMINAL | 08-17-2017 |
20170238322 | CONTROLLING TRAFFIC TRANSMISSIONS TO MANAGE CELLULAR RADIO RESOURCE UTILIZATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238323 | Communicating Channel State Information (CSI) of Multiple Transmission Points | 08-17-2017 |
20170238324 | LOCATION BASED WIRELESS NETWORK OPTIMIZATION IN EMBEDDED SYSTEMS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238325 | METHODS FOR CENTRALIZED CHANNEL SELECTION ACROSS DIFFERENT CELLS IN A RADIO ACCESS NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170238328 | ACQUISITION THRESHOLD BASED ON SIGNAL STRENGTH | 08-17-2017 |
20170238330 | BASE STATION, USER EQUIPMENT AND ASSOCIATED METHODS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238331 | Multiplexed Unequal Error Protection for Wireless Networks | 08-17-2017 |
20170238332 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING MAC PDUs | 08-17-2017 |
20170238333 | TRANSMITTING ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS | 08-17-2017 |
20170238335 | METHOD FOR RADIO SOURCE SCHEDULING | 08-17-2017 |
20170238337 | METHOD FOR CANCELING SCHEDULING REQUESTS TRIGGERED BY A SIDELINK BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN A D2D COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 08-17-2017 |
20170238338 | DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE | 08-17-2017 |
20170238340 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238342 | Channel Access Procedure and QoS Provisioning for Uplink LAA | 08-17-2017 |
20170238343 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING BACKOFF OF TRANSMISSION AND RECEPTION FOR LICENSED ASSISTED ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 08-17-2017 |
20170238344 | SIMPLE RACH (SRACH) | 08-17-2017 |
20170238345 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING RANDOM ACCESS RESPONSE MESSAGE | 08-17-2017 |
20170238349 | USER APPARATUS AND BASE STATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238352 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK CONTROL NODE AND METHOD | 08-17-2017 |
20170238353 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 08-17-2017 |
20170238354 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS TERMINAL, AND COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORK | 08-17-2017 |
20170238356 | USER TERMINAL, RELAY APPARATUS, AND PROCESSOR | 08-17-2017 |
20170238357 | MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND USER TERMINAL | 08-17-2017 |
20180026481 | METHOD, SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS FOR WIRELESS POWER TRANSMISSION BASED ON POWER WAVEFORMING | 01-25-2018 |
20180026670 | SHARING AN ANTENNA FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026684 | DMRS ENHANCEMENT FOR HIGHER ORDER MU-MIMO | 01-25-2018 |
20180026692 | SYSTEMS, DEVICES AND METHODS FOR PROVIDING COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN A BEAMFORMING ACCESS POINT AND A NON-BEAMFORMING DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180026694 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION BASED ON COMMON FEEDBACK INFORMATION IN MULTIPLE ANTENNA SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180026697 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180026741 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION CONTROL METHOD AND DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180026742 | OUTER LOOP LINK ADAPTATION WITH BUNDLED FEEDBACK | 01-25-2018 |
20180026743 | Method and Apparatus for Feeding Back and Receiving CQI and Communications System | 01-25-2018 |
20180026756 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ALLOCATING HARQ-ACK CHANNEL RESOURCES SUPPORTING TRANSMIT DIVERSITY AND CHANNEL SELECTION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026759 | ENHANCED PHYSICAL DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL IN MACHINE-TYPE COMMUNICATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026760 | CHANNEL IDENTIFICATION IN A MIMO TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180026761 | METHOD AND ARRANGEMENT FOR PILOT PATTERN BASED CONTROL SIGNALING IN MIMO SYSTEMS | 01-25-2018 |
20180026763 | Resource Allocation Instruction Method and Device | 01-25-2018 |
20180026764 | METHOD OF MAPPING TRANSMISSION LAYERS TO FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLEXED DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL PORTS | 01-25-2018 |
20180026765 | ENHANCED SRS FOR MASSIVE MIMO CHANNEL ESTIMATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026768 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION TERMINAL USING SAME | 01-25-2018 |
20180026769 | METHOD FOR REPORTING CHANNEL STATE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 01-25-2018 |
20180026770 | Method, System and Device for Providing Uplink Control Information | 01-25-2018 |
20180026771 | TECHNIQUE TO PROVIDE CHANNEL FORMAT AND SIGNAL PROCESSING FOR EFFICIENTLY TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180026772 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR DISPATCHING A CHANNEL QUALITY INDICATOR FEEDBACK IN MULTICARRIER SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180026823 | HIGH CAPACITY ORTHOGONAL FREQUENCY DIVISION MULTIPLE ACCESSING SYSTEMS AND METHODS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027356 | SMART LOAD-BASED DEPLOYMENT AND TUNING OF NARROWBAND CARRIERS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027358 | INFORMATION SENDING METHOD, APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027365 | CHANNEL STEERING FOR IMPLEMENTING COEXISTENCE OF MULTIPLE HOMOGENEOUS RADIOS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027401 | NETWORK ASSISTED DEVICE TO DEVICE DISCOVERY | 01-25-2018 |
20180027418 | CHANNEL RESERVATION METHOD FOR UNLICENSED BAND COMMUNICATION, BASE STATION, AND USER TERMINAL | 01-25-2018 |
20180027420 | IMAGE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, IMAGE TRANSMISSION APPARATUS, IMAGE TRANSMISSION METHOD, AND RECORDING MEDIUM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027443 | METHOD FOR PERFORMING A BUFFER STATUS REPORTING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 01-25-2018 |
20180027452 | BASE STATION, TERMINAL, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027461 | Deactivation Method and Apparatus for a Secondary Cell and Communications System | 01-25-2018 |
20180027500 | POWER CONTROL MANAGEMENT IN UPLINK (UL) COORDINATED MULTIPOINT (COMP) TRANSMISSION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027516 | EVOLVED NODE-B AND USER EQUIPMENT AND METHODS FOR OPERATION IN A COVERAGE ENHANCEMENT MODE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027525 | Resource Allocation Method and Device and Information Feedback Method and Device | 01-25-2018 |
20180027526 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027529 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027530 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027531 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027532 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR SHARING A CONTROL CHANNEL FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027533 | BASE STATION, METHOD, COMPUTER READABLE MEDIUM, AND SYSTEM FOR RADIO COMMUNICATION FOR SUPPRESSING LOAD OF BLIND DECODING USING A CONTROL SIGNAL | 01-25-2018 |
20180027535 | COMMUNICATION METHOD BASED ON NON-ORTHOGONAL TRANSMISSION, AND DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027536 | CONTROL INFORMATION SENDING METHOD, RECEIVING METHOD, AND DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027537 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 01-25-2018 |
20180027538 | DEVICE AND METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027539 | SENDING CONTROL INFORMATION OVER A SHARED CHANNEL IN A WIRELESS NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
20180027540 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMISSION OR RECEPTION USING BEAMFORMING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027541 | Control Information Transmission Method, Base Station, and User Equipment | 01-25-2018 |
20180027542 | ESTABLISHING ADDITIONAL REVERSE LINK CARRIERS IN MULTI-CARRIER WIRELESS SYSTEMS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027543 | Method, Apparatus and System for Controlling Acquisition of Location Information of M2M Node, and Storage Medium | 01-25-2018 |
20180027545 | RADIO COMMUNICATION TERMINAL AND BASE STATION ASSIGNMENT METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027547 | Method for Sending Control Information, User Equipment, and Base Station | 01-25-2018 |
20180027548 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027549 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMITTING METHOD AND APPARATUS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027550 | NETWORK NODE USER DEVICE AND METHODS THEREOF | 01-25-2018 |
20180027551 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR AN ENHANCED DOWNLINK CONTROL CHANNEL OF A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027554 | TECHNIQUES FOR COMMUNICATING ON AN UPLINK IN A SHARED RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUM BAND | 01-25-2018 |
20180027555 | HIGH SPEED MOVING TERMINAL AND METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING CONTROL INFORMATION THEREOF, AND METHOD FOR RECEIVING CONTROL INFORMATION OF BASE STATION IN MOBILE WIRELESS BACKHAUL NETWORK | 01-25-2018 |
20180027558 | Uplink Control in a Wireless Communication Network | 01-25-2018 |
20180027559 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RESOLVING TIME DOMAIN CONFLICT IN DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027561 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF MULTI USER RESOURCE ALLOCATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027563 | ENABLING MULTI-CLUSTER TRANSMISSIONS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027564 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT FOR INVERSE DISCRETE FOURIER TRANSFORMING A FREQUENCY DOMAIN SIGNAL TO A TIME DOMAIN SYMBOL SEQUENCE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027565 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING BUFFER STATUS REPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SUPPORTING DEVICE TO DEVICE COMMUNICATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027566 | RADIO COMMUNICATION APPARATUS, RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027571 | Resource Allocation Method, Control Entity and Access Node Using the Same | 01-25-2018 |
20180027572 | METHOD FOR INTERFERENCE CANCELLATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 01-25-2018 |
20180027573 | STATION (STA), ACCESS POINT (AP) AND METHOD OF SPATIAL REUSE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027574 | METHOD FOR OPERATING USER EQUIPMENT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR | 01-25-2018 |
20180027576 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATIONS THAT TRANSCEIVE ULTRA RELIABLE LOW LATENCY MESSAGES AMIDST DELAY TOLERANT TRANSCEPTIONS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027577 | METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR INTERFERENCE MANAGEMENT OF WIRELESS LINKS WITH OVERRIDING LINK PRIORITY | 01-25-2018 |
20180027583 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECEIVING A COMMON SIGNALING IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20180027584 | Resource Scheduling of Uplink Resources | 01-25-2018 |
20180027586 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND ASSOCIATED WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027587 | NETWORK CONTROLLER, NODE DEVICE AND MESH NETWORK SYSTEM THEREOF | 01-25-2018 |
20180027588 | CHANNEL HOPPING AWARE CHANNEL ACCESS AND RE-TRANSMISSION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027589 | AIR CHANNEL DETECTION METHOD AND NODE DEVICE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027591 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, WIRELESS LAN ACCESS POINT, AND WIRELESS LAN STATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027592 | CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD FOR VERY HIGH THROUGHPUT (VHT) WIRELESS LOCAL ACCESS NETWORK SYSTEM AND STATION SUPPORTING THE CHANNEL ACCESS METHOD | 01-25-2018 |
20180027593 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RANDOM ACCESS IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION | 01-25-2018 |
20180027594 | BEAM SELECTION AND REFINEMENT DURING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL (RACH) PROCEDURE | 01-25-2018 |
20180027595 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR RANDOM ACCESS | 01-25-2018 |
20180027596 | Method and Apparatus for Allocating Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier and Communication System | 01-25-2018 |
20180027603 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMMUNICATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 01-25-2018 |
20190149182 | PROCESSING OF A BROADCAST SIGNAL | 05-16-2019 |
20190149198 | One-Shot Wideband Delay Measurement with Sub-Sample Accuracy For Parallel Receivers and/or Generators, and Alignment Procedure | 05-16-2019 |
20190149212 | CSI-RS CONFIGURATION AND CSI FEEDBACK METHOD AND APPARATUS, BASE STATION AND USER EQUIPMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190149213 | Channel State Information Report on Bandwidth Part | 05-16-2019 |
20190149216 | CONTROL INFORMATION FOR CSI ACQUISITION AND BEAM MANAGEMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190149217 | METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE AND NETWORK DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING SIGNAL | 05-16-2019 |
20190149263 | Method for Determining Transmission Rate Supported by Data Stream, User Equipment, and Base Station | 05-16-2019 |
20190149266 | PADDING BITS FOR CSI REPORT CODING | 05-16-2019 |
20190149269 | BEHAVIOR OF USER EQUIPMENT (UE) IN SCENARIOS OF CONFLICTING RESOURCE ASSIGNMENTS IN NEW RADIO (NR) SYSTEMS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149270 | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR UPDATING AN UPLINK CONTENTION WINDOW SIZE IN A WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149271 | CODEBOOK DETERMINATION OF HARQ-ACK MULTIPLEXING WITH FALLBACK DOWNLINK CONTROL INFORMATION (DCI) AND CODE BLOCK GROUP (CBG) CONFIGURATIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149272 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190149274 | MEDIUM ACCESS PROTOCOL DATA UNIT ASSEMBLY IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149275 | RESOURCE SET CONFIGURATIONS USING AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST INFORMATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149276 | EXTENDED PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL DESIGN FOR 5G STANDALONE SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149279 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR CHANGING SPS OPERATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149280 | BEAMFORMED TRANSMISSION IN HIGH EFFICIENCY WIRELESS LAN | 05-16-2019 |
20190149285 | SEGMENTATION OF CONTROL PAYLOAD FOR CHANNEL ENCODING | 05-16-2019 |
20190149286 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, APPARATUS, AND SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149288 | DEMODULATION REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149290 | Systems and Methods for Adaptation in a Wireless Network | 05-16-2019 |
20190149291 | SIZE DETERMINATION FOR CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION (CSI) PART ONE AND PART TWO TRANSMISSION OF CSI REPORT | 05-16-2019 |
20190149292 | System and Method for Communicating an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) Frame Format | 05-16-2019 |
20190149293 | System and Method for Communicating an Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexed (OFDM) Frame Format | 05-16-2019 |
20190149294 | CSI-RS SEQUENCE GENERATION AND MAPPING AND DMRS SCRAMBLING ID CONFIGURATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149296 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR NOTIFYING REFERENCE SIGNAL CONFIGURATION INFORMATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149297 | PILOT SIGNAL CONFIGURATION METHOD AND DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190149299 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING UPLINK PHASE TRACKING REFERENCE SIGNAL AND DEVICES SUPPORTING THE SAME | 05-16-2019 |
20190149303 | Network Node, Wireless Device and Methods for Handling Radio Resources | 05-16-2019 |
20190149304 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MANAGING CONTENTION WINDOW IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190149309 | DYNAMIC RESOURCE ALLOCATION AMONG DIFFERENT OFDM NUMEROLOGY SCHEMES | 05-16-2019 |
20190149311 | USER TERMINAL, RADIO BASE STATION AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190149313 | Methods and Systems for Asynchronous Time Division Duplex by Communication Device | 05-16-2019 |
20190149364 | RESOURCE PATTERN FOR UPLINK TRANSMISSIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149365 | TIME DOMAIN RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149379 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR PUCCH TRANSMISSION SCHEME | 05-16-2019 |
20190149381 | Two-Tone In-Phase Pi/2 Binary Phase-Shift Keying Communication | 05-16-2019 |
20190149383 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEVING DOWNLINK CHANNEL | 05-16-2019 |
20190149455 | MULTI-PATH WIRELESS COMMUNICATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190149638 | Systems and Methods for a Subframe Structure for Wideband LTE | 05-16-2019 |
20190149640 | PRE-HIGH-EFFICIENCY (HE)-SHORT TRAINING FIELD PREAMBLE TRANSMISSION FOR THE HE-TRIGGER BASED PHYSICAL LAYER CONVERGENCE PROTOCOL (PLCP) PROTOCOL DATA UNIT (PPDU) | 05-16-2019 |
20190149965 | SUBSCRIBER SELF-ACTIVATION DEVICE, PROGRAM, AND METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190149990 | UNIFIED AUTHENTICATION FOR HETEROGENEOUS NETWORKS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149993 | SYSTEM AND METHOD OF PROVIDING UE CAPABILITY FOR SUPPORT OF SECURITY PROTECTION ON BEARERS | 05-16-2019 |
20190149999 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING A DEVICE ON A LICENSED SPECTRUM AND AN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150002 | A SYSTEM AND THE RELATED METHOD FOR OPTIMIZING WI-FI COVERAGE IN A HOME NETWORK | 05-16-2019 |
20190150011 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150014 | EARLY MEASUREMENT REPORTING FOR CELL ACCESS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150022 | BASE STATION DEVICE, TERMINAL APPARATUS AND QOS CONTROL METHOD IN WIRELESS SECTION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150024 | Device and Method of Handling Scheduling Requests for Logical Channels | 05-16-2019 |
20190150025 | WIRELESS TERMINAL, WIRELESS BASE STATION, AND TRANSMISSION METHOD OF BUFFER STATUS REPORT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150030 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING A PREAMBLE WITHIN A WIRELESS LOCAL AREA NETWORK (WLAN) | 05-16-2019 |
20190150031 | METHODS AND APPARATUS TO REDUCE UE CAPABILITY INFORMATION MESSAGE SIZE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150032 | USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150059 | RRM MEASUREMENT AND REPORTING FOR LICENSE ASSISTED ACCESS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150061 | ACCESS CONTROL METHODS AND APPARATUS FOR RADIO SYSTEMS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150068 | TRANSMISSION OF PHYSICAL BROADCAST CHANNEL FOR NEW RADIO | 05-16-2019 |
20190150080 | ESTABLISHING COMMUNICATION WITH MULTIPLE NETWORKS TO ENABLE CONTINUOUS COMMUNICATION COVERAGE ACROSS THE MULTIPLE NETWORKS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150081 | AMF Selection for Isolated Network Slice | 05-16-2019 |
20190150082 | DEVICE FOR AND METHOD OF RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGY SELECTION AMONG MULTIPLE RADIO ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150097 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 05-16-2019 |
20190150103 | ADAPTATIONS OF DUAL CONNECTIVITY OPERATION TO UE CAPABILITY | 05-16-2019 |
20190150104 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR PERFORMING POWER HEADROOM REPORTING PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150107 | METHOD, TERMINAL, AND BASE STATION FOR USE IN DATA TRANSMISSION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150108 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MEASURING DOWNLINK SYNCHRONIZATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150115 | ENHANCED SYSTEM ACCESS FOR E-UTRAN | 05-16-2019 |
20190150117 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR MODULATION OF MILLIMETER WAVES AND PREAMBLE DESIGN | 05-16-2019 |
20190150118 | VIRTUAL RESOURCE BLOCK TO PHYSICAL RESOURCE BLOCK MAPPING IN NEW RADIO | 05-16-2019 |
20190150120 | TECHNIQUES AND APPARATUSES FOR CONTROL INFORMATION DETERMINATION FOR PAYLOADS WITH LEADING ZEROES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150121 | CONFIGURATION OF THE INITIAL ACTIVE BANDWIDTH PART FOR INITIAL NETWORK ACCESS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150122 | PROCEDURE, USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION FOR CODE BLOCK GROUP BASED HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST PROCESS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150127 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING CONTROL CHANNEL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150128 | TERMINAL DEVICE, BASE STATION DEVICE, INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150132 | PHYSICAL (PHY) LAYER SOLUTIONS TO SUPPORT USE OF MIXED NUMEROLOGIES IN THE SAME CHANNEL | 05-16-2019 |
20190150138 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING OR RECEIVING CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150139 | FIXED HS-DSCH OR E-DCH ALLOCATION FOR VOIP (OR HS-DSCH WITHOUT HS-SCCH/E-DCH WITHOUT E-DPCCH) | 05-16-2019 |
20190150143 | MULTIPLE SLOT LONG PHYSICAL UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL (PUCCH) DESIGN FOR 5th GENERATION (5G) NEW RADIO (NR) | 05-16-2019 |
20190150144 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR OPERATING SUBFRAME AND TRANSMITTING CHANNEL INFORMATION FOR CONTROLLING INTERFERENCE IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150149 | METHOD FOR SIGNAL TRANSMISSION, TERMINAL DEVICE AND NETWORK DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150150 | INTELLIGENT TRAFFIC STEERING OVER OPTIMAL PATHS USING MULTIPLE ACCESS TECHNOLOGIES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150151 | Dynamically Configuring NB-IoT Carriers | 05-16-2019 |
20190150153 | INTEGRATED CIRCUIT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150154 | APPARATUS, SYSTEM AND METHOD OF COMMUNICATING AN ENHANCED DIRECTIONAL MULTI GIGABIT (EDMG) SUPPORT INDICATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150156 | Methods And Apparatus For Enhanced Scrambling Sequences | 05-16-2019 |
20190150157 | APPARATUS OF A USER EQUIPMENT (UE) TO SELECT RESOURCES IN A VEHICLE TO VEHICLE (V2V) COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150158 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR PERFORMING TRAFFIC ENGINEERING THROUGH NETWORK SLICES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150159 | METHOD FOR INDICATING DOWNLINK CONTROL SIGNALING AND RELATED DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150162 | COMMUNICATION METHOD, NETWORK DEVICE AND TERMINAL DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150163 | COMMUNICATION APPARATUS AND COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150164 | MULTI-SLOT SCHEDULING WITH REPETITIVE TRANSMISSION OF A TRANSPORT BLOCK WITH DIFFERENT REDUNDANCY VERSIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150165 | RESOURCE SCHEDULING METHOD, RESOURCE DETERMINING METHOD, ENODEB, AND USER EQUIPMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150166 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR PERFORMING CHANNEL ACCESS PROCESS FOR TRANSMITTING DIFFERENT TYPES OF SIGNALS IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING UNLICENSED BAND | 05-16-2019 |
20190150168 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR SCHEDULING STATIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150169 | UPLINK CONTROL CHANNEL RESOURCE ALLOCATION FOR NEW RADIO (NR) | 05-16-2019 |
20190150170 | METHOD FOR TRANSCEIVING DATA IN UNLICENSED BAND AND APPARATUS FOR SAME | 05-16-2019 |
20190150171 | HARQ PERFORMING METHOD FOR SHORTENED TTI SUPPORT IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND APPARATUS THEREFOR | 05-16-2019 |
20190150172 | TECHNIQUES FOR SIGNALING A CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REQUEST AND A COMMUNICATION LINK EVENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150173 | EFFICIENT DATA SCHEDULING WITH SUPPLEMENTAL UPLINK CARRIER | 05-16-2019 |
20190150175 | SEQUENCE-BASED SIGNAL PROCESSING METHOD AND APPARATUS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150176 | FLOW-BASED PROCESSING IN WIRELESS SYSTEMS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150177 | UPLINK DATA TRANSMISSION METHOD AND DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150178 | CARRIER SCHEDULING METHOD, DEVICE AND SYSTEM FOR CARRIER AGGREGATION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150179 | UPLINK CONTROL INFORMATION TRANSMISSION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150180 | DATA TRANSMISSION AND RETRANSMISSION FOR SEMI-PERSISTENT SCHEDULING | 05-16-2019 |
20190150181 | METHODS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING ACKNOWLEDGMENT INFORMATION BETWEEN TERMINAL AND BASE STATION IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICES SUPPORTING SAME | 05-16-2019 |
20190150182 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION AND SIGNALING METHODS FOR SCHEDULING IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150184 | DETERMINING TRANSPORT BLOCK GENERATION TIMING OF AN UPLINK TRANSMISSION | 05-16-2019 |
20190150186 | Technique For Transmitting Uplink Grant Information | 05-16-2019 |
20190150188 | SIGNALING OF RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE PARAMETERS IN WIRELESS NETWORKS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150189 | RESOLVING ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS BETWEEN ASSOCIATED AND UNASSOCIATED STATIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150190 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEVING RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL | 05-16-2019 |
20190150191 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR COMPETITION-BASED TRANSMITTING OF UPLINK DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM TO WHICH NON-ORTHOGONAL MULTIPLE ACCESS SCHEME IS APPLIED | 05-16-2019 |
20190150192 | UPLINK SPECIFIC BACKOFF INDICATOR | 05-16-2019 |
20190150193 | USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150194 | METHOD FOR ADJUSTING CONTENTION WINDOW SIZE ON BASIS OF HARQ-ACK INFORMATION IN WIRELESS ACCESS SYSTEM SUPPORTING UNLICENSED BAND, AND DEVICE FOR SUPPORTING SAME | 05-16-2019 |
20190150195 | RANDOM ACCESS IN DYNAMIC AND SHARED SPECTRUMS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150196 | LBT PARAMETERS FOR UPLINK IN UNLICENSED SPECTRUM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150197 | USER EQUIPMENT AND RESOURCE SENSING AND SELECTION METHOD THEREOF | 05-16-2019 |
20190150198 | NR-UNLICENSED TRANSMISSION OPPORTUNITY STRUCTURE WITH FLEXIBLE STARTING POINT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150199 | TIMING ESTIMATION METHOD OF RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE, RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE DETECTION METHOD, AND RANDOM ACCESS PREAMBLE DETECTION APPRATUS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150200 | USER EQUIPMENT AND BASE STATION FOR MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150201 | Random Access with Preamble Transmission | 05-16-2019 |
20190150202 | USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20190150207 | Bearer Control Method and System | 05-16-2019 |
20190150208 | CLOUD BASED ACCESS SOLUTION FOR ENTERPRISE DEPLOYMENT | 05-16-2019 |
20190150209 | RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, BASE STATION APPARATUS, AND RADIO TERMINAL | 05-16-2019 |
20190150212 | MIDRANGE CONTACTLESS TRANSACTIONS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150214 | PACKET BASED LINK AGGREGATION ARCHITECTURES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150215 | METHOD FOR ESTABLISHING CLASSIC BLUETOOTH CONNECTION BETWEEN DUAL-MODE BLUETOOTH DEVICES, AND DUAL-MODE BLUETOOTH DEVICE | 05-16-2019 |
20190150217 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING DATA IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM | 05-16-2019 |
20190150219 | METHODS FOR SUPPORTING SESSION CONTINUITY ON PER-SESSION BASIS | 05-16-2019 |
20190150220 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR ESTABLISHING BEARER | 05-16-2019 |
20190150224 | FLEXIBLE FLOW CONTROL MECHANISM FOR NG-RAN INTERFACES | 05-16-2019 |
20190150225 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR INDICATING THAT CONNECTION ENABLES ROUTING OF DATA BETWEEN PDN GATEWAY AND LOCAL GATEWAY | 05-16-2019 |
20190150226 | MOBILITY LEVEL CONTROL DEVICE AND MOBILITY LEVEL CONTROL METHOD | 05-16-2019 |
20220140496 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM WITH SCALABLE ARCHITECTURE - A configurable wireless communications module may include a first antenna layer having one or more antenna operating at a first wireless radio band; a second antenna layer having one or more antenna operating at a second wireless radio band; and a support structure for supporting the first antenna layer and the second antenna layer in a stacked configuration. A scalable modular processor within the communication may be customized based on the particular use scenario and configured to provide a number of functions in the RF domain and in concert with a variety of sensors and components. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140873 | VEHICLE, APPARATUS, METHOD, AND COMPUTER PROGRAM FOR A VEHICLE IN A MOBILE COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A transportation vehicle, an apparatus, a method, and a computer program for a transportation vehicle in a mobile communication system. The method for a first transportation vehicle in a mobile communication system for controlling a radio link to a second transportation vehicle includes setting up a radio link to the second transportation vehicle, determining information related to relative movement between an antenna of the first transportation vehicle and an antenna of the second transportation vehicle based on sensor data of the first transportation vehicle, and adjusting a beam pattern of the antenna of the first transportation vehicle based on the information related to relative movement to control the radio link. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140877 | TECHNIQUES FOR SCHEDULING OF CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNALS AND FEEDBACK DURING A RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL OPERATION - Various aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communication. In some aspects, a user equipment (UE) may receive a channel state information (CSI) reference signal (CSI-RS) indication that indicates a set of resources corresponding to a CSI-RS that is scheduled to be transmitted to the UE. The UE may transmit, after receiving the CSI-RS indication, a UE identification message corresponding to a random access channel operation, wherein the UE identification message includes CSI feedback corresponding to the CSI-RS. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140881 | SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR CONTENTION BASED BEAM FAILURE RECOVERY REQUEST IN SECONDARY CELL - An approach is described for a user equipment (UE) to provide contention-based beam failure operation in a second cell (SCell), where the UE includes processor circuitry and radio front end circuitry. The processor circuitry is configured to encode a first message including a beam failure recovery request (BFRQ), wherein the BFRQ is indicative of a beam failure, and to decode a second message from a gNB, wherein the second message includes a beam failure recovery (BFR) response responsive to the BFRQ. The processor circuitry is further configured to encode a third message including a UE identification (ID) in response to decoding the second message, and to decode a fourth message from the gNB, wherein the fourth message includes collision handling for beam failure recovery by the UE. The radio front end circuitry is coupled to the processor circuitry, and the radio front end circuitry is configured to transmit the first message and the third message to the gNB, and to receive the second message and the fourth message from the gNB. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140882 | USER TERMINAL AND RADIO COMMUNICATION METHOD - In order to appropriately perform a BFR procedure, an aspect of a user terminal of the present disclosure includes: a control section that determines a new candidate beam or a given DL reference signal based on at least one of a DL reference signal transmitted in a given cell and a DL reference signal transmitted in another cell configured in the same given frequency range as the given cell when a beam failure in the given cell is detected; and a transmission section that transmits information related to the new candidate beam or the given DL reference signal. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140884 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD, TERMINAL DEVICE AND NETWORK DEVICE - A wireless communication method, a terminal device and a network device. The method includes canceling or suspending, by a terminal device, an operation of Beam Failure Recovery (BFR) corresponding to a first secondary cell in response to deactivation of the first secondary cell. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140924 | MOBILE DATA COLLECTION APPARATUS - Methods, systems, and apparatuses are described that are configured for collecting, via a plurality of sensors, and processing, various types of data via a mobile data collection apparatus. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140949 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR HYBRID AUTOMATIC REPEAT REQUEST FEEDBACK IN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - An operation method of a terminal in a communication system may comprise: receiving, from a base station, a higher layer message including first configuration information of a first HARQ process group and second configuration information of a second HARQ process group; receiving, from the base station, control information including an RV field including first information indicating one HARQ process group used for communication between the terminal and the base station among the first HARQ process group and the second HARQ process group, a HPN field including second information indicating a number of a HARQ process belonging to the one HARQ process group indicated by the first information, and resource allocation information; receiving data from the base station based on the resource allocation information; and determining whether to transmit a HARQ feedback for the data according to the first information included in the control information. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140953 | TRANSMITTING METHOD AND RECEIVING METHOD FOR FEEDBACK INFORMATION, DEVICE, TERMINAL DEVICE AND MEDIUM - A transmitting method and a receiving method for feedback information, a device, a terminal device, and a medium are provided. The method includes: receiving first signaling, where the first signaling carries N new feedback indicators (NFIs), the N NFIs correspond to N groups in one-to-one, and N is a positive integer; and transmitting a feedback codebook, where the feedback codebook comprises first feedback information corresponding to a first HARQ process, the first HARQ process is transmitted through a physical channel in a first group with a first value of NFI, the first group is one of the N groups, and the first value is the value of NFI corresponding to the first group among the N NFIs. Therefore, understanding ambiguity of the feedback information between the terminal device and the access network equipment is avoided, and utilization efficiency of transmitted resources is improved. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140956 | SIDELINK SIGNAL TRANSMISSION METHOD IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - In an embodiment, a sidelink signal transmission or reception method for a first terminal in a wireless communication system comprises the steps of: receiving, from a base station, a signal for assigning one or more first resources; transmitting, to a second terminal, a sidelink signal by using the one or more first resources; receiving, from the second terminal, HARQ non-acknowledgement (NACK) feedback on the sidelink signal; and receiving, from the base station, a signal for assigning a second resource as an initial transmission resource, wherein the second resource is used as a retransmission resource for the sidelink signal. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140959 | CLI MEASUREMENT REPORTING IN TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEMS - According to a first example embodiment, a method may include transmitting, by a network entity, at least one radio resource control (RRC)-based cross link interference (CLI) measurement framework object configured for at least one user equipment (UE) CLI measurement. The method may further include receiving, by the network entity, at least one reporting message. The method may further include resolving at least one inter-UE CLI problem on a semi-dynamic time scale based upon reporting rates associated with RRC measurements and/or pre-defined behavior. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140966 | METHOD FOR TRANSMITTING AND RECEIVING SOUNDING REFERENCE SIGNAL IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM AND APPARATUS THEREFOR - A method for transmitting and receiving a radio signal in a wireless communication system and a device therefor are disclosed. A method for receiving, by a base station, a sounding reference signal (SRS) in the wireless communication system includes transmitting, to a user equipment (UE), configuration information for transmission of the SRS; and receiving, from the UE, the SRS transmitted based on the configuration information. The configuration information includes group hopping information and sequence hopping information for sequence hopping of the SRS. A sequence length of the SRS is based on a product of a number of candidates of the group hopping information and a number of candidates of the sequence hopping information. The number of candidates of the group hopping information and the number of candidates of the sequence hopping information are configured based on a number of neighboring cells of the base station. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140971 | TECHNIQUES FOR HYBRIDIZED ULTRA-WIDEBAND AND NARROWBAND SIGNALING - Systems, methods, and computer-readable medium are provided for utilizing a hybrid of ultra-wideband (UWB) and narrowband (NB) signaling to provide more efficient operating range and operating efficiency. For example, a first device may schedule transmission of a packet via a narrowband signal to a second device. The first device may then transmit the packet, whereby the packet conveys synchronization data that is used by the second device to schedule reception of a plurality of fragments, respectively, via an ultra-wideband (UWB) signal. The first device may then schedule and transmit the plurality of segments to the second device via the ultra-wideband signals, each fragment being time-spaced from other fragments of the plurality of fragments by at least a predefined time interval. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140972 | Uplink Reference Signal Sending Method, Uplink Reference Signal Receiving Method, And Apparatus - The present invention provides an uplink reference signal sending method, and the method includes: sending, by a terminal device, an uplink reference signal on N1 second component carriers within a determined uplink reference signal sending time, and prohibiting, on M1 first component carriers in M first component carriers within the sending time, the terminal device from sending an uplink signal, where the first component carriers are carriers on which scheduling of uplink data transmission is allowed, and the second component carriers are carriers on which scheduling of uplink data transmission is prohibited. N1=M1, in other words, within the sending time, a quantity N1 of second component carriers on which the uplink reference signal is sent is less than or equal to a quantity M1 of first component carriers on which sending of the uplink signal is prohibited. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140975 | SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR SRS SWITCHING IMPACT CONTROL - Systems and methods for controlling Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) carrier-based switching impact are disclosed. In some embodiments, a method performed by a wireless device for controlling SRS switching impact comprises determining that there is a SRS carrier-based switching from a first carrier on which a first serving cell of the wireless device operates to a second carrier on which a second serving cell of the wireless device operates. The method further comprises determining an amount of impact that the SRS carrier-based switching has on one or more serving cells of the wireless device and utilizing the amount of impact that the SRS carrier-based switching has on the one or more serving cells of the wireless device. Corresponding embodiments of a wireless device are also disclosed. Embodiments of a method performed by abase station and corresponding embodiments of a base station are also disclosed. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140976 | TONE CLASSIFICATION FOR PHYSICAL CHANNELS WITH MULTIPLEXED DATA - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A shared channel may include a set of tones carrying multiple types of control information multiplexed together. A wireless device may perform a tone classification method to determine individual subsets of tones from the set of tones for each type of control information to extract each type of control information. The wireless device may determine multiple subsets of tones correspond to multiple types of control information simultaneously based on different extraction parameters. For example, the wireless device may determine a total number of tones in a set of tones, a distance between any given two tones in the set of tones, an offset value, or any combination thereof for the extraction parameters. The wireless device may then use these extraction parameters to determine or extract two or more subsets of tones for two or more corresponding types of control information. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140977 | Preemption Indications for New Radio - Embodiments of dynamic multiplexing are described, including the transmission of preemption indication (PI) to indicate preemption of time-frequency resources. In some embodiments, a next Generation NodeB (gNB) is configured to transmit PIs in signaling to preempt an enhanced Mobile Broadband (eMBB) communications transmission with an ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLCC) transmission. In some embodiments, a user equipment (UE) is configured to monitor a region of time-frequency resources, within a bandwidth part (BWP), for a PI. The PI indicates to the UE a portion of time-frequency resources that omit transmissions intended for the UE. In some embodiments, the gNB transmits the PI to the UE within preemption indication downlink control information (PI-DCI) in a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH) in a control resource set (CORESET). In some embodiments, the BWP is defined according to a frequency domain location, a bandwidth, and a subcarrier spacing for a given numerology. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140979 | PRECONFIGURED UPLINK RESOURCE CONTROL SIGNALING ENHANCEMENTS - Method, apparatuses, and computer program product for overhead reduction are provided. One method may include receiving an allocation of a preconfigured uplink resource and a preconfigured uplink resource radio network temporary identifier associated with the preconfigured uplink resource. The method may also include receiving an assignment of a control channel search space associated with the preconfigured uplink resource. The method may further include monitoring, according to a specified occasion cycle, the control channel search space for a message. In addition, the message may be received according to a specific receive pattern. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140980 | NESTED COMMON SEQUENCE POOL FOR SEQUENCE BASED NON-COHERENT TRANSMISSIONS - This disclosure provides systems, methods, and devices for wireless communication that support use of common sequence pools for non-coherent transmissions according to one or more aspects. In a first aspect, a method of wireless communication includes converting, by a wireless communication device, an information bit stream to an integer value. The method also includes selecting, by the wireless communication device, a sequence from a common sequence pool based on the integer value. The common sequence pool has a nested structure of sequences which map different length information bit streams with the same most significant bit or bits to the same sequences. The method further includes transmitting, by the wireless communication device, a non-coherent transmission indicating the sequence. Other aspects and features are also claimed and described. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140982 | METHOD FOR CONTROLLING FREQUENCY BAND FOR COMMUNICATION AND ELECTRONIC DEVICE THEREOF - An operation method of an electronic device includes determining whether a first communication module based on a first radio access technology (RAT) and a second communication module based on a second RAT operate in a connected state; determining whether a. combination of a first band used by the first communication. module and a second band used by the second communication module is a combination causing interference; and if the combination of the first band and the second band is a combination causing interference, transmitting a. signal requesting to change one of the first band or the second band. The interference is caused by at least one transmission signal of the first RAT or at least one other signal derived from the at least one transmission signal. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140986 | METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR SLICING ASSIGNING FOR LOAD SHEDDING TO MINIMIZE POWER CONSUMPTION WHERE GNB IS CONTROLLED FOR SLICE ASSIGNMENTS FOR ENTERPRISE USERS - Systems and methods of adaptive bandwidth (BW) management are provided by a control unit of distribution and central units to monitor power and traffic loads at a plurality of nodes in a network; a BW management unit communicating with the control unit to reassign a set of network slices with a set of smaller bandwidth parts (BWPs); the BW management unit configured to define a smaller BWP from a slice mapping for the slice reassignment during a AC power outage, the slicing mapping includes network slices tied to smaller BWPs in the network; and the BW management unit configured to adapt BW for users at the node by reassigning of at least one network slice with a defined smaller BWP at the node in response to a condition determined by the BW management unit, the condition of at least one of a AC power outage, and reduced traffic load at the node. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140987 | CHANNEL ESTIMATION USING MULTIPLE AP - In a wireless local area network system, a sharing access point (AP) may determine a long training field (LTF) subcarrier pattern for each of multiple streams, wherein an LTF symbol is used for at least one stream among a first to a third stream, the number of the LTF symbols is determined on the basis of the number of antennas of a shared AP having the maximum number of antennas among multiple shared APs associated with the sharing AP, and the first to the third stream are assigned different subcarrier patterns. The sharing AP may transmit information associated with the LTF subcarrier pattern. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140989 | METHOD FOR CONTROL CHANNEL MONITORING IN WIDEBAND OPERATION - A method for control channel monitoring includes: obtaining the wideband configuration indicating information about a plurality of LBT subbands within the wideband; obtaining a CORESET configuration of multiple CORESETs; obtaining a search space set configuration of multiple search space sets, each configured search space set being associated with a configured CORESET and containing an indication to enable/disable multiple subband monitoring; and determining the CORESET to be monitored based on each search space set configuration, so that when the indication is to enable multiple subband monitoring, monitoring the associated CORESET in the LBT subband within which the associated CORESET is confined, and monitoring frequency shifted CORESET of the associated CORESET, in the other LBT subbands of the plurality of LBT subbands, each frequency shifted CORESET being confined within one other LBT subbands; when the indication is to disable multiple subband, monitoring the associated CORESET in the plurality of LBT subbands. | 05-05-2022 |
20220140990 | RANDOM ACCESS WITH BANDWIDTH PART SWITCH - Various communication systems may benefit from improved random access operations. For example, certain embodiments may benefit from improved random access in which multiple bandwidth parts are configured to a user equipment within one cell. A method, in certain embodiments, may include triggering a random access procedure at a user equipment. The method may also include switching at the user equipment from a first uplink bandwidth part that does not support a random access channel to a second uplink bandwidth part that has the random access channel configured after the triggering of the random access procedure. The switching may be autonomously performed by the user equipment. In addition, the method may include performing the random access procedure at the user equipment using the random access channel configured at the second uplink bandwidth part. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141053 | CIRCULAR PILOT SEQUENCES FOR JOINT CHANNEL AND PHASE NOISE ESTIMATION - The invention relates to a method for transmitting at least K reference signals in a radio signal to be transmitted over a wireless communication system, said radio signal being intended to be emitted by an emitter comprising at least a transmit antenna configured for emitting on a number M of subcarriers S | 05-05-2022 |
20220141061 | TECHNIQUES FOR CONFIGURING MULTI-TRANSMISSION RECEPTION POINT COMMUNICATION SCHEMES - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A user equipment (UE) may transmit a message to a transmission reception point (TRP) in a multi-TRP network that indicates a capability of the UE to support a communication scheme (e.g., a spatial division multiplexing (SDM) scheme, a single frequency network (SFN) scheme, a combined SDM and SFN scheme, or the like). The UE may receive a configuration that indicates parameters common to both the SDM scheme and the SFN scheme. The TRP may transmit an indication of an SDM scheme, an SFN scheme, a combined SDM and SFN scheme, or the like to the UE for communications between the UE and one or more TRPs. The UE may communicate with the one or more TRPs based on the communication scheme indicated by the TRP. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141064 | PHASE NOISE COMPENSATION BASED ON BASE STATION CAPABILITY - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A user equipment (UE) may transmit, to a base station, a capability message indicating a capability supporting network-side phase noise compensation. The UE may transmit, to the base station, phase tracking reference signals based on transmitting the capability message. In an example, the phase tracking reference signals may include a UE phase noise component which may be associated with a local oscillator of the UE. The UE may receive, from the base station, a compensated downlink transmission that is compensated based on the UE phase noise component. In generating the compensated downlink transmission, the base station may apply a multiplication factor associated with the estimated UE phase noise component to the compensated downlink transmission. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141065 | CHANNEL STATE INFORMATION REFERENCE SIGNAL (CSI-RS) AS PART OF DISCOVERY REFERENCE SIGNAL (DRS) CONFIGURATION AND INDICATION FOR NEW RADIO-UNLICENSED (NR-U) - Systems, methods, and circuitries are provided for configuring and indicating channel state information resource signals (CSI-RS) using discovery reference signal (DRS) resources. An example method includes determining discovery reference signal (DRS) resources for use in carrying channel state information reference signals (CSI-RS); generating CSI-RS configuration information that defines at least one CSI-RS using the DRS resources; and signaling the CSI-RS configuration information to a user equipment (UE) device. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141629 | Data Transmission Method, Apparatus, and System - A method includes: when data of a first service needs to be sent to a receive end, sending m indication frames to the receive end if a type of the first service is a target service type; receiving n trigger frames sent by the receive end based on the m indication frames; and each time one trigger frame is received, sending the data of the first service to the receive end by using a transmission resource indicated by the trigger frame. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141633 | DEVICE-TO-DEVICE COMMUNICATION INDICATOR - Various aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communication. In some aspects, a user equipment (UE) may determine a device-to-device communication link connection, of a plurality of potential device-to-device communication link connections, of the UE. The UE may provide, for display, a device-to-device communication indicator identifying the device-to-device communication link connection. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141652 | Remote SIM Provisioning - Various aspects include methods for supporting remote Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) profile provisioning that may be performed by a Lightweight Machine-to-Machine (LwM2M) server and LwM2M client computing devices, such as Internet of Things (IoT) devices. A LwM2M server may generate a remote SIM provisioning object for the LwM2M client computing device indicating that the SIM profile update for the LwM2M client computing device is available, and send the remote SIM provisioning object to the LwM2M client computing device. A LwM2M client computing device may receive a remote Subscriber Identity Module (SIM) provisioning object from a LwM2M server indicating that a SIM profile update for the LwM2M client computing device is available, and download the SIM profile update in response to receiving the remote SIM provisioning object. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141675 | REFERENCE SIGNAL TRANSMISSIONS FOR MULTI-BEAM OPERATION - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. Generally, the described techniques provide for using a same antenna port to transmit or receive reference signals on different beams. A network may determine different directional beams to use to transmit different data streams, and the network may transmit each data stream using a different directional beam. The network may also transmit reference signals with the different data streams using a same antenna port, and a user equipment (UE) may receive the reference signals with the different data streams using a same antenna port. Because a same antenna port may be used for transmitting or receiving reference signals with different data streams, the reference signals may occupy the same time and frequency resources, and the overhead of reference signal transmissions may be minimized. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141697 | METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR UPDATING LIST OF CELLS TO BE MEASURED IN RESELECTION OF CELL IN IDLE MODE IN NEXT-GENERATION WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - The present disclosure relates to a communication method and system for converging a 5th-Generation (5G) communication system for supporting higher data rates beyond a 4th-Generation (4G) system with a technology for Internet of Things (IoT). The present disclosure may be applied to intelligent services based on the 5G communication technology and the IoT-related technology, such as smart home, smart building, smart city, smart car, connected car, health care, digital education, smart retail, security and safety services. In addition, a method of operating a terminal in a wireless communication system includes: receiving idle-mode measurement configuration from a base station; performing idle-mode measurement, based on the measurement configuration; producing a measurement result, based on the result of performing the measurement; and reporting the measurement result to the base station, wherein another measurement result for a carrier frequency, which does not support subcarrier spacing (SCS) supported by the terminal, is not reported. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141698 | METHOD AND DEVICE USED FOR RELAY WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and device for relay wireless communications. A first node receives a first data unit set through a second logical channel; transmits a second data unit set through a first logical channel; determines a first link failure; as a response to the behavior of determining the first link failure, generates a first control message; and transmits the first control message; herein, the first control message is used to indicate that a third data unit set is not successfully transmitted; any data unit in the third data unit set belongs to the first data unit set; any bit in the second data unit set belongs to the first data unit set. In the relay transmission of the present disclosure, when a link fails, a relay node transmits a status report of packets not successfully transmitted to a source node, so as to reduce packet loss and shorten transmission delay. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141699 | INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD AND TERMINAL - An information processing method includes: sending first capability information to the network side device, where the first capability information includes a first capability and time division multiplexing information associated with the first capability. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141706 | CONTROLLING QUALITY OF SERVICE CLASS IDENTIFIER WEIGHTS FOR IMPROVED PERFORMANCE IN 5G OR OTHER NEXT GENERATION NETWORKS - The disclosed technology describes on-demand adjusting of the quality of service (QoS) class identifier (QCI) relative weight settings for different QCI classes associated with user devices. A QoS controller, which can be implemented in a standalone or a cloud configuration, updates the QCI weight settings as requested or needed to deal with changing network environments, such as growing traffic, different RF conditions, new devices, ratio of different service classes of user devices, to improve the overall performance of one or more cell sites. In one implementation, the QoS controller collects actual network statistics, and runs simulations based on those statistics with different groups of candidate QCI weight settings to generate multiple result sets. The QoS controller evaluates the result sets to determine which group of QCI weight settings meets desired performance objectives, and then applies those QCI weight settings to one or more NodeBs for use with actual data traffic. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141708 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR COMPRESSION AND DECOMPRESSION OF INFORMATION CENTRIC NETWORKING NAMES AT THE PACKET DATA CONVERGENCE PROTOCOL (PDCP) - Some embodiments of this disclosure include systems, apparatuses, methods, and computer-readable media for use in a wireless network for compression and decompression of information centric network (ICN) names and/or ICN common fields at Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer. For example, an electronic device can include processor circuitry and radio front end circuitry coupled to the processor circuitry. The processor circuitry can be configured to receive a first information centric network (ICN) packet including an ICN name or an ICN common field and compress the ICN name or the ICN common field at a Packet Data Convergence Protocol (PDCP) layer. The processor circuitry can be further configured to provide the compressed ICN name or the compressed ICN common field to a lower protocol layer. The radio front end circuitry can be configured to transmit a second ICN packet including the compressed ICN name or the compressed ICN common field. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141709 | Multi-protocol Communication Network - A multi-protocol network and methods for operating the same are provided. The method begins with establishing a wireless-connection between a first transceiver in a first device and a second-transceiver in a second device using a wireless-protocol. First, wired-protocol packets and non-packet data are received and converted in the first device to second-packets compatible with the wireless-protocol by inserting synchronization-bits non-packet data in a preamble field of the packets. This is initiated by sensing arrival of the preamble without waiting for a start of data, thus lowering the latency of the propagation of the second-packets. The second-packets are transmitted from the first transceiver to the second, and converted to third-packets compatible with the wired-protocol by removing the synchronization-bits. Latency is improved by initiating/starting a packet to the wired controller before a data portion of the packet is received. The number of synchronization bits is selected so the second-packets are aligned and synchronized with wireless-protocol packets. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141712 | WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND WIRELESS COMMUNICATION METHOD - Provided is a wireless communication system that includes a transmission device configured to receives an input of group-addressed data transmitted from a specific source, convert the group-addressed data into wireless frames, and perform group-addressed transmission of the wireless frames; and a reception device configured to receive the wireless frames transmitted from the transmission device, and identify and receive the group-addressed data of the specific source, wherein a plurality of the transmission devices are provided, and each of the transmission devices is configured to perform group-addressed transmission of the wireless frames into which the group-addressed data is converted, and the reception device is configured to identify and receive the group-addressed data of the specific source from the wireless frames transmitted from the plurality of transmission devices, and perform diversity combining processing of combining the same pieces of group-addressed data. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141742 | NETWORK SWITCHING METHOD - A network switching method includes: in the case that a first network connection is established between the network device and a first terminal, instructing the first terminal to make a network connection with the network device through a second terminal. The first terminal is connected to the second terminal through a second network, and the second terminal is connected to the network device through the first network. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141765 | WIRELESS NETWORK SLICE SELECTION IN WIRELESS USER EQUIPMENT (UE) - A wireless access node wirelessly broadcasts System Information Blocks (SIBs) that indicate individual slice characteristics for wireless network slices. A wireless UE wirelessly receives the SIBs, selects one of the slices based on user requirements for a user application and the individual slice characteristics for the slices, and transfers UE capability information that indicates the selected slice to the wireless access node. The wireless access node transfers the UE capability information to an Access and Mobility Management Function (AMF). The AMF authorizes the wireless UE for the selected slice and selects Quality-of-Service (QoS) parameters for the wireless UE that correspond to the individual slice characteristics for the selected slice. The AMF transfers signaling to the wireless access node to serve the wireless UE per the selected QoS parameters. The wireless access node wirelessly exchanges user data with the wireless UE per the selected QoS parameters. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141781 | CHANNEL ACCESS INDICATION METHOD AND DEVICE - This application provides a channel access indication method and device. The method includes: receiving, by a first communications device, a channel synchronization request sent by a second communications device, where the channel synchronization request is used to request the first communications device to send a synchronization frame to the second communications device, and a wake-up receiver is configured for the second communications device; and according to the channel synchronization request and a time at which the second communications device is woken up and that is learned by the first communications device based on preset signaling, sending, by the first communications device when a channel is idle, the synchronization frame to the woken-up second communications device, where the synchronization frame is used to instruct the woken-up second communications device to access the channel after receiving the synchronization frame. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141804 | WAVEFORM ADAPTATION FOR INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS AND SENSING - Some embodiments of the present disclosure relate to the selection of a waveform for an integrated communications and sensing (ICS) signal, where the waveform is suitable for both communication applications and sensing applications. In view of the sensing applications, the waveform selection can be, at least in part, adapted based on capabilities of hardware of nodes involved in the sensing applications. In view of the communication applications, the waveform selection can be, at least in part, adapted based on the extent to which data is to be embedded. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141807 | Communication System - A communications system is described that has a base station and a number of user devices, including legacy user devices and non-legacy user devices. The base station generates control data for transmission to the user devices, the control data including common control data for reception and decoding by a plurality of user devices and user specific control data for reception and decoding by a specific user device. The common control data is for reception and decoding by the non-legacy user devices and cannot be decoded by the legacy user devices. The common control data is repeated within multiple subframes for reception and decoding by non-legacy user devices. The non-legacy user devices are typically Machine Type Communications (MTC) user devices. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141812 | APPROACHES FOR BEAM SELECTION - A method is disclosed for a system comprising a transmitter apparatus and a receiver apparatus. The transmitter apparatus is configured to transmit signals to the receiver apparatus using an available transmission beam. The receiver apparatus is configured to receive the signals using an available reception beam. The method comprises the transmitter apparatus determining a collection of linear combinations of transmission beams and a collection of linear combinations of reception beams, providing an indication of the collection of linear combinations of reception beams to the receiver apparatus and transmitting each of the linear combinations of transmission beams of the collection of linear combinations of transmission beams. The method also comprises the receiver apparatus acquiring the indication of the collection of linear combinations of reception beams from the transmitter apparatus, receiving each of the linear combinations of transmission beams of the collection of linear combinations of transmission beams using each of the linear combinations of reception beams of the collection of linear combinations of reception beams, and performing beam selection measurements on the received linear combinations of transmission beams for selection of the transmission beam from the plurality of available transmission beams and for selection of the reception beam from the plurality of available reception beams. Methods for each of the transmitter apparatus and the receiver apparatus are also disclosed, as well as corresponding apparatuses, network node, wireless communication device, system and computer program product. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141813 | TECHNIQUES FOR SEPARATED BEAM DESIGN - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described. A user equipment (UE) may be configured to select a set of beams to generate energy in a first coverage region (e.g., an out-of-coverage (OOC) region) to reduce the effects of a distorted electric field. The UE may select the set of beams based on gain parameters associated with a set of antennas at the UE, where the gain parameters are determined for communications in a second coverage region (e.g., an in-coverage (INC) region). In some examples, the UE may use iterative techniques to select the beams. In some examples, the UE may select the set of beams based on calculations using a set of codebook beams associated with the second coverage region. In some examples, the UE may additionally select the set of beams for communications in the second coverage region. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141819 | PARAMETER DETERMINING METHOD, INFORMATION CONFIGURATION METHOD, AND DEVICE - This disclosure provides a parameter determining method, an information configuration method, and a device. The parameter determining method includes: in a case that a first preset condition is met, determining, based on parameter information of a specified object, a target parameter used in transmitting a PUCCH on a target physical uplink control channel PUCCH resource, where the specified object includes one of a specified resource, a specified channel, and a specified signal, and the target parameter includes at least one of spatial relation information and a power control parameter. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141827 | RESOURCE ALLOCATION MODE CONFIGURATION METHOD, TERMINAL AND NETWORK DEVICE - The present disclosure provides a resource allocation mode configuration method, a terminal and a network device, and relates to the field of communication technology. The resource allocation mode configuration method is applied to a terminal and includes: receiving a resource allocation mode for a sidelink interface configured by a network device; the resource allocation mode is configured by the network device for each target, the target includes at least one of the following information: a radio bearer of the sidelink interface SLRB; QoS parameters of the sidelink interface; a frequency band identifier; a RAT used by the sidelink interface, the frequency band identifier includes: a carrier, a frequency, or a BWP. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141838 | ALLOCATION METHOD AND SIGNAL PROCESSING APPARATUS - There is provided an allocation method for allocating individual downlink data signals to positions on a time axis when a base station transmits the individual downlink data signals to a plurality of terminal stations. The allocation method includes provisionally allocating individual downlink data signals of the individual downlink data signals for terminal stations of the plurality of terminal stations having long propagation delay times to positions of relatively early timings and provisionally allocating individual downlink data signals of the individual downlink data signals for terminal stations of the plurality of terminal stations having short propagation delay times to positions of relatively late timings, changing the positions such that, when it is estimated that a collision will occur when receiving response signals transmitted from the terminal stations, it is estimated that a collision will not occur, in the provisionally allocating, and fixing, as the positions of the individual downlink data signals on the time axis, the positions changed in the changing of the positions. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141842 | MEASUREMENT GAP AND SCHEDULING - Aspects are provided which allow a UE to trigger initiation of an SR procedure in response to a decrease in an amount of received data or uplink grants following a measurement gap. The UE receives data from a first base station. The UE performs a measurement of a downlink signal from a second base station based on a measurement configuration. The UE transmits a scheduling request in response to a decrease in at least one of an amount of received downlink data or a number of received grants to transmit uplink data after the measurement is performed. As a result, inefficient data stalls caused by erroneous DRX determinations by a base station may be avoided. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141845 | MOVING BODY, COMMUNICATION METHOD, AND PROGRAM - The present disclosure relates to a moving body, a communication method, and a program that enable preferential transmission of required data. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141848 | COMMUNICATIONS DEVICE, INFRASTRUCTURE EQUIPMENT AND METHODS - A method of selecting data for transmission in a wireless communications network by a communications device, the method includes receiving by the communications device an allocation message, the allocation message including an indication of first communications resources for transmitting of data from a first group of one or more of a plurality of logical channels and the allocation message is received in response to a second scheduling request message requesting the first communications resources for transmitting the data from the first group of the one or more logical channels which was transmitted after a first scheduling request message requesting second communications resources for transmitting data from a second group of the one or more of the plurality of logical channels, in response to receiving the allocation message. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141849 | METHOD AND DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING PUCCH - According to one embodiment of the present disclosure, provided is a method for a first device to transmit a PUCCH to a base station. The method may comprise: a step for generating multiplexing information including at least one among HARQ feedback information for DL transmission, UL PSR for UL transmission, or SL PSR for SL transmission; and a step for transmitting the multiplexing information to the base station on a single slot through the PUCCH. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141852 | METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR CHANNEL STATE ACQUISITION WITH SELF-INTERFERENCE IN FULL DUPLEX SYSTEMS - Some aspects of the present disclosure enable a network to account for impacts of digital transmit and receive precoding at the user equipment (UE) side in the presence of UE self-interference that may occur during full duplex (FD) operation. Some aspects of the present disclosure include joint downlink (DL) node selection or beam selection, or both, and UE self-interference emulation, so that the UE is enabled with FD operation that includes receiving from one node, but transmitting towards another node. When compared with the case where the UE receives from, and transmits, to a same node, because when two separate nodes are involved and the two nodes are more physically separated, the chance of achieving higher cross-link isolation, and hence FD transmission, is higher. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141856 | METHODS, APPARATUS AND SYSTEMS FOR TRANSMITTING DATA BASED ON ASYMMETRIC BANDWIDTH PARTS - Methods, apparatus and systems for transmitting data based on asymmetric bandwidth parts in a wireless communication are disclosed. In one embodiment, a method performed by a wireless communication node is disclosed. The method comprises: configuring at least one downlink bandwidth part (BWP) for a wireless communication device, wherein each of the at least one downlink BWP is configured for a downlink transmission to the wireless communication device; configuring at least one uplink BWP for the wireless communication device, wherein each of the at least one uplink BWP is configured for an uplink transmission from the wireless communication device; and configuring a transmission resource on one uplink BWP of the at least one uplink BWP for the wireless communication device to transmit an uplink signal on the transmission resource. The uplink signal indicates a request for activating an associated downlink BWP. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141858 | SYSTEM INFORMATION FOR ACCESS AND BACKHAUL - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described that provide for system information (SI) for access and backhaul. An access node (AN) may provide SI to devices within its cell indicating communication procedure configurations. The AN may provide SI to devices that is specific to whether the communication procedure is an access procedure or a backhaul procedure. The AN may transmit a common master information block (MIB) directing the devices within its cell to a search space in order to receive the remaining SI. The search space may be shared between access devices and backhaul devices or alternatively may be separate between access and backhaul devices. The remaining SI may not be shared between access and backhaul devices. The devices may determine different configurations as defined by the SI from the AN for communications procedures based on whether the procedure is an access procedure or a backhaul procedure. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141865 | NETWORK NODE, A WIRELESS DEVICE, A RESOURCE ALLOCATION SERVER AND METHODS FOR RESOURCE ALLOCATION - A network node includes memory circuitry, processor circuitry, and an interface. The network node is configured to transmit a first resource allocation request to a first resource allocation server and a second resource allocation request to a second resource allocation server. The network node is configured to receive a first resource allocation response from the first resource allocation server and a second resource allocation response from the second resource allocation server. The first resource allocation response is indicative of a first resource grant parameter. The second resource allocation response is indicative of a second resource grant parameter. The network node is configured to operate using a combined resource pool based on the first resource grant parameter and the second resource grant parameter. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141868 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM - A communication system is disclosed in which communication devices communicate with a base station using radio frames made up of a sequence of subframes and a frequency band made up of frequency subbands. The base station identifies a subframe in which a broadcast message, carrying information for at least one communication device, is to be broadcast; transmits, in a control channel, in a frequency subband in a current subframe that precedes the identified subframe, control information to identify said subframe in which said broadcast message is to be broadcast; and transmits the broadcast message in the identified subframe. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141871 | MU-MIMO PRE-PACKET ARRIVAL CHANNEL CONTENTION - Systems, apparatus and methods for wireless local area network (WLAN) communication which support real-time application (RTA) packets. The access point (AP) schedules multiple-user (MU) multiple-input-multiple-output (MIMO) transmissions for uplink (UL) or downlink (DL) for RTA packets by allocating resources to packet transmissions before RTA packet arrival. The AP contends for channel access before the expected time of arrival of the RTA packet in the DL or UL direction. The operations reduce RTA packet latency on the WLAN. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141872 | METHODS PROVIDING CONTROL SIGNALING AND RELATED WIRELESS DEVICES AND NETWORK NODES - Methods are discussed to operate a wireless device in a wireless communication network. Shared channel occupancy time (COT) signaling is received from a Radio Access Network (RAN) node of the wireless communication network. An indication of a control resource is received from the RAN node. An indication of a shared COT switching point defining a switch from shared COT reception to shared COT transmission is received. Control signaling is transmitted to the RAN node using the control resource responsive to receiving the indication of the switching point and the indication of the control resource. Related methods are discussed to operate a Radio Access Network (RAN) node. Related wireless devices and RAN nodes are also discussed. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141873 | CHANNEL OCCUPANCY INFORMATION MULTI-ACCESS REPORTING - User equipments (UEs) may be configured to perform channel occupancy information multi-access reporting. In some aspects, a user equipment may receive a sidelink configuration message identifying the first UE and one or more other UEs as members of a multicast group and a resource to be used for sidelink communications amongst the multicast group, and receive channel occupancy information (COI) from at least one of the one or more UEs within the multicast group, the COI indicating an occupied condition of the resource determined by the at least one of the one or more UEs during a sensing operation performed with respect to the resource. Further, the UE may select a period of time to transmit a sidelink communication based at least in part on the COI. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141875 | APERIODIC RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURES - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communications are described to support scheduling aperiodic random access occasion resources. The aperiodic random access occasion resources may be dynamically scheduled by a primary secondary cell (PSCell) associated with a base station. When performing a random access procedure for the PSCell, the base station may initiate the random access procedure via an order transmitted to a user equipment (UE). The order may represent a unicast transmission addressed to the UE and may indicate for the UE to transmit a preamble to begin the random access procedure. The order may also indicate resources (e.g., an offset of time resources) and a preamble index for transmission of the preamble. The UE may receive the order and may transmit the preamble based on the information included in the order. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141877 | METHOD BY WHICH TERMINAL PERFORMS RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE IN WIRELESS COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, AND DEVICE THEREFOR - Disclosed is a method by which a terminal performs a random access channel (RACH) procedure in a wireless communication system. Particularly, the method comprises: transmitting message A including a physical random access channel (PRACH) preamble and a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); and receiving message B including contention resolution information, as a response to message A, wherein a radio network temporary identifier (RNTI) for receiving message B can be generated on the basis of an RACH occasion related to the RACH preamble and an offset related to the RACH occasion. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141881 | RANDOM ACCESS CHANNEL PROCEDURE FOR MULTIPLE TRANSMIT-RECEIVE POINTS - Methods, systems, and devices for wireless communication are described. A device, such as a user equipment (UE) may receive a set of synchronization signal blocks (SSBs) from multiple transmit-receive points (mTRPs). The set of SSB may include a first subset of SSBs associated with a first TRP and a second subset of SSBs associated with a second TRP. Each SSB may correspond to a respective directional beam (e.g., a transmit beam, a receive beam). The UE may transmit, to a base station, an indication of a selected first SSB from the first subset of SSBs associated with the first TRP and a selected second SSB from the second subset of SSBs associated with the second TRP. The UE may perform a random access channel procedure with the base station, the first TRP, the second TRP, or a combination thereof based on the transmitted indication. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141882 | Downlink Radio Resource Control Message Transmission in 2-Step Random Access - Apparatuses, systems, and methods for a wireless device to perform 2-step random access procedures. The disclosure identifies techniques for transmitting and receiving downlink connection configuration information, such as a radio resource control message, in a 2-step random access procedure. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141883 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE, AND TRANSMITTING DEVICE, APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - In the present disclosure, a UE transmits a random access preamble (RAP) on a physical random access channel (PRACH) and a control channel (CCCH) service data unit (SDU) on a physical uplink shared channel (PUSCH); and receives a medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) based on transmitting the RAP and the CCCH SDU. The MAC PDU includes a first part, and a second part after the first part. The first part includes multiple UE contention resolution identities (UE CRIDs). | 05-05-2022 |
20220141884 | METHOD OF PERFORMING RANDOM ACCESS PROCEDURE, AND TRANSMITTING DEVICE, APPARATUS AND STORAGE MEDIUM THEREFOR - In the present disclosure, a transmitting device transmits a first message comprising i) a first random access preamble with a first random access preamble identifier (RAPID) and ii) a first uplink payload; receives a random access response (RAR) medium access control (MAC) protocol data unit (PDU) including i) a first field set to represent presence of one or more RAPIDs and ii) the one or more RAPIDs; determines whether both of the first RAP and the first payload is successfully transmitted, based on whether the one or more RAPIDs include the first RAPID; and monitors a second message related to the first message based on determining that both of the first RAP and the first payload is successfully transmitted. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141885 | Random Access Procedure - When a wireless device obtains a request for a random access in a cell, based on information relating to at least one type of reference signal, it selects at least one type of reference signal. The wireless device then performs a measurement in said cell using the selected type or types of reference signal. Based on a result of the measurement, the wireless device selects a coverage enhancement level, and it then sends a random access message to the cell using radio resources associated with the selected coverage enhancement level. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141890 | Link Establishment in Relay Nodes - Disclosed are methods, systems, apparatus, and computer programs for establishing a data path between an access node and a donor node of an integrated access and backhaul (IAB) network. In one aspect, a method includes selecting a subset of the plurality of nodes to establish the data path, where the subset of nodes includes the access node and one or more intermediate nodes that link the access node to the donor node, and where the one or more intermediate nodes include a final intermediate node that is coupled to the donor node via a donor-node backhaul bearer, establishing an access link bearer that couples a user equipment (UE) to the access node, establishing respective backhaul link bearers between the subset of nodes, and mapping a final one of the respective backhaul link bearers to the donor-node backhaul link bearer. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141893 | ELECTRONIC DEVICE FOR TRANSMITTING RESPONSE MESSAGE IN BLUETOOTH NETWORK ENVIRONMENT AND METHOD THEREFOR - According to an embodiment of the disclosure, an electronic device comprises: a wireless communication circuitry configured to support a Bluetooth network; at least one processor; and a memory operatively connected with the at least one processor, wherein the memory stores instructions that, when executed, cause the at least one processor, the plurality of operations comprising: establishing a first link with a first external electronic device, based on the Bluetooth network; receiving information associated with a second link created between the first external electronic device and a second external electronic device, from the first external electronic device; attempting to receive a first data packet transmitted from the second external electronic device by monitoring the second link based at least partially on the information associated with the second link; identifying whether a response message is received from the first external electronic device; transmitting, to the second external electronic device, a response message indicating “ACK” for the first data packet, when the first data packet is normally received, and when the response message is received from the first external electronic device; and withholding a response message for reception of the first data packet, when the first data packet is not normally received or when the response message is not received from the first external electronic device. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141894 | TRIGGERING MIGRATION TO ENABLE INTER-DONOR TOPOLOGY ADAPTATION IN A WIRELESS NETWORK - Various aspects of the present disclosure generally relate to wireless communication. In some aspects, a source integrated access and backhaul (IAB) donor central unit (CU) may transmit, to an IAB node having a first signaling connection with the source IAB donor CU, a trigger to establish a second signaling connection between the IAB node and a target IAB donor CU. The source integrated access may transmit, to the IAB node, transport network layer address information associated with the target IAB donor CU to enable the IAB node to establish the second signaling connection with the target IAB donor CU. The IAB node may transmit, to the target IAB donor CU, a request to establish the second signaling connection with the target IAB donor CU based at least in part on the trigger. Numerous other aspects are provided. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141896 | Remote Wireless Network Setup Without Pairing - Various arrangements for performing setup of a wireless network without pairing are provided. A request mapped to a first characteristic may be transmitted using a first wireless protocol. In response to the request mapped to the first characteristic, a listing of one or more wireless networks within range mapped to a second characteristic may be transmitted by a peripheral device. Using the first wireless communication protocol, a third characteristic mapped to the selected wireless network and the password may be transmitted to the peripheral device. A connection to the selected wireless network using the password and the second wireless communication protocol may then be performed by the peripheral device. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141904 | A Master Node, a Secondary Node, a User Equipment and Methods Therein for Handling of a Secondary Cell Group (SCG) - A Master Node (MN) | 05-05-2022 |
20220141908 | CORE NETWORK NODE AND METHOD FOR HANDLING REDUNDANT URLLC CONNECTIONS - The current disclosure proposes URLLC support indication exchange between the network nodes and URLLC support by the network indication in the Registration procedure so that a URLLC capable UE knows whether it could initiate URLLC type of PDU session establishment. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141909 | METHOD AND DEVICE IN COMMUNICATION NODES FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - The present disclosure provides a method and device in communication nodes for wireless communications . A first node receives a reference signal group respectively on each serving cell in a first cell group; and transmits a target signal in a target radio resource group. The first cell group comprises a first serving cell, a second serving cell and at least one other serving cell; a given cell is any serving cell in the first cell group, a measurement performed on the reference signal group on the given cell is used to determine whether a link failure occurs on the given cell; the link failure on a target cell is used to trigger the target signal, and at least the former of the target radio resource group and the target signal is used to indicate that the target cell is one of three possibilities of the first serving cell. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141915 | METHOD AND DEVICE USED IN COMMUNICATION NODE FOR WIRELESS COMMUNICATION - A method and a device used in communication nodes for wireless communications. A communication node receives a first signaling, the first signaling comprising a first flag, processes a first storage space according to the first flag; herein, the first signaling is an RRC signaling, and the first signaling is used for a conditional reconfiguration; the first signaling comprises a first configuration, the first configuration comprises at least one of a first index, or a first RRC configuration or a first condition; the first storage space stores at least one parameter set; any parameter set in the first storage space comprises a first field, a second field and a third field, the first field comprises a target index, the target index is a non-negative integer, the second field comprises a target RRC configuration. The present disclosure supports simultaneous CPC configurations of an MN and an SN. | 05-05-2022 |
20220141920 | System Enablers for Multi-SIM Devices - Apparatuses, systems, and methods for a user equipment device (UE) to perform methods for enhancement of multi-SIM devices, such as UE | 05-05-2022 |